<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss version="2.0" xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:googleplay="http://www.google.com/schemas/play-podcasts/1.0" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" xmlns:podcast="https://podcastindex.org/namespace/1.0">
  <channel>
    <atom:link href="https://feeds.simplecast.com/bHX4IOIN" rel="self" title="MP3 Audio" type="application/atom+xml"/>
    <atom:link href="https://simplecast.superfeedr.com" rel="hub" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"/>
    <generator>https://simplecast.com</generator>
    <title>In Conversation: An OUP Podcast</title>
    <description>Interviews with Oxford University Press authors about their books</description>
    <copyright>New Books Network</copyright>
    <language>en</language>
    <pubDate>Thu, 17 Sep 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
    <lastBuildDate>Thu, 17 Sep 2026 08:00:27 +0000</lastBuildDate>
    <image>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <title>In Conversation: An OUP Podcast</title>
      <url>https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/f75a895d-955a-491c-a9e3-e55a08db007e/3000x3000/ouplogo2.png?aid=rss_feed</url>
    </image>
    <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
    <itunes:type>episodic</itunes:type>
    <itunes:summary>Interviews with Oxford University Press authors about their books</itunes:summary>
    <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
    <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
    <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/f75a895d-955a-491c-a9e3-e55a08db007e/3000x3000/ouplogo2.png?aid=rss_feed"/>
    <itunes:new-feed-url>https://feeds.simplecast.com/bHX4IOIN</itunes:new-feed-url>
    <itunes:owner>
      <itunes:name>New Books Network</itunes:name>
      <itunes:email>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com</itunes:email>
    </itunes:owner>
    <itunes:category text="Arts">
      <itunes:category text="Books"/>
    </itunes:category>
    <itunes:category text="History"/>
    <itunes:category text="Science">
      <itunes:category text="Social Sciences"/>
    </itunes:category>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">31e29249-0020-4d3b-a7f8-273884c4b714</guid>
      <title>Andrew Seth Meyer, &quot;To Rule All Under Heaven: A History of Classical China, from Confucius to the First Emperor&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The Warring States Period is one of the most important times in China’s history. It marked the end of one dynasty–the Zhou–and the beginning of a new imperial era, under the Qin. It’s an era that historian Andrew Seth Meyer describes as one of the most important revolutions in world history: The fall of the old aristocratic order, the birth of Confucianism, Daoism, and Legalism, and the creation of the imperial system that would shape China for over two thousand years.</p><p>Andrew has put together one of the first English comprehensive histories of the Warring States period in his new book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197667484" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer"><i>To Rule All Under Heaven: A History of Classical China from Confucius to the First Emperor</i></a><i> </i>(Oxford UP, 2026)</p><p>Andrew Seth Meyer is Professor of History at Brooklyn College and the author of <i>The Dao of the Military: Liu An's Art of War</i> and co-author of <i>The Huainanzi: A Guide to the Theory and Practice of Government in Early Han China.</i><br>&nbsp;</p><p>Y<i>ou can find more reviews, excerpts, interviews, and essays at</i><a href="https://asianreviewofbooks.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer"> <i>The Asian Review of Books</i></a><i>, including its review of </i><a href="https://asianreviewofbooks.com/to-rule-all-under-heaven-a-history-of-classical-china-by-andrew-seth-meyer/" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer"><i>To Rule All Under Heaven</i></a><i>. Follow on Twitter at</i><a href="https://twitter.com/BookReviewsAsia" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer"> <i>@BookReviewsAsia</i></a><i>.</i><br>&nbsp;</p><p><i>&nbsp;Nicholas Gordon is an editor for a global magazine, and a reviewer for the Asian Review of Books. He can be found on Twitter at</i><a href="https://twitter.com/nickrigordon?lang=en" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer"> <i>@nickrigordon</i></a><i>.</i></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Sep 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The Warring States Period is one of the most important times in China’s history. It marked the end of one dynasty–the Zhou–and the beginning of a new imperial era, under the Qin. It’s an era that historian Andrew Seth Meyer describes as one of the most important revolutions in world history: The fall of the old aristocratic order, the birth of Confucianism, Daoism, and Legalism, and the creation of the imperial system that would shape China for over two thousand years.</p><p>Andrew has put together one of the first English comprehensive histories of the Warring States period in his new book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197667484" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer"><i>To Rule All Under Heaven: A History of Classical China from Confucius to the First Emperor</i></a><i> </i>(Oxford UP, 2026)</p><p>Andrew Seth Meyer is Professor of History at Brooklyn College and the author of <i>The Dao of the Military: Liu An's Art of War</i> and co-author of <i>The Huainanzi: A Guide to the Theory and Practice of Government in Early Han China.</i><br>&nbsp;</p><p>Y<i>ou can find more reviews, excerpts, interviews, and essays at</i><a href="https://asianreviewofbooks.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer"> <i>The Asian Review of Books</i></a><i>, including its review of </i><a href="https://asianreviewofbooks.com/to-rule-all-under-heaven-a-history-of-classical-china-by-andrew-seth-meyer/" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer"><i>To Rule All Under Heaven</i></a><i>. Follow on Twitter at</i><a href="https://twitter.com/BookReviewsAsia" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer"> <i>@BookReviewsAsia</i></a><i>.</i><br>&nbsp;</p><p><i>&nbsp;Nicholas Gordon is an editor for a global magazine, and a reviewer for the Asian Review of Books. He can be found on Twitter at</i><a href="https://twitter.com/nickrigordon?lang=en" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer"> <i>@nickrigordon</i></a><i>.</i></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="50309629" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/39854041-158b-4d28-ae40-3cd1fcee253d/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=39854041-158b-4d28-ae40-3cd1fcee253d&amp;awSourceEpisodeId=8abbbec6-1746-4470-8a7f-8161a805ab0b&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Andrew Seth Meyer, &quot;To Rule All Under Heaven: A History of Classical China, from Confucius to the First Emperor&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:52:23</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The Warring States Period is one of the most important times in China’s history. It marked the end of one dynasty–the Zhou–and the beginning of a new imperial era, under the Qin. It’s an era that historian Andrew Seth Meyer describes as one of the most important revolutions in world history: The fall of the old aristocratic order, the birth of Confucianism, Daoism, and Legalism, and the creation of the imperial system that would shape China for over two thousand years.

Andrew has put together one of the first English comprehensive histories of the Warring States period in his new book To Rule All Under Heaven: A History of Classical China from Confucius to the First Emperor (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The Warring States Period is one of the most important times in China’s history. It marked the end of one dynasty–the Zhou–and the beginning of a new imperial era, under the Qin. It’s an era that historian Andrew Seth Meyer describes as one of the most important revolutions in world history: The fall of the old aristocratic order, the birth of Confucianism, Daoism, and Legalism, and the creation of the imperial system that would shape China for over two thousand years.

Andrew has put together one of the first English comprehensive histories of the Warring States period in his new book To Rule All Under Heaven: A History of Classical China from Confucius to the First Emperor (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>2023</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18987dde-ac03-11f1-a5cc-7f23a7c3ff9d</guid>
      <title>Robert A. Wilson, &quot;Kin Matters: Relational Beings in the Fragile Sciences&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>What is kinship? This central question in cultural anthropology is standardly answered in terms of culturally constructed relationships that are unconstrained by biological relationships. In<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197825907"> </a><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197825907">Kin Matters: Relational Beings in the Fragile Sciences</a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2026), Robert Wilson proposes an alternative view that does not separate kin relations from biological facts about reproduction that are universally known, such as the fact that human females are pregnant before they give birth. On the Progenerative View, kinship is the cultural elaboration of reproductive relations, which act as constraints on kin relations. Wilson, who is professor of philosophy at the University of Western Australia, also analyzes incest avoidance from this perspective, and draws on clinical findings, primatology, and philosophy of mind and philosophy of biology to develop his biologically-based yet non-reductive and culturally variable view of kinship.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Sep 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>What is kinship? This central question in cultural anthropology is standardly answered in terms of culturally constructed relationships that are unconstrained by biological relationships. In<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197825907"> </a><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197825907">Kin Matters: Relational Beings in the Fragile Sciences</a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2026), Robert Wilson proposes an alternative view that does not separate kin relations from biological facts about reproduction that are universally known, such as the fact that human females are pregnant before they give birth. On the Progenerative View, kinship is the cultural elaboration of reproductive relations, which act as constraints on kin relations. Wilson, who is professor of philosophy at the University of Western Australia, also analyzes incest avoidance from this perspective, and draws on clinical findings, primatology, and philosophy of mind and philosophy of biology to develop his biologically-based yet non-reductive and culturally variable view of kinship.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="63442127" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/18f38a3c-0ba2-4068-ba9a-df110d227fae/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=18f38a3c-0ba2-4068-ba9a-df110d227fae&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Robert A. Wilson, &quot;Kin Matters: Relational Beings in the Fragile Sciences&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:06:02</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>What is kinship? This central question in cultural anthropology is standardly answered in terms of culturally constructed relationships that are unconstrained by biological relationships. In Kin Matters: Relational Beings in the Fragile Sciences (Oxford UP, 2026), Robert Wilson proposes an alternative view that does not separate kin relations from biological facts about reproduction that are universally known, such as the fact that human females are pregnant before they give birth. On the Progenerative View, kinship is the cultural elaboration of reproductive relations, which act as constraints on kin relations. Wilson, who is professor of philosophy at the University of Western Australia, also analyzes incest avoidance from this perspective, and draws on clinical findings, primatology, and philosophy of mind and philosophy of biology to develop his biologically-based yet non-reductive and culturally variable view of kinship.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>What is kinship? This central question in cultural anthropology is standardly answered in terms of culturally constructed relationships that are unconstrained by biological relationships. In Kin Matters: Relational Beings in the Fragile Sciences (Oxford UP, 2026), Robert Wilson proposes an alternative view that does not separate kin relations from biological facts about reproduction that are universally known, such as the fact that human females are pregnant before they give birth. On the Progenerative View, kinship is the cultural elaboration of reproductive relations, which act as constraints on kin relations. Wilson, who is professor of philosophy at the University of Western Australia, also analyzes incest avoidance from this perspective, and draws on clinical findings, primatology, and philosophy of mind and philosophy of biology to develop his biologically-based yet non-reductive and culturally variable view of kinship.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1893</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23576fd6-a5d3-11f1-802d-73ee69f5f599</guid>
      <title>Meghan Garrity, &quot;Mass Expulsion: The Politics of Forced Population Removal&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Since the beginning of the twentieth century, governments around the world have expelled, en masse, more than 30 million people. Yet despite its prevalence, mass expulsion remains an understudied phenomenon as scholarly attention has been directed toward the gravest atrocities—genocide and mass killing—or toward forced migration more broadly.</p>
<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197829066">Mass Expulsion: The Politics of Forced Population Removal</a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2026) by Dr. Meghan Garrity examines why and how governments expel, providing a systematic, cross-regional account of mass expulsion over the longue durée. Using the original Government-Sponsored Mass Expulsion (GSME) dataset, the book explains when and where expulsion occurs, who is targeted, and what regimes are most likely to expel. The book identifies two overarching categories of mass expulsion—security and economic—and develops a typology of four corresponding types: counter-irredentist, counter-subversive, reprisal, and nativist. It advances a theory of mass expulsion that traces the decision-making process, showing how key structural, proximate, precipitating, and intervening factors combine to shape the conditions under which governments expel or are restrained. Evidence is drawn from archival research conducted at the United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees, the International Committee of the Red Cross, and the League of Nations archives in Geneva, Switzerland.<br />This research contributes to the fields of international peace and security, political violence, and forced migration. Conceptually, it fills a gap in the literature by systematically examining mass expulsion as a distinct eliminationist policy aimed at the intentional removal of ethnic groups. Theoretically, it extends existing explanations beyond war and security threats, highlighting an entire class of expulsions targeting perceived economic threats. The book deepens our understanding of critical atrocity restraints, demonstrating the importance of alliances, the “homeland” state of the target group, and international organizations. These restraints generate core policy recommendations that seek to spur greater attention to deterring mass expulsion as a priority for atrocity prevention.</p>
<p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 5 Sep 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Since the beginning of the twentieth century, governments around the world have expelled, en masse, more than 30 million people. Yet despite its prevalence, mass expulsion remains an understudied phenomenon as scholarly attention has been directed toward the gravest atrocities—genocide and mass killing—or toward forced migration more broadly.</p>
<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197829066">Mass Expulsion: The Politics of Forced Population Removal</a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2026) by Dr. Meghan Garrity examines why and how governments expel, providing a systematic, cross-regional account of mass expulsion over the longue durée. Using the original Government-Sponsored Mass Expulsion (GSME) dataset, the book explains when and where expulsion occurs, who is targeted, and what regimes are most likely to expel. The book identifies two overarching categories of mass expulsion—security and economic—and develops a typology of four corresponding types: counter-irredentist, counter-subversive, reprisal, and nativist. It advances a theory of mass expulsion that traces the decision-making process, showing how key structural, proximate, precipitating, and intervening factors combine to shape the conditions under which governments expel or are restrained. Evidence is drawn from archival research conducted at the United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees, the International Committee of the Red Cross, and the League of Nations archives in Geneva, Switzerland.<br />This research contributes to the fields of international peace and security, political violence, and forced migration. Conceptually, it fills a gap in the literature by systematically examining mass expulsion as a distinct eliminationist policy aimed at the intentional removal of ethnic groups. Theoretically, it extends existing explanations beyond war and security threats, highlighting an entire class of expulsions targeting perceived economic threats. The book deepens our understanding of critical atrocity restraints, demonstrating the importance of alliances, the “homeland” state of the target group, and international organizations. These restraints generate core policy recommendations that seek to spur greater attention to deterring mass expulsion as a priority for atrocity prevention.</p>
<p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="41502793" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/479aab5b-7fa4-44a3-bb2f-c2d7b345f08f/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=479aab5b-7fa4-44a3-bb2f-c2d7b345f08f&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Meghan Garrity, &quot;Mass Expulsion: The Politics of Forced Population Removal&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:43:10</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Since the beginning of the twentieth century, governments around the world have expelled, en masse, more than 30 million people. Yet despite its prevalence, mass expulsion remains an understudied phenomenon as scholarly attention has been directed toward the gravest atrocities—genocide and mass killing—or toward forced migration more broadly.

Mass Expulsion: The Politics of Forced Population Removal (Oxford UP, 2026) by Dr. Meghan Garrity examines why and how governments expel, providing a systematic, cross-regional account of mass expulsion over the longue durée. Using the original Government-Sponsored Mass Expulsion (GSME) dataset, the book explains when and where expulsion occurs, who is targeted, and what regimes are most likely to expel. The book identifies two overarching categories of mass expulsion—security and economic—and develops a typology of four corresponding types: counter-irredentist, counter-subversive, reprisal, and nativist. It advances a theory of mass expulsion that traces the decision-making process, showing how key structural, proximate, precipitating, and intervening factors combine to shape the conditions under which governments expel or are restrained. Evidence is drawn from archival research conducted at the United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees, the International Committee of the Red Cross, and the League of Nations archives in Geneva, Switzerland.This research contributes to the fields of international peace and security, political violence, and forced migration. Conceptually, it fills a gap in the literature by systematically examining mass expulsion as a distinct eliminationist policy aimed at the intentional removal of ethnic groups. Theoretically, it extends existing explanations beyond war and security threats, highlighting an entire class of expulsions targeting perceived economic threats. The book deepens our understanding of critical atrocity restraints, demonstrating the importance of alliances, the “homeland” state of the target group, and international organizations. These restraints generate core policy recommendations that seek to spur greater attention to deterring mass expulsion as a priority for atrocity prevention.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Since the beginning of the twentieth century, governments around the world have expelled, en masse, more than 30 million people. Yet despite its prevalence, mass expulsion remains an understudied phenomenon as scholarly attention has been directed toward the gravest atrocities—genocide and mass killing—or toward forced migration more broadly.

Mass Expulsion: The Politics of Forced Population Removal (Oxford UP, 2026) by Dr. Meghan Garrity examines why and how governments expel, providing a systematic, cross-regional account of mass expulsion over the longue durée. Using the original Government-Sponsored Mass Expulsion (GSME) dataset, the book explains when and where expulsion occurs, who is targeted, and what regimes are most likely to expel. The book identifies two overarching categories of mass expulsion—security and economic—and develops a typology of four corresponding types: counter-irredentist, counter-subversive, reprisal, and nativist. It advances a theory of mass expulsion that traces the decision-making process, showing how key structural, proximate, precipitating, and intervening factors combine to shape the conditions under which governments expel or are restrained. Evidence is drawn from archival research conducted at the United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees, the International Committee of the Red Cross, and the League of Nations archives in Geneva, Switzerland.This research contributes to the fields of international peace and security, political violence, and forced migration. Conceptually, it fills a gap in the literature by systematically examining mass expulsion as a distinct eliminationist policy aimed at the intentional removal of ethnic groups. Theoretically, it extends existing explanations beyond war and security threats, highlighting an entire class of expulsions targeting perceived economic threats. The book deepens our understanding of critical atrocity restraints, demonstrating the importance of alliances, the “homeland” state of the target group, and international organizations. These restraints generate core policy recommendations that seek to spur greater attention to deterring mass expulsion as a priority for atrocity prevention.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1892</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ac9edb9a-a6cc-11f1-9dcd-9baffa29c45e</guid>
      <title>Shaun Gallagher, &quot;The Self and its Disorders&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this interview, Shaun Gallagher discusses<em> ﻿</em><a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-self-and-its-disorders-9780198873068?cc=au&amp;lang=en&amp;">The Self and its Disorders</a> ﻿(Oxford University Press, 2024)﻿</p>
<ul>
  <li>A ground-breaking theory of the self as a pattern</li>
  <li>Interdisciplinary, drawing on philosophy of mind, phenomenology, cognitive psychology, psychiatry, and dynamical systems analysis</li>
  <li>Discusses the role of self-narrative in self-formation, its breakdown in various psychopathologies, and its role in therapy</li>
  <li>Explores the phenomenology of agency and its disruption in various psychopathologies</li>
  <li>Outlines a 4E (embodied, embedded, extended and enactive) approach to understanding the effects of different therapies for psychopathologies</li>
</ul>
<p>Shaun Gallagher offers an account of psychopathologies as disorders of the self. <em>The Self and its Disorders</em> develops an interdisciplinary approach to an 'integrative' perspective in psychiatry. In contrast to some integrative approaches that focus on narrow brain-based conceptions, or on symptomology, this book takes its bearings from embodied and enactive conceptions of human experience. Gallagher offers an understanding of the self as a pattern of processes that include bodily, experiential, affective, cognitive, intersubjective, narrative, ecological and normative factors. He provides a philosophical analysis of the notion of self-pattern; then, drawing on phenomenological, developmental, clinical and experimental evidence, he proposes a method to study the effects of psychopathologies on the self-pattern. The book includes specific discussions of schizophrenia, anxiety disorders, depression, borderline personality disorder, and autism, among other disorders, as well as the effects of torture and solitary confinement. It also explores a variety of issues that relate to therapeutic approaches, including deep brain stimulation, meditation-based interventions, and the use of artificial intelligence and virtual reality.</p>
<p>Prof Shaun Gallagher, Lillian and Morrie Moss Chair of Excellence in Philosophy, University of Memphis</p>
<p>Shaun Gallagher, PhD, Hon DPhil., is the Lillian and Morrie Moss Professor of Excellence in Philosophy at the University of Memphis, and Professorial Fellow at the School of Liberal Arts, University of Wollongong. He was a Humboldt Foundation Anneliese Maier Research Fellow (2012-18) and has held Honorary Professorships at Tromsø University (Norway), Durham (UK), and Copenhagen (DK), as well as visiting positions at Cambridge, Lyon, Paris, Berlin, Oxford, and Rome. His areas of research include phenomenology, philosophy of mind, embodied cognition, social cognition, and concepts of self. He is editor-in-chief of the journal <em>Phenomenology and the Cognitive Sciences</em>. Find Shaun <a href="http://www.ummoss.org/">here</a>.</p>
<p>Dr. Anya Daly is Senior Lecturer in Philosophy and Ethics in the School of Arts and Society, University of Tasmania. Interdisciplinary collaborations are at the core of Anya’s research interests. She investigates the intersections of phenomenology with philosophy of mind, the philosophy of perception, the philosophy of psychiatry, embodied and social cognition, enactivism, ethics, aesthetics and Buddhist Philosophy. ﻿Find Anya <a href="https://discover.utas.edu.au/Anya.Daly">here</a></p>
<p>Original recording by Badger Made, Hobart. Contact: billygbadger@gmail.com</p>
<p><br /></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 4 Sep 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this interview, Shaun Gallagher discusses<em> ﻿</em><a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-self-and-its-disorders-9780198873068?cc=au&amp;lang=en&amp;">The Self and its Disorders</a> ﻿(Oxford University Press, 2024)﻿</p>
<ul>
  <li>A ground-breaking theory of the self as a pattern</li>
  <li>Interdisciplinary, drawing on philosophy of mind, phenomenology, cognitive psychology, psychiatry, and dynamical systems analysis</li>
  <li>Discusses the role of self-narrative in self-formation, its breakdown in various psychopathologies, and its role in therapy</li>
  <li>Explores the phenomenology of agency and its disruption in various psychopathologies</li>
  <li>Outlines a 4E (embodied, embedded, extended and enactive) approach to understanding the effects of different therapies for psychopathologies</li>
</ul>
<p>Shaun Gallagher offers an account of psychopathologies as disorders of the self. <em>The Self and its Disorders</em> develops an interdisciplinary approach to an 'integrative' perspective in psychiatry. In contrast to some integrative approaches that focus on narrow brain-based conceptions, or on symptomology, this book takes its bearings from embodied and enactive conceptions of human experience. Gallagher offers an understanding of the self as a pattern of processes that include bodily, experiential, affective, cognitive, intersubjective, narrative, ecological and normative factors. He provides a philosophical analysis of the notion of self-pattern; then, drawing on phenomenological, developmental, clinical and experimental evidence, he proposes a method to study the effects of psychopathologies on the self-pattern. The book includes specific discussions of schizophrenia, anxiety disorders, depression, borderline personality disorder, and autism, among other disorders, as well as the effects of torture and solitary confinement. It also explores a variety of issues that relate to therapeutic approaches, including deep brain stimulation, meditation-based interventions, and the use of artificial intelligence and virtual reality.</p>
<p>Prof Shaun Gallagher, Lillian and Morrie Moss Chair of Excellence in Philosophy, University of Memphis</p>
<p>Shaun Gallagher, PhD, Hon DPhil., is the Lillian and Morrie Moss Professor of Excellence in Philosophy at the University of Memphis, and Professorial Fellow at the School of Liberal Arts, University of Wollongong. He was a Humboldt Foundation Anneliese Maier Research Fellow (2012-18) and has held Honorary Professorships at Tromsø University (Norway), Durham (UK), and Copenhagen (DK), as well as visiting positions at Cambridge, Lyon, Paris, Berlin, Oxford, and Rome. His areas of research include phenomenology, philosophy of mind, embodied cognition, social cognition, and concepts of self. He is editor-in-chief of the journal <em>Phenomenology and the Cognitive Sciences</em>. Find Shaun <a href="http://www.ummoss.org/">here</a>.</p>
<p>Dr. Anya Daly is Senior Lecturer in Philosophy and Ethics in the School of Arts and Society, University of Tasmania. Interdisciplinary collaborations are at the core of Anya’s research interests. She investigates the intersections of phenomenology with philosophy of mind, the philosophy of perception, the philosophy of psychiatry, embodied and social cognition, enactivism, ethics, aesthetics and Buddhist Philosophy. ﻿Find Anya <a href="https://discover.utas.edu.au/Anya.Daly">here</a></p>
<p>Original recording by Badger Made, Hobart. Contact: billygbadger@gmail.com</p>
<p><br /></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="51023159" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/fc4809cd-9be3-4de9-9af9-ab5019584db4/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=fc4809cd-9be3-4de9-9af9-ab5019584db4&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Shaun Gallagher, &quot;The Self and its Disorders&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:53:06</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this interview, Shaun Gallagher discusses ﻿The Self and its Disorders ﻿(Oxford University Press, 2024)﻿


  A ground-breaking theory of the self as a pattern

  Interdisciplinary, drawing on philosophy of mind, phenomenology, cognitive psychology, psychiatry, and dynamical systems analysis

  Discusses the role of self-narrative in self-formation, its breakdown in various psychopathologies, and its role in therapy

  Explores the phenomenology of agency and its disruption in various psychopathologies

  Outlines a 4E (embodied, embedded, extended and enactive) approach to understanding the effects of different therapies for psychopathologies


Shaun Gallagher offers an account of psychopathologies as disorders of the self. The Self and its Disorders develops an interdisciplinary approach to an &apos;integrative&apos; perspective in psychiatry. In contrast to some integrative approaches that focus on narrow brain-based conceptions, or on symptomology, this book takes its bearings from embodied and enactive conceptions of human experience. Gallagher offers an understanding of the self as a pattern of processes that include bodily, experiential, affective, cognitive, intersubjective, narrative, ecological and normative factors. He provides a philosophical analysis of the notion of self-pattern; then, drawing on phenomenological, developmental, clinical and experimental evidence, he proposes a method to study the effects of psychopathologies on the self-pattern. The book includes specific discussions of schizophrenia, anxiety disorders, depression, borderline personality disorder, and autism, among other disorders, as well as the effects of torture and solitary confinement. It also explores a variety of issues that relate to therapeutic approaches, including deep brain stimulation, meditation-based interventions, and the use of artificial intelligence and virtual reality.

Prof Shaun Gallagher, Lillian and Morrie Moss Chair of Excellence in Philosophy, University of Memphis

Shaun Gallagher, PhD, Hon DPhil., is the Lillian and Morrie Moss Professor of Excellence in Philosophy at the University of Memphis, and Professorial Fellow at the School of Liberal Arts, University of Wollongong. He was a Humboldt Foundation Anneliese Maier Research Fellow (2012-18) and has held Honorary Professorships at Tromsø University (Norway), Durham (UK), and Copenhagen (DK), as well as visiting positions at Cambridge, Lyon, Paris, Berlin, Oxford, and Rome. His areas of research include phenomenology, philosophy of mind, embodied cognition, social cognition, and concepts of self. He is editor-in-chief of the journal Phenomenology and the Cognitive Sciences. Find Shaun here.

Dr. Anya Daly is Senior Lecturer in Philosophy and Ethics in the School of Arts and Society, University of Tasmania. Interdisciplinary collaborations are at the core of Anya’s research interests. She investigates the intersections of phenomenology with philosophy of mind, the philosophy of perception, the philosophy of psychiatry, embodied and social cognition, enactivism, ethics, aesthetics and Buddhist Philosophy. ﻿Find Anya here

Original recording by Badger Made, Hobart. Contact: billygbadger@gmail.com</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this interview, Shaun Gallagher discusses ﻿The Self and its Disorders ﻿(Oxford University Press, 2024)﻿


  A ground-breaking theory of the self as a pattern

  Interdisciplinary, drawing on philosophy of mind, phenomenology, cognitive psychology, psychiatry, and dynamical systems analysis

  Discusses the role of self-narrative in self-formation, its breakdown in various psychopathologies, and its role in therapy

  Explores the phenomenology of agency and its disruption in various psychopathologies

  Outlines a 4E (embodied, embedded, extended and enactive) approach to understanding the effects of different therapies for psychopathologies


Shaun Gallagher offers an account of psychopathologies as disorders of the self. The Self and its Disorders develops an interdisciplinary approach to an &apos;integrative&apos; perspective in psychiatry. In contrast to some integrative approaches that focus on narrow brain-based conceptions, or on symptomology, this book takes its bearings from embodied and enactive conceptions of human experience. Gallagher offers an understanding of the self as a pattern of processes that include bodily, experiential, affective, cognitive, intersubjective, narrative, ecological and normative factors. He provides a philosophical analysis of the notion of self-pattern; then, drawing on phenomenological, developmental, clinical and experimental evidence, he proposes a method to study the effects of psychopathologies on the self-pattern. The book includes specific discussions of schizophrenia, anxiety disorders, depression, borderline personality disorder, and autism, among other disorders, as well as the effects of torture and solitary confinement. It also explores a variety of issues that relate to therapeutic approaches, including deep brain stimulation, meditation-based interventions, and the use of artificial intelligence and virtual reality.

Prof Shaun Gallagher, Lillian and Morrie Moss Chair of Excellence in Philosophy, University of Memphis

Shaun Gallagher, PhD, Hon DPhil., is the Lillian and Morrie Moss Professor of Excellence in Philosophy at the University of Memphis, and Professorial Fellow at the School of Liberal Arts, University of Wollongong. He was a Humboldt Foundation Anneliese Maier Research Fellow (2012-18) and has held Honorary Professorships at Tromsø University (Norway), Durham (UK), and Copenhagen (DK), as well as visiting positions at Cambridge, Lyon, Paris, Berlin, Oxford, and Rome. His areas of research include phenomenology, philosophy of mind, embodied cognition, social cognition, and concepts of self. He is editor-in-chief of the journal Phenomenology and the Cognitive Sciences. Find Shaun here.

Dr. Anya Daly is Senior Lecturer in Philosophy and Ethics in the School of Arts and Society, University of Tasmania. Interdisciplinary collaborations are at the core of Anya’s research interests. She investigates the intersections of phenomenology with philosophy of mind, the philosophy of perception, the philosophy of psychiatry, embodied and social cognition, enactivism, ethics, aesthetics and Buddhist Philosophy. ﻿Find Anya here

Original recording by Badger Made, Hobart. Contact: billygbadger@gmail.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1891</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7d5295ba-a1f0-11f1-86b0-db6375dc5fe6</guid>
      <title>Baruch Fischhoff, &quot;Bounded Disciplines and Unbounded Problems: A Vision for Management Science&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Baruch Fischhoff's <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198893905"><em>Bounded Disciplines and Unbounded Problems: A Vision for Management Science</em> </a>(Oxford University Press, 2025), part of the Clarendon Lectures in Management series) tackles a central tension in academia that disciplines are organized around narrow, bounded methods and theories, while the real-world problems society faces such as climate change, public health, financial crises, technology risk are messy, unbounded, and refuse to respect departmental boundaries. Fischhoff argues that business schools are uniquely positioned to bridge this gap because they already house faculty with both rigorous analytical training and applied, real-world orientation. The book proposes concrete ways management schools can restructure incentives, training, and collaboration so scholars can excel in their discipline while still meaningfully engaging with intractable societal problems.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 4 Sep 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Baruch Fischhoff's <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198893905"><em>Bounded Disciplines and Unbounded Problems: A Vision for Management Science</em> </a>(Oxford University Press, 2025), part of the Clarendon Lectures in Management series) tackles a central tension in academia that disciplines are organized around narrow, bounded methods and theories, while the real-world problems society faces such as climate change, public health, financial crises, technology risk are messy, unbounded, and refuse to respect departmental boundaries. Fischhoff argues that business schools are uniquely positioned to bridge this gap because they already house faculty with both rigorous analytical training and applied, real-world orientation. The book proposes concrete ways management schools can restructure incentives, training, and collaboration so scholars can excel in their discipline while still meaningfully engaging with intractable societal problems.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="70485189" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/5458578d-6099-4695-86b0-d5cfba6f12ac/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=5458578d-6099-4695-86b0-d5cfba6f12ac&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Baruch Fischhoff, &quot;Bounded Disciplines and Unbounded Problems: A Vision for Management Science&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:13:19</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Baruch Fischhoff&apos;s Bounded Disciplines and Unbounded Problems: A Vision for Management Science (Oxford University Press, 2025), part of the Clarendon Lectures in Management series) tackles a central tension in academia that disciplines are organized around narrow, bounded methods and theories, while the real-world problems society faces such as climate change, public health, financial crises, technology risk are messy, unbounded, and refuse to respect departmental boundaries. Fischhoff argues that business schools are uniquely positioned to bridge this gap because they already house faculty with both rigorous analytical training and applied, real-world orientation. The book proposes concrete ways management schools can restructure incentives, training, and collaboration so scholars can excel in their discipline while still meaningfully engaging with intractable societal problems.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Baruch Fischhoff&apos;s Bounded Disciplines and Unbounded Problems: A Vision for Management Science (Oxford University Press, 2025), part of the Clarendon Lectures in Management series) tackles a central tension in academia that disciplines are organized around narrow, bounded methods and theories, while the real-world problems society faces such as climate change, public health, financial crises, technology risk are messy, unbounded, and refuse to respect departmental boundaries. Fischhoff argues that business schools are uniquely positioned to bridge this gap because they already house faculty with both rigorous analytical training and applied, real-world orientation. The book proposes concrete ways management schools can restructure incentives, training, and collaboration so scholars can excel in their discipline while still meaningfully engaging with intractable societal problems.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1890</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b856d53c-9fdd-11f1-9c2a-07c427ad0d7c</guid>
      <title>Stefan Collini, &quot;Literature and Learning: A History of English Studies in Britain&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><em></em><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198800187"><em>Literature and Learning: A History of English Studies in Britain</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2025) by Stefan Collini</p>
<p>﻿The
 study and teaching of English literature is generally regarded as one 
of the central disciplines in the modern university, yet for much of its
 history it struggled to gain academic legitimacy and was frequently 
derided as 'a soft option'. Its early professors responded by 
emphasizing its scholarly character, foregrounding philology and 
literary history in ways that marked the syllabus far into the twentieth
 century.</p>
<p>Stefan Collini provides here the first full account of the 
discipline's development from its late-eighteenth-century beginnings up 
to the early 1960s. Paying special attention to institutional settings, 
he challenges numerous assumptions about the character of universities 
in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. From the detailed 
exploration of syllabuses, exam papers, and other institutional records,
 the impact of literary criticism is revealed to be later and more 
partial than is commonly assumed. Rather than seeing the early teaching 
of English literature as 'a substitute for religion' or 'a means to 
soften class conflict', Collini emphasizes the role of ideals of 
learnedness and scholarship, as well as of external factors such as 
opportunities for employment in the civil service and secondary 
school-teaching. There are full discussions of the parts played by such 
figures as John Churton Collins, A.C. Bradley, George Saintsbury, and 
Walter Raleigh, together with sceptical analyses of the decisive 
significance usually attributed to Matthew Arnold, T.S. Eliot, I.A. 
Richards, and F.R. Leavis. Separate chapters are devoted to neglected 
aspects of the story such as the role of Classics, the importance of the
 subject for women's higher education, and the connections with English 
teaching in schools.</p>
<p>Drawing on extensive use of institutional 
archives and records as well as the writings of contemporary 
participants, the book offers a vivid and wide-ranging history of 
English-as-discipline and its centrality across academic, literary, 
cultural, and educational life over the past two year hundred years, as 
well as a resounding testament to its continued importance and relevance
 today.</p>
<p>﻿Stefan Collini, Professor Emeritus of Intellectual 
History and English Literature, University of Cambridge. Stefan Collini 
was educated at Cambridge and Yale. Following a Research Fellowship at 
St John's College, Cambridge, he was Lecturer, then Reader, in 
Intellectual History at the University of Sussex 1974-86; Lecturer, then
 Reader, then Professor of Intellectual History and English Literature 
at the University of Cambridge 1986-2014. He is a Fellow of the British 
Academy, and a frequent contributor to the <em>London Review of Books, Times Literary Supplement</em>, and <em>Guardian</em>.</p>
<p>﻿<a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">Morteza Hajizadeh</a>
 is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New 
Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; 
Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 
18th
and 19th Century British Literature.  ﻿</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 29 Aug 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><em></em><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198800187"><em>Literature and Learning: A History of English Studies in Britain</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2025) by Stefan Collini</p>
<p>﻿The
 study and teaching of English literature is generally regarded as one 
of the central disciplines in the modern university, yet for much of its
 history it struggled to gain academic legitimacy and was frequently 
derided as 'a soft option'. Its early professors responded by 
emphasizing its scholarly character, foregrounding philology and 
literary history in ways that marked the syllabus far into the twentieth
 century.</p>
<p>Stefan Collini provides here the first full account of the 
discipline's development from its late-eighteenth-century beginnings up 
to the early 1960s. Paying special attention to institutional settings, 
he challenges numerous assumptions about the character of universities 
in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. From the detailed 
exploration of syllabuses, exam papers, and other institutional records,
 the impact of literary criticism is revealed to be later and more 
partial than is commonly assumed. Rather than seeing the early teaching 
of English literature as 'a substitute for religion' or 'a means to 
soften class conflict', Collini emphasizes the role of ideals of 
learnedness and scholarship, as well as of external factors such as 
opportunities for employment in the civil service and secondary 
school-teaching. There are full discussions of the parts played by such 
figures as John Churton Collins, A.C. Bradley, George Saintsbury, and 
Walter Raleigh, together with sceptical analyses of the decisive 
significance usually attributed to Matthew Arnold, T.S. Eliot, I.A. 
Richards, and F.R. Leavis. Separate chapters are devoted to neglected 
aspects of the story such as the role of Classics, the importance of the
 subject for women's higher education, and the connections with English 
teaching in schools.</p>
<p>Drawing on extensive use of institutional 
archives and records as well as the writings of contemporary 
participants, the book offers a vivid and wide-ranging history of 
English-as-discipline and its centrality across academic, literary, 
cultural, and educational life over the past two year hundred years, as 
well as a resounding testament to its continued importance and relevance
 today.</p>
<p>﻿Stefan Collini, Professor Emeritus of Intellectual 
History and English Literature, University of Cambridge. Stefan Collini 
was educated at Cambridge and Yale. Following a Research Fellowship at 
St John's College, Cambridge, he was Lecturer, then Reader, in 
Intellectual History at the University of Sussex 1974-86; Lecturer, then
 Reader, then Professor of Intellectual History and English Literature 
at the University of Cambridge 1986-2014. He is a Fellow of the British 
Academy, and a frequent contributor to the <em>London Review of Books, Times Literary Supplement</em>, and <em>Guardian</em>.</p>
<p>﻿<a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">Morteza Hajizadeh</a>
 is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New 
Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; 
Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 
18th
and 19th Century British Literature.  ﻿</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="76134070" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/93514bf8-11e3-4571-ada9-36b092fac2e4/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=93514bf8-11e3-4571-ada9-36b092fac2e4&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Stefan Collini, &quot;Literature and Learning: A History of English Studies in Britain&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:19:14</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Literature and Learning: A History of English Studies in Britain (Oxford University Press, 2025) by Stefan Collini

﻿The
 study and teaching of English literature is generally regarded as one 
of the central disciplines in the modern university, yet for much of its
 history it struggled to gain academic legitimacy and was frequently 
derided as &apos;a soft option&apos;. Its early professors responded by 
emphasizing its scholarly character, foregrounding philology and 
literary history in ways that marked the syllabus far into the twentieth
 century.

Stefan Collini provides here the first full account of the 
discipline&apos;s development from its late-eighteenth-century beginnings up 
to the early 1960s. Paying special attention to institutional settings, 
he challenges numerous assumptions about the character of universities 
in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. From the detailed 
exploration of syllabuses, exam papers, and other institutional records,
 the impact of literary criticism is revealed to be later and more 
partial than is commonly assumed. Rather than seeing the early teaching 
of English literature as &apos;a substitute for religion&apos; or &apos;a means to 
soften class conflict&apos;, Collini emphasizes the role of ideals of 
learnedness and scholarship, as well as of external factors such as 
opportunities for employment in the civil service and secondary 
school-teaching. There are full discussions of the parts played by such 
figures as John Churton Collins, A.C. Bradley, George Saintsbury, and 
Walter Raleigh, together with sceptical analyses of the decisive 
significance usually attributed to Matthew Arnold, T.S. Eliot, I.A. 
Richards, and F.R. Leavis. Separate chapters are devoted to neglected 
aspects of the story such as the role of Classics, the importance of the
 subject for women&apos;s higher education, and the connections with English 
teaching in schools.

Drawing on extensive use of institutional 
archives and records as well as the writings of contemporary 
participants, the book offers a vivid and wide-ranging history of 
English-as-discipline and its centrality across academic, literary, 
cultural, and educational life over the past two year hundred years, as 
well as a resounding testament to its continued importance and relevance
 today.

﻿Stefan Collini, Professor Emeritus of Intellectual 
History and English Literature, University of Cambridge. Stefan Collini 
was educated at Cambridge and Yale. Following a Research Fellowship at 
St John&apos;s College, Cambridge, he was Lecturer, then Reader, in 
Intellectual History at the University of Sussex 1974-86; Lecturer, then
 Reader, then Professor of Intellectual History and English Literature 
at the University of Cambridge 1986-2014. He is a Fellow of the British 
Academy, and a frequent contributor to the London Review of Books, Times Literary Supplement, and Guardian.

﻿Morteza Hajizadeh
 is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New 
Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; 
Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 
18th
and 19th Century British Literature.  ﻿</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Literature and Learning: A History of English Studies in Britain (Oxford University Press, 2025) by Stefan Collini

﻿The
 study and teaching of English literature is generally regarded as one 
of the central disciplines in the modern university, yet for much of its
 history it struggled to gain academic legitimacy and was frequently 
derided as &apos;a soft option&apos;. Its early professors responded by 
emphasizing its scholarly character, foregrounding philology and 
literary history in ways that marked the syllabus far into the twentieth
 century.

Stefan Collini provides here the first full account of the 
discipline&apos;s development from its late-eighteenth-century beginnings up 
to the early 1960s. Paying special attention to institutional settings, 
he challenges numerous assumptions about the character of universities 
in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. From the detailed 
exploration of syllabuses, exam papers, and other institutional records,
 the impact of literary criticism is revealed to be later and more 
partial than is commonly assumed. Rather than seeing the early teaching 
of English literature as &apos;a substitute for religion&apos; or &apos;a means to 
soften class conflict&apos;, Collini emphasizes the role of ideals of 
learnedness and scholarship, as well as of external factors such as 
opportunities for employment in the civil service and secondary 
school-teaching. There are full discussions of the parts played by such 
figures as John Churton Collins, A.C. Bradley, George Saintsbury, and 
Walter Raleigh, together with sceptical analyses of the decisive 
significance usually attributed to Matthew Arnold, T.S. Eliot, I.A. 
Richards, and F.R. Leavis. Separate chapters are devoted to neglected 
aspects of the story such as the role of Classics, the importance of the
 subject for women&apos;s higher education, and the connections with English 
teaching in schools.

Drawing on extensive use of institutional 
archives and records as well as the writings of contemporary 
participants, the book offers a vivid and wide-ranging history of 
English-as-discipline and its centrality across academic, literary, 
cultural, and educational life over the past two year hundred years, as 
well as a resounding testament to its continued importance and relevance
 today.

﻿Stefan Collini, Professor Emeritus of Intellectual 
History and English Literature, University of Cambridge. Stefan Collini 
was educated at Cambridge and Yale. Following a Research Fellowship at 
St John&apos;s College, Cambridge, he was Lecturer, then Reader, in 
Intellectual History at the University of Sussex 1974-86; Lecturer, then
 Reader, then Professor of Intellectual History and English Literature 
at the University of Cambridge 1986-2014. He is a Fellow of the British 
Academy, and a frequent contributor to the London Review of Books, Times Literary Supplement, and Guardian.

﻿Morteza Hajizadeh
 is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New 
Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; 
Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 
18th
and 19th Century British Literature.  ﻿</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1889</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ff59221a-9d0c-11f1-b503-b719a794e8ed</guid>
      <title>Jamie L. Brummitt, &quot;Protestant Relics in Early America&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Edward Blum interviews Dr. Jamie L. Brummitt on how new book <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/protestant-relics-in-early-america-9780197669709?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;"><em>Protestant Relics in Early America</em></a><em>.</em>﻿<br /></p>
<p>In<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197669709"> </a><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197669709">Protestant Relics in Early America</a> ﻿(Oxford UP, 2025), Jamie L. Brummitt upends long-held assumptions about religion and material culture in the early United States. Brummitt chronicles how American Protestants cultivated a lively relic culture centered around collecting supernatural memory objects associated with dead Christian leaders, family members, and friends. These objects materialized the real physical presences of God, Jesus, the Holy Spirit, and souls of the dead on earth.<br />As Brummitt demonstrates, people of nearly all Protestant denominations and walks of life--including members of Congress, college presidents, ministers, mothers, free Black activists, schoolchildren, and enslaved people--sought embodied and supernatural sense experiences with relics. They collected relics from deathbeds, stole relics from tombs, made relics in schools, visited relics at pilgrimage sites like George Washington's Mount Vernon, purchased relics in the marketplace, and carried relics into the American Revolution and the Civil War. Locks of hair, blood, bones, portraits, daguerreotypes, post-mortem photographs, memoirs, deathbed letters, Bibles, clothes, embroidered and painted mourning pieces, and a plethora of other objects that had been touched, used, or owned by the dead became Protestant relics. These relic practices were so pervasive that they shaped systems of earthly and heavenly power, from young women's education to national elections to Protestant-Catholic relations to the structure of freedom and families in the afterlife.<br />In recovering the forgotten history and presence of Protestant relics in early America, Brummitt demonstrates how material practices of religion defined early American politics and how the Enlightenment enhanced rather than diminished embodied presence. Moreover, Brummitt reveals how the secular historical method has obscured the supernatural significance of relics for the Protestants who made, collected, exchanged, treasured, and passed them down. This book will be an essential resource for scholars and students of early American history, religion, politics, art, and popular culture.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Aug 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Edward Blum interviews Dr. Jamie L. Brummitt on how new book <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/protestant-relics-in-early-america-9780197669709?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;"><em>Protestant Relics in Early America</em></a><em>.</em>﻿<br /></p>
<p>In<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197669709"> </a><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197669709">Protestant Relics in Early America</a> ﻿(Oxford UP, 2025), Jamie L. Brummitt upends long-held assumptions about religion and material culture in the early United States. Brummitt chronicles how American Protestants cultivated a lively relic culture centered around collecting supernatural memory objects associated with dead Christian leaders, family members, and friends. These objects materialized the real physical presences of God, Jesus, the Holy Spirit, and souls of the dead on earth.<br />As Brummitt demonstrates, people of nearly all Protestant denominations and walks of life--including members of Congress, college presidents, ministers, mothers, free Black activists, schoolchildren, and enslaved people--sought embodied and supernatural sense experiences with relics. They collected relics from deathbeds, stole relics from tombs, made relics in schools, visited relics at pilgrimage sites like George Washington's Mount Vernon, purchased relics in the marketplace, and carried relics into the American Revolution and the Civil War. Locks of hair, blood, bones, portraits, daguerreotypes, post-mortem photographs, memoirs, deathbed letters, Bibles, clothes, embroidered and painted mourning pieces, and a plethora of other objects that had been touched, used, or owned by the dead became Protestant relics. These relic practices were so pervasive that they shaped systems of earthly and heavenly power, from young women's education to national elections to Protestant-Catholic relations to the structure of freedom and families in the afterlife.<br />In recovering the forgotten history and presence of Protestant relics in early America, Brummitt demonstrates how material practices of religion defined early American politics and how the Enlightenment enhanced rather than diminished embodied presence. Moreover, Brummitt reveals how the secular historical method has obscured the supernatural significance of relics for the Protestants who made, collected, exchanged, treasured, and passed them down. This book will be an essential resource for scholars and students of early American history, religion, politics, art, and popular culture.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="39862827" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/70f52d5a-dc4f-4338-8d0b-526ec5365d28/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=70f52d5a-dc4f-4338-8d0b-526ec5365d28&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Jamie L. Brummitt, &quot;Protestant Relics in Early America&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:41:29</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Edward Blum interviews Dr. Jamie L. Brummitt on how new book Protestant Relics in Early America.﻿

In Protestant Relics in Early America ﻿(Oxford UP, 2025), Jamie L. Brummitt upends long-held assumptions about religion and material culture in the early United States. Brummitt chronicles how American Protestants cultivated a lively relic culture centered around collecting supernatural memory objects associated with dead Christian leaders, family members, and friends. These objects materialized the real physical presences of God, Jesus, the Holy Spirit, and souls of the dead on earth.As Brummitt demonstrates, people of nearly all Protestant denominations and walks of life--including members of Congress, college presidents, ministers, mothers, free Black activists, schoolchildren, and enslaved people--sought embodied and supernatural sense experiences with relics. They collected relics from deathbeds, stole relics from tombs, made relics in schools, visited relics at pilgrimage sites like George Washington&apos;s Mount Vernon, purchased relics in the marketplace, and carried relics into the American Revolution and the Civil War. Locks of hair, blood, bones, portraits, daguerreotypes, post-mortem photographs, memoirs, deathbed letters, Bibles, clothes, embroidered and painted mourning pieces, and a plethora of other objects that had been touched, used, or owned by the dead became Protestant relics. These relic practices were so pervasive that they shaped systems of earthly and heavenly power, from young women&apos;s education to national elections to Protestant-Catholic relations to the structure of freedom and families in the afterlife.In recovering the forgotten history and presence of Protestant relics in early America, Brummitt demonstrates how material practices of religion defined early American politics and how the Enlightenment enhanced rather than diminished embodied presence. Moreover, Brummitt reveals how the secular historical method has obscured the supernatural significance of relics for the Protestants who made, collected, exchanged, treasured, and passed them down. This book will be an essential resource for scholars and students of early American history, religion, politics, art, and popular culture.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Edward Blum interviews Dr. Jamie L. Brummitt on how new book Protestant Relics in Early America.﻿

In Protestant Relics in Early America ﻿(Oxford UP, 2025), Jamie L. Brummitt upends long-held assumptions about religion and material culture in the early United States. Brummitt chronicles how American Protestants cultivated a lively relic culture centered around collecting supernatural memory objects associated with dead Christian leaders, family members, and friends. These objects materialized the real physical presences of God, Jesus, the Holy Spirit, and souls of the dead on earth.As Brummitt demonstrates, people of nearly all Protestant denominations and walks of life--including members of Congress, college presidents, ministers, mothers, free Black activists, schoolchildren, and enslaved people--sought embodied and supernatural sense experiences with relics. They collected relics from deathbeds, stole relics from tombs, made relics in schools, visited relics at pilgrimage sites like George Washington&apos;s Mount Vernon, purchased relics in the marketplace, and carried relics into the American Revolution and the Civil War. Locks of hair, blood, bones, portraits, daguerreotypes, post-mortem photographs, memoirs, deathbed letters, Bibles, clothes, embroidered and painted mourning pieces, and a plethora of other objects that had been touched, used, or owned by the dead became Protestant relics. These relic practices were so pervasive that they shaped systems of earthly and heavenly power, from young women&apos;s education to national elections to Protestant-Catholic relations to the structure of freedom and families in the afterlife.In recovering the forgotten history and presence of Protestant relics in early America, Brummitt demonstrates how material practices of religion defined early American politics and how the Enlightenment enhanced rather than diminished embodied presence. Moreover, Brummitt reveals how the secular historical method has obscured the supernatural significance of relics for the Protestants who made, collected, exchanged, treasured, and passed them down. This book will be an essential resource for scholars and students of early American history, religion, politics, art, and popular culture.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1888</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9c2de03c-9d38-11f1-9934-1b9439ab0785</guid>
      <title>Niharika Pandit, &quot;Occupying the Everyday: Militarisation and Gendered Politics of Living in Kashmir&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Our recent conversation about <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197828885">Occupying the Everyday: Militarisation and Gendered Politics of Living in Kashmir</a> (Oxford UP, 2026), with author Niharika Pandit, covers the journey of how critical methodology meets the weight of lived experience. This book examines the everyday politics of militarized control in Kashmir following the Indian government’s August 5, 2019, decision to de-operationalize Jammu and Kashmir’s nominal autonomy. The core of our reflection centered on how one theorizes through such an intense archive. The book avoids abstract distance, relying instead on a rigorous post-2019 archive built from ethnographic fieldwork and rooted in interdisciplinary feminist studies. It demonstrates that theorizing is not a passive intellectual exercise, instead, it is an active, grounded practice of mapping power where it is felt most directly. Through intersectional analyses of space, home, time, and storytelling, the text reveals how militarized control operates via spatial, embodied, affective, temporal, and discursive capture. Reflecting on this book serves as a vital reminder that critical theorizing must remain tethered to the grounded realities of resistance.﻿</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Aug 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Our recent conversation about <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197828885">Occupying the Everyday: Militarisation and Gendered Politics of Living in Kashmir</a> (Oxford UP, 2026), with author Niharika Pandit, covers the journey of how critical methodology meets the weight of lived experience. This book examines the everyday politics of militarized control in Kashmir following the Indian government’s August 5, 2019, decision to de-operationalize Jammu and Kashmir’s nominal autonomy. The core of our reflection centered on how one theorizes through such an intense archive. The book avoids abstract distance, relying instead on a rigorous post-2019 archive built from ethnographic fieldwork and rooted in interdisciplinary feminist studies. It demonstrates that theorizing is not a passive intellectual exercise, instead, it is an active, grounded practice of mapping power where it is felt most directly. Through intersectional analyses of space, home, time, and storytelling, the text reveals how militarized control operates via spatial, embodied, affective, temporal, and discursive capture. Reflecting on this book serves as a vital reminder that critical theorizing must remain tethered to the grounded realities of resistance.﻿</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="53558772" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/b9958e40-e1f9-437c-a845-454ff243c7a5/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=b9958e40-e1f9-437c-a845-454ff243c7a5&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Niharika Pandit, &quot;Occupying the Everyday: Militarisation and Gendered Politics of Living in Kashmir&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:55:43</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Our recent conversation about Occupying the Everyday: Militarisation and Gendered Politics of Living in Kashmir (Oxford UP, 2026), with author Niharika Pandit, covers the journey of how critical methodology meets the weight of lived experience. This book examines the everyday politics of militarized control in Kashmir following the Indian government’s August 5, 2019, decision to de-operationalize Jammu and Kashmir’s nominal autonomy. The core of our reflection centered on how one theorizes through such an intense archive. The book avoids abstract distance, relying instead on a rigorous post-2019 archive built from ethnographic fieldwork and rooted in interdisciplinary feminist studies. It demonstrates that theorizing is not a passive intellectual exercise, instead, it is an active, grounded practice of mapping power where it is felt most directly. Through intersectional analyses of space, home, time, and storytelling, the text reveals how militarized control operates via spatial, embodied, affective, temporal, and discursive capture. Reflecting on this book serves as a vital reminder that critical theorizing must remain tethered to the grounded realities of resistance.﻿</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Our recent conversation about Occupying the Everyday: Militarisation and Gendered Politics of Living in Kashmir (Oxford UP, 2026), with author Niharika Pandit, covers the journey of how critical methodology meets the weight of lived experience. This book examines the everyday politics of militarized control in Kashmir following the Indian government’s August 5, 2019, decision to de-operationalize Jammu and Kashmir’s nominal autonomy. The core of our reflection centered on how one theorizes through such an intense archive. The book avoids abstract distance, relying instead on a rigorous post-2019 archive built from ethnographic fieldwork and rooted in interdisciplinary feminist studies. It demonstrates that theorizing is not a passive intellectual exercise, instead, it is an active, grounded practice of mapping power where it is felt most directly. Through intersectional analyses of space, home, time, and storytelling, the text reveals how militarized control operates via spatial, embodied, affective, temporal, and discursive capture. Reflecting on this book serves as a vital reminder that critical theorizing must remain tethered to the grounded realities of resistance.﻿</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1887</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">13a16958-9be1-11f1-871a-3fffc035b849</guid>
      <title>Chenchen Zhang, &quot;Easting the West: Theorizing the Postliberal Conjuncture from China&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>With commentary on the emergence of a ‘multipolar’ world, of 
transatlantic rifts and the rise of ‘middle powers’ ubiquitous, tales of
 the decline of something called ‘the West’ seem to be everywhere. Yet 
the meanings the idea of ‘the West’ acquires in spaces beyond it tell us
 at least as much about the state of the world as portents of its 
demise.</p>
<p>﻿Based on a combination of cultural analysis of historical
 writings and—most strikingly—deep immersion in often very spicy Chinese
 social media fora, Chenchen Zhang’s new book <em>﻿</em><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198981336"><em>Easting the West: Theorizing the Postliberal Conjuncture from China</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford
 University Press, 2026) theorises the shifting significations ascribed 
to ‘the West’ in China since the late-imperial collision with European 
empires. Whether imagined as a source of modernity, a colonial 
exploiter, geopolitical rival or—most recently—a civilisation sunk into 
decadence and decay, ‘the West’—Zhang shows—is a foil for China-based 
worldviews which, whatever their anticolonial or anti-Western 
sentiments, are also entangled with Eurocentric hierarchies of race, 
nation and gender whose patriarchal and civilisational histories are 
rooted at least partly that very same ‘West’.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Aug 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>With commentary on the emergence of a ‘multipolar’ world, of 
transatlantic rifts and the rise of ‘middle powers’ ubiquitous, tales of
 the decline of something called ‘the West’ seem to be everywhere. Yet 
the meanings the idea of ‘the West’ acquires in spaces beyond it tell us
 at least as much about the state of the world as portents of its 
demise.</p>
<p>﻿Based on a combination of cultural analysis of historical
 writings and—most strikingly—deep immersion in often very spicy Chinese
 social media fora, Chenchen Zhang’s new book <em>﻿</em><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198981336"><em>Easting the West: Theorizing the Postliberal Conjuncture from China</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford
 University Press, 2026) theorises the shifting significations ascribed 
to ‘the West’ in China since the late-imperial collision with European 
empires. Whether imagined as a source of modernity, a colonial 
exploiter, geopolitical rival or—most recently—a civilisation sunk into 
decadence and decay, ‘the West’—Zhang shows—is a foil for China-based 
worldviews which, whatever their anticolonial or anti-Western 
sentiments, are also entangled with Eurocentric hierarchies of race, 
nation and gender whose patriarchal and civilisational histories are 
rooted at least partly that very same ‘West’.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="70776244" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/b6aafedf-aa38-4baa-8b12-21795866b56b/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=b6aafedf-aa38-4baa-8b12-21795866b56b&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Chenchen Zhang, &quot;Easting the West: Theorizing the Postliberal Conjuncture from China&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:13:39</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>With commentary on the emergence of a ‘multipolar’ world, of 
transatlantic rifts and the rise of ‘middle powers’ ubiquitous, tales of
 the decline of something called ‘the West’ seem to be everywhere. Yet 
the meanings the idea of ‘the West’ acquires in spaces beyond it tell us
 at least as much about the state of the world as portents of its 
demise.

﻿Based on a combination of cultural analysis of historical
 writings and—most strikingly—deep immersion in often very spicy Chinese
 social media fora, Chenchen Zhang’s new book ﻿Easting the West: Theorizing the Postliberal Conjuncture from China (Oxford
 University Press, 2026) theorises the shifting significations ascribed 
to ‘the West’ in China since the late-imperial collision with European 
empires. Whether imagined as a source of modernity, a colonial 
exploiter, geopolitical rival or—most recently—a civilisation sunk into 
decadence and decay, ‘the West’—Zhang shows—is a foil for China-based 
worldviews which, whatever their anticolonial or anti-Western 
sentiments, are also entangled with Eurocentric hierarchies of race, 
nation and gender whose patriarchal and civilisational histories are 
rooted at least partly that very same ‘West’.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>With commentary on the emergence of a ‘multipolar’ world, of 
transatlantic rifts and the rise of ‘middle powers’ ubiquitous, tales of
 the decline of something called ‘the West’ seem to be everywhere. Yet 
the meanings the idea of ‘the West’ acquires in spaces beyond it tell us
 at least as much about the state of the world as portents of its 
demise.

﻿Based on a combination of cultural analysis of historical
 writings and—most strikingly—deep immersion in often very spicy Chinese
 social media fora, Chenchen Zhang’s new book ﻿Easting the West: Theorizing the Postliberal Conjuncture from China (Oxford
 University Press, 2026) theorises the shifting significations ascribed 
to ‘the West’ in China since the late-imperial collision with European 
empires. Whether imagined as a source of modernity, a colonial 
exploiter, geopolitical rival or—most recently—a civilisation sunk into 
decadence and decay, ‘the West’—Zhang shows—is a foil for China-based 
worldviews which, whatever their anticolonial or anti-Western 
sentiments, are also entangled with Eurocentric hierarchies of race, 
nation and gender whose patriarchal and civilisational histories are 
rooted at least partly that very same ‘West’.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1886</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d04188ce-9b6c-11f1-a6a7-5b97f3aed587</guid>
      <title>Travis Bruce, &quot;Constructing the Medieval Maritime State: Identity, Violence, and Connection in the Mediterranean&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><em></em><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198910152"><em>Constructing the Medieval Maritime State: Identity, Violence, and Connection in the Mediterranean</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford
 University Press, 2026) by Professor Travis Bruce explores how the 
small medieval kingdom of Denia in Spain became a powerful maritime 
state after the collapse of the Umayyad Caliphate. Its rulers built
 authority, not only through war and seafaring raids but also by 
connecting Denia to wider Mediterranean trade, diplomacy, and culture.</p>
<p>﻿The rise and evolution of the taifa
 of Denia is a powerful case study for understanding the construction of
 medieval maritime states in the Mediterranean. Dr. Bruce situates Denia
 within the collapse of the Umayyad Caliphate and explores how its rulers
 forged legitimacy through identity formation, maritime violence, and 
regional connectivity. Denia's identity was negotiated through 
rulership, unfreedom, and cultural hybridity, and violence — 
particularly predatory warfare and maritime jihad — functioned as both 
statecraft and economic extraction. At the same time, Denia's 
entanglement in commercial, diplomatic, and intellectual networks 
positioned it as a key node linking the Islamic Mediterranean and the 
Latin West. The state's trajectory cannot be reduced to narratives of 
decline or simple religious conflict but instead reveals a process of 
negotiation shaped by mobility, interdependence, and the fluid 
boundaries between public and private power. This narrative reframes 
Mediterranean history beyond Eurocentric paradigms and underscores the 
significance of Islamic maritime states within the wider medieval world.</p>
<p>﻿<em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose </em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em>book</em></a><em>
 focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty 
negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative 
analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find 
Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em> ﻿</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 23 Aug 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><em></em><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198910152"><em>Constructing the Medieval Maritime State: Identity, Violence, and Connection in the Mediterranean</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford
 University Press, 2026) by Professor Travis Bruce explores how the 
small medieval kingdom of Denia in Spain became a powerful maritime 
state after the collapse of the Umayyad Caliphate. Its rulers built
 authority, not only through war and seafaring raids but also by 
connecting Denia to wider Mediterranean trade, diplomacy, and culture.</p>
<p>﻿The rise and evolution of the taifa
 of Denia is a powerful case study for understanding the construction of
 medieval maritime states in the Mediterranean. Dr. Bruce situates Denia
 within the collapse of the Umayyad Caliphate and explores how its rulers
 forged legitimacy through identity formation, maritime violence, and 
regional connectivity. Denia's identity was negotiated through 
rulership, unfreedom, and cultural hybridity, and violence — 
particularly predatory warfare and maritime jihad — functioned as both 
statecraft and economic extraction. At the same time, Denia's 
entanglement in commercial, diplomatic, and intellectual networks 
positioned it as a key node linking the Islamic Mediterranean and the 
Latin West. The state's trajectory cannot be reduced to narratives of 
decline or simple religious conflict but instead reveals a process of 
negotiation shaped by mobility, interdependence, and the fluid 
boundaries between public and private power. This narrative reframes 
Mediterranean history beyond Eurocentric paradigms and underscores the 
significance of Islamic maritime states within the wider medieval world.</p>
<p>﻿<em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose </em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em>book</em></a><em>
 focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty 
negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative 
analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find 
Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em> ﻿</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="37084287" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/15c71c1c-acbd-4821-a38f-e0c376d2e84f/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=15c71c1c-acbd-4821-a38f-e0c376d2e84f&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Travis Bruce, &quot;Constructing the Medieval Maritime State: Identity, Violence, and Connection in the Mediterranean&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:38:33</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Constructing the Medieval Maritime State: Identity, Violence, and Connection in the Mediterranean (Oxford
 University Press, 2026) by Professor Travis Bruce explores how the 
small medieval kingdom of Denia in Spain became a powerful maritime 
state after the collapse of the Umayyad Caliphate. Its rulers built
 authority, not only through war and seafaring raids but also by 
connecting Denia to wider Mediterranean trade, diplomacy, and culture.

﻿The rise and evolution of the taifa
 of Denia is a powerful case study for understanding the construction of
 medieval maritime states in the Mediterranean. Dr. Bruce situates Denia
 within the collapse of the Umayyad Caliphate and explores how its rulers
 forged legitimacy through identity formation, maritime violence, and 
regional connectivity. Denia&apos;s identity was negotiated through 
rulership, unfreedom, and cultural hybridity, and violence — 
particularly predatory warfare and maritime jihad — functioned as both 
statecraft and economic extraction. At the same time, Denia&apos;s 
entanglement in commercial, diplomatic, and intellectual networks 
positioned it as a key node linking the Islamic Mediterranean and the 
Latin West. The state&apos;s trajectory cannot be reduced to narratives of 
decline or simple religious conflict but instead reveals a process of 
negotiation shaped by mobility, interdependence, and the fluid 
boundaries between public and private power. This narrative reframes 
Mediterranean history beyond Eurocentric paradigms and underscores the 
significance of Islamic maritime states within the wider medieval world.

﻿This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book
 focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty 
negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative 
analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find 
Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts. ﻿</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Constructing the Medieval Maritime State: Identity, Violence, and Connection in the Mediterranean (Oxford
 University Press, 2026) by Professor Travis Bruce explores how the 
small medieval kingdom of Denia in Spain became a powerful maritime 
state after the collapse of the Umayyad Caliphate. Its rulers built
 authority, not only through war and seafaring raids but also by 
connecting Denia to wider Mediterranean trade, diplomacy, and culture.

﻿The rise and evolution of the taifa
 of Denia is a powerful case study for understanding the construction of
 medieval maritime states in the Mediterranean. Dr. Bruce situates Denia
 within the collapse of the Umayyad Caliphate and explores how its rulers
 forged legitimacy through identity formation, maritime violence, and 
regional connectivity. Denia&apos;s identity was negotiated through 
rulership, unfreedom, and cultural hybridity, and violence — 
particularly predatory warfare and maritime jihad — functioned as both 
statecraft and economic extraction. At the same time, Denia&apos;s 
entanglement in commercial, diplomatic, and intellectual networks 
positioned it as a key node linking the Islamic Mediterranean and the 
Latin West. The state&apos;s trajectory cannot be reduced to narratives of 
decline or simple religious conflict but instead reveals a process of 
negotiation shaped by mobility, interdependence, and the fluid 
boundaries between public and private power. This narrative reframes 
Mediterranean history beyond Eurocentric paradigms and underscores the 
significance of Islamic maritime states within the wider medieval world.

﻿This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book
 focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty 
negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative 
analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find 
Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts. ﻿</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1885</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">eab73e18-979a-11f1-adae-436502b7169f</guid>
      <title>Aleksandar Uskokov, &quot;Deciphering the Hidden Meaning: Language and the Highest Good in Early Advaita Vedānta&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197861493">Deciphering the Hidden Meaning: Language and the Highest Good in Early Advaita Vedānta</a> (Oxford UP, 2026) presents a transformative history of one of the most significant ideas in Indian philosophy: liberation. Taking the great philosopher Śaṅkara as the focal point, Aleksandar Uskokov analyzes the relationship between liberation, language, and scripture. While modern portraits of Śaṅkara often cast him as a mystic or a religious reformer, the book paints a more complex portrait of the historical Śaṅkara. As a theologian of liberation, Śaṅkara was a maverick within the prevailing Brahmanical ideology of his time. In an intellectual landscape dominated by Mīmāṁsā ritualists and Vedāntic practitioners of meditation, Śaṅkara introduced a radical claim: that the <em>paraṁ śreyas</em> ("highest good") is attained not through action, ritual, or prolonged meditation, but through the immediate, intellectual understanding of the Upaniṣadic identity statements. Uskokov shows that the birth of the mahā-vākya or "great statement"--such <em>as tat tvam asi </em>("You are That")--was not the work of Śaṅkara himself, but rather his tenth-century follower Sarvajñātman who used the structural logic of the Mīmāṁsā school. The book meticulously traces the evolution of this soteriological model, exploring how early Advaitins navigated complex debates over language, ritual causality, and the nature of the Self. In doing so, it argues that Śaṅkara's most significant contribution was his intervention against Vedic theologians who viewed scripture as a guide for action and meditation rather than primarily informative.</p>
<p>﻿Open Access <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/deciphering-the-hidden-meaning-9780197861493?lang=en&amp;cc=ca#">here</a>﻿</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Aug 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197861493">Deciphering the Hidden Meaning: Language and the Highest Good in Early Advaita Vedānta</a> (Oxford UP, 2026) presents a transformative history of one of the most significant ideas in Indian philosophy: liberation. Taking the great philosopher Śaṅkara as the focal point, Aleksandar Uskokov analyzes the relationship between liberation, language, and scripture. While modern portraits of Śaṅkara often cast him as a mystic or a religious reformer, the book paints a more complex portrait of the historical Śaṅkara. As a theologian of liberation, Śaṅkara was a maverick within the prevailing Brahmanical ideology of his time. In an intellectual landscape dominated by Mīmāṁsā ritualists and Vedāntic practitioners of meditation, Śaṅkara introduced a radical claim: that the <em>paraṁ śreyas</em> ("highest good") is attained not through action, ritual, or prolonged meditation, but through the immediate, intellectual understanding of the Upaniṣadic identity statements. Uskokov shows that the birth of the mahā-vākya or "great statement"--such <em>as tat tvam asi </em>("You are That")--was not the work of Śaṅkara himself, but rather his tenth-century follower Sarvajñātman who used the structural logic of the Mīmāṁsā school. The book meticulously traces the evolution of this soteriological model, exploring how early Advaitins navigated complex debates over language, ritual causality, and the nature of the Self. In doing so, it argues that Śaṅkara's most significant contribution was his intervention against Vedic theologians who viewed scripture as a guide for action and meditation rather than primarily informative.</p>
<p>﻿Open Access <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/deciphering-the-hidden-meaning-9780197861493?lang=en&amp;cc=ca#">here</a>﻿</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="41998370" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/18953e77-88c4-47ec-a425-3f5e804d1731/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=18953e77-88c4-47ec-a425-3f5e804d1731&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Aleksandar Uskokov, &quot;Deciphering the Hidden Meaning: Language and the Highest Good in Early Advaita Vedānta&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:43:40</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Deciphering the Hidden Meaning: Language and the Highest Good in Early Advaita Vedānta (Oxford UP, 2026) presents a transformative history of one of the most significant ideas in Indian philosophy: liberation. Taking the great philosopher Śaṅkara as the focal point, Aleksandar Uskokov analyzes the relationship between liberation, language, and scripture. While modern portraits of Śaṅkara often cast him as a mystic or a religious reformer, the book paints a more complex portrait of the historical Śaṅkara. As a theologian of liberation, Śaṅkara was a maverick within the prevailing Brahmanical ideology of his time. In an intellectual landscape dominated by Mīmāṁsā ritualists and Vedāntic practitioners of meditation, Śaṅkara introduced a radical claim: that the paraṁ śreyas (&quot;highest good&quot;) is attained not through action, ritual, or prolonged meditation, but through the immediate, intellectual understanding of the Upaniṣadic identity statements. Uskokov shows that the birth of the mahā-vākya or &quot;great statement&quot;--such as tat tvam asi (&quot;You are That&quot;)--was not the work of Śaṅkara himself, but rather his tenth-century follower Sarvajñātman who used the structural logic of the Mīmāṁsā school. The book meticulously traces the evolution of this soteriological model, exploring how early Advaitins navigated complex debates over language, ritual causality, and the nature of the Self. In doing so, it argues that Śaṅkara&apos;s most significant contribution was his intervention against Vedic theologians who viewed scripture as a guide for action and meditation rather than primarily informative.

﻿Open Access here﻿</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Deciphering the Hidden Meaning: Language and the Highest Good in Early Advaita Vedānta (Oxford UP, 2026) presents a transformative history of one of the most significant ideas in Indian philosophy: liberation. Taking the great philosopher Śaṅkara as the focal point, Aleksandar Uskokov analyzes the relationship between liberation, language, and scripture. While modern portraits of Śaṅkara often cast him as a mystic or a religious reformer, the book paints a more complex portrait of the historical Śaṅkara. As a theologian of liberation, Śaṅkara was a maverick within the prevailing Brahmanical ideology of his time. In an intellectual landscape dominated by Mīmāṁsā ritualists and Vedāntic practitioners of meditation, Śaṅkara introduced a radical claim: that the paraṁ śreyas (&quot;highest good&quot;) is attained not through action, ritual, or prolonged meditation, but through the immediate, intellectual understanding of the Upaniṣadic identity statements. Uskokov shows that the birth of the mahā-vākya or &quot;great statement&quot;--such as tat tvam asi (&quot;You are That&quot;)--was not the work of Śaṅkara himself, but rather his tenth-century follower Sarvajñātman who used the structural logic of the Mīmāṁsā school. The book meticulously traces the evolution of this soteriological model, exploring how early Advaitins navigated complex debates over language, ritual causality, and the nature of the Self. In doing so, it argues that Śaṅkara&apos;s most significant contribution was his intervention against Vedic theologians who viewed scripture as a guide for action and meditation rather than primarily informative.

﻿Open Access here﻿</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1884</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">37d9f71c-9755-11f1-961a-dfda017976a3</guid>
      <title>Daniel Byman, &quot;American Pogroms: How Forgotten Massacres Shape America&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Amidst heightened rhetoric and increasing polarization in the United States, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197788769">American Pogroms: How Forgotten Massacres Shape America</a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2026) chronicles the causes and consequences of two centuries of mob violence in American history, highlighting exactly what's at stake when we allow leaders to legitimate violence and the mob to rule.</p>
<p>For much of American history, members of the majority population of the United States indiscriminately attacked and terrorized minority communities. In some parts of the country, mob violence seemed a near-constant part of the region's history, while in others it was a brief, horrific spasm that perpetrators--but not victims--quickly forgot.</p>
<p>In <em>American Pogroms</em>, terrorism expert Daniel Byman argues that there is a word for this type of communal violence: pogrom. Although pogroms are historically associated with the orchestrated campaigns of anti-Jewish violence in Tsarist Russia, Byman asserts that pogroms have been an all-too-frequent feature of American history. Tracing two centuries of communal violence, Byman recounts cases of attacks against American religious minorities such as Catholics and Mormons, the killing of thousands of ethnic Mexicans in Texas, the murder and wholesale expulsion of Chinese workers from the American West, and the repeated attacks on the Black community that killed thousands and enabled decades of brutal discrimination. In all these cases, pogroms helped cement a system of injustice that left religious, ethnic, and racial minorities politically and economically marginalized. While the idea of mob violence now strikes most Americans as unthinkable, Byman warns that increased polarization and selective news consumption in recent years has coarsened discourse and legitimized violence, raising the risk that at least some violence will return.</p>
<p>A broad-ranging synthesis of how and why majorities have so frequently resorted to community-level violence to restore or cement their power, <em>American Pogroms</em> illustrates the outsized role of violence in U.S. history and how it shapes the country today.</p>
<p>Daniel Byman is a Professor in the School of Foreign Service at Georgetown University and the Director of the Warfare, Irregular Threats, and Terrorism Program at the Center for Strategic and International Studies.</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is CEO and Publisher of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 14 Aug 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Amidst heightened rhetoric and increasing polarization in the United States, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197788769">American Pogroms: How Forgotten Massacres Shape America</a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2026) chronicles the causes and consequences of two centuries of mob violence in American history, highlighting exactly what's at stake when we allow leaders to legitimate violence and the mob to rule.</p>
<p>For much of American history, members of the majority population of the United States indiscriminately attacked and terrorized minority communities. In some parts of the country, mob violence seemed a near-constant part of the region's history, while in others it was a brief, horrific spasm that perpetrators--but not victims--quickly forgot.</p>
<p>In <em>American Pogroms</em>, terrorism expert Daniel Byman argues that there is a word for this type of communal violence: pogrom. Although pogroms are historically associated with the orchestrated campaigns of anti-Jewish violence in Tsarist Russia, Byman asserts that pogroms have been an all-too-frequent feature of American history. Tracing two centuries of communal violence, Byman recounts cases of attacks against American religious minorities such as Catholics and Mormons, the killing of thousands of ethnic Mexicans in Texas, the murder and wholesale expulsion of Chinese workers from the American West, and the repeated attacks on the Black community that killed thousands and enabled decades of brutal discrimination. In all these cases, pogroms helped cement a system of injustice that left religious, ethnic, and racial minorities politically and economically marginalized. While the idea of mob violence now strikes most Americans as unthinkable, Byman warns that increased polarization and selective news consumption in recent years has coarsened discourse and legitimized violence, raising the risk that at least some violence will return.</p>
<p>A broad-ranging synthesis of how and why majorities have so frequently resorted to community-level violence to restore or cement their power, <em>American Pogroms</em> illustrates the outsized role of violence in U.S. history and how it shapes the country today.</p>
<p>Daniel Byman is a Professor in the School of Foreign Service at Georgetown University and the Director of the Warfare, Irregular Threats, and Terrorism Program at the Center for Strategic and International Studies.</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is CEO and Publisher of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="60847692" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/9cbe4f0c-3624-47c4-acd9-4e03526abe0e/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=9cbe4f0c-3624-47c4-acd9-4e03526abe0e&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Daniel Byman, &quot;American Pogroms: How Forgotten Massacres Shape America&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:03:08</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Amidst heightened rhetoric and increasing polarization in the United States, American Pogroms: How Forgotten Massacres Shape America (Oxford University Press, 2026) chronicles the causes and consequences of two centuries of mob violence in American history, highlighting exactly what&apos;s at stake when we allow leaders to legitimate violence and the mob to rule.

For much of American history, members of the majority population of the United States indiscriminately attacked and terrorized minority communities. In some parts of the country, mob violence seemed a near-constant part of the region&apos;s history, while in others it was a brief, horrific spasm that perpetrators--but not victims--quickly forgot.

In American Pogroms, terrorism expert Daniel Byman argues that there is a word for this type of communal violence: pogrom. Although pogroms are historically associated with the orchestrated campaigns of anti-Jewish violence in Tsarist Russia, Byman asserts that pogroms have been an all-too-frequent feature of American history. Tracing two centuries of communal violence, Byman recounts cases of attacks against American religious minorities such as Catholics and Mormons, the killing of thousands of ethnic Mexicans in Texas, the murder and wholesale expulsion of Chinese workers from the American West, and the repeated attacks on the Black community that killed thousands and enabled decades of brutal discrimination. In all these cases, pogroms helped cement a system of injustice that left religious, ethnic, and racial minorities politically and economically marginalized. While the idea of mob violence now strikes most Americans as unthinkable, Byman warns that increased polarization and selective news consumption in recent years has coarsened discourse and legitimized violence, raising the risk that at least some violence will return.

A broad-ranging synthesis of how and why majorities have so frequently resorted to community-level violence to restore or cement their power, American Pogroms illustrates the outsized role of violence in U.S. history and how it shapes the country today.

Daniel Byman is a Professor in the School of Foreign Service at Georgetown University and the Director of the Warfare, Irregular Threats, and Terrorism Program at the Center for Strategic and International Studies.

Caleb Zakarin is CEO and Publisher of the New Books Network.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Amidst heightened rhetoric and increasing polarization in the United States, American Pogroms: How Forgotten Massacres Shape America (Oxford University Press, 2026) chronicles the causes and consequences of two centuries of mob violence in American history, highlighting exactly what&apos;s at stake when we allow leaders to legitimate violence and the mob to rule.

For much of American history, members of the majority population of the United States indiscriminately attacked and terrorized minority communities. In some parts of the country, mob violence seemed a near-constant part of the region&apos;s history, while in others it was a brief, horrific spasm that perpetrators--but not victims--quickly forgot.

In American Pogroms, terrorism expert Daniel Byman argues that there is a word for this type of communal violence: pogrom. Although pogroms are historically associated with the orchestrated campaigns of anti-Jewish violence in Tsarist Russia, Byman asserts that pogroms have been an all-too-frequent feature of American history. Tracing two centuries of communal violence, Byman recounts cases of attacks against American religious minorities such as Catholics and Mormons, the killing of thousands of ethnic Mexicans in Texas, the murder and wholesale expulsion of Chinese workers from the American West, and the repeated attacks on the Black community that killed thousands and enabled decades of brutal discrimination. In all these cases, pogroms helped cement a system of injustice that left religious, ethnic, and racial minorities politically and economically marginalized. While the idea of mob violence now strikes most Americans as unthinkable, Byman warns that increased polarization and selective news consumption in recent years has coarsened discourse and legitimized violence, raising the risk that at least some violence will return.

A broad-ranging synthesis of how and why majorities have so frequently resorted to community-level violence to restore or cement their power, American Pogroms illustrates the outsized role of violence in U.S. history and how it shapes the country today.

Daniel Byman is a Professor in the School of Foreign Service at Georgetown University and the Director of the Warfare, Irregular Threats, and Terrorism Program at the Center for Strategic and International Studies.

Caleb Zakarin is CEO and Publisher of the New Books Network.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1883</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">981bf7b6-9556-11f1-a51e-57fa5ed4b241</guid>
      <title>Kathleen J. Frydl, &quot;Liberalism and the Reinvention of the Modern Corporation&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>This is a really good book. <em>Really good</em>. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197567401">Liberalism and the Reinvention of the Modern Corporation</a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2025) takes the reader on a fascinating, and perhaps unexpected, journey through Catholic hospitals, the expansion of the carceral state, and corporate and union access to the protections of First Amendment freedom of speech. All the while, Kathleen J. Frydl is rigorously constructing an understanding and positioning of the modern corporation within the governmental structures and protections of the American political system. This is a deeply and thoroughly researched book, with details and information coming from legal decisions, law review articles, political theory, congressional acts, federal government notices, historical data and understanding, medical information, and texts in political science, sociology, and economics. It is indeed a tour de force, but the reader doesn’t really notice because it is such a propulsive and captivating narrative about how modern private corporations learned to capture and implement the advocacy practices that the social movements of the postwar period were using to make gains for previously disadvantaged groups (like African Americans, women, those with disabilities, and more).</p>
<p>Frydl lays out the foundation for the analysis within the framework of liberalism, classical liberalism and modern liberalism. She takes pains to explain these distinctions and how our understanding of liberalism has also contributed to some of the shifts and adjustments that have transpired. What does become clear in all of the case studies and details is that this is really a story about the United States Congress—not the Judiciary—and that Congress has been responsible for many of these changes, even if these actions seem to elide public attention and scrutiny. In fact, it is very difficult to detect Congress’s role in these instances, where Congress acted to essentially remove the Judiciary’s powers to deliberate in these policy realms.</p>
<p><a href="https://academic.oup.com/book/61777">Liberalism and the Reinvention of the Modern Corporation</a> is about corporate identity politics, and the ways in which corporations worked to fend off regulatory reform, while not exactly using the expected pathways. Since corporations, unlike, say women or African Americans, do not have a history of exclusion or disadvantage within the American political or economic systems, the concept of corporate identity politics seems a bit odd, but Frydl makes a strong case for this understanding, through the case studies of Catholic hospitals and regulatory reform that provides an avenue towards allowing for more religious freedoms and protections for the hospitals themselves; the legislative reforms with regard to criminal codes in the 1970s and 1980s that instituted harsher sentencing guidelines for individuals but much more lax responses to corporate infractions; and finally in a comparative study of corporate speech regulation and speech regulation of labor unions in the United States. Frydl tells the story from all perspectives and dimensions, including who was working behind the scenes to move these protections forward over the past fifty years. <a href="https://academic.oup.com/book/61777">Liberalism and the Reinvention of the Modern Corporation</a> is a very important analysis of the strengthening of the position of corporate entities within the political, legal, and economic systems in the United States.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.carrollu.edu/faculty/goren-lilly-phd"><em>Lilly J. Goren</em></a><em> is a professor of political science at Carroll University in Waukesha, WI. She is co-host of the </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/hosts/profile/a7ac4af9-1306-463f-baf9-00f1f4187dfd"><em>New Books in Political Science</em></a><em> channel at the New Books Network. She is co-editor of </em><a href="https://kansaspress.ku.edu/9780700633883/the-politics-of-the-marvel-cinematic-universe/"><em>The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe Volume I: The Infinity Saga (</em></a><em>University Press of Kansas, 2022), and of </em><a href="https://kansaspress.ku.edu/9780700640546/"><em>The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe Volume II: Into the Multiverse</em></a><em> (University Press of Kansas, 2025) as well as co-editor of the award winning book, </em><a href="https://www.kentuckypress.com/9780813141015/women-and-the-white-house/"><em>Women and the White House: Gender, Popular Culture, and Presidential Politics</em></a><em> (University Press of Kentucky, 2012). She is also author of </em><a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/the-politics-of-military-base-closings-not-in-my-district-lilly-j-goren/5b373cc3d9af4474?ean=9780820455242&amp;bkshp-astro=t">The Politics of Military Base Closings: Not In My District</a><em> (Peter Lang Publishers, 2003). She can be reached </em><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/gorenlj.bsky.social"><em>@gorenlj.bsky.social</em></a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Aug 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This is a really good book. <em>Really good</em>. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197567401">Liberalism and the Reinvention of the Modern Corporation</a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2025) takes the reader on a fascinating, and perhaps unexpected, journey through Catholic hospitals, the expansion of the carceral state, and corporate and union access to the protections of First Amendment freedom of speech. All the while, Kathleen J. Frydl is rigorously constructing an understanding and positioning of the modern corporation within the governmental structures and protections of the American political system. This is a deeply and thoroughly researched book, with details and information coming from legal decisions, law review articles, political theory, congressional acts, federal government notices, historical data and understanding, medical information, and texts in political science, sociology, and economics. It is indeed a tour de force, but the reader doesn’t really notice because it is such a propulsive and captivating narrative about how modern private corporations learned to capture and implement the advocacy practices that the social movements of the postwar period were using to make gains for previously disadvantaged groups (like African Americans, women, those with disabilities, and more).</p>
<p>Frydl lays out the foundation for the analysis within the framework of liberalism, classical liberalism and modern liberalism. She takes pains to explain these distinctions and how our understanding of liberalism has also contributed to some of the shifts and adjustments that have transpired. What does become clear in all of the case studies and details is that this is really a story about the United States Congress—not the Judiciary—and that Congress has been responsible for many of these changes, even if these actions seem to elide public attention and scrutiny. In fact, it is very difficult to detect Congress’s role in these instances, where Congress acted to essentially remove the Judiciary’s powers to deliberate in these policy realms.</p>
<p><a href="https://academic.oup.com/book/61777">Liberalism and the Reinvention of the Modern Corporation</a> is about corporate identity politics, and the ways in which corporations worked to fend off regulatory reform, while not exactly using the expected pathways. Since corporations, unlike, say women or African Americans, do not have a history of exclusion or disadvantage within the American political or economic systems, the concept of corporate identity politics seems a bit odd, but Frydl makes a strong case for this understanding, through the case studies of Catholic hospitals and regulatory reform that provides an avenue towards allowing for more religious freedoms and protections for the hospitals themselves; the legislative reforms with regard to criminal codes in the 1970s and 1980s that instituted harsher sentencing guidelines for individuals but much more lax responses to corporate infractions; and finally in a comparative study of corporate speech regulation and speech regulation of labor unions in the United States. Frydl tells the story from all perspectives and dimensions, including who was working behind the scenes to move these protections forward over the past fifty years. <a href="https://academic.oup.com/book/61777">Liberalism and the Reinvention of the Modern Corporation</a> is a very important analysis of the strengthening of the position of corporate entities within the political, legal, and economic systems in the United States.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.carrollu.edu/faculty/goren-lilly-phd"><em>Lilly J. Goren</em></a><em> is a professor of political science at Carroll University in Waukesha, WI. She is co-host of the </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/hosts/profile/a7ac4af9-1306-463f-baf9-00f1f4187dfd"><em>New Books in Political Science</em></a><em> channel at the New Books Network. She is co-editor of </em><a href="https://kansaspress.ku.edu/9780700633883/the-politics-of-the-marvel-cinematic-universe/"><em>The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe Volume I: The Infinity Saga (</em></a><em>University Press of Kansas, 2022), and of </em><a href="https://kansaspress.ku.edu/9780700640546/"><em>The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe Volume II: Into the Multiverse</em></a><em> (University Press of Kansas, 2025) as well as co-editor of the award winning book, </em><a href="https://www.kentuckypress.com/9780813141015/women-and-the-white-house/"><em>Women and the White House: Gender, Popular Culture, and Presidential Politics</em></a><em> (University Press of Kentucky, 2012). She is also author of </em><a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/the-politics-of-military-base-closings-not-in-my-district-lilly-j-goren/5b373cc3d9af4474?ean=9780820455242&amp;bkshp-astro=t">The Politics of Military Base Closings: Not In My District</a><em> (Peter Lang Publishers, 2003). She can be reached </em><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/gorenlj.bsky.social"><em>@gorenlj.bsky.social</em></a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="58715554" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/d370f075-f5d0-4af5-be99-4b8073869291/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=d370f075-f5d0-4af5-be99-4b8073869291&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Kathleen J. Frydl, &quot;Liberalism and the Reinvention of the Modern Corporation&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:01:05</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>This is a really good book. Really good. Liberalism and the Reinvention of the Modern Corporation (Oxford UP, 2025) takes the reader on a fascinating, and perhaps unexpected, journey through Catholic hospitals, the expansion of the carceral state, and corporate and union access to the protections of First Amendment freedom of speech. All the while, Kathleen J. Frydl is rigorously constructing an understanding and positioning of the modern corporation within the governmental structures and protections of the American political system. This is a deeply and thoroughly researched book, with details and information coming from legal decisions, law review articles, political theory, congressional acts, federal government notices, historical data and understanding, medical information, and texts in political science, sociology, and economics. It is indeed a tour de force, but the reader doesn’t really notice because it is such a propulsive and captivating narrative about how modern private corporations learned to capture and implement the advocacy practices that the social movements of the postwar period were using to make gains for previously disadvantaged groups (like African Americans, women, those with disabilities, and more).

Frydl lays out the foundation for the analysis within the framework of liberalism, classical liberalism and modern liberalism. She takes pains to explain these distinctions and how our understanding of liberalism has also contributed to some of the shifts and adjustments that have transpired. What does become clear in all of the case studies and details is that this is really a story about the United States Congress—not the Judiciary—and that Congress has been responsible for many of these changes, even if these actions seem to elide public attention and scrutiny. In fact, it is very difficult to detect Congress’s role in these instances, where Congress acted to essentially remove the Judiciary’s powers to deliberate in these policy realms.

Liberalism and the Reinvention of the Modern Corporation is about corporate identity politics, and the ways in which corporations worked to fend off regulatory reform, while not exactly using the expected pathways. Since corporations, unlike, say women or African Americans, do not have a history of exclusion or disadvantage within the American political or economic systems, the concept of corporate identity politics seems a bit odd, but Frydl makes a strong case for this understanding, through the case studies of Catholic hospitals and regulatory reform that provides an avenue towards allowing for more religious freedoms and protections for the hospitals themselves; the legislative reforms with regard to criminal codes in the 1970s and 1980s that instituted harsher sentencing guidelines for individuals but much more lax responses to corporate infractions; and finally in a comparative study of corporate speech regulation and speech regulation of labor unions in the United States. Frydl tells the story from all perspectives and dimensions, including who was working behind the scenes to move these protections forward over the past fifty years. Liberalism and the Reinvention of the Modern Corporation is a very important analysis of the strengthening of the position of corporate entities within the political, legal, and economic systems in the United States.

Lilly J. Goren is a professor of political science at Carroll University in Waukesha, WI. She is co-host of the New Books in Political Science channel at the New Books Network. She is co-editor of The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe Volume I: The Infinity Saga (University Press of Kansas, 2022), and of The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe Volume II: Into the Multiverse (University Press of Kansas, 2025) as well as co-editor of the award winning book, Women and the White House: Gender, Popular Culture, and Presidential Politics (University Press of Kentucky, 2012). She is also author of The Politics of Military Base Closings: Not In My District (Peter Lang Publishers, 2003). She can be reached @gorenlj.bsky.social</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>This is a really good book. Really good. Liberalism and the Reinvention of the Modern Corporation (Oxford UP, 2025) takes the reader on a fascinating, and perhaps unexpected, journey through Catholic hospitals, the expansion of the carceral state, and corporate and union access to the protections of First Amendment freedom of speech. All the while, Kathleen J. Frydl is rigorously constructing an understanding and positioning of the modern corporation within the governmental structures and protections of the American political system. This is a deeply and thoroughly researched book, with details and information coming from legal decisions, law review articles, political theory, congressional acts, federal government notices, historical data and understanding, medical information, and texts in political science, sociology, and economics. It is indeed a tour de force, but the reader doesn’t really notice because it is such a propulsive and captivating narrative about how modern private corporations learned to capture and implement the advocacy practices that the social movements of the postwar period were using to make gains for previously disadvantaged groups (like African Americans, women, those with disabilities, and more).

Frydl lays out the foundation for the analysis within the framework of liberalism, classical liberalism and modern liberalism. She takes pains to explain these distinctions and how our understanding of liberalism has also contributed to some of the shifts and adjustments that have transpired. What does become clear in all of the case studies and details is that this is really a story about the United States Congress—not the Judiciary—and that Congress has been responsible for many of these changes, even if these actions seem to elide public attention and scrutiny. In fact, it is very difficult to detect Congress’s role in these instances, where Congress acted to essentially remove the Judiciary’s powers to deliberate in these policy realms.

Liberalism and the Reinvention of the Modern Corporation is about corporate identity politics, and the ways in which corporations worked to fend off regulatory reform, while not exactly using the expected pathways. Since corporations, unlike, say women or African Americans, do not have a history of exclusion or disadvantage within the American political or economic systems, the concept of corporate identity politics seems a bit odd, but Frydl makes a strong case for this understanding, through the case studies of Catholic hospitals and regulatory reform that provides an avenue towards allowing for more religious freedoms and protections for the hospitals themselves; the legislative reforms with regard to criminal codes in the 1970s and 1980s that instituted harsher sentencing guidelines for individuals but much more lax responses to corporate infractions; and finally in a comparative study of corporate speech regulation and speech regulation of labor unions in the United States. Frydl tells the story from all perspectives and dimensions, including who was working behind the scenes to move these protections forward over the past fifty years. Liberalism and the Reinvention of the Modern Corporation is a very important analysis of the strengthening of the position of corporate entities within the political, legal, and economic systems in the United States.

Lilly J. Goren is a professor of political science at Carroll University in Waukesha, WI. She is co-host of the New Books in Political Science channel at the New Books Network. She is co-editor of The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe Volume I: The Infinity Saga (University Press of Kansas, 2022), and of The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe Volume II: Into the Multiverse (University Press of Kansas, 2025) as well as co-editor of the award winning book, Women and the White House: Gender, Popular Culture, and Presidential Politics (University Press of Kentucky, 2012). She is also author of The Politics of Military Base Closings: Not In My District (Peter Lang Publishers, 2003). She can be reached @gorenlj.bsky.social</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1882</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bdd5c3c0-9154-11f1-b8c5-2b1bacba8c83</guid>
      <title>Caro Pirri, &quot;Colonial Failure and Theatrical Form in Early Modern England: Stages of Unsettlement&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Today’s guest, Caro Pirri, is the author of <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198969419">Colonial Failure and Theatrical Form in Early Modern England: Stages of Unsettlement</a> (Oxford University Press, 2025). This book explores how early modern colonial travel writing informed the London theater’s spatial and placemaking conventions. It suggests that what the stage found most compelling about narratives of colonial settlement was their failure to claim interpretive control over unfamiliar places and people. The book goes on to link colonial misreadings of places and people to theatrical strategies for staging disorientation, which Pirri characterizes as a condition of “unsettlement.”</p>
<p>Each chapter focuses on a specific formal device that emerged from colonial misreadings: “uncommonplacing” in Richard Hakluyt’s travel compendium; metonymic possession in Christopher Marlowe’s <em>Tamburlaine</em>; “seasoning” in Ben Jonson’s city comedies; “stagewreck” in Shakespeare’s <em>The Tempest</em>; and “stagework” in the Lord Mayor’s Shows.</p>
<p>By approaching form as an interpretive process that is always engaged in the act of making and being made, <em>Colonial Failure and Theatrical Form</em> offers a model for reading past the seeming impasses of colonial narratives. It shows how narratives of failed settlement served as a productive resources for the formal worldmaking conventions of early modern theater.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.umass.edu/english/about/directory/jane-hwang-degenhardt">Jane Hwang Degenhardt</a> is Professor English at the University of Massachusetts Amherst. She is the author of <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/globalizing-fortune-on-the-early-modern-stage-9780198867920?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;">Globalizing Fortune on the Early Modern Stage</a> (Oxford UP, 2022) and <a href="https://www.cambridge.org/core/books/islamic-conversion-and-christian-resistance-on-the-early-modern-stage/EA41A67AB61DF6E70EA2691F9A178D0E">Islamic Conversion and Christian Resistance on the Early Modern Stage</a> (Edinburgh UP, 2012). She is also a co-editor of the academic journal <a href="https://www.journals.uchicago.edu/toc/elr/current">English Literary Renaissance</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 10 Aug 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Today’s guest, Caro Pirri, is the author of <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198969419">Colonial Failure and Theatrical Form in Early Modern England: Stages of Unsettlement</a> (Oxford University Press, 2025). This book explores how early modern colonial travel writing informed the London theater’s spatial and placemaking conventions. It suggests that what the stage found most compelling about narratives of colonial settlement was their failure to claim interpretive control over unfamiliar places and people. The book goes on to link colonial misreadings of places and people to theatrical strategies for staging disorientation, which Pirri characterizes as a condition of “unsettlement.”</p>
<p>Each chapter focuses on a specific formal device that emerged from colonial misreadings: “uncommonplacing” in Richard Hakluyt’s travel compendium; metonymic possession in Christopher Marlowe’s <em>Tamburlaine</em>; “seasoning” in Ben Jonson’s city comedies; “stagewreck” in Shakespeare’s <em>The Tempest</em>; and “stagework” in the Lord Mayor’s Shows.</p>
<p>By approaching form as an interpretive process that is always engaged in the act of making and being made, <em>Colonial Failure and Theatrical Form</em> offers a model for reading past the seeming impasses of colonial narratives. It shows how narratives of failed settlement served as a productive resources for the formal worldmaking conventions of early modern theater.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.umass.edu/english/about/directory/jane-hwang-degenhardt">Jane Hwang Degenhardt</a> is Professor English at the University of Massachusetts Amherst. She is the author of <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/globalizing-fortune-on-the-early-modern-stage-9780198867920?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;">Globalizing Fortune on the Early Modern Stage</a> (Oxford UP, 2022) and <a href="https://www.cambridge.org/core/books/islamic-conversion-and-christian-resistance-on-the-early-modern-stage/EA41A67AB61DF6E70EA2691F9A178D0E">Islamic Conversion and Christian Resistance on the Early Modern Stage</a> (Edinburgh UP, 2012). She is also a co-editor of the academic journal <a href="https://www.journals.uchicago.edu/toc/elr/current">English Literary Renaissance</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="48871738" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/cd0ae445-4356-4a0e-90c6-23214dc12342/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=cd0ae445-4356-4a0e-90c6-23214dc12342&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Caro Pirri, &quot;Colonial Failure and Theatrical Form in Early Modern England: Stages of Unsettlement&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:50:51</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Today’s guest, Caro Pirri, is the author of Colonial Failure and Theatrical Form in Early Modern England: Stages of Unsettlement (Oxford University Press, 2025). This book explores how early modern colonial travel writing informed the London theater’s spatial and placemaking conventions. It suggests that what the stage found most compelling about narratives of colonial settlement was their failure to claim interpretive control over unfamiliar places and people. The book goes on to link colonial misreadings of places and people to theatrical strategies for staging disorientation, which Pirri characterizes as a condition of “unsettlement.”

Each chapter focuses on a specific formal device that emerged from colonial misreadings: “uncommonplacing” in Richard Hakluyt’s travel compendium; metonymic possession in Christopher Marlowe’s Tamburlaine; “seasoning” in Ben Jonson’s city comedies; “stagewreck” in Shakespeare’s The Tempest; and “stagework” in the Lord Mayor’s Shows.

By approaching form as an interpretive process that is always engaged in the act of making and being made, Colonial Failure and Theatrical Form offers a model for reading past the seeming impasses of colonial narratives. It shows how narratives of failed settlement served as a productive resources for the formal worldmaking conventions of early modern theater.

Jane Hwang Degenhardt is Professor English at the University of Massachusetts Amherst. She is the author of Globalizing Fortune on the Early Modern Stage (Oxford UP, 2022) and Islamic Conversion and Christian Resistance on the Early Modern Stage (Edinburgh UP, 2012). She is also a co-editor of the academic journal English Literary Renaissance.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Today’s guest, Caro Pirri, is the author of Colonial Failure and Theatrical Form in Early Modern England: Stages of Unsettlement (Oxford University Press, 2025). This book explores how early modern colonial travel writing informed the London theater’s spatial and placemaking conventions. It suggests that what the stage found most compelling about narratives of colonial settlement was their failure to claim interpretive control over unfamiliar places and people. The book goes on to link colonial misreadings of places and people to theatrical strategies for staging disorientation, which Pirri characterizes as a condition of “unsettlement.”

Each chapter focuses on a specific formal device that emerged from colonial misreadings: “uncommonplacing” in Richard Hakluyt’s travel compendium; metonymic possession in Christopher Marlowe’s Tamburlaine; “seasoning” in Ben Jonson’s city comedies; “stagewreck” in Shakespeare’s The Tempest; and “stagework” in the Lord Mayor’s Shows.

By approaching form as an interpretive process that is always engaged in the act of making and being made, Colonial Failure and Theatrical Form offers a model for reading past the seeming impasses of colonial narratives. It shows how narratives of failed settlement served as a productive resources for the formal worldmaking conventions of early modern theater.

Jane Hwang Degenhardt is Professor English at the University of Massachusetts Amherst. She is the author of Globalizing Fortune on the Early Modern Stage (Oxford UP, 2022) and Islamic Conversion and Christian Resistance on the Early Modern Stage (Edinburgh UP, 2012). She is also a co-editor of the academic journal English Literary Renaissance.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1881</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6713d5c8-908b-11f1-9487-970eac29b973</guid>
      <title>Christopher Campo-Bowen, &quot;Visions of the Village: Ruralness, Identity, and Czech Opera&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><em>The Bartered Bride</em>, a comic opera by Bedrich Smetana, premiered in Prague on March 30, 1866. Its pastoral love story and setting in a rural Czech village eventually became an enduring symbol of Czech nationalism. In<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197602034"> </a><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197602034">Visions of the Village: Ruralness, Identity, and Czech Opera </a>(Oxford University Press, 2025), Christopher Campo-Bowen examines how a particular image of the rural village in a set of Czech operas written between 1866 and 1904 became a powerful signifier for Czech ethnoracial and nationalist identity. He follows this conception of Czech identity and its entanglement with opera through the political changes in the years when the Czech lands were ruled by the Austro-Hungarian Empire and the upheaval that followed when the Empire collapsed in 1918 and the First Czechoslovak Republic was founded. In addition to composers and their operas, Campo-Bowen investigates the output of critics, administrators, and other urban intellectuals to understand the impact of village operas on public discourse. By setting his analysis within a discussion of how race was understood in nineteenth-century Europe, Campo-Bowen shows that this seemingly straightforward nationalist discourse was shot through with racialized essentialism and ideas about gender that were connected with larger political realities. He ends the book with a discussion of the resonances of this nineteenth-century conception of Czech identity in the current Czech Republic.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 10 Aug 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><em>The Bartered Bride</em>, a comic opera by Bedrich Smetana, premiered in Prague on March 30, 1866. Its pastoral love story and setting in a rural Czech village eventually became an enduring symbol of Czech nationalism. In<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197602034"> </a><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197602034">Visions of the Village: Ruralness, Identity, and Czech Opera </a>(Oxford University Press, 2025), Christopher Campo-Bowen examines how a particular image of the rural village in a set of Czech operas written between 1866 and 1904 became a powerful signifier for Czech ethnoracial and nationalist identity. He follows this conception of Czech identity and its entanglement with opera through the political changes in the years when the Czech lands were ruled by the Austro-Hungarian Empire and the upheaval that followed when the Empire collapsed in 1918 and the First Czechoslovak Republic was founded. In addition to composers and their operas, Campo-Bowen investigates the output of critics, administrators, and other urban intellectuals to understand the impact of village operas on public discourse. By setting his analysis within a discussion of how race was understood in nineteenth-century Europe, Campo-Bowen shows that this seemingly straightforward nationalist discourse was shot through with racialized essentialism and ideas about gender that were connected with larger political realities. He ends the book with a discussion of the resonances of this nineteenth-century conception of Czech identity in the current Czech Republic.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="70518645" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/ef2ba90d-e9ce-4577-a29f-3ae3db86eb7c/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=ef2ba90d-e9ce-4577-a29f-3ae3db86eb7c&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Christopher Campo-Bowen, &quot;Visions of the Village: Ruralness, Identity, and Czech Opera&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:13:24</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The Bartered Bride, a comic opera by Bedrich Smetana, premiered in Prague on March 30, 1866. Its pastoral love story and setting in a rural Czech village eventually became an enduring symbol of Czech nationalism. In Visions of the Village: Ruralness, Identity, and Czech Opera (Oxford University Press, 2025), Christopher Campo-Bowen examines how a particular image of the rural village in a set of Czech operas written between 1866 and 1904 became a powerful signifier for Czech ethnoracial and nationalist identity. He follows this conception of Czech identity and its entanglement with opera through the political changes in the years when the Czech lands were ruled by the Austro-Hungarian Empire and the upheaval that followed when the Empire collapsed in 1918 and the First Czechoslovak Republic was founded. In addition to composers and their operas, Campo-Bowen investigates the output of critics, administrators, and other urban intellectuals to understand the impact of village operas on public discourse. By setting his analysis within a discussion of how race was understood in nineteenth-century Europe, Campo-Bowen shows that this seemingly straightforward nationalist discourse was shot through with racialized essentialism and ideas about gender that were connected with larger political realities. He ends the book with a discussion of the resonances of this nineteenth-century conception of Czech identity in the current Czech Republic.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The Bartered Bride, a comic opera by Bedrich Smetana, premiered in Prague on March 30, 1866. Its pastoral love story and setting in a rural Czech village eventually became an enduring symbol of Czech nationalism. In Visions of the Village: Ruralness, Identity, and Czech Opera (Oxford University Press, 2025), Christopher Campo-Bowen examines how a particular image of the rural village in a set of Czech operas written between 1866 and 1904 became a powerful signifier for Czech ethnoracial and nationalist identity. He follows this conception of Czech identity and its entanglement with opera through the political changes in the years when the Czech lands were ruled by the Austro-Hungarian Empire and the upheaval that followed when the Empire collapsed in 1918 and the First Czechoslovak Republic was founded. In addition to composers and their operas, Campo-Bowen investigates the output of critics, administrators, and other urban intellectuals to understand the impact of village operas on public discourse. By setting his analysis within a discussion of how race was understood in nineteenth-century Europe, Campo-Bowen shows that this seemingly straightforward nationalist discourse was shot through with racialized essentialism and ideas about gender that were connected with larger political realities. He ends the book with a discussion of the resonances of this nineteenth-century conception of Czech identity in the current Czech Republic.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1880</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0a9b01f2-9088-11f1-bbb8-b7be4d15e998</guid>
      <title>Caryl Flinn and Dana B. Polan, &quot;The Patty Duke Show and the American Sixties: Hot Dogs and Crêpes Suzette&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-patty-duke-show-and-the-american-sixties-9780197667446?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;#"><em>The Patty Duke Show and the American Sixties: Hot Dogs and Crêpes Suzette</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2026), the first ever published on <em>The Patty Duke Show</em> (1963-66), Caryl Flinn and Dana Polan examine the significance of this classic US sitcom within popular culture and within American society at the time. Child acting sensation Patty Duke plays the all-American Patty as well as her staid British counterpart Cathy, who comes to live with Patty's family in Brooklyn. Far from being a frivolous show, the show's use of twin girls--and their comic antics--offers glimpses into different identities and possibilities to try on, in keeping not only with girls' popular culture of the time but the optimism of John F. Kennedy's Camelot years.<br />At the same time, the series plugged into many of the contradictions of the mid-1960s. It flirted, as much of the US did, with foreign cultures, such as Julia Child's mediation of Frenchness, only to return to and reaffirm core US values. Like Kennedy, who encouraged the country's youth to engage with the world at large, the show gestures towards a cosmopolitanism that, ultimately, retreats into an American-based perspective, as evidenced in the series' preferential treatment of Patty over Cathy--despite the two characters being played by one actor.<br />Drawing on archival research, Flinn and Polan bring to light the show's production background, which has until now been largely lost to history, as well as considering the series's conception, reception, its many tie-in products, and its ongoing afterlife in the decades since its initial broadcast. In so doing, they reveal hidden and overt issues that shaped American culture and ideology of the 1960s.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 9 Aug 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-patty-duke-show-and-the-american-sixties-9780197667446?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;#"><em>The Patty Duke Show and the American Sixties: Hot Dogs and Crêpes Suzette</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2026), the first ever published on <em>The Patty Duke Show</em> (1963-66), Caryl Flinn and Dana Polan examine the significance of this classic US sitcom within popular culture and within American society at the time. Child acting sensation Patty Duke plays the all-American Patty as well as her staid British counterpart Cathy, who comes to live with Patty's family in Brooklyn. Far from being a frivolous show, the show's use of twin girls--and their comic antics--offers glimpses into different identities and possibilities to try on, in keeping not only with girls' popular culture of the time but the optimism of John F. Kennedy's Camelot years.<br />At the same time, the series plugged into many of the contradictions of the mid-1960s. It flirted, as much of the US did, with foreign cultures, such as Julia Child's mediation of Frenchness, only to return to and reaffirm core US values. Like Kennedy, who encouraged the country's youth to engage with the world at large, the show gestures towards a cosmopolitanism that, ultimately, retreats into an American-based perspective, as evidenced in the series' preferential treatment of Patty over Cathy--despite the two characters being played by one actor.<br />Drawing on archival research, Flinn and Polan bring to light the show's production background, which has until now been largely lost to history, as well as considering the series's conception, reception, its many tie-in products, and its ongoing afterlife in the decades since its initial broadcast. In so doing, they reveal hidden and overt issues that shaped American culture and ideology of the 1960s.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="57809500" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/1beedca2-fe3d-4df8-8ffc-e4782714d489/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=1beedca2-fe3d-4df8-8ffc-e4782714d489&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Caryl Flinn and Dana B. Polan, &quot;The Patty Duke Show and the American Sixties: Hot Dogs and Crêpes Suzette&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:00:09</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In The Patty Duke Show and the American Sixties: Hot Dogs and Crêpes Suzette (Oxford UP, 2026), the first ever published on The Patty Duke Show (1963-66), Caryl Flinn and Dana Polan examine the significance of this classic US sitcom within popular culture and within American society at the time. Child acting sensation Patty Duke plays the all-American Patty as well as her staid British counterpart Cathy, who comes to live with Patty&apos;s family in Brooklyn. Far from being a frivolous show, the show&apos;s use of twin girls--and their comic antics--offers glimpses into different identities and possibilities to try on, in keeping not only with girls&apos; popular culture of the time but the optimism of John F. Kennedy&apos;s Camelot years.At the same time, the series plugged into many of the contradictions of the mid-1960s. It flirted, as much of the US did, with foreign cultures, such as Julia Child&apos;s mediation of Frenchness, only to return to and reaffirm core US values. Like Kennedy, who encouraged the country&apos;s youth to engage with the world at large, the show gestures towards a cosmopolitanism that, ultimately, retreats into an American-based perspective, as evidenced in the series&apos; preferential treatment of Patty over Cathy--despite the two characters being played by one actor.Drawing on archival research, Flinn and Polan bring to light the show&apos;s production background, which has until now been largely lost to history, as well as considering the series&apos;s conception, reception, its many tie-in products, and its ongoing afterlife in the decades since its initial broadcast. In so doing, they reveal hidden and overt issues that shaped American culture and ideology of the 1960s.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In The Patty Duke Show and the American Sixties: Hot Dogs and Crêpes Suzette (Oxford UP, 2026), the first ever published on The Patty Duke Show (1963-66), Caryl Flinn and Dana Polan examine the significance of this classic US sitcom within popular culture and within American society at the time. Child acting sensation Patty Duke plays the all-American Patty as well as her staid British counterpart Cathy, who comes to live with Patty&apos;s family in Brooklyn. Far from being a frivolous show, the show&apos;s use of twin girls--and their comic antics--offers glimpses into different identities and possibilities to try on, in keeping not only with girls&apos; popular culture of the time but the optimism of John F. Kennedy&apos;s Camelot years.At the same time, the series plugged into many of the contradictions of the mid-1960s. It flirted, as much of the US did, with foreign cultures, such as Julia Child&apos;s mediation of Frenchness, only to return to and reaffirm core US values. Like Kennedy, who encouraged the country&apos;s youth to engage with the world at large, the show gestures towards a cosmopolitanism that, ultimately, retreats into an American-based perspective, as evidenced in the series&apos; preferential treatment of Patty over Cathy--despite the two characters being played by one actor.Drawing on archival research, Flinn and Polan bring to light the show&apos;s production background, which has until now been largely lost to history, as well as considering the series&apos;s conception, reception, its many tie-in products, and its ongoing afterlife in the decades since its initial broadcast. In so doing, they reveal hidden and overt issues that shaped American culture and ideology of the 1960s.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1879</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f11f691e-8fdf-11f1-a084-bf9036f47f8a</guid>
      <title>Russia’s Jews in World War I</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>When World War I began, the Russian Empire was home to more than 5.7 million Jews, the most densely settled Jewish population in the world. Thirty years later, by 1945, only remnants of this civilization remained. The years of World War I, from 1914 to 1918, launched nearly all the forces that led to this epic destruction.</p>
<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197629352">A Nation of Refugees: Russia's Jews in World War I</a>, Polly Zavadivker tells how Jewish civilians experienced that war and its epicenter of violence on the Eastern Front. World War I transformed the lives of East European Jews in ways that were second only to the Holocaust in their magnitude. State violence and forced migration determined many aspects of Jewish wartime and revolutionary experience. These policies not only destroyed much of traditional Jewish life but also inadvertently compelled a transformation of Jewish civil society. The collapse of Russian imperialism enabled the growth of an empire-wide humanitarian campaign to rescue the “nation of refugees,” whose plight embodied that of the Jewish nation itself. By exploring this history of Jewish humanitarianism during World War I, Zavadivker provides the origin stories of key leaders and public institutions that served East European Jewry in the interwar years and during the Holocaust.</p>
<p>Join YIVO for a discussion with Zavadivker about this book, led by historian Eliyana Adler.</p>
<p>Buy the book: <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/a-nation-of-refugees-9780197629352?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;">here</a></p>
<p>This book talk originally took place on February 25, 2025.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 8 Aug 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>When World War I began, the Russian Empire was home to more than 5.7 million Jews, the most densely settled Jewish population in the world. Thirty years later, by 1945, only remnants of this civilization remained. The years of World War I, from 1914 to 1918, launched nearly all the forces that led to this epic destruction.</p>
<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197629352">A Nation of Refugees: Russia's Jews in World War I</a>, Polly Zavadivker tells how Jewish civilians experienced that war and its epicenter of violence on the Eastern Front. World War I transformed the lives of East European Jews in ways that were second only to the Holocaust in their magnitude. State violence and forced migration determined many aspects of Jewish wartime and revolutionary experience. These policies not only destroyed much of traditional Jewish life but also inadvertently compelled a transformation of Jewish civil society. The collapse of Russian imperialism enabled the growth of an empire-wide humanitarian campaign to rescue the “nation of refugees,” whose plight embodied that of the Jewish nation itself. By exploring this history of Jewish humanitarianism during World War I, Zavadivker provides the origin stories of key leaders and public institutions that served East European Jewry in the interwar years and during the Holocaust.</p>
<p>Join YIVO for a discussion with Zavadivker about this book, led by historian Eliyana Adler.</p>
<p>Buy the book: <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/a-nation-of-refugees-9780197629352?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;">here</a></p>
<p>This book talk originally took place on February 25, 2025.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="55089292" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/bda79e1d-583c-410f-aa40-5c95a9a8e7ac/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=bda79e1d-583c-410f-aa40-5c95a9a8e7ac&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Russia’s Jews in World War I</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:57:20</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>When World War I began, the Russian Empire was home to more than 5.7 million Jews, the most densely settled Jewish population in the world. Thirty years later, by 1945, only remnants of this civilization remained. The years of World War I, from 1914 to 1918, launched nearly all the forces that led to this epic destruction.

In A Nation of Refugees: Russia&apos;s Jews in World War I, Polly Zavadivker tells how Jewish civilians experienced that war and its epicenter of violence on the Eastern Front. World War I transformed the lives of East European Jews in ways that were second only to the Holocaust in their magnitude. State violence and forced migration determined many aspects of Jewish wartime and revolutionary experience. These policies not only destroyed much of traditional Jewish life but also inadvertently compelled a transformation of Jewish civil society. The collapse of Russian imperialism enabled the growth of an empire-wide humanitarian campaign to rescue the “nation of refugees,” whose plight embodied that of the Jewish nation itself. By exploring this history of Jewish humanitarianism during World War I, Zavadivker provides the origin stories of key leaders and public institutions that served East European Jewry in the interwar years and during the Holocaust.

Join YIVO for a discussion with Zavadivker about this book, led by historian Eliyana Adler.

Buy the book: here

This book talk originally took place on February 25, 2025.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>When World War I began, the Russian Empire was home to more than 5.7 million Jews, the most densely settled Jewish population in the world. Thirty years later, by 1945, only remnants of this civilization remained. The years of World War I, from 1914 to 1918, launched nearly all the forces that led to this epic destruction.

In A Nation of Refugees: Russia&apos;s Jews in World War I, Polly Zavadivker tells how Jewish civilians experienced that war and its epicenter of violence on the Eastern Front. World War I transformed the lives of East European Jews in ways that were second only to the Holocaust in their magnitude. State violence and forced migration determined many aspects of Jewish wartime and revolutionary experience. These policies not only destroyed much of traditional Jewish life but also inadvertently compelled a transformation of Jewish civil society. The collapse of Russian imperialism enabled the growth of an empire-wide humanitarian campaign to rescue the “nation of refugees,” whose plight embodied that of the Jewish nation itself. By exploring this history of Jewish humanitarianism during World War I, Zavadivker provides the origin stories of key leaders and public institutions that served East European Jewry in the interwar years and during the Holocaust.

Join YIVO for a discussion with Zavadivker about this book, led by historian Eliyana Adler.

Buy the book: here

This book talk originally took place on February 25, 2025.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1878</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">76b8fca0-9136-11f1-94c9-e7e4590e2664</guid>
      <title>Deborah Barer, &quot;Going Off Script: Improvisational Judgment in the Talmud&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>What does it really mean to go "beyond the letter of the law"? In 
this episode, Rabbi Marc Katz sits down with scholar Deborah Barer to 
discuss her book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197807859"><em>Going Off Script: Improvisational Judgment in the Talmud</em></a>, which offers a surprising new interpretation of one of the Talmud's most enduring ethical concepts: <em>lifnim mi-shurat ha-din</em>.</p>
<p>For generations, <em>lifnim mi-shurat ha-din</em> has been understood
 to mean acting "beyond the letter of the law"—choosing generosity or 
compassion over strict legal obligation. Barer challenges that 
assumption. Through a close reading of classical rabbinic texts, she 
argues that the Talmud originally used the phrase not to describe a 
particular kind of moral act, but a particular way of making decisions. 
Rather than rigidly following established rules, rabbis sometimes 
improvised, departing from expected patterns in pursuit of the right 
outcome for a unique case.</p>
<p>By tracing how this idea developed from in the Talmud, Barer uncovers
 how one phrase evolved into a cornerstone of Jewish ethical thought. 
Her work invites readers to rethink the relationship between law and 
morality, showing that creativity and flexibility have always been part 
of the rabbinic legal tradition.</p>
<p>Together, Barer and Katz explore why improvisation matters in Jewish 
law, how the Talmud balances consistency with compassion, and what this 
ancient model of decision-making can teach us about navigating difficult
 moral questions today.</p>
<p>Deborah Barer is Senior Faculty with the Shalom Hartman Institute of 
North America. She holds a PhD in Religious Studies from the University 
of Virginia, with an emphasis on rabbinic literature and Jewish ethics. 
Previously, she was Associate Professor of Religious Studies at Towson 
University, and she has also taught at Oberlin College and for the 
Pardes Institute of Jewish Studies (North America). She served as the 
editor of the <em>Journal of Textual Reasoning.</em></p>
<p>Rabbi Marc Katz<strong> </strong>is the senior Rabbi at Temple Ner 
Tamid in Bloomfield, NJ. He is the author of Yochanan's Gamble: 
Judaism's Pragmatic Approach to Life (JPS)</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 8 Aug 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>What does it really mean to go "beyond the letter of the law"? In 
this episode, Rabbi Marc Katz sits down with scholar Deborah Barer to 
discuss her book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197807859"><em>Going Off Script: Improvisational Judgment in the Talmud</em></a>, which offers a surprising new interpretation of one of the Talmud's most enduring ethical concepts: <em>lifnim mi-shurat ha-din</em>.</p>
<p>For generations, <em>lifnim mi-shurat ha-din</em> has been understood
 to mean acting "beyond the letter of the law"—choosing generosity or 
compassion over strict legal obligation. Barer challenges that 
assumption. Through a close reading of classical rabbinic texts, she 
argues that the Talmud originally used the phrase not to describe a 
particular kind of moral act, but a particular way of making decisions. 
Rather than rigidly following established rules, rabbis sometimes 
improvised, departing from expected patterns in pursuit of the right 
outcome for a unique case.</p>
<p>By tracing how this idea developed from in the Talmud, Barer uncovers
 how one phrase evolved into a cornerstone of Jewish ethical thought. 
Her work invites readers to rethink the relationship between law and 
morality, showing that creativity and flexibility have always been part 
of the rabbinic legal tradition.</p>
<p>Together, Barer and Katz explore why improvisation matters in Jewish 
law, how the Talmud balances consistency with compassion, and what this 
ancient model of decision-making can teach us about navigating difficult
 moral questions today.</p>
<p>Deborah Barer is Senior Faculty with the Shalom Hartman Institute of 
North America. She holds a PhD in Religious Studies from the University 
of Virginia, with an emphasis on rabbinic literature and Jewish ethics. 
Previously, she was Associate Professor of Religious Studies at Towson 
University, and she has also taught at Oberlin College and for the 
Pardes Institute of Jewish Studies (North America). She served as the 
editor of the <em>Journal of Textual Reasoning.</em></p>
<p>Rabbi Marc Katz<strong> </strong>is the senior Rabbi at Temple Ner 
Tamid in Bloomfield, NJ. He is the author of Yochanan's Gamble: 
Judaism's Pragmatic Approach to Life (JPS)</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="46189000" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/104cc9c6-e704-478a-8cdf-673e3ef37971/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=104cc9c6-e704-478a-8cdf-673e3ef37971&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Deborah Barer, &quot;Going Off Script: Improvisational Judgment in the Talmud&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:48:03</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>What does it really mean to go &quot;beyond the letter of the law&quot;? In 
this episode, Rabbi Marc Katz sits down with scholar Deborah Barer to 
discuss her book Going Off Script: Improvisational Judgment in the Talmud, which offers a surprising new interpretation of one of the Talmud&apos;s most enduring ethical concepts: lifnim mi-shurat ha-din.

For generations, lifnim mi-shurat ha-din has been understood
 to mean acting &quot;beyond the letter of the law&quot;—choosing generosity or 
compassion over strict legal obligation. Barer challenges that 
assumption. Through a close reading of classical rabbinic texts, she 
argues that the Talmud originally used the phrase not to describe a 
particular kind of moral act, but a particular way of making decisions. 
Rather than rigidly following established rules, rabbis sometimes 
improvised, departing from expected patterns in pursuit of the right 
outcome for a unique case.

By tracing how this idea developed from in the Talmud, Barer uncovers
 how one phrase evolved into a cornerstone of Jewish ethical thought. 
Her work invites readers to rethink the relationship between law and 
morality, showing that creativity and flexibility have always been part 
of the rabbinic legal tradition.

Together, Barer and Katz explore why improvisation matters in Jewish 
law, how the Talmud balances consistency with compassion, and what this 
ancient model of decision-making can teach us about navigating difficult
 moral questions today.

Deborah Barer is Senior Faculty with the Shalom Hartman Institute of 
North America. She holds a PhD in Religious Studies from the University 
of Virginia, with an emphasis on rabbinic literature and Jewish ethics. 
Previously, she was Associate Professor of Religious Studies at Towson 
University, and she has also taught at Oberlin College and for the 
Pardes Institute of Jewish Studies (North America). She served as the 
editor of the Journal of Textual Reasoning.

Rabbi Marc Katz is the senior Rabbi at Temple Ner 
Tamid in Bloomfield, NJ. He is the author of Yochanan&apos;s Gamble: 
Judaism&apos;s Pragmatic Approach to Life (JPS)</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>What does it really mean to go &quot;beyond the letter of the law&quot;? In 
this episode, Rabbi Marc Katz sits down with scholar Deborah Barer to 
discuss her book Going Off Script: Improvisational Judgment in the Talmud, which offers a surprising new interpretation of one of the Talmud&apos;s most enduring ethical concepts: lifnim mi-shurat ha-din.

For generations, lifnim mi-shurat ha-din has been understood
 to mean acting &quot;beyond the letter of the law&quot;—choosing generosity or 
compassion over strict legal obligation. Barer challenges that 
assumption. Through a close reading of classical rabbinic texts, she 
argues that the Talmud originally used the phrase not to describe a 
particular kind of moral act, but a particular way of making decisions. 
Rather than rigidly following established rules, rabbis sometimes 
improvised, departing from expected patterns in pursuit of the right 
outcome for a unique case.

By tracing how this idea developed from in the Talmud, Barer uncovers
 how one phrase evolved into a cornerstone of Jewish ethical thought. 
Her work invites readers to rethink the relationship between law and 
morality, showing that creativity and flexibility have always been part 
of the rabbinic legal tradition.

Together, Barer and Katz explore why improvisation matters in Jewish 
law, how the Talmud balances consistency with compassion, and what this 
ancient model of decision-making can teach us about navigating difficult
 moral questions today.

Deborah Barer is Senior Faculty with the Shalom Hartman Institute of 
North America. She holds a PhD in Religious Studies from the University 
of Virginia, with an emphasis on rabbinic literature and Jewish ethics. 
Previously, she was Associate Professor of Religious Studies at Towson 
University, and she has also taught at Oberlin College and for the 
Pardes Institute of Jewish Studies (North America). She served as the 
editor of the Journal of Textual Reasoning.

Rabbi Marc Katz is the senior Rabbi at Temple Ner 
Tamid in Bloomfield, NJ. He is the author of Yochanan&apos;s Gamble: 
Judaism&apos;s Pragmatic Approach to Life (JPS)</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1877</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5bb39006-913a-11f1-b673-d36e50ece05f</guid>
      <title>Edward T. G. Anderson, &quot;Hindu Nationalism in the Indian Diaspora: Transnational Politics and British Multiculturalism&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>﻿Hindu nationalism is transforming India as an increasingly dominant 
ideology and political force. But it is also a global phenomenon, with 
sections of India’s vast and influential diaspora drawn to, or actively 
supporting, right-wing Hindu nationalism. Indians overseas can be seen 
as an important, even inextricable, aspect of the movement. This is not a
 new dynamic—diasporic Hindutva has grown over many decades.﻿﻿﻿﻿</p>
<p><em></em><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197746202"><em>Hindu Nationalism in the Indian Diaspora: Transnational Politics and British Multiculturalism</em></a>
 (Oxford University Press, 2024) explores how and why the movement 
became popular among India’s diaspora from the second half of the 
twentieth century. It shows that Hindutva ideology and its plethora of 
organizations have a distinctive resonance and way of operating 
overseas; the movement and its ideas perform significant, particular 
functions for diaspora communities.<br />Edward T.G. Anderson argues that 
transnational Hindutva cannot simply be viewed as an export: this 
phenomenon has evolved and been shaped into an important aspect of 
diasporic identity, a way for people to connect with their homeland. He 
also sheds light on the impact of conservative Indian politics on 
British multiculturalism, migrant politics and relations between various
 minority communities.</p>
<p>﻿<a href="https://independent.academia.edu/SachinNikarge"><em>Sachin Nikarge</em></a> <em>has
 extensively worked in consultative capacity with prominent 
foreign/diplomatic missions across both ‘hard’ as well as ‘soft’ power 
domains.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 8 Aug 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>﻿Hindu nationalism is transforming India as an increasingly dominant 
ideology and political force. But it is also a global phenomenon, with 
sections of India’s vast and influential diaspora drawn to, or actively 
supporting, right-wing Hindu nationalism. Indians overseas can be seen 
as an important, even inextricable, aspect of the movement. This is not a
 new dynamic—diasporic Hindutva has grown over many decades.﻿﻿﻿﻿</p>
<p><em></em><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197746202"><em>Hindu Nationalism in the Indian Diaspora: Transnational Politics and British Multiculturalism</em></a>
 (Oxford University Press, 2024) explores how and why the movement 
became popular among India’s diaspora from the second half of the 
twentieth century. It shows that Hindutva ideology and its plethora of 
organizations have a distinctive resonance and way of operating 
overseas; the movement and its ideas perform significant, particular 
functions for diaspora communities.<br />Edward T.G. Anderson argues that 
transnational Hindutva cannot simply be viewed as an export: this 
phenomenon has evolved and been shaped into an important aspect of 
diasporic identity, a way for people to connect with their homeland. He 
also sheds light on the impact of conservative Indian politics on 
British multiculturalism, migrant politics and relations between various
 minority communities.</p>
<p>﻿<a href="https://independent.academia.edu/SachinNikarge"><em>Sachin Nikarge</em></a> <em>has
 extensively worked in consultative capacity with prominent 
foreign/diplomatic missions across both ‘hard’ as well as ‘soft’ power 
domains.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="58669577" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/b6210e1b-d5bc-4629-bdfa-84393a4a532c/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=b6210e1b-d5bc-4629-bdfa-84393a4a532c&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Edward T. G. Anderson, &quot;Hindu Nationalism in the Indian Diaspora: Transnational Politics and British Multiculturalism&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:01:02</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Hindu nationalism is transforming India as an increasingly dominant 
ideology and political force. But it is also a global phenomenon, with 
sections of India’s vast and influential diaspora drawn to, or actively 
supporting, right-wing Hindu nationalism. Indians overseas can be seen 
as an important, even inextricable, aspect of the movement. This is not a
 new dynamic—diasporic Hindutva has grown over many decades.﻿﻿﻿﻿

Hindu Nationalism in the Indian Diaspora: Transnational Politics and British Multiculturalism
 (Oxford University Press, 2024) explores how and why the movement 
became popular among India’s diaspora from the second half of the 
twentieth century. It shows that Hindutva ideology and its plethora of 
organizations have a distinctive resonance and way of operating 
overseas; the movement and its ideas perform significant, particular 
functions for diaspora communities.Edward T.G. Anderson argues that 
transnational Hindutva cannot simply be viewed as an export: this 
phenomenon has evolved and been shaped into an important aspect of 
diasporic identity, a way for people to connect with their homeland. He 
also sheds light on the impact of conservative Indian politics on 
British multiculturalism, migrant politics and relations between various
 minority communities.

﻿Sachin Nikarge has
 extensively worked in consultative capacity with prominent 
foreign/diplomatic missions across both ‘hard’ as well as ‘soft’ power 
domains.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Hindu nationalism is transforming India as an increasingly dominant 
ideology and political force. But it is also a global phenomenon, with 
sections of India’s vast and influential diaspora drawn to, or actively 
supporting, right-wing Hindu nationalism. Indians overseas can be seen 
as an important, even inextricable, aspect of the movement. This is not a
 new dynamic—diasporic Hindutva has grown over many decades.﻿﻿﻿﻿

Hindu Nationalism in the Indian Diaspora: Transnational Politics and British Multiculturalism
 (Oxford University Press, 2024) explores how and why the movement 
became popular among India’s diaspora from the second half of the 
twentieth century. It shows that Hindutva ideology and its plethora of 
organizations have a distinctive resonance and way of operating 
overseas; the movement and its ideas perform significant, particular 
functions for diaspora communities.Edward T.G. Anderson argues that 
transnational Hindutva cannot simply be viewed as an export: this 
phenomenon has evolved and been shaped into an important aspect of 
diasporic identity, a way for people to connect with their homeland. He 
also sheds light on the impact of conservative Indian politics on 
British multiculturalism, migrant politics and relations between various
 minority communities.

﻿Sachin Nikarge has
 extensively worked in consultative capacity with prominent 
foreign/diplomatic missions across both ‘hard’ as well as ‘soft’ power 
domains.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1876</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">52be553e-8f15-11f1-9552-8320a53b666d</guid>
      <title>Jessica Vantine Birkenholtz and Alaka Atreya Chudal &quot;The Swasthani Vrata Katha&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The<em> Swasthani Vrata Katha </em>is the most widely read, recited, and listened to Hindu devotional text, especially of local indigenous origin, among Hindu laity in Nepal. Dedicated to and itself the physical embodiment of a local goddess named Swasthani, Nepali Hindus recite the <em>Swasthani</em> every year from cover to cover over the winter month of Magh (January–February). It is a collection of widely circulating Hindu myths about gods, demons, and divine dalliances that forefront Shiva, Sati, and Parvati but it is also a local folk story about women’s real, everyday hardships and the rewards of attending to one’s dharma and devotion to the goddess Swasthani. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197553442">The Swasthani Vrata Katha: A Secret Vow to the Goddess</a> (Oxford UP, 2026) is the first full-length English translation of the <em>Swasthani</em>from the original Nepali. Just like Parvati made Swasthani and her story known beyond the realm of the gods to the human realm, so, too, this translation makes them known beyond Nepal to a broad English-speaking audience.</p>
<p>﻿Open Access: <a href="https://academic.oup.com/book/61743">here</a>﻿</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 6 Aug 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The<em> Swasthani Vrata Katha </em>is the most widely read, recited, and listened to Hindu devotional text, especially of local indigenous origin, among Hindu laity in Nepal. Dedicated to and itself the physical embodiment of a local goddess named Swasthani, Nepali Hindus recite the <em>Swasthani</em> every year from cover to cover over the winter month of Magh (January–February). It is a collection of widely circulating Hindu myths about gods, demons, and divine dalliances that forefront Shiva, Sati, and Parvati but it is also a local folk story about women’s real, everyday hardships and the rewards of attending to one’s dharma and devotion to the goddess Swasthani. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197553442">The Swasthani Vrata Katha: A Secret Vow to the Goddess</a> (Oxford UP, 2026) is the first full-length English translation of the <em>Swasthani</em>from the original Nepali. Just like Parvati made Swasthani and her story known beyond the realm of the gods to the human realm, so, too, this translation makes them known beyond Nepal to a broad English-speaking audience.</p>
<p>﻿Open Access: <a href="https://academic.oup.com/book/61743">here</a>﻿</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="50546605" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/03913e51-9783-496c-88cd-05a7051f0834/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=03913e51-9783-496c-88cd-05a7051f0834&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Jessica Vantine Birkenholtz and Alaka Atreya Chudal &quot;The Swasthani Vrata Katha&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:52:34</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The Swasthani Vrata Katha is the most widely read, recited, and listened to Hindu devotional text, especially of local indigenous origin, among Hindu laity in Nepal. Dedicated to and itself the physical embodiment of a local goddess named Swasthani, Nepali Hindus recite the Swasthani every year from cover to cover over the winter month of Magh (January–February). It is a collection of widely circulating Hindu myths about gods, demons, and divine dalliances that forefront Shiva, Sati, and Parvati but it is also a local folk story about women’s real, everyday hardships and the rewards of attending to one’s dharma and devotion to the goddess Swasthani. The Swasthani Vrata Katha: A Secret Vow to the Goddess (Oxford UP, 2026) is the first full-length English translation of the Swasthanifrom the original Nepali. Just like Parvati made Swasthani and her story known beyond the realm of the gods to the human realm, so, too, this translation makes them known beyond Nepal to a broad English-speaking audience.

﻿Open Access: here﻿</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The Swasthani Vrata Katha is the most widely read, recited, and listened to Hindu devotional text, especially of local indigenous origin, among Hindu laity in Nepal. Dedicated to and itself the physical embodiment of a local goddess named Swasthani, Nepali Hindus recite the Swasthani every year from cover to cover over the winter month of Magh (January–February). It is a collection of widely circulating Hindu myths about gods, demons, and divine dalliances that forefront Shiva, Sati, and Parvati but it is also a local folk story about women’s real, everyday hardships and the rewards of attending to one’s dharma and devotion to the goddess Swasthani. The Swasthani Vrata Katha: A Secret Vow to the Goddess (Oxford UP, 2026) is the first full-length English translation of the Swasthanifrom the original Nepali. Just like Parvati made Swasthani and her story known beyond the realm of the gods to the human realm, so, too, this translation makes them known beyond Nepal to a broad English-speaking audience.

﻿Open Access: here﻿</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1875</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d788aac2-8be5-11f1-baf0-7f5808196224</guid>
      <title>Emily Sneff, &quot;When the Declaration of Independence Was News&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Amy Weitzman interviews Emily Sneff on her new book <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/when-the-declaration-of-independence-was-news-9780197816691"><em>When the Declaration of Independence Was News</em></a> and the graduate school experience.<br /></p>
<p>In 1776 people could hear the Declaration of Independence proclaimed in public squares and could read it in the pages of their local newspapers. Stories of the Declaration typically recount the work that took place inside the Continental Congress, focusing on the men tasked with drafting the text. Although Congress declared independence, the work of spreading the news involved printers, post riders, ship captains, civic leaders, soldiers, clerks, orators, preachers, diplomats, and translators.</p>
<p>When the Declaration of Independence Was News reveals the stories behind how the Declaration was communicated in the United States and around the Atlantic. Tracing the travels of the founding document of the United States from Philadelphia to New York, Boston, Charleston, London, Leiden, Paris, and beyond, Emily Sneff shows how people both celebrated the Declaration and critiqued it. In the weeks after the document was penned, it was printed in the columns of newspapers, translated into German and French, and shared with Native American allies. The document induced some people to make public their privately held beliefs about whether they wanted the United States to be independent or to reconcile with King George III. The Declaration was met with unique circumstances everywhere it went, and people modified the text along the way. The questions of who experienced the news of independence, when, and how reveal an expansive and complex history of a critical moment in the American Revolution.</p>
<p>Published for the 250th anniversary of American independence, When the Declaration of Independence Was News returns to a time before the legacy of these words and the outcome of the war against Great Britain were known to reconsider what the founding of the United States meant to the people who were living through it.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 3 Aug 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Amy Weitzman interviews Emily Sneff on her new book <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/when-the-declaration-of-independence-was-news-9780197816691"><em>When the Declaration of Independence Was News</em></a> and the graduate school experience.<br /></p>
<p>In 1776 people could hear the Declaration of Independence proclaimed in public squares and could read it in the pages of their local newspapers. Stories of the Declaration typically recount the work that took place inside the Continental Congress, focusing on the men tasked with drafting the text. Although Congress declared independence, the work of spreading the news involved printers, post riders, ship captains, civic leaders, soldiers, clerks, orators, preachers, diplomats, and translators.</p>
<p>When the Declaration of Independence Was News reveals the stories behind how the Declaration was communicated in the United States and around the Atlantic. Tracing the travels of the founding document of the United States from Philadelphia to New York, Boston, Charleston, London, Leiden, Paris, and beyond, Emily Sneff shows how people both celebrated the Declaration and critiqued it. In the weeks after the document was penned, it was printed in the columns of newspapers, translated into German and French, and shared with Native American allies. The document induced some people to make public their privately held beliefs about whether they wanted the United States to be independent or to reconcile with King George III. The Declaration was met with unique circumstances everywhere it went, and people modified the text along the way. The questions of who experienced the news of independence, when, and how reveal an expansive and complex history of a critical moment in the American Revolution.</p>
<p>Published for the 250th anniversary of American independence, When the Declaration of Independence Was News returns to a time before the legacy of these words and the outcome of the war against Great Britain were known to reconsider what the founding of the United States meant to the people who were living through it.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="40230626" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/07e66e82-7eeb-488d-95c1-c2549ff50c63/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=07e66e82-7eeb-488d-95c1-c2549ff50c63&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Emily Sneff, &quot;When the Declaration of Independence Was News&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:41:52</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Amy Weitzman interviews Emily Sneff on her new book When the Declaration of Independence Was News and the graduate school experience.

In 1776 people could hear the Declaration of Independence proclaimed in public squares and could read it in the pages of their local newspapers. Stories of the Declaration typically recount the work that took place inside the Continental Congress, focusing on the men tasked with drafting the text. Although Congress declared independence, the work of spreading the news involved printers, post riders, ship captains, civic leaders, soldiers, clerks, orators, preachers, diplomats, and translators.

When the Declaration of Independence Was News reveals the stories behind how the Declaration was communicated in the United States and around the Atlantic. Tracing the travels of the founding document of the United States from Philadelphia to New York, Boston, Charleston, London, Leiden, Paris, and beyond, Emily Sneff shows how people both celebrated the Declaration and critiqued it. In the weeks after the document was penned, it was printed in the columns of newspapers, translated into German and French, and shared with Native American allies. The document induced some people to make public their privately held beliefs about whether they wanted the United States to be independent or to reconcile with King George III. The Declaration was met with unique circumstances everywhere it went, and people modified the text along the way. The questions of who experienced the news of independence, when, and how reveal an expansive and complex history of a critical moment in the American Revolution.

Published for the 250th anniversary of American independence, When the Declaration of Independence Was News returns to a time before the legacy of these words and the outcome of the war against Great Britain were known to reconsider what the founding of the United States meant to the people who were living through it.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Amy Weitzman interviews Emily Sneff on her new book When the Declaration of Independence Was News and the graduate school experience.

In 1776 people could hear the Declaration of Independence proclaimed in public squares and could read it in the pages of their local newspapers. Stories of the Declaration typically recount the work that took place inside the Continental Congress, focusing on the men tasked with drafting the text. Although Congress declared independence, the work of spreading the news involved printers, post riders, ship captains, civic leaders, soldiers, clerks, orators, preachers, diplomats, and translators.

When the Declaration of Independence Was News reveals the stories behind how the Declaration was communicated in the United States and around the Atlantic. Tracing the travels of the founding document of the United States from Philadelphia to New York, Boston, Charleston, London, Leiden, Paris, and beyond, Emily Sneff shows how people both celebrated the Declaration and critiqued it. In the weeks after the document was penned, it was printed in the columns of newspapers, translated into German and French, and shared with Native American allies. The document induced some people to make public their privately held beliefs about whether they wanted the United States to be independent or to reconcile with King George III. The Declaration was met with unique circumstances everywhere it went, and people modified the text along the way. The questions of who experienced the news of independence, when, and how reveal an expansive and complex history of a critical moment in the American Revolution.

Published for the 250th anniversary of American independence, When the Declaration of Independence Was News returns to a time before the legacy of these words and the outcome of the war against Great Britain were known to reconsider what the founding of the United States meant to the people who were living through it.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1874</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">554745d8-8b08-11f1-999d-7fdab634e963</guid>
      <title>Elijah Wald, &quot;Rock ‘N’ Roll: A Very Short Introduction&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Rock 'n' roll appeared in the 1950s as the high-energy, electrically amplified music of young dancers and listeners, first in the United States and then around the globe, and from the beginning it symbolized more than music. First popularized as a marketing rubric to sell African-American rhythm and blues to white teenagers, it stood for racial integration, sexual freedom, youthful rebellion, and for change and modernity. It was never a single kind of music, and historians disagree about when it began and which artists or records should be included in its canon--but it was always a flashpoint, whether condemned as an assault on cultural standards or hailed as the most exciting movement of the twentieth century.</p>
<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/rock-n-roll-a-very-short-introduction-musician-and-writer-elijah-wald/d4b3e70f10f5ba99?ean=9780197756744"><em>Rock ‘N’ Roll: A Very Short Introduction</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2026) explores the complex musical styles and evolutions of the genre and also examines it as product, symbol, and vehicle of societal change. The introduction seamlessly integrates the genre with elements of 1955-1965's mass influence including the rise of television and niche radio formats, the civil rights movement, a new concept of "teenagers" as a unique age group, and a sexual revolution. <em>Rock 'n' Roll </em>traces the rise and trajectories of the styles and musicians grouped as rock 'n' roll and their journey to becoming emblems of much more</p>
<p>Elijah Wald is a Grammy winning writer, musician, and historian. His books include<em> Escaping the Delta: Robert Johnson and the Invention of the Blues</em>;<em> How the Beatles Destroyed Rock 'n' Roll: An Alternative History of American Popular Music</em>;<em> Jelly Roll Blues: Censored Songs and Hidden Histories</em>;<em> The Mayor of MacDougal Street </em>(source for the movie<em> Inside Llewyn Davis</em>); and <em>Dylan Goes Electric!</em> (source for the movie <em>A Complete Unknown</em>). He has taught at various universities and holds a PhD in ethnomusicology and sociolinguistics.</p>
<p>Elijah Wald’s <a href="https://elijahwald.com/">website</a>.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.bradley-morgan.com/">Bradley Morgan</a> is a media arts professional in Chicago and author of <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9781493061174"><em>U2's The Joshua Tree: Planting Roots in Mythic America</em></a> (Backbeat Books, 2021), <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/frank-zappa-s-america/8849ce3db2569e6e?ean=9780807183922&amp;next=t"><em>Frank Zappa's America</em></a> (LSU Press, 2025), and <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/u2-until-the-end-of-the-world-bradley-morgan/79efd5b55b88c62d?ean=9798886743579&amp;next=t"><em>U2: Until the End of the World</em></a> (Gemini Books, 2025). He manages partnerships on behalf of CHIRP Radio 107.1 FM and is the director of its music film festival.</p>
<p>Bradley on <a href="https://www.facebook.com/bradleymorganauthor/">Facebook</a> and <a href="https://bsky.app/profile/bradleymorgan.bsky.social">Bluesky</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Jul 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Rock 'n' roll appeared in the 1950s as the high-energy, electrically amplified music of young dancers and listeners, first in the United States and then around the globe, and from the beginning it symbolized more than music. First popularized as a marketing rubric to sell African-American rhythm and blues to white teenagers, it stood for racial integration, sexual freedom, youthful rebellion, and for change and modernity. It was never a single kind of music, and historians disagree about when it began and which artists or records should be included in its canon--but it was always a flashpoint, whether condemned as an assault on cultural standards or hailed as the most exciting movement of the twentieth century.</p>
<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/rock-n-roll-a-very-short-introduction-musician-and-writer-elijah-wald/d4b3e70f10f5ba99?ean=9780197756744"><em>Rock ‘N’ Roll: A Very Short Introduction</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2026) explores the complex musical styles and evolutions of the genre and also examines it as product, symbol, and vehicle of societal change. The introduction seamlessly integrates the genre with elements of 1955-1965's mass influence including the rise of television and niche radio formats, the civil rights movement, a new concept of "teenagers" as a unique age group, and a sexual revolution. <em>Rock 'n' Roll </em>traces the rise and trajectories of the styles and musicians grouped as rock 'n' roll and their journey to becoming emblems of much more</p>
<p>Elijah Wald is a Grammy winning writer, musician, and historian. His books include<em> Escaping the Delta: Robert Johnson and the Invention of the Blues</em>;<em> How the Beatles Destroyed Rock 'n' Roll: An Alternative History of American Popular Music</em>;<em> Jelly Roll Blues: Censored Songs and Hidden Histories</em>;<em> The Mayor of MacDougal Street </em>(source for the movie<em> Inside Llewyn Davis</em>); and <em>Dylan Goes Electric!</em> (source for the movie <em>A Complete Unknown</em>). He has taught at various universities and holds a PhD in ethnomusicology and sociolinguistics.</p>
<p>Elijah Wald’s <a href="https://elijahwald.com/">website</a>.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.bradley-morgan.com/">Bradley Morgan</a> is a media arts professional in Chicago and author of <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9781493061174"><em>U2's The Joshua Tree: Planting Roots in Mythic America</em></a> (Backbeat Books, 2021), <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/frank-zappa-s-america/8849ce3db2569e6e?ean=9780807183922&amp;next=t"><em>Frank Zappa's America</em></a> (LSU Press, 2025), and <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/u2-until-the-end-of-the-world-bradley-morgan/79efd5b55b88c62d?ean=9798886743579&amp;next=t"><em>U2: Until the End of the World</em></a> (Gemini Books, 2025). He manages partnerships on behalf of CHIRP Radio 107.1 FM and is the director of its music film festival.</p>
<p>Bradley on <a href="https://www.facebook.com/bradleymorganauthor/">Facebook</a> and <a href="https://bsky.app/profile/bradleymorgan.bsky.social">Bluesky</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="48778105" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/5d6ecdb0-46ce-479f-b5c7-d3e97d71d94f/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=5d6ecdb0-46ce-479f-b5c7-d3e97d71d94f&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Elijah Wald, &quot;Rock ‘N’ Roll: A Very Short Introduction&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:50:34</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Rock &apos;n&apos; roll appeared in the 1950s as the high-energy, electrically amplified music of young dancers and listeners, first in the United States and then around the globe, and from the beginning it symbolized more than music. First popularized as a marketing rubric to sell African-American rhythm and blues to white teenagers, it stood for racial integration, sexual freedom, youthful rebellion, and for change and modernity. It was never a single kind of music, and historians disagree about when it began and which artists or records should be included in its canon--but it was always a flashpoint, whether condemned as an assault on cultural standards or hailed as the most exciting movement of the twentieth century.

Rock ‘N’ Roll: A Very Short Introduction (Oxford University Press, 2026) explores the complex musical styles and evolutions of the genre and also examines it as product, symbol, and vehicle of societal change. The introduction seamlessly integrates the genre with elements of 1955-1965&apos;s mass influence including the rise of television and niche radio formats, the civil rights movement, a new concept of &quot;teenagers&quot; as a unique age group, and a sexual revolution. Rock &apos;n&apos; Roll traces the rise and trajectories of the styles and musicians grouped as rock &apos;n&apos; roll and their journey to becoming emblems of much more

Elijah Wald is a Grammy winning writer, musician, and historian. His books include Escaping the Delta: Robert Johnson and the Invention of the Blues; How the Beatles Destroyed Rock &apos;n&apos; Roll: An Alternative History of American Popular Music; Jelly Roll Blues: Censored Songs and Hidden Histories; The Mayor of MacDougal Street (source for the movie Inside Llewyn Davis); and Dylan Goes Electric! (source for the movie A Complete Unknown). He has taught at various universities and holds a PhD in ethnomusicology and sociolinguistics.

Elijah Wald’s website.

Bradley Morgan is a media arts professional in Chicago and author of U2&apos;s The Joshua Tree: Planting Roots in Mythic America (Backbeat Books, 2021), Frank Zappa&apos;s America (LSU Press, 2025), and U2: Until the End of the World (Gemini Books, 2025). He manages partnerships on behalf of CHIRP Radio 107.1 FM and is the director of its music film festival.

Bradley on Facebook and Bluesky.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Rock &apos;n&apos; roll appeared in the 1950s as the high-energy, electrically amplified music of young dancers and listeners, first in the United States and then around the globe, and from the beginning it symbolized more than music. First popularized as a marketing rubric to sell African-American rhythm and blues to white teenagers, it stood for racial integration, sexual freedom, youthful rebellion, and for change and modernity. It was never a single kind of music, and historians disagree about when it began and which artists or records should be included in its canon--but it was always a flashpoint, whether condemned as an assault on cultural standards or hailed as the most exciting movement of the twentieth century.

Rock ‘N’ Roll: A Very Short Introduction (Oxford University Press, 2026) explores the complex musical styles and evolutions of the genre and also examines it as product, symbol, and vehicle of societal change. The introduction seamlessly integrates the genre with elements of 1955-1965&apos;s mass influence including the rise of television and niche radio formats, the civil rights movement, a new concept of &quot;teenagers&quot; as a unique age group, and a sexual revolution. Rock &apos;n&apos; Roll traces the rise and trajectories of the styles and musicians grouped as rock &apos;n&apos; roll and their journey to becoming emblems of much more

Elijah Wald is a Grammy winning writer, musician, and historian. His books include Escaping the Delta: Robert Johnson and the Invention of the Blues; How the Beatles Destroyed Rock &apos;n&apos; Roll: An Alternative History of American Popular Music; Jelly Roll Blues: Censored Songs and Hidden Histories; The Mayor of MacDougal Street (source for the movie Inside Llewyn Davis); and Dylan Goes Electric! (source for the movie A Complete Unknown). He has taught at various universities and holds a PhD in ethnomusicology and sociolinguistics.

Elijah Wald’s website.

Bradley Morgan is a media arts professional in Chicago and author of U2&apos;s The Joshua Tree: Planting Roots in Mythic America (Backbeat Books, 2021), Frank Zappa&apos;s America (LSU Press, 2025), and U2: Until the End of the World (Gemini Books, 2025). He manages partnerships on behalf of CHIRP Radio 107.1 FM and is the director of its music film festival.

Bradley on Facebook and Bluesky.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1873</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0632aebe-8a0a-11f1-959a-c7546b741ae7</guid>
      <title>Steven K. Green, &quot;American Infidelity: The Gilded Age Battle Over Freethought, Free Love, and Feminism&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Today I'm speaking with Steven K. Green, Fred H. Paulus Professor of Law and Affiliated Professor of History and Religious Studies at Willamette University. We are discussing his book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197822265">American Infidelity: The Gilded Age Battle Over Freethought, Free Love, and Feminism</a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2026). Since the first permanent Protestant settlement in Jamestown in 1607, Protestant Christianity has waxed and waned through a series of revivals, migrations, and challenges from alternative faiths like Catholicism and Mormonism. The Gilded Age, from roughly 1870 to 1900, was a unique period for Protestantism in American history. Most Americans still subscribed to a Protestant faith, though threats began to arise not from other confessions, but rather from philosophical and scientific challengers. The so-called freethinkers represented a broad range of beliefs and ideas, being united by a mutual skepticism of religious conservatism and traditional sexual and gender mores. <em>American Infidelity</em> tells the story of this tug-of-war for the soul of a nation, with Christianity on one side and the legacy of thinkers like Thomas Paine on the other.</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is CEO and Publisher of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 Jul 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Today I'm speaking with Steven K. Green, Fred H. Paulus Professor of Law and Affiliated Professor of History and Religious Studies at Willamette University. We are discussing his book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197822265">American Infidelity: The Gilded Age Battle Over Freethought, Free Love, and Feminism</a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2026). Since the first permanent Protestant settlement in Jamestown in 1607, Protestant Christianity has waxed and waned through a series of revivals, migrations, and challenges from alternative faiths like Catholicism and Mormonism. The Gilded Age, from roughly 1870 to 1900, was a unique period for Protestantism in American history. Most Americans still subscribed to a Protestant faith, though threats began to arise not from other confessions, but rather from philosophical and scientific challengers. The so-called freethinkers represented a broad range of beliefs and ideas, being united by a mutual skepticism of religious conservatism and traditional sexual and gender mores. <em>American Infidelity</em> tells the story of this tug-of-war for the soul of a nation, with Christianity on one side and the legacy of thinkers like Thomas Paine on the other.</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is CEO and Publisher of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="55356619" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/8f96e6ca-d5b3-4979-9ebe-0770f750330f/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=8f96e6ca-d5b3-4979-9ebe-0770f750330f&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Steven K. Green, &quot;American Infidelity: The Gilded Age Battle Over Freethought, Free Love, and Feminism&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:57:25</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Today I&apos;m speaking with Steven K. Green, Fred H. Paulus Professor of Law and Affiliated Professor of History and Religious Studies at Willamette University. We are discussing his book, American Infidelity: The Gilded Age Battle Over Freethought, Free Love, and Feminism (Oxford University Press, 2026). Since the first permanent Protestant settlement in Jamestown in 1607, Protestant Christianity has waxed and waned through a series of revivals, migrations, and challenges from alternative faiths like Catholicism and Mormonism. The Gilded Age, from roughly 1870 to 1900, was a unique period for Protestantism in American history. Most Americans still subscribed to a Protestant faith, though threats began to arise not from other confessions, but rather from philosophical and scientific challengers. The so-called freethinkers represented a broad range of beliefs and ideas, being united by a mutual skepticism of religious conservatism and traditional sexual and gender mores. American Infidelity tells the story of this tug-of-war for the soul of a nation, with Christianity on one side and the legacy of thinkers like Thomas Paine on the other.

Caleb Zakarin is CEO and Publisher of the New Books Network.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Today I&apos;m speaking with Steven K. Green, Fred H. Paulus Professor of Law and Affiliated Professor of History and Religious Studies at Willamette University. We are discussing his book, American Infidelity: The Gilded Age Battle Over Freethought, Free Love, and Feminism (Oxford University Press, 2026). Since the first permanent Protestant settlement in Jamestown in 1607, Protestant Christianity has waxed and waned through a series of revivals, migrations, and challenges from alternative faiths like Catholicism and Mormonism. The Gilded Age, from roughly 1870 to 1900, was a unique period for Protestantism in American history. Most Americans still subscribed to a Protestant faith, though threats began to arise not from other confessions, but rather from philosophical and scientific challengers. The so-called freethinkers represented a broad range of beliefs and ideas, being united by a mutual skepticism of religious conservatism and traditional sexual and gender mores. American Infidelity tells the story of this tug-of-war for the soul of a nation, with Christianity on one side and the legacy of thinkers like Thomas Paine on the other.

Caleb Zakarin is CEO and Publisher of the New Books Network.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1872</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f5f4e3b8-89ba-11f1-8ad4-cb5b2e4910da</guid>
      <title>Christopher Hodson and Brett Rushforth, &quot;Beyond the Ocean: France and the Atlantic World from the Crusades to the Age of Revolutions&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190455842"><em>Beyond the Ocean: France and the Atlantic World from the Crusades to the Age of Revolutions</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 
2026), Christopher Hodson and Brett Rushforth reveal the vast and 
complex world of France's Atlantic enterprises in the premodern era. 
Drawing upon years of archival work, Hodson and Rushforth demonstrate 
how France's overseas activities created its empire, intentionally or 
not, and how these distant places built the French state and used it for
 their own ends. <em>Beyond the Ocean </em>covers an impressive sweep of
 history, from the late eleventh century through the early nineteenth, 
and yet the authors manage to retain a human element. Their judicious 
inclusion of micro-histories and primary-source quotation, as well as 
their lively prose, helps the reader enter into what it may have felt 
like to live through these developments, to participate in the era when 
"France became <em>France</em>, and the Atlantic became a world." 
Crucially, their attention to the non-European actors in this story and 
women's worlds and work makes the book a helpful corrective to top-down 
approaches to imperial histories. <em>Beyond the Ocean </em>is a must-read for Atlantic world scholars, but has value for anyone interested in early modern Europe or cultural exchange.</p>
<p>﻿<a href="https://www.bc.edu/content/bc-web/schools/mcas/departments/history/people/graduate-students/elspeth-currie.html">Elspeth Currie</a>
 is a PhD Candidate in the Department of History at Boston College where
 she studies women’s intellectual history in early modern Europe.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190455842"><em>Beyond the Ocean: France and the Atlantic World from the Crusades to the Age of Revolutions</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 
2026), Christopher Hodson and Brett Rushforth reveal the vast and 
complex world of France's Atlantic enterprises in the premodern era. 
Drawing upon years of archival work, Hodson and Rushforth demonstrate 
how France's overseas activities created its empire, intentionally or 
not, and how these distant places built the French state and used it for
 their own ends. <em>Beyond the Ocean </em>covers an impressive sweep of
 history, from the late eleventh century through the early nineteenth, 
and yet the authors manage to retain a human element. Their judicious 
inclusion of micro-histories and primary-source quotation, as well as 
their lively prose, helps the reader enter into what it may have felt 
like to live through these developments, to participate in the era when 
"France became <em>France</em>, and the Atlantic became a world." 
Crucially, their attention to the non-European actors in this story and 
women's worlds and work makes the book a helpful corrective to top-down 
approaches to imperial histories. <em>Beyond the Ocean </em>is a must-read for Atlantic world scholars, but has value for anyone interested in early modern Europe or cultural exchange.</p>
<p>﻿<a href="https://www.bc.edu/content/bc-web/schools/mcas/departments/history/people/graduate-students/elspeth-currie.html">Elspeth Currie</a>
 is a PhD Candidate in the Department of History at Boston College where
 she studies women’s intellectual history in early modern Europe.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="78605072" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/483aeac9-2d25-446e-883d-4ba7ce49a429/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=483aeac9-2d25-446e-883d-4ba7ce49a429&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Christopher Hodson and Brett Rushforth, &quot;Beyond the Ocean: France and the Atlantic World from the Crusades to the Age of Revolutions&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:21:47</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In Beyond the Ocean: France and the Atlantic World from the Crusades to the Age of Revolutions (Oxford University Press, 
2026), Christopher Hodson and Brett Rushforth reveal the vast and 
complex world of France&apos;s Atlantic enterprises in the premodern era. 
Drawing upon years of archival work, Hodson and Rushforth demonstrate 
how France&apos;s overseas activities created its empire, intentionally or 
not, and how these distant places built the French state and used it for
 their own ends. Beyond the Ocean covers an impressive sweep of
 history, from the late eleventh century through the early nineteenth, 
and yet the authors manage to retain a human element. Their judicious 
inclusion of micro-histories and primary-source quotation, as well as 
their lively prose, helps the reader enter into what it may have felt 
like to live through these developments, to participate in the era when 
&quot;France became France, and the Atlantic became a world.&quot; 
Crucially, their attention to the non-European actors in this story and 
women&apos;s worlds and work makes the book a helpful corrective to top-down 
approaches to imperial histories. Beyond the Ocean is a must-read for Atlantic world scholars, but has value for anyone interested in early modern Europe or cultural exchange.

﻿Elspeth Currie
 is a PhD Candidate in the Department of History at Boston College where
 she studies women’s intellectual history in early modern Europe.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In Beyond the Ocean: France and the Atlantic World from the Crusades to the Age of Revolutions (Oxford University Press, 
2026), Christopher Hodson and Brett Rushforth reveal the vast and 
complex world of France&apos;s Atlantic enterprises in the premodern era. 
Drawing upon years of archival work, Hodson and Rushforth demonstrate 
how France&apos;s overseas activities created its empire, intentionally or 
not, and how these distant places built the French state and used it for
 their own ends. Beyond the Ocean covers an impressive sweep of
 history, from the late eleventh century through the early nineteenth, 
and yet the authors manage to retain a human element. Their judicious 
inclusion of micro-histories and primary-source quotation, as well as 
their lively prose, helps the reader enter into what it may have felt 
like to live through these developments, to participate in the era when 
&quot;France became France, and the Atlantic became a world.&quot; 
Crucially, their attention to the non-European actors in this story and 
women&apos;s worlds and work makes the book a helpful corrective to top-down 
approaches to imperial histories. Beyond the Ocean is a must-read for Atlantic world scholars, but has value for anyone interested in early modern Europe or cultural exchange.

﻿Elspeth Currie
 is a PhD Candidate in the Department of History at Boston College where
 she studies women’s intellectual history in early modern Europe.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1871</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9f033b58-897a-11f1-a7ca-7fb35d73e506</guid>
      <title>Jenny R. Labendz, &quot;Beyond Hope: Rabbinic Eschatology of Late Antiquity in Comparative Perspective&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197797976"><em>Beyond Hope: Rabbinic Eschatology of Late Antiquity in Comparative Perspective</em> </a>(Oxford UP, 2026) Jenny Labendz addresses distinct patterns within rabbinic eschatology that have been overlooked in scholarship and in Jewish thought. Contrary to what is usually expected of eschatology, this book demonstrates that the rabbis held a sustained eschatology of irresolution. While the rabbis occasionally waxed poetic along the lines of a perfected new world in the eschaton, a vast store of rabbinic texts depicts a deeply imperfect eschaton. This is the profound difference between rabbinic and early Christian eschatology.<br />Despite its differences from the Christian doctrine of perfection, rabbinic eschatology aligns neatly with a different Christian concept, namely inaugurated eschatology. The eschaton is not only be hoped for in the future, but can be attained in the present. The best of all possible worlds has not yet been entirely actualized, but it has been inaugurated, in the rabbinic view by the exodus from slavery in Egypt, the revelation of the Torah at Sinai, and the construction of the Tabernacle in the wilderness. This is a paradigm shift for thinking about rabbinic eschatology, which rejects the dogmas and binaries that generations of scholars have taken for granted.<br /></p>
<p>In this new book, Jenny Labendz explores the relationship between this world and the best possible world, the limits of that best possible world, and asks a crucially grounding question--what are we talking about when we're talking about the end of the world?</p>
<p>Interviewee: Jenny R. Labendz received her PhD from the Jewish Theological Seminary in 2010 and was Associate Professor of Religious Studies at St. Francis College until 2025. She is also the author of <em>Socratic Torah: Non-Jews in Rabbinic Intellectual Culture</em>, published by Oxford University Press in 2013.</p>
<p>Host: Schneur Zalman Newfield is an Associate Professor of Sociology and Jewish Studies at Hunter College, City University of New York, and the author of <em>Brooklyn Odyssey: My Journey out of Hasidism </em>and <em>Degrees of Separation: Identity Formation While Leaving Ultra-Orthodox Judaism</em>. Visit him online at ZalmanNewfield.com.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197797976"><em>Beyond Hope: Rabbinic Eschatology of Late Antiquity in Comparative Perspective</em> </a>(Oxford UP, 2026) Jenny Labendz addresses distinct patterns within rabbinic eschatology that have been overlooked in scholarship and in Jewish thought. Contrary to what is usually expected of eschatology, this book demonstrates that the rabbis held a sustained eschatology of irresolution. While the rabbis occasionally waxed poetic along the lines of a perfected new world in the eschaton, a vast store of rabbinic texts depicts a deeply imperfect eschaton. This is the profound difference between rabbinic and early Christian eschatology.<br />Despite its differences from the Christian doctrine of perfection, rabbinic eschatology aligns neatly with a different Christian concept, namely inaugurated eschatology. The eschaton is not only be hoped for in the future, but can be attained in the present. The best of all possible worlds has not yet been entirely actualized, but it has been inaugurated, in the rabbinic view by the exodus from slavery in Egypt, the revelation of the Torah at Sinai, and the construction of the Tabernacle in the wilderness. This is a paradigm shift for thinking about rabbinic eschatology, which rejects the dogmas and binaries that generations of scholars have taken for granted.<br /></p>
<p>In this new book, Jenny Labendz explores the relationship between this world and the best possible world, the limits of that best possible world, and asks a crucially grounding question--what are we talking about when we're talking about the end of the world?</p>
<p>Interviewee: Jenny R. Labendz received her PhD from the Jewish Theological Seminary in 2010 and was Associate Professor of Religious Studies at St. Francis College until 2025. She is also the author of <em>Socratic Torah: Non-Jews in Rabbinic Intellectual Culture</em>, published by Oxford University Press in 2013.</p>
<p>Host: Schneur Zalman Newfield is an Associate Professor of Sociology and Jewish Studies at Hunter College, City University of New York, and the author of <em>Brooklyn Odyssey: My Journey out of Hasidism </em>and <em>Degrees of Separation: Identity Formation While Leaving Ultra-Orthodox Judaism</em>. Visit him online at ZalmanNewfield.com.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="49859627" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/88655dc4-aa3d-42f4-95b2-16baaf9ed0f7/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=88655dc4-aa3d-42f4-95b2-16baaf9ed0f7&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Jenny R. Labendz, &quot;Beyond Hope: Rabbinic Eschatology of Late Antiquity in Comparative Perspective&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:51:52</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In Beyond Hope: Rabbinic Eschatology of Late Antiquity in Comparative Perspective (Oxford UP, 2026) Jenny Labendz addresses distinct patterns within rabbinic eschatology that have been overlooked in scholarship and in Jewish thought. Contrary to what is usually expected of eschatology, this book demonstrates that the rabbis held a sustained eschatology of irresolution. While the rabbis occasionally waxed poetic along the lines of a perfected new world in the eschaton, a vast store of rabbinic texts depicts a deeply imperfect eschaton. This is the profound difference between rabbinic and early Christian eschatology.Despite its differences from the Christian doctrine of perfection, rabbinic eschatology aligns neatly with a different Christian concept, namely inaugurated eschatology. The eschaton is not only be hoped for in the future, but can be attained in the present. The best of all possible worlds has not yet been entirely actualized, but it has been inaugurated, in the rabbinic view by the exodus from slavery in Egypt, the revelation of the Torah at Sinai, and the construction of the Tabernacle in the wilderness. This is a paradigm shift for thinking about rabbinic eschatology, which rejects the dogmas and binaries that generations of scholars have taken for granted.

In this new book, Jenny Labendz explores the relationship between this world and the best possible world, the limits of that best possible world, and asks a crucially grounding question--what are we talking about when we&apos;re talking about the end of the world?

Interviewee: Jenny R. Labendz received her PhD from the Jewish Theological Seminary in 2010 and was Associate Professor of Religious Studies at St. Francis College until 2025. She is also the author of Socratic Torah: Non-Jews in Rabbinic Intellectual Culture, published by Oxford University Press in 2013.

Host: Schneur Zalman Newfield is an Associate Professor of Sociology and Jewish Studies at Hunter College, City University of New York, and the author of Brooklyn Odyssey: My Journey out of Hasidism and Degrees of Separation: Identity Formation While Leaving Ultra-Orthodox Judaism. Visit him online at ZalmanNewfield.com.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In Beyond Hope: Rabbinic Eschatology of Late Antiquity in Comparative Perspective (Oxford UP, 2026) Jenny Labendz addresses distinct patterns within rabbinic eschatology that have been overlooked in scholarship and in Jewish thought. Contrary to what is usually expected of eschatology, this book demonstrates that the rabbis held a sustained eschatology of irresolution. While the rabbis occasionally waxed poetic along the lines of a perfected new world in the eschaton, a vast store of rabbinic texts depicts a deeply imperfect eschaton. This is the profound difference between rabbinic and early Christian eschatology.Despite its differences from the Christian doctrine of perfection, rabbinic eschatology aligns neatly with a different Christian concept, namely inaugurated eschatology. The eschaton is not only be hoped for in the future, but can be attained in the present. The best of all possible worlds has not yet been entirely actualized, but it has been inaugurated, in the rabbinic view by the exodus from slavery in Egypt, the revelation of the Torah at Sinai, and the construction of the Tabernacle in the wilderness. This is a paradigm shift for thinking about rabbinic eschatology, which rejects the dogmas and binaries that generations of scholars have taken for granted.

In this new book, Jenny Labendz explores the relationship between this world and the best possible world, the limits of that best possible world, and asks a crucially grounding question--what are we talking about when we&apos;re talking about the end of the world?

Interviewee: Jenny R. Labendz received her PhD from the Jewish Theological Seminary in 2010 and was Associate Professor of Religious Studies at St. Francis College until 2025. She is also the author of Socratic Torah: Non-Jews in Rabbinic Intellectual Culture, published by Oxford University Press in 2013.

Host: Schneur Zalman Newfield is an Associate Professor of Sociology and Jewish Studies at Hunter College, City University of New York, and the author of Brooklyn Odyssey: My Journey out of Hasidism and Degrees of Separation: Identity Formation While Leaving Ultra-Orthodox Judaism. Visit him online at ZalmanNewfield.com.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1870</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">511fad96-899c-11f1-ada1-738c684e5082</guid>
      <title>Anna Lively, &quot;Revolutionary Connections: Russia and Ireland, 1905-1923&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Anna Lively is a historian of modern Ireland, Britain, and Russia. Awarded her PhD in History from the University of Edinburgh in 2022, she is currently a Leverhulme Early Career Fellow in History at the University of Strathclyde. Prior to this she held the Roy Foster Irish Government Research Fellowship in the History and Culture of Ireland at Hertford College, University of Oxford, and was a Teaching Fellow in Modern History at the University of Aberdeen. She has published in multiple journals on the centenary of the Russian Revolution of 1917 and on the Irish Save the Children Fund.</p>
<p>From the late nineteenth century, Ireland featured prominently in Russian liberal, conservative, and radical debates about land politics, self-determination, and empire. Equally, Irish commentators from across the political spectrum used Russia as a lens onto questions of imperialism, anti-imperialism, and socialism. But while the Irish and Russian revolutionary contexts are well-studied in isolation, their myriad political, social, and cultural entanglements are not.<br />Drawing on extensive Russian and Irish archival accounts, newspapers, diaries, letters, memoirs, literary, and visual sources, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198983323">Revolutionary Connections: Russia and Ireland, 1905-1923</a> (Oxford UP, 2026) looks in both directions at Irish responses to Russian revolutionary change and at representations of Ireland in Russian-language texts from the 1905 Russian Revolution to the end of the Irish Civil War in 1923. The result is a unique account of international engagement in revolutionary Russia and Ireland and of how Ireland was imagined beyond the Anglophone world. This mutual, if selective and conditional, engagement reflected wider technological changes in news communication and the expansion of international news agencies. Diasporic networks, including in Britain and the US, helped to shape Russo-Irish relations and Irish publications and political actors engaged with different parts of the Russian empire, including Ukraine, Finland, and Poland.<br />Through five thematic chapters, the book considers Russo-Irish relations from contrasting and often overlooked angles, including Irish eyewitness experiences on the Eastern front during World War One and religious perspectives. Using a transnational methodology and expansive source base, the book offers a fresh angle on the entangled history of revolutions in the early twentieth century and the translation of news and ideas across borders.</p>
<p><em>Revolutionary Connections: Russia and Ireland, 1905–1923</em> will be published in September 2026 with Oxford University Press</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Anna Lively is a historian of modern Ireland, Britain, and Russia. Awarded her PhD in History from the University of Edinburgh in 2022, she is currently a Leverhulme Early Career Fellow in History at the University of Strathclyde. Prior to this she held the Roy Foster Irish Government Research Fellowship in the History and Culture of Ireland at Hertford College, University of Oxford, and was a Teaching Fellow in Modern History at the University of Aberdeen. She has published in multiple journals on the centenary of the Russian Revolution of 1917 and on the Irish Save the Children Fund.</p>
<p>From the late nineteenth century, Ireland featured prominently in Russian liberal, conservative, and radical debates about land politics, self-determination, and empire. Equally, Irish commentators from across the political spectrum used Russia as a lens onto questions of imperialism, anti-imperialism, and socialism. But while the Irish and Russian revolutionary contexts are well-studied in isolation, their myriad political, social, and cultural entanglements are not.<br />Drawing on extensive Russian and Irish archival accounts, newspapers, diaries, letters, memoirs, literary, and visual sources, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198983323">Revolutionary Connections: Russia and Ireland, 1905-1923</a> (Oxford UP, 2026) looks in both directions at Irish responses to Russian revolutionary change and at representations of Ireland in Russian-language texts from the 1905 Russian Revolution to the end of the Irish Civil War in 1923. The result is a unique account of international engagement in revolutionary Russia and Ireland and of how Ireland was imagined beyond the Anglophone world. This mutual, if selective and conditional, engagement reflected wider technological changes in news communication and the expansion of international news agencies. Diasporic networks, including in Britain and the US, helped to shape Russo-Irish relations and Irish publications and political actors engaged with different parts of the Russian empire, including Ukraine, Finland, and Poland.<br />Through five thematic chapters, the book considers Russo-Irish relations from contrasting and often overlooked angles, including Irish eyewitness experiences on the Eastern front during World War One and religious perspectives. Using a transnational methodology and expansive source base, the book offers a fresh angle on the entangled history of revolutions in the early twentieth century and the translation of news and ideas across borders.</p>
<p><em>Revolutionary Connections: Russia and Ireland, 1905–1923</em> will be published in September 2026 with Oxford University Press</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="20432311" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/dc86f650-fbe1-4921-af5d-e62948d62e57/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=dc86f650-fbe1-4921-af5d-e62948d62e57&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Anna Lively, &quot;Revolutionary Connections: Russia and Ireland, 1905-1923&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:21:14</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Anna Lively is a historian of modern Ireland, Britain, and Russia. Awarded her PhD in History from the University of Edinburgh in 2022, she is currently a Leverhulme Early Career Fellow in History at the University of Strathclyde. Prior to this she held the Roy Foster Irish Government Research Fellowship in the History and Culture of Ireland at Hertford College, University of Oxford, and was a Teaching Fellow in Modern History at the University of Aberdeen. She has published in multiple journals on the centenary of the Russian Revolution of 1917 and on the Irish Save the Children Fund.

From the late nineteenth century, Ireland featured prominently in Russian liberal, conservative, and radical debates about land politics, self-determination, and empire. Equally, Irish commentators from across the political spectrum used Russia as a lens onto questions of imperialism, anti-imperialism, and socialism. But while the Irish and Russian revolutionary contexts are well-studied in isolation, their myriad political, social, and cultural entanglements are not.Drawing on extensive Russian and Irish archival accounts, newspapers, diaries, letters, memoirs, literary, and visual sources, Revolutionary Connections: Russia and Ireland, 1905-1923 (Oxford UP, 2026) looks in both directions at Irish responses to Russian revolutionary change and at representations of Ireland in Russian-language texts from the 1905 Russian Revolution to the end of the Irish Civil War in 1923. The result is a unique account of international engagement in revolutionary Russia and Ireland and of how Ireland was imagined beyond the Anglophone world. This mutual, if selective and conditional, engagement reflected wider technological changes in news communication and the expansion of international news agencies. Diasporic networks, including in Britain and the US, helped to shape Russo-Irish relations and Irish publications and political actors engaged with different parts of the Russian empire, including Ukraine, Finland, and Poland.Through five thematic chapters, the book considers Russo-Irish relations from contrasting and often overlooked angles, including Irish eyewitness experiences on the Eastern front during World War One and religious perspectives. Using a transnational methodology and expansive source base, the book offers a fresh angle on the entangled history of revolutions in the early twentieth century and the translation of news and ideas across borders.

Revolutionary Connections: Russia and Ireland, 1905–1923 will be published in September 2026 with Oxford University Press</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Anna Lively is a historian of modern Ireland, Britain, and Russia. Awarded her PhD in History from the University of Edinburgh in 2022, she is currently a Leverhulme Early Career Fellow in History at the University of Strathclyde. Prior to this she held the Roy Foster Irish Government Research Fellowship in the History and Culture of Ireland at Hertford College, University of Oxford, and was a Teaching Fellow in Modern History at the University of Aberdeen. She has published in multiple journals on the centenary of the Russian Revolution of 1917 and on the Irish Save the Children Fund.

From the late nineteenth century, Ireland featured prominently in Russian liberal, conservative, and radical debates about land politics, self-determination, and empire. Equally, Irish commentators from across the political spectrum used Russia as a lens onto questions of imperialism, anti-imperialism, and socialism. But while the Irish and Russian revolutionary contexts are well-studied in isolation, their myriad political, social, and cultural entanglements are not.Drawing on extensive Russian and Irish archival accounts, newspapers, diaries, letters, memoirs, literary, and visual sources, Revolutionary Connections: Russia and Ireland, 1905-1923 (Oxford UP, 2026) looks in both directions at Irish responses to Russian revolutionary change and at representations of Ireland in Russian-language texts from the 1905 Russian Revolution to the end of the Irish Civil War in 1923. The result is a unique account of international engagement in revolutionary Russia and Ireland and of how Ireland was imagined beyond the Anglophone world. This mutual, if selective and conditional, engagement reflected wider technological changes in news communication and the expansion of international news agencies. Diasporic networks, including in Britain and the US, helped to shape Russo-Irish relations and Irish publications and political actors engaged with different parts of the Russian empire, including Ukraine, Finland, and Poland.Through five thematic chapters, the book considers Russo-Irish relations from contrasting and often overlooked angles, including Irish eyewitness experiences on the Eastern front during World War One and religious perspectives. Using a transnational methodology and expansive source base, the book offers a fresh angle on the entangled history of revolutions in the early twentieth century and the translation of news and ideas across borders.

Revolutionary Connections: Russia and Ireland, 1905–1923 will be published in September 2026 with Oxford University Press</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1869</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5edd2cf2-8770-11f1-b89b-c71e71445c60</guid>
      <title>Michelle Bigenho and Henry Stobart, &quot;Heritage Fever: Law and Cultural Politics in a Decolonizing State&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The
 early twenty-first century ushered in a period of change in Bolivia. 
The country welcomed its first Indigenous president, a new constitution,
 and a profusion of laws that recognized individual music and dance 
expressions as intangible cultural heritage. Using cultural heritage 
lawmaking as a window through which to view the de-centered workings of the Indigenous-focused Plurinational Bolivian State, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197756041"><em>Heritage Fever: Law and Cultural Politics in a Decolonizing State</em></a>
 (Oxford University Press, 2025) by Dr. Michelle Bigenho and Dr. Henry 
Stobart unpacks the myriad motivations for heritage making in this this 
politically transformative moment. Heritage Fever reorients 
UNESCO-driven heritage debates towards a different set of questions—a pivot the authors call “heritage otherwise.”</p>
<p>These
 inquiries focus on how citizens use law to frame expressive culture and
 engage their new state. Through grounded case studies, Bigenho and 
Stobart reveal how competing claims over cultural expressions stimulate 
aficionado research and produce an abundance of cultural activities. 
Managing these productive conflicts often involves strategic uses of 
scale within the country's new political autonomies, even as old-style 
nationalisms lurk beneath a plurinational sheen. One case study highlights
 imagined Indigenous autonomy as bolstered by decolonizing 
historiography that predates the Plurinational State by several decades.</p>
<p>Privileging
 the stories told by those who championed or who were bureaucratically 
involved in the respective heritage-making campaigns, <em>Heritage Fever's</em>
 research draws from the authors' combined fieldwork in Bolivia over the
 last 30 years, recent multi-sited fieldwork conducted as a team, and 
ethnographic interviews conducted with Bolivians involved in 
heritage-making projects. Contributing to legal anthropology, critical 
heritage studies, ethnomusicology, and anthropology of the state, <em>Heritage Fever</em>
 looks beyond intellectual property frames, opens new perspectives on 
archival thinking, reflects on decolonizing practices in expertise and 
knowledge production, and uncovers the agency of mid-level citizens in a
 decolonizing state.</p>
<p>﻿<em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose </em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em>book</em></a><em>
 focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty 
negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative 
analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find 
Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em> ﻿﻿</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 26 Jul 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The
 early twenty-first century ushered in a period of change in Bolivia. 
The country welcomed its first Indigenous president, a new constitution,
 and a profusion of laws that recognized individual music and dance 
expressions as intangible cultural heritage. Using cultural heritage 
lawmaking as a window through which to view the de-centered workings of the Indigenous-focused Plurinational Bolivian State, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197756041"><em>Heritage Fever: Law and Cultural Politics in a Decolonizing State</em></a>
 (Oxford University Press, 2025) by Dr. Michelle Bigenho and Dr. Henry 
Stobart unpacks the myriad motivations for heritage making in this this 
politically transformative moment. Heritage Fever reorients 
UNESCO-driven heritage debates towards a different set of questions—a pivot the authors call “heritage otherwise.”</p>
<p>These
 inquiries focus on how citizens use law to frame expressive culture and
 engage their new state. Through grounded case studies, Bigenho and 
Stobart reveal how competing claims over cultural expressions stimulate 
aficionado research and produce an abundance of cultural activities. 
Managing these productive conflicts often involves strategic uses of 
scale within the country's new political autonomies, even as old-style 
nationalisms lurk beneath a plurinational sheen. One case study highlights
 imagined Indigenous autonomy as bolstered by decolonizing 
historiography that predates the Plurinational State by several decades.</p>
<p>Privileging
 the stories told by those who championed or who were bureaucratically 
involved in the respective heritage-making campaigns, <em>Heritage Fever's</em>
 research draws from the authors' combined fieldwork in Bolivia over the
 last 30 years, recent multi-sited fieldwork conducted as a team, and 
ethnographic interviews conducted with Bolivians involved in 
heritage-making projects. Contributing to legal anthropology, critical 
heritage studies, ethnomusicology, and anthropology of the state, <em>Heritage Fever</em>
 looks beyond intellectual property frames, opens new perspectives on 
archival thinking, reflects on decolonizing practices in expertise and 
knowledge production, and uncovers the agency of mid-level citizens in a
 decolonizing state.</p>
<p>﻿<em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose </em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em>book</em></a><em>
 focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty 
negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative 
analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find 
Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em> ﻿﻿</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="59688695" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/5d2e7509-1b69-473c-b1d8-a0365cc21a66/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=5d2e7509-1b69-473c-b1d8-a0365cc21a66&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Michelle Bigenho and Henry Stobart, &quot;Heritage Fever: Law and Cultural Politics in a Decolonizing State&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:02:06</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The
 early twenty-first century ushered in a period of change in Bolivia. 
The country welcomed its first Indigenous president, a new constitution,
 and a profusion of laws that recognized individual music and dance 
expressions as intangible cultural heritage. Using cultural heritage 
lawmaking as a window through which to view the de-centered workings of the Indigenous-focused Plurinational Bolivian State, Heritage Fever: Law and Cultural Politics in a Decolonizing State
 (Oxford University Press, 2025) by Dr. Michelle Bigenho and Dr. Henry 
Stobart unpacks the myriad motivations for heritage making in this this 
politically transformative moment. Heritage Fever reorients 
UNESCO-driven heritage debates towards a different set of questions—a pivot the authors call “heritage otherwise.”

These
 inquiries focus on how citizens use law to frame expressive culture and
 engage their new state. Through grounded case studies, Bigenho and 
Stobart reveal how competing claims over cultural expressions stimulate 
aficionado research and produce an abundance of cultural activities. 
Managing these productive conflicts often involves strategic uses of 
scale within the country&apos;s new political autonomies, even as old-style 
nationalisms lurk beneath a plurinational sheen. One case study highlights
 imagined Indigenous autonomy as bolstered by decolonizing 
historiography that predates the Plurinational State by several decades.

Privileging
 the stories told by those who championed or who were bureaucratically 
involved in the respective heritage-making campaigns, Heritage Fever&apos;s
 research draws from the authors&apos; combined fieldwork in Bolivia over the
 last 30 years, recent multi-sited fieldwork conducted as a team, and 
ethnographic interviews conducted with Bolivians involved in 
heritage-making projects. Contributing to legal anthropology, critical 
heritage studies, ethnomusicology, and anthropology of the state, Heritage Fever
 looks beyond intellectual property frames, opens new perspectives on 
archival thinking, reflects on decolonizing practices in expertise and 
knowledge production, and uncovers the agency of mid-level citizens in a
 decolonizing state.

﻿This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book
 focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty 
negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative 
analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find 
Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts. ﻿﻿</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The
 early twenty-first century ushered in a period of change in Bolivia. 
The country welcomed its first Indigenous president, a new constitution,
 and a profusion of laws that recognized individual music and dance 
expressions as intangible cultural heritage. Using cultural heritage 
lawmaking as a window through which to view the de-centered workings of the Indigenous-focused Plurinational Bolivian State, Heritage Fever: Law and Cultural Politics in a Decolonizing State
 (Oxford University Press, 2025) by Dr. Michelle Bigenho and Dr. Henry 
Stobart unpacks the myriad motivations for heritage making in this this 
politically transformative moment. Heritage Fever reorients 
UNESCO-driven heritage debates towards a different set of questions—a pivot the authors call “heritage otherwise.”

These
 inquiries focus on how citizens use law to frame expressive culture and
 engage their new state. Through grounded case studies, Bigenho and 
Stobart reveal how competing claims over cultural expressions stimulate 
aficionado research and produce an abundance of cultural activities. 
Managing these productive conflicts often involves strategic uses of 
scale within the country&apos;s new political autonomies, even as old-style 
nationalisms lurk beneath a plurinational sheen. One case study highlights
 imagined Indigenous autonomy as bolstered by decolonizing 
historiography that predates the Plurinational State by several decades.

Privileging
 the stories told by those who championed or who were bureaucratically 
involved in the respective heritage-making campaigns, Heritage Fever&apos;s
 research draws from the authors&apos; combined fieldwork in Bolivia over the
 last 30 years, recent multi-sited fieldwork conducted as a team, and 
ethnographic interviews conducted with Bolivians involved in 
heritage-making projects. Contributing to legal anthropology, critical 
heritage studies, ethnomusicology, and anthropology of the state, Heritage Fever
 looks beyond intellectual property frames, opens new perspectives on 
archival thinking, reflects on decolonizing practices in expertise and 
knowledge production, and uncovers the agency of mid-level citizens in a
 decolonizing state.

﻿This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book
 focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty 
negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative 
analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find 
Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts. ﻿﻿</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1868</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7697cf0a-806d-11f1-bd20-0752bd78ba96</guid>
      <title>Sue Donaldson and Will Kymlicka, &quot;Animals and the Right to Politics&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The assumption that only humans can engage in politics—that only 
humans are 'zoon politikon'—is foundational to the Western tradition of 
political philosophy. While there is increasing recognition of animals' 
moral status (both within moral philosophy and at the level of public 
opinion), animals are not recognized as political subjects. This 
carefully researched but accessibly written volume—following on from the
 authors' earlier book <em>Zoopolis</em>—argues that animals too have a 
right to politics: a right to be recognized as political subjects and 
agents, and as members of political communities entitled to collective 
self-determination. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198989004">⁠<em>Animals and the Right to Politics</em>⁠</a>
 (Oxford University Press, 2026) draws on recent scientific work on 
animal societies, cultures, and decision-making, as well as recent work 
by political theorists rethinking ideas of agency and 
community—especially the significance of emplaced and embodied 
encounters and relationships to the activity of politics. Sue Donaldson 
and Will Kymlicka draw a picture of what it would mean to create spaces 
and practices, not only for politics conducted by humans on behalf of 
animals, but also politics with and by animals on their own terms. It 
then explores how this approach could inform a wide range of 
contemporary debates in human-animal relations, including wildlife 
conservation, urban planning, and animal labour.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.queensu.ca/philosophy/people/sue-donaldson">⁠Sue Donaldson⁠</a>
 is a Canadian author and animal advocate. She has published more than 
40 academic articles, and is the co-author, with Will Kymlicka, of <em>Zoopolis: A Political Theory of Animal Rights</em>
 (Oxford University Press, 2011) which won the Canadian Philosophical 
Association Book Prize in 2013, and has been translated into 11 
languages. She is co-convenor of the Animals in Philosophy, Politics, 
Law and Ethics research group at Queen's University, Kingston, Canada.</p>
<p><a href="https://willkymlicka.ca/">⁠Will Kymlicka⁠</a> is the author of seven books published by Oxford University Press, including <em>Contemporary Political Philosophy</em> (2nd ed., 2001), <em>Multicultural Citizenship</em> (1996), and <em>Zoopolis: A Political Theory of Animal Rights</em>
 (co-authored with Sue Donaldson; 2011). He is currently the Canada 
Research Chair in Political Philosophy at Queen's University, a Fellow 
of the Royal Society of Canada and of the Canadian Institute for 
Advanced Research, an Officer of the Order of Canada, and a 
Corresponding Fellow of the British Academy. His works have been 
translated into 34 languages.</p>
<p><a href="https://sites.google.com/view/kyle-johannsen/">⁠Kyle Johannsen⁠</a> is Sessional Faculty Member in the Department of Philosophy at Trent University. His most recent authored book is <em>Wild Animal Ethics: The Moral and Political Problem of Wild Animal Suffering</em> (Routledge, 2021).</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 17 Jul 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The assumption that only humans can engage in politics—that only 
humans are 'zoon politikon'—is foundational to the Western tradition of 
political philosophy. While there is increasing recognition of animals' 
moral status (both within moral philosophy and at the level of public 
opinion), animals are not recognized as political subjects. This 
carefully researched but accessibly written volume—following on from the
 authors' earlier book <em>Zoopolis</em>—argues that animals too have a 
right to politics: a right to be recognized as political subjects and 
agents, and as members of political communities entitled to collective 
self-determination. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198989004">⁠<em>Animals and the Right to Politics</em>⁠</a>
 (Oxford University Press, 2026) draws on recent scientific work on 
animal societies, cultures, and decision-making, as well as recent work 
by political theorists rethinking ideas of agency and 
community—especially the significance of emplaced and embodied 
encounters and relationships to the activity of politics. Sue Donaldson 
and Will Kymlicka draw a picture of what it would mean to create spaces 
and practices, not only for politics conducted by humans on behalf of 
animals, but also politics with and by animals on their own terms. It 
then explores how this approach could inform a wide range of 
contemporary debates in human-animal relations, including wildlife 
conservation, urban planning, and animal labour.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.queensu.ca/philosophy/people/sue-donaldson">⁠Sue Donaldson⁠</a>
 is a Canadian author and animal advocate. She has published more than 
40 academic articles, and is the co-author, with Will Kymlicka, of <em>Zoopolis: A Political Theory of Animal Rights</em>
 (Oxford University Press, 2011) which won the Canadian Philosophical 
Association Book Prize in 2013, and has been translated into 11 
languages. She is co-convenor of the Animals in Philosophy, Politics, 
Law and Ethics research group at Queen's University, Kingston, Canada.</p>
<p><a href="https://willkymlicka.ca/">⁠Will Kymlicka⁠</a> is the author of seven books published by Oxford University Press, including <em>Contemporary Political Philosophy</em> (2nd ed., 2001), <em>Multicultural Citizenship</em> (1996), and <em>Zoopolis: A Political Theory of Animal Rights</em>
 (co-authored with Sue Donaldson; 2011). He is currently the Canada 
Research Chair in Political Philosophy at Queen's University, a Fellow 
of the Royal Society of Canada and of the Canadian Institute for 
Advanced Research, an Officer of the Order of Canada, and a 
Corresponding Fellow of the British Academy. His works have been 
translated into 34 languages.</p>
<p><a href="https://sites.google.com/view/kyle-johannsen/">⁠Kyle Johannsen⁠</a> is Sessional Faculty Member in the Department of Philosophy at Trent University. His most recent authored book is <em>Wild Animal Ethics: The Moral and Political Problem of Wild Animal Suffering</em> (Routledge, 2021).</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="98811377" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/eadd42f5-6f16-46e1-a68c-aa050e347d96/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=eadd42f5-6f16-46e1-a68c-aa050e347d96&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Sue Donaldson and Will Kymlicka, &quot;Animals and the Right to Politics&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:42:52</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The assumption that only humans can engage in politics—that only 
humans are &apos;zoon politikon&apos;—is foundational to the Western tradition of 
political philosophy. While there is increasing recognition of animals&apos; 
moral status (both within moral philosophy and at the level of public 
opinion), animals are not recognized as political subjects. This 
carefully researched but accessibly written volume—following on from the
 authors&apos; earlier book Zoopolis—argues that animals too have a 
right to politics: a right to be recognized as political subjects and 
agents, and as members of political communities entitled to collective 
self-determination. ⁠Animals and the Right to Politics⁠
 (Oxford University Press, 2026) draws on recent scientific work on 
animal societies, cultures, and decision-making, as well as recent work 
by political theorists rethinking ideas of agency and 
community—especially the significance of emplaced and embodied 
encounters and relationships to the activity of politics. Sue Donaldson 
and Will Kymlicka draw a picture of what it would mean to create spaces 
and practices, not only for politics conducted by humans on behalf of 
animals, but also politics with and by animals on their own terms. It 
then explores how this approach could inform a wide range of 
contemporary debates in human-animal relations, including wildlife 
conservation, urban planning, and animal labour.

⁠Sue Donaldson⁠
 is a Canadian author and animal advocate. She has published more than 
40 academic articles, and is the co-author, with Will Kymlicka, of Zoopolis: A Political Theory of Animal Rights
 (Oxford University Press, 2011) which won the Canadian Philosophical 
Association Book Prize in 2013, and has been translated into 11 
languages. She is co-convenor of the Animals in Philosophy, Politics, 
Law and Ethics research group at Queen&apos;s University, Kingston, Canada.

⁠Will Kymlicka⁠ is the author of seven books published by Oxford University Press, including Contemporary Political Philosophy (2nd ed., 2001), Multicultural Citizenship (1996), and Zoopolis: A Political Theory of Animal Rights
 (co-authored with Sue Donaldson; 2011). He is currently the Canada 
Research Chair in Political Philosophy at Queen&apos;s University, a Fellow 
of the Royal Society of Canada and of the Canadian Institute for 
Advanced Research, an Officer of the Order of Canada, and a 
Corresponding Fellow of the British Academy. His works have been 
translated into 34 languages.

⁠Kyle Johannsen⁠ is Sessional Faculty Member in the Department of Philosophy at Trent University. His most recent authored book is Wild Animal Ethics: The Moral and Political Problem of Wild Animal Suffering (Routledge, 2021).</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The assumption that only humans can engage in politics—that only 
humans are &apos;zoon politikon&apos;—is foundational to the Western tradition of 
political philosophy. While there is increasing recognition of animals&apos; 
moral status (both within moral philosophy and at the level of public 
opinion), animals are not recognized as political subjects. This 
carefully researched but accessibly written volume—following on from the
 authors&apos; earlier book Zoopolis—argues that animals too have a 
right to politics: a right to be recognized as political subjects and 
agents, and as members of political communities entitled to collective 
self-determination. ⁠Animals and the Right to Politics⁠
 (Oxford University Press, 2026) draws on recent scientific work on 
animal societies, cultures, and decision-making, as well as recent work 
by political theorists rethinking ideas of agency and 
community—especially the significance of emplaced and embodied 
encounters and relationships to the activity of politics. Sue Donaldson 
and Will Kymlicka draw a picture of what it would mean to create spaces 
and practices, not only for politics conducted by humans on behalf of 
animals, but also politics with and by animals on their own terms. It 
then explores how this approach could inform a wide range of 
contemporary debates in human-animal relations, including wildlife 
conservation, urban planning, and animal labour.

⁠Sue Donaldson⁠
 is a Canadian author and animal advocate. She has published more than 
40 academic articles, and is the co-author, with Will Kymlicka, of Zoopolis: A Political Theory of Animal Rights
 (Oxford University Press, 2011) which won the Canadian Philosophical 
Association Book Prize in 2013, and has been translated into 11 
languages. She is co-convenor of the Animals in Philosophy, Politics, 
Law and Ethics research group at Queen&apos;s University, Kingston, Canada.

⁠Will Kymlicka⁠ is the author of seven books published by Oxford University Press, including Contemporary Political Philosophy (2nd ed., 2001), Multicultural Citizenship (1996), and Zoopolis: A Political Theory of Animal Rights
 (co-authored with Sue Donaldson; 2011). He is currently the Canada 
Research Chair in Political Philosophy at Queen&apos;s University, a Fellow 
of the Royal Society of Canada and of the Canadian Institute for 
Advanced Research, an Officer of the Order of Canada, and a 
Corresponding Fellow of the British Academy. His works have been 
translated into 34 languages.

⁠Kyle Johannsen⁠ is Sessional Faculty Member in the Department of Philosophy at Trent University. His most recent authored book is Wild Animal Ethics: The Moral and Political Problem of Wild Animal Suffering (Routledge, 2021).</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1867</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0cb43774-805c-11f1-a046-ff73703a3706</guid>
      <title>Rory Cormac, &quot;Fakers: A Top-Secret Tale of Phantoms and Forgeries on the Disinformation Front Line&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198917007">Fakers: A Top-Secret Tale of Phantoms and Forgeries on the Disinformation Front Line</a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2026) reveals the rise and fall of the mavericks running Britain's Cold War forgery empire. Their secret mission was audacious: to disrupt and discredit adversaries across the world using phantom groups, fake sources, and counterfeit documents.</p>
<p>The leader was a remarkable character, wrestling with personal and professional dilemmas: Hans Welser. An Austrian refugee and one-time MI5 suspect interned behind barbed wire, Welser was a great survivor who rose to become special operations adviser to the Foreign Office, working hand in glove with MI6. His second in command was an eccentric, hard drinking, and high-flying journalist-turned-propagandist called John Rayner. Brought out of semi-retirement, for one final posting. Their team of bowler-hatted refugees, voluble ex-journalists, trailblazing women, and licentious literary sorts navigated loyalty and betrayal — both professionally and romantically — from the diplomats' attic, in the most sensitive part of the Foreign Office's secret propaganda department.</p>
<p>The newly declassified files expose an array of plots, some comically absurd and others dangerously controversial. The forgery empire impersonated everything from hippies and ghosts to Islamists and ballet composers in their campaign to smear hostile politicians, stir tensions among adversaries, and even stymie the career of a contentious British historian. All took place against a high stakes backdrop — both overseas as states competed beneath the looming threat of nuclear war and in the corridors of power at home where grey-suited bureaucrats circled, keen to shut down the team for good.</p>
<p>With timely insight into how propaganda works and how to respond to disinformation, <em>Fakers</em> is a thrilling journey into a secret world where nothing was as it seemed.</p>
<p>Rory Cormac is a Professor of International Relations at the University of Nottingham and a Fellow of the Royal Historical Society.</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is CEO and Publisher of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 17 Jul 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198917007">Fakers: A Top-Secret Tale of Phantoms and Forgeries on the Disinformation Front Line</a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2026) reveals the rise and fall of the mavericks running Britain's Cold War forgery empire. Their secret mission was audacious: to disrupt and discredit adversaries across the world using phantom groups, fake sources, and counterfeit documents.</p>
<p>The leader was a remarkable character, wrestling with personal and professional dilemmas: Hans Welser. An Austrian refugee and one-time MI5 suspect interned behind barbed wire, Welser was a great survivor who rose to become special operations adviser to the Foreign Office, working hand in glove with MI6. His second in command was an eccentric, hard drinking, and high-flying journalist-turned-propagandist called John Rayner. Brought out of semi-retirement, for one final posting. Their team of bowler-hatted refugees, voluble ex-journalists, trailblazing women, and licentious literary sorts navigated loyalty and betrayal — both professionally and romantically — from the diplomats' attic, in the most sensitive part of the Foreign Office's secret propaganda department.</p>
<p>The newly declassified files expose an array of plots, some comically absurd and others dangerously controversial. The forgery empire impersonated everything from hippies and ghosts to Islamists and ballet composers in their campaign to smear hostile politicians, stir tensions among adversaries, and even stymie the career of a contentious British historian. All took place against a high stakes backdrop — both overseas as states competed beneath the looming threat of nuclear war and in the corridors of power at home where grey-suited bureaucrats circled, keen to shut down the team for good.</p>
<p>With timely insight into how propaganda works and how to respond to disinformation, <em>Fakers</em> is a thrilling journey into a secret world where nothing was as it seemed.</p>
<p>Rory Cormac is a Professor of International Relations at the University of Nottingham and a Fellow of the Royal Historical Society.</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is CEO and Publisher of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="57646673" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/75f9e90e-a5b5-4280-9b5c-6b1c737100b2/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=75f9e90e-a5b5-4280-9b5c-6b1c737100b2&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Rory Cormac, &quot;Fakers: A Top-Secret Tale of Phantoms and Forgeries on the Disinformation Front Line&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:59:48</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Fakers: A Top-Secret Tale of Phantoms and Forgeries on the Disinformation Front Line (Oxford UP, 2026) reveals the rise and fall of the mavericks running Britain&apos;s Cold War forgery empire. Their secret mission was audacious: to disrupt and discredit adversaries across the world using phantom groups, fake sources, and counterfeit documents.

The leader was a remarkable character, wrestling with personal and professional dilemmas: Hans Welser. An Austrian refugee and one-time MI5 suspect interned behind barbed wire, Welser was a great survivor who rose to become special operations adviser to the Foreign Office, working hand in glove with MI6. His second in command was an eccentric, hard drinking, and high-flying journalist-turned-propagandist called John Rayner. Brought out of semi-retirement, for one final posting. Their team of bowler-hatted refugees, voluble ex-journalists, trailblazing women, and licentious literary sorts navigated loyalty and betrayal — both professionally and romantically — from the diplomats&apos; attic, in the most sensitive part of the Foreign Office&apos;s secret propaganda department.

The newly declassified files expose an array of plots, some comically absurd and others dangerously controversial. The forgery empire impersonated everything from hippies and ghosts to Islamists and ballet composers in their campaign to smear hostile politicians, stir tensions among adversaries, and even stymie the career of a contentious British historian. All took place against a high stakes backdrop — both overseas as states competed beneath the looming threat of nuclear war and in the corridors of power at home where grey-suited bureaucrats circled, keen to shut down the team for good.

With timely insight into how propaganda works and how to respond to disinformation, Fakers is a thrilling journey into a secret world where nothing was as it seemed.

Rory Cormac is a Professor of International Relations at the University of Nottingham and a Fellow of the Royal Historical Society.

Caleb Zakarin is CEO and Publisher of the New Books Network.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Fakers: A Top-Secret Tale of Phantoms and Forgeries on the Disinformation Front Line (Oxford UP, 2026) reveals the rise and fall of the mavericks running Britain&apos;s Cold War forgery empire. Their secret mission was audacious: to disrupt and discredit adversaries across the world using phantom groups, fake sources, and counterfeit documents.

The leader was a remarkable character, wrestling with personal and professional dilemmas: Hans Welser. An Austrian refugee and one-time MI5 suspect interned behind barbed wire, Welser was a great survivor who rose to become special operations adviser to the Foreign Office, working hand in glove with MI6. His second in command was an eccentric, hard drinking, and high-flying journalist-turned-propagandist called John Rayner. Brought out of semi-retirement, for one final posting. Their team of bowler-hatted refugees, voluble ex-journalists, trailblazing women, and licentious literary sorts navigated loyalty and betrayal — both professionally and romantically — from the diplomats&apos; attic, in the most sensitive part of the Foreign Office&apos;s secret propaganda department.

The newly declassified files expose an array of plots, some comically absurd and others dangerously controversial. The forgery empire impersonated everything from hippies and ghosts to Islamists and ballet composers in their campaign to smear hostile politicians, stir tensions among adversaries, and even stymie the career of a contentious British historian. All took place against a high stakes backdrop — both overseas as states competed beneath the looming threat of nuclear war and in the corridors of power at home where grey-suited bureaucrats circled, keen to shut down the team for good.

With timely insight into how propaganda works and how to respond to disinformation, Fakers is a thrilling journey into a secret world where nothing was as it seemed.

Rory Cormac is a Professor of International Relations at the University of Nottingham and a Fellow of the Royal Historical Society.

Caleb Zakarin is CEO and Publisher of the New Books Network.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1866</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">51b7c57a-7fd5-11f1-b06d-33ae31ad1896</guid>
      <title>Christopher M. Federico et al., &quot;The Authoritarian Divide: Partisan Identity, Voting, and the Transformation of the American Electorate&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Political Scientists Christopher Federico, Stanley Feldman, and Christopher Weber have an important and fascinating new book from Oxford University Press focusing on understanding authoritarianism, especially in the American context. As experts in political psychology, the authors are keen to consider authoritarianism as a psychological concept, which is more about submitting to authority, as a kind of conformity, and less about a particular political regime structure. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197813348">The Authoritarian Divide: Partisan Identity, Voting, and the Transformation of the American Electorate</a> (Oxford UP, 2026) ﻿is about trying to understand voters and how some of them are attracted to this idea or concept, and how this attraction then works itself out within the electorate and within our contemporary political moment.</p>
<p>In order to understand this theory of psychological authoritarianism, the authors trace the idea from origins in critical theory and pre-World War I European thinkers (Freud, Benjamin, etc.) who were examining the concepts of conformity vs. autonomy, and how these ideas functioned in political life. The authors also examined differing approaches to child-rearing, since this also reflects these same concepts of conformity and autonomy, but in how they are put into practice in bringing up children, either with more freedom or in a more rules bound approach. In using these measures, Federico, Feldman, and Weber also pulled together data from election surveys starting in the 1990s and moving forward that include questions that get at some of the same ideas. The authors also used experiments to test individual inclinations towards autonomy or uniformity. The thrust of voter’s choices was not about economics or specific public policy in these analyses, but around social issue differentiation and social context. The research for <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-authoritarian-divide-9780197813348?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;">The Authoritarian Divide</a> is complex and brings together a variety of different methodological approaches in order to examine this political divide, and to tease out the impact of psychological authoritarianism in American politics.</p>
<p><a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-authoritarian-divide-9780197813348?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;">The Authoritarian Divide: Partisan Identity, Voting, and the Transformation of the American Electorate</a> reveals that this inclination towards psychological authoritarianism is much more prevalent among white conservative voters than among other voting blocs in the United States. This has also led voters to sort themselves within the two parties accordingly, with far more of those who are inclined towards psychological authoritarianism moving into the Republican Party, and fewer moving into the Democratic Party. The result of this sorting has contributed to the rise in polarization within American politics over the past thirty years.</p>
<p><a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-authoritarian-divide-9780197813348?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;">The Authoritarian Divide</a> explains a lot about voter thinking and approaches to American politics over the past three decades. It helps to decipher the entrenched polarization because the examination is not about policy distinctions or issues, it is about how individual voters think and why they are inclined to think in particular ways about politics. The authors clearly assess the distinctions within the voting populace of the United States, and, in so doing, unpack different approaches to voting and vote choices in different sectors of the electorate. <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-authoritarian-divide-9780197813348?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;">The Authoritarian Divide</a><em> </em>really helps us to understand our current political climate and to see how the rise of Donald Trump fits into a temporally longer era of American politics, partisan politics, racial politics, and the tensions between democracy and authoritarianism.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.carrollu.edu/faculty/goren-lilly-phd"><em>Lilly J. Goren</em></a><em> is a professor of political science at Carroll University in Waukesha, WI. She is co-host of the </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/hosts/profile/a7ac4af9-1306-463f-baf9-00f1f4187dfd"><em>New Books in Political Science</em></a><em> channel at the New Books Network. She is co-editor of </em><a href="https://kansaspress.ku.edu/9780700633883/the-politics-of-the-marvel-cinematic-universe/"><em>The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe Volume I: The Infinity Saga (</em></a><em>University Press of Kansas, 2022), and of </em><a href="https://kansaspress.ku.edu/9780700640546/"><em>The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe Volume II: Into the Multiverse</em></a><em> (University Press of Kansas, 2025) as well as co-editor of the award winning book, </em><a href="https://www.kentuckypress.com/9780813141015/women-and-the-white-house/"><em>Women and the White House: Gender, Popular Culture, and Presidential Politics</em></a><em> (University Press of Kentucky, 2012). She can be reached </em><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/gorenlj.bsky.social"><em>@gorenlj.bsky.social</em></a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Jul 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Political Scientists Christopher Federico, Stanley Feldman, and Christopher Weber have an important and fascinating new book from Oxford University Press focusing on understanding authoritarianism, especially in the American context. As experts in political psychology, the authors are keen to consider authoritarianism as a psychological concept, which is more about submitting to authority, as a kind of conformity, and less about a particular political regime structure. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197813348">The Authoritarian Divide: Partisan Identity, Voting, and the Transformation of the American Electorate</a> (Oxford UP, 2026) ﻿is about trying to understand voters and how some of them are attracted to this idea or concept, and how this attraction then works itself out within the electorate and within our contemporary political moment.</p>
<p>In order to understand this theory of psychological authoritarianism, the authors trace the idea from origins in critical theory and pre-World War I European thinkers (Freud, Benjamin, etc.) who were examining the concepts of conformity vs. autonomy, and how these ideas functioned in political life. The authors also examined differing approaches to child-rearing, since this also reflects these same concepts of conformity and autonomy, but in how they are put into practice in bringing up children, either with more freedom or in a more rules bound approach. In using these measures, Federico, Feldman, and Weber also pulled together data from election surveys starting in the 1990s and moving forward that include questions that get at some of the same ideas. The authors also used experiments to test individual inclinations towards autonomy or uniformity. The thrust of voter’s choices was not about economics or specific public policy in these analyses, but around social issue differentiation and social context. The research for <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-authoritarian-divide-9780197813348?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;">The Authoritarian Divide</a> is complex and brings together a variety of different methodological approaches in order to examine this political divide, and to tease out the impact of psychological authoritarianism in American politics.</p>
<p><a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-authoritarian-divide-9780197813348?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;">The Authoritarian Divide: Partisan Identity, Voting, and the Transformation of the American Electorate</a> reveals that this inclination towards psychological authoritarianism is much more prevalent among white conservative voters than among other voting blocs in the United States. This has also led voters to sort themselves within the two parties accordingly, with far more of those who are inclined towards psychological authoritarianism moving into the Republican Party, and fewer moving into the Democratic Party. The result of this sorting has contributed to the rise in polarization within American politics over the past thirty years.</p>
<p><a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-authoritarian-divide-9780197813348?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;">The Authoritarian Divide</a> explains a lot about voter thinking and approaches to American politics over the past three decades. It helps to decipher the entrenched polarization because the examination is not about policy distinctions or issues, it is about how individual voters think and why they are inclined to think in particular ways about politics. The authors clearly assess the distinctions within the voting populace of the United States, and, in so doing, unpack different approaches to voting and vote choices in different sectors of the electorate. <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-authoritarian-divide-9780197813348?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;">The Authoritarian Divide</a><em> </em>really helps us to understand our current political climate and to see how the rise of Donald Trump fits into a temporally longer era of American politics, partisan politics, racial politics, and the tensions between democracy and authoritarianism.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.carrollu.edu/faculty/goren-lilly-phd"><em>Lilly J. Goren</em></a><em> is a professor of political science at Carroll University in Waukesha, WI. She is co-host of the </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/hosts/profile/a7ac4af9-1306-463f-baf9-00f1f4187dfd"><em>New Books in Political Science</em></a><em> channel at the New Books Network. She is co-editor of </em><a href="https://kansaspress.ku.edu/9780700633883/the-politics-of-the-marvel-cinematic-universe/"><em>The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe Volume I: The Infinity Saga (</em></a><em>University Press of Kansas, 2022), and of </em><a href="https://kansaspress.ku.edu/9780700640546/"><em>The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe Volume II: Into the Multiverse</em></a><em> (University Press of Kansas, 2025) as well as co-editor of the award winning book, </em><a href="https://www.kentuckypress.com/9780813141015/women-and-the-white-house/"><em>Women and the White House: Gender, Popular Culture, and Presidential Politics</em></a><em> (University Press of Kentucky, 2012). She can be reached </em><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/gorenlj.bsky.social"><em>@gorenlj.bsky.social</em></a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="53460022" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/128507b4-2ec6-4218-8cc8-53441b393d6a/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=128507b4-2ec6-4218-8cc8-53441b393d6a&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Christopher M. Federico et al., &quot;The Authoritarian Divide: Partisan Identity, Voting, and the Transformation of the American Electorate&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:55:37</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Political Scientists Christopher Federico, Stanley Feldman, and Christopher Weber have an important and fascinating new book from Oxford University Press focusing on understanding authoritarianism, especially in the American context. As experts in political psychology, the authors are keen to consider authoritarianism as a psychological concept, which is more about submitting to authority, as a kind of conformity, and less about a particular political regime structure. The Authoritarian Divide: Partisan Identity, Voting, and the Transformation of the American Electorate (Oxford UP, 2026) ﻿is about trying to understand voters and how some of them are attracted to this idea or concept, and how this attraction then works itself out within the electorate and within our contemporary political moment.

In order to understand this theory of psychological authoritarianism, the authors trace the idea from origins in critical theory and pre-World War I European thinkers (Freud, Benjamin, etc.) who were examining the concepts of conformity vs. autonomy, and how these ideas functioned in political life. The authors also examined differing approaches to child-rearing, since this also reflects these same concepts of conformity and autonomy, but in how they are put into practice in bringing up children, either with more freedom or in a more rules bound approach. In using these measures, Federico, Feldman, and Weber also pulled together data from election surveys starting in the 1990s and moving forward that include questions that get at some of the same ideas. The authors also used experiments to test individual inclinations towards autonomy or uniformity. The thrust of voter’s choices was not about economics or specific public policy in these analyses, but around social issue differentiation and social context. The research for The Authoritarian Divide is complex and brings together a variety of different methodological approaches in order to examine this political divide, and to tease out the impact of psychological authoritarianism in American politics.

The Authoritarian Divide: Partisan Identity, Voting, and the Transformation of the American Electorate reveals that this inclination towards psychological authoritarianism is much more prevalent among white conservative voters than among other voting blocs in the United States. This has also led voters to sort themselves within the two parties accordingly, with far more of those who are inclined towards psychological authoritarianism moving into the Republican Party, and fewer moving into the Democratic Party. The result of this sorting has contributed to the rise in polarization within American politics over the past thirty years.

The Authoritarian Divide explains a lot about voter thinking and approaches to American politics over the past three decades. It helps to decipher the entrenched polarization because the examination is not about policy distinctions or issues, it is about how individual voters think and why they are inclined to think in particular ways about politics. The authors clearly assess the distinctions within the voting populace of the United States, and, in so doing, unpack different approaches to voting and vote choices in different sectors of the electorate. The Authoritarian Divide really helps us to understand our current political climate and to see how the rise of Donald Trump fits into a temporally longer era of American politics, partisan politics, racial politics, and the tensions between democracy and authoritarianism.

Lilly J. Goren is a professor of political science at Carroll University in Waukesha, WI. She is co-host of the New Books in Political Science channel at the New Books Network. She is co-editor of The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe Volume I: The Infinity Saga (University Press of Kansas, 2022), and of The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe Volume II: Into the Multiverse (University Press of Kansas, 2025) as well as co-editor of the award winning book, Women and the White House: Gender, Popular Culture, and Presidential Politics (University Press of Kentucky, 2012). She can be reached @gorenlj.bsky.social</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Political Scientists Christopher Federico, Stanley Feldman, and Christopher Weber have an important and fascinating new book from Oxford University Press focusing on understanding authoritarianism, especially in the American context. As experts in political psychology, the authors are keen to consider authoritarianism as a psychological concept, which is more about submitting to authority, as a kind of conformity, and less about a particular political regime structure. The Authoritarian Divide: Partisan Identity, Voting, and the Transformation of the American Electorate (Oxford UP, 2026) ﻿is about trying to understand voters and how some of them are attracted to this idea or concept, and how this attraction then works itself out within the electorate and within our contemporary political moment.

In order to understand this theory of psychological authoritarianism, the authors trace the idea from origins in critical theory and pre-World War I European thinkers (Freud, Benjamin, etc.) who were examining the concepts of conformity vs. autonomy, and how these ideas functioned in political life. The authors also examined differing approaches to child-rearing, since this also reflects these same concepts of conformity and autonomy, but in how they are put into practice in bringing up children, either with more freedom or in a more rules bound approach. In using these measures, Federico, Feldman, and Weber also pulled together data from election surveys starting in the 1990s and moving forward that include questions that get at some of the same ideas. The authors also used experiments to test individual inclinations towards autonomy or uniformity. The thrust of voter’s choices was not about economics or specific public policy in these analyses, but around social issue differentiation and social context. The research for The Authoritarian Divide is complex and brings together a variety of different methodological approaches in order to examine this political divide, and to tease out the impact of psychological authoritarianism in American politics.

The Authoritarian Divide: Partisan Identity, Voting, and the Transformation of the American Electorate reveals that this inclination towards psychological authoritarianism is much more prevalent among white conservative voters than among other voting blocs in the United States. This has also led voters to sort themselves within the two parties accordingly, with far more of those who are inclined towards psychological authoritarianism moving into the Republican Party, and fewer moving into the Democratic Party. The result of this sorting has contributed to the rise in polarization within American politics over the past thirty years.

The Authoritarian Divide explains a lot about voter thinking and approaches to American politics over the past three decades. It helps to decipher the entrenched polarization because the examination is not about policy distinctions or issues, it is about how individual voters think and why they are inclined to think in particular ways about politics. The authors clearly assess the distinctions within the voting populace of the United States, and, in so doing, unpack different approaches to voting and vote choices in different sectors of the electorate. The Authoritarian Divide really helps us to understand our current political climate and to see how the rise of Donald Trump fits into a temporally longer era of American politics, partisan politics, racial politics, and the tensions between democracy and authoritarianism.

Lilly J. Goren is a professor of political science at Carroll University in Waukesha, WI. She is co-host of the New Books in Political Science channel at the New Books Network. She is co-editor of The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe Volume I: The Infinity Saga (University Press of Kansas, 2022), and of The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe Volume II: Into the Multiverse (University Press of Kansas, 2025) as well as co-editor of the award winning book, Women and the White House: Gender, Popular Culture, and Presidential Politics (University Press of Kentucky, 2012). She can be reached @gorenlj.bsky.social</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1865</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e7bdef24-7b0f-11f1-997e-b78c02b56220</guid>
      <title>Peter C. Mancall, &quot;Contested Continent: The Struggle for North America, c. 1000-1680&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190090654"><em>Contested Continent: The Struggle for America, c.1000-1680</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2026), the newest installment of the acclaimed <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/content/series/o/oxford-history-of-the-united-states-ohus/?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;"><em>Oxford History of the United States</em></a> series, <a href="https://www.petercmancall.com/">Peter C. Mancall</a> 
recounts how North America was forged from the experiences of millions 
of Indigenous women and men as well as Europeans and Africans. This 
history spans the continent from the North Atlantic to the West Indies 
and includes the entire Atlantic basin, telling a new story about the 
origins of major aspects of American culture. He illuminates the rise of
 a booming trans-Atlantic economy based on the extraction of abundant 
American natural resources; the central role that European migrants and 
their descendants played in the enslavement of Africans and the 
displacement of Indigenous peoples; and the spread of self-governing 
polities where many enjoyed religious freedom. None of these 
developments was inevitable. Conflicts broke out frequently as different
 peoples battled over precious resources. Europeans' appetites for 
material gain and expanding Christendom brought horrific consequences 
for those brutalized, enslaved, and vulnerable to infectious 
diseases. This is a sweeping history of developments crucial to the 
eventual founding of the United States. <em>Contested Continent </em>underscores
 the titanic struggles between the peoples who had populated the 
Americas for centuries and the migrants from the Old World who initiated
 changes that created a New World that offered boundless opportunities 
for some and crushed the aspirations of others.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 11 Jul 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190090654"><em>Contested Continent: The Struggle for America, c.1000-1680</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2026), the newest installment of the acclaimed <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/content/series/o/oxford-history-of-the-united-states-ohus/?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;"><em>Oxford History of the United States</em></a> series, <a href="https://www.petercmancall.com/">Peter C. Mancall</a> 
recounts how North America was forged from the experiences of millions 
of Indigenous women and men as well as Europeans and Africans. This 
history spans the continent from the North Atlantic to the West Indies 
and includes the entire Atlantic basin, telling a new story about the 
origins of major aspects of American culture. He illuminates the rise of
 a booming trans-Atlantic economy based on the extraction of abundant 
American natural resources; the central role that European migrants and 
their descendants played in the enslavement of Africans and the 
displacement of Indigenous peoples; and the spread of self-governing 
polities where many enjoyed religious freedom. None of these 
developments was inevitable. Conflicts broke out frequently as different
 peoples battled over precious resources. Europeans' appetites for 
material gain and expanding Christendom brought horrific consequences 
for those brutalized, enslaved, and vulnerable to infectious 
diseases. This is a sweeping history of developments crucial to the 
eventual founding of the United States. <em>Contested Continent </em>underscores
 the titanic struggles between the peoples who had populated the 
Americas for centuries and the migrants from the Old World who initiated
 changes that created a New World that offered boundless opportunities 
for some and crushed the aspirations of others.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="108649846" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/7002fe5f-5276-4da7-a708-20ca4f31b90e/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=7002fe5f-5276-4da7-a708-20ca4f31b90e&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Peter C. Mancall, &quot;Contested Continent: The Struggle for North America, c. 1000-1680&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:53:07</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In Contested Continent: The Struggle for America, c.1000-1680 (Oxford University Press, 2026), the newest installment of the acclaimed Oxford History of the United States series, Peter C. Mancall 
recounts how North America was forged from the experiences of millions 
of Indigenous women and men as well as Europeans and Africans. This 
history spans the continent from the North Atlantic to the West Indies 
and includes the entire Atlantic basin, telling a new story about the 
origins of major aspects of American culture. He illuminates the rise of
 a booming trans-Atlantic economy based on the extraction of abundant 
American natural resources; the central role that European migrants and 
their descendants played in the enslavement of Africans and the 
displacement of Indigenous peoples; and the spread of self-governing 
polities where many enjoyed religious freedom. None of these 
developments was inevitable. Conflicts broke out frequently as different
 peoples battled over precious resources. Europeans&apos; appetites for 
material gain and expanding Christendom brought horrific consequences 
for those brutalized, enslaved, and vulnerable to infectious 
diseases. This is a sweeping history of developments crucial to the 
eventual founding of the United States. Contested Continent underscores
 the titanic struggles between the peoples who had populated the 
Americas for centuries and the migrants from the Old World who initiated
 changes that created a New World that offered boundless opportunities 
for some and crushed the aspirations of others.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In Contested Continent: The Struggle for America, c.1000-1680 (Oxford University Press, 2026), the newest installment of the acclaimed Oxford History of the United States series, Peter C. Mancall 
recounts how North America was forged from the experiences of millions 
of Indigenous women and men as well as Europeans and Africans. This 
history spans the continent from the North Atlantic to the West Indies 
and includes the entire Atlantic basin, telling a new story about the 
origins of major aspects of American culture. He illuminates the rise of
 a booming trans-Atlantic economy based on the extraction of abundant 
American natural resources; the central role that European migrants and 
their descendants played in the enslavement of Africans and the 
displacement of Indigenous peoples; and the spread of self-governing 
polities where many enjoyed religious freedom. None of these 
developments was inevitable. Conflicts broke out frequently as different
 peoples battled over precious resources. Europeans&apos; appetites for 
material gain and expanding Christendom brought horrific consequences 
for those brutalized, enslaved, and vulnerable to infectious 
diseases. This is a sweeping history of developments crucial to the 
eventual founding of the United States. Contested Continent underscores
 the titanic struggles between the peoples who had populated the 
Americas for centuries and the migrants from the Old World who initiated
 changes that created a New World that offered boundless opportunities 
for some and crushed the aspirations of others.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1864</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1bde5f40-7b11-11f1-b6c2-f3915833b2fa</guid>
      <title>Diana T. Kudaibergen, &quot;What Does It Mean to Be Kazakhstani?: Power, Identity and Nation-Building&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In early 2022, protests rocked Kazakhstan. Initially peaceful demonstrations turned violent after brutal government crackdowns, leaving at least 238 dead during "Bloody January." Many feared the unrest might fracture the country along ethno-linguistic lines—yet ethnicity played little role. It was deep socio-economic grievances and anti-regime sentiment that brought people onto the streets. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197820704"><em>What Does It Mean to Be Kazakhstani?: Nation-Building in Post-Soviet Central Asia</em> </a>(Oxford University Press, 2024), Diana T. Kudaibergen asks why. Building on unpublished archival materials and hundreds of interviews, she examines how Kazakhstan developed a relatively stable inter-ethnic framework where others fractured, how regime elites and ordinary citizens have pulled that identity in different directions, and how Moscow's 2022 invasion of 
Ukraine, and the Russian immigration it has prompted, is once again 
transforming what it means to call oneself Kazakhstani.﻿﻿</p>
<p>﻿Cholpon Ramizova is a London-based creator and researcher. She holds a Master's in Migration, Mobility and Development from SOAS, University of London. Her thematic interests are in migration, displacement, identity, gender and nationalism—and in the ways these intersect within the Central Asia context. </p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 11 Jul 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In early 2022, protests rocked Kazakhstan. Initially peaceful demonstrations turned violent after brutal government crackdowns, leaving at least 238 dead during "Bloody January." Many feared the unrest might fracture the country along ethno-linguistic lines—yet ethnicity played little role. It was deep socio-economic grievances and anti-regime sentiment that brought people onto the streets. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197820704"><em>What Does It Mean to Be Kazakhstani?: Nation-Building in Post-Soviet Central Asia</em> </a>(Oxford University Press, 2024), Diana T. Kudaibergen asks why. Building on unpublished archival materials and hundreds of interviews, she examines how Kazakhstan developed a relatively stable inter-ethnic framework where others fractured, how regime elites and ordinary citizens have pulled that identity in different directions, and how Moscow's 2022 invasion of 
Ukraine, and the Russian immigration it has prompted, is once again 
transforming what it means to call oneself Kazakhstani.﻿﻿</p>
<p>﻿Cholpon Ramizova is a London-based creator and researcher. She holds a Master's in Migration, Mobility and Development from SOAS, University of London. Her thematic interests are in migration, displacement, identity, gender and nationalism—and in the ways these intersect within the Central Asia context. </p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="59594364" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/00b1e73f-a45f-4917-8bb6-ebad39323bad/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=00b1e73f-a45f-4917-8bb6-ebad39323bad&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Diana T. Kudaibergen, &quot;What Does It Mean to Be Kazakhstani?: Power, Identity and Nation-Building&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:01:59</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In early 2022, protests rocked Kazakhstan. Initially peaceful demonstrations turned violent after brutal government crackdowns, leaving at least 238 dead during &quot;Bloody January.&quot; Many feared the unrest might fracture the country along ethno-linguistic lines—yet ethnicity played little role. It was deep socio-economic grievances and anti-regime sentiment that brought people onto the streets. In What Does It Mean to Be Kazakhstani?: Nation-Building in Post-Soviet Central Asia (Oxford University Press, 2024), Diana T. Kudaibergen asks why. Building on unpublished archival materials and hundreds of interviews, she examines how Kazakhstan developed a relatively stable inter-ethnic framework where others fractured, how regime elites and ordinary citizens have pulled that identity in different directions, and how Moscow&apos;s 2022 invasion of 
Ukraine, and the Russian immigration it has prompted, is once again 
transforming what it means to call oneself Kazakhstani.﻿﻿

﻿Cholpon Ramizova is a London-based creator and researcher. She holds a Master&apos;s in Migration, Mobility and Development from SOAS, University of London. Her thematic interests are in migration, displacement, identity, gender and nationalism—and in the ways these intersect within the Central Asia context. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In early 2022, protests rocked Kazakhstan. Initially peaceful demonstrations turned violent after brutal government crackdowns, leaving at least 238 dead during &quot;Bloody January.&quot; Many feared the unrest might fracture the country along ethno-linguistic lines—yet ethnicity played little role. It was deep socio-economic grievances and anti-regime sentiment that brought people onto the streets. In What Does It Mean to Be Kazakhstani?: Nation-Building in Post-Soviet Central Asia (Oxford University Press, 2024), Diana T. Kudaibergen asks why. Building on unpublished archival materials and hundreds of interviews, she examines how Kazakhstan developed a relatively stable inter-ethnic framework where others fractured, how regime elites and ordinary citizens have pulled that identity in different directions, and how Moscow&apos;s 2022 invasion of 
Ukraine, and the Russian immigration it has prompted, is once again 
transforming what it means to call oneself Kazakhstani.﻿﻿

﻿Cholpon Ramizova is a London-based creator and researcher. She holds a Master&apos;s in Migration, Mobility and Development from SOAS, University of London. Her thematic interests are in migration, displacement, identity, gender and nationalism—and in the ways these intersect within the Central Asia context. </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1863</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">53d243b8-7656-11f1-856d-bf78d9ae039f</guid>
      <title>Becoming the System</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the <a href="https://languageonthemove.com/podcast/"><em>Language on the Move</em> Podcast</a>, <a href="https://researchers.mq.edu.au/en/persons/brynn-quick/">Brynn Quick</a> sits down with <a href="https://www.gse.upenn.edu/faculty/nelson-flores">Dr. Nelson Flores</a> to discuss his 2024 book entitled <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/becoming-the-system-9780197516829?cc=us&amp;lang=en"><em>Becoming the System: A Raciolinguistic Genealogy of Bilingual Education in the Post-Civil Rights Era</em></a>, published by Oxford University Press.</p>
<p>In his book, Dr. Flores examines the ways that institutionalizing bilingual education in the post-Civil Rights Era in the United States has served to maintain rather than challenge racial hierarchies. He and Brynn discuss the lasting legacies of this institutionalization within neoliberal ideologies for Spanish-English bilingual education in the United States from the post WWII era to today.</p>
<p>For additional resources, show notes, and transcripts, go <a href="https://www.languageonthemove.com/podcast/">here</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 8 Jul 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the <a href="https://languageonthemove.com/podcast/"><em>Language on the Move</em> Podcast</a>, <a href="https://researchers.mq.edu.au/en/persons/brynn-quick/">Brynn Quick</a> sits down with <a href="https://www.gse.upenn.edu/faculty/nelson-flores">Dr. Nelson Flores</a> to discuss his 2024 book entitled <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/becoming-the-system-9780197516829?cc=us&amp;lang=en"><em>Becoming the System: A Raciolinguistic Genealogy of Bilingual Education in the Post-Civil Rights Era</em></a>, published by Oxford University Press.</p>
<p>In his book, Dr. Flores examines the ways that institutionalizing bilingual education in the post-Civil Rights Era in the United States has served to maintain rather than challenge racial hierarchies. He and Brynn discuss the lasting legacies of this institutionalization within neoliberal ideologies for Spanish-English bilingual education in the United States from the post WWII era to today.</p>
<p>For additional resources, show notes, and transcripts, go <a href="https://www.languageonthemove.com/podcast/">here</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="46479639" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/c1537c3b-05db-4821-b8f8-6e657228f03b/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=c1537c3b-05db-4821-b8f8-6e657228f03b&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Becoming the System</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:48:18</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode of the Language on the Move Podcast, Brynn Quick sits down with Dr. Nelson Flores to discuss his 2024 book entitled Becoming the System: A Raciolinguistic Genealogy of Bilingual Education in the Post-Civil Rights Era, published by Oxford University Press.

In his book, Dr. Flores examines the ways that institutionalizing bilingual education in the post-Civil Rights Era in the United States has served to maintain rather than challenge racial hierarchies. He and Brynn discuss the lasting legacies of this institutionalization within neoliberal ideologies for Spanish-English bilingual education in the United States from the post WWII era to today.

For additional resources, show notes, and transcripts, go here.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode of the Language on the Move Podcast, Brynn Quick sits down with Dr. Nelson Flores to discuss his 2024 book entitled Becoming the System: A Raciolinguistic Genealogy of Bilingual Education in the Post-Civil Rights Era, published by Oxford University Press.

In his book, Dr. Flores examines the ways that institutionalizing bilingual education in the post-Civil Rights Era in the United States has served to maintain rather than challenge racial hierarchies. He and Brynn discuss the lasting legacies of this institutionalization within neoliberal ideologies for Spanish-English bilingual education in the United States from the post WWII era to today.

For additional resources, show notes, and transcripts, go here.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1862</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a04794f2-759b-11f1-897e-9f96b31413a5</guid>
      <title>Ted Powell, &quot;Churchill and the Crown&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Winston Churchill was born in a palace and was given a funeral worthy
 of a king. His family had enjoyed an intimate association with the 
British monarchy stretching back centuries. As King Edward VIII said of 
him, 'I have never met anyone of royal blood who exemplified in such 
high degree the ideal of the 'good king.'</p>
<p>﻿<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192843784"><em>Churchill and the Crown</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2026) tells the story of Churchill's relationship with the various kings and 
queens he served during his long political career, from young journalist
 under Edward VII, through his dramatic fall from grace in the First 
World War under George V, the frustrations of appeasement during the 
interwar period and his relationship with Edward VIII during the 
abdication crisis of 1936, culminating in his Finest Hour in the Second 
World War under George VI and the coda of Churchill's public service to 
his final monarch: Queen Elizabeth II. </p>
<p>Ted Powell analyses 
Churchill's writings on monarchy and his role in preserving and 
establishing monarchies outside Britain. At the core of the book is a 
series of studies of Churchill's relationships with the monarchs he 
served. These studies offer a two-way perspective, examining both 
Churchill's view of individual monarchs and their attitudes towards him.
 They shed light not only on Churchill's career but also on the changing
 role of the monarchy in 20th century Britain.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 6 Jul 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Winston Churchill was born in a palace and was given a funeral worthy
 of a king. His family had enjoyed an intimate association with the 
British monarchy stretching back centuries. As King Edward VIII said of 
him, 'I have never met anyone of royal blood who exemplified in such 
high degree the ideal of the 'good king.'</p>
<p>﻿<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192843784"><em>Churchill and the Crown</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2026) tells the story of Churchill's relationship with the various kings and 
queens he served during his long political career, from young journalist
 under Edward VII, through his dramatic fall from grace in the First 
World War under George V, the frustrations of appeasement during the 
interwar period and his relationship with Edward VIII during the 
abdication crisis of 1936, culminating in his Finest Hour in the Second 
World War under George VI and the coda of Churchill's public service to 
his final monarch: Queen Elizabeth II. </p>
<p>Ted Powell analyses 
Churchill's writings on monarchy and his role in preserving and 
establishing monarchies outside Britain. At the core of the book is a 
series of studies of Churchill's relationships with the monarchs he 
served. These studies offer a two-way perspective, examining both 
Churchill's view of individual monarchs and their attitudes towards him.
 They shed light not only on Churchill's career but also on the changing
 role of the monarchy in 20th century Britain.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="35640323" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/0c6aa854-4140-40ff-9860-94c1458e9e62/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=0c6aa854-4140-40ff-9860-94c1458e9e62&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Ted Powell, &quot;Churchill and the Crown&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:37:04</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Winston Churchill was born in a palace and was given a funeral worthy
 of a king. His family had enjoyed an intimate association with the 
British monarchy stretching back centuries. As King Edward VIII said of 
him, &apos;I have never met anyone of royal blood who exemplified in such 
high degree the ideal of the &apos;good king.&apos;

﻿Churchill and the Crown (Oxford University Press, 2026) tells the story of Churchill&apos;s relationship with the various kings and 
queens he served during his long political career, from young journalist
 under Edward VII, through his dramatic fall from grace in the First 
World War under George V, the frustrations of appeasement during the 
interwar period and his relationship with Edward VIII during the 
abdication crisis of 1936, culminating in his Finest Hour in the Second 
World War under George VI and the coda of Churchill&apos;s public service to 
his final monarch: Queen Elizabeth II. 

Ted Powell analyses 
Churchill&apos;s writings on monarchy and his role in preserving and 
establishing monarchies outside Britain. At the core of the book is a 
series of studies of Churchill&apos;s relationships with the monarchs he 
served. These studies offer a two-way perspective, examining both 
Churchill&apos;s view of individual monarchs and their attitudes towards him.
 They shed light not only on Churchill&apos;s career but also on the changing
 role of the monarchy in 20th century Britain.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Winston Churchill was born in a palace and was given a funeral worthy
 of a king. His family had enjoyed an intimate association with the 
British monarchy stretching back centuries. As King Edward VIII said of 
him, &apos;I have never met anyone of royal blood who exemplified in such 
high degree the ideal of the &apos;good king.&apos;

﻿Churchill and the Crown (Oxford University Press, 2026) tells the story of Churchill&apos;s relationship with the various kings and 
queens he served during his long political career, from young journalist
 under Edward VII, through his dramatic fall from grace in the First 
World War under George V, the frustrations of appeasement during the 
interwar period and his relationship with Edward VIII during the 
abdication crisis of 1936, culminating in his Finest Hour in the Second 
World War under George VI and the coda of Churchill&apos;s public service to 
his final monarch: Queen Elizabeth II. 

Ted Powell analyses 
Churchill&apos;s writings on monarchy and his role in preserving and 
establishing monarchies outside Britain. At the core of the book is a 
series of studies of Churchill&apos;s relationships with the monarchs he 
served. These studies offer a two-way perspective, examining both 
Churchill&apos;s view of individual monarchs and their attitudes towards him.
 They shed light not only on Churchill&apos;s career but also on the changing
 role of the monarchy in 20th century Britain.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1861</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">541b75aa-706c-11f1-9802-83b537614a17</guid>
      <title>Katherine Krauss, &quot;Exemplarity and Allusion in Macrobius&apos; Saturnalia&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198926672">Exemplarity and Allusion in Macrobius' Saturnalia</a> (Oxford UP, 2026) offers a new framework for interpreting interactions with classical source material in Macrobius’ Saturnalia. It argues that the Saturnalia, an educational dialogue from the fifth century ce, does not view its Greco-Roman models as hegemonic sources of authority but engages with these texts in dynamic and critical ways. In particular, Macrobius responds to both the literary and ethical agendas of his predecessors, a strategy which is termed ethical allusion. The book explores this intertwining of moral, social, and aesthetic commentary in the Saturnalia’s allusions to authors such as Aulus Gellius, Cicero, Plato, Plutarch, and Virgil. It also examines Macrobius’ ethical allusions alongside the aesthetic practices and moral thought of the late fourth and the fifth centuries, and sheds light on the Saturnalia’s role in pioneering a late antique intellectual culture at once less hierarchical and less engaged with civic life.</p>
<p>New Books in Late Antiquity is presented by <a href="http://ancientjewreview.com/">Ancient Jew Review</a>.</p>
<p><a href="https://cams.la.psu.edu/people/katherine-krauss/">Katherine Krauss</a> is Assistant Teaching Professor of Classics and Ancient Mediterranean Studies at Penn State.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.umb.edu/directory/michaelmotia/">Michael Motia</a> teaches in Classics and Religious Studies at UMass Boston</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 6 Jul 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198926672">Exemplarity and Allusion in Macrobius' Saturnalia</a> (Oxford UP, 2026) offers a new framework for interpreting interactions with classical source material in Macrobius’ Saturnalia. It argues that the Saturnalia, an educational dialogue from the fifth century ce, does not view its Greco-Roman models as hegemonic sources of authority but engages with these texts in dynamic and critical ways. In particular, Macrobius responds to both the literary and ethical agendas of his predecessors, a strategy which is termed ethical allusion. The book explores this intertwining of moral, social, and aesthetic commentary in the Saturnalia’s allusions to authors such as Aulus Gellius, Cicero, Plato, Plutarch, and Virgil. It also examines Macrobius’ ethical allusions alongside the aesthetic practices and moral thought of the late fourth and the fifth centuries, and sheds light on the Saturnalia’s role in pioneering a late antique intellectual culture at once less hierarchical and less engaged with civic life.</p>
<p>New Books in Late Antiquity is presented by <a href="http://ancientjewreview.com/">Ancient Jew Review</a>.</p>
<p><a href="https://cams.la.psu.edu/people/katherine-krauss/">Katherine Krauss</a> is Assistant Teaching Professor of Classics and Ancient Mediterranean Studies at Penn State.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.umb.edu/directory/michaelmotia/">Michael Motia</a> teaches in Classics and Religious Studies at UMass Boston</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="62122430" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/0cf28265-270c-4e08-a2f4-53427ba8bd00/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=0cf28265-270c-4e08-a2f4-53427ba8bd00&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Katherine Krauss, &quot;Exemplarity and Allusion in Macrobius&apos; Saturnalia&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:04:39</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Exemplarity and Allusion in Macrobius&apos; Saturnalia (Oxford UP, 2026) offers a new framework for interpreting interactions with classical source material in Macrobius’ Saturnalia. It argues that the Saturnalia, an educational dialogue from the fifth century ce, does not view its Greco-Roman models as hegemonic sources of authority but engages with these texts in dynamic and critical ways. In particular, Macrobius responds to both the literary and ethical agendas of his predecessors, a strategy which is termed ethical allusion. The book explores this intertwining of moral, social, and aesthetic commentary in the Saturnalia’s allusions to authors such as Aulus Gellius, Cicero, Plato, Plutarch, and Virgil. It also examines Macrobius’ ethical allusions alongside the aesthetic practices and moral thought of the late fourth and the fifth centuries, and sheds light on the Saturnalia’s role in pioneering a late antique intellectual culture at once less hierarchical and less engaged with civic life.

New Books in Late Antiquity is presented by Ancient Jew Review.

Katherine Krauss is Assistant Teaching Professor of Classics and Ancient Mediterranean Studies at Penn State.

Michael Motia teaches in Classics and Religious Studies at UMass Boston</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Exemplarity and Allusion in Macrobius&apos; Saturnalia (Oxford UP, 2026) offers a new framework for interpreting interactions with classical source material in Macrobius’ Saturnalia. It argues that the Saturnalia, an educational dialogue from the fifth century ce, does not view its Greco-Roman models as hegemonic sources of authority but engages with these texts in dynamic and critical ways. In particular, Macrobius responds to both the literary and ethical agendas of his predecessors, a strategy which is termed ethical allusion. The book explores this intertwining of moral, social, and aesthetic commentary in the Saturnalia’s allusions to authors such as Aulus Gellius, Cicero, Plato, Plutarch, and Virgil. It also examines Macrobius’ ethical allusions alongside the aesthetic practices and moral thought of the late fourth and the fifth centuries, and sheds light on the Saturnalia’s role in pioneering a late antique intellectual culture at once less hierarchical and less engaged with civic life.

New Books in Late Antiquity is presented by Ancient Jew Review.

Katherine Krauss is Assistant Teaching Professor of Classics and Ancient Mediterranean Studies at Penn State.

Michael Motia teaches in Classics and Religious Studies at UMass Boston</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1860</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a7474b96-7512-11f1-8644-6ff8083068b3</guid>
      <title>Hayagreeva Rao and Henrich R Greve, &quot;Ctrl+Alt+Doubt: Decoding the Language of Online Conspiracy Talk&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197772294">Ctrl+Alt+Doubt: Decoding the Language of Online Conspiracy Talk</a><em> </em>﻿(Oxford UP, 2026) offers a new way to understand why conspiracy theories grow and persist. Rather than treating them as cognitive errors, psychological pathologies, or products of echo chambers, Rao and Greve analyze conspiracy theories as linguistic constructions, that is as stories built from recognizable semantic patterns. Drawing on cases from COVID-19 and the Black Lives Matter protests, Rao and Greve show that conspiracy theorizing is a form of bricolage. People tinker with cultural fragments to craft explanations that reduce uncertainty and threat. New conspiracy beliefs are most likely to take hold when they are linguistically close to beliefs people already hold. The book traces how conspiracy theories spread through superspreaders, fear-laden language, bots, and shared hashtags, revealing conspiracy theorizing as a form of proto-coordination that generates community, amplifies outrage, and enables collective sensemaking among opponents of social movements.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 5 Jul 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197772294">Ctrl+Alt+Doubt: Decoding the Language of Online Conspiracy Talk</a><em> </em>﻿(Oxford UP, 2026) offers a new way to understand why conspiracy theories grow and persist. Rather than treating them as cognitive errors, psychological pathologies, or products of echo chambers, Rao and Greve analyze conspiracy theories as linguistic constructions, that is as stories built from recognizable semantic patterns. Drawing on cases from COVID-19 and the Black Lives Matter protests, Rao and Greve show that conspiracy theorizing is a form of bricolage. People tinker with cultural fragments to craft explanations that reduce uncertainty and threat. New conspiracy beliefs are most likely to take hold when they are linguistically close to beliefs people already hold. The book traces how conspiracy theories spread through superspreaders, fear-laden language, bots, and shared hashtags, revealing conspiracy theorizing as a form of proto-coordination that generates community, amplifies outrage, and enables collective sensemaking among opponents of social movements.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="68123073" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/ad69e321-3e33-43d5-969c-62ac1d7a4026/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=ad69e321-3e33-43d5-969c-62ac1d7a4026&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Hayagreeva Rao and Henrich R Greve, &quot;Ctrl+Alt+Doubt: Decoding the Language of Online Conspiracy Talk&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:10:54</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Ctrl+Alt+Doubt: Decoding the Language of Online Conspiracy Talk ﻿(Oxford UP, 2026) offers a new way to understand why conspiracy theories grow and persist. Rather than treating them as cognitive errors, psychological pathologies, or products of echo chambers, Rao and Greve analyze conspiracy theories as linguistic constructions, that is as stories built from recognizable semantic patterns. Drawing on cases from COVID-19 and the Black Lives Matter protests, Rao and Greve show that conspiracy theorizing is a form of bricolage. People tinker with cultural fragments to craft explanations that reduce uncertainty and threat. New conspiracy beliefs are most likely to take hold when they are linguistically close to beliefs people already hold. The book traces how conspiracy theories spread through superspreaders, fear-laden language, bots, and shared hashtags, revealing conspiracy theorizing as a form of proto-coordination that generates community, amplifies outrage, and enables collective sensemaking among opponents of social movements.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Ctrl+Alt+Doubt: Decoding the Language of Online Conspiracy Talk ﻿(Oxford UP, 2026) offers a new way to understand why conspiracy theories grow and persist. Rather than treating them as cognitive errors, psychological pathologies, or products of echo chambers, Rao and Greve analyze conspiracy theories as linguistic constructions, that is as stories built from recognizable semantic patterns. Drawing on cases from COVID-19 and the Black Lives Matter protests, Rao and Greve show that conspiracy theorizing is a form of bricolage. People tinker with cultural fragments to craft explanations that reduce uncertainty and threat. New conspiracy beliefs are most likely to take hold when they are linguistically close to beliefs people already hold. The book traces how conspiracy theories spread through superspreaders, fear-laden language, bots, and shared hashtags, revealing conspiracy theorizing as a form of proto-coordination that generates community, amplifies outrage, and enables collective sensemaking among opponents of social movements.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1859</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0510144c-7559-11f1-b059-832f8a4cd527</guid>
      <title>Martina Baradel, &quot;21st Century Yakuza: Death of Japanese Organised Crime&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Once
 dominant and institutionalised, the Yakuza, one of Japan's best known 
criminal organisations, is now shrinking under the combined pressure of 
legal exclusion, social stigmatisation, and market regulation. Their 
membership has dropped from more than 80,000 in 2009 to fewer than 
20,000 in 2025. Yet their disappearance is far from complete. Based on 
extensive fieldwork with active and former members, police officers, 
lawyers, and journalists, in <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198876212"><em>21st Century Yakuza: Death of Japanese Organised Crime</em></a>
 (Oxford University Press, 2026), Dr. Martina Baradel examines how these
 organisations adapt to repression and explores what happens when a 
mafia begins to die.﻿</p>
<p><em>21st Century Yakuza</em>
 illuminates how Japan's model of regulatory saturation has dismantled 
the Yakuza's organisational capacity but left behind governance vacuums 
in markets the state struggles to control. This book demonstrates
 how the Yakuza persist through symbolic and residual forms of authority
 even as their formal power erodes, and how their decline has fragmented
 the criminal underworld. It traces the transformation of the Yakuza 
from territorially embedded brokers of governance to marginal actors in a
 more decentralised criminal landscape, including the delegation of 
trading activities to non-affiliated networks.</p>
<p>Through a sharp lens on criminal decline and adaptation, <em>21st Century Yakuza</em> offers a compelling portrait of a fading underworld and the new forms of disorder emerging
 in its wake. It is an essential read for anyone interested in the 
shifting boundaries of law, authority, and illicit power in contemporary
 Japan.</p>
<p>﻿<em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose </em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em>book</em></a><em>
 focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty 
negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative 
analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find 
Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em> ﻿</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 5 Jul 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Once
 dominant and institutionalised, the Yakuza, one of Japan's best known 
criminal organisations, is now shrinking under the combined pressure of 
legal exclusion, social stigmatisation, and market regulation. Their 
membership has dropped from more than 80,000 in 2009 to fewer than 
20,000 in 2025. Yet their disappearance is far from complete. Based on 
extensive fieldwork with active and former members, police officers, 
lawyers, and journalists, in <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198876212"><em>21st Century Yakuza: Death of Japanese Organised Crime</em></a>
 (Oxford University Press, 2026), Dr. Martina Baradel examines how these
 organisations adapt to repression and explores what happens when a 
mafia begins to die.﻿</p>
<p><em>21st Century Yakuza</em>
 illuminates how Japan's model of regulatory saturation has dismantled 
the Yakuza's organisational capacity but left behind governance vacuums 
in markets the state struggles to control. This book demonstrates
 how the Yakuza persist through symbolic and residual forms of authority
 even as their formal power erodes, and how their decline has fragmented
 the criminal underworld. It traces the transformation of the Yakuza 
from territorially embedded brokers of governance to marginal actors in a
 more decentralised criminal landscape, including the delegation of 
trading activities to non-affiliated networks.</p>
<p>Through a sharp lens on criminal decline and adaptation, <em>21st Century Yakuza</em> offers a compelling portrait of a fading underworld and the new forms of disorder emerging
 in its wake. It is an essential read for anyone interested in the 
shifting boundaries of law, authority, and illicit power in contemporary
 Japan.</p>
<p>﻿<em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose </em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em>book</em></a><em>
 focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty 
negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative 
analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find 
Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em> ﻿</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="57970691" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/424baa1f-fdf5-4da7-a6ad-ed647205510f/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=424baa1f-fdf5-4da7-a6ad-ed647205510f&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Martina Baradel, &quot;21st Century Yakuza: Death of Japanese Organised Crime&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:00:19</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Once
 dominant and institutionalised, the Yakuza, one of Japan&apos;s best known 
criminal organisations, is now shrinking under the combined pressure of 
legal exclusion, social stigmatisation, and market regulation. Their 
membership has dropped from more than 80,000 in 2009 to fewer than 
20,000 in 2025. Yet their disappearance is far from complete. Based on 
extensive fieldwork with active and former members, police officers, 
lawyers, and journalists, in 21st Century Yakuza: Death of Japanese Organised Crime
 (Oxford University Press, 2026), Dr. Martina Baradel examines how these
 organisations adapt to repression and explores what happens when a 
mafia begins to die.﻿

21st Century Yakuza
 illuminates how Japan&apos;s model of regulatory saturation has dismantled 
the Yakuza&apos;s organisational capacity but left behind governance vacuums 
in markets the state struggles to control. This book demonstrates
 how the Yakuza persist through symbolic and residual forms of authority
 even as their formal power erodes, and how their decline has fragmented
 the criminal underworld. It traces the transformation of the Yakuza 
from territorially embedded brokers of governance to marginal actors in a
 more decentralised criminal landscape, including the delegation of 
trading activities to non-affiliated networks.

Through a sharp lens on criminal decline and adaptation, 21st Century Yakuza offers a compelling portrait of a fading underworld and the new forms of disorder emerging
 in its wake. It is an essential read for anyone interested in the 
shifting boundaries of law, authority, and illicit power in contemporary
 Japan.

﻿This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book
 focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty 
negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative 
analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find 
Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts. ﻿</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Once
 dominant and institutionalised, the Yakuza, one of Japan&apos;s best known 
criminal organisations, is now shrinking under the combined pressure of 
legal exclusion, social stigmatisation, and market regulation. Their 
membership has dropped from more than 80,000 in 2009 to fewer than 
20,000 in 2025. Yet their disappearance is far from complete. Based on 
extensive fieldwork with active and former members, police officers, 
lawyers, and journalists, in 21st Century Yakuza: Death of Japanese Organised Crime
 (Oxford University Press, 2026), Dr. Martina Baradel examines how these
 organisations adapt to repression and explores what happens when a 
mafia begins to die.﻿

21st Century Yakuza
 illuminates how Japan&apos;s model of regulatory saturation has dismantled 
the Yakuza&apos;s organisational capacity but left behind governance vacuums 
in markets the state struggles to control. This book demonstrates
 how the Yakuza persist through symbolic and residual forms of authority
 even as their formal power erodes, and how their decline has fragmented
 the criminal underworld. It traces the transformation of the Yakuza 
from territorially embedded brokers of governance to marginal actors in a
 more decentralised criminal landscape, including the delegation of 
trading activities to non-affiliated networks.

Through a sharp lens on criminal decline and adaptation, 21st Century Yakuza offers a compelling portrait of a fading underworld and the new forms of disorder emerging
 in its wake. It is an essential read for anyone interested in the 
shifting boundaries of law, authority, and illicit power in contemporary
 Japan.

﻿This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book
 focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty 
negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative 
analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find 
Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts. ﻿</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1858</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">56acbc5c-748b-11f1-b882-9f82e7f5f3e8</guid>
      <title>Gajendran Ayyathurai, &quot;Tamil Buddhism and Brahminism in Modern India: Deep Resistance Against Caste&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><em></em><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198952398"><em>Tamil Buddhism and Brahminism in Modern India: Deep Resistance Against Caste</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2026) explores
 Tamil Buddhism in modern India, focusing on its emergence
 as a response to caste-based oppression during the late nineteenth and 
early twentieth centuries. Central to this movement was Pandit Iyothee 
Thass (1845–1914), a pioneering intellectual who reinterpreted India’s 
Buddhist past to challenge brahminical dominance. Thass reasoned that it
 was because many Indians followed Buddhist cultural and material 
traditions in ancient times, that they were oppressed as untouchables 
and lower castes by self-privileging-caste groups, such as brahmins. 
Thus, Thass challenged brahminism/casteism
 in India by reconstructing and mobilizing a reading public about the 
casteless Buddhist history of Indians who were prone to caste 
oppression. His writings, petitions, and archives reveal the 
castelessness of Tamil Buddhists and their commitment to
 a radical political transformation in modern India. Key aspects of the 
Tamil Buddhist movement include public mobilization for caste-free 
societies, self-representation of oppressed communities, economic 
redistribution through affirmative action, and a feminist critique of 
caste and patriarchy. Through interdisciplinary methods drawn
 from Critical Caste Studies, this monograph uncovers the intellectual 
history of Tamil Buddhism and its radical call for vernacular 
emancipation. It highlights how Indigenous, Tamil/Indian communities 
used Buddhist foundations to resist caste and envision a modern, 
casteless future. </p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 4 Jul 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><em></em><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198952398"><em>Tamil Buddhism and Brahminism in Modern India: Deep Resistance Against Caste</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2026) explores
 Tamil Buddhism in modern India, focusing on its emergence
 as a response to caste-based oppression during the late nineteenth and 
early twentieth centuries. Central to this movement was Pandit Iyothee 
Thass (1845–1914), a pioneering intellectual who reinterpreted India’s 
Buddhist past to challenge brahminical dominance. Thass reasoned that it
 was because many Indians followed Buddhist cultural and material 
traditions in ancient times, that they were oppressed as untouchables 
and lower castes by self-privileging-caste groups, such as brahmins. 
Thus, Thass challenged brahminism/casteism
 in India by reconstructing and mobilizing a reading public about the 
casteless Buddhist history of Indians who were prone to caste 
oppression. His writings, petitions, and archives reveal the 
castelessness of Tamil Buddhists and their commitment to
 a radical political transformation in modern India. Key aspects of the 
Tamil Buddhist movement include public mobilization for caste-free 
societies, self-representation of oppressed communities, economic 
redistribution through affirmative action, and a feminist critique of 
caste and patriarchy. Through interdisciplinary methods drawn
 from Critical Caste Studies, this monograph uncovers the intellectual 
history of Tamil Buddhism and its radical call for vernacular 
emancipation. It highlights how Indigenous, Tamil/Indian communities 
used Buddhist foundations to resist caste and envision a modern, 
casteless future. </p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="87423918" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/20e69270-6398-4fd4-8e46-57df7c82037b/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=20e69270-6398-4fd4-8e46-57df7c82037b&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Gajendran Ayyathurai, &quot;Tamil Buddhism and Brahminism in Modern India: Deep Resistance Against Caste&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Tamil Buddhism and Brahminism in Modern India: Deep Resistance Against Caste (Oxford University Press, 2026) explores
 Tamil Buddhism in modern India, focusing on its emergence
 as a response to caste-based oppression during the late nineteenth and 
early twentieth centuries. Central to this movement was Pandit Iyothee 
Thass (1845–1914), a pioneering intellectual who reinterpreted India’s 
Buddhist past to challenge brahminical dominance. Thass reasoned that it
 was because many Indians followed Buddhist cultural and material 
traditions in ancient times, that they were oppressed as untouchables 
and lower castes by self-privileging-caste groups, such as brahmins. 
Thus, Thass challenged brahminism/casteism
 in India by reconstructing and mobilizing a reading public about the 
casteless Buddhist history of Indians who were prone to caste 
oppression. His writings, petitions, and archives reveal the 
castelessness of Tamil Buddhists and their commitment to
 a radical political transformation in modern India. Key aspects of the 
Tamil Buddhist movement include public mobilization for caste-free 
societies, self-representation of oppressed communities, economic 
redistribution through affirmative action, and a feminist critique of 
caste and patriarchy. Through interdisciplinary methods drawn
 from Critical Caste Studies, this monograph uncovers the intellectual 
history of Tamil Buddhism and its radical call for vernacular 
emancipation. It highlights how Indigenous, Tamil/Indian communities 
used Buddhist foundations to resist caste and envision a modern, 
casteless future.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Tamil Buddhism and Brahminism in Modern India: Deep Resistance Against Caste (Oxford University Press, 2026) explores
 Tamil Buddhism in modern India, focusing on its emergence
 as a response to caste-based oppression during the late nineteenth and 
early twentieth centuries. Central to this movement was Pandit Iyothee 
Thass (1845–1914), a pioneering intellectual who reinterpreted India’s 
Buddhist past to challenge brahminical dominance. Thass reasoned that it
 was because many Indians followed Buddhist cultural and material 
traditions in ancient times, that they were oppressed as untouchables 
and lower castes by self-privileging-caste groups, such as brahmins. 
Thus, Thass challenged brahminism/casteism
 in India by reconstructing and mobilizing a reading public about the 
casteless Buddhist history of Indians who were prone to caste 
oppression. His writings, petitions, and archives reveal the 
castelessness of Tamil Buddhists and their commitment to
 a radical political transformation in modern India. Key aspects of the 
Tamil Buddhist movement include public mobilization for caste-free 
societies, self-representation of oppressed communities, economic 
redistribution through affirmative action, and a feminist critique of 
caste and patriarchy. Through interdisciplinary methods drawn
 from Critical Caste Studies, this monograph uncovers the intellectual 
history of Tamil Buddhism and its radical call for vernacular 
emancipation. It highlights how Indigenous, Tamil/Indian communities 
used Buddhist foundations to resist caste and envision a modern, 
casteless future.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1857</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9cc649e8-74ee-11f1-af78-9f7bdf956ca0</guid>
      <title>Jonathan Schneer, &quot;Nine Days in May: The General Strike Of 1926&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In May, 1926, nearly three million British workers downed tools to support nearly one million of their countrymen, miners whose employers meant to lengthen their working day and cut their pay. This General Strike brought the country to a grinding halt - which, according to Conservative Prime Minister Stanley Baldwin, represented a threat not merely to the nation but to the parliamentary system itself. For nine days, the world's best organized working class confronted the world's most powerful, and self-confident, government. And yet the outcome was never in doubt, for Britain's most important trade-union leaders thought as Baldwin did, although they kept saying they were engaged in a wages dispute only. Really, they feared winning even more than they feared losing.</p>
<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192894533">Nine Days in May: The General Strike of 1926</a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2026), award-winning author and historian Jonathan Schneer mines hitherto untapped archival sources to explain why and how the Strike came about, why and how it was waged and countered, why and how it ended. In addition to government reports and TUC reports, he uses reports of undercover agents and spies, "special" constables sworn in for the duration of the Strike, volunteer strike-breakers, Communist agitators, trade-union leaders and rank-and-file members of trade unions; also, of course, the papers of politicians of all parties.</p>
<p>This is a tale of Shakespearian dimensions, replete with tragic heroes and villains and buffoons and opportunists and double-dealers, and contending, evenly matched, forces - both of which meant to do their duty whatever the cost. There may never be another general strike in Britain, but the General Strike of 1926 was one for the ages, illuminating the human condition.</p>
<p>Jonathan Schneer is Professor Emeritus of History at the Georgia Institute of Technology.</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is CEO and Publisher of New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 1 Jul 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In May, 1926, nearly three million British workers downed tools to support nearly one million of their countrymen, miners whose employers meant to lengthen their working day and cut their pay. This General Strike brought the country to a grinding halt - which, according to Conservative Prime Minister Stanley Baldwin, represented a threat not merely to the nation but to the parliamentary system itself. For nine days, the world's best organized working class confronted the world's most powerful, and self-confident, government. And yet the outcome was never in doubt, for Britain's most important trade-union leaders thought as Baldwin did, although they kept saying they were engaged in a wages dispute only. Really, they feared winning even more than they feared losing.</p>
<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192894533">Nine Days in May: The General Strike of 1926</a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2026), award-winning author and historian Jonathan Schneer mines hitherto untapped archival sources to explain why and how the Strike came about, why and how it was waged and countered, why and how it ended. In addition to government reports and TUC reports, he uses reports of undercover agents and spies, "special" constables sworn in for the duration of the Strike, volunteer strike-breakers, Communist agitators, trade-union leaders and rank-and-file members of trade unions; also, of course, the papers of politicians of all parties.</p>
<p>This is a tale of Shakespearian dimensions, replete with tragic heroes and villains and buffoons and opportunists and double-dealers, and contending, evenly matched, forces - both of which meant to do their duty whatever the cost. There may never be another general strike in Britain, but the General Strike of 1926 was one for the ages, illuminating the human condition.</p>
<p>Jonathan Schneer is Professor Emeritus of History at the Georgia Institute of Technology.</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is CEO and Publisher of New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="72718880" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/64b2bcdc-f0ef-4399-a561-2b8ed3713fae/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=64b2bcdc-f0ef-4399-a561-2b8ed3713fae&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Jonathan Schneer, &quot;Nine Days in May: The General Strike Of 1926&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:15:30</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In May, 1926, nearly three million British workers downed tools to support nearly one million of their countrymen, miners whose employers meant to lengthen their working day and cut their pay. This General Strike brought the country to a grinding halt - which, according to Conservative Prime Minister Stanley Baldwin, represented a threat not merely to the nation but to the parliamentary system itself. For nine days, the world&apos;s best organized working class confronted the world&apos;s most powerful, and self-confident, government. And yet the outcome was never in doubt, for Britain&apos;s most important trade-union leaders thought as Baldwin did, although they kept saying they were engaged in a wages dispute only. Really, they feared winning even more than they feared losing.

In Nine Days in May: The General Strike of 1926 (Oxford University Press, 2026), award-winning author and historian Jonathan Schneer mines hitherto untapped archival sources to explain why and how the Strike came about, why and how it was waged and countered, why and how it ended. In addition to government reports and TUC reports, he uses reports of undercover agents and spies, &quot;special&quot; constables sworn in for the duration of the Strike, volunteer strike-breakers, Communist agitators, trade-union leaders and rank-and-file members of trade unions; also, of course, the papers of politicians of all parties.

This is a tale of Shakespearian dimensions, replete with tragic heroes and villains and buffoons and opportunists and double-dealers, and contending, evenly matched, forces - both of which meant to do their duty whatever the cost. There may never be another general strike in Britain, but the General Strike of 1926 was one for the ages, illuminating the human condition.

Jonathan Schneer is Professor Emeritus of History at the Georgia Institute of Technology.

Caleb Zakarin is CEO and Publisher of New Books Network.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In May, 1926, nearly three million British workers downed tools to support nearly one million of their countrymen, miners whose employers meant to lengthen their working day and cut their pay. This General Strike brought the country to a grinding halt - which, according to Conservative Prime Minister Stanley Baldwin, represented a threat not merely to the nation but to the parliamentary system itself. For nine days, the world&apos;s best organized working class confronted the world&apos;s most powerful, and self-confident, government. And yet the outcome was never in doubt, for Britain&apos;s most important trade-union leaders thought as Baldwin did, although they kept saying they were engaged in a wages dispute only. Really, they feared winning even more than they feared losing.

In Nine Days in May: The General Strike of 1926 (Oxford University Press, 2026), award-winning author and historian Jonathan Schneer mines hitherto untapped archival sources to explain why and how the Strike came about, why and how it was waged and countered, why and how it ended. In addition to government reports and TUC reports, he uses reports of undercover agents and spies, &quot;special&quot; constables sworn in for the duration of the Strike, volunteer strike-breakers, Communist agitators, trade-union leaders and rank-and-file members of trade unions; also, of course, the papers of politicians of all parties.

This is a tale of Shakespearian dimensions, replete with tragic heroes and villains and buffoons and opportunists and double-dealers, and contending, evenly matched, forces - both of which meant to do their duty whatever the cost. There may never be another general strike in Britain, but the General Strike of 1926 was one for the ages, illuminating the human condition.

Jonathan Schneer is Professor Emeritus of History at the Georgia Institute of Technology.

Caleb Zakarin is CEO and Publisher of New Books Network.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1856</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">921c9b08-709a-11f1-befd-63458b52ff01</guid>
      <title>Dallas Liddle, &quot;News Machines: The Systems of Daily Journalism in Britain, 1785–1885&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>British
 daily newspapers transformed rapidly at the turn of the nineteenth 
century, ballooning in size and radically reorganizing staffing and 
production decade by decade. By mid-century, newspapers had grown from 
the folded single sheets of the previous century to large multi-page 
broadsheets, so impressive in the quantity of print they held and their 
speed of production that one of their nicknames was 'the daily miracle'.</p>
<p>Traditional
 news history has overlooked a key fact for understanding this era of 
news: that Victorian daily newspapers were high-pressure systems. As 
demand for newspapers outpaced their original production capacity, 
newspaper organizations began to build complex technical and production 
mechanisms to continue to grow and compete. As these systems expanded, 
newspapers became dependent on them, and decisions about how daily 
journalism should develop began to pass from editorial choice to 
systemic necessity. The previously untold story of Victorian daily news 
is that the personalities of editors and owners and the larger social 
forces at work in that era were not the only (or even primary) drivers 
of its history. Once set in motion, the systems of Victorian news gained
 major shaping agency over their own development.</p>
<p>Combining deep archival research and traditional historical analysis with modern data mining methods, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198994831"><em>News Machines: The Systems of Daily Journalism in Britain, 1785–1885</em></a>
 (Oxford University Press, 2026) by Dr. Dallas Liddle reconstructs the 
systemic workings of Victorian daily news in unprecedented detail, 
offering new and counterintuitive accounts of when and why daily papers 
expanded, how and why steam-powered printing machines developed, how 
specialized news discourses evolved, and how newspaper leadership was 
organized.</p>
<p>﻿<em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose </em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em>book</em></a><em>
 focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty 
negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative 
analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find 
Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em> ﻿</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Jun 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>British
 daily newspapers transformed rapidly at the turn of the nineteenth 
century, ballooning in size and radically reorganizing staffing and 
production decade by decade. By mid-century, newspapers had grown from 
the folded single sheets of the previous century to large multi-page 
broadsheets, so impressive in the quantity of print they held and their 
speed of production that one of their nicknames was 'the daily miracle'.</p>
<p>Traditional
 news history has overlooked a key fact for understanding this era of 
news: that Victorian daily newspapers were high-pressure systems. As 
demand for newspapers outpaced their original production capacity, 
newspaper organizations began to build complex technical and production 
mechanisms to continue to grow and compete. As these systems expanded, 
newspapers became dependent on them, and decisions about how daily 
journalism should develop began to pass from editorial choice to 
systemic necessity. The previously untold story of Victorian daily news 
is that the personalities of editors and owners and the larger social 
forces at work in that era were not the only (or even primary) drivers 
of its history. Once set in motion, the systems of Victorian news gained
 major shaping agency over their own development.</p>
<p>Combining deep archival research and traditional historical analysis with modern data mining methods, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198994831"><em>News Machines: The Systems of Daily Journalism in Britain, 1785–1885</em></a>
 (Oxford University Press, 2026) by Dr. Dallas Liddle reconstructs the 
systemic workings of Victorian daily news in unprecedented detail, 
offering new and counterintuitive accounts of when and why daily papers 
expanded, how and why steam-powered printing machines developed, how 
specialized news discourses evolved, and how newspaper leadership was 
organized.</p>
<p>﻿<em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose </em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em>book</em></a><em>
 focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty 
negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative 
analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find 
Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em> ﻿</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="54258078" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/4cc5adde-41f3-45f1-8b3f-63a809697bef/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=4cc5adde-41f3-45f1-8b3f-63a809697bef&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Dallas Liddle, &quot;News Machines: The Systems of Daily Journalism in Britain, 1785–1885&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:56:27</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>British
 daily newspapers transformed rapidly at the turn of the nineteenth 
century, ballooning in size and radically reorganizing staffing and 
production decade by decade. By mid-century, newspapers had grown from 
the folded single sheets of the previous century to large multi-page 
broadsheets, so impressive in the quantity of print they held and their 
speed of production that one of their nicknames was &apos;the daily miracle&apos;.

Traditional
 news history has overlooked a key fact for understanding this era of 
news: that Victorian daily newspapers were high-pressure systems. As 
demand for newspapers outpaced their original production capacity, 
newspaper organizations began to build complex technical and production 
mechanisms to continue to grow and compete. As these systems expanded, 
newspapers became dependent on them, and decisions about how daily 
journalism should develop began to pass from editorial choice to 
systemic necessity. The previously untold story of Victorian daily news 
is that the personalities of editors and owners and the larger social 
forces at work in that era were not the only (or even primary) drivers 
of its history. Once set in motion, the systems of Victorian news gained
 major shaping agency over their own development.

Combining deep archival research and traditional historical analysis with modern data mining methods, News Machines: The Systems of Daily Journalism in Britain, 1785–1885
 (Oxford University Press, 2026) by Dr. Dallas Liddle reconstructs the 
systemic workings of Victorian daily news in unprecedented detail, 
offering new and counterintuitive accounts of when and why daily papers 
expanded, how and why steam-powered printing machines developed, how 
specialized news discourses evolved, and how newspaper leadership was 
organized.

﻿This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book
 focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty 
negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative 
analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find 
Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts. ﻿</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>British
 daily newspapers transformed rapidly at the turn of the nineteenth 
century, ballooning in size and radically reorganizing staffing and 
production decade by decade. By mid-century, newspapers had grown from 
the folded single sheets of the previous century to large multi-page 
broadsheets, so impressive in the quantity of print they held and their 
speed of production that one of their nicknames was &apos;the daily miracle&apos;.

Traditional
 news history has overlooked a key fact for understanding this era of 
news: that Victorian daily newspapers were high-pressure systems. As 
demand for newspapers outpaced their original production capacity, 
newspaper organizations began to build complex technical and production 
mechanisms to continue to grow and compete. As these systems expanded, 
newspapers became dependent on them, and decisions about how daily 
journalism should develop began to pass from editorial choice to 
systemic necessity. The previously untold story of Victorian daily news 
is that the personalities of editors and owners and the larger social 
forces at work in that era were not the only (or even primary) drivers 
of its history. Once set in motion, the systems of Victorian news gained
 major shaping agency over their own development.

Combining deep archival research and traditional historical analysis with modern data mining methods, News Machines: The Systems of Daily Journalism in Britain, 1785–1885
 (Oxford University Press, 2026) by Dr. Dallas Liddle reconstructs the 
systemic workings of Victorian daily news in unprecedented detail, 
offering new and counterintuitive accounts of when and why daily papers 
expanded, how and why steam-powered printing machines developed, how 
specialized news discourses evolved, and how newspaper leadership was 
organized.

﻿This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book
 focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty 
negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative 
analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find 
Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts. ﻿</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1855</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7659fc34-6fa6-11f1-89a4-83663fdb2887</guid>
      <title>Andy Byford, &quot;Science of the Child in Late Imperial and Early Soviet Russia&quot; (Oxford UP, 2020)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Between the 1880s and the 1930s, children became the focus of unprecedented scientific and professional interest in modernizing societies worldwide, including in the Russian Empire and then the Soviet Union. Those who claimed children as special objects of investigation were initially spread across a network of imperfectly professionalized scholarly and occupational groups based mostly in the fields of medicine, education, and psychology. From their various perspectives, they made ambitious claims about the contributions that their emergent expertise made to the understanding of, and intervention in, human bio-psycho-social development. The international movement that arose out of this catalyzed the institutionalization of new domains of knowledge, including developmental and educational psychology, special needs education, and child psychiatry.<br /><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780191863738">Science of the Child in Late Imperial and Early Soviet Russia</a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2020) charts the evolution of the child science movement in Russia from the Crimean War to the Second World War. It is the first comprehensive history in English of the rise and fall of this multidisciplinary field across the late Imperial and Soviet periods. Drawing on ideas and concepts emanating from a variety of theoretical domains, the study provides new insights into the concerns of Russia's professional intelligentsia with matters of biosocial reproduction and investigates the incorporation of scientific knowledge and professional expertise focused on child development into the making of the welfare/warfare state in the rapidly changing political landscape of the early Soviet era.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 27 Jun 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Between the 1880s and the 1930s, children became the focus of unprecedented scientific and professional interest in modernizing societies worldwide, including in the Russian Empire and then the Soviet Union. Those who claimed children as special objects of investigation were initially spread across a network of imperfectly professionalized scholarly and occupational groups based mostly in the fields of medicine, education, and psychology. From their various perspectives, they made ambitious claims about the contributions that their emergent expertise made to the understanding of, and intervention in, human bio-psycho-social development. The international movement that arose out of this catalyzed the institutionalization of new domains of knowledge, including developmental and educational psychology, special needs education, and child psychiatry.<br /><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780191863738">Science of the Child in Late Imperial and Early Soviet Russia</a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2020) charts the evolution of the child science movement in Russia from the Crimean War to the Second World War. It is the first comprehensive history in English of the rise and fall of this multidisciplinary field across the late Imperial and Soviet periods. Drawing on ideas and concepts emanating from a variety of theoretical domains, the study provides new insights into the concerns of Russia's professional intelligentsia with matters of biosocial reproduction and investigates the incorporation of scientific knowledge and professional expertise focused on child development into the making of the welfare/warfare state in the rapidly changing political landscape of the early Soviet era.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="79011019" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/08751206-49f5-4a29-a66f-1a134a23bff7/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=08751206-49f5-4a29-a66f-1a134a23bff7&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Andy Byford, &quot;Science of the Child in Late Imperial and Early Soviet Russia&quot; (Oxford UP, 2020)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:22:14</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Between the 1880s and the 1930s, children became the focus of unprecedented scientific and professional interest in modernizing societies worldwide, including in the Russian Empire and then the Soviet Union. Those who claimed children as special objects of investigation were initially spread across a network of imperfectly professionalized scholarly and occupational groups based mostly in the fields of medicine, education, and psychology. From their various perspectives, they made ambitious claims about the contributions that their emergent expertise made to the understanding of, and intervention in, human bio-psycho-social development. The international movement that arose out of this catalyzed the institutionalization of new domains of knowledge, including developmental and educational psychology, special needs education, and child psychiatry.Science of the Child in Late Imperial and Early Soviet Russia (Oxford UP, 2020) charts the evolution of the child science movement in Russia from the Crimean War to the Second World War. It is the first comprehensive history in English of the rise and fall of this multidisciplinary field across the late Imperial and Soviet periods. Drawing on ideas and concepts emanating from a variety of theoretical domains, the study provides new insights into the concerns of Russia&apos;s professional intelligentsia with matters of biosocial reproduction and investigates the incorporation of scientific knowledge and professional expertise focused on child development into the making of the welfare/warfare state in the rapidly changing political landscape of the early Soviet era.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Between the 1880s and the 1930s, children became the focus of unprecedented scientific and professional interest in modernizing societies worldwide, including in the Russian Empire and then the Soviet Union. Those who claimed children as special objects of investigation were initially spread across a network of imperfectly professionalized scholarly and occupational groups based mostly in the fields of medicine, education, and psychology. From their various perspectives, they made ambitious claims about the contributions that their emergent expertise made to the understanding of, and intervention in, human bio-psycho-social development. The international movement that arose out of this catalyzed the institutionalization of new domains of knowledge, including developmental and educational psychology, special needs education, and child psychiatry.Science of the Child in Late Imperial and Early Soviet Russia (Oxford UP, 2020) charts the evolution of the child science movement in Russia from the Crimean War to the Second World War. It is the first comprehensive history in English of the rise and fall of this multidisciplinary field across the late Imperial and Soviet periods. Drawing on ideas and concepts emanating from a variety of theoretical domains, the study provides new insights into the concerns of Russia&apos;s professional intelligentsia with matters of biosocial reproduction and investigates the incorporation of scientific knowledge and professional expertise focused on child development into the making of the welfare/warfare state in the rapidly changing political landscape of the early Soviet era.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1854</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4b1f4d6e-6f86-11f1-8519-eb0bdf87dcdc</guid>
      <title>Kirill Shamiev, &quot;Imperfect Equilibrium: Civil-Military Relations in Russian Defense Policymaking&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Why has Russia's military struggled to adapt to the challenges of contemporary warfare? Despite years of attempts to improve its military capabilities, Russia's full-scale invasion of Ukraine in 2022 revealed a crippling lack of skill, discipline and equipment. Non-material factors, in particular the power struggle between military and civilian leaderships, have hindered reform of its armed forces: with officers dominating defence policy, the Kremlin has struggled to implement the necessary changes. In ﻿<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197861394">Civil-Military Relations in Russian Defense Policymaking</a> ﻿(Oxford UP, 2026) Kirill Shamiev explores the political reasons behind Russia's poor military preparedness for the war in Ukraine. He demonstrates how a seemingly obedient military has frequently blocked civilian reforms, taking advantage of weak oversight mechanisms. The Kremlin's efforts to centralise control and make the armed forces personally accountable to President Vladimir Putin harmed institutional learning, cementing a conservative civil-military status quo. While this protected the military from civil society interference and ensured Putin's autocratic rule, it ultimately limited the pace and scope of change. Analysing three cases of reform between 2000 and 2021,Imperfect Equilibrium offers critical insights into the relationship between civilian control and military effectiveness in Russia. Drawing on extensive qualitative and quantitative evidence--including interviews, parliamentary speeches, media reports and surveys--it shows how unchecked autonomy can undermine military development, even in authoritarian contexts.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 26 Jun 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Why has Russia's military struggled to adapt to the challenges of contemporary warfare? Despite years of attempts to improve its military capabilities, Russia's full-scale invasion of Ukraine in 2022 revealed a crippling lack of skill, discipline and equipment. Non-material factors, in particular the power struggle between military and civilian leaderships, have hindered reform of its armed forces: with officers dominating defence policy, the Kremlin has struggled to implement the necessary changes. In ﻿<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197861394">Civil-Military Relations in Russian Defense Policymaking</a> ﻿(Oxford UP, 2026) Kirill Shamiev explores the political reasons behind Russia's poor military preparedness for the war in Ukraine. He demonstrates how a seemingly obedient military has frequently blocked civilian reforms, taking advantage of weak oversight mechanisms. The Kremlin's efforts to centralise control and make the armed forces personally accountable to President Vladimir Putin harmed institutional learning, cementing a conservative civil-military status quo. While this protected the military from civil society interference and ensured Putin's autocratic rule, it ultimately limited the pace and scope of change. Analysing three cases of reform between 2000 and 2021,Imperfect Equilibrium offers critical insights into the relationship between civilian control and military effectiveness in Russia. Drawing on extensive qualitative and quantitative evidence--including interviews, parliamentary speeches, media reports and surveys--it shows how unchecked autonomy can undermine military development, even in authoritarian contexts.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="46113390" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/549b2b0e-f667-4f99-ab26-ad218179a843/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=549b2b0e-f667-4f99-ab26-ad218179a843&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Kirill Shamiev, &quot;Imperfect Equilibrium: Civil-Military Relations in Russian Defense Policymaking&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:47:58</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Why has Russia&apos;s military struggled to adapt to the challenges of contemporary warfare? Despite years of attempts to improve its military capabilities, Russia&apos;s full-scale invasion of Ukraine in 2022 revealed a crippling lack of skill, discipline and equipment. Non-material factors, in particular the power struggle between military and civilian leaderships, have hindered reform of its armed forces: with officers dominating defence policy, the Kremlin has struggled to implement the necessary changes. In ﻿Civil-Military Relations in Russian Defense Policymaking ﻿(Oxford UP, 2026) Kirill Shamiev explores the political reasons behind Russia&apos;s poor military preparedness for the war in Ukraine. He demonstrates how a seemingly obedient military has frequently blocked civilian reforms, taking advantage of weak oversight mechanisms. The Kremlin&apos;s efforts to centralise control and make the armed forces personally accountable to President Vladimir Putin harmed institutional learning, cementing a conservative civil-military status quo. While this protected the military from civil society interference and ensured Putin&apos;s autocratic rule, it ultimately limited the pace and scope of change. Analysing three cases of reform between 2000 and 2021,Imperfect Equilibrium offers critical insights into the relationship between civilian control and military effectiveness in Russia. Drawing on extensive qualitative and quantitative evidence--including interviews, parliamentary speeches, media reports and surveys--it shows how unchecked autonomy can undermine military development, even in authoritarian contexts.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Why has Russia&apos;s military struggled to adapt to the challenges of contemporary warfare? Despite years of attempts to improve its military capabilities, Russia&apos;s full-scale invasion of Ukraine in 2022 revealed a crippling lack of skill, discipline and equipment. Non-material factors, in particular the power struggle between military and civilian leaderships, have hindered reform of its armed forces: with officers dominating defence policy, the Kremlin has struggled to implement the necessary changes. In ﻿Civil-Military Relations in Russian Defense Policymaking ﻿(Oxford UP, 2026) Kirill Shamiev explores the political reasons behind Russia&apos;s poor military preparedness for the war in Ukraine. He demonstrates how a seemingly obedient military has frequently blocked civilian reforms, taking advantage of weak oversight mechanisms. The Kremlin&apos;s efforts to centralise control and make the armed forces personally accountable to President Vladimir Putin harmed institutional learning, cementing a conservative civil-military status quo. While this protected the military from civil society interference and ensured Putin&apos;s autocratic rule, it ultimately limited the pace and scope of change. Analysing three cases of reform between 2000 and 2021,Imperfect Equilibrium offers critical insights into the relationship between civilian control and military effectiveness in Russia. Drawing on extensive qualitative and quantitative evidence--including interviews, parliamentary speeches, media reports and surveys--it shows how unchecked autonomy can undermine military development, even in authoritarian contexts.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1853</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">63b06ddc-6ec7-11f1-aeb8-2f9b951e35c5</guid>
      <title>The Honesty Crisis: Preserving Our Most Treasured Virtue in an Increasingly Dishonest</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Research shows that honesty is the single most important characteristic a person can possess when it comes to liking them, respecting them, and understanding them. But honesty is eroding in many areas of society today, as we are confronted with honesty crises in politics, education, relationships, religion, celebrity culture, and technology.</p>
<p>Over the past 50 years, no single philosopher has offered a comprehensive exploration of honesty—how we define it, how it diverges in private and public spaces, and how it depends on shared perceptions of reality. Dr. Christian Miller addresses this gap, while showing how modern life increasingly rewards dishonesty, with profound consequences for our relationships, institutions and culture—a phenomenon he names <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197840801">The Honesty Crisis</a><em> </em>﻿(Oxford UP, 2026)<em>.</em></p>
<p>From cases such as sermon plagiarism to AI-assisted cheating to the rise of fake news, Dr. Miller explores how dishonesty has become easier, more pervasive and even normalized in our society. Yet <em>The Honesty Crisis </em>does more than diagnose the problem: it proposes concrete, practical steps to preserve honesty where it matters most.</p>
<p>Guest: Dr. Christian B. Miller is the A. C. Reid Professor of Philosophy at Wake Forest University. The author of numerous articles and books, he also directed The Honesty Project, one of the largest research initiatives ever undertaken on honesty.</p>
<p>Host: <a href="https://christinagessler.com/">Dr. Christina Gessler</a> is an academic writing coach and editor. She holds a Ph.D. in history which she uses to explore which stories we tell and what happens to those we never tell. She is the creator, producer and show host of the Academic Life podcast.</p>
<p>Playlist for listeners:</p>
<ul>
  <li><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/understanding-disinformation">Understanding Disinformation</a></li>
  <li><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/when-your-professor-asks-you-to-cheat-a-conversation-with-dr-joel-heng-hartse">When Your Professor Asks You To Cheat</a></li>
  <li><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/when-we-prioritize-data-and-metrics-what-happens-to-human-connections">The Last Human Job</a></li>
  <li><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/who-gets-believed">Who Gets Believed</a></li>
  <li><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/the-ai-mirror-how-to-reclaim-our-humanity-in-an-age-of-machine-thinking">The AI Mirror: How to Reclaim Our Humanity in an Age of Machine Thinking</a></li>
  <li><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/what-do-you-want-out-of-life-2">What Do You Want Out of Life</a></li>
  <li><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/samuel-west-on-the-museum-of-failure">The Museum of Failure</a></li>
  <li><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/exploring-new-paths-to-mental-health-a-discussion-with-sue-stuart-smith">The Well-Gardened Mind</a></li>
  <li><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/how-to-stop-chasing-happiness-and-make-a-meaningful-life-instead">A Meaningful Life</a></li>
  <li><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/the-good-enough-life">The Good- Enough Life</a></li>
  <li><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/tell-me-what-you-want">Tell Me What You Want</a></li>
</ul>
<p>Welcome to Academic Life, the podcast for your academic journey—and beyond! You help support the show by downloading and sharing episodes. Join us again to learn from more experts inside and outside the academy, and around the world. Missed any of the 300+ Academic Life episodes? Find them <a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/up-partners/academic-life">here.</a> And thank you for listening!</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Jun 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Research shows that honesty is the single most important characteristic a person can possess when it comes to liking them, respecting them, and understanding them. But honesty is eroding in many areas of society today, as we are confronted with honesty crises in politics, education, relationships, religion, celebrity culture, and technology.</p>
<p>Over the past 50 years, no single philosopher has offered a comprehensive exploration of honesty—how we define it, how it diverges in private and public spaces, and how it depends on shared perceptions of reality. Dr. Christian Miller addresses this gap, while showing how modern life increasingly rewards dishonesty, with profound consequences for our relationships, institutions and culture—a phenomenon he names <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197840801">The Honesty Crisis</a><em> </em>﻿(Oxford UP, 2026)<em>.</em></p>
<p>From cases such as sermon plagiarism to AI-assisted cheating to the rise of fake news, Dr. Miller explores how dishonesty has become easier, more pervasive and even normalized in our society. Yet <em>The Honesty Crisis </em>does more than diagnose the problem: it proposes concrete, practical steps to preserve honesty where it matters most.</p>
<p>Guest: Dr. Christian B. Miller is the A. C. Reid Professor of Philosophy at Wake Forest University. The author of numerous articles and books, he also directed The Honesty Project, one of the largest research initiatives ever undertaken on honesty.</p>
<p>Host: <a href="https://christinagessler.com/">Dr. Christina Gessler</a> is an academic writing coach and editor. She holds a Ph.D. in history which she uses to explore which stories we tell and what happens to those we never tell. She is the creator, producer and show host of the Academic Life podcast.</p>
<p>Playlist for listeners:</p>
<ul>
  <li><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/understanding-disinformation">Understanding Disinformation</a></li>
  <li><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/when-your-professor-asks-you-to-cheat-a-conversation-with-dr-joel-heng-hartse">When Your Professor Asks You To Cheat</a></li>
  <li><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/when-we-prioritize-data-and-metrics-what-happens-to-human-connections">The Last Human Job</a></li>
  <li><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/who-gets-believed">Who Gets Believed</a></li>
  <li><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/the-ai-mirror-how-to-reclaim-our-humanity-in-an-age-of-machine-thinking">The AI Mirror: How to Reclaim Our Humanity in an Age of Machine Thinking</a></li>
  <li><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/what-do-you-want-out-of-life-2">What Do You Want Out of Life</a></li>
  <li><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/samuel-west-on-the-museum-of-failure">The Museum of Failure</a></li>
  <li><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/exploring-new-paths-to-mental-health-a-discussion-with-sue-stuart-smith">The Well-Gardened Mind</a></li>
  <li><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/how-to-stop-chasing-happiness-and-make-a-meaningful-life-instead">A Meaningful Life</a></li>
  <li><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/the-good-enough-life">The Good- Enough Life</a></li>
  <li><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/tell-me-what-you-want">Tell Me What You Want</a></li>
</ul>
<p>Welcome to Academic Life, the podcast for your academic journey—and beyond! You help support the show by downloading and sharing episodes. Join us again to learn from more experts inside and outside the academy, and around the world. Missed any of the 300+ Academic Life episodes? Find them <a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/up-partners/academic-life">here.</a> And thank you for listening!</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="46065997" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/306e9952-bd3e-44c9-8db2-ded9105a1cc2/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=306e9952-bd3e-44c9-8db2-ded9105a1cc2&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>The Honesty Crisis: Preserving Our Most Treasured Virtue in an Increasingly Dishonest</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:47:56</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Research shows that honesty is the single most important characteristic a person can possess when it comes to liking them, respecting them, and understanding them. But honesty is eroding in many areas of society today, as we are confronted with honesty crises in politics, education, relationships, religion, celebrity culture, and technology.

Over the past 50 years, no single philosopher has offered a comprehensive exploration of honesty—how we define it, how it diverges in private and public spaces, and how it depends on shared perceptions of reality. Dr. Christian Miller addresses this gap, while showing how modern life increasingly rewards dishonesty, with profound consequences for our relationships, institutions and culture—a phenomenon he names The Honesty Crisis ﻿(Oxford UP, 2026).

From cases such as sermon plagiarism to AI-assisted cheating to the rise of fake news, Dr. Miller explores how dishonesty has become easier, more pervasive and even normalized in our society. Yet The Honesty Crisis does more than diagnose the problem: it proposes concrete, practical steps to preserve honesty where it matters most.

Guest: Dr. Christian B. Miller is the A. C. Reid Professor of Philosophy at Wake Forest University. The author of numerous articles and books, he also directed The Honesty Project, one of the largest research initiatives ever undertaken on honesty.

Host: Dr. Christina Gessler is an academic writing coach and editor. She holds a Ph.D. in history which she uses to explore which stories we tell and what happens to those we never tell. She is the creator, producer and show host of the Academic Life podcast.

Playlist for listeners:


  Understanding Disinformation

  When Your Professor Asks You To Cheat

  The Last Human Job

  Who Gets Believed

  The AI Mirror: How to Reclaim Our Humanity in an Age of Machine Thinking

  What Do You Want Out of Life

  The Museum of Failure

  The Well-Gardened Mind

  A Meaningful Life

  The Good- Enough Life

  Tell Me What You Want


Welcome to Academic Life, the podcast for your academic journey—and beyond! You help support the show by downloading and sharing episodes. Join us again to learn from more experts inside and outside the academy, and around the world. Missed any of the 300+ Academic Life episodes? Find them here. And thank you for listening!</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Research shows that honesty is the single most important characteristic a person can possess when it comes to liking them, respecting them, and understanding them. But honesty is eroding in many areas of society today, as we are confronted with honesty crises in politics, education, relationships, religion, celebrity culture, and technology.

Over the past 50 years, no single philosopher has offered a comprehensive exploration of honesty—how we define it, how it diverges in private and public spaces, and how it depends on shared perceptions of reality. Dr. Christian Miller addresses this gap, while showing how modern life increasingly rewards dishonesty, with profound consequences for our relationships, institutions and culture—a phenomenon he names The Honesty Crisis ﻿(Oxford UP, 2026).

From cases such as sermon plagiarism to AI-assisted cheating to the rise of fake news, Dr. Miller explores how dishonesty has become easier, more pervasive and even normalized in our society. Yet The Honesty Crisis does more than diagnose the problem: it proposes concrete, practical steps to preserve honesty where it matters most.

Guest: Dr. Christian B. Miller is the A. C. Reid Professor of Philosophy at Wake Forest University. The author of numerous articles and books, he also directed The Honesty Project, one of the largest research initiatives ever undertaken on honesty.

Host: Dr. Christina Gessler is an academic writing coach and editor. She holds a Ph.D. in history which she uses to explore which stories we tell and what happens to those we never tell. She is the creator, producer and show host of the Academic Life podcast.

Playlist for listeners:


  Understanding Disinformation

  When Your Professor Asks You To Cheat

  The Last Human Job

  Who Gets Believed

  The AI Mirror: How to Reclaim Our Humanity in an Age of Machine Thinking

  What Do You Want Out of Life

  The Museum of Failure

  The Well-Gardened Mind

  A Meaningful Life

  The Good- Enough Life

  Tell Me What You Want


Welcome to Academic Life, the podcast for your academic journey—and beyond! You help support the show by downloading and sharing episodes. Join us again to learn from more experts inside and outside the academy, and around the world. Missed any of the 300+ Academic Life episodes? Find them here. And thank you for listening!</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1852</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">89d2df18-6b5c-11f1-b28b-77b812ca7e66</guid>
      <title>Robin Dembroff, &quot;Real Men on Top: How Patriarchy Shapes Our Reality&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190052560">Real Men on Top: ﻿How Patriarchy Shapes Our Reality </a>(Oxford University Press, 2026), Robin Dembroff shows us that we don't just live in a patriarchal world. We live in a world that patriarchy taught us to see. Patriarchy is not simply a system where men dominate women, Dembroff argues. It is a deeper reality-shaping force that legitimizes economic exploitation, political injustice, and social cruelty by dividing all of us into the rigid categories of Man, Woman, Animal, and Child.</p>
<p>These categories are presented as natural truths, but Dembroff reveals them as man-made myths--ones that construct a reality in which being characterized as Woman, Animal, or Child marks moral degradation. By no coincidence, feminization, dehumanization, and infantilization are the very degradations used to make a man 'less of a man'.</p>
<p>But this book is more than critique; it's also a guide to transformation especially for those grappling with what it means to be a man under patriarchy. Patriarchy's myths celebrate the identity Man, but these myths are no friend to most men. Promising strength and superiority, they instead fuel isolation, emotional repression, and relentless pressure to prove oneself while propping up systems that enrich the powerful few. Rather than deliver freedom and prosperity, these myths entrap and impoverish. <em>Real Men on Top</em> invites readers to see through them and, in so doing, to find new possibilities for living, relating, and becoming human.</p>
<p>Sharp, daring, and deeply felt, <em>Real Men on Top</em> is a book for anyone who senses that something is deeply wrong with the way we live and wants to understand how we got here, and where we might begin the work of remaking reality.</p>
<p>﻿Robin Dembroff is an Associate Professor of Philosophy at Yale University</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is CEO and Publisher of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Jun 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190052560">Real Men on Top: ﻿How Patriarchy Shapes Our Reality </a>(Oxford University Press, 2026), Robin Dembroff shows us that we don't just live in a patriarchal world. We live in a world that patriarchy taught us to see. Patriarchy is not simply a system where men dominate women, Dembroff argues. It is a deeper reality-shaping force that legitimizes economic exploitation, political injustice, and social cruelty by dividing all of us into the rigid categories of Man, Woman, Animal, and Child.</p>
<p>These categories are presented as natural truths, but Dembroff reveals them as man-made myths--ones that construct a reality in which being characterized as Woman, Animal, or Child marks moral degradation. By no coincidence, feminization, dehumanization, and infantilization are the very degradations used to make a man 'less of a man'.</p>
<p>But this book is more than critique; it's also a guide to transformation especially for those grappling with what it means to be a man under patriarchy. Patriarchy's myths celebrate the identity Man, but these myths are no friend to most men. Promising strength and superiority, they instead fuel isolation, emotional repression, and relentless pressure to prove oneself while propping up systems that enrich the powerful few. Rather than deliver freedom and prosperity, these myths entrap and impoverish. <em>Real Men on Top</em> invites readers to see through them and, in so doing, to find new possibilities for living, relating, and becoming human.</p>
<p>Sharp, daring, and deeply felt, <em>Real Men on Top</em> is a book for anyone who senses that something is deeply wrong with the way we live and wants to understand how we got here, and where we might begin the work of remaking reality.</p>
<p>﻿Robin Dembroff is an Associate Professor of Philosophy at Yale University</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is CEO and Publisher of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="49530040" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/0b885774-4261-4430-9cc3-8555186904bc/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=0b885774-4261-4430-9cc3-8555186904bc&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Robin Dembroff, &quot;Real Men on Top: How Patriarchy Shapes Our Reality&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:51:21</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In Real Men on Top: ﻿How Patriarchy Shapes Our Reality (Oxford University Press, 2026), Robin Dembroff shows us that we don&apos;t just live in a patriarchal world. We live in a world that patriarchy taught us to see. Patriarchy is not simply a system where men dominate women, Dembroff argues. It is a deeper reality-shaping force that legitimizes economic exploitation, political injustice, and social cruelty by dividing all of us into the rigid categories of Man, Woman, Animal, and Child.

These categories are presented as natural truths, but Dembroff reveals them as man-made myths--ones that construct a reality in which being characterized as Woman, Animal, or Child marks moral degradation. By no coincidence, feminization, dehumanization, and infantilization are the very degradations used to make a man &apos;less of a man&apos;.

But this book is more than critique; it&apos;s also a guide to transformation especially for those grappling with what it means to be a man under patriarchy. Patriarchy&apos;s myths celebrate the identity Man, but these myths are no friend to most men. Promising strength and superiority, they instead fuel isolation, emotional repression, and relentless pressure to prove oneself while propping up systems that enrich the powerful few. Rather than deliver freedom and prosperity, these myths entrap and impoverish. Real Men on Top invites readers to see through them and, in so doing, to find new possibilities for living, relating, and becoming human.

Sharp, daring, and deeply felt, Real Men on Top is a book for anyone who senses that something is deeply wrong with the way we live and wants to understand how we got here, and where we might begin the work of remaking reality.

﻿Robin Dembroff is an Associate Professor of Philosophy at Yale University

Caleb Zakarin is CEO and Publisher of the New Books Network.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In Real Men on Top: ﻿How Patriarchy Shapes Our Reality (Oxford University Press, 2026), Robin Dembroff shows us that we don&apos;t just live in a patriarchal world. We live in a world that patriarchy taught us to see. Patriarchy is not simply a system where men dominate women, Dembroff argues. It is a deeper reality-shaping force that legitimizes economic exploitation, political injustice, and social cruelty by dividing all of us into the rigid categories of Man, Woman, Animal, and Child.

These categories are presented as natural truths, but Dembroff reveals them as man-made myths--ones that construct a reality in which being characterized as Woman, Animal, or Child marks moral degradation. By no coincidence, feminization, dehumanization, and infantilization are the very degradations used to make a man &apos;less of a man&apos;.

But this book is more than critique; it&apos;s also a guide to transformation especially for those grappling with what it means to be a man under patriarchy. Patriarchy&apos;s myths celebrate the identity Man, but these myths are no friend to most men. Promising strength and superiority, they instead fuel isolation, emotional repression, and relentless pressure to prove oneself while propping up systems that enrich the powerful few. Rather than deliver freedom and prosperity, these myths entrap and impoverish. Real Men on Top invites readers to see through them and, in so doing, to find new possibilities for living, relating, and becoming human.

Sharp, daring, and deeply felt, Real Men on Top is a book for anyone who senses that something is deeply wrong with the way we live and wants to understand how we got here, and where we might begin the work of remaking reality.

﻿Robin Dembroff is an Associate Professor of Philosophy at Yale University

Caleb Zakarin is CEO and Publisher of the New Books Network.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1851</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">086e3160-6dd8-11f1-bd50-439b9ca7ca20</guid>
      <title>Jean-Philippe Deranty, &quot;The Case for Work&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>A post-work movement is gaining popularity among academics, artists, and  activists, in reaction to the many harms and injustices plaguing  current labour markets and work organizations, and the loomingdisruptions that automation is likely to cause. This movement anticipates and welcomes the demise of work as a central value of modern society. Against this rejection of work’s significance, <a href="https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780192887146.001.0001"><em>The Case for Work</em></a> argues that our situation is critical precisely because work matters, that it is a mistake to advocate a society beyond work on the basis of the current state of work. Rather, because work matters, we should try to organize it differently. The first part of the book locates the arguments feeding into the ‘case against work’ in the long history of social and political thought. This genealogical enquiry highlights many  conceptual and methodological issues in classical and contemporary accounts. The second part of the book makes the ‘case for work’ in a positive way, through a dialectical argument. It shows that the very features of work that its critics emphasize, which make it akin to a ‘realm of necessity’, can in fact become the conduit for individual  self-development and social solidarity, provided work is organized in conditions that are fair and equal.</p>
<p>Interview hosted by Dr. Eve Vincent, on behalf of the <a href="https://journals.sagepub.com/toc/JIR/current">Journal of Industrial Relation</a><em>s, </em>prepared by Social Media and Outreach Editor <a href="https://linktr.ee/pdelacruzfernandez">Dr. Paula de la Cruz-Fernández</a>. </p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Jun 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>A post-work movement is gaining popularity among academics, artists, and  activists, in reaction to the many harms and injustices plaguing  current labour markets and work organizations, and the loomingdisruptions that automation is likely to cause. This movement anticipates and welcomes the demise of work as a central value of modern society. Against this rejection of work’s significance, <a href="https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780192887146.001.0001"><em>The Case for Work</em></a> argues that our situation is critical precisely because work matters, that it is a mistake to advocate a society beyond work on the basis of the current state of work. Rather, because work matters, we should try to organize it differently. The first part of the book locates the arguments feeding into the ‘case against work’ in the long history of social and political thought. This genealogical enquiry highlights many  conceptual and methodological issues in classical and contemporary accounts. The second part of the book makes the ‘case for work’ in a positive way, through a dialectical argument. It shows that the very features of work that its critics emphasize, which make it akin to a ‘realm of necessity’, can in fact become the conduit for individual  self-development and social solidarity, provided work is organized in conditions that are fair and equal.</p>
<p>Interview hosted by Dr. Eve Vincent, on behalf of the <a href="https://journals.sagepub.com/toc/JIR/current">Journal of Industrial Relation</a><em>s, </em>prepared by Social Media and Outreach Editor <a href="https://linktr.ee/pdelacruzfernandez">Dr. Paula de la Cruz-Fernández</a>. </p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="32333224" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/e2bfc8a5-a6cb-49cf-8e8e-475adbe630b8/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=e2bfc8a5-a6cb-49cf-8e8e-475adbe630b8&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Jean-Philippe Deranty, &quot;The Case for Work&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:33:37</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>A post-work movement is gaining popularity among academics, artists, and  activists, in reaction to the many harms and injustices plaguing  current labour markets and work organizations, and the loomingdisruptions that automation is likely to cause. This movement anticipates and welcomes the demise of work as a central value of modern society. Against this rejection of work’s significance, The Case for Work argues that our situation is critical precisely because work matters, that it is a mistake to advocate a society beyond work on the basis of the current state of work. Rather, because work matters, we should try to organize it differently. The first part of the book locates the arguments feeding into the ‘case against work’ in the long history of social and political thought. This genealogical enquiry highlights many  conceptual and methodological issues in classical and contemporary accounts. The second part of the book makes the ‘case for work’ in a positive way, through a dialectical argument. It shows that the very features of work that its critics emphasize, which make it akin to a ‘realm of necessity’, can in fact become the conduit for individual  self-development and social solidarity, provided work is organized in conditions that are fair and equal.

Interview hosted by Dr. Eve Vincent, on behalf of the Journal of Industrial Relations, prepared by Social Media and Outreach Editor Dr. Paula de la Cruz-Fernández. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>A post-work movement is gaining popularity among academics, artists, and  activists, in reaction to the many harms and injustices plaguing  current labour markets and work organizations, and the loomingdisruptions that automation is likely to cause. This movement anticipates and welcomes the demise of work as a central value of modern society. Against this rejection of work’s significance, The Case for Work argues that our situation is critical precisely because work matters, that it is a mistake to advocate a society beyond work on the basis of the current state of work. Rather, because work matters, we should try to organize it differently. The first part of the book locates the arguments feeding into the ‘case against work’ in the long history of social and political thought. This genealogical enquiry highlights many  conceptual and methodological issues in classical and contemporary accounts. The second part of the book makes the ‘case for work’ in a positive way, through a dialectical argument. It shows that the very features of work that its critics emphasize, which make it akin to a ‘realm of necessity’, can in fact become the conduit for individual  self-development and social solidarity, provided work is organized in conditions that are fair and equal.

Interview hosted by Dr. Eve Vincent, on behalf of the Journal of Industrial Relations, prepared by Social Media and Outreach Editor Dr. Paula de la Cruz-Fernández. </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1850</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">872ab99a-69a2-11f1-80f4-b39d30bd2ce3</guid>
      <title>James O&apos;Leary, &quot;The Middlebrow Musical: Between Broadway and Opera in 1940s America&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The premiere of <em>Oklahoma! </em>in 1943 is commonly called a 
“turning point” in the history of the Broadway musical. Often 
characterized as the first integrated musical―meaning that the songs and
 other elements of the show are integrated into the story―James O’Leary 
offers a different interpretation of <em>Oklahoma!</em> and other musicals at the beginning of Broadway’s Golden Age in <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190265212"><em>The Middlebrow Musical: Between Broadway and Opera in 1940s America</em></a>
 (Oxford University Press, 2025). Contextualizing his discussion within 
debates among US critics, O’Leary argues that the negotiation between 
operatic and popular music, and between frothy comedy and more serious 
themes mark the musicals he analyzes as examples of the middlebrow. 
Through detailed archival work, O’Leary uncovers the crucial critical 
networks that originally theorized a middlebrow approach to culture, 
beginning in the literary circles of Van Wyck Brooks and Archibald 
MacLeish, and radiating outward to major theater and music critics 
including Brooks Atkinson and Olin Downes. These writers believed 
American culture had splintered into factions, which in turn divided 
American audiences: highbrow art, which they regarded as obscure and 
elitist; folk art, which they found provincial and alienating; and 
popular culture, which they considered merely commercial. Blending these
 kinds of art, they argued, could draw together a fractured society into
 mutual understanding (if not necessarily agreement) by situating the 
most sophisticated ideas within longstanding expressive traditions, 
accessible to all. O’Leary finds in <em>Oklahoma!, Beggar’s Holiday, </em>and <em>Street Scene </em>a new kind of musical comedy that embraced American politics and weighty stories in ways not seen before 1943.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 19 Jun 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The premiere of <em>Oklahoma! </em>in 1943 is commonly called a 
“turning point” in the history of the Broadway musical. Often 
characterized as the first integrated musical―meaning that the songs and
 other elements of the show are integrated into the story―James O’Leary 
offers a different interpretation of <em>Oklahoma!</em> and other musicals at the beginning of Broadway’s Golden Age in <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190265212"><em>The Middlebrow Musical: Between Broadway and Opera in 1940s America</em></a>
 (Oxford University Press, 2025). Contextualizing his discussion within 
debates among US critics, O’Leary argues that the negotiation between 
operatic and popular music, and between frothy comedy and more serious 
themes mark the musicals he analyzes as examples of the middlebrow. 
Through detailed archival work, O’Leary uncovers the crucial critical 
networks that originally theorized a middlebrow approach to culture, 
beginning in the literary circles of Van Wyck Brooks and Archibald 
MacLeish, and radiating outward to major theater and music critics 
including Brooks Atkinson and Olin Downes. These writers believed 
American culture had splintered into factions, which in turn divided 
American audiences: highbrow art, which they regarded as obscure and 
elitist; folk art, which they found provincial and alienating; and 
popular culture, which they considered merely commercial. Blending these
 kinds of art, they argued, could draw together a fractured society into
 mutual understanding (if not necessarily agreement) by situating the 
most sophisticated ideas within longstanding expressive traditions, 
accessible to all. O’Leary finds in <em>Oklahoma!, Beggar’s Holiday, </em>and <em>Street Scene </em>a new kind of musical comedy that embraced American politics and weighty stories in ways not seen before 1943.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="66244468" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/b7cf22f6-602f-475e-a360-573532fb7f41/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=b7cf22f6-602f-475e-a360-573532fb7f41&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>James O&apos;Leary, &quot;The Middlebrow Musical: Between Broadway and Opera in 1940s America&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:08:57</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The premiere of Oklahoma! in 1943 is commonly called a 
“turning point” in the history of the Broadway musical. Often 
characterized as the first integrated musical―meaning that the songs and
 other elements of the show are integrated into the story―James O’Leary 
offers a different interpretation of Oklahoma! and other musicals at the beginning of Broadway’s Golden Age in The Middlebrow Musical: Between Broadway and Opera in 1940s America
 (Oxford University Press, 2025). Contextualizing his discussion within 
debates among US critics, O’Leary argues that the negotiation between 
operatic and popular music, and between frothy comedy and more serious 
themes mark the musicals he analyzes as examples of the middlebrow. 
Through detailed archival work, O’Leary uncovers the crucial critical 
networks that originally theorized a middlebrow approach to culture, 
beginning in the literary circles of Van Wyck Brooks and Archibald 
MacLeish, and radiating outward to major theater and music critics 
including Brooks Atkinson and Olin Downes. These writers believed 
American culture had splintered into factions, which in turn divided 
American audiences: highbrow art, which they regarded as obscure and 
elitist; folk art, which they found provincial and alienating; and 
popular culture, which they considered merely commercial. Blending these
 kinds of art, they argued, could draw together a fractured society into
 mutual understanding (if not necessarily agreement) by situating the 
most sophisticated ideas within longstanding expressive traditions, 
accessible to all. O’Leary finds in Oklahoma!, Beggar’s Holiday, and Street Scene a new kind of musical comedy that embraced American politics and weighty stories in ways not seen before 1943.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The premiere of Oklahoma! in 1943 is commonly called a 
“turning point” in the history of the Broadway musical. Often 
characterized as the first integrated musical―meaning that the songs and
 other elements of the show are integrated into the story―James O’Leary 
offers a different interpretation of Oklahoma! and other musicals at the beginning of Broadway’s Golden Age in The Middlebrow Musical: Between Broadway and Opera in 1940s America
 (Oxford University Press, 2025). Contextualizing his discussion within 
debates among US critics, O’Leary argues that the negotiation between 
operatic and popular music, and between frothy comedy and more serious 
themes mark the musicals he analyzes as examples of the middlebrow. 
Through detailed archival work, O’Leary uncovers the crucial critical 
networks that originally theorized a middlebrow approach to culture, 
beginning in the literary circles of Van Wyck Brooks and Archibald 
MacLeish, and radiating outward to major theater and music critics 
including Brooks Atkinson and Olin Downes. These writers believed 
American culture had splintered into factions, which in turn divided 
American audiences: highbrow art, which they regarded as obscure and 
elitist; folk art, which they found provincial and alienating; and 
popular culture, which they considered merely commercial. Blending these
 kinds of art, they argued, could draw together a fractured society into
 mutual understanding (if not necessarily agreement) by situating the 
most sophisticated ideas within longstanding expressive traditions, 
accessible to all. O’Leary finds in Oklahoma!, Beggar’s Holiday, and Street Scene a new kind of musical comedy that embraced American politics and weighty stories in ways not seen before 1943.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1849</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d6e1d862-6969-11f1-bec0-fb9f08d228f8</guid>
      <title>Anna O. Law, &quot;Migration and the Origins of American Citizenship: African Americans, Native Americans, and Immigrants&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Anna O. Law, the Herbert Kurz Chair in Constitutional Rights in the Department of Political Science at City University of New York-Brooklyn Campus, has a deeply researched and important new book that weaves together different approaches to understanding American citizenship, especially in context of immigration and migration in the first century of the U.S. republic. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197660089">Migration and the Origins of American Citizenship: African Americans, Native Americans, and Immigrants</a><em>﻿</em> (Oxford University Press, 2026) engages three different disciplines, including Political Science, History, and Legal Studies/Law, to unpack the many different approaches to citizenship in the new republic. Law noted as we spoke that she had not intended to write a book about slavery, but it was impossible to think about or understand immigration in the United States, especially in the first century of the United States, without examining the particular place and role of those who were enslaved, since they were also immigrants to the United States, though it was a forced immigration, against their will and without their consent. Part of what <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/migration-and-the-origins-of-american-citizenship-9780197660096?lang=en&amp;cc=us"><em>Migration and the Origins of American Citizenship</em></a> focuses on is that prior to the Civil War and the post-war constitutional Amendments, immigration was a patchwork, designed state by state, without a national standard or structure. Thus, we see a form of federalism that shifts from the states to the national government after the 14th and 15th Amendments, and after a number of pieces of legislation passed in the 1880s by Congress. Immigration becomes a more centralized issue and process as Congress passed a raft of restrictive laws focused mostly on Chinese individuals. These moves took the power to manage immigration away from the individual states and nationalized policies and regulations.</p>
<p>At the same time, the story of American immigration is incomplete without understanding how the national government forcefully took land belonging to Native Americans and compelled their migration to other areas of the United States. In much the same way that we cannot understand immigration without understanding how slavery was intertwined with it, we also can’t understand immigration to the United States without the history of how newly arrived immigrants displaced Native Americans and were given stolen land through national and state level regulations and policies. This is another entire area of history, policy, law, and regulation that Law unpacks to explore the interaction between Native Americans, sovereignty, land claims, and federalism in context of American citizenship and the complexity of who was and was not considered to be a citizen.</p>
<p><a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/migration-and-the-origins-of-american-citizenship-9780197660096?lang=en&amp;cc=us"><em>Migration and the Origins of American Citizenship</em></a> is a masterful work that helps us understand the contemporary battles over citizenship. As the Supreme Court is set to make yet another determination of how the 14th Amendment is to be applied to individuals born in the United States, Law’s research and analysis has particular relevance and importance as we grapple with these ongoing disputes.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.carrollu.edu/faculty/goren-lilly-phd"><em>Lilly J. Goren</em></a><em> is a professor of political science at Carroll University in Waukesha, WI. She is co-host of the </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/hosts/profile/a7ac4af9-1306-463f-baf9-00f1f4187dfd"><em>New Books in Political Science</em></a><em> channel at the New Books Network. She is co-editor of </em><a href="https://kansaspress.ku.edu/9780700633883/the-politics-of-the-marvel-cinematic-universe/"><em>The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe Volume I: The Infinity Saga (</em></a><em>University Press of Kansas, 2022), and of </em><a href="https://kansaspress.ku.edu/9780700640546/"><em>The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe Volume II: Into the Multiverse</em></a><em> (University Press of Kansas, 2025) as well as co-editor of the award winning book, </em><a href="https://www.kentuckypress.com/9780813141015/women-and-the-white-house/"><em>Women and the White House: Gender, Popular Culture, and Presidential Politics</em></a><em> (University Press of Kentucky, 2012). She can be reached </em><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/gorenlj.bsky.social"><em>@gorenlj.bsky.social</em></a>﻿</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Jun 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Anna O. Law, the Herbert Kurz Chair in Constitutional Rights in the Department of Political Science at City University of New York-Brooklyn Campus, has a deeply researched and important new book that weaves together different approaches to understanding American citizenship, especially in context of immigration and migration in the first century of the U.S. republic. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197660089">Migration and the Origins of American Citizenship: African Americans, Native Americans, and Immigrants</a><em>﻿</em> (Oxford University Press, 2026) engages three different disciplines, including Political Science, History, and Legal Studies/Law, to unpack the many different approaches to citizenship in the new republic. Law noted as we spoke that she had not intended to write a book about slavery, but it was impossible to think about or understand immigration in the United States, especially in the first century of the United States, without examining the particular place and role of those who were enslaved, since they were also immigrants to the United States, though it was a forced immigration, against their will and without their consent. Part of what <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/migration-and-the-origins-of-american-citizenship-9780197660096?lang=en&amp;cc=us"><em>Migration and the Origins of American Citizenship</em></a> focuses on is that prior to the Civil War and the post-war constitutional Amendments, immigration was a patchwork, designed state by state, without a national standard or structure. Thus, we see a form of federalism that shifts from the states to the national government after the 14th and 15th Amendments, and after a number of pieces of legislation passed in the 1880s by Congress. Immigration becomes a more centralized issue and process as Congress passed a raft of restrictive laws focused mostly on Chinese individuals. These moves took the power to manage immigration away from the individual states and nationalized policies and regulations.</p>
<p>At the same time, the story of American immigration is incomplete without understanding how the national government forcefully took land belonging to Native Americans and compelled their migration to other areas of the United States. In much the same way that we cannot understand immigration without understanding how slavery was intertwined with it, we also can’t understand immigration to the United States without the history of how newly arrived immigrants displaced Native Americans and were given stolen land through national and state level regulations and policies. This is another entire area of history, policy, law, and regulation that Law unpacks to explore the interaction between Native Americans, sovereignty, land claims, and federalism in context of American citizenship and the complexity of who was and was not considered to be a citizen.</p>
<p><a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/migration-and-the-origins-of-american-citizenship-9780197660096?lang=en&amp;cc=us"><em>Migration and the Origins of American Citizenship</em></a> is a masterful work that helps us understand the contemporary battles over citizenship. As the Supreme Court is set to make yet another determination of how the 14th Amendment is to be applied to individuals born in the United States, Law’s research and analysis has particular relevance and importance as we grapple with these ongoing disputes.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.carrollu.edu/faculty/goren-lilly-phd"><em>Lilly J. Goren</em></a><em> is a professor of political science at Carroll University in Waukesha, WI. She is co-host of the </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/hosts/profile/a7ac4af9-1306-463f-baf9-00f1f4187dfd"><em>New Books in Political Science</em></a><em> channel at the New Books Network. She is co-editor of </em><a href="https://kansaspress.ku.edu/9780700633883/the-politics-of-the-marvel-cinematic-universe/"><em>The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe Volume I: The Infinity Saga (</em></a><em>University Press of Kansas, 2022), and of </em><a href="https://kansaspress.ku.edu/9780700640546/"><em>The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe Volume II: Into the Multiverse</em></a><em> (University Press of Kansas, 2025) as well as co-editor of the award winning book, </em><a href="https://www.kentuckypress.com/9780813141015/women-and-the-white-house/"><em>Women and the White House: Gender, Popular Culture, and Presidential Politics</em></a><em> (University Press of Kentucky, 2012). She can be reached </em><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/gorenlj.bsky.social"><em>@gorenlj.bsky.social</em></a>﻿</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="42611571" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/b8cbfe55-696d-44eb-a1bf-46f39fb81603/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=b8cbfe55-696d-44eb-a1bf-46f39fb81603&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Anna O. Law, &quot;Migration and the Origins of American Citizenship: African Americans, Native Americans, and Immigrants&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:44:19</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Anna O. Law, the Herbert Kurz Chair in Constitutional Rights in the Department of Political Science at City University of New York-Brooklyn Campus, has a deeply researched and important new book that weaves together different approaches to understanding American citizenship, especially in context of immigration and migration in the first century of the U.S. republic. Migration and the Origins of American Citizenship: African Americans, Native Americans, and Immigrants﻿ (Oxford University Press, 2026) engages three different disciplines, including Political Science, History, and Legal Studies/Law, to unpack the many different approaches to citizenship in the new republic. Law noted as we spoke that she had not intended to write a book about slavery, but it was impossible to think about or understand immigration in the United States, especially in the first century of the United States, without examining the particular place and role of those who were enslaved, since they were also immigrants to the United States, though it was a forced immigration, against their will and without their consent. Part of what Migration and the Origins of American Citizenship focuses on is that prior to the Civil War and the post-war constitutional Amendments, immigration was a patchwork, designed state by state, without a national standard or structure. Thus, we see a form of federalism that shifts from the states to the national government after the 14th and 15th Amendments, and after a number of pieces of legislation passed in the 1880s by Congress. Immigration becomes a more centralized issue and process as Congress passed a raft of restrictive laws focused mostly on Chinese individuals. These moves took the power to manage immigration away from the individual states and nationalized policies and regulations.

At the same time, the story of American immigration is incomplete without understanding how the national government forcefully took land belonging to Native Americans and compelled their migration to other areas of the United States. In much the same way that we cannot understand immigration without understanding how slavery was intertwined with it, we also can’t understand immigration to the United States without the history of how newly arrived immigrants displaced Native Americans and were given stolen land through national and state level regulations and policies. This is another entire area of history, policy, law, and regulation that Law unpacks to explore the interaction between Native Americans, sovereignty, land claims, and federalism in context of American citizenship and the complexity of who was and was not considered to be a citizen.

Migration and the Origins of American Citizenship is a masterful work that helps us understand the contemporary battles over citizenship. As the Supreme Court is set to make yet another determination of how the 14th Amendment is to be applied to individuals born in the United States, Law’s research and analysis has particular relevance and importance as we grapple with these ongoing disputes.

Lilly J. Goren is a professor of political science at Carroll University in Waukesha, WI. She is co-host of the New Books in Political Science channel at the New Books Network. She is co-editor of The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe Volume I: The Infinity Saga (University Press of Kansas, 2022), and of The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe Volume II: Into the Multiverse (University Press of Kansas, 2025) as well as co-editor of the award winning book, Women and the White House: Gender, Popular Culture, and Presidential Politics (University Press of Kentucky, 2012). She can be reached @gorenlj.bsky.social﻿</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Anna O. Law, the Herbert Kurz Chair in Constitutional Rights in the Department of Political Science at City University of New York-Brooklyn Campus, has a deeply researched and important new book that weaves together different approaches to understanding American citizenship, especially in context of immigration and migration in the first century of the U.S. republic. Migration and the Origins of American Citizenship: African Americans, Native Americans, and Immigrants﻿ (Oxford University Press, 2026) engages three different disciplines, including Political Science, History, and Legal Studies/Law, to unpack the many different approaches to citizenship in the new republic. Law noted as we spoke that she had not intended to write a book about slavery, but it was impossible to think about or understand immigration in the United States, especially in the first century of the United States, without examining the particular place and role of those who were enslaved, since they were also immigrants to the United States, though it was a forced immigration, against their will and without their consent. Part of what Migration and the Origins of American Citizenship focuses on is that prior to the Civil War and the post-war constitutional Amendments, immigration was a patchwork, designed state by state, without a national standard or structure. Thus, we see a form of federalism that shifts from the states to the national government after the 14th and 15th Amendments, and after a number of pieces of legislation passed in the 1880s by Congress. Immigration becomes a more centralized issue and process as Congress passed a raft of restrictive laws focused mostly on Chinese individuals. These moves took the power to manage immigration away from the individual states and nationalized policies and regulations.

At the same time, the story of American immigration is incomplete without understanding how the national government forcefully took land belonging to Native Americans and compelled their migration to other areas of the United States. In much the same way that we cannot understand immigration without understanding how slavery was intertwined with it, we also can’t understand immigration to the United States without the history of how newly arrived immigrants displaced Native Americans and were given stolen land through national and state level regulations and policies. This is another entire area of history, policy, law, and regulation that Law unpacks to explore the interaction between Native Americans, sovereignty, land claims, and federalism in context of American citizenship and the complexity of who was and was not considered to be a citizen.

Migration and the Origins of American Citizenship is a masterful work that helps us understand the contemporary battles over citizenship. As the Supreme Court is set to make yet another determination of how the 14th Amendment is to be applied to individuals born in the United States, Law’s research and analysis has particular relevance and importance as we grapple with these ongoing disputes.

Lilly J. Goren is a professor of political science at Carroll University in Waukesha, WI. She is co-host of the New Books in Political Science channel at the New Books Network. She is co-editor of The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe Volume I: The Infinity Saga (University Press of Kansas, 2022), and of The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe Volume II: Into the Multiverse (University Press of Kansas, 2025) as well as co-editor of the award winning book, Women and the White House: Gender, Popular Culture, and Presidential Politics (University Press of Kentucky, 2012). She can be reached @gorenlj.bsky.social﻿</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1848</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">30602982-63c7-11f1-bf63-07e6a64dcfb2</guid>
      <title>Manasicha Akepiyapornchai, &quot;Surrender to God Across Languages: Multilingual Intellectual History of Premodern India&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197840542">Surrender to God Across Languages: Multilingual Intellectual History of Premodern India</a> (Oxford UP, 2026) explores the role of languages in the intellectual landscape of second-millennium India by way of six theological treatises composed between the twelfth and fourteenth centuries, each written by a key intellectual figure: Vātsya Varadaguru, Periyavāccān Pillai, Meghanādari Sūri, Pillai Lokācārya, and Vedāntadeśika. Drawing on theories of language politics and translation, Manasicha Akepiyapornchai proposes a new theoretical framework of "language sphere" to better capture the linguistic and intellectual interaction from a micro perspective.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Jun 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197840542">Surrender to God Across Languages: Multilingual Intellectual History of Premodern India</a> (Oxford UP, 2026) explores the role of languages in the intellectual landscape of second-millennium India by way of six theological treatises composed between the twelfth and fourteenth centuries, each written by a key intellectual figure: Vātsya Varadaguru, Periyavāccān Pillai, Meghanādari Sūri, Pillai Lokācārya, and Vedāntadeśika. Drawing on theories of language politics and translation, Manasicha Akepiyapornchai proposes a new theoretical framework of "language sphere" to better capture the linguistic and intellectual interaction from a micro perspective.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="34741005" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/7834824b-61b9-4405-8c42-a4ea468a5215/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=7834824b-61b9-4405-8c42-a4ea468a5215&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Manasicha Akepiyapornchai, &quot;Surrender to God Across Languages: Multilingual Intellectual History of Premodern India&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:36:07</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Surrender to God Across Languages: Multilingual Intellectual History of Premodern India (Oxford UP, 2026) explores the role of languages in the intellectual landscape of second-millennium India by way of six theological treatises composed between the twelfth and fourteenth centuries, each written by a key intellectual figure: Vātsya Varadaguru, Periyavāccān Pillai, Meghanādari Sūri, Pillai Lokācārya, and Vedāntadeśika. Drawing on theories of language politics and translation, Manasicha Akepiyapornchai proposes a new theoretical framework of &quot;language sphere&quot; to better capture the linguistic and intellectual interaction from a micro perspective.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Surrender to God Across Languages: Multilingual Intellectual History of Premodern India (Oxford UP, 2026) explores the role of languages in the intellectual landscape of second-millennium India by way of six theological treatises composed between the twelfth and fourteenth centuries, each written by a key intellectual figure: Vātsya Varadaguru, Periyavāccān Pillai, Meghanādari Sūri, Pillai Lokācārya, and Vedāntadeśika. Drawing on theories of language politics and translation, Manasicha Akepiyapornchai proposes a new theoretical framework of &quot;language sphere&quot; to better capture the linguistic and intellectual interaction from a micro perspective.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1847</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0d6edff4-5e40-11f1-b538-73d511bf527e</guid>
      <title>Rivka Weinberg, &quot;The Meaning of It All: Ultimate Meaning, Everyday Meaning, Cosmic Meaning, Death, and Time&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>You can stock your life with important work, relationships, activities, and art, and yet, you can still ask: what's the point of it all? Almost every thinking person has had that question—many more than once. Granted, you're more likely to worry about the point of life when things are not going well, but you're also likely to still ask this question when you've finally received that promotion, achieved a goal, or raised your children—exactly when it seems like the question shouldn't arise. </p>
<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197758021">The Meaning of It All: Ultimate Meaning, Everyday Meaning, Cosmic Meaning, Death, and Time </a>(Oxford University Press, 2026), Rivka Weinberg argues this is because there are different kinds of meaning, and some of them, sadly, are impossible to achieve. She explains what they are, illuminates which types of meaning are possible, which are impossible, and shows us how we might orient our lives in light of these bittersweet truths. Although we all die in the end, Weinberg explains why death doesn't make life more or less meaningful. Instead, it is time that is necessary for meaning, even as it also undermines it by wearing away the fruits of our efforts and commitments. Weinberg shows that most advice on how to reduce the agony of time's erosions cannot work. However, she also shows how we can tease out some insights from failed attempts to escape time's wounds and thereby make progress toward coping with things as they are. A meaningful life is one lived in the fullness of time, accepting suffering, acknowledging our tragic losses and limitations, and making the most of Everyday Meaning.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 3 Jun 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>You can stock your life with important work, relationships, activities, and art, and yet, you can still ask: what's the point of it all? Almost every thinking person has had that question—many more than once. Granted, you're more likely to worry about the point of life when things are not going well, but you're also likely to still ask this question when you've finally received that promotion, achieved a goal, or raised your children—exactly when it seems like the question shouldn't arise. </p>
<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197758021">The Meaning of It All: Ultimate Meaning, Everyday Meaning, Cosmic Meaning, Death, and Time </a>(Oxford University Press, 2026), Rivka Weinberg argues this is because there are different kinds of meaning, and some of them, sadly, are impossible to achieve. She explains what they are, illuminates which types of meaning are possible, which are impossible, and shows us how we might orient our lives in light of these bittersweet truths. Although we all die in the end, Weinberg explains why death doesn't make life more or less meaningful. Instead, it is time that is necessary for meaning, even as it also undermines it by wearing away the fruits of our efforts and commitments. Weinberg shows that most advice on how to reduce the agony of time's erosions cannot work. However, she also shows how we can tease out some insights from failed attempts to escape time's wounds and thereby make progress toward coping with things as they are. A meaningful life is one lived in the fullness of time, accepting suffering, acknowledging our tragic losses and limitations, and making the most of Everyday Meaning.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="46349901" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/4d2712bc-7097-48b2-90ce-2b4996deae01/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=4d2712bc-7097-48b2-90ce-2b4996deae01&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Rivka Weinberg, &quot;The Meaning of It All: Ultimate Meaning, Everyday Meaning, Cosmic Meaning, Death, and Time&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:48:14</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>You can stock your life with important work, relationships, activities, and art, and yet, you can still ask: what&apos;s the point of it all? Almost every thinking person has had that question—many more than once. Granted, you&apos;re more likely to worry about the point of life when things are not going well, but you&apos;re also likely to still ask this question when you&apos;ve finally received that promotion, achieved a goal, or raised your children—exactly when it seems like the question shouldn&apos;t arise. 

In The Meaning of It All: Ultimate Meaning, Everyday Meaning, Cosmic Meaning, Death, and Time (Oxford University Press, 2026), Rivka Weinberg argues this is because there are different kinds of meaning, and some of them, sadly, are impossible to achieve. She explains what they are, illuminates which types of meaning are possible, which are impossible, and shows us how we might orient our lives in light of these bittersweet truths. Although we all die in the end, Weinberg explains why death doesn&apos;t make life more or less meaningful. Instead, it is time that is necessary for meaning, even as it also undermines it by wearing away the fruits of our efforts and commitments. Weinberg shows that most advice on how to reduce the agony of time&apos;s erosions cannot work. However, she also shows how we can tease out some insights from failed attempts to escape time&apos;s wounds and thereby make progress toward coping with things as they are. A meaningful life is one lived in the fullness of time, accepting suffering, acknowledging our tragic losses and limitations, and making the most of Everyday Meaning.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>You can stock your life with important work, relationships, activities, and art, and yet, you can still ask: what&apos;s the point of it all? Almost every thinking person has had that question—many more than once. Granted, you&apos;re more likely to worry about the point of life when things are not going well, but you&apos;re also likely to still ask this question when you&apos;ve finally received that promotion, achieved a goal, or raised your children—exactly when it seems like the question shouldn&apos;t arise. 

In The Meaning of It All: Ultimate Meaning, Everyday Meaning, Cosmic Meaning, Death, and Time (Oxford University Press, 2026), Rivka Weinberg argues this is because there are different kinds of meaning, and some of them, sadly, are impossible to achieve. She explains what they are, illuminates which types of meaning are possible, which are impossible, and shows us how we might orient our lives in light of these bittersweet truths. Although we all die in the end, Weinberg explains why death doesn&apos;t make life more or less meaningful. Instead, it is time that is necessary for meaning, even as it also undermines it by wearing away the fruits of our efforts and commitments. Weinberg shows that most advice on how to reduce the agony of time&apos;s erosions cannot work. However, she also shows how we can tease out some insights from failed attempts to escape time&apos;s wounds and thereby make progress toward coping with things as they are. A meaningful life is one lived in the fullness of time, accepting suffering, acknowledging our tragic losses and limitations, and making the most of Everyday Meaning.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1846</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">acfa4300-5dc9-11f1-b99c-a791f5a02eba</guid>
      <title>Gloria Sibson Ayob, &quot;The Concept of Emotional Disorder&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198909606"><em>The Concept of Emotional Disorder</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2025) is a philosophical and academic exploration of how society determines
 whether emotions are considered normal human experiences or emotional disorders. The book examines the concern that some ordinary emotions may be “over pathologized,” meaning they are increasingly treated as medical or psychiatric problems rather than understandable human responses to life circumstances.</p>
<p>﻿Drawing from philosophy, psychology, and mental health theory, Dr. Ayob explores how people evaluate emotions and how those evaluations shape our understanding of emotional disorder.</p>
<p>﻿In the author’s framing, the concept of “emotional disorder” is not simple or straightforward. It is built upon many smaller judgments we make about emotions, including whether emotions are reasonable, excessive, disruptive, socially acceptable, or connected to a person’s lived experience.</p>
<p>﻿Key Ideas:</p>
<ul>
  <li>The book examines how emotional disorders are conceptually defined. </li>
  <li>Explores whether modern society sometimes medicalizes ordinary emotional experiences too quickly. </li>
  <li>Lived experience, personal meaning, and context all influence how emotions are understood. </li>
  <li>Encourages deeper reflection about the assumptions society makes when labeling emotions as healthy or pathological. </li>
  <li>Emotional awareness and reasoning are connected.  </li>
  <li>Understanding our emotions can help us better understand ourselves and the world around us.</li>
</ul>
<p>One of the strongest ideas from the discussion was that human beings process emotions through their own lived reality and personal 
experiences. What may feel distressing or emotionally overwhelming does not automatically mean it is a disorder. Sometimes emotional pain is part of being human, especially during difficult life experiences, loss, uncertainty, stress, or change. </p>
<p>The conversation also emphasized the importance of emotional 
self-awareness and reasoning. Being informed about our emotions may help us better understand our reactions rather than immediately viewing every difficult emotional experience through a strictly medical lens.</p>
<p>﻿Angela Marie Hutchinson is the author of “Create Your Yes! When You Keep Hearing No,” named a Forbes No. 4 book to advance your career. She is a podcast host for New Books Network, where she leads conversations for the neuroscience and Christianity channels. Hutchinson is also a talent and intellectual property executive, former social media professor and BBC commentator. She resides in Los Angeles with her husband and three children.﻿</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 2 Jun 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198909606"><em>The Concept of Emotional Disorder</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2025) is a philosophical and academic exploration of how society determines
 whether emotions are considered normal human experiences or emotional disorders. The book examines the concern that some ordinary emotions may be “over pathologized,” meaning they are increasingly treated as medical or psychiatric problems rather than understandable human responses to life circumstances.</p>
<p>﻿Drawing from philosophy, psychology, and mental health theory, Dr. Ayob explores how people evaluate emotions and how those evaluations shape our understanding of emotional disorder.</p>
<p>﻿In the author’s framing, the concept of “emotional disorder” is not simple or straightforward. It is built upon many smaller judgments we make about emotions, including whether emotions are reasonable, excessive, disruptive, socially acceptable, or connected to a person’s lived experience.</p>
<p>﻿Key Ideas:</p>
<ul>
  <li>The book examines how emotional disorders are conceptually defined. </li>
  <li>Explores whether modern society sometimes medicalizes ordinary emotional experiences too quickly. </li>
  <li>Lived experience, personal meaning, and context all influence how emotions are understood. </li>
  <li>Encourages deeper reflection about the assumptions society makes when labeling emotions as healthy or pathological. </li>
  <li>Emotional awareness and reasoning are connected.  </li>
  <li>Understanding our emotions can help us better understand ourselves and the world around us.</li>
</ul>
<p>One of the strongest ideas from the discussion was that human beings process emotions through their own lived reality and personal 
experiences. What may feel distressing or emotionally overwhelming does not automatically mean it is a disorder. Sometimes emotional pain is part of being human, especially during difficult life experiences, loss, uncertainty, stress, or change. </p>
<p>The conversation also emphasized the importance of emotional 
self-awareness and reasoning. Being informed about our emotions may help us better understand our reactions rather than immediately viewing every difficult emotional experience through a strictly medical lens.</p>
<p>﻿Angela Marie Hutchinson is the author of “Create Your Yes! When You Keep Hearing No,” named a Forbes No. 4 book to advance your career. She is a podcast host for New Books Network, where she leads conversations for the neuroscience and Christianity channels. Hutchinson is also a talent and intellectual property executive, former social media professor and BBC commentator. She resides in Los Angeles with her husband and three children.﻿</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="52590512" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/8590c563-8345-4581-81fd-9f255e7cf743/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=8590c563-8345-4581-81fd-9f255e7cf743&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Gloria Sibson Ayob, &quot;The Concept of Emotional Disorder&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:54:44</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The Concept of Emotional Disorder (Oxford University Press, 2025) is a philosophical and academic exploration of how society determines
 whether emotions are considered normal human experiences or emotional disorders. The book examines the concern that some ordinary emotions may be “over pathologized,” meaning they are increasingly treated as medical or psychiatric problems rather than understandable human responses to life circumstances.

﻿Drawing from philosophy, psychology, and mental health theory, Dr. Ayob explores how people evaluate emotions and how those evaluations shape our understanding of emotional disorder.

﻿In the author’s framing, the concept of “emotional disorder” is not simple or straightforward. It is built upon many smaller judgments we make about emotions, including whether emotions are reasonable, excessive, disruptive, socially acceptable, or connected to a person’s lived experience.

﻿Key Ideas:


  The book examines how emotional disorders are conceptually defined. 

  Explores whether modern society sometimes medicalizes ordinary emotional experiences too quickly. 

  Lived experience, personal meaning, and context all influence how emotions are understood. 

  Encourages deeper reflection about the assumptions society makes when labeling emotions as healthy or pathological. 

  Emotional awareness and reasoning are connected.  

  Understanding our emotions can help us better understand ourselves and the world around us.


One of the strongest ideas from the discussion was that human beings process emotions through their own lived reality and personal 
experiences. What may feel distressing or emotionally overwhelming does not automatically mean it is a disorder. Sometimes emotional pain is part of being human, especially during difficult life experiences, loss, uncertainty, stress, or change. 

The conversation also emphasized the importance of emotional 
self-awareness and reasoning. Being informed about our emotions may help us better understand our reactions rather than immediately viewing every difficult emotional experience through a strictly medical lens.

﻿Angela Marie Hutchinson is the author of “Create Your Yes! When You Keep Hearing No,” named a Forbes No. 4 book to advance your career. She is a podcast host for New Books Network, where she leads conversations for the neuroscience and Christianity channels. Hutchinson is also a talent and intellectual property executive, former social media professor and BBC commentator. She resides in Los Angeles with her husband and three children.﻿</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The Concept of Emotional Disorder (Oxford University Press, 2025) is a philosophical and academic exploration of how society determines
 whether emotions are considered normal human experiences or emotional disorders. The book examines the concern that some ordinary emotions may be “over pathologized,” meaning they are increasingly treated as medical or psychiatric problems rather than understandable human responses to life circumstances.

﻿Drawing from philosophy, psychology, and mental health theory, Dr. Ayob explores how people evaluate emotions and how those evaluations shape our understanding of emotional disorder.

﻿In the author’s framing, the concept of “emotional disorder” is not simple or straightforward. It is built upon many smaller judgments we make about emotions, including whether emotions are reasonable, excessive, disruptive, socially acceptable, or connected to a person’s lived experience.

﻿Key Ideas:


  The book examines how emotional disorders are conceptually defined. 

  Explores whether modern society sometimes medicalizes ordinary emotional experiences too quickly. 

  Lived experience, personal meaning, and context all influence how emotions are understood. 

  Encourages deeper reflection about the assumptions society makes when labeling emotions as healthy or pathological. 

  Emotional awareness and reasoning are connected.  

  Understanding our emotions can help us better understand ourselves and the world around us.


One of the strongest ideas from the discussion was that human beings process emotions through their own lived reality and personal 
experiences. What may feel distressing or emotionally overwhelming does not automatically mean it is a disorder. Sometimes emotional pain is part of being human, especially during difficult life experiences, loss, uncertainty, stress, or change. 

The conversation also emphasized the importance of emotional 
self-awareness and reasoning. Being informed about our emotions may help us better understand our reactions rather than immediately viewing every difficult emotional experience through a strictly medical lens.

﻿Angela Marie Hutchinson is the author of “Create Your Yes! When You Keep Hearing No,” named a Forbes No. 4 book to advance your career. She is a podcast host for New Books Network, where she leads conversations for the neuroscience and Christianity channels. Hutchinson is also a talent and intellectual property executive, former social media professor and BBC commentator. She resides in Los Angeles with her husband and three children.﻿</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1845</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c9096338-5c79-11f1-bac8-a3c557632867</guid>
      <title>Chloe Chapin, &quot;Suitable: The Sartorial Revolution and the Fashioning of Modern Men&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>How did black suits become so ubiquitous? Why has men's business clothing been so plain for the last 250 years? How did a style adopted by the Founding Fathers to differentiate themselves from European contemporaries become the dominant style for men around the globe?</p>
<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197842485"><em>Suitable: The Sartorial Revolution and the Fashioning of Modern Men</em> </a>(Oxford University Press, 2026) traces the shift from the colorful, flamboyant attire of the eighteenth century to the plain dark suit of the nineteenth century, characterizing this style evolution as a "Sartorial Revolution." In this book, American historian and costume designer Chloe Chapin traces the evolution of masculine style from the American Revolution through the Civil War and shows how men's suits shaped relationships of gender and power. Drawing on a wealth of visual and written sources, she shows how the plainness of suits symbolized new ideals of rationality and democracy and played a crucial role in framing the lasting identity and authority of American men. This richly illustrated book analyzes fashion history's impact on gender dynamics and emphasizes the dynamic relationships between bodies, clothing, and personal identity.</p>
<p><em>Suitable</em> demonstrates the significance of fashion beyond mere appearance, illustrating the key role modern men's suits have played in shaping the modern world.</p>
<p>Chloe Chapin holds a PhD in American Studies from Harvard University and master's degrees in fashion and textile studies from the Fashion Institute of Technology and costume design from the Yale School of Drama. She has taught fashion history, costume design, gender studies, and anthropology. As a costume designer for over twenty years, her credits include Broadway musicals, opera, and Shakespeare. She works at Harvard University and lives in Cambridge, Massachusetts.</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is CEO and Publisher of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 31 May 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>How did black suits become so ubiquitous? Why has men's business clothing been so plain for the last 250 years? How did a style adopted by the Founding Fathers to differentiate themselves from European contemporaries become the dominant style for men around the globe?</p>
<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197842485"><em>Suitable: The Sartorial Revolution and the Fashioning of Modern Men</em> </a>(Oxford University Press, 2026) traces the shift from the colorful, flamboyant attire of the eighteenth century to the plain dark suit of the nineteenth century, characterizing this style evolution as a "Sartorial Revolution." In this book, American historian and costume designer Chloe Chapin traces the evolution of masculine style from the American Revolution through the Civil War and shows how men's suits shaped relationships of gender and power. Drawing on a wealth of visual and written sources, she shows how the plainness of suits symbolized new ideals of rationality and democracy and played a crucial role in framing the lasting identity and authority of American men. This richly illustrated book analyzes fashion history's impact on gender dynamics and emphasizes the dynamic relationships between bodies, clothing, and personal identity.</p>
<p><em>Suitable</em> demonstrates the significance of fashion beyond mere appearance, illustrating the key role modern men's suits have played in shaping the modern world.</p>
<p>Chloe Chapin holds a PhD in American Studies from Harvard University and master's degrees in fashion and textile studies from the Fashion Institute of Technology and costume design from the Yale School of Drama. She has taught fashion history, costume design, gender studies, and anthropology. As a costume designer for over twenty years, her credits include Broadway musicals, opera, and Shakespeare. She works at Harvard University and lives in Cambridge, Massachusetts.</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is CEO and Publisher of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="72758588" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/1a040d3c-596a-41af-b238-22a7811064c1/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=1a040d3c-596a-41af-b238-22a7811064c1&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Chloe Chapin, &quot;Suitable: The Sartorial Revolution and the Fashioning of Modern Men&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:15:32</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>How did black suits become so ubiquitous? Why has men&apos;s business clothing been so plain for the last 250 years? How did a style adopted by the Founding Fathers to differentiate themselves from European contemporaries become the dominant style for men around the globe?

Suitable: The Sartorial Revolution and the Fashioning of Modern Men (Oxford University Press, 2026) traces the shift from the colorful, flamboyant attire of the eighteenth century to the plain dark suit of the nineteenth century, characterizing this style evolution as a &quot;Sartorial Revolution.&quot; In this book, American historian and costume designer Chloe Chapin traces the evolution of masculine style from the American Revolution through the Civil War and shows how men&apos;s suits shaped relationships of gender and power. Drawing on a wealth of visual and written sources, she shows how the plainness of suits symbolized new ideals of rationality and democracy and played a crucial role in framing the lasting identity and authority of American men. This richly illustrated book analyzes fashion history&apos;s impact on gender dynamics and emphasizes the dynamic relationships between bodies, clothing, and personal identity.

Suitable demonstrates the significance of fashion beyond mere appearance, illustrating the key role modern men&apos;s suits have played in shaping the modern world.

Chloe Chapin holds a PhD in American Studies from Harvard University and master&apos;s degrees in fashion and textile studies from the Fashion Institute of Technology and costume design from the Yale School of Drama. She has taught fashion history, costume design, gender studies, and anthropology. As a costume designer for over twenty years, her credits include Broadway musicals, opera, and Shakespeare. She works at Harvard University and lives in Cambridge, Massachusetts.

Caleb Zakarin is CEO and Publisher of the New Books Network.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>How did black suits become so ubiquitous? Why has men&apos;s business clothing been so plain for the last 250 years? How did a style adopted by the Founding Fathers to differentiate themselves from European contemporaries become the dominant style for men around the globe?

Suitable: The Sartorial Revolution and the Fashioning of Modern Men (Oxford University Press, 2026) traces the shift from the colorful, flamboyant attire of the eighteenth century to the plain dark suit of the nineteenth century, characterizing this style evolution as a &quot;Sartorial Revolution.&quot; In this book, American historian and costume designer Chloe Chapin traces the evolution of masculine style from the American Revolution through the Civil War and shows how men&apos;s suits shaped relationships of gender and power. Drawing on a wealth of visual and written sources, she shows how the plainness of suits symbolized new ideals of rationality and democracy and played a crucial role in framing the lasting identity and authority of American men. This richly illustrated book analyzes fashion history&apos;s impact on gender dynamics and emphasizes the dynamic relationships between bodies, clothing, and personal identity.

Suitable demonstrates the significance of fashion beyond mere appearance, illustrating the key role modern men&apos;s suits have played in shaping the modern world.

Chloe Chapin holds a PhD in American Studies from Harvard University and master&apos;s degrees in fashion and textile studies from the Fashion Institute of Technology and costume design from the Yale School of Drama. She has taught fashion history, costume design, gender studies, and anthropology. As a costume designer for over twenty years, her credits include Broadway musicals, opera, and Shakespeare. She works at Harvard University and lives in Cambridge, Massachusetts.

Caleb Zakarin is CEO and Publisher of the New Books Network.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1844</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3546364e-5b70-11f1-bbb4-7f22ce8accc0</guid>
      <title>David Petruccelli, &quot;A Scourge of Humanity: The Origins of Interpol and the End of Empire in Central and Eastern Europe&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>As the First World War came to a chaotic end, Europeans feared that a wave of crime and anarchy would sweep across their continent. The upheavals of the war and of the subsequent violent breakup of the Habsburg, German, and Ottoman empires magnified longstanding fears that an increasingly interconnected world offered the enterprising and unscrupulous new opportunities to break the law and evade capture. New kinds of international criminals and criminal enterprises demanded novel forms of international cooperation. Thus was born the International Criminal Police Commission, known today as Interpol. In the 1920s and 1930s, Interpol's police officials and the lawyers who collaborated with them created lasting programs to combat counterfeiting, sex and drug trafficking, terrorism, and human smuggling, and other forms of international crime, which they labelled "a scourge of humanity."</p>
<p>﻿Drawing on press reports, police files, and criminal records in numerous languages and across multiple countries, in <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/a-scourge-of-humanity-the-origins-of-interpol-and-the-end-of-empire-in-central-and-eastern-europe-assistant-professor-of-history-david-petruccelli/4356e8ec996dfd25?ean=9780197776131&amp;next=t"><em>A Scourge of Humanity: The Origins of Interpol and the End of Empire in Central and Eastern Europe</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2025), Dr. David Petruccelli explores the origins of Interpol and the role Central and Eastern European actors played in developing criminal policing and law during the interwar period to bring stability to their region and reshape international institutions and norms. He shows how legal experts replaced a liberal focus on individual rights with an emphasis on a collective of international societies and of police officers who looked to the international sphere as a space for eluding the constraints of the rule of law at home. In doing so, their initiatives posed an alternative to the imperial and liberal internationalist programs pursued by many Western Europeans and Americans and laid the groundwork for more radical forms of persecution during the Second World War.</p>
<p>While bringing to life the stories of individuals involved in shady activities across borders, <em>A Scourge of Humanity</em> explores the vigorous policing and harsh criminal laws established by Interpol to combat their crimes and highlights illiberal forms of internationalism that have left a lasting mark on our world.</p>
<p>﻿<em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose </em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em>book</em></a><em>
 focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty 
negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative 
analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find 
Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em> </p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 31 May 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>As the First World War came to a chaotic end, Europeans feared that a wave of crime and anarchy would sweep across their continent. The upheavals of the war and of the subsequent violent breakup of the Habsburg, German, and Ottoman empires magnified longstanding fears that an increasingly interconnected world offered the enterprising and unscrupulous new opportunities to break the law and evade capture. New kinds of international criminals and criminal enterprises demanded novel forms of international cooperation. Thus was born the International Criminal Police Commission, known today as Interpol. In the 1920s and 1930s, Interpol's police officials and the lawyers who collaborated with them created lasting programs to combat counterfeiting, sex and drug trafficking, terrorism, and human smuggling, and other forms of international crime, which they labelled "a scourge of humanity."</p>
<p>﻿Drawing on press reports, police files, and criminal records in numerous languages and across multiple countries, in <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/a-scourge-of-humanity-the-origins-of-interpol-and-the-end-of-empire-in-central-and-eastern-europe-assistant-professor-of-history-david-petruccelli/4356e8ec996dfd25?ean=9780197776131&amp;next=t"><em>A Scourge of Humanity: The Origins of Interpol and the End of Empire in Central and Eastern Europe</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2025), Dr. David Petruccelli explores the origins of Interpol and the role Central and Eastern European actors played in developing criminal policing and law during the interwar period to bring stability to their region and reshape international institutions and norms. He shows how legal experts replaced a liberal focus on individual rights with an emphasis on a collective of international societies and of police officers who looked to the international sphere as a space for eluding the constraints of the rule of law at home. In doing so, their initiatives posed an alternative to the imperial and liberal internationalist programs pursued by many Western Europeans and Americans and laid the groundwork for more radical forms of persecution during the Second World War.</p>
<p>While bringing to life the stories of individuals involved in shady activities across borders, <em>A Scourge of Humanity</em> explores the vigorous policing and harsh criminal laws established by Interpol to combat their crimes and highlights illiberal forms of internationalism that have left a lasting mark on our world.</p>
<p>﻿<em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose </em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em>book</em></a><em>
 focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty 
negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative 
analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find 
Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em> </p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="63818633" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/ec6c7908-3b92-4e49-84e0-af0c457ab077/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=ec6c7908-3b92-4e49-84e0-af0c457ab077&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>David Petruccelli, &quot;A Scourge of Humanity: The Origins of Interpol and the End of Empire in Central and Eastern Europe&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:06:23</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>As the First World War came to a chaotic end, Europeans feared that a wave of crime and anarchy would sweep across their continent. The upheavals of the war and of the subsequent violent breakup of the Habsburg, German, and Ottoman empires magnified longstanding fears that an increasingly interconnected world offered the enterprising and unscrupulous new opportunities to break the law and evade capture. New kinds of international criminals and criminal enterprises demanded novel forms of international cooperation. Thus was born the International Criminal Police Commission, known today as Interpol. In the 1920s and 1930s, Interpol&apos;s police officials and the lawyers who collaborated with them created lasting programs to combat counterfeiting, sex and drug trafficking, terrorism, and human smuggling, and other forms of international crime, which they labelled &quot;a scourge of humanity.&quot;

﻿Drawing on press reports, police files, and criminal records in numerous languages and across multiple countries, in A Scourge of Humanity: The Origins of Interpol and the End of Empire in Central and Eastern Europe (Oxford University Press, 2025), Dr. David Petruccelli explores the origins of Interpol and the role Central and Eastern European actors played in developing criminal policing and law during the interwar period to bring stability to their region and reshape international institutions and norms. He shows how legal experts replaced a liberal focus on individual rights with an emphasis on a collective of international societies and of police officers who looked to the international sphere as a space for eluding the constraints of the rule of law at home. In doing so, their initiatives posed an alternative to the imperial and liberal internationalist programs pursued by many Western Europeans and Americans and laid the groundwork for more radical forms of persecution during the Second World War.

While bringing to life the stories of individuals involved in shady activities across borders, A Scourge of Humanity explores the vigorous policing and harsh criminal laws established by Interpol to combat their crimes and highlights illiberal forms of internationalism that have left a lasting mark on our world.

﻿This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book
 focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty 
negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative 
analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find 
Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>As the First World War came to a chaotic end, Europeans feared that a wave of crime and anarchy would sweep across their continent. The upheavals of the war and of the subsequent violent breakup of the Habsburg, German, and Ottoman empires magnified longstanding fears that an increasingly interconnected world offered the enterprising and unscrupulous new opportunities to break the law and evade capture. New kinds of international criminals and criminal enterprises demanded novel forms of international cooperation. Thus was born the International Criminal Police Commission, known today as Interpol. In the 1920s and 1930s, Interpol&apos;s police officials and the lawyers who collaborated with them created lasting programs to combat counterfeiting, sex and drug trafficking, terrorism, and human smuggling, and other forms of international crime, which they labelled &quot;a scourge of humanity.&quot;

﻿Drawing on press reports, police files, and criminal records in numerous languages and across multiple countries, in A Scourge of Humanity: The Origins of Interpol and the End of Empire in Central and Eastern Europe (Oxford University Press, 2025), Dr. David Petruccelli explores the origins of Interpol and the role Central and Eastern European actors played in developing criminal policing and law during the interwar period to bring stability to their region and reshape international institutions and norms. He shows how legal experts replaced a liberal focus on individual rights with an emphasis on a collective of international societies and of police officers who looked to the international sphere as a space for eluding the constraints of the rule of law at home. In doing so, their initiatives posed an alternative to the imperial and liberal internationalist programs pursued by many Western Europeans and Americans and laid the groundwork for more radical forms of persecution during the Second World War.

While bringing to life the stories of individuals involved in shady activities across borders, A Scourge of Humanity explores the vigorous policing and harsh criminal laws established by Interpol to combat their crimes and highlights illiberal forms of internationalism that have left a lasting mark on our world.

﻿This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book
 focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty 
negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative 
analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find 
Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1843</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">da0c9042-5a67-11f1-9527-63726eee58d4</guid>
      <title>Robin R. Means Coleman and Novotny Lawrence eds., &quot;The Oxford Handbook of Black Horror Film&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Since the release of Jordan Peele's Academy Award-winning horror hit <em>Get Out</em> (2017), interest in Black horror films has erupted. This renewed intrigue in stories about Black life, history, culture, or "Blackness" has taken two forms. First, the history and politics of race have been centered in the horror genre. Second, Black horror has become an increasingly visible topic in mainstream discourses with scholars, critics, and fans contending that Black horror is seeing its so-called renaissance. However, critical attention to Blackness in horror has primarily focused on the U.S. and western world, despite Black stories having featured prominently in the genre-as actors, screenwriters, directors, producers-globally and across cultures.<br />The essays in this handbook explore global Black horror cinema by interrogating Blackness and the ways in which it manifests in films across the diaspora and around the world. Chapters pose and answer questions including how taxonomies of race are presented; who is considered "Black?"; how is Blackness constructed in the culture in which it is produced and/or distributed?; How is horror defined and represented globally and/or culturally?; and what textual role does Blackness play in horror?<br />Sophisticated, innovative, argument-driven research that brings to bear the most enlightened reflections upon Black horror's place in the world drives this handbook. Significantly, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197624807">The Oxford Handbook of Black Horror Film</a><em> </em>(﻿Oxford ﻿UP, 2024) ﻿presents expansive scholarship about Blackness, expanding the ways in which researchers, critics, and fans see and make meaning of Black experiences. In this volume, leading scholars from around the world contribute provocative, worthy examinations of the popular genre of horror in all its rich and empowering possibility.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 29 May 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Since the release of Jordan Peele's Academy Award-winning horror hit <em>Get Out</em> (2017), interest in Black horror films has erupted. This renewed intrigue in stories about Black life, history, culture, or "Blackness" has taken two forms. First, the history and politics of race have been centered in the horror genre. Second, Black horror has become an increasingly visible topic in mainstream discourses with scholars, critics, and fans contending that Black horror is seeing its so-called renaissance. However, critical attention to Blackness in horror has primarily focused on the U.S. and western world, despite Black stories having featured prominently in the genre-as actors, screenwriters, directors, producers-globally and across cultures.<br />The essays in this handbook explore global Black horror cinema by interrogating Blackness and the ways in which it manifests in films across the diaspora and around the world. Chapters pose and answer questions including how taxonomies of race are presented; who is considered "Black?"; how is Blackness constructed in the culture in which it is produced and/or distributed?; How is horror defined and represented globally and/or culturally?; and what textual role does Blackness play in horror?<br />Sophisticated, innovative, argument-driven research that brings to bear the most enlightened reflections upon Black horror's place in the world drives this handbook. Significantly, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197624807">The Oxford Handbook of Black Horror Film</a><em> </em>(﻿Oxford ﻿UP, 2024) ﻿presents expansive scholarship about Blackness, expanding the ways in which researchers, critics, and fans see and make meaning of Black experiences. In this volume, leading scholars from around the world contribute provocative, worthy examinations of the popular genre of horror in all its rich and empowering possibility.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="65861210" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/c6c663f1-49cc-4590-9636-f95d42fd1d6c/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=c6c663f1-49cc-4590-9636-f95d42fd1d6c&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Robin R. Means Coleman and Novotny Lawrence eds., &quot;The Oxford Handbook of Black Horror Film&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:08:34</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Since the release of Jordan Peele&apos;s Academy Award-winning horror hit Get Out (2017), interest in Black horror films has erupted. This renewed intrigue in stories about Black life, history, culture, or &quot;Blackness&quot; has taken two forms. First, the history and politics of race have been centered in the horror genre. Second, Black horror has become an increasingly visible topic in mainstream discourses with scholars, critics, and fans contending that Black horror is seeing its so-called renaissance. However, critical attention to Blackness in horror has primarily focused on the U.S. and western world, despite Black stories having featured prominently in the genre-as actors, screenwriters, directors, producers-globally and across cultures.The essays in this handbook explore global Black horror cinema by interrogating Blackness and the ways in which it manifests in films across the diaspora and around the world. Chapters pose and answer questions including how taxonomies of race are presented; who is considered &quot;Black?&quot;; how is Blackness constructed in the culture in which it is produced and/or distributed?; How is horror defined and represented globally and/or culturally?; and what textual role does Blackness play in horror?Sophisticated, innovative, argument-driven research that brings to bear the most enlightened reflections upon Black horror&apos;s place in the world drives this handbook. Significantly, The Oxford Handbook of Black Horror Film (﻿Oxford ﻿UP, 2024) ﻿presents expansive scholarship about Blackness, expanding the ways in which researchers, critics, and fans see and make meaning of Black experiences. In this volume, leading scholars from around the world contribute provocative, worthy examinations of the popular genre of horror in all its rich and empowering possibility.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Since the release of Jordan Peele&apos;s Academy Award-winning horror hit Get Out (2017), interest in Black horror films has erupted. This renewed intrigue in stories about Black life, history, culture, or &quot;Blackness&quot; has taken two forms. First, the history and politics of race have been centered in the horror genre. Second, Black horror has become an increasingly visible topic in mainstream discourses with scholars, critics, and fans contending that Black horror is seeing its so-called renaissance. However, critical attention to Blackness in horror has primarily focused on the U.S. and western world, despite Black stories having featured prominently in the genre-as actors, screenwriters, directors, producers-globally and across cultures.The essays in this handbook explore global Black horror cinema by interrogating Blackness and the ways in which it manifests in films across the diaspora and around the world. Chapters pose and answer questions including how taxonomies of race are presented; who is considered &quot;Black?&quot;; how is Blackness constructed in the culture in which it is produced and/or distributed?; How is horror defined and represented globally and/or culturally?; and what textual role does Blackness play in horror?Sophisticated, innovative, argument-driven research that brings to bear the most enlightened reflections upon Black horror&apos;s place in the world drives this handbook. Significantly, The Oxford Handbook of Black Horror Film (﻿Oxford ﻿UP, 2024) ﻿presents expansive scholarship about Blackness, expanding the ways in which researchers, critics, and fans see and make meaning of Black experiences. In this volume, leading scholars from around the world contribute provocative, worthy examinations of the popular genre of horror in all its rich and empowering possibility.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1842</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">98246b66-5a60-11f1-b2f4-c7eaaec83418</guid>
      <title>Ashley Rose Young, &quot;Nourishing Networks: The Public Culture of Food in New Orleans&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>For much of the Crescent City's history, days began with the cries of roaming street vendors and the percussive thwack of butchers' meat cleavers echoing out from the municipal markets. Generations of New Orleanians—Black and white, enslaved and free, men and women, wealthy and working class—gathered in public to feed the city.<br />In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197794036"><em>Nourishing Networks: The Public Culture of Food in New Orleans</em> </a>(Oxford UP, 2025), historian Dr. Ashley Rose Young illuminates the central role of food in shaping the vibrant culture of New Orleans. While the city's dynamic culinary scene fostered bonds between some communities, under the surface, groups viciously vied for control over who bought and sold food and where they could do it. Dr. Young traces the intricate systems of food vendors and their customers, and how those relationships were affected by race, gender, ethnicity, and socioeconomic status. She shows how vendors and customers alike exercised considerable influence over the city's food economy and the laws that regulated it by negotiating prices, shaping taste preferences, liaising with government officials, and even openly defying ordinances they felt were unfair. The power each group gained and lost determined the success of their businesses, the well-being of their families, and their ability to shape food retail and local laws to meet their needs.<br /><em>Nourishing Networks</em> vividly depicts a city that throughout its history has struggled to feed its population safely and affordably, and in documenting those challenges, it offers lessons for building a better food future.﻿<br /></p>
<p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 29 May 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>For much of the Crescent City's history, days began with the cries of roaming street vendors and the percussive thwack of butchers' meat cleavers echoing out from the municipal markets. Generations of New Orleanians—Black and white, enslaved and free, men and women, wealthy and working class—gathered in public to feed the city.<br />In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197794036"><em>Nourishing Networks: The Public Culture of Food in New Orleans</em> </a>(Oxford UP, 2025), historian Dr. Ashley Rose Young illuminates the central role of food in shaping the vibrant culture of New Orleans. While the city's dynamic culinary scene fostered bonds between some communities, under the surface, groups viciously vied for control over who bought and sold food and where they could do it. Dr. Young traces the intricate systems of food vendors and their customers, and how those relationships were affected by race, gender, ethnicity, and socioeconomic status. She shows how vendors and customers alike exercised considerable influence over the city's food economy and the laws that regulated it by negotiating prices, shaping taste preferences, liaising with government officials, and even openly defying ordinances they felt were unfair. The power each group gained and lost determined the success of their businesses, the well-being of their families, and their ability to shape food retail and local laws to meet their needs.<br /><em>Nourishing Networks</em> vividly depicts a city that throughout its history has struggled to feed its population safely and affordably, and in documenting those challenges, it offers lessons for building a better food future.﻿<br /></p>
<p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="47910747" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/5de6b1bf-72f2-40c3-a068-dfe8ad27aea3/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=5de6b1bf-72f2-40c3-a068-dfe8ad27aea3&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Ashley Rose Young, &quot;Nourishing Networks: The Public Culture of Food in New Orleans&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:49:50</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>For much of the Crescent City&apos;s history, days began with the cries of roaming street vendors and the percussive thwack of butchers&apos; meat cleavers echoing out from the municipal markets. Generations of New Orleanians—Black and white, enslaved and free, men and women, wealthy and working class—gathered in public to feed the city.In Nourishing Networks: The Public Culture of Food in New Orleans (Oxford UP, 2025), historian Dr. Ashley Rose Young illuminates the central role of food in shaping the vibrant culture of New Orleans. While the city&apos;s dynamic culinary scene fostered bonds between some communities, under the surface, groups viciously vied for control over who bought and sold food and where they could do it. Dr. Young traces the intricate systems of food vendors and their customers, and how those relationships were affected by race, gender, ethnicity, and socioeconomic status. She shows how vendors and customers alike exercised considerable influence over the city&apos;s food economy and the laws that regulated it by negotiating prices, shaping taste preferences, liaising with government officials, and even openly defying ordinances they felt were unfair. The power each group gained and lost determined the success of their businesses, the well-being of their families, and their ability to shape food retail and local laws to meet their needs.Nourishing Networks vividly depicts a city that throughout its history has struggled to feed its population safely and affordably, and in documenting those challenges, it offers lessons for building a better food future.﻿

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>For much of the Crescent City&apos;s history, days began with the cries of roaming street vendors and the percussive thwack of butchers&apos; meat cleavers echoing out from the municipal markets. Generations of New Orleanians—Black and white, enslaved and free, men and women, wealthy and working class—gathered in public to feed the city.In Nourishing Networks: The Public Culture of Food in New Orleans (Oxford UP, 2025), historian Dr. Ashley Rose Young illuminates the central role of food in shaping the vibrant culture of New Orleans. While the city&apos;s dynamic culinary scene fostered bonds between some communities, under the surface, groups viciously vied for control over who bought and sold food and where they could do it. Dr. Young traces the intricate systems of food vendors and their customers, and how those relationships were affected by race, gender, ethnicity, and socioeconomic status. She shows how vendors and customers alike exercised considerable influence over the city&apos;s food economy and the laws that regulated it by negotiating prices, shaping taste preferences, liaising with government officials, and even openly defying ordinances they felt were unfair. The power each group gained and lost determined the success of their businesses, the well-being of their families, and their ability to shape food retail and local laws to meet their needs.Nourishing Networks vividly depicts a city that throughout its history has struggled to feed its population safely and affordably, and in documenting those challenges, it offers lessons for building a better food future.﻿

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1841</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c6489dfa-5a60-11f1-8cac-bf5341ddb28d</guid>
      <title>H. A. Drake, &quot;The Wisdom of the Ancients: Four Ideas That Changed the World&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197777374"><em>The Wisdom of the Ancients: Four Ideas That Changed the World </em>﻿</a>﻿(Oxford UP, 2025) is about four cornerstones of modern thought that were put in place by people living in the ancient Mediterranean world. It covers approximately 2,000 years in time (from ca. 1000 BCE to 1000 CE) and spatially moves from the Tigris and Euphrates rivers in Mesopotamia (roughly, modern Iraq), through Greece and Rome, to the new Germanic states growing in what is now western Europe.</p>
<p>The four ideas, as author H. A. Drake proposes, are monotheism, the idea that there is only one god, not many; individual rights, the idea that there is a limit to what the state can order us to do; naturalized citizenship, the idea that the full rights and privileges of citizenship can be extended to people who have no birthright to them; and creation of a standard by which to judge the performance of states. It is easy, now, to take these ideas for granted. For believers, it seems obvious that only a singular, omnipotent deity can account for the splendour of the universe. Similarly, the common notion that individuals can stand up for their rights, that citizenship can be freely given, or that governments ought to be held to a standard of justice for all, is often accompanied by the assumption that, at the time they were introduced, such ideas must have been immediately recognized as superior and gratefully accepted. The record is far more complicated, and that makes the story of their success far more interesting. By discussing these ideas in their historical context with clarity and wit, <em>The Wisdom of the Ancients</em> reminds readers how preposterous they were originally and how different our world would be if they had not taken hold.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 May 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197777374"><em>The Wisdom of the Ancients: Four Ideas That Changed the World </em>﻿</a>﻿(Oxford UP, 2025) is about four cornerstones of modern thought that were put in place by people living in the ancient Mediterranean world. It covers approximately 2,000 years in time (from ca. 1000 BCE to 1000 CE) and spatially moves from the Tigris and Euphrates rivers in Mesopotamia (roughly, modern Iraq), through Greece and Rome, to the new Germanic states growing in what is now western Europe.</p>
<p>The four ideas, as author H. A. Drake proposes, are monotheism, the idea that there is only one god, not many; individual rights, the idea that there is a limit to what the state can order us to do; naturalized citizenship, the idea that the full rights and privileges of citizenship can be extended to people who have no birthright to them; and creation of a standard by which to judge the performance of states. It is easy, now, to take these ideas for granted. For believers, it seems obvious that only a singular, omnipotent deity can account for the splendour of the universe. Similarly, the common notion that individuals can stand up for their rights, that citizenship can be freely given, or that governments ought to be held to a standard of justice for all, is often accompanied by the assumption that, at the time they were introduced, such ideas must have been immediately recognized as superior and gratefully accepted. The record is far more complicated, and that makes the story of their success far more interesting. By discussing these ideas in their historical context with clarity and wit, <em>The Wisdom of the Ancients</em> reminds readers how preposterous they were originally and how different our world would be if they had not taken hold.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="89682925" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/36a6060d-7221-47df-88cf-1adc44480ef0/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=36a6060d-7221-47df-88cf-1adc44480ef0&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>H. A. Drake, &quot;The Wisdom of the Ancients: Four Ideas That Changed the World&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:33:21</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The Wisdom of the Ancients: Four Ideas That Changed the World ﻿﻿(Oxford UP, 2025) is about four cornerstones of modern thought that were put in place by people living in the ancient Mediterranean world. It covers approximately 2,000 years in time (from ca. 1000 BCE to 1000 CE) and spatially moves from the Tigris and Euphrates rivers in Mesopotamia (roughly, modern Iraq), through Greece and Rome, to the new Germanic states growing in what is now western Europe.

The four ideas, as author H. A. Drake proposes, are monotheism, the idea that there is only one god, not many; individual rights, the idea that there is a limit to what the state can order us to do; naturalized citizenship, the idea that the full rights and privileges of citizenship can be extended to people who have no birthright to them; and creation of a standard by which to judge the performance of states. It is easy, now, to take these ideas for granted. For believers, it seems obvious that only a singular, omnipotent deity can account for the splendour of the universe. Similarly, the common notion that individuals can stand up for their rights, that citizenship can be freely given, or that governments ought to be held to a standard of justice for all, is often accompanied by the assumption that, at the time they were introduced, such ideas must have been immediately recognized as superior and gratefully accepted. The record is far more complicated, and that makes the story of their success far more interesting. By discussing these ideas in their historical context with clarity and wit, The Wisdom of the Ancients reminds readers how preposterous they were originally and how different our world would be if they had not taken hold.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The Wisdom of the Ancients: Four Ideas That Changed the World ﻿﻿(Oxford UP, 2025) is about four cornerstones of modern thought that were put in place by people living in the ancient Mediterranean world. It covers approximately 2,000 years in time (from ca. 1000 BCE to 1000 CE) and spatially moves from the Tigris and Euphrates rivers in Mesopotamia (roughly, modern Iraq), through Greece and Rome, to the new Germanic states growing in what is now western Europe.

The four ideas, as author H. A. Drake proposes, are monotheism, the idea that there is only one god, not many; individual rights, the idea that there is a limit to what the state can order us to do; naturalized citizenship, the idea that the full rights and privileges of citizenship can be extended to people who have no birthright to them; and creation of a standard by which to judge the performance of states. It is easy, now, to take these ideas for granted. For believers, it seems obvious that only a singular, omnipotent deity can account for the splendour of the universe. Similarly, the common notion that individuals can stand up for their rights, that citizenship can be freely given, or that governments ought to be held to a standard of justice for all, is often accompanied by the assumption that, at the time they were introduced, such ideas must have been immediately recognized as superior and gratefully accepted. The record is far more complicated, and that makes the story of their success far more interesting. By discussing these ideas in their historical context with clarity and wit, The Wisdom of the Ancients reminds readers how preposterous they were originally and how different our world would be if they had not taken hold.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1840</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a0b9f8f8-575f-11f1-9978-df072901dc8d</guid>
      <title>Jeffrey Whyte, &quot;The Birth of Psychological War: Propaganda, Espionage, and Military Violence from WWII to the Vietnam War&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Jeffrey Whyte's book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197267493"><em>The Birth of Psychological War: Propaganda, Espionage, and Military Violence from WWII to the Vietnam War</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023) explores the history, politics, and geography of United States psychological warfare in the 20th century against the backdrop of the contemporary 'post-truth era'. From its origins in the Second World War, to the United States' counterinsurgency campaigns in Vietnam, Whyte traces how the theory and practice of psychological warfare transformed the relationship between the home front and theatres of war. Whyte interrogates the broader political mythologies that animate popular conceptions of psychological war, such as its claim to make war more humane and less violent. </p><p>On the contrary, <em>The Birth of Psychological War</em> demonstrates the role of psychological warfare in expanding the scope and scale of military violence amidst ostensible efforts to 'win hearts and minds'. While casting a critical eye on psychological warfare, Whyte establishes its continued significance for the contemporary student of international relations.</p><p>Dr. Whyte earned his Ph.D. with the Department of Geography, University of British Columbia and before that a MA with School of Communication, Simon Fraser University, also in beautiful British Columbia. He is currently Lecturer in International Relations at the Department of Politics, Philosophy, and Religion, Lancaster University.</p><p><em>﻿</em><a href="https://michaelvann.academia.edu/"><em>Michael G. Vann</em></a><em> is a professor of world history at California State University, Sacramento. A specialist in imperialism and the Cold War in Southeast Asia, he is the author of </em><a href="https://global.oup.com/ushe/product/the-great-hanoi-rat-hunt-9780190602697?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;"><em>The Great Hanoi Rat Hunt: Empires, Disease, and Modernity in French Colonial Vietnam</em></a><em> (Oxford University Press, 2018). When he’s not reading or talking about new books with smart people, Mike can be found surfing in Santa Cruz, California.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 May 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Jeffrey Whyte's book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197267493"><em>The Birth of Psychological War: Propaganda, Espionage, and Military Violence from WWII to the Vietnam War</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023) explores the history, politics, and geography of United States psychological warfare in the 20th century against the backdrop of the contemporary 'post-truth era'. From its origins in the Second World War, to the United States' counterinsurgency campaigns in Vietnam, Whyte traces how the theory and practice of psychological warfare transformed the relationship between the home front and theatres of war. Whyte interrogates the broader political mythologies that animate popular conceptions of psychological war, such as its claim to make war more humane and less violent. </p><p>On the contrary, <em>The Birth of Psychological War</em> demonstrates the role of psychological warfare in expanding the scope and scale of military violence amidst ostensible efforts to 'win hearts and minds'. While casting a critical eye on psychological warfare, Whyte establishes its continued significance for the contemporary student of international relations.</p><p>Dr. Whyte earned his Ph.D. with the Department of Geography, University of British Columbia and before that a MA with School of Communication, Simon Fraser University, also in beautiful British Columbia. He is currently Lecturer in International Relations at the Department of Politics, Philosophy, and Religion, Lancaster University.</p><p><em>﻿</em><a href="https://michaelvann.academia.edu/"><em>Michael G. Vann</em></a><em> is a professor of world history at California State University, Sacramento. A specialist in imperialism and the Cold War in Southeast Asia, he is the author of </em><a href="https://global.oup.com/ushe/product/the-great-hanoi-rat-hunt-9780190602697?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;"><em>The Great Hanoi Rat Hunt: Empires, Disease, and Modernity in French Colonial Vietnam</em></a><em> (Oxford University Press, 2018). When he’s not reading or talking about new books with smart people, Mike can be found surfing in Santa Cruz, California.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="76569270" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/855603cd-3383-4ef6-add8-7fe23fc93407/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=855603cd-3383-4ef6-add8-7fe23fc93407&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Jeffrey Whyte, &quot;The Birth of Psychological War: Propaganda, Espionage, and Military Violence from WWII to the Vietnam War&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:19:45</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Jeffrey Whyte&apos;s book The Birth of Psychological War: Propaganda, Espionage, and Military Violence from WWII to the Vietnam War (Oxford UP, 2023) explores the history, politics, and geography of United States psychological warfare in the 20th century against the backdrop of the contemporary &apos;post-truth era&apos;. From its origins in the Second World War, to the United States&apos; counterinsurgency campaigns in Vietnam, Whyte traces how the theory and practice of psychological warfare transformed the relationship between the home front and theatres of war. Whyte interrogates the broader political mythologies that animate popular conceptions of psychological war, such as its claim to make war more humane and less violent. 
On the contrary, The Birth of Psychological War demonstrates the role of psychological warfare in expanding the scope and scale of military violence amidst ostensible efforts to &apos;win hearts and minds&apos;. While casting a critical eye on psychological warfare, Whyte establishes its continued significance for the contemporary student of international relations.
Dr. Whyte earned his Ph.D. with the Department of Geography, University of British Columbia and before that a MA with School of Communication, Simon Fraser University, also in beautiful British Columbia. He is currently Lecturer in International Relations at the Department of Politics, Philosophy, and Religion, Lancaster University.
﻿Michael G. Vann is a professor of world history at California State University, Sacramento. A specialist in imperialism and the Cold War in Southeast Asia, he is the author of The Great Hanoi Rat Hunt: Empires, Disease, and Modernity in French Colonial Vietnam (Oxford University Press, 2018). When he’s not reading or talking about new books with smart people, Mike can be found surfing in Santa Cruz, California.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Jeffrey Whyte&apos;s book The Birth of Psychological War: Propaganda, Espionage, and Military Violence from WWII to the Vietnam War (Oxford UP, 2023) explores the history, politics, and geography of United States psychological warfare in the 20th century against the backdrop of the contemporary &apos;post-truth era&apos;. From its origins in the Second World War, to the United States&apos; counterinsurgency campaigns in Vietnam, Whyte traces how the theory and practice of psychological warfare transformed the relationship between the home front and theatres of war. Whyte interrogates the broader political mythologies that animate popular conceptions of psychological war, such as its claim to make war more humane and less violent. 
On the contrary, The Birth of Psychological War demonstrates the role of psychological warfare in expanding the scope and scale of military violence amidst ostensible efforts to &apos;win hearts and minds&apos;. While casting a critical eye on psychological warfare, Whyte establishes its continued significance for the contemporary student of international relations.
Dr. Whyte earned his Ph.D. with the Department of Geography, University of British Columbia and before that a MA with School of Communication, Simon Fraser University, also in beautiful British Columbia. He is currently Lecturer in International Relations at the Department of Politics, Philosophy, and Religion, Lancaster University.
﻿Michael G. Vann is a professor of world history at California State University, Sacramento. A specialist in imperialism and the Cold War in Southeast Asia, he is the author of The Great Hanoi Rat Hunt: Empires, Disease, and Modernity in French Colonial Vietnam (Oxford University Press, 2018). When he’s not reading or talking about new books with smart people, Mike can be found surfing in Santa Cruz, California.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1399</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0fd68b20-59cc-11f1-b418-27157d001a12</guid>
      <title>Jason S. Spicer, &quot;Co-Operative Enterprise in Comparative Perspective: Exceptionally Un-American?&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Co-operative enterprises, which are democratically owned and governed by their workers, customers, or suppliers, have long captured the imagination of activists and social scientists alike. In centering economic democracy and a collectivist-democratic logic, and in embodying a "third way" alternative to profit-maximizing corporations and state-owned enterprises, co-operatives offer the promise of a more sustainable and equitable economy.</p>
<p>Despite extensive study of co-operatives' real and imagined benefits, we know little about the conditions under which they achieve the lasting scale needed to be a viable alternative and transform the economy. Under what conditions can co-operatives achieve such scale? And are such conditions present in the United States, where, despite repeated organizing efforts, co-operatives remain exceptionally rare at scale?</p>
<p>Through a rigorous comparative-historical analysis of co-operative enterprises in different national contexts, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197665077"><em>Co-operative Enterprise in Comparative Perspective: Exceptionally Un-American?</em> </a>(Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Jason Spicer seeks to answer these questions. Deploying two different variants of the new institutionalism, Dr. Spicer treats the United States as a central case of comparative failure, as contrasted to three rich democracies where the co-operative business model has been more successful: Finland, France, and New Zealand.</p>
<p>The cause of co-operatives' comparative weakness in the United States is identified as reflecting the joint effect of economic liberalism and structural racism. Only in the United States did the co-operative face, in its initial development, two well-entrenched incumbents operating with competing ownership models: the investor-owned firm and the race-based chattel slavery system of ownership of people. Proponents of these two models acted to deprive the co-operative movement of resources, and undermined the solidarity at the co-operative business model's heart, splintering the American co-operative movement in the process. In subsequent waves of co-operative organizing, advocates have never fully succeeded in overcoming these initial obstacles, resulting in a different outcome in the United States, consistent with broader conceptions of the United States as a perennial outlier (i.e., ""American exceptionalism""). In contrast, in the successful cases, advocates were better able to leverage resources to animate a national solidarity and procure the necessary political and economic resources to achieve scale.</p>
<p><br /></p>
<p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 24 May 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Co-operative enterprises, which are democratically owned and governed by their workers, customers, or suppliers, have long captured the imagination of activists and social scientists alike. In centering economic democracy and a collectivist-democratic logic, and in embodying a "third way" alternative to profit-maximizing corporations and state-owned enterprises, co-operatives offer the promise of a more sustainable and equitable economy.</p>
<p>Despite extensive study of co-operatives' real and imagined benefits, we know little about the conditions under which they achieve the lasting scale needed to be a viable alternative and transform the economy. Under what conditions can co-operatives achieve such scale? And are such conditions present in the United States, where, despite repeated organizing efforts, co-operatives remain exceptionally rare at scale?</p>
<p>Through a rigorous comparative-historical analysis of co-operative enterprises in different national contexts, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197665077"><em>Co-operative Enterprise in Comparative Perspective: Exceptionally Un-American?</em> </a>(Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Jason Spicer seeks to answer these questions. Deploying two different variants of the new institutionalism, Dr. Spicer treats the United States as a central case of comparative failure, as contrasted to three rich democracies where the co-operative business model has been more successful: Finland, France, and New Zealand.</p>
<p>The cause of co-operatives' comparative weakness in the United States is identified as reflecting the joint effect of economic liberalism and structural racism. Only in the United States did the co-operative face, in its initial development, two well-entrenched incumbents operating with competing ownership models: the investor-owned firm and the race-based chattel slavery system of ownership of people. Proponents of these two models acted to deprive the co-operative movement of resources, and undermined the solidarity at the co-operative business model's heart, splintering the American co-operative movement in the process. In subsequent waves of co-operative organizing, advocates have never fully succeeded in overcoming these initial obstacles, resulting in a different outcome in the United States, consistent with broader conceptions of the United States as a perennial outlier (i.e., ""American exceptionalism""). In contrast, in the successful cases, advocates were better able to leverage resources to animate a national solidarity and procure the necessary political and economic resources to achieve scale.</p>
<p><br /></p>
<p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="34452280" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/f5407614-0397-4647-9421-db9cd03d9f18/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=f5407614-0397-4647-9421-db9cd03d9f18&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Jason S. Spicer, &quot;Co-Operative Enterprise in Comparative Perspective: Exceptionally Un-American?&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:35:47</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Co-operative enterprises, which are democratically owned and governed by their workers, customers, or suppliers, have long captured the imagination of activists and social scientists alike. In centering economic democracy and a collectivist-democratic logic, and in embodying a &quot;third way&quot; alternative to profit-maximizing corporations and state-owned enterprises, co-operatives offer the promise of a more sustainable and equitable economy.

Despite extensive study of co-operatives&apos; real and imagined benefits, we know little about the conditions under which they achieve the lasting scale needed to be a viable alternative and transform the economy. Under what conditions can co-operatives achieve such scale? And are such conditions present in the United States, where, despite repeated organizing efforts, co-operatives remain exceptionally rare at scale?

Through a rigorous comparative-historical analysis of co-operative enterprises in different national contexts, Co-operative Enterprise in Comparative Perspective: Exceptionally Un-American? (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Jason Spicer seeks to answer these questions. Deploying two different variants of the new institutionalism, Dr. Spicer treats the United States as a central case of comparative failure, as contrasted to three rich democracies where the co-operative business model has been more successful: Finland, France, and New Zealand.

The cause of co-operatives&apos; comparative weakness in the United States is identified as reflecting the joint effect of economic liberalism and structural racism. Only in the United States did the co-operative face, in its initial development, two well-entrenched incumbents operating with competing ownership models: the investor-owned firm and the race-based chattel slavery system of ownership of people. Proponents of these two models acted to deprive the co-operative movement of resources, and undermined the solidarity at the co-operative business model&apos;s heart, splintering the American co-operative movement in the process. In subsequent waves of co-operative organizing, advocates have never fully succeeded in overcoming these initial obstacles, resulting in a different outcome in the United States, consistent with broader conceptions of the United States as a perennial outlier (i.e., &quot;&quot;American exceptionalism&quot;&quot;). In contrast, in the successful cases, advocates were better able to leverage resources to animate a national solidarity and procure the necessary political and economic resources to achieve scale.



This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Co-operative enterprises, which are democratically owned and governed by their workers, customers, or suppliers, have long captured the imagination of activists and social scientists alike. In centering economic democracy and a collectivist-democratic logic, and in embodying a &quot;third way&quot; alternative to profit-maximizing corporations and state-owned enterprises, co-operatives offer the promise of a more sustainable and equitable economy.

Despite extensive study of co-operatives&apos; real and imagined benefits, we know little about the conditions under which they achieve the lasting scale needed to be a viable alternative and transform the economy. Under what conditions can co-operatives achieve such scale? And are such conditions present in the United States, where, despite repeated organizing efforts, co-operatives remain exceptionally rare at scale?

Through a rigorous comparative-historical analysis of co-operative enterprises in different national contexts, Co-operative Enterprise in Comparative Perspective: Exceptionally Un-American? (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Jason Spicer seeks to answer these questions. Deploying two different variants of the new institutionalism, Dr. Spicer treats the United States as a central case of comparative failure, as contrasted to three rich democracies where the co-operative business model has been more successful: Finland, France, and New Zealand.

The cause of co-operatives&apos; comparative weakness in the United States is identified as reflecting the joint effect of economic liberalism and structural racism. Only in the United States did the co-operative face, in its initial development, two well-entrenched incumbents operating with competing ownership models: the investor-owned firm and the race-based chattel slavery system of ownership of people. Proponents of these two models acted to deprive the co-operative movement of resources, and undermined the solidarity at the co-operative business model&apos;s heart, splintering the American co-operative movement in the process. In subsequent waves of co-operative organizing, advocates have never fully succeeded in overcoming these initial obstacles, resulting in a different outcome in the United States, consistent with broader conceptions of the United States as a perennial outlier (i.e., &quot;&quot;American exceptionalism&quot;&quot;). In contrast, in the successful cases, advocates were better able to leverage resources to animate a national solidarity and procure the necessary political and economic resources to achieve scale.



This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1838</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ab5778a0-553c-11f1-b9dc-b3dc1b7e75a7</guid>
      <title>Anna O. Law, &quot;Migration and the Origins of American Citizenship: African Americans, Native Americans, and Immigrants&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Since the late nineteenth century, the US federal government has enjoyed exclusive authority to decide whether someone has the ability to enter and stay in US territory. But freedom of movement was not guaranteed in the British colonies or early US. By contrast, voluntary migrants were met with strict laws and policies created by colonies and states, which denied free mobility and settlement in their territories to unwanted populations. </p>
<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197660089"><em>Migration and the Origins of American Citizenship: African Americans, Native Americans, and Immigrants</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2026) by Dr. Anna O. Law presents a story of constitutional development that traces the confluence of the logics of slavery and settler colonialism in early legal rulings and public policy about migration and citizenship. The book examines the division of labor between the national and state governments that endured for over a century, reasons why that arrangement changed in the late nineteenth century, and what the transformation meant for people subject to those regimes of control. Drawing into one study the migration policy histories of groups of people that are usually studied separately, and 
combining the methodologies of political science, history, and law, Dr. Law reveals the unmistakable effects of slavery and Native American dispossession in modern US immigration policy. </p>
<p>﻿<em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em> </p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 May 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Since the late nineteenth century, the US federal government has enjoyed exclusive authority to decide whether someone has the ability to enter and stay in US territory. But freedom of movement was not guaranteed in the British colonies or early US. By contrast, voluntary migrants were met with strict laws and policies created by colonies and states, which denied free mobility and settlement in their territories to unwanted populations. </p>
<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197660089"><em>Migration and the Origins of American Citizenship: African Americans, Native Americans, and Immigrants</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2026) by Dr. Anna O. Law presents a story of constitutional development that traces the confluence of the logics of slavery and settler colonialism in early legal rulings and public policy about migration and citizenship. The book examines the division of labor between the national and state governments that endured for over a century, reasons why that arrangement changed in the late nineteenth century, and what the transformation meant for people subject to those regimes of control. Drawing into one study the migration policy histories of groups of people that are usually studied separately, and 
combining the methodologies of political science, history, and law, Dr. Law reveals the unmistakable effects of slavery and Native American dispossession in modern US immigration policy. </p>
<p>﻿<em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em> </p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="34183108" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/0cb71b2e-3569-4a6e-b15b-8325b053038c/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=0cb71b2e-3569-4a6e-b15b-8325b053038c&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Anna O. Law, &quot;Migration and the Origins of American Citizenship: African Americans, Native Americans, and Immigrants&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:35:34</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Since the late nineteenth century, the US federal government has enjoyed exclusive authority to decide whether someone has the ability to enter and stay in US territory. But freedom of movement was not guaranteed in the British colonies or early US. By contrast, voluntary migrants were met with strict laws and policies created by colonies and states, which denied free mobility and settlement in their territories to unwanted populations. 

Migration and the Origins of American Citizenship: African Americans, Native Americans, and Immigrants (Oxford University Press, 2026) by Dr. Anna O. Law presents a story of constitutional development that traces the confluence of the logics of slavery and settler colonialism in early legal rulings and public policy about migration and citizenship. The book examines the division of labor between the national and state governments that endured for over a century, reasons why that arrangement changed in the late nineteenth century, and what the transformation meant for people subject to those regimes of control. Drawing into one study the migration policy histories of groups of people that are usually studied separately, and 
combining the methodologies of political science, history, and law, Dr. Law reveals the unmistakable effects of slavery and Native American dispossession in modern US immigration policy. 

﻿This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Since the late nineteenth century, the US federal government has enjoyed exclusive authority to decide whether someone has the ability to enter and stay in US territory. But freedom of movement was not guaranteed in the British colonies or early US. By contrast, voluntary migrants were met with strict laws and policies created by colonies and states, which denied free mobility and settlement in their territories to unwanted populations. 

Migration and the Origins of American Citizenship: African Americans, Native Americans, and Immigrants (Oxford University Press, 2026) by Dr. Anna O. Law presents a story of constitutional development that traces the confluence of the logics of slavery and settler colonialism in early legal rulings and public policy about migration and citizenship. The book examines the division of labor between the national and state governments that endured for over a century, reasons why that arrangement changed in the late nineteenth century, and what the transformation meant for people subject to those regimes of control. Drawing into one study the migration policy histories of groups of people that are usually studied separately, and 
combining the methodologies of political science, history, and law, Dr. Law reveals the unmistakable effects of slavery and Native American dispossession in modern US immigration policy. 

﻿This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1837</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">85f30db8-51b3-11f1-96ac-d7a204b145f7</guid>
      <title>Sumana Roy, &quot;Plant Thinkers of Twentieth-Century Bengal&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198929284"><em>Plant Thinkers of Twentieth-Century Bengal</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024) by Sumana Roy takes an unexpected cast of writers and artists and, in studying their work as ‘plant thinkers’, looks at how their stories and songs, art and films, and, of course, the idiomatic affected Bengali life and thought. Forest and garden, grass and root, weeds and magical plants—supported by a foliage of thought that allowed them to see beyond the botanical, Rabindranath Tagore, Bibhutibhushan Bandyopadhyay, Jibanananda Das, Shakti Chattopadhyay, Satyajit Ray, and others derived their worldview, their poetics and politics, from the plant world. Jagadish Chandra Bose’s scientific experiments, his research and the philosophy that propelled it, religions and rituals that involved an affective relationship with the natural world, a subterranean invocation of plant philosophy in actions and words, in living and in creative practice, and the political possibilities beyond the nation state that such thinking generated give this book its sap and flow. What might we take from these plant thinkers to rehabilitate our consciousness today?</p>
<p>Arnab Dutta Roy is Assistant Professor of World Literature and Postcolonial Theory at Florida Gulf Coast University</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 May 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198929284"><em>Plant Thinkers of Twentieth-Century Bengal</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024) by Sumana Roy takes an unexpected cast of writers and artists and, in studying their work as ‘plant thinkers’, looks at how their stories and songs, art and films, and, of course, the idiomatic affected Bengali life and thought. Forest and garden, grass and root, weeds and magical plants—supported by a foliage of thought that allowed them to see beyond the botanical, Rabindranath Tagore, Bibhutibhushan Bandyopadhyay, Jibanananda Das, Shakti Chattopadhyay, Satyajit Ray, and others derived their worldview, their poetics and politics, from the plant world. Jagadish Chandra Bose’s scientific experiments, his research and the philosophy that propelled it, religions and rituals that involved an affective relationship with the natural world, a subterranean invocation of plant philosophy in actions and words, in living and in creative practice, and the political possibilities beyond the nation state that such thinking generated give this book its sap and flow. What might we take from these plant thinkers to rehabilitate our consciousness today?</p>
<p>Arnab Dutta Roy is Assistant Professor of World Literature and Postcolonial Theory at Florida Gulf Coast University</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="40096047" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/01409f7b-0d0e-40f9-9623-a4b250d96df1/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=01409f7b-0d0e-40f9-9623-a4b250d96df1&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Sumana Roy, &quot;Plant Thinkers of Twentieth-Century Bengal&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:41:42</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Plant Thinkers of Twentieth-Century Bengal (Oxford UP, 2024) by Sumana Roy takes an unexpected cast of writers and artists and, in studying their work as ‘plant thinkers’, looks at how their stories and songs, art and films, and, of course, the idiomatic affected Bengali life and thought. Forest and garden, grass and root, weeds and magical plants—supported by a foliage of thought that allowed them to see beyond the botanical, Rabindranath Tagore, Bibhutibhushan Bandyopadhyay, Jibanananda Das, Shakti Chattopadhyay, Satyajit Ray, and others derived their worldview, their poetics and politics, from the plant world. Jagadish Chandra Bose’s scientific experiments, his research and the philosophy that propelled it, religions and rituals that involved an affective relationship with the natural world, a subterranean invocation of plant philosophy in actions and words, in living and in creative practice, and the political possibilities beyond the nation state that such thinking generated give this book its sap and flow. What might we take from these plant thinkers to rehabilitate our consciousness today?

Arnab Dutta Roy is Assistant Professor of World Literature and Postcolonial Theory at Florida Gulf Coast University</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Plant Thinkers of Twentieth-Century Bengal (Oxford UP, 2024) by Sumana Roy takes an unexpected cast of writers and artists and, in studying their work as ‘plant thinkers’, looks at how their stories and songs, art and films, and, of course, the idiomatic affected Bengali life and thought. Forest and garden, grass and root, weeds and magical plants—supported by a foliage of thought that allowed them to see beyond the botanical, Rabindranath Tagore, Bibhutibhushan Bandyopadhyay, Jibanananda Das, Shakti Chattopadhyay, Satyajit Ray, and others derived their worldview, their poetics and politics, from the plant world. Jagadish Chandra Bose’s scientific experiments, his research and the philosophy that propelled it, religions and rituals that involved an affective relationship with the natural world, a subterranean invocation of plant philosophy in actions and words, in living and in creative practice, and the political possibilities beyond the nation state that such thinking generated give this book its sap and flow. What might we take from these plant thinkers to rehabilitate our consciousness today?

Arnab Dutta Roy is Assistant Professor of World Literature and Postcolonial Theory at Florida Gulf Coast University</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1836</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">85bc66b8-5033-11f1-8b7a-e3fa30491141</guid>
      <title>Jesper Rangvid, &quot;How Low Interest Rates Change the World: Global Trends Caused by Low Rates and Emerging Factors Shaping the Future of Rates&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198946380">⁠How Low Interest Rates Change the World: Global Trends Caused by Low Rates and Emerging Factors Shaping the Future of Rates⁠</a> (Oxford UP, 2025) explores the societal impact of changing interest rates. Taking its starting point in the remarkable four-decade decline in global interest rates from 1980 to 2020, the book examines five global trends it caused, the underlying factors that drove interest rates lower, and emerging trends likely to shape the future path of interest rates.</p>
<p>The book contends that the steady decline in interest rates around the world from 1980 to 2020 played a pivotal role in shaping five significant global trends during the same period: soaring debt levels, escalating housing prices, surging stock markets, widening economic inequality, and increased financial risk-taking.</p>
<p>The book also explores emerging factors likely to shape the future trajectory of interest rates. While demographic trends may keep rates low, other forces, such as rising public debt, can push them higher. The book offers its perspective on the interaction of these opposing trends, and presents its view on the future evolution of interest rates.</p>
<p><em>How Low Interest Rates Change the World</em> is a no-nonsense fact-based book written in plain language. A key feature of the book is its empirical approach and reliance on data. Figures and tables richly illustrate and support the arguments presented, thereby inviting a broad audience to follow its fascinating journey into the evolution of interest rates and their impact.</p>
<p>Transcript <a href="https://cdn.craft.cloud/44c3b6c3-3307-4a13-a091-f99416660f91/assets/transcript.rangvid.docx#asset:456254@1">⁠here⁠</a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 16 May 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198946380">⁠How Low Interest Rates Change the World: Global Trends Caused by Low Rates and Emerging Factors Shaping the Future of Rates⁠</a> (Oxford UP, 2025) explores the societal impact of changing interest rates. Taking its starting point in the remarkable four-decade decline in global interest rates from 1980 to 2020, the book examines five global trends it caused, the underlying factors that drove interest rates lower, and emerging trends likely to shape the future path of interest rates.</p>
<p>The book contends that the steady decline in interest rates around the world from 1980 to 2020 played a pivotal role in shaping five significant global trends during the same period: soaring debt levels, escalating housing prices, surging stock markets, widening economic inequality, and increased financial risk-taking.</p>
<p>The book also explores emerging factors likely to shape the future trajectory of interest rates. While demographic trends may keep rates low, other forces, such as rising public debt, can push them higher. The book offers its perspective on the interaction of these opposing trends, and presents its view on the future evolution of interest rates.</p>
<p><em>How Low Interest Rates Change the World</em> is a no-nonsense fact-based book written in plain language. A key feature of the book is its empirical approach and reliance on data. Figures and tables richly illustrate and support the arguments presented, thereby inviting a broad audience to follow its fascinating journey into the evolution of interest rates and their impact.</p>
<p>Transcript <a href="https://cdn.craft.cloud/44c3b6c3-3307-4a13-a091-f99416660f91/assets/transcript.rangvid.docx#asset:456254@1">⁠here⁠</a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="44165529" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/b9c65985-f435-48c9-834c-49503a353876/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=b9c65985-f435-48c9-834c-49503a353876&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Jesper Rangvid, &quot;How Low Interest Rates Change the World: Global Trends Caused by Low Rates and Emerging Factors Shaping the Future of Rates&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:45:57</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>⁠How Low Interest Rates Change the World: Global Trends Caused by Low Rates and Emerging Factors Shaping the Future of Rates⁠ (Oxford UP, 2025) explores the societal impact of changing interest rates. Taking its starting point in the remarkable four-decade decline in global interest rates from 1980 to 2020, the book examines five global trends it caused, the underlying factors that drove interest rates lower, and emerging trends likely to shape the future path of interest rates.

The book contends that the steady decline in interest rates around the world from 1980 to 2020 played a pivotal role in shaping five significant global trends during the same period: soaring debt levels, escalating housing prices, surging stock markets, widening economic inequality, and increased financial risk-taking.

The book also explores emerging factors likely to shape the future trajectory of interest rates. While demographic trends may keep rates low, other forces, such as rising public debt, can push them higher. The book offers its perspective on the interaction of these opposing trends, and presents its view on the future evolution of interest rates.

How Low Interest Rates Change the World is a no-nonsense fact-based book written in plain language. A key feature of the book is its empirical approach and reliance on data. Figures and tables richly illustrate and support the arguments presented, thereby inviting a broad audience to follow its fascinating journey into the evolution of interest rates and their impact.

Transcript ⁠here⁠</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>⁠How Low Interest Rates Change the World: Global Trends Caused by Low Rates and Emerging Factors Shaping the Future of Rates⁠ (Oxford UP, 2025) explores the societal impact of changing interest rates. Taking its starting point in the remarkable four-decade decline in global interest rates from 1980 to 2020, the book examines five global trends it caused, the underlying factors that drove interest rates lower, and emerging trends likely to shape the future path of interest rates.

The book contends that the steady decline in interest rates around the world from 1980 to 2020 played a pivotal role in shaping five significant global trends during the same period: soaring debt levels, escalating housing prices, surging stock markets, widening economic inequality, and increased financial risk-taking.

The book also explores emerging factors likely to shape the future trajectory of interest rates. While demographic trends may keep rates low, other forces, such as rising public debt, can push them higher. The book offers its perspective on the interaction of these opposing trends, and presents its view on the future evolution of interest rates.

How Low Interest Rates Change the World is a no-nonsense fact-based book written in plain language. A key feature of the book is its empirical approach and reliance on data. Figures and tables richly illustrate and support the arguments presented, thereby inviting a broad audience to follow its fascinating journey into the evolution of interest rates and their impact.

Transcript ⁠here⁠</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1835</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">935f6e6c-4e9b-11f1-89dc-87e0d2ba4ad5</guid>
      <title>T. V. Paul, &quot;The Unfinished Quest: India&apos;s Search for Major Power Status from Nehru to Modi&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>From a Distinguished International Relations Scholar comes <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197669990">The Unfinished Quest: India's Search for Major Power Status from Nehru to Modi</a> (Oxford UP, 2024), an important book that looks at India's search for major power status. It is an unfinished quest with a long and winding road ahead. This is not to say that India's ambitions in world politics for greater peer recognition and institutional position is unattainable; but its current political class, bureaucratic elites, and intelligentsia must reorient India's statecraft. In this accessible and incisive book Unfinished Quest: India's Search for Major Power Status, T.V. Paul charts India's cumbersome path toward higher regional and global status, covering both the successes and failures it has experienced since the modern nation's founding in 1947. Paul focuses on the key motivations driving Indian leaders to enhance India's global status and power, but also on the many constraints that have hindered its progress. Paul's analysis of India's quest for status also sheds important light on the current geostrategic situation and serves as a new framework for understanding the China-India rivalry, as well as India's relative position in the broader Indo-Pacific theater.<br /></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 May 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>From a Distinguished International Relations Scholar comes <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197669990">The Unfinished Quest: India's Search for Major Power Status from Nehru to Modi</a> (Oxford UP, 2024), an important book that looks at India's search for major power status. It is an unfinished quest with a long and winding road ahead. This is not to say that India's ambitions in world politics for greater peer recognition and institutional position is unattainable; but its current political class, bureaucratic elites, and intelligentsia must reorient India's statecraft. In this accessible and incisive book Unfinished Quest: India's Search for Major Power Status, T.V. Paul charts India's cumbersome path toward higher regional and global status, covering both the successes and failures it has experienced since the modern nation's founding in 1947. Paul focuses on the key motivations driving Indian leaders to enhance India's global status and power, but also on the many constraints that have hindered its progress. Paul's analysis of India's quest for status also sheds important light on the current geostrategic situation and serves as a new framework for understanding the China-India rivalry, as well as India's relative position in the broader Indo-Pacific theater.<br /></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="59504360" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/d0d9392f-cbab-4647-93d1-ba02a9036f09/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=d0d9392f-cbab-4647-93d1-ba02a9036f09&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>T. V. Paul, &quot;The Unfinished Quest: India&apos;s Search for Major Power Status from Nehru to Modi&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:01:55</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>From a Distinguished International Relations Scholar comes The Unfinished Quest: India&apos;s Search for Major Power Status from Nehru to Modi (Oxford UP, 2024), an important book that looks at India&apos;s search for major power status. It is an unfinished quest with a long and winding road ahead. This is not to say that India&apos;s ambitions in world politics for greater peer recognition and institutional position is unattainable; but its current political class, bureaucratic elites, and intelligentsia must reorient India&apos;s statecraft. In this accessible and incisive book Unfinished Quest: India&apos;s Search for Major Power Status, T.V. Paul charts India&apos;s cumbersome path toward higher regional and global status, covering both the successes and failures it has experienced since the modern nation&apos;s founding in 1947. Paul focuses on the key motivations driving Indian leaders to enhance India&apos;s global status and power, but also on the many constraints that have hindered its progress. Paul&apos;s analysis of India&apos;s quest for status also sheds important light on the current geostrategic situation and serves as a new framework for understanding the China-India rivalry, as well as India&apos;s relative position in the broader Indo-Pacific theater.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>From a Distinguished International Relations Scholar comes The Unfinished Quest: India&apos;s Search for Major Power Status from Nehru to Modi (Oxford UP, 2024), an important book that looks at India&apos;s search for major power status. It is an unfinished quest with a long and winding road ahead. This is not to say that India&apos;s ambitions in world politics for greater peer recognition and institutional position is unattainable; but its current political class, bureaucratic elites, and intelligentsia must reorient India&apos;s statecraft. In this accessible and incisive book Unfinished Quest: India&apos;s Search for Major Power Status, T.V. Paul charts India&apos;s cumbersome path toward higher regional and global status, covering both the successes and failures it has experienced since the modern nation&apos;s founding in 1947. Paul focuses on the key motivations driving Indian leaders to enhance India&apos;s global status and power, but also on the many constraints that have hindered its progress. Paul&apos;s analysis of India&apos;s quest for status also sheds important light on the current geostrategic situation and serves as a new framework for understanding the China-India rivalry, as well as India&apos;s relative position in the broader Indo-Pacific theater.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1834</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">66855fc0-4ea3-11f1-af59-731e9b3ca28e</guid>
      <title>Jue Liang, &quot;Conceiving the Mother of Tibet: The Early Literary Lives of the Buddhist Saint Yeshe Tsogyel&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197800072">Conceiving the Mother of Tibet: The Early Literary Lives of the Buddhist Saint Yeshe Tsogyel</a> (Oxford UP, 2026) is the first comprehensive study dedicated to the literary tradition surrounding Yeshe Tsogyel, revered as the foremost matron saint of Tibetan Buddhism. It traces the emergence and development of a rich body of narratives about Yeshe Tsogyel during the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries, focusing on the Tibetan Nyingma Buddhist tradition. Through careful textual analysis, the book constructs an emic (insider) Tibetan Buddhist theory of gender and female religious eminence, examining how Yeshe Tsogyel's multifaceted identities--as a devoted disciple, tantric consort, sky-goer (dakini), and spiritual mother--embody a dialectic that shifts back and forth between Tibetan women's social and cultural marginalization and a Buddhist discourse of soteriological inclusivity.</p>
<p>Jue Liang queries these texts for their social and religious functions, especially where ambivalence and contradictions abound. However, these ambivalences do not necessarily disadvantage women in Tibetan Buddhism. Operating with ambivalent, sometimes competing, discourses on womanhood, Nyingma Buddhist theorists in the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries created a space for a flexible treatment of gender, where they traverse between theological terms and embodied reality.</p>
<p>Ultimately, Conceiving the Mother of Tibet not only illuminates the unique position of Yeshe Tsogyel within Tibetan Buddhist literature but also offers a methodological framework for understanding localized theories of gender. This approach highlights alternative ways of being and acting in the world as embodied agents, providing valuable insights for the broader field of Buddhist studies.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 May 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197800072">Conceiving the Mother of Tibet: The Early Literary Lives of the Buddhist Saint Yeshe Tsogyel</a> (Oxford UP, 2026) is the first comprehensive study dedicated to the literary tradition surrounding Yeshe Tsogyel, revered as the foremost matron saint of Tibetan Buddhism. It traces the emergence and development of a rich body of narratives about Yeshe Tsogyel during the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries, focusing on the Tibetan Nyingma Buddhist tradition. Through careful textual analysis, the book constructs an emic (insider) Tibetan Buddhist theory of gender and female religious eminence, examining how Yeshe Tsogyel's multifaceted identities--as a devoted disciple, tantric consort, sky-goer (dakini), and spiritual mother--embody a dialectic that shifts back and forth between Tibetan women's social and cultural marginalization and a Buddhist discourse of soteriological inclusivity.</p>
<p>Jue Liang queries these texts for their social and religious functions, especially where ambivalence and contradictions abound. However, these ambivalences do not necessarily disadvantage women in Tibetan Buddhism. Operating with ambivalent, sometimes competing, discourses on womanhood, Nyingma Buddhist theorists in the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries created a space for a flexible treatment of gender, where they traverse between theological terms and embodied reality.</p>
<p>Ultimately, Conceiving the Mother of Tibet not only illuminates the unique position of Yeshe Tsogyel within Tibetan Buddhist literature but also offers a methodological framework for understanding localized theories of gender. This approach highlights alternative ways of being and acting in the world as embodied agents, providing valuable insights for the broader field of Buddhist studies.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="71656423" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/0505fc85-918f-4772-bfe4-17662eb43224/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=0505fc85-918f-4772-bfe4-17662eb43224&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Jue Liang, &quot;Conceiving the Mother of Tibet: The Early Literary Lives of the Buddhist Saint Yeshe Tsogyel&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:14:35</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Conceiving the Mother of Tibet: The Early Literary Lives of the Buddhist Saint Yeshe Tsogyel (Oxford UP, 2026) is the first comprehensive study dedicated to the literary tradition surrounding Yeshe Tsogyel, revered as the foremost matron saint of Tibetan Buddhism. It traces the emergence and development of a rich body of narratives about Yeshe Tsogyel during the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries, focusing on the Tibetan Nyingma Buddhist tradition. Through careful textual analysis, the book constructs an emic (insider) Tibetan Buddhist theory of gender and female religious eminence, examining how Yeshe Tsogyel&apos;s multifaceted identities--as a devoted disciple, tantric consort, sky-goer (dakini), and spiritual mother--embody a dialectic that shifts back and forth between Tibetan women&apos;s social and cultural marginalization and a Buddhist discourse of soteriological inclusivity.

Jue Liang queries these texts for their social and religious functions, especially where ambivalence and contradictions abound. However, these ambivalences do not necessarily disadvantage women in Tibetan Buddhism. Operating with ambivalent, sometimes competing, discourses on womanhood, Nyingma Buddhist theorists in the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries created a space for a flexible treatment of gender, where they traverse between theological terms and embodied reality.

Ultimately, Conceiving the Mother of Tibet not only illuminates the unique position of Yeshe Tsogyel within Tibetan Buddhist literature but also offers a methodological framework for understanding localized theories of gender. This approach highlights alternative ways of being and acting in the world as embodied agents, providing valuable insights for the broader field of Buddhist studies.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Conceiving the Mother of Tibet: The Early Literary Lives of the Buddhist Saint Yeshe Tsogyel (Oxford UP, 2026) is the first comprehensive study dedicated to the literary tradition surrounding Yeshe Tsogyel, revered as the foremost matron saint of Tibetan Buddhism. It traces the emergence and development of a rich body of narratives about Yeshe Tsogyel during the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries, focusing on the Tibetan Nyingma Buddhist tradition. Through careful textual analysis, the book constructs an emic (insider) Tibetan Buddhist theory of gender and female religious eminence, examining how Yeshe Tsogyel&apos;s multifaceted identities--as a devoted disciple, tantric consort, sky-goer (dakini), and spiritual mother--embody a dialectic that shifts back and forth between Tibetan women&apos;s social and cultural marginalization and a Buddhist discourse of soteriological inclusivity.

Jue Liang queries these texts for their social and religious functions, especially where ambivalence and contradictions abound. However, these ambivalences do not necessarily disadvantage women in Tibetan Buddhism. Operating with ambivalent, sometimes competing, discourses on womanhood, Nyingma Buddhist theorists in the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries created a space for a flexible treatment of gender, where they traverse between theological terms and embodied reality.

Ultimately, Conceiving the Mother of Tibet not only illuminates the unique position of Yeshe Tsogyel within Tibetan Buddhist literature but also offers a methodological framework for understanding localized theories of gender. This approach highlights alternative ways of being and acting in the world as embodied agents, providing valuable insights for the broader field of Buddhist studies.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1833</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d572a830-4cea-11f1-8c18-a3981c840ef6</guid>
      <title>Benjamin Robert Siegel, &quot;Markets of Pain: Opium, Capitalism, and the Global History of Painkillers&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><em>Markets of Pain</em> offers a sweeping history of the business of licit opium--following cultivators, merchants, scientists, and policymakers--and shows how this potent crop reshaped global trade, medicine, and geopolitics.</p>
<p>﻿For centuries, opium has been a source of both profit and peril, its legacy entangled with addiction, imperialism, and the complex interplay of global trade and national development. While the illicit opium trade is infamous, the history of licit opium--how it was farmed, refined, and used to build modern medicine and shape state power--has remained largely untold.<br />Drawing on archival sources from Asia, Europe, and the United States, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197527825">Markets of Pain: Opium, Capitalism, and the Global History of Painkillers</a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2026) traces the global arc of licit opium from poppy fields and processing plants in India, Turkey, and Australia to the clinics and laboratories of modern medicine. It shows how both the Ottoman Empire and the Turkish Republic treated the opium poppy as a national resource and a means of securing global stature. In postcolonial India, by contrast, nationalist leaders initially rejected opium's imperial legacy before embracing its strategic value amid the shifting currents of the Cold War. At the heart of this story are the cultivators, scientists, bureaucrats, and policymakers who shaped the licit opium trade and grappled with its far-reaching consequences. Their work and visions demonstrate how colonial empires and postcolonial states helped forge the global pharmaceutical industry as it struggled to govern a drug it could not abandon.<br /><em>Markets of Pain</em> reveals how a seemingly marginal crop became an unlikely engine of modernization, a tool of Cold War geopolitics, and a harbinger of today's global opioid crisis. Blending vivid scenes from opium's fields and factories with incisive analysis of scientific and diplomatic archives, Benjamin Robert Siegel recovers a buried history with urgent relevance for global supply chains, international power, and public health.</p>
<p><em>Markets of Pain</em> offers an account of the global drug trade in the twentieth century, focusing on the transformation of opium from a colonial commodity into a modern resource for the American and European pharmaceutical industries. Challenging simplistic ideas of licit and illicit drugs in the twentieth century, it reveals how the modern global drug regime was formed by India and Turkey's navigation of the international anti-opium movement, the rise of the pharmaceutical industry, and the complex relationship between agriculture, medicine, and global capitalism.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 May 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><em>Markets of Pain</em> offers a sweeping history of the business of licit opium--following cultivators, merchants, scientists, and policymakers--and shows how this potent crop reshaped global trade, medicine, and geopolitics.</p>
<p>﻿For centuries, opium has been a source of both profit and peril, its legacy entangled with addiction, imperialism, and the complex interplay of global trade and national development. While the illicit opium trade is infamous, the history of licit opium--how it was farmed, refined, and used to build modern medicine and shape state power--has remained largely untold.<br />Drawing on archival sources from Asia, Europe, and the United States, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197527825">Markets of Pain: Opium, Capitalism, and the Global History of Painkillers</a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2026) traces the global arc of licit opium from poppy fields and processing plants in India, Turkey, and Australia to the clinics and laboratories of modern medicine. It shows how both the Ottoman Empire and the Turkish Republic treated the opium poppy as a national resource and a means of securing global stature. In postcolonial India, by contrast, nationalist leaders initially rejected opium's imperial legacy before embracing its strategic value amid the shifting currents of the Cold War. At the heart of this story are the cultivators, scientists, bureaucrats, and policymakers who shaped the licit opium trade and grappled with its far-reaching consequences. Their work and visions demonstrate how colonial empires and postcolonial states helped forge the global pharmaceutical industry as it struggled to govern a drug it could not abandon.<br /><em>Markets of Pain</em> reveals how a seemingly marginal crop became an unlikely engine of modernization, a tool of Cold War geopolitics, and a harbinger of today's global opioid crisis. Blending vivid scenes from opium's fields and factories with incisive analysis of scientific and diplomatic archives, Benjamin Robert Siegel recovers a buried history with urgent relevance for global supply chains, international power, and public health.</p>
<p><em>Markets of Pain</em> offers an account of the global drug trade in the twentieth century, focusing on the transformation of opium from a colonial commodity into a modern resource for the American and European pharmaceutical industries. Challenging simplistic ideas of licit and illicit drugs in the twentieth century, it reveals how the modern global drug regime was formed by India and Turkey's navigation of the international anti-opium movement, the rise of the pharmaceutical industry, and the complex relationship between agriculture, medicine, and global capitalism.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="33314303" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/d8f6d707-9c02-4f5a-89a4-b1fcf66f1989/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=d8f6d707-9c02-4f5a-89a4-b1fcf66f1989&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Benjamin Robert Siegel, &quot;Markets of Pain: Opium, Capitalism, and the Global History of Painkillers&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:34:38</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Markets of Pain offers a sweeping history of the business of licit opium--following cultivators, merchants, scientists, and policymakers--and shows how this potent crop reshaped global trade, medicine, and geopolitics.

﻿For centuries, opium has been a source of both profit and peril, its legacy entangled with addiction, imperialism, and the complex interplay of global trade and national development. While the illicit opium trade is infamous, the history of licit opium--how it was farmed, refined, and used to build modern medicine and shape state power--has remained largely untold.Drawing on archival sources from Asia, Europe, and the United States, Markets of Pain: Opium, Capitalism, and the Global History of Painkillers (Oxford UP, 2026) traces the global arc of licit opium from poppy fields and processing plants in India, Turkey, and Australia to the clinics and laboratories of modern medicine. It shows how both the Ottoman Empire and the Turkish Republic treated the opium poppy as a national resource and a means of securing global stature. In postcolonial India, by contrast, nationalist leaders initially rejected opium&apos;s imperial legacy before embracing its strategic value amid the shifting currents of the Cold War. At the heart of this story are the cultivators, scientists, bureaucrats, and policymakers who shaped the licit opium trade and grappled with its far-reaching consequences. Their work and visions demonstrate how colonial empires and postcolonial states helped forge the global pharmaceutical industry as it struggled to govern a drug it could not abandon.Markets of Pain reveals how a seemingly marginal crop became an unlikely engine of modernization, a tool of Cold War geopolitics, and a harbinger of today&apos;s global opioid crisis. Blending vivid scenes from opium&apos;s fields and factories with incisive analysis of scientific and diplomatic archives, Benjamin Robert Siegel recovers a buried history with urgent relevance for global supply chains, international power, and public health.

Markets of Pain offers an account of the global drug trade in the twentieth century, focusing on the transformation of opium from a colonial commodity into a modern resource for the American and European pharmaceutical industries. Challenging simplistic ideas of licit and illicit drugs in the twentieth century, it reveals how the modern global drug regime was formed by India and Turkey&apos;s navigation of the international anti-opium movement, the rise of the pharmaceutical industry, and the complex relationship between agriculture, medicine, and global capitalism.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Markets of Pain offers a sweeping history of the business of licit opium--following cultivators, merchants, scientists, and policymakers--and shows how this potent crop reshaped global trade, medicine, and geopolitics.

﻿For centuries, opium has been a source of both profit and peril, its legacy entangled with addiction, imperialism, and the complex interplay of global trade and national development. While the illicit opium trade is infamous, the history of licit opium--how it was farmed, refined, and used to build modern medicine and shape state power--has remained largely untold.Drawing on archival sources from Asia, Europe, and the United States, Markets of Pain: Opium, Capitalism, and the Global History of Painkillers (Oxford UP, 2026) traces the global arc of licit opium from poppy fields and processing plants in India, Turkey, and Australia to the clinics and laboratories of modern medicine. It shows how both the Ottoman Empire and the Turkish Republic treated the opium poppy as a national resource and a means of securing global stature. In postcolonial India, by contrast, nationalist leaders initially rejected opium&apos;s imperial legacy before embracing its strategic value amid the shifting currents of the Cold War. At the heart of this story are the cultivators, scientists, bureaucrats, and policymakers who shaped the licit opium trade and grappled with its far-reaching consequences. Their work and visions demonstrate how colonial empires and postcolonial states helped forge the global pharmaceutical industry as it struggled to govern a drug it could not abandon.Markets of Pain reveals how a seemingly marginal crop became an unlikely engine of modernization, a tool of Cold War geopolitics, and a harbinger of today&apos;s global opioid crisis. Blending vivid scenes from opium&apos;s fields and factories with incisive analysis of scientific and diplomatic archives, Benjamin Robert Siegel recovers a buried history with urgent relevance for global supply chains, international power, and public health.

Markets of Pain offers an account of the global drug trade in the twentieth century, focusing on the transformation of opium from a colonial commodity into a modern resource for the American and European pharmaceutical industries. Challenging simplistic ideas of licit and illicit drugs in the twentieth century, it reveals how the modern global drug regime was formed by India and Turkey&apos;s navigation of the international anti-opium movement, the rise of the pharmaceutical industry, and the complex relationship between agriculture, medicine, and global capitalism.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1832</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a20667b8-4ced-11f1-a75b-13ef9b5624ee</guid>
      <title>Chiara Libiseller, &quot;Reconceptualizing War: The Rise and Fall of Fashionable Concepts in Strategic Studies&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The field of Strategic Studies, which studies the use and threat of force for political purposes, has seen the repeated rise of concepts to dominate discourses and research agendas, only to eventually fall to the margins again. What explains this cyclical pattern? What are the consequences for our understanding of war?<br /><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198972365">Reconceptualizing War: The Rise and Fall of Fashionable Concepts in Strategic Studies</a> (Oxford UP, 2026) by Dr. Chiara Libiseller examines these questions by likening the coming and going of theories to fashions. While in vogue, fashionable concepts are used widely, becoming broader and vaguer until essentially stripped of meaning. At the same time, they are bestowed with authority and power that allows them to withstand criticism and marginalizes alternative perspectives. These characteristics severely affect the quality, depth, and diversity of research by narrowing and siloing the field of inquiry.<br />Tracing three concepts—revolution in military affairs, counterinsurgency, and hybrid warfare—through their fashion lifecycle, Dr. Libiseller demonstrates how fashionability affects the concepts themselves, related research, and the field more generally. Embedded within a discussion of the history and dynamics of Strategic Studies, the book calls for more reflexivity in the study of war and strategy.</p>
<p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 May 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The field of Strategic Studies, which studies the use and threat of force for political purposes, has seen the repeated rise of concepts to dominate discourses and research agendas, only to eventually fall to the margins again. What explains this cyclical pattern? What are the consequences for our understanding of war?<br /><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198972365">Reconceptualizing War: The Rise and Fall of Fashionable Concepts in Strategic Studies</a> (Oxford UP, 2026) by Dr. Chiara Libiseller examines these questions by likening the coming and going of theories to fashions. While in vogue, fashionable concepts are used widely, becoming broader and vaguer until essentially stripped of meaning. At the same time, they are bestowed with authority and power that allows them to withstand criticism and marginalizes alternative perspectives. These characteristics severely affect the quality, depth, and diversity of research by narrowing and siloing the field of inquiry.<br />Tracing three concepts—revolution in military affairs, counterinsurgency, and hybrid warfare—through their fashion lifecycle, Dr. Libiseller demonstrates how fashionability affects the concepts themselves, related research, and the field more generally. Embedded within a discussion of the history and dynamics of Strategic Studies, the book calls for more reflexivity in the study of war and strategy.</p>
<p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="52297931" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/8a353015-c677-4795-a2ca-f22d20f32bed/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=8a353015-c677-4795-a2ca-f22d20f32bed&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Chiara Libiseller, &quot;Reconceptualizing War: The Rise and Fall of Fashionable Concepts in Strategic Studies&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:54:24</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The field of Strategic Studies, which studies the use and threat of force for political purposes, has seen the repeated rise of concepts to dominate discourses and research agendas, only to eventually fall to the margins again. What explains this cyclical pattern? What are the consequences for our understanding of war?Reconceptualizing War: The Rise and Fall of Fashionable Concepts in Strategic Studies (Oxford UP, 2026) by Dr. Chiara Libiseller examines these questions by likening the coming and going of theories to fashions. While in vogue, fashionable concepts are used widely, becoming broader and vaguer until essentially stripped of meaning. At the same time, they are bestowed with authority and power that allows them to withstand criticism and marginalizes alternative perspectives. These characteristics severely affect the quality, depth, and diversity of research by narrowing and siloing the field of inquiry.Tracing three concepts—revolution in military affairs, counterinsurgency, and hybrid warfare—through their fashion lifecycle, Dr. Libiseller demonstrates how fashionability affects the concepts themselves, related research, and the field more generally. Embedded within a discussion of the history and dynamics of Strategic Studies, the book calls for more reflexivity in the study of war and strategy.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The field of Strategic Studies, which studies the use and threat of force for political purposes, has seen the repeated rise of concepts to dominate discourses and research agendas, only to eventually fall to the margins again. What explains this cyclical pattern? What are the consequences for our understanding of war?Reconceptualizing War: The Rise and Fall of Fashionable Concepts in Strategic Studies (Oxford UP, 2026) by Dr. Chiara Libiseller examines these questions by likening the coming and going of theories to fashions. While in vogue, fashionable concepts are used widely, becoming broader and vaguer until essentially stripped of meaning. At the same time, they are bestowed with authority and power that allows them to withstand criticism and marginalizes alternative perspectives. These characteristics severely affect the quality, depth, and diversity of research by narrowing and siloing the field of inquiry.Tracing three concepts—revolution in military affairs, counterinsurgency, and hybrid warfare—through their fashion lifecycle, Dr. Libiseller demonstrates how fashionability affects the concepts themselves, related research, and the field more generally. Embedded within a discussion of the history and dynamics of Strategic Studies, the book calls for more reflexivity in the study of war and strategy.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1831</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ae1316d6-4aaa-11f1-879c-df6cb2387a8e</guid>
      <title>Alexander Klein, &quot;Consciousness is Motor: William James on Mind and Action&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>When it comes to consciousness, William James is well-known for his descriptions of it rather than his theory of it and its relation to the body. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190085841">Consciousness is Motor: William James on Mind and Action </a>(Oxford UP, 2025), Alexander Klein elaborates James’ theory of the evolutionary function of consciousness and how conscious states are always linked to the body and always trigger bodily motion (from physiological changes to purposive behavior). Klein, who is Canada Research Chair and Professor of Philosophy at McMaster University, describes the vivisection experiments with headless frogs that led theorists to deny that consciousness was necessary for purposive action or to affirm that consciousness depended on the whole nervous system, not just the brain. James instead proposed an essential link between consciousness and purposive action in which the latter required an ability to entertain “absent” (future) sensations. Klein’s book situates James in relation to contemporary debates regarding the functional role of consciousness, the search for neural correlates of and behavioral markers of consciousness, and the embodiment of mind.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 10 May 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>When it comes to consciousness, William James is well-known for his descriptions of it rather than his theory of it and its relation to the body. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190085841">Consciousness is Motor: William James on Mind and Action </a>(Oxford UP, 2025), Alexander Klein elaborates James’ theory of the evolutionary function of consciousness and how conscious states are always linked to the body and always trigger bodily motion (from physiological changes to purposive behavior). Klein, who is Canada Research Chair and Professor of Philosophy at McMaster University, describes the vivisection experiments with headless frogs that led theorists to deny that consciousness was necessary for purposive action or to affirm that consciousness depended on the whole nervous system, not just the brain. James instead proposed an essential link between consciousness and purposive action in which the latter required an ability to entertain “absent” (future) sensations. Klein’s book situates James in relation to contemporary debates regarding the functional role of consciousness, the search for neural correlates of and behavioral markers of consciousness, and the embodiment of mind.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="60128695" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/d78332af-497c-4f5e-b8fb-95a514a42188/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=d78332af-497c-4f5e-b8fb-95a514a42188&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Alexander Klein, &quot;Consciousness is Motor: William James on Mind and Action&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:02:35</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>When it comes to consciousness, William James is well-known for his descriptions of it rather than his theory of it and its relation to the body. In Consciousness is Motor: William James on Mind and Action (Oxford UP, 2025), Alexander Klein elaborates James’ theory of the evolutionary function of consciousness and how conscious states are always linked to the body and always trigger bodily motion (from physiological changes to purposive behavior). Klein, who is Canada Research Chair and Professor of Philosophy at McMaster University, describes the vivisection experiments with headless frogs that led theorists to deny that consciousness was necessary for purposive action or to affirm that consciousness depended on the whole nervous system, not just the brain. James instead proposed an essential link between consciousness and purposive action in which the latter required an ability to entertain “absent” (future) sensations. Klein’s book situates James in relation to contemporary debates regarding the functional role of consciousness, the search for neural correlates of and behavioral markers of consciousness, and the embodiment of mind.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>When it comes to consciousness, William James is well-known for his descriptions of it rather than his theory of it and its relation to the body. In Consciousness is Motor: William James on Mind and Action (Oxford UP, 2025), Alexander Klein elaborates James’ theory of the evolutionary function of consciousness and how conscious states are always linked to the body and always trigger bodily motion (from physiological changes to purposive behavior). Klein, who is Canada Research Chair and Professor of Philosophy at McMaster University, describes the vivisection experiments with headless frogs that led theorists to deny that consciousness was necessary for purposive action or to affirm that consciousness depended on the whole nervous system, not just the brain. James instead proposed an essential link between consciousness and purposive action in which the latter required an ability to entertain “absent” (future) sensations. Klein’s book situates James in relation to contemporary debates regarding the functional role of consciousness, the search for neural correlates of and behavioral markers of consciousness, and the embodiment of mind.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1830</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">346de15e-4aae-11f1-b2af-db640df07ade</guid>
      <title>Justin Michael Reed, &quot;The Injustice of Noah&apos;s Curse&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In Genesis 9, Noah plants a vineyard, and eventually becomes drunk and uncovered in his tent. Then we are told that Ham sees the nakedness of his father, but when Noah wakes up he curses Canaan, Ham’s son. For more than two thousand years, interpreters have struggled to make sense of this story, trying to fill its gaps and explain its ambiguities.</p>
<p>Tune in as we speak with Justin Michael Reed, who offers a novel explanation in his recent book, ﻿<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197663899">The Injustice of Noah's Curse</a> (Oxford UP, 2025)<br /></p>
<p>Justin Michael Reed is Associate Professor of Old Testament/Hebrew Bible at Louisville Presbyterian Theological Seminary.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 10 May 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In Genesis 9, Noah plants a vineyard, and eventually becomes drunk and uncovered in his tent. Then we are told that Ham sees the nakedness of his father, but when Noah wakes up he curses Canaan, Ham’s son. For more than two thousand years, interpreters have struggled to make sense of this story, trying to fill its gaps and explain its ambiguities.</p>
<p>Tune in as we speak with Justin Michael Reed, who offers a novel explanation in his recent book, ﻿<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197663899">The Injustice of Noah's Curse</a> (Oxford UP, 2025)<br /></p>
<p>Justin Michael Reed is Associate Professor of Old Testament/Hebrew Bible at Louisville Presbyterian Theological Seminary.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="29602685" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/00e70065-747a-4121-a91a-dcd24cb4d016/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=00e70065-747a-4121-a91a-dcd24cb4d016&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Justin Michael Reed, &quot;The Injustice of Noah&apos;s Curse&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:30:46</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In Genesis 9, Noah plants a vineyard, and eventually becomes drunk and uncovered in his tent. Then we are told that Ham sees the nakedness of his father, but when Noah wakes up he curses Canaan, Ham’s son. For more than two thousand years, interpreters have struggled to make sense of this story, trying to fill its gaps and explain its ambiguities.

Tune in as we speak with Justin Michael Reed, who offers a novel explanation in his recent book, ﻿The Injustice of Noah&apos;s Curse (Oxford UP, 2025)

Justin Michael Reed is Associate Professor of Old Testament/Hebrew Bible at Louisville Presbyterian Theological Seminary.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In Genesis 9, Noah plants a vineyard, and eventually becomes drunk and uncovered in his tent. Then we are told that Ham sees the nakedness of his father, but when Noah wakes up he curses Canaan, Ham’s son. For more than two thousand years, interpreters have struggled to make sense of this story, trying to fill its gaps and explain its ambiguities.

Tune in as we speak with Justin Michael Reed, who offers a novel explanation in his recent book, ﻿The Injustice of Noah&apos;s Curse (Oxford UP, 2025)

Justin Michael Reed is Associate Professor of Old Testament/Hebrew Bible at Louisville Presbyterian Theological Seminary.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1829</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5a2d4496-4907-11f1-876a-eb8b7fc6fed2</guid>
      <title>Antisemitism: What Everyone Needs To Know by David Harris</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>History teaches that antisemitism is a disease which begins with the Jews but does not end with them. Once antisemitism is unleashed, it knows no bounds and can attack the very fabric of society. This deadly strain of hatred often turns against other minority groups too, not to mention foundational democratic values, beginning with equal rights and equal protection before the law. Therefore, antisemitism should be viewed as a universal human rights issue of importance to all, and not solely as a parochial Jewish or Israeli concern.<br /><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197800676">Antisemitism: What Everyone Needs to Know</a> (Oxford UP, 2025) explores how, in the 21st century, antisemitism is once again resurgent. In recent years, the FBI reported that well over half of all religiously motivated hate crimes in the United States targeted Jews, even though Jews comprise just over two percent of the population. It is striking how little understood antisemitism, including the term itself, still is. This extends quite widely to political leaders, educational authorities, law enforcement and the judiciary, civic groups, and media outlets. Polls have also shown how knowledge of the Holocaust, which was widely considered to be a firewall against the resurgence of antisemitism, is declining, notwithstanding ongoing attention to the topic in education, museums and memorials, and culture.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 8 May 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>History teaches that antisemitism is a disease which begins with the Jews but does not end with them. Once antisemitism is unleashed, it knows no bounds and can attack the very fabric of society. This deadly strain of hatred often turns against other minority groups too, not to mention foundational democratic values, beginning with equal rights and equal protection before the law. Therefore, antisemitism should be viewed as a universal human rights issue of importance to all, and not solely as a parochial Jewish or Israeli concern.<br /><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197800676">Antisemitism: What Everyone Needs to Know</a> (Oxford UP, 2025) explores how, in the 21st century, antisemitism is once again resurgent. In recent years, the FBI reported that well over half of all religiously motivated hate crimes in the United States targeted Jews, even though Jews comprise just over two percent of the population. It is striking how little understood antisemitism, including the term itself, still is. This extends quite widely to political leaders, educational authorities, law enforcement and the judiciary, civic groups, and media outlets. Polls have also shown how knowledge of the Holocaust, which was widely considered to be a firewall against the resurgence of antisemitism, is declining, notwithstanding ongoing attention to the topic in education, museums and memorials, and culture.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="31337492" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/7b1c8c31-9bfc-444f-8960-06cce46bde55/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=7b1c8c31-9bfc-444f-8960-06cce46bde55&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Antisemitism: What Everyone Needs To Know by David Harris</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:32:35</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>History teaches that antisemitism is a disease which begins with the Jews but does not end with them. Once antisemitism is unleashed, it knows no bounds and can attack the very fabric of society. This deadly strain of hatred often turns against other minority groups too, not to mention foundational democratic values, beginning with equal rights and equal protection before the law. Therefore, antisemitism should be viewed as a universal human rights issue of importance to all, and not solely as a parochial Jewish or Israeli concern.Antisemitism: What Everyone Needs to Know (Oxford UP, 2025) explores how, in the 21st century, antisemitism is once again resurgent. In recent years, the FBI reported that well over half of all religiously motivated hate crimes in the United States targeted Jews, even though Jews comprise just over two percent of the population. It is striking how little understood antisemitism, including the term itself, still is. This extends quite widely to political leaders, educational authorities, law enforcement and the judiciary, civic groups, and media outlets. Polls have also shown how knowledge of the Holocaust, which was widely considered to be a firewall against the resurgence of antisemitism, is declining, notwithstanding ongoing attention to the topic in education, museums and memorials, and culture.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>History teaches that antisemitism is a disease which begins with the Jews but does not end with them. Once antisemitism is unleashed, it knows no bounds and can attack the very fabric of society. This deadly strain of hatred often turns against other minority groups too, not to mention foundational democratic values, beginning with equal rights and equal protection before the law. Therefore, antisemitism should be viewed as a universal human rights issue of importance to all, and not solely as a parochial Jewish or Israeli concern.Antisemitism: What Everyone Needs to Know (Oxford UP, 2025) explores how, in the 21st century, antisemitism is once again resurgent. In recent years, the FBI reported that well over half of all religiously motivated hate crimes in the United States targeted Jews, even though Jews comprise just over two percent of the population. It is striking how little understood antisemitism, including the term itself, still is. This extends quite widely to political leaders, educational authorities, law enforcement and the judiciary, civic groups, and media outlets. Polls have also shown how knowledge of the Holocaust, which was widely considered to be a firewall against the resurgence of antisemitism, is declining, notwithstanding ongoing attention to the topic in education, museums and memorials, and culture.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1828</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b1db99ba-01e3-11f1-908a-03abbe584584</guid>
      <title>Alex Prichard, &quot;Anarchism: a Very Short Introduction&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>If you asked a passerby on the street what anarchism is, they may answer that it is an ideology based on chaos, disorder, and violence. But is this true? What exactly is anarchism?</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198815617"><em>Anarchism: a Very Short Introduction</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2022) provides a new point of departure for our understanding of anarchism. Prichard describes anarchism as a lived set of practices, with a rich historical legacy, and shows how anarchists have inspired and criticised some of our most cherished values and concepts, from the ideals of freedom, participatory education, federalism, to important topics like climate change, and wider popular culture in science fiction. By locating the emergence and globalization of anarchist ideas in a history of colonialism and imperialism, the book links anarchism into struggles for freedom across the world and demonstrates that anarchism has much to offer anyone trying to envision a better future.</p><p>Alex Prichard is Associate Professor of International Relations at the University of Exeter. His research on anarchism has shed new light on old problems of constitutional politics, order and anarchy in world order, and the history of international thought. He is the co-founder of the Political Studies Association specialist group for the study of anarchism, the Manchester University Press monograph series, Contemporary Anarchist Studies, and a trained chef.</p><p><br /></p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>Morteza Hajizadeh</em></a><em> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>YouTube channel</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 7 May 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>If you asked a passerby on the street what anarchism is, they may answer that it is an ideology based on chaos, disorder, and violence. But is this true? What exactly is anarchism?</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198815617"><em>Anarchism: a Very Short Introduction</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2022) provides a new point of departure for our understanding of anarchism. Prichard describes anarchism as a lived set of practices, with a rich historical legacy, and shows how anarchists have inspired and criticised some of our most cherished values and concepts, from the ideals of freedom, participatory education, federalism, to important topics like climate change, and wider popular culture in science fiction. By locating the emergence and globalization of anarchist ideas in a history of colonialism and imperialism, the book links anarchism into struggles for freedom across the world and demonstrates that anarchism has much to offer anyone trying to envision a better future.</p><p>Alex Prichard is Associate Professor of International Relations at the University of Exeter. His research on anarchism has shed new light on old problems of constitutional politics, order and anarchy in world order, and the history of international thought. He is the co-founder of the Political Studies Association specialist group for the study of anarchism, the Manchester University Press monograph series, Contemporary Anarchist Studies, and a trained chef.</p><p><br /></p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>Morteza Hajizadeh</em></a><em> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>YouTube channel</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="53531907" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/a0ceb02a-53c4-4d81-a766-e322134628dc/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=a0ceb02a-53c4-4d81-a766-e322134628dc&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Alex Prichard, &quot;Anarchism: a Very Short Introduction&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:55:45</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>If you asked a passerby on the street what anarchism is, they may answer that it is an ideology based on chaos, disorder, and violence. But is this true? What exactly is anarchism?
Anarchism: a Very Short Introduction (Oxford UP, 2022) provides a new point of departure for our understanding of anarchism. Prichard describes anarchism as a lived set of practices, with a rich historical legacy, and shows how anarchists have inspired and criticised some of our most cherished values and concepts, from the ideals of freedom, participatory education, federalism, to important topics like climate change, and wider popular culture in science fiction. By locating the emergence and globalization of anarchist ideas in a history of colonialism and imperialism, the book links anarchism into struggles for freedom across the world and demonstrates that anarchism has much to offer anyone trying to envision a better future.
Alex Prichard is Associate Professor of International Relations at the University of Exeter. His research on anarchism has shed new light on old problems of constitutional politics, order and anarchy in world order, and the history of international thought. He is the co-founder of the Political Studies Association specialist group for the study of anarchism, the Manchester University Press monograph series, Contemporary Anarchist Studies, and a trained chef.

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>If you asked a passerby on the street what anarchism is, they may answer that it is an ideology based on chaos, disorder, and violence. But is this true? What exactly is anarchism?
Anarchism: a Very Short Introduction (Oxford UP, 2022) provides a new point of departure for our understanding of anarchism. Prichard describes anarchism as a lived set of practices, with a rich historical legacy, and shows how anarchists have inspired and criticised some of our most cherished values and concepts, from the ideals of freedom, participatory education, federalism, to important topics like climate change, and wider popular culture in science fiction. By locating the emergence and globalization of anarchist ideas in a history of colonialism and imperialism, the book links anarchism into struggles for freedom across the world and demonstrates that anarchism has much to offer anyone trying to envision a better future.
Alex Prichard is Associate Professor of International Relations at the University of Exeter. His research on anarchism has shed new light on old problems of constitutional politics, order and anarchy in world order, and the history of international thought. He is the co-founder of the Political Studies Association specialist group for the study of anarchism, the Manchester University Press monograph series, Contemporary Anarchist Studies, and a trained chef.

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>381</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">26cf5732-4773-11f1-bb13-eb57f06dc96e</guid>
      <title>Antony Valentini, &quot;Beyond the Quantum: A Quest for the Origin and Hidden Meaning of Quantum Mechanics&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Based on decades of research, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192595423">Beyond the Quantum: A Quest for the Origin and Hidden Meaning of Quantum Mechanics</a> (Oxford UP, 2026) offers a panoramic rethink of quantum physics, with potentially revolutionary implications for cosmology, quantum gravity, and quantum technology.</p>
<p>Properly understood, 'pilot-wave theory' provides a deeper foundation for quantum mechanics, while also going beyond it. First proposed in the 1920s by French aristocrat and physicist Louis de Broglie, and revived in the 1950s by American physicist David Bohm, the theory posits hidden particle motions we cannot currently see or control. The theory is usually regarded as merely an alternative account of the same physics we already know. In fact, pilot-wave theory implies a wealth of new and radical physics beyond the reach of quantum mechanics.</p>
<p>Pilot-wave theory tells us that quantum physics is a special case of something broader and deeper. In more general 'nonequilibrium' conditions, Einstein's relativity and Heisenberg's uncertainty break down. Superluminal signalling becomes possible, and quantum particles can be clearly seen and controlled. This new physics could have left traces in the early universe, and it might be visible today in radiation from exploding primordial black holes. Harnessing this new physics would have transformative technological implications, in particular for communication, cryptography, and computing.</p>
<p>Drawing intriguing parallels between the present era of quantum physics and past episodes of scientific confusion, this book tells the story of how pilot-wave theory was discovered and abandoned, revived and reconstructed, and how today it can pave the way to a new and radical physics beyond the quantum.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 5 May 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Based on decades of research, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192595423">Beyond the Quantum: A Quest for the Origin and Hidden Meaning of Quantum Mechanics</a> (Oxford UP, 2026) offers a panoramic rethink of quantum physics, with potentially revolutionary implications for cosmology, quantum gravity, and quantum technology.</p>
<p>Properly understood, 'pilot-wave theory' provides a deeper foundation for quantum mechanics, while also going beyond it. First proposed in the 1920s by French aristocrat and physicist Louis de Broglie, and revived in the 1950s by American physicist David Bohm, the theory posits hidden particle motions we cannot currently see or control. The theory is usually regarded as merely an alternative account of the same physics we already know. In fact, pilot-wave theory implies a wealth of new and radical physics beyond the reach of quantum mechanics.</p>
<p>Pilot-wave theory tells us that quantum physics is a special case of something broader and deeper. In more general 'nonequilibrium' conditions, Einstein's relativity and Heisenberg's uncertainty break down. Superluminal signalling becomes possible, and quantum particles can be clearly seen and controlled. This new physics could have left traces in the early universe, and it might be visible today in radiation from exploding primordial black holes. Harnessing this new physics would have transformative technological implications, in particular for communication, cryptography, and computing.</p>
<p>Drawing intriguing parallels between the present era of quantum physics and past episodes of scientific confusion, this book tells the story of how pilot-wave theory was discovered and abandoned, revived and reconstructed, and how today it can pave the way to a new and radical physics beyond the quantum.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="86695573" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/6c4e9865-fc6c-4d6c-b22b-448010fcfb9b/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=6c4e9865-fc6c-4d6c-b22b-448010fcfb9b&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Antony Valentini, &quot;Beyond the Quantum: A Quest for the Origin and Hidden Meaning of Quantum Mechanics&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:30:15</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Based on decades of research, Beyond the Quantum: A Quest for the Origin and Hidden Meaning of Quantum Mechanics (Oxford UP, 2026) offers a panoramic rethink of quantum physics, with potentially revolutionary implications for cosmology, quantum gravity, and quantum technology.

Properly understood, &apos;pilot-wave theory&apos; provides a deeper foundation for quantum mechanics, while also going beyond it. First proposed in the 1920s by French aristocrat and physicist Louis de Broglie, and revived in the 1950s by American physicist David Bohm, the theory posits hidden particle motions we cannot currently see or control. The theory is usually regarded as merely an alternative account of the same physics we already know. In fact, pilot-wave theory implies a wealth of new and radical physics beyond the reach of quantum mechanics.

Pilot-wave theory tells us that quantum physics is a special case of something broader and deeper. In more general &apos;nonequilibrium&apos; conditions, Einstein&apos;s relativity and Heisenberg&apos;s uncertainty break down. Superluminal signalling becomes possible, and quantum particles can be clearly seen and controlled. This new physics could have left traces in the early universe, and it might be visible today in radiation from exploding primordial black holes. Harnessing this new physics would have transformative technological implications, in particular for communication, cryptography, and computing.

Drawing intriguing parallels between the present era of quantum physics and past episodes of scientific confusion, this book tells the story of how pilot-wave theory was discovered and abandoned, revived and reconstructed, and how today it can pave the way to a new and radical physics beyond the quantum.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Based on decades of research, Beyond the Quantum: A Quest for the Origin and Hidden Meaning of Quantum Mechanics (Oxford UP, 2026) offers a panoramic rethink of quantum physics, with potentially revolutionary implications for cosmology, quantum gravity, and quantum technology.

Properly understood, &apos;pilot-wave theory&apos; provides a deeper foundation for quantum mechanics, while also going beyond it. First proposed in the 1920s by French aristocrat and physicist Louis de Broglie, and revived in the 1950s by American physicist David Bohm, the theory posits hidden particle motions we cannot currently see or control. The theory is usually regarded as merely an alternative account of the same physics we already know. In fact, pilot-wave theory implies a wealth of new and radical physics beyond the reach of quantum mechanics.

Pilot-wave theory tells us that quantum physics is a special case of something broader and deeper. In more general &apos;nonequilibrium&apos; conditions, Einstein&apos;s relativity and Heisenberg&apos;s uncertainty break down. Superluminal signalling becomes possible, and quantum particles can be clearly seen and controlled. This new physics could have left traces in the early universe, and it might be visible today in radiation from exploding primordial black holes. Harnessing this new physics would have transformative technological implications, in particular for communication, cryptography, and computing.

Drawing intriguing parallels between the present era of quantum physics and past episodes of scientific confusion, this book tells the story of how pilot-wave theory was discovered and abandoned, revived and reconstructed, and how today it can pave the way to a new and radical physics beyond the quantum.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1826</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7a48e662-4719-11f1-85fd-174a468b3947</guid>
      <title>Russell McCutcheon, &quot;Manufacturing Religion: The Discourse on Sui Generis Religion and the Politics of Nostalgia, second edition&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>First published in 1997, <em>Manufacturing Religion</em> was a controversial book because it critiqued a widely adopted style of scholarship that presumes that religion is utterly unique, inexplicable, and therefore able only to be interpreted by privileged scholars. Claiming religion to be <em>sui generis</em> (or self-caused), this approach has undisclosed practical effects--institutional and geo-political--at a variety of sites, from the types of textbooks commonly used in introductory classes to the way that political events are often represented in the mass media. Russell McCutcheon documented the ubiquity of this approach and showed how harmful it was Updating its wide-ranging evidence and adding new chapters, this new edition demonstrates the impact of this critique while showing how little the field has generally moved in the past thirty years.</p>
<p>Russell T. McCutcheon earned his Ph.D. at the University of Toronto and is now an honorary life member of the International Association for the History of Religions. Beginning in 2001, he was the Department Chair at the University of Alabama, a role that he played for 18 years. His many publications on the history of the field and the practical effects of the category religion in liberal democracies, along with a number of resources created specifically for teachers and students, are widely used in the field today.</p>
<p>This episode’s host, <a href="https://twitter.com/jakebarrett25">Jacob Barrett</a>, is currently a PhD candidate in the Department of Religious Studies at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill in the Religion and Culture track. For more information, visit his website <a href="https://thereluctantamericanist.com/">thereluctantamericanist.com00:00 </a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 4 May 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>First published in 1997, <em>Manufacturing Religion</em> was a controversial book because it critiqued a widely adopted style of scholarship that presumes that religion is utterly unique, inexplicable, and therefore able only to be interpreted by privileged scholars. Claiming religion to be <em>sui generis</em> (or self-caused), this approach has undisclosed practical effects--institutional and geo-political--at a variety of sites, from the types of textbooks commonly used in introductory classes to the way that political events are often represented in the mass media. Russell McCutcheon documented the ubiquity of this approach and showed how harmful it was Updating its wide-ranging evidence and adding new chapters, this new edition demonstrates the impact of this critique while showing how little the field has generally moved in the past thirty years.</p>
<p>Russell T. McCutcheon earned his Ph.D. at the University of Toronto and is now an honorary life member of the International Association for the History of Religions. Beginning in 2001, he was the Department Chair at the University of Alabama, a role that he played for 18 years. His many publications on the history of the field and the practical effects of the category religion in liberal democracies, along with a number of resources created specifically for teachers and students, are widely used in the field today.</p>
<p>This episode’s host, <a href="https://twitter.com/jakebarrett25">Jacob Barrett</a>, is currently a PhD candidate in the Department of Religious Studies at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill in the Religion and Culture track. For more information, visit his website <a href="https://thereluctantamericanist.com/">thereluctantamericanist.com00:00 </a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="45745156" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/c13983c3-9b4d-4c8a-95b8-c3bbd8668bad/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=c13983c3-9b4d-4c8a-95b8-c3bbd8668bad&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Russell McCutcheon, &quot;Manufacturing Religion: The Discourse on Sui Generis Religion and the Politics of Nostalgia, second edition&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:47:36</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>First published in 1997, Manufacturing Religion was a controversial book because it critiqued a widely adopted style of scholarship that presumes that religion is utterly unique, inexplicable, and therefore able only to be interpreted by privileged scholars. Claiming religion to be sui generis (or self-caused), this approach has undisclosed practical effects--institutional and geo-political--at a variety of sites, from the types of textbooks commonly used in introductory classes to the way that political events are often represented in the mass media. Russell McCutcheon documented the ubiquity of this approach and showed how harmful it was Updating its wide-ranging evidence and adding new chapters, this new edition demonstrates the impact of this critique while showing how little the field has generally moved in the past thirty years.

Russell T. McCutcheon earned his Ph.D. at the University of Toronto and is now an honorary life member of the International Association for the History of Religions. Beginning in 2001, he was the Department Chair at the University of Alabama, a role that he played for 18 years. His many publications on the history of the field and the practical effects of the category religion in liberal democracies, along with a number of resources created specifically for teachers and students, are widely used in the field today.

This episode’s host, Jacob Barrett, is currently a PhD candidate in the Department of Religious Studies at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill in the Religion and Culture track. For more information, visit his website thereluctantamericanist.com00:00</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>First published in 1997, Manufacturing Religion was a controversial book because it critiqued a widely adopted style of scholarship that presumes that religion is utterly unique, inexplicable, and therefore able only to be interpreted by privileged scholars. Claiming religion to be sui generis (or self-caused), this approach has undisclosed practical effects--institutional and geo-political--at a variety of sites, from the types of textbooks commonly used in introductory classes to the way that political events are often represented in the mass media. Russell McCutcheon documented the ubiquity of this approach and showed how harmful it was Updating its wide-ranging evidence and adding new chapters, this new edition demonstrates the impact of this critique while showing how little the field has generally moved in the past thirty years.

Russell T. McCutcheon earned his Ph.D. at the University of Toronto and is now an honorary life member of the International Association for the History of Religions. Beginning in 2001, he was the Department Chair at the University of Alabama, a role that he played for 18 years. His many publications on the history of the field and the practical effects of the category religion in liberal democracies, along with a number of resources created specifically for teachers and students, are widely used in the field today.

This episode’s host, Jacob Barrett, is currently a PhD candidate in the Department of Religious Studies at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill in the Religion and Culture track. For more information, visit his website thereluctantamericanist.com00:00</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>252</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">79977af2-4521-11f1-9230-578ff62c7ea0</guid>
      <title>Alice Echols, &quot;Black Power, White Heat: From Solidarity Politics to Radical Chic&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>A rich history of cross-racial coalitions and alliances of the Sixties' freedom movement, acclaimed historian Alice Echols's Black Power, White Heat reshapes our understanding of the entire era.</p>
<p><br />One of the most divisive issues in recent progressive politics has been what role, if any, allies might legitimately play in other people's movements. Despite the significance of this debate, it has taken place in a historical vacuum.<br />In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197789032"><em>Black Power, White Heat: From Solidarity Politics to Radical Chic</em>,</a> ﻿(Oxford UP, 2026) the Sixties historian Alice Echols explores what happened some sixty years ago when whites and Blacks came together in the fight against racism. She tells this story by focusing on two Black-led organizations that bookend the Sixties: The Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee (SNCC) and the Black Panther Party. In SNCC, whites were, in part, meant to generate a "white heat" so searing it would accelerate change. Results were mixed, and white activists formed new movements, from women's liberation to draft resistance.<br />By 1967, the Black Panther Party was advancing its own unique brand of "revolutionary nationalism," and seeking out white supporters. Partnering with whites brought the group visibility and resources, but it also put the Panthers at odds with other Black radicals, with unfortunate consequences.<br /><em>Black Power, White Heat</em> explains how solidarity lost credibility, and not just from within the movement. Here, the FBI played a key role, and so did the discourse of "radical chic," advanced most effectively by the journalist Tom Wolfe. Still, even as Black-white solidarity lost steam, it was not entirely played out. In some of the era's most important political trials, even courtrooms became sites of solidarity as predominantly white juries returned verdicts that suggested they trusted Black Panther defendants more than the District Attorneys prosecuting them. Clear-eyed about the difficulties of solidarity, <em>Black Power,</em> <em>White Heat</em> nonetheless emphasizes the achievements and considerable promise of uniting across difference, and in ways that will inform and deepen current debates roiling progressive politics.</p>
<p>Alice Echols is Professor of History at the University of Southern California. She is the author of numerous books, including <em>Daring to Be Bad</em>, <em>Scars of Sweet Paradise: The Life and Times of Janis Joplin</em>, <em>Hot Stuff: Disco and the Remaking of American Culture</em>.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">Morteza Hajizadeh</a> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature.</p>
<p>YouTube Channel: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">here</a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 3 May 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>A rich history of cross-racial coalitions and alliances of the Sixties' freedom movement, acclaimed historian Alice Echols's Black Power, White Heat reshapes our understanding of the entire era.</p>
<p><br />One of the most divisive issues in recent progressive politics has been what role, if any, allies might legitimately play in other people's movements. Despite the significance of this debate, it has taken place in a historical vacuum.<br />In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197789032"><em>Black Power, White Heat: From Solidarity Politics to Radical Chic</em>,</a> ﻿(Oxford UP, 2026) the Sixties historian Alice Echols explores what happened some sixty years ago when whites and Blacks came together in the fight against racism. She tells this story by focusing on two Black-led organizations that bookend the Sixties: The Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee (SNCC) and the Black Panther Party. In SNCC, whites were, in part, meant to generate a "white heat" so searing it would accelerate change. Results were mixed, and white activists formed new movements, from women's liberation to draft resistance.<br />By 1967, the Black Panther Party was advancing its own unique brand of "revolutionary nationalism," and seeking out white supporters. Partnering with whites brought the group visibility and resources, but it also put the Panthers at odds with other Black radicals, with unfortunate consequences.<br /><em>Black Power, White Heat</em> explains how solidarity lost credibility, and not just from within the movement. Here, the FBI played a key role, and so did the discourse of "radical chic," advanced most effectively by the journalist Tom Wolfe. Still, even as Black-white solidarity lost steam, it was not entirely played out. In some of the era's most important political trials, even courtrooms became sites of solidarity as predominantly white juries returned verdicts that suggested they trusted Black Panther defendants more than the District Attorneys prosecuting them. Clear-eyed about the difficulties of solidarity, <em>Black Power,</em> <em>White Heat</em> nonetheless emphasizes the achievements and considerable promise of uniting across difference, and in ways that will inform and deepen current debates roiling progressive politics.</p>
<p>Alice Echols is Professor of History at the University of Southern California. She is the author of numerous books, including <em>Daring to Be Bad</em>, <em>Scars of Sweet Paradise: The Life and Times of Janis Joplin</em>, <em>Hot Stuff: Disco and the Remaking of American Culture</em>.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">Morteza Hajizadeh</a> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature.</p>
<p>YouTube Channel: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">here</a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="71571307" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/f49e64d6-cf0c-4f9a-8e8a-405c54a4807e/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=f49e64d6-cf0c-4f9a-8e8a-405c54a4807e&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Alice Echols, &quot;Black Power, White Heat: From Solidarity Politics to Radical Chic&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:14:28</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>A rich history of cross-racial coalitions and alliances of the Sixties&apos; freedom movement, acclaimed historian Alice Echols&apos;s Black Power, White Heat reshapes our understanding of the entire era.

One of the most divisive issues in recent progressive politics has been what role, if any, allies might legitimately play in other people&apos;s movements. Despite the significance of this debate, it has taken place in a historical vacuum.In Black Power, White Heat: From Solidarity Politics to Radical Chic, ﻿(Oxford UP, 2026) the Sixties historian Alice Echols explores what happened some sixty years ago when whites and Blacks came together in the fight against racism. She tells this story by focusing on two Black-led organizations that bookend the Sixties: The Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee (SNCC) and the Black Panther Party. In SNCC, whites were, in part, meant to generate a &quot;white heat&quot; so searing it would accelerate change. Results were mixed, and white activists formed new movements, from women&apos;s liberation to draft resistance.By 1967, the Black Panther Party was advancing its own unique brand of &quot;revolutionary nationalism,&quot; and seeking out white supporters. Partnering with whites brought the group visibility and resources, but it also put the Panthers at odds with other Black radicals, with unfortunate consequences.Black Power, White Heat explains how solidarity lost credibility, and not just from within the movement. Here, the FBI played a key role, and so did the discourse of &quot;radical chic,&quot; advanced most effectively by the journalist Tom Wolfe. Still, even as Black-white solidarity lost steam, it was not entirely played out. In some of the era&apos;s most important political trials, even courtrooms became sites of solidarity as predominantly white juries returned verdicts that suggested they trusted Black Panther defendants more than the District Attorneys prosecuting them. Clear-eyed about the difficulties of solidarity, Black Power, White Heat nonetheless emphasizes the achievements and considerable promise of uniting across difference, and in ways that will inform and deepen current debates roiling progressive politics.

Alice Echols is Professor of History at the University of Southern California. She is the author of numerous books, including Daring to Be Bad, Scars of Sweet Paradise: The Life and Times of Janis Joplin, Hot Stuff: Disco and the Remaking of American Culture.

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature.

YouTube Channel: here</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>A rich history of cross-racial coalitions and alliances of the Sixties&apos; freedom movement, acclaimed historian Alice Echols&apos;s Black Power, White Heat reshapes our understanding of the entire era.

One of the most divisive issues in recent progressive politics has been what role, if any, allies might legitimately play in other people&apos;s movements. Despite the significance of this debate, it has taken place in a historical vacuum.In Black Power, White Heat: From Solidarity Politics to Radical Chic, ﻿(Oxford UP, 2026) the Sixties historian Alice Echols explores what happened some sixty years ago when whites and Blacks came together in the fight against racism. She tells this story by focusing on two Black-led organizations that bookend the Sixties: The Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee (SNCC) and the Black Panther Party. In SNCC, whites were, in part, meant to generate a &quot;white heat&quot; so searing it would accelerate change. Results were mixed, and white activists formed new movements, from women&apos;s liberation to draft resistance.By 1967, the Black Panther Party was advancing its own unique brand of &quot;revolutionary nationalism,&quot; and seeking out white supporters. Partnering with whites brought the group visibility and resources, but it also put the Panthers at odds with other Black radicals, with unfortunate consequences.Black Power, White Heat explains how solidarity lost credibility, and not just from within the movement. Here, the FBI played a key role, and so did the discourse of &quot;radical chic,&quot; advanced most effectively by the journalist Tom Wolfe. Still, even as Black-white solidarity lost steam, it was not entirely played out. In some of the era&apos;s most important political trials, even courtrooms became sites of solidarity as predominantly white juries returned verdicts that suggested they trusted Black Panther defendants more than the District Attorneys prosecuting them. Clear-eyed about the difficulties of solidarity, Black Power, White Heat nonetheless emphasizes the achievements and considerable promise of uniting across difference, and in ways that will inform and deepen current debates roiling progressive politics.

Alice Echols is Professor of History at the University of Southern California. She is the author of numerous books, including Daring to Be Bad, Scars of Sweet Paradise: The Life and Times of Janis Joplin, Hot Stuff: Disco and the Remaking of American Culture.

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature.

YouTube Channel: here</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1824</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">dcf19d08-4454-11f1-afaf-bba48b96dc90</guid>
      <title>Anthony Kaldellis, &quot;1453: The Conquest and Tragedy of Constantinople&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>A ﻿﻿detailed account of the siege and fall of Constantinople in 1453, a watershed year that closed the book, once and for all, on the Roman Empire and confirmed for Europeans their worst fears about an expanding Ottoman Empire.<br />Anthony Kaldellis offers a new narrative of the siege and fall of Constantinople in 1453, a watershed year that closed the book, once and for all, on the Roman Empire and confirmed for Europeans their worst fears about an expanding Ottoman Empire.</p>
<p>By the fifteenth century, Constantinople had seen better days, but it was still a vibrant center of learning, worship, commerce, and information. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197827505">1453: The Conquest and Tragedy of Constantinople</a> (Oxford UP, 2026) sketches the tense but exciting shared world of Italians, Turks, and Romans that was thrown into crisis by Mehmed II's decision to conquer the city. Kaldellis showcases a detailed reconstruction following events on a day-by-day basis, pulling from gripping eye-witness testimonies in Latin, Italian, Greek, Russian, and Turkish. He weighs the strategies of both the attackers and defenders, and proves that, contrary to the fatalism that marks almost all narratives written with hindsight, in reality the defense was hardly a lost cause. The defenders knew exactly what they were doing. They were willing to risk their lives, but it was not their intention to become martyrs. Instead, it was the sultan who was scrambling to neutralize a seemingly impregnable defense. That he did so was a testament to his ingenuity and tenacity.</p>
<p>The final chapters of 1453 trace the fate of the vanquished and their captivity. It also weighs the impact of the city's fall on the conquerors, the conquered, and on world history. 1453 was not merely a symbol for the passing of the Middle Ages and the onset of early modernity: it changed the very nature of the Ottoman empire and redirected the transmission of cultural legacies, especially those of Greek classical scholarship. The fall of Constantinople is therefore a nexus of converging pathways between east and west, medieval and modern, ends and beginnings.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 1 May 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>A ﻿﻿detailed account of the siege and fall of Constantinople in 1453, a watershed year that closed the book, once and for all, on the Roman Empire and confirmed for Europeans their worst fears about an expanding Ottoman Empire.<br />Anthony Kaldellis offers a new narrative of the siege and fall of Constantinople in 1453, a watershed year that closed the book, once and for all, on the Roman Empire and confirmed for Europeans their worst fears about an expanding Ottoman Empire.</p>
<p>By the fifteenth century, Constantinople had seen better days, but it was still a vibrant center of learning, worship, commerce, and information. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197827505">1453: The Conquest and Tragedy of Constantinople</a> (Oxford UP, 2026) sketches the tense but exciting shared world of Italians, Turks, and Romans that was thrown into crisis by Mehmed II's decision to conquer the city. Kaldellis showcases a detailed reconstruction following events on a day-by-day basis, pulling from gripping eye-witness testimonies in Latin, Italian, Greek, Russian, and Turkish. He weighs the strategies of both the attackers and defenders, and proves that, contrary to the fatalism that marks almost all narratives written with hindsight, in reality the defense was hardly a lost cause. The defenders knew exactly what they were doing. They were willing to risk their lives, but it was not their intention to become martyrs. Instead, it was the sultan who was scrambling to neutralize a seemingly impregnable defense. That he did so was a testament to his ingenuity and tenacity.</p>
<p>The final chapters of 1453 trace the fate of the vanquished and their captivity. It also weighs the impact of the city's fall on the conquerors, the conquered, and on world history. 1453 was not merely a symbol for the passing of the Middle Ages and the onset of early modernity: it changed the very nature of the Ottoman empire and redirected the transmission of cultural legacies, especially those of Greek classical scholarship. The fall of Constantinople is therefore a nexus of converging pathways between east and west, medieval and modern, ends and beginnings.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="73859735" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/1d6e1659-e4c1-4cca-8be8-614e7118e8b5/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=1d6e1659-e4c1-4cca-8be8-614e7118e8b5&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Anthony Kaldellis, &quot;1453: The Conquest and Tragedy of Constantinople&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:16:52</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>A ﻿﻿detailed account of the siege and fall of Constantinople in 1453, a watershed year that closed the book, once and for all, on the Roman Empire and confirmed for Europeans their worst fears about an expanding Ottoman Empire.Anthony Kaldellis offers a new narrative of the siege and fall of Constantinople in 1453, a watershed year that closed the book, once and for all, on the Roman Empire and confirmed for Europeans their worst fears about an expanding Ottoman Empire.

By the fifteenth century, Constantinople had seen better days, but it was still a vibrant center of learning, worship, commerce, and information. 1453: The Conquest and Tragedy of Constantinople (Oxford UP, 2026) sketches the tense but exciting shared world of Italians, Turks, and Romans that was thrown into crisis by Mehmed II&apos;s decision to conquer the city. Kaldellis showcases a detailed reconstruction following events on a day-by-day basis, pulling from gripping eye-witness testimonies in Latin, Italian, Greek, Russian, and Turkish. He weighs the strategies of both the attackers and defenders, and proves that, contrary to the fatalism that marks almost all narratives written with hindsight, in reality the defense was hardly a lost cause. The defenders knew exactly what they were doing. They were willing to risk their lives, but it was not their intention to become martyrs. Instead, it was the sultan who was scrambling to neutralize a seemingly impregnable defense. That he did so was a testament to his ingenuity and tenacity.

The final chapters of 1453 trace the fate of the vanquished and their captivity. It also weighs the impact of the city&apos;s fall on the conquerors, the conquered, and on world history. 1453 was not merely a symbol for the passing of the Middle Ages and the onset of early modernity: it changed the very nature of the Ottoman empire and redirected the transmission of cultural legacies, especially those of Greek classical scholarship. The fall of Constantinople is therefore a nexus of converging pathways between east and west, medieval and modern, ends and beginnings.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>A ﻿﻿detailed account of the siege and fall of Constantinople in 1453, a watershed year that closed the book, once and for all, on the Roman Empire and confirmed for Europeans their worst fears about an expanding Ottoman Empire.Anthony Kaldellis offers a new narrative of the siege and fall of Constantinople in 1453, a watershed year that closed the book, once and for all, on the Roman Empire and confirmed for Europeans their worst fears about an expanding Ottoman Empire.

By the fifteenth century, Constantinople had seen better days, but it was still a vibrant center of learning, worship, commerce, and information. 1453: The Conquest and Tragedy of Constantinople (Oxford UP, 2026) sketches the tense but exciting shared world of Italians, Turks, and Romans that was thrown into crisis by Mehmed II&apos;s decision to conquer the city. Kaldellis showcases a detailed reconstruction following events on a day-by-day basis, pulling from gripping eye-witness testimonies in Latin, Italian, Greek, Russian, and Turkish. He weighs the strategies of both the attackers and defenders, and proves that, contrary to the fatalism that marks almost all narratives written with hindsight, in reality the defense was hardly a lost cause. The defenders knew exactly what they were doing. They were willing to risk their lives, but it was not their intention to become martyrs. Instead, it was the sultan who was scrambling to neutralize a seemingly impregnable defense. That he did so was a testament to his ingenuity and tenacity.

The final chapters of 1453 trace the fate of the vanquished and their captivity. It also weighs the impact of the city&apos;s fall on the conquerors, the conquered, and on world history. 1453 was not merely a symbol for the passing of the Middle Ages and the onset of early modernity: it changed the very nature of the Ottoman empire and redirected the transmission of cultural legacies, especially those of Greek classical scholarship. The fall of Constantinople is therefore a nexus of converging pathways between east and west, medieval and modern, ends and beginnings.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1823</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b32f2e84-42f3-11f1-9c2e-7bfdd412d45b</guid>
      <title>Philip Abbott, &quot;Sounds for a New World: The Christianizing Soundscapes of Late Antiquity&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In the Greco-Roman world, gods were known to tame soundscapes, or acoustic landscapes. Zeus, Apollo, Orpheus, and other Classical deities demonstrated their power by bringing order to chaotic sound worlds, replacing cacophony with harmony. In late antiquity, Christians took up this archetype and applied it to Jesus. For many early Christians, the advent of Christ resembled the modern phenomenon of a musical key change, but on a grand scale: Jesus initiated a recalibration of the cosmic soundscape, ushering in a new world. However, according to many Christians in late antiquity, this universal key change was not yet complete. Late ancient Christians believed that they could participate in the ongoing sonic work of Christ by Christianizing the acoustic landscapes of the world.<br />In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197810736">Sounds for a New World: The Christianizing Soundscapes of Late Antiquity</a> (Oxford UP, 2026), Dr. Philip Abbott explores how late ancient Christians envisioned themselves as participants in the worldwide retuning effort, harmonizing the Classical world to the new Christian reality. Rejecting the sounds of traditional Greco-Roman and Persian cultures, Christians advocated a variety of sonic practices to realize their grand retuning endeavor, including shouting, singing, silent meditation, chanting, and even belching. From the Latin West to the Syriac East, late ancient Christians formed a polyphonous chorus of diverse voices all joining in the great harmonizing work of Jesus as they Christianized the soundscapes of the world.<br />For years, scholars have noted the monumental changes that took place in early Christianity during the so-called Constantinian Revolution. But Dr. Abbott turns our attention to an unexplored aspect of this transitional moment, arguing that it was not simply a political or religious revolution - it was a revolution of the senses. Central to this sensorial transformation was sound. As Christianity gained imperial power in the fourth century, Christians began the process of re-tuning the world for Christ.</p>
<p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 Apr 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In the Greco-Roman world, gods were known to tame soundscapes, or acoustic landscapes. Zeus, Apollo, Orpheus, and other Classical deities demonstrated their power by bringing order to chaotic sound worlds, replacing cacophony with harmony. In late antiquity, Christians took up this archetype and applied it to Jesus. For many early Christians, the advent of Christ resembled the modern phenomenon of a musical key change, but on a grand scale: Jesus initiated a recalibration of the cosmic soundscape, ushering in a new world. However, according to many Christians in late antiquity, this universal key change was not yet complete. Late ancient Christians believed that they could participate in the ongoing sonic work of Christ by Christianizing the acoustic landscapes of the world.<br />In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197810736">Sounds for a New World: The Christianizing Soundscapes of Late Antiquity</a> (Oxford UP, 2026), Dr. Philip Abbott explores how late ancient Christians envisioned themselves as participants in the worldwide retuning effort, harmonizing the Classical world to the new Christian reality. Rejecting the sounds of traditional Greco-Roman and Persian cultures, Christians advocated a variety of sonic practices to realize their grand retuning endeavor, including shouting, singing, silent meditation, chanting, and even belching. From the Latin West to the Syriac East, late ancient Christians formed a polyphonous chorus of diverse voices all joining in the great harmonizing work of Jesus as they Christianized the soundscapes of the world.<br />For years, scholars have noted the monumental changes that took place in early Christianity during the so-called Constantinian Revolution. But Dr. Abbott turns our attention to an unexplored aspect of this transitional moment, arguing that it was not simply a political or religious revolution - it was a revolution of the senses. Central to this sensorial transformation was sound. As Christianity gained imperial power in the fourth century, Christians began the process of re-tuning the world for Christ.</p>
<p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="27774507" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/c038c955-f362-4ebd-869f-6191f3497b92/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=c038c955-f362-4ebd-869f-6191f3497b92&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Philip Abbott, &quot;Sounds for a New World: The Christianizing Soundscapes of Late Antiquity&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:28:52</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In the Greco-Roman world, gods were known to tame soundscapes, or acoustic landscapes. Zeus, Apollo, Orpheus, and other Classical deities demonstrated their power by bringing order to chaotic sound worlds, replacing cacophony with harmony. In late antiquity, Christians took up this archetype and applied it to Jesus. For many early Christians, the advent of Christ resembled the modern phenomenon of a musical key change, but on a grand scale: Jesus initiated a recalibration of the cosmic soundscape, ushering in a new world. However, according to many Christians in late antiquity, this universal key change was not yet complete. Late ancient Christians believed that they could participate in the ongoing sonic work of Christ by Christianizing the acoustic landscapes of the world.In Sounds for a New World: The Christianizing Soundscapes of Late Antiquity (Oxford UP, 2026), Dr. Philip Abbott explores how late ancient Christians envisioned themselves as participants in the worldwide retuning effort, harmonizing the Classical world to the new Christian reality. Rejecting the sounds of traditional Greco-Roman and Persian cultures, Christians advocated a variety of sonic practices to realize their grand retuning endeavor, including shouting, singing, silent meditation, chanting, and even belching. From the Latin West to the Syriac East, late ancient Christians formed a polyphonous chorus of diverse voices all joining in the great harmonizing work of Jesus as they Christianized the soundscapes of the world.For years, scholars have noted the monumental changes that took place in early Christianity during the so-called Constantinian Revolution. But Dr. Abbott turns our attention to an unexplored aspect of this transitional moment, arguing that it was not simply a political or religious revolution - it was a revolution of the senses. Central to this sensorial transformation was sound. As Christianity gained imperial power in the fourth century, Christians began the process of re-tuning the world for Christ.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In the Greco-Roman world, gods were known to tame soundscapes, or acoustic landscapes. Zeus, Apollo, Orpheus, and other Classical deities demonstrated their power by bringing order to chaotic sound worlds, replacing cacophony with harmony. In late antiquity, Christians took up this archetype and applied it to Jesus. For many early Christians, the advent of Christ resembled the modern phenomenon of a musical key change, but on a grand scale: Jesus initiated a recalibration of the cosmic soundscape, ushering in a new world. However, according to many Christians in late antiquity, this universal key change was not yet complete. Late ancient Christians believed that they could participate in the ongoing sonic work of Christ by Christianizing the acoustic landscapes of the world.In Sounds for a New World: The Christianizing Soundscapes of Late Antiquity (Oxford UP, 2026), Dr. Philip Abbott explores how late ancient Christians envisioned themselves as participants in the worldwide retuning effort, harmonizing the Classical world to the new Christian reality. Rejecting the sounds of traditional Greco-Roman and Persian cultures, Christians advocated a variety of sonic practices to realize their grand retuning endeavor, including shouting, singing, silent meditation, chanting, and even belching. From the Latin West to the Syriac East, late ancient Christians formed a polyphonous chorus of diverse voices all joining in the great harmonizing work of Jesus as they Christianized the soundscapes of the world.For years, scholars have noted the monumental changes that took place in early Christianity during the so-called Constantinian Revolution. But Dr. Abbott turns our attention to an unexplored aspect of this transitional moment, arguing that it was not simply a political or religious revolution - it was a revolution of the senses. Central to this sensorial transformation was sound. As Christianity gained imperial power in the fourth century, Christians began the process of re-tuning the world for Christ.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1822</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a703baea-3f3c-11f1-8594-53460b66ce57</guid>
      <title>Tiffany Jo Werth, &quot;The Lithic Imagination from More to Milton&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><em>The Lithic Imagination from More to Milton</em> (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Tiffany Jo Werth explores how stones, rocks, and the broader mineral realm play a vital role in early modern England's religious and cultural systems, a role that, in turn, informs the period's poetic and visual imagination. The scale of the human lifespan and the gyre-like turns of England's long Reformation provide a conceptual framework for the various stony textual and visual archives this book studies. The texts and images participate in specifically English histories (literary, artistic, political, religious) although Continental influences are frequently in dialogue. The religious orbit encompasses the Christian rivalry with Jewish culture, touches on Christianity's tension with Islam, but most intently centers on the antagonism between Catholic and variants of Protestant and Reformed belief.<br />The volume features canonical writers such as Shakespeare, Spenser, Donne, Wroth, Herbert, Milton and Pulter, but puts them in company with lesser-known religious polemicists, alchemists, anatomists, painters, mothers and stonemasons. Accordingly, the multimedia archive includes drama, lyric and prose as well as biblical illustrations, tapestries, church furniture, paintings, anatomical drawings and statues. The lithic too is capaciously construed as a continuum of rocky as well as mineral forms ranging from bodily encrustations like the kidney and bezoar stone, to salt, iron, limestone, marble, flint and silicon. The assemblage of materials bears witness to aspirational imperial fantasies and looming colonial conquests; it engages in both syncretism and supersession; upholds and subverts gender hierarchies; limns the race-making category of hue with desire; and supports, and sometimes thwarts, elitist ideologies of an elect, chosen people. All come together via the storied pathways of stone as densely material and as a foundation for the abstract imaginary along the scala naturae. Across the lithic-human fold, stone promises, fascinates, betrays. As alpha and omega, stone can herald salvation or it can threaten with damnation.</p>
<p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 25 Apr 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><em>The Lithic Imagination from More to Milton</em> (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Tiffany Jo Werth explores how stones, rocks, and the broader mineral realm play a vital role in early modern England's religious and cultural systems, a role that, in turn, informs the period's poetic and visual imagination. The scale of the human lifespan and the gyre-like turns of England's long Reformation provide a conceptual framework for the various stony textual and visual archives this book studies. The texts and images participate in specifically English histories (literary, artistic, political, religious) although Continental influences are frequently in dialogue. The religious orbit encompasses the Christian rivalry with Jewish culture, touches on Christianity's tension with Islam, but most intently centers on the antagonism between Catholic and variants of Protestant and Reformed belief.<br />The volume features canonical writers such as Shakespeare, Spenser, Donne, Wroth, Herbert, Milton and Pulter, but puts them in company with lesser-known religious polemicists, alchemists, anatomists, painters, mothers and stonemasons. Accordingly, the multimedia archive includes drama, lyric and prose as well as biblical illustrations, tapestries, church furniture, paintings, anatomical drawings and statues. The lithic too is capaciously construed as a continuum of rocky as well as mineral forms ranging from bodily encrustations like the kidney and bezoar stone, to salt, iron, limestone, marble, flint and silicon. The assemblage of materials bears witness to aspirational imperial fantasies and looming colonial conquests; it engages in both syncretism and supersession; upholds and subverts gender hierarchies; limns the race-making category of hue with desire; and supports, and sometimes thwarts, elitist ideologies of an elect, chosen people. All come together via the storied pathways of stone as densely material and as a foundation for the abstract imaginary along the scala naturae. Across the lithic-human fold, stone promises, fascinates, betrays. As alpha and omega, stone can herald salvation or it can threaten with damnation.</p>
<p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="45275524" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/f482625b-8900-4970-8a76-c200aa2ef645/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=f482625b-8900-4970-8a76-c200aa2ef645&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Tiffany Jo Werth, &quot;The Lithic Imagination from More to Milton&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:47:06</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The Lithic Imagination from More to Milton (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Tiffany Jo Werth explores how stones, rocks, and the broader mineral realm play a vital role in early modern England&apos;s religious and cultural systems, a role that, in turn, informs the period&apos;s poetic and visual imagination. The scale of the human lifespan and the gyre-like turns of England&apos;s long Reformation provide a conceptual framework for the various stony textual and visual archives this book studies. The texts and images participate in specifically English histories (literary, artistic, political, religious) although Continental influences are frequently in dialogue. The religious orbit encompasses the Christian rivalry with Jewish culture, touches on Christianity&apos;s tension with Islam, but most intently centers on the antagonism between Catholic and variants of Protestant and Reformed belief.The volume features canonical writers such as Shakespeare, Spenser, Donne, Wroth, Herbert, Milton and Pulter, but puts them in company with lesser-known religious polemicists, alchemists, anatomists, painters, mothers and stonemasons. Accordingly, the multimedia archive includes drama, lyric and prose as well as biblical illustrations, tapestries, church furniture, paintings, anatomical drawings and statues. The lithic too is capaciously construed as a continuum of rocky as well as mineral forms ranging from bodily encrustations like the kidney and bezoar stone, to salt, iron, limestone, marble, flint and silicon. The assemblage of materials bears witness to aspirational imperial fantasies and looming colonial conquests; it engages in both syncretism and supersession; upholds and subverts gender hierarchies; limns the race-making category of hue with desire; and supports, and sometimes thwarts, elitist ideologies of an elect, chosen people. All come together via the storied pathways of stone as densely material and as a foundation for the abstract imaginary along the scala naturae. Across the lithic-human fold, stone promises, fascinates, betrays. As alpha and omega, stone can herald salvation or it can threaten with damnation.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The Lithic Imagination from More to Milton (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Tiffany Jo Werth explores how stones, rocks, and the broader mineral realm play a vital role in early modern England&apos;s religious and cultural systems, a role that, in turn, informs the period&apos;s poetic and visual imagination. The scale of the human lifespan and the gyre-like turns of England&apos;s long Reformation provide a conceptual framework for the various stony textual and visual archives this book studies. The texts and images participate in specifically English histories (literary, artistic, political, religious) although Continental influences are frequently in dialogue. The religious orbit encompasses the Christian rivalry with Jewish culture, touches on Christianity&apos;s tension with Islam, but most intently centers on the antagonism between Catholic and variants of Protestant and Reformed belief.The volume features canonical writers such as Shakespeare, Spenser, Donne, Wroth, Herbert, Milton and Pulter, but puts them in company with lesser-known religious polemicists, alchemists, anatomists, painters, mothers and stonemasons. Accordingly, the multimedia archive includes drama, lyric and prose as well as biblical illustrations, tapestries, church furniture, paintings, anatomical drawings and statues. The lithic too is capaciously construed as a continuum of rocky as well as mineral forms ranging from bodily encrustations like the kidney and bezoar stone, to salt, iron, limestone, marble, flint and silicon. The assemblage of materials bears witness to aspirational imperial fantasies and looming colonial conquests; it engages in both syncretism and supersession; upholds and subverts gender hierarchies; limns the race-making category of hue with desire; and supports, and sometimes thwarts, elitist ideologies of an elect, chosen people. All come together via the storied pathways of stone as densely material and as a foundation for the abstract imaginary along the scala naturae. Across the lithic-human fold, stone promises, fascinates, betrays. As alpha and omega, stone can herald salvation or it can threaten with damnation.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>199</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b9f0a93c-38b2-11f1-a912-1faabc4adc04</guid>
      <title>Amanda Anderson and Simon During, &quot;Humanities Theory&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198918783">Humanities Theory</a> (Oxford UP, 2026) pioneers a new topic: the theory of the humanities. It is an urgent topic right now because the humanities face a suite of forceful new challenges and are in a period of significant change. For these reasons, it has become important to analyse and understand what the humanities are as a whole, beyond disciplinary divisions and yet without resorting to simplistic notions of their worth. Remarkably little attention has been paid to this topic. Most discussions of the humanities have been polemical if not defensive.</p>
<p><br />This book argues that there exists a global humanities world which not only transcends disciplinary divisions but joins the professional academic humanities to a thriving amateur public humanities. This world has no essence, it is plural. Nevertheless, powerful, if contested, ethical orientations run through it and help shape it, including a will to truthfulness, a will to openness and generosity, a will to examine values.<br />In their essays Simon During and Amanda Anderson each bring different emphases to their shared orientation towards a large plural humanities world:<br />During analyses how key disciplines—sociology, philosophy and history—might be used to think about the humanities as a whole and, on this basis, offers some predictions of the future awaiting the humanities.<br />Anderson analyzes media representations of the humanities and considers the general conceptual frameworks through which the humanities focus on value and proffer critique. She analyses a series of examples of contemporary critical engagements in the humanities to press a case for value pluralism in the humanities and the university more broadly.</p>
<p>Amanda Anderson is Andrew W. Mellon Professor of English and Humanities and Director of the Cogut Institute for the Humanities at Brown University. She is the author, most recently, of <em>Psyche and Ethos: Moral Life after Psychology</em> (Oxford, 2018) and <em>Bleak Liberalism</em> (Chicago, 2016). She previously served as the Director of the School of Criticism and Theory at Cornell and serves on the advisory board of the international Consortium of Humanities Centers and Institutes (CHCI).</p>
<p>Simon During, educated in New Zealand and at Cambridge, has taught at the University of Melbourne and Johns Hopkins University. He is the author of pioneering work in post-colonialism, cultural studies, and the history of entertainment but in recent years has concentrated on thinking about literature and the humanities under their difficult contemporary conditions</p>
<p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">Morteza Hajizadeh</a> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature.</p>
<p>YouTube Channel: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">here</a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 17 Apr 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198918783">Humanities Theory</a> (Oxford UP, 2026) pioneers a new topic: the theory of the humanities. It is an urgent topic right now because the humanities face a suite of forceful new challenges and are in a period of significant change. For these reasons, it has become important to analyse and understand what the humanities are as a whole, beyond disciplinary divisions and yet without resorting to simplistic notions of their worth. Remarkably little attention has been paid to this topic. Most discussions of the humanities have been polemical if not defensive.</p>
<p><br />This book argues that there exists a global humanities world which not only transcends disciplinary divisions but joins the professional academic humanities to a thriving amateur public humanities. This world has no essence, it is plural. Nevertheless, powerful, if contested, ethical orientations run through it and help shape it, including a will to truthfulness, a will to openness and generosity, a will to examine values.<br />In their essays Simon During and Amanda Anderson each bring different emphases to their shared orientation towards a large plural humanities world:<br />During analyses how key disciplines—sociology, philosophy and history—might be used to think about the humanities as a whole and, on this basis, offers some predictions of the future awaiting the humanities.<br />Anderson analyzes media representations of the humanities and considers the general conceptual frameworks through which the humanities focus on value and proffer critique. She analyses a series of examples of contemporary critical engagements in the humanities to press a case for value pluralism in the humanities and the university more broadly.</p>
<p>Amanda Anderson is Andrew W. Mellon Professor of English and Humanities and Director of the Cogut Institute for the Humanities at Brown University. She is the author, most recently, of <em>Psyche and Ethos: Moral Life after Psychology</em> (Oxford, 2018) and <em>Bleak Liberalism</em> (Chicago, 2016). She previously served as the Director of the School of Criticism and Theory at Cornell and serves on the advisory board of the international Consortium of Humanities Centers and Institutes (CHCI).</p>
<p>Simon During, educated in New Zealand and at Cambridge, has taught at the University of Melbourne and Johns Hopkins University. He is the author of pioneering work in post-colonialism, cultural studies, and the history of entertainment but in recent years has concentrated on thinking about literature and the humanities under their difficult contemporary conditions</p>
<p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">Morteza Hajizadeh</a> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature.</p>
<p>YouTube Channel: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">here</a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="66899849" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/2c106fef-30d1-4b08-9613-fed695ae47b4/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=2c106fef-30d1-4b08-9613-fed695ae47b4&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Amanda Anderson and Simon During, &quot;Humanities Theory&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:09:38</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Humanities Theory (Oxford UP, 2026) pioneers a new topic: the theory of the humanities. It is an urgent topic right now because the humanities face a suite of forceful new challenges and are in a period of significant change. For these reasons, it has become important to analyse and understand what the humanities are as a whole, beyond disciplinary divisions and yet without resorting to simplistic notions of their worth. Remarkably little attention has been paid to this topic. Most discussions of the humanities have been polemical if not defensive.

This book argues that there exists a global humanities world which not only transcends disciplinary divisions but joins the professional academic humanities to a thriving amateur public humanities. This world has no essence, it is plural. Nevertheless, powerful, if contested, ethical orientations run through it and help shape it, including a will to truthfulness, a will to openness and generosity, a will to examine values.In their essays Simon During and Amanda Anderson each bring different emphases to their shared orientation towards a large plural humanities world:During analyses how key disciplines—sociology, philosophy and history—might be used to think about the humanities as a whole and, on this basis, offers some predictions of the future awaiting the humanities.Anderson analyzes media representations of the humanities and considers the general conceptual frameworks through which the humanities focus on value and proffer critique. She analyses a series of examples of contemporary critical engagements in the humanities to press a case for value pluralism in the humanities and the university more broadly.

Amanda Anderson is Andrew W. Mellon Professor of English and Humanities and Director of the Cogut Institute for the Humanities at Brown University. She is the author, most recently, of Psyche and Ethos: Moral Life after Psychology (Oxford, 2018) and Bleak Liberalism (Chicago, 2016). She previously served as the Director of the School of Criticism and Theory at Cornell and serves on the advisory board of the international Consortium of Humanities Centers and Institutes (CHCI).

Simon During, educated in New Zealand and at Cambridge, has taught at the University of Melbourne and Johns Hopkins University. He is the author of pioneering work in post-colonialism, cultural studies, and the history of entertainment but in recent years has concentrated on thinking about literature and the humanities under their difficult contemporary conditions

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature.

YouTube Channel: here</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Humanities Theory (Oxford UP, 2026) pioneers a new topic: the theory of the humanities. It is an urgent topic right now because the humanities face a suite of forceful new challenges and are in a period of significant change. For these reasons, it has become important to analyse and understand what the humanities are as a whole, beyond disciplinary divisions and yet without resorting to simplistic notions of their worth. Remarkably little attention has been paid to this topic. Most discussions of the humanities have been polemical if not defensive.

This book argues that there exists a global humanities world which not only transcends disciplinary divisions but joins the professional academic humanities to a thriving amateur public humanities. This world has no essence, it is plural. Nevertheless, powerful, if contested, ethical orientations run through it and help shape it, including a will to truthfulness, a will to openness and generosity, a will to examine values.In their essays Simon During and Amanda Anderson each bring different emphases to their shared orientation towards a large plural humanities world:During analyses how key disciplines—sociology, philosophy and history—might be used to think about the humanities as a whole and, on this basis, offers some predictions of the future awaiting the humanities.Anderson analyzes media representations of the humanities and considers the general conceptual frameworks through which the humanities focus on value and proffer critique. She analyses a series of examples of contemporary critical engagements in the humanities to press a case for value pluralism in the humanities and the university more broadly.

Amanda Anderson is Andrew W. Mellon Professor of English and Humanities and Director of the Cogut Institute for the Humanities at Brown University. She is the author, most recently, of Psyche and Ethos: Moral Life after Psychology (Oxford, 2018) and Bleak Liberalism (Chicago, 2016). She previously served as the Director of the School of Criticism and Theory at Cornell and serves on the advisory board of the international Consortium of Humanities Centers and Institutes (CHCI).

Simon During, educated in New Zealand and at Cambridge, has taught at the University of Melbourne and Johns Hopkins University. He is the author of pioneering work in post-colonialism, cultural studies, and the history of entertainment but in recent years has concentrated on thinking about literature and the humanities under their difficult contemporary conditions

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature.

YouTube Channel: here</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1820</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">867d4420-38b2-11f1-a216-13a7fdc7a7cd</guid>
      <title>Alisa Kessel, &quot;Rape Fantasies: Rape Culture and the Persistence of Sexual Violence&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Political theorist Alisa Kessel (University of Puget Sound) has an important and impressive new book<a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/rape-fantasies-9780197797822?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;">, Rape Fantasies: Rape Culture and the Persistence of Sexual Violence</a>. Kessel’s research grew out of her work on questions of consent and how consent is embedded within the social contract structure. Initially the plan for the research was to critique this concept of “rape culture” which had found its way into popular discourse as well as academic work and was somewhat unclear in terms of application and understanding. Kessel notes in the book and in our conversations that her thinking about the idea of rape culture owes a great deal to black feminists who had been writing about and discussing the underlying issue at the heart of rape culture, which is not just about violence against women, but more broadly about the political, societal, and cultural dimensions of domination, victimhood, and human value. <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/rape-fantasies-9780197797822?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;">Rape Fantasies</a> develops this understanding and provides fascinating examples of this intersectional concept. One of the key claims of the book is that sexual violence is not accidental, it is not necessarily based on physical urges that just cannot be controlled; it is, instead, based in the dynamic of political domination thus making rape itself a political act. Part of the unexamined problem with rape is that it is built around an entitlement to dominate, which also makes the threat of sexual violence a political act. <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/rape-fantasies-9780197797822?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;">Rape Fantasies</a> traces this idea through a number of different case studies that unpack the dimensions of this threat of sexual violence in a variety of circumstances and situations, tied, inevitably, to the duality of domination and subordination or victimization, which is also wrapped up with questions of who is deserving of protection and who is not as deserving.</p>
<p>Kessel explains that in examining sexual violence, what she found was multifaceted reflections and refractions, since the issue and the individual’s experience with sexual violence are neither simple nor linear. And the examples and case studies that make up the thrust of the book present this multidimensional nature of sexual violence. This multifaceted thinking about sexual violence also integrates an intersectional analysis, drawing on work from indigenous studies, feminist and women’s studies, feminist theory, black feminism, political theory and other connected schools of thought. The interrogation of rape and rape culture, particular in context of the political valence, “occurs across multiple axes of oppression, including white supremacist, heteropatriarchal, cisgender, settler colonial, and capitalist axes.”<a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/admin/entries/episodes/436613-rape-fantasies?site=default#_ftn1">[1]</a> The case study examples in <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/rape-fantasies-9780197797822?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;">Rape Fantasies</a> include bathroom bills across the states, the idea of the frontier and modes of extraction, consent contracts and consent apps, and <em>OnlyFans</em> and intimacy on demand. Each example is deeply researched and unpacked, providing the reader with historical, legal, political, economic, cultural, and societal analyses of these complex areas of domination and entitlement.</p>
<p><a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/rape-fantasies-9780197797822?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;">Rape Fantasies: Rape Culture and the Persistence of Sexual Violence</a> is an expansive undertaking, bringing together theoretical frameworks from different schools of thought and analysis, threaded with important case studies that help the reader think deeply about this concept and how it is operationalized in our daily lives. Even if we are not aware of these narratives, they surround us and shape so much of our thinking about how the world works. And why sexual violence remains so persistent.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.sju.edu/faculty/susan-liebell#_ga=2.125106634.1318472952.1578330950-502593983.1578330950">Susan Liebell </a><em>is Professor Emerita of Political Science at Saint Joseph’s University in Philadelphia.</em></p>
<p><a href="https://www.carrollu.edu/faculty/goren-lilly-phd"><em>Lilly J. Goren</em></a><em> is a Professor of Political Science at Carroll University in Waukesha, Wisconsin. </em></p>
<p><br /></p>
<p><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/admin/entries/episodes/436613-rape-fantasies?site=default#_ftnref1">[1]</a> Alisa Kessel. <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/rape-fantasies-9780197797822?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;">Rape Fantasies: Rape Culture and the Persistence of Sexual Violence</a>. Oxford University Press, 2025. p. 6.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Apr 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Political theorist Alisa Kessel (University of Puget Sound) has an important and impressive new book<a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/rape-fantasies-9780197797822?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;">, Rape Fantasies: Rape Culture and the Persistence of Sexual Violence</a>. Kessel’s research grew out of her work on questions of consent and how consent is embedded within the social contract structure. Initially the plan for the research was to critique this concept of “rape culture” which had found its way into popular discourse as well as academic work and was somewhat unclear in terms of application and understanding. Kessel notes in the book and in our conversations that her thinking about the idea of rape culture owes a great deal to black feminists who had been writing about and discussing the underlying issue at the heart of rape culture, which is not just about violence against women, but more broadly about the political, societal, and cultural dimensions of domination, victimhood, and human value. <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/rape-fantasies-9780197797822?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;">Rape Fantasies</a> develops this understanding and provides fascinating examples of this intersectional concept. One of the key claims of the book is that sexual violence is not accidental, it is not necessarily based on physical urges that just cannot be controlled; it is, instead, based in the dynamic of political domination thus making rape itself a political act. Part of the unexamined problem with rape is that it is built around an entitlement to dominate, which also makes the threat of sexual violence a political act. <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/rape-fantasies-9780197797822?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;">Rape Fantasies</a> traces this idea through a number of different case studies that unpack the dimensions of this threat of sexual violence in a variety of circumstances and situations, tied, inevitably, to the duality of domination and subordination or victimization, which is also wrapped up with questions of who is deserving of protection and who is not as deserving.</p>
<p>Kessel explains that in examining sexual violence, what she found was multifaceted reflections and refractions, since the issue and the individual’s experience with sexual violence are neither simple nor linear. And the examples and case studies that make up the thrust of the book present this multidimensional nature of sexual violence. This multifaceted thinking about sexual violence also integrates an intersectional analysis, drawing on work from indigenous studies, feminist and women’s studies, feminist theory, black feminism, political theory and other connected schools of thought. The interrogation of rape and rape culture, particular in context of the political valence, “occurs across multiple axes of oppression, including white supremacist, heteropatriarchal, cisgender, settler colonial, and capitalist axes.”<a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/admin/entries/episodes/436613-rape-fantasies?site=default#_ftn1">[1]</a> The case study examples in <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/rape-fantasies-9780197797822?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;">Rape Fantasies</a> include bathroom bills across the states, the idea of the frontier and modes of extraction, consent contracts and consent apps, and <em>OnlyFans</em> and intimacy on demand. Each example is deeply researched and unpacked, providing the reader with historical, legal, political, economic, cultural, and societal analyses of these complex areas of domination and entitlement.</p>
<p><a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/rape-fantasies-9780197797822?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;">Rape Fantasies: Rape Culture and the Persistence of Sexual Violence</a> is an expansive undertaking, bringing together theoretical frameworks from different schools of thought and analysis, threaded with important case studies that help the reader think deeply about this concept and how it is operationalized in our daily lives. Even if we are not aware of these narratives, they surround us and shape so much of our thinking about how the world works. And why sexual violence remains so persistent.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.sju.edu/faculty/susan-liebell#_ga=2.125106634.1318472952.1578330950-502593983.1578330950">Susan Liebell </a><em>is Professor Emerita of Political Science at Saint Joseph’s University in Philadelphia.</em></p>
<p><a href="https://www.carrollu.edu/faculty/goren-lilly-phd"><em>Lilly J. Goren</em></a><em> is a Professor of Political Science at Carroll University in Waukesha, Wisconsin. </em></p>
<p><br /></p>
<p><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/admin/entries/episodes/436613-rape-fantasies?site=default#_ftnref1">[1]</a> Alisa Kessel. <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/rape-fantasies-9780197797822?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;">Rape Fantasies: Rape Culture and the Persistence of Sexual Violence</a>. Oxford University Press, 2025. p. 6.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="66673372" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/3e9d00e8-e451-4c4d-ba08-1310f6e4c49e/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=3e9d00e8-e451-4c4d-ba08-1310f6e4c49e&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Alisa Kessel, &quot;Rape Fantasies: Rape Culture and the Persistence of Sexual Violence&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:09:22</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Political theorist Alisa Kessel (University of Puget Sound) has an important and impressive new book, Rape Fantasies: Rape Culture and the Persistence of Sexual Violence. Kessel’s research grew out of her work on questions of consent and how consent is embedded within the social contract structure. Initially the plan for the research was to critique this concept of “rape culture” which had found its way into popular discourse as well as academic work and was somewhat unclear in terms of application and understanding. Kessel notes in the book and in our conversations that her thinking about the idea of rape culture owes a great deal to black feminists who had been writing about and discussing the underlying issue at the heart of rape culture, which is not just about violence against women, but more broadly about the political, societal, and cultural dimensions of domination, victimhood, and human value. Rape Fantasies develops this understanding and provides fascinating examples of this intersectional concept. One of the key claims of the book is that sexual violence is not accidental, it is not necessarily based on physical urges that just cannot be controlled; it is, instead, based in the dynamic of political domination thus making rape itself a political act. Part of the unexamined problem with rape is that it is built around an entitlement to dominate, which also makes the threat of sexual violence a political act. Rape Fantasies traces this idea through a number of different case studies that unpack the dimensions of this threat of sexual violence in a variety of circumstances and situations, tied, inevitably, to the duality of domination and subordination or victimization, which is also wrapped up with questions of who is deserving of protection and who is not as deserving.

Kessel explains that in examining sexual violence, what she found was multifaceted reflections and refractions, since the issue and the individual’s experience with sexual violence are neither simple nor linear. And the examples and case studies that make up the thrust of the book present this multidimensional nature of sexual violence. This multifaceted thinking about sexual violence also integrates an intersectional analysis, drawing on work from indigenous studies, feminist and women’s studies, feminist theory, black feminism, political theory and other connected schools of thought. The interrogation of rape and rape culture, particular in context of the political valence, “occurs across multiple axes of oppression, including white supremacist, heteropatriarchal, cisgender, settler colonial, and capitalist axes.”[1] The case study examples in Rape Fantasies include bathroom bills across the states, the idea of the frontier and modes of extraction, consent contracts and consent apps, and OnlyFans and intimacy on demand. Each example is deeply researched and unpacked, providing the reader with historical, legal, political, economic, cultural, and societal analyses of these complex areas of domination and entitlement.

Rape Fantasies: Rape Culture and the Persistence of Sexual Violence is an expansive undertaking, bringing together theoretical frameworks from different schools of thought and analysis, threaded with important case studies that help the reader think deeply about this concept and how it is operationalized in our daily lives. Even if we are not aware of these narratives, they surround us and shape so much of our thinking about how the world works. And why sexual violence remains so persistent.

Susan Liebell is Professor Emerita of Political Science at Saint Joseph’s University in Philadelphia.

Lilly J. Goren is a Professor of Political Science at Carroll University in Waukesha, Wisconsin. 



[1] Alisa Kessel. Rape Fantasies: Rape Culture and the Persistence of Sexual Violence. Oxford University Press, 2025. p. 6.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Political theorist Alisa Kessel (University of Puget Sound) has an important and impressive new book, Rape Fantasies: Rape Culture and the Persistence of Sexual Violence. Kessel’s research grew out of her work on questions of consent and how consent is embedded within the social contract structure. Initially the plan for the research was to critique this concept of “rape culture” which had found its way into popular discourse as well as academic work and was somewhat unclear in terms of application and understanding. Kessel notes in the book and in our conversations that her thinking about the idea of rape culture owes a great deal to black feminists who had been writing about and discussing the underlying issue at the heart of rape culture, which is not just about violence against women, but more broadly about the political, societal, and cultural dimensions of domination, victimhood, and human value. Rape Fantasies develops this understanding and provides fascinating examples of this intersectional concept. One of the key claims of the book is that sexual violence is not accidental, it is not necessarily based on physical urges that just cannot be controlled; it is, instead, based in the dynamic of political domination thus making rape itself a political act. Part of the unexamined problem with rape is that it is built around an entitlement to dominate, which also makes the threat of sexual violence a political act. Rape Fantasies traces this idea through a number of different case studies that unpack the dimensions of this threat of sexual violence in a variety of circumstances and situations, tied, inevitably, to the duality of domination and subordination or victimization, which is also wrapped up with questions of who is deserving of protection and who is not as deserving.

Kessel explains that in examining sexual violence, what she found was multifaceted reflections and refractions, since the issue and the individual’s experience with sexual violence are neither simple nor linear. And the examples and case studies that make up the thrust of the book present this multidimensional nature of sexual violence. This multifaceted thinking about sexual violence also integrates an intersectional analysis, drawing on work from indigenous studies, feminist and women’s studies, feminist theory, black feminism, political theory and other connected schools of thought. The interrogation of rape and rape culture, particular in context of the political valence, “occurs across multiple axes of oppression, including white supremacist, heteropatriarchal, cisgender, settler colonial, and capitalist axes.”[1] The case study examples in Rape Fantasies include bathroom bills across the states, the idea of the frontier and modes of extraction, consent contracts and consent apps, and OnlyFans and intimacy on demand. Each example is deeply researched and unpacked, providing the reader with historical, legal, political, economic, cultural, and societal analyses of these complex areas of domination and entitlement.

Rape Fantasies: Rape Culture and the Persistence of Sexual Violence is an expansive undertaking, bringing together theoretical frameworks from different schools of thought and analysis, threaded with important case studies that help the reader think deeply about this concept and how it is operationalized in our daily lives. Even if we are not aware of these narratives, they surround us and shape so much of our thinking about how the world works. And why sexual violence remains so persistent.

Susan Liebell is Professor Emerita of Political Science at Saint Joseph’s University in Philadelphia.

Lilly J. Goren is a Professor of Political Science at Carroll University in Waukesha, Wisconsin. 



[1] Alisa Kessel. Rape Fantasies: Rape Culture and the Persistence of Sexual Violence. Oxford University Press, 2025. p. 6.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1819</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bed3e730-370d-11f1-aa15-63423b418972</guid>
      <title>David-James Gonzales, &quot;Breaking Down the Walls of Segregation: Mexican American Grassroots Politics and Civil Rights in Orange County, California&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>On March 2, 1945, five Mexican American families and their Jewish American lawyer filed a class-action lawsuit against four school districts in Orange County, California, to end the segregation of ethnic Mexican children. In a shocking decision, the court ruled in favor of plaintiffs, setting a legal and historical precedent in <em>Mendez, et al. v. Westminster School District of Orange County</em> that shook the foundations of Jim Crow America and led to the end of de jure school segregation across the nation.<br /></p>
<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197839454">Breaking Down the Walls of Segregation: Mexican American Grassroots Politics and Civil Rights in Orange County, California</a> (Oxford UP, 2025) tells the story of how ethnic Mexicans in a relatively unknown agricultural backwater built the unprecedented movement that led to this decision. Beginning in the 1880s, David-James Gonzales details the social and economic history of Orange County, explaining how citrus capitalists, seeking increased market share and profitability, established the walls of segregation to manage ethnic Mexican family labor. By the early 1930s, ethnic Mexicans were segregated into over fifty underserved colonias and barrios. Without training or support from national civil rights organizations, they mobilized against segregation and inequality beginning in the late 1920s. Ethnic Mexican grassroots organizations proliferated throughout the county, intent on engaging in civic affairs and ending anti-Mexican discrimination and segregation. This movement, comprised of immigrants, citizens, parents, children, emerging activists, and their non-Mexican allies, paved the way for the growth of LULAC and nationwide organizing. As an essential part of the "long civil rights movement," the ethnic Mexican struggle against segregation in Orange County illustrates how minoritized groups have historically pushed US social, economic, and political institutions to live up to the nation's founding ideals.</p>
<p>David-James Gonzales is Assistant Professor of History at Brigham Young University. He is a historian of migration, urbanization, and social movements in the U.S., and specializes in Latina/o/x politics and social movements.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Apr 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>On March 2, 1945, five Mexican American families and their Jewish American lawyer filed a class-action lawsuit against four school districts in Orange County, California, to end the segregation of ethnic Mexican children. In a shocking decision, the court ruled in favor of plaintiffs, setting a legal and historical precedent in <em>Mendez, et al. v. Westminster School District of Orange County</em> that shook the foundations of Jim Crow America and led to the end of de jure school segregation across the nation.<br /></p>
<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197839454">Breaking Down the Walls of Segregation: Mexican American Grassroots Politics and Civil Rights in Orange County, California</a> (Oxford UP, 2025) tells the story of how ethnic Mexicans in a relatively unknown agricultural backwater built the unprecedented movement that led to this decision. Beginning in the 1880s, David-James Gonzales details the social and economic history of Orange County, explaining how citrus capitalists, seeking increased market share and profitability, established the walls of segregation to manage ethnic Mexican family labor. By the early 1930s, ethnic Mexicans were segregated into over fifty underserved colonias and barrios. Without training or support from national civil rights organizations, they mobilized against segregation and inequality beginning in the late 1920s. Ethnic Mexican grassroots organizations proliferated throughout the county, intent on engaging in civic affairs and ending anti-Mexican discrimination and segregation. This movement, comprised of immigrants, citizens, parents, children, emerging activists, and their non-Mexican allies, paved the way for the growth of LULAC and nationwide organizing. As an essential part of the "long civil rights movement," the ethnic Mexican struggle against segregation in Orange County illustrates how minoritized groups have historically pushed US social, economic, and political institutions to live up to the nation's founding ideals.</p>
<p>David-James Gonzales is Assistant Professor of History at Brigham Young University. He is a historian of migration, urbanization, and social movements in the U.S., and specializes in Latina/o/x politics and social movements.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="60070184" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/91948b2b-2154-4f8f-a8b4-372c1bc97070/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=91948b2b-2154-4f8f-a8b4-372c1bc97070&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>David-James Gonzales, &quot;Breaking Down the Walls of Segregation: Mexican American Grassroots Politics and Civil Rights in Orange County, California&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:02:31</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>On March 2, 1945, five Mexican American families and their Jewish American lawyer filed a class-action lawsuit against four school districts in Orange County, California, to end the segregation of ethnic Mexican children. In a shocking decision, the court ruled in favor of plaintiffs, setting a legal and historical precedent in Mendez, et al. v. Westminster School District of Orange County that shook the foundations of Jim Crow America and led to the end of de jure school segregation across the nation.

Breaking Down the Walls of Segregation: Mexican American Grassroots Politics and Civil Rights in Orange County, California (Oxford UP, 2025) tells the story of how ethnic Mexicans in a relatively unknown agricultural backwater built the unprecedented movement that led to this decision. Beginning in the 1880s, David-James Gonzales details the social and economic history of Orange County, explaining how citrus capitalists, seeking increased market share and profitability, established the walls of segregation to manage ethnic Mexican family labor. By the early 1930s, ethnic Mexicans were segregated into over fifty underserved colonias and barrios. Without training or support from national civil rights organizations, they mobilized against segregation and inequality beginning in the late 1920s. Ethnic Mexican grassroots organizations proliferated throughout the county, intent on engaging in civic affairs and ending anti-Mexican discrimination and segregation. This movement, comprised of immigrants, citizens, parents, children, emerging activists, and their non-Mexican allies, paved the way for the growth of LULAC and nationwide organizing. As an essential part of the &quot;long civil rights movement,&quot; the ethnic Mexican struggle against segregation in Orange County illustrates how minoritized groups have historically pushed US social, economic, and political institutions to live up to the nation&apos;s founding ideals.

David-James Gonzales is Assistant Professor of History at Brigham Young University. He is a historian of migration, urbanization, and social movements in the U.S., and specializes in Latina/o/x politics and social movements.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>On March 2, 1945, five Mexican American families and their Jewish American lawyer filed a class-action lawsuit against four school districts in Orange County, California, to end the segregation of ethnic Mexican children. In a shocking decision, the court ruled in favor of plaintiffs, setting a legal and historical precedent in Mendez, et al. v. Westminster School District of Orange County that shook the foundations of Jim Crow America and led to the end of de jure school segregation across the nation.

Breaking Down the Walls of Segregation: Mexican American Grassroots Politics and Civil Rights in Orange County, California (Oxford UP, 2025) tells the story of how ethnic Mexicans in a relatively unknown agricultural backwater built the unprecedented movement that led to this decision. Beginning in the 1880s, David-James Gonzales details the social and economic history of Orange County, explaining how citrus capitalists, seeking increased market share and profitability, established the walls of segregation to manage ethnic Mexican family labor. By the early 1930s, ethnic Mexicans were segregated into over fifty underserved colonias and barrios. Without training or support from national civil rights organizations, they mobilized against segregation and inequality beginning in the late 1920s. Ethnic Mexican grassroots organizations proliferated throughout the county, intent on engaging in civic affairs and ending anti-Mexican discrimination and segregation. This movement, comprised of immigrants, citizens, parents, children, emerging activists, and their non-Mexican allies, paved the way for the growth of LULAC and nationwide organizing. As an essential part of the &quot;long civil rights movement,&quot; the ethnic Mexican struggle against segregation in Orange County illustrates how minoritized groups have historically pushed US social, economic, and political institutions to live up to the nation&apos;s founding ideals.

David-James Gonzales is Assistant Professor of History at Brigham Young University. He is a historian of migration, urbanization, and social movements in the U.S., and specializes in Latina/o/x politics and social movements.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1818</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">06696efe-33f2-11f1-be86-abd91d644d11</guid>
      <title>David Potter, &quot;Master of Rome: A Life of Julius Caesar&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>By any measure, Julius Caesar is one of the most significant and famous figures in Roman history. Self-identified as a "popular" politician, he advocated for effective government to better the lives of average Romans,but believed such a government could not be based upon the existing democracy. Only through his personal authority and the massive organization he built to overthrow the government could the prosperity of all Rome's citizens be ensured.</p>
<p><br />Through a careful analysis of the ancient sources, especially Caesar's own writings, David Potter offers us a stunning and original portrait of this great general and statesman. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190867188"><em>Master of</em> </a><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190867188">Rome: A Life of Julius Caesar</a> (Oxford UP, 2025) reveals Caesar as a highly organized manager with an extraordinary ability to adjust to circumstances while maintaining the ancient equivalent of a positive "media presence." After his death, Caesar's followers put forward a narrative of his life that made his rise to power seem inevitable, but Caesar's own writing tells us a different story—one of a detail-oriented general who demanded a high degree of accountability from his subordinates.<br />A critical aspect of Caesar's philosophy of command was the need to find room for former enemies to serve in his organization. While this philosophy catapulted Caesar to great fame as a general during the wars in Gaul, when he attempted to put this method into effect in the wake of the civil war that established him as the master of Rome, it led to his brutal assassination in 44 BCE.<br /><em>Master of Rome</em> tells the dramatic story of one of history's most intriguing figures, who rose from the fringes of Roman political society to unprecedented heights. Along the way, Potter identifies the extraordinary qualities that enabled Caesar to dominate the world in which he lived.</p>
<p>David Potter is Francis W. Kelsey Collegiate Professor of Greek and Roman History and Arthur F. Thurnau Professor in the Department of Classical Studies at the University of Michigan. His previous books include <em>The Origin of Empire: Rome from the Republic to Hadrian, Constantine the Emperor, The Victor's Crown: A History of Ancient Sport from Homer to Byzantium</em>, and <em>Theodora: Actress, Empress, Saint.</em></p>
<p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">Morteza Hajizadeh</a> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature.</p>
<p>YouTube Channel: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">here</a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 11 Apr 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>By any measure, Julius Caesar is one of the most significant and famous figures in Roman history. Self-identified as a "popular" politician, he advocated for effective government to better the lives of average Romans,but believed such a government could not be based upon the existing democracy. Only through his personal authority and the massive organization he built to overthrow the government could the prosperity of all Rome's citizens be ensured.</p>
<p><br />Through a careful analysis of the ancient sources, especially Caesar's own writings, David Potter offers us a stunning and original portrait of this great general and statesman. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190867188"><em>Master of</em> </a><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190867188">Rome: A Life of Julius Caesar</a> (Oxford UP, 2025) reveals Caesar as a highly organized manager with an extraordinary ability to adjust to circumstances while maintaining the ancient equivalent of a positive "media presence." After his death, Caesar's followers put forward a narrative of his life that made his rise to power seem inevitable, but Caesar's own writing tells us a different story—one of a detail-oriented general who demanded a high degree of accountability from his subordinates.<br />A critical aspect of Caesar's philosophy of command was the need to find room for former enemies to serve in his organization. While this philosophy catapulted Caesar to great fame as a general during the wars in Gaul, when he attempted to put this method into effect in the wake of the civil war that established him as the master of Rome, it led to his brutal assassination in 44 BCE.<br /><em>Master of Rome</em> tells the dramatic story of one of history's most intriguing figures, who rose from the fringes of Roman political society to unprecedented heights. Along the way, Potter identifies the extraordinary qualities that enabled Caesar to dominate the world in which he lived.</p>
<p>David Potter is Francis W. Kelsey Collegiate Professor of Greek and Roman History and Arthur F. Thurnau Professor in the Department of Classical Studies at the University of Michigan. His previous books include <em>The Origin of Empire: Rome from the Republic to Hadrian, Constantine the Emperor, The Victor's Crown: A History of Ancient Sport from Homer to Byzantium</em>, and <em>Theodora: Actress, Empress, Saint.</em></p>
<p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">Morteza Hajizadeh</a> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature.</p>
<p>YouTube Channel: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">here</a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="50055592" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/7b3d28e9-96b8-405f-b937-0862ae6b8181/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=7b3d28e9-96b8-405f-b937-0862ae6b8181&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>David Potter, &quot;Master of Rome: A Life of Julius Caesar&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:52:05</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>By any measure, Julius Caesar is one of the most significant and famous figures in Roman history. Self-identified as a &quot;popular&quot; politician, he advocated for effective government to better the lives of average Romans,but believed such a government could not be based upon the existing democracy. Only through his personal authority and the massive organization he built to overthrow the government could the prosperity of all Rome&apos;s citizens be ensured.

Through a careful analysis of the ancient sources, especially Caesar&apos;s own writings, David Potter offers us a stunning and original portrait of this great general and statesman. Master of Rome: A Life of Julius Caesar (Oxford UP, 2025) reveals Caesar as a highly organized manager with an extraordinary ability to adjust to circumstances while maintaining the ancient equivalent of a positive &quot;media presence.&quot; After his death, Caesar&apos;s followers put forward a narrative of his life that made his rise to power seem inevitable, but Caesar&apos;s own writing tells us a different story—one of a detail-oriented general who demanded a high degree of accountability from his subordinates.A critical aspect of Caesar&apos;s philosophy of command was the need to find room for former enemies to serve in his organization. While this philosophy catapulted Caesar to great fame as a general during the wars in Gaul, when he attempted to put this method into effect in the wake of the civil war that established him as the master of Rome, it led to his brutal assassination in 44 BCE.Master of Rome tells the dramatic story of one of history&apos;s most intriguing figures, who rose from the fringes of Roman political society to unprecedented heights. Along the way, Potter identifies the extraordinary qualities that enabled Caesar to dominate the world in which he lived.

David Potter is Francis W. Kelsey Collegiate Professor of Greek and Roman History and Arthur F. Thurnau Professor in the Department of Classical Studies at the University of Michigan. His previous books include The Origin of Empire: Rome from the Republic to Hadrian, Constantine the Emperor, The Victor&apos;s Crown: A History of Ancient Sport from Homer to Byzantium, and Theodora: Actress, Empress, Saint.

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature.

YouTube Channel: here</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>By any measure, Julius Caesar is one of the most significant and famous figures in Roman history. Self-identified as a &quot;popular&quot; politician, he advocated for effective government to better the lives of average Romans,but believed such a government could not be based upon the existing democracy. Only through his personal authority and the massive organization he built to overthrow the government could the prosperity of all Rome&apos;s citizens be ensured.

Through a careful analysis of the ancient sources, especially Caesar&apos;s own writings, David Potter offers us a stunning and original portrait of this great general and statesman. Master of Rome: A Life of Julius Caesar (Oxford UP, 2025) reveals Caesar as a highly organized manager with an extraordinary ability to adjust to circumstances while maintaining the ancient equivalent of a positive &quot;media presence.&quot; After his death, Caesar&apos;s followers put forward a narrative of his life that made his rise to power seem inevitable, but Caesar&apos;s own writing tells us a different story—one of a detail-oriented general who demanded a high degree of accountability from his subordinates.A critical aspect of Caesar&apos;s philosophy of command was the need to find room for former enemies to serve in his organization. While this philosophy catapulted Caesar to great fame as a general during the wars in Gaul, when he attempted to put this method into effect in the wake of the civil war that established him as the master of Rome, it led to his brutal assassination in 44 BCE.Master of Rome tells the dramatic story of one of history&apos;s most intriguing figures, who rose from the fringes of Roman political society to unprecedented heights. Along the way, Potter identifies the extraordinary qualities that enabled Caesar to dominate the world in which he lived.

David Potter is Francis W. Kelsey Collegiate Professor of Greek and Roman History and Arthur F. Thurnau Professor in the Department of Classical Studies at the University of Michigan. His previous books include The Origin of Empire: Rome from the Republic to Hadrian, Constantine the Emperor, The Victor&apos;s Crown: A History of Ancient Sport from Homer to Byzantium, and Theodora: Actress, Empress, Saint.

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature.

YouTube Channel: here</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1817</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">333d1c08-323c-11f1-b674-9790102a915c</guid>
      <title>S5E5 The Gospel According to Josephus: On the Final Days of Jesus Christ with Thomas C. Schmidt</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this fifth episode of Season 5, I interview Professor <a href="https://tcschmidt.com/">Thomas C. Schmidt</a>, a historian who focuses on the New Testament, Patristics, and Eastern Christianity. An Associate Professor at Fairfield University, he is currently a 2025-2026 Visiting Fellow at the James Madison Program at Princeton University.</p>
<p>Drawing on his new book, <a href="https://josephusandjesus.com/about-t-c-schmidt/"><em>Josephus and Jesus</em></a> (OUP, 2025), we discuss in this Part II of a two-part series the writings of the ancient historian Josephus and what they reveal about the historical identity of Jesus of Nazareth as well as the events surrounding the rise of early Christianity.</p>
<p>Hosted by Ryan Shinkel, <a href="https://jmp.princeton.edu/podcast"><em>Madison’s Notes</em></a> is the podcast of Princeton University’s <a href="https://jmp.princeton.edu/">James Madison Program in American Ideals and Institutions</a>. The transcript for this interview is available on our new <a href="https://substack.com/@madisonsnotes">Substack page</a>, “Madison’s Footnotes.”</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 8 Apr 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this fifth episode of Season 5, I interview Professor <a href="https://tcschmidt.com/">Thomas C. Schmidt</a>, a historian who focuses on the New Testament, Patristics, and Eastern Christianity. An Associate Professor at Fairfield University, he is currently a 2025-2026 Visiting Fellow at the James Madison Program at Princeton University.</p>
<p>Drawing on his new book, <a href="https://josephusandjesus.com/about-t-c-schmidt/"><em>Josephus and Jesus</em></a> (OUP, 2025), we discuss in this Part II of a two-part series the writings of the ancient historian Josephus and what they reveal about the historical identity of Jesus of Nazareth as well as the events surrounding the rise of early Christianity.</p>
<p>Hosted by Ryan Shinkel, <a href="https://jmp.princeton.edu/podcast"><em>Madison’s Notes</em></a> is the podcast of Princeton University’s <a href="https://jmp.princeton.edu/">James Madison Program in American Ideals and Institutions</a>. The transcript for this interview is available on our new <a href="https://substack.com/@madisonsnotes">Substack page</a>, “Madison’s Footnotes.”</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="56687989" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/5756b3d3-3f1f-43e5-92ca-689fb4975f60/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=5756b3d3-3f1f-43e5-92ca-689fb4975f60&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>S5E5 The Gospel According to Josephus: On the Final Days of Jesus Christ with Thomas C. Schmidt</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:58:53</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this fifth episode of Season 5, I interview Professor Thomas C. Schmidt, a historian who focuses on the New Testament, Patristics, and Eastern Christianity. An Associate Professor at Fairfield University, he is currently a 2025-2026 Visiting Fellow at the James Madison Program at Princeton University.

Drawing on his new book, Josephus and Jesus (OUP, 2025), we discuss in this Part II of a two-part series the writings of the ancient historian Josephus and what they reveal about the historical identity of Jesus of Nazareth as well as the events surrounding the rise of early Christianity.

Hosted by Ryan Shinkel, Madison’s Notes is the podcast of Princeton University’s James Madison Program in American Ideals and Institutions. The transcript for this interview is available on our new Substack page, “Madison’s Footnotes.”</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this fifth episode of Season 5, I interview Professor Thomas C. Schmidt, a historian who focuses on the New Testament, Patristics, and Eastern Christianity. An Associate Professor at Fairfield University, he is currently a 2025-2026 Visiting Fellow at the James Madison Program at Princeton University.

Drawing on his new book, Josephus and Jesus (OUP, 2025), we discuss in this Part II of a two-part series the writings of the ancient historian Josephus and what they reveal about the historical identity of Jesus of Nazareth as well as the events surrounding the rise of early Christianity.

Hosted by Ryan Shinkel, Madison’s Notes is the podcast of Princeton University’s James Madison Program in American Ideals and Institutions. The transcript for this interview is available on our new Substack page, “Madison’s Footnotes.”</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1816</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bc2c1398-2f30-11f1-b779-d7ff5052037f</guid>
      <title>Andrew Lister, &quot;Justice and Reciprocity&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Andrew Lister's <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198924043">Justice and Reciprocity</a> (Oxford University Press, 2024) examines the place of reciprocity in egalitarianism, focusing on John Rawls's conception of "justice as fairness." Reciprocity was a central to justice as fairness, but Rawls wasn't explicit about the different forms of reciprocity, nor the diverse roles reciprocity played in his theory. The book's main thesis is threefold. First, reciprocity is not simply a fact of human psychology or a duty, but a limiting condition on other duties. Second, such conditions are a natural consequence of thinking of equality as a relational value. However, third, we can identify limits on this conditionality, which explains how some duties of justice can be unconditional. The book explores the ramifications of this argument in a series of debates about distributive justice: productive incentives, duties to future generations, unconditional basic income, and global justice. In each domain, thinking about reciprocity as a limiting condition helps explain otherwise puzzling aspects of justice as fairness, in some cases making the view more plausible, but in others underlining limits that will be unappealing to egalitarians of a more unilateral bent. Lister ultimately shows that reciprocity involves more than returning benefits, and that limiting justice with reciprocity conditions need not make justice implausibly undemanding. In this way, the book rehabilitates reciprocity for egalitarianism.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 5 Apr 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Andrew Lister's <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198924043">Justice and Reciprocity</a> (Oxford University Press, 2024) examines the place of reciprocity in egalitarianism, focusing on John Rawls's conception of "justice as fairness." Reciprocity was a central to justice as fairness, but Rawls wasn't explicit about the different forms of reciprocity, nor the diverse roles reciprocity played in his theory. The book's main thesis is threefold. First, reciprocity is not simply a fact of human psychology or a duty, but a limiting condition on other duties. Second, such conditions are a natural consequence of thinking of equality as a relational value. However, third, we can identify limits on this conditionality, which explains how some duties of justice can be unconditional. The book explores the ramifications of this argument in a series of debates about distributive justice: productive incentives, duties to future generations, unconditional basic income, and global justice. In each domain, thinking about reciprocity as a limiting condition helps explain otherwise puzzling aspects of justice as fairness, in some cases making the view more plausible, but in others underlining limits that will be unappealing to egalitarians of a more unilateral bent. Lister ultimately shows that reciprocity involves more than returning benefits, and that limiting justice with reciprocity conditions need not make justice implausibly undemanding. In this way, the book rehabilitates reciprocity for egalitarianism.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="65093906" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/e25c592e-0df3-47e3-9d1d-230f9c66cb34/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=e25c592e-0df3-47e3-9d1d-230f9c66cb34&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Andrew Lister, &quot;Justice and Reciprocity&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:07:45</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Andrew Lister&apos;s Justice and Reciprocity (Oxford University Press, 2024) examines the place of reciprocity in egalitarianism, focusing on John Rawls&apos;s conception of &quot;justice as fairness.&quot; Reciprocity was a central to justice as fairness, but Rawls wasn&apos;t explicit about the different forms of reciprocity, nor the diverse roles reciprocity played in his theory. The book&apos;s main thesis is threefold. First, reciprocity is not simply a fact of human psychology or a duty, but a limiting condition on other duties. Second, such conditions are a natural consequence of thinking of equality as a relational value. However, third, we can identify limits on this conditionality, which explains how some duties of justice can be unconditional. The book explores the ramifications of this argument in a series of debates about distributive justice: productive incentives, duties to future generations, unconditional basic income, and global justice. In each domain, thinking about reciprocity as a limiting condition helps explain otherwise puzzling aspects of justice as fairness, in some cases making the view more plausible, but in others underlining limits that will be unappealing to egalitarians of a more unilateral bent. Lister ultimately shows that reciprocity involves more than returning benefits, and that limiting justice with reciprocity conditions need not make justice implausibly undemanding. In this way, the book rehabilitates reciprocity for egalitarianism.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Andrew Lister&apos;s Justice and Reciprocity (Oxford University Press, 2024) examines the place of reciprocity in egalitarianism, focusing on John Rawls&apos;s conception of &quot;justice as fairness.&quot; Reciprocity was a central to justice as fairness, but Rawls wasn&apos;t explicit about the different forms of reciprocity, nor the diverse roles reciprocity played in his theory. The book&apos;s main thesis is threefold. First, reciprocity is not simply a fact of human psychology or a duty, but a limiting condition on other duties. Second, such conditions are a natural consequence of thinking of equality as a relational value. However, third, we can identify limits on this conditionality, which explains how some duties of justice can be unconditional. The book explores the ramifications of this argument in a series of debates about distributive justice: productive incentives, duties to future generations, unconditional basic income, and global justice. In each domain, thinking about reciprocity as a limiting condition helps explain otherwise puzzling aspects of justice as fairness, in some cases making the view more plausible, but in others underlining limits that will be unappealing to egalitarians of a more unilateral bent. Lister ultimately shows that reciprocity involves more than returning benefits, and that limiting justice with reciprocity conditions need not make justice implausibly undemanding. In this way, the book rehabilitates reciprocity for egalitarianism.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1815</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">64942a28-2f38-11f1-b410-af8d6be5e223</guid>
      <title>Marta Lorimer, &quot;Europe As Ideological Resource: European Integration and Far Right Legitimation in France and Italy&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>How did the far right go from illegitimate fringe to contender for public office, and did Europe have anything to do with it? <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198892366">Europe As Ideological Resource: European Integration and Far Right Legitimation in France and Italy</a> (Oxford UP, 2024) argues that European integration functioned as an ideological resource for far right parties looking for legitimation because it enabled them to refashion their political message in a more acceptable form, while maintaining the allegiance of their existing supporters.<br />Drawing on the qualitative analysis of over 400 documents produced by the Movimento Sociale Italiano/Alleanza Nazionale in Italy (1978-2009) and the Rassemblement National in France (1978-2019), Lorimer identifies the core concepts and discourses the parties used to talk about Europe, and the legitimation mechanisms associated with them. The book's narrative is developed through the analysis of four key concepts: the concept of identity, which enabled the parties to transnationalise their message and create a positive association between themselves and Europe; the concept of liberty, which made it possible for them to foster an image of actors holding uncontroversial positions; the concept of threat, which helped them promote the idea that 'desperate times call for desperate measures; and the concept of national interest, which helped them stress commitment to core principles in their ideology.<br />Ever since its re-emergence on the European political scene, scholars have sought to explain the mainstreaming of the far right. By understanding how the process of European integration facilitated its transition from the margins to the mainstream, this book adds one piece to the puzzle of far right legitimation.</p>
<p>Marta Lorimer is a Lecturer in Politics at the School of Law and Politics at Cardiff University, where she teaches on European politics and populism, and co-editor of the journal Political Research Exchange. Her research on far-right politics and European integration has been published widely, including in the Journal of European Public Policy and the Journal of Common Market Studies.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 5 Apr 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>How did the far right go from illegitimate fringe to contender for public office, and did Europe have anything to do with it? <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198892366">Europe As Ideological Resource: European Integration and Far Right Legitimation in France and Italy</a> (Oxford UP, 2024) argues that European integration functioned as an ideological resource for far right parties looking for legitimation because it enabled them to refashion their political message in a more acceptable form, while maintaining the allegiance of their existing supporters.<br />Drawing on the qualitative analysis of over 400 documents produced by the Movimento Sociale Italiano/Alleanza Nazionale in Italy (1978-2009) and the Rassemblement National in France (1978-2019), Lorimer identifies the core concepts and discourses the parties used to talk about Europe, and the legitimation mechanisms associated with them. The book's narrative is developed through the analysis of four key concepts: the concept of identity, which enabled the parties to transnationalise their message and create a positive association between themselves and Europe; the concept of liberty, which made it possible for them to foster an image of actors holding uncontroversial positions; the concept of threat, which helped them promote the idea that 'desperate times call for desperate measures; and the concept of national interest, which helped them stress commitment to core principles in their ideology.<br />Ever since its re-emergence on the European political scene, scholars have sought to explain the mainstreaming of the far right. By understanding how the process of European integration facilitated its transition from the margins to the mainstream, this book adds one piece to the puzzle of far right legitimation.</p>
<p>Marta Lorimer is a Lecturer in Politics at the School of Law and Politics at Cardiff University, where she teaches on European politics and populism, and co-editor of the journal Political Research Exchange. Her research on far-right politics and European integration has been published widely, including in the Journal of European Public Policy and the Journal of Common Market Studies.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="33196305" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/f2cfd2b8-c83a-4684-addf-9b0f6df360cb/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=f2cfd2b8-c83a-4684-addf-9b0f6df360cb&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Marta Lorimer, &quot;Europe As Ideological Resource: European Integration and Far Right Legitimation in France and Italy&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:34:30</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>How did the far right go from illegitimate fringe to contender for public office, and did Europe have anything to do with it? Europe As Ideological Resource: European Integration and Far Right Legitimation in France and Italy (Oxford UP, 2024) argues that European integration functioned as an ideological resource for far right parties looking for legitimation because it enabled them to refashion their political message in a more acceptable form, while maintaining the allegiance of their existing supporters.Drawing on the qualitative analysis of over 400 documents produced by the Movimento Sociale Italiano/Alleanza Nazionale in Italy (1978-2009) and the Rassemblement National in France (1978-2019), Lorimer identifies the core concepts and discourses the parties used to talk about Europe, and the legitimation mechanisms associated with them. The book&apos;s narrative is developed through the analysis of four key concepts: the concept of identity, which enabled the parties to transnationalise their message and create a positive association between themselves and Europe; the concept of liberty, which made it possible for them to foster an image of actors holding uncontroversial positions; the concept of threat, which helped them promote the idea that &apos;desperate times call for desperate measures; and the concept of national interest, which helped them stress commitment to core principles in their ideology.Ever since its re-emergence on the European political scene, scholars have sought to explain the mainstreaming of the far right. By understanding how the process of European integration facilitated its transition from the margins to the mainstream, this book adds one piece to the puzzle of far right legitimation.

Marta Lorimer is a Lecturer in Politics at the School of Law and Politics at Cardiff University, where she teaches on European politics and populism, and co-editor of the journal Political Research Exchange. Her research on far-right politics and European integration has been published widely, including in the Journal of European Public Policy and the Journal of Common Market Studies.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>How did the far right go from illegitimate fringe to contender for public office, and did Europe have anything to do with it? Europe As Ideological Resource: European Integration and Far Right Legitimation in France and Italy (Oxford UP, 2024) argues that European integration functioned as an ideological resource for far right parties looking for legitimation because it enabled them to refashion their political message in a more acceptable form, while maintaining the allegiance of their existing supporters.Drawing on the qualitative analysis of over 400 documents produced by the Movimento Sociale Italiano/Alleanza Nazionale in Italy (1978-2009) and the Rassemblement National in France (1978-2019), Lorimer identifies the core concepts and discourses the parties used to talk about Europe, and the legitimation mechanisms associated with them. The book&apos;s narrative is developed through the analysis of four key concepts: the concept of identity, which enabled the parties to transnationalise their message and create a positive association between themselves and Europe; the concept of liberty, which made it possible for them to foster an image of actors holding uncontroversial positions; the concept of threat, which helped them promote the idea that &apos;desperate times call for desperate measures; and the concept of national interest, which helped them stress commitment to core principles in their ideology.Ever since its re-emergence on the European political scene, scholars have sought to explain the mainstreaming of the far right. By understanding how the process of European integration facilitated its transition from the margins to the mainstream, this book adds one piece to the puzzle of far right legitimation.

Marta Lorimer is a Lecturer in Politics at the School of Law and Politics at Cardiff University, where she teaches on European politics and populism, and co-editor of the journal Political Research Exchange. Her research on far-right politics and European integration has been published widely, including in the Journal of European Public Policy and the Journal of Common Market Studies.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1814</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a925f5fc-2f30-11f1-98ca-8775eb28c491</guid>
      <title>Amir Saemi, &quot;Morality and Revelation in Islamic Thought and Beyond: A New Problem of Evil&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Amir Saemi’s exciting book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197686232">Morality and Revelation in Islamic Thought and Beyond: A New Problem of Evil</a> (Oxford UP, 2024) is a fascinating and deeply thought-provoking study that challenges how we think about scripture, morality, and divine authority. Saemi tackles what he calls the “New Problem of Evil,” a divinely prescribed problem of evil, which is the tension between the commands found in sacred texts, our own moral judgments, and the belief in a morally perfect God. Saemi demonstrates the limits of scripture-first approaches, which is to say that scripture is given precedence over our independent moral judgments in cases where the two conflict. He explores ethics-first solutions that allow the believer to take moral reasoning seriously, while also showing that scripture’s injunctions can be understood as legal or social mandates.<strong> </strong>By tracing the arguments of Ashʿarites, Mu’tazilites, and other medieval Islamic thinkers, and developing alternative solutions, Saemi offers a methodical and historically grounded framework for reconciling moral judgment with scriptural authority.</p>
<p>In our conversation, Amir and I explore how Islamic philosophers like al-Ghazālī, al-Rāzī, al-Fārābi, and others navigated the relationship between reason and revelation, and how we might approach morally troubling passages in scripture today, including through an ethics-first approach. We also discuss thick and thin moral concepts, the Moses Principle, and what it means to reconcile modern moral sensibilities with ancient texts. Amir shares insights on gendered morality, the ethical significance of the Abraham story, and the broader implications of his work for progressive Muslims and theists alike.</p>
<p>This book is essential reading for readers interested in the ethics of interpretation, the challenges faced by contemporary religious communities when re-interpreting historical texts, theists wrestling with moral dilemmas, and anyone interested in the intersection of philosophy, religion, and ethics.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 4 Apr 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Amir Saemi’s exciting book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197686232">Morality and Revelation in Islamic Thought and Beyond: A New Problem of Evil</a> (Oxford UP, 2024) is a fascinating and deeply thought-provoking study that challenges how we think about scripture, morality, and divine authority. Saemi tackles what he calls the “New Problem of Evil,” a divinely prescribed problem of evil, which is the tension between the commands found in sacred texts, our own moral judgments, and the belief in a morally perfect God. Saemi demonstrates the limits of scripture-first approaches, which is to say that scripture is given precedence over our independent moral judgments in cases where the two conflict. He explores ethics-first solutions that allow the believer to take moral reasoning seriously, while also showing that scripture’s injunctions can be understood as legal or social mandates.<strong> </strong>By tracing the arguments of Ashʿarites, Mu’tazilites, and other medieval Islamic thinkers, and developing alternative solutions, Saemi offers a methodical and historically grounded framework for reconciling moral judgment with scriptural authority.</p>
<p>In our conversation, Amir and I explore how Islamic philosophers like al-Ghazālī, al-Rāzī, al-Fārābi, and others navigated the relationship between reason and revelation, and how we might approach morally troubling passages in scripture today, including through an ethics-first approach. We also discuss thick and thin moral concepts, the Moses Principle, and what it means to reconcile modern moral sensibilities with ancient texts. Amir shares insights on gendered morality, the ethical significance of the Abraham story, and the broader implications of his work for progressive Muslims and theists alike.</p>
<p>This book is essential reading for readers interested in the ethics of interpretation, the challenges faced by contemporary religious communities when re-interpreting historical texts, theists wrestling with moral dilemmas, and anyone interested in the intersection of philosophy, religion, and ethics.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="86643723" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/8005d0bb-d863-4c66-9318-21cab63e2fe2/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=8005d0bb-d863-4c66-9318-21cab63e2fe2&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Amir Saemi, &quot;Morality and Revelation in Islamic Thought and Beyond: A New Problem of Evil&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:30:12</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Amir Saemi’s exciting book Morality and Revelation in Islamic Thought and Beyond: A New Problem of Evil (Oxford UP, 2024) is a fascinating and deeply thought-provoking study that challenges how we think about scripture, morality, and divine authority. Saemi tackles what he calls the “New Problem of Evil,” a divinely prescribed problem of evil, which is the tension between the commands found in sacred texts, our own moral judgments, and the belief in a morally perfect God. Saemi demonstrates the limits of scripture-first approaches, which is to say that scripture is given precedence over our independent moral judgments in cases where the two conflict. He explores ethics-first solutions that allow the believer to take moral reasoning seriously, while also showing that scripture’s injunctions can be understood as legal or social mandates. By tracing the arguments of Ashʿarites, Mu’tazilites, and other medieval Islamic thinkers, and developing alternative solutions, Saemi offers a methodical and historically grounded framework for reconciling moral judgment with scriptural authority.

In our conversation, Amir and I explore how Islamic philosophers like al-Ghazālī, al-Rāzī, al-Fārābi, and others navigated the relationship between reason and revelation, and how we might approach morally troubling passages in scripture today, including through an ethics-first approach. We also discuss thick and thin moral concepts, the Moses Principle, and what it means to reconcile modern moral sensibilities with ancient texts. Amir shares insights on gendered morality, the ethical significance of the Abraham story, and the broader implications of his work for progressive Muslims and theists alike.

This book is essential reading for readers interested in the ethics of interpretation, the challenges faced by contemporary religious communities when re-interpreting historical texts, theists wrestling with moral dilemmas, and anyone interested in the intersection of philosophy, religion, and ethics.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Amir Saemi’s exciting book Morality and Revelation in Islamic Thought and Beyond: A New Problem of Evil (Oxford UP, 2024) is a fascinating and deeply thought-provoking study that challenges how we think about scripture, morality, and divine authority. Saemi tackles what he calls the “New Problem of Evil,” a divinely prescribed problem of evil, which is the tension between the commands found in sacred texts, our own moral judgments, and the belief in a morally perfect God. Saemi demonstrates the limits of scripture-first approaches, which is to say that scripture is given precedence over our independent moral judgments in cases where the two conflict. He explores ethics-first solutions that allow the believer to take moral reasoning seriously, while also showing that scripture’s injunctions can be understood as legal or social mandates. By tracing the arguments of Ashʿarites, Mu’tazilites, and other medieval Islamic thinkers, and developing alternative solutions, Saemi offers a methodical and historically grounded framework for reconciling moral judgment with scriptural authority.

In our conversation, Amir and I explore how Islamic philosophers like al-Ghazālī, al-Rāzī, al-Fārābi, and others navigated the relationship between reason and revelation, and how we might approach morally troubling passages in scripture today, including through an ethics-first approach. We also discuss thick and thin moral concepts, the Moses Principle, and what it means to reconcile modern moral sensibilities with ancient texts. Amir shares insights on gendered morality, the ethical significance of the Abraham story, and the broader implications of his work for progressive Muslims and theists alike.

This book is essential reading for readers interested in the ethics of interpretation, the challenges faced by contemporary religious communities when re-interpreting historical texts, theists wrestling with moral dilemmas, and anyone interested in the intersection of philosophy, religion, and ethics.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1813</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c6ec3ac6-2cb3-11f1-96a3-9f8bf150d3ae</guid>
      <title>The Gospel According to Josephus: A Conversation with Thomas C. Schmidt, Part 1</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this fourth episode of Season 5, I interview Professor <a href="https://tcschmidt.com/">Thomas C. Schmidt</a>, a historian who focuses on the New Testament, Patristics, and Eastern Christianity. An Associate Professor at Fairfield University, he is currently a 2025-2026 Visiting Fellow at the James Madison Program at Princeton University.</p>
<p>Drawing on his new book, <a href="https://josephusandjesus.com/about-t-c-schmidt/"><em>Josephus and Jesus: New Evidence for the One Called Christ</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2025), we discuss in this Part I of a two-part series the stupendous life of Josephus, the ancient historian who lived in both elite Jewish and Roman circles his whole life, as well as the cultural, religious, and political world of the New Testament as found in his main works.</p>
<p>Hosted by Ryan Shinkel, <a href="https://jmp.princeton.edu/podcast"><em>Madison’s Notes</em></a> is the podcast of Princeton University’s <a href="https://jmp.princeton.edu/">James Madison Program in American Ideals and Institutions</a>. The transcript for this interview is available on our new <a href="https://substack.com/@madisonsnotes">Substack page</a>, “Madison’s Footnotes.”</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 1 Apr 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this fourth episode of Season 5, I interview Professor <a href="https://tcschmidt.com/">Thomas C. Schmidt</a>, a historian who focuses on the New Testament, Patristics, and Eastern Christianity. An Associate Professor at Fairfield University, he is currently a 2025-2026 Visiting Fellow at the James Madison Program at Princeton University.</p>
<p>Drawing on his new book, <a href="https://josephusandjesus.com/about-t-c-schmidt/"><em>Josephus and Jesus: New Evidence for the One Called Christ</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2025), we discuss in this Part I of a two-part series the stupendous life of Josephus, the ancient historian who lived in both elite Jewish and Roman circles his whole life, as well as the cultural, religious, and political world of the New Testament as found in his main works.</p>
<p>Hosted by Ryan Shinkel, <a href="https://jmp.princeton.edu/podcast"><em>Madison’s Notes</em></a> is the podcast of Princeton University’s <a href="https://jmp.princeton.edu/">James Madison Program in American Ideals and Institutions</a>. The transcript for this interview is available on our new <a href="https://substack.com/@madisonsnotes">Substack page</a>, “Madison’s Footnotes.”</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="44558053" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/79c975af-4ed9-430e-8e62-f32cc09f4ae5/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=79c975af-4ed9-430e-8e62-f32cc09f4ae5&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>The Gospel According to Josephus: A Conversation with Thomas C. Schmidt, Part 1</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:46:15</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this fourth episode of Season 5, I interview Professor Thomas C. Schmidt, a historian who focuses on the New Testament, Patristics, and Eastern Christianity. An Associate Professor at Fairfield University, he is currently a 2025-2026 Visiting Fellow at the James Madison Program at Princeton University.

Drawing on his new book, Josephus and Jesus: New Evidence for the One Called Christ (Oxford UP, 2025), we discuss in this Part I of a two-part series the stupendous life of Josephus, the ancient historian who lived in both elite Jewish and Roman circles his whole life, as well as the cultural, religious, and political world of the New Testament as found in his main works.

Hosted by Ryan Shinkel, Madison’s Notes is the podcast of Princeton University’s James Madison Program in American Ideals and Institutions. The transcript for this interview is available on our new Substack page, “Madison’s Footnotes.”</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this fourth episode of Season 5, I interview Professor Thomas C. Schmidt, a historian who focuses on the New Testament, Patristics, and Eastern Christianity. An Associate Professor at Fairfield University, he is currently a 2025-2026 Visiting Fellow at the James Madison Program at Princeton University.

Drawing on his new book, Josephus and Jesus: New Evidence for the One Called Christ (Oxford UP, 2025), we discuss in this Part I of a two-part series the stupendous life of Josephus, the ancient historian who lived in both elite Jewish and Roman circles his whole life, as well as the cultural, religious, and political world of the New Testament as found in his main works.

Hosted by Ryan Shinkel, Madison’s Notes is the podcast of Princeton University’s James Madison Program in American Ideals and Institutions. The transcript for this interview is available on our new Substack page, “Madison’s Footnotes.”</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1812</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2466d9a8-2bc5-11f1-bec3-1b6c3bb6557c</guid>
      <title>Mark Pennington, &quot;Foucault and Liberal Political Economy: Power, Knowledge, and Freedom&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Foucault and Liberal Political Economy: Power, Knowledge, and Freedom by <strong>Mark Pennington</strong></p>
<p>This highly original and innovative book is the first to comprehensively engage the ideas of the French social theorist and philosopher Michel Foucault from <em>within</em> the tradition of liberal political economy. Divided into two parts the book commences by demonstrating important commonalities between Foucault's ideas and those of a neglected 'post-modern' stream in liberal political and economic thought. These ideas draw on a social theory emphasising a culturally situated individualism; a philosophy of science highly critical of socio-economic 'scientism' and 'expert rule'; and an understanding of freedom as an open-ended process of 'self-creation' in the face of cultural power relations—a freedom threatened by alignments between state power and more decentred manifestations of power.<br />Part two combines the tools of Foucault's critical social theory with those of a post-modern liberalism to problematise four separate though overlapping 'bio-political' or 'pastoral' <em>dispositifs</em> in contemporary liberal societies focused on social justice, public health, ecological sustainability, and law and order. Where the Foucauldian and the post-modern liberal approaches suggest that freedom requires a cultural and economic 'creative destruction' that destabilises existing modes of thought and ways of being, the pastoral <em>dispositifs</em> that seek to 'monitor and correct' multiple pattern anomalies are shown to stifle the space for that creative freedom.<br />Though the book does not engage the question of whether Foucault himself moved towards endorsing liberal political economy, it throws considerable light on how key Foucauldian concerns may be addressed within the liberal tradition, and why Foucauldians may have reason to embrace a reconstituted or post-modern liberalism</p>
<p>Mark Pennington has been Professor of Political Economy and Public Policy in the Department of Political Economy, King's College, University of London, since 2012, and is currently Director of the Centre for the Study of Governance and Society. Prior to King's he taught for twelve years in the Department of Politics and International Studies at Queen Mary, University of London. He has a PhD from the London School of Economics and Political Science.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">Morteza Hajizadeh</a> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature.</p>
<p>YouTube Channel: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos</a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Mar 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Foucault and Liberal Political Economy: Power, Knowledge, and Freedom by <strong>Mark Pennington</strong></p>
<p>This highly original and innovative book is the first to comprehensively engage the ideas of the French social theorist and philosopher Michel Foucault from <em>within</em> the tradition of liberal political economy. Divided into two parts the book commences by demonstrating important commonalities between Foucault's ideas and those of a neglected 'post-modern' stream in liberal political and economic thought. These ideas draw on a social theory emphasising a culturally situated individualism; a philosophy of science highly critical of socio-economic 'scientism' and 'expert rule'; and an understanding of freedom as an open-ended process of 'self-creation' in the face of cultural power relations—a freedom threatened by alignments between state power and more decentred manifestations of power.<br />Part two combines the tools of Foucault's critical social theory with those of a post-modern liberalism to problematise four separate though overlapping 'bio-political' or 'pastoral' <em>dispositifs</em> in contemporary liberal societies focused on social justice, public health, ecological sustainability, and law and order. Where the Foucauldian and the post-modern liberal approaches suggest that freedom requires a cultural and economic 'creative destruction' that destabilises existing modes of thought and ways of being, the pastoral <em>dispositifs</em> that seek to 'monitor and correct' multiple pattern anomalies are shown to stifle the space for that creative freedom.<br />Though the book does not engage the question of whether Foucault himself moved towards endorsing liberal political economy, it throws considerable light on how key Foucauldian concerns may be addressed within the liberal tradition, and why Foucauldians may have reason to embrace a reconstituted or post-modern liberalism</p>
<p>Mark Pennington has been Professor of Political Economy and Public Policy in the Department of Political Economy, King's College, University of London, since 2012, and is currently Director of the Centre for the Study of Governance and Society. Prior to King's he taught for twelve years in the Department of Politics and International Studies at Queen Mary, University of London. He has a PhD from the London School of Economics and Political Science.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">Morteza Hajizadeh</a> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature.</p>
<p>YouTube Channel: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos</a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="56384225" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/6bffc96f-0c82-48c5-8b68-f17a4ddf4ee5/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=6bffc96f-0c82-48c5-8b68-f17a4ddf4ee5&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Mark Pennington, &quot;Foucault and Liberal Political Economy: Power, Knowledge, and Freedom&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:58:40</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Foucault and Liberal Political Economy: Power, Knowledge, and Freedom by Mark Pennington

This highly original and innovative book is the first to comprehensively engage the ideas of the French social theorist and philosopher Michel Foucault from within the tradition of liberal political economy. Divided into two parts the book commences by demonstrating important commonalities between Foucault&apos;s ideas and those of a neglected &apos;post-modern&apos; stream in liberal political and economic thought. These ideas draw on a social theory emphasising a culturally situated individualism; a philosophy of science highly critical of socio-economic &apos;scientism&apos; and &apos;expert rule&apos;; and an understanding of freedom as an open-ended process of &apos;self-creation&apos; in the face of cultural power relations—a freedom threatened by alignments between state power and more decentred manifestations of power.Part two combines the tools of Foucault&apos;s critical social theory with those of a post-modern liberalism to problematise four separate though overlapping &apos;bio-political&apos; or &apos;pastoral&apos; dispositifs in contemporary liberal societies focused on social justice, public health, ecological sustainability, and law and order. Where the Foucauldian and the post-modern liberal approaches suggest that freedom requires a cultural and economic &apos;creative destruction&apos; that destabilises existing modes of thought and ways of being, the pastoral dispositifs that seek to &apos;monitor and correct&apos; multiple pattern anomalies are shown to stifle the space for that creative freedom.Though the book does not engage the question of whether Foucault himself moved towards endorsing liberal political economy, it throws considerable light on how key Foucauldian concerns may be addressed within the liberal tradition, and why Foucauldians may have reason to embrace a reconstituted or post-modern liberalism

Mark Pennington has been Professor of Political Economy and Public Policy in the Department of Political Economy, King&apos;s College, University of London, since 2012, and is currently Director of the Centre for the Study of Governance and Society. Prior to King&apos;s he taught for twelve years in the Department of Politics and International Studies at Queen Mary, University of London. He has a PhD from the London School of Economics and Political Science.

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature.

YouTube Channel: https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Foucault and Liberal Political Economy: Power, Knowledge, and Freedom by Mark Pennington

This highly original and innovative book is the first to comprehensively engage the ideas of the French social theorist and philosopher Michel Foucault from within the tradition of liberal political economy. Divided into two parts the book commences by demonstrating important commonalities between Foucault&apos;s ideas and those of a neglected &apos;post-modern&apos; stream in liberal political and economic thought. These ideas draw on a social theory emphasising a culturally situated individualism; a philosophy of science highly critical of socio-economic &apos;scientism&apos; and &apos;expert rule&apos;; and an understanding of freedom as an open-ended process of &apos;self-creation&apos; in the face of cultural power relations—a freedom threatened by alignments between state power and more decentred manifestations of power.Part two combines the tools of Foucault&apos;s critical social theory with those of a post-modern liberalism to problematise four separate though overlapping &apos;bio-political&apos; or &apos;pastoral&apos; dispositifs in contemporary liberal societies focused on social justice, public health, ecological sustainability, and law and order. Where the Foucauldian and the post-modern liberal approaches suggest that freedom requires a cultural and economic &apos;creative destruction&apos; that destabilises existing modes of thought and ways of being, the pastoral dispositifs that seek to &apos;monitor and correct&apos; multiple pattern anomalies are shown to stifle the space for that creative freedom.Though the book does not engage the question of whether Foucault himself moved towards endorsing liberal political economy, it throws considerable light on how key Foucauldian concerns may be addressed within the liberal tradition, and why Foucauldians may have reason to embrace a reconstituted or post-modern liberalism

Mark Pennington has been Professor of Political Economy and Public Policy in the Department of Political Economy, King&apos;s College, University of London, since 2012, and is currently Director of the Centre for the Study of Governance and Society. Prior to King&apos;s he taught for twelve years in the Department of Politics and International Studies at Queen Mary, University of London. He has a PhD from the London School of Economics and Political Science.

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature.

YouTube Channel: https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1811</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d5c88608-2998-11f1-be5e-eb5fe9a26f46</guid>
      <title>Thomas Hegghammer and Diego Gambetta eds., &quot;Fight, Flight, Mimic: Identity Mimicry in Conflict&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Time spent and words spent—what does each signal?</p>
<p>Deceptive mimicry—the manipulation of individual or group identity—includes passing off as a different individual, as a member of a group to which one does not belong, or, for a group, to ‘sign’ its action as another group. Mimicry exploits the reputation of the model it mimics to avoid capture (flight), to strike undetected at the enemy (fight), or to hide behind or besmirch the reputation of the model group (‘false-flag’ operations). </p>
<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198739470">Fight, Flight, Mimic: Identity Mimicry in Conflict</a> (Oxford UP, 2024) offers a theory and game-theoretic model of mimicry, an overview of its use through history, and a deep empirical exploration of its modern manifestations through several case studies by leading social scientists. The chapters cover mimicry in the context of the Northern Ireland conflict, terrorism campaigns in 1970s Italy, the height of the Iraq insurgency, the Rwandan genocide, the Naxalite rebellion in India, and jihadi discussion forums on the Internet.</p>
<p>Thomas Hegghammer is Senior Research Fellow at All Souls College, Oxford.</p>
<p>Lucas Tse is Examination Fellow at All Souls College, Oxford.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 28 Mar 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Time spent and words spent—what does each signal?</p>
<p>Deceptive mimicry—the manipulation of individual or group identity—includes passing off as a different individual, as a member of a group to which one does not belong, or, for a group, to ‘sign’ its action as another group. Mimicry exploits the reputation of the model it mimics to avoid capture (flight), to strike undetected at the enemy (fight), or to hide behind or besmirch the reputation of the model group (‘false-flag’ operations). </p>
<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198739470">Fight, Flight, Mimic: Identity Mimicry in Conflict</a> (Oxford UP, 2024) offers a theory and game-theoretic model of mimicry, an overview of its use through history, and a deep empirical exploration of its modern manifestations through several case studies by leading social scientists. The chapters cover mimicry in the context of the Northern Ireland conflict, terrorism campaigns in 1970s Italy, the height of the Iraq insurgency, the Rwandan genocide, the Naxalite rebellion in India, and jihadi discussion forums on the Internet.</p>
<p>Thomas Hegghammer is Senior Research Fellow at All Souls College, Oxford.</p>
<p>Lucas Tse is Examination Fellow at All Souls College, Oxford.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="58951180" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/85e19712-7349-425a-9396-d29d94901938/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=85e19712-7349-425a-9396-d29d94901938&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Thomas Hegghammer and Diego Gambetta eds., &quot;Fight, Flight, Mimic: Identity Mimicry in Conflict&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:01:20</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Time spent and words spent—what does each signal?

Deceptive mimicry—the manipulation of individual or group identity—includes passing off as a different individual, as a member of a group to which one does not belong, or, for a group, to ‘sign’ its action as another group. Mimicry exploits the reputation of the model it mimics to avoid capture (flight), to strike undetected at the enemy (fight), or to hide behind or besmirch the reputation of the model group (‘false-flag’ operations). 

Fight, Flight, Mimic: Identity Mimicry in Conflict (Oxford UP, 2024) offers a theory and game-theoretic model of mimicry, an overview of its use through history, and a deep empirical exploration of its modern manifestations through several case studies by leading social scientists. The chapters cover mimicry in the context of the Northern Ireland conflict, terrorism campaigns in 1970s Italy, the height of the Iraq insurgency, the Rwandan genocide, the Naxalite rebellion in India, and jihadi discussion forums on the Internet.

Thomas Hegghammer is Senior Research Fellow at All Souls College, Oxford.

Lucas Tse is Examination Fellow at All Souls College, Oxford.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Time spent and words spent—what does each signal?

Deceptive mimicry—the manipulation of individual or group identity—includes passing off as a different individual, as a member of a group to which one does not belong, or, for a group, to ‘sign’ its action as another group. Mimicry exploits the reputation of the model it mimics to avoid capture (flight), to strike undetected at the enemy (fight), or to hide behind or besmirch the reputation of the model group (‘false-flag’ operations). 

Fight, Flight, Mimic: Identity Mimicry in Conflict (Oxford UP, 2024) offers a theory and game-theoretic model of mimicry, an overview of its use through history, and a deep empirical exploration of its modern manifestations through several case studies by leading social scientists. The chapters cover mimicry in the context of the Northern Ireland conflict, terrorism campaigns in 1970s Italy, the height of the Iraq insurgency, the Rwandan genocide, the Naxalite rebellion in India, and jihadi discussion forums on the Internet.

Thomas Hegghammer is Senior Research Fellow at All Souls College, Oxford.

Lucas Tse is Examination Fellow at All Souls College, Oxford.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1810</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8841ab62-28df-11f1-aa85-fffcb8d6786d</guid>
      <title>Sarah James, &quot;The Politics of Failed Policies&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197813614">The Politics of Failed Policies</a> (Oxford UP, 2025) examines how the interplay of politics and data affects when failed policies get recognized. It shows how compelling data and analysis is an important political tool for highlighting failure. Importantly, the research demonstrates how data and analysis themselves are the products of political processes and reflections of those in power. Using case studies from education and juvenile criminal justice and tax policy, the book makes a theoretical contribution to the study of policymaking, state politics, and the role of knowledge and information in contemporary American politics.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Mar 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197813614">The Politics of Failed Policies</a> (Oxford UP, 2025) examines how the interplay of politics and data affects when failed policies get recognized. It shows how compelling data and analysis is an important political tool for highlighting failure. Importantly, the research demonstrates how data and analysis themselves are the products of political processes and reflections of those in power. Using case studies from education and juvenile criminal justice and tax policy, the book makes a theoretical contribution to the study of policymaking, state politics, and the role of knowledge and information in contemporary American politics.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="28813396" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/213bef7d-0e70-42c1-ba07-68dd22277b00/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=213bef7d-0e70-42c1-ba07-68dd22277b00&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Sarah James, &quot;The Politics of Failed Policies&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:29:57</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The Politics of Failed Policies (Oxford UP, 2025) examines how the interplay of politics and data affects when failed policies get recognized. It shows how compelling data and analysis is an important political tool for highlighting failure. Importantly, the research demonstrates how data and analysis themselves are the products of political processes and reflections of those in power. Using case studies from education and juvenile criminal justice and tax policy, the book makes a theoretical contribution to the study of policymaking, state politics, and the role of knowledge and information in contemporary American politics.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The Politics of Failed Policies (Oxford UP, 2025) examines how the interplay of politics and data affects when failed policies get recognized. It shows how compelling data and analysis is an important political tool for highlighting failure. Importantly, the research demonstrates how data and analysis themselves are the products of political processes and reflections of those in power. Using case studies from education and juvenile criminal justice and tax policy, the book makes a theoretical contribution to the study of policymaking, state politics, and the role of knowledge and information in contemporary American politics.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1809</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">fd2a6aa0-280c-11f1-8492-0b1a56c28297</guid>
      <title>Tom Wells, &quot;The Kissinger Tapes: Inside His Secretly Recorded Phone Conversations&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>A richly detailed collection of transcripts of Henry Kissinger's secretly recorded phone conversations from his time in the Nixon administration that touch on every important issue of Kissinger's day and provide a sweeping view of his era.<br />Henry Kissinger is unquestionably one of the most consequential foreign policy makers in American history. A remarkably influential academic during his long tenure at Harvard, Kissinger became Richard Nixon's National Security Advisor in 1969 and Secretary of State in 1973.<br />Like Nixon, Kissinger left a trail of secretly recorded evidence in his wake. Kissinger began taping in 1969, two years before Nixon did in 1971, and he continued taping for over three years after Nixon's recording system was dismantled in 1973. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190933340">The Kissinger Tapes: Inside His Secretly Recorded Phone Conversations"</a><em> ﻿</em>(Oxford UP, 2026), Tom Wells draws on his expertise in the Nixon era to provide carefully selected, edited, and annotated transcripts of Kissinger's phone conversations, which chronologically highlight the most momentous crises and controversies of the era. They not only provide context and many revelations on Kissinger's role in numerous events but also throw his personality, character, and checkered record into sharp relief.<br />The conversations cover a wide range of issues, including the Vietnam War, the India-Pakistan conflict, the opening to China, the Middle East, the Greek coup in Cyprus, the Nixon administration's illegal wiretapping, and the Watergate scandal. The transcripts reveal Kissinger's opinions and attitudes on important policy matters and his complex relationship with President Nixon, as well as the many battles he fought with other administration officials and his subtle manipulations of well-known journalists.<br />A richly detailed collection of Kissinger's transcripts and commentary, this book provides a novel window into the Nixon administration and offers a genuinely unique perspective on one of the most important figures in modern American history.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Mar 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>A richly detailed collection of transcripts of Henry Kissinger's secretly recorded phone conversations from his time in the Nixon administration that touch on every important issue of Kissinger's day and provide a sweeping view of his era.<br />Henry Kissinger is unquestionably one of the most consequential foreign policy makers in American history. A remarkably influential academic during his long tenure at Harvard, Kissinger became Richard Nixon's National Security Advisor in 1969 and Secretary of State in 1973.<br />Like Nixon, Kissinger left a trail of secretly recorded evidence in his wake. Kissinger began taping in 1969, two years before Nixon did in 1971, and he continued taping for over three years after Nixon's recording system was dismantled in 1973. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190933340">The Kissinger Tapes: Inside His Secretly Recorded Phone Conversations"</a><em> ﻿</em>(Oxford UP, 2026), Tom Wells draws on his expertise in the Nixon era to provide carefully selected, edited, and annotated transcripts of Kissinger's phone conversations, which chronologically highlight the most momentous crises and controversies of the era. They not only provide context and many revelations on Kissinger's role in numerous events but also throw his personality, character, and checkered record into sharp relief.<br />The conversations cover a wide range of issues, including the Vietnam War, the India-Pakistan conflict, the opening to China, the Middle East, the Greek coup in Cyprus, the Nixon administration's illegal wiretapping, and the Watergate scandal. The transcripts reveal Kissinger's opinions and attitudes on important policy matters and his complex relationship with President Nixon, as well as the many battles he fought with other administration officials and his subtle manipulations of well-known journalists.<br />A richly detailed collection of Kissinger's transcripts and commentary, this book provides a novel window into the Nixon administration and offers a genuinely unique perspective on one of the most important figures in modern American history.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="30895048" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/c563d87b-399d-434a-a0c9-10483899950f/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=c563d87b-399d-434a-a0c9-10483899950f&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Tom Wells, &quot;The Kissinger Tapes: Inside His Secretly Recorded Phone Conversations&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:32:08</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>A richly detailed collection of transcripts of Henry Kissinger&apos;s secretly recorded phone conversations from his time in the Nixon administration that touch on every important issue of Kissinger&apos;s day and provide a sweeping view of his era.Henry Kissinger is unquestionably one of the most consequential foreign policy makers in American history. A remarkably influential academic during his long tenure at Harvard, Kissinger became Richard Nixon&apos;s National Security Advisor in 1969 and Secretary of State in 1973.Like Nixon, Kissinger left a trail of secretly recorded evidence in his wake. Kissinger began taping in 1969, two years before Nixon did in 1971, and he continued taping for over three years after Nixon&apos;s recording system was dismantled in 1973. In The Kissinger Tapes: Inside His Secretly Recorded Phone Conversations&quot; ﻿(Oxford UP, 2026), Tom Wells draws on his expertise in the Nixon era to provide carefully selected, edited, and annotated transcripts of Kissinger&apos;s phone conversations, which chronologically highlight the most momentous crises and controversies of the era. They not only provide context and many revelations on Kissinger&apos;s role in numerous events but also throw his personality, character, and checkered record into sharp relief.The conversations cover a wide range of issues, including the Vietnam War, the India-Pakistan conflict, the opening to China, the Middle East, the Greek coup in Cyprus, the Nixon administration&apos;s illegal wiretapping, and the Watergate scandal. The transcripts reveal Kissinger&apos;s opinions and attitudes on important policy matters and his complex relationship with President Nixon, as well as the many battles he fought with other administration officials and his subtle manipulations of well-known journalists.A richly detailed collection of Kissinger&apos;s transcripts and commentary, this book provides a novel window into the Nixon administration and offers a genuinely unique perspective on one of the most important figures in modern American history.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>A richly detailed collection of transcripts of Henry Kissinger&apos;s secretly recorded phone conversations from his time in the Nixon administration that touch on every important issue of Kissinger&apos;s day and provide a sweeping view of his era.Henry Kissinger is unquestionably one of the most consequential foreign policy makers in American history. A remarkably influential academic during his long tenure at Harvard, Kissinger became Richard Nixon&apos;s National Security Advisor in 1969 and Secretary of State in 1973.Like Nixon, Kissinger left a trail of secretly recorded evidence in his wake. Kissinger began taping in 1969, two years before Nixon did in 1971, and he continued taping for over three years after Nixon&apos;s recording system was dismantled in 1973. In The Kissinger Tapes: Inside His Secretly Recorded Phone Conversations&quot; ﻿(Oxford UP, 2026), Tom Wells draws on his expertise in the Nixon era to provide carefully selected, edited, and annotated transcripts of Kissinger&apos;s phone conversations, which chronologically highlight the most momentous crises and controversies of the era. They not only provide context and many revelations on Kissinger&apos;s role in numerous events but also throw his personality, character, and checkered record into sharp relief.The conversations cover a wide range of issues, including the Vietnam War, the India-Pakistan conflict, the opening to China, the Middle East, the Greek coup in Cyprus, the Nixon administration&apos;s illegal wiretapping, and the Watergate scandal. The transcripts reveal Kissinger&apos;s opinions and attitudes on important policy matters and his complex relationship with President Nixon, as well as the many battles he fought with other administration officials and his subtle manipulations of well-known journalists.A richly detailed collection of Kissinger&apos;s transcripts and commentary, this book provides a novel window into the Nixon administration and offers a genuinely unique perspective on one of the most important figures in modern American history.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1808</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0499944a-2809-11f1-948a-77beec01d1a4</guid>
      <title>Nicholas Evan Sarantakes, &quot;The Battle of Manila: Poisoned Victory in the Pacific War&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>On Feb. 6, 1945, just three days after the U.S. army started to fight the Japanese in the city of Manila, General Douglas MacArthur declared that “Manila had fallen.” In truth, the battle would take another month, as U.S. forces fought their way through block after block. By the end of the battle, which featured some of the most intense urban fighting faced by the U.S. army, Manila was in ruins, the old walled city of Intramuros was flattened, and 100,000 Filipino civilians were dead. ﻿</p>
<p>Nicholas Evan Sarantakes writes a comprehensive history of the fighting in <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780199948857">The Battle of Manila: Poisoned Victory in the Pacific War</a> (Oxford UP, 2025)﻿<br /></p>
<p>Nicholas Evan Sarantakes is an associate professor in the strategy and policy department at the U.S. Naval War College. He is the author of four books, including <em>Dropping the Torch: Jimmy Carter, the Olympic Boycott, and the Cold War </em>(Cambridge University Press: 2010)﻿<br /></p>
<p><em>You can find more reviews, excerpts, interviews, and essays at</em><a href="https://asianreviewofbooks.com/"> <em>The Asian Review of Books</em></a><em>, including its review of </em><a href="https://asianreviewofbooks.com/the-battle-of-manila-poisoned-victory-in-the-pacific-war-by-nicholas-evan-sarantakes/"><em>The Battle of Manila</em></a><em>. Follow on Twitter at</em><a href="https://twitter.com/BookReviewsAsia"> <em>@BookReviewsAsia</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<p>﻿<br /><em>Nicholas Gordon is an editor for a global magazine, and a reviewer for the Asian Review of Books. He can be found on Twitter at</em><a href="https://twitter.com/nickrigordon?lang=en"><em>@nickrigordon</em></a><em>.</em>﻿<br />﻿</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Mar 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>On Feb. 6, 1945, just three days after the U.S. army started to fight the Japanese in the city of Manila, General Douglas MacArthur declared that “Manila had fallen.” In truth, the battle would take another month, as U.S. forces fought their way through block after block. By the end of the battle, which featured some of the most intense urban fighting faced by the U.S. army, Manila was in ruins, the old walled city of Intramuros was flattened, and 100,000 Filipino civilians were dead. ﻿</p>
<p>Nicholas Evan Sarantakes writes a comprehensive history of the fighting in <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780199948857">The Battle of Manila: Poisoned Victory in the Pacific War</a> (Oxford UP, 2025)﻿<br /></p>
<p>Nicholas Evan Sarantakes is an associate professor in the strategy and policy department at the U.S. Naval War College. He is the author of four books, including <em>Dropping the Torch: Jimmy Carter, the Olympic Boycott, and the Cold War </em>(Cambridge University Press: 2010)﻿<br /></p>
<p><em>You can find more reviews, excerpts, interviews, and essays at</em><a href="https://asianreviewofbooks.com/"> <em>The Asian Review of Books</em></a><em>, including its review of </em><a href="https://asianreviewofbooks.com/the-battle-of-manila-poisoned-victory-in-the-pacific-war-by-nicholas-evan-sarantakes/"><em>The Battle of Manila</em></a><em>. Follow on Twitter at</em><a href="https://twitter.com/BookReviewsAsia"> <em>@BookReviewsAsia</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<p>﻿<br /><em>Nicholas Gordon is an editor for a global magazine, and a reviewer for the Asian Review of Books. He can be found on Twitter at</em><a href="https://twitter.com/nickrigordon?lang=en"><em>@nickrigordon</em></a><em>.</em>﻿<br />﻿</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="64533370" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/aebacebe-a168-4bff-bcfc-3829d712976e/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=aebacebe-a168-4bff-bcfc-3829d712976e&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Nicholas Evan Sarantakes, &quot;The Battle of Manila: Poisoned Victory in the Pacific War&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:07:09</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>On Feb. 6, 1945, just three days after the U.S. army started to fight the Japanese in the city of Manila, General Douglas MacArthur declared that “Manila had fallen.” In truth, the battle would take another month, as U.S. forces fought their way through block after block. By the end of the battle, which featured some of the most intense urban fighting faced by the U.S. army, Manila was in ruins, the old walled city of Intramuros was flattened, and 100,000 Filipino civilians were dead. ﻿

Nicholas Evan Sarantakes writes a comprehensive history of the fighting in The Battle of Manila: Poisoned Victory in the Pacific War (Oxford UP, 2025)﻿

Nicholas Evan Sarantakes is an associate professor in the strategy and policy department at the U.S. Naval War College. He is the author of four books, including Dropping the Torch: Jimmy Carter, the Olympic Boycott, and the Cold War (Cambridge University Press: 2010)﻿

You can find more reviews, excerpts, interviews, and essays at The Asian Review of Books, including its review of The Battle of Manila. Follow on Twitter at @BookReviewsAsia.

﻿Nicholas Gordon is an editor for a global magazine, and a reviewer for the Asian Review of Books. He can be found on Twitter at@nickrigordon.﻿﻿</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>On Feb. 6, 1945, just three days after the U.S. army started to fight the Japanese in the city of Manila, General Douglas MacArthur declared that “Manila had fallen.” In truth, the battle would take another month, as U.S. forces fought their way through block after block. By the end of the battle, which featured some of the most intense urban fighting faced by the U.S. army, Manila was in ruins, the old walled city of Intramuros was flattened, and 100,000 Filipino civilians were dead. ﻿

Nicholas Evan Sarantakes writes a comprehensive history of the fighting in The Battle of Manila: Poisoned Victory in the Pacific War (Oxford UP, 2025)﻿

Nicholas Evan Sarantakes is an associate professor in the strategy and policy department at the U.S. Naval War College. He is the author of four books, including Dropping the Torch: Jimmy Carter, the Olympic Boycott, and the Cold War (Cambridge University Press: 2010)﻿

You can find more reviews, excerpts, interviews, and essays at The Asian Review of Books, including its review of The Battle of Manila. Follow on Twitter at @BookReviewsAsia.

﻿Nicholas Gordon is an editor for a global magazine, and a reviewer for the Asian Review of Books. He can be found on Twitter at@nickrigordon.﻿﻿</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1807</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1c75f924-1d09-11f1-8b87-83ea2a6e3283</guid>
      <title>Matthew Moran et al., &quot;Coercing Syria on Chemical Weapons&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In 2012, US President Barack Obama stated that the Syrian government’s use of chemical weapons on its population would cross a red line that would require the US government to reconsider its approach to the civil war then underway in Syria. Syria subsequently used such weapons, creating a policy dilemma for the United States about how to respond to Syrian President Bashar al-Assad's violation of the red line.<br />In <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/coercing-syria-on-chemical-weapons-a-case-study-of-deterrence-and-coercive-diplomacy-professor-and-program-chair-in-nonproliferation-and-terrorism-stu/87e4b2e083905175?ean=9780197770382&amp;next=t">Coercing Syria on Chemical Weapons</a> (Oxford UP, 2025), Matthew Moran, Wyn Q. Bowen, and Jeffrey W. Knopf examine efforts by the United States, sometimes acting with France and the United Kingdom, to respond to Syria's possession and use of chemical weapons over the course of its civil war. In particular, they focus on US strategy during the presidencies of Barack Obama and Donald Trump, which relied heavily on coercion, including deterrent and compellent variants. As the authors show, policies directed at the ruling Assad regime in Syria attempted to deter chemical weapons attacks and to compel Syria to give up its chemical arsenal with mixed outcomes. Drawing on the existing literature on deterrence and coercive diplomacy to identify three propositions — concerning credibility, motivations, and assurances — the book explains the mixed record of coercive success and failure and examines how effective coercive strategies were at different points and why.<br />Drawing on the most significant attempt in the post-Cold War era to deter the use of a weapon of mass destruction, this book offers theoretical and practical lessons for both security studies scholars and policymakers.</p>
<p>Our guest is Professor <a href="https://www.middlebury.edu/institute/people/jeff-knopf">Jeff Knopf</a>, a Professor at the Middlebury Institute of International Studies at Monterey (MIIS), where he serves as chair of the M.A. program in Nonproliferation and Terrorism Studies.</p>
<p>Our host is <a href="https://www.eleonoramattiacci.com/home">Eleonora Mattiacci</a>, an Associate Professor of Political Science at Amherst College. She is the author of "<a href="https://www.eleonoramattiacci.com/book-project-1">Volatile States in International Politics</a>" (Oxford University Press, 2023).</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 14 Mar 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In 2012, US President Barack Obama stated that the Syrian government’s use of chemical weapons on its population would cross a red line that would require the US government to reconsider its approach to the civil war then underway in Syria. Syria subsequently used such weapons, creating a policy dilemma for the United States about how to respond to Syrian President Bashar al-Assad's violation of the red line.<br />In <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/coercing-syria-on-chemical-weapons-a-case-study-of-deterrence-and-coercive-diplomacy-professor-and-program-chair-in-nonproliferation-and-terrorism-stu/87e4b2e083905175?ean=9780197770382&amp;next=t">Coercing Syria on Chemical Weapons</a> (Oxford UP, 2025), Matthew Moran, Wyn Q. Bowen, and Jeffrey W. Knopf examine efforts by the United States, sometimes acting with France and the United Kingdom, to respond to Syria's possession and use of chemical weapons over the course of its civil war. In particular, they focus on US strategy during the presidencies of Barack Obama and Donald Trump, which relied heavily on coercion, including deterrent and compellent variants. As the authors show, policies directed at the ruling Assad regime in Syria attempted to deter chemical weapons attacks and to compel Syria to give up its chemical arsenal with mixed outcomes. Drawing on the existing literature on deterrence and coercive diplomacy to identify three propositions — concerning credibility, motivations, and assurances — the book explains the mixed record of coercive success and failure and examines how effective coercive strategies were at different points and why.<br />Drawing on the most significant attempt in the post-Cold War era to deter the use of a weapon of mass destruction, this book offers theoretical and practical lessons for both security studies scholars and policymakers.</p>
<p>Our guest is Professor <a href="https://www.middlebury.edu/institute/people/jeff-knopf">Jeff Knopf</a>, a Professor at the Middlebury Institute of International Studies at Monterey (MIIS), where he serves as chair of the M.A. program in Nonproliferation and Terrorism Studies.</p>
<p>Our host is <a href="https://www.eleonoramattiacci.com/home">Eleonora Mattiacci</a>, an Associate Professor of Political Science at Amherst College. She is the author of "<a href="https://www.eleonoramattiacci.com/book-project-1">Volatile States in International Politics</a>" (Oxford University Press, 2023).</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="33597445" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/acbecca4-b0a6-436d-9c5a-248ee697456e/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=acbecca4-b0a6-436d-9c5a-248ee697456e&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Matthew Moran et al., &quot;Coercing Syria on Chemical Weapons&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:34:56</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In 2012, US President Barack Obama stated that the Syrian government’s use of chemical weapons on its population would cross a red line that would require the US government to reconsider its approach to the civil war then underway in Syria. Syria subsequently used such weapons, creating a policy dilemma for the United States about how to respond to Syrian President Bashar al-Assad&apos;s violation of the red line.In Coercing Syria on Chemical Weapons (Oxford UP, 2025), Matthew Moran, Wyn Q. Bowen, and Jeffrey W. Knopf examine efforts by the United States, sometimes acting with France and the United Kingdom, to respond to Syria&apos;s possession and use of chemical weapons over the course of its civil war. In particular, they focus on US strategy during the presidencies of Barack Obama and Donald Trump, which relied heavily on coercion, including deterrent and compellent variants. As the authors show, policies directed at the ruling Assad regime in Syria attempted to deter chemical weapons attacks and to compel Syria to give up its chemical arsenal with mixed outcomes. Drawing on the existing literature on deterrence and coercive diplomacy to identify three propositions — concerning credibility, motivations, and assurances — the book explains the mixed record of coercive success and failure and examines how effective coercive strategies were at different points and why.Drawing on the most significant attempt in the post-Cold War era to deter the use of a weapon of mass destruction, this book offers theoretical and practical lessons for both security studies scholars and policymakers.

Our guest is Professor Jeff Knopf, a Professor at the Middlebury Institute of International Studies at Monterey (MIIS), where he serves as chair of the M.A. program in Nonproliferation and Terrorism Studies.

Our host is Eleonora Mattiacci, an Associate Professor of Political Science at Amherst College. She is the author of &quot;Volatile States in International Politics&quot; (Oxford University Press, 2023).</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In 2012, US President Barack Obama stated that the Syrian government’s use of chemical weapons on its population would cross a red line that would require the US government to reconsider its approach to the civil war then underway in Syria. Syria subsequently used such weapons, creating a policy dilemma for the United States about how to respond to Syrian President Bashar al-Assad&apos;s violation of the red line.In Coercing Syria on Chemical Weapons (Oxford UP, 2025), Matthew Moran, Wyn Q. Bowen, and Jeffrey W. Knopf examine efforts by the United States, sometimes acting with France and the United Kingdom, to respond to Syria&apos;s possession and use of chemical weapons over the course of its civil war. In particular, they focus on US strategy during the presidencies of Barack Obama and Donald Trump, which relied heavily on coercion, including deterrent and compellent variants. As the authors show, policies directed at the ruling Assad regime in Syria attempted to deter chemical weapons attacks and to compel Syria to give up its chemical arsenal with mixed outcomes. Drawing on the existing literature on deterrence and coercive diplomacy to identify three propositions — concerning credibility, motivations, and assurances — the book explains the mixed record of coercive success and failure and examines how effective coercive strategies were at different points and why.Drawing on the most significant attempt in the post-Cold War era to deter the use of a weapon of mass destruction, this book offers theoretical and practical lessons for both security studies scholars and policymakers.

Our guest is Professor Jeff Knopf, a Professor at the Middlebury Institute of International Studies at Monterey (MIIS), where he serves as chair of the M.A. program in Nonproliferation and Terrorism Studies.

Our host is Eleonora Mattiacci, an Associate Professor of Political Science at Amherst College. She is the author of &quot;Volatile States in International Politics&quot; (Oxford University Press, 2023).</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1806</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bae9557a-1cfe-11f1-b0db-cf3b0ec3da85</guid>
      <title>Fatimah Williams, &quot;Options for Success: A PhD&apos;s Guide to Navigating Career Transitions and Thriving in Your Next Professional Chapter&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197514320">Options for Success: ﻿﻿A PhD's Guide to Navigating Career Transitions and Thriving in Your Next Professional Chapter </a>(Oxford UP, 2025)<em> </em>is a transformative, step-by-step guide designed for early to mid-career academics exploring career paths beyond faculty roles and into careers in industry. This book speaks directly to PhDs asking "What's next?" as they consider their career options beyond the faculty. Blending narrative, practical workbook exercises and real-life examples, <em>Options for Success</em> empowers readers to reimagine their career expectations, navigate the complexities of career transition, and align their professional paths with their personal values and goals.<br />At the heart of this guide is the <em>Options for Success</em> framework, a seven-step process that takes readers through the phases of career change-from Detox, making mental and emotional space for new opportunities, to Onboarding, integrating into new roles with insight into workplace dynamics. With tools like the Ecosystems and Economies framework and Professional Profile Pillars, readers can inventory their skills, evaluate their core strengths, and identify careers that align with their values. The Translational Power of Action Verbs exercise encourages academics to shift from a "knowing lens" to a "doing lens," while the Power Story Method helps them translate their achievements into impactful stories that resonate with potential employers.<br />The book also addresses the "messy middle" of job searching, equipping readers with strategies to maintain momentum and resilience through self-care practices and targeted skills building. Unlike traditional career guides, <em>Options for Success </em>is rich with templates, scripts, and sample materials, from hybrid CV-résumés to informational interview guides and bios, offering readers the practical support they need to articulate their unique value effectively.<br />Career transition stories from PhDs across disciplines illustrate the real-world application of these principles across a range of fields and roles, showing diverse pathways into impactful, fulfilling careers. Written in a coach's voice-approachable, empathetic, and filled with generative questions-Options for Success feels like having a personalized career coach, guiding readers to explore, evaluate, and act with confidence. <em>Options for</em> <em>Success </em>is an essential companion for any PhD ready to transition beyond the faculty and into new professional possibilities.</p>
<p>Fatimah Williams, Ph.D., is an executive coach, speaker, and founder of Professional Pathways. A cultural anthropologist with over 15 years of consulting experience, she has advised organizations like the National Institutes of Health, the Urban League, and more than 30 colleges and universities on leadership development, organizational strategy, and career growth. Her thought leadership appears in both academic and popular outlets, including <em>The Chronicle of Higher Education</em> and <em>Essence</em>. A former career services leader at the University of Pennsylvania, she also has served on the board of the University of Virginia Alumni Association and the advisory council of the Zimmerli Art Museum. She is the author of three books, <em>Be Bold</em>, <em>Professional Pathways Planner</em>, and her newest book, <em>Options for Success,</em> published by Oxford University Press, which guides PhDs through career transitions and the messy middle of reinvention.</p>
<p><em>Reighan Gillam</em> <em>is Associate Professor in the Department of Latin American, Latino, and Caribbean Studies at Dartmouth College. Her research examines the ways in which Afro-Brazilian media producers foment anti-racist visual politics through their image creation. She is the author of Visualizing Black Lives: Ownership and Control in Afro-Brazilian Media (University of Illinois Press).</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 13 Mar 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197514320">Options for Success: ﻿﻿A PhD's Guide to Navigating Career Transitions and Thriving in Your Next Professional Chapter </a>(Oxford UP, 2025)<em> </em>is a transformative, step-by-step guide designed for early to mid-career academics exploring career paths beyond faculty roles and into careers in industry. This book speaks directly to PhDs asking "What's next?" as they consider their career options beyond the faculty. Blending narrative, practical workbook exercises and real-life examples, <em>Options for Success</em> empowers readers to reimagine their career expectations, navigate the complexities of career transition, and align their professional paths with their personal values and goals.<br />At the heart of this guide is the <em>Options for Success</em> framework, a seven-step process that takes readers through the phases of career change-from Detox, making mental and emotional space for new opportunities, to Onboarding, integrating into new roles with insight into workplace dynamics. With tools like the Ecosystems and Economies framework and Professional Profile Pillars, readers can inventory their skills, evaluate their core strengths, and identify careers that align with their values. The Translational Power of Action Verbs exercise encourages academics to shift from a "knowing lens" to a "doing lens," while the Power Story Method helps them translate their achievements into impactful stories that resonate with potential employers.<br />The book also addresses the "messy middle" of job searching, equipping readers with strategies to maintain momentum and resilience through self-care practices and targeted skills building. Unlike traditional career guides, <em>Options for Success </em>is rich with templates, scripts, and sample materials, from hybrid CV-résumés to informational interview guides and bios, offering readers the practical support they need to articulate their unique value effectively.<br />Career transition stories from PhDs across disciplines illustrate the real-world application of these principles across a range of fields and roles, showing diverse pathways into impactful, fulfilling careers. Written in a coach's voice-approachable, empathetic, and filled with generative questions-Options for Success feels like having a personalized career coach, guiding readers to explore, evaluate, and act with confidence. <em>Options for</em> <em>Success </em>is an essential companion for any PhD ready to transition beyond the faculty and into new professional possibilities.</p>
<p>Fatimah Williams, Ph.D., is an executive coach, speaker, and founder of Professional Pathways. A cultural anthropologist with over 15 years of consulting experience, she has advised organizations like the National Institutes of Health, the Urban League, and more than 30 colleges and universities on leadership development, organizational strategy, and career growth. Her thought leadership appears in both academic and popular outlets, including <em>The Chronicle of Higher Education</em> and <em>Essence</em>. A former career services leader at the University of Pennsylvania, she also has served on the board of the University of Virginia Alumni Association and the advisory council of the Zimmerli Art Museum. She is the author of three books, <em>Be Bold</em>, <em>Professional Pathways Planner</em>, and her newest book, <em>Options for Success,</em> published by Oxford University Press, which guides PhDs through career transitions and the messy middle of reinvention.</p>
<p><em>Reighan Gillam</em> <em>is Associate Professor in the Department of Latin American, Latino, and Caribbean Studies at Dartmouth College. Her research examines the ways in which Afro-Brazilian media producers foment anti-racist visual politics through their image creation. She is the author of Visualizing Black Lives: Ownership and Control in Afro-Brazilian Media (University of Illinois Press).</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="43999326" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/0a7e16d4-6bc2-4195-8fac-4bca128f9c2c/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=0a7e16d4-6bc2-4195-8fac-4bca128f9c2c&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Fatimah Williams, &quot;Options for Success: A PhD&apos;s Guide to Navigating Career Transitions and Thriving in Your Next Professional Chapter&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:45:46</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Options for Success: ﻿﻿A PhD&apos;s Guide to Navigating Career Transitions and Thriving in Your Next Professional Chapter (Oxford UP, 2025) is a transformative, step-by-step guide designed for early to mid-career academics exploring career paths beyond faculty roles and into careers in industry. This book speaks directly to PhDs asking &quot;What&apos;s next?&quot; as they consider their career options beyond the faculty. Blending narrative, practical workbook exercises and real-life examples, Options for Success empowers readers to reimagine their career expectations, navigate the complexities of career transition, and align their professional paths with their personal values and goals.At the heart of this guide is the Options for Success framework, a seven-step process that takes readers through the phases of career change-from Detox, making mental and emotional space for new opportunities, to Onboarding, integrating into new roles with insight into workplace dynamics. With tools like the Ecosystems and Economies framework and Professional Profile Pillars, readers can inventory their skills, evaluate their core strengths, and identify careers that align with their values. The Translational Power of Action Verbs exercise encourages academics to shift from a &quot;knowing lens&quot; to a &quot;doing lens,&quot; while the Power Story Method helps them translate their achievements into impactful stories that resonate with potential employers.The book also addresses the &quot;messy middle&quot; of job searching, equipping readers with strategies to maintain momentum and resilience through self-care practices and targeted skills building. Unlike traditional career guides, Options for Success is rich with templates, scripts, and sample materials, from hybrid CV-résumés to informational interview guides and bios, offering readers the practical support they need to articulate their unique value effectively.Career transition stories from PhDs across disciplines illustrate the real-world application of these principles across a range of fields and roles, showing diverse pathways into impactful, fulfilling careers. Written in a coach&apos;s voice-approachable, empathetic, and filled with generative questions-Options for Success feels like having a personalized career coach, guiding readers to explore, evaluate, and act with confidence. Options for Success is an essential companion for any PhD ready to transition beyond the faculty and into new professional possibilities.

Fatimah Williams, Ph.D., is an executive coach, speaker, and founder of Professional Pathways. A cultural anthropologist with over 15 years of consulting experience, she has advised organizations like the National Institutes of Health, the Urban League, and more than 30 colleges and universities on leadership development, organizational strategy, and career growth. Her thought leadership appears in both academic and popular outlets, including The Chronicle of Higher Education and Essence. A former career services leader at the University of Pennsylvania, she also has served on the board of the University of Virginia Alumni Association and the advisory council of the Zimmerli Art Museum. She is the author of three books, Be Bold, Professional Pathways Planner, and her newest book, Options for Success, published by Oxford University Press, which guides PhDs through career transitions and the messy middle of reinvention.

Reighan Gillam is Associate Professor in the Department of Latin American, Latino, and Caribbean Studies at Dartmouth College. Her research examines the ways in which Afro-Brazilian media producers foment anti-racist visual politics through their image creation. She is the author of Visualizing Black Lives: Ownership and Control in Afro-Brazilian Media (University of Illinois Press).</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Options for Success: ﻿﻿A PhD&apos;s Guide to Navigating Career Transitions and Thriving in Your Next Professional Chapter (Oxford UP, 2025) is a transformative, step-by-step guide designed for early to mid-career academics exploring career paths beyond faculty roles and into careers in industry. This book speaks directly to PhDs asking &quot;What&apos;s next?&quot; as they consider their career options beyond the faculty. Blending narrative, practical workbook exercises and real-life examples, Options for Success empowers readers to reimagine their career expectations, navigate the complexities of career transition, and align their professional paths with their personal values and goals.At the heart of this guide is the Options for Success framework, a seven-step process that takes readers through the phases of career change-from Detox, making mental and emotional space for new opportunities, to Onboarding, integrating into new roles with insight into workplace dynamics. With tools like the Ecosystems and Economies framework and Professional Profile Pillars, readers can inventory their skills, evaluate their core strengths, and identify careers that align with their values. The Translational Power of Action Verbs exercise encourages academics to shift from a &quot;knowing lens&quot; to a &quot;doing lens,&quot; while the Power Story Method helps them translate their achievements into impactful stories that resonate with potential employers.The book also addresses the &quot;messy middle&quot; of job searching, equipping readers with strategies to maintain momentum and resilience through self-care practices and targeted skills building. Unlike traditional career guides, Options for Success is rich with templates, scripts, and sample materials, from hybrid CV-résumés to informational interview guides and bios, offering readers the practical support they need to articulate their unique value effectively.Career transition stories from PhDs across disciplines illustrate the real-world application of these principles across a range of fields and roles, showing diverse pathways into impactful, fulfilling careers. Written in a coach&apos;s voice-approachable, empathetic, and filled with generative questions-Options for Success feels like having a personalized career coach, guiding readers to explore, evaluate, and act with confidence. Options for Success is an essential companion for any PhD ready to transition beyond the faculty and into new professional possibilities.

Fatimah Williams, Ph.D., is an executive coach, speaker, and founder of Professional Pathways. A cultural anthropologist with over 15 years of consulting experience, she has advised organizations like the National Institutes of Health, the Urban League, and more than 30 colleges and universities on leadership development, organizational strategy, and career growth. Her thought leadership appears in both academic and popular outlets, including The Chronicle of Higher Education and Essence. A former career services leader at the University of Pennsylvania, she also has served on the board of the University of Virginia Alumni Association and the advisory council of the Zimmerli Art Museum. She is the author of three books, Be Bold, Professional Pathways Planner, and her newest book, Options for Success, published by Oxford University Press, which guides PhDs through career transitions and the messy middle of reinvention.

Reighan Gillam is Associate Professor in the Department of Latin American, Latino, and Caribbean Studies at Dartmouth College. Her research examines the ways in which Afro-Brazilian media producers foment anti-racist visual politics through their image creation. She is the author of Visualizing Black Lives: Ownership and Control in Afro-Brazilian Media (University of Illinois Press).</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1805</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f9f04aa6-1c51-11f1-8f77-bf5240b8a6ff</guid>
      <title>Olivier Hein, &quot;Borneo: The History of an Enigma&quot; (Hurst, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Borneo—split between two countries, home to some of the world’s oldest rainforests and a vast array of animal and plant life—is back in the news. The island is set to be home to Nusantara, Indonesia’s new planned political capital set to, maybe, open in 2028. And the Malaysian states of Sabah and Sarawak—different from the rest of Peninsular Malaysia—are griping for more rights and authority to control its own wealth.</p>
<p>Author Olivier Hein tackles the long history of Borneo in his latest book titled, appropriately, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9781805264231">Borneo: The History of an Enigma</a> (Hurst, 2025). He tackles Borneo’s indigenous communities; the spread of Hindu, Chinese, Muslim and European influence; the rise of the White Rajah; and how Borneo is treated by today’s modern nations.</p>
<p>A former diplomat with the UN, the OSCE and the UK, Olivier Hein has undertaken postings in Kosovo, Turkmenistan, the USA and France. He is also the author of <em>Star and Key: The Historical Adventure of Mauritius </em>and <em>Mother of the World: The Remarkable History of Turkmenistan. </em>He is also a regular contributor to <em>The Chap </em>magazine.</p>
<p><em>You can find more reviews, excerpts, interviews, and essays at</em><a href="https://asianreviewofbooks.com/"> <em>The Asian Review of Books</em></a><em>, including its review of </em><a href="https://asianreviewofbooks.com/borneo-the-history-of-an-enigma-by-olivier-hein/"><em>Borneo</em></a><em>. Follow on Twitter at</em><a href="https://twitter.com/BookReviewsAsia"> <em>@BookReviewsAsia</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<p><br /><em>Nicholas Gordon is an editor for a global magazine, and a reviewer for the Asian Review of Books. He can be found on Twitter at</em><a href="https://twitter.com/nickrigordon?lang=en"> <em>@nickrigordon</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Mar 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Borneo—split between two countries, home to some of the world’s oldest rainforests and a vast array of animal and plant life—is back in the news. The island is set to be home to Nusantara, Indonesia’s new planned political capital set to, maybe, open in 2028. And the Malaysian states of Sabah and Sarawak—different from the rest of Peninsular Malaysia—are griping for more rights and authority to control its own wealth.</p>
<p>Author Olivier Hein tackles the long history of Borneo in his latest book titled, appropriately, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9781805264231">Borneo: The History of an Enigma</a> (Hurst, 2025). He tackles Borneo’s indigenous communities; the spread of Hindu, Chinese, Muslim and European influence; the rise of the White Rajah; and how Borneo is treated by today’s modern nations.</p>
<p>A former diplomat with the UN, the OSCE and the UK, Olivier Hein has undertaken postings in Kosovo, Turkmenistan, the USA and France. He is also the author of <em>Star and Key: The Historical Adventure of Mauritius </em>and <em>Mother of the World: The Remarkable History of Turkmenistan. </em>He is also a regular contributor to <em>The Chap </em>magazine.</p>
<p><em>You can find more reviews, excerpts, interviews, and essays at</em><a href="https://asianreviewofbooks.com/"> <em>The Asian Review of Books</em></a><em>, including its review of </em><a href="https://asianreviewofbooks.com/borneo-the-history-of-an-enigma-by-olivier-hein/"><em>Borneo</em></a><em>. Follow on Twitter at</em><a href="https://twitter.com/BookReviewsAsia"> <em>@BookReviewsAsia</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<p><br /><em>Nicholas Gordon is an editor for a global magazine, and a reviewer for the Asian Review of Books. He can be found on Twitter at</em><a href="https://twitter.com/nickrigordon?lang=en"> <em>@nickrigordon</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="52564778" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/112c8e26-3ee4-4bdd-8a32-54430cf7a320/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=112c8e26-3ee4-4bdd-8a32-54430cf7a320&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Olivier Hein, &quot;Borneo: The History of an Enigma&quot; (Hurst, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:54:41</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Borneo—split between two countries, home to some of the world’s oldest rainforests and a vast array of animal and plant life—is back in the news. The island is set to be home to Nusantara, Indonesia’s new planned political capital set to, maybe, open in 2028. And the Malaysian states of Sabah and Sarawak—different from the rest of Peninsular Malaysia—are griping for more rights and authority to control its own wealth.

Author Olivier Hein tackles the long history of Borneo in his latest book titled, appropriately, Borneo: The History of an Enigma (Hurst, 2025). He tackles Borneo’s indigenous communities; the spread of Hindu, Chinese, Muslim and European influence; the rise of the White Rajah; and how Borneo is treated by today’s modern nations.

A former diplomat with the UN, the OSCE and the UK, Olivier Hein has undertaken postings in Kosovo, Turkmenistan, the USA and France. He is also the author of Star and Key: The Historical Adventure of Mauritius and Mother of the World: The Remarkable History of Turkmenistan. He is also a regular contributor to The Chap magazine.

You can find more reviews, excerpts, interviews, and essays at The Asian Review of Books, including its review of Borneo. Follow on Twitter at @BookReviewsAsia.

Nicholas Gordon is an editor for a global magazine, and a reviewer for the Asian Review of Books. He can be found on Twitter at @nickrigordon.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Borneo—split between two countries, home to some of the world’s oldest rainforests and a vast array of animal and plant life—is back in the news. The island is set to be home to Nusantara, Indonesia’s new planned political capital set to, maybe, open in 2028. And the Malaysian states of Sabah and Sarawak—different from the rest of Peninsular Malaysia—are griping for more rights and authority to control its own wealth.

Author Olivier Hein tackles the long history of Borneo in his latest book titled, appropriately, Borneo: The History of an Enigma (Hurst, 2025). He tackles Borneo’s indigenous communities; the spread of Hindu, Chinese, Muslim and European influence; the rise of the White Rajah; and how Borneo is treated by today’s modern nations.

A former diplomat with the UN, the OSCE and the UK, Olivier Hein has undertaken postings in Kosovo, Turkmenistan, the USA and France. He is also the author of Star and Key: The Historical Adventure of Mauritius and Mother of the World: The Remarkable History of Turkmenistan. He is also a regular contributor to The Chap magazine.

You can find more reviews, excerpts, interviews, and essays at The Asian Review of Books, including its review of Borneo. Follow on Twitter at @BookReviewsAsia.

Nicholas Gordon is an editor for a global magazine, and a reviewer for the Asian Review of Books. He can be found on Twitter at @nickrigordon.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1804</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4eb08dcc-1c51-11f1-9bf6-5322404b2c1e</guid>
      <title>Katelyn E. Stauffer, &quot;The Politics of Perception: How Beliefs About Women’s Inclusion Shape Democratic Legitimacy in the U.S.&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Katelyn Stauffer, Associate Professor of Political Science at the University of Georgia, has an excellent new book focusing on how voters and citizens perceive the legitimacy and functionality of political institutions, especially when they think there are women elected to those institutions. <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-politics-of-perception-9780197811030?lang=en&amp;cc=us"><em>The Politics of Perception: How Beliefs About Women’s Inclusion Shape Democratic Legitimacy in the United States</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2025) weaves together a number of different threads to reach some interesting conclusions about women in elected office and the trust that voters have in those elected offices and institutions. Stauffer starts the research trajectory with a framing around representation, and how the different kinds of representation within elected bodies connects to how voters think about those bodies themselves and whether they trust them and think they are effective. This opens the path to bring in the question of gender, and how voters’ or citizens’ perceptions of how many women are in legislative bodies also connects with how much trust those same citizens have in those representative bodies.</p>
<p><a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-politics-of-perception-9780197811030?lang=en&amp;cc=us"><em>The Politics of Perception</em></a> explores both accurate perceptions as well as misperceptions about governmental institutions, and this is also where the research is truly fascinating. Part of what the research indicates is that, perhaps unsurprisingly, the American public does not actually know a lot about politics or about how political institutions operate. At the same time, many citizens hold strong opinions or thoughts about politics, which generally are at odds with the lack of knowledge. This is also bound up with stereotypes that voters consider in terms of male and female elected officials and how they work within institutions. <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-politics-of-perception-9780197811030?lang=en&amp;cc=us"><em>The Politics of Perception</em></a> interrogates all of these misperceptions, unpacking the truth or reality versus the ideas that individuals hold about office holders and the political institutions in which those office holders work. Stauffer also discussed how she was able to build on a comparative politics approach, since parliamentary systems are, by their nature, collective institutions, and this approach helped to provide another theoretical framework for the analysis.</p>
<p><a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-politics-of-perception-9780197811030?lang=en&amp;cc=us"><em>The Politics of Perception</em>: <em>How Beliefs About Women’s Inclusion Shape Democratic Legitimacy in the U.S.</em></a> is an important and useful book for many different scholars: those who study American government and politics; scholars of gender and politics, especially in the United States; comparative political scientists; and political theorists exploring issues of representation and democracy.</p>
<p>We discussed the <a href="https://www.instagram.com/ghost.athens/">Ghost Bookstore</a> in Athens, Georgia as a bookseller that can order <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-politics-of-perception-9780197811030?lang=en&amp;cc=us"><em>The Politics of Perception</em></a> for readers in Georgia or elsewhere.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.carrollu.edu/faculty/goren-lilly-phd"><em>Lilly J. Goren</em></a><em> is a professor of political science at Carroll University in Waukesha, WI. She is co-host of the </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/hosts/profile/a7ac4af9-1306-463f-baf9-00f1f4187dfd"><em>New Books in Political Science</em></a><em> channel at the New Books Network. She is co-editor of </em><a href="https://kansaspress.ku.edu/9780700633883/the-politics-of-the-marvel-cinematic-universe/"><em>The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe</em></a><u><em> Volume I: The Infinity Saga</em></u><em> (University Press of Kansas, 2022), and of </em><a href="https://kansaspress.ku.edu/9780700640546/"><em>The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe Volume II: Into the Multiverse</em></a><em> (University Press of Kansas, 2025) as well as co-editor of the award winning book, </em><a href="https://www.kentuckypress.com/9780813141015/women-and-the-white-house/"><em>Women and the White House: Gender, Popular Culture, and Presidential Politics</em></a><em> (University Press of Kentucky, 2012). She can be reached </em><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/gorenlj.bsky.social"><em>@gorenlj.bsky.social</em></a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Mar 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Katelyn Stauffer, Associate Professor of Political Science at the University of Georgia, has an excellent new book focusing on how voters and citizens perceive the legitimacy and functionality of political institutions, especially when they think there are women elected to those institutions. <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-politics-of-perception-9780197811030?lang=en&amp;cc=us"><em>The Politics of Perception: How Beliefs About Women’s Inclusion Shape Democratic Legitimacy in the United States</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2025) weaves together a number of different threads to reach some interesting conclusions about women in elected office and the trust that voters have in those elected offices and institutions. Stauffer starts the research trajectory with a framing around representation, and how the different kinds of representation within elected bodies connects to how voters think about those bodies themselves and whether they trust them and think they are effective. This opens the path to bring in the question of gender, and how voters’ or citizens’ perceptions of how many women are in legislative bodies also connects with how much trust those same citizens have in those representative bodies.</p>
<p><a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-politics-of-perception-9780197811030?lang=en&amp;cc=us"><em>The Politics of Perception</em></a> explores both accurate perceptions as well as misperceptions about governmental institutions, and this is also where the research is truly fascinating. Part of what the research indicates is that, perhaps unsurprisingly, the American public does not actually know a lot about politics or about how political institutions operate. At the same time, many citizens hold strong opinions or thoughts about politics, which generally are at odds with the lack of knowledge. This is also bound up with stereotypes that voters consider in terms of male and female elected officials and how they work within institutions. <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-politics-of-perception-9780197811030?lang=en&amp;cc=us"><em>The Politics of Perception</em></a> interrogates all of these misperceptions, unpacking the truth or reality versus the ideas that individuals hold about office holders and the political institutions in which those office holders work. Stauffer also discussed how she was able to build on a comparative politics approach, since parliamentary systems are, by their nature, collective institutions, and this approach helped to provide another theoretical framework for the analysis.</p>
<p><a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-politics-of-perception-9780197811030?lang=en&amp;cc=us"><em>The Politics of Perception</em>: <em>How Beliefs About Women’s Inclusion Shape Democratic Legitimacy in the U.S.</em></a> is an important and useful book for many different scholars: those who study American government and politics; scholars of gender and politics, especially in the United States; comparative political scientists; and political theorists exploring issues of representation and democracy.</p>
<p>We discussed the <a href="https://www.instagram.com/ghost.athens/">Ghost Bookstore</a> in Athens, Georgia as a bookseller that can order <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-politics-of-perception-9780197811030?lang=en&amp;cc=us"><em>The Politics of Perception</em></a> for readers in Georgia or elsewhere.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.carrollu.edu/faculty/goren-lilly-phd"><em>Lilly J. Goren</em></a><em> is a professor of political science at Carroll University in Waukesha, WI. She is co-host of the </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/hosts/profile/a7ac4af9-1306-463f-baf9-00f1f4187dfd"><em>New Books in Political Science</em></a><em> channel at the New Books Network. She is co-editor of </em><a href="https://kansaspress.ku.edu/9780700633883/the-politics-of-the-marvel-cinematic-universe/"><em>The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe</em></a><u><em> Volume I: The Infinity Saga</em></u><em> (University Press of Kansas, 2022), and of </em><a href="https://kansaspress.ku.edu/9780700640546/"><em>The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe Volume II: Into the Multiverse</em></a><em> (University Press of Kansas, 2025) as well as co-editor of the award winning book, </em><a href="https://www.kentuckypress.com/9780813141015/women-and-the-white-house/"><em>Women and the White House: Gender, Popular Culture, and Presidential Politics</em></a><em> (University Press of Kentucky, 2012). She can be reached </em><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/gorenlj.bsky.social"><em>@gorenlj.bsky.social</em></a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="31502666" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/febc4dbe-04e6-4e6d-8975-cd4a48c03978/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=febc4dbe-04e6-4e6d-8975-cd4a48c03978&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Katelyn E. Stauffer, &quot;The Politics of Perception: How Beliefs About Women’s Inclusion Shape Democratic Legitimacy in the U.S.&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:32:44</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Katelyn Stauffer, Associate Professor of Political Science at the University of Georgia, has an excellent new book focusing on how voters and citizens perceive the legitimacy and functionality of political institutions, especially when they think there are women elected to those institutions. The Politics of Perception: How Beliefs About Women’s Inclusion Shape Democratic Legitimacy in the United States (Oxford UP, 2025) weaves together a number of different threads to reach some interesting conclusions about women in elected office and the trust that voters have in those elected offices and institutions. Stauffer starts the research trajectory with a framing around representation, and how the different kinds of representation within elected bodies connects to how voters think about those bodies themselves and whether they trust them and think they are effective. This opens the path to bring in the question of gender, and how voters’ or citizens’ perceptions of how many women are in legislative bodies also connects with how much trust those same citizens have in those representative bodies.

The Politics of Perception explores both accurate perceptions as well as misperceptions about governmental institutions, and this is also where the research is truly fascinating. Part of what the research indicates is that, perhaps unsurprisingly, the American public does not actually know a lot about politics or about how political institutions operate. At the same time, many citizens hold strong opinions or thoughts about politics, which generally are at odds with the lack of knowledge. This is also bound up with stereotypes that voters consider in terms of male and female elected officials and how they work within institutions. The Politics of Perception interrogates all of these misperceptions, unpacking the truth or reality versus the ideas that individuals hold about office holders and the political institutions in which those office holders work. Stauffer also discussed how she was able to build on a comparative politics approach, since parliamentary systems are, by their nature, collective institutions, and this approach helped to provide another theoretical framework for the analysis.

The Politics of Perception: How Beliefs About Women’s Inclusion Shape Democratic Legitimacy in the U.S. is an important and useful book for many different scholars: those who study American government and politics; scholars of gender and politics, especially in the United States; comparative political scientists; and political theorists exploring issues of representation and democracy.

We discussed the Ghost Bookstore in Athens, Georgia as a bookseller that can order The Politics of Perception for readers in Georgia or elsewhere.

Lilly J. Goren is a professor of political science at Carroll University in Waukesha, WI. She is co-host of the New Books in Political Science channel at the New Books Network. She is co-editor of The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe Volume I: The Infinity Saga (University Press of Kansas, 2022), and of The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe Volume II: Into the Multiverse (University Press of Kansas, 2025) as well as co-editor of the award winning book, Women and the White House: Gender, Popular Culture, and Presidential Politics (University Press of Kentucky, 2012). She can be reached @gorenlj.bsky.social</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Katelyn Stauffer, Associate Professor of Political Science at the University of Georgia, has an excellent new book focusing on how voters and citizens perceive the legitimacy and functionality of political institutions, especially when they think there are women elected to those institutions. The Politics of Perception: How Beliefs About Women’s Inclusion Shape Democratic Legitimacy in the United States (Oxford UP, 2025) weaves together a number of different threads to reach some interesting conclusions about women in elected office and the trust that voters have in those elected offices and institutions. Stauffer starts the research trajectory with a framing around representation, and how the different kinds of representation within elected bodies connects to how voters think about those bodies themselves and whether they trust them and think they are effective. This opens the path to bring in the question of gender, and how voters’ or citizens’ perceptions of how many women are in legislative bodies also connects with how much trust those same citizens have in those representative bodies.

The Politics of Perception explores both accurate perceptions as well as misperceptions about governmental institutions, and this is also where the research is truly fascinating. Part of what the research indicates is that, perhaps unsurprisingly, the American public does not actually know a lot about politics or about how political institutions operate. At the same time, many citizens hold strong opinions or thoughts about politics, which generally are at odds with the lack of knowledge. This is also bound up with stereotypes that voters consider in terms of male and female elected officials and how they work within institutions. The Politics of Perception interrogates all of these misperceptions, unpacking the truth or reality versus the ideas that individuals hold about office holders and the political institutions in which those office holders work. Stauffer also discussed how she was able to build on a comparative politics approach, since parliamentary systems are, by their nature, collective institutions, and this approach helped to provide another theoretical framework for the analysis.

The Politics of Perception: How Beliefs About Women’s Inclusion Shape Democratic Legitimacy in the U.S. is an important and useful book for many different scholars: those who study American government and politics; scholars of gender and politics, especially in the United States; comparative political scientists; and political theorists exploring issues of representation and democracy.

We discussed the Ghost Bookstore in Athens, Georgia as a bookseller that can order The Politics of Perception for readers in Georgia or elsewhere.

Lilly J. Goren is a professor of political science at Carroll University in Waukesha, WI. She is co-host of the New Books in Political Science channel at the New Books Network. She is co-editor of The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe Volume I: The Infinity Saga (University Press of Kansas, 2022), and of The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe Volume II: Into the Multiverse (University Press of Kansas, 2025) as well as co-editor of the award winning book, Women and the White House: Gender, Popular Culture, and Presidential Politics (University Press of Kentucky, 2012). She can be reached @gorenlj.bsky.social</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1803</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9f51fc6c-1b97-11f1-9630-cf6b8b7f665d</guid>
      <title>Biko Koenig, &quot;Worker Centered: Allyship &amp; Action in the Contemporary Labor Movement&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197784907">Worker Centered: ﻿﻿Allyship &amp; Action in the Contemporary Labor Movement</a> <em>﻿</em>(Oxford UP, 2024)<em> </em>is a close-to-the-ground, ethnographic narrative of a workplace organizing campaign at a company whose workforce was primarily low wage and immigrant. The book details the overall strategy of the campaign and its ultimate failure to win its core demands. The organization used an innovative strategic model and insisted on the importance of worker leadership. And yet allies and staff participated in a campaign that, although continually framed as such, was decidedly not led by workers. Ultimately, Worker Centered challenges conventional notions of political representation, inviting reflection on the complexities of organizing the marginalized and speaking on their behalf.</p>
<p>Our guest Biko Koenig is an Assistant Professor in the Government and Public Policy programs at Franklin &amp; Marshall college in Lancaster, PA. He is also co-founder of Research Action, a worker-owned research and organizing firm that performs research and analysis for unions, solidarity economy organizations, community groups and social justice campaigns. Trained as an ethnographer and qualitative specialist at the New School for Social Research, Koenig's research investigates questions of political behavior and mobilization that centers the experiences of everyday actors as they seek to challenge status-quo power relationships.</p>
<p>My co-host today is Joe Zerilli, and MA student in the Communication program at Oakland University.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Mar 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197784907">Worker Centered: ﻿﻿Allyship &amp; Action in the Contemporary Labor Movement</a> <em>﻿</em>(Oxford UP, 2024)<em> </em>is a close-to-the-ground, ethnographic narrative of a workplace organizing campaign at a company whose workforce was primarily low wage and immigrant. The book details the overall strategy of the campaign and its ultimate failure to win its core demands. The organization used an innovative strategic model and insisted on the importance of worker leadership. And yet allies and staff participated in a campaign that, although continually framed as such, was decidedly not led by workers. Ultimately, Worker Centered challenges conventional notions of political representation, inviting reflection on the complexities of organizing the marginalized and speaking on their behalf.</p>
<p>Our guest Biko Koenig is an Assistant Professor in the Government and Public Policy programs at Franklin &amp; Marshall college in Lancaster, PA. He is also co-founder of Research Action, a worker-owned research and organizing firm that performs research and analysis for unions, solidarity economy organizations, community groups and social justice campaigns. Trained as an ethnographer and qualitative specialist at the New School for Social Research, Koenig's research investigates questions of political behavior and mobilization that centers the experiences of everyday actors as they seek to challenge status-quo power relationships.</p>
<p>My co-host today is Joe Zerilli, and MA student in the Communication program at Oakland University.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="61140576" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/b4dbc0f5-9e38-4ec1-814d-3257689859c7/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=b4dbc0f5-9e38-4ec1-814d-3257689859c7&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Biko Koenig, &quot;Worker Centered: Allyship &amp; Action in the Contemporary Labor Movement&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:03:37</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Worker Centered: ﻿﻿Allyship &amp; Action in the Contemporary Labor Movement ﻿(Oxford UP, 2024) is a close-to-the-ground, ethnographic narrative of a workplace organizing campaign at a company whose workforce was primarily low wage and immigrant. The book details the overall strategy of the campaign and its ultimate failure to win its core demands. The organization used an innovative strategic model and insisted on the importance of worker leadership. And yet allies and staff participated in a campaign that, although continually framed as such, was decidedly not led by workers. Ultimately, Worker Centered challenges conventional notions of political representation, inviting reflection on the complexities of organizing the marginalized and speaking on their behalf.

Our guest Biko Koenig is an Assistant Professor in the Government and Public Policy programs at Franklin &amp; Marshall college in Lancaster, PA. He is also co-founder of Research Action, a worker-owned research and organizing firm that performs research and analysis for unions, solidarity economy organizations, community groups and social justice campaigns. Trained as an ethnographer and qualitative specialist at the New School for Social Research, Koenig&apos;s research investigates questions of political behavior and mobilization that centers the experiences of everyday actors as they seek to challenge status-quo power relationships.

My co-host today is Joe Zerilli, and MA student in the Communication program at Oakland University.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Worker Centered: ﻿﻿Allyship &amp; Action in the Contemporary Labor Movement ﻿(Oxford UP, 2024) is a close-to-the-ground, ethnographic narrative of a workplace organizing campaign at a company whose workforce was primarily low wage and immigrant. The book details the overall strategy of the campaign and its ultimate failure to win its core demands. The organization used an innovative strategic model and insisted on the importance of worker leadership. And yet allies and staff participated in a campaign that, although continually framed as such, was decidedly not led by workers. Ultimately, Worker Centered challenges conventional notions of political representation, inviting reflection on the complexities of organizing the marginalized and speaking on their behalf.

Our guest Biko Koenig is an Assistant Professor in the Government and Public Policy programs at Franklin &amp; Marshall college in Lancaster, PA. He is also co-founder of Research Action, a worker-owned research and organizing firm that performs research and analysis for unions, solidarity economy organizations, community groups and social justice campaigns. Trained as an ethnographer and qualitative specialist at the New School for Social Research, Koenig&apos;s research investigates questions of political behavior and mobilization that centers the experiences of everyday actors as they seek to challenge status-quo power relationships.

My co-host today is Joe Zerilli, and MA student in the Communication program at Oakland University.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1802</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">39628de6-1920-11f1-a48f-efff6c73c076</guid>
      <title>Maud Anne Bracke, &quot;Reproductive Rights in Modern France: Reproductive Rights in Modern France: Feminism, Contraception, and Abortion, 1950-1980 (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The introduction of the principle of women's reproductive liberty in France, tentatively by the family planning movement after 1960 and explicitly by the women's liberation movement after 1970, marked a deep shift, transforming public discourses. Yet this principle remained fiercely contested, and moderate and conservative actors responded by foregrounding notions of 'reproductive responsibility', or the expectation that individuals perform the 'right' sexual and family-making behaviour, benefiting not only themselves and their families, but the nation at large. Such responsibilisation underpinned the legal reforms of the 1960s-70s, framing a notion of reproductive citizenship based on a tension between individual rights and social norms. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198938880">Reproductive Rights in Modern France: Feminism, Contraception, and Abortion, 1950-1980</a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2025) breaks new ground by taking an intersectional approach to the defining moments of this period: the legalisation of contraception (the laws of 1967 and 1974) and the liberalisation of abortion (1975, 1979). Drawing on a wide range of sources and actors - including feminist and family planning movements, government actors, demographers, medical-professional organisations, disability rights groups, and key actors in the overseas departments - Maud Bracke demonstrates how the discourse of responsibilisation allowed actors to distinguish between citizens 'worthy' of reproductive rights and those seen as less worthy. Bracke analyses the distinct regulations regarding contraception in the overseas departments of Guadeloupe and Martinique, framed by racialised anti-natalism. The book also demonstrates that disability rights organisations contributed to the discrediting of the notion of 'eugenic abortion', used among experts and policy-makers until the early 1970s. Furthermore, Bracke goes on to highlight the silence in the feminist movement around both disability rights and race as part of its universalisation of women's conditions of oppression, and analyses the emergence of Black Feminism in late-1970s France. In so doing, the book offers a major contribution to the history of sex, gender, family life, healthcare, demography, and political debate in post-war France, and more generally.</p>
<p>Guest Dr. Maud Bracke is Professor of Modern European History at the University of Glasgow, and is also the author of <em>Which Socialism? Whose Detente? West European Communism and the Czechoslovak Crisis of 1968</em> in 2007 and <em>Women and the Reinvention of the Political: Feminism in Italy (1968-1983) </em>in 2014, as well as the co-editor of<em> Translating Feminism: Interdisciplinary Approaches to Text, Place and Agency</em> in 2021. In addition to authoring numerous journal articles and book chapters and co-editing several special issues of academic journalsb she is also an editor at the <em>Journal of Modern European History</em> and sits on various other editorial boards. </p>
<p>Host Gina Stamm is Associate Professor of French at The University of Alabama, with research concentrated on the environmental humanities and speculative literatures of the 20th and 21st centuries, from Surrealism to contemporary science fiction and feminist utopias, in Metropolitan France and the francophone Caribbean, with a book manuscript in progress on posthumanist ecological engagement in the surrealist movement.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 9 Mar 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The introduction of the principle of women's reproductive liberty in France, tentatively by the family planning movement after 1960 and explicitly by the women's liberation movement after 1970, marked a deep shift, transforming public discourses. Yet this principle remained fiercely contested, and moderate and conservative actors responded by foregrounding notions of 'reproductive responsibility', or the expectation that individuals perform the 'right' sexual and family-making behaviour, benefiting not only themselves and their families, but the nation at large. Such responsibilisation underpinned the legal reforms of the 1960s-70s, framing a notion of reproductive citizenship based on a tension between individual rights and social norms. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198938880">Reproductive Rights in Modern France: Feminism, Contraception, and Abortion, 1950-1980</a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2025) breaks new ground by taking an intersectional approach to the defining moments of this period: the legalisation of contraception (the laws of 1967 and 1974) and the liberalisation of abortion (1975, 1979). Drawing on a wide range of sources and actors - including feminist and family planning movements, government actors, demographers, medical-professional organisations, disability rights groups, and key actors in the overseas departments - Maud Bracke demonstrates how the discourse of responsibilisation allowed actors to distinguish between citizens 'worthy' of reproductive rights and those seen as less worthy. Bracke analyses the distinct regulations regarding contraception in the overseas departments of Guadeloupe and Martinique, framed by racialised anti-natalism. The book also demonstrates that disability rights organisations contributed to the discrediting of the notion of 'eugenic abortion', used among experts and policy-makers until the early 1970s. Furthermore, Bracke goes on to highlight the silence in the feminist movement around both disability rights and race as part of its universalisation of women's conditions of oppression, and analyses the emergence of Black Feminism in late-1970s France. In so doing, the book offers a major contribution to the history of sex, gender, family life, healthcare, demography, and political debate in post-war France, and more generally.</p>
<p>Guest Dr. Maud Bracke is Professor of Modern European History at the University of Glasgow, and is also the author of <em>Which Socialism? Whose Detente? West European Communism and the Czechoslovak Crisis of 1968</em> in 2007 and <em>Women and the Reinvention of the Political: Feminism in Italy (1968-1983) </em>in 2014, as well as the co-editor of<em> Translating Feminism: Interdisciplinary Approaches to Text, Place and Agency</em> in 2021. In addition to authoring numerous journal articles and book chapters and co-editing several special issues of academic journalsb she is also an editor at the <em>Journal of Modern European History</em> and sits on various other editorial boards. </p>
<p>Host Gina Stamm is Associate Professor of French at The University of Alabama, with research concentrated on the environmental humanities and speculative literatures of the 20th and 21st centuries, from Surrealism to contemporary science fiction and feminist utopias, in Metropolitan France and the francophone Caribbean, with a book manuscript in progress on posthumanist ecological engagement in the surrealist movement.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="70957130" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/6517f832-788f-4814-9938-7f557e52fdd8/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=6517f832-788f-4814-9938-7f557e52fdd8&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Maud Anne Bracke, &quot;Reproductive Rights in Modern France: Reproductive Rights in Modern France: Feminism, Contraception, and Abortion, 1950-1980 (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:13:51</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The introduction of the principle of women&apos;s reproductive liberty in France, tentatively by the family planning movement after 1960 and explicitly by the women&apos;s liberation movement after 1970, marked a deep shift, transforming public discourses. Yet this principle remained fiercely contested, and moderate and conservative actors responded by foregrounding notions of &apos;reproductive responsibility&apos;, or the expectation that individuals perform the &apos;right&apos; sexual and family-making behaviour, benefiting not only themselves and their families, but the nation at large. Such responsibilisation underpinned the legal reforms of the 1960s-70s, framing a notion of reproductive citizenship based on a tension between individual rights and social norms. Reproductive Rights in Modern France: Feminism, Contraception, and Abortion, 1950-1980 (Oxford UP, 2025) breaks new ground by taking an intersectional approach to the defining moments of this period: the legalisation of contraception (the laws of 1967 and 1974) and the liberalisation of abortion (1975, 1979). Drawing on a wide range of sources and actors - including feminist and family planning movements, government actors, demographers, medical-professional organisations, disability rights groups, and key actors in the overseas departments - Maud Bracke demonstrates how the discourse of responsibilisation allowed actors to distinguish between citizens &apos;worthy&apos; of reproductive rights and those seen as less worthy. Bracke analyses the distinct regulations regarding contraception in the overseas departments of Guadeloupe and Martinique, framed by racialised anti-natalism. The book also demonstrates that disability rights organisations contributed to the discrediting of the notion of &apos;eugenic abortion&apos;, used among experts and policy-makers until the early 1970s. Furthermore, Bracke goes on to highlight the silence in the feminist movement around both disability rights and race as part of its universalisation of women&apos;s conditions of oppression, and analyses the emergence of Black Feminism in late-1970s France. In so doing, the book offers a major contribution to the history of sex, gender, family life, healthcare, demography, and political debate in post-war France, and more generally.

Guest Dr. Maud Bracke is Professor of Modern European History at the University of Glasgow, and is also the author of Which Socialism? Whose Detente? West European Communism and the Czechoslovak Crisis of 1968 in 2007 and Women and the Reinvention of the Political: Feminism in Italy (1968-1983) in 2014, as well as the co-editor of Translating Feminism: Interdisciplinary Approaches to Text, Place and Agency in 2021. In addition to authoring numerous journal articles and book chapters and co-editing several special issues of academic journalsb she is also an editor at the Journal of Modern European History and sits on various other editorial boards. 

Host Gina Stamm is Associate Professor of French at The University of Alabama, with research concentrated on the environmental humanities and speculative literatures of the 20th and 21st centuries, from Surrealism to contemporary science fiction and feminist utopias, in Metropolitan France and the francophone Caribbean, with a book manuscript in progress on posthumanist ecological engagement in the surrealist movement.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The introduction of the principle of women&apos;s reproductive liberty in France, tentatively by the family planning movement after 1960 and explicitly by the women&apos;s liberation movement after 1970, marked a deep shift, transforming public discourses. Yet this principle remained fiercely contested, and moderate and conservative actors responded by foregrounding notions of &apos;reproductive responsibility&apos;, or the expectation that individuals perform the &apos;right&apos; sexual and family-making behaviour, benefiting not only themselves and their families, but the nation at large. Such responsibilisation underpinned the legal reforms of the 1960s-70s, framing a notion of reproductive citizenship based on a tension between individual rights and social norms. Reproductive Rights in Modern France: Feminism, Contraception, and Abortion, 1950-1980 (Oxford UP, 2025) breaks new ground by taking an intersectional approach to the defining moments of this period: the legalisation of contraception (the laws of 1967 and 1974) and the liberalisation of abortion (1975, 1979). Drawing on a wide range of sources and actors - including feminist and family planning movements, government actors, demographers, medical-professional organisations, disability rights groups, and key actors in the overseas departments - Maud Bracke demonstrates how the discourse of responsibilisation allowed actors to distinguish between citizens &apos;worthy&apos; of reproductive rights and those seen as less worthy. Bracke analyses the distinct regulations regarding contraception in the overseas departments of Guadeloupe and Martinique, framed by racialised anti-natalism. The book also demonstrates that disability rights organisations contributed to the discrediting of the notion of &apos;eugenic abortion&apos;, used among experts and policy-makers until the early 1970s. Furthermore, Bracke goes on to highlight the silence in the feminist movement around both disability rights and race as part of its universalisation of women&apos;s conditions of oppression, and analyses the emergence of Black Feminism in late-1970s France. In so doing, the book offers a major contribution to the history of sex, gender, family life, healthcare, demography, and political debate in post-war France, and more generally.

Guest Dr. Maud Bracke is Professor of Modern European History at the University of Glasgow, and is also the author of Which Socialism? Whose Detente? West European Communism and the Czechoslovak Crisis of 1968 in 2007 and Women and the Reinvention of the Political: Feminism in Italy (1968-1983) in 2014, as well as the co-editor of Translating Feminism: Interdisciplinary Approaches to Text, Place and Agency in 2021. In addition to authoring numerous journal articles and book chapters and co-editing several special issues of academic journalsb she is also an editor at the Journal of Modern European History and sits on various other editorial boards. 

Host Gina Stamm is Associate Professor of French at The University of Alabama, with research concentrated on the environmental humanities and speculative literatures of the 20th and 21st centuries, from Surrealism to contemporary science fiction and feminist utopias, in Metropolitan France and the francophone Caribbean, with a book manuscript in progress on posthumanist ecological engagement in the surrealist movement.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1801</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">de001284-1861-11f1-ab67-ff7eea0cfa2f</guid>
      <title>Tamara Kay, &quot;Sesame Street Around the World: Culture, Politics, and Transnational Organizational Partnerships&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Given the sometimes extraordinary politicization of culture, it is surprising that Sesame Street has gained acceptance and legitimacy in more than fifty countries. Sesame Street's global success raises two questions. First, how does a US icon like Sesame Street spread around the world, gaining acceptance as a local cultural product? Second, how does the nonprofit that created it, Sesame Workshop, and its partners around the world navigate cultural differences, manage conflicts, and construct shared collective representations to create Sesame Street programs that resonate with local audiences?</p>
<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190844295">Sesame Street Around the World: Culture, Politics, and Transnational Organizational Partnerships</a> (Oxford UP, 2025), Dr. Tamara Kay answers these questions using data from seven years of intensive ethnographic fieldwork and 200 in-depth interviews with Sesame Workshop staff and international partners-including their real-time interactions-from seventeen countries within four regions around the world.</p>
<p>Dr. Kay argues that Sesame Workshop's secret is its engagement in coproduction, meaning it works with partners as a transnational team to create local Sesame Street programs together. Through coproduction, Sesame Workshop and its partners create new collective identities by constructing value to align their interests and exchanging complex cultural knowledge to both customize and build alliances. She traces the successive processes of coproduction, beginning with the imagination of the cultural product, to its disassembly, reconstitution, and dissemination. Coproduction privileges the creation of new knowledge that emerges from transnational interaction, and uses that new knowledge to create a hybrid cultural product. The Sesame Street case grapples with and illuminates culture in transnational interaction, providing insight into a range of other transnational organizational partnerships and different kinds of hybrid cultural products.</p>
<p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 7 Mar 2026 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Given the sometimes extraordinary politicization of culture, it is surprising that Sesame Street has gained acceptance and legitimacy in more than fifty countries. Sesame Street's global success raises two questions. First, how does a US icon like Sesame Street spread around the world, gaining acceptance as a local cultural product? Second, how does the nonprofit that created it, Sesame Workshop, and its partners around the world navigate cultural differences, manage conflicts, and construct shared collective representations to create Sesame Street programs that resonate with local audiences?</p>
<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190844295">Sesame Street Around the World: Culture, Politics, and Transnational Organizational Partnerships</a> (Oxford UP, 2025), Dr. Tamara Kay answers these questions using data from seven years of intensive ethnographic fieldwork and 200 in-depth interviews with Sesame Workshop staff and international partners-including their real-time interactions-from seventeen countries within four regions around the world.</p>
<p>Dr. Kay argues that Sesame Workshop's secret is its engagement in coproduction, meaning it works with partners as a transnational team to create local Sesame Street programs together. Through coproduction, Sesame Workshop and its partners create new collective identities by constructing value to align their interests and exchanging complex cultural knowledge to both customize and build alliances. She traces the successive processes of coproduction, beginning with the imagination of the cultural product, to its disassembly, reconstitution, and dissemination. Coproduction privileges the creation of new knowledge that emerges from transnational interaction, and uses that new knowledge to create a hybrid cultural product. The Sesame Street case grapples with and illuminates culture in transnational interaction, providing insight into a range of other transnational organizational partnerships and different kinds of hybrid cultural products.</p>
<p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="41349461" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/a5c067fb-b171-4b21-8434-8763cb446424/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=a5c067fb-b171-4b21-8434-8763cb446424&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Tamara Kay, &quot;Sesame Street Around the World: Culture, Politics, and Transnational Organizational Partnerships&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:43:01</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Given the sometimes extraordinary politicization of culture, it is surprising that Sesame Street has gained acceptance and legitimacy in more than fifty countries. Sesame Street&apos;s global success raises two questions. First, how does a US icon like Sesame Street spread around the world, gaining acceptance as a local cultural product? Second, how does the nonprofit that created it, Sesame Workshop, and its partners around the world navigate cultural differences, manage conflicts, and construct shared collective representations to create Sesame Street programs that resonate with local audiences?

In Sesame Street Around the World: Culture, Politics, and Transnational Organizational Partnerships (Oxford UP, 2025), Dr. Tamara Kay answers these questions using data from seven years of intensive ethnographic fieldwork and 200 in-depth interviews with Sesame Workshop staff and international partners-including their real-time interactions-from seventeen countries within four regions around the world.

Dr. Kay argues that Sesame Workshop&apos;s secret is its engagement in coproduction, meaning it works with partners as a transnational team to create local Sesame Street programs together. Through coproduction, Sesame Workshop and its partners create new collective identities by constructing value to align their interests and exchanging complex cultural knowledge to both customize and build alliances. She traces the successive processes of coproduction, beginning with the imagination of the cultural product, to its disassembly, reconstitution, and dissemination. Coproduction privileges the creation of new knowledge that emerges from transnational interaction, and uses that new knowledge to create a hybrid cultural product. The Sesame Street case grapples with and illuminates culture in transnational interaction, providing insight into a range of other transnational organizational partnerships and different kinds of hybrid cultural products.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Given the sometimes extraordinary politicization of culture, it is surprising that Sesame Street has gained acceptance and legitimacy in more than fifty countries. Sesame Street&apos;s global success raises two questions. First, how does a US icon like Sesame Street spread around the world, gaining acceptance as a local cultural product? Second, how does the nonprofit that created it, Sesame Workshop, and its partners around the world navigate cultural differences, manage conflicts, and construct shared collective representations to create Sesame Street programs that resonate with local audiences?

In Sesame Street Around the World: Culture, Politics, and Transnational Organizational Partnerships (Oxford UP, 2025), Dr. Tamara Kay answers these questions using data from seven years of intensive ethnographic fieldwork and 200 in-depth interviews with Sesame Workshop staff and international partners-including their real-time interactions-from seventeen countries within four regions around the world.

Dr. Kay argues that Sesame Workshop&apos;s secret is its engagement in coproduction, meaning it works with partners as a transnational team to create local Sesame Street programs together. Through coproduction, Sesame Workshop and its partners create new collective identities by constructing value to align their interests and exchanging complex cultural knowledge to both customize and build alliances. She traces the successive processes of coproduction, beginning with the imagination of the cultural product, to its disassembly, reconstitution, and dissemination. Coproduction privileges the creation of new knowledge that emerges from transnational interaction, and uses that new knowledge to create a hybrid cultural product. The Sesame Street case grapples with and illuminates culture in transnational interaction, providing insight into a range of other transnational organizational partnerships and different kinds of hybrid cultural products.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1800</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b423a368-16d6-11f1-ba0a-6f7310f9bd6b</guid>
      <title>Eleanor Gordon et al., &quot;Working-Class Courtship, Marriage, and Divorce in Scotland, 1855–1939&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198789314">Working-Class Courtship, Marriage, and Divorce in Scotland, 1855–1939</a> (Oxford UP, 2025) by Professor Eleanor Gordon, Professor Katie Barclay, and Dr. Jeff Meeks is the first book-length study of the history of working-class courtship and marriage in Scotland, from the establishment of civil registration to the introduction in 1939 of legislation which abolished irregular marriage and introduced civil marriage. Adopting a 'life course' approach, the book explores the social, economic, and cultural contexts of romantic partnerships, from courtship through to marital or family dissolution.<br />Drawing from a wide range of sources that capture official accounts and discourses on the one hand, and the testimony and experience of working-class people on the other, the book offers a uniquely broad and textured view of courtship and marriage in this period. In so doing, it advances recent historiographical debates surrounding marriage in the Anglophone world, particularly the mutability of 'love', and whether the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries constituted a social and cultural 'turning point' for the working classes in terms of choice of marriage partner, the nature of the marital relationship, and the parent-child relationship. The book also engages with debates about extra-marital sexual activity in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, whether the family was more or less 'stable' than the contemporary family, and the different ways that marriages broke down before the advent of divorce reform. This has important implications for wider European and North American historiography, and raises timely questions about the primacy of the 'traditional family' in policy and public discourse.</p>
<p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 5 Mar 2026 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198789314">Working-Class Courtship, Marriage, and Divorce in Scotland, 1855–1939</a> (Oxford UP, 2025) by Professor Eleanor Gordon, Professor Katie Barclay, and Dr. Jeff Meeks is the first book-length study of the history of working-class courtship and marriage in Scotland, from the establishment of civil registration to the introduction in 1939 of legislation which abolished irregular marriage and introduced civil marriage. Adopting a 'life course' approach, the book explores the social, economic, and cultural contexts of romantic partnerships, from courtship through to marital or family dissolution.<br />Drawing from a wide range of sources that capture official accounts and discourses on the one hand, and the testimony and experience of working-class people on the other, the book offers a uniquely broad and textured view of courtship and marriage in this period. In so doing, it advances recent historiographical debates surrounding marriage in the Anglophone world, particularly the mutability of 'love', and whether the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries constituted a social and cultural 'turning point' for the working classes in terms of choice of marriage partner, the nature of the marital relationship, and the parent-child relationship. The book also engages with debates about extra-marital sexual activity in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, whether the family was more or less 'stable' than the contemporary family, and the different ways that marriages broke down before the advent of divorce reform. This has important implications for wider European and North American historiography, and raises timely questions about the primacy of the 'traditional family' in policy and public discourse.</p>
<p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="63369481" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/c59c52e0-62f3-4e26-a536-4b009a802b07/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=c59c52e0-62f3-4e26-a536-4b009a802b07&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Eleanor Gordon et al., &quot;Working-Class Courtship, Marriage, and Divorce in Scotland, 1855–1939&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:05:57</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Working-Class Courtship, Marriage, and Divorce in Scotland, 1855–1939 (Oxford UP, 2025) by Professor Eleanor Gordon, Professor Katie Barclay, and Dr. Jeff Meeks is the first book-length study of the history of working-class courtship and marriage in Scotland, from the establishment of civil registration to the introduction in 1939 of legislation which abolished irregular marriage and introduced civil marriage. Adopting a &apos;life course&apos; approach, the book explores the social, economic, and cultural contexts of romantic partnerships, from courtship through to marital or family dissolution.Drawing from a wide range of sources that capture official accounts and discourses on the one hand, and the testimony and experience of working-class people on the other, the book offers a uniquely broad and textured view of courtship and marriage in this period. In so doing, it advances recent historiographical debates surrounding marriage in the Anglophone world, particularly the mutability of &apos;love&apos;, and whether the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries constituted a social and cultural &apos;turning point&apos; for the working classes in terms of choice of marriage partner, the nature of the marital relationship, and the parent-child relationship. The book also engages with debates about extra-marital sexual activity in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, whether the family was more or less &apos;stable&apos; than the contemporary family, and the different ways that marriages broke down before the advent of divorce reform. This has important implications for wider European and North American historiography, and raises timely questions about the primacy of the &apos;traditional family&apos; in policy and public discourse.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Working-Class Courtship, Marriage, and Divorce in Scotland, 1855–1939 (Oxford UP, 2025) by Professor Eleanor Gordon, Professor Katie Barclay, and Dr. Jeff Meeks is the first book-length study of the history of working-class courtship and marriage in Scotland, from the establishment of civil registration to the introduction in 1939 of legislation which abolished irregular marriage and introduced civil marriage. Adopting a &apos;life course&apos; approach, the book explores the social, economic, and cultural contexts of romantic partnerships, from courtship through to marital or family dissolution.Drawing from a wide range of sources that capture official accounts and discourses on the one hand, and the testimony and experience of working-class people on the other, the book offers a uniquely broad and textured view of courtship and marriage in this period. In so doing, it advances recent historiographical debates surrounding marriage in the Anglophone world, particularly the mutability of &apos;love&apos;, and whether the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries constituted a social and cultural &apos;turning point&apos; for the working classes in terms of choice of marriage partner, the nature of the marital relationship, and the parent-child relationship. The book also engages with debates about extra-marital sexual activity in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, whether the family was more or less &apos;stable&apos; than the contemporary family, and the different ways that marriages broke down before the advent of divorce reform. This has important implications for wider European and North American historiography, and raises timely questions about the primacy of the &apos;traditional family&apos; in policy and public discourse.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1799</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7f282e20-15fc-11f1-a329-d3d7b7ad72b8</guid>
      <title>Ailbhe Kenny, &quot;Music Refuge: Living Asylum through Music&quot; (Oxford UP, Press 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>How can music change people’s lives? In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197780138">Music Refuge: Living Asylum Through Music</a> ﻿(Oxford UP, Press 2025) <a href="https://bsky.app/profile/kennyailbhe.bsky.social">Ailbhe Kenny</a>, an <a href="https://www.mic.ul.ie/staff/237-ailbhe-kenny">Associate Professor in Music Education at Mary Immaculate College Ireland</a>, explores music programmes for, with and by people seeking asylum in Ireland and Germany. In doing so, the book offers new understandings of the use, practice and meaning of music in people’s lives, whether as musicians or as listeners. Exploring a range of settings for music, from listening on phones and shared music making experiences, to parties and performances, the book demonstrates music’s profound impact. Filled with stories of refugees’ experiences, alongside rich and deep analysis, the book is essential reading across the arts and social sciences, as well as for anyone interested in music’s place in promoting our shared and common humanity.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 3 Mar 2026 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>How can music change people’s lives? In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197780138">Music Refuge: Living Asylum Through Music</a> ﻿(Oxford UP, Press 2025) <a href="https://bsky.app/profile/kennyailbhe.bsky.social">Ailbhe Kenny</a>, an <a href="https://www.mic.ul.ie/staff/237-ailbhe-kenny">Associate Professor in Music Education at Mary Immaculate College Ireland</a>, explores music programmes for, with and by people seeking asylum in Ireland and Germany. In doing so, the book offers new understandings of the use, practice and meaning of music in people’s lives, whether as musicians or as listeners. Exploring a range of settings for music, from listening on phones and shared music making experiences, to parties and performances, the book demonstrates music’s profound impact. Filled with stories of refugees’ experiences, alongside rich and deep analysis, the book is essential reading across the arts and social sciences, as well as for anyone interested in music’s place in promoting our shared and common humanity.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="37651552" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/eb661dcc-7c82-43ec-865f-0ec8d02641ea/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=eb661dcc-7c82-43ec-865f-0ec8d02641ea&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Ailbhe Kenny, &quot;Music Refuge: Living Asylum through Music&quot; (Oxford UP, Press 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:39:10</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>How can music change people’s lives? In Music Refuge: Living Asylum Through Music ﻿(Oxford UP, Press 2025) Ailbhe Kenny, an Associate Professor in Music Education at Mary Immaculate College Ireland, explores music programmes for, with and by people seeking asylum in Ireland and Germany. In doing so, the book offers new understandings of the use, practice and meaning of music in people’s lives, whether as musicians or as listeners. Exploring a range of settings for music, from listening on phones and shared music making experiences, to parties and performances, the book demonstrates music’s profound impact. Filled with stories of refugees’ experiences, alongside rich and deep analysis, the book is essential reading across the arts and social sciences, as well as for anyone interested in music’s place in promoting our shared and common humanity.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>How can music change people’s lives? In Music Refuge: Living Asylum Through Music ﻿(Oxford UP, Press 2025) Ailbhe Kenny, an Associate Professor in Music Education at Mary Immaculate College Ireland, explores music programmes for, with and by people seeking asylum in Ireland and Germany. In doing so, the book offers new understandings of the use, practice and meaning of music in people’s lives, whether as musicians or as listeners. Exploring a range of settings for music, from listening on phones and shared music making experiences, to parties and performances, the book demonstrates music’s profound impact. Filled with stories of refugees’ experiences, alongside rich and deep analysis, the book is essential reading across the arts and social sciences, as well as for anyone interested in music’s place in promoting our shared and common humanity.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1798</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">20bc7fac-15fd-11f1-bd6d-1fd9a86c0038</guid>
      <title>Rosella Cappella Zielinski and Paul Poast, &quot;Wheat at War: Allied Economic Cooperation in the Great War&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The battlefields were not the only places that threatened death during World War I. As conflict raged on and supply lines tightened, the allied powers of France, Britain, and Italy faced a fundamental problem: keeping their soldier and civilian populations safe from starvation.</p>
<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197812747">Wheat at War: Allied Economic Cooperation in the Great War </a>(Oxford UP, 2025) describes how, faced with this immense challenge, the Allies devised a multilateral institution--the <em>Wheat Executive</em>--to do what no state could do alone. Rosella Cappella Zielinski and Paul Poast examine the difficult considerations made by the allied powers when ceding authority to an international body that would make decisions for them. Beyond successfully managing wheat shipping and distribution, they argue, the Wheat Executive proved to have significant influence in the evolving landscape of interstate cooperation. As a case study, the Wheat Executive improves our understanding of international institutional design, the importance of commodities during wartime, economic coordination amongst wartime coalition members, and the legacies of international cooperation during the First World War. As one of the first great experiments in supranationalism, the Allies' management of wheat while at war provides lessons about the emergence of international organizations and their contours.﻿<br /></p>
<p>Jobie Turner is a military historian who studies logistics in warfare.  His most recent work is Feeding Victory:  Innovative Logistics from Lake George to Khe Sanh, 1755-1968 which discuss the impact of technology on transportation across three centuries of warfare.  Jobie is a retired Colonel in the USAF and a pilot for United Airlines</p>
<p>email: <a href="mailto:jobie.s.turner@gmail.com">here</a> </p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 3 Mar 2026 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The battlefields were not the only places that threatened death during World War I. As conflict raged on and supply lines tightened, the allied powers of France, Britain, and Italy faced a fundamental problem: keeping their soldier and civilian populations safe from starvation.</p>
<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197812747">Wheat at War: Allied Economic Cooperation in the Great War </a>(Oxford UP, 2025) describes how, faced with this immense challenge, the Allies devised a multilateral institution--the <em>Wheat Executive</em>--to do what no state could do alone. Rosella Cappella Zielinski and Paul Poast examine the difficult considerations made by the allied powers when ceding authority to an international body that would make decisions for them. Beyond successfully managing wheat shipping and distribution, they argue, the Wheat Executive proved to have significant influence in the evolving landscape of interstate cooperation. As a case study, the Wheat Executive improves our understanding of international institutional design, the importance of commodities during wartime, economic coordination amongst wartime coalition members, and the legacies of international cooperation during the First World War. As one of the first great experiments in supranationalism, the Allies' management of wheat while at war provides lessons about the emergence of international organizations and their contours.﻿<br /></p>
<p>Jobie Turner is a military historian who studies logistics in warfare.  His most recent work is Feeding Victory:  Innovative Logistics from Lake George to Khe Sanh, 1755-1968 which discuss the impact of technology on transportation across three centuries of warfare.  Jobie is a retired Colonel in the USAF and a pilot for United Airlines</p>
<p>email: <a href="mailto:jobie.s.turner@gmail.com">here</a> </p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="55293706" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/961b2f79-0c3f-433a-be22-170878f59c93/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=961b2f79-0c3f-433a-be22-170878f59c93&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Rosella Cappella Zielinski and Paul Poast, &quot;Wheat at War: Allied Economic Cooperation in the Great War&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:57:31</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The battlefields were not the only places that threatened death during World War I. As conflict raged on and supply lines tightened, the allied powers of France, Britain, and Italy faced a fundamental problem: keeping their soldier and civilian populations safe from starvation.

Wheat at War: Allied Economic Cooperation in the Great War (Oxford UP, 2025) describes how, faced with this immense challenge, the Allies devised a multilateral institution--the Wheat Executive--to do what no state could do alone. Rosella Cappella Zielinski and Paul Poast examine the difficult considerations made by the allied powers when ceding authority to an international body that would make decisions for them. Beyond successfully managing wheat shipping and distribution, they argue, the Wheat Executive proved to have significant influence in the evolving landscape of interstate cooperation. As a case study, the Wheat Executive improves our understanding of international institutional design, the importance of commodities during wartime, economic coordination amongst wartime coalition members, and the legacies of international cooperation during the First World War. As one of the first great experiments in supranationalism, the Allies&apos; management of wheat while at war provides lessons about the emergence of international organizations and their contours.﻿

Jobie Turner is a military historian who studies logistics in warfare.  His most recent work is Feeding Victory:  Innovative Logistics from Lake George to Khe Sanh, 1755-1968 which discuss the impact of technology on transportation across three centuries of warfare.  Jobie is a retired Colonel in the USAF and a pilot for United Airlines

email: here </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The battlefields were not the only places that threatened death during World War I. As conflict raged on and supply lines tightened, the allied powers of France, Britain, and Italy faced a fundamental problem: keeping their soldier and civilian populations safe from starvation.

Wheat at War: Allied Economic Cooperation in the Great War (Oxford UP, 2025) describes how, faced with this immense challenge, the Allies devised a multilateral institution--the Wheat Executive--to do what no state could do alone. Rosella Cappella Zielinski and Paul Poast examine the difficult considerations made by the allied powers when ceding authority to an international body that would make decisions for them. Beyond successfully managing wheat shipping and distribution, they argue, the Wheat Executive proved to have significant influence in the evolving landscape of interstate cooperation. As a case study, the Wheat Executive improves our understanding of international institutional design, the importance of commodities during wartime, economic coordination amongst wartime coalition members, and the legacies of international cooperation during the First World War. As one of the first great experiments in supranationalism, the Allies&apos; management of wheat while at war provides lessons about the emergence of international organizations and their contours.﻿

Jobie Turner is a military historian who studies logistics in warfare.  His most recent work is Feeding Victory:  Innovative Logistics from Lake George to Khe Sanh, 1755-1968 which discuss the impact of technology on transportation across three centuries of warfare.  Jobie is a retired Colonel in the USAF and a pilot for United Airlines

email: here </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1797</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">96130066-12d6-11f1-ad17-cb1b1f813a8f</guid>
      <title>Zev Eleff et al. eds., &quot;The Oxford Handbook of Jewish Law&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Jewish law, known as halakhah, is a unique legal system that has developed over a period of nearly two millennia, across multiple continents, and in innumerable different contexts. Dealing not only with ritual, Jewish law extends to virtually every aspect of life including ethics, business, war, and sex. This Handbook highlights foundational questions about the nature of Jewish law, emphasizing what distinguishes it from other legal systems and illuminating its vitality throughout history. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197508305"><em>The Oxford Handbook of Jewish Law</em> ﻿</a>(Oxford UP, 2025) navigates core issues such as halakhah's authority, its interpretation, and the meaningfulness of an ancient legal system in a modern period. With contributions from an interdisciplinary cast of authors, the Handbook spans law, history, sociology, and religion. Its chapters draw from a wide range of sources, including traditional texts such as Mishnah and Talmud, rabbinical codes, and legal opinions known as responsa. Moreover, chapters addressing pressing modern issues cover the material from diverse denominational perspectives. As halakhah remains deeply woven into the fabric of Jewish life and scholarship, <em>The Oxford Handbook of Jewish Law</em> offers readers an in-depth understanding of this rich and enduring legal tradition.</p>
<p>Zev Eleff is President and Professor of American Jewish history at Gratz College.</p>
<p>Roberta Rosenthal Kwall is the Raymond P. Niro Professor at DePaul University College of Law.</p>
<p>Chaim Saiman is Chair in Jewish Law at Villanova University Charles Widger School of Law.</p>
<p>Geraldine Gudefin is a modern Jewish historian researching Jewish migrations, family life, and legal pluralism. She is currently a Visiting Scholar at the Centre for Asian Legal Studies at the National University of Singapore, and is completing a book titled <em>An Impossible Divorce? East European Jews and the Limits of Legal Pluralism in France, 1900-1939</em>.</p>
<p>Mentioned in this episode:</p>
<ul>
  <li>Ronit Irshai and Tanya Zion-Waldoks, <em>Holy Rebellion: Religious Feminism and the Transformation of Judaism and Women's Rights in Israel</em> (Brandeis University Press, 2024).</li>
  <li>Shari Rabin and Michael R. Cohen (eds.), <em>The Oxford Handbook of American Jewish History </em>(Oxford University Press, 2025).</li>
  <li>Roberta Rosenthal Kwall, <em>Remix Judaism: Preserving Tradition in a Diverse World</em> (‎Rowman &amp; Littlefield Publishers, 2022).</li>
  <li>Chaim N. Saiman, <em>Halakhah: The Rabbinic Idea of Law</em> (Princeton University Press, 2018).</li>
  <li>Benjamin Steiner, <em>Translating the Ketubah: The Jewish Marriage Contract in America and England</em> (University Alabama Press, 2025).</li>
</ul>
<p>Essays from the <em>Oxford Handbook of Jewish Law</em>:</p>
<ul>
  <li>Chapter 15: Chaim Saiman, “Formalism in Jewish Law.”</li>
  <li>Chapter 19: Roberta Rosenthal Kwall, “Lawmaking in the Conservative Movement: A Balance of Law and Norms.”</li>
  <li>Chapter 21: Arye Edrei, “The Impact of Zionism on Jewish Law.”</li>
  <li>Chapter 24: Rachel Levmore and Steven Gotlib, “Divorce and Agunah: Halakhic Responses to Modernity.”</li>
  <li>Chapter 30: Zev Eleff, “Judaism and the Modern Family.”</li>
</ul><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Feb 2026 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Jewish law, known as halakhah, is a unique legal system that has developed over a period of nearly two millennia, across multiple continents, and in innumerable different contexts. Dealing not only with ritual, Jewish law extends to virtually every aspect of life including ethics, business, war, and sex. This Handbook highlights foundational questions about the nature of Jewish law, emphasizing what distinguishes it from other legal systems and illuminating its vitality throughout history. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197508305"><em>The Oxford Handbook of Jewish Law</em> ﻿</a>(Oxford UP, 2025) navigates core issues such as halakhah's authority, its interpretation, and the meaningfulness of an ancient legal system in a modern period. With contributions from an interdisciplinary cast of authors, the Handbook spans law, history, sociology, and religion. Its chapters draw from a wide range of sources, including traditional texts such as Mishnah and Talmud, rabbinical codes, and legal opinions known as responsa. Moreover, chapters addressing pressing modern issues cover the material from diverse denominational perspectives. As halakhah remains deeply woven into the fabric of Jewish life and scholarship, <em>The Oxford Handbook of Jewish Law</em> offers readers an in-depth understanding of this rich and enduring legal tradition.</p>
<p>Zev Eleff is President and Professor of American Jewish history at Gratz College.</p>
<p>Roberta Rosenthal Kwall is the Raymond P. Niro Professor at DePaul University College of Law.</p>
<p>Chaim Saiman is Chair in Jewish Law at Villanova University Charles Widger School of Law.</p>
<p>Geraldine Gudefin is a modern Jewish historian researching Jewish migrations, family life, and legal pluralism. She is currently a Visiting Scholar at the Centre for Asian Legal Studies at the National University of Singapore, and is completing a book titled <em>An Impossible Divorce? East European Jews and the Limits of Legal Pluralism in France, 1900-1939</em>.</p>
<p>Mentioned in this episode:</p>
<ul>
  <li>Ronit Irshai and Tanya Zion-Waldoks, <em>Holy Rebellion: Religious Feminism and the Transformation of Judaism and Women's Rights in Israel</em> (Brandeis University Press, 2024).</li>
  <li>Shari Rabin and Michael R. Cohen (eds.), <em>The Oxford Handbook of American Jewish History </em>(Oxford University Press, 2025).</li>
  <li>Roberta Rosenthal Kwall, <em>Remix Judaism: Preserving Tradition in a Diverse World</em> (‎Rowman &amp; Littlefield Publishers, 2022).</li>
  <li>Chaim N. Saiman, <em>Halakhah: The Rabbinic Idea of Law</em> (Princeton University Press, 2018).</li>
  <li>Benjamin Steiner, <em>Translating the Ketubah: The Jewish Marriage Contract in America and England</em> (University Alabama Press, 2025).</li>
</ul>
<p>Essays from the <em>Oxford Handbook of Jewish Law</em>:</p>
<ul>
  <li>Chapter 15: Chaim Saiman, “Formalism in Jewish Law.”</li>
  <li>Chapter 19: Roberta Rosenthal Kwall, “Lawmaking in the Conservative Movement: A Balance of Law and Norms.”</li>
  <li>Chapter 21: Arye Edrei, “The Impact of Zionism on Jewish Law.”</li>
  <li>Chapter 24: Rachel Levmore and Steven Gotlib, “Divorce and Agunah: Halakhic Responses to Modernity.”</li>
  <li>Chapter 30: Zev Eleff, “Judaism and the Modern Family.”</li>
</ul><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="68401687" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/69eb237c-c0a1-431d-92c2-d87d743c5f42/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=69eb237c-c0a1-431d-92c2-d87d743c5f42&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Zev Eleff et al. eds., &quot;The Oxford Handbook of Jewish Law&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:11:11</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Jewish law, known as halakhah, is a unique legal system that has developed over a period of nearly two millennia, across multiple continents, and in innumerable different contexts. Dealing not only with ritual, Jewish law extends to virtually every aspect of life including ethics, business, war, and sex. This Handbook highlights foundational questions about the nature of Jewish law, emphasizing what distinguishes it from other legal systems and illuminating its vitality throughout history. The Oxford Handbook of Jewish Law ﻿(Oxford UP, 2025) navigates core issues such as halakhah&apos;s authority, its interpretation, and the meaningfulness of an ancient legal system in a modern period. With contributions from an interdisciplinary cast of authors, the Handbook spans law, history, sociology, and religion. Its chapters draw from a wide range of sources, including traditional texts such as Mishnah and Talmud, rabbinical codes, and legal opinions known as responsa. Moreover, chapters addressing pressing modern issues cover the material from diverse denominational perspectives. As halakhah remains deeply woven into the fabric of Jewish life and scholarship, The Oxford Handbook of Jewish Law offers readers an in-depth understanding of this rich and enduring legal tradition.

Zev Eleff is President and Professor of American Jewish history at Gratz College.

Roberta Rosenthal Kwall is the Raymond P. Niro Professor at DePaul University College of Law.

Chaim Saiman is Chair in Jewish Law at Villanova University Charles Widger School of Law.

Geraldine Gudefin is a modern Jewish historian researching Jewish migrations, family life, and legal pluralism. She is currently a Visiting Scholar at the Centre for Asian Legal Studies at the National University of Singapore, and is completing a book titled An Impossible Divorce? East European Jews and the Limits of Legal Pluralism in France, 1900-1939.

Mentioned in this episode:


  Ronit Irshai and Tanya Zion-Waldoks, Holy Rebellion: Religious Feminism and the Transformation of Judaism and Women&apos;s Rights in Israel (Brandeis University Press, 2024).

  Shari Rabin and Michael R. Cohen (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of American Jewish History (Oxford University Press, 2025).

  Roberta Rosenthal Kwall, Remix Judaism: Preserving Tradition in a Diverse World (‎Rowman &amp; Littlefield Publishers, 2022).

  Chaim N. Saiman, Halakhah: The Rabbinic Idea of Law (Princeton University Press, 2018).

  Benjamin Steiner, Translating the Ketubah: The Jewish Marriage Contract in America and England (University Alabama Press, 2025).


Essays from the Oxford Handbook of Jewish Law:


  Chapter 15: Chaim Saiman, “Formalism in Jewish Law.”

  Chapter 19: Roberta Rosenthal Kwall, “Lawmaking in the Conservative Movement: A Balance of Law and Norms.”

  Chapter 21: Arye Edrei, “The Impact of Zionism on Jewish Law.”

  Chapter 24: Rachel Levmore and Steven Gotlib, “Divorce and Agunah: Halakhic Responses to Modernity.”

  Chapter 30: Zev Eleff, “Judaism and the Modern Family.”</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Jewish law, known as halakhah, is a unique legal system that has developed over a period of nearly two millennia, across multiple continents, and in innumerable different contexts. Dealing not only with ritual, Jewish law extends to virtually every aspect of life including ethics, business, war, and sex. This Handbook highlights foundational questions about the nature of Jewish law, emphasizing what distinguishes it from other legal systems and illuminating its vitality throughout history. The Oxford Handbook of Jewish Law ﻿(Oxford UP, 2025) navigates core issues such as halakhah&apos;s authority, its interpretation, and the meaningfulness of an ancient legal system in a modern period. With contributions from an interdisciplinary cast of authors, the Handbook spans law, history, sociology, and religion. Its chapters draw from a wide range of sources, including traditional texts such as Mishnah and Talmud, rabbinical codes, and legal opinions known as responsa. Moreover, chapters addressing pressing modern issues cover the material from diverse denominational perspectives. As halakhah remains deeply woven into the fabric of Jewish life and scholarship, The Oxford Handbook of Jewish Law offers readers an in-depth understanding of this rich and enduring legal tradition.

Zev Eleff is President and Professor of American Jewish history at Gratz College.

Roberta Rosenthal Kwall is the Raymond P. Niro Professor at DePaul University College of Law.

Chaim Saiman is Chair in Jewish Law at Villanova University Charles Widger School of Law.

Geraldine Gudefin is a modern Jewish historian researching Jewish migrations, family life, and legal pluralism. She is currently a Visiting Scholar at the Centre for Asian Legal Studies at the National University of Singapore, and is completing a book titled An Impossible Divorce? East European Jews and the Limits of Legal Pluralism in France, 1900-1939.

Mentioned in this episode:


  Ronit Irshai and Tanya Zion-Waldoks, Holy Rebellion: Religious Feminism and the Transformation of Judaism and Women&apos;s Rights in Israel (Brandeis University Press, 2024).

  Shari Rabin and Michael R. Cohen (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of American Jewish History (Oxford University Press, 2025).

  Roberta Rosenthal Kwall, Remix Judaism: Preserving Tradition in a Diverse World (‎Rowman &amp; Littlefield Publishers, 2022).

  Chaim N. Saiman, Halakhah: The Rabbinic Idea of Law (Princeton University Press, 2018).

  Benjamin Steiner, Translating the Ketubah: The Jewish Marriage Contract in America and England (University Alabama Press, 2025).


Essays from the Oxford Handbook of Jewish Law:


  Chapter 15: Chaim Saiman, “Formalism in Jewish Law.”

  Chapter 19: Roberta Rosenthal Kwall, “Lawmaking in the Conservative Movement: A Balance of Law and Norms.”

  Chapter 21: Arye Edrei, “The Impact of Zionism on Jewish Law.”

  Chapter 24: Rachel Levmore and Steven Gotlib, “Divorce and Agunah: Halakhic Responses to Modernity.”

  Chapter 30: Zev Eleff, “Judaism and the Modern Family.”</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1796</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">fa902f02-1027-11f1-a809-679a2dc09c20</guid>
      <title>Allison Powers, &quot;Arbitrating Empire: United States Expansion and the Transformation of International Law&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190093006">Arbitrating Empire: United States Expansion and the Transformation of International Law</a> (Oxford UP, 2024) by Dr. Allison Powers offers a new history of the emergence of the United States as a global power-one shaped as much by attempts to insulate the US government from international legal scrutiny as it was by efforts to project influence across the globe. Drawing on extensive archival research in the United States, Mexico, Panama, and the United Kingdom, the book traces how thousands of dispossessed residents of US-annexed territories petitioned international Claims Commissions between the 1870s and the 1930s to charge the United States with violating international legal protections for life and property.<br />Through attention to the consequences of their unexpected claims, Dr. Powers demonstrates how colonized subjects, refugees from slavery, and migrant workers transformed a series of tribunals designed to establish the legality of US imperial interventions into sites through which to challenge the legitimacy of US colonial governance. One of the first social histories of international law, the book argues that contests over meanings of sovereignty and state responsibility that would reshape the mid-twentieth-century international order were waged not only at diplomatic conferences, but also in Arizona copper mines, Texas cotton fields, Samoan port cities, Cuban sugar plantations, and the locks and stops of the Panama Canal.<br /><em>Arbitrating Empire</em> uncovers how ordinary people used international law to hold the United States accountable for state-sanctioned violence during the decades when the nation was first becoming a global empire-and demonstrates why State Department attempts to erase their claims transformed international law in ways that continue to shield the US government from liability to this day.</p>
<p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Feb 2026 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190093006">Arbitrating Empire: United States Expansion and the Transformation of International Law</a> (Oxford UP, 2024) by Dr. Allison Powers offers a new history of the emergence of the United States as a global power-one shaped as much by attempts to insulate the US government from international legal scrutiny as it was by efforts to project influence across the globe. Drawing on extensive archival research in the United States, Mexico, Panama, and the United Kingdom, the book traces how thousands of dispossessed residents of US-annexed territories petitioned international Claims Commissions between the 1870s and the 1930s to charge the United States with violating international legal protections for life and property.<br />Through attention to the consequences of their unexpected claims, Dr. Powers demonstrates how colonized subjects, refugees from slavery, and migrant workers transformed a series of tribunals designed to establish the legality of US imperial interventions into sites through which to challenge the legitimacy of US colonial governance. One of the first social histories of international law, the book argues that contests over meanings of sovereignty and state responsibility that would reshape the mid-twentieth-century international order were waged not only at diplomatic conferences, but also in Arizona copper mines, Texas cotton fields, Samoan port cities, Cuban sugar plantations, and the locks and stops of the Panama Canal.<br /><em>Arbitrating Empire</em> uncovers how ordinary people used international law to hold the United States accountable for state-sanctioned violence during the decades when the nation was first becoming a global empire-and demonstrates why State Department attempts to erase their claims transformed international law in ways that continue to shield the US government from liability to this day.</p>
<p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="40116887" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/370f1be3-7cea-4a96-87b8-434cf5208eff/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=370f1be3-7cea-4a96-87b8-434cf5208eff&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Allison Powers, &quot;Arbitrating Empire: United States Expansion and the Transformation of International Law&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:41:44</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Arbitrating Empire: United States Expansion and the Transformation of International Law (Oxford UP, 2024) by Dr. Allison Powers offers a new history of the emergence of the United States as a global power-one shaped as much by attempts to insulate the US government from international legal scrutiny as it was by efforts to project influence across the globe. Drawing on extensive archival research in the United States, Mexico, Panama, and the United Kingdom, the book traces how thousands of dispossessed residents of US-annexed territories petitioned international Claims Commissions between the 1870s and the 1930s to charge the United States with violating international legal protections for life and property.Through attention to the consequences of their unexpected claims, Dr. Powers demonstrates how colonized subjects, refugees from slavery, and migrant workers transformed a series of tribunals designed to establish the legality of US imperial interventions into sites through which to challenge the legitimacy of US colonial governance. One of the first social histories of international law, the book argues that contests over meanings of sovereignty and state responsibility that would reshape the mid-twentieth-century international order were waged not only at diplomatic conferences, but also in Arizona copper mines, Texas cotton fields, Samoan port cities, Cuban sugar plantations, and the locks and stops of the Panama Canal.Arbitrating Empire uncovers how ordinary people used international law to hold the United States accountable for state-sanctioned violence during the decades when the nation was first becoming a global empire-and demonstrates why State Department attempts to erase their claims transformed international law in ways that continue to shield the US government from liability to this day.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Arbitrating Empire: United States Expansion and the Transformation of International Law (Oxford UP, 2024) by Dr. Allison Powers offers a new history of the emergence of the United States as a global power-one shaped as much by attempts to insulate the US government from international legal scrutiny as it was by efforts to project influence across the globe. Drawing on extensive archival research in the United States, Mexico, Panama, and the United Kingdom, the book traces how thousands of dispossessed residents of US-annexed territories petitioned international Claims Commissions between the 1870s and the 1930s to charge the United States with violating international legal protections for life and property.Through attention to the consequences of their unexpected claims, Dr. Powers demonstrates how colonized subjects, refugees from slavery, and migrant workers transformed a series of tribunals designed to establish the legality of US imperial interventions into sites through which to challenge the legitimacy of US colonial governance. One of the first social histories of international law, the book argues that contests over meanings of sovereignty and state responsibility that would reshape the mid-twentieth-century international order were waged not only at diplomatic conferences, but also in Arizona copper mines, Texas cotton fields, Samoan port cities, Cuban sugar plantations, and the locks and stops of the Panama Canal.Arbitrating Empire uncovers how ordinary people used international law to hold the United States accountable for state-sanctioned violence during the decades when the nation was first becoming a global empire-and demonstrates why State Department attempts to erase their claims transformed international law in ways that continue to shield the US government from liability to this day.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1795</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2c5f36a0-0e9c-11f1-ae0a-1f4824922910</guid>
      <title>Jane Ohlmeyer, &quot;Making Empire: Ireland, Imperialism, and the Early Modern World&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Empire and imperial frameworks, policies, practices, and cultures have shaped the history of the world for the last two millennia. It is nation states that are the blip on the historical horizon. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192867681"><em>Making Empire: Ireland, Imperialism, and the Early Modern World</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Jane Ohlmeyer re-examines empire as process—and Ireland's role in it—through the lens of early modernity. It covers the two hundred years, between the mid-sixteenth century and the mid-eighteenth century, that equate roughly to the timespan of the First English Empire (c.1550-c.1770s).</p><p>Ireland was England's oldest colony. How then did the English empire actually function in early modern Ireland and how did this change over time? What did access to European empires mean for people living in Ireland? This book answers these questions by interrogating four interconnected themes. First, that Ireland formed an integral part of the English imperial system, Second, that the Irish operated as agents of empire(s). Third, Ireland served as laboratory in and for the English empire. Finally, it examines the impact that empire(s) had on people living in early modern Ireland.</p><p>What becomes clear is that colonisation was not a single occurrence but an iterative and durable process that impacted different parts of Ireland at different times and in different ways. That imperialism was about the exercise of power, violence, coercion and expropriation. Strategies about how best to turn conquest into profit, to mobilise and control Ireland's natural resources, especially land and labour, varied but the reality of everyday life did not change and provoked a wide variety of responses ranging from acceptance and assimilation to resistance.</p><p><br /></p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> forthcoming book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 22 Feb 2026 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Empire and imperial frameworks, policies, practices, and cultures have shaped the history of the world for the last two millennia. It is nation states that are the blip on the historical horizon. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192867681"><em>Making Empire: Ireland, Imperialism, and the Early Modern World</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Jane Ohlmeyer re-examines empire as process—and Ireland's role in it—through the lens of early modernity. It covers the two hundred years, between the mid-sixteenth century and the mid-eighteenth century, that equate roughly to the timespan of the First English Empire (c.1550-c.1770s).</p><p>Ireland was England's oldest colony. How then did the English empire actually function in early modern Ireland and how did this change over time? What did access to European empires mean for people living in Ireland? This book answers these questions by interrogating four interconnected themes. First, that Ireland formed an integral part of the English imperial system, Second, that the Irish operated as agents of empire(s). Third, Ireland served as laboratory in and for the English empire. Finally, it examines the impact that empire(s) had on people living in early modern Ireland.</p><p>What becomes clear is that colonisation was not a single occurrence but an iterative and durable process that impacted different parts of Ireland at different times and in different ways. That imperialism was about the exercise of power, violence, coercion and expropriation. Strategies about how best to turn conquest into profit, to mobilise and control Ireland's natural resources, especially land and labour, varied but the reality of everyday life did not change and provoked a wide variety of responses ranging from acceptance and assimilation to resistance.</p><p><br /></p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> forthcoming book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="58130212" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/9f3a26cc-7e91-47f6-829c-481a4331a688/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=9f3a26cc-7e91-47f6-829c-481a4331a688&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Jane Ohlmeyer, &quot;Making Empire: Ireland, Imperialism, and the Early Modern World&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:00:32</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Empire and imperial frameworks, policies, practices, and cultures have shaped the history of the world for the last two millennia. It is nation states that are the blip on the historical horizon. Making Empire: Ireland, Imperialism, and the Early Modern World (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Jane Ohlmeyer re-examines empire as process—and Ireland&apos;s role in it—through the lens of early modernity. It covers the two hundred years, between the mid-sixteenth century and the mid-eighteenth century, that equate roughly to the timespan of the First English Empire (c.1550-c.1770s).
Ireland was England&apos;s oldest colony. How then did the English empire actually function in early modern Ireland and how did this change over time? What did access to European empires mean for people living in Ireland? This book answers these questions by interrogating four interconnected themes. First, that Ireland formed an integral part of the English imperial system, Second, that the Irish operated as agents of empire(s). Third, Ireland served as laboratory in and for the English empire. Finally, it examines the impact that empire(s) had on people living in early modern Ireland.
What becomes clear is that colonisation was not a single occurrence but an iterative and durable process that impacted different parts of Ireland at different times and in different ways. That imperialism was about the exercise of power, violence, coercion and expropriation. Strategies about how best to turn conquest into profit, to mobilise and control Ireland&apos;s natural resources, especially land and labour, varied but the reality of everyday life did not change and provoked a wide variety of responses ranging from acceptance and assimilation to resistance.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Empire and imperial frameworks, policies, practices, and cultures have shaped the history of the world for the last two millennia. It is nation states that are the blip on the historical horizon. Making Empire: Ireland, Imperialism, and the Early Modern World (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Jane Ohlmeyer re-examines empire as process—and Ireland&apos;s role in it—through the lens of early modernity. It covers the two hundred years, between the mid-sixteenth century and the mid-eighteenth century, that equate roughly to the timespan of the First English Empire (c.1550-c.1770s).
Ireland was England&apos;s oldest colony. How then did the English empire actually function in early modern Ireland and how did this change over time? What did access to European empires mean for people living in Ireland? This book answers these questions by interrogating four interconnected themes. First, that Ireland formed an integral part of the English imperial system, Second, that the Irish operated as agents of empire(s). Third, Ireland served as laboratory in and for the English empire. Finally, it examines the impact that empire(s) had on people living in early modern Ireland.
What becomes clear is that colonisation was not a single occurrence but an iterative and durable process that impacted different parts of Ireland at different times and in different ways. That imperialism was about the exercise of power, violence, coercion and expropriation. Strategies about how best to turn conquest into profit, to mobilise and control Ireland&apos;s natural resources, especially land and labour, varied but the reality of everyday life did not change and provoked a wide variety of responses ranging from acceptance and assimilation to resistance.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>56</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1b93ecf0-0e8b-11f1-b48f-d7fe3b0ddaf1</guid>
      <title>Josh Milburn, &quot;Food, Justice, and Animals: Feeding the World Respectfully&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>How would we eat if animals had rights? A standard assumption is that our food systems would be plant-based. But maybe we should reject this assumption. Indeed, this book argues that a future non-vegan food system would be permissible on an animal rights view. It might even be desirable.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192867469"><em>Food, Justice, and Animals: Feeding the World Respectfully</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2023), Josh Milburn questions if the vegan food system risks cutting off many people's pursuit of the 'good life', risks exacerbating food injustices, and risks negative outcomes for animals. If so, then maybe non-vegan food systems would be preferable to vegan food systems,<em> if</em> they could respect animal rights.</p><p>Could they? The author provides a rigorous analysis of the ethics of farming invertebrates, producing plant-based meats, developing cultivated animal products, and co-working with animals on <em>genuinely</em> humane farms, arguing that these possibilities offer the chance for a food system that is non-vegan, but nonetheless respects animals' rights. He argues that there is a way for us to have our cake, and eat it too, because we can have our <em>cow</em>, and eat<em> her</em> too.</p><p><a href="https://josh-milburn.com/">Josh Milburn</a> is a British philosopher and a Lecturer in Political Philosophy at Loughborough University. He has previously worked at the University of Sheffield, the University of York, and Queen's University (in Canada), before which he studied at Queen's University Belfast and Lancaster University. He is the author of <em>Just Fodder: The Ethics of Feeding Animals</em> (McGill-Queen's University Press, 2022), and the regular host of the animal studies podcast <em>Knowing Animals</em>.</p><p><a href="https://sites.google.com/view/kyle-johannsen/"><em>Kyle Johannsen</em></a><em> is a philosophy instructor at Trent University and Wilfrid Laurier University. His most recent book is </em><a href="https://www.routledge.com/Wild-Animal-Ethics-The-Moral-and-Political-Problem-of-Wild-Animal-Suffering/Johannsen/p/book/9780367275709"><em>Wild Animal Ethics: The Moral and Political Problem of Wild Animal Suffering</em></a><em> (Routledge, 2021).</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 21 Feb 2026 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>How would we eat if animals had rights? A standard assumption is that our food systems would be plant-based. But maybe we should reject this assumption. Indeed, this book argues that a future non-vegan food system would be permissible on an animal rights view. It might even be desirable.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192867469"><em>Food, Justice, and Animals: Feeding the World Respectfully</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2023), Josh Milburn questions if the vegan food system risks cutting off many people's pursuit of the 'good life', risks exacerbating food injustices, and risks negative outcomes for animals. If so, then maybe non-vegan food systems would be preferable to vegan food systems,<em> if</em> they could respect animal rights.</p><p>Could they? The author provides a rigorous analysis of the ethics of farming invertebrates, producing plant-based meats, developing cultivated animal products, and co-working with animals on <em>genuinely</em> humane farms, arguing that these possibilities offer the chance for a food system that is non-vegan, but nonetheless respects animals' rights. He argues that there is a way for us to have our cake, and eat it too, because we can have our <em>cow</em>, and eat<em> her</em> too.</p><p><a href="https://josh-milburn.com/">Josh Milburn</a> is a British philosopher and a Lecturer in Political Philosophy at Loughborough University. He has previously worked at the University of Sheffield, the University of York, and Queen's University (in Canada), before which he studied at Queen's University Belfast and Lancaster University. He is the author of <em>Just Fodder: The Ethics of Feeding Animals</em> (McGill-Queen's University Press, 2022), and the regular host of the animal studies podcast <em>Knowing Animals</em>.</p><p><a href="https://sites.google.com/view/kyle-johannsen/"><em>Kyle Johannsen</em></a><em> is a philosophy instructor at Trent University and Wilfrid Laurier University. His most recent book is </em><a href="https://www.routledge.com/Wild-Animal-Ethics-The-Moral-and-Political-Problem-of-Wild-Animal-Suffering/Johannsen/p/book/9780367275709"><em>Wild Animal Ethics: The Moral and Political Problem of Wild Animal Suffering</em></a><em> (Routledge, 2021).</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="70323387" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/0971f11f-d121-4208-bfaa-2cbf87dee678/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=0971f11f-d121-4208-bfaa-2cbf87dee678&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Josh Milburn, &quot;Food, Justice, and Animals: Feeding the World Respectfully&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:13:15</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>How would we eat if animals had rights? A standard assumption is that our food systems would be plant-based. But maybe we should reject this assumption. Indeed, this book argues that a future non-vegan food system would be permissible on an animal rights view. It might even be desirable.
In Food, Justice, and Animals: Feeding the World Respectfully (Oxford University Press, 2023), Josh Milburn questions if the vegan food system risks cutting off many people&apos;s pursuit of the &apos;good life&apos;, risks exacerbating food injustices, and risks negative outcomes for animals. If so, then maybe non-vegan food systems would be preferable to vegan food systems, if they could respect animal rights.
Could they? The author provides a rigorous analysis of the ethics of farming invertebrates, producing plant-based meats, developing cultivated animal products, and co-working with animals on genuinely humane farms, arguing that these possibilities offer the chance for a food system that is non-vegan, but nonetheless respects animals&apos; rights. He argues that there is a way for us to have our cake, and eat it too, because we can have our cow, and eat her too.
Josh Milburn is a British philosopher and a Lecturer in Political Philosophy at Loughborough University. He has previously worked at the University of Sheffield, the University of York, and Queen&apos;s University (in Canada), before which he studied at Queen&apos;s University Belfast and Lancaster University. He is the author of Just Fodder: The Ethics of Feeding Animals (McGill-Queen&apos;s University Press, 2022), and the regular host of the animal studies podcast Knowing Animals.
Kyle Johannsen is a philosophy instructor at Trent University and Wilfrid Laurier University. His most recent book is Wild Animal Ethics: The Moral and Political Problem of Wild Animal Suffering (Routledge, 2021).</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>How would we eat if animals had rights? A standard assumption is that our food systems would be plant-based. But maybe we should reject this assumption. Indeed, this book argues that a future non-vegan food system would be permissible on an animal rights view. It might even be desirable.
In Food, Justice, and Animals: Feeding the World Respectfully (Oxford University Press, 2023), Josh Milburn questions if the vegan food system risks cutting off many people&apos;s pursuit of the &apos;good life&apos;, risks exacerbating food injustices, and risks negative outcomes for animals. If so, then maybe non-vegan food systems would be preferable to vegan food systems, if they could respect animal rights.
Could they? The author provides a rigorous analysis of the ethics of farming invertebrates, producing plant-based meats, developing cultivated animal products, and co-working with animals on genuinely humane farms, arguing that these possibilities offer the chance for a food system that is non-vegan, but nonetheless respects animals&apos; rights. He argues that there is a way for us to have our cake, and eat it too, because we can have our cow, and eat her too.
Josh Milburn is a British philosopher and a Lecturer in Political Philosophy at Loughborough University. He has previously worked at the University of Sheffield, the University of York, and Queen&apos;s University (in Canada), before which he studied at Queen&apos;s University Belfast and Lancaster University. He is the author of Just Fodder: The Ethics of Feeding Animals (McGill-Queen&apos;s University Press, 2022), and the regular host of the animal studies podcast Knowing Animals.
Kyle Johannsen is a philosophy instructor at Trent University and Wilfrid Laurier University. His most recent book is Wild Animal Ethics: The Moral and Political Problem of Wild Animal Suffering (Routledge, 2021).</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>52</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">17e3d360-0e89-11f1-a874-9710965df63f</guid>
      <title>Mark Thomas Edwards, &quot;Walter Lippmann: American Skeptic, American Pastor&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Walter Lippmann was arguably the most recognized and respected political journalist of the twentieth century. His "Today and Tomorrow" columns attracted a global readership of well over ten million. Lippmann was the author of numerous books, including the best-selling <em>A Preface to Morals</em> (1929) and <em>U.S. Foreign Policy</em> (1943). His <em>Public Opinion</em> (1922) remains a classic text within American political philosophy and media studies. Lippmann coined or popularized several keywords of the twentieth century, including "stereotype," the "Cold War," and the "Great Society." Sought out by U.S. Presidents and by America's allies and rivals around the world, Lippmann remained one of liberalism's most faithful proponents and harshest critics.</p><p>Yet few people then or since encountered the "real" Walter Lippmann. That was because he kept crucial parts of himself hiding in plain sight. His extensive commentary on politics and diplomacy was bounded by his sense that America had to adjust to the loss of a common faith and morality in a "post-Christian" era. Over the course of his life, Lippmann traded in his fame as a happy secularist for the stardom of a grumpy Western Christian intellectual. Yet he never committed himself to any religious system, especially his own Jewish heritage.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192895165"><em>Walter Lippmann: American Skeptic, American Pastor</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2023) considers the role of religions in Lippmann's life and thought, prioritizing his affirmation and rejection of Christian nationalisms of the left and right. It also yields fresh insights into the philosophical origins of modern American liberalism, including liberalism's blind spots in the areas of sex, race, and class. But most importantly, this biography highlights the constructive power of doubt. For Lippmann, the good life in the good society was lived in irreconcilable tension: the struggle to be free from yet loyal to a way of life; to recognize the dangers yet also the necessity of civil religion; and to strive for a just and enduring world order that can never be. In the end, Lippmann manufactured himself as the prophet of limitation for an extravagant American Century.</p><p><strong>Mark Thomas Edwards</strong> is professor of US history and politics at Spring Arbor University in Michigan.</p><p><em>Caleb Zakarin is the Assistant Editor of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 21 Feb 2026 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Walter Lippmann was arguably the most recognized and respected political journalist of the twentieth century. His "Today and Tomorrow" columns attracted a global readership of well over ten million. Lippmann was the author of numerous books, including the best-selling <em>A Preface to Morals</em> (1929) and <em>U.S. Foreign Policy</em> (1943). His <em>Public Opinion</em> (1922) remains a classic text within American political philosophy and media studies. Lippmann coined or popularized several keywords of the twentieth century, including "stereotype," the "Cold War," and the "Great Society." Sought out by U.S. Presidents and by America's allies and rivals around the world, Lippmann remained one of liberalism's most faithful proponents and harshest critics.</p><p>Yet few people then or since encountered the "real" Walter Lippmann. That was because he kept crucial parts of himself hiding in plain sight. His extensive commentary on politics and diplomacy was bounded by his sense that America had to adjust to the loss of a common faith and morality in a "post-Christian" era. Over the course of his life, Lippmann traded in his fame as a happy secularist for the stardom of a grumpy Western Christian intellectual. Yet he never committed himself to any religious system, especially his own Jewish heritage.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192895165"><em>Walter Lippmann: American Skeptic, American Pastor</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2023) considers the role of religions in Lippmann's life and thought, prioritizing his affirmation and rejection of Christian nationalisms of the left and right. It also yields fresh insights into the philosophical origins of modern American liberalism, including liberalism's blind spots in the areas of sex, race, and class. But most importantly, this biography highlights the constructive power of doubt. For Lippmann, the good life in the good society was lived in irreconcilable tension: the struggle to be free from yet loyal to a way of life; to recognize the dangers yet also the necessity of civil religion; and to strive for a just and enduring world order that can never be. In the end, Lippmann manufactured himself as the prophet of limitation for an extravagant American Century.</p><p><strong>Mark Thomas Edwards</strong> is professor of US history and politics at Spring Arbor University in Michigan.</p><p><em>Caleb Zakarin is the Assistant Editor of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="51572258" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/f99cbd40-bf2c-4081-bb3f-e0274c29a3e9/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=f99cbd40-bf2c-4081-bb3f-e0274c29a3e9&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Mark Thomas Edwards, &quot;Walter Lippmann: American Skeptic, American Pastor&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:53:43</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Walter Lippmann was arguably the most recognized and respected political journalist of the twentieth century. His &quot;Today and Tomorrow&quot; columns attracted a global readership of well over ten million. Lippmann was the author of numerous books, including the best-selling A Preface to Morals (1929) and U.S. Foreign Policy (1943). His Public Opinion (1922) remains a classic text within American political philosophy and media studies. Lippmann coined or popularized several keywords of the twentieth century, including &quot;stereotype,&quot; the &quot;Cold War,&quot; and the &quot;Great Society.&quot; Sought out by U.S. Presidents and by America&apos;s allies and rivals around the world, Lippmann remained one of liberalism&apos;s most faithful proponents and harshest critics.
Yet few people then or since encountered the &quot;real&quot; Walter Lippmann. That was because he kept crucial parts of himself hiding in plain sight. His extensive commentary on politics and diplomacy was bounded by his sense that America had to adjust to the loss of a common faith and morality in a &quot;post-Christian&quot; era. Over the course of his life, Lippmann traded in his fame as a happy secularist for the stardom of a grumpy Western Christian intellectual. Yet he never committed himself to any religious system, especially his own Jewish heritage.
Walter Lippmann: American Skeptic, American Pastor (Oxford University Press, 2023) considers the role of religions in Lippmann&apos;s life and thought, prioritizing his affirmation and rejection of Christian nationalisms of the left and right. It also yields fresh insights into the philosophical origins of modern American liberalism, including liberalism&apos;s blind spots in the areas of sex, race, and class. But most importantly, this biography highlights the constructive power of doubt. For Lippmann, the good life in the good society was lived in irreconcilable tension: the struggle to be free from yet loyal to a way of life; to recognize the dangers yet also the necessity of civil religion; and to strive for a just and enduring world order that can never be. In the end, Lippmann manufactured himself as the prophet of limitation for an extravagant American Century.
Mark Thomas Edwards is professor of US history and politics at Spring Arbor University in Michigan.
Caleb Zakarin is the Assistant Editor of the New Books Network.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Walter Lippmann was arguably the most recognized and respected political journalist of the twentieth century. His &quot;Today and Tomorrow&quot; columns attracted a global readership of well over ten million. Lippmann was the author of numerous books, including the best-selling A Preface to Morals (1929) and U.S. Foreign Policy (1943). His Public Opinion (1922) remains a classic text within American political philosophy and media studies. Lippmann coined or popularized several keywords of the twentieth century, including &quot;stereotype,&quot; the &quot;Cold War,&quot; and the &quot;Great Society.&quot; Sought out by U.S. Presidents and by America&apos;s allies and rivals around the world, Lippmann remained one of liberalism&apos;s most faithful proponents and harshest critics.
Yet few people then or since encountered the &quot;real&quot; Walter Lippmann. That was because he kept crucial parts of himself hiding in plain sight. His extensive commentary on politics and diplomacy was bounded by his sense that America had to adjust to the loss of a common faith and morality in a &quot;post-Christian&quot; era. Over the course of his life, Lippmann traded in his fame as a happy secularist for the stardom of a grumpy Western Christian intellectual. Yet he never committed himself to any religious system, especially his own Jewish heritage.
Walter Lippmann: American Skeptic, American Pastor (Oxford University Press, 2023) considers the role of religions in Lippmann&apos;s life and thought, prioritizing his affirmation and rejection of Christian nationalisms of the left and right. It also yields fresh insights into the philosophical origins of modern American liberalism, including liberalism&apos;s blind spots in the areas of sex, race, and class. But most importantly, this biography highlights the constructive power of doubt. For Lippmann, the good life in the good society was lived in irreconcilable tension: the struggle to be free from yet loyal to a way of life; to recognize the dangers yet also the necessity of civil religion; and to strive for a just and enduring world order that can never be. In the end, Lippmann manufactured himself as the prophet of limitation for an extravagant American Century.
Mark Thomas Edwards is professor of US history and politics at Spring Arbor University in Michigan.
Caleb Zakarin is the Assistant Editor of the New Books Network.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>242</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6e3fce98-0c41-11f1-8cd4-0f70cfabe433</guid>
      <title>Thomas Zeitzoff, &quot;No Option But Sabotage: The Radical Environmental Movement and the Climate Crisis&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>An authoritative history of the radical environmental movement in the United States, <em>No Option But Sabotage</em> explores how far activists are willing to go to defend the planet in the face of repression and the escalating climate crisis.</p>
<p>After 9/11, the radical environmental movement was considered the number one domestic terror threat by the U.S. government. But by the end of the decade the movement had largely gone silent. What happened? And given the threat from climate, why haven't more radical tactics re-emerged?</p>
<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197796849">No Option But Sabotage: The Radical Environmental Movement and the Climate Crisis</a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2026), Thomas Zeitzoff traces the origins, rise, fall, and potential rise again of the movement. Using in-depth interviews with past and current activists, as well as experts, Zeitzoff covers the main factions and actors. These include: Earth First! and its early advocacy for "monkeywrenching;" the "Unabomber" Ted Kaczynski and his years-long anti-technology bombing campaign; the connections between animal liberation, punk, and the emergence of the Earth Liberation Front and its arson campaign; and more recent climate activists and their use of disruptive tactics. Along with providing a comprehensive overview of the movement and its various sub-movements that emerged over time, Zeitzoff also asks the bigger question-given the scope and threat from climate change why haven't activists escalated their tactics? Property destruction, sabotage, and even arson were once regular features of the movement in the 1990s and early 2000s--will activists use them again, or will they stick to non-violence? Will the threat of increasing state repression scare activists, or radicalize them?</p>
<p>Not just a history of a major extremist movement, this book tells the story of radical environmentalism and highlights how activists are confronting the dual threats of climate change and repression, and asking themselves how far they are willing to go to protect the planet.</p>
<p>Thomas Zeitzoff is a professor in the School of Public Affairs at American University. His research focuses on political violence, social media, and political psychology.</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is CEO and Publisher of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Feb 2026 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>An authoritative history of the radical environmental movement in the United States, <em>No Option But Sabotage</em> explores how far activists are willing to go to defend the planet in the face of repression and the escalating climate crisis.</p>
<p>After 9/11, the radical environmental movement was considered the number one domestic terror threat by the U.S. government. But by the end of the decade the movement had largely gone silent. What happened? And given the threat from climate, why haven't more radical tactics re-emerged?</p>
<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197796849">No Option But Sabotage: The Radical Environmental Movement and the Climate Crisis</a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2026), Thomas Zeitzoff traces the origins, rise, fall, and potential rise again of the movement. Using in-depth interviews with past and current activists, as well as experts, Zeitzoff covers the main factions and actors. These include: Earth First! and its early advocacy for "monkeywrenching;" the "Unabomber" Ted Kaczynski and his years-long anti-technology bombing campaign; the connections between animal liberation, punk, and the emergence of the Earth Liberation Front and its arson campaign; and more recent climate activists and their use of disruptive tactics. Along with providing a comprehensive overview of the movement and its various sub-movements that emerged over time, Zeitzoff also asks the bigger question-given the scope and threat from climate change why haven't activists escalated their tactics? Property destruction, sabotage, and even arson were once regular features of the movement in the 1990s and early 2000s--will activists use them again, or will they stick to non-violence? Will the threat of increasing state repression scare activists, or radicalize them?</p>
<p>Not just a history of a major extremist movement, this book tells the story of radical environmentalism and highlights how activists are confronting the dual threats of climate change and repression, and asking themselves how far they are willing to go to protect the planet.</p>
<p>Thomas Zeitzoff is a professor in the School of Public Affairs at American University. His research focuses on political violence, social media, and political psychology.</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is CEO and Publisher of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="56265038" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/cb3fa74b-7f93-48b1-aa3d-20a9950747aa/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=cb3fa74b-7f93-48b1-aa3d-20a9950747aa&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Thomas Zeitzoff, &quot;No Option But Sabotage: The Radical Environmental Movement and the Climate Crisis&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:58:22</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>An authoritative history of the radical environmental movement in the United States, No Option But Sabotage explores how far activists are willing to go to defend the planet in the face of repression and the escalating climate crisis.

After 9/11, the radical environmental movement was considered the number one domestic terror threat by the U.S. government. But by the end of the decade the movement had largely gone silent. What happened? And given the threat from climate, why haven&apos;t more radical tactics re-emerged?

In No Option But Sabotage: The Radical Environmental Movement and the Climate Crisis (Oxford University Press, 2026), Thomas Zeitzoff traces the origins, rise, fall, and potential rise again of the movement. Using in-depth interviews with past and current activists, as well as experts, Zeitzoff covers the main factions and actors. These include: Earth First! and its early advocacy for &quot;monkeywrenching;&quot; the &quot;Unabomber&quot; Ted Kaczynski and his years-long anti-technology bombing campaign; the connections between animal liberation, punk, and the emergence of the Earth Liberation Front and its arson campaign; and more recent climate activists and their use of disruptive tactics. Along with providing a comprehensive overview of the movement and its various sub-movements that emerged over time, Zeitzoff also asks the bigger question-given the scope and threat from climate change why haven&apos;t activists escalated their tactics? Property destruction, sabotage, and even arson were once regular features of the movement in the 1990s and early 2000s--will activists use them again, or will they stick to non-violence? Will the threat of increasing state repression scare activists, or radicalize them?

Not just a history of a major extremist movement, this book tells the story of radical environmentalism and highlights how activists are confronting the dual threats of climate change and repression, and asking themselves how far they are willing to go to protect the planet.

Thomas Zeitzoff is a professor in the School of Public Affairs at American University. His research focuses on political violence, social media, and political psychology.

Caleb Zakarin is CEO and Publisher of the New Books Network.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>An authoritative history of the radical environmental movement in the United States, No Option But Sabotage explores how far activists are willing to go to defend the planet in the face of repression and the escalating climate crisis.

After 9/11, the radical environmental movement was considered the number one domestic terror threat by the U.S. government. But by the end of the decade the movement had largely gone silent. What happened? And given the threat from climate, why haven&apos;t more radical tactics re-emerged?

In No Option But Sabotage: The Radical Environmental Movement and the Climate Crisis (Oxford University Press, 2026), Thomas Zeitzoff traces the origins, rise, fall, and potential rise again of the movement. Using in-depth interviews with past and current activists, as well as experts, Zeitzoff covers the main factions and actors. These include: Earth First! and its early advocacy for &quot;monkeywrenching;&quot; the &quot;Unabomber&quot; Ted Kaczynski and his years-long anti-technology bombing campaign; the connections between animal liberation, punk, and the emergence of the Earth Liberation Front and its arson campaign; and more recent climate activists and their use of disruptive tactics. Along with providing a comprehensive overview of the movement and its various sub-movements that emerged over time, Zeitzoff also asks the bigger question-given the scope and threat from climate change why haven&apos;t activists escalated their tactics? Property destruction, sabotage, and even arson were once regular features of the movement in the 1990s and early 2000s--will activists use them again, or will they stick to non-violence? Will the threat of increasing state repression scare activists, or radicalize them?

Not just a history of a major extremist movement, this book tells the story of radical environmentalism and highlights how activists are confronting the dual threats of climate change and repression, and asking themselves how far they are willing to go to protect the planet.

Thomas Zeitzoff is a professor in the School of Public Affairs at American University. His research focuses on political violence, social media, and political psychology.

Caleb Zakarin is CEO and Publisher of the New Books Network.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1791</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">76da9632-0b6f-11f1-a7df-ebb0897f2c11</guid>
      <title>David M. Henkin, &quot;Out of the Ballpark: How to Think about Baseball&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>All over the world, masses of people watch, follow, document, and obsess over baseball. Everything remarkable about the impact of baseball derives from the game's history and cultural status as events that draw people together in these ways. Understanding baseball as a cultural phenomenon is therefore less a matter of mastering the vocabulary of the game or merely recollecting its iconic stadiums, players, and stats. While all those details compel insiders and inspire fans, baseball's peculiar and persistent appeal can only be understood by adopting a wider lens. It requires reckoning with the history of structured competition. The classic backyard game of catch between a father and son draws meaning from its associations with the organized sport and its history. The challenge lies less in finding one perfect spot to look, but rather in identifying the many different places where baseball has accumulated significance.</p>
<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197789551">Out of the Ballpark: How to Think about Baseball</a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2026)<em> </em>reconsiders the character, meaning, and delights of the game by exploring both baseball's unusual features and the sport's many resonances with other aspects of modern life. To this end, it abandons several assumptions and mythologies that underlie most approaches to histories of baseball: that it is unique among sports and fundamentally different from other kinds of entertainment; that it is specific to the United States; that it has changed fundamentally in recent years; and that the keys to understanding it lie primarily in examining what happens on the field of play.</p>
<p>Instead, David M. Henkin moves across time and space to examine baseball's history since the nineteenth century and beyond US borders. He takes readers inside the structures of clubs and leagues, interprets the sacred scripture of rulebooks, and illuminates some of baseball's rites and rituals that are often associated with honor and manhood. He charts baseball's significance along the routes of American and Japanese imperial expansion and the shifting maps of race and ethnicity in the US. Baseball is found at negotiating tables that pit capital against labor and in pivotal moments in the history of mass media. Here, we are shown how baseball might offer a complex and capacious space for thinking about such things as spectatorship, success, community, order, and contingency in the modern world.</p>
<p>David M. Henkin is Professor of History at the University of California, Berkeley, where he has taught courses on society and culture in nineteenth-century America for close to three decades.</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is CEO and Publisher of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Feb 2026 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>All over the world, masses of people watch, follow, document, and obsess over baseball. Everything remarkable about the impact of baseball derives from the game's history and cultural status as events that draw people together in these ways. Understanding baseball as a cultural phenomenon is therefore less a matter of mastering the vocabulary of the game or merely recollecting its iconic stadiums, players, and stats. While all those details compel insiders and inspire fans, baseball's peculiar and persistent appeal can only be understood by adopting a wider lens. It requires reckoning with the history of structured competition. The classic backyard game of catch between a father and son draws meaning from its associations with the organized sport and its history. The challenge lies less in finding one perfect spot to look, but rather in identifying the many different places where baseball has accumulated significance.</p>
<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197789551">Out of the Ballpark: How to Think about Baseball</a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2026)<em> </em>reconsiders the character, meaning, and delights of the game by exploring both baseball's unusual features and the sport's many resonances with other aspects of modern life. To this end, it abandons several assumptions and mythologies that underlie most approaches to histories of baseball: that it is unique among sports and fundamentally different from other kinds of entertainment; that it is specific to the United States; that it has changed fundamentally in recent years; and that the keys to understanding it lie primarily in examining what happens on the field of play.</p>
<p>Instead, David M. Henkin moves across time and space to examine baseball's history since the nineteenth century and beyond US borders. He takes readers inside the structures of clubs and leagues, interprets the sacred scripture of rulebooks, and illuminates some of baseball's rites and rituals that are often associated with honor and manhood. He charts baseball's significance along the routes of American and Japanese imperial expansion and the shifting maps of race and ethnicity in the US. Baseball is found at negotiating tables that pit capital against labor and in pivotal moments in the history of mass media. Here, we are shown how baseball might offer a complex and capacious space for thinking about such things as spectatorship, success, community, order, and contingency in the modern world.</p>
<p>David M. Henkin is Professor of History at the University of California, Berkeley, where he has taught courses on society and culture in nineteenth-century America for close to three decades.</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is CEO and Publisher of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="60944468" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/e7bc3816-7487-419e-8ed3-393ad267dc23/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=e7bc3816-7487-419e-8ed3-393ad267dc23&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>David M. Henkin, &quot;Out of the Ballpark: How to Think about Baseball&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:03:14</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>All over the world, masses of people watch, follow, document, and obsess over baseball. Everything remarkable about the impact of baseball derives from the game&apos;s history and cultural status as events that draw people together in these ways. Understanding baseball as a cultural phenomenon is therefore less a matter of mastering the vocabulary of the game or merely recollecting its iconic stadiums, players, and stats. While all those details compel insiders and inspire fans, baseball&apos;s peculiar and persistent appeal can only be understood by adopting a wider lens. It requires reckoning with the history of structured competition. The classic backyard game of catch between a father and son draws meaning from its associations with the organized sport and its history. The challenge lies less in finding one perfect spot to look, but rather in identifying the many different places where baseball has accumulated significance.

Out of the Ballpark: How to Think about Baseball (Oxford University Press, 2026) reconsiders the character, meaning, and delights of the game by exploring both baseball&apos;s unusual features and the sport&apos;s many resonances with other aspects of modern life. To this end, it abandons several assumptions and mythologies that underlie most approaches to histories of baseball: that it is unique among sports and fundamentally different from other kinds of entertainment; that it is specific to the United States; that it has changed fundamentally in recent years; and that the keys to understanding it lie primarily in examining what happens on the field of play.

Instead, David M. Henkin moves across time and space to examine baseball&apos;s history since the nineteenth century and beyond US borders. He takes readers inside the structures of clubs and leagues, interprets the sacred scripture of rulebooks, and illuminates some of baseball&apos;s rites and rituals that are often associated with honor and manhood. He charts baseball&apos;s significance along the routes of American and Japanese imperial expansion and the shifting maps of race and ethnicity in the US. Baseball is found at negotiating tables that pit capital against labor and in pivotal moments in the history of mass media. Here, we are shown how baseball might offer a complex and capacious space for thinking about such things as spectatorship, success, community, order, and contingency in the modern world.

David M. Henkin is Professor of History at the University of California, Berkeley, where he has taught courses on society and culture in nineteenth-century America for close to three decades.

Caleb Zakarin is CEO and Publisher of the New Books Network.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>All over the world, masses of people watch, follow, document, and obsess over baseball. Everything remarkable about the impact of baseball derives from the game&apos;s history and cultural status as events that draw people together in these ways. Understanding baseball as a cultural phenomenon is therefore less a matter of mastering the vocabulary of the game or merely recollecting its iconic stadiums, players, and stats. While all those details compel insiders and inspire fans, baseball&apos;s peculiar and persistent appeal can only be understood by adopting a wider lens. It requires reckoning with the history of structured competition. The classic backyard game of catch between a father and son draws meaning from its associations with the organized sport and its history. The challenge lies less in finding one perfect spot to look, but rather in identifying the many different places where baseball has accumulated significance.

Out of the Ballpark: How to Think about Baseball (Oxford University Press, 2026) reconsiders the character, meaning, and delights of the game by exploring both baseball&apos;s unusual features and the sport&apos;s many resonances with other aspects of modern life. To this end, it abandons several assumptions and mythologies that underlie most approaches to histories of baseball: that it is unique among sports and fundamentally different from other kinds of entertainment; that it is specific to the United States; that it has changed fundamentally in recent years; and that the keys to understanding it lie primarily in examining what happens on the field of play.

Instead, David M. Henkin moves across time and space to examine baseball&apos;s history since the nineteenth century and beyond US borders. He takes readers inside the structures of clubs and leagues, interprets the sacred scripture of rulebooks, and illuminates some of baseball&apos;s rites and rituals that are often associated with honor and manhood. He charts baseball&apos;s significance along the routes of American and Japanese imperial expansion and the shifting maps of race and ethnicity in the US. Baseball is found at negotiating tables that pit capital against labor and in pivotal moments in the history of mass media. Here, we are shown how baseball might offer a complex and capacious space for thinking about such things as spectatorship, success, community, order, and contingency in the modern world.

David M. Henkin is Professor of History at the University of California, Berkeley, where he has taught courses on society and culture in nineteenth-century America for close to three decades.

Caleb Zakarin is CEO and Publisher of the New Books Network.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1790</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1f62f0b4-08e7-11f1-8b12-7312d8ce091c</guid>
      <title>Carl Death, &quot;African Climate Futures&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>This episode is brought to you by the <a href="https://www.bisa.ac.uk/members/working-groups/ecp">BISA Environment and Climate Politics Working Group</a>.</p>
<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198960744">African Climate Futures</a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2025) shows how climate-changed futures are imagined in Africa and by Africans, and how these future visions shape political debates and struggles in the present. Scientific climate scenarios forecast bleak futures, with increased droughts, floods, lethal heatwaves, sea level rises, declining crop yields, and greater exposure to vector-borne diseases. Yet, African climate futures could also encompass energy transitions and socio-economic revolutions, transformed political agency and human subjectivities, and radically reparative more-than-human climate politics.</p>
<p>At the heart of the book is an original and interdisciplinary approach. It studies official climate policy strategies and fictional texts side-by-side, as ecopolitical imaginaries that envision low-carbon, climate-changed futures, and narrate pathways from 'here' to 'there'. It discusses net zero strategies from Ethiopia, The Gambia, Nigeria, South Africa, and Zimbabwe and draws on postcolonial, feminist, and queer theory, arguing that Africanfuturist climate fiction can inspire more radical, reparative, more-than-human ecopolitical imaginaries. These stories can help us to understand the debts we all owe, imagine what reparations might entail, and explore the contours of living convivially alongside more-than-human others in heterotopian, climate-changed futures.</p>
<p>Stories can help explore how we might feel in climate-changed futures and can help us to narrate a path through them. This book uses Africanfuturist climate fiction to inspire new ways of challenging and enriching theoretical debates in global climate change politics, including how we understand the places, temporalities, ecologies, and politics of climate futures. If we want to survive to tell new stories in liveable futures then we need to urgently and radically transform carboniferous capitalism.</p>
<p><a href="https://research.manchester.ac.uk/en/persons/carl.death">Carl Death</a> joined the University of Manchester in August 2013 as a Senior Lecturer in International Political Economy, after four years in the Department of International Politics, Aberystwyth University, and a year in the School of Law and Government, Dublin City University. He has conducted research in South Africa, Tanzania and the USA, and has held visiting researcher positions at The MacMillan Centre for International and Area Studies and the Agrarian Studies Program at Yale University; the Wits Institute for Social and Economic Research (WISER) at the University of the Witwatersrand in Johannesburg; Stellenbosch University; and the Centre for Civil Society (CCS) at the University of KwaZulu-Natal in Durban.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.kcl.ac.uk/people/pauline-sophie-heinrichs">Pauline Heinrichs</a> is a Lecturer in War Studies (Climate and Energy) at King’s College London. Her research focuses climate and energy security. Pauline has worked with and led international teams in conflict and post-conflict countries such as Ukraine and the Baltic States, leading on qualitative methods and strategic narrative analysis. Pauline has also been a climate diplomacy professional working in foreign policy, and an international climate think tank.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Feb 2026 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This episode is brought to you by the <a href="https://www.bisa.ac.uk/members/working-groups/ecp">BISA Environment and Climate Politics Working Group</a>.</p>
<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198960744">African Climate Futures</a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2025) shows how climate-changed futures are imagined in Africa and by Africans, and how these future visions shape political debates and struggles in the present. Scientific climate scenarios forecast bleak futures, with increased droughts, floods, lethal heatwaves, sea level rises, declining crop yields, and greater exposure to vector-borne diseases. Yet, African climate futures could also encompass energy transitions and socio-economic revolutions, transformed political agency and human subjectivities, and radically reparative more-than-human climate politics.</p>
<p>At the heart of the book is an original and interdisciplinary approach. It studies official climate policy strategies and fictional texts side-by-side, as ecopolitical imaginaries that envision low-carbon, climate-changed futures, and narrate pathways from 'here' to 'there'. It discusses net zero strategies from Ethiopia, The Gambia, Nigeria, South Africa, and Zimbabwe and draws on postcolonial, feminist, and queer theory, arguing that Africanfuturist climate fiction can inspire more radical, reparative, more-than-human ecopolitical imaginaries. These stories can help us to understand the debts we all owe, imagine what reparations might entail, and explore the contours of living convivially alongside more-than-human others in heterotopian, climate-changed futures.</p>
<p>Stories can help explore how we might feel in climate-changed futures and can help us to narrate a path through them. This book uses Africanfuturist climate fiction to inspire new ways of challenging and enriching theoretical debates in global climate change politics, including how we understand the places, temporalities, ecologies, and politics of climate futures. If we want to survive to tell new stories in liveable futures then we need to urgently and radically transform carboniferous capitalism.</p>
<p><a href="https://research.manchester.ac.uk/en/persons/carl.death">Carl Death</a> joined the University of Manchester in August 2013 as a Senior Lecturer in International Political Economy, after four years in the Department of International Politics, Aberystwyth University, and a year in the School of Law and Government, Dublin City University. He has conducted research in South Africa, Tanzania and the USA, and has held visiting researcher positions at The MacMillan Centre for International and Area Studies and the Agrarian Studies Program at Yale University; the Wits Institute for Social and Economic Research (WISER) at the University of the Witwatersrand in Johannesburg; Stellenbosch University; and the Centre for Civil Society (CCS) at the University of KwaZulu-Natal in Durban.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.kcl.ac.uk/people/pauline-sophie-heinrichs">Pauline Heinrichs</a> is a Lecturer in War Studies (Climate and Energy) at King’s College London. Her research focuses climate and energy security. Pauline has worked with and led international teams in conflict and post-conflict countries such as Ukraine and the Baltic States, leading on qualitative methods and strategic narrative analysis. Pauline has also been a climate diplomacy professional working in foreign policy, and an international climate think tank.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="61030041" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/cae900d9-a20f-4684-82ca-a4eceff8c351/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=cae900d9-a20f-4684-82ca-a4eceff8c351&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Carl Death, &quot;African Climate Futures&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:03:31</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>This episode is brought to you by the BISA Environment and Climate Politics Working Group.

African Climate Futures (Oxford UP, 2025) shows how climate-changed futures are imagined in Africa and by Africans, and how these future visions shape political debates and struggles in the present. Scientific climate scenarios forecast bleak futures, with increased droughts, floods, lethal heatwaves, sea level rises, declining crop yields, and greater exposure to vector-borne diseases. Yet, African climate futures could also encompass energy transitions and socio-economic revolutions, transformed political agency and human subjectivities, and radically reparative more-than-human climate politics.

At the heart of the book is an original and interdisciplinary approach. It studies official climate policy strategies and fictional texts side-by-side, as ecopolitical imaginaries that envision low-carbon, climate-changed futures, and narrate pathways from &apos;here&apos; to &apos;there&apos;. It discusses net zero strategies from Ethiopia, The Gambia, Nigeria, South Africa, and Zimbabwe and draws on postcolonial, feminist, and queer theory, arguing that Africanfuturist climate fiction can inspire more radical, reparative, more-than-human ecopolitical imaginaries. These stories can help us to understand the debts we all owe, imagine what reparations might entail, and explore the contours of living convivially alongside more-than-human others in heterotopian, climate-changed futures.

Stories can help explore how we might feel in climate-changed futures and can help us to narrate a path through them. This book uses Africanfuturist climate fiction to inspire new ways of challenging and enriching theoretical debates in global climate change politics, including how we understand the places, temporalities, ecologies, and politics of climate futures. If we want to survive to tell new stories in liveable futures then we need to urgently and radically transform carboniferous capitalism.

Carl Death joined the University of Manchester in August 2013 as a Senior Lecturer in International Political Economy, after four years in the Department of International Politics, Aberystwyth University, and a year in the School of Law and Government, Dublin City University. He has conducted research in South Africa, Tanzania and the USA, and has held visiting researcher positions at The MacMillan Centre for International and Area Studies and the Agrarian Studies Program at Yale University; the Wits Institute for Social and Economic Research (WISER) at the University of the Witwatersrand in Johannesburg; Stellenbosch University; and the Centre for Civil Society (CCS) at the University of KwaZulu-Natal in Durban.

Pauline Heinrichs is a Lecturer in War Studies (Climate and Energy) at King’s College London. Her research focuses climate and energy security. Pauline has worked with and led international teams in conflict and post-conflict countries such as Ukraine and the Baltic States, leading on qualitative methods and strategic narrative analysis. Pauline has also been a climate diplomacy professional working in foreign policy, and an international climate think tank.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>This episode is brought to you by the BISA Environment and Climate Politics Working Group.

African Climate Futures (Oxford UP, 2025) shows how climate-changed futures are imagined in Africa and by Africans, and how these future visions shape political debates and struggles in the present. Scientific climate scenarios forecast bleak futures, with increased droughts, floods, lethal heatwaves, sea level rises, declining crop yields, and greater exposure to vector-borne diseases. Yet, African climate futures could also encompass energy transitions and socio-economic revolutions, transformed political agency and human subjectivities, and radically reparative more-than-human climate politics.

At the heart of the book is an original and interdisciplinary approach. It studies official climate policy strategies and fictional texts side-by-side, as ecopolitical imaginaries that envision low-carbon, climate-changed futures, and narrate pathways from &apos;here&apos; to &apos;there&apos;. It discusses net zero strategies from Ethiopia, The Gambia, Nigeria, South Africa, and Zimbabwe and draws on postcolonial, feminist, and queer theory, arguing that Africanfuturist climate fiction can inspire more radical, reparative, more-than-human ecopolitical imaginaries. These stories can help us to understand the debts we all owe, imagine what reparations might entail, and explore the contours of living convivially alongside more-than-human others in heterotopian, climate-changed futures.

Stories can help explore how we might feel in climate-changed futures and can help us to narrate a path through them. This book uses Africanfuturist climate fiction to inspire new ways of challenging and enriching theoretical debates in global climate change politics, including how we understand the places, temporalities, ecologies, and politics of climate futures. If we want to survive to tell new stories in liveable futures then we need to urgently and radically transform carboniferous capitalism.

Carl Death joined the University of Manchester in August 2013 as a Senior Lecturer in International Political Economy, after four years in the Department of International Politics, Aberystwyth University, and a year in the School of Law and Government, Dublin City University. He has conducted research in South Africa, Tanzania and the USA, and has held visiting researcher positions at The MacMillan Centre for International and Area Studies and the Agrarian Studies Program at Yale University; the Wits Institute for Social and Economic Research (WISER) at the University of the Witwatersrand in Johannesburg; Stellenbosch University; and the Centre for Civil Society (CCS) at the University of KwaZulu-Natal in Durban.

Pauline Heinrichs is a Lecturer in War Studies (Climate and Energy) at King’s College London. Her research focuses climate and energy security. Pauline has worked with and led international teams in conflict and post-conflict countries such as Ukraine and the Baltic States, leading on qualitative methods and strategic narrative analysis. Pauline has also been a climate diplomacy professional working in foreign policy, and an international climate think tank.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1789</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d642d7fe-072a-11f1-826c-d71adaf5f919</guid>
      <title>Bridget Salmon and Andrew Godley, &quot;The Making of the Modern Supermarket: Self-Service Adoption in British Food Retailing, 1950-1975&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>What seems mundane today—walking into a supermarket, picking up goods, and paying at a checkout—was once a radical experiment. In our latest New Books Network episode, I speak with Andrew Godley about <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780199640195">The Making of the Modern Supermarket﻿t: Self-Service Adoption in British Food Retailing, 1950-1975</a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2025), co-authored with Bridget Salmon, former archivist at J. Sainsbury plc.</p>
<p>This is a book about far more than shopping. It is a history of technology, management, urban planning, consumer behaviour, and how everyday routines were quietly transformed in post-war Britain. Drawing on rare corporate archives, Godley and Salmon reveal how supermarkets were not inevitable but carefully designed organisations shaped by strategic choices, technological constraints, and shifting consumer expectations.</p>
<p>In the conversation, we explore how self-service reshaped labour and productivity, why Sainsbury’s distinctive commitment to fresh meat helped define the one-stop supermarket, and how planning initiatives such as the New Towns and Abercrombie’s vision for London influenced retail geography. We also discuss early experiments with computerised ordering, the limits of technological modernisation, and what Sainsbury’s story can—and cannot—tell us about the wider evolution of retailing in Britain and Europe.</p>
<p>Finally, Andrew reflects on the surprises hidden in corporate archives and what the history of supermarkets can teach us about today’s transformations—from online grocery shopping to automated checkouts.</p>
<p>If you have ever wondered how the modern supermarket came to be—and what it reveals about capitalism, technology, and everyday life—this episode is for you.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Feb 2026 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>What seems mundane today—walking into a supermarket, picking up goods, and paying at a checkout—was once a radical experiment. In our latest New Books Network episode, I speak with Andrew Godley about <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780199640195">The Making of the Modern Supermarket﻿t: Self-Service Adoption in British Food Retailing, 1950-1975</a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2025), co-authored with Bridget Salmon, former archivist at J. Sainsbury plc.</p>
<p>This is a book about far more than shopping. It is a history of technology, management, urban planning, consumer behaviour, and how everyday routines were quietly transformed in post-war Britain. Drawing on rare corporate archives, Godley and Salmon reveal how supermarkets were not inevitable but carefully designed organisations shaped by strategic choices, technological constraints, and shifting consumer expectations.</p>
<p>In the conversation, we explore how self-service reshaped labour and productivity, why Sainsbury’s distinctive commitment to fresh meat helped define the one-stop supermarket, and how planning initiatives such as the New Towns and Abercrombie’s vision for London influenced retail geography. We also discuss early experiments with computerised ordering, the limits of technological modernisation, and what Sainsbury’s story can—and cannot—tell us about the wider evolution of retailing in Britain and Europe.</p>
<p>Finally, Andrew reflects on the surprises hidden in corporate archives and what the history of supermarkets can teach us about today’s transformations—from online grocery shopping to automated checkouts.</p>
<p>If you have ever wondered how the modern supermarket came to be—and what it reveals about capitalism, technology, and everyday life—this episode is for you.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="55227627" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/9be69eda-7db9-416a-a1a1-435e7f8f670d/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=9be69eda-7db9-416a-a1a1-435e7f8f670d&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Bridget Salmon and Andrew Godley, &quot;The Making of the Modern Supermarket: Self-Service Adoption in British Food Retailing, 1950-1975&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:57:26</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>What seems mundane today—walking into a supermarket, picking up goods, and paying at a checkout—was once a radical experiment. In our latest New Books Network episode, I speak with Andrew Godley about The Making of the Modern Supermarket﻿t: Self-Service Adoption in British Food Retailing, 1950-1975 (Oxford UP, 2025), co-authored with Bridget Salmon, former archivist at J. Sainsbury plc.

This is a book about far more than shopping. It is a history of technology, management, urban planning, consumer behaviour, and how everyday routines were quietly transformed in post-war Britain. Drawing on rare corporate archives, Godley and Salmon reveal how supermarkets were not inevitable but carefully designed organisations shaped by strategic choices, technological constraints, and shifting consumer expectations.

In the conversation, we explore how self-service reshaped labour and productivity, why Sainsbury’s distinctive commitment to fresh meat helped define the one-stop supermarket, and how planning initiatives such as the New Towns and Abercrombie’s vision for London influenced retail geography. We also discuss early experiments with computerised ordering, the limits of technological modernisation, and what Sainsbury’s story can—and cannot—tell us about the wider evolution of retailing in Britain and Europe.

Finally, Andrew reflects on the surprises hidden in corporate archives and what the history of supermarkets can teach us about today’s transformations—from online grocery shopping to automated checkouts.

If you have ever wondered how the modern supermarket came to be—and what it reveals about capitalism, technology, and everyday life—this episode is for you.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>What seems mundane today—walking into a supermarket, picking up goods, and paying at a checkout—was once a radical experiment. In our latest New Books Network episode, I speak with Andrew Godley about The Making of the Modern Supermarket﻿t: Self-Service Adoption in British Food Retailing, 1950-1975 (Oxford UP, 2025), co-authored with Bridget Salmon, former archivist at J. Sainsbury plc.

This is a book about far more than shopping. It is a history of technology, management, urban planning, consumer behaviour, and how everyday routines were quietly transformed in post-war Britain. Drawing on rare corporate archives, Godley and Salmon reveal how supermarkets were not inevitable but carefully designed organisations shaped by strategic choices, technological constraints, and shifting consumer expectations.

In the conversation, we explore how self-service reshaped labour and productivity, why Sainsbury’s distinctive commitment to fresh meat helped define the one-stop supermarket, and how planning initiatives such as the New Towns and Abercrombie’s vision for London influenced retail geography. We also discuss early experiments with computerised ordering, the limits of technological modernisation, and what Sainsbury’s story can—and cannot—tell us about the wider evolution of retailing in Britain and Europe.

Finally, Andrew reflects on the surprises hidden in corporate archives and what the history of supermarkets can teach us about today’s transformations—from online grocery shopping to automated checkouts.

If you have ever wondered how the modern supermarket came to be—and what it reveals about capitalism, technology, and everyday life—this episode is for you.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1788</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">cd59cd9a-0721-11f1-9b50-bf4d59908b38</guid>
      <title>Elaine M. Fisher, &quot;The Meeting of Rivers: Translating Religion in Early Modern India&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In ﻿<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197833216">The Meeting of Rivers: Translating Religion in Early Modern India</a> (Oxford UP, 2025), Elaine Fisher reconstructs Vīraśaiva origins from unstudied multilingual archives, overturning the conventional narrative of a monolingual Kannada bhakti movement protesting Sanskrit Brahmanism. The evidence reveals Vīraśaivism as multilingual from inception—its anti-caste inheritance deriving from Sanskrit Śaiva tradition, not rejecting it. Fisher proposes a "linguascape" model replacing unidirectional vernacularization with multidirectional flows through which local Vīraśaivisms were translated into being across south India.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Feb 2026 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In ﻿<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197833216">The Meeting of Rivers: Translating Religion in Early Modern India</a> (Oxford UP, 2025), Elaine Fisher reconstructs Vīraśaiva origins from unstudied multilingual archives, overturning the conventional narrative of a monolingual Kannada bhakti movement protesting Sanskrit Brahmanism. The evidence reveals Vīraśaivism as multilingual from inception—its anti-caste inheritance deriving from Sanskrit Śaiva tradition, not rejecting it. Fisher proposes a "linguascape" model replacing unidirectional vernacularization with multidirectional flows through which local Vīraśaivisms were translated into being across south India.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="34523608" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/789a01e8-ecc8-408a-a1dd-35a5ef331419/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=789a01e8-ecc8-408a-a1dd-35a5ef331419&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Elaine M. Fisher, &quot;The Meeting of Rivers: Translating Religion in Early Modern India&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:35:53</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In ﻿The Meeting of Rivers: Translating Religion in Early Modern India (Oxford UP, 2025), Elaine Fisher reconstructs Vīraśaiva origins from unstudied multilingual archives, overturning the conventional narrative of a monolingual Kannada bhakti movement protesting Sanskrit Brahmanism. The evidence reveals Vīraśaivism as multilingual from inception—its anti-caste inheritance deriving from Sanskrit Śaiva tradition, not rejecting it. Fisher proposes a &quot;linguascape&quot; model replacing unidirectional vernacularization with multidirectional flows through which local Vīraśaivisms were translated into being across south India.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In ﻿The Meeting of Rivers: Translating Religion in Early Modern India (Oxford UP, 2025), Elaine Fisher reconstructs Vīraśaiva origins from unstudied multilingual archives, overturning the conventional narrative of a monolingual Kannada bhakti movement protesting Sanskrit Brahmanism. The evidence reveals Vīraśaivism as multilingual from inception—its anti-caste inheritance deriving from Sanskrit Śaiva tradition, not rejecting it. Fisher proposes a &quot;linguascape&quot; model replacing unidirectional vernacularization with multidirectional flows through which local Vīraśaivisms were translated into being across south India.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1787</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1a9b9558-e74b-11f0-89c5-cbf70c9cbf32</guid>
      <title>Manchán Magan, &quot;Thirty-Two Words for Field: Lost Words of the Irish Landscape&quot; (Chelsea Green, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Most people associate Britain and Ireland with the English language, a vast, sprawling linguistic tree with roots in Latin, French, and German, and branches spanning the world, from Australia and India to North America.</p>
<p>But the inhabitants of these islands originally spoke another tongue. Look closely enough and English contains traces of the Celtic soil from which it sprung, found in words like bog, loch, cairn and crag. Today, this heritage can be found nowhere more powerfully than in modern-day Gaelic.</p>
<p>In <em>Thirty-Two Words for Field: Lost Words of the Irish Landscape</em> (Chelsea Green, 2026) Manchán Magan explores the enchantment, sublime beauty and sheer oddness of a 3000-year-old lexicon. Imbuing the natural world with meaning and magic, it evokes a time-honoured way of life, from its 32 separate words for a field, to terms like loisideach (a place with a lot of kneading troughs), bróis (whiskey for a horseman at a wedding), and iarmhaireacht (the loneliness you feel when you are the only person awake at cockcrow).</p>
<p>Told through stories collected from Magan’s own life and travels, <em>Thirty-Two Words for Field</em> is an enthralling celebration of Irish words, and a testament to the indelible relationship between landscape, culture and language.</p>
<p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Feb 2026 09:02:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Most people associate Britain and Ireland with the English language, a vast, sprawling linguistic tree with roots in Latin, French, and German, and branches spanning the world, from Australia and India to North America.</p>
<p>But the inhabitants of these islands originally spoke another tongue. Look closely enough and English contains traces of the Celtic soil from which it sprung, found in words like bog, loch, cairn and crag. Today, this heritage can be found nowhere more powerfully than in modern-day Gaelic.</p>
<p>In <em>Thirty-Two Words for Field: Lost Words of the Irish Landscape</em> (Chelsea Green, 2026) Manchán Magan explores the enchantment, sublime beauty and sheer oddness of a 3000-year-old lexicon. Imbuing the natural world with meaning and magic, it evokes a time-honoured way of life, from its 32 separate words for a field, to terms like loisideach (a place with a lot of kneading troughs), bróis (whiskey for a horseman at a wedding), and iarmhaireacht (the loneliness you feel when you are the only person awake at cockcrow).</p>
<p>Told through stories collected from Magan’s own life and travels, <em>Thirty-Two Words for Field</em> is an enthralling celebration of Irish words, and a testament to the indelible relationship between landscape, culture and language.</p>
<p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="38832668" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/a9525241-5d9b-4cd2-a812-baf37a1b01a9/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=a9525241-5d9b-4cd2-a812-baf37a1b01a9&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Manchán Magan, &quot;Thirty-Two Words for Field: Lost Words of the Irish Landscape&quot; (Chelsea Green, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:40:26</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Most people associate Britain and Ireland with the English language, a vast, sprawling linguistic tree with roots in Latin, French, and German, and branches spanning the world, from Australia and India to North America.

But the inhabitants of these islands originally spoke another tongue. Look closely enough and English contains traces of the Celtic soil from which it sprung, found in words like bog, loch, cairn and crag. Today, this heritage can be found nowhere more powerfully than in modern-day Gaelic.

In Thirty-Two Words for Field: Lost Words of the Irish Landscape (Chelsea Green, 2026) Manchán Magan explores the enchantment, sublime beauty and sheer oddness of a 3000-year-old lexicon. Imbuing the natural world with meaning and magic, it evokes a time-honoured way of life, from its 32 separate words for a field, to terms like loisideach (a place with a lot of kneading troughs), bróis (whiskey for a horseman at a wedding), and iarmhaireacht (the loneliness you feel when you are the only person awake at cockcrow).

Told through stories collected from Magan’s own life and travels, Thirty-Two Words for Field is an enthralling celebration of Irish words, and a testament to the indelible relationship between landscape, culture and language.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Most people associate Britain and Ireland with the English language, a vast, sprawling linguistic tree with roots in Latin, French, and German, and branches spanning the world, from Australia and India to North America.

But the inhabitants of these islands originally spoke another tongue. Look closely enough and English contains traces of the Celtic soil from which it sprung, found in words like bog, loch, cairn and crag. Today, this heritage can be found nowhere more powerfully than in modern-day Gaelic.

In Thirty-Two Words for Field: Lost Words of the Irish Landscape (Chelsea Green, 2026) Manchán Magan explores the enchantment, sublime beauty and sheer oddness of a 3000-year-old lexicon. Imbuing the natural world with meaning and magic, it evokes a time-honoured way of life, from its 32 separate words for a field, to terms like loisideach (a place with a lot of kneading troughs), bróis (whiskey for a horseman at a wedding), and iarmhaireacht (the loneliness you feel when you are the only person awake at cockcrow).

Told through stories collected from Magan’s own life and travels, Thirty-Two Words for Field is an enthralling celebration of Irish words, and a testament to the indelible relationship between landscape, culture and language.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>92</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d2f7ec46-058c-11f1-a3ef-137f3ca5dfb6</guid>
      <title>Daniel R. Langton, &quot;Darwin in the Jewish Imagination: Jews&apos; Engagement with Evolutionary Theory&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Rabbi Marc Katz sits down with Professor Daniel Langton, author of <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198967002">Darwin in the Jewish Imagination: Jews' Engagement with Evolutionary Theory</a> (Oxford UP, 2026), to explore how Jewish thinkers responded to one of the most disruptive ideas of the modern world: evolutionary theory. Spanning a century of debate, the conversation traces how traditionalists, reformers, secular intellectuals, mystics, and philosophers reimagined Judaism in light of Darwin—from Europe to the United States.</p>
<p>Rather than a simple science-versus-religion clash, Langton reveals a rich and creative dialogue shaped by modernity, Jewish-Christian relations, and a distinctive Jewish tendency toward pan(en)theistic thinking—understanding God as deeply intertwined with an evolving universe. Together, Katz and Langton explore how Darwin forced Jewish thinkers to rethink creation, divine action, and morality, and how those debates continue to shape modern Jewish belief and identity.</p>
<p>Daniel Langton is Professor of Jewish Studies at the University of Manchester and a leading scholar of modern Jewish thought and Jewish-Christian relations. His work focuses on how Jews have engaged major intellectual movements of modernity, including science, philosophy, and theology.</p>
<p>Rabbi Marc Katz is a congregational rabbi, author, and teacher whose work bridges classical Jewish texts and contemporary cultural questions. He is the author of <em>Yochanan’s Gamble: Judaism’s Pragmatic Approach to Life</em> and writes widely on Judaism, ethics, and modern life.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Feb 2026 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Rabbi Marc Katz sits down with Professor Daniel Langton, author of <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198967002">Darwin in the Jewish Imagination: Jews' Engagement with Evolutionary Theory</a> (Oxford UP, 2026), to explore how Jewish thinkers responded to one of the most disruptive ideas of the modern world: evolutionary theory. Spanning a century of debate, the conversation traces how traditionalists, reformers, secular intellectuals, mystics, and philosophers reimagined Judaism in light of Darwin—from Europe to the United States.</p>
<p>Rather than a simple science-versus-religion clash, Langton reveals a rich and creative dialogue shaped by modernity, Jewish-Christian relations, and a distinctive Jewish tendency toward pan(en)theistic thinking—understanding God as deeply intertwined with an evolving universe. Together, Katz and Langton explore how Darwin forced Jewish thinkers to rethink creation, divine action, and morality, and how those debates continue to shape modern Jewish belief and identity.</p>
<p>Daniel Langton is Professor of Jewish Studies at the University of Manchester and a leading scholar of modern Jewish thought and Jewish-Christian relations. His work focuses on how Jews have engaged major intellectual movements of modernity, including science, philosophy, and theology.</p>
<p>Rabbi Marc Katz is a congregational rabbi, author, and teacher whose work bridges classical Jewish texts and contemporary cultural questions. He is the author of <em>Yochanan’s Gamble: Judaism’s Pragmatic Approach to Life</em> and writes widely on Judaism, ethics, and modern life.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="48040807" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/25c83dfd-61df-47fb-b973-e8ab72ed2a4c/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=25c83dfd-61df-47fb-b973-e8ab72ed2a4c&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Daniel R. Langton, &quot;Darwin in the Jewish Imagination: Jews&apos; Engagement with Evolutionary Theory&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:49:59</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode, Rabbi Marc Katz sits down with Professor Daniel Langton, author of Darwin in the Jewish Imagination: Jews&apos; Engagement with Evolutionary Theory (Oxford UP, 2026), to explore how Jewish thinkers responded to one of the most disruptive ideas of the modern world: evolutionary theory. Spanning a century of debate, the conversation traces how traditionalists, reformers, secular intellectuals, mystics, and philosophers reimagined Judaism in light of Darwin—from Europe to the United States.

Rather than a simple science-versus-religion clash, Langton reveals a rich and creative dialogue shaped by modernity, Jewish-Christian relations, and a distinctive Jewish tendency toward pan(en)theistic thinking—understanding God as deeply intertwined with an evolving universe. Together, Katz and Langton explore how Darwin forced Jewish thinkers to rethink creation, divine action, and morality, and how those debates continue to shape modern Jewish belief and identity.

Daniel Langton is Professor of Jewish Studies at the University of Manchester and a leading scholar of modern Jewish thought and Jewish-Christian relations. His work focuses on how Jews have engaged major intellectual movements of modernity, including science, philosophy, and theology.

Rabbi Marc Katz is a congregational rabbi, author, and teacher whose work bridges classical Jewish texts and contemporary cultural questions. He is the author of Yochanan’s Gamble: Judaism’s Pragmatic Approach to Life and writes widely on Judaism, ethics, and modern life.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode, Rabbi Marc Katz sits down with Professor Daniel Langton, author of Darwin in the Jewish Imagination: Jews&apos; Engagement with Evolutionary Theory (Oxford UP, 2026), to explore how Jewish thinkers responded to one of the most disruptive ideas of the modern world: evolutionary theory. Spanning a century of debate, the conversation traces how traditionalists, reformers, secular intellectuals, mystics, and philosophers reimagined Judaism in light of Darwin—from Europe to the United States.

Rather than a simple science-versus-religion clash, Langton reveals a rich and creative dialogue shaped by modernity, Jewish-Christian relations, and a distinctive Jewish tendency toward pan(en)theistic thinking—understanding God as deeply intertwined with an evolving universe. Together, Katz and Langton explore how Darwin forced Jewish thinkers to rethink creation, divine action, and morality, and how those debates continue to shape modern Jewish belief and identity.

Daniel Langton is Professor of Jewish Studies at the University of Manchester and a leading scholar of modern Jewish thought and Jewish-Christian relations. His work focuses on how Jews have engaged major intellectual movements of modernity, including science, philosophy, and theology.

Rabbi Marc Katz is a congregational rabbi, author, and teacher whose work bridges classical Jewish texts and contemporary cultural questions. He is the author of Yochanan’s Gamble: Judaism’s Pragmatic Approach to Life and writes widely on Judaism, ethics, and modern life.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1785</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">66ed9a8c-0587-11f1-ad08-138c766da2cd</guid>
      <title>Ellen Clarke, &quot;The Units of Life: Kinds of Individual in Biology&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>While we tend to think of biological individuals in terms of paradigmic cases – a dog, a starfish, a bacterium – our ordinary criteria for distinguishing one individual from another are inadequate for making these distinctions in general. If a starfish can literally split itself in two and each half regenerates into a new starfish, why hold that there was just one starfish to begin with rather than many? In<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192857194"> </a><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192857194">The Units of Life: Kinds of Individual in Biology</a> (Oxford UP, 2025), Ellen Clarke defends the idea of evolutionary individuals: units created and maintained by mechanisms that ensure the parts share a common fate. Such individuals enable good evolutionary bookkeeping, in particular our ability to predict which variations in these individuals will enable natural selection to occur. Clarke, an associate professor of philosophy at the University of Leeds, considers the merits of her view in relation to alternatives, how her view explains the emergence of new levels of biological individuality, and how the need for idealization and scientific choice of individual boundaries can avoid conventionalism about biological individuals.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Feb 2026 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>While we tend to think of biological individuals in terms of paradigmic cases – a dog, a starfish, a bacterium – our ordinary criteria for distinguishing one individual from another are inadequate for making these distinctions in general. If a starfish can literally split itself in two and each half regenerates into a new starfish, why hold that there was just one starfish to begin with rather than many? In<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192857194"> </a><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192857194">The Units of Life: Kinds of Individual in Biology</a> (Oxford UP, 2025), Ellen Clarke defends the idea of evolutionary individuals: units created and maintained by mechanisms that ensure the parts share a common fate. Such individuals enable good evolutionary bookkeeping, in particular our ability to predict which variations in these individuals will enable natural selection to occur. Clarke, an associate professor of philosophy at the University of Leeds, considers the merits of her view in relation to alternatives, how her view explains the emergence of new levels of biological individuality, and how the need for idealization and scientific choice of individual boundaries can avoid conventionalism about biological individuals.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="62542027" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/b3117ff6-0c37-4b20-ab5d-1d3403a7e469/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=b3117ff6-0c37-4b20-ab5d-1d3403a7e469&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Ellen Clarke, &quot;The Units of Life: Kinds of Individual in Biology&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:05:06</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>While we tend to think of biological individuals in terms of paradigmic cases – a dog, a starfish, a bacterium – our ordinary criteria for distinguishing one individual from another are inadequate for making these distinctions in general. If a starfish can literally split itself in two and each half regenerates into a new starfish, why hold that there was just one starfish to begin with rather than many? In The Units of Life: Kinds of Individual in Biology (Oxford UP, 2025), Ellen Clarke defends the idea of evolutionary individuals: units created and maintained by mechanisms that ensure the parts share a common fate. Such individuals enable good evolutionary bookkeeping, in particular our ability to predict which variations in these individuals will enable natural selection to occur. Clarke, an associate professor of philosophy at the University of Leeds, considers the merits of her view in relation to alternatives, how her view explains the emergence of new levels of biological individuality, and how the need for idealization and scientific choice of individual boundaries can avoid conventionalism about biological individuals.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>While we tend to think of biological individuals in terms of paradigmic cases – a dog, a starfish, a bacterium – our ordinary criteria for distinguishing one individual from another are inadequate for making these distinctions in general. If a starfish can literally split itself in two and each half regenerates into a new starfish, why hold that there was just one starfish to begin with rather than many? In The Units of Life: Kinds of Individual in Biology (Oxford UP, 2025), Ellen Clarke defends the idea of evolutionary individuals: units created and maintained by mechanisms that ensure the parts share a common fate. Such individuals enable good evolutionary bookkeeping, in particular our ability to predict which variations in these individuals will enable natural selection to occur. Clarke, an associate professor of philosophy at the University of Leeds, considers the merits of her view in relation to alternatives, how her view explains the emergence of new levels of biological individuality, and how the need for idealization and scientific choice of individual boundaries can avoid conventionalism about biological individuals.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1784</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5da1274a-015f-11f1-a6be-1396ff91ba6a</guid>
      <title>J. L. Schellenberg, &quot;What God Would Have Known: How Human Intellectual and Moral Development Undermines Christian Doctrine&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198912323">What God Would Have Known: How Human Intellectual and Moral Development Undermines Christian Doctrine</a> (Oxford University Press, 2024), Professor J. L. Schellenberg links facts about human intellectual and moral development to what any God who existed at the time of Jesus would have known, and on the basis of that connection, it crafts twenty new arguments for the conclusion that classical Christian doctrine is false. These arguments represent what Schellenberg calls “the problem of contrary development.” Human origins in deep time, human religion, the formation of the New Testament, human psychology, violence, sex, and gender—advances in our understanding on all these fronts are brought into interaction with the doctrines of sin, spiritual helplessness, salvation, the divinity of Jesus, the Holy Spirit, and revelation, with the result that the latter are shown to be vulnerable to refutation in new ways. The book concludes by developing, in connection with its results, two Christian versions of the problem of divine hiddenness and an argument against the existence of God from the historical success (but salvific failure) of Christianity. By taking account of all these things, philosophers can bring a better balance to work on Christianity in philosophy, negotiating a shift from Christian philosophy to the philosophy of Christianity.</p>
<p><a href="http://www.jlschellenberg.com/">JL Schellenberg</a> is Professor of Philosophy at Mount Saint Vincent University and adjunct professor in the Faculty of Graduate Studies at Dalhousie University, both in Halifax, Nova Scotia. He did his doctorate in philosophy at Oxford, resulting in the book, <em>Divine Hiddenness and Human Reason</em> (Cornell, 1993), which introduced a new argument against the existence of a personal God known as the hiddenness argument.</p>
<p>…</p>
<p><a href="https://ulaval.academia.edu/CarrieLynnEvans">Carrie Lynn Evans</a> is a PhD candidate at Université Laval in Quebec City. <a href="mailto:carrie-lynn.evans@lit.ulaval.ca">carrie-lynn.evans@lit.ulaval.ca</a> @carrielynnland.bsky.social</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 5 Feb 2026 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198912323">What God Would Have Known: How Human Intellectual and Moral Development Undermines Christian Doctrine</a> (Oxford University Press, 2024), Professor J. L. Schellenberg links facts about human intellectual and moral development to what any God who existed at the time of Jesus would have known, and on the basis of that connection, it crafts twenty new arguments for the conclusion that classical Christian doctrine is false. These arguments represent what Schellenberg calls “the problem of contrary development.” Human origins in deep time, human religion, the formation of the New Testament, human psychology, violence, sex, and gender—advances in our understanding on all these fronts are brought into interaction with the doctrines of sin, spiritual helplessness, salvation, the divinity of Jesus, the Holy Spirit, and revelation, with the result that the latter are shown to be vulnerable to refutation in new ways. The book concludes by developing, in connection with its results, two Christian versions of the problem of divine hiddenness and an argument against the existence of God from the historical success (but salvific failure) of Christianity. By taking account of all these things, philosophers can bring a better balance to work on Christianity in philosophy, negotiating a shift from Christian philosophy to the philosophy of Christianity.</p>
<p><a href="http://www.jlschellenberg.com/">JL Schellenberg</a> is Professor of Philosophy at Mount Saint Vincent University and adjunct professor in the Faculty of Graduate Studies at Dalhousie University, both in Halifax, Nova Scotia. He did his doctorate in philosophy at Oxford, resulting in the book, <em>Divine Hiddenness and Human Reason</em> (Cornell, 1993), which introduced a new argument against the existence of a personal God known as the hiddenness argument.</p>
<p>…</p>
<p><a href="https://ulaval.academia.edu/CarrieLynnEvans">Carrie Lynn Evans</a> is a PhD candidate at Université Laval in Quebec City. <a href="mailto:carrie-lynn.evans@lit.ulaval.ca">carrie-lynn.evans@lit.ulaval.ca</a> @carrielynnland.bsky.social</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="90298641" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/b5a9e5cb-ae2e-4658-8dc2-dc44e3d827b0/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=b5a9e5cb-ae2e-4658-8dc2-dc44e3d827b0&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>J. L. Schellenberg, &quot;What God Would Have Known: How Human Intellectual and Moral Development Undermines Christian Doctrine&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:34:01</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this book, What God Would Have Known: How Human Intellectual and Moral Development Undermines Christian Doctrine (Oxford University Press, 2024), Professor J. L. Schellenberg links facts about human intellectual and moral development to what any God who existed at the time of Jesus would have known, and on the basis of that connection, it crafts twenty new arguments for the conclusion that classical Christian doctrine is false. These arguments represent what Schellenberg calls “the problem of contrary development.” Human origins in deep time, human religion, the formation of the New Testament, human psychology, violence, sex, and gender—advances in our understanding on all these fronts are brought into interaction with the doctrines of sin, spiritual helplessness, salvation, the divinity of Jesus, the Holy Spirit, and revelation, with the result that the latter are shown to be vulnerable to refutation in new ways. The book concludes by developing, in connection with its results, two Christian versions of the problem of divine hiddenness and an argument against the existence of God from the historical success (but salvific failure) of Christianity. By taking account of all these things, philosophers can bring a better balance to work on Christianity in philosophy, negotiating a shift from Christian philosophy to the philosophy of Christianity.

JL Schellenberg is Professor of Philosophy at Mount Saint Vincent University and adjunct professor in the Faculty of Graduate Studies at Dalhousie University, both in Halifax, Nova Scotia. He did his doctorate in philosophy at Oxford, resulting in the book, Divine Hiddenness and Human Reason (Cornell, 1993), which introduced a new argument against the existence of a personal God known as the hiddenness argument.

…

Carrie Lynn Evans is a PhD candidate at Université Laval in Quebec City. carrie-lynn.evans@lit.ulaval.ca @carrielynnland.bsky.social</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this book, What God Would Have Known: How Human Intellectual and Moral Development Undermines Christian Doctrine (Oxford University Press, 2024), Professor J. L. Schellenberg links facts about human intellectual and moral development to what any God who existed at the time of Jesus would have known, and on the basis of that connection, it crafts twenty new arguments for the conclusion that classical Christian doctrine is false. These arguments represent what Schellenberg calls “the problem of contrary development.” Human origins in deep time, human religion, the formation of the New Testament, human psychology, violence, sex, and gender—advances in our understanding on all these fronts are brought into interaction with the doctrines of sin, spiritual helplessness, salvation, the divinity of Jesus, the Holy Spirit, and revelation, with the result that the latter are shown to be vulnerable to refutation in new ways. The book concludes by developing, in connection with its results, two Christian versions of the problem of divine hiddenness and an argument against the existence of God from the historical success (but salvific failure) of Christianity. By taking account of all these things, philosophers can bring a better balance to work on Christianity in philosophy, negotiating a shift from Christian philosophy to the philosophy of Christianity.

JL Schellenberg is Professor of Philosophy at Mount Saint Vincent University and adjunct professor in the Faculty of Graduate Studies at Dalhousie University, both in Halifax, Nova Scotia. He did his doctorate in philosophy at Oxford, resulting in the book, Divine Hiddenness and Human Reason (Cornell, 1993), which introduced a new argument against the existence of a personal God known as the hiddenness argument.

…

Carrie Lynn Evans is a PhD candidate at Université Laval in Quebec City. carrie-lynn.evans@lit.ulaval.ca @carrielynnland.bsky.social</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1783</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2cf7f064-0156-11f1-9a15-cfac9cdf08d9</guid>
      <title>Patricia Daley and Ian Klinke, &quot;Human Geography: A Very Short Introduction&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Human geography offers answers to some of the most important challenges of our time. To understand contemporary struggles over global economic inequality, forced migration, racial injustice, gender justice, and the climate crisis, we must grasp the ways in which these are fought over and through space.</p>
<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192869302">Human Geography: A Very Short Introduction</a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2025) by Patricia Daley and Ian Klinke explains how the subject can aid a better knowledge of the modern world. It examines the formation of power systems and the ways in which they have been constructed, subverted, and resisted over time. This <em>Very Short Introduction</em> explores the topic through seven spaces that define the present: the colony, the pipeline, the border, the high rise, the workplace, the conservation area, and outer space. In addition, the authors take a critical view of the discipline and its history, but argue for its continuing vitality.</p>
<p>Patricia Daley is Professor of the Human Geography of Africa at University of Oxford.</p>
<p>Ian Klinke is Associate Professor in Human Geography at the University of Oxford.</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is CEO and Publisher of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 5 Feb 2026 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Human geography offers answers to some of the most important challenges of our time. To understand contemporary struggles over global economic inequality, forced migration, racial injustice, gender justice, and the climate crisis, we must grasp the ways in which these are fought over and through space.</p>
<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192869302">Human Geography: A Very Short Introduction</a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2025) by Patricia Daley and Ian Klinke explains how the subject can aid a better knowledge of the modern world. It examines the formation of power systems and the ways in which they have been constructed, subverted, and resisted over time. This <em>Very Short Introduction</em> explores the topic through seven spaces that define the present: the colony, the pipeline, the border, the high rise, the workplace, the conservation area, and outer space. In addition, the authors take a critical view of the discipline and its history, but argue for its continuing vitality.</p>
<p>Patricia Daley is Professor of the Human Geography of Africa at University of Oxford.</p>
<p>Ian Klinke is Associate Professor in Human Geography at the University of Oxford.</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is CEO and Publisher of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="64619778" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/d71de0d6-27fd-4038-9708-6e4c5f5ac3e0/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=d71de0d6-27fd-4038-9708-6e4c5f5ac3e0&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Patricia Daley and Ian Klinke, &quot;Human Geography: A Very Short Introduction&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:07:04</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Human geography offers answers to some of the most important challenges of our time. To understand contemporary struggles over global economic inequality, forced migration, racial injustice, gender justice, and the climate crisis, we must grasp the ways in which these are fought over and through space.

Human Geography: A Very Short Introduction (Oxford University Press, 2025) by Patricia Daley and Ian Klinke explains how the subject can aid a better knowledge of the modern world. It examines the formation of power systems and the ways in which they have been constructed, subverted, and resisted over time. This Very Short Introduction explores the topic through seven spaces that define the present: the colony, the pipeline, the border, the high rise, the workplace, the conservation area, and outer space. In addition, the authors take a critical view of the discipline and its history, but argue for its continuing vitality.

Patricia Daley is Professor of the Human Geography of Africa at University of Oxford.

Ian Klinke is Associate Professor in Human Geography at the University of Oxford.

Caleb Zakarin is CEO and Publisher of the New Books Network.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Human geography offers answers to some of the most important challenges of our time. To understand contemporary struggles over global economic inequality, forced migration, racial injustice, gender justice, and the climate crisis, we must grasp the ways in which these are fought over and through space.

Human Geography: A Very Short Introduction (Oxford University Press, 2025) by Patricia Daley and Ian Klinke explains how the subject can aid a better knowledge of the modern world. It examines the formation of power systems and the ways in which they have been constructed, subverted, and resisted over time. This Very Short Introduction explores the topic through seven spaces that define the present: the colony, the pipeline, the border, the high rise, the workplace, the conservation area, and outer space. In addition, the authors take a critical view of the discipline and its history, but argue for its continuing vitality.

Patricia Daley is Professor of the Human Geography of Africa at University of Oxford.

Ian Klinke is Associate Professor in Human Geography at the University of Oxford.

Caleb Zakarin is CEO and Publisher of the New Books Network.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1782</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">63852dd4-fd9d-11f0-af4b-7fc60a048a62</guid>
      <title>Gina Schouten, &quot;The Anatomy of Justice&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>“Liberal egalitarianism” refers to a family of political views that are “liberal” in taking individual rights to be of premier importance and “egalitarian” in holding that justice requires that political, social, and economic inequalities be minimized as much as possible. The standard approach to liberal egalitarian theorizing, influenced greatly by John Rawls’s <em>A Theory of Justice</em> (1971), is to specify a set of normative principles to guide the design and functioning of society’s primary institutions (its “basic structure”). In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198898634">The Anatomy of Justice: On the Shape, Substance, and Power of Liberal Egalitarianism</a> (Oxford UP, 2024), Gina Schouten argues for a <em>reorientation</em> in liberal egalitarian theorizing about justice. She proposes that, instead of prescriptive principles, we should instead think of a liberal egalitarian theory’s most important product to be “evaluative discernment”: theorizing should aim to discern those achievements or values the realization of which would make society more just overall. Schouten offers a weighted specification of the values of justice, what she calls “the anatomy of justice.” The anatomy of justice is deployed by Schouten to help resolve difficulties internal to liberal egalitarianism, in part by deflating longstanding debates, like that regarding whether equality is fundamentally a distributive or a relational value. The anatomy of justice is also used by Schouten to provide systematic and compelling guidance for addressing existing injustices and to defend liberalism from criticisms from the left. The book thus aims to demonstrate the vitality and relevance of feminist liberal egalitarianism.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 1 Feb 2026 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>“Liberal egalitarianism” refers to a family of political views that are “liberal” in taking individual rights to be of premier importance and “egalitarian” in holding that justice requires that political, social, and economic inequalities be minimized as much as possible. The standard approach to liberal egalitarian theorizing, influenced greatly by John Rawls’s <em>A Theory of Justice</em> (1971), is to specify a set of normative principles to guide the design and functioning of society’s primary institutions (its “basic structure”). In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198898634">The Anatomy of Justice: On the Shape, Substance, and Power of Liberal Egalitarianism</a> (Oxford UP, 2024), Gina Schouten argues for a <em>reorientation</em> in liberal egalitarian theorizing about justice. She proposes that, instead of prescriptive principles, we should instead think of a liberal egalitarian theory’s most important product to be “evaluative discernment”: theorizing should aim to discern those achievements or values the realization of which would make society more just overall. Schouten offers a weighted specification of the values of justice, what she calls “the anatomy of justice.” The anatomy of justice is deployed by Schouten to help resolve difficulties internal to liberal egalitarianism, in part by deflating longstanding debates, like that regarding whether equality is fundamentally a distributive or a relational value. The anatomy of justice is also used by Schouten to provide systematic and compelling guidance for addressing existing injustices and to defend liberalism from criticisms from the left. The book thus aims to demonstrate the vitality and relevance of feminist liberal egalitarianism.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="55777835" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/5e3fdc12-bff8-401e-ba0e-5f9d1efb8fe4/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=5e3fdc12-bff8-401e-ba0e-5f9d1efb8fe4&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Gina Schouten, &quot;The Anatomy of Justice&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:58:03</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>“Liberal egalitarianism” refers to a family of political views that are “liberal” in taking individual rights to be of premier importance and “egalitarian” in holding that justice requires that political, social, and economic inequalities be minimized as much as possible. The standard approach to liberal egalitarian theorizing, influenced greatly by John Rawls’s A Theory of Justice (1971), is to specify a set of normative principles to guide the design and functioning of society’s primary institutions (its “basic structure”). In The Anatomy of Justice: On the Shape, Substance, and Power of Liberal Egalitarianism (Oxford UP, 2024), Gina Schouten argues for a reorientation in liberal egalitarian theorizing about justice. She proposes that, instead of prescriptive principles, we should instead think of a liberal egalitarian theory’s most important product to be “evaluative discernment”: theorizing should aim to discern those achievements or values the realization of which would make society more just overall. Schouten offers a weighted specification of the values of justice, what she calls “the anatomy of justice.” The anatomy of justice is deployed by Schouten to help resolve difficulties internal to liberal egalitarianism, in part by deflating longstanding debates, like that regarding whether equality is fundamentally a distributive or a relational value. The anatomy of justice is also used by Schouten to provide systematic and compelling guidance for addressing existing injustices and to defend liberalism from criticisms from the left. The book thus aims to demonstrate the vitality and relevance of feminist liberal egalitarianism.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>“Liberal egalitarianism” refers to a family of political views that are “liberal” in taking individual rights to be of premier importance and “egalitarian” in holding that justice requires that political, social, and economic inequalities be minimized as much as possible. The standard approach to liberal egalitarian theorizing, influenced greatly by John Rawls’s A Theory of Justice (1971), is to specify a set of normative principles to guide the design and functioning of society’s primary institutions (its “basic structure”). In The Anatomy of Justice: On the Shape, Substance, and Power of Liberal Egalitarianism (Oxford UP, 2024), Gina Schouten argues for a reorientation in liberal egalitarian theorizing about justice. She proposes that, instead of prescriptive principles, we should instead think of a liberal egalitarian theory’s most important product to be “evaluative discernment”: theorizing should aim to discern those achievements or values the realization of which would make society more just overall. Schouten offers a weighted specification of the values of justice, what she calls “the anatomy of justice.” The anatomy of justice is deployed by Schouten to help resolve difficulties internal to liberal egalitarianism, in part by deflating longstanding debates, like that regarding whether equality is fundamentally a distributive or a relational value. The anatomy of justice is also used by Schouten to provide systematic and compelling guidance for addressing existing injustices and to defend liberalism from criticisms from the left. The book thus aims to demonstrate the vitality and relevance of feminist liberal egalitarianism.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1781</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">cc12381c-faf3-11f0-93d6-230b3565a147</guid>
      <title>John L. Rudolph, &quot;Why We Teach Science (and Why We Should)&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Today I talked to John L. Rudolph about his book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192867193"><em>Why We Teach Science (and Why We Should)</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023).</p><p>Few people question the importance of science education in American schooling. The public readily accepts that it is the key to economic growth through innovation, develops the ability to reason more effectively, and enables us to solve the everyday problems we encounter through knowing how the world works. Good science teaching results in all these benefits and more -- or so we think. But what if all this is simply wrong? What if the benefits we assume science education produces turn out to be an illusion, nothing more than wishful thinking?</p><p>John L. Rudolph is Vilas Distinguished Achievement professor in the Department of Curriculum and Instruction at the University of Wisconsin-Madison. He has affiliate appointments in the Department of Educational Policy Studies and the Robert and Jean Holtz Center for Science and Technology Studies and is the past editor-in-chief of the Wiley &amp; Sons journal Science Education. Prior to his faculty appointment, he taught physics, chemistry, and biology in middle schools and high schools across Wisconsin.</p><p><br /></p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>Morteza Hajizadeh</em></a><em> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>YouTube channel</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 31 Jan 2026 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Today I talked to John L. Rudolph about his book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192867193"><em>Why We Teach Science (and Why We Should)</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023).</p><p>Few people question the importance of science education in American schooling. The public readily accepts that it is the key to economic growth through innovation, develops the ability to reason more effectively, and enables us to solve the everyday problems we encounter through knowing how the world works. Good science teaching results in all these benefits and more -- or so we think. But what if all this is simply wrong? What if the benefits we assume science education produces turn out to be an illusion, nothing more than wishful thinking?</p><p>John L. Rudolph is Vilas Distinguished Achievement professor in the Department of Curriculum and Instruction at the University of Wisconsin-Madison. He has affiliate appointments in the Department of Educational Policy Studies and the Robert and Jean Holtz Center for Science and Technology Studies and is the past editor-in-chief of the Wiley &amp; Sons journal Science Education. Prior to his faculty appointment, he taught physics, chemistry, and biology in middle schools and high schools across Wisconsin.</p><p><br /></p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>Morteza Hajizadeh</em></a><em> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>YouTube channel</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="32790890" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/6781152e-4e93-4ffb-8f81-e0c04e9be3a1/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=6781152e-4e93-4ffb-8f81-e0c04e9be3a1&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>John L. Rudolph, &quot;Why We Teach Science (and Why We Should)&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:34:09</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Today I talked to John L. Rudolph about his book Why We Teach Science (and Why We Should) (Oxford UP, 2023).
Few people question the importance of science education in American schooling. The public readily accepts that it is the key to economic growth through innovation, develops the ability to reason more effectively, and enables us to solve the everyday problems we encounter through knowing how the world works. Good science teaching results in all these benefits and more -- or so we think. But what if all this is simply wrong? What if the benefits we assume science education produces turn out to be an illusion, nothing more than wishful thinking?
John L. Rudolph is Vilas Distinguished Achievement professor in the Department of Curriculum and Instruction at the University of Wisconsin-Madison. He has affiliate appointments in the Department of Educational Policy Studies and the Robert and Jean Holtz Center for Science and Technology Studies and is the past editor-in-chief of the Wiley &amp; Sons journal Science Education. Prior to his faculty appointment, he taught physics, chemistry, and biology in middle schools and high schools across Wisconsin.

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Today I talked to John L. Rudolph about his book Why We Teach Science (and Why We Should) (Oxford UP, 2023).
Few people question the importance of science education in American schooling. The public readily accepts that it is the key to economic growth through innovation, develops the ability to reason more effectively, and enables us to solve the everyday problems we encounter through knowing how the world works. Good science teaching results in all these benefits and more -- or so we think. But what if all this is simply wrong? What if the benefits we assume science education produces turn out to be an illusion, nothing more than wishful thinking?
John L. Rudolph is Vilas Distinguished Achievement professor in the Department of Curriculum and Instruction at the University of Wisconsin-Madison. He has affiliate appointments in the Department of Educational Policy Studies and the Robert and Jean Holtz Center for Science and Technology Studies and is the past editor-in-chief of the Wiley &amp; Sons journal Science Education. Prior to his faculty appointment, he taught physics, chemistry, and biology in middle schools and high schools across Wisconsin.

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>129</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a608258a-fb04-11f0-9f42-6b1e69ed4bfc</guid>
      <title>Betty Boyd Caroli, &quot;A Slumless America: Mary K. Simkhovitch and the Dream of Affordable Housing&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Betty Boyd Caroli's biography of Mary Kingsbury Simkhovitch is the first full-length work on a seminal figure in the settlement house movement, which spearheaded efforts to improve the life of immigrants and to counter urban squalor in cities around America in the early 19th century. Greenwich House, the community center Simkhovitch founded in 1902 in Greenwich Village, then a destination point for new immigrants to New York, quickly gained a reputation equal to that of Jane Addams's Hull House in Chicago, providing services in health, recreation, education, and the arts (which Greenwich House continues to do to this day). Simkhovitch became a tireless advocate of public housing and has been called by some "the mother of public housing." She played a central role in designing and administering the first public housing projects in America during the New Deal, in which she was an integral figure. The National Housing Conference, which she founded in 1931, continues to operate in our current "housing crisis" as among the most prominent advocates for safe, affordable housing. She co-wrote the National House Act of 1937, the first piece of legislation to establish the federal government's responsibility to help provide low-income families with housing.</p>
<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197793800">A Slumless America: Mary K. Simkhovitch and the Dream of Affordable Housing</a> (Oxford University Press, 2026) by Caroli, best-known for her work on presidential First Ladies, which has gone through multiple editions, will become the standard account of a truly remarkable life. Born in New England and educated in Boston and at the University of Berlin, Simkhovitch married a Russian intellectual seven years her junior who spoke no English and had no job prospects. Raising a family while working for her rapidly expanding set of causes, Simkhovitch was portrayed in a DC Comics series (also featuring Diana Prince) in the early 1940s as a "Wonder Woman of History" for her seeming ability to do it all: take on the full spectrum of urban ills while also raising and supporting her family. Her husband eventually joined the Columbia faculty and became a noted art collector, advising collectors such as J. P. Morgan, while she exposed the squalor of Downtown slums. The stress of trying to do it all took a heavy toll on Simkhovitch, but her lifelong, passionate advocacy of and contributions to housing reform continued unabated and remains both inspiring and relevant.</p>
<p>Betty Boyd Caroli is a graduate of Oberlin College and holds an MA in Mass Communication from Annenberg School of University of Pennsylvania, as well as a Ph.D. in American Civilization from New York University. She studied at the Università Per Stranieri in Perugia, Italy, and the Salzburg Seminar in Austria. A Fulbright in Italy led her to teach at the British College in Palermo, the English School in Rome, and two branches of City University of New York (Queens College and Kingsborough Community College).</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is CEO and Publisher of the New Books Network. </em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Jan 2026 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Betty Boyd Caroli's biography of Mary Kingsbury Simkhovitch is the first full-length work on a seminal figure in the settlement house movement, which spearheaded efforts to improve the life of immigrants and to counter urban squalor in cities around America in the early 19th century. Greenwich House, the community center Simkhovitch founded in 1902 in Greenwich Village, then a destination point for new immigrants to New York, quickly gained a reputation equal to that of Jane Addams's Hull House in Chicago, providing services in health, recreation, education, and the arts (which Greenwich House continues to do to this day). Simkhovitch became a tireless advocate of public housing and has been called by some "the mother of public housing." She played a central role in designing and administering the first public housing projects in America during the New Deal, in which she was an integral figure. The National Housing Conference, which she founded in 1931, continues to operate in our current "housing crisis" as among the most prominent advocates for safe, affordable housing. She co-wrote the National House Act of 1937, the first piece of legislation to establish the federal government's responsibility to help provide low-income families with housing.</p>
<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197793800">A Slumless America: Mary K. Simkhovitch and the Dream of Affordable Housing</a> (Oxford University Press, 2026) by Caroli, best-known for her work on presidential First Ladies, which has gone through multiple editions, will become the standard account of a truly remarkable life. Born in New England and educated in Boston and at the University of Berlin, Simkhovitch married a Russian intellectual seven years her junior who spoke no English and had no job prospects. Raising a family while working for her rapidly expanding set of causes, Simkhovitch was portrayed in a DC Comics series (also featuring Diana Prince) in the early 1940s as a "Wonder Woman of History" for her seeming ability to do it all: take on the full spectrum of urban ills while also raising and supporting her family. Her husband eventually joined the Columbia faculty and became a noted art collector, advising collectors such as J. P. Morgan, while she exposed the squalor of Downtown slums. The stress of trying to do it all took a heavy toll on Simkhovitch, but her lifelong, passionate advocacy of and contributions to housing reform continued unabated and remains both inspiring and relevant.</p>
<p>Betty Boyd Caroli is a graduate of Oberlin College and holds an MA in Mass Communication from Annenberg School of University of Pennsylvania, as well as a Ph.D. in American Civilization from New York University. She studied at the Università Per Stranieri in Perugia, Italy, and the Salzburg Seminar in Austria. A Fulbright in Italy led her to teach at the British College in Palermo, the English School in Rome, and two branches of City University of New York (Queens College and Kingsborough Community College).</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is CEO and Publisher of the New Books Network. </em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="57400513" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/b53f73e2-6eff-4b3c-8920-e0b1edbb51c4/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=b53f73e2-6eff-4b3c-8920-e0b1edbb51c4&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Betty Boyd Caroli, &quot;A Slumless America: Mary K. Simkhovitch and the Dream of Affordable Housing&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:59:33</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Betty Boyd Caroli&apos;s biography of Mary Kingsbury Simkhovitch is the first full-length work on a seminal figure in the settlement house movement, which spearheaded efforts to improve the life of immigrants and to counter urban squalor in cities around America in the early 19th century. Greenwich House, the community center Simkhovitch founded in 1902 in Greenwich Village, then a destination point for new immigrants to New York, quickly gained a reputation equal to that of Jane Addams&apos;s Hull House in Chicago, providing services in health, recreation, education, and the arts (which Greenwich House continues to do to this day). Simkhovitch became a tireless advocate of public housing and has been called by some &quot;the mother of public housing.&quot; She played a central role in designing and administering the first public housing projects in America during the New Deal, in which she was an integral figure. The National Housing Conference, which she founded in 1931, continues to operate in our current &quot;housing crisis&quot; as among the most prominent advocates for safe, affordable housing. She co-wrote the National House Act of 1937, the first piece of legislation to establish the federal government&apos;s responsibility to help provide low-income families with housing.

A Slumless America: Mary K. Simkhovitch and the Dream of Affordable Housing (Oxford University Press, 2026) by Caroli, best-known for her work on presidential First Ladies, which has gone through multiple editions, will become the standard account of a truly remarkable life. Born in New England and educated in Boston and at the University of Berlin, Simkhovitch married a Russian intellectual seven years her junior who spoke no English and had no job prospects. Raising a family while working for her rapidly expanding set of causes, Simkhovitch was portrayed in a DC Comics series (also featuring Diana Prince) in the early 1940s as a &quot;Wonder Woman of History&quot; for her seeming ability to do it all: take on the full spectrum of urban ills while also raising and supporting her family. Her husband eventually joined the Columbia faculty and became a noted art collector, advising collectors such as J. P. Morgan, while she exposed the squalor of Downtown slums. The stress of trying to do it all took a heavy toll on Simkhovitch, but her lifelong, passionate advocacy of and contributions to housing reform continued unabated and remains both inspiring and relevant.

Betty Boyd Caroli is a graduate of Oberlin College and holds an MA in Mass Communication from Annenberg School of University of Pennsylvania, as well as a Ph.D. in American Civilization from New York University. She studied at the Università Per Stranieri in Perugia, Italy, and the Salzburg Seminar in Austria. A Fulbright in Italy led her to teach at the British College in Palermo, the English School in Rome, and two branches of City University of New York (Queens College and Kingsborough Community College).

Caleb Zakarin is CEO and Publisher of the New Books Network. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Betty Boyd Caroli&apos;s biography of Mary Kingsbury Simkhovitch is the first full-length work on a seminal figure in the settlement house movement, which spearheaded efforts to improve the life of immigrants and to counter urban squalor in cities around America in the early 19th century. Greenwich House, the community center Simkhovitch founded in 1902 in Greenwich Village, then a destination point for new immigrants to New York, quickly gained a reputation equal to that of Jane Addams&apos;s Hull House in Chicago, providing services in health, recreation, education, and the arts (which Greenwich House continues to do to this day). Simkhovitch became a tireless advocate of public housing and has been called by some &quot;the mother of public housing.&quot; She played a central role in designing and administering the first public housing projects in America during the New Deal, in which she was an integral figure. The National Housing Conference, which she founded in 1931, continues to operate in our current &quot;housing crisis&quot; as among the most prominent advocates for safe, affordable housing. She co-wrote the National House Act of 1937, the first piece of legislation to establish the federal government&apos;s responsibility to help provide low-income families with housing.

A Slumless America: Mary K. Simkhovitch and the Dream of Affordable Housing (Oxford University Press, 2026) by Caroli, best-known for her work on presidential First Ladies, which has gone through multiple editions, will become the standard account of a truly remarkable life. Born in New England and educated in Boston and at the University of Berlin, Simkhovitch married a Russian intellectual seven years her junior who spoke no English and had no job prospects. Raising a family while working for her rapidly expanding set of causes, Simkhovitch was portrayed in a DC Comics series (also featuring Diana Prince) in the early 1940s as a &quot;Wonder Woman of History&quot; for her seeming ability to do it all: take on the full spectrum of urban ills while also raising and supporting her family. Her husband eventually joined the Columbia faculty and became a noted art collector, advising collectors such as J. P. Morgan, while she exposed the squalor of Downtown slums. The stress of trying to do it all took a heavy toll on Simkhovitch, but her lifelong, passionate advocacy of and contributions to housing reform continued unabated and remains both inspiring and relevant.

Betty Boyd Caroli is a graduate of Oberlin College and holds an MA in Mass Communication from Annenberg School of University of Pennsylvania, as well as a Ph.D. in American Civilization from New York University. She studied at the Università Per Stranieri in Perugia, Italy, and the Salzburg Seminar in Austria. A Fulbright in Italy led her to teach at the British College in Palermo, the English School in Rome, and two branches of City University of New York (Queens College and Kingsborough Community College).

Caleb Zakarin is CEO and Publisher of the New Books Network. </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1778</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">47383e54-fa83-11f0-9574-c7b971dd2e3c</guid>
      <title>Karin Wulf, &quot;Lineage: Genealogy and the Power of Connection in Early America&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In eighteenth-century America, genealogy was more than a simple record of family ties—it was a powerful force that shaped society. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197553220">Lineage: Genealogy and the Power of Connection in Early America</a> (Oxford UP, 2025) by Dr. Karin Wulf delves into an era where individuals, families, and institutions meticulously documented their connections. Whether driven by personal passion or mandated by churches, local governments, and courts, these records appeared in diverse forms-from handwritten notes and account books to intricate silk threads and enduring stone carvings.<br />Family connections wielded significant influence across governmental, legal, religious, cultural, and social spheres. In the American context, these ties also defined the boundaries of slavery and freedom, with a child\'s status often determined by their mother, despite the prevailing patriarchy. This book reveals the profound importance of genealogy that was chronicled by family records, cultural artifacts, and court documents. These materials, created by both enslaved individuals seeking freedom and founding fathers seeking status, demonstrate the culturally and historically specific nature of genealogical interest.<br />Even as the American Revolution transformed society, the significance of genealogy endured. The legacy of lineage from the colonial period continued to shape the early United States, underscoring the enduring importance of family connections. <em>Lineage</em> offers a deep understanding of genealogy as a foundational element of American history, illuminating its vital role from the colonial era through the birth of the nation.</p>
<p><br /><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Jan 2026 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In eighteenth-century America, genealogy was more than a simple record of family ties—it was a powerful force that shaped society. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197553220">Lineage: Genealogy and the Power of Connection in Early America</a> (Oxford UP, 2025) by Dr. Karin Wulf delves into an era where individuals, families, and institutions meticulously documented their connections. Whether driven by personal passion or mandated by churches, local governments, and courts, these records appeared in diverse forms-from handwritten notes and account books to intricate silk threads and enduring stone carvings.<br />Family connections wielded significant influence across governmental, legal, religious, cultural, and social spheres. In the American context, these ties also defined the boundaries of slavery and freedom, with a child\'s status often determined by their mother, despite the prevailing patriarchy. This book reveals the profound importance of genealogy that was chronicled by family records, cultural artifacts, and court documents. These materials, created by both enslaved individuals seeking freedom and founding fathers seeking status, demonstrate the culturally and historically specific nature of genealogical interest.<br />Even as the American Revolution transformed society, the significance of genealogy endured. The legacy of lineage from the colonial period continued to shape the early United States, underscoring the enduring importance of family connections. <em>Lineage</em> offers a deep understanding of genealogy as a foundational element of American history, illuminating its vital role from the colonial era through the birth of the nation.</p>
<p><br /><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="41290148" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/502c5ae5-3d27-45d3-a5a1-c614c0795a15/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=502c5ae5-3d27-45d3-a5a1-c614c0795a15&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Karin Wulf, &quot;Lineage: Genealogy and the Power of Connection in Early America&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:42:57</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In eighteenth-century America, genealogy was more than a simple record of family ties—it was a powerful force that shaped society. Lineage: Genealogy and the Power of Connection in Early America (Oxford UP, 2025) by Dr. Karin Wulf delves into an era where individuals, families, and institutions meticulously documented their connections. Whether driven by personal passion or mandated by churches, local governments, and courts, these records appeared in diverse forms-from handwritten notes and account books to intricate silk threads and enduring stone carvings.Family connections wielded significant influence across governmental, legal, religious, cultural, and social spheres. In the American context, these ties also defined the boundaries of slavery and freedom, with a child\&apos;s status often determined by their mother, despite the prevailing patriarchy. This book reveals the profound importance of genealogy that was chronicled by family records, cultural artifacts, and court documents. These materials, created by both enslaved individuals seeking freedom and founding fathers seeking status, demonstrate the culturally and historically specific nature of genealogical interest.Even as the American Revolution transformed society, the significance of genealogy endured. The legacy of lineage from the colonial period continued to shape the early United States, underscoring the enduring importance of family connections. Lineage offers a deep understanding of genealogy as a foundational element of American history, illuminating its vital role from the colonial era through the birth of the nation.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In eighteenth-century America, genealogy was more than a simple record of family ties—it was a powerful force that shaped society. Lineage: Genealogy and the Power of Connection in Early America (Oxford UP, 2025) by Dr. Karin Wulf delves into an era where individuals, families, and institutions meticulously documented their connections. Whether driven by personal passion or mandated by churches, local governments, and courts, these records appeared in diverse forms-from handwritten notes and account books to intricate silk threads and enduring stone carvings.Family connections wielded significant influence across governmental, legal, religious, cultural, and social spheres. In the American context, these ties also defined the boundaries of slavery and freedom, with a child\&apos;s status often determined by their mother, despite the prevailing patriarchy. This book reveals the profound importance of genealogy that was chronicled by family records, cultural artifacts, and court documents. These materials, created by both enslaved individuals seeking freedom and founding fathers seeking status, demonstrate the culturally and historically specific nature of genealogical interest.Even as the American Revolution transformed society, the significance of genealogy endured. The legacy of lineage from the colonial period continued to shape the early United States, underscoring the enduring importance of family connections. Lineage offers a deep understanding of genealogy as a foundational element of American history, illuminating its vital role from the colonial era through the birth of the nation.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1777</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">02e44ab2-fa84-11f0-a8cc-f3dfb387ce51</guid>
      <title>David Albertson, &quot;The Geometry of Christian Contemplation: Measure Without Measure&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The writings of ancient and medieval Christian mystics were rediscovered in the twentieth century, and today they are read more widely than ever before. But do modern assumptions about religious experience influence how we hear those premodern voices? Do we do them justice by thinking of mysticism as interior and ineffable? Or can mystical experience intersect with the natural environment, and indeed the cosmos, which science calculates with precise quantities? David Albertson's <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198946977"><em>The Geometry of Christian Contemplation: Measure without Measure</em></a> ﻿(Oxford UP, 2025) suggests a fresh approach to the history of mystical theology that is oriented toward exteriority more than interiority, and toward the measurable world outside more than the invisible world within.</p>
<p>The ancient Greek philosopher Plotinus had taught contemplatives to close their eyes and withdraw into the soul. Most Christians followed his directions, but others dissented. In three critical episodes, an alternative model of Christian contemplation began to emerge: from Dionysius the Areopagite, to the Byzantine monks John of Damascus and Theodore the Studite, to eccentric humanists in medieval Paris. Together these episodes add up to a very different theological aesthetics, one that can enliven the modern study of mysticism and correct some of its imbalances. For in the centuries before the scientific revolution and the secularization of nature, Christians still saw God in the exterior world, not only the interior soul. God was not an ineffable and formless Absolute, immeasurable as the soul, but an infinite Measure who leaves behind geometrical traces in the figures of the world. The God who became a human body in the Incarnation not only entered time and matter, but also spatial extension, and with it the conditions of measure: points, lines, curves, shapes, planes, dimensions, and magnitudes.</p>
<p>Today t﻿he wisdom of this counter-tradition can strengthen the study of mysticism, not only by supplementing our contemporary fascination with negative theology by redefining what it means to name God positively, but by suggesting a new connection between Christian mysticism and the hyper-measured, hyper-technologized world that surrounds us.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Jan 2026 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The writings of ancient and medieval Christian mystics were rediscovered in the twentieth century, and today they are read more widely than ever before. But do modern assumptions about religious experience influence how we hear those premodern voices? Do we do them justice by thinking of mysticism as interior and ineffable? Or can mystical experience intersect with the natural environment, and indeed the cosmos, which science calculates with precise quantities? David Albertson's <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198946977"><em>The Geometry of Christian Contemplation: Measure without Measure</em></a> ﻿(Oxford UP, 2025) suggests a fresh approach to the history of mystical theology that is oriented toward exteriority more than interiority, and toward the measurable world outside more than the invisible world within.</p>
<p>The ancient Greek philosopher Plotinus had taught contemplatives to close their eyes and withdraw into the soul. Most Christians followed his directions, but others dissented. In three critical episodes, an alternative model of Christian contemplation began to emerge: from Dionysius the Areopagite, to the Byzantine monks John of Damascus and Theodore the Studite, to eccentric humanists in medieval Paris. Together these episodes add up to a very different theological aesthetics, one that can enliven the modern study of mysticism and correct some of its imbalances. For in the centuries before the scientific revolution and the secularization of nature, Christians still saw God in the exterior world, not only the interior soul. God was not an ineffable and formless Absolute, immeasurable as the soul, but an infinite Measure who leaves behind geometrical traces in the figures of the world. The God who became a human body in the Incarnation not only entered time and matter, but also spatial extension, and with it the conditions of measure: points, lines, curves, shapes, planes, dimensions, and magnitudes.</p>
<p>Today t﻿he wisdom of this counter-tradition can strengthen the study of mysticism, not only by supplementing our contemporary fascination with negative theology by redefining what it means to name God positively, but by suggesting a new connection between Christian mysticism and the hyper-measured, hyper-technologized world that surrounds us.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="62237591" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/a97b9493-8bf0-48e6-abb1-f39f9f771516/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=a97b9493-8bf0-48e6-abb1-f39f9f771516&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>David Albertson, &quot;The Geometry of Christian Contemplation: Measure Without Measure&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:04:46</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The writings of ancient and medieval Christian mystics were rediscovered in the twentieth century, and today they are read more widely than ever before. But do modern assumptions about religious experience influence how we hear those premodern voices? Do we do them justice by thinking of mysticism as interior and ineffable? Or can mystical experience intersect with the natural environment, and indeed the cosmos, which science calculates with precise quantities? David Albertson&apos;s The Geometry of Christian Contemplation: Measure without Measure ﻿(Oxford UP, 2025) suggests a fresh approach to the history of mystical theology that is oriented toward exteriority more than interiority, and toward the measurable world outside more than the invisible world within.

The ancient Greek philosopher Plotinus had taught contemplatives to close their eyes and withdraw into the soul. Most Christians followed his directions, but others dissented. In three critical episodes, an alternative model of Christian contemplation began to emerge: from Dionysius the Areopagite, to the Byzantine monks John of Damascus and Theodore the Studite, to eccentric humanists in medieval Paris. Together these episodes add up to a very different theological aesthetics, one that can enliven the modern study of mysticism and correct some of its imbalances. For in the centuries before the scientific revolution and the secularization of nature, Christians still saw God in the exterior world, not only the interior soul. God was not an ineffable and formless Absolute, immeasurable as the soul, but an infinite Measure who leaves behind geometrical traces in the figures of the world. The God who became a human body in the Incarnation not only entered time and matter, but also spatial extension, and with it the conditions of measure: points, lines, curves, shapes, planes, dimensions, and magnitudes.

Today t﻿he wisdom of this counter-tradition can strengthen the study of mysticism, not only by supplementing our contemporary fascination with negative theology by redefining what it means to name God positively, but by suggesting a new connection between Christian mysticism and the hyper-measured, hyper-technologized world that surrounds us.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The writings of ancient and medieval Christian mystics were rediscovered in the twentieth century, and today they are read more widely than ever before. But do modern assumptions about religious experience influence how we hear those premodern voices? Do we do them justice by thinking of mysticism as interior and ineffable? Or can mystical experience intersect with the natural environment, and indeed the cosmos, which science calculates with precise quantities? David Albertson&apos;s The Geometry of Christian Contemplation: Measure without Measure ﻿(Oxford UP, 2025) suggests a fresh approach to the history of mystical theology that is oriented toward exteriority more than interiority, and toward the measurable world outside more than the invisible world within.

The ancient Greek philosopher Plotinus had taught contemplatives to close their eyes and withdraw into the soul. Most Christians followed his directions, but others dissented. In three critical episodes, an alternative model of Christian contemplation began to emerge: from Dionysius the Areopagite, to the Byzantine monks John of Damascus and Theodore the Studite, to eccentric humanists in medieval Paris. Together these episodes add up to a very different theological aesthetics, one that can enliven the modern study of mysticism and correct some of its imbalances. For in the centuries before the scientific revolution and the secularization of nature, Christians still saw God in the exterior world, not only the interior soul. God was not an ineffable and formless Absolute, immeasurable as the soul, but an infinite Measure who leaves behind geometrical traces in the figures of the world. The God who became a human body in the Incarnation not only entered time and matter, but also spatial extension, and with it the conditions of measure: points, lines, curves, shapes, planes, dimensions, and magnitudes.

Today t﻿he wisdom of this counter-tradition can strengthen the study of mysticism, not only by supplementing our contemporary fascination with negative theology by redefining what it means to name God positively, but by suggesting a new connection between Christian mysticism and the hyper-measured, hyper-technologized world that surrounds us.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1776</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">efbc9e2a-f7d2-11f0-b712-0fcf107aaeac</guid>
      <title>George Fisher, &quot;Beware Euphoria: The Moral Roots and Racial Myths of America&apos;s War on Drugs&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>George Fisher, the Judge John Crown Professor of Law at Stanford Law School, just released his new book <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/beware-euphoria-9780197688489"><em>Beware Euphoria: The Moral Roots and Racial Myths of America’s Drug War</em></a>, with Oxford University Press. George has been teaching and writing in the realms of evidence, prosecution practice, and criminal legal history since 1995. He began practice as a prosecutor in Massachusetts and later taught at the law schools of Boston College, Harvard, and Yale. <em>Beware Euphoria </em>is the most recent among a slew of other books, articles, and essays that he’s published over the years, and perhaps the most contrarian. In this interview, George discusses his research methods and how he came to the conclusion that the history of America’s drug war, while racially motivated, was not meant to target minorities, but protect the morals and health of America’s white youth.</p><p><a href="http://www.emilydufton.com/"><em>Emily Dufton</em></a><em> is the author of</em><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780465096169"><em> Grass Roots: The Rise and Fall and Rise of Marijuana in America </em></a><em>(Basic Books, 2017). A drug historian and writer, her second book, on the development of the opioid addiction medication industry, is under contract with the University of Chicago Press.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 24 Jan 2026 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>George Fisher, the Judge John Crown Professor of Law at Stanford Law School, just released his new book <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/beware-euphoria-9780197688489"><em>Beware Euphoria: The Moral Roots and Racial Myths of America’s Drug War</em></a>, with Oxford University Press. George has been teaching and writing in the realms of evidence, prosecution practice, and criminal legal history since 1995. He began practice as a prosecutor in Massachusetts and later taught at the law schools of Boston College, Harvard, and Yale. <em>Beware Euphoria </em>is the most recent among a slew of other books, articles, and essays that he’s published over the years, and perhaps the most contrarian. In this interview, George discusses his research methods and how he came to the conclusion that the history of America’s drug war, while racially motivated, was not meant to target minorities, but protect the morals and health of America’s white youth.</p><p><a href="http://www.emilydufton.com/"><em>Emily Dufton</em></a><em> is the author of</em><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780465096169"><em> Grass Roots: The Rise and Fall and Rise of Marijuana in America </em></a><em>(Basic Books, 2017). A drug historian and writer, her second book, on the development of the opioid addiction medication industry, is under contract with the University of Chicago Press.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="56988798" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/4f9c19d3-6e05-469f-94f3-4f1f41d65d30/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=4f9c19d3-6e05-469f-94f3-4f1f41d65d30&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>George Fisher, &quot;Beware Euphoria: The Moral Roots and Racial Myths of America&apos;s War on Drugs&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:59:21</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>George Fisher, the Judge John Crown Professor of Law at Stanford Law School, just released his new book Beware Euphoria: The Moral Roots and Racial Myths of America’s Drug War, with Oxford University Press. George has been teaching and writing in the realms of evidence, prosecution practice, and criminal legal history since 1995. He began practice as a prosecutor in Massachusetts and later taught at the law schools of Boston College, Harvard, and Yale. Beware Euphoria is the most recent among a slew of other books, articles, and essays that he’s published over the years, and perhaps the most contrarian. In this interview, George discusses his research methods and how he came to the conclusion that the history of America’s drug war, while racially motivated, was not meant to target minorities, but protect the morals and health of America’s white youth.
Emily Dufton is the author of Grass Roots: The Rise and Fall and Rise of Marijuana in America (Basic Books, 2017). A drug historian and writer, her second book, on the development of the opioid addiction medication industry, is under contract with the University of Chicago Press.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>George Fisher, the Judge John Crown Professor of Law at Stanford Law School, just released his new book Beware Euphoria: The Moral Roots and Racial Myths of America’s Drug War, with Oxford University Press. George has been teaching and writing in the realms of evidence, prosecution practice, and criminal legal history since 1995. He began practice as a prosecutor in Massachusetts and later taught at the law schools of Boston College, Harvard, and Yale. Beware Euphoria is the most recent among a slew of other books, articles, and essays that he’s published over the years, and perhaps the most contrarian. In this interview, George discusses his research methods and how he came to the conclusion that the history of America’s drug war, while racially motivated, was not meant to target minorities, but protect the morals and health of America’s white youth.
Emily Dufton is the author of Grass Roots: The Rise and Fall and Rise of Marijuana in America (Basic Books, 2017). A drug historian and writer, her second book, on the development of the opioid addiction medication industry, is under contract with the University of Chicago Press.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>60</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8ff36410-f5b6-11f0-8c32-ffb60d21ecfa</guid>
      <title>Colin Mayer, &quot;Capitalism and Crises: How to Fix Them&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The world is encountering multiple crises - climate, droughts, floods, energy, food, and pandemics, to name a few. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198887942">Capitalism and Crises: How to Fix Them</a> (Oxford UP, 2024) is about how capitalism can help fix them It has helped to cause because of a misconception about the nature of the system. There has been a failure to understand the key institution business. This book describes why this has happened and what needs to change to address it. At the core of the problem is the key driver of capitalism profit and the way in which those who run the system and provide it resources for it have been rewarded. Currently, profit comes from causing as well as solving problems. Drawing on history, philosophy, psychology, and biology as well economics, law, and finance, Mayer describes what has gone wrong and what needs to change. He sets out the big challenges that capitalism must address and discusses how financial institutions should be at the heart of this, and how the public sector can work with the private on a common purpose of creating shared prosperity. Capitalism and Crises is an inspiring and motivational roadmap.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 22 Jan 2026 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The world is encountering multiple crises - climate, droughts, floods, energy, food, and pandemics, to name a few. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198887942">Capitalism and Crises: How to Fix Them</a> (Oxford UP, 2024) is about how capitalism can help fix them It has helped to cause because of a misconception about the nature of the system. There has been a failure to understand the key institution business. This book describes why this has happened and what needs to change to address it. At the core of the problem is the key driver of capitalism profit and the way in which those who run the system and provide it resources for it have been rewarded. Currently, profit comes from causing as well as solving problems. Drawing on history, philosophy, psychology, and biology as well economics, law, and finance, Mayer describes what has gone wrong and what needs to change. He sets out the big challenges that capitalism must address and discusses how financial institutions should be at the heart of this, and how the public sector can work with the private on a common purpose of creating shared prosperity. Capitalism and Crises is an inspiring and motivational roadmap.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="71409030" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/d1d8cc83-c7a3-441e-93e2-2cc302cdef70/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=d1d8cc83-c7a3-441e-93e2-2cc302cdef70&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Colin Mayer, &quot;Capitalism and Crises: How to Fix Them&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:14:17</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The world is encountering multiple crises - climate, droughts, floods, energy, food, and pandemics, to name a few. Capitalism and Crises: How to Fix Them (Oxford UP, 2024) is about how capitalism can help fix them It has helped to cause because of a misconception about the nature of the system. There has been a failure to understand the key institution business. This book describes why this has happened and what needs to change to address it. At the core of the problem is the key driver of capitalism profit and the way in which those who run the system and provide it resources for it have been rewarded. Currently, profit comes from causing as well as solving problems. Drawing on history, philosophy, psychology, and biology as well economics, law, and finance, Mayer describes what has gone wrong and what needs to change. He sets out the big challenges that capitalism must address and discusses how financial institutions should be at the heart of this, and how the public sector can work with the private on a common purpose of creating shared prosperity. Capitalism and Crises is an inspiring and motivational roadmap.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The world is encountering multiple crises - climate, droughts, floods, energy, food, and pandemics, to name a few. Capitalism and Crises: How to Fix Them (Oxford UP, 2024) is about how capitalism can help fix them It has helped to cause because of a misconception about the nature of the system. There has been a failure to understand the key institution business. This book describes why this has happened and what needs to change to address it. At the core of the problem is the key driver of capitalism profit and the way in which those who run the system and provide it resources for it have been rewarded. Currently, profit comes from causing as well as solving problems. Drawing on history, philosophy, psychology, and biology as well economics, law, and finance, Mayer describes what has gone wrong and what needs to change. He sets out the big challenges that capitalism must address and discusses how financial institutions should be at the heart of this, and how the public sector can work with the private on a common purpose of creating shared prosperity. Capitalism and Crises is an inspiring and motivational roadmap.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1774</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f1b10a2c-f4b2-11f0-a841-d766d755c5f3</guid>
      <title>Christopher Lynch, &quot;Formulating Foster: Stephen C. Foster and the Creation of a National Musical Myth&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Stephen C. Foster (1826–1864) was a prolific song composer. A few of his minstrel tunes have become so enmeshed in American musical culture that they are often thought to be folk songs. Although he died in poverty and most of his music was quickly forgotten, by the early twentieth century he was hailed as the “Father of American Music” and had become a symbol of US democracy. In<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197811696"> </a><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197811696">Formulating Foster: Stephen C. Foster and the Creation of a National Musical Myth</a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2025), Christopher Lynch examines the reception of Foster and his music between the composer’s death and the 1930s. It is an unusual book—part biography, part sourcebook, part scholarly reflection, part reception history, part myth buster. Lynch divides the book into three sections which each contain anywhere from ten to eighteen primary sources that provide evidence for how Foster’s American reception changed over time. He frames these primary documents with five essays that examine the ever-changing myths around Foster, why those myths developed, and how the collecting practices and biases of Foster devotees and his family members influenced the national memory about the composer and his most famous songs.</p>
<p>Christopher Lynch, PhD, is a musicologist and Head of the Theodore M. Finney Music Library in the University of Pittsburgh Library System, where he helps curate the Stephen Foster Memorial museum and archive. His research examines minstrelsy, popular song, and music theater as sites for contesting American ideals. He is co-editor of <em>Listening Across Borders: Musicology in the Global Classroom</em> and his work has been published in numerous journals.</p>
<p><a href="https://music.arts.ncsu.edu/facultystaff/dr-kristen-turner/">Kristen M. Turner</a><em> is a lecturer in the music and honors departments at North Carolina State University. Her research centers on race and class in American popular entertainment at the turn of the twentieth century.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Jan 2026 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Stephen C. Foster (1826–1864) was a prolific song composer. A few of his minstrel tunes have become so enmeshed in American musical culture that they are often thought to be folk songs. Although he died in poverty and most of his music was quickly forgotten, by the early twentieth century he was hailed as the “Father of American Music” and had become a symbol of US democracy. In<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197811696"> </a><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197811696">Formulating Foster: Stephen C. Foster and the Creation of a National Musical Myth</a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2025), Christopher Lynch examines the reception of Foster and his music between the composer’s death and the 1930s. It is an unusual book—part biography, part sourcebook, part scholarly reflection, part reception history, part myth buster. Lynch divides the book into three sections which each contain anywhere from ten to eighteen primary sources that provide evidence for how Foster’s American reception changed over time. He frames these primary documents with five essays that examine the ever-changing myths around Foster, why those myths developed, and how the collecting practices and biases of Foster devotees and his family members influenced the national memory about the composer and his most famous songs.</p>
<p>Christopher Lynch, PhD, is a musicologist and Head of the Theodore M. Finney Music Library in the University of Pittsburgh Library System, where he helps curate the Stephen Foster Memorial museum and archive. His research examines minstrelsy, popular song, and music theater as sites for contesting American ideals. He is co-editor of <em>Listening Across Borders: Musicology in the Global Classroom</em> and his work has been published in numerous journals.</p>
<p><a href="https://music.arts.ncsu.edu/facultystaff/dr-kristen-turner/">Kristen M. Turner</a><em> is a lecturer in the music and honors departments at North Carolina State University. Her research centers on race and class in American popular entertainment at the turn of the twentieth century.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="60349378" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/4c67cb7d-72b1-408e-8354-34a5909dfb62/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=4c67cb7d-72b1-408e-8354-34a5909dfb62&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Christopher Lynch, &quot;Formulating Foster: Stephen C. Foster and the Creation of a National Musical Myth&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:02:49</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Stephen C. Foster (1826–1864) was a prolific song composer. A few of his minstrel tunes have become so enmeshed in American musical culture that they are often thought to be folk songs. Although he died in poverty and most of his music was quickly forgotten, by the early twentieth century he was hailed as the “Father of American Music” and had become a symbol of US democracy. In Formulating Foster: Stephen C. Foster and the Creation of a National Musical Myth (Oxford University Press, 2025), Christopher Lynch examines the reception of Foster and his music between the composer’s death and the 1930s. It is an unusual book—part biography, part sourcebook, part scholarly reflection, part reception history, part myth buster. Lynch divides the book into three sections which each contain anywhere from ten to eighteen primary sources that provide evidence for how Foster’s American reception changed over time. He frames these primary documents with five essays that examine the ever-changing myths around Foster, why those myths developed, and how the collecting practices and biases of Foster devotees and his family members influenced the national memory about the composer and his most famous songs.

Christopher Lynch, PhD, is a musicologist and Head of the Theodore M. Finney Music Library in the University of Pittsburgh Library System, where he helps curate the Stephen Foster Memorial museum and archive. His research examines minstrelsy, popular song, and music theater as sites for contesting American ideals. He is co-editor of Listening Across Borders: Musicology in the Global Classroom and his work has been published in numerous journals.

Kristen M. Turner is a lecturer in the music and honors departments at North Carolina State University. Her research centers on race and class in American popular entertainment at the turn of the twentieth century.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Stephen C. Foster (1826–1864) was a prolific song composer. A few of his minstrel tunes have become so enmeshed in American musical culture that they are often thought to be folk songs. Although he died in poverty and most of his music was quickly forgotten, by the early twentieth century he was hailed as the “Father of American Music” and had become a symbol of US democracy. In Formulating Foster: Stephen C. Foster and the Creation of a National Musical Myth (Oxford University Press, 2025), Christopher Lynch examines the reception of Foster and his music between the composer’s death and the 1930s. It is an unusual book—part biography, part sourcebook, part scholarly reflection, part reception history, part myth buster. Lynch divides the book into three sections which each contain anywhere from ten to eighteen primary sources that provide evidence for how Foster’s American reception changed over time. He frames these primary documents with five essays that examine the ever-changing myths around Foster, why those myths developed, and how the collecting practices and biases of Foster devotees and his family members influenced the national memory about the composer and his most famous songs.

Christopher Lynch, PhD, is a musicologist and Head of the Theodore M. Finney Music Library in the University of Pittsburgh Library System, where he helps curate the Stephen Foster Memorial museum and archive. His research examines minstrelsy, popular song, and music theater as sites for contesting American ideals. He is co-editor of Listening Across Borders: Musicology in the Global Classroom and his work has been published in numerous journals.

Kristen M. Turner is a lecturer in the music and honors departments at North Carolina State University. Her research centers on race and class in American popular entertainment at the turn of the twentieth century.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1773</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ea20fa9e-f4b0-11f0-bc5f-371e378a5dda</guid>
      <title>Duncan Kelly, &quot;Worlds of Wartime: The First World War and the Reconstruction of Modern Politics&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198799504">Worlds of Wartime: The First World War and the Reconstruction of Modern Politics</a> (Oxford University Press, 2025) by Duncan Kelly is a new intellectual history of the many and varied ideas about politics and economics that were made, and remade, through wartime and revolution, by political and economic thinkers working across the globe, from the 1880s to the 1930s. Spanning continents, connecting networks of people, power, and possibilities, in new and often experimental ways, the worlds of wartime saw histories of modern politics and economics revised and updated, used as well as abused, in myriad attempts to interpret, explain, understand, explore, and indeed to win, the war. This book takes the measure of a great many of these overlapping visions, and it does so by trying to learn some of the lessons that literary and artistic modernism can teach us about the complexities of political and economic ideas, their contingency and uncertainty, and how they are fixed into focus only at very particular moments. Moving from the stylised narratives of European and American political theory and intellectual history, through to the futurist politics of revolutionaries in Ireland, India, Ottoman-Turkey, and Russia, this book also tracks arguments and strategies for Pan-African diasporic federation, alongside German and American debates about federal pasts and federal futures. From the invention of the world economy, to the reality of multiple war economies, from revolutionary conjunctures to ideas of democracy and climate catastrophe in the Anthropocene today, <em>Worlds of Wartime</em> tells the story of just how strongly modern politics in general, and modern ideas about political and economic possibility, were fixed by the intellectual turbulence wrought during the First World War.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Jan 2026 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198799504">Worlds of Wartime: The First World War and the Reconstruction of Modern Politics</a> (Oxford University Press, 2025) by Duncan Kelly is a new intellectual history of the many and varied ideas about politics and economics that were made, and remade, through wartime and revolution, by political and economic thinkers working across the globe, from the 1880s to the 1930s. Spanning continents, connecting networks of people, power, and possibilities, in new and often experimental ways, the worlds of wartime saw histories of modern politics and economics revised and updated, used as well as abused, in myriad attempts to interpret, explain, understand, explore, and indeed to win, the war. This book takes the measure of a great many of these overlapping visions, and it does so by trying to learn some of the lessons that literary and artistic modernism can teach us about the complexities of political and economic ideas, their contingency and uncertainty, and how they are fixed into focus only at very particular moments. Moving from the stylised narratives of European and American political theory and intellectual history, through to the futurist politics of revolutionaries in Ireland, India, Ottoman-Turkey, and Russia, this book also tracks arguments and strategies for Pan-African diasporic federation, alongside German and American debates about federal pasts and federal futures. From the invention of the world economy, to the reality of multiple war economies, from revolutionary conjunctures to ideas of democracy and climate catastrophe in the Anthropocene today, <em>Worlds of Wartime</em> tells the story of just how strongly modern politics in general, and modern ideas about political and economic possibility, were fixed by the intellectual turbulence wrought during the First World War.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="78534193" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/21136b72-8c8f-4cfc-9e8e-fb95aa26d82a/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=21136b72-8c8f-4cfc-9e8e-fb95aa26d82a&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Duncan Kelly, &quot;Worlds of Wartime: The First World War and the Reconstruction of Modern Politics&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:21:45</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Worlds of Wartime: The First World War and the Reconstruction of Modern Politics (Oxford University Press, 2025) by Duncan Kelly is a new intellectual history of the many and varied ideas about politics and economics that were made, and remade, through wartime and revolution, by political and economic thinkers working across the globe, from the 1880s to the 1930s. Spanning continents, connecting networks of people, power, and possibilities, in new and often experimental ways, the worlds of wartime saw histories of modern politics and economics revised and updated, used as well as abused, in myriad attempts to interpret, explain, understand, explore, and indeed to win, the war. This book takes the measure of a great many of these overlapping visions, and it does so by trying to learn some of the lessons that literary and artistic modernism can teach us about the complexities of political and economic ideas, their contingency and uncertainty, and how they are fixed into focus only at very particular moments. Moving from the stylised narratives of European and American political theory and intellectual history, through to the futurist politics of revolutionaries in Ireland, India, Ottoman-Turkey, and Russia, this book also tracks arguments and strategies for Pan-African diasporic federation, alongside German and American debates about federal pasts and federal futures. From the invention of the world economy, to the reality of multiple war economies, from revolutionary conjunctures to ideas of democracy and climate catastrophe in the Anthropocene today, Worlds of Wartime tells the story of just how strongly modern politics in general, and modern ideas about political and economic possibility, were fixed by the intellectual turbulence wrought during the First World War.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Worlds of Wartime: The First World War and the Reconstruction of Modern Politics (Oxford University Press, 2025) by Duncan Kelly is a new intellectual history of the many and varied ideas about politics and economics that were made, and remade, through wartime and revolution, by political and economic thinkers working across the globe, from the 1880s to the 1930s. Spanning continents, connecting networks of people, power, and possibilities, in new and often experimental ways, the worlds of wartime saw histories of modern politics and economics revised and updated, used as well as abused, in myriad attempts to interpret, explain, understand, explore, and indeed to win, the war. This book takes the measure of a great many of these overlapping visions, and it does so by trying to learn some of the lessons that literary and artistic modernism can teach us about the complexities of political and economic ideas, their contingency and uncertainty, and how they are fixed into focus only at very particular moments. Moving from the stylised narratives of European and American political theory and intellectual history, through to the futurist politics of revolutionaries in Ireland, India, Ottoman-Turkey, and Russia, this book also tracks arguments and strategies for Pan-African diasporic federation, alongside German and American debates about federal pasts and federal futures. From the invention of the world economy, to the reality of multiple war economies, from revolutionary conjunctures to ideas of democracy and climate catastrophe in the Anthropocene today, Worlds of Wartime tells the story of just how strongly modern politics in general, and modern ideas about political and economic possibility, were fixed by the intellectual turbulence wrought during the First World War.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1772</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f76c5262-f324-11f0-91e7-d7cc24a3554d</guid>
      <title>Ryan Donovan, &quot;Broadway Bodies: A Critical History of Conformity&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Broadway has body issues.</p><p>What is a Broadway Body? Broadway has long preserved the ideology of the "Broadway Body": the hyper-fit, exceptionally able, triple-threat performer who represents how Broadway musicals favor certain kinds of bodies. Casting is always a political act, situated within a power structure that gives preference to the Broadway Body.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197551073"><em>Broadway Bodies: A Critical History of Conformity</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023), author Ryan Donovan explores how ability, sexuality, and size intersect with gender, race, and ethnicity in casting and performance. To understand these intersectional relationships, he poses a series of questions: Why did <em>A Chorus Line</em>, a show that sought to individuate dancers, inevitably make dancers indistinguishable? How does the use of fat suits in musicals like <em>Dreamgirls</em> and <em>Hairspray</em> stigmatize fatness? What were the political implications of casting two straight actors as the gay couple in <em>La Cage aux Folles</em> in 1983? How did deaf actors change the sound of musicals in Deaf West’s Broadway revivals? Whose bodies does Broadway cast and whose does it cast aside?</p><p>In answering these questions, <em>Broadway Bodies</em> tells a history of Broadway’s inclusion of various forms of embodied difference while revealing its simultaneous ambivalence toward non-conforming bodies.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 18 Jan 2026 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Broadway has body issues.</p><p>What is a Broadway Body? Broadway has long preserved the ideology of the "Broadway Body": the hyper-fit, exceptionally able, triple-threat performer who represents how Broadway musicals favor certain kinds of bodies. Casting is always a political act, situated within a power structure that gives preference to the Broadway Body.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197551073"><em>Broadway Bodies: A Critical History of Conformity</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023), author Ryan Donovan explores how ability, sexuality, and size intersect with gender, race, and ethnicity in casting and performance. To understand these intersectional relationships, he poses a series of questions: Why did <em>A Chorus Line</em>, a show that sought to individuate dancers, inevitably make dancers indistinguishable? How does the use of fat suits in musicals like <em>Dreamgirls</em> and <em>Hairspray</em> stigmatize fatness? What were the political implications of casting two straight actors as the gay couple in <em>La Cage aux Folles</em> in 1983? How did deaf actors change the sound of musicals in Deaf West’s Broadway revivals? Whose bodies does Broadway cast and whose does it cast aside?</p><p>In answering these questions, <em>Broadway Bodies</em> tells a history of Broadway’s inclusion of various forms of embodied difference while revealing its simultaneous ambivalence toward non-conforming bodies.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="69926732" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/6d5d1716-9dc4-43af-9a61-653722b88e62/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=6d5d1716-9dc4-43af-9a61-653722b88e62&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Ryan Donovan, &quot;Broadway Bodies: A Critical History of Conformity&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:12:50</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Broadway has body issues.
What is a Broadway Body? Broadway has long preserved the ideology of the &quot;Broadway Body&quot;: the hyper-fit, exceptionally able, triple-threat performer who represents how Broadway musicals favor certain kinds of bodies. Casting is always a political act, situated within a power structure that gives preference to the Broadway Body.
In Broadway Bodies: A Critical History of Conformity (Oxford UP, 2023), author Ryan Donovan explores how ability, sexuality, and size intersect with gender, race, and ethnicity in casting and performance. To understand these intersectional relationships, he poses a series of questions: Why did A Chorus Line, a show that sought to individuate dancers, inevitably make dancers indistinguishable? How does the use of fat suits in musicals like Dreamgirls and Hairspray stigmatize fatness? What were the political implications of casting two straight actors as the gay couple in La Cage aux Folles in 1983? How did deaf actors change the sound of musicals in Deaf West’s Broadway revivals? Whose bodies does Broadway cast and whose does it cast aside?
In answering these questions, Broadway Bodies tells a history of Broadway’s inclusion of various forms of embodied difference while revealing its simultaneous ambivalence toward non-conforming bodies.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Broadway has body issues.
What is a Broadway Body? Broadway has long preserved the ideology of the &quot;Broadway Body&quot;: the hyper-fit, exceptionally able, triple-threat performer who represents how Broadway musicals favor certain kinds of bodies. Casting is always a political act, situated within a power structure that gives preference to the Broadway Body.
In Broadway Bodies: A Critical History of Conformity (Oxford UP, 2023), author Ryan Donovan explores how ability, sexuality, and size intersect with gender, race, and ethnicity in casting and performance. To understand these intersectional relationships, he poses a series of questions: Why did A Chorus Line, a show that sought to individuate dancers, inevitably make dancers indistinguishable? How does the use of fat suits in musicals like Dreamgirls and Hairspray stigmatize fatness? What were the political implications of casting two straight actors as the gay couple in La Cage aux Folles in 1983? How did deaf actors change the sound of musicals in Deaf West’s Broadway revivals? Whose bodies does Broadway cast and whose does it cast aside?
In answering these questions, Broadway Bodies tells a history of Broadway’s inclusion of various forms of embodied difference while revealing its simultaneous ambivalence toward non-conforming bodies.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>115</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6d364142-f3a2-11f0-afc2-ff7ce86561fb</guid>
      <title>Elizabeth Kelly Gray, &quot;Habit Forming: Drug Addiction in America, 1776-1914&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Habitual drug use in the United States is at least as old as the nation itself. Elizabeth Kelly Gray's book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197646694"><em>Habit Forming: Drug Addiction in America, 1776-1914</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023) traces the history of unregulated drug use and dependency before 1914, when the Harrison Narcotic Tax Act limited sales of opiates and cocaine under US law. Many Americans used opiates and other drugs medically and became addicted. Some tried ‘Hasheesh Candy’, injected morphine, or visited opium dens, but neither use nor addiction was linked to crime, due to the dearth of restrictive laws. After the Civil War, American presses published extensively about domestic addiction. Later in the nineteenth century, many people used cocaine and heroin as medicine.</p><p>As addiction became a major public health issue, commentators typically sympathized with white, middle-class drug users, while criticizing such use by poor or working-class people and people of color. When habituation was associated with middle-class morphine users, few advocated for restricted drug access. By the 1910s, as use was increasingly associated with poor young men, support for regulations increased. In outlawing users' access to habit-forming drugs at the national level, a public health problem became a larger legal and social problem, one with an enduring influence on American drug laws and their enforcement.</p><p><em>Rachel Pagones is an acupuncturist, educator, and author based in Cambridge, England. She was chair of the doctoral program in acupuncture and Chinese medicine at Pacific College of Health and Science in San Diego before moving to the UK.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 18 Jan 2026 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Habitual drug use in the United States is at least as old as the nation itself. Elizabeth Kelly Gray's book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197646694"><em>Habit Forming: Drug Addiction in America, 1776-1914</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023) traces the history of unregulated drug use and dependency before 1914, when the Harrison Narcotic Tax Act limited sales of opiates and cocaine under US law. Many Americans used opiates and other drugs medically and became addicted. Some tried ‘Hasheesh Candy’, injected morphine, or visited opium dens, but neither use nor addiction was linked to crime, due to the dearth of restrictive laws. After the Civil War, American presses published extensively about domestic addiction. Later in the nineteenth century, many people used cocaine and heroin as medicine.</p><p>As addiction became a major public health issue, commentators typically sympathized with white, middle-class drug users, while criticizing such use by poor or working-class people and people of color. When habituation was associated with middle-class morphine users, few advocated for restricted drug access. By the 1910s, as use was increasingly associated with poor young men, support for regulations increased. In outlawing users' access to habit-forming drugs at the national level, a public health problem became a larger legal and social problem, one with an enduring influence on American drug laws and their enforcement.</p><p><em>Rachel Pagones is an acupuncturist, educator, and author based in Cambridge, England. She was chair of the doctoral program in acupuncture and Chinese medicine at Pacific College of Health and Science in San Diego before moving to the UK.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="53849775" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/3219804d-2431-48d0-9773-005d20093b49/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=3219804d-2431-48d0-9773-005d20093b49&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Elizabeth Kelly Gray, &quot;Habit Forming: Drug Addiction in America, 1776-1914&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:56:05</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Habitual drug use in the United States is at least as old as the nation itself. Elizabeth Kelly Gray&apos;s book Habit Forming: Drug Addiction in America, 1776-1914 (Oxford UP, 2023) traces the history of unregulated drug use and dependency before 1914, when the Harrison Narcotic Tax Act limited sales of opiates and cocaine under US law. Many Americans used opiates and other drugs medically and became addicted. Some tried ‘Hasheesh Candy’, injected morphine, or visited opium dens, but neither use nor addiction was linked to crime, due to the dearth of restrictive laws. After the Civil War, American presses published extensively about domestic addiction. Later in the nineteenth century, many people used cocaine and heroin as medicine.
As addiction became a major public health issue, commentators typically sympathized with white, middle-class drug users, while criticizing such use by poor or working-class people and people of color. When habituation was associated with middle-class morphine users, few advocated for restricted drug access. By the 1910s, as use was increasingly associated with poor young men, support for regulations increased. In outlawing users&apos; access to habit-forming drugs at the national level, a public health problem became a larger legal and social problem, one with an enduring influence on American drug laws and their enforcement.
Rachel Pagones is an acupuncturist, educator, and author based in Cambridge, England. She was chair of the doctoral program in acupuncture and Chinese medicine at Pacific College of Health and Science in San Diego before moving to the UK.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Habitual drug use in the United States is at least as old as the nation itself. Elizabeth Kelly Gray&apos;s book Habit Forming: Drug Addiction in America, 1776-1914 (Oxford UP, 2023) traces the history of unregulated drug use and dependency before 1914, when the Harrison Narcotic Tax Act limited sales of opiates and cocaine under US law. Many Americans used opiates and other drugs medically and became addicted. Some tried ‘Hasheesh Candy’, injected morphine, or visited opium dens, but neither use nor addiction was linked to crime, due to the dearth of restrictive laws. After the Civil War, American presses published extensively about domestic addiction. Later in the nineteenth century, many people used cocaine and heroin as medicine.
As addiction became a major public health issue, commentators typically sympathized with white, middle-class drug users, while criticizing such use by poor or working-class people and people of color. When habituation was associated with middle-class morphine users, few advocated for restricted drug access. By the 1910s, as use was increasingly associated with poor young men, support for regulations increased. In outlawing users&apos; access to habit-forming drugs at the national level, a public health problem became a larger legal and social problem, one with an enduring influence on American drug laws and their enforcement.
Rachel Pagones is an acupuncturist, educator, and author based in Cambridge, England. She was chair of the doctoral program in acupuncture and Chinese medicine at Pacific College of Health and Science in San Diego before moving to the UK.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>189</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">065f8c72-f28e-11f0-ac05-7fded5b4367a</guid>
      <title>Giles Tremlett, &quot;El Generalísimo: A Biography of Francisco Franco&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>From a scrawny, overlooked military graduate to the youngest general in Europe, Francisco Franco was known for his ambition, talent and calculated risk-taking. Yet his reputation remains a topic of fierce debate. Did he destroy Spain and stifle its democracy or rescue the nation from left-wing tumult? In this compelling biography, Giles Tremlett unravels the complex life and legacy of the enigmatic dictator who shaped twentieth-century Spanish history.<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197832318"><br /></a></p>
<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197832318"><em>﻿El Generalísimo: A Biography of Francisco Franco</em> </a>(Oxford UP, 2025) delves into the complexities of Franco's character, exploring his volatile relationship with a domineering father, his traumatic experiences fighting in Morocco and the formation of his authoritarian ideology. The narrative follows Franco's ruthless leadership during the Civil War, his alignment with Hitler and Mussolini and the subsequent Cold War era that brought him international rehabilitation. Tremlett interrogates Franco's transformation of Spain through a lens that challenges the conventional view of him as a bumbling leader. Instead, he argues that Franco was a deliberate and pragmatic dictator who wielded terror to maintain an iron grip on power, and whose lasting (and most surprising) contribution was the period of peace that allowed Spain to challenge the absolutist spirit he embodied.<br />Nuanced and comprehensive, <em>El Generalísimo</em> offers a fresh perspective that reveals the intricate interplay of ambition and fearlessness of Francisco Franco; and examines his enduring legacy that continues to shape Spain's political and cultural landscape.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 17 Jan 2026 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>From a scrawny, overlooked military graduate to the youngest general in Europe, Francisco Franco was known for his ambition, talent and calculated risk-taking. Yet his reputation remains a topic of fierce debate. Did he destroy Spain and stifle its democracy or rescue the nation from left-wing tumult? In this compelling biography, Giles Tremlett unravels the complex life and legacy of the enigmatic dictator who shaped twentieth-century Spanish history.<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197832318"><br /></a></p>
<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197832318"><em>﻿El Generalísimo: A Biography of Francisco Franco</em> </a>(Oxford UP, 2025) delves into the complexities of Franco's character, exploring his volatile relationship with a domineering father, his traumatic experiences fighting in Morocco and the formation of his authoritarian ideology. The narrative follows Franco's ruthless leadership during the Civil War, his alignment with Hitler and Mussolini and the subsequent Cold War era that brought him international rehabilitation. Tremlett interrogates Franco's transformation of Spain through a lens that challenges the conventional view of him as a bumbling leader. Instead, he argues that Franco was a deliberate and pragmatic dictator who wielded terror to maintain an iron grip on power, and whose lasting (and most surprising) contribution was the period of peace that allowed Spain to challenge the absolutist spirit he embodied.<br />Nuanced and comprehensive, <em>El Generalísimo</em> offers a fresh perspective that reveals the intricate interplay of ambition and fearlessness of Francisco Franco; and examines his enduring legacy that continues to shape Spain's political and cultural landscape.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="53365545" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/f6924f81-8d80-4c53-9a35-be987fce5082/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=f6924f81-8d80-4c53-9a35-be987fce5082&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Giles Tremlett, &quot;El Generalísimo: A Biography of Francisco Franco&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:55:31</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>From a scrawny, overlooked military graduate to the youngest general in Europe, Francisco Franco was known for his ambition, talent and calculated risk-taking. Yet his reputation remains a topic of fierce debate. Did he destroy Spain and stifle its democracy or rescue the nation from left-wing tumult? In this compelling biography, Giles Tremlett unravels the complex life and legacy of the enigmatic dictator who shaped twentieth-century Spanish history.

﻿El Generalísimo: A Biography of Francisco Franco (Oxford UP, 2025) delves into the complexities of Franco&apos;s character, exploring his volatile relationship with a domineering father, his traumatic experiences fighting in Morocco and the formation of his authoritarian ideology. The narrative follows Franco&apos;s ruthless leadership during the Civil War, his alignment with Hitler and Mussolini and the subsequent Cold War era that brought him international rehabilitation. Tremlett interrogates Franco&apos;s transformation of Spain through a lens that challenges the conventional view of him as a bumbling leader. Instead, he argues that Franco was a deliberate and pragmatic dictator who wielded terror to maintain an iron grip on power, and whose lasting (and most surprising) contribution was the period of peace that allowed Spain to challenge the absolutist spirit he embodied.Nuanced and comprehensive, El Generalísimo offers a fresh perspective that reveals the intricate interplay of ambition and fearlessness of Francisco Franco; and examines his enduring legacy that continues to shape Spain&apos;s political and cultural landscape.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>From a scrawny, overlooked military graduate to the youngest general in Europe, Francisco Franco was known for his ambition, talent and calculated risk-taking. Yet his reputation remains a topic of fierce debate. Did he destroy Spain and stifle its democracy or rescue the nation from left-wing tumult? In this compelling biography, Giles Tremlett unravels the complex life and legacy of the enigmatic dictator who shaped twentieth-century Spanish history.

﻿El Generalísimo: A Biography of Francisco Franco (Oxford UP, 2025) delves into the complexities of Franco&apos;s character, exploring his volatile relationship with a domineering father, his traumatic experiences fighting in Morocco and the formation of his authoritarian ideology. The narrative follows Franco&apos;s ruthless leadership during the Civil War, his alignment with Hitler and Mussolini and the subsequent Cold War era that brought him international rehabilitation. Tremlett interrogates Franco&apos;s transformation of Spain through a lens that challenges the conventional view of him as a bumbling leader. Instead, he argues that Franco was a deliberate and pragmatic dictator who wielded terror to maintain an iron grip on power, and whose lasting (and most surprising) contribution was the period of peace that allowed Spain to challenge the absolutist spirit he embodied.Nuanced and comprehensive, El Generalísimo offers a fresh perspective that reveals the intricate interplay of ambition and fearlessness of Francisco Franco; and examines his enduring legacy that continues to shape Spain&apos;s political and cultural landscape.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1769</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c4fb9edc-f243-11f0-ad0d-337de4cc384c</guid>
      <title>Sara Ann Swenson, &quot;Near Light We Shine: Buddhist Charity in Urban Vietnam&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Sara Swenson is Assistant Professor of Religion and Affiliated Faculty in Asian Societies, Cultures, and Languages at Dartmouth College. Her areas of expertise include Religions of Southeast Asia, Buddhism in Vietnam, Gender and Sexuality, Affect Theory, and Ethnography.</p>
<p>She received her Ph.D. in Religion from Syracuse University in 2021. She also holds an M.Phil. in Religion and a Certificate of Advanced Study in Women's and Gender Studies from Syracuse University, an M.A. in Comparative Religion from Iliff School of Theology, and a B.A. in English from the University of Minnesota Duluth.</p>
<p>She pursues projects that highlight the power and agency of everyday people. Religions are often a vital resource for grassroots social action and community engagement, as exemplified by Buddhism in Vietnam. Her projects have received generous grant support from the American Council of Learned Societies; Charlotte W. Newcombe Doctoral Dissertation Fellowship; Fulbright-Hays Doctoral Dissertation Research Abroad (DDRA); and The Robert H. N. Ho Family Foundation Dissertation Fellowship in Buddhist Studies.</p>
<p>Swenson’s new book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197811863">Near Light We Shine: Buddhist Charity in Urban Vietnam</a> (Oxford UP, 2025) is one of the first major ethnographic studies on Buddhism in southern Vietnam, featuring new histories and interpretations of this rich subject.</p>
<p>It shares new context for how religious practices affect urban migration, development, and humanitarian concerns, and presents theoretical advancements for understanding grassroots charity. <em>Near Light We Shine</em> offers a diversity of perspectives on grassroots Buddhist practices throughout Vietnam, by featuring interviews that have never been published before from marginalized Buddhist practitioners in Vietnam, such as day laborers, queer men, elderly women, and retired communist soldiers.</p>
<p><br /></p>
<p>References mentioned in the interview: </p>
<ol>
  <li>Le Hoang Anh Thu, "Doing Bodhisattva's Work: Charity, Class, and Selfhood of Petty Traders in Hồ Chí Minh City" <a href="https://online.ucpress.edu/jvs/article-abstract/15/4/4/112293/Doing-Bodhisattva-s-WorkCharity-Class-and-Selfhood?redirectedFrom=fulltext">here</a>
</li>
  <li>Nhung Lu Rots, "Towards an Alternative Buddhist Modernity: Hòa Hảo Charity Healing and Herbal Medicine in the Mekong Delta" <a href="https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1080/14639947.2025.2482902?af=R">here</a>
</li>
  <li>Elizabeth Perez,<em> Religion in the Kitchen </em><a href="https://nyupress.org/9781479839551/religion-in-the-kitchen/">here</a>
</li>
  <li>Southeast Asian Studies Summer Institute (SEASSI) at the University of Wisconsin <a href="https://wisli.wisc.edu/seassi/">here</a>
</li>
  <li>Van Nguyen-Marshall, Between War and the State: Civil Society in South Vietnam, 1954–1975 <a href="http://cornellpress.cornell.edu/book/9781501770579/between-war-and-the-state/">here</a>
</li>
  <li>Casey R. Collins, Buddhist Contramodernism: Shinnyo-en's Reconfigurations of Tradition for Modernity <a href="https://zenodo.org/records/4030975">here</a>
</li>
</ol><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Jan 2026 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Sara Swenson is Assistant Professor of Religion and Affiliated Faculty in Asian Societies, Cultures, and Languages at Dartmouth College. Her areas of expertise include Religions of Southeast Asia, Buddhism in Vietnam, Gender and Sexuality, Affect Theory, and Ethnography.</p>
<p>She received her Ph.D. in Religion from Syracuse University in 2021. She also holds an M.Phil. in Religion and a Certificate of Advanced Study in Women's and Gender Studies from Syracuse University, an M.A. in Comparative Religion from Iliff School of Theology, and a B.A. in English from the University of Minnesota Duluth.</p>
<p>She pursues projects that highlight the power and agency of everyday people. Religions are often a vital resource for grassroots social action and community engagement, as exemplified by Buddhism in Vietnam. Her projects have received generous grant support from the American Council of Learned Societies; Charlotte W. Newcombe Doctoral Dissertation Fellowship; Fulbright-Hays Doctoral Dissertation Research Abroad (DDRA); and The Robert H. N. Ho Family Foundation Dissertation Fellowship in Buddhist Studies.</p>
<p>Swenson’s new book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197811863">Near Light We Shine: Buddhist Charity in Urban Vietnam</a> (Oxford UP, 2025) is one of the first major ethnographic studies on Buddhism in southern Vietnam, featuring new histories and interpretations of this rich subject.</p>
<p>It shares new context for how religious practices affect urban migration, development, and humanitarian concerns, and presents theoretical advancements for understanding grassroots charity. <em>Near Light We Shine</em> offers a diversity of perspectives on grassroots Buddhist practices throughout Vietnam, by featuring interviews that have never been published before from marginalized Buddhist practitioners in Vietnam, such as day laborers, queer men, elderly women, and retired communist soldiers.</p>
<p><br /></p>
<p>References mentioned in the interview: </p>
<ol>
  <li>Le Hoang Anh Thu, "Doing Bodhisattva's Work: Charity, Class, and Selfhood of Petty Traders in Hồ Chí Minh City" <a href="https://online.ucpress.edu/jvs/article-abstract/15/4/4/112293/Doing-Bodhisattva-s-WorkCharity-Class-and-Selfhood?redirectedFrom=fulltext">here</a>
</li>
  <li>Nhung Lu Rots, "Towards an Alternative Buddhist Modernity: Hòa Hảo Charity Healing and Herbal Medicine in the Mekong Delta" <a href="https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1080/14639947.2025.2482902?af=R">here</a>
</li>
  <li>Elizabeth Perez,<em> Religion in the Kitchen </em><a href="https://nyupress.org/9781479839551/religion-in-the-kitchen/">here</a>
</li>
  <li>Southeast Asian Studies Summer Institute (SEASSI) at the University of Wisconsin <a href="https://wisli.wisc.edu/seassi/">here</a>
</li>
  <li>Van Nguyen-Marshall, Between War and the State: Civil Society in South Vietnam, 1954–1975 <a href="http://cornellpress.cornell.edu/book/9781501770579/between-war-and-the-state/">here</a>
</li>
  <li>Casey R. Collins, Buddhist Contramodernism: Shinnyo-en's Reconfigurations of Tradition for Modernity <a href="https://zenodo.org/records/4030975">here</a>
</li>
</ol><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="57741763" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/efa592fc-3eee-491c-85b9-9c19f0b46b74/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=efa592fc-3eee-491c-85b9-9c19f0b46b74&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Sara Ann Swenson, &quot;Near Light We Shine: Buddhist Charity in Urban Vietnam&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:00:05</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Sara Swenson is Assistant Professor of Religion and Affiliated Faculty in Asian Societies, Cultures, and Languages at Dartmouth College. Her areas of expertise include Religions of Southeast Asia, Buddhism in Vietnam, Gender and Sexuality, Affect Theory, and Ethnography.

She received her Ph.D. in Religion from Syracuse University in 2021. She also holds an M.Phil. in Religion and a Certificate of Advanced Study in Women&apos;s and Gender Studies from Syracuse University, an M.A. in Comparative Religion from Iliff School of Theology, and a B.A. in English from the University of Minnesota Duluth.

She pursues projects that highlight the power and agency of everyday people. Religions are often a vital resource for grassroots social action and community engagement, as exemplified by Buddhism in Vietnam. Her projects have received generous grant support from the American Council of Learned Societies; Charlotte W. Newcombe Doctoral Dissertation Fellowship; Fulbright-Hays Doctoral Dissertation Research Abroad (DDRA); and The Robert H. N. Ho Family Foundation Dissertation Fellowship in Buddhist Studies.

Swenson’s new book, Near Light We Shine: Buddhist Charity in Urban Vietnam (Oxford UP, 2025) is one of the first major ethnographic studies on Buddhism in southern Vietnam, featuring new histories and interpretations of this rich subject.

It shares new context for how religious practices affect urban migration, development, and humanitarian concerns, and presents theoretical advancements for understanding grassroots charity. Near Light We Shine offers a diversity of perspectives on grassroots Buddhist practices throughout Vietnam, by featuring interviews that have never been published before from marginalized Buddhist practitioners in Vietnam, such as day laborers, queer men, elderly women, and retired communist soldiers.



References mentioned in the interview: 


  Le Hoang Anh Thu, &quot;Doing Bodhisattva&apos;s Work: Charity, Class, and Selfhood of Petty Traders in Hồ Chí Minh City&quot; here


  Nhung Lu Rots, &quot;Towards an Alternative Buddhist Modernity: Hòa Hảo Charity Healing and Herbal Medicine in the Mekong Delta&quot; here


  Elizabeth Perez, Religion in the Kitchen here


  Southeast Asian Studies Summer Institute (SEASSI) at the University of Wisconsin here


  Van Nguyen-Marshall, Between War and the State: Civil Society in South Vietnam, 1954–1975 here


  Casey R. Collins, Buddhist Contramodernism: Shinnyo-en&apos;s Reconfigurations of Tradition for Modernity here</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Sara Swenson is Assistant Professor of Religion and Affiliated Faculty in Asian Societies, Cultures, and Languages at Dartmouth College. Her areas of expertise include Religions of Southeast Asia, Buddhism in Vietnam, Gender and Sexuality, Affect Theory, and Ethnography.

She received her Ph.D. in Religion from Syracuse University in 2021. She also holds an M.Phil. in Religion and a Certificate of Advanced Study in Women&apos;s and Gender Studies from Syracuse University, an M.A. in Comparative Religion from Iliff School of Theology, and a B.A. in English from the University of Minnesota Duluth.

She pursues projects that highlight the power and agency of everyday people. Religions are often a vital resource for grassroots social action and community engagement, as exemplified by Buddhism in Vietnam. Her projects have received generous grant support from the American Council of Learned Societies; Charlotte W. Newcombe Doctoral Dissertation Fellowship; Fulbright-Hays Doctoral Dissertation Research Abroad (DDRA); and The Robert H. N. Ho Family Foundation Dissertation Fellowship in Buddhist Studies.

Swenson’s new book, Near Light We Shine: Buddhist Charity in Urban Vietnam (Oxford UP, 2025) is one of the first major ethnographic studies on Buddhism in southern Vietnam, featuring new histories and interpretations of this rich subject.

It shares new context for how religious practices affect urban migration, development, and humanitarian concerns, and presents theoretical advancements for understanding grassroots charity. Near Light We Shine offers a diversity of perspectives on grassroots Buddhist practices throughout Vietnam, by featuring interviews that have never been published before from marginalized Buddhist practitioners in Vietnam, such as day laborers, queer men, elderly women, and retired communist soldiers.



References mentioned in the interview: 


  Le Hoang Anh Thu, &quot;Doing Bodhisattva&apos;s Work: Charity, Class, and Selfhood of Petty Traders in Hồ Chí Minh City&quot; here


  Nhung Lu Rots, &quot;Towards an Alternative Buddhist Modernity: Hòa Hảo Charity Healing and Herbal Medicine in the Mekong Delta&quot; here


  Elizabeth Perez, Religion in the Kitchen here


  Southeast Asian Studies Summer Institute (SEASSI) at the University of Wisconsin here


  Van Nguyen-Marshall, Between War and the State: Civil Society in South Vietnam, 1954–1975 here


  Casey R. Collins, Buddhist Contramodernism: Shinnyo-en&apos;s Reconfigurations of Tradition for Modernity here</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1768</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0bd06612-f113-11f0-8aaa-eb5773d757c8</guid>
      <title>Jose Eos Trinidad, &quot;Subtle Webs:  How Local Organizations Shape US Education&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197786093">Subtle Webs: How Local Organizations Shape US Education</a> (Oxford UP, 2025), Jose Eos Trinidad reveals how organizations outside schools have created an invisible infrastructure not only to affect local school districts but also to shape US education. He illustrates this by providing a behind-the-scenes look at how local organizations in Chicago, Philadelphia, and New York City have transformed data and worked with high schools to address the problem of students dropping out. The book argues that changes in a decentralized system happen less through top-down policy mandates or bottom-up social movements, and more through “outside-in” initiatives of networked organizations spread across various local systems. By detailing change across multiple levels and across multiple locations, Trinidad uncovers new ways to think about educational transformation, policy reform, and organizational change.</p>
<p>João Souto-Maior (website: <a href="https://joaosoutomaior.github.io/">here</a>) is a postdoc at Stanford University.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Jan 2026 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197786093">Subtle Webs: How Local Organizations Shape US Education</a> (Oxford UP, 2025), Jose Eos Trinidad reveals how organizations outside schools have created an invisible infrastructure not only to affect local school districts but also to shape US education. He illustrates this by providing a behind-the-scenes look at how local organizations in Chicago, Philadelphia, and New York City have transformed data and worked with high schools to address the problem of students dropping out. The book argues that changes in a decentralized system happen less through top-down policy mandates or bottom-up social movements, and more through “outside-in” initiatives of networked organizations spread across various local systems. By detailing change across multiple levels and across multiple locations, Trinidad uncovers new ways to think about educational transformation, policy reform, and organizational change.</p>
<p>João Souto-Maior (website: <a href="https://joaosoutomaior.github.io/">here</a>) is a postdoc at Stanford University.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="52920494" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/fcc68b23-53c5-487c-aa2e-36a8affa7233/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=fcc68b23-53c5-487c-aa2e-36a8affa7233&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Jose Eos Trinidad, &quot;Subtle Webs:  How Local Organizations Shape US Education&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:55:04</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In Subtle Webs: How Local Organizations Shape US Education (Oxford UP, 2025), Jose Eos Trinidad reveals how organizations outside schools have created an invisible infrastructure not only to affect local school districts but also to shape US education. He illustrates this by providing a behind-the-scenes look at how local organizations in Chicago, Philadelphia, and New York City have transformed data and worked with high schools to address the problem of students dropping out. The book argues that changes in a decentralized system happen less through top-down policy mandates or bottom-up social movements, and more through “outside-in” initiatives of networked organizations spread across various local systems. By detailing change across multiple levels and across multiple locations, Trinidad uncovers new ways to think about educational transformation, policy reform, and organizational change.

João Souto-Maior (website: here) is a postdoc at Stanford University.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In Subtle Webs: How Local Organizations Shape US Education (Oxford UP, 2025), Jose Eos Trinidad reveals how organizations outside schools have created an invisible infrastructure not only to affect local school districts but also to shape US education. He illustrates this by providing a behind-the-scenes look at how local organizations in Chicago, Philadelphia, and New York City have transformed data and worked with high schools to address the problem of students dropping out. The book argues that changes in a decentralized system happen less through top-down policy mandates or bottom-up social movements, and more through “outside-in” initiatives of networked organizations spread across various local systems. By detailing change across multiple levels and across multiple locations, Trinidad uncovers new ways to think about educational transformation, policy reform, and organizational change.

João Souto-Maior (website: here) is a postdoc at Stanford University.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1767</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bf66908a-f04f-11f0-85e5-9fae1666239c</guid>
      <title>Sonia Hazard, &quot;Empire of Print: Evangelical Power in an Age of Mass Media&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197608098">Empire of Print: Evangelical Power in an Age of Mass Media</a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2025) offers a fresh account of evangelical power by uncovering how the American Tract Society (ATS) leveraged print media to spread its message across an expanding nation. One of the era's largest media corporations and a pillar of the benevolent empire, the ATS circulated some 5.6 billion printed pages between its founding in 1825 and the eve of the Civil War. It wasn't just the volume of materials that mattered—it was the sophisticated media infrastructure that evangelicals developed for their message to reach readers, coast to coast. Media infrastructure refers to the material assemblages that work below the surface of media content, including the format of publications, the avenues of their movement, and the circumstances surrounding their reading. As a non-coercive yet effective form of power, infrastructure shaped how, when, and why readers engaged with evangelical texts. While showing how the ATS became a formidable force in American society during the nineteenth century, <em>Empire of Print </em>opens larger questions about the entanglements among people, things, texts, and institutions, the dynamics of power in a media-saturated world, and the salience of race, class, and region in the distribution and reception of media.</p>
<p>Sonia Hazard is an assistant professor in the Department of Religion at Florida State University.</p>
<p>This episode’s host, <a href="https://twitter.com/jakebarrett25">Jacob Barrett</a>, is currently a PhD candidate in the Department of Religious Studies at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill in the Religion and Culture track. For more information, visit his website <a href="https://thereluctantamericanist.com/">here</a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Jan 2026 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197608098">Empire of Print: Evangelical Power in an Age of Mass Media</a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2025) offers a fresh account of evangelical power by uncovering how the American Tract Society (ATS) leveraged print media to spread its message across an expanding nation. One of the era's largest media corporations and a pillar of the benevolent empire, the ATS circulated some 5.6 billion printed pages between its founding in 1825 and the eve of the Civil War. It wasn't just the volume of materials that mattered—it was the sophisticated media infrastructure that evangelicals developed for their message to reach readers, coast to coast. Media infrastructure refers to the material assemblages that work below the surface of media content, including the format of publications, the avenues of their movement, and the circumstances surrounding their reading. As a non-coercive yet effective form of power, infrastructure shaped how, when, and why readers engaged with evangelical texts. While showing how the ATS became a formidable force in American society during the nineteenth century, <em>Empire of Print </em>opens larger questions about the entanglements among people, things, texts, and institutions, the dynamics of power in a media-saturated world, and the salience of race, class, and region in the distribution and reception of media.</p>
<p>Sonia Hazard is an assistant professor in the Department of Religion at Florida State University.</p>
<p>This episode’s host, <a href="https://twitter.com/jakebarrett25">Jacob Barrett</a>, is currently a PhD candidate in the Department of Religious Studies at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill in the Religion and Culture track. For more information, visit his website <a href="https://thereluctantamericanist.com/">here</a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="44388867" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/da1d6e01-bc58-479d-936e-fed02b25174d/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=da1d6e01-bc58-479d-936e-fed02b25174d&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Sonia Hazard, &quot;Empire of Print: Evangelical Power in an Age of Mass Media&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:46:11</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Empire of Print: Evangelical Power in an Age of Mass Media (Oxford UP, 2025) offers a fresh account of evangelical power by uncovering how the American Tract Society (ATS) leveraged print media to spread its message across an expanding nation. One of the era&apos;s largest media corporations and a pillar of the benevolent empire, the ATS circulated some 5.6 billion printed pages between its founding in 1825 and the eve of the Civil War. It wasn&apos;t just the volume of materials that mattered—it was the sophisticated media infrastructure that evangelicals developed for their message to reach readers, coast to coast. Media infrastructure refers to the material assemblages that work below the surface of media content, including the format of publications, the avenues of their movement, and the circumstances surrounding their reading. As a non-coercive yet effective form of power, infrastructure shaped how, when, and why readers engaged with evangelical texts. While showing how the ATS became a formidable force in American society during the nineteenth century, Empire of Print opens larger questions about the entanglements among people, things, texts, and institutions, the dynamics of power in a media-saturated world, and the salience of race, class, and region in the distribution and reception of media.

Sonia Hazard is an assistant professor in the Department of Religion at Florida State University.

This episode’s host, Jacob Barrett, is currently a PhD candidate in the Department of Religious Studies at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill in the Religion and Culture track. For more information, visit his website here</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Empire of Print: Evangelical Power in an Age of Mass Media (Oxford UP, 2025) offers a fresh account of evangelical power by uncovering how the American Tract Society (ATS) leveraged print media to spread its message across an expanding nation. One of the era&apos;s largest media corporations and a pillar of the benevolent empire, the ATS circulated some 5.6 billion printed pages between its founding in 1825 and the eve of the Civil War. It wasn&apos;t just the volume of materials that mattered—it was the sophisticated media infrastructure that evangelicals developed for their message to reach readers, coast to coast. Media infrastructure refers to the material assemblages that work below the surface of media content, including the format of publications, the avenues of their movement, and the circumstances surrounding their reading. As a non-coercive yet effective form of power, infrastructure shaped how, when, and why readers engaged with evangelical texts. While showing how the ATS became a formidable force in American society during the nineteenth century, Empire of Print opens larger questions about the entanglements among people, things, texts, and institutions, the dynamics of power in a media-saturated world, and the salience of race, class, and region in the distribution and reception of media.

Sonia Hazard is an assistant professor in the Department of Religion at Florida State University.

This episode’s host, Jacob Barrett, is currently a PhD candidate in the Department of Religious Studies at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill in the Religion and Culture track. For more information, visit his website here</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1766</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">778e5392-ef91-11f0-b63b-db390affb1fe</guid>
      <title>Mercedes Valmisa, &quot;All Things Act&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197812181">All Things Act</a> explores the collective character of action to expand the ways we think about agency. First, it resists viewing agency as a capacity, much less one exclusive to humans. Instead, it defines agency as an umbrella term for the concrete sociomaterial processes that emerge from the collaborative efforts of multiple entities acting together. Agency isn't the faculty of an individual entity or self; it's always the function of a network or assembly of actors. Second, many of the actors involved in these processes are nonhuman-things without intentions, will, or even awareness. This relational and collective approach adopts a conception of action that doesn't hinge on mental states. To act is to participate in, contribute to, shape, facilitate, organize, constrain, and modify the course of events. This book argues that there's no such thing as an individual action and that agency is collectively distributed across a heterogeneous field of human and nonhuman actors.</p>
<p>For readers interested in the link between quantum physics and relational metaphysics, please check out this recorded talk, especially Rovelli's linked <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7HYhX25KI8A">here</a>﻿</p>
<p>You can also check out his book <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/653621/helgoland-by-carlo-rovelli-translated-by-erica-segre-and-simon-carnell/">Helgoland</a>. For a more detailed analysis of why substance metaphysics fail us, see, <a href="https://academic.oup.com/book/42022/chapter-abstract/355672062?redirectedFrom=fulltext">The Non-Existence of the Real World</a>.</p>
<p>For readers interested in wuwei (non-coercive self-organizing communities in nature), please check out <em>Honeybee Democracy</em>, <em>Biocivilisations</em>, and <a href="https://brianpklaas.com/fluke">FLUKE</a>.</p>
<p>About the urgency of building a non-cruel optimism, check out the classic critique of neoliberal individualism:<em> </em><a href="https://www.dukeupress.edu/cruel-optimism">Cruel Optimism</a> and <a href="https://youtu.be/BX-FK_Rmzjc?si=7bhwGCkaQ7C8Hpaz">Psychopolitics and Burnout society</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Jan 2026 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197812181">All Things Act</a> explores the collective character of action to expand the ways we think about agency. First, it resists viewing agency as a capacity, much less one exclusive to humans. Instead, it defines agency as an umbrella term for the concrete sociomaterial processes that emerge from the collaborative efforts of multiple entities acting together. Agency isn't the faculty of an individual entity or self; it's always the function of a network or assembly of actors. Second, many of the actors involved in these processes are nonhuman-things without intentions, will, or even awareness. This relational and collective approach adopts a conception of action that doesn't hinge on mental states. To act is to participate in, contribute to, shape, facilitate, organize, constrain, and modify the course of events. This book argues that there's no such thing as an individual action and that agency is collectively distributed across a heterogeneous field of human and nonhuman actors.</p>
<p>For readers interested in the link between quantum physics and relational metaphysics, please check out this recorded talk, especially Rovelli's linked <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7HYhX25KI8A">here</a>﻿</p>
<p>You can also check out his book <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/653621/helgoland-by-carlo-rovelli-translated-by-erica-segre-and-simon-carnell/">Helgoland</a>. For a more detailed analysis of why substance metaphysics fail us, see, <a href="https://academic.oup.com/book/42022/chapter-abstract/355672062?redirectedFrom=fulltext">The Non-Existence of the Real World</a>.</p>
<p>For readers interested in wuwei (non-coercive self-organizing communities in nature), please check out <em>Honeybee Democracy</em>, <em>Biocivilisations</em>, and <a href="https://brianpklaas.com/fluke">FLUKE</a>.</p>
<p>About the urgency of building a non-cruel optimism, check out the classic critique of neoliberal individualism:<em> </em><a href="https://www.dukeupress.edu/cruel-optimism">Cruel Optimism</a> and <a href="https://youtu.be/BX-FK_Rmzjc?si=7bhwGCkaQ7C8Hpaz">Psychopolitics and Burnout society</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="50221232" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/a3824469-8ae7-483e-8410-ca1ce5087a0a/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=a3824469-8ae7-483e-8410-ca1ce5087a0a&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Mercedes Valmisa, &quot;All Things Act&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:52:15</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>All Things Act explores the collective character of action to expand the ways we think about agency. First, it resists viewing agency as a capacity, much less one exclusive to humans. Instead, it defines agency as an umbrella term for the concrete sociomaterial processes that emerge from the collaborative efforts of multiple entities acting together. Agency isn&apos;t the faculty of an individual entity or self; it&apos;s always the function of a network or assembly of actors. Second, many of the actors involved in these processes are nonhuman-things without intentions, will, or even awareness. This relational and collective approach adopts a conception of action that doesn&apos;t hinge on mental states. To act is to participate in, contribute to, shape, facilitate, organize, constrain, and modify the course of events. This book argues that there&apos;s no such thing as an individual action and that agency is collectively distributed across a heterogeneous field of human and nonhuman actors.

For readers interested in the link between quantum physics and relational metaphysics, please check out this recorded talk, especially Rovelli&apos;s linked here﻿

You can also check out his book Helgoland. For a more detailed analysis of why substance metaphysics fail us, see, The Non-Existence of the Real World.

For readers interested in wuwei (non-coercive self-organizing communities in nature), please check out Honeybee Democracy, Biocivilisations, and FLUKE.

About the urgency of building a non-cruel optimism, check out the classic critique of neoliberal individualism: Cruel Optimism and Psychopolitics and Burnout society.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>All Things Act explores the collective character of action to expand the ways we think about agency. First, it resists viewing agency as a capacity, much less one exclusive to humans. Instead, it defines agency as an umbrella term for the concrete sociomaterial processes that emerge from the collaborative efforts of multiple entities acting together. Agency isn&apos;t the faculty of an individual entity or self; it&apos;s always the function of a network or assembly of actors. Second, many of the actors involved in these processes are nonhuman-things without intentions, will, or even awareness. This relational and collective approach adopts a conception of action that doesn&apos;t hinge on mental states. To act is to participate in, contribute to, shape, facilitate, organize, constrain, and modify the course of events. This book argues that there&apos;s no such thing as an individual action and that agency is collectively distributed across a heterogeneous field of human and nonhuman actors.

For readers interested in the link between quantum physics and relational metaphysics, please check out this recorded talk, especially Rovelli&apos;s linked here﻿

You can also check out his book Helgoland. For a more detailed analysis of why substance metaphysics fail us, see, The Non-Existence of the Real World.

For readers interested in wuwei (non-coercive self-organizing communities in nature), please check out Honeybee Democracy, Biocivilisations, and FLUKE.

About the urgency of building a non-cruel optimism, check out the classic critique of neoliberal individualism: Cruel Optimism and Psychopolitics and Burnout society.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1765</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d218cffc-ee26-11f0-92c8-9b84a3dcc41b</guid>
      <title>Ofer Sharone, &quot;The Stigma Trap: College-Educated, Experienced, and Long-Term Unemployed&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>An eye-opening look at how all American workers, even the highly educated and experienced, are vulnerable to the stigma of unemployment.</p><p>After receiving a PhD in mathematics from MIT, Larry spent three decades working at prestigious companies in the tech industry. Initially he was not worried when he lost his job as part of a large layoff, but the prolonged unemployment that followed decimated his finances and nearly ended his marriage. Larry's story is not an anomaly. The majority of American workers experience unemployment, and millions get trapped in devastating long-term unemployment, including experienced workers with advanced degrees from top universities. How is it possible for even highly successful careers to suddenly go off the rails?</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190239244"><em>The Stigma Trap: College-Educated, Experienced, and Long-Term Unemployed</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024), Ofer Sharone explains how the stigma of unemployment can render past educational and professional achievements irrelevant, and how it leaves all American workers vulnerable to becoming trapped in unemployment. Drawing on interviews with unemployed workers, job recruiters, and career coaches, Sharone brings to light the subtle ways that stigmatization prevents even the most educated and experienced workers from gaining middle-class jobs. Stigma also means that an American worker risks more than financial calamity from a protracted period of unemployment. One's closest relationships and sense of self are also on the line.</p><p>Eye-opening and clearly written, <em>The Stigma Trap </em>is essential reading for anyone who has experienced unemployment, has a family member or friend who is unemployed, or who wants to understand the forces that underlie the anxiety-filled lives of contemporary American workers. The book offers a unique approach to supporting unemployed jobseekers. At a broader level it exposes the precarious condition of American workers and sparks a conversation about much-needed policies to assure that we are not all one layoff away from being trapped by stigma.</p><p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephenpimpare/"><em>Stephen Pimpare</em></a><em> is a Senior Fellow at the Carsey School of Public Policy at the University of New Hampshire.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 Jan 2026 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>An eye-opening look at how all American workers, even the highly educated and experienced, are vulnerable to the stigma of unemployment.</p><p>After receiving a PhD in mathematics from MIT, Larry spent three decades working at prestigious companies in the tech industry. Initially he was not worried when he lost his job as part of a large layoff, but the prolonged unemployment that followed decimated his finances and nearly ended his marriage. Larry's story is not an anomaly. The majority of American workers experience unemployment, and millions get trapped in devastating long-term unemployment, including experienced workers with advanced degrees from top universities. How is it possible for even highly successful careers to suddenly go off the rails?</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190239244"><em>The Stigma Trap: College-Educated, Experienced, and Long-Term Unemployed</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024), Ofer Sharone explains how the stigma of unemployment can render past educational and professional achievements irrelevant, and how it leaves all American workers vulnerable to becoming trapped in unemployment. Drawing on interviews with unemployed workers, job recruiters, and career coaches, Sharone brings to light the subtle ways that stigmatization prevents even the most educated and experienced workers from gaining middle-class jobs. Stigma also means that an American worker risks more than financial calamity from a protracted period of unemployment. One's closest relationships and sense of self are also on the line.</p><p>Eye-opening and clearly written, <em>The Stigma Trap </em>is essential reading for anyone who has experienced unemployment, has a family member or friend who is unemployed, or who wants to understand the forces that underlie the anxiety-filled lives of contemporary American workers. The book offers a unique approach to supporting unemployed jobseekers. At a broader level it exposes the precarious condition of American workers and sparks a conversation about much-needed policies to assure that we are not all one layoff away from being trapped by stigma.</p><p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephenpimpare/"><em>Stephen Pimpare</em></a><em> is a Senior Fellow at the Carsey School of Public Policy at the University of New Hampshire.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="34279053" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/4aa43446-0284-4414-897c-13f7784e63af/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=4aa43446-0284-4414-897c-13f7784e63af&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Ofer Sharone, &quot;The Stigma Trap: College-Educated, Experienced, and Long-Term Unemployed&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:35:42</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>An eye-opening look at how all American workers, even the highly educated and experienced, are vulnerable to the stigma of unemployment.
After receiving a PhD in mathematics from MIT, Larry spent three decades working at prestigious companies in the tech industry. Initially he was not worried when he lost his job as part of a large layoff, but the prolonged unemployment that followed decimated his finances and nearly ended his marriage. Larry&apos;s story is not an anomaly. The majority of American workers experience unemployment, and millions get trapped in devastating long-term unemployment, including experienced workers with advanced degrees from top universities. How is it possible for even highly successful careers to suddenly go off the rails?
In The Stigma Trap: College-Educated, Experienced, and Long-Term Unemployed (Oxford UP, 2024), Ofer Sharone explains how the stigma of unemployment can render past educational and professional achievements irrelevant, and how it leaves all American workers vulnerable to becoming trapped in unemployment. Drawing on interviews with unemployed workers, job recruiters, and career coaches, Sharone brings to light the subtle ways that stigmatization prevents even the most educated and experienced workers from gaining middle-class jobs. Stigma also means that an American worker risks more than financial calamity from a protracted period of unemployment. One&apos;s closest relationships and sense of self are also on the line.
Eye-opening and clearly written, The Stigma Trap is essential reading for anyone who has experienced unemployment, has a family member or friend who is unemployed, or who wants to understand the forces that underlie the anxiety-filled lives of contemporary American workers. The book offers a unique approach to supporting unemployed jobseekers. At a broader level it exposes the precarious condition of American workers and sparks a conversation about much-needed policies to assure that we are not all one layoff away from being trapped by stigma.
Stephen Pimpare is a Senior Fellow at the Carsey School of Public Policy at the University of New Hampshire.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>An eye-opening look at how all American workers, even the highly educated and experienced, are vulnerable to the stigma of unemployment.
After receiving a PhD in mathematics from MIT, Larry spent three decades working at prestigious companies in the tech industry. Initially he was not worried when he lost his job as part of a large layoff, but the prolonged unemployment that followed decimated his finances and nearly ended his marriage. Larry&apos;s story is not an anomaly. The majority of American workers experience unemployment, and millions get trapped in devastating long-term unemployment, including experienced workers with advanced degrees from top universities. How is it possible for even highly successful careers to suddenly go off the rails?
In The Stigma Trap: College-Educated, Experienced, and Long-Term Unemployed (Oxford UP, 2024), Ofer Sharone explains how the stigma of unemployment can render past educational and professional achievements irrelevant, and how it leaves all American workers vulnerable to becoming trapped in unemployment. Drawing on interviews with unemployed workers, job recruiters, and career coaches, Sharone brings to light the subtle ways that stigmatization prevents even the most educated and experienced workers from gaining middle-class jobs. Stigma also means that an American worker risks more than financial calamity from a protracted period of unemployment. One&apos;s closest relationships and sense of self are also on the line.
Eye-opening and clearly written, The Stigma Trap is essential reading for anyone who has experienced unemployment, has a family member or friend who is unemployed, or who wants to understand the forces that underlie the anxiety-filled lives of contemporary American workers. The book offers a unique approach to supporting unemployed jobseekers. At a broader level it exposes the precarious condition of American workers and sparks a conversation about much-needed policies to assure that we are not all one layoff away from being trapped by stigma.
Stephen Pimpare is a Senior Fellow at the Carsey School of Public Policy at the University of New Hampshire.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>172</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">634a6e08-ee23-11f0-9390-eb3f9717e8e8</guid>
      <title>Matthew Kennedy, &quot;On Elizabeth Taylor: An Opinionated Guide&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In the oceans of ink devoted to the monumental movie star/businesswoman/political activist Elizabeth Rosemond Taylor (1932-2011), her beauty and not-so-private life frequently overshadowed her movies. While she knew how to generate publicity like no other, her personal life is set aside in this volume in favor of her professional oeuvre and unique screen dynamism. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197664117"><em>On Elizabeth Taylor: An Opinionated Guide</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024), her marriages, illnesses, media firestorms, perfume empire, violet eyes, and AIDS advocacy take a back seat to Elizabeth Taylor, the actress.</p><p>Taylor's big screen credits span over fifty years, from her pre-adolescent debut in <em>There's One Born Every Minute</em> (1942) to her cameo in <em>The Flintstones</em> (1994). She worked steadily in everything from the biggest production in film history (<em>Cleopatra</em> in 1963) to a humble daytime TV soap opera (<em>General Hospital</em> in 1981). Each of her sixty-seven film appearances is recapped here with background on their inception, production, release, and critical and financial outcome. <em>On Elizabeth Taylor: An Opinionated Guide</em> is a cradle-to-grave chronology of Taylor's life, noting key events, achievements, and milestones. This book offers a work-by-work analysis of her entire career told in chronological order, each film headlined with year of release, distributing studio, and director. This in-depth overview provides an invaluable new way of understanding Taylor's full life and work, as well as the history and nuances of the film industry as it existed in the twentieth century.</p><p>Kennedy engagingly reassesses Taylor's acting and the nuances she brought to the screen - this includes a consideration of her specific art, the development of her voice, her relationship to the camera, and her canny understanding of the effect she had on audiences worldwide. Kennedy also provides an elucidating guide to her entire filmography, one that speaks to the quality of her performances, their contours and shading, and their context within her extraordinary life and career. <em>On Elizabeth Taylor</em> is a beautifully comprehensive overview of a singular actress of the twentieth century, offering new ways to see and appreciate her skill and peerless charisma, in turn placing her among the greatest film stars of all time.</p><p>Matthew Kennedy is a film historian based in Oakland, California. He is the author of <em>Roadshow! The Fall of Film Musicals in the 1960s</em>, biographies of actresses Marie Dressler and Joan Blondell, and of director-screenwriter Edmund Goulding. He has introduced film series at the Museum of Modern Art, UCLA Film &amp; Television Archive, and Pacific Film Archive, and written for the San Francisco Silent Film Festival, Turner Classic Movies, and the National Film Registry. He is currently host and curator of the CinemaLit series at the Mechanics' Institute Library in San Francisco.</p><p>Daniel Moran earned his B.A. and M.A. in English from Rutgers University and his Ph.D. in History from Drew University. The author of <em>Creating Flannery O’Connor: Her Critics, Her Publishers, Her Readers</em> and articles on G. K. Chesterton and John Ford, he teaches research and</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 11 Jan 2026 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In the oceans of ink devoted to the monumental movie star/businesswoman/political activist Elizabeth Rosemond Taylor (1932-2011), her beauty and not-so-private life frequently overshadowed her movies. While she knew how to generate publicity like no other, her personal life is set aside in this volume in favor of her professional oeuvre and unique screen dynamism. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197664117"><em>On Elizabeth Taylor: An Opinionated Guide</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024), her marriages, illnesses, media firestorms, perfume empire, violet eyes, and AIDS advocacy take a back seat to Elizabeth Taylor, the actress.</p><p>Taylor's big screen credits span over fifty years, from her pre-adolescent debut in <em>There's One Born Every Minute</em> (1942) to her cameo in <em>The Flintstones</em> (1994). She worked steadily in everything from the biggest production in film history (<em>Cleopatra</em> in 1963) to a humble daytime TV soap opera (<em>General Hospital</em> in 1981). Each of her sixty-seven film appearances is recapped here with background on their inception, production, release, and critical and financial outcome. <em>On Elizabeth Taylor: An Opinionated Guide</em> is a cradle-to-grave chronology of Taylor's life, noting key events, achievements, and milestones. This book offers a work-by-work analysis of her entire career told in chronological order, each film headlined with year of release, distributing studio, and director. This in-depth overview provides an invaluable new way of understanding Taylor's full life and work, as well as the history and nuances of the film industry as it existed in the twentieth century.</p><p>Kennedy engagingly reassesses Taylor's acting and the nuances she brought to the screen - this includes a consideration of her specific art, the development of her voice, her relationship to the camera, and her canny understanding of the effect she had on audiences worldwide. Kennedy also provides an elucidating guide to her entire filmography, one that speaks to the quality of her performances, their contours and shading, and their context within her extraordinary life and career. <em>On Elizabeth Taylor</em> is a beautifully comprehensive overview of a singular actress of the twentieth century, offering new ways to see and appreciate her skill and peerless charisma, in turn placing her among the greatest film stars of all time.</p><p>Matthew Kennedy is a film historian based in Oakland, California. He is the author of <em>Roadshow! The Fall of Film Musicals in the 1960s</em>, biographies of actresses Marie Dressler and Joan Blondell, and of director-screenwriter Edmund Goulding. He has introduced film series at the Museum of Modern Art, UCLA Film &amp; Television Archive, and Pacific Film Archive, and written for the San Francisco Silent Film Festival, Turner Classic Movies, and the National Film Registry. He is currently host and curator of the CinemaLit series at the Mechanics' Institute Library in San Francisco.</p><p>Daniel Moran earned his B.A. and M.A. in English from Rutgers University and his Ph.D. in History from Drew University. The author of <em>Creating Flannery O’Connor: Her Critics, Her Publishers, Her Readers</em> and articles on G. K. Chesterton and John Ford, he teaches research and</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="61174432" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/475f1800-b0a6-49aa-ba4f-0214065ad7b7/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=475f1800-b0a6-49aa-ba4f-0214065ad7b7&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Matthew Kennedy, &quot;On Elizabeth Taylor: An Opinionated Guide&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:03:43</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In the oceans of ink devoted to the monumental movie star/businesswoman/political activist Elizabeth Rosemond Taylor (1932-2011), her beauty and not-so-private life frequently overshadowed her movies. While she knew how to generate publicity like no other, her personal life is set aside in this volume in favor of her professional oeuvre and unique screen dynamism. In On Elizabeth Taylor: An Opinionated Guide (Oxford UP, 2024), her marriages, illnesses, media firestorms, perfume empire, violet eyes, and AIDS advocacy take a back seat to Elizabeth Taylor, the actress.
Taylor&apos;s big screen credits span over fifty years, from her pre-adolescent debut in There&apos;s One Born Every Minute (1942) to her cameo in The Flintstones (1994). She worked steadily in everything from the biggest production in film history (Cleopatra in 1963) to a humble daytime TV soap opera (General Hospital in 1981). Each of her sixty-seven film appearances is recapped here with background on their inception, production, release, and critical and financial outcome. On Elizabeth Taylor: An Opinionated Guide is a cradle-to-grave chronology of Taylor&apos;s life, noting key events, achievements, and milestones. This book offers a work-by-work analysis of her entire career told in chronological order, each film headlined with year of release, distributing studio, and director. This in-depth overview provides an invaluable new way of understanding Taylor&apos;s full life and work, as well as the history and nuances of the film industry as it existed in the twentieth century.
Kennedy engagingly reassesses Taylor&apos;s acting and the nuances she brought to the screen - this includes a consideration of her specific art, the development of her voice, her relationship to the camera, and her canny understanding of the effect she had on audiences worldwide. Kennedy also provides an elucidating guide to her entire filmography, one that speaks to the quality of her performances, their contours and shading, and their context within her extraordinary life and career. On Elizabeth Taylor is a beautifully comprehensive overview of a singular actress of the twentieth century, offering new ways to see and appreciate her skill and peerless charisma, in turn placing her among the greatest film stars of all time.
Matthew Kennedy is a film historian based in Oakland, California. He is the author of Roadshow! The Fall of Film Musicals in the 1960s, biographies of actresses Marie Dressler and Joan Blondell, and of director-screenwriter Edmund Goulding. He has introduced film series at the Museum of Modern Art, UCLA Film &amp; Television Archive, and Pacific Film Archive, and written for the San Francisco Silent Film Festival, Turner Classic Movies, and the National Film Registry. He is currently host and curator of the CinemaLit series at the Mechanics&apos; Institute Library in San Francisco.
Daniel Moran earned his B.A. and M.A. in English from Rutgers University and his Ph.D. in History from Drew University. The author of Creating Flannery O’Connor: Her Critics, Her Publishers, Her Readers and articles on G. K. Chesterton and John Ford, he teaches research and</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In the oceans of ink devoted to the monumental movie star/businesswoman/political activist Elizabeth Rosemond Taylor (1932-2011), her beauty and not-so-private life frequently overshadowed her movies. While she knew how to generate publicity like no other, her personal life is set aside in this volume in favor of her professional oeuvre and unique screen dynamism. In On Elizabeth Taylor: An Opinionated Guide (Oxford UP, 2024), her marriages, illnesses, media firestorms, perfume empire, violet eyes, and AIDS advocacy take a back seat to Elizabeth Taylor, the actress.
Taylor&apos;s big screen credits span over fifty years, from her pre-adolescent debut in There&apos;s One Born Every Minute (1942) to her cameo in The Flintstones (1994). She worked steadily in everything from the biggest production in film history (Cleopatra in 1963) to a humble daytime TV soap opera (General Hospital in 1981). Each of her sixty-seven film appearances is recapped here with background on their inception, production, release, and critical and financial outcome. On Elizabeth Taylor: An Opinionated Guide is a cradle-to-grave chronology of Taylor&apos;s life, noting key events, achievements, and milestones. This book offers a work-by-work analysis of her entire career told in chronological order, each film headlined with year of release, distributing studio, and director. This in-depth overview provides an invaluable new way of understanding Taylor&apos;s full life and work, as well as the history and nuances of the film industry as it existed in the twentieth century.
Kennedy engagingly reassesses Taylor&apos;s acting and the nuances she brought to the screen - this includes a consideration of her specific art, the development of her voice, her relationship to the camera, and her canny understanding of the effect she had on audiences worldwide. Kennedy also provides an elucidating guide to her entire filmography, one that speaks to the quality of her performances, their contours and shading, and their context within her extraordinary life and career. On Elizabeth Taylor is a beautifully comprehensive overview of a singular actress of the twentieth century, offering new ways to see and appreciate her skill and peerless charisma, in turn placing her among the greatest film stars of all time.
Matthew Kennedy is a film historian based in Oakland, California. He is the author of Roadshow! The Fall of Film Musicals in the 1960s, biographies of actresses Marie Dressler and Joan Blondell, and of director-screenwriter Edmund Goulding. He has introduced film series at the Museum of Modern Art, UCLA Film &amp; Television Archive, and Pacific Film Archive, and written for the San Francisco Silent Film Festival, Turner Classic Movies, and the National Film Registry. He is currently host and curator of the CinemaLit series at the Mechanics&apos; Institute Library in San Francisco.
Daniel Moran earned his B.A. and M.A. in English from Rutgers University and his Ph.D. in History from Drew University. The author of Creating Flannery O’Connor: Her Critics, Her Publishers, Her Readers and articles on G. K. Chesterton and John Ford, he teaches research and</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>184</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8fca853a-eb4e-11f0-945e-17dad9ccd2ca</guid>
      <title>Sheiba Kian Kaufman, &quot;Persian Paradigms in Early Modern English Drama&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><em>Persian Paradigms in Early Modern English Drama</em> examines the concept of early modern globality and the development of European toleration discourse through English representations of Persian monarchs and Persianate conceptions of hospitality as paradigms of interreligious and intercultural hospitality for early modern and Shakespearean drama.</p>
<p><br />English playwrights depict Persia and its legendary monarchs, such as Cyrus the Great, Xerxes, and Darius, as alternative figures of cosmopolitanism in the period. By focusing on an archive of plays of Persia staged between 1561 and 1696 in conversation with Shakespeare's works, European peace proposals, legislative acts of toleration, and global traditions of hospitality found in Zoroastrianism, Islam, and the Judeo-Christian traditions, this book pioneers an interdisciplinary methodology, introduces Persianate conceptual lenses for literary analysis of English literature, and constructs capacities to imagine multiple globalities existing in early modernity through a spectrum of imagined and lived experiences on stage and on the ground.</p>
<p>Sheiba Kian Kaufman is an Assistant Professor of English at Saddleback College and Lecturer at the University of California, Irvine. She is the author of articles on Shakespeare, Persia, and early modern English drama. She has received fellowships from the UCLA Center for 17th-and 18th Century Studies, Clark Library, the UCI Samuel Jordan Center for Persian Studies and Culture, the UCI Center in Law, Society, and Culture, Somerville College, Oxford, and the American Association of University Women.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">Morteza Hajizadeh</a> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. <a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">YouTube channel</a>. <a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture">Twitter</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 7 Jan 2026 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><em>Persian Paradigms in Early Modern English Drama</em> examines the concept of early modern globality and the development of European toleration discourse through English representations of Persian monarchs and Persianate conceptions of hospitality as paradigms of interreligious and intercultural hospitality for early modern and Shakespearean drama.</p>
<p><br />English playwrights depict Persia and its legendary monarchs, such as Cyrus the Great, Xerxes, and Darius, as alternative figures of cosmopolitanism in the period. By focusing on an archive of plays of Persia staged between 1561 and 1696 in conversation with Shakespeare's works, European peace proposals, legislative acts of toleration, and global traditions of hospitality found in Zoroastrianism, Islam, and the Judeo-Christian traditions, this book pioneers an interdisciplinary methodology, introduces Persianate conceptual lenses for literary analysis of English literature, and constructs capacities to imagine multiple globalities existing in early modernity through a spectrum of imagined and lived experiences on stage and on the ground.</p>
<p>Sheiba Kian Kaufman is an Assistant Professor of English at Saddleback College and Lecturer at the University of California, Irvine. She is the author of articles on Shakespeare, Persia, and early modern English drama. She has received fellowships from the UCLA Center for 17th-and 18th Century Studies, Clark Library, the UCI Samuel Jordan Center for Persian Studies and Culture, the UCI Center in Law, Society, and Culture, Somerville College, Oxford, and the American Association of University Women.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">Morteza Hajizadeh</a> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. <a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">YouTube channel</a>. <a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture">Twitter</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="57313393" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/6e7fd238-9ccd-4a8f-a9b2-49af3b9f6054/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=6e7fd238-9ccd-4a8f-a9b2-49af3b9f6054&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Sheiba Kian Kaufman, &quot;Persian Paradigms in Early Modern English Drama&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:59:38</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Persian Paradigms in Early Modern English Drama examines the concept of early modern globality and the development of European toleration discourse through English representations of Persian monarchs and Persianate conceptions of hospitality as paradigms of interreligious and intercultural hospitality for early modern and Shakespearean drama.

English playwrights depict Persia and its legendary monarchs, such as Cyrus the Great, Xerxes, and Darius, as alternative figures of cosmopolitanism in the period. By focusing on an archive of plays of Persia staged between 1561 and 1696 in conversation with Shakespeare&apos;s works, European peace proposals, legislative acts of toleration, and global traditions of hospitality found in Zoroastrianism, Islam, and the Judeo-Christian traditions, this book pioneers an interdisciplinary methodology, introduces Persianate conceptual lenses for literary analysis of English literature, and constructs capacities to imagine multiple globalities existing in early modernity through a spectrum of imagined and lived experiences on stage and on the ground.

Sheiba Kian Kaufman is an Assistant Professor of English at Saddleback College and Lecturer at the University of California, Irvine. She is the author of articles on Shakespeare, Persia, and early modern English drama. She has received fellowships from the UCLA Center for 17th-and 18th Century Studies, Clark Library, the UCI Samuel Jordan Center for Persian Studies and Culture, the UCI Center in Law, Society, and Culture, Somerville College, Oxford, and the American Association of University Women.

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Persian Paradigms in Early Modern English Drama examines the concept of early modern globality and the development of European toleration discourse through English representations of Persian monarchs and Persianate conceptions of hospitality as paradigms of interreligious and intercultural hospitality for early modern and Shakespearean drama.

English playwrights depict Persia and its legendary monarchs, such as Cyrus the Great, Xerxes, and Darius, as alternative figures of cosmopolitanism in the period. By focusing on an archive of plays of Persia staged between 1561 and 1696 in conversation with Shakespeare&apos;s works, European peace proposals, legislative acts of toleration, and global traditions of hospitality found in Zoroastrianism, Islam, and the Judeo-Christian traditions, this book pioneers an interdisciplinary methodology, introduces Persianate conceptual lenses for literary analysis of English literature, and constructs capacities to imagine multiple globalities existing in early modernity through a spectrum of imagined and lived experiences on stage and on the ground.

Sheiba Kian Kaufman is an Assistant Professor of English at Saddleback College and Lecturer at the University of California, Irvine. She is the author of articles on Shakespeare, Persia, and early modern English drama. She has received fellowships from the UCLA Center for 17th-and 18th Century Studies, Clark Library, the UCI Samuel Jordan Center for Persian Studies and Culture, the UCI Center in Law, Society, and Culture, Somerville College, Oxford, and the American Association of University Women.

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>376</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">41a51a44-ea6a-11f0-bb6b-5bdee526497a</guid>
      <title>Helen J. Nicholson, &quot;Women and the Crusades&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The crusade movement needed women: their money, their prayer support, their active participation, and their inspiration.</p><p>Helen J. Nicholson's book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198806721"><em>Women and the Crusades</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023) surveys women's involvement in medieval crusading between the second half of the eleventh century, when Pope Gregory VII first proposed a penitential military expedition to help the Christians of the East, and 1570, when the last crusader state, Cyprus, was captured by the Ottoman Turks. It considers women's actions not only on crusade battlefields but also in recruiting crusaders, supporting crusades through patronage, propaganda, and prayer, and as both defenders and aggressors. It argues that medieval women were deeply involved in the crusades but the roles that they could play and how their contemporaries recorded their deeds were dictated by social convention and cultural expectations. Although its main focus is the women of Latin Christendom, it also looks at the impact of the crusades and crusaders on the Jews of western Europe and the Muslims of the Middle East, and compares relations between Latin Christians and Muslims with relations between Muslims and other Christian groups.</p><p>Helen J. Nicholson is Professor of Medieval History at Cardiff University, UK. She has published extensively on the crusades, the military orders, and various related subjects, including a translation of a chronicle of the Third Crusade and an edition of the Templar trial proceedings in Britain and Ireland. She has just completed a history of Queen Sybil of Jerusalem (1186-1190).</p><p><br /></p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>Morteza Hajizadeh</em></a><em> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>YouTube channel</em></a><em>. </em><a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture"><em>Twitter</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 6 Jan 2026 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The crusade movement needed women: their money, their prayer support, their active participation, and their inspiration.</p><p>Helen J. Nicholson's book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198806721"><em>Women and the Crusades</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023) surveys women's involvement in medieval crusading between the second half of the eleventh century, when Pope Gregory VII first proposed a penitential military expedition to help the Christians of the East, and 1570, when the last crusader state, Cyprus, was captured by the Ottoman Turks. It considers women's actions not only on crusade battlefields but also in recruiting crusaders, supporting crusades through patronage, propaganda, and prayer, and as both defenders and aggressors. It argues that medieval women were deeply involved in the crusades but the roles that they could play and how their contemporaries recorded their deeds were dictated by social convention and cultural expectations. Although its main focus is the women of Latin Christendom, it also looks at the impact of the crusades and crusaders on the Jews of western Europe and the Muslims of the Middle East, and compares relations between Latin Christians and Muslims with relations between Muslims and other Christian groups.</p><p>Helen J. Nicholson is Professor of Medieval History at Cardiff University, UK. She has published extensively on the crusades, the military orders, and various related subjects, including a translation of a chronicle of the Third Crusade and an edition of the Templar trial proceedings in Britain and Ireland. She has just completed a history of Queen Sybil of Jerusalem (1186-1190).</p><p><br /></p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>Morteza Hajizadeh</em></a><em> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>YouTube channel</em></a><em>. </em><a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture"><em>Twitter</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="31456405" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/138a6ff0-3611-41e3-8cd6-abb2672a8740/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=138a6ff0-3611-41e3-8cd6-abb2672a8740&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Helen J. Nicholson, &quot;Women and the Crusades&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:32:45</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The crusade movement needed women: their money, their prayer support, their active participation, and their inspiration.
Helen J. Nicholson&apos;s book Women and the Crusades (Oxford UP, 2023) surveys women&apos;s involvement in medieval crusading between the second half of the eleventh century, when Pope Gregory VII first proposed a penitential military expedition to help the Christians of the East, and 1570, when the last crusader state, Cyprus, was captured by the Ottoman Turks. It considers women&apos;s actions not only on crusade battlefields but also in recruiting crusaders, supporting crusades through patronage, propaganda, and prayer, and as both defenders and aggressors. It argues that medieval women were deeply involved in the crusades but the roles that they could play and how their contemporaries recorded their deeds were dictated by social convention and cultural expectations. Although its main focus is the women of Latin Christendom, it also looks at the impact of the crusades and crusaders on the Jews of western Europe and the Muslims of the Middle East, and compares relations between Latin Christians and Muslims with relations between Muslims and other Christian groups.
Helen J. Nicholson is Professor of Medieval History at Cardiff University, UK. She has published extensively on the crusades, the military orders, and various related subjects, including a translation of a chronicle of the Third Crusade and an edition of the Templar trial proceedings in Britain and Ireland. She has just completed a history of Queen Sybil of Jerusalem (1186-1190).

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The crusade movement needed women: their money, their prayer support, their active participation, and their inspiration.
Helen J. Nicholson&apos;s book Women and the Crusades (Oxford UP, 2023) surveys women&apos;s involvement in medieval crusading between the second half of the eleventh century, when Pope Gregory VII first proposed a penitential military expedition to help the Christians of the East, and 1570, when the last crusader state, Cyprus, was captured by the Ottoman Turks. It considers women&apos;s actions not only on crusade battlefields but also in recruiting crusaders, supporting crusades through patronage, propaganda, and prayer, and as both defenders and aggressors. It argues that medieval women were deeply involved in the crusades but the roles that they could play and how their contemporaries recorded their deeds were dictated by social convention and cultural expectations. Although its main focus is the women of Latin Christendom, it also looks at the impact of the crusades and crusaders on the Jews of western Europe and the Muslims of the Middle East, and compares relations between Latin Christians and Muslims with relations between Muslims and other Christian groups.
Helen J. Nicholson is Professor of Medieval History at Cardiff University, UK. She has published extensively on the crusades, the military orders, and various related subjects, including a translation of a chronicle of the Third Crusade and an edition of the Templar trial proceedings in Britain and Ireland. She has just completed a history of Queen Sybil of Jerusalem (1186-1190).

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>68</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9d9c7d16-e7ee-11f0-b9cb-476a4c4223f0</guid>
      <title>Paul J. Gutacker, &quot;The Old Faith in a New Nation: American Protestants and the Christian Past&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Conventional wisdom holds that tradition and history meant little to nineteenth-century American Protestants, who relied on common sense and "the Bible alone." <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197639146"><em>The Old Faith in a New Nation: American Protestants and the Christian Past </em></a>(Oxford UP, 2023) challenges this portrayal by recovering evangelical engagement with the Christian past. Even when they appeared to be most scornful toward tradition, most optimistic and forward-looking, and most confident in their grasp of the Bible, evangelicals found themselves returning, time and again, to Christian history. They studied religious historiography, reinterpreted the history of the church, and argued over its implications for the present. Between the Revolution and the Civil War, American Protestants were deeply interested in the meaning of the Christian past. Paul J. Gutacker draws from hundreds of print sources-sermons, books, speeches, legal arguments, political petitions, and more-to show how ordinary educated Americans remembered and used Christian history.</p><p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/laneedwarddavis/"><em>Lane Davis</em></a><em> is an Instructor of Religion at Huntingdon College. Find him on Twitter </em><a href="https://twitter.com/TheeLaneDavis"><em>@TheeLaneDavis</em></a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 5 Jan 2026 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Conventional wisdom holds that tradition and history meant little to nineteenth-century American Protestants, who relied on common sense and "the Bible alone." <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197639146"><em>The Old Faith in a New Nation: American Protestants and the Christian Past </em></a>(Oxford UP, 2023) challenges this portrayal by recovering evangelical engagement with the Christian past. Even when they appeared to be most scornful toward tradition, most optimistic and forward-looking, and most confident in their grasp of the Bible, evangelicals found themselves returning, time and again, to Christian history. They studied religious historiography, reinterpreted the history of the church, and argued over its implications for the present. Between the Revolution and the Civil War, American Protestants were deeply interested in the meaning of the Christian past. Paul J. Gutacker draws from hundreds of print sources-sermons, books, speeches, legal arguments, political petitions, and more-to show how ordinary educated Americans remembered and used Christian history.</p><p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/laneedwarddavis/"><em>Lane Davis</em></a><em> is an Instructor of Religion at Huntingdon College. Find him on Twitter </em><a href="https://twitter.com/TheeLaneDavis"><em>@TheeLaneDavis</em></a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="39293576" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/c8de7194-e5f0-42b2-80f5-f7d0bd941bc5/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=c8de7194-e5f0-42b2-80f5-f7d0bd941bc5&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Paul J. Gutacker, &quot;The Old Faith in a New Nation: American Protestants and the Christian Past&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:40:55</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Conventional wisdom holds that tradition and history meant little to nineteenth-century American Protestants, who relied on common sense and &quot;the Bible alone.&quot; The Old Faith in a New Nation: American Protestants and the Christian Past (Oxford UP, 2023) challenges this portrayal by recovering evangelical engagement with the Christian past. Even when they appeared to be most scornful toward tradition, most optimistic and forward-looking, and most confident in their grasp of the Bible, evangelicals found themselves returning, time and again, to Christian history. They studied religious historiography, reinterpreted the history of the church, and argued over its implications for the present. Between the Revolution and the Civil War, American Protestants were deeply interested in the meaning of the Christian past. Paul J. Gutacker draws from hundreds of print sources-sermons, books, speeches, legal arguments, political petitions, and more-to show how ordinary educated Americans remembered and used Christian history.
Lane Davis is an Instructor of Religion at Huntingdon College. Find him on Twitter @TheeLaneDavis</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Conventional wisdom holds that tradition and history meant little to nineteenth-century American Protestants, who relied on common sense and &quot;the Bible alone.&quot; The Old Faith in a New Nation: American Protestants and the Christian Past (Oxford UP, 2023) challenges this portrayal by recovering evangelical engagement with the Christian past. Even when they appeared to be most scornful toward tradition, most optimistic and forward-looking, and most confident in their grasp of the Bible, evangelicals found themselves returning, time and again, to Christian history. They studied religious historiography, reinterpreted the history of the church, and argued over its implications for the present. Between the Revolution and the Civil War, American Protestants were deeply interested in the meaning of the Christian past. Paul J. Gutacker draws from hundreds of print sources-sermons, books, speeches, legal arguments, political petitions, and more-to show how ordinary educated Americans remembered and used Christian history.
Lane Davis is an Instructor of Religion at Huntingdon College. Find him on Twitter @TheeLaneDavis</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1293</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0d2b12b2-e751-11f0-aadf-0f67027043b8</guid>
      <title>Kelsey Klotz, &quot;Dave Brubeck and the Performance of Whiteness&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>How can we—jazz fans, musicians, writers, and historians—understand the legacy and impact of a musician like Dave Brubeck? It is undeniable that Brubeck leveraged his fame as a jazz musician and status as a composer for social justice causes, and in doing so, held to a belief system that, during the civil rights movement, modeled a progressive approach to race and race relations. It is also true that it took Brubeck, like others, some time to understand the full spectrum of racial power dynamics at play in post-WWII, early Cold War, and civil rights-era America.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197525074"><em>Dave Brubeck and the Performance of Whiteness</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023) uses Brubeck's performances of whiteness across his professional, private, and political lives as a starting point to understand the ways in which whiteness, privilege, and white supremacy more fully manifested in mid-century America. How is whiteness performed and re-performed? How do particular traits become inscribed with whiteness, and further, how do those traits, now racialized in a listener's mind, filter the sounds a listener hears? To what extent was Brubeck's whiteness made by others? How did audiences and critics use Brubeck to craft their own identities centered in whiteness? Drawing on archival records, recordings, and previously conducted interviews, <em>Dave Brubeck and the Performance of Whiteness</em> listens closely for the complex and shifting frames of mid-century whiteness, and how they shaped the experiences of Brubeck's critics, audiences, and Brubeck himself. Throughout, author Kelsey Klotz asks what happens when a musician tries to intervene, using his privilege as a tool with which to disrupt structures of white supremacy, even as whiteness continues to retain its hold on its beneficiaries.</p><p><em> Nathan Smith is a PhD Student in Music Theory at Yale University (nathan.smith@yale.edu).</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 5 Jan 2026 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>How can we—jazz fans, musicians, writers, and historians—understand the legacy and impact of a musician like Dave Brubeck? It is undeniable that Brubeck leveraged his fame as a jazz musician and status as a composer for social justice causes, and in doing so, held to a belief system that, during the civil rights movement, modeled a progressive approach to race and race relations. It is also true that it took Brubeck, like others, some time to understand the full spectrum of racial power dynamics at play in post-WWII, early Cold War, and civil rights-era America.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197525074"><em>Dave Brubeck and the Performance of Whiteness</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023) uses Brubeck's performances of whiteness across his professional, private, and political lives as a starting point to understand the ways in which whiteness, privilege, and white supremacy more fully manifested in mid-century America. How is whiteness performed and re-performed? How do particular traits become inscribed with whiteness, and further, how do those traits, now racialized in a listener's mind, filter the sounds a listener hears? To what extent was Brubeck's whiteness made by others? How did audiences and critics use Brubeck to craft their own identities centered in whiteness? Drawing on archival records, recordings, and previously conducted interviews, <em>Dave Brubeck and the Performance of Whiteness</em> listens closely for the complex and shifting frames of mid-century whiteness, and how they shaped the experiences of Brubeck's critics, audiences, and Brubeck himself. Throughout, author Kelsey Klotz asks what happens when a musician tries to intervene, using his privilege as a tool with which to disrupt structures of white supremacy, even as whiteness continues to retain its hold on its beneficiaries.</p><p><em> Nathan Smith is a PhD Student in Music Theory at Yale University (nathan.smith@yale.edu).</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="66805910" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/656d6734-4bed-4722-b96f-2fd3d673bb66/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=656d6734-4bed-4722-b96f-2fd3d673bb66&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Kelsey Klotz, &quot;Dave Brubeck and the Performance of Whiteness&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:09:35</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>How can we—jazz fans, musicians, writers, and historians—understand the legacy and impact of a musician like Dave Brubeck? It is undeniable that Brubeck leveraged his fame as a jazz musician and status as a composer for social justice causes, and in doing so, held to a belief system that, during the civil rights movement, modeled a progressive approach to race and race relations. It is also true that it took Brubeck, like others, some time to understand the full spectrum of racial power dynamics at play in post-WWII, early Cold War, and civil rights-era America.
Dave Brubeck and the Performance of Whiteness (Oxford UP, 2023) uses Brubeck&apos;s performances of whiteness across his professional, private, and political lives as a starting point to understand the ways in which whiteness, privilege, and white supremacy more fully manifested in mid-century America. How is whiteness performed and re-performed? How do particular traits become inscribed with whiteness, and further, how do those traits, now racialized in a listener&apos;s mind, filter the sounds a listener hears? To what extent was Brubeck&apos;s whiteness made by others? How did audiences and critics use Brubeck to craft their own identities centered in whiteness? Drawing on archival records, recordings, and previously conducted interviews, Dave Brubeck and the Performance of Whiteness listens closely for the complex and shifting frames of mid-century whiteness, and how they shaped the experiences of Brubeck&apos;s critics, audiences, and Brubeck himself. Throughout, author Kelsey Klotz asks what happens when a musician tries to intervene, using his privilege as a tool with which to disrupt structures of white supremacy, even as whiteness continues to retain its hold on its beneficiaries.
 Nathan Smith is a PhD Student in Music Theory at Yale University (nathan.smith@yale.edu).</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>How can we—jazz fans, musicians, writers, and historians—understand the legacy and impact of a musician like Dave Brubeck? It is undeniable that Brubeck leveraged his fame as a jazz musician and status as a composer for social justice causes, and in doing so, held to a belief system that, during the civil rights movement, modeled a progressive approach to race and race relations. It is also true that it took Brubeck, like others, some time to understand the full spectrum of racial power dynamics at play in post-WWII, early Cold War, and civil rights-era America.
Dave Brubeck and the Performance of Whiteness (Oxford UP, 2023) uses Brubeck&apos;s performances of whiteness across his professional, private, and political lives as a starting point to understand the ways in which whiteness, privilege, and white supremacy more fully manifested in mid-century America. How is whiteness performed and re-performed? How do particular traits become inscribed with whiteness, and further, how do those traits, now racialized in a listener&apos;s mind, filter the sounds a listener hears? To what extent was Brubeck&apos;s whiteness made by others? How did audiences and critics use Brubeck to craft their own identities centered in whiteness? Drawing on archival records, recordings, and previously conducted interviews, Dave Brubeck and the Performance of Whiteness listens closely for the complex and shifting frames of mid-century whiteness, and how they shaped the experiences of Brubeck&apos;s critics, audiences, and Brubeck himself. Throughout, author Kelsey Klotz asks what happens when a musician tries to intervene, using his privilege as a tool with which to disrupt structures of white supremacy, even as whiteness continues to retain its hold on its beneficiaries.
 Nathan Smith is a PhD Student in Music Theory at Yale University (nathan.smith@yale.edu).</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>183</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">227b1b42-b13c-11ed-9aa4-3b6f0af9ea35</guid>
      <title>Ashley Brown, &quot;Serving Herself: The Life and Times of Althea Gibson&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>From her start playing paddle tennis on the streets of Harlem as a young teenager to her eleven Grand Slam tennis wins to her professional golf career, Althea Gibson became the most famous black sportswoman of the mid-twentieth century. In her unprecedented athletic career, she was the first African American to win titles at the French Open, Wimbledon, and the US Open.</p><p>In this comprehensive biography, Ashley Brown narrates the public career and private struggles of Althea Gibson (1927-2003). Based on extensive archival work and oral histories, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197551752"><em>Serving Herself: The Life and Times of Althea Gibson</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023) sets Gibson's life and choices against the backdrop of the Great Migration, Jim Crow racism, the integration of American sports, the civil rights movement, the Cold War, and second wave feminism. Throughout her life Gibson continuously negotiated the expectations of her supporters and adversaries, including her patrons in the black-led American Tennis Association, the white-led United States Lawn Tennis Association, and the media, particularly the Black press and community's expectations that she selflessly serve as a representative of her race. </p><p>An incredibly talented, ultra-competitive, and not always likeable athlete, Gibson wanted to be treated as an individual first and foremost, not as a member of a specific race or gender. She was reluctant to speak openly about the indignities and prejudices she navigated as an African American woman, though she faced numerous institutional and societal barriers in achieving her goals. She frequently bucked conventional norms of femininity and put her career ahead of romantic relationships, making her personal life the subject of constant scrutiny and rumors. Despite her major wins and international recognition, including a ticker tape parade in New York City and the covers of <em>Sports Illustrated</em> and <em>Time</em>, Gibson endeavored to find commercial sponsorship and permanent economic stability. Committed to self-sufficiency, she pivoted from the elite amateur tennis circuit to State Department-sponsored goodwill tours, attempts to find success as a singer and Hollywood actress, the professional golf circuit, a tour with the Harlem Globetrotters and her own professional tennis tour, coaching, teaching children at tennis clinics, and a stint as New Jersey Athletics Commissioner. As she struggled to support herself in old age, she was left with disappointment, recounting her past achievements decades before female tennis players were able to garner substantial earnings.</p><p>A compelling life and times portrait, <em>Serving Herself </em>offers a revealing look at the rise and fall of a fiercely independent trailblazer who satisfied her own needs and simultaneously set a pathbreaking course for Black athletes.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 3 Jan 2026 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>From her start playing paddle tennis on the streets of Harlem as a young teenager to her eleven Grand Slam tennis wins to her professional golf career, Althea Gibson became the most famous black sportswoman of the mid-twentieth century. In her unprecedented athletic career, she was the first African American to win titles at the French Open, Wimbledon, and the US Open.</p><p>In this comprehensive biography, Ashley Brown narrates the public career and private struggles of Althea Gibson (1927-2003). Based on extensive archival work and oral histories, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197551752"><em>Serving Herself: The Life and Times of Althea Gibson</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023) sets Gibson's life and choices against the backdrop of the Great Migration, Jim Crow racism, the integration of American sports, the civil rights movement, the Cold War, and second wave feminism. Throughout her life Gibson continuously negotiated the expectations of her supporters and adversaries, including her patrons in the black-led American Tennis Association, the white-led United States Lawn Tennis Association, and the media, particularly the Black press and community's expectations that she selflessly serve as a representative of her race. </p><p>An incredibly talented, ultra-competitive, and not always likeable athlete, Gibson wanted to be treated as an individual first and foremost, not as a member of a specific race or gender. She was reluctant to speak openly about the indignities and prejudices she navigated as an African American woman, though she faced numerous institutional and societal barriers in achieving her goals. She frequently bucked conventional norms of femininity and put her career ahead of romantic relationships, making her personal life the subject of constant scrutiny and rumors. Despite her major wins and international recognition, including a ticker tape parade in New York City and the covers of <em>Sports Illustrated</em> and <em>Time</em>, Gibson endeavored to find commercial sponsorship and permanent economic stability. Committed to self-sufficiency, she pivoted from the elite amateur tennis circuit to State Department-sponsored goodwill tours, attempts to find success as a singer and Hollywood actress, the professional golf circuit, a tour with the Harlem Globetrotters and her own professional tennis tour, coaching, teaching children at tennis clinics, and a stint as New Jersey Athletics Commissioner. As she struggled to support herself in old age, she was left with disappointment, recounting her past achievements decades before female tennis players were able to garner substantial earnings.</p><p>A compelling life and times portrait, <em>Serving Herself </em>offers a revealing look at the rise and fall of a fiercely independent trailblazer who satisfied her own needs and simultaneously set a pathbreaking course for Black athletes.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="43887255" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/6509c317-454c-40a7-b1b9-1d360e5680ea/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=6509c317-454c-40a7-b1b9-1d360e5680ea&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Ashley Brown, &quot;Serving Herself: The Life and Times of Althea Gibson&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:45:42</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>From her start playing paddle tennis on the streets of Harlem as a young teenager to her eleven Grand Slam tennis wins to her professional golf career, Althea Gibson became the most famous black sportswoman of the mid-twentieth century. In her unprecedented athletic career, she was the first African American to win titles at the French Open, Wimbledon, and the US Open.
In this comprehensive biography, Ashley Brown narrates the public career and private struggles of Althea Gibson (1927-2003). Based on extensive archival work and oral histories, Serving Herself: The Life and Times of Althea Gibson (Oxford UP, 2023) sets Gibson&apos;s life and choices against the backdrop of the Great Migration, Jim Crow racism, the integration of American sports, the civil rights movement, the Cold War, and second wave feminism. Throughout her life Gibson continuously negotiated the expectations of her supporters and adversaries, including her patrons in the black-led American Tennis Association, the white-led United States Lawn Tennis Association, and the media, particularly the Black press and community&apos;s expectations that she selflessly serve as a representative of her race. 
An incredibly talented, ultra-competitive, and not always likeable athlete, Gibson wanted to be treated as an individual first and foremost, not as a member of a specific race or gender. She was reluctant to speak openly about the indignities and prejudices she navigated as an African American woman, though she faced numerous institutional and societal barriers in achieving her goals. She frequently bucked conventional norms of femininity and put her career ahead of romantic relationships, making her personal life the subject of constant scrutiny and rumors. Despite her major wins and international recognition, including a ticker tape parade in New York City and the covers of Sports Illustrated and Time, Gibson endeavored to find commercial sponsorship and permanent economic stability. Committed to self-sufficiency, she pivoted from the elite amateur tennis circuit to State Department-sponsored goodwill tours, attempts to find success as a singer and Hollywood actress, the professional golf circuit, a tour with the Harlem Globetrotters and her own professional tennis tour, coaching, teaching children at tennis clinics, and a stint as New Jersey Athletics Commissioner. As she struggled to support herself in old age, she was left with disappointment, recounting her past achievements decades before female tennis players were able to garner substantial earnings.
A compelling life and times portrait, Serving Herself offers a revealing look at the rise and fall of a fiercely independent trailblazer who satisfied her own needs and simultaneously set a pathbreaking course for Black athletes.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>From her start playing paddle tennis on the streets of Harlem as a young teenager to her eleven Grand Slam tennis wins to her professional golf career, Althea Gibson became the most famous black sportswoman of the mid-twentieth century. In her unprecedented athletic career, she was the first African American to win titles at the French Open, Wimbledon, and the US Open.
In this comprehensive biography, Ashley Brown narrates the public career and private struggles of Althea Gibson (1927-2003). Based on extensive archival work and oral histories, Serving Herself: The Life and Times of Althea Gibson (Oxford UP, 2023) sets Gibson&apos;s life and choices against the backdrop of the Great Migration, Jim Crow racism, the integration of American sports, the civil rights movement, the Cold War, and second wave feminism. Throughout her life Gibson continuously negotiated the expectations of her supporters and adversaries, including her patrons in the black-led American Tennis Association, the white-led United States Lawn Tennis Association, and the media, particularly the Black press and community&apos;s expectations that she selflessly serve as a representative of her race. 
An incredibly talented, ultra-competitive, and not always likeable athlete, Gibson wanted to be treated as an individual first and foremost, not as a member of a specific race or gender. She was reluctant to speak openly about the indignities and prejudices she navigated as an African American woman, though she faced numerous institutional and societal barriers in achieving her goals. She frequently bucked conventional norms of femininity and put her career ahead of romantic relationships, making her personal life the subject of constant scrutiny and rumors. Despite her major wins and international recognition, including a ticker tape parade in New York City and the covers of Sports Illustrated and Time, Gibson endeavored to find commercial sponsorship and permanent economic stability. Committed to self-sufficiency, she pivoted from the elite amateur tennis circuit to State Department-sponsored goodwill tours, attempts to find success as a singer and Hollywood actress, the professional golf circuit, a tour with the Harlem Globetrotters and her own professional tennis tour, coaching, teaching children at tennis clinics, and a stint as New Jersey Athletics Commissioner. As she struggled to support herself in old age, she was left with disappointment, recounting her past achievements decades before female tennis players were able to garner substantial earnings.
A compelling life and times portrait, Serving Herself offers a revealing look at the rise and fall of a fiercely independent trailblazer who satisfied her own needs and simultaneously set a pathbreaking course for Black athletes.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>14</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d1d38868-e5be-11f0-9dc5-e36cd952ceae</guid>
      <title>Hans Kundnani, &quot;Eurowhiteness: Culture, Empire and Race in the European Project&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>"Today’s 'pro-Europeans' would be horrified at the suggestion that their idea of Europe had anything to do with whiteness. In fact, many would find the attempt to link the two baffling and outrageous," writes Hans Kundnani in <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/eurowhiteness-kundnani/20124625?ean=9781787389328"><em>Eurowhiteness: Culture, Empire and Race in the European Project </em></a>(Oxford UP, 2023).</p><p>Yet, he does so - taking the reader on a historical journey through the development of European identity from Christendom to the coincidence of the Enlightenment and the development of colonialism to the pan-European movement that grew out of the first world war and peace project (or was it?) that emerged from the second.</p><p>Not only is pro-Europeanism “analogous to nationalism - something like nationalism but on a larger, continental scale," Kundani argues, but the EU itself has “become a vehicle for imperial amnesia" thereby promoting and privileging “whiteness”.</p><p>Hans Kundnani is a fellow at the Open Society Foundations Workshop, an associate scholar at the Royal Institute of International Affairs (Chatham House), and a visiting scholar at the Robert L. Heilbroner Center for Capitalism Studies at The New School for Social Research. From 2018-22, he was a full-time researcher at Chatham House, including as director of the Europe Programme. Before that, he was a researcher at the German Marshall Fund, the Transatlantic Academy, and the European Council on Foreign Relations. In 2014, he published <em>The Paradox of German Power</em>.</p><p>*The author's own book recommendations are <em>Eurafrica: The Untold History of European Integration and Colonialism</em> by Peo Hansen and Stefan Jonsson (Bloomsbury Academic, 2015) and <em>The Lonely Londoners</em> by Sam Selvon (Penguin Modern Classics, 2006 - first published in 1956)</p><p><a href="https://timgwynnjones.com/"><em>Tim Gwynn Jones</em></a><em> is an economic and political-risk analyst at Medley Advisors, who also writes the </em><a href="https://twentyfourtwo.substack.com/"><em>twenty4two</em></a><em> newsletter on Substack and hosts the </em><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/in-the-room/id1646625087?uo=4"><em>In The Room</em></a><em> podcast series.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 1 Jan 2026 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>"Today’s 'pro-Europeans' would be horrified at the suggestion that their idea of Europe had anything to do with whiteness. In fact, many would find the attempt to link the two baffling and outrageous," writes Hans Kundnani in <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/eurowhiteness-kundnani/20124625?ean=9781787389328"><em>Eurowhiteness: Culture, Empire and Race in the European Project </em></a>(Oxford UP, 2023).</p><p>Yet, he does so - taking the reader on a historical journey through the development of European identity from Christendom to the coincidence of the Enlightenment and the development of colonialism to the pan-European movement that grew out of the first world war and peace project (or was it?) that emerged from the second.</p><p>Not only is pro-Europeanism “analogous to nationalism - something like nationalism but on a larger, continental scale," Kundani argues, but the EU itself has “become a vehicle for imperial amnesia" thereby promoting and privileging “whiteness”.</p><p>Hans Kundnani is a fellow at the Open Society Foundations Workshop, an associate scholar at the Royal Institute of International Affairs (Chatham House), and a visiting scholar at the Robert L. Heilbroner Center for Capitalism Studies at The New School for Social Research. From 2018-22, he was a full-time researcher at Chatham House, including as director of the Europe Programme. Before that, he was a researcher at the German Marshall Fund, the Transatlantic Academy, and the European Council on Foreign Relations. In 2014, he published <em>The Paradox of German Power</em>.</p><p>*The author's own book recommendations are <em>Eurafrica: The Untold History of European Integration and Colonialism</em> by Peo Hansen and Stefan Jonsson (Bloomsbury Academic, 2015) and <em>The Lonely Londoners</em> by Sam Selvon (Penguin Modern Classics, 2006 - first published in 1956)</p><p><a href="https://timgwynnjones.com/"><em>Tim Gwynn Jones</em></a><em> is an economic and political-risk analyst at Medley Advisors, who also writes the </em><a href="https://twentyfourtwo.substack.com/"><em>twenty4two</em></a><em> newsletter on Substack and hosts the </em><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/in-the-room/id1646625087?uo=4"><em>In The Room</em></a><em> podcast series.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="43856980" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/eefbadce-4e2a-46a7-a197-ae402cd809d4/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=eefbadce-4e2a-46a7-a197-ae402cd809d4&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Hans Kundnani, &quot;Eurowhiteness: Culture, Empire and Race in the European Project&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:45:40</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>&quot;Today’s &apos;pro-Europeans&apos; would be horrified at the suggestion that their idea of Europe had anything to do with whiteness. In fact, many would find the attempt to link the two baffling and outrageous,&quot; writes Hans Kundnani in Eurowhiteness: Culture, Empire and Race in the European Project (Oxford UP, 2023).
Yet, he does so - taking the reader on a historical journey through the development of European identity from Christendom to the coincidence of the Enlightenment and the development of colonialism to the pan-European movement that grew out of the first world war and peace project (or was it?) that emerged from the second.
Not only is pro-Europeanism “analogous to nationalism - something like nationalism but on a larger, continental scale,&quot; Kundani argues, but the EU itself has “become a vehicle for imperial amnesia&quot; thereby promoting and privileging “whiteness”.
Hans Kundnani is a fellow at the Open Society Foundations Workshop, an associate scholar at the Royal Institute of International Affairs (Chatham House), and a visiting scholar at the Robert L. Heilbroner Center for Capitalism Studies at The New School for Social Research. From 2018-22, he was a full-time researcher at Chatham House, including as director of the Europe Programme. Before that, he was a researcher at the German Marshall Fund, the Transatlantic Academy, and the European Council on Foreign Relations. In 2014, he published The Paradox of German Power.
*The author&apos;s own book recommendations are Eurafrica: The Untold History of European Integration and Colonialism by Peo Hansen and Stefan Jonsson (Bloomsbury Academic, 2015) and The Lonely Londoners by Sam Selvon (Penguin Modern Classics, 2006 - first published in 1956)
Tim Gwynn Jones is an economic and political-risk analyst at Medley Advisors, who also writes the twenty4two newsletter on Substack and hosts the In The Room podcast series.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>&quot;Today’s &apos;pro-Europeans&apos; would be horrified at the suggestion that their idea of Europe had anything to do with whiteness. In fact, many would find the attempt to link the two baffling and outrageous,&quot; writes Hans Kundnani in Eurowhiteness: Culture, Empire and Race in the European Project (Oxford UP, 2023).
Yet, he does so - taking the reader on a historical journey through the development of European identity from Christendom to the coincidence of the Enlightenment and the development of colonialism to the pan-European movement that grew out of the first world war and peace project (or was it?) that emerged from the second.
Not only is pro-Europeanism “analogous to nationalism - something like nationalism but on a larger, continental scale,&quot; Kundani argues, but the EU itself has “become a vehicle for imperial amnesia&quot; thereby promoting and privileging “whiteness”.
Hans Kundnani is a fellow at the Open Society Foundations Workshop, an associate scholar at the Royal Institute of International Affairs (Chatham House), and a visiting scholar at the Robert L. Heilbroner Center for Capitalism Studies at The New School for Social Research. From 2018-22, he was a full-time researcher at Chatham House, including as director of the Europe Programme. Before that, he was a researcher at the German Marshall Fund, the Transatlantic Academy, and the European Council on Foreign Relations. In 2014, he published The Paradox of German Power.
*The author&apos;s own book recommendations are Eurafrica: The Untold History of European Integration and Colonialism by Peo Hansen and Stefan Jonsson (Bloomsbury Academic, 2015) and The Lonely Londoners by Sam Selvon (Penguin Modern Classics, 2006 - first published in 1956)
Tim Gwynn Jones is an economic and political-risk analyst at Medley Advisors, who also writes the twenty4two newsletter on Substack and hosts the In The Room podcast series.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>15</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">493bad8e-e599-11f0-998e-af4585ce57e1</guid>
      <title>Baijayanti Roy, &quot;The Nazi Study of India and Indian Anti-Colonialism&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><em>The Nazi Study of India and Indian Anti-Colonialism </em>(2024) is the first detailed and critical study of the intellectual and political connections that existed between some German scholars specializing on India, non-academic ‘India experts,’ Indian anti-colonialists and various organs of the Nazi state published by the Oxford University Press. It explores the ways in which different knowledge discourses pertaining to India, particularly its colonization and the anti-colonial movement, were used by these individuals for a number of German organisations to fulfil the demands of Nazi politics. This monograph also inspects the links between the knowledge providers and embodiments of National Socialist politics like the Nazi party and its affiliates. In this study, Baijayanti Roy aims to ascertain whether such political engagements were actually more rewarding for the scholars than their 'practical services' to the state in the form of strategic deployment of their knowledge of India.</p>
<p><em>The Nazi Study of India and Indian Anti-Colonialism</em> offers case studies of four organisations which incorporated such complicated entanglements of knowledge and power: the India Institute of the Deutsche Akademie in Munich, the Special Department India of the German Foreign Ministry, the Seminar for Oriental languages and its successor institutions at the University of Berlin, and the Indian Legion of the German Army. The knowledge networks underlying these organisations were dominated by German Indologists, but non-specialist knowledge providers, both German and Indian were also included.</p>
<p>The Nazi regime expected all scholars and intellectuals to engage in Kulturpolitik (cultural politics), which entailed propagating the glories of the 'Reich' and its supreme leader as well as collecting 'politically valuable' knowledge within and outside Germany. For the four organizations concerned, this meant conducting pro-German and from around 1938, anti-British propaganda aimed at Indians.</p>
<p>Loosely following an analogy provided by Herbert Mehrtens in the context of natural sciences, this monograph posits that there were ‘patterns of collaboration’ between the knowledge providers and the representatives of the Nazi regime. At the core of these 'patterns' was, to borrow Mitchell Ash’s theory, an exchange of resources and capital in which scholars and experts offered their knowledge of Indian languages, history and culture to authorities like the Foreign Ministry, the SS and the Army. In return, they received increased professional opportunities, financial remuneration or in some cases, increased power and influence.</p>
<p><a href="https://history.wisc.edu/people/acharya-deep/"><em>Deep Acharya</em></a><em> is a PhD student and a George L. Mosse fellow of Modern European Cultural History at the University of Wisconsin-Madison working on the history of fatherhood in 20th century Germany.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 1 Jan 2026 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><em>The Nazi Study of India and Indian Anti-Colonialism </em>(2024) is the first detailed and critical study of the intellectual and political connections that existed between some German scholars specializing on India, non-academic ‘India experts,’ Indian anti-colonialists and various organs of the Nazi state published by the Oxford University Press. It explores the ways in which different knowledge discourses pertaining to India, particularly its colonization and the anti-colonial movement, were used by these individuals for a number of German organisations to fulfil the demands of Nazi politics. This monograph also inspects the links between the knowledge providers and embodiments of National Socialist politics like the Nazi party and its affiliates. In this study, Baijayanti Roy aims to ascertain whether such political engagements were actually more rewarding for the scholars than their 'practical services' to the state in the form of strategic deployment of their knowledge of India.</p>
<p><em>The Nazi Study of India and Indian Anti-Colonialism</em> offers case studies of four organisations which incorporated such complicated entanglements of knowledge and power: the India Institute of the Deutsche Akademie in Munich, the Special Department India of the German Foreign Ministry, the Seminar for Oriental languages and its successor institutions at the University of Berlin, and the Indian Legion of the German Army. The knowledge networks underlying these organisations were dominated by German Indologists, but non-specialist knowledge providers, both German and Indian were also included.</p>
<p>The Nazi regime expected all scholars and intellectuals to engage in Kulturpolitik (cultural politics), which entailed propagating the glories of the 'Reich' and its supreme leader as well as collecting 'politically valuable' knowledge within and outside Germany. For the four organizations concerned, this meant conducting pro-German and from around 1938, anti-British propaganda aimed at Indians.</p>
<p>Loosely following an analogy provided by Herbert Mehrtens in the context of natural sciences, this monograph posits that there were ‘patterns of collaboration’ between the knowledge providers and the representatives of the Nazi regime. At the core of these 'patterns' was, to borrow Mitchell Ash’s theory, an exchange of resources and capital in which scholars and experts offered their knowledge of Indian languages, history and culture to authorities like the Foreign Ministry, the SS and the Army. In return, they received increased professional opportunities, financial remuneration or in some cases, increased power and influence.</p>
<p><a href="https://history.wisc.edu/people/acharya-deep/"><em>Deep Acharya</em></a><em> is a PhD student and a George L. Mosse fellow of Modern European Cultural History at the University of Wisconsin-Madison working on the history of fatherhood in 20th century Germany.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="43366690" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/9657eb32-4208-40b3-be7a-e155762a2603/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=9657eb32-4208-40b3-be7a-e155762a2603&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Baijayanti Roy, &quot;The Nazi Study of India and Indian Anti-Colonialism&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:45:07</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The Nazi Study of India and Indian Anti-Colonialism (2024) is the first detailed and critical study of the intellectual and political connections that existed between some German scholars specializing on India, non-academic ‘India experts,’ Indian anti-colonialists and various organs of the Nazi state published by the Oxford University Press. It explores the ways in which different knowledge discourses pertaining to India, particularly its colonization and the anti-colonial movement, were used by these individuals for a number of German organisations to fulfil the demands of Nazi politics. This monograph also inspects the links between the knowledge providers and embodiments of National Socialist politics like the Nazi party and its affiliates. In this study, Baijayanti Roy aims to ascertain whether such political engagements were actually more rewarding for the scholars than their &apos;practical services&apos; to the state in the form of strategic deployment of their knowledge of India.

The Nazi Study of India and Indian Anti-Colonialism offers case studies of four organisations which incorporated such complicated entanglements of knowledge and power: the India Institute of the Deutsche Akademie in Munich, the Special Department India of the German Foreign Ministry, the Seminar for Oriental languages and its successor institutions at the University of Berlin, and the Indian Legion of the German Army. The knowledge networks underlying these organisations were dominated by German Indologists, but non-specialist knowledge providers, both German and Indian were also included.

The Nazi regime expected all scholars and intellectuals to engage in Kulturpolitik (cultural politics), which entailed propagating the glories of the &apos;Reich&apos; and its supreme leader as well as collecting &apos;politically valuable&apos; knowledge within and outside Germany. For the four organizations concerned, this meant conducting pro-German and from around 1938, anti-British propaganda aimed at Indians.

Loosely following an analogy provided by Herbert Mehrtens in the context of natural sciences, this monograph posits that there were ‘patterns of collaboration’ between the knowledge providers and the representatives of the Nazi regime. At the core of these &apos;patterns&apos; was, to borrow Mitchell Ash’s theory, an exchange of resources and capital in which scholars and experts offered their knowledge of Indian languages, history and culture to authorities like the Foreign Ministry, the SS and the Army. In return, they received increased professional opportunities, financial remuneration or in some cases, increased power and influence.

Deep Acharya is a PhD student and a George L. Mosse fellow of Modern European Cultural History at the University of Wisconsin-Madison working on the history of fatherhood in 20th century Germany.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The Nazi Study of India and Indian Anti-Colonialism (2024) is the first detailed and critical study of the intellectual and political connections that existed between some German scholars specializing on India, non-academic ‘India experts,’ Indian anti-colonialists and various organs of the Nazi state published by the Oxford University Press. It explores the ways in which different knowledge discourses pertaining to India, particularly its colonization and the anti-colonial movement, were used by these individuals for a number of German organisations to fulfil the demands of Nazi politics. This monograph also inspects the links between the knowledge providers and embodiments of National Socialist politics like the Nazi party and its affiliates. In this study, Baijayanti Roy aims to ascertain whether such political engagements were actually more rewarding for the scholars than their &apos;practical services&apos; to the state in the form of strategic deployment of their knowledge of India.

The Nazi Study of India and Indian Anti-Colonialism offers case studies of four organisations which incorporated such complicated entanglements of knowledge and power: the India Institute of the Deutsche Akademie in Munich, the Special Department India of the German Foreign Ministry, the Seminar for Oriental languages and its successor institutions at the University of Berlin, and the Indian Legion of the German Army. The knowledge networks underlying these organisations were dominated by German Indologists, but non-specialist knowledge providers, both German and Indian were also included.

The Nazi regime expected all scholars and intellectuals to engage in Kulturpolitik (cultural politics), which entailed propagating the glories of the &apos;Reich&apos; and its supreme leader as well as collecting &apos;politically valuable&apos; knowledge within and outside Germany. For the four organizations concerned, this meant conducting pro-German and from around 1938, anti-British propaganda aimed at Indians.

Loosely following an analogy provided by Herbert Mehrtens in the context of natural sciences, this monograph posits that there were ‘patterns of collaboration’ between the knowledge providers and the representatives of the Nazi regime. At the core of these &apos;patterns&apos; was, to borrow Mitchell Ash’s theory, an exchange of resources and capital in which scholars and experts offered their knowledge of Indian languages, history and culture to authorities like the Foreign Ministry, the SS and the Army. In return, they received increased professional opportunities, financial remuneration or in some cases, increased power and influence.

Deep Acharya is a PhD student and a George L. Mosse fellow of Modern European Cultural History at the University of Wisconsin-Madison working on the history of fatherhood in 20th century Germany.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>191</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">750145fc-e5b0-11f0-8701-bf69d97ac558</guid>
      <title>Philip A. Wallach, &quot;Why Congress&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>To achieve legitimate self-government in America's extended Republic, the U.S. Constitution depends on Congress harmonizing the country's factions through a process of conflict and accommodation. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197657874"><em>Why Congress</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023) demonstrates the value of this activity by showing the legislature's distinctive contributions in two crucial moments in the mid-twentieth century: during World War II, when congressional deliberation contributed to national cohesion by balancing interests and ensuring fairness, and during the push to end racial segregation, when a prolonged debate in Congress focused the nation's attention and delivered a decisive victory for the broad coalition united around civil rights. </p><p>The second part of the book traces the evolution of Congress, which first experimented with radical decentralization in the 1970s and then, beginning in the 1980s, embraced powerful leadership and ideological caucuses that prioritized partisan unity and electoral confrontation. This transformed institution has been unable to work through the country's deep divisions on contemporary issues like immigration or the COVID-19 pandemic. Contemporary policymaking often circumvents Congress entirely. In other instances, Congress is engaged, but it proceeds without any bipartisan cooperation or through leader-broken compromises generated by crises. Each of these patterns creates serious difficulties for legitimating American policy. The book concludes with three scenarios for Congress's future. Without significant change, the institution will sink into decrepitude. But it could still be transformed, either by progressive constitutional reform empowering the president at the legislature's expense, or by a revival of meaningful deliberation and debate facilitated by the renewal of the committee system.</p><p><strong>Philip A. Wallach</strong> is a senior fellow at the American Enterprise Institute (AEI), where he studies America's separation of powers, with a focus on regulatory policy issues and the relationship between Congress and the administrative state.</p><p><em>Caleb Zakarin is the Assistant Editor of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Dec 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>To achieve legitimate self-government in America's extended Republic, the U.S. Constitution depends on Congress harmonizing the country's factions through a process of conflict and accommodation. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197657874"><em>Why Congress</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023) demonstrates the value of this activity by showing the legislature's distinctive contributions in two crucial moments in the mid-twentieth century: during World War II, when congressional deliberation contributed to national cohesion by balancing interests and ensuring fairness, and during the push to end racial segregation, when a prolonged debate in Congress focused the nation's attention and delivered a decisive victory for the broad coalition united around civil rights. </p><p>The second part of the book traces the evolution of Congress, which first experimented with radical decentralization in the 1970s and then, beginning in the 1980s, embraced powerful leadership and ideological caucuses that prioritized partisan unity and electoral confrontation. This transformed institution has been unable to work through the country's deep divisions on contemporary issues like immigration or the COVID-19 pandemic. Contemporary policymaking often circumvents Congress entirely. In other instances, Congress is engaged, but it proceeds without any bipartisan cooperation or through leader-broken compromises generated by crises. Each of these patterns creates serious difficulties for legitimating American policy. The book concludes with three scenarios for Congress's future. Without significant change, the institution will sink into decrepitude. But it could still be transformed, either by progressive constitutional reform empowering the president at the legislature's expense, or by a revival of meaningful deliberation and debate facilitated by the renewal of the committee system.</p><p><strong>Philip A. Wallach</strong> is a senior fellow at the American Enterprise Institute (AEI), where he studies America's separation of powers, with a focus on regulatory policy issues and the relationship between Congress and the administrative state.</p><p><em>Caleb Zakarin is the Assistant Editor of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="45009613" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/6ab175f5-674e-4a6d-8bf0-fd4984d16eb6/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=6ab175f5-674e-4a6d-8bf0-fd4984d16eb6&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Philip A. Wallach, &quot;Why Congress&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:46:52</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>To achieve legitimate self-government in America&apos;s extended Republic, the U.S. Constitution depends on Congress harmonizing the country&apos;s factions through a process of conflict and accommodation. Why Congress (Oxford University Press, 2023) demonstrates the value of this activity by showing the legislature&apos;s distinctive contributions in two crucial moments in the mid-twentieth century: during World War II, when congressional deliberation contributed to national cohesion by balancing interests and ensuring fairness, and during the push to end racial segregation, when a prolonged debate in Congress focused the nation&apos;s attention and delivered a decisive victory for the broad coalition united around civil rights. 
The second part of the book traces the evolution of Congress, which first experimented with radical decentralization in the 1970s and then, beginning in the 1980s, embraced powerful leadership and ideological caucuses that prioritized partisan unity and electoral confrontation. This transformed institution has been unable to work through the country&apos;s deep divisions on contemporary issues like immigration or the COVID-19 pandemic. Contemporary policymaking often circumvents Congress entirely. In other instances, Congress is engaged, but it proceeds without any bipartisan cooperation or through leader-broken compromises generated by crises. Each of these patterns creates serious difficulties for legitimating American policy. The book concludes with three scenarios for Congress&apos;s future. Without significant change, the institution will sink into decrepitude. But it could still be transformed, either by progressive constitutional reform empowering the president at the legislature&apos;s expense, or by a revival of meaningful deliberation and debate facilitated by the renewal of the committee system.
Philip A. Wallach is a senior fellow at the American Enterprise Institute (AEI), where he studies America&apos;s separation of powers, with a focus on regulatory policy issues and the relationship between Congress and the administrative state.
Caleb Zakarin is the Assistant Editor of the New Books Network.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>To achieve legitimate self-government in America&apos;s extended Republic, the U.S. Constitution depends on Congress harmonizing the country&apos;s factions through a process of conflict and accommodation. Why Congress (Oxford University Press, 2023) demonstrates the value of this activity by showing the legislature&apos;s distinctive contributions in two crucial moments in the mid-twentieth century: during World War II, when congressional deliberation contributed to national cohesion by balancing interests and ensuring fairness, and during the push to end racial segregation, when a prolonged debate in Congress focused the nation&apos;s attention and delivered a decisive victory for the broad coalition united around civil rights. 
The second part of the book traces the evolution of Congress, which first experimented with radical decentralization in the 1970s and then, beginning in the 1980s, embraced powerful leadership and ideological caucuses that prioritized partisan unity and electoral confrontation. This transformed institution has been unable to work through the country&apos;s deep divisions on contemporary issues like immigration or the COVID-19 pandemic. Contemporary policymaking often circumvents Congress entirely. In other instances, Congress is engaged, but it proceeds without any bipartisan cooperation or through leader-broken compromises generated by crises. Each of these patterns creates serious difficulties for legitimating American policy. The book concludes with three scenarios for Congress&apos;s future. Without significant change, the institution will sink into decrepitude. But it could still be transformed, either by progressive constitutional reform empowering the president at the legislature&apos;s expense, or by a revival of meaningful deliberation and debate facilitated by the renewal of the committee system.
Philip A. Wallach is a senior fellow at the American Enterprise Institute (AEI), where he studies America&apos;s separation of powers, with a focus on regulatory policy issues and the relationship between Congress and the administrative state.
Caleb Zakarin is the Assistant Editor of the New Books Network.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>662</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">73f18edc-e5bb-11f0-9a8b-333c1ee5786e</guid>
      <title>Alison Stone, &quot;Women Philosophers in Nineteenth-Century Britain&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Many women wrote philosophy in nineteenth-century Britain, and they wrote across the full range of philosophical topics. Yet these important women thinkers have been left out of the philosophical canon and many of them are barely known today.</p><p>The aim of <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192874719"><em>Women Philosophers in Nineteenth-Century Britain</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023) is to put them back on the map. It introduces twelve women philosophers - Mary Shepherd, Harriet Martineau, Ada Lovelace, George Eliot, Frances Power Cobbe, Helena Blavatsky, Julia Wedgwood, Victoria Welby, Arabella Buckley, Annie Besant, Vernon Lee, and Constance Naden. Alison Stone looks at their views on naturalism, philosophy of mind, evolution, morality and religion, and progress in history. She shows how these women interacted and developed their philosophical views in conversation with one another, not only with their male contemporaries. The rich print and periodical culture of the period enabled these women to publish philosophy in forms accessible to a general readership, despite the restrictions women faced, such as having limited or no access to university education. Stone explains how these women became excluded from the history of philosophy because there was a cultural shift at the end of the nineteenth century towards specialised forms of philosophical writing, which depended on academic credentials that were still largely unavailable to women.</p><p>Alison Stone is a British philosopher. She is a Professor of European Philosophy in the Department of Politics, Philosophy and Religion at Lancaster University, UK.</p><p><br /></p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>Morteza Hajizadeh</em></a><em> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>YouTube channel</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Dec 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Many women wrote philosophy in nineteenth-century Britain, and they wrote across the full range of philosophical topics. Yet these important women thinkers have been left out of the philosophical canon and many of them are barely known today.</p><p>The aim of <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192874719"><em>Women Philosophers in Nineteenth-Century Britain</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023) is to put them back on the map. It introduces twelve women philosophers - Mary Shepherd, Harriet Martineau, Ada Lovelace, George Eliot, Frances Power Cobbe, Helena Blavatsky, Julia Wedgwood, Victoria Welby, Arabella Buckley, Annie Besant, Vernon Lee, and Constance Naden. Alison Stone looks at their views on naturalism, philosophy of mind, evolution, morality and religion, and progress in history. She shows how these women interacted and developed their philosophical views in conversation with one another, not only with their male contemporaries. The rich print and periodical culture of the period enabled these women to publish philosophy in forms accessible to a general readership, despite the restrictions women faced, such as having limited or no access to university education. Stone explains how these women became excluded from the history of philosophy because there was a cultural shift at the end of the nineteenth century towards specialised forms of philosophical writing, which depended on academic credentials that were still largely unavailable to women.</p><p>Alison Stone is a British philosopher. She is a Professor of European Philosophy in the Department of Politics, Philosophy and Religion at Lancaster University, UK.</p><p><br /></p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>Morteza Hajizadeh</em></a><em> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>YouTube channel</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="53748971" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/1f040a5f-9e21-45a3-82a4-b2a2dcad3242/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=1f040a5f-9e21-45a3-82a4-b2a2dcad3242&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Alison Stone, &quot;Women Philosophers in Nineteenth-Century Britain&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:55:59</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Many women wrote philosophy in nineteenth-century Britain, and they wrote across the full range of philosophical topics. Yet these important women thinkers have been left out of the philosophical canon and many of them are barely known today.
The aim of Women Philosophers in Nineteenth-Century Britain (Oxford UP, 2023) is to put them back on the map. It introduces twelve women philosophers - Mary Shepherd, Harriet Martineau, Ada Lovelace, George Eliot, Frances Power Cobbe, Helena Blavatsky, Julia Wedgwood, Victoria Welby, Arabella Buckley, Annie Besant, Vernon Lee, and Constance Naden. Alison Stone looks at their views on naturalism, philosophy of mind, evolution, morality and religion, and progress in history. She shows how these women interacted and developed their philosophical views in conversation with one another, not only with their male contemporaries. The rich print and periodical culture of the period enabled these women to publish philosophy in forms accessible to a general readership, despite the restrictions women faced, such as having limited or no access to university education. Stone explains how these women became excluded from the history of philosophy because there was a cultural shift at the end of the nineteenth century towards specialised forms of philosophical writing, which depended on academic credentials that were still largely unavailable to women.
Alison Stone is a British philosopher. She is a Professor of European Philosophy in the Department of Politics, Philosophy and Religion at Lancaster University, UK.

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Many women wrote philosophy in nineteenth-century Britain, and they wrote across the full range of philosophical topics. Yet these important women thinkers have been left out of the philosophical canon and many of them are barely known today.
The aim of Women Philosophers in Nineteenth-Century Britain (Oxford UP, 2023) is to put them back on the map. It introduces twelve women philosophers - Mary Shepherd, Harriet Martineau, Ada Lovelace, George Eliot, Frances Power Cobbe, Helena Blavatsky, Julia Wedgwood, Victoria Welby, Arabella Buckley, Annie Besant, Vernon Lee, and Constance Naden. Alison Stone looks at their views on naturalism, philosophy of mind, evolution, morality and religion, and progress in history. She shows how these women interacted and developed their philosophical views in conversation with one another, not only with their male contemporaries. The rich print and periodical culture of the period enabled these women to publish philosophy in forms accessible to a general readership, despite the restrictions women faced, such as having limited or no access to university education. Stone explains how these women became excluded from the history of philosophy because there was a cultural shift at the end of the nineteenth century towards specialised forms of philosophical writing, which depended on academic credentials that were still largely unavailable to women.
Alison Stone is a British philosopher. She is a Professor of European Philosophy in the Department of Politics, Philosophy and Religion at Lancaster University, UK.

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>79</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">108d9e70-e5b2-11f0-9502-3717355f1615</guid>
      <title>Bernard Forjwuor, &quot;Critique of Political Decolonization&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>What is political independence? As a political act, what was it sanctioned to accomplish? Is formal colonialism over, or a condition in the present, albeit mutated and evolved?</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198871842"><em>Critique of Political Decolonization</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023), Bernard Forjwuor challenges what, in normative scholarship, has become a persistent conflation of two different concepts: political decolonization and political independence. This scholarly volume is an antinormative and critical refutation of the decolonial accomplishment of political independence or self-determination in Ghana. He argues that political independence is insufficiently a decolonial claim because it is framed within the context of a country, where a permanent colonial settlement was never deemed necessary for the consolidation of future colonial political obligations. So, while territorial dissolution was politically engineered by Ghanaians, the colonial merely reconstitutes itself in different legal and ideological forms.</p><p>Forjwuor offers new methodological, theoretical, and conceptual approaches to engaging the questions of colonialism, political independence, political decolonization, justice, and freedom, and constructs multiple conceptual bridges between traditional disciplinary fields of inquiry including politics, history, law, African studies, economic history, critical theory, and philosophy and political theory. Using the Ghanaian experience as a rich case study, Forjwuor rethinks what colonialism and decolonization mean, and asserts that decolonization is primarily a question of justice.</p><p>Bernard Forjwuor is an Assistant Professor of Africana Studies at the University of Notre Dame. He is a scholar of black political thought, and his research focuses on the philosophical, critical, and theoretical claims advanced by global black political thinkers. His recent work challenges the ways the colonial and the racial are routinely affirmed as extinguished in the liberal democratic affirmation of sovereignty.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Dec 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>What is political independence? As a political act, what was it sanctioned to accomplish? Is formal colonialism over, or a condition in the present, albeit mutated and evolved?</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198871842"><em>Critique of Political Decolonization</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023), Bernard Forjwuor challenges what, in normative scholarship, has become a persistent conflation of two different concepts: political decolonization and political independence. This scholarly volume is an antinormative and critical refutation of the decolonial accomplishment of political independence or self-determination in Ghana. He argues that political independence is insufficiently a decolonial claim because it is framed within the context of a country, where a permanent colonial settlement was never deemed necessary for the consolidation of future colonial political obligations. So, while territorial dissolution was politically engineered by Ghanaians, the colonial merely reconstitutes itself in different legal and ideological forms.</p><p>Forjwuor offers new methodological, theoretical, and conceptual approaches to engaging the questions of colonialism, political independence, political decolonization, justice, and freedom, and constructs multiple conceptual bridges between traditional disciplinary fields of inquiry including politics, history, law, African studies, economic history, critical theory, and philosophy and political theory. Using the Ghanaian experience as a rich case study, Forjwuor rethinks what colonialism and decolonization mean, and asserts that decolonization is primarily a question of justice.</p><p>Bernard Forjwuor is an Assistant Professor of Africana Studies at the University of Notre Dame. He is a scholar of black political thought, and his research focuses on the philosophical, critical, and theoretical claims advanced by global black political thinkers. His recent work challenges the ways the colonial and the racial are routinely affirmed as extinguished in the liberal democratic affirmation of sovereignty.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="49134735" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/fb586f66-41d9-4194-aa40-45da7abfc0b1/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=fb586f66-41d9-4194-aa40-45da7abfc0b1&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Bernard Forjwuor, &quot;Critique of Political Decolonization&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:51:10</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>What is political independence? As a political act, what was it sanctioned to accomplish? Is formal colonialism over, or a condition in the present, albeit mutated and evolved?
In Critique of Political Decolonization (Oxford UP, 2023), Bernard Forjwuor challenges what, in normative scholarship, has become a persistent conflation of two different concepts: political decolonization and political independence. This scholarly volume is an antinormative and critical refutation of the decolonial accomplishment of political independence or self-determination in Ghana. He argues that political independence is insufficiently a decolonial claim because it is framed within the context of a country, where a permanent colonial settlement was never deemed necessary for the consolidation of future colonial political obligations. So, while territorial dissolution was politically engineered by Ghanaians, the colonial merely reconstitutes itself in different legal and ideological forms.
Forjwuor offers new methodological, theoretical, and conceptual approaches to engaging the questions of colonialism, political independence, political decolonization, justice, and freedom, and constructs multiple conceptual bridges between traditional disciplinary fields of inquiry including politics, history, law, African studies, economic history, critical theory, and philosophy and political theory. Using the Ghanaian experience as a rich case study, Forjwuor rethinks what colonialism and decolonization mean, and asserts that decolonization is primarily a question of justice.
Bernard Forjwuor is an Assistant Professor of Africana Studies at the University of Notre Dame. He is a scholar of black political thought, and his research focuses on the philosophical, critical, and theoretical claims advanced by global black political thinkers. His recent work challenges the ways the colonial and the racial are routinely affirmed as extinguished in the liberal democratic affirmation of sovereignty.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>What is political independence? As a political act, what was it sanctioned to accomplish? Is formal colonialism over, or a condition in the present, albeit mutated and evolved?
In Critique of Political Decolonization (Oxford UP, 2023), Bernard Forjwuor challenges what, in normative scholarship, has become a persistent conflation of two different concepts: political decolonization and political independence. This scholarly volume is an antinormative and critical refutation of the decolonial accomplishment of political independence or self-determination in Ghana. He argues that political independence is insufficiently a decolonial claim because it is framed within the context of a country, where a permanent colonial settlement was never deemed necessary for the consolidation of future colonial political obligations. So, while territorial dissolution was politically engineered by Ghanaians, the colonial merely reconstitutes itself in different legal and ideological forms.
Forjwuor offers new methodological, theoretical, and conceptual approaches to engaging the questions of colonialism, political independence, political decolonization, justice, and freedom, and constructs multiple conceptual bridges between traditional disciplinary fields of inquiry including politics, history, law, African studies, economic history, critical theory, and philosophy and political theory. Using the Ghanaian experience as a rich case study, Forjwuor rethinks what colonialism and decolonization mean, and asserts that decolonization is primarily a question of justice.
Bernard Forjwuor is an Assistant Professor of Africana Studies at the University of Notre Dame. He is a scholar of black political thought, and his research focuses on the philosophical, critical, and theoretical claims advanced by global black political thinkers. His recent work challenges the ways the colonial and the racial are routinely affirmed as extinguished in the liberal democratic affirmation of sovereignty.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>181</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b5898096-e27f-11f0-861a-03257d228759</guid>
      <title>Scott A. Mitchell, &quot;The Making of American Buddhism&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Scott A. Mitchell is the Dean of Students and Faculty Affairs and holds the Yoshitaka Tamai Professorial Chair at the Institute of Buddhist Studies in Berkeley. He teaches and writes about Buddhism in the West, Pure Land Buddhism, and Buddhist modernism.</p><p>As of 2010, there were approximately 3-4 million Buddhists in the United States, and that figure is expected to grow significantly. Beyond the numbers, the influence of Buddhism can be felt throughout the culture, with many more people practicing meditation, for example, than claiming Buddhist identity. A century ago, this would have been unthinkable. So how did Buddhism come to claim such a significant place in the American cultural landscape?</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197641569"><em>The Making of American Buddhism</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023) offers an answer, showing how in the years on either side of World War II second-generation Japanese American Buddhists laid claim to an American identity inclusive of their religious identity. In the process they-and their allies-created a place for Buddhism in America. These sons and daughters of Japanese immigrants-known as “Nisei,” Japanese for “second-generation”-clustered around the <em>Berkeley Bussei</em>, a magazine published from 1939 to 1960. In the pages of the <em>Bussei</em> and elsewhere, these Nisei Buddhists argued that Buddhism was both what made them good Americans and what they had to contribute to America-a rational and scientific religion of peace.</p><p><em>The Making of American Buddhism</em> also details the behind-the-scenes labor that made Buddhist modernism possible. The Bussei was one among many projects that were embedded within Japanese American Buddhist communities and connected to national and transnational networks that shaped and allowed for the spread of modernist Buddhist ideas. In creating communities, publishing magazines, and hosting scholarly conventions and translation projects, Nisei Buddhists built the religious infrastructure that allowed the later Buddhist modernists, Beat poets, and white converts who are often credited with popularizing Buddhism to flourish. Nisei activists didn't invent American Buddhism, but they made it possible.</p><p><a href="https://www.furman.edu/people/victoria-montrose/"><em>Dr. Victoria Montrose</em></a><em> is an Assistant Professor of Religion and Asian Studies at Furman University.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Dec 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Scott A. Mitchell is the Dean of Students and Faculty Affairs and holds the Yoshitaka Tamai Professorial Chair at the Institute of Buddhist Studies in Berkeley. He teaches and writes about Buddhism in the West, Pure Land Buddhism, and Buddhist modernism.</p><p>As of 2010, there were approximately 3-4 million Buddhists in the United States, and that figure is expected to grow significantly. Beyond the numbers, the influence of Buddhism can be felt throughout the culture, with many more people practicing meditation, for example, than claiming Buddhist identity. A century ago, this would have been unthinkable. So how did Buddhism come to claim such a significant place in the American cultural landscape?</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197641569"><em>The Making of American Buddhism</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023) offers an answer, showing how in the years on either side of World War II second-generation Japanese American Buddhists laid claim to an American identity inclusive of their religious identity. In the process they-and their allies-created a place for Buddhism in America. These sons and daughters of Japanese immigrants-known as “Nisei,” Japanese for “second-generation”-clustered around the <em>Berkeley Bussei</em>, a magazine published from 1939 to 1960. In the pages of the <em>Bussei</em> and elsewhere, these Nisei Buddhists argued that Buddhism was both what made them good Americans and what they had to contribute to America-a rational and scientific religion of peace.</p><p><em>The Making of American Buddhism</em> also details the behind-the-scenes labor that made Buddhist modernism possible. The Bussei was one among many projects that were embedded within Japanese American Buddhist communities and connected to national and transnational networks that shaped and allowed for the spread of modernist Buddhist ideas. In creating communities, publishing magazines, and hosting scholarly conventions and translation projects, Nisei Buddhists built the religious infrastructure that allowed the later Buddhist modernists, Beat poets, and white converts who are often credited with popularizing Buddhism to flourish. Nisei activists didn't invent American Buddhism, but they made it possible.</p><p><a href="https://www.furman.edu/people/victoria-montrose/"><em>Dr. Victoria Montrose</em></a><em> is an Assistant Professor of Religion and Asian Studies at Furman University.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="53876823" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/e0bf42a1-8ac5-4506-aafc-6fa5b73fa7e7/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=e0bf42a1-8ac5-4506-aafc-6fa5b73fa7e7&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Scott A. Mitchell, &quot;The Making of American Buddhism&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:56:07</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Scott A. Mitchell is the Dean of Students and Faculty Affairs and holds the Yoshitaka Tamai Professorial Chair at the Institute of Buddhist Studies in Berkeley. He teaches and writes about Buddhism in the West, Pure Land Buddhism, and Buddhist modernism.
As of 2010, there were approximately 3-4 million Buddhists in the United States, and that figure is expected to grow significantly. Beyond the numbers, the influence of Buddhism can be felt throughout the culture, with many more people practicing meditation, for example, than claiming Buddhist identity. A century ago, this would have been unthinkable. So how did Buddhism come to claim such a significant place in the American cultural landscape?
The Making of American Buddhism (Oxford UP, 2023) offers an answer, showing how in the years on either side of World War II second-generation Japanese American Buddhists laid claim to an American identity inclusive of their religious identity. In the process they-and their allies-created a place for Buddhism in America. These sons and daughters of Japanese immigrants-known as “Nisei,” Japanese for “second-generation”-clustered around the Berkeley Bussei, a magazine published from 1939 to 1960. In the pages of the Bussei and elsewhere, these Nisei Buddhists argued that Buddhism was both what made them good Americans and what they had to contribute to America-a rational and scientific religion of peace.
The Making of American Buddhism also details the behind-the-scenes labor that made Buddhist modernism possible. The Bussei was one among many projects that were embedded within Japanese American Buddhist communities and connected to national and transnational networks that shaped and allowed for the spread of modernist Buddhist ideas. In creating communities, publishing magazines, and hosting scholarly conventions and translation projects, Nisei Buddhists built the religious infrastructure that allowed the later Buddhist modernists, Beat poets, and white converts who are often credited with popularizing Buddhism to flourish. Nisei activists didn&apos;t invent American Buddhism, but they made it possible.
Dr. Victoria Montrose is an Assistant Professor of Religion and Asian Studies at Furman University.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Scott A. Mitchell is the Dean of Students and Faculty Affairs and holds the Yoshitaka Tamai Professorial Chair at the Institute of Buddhist Studies in Berkeley. He teaches and writes about Buddhism in the West, Pure Land Buddhism, and Buddhist modernism.
As of 2010, there were approximately 3-4 million Buddhists in the United States, and that figure is expected to grow significantly. Beyond the numbers, the influence of Buddhism can be felt throughout the culture, with many more people practicing meditation, for example, than claiming Buddhist identity. A century ago, this would have been unthinkable. So how did Buddhism come to claim such a significant place in the American cultural landscape?
The Making of American Buddhism (Oxford UP, 2023) offers an answer, showing how in the years on either side of World War II second-generation Japanese American Buddhists laid claim to an American identity inclusive of their religious identity. In the process they-and their allies-created a place for Buddhism in America. These sons and daughters of Japanese immigrants-known as “Nisei,” Japanese for “second-generation”-clustered around the Berkeley Bussei, a magazine published from 1939 to 1960. In the pages of the Bussei and elsewhere, these Nisei Buddhists argued that Buddhism was both what made them good Americans and what they had to contribute to America-a rational and scientific religion of peace.
The Making of American Buddhism also details the behind-the-scenes labor that made Buddhist modernism possible. The Bussei was one among many projects that were embedded within Japanese American Buddhist communities and connected to national and transnational networks that shaped and allowed for the spread of modernist Buddhist ideas. In creating communities, publishing magazines, and hosting scholarly conventions and translation projects, Nisei Buddhists built the religious infrastructure that allowed the later Buddhist modernists, Beat poets, and white converts who are often credited with popularizing Buddhism to flourish. Nisei activists didn&apos;t invent American Buddhism, but they made it possible.
Dr. Victoria Montrose is an Assistant Professor of Religion and Asian Studies at Furman University.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>104</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1619dce8-e286-11f0-a523-df241a1ab472</guid>
      <title>Sara Byala, &quot;Bottled: How Coca-Cola Became African&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Travel to virtually any African country and you are likely to find a Coca-Cola, often a cold one at that. <em>Bottled</em> asks how this carbonated drink became ubiquitous across the continent, and what this reveals about the realities of globalisation, development and capitalism.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197758427"><em>Bottled: How Coca-Cola Became African</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Sara Byala is the first assessment of the social, commercial and environmental impact of one of the planet's biggest brands and largest corporations, in Africa. Dr. Byala charts the company's century-long involvement in everything from recycling and education to the anti-apartheid struggle, showing that Africans have harnessed Coca-Cola in varied expressions of modernity and self-determination: this is not a story of American capitalism running amok, but rather of a company becoming African, bending to consumer power in ways big and small.</p><p>In late capitalism, everyone's fates are bound together. A beverage in Atlanta and a beverage in Johannesburg pull us all towards the same end narrative. This story matters for more than just the local reasons, enhancing our understanding of our globalised, integrated world. Drawing on fieldwork and research in company archives, Dr. Byala asks a question for our time: does Coca-Cola's generative work offset the human and planetary costs associated with its growth in the twenty-first century?</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> forthcoming book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Dec 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Travel to virtually any African country and you are likely to find a Coca-Cola, often a cold one at that. <em>Bottled</em> asks how this carbonated drink became ubiquitous across the continent, and what this reveals about the realities of globalisation, development and capitalism.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197758427"><em>Bottled: How Coca-Cola Became African</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Sara Byala is the first assessment of the social, commercial and environmental impact of one of the planet's biggest brands and largest corporations, in Africa. Dr. Byala charts the company's century-long involvement in everything from recycling and education to the anti-apartheid struggle, showing that Africans have harnessed Coca-Cola in varied expressions of modernity and self-determination: this is not a story of American capitalism running amok, but rather of a company becoming African, bending to consumer power in ways big and small.</p><p>In late capitalism, everyone's fates are bound together. A beverage in Atlanta and a beverage in Johannesburg pull us all towards the same end narrative. This story matters for more than just the local reasons, enhancing our understanding of our globalised, integrated world. Drawing on fieldwork and research in company archives, Dr. Byala asks a question for our time: does Coca-Cola's generative work offset the human and planetary costs associated with its growth in the twenty-first century?</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> forthcoming book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="65106415" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/6b3bf233-1dc2-4c5d-9fee-9e3fec1b2b7d/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=6b3bf233-1dc2-4c5d-9fee-9e3fec1b2b7d&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Sara Byala, &quot;Bottled: How Coca-Cola Became African&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:07:48</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Travel to virtually any African country and you are likely to find a Coca-Cola, often a cold one at that. Bottled asks how this carbonated drink became ubiquitous across the continent, and what this reveals about the realities of globalisation, development and capitalism.
Bottled: How Coca-Cola Became African (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Sara Byala is the first assessment of the social, commercial and environmental impact of one of the planet&apos;s biggest brands and largest corporations, in Africa. Dr. Byala charts the company&apos;s century-long involvement in everything from recycling and education to the anti-apartheid struggle, showing that Africans have harnessed Coca-Cola in varied expressions of modernity and self-determination: this is not a story of American capitalism running amok, but rather of a company becoming African, bending to consumer power in ways big and small.
In late capitalism, everyone&apos;s fates are bound together. A beverage in Atlanta and a beverage in Johannesburg pull us all towards the same end narrative. This story matters for more than just the local reasons, enhancing our understanding of our globalised, integrated world. Drawing on fieldwork and research in company archives, Dr. Byala asks a question for our time: does Coca-Cola&apos;s generative work offset the human and planetary costs associated with its growth in the twenty-first century?
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Travel to virtually any African country and you are likely to find a Coca-Cola, often a cold one at that. Bottled asks how this carbonated drink became ubiquitous across the continent, and what this reveals about the realities of globalisation, development and capitalism.
Bottled: How Coca-Cola Became African (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Sara Byala is the first assessment of the social, commercial and environmental impact of one of the planet&apos;s biggest brands and largest corporations, in Africa. Dr. Byala charts the company&apos;s century-long involvement in everything from recycling and education to the anti-apartheid struggle, showing that Africans have harnessed Coca-Cola in varied expressions of modernity and self-determination: this is not a story of American capitalism running amok, but rather of a company becoming African, bending to consumer power in ways big and small.
In late capitalism, everyone&apos;s fates are bound together. A beverage in Atlanta and a beverage in Johannesburg pull us all towards the same end narrative. This story matters for more than just the local reasons, enhancing our understanding of our globalised, integrated world. Drawing on fieldwork and research in company archives, Dr. Byala asks a question for our time: does Coca-Cola&apos;s generative work offset the human and planetary costs associated with its growth in the twenty-first century?
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>174</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">879f8c5a-e27c-11f0-8d65-8b11a485d832</guid>
      <title>Helle Strandgaard Jensen, &quot;Sesame Street: A Transnational History&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197554166"><em>Sesame Street: A Transnational History</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023), author Helle Strandgaard Jensen tells the story of how the American television show became a global brand. Jensen argues that because the show's domestic production was not financially viable from the beginning, <em>Sesame Street</em> became a commodity that its producers assertively marketed all over the world. <em>Sesame Street: A Transnational History </em>combines archival research from seven countries, bolstering an insightful analysis of how local reception and rejection of the show related to the global sales strategies and American ideals it was built upon.</p><p>Contrary to the producers’ oft-publicized claims of <em>Sesame Street</em>’s universality, the show was heavily shaped by a fixed set of assumptions about childhood, education, and commercial entertainment. This made sales difficult as <em>Sesame Street</em> met both skepticism and direct hostility from foreign television producers who did not share these ideals. Drawing on insights from new histories about childhood, education, and transnational media, the book lays bare a cultural clash of international proportions rooted in divergent approaches to children's television. In doing so, it provides a reflective backdrop to the many ongoing debates about children's media.</p><p>In contrasting the positive receptions and renunciations of <em>Sesame Street</em>, Jensen demonstrates that it was only after a substantial rethinking of <em>Sesame Street</em>’s aims and business model that this program ended up on numerous broadcasting schedules by the mid-1970s. Along the way, this rethinking and the constant negotiations with potential international buyers created and shaped the business and corporate brand that paved the way for the <em>Sesame Street</em> we know today.</p><p><a href="https://tulane.academia.edu/kunze"><em>Peter C. Kunze</em></a><em> is a visiting assistant professor of communication at Tulane University.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Dec 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197554166"><em>Sesame Street: A Transnational History</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023), author Helle Strandgaard Jensen tells the story of how the American television show became a global brand. Jensen argues that because the show's domestic production was not financially viable from the beginning, <em>Sesame Street</em> became a commodity that its producers assertively marketed all over the world. <em>Sesame Street: A Transnational History </em>combines archival research from seven countries, bolstering an insightful analysis of how local reception and rejection of the show related to the global sales strategies and American ideals it was built upon.</p><p>Contrary to the producers’ oft-publicized claims of <em>Sesame Street</em>’s universality, the show was heavily shaped by a fixed set of assumptions about childhood, education, and commercial entertainment. This made sales difficult as <em>Sesame Street</em> met both skepticism and direct hostility from foreign television producers who did not share these ideals. Drawing on insights from new histories about childhood, education, and transnational media, the book lays bare a cultural clash of international proportions rooted in divergent approaches to children's television. In doing so, it provides a reflective backdrop to the many ongoing debates about children's media.</p><p>In contrasting the positive receptions and renunciations of <em>Sesame Street</em>, Jensen demonstrates that it was only after a substantial rethinking of <em>Sesame Street</em>’s aims and business model that this program ended up on numerous broadcasting schedules by the mid-1970s. Along the way, this rethinking and the constant negotiations with potential international buyers created and shaped the business and corporate brand that paved the way for the <em>Sesame Street</em> we know today.</p><p><a href="https://tulane.academia.edu/kunze"><em>Peter C. Kunze</em></a><em> is a visiting assistant professor of communication at Tulane University.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="55783204" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/d0423272-c013-4775-a53f-69869a516911/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=d0423272-c013-4775-a53f-69869a516911&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Helle Strandgaard Jensen, &quot;Sesame Street: A Transnational History&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:58:06</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In Sesame Street: A Transnational History (Oxford UP, 2023), author Helle Strandgaard Jensen tells the story of how the American television show became a global brand. Jensen argues that because the show&apos;s domestic production was not financially viable from the beginning, Sesame Street became a commodity that its producers assertively marketed all over the world. Sesame Street: A Transnational History combines archival research from seven countries, bolstering an insightful analysis of how local reception and rejection of the show related to the global sales strategies and American ideals it was built upon.
Contrary to the producers’ oft-publicized claims of Sesame Street’s universality, the show was heavily shaped by a fixed set of assumptions about childhood, education, and commercial entertainment. This made sales difficult as Sesame Street met both skepticism and direct hostility from foreign television producers who did not share these ideals. Drawing on insights from new histories about childhood, education, and transnational media, the book lays bare a cultural clash of international proportions rooted in divergent approaches to children&apos;s television. In doing so, it provides a reflective backdrop to the many ongoing debates about children&apos;s media.
In contrasting the positive receptions and renunciations of Sesame Street, Jensen demonstrates that it was only after a substantial rethinking of Sesame Street’s aims and business model that this program ended up on numerous broadcasting schedules by the mid-1970s. Along the way, this rethinking and the constant negotiations with potential international buyers created and shaped the business and corporate brand that paved the way for the Sesame Street we know today.
Peter C. Kunze is a visiting assistant professor of communication at Tulane University.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In Sesame Street: A Transnational History (Oxford UP, 2023), author Helle Strandgaard Jensen tells the story of how the American television show became a global brand. Jensen argues that because the show&apos;s domestic production was not financially viable from the beginning, Sesame Street became a commodity that its producers assertively marketed all over the world. Sesame Street: A Transnational History combines archival research from seven countries, bolstering an insightful analysis of how local reception and rejection of the show related to the global sales strategies and American ideals it was built upon.
Contrary to the producers’ oft-publicized claims of Sesame Street’s universality, the show was heavily shaped by a fixed set of assumptions about childhood, education, and commercial entertainment. This made sales difficult as Sesame Street met both skepticism and direct hostility from foreign television producers who did not share these ideals. Drawing on insights from new histories about childhood, education, and transnational media, the book lays bare a cultural clash of international proportions rooted in divergent approaches to children&apos;s television. In doing so, it provides a reflective backdrop to the many ongoing debates about children&apos;s media.
In contrasting the positive receptions and renunciations of Sesame Street, Jensen demonstrates that it was only after a substantial rethinking of Sesame Street’s aims and business model that this program ended up on numerous broadcasting schedules by the mid-1970s. Along the way, this rethinking and the constant negotiations with potential international buyers created and shaped the business and corporate brand that paved the way for the Sesame Street we know today.
Peter C. Kunze is a visiting assistant professor of communication at Tulane University.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>102</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c3684e54-e26b-11f0-9777-cfe4731b8953</guid>
      <title>Jacob Bricca, &quot;How Documentaries Work&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Previous guest Jacob Bricca (<a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/jacob-bricca-documentary-editing-principles-and-practice-focal-press-2017#entry:11262@1:url">Documentary Editing: Principles and Practice</a>) is a professional film editor and director, specializing in documentaries. In his new book, he breaks down the hidden conventions of the documentary film in accessible language for film students and documentary enthusiasts alike. Chapters on Narrative and Meaning show how documentaries use story constructions borrowed from fiction filmmaking and combine elements from disparate sources in order to prosecute their stories, while chapters on Flow and Time illuminate the precise mechanics of how the flow of information in a documentary is regulated to produce a specific result in the mind of the viewer. Other chapters like Titles, Music, and Sound break the documentary down into its component parts that can be analyzed independently. </p><p>Throughout<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197554111"> <em>How Documentaries Work</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023), excerpts from interviews with documentary producers, directors and craftspersons help to illuminate the concepts and deliver behind-the-scenes insights. It contains examples from over 100 contemporary documentaries and covers a wide variety of contemporary non-fiction work, including docu-series, television documentaries, unscripted series, and contemporary avant-garde documentaries.</p><p><em>Joel Tscherne is an Adjunct History Professor at Southern New Hampshire University and an Associate Faculty member at University of Arizona Global Campus. His Twitter handle is @JoelTscherne.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 28 Dec 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Previous guest Jacob Bricca (<a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/jacob-bricca-documentary-editing-principles-and-practice-focal-press-2017#entry:11262@1:url">Documentary Editing: Principles and Practice</a>) is a professional film editor and director, specializing in documentaries. In his new book, he breaks down the hidden conventions of the documentary film in accessible language for film students and documentary enthusiasts alike. Chapters on Narrative and Meaning show how documentaries use story constructions borrowed from fiction filmmaking and combine elements from disparate sources in order to prosecute their stories, while chapters on Flow and Time illuminate the precise mechanics of how the flow of information in a documentary is regulated to produce a specific result in the mind of the viewer. Other chapters like Titles, Music, and Sound break the documentary down into its component parts that can be analyzed independently. </p><p>Throughout<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197554111"> <em>How Documentaries Work</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023), excerpts from interviews with documentary producers, directors and craftspersons help to illuminate the concepts and deliver behind-the-scenes insights. It contains examples from over 100 contemporary documentaries and covers a wide variety of contemporary non-fiction work, including docu-series, television documentaries, unscripted series, and contemporary avant-garde documentaries.</p><p><em>Joel Tscherne is an Adjunct History Professor at Southern New Hampshire University and an Associate Faculty member at University of Arizona Global Campus. His Twitter handle is @JoelTscherne.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="60458066" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/96315e2f-8700-4700-a1fc-47ad3a8913a2/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=96315e2f-8700-4700-a1fc-47ad3a8913a2&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Jacob Bricca, &quot;How Documentaries Work&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:02:58</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Previous guest Jacob Bricca (Documentary Editing: Principles and Practice) is a professional film editor and director, specializing in documentaries. In his new book, he breaks down the hidden conventions of the documentary film in accessible language for film students and documentary enthusiasts alike. Chapters on Narrative and Meaning show how documentaries use story constructions borrowed from fiction filmmaking and combine elements from disparate sources in order to prosecute their stories, while chapters on Flow and Time illuminate the precise mechanics of how the flow of information in a documentary is regulated to produce a specific result in the mind of the viewer. Other chapters like Titles, Music, and Sound break the documentary down into its component parts that can be analyzed independently. 
Throughout How Documentaries Work (Oxford University Press, 2023), excerpts from interviews with documentary producers, directors and craftspersons help to illuminate the concepts and deliver behind-the-scenes insights. It contains examples from over 100 contemporary documentaries and covers a wide variety of contemporary non-fiction work, including docu-series, television documentaries, unscripted series, and contemporary avant-garde documentaries.
Joel Tscherne is an Adjunct History Professor at Southern New Hampshire University and an Associate Faculty member at University of Arizona Global Campus. His Twitter handle is @JoelTscherne.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Previous guest Jacob Bricca (Documentary Editing: Principles and Practice) is a professional film editor and director, specializing in documentaries. In his new book, he breaks down the hidden conventions of the documentary film in accessible language for film students and documentary enthusiasts alike. Chapters on Narrative and Meaning show how documentaries use story constructions borrowed from fiction filmmaking and combine elements from disparate sources in order to prosecute their stories, while chapters on Flow and Time illuminate the precise mechanics of how the flow of information in a documentary is regulated to produce a specific result in the mind of the viewer. Other chapters like Titles, Music, and Sound break the documentary down into its component parts that can be analyzed independently. 
Throughout How Documentaries Work (Oxford University Press, 2023), excerpts from interviews with documentary producers, directors and craftspersons help to illuminate the concepts and deliver behind-the-scenes insights. It contains examples from over 100 contemporary documentaries and covers a wide variety of contemporary non-fiction work, including docu-series, television documentaries, unscripted series, and contemporary avant-garde documentaries.
Joel Tscherne is an Adjunct History Professor at Southern New Hampshire University and an Associate Faculty member at University of Arizona Global Campus. His Twitter handle is @JoelTscherne.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>168</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">13fc8e44-e266-11f0-a50f-07fc9d275fd7</guid>
      <title>Lisa Silverman, &quot;The Postwar Antisemite: Culture and Complicity After the Holocaust&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In his influential <em>Anti-Semite and Jew</em>, French philosopher Jean-Paul Sartre observed "If the Jew did not exist, the anti-Semite would invent him." In doing so he articulated the figure of an Antisemite responsible for imagining the Jew in a formulation that has lasted for decades. This figure became an indispensable trope in the period immediately after the war. It enabled Germans and Austrians to navigate a radically changed political and cultural landscape and reestablish lives upended by war by denying complicity in perpetuating antisemitic ideology. The deeply ingrained cultural practices that formed the basis for age-old prejudices against Jews persisted via coded references, taking new forms, and providing fertile ground for explicit eruptions. </p>
<p>Decades before the Nazi persecution of the Jews would emerge as a master moral paradigm of evil in popular culture, the constructed Antisemite became part of a forceful narrative structure that allowed stereotypes about Jews to persist, even as explicit antisemitism became taboo. Lisa Silverman examines the crucial development and implications of the figural Antisemite in a range of trials, films, and texts during the first years after the end of the Second World War. She argues that, in their economically shattered, emotionally exhausted, and culturally impoverished postwar world, Austrians, Germans, and others used the Antisemite as a way to come to terms with their altered circumstances and to shape new national self-understandings. </p>
<p>A readily recognizable and easily adaptable figure of evil, the Antisemite loomed large as a powerful and persistent trope in a wide range of artistic and cultural narratives. As a figure onto which to project or imagine as a source of the hatred of Jews, the Antisemite allowed audiences to avoid facing the implications of crimes committed by the Nazis and their accomplices and to deny the endurance of widespread and often coded antisemitic prejudices. In postwar Europe, where everyone looked to blame others for the murder and dispossession of the Jewish population, the authority to define the Antisemite as a receptacle for explicit Jew-hatred became a powerful force. As The Postwar Antisemite argues, antisemitism as a hidden code gained new force, packing stronger, more effective punches and affording its users more power. This era is critical to understanding ongoing struggles over the authority to set the parameters of antisemitism and the power and persistence of this hatred in society.</p>
<p>Paul Lerner is Chair of the History Department at the University of Southern California where he directs the Max Kade Institute for Austrian-German-Swiss Studies.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 28 Dec 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In his influential <em>Anti-Semite and Jew</em>, French philosopher Jean-Paul Sartre observed "If the Jew did not exist, the anti-Semite would invent him." In doing so he articulated the figure of an Antisemite responsible for imagining the Jew in a formulation that has lasted for decades. This figure became an indispensable trope in the period immediately after the war. It enabled Germans and Austrians to navigate a radically changed political and cultural landscape and reestablish lives upended by war by denying complicity in perpetuating antisemitic ideology. The deeply ingrained cultural practices that formed the basis for age-old prejudices against Jews persisted via coded references, taking new forms, and providing fertile ground for explicit eruptions. </p>
<p>Decades before the Nazi persecution of the Jews would emerge as a master moral paradigm of evil in popular culture, the constructed Antisemite became part of a forceful narrative structure that allowed stereotypes about Jews to persist, even as explicit antisemitism became taboo. Lisa Silverman examines the crucial development and implications of the figural Antisemite in a range of trials, films, and texts during the first years after the end of the Second World War. She argues that, in their economically shattered, emotionally exhausted, and culturally impoverished postwar world, Austrians, Germans, and others used the Antisemite as a way to come to terms with their altered circumstances and to shape new national self-understandings. </p>
<p>A readily recognizable and easily adaptable figure of evil, the Antisemite loomed large as a powerful and persistent trope in a wide range of artistic and cultural narratives. As a figure onto which to project or imagine as a source of the hatred of Jews, the Antisemite allowed audiences to avoid facing the implications of crimes committed by the Nazis and their accomplices and to deny the endurance of widespread and often coded antisemitic prejudices. In postwar Europe, where everyone looked to blame others for the murder and dispossession of the Jewish population, the authority to define the Antisemite as a receptacle for explicit Jew-hatred became a powerful force. As The Postwar Antisemite argues, antisemitism as a hidden code gained new force, packing stronger, more effective punches and affording its users more power. This era is critical to understanding ongoing struggles over the authority to set the parameters of antisemitism and the power and persistence of this hatred in society.</p>
<p>Paul Lerner is Chair of the History Department at the University of Southern California where he directs the Max Kade Institute for Austrian-German-Swiss Studies.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="63161930" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/a71b9ccc-1675-4541-be4f-f1e5c705a930/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=a71b9ccc-1675-4541-be4f-f1e5c705a930&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Lisa Silverman, &quot;The Postwar Antisemite: Culture and Complicity After the Holocaust&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:05:44</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In his influential Anti-Semite and Jew, French philosopher Jean-Paul Sartre observed &quot;If the Jew did not exist, the anti-Semite would invent him.&quot; In doing so he articulated the figure of an Antisemite responsible for imagining the Jew in a formulation that has lasted for decades. This figure became an indispensable trope in the period immediately after the war. It enabled Germans and Austrians to navigate a radically changed political and cultural landscape and reestablish lives upended by war by denying complicity in perpetuating antisemitic ideology. The deeply ingrained cultural practices that formed the basis for age-old prejudices against Jews persisted via coded references, taking new forms, and providing fertile ground for explicit eruptions. 

Decades before the Nazi persecution of the Jews would emerge as a master moral paradigm of evil in popular culture, the constructed Antisemite became part of a forceful narrative structure that allowed stereotypes about Jews to persist, even as explicit antisemitism became taboo. Lisa Silverman examines the crucial development and implications of the figural Antisemite in a range of trials, films, and texts during the first years after the end of the Second World War. She argues that, in their economically shattered, emotionally exhausted, and culturally impoverished postwar world, Austrians, Germans, and others used the Antisemite as a way to come to terms with their altered circumstances and to shape new national self-understandings. 

A readily recognizable and easily adaptable figure of evil, the Antisemite loomed large as a powerful and persistent trope in a wide range of artistic and cultural narratives. As a figure onto which to project or imagine as a source of the hatred of Jews, the Antisemite allowed audiences to avoid facing the implications of crimes committed by the Nazis and their accomplices and to deny the endurance of widespread and often coded antisemitic prejudices. In postwar Europe, where everyone looked to blame others for the murder and dispossession of the Jewish population, the authority to define the Antisemite as a receptacle for explicit Jew-hatred became a powerful force. As The Postwar Antisemite argues, antisemitism as a hidden code gained new force, packing stronger, more effective punches and affording its users more power. This era is critical to understanding ongoing struggles over the authority to set the parameters of antisemitism and the power and persistence of this hatred in society.

Paul Lerner is Chair of the History Department at the University of Southern California where he directs the Max Kade Institute for Austrian-German-Swiss Studies.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In his influential Anti-Semite and Jew, French philosopher Jean-Paul Sartre observed &quot;If the Jew did not exist, the anti-Semite would invent him.&quot; In doing so he articulated the figure of an Antisemite responsible for imagining the Jew in a formulation that has lasted for decades. This figure became an indispensable trope in the period immediately after the war. It enabled Germans and Austrians to navigate a radically changed political and cultural landscape and reestablish lives upended by war by denying complicity in perpetuating antisemitic ideology. The deeply ingrained cultural practices that formed the basis for age-old prejudices against Jews persisted via coded references, taking new forms, and providing fertile ground for explicit eruptions. 

Decades before the Nazi persecution of the Jews would emerge as a master moral paradigm of evil in popular culture, the constructed Antisemite became part of a forceful narrative structure that allowed stereotypes about Jews to persist, even as explicit antisemitism became taboo. Lisa Silverman examines the crucial development and implications of the figural Antisemite in a range of trials, films, and texts during the first years after the end of the Second World War. She argues that, in their economically shattered, emotionally exhausted, and culturally impoverished postwar world, Austrians, Germans, and others used the Antisemite as a way to come to terms with their altered circumstances and to shape new national self-understandings. 

A readily recognizable and easily adaptable figure of evil, the Antisemite loomed large as a powerful and persistent trope in a wide range of artistic and cultural narratives. As a figure onto which to project or imagine as a source of the hatred of Jews, the Antisemite allowed audiences to avoid facing the implications of crimes committed by the Nazis and their accomplices and to deny the endurance of widespread and often coded antisemitic prejudices. In postwar Europe, where everyone looked to blame others for the murder and dispossession of the Jewish population, the authority to define the Antisemite as a receptacle for explicit Jew-hatred became a powerful force. As The Postwar Antisemite argues, antisemitism as a hidden code gained new force, packing stronger, more effective punches and affording its users more power. This era is critical to understanding ongoing struggles over the authority to set the parameters of antisemitism and the power and persistence of this hatred in society.

Paul Lerner is Chair of the History Department at the University of Southern California where he directs the Max Kade Institute for Austrian-German-Swiss Studies.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>705</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">fd14476e-dd13-11f0-9a28-77d383c97297</guid>
      <title>Lin Hongxuan, &quot;Ummah Yet Proletariat: Islam, Marxism, and the Making of the Indonesian Republic&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In contemporary Indonesia the idea that Islam and Marxism are inherently incompatible has become deeply entrenched. However, as Lin Hongxuan's work <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/ummah-yet-proletariat-9780197657386">Ummah Yet Proletariat: Islam, Marxism, and the Making of the Indonesian Republic</a> (Oxford University Press, 2023) shows, the relationship between them in Indonesian history is deeply intertwined. Based on a wealth of Indonesian language sources, Lin traces over the half century between 1915 and 1965 how Islam and Marxism coexisted and converged in the Netherlands Indies and newly independent Indonesia. In addition to reframing Indonesian ideological history, the book also helpfully emphasises key actors’ engagement with broader intellectual currents to situate them in a global historical context.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Dec 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In contemporary Indonesia the idea that Islam and Marxism are inherently incompatible has become deeply entrenched. However, as Lin Hongxuan's work <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/ummah-yet-proletariat-9780197657386">Ummah Yet Proletariat: Islam, Marxism, and the Making of the Indonesian Republic</a> (Oxford University Press, 2023) shows, the relationship between them in Indonesian history is deeply intertwined. Based on a wealth of Indonesian language sources, Lin traces over the half century between 1915 and 1965 how Islam and Marxism coexisted and converged in the Netherlands Indies and newly independent Indonesia. In addition to reframing Indonesian ideological history, the book also helpfully emphasises key actors’ engagement with broader intellectual currents to situate them in a global historical context.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="42293161" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/17e5658f-3053-4108-90ea-2b2732b7281d/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=17e5658f-3053-4108-90ea-2b2732b7281d&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Lin Hongxuan, &quot;Ummah Yet Proletariat: Islam, Marxism, and the Making of the Indonesian Republic&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:43:59</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In contemporary Indonesia the idea that Islam and Marxism are inherently incompatible has become deeply entrenched. However, as Lin Hongxuan&apos;s work Ummah Yet Proletariat: Islam, Marxism, and the Making of the Indonesian Republic (Oxford University Press, 2023) shows, the relationship between them in Indonesian history is deeply intertwined. Based on a wealth of Indonesian language sources, Lin traces over the half century between 1915 and 1965 how Islam and Marxism coexisted and converged in the Netherlands Indies and newly independent Indonesia. In addition to reframing Indonesian ideological history, the book also helpfully emphasises key actors’ engagement with broader intellectual currents to situate them in a global historical context.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In contemporary Indonesia the idea that Islam and Marxism are inherently incompatible has become deeply entrenched. However, as Lin Hongxuan&apos;s work Ummah Yet Proletariat: Islam, Marxism, and the Making of the Indonesian Republic (Oxford University Press, 2023) shows, the relationship between them in Indonesian history is deeply intertwined. Based on a wealth of Indonesian language sources, Lin traces over the half century between 1915 and 1965 how Islam and Marxism coexisted and converged in the Netherlands Indies and newly independent Indonesia. In addition to reframing Indonesian ideological history, the book also helpfully emphasises key actors’ engagement with broader intellectual currents to situate them in a global historical context.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>173</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b5066022-dc5c-11f0-8978-a764f364dd90</guid>
      <title>Samuel Helfont, &quot;The Iraq Wars: A Very Short Introduction&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>American wars in Iraq were a defining feature of global politics for almost thirty years. The Gulf War of 1991, the American invasion of Iraq in 2003, and the campaign against the Islamic State beginning in 2014 each had their own logic. Each occurrence was a distinct conflict; however they must not only be considered in isolation. The United States spent the 1990s trying but failing to implement the Gulf War's cease fire agreement. After the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, American leaders decided to settle the open-ended aftermath of the Gulf War by launching the Iraq War of 2003. The Iraq War unleashed resistance, civil war, insurgency and eventually the Islamic State in Iraq and Syria. Thus, following the Gulf War, each war was fought to finish the previous conflict. The Iraq Wars, therefore, are perhaps best understood as a chain of events.<br />Academics, journalists, statesmen, and soldiers have produced many library shelves of books on the Iraq Wars. Yet, no short, easily digestible volume exists to synthesize this vast literature of both English and Arabic sources. <em>The Iraq Wars: A Very Short Introduction </em>(Oxford University Press, 2025) by Dr. Samuel Helfont covers this series of important conflicts as a whole, in a highly succinct and uniquely readable way.</p>
<p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Dec 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>American wars in Iraq were a defining feature of global politics for almost thirty years. The Gulf War of 1991, the American invasion of Iraq in 2003, and the campaign against the Islamic State beginning in 2014 each had their own logic. Each occurrence was a distinct conflict; however they must not only be considered in isolation. The United States spent the 1990s trying but failing to implement the Gulf War's cease fire agreement. After the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, American leaders decided to settle the open-ended aftermath of the Gulf War by launching the Iraq War of 2003. The Iraq War unleashed resistance, civil war, insurgency and eventually the Islamic State in Iraq and Syria. Thus, following the Gulf War, each war was fought to finish the previous conflict. The Iraq Wars, therefore, are perhaps best understood as a chain of events.<br />Academics, journalists, statesmen, and soldiers have produced many library shelves of books on the Iraq Wars. Yet, no short, easily digestible volume exists to synthesize this vast literature of both English and Arabic sources. <em>The Iraq Wars: A Very Short Introduction </em>(Oxford University Press, 2025) by Dr. Samuel Helfont covers this series of important conflicts as a whole, in a highly succinct and uniquely readable way.</p>
<p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="58137901" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/18c3f9f1-53f3-4ddb-a958-f08dbbc2e24f/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=18c3f9f1-53f3-4ddb-a958-f08dbbc2e24f&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Samuel Helfont, &quot;The Iraq Wars: A Very Short Introduction&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:00:29</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>American wars in Iraq were a defining feature of global politics for almost thirty years. The Gulf War of 1991, the American invasion of Iraq in 2003, and the campaign against the Islamic State beginning in 2014 each had their own logic. Each occurrence was a distinct conflict; however they must not only be considered in isolation. The United States spent the 1990s trying but failing to implement the Gulf War&apos;s cease fire agreement. After the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, American leaders decided to settle the open-ended aftermath of the Gulf War by launching the Iraq War of 2003. The Iraq War unleashed resistance, civil war, insurgency and eventually the Islamic State in Iraq and Syria. Thus, following the Gulf War, each war was fought to finish the previous conflict. The Iraq Wars, therefore, are perhaps best understood as a chain of events.Academics, journalists, statesmen, and soldiers have produced many library shelves of books on the Iraq Wars. Yet, no short, easily digestible volume exists to synthesize this vast literature of both English and Arabic sources. The Iraq Wars: A Very Short Introduction (Oxford University Press, 2025) by Dr. Samuel Helfont covers this series of important conflicts as a whole, in a highly succinct and uniquely readable way.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>American wars in Iraq were a defining feature of global politics for almost thirty years. The Gulf War of 1991, the American invasion of Iraq in 2003, and the campaign against the Islamic State beginning in 2014 each had their own logic. Each occurrence was a distinct conflict; however they must not only be considered in isolation. The United States spent the 1990s trying but failing to implement the Gulf War&apos;s cease fire agreement. After the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, American leaders decided to settle the open-ended aftermath of the Gulf War by launching the Iraq War of 2003. The Iraq War unleashed resistance, civil war, insurgency and eventually the Islamic State in Iraq and Syria. Thus, following the Gulf War, each war was fought to finish the previous conflict. The Iraq Wars, therefore, are perhaps best understood as a chain of events.Academics, journalists, statesmen, and soldiers have produced many library shelves of books on the Iraq Wars. Yet, no short, easily digestible volume exists to synthesize this vast literature of both English and Arabic sources. The Iraq Wars: A Very Short Introduction (Oxford University Press, 2025) by Dr. Samuel Helfont covers this series of important conflicts as a whole, in a highly succinct and uniquely readable way.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>317</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">558b6138-dbfd-11f0-a882-b7498b82f86c</guid>
      <title>Christian Smith, &quot;Why Religion Went Obsolete: The Demise of Traditional Faith in America&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>﻿Is traditional American religion doomed?<br />Traditional religion in the United States has suffered huge losses in recent decades. The number of Americans identifying as "not religious" has increased remarkably. Religious affiliation, service attendance, and belief in God have declined. More and more people claim to be "spiritual but not religious." Religious organizations have been reeling from revelations of sexual and financial scandals and cover-ups. Public trust in "organized religion" has declined significantly. Crucially, these religious losses are concentrated among younger generations. This means that, barring unlikely religious revivals among youth, the losses will continue and accelerate in time, as less-religious younger Americans replace older more-religious ones and increasingly fewer American children are raised by religious parents. All this is clear. But what is less clear is exactly <em>why</em> this is happening. We know a lot more about the fact that traditional American religion has declined than we do about why this is so.<br /><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197800737">Why Religion Went Obsolete﻿: The Demise of Traditional Faith in America</a> (Oxford UP, 2025) aims to change that. Drawing on survey data and hundreds of interviews, Christian Smith offers a sweeping, multifaceted account of why many Americans have lost faith in traditional religion. An array of large-scale social forces-everything from the end of the Cold War to the rise of the internet to shifting ideas about gender and sexuality-came together to render traditional religion culturally obsolete. For growing numbers of Americans, traditional religion no longer seems useful or relevant. Using quantitative empirical measures of big-picture changes over time as well as exploring the larger cultural environment—the cultural "zeitgeist"—Smith explains why this is the case and what it means for the future. Crucially, he argues, it does not mean a strictly secular future. Rather, Americans' spiritual impulses are being channelled in new and interesting directions.</p>
<p>Christian Smith is the William R. Kenan, Jr. Professor of Sociology and Founding Director of the Center for the Study of Religion and Society at the University of Notre Dame. Smith is well known for his research focused on religion, adolescents and emerging adults, and social theory. He has written many books, including <em>Divided by Faith: Evangelical Religion and the Problem of Race in America</em> (with Michael O. Emerson), as well as <em>Soul Searching: The</em> <em>Religious and Spiritual Lives of American Teenagers</em> (with Melinda Lundquist Denton).</p>
<p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">Morteza Hajizadeh</a> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature.</p>
<p>YouTube Channel: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">here</a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Dec 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>﻿Is traditional American religion doomed?<br />Traditional religion in the United States has suffered huge losses in recent decades. The number of Americans identifying as "not religious" has increased remarkably. Religious affiliation, service attendance, and belief in God have declined. More and more people claim to be "spiritual but not religious." Religious organizations have been reeling from revelations of sexual and financial scandals and cover-ups. Public trust in "organized religion" has declined significantly. Crucially, these religious losses are concentrated among younger generations. This means that, barring unlikely religious revivals among youth, the losses will continue and accelerate in time, as less-religious younger Americans replace older more-religious ones and increasingly fewer American children are raised by religious parents. All this is clear. But what is less clear is exactly <em>why</em> this is happening. We know a lot more about the fact that traditional American religion has declined than we do about why this is so.<br /><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197800737">Why Religion Went Obsolete﻿: The Demise of Traditional Faith in America</a> (Oxford UP, 2025) aims to change that. Drawing on survey data and hundreds of interviews, Christian Smith offers a sweeping, multifaceted account of why many Americans have lost faith in traditional religion. An array of large-scale social forces-everything from the end of the Cold War to the rise of the internet to shifting ideas about gender and sexuality-came together to render traditional religion culturally obsolete. For growing numbers of Americans, traditional religion no longer seems useful or relevant. Using quantitative empirical measures of big-picture changes over time as well as exploring the larger cultural environment—the cultural "zeitgeist"—Smith explains why this is the case and what it means for the future. Crucially, he argues, it does not mean a strictly secular future. Rather, Americans' spiritual impulses are being channelled in new and interesting directions.</p>
<p>Christian Smith is the William R. Kenan, Jr. Professor of Sociology and Founding Director of the Center for the Study of Religion and Society at the University of Notre Dame. Smith is well known for his research focused on religion, adolescents and emerging adults, and social theory. He has written many books, including <em>Divided by Faith: Evangelical Religion and the Problem of Race in America</em> (with Michael O. Emerson), as well as <em>Soul Searching: The</em> <em>Religious and Spiritual Lives of American Teenagers</em> (with Melinda Lundquist Denton).</p>
<p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">Morteza Hajizadeh</a> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature.</p>
<p>YouTube Channel: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">here</a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="32800137" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/21e09543-68c8-4bed-ac91-a8b0f236f29a/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=21e09543-68c8-4bed-ac91-a8b0f236f29a&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Christian Smith, &quot;Why Religion Went Obsolete: The Demise of Traditional Faith in America&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:34:07</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Is traditional American religion doomed?Traditional religion in the United States has suffered huge losses in recent decades. The number of Americans identifying as &quot;not religious&quot; has increased remarkably. Religious affiliation, service attendance, and belief in God have declined. More and more people claim to be &quot;spiritual but not religious.&quot; Religious organizations have been reeling from revelations of sexual and financial scandals and cover-ups. Public trust in &quot;organized religion&quot; has declined significantly. Crucially, these religious losses are concentrated among younger generations. This means that, barring unlikely religious revivals among youth, the losses will continue and accelerate in time, as less-religious younger Americans replace older more-religious ones and increasingly fewer American children are raised by religious parents. All this is clear. But what is less clear is exactly why this is happening. We know a lot more about the fact that traditional American religion has declined than we do about why this is so.Why Religion Went Obsolete﻿: The Demise of Traditional Faith in America (Oxford UP, 2025) aims to change that. Drawing on survey data and hundreds of interviews, Christian Smith offers a sweeping, multifaceted account of why many Americans have lost faith in traditional religion. An array of large-scale social forces-everything from the end of the Cold War to the rise of the internet to shifting ideas about gender and sexuality-came together to render traditional religion culturally obsolete. For growing numbers of Americans, traditional religion no longer seems useful or relevant. Using quantitative empirical measures of big-picture changes over time as well as exploring the larger cultural environment—the cultural &quot;zeitgeist&quot;—Smith explains why this is the case and what it means for the future. Crucially, he argues, it does not mean a strictly secular future. Rather, Americans&apos; spiritual impulses are being channelled in new and interesting directions.

Christian Smith is the William R. Kenan, Jr. Professor of Sociology and Founding Director of the Center for the Study of Religion and Society at the University of Notre Dame. Smith is well known for his research focused on religion, adolescents and emerging adults, and social theory. He has written many books, including Divided by Faith: Evangelical Religion and the Problem of Race in America (with Michael O. Emerson), as well as Soul Searching: The Religious and Spiritual Lives of American Teenagers (with Melinda Lundquist Denton).

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature.

YouTube Channel: here</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Is traditional American religion doomed?Traditional religion in the United States has suffered huge losses in recent decades. The number of Americans identifying as &quot;not religious&quot; has increased remarkably. Religious affiliation, service attendance, and belief in God have declined. More and more people claim to be &quot;spiritual but not religious.&quot; Religious organizations have been reeling from revelations of sexual and financial scandals and cover-ups. Public trust in &quot;organized religion&quot; has declined significantly. Crucially, these religious losses are concentrated among younger generations. This means that, barring unlikely religious revivals among youth, the losses will continue and accelerate in time, as less-religious younger Americans replace older more-religious ones and increasingly fewer American children are raised by religious parents. All this is clear. But what is less clear is exactly why this is happening. We know a lot more about the fact that traditional American religion has declined than we do about why this is so.Why Religion Went Obsolete﻿: The Demise of Traditional Faith in America (Oxford UP, 2025) aims to change that. Drawing on survey data and hundreds of interviews, Christian Smith offers a sweeping, multifaceted account of why many Americans have lost faith in traditional religion. An array of large-scale social forces-everything from the end of the Cold War to the rise of the internet to shifting ideas about gender and sexuality-came together to render traditional religion culturally obsolete. For growing numbers of Americans, traditional religion no longer seems useful or relevant. Using quantitative empirical measures of big-picture changes over time as well as exploring the larger cultural environment—the cultural &quot;zeitgeist&quot;—Smith explains why this is the case and what it means for the future. Crucially, he argues, it does not mean a strictly secular future. Rather, Americans&apos; spiritual impulses are being channelled in new and interesting directions.

Christian Smith is the William R. Kenan, Jr. Professor of Sociology and Founding Director of the Center for the Study of Religion and Society at the University of Notre Dame. Smith is well known for his research focused on religion, adolescents and emerging adults, and social theory. He has written many books, including Divided by Faith: Evangelical Religion and the Problem of Race in America (with Michael O. Emerson), as well as Soul Searching: The Religious and Spiritual Lives of American Teenagers (with Melinda Lundquist Denton).

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature.

YouTube Channel: here</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1745</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">02851c9c-dc00-11f0-a7dc-abfb945dfddc</guid>
      <title>Johannes Zachhuber, &quot;Gregory of Nyssa: on the Hexaemeron: Text, Translation, and Essays&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Johannes Zachhuber and Anna Marmodoro, eds., <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198897088">Gregory of Nyssa: On the Hexaemeron: Text, Translation, and Essays</a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2025)</p>
<p>This book presents Gregory of Nyssa's On the Six Days of Creation (In Hexaemeron) as a specimen of Early Christian philosophy. It comprises Gregory of Nyssa's text in its Greek original accompanied by a new English translation, and seven accompanying essays by international specialists from diverse backgrounds. Each essay focuses on a section of the text and the arising philosophical issues. The essays complement each other in offering multiple perspectives on how Gregory's text may be approached philosophically and positioned in relation to other, more or less contiguous, philosophical theories, including the early Greeks Anaxagoras and Empedocles, Aristotle, and the Stoics. Rather than presenting a definite and exhaustive state of the art study of Gregory's text, this volume aims to open new pathways for research into In Hexaemeron.</p>
<p>New Books in Late Antiquity is presented by <a href="https://www.ancientjewreview.com/">Ancient Jew Review</a></p>
<p><a href="https://www.theology.ox.ac.uk/people/professor-johannes-zachhuber">Johannes Zachhuber</a> is professor of historical and systematic theology at Oxford. His books include <em>Human Nature in Greogry of Nyssa</em>, <em>The Rise of Christian Theology and the End of Ancient Metaphysics</em>, and <em>Time and the Soul: from Aristotle to Augustine</em>.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.slu.edu/arts-and-sciences/philosophy/faculty/anna-marmodoro.php">Anna Marmodoro</a> is Leonard and Elizabeth Eslick Professor of Philosophy at St. Louis University. She’s written or edited half a dozen books including <em>Metaphysics: an Introduction</em>; <em>Forms and Structures in Plato’s Metaphysics</em>; <em>Aristotle on Perceiving Objects</em>, and most recently she co-edited <em>The Oxford Handbook of Omnipresence.</em></p>
<p><a href="https://www.umb.edu/directory/michaelmotia/">Michael Motia</a> teaches in Classics and Religious Studies at UMass Boston</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Dec 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Johannes Zachhuber and Anna Marmodoro, eds., <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198897088">Gregory of Nyssa: On the Hexaemeron: Text, Translation, and Essays</a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2025)</p>
<p>This book presents Gregory of Nyssa's On the Six Days of Creation (In Hexaemeron) as a specimen of Early Christian philosophy. It comprises Gregory of Nyssa's text in its Greek original accompanied by a new English translation, and seven accompanying essays by international specialists from diverse backgrounds. Each essay focuses on a section of the text and the arising philosophical issues. The essays complement each other in offering multiple perspectives on how Gregory's text may be approached philosophically and positioned in relation to other, more or less contiguous, philosophical theories, including the early Greeks Anaxagoras and Empedocles, Aristotle, and the Stoics. Rather than presenting a definite and exhaustive state of the art study of Gregory's text, this volume aims to open new pathways for research into In Hexaemeron.</p>
<p>New Books in Late Antiquity is presented by <a href="https://www.ancientjewreview.com/">Ancient Jew Review</a></p>
<p><a href="https://www.theology.ox.ac.uk/people/professor-johannes-zachhuber">Johannes Zachhuber</a> is professor of historical and systematic theology at Oxford. His books include <em>Human Nature in Greogry of Nyssa</em>, <em>The Rise of Christian Theology and the End of Ancient Metaphysics</em>, and <em>Time and the Soul: from Aristotle to Augustine</em>.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.slu.edu/arts-and-sciences/philosophy/faculty/anna-marmodoro.php">Anna Marmodoro</a> is Leonard and Elizabeth Eslick Professor of Philosophy at St. Louis University. She’s written or edited half a dozen books including <em>Metaphysics: an Introduction</em>; <em>Forms and Structures in Plato’s Metaphysics</em>; <em>Aristotle on Perceiving Objects</em>, and most recently she co-edited <em>The Oxford Handbook of Omnipresence.</em></p>
<p><a href="https://www.umb.edu/directory/michaelmotia/">Michael Motia</a> teaches in Classics and Religious Studies at UMass Boston</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="62920526" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/ded15d48-695b-4927-9db3-fadf70cc23c4/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=ded15d48-695b-4927-9db3-fadf70cc23c4&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Johannes Zachhuber, &quot;Gregory of Nyssa: on the Hexaemeron: Text, Translation, and Essays&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:05:29</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Johannes Zachhuber and Anna Marmodoro, eds., Gregory of Nyssa: On the Hexaemeron: Text, Translation, and Essays (Oxford UP, 2025)

This book presents Gregory of Nyssa&apos;s On the Six Days of Creation (In Hexaemeron) as a specimen of Early Christian philosophy. It comprises Gregory of Nyssa&apos;s text in its Greek original accompanied by a new English translation, and seven accompanying essays by international specialists from diverse backgrounds. Each essay focuses on a section of the text and the arising philosophical issues. The essays complement each other in offering multiple perspectives on how Gregory&apos;s text may be approached philosophically and positioned in relation to other, more or less contiguous, philosophical theories, including the early Greeks Anaxagoras and Empedocles, Aristotle, and the Stoics. Rather than presenting a definite and exhaustive state of the art study of Gregory&apos;s text, this volume aims to open new pathways for research into In Hexaemeron.

New Books in Late Antiquity is presented by Ancient Jew Review

Johannes Zachhuber is professor of historical and systematic theology at Oxford. His books include Human Nature in Greogry of Nyssa, The Rise of Christian Theology and the End of Ancient Metaphysics, and Time and the Soul: from Aristotle to Augustine.

Anna Marmodoro is Leonard and Elizabeth Eslick Professor of Philosophy at St. Louis University. She’s written or edited half a dozen books including Metaphysics: an Introduction; Forms and Structures in Plato’s Metaphysics; Aristotle on Perceiving Objects, and most recently she co-edited The Oxford Handbook of Omnipresence.

Michael Motia teaches in Classics and Religious Studies at UMass Boston</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Johannes Zachhuber and Anna Marmodoro, eds., Gregory of Nyssa: On the Hexaemeron: Text, Translation, and Essays (Oxford UP, 2025)

This book presents Gregory of Nyssa&apos;s On the Six Days of Creation (In Hexaemeron) as a specimen of Early Christian philosophy. It comprises Gregory of Nyssa&apos;s text in its Greek original accompanied by a new English translation, and seven accompanying essays by international specialists from diverse backgrounds. Each essay focuses on a section of the text and the arising philosophical issues. The essays complement each other in offering multiple perspectives on how Gregory&apos;s text may be approached philosophically and positioned in relation to other, more or less contiguous, philosophical theories, including the early Greeks Anaxagoras and Empedocles, Aristotle, and the Stoics. Rather than presenting a definite and exhaustive state of the art study of Gregory&apos;s text, this volume aims to open new pathways for research into In Hexaemeron.

New Books in Late Antiquity is presented by Ancient Jew Review

Johannes Zachhuber is professor of historical and systematic theology at Oxford. His books include Human Nature in Greogry of Nyssa, The Rise of Christian Theology and the End of Ancient Metaphysics, and Time and the Soul: from Aristotle to Augustine.

Anna Marmodoro is Leonard and Elizabeth Eslick Professor of Philosophy at St. Louis University. She’s written or edited half a dozen books including Metaphysics: an Introduction; Forms and Structures in Plato’s Metaphysics; Aristotle on Perceiving Objects, and most recently she co-edited The Oxford Handbook of Omnipresence.

Michael Motia teaches in Classics and Religious Studies at UMass Boston</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1744</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">cf6864ee-db8d-11f0-a443-8bb29782728e</guid>
      <title>Deanna Ferree Womack, &quot;Re-Inventing Islam: Gender and the Protestant Roots of American Islamophobia&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>From the end of the American Civil War to the start of World War II, the Protestant missionary movement unintentionally tilled the soil in which American Islamophobia would eventually take root. What ideas did missionaries in Islamic contexts pass on to later generations? How were these ideas connected to centuries-old Protestant discourses about Muslims and gender beginning in the Reformation? And what bearing does this history have on the birth of Islamophobia and on Christian-Muslim dialogue efforts in the US today? In answering these questions, <em>Re-inventing Islam</em> traces the gender constructs that have informed historical Protestant perceptions of Islam, especially in the far-reaching textual, visual, and material influences of the American and British movement for missions to Muslims. This book first considers Protestant discourse about Muslim women and men from the Reformation to the Enlightenment. Then it turns to the colossal archive of literature, images, and cultural objects that missionaries--and particularly missionary women--collected from Islamic contexts and used to inform and motivate their constituents.<br />Anglo-Protestants in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries perpetually re-invented stereotypes about Muslims and used these negative images to achieve particular Protestant theological and political purposes, including missionary aims. They did so when disseminating gender critiques widely to Protestant men, women, and children. Why did they re-invent Islam? Deanna Ferree Womack argues that they did so to reinforce Protestant theological claims, to justify their evangelistic endeavors, to express both humanitarian concern and Eurocentric views of the world, and to support British and American cultural, economic, and military expansion. Simultaneously, however, this same missionary movement educated its constituents about diverse Islamic cultures, in part by providing humanizing images of Islam. Missionaries also formed personal relationships with Muslims that would open pathways toward formal efforts of Christian-Muslim dialogue after the mid-twentieth century. Americans have inherited all of these legacies. In revisiting this history readers will find new possibilities for building a more open and just future.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 21 Dec 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>From the end of the American Civil War to the start of World War II, the Protestant missionary movement unintentionally tilled the soil in which American Islamophobia would eventually take root. What ideas did missionaries in Islamic contexts pass on to later generations? How were these ideas connected to centuries-old Protestant discourses about Muslims and gender beginning in the Reformation? And what bearing does this history have on the birth of Islamophobia and on Christian-Muslim dialogue efforts in the US today? In answering these questions, <em>Re-inventing Islam</em> traces the gender constructs that have informed historical Protestant perceptions of Islam, especially in the far-reaching textual, visual, and material influences of the American and British movement for missions to Muslims. This book first considers Protestant discourse about Muslim women and men from the Reformation to the Enlightenment. Then it turns to the colossal archive of literature, images, and cultural objects that missionaries--and particularly missionary women--collected from Islamic contexts and used to inform and motivate their constituents.<br />Anglo-Protestants in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries perpetually re-invented stereotypes about Muslims and used these negative images to achieve particular Protestant theological and political purposes, including missionary aims. They did so when disseminating gender critiques widely to Protestant men, women, and children. Why did they re-invent Islam? Deanna Ferree Womack argues that they did so to reinforce Protestant theological claims, to justify their evangelistic endeavors, to express both humanitarian concern and Eurocentric views of the world, and to support British and American cultural, economic, and military expansion. Simultaneously, however, this same missionary movement educated its constituents about diverse Islamic cultures, in part by providing humanizing images of Islam. Missionaries also formed personal relationships with Muslims that would open pathways toward formal efforts of Christian-Muslim dialogue after the mid-twentieth century. Americans have inherited all of these legacies. In revisiting this history readers will find new possibilities for building a more open and just future.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="55124995" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/976d4548-56c1-473c-8a99-9c19b0dcb780/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=976d4548-56c1-473c-8a99-9c19b0dcb780&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Deanna Ferree Womack, &quot;Re-Inventing Islam: Gender and the Protestant Roots of American Islamophobia&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:57:21</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>From the end of the American Civil War to the start of World War II, the Protestant missionary movement unintentionally tilled the soil in which American Islamophobia would eventually take root. What ideas did missionaries in Islamic contexts pass on to later generations? How were these ideas connected to centuries-old Protestant discourses about Muslims and gender beginning in the Reformation? And what bearing does this history have on the birth of Islamophobia and on Christian-Muslim dialogue efforts in the US today? In answering these questions, Re-inventing Islam traces the gender constructs that have informed historical Protestant perceptions of Islam, especially in the far-reaching textual, visual, and material influences of the American and British movement for missions to Muslims. This book first considers Protestant discourse about Muslim women and men from the Reformation to the Enlightenment. Then it turns to the colossal archive of literature, images, and cultural objects that missionaries--and particularly missionary women--collected from Islamic contexts and used to inform and motivate their constituents.Anglo-Protestants in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries perpetually re-invented stereotypes about Muslims and used these negative images to achieve particular Protestant theological and political purposes, including missionary aims. They did so when disseminating gender critiques widely to Protestant men, women, and children. Why did they re-invent Islam? Deanna Ferree Womack argues that they did so to reinforce Protestant theological claims, to justify their evangelistic endeavors, to express both humanitarian concern and Eurocentric views of the world, and to support British and American cultural, economic, and military expansion. Simultaneously, however, this same missionary movement educated its constituents about diverse Islamic cultures, in part by providing humanizing images of Islam. Missionaries also formed personal relationships with Muslims that would open pathways toward formal efforts of Christian-Muslim dialogue after the mid-twentieth century. Americans have inherited all of these legacies. In revisiting this history readers will find new possibilities for building a more open and just future.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>From the end of the American Civil War to the start of World War II, the Protestant missionary movement unintentionally tilled the soil in which American Islamophobia would eventually take root. What ideas did missionaries in Islamic contexts pass on to later generations? How were these ideas connected to centuries-old Protestant discourses about Muslims and gender beginning in the Reformation? And what bearing does this history have on the birth of Islamophobia and on Christian-Muslim dialogue efforts in the US today? In answering these questions, Re-inventing Islam traces the gender constructs that have informed historical Protestant perceptions of Islam, especially in the far-reaching textual, visual, and material influences of the American and British movement for missions to Muslims. This book first considers Protestant discourse about Muslim women and men from the Reformation to the Enlightenment. Then it turns to the colossal archive of literature, images, and cultural objects that missionaries--and particularly missionary women--collected from Islamic contexts and used to inform and motivate their constituents.Anglo-Protestants in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries perpetually re-invented stereotypes about Muslims and used these negative images to achieve particular Protestant theological and political purposes, including missionary aims. They did so when disseminating gender critiques widely to Protestant men, women, and children. Why did they re-invent Islam? Deanna Ferree Womack argues that they did so to reinforce Protestant theological claims, to justify their evangelistic endeavors, to express both humanitarian concern and Eurocentric views of the world, and to support British and American cultural, economic, and military expansion. Simultaneously, however, this same missionary movement educated its constituents about diverse Islamic cultures, in part by providing humanizing images of Islam. Missionaries also formed personal relationships with Muslims that would open pathways toward formal efforts of Christian-Muslim dialogue after the mid-twentieth century. Americans have inherited all of these legacies. In revisiting this history readers will find new possibilities for building a more open and just future.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>37</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bb0c1714-d4be-11f0-b0fd-97bf3a9c6bc4</guid>
      <title>Michael D. Dwyer, &quot;Tinsel and Rust: How Hollywood Manufactured the Rust Belt&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197612798">Tinsel and Rust: How Hollywood Manufactured the Rust Belt</a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2025)<em> </em>tells the story of Hollywood's role in the shaping of the Rust Belt in the United States. During the 1970s and 1980s, filmic representations of shuttered auto plants, furloughed millworkers, and decaying downtowns in the industrial heartland contributed to pervasive narratives of American malaise and decline--informing the wider cultural view of these cities and their people. Author Michael D. Dwyer (Arcadia University) untangles the complicated relationship between Hollywood and the Rust Belt, exploring how the sociocultural image of the region has become a tool to tell stories about America's mythic past, degraded present, and potential futures.<br />Dwyer offers a reading in twofold: through the conventional lens of film and cultural studies, and through an interdisciplinary lens that pulls in elements of cultural geography and urban studies to understand the ways in which Americans learned to interpret the cities and towns of the industrial Midwest. Each chapter spotlights a different Rust Belt city--Johnstown, Chicago, Cleveland, Pittsburgh, and Detroit--and considers how films and filmmaking processes helped shape audiences' cultural understanding of those cities. Over the course of the book, Dwyer also examines several films which offer notable representations of the Rust Belt, including <em>Slap Shot</em>, <em>The Blues Brothers</em>, <em>Major League</em>, <em>The Perks of Being a Wallflower</em>, and <em>It Follows</em>. Finally, the volume highlights how in more recent years, cities like Pittsburgh, Detroit, and Cleveland have all attempted to remake their public image and revitalize their economies through film and media production.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Dec 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197612798">Tinsel and Rust: How Hollywood Manufactured the Rust Belt</a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2025)<em> </em>tells the story of Hollywood's role in the shaping of the Rust Belt in the United States. During the 1970s and 1980s, filmic representations of shuttered auto plants, furloughed millworkers, and decaying downtowns in the industrial heartland contributed to pervasive narratives of American malaise and decline--informing the wider cultural view of these cities and their people. Author Michael D. Dwyer (Arcadia University) untangles the complicated relationship between Hollywood and the Rust Belt, exploring how the sociocultural image of the region has become a tool to tell stories about America's mythic past, degraded present, and potential futures.<br />Dwyer offers a reading in twofold: through the conventional lens of film and cultural studies, and through an interdisciplinary lens that pulls in elements of cultural geography and urban studies to understand the ways in which Americans learned to interpret the cities and towns of the industrial Midwest. Each chapter spotlights a different Rust Belt city--Johnstown, Chicago, Cleveland, Pittsburgh, and Detroit--and considers how films and filmmaking processes helped shape audiences' cultural understanding of those cities. Over the course of the book, Dwyer also examines several films which offer notable representations of the Rust Belt, including <em>Slap Shot</em>, <em>The Blues Brothers</em>, <em>Major League</em>, <em>The Perks of Being a Wallflower</em>, and <em>It Follows</em>. Finally, the volume highlights how in more recent years, cities like Pittsburgh, Detroit, and Cleveland have all attempted to remake their public image and revitalize their economies through film and media production.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="68265004" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/bffd2f1a-c3ad-49d7-a3a6-00c5d730b08e/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=bffd2f1a-c3ad-49d7-a3a6-00c5d730b08e&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Michael D. Dwyer, &quot;Tinsel and Rust: How Hollywood Manufactured the Rust Belt&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:11:03</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Tinsel and Rust: How Hollywood Manufactured the Rust Belt (Oxford UP, 2025) tells the story of Hollywood&apos;s role in the shaping of the Rust Belt in the United States. During the 1970s and 1980s, filmic representations of shuttered auto plants, furloughed millworkers, and decaying downtowns in the industrial heartland contributed to pervasive narratives of American malaise and decline--informing the wider cultural view of these cities and their people. Author Michael D. Dwyer (Arcadia University) untangles the complicated relationship between Hollywood and the Rust Belt, exploring how the sociocultural image of the region has become a tool to tell stories about America&apos;s mythic past, degraded present, and potential futures.Dwyer offers a reading in twofold: through the conventional lens of film and cultural studies, and through an interdisciplinary lens that pulls in elements of cultural geography and urban studies to understand the ways in which Americans learned to interpret the cities and towns of the industrial Midwest. Each chapter spotlights a different Rust Belt city--Johnstown, Chicago, Cleveland, Pittsburgh, and Detroit--and considers how films and filmmaking processes helped shape audiences&apos; cultural understanding of those cities. Over the course of the book, Dwyer also examines several films which offer notable representations of the Rust Belt, including Slap Shot, The Blues Brothers, Major League, The Perks of Being a Wallflower, and It Follows. Finally, the volume highlights how in more recent years, cities like Pittsburgh, Detroit, and Cleveland have all attempted to remake their public image and revitalize their economies through film and media production.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Tinsel and Rust: How Hollywood Manufactured the Rust Belt (Oxford UP, 2025) tells the story of Hollywood&apos;s role in the shaping of the Rust Belt in the United States. During the 1970s and 1980s, filmic representations of shuttered auto plants, furloughed millworkers, and decaying downtowns in the industrial heartland contributed to pervasive narratives of American malaise and decline--informing the wider cultural view of these cities and their people. Author Michael D. Dwyer (Arcadia University) untangles the complicated relationship between Hollywood and the Rust Belt, exploring how the sociocultural image of the region has become a tool to tell stories about America&apos;s mythic past, degraded present, and potential futures.Dwyer offers a reading in twofold: through the conventional lens of film and cultural studies, and through an interdisciplinary lens that pulls in elements of cultural geography and urban studies to understand the ways in which Americans learned to interpret the cities and towns of the industrial Midwest. Each chapter spotlights a different Rust Belt city--Johnstown, Chicago, Cleveland, Pittsburgh, and Detroit--and considers how films and filmmaking processes helped shape audiences&apos; cultural understanding of those cities. Over the course of the book, Dwyer also examines several films which offer notable representations of the Rust Belt, including Slap Shot, The Blues Brothers, Major League, The Perks of Being a Wallflower, and It Follows. Finally, the volume highlights how in more recent years, cities like Pittsburgh, Detroit, and Cleveland have all attempted to remake their public image and revitalize their economies through film and media production.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1742</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9f39d90e-d3a1-11f0-8200-bff29c99cb9c</guid>
      <title>Peace A. Medie, &quot;Global Norms and Local Action: The Campaigns to End Violence Against Women in Africa&quot; (Oxford UP, 2020)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/books/global-norms-and-local-action-the-campaigns-to-end-violence-against-women-in-africa/9780190922962"><em>Global Norms and Local Action: The Campaigns to End Violence against Women in Africa</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2020), Peace A. Medie studies the domestic implementation of international norms by examining how and why two post-conflict states in Africa, Liberia and Côte d'Ivoire, have differed in their responses to rape and domestic violence. Specifically, she looks at the roles of the United Nations and women's movements in the establishment of specialized criminal justice sector agencies, and the referral of cases for prosecution. She argues that variation in implementation in Liberia and Côte d'Ivoire can be explained by the levels of international and domestic pressures that states face and by the favorability of domestic political and institutional conditions. Medie's study is based on interviews with over 300 policymakers, bureaucrats, staff at the UN and NGOs, police officers, and survivors of domestic violence and rape — an unprecedented depth of research into women's rights and gender violence norm implementation in post-conflict countries. Furthermore, through her interviews with survivors of violence, Medie explains not only how states implement anti-rape and anti-domestic violence norms, but also how women experience and are affected by these norms. She draws on this research to recommend that states adopt a holistic approach to addressing violence against women.</p><p>Peace A. Medie is an award-winning scholar and a writer. She is associate professor in politics at the University of Bristol. She studies state and non-state actors’ responses to gender-based violence and other forms of insecurity in countries in Africa. She is author of ‘<em>Global Norms and Local Action: The Campaigns to End Violence Against Women in Africa’ </em>(OUP 2020). Her debut novel, <em>His Only Wife</em>, was a <em>New York Times</em> Notable Book of 2020 and a <em>Time Magazine</em> Must-Read Book of 2020. Her second novel, <em>Nightbloom</em>, will be published in June 2023.</p><p><a href="https://labdelaa.expressions.syr.edu/"><em>Lamis Abdelaaty</em></a><em> is an associate professor of political science at the Maxwell School of Syracuse University. She is the author of </em><a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/discrimination-and-delegation-9780197530061"><em>Discrimination and Delegation: Explaining State Responses to Refugees</em></a><em> (Oxford University Press, 2021). Email her comments at </em><a href="mailto:labdelaa@syr.edu"><em>labdelaa@syr.edu</em></a><em> or tweet to </em><a href="https://twitter.com/LAbdelaaty"><em>@LAbdelaaty</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 8 Dec 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/books/global-norms-and-local-action-the-campaigns-to-end-violence-against-women-in-africa/9780190922962"><em>Global Norms and Local Action: The Campaigns to End Violence against Women in Africa</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2020), Peace A. Medie studies the domestic implementation of international norms by examining how and why two post-conflict states in Africa, Liberia and Côte d'Ivoire, have differed in their responses to rape and domestic violence. Specifically, she looks at the roles of the United Nations and women's movements in the establishment of specialized criminal justice sector agencies, and the referral of cases for prosecution. She argues that variation in implementation in Liberia and Côte d'Ivoire can be explained by the levels of international and domestic pressures that states face and by the favorability of domestic political and institutional conditions. Medie's study is based on interviews with over 300 policymakers, bureaucrats, staff at the UN and NGOs, police officers, and survivors of domestic violence and rape — an unprecedented depth of research into women's rights and gender violence norm implementation in post-conflict countries. Furthermore, through her interviews with survivors of violence, Medie explains not only how states implement anti-rape and anti-domestic violence norms, but also how women experience and are affected by these norms. She draws on this research to recommend that states adopt a holistic approach to addressing violence against women.</p><p>Peace A. Medie is an award-winning scholar and a writer. She is associate professor in politics at the University of Bristol. She studies state and non-state actors’ responses to gender-based violence and other forms of insecurity in countries in Africa. She is author of ‘<em>Global Norms and Local Action: The Campaigns to End Violence Against Women in Africa’ </em>(OUP 2020). Her debut novel, <em>His Only Wife</em>, was a <em>New York Times</em> Notable Book of 2020 and a <em>Time Magazine</em> Must-Read Book of 2020. Her second novel, <em>Nightbloom</em>, will be published in June 2023.</p><p><a href="https://labdelaa.expressions.syr.edu/"><em>Lamis Abdelaaty</em></a><em> is an associate professor of political science at the Maxwell School of Syracuse University. She is the author of </em><a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/discrimination-and-delegation-9780197530061"><em>Discrimination and Delegation: Explaining State Responses to Refugees</em></a><em> (Oxford University Press, 2021). Email her comments at </em><a href="mailto:labdelaa@syr.edu"><em>labdelaa@syr.edu</em></a><em> or tweet to </em><a href="https://twitter.com/LAbdelaaty"><em>@LAbdelaaty</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="56983478" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/9faf9175-6b37-4fd3-9459-86048108cd88/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=9faf9175-6b37-4fd3-9459-86048108cd88&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Peace A. Medie, &quot;Global Norms and Local Action: The Campaigns to End Violence Against Women in Africa&quot; (Oxford UP, 2020)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:59:21</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In Global Norms and Local Action: The Campaigns to End Violence against Women in Africa (Oxford UP, 2020), Peace A. Medie studies the domestic implementation of international norms by examining how and why two post-conflict states in Africa, Liberia and Côte d&apos;Ivoire, have differed in their responses to rape and domestic violence. Specifically, she looks at the roles of the United Nations and women&apos;s movements in the establishment of specialized criminal justice sector agencies, and the referral of cases for prosecution. She argues that variation in implementation in Liberia and Côte d&apos;Ivoire can be explained by the levels of international and domestic pressures that states face and by the favorability of domestic political and institutional conditions. Medie&apos;s study is based on interviews with over 300 policymakers, bureaucrats, staff at the UN and NGOs, police officers, and survivors of domestic violence and rape — an unprecedented depth of research into women&apos;s rights and gender violence norm implementation in post-conflict countries. Furthermore, through her interviews with survivors of violence, Medie explains not only how states implement anti-rape and anti-domestic violence norms, but also how women experience and are affected by these norms. She draws on this research to recommend that states adopt a holistic approach to addressing violence against women.
Peace A. Medie is an award-winning scholar and a writer. She is associate professor in politics at the University of Bristol. She studies state and non-state actors’ responses to gender-based violence and other forms of insecurity in countries in Africa. She is author of ‘Global Norms and Local Action: The Campaigns to End Violence Against Women in Africa’ (OUP 2020). Her debut novel, His Only Wife, was a New York Times Notable Book of 2020 and a Time Magazine Must-Read Book of 2020. Her second novel, Nightbloom, will be published in June 2023.
Lamis Abdelaaty is an associate professor of political science at the Maxwell School of Syracuse University. She is the author of Discrimination and Delegation: Explaining State Responses to Refugees (Oxford University Press, 2021). Email her comments at labdelaa@syr.edu or tweet to @LAbdelaaty.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In Global Norms and Local Action: The Campaigns to End Violence against Women in Africa (Oxford UP, 2020), Peace A. Medie studies the domestic implementation of international norms by examining how and why two post-conflict states in Africa, Liberia and Côte d&apos;Ivoire, have differed in their responses to rape and domestic violence. Specifically, she looks at the roles of the United Nations and women&apos;s movements in the establishment of specialized criminal justice sector agencies, and the referral of cases for prosecution. She argues that variation in implementation in Liberia and Côte d&apos;Ivoire can be explained by the levels of international and domestic pressures that states face and by the favorability of domestic political and institutional conditions. Medie&apos;s study is based on interviews with over 300 policymakers, bureaucrats, staff at the UN and NGOs, police officers, and survivors of domestic violence and rape — an unprecedented depth of research into women&apos;s rights and gender violence norm implementation in post-conflict countries. Furthermore, through her interviews with survivors of violence, Medie explains not only how states implement anti-rape and anti-domestic violence norms, but also how women experience and are affected by these norms. She draws on this research to recommend that states adopt a holistic approach to addressing violence against women.
Peace A. Medie is an award-winning scholar and a writer. She is associate professor in politics at the University of Bristol. She studies state and non-state actors’ responses to gender-based violence and other forms of insecurity in countries in Africa. She is author of ‘Global Norms and Local Action: The Campaigns to End Violence Against Women in Africa’ (OUP 2020). Her debut novel, His Only Wife, was a New York Times Notable Book of 2020 and a Time Magazine Must-Read Book of 2020. Her second novel, Nightbloom, will be published in June 2023.
Lamis Abdelaaty is an associate professor of political science at the Maxwell School of Syracuse University. She is the author of Discrimination and Delegation: Explaining State Responses to Refugees (Oxford University Press, 2021). Email her comments at labdelaa@syr.edu or tweet to @LAbdelaaty.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>625</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">36c3bbac-d3a0-11f0-a69a-8b662f824678</guid>
      <title>David Silkenat, &quot;Scars on the Land: An Environmental History of Slavery in the American South&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>They worked Virginia's tobacco fields, South Carolina's rice marshes, and the Black Belt's cotton plantations. Wherever they lived, enslaved people found their lives indelibly shaped by the Southern environment. By day, they plucked worms and insects from the crops, trod barefoot in the mud as they hoed rice fields, and endured the sun and humidity as they planted and harvested the fields. By night, they clandestinely took to the woods and swamps to trap opossums and turtles, to visit relatives living on adjacent plantations, and at times to escape slave patrols and escape to freedom.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197564226"><em>Scars on the Land: An Environmental History of Slavery in the American South</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2022) is the first comprehensive history of American slavery to examine how the environment fundamentally formed enslaved people's lives and how slavery remade the Southern landscape. Over two centuries, from the establishment of slavery in the Chesapeake to the Civil War, one simple calculation had profound consequences: rather than measuring productivity based on outputs per acre, Southern planters sought to maximize how much labor they could extract from their enslaved workforce. They saw the landscape as disposable, relocating to more fertile prospects once they had leached the soils and cut down the forests. On the leading edge of the frontier, slavery laid waste to fragile ecosystems, draining swamps, clearing forests to plant crops and fuel steamships, and introducing devastating invasive species. On its trailing edge, slavery left eroded hillsides, rivers clogged with sterile soil, and the extinction of native species. While environmental destruction fueled slavery's expansion, no environment could long survive intensive slave labor. The scars manifested themselves in different ways, but the land too fell victim to the slave owner's lash.</p><p>Although typically treated separately, slavery and the environment naturally intersect in complex and powerful ways, leaving lasting effects from the period of emancipation through modern-day reckonings with racial justice.</p><p><a href="http://www.brandontjett.com/"><em>Brandon T. Jett</em></a><em>, professor of history at Florida SouthWestern State College, creator of the </em><a href="http://www.lynchinginlabelle.com/"><em>Lynching in LaBelle</em></a><em> Digital History Project, and author of </em><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780807175071"><em>Race, Crime, and Policing in the Jim Crow South</em></a><em> (LSU Press, 2021) and co-editor of Steeped in a Culture of Violence: Murder, Racial Injustice, and Other Violent Crimes in Texas, 1965–2020 (Texas A&amp;M University Press, scheduled Spring 2023). Twitter: @DrBrandonJett1.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 8 Dec 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>They worked Virginia's tobacco fields, South Carolina's rice marshes, and the Black Belt's cotton plantations. Wherever they lived, enslaved people found their lives indelibly shaped by the Southern environment. By day, they plucked worms and insects from the crops, trod barefoot in the mud as they hoed rice fields, and endured the sun and humidity as they planted and harvested the fields. By night, they clandestinely took to the woods and swamps to trap opossums and turtles, to visit relatives living on adjacent plantations, and at times to escape slave patrols and escape to freedom.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197564226"><em>Scars on the Land: An Environmental History of Slavery in the American South</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2022) is the first comprehensive history of American slavery to examine how the environment fundamentally formed enslaved people's lives and how slavery remade the Southern landscape. Over two centuries, from the establishment of slavery in the Chesapeake to the Civil War, one simple calculation had profound consequences: rather than measuring productivity based on outputs per acre, Southern planters sought to maximize how much labor they could extract from their enslaved workforce. They saw the landscape as disposable, relocating to more fertile prospects once they had leached the soils and cut down the forests. On the leading edge of the frontier, slavery laid waste to fragile ecosystems, draining swamps, clearing forests to plant crops and fuel steamships, and introducing devastating invasive species. On its trailing edge, slavery left eroded hillsides, rivers clogged with sterile soil, and the extinction of native species. While environmental destruction fueled slavery's expansion, no environment could long survive intensive slave labor. The scars manifested themselves in different ways, but the land too fell victim to the slave owner's lash.</p><p>Although typically treated separately, slavery and the environment naturally intersect in complex and powerful ways, leaving lasting effects from the period of emancipation through modern-day reckonings with racial justice.</p><p><a href="http://www.brandontjett.com/"><em>Brandon T. Jett</em></a><em>, professor of history at Florida SouthWestern State College, creator of the </em><a href="http://www.lynchinginlabelle.com/"><em>Lynching in LaBelle</em></a><em> Digital History Project, and author of </em><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780807175071"><em>Race, Crime, and Policing in the Jim Crow South</em></a><em> (LSU Press, 2021) and co-editor of Steeped in a Culture of Violence: Murder, Racial Injustice, and Other Violent Crimes in Texas, 1965–2020 (Texas A&amp;M University Press, scheduled Spring 2023). Twitter: @DrBrandonJett1.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="59563557" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/36f60e38-0577-45c2-acf4-16087454768e/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=36f60e38-0577-45c2-acf4-16087454768e&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>David Silkenat, &quot;Scars on the Land: An Environmental History of Slavery in the American South&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:02:02</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>They worked Virginia&apos;s tobacco fields, South Carolina&apos;s rice marshes, and the Black Belt&apos;s cotton plantations. Wherever they lived, enslaved people found their lives indelibly shaped by the Southern environment. By day, they plucked worms and insects from the crops, trod barefoot in the mud as they hoed rice fields, and endured the sun and humidity as they planted and harvested the fields. By night, they clandestinely took to the woods and swamps to trap opossums and turtles, to visit relatives living on adjacent plantations, and at times to escape slave patrols and escape to freedom.
Scars on the Land: An Environmental History of Slavery in the American South (Oxford UP, 2022) is the first comprehensive history of American slavery to examine how the environment fundamentally formed enslaved people&apos;s lives and how slavery remade the Southern landscape. Over two centuries, from the establishment of slavery in the Chesapeake to the Civil War, one simple calculation had profound consequences: rather than measuring productivity based on outputs per acre, Southern planters sought to maximize how much labor they could extract from their enslaved workforce. They saw the landscape as disposable, relocating to more fertile prospects once they had leached the soils and cut down the forests. On the leading edge of the frontier, slavery laid waste to fragile ecosystems, draining swamps, clearing forests to plant crops and fuel steamships, and introducing devastating invasive species. On its trailing edge, slavery left eroded hillsides, rivers clogged with sterile soil, and the extinction of native species. While environmental destruction fueled slavery&apos;s expansion, no environment could long survive intensive slave labor. The scars manifested themselves in different ways, but the land too fell victim to the slave owner&apos;s lash.
Although typically treated separately, slavery and the environment naturally intersect in complex and powerful ways, leaving lasting effects from the period of emancipation through modern-day reckonings with racial justice.
Brandon T. Jett, professor of history at Florida SouthWestern State College, creator of the Lynching in LaBelle Digital History Project, and author of Race, Crime, and Policing in the Jim Crow South (LSU Press, 2021) and co-editor of Steeped in a Culture of Violence: Murder, Racial Injustice, and Other Violent Crimes in Texas, 1965–2020 (Texas A&amp;M University Press, scheduled Spring 2023). Twitter: @DrBrandonJett1.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>They worked Virginia&apos;s tobacco fields, South Carolina&apos;s rice marshes, and the Black Belt&apos;s cotton plantations. Wherever they lived, enslaved people found their lives indelibly shaped by the Southern environment. By day, they plucked worms and insects from the crops, trod barefoot in the mud as they hoed rice fields, and endured the sun and humidity as they planted and harvested the fields. By night, they clandestinely took to the woods and swamps to trap opossums and turtles, to visit relatives living on adjacent plantations, and at times to escape slave patrols and escape to freedom.
Scars on the Land: An Environmental History of Slavery in the American South (Oxford UP, 2022) is the first comprehensive history of American slavery to examine how the environment fundamentally formed enslaved people&apos;s lives and how slavery remade the Southern landscape. Over two centuries, from the establishment of slavery in the Chesapeake to the Civil War, one simple calculation had profound consequences: rather than measuring productivity based on outputs per acre, Southern planters sought to maximize how much labor they could extract from their enslaved workforce. They saw the landscape as disposable, relocating to more fertile prospects once they had leached the soils and cut down the forests. On the leading edge of the frontier, slavery laid waste to fragile ecosystems, draining swamps, clearing forests to plant crops and fuel steamships, and introducing devastating invasive species. On its trailing edge, slavery left eroded hillsides, rivers clogged with sterile soil, and the extinction of native species. While environmental destruction fueled slavery&apos;s expansion, no environment could long survive intensive slave labor. The scars manifested themselves in different ways, but the land too fell victim to the slave owner&apos;s lash.
Although typically treated separately, slavery and the environment naturally intersect in complex and powerful ways, leaving lasting effects from the period of emancipation through modern-day reckonings with racial justice.
Brandon T. Jett, professor of history at Florida SouthWestern State College, creator of the Lynching in LaBelle Digital History Project, and author of Race, Crime, and Policing in the Jim Crow South (LSU Press, 2021) and co-editor of Steeped in a Culture of Violence: Murder, Racial Injustice, and Other Violent Crimes in Texas, 1965–2020 (Texas A&amp;M University Press, scheduled Spring 2023). Twitter: @DrBrandonJett1.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>44</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3744b940-d0d6-11f0-a488-c3af1a898cdf</guid>
      <title>Ali Anooshahr, &quot;Slavery in the Early Mughal World: The Life and Thoughts of Jawhar Aftabachi (1520s–1580s)&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Jawhar Aftabachi was enslaved as a child by the Ottomans in the Black Sea region in the early sixteenth century. He was then sold to the Ottoman admiral Selman Reis, who took him with his fleet to Egypt and Yemen during his wars with the Portuguese; carried, after the admiral's death, by the admiral's nephew Mustafa Bayram to Gujarat on the western coast of India; and finally, when the Mughal army invaded Gujarat in 1534, taken into imperial service along with thousands of Eurasian and Abyssinian slaves. Here he rose to the position of water-carrier for the Mughal Emperor Humayun and chronicled this experience in a remarkable , Persian text called Tazkirah-i Vaqi`at or “memoir of events”.</p>
<p>In <em>﻿</em><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198937456">Slavery in the Early Mughal World: The Life and Thoughts of Jawhar Aftabachi (1520s–1580s)﻿</a><em> </em>﻿﻿(Oxford UP, 2025), Ali Anooshahr uses Jawhar's life and memoirs as a unique window into slavery, selfhood, and the rise of the early modern Indian Ocean world. Bringing a micro-historical study to a "subaltern Mughal author" offers the opportunity to reassess the history of slavery in South Asia from an original perspective and to reframe the connected history of the early modern world. Jawhar's life shows in vivid detail the eruption of the Mediterranean and Black Sea cultural regions into the Indian Ocean world, shedding light onto the collapse of older bonds of interdependency in the face of impersonal structures of new centralized states, and bearing witness to the process of individualization of people which was experienced not as a triumphalist "rise of the self" but as alienation.</p>
<p>Ali Anooshahr is a historian of Mughal India as well as the "Persianate World" during the early modern era. He received his B.A. from the University of Texas at Austin in 1998, and his M.A. (2002) and Ph.D. (2005) from UCLA. He is a Professor of History at the University of California, Davis. His books include <em>The Ghazi Sultans and the Frontiers of Islam: A Comparative Study of the Late Medieval and Early Modern Periods</em> (Routledge, 2009), <em>Turkestan and the Rise of Eurasian Empires: A Study of Politics and Invented Traditions</em> (Oxford, 2018), and (edited with Ebba Koch) <em>The Mughal Empire from Jahangir to Shah Jahan: Art, Architecture, Politics, Law and Literature</em> (The Marg Foundation, March 2019). His research has been supported by fellowships from the Guggenheim Foundation, the Mellon Foundation, and the Hellman Foundations, among others.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">Morteza Hajizadeh</a> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature.</p>
<p>YouTube Channel: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">here</a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 5 Dec 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Jawhar Aftabachi was enslaved as a child by the Ottomans in the Black Sea region in the early sixteenth century. He was then sold to the Ottoman admiral Selman Reis, who took him with his fleet to Egypt and Yemen during his wars with the Portuguese; carried, after the admiral's death, by the admiral's nephew Mustafa Bayram to Gujarat on the western coast of India; and finally, when the Mughal army invaded Gujarat in 1534, taken into imperial service along with thousands of Eurasian and Abyssinian slaves. Here he rose to the position of water-carrier for the Mughal Emperor Humayun and chronicled this experience in a remarkable , Persian text called Tazkirah-i Vaqi`at or “memoir of events”.</p>
<p>In <em>﻿</em><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198937456">Slavery in the Early Mughal World: The Life and Thoughts of Jawhar Aftabachi (1520s–1580s)﻿</a><em> </em>﻿﻿(Oxford UP, 2025), Ali Anooshahr uses Jawhar's life and memoirs as a unique window into slavery, selfhood, and the rise of the early modern Indian Ocean world. Bringing a micro-historical study to a "subaltern Mughal author" offers the opportunity to reassess the history of slavery in South Asia from an original perspective and to reframe the connected history of the early modern world. Jawhar's life shows in vivid detail the eruption of the Mediterranean and Black Sea cultural regions into the Indian Ocean world, shedding light onto the collapse of older bonds of interdependency in the face of impersonal structures of new centralized states, and bearing witness to the process of individualization of people which was experienced not as a triumphalist "rise of the self" but as alienation.</p>
<p>Ali Anooshahr is a historian of Mughal India as well as the "Persianate World" during the early modern era. He received his B.A. from the University of Texas at Austin in 1998, and his M.A. (2002) and Ph.D. (2005) from UCLA. He is a Professor of History at the University of California, Davis. His books include <em>The Ghazi Sultans and the Frontiers of Islam: A Comparative Study of the Late Medieval and Early Modern Periods</em> (Routledge, 2009), <em>Turkestan and the Rise of Eurasian Empires: A Study of Politics and Invented Traditions</em> (Oxford, 2018), and (edited with Ebba Koch) <em>The Mughal Empire from Jahangir to Shah Jahan: Art, Architecture, Politics, Law and Literature</em> (The Marg Foundation, March 2019). His research has been supported by fellowships from the Guggenheim Foundation, the Mellon Foundation, and the Hellman Foundations, among others.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">Morteza Hajizadeh</a> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature.</p>
<p>YouTube Channel: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">here</a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="53135503" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/cb6da4f8-acdf-441a-92d0-df21f24c6078/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=cb6da4f8-acdf-441a-92d0-df21f24c6078&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Ali Anooshahr, &quot;Slavery in the Early Mughal World: The Life and Thoughts of Jawhar Aftabachi (1520s–1580s)&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:55:15</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Jawhar Aftabachi was enslaved as a child by the Ottomans in the Black Sea region in the early sixteenth century. He was then sold to the Ottoman admiral Selman Reis, who took him with his fleet to Egypt and Yemen during his wars with the Portuguese; carried, after the admiral&apos;s death, by the admiral&apos;s nephew Mustafa Bayram to Gujarat on the western coast of India; and finally, when the Mughal army invaded Gujarat in 1534, taken into imperial service along with thousands of Eurasian and Abyssinian slaves. Here he rose to the position of water-carrier for the Mughal Emperor Humayun and chronicled this experience in a remarkable , Persian text called Tazkirah-i Vaqi`at or “memoir of events”.

In ﻿Slavery in the Early Mughal World: The Life and Thoughts of Jawhar Aftabachi (1520s–1580s)﻿ ﻿﻿(Oxford UP, 2025), Ali Anooshahr uses Jawhar&apos;s life and memoirs as a unique window into slavery, selfhood, and the rise of the early modern Indian Ocean world. Bringing a micro-historical study to a &quot;subaltern Mughal author&quot; offers the opportunity to reassess the history of slavery in South Asia from an original perspective and to reframe the connected history of the early modern world. Jawhar&apos;s life shows in vivid detail the eruption of the Mediterranean and Black Sea cultural regions into the Indian Ocean world, shedding light onto the collapse of older bonds of interdependency in the face of impersonal structures of new centralized states, and bearing witness to the process of individualization of people which was experienced not as a triumphalist &quot;rise of the self&quot; but as alienation.

Ali Anooshahr is a historian of Mughal India as well as the &quot;Persianate World&quot; during the early modern era. He received his B.A. from the University of Texas at Austin in 1998, and his M.A. (2002) and Ph.D. (2005) from UCLA. He is a Professor of History at the University of California, Davis. His books include The Ghazi Sultans and the Frontiers of Islam: A Comparative Study of the Late Medieval and Early Modern Periods (Routledge, 2009), Turkestan and the Rise of Eurasian Empires: A Study of Politics and Invented Traditions (Oxford, 2018), and (edited with Ebba Koch) The Mughal Empire from Jahangir to Shah Jahan: Art, Architecture, Politics, Law and Literature (The Marg Foundation, March 2019). His research has been supported by fellowships from the Guggenheim Foundation, the Mellon Foundation, and the Hellman Foundations, among others.

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature.

YouTube Channel: here</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Jawhar Aftabachi was enslaved as a child by the Ottomans in the Black Sea region in the early sixteenth century. He was then sold to the Ottoman admiral Selman Reis, who took him with his fleet to Egypt and Yemen during his wars with the Portuguese; carried, after the admiral&apos;s death, by the admiral&apos;s nephew Mustafa Bayram to Gujarat on the western coast of India; and finally, when the Mughal army invaded Gujarat in 1534, taken into imperial service along with thousands of Eurasian and Abyssinian slaves. Here he rose to the position of water-carrier for the Mughal Emperor Humayun and chronicled this experience in a remarkable , Persian text called Tazkirah-i Vaqi`at or “memoir of events”.

In ﻿Slavery in the Early Mughal World: The Life and Thoughts of Jawhar Aftabachi (1520s–1580s)﻿ ﻿﻿(Oxford UP, 2025), Ali Anooshahr uses Jawhar&apos;s life and memoirs as a unique window into slavery, selfhood, and the rise of the early modern Indian Ocean world. Bringing a micro-historical study to a &quot;subaltern Mughal author&quot; offers the opportunity to reassess the history of slavery in South Asia from an original perspective and to reframe the connected history of the early modern world. Jawhar&apos;s life shows in vivid detail the eruption of the Mediterranean and Black Sea cultural regions into the Indian Ocean world, shedding light onto the collapse of older bonds of interdependency in the face of impersonal structures of new centralized states, and bearing witness to the process of individualization of people which was experienced not as a triumphalist &quot;rise of the self&quot; but as alienation.

Ali Anooshahr is a historian of Mughal India as well as the &quot;Persianate World&quot; during the early modern era. He received his B.A. from the University of Texas at Austin in 1998, and his M.A. (2002) and Ph.D. (2005) from UCLA. He is a Professor of History at the University of California, Davis. His books include The Ghazi Sultans and the Frontiers of Islam: A Comparative Study of the Late Medieval and Early Modern Periods (Routledge, 2009), Turkestan and the Rise of Eurasian Empires: A Study of Politics and Invented Traditions (Oxford, 2018), and (edited with Ebba Koch) The Mughal Empire from Jahangir to Shah Jahan: Art, Architecture, Politics, Law and Literature (The Marg Foundation, March 2019). His research has been supported by fellowships from the Guggenheim Foundation, the Mellon Foundation, and the Hellman Foundations, among others.

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature.

YouTube Channel: here</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1739</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9b859260-cf52-11f0-94dc-0b2f741a6af7</guid>
      <title>Alexander Cooley and Alexander Dukalskis, &quot;Dictating the Agenda: The Authoritarian Resurgence in World Politics&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Following the end of the Cold War, the world experienced a remarkable wave of democratization. Over the next two decades, numerous authoritarian regimes transitioned to democracies, and it seemed that authoritarianism as a political model was fading. But as recent events have shown, things have clearly changed.<br />In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197776360">Dictating the Agenda: The Authoritarian Resurgence in World Politics</a> (Oxford UP, 2025), authors Dr. Alexander Cooley and Dr. Alexander Dukalskis reveal how today's authoritarian states are actively countering liberal ideas and advocacy surrounding human rights and democracy across various global governance domains. The transformed global context has unlocked for authoritarian states the possibility to contend with Western liberal soft power in new, traditionally "non-political" ways, including by plugging or even reversing the very channels of influence that originally spread liberalism. Dr. Cooley and Dr. Dukalskis ultimately advance a theory of authoritarian snapback, the process in which non-democratic states limit the transnational resonance of liberal ideas at home and advance anti-liberal norms and ideas into the global public sphere.<br />Drawing from a range of evidence, including field work interviews and comparative case studies that demonstrate the changing nature of consumer boycotts, a database of authoritarian government administrative actions against foreign journalists, a database of global content-sharing agreement involving Chinese and Russian state media, and a database of transnational higher education partnerships involving authoritarian and democratic countries, this book doesn't just reveal the limits of the liberal influence taken for granted across the world. It offers a novel theory of how authoritarian governments figured out how to exploit and repurpose the same actors, tools, and norms that once exclusively promoted and sustained US-backed liberalism.</p>
<p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 3 Dec 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Following the end of the Cold War, the world experienced a remarkable wave of democratization. Over the next two decades, numerous authoritarian regimes transitioned to democracies, and it seemed that authoritarianism as a political model was fading. But as recent events have shown, things have clearly changed.<br />In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197776360">Dictating the Agenda: The Authoritarian Resurgence in World Politics</a> (Oxford UP, 2025), authors Dr. Alexander Cooley and Dr. Alexander Dukalskis reveal how today's authoritarian states are actively countering liberal ideas and advocacy surrounding human rights and democracy across various global governance domains. The transformed global context has unlocked for authoritarian states the possibility to contend with Western liberal soft power in new, traditionally "non-political" ways, including by plugging or even reversing the very channels of influence that originally spread liberalism. Dr. Cooley and Dr. Dukalskis ultimately advance a theory of authoritarian snapback, the process in which non-democratic states limit the transnational resonance of liberal ideas at home and advance anti-liberal norms and ideas into the global public sphere.<br />Drawing from a range of evidence, including field work interviews and comparative case studies that demonstrate the changing nature of consumer boycotts, a database of authoritarian government administrative actions against foreign journalists, a database of global content-sharing agreement involving Chinese and Russian state media, and a database of transnational higher education partnerships involving authoritarian and democratic countries, this book doesn't just reveal the limits of the liberal influence taken for granted across the world. It offers a novel theory of how authoritarian governments figured out how to exploit and repurpose the same actors, tools, and norms that once exclusively promoted and sustained US-backed liberalism.</p>
<p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="60018892" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/a602ddcb-16ce-4ff5-b84f-7ce2f06374e8/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=a602ddcb-16ce-4ff5-b84f-7ce2f06374e8&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Alexander Cooley and Alexander Dukalskis, &quot;Dictating the Agenda: The Authoritarian Resurgence in World Politics&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:02:27</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Following the end of the Cold War, the world experienced a remarkable wave of democratization. Over the next two decades, numerous authoritarian regimes transitioned to democracies, and it seemed that authoritarianism as a political model was fading. But as recent events have shown, things have clearly changed.In Dictating the Agenda: The Authoritarian Resurgence in World Politics (Oxford UP, 2025), authors Dr. Alexander Cooley and Dr. Alexander Dukalskis reveal how today&apos;s authoritarian states are actively countering liberal ideas and advocacy surrounding human rights and democracy across various global governance domains. The transformed global context has unlocked for authoritarian states the possibility to contend with Western liberal soft power in new, traditionally &quot;non-political&quot; ways, including by plugging or even reversing the very channels of influence that originally spread liberalism. Dr. Cooley and Dr. Dukalskis ultimately advance a theory of authoritarian snapback, the process in which non-democratic states limit the transnational resonance of liberal ideas at home and advance anti-liberal norms and ideas into the global public sphere.Drawing from a range of evidence, including field work interviews and comparative case studies that demonstrate the changing nature of consumer boycotts, a database of authoritarian government administrative actions against foreign journalists, a database of global content-sharing agreement involving Chinese and Russian state media, and a database of transnational higher education partnerships involving authoritarian and democratic countries, this book doesn&apos;t just reveal the limits of the liberal influence taken for granted across the world. It offers a novel theory of how authoritarian governments figured out how to exploit and repurpose the same actors, tools, and norms that once exclusively promoted and sustained US-backed liberalism.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Following the end of the Cold War, the world experienced a remarkable wave of democratization. Over the next two decades, numerous authoritarian regimes transitioned to democracies, and it seemed that authoritarianism as a political model was fading. But as recent events have shown, things have clearly changed.In Dictating the Agenda: The Authoritarian Resurgence in World Politics (Oxford UP, 2025), authors Dr. Alexander Cooley and Dr. Alexander Dukalskis reveal how today&apos;s authoritarian states are actively countering liberal ideas and advocacy surrounding human rights and democracy across various global governance domains. The transformed global context has unlocked for authoritarian states the possibility to contend with Western liberal soft power in new, traditionally &quot;non-political&quot; ways, including by plugging or even reversing the very channels of influence that originally spread liberalism. Dr. Cooley and Dr. Dukalskis ultimately advance a theory of authoritarian snapback, the process in which non-democratic states limit the transnational resonance of liberal ideas at home and advance anti-liberal norms and ideas into the global public sphere.Drawing from a range of evidence, including field work interviews and comparative case studies that demonstrate the changing nature of consumer boycotts, a database of authoritarian government administrative actions against foreign journalists, a database of global content-sharing agreement involving Chinese and Russian state media, and a database of transnational higher education partnerships involving authoritarian and democratic countries, this book doesn&apos;t just reveal the limits of the liberal influence taken for granted across the world. It offers a novel theory of how authoritarian governments figured out how to exploit and repurpose the same actors, tools, and norms that once exclusively promoted and sustained US-backed liberalism.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1738</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d02e097c-1be4-11ed-be05-a7c33898dee0</guid>
      <title>James Lacey, &quot;Rome: Strategy of Empire&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>From Octavian's victory at Actium (31 B.C.) to its traditional endpoint in the West (476), the Roman Empire lasted a solid 500 years -- an impressive number by any standard, and fully one-fifth of all recorded history. In fact, the decline and final collapse of the Roman Empire took longer than most other empires even existed. Any historian trying to unearth the grand strategy of the Roman Empire must, therefore, always remain cognizant of the time scale, in which she is dealing. Although the pace of change in the Roman era never approached that of the modern era, it was not an empire in stasis. While the visible trappings may have changed little, the challenges Rome faced at its end were vastly different than those faced by Augustus and the Julio-Claudians. Over the centuries, the Empire's underlying economy, political arrangements, military affairs, and, most importantly, the myriad of external threats it faced were in constant flux, making adaptability to changing circumstances as important to Roman strategists as it is to strategists of the modern era.</p><p>Yet the very idea of Rome having a grand strategy, or what it might be, did not concern historians until Edward Luttwak wrote<em> The Grand Strategy of the Roman Empire: From the First Century A.D. to the Third</em> forty years ago. Although the work generated much debate, it failed to win over many ancient historians, in part because of its heavy emphasis on military force. By mostly neglecting any considerations of diplomacy, economics, politics, culture, or even the changing nature of the threats Rome faced, Luttwak tells only a portion of what should have been a much more wide-ranging narrative.</p><p>For this and other reasons, such as its often dull presentation, it left an opportunity for another account of the rise and fall of Rome from a strategy perspective. Through a more encompassing definition of strategy and by focusing much of the narrative on crucial historical moments and the personalities involved, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190937706"><em>Rome: Strategy of Empire</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2022) promises to provide a more persuasive and engaging history than Luttwak's. It aims not only to correct Luttwak's flaws and omissions, but will also employ the most recent work of current classical historians and archeologists to present a more complete and nuanced narrative of Roman strategic thinking and execution than is currently available.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 29 Nov 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>From Octavian's victory at Actium (31 B.C.) to its traditional endpoint in the West (476), the Roman Empire lasted a solid 500 years -- an impressive number by any standard, and fully one-fifth of all recorded history. In fact, the decline and final collapse of the Roman Empire took longer than most other empires even existed. Any historian trying to unearth the grand strategy of the Roman Empire must, therefore, always remain cognizant of the time scale, in which she is dealing. Although the pace of change in the Roman era never approached that of the modern era, it was not an empire in stasis. While the visible trappings may have changed little, the challenges Rome faced at its end were vastly different than those faced by Augustus and the Julio-Claudians. Over the centuries, the Empire's underlying economy, political arrangements, military affairs, and, most importantly, the myriad of external threats it faced were in constant flux, making adaptability to changing circumstances as important to Roman strategists as it is to strategists of the modern era.</p><p>Yet the very idea of Rome having a grand strategy, or what it might be, did not concern historians until Edward Luttwak wrote<em> The Grand Strategy of the Roman Empire: From the First Century A.D. to the Third</em> forty years ago. Although the work generated much debate, it failed to win over many ancient historians, in part because of its heavy emphasis on military force. By mostly neglecting any considerations of diplomacy, economics, politics, culture, or even the changing nature of the threats Rome faced, Luttwak tells only a portion of what should have been a much more wide-ranging narrative.</p><p>For this and other reasons, such as its often dull presentation, it left an opportunity for another account of the rise and fall of Rome from a strategy perspective. Through a more encompassing definition of strategy and by focusing much of the narrative on crucial historical moments and the personalities involved, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190937706"><em>Rome: Strategy of Empire</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2022) promises to provide a more persuasive and engaging history than Luttwak's. It aims not only to correct Luttwak's flaws and omissions, but will also employ the most recent work of current classical historians and archeologists to present a more complete and nuanced narrative of Roman strategic thinking and execution than is currently available.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="57175805" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/754f3196-7399-4853-a94b-c82f658ffd11/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=754f3196-7399-4853-a94b-c82f658ffd11&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>James Lacey, &quot;Rome: Strategy of Empire&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:59:33</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>From Octavian&apos;s victory at Actium (31 B.C.) to its traditional endpoint in the West (476), the Roman Empire lasted a solid 500 years -- an impressive number by any standard, and fully one-fifth of all recorded history. In fact, the decline and final collapse of the Roman Empire took longer than most other empires even existed. Any historian trying to unearth the grand strategy of the Roman Empire must, therefore, always remain cognizant of the time scale, in which she is dealing. Although the pace of change in the Roman era never approached that of the modern era, it was not an empire in stasis. While the visible trappings may have changed little, the challenges Rome faced at its end were vastly different than those faced by Augustus and the Julio-Claudians. Over the centuries, the Empire&apos;s underlying economy, political arrangements, military affairs, and, most importantly, the myriad of external threats it faced were in constant flux, making adaptability to changing circumstances as important to Roman strategists as it is to strategists of the modern era.
Yet the very idea of Rome having a grand strategy, or what it might be, did not concern historians until Edward Luttwak wrote The Grand Strategy of the Roman Empire: From the First Century A.D. to the Third forty years ago. Although the work generated much debate, it failed to win over many ancient historians, in part because of its heavy emphasis on military force. By mostly neglecting any considerations of diplomacy, economics, politics, culture, or even the changing nature of the threats Rome faced, Luttwak tells only a portion of what should have been a much more wide-ranging narrative.
For this and other reasons, such as its often dull presentation, it left an opportunity for another account of the rise and fall of Rome from a strategy perspective. Through a more encompassing definition of strategy and by focusing much of the narrative on crucial historical moments and the personalities involved, Rome: Strategy of Empire (Oxford UP, 2022) promises to provide a more persuasive and engaging history than Luttwak&apos;s. It aims not only to correct Luttwak&apos;s flaws and omissions, but will also employ the most recent work of current classical historians and archeologists to present a more complete and nuanced narrative of Roman strategic thinking and execution than is currently available.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>From Octavian&apos;s victory at Actium (31 B.C.) to its traditional endpoint in the West (476), the Roman Empire lasted a solid 500 years -- an impressive number by any standard, and fully one-fifth of all recorded history. In fact, the decline and final collapse of the Roman Empire took longer than most other empires even existed. Any historian trying to unearth the grand strategy of the Roman Empire must, therefore, always remain cognizant of the time scale, in which she is dealing. Although the pace of change in the Roman era never approached that of the modern era, it was not an empire in stasis. While the visible trappings may have changed little, the challenges Rome faced at its end were vastly different than those faced by Augustus and the Julio-Claudians. Over the centuries, the Empire&apos;s underlying economy, political arrangements, military affairs, and, most importantly, the myriad of external threats it faced were in constant flux, making adaptability to changing circumstances as important to Roman strategists as it is to strategists of the modern era.
Yet the very idea of Rome having a grand strategy, or what it might be, did not concern historians until Edward Luttwak wrote The Grand Strategy of the Roman Empire: From the First Century A.D. to the Third forty years ago. Although the work generated much debate, it failed to win over many ancient historians, in part because of its heavy emphasis on military force. By mostly neglecting any considerations of diplomacy, economics, politics, culture, or even the changing nature of the threats Rome faced, Luttwak tells only a portion of what should have been a much more wide-ranging narrative.
For this and other reasons, such as its often dull presentation, it left an opportunity for another account of the rise and fall of Rome from a strategy perspective. Through a more encompassing definition of strategy and by focusing much of the narrative on crucial historical moments and the personalities involved, Rome: Strategy of Empire (Oxford UP, 2022) promises to provide a more persuasive and engaging history than Luttwak&apos;s. It aims not only to correct Luttwak&apos;s flaws and omissions, but will also employ the most recent work of current classical historians and archeologists to present a more complete and nuanced narrative of Roman strategic thinking and execution than is currently available.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>11</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d39fb804-ca3b-11f0-a082-bbc65c05e787</guid>
      <title>Jake Monaghan, &quot;Just Policing&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Policing is a source of perennial conflict and philosophical disagreement. Current political developments in the United States have only increased the urgency of this topic. Today we welcome philosopher Jake Monaghan to discuss his book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197610725">Just Policing</a> (Oxford UP, 2023), which applies interdisciplinary insights to examine the morality of policing.</p>
<p>Though the injustices of our world seemingly require some kind of policing, the police are often sources of injustice themselves. But this is not always the result of intentionally or negligently bad policing. Sometimes it is an unavoidable result of the injustices that emerge from interactions with other social systems. This raises an important question of just policing: how should police respond to the injustices built into the system? <em>Just Policing</em> attempts an answer, offering a theory of just policing in non-ideal contexts.</p>
<p>Monaghan argues that police discretion is not only unavoidable, but in light of non-ideal circumstances, valuable. This claim conflicts with a widespread but inchoate view of just policing, the legalist view that finds justice in faithful enforcement of the criminal code.</p>
<p>But the criminal code leaves policing seriously underdetermined; full enforcement is neither possible nor desirable. Police need an alternative normative framework for evaluating and guiding their exercise of power.</p>
<p><em>Just Policing</em> critiques popular approaches to police abolitionism while defending normative limits on police power. The book offers a defense of police discretion against common objections and evaluates controversial issues in order maintenance, such as the policing of "vice" and homelessness, democratic control over policing, community policing initiatives, police collaborations and alternatives like mental health response teams, and possibilities for structural reform.</p>
<p><a href="https://jakemonaghan.com/">Jake Monaghan</a> is Assistant Professor of Philosophy at the University of Southern California. He earned his Ph.D. in philosophy at the University of Buffalo. His research is primarily in moral and political philosophy.</p>
<p>He is interviewed by Tom McInerney, an international lawyer, scholar, and strategist, who has worked to advance rule of law and development internationally for 25 years. He has taught in the Rule of Law for Development Program at Loyola University Chicago School of Law since 2011. He writes the <a href="https://tommcinerney.substack.com/">Rights, Regulation and Rule of Law</a> newsletter on Substack.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 28 Nov 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Policing is a source of perennial conflict and philosophical disagreement. Current political developments in the United States have only increased the urgency of this topic. Today we welcome philosopher Jake Monaghan to discuss his book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197610725">Just Policing</a> (Oxford UP, 2023), which applies interdisciplinary insights to examine the morality of policing.</p>
<p>Though the injustices of our world seemingly require some kind of policing, the police are often sources of injustice themselves. But this is not always the result of intentionally or negligently bad policing. Sometimes it is an unavoidable result of the injustices that emerge from interactions with other social systems. This raises an important question of just policing: how should police respond to the injustices built into the system? <em>Just Policing</em> attempts an answer, offering a theory of just policing in non-ideal contexts.</p>
<p>Monaghan argues that police discretion is not only unavoidable, but in light of non-ideal circumstances, valuable. This claim conflicts with a widespread but inchoate view of just policing, the legalist view that finds justice in faithful enforcement of the criminal code.</p>
<p>But the criminal code leaves policing seriously underdetermined; full enforcement is neither possible nor desirable. Police need an alternative normative framework for evaluating and guiding their exercise of power.</p>
<p><em>Just Policing</em> critiques popular approaches to police abolitionism while defending normative limits on police power. The book offers a defense of police discretion against common objections and evaluates controversial issues in order maintenance, such as the policing of "vice" and homelessness, democratic control over policing, community policing initiatives, police collaborations and alternatives like mental health response teams, and possibilities for structural reform.</p>
<p><a href="https://jakemonaghan.com/">Jake Monaghan</a> is Assistant Professor of Philosophy at the University of Southern California. He earned his Ph.D. in philosophy at the University of Buffalo. His research is primarily in moral and political philosophy.</p>
<p>He is interviewed by Tom McInerney, an international lawyer, scholar, and strategist, who has worked to advance rule of law and development internationally for 25 years. He has taught in the Rule of Law for Development Program at Loyola University Chicago School of Law since 2011. He writes the <a href="https://tommcinerney.substack.com/">Rights, Regulation and Rule of Law</a> newsletter on Substack.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="59164617" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/ce54f892-721f-464f-bcfe-9bf3c1ec5974/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=ce54f892-721f-464f-bcfe-9bf3c1ec5974&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Jake Monaghan, &quot;Just Policing&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:01:37</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Policing is a source of perennial conflict and philosophical disagreement. Current political developments in the United States have only increased the urgency of this topic. Today we welcome philosopher Jake Monaghan to discuss his book, Just Policing (Oxford UP, 2023), which applies interdisciplinary insights to examine the morality of policing.

Though the injustices of our world seemingly require some kind of policing, the police are often sources of injustice themselves. But this is not always the result of intentionally or negligently bad policing. Sometimes it is an unavoidable result of the injustices that emerge from interactions with other social systems. This raises an important question of just policing: how should police respond to the injustices built into the system? Just Policing attempts an answer, offering a theory of just policing in non-ideal contexts.

Monaghan argues that police discretion is not only unavoidable, but in light of non-ideal circumstances, valuable. This claim conflicts with a widespread but inchoate view of just policing, the legalist view that finds justice in faithful enforcement of the criminal code.

But the criminal code leaves policing seriously underdetermined; full enforcement is neither possible nor desirable. Police need an alternative normative framework for evaluating and guiding their exercise of power.

Just Policing critiques popular approaches to police abolitionism while defending normative limits on police power. The book offers a defense of police discretion against common objections and evaluates controversial issues in order maintenance, such as the policing of &quot;vice&quot; and homelessness, democratic control over policing, community policing initiatives, police collaborations and alternatives like mental health response teams, and possibilities for structural reform.

Jake Monaghan is Assistant Professor of Philosophy at the University of Southern California. He earned his Ph.D. in philosophy at the University of Buffalo. His research is primarily in moral and political philosophy.

He is interviewed by Tom McInerney, an international lawyer, scholar, and strategist, who has worked to advance rule of law and development internationally for 25 years. He has taught in the Rule of Law for Development Program at Loyola University Chicago School of Law since 2011. He writes the Rights, Regulation and Rule of Law newsletter on Substack.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Policing is a source of perennial conflict and philosophical disagreement. Current political developments in the United States have only increased the urgency of this topic. Today we welcome philosopher Jake Monaghan to discuss his book, Just Policing (Oxford UP, 2023), which applies interdisciplinary insights to examine the morality of policing.

Though the injustices of our world seemingly require some kind of policing, the police are often sources of injustice themselves. But this is not always the result of intentionally or negligently bad policing. Sometimes it is an unavoidable result of the injustices that emerge from interactions with other social systems. This raises an important question of just policing: how should police respond to the injustices built into the system? Just Policing attempts an answer, offering a theory of just policing in non-ideal contexts.

Monaghan argues that police discretion is not only unavoidable, but in light of non-ideal circumstances, valuable. This claim conflicts with a widespread but inchoate view of just policing, the legalist view that finds justice in faithful enforcement of the criminal code.

But the criminal code leaves policing seriously underdetermined; full enforcement is neither possible nor desirable. Police need an alternative normative framework for evaluating and guiding their exercise of power.

Just Policing critiques popular approaches to police abolitionism while defending normative limits on police power. The book offers a defense of police discretion against common objections and evaluates controversial issues in order maintenance, such as the policing of &quot;vice&quot; and homelessness, democratic control over policing, community policing initiatives, police collaborations and alternatives like mental health response teams, and possibilities for structural reform.

Jake Monaghan is Assistant Professor of Philosophy at the University of Southern California. He earned his Ph.D. in philosophy at the University of Buffalo. His research is primarily in moral and political philosophy.

He is interviewed by Tom McInerney, an international lawyer, scholar, and strategist, who has worked to advance rule of law and development internationally for 25 years. He has taught in the Rule of Law for Development Program at Loyola University Chicago School of Law since 2011. He writes the Rights, Regulation and Rule of Law newsletter on Substack.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>29</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">df19fe4a-c8e9-11f0-8eea-af5f0f51eb9d</guid>
      <title>Nina Wilén, &quot;Securitizing the Sahel: Analyzing External Interventions and Their Consequences&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The Sahel has become a focal point of international security interventions, with external actors providing extensive security force assistance (SFA) to local military, police, and paramilitary forces. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198980674">Securitizing the Sahel: Analyzing External Interventions and Their Consequences </a>(Oxford UP, 2025) by Dr. Nina Wilen critically examines the rationale, implementation, and consequences of these efforts (2012-2024). With unique access to both military operations and strategy-making in European capitals, the author provides an innovative methodological approach, exclusive material, and a comprehensive perspective. Drawing on extensive fieldwork, including participant observation of military operations and over 100 interviews with policymakers, military personnel, and security practitioners across the Sahel and Europe,this book offers an unprecedented analysis of how SFA has shaped local security dynamics and broader geopolitical competition.</p>
<p>The book argues that SFA in the Sahel is driven not just by regional security threats, such as insurgency, violent extremism, and transnational crime, but also by external actors' strategic interests. Through a comparative analysis of bilateral (France, U.S.) and multilateral (EU, UN) initiatives, it demonstrates how SFA has been framed as the primary policy tool to manage instability. Securitizing the Sahel offers both theoretical and empirical contributions to understanding SFA in fragile states. It challenges prevailing frameworks, provides critical insights for policymakers, and highlights the unintended consequences of militarized external assistance in the Sahel and beyond.</p>
<p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Nov 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The Sahel has become a focal point of international security interventions, with external actors providing extensive security force assistance (SFA) to local military, police, and paramilitary forces. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198980674">Securitizing the Sahel: Analyzing External Interventions and Their Consequences </a>(Oxford UP, 2025) by Dr. Nina Wilen critically examines the rationale, implementation, and consequences of these efforts (2012-2024). With unique access to both military operations and strategy-making in European capitals, the author provides an innovative methodological approach, exclusive material, and a comprehensive perspective. Drawing on extensive fieldwork, including participant observation of military operations and over 100 interviews with policymakers, military personnel, and security practitioners across the Sahel and Europe,this book offers an unprecedented analysis of how SFA has shaped local security dynamics and broader geopolitical competition.</p>
<p>The book argues that SFA in the Sahel is driven not just by regional security threats, such as insurgency, violent extremism, and transnational crime, but also by external actors' strategic interests. Through a comparative analysis of bilateral (France, U.S.) and multilateral (EU, UN) initiatives, it demonstrates how SFA has been framed as the primary policy tool to manage instability. Securitizing the Sahel offers both theoretical and empirical contributions to understanding SFA in fragile states. It challenges prevailing frameworks, provides critical insights for policymakers, and highlights the unintended consequences of militarized external assistance in the Sahel and beyond.</p>
<p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="46372510" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/93b24150-2151-46a8-92e3-2739b6446b98/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=93b24150-2151-46a8-92e3-2739b6446b98&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Nina Wilén, &quot;Securitizing the Sahel: Analyzing External Interventions and Their Consequences&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:48:16</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The Sahel has become a focal point of international security interventions, with external actors providing extensive security force assistance (SFA) to local military, police, and paramilitary forces. Securitizing the Sahel: Analyzing External Interventions and Their Consequences (Oxford UP, 2025) by Dr. Nina Wilen critically examines the rationale, implementation, and consequences of these efforts (2012-2024). With unique access to both military operations and strategy-making in European capitals, the author provides an innovative methodological approach, exclusive material, and a comprehensive perspective. Drawing on extensive fieldwork, including participant observation of military operations and over 100 interviews with policymakers, military personnel, and security practitioners across the Sahel and Europe,this book offers an unprecedented analysis of how SFA has shaped local security dynamics and broader geopolitical competition.

The book argues that SFA in the Sahel is driven not just by regional security threats, such as insurgency, violent extremism, and transnational crime, but also by external actors&apos; strategic interests. Through a comparative analysis of bilateral (France, U.S.) and multilateral (EU, UN) initiatives, it demonstrates how SFA has been framed as the primary policy tool to manage instability. Securitizing the Sahel offers both theoretical and empirical contributions to understanding SFA in fragile states. It challenges prevailing frameworks, provides critical insights for policymakers, and highlights the unintended consequences of militarized external assistance in the Sahel and beyond.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The Sahel has become a focal point of international security interventions, with external actors providing extensive security force assistance (SFA) to local military, police, and paramilitary forces. Securitizing the Sahel: Analyzing External Interventions and Their Consequences (Oxford UP, 2025) by Dr. Nina Wilen critically examines the rationale, implementation, and consequences of these efforts (2012-2024). With unique access to both military operations and strategy-making in European capitals, the author provides an innovative methodological approach, exclusive material, and a comprehensive perspective. Drawing on extensive fieldwork, including participant observation of military operations and over 100 interviews with policymakers, military personnel, and security practitioners across the Sahel and Europe,this book offers an unprecedented analysis of how SFA has shaped local security dynamics and broader geopolitical competition.

The book argues that SFA in the Sahel is driven not just by regional security threats, such as insurgency, violent extremism, and transnational crime, but also by external actors&apos; strategic interests. Through a comparative analysis of bilateral (France, U.S.) and multilateral (EU, UN) initiatives, it demonstrates how SFA has been framed as the primary policy tool to manage instability. Securitizing the Sahel offers both theoretical and empirical contributions to understanding SFA in fragile states. It challenges prevailing frameworks, provides critical insights for policymakers, and highlights the unintended consequences of militarized external assistance in the Sahel and beyond.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1735</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">91a72af6-c69c-11f0-bbaa-1ff0cfe29903</guid>
      <title>Shatema Threadcraft, &quot;Labors of Resurrection: Black Women, Necromancy, and Morrisonian Democracy&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Western democracies are haunted. Michael Hanchard suggests that the specter of race is what haunts our democracies, but it may be more accurate to suggest that they are haunted by their own racialized death machines—by racialized premature death. If this haunting is not adequately attended to, democracies cannot fulfill their function. Even W. E. B. Du Bois, whose lynching-as-crucifixion stories are important among the stories of Black peoplehood and represent an important attempt to reckon with death in democracy, did not attend to the haunting. But many innovative Black female democrats did. Black women face a crisis of premature death. They are 10 percent of the US female population yet represent 59 percent of women murdered. Their deaths are most often instances of intimate partner violence and occur in private, whereas most large-scale Black political mobilization centers on deaths that are “spectacular.” The centrality of spectacular death has functioned to marginalize Black women in the stories of Black peoplehood and has ensured that they are not the main beneficiaries of large-scale Black political mobilization. But the dearth of mobilization around the deaths of women has not stopped Black women from attending to that which haunts our democracy. Moreover, it is not simply Du Bois’s abolition democracy toward which the women have worked. Their work has involved experimentation with novel democratic forms, and we should think about that work—their methods and the substance of their contributions—within the framework of “Morrisonian truant democracy,” which provides the solution to the problem of mobilization. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197758588">﻿Labors of Resurrection: Black Women, Necromancy, and Morrisonian Democracy</a> (Oxford UP, 2025)</p>
<p>Professor Shatema Threadcraft is the Associate Professor of Gender and Sexuality Studies at Vanderbilt University.</p>
<p>Find host Sullivan Summer at her <a href="https://sullivansummer.com/">website</a>, on <a href="https://www.instagram.com/thesullivansummer/">Instagram</a>, and at <a href="https://sullivansummer.substack.com/">Substack</a>, where she and Shatema continued their conversation.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 22 Nov 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Western democracies are haunted. Michael Hanchard suggests that the specter of race is what haunts our democracies, but it may be more accurate to suggest that they are haunted by their own racialized death machines—by racialized premature death. If this haunting is not adequately attended to, democracies cannot fulfill their function. Even W. E. B. Du Bois, whose lynching-as-crucifixion stories are important among the stories of Black peoplehood and represent an important attempt to reckon with death in democracy, did not attend to the haunting. But many innovative Black female democrats did. Black women face a crisis of premature death. They are 10 percent of the US female population yet represent 59 percent of women murdered. Their deaths are most often instances of intimate partner violence and occur in private, whereas most large-scale Black political mobilization centers on deaths that are “spectacular.” The centrality of spectacular death has functioned to marginalize Black women in the stories of Black peoplehood and has ensured that they are not the main beneficiaries of large-scale Black political mobilization. But the dearth of mobilization around the deaths of women has not stopped Black women from attending to that which haunts our democracy. Moreover, it is not simply Du Bois’s abolition democracy toward which the women have worked. Their work has involved experimentation with novel democratic forms, and we should think about that work—their methods and the substance of their contributions—within the framework of “Morrisonian truant democracy,” which provides the solution to the problem of mobilization. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197758588">﻿Labors of Resurrection: Black Women, Necromancy, and Morrisonian Democracy</a> (Oxford UP, 2025)</p>
<p>Professor Shatema Threadcraft is the Associate Professor of Gender and Sexuality Studies at Vanderbilt University.</p>
<p>Find host Sullivan Summer at her <a href="https://sullivansummer.com/">website</a>, on <a href="https://www.instagram.com/thesullivansummer/">Instagram</a>, and at <a href="https://sullivansummer.substack.com/">Substack</a>, where she and Shatema continued their conversation.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="52513192" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/861613b3-7d54-44c8-ab22-4a66926bfecf/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=861613b3-7d54-44c8-ab22-4a66926bfecf&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Shatema Threadcraft, &quot;Labors of Resurrection: Black Women, Necromancy, and Morrisonian Democracy&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:54:39</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Western democracies are haunted. Michael Hanchard suggests that the specter of race is what haunts our democracies, but it may be more accurate to suggest that they are haunted by their own racialized death machines—by racialized premature death. If this haunting is not adequately attended to, democracies cannot fulfill their function. Even W. E. B. Du Bois, whose lynching-as-crucifixion stories are important among the stories of Black peoplehood and represent an important attempt to reckon with death in democracy, did not attend to the haunting. But many innovative Black female democrats did. Black women face a crisis of premature death. They are 10 percent of the US female population yet represent 59 percent of women murdered. Their deaths are most often instances of intimate partner violence and occur in private, whereas most large-scale Black political mobilization centers on deaths that are “spectacular.” The centrality of spectacular death has functioned to marginalize Black women in the stories of Black peoplehood and has ensured that they are not the main beneficiaries of large-scale Black political mobilization. But the dearth of mobilization around the deaths of women has not stopped Black women from attending to that which haunts our democracy. Moreover, it is not simply Du Bois’s abolition democracy toward which the women have worked. Their work has involved experimentation with novel democratic forms, and we should think about that work—their methods and the substance of their contributions—within the framework of “Morrisonian truant democracy,” which provides the solution to the problem of mobilization. ﻿Labors of Resurrection: Black Women, Necromancy, and Morrisonian Democracy (Oxford UP, 2025)

Professor Shatema Threadcraft is the Associate Professor of Gender and Sexuality Studies at Vanderbilt University.

Find host Sullivan Summer at her website, on Instagram, and at Substack, where she and Shatema continued their conversation.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Western democracies are haunted. Michael Hanchard suggests that the specter of race is what haunts our democracies, but it may be more accurate to suggest that they are haunted by their own racialized death machines—by racialized premature death. If this haunting is not adequately attended to, democracies cannot fulfill their function. Even W. E. B. Du Bois, whose lynching-as-crucifixion stories are important among the stories of Black peoplehood and represent an important attempt to reckon with death in democracy, did not attend to the haunting. But many innovative Black female democrats did. Black women face a crisis of premature death. They are 10 percent of the US female population yet represent 59 percent of women murdered. Their deaths are most often instances of intimate partner violence and occur in private, whereas most large-scale Black political mobilization centers on deaths that are “spectacular.” The centrality of spectacular death has functioned to marginalize Black women in the stories of Black peoplehood and has ensured that they are not the main beneficiaries of large-scale Black political mobilization. But the dearth of mobilization around the deaths of women has not stopped Black women from attending to that which haunts our democracy. Moreover, it is not simply Du Bois’s abolition democracy toward which the women have worked. Their work has involved experimentation with novel democratic forms, and we should think about that work—their methods and the substance of their contributions—within the framework of “Morrisonian truant democracy,” which provides the solution to the problem of mobilization. ﻿Labors of Resurrection: Black Women, Necromancy, and Morrisonian Democracy (Oxford UP, 2025)

Professor Shatema Threadcraft is the Associate Professor of Gender and Sexuality Studies at Vanderbilt University.

Find host Sullivan Summer at her website, on Instagram, and at Substack, where she and Shatema continued their conversation.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1734</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">424997ea-bde7-11f0-bf3c-8f4dfed6bbc2</guid>
      <title>Joseph P. Viteritti, &quot;Radical Dreamers: Race, Choice, and the Failure of American Education&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Seventy years after <em>Brown v. Board of Education</em> and demands to desegregate public schools, race and class remain the most reliable predictors of educational achievement in America. In attempting to address this divide, many school reformers have championed school choice: solutions like charter schools, vouchers, and other innovations designed to build more options into the system. Today, at least thirty-five states have laws that enable parents to send their children to private and religious schools at public expense while forty-six states have legalized charter schools.</p>
<p>In<em> </em><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197827109">Radical Dreamers: Race, Choice, and the Failure of American Education</a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2025), Joseph P. Viteritti tells the definitive history of the school choice movement. In the 1990s, school choice emerged as an effort by a coalition of Black activists and conservative lawmakers seeking to offer economically disadvantaged students of color a way out of failing schools. As Viteritti shows, however, today's movement--championed by Republicans, conservatives, and faith-based organizations--has become less about placing disadvantaged children in better schools and more about providing public funding to students, irrespective of income, attending private--and frequently religious--schools.</p>
<p>Viteritti, an education insider and supporter of school choice for underserved students, profiles six influential figures, the "radical dreamers," who were integral to understanding the movement for greater education equality and the role that choice can play in fully realizing the movement's potential. <em>Radical Dreamers</em> urges us to have an honest conversation about education in America and where we have gone wrong. Viteritti's compelling narrative of how some of the most passionate educators conceived of school choice provides a valuable context to our nation's long struggle to offer every child in America a good education, and how that goal was undermined by advocates on both the left and right.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Nov 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Seventy years after <em>Brown v. Board of Education</em> and demands to desegregate public schools, race and class remain the most reliable predictors of educational achievement in America. In attempting to address this divide, many school reformers have championed school choice: solutions like charter schools, vouchers, and other innovations designed to build more options into the system. Today, at least thirty-five states have laws that enable parents to send their children to private and religious schools at public expense while forty-six states have legalized charter schools.</p>
<p>In<em> </em><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197827109">Radical Dreamers: Race, Choice, and the Failure of American Education</a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2025), Joseph P. Viteritti tells the definitive history of the school choice movement. In the 1990s, school choice emerged as an effort by a coalition of Black activists and conservative lawmakers seeking to offer economically disadvantaged students of color a way out of failing schools. As Viteritti shows, however, today's movement--championed by Republicans, conservatives, and faith-based organizations--has become less about placing disadvantaged children in better schools and more about providing public funding to students, irrespective of income, attending private--and frequently religious--schools.</p>
<p>Viteritti, an education insider and supporter of school choice for underserved students, profiles six influential figures, the "radical dreamers," who were integral to understanding the movement for greater education equality and the role that choice can play in fully realizing the movement's potential. <em>Radical Dreamers</em> urges us to have an honest conversation about education in America and where we have gone wrong. Viteritti's compelling narrative of how some of the most passionate educators conceived of school choice provides a valuable context to our nation's long struggle to offer every child in America a good education, and how that goal was undermined by advocates on both the left and right.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="39508698" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/d8708757-8281-4886-acf2-8defb41229d3/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=d8708757-8281-4886-acf2-8defb41229d3&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Joseph P. Viteritti, &quot;Radical Dreamers: Race, Choice, and the Failure of American Education&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:41:09</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Seventy years after Brown v. Board of Education and demands to desegregate public schools, race and class remain the most reliable predictors of educational achievement in America. In attempting to address this divide, many school reformers have championed school choice: solutions like charter schools, vouchers, and other innovations designed to build more options into the system. Today, at least thirty-five states have laws that enable parents to send their children to private and religious schools at public expense while forty-six states have legalized charter schools.

In Radical Dreamers: Race, Choice, and the Failure of American Education (Oxford UP, 2025), Joseph P. Viteritti tells the definitive history of the school choice movement. In the 1990s, school choice emerged as an effort by a coalition of Black activists and conservative lawmakers seeking to offer economically disadvantaged students of color a way out of failing schools. As Viteritti shows, however, today&apos;s movement--championed by Republicans, conservatives, and faith-based organizations--has become less about placing disadvantaged children in better schools and more about providing public funding to students, irrespective of income, attending private--and frequently religious--schools.

Viteritti, an education insider and supporter of school choice for underserved students, profiles six influential figures, the &quot;radical dreamers,&quot; who were integral to understanding the movement for greater education equality and the role that choice can play in fully realizing the movement&apos;s potential. Radical Dreamers urges us to have an honest conversation about education in America and where we have gone wrong. Viteritti&apos;s compelling narrative of how some of the most passionate educators conceived of school choice provides a valuable context to our nation&apos;s long struggle to offer every child in America a good education, and how that goal was undermined by advocates on both the left and right.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Seventy years after Brown v. Board of Education and demands to desegregate public schools, race and class remain the most reliable predictors of educational achievement in America. In attempting to address this divide, many school reformers have championed school choice: solutions like charter schools, vouchers, and other innovations designed to build more options into the system. Today, at least thirty-five states have laws that enable parents to send their children to private and religious schools at public expense while forty-six states have legalized charter schools.

In Radical Dreamers: Race, Choice, and the Failure of American Education (Oxford UP, 2025), Joseph P. Viteritti tells the definitive history of the school choice movement. In the 1990s, school choice emerged as an effort by a coalition of Black activists and conservative lawmakers seeking to offer economically disadvantaged students of color a way out of failing schools. As Viteritti shows, however, today&apos;s movement--championed by Republicans, conservatives, and faith-based organizations--has become less about placing disadvantaged children in better schools and more about providing public funding to students, irrespective of income, attending private--and frequently religious--schools.

Viteritti, an education insider and supporter of school choice for underserved students, profiles six influential figures, the &quot;radical dreamers,&quot; who were integral to understanding the movement for greater education equality and the role that choice can play in fully realizing the movement&apos;s potential. Radical Dreamers urges us to have an honest conversation about education in America and where we have gone wrong. Viteritti&apos;s compelling narrative of how some of the most passionate educators conceived of school choice provides a valuable context to our nation&apos;s long struggle to offer every child in America a good education, and how that goal was undermined by advocates on both the left and right.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1733</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">dc7cc624-bd75-11f0-9176-fff4ac990cc2</guid>
      <title>Joseph Stiglitz, &quot;The Origins of Inequality&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Joseph E. Stiglitz has had a remarkable career. He is a brilliant academic, capped by sharing the Nobel Memorial Prize in Economics and the Nobel Peace Prize, and honorary degrees from Harvard, Cambridge, Oxford and more than fifty other universities, and elected not only to the National Academy of Sciences and the American Academy of Arts and Letters but the Royal Society and the British Academy; a public servant, who served as Chair of President Clinton's Council of Economic Advisors and Chief Economist and Senior Vice President of the World Bank, headed international commissions for the UN and France, and was awarded the French Legion of Honor and Australia's Sydney Peace Prize; a public intellectual whose numerous books on vital topics have been best sellers.<br />What brought him to economics were his concerns about the inequality and discrimination he saw growing up. Wanting to understand what drives it and what can be done about it has been his lifelong passion. This book gathers together and extends to new frontiers this lifelong work, drawing upon the challenges and insights of each of these phases of his career.<br />In a still very widely cited paper written fifty years ago, Stiglitz set forth the fundamental framework for analyzing intergenerational transfer of wealth and advantage, which plays a central role in persistent inequality. That and subsequent work, developed most fully here for the first time, described today's inequality as a result of centrifugal forces increasing inequality and centripetal forces reducing it. In recent decades, the centrifugal forces have strengthened, the centripetal forces weakened. His general theory provides a framework for understanding the marked growth in inequality in recent decades, and for devising policies to reduce it.<br />A central message is that ever-increasing inequality is not inevitable. Inequality is, in a fundamental sense, a choice. Stiglitz explains that inequality does not largely arise from differences in savings rates between capitalists and others, though that may play a role (as Piketty, Marx, and Kaldor suggest); but rather, it originates importantly from the rules of the game, which have weakened the bargaining power of workers as they have increased the market power of corporations. He also explains how monetary authorities have contributed to increasing wealth inequality, and how, unless something is done about it, likely changes in technology such as AI and robotization will make matters worse. He describes policies that can simultaneously reduce inequality and improve economic performance.</p>
<p><strong>Joseph E. Stiglitz</strong> is an American economist and a professor at Columbia University. </p>
<p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">Morteza Hajizadeh</a> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. <a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">YouTube channel</a>. <a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture">Twitter</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 10 Nov 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Joseph E. Stiglitz has had a remarkable career. He is a brilliant academic, capped by sharing the Nobel Memorial Prize in Economics and the Nobel Peace Prize, and honorary degrees from Harvard, Cambridge, Oxford and more than fifty other universities, and elected not only to the National Academy of Sciences and the American Academy of Arts and Letters but the Royal Society and the British Academy; a public servant, who served as Chair of President Clinton's Council of Economic Advisors and Chief Economist and Senior Vice President of the World Bank, headed international commissions for the UN and France, and was awarded the French Legion of Honor and Australia's Sydney Peace Prize; a public intellectual whose numerous books on vital topics have been best sellers.<br />What brought him to economics were his concerns about the inequality and discrimination he saw growing up. Wanting to understand what drives it and what can be done about it has been his lifelong passion. This book gathers together and extends to new frontiers this lifelong work, drawing upon the challenges and insights of each of these phases of his career.<br />In a still very widely cited paper written fifty years ago, Stiglitz set forth the fundamental framework for analyzing intergenerational transfer of wealth and advantage, which plays a central role in persistent inequality. That and subsequent work, developed most fully here for the first time, described today's inequality as a result of centrifugal forces increasing inequality and centripetal forces reducing it. In recent decades, the centrifugal forces have strengthened, the centripetal forces weakened. His general theory provides a framework for understanding the marked growth in inequality in recent decades, and for devising policies to reduce it.<br />A central message is that ever-increasing inequality is not inevitable. Inequality is, in a fundamental sense, a choice. Stiglitz explains that inequality does not largely arise from differences in savings rates between capitalists and others, though that may play a role (as Piketty, Marx, and Kaldor suggest); but rather, it originates importantly from the rules of the game, which have weakened the bargaining power of workers as they have increased the market power of corporations. He also explains how monetary authorities have contributed to increasing wealth inequality, and how, unless something is done about it, likely changes in technology such as AI and robotization will make matters worse. He describes policies that can simultaneously reduce inequality and improve economic performance.</p>
<p><strong>Joseph E. Stiglitz</strong> is an American economist and a professor at Columbia University. </p>
<p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">Morteza Hajizadeh</a> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. <a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">YouTube channel</a>. <a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture">Twitter</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="37978348" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/48f5eb01-a1e5-4648-9281-290c7e927ce2/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=48f5eb01-a1e5-4648-9281-290c7e927ce2&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Joseph Stiglitz, &quot;The Origins of Inequality&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:39:33</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Joseph E. Stiglitz has had a remarkable career. He is a brilliant academic, capped by sharing the Nobel Memorial Prize in Economics and the Nobel Peace Prize, and honorary degrees from Harvard, Cambridge, Oxford and more than fifty other universities, and elected not only to the National Academy of Sciences and the American Academy of Arts and Letters but the Royal Society and the British Academy; a public servant, who served as Chair of President Clinton&apos;s Council of Economic Advisors and Chief Economist and Senior Vice President of the World Bank, headed international commissions for the UN and France, and was awarded the French Legion of Honor and Australia&apos;s Sydney Peace Prize; a public intellectual whose numerous books on vital topics have been best sellers.What brought him to economics were his concerns about the inequality and discrimination he saw growing up. Wanting to understand what drives it and what can be done about it has been his lifelong passion. This book gathers together and extends to new frontiers this lifelong work, drawing upon the challenges and insights of each of these phases of his career.In a still very widely cited paper written fifty years ago, Stiglitz set forth the fundamental framework for analyzing intergenerational transfer of wealth and advantage, which plays a central role in persistent inequality. That and subsequent work, developed most fully here for the first time, described today&apos;s inequality as a result of centrifugal forces increasing inequality and centripetal forces reducing it. In recent decades, the centrifugal forces have strengthened, the centripetal forces weakened. His general theory provides a framework for understanding the marked growth in inequality in recent decades, and for devising policies to reduce it.A central message is that ever-increasing inequality is not inevitable. Inequality is, in a fundamental sense, a choice. Stiglitz explains that inequality does not largely arise from differences in savings rates between capitalists and others, though that may play a role (as Piketty, Marx, and Kaldor suggest); but rather, it originates importantly from the rules of the game, which have weakened the bargaining power of workers as they have increased the market power of corporations. He also explains how monetary authorities have contributed to increasing wealth inequality, and how, unless something is done about it, likely changes in technology such as AI and robotization will make matters worse. He describes policies that can simultaneously reduce inequality and improve economic performance.

Joseph E. Stiglitz is an American economist and a professor at Columbia University. 

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Joseph E. Stiglitz has had a remarkable career. He is a brilliant academic, capped by sharing the Nobel Memorial Prize in Economics and the Nobel Peace Prize, and honorary degrees from Harvard, Cambridge, Oxford and more than fifty other universities, and elected not only to the National Academy of Sciences and the American Academy of Arts and Letters but the Royal Society and the British Academy; a public servant, who served as Chair of President Clinton&apos;s Council of Economic Advisors and Chief Economist and Senior Vice President of the World Bank, headed international commissions for the UN and France, and was awarded the French Legion of Honor and Australia&apos;s Sydney Peace Prize; a public intellectual whose numerous books on vital topics have been best sellers.What brought him to economics were his concerns about the inequality and discrimination he saw growing up. Wanting to understand what drives it and what can be done about it has been his lifelong passion. This book gathers together and extends to new frontiers this lifelong work, drawing upon the challenges and insights of each of these phases of his career.In a still very widely cited paper written fifty years ago, Stiglitz set forth the fundamental framework for analyzing intergenerational transfer of wealth and advantage, which plays a central role in persistent inequality. That and subsequent work, developed most fully here for the first time, described today&apos;s inequality as a result of centrifugal forces increasing inequality and centripetal forces reducing it. In recent decades, the centrifugal forces have strengthened, the centripetal forces weakened. His general theory provides a framework for understanding the marked growth in inequality in recent decades, and for devising policies to reduce it.A central message is that ever-increasing inequality is not inevitable. Inequality is, in a fundamental sense, a choice. Stiglitz explains that inequality does not largely arise from differences in savings rates between capitalists and others, though that may play a role (as Piketty, Marx, and Kaldor suggest); but rather, it originates importantly from the rules of the game, which have weakened the bargaining power of workers as they have increased the market power of corporations. He also explains how monetary authorities have contributed to increasing wealth inequality, and how, unless something is done about it, likely changes in technology such as AI and robotization will make matters worse. He describes policies that can simultaneously reduce inequality and improve economic performance.

Joseph E. Stiglitz is an American economist and a professor at Columbia University. 

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>572</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">145192b2-bd78-11f0-8d92-0b97af3edcb3</guid>
      <title>Wolfgang Wagner, &quot;The Democratic Politics of Military Interventions&quot; (Oxford UP, 2020)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>According to a widely shared notion, foreign affairs are exempted from democratic politics, i.e. party-political divisions are overcome-and should be overcome-for the sake of a common national interest. This book shows that this is not the case. Examining votes in the US Congress and several European parliaments, the book demonstrates that contestation over foreign affairs is barely different from contestation over domestic politics. Analyses of a new collection of deployment votes, of party manifestos, and of expert survey data show that political parties differ systematically over foreign policy and military interventions in particular. The left/right divide is the best guide to the pattern of party-political contestation: support is weakest at the far left of the spectrum and increases as one moves along the left/right axis to green, social democratic, liberal and conservative parties; amongst parties of the far right, support is again weaker than amongst parties of the centre. An analysis of parliamentary debates in Canada, Germany, and the United Kingdom about the interventions in Afghanistan and against Daesh in Iraq and Syria shows that political parties also differ systematically in how they frame the use of force abroad. For example, parties on the right tend to frame their country's participation in the US-led missions in terms of national security and national interests whereas parties on the left tend to engage in 'spiral model thinking', i.e. they critically reflect on the unintended consequences of the use of force in fuelling the conflicts with the Taliban and Daesh.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 10 Nov 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>According to a widely shared notion, foreign affairs are exempted from democratic politics, i.e. party-political divisions are overcome-and should be overcome-for the sake of a common national interest. This book shows that this is not the case. Examining votes in the US Congress and several European parliaments, the book demonstrates that contestation over foreign affairs is barely different from contestation over domestic politics. Analyses of a new collection of deployment votes, of party manifestos, and of expert survey data show that political parties differ systematically over foreign policy and military interventions in particular. The left/right divide is the best guide to the pattern of party-political contestation: support is weakest at the far left of the spectrum and increases as one moves along the left/right axis to green, social democratic, liberal and conservative parties; amongst parties of the far right, support is again weaker than amongst parties of the centre. An analysis of parliamentary debates in Canada, Germany, and the United Kingdom about the interventions in Afghanistan and against Daesh in Iraq and Syria shows that political parties also differ systematically in how they frame the use of force abroad. For example, parties on the right tend to frame their country's participation in the US-led missions in terms of national security and national interests whereas parties on the left tend to engage in 'spiral model thinking', i.e. they critically reflect on the unintended consequences of the use of force in fuelling the conflicts with the Taliban and Daesh.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="34360608" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/91cea00c-dceb-4cfc-a58e-3e88e6fcc2b7/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=91cea00c-dceb-4cfc-a58e-3e88e6fcc2b7&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Wolfgang Wagner, &quot;The Democratic Politics of Military Interventions&quot; (Oxford UP, 2020)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:35:47</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>According to a widely shared notion, foreign affairs are exempted from democratic politics, i.e. party-political divisions are overcome-and should be overcome-for the sake of a common national interest. This book shows that this is not the case. Examining votes in the US Congress and several European parliaments, the book demonstrates that contestation over foreign affairs is barely different from contestation over domestic politics. Analyses of a new collection of deployment votes, of party manifestos, and of expert survey data show that political parties differ systematically over foreign policy and military interventions in particular. The left/right divide is the best guide to the pattern of party-political contestation: support is weakest at the far left of the spectrum and increases as one moves along the left/right axis to green, social democratic, liberal and conservative parties; amongst parties of the far right, support is again weaker than amongst parties of the centre. An analysis of parliamentary debates in Canada, Germany, and the United Kingdom about the interventions in Afghanistan and against Daesh in Iraq and Syria shows that political parties also differ systematically in how they frame the use of force abroad. For example, parties on the right tend to frame their country&apos;s participation in the US-led missions in terms of national security and national interests whereas parties on the left tend to engage in &apos;spiral model thinking&apos;, i.e. they critically reflect on the unintended consequences of the use of force in fuelling the conflicts with the Taliban and Daesh.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>According to a widely shared notion, foreign affairs are exempted from democratic politics, i.e. party-political divisions are overcome-and should be overcome-for the sake of a common national interest. This book shows that this is not the case. Examining votes in the US Congress and several European parliaments, the book demonstrates that contestation over foreign affairs is barely different from contestation over domestic politics. Analyses of a new collection of deployment votes, of party manifestos, and of expert survey data show that political parties differ systematically over foreign policy and military interventions in particular. The left/right divide is the best guide to the pattern of party-political contestation: support is weakest at the far left of the spectrum and increases as one moves along the left/right axis to green, social democratic, liberal and conservative parties; amongst parties of the far right, support is again weaker than amongst parties of the centre. An analysis of parliamentary debates in Canada, Germany, and the United Kingdom about the interventions in Afghanistan and against Daesh in Iraq and Syria shows that political parties also differ systematically in how they frame the use of force abroad. For example, parties on the right tend to frame their country&apos;s participation in the US-led missions in terms of national security and national interests whereas parties on the left tend to engage in &apos;spiral model thinking&apos;, i.e. they critically reflect on the unintended consequences of the use of force in fuelling the conflicts with the Taliban and Daesh.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>788</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0e7738c0-bd68-11f0-92a6-238968f470a4</guid>
      <title>Amie Thomasson, &quot;Rethinking Metaphysics&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The word “metaphysics” conjures up thoughts of very hard questions about reality and deep, perhaps unresolvable, metaphysical mysteries. But is that the right way to think about the subject matter of metaphysics? According to Amie Thomasson, very clearly no. In her new book, Rethinking Metaphysics (Oxford University Press, 2025), Thomasson argues that traditional views of metaphysics make the mistake of assuming that our concepts all function the same way – for example, that the job of metaphysics is to provide truthmakers for statements about necessity and possibility, about morality, about numbers, when each of these discourses have different aims. Thomasson, who is Daniel P. Stone Professor of Intellectual and Moral Philosophy at Dartmouth College, instead offers a deflationary view of metaphysics in which the job of metaphysicians is conceptual engineering – of figuring out how our concepts and terms work in a discourse, what their various functions are, and what conceptual schemes we should adopt, particularly if our current ones are leading us into metaphysical pseudo-problems.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 10 Nov 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The word “metaphysics” conjures up thoughts of very hard questions about reality and deep, perhaps unresolvable, metaphysical mysteries. But is that the right way to think about the subject matter of metaphysics? According to Amie Thomasson, very clearly no. In her new book, Rethinking Metaphysics (Oxford University Press, 2025), Thomasson argues that traditional views of metaphysics make the mistake of assuming that our concepts all function the same way – for example, that the job of metaphysics is to provide truthmakers for statements about necessity and possibility, about morality, about numbers, when each of these discourses have different aims. Thomasson, who is Daniel P. Stone Professor of Intellectual and Moral Philosophy at Dartmouth College, instead offers a deflationary view of metaphysics in which the job of metaphysicians is conceptual engineering – of figuring out how our concepts and terms work in a discourse, what their various functions are, and what conceptual schemes we should adopt, particularly if our current ones are leading us into metaphysical pseudo-problems.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="59075672" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/b1e5c353-20cb-4ea2-9622-fa308a19482c/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=b1e5c353-20cb-4ea2-9622-fa308a19482c&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Amie Thomasson, &quot;Rethinking Metaphysics&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:01:32</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The word “metaphysics” conjures up thoughts of very hard questions about reality and deep, perhaps unresolvable, metaphysical mysteries. But is that the right way to think about the subject matter of metaphysics? According to Amie Thomasson, very clearly no. In her new book, Rethinking Metaphysics (Oxford University Press, 2025), Thomasson argues that traditional views of metaphysics make the mistake of assuming that our concepts all function the same way – for example, that the job of metaphysics is to provide truthmakers for statements about necessity and possibility, about morality, about numbers, when each of these discourses have different aims. Thomasson, who is Daniel P. Stone Professor of Intellectual and Moral Philosophy at Dartmouth College, instead offers a deflationary view of metaphysics in which the job of metaphysicians is conceptual engineering – of figuring out how our concepts and terms work in a discourse, what their various functions are, and what conceptual schemes we should adopt, particularly if our current ones are leading us into metaphysical pseudo-problems.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The word “metaphysics” conjures up thoughts of very hard questions about reality and deep, perhaps unresolvable, metaphysical mysteries. But is that the right way to think about the subject matter of metaphysics? According to Amie Thomasson, very clearly no. In her new book, Rethinking Metaphysics (Oxford University Press, 2025), Thomasson argues that traditional views of metaphysics make the mistake of assuming that our concepts all function the same way – for example, that the job of metaphysics is to provide truthmakers for statements about necessity and possibility, about morality, about numbers, when each of these discourses have different aims. Thomasson, who is Daniel P. Stone Professor of Intellectual and Moral Philosophy at Dartmouth College, instead offers a deflationary view of metaphysics in which the job of metaphysicians is conceptual engineering – of figuring out how our concepts and terms work in a discourse, what their various functions are, and what conceptual schemes we should adopt, particularly if our current ones are leading us into metaphysical pseudo-problems.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>377</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">25211aa2-bba4-11f0-a2c4-f317bac6625b</guid>
      <title>Nerina Rustomji, &quot;The Beauty of the Houri: Heavenly Virgins and Feminine Ideals&quot; (Oxford UP, 2021)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In her scintillating new book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190249342"><em>The Beauty of the Houri: Heavenly Virgins, Feminine Ideals</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2021), Nerina Rustomji presents a fascinating and multilayered intellectual and cultural history of the category of the “Houri” and the multiple ideological projects in which it has been inserted over time and space. Nimbly moving between a vast range of discursive theaters including Western Islamophobic representations of the Houri in the post 9/11 context, early modern and modern French and English Literature, premodern Muslim intellectual traditions, and popular preachers on the internet, Rustomji shows the complexity of this category and its unavailability for a canonical definition. <em>The Beauty of the Houri </em>is intellectual history at its best that combines philological rigor with astute theoretical reflection. And all this Rustomji accomplishes in prose the delightfulness of which competes fiercely with its lucidity.</p><p><em> SherAli Tareen is Associate Professor of Religious Studies at Franklin and Marshall College. His research focuses on Muslim intellectual traditions and debates in early modern and modern South Asia. His book </em><a href="https://undpress.nd.edu/9780268106690/defending-muhammad-in-modernity/"><em>Defending Muhammad in Modernity</em></a><em> (University of Notre Dame Press, 2020) received the American Institute of Pakistan Studies 2020 </em><a href="https://www.academia.edu/42966087/AIPS_2020_Book_Prize_Announcement-Defending_Muhammad_in_Modernity"><em>Book Prize</em></a><em> and was selected as a </em><a href="https://undpressnews.nd.edu/news/defending-muhammad-in-modernity-is-a-finalist-for-the-american-academy-of-religion-award-for-excellence-analytical-descriptive-studies/#.YUJWOGZu30M.twitter"><em>finalist</em></a><em> for the 2021 American Academy of Religion Book Award. His other academic publications are available </em><a href="https://fandm.academia.edu/SheraliTareen"><em>here</em></a><em>. He can be reached at sherali.tareen@fandm.edu. Listener feedback is most welcome.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 9 Nov 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In her scintillating new book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190249342"><em>The Beauty of the Houri: Heavenly Virgins, Feminine Ideals</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2021), Nerina Rustomji presents a fascinating and multilayered intellectual and cultural history of the category of the “Houri” and the multiple ideological projects in which it has been inserted over time and space. Nimbly moving between a vast range of discursive theaters including Western Islamophobic representations of the Houri in the post 9/11 context, early modern and modern French and English Literature, premodern Muslim intellectual traditions, and popular preachers on the internet, Rustomji shows the complexity of this category and its unavailability for a canonical definition. <em>The Beauty of the Houri </em>is intellectual history at its best that combines philological rigor with astute theoretical reflection. And all this Rustomji accomplishes in prose the delightfulness of which competes fiercely with its lucidity.</p><p><em> SherAli Tareen is Associate Professor of Religious Studies at Franklin and Marshall College. His research focuses on Muslim intellectual traditions and debates in early modern and modern South Asia. His book </em><a href="https://undpress.nd.edu/9780268106690/defending-muhammad-in-modernity/"><em>Defending Muhammad in Modernity</em></a><em> (University of Notre Dame Press, 2020) received the American Institute of Pakistan Studies 2020 </em><a href="https://www.academia.edu/42966087/AIPS_2020_Book_Prize_Announcement-Defending_Muhammad_in_Modernity"><em>Book Prize</em></a><em> and was selected as a </em><a href="https://undpressnews.nd.edu/news/defending-muhammad-in-modernity-is-a-finalist-for-the-american-academy-of-religion-award-for-excellence-analytical-descriptive-studies/#.YUJWOGZu30M.twitter"><em>finalist</em></a><em> for the 2021 American Academy of Religion Book Award. His other academic publications are available </em><a href="https://fandm.academia.edu/SheraliTareen"><em>here</em></a><em>. He can be reached at sherali.tareen@fandm.edu. Listener feedback is most welcome.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="45375681" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/33be3fb9-6392-4e2b-89a7-5ba856233783/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=33be3fb9-6392-4e2b-89a7-5ba856233783&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Nerina Rustomji, &quot;The Beauty of the Houri: Heavenly Virgins and Feminine Ideals&quot; (Oxford UP, 2021)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:47:14</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In her scintillating new book, The Beauty of the Houri: Heavenly Virgins, Feminine Ideals (Oxford UP, 2021), Nerina Rustomji presents a fascinating and multilayered intellectual and cultural history of the category of the “Houri” and the multiple ideological projects in which it has been inserted over time and space. Nimbly moving between a vast range of discursive theaters including Western Islamophobic representations of the Houri in the post 9/11 context, early modern and modern French and English Literature, premodern Muslim intellectual traditions, and popular preachers on the internet, Rustomji shows the complexity of this category and its unavailability for a canonical definition. The Beauty of the Houri is intellectual history at its best that combines philological rigor with astute theoretical reflection. And all this Rustomji accomplishes in prose the delightfulness of which competes fiercely with its lucidity.
 SherAli Tareen is Associate Professor of Religious Studies at Franklin and Marshall College. His research focuses on Muslim intellectual traditions and debates in early modern and modern South Asia. His book Defending Muhammad in Modernity (University of Notre Dame Press, 2020) received the American Institute of Pakistan Studies 2020 Book Prize and was selected as a finalist for the 2021 American Academy of Religion Book Award. His other academic publications are available here. He can be reached at sherali.tareen@fandm.edu. Listener feedback is most welcome.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In her scintillating new book, The Beauty of the Houri: Heavenly Virgins, Feminine Ideals (Oxford UP, 2021), Nerina Rustomji presents a fascinating and multilayered intellectual and cultural history of the category of the “Houri” and the multiple ideological projects in which it has been inserted over time and space. Nimbly moving between a vast range of discursive theaters including Western Islamophobic representations of the Houri in the post 9/11 context, early modern and modern French and English Literature, premodern Muslim intellectual traditions, and popular preachers on the internet, Rustomji shows the complexity of this category and its unavailability for a canonical definition. The Beauty of the Houri is intellectual history at its best that combines philological rigor with astute theoretical reflection. And all this Rustomji accomplishes in prose the delightfulness of which competes fiercely with its lucidity.
 SherAli Tareen is Associate Professor of Religious Studies at Franklin and Marshall College. His research focuses on Muslim intellectual traditions and debates in early modern and modern South Asia. His book Defending Muhammad in Modernity (University of Notre Dame Press, 2020) received the American Institute of Pakistan Studies 2020 Book Prize and was selected as a finalist for the 2021 American Academy of Religion Book Award. His other academic publications are available here. He can be reached at sherali.tareen@fandm.edu. Listener feedback is most welcome.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>250</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0dfac15e-b8e1-11f0-9d35-bbea114ca84b</guid>
      <title>Hugo Méndez, &quot;The Gospel of John: A New History&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Throughout the centuries and into the present day, the Gospel of John has indelibly shaped Christian theology and thinkers in significant ways, but major new questions are being raised about the genesis of that gospel, its relationship to other Christian writings and influences, and especially the masked identity of its author. In <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-gospel-of-john-9780197686126?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;">The Gospel of John: A New History</a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2025), Hugo Méndez presents a provocative new thesis that the Fourth Gospel was produced under false authorial pretenses, in a period after the distribution of the preceding Synoptic Gospels, to propound not just a high <em>Logos</em>-Christology amenable to trends in prevailing Jewish and Greco-Roman philosophy from the first century CE, but also its author’s stark new vision of salvation in which believers could participate in Christ’s exaltation and deification in the present. To plot out his new history and as a reintroduction to the New Testament’s Johannine literature, Dr. Méndez joined the New Books Network recently to discuss John’s relationship to the historical Jesus and other early Christian writings, the “invented” identity of the Fourth Gospel’s “beloved disciple,” the gospel’s later attribution to John of Zebedee in the church fathers, and the “afterlives” of the “beloved disciple” as a letter and treatise writer in canonical and extracanonical Christian texts.</p>
<p>For a 30% discount on Dr. Mendez’s <em>The Gospel of John: A New History </em>from Oxford University Press, use code AUFLY30.</p>
<p>Hugo Méndez (Ph.D., University of Georgia, 2013) is Associate Professor in Ancient Mediterranean Religions at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, where he teaches New Testament and Early Christianity. His research interests include the Gospel and Epistles of John and the reception of biblical texts, figures, and images in late antiquity. He has published multiple books, including <em>The Cult of Stephen in Jerusalem</em> (Oxford UP, 2022) and the most recent edition of a popular introductory textbook about<em> The New Testament</em> (8th ed.; Oxford UP, 2023), co-authored with Bart D. Ehrman. His research has also been featured in the <em>Journal of Biblical Literature, </em>the<em> Journal of Early Christian Studies, </em>and<em> New Testament Studies</em>, among other prominent venues, and in his spare time, he enjoys cooking and spending time outdoors with his family. For more on Hugo’s work and research interests, visit his website at <a href="https://www.hugomendez.com/">https://www.hugomendez.com/</a>.</p>
<p>Rob Heaton (Ph.D., University of Denver, 2019) hosts Biblical Studies conversations for New Books in Religion and teaches New Testament, Christian origins, and early Christianity at Anderson University in Indiana. He recently authored <a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/us/shepherd-of-hermas-as-scriptura-non-grata-9781666921861/">The Shepherd of Hermas as Scriptura Non Grata: From Popularity in Early Christianity to Exclusion from the New Testament Canon</a><em> </em>(Lexington Books/Bloomsbury, 2023). For more about Rob and his work, or to offer feedback related to this episode, please visit his website at <a href="https://www.robheaton.com/">https://www.robheaton.com</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 4 Nov 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Throughout the centuries and into the present day, the Gospel of John has indelibly shaped Christian theology and thinkers in significant ways, but major new questions are being raised about the genesis of that gospel, its relationship to other Christian writings and influences, and especially the masked identity of its author. In <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-gospel-of-john-9780197686126?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;">The Gospel of John: A New History</a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2025), Hugo Méndez presents a provocative new thesis that the Fourth Gospel was produced under false authorial pretenses, in a period after the distribution of the preceding Synoptic Gospels, to propound not just a high <em>Logos</em>-Christology amenable to trends in prevailing Jewish and Greco-Roman philosophy from the first century CE, but also its author’s stark new vision of salvation in which believers could participate in Christ’s exaltation and deification in the present. To plot out his new history and as a reintroduction to the New Testament’s Johannine literature, Dr. Méndez joined the New Books Network recently to discuss John’s relationship to the historical Jesus and other early Christian writings, the “invented” identity of the Fourth Gospel’s “beloved disciple,” the gospel’s later attribution to John of Zebedee in the church fathers, and the “afterlives” of the “beloved disciple” as a letter and treatise writer in canonical and extracanonical Christian texts.</p>
<p>For a 30% discount on Dr. Mendez’s <em>The Gospel of John: A New History </em>from Oxford University Press, use code AUFLY30.</p>
<p>Hugo Méndez (Ph.D., University of Georgia, 2013) is Associate Professor in Ancient Mediterranean Religions at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, where he teaches New Testament and Early Christianity. His research interests include the Gospel and Epistles of John and the reception of biblical texts, figures, and images in late antiquity. He has published multiple books, including <em>The Cult of Stephen in Jerusalem</em> (Oxford UP, 2022) and the most recent edition of a popular introductory textbook about<em> The New Testament</em> (8th ed.; Oxford UP, 2023), co-authored with Bart D. Ehrman. His research has also been featured in the <em>Journal of Biblical Literature, </em>the<em> Journal of Early Christian Studies, </em>and<em> New Testament Studies</em>, among other prominent venues, and in his spare time, he enjoys cooking and spending time outdoors with his family. For more on Hugo’s work and research interests, visit his website at <a href="https://www.hugomendez.com/">https://www.hugomendez.com/</a>.</p>
<p>Rob Heaton (Ph.D., University of Denver, 2019) hosts Biblical Studies conversations for New Books in Religion and teaches New Testament, Christian origins, and early Christianity at Anderson University in Indiana. He recently authored <a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/us/shepherd-of-hermas-as-scriptura-non-grata-9781666921861/">The Shepherd of Hermas as Scriptura Non Grata: From Popularity in Early Christianity to Exclusion from the New Testament Canon</a><em> </em>(Lexington Books/Bloomsbury, 2023). For more about Rob and his work, or to offer feedback related to this episode, please visit his website at <a href="https://www.robheaton.com/">https://www.robheaton.com</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="83915224" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/65689809-5f1d-4c27-8bdc-a9dc68264371/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=65689809-5f1d-4c27-8bdc-a9dc68264371&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Hugo Méndez, &quot;The Gospel of John: A New History&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:27:24</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Throughout the centuries and into the present day, the Gospel of John has indelibly shaped Christian theology and thinkers in significant ways, but major new questions are being raised about the genesis of that gospel, its relationship to other Christian writings and influences, and especially the masked identity of its author. In The Gospel of John: A New History (Oxford University Press, 2025), Hugo Méndez presents a provocative new thesis that the Fourth Gospel was produced under false authorial pretenses, in a period after the distribution of the preceding Synoptic Gospels, to propound not just a high Logos-Christology amenable to trends in prevailing Jewish and Greco-Roman philosophy from the first century CE, but also its author’s stark new vision of salvation in which believers could participate in Christ’s exaltation and deification in the present. To plot out his new history and as a reintroduction to the New Testament’s Johannine literature, Dr. Méndez joined the New Books Network recently to discuss John’s relationship to the historical Jesus and other early Christian writings, the “invented” identity of the Fourth Gospel’s “beloved disciple,” the gospel’s later attribution to John of Zebedee in the church fathers, and the “afterlives” of the “beloved disciple” as a letter and treatise writer in canonical and extracanonical Christian texts.

For a 30% discount on Dr. Mendez’s The Gospel of John: A New History from Oxford University Press, use code AUFLY30.

Hugo Méndez (Ph.D., University of Georgia, 2013) is Associate Professor in Ancient Mediterranean Religions at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, where he teaches New Testament and Early Christianity. His research interests include the Gospel and Epistles of John and the reception of biblical texts, figures, and images in late antiquity. He has published multiple books, including The Cult of Stephen in Jerusalem (Oxford UP, 2022) and the most recent edition of a popular introductory textbook about The New Testament (8th ed.; Oxford UP, 2023), co-authored with Bart D. Ehrman. His research has also been featured in the Journal of Biblical Literature, the Journal of Early Christian Studies, and New Testament Studies, among other prominent venues, and in his spare time, he enjoys cooking and spending time outdoors with his family. For more on Hugo’s work and research interests, visit his website at https://www.hugomendez.com/.

Rob Heaton (Ph.D., University of Denver, 2019) hosts Biblical Studies conversations for New Books in Religion and teaches New Testament, Christian origins, and early Christianity at Anderson University in Indiana. He recently authored The Shepherd of Hermas as Scriptura Non Grata: From Popularity in Early Christianity to Exclusion from the New Testament Canon (Lexington Books/Bloomsbury, 2023). For more about Rob and his work, or to offer feedback related to this episode, please visit his website at https://www.robheaton.com.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Throughout the centuries and into the present day, the Gospel of John has indelibly shaped Christian theology and thinkers in significant ways, but major new questions are being raised about the genesis of that gospel, its relationship to other Christian writings and influences, and especially the masked identity of its author. In The Gospel of John: A New History (Oxford University Press, 2025), Hugo Méndez presents a provocative new thesis that the Fourth Gospel was produced under false authorial pretenses, in a period after the distribution of the preceding Synoptic Gospels, to propound not just a high Logos-Christology amenable to trends in prevailing Jewish and Greco-Roman philosophy from the first century CE, but also its author’s stark new vision of salvation in which believers could participate in Christ’s exaltation and deification in the present. To plot out his new history and as a reintroduction to the New Testament’s Johannine literature, Dr. Méndez joined the New Books Network recently to discuss John’s relationship to the historical Jesus and other early Christian writings, the “invented” identity of the Fourth Gospel’s “beloved disciple,” the gospel’s later attribution to John of Zebedee in the church fathers, and the “afterlives” of the “beloved disciple” as a letter and treatise writer in canonical and extracanonical Christian texts.

For a 30% discount on Dr. Mendez’s The Gospel of John: A New History from Oxford University Press, use code AUFLY30.

Hugo Méndez (Ph.D., University of Georgia, 2013) is Associate Professor in Ancient Mediterranean Religions at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, where he teaches New Testament and Early Christianity. His research interests include the Gospel and Epistles of John and the reception of biblical texts, figures, and images in late antiquity. He has published multiple books, including The Cult of Stephen in Jerusalem (Oxford UP, 2022) and the most recent edition of a popular introductory textbook about The New Testament (8th ed.; Oxford UP, 2023), co-authored with Bart D. Ehrman. His research has also been featured in the Journal of Biblical Literature, the Journal of Early Christian Studies, and New Testament Studies, among other prominent venues, and in his spare time, he enjoys cooking and spending time outdoors with his family. For more on Hugo’s work and research interests, visit his website at https://www.hugomendez.com/.

Rob Heaton (Ph.D., University of Denver, 2019) hosts Biblical Studies conversations for New Books in Religion and teaches New Testament, Christian origins, and early Christianity at Anderson University in Indiana. He recently authored The Shepherd of Hermas as Scriptura Non Grata: From Popularity in Early Christianity to Exclusion from the New Testament Canon (Lexington Books/Bloomsbury, 2023). For more about Rob and his work, or to offer feedback related to this episode, please visit his website at https://www.robheaton.com.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>205</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ef26ee3e-b605-11f0-bfc2-830625a578dc</guid>
      <title>Cynthia Paces, &quot;Prague: The Heart of Europe&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the <em>CEU Review of Books Podcast</em>, I sat down with Cynthia Paces to talk about her new book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197554838">Prague: The Heart of Europe</a> (Oxford UP, 2025).</p>
<p><em>Prague</em> is the first English-language book to trace the history of the city from the tenth century to the present. Cynthia discusses her personal connection to Prague, highlights key moments in the city’s history, and shares a few tips for those planning to visit.</p>
<p>You can purchase the book from Oxford University Press <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/prague-9780197554838?cc=gr&amp;lang=en&amp;">here</a>.</p>
<p>The CEU Review of Books Podcast Series explores the questions that affect us all through in-depth talks with researchers, policy makers, journalists, academics and others. We showcase the most current research linked to Central Europe through these discussions.</p>
<p>At the CEU Review of Books, we encourage an open discussion that challenges conventional assumptions to foster a vibrant debate.</p>
<p>Visit our <a href="http://www.ceureviewofbooks.com/">website</a> to read our latest reviews, long reads and interviews.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 2 Nov 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the <em>CEU Review of Books Podcast</em>, I sat down with Cynthia Paces to talk about her new book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197554838">Prague: The Heart of Europe</a> (Oxford UP, 2025).</p>
<p><em>Prague</em> is the first English-language book to trace the history of the city from the tenth century to the present. Cynthia discusses her personal connection to Prague, highlights key moments in the city’s history, and shares a few tips for those planning to visit.</p>
<p>You can purchase the book from Oxford University Press <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/prague-9780197554838?cc=gr&amp;lang=en&amp;">here</a>.</p>
<p>The CEU Review of Books Podcast Series explores the questions that affect us all through in-depth talks with researchers, policy makers, journalists, academics and others. We showcase the most current research linked to Central Europe through these discussions.</p>
<p>At the CEU Review of Books, we encourage an open discussion that challenges conventional assumptions to foster a vibrant debate.</p>
<p>Visit our <a href="http://www.ceureviewofbooks.com/">website</a> to read our latest reviews, long reads and interviews.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="41602586" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/bf32b6ca-0bd3-48e4-b69f-c022d869ac82/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=bf32b6ca-0bd3-48e4-b69f-c022d869ac82&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Cynthia Paces, &quot;Prague: The Heart of Europe&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/d002b8/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/bf32b6ca-0bd3-48e4-b69f-c022d869ac82/3000x3000/66c877ad154bacadd3f3394774b42325.png?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:43:20</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode of the CEU Review of Books Podcast, I sat down with Cynthia Paces to talk about her new book, Prague: The Heart of Europe (Oxford UP, 2025).

Prague is the first English-language book to trace the history of the city from the tenth century to the present. Cynthia discusses her personal connection to Prague, highlights key moments in the city’s history, and shares a few tips for those planning to visit.

You can purchase the book from Oxford University Press here.

The CEU Review of Books Podcast Series explores the questions that affect us all through in-depth talks with researchers, policy makers, journalists, academics and others. We showcase the most current research linked to Central Europe through these discussions.

At the CEU Review of Books, we encourage an open discussion that challenges conventional assumptions to foster a vibrant debate.

Visit our website to read our latest reviews, long reads and interviews.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode of the CEU Review of Books Podcast, I sat down with Cynthia Paces to talk about her new book, Prague: The Heart of Europe (Oxford UP, 2025).

Prague is the first English-language book to trace the history of the city from the tenth century to the present. Cynthia discusses her personal connection to Prague, highlights key moments in the city’s history, and shares a few tips for those planning to visit.

You can purchase the book from Oxford University Press here.

The CEU Review of Books Podcast Series explores the questions that affect us all through in-depth talks with researchers, policy makers, journalists, academics and others. We showcase the most current research linked to Central Europe through these discussions.

At the CEU Review of Books, we encourage an open discussion that challenges conventional assumptions to foster a vibrant debate.

Visit our website to read our latest reviews, long reads and interviews.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1727</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8e28c442-b608-11f0-8b04-6353f4ef3b8b</guid>
      <title>Kalathmika Natarajan, &quot;Coolie Migrants, Indian Diplomacy: Caste, Class and Indenture Abroad, 1914-67&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Over the centuries, millions of migrant labourers sailed from the Indian subcontinent, across the Bay of Bengal and Indian Ocean, to shape what is now the world’s largest diaspora. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9781805262978">Coolie Migrants, Indian Diplomacy: Caste, Class and Indenture Abroad, 1914-67</a> (Hearst, 2025 and Oxford UP, 2026) recovers the histories and legacies of those ‘coolie’ migrants, and presents a new paradigm for the diplomatic history of independent India, going beyond high politics to explore how indenture, emigration and international relations became entangled.</p>
<p>Before and after independence, Indian notions of the international realm as a sanctified space were shaped by migrant journeys; this was a space of anxiety in which to negotiate the ‘coolie stain’ on the country’s reputation. Discourse was defined by intersections of caste, class, race and gender—and framed the migrant worker as the quintessential ‘other’ of Indian diplomacy.</p>
<p>Drawing on rich, multi-archival analysis spanning the vast geographies of labour migration, Kalathmika Natarajan pieces together the stories of quarantine camps en route to Ceylon; cultural and educational missions in the Caribbean; discretionary passport policies in India; and the mediation of immigrant life in Britain. The result is a nuanced history from the interwar period to the decades after independence, and a critical analysis centring both caste and the negotiation of ‘undesirable’ mobility as foundational to Indian diplomacy.</p>
<p>About the Author: </p>
<p>Kalathmika Natarajan is Lecturer in Modern South Asian History at the University of Exeter. Her interdisciplinary research combines critical approaches to diplomatic history and South Asian migration. She has worked at the University of Edinburgh, and received her doctoral degree from the University of Copenhagen.</p>
<p>About the Host: </p>
<p>Stuti Roy works at Oxford University Press and is a recent graduate with an MPhil in Modern South Asian Studies from the University of Oxford, and a BA in Political Science from the University of Toronto.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 2 Nov 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Over the centuries, millions of migrant labourers sailed from the Indian subcontinent, across the Bay of Bengal and Indian Ocean, to shape what is now the world’s largest diaspora. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9781805262978">Coolie Migrants, Indian Diplomacy: Caste, Class and Indenture Abroad, 1914-67</a> (Hearst, 2025 and Oxford UP, 2026) recovers the histories and legacies of those ‘coolie’ migrants, and presents a new paradigm for the diplomatic history of independent India, going beyond high politics to explore how indenture, emigration and international relations became entangled.</p>
<p>Before and after independence, Indian notions of the international realm as a sanctified space were shaped by migrant journeys; this was a space of anxiety in which to negotiate the ‘coolie stain’ on the country’s reputation. Discourse was defined by intersections of caste, class, race and gender—and framed the migrant worker as the quintessential ‘other’ of Indian diplomacy.</p>
<p>Drawing on rich, multi-archival analysis spanning the vast geographies of labour migration, Kalathmika Natarajan pieces together the stories of quarantine camps en route to Ceylon; cultural and educational missions in the Caribbean; discretionary passport policies in India; and the mediation of immigrant life in Britain. The result is a nuanced history from the interwar period to the decades after independence, and a critical analysis centring both caste and the negotiation of ‘undesirable’ mobility as foundational to Indian diplomacy.</p>
<p>About the Author: </p>
<p>Kalathmika Natarajan is Lecturer in Modern South Asian History at the University of Exeter. Her interdisciplinary research combines critical approaches to diplomatic history and South Asian migration. She has worked at the University of Edinburgh, and received her doctoral degree from the University of Copenhagen.</p>
<p>About the Host: </p>
<p>Stuti Roy works at Oxford University Press and is a recent graduate with an MPhil in Modern South Asian Studies from the University of Oxford, and a BA in Political Science from the University of Toronto.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="69678738" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/532e46fa-ee18-4346-b7f6-52d50f053ed9/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=532e46fa-ee18-4346-b7f6-52d50f053ed9&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Kalathmika Natarajan, &quot;Coolie Migrants, Indian Diplomacy: Caste, Class and Indenture Abroad, 1914-67&quot; (Oxford UP, 2026)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:12:34</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Over the centuries, millions of migrant labourers sailed from the Indian subcontinent, across the Bay of Bengal and Indian Ocean, to shape what is now the world’s largest diaspora. Coolie Migrants, Indian Diplomacy: Caste, Class and Indenture Abroad, 1914-67 (Hearst, 2025 and Oxford UP, 2026) recovers the histories and legacies of those ‘coolie’ migrants, and presents a new paradigm for the diplomatic history of independent India, going beyond high politics to explore how indenture, emigration and international relations became entangled.

Before and after independence, Indian notions of the international realm as a sanctified space were shaped by migrant journeys; this was a space of anxiety in which to negotiate the ‘coolie stain’ on the country’s reputation. Discourse was defined by intersections of caste, class, race and gender—and framed the migrant worker as the quintessential ‘other’ of Indian diplomacy.

Drawing on rich, multi-archival analysis spanning the vast geographies of labour migration, Kalathmika Natarajan pieces together the stories of quarantine camps en route to Ceylon; cultural and educational missions in the Caribbean; discretionary passport policies in India; and the mediation of immigrant life in Britain. The result is a nuanced history from the interwar period to the decades after independence, and a critical analysis centring both caste and the negotiation of ‘undesirable’ mobility as foundational to Indian diplomacy.

About the Author: 

Kalathmika Natarajan is Lecturer in Modern South Asian History at the University of Exeter. Her interdisciplinary research combines critical approaches to diplomatic history and South Asian migration. She has worked at the University of Edinburgh, and received her doctoral degree from the University of Copenhagen.

About the Host: 

Stuti Roy works at Oxford University Press and is a recent graduate with an MPhil in Modern South Asian Studies from the University of Oxford, and a BA in Political Science from the University of Toronto.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Over the centuries, millions of migrant labourers sailed from the Indian subcontinent, across the Bay of Bengal and Indian Ocean, to shape what is now the world’s largest diaspora. Coolie Migrants, Indian Diplomacy: Caste, Class and Indenture Abroad, 1914-67 (Hearst, 2025 and Oxford UP, 2026) recovers the histories and legacies of those ‘coolie’ migrants, and presents a new paradigm for the diplomatic history of independent India, going beyond high politics to explore how indenture, emigration and international relations became entangled.

Before and after independence, Indian notions of the international realm as a sanctified space were shaped by migrant journeys; this was a space of anxiety in which to negotiate the ‘coolie stain’ on the country’s reputation. Discourse was defined by intersections of caste, class, race and gender—and framed the migrant worker as the quintessential ‘other’ of Indian diplomacy.

Drawing on rich, multi-archival analysis spanning the vast geographies of labour migration, Kalathmika Natarajan pieces together the stories of quarantine camps en route to Ceylon; cultural and educational missions in the Caribbean; discretionary passport policies in India; and the mediation of immigrant life in Britain. The result is a nuanced history from the interwar period to the decades after independence, and a critical analysis centring both caste and the negotiation of ‘undesirable’ mobility as foundational to Indian diplomacy.

About the Author: 

Kalathmika Natarajan is Lecturer in Modern South Asian History at the University of Exeter. Her interdisciplinary research combines critical approaches to diplomatic history and South Asian migration. She has worked at the University of Edinburgh, and received her doctoral degree from the University of Copenhagen.

About the Host: 

Stuti Roy works at Oxford University Press and is a recent graduate with an MPhil in Modern South Asian Studies from the University of Oxford, and a BA in Political Science from the University of Toronto.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1726</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8e78b02e-b55e-11f0-af91-4f0939147599</guid>
      <title>Maxim Sytch, &quot;The Influence Economy: Decoding Supplier-Induced Demand&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197665152"> ﻿The Influence Economy: Decoding Supplier-Induced Demand</a> (Oxford UP, 2025), Maxim Sytch reveals how professional services--consulting, marketing, banking, and legal firms--create demand for unnecessary and potentially harmful products and services. Such supplier-induced demand can take many forms, including superfluous reorganizations, frivolous lawsuits, and ill-conceived acquisitions. These actions may not only fail to produce positive outcomes but can also inflict detrimental consequences on the buying organization, from squandering valuable resources and demotivating the workforce to disrupting business operations and causing various operational, legal, and financial setbacks.</p>
<p>Through empirical analyses and interviews with buyers and sellers of professional services, Sytch reveals the conditions under which supplier-induced demand is most likely to occur. The book argues that the conditions that give rise to supplier-induced demand are increasingly characteristic of today's broader knowledge-based economy</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 1 Nov 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197665152"> ﻿The Influence Economy: Decoding Supplier-Induced Demand</a> (Oxford UP, 2025), Maxim Sytch reveals how professional services--consulting, marketing, banking, and legal firms--create demand for unnecessary and potentially harmful products and services. Such supplier-induced demand can take many forms, including superfluous reorganizations, frivolous lawsuits, and ill-conceived acquisitions. These actions may not only fail to produce positive outcomes but can also inflict detrimental consequences on the buying organization, from squandering valuable resources and demotivating the workforce to disrupting business operations and causing various operational, legal, and financial setbacks.</p>
<p>Through empirical analyses and interviews with buyers and sellers of professional services, Sytch reveals the conditions under which supplier-induced demand is most likely to occur. The book argues that the conditions that give rise to supplier-induced demand are increasingly characteristic of today's broader knowledge-based economy</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="60706167" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/cbf88b15-a7e0-4835-ace1-487183d008ca/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=cbf88b15-a7e0-4835-ace1-487183d008ca&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Maxim Sytch, &quot;The Influence Economy: Decoding Supplier-Induced Demand&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:03:14</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In ﻿The Influence Economy: Decoding Supplier-Induced Demand (Oxford UP, 2025), Maxim Sytch reveals how professional services--consulting, marketing, banking, and legal firms--create demand for unnecessary and potentially harmful products and services. Such supplier-induced demand can take many forms, including superfluous reorganizations, frivolous lawsuits, and ill-conceived acquisitions. These actions may not only fail to produce positive outcomes but can also inflict detrimental consequences on the buying organization, from squandering valuable resources and demotivating the workforce to disrupting business operations and causing various operational, legal, and financial setbacks.

Through empirical analyses and interviews with buyers and sellers of professional services, Sytch reveals the conditions under which supplier-induced demand is most likely to occur. The book argues that the conditions that give rise to supplier-induced demand are increasingly characteristic of today&apos;s broader knowledge-based economy</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In ﻿The Influence Economy: Decoding Supplier-Induced Demand (Oxford UP, 2025), Maxim Sytch reveals how professional services--consulting, marketing, banking, and legal firms--create demand for unnecessary and potentially harmful products and services. Such supplier-induced demand can take many forms, including superfluous reorganizations, frivolous lawsuits, and ill-conceived acquisitions. These actions may not only fail to produce positive outcomes but can also inflict detrimental consequences on the buying organization, from squandering valuable resources and demotivating the workforce to disrupting business operations and causing various operational, legal, and financial setbacks.

Through empirical analyses and interviews with buyers and sellers of professional services, Sytch reveals the conditions under which supplier-induced demand is most likely to occur. The book argues that the conditions that give rise to supplier-induced demand are increasingly characteristic of today&apos;s broader knowledge-based economy</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1725</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c9789092-b476-11f0-9176-5b21af0c7b78</guid>
      <title>Elif Kalaycioglu, &quot;The Politics of World Heritage: Visions, Custodians, and Futures of Humanity&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>What does it take to construct humanity's cultural history and what do these efforts produce in the world? In <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/the-politics-of-world-heritage-visions-custodians-and-futures-of-humanity-assistant-professor-of-political-science-elif-kalaycioglu/776267d6d1565afe?ean=9780198912767&amp;next=t">The Politics of World Heritage</a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2025), Elif Kalaycioglu analyzes UNESCO's flagship regime, which seeks to curate a cultural history of humanity, attached to "outstanding universal value" and tethered to goals of peace and solidarity. Kalaycioglu's analysis tracks that construction across fifty years of the regime and maps it onto three distinct visions: humanity as a rarified transhistorical subject, humanity as a diverse subject, and humanity as a subject that is adequately represented by the community of nation states. In each of these constructions, experts and states take up the cultural and historical resources that circulate within the regime to narrate a humanity into being, and position themselves as its adjudicators, contributors and custodians. Each construction comes with remainders, that is, parts of humanity excluded from this cultural history, and internal hierarchies between those at its center and others that remain on the margins.<br />These hierarchies challenge the aspiration to peace and solidarity. While these aspirations have changed across the three iterations of humanity, across the different forms, the regime's structures and participants have been ill-equipped and hesitant to engage with the underbellies of humanity towards robust visions of peace and solidarity. In contrast to this general tendency, Kalaycioglu excavates from select nomination files nested constructions of humanity that hold onto the globality and unevenness of its political conditions and presents the possibility of robust visions of peace and solidarity, and humanity's different futures.</p>
<p>Elif Kalaycioglu is Assistant Professor at the Department of Political Science at The University of Alabama.</p>
<p><a href="https://jenhoyer.info/">Jen Hoyer</a> is Technical Services and Electronic Resources Librarian at<a href="http://www.citytech.cuny.edu/"> CUNY New York City College of Technology</a>. She is co-author of<a href="https://www.abc-clio.com/products/a6435p/"> <em>What Primary Sources Teach: Lessons for Every Classroom</em></a> (2022) and<a href="https://litwinbooks.com/books/6722/"> <em>The Social Movement Archive</em></a> (2021)<em>, </em>and co-editor of <a href="https://www.commonnotions.org/buy/armed-by-design"><em>Armed By Design: Posters and Publications of Cuba’s Organization of Solidarity of the Peoples of Africa, Asia, and Latin America</em></a> (2025)<em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Oct 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>What does it take to construct humanity's cultural history and what do these efforts produce in the world? In <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/the-politics-of-world-heritage-visions-custodians-and-futures-of-humanity-assistant-professor-of-political-science-elif-kalaycioglu/776267d6d1565afe?ean=9780198912767&amp;next=t">The Politics of World Heritage</a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2025), Elif Kalaycioglu analyzes UNESCO's flagship regime, which seeks to curate a cultural history of humanity, attached to "outstanding universal value" and tethered to goals of peace and solidarity. Kalaycioglu's analysis tracks that construction across fifty years of the regime and maps it onto three distinct visions: humanity as a rarified transhistorical subject, humanity as a diverse subject, and humanity as a subject that is adequately represented by the community of nation states. In each of these constructions, experts and states take up the cultural and historical resources that circulate within the regime to narrate a humanity into being, and position themselves as its adjudicators, contributors and custodians. Each construction comes with remainders, that is, parts of humanity excluded from this cultural history, and internal hierarchies between those at its center and others that remain on the margins.<br />These hierarchies challenge the aspiration to peace and solidarity. While these aspirations have changed across the three iterations of humanity, across the different forms, the regime's structures and participants have been ill-equipped and hesitant to engage with the underbellies of humanity towards robust visions of peace and solidarity. In contrast to this general tendency, Kalaycioglu excavates from select nomination files nested constructions of humanity that hold onto the globality and unevenness of its political conditions and presents the possibility of robust visions of peace and solidarity, and humanity's different futures.</p>
<p>Elif Kalaycioglu is Assistant Professor at the Department of Political Science at The University of Alabama.</p>
<p><a href="https://jenhoyer.info/">Jen Hoyer</a> is Technical Services and Electronic Resources Librarian at<a href="http://www.citytech.cuny.edu/"> CUNY New York City College of Technology</a>. She is co-author of<a href="https://www.abc-clio.com/products/a6435p/"> <em>What Primary Sources Teach: Lessons for Every Classroom</em></a> (2022) and<a href="https://litwinbooks.com/books/6722/"> <em>The Social Movement Archive</em></a> (2021)<em>, </em>and co-editor of <a href="https://www.commonnotions.org/buy/armed-by-design"><em>Armed By Design: Posters and Publications of Cuba’s Organization of Solidarity of the Peoples of Africa, Asia, and Latin America</em></a> (2025)<em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="52372915" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/927c72ef-f3c3-47ee-985f-a303b52fa723/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=927c72ef-f3c3-47ee-985f-a303b52fa723&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Elif Kalaycioglu, &quot;The Politics of World Heritage: Visions, Custodians, and Futures of Humanity&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:54:33</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>What does it take to construct humanity&apos;s cultural history and what do these efforts produce in the world? In The Politics of World Heritage (Oxford UP, 2025), Elif Kalaycioglu analyzes UNESCO&apos;s flagship regime, which seeks to curate a cultural history of humanity, attached to &quot;outstanding universal value&quot; and tethered to goals of peace and solidarity. Kalaycioglu&apos;s analysis tracks that construction across fifty years of the regime and maps it onto three distinct visions: humanity as a rarified transhistorical subject, humanity as a diverse subject, and humanity as a subject that is adequately represented by the community of nation states. In each of these constructions, experts and states take up the cultural and historical resources that circulate within the regime to narrate a humanity into being, and position themselves as its adjudicators, contributors and custodians. Each construction comes with remainders, that is, parts of humanity excluded from this cultural history, and internal hierarchies between those at its center and others that remain on the margins.These hierarchies challenge the aspiration to peace and solidarity. While these aspirations have changed across the three iterations of humanity, across the different forms, the regime&apos;s structures and participants have been ill-equipped and hesitant to engage with the underbellies of humanity towards robust visions of peace and solidarity. In contrast to this general tendency, Kalaycioglu excavates from select nomination files nested constructions of humanity that hold onto the globality and unevenness of its political conditions and presents the possibility of robust visions of peace and solidarity, and humanity&apos;s different futures.

Elif Kalaycioglu is Assistant Professor at the Department of Political Science at The University of Alabama.

Jen Hoyer is Technical Services and Electronic Resources Librarian at CUNY New York City College of Technology. She is co-author of What Primary Sources Teach: Lessons for Every Classroom (2022) and The Social Movement Archive (2021), and co-editor of Armed By Design: Posters and Publications of Cuba’s Organization of Solidarity of the Peoples of Africa, Asia, and Latin America (2025).</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>What does it take to construct humanity&apos;s cultural history and what do these efforts produce in the world? In The Politics of World Heritage (Oxford UP, 2025), Elif Kalaycioglu analyzes UNESCO&apos;s flagship regime, which seeks to curate a cultural history of humanity, attached to &quot;outstanding universal value&quot; and tethered to goals of peace and solidarity. Kalaycioglu&apos;s analysis tracks that construction across fifty years of the regime and maps it onto three distinct visions: humanity as a rarified transhistorical subject, humanity as a diverse subject, and humanity as a subject that is adequately represented by the community of nation states. In each of these constructions, experts and states take up the cultural and historical resources that circulate within the regime to narrate a humanity into being, and position themselves as its adjudicators, contributors and custodians. Each construction comes with remainders, that is, parts of humanity excluded from this cultural history, and internal hierarchies between those at its center and others that remain on the margins.These hierarchies challenge the aspiration to peace and solidarity. While these aspirations have changed across the three iterations of humanity, across the different forms, the regime&apos;s structures and participants have been ill-equipped and hesitant to engage with the underbellies of humanity towards robust visions of peace and solidarity. In contrast to this general tendency, Kalaycioglu excavates from select nomination files nested constructions of humanity that hold onto the globality and unevenness of its political conditions and presents the possibility of robust visions of peace and solidarity, and humanity&apos;s different futures.

Elif Kalaycioglu is Assistant Professor at the Department of Political Science at The University of Alabama.

Jen Hoyer is Technical Services and Electronic Resources Librarian at CUNY New York City College of Technology. She is co-author of What Primary Sources Teach: Lessons for Every Classroom (2022) and The Social Movement Archive (2021), and co-editor of Armed By Design: Posters and Publications of Cuba’s Organization of Solidarity of the Peoples of Africa, Asia, and Latin America (2025).</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1724</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c6b76260-b30a-11f0-a13a-f3ef07af5089</guid>
      <title>Janice Ross &quot;The Choreography of Environments: How the Anna and Lawrence Halprin Home Transformed Contemporary Dance and Urban Design&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197775639">The Choreography of Environments: How the Anna and Lawrence Halprin Home Transformed Contemporary Dance and Urban Design</a> (Oxford UP, 2025) explores how objects and the domestic spaces seep into the aesthetic consciousness of movement-based artists, like dancers and urban designers, significantly shaping their approach to movement invention and choreography. If these objects and spaces happen to have been designed by a leading modernist architect and landscape designer working with the dancer, then the aesthetic imprint is amplified. Dance innovation becomes pressed into dialogue with spatial, environmental, and urban agendas. <em>The Choreography of Environments</em> builds on this premise to consider the use of ordinary objects from a private residence as lenses into viewing dance innovation.</p>
<p>Author Janice Ross posits the Halprins' 1950s iconic mid-century modern home and expansive outdoor dance deck as a hidden archive. She explores four objects from their house and gardens -- staircase, deck, chair, and window -- to trace how, despite the conservative postwar climate, this intimate domestic space became a radical template reshaping postmodern dance invention and its expansion into civic, social, and environmental engagement in the twentieth and twenty-first centuries. The work that happened in this white, middle class, Jewish-American home in a San Francisco suburb paved the way for changes that continue to resonate today across contemporary dance, performance, and urban design. These include: defamiliarizing urban landscape and gardens as cloistered theaters where civic identities are rehearsed, orchestrating collective problem solving and invention, normalizing the nude body, privileging a utilitarian and responsive rather than sentimental approach to dance in the environment, and re-positioning choreography as a vital medium for urban problem solving.</p>
<p>These four representative objects in the Halprin home are also used to trace the burgeoning of dance as a forceful medium for civic engagement, and its valorization of the ordinary in movement. As a whole, this book shows how dance, architecture, and landscape design would have a profound confluence through these shared domestic spaces and objects of the Halprins' lives.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Oct 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197775639">The Choreography of Environments: How the Anna and Lawrence Halprin Home Transformed Contemporary Dance and Urban Design</a> (Oxford UP, 2025) explores how objects and the domestic spaces seep into the aesthetic consciousness of movement-based artists, like dancers and urban designers, significantly shaping their approach to movement invention and choreography. If these objects and spaces happen to have been designed by a leading modernist architect and landscape designer working with the dancer, then the aesthetic imprint is amplified. Dance innovation becomes pressed into dialogue with spatial, environmental, and urban agendas. <em>The Choreography of Environments</em> builds on this premise to consider the use of ordinary objects from a private residence as lenses into viewing dance innovation.</p>
<p>Author Janice Ross posits the Halprins' 1950s iconic mid-century modern home and expansive outdoor dance deck as a hidden archive. She explores four objects from their house and gardens -- staircase, deck, chair, and window -- to trace how, despite the conservative postwar climate, this intimate domestic space became a radical template reshaping postmodern dance invention and its expansion into civic, social, and environmental engagement in the twentieth and twenty-first centuries. The work that happened in this white, middle class, Jewish-American home in a San Francisco suburb paved the way for changes that continue to resonate today across contemporary dance, performance, and urban design. These include: defamiliarizing urban landscape and gardens as cloistered theaters where civic identities are rehearsed, orchestrating collective problem solving and invention, normalizing the nude body, privileging a utilitarian and responsive rather than sentimental approach to dance in the environment, and re-positioning choreography as a vital medium for urban problem solving.</p>
<p>These four representative objects in the Halprin home are also used to trace the burgeoning of dance as a forceful medium for civic engagement, and its valorization of the ordinary in movement. As a whole, this book shows how dance, architecture, and landscape design would have a profound confluence through these shared domestic spaces and objects of the Halprins' lives.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="55478372" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/382b88cb-90e5-4347-bcda-eb408cb27844/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=382b88cb-90e5-4347-bcda-eb408cb27844&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Janice Ross &quot;The Choreography of Environments: How the Anna and Lawrence Halprin Home Transformed Contemporary Dance and Urban Design&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:57:47</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The Choreography of Environments: How the Anna and Lawrence Halprin Home Transformed Contemporary Dance and Urban Design (Oxford UP, 2025) explores how objects and the domestic spaces seep into the aesthetic consciousness of movement-based artists, like dancers and urban designers, significantly shaping their approach to movement invention and choreography. If these objects and spaces happen to have been designed by a leading modernist architect and landscape designer working with the dancer, then the aesthetic imprint is amplified. Dance innovation becomes pressed into dialogue with spatial, environmental, and urban agendas. The Choreography of Environments builds on this premise to consider the use of ordinary objects from a private residence as lenses into viewing dance innovation.

Author Janice Ross posits the Halprins&apos; 1950s iconic mid-century modern home and expansive outdoor dance deck as a hidden archive. She explores four objects from their house and gardens -- staircase, deck, chair, and window -- to trace how, despite the conservative postwar climate, this intimate domestic space became a radical template reshaping postmodern dance invention and its expansion into civic, social, and environmental engagement in the twentieth and twenty-first centuries. The work that happened in this white, middle class, Jewish-American home in a San Francisco suburb paved the way for changes that continue to resonate today across contemporary dance, performance, and urban design. These include: defamiliarizing urban landscape and gardens as cloistered theaters where civic identities are rehearsed, orchestrating collective problem solving and invention, normalizing the nude body, privileging a utilitarian and responsive rather than sentimental approach to dance in the environment, and re-positioning choreography as a vital medium for urban problem solving.

These four representative objects in the Halprin home are also used to trace the burgeoning of dance as a forceful medium for civic engagement, and its valorization of the ordinary in movement. As a whole, this book shows how dance, architecture, and landscape design would have a profound confluence through these shared domestic spaces and objects of the Halprins&apos; lives.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The Choreography of Environments: How the Anna and Lawrence Halprin Home Transformed Contemporary Dance and Urban Design (Oxford UP, 2025) explores how objects and the domestic spaces seep into the aesthetic consciousness of movement-based artists, like dancers and urban designers, significantly shaping their approach to movement invention and choreography. If these objects and spaces happen to have been designed by a leading modernist architect and landscape designer working with the dancer, then the aesthetic imprint is amplified. Dance innovation becomes pressed into dialogue with spatial, environmental, and urban agendas. The Choreography of Environments builds on this premise to consider the use of ordinary objects from a private residence as lenses into viewing dance innovation.

Author Janice Ross posits the Halprins&apos; 1950s iconic mid-century modern home and expansive outdoor dance deck as a hidden archive. She explores four objects from their house and gardens -- staircase, deck, chair, and window -- to trace how, despite the conservative postwar climate, this intimate domestic space became a radical template reshaping postmodern dance invention and its expansion into civic, social, and environmental engagement in the twentieth and twenty-first centuries. The work that happened in this white, middle class, Jewish-American home in a San Francisco suburb paved the way for changes that continue to resonate today across contemporary dance, performance, and urban design. These include: defamiliarizing urban landscape and gardens as cloistered theaters where civic identities are rehearsed, orchestrating collective problem solving and invention, normalizing the nude body, privileging a utilitarian and responsive rather than sentimental approach to dance in the environment, and re-positioning choreography as a vital medium for urban problem solving.

These four representative objects in the Halprin home are also used to trace the burgeoning of dance as a forceful medium for civic engagement, and its valorization of the ordinary in movement. As a whole, this book shows how dance, architecture, and landscape design would have a profound confluence through these shared domestic spaces and objects of the Halprins&apos; lives.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1723</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">69c0e72e-b2a7-11f0-bbdf-ff240f7ddaf8</guid>
      <title>Daniel B. Rood, &quot;The Reinvention of Atlantic Slavery: Technology, Labor, Race, and Capitalism in the Greater Caribbean&quot; (Oxford UP, 2020)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The period of the "second slavery" was marked by geographic expansion of zones of slavery into the Upper US South, Cuba, and Brazil and chronological expansion into the industrial age. As <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197528426"><em>The Reinvention of Atlantic Slavery: Technology, Labor, Race, and Capitalism in the Greater Caribbean</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2020) shows, ambitious planters throughout the Greater Caribbean hired a transnational group of chemists, engineers, and other "plantation experts" to assist them in adapting industrial technologies to suit their "tropical" needs and increase profitability. Not only were technologies reinvented so as to keep manufacturing processes local but slaveholders' adaptation of new racial ideologies also shaped their particular usage of new machines. Finally, these businessmen forged a new set of relationships with one another in order to sidestep the financial dominance of Great Britain and the northeastern United States.</p><p>In addition to promoting new forms of mechanization, the technical experts depended on the know-how of slaves alongside whom they worked. Bondspeople with industrial craft skills played key roles in the development of new production processes and technologies like sugar mills. While the very existence of such skilled slaves contradicted prevailing racial ideologies and allowed black people to wield power in their own interest, their contributions grew the slave economies of Cuba, Brazil, and the Upper South. Together reform-minded planters, technical experts, and enslaved people modernized sugar plantations in Louisiana and Cuba; brought together rural Virginia wheat planters and industrial flour-millers in Richmond with the coffee-planting system of southeastern Brazil; and enabled engineers and iron-makers in Virginia to collaborate with railroad and sugar entrepreneurs in Cuba.</p><p>Through his examination of the creation of these industrial bodies of knowledge, Daniel B. Rood demonstrates the deepening dependence of the Atlantic economy on forced labor after a few revolutionary decades in which it seemed the institution of slavery might be destroyed. The reinvention of this plantation world in the 1840s and 1850s brought a renewed movement in the 1860s, especially from enslaved people themselves in the United States and Cuba, to end chattel slavery.</p><p>This account of capitalism, technology, and slavery offers new perspectives on the nineteenth-century Americas.</p><p><a href="https://www.albany.edu/lacs/faculty/alejandra-bronfman"><em>Alejandra Bronfman</em></a><em> is Associate Professor and Director of Undergraduate Studies Latin American, Caribbean &amp; U.S. Latino Studies at SUNY, Albany.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Oct 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The period of the "second slavery" was marked by geographic expansion of zones of slavery into the Upper US South, Cuba, and Brazil and chronological expansion into the industrial age. As <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197528426"><em>The Reinvention of Atlantic Slavery: Technology, Labor, Race, and Capitalism in the Greater Caribbean</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2020) shows, ambitious planters throughout the Greater Caribbean hired a transnational group of chemists, engineers, and other "plantation experts" to assist them in adapting industrial technologies to suit their "tropical" needs and increase profitability. Not only were technologies reinvented so as to keep manufacturing processes local but slaveholders' adaptation of new racial ideologies also shaped their particular usage of new machines. Finally, these businessmen forged a new set of relationships with one another in order to sidestep the financial dominance of Great Britain and the northeastern United States.</p><p>In addition to promoting new forms of mechanization, the technical experts depended on the know-how of slaves alongside whom they worked. Bondspeople with industrial craft skills played key roles in the development of new production processes and technologies like sugar mills. While the very existence of such skilled slaves contradicted prevailing racial ideologies and allowed black people to wield power in their own interest, their contributions grew the slave economies of Cuba, Brazil, and the Upper South. Together reform-minded planters, technical experts, and enslaved people modernized sugar plantations in Louisiana and Cuba; brought together rural Virginia wheat planters and industrial flour-millers in Richmond with the coffee-planting system of southeastern Brazil; and enabled engineers and iron-makers in Virginia to collaborate with railroad and sugar entrepreneurs in Cuba.</p><p>Through his examination of the creation of these industrial bodies of knowledge, Daniel B. Rood demonstrates the deepening dependence of the Atlantic economy on forced labor after a few revolutionary decades in which it seemed the institution of slavery might be destroyed. The reinvention of this plantation world in the 1840s and 1850s brought a renewed movement in the 1860s, especially from enslaved people themselves in the United States and Cuba, to end chattel slavery.</p><p>This account of capitalism, technology, and slavery offers new perspectives on the nineteenth-century Americas.</p><p><a href="https://www.albany.edu/lacs/faculty/alejandra-bronfman"><em>Alejandra Bronfman</em></a><em> is Associate Professor and Director of Undergraduate Studies Latin American, Caribbean &amp; U.S. Latino Studies at SUNY, Albany.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="39308616" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/932df523-63e4-470f-8d3a-1919b1363472/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=932df523-63e4-470f-8d3a-1919b1363472&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Daniel B. Rood, &quot;The Reinvention of Atlantic Slavery: Technology, Labor, Race, and Capitalism in the Greater Caribbean&quot; (Oxford UP, 2020)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:40:54</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The period of the &quot;second slavery&quot; was marked by geographic expansion of zones of slavery into the Upper US South, Cuba, and Brazil and chronological expansion into the industrial age. As The Reinvention of Atlantic Slavery: Technology, Labor, Race, and Capitalism in the Greater Caribbean (Oxford UP, 2020) shows, ambitious planters throughout the Greater Caribbean hired a transnational group of chemists, engineers, and other &quot;plantation experts&quot; to assist them in adapting industrial technologies to suit their &quot;tropical&quot; needs and increase profitability. Not only were technologies reinvented so as to keep manufacturing processes local but slaveholders&apos; adaptation of new racial ideologies also shaped their particular usage of new machines. Finally, these businessmen forged a new set of relationships with one another in order to sidestep the financial dominance of Great Britain and the northeastern United States.
In addition to promoting new forms of mechanization, the technical experts depended on the know-how of slaves alongside whom they worked. Bondspeople with industrial craft skills played key roles in the development of new production processes and technologies like sugar mills. While the very existence of such skilled slaves contradicted prevailing racial ideologies and allowed black people to wield power in their own interest, their contributions grew the slave economies of Cuba, Brazil, and the Upper South. Together reform-minded planters, technical experts, and enslaved people modernized sugar plantations in Louisiana and Cuba; brought together rural Virginia wheat planters and industrial flour-millers in Richmond with the coffee-planting system of southeastern Brazil; and enabled engineers and iron-makers in Virginia to collaborate with railroad and sugar entrepreneurs in Cuba.
Through his examination of the creation of these industrial bodies of knowledge, Daniel B. Rood demonstrates the deepening dependence of the Atlantic economy on forced labor after a few revolutionary decades in which it seemed the institution of slavery might be destroyed. The reinvention of this plantation world in the 1840s and 1850s brought a renewed movement in the 1860s, especially from enslaved people themselves in the United States and Cuba, to end chattel slavery.
This account of capitalism, technology, and slavery offers new perspectives on the nineteenth-century Americas.
Alejandra Bronfman is Associate Professor and Director of Undergraduate Studies Latin American, Caribbean &amp; U.S. Latino Studies at SUNY, Albany.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The period of the &quot;second slavery&quot; was marked by geographic expansion of zones of slavery into the Upper US South, Cuba, and Brazil and chronological expansion into the industrial age. As The Reinvention of Atlantic Slavery: Technology, Labor, Race, and Capitalism in the Greater Caribbean (Oxford UP, 2020) shows, ambitious planters throughout the Greater Caribbean hired a transnational group of chemists, engineers, and other &quot;plantation experts&quot; to assist them in adapting industrial technologies to suit their &quot;tropical&quot; needs and increase profitability. Not only were technologies reinvented so as to keep manufacturing processes local but slaveholders&apos; adaptation of new racial ideologies also shaped their particular usage of new machines. Finally, these businessmen forged a new set of relationships with one another in order to sidestep the financial dominance of Great Britain and the northeastern United States.
In addition to promoting new forms of mechanization, the technical experts depended on the know-how of slaves alongside whom they worked. Bondspeople with industrial craft skills played key roles in the development of new production processes and technologies like sugar mills. While the very existence of such skilled slaves contradicted prevailing racial ideologies and allowed black people to wield power in their own interest, their contributions grew the slave economies of Cuba, Brazil, and the Upper South. Together reform-minded planters, technical experts, and enslaved people modernized sugar plantations in Louisiana and Cuba; brought together rural Virginia wheat planters and industrial flour-millers in Richmond with the coffee-planting system of southeastern Brazil; and enabled engineers and iron-makers in Virginia to collaborate with railroad and sugar entrepreneurs in Cuba.
Through his examination of the creation of these industrial bodies of knowledge, Daniel B. Rood demonstrates the deepening dependence of the Atlantic economy on forced labor after a few revolutionary decades in which it seemed the institution of slavery might be destroyed. The reinvention of this plantation world in the 1840s and 1850s brought a renewed movement in the 1860s, especially from enslaved people themselves in the United States and Cuba, to end chattel slavery.
This account of capitalism, technology, and slavery offers new perspectives on the nineteenth-century Americas.
Alejandra Bronfman is Associate Professor and Director of Undergraduate Studies Latin American, Caribbean &amp; U.S. Latino Studies at SUNY, Albany.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>70</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">631f28e4-b271-11f0-8e5b-83024e033e81</guid>
      <title>Kenneth G. Appold, &quot;Luther and the Peasants: Religion, Ritual, and the Revolt Of 1525&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Kenneth G. Appold joins Jana Byars to talk about his new book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/luther-and-the-peasants-religion-ritual-and-the-revolt-of-1525-james-hastings-nichols-professor-of-reformation-history-kenneth-g-appold/46702636f1fe5048?ean=9780198946892&amp;next=t">Luther and the Peasants</a>: Religion, Ritual, and the Revolt of 1525 (Oxford UP, 2025).  The German Peasants' Revolts of 1525 were a defining moment both for the Protestant Reformation and the history of European culture. But while the conflicts are well-studied, they are typically analyzed today from political and socioeconomic perspectives, whereas the protagonists themselves framed them in religious and theological terms. Luther and the Peasants takes these perspectives seriously to offer a novel and timely reinterpretation of the uprisings. A detailed examination of peasants' religious lives reveals commitments to peace, social harmony, and the environment that came into conflict with spiritual priorities of the Protestant Reformation, notably with those of Martin Luther. Drawing on the peasants' own documents, such as the famous manifesto The Twelve Articles, the book provides a thorough re-examination their actions, including their negotiations with lords and their organization into bands and Christian brotherhoods, and a fresh analysis of their behavior in battle. This ritual reconstruction makes peasants' statements and behaviors historiographically legible for the first time, effectively giving voice to an illiterate rural people, and offers new ways of reading Luther's 1525 writings on peasants, which are among his most challenging works. In this context, the 1525 conflict between Luther and the peasants comes to light as the collision of two different religious worlds, each incomprehensible to the other. This, in turn, reveals the important role played by religion in a defining moment of early modern European history.</p>
<p>﻿Kenneth G. Appold, <em>James Hastings Nichols Professor of Reformation History, Princeton Theological Seminary</em>﻿.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Oct 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Kenneth G. Appold joins Jana Byars to talk about his new book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/luther-and-the-peasants-religion-ritual-and-the-revolt-of-1525-james-hastings-nichols-professor-of-reformation-history-kenneth-g-appold/46702636f1fe5048?ean=9780198946892&amp;next=t">Luther and the Peasants</a>: Religion, Ritual, and the Revolt of 1525 (Oxford UP, 2025).  The German Peasants' Revolts of 1525 were a defining moment both for the Protestant Reformation and the history of European culture. But while the conflicts are well-studied, they are typically analyzed today from political and socioeconomic perspectives, whereas the protagonists themselves framed them in religious and theological terms. Luther and the Peasants takes these perspectives seriously to offer a novel and timely reinterpretation of the uprisings. A detailed examination of peasants' religious lives reveals commitments to peace, social harmony, and the environment that came into conflict with spiritual priorities of the Protestant Reformation, notably with those of Martin Luther. Drawing on the peasants' own documents, such as the famous manifesto The Twelve Articles, the book provides a thorough re-examination their actions, including their negotiations with lords and their organization into bands and Christian brotherhoods, and a fresh analysis of their behavior in battle. This ritual reconstruction makes peasants' statements and behaviors historiographically legible for the first time, effectively giving voice to an illiterate rural people, and offers new ways of reading Luther's 1525 writings on peasants, which are among his most challenging works. In this context, the 1525 conflict between Luther and the peasants comes to light as the collision of two different religious worlds, each incomprehensible to the other. This, in turn, reveals the important role played by religion in a defining moment of early modern European history.</p>
<p>﻿Kenneth G. Appold, <em>James Hastings Nichols Professor of Reformation History, Princeton Theological Seminary</em>﻿.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="48366908" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/2847cc42-ce43-464f-8760-531c4fb649fe/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=2847cc42-ce43-464f-8760-531c4fb649fe&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Kenneth G. Appold, &quot;Luther and the Peasants: Religion, Ritual, and the Revolt Of 1525&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:50:22</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Kenneth G. Appold joins Jana Byars to talk about his new book, Luther and the Peasants: Religion, Ritual, and the Revolt of 1525 (Oxford UP, 2025).  The German Peasants&apos; Revolts of 1525 were a defining moment both for the Protestant Reformation and the history of European culture. But while the conflicts are well-studied, they are typically analyzed today from political and socioeconomic perspectives, whereas the protagonists themselves framed them in religious and theological terms. Luther and the Peasants takes these perspectives seriously to offer a novel and timely reinterpretation of the uprisings. A detailed examination of peasants&apos; religious lives reveals commitments to peace, social harmony, and the environment that came into conflict with spiritual priorities of the Protestant Reformation, notably with those of Martin Luther. Drawing on the peasants&apos; own documents, such as the famous manifesto The Twelve Articles, the book provides a thorough re-examination their actions, including their negotiations with lords and their organization into bands and Christian brotherhoods, and a fresh analysis of their behavior in battle. This ritual reconstruction makes peasants&apos; statements and behaviors historiographically legible for the first time, effectively giving voice to an illiterate rural people, and offers new ways of reading Luther&apos;s 1525 writings on peasants, which are among his most challenging works. In this context, the 1525 conflict between Luther and the peasants comes to light as the collision of two different religious worlds, each incomprehensible to the other. This, in turn, reveals the important role played by religion in a defining moment of early modern European history.

﻿Kenneth G. Appold, James Hastings Nichols Professor of Reformation History, Princeton Theological Seminary﻿.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Kenneth G. Appold joins Jana Byars to talk about his new book, Luther and the Peasants: Religion, Ritual, and the Revolt of 1525 (Oxford UP, 2025).  The German Peasants&apos; Revolts of 1525 were a defining moment both for the Protestant Reformation and the history of European culture. But while the conflicts are well-studied, they are typically analyzed today from political and socioeconomic perspectives, whereas the protagonists themselves framed them in religious and theological terms. Luther and the Peasants takes these perspectives seriously to offer a novel and timely reinterpretation of the uprisings. A detailed examination of peasants&apos; religious lives reveals commitments to peace, social harmony, and the environment that came into conflict with spiritual priorities of the Protestant Reformation, notably with those of Martin Luther. Drawing on the peasants&apos; own documents, such as the famous manifesto The Twelve Articles, the book provides a thorough re-examination their actions, including their negotiations with lords and their organization into bands and Christian brotherhoods, and a fresh analysis of their behavior in battle. This ritual reconstruction makes peasants&apos; statements and behaviors historiographically legible for the first time, effectively giving voice to an illiterate rural people, and offers new ways of reading Luther&apos;s 1525 writings on peasants, which are among his most challenging works. In this context, the 1525 conflict between Luther and the peasants comes to light as the collision of two different religious worlds, each incomprehensible to the other. This, in turn, reveals the important role played by religion in a defining moment of early modern European history.

﻿Kenneth G. Appold, James Hastings Nichols Professor of Reformation History, Princeton Theological Seminary﻿.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1721</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3a8bca96-b275-11f0-9d5c-8f41cf2101ee</guid>
      <title>Jeremy Swist, &quot;Julian Augustus: Platonism, Myth and the Refounding of Rome&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The Roman emperor Julian (r. 361-363 CE) was a man of action and of letters, which he employed in an effort to return the Empire to the light of the pagan gods, and reverse the Christianization of the empire advanced by his uncle Constantine and the sons of Constantine. This enterprise was inspired and guided by his conversion to the Neoplatonic philosophy and radical pagan Hellenism of Iamblichus and his disciples, and promoted by his production of Greek orations, letters, and satires. These works present a coherent vision of the providentially guided history and destiny of Rome as a series of foundations and refoundations enacted by rulers such as Romulus, Numa, and Caesar Augustus.</p>
<p>As this book demonstrates, Julian offers an Iamblichean approach to the exegesis of the legends of Rome's founding, the allegories of Plato's dialogues, and myths of his own creation in order to articulate his own role in the refounding of the Empire. Furthermore, argues Jeremy Swist, approaching the wider examination of Julian's imperial self-image on these terms ends up nuancing and challenging common assumptions influenced by the rhetoric of his contemporary proponents. In his reverence for the gods and for philosophy, the emperor's self-construction embraces the identities of a statesman and soldier more than of a philosopher, of a Roman more than a Greek, and of a mere human rather than a semi-divine being. While distancing himself from the ideal models of philosophical virtue and imperial founding that inspire his own actions, he adopts a different set of exemplary figures as mirrors of himself.</p>
<p>New Books in Late Antiquity is sponsored by <a href="http://ancientjewreview.com/">Ancient Jew Review</a></p>
<p><a href="https://directory.cal.msu.edu/swistjer/">Jeremey Swist</a> is Assistant Professor of Romance and Classical Studies at Michigan State University. Click here for <a href="https://youtu.be/-MKZEJz6dHs?si=7LsdlcZYfE7sVNBv">The Symposium of the Caesars</a>, and here for his talk on <a href="https://youtu.be/IJbivwmhUk8?si=jgYgWYJ6YSjW_ZlL">Julian and Constantinople</a>. His <a href="https://www.ancientjewreview.com/read/2018/8/21/dissertation-spotlight-a-principio-reges-the-reception-of-the-seven-kings-of-rome-in-imperial-historiography-from-tiberius-to-theodosius">dissertation spotlight from AJR is here</a>.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.umb.edu/directory/michaelmotia/">Michael Motia</a> teaches in Classics and Religious Studies at UMass Boston.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Oct 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The Roman emperor Julian (r. 361-363 CE) was a man of action and of letters, which he employed in an effort to return the Empire to the light of the pagan gods, and reverse the Christianization of the empire advanced by his uncle Constantine and the sons of Constantine. This enterprise was inspired and guided by his conversion to the Neoplatonic philosophy and radical pagan Hellenism of Iamblichus and his disciples, and promoted by his production of Greek orations, letters, and satires. These works present a coherent vision of the providentially guided history and destiny of Rome as a series of foundations and refoundations enacted by rulers such as Romulus, Numa, and Caesar Augustus.</p>
<p>As this book demonstrates, Julian offers an Iamblichean approach to the exegesis of the legends of Rome's founding, the allegories of Plato's dialogues, and myths of his own creation in order to articulate his own role in the refounding of the Empire. Furthermore, argues Jeremy Swist, approaching the wider examination of Julian's imperial self-image on these terms ends up nuancing and challenging common assumptions influenced by the rhetoric of his contemporary proponents. In his reverence for the gods and for philosophy, the emperor's self-construction embraces the identities of a statesman and soldier more than of a philosopher, of a Roman more than a Greek, and of a mere human rather than a semi-divine being. While distancing himself from the ideal models of philosophical virtue and imperial founding that inspire his own actions, he adopts a different set of exemplary figures as mirrors of himself.</p>
<p>New Books in Late Antiquity is sponsored by <a href="http://ancientjewreview.com/">Ancient Jew Review</a></p>
<p><a href="https://directory.cal.msu.edu/swistjer/">Jeremey Swist</a> is Assistant Professor of Romance and Classical Studies at Michigan State University. Click here for <a href="https://youtu.be/-MKZEJz6dHs?si=7LsdlcZYfE7sVNBv">The Symposium of the Caesars</a>, and here for his talk on <a href="https://youtu.be/IJbivwmhUk8?si=jgYgWYJ6YSjW_ZlL">Julian and Constantinople</a>. His <a href="https://www.ancientjewreview.com/read/2018/8/21/dissertation-spotlight-a-principio-reges-the-reception-of-the-seven-kings-of-rome-in-imperial-historiography-from-tiberius-to-theodosius">dissertation spotlight from AJR is here</a>.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.umb.edu/directory/michaelmotia/">Michael Motia</a> teaches in Classics and Religious Studies at UMass Boston.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="82495774" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/f5a763fc-51a0-47d3-aea8-550ca2a2824b/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=f5a763fc-51a0-47d3-aea8-550ca2a2824b&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Jeremy Swist, &quot;Julian Augustus: Platonism, Myth and the Refounding of Rome&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:25:55</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The Roman emperor Julian (r. 361-363 CE) was a man of action and of letters, which he employed in an effort to return the Empire to the light of the pagan gods, and reverse the Christianization of the empire advanced by his uncle Constantine and the sons of Constantine. This enterprise was inspired and guided by his conversion to the Neoplatonic philosophy and radical pagan Hellenism of Iamblichus and his disciples, and promoted by his production of Greek orations, letters, and satires. These works present a coherent vision of the providentially guided history and destiny of Rome as a series of foundations and refoundations enacted by rulers such as Romulus, Numa, and Caesar Augustus.

As this book demonstrates, Julian offers an Iamblichean approach to the exegesis of the legends of Rome&apos;s founding, the allegories of Plato&apos;s dialogues, and myths of his own creation in order to articulate his own role in the refounding of the Empire. Furthermore, argues Jeremy Swist, approaching the wider examination of Julian&apos;s imperial self-image on these terms ends up nuancing and challenging common assumptions influenced by the rhetoric of his contemporary proponents. In his reverence for the gods and for philosophy, the emperor&apos;s self-construction embraces the identities of a statesman and soldier more than of a philosopher, of a Roman more than a Greek, and of a mere human rather than a semi-divine being. While distancing himself from the ideal models of philosophical virtue and imperial founding that inspire his own actions, he adopts a different set of exemplary figures as mirrors of himself.

New Books in Late Antiquity is sponsored by Ancient Jew Review

Jeremey Swist is Assistant Professor of Romance and Classical Studies at Michigan State University. Click here for The Symposium of the Caesars, and here for his talk on Julian and Constantinople. His dissertation spotlight from AJR is here.

Michael Motia teaches in Classics and Religious Studies at UMass Boston.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The Roman emperor Julian (r. 361-363 CE) was a man of action and of letters, which he employed in an effort to return the Empire to the light of the pagan gods, and reverse the Christianization of the empire advanced by his uncle Constantine and the sons of Constantine. This enterprise was inspired and guided by his conversion to the Neoplatonic philosophy and radical pagan Hellenism of Iamblichus and his disciples, and promoted by his production of Greek orations, letters, and satires. These works present a coherent vision of the providentially guided history and destiny of Rome as a series of foundations and refoundations enacted by rulers such as Romulus, Numa, and Caesar Augustus.

As this book demonstrates, Julian offers an Iamblichean approach to the exegesis of the legends of Rome&apos;s founding, the allegories of Plato&apos;s dialogues, and myths of his own creation in order to articulate his own role in the refounding of the Empire. Furthermore, argues Jeremy Swist, approaching the wider examination of Julian&apos;s imperial self-image on these terms ends up nuancing and challenging common assumptions influenced by the rhetoric of his contemporary proponents. In his reverence for the gods and for philosophy, the emperor&apos;s self-construction embraces the identities of a statesman and soldier more than of a philosopher, of a Roman more than a Greek, and of a mere human rather than a semi-divine being. While distancing himself from the ideal models of philosophical virtue and imperial founding that inspire his own actions, he adopts a different set of exemplary figures as mirrors of himself.

New Books in Late Antiquity is sponsored by Ancient Jew Review

Jeremey Swist is Assistant Professor of Romance and Classical Studies at Michigan State University. Click here for The Symposium of the Caesars, and here for his talk on Julian and Constantinople. His dissertation spotlight from AJR is here.

Michael Motia teaches in Classics and Religious Studies at UMass Boston.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1720</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a2d3f082-b109-11f0-9089-83ebc2b6843a</guid>
      <title>Deana Heath, &quot;Colonial Terror: Torture and State Violence in Colonial India&quot; (Oxford UP, 2021)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Focusing on India between the early nineteenth century and the First World War, <em>Colonial Terror</em> explores the centrality of the torture of Indian bodies to the law-preserving violence of colonial rule and some of the ways in which extraordinary violence was embedded in the ordinary operation of colonial states. Although enacted largely by Indians on Indian bodies, particularly by subaltern members of the police, the book argues that torture was facilitated, systematized, and ultimately sanctioned by first the East India Company and then the Raj because it benefitted the colonial regime, since rendering the police a source of terror played a key role in the construction and maitenance of state sovereignty.<br />Drawing upon the work of both Giorgio Agamben and Michel Foucault, <em>Colonial Terror</em> contends, furthermore, that it is only possible to understand the terrorizing nature of the colonial police in India by viewing colonial India as a 'regime of exception' in which two different forms of exceptionality were in operation - one wrought through the exclusion of particular groups or segments of the Indian population from the law and the other by petty sovereigns in their enactment of illegal violence in the operation of the law. It was in such fertile ground, in which colonial subjects were both included within the domain of colonial law while also being abandoned by it, that torture was able to flourish.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 26 Oct 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Focusing on India between the early nineteenth century and the First World War, <em>Colonial Terror</em> explores the centrality of the torture of Indian bodies to the law-preserving violence of colonial rule and some of the ways in which extraordinary violence was embedded in the ordinary operation of colonial states. Although enacted largely by Indians on Indian bodies, particularly by subaltern members of the police, the book argues that torture was facilitated, systematized, and ultimately sanctioned by first the East India Company and then the Raj because it benefitted the colonial regime, since rendering the police a source of terror played a key role in the construction and maitenance of state sovereignty.<br />Drawing upon the work of both Giorgio Agamben and Michel Foucault, <em>Colonial Terror</em> contends, furthermore, that it is only possible to understand the terrorizing nature of the colonial police in India by viewing colonial India as a 'regime of exception' in which two different forms of exceptionality were in operation - one wrought through the exclusion of particular groups or segments of the Indian population from the law and the other by petty sovereigns in their enactment of illegal violence in the operation of the law. It was in such fertile ground, in which colonial subjects were both included within the domain of colonial law while also being abandoned by it, that torture was able to flourish.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="24157236" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/d5a41d63-4ff5-4879-b938-903320bc02c3/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=d5a41d63-4ff5-4879-b938-903320bc02c3&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Deana Heath, &quot;Colonial Terror: Torture and State Violence in Colonial India&quot; (Oxford UP, 2021)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:25:09</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Focusing on India between the early nineteenth century and the First World War, Colonial Terror explores the centrality of the torture of Indian bodies to the law-preserving violence of colonial rule and some of the ways in which extraordinary violence was embedded in the ordinary operation of colonial states. Although enacted largely by Indians on Indian bodies, particularly by subaltern members of the police, the book argues that torture was facilitated, systematized, and ultimately sanctioned by first the East India Company and then the Raj because it benefitted the colonial regime, since rendering the police a source of terror played a key role in the construction and maitenance of state sovereignty.Drawing upon the work of both Giorgio Agamben and Michel Foucault, Colonial Terror contends, furthermore, that it is only possible to understand the terrorizing nature of the colonial police in India by viewing colonial India as a &apos;regime of exception&apos; in which two different forms of exceptionality were in operation - one wrought through the exclusion of particular groups or segments of the Indian population from the law and the other by petty sovereigns in their enactment of illegal violence in the operation of the law. It was in such fertile ground, in which colonial subjects were both included within the domain of colonial law while also being abandoned by it, that torture was able to flourish.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Focusing on India between the early nineteenth century and the First World War, Colonial Terror explores the centrality of the torture of Indian bodies to the law-preserving violence of colonial rule and some of the ways in which extraordinary violence was embedded in the ordinary operation of colonial states. Although enacted largely by Indians on Indian bodies, particularly by subaltern members of the police, the book argues that torture was facilitated, systematized, and ultimately sanctioned by first the East India Company and then the Raj because it benefitted the colonial regime, since rendering the police a source of terror played a key role in the construction and maitenance of state sovereignty.Drawing upon the work of both Giorgio Agamben and Michel Foucault, Colonial Terror contends, furthermore, that it is only possible to understand the terrorizing nature of the colonial police in India by viewing colonial India as a &apos;regime of exception&apos; in which two different forms of exceptionality were in operation - one wrought through the exclusion of particular groups or segments of the Indian population from the law and the other by petty sovereigns in their enactment of illegal violence in the operation of the law. It was in such fertile ground, in which colonial subjects were both included within the domain of colonial law while also being abandoned by it, that torture was able to flourish.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1719</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">179673a2-c9bc-11f0-87d5-bbcd3901e486</guid>
      <title>Radio ReOrient 13.2: “Understanding the Islamic Secular,” with Sherman Jackson, hosted by S.Sayyid and Hizer Mir, part 2</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Hizer Mir and Salman Sayyid continue the conversation with Professor Sherman Jackson, discussing his work on the Islamic secular, Islamic studies and the state. The second half of this special episode  discusses religious pluralism, the modern state and the secular, and the  relationship between Sharia and the political. Sherman Jackson holds the King Faisal Chair in Islamic Thought and Culture at the University of Southern California, where he is also Professor of Religion and of American Studies and Ethnicity.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 24 Oct 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Hizer Mir and Salman Sayyid continue the conversation with Professor Sherman Jackson, discussing his work on the Islamic secular, Islamic studies and the state. The second half of this special episode  discusses religious pluralism, the modern state and the secular, and the  relationship between Sharia and the political. Sherman Jackson holds the King Faisal Chair in Islamic Thought and Culture at the University of Southern California, where he is also Professor of Religion and of American Studies and Ethnicity.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="51746376" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/2d6ed3bf-a468-4213-a9eb-90e87758c237/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=2d6ed3bf-a468-4213-a9eb-90e87758c237&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Radio ReOrient 13.2: “Understanding the Islamic Secular,” with Sherman Jackson, hosted by S.Sayyid and Hizer Mir, part 2</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:53:41</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode, Hizer Mir and Salman Sayyid continue the conversation with Professor Sherman Jackson, discussing his work on the Islamic secular, Islamic studies and the state. The second half of this special episode  discusses religious pluralism, the modern state and the secular, and the  relationship between Sharia and the political. Sherman Jackson holds the King Faisal Chair in Islamic Thought and Culture at the University of Southern California, where he is also Professor of Religion and of American Studies and Ethnicity.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode, Hizer Mir and Salman Sayyid continue the conversation with Professor Sherman Jackson, discussing his work on the Islamic secular, Islamic studies and the state. The second half of this special episode  discusses religious pluralism, the modern state and the secular, and the  relationship between Sharia and the political. Sherman Jackson holds the King Faisal Chair in Islamic Thought and Culture at the University of Southern California, where he is also Professor of Religion and of American Studies and Ethnicity.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1718</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f6a75dce-aeee-11f0-ae90-87d8b94f323b</guid>
      <title>Dagmar Wujastyk, &quot;Indian Alchemy: Sources and Contexts&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197805800">Indian Alchemy: Sources and Contexts</a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2025) serves to expand readers' understanding of what it meant to practice alchemy on the Indian subcontinent. With its broad selection of examined themes, this collection offers a detailed and comprehensive investigation of the Indian alchemical idiom and the beliefs and practices of its practitioners.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Oct 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197805800">Indian Alchemy: Sources and Contexts</a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2025) serves to expand readers' understanding of what it meant to practice alchemy on the Indian subcontinent. With its broad selection of examined themes, this collection offers a detailed and comprehensive investigation of the Indian alchemical idiom and the beliefs and practices of its practitioners.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="51384975" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/371139e4-f9c4-4c8f-9107-b257326cc08d/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=371139e4-f9c4-4c8f-9107-b257326cc08d&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Dagmar Wujastyk, &quot;Indian Alchemy: Sources and Contexts&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:53:31</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Indian Alchemy: Sources and Contexts (Oxford UP, 2025) serves to expand readers&apos; understanding of what it meant to practice alchemy on the Indian subcontinent. With its broad selection of examined themes, this collection offers a detailed and comprehensive investigation of the Indian alchemical idiom and the beliefs and practices of its practitioners.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Indian Alchemy: Sources and Contexts (Oxford UP, 2025) serves to expand readers&apos; understanding of what it meant to practice alchemy on the Indian subcontinent. With its broad selection of examined themes, this collection offers a detailed and comprehensive investigation of the Indian alchemical idiom and the beliefs and practices of its practitioners.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1717</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">948d9448-af00-11f0-ae72-27c99ed7427b</guid>
      <title>Matthew D. Nelsen, &quot;The Color of Civics: Civic Education for a Multiracial Democracy&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Matthew D. Nelsen, an Assistant Professor of Political Science at the University of Miami, has a new book out that focuses on the content of civic education in the United States, and how we learn about the diverse and varied history of the United States. There is an ongoing and contemporary conversation about civic education in the United States, and what should and should not be taught in explaining the United States, how it works, who is part of it, and how it has evolved over four centuries. Nelsen’s work, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197685655"><em>The Color of Civics: Civic Education for a Multiracial Democracy</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023), pays close attention to what happens in classrooms, particularly urban classrooms, when these lessons are taught, and how students respond to these curricula and experiences. What he finds should be of interest to all of us, since it gets to the very heart of civic education, which is how to teach young people about being citizens in a democracy. Nelsen poses these broader questions throughout the book: Who is learning what? What is the general social studies curriculum that discusses “how a bill becomes a law” and the basic information about separation of powers and checks and balances? How is this curriculum, which is both somewhat abstract and also an idealized version of the American political system, taught, and how is it engaged by students? Nelsen found a variety of answers, but what is of particular interest is that there are teachers and instructors who have taken this somewhat static curriculum, and integrated different dimensions to it, engaging students in understandings of social movements, highlighting activities by a number of different political leaders, from both mainstream and marginalized groups. When the education becomes more multifaceted, it pulls in more students, and allows them to see themselves in these activities, even in leadership roles. And it also is more encompassing for all of the students in the classroom, regardless of race or other identity groupings.</p>
<p><a href="https://academic.oup.com/book/46685"><em>The Color of Civics</em></a> pulls together a variety of forms and kinds of research methodology to understand what happens in classrooms and how students learn and see themselves within this fabric of American democracy. Using qualitative, quantitative, and ethnographic approaches, Nelsen weaves together robust data to explore what makes diverse impacts within the classrooms, especially within a big, urban public school system. Part of what is teased out in this research is the potential longevity of political socialization that transpires at an early age among students—this is a key dimension of citizenship, creating in individuals an understanding of their role and capacities within a democracy. The ability to teach about social movements, and political movements, and the individuals who were involved in these movements expands the concept of citizen participation in American politics and thus expands the notion of citizenship in general. This approach also moves beyond the “great man” narrative of history and helps students to think about how various people engage in politics, not just by running for elected office. Nelsen’s work is important and useful as we continue to consider how citizens can and should participate in American politics and how the next generation is taught about citizenship, the American republic, and the idea of a complex democracy.</p>
<p>This book may be acquired at <a href="https://www.booksandbooks.com/">Books and Books</a> in Miami, Florida, at the <a href="https://www.semcoop.com/">Seminary Co-op</a> Bookstore in Chicago, IL, and at <a href="https://womenandchildrenfirst.com/">Women &amp; Children First</a> Bookstore in Chicago, IL.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.carrollu.edu/faculty/goren-lilly-phd"><em>Lilly J. Goren</em></a><em> is a professor of political science at Carroll University, and co-host of the </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/hosts/profile/a7ac4af9-1306-463f-baf9-00f1f4187dfd"><em>New Books in Political Science</em></a><em>. She is co-editor of </em><a href="https://kansaspress.ku.edu/9780700633883/">The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe Volume I: The Infinity Sage </a><em>and </em><a href="https://kansaspress.ku.edu/9780700640546/"><em>Volume II: Into the Multiverse</em></a><em> (UP Kansas, 2022 &amp; 2025), as well as co-editor of</em> <a href="https://www.kentuckypress.com/9780813141015/women-and-the-white-house/"><em>Women and the White House: Gender, Popular Culture, and Presidential Politics</em></a><em> (UP Kentucky, 2012). She can be reached </em><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/gorenlj.bsky.social"><em>@gorenlj.bsky.social</em></a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Oct 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Matthew D. Nelsen, an Assistant Professor of Political Science at the University of Miami, has a new book out that focuses on the content of civic education in the United States, and how we learn about the diverse and varied history of the United States. There is an ongoing and contemporary conversation about civic education in the United States, and what should and should not be taught in explaining the United States, how it works, who is part of it, and how it has evolved over four centuries. Nelsen’s work, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197685655"><em>The Color of Civics: Civic Education for a Multiracial Democracy</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023), pays close attention to what happens in classrooms, particularly urban classrooms, when these lessons are taught, and how students respond to these curricula and experiences. What he finds should be of interest to all of us, since it gets to the very heart of civic education, which is how to teach young people about being citizens in a democracy. Nelsen poses these broader questions throughout the book: Who is learning what? What is the general social studies curriculum that discusses “how a bill becomes a law” and the basic information about separation of powers and checks and balances? How is this curriculum, which is both somewhat abstract and also an idealized version of the American political system, taught, and how is it engaged by students? Nelsen found a variety of answers, but what is of particular interest is that there are teachers and instructors who have taken this somewhat static curriculum, and integrated different dimensions to it, engaging students in understandings of social movements, highlighting activities by a number of different political leaders, from both mainstream and marginalized groups. When the education becomes more multifaceted, it pulls in more students, and allows them to see themselves in these activities, even in leadership roles. And it also is more encompassing for all of the students in the classroom, regardless of race or other identity groupings.</p>
<p><a href="https://academic.oup.com/book/46685"><em>The Color of Civics</em></a> pulls together a variety of forms and kinds of research methodology to understand what happens in classrooms and how students learn and see themselves within this fabric of American democracy. Using qualitative, quantitative, and ethnographic approaches, Nelsen weaves together robust data to explore what makes diverse impacts within the classrooms, especially within a big, urban public school system. Part of what is teased out in this research is the potential longevity of political socialization that transpires at an early age among students—this is a key dimension of citizenship, creating in individuals an understanding of their role and capacities within a democracy. The ability to teach about social movements, and political movements, and the individuals who were involved in these movements expands the concept of citizen participation in American politics and thus expands the notion of citizenship in general. This approach also moves beyond the “great man” narrative of history and helps students to think about how various people engage in politics, not just by running for elected office. Nelsen’s work is important and useful as we continue to consider how citizens can and should participate in American politics and how the next generation is taught about citizenship, the American republic, and the idea of a complex democracy.</p>
<p>This book may be acquired at <a href="https://www.booksandbooks.com/">Books and Books</a> in Miami, Florida, at the <a href="https://www.semcoop.com/">Seminary Co-op</a> Bookstore in Chicago, IL, and at <a href="https://womenandchildrenfirst.com/">Women &amp; Children First</a> Bookstore in Chicago, IL.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.carrollu.edu/faculty/goren-lilly-phd"><em>Lilly J. Goren</em></a><em> is a professor of political science at Carroll University, and co-host of the </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/hosts/profile/a7ac4af9-1306-463f-baf9-00f1f4187dfd"><em>New Books in Political Science</em></a><em>. She is co-editor of </em><a href="https://kansaspress.ku.edu/9780700633883/">The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe Volume I: The Infinity Sage </a><em>and </em><a href="https://kansaspress.ku.edu/9780700640546/"><em>Volume II: Into the Multiverse</em></a><em> (UP Kansas, 2022 &amp; 2025), as well as co-editor of</em> <a href="https://www.kentuckypress.com/9780813141015/women-and-the-white-house/"><em>Women and the White House: Gender, Popular Culture, and Presidential Politics</em></a><em> (UP Kentucky, 2012). She can be reached </em><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/gorenlj.bsky.social"><em>@gorenlj.bsky.social</em></a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="42783202" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/7879b79b-dca6-44e2-a9a7-4232a66a9454/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=7879b79b-dca6-44e2-a9a7-4232a66a9454&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Matthew D. Nelsen, &quot;The Color of Civics: Civic Education for a Multiracial Democracy&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:44:33</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Matthew D. Nelsen, an Assistant Professor of Political Science at the University of Miami, has a new book out that focuses on the content of civic education in the United States, and how we learn about the diverse and varied history of the United States. There is an ongoing and contemporary conversation about civic education in the United States, and what should and should not be taught in explaining the United States, how it works, who is part of it, and how it has evolved over four centuries. Nelsen’s work, The Color of Civics: Civic Education for a Multiracial Democracy (Oxford UP, 2023), pays close attention to what happens in classrooms, particularly urban classrooms, when these lessons are taught, and how students respond to these curricula and experiences. What he finds should be of interest to all of us, since it gets to the very heart of civic education, which is how to teach young people about being citizens in a democracy. Nelsen poses these broader questions throughout the book: Who is learning what? What is the general social studies curriculum that discusses “how a bill becomes a law” and the basic information about separation of powers and checks and balances? How is this curriculum, which is both somewhat abstract and also an idealized version of the American political system, taught, and how is it engaged by students? Nelsen found a variety of answers, but what is of particular interest is that there are teachers and instructors who have taken this somewhat static curriculum, and integrated different dimensions to it, engaging students in understandings of social movements, highlighting activities by a number of different political leaders, from both mainstream and marginalized groups. When the education becomes more multifaceted, it pulls in more students, and allows them to see themselves in these activities, even in leadership roles. And it also is more encompassing for all of the students in the classroom, regardless of race or other identity groupings.

The Color of Civics pulls together a variety of forms and kinds of research methodology to understand what happens in classrooms and how students learn and see themselves within this fabric of American democracy. Using qualitative, quantitative, and ethnographic approaches, Nelsen weaves together robust data to explore what makes diverse impacts within the classrooms, especially within a big, urban public school system. Part of what is teased out in this research is the potential longevity of political socialization that transpires at an early age among students—this is a key dimension of citizenship, creating in individuals an understanding of their role and capacities within a democracy. The ability to teach about social movements, and political movements, and the individuals who were involved in these movements expands the concept of citizen participation in American politics and thus expands the notion of citizenship in general. This approach also moves beyond the “great man” narrative of history and helps students to think about how various people engage in politics, not just by running for elected office. Nelsen’s work is important and useful as we continue to consider how citizens can and should participate in American politics and how the next generation is taught about citizenship, the American republic, and the idea of a complex democracy.

This book may be acquired at Books and Books in Miami, Florida, at the Seminary Co-op Bookstore in Chicago, IL, and at Women &amp; Children First Bookstore in Chicago, IL.

Lilly J. Goren is a professor of political science at Carroll University, and co-host of the New Books in Political Science. She is co-editor of The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe Volume I: The Infinity Sage and Volume II: Into the Multiverse (UP Kansas, 2022 &amp; 2025), as well as co-editor of Women and the White House: Gender, Popular Culture, and Presidential Politics (UP Kentucky, 2012). She can be reached @gorenlj.bsky.social</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Matthew D. Nelsen, an Assistant Professor of Political Science at the University of Miami, has a new book out that focuses on the content of civic education in the United States, and how we learn about the diverse and varied history of the United States. There is an ongoing and contemporary conversation about civic education in the United States, and what should and should not be taught in explaining the United States, how it works, who is part of it, and how it has evolved over four centuries. Nelsen’s work, The Color of Civics: Civic Education for a Multiracial Democracy (Oxford UP, 2023), pays close attention to what happens in classrooms, particularly urban classrooms, when these lessons are taught, and how students respond to these curricula and experiences. What he finds should be of interest to all of us, since it gets to the very heart of civic education, which is how to teach young people about being citizens in a democracy. Nelsen poses these broader questions throughout the book: Who is learning what? What is the general social studies curriculum that discusses “how a bill becomes a law” and the basic information about separation of powers and checks and balances? How is this curriculum, which is both somewhat abstract and also an idealized version of the American political system, taught, and how is it engaged by students? Nelsen found a variety of answers, but what is of particular interest is that there are teachers and instructors who have taken this somewhat static curriculum, and integrated different dimensions to it, engaging students in understandings of social movements, highlighting activities by a number of different political leaders, from both mainstream and marginalized groups. When the education becomes more multifaceted, it pulls in more students, and allows them to see themselves in these activities, even in leadership roles. And it also is more encompassing for all of the students in the classroom, regardless of race or other identity groupings.

The Color of Civics pulls together a variety of forms and kinds of research methodology to understand what happens in classrooms and how students learn and see themselves within this fabric of American democracy. Using qualitative, quantitative, and ethnographic approaches, Nelsen weaves together robust data to explore what makes diverse impacts within the classrooms, especially within a big, urban public school system. Part of what is teased out in this research is the potential longevity of political socialization that transpires at an early age among students—this is a key dimension of citizenship, creating in individuals an understanding of their role and capacities within a democracy. The ability to teach about social movements, and political movements, and the individuals who were involved in these movements expands the concept of citizen participation in American politics and thus expands the notion of citizenship in general. This approach also moves beyond the “great man” narrative of history and helps students to think about how various people engage in politics, not just by running for elected office. Nelsen’s work is important and useful as we continue to consider how citizens can and should participate in American politics and how the next generation is taught about citizenship, the American republic, and the idea of a complex democracy.

This book may be acquired at Books and Books in Miami, Florida, at the Seminary Co-op Bookstore in Chicago, IL, and at Women &amp; Children First Bookstore in Chicago, IL.

Lilly J. Goren is a professor of political science at Carroll University, and co-host of the New Books in Political Science. She is co-editor of The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe Volume I: The Infinity Sage and Volume II: Into the Multiverse (UP Kansas, 2022 &amp; 2025), as well as co-editor of Women and the White House: Gender, Popular Culture, and Presidential Politics (UP Kentucky, 2012). She can be reached @gorenlj.bsky.social</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1716</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">57291bc6-ae11-11f0-9b09-d30da1b0dea0</guid>
      <title>Aileen Teague, &quot;Policing on Drugs: The United States, Mexico, and the Origins of the Modern Drug War, 1969-2000&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Today, images of cartels, security agents donning face coverings, graphs depicting egregious murder rates, and military guards at US border crossings influence the world's perception of Mexico. Mexico's so-called drug war, as generally conceived by journalists and academics, was the product of recent cartel turf wars, the end of the PRI's single party rule in 2000, and enhanced US border security measures post-9/11. These explanations are compelling, but they overlook state actions beginning in the 1970s that set the foundation for drug violence over the longer term.</p>
<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197761861">Policing on Drugs: The United States, Mexico, and the Origins of the Modern Drug War, 1969-2000</a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2025), Aileen Teague chronicles a largely ignored but critical prehistory of intensified bilateral antidrug efforts by exploring their origins and inherent contradictions in Mexico. Beginning in the 1960s, US leaders externalized their aggressive domestic drug control practices by forcing junior partners such as Mexico into adopting their policies. Leaders on both sides of the border situated counternarcotics within a larger paradigm of militarized policing, which increased the power and influence of the military and aggressive counternarcotics in both countries. However, different security imperatives motivated US and Mexican agents, complicating enforcement in Mexico. Between 1969 and 2000, Mexico's embrace of America's punitive antidrug policies strengthened the coercive capacities of the Mexican state, exacerbated crime, and were so ineffective in an era of open trade blocs that they hastened the expansion of the drug trade.</p>
<p>Drawing on such sources as records from the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), the US State Department, interviews with key officials, accounts from Mexican journalists, and rarely seen Mexican intelligence reports, Teague relates the war on drugs as a transnational story with deep historical roots in US and Mexican conceptions of policing and security. The negative impacts of US-led counternarcotics policies in Mexico can be attributed to the complex relationship between the United States' and Mexico's shared approach to the drug war--with critical implications for present-day relations.</p>
<p>Aileen Teague is an Assistant Professor of International Affairs at the Bush School of Government and Public Service at Texas A&amp;M University. She is a former Marine Corps officer and a fellow at the Quincy Institute for Responsible Statecraft.</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 22 Oct 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Today, images of cartels, security agents donning face coverings, graphs depicting egregious murder rates, and military guards at US border crossings influence the world's perception of Mexico. Mexico's so-called drug war, as generally conceived by journalists and academics, was the product of recent cartel turf wars, the end of the PRI's single party rule in 2000, and enhanced US border security measures post-9/11. These explanations are compelling, but they overlook state actions beginning in the 1970s that set the foundation for drug violence over the longer term.</p>
<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197761861">Policing on Drugs: The United States, Mexico, and the Origins of the Modern Drug War, 1969-2000</a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2025), Aileen Teague chronicles a largely ignored but critical prehistory of intensified bilateral antidrug efforts by exploring their origins and inherent contradictions in Mexico. Beginning in the 1960s, US leaders externalized their aggressive domestic drug control practices by forcing junior partners such as Mexico into adopting their policies. Leaders on both sides of the border situated counternarcotics within a larger paradigm of militarized policing, which increased the power and influence of the military and aggressive counternarcotics in both countries. However, different security imperatives motivated US and Mexican agents, complicating enforcement in Mexico. Between 1969 and 2000, Mexico's embrace of America's punitive antidrug policies strengthened the coercive capacities of the Mexican state, exacerbated crime, and were so ineffective in an era of open trade blocs that they hastened the expansion of the drug trade.</p>
<p>Drawing on such sources as records from the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), the US State Department, interviews with key officials, accounts from Mexican journalists, and rarely seen Mexican intelligence reports, Teague relates the war on drugs as a transnational story with deep historical roots in US and Mexican conceptions of policing and security. The negative impacts of US-led counternarcotics policies in Mexico can be attributed to the complex relationship between the United States' and Mexico's shared approach to the drug war--with critical implications for present-day relations.</p>
<p>Aileen Teague is an Assistant Professor of International Affairs at the Bush School of Government and Public Service at Texas A&amp;M University. She is a former Marine Corps officer and a fellow at the Quincy Institute for Responsible Statecraft.</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="49499771" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/dc7e2d83-575c-4824-9f9a-ad9176f290be/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=dc7e2d83-575c-4824-9f9a-ad9176f290be&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Aileen Teague, &quot;Policing on Drugs: The United States, Mexico, and the Origins of the Modern Drug War, 1969-2000&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:51:33</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Today, images of cartels, security agents donning face coverings, graphs depicting egregious murder rates, and military guards at US border crossings influence the world&apos;s perception of Mexico. Mexico&apos;s so-called drug war, as generally conceived by journalists and academics, was the product of recent cartel turf wars, the end of the PRI&apos;s single party rule in 2000, and enhanced US border security measures post-9/11. These explanations are compelling, but they overlook state actions beginning in the 1970s that set the foundation for drug violence over the longer term.

In Policing on Drugs: The United States, Mexico, and the Origins of the Modern Drug War, 1969-2000 (Oxford University Press, 2025), Aileen Teague chronicles a largely ignored but critical prehistory of intensified bilateral antidrug efforts by exploring their origins and inherent contradictions in Mexico. Beginning in the 1960s, US leaders externalized their aggressive domestic drug control practices by forcing junior partners such as Mexico into adopting their policies. Leaders on both sides of the border situated counternarcotics within a larger paradigm of militarized policing, which increased the power and influence of the military and aggressive counternarcotics in both countries. However, different security imperatives motivated US and Mexican agents, complicating enforcement in Mexico. Between 1969 and 2000, Mexico&apos;s embrace of America&apos;s punitive antidrug policies strengthened the coercive capacities of the Mexican state, exacerbated crime, and were so ineffective in an era of open trade blocs that they hastened the expansion of the drug trade.

Drawing on such sources as records from the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), the US State Department, interviews with key officials, accounts from Mexican journalists, and rarely seen Mexican intelligence reports, Teague relates the war on drugs as a transnational story with deep historical roots in US and Mexican conceptions of policing and security. The negative impacts of US-led counternarcotics policies in Mexico can be attributed to the complex relationship between the United States&apos; and Mexico&apos;s shared approach to the drug war--with critical implications for present-day relations.

Aileen Teague is an Assistant Professor of International Affairs at the Bush School of Government and Public Service at Texas A&amp;M University. She is a former Marine Corps officer and a fellow at the Quincy Institute for Responsible Statecraft.

Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Today, images of cartels, security agents donning face coverings, graphs depicting egregious murder rates, and military guards at US border crossings influence the world&apos;s perception of Mexico. Mexico&apos;s so-called drug war, as generally conceived by journalists and academics, was the product of recent cartel turf wars, the end of the PRI&apos;s single party rule in 2000, and enhanced US border security measures post-9/11. These explanations are compelling, but they overlook state actions beginning in the 1970s that set the foundation for drug violence over the longer term.

In Policing on Drugs: The United States, Mexico, and the Origins of the Modern Drug War, 1969-2000 (Oxford University Press, 2025), Aileen Teague chronicles a largely ignored but critical prehistory of intensified bilateral antidrug efforts by exploring their origins and inherent contradictions in Mexico. Beginning in the 1960s, US leaders externalized their aggressive domestic drug control practices by forcing junior partners such as Mexico into adopting their policies. Leaders on both sides of the border situated counternarcotics within a larger paradigm of militarized policing, which increased the power and influence of the military and aggressive counternarcotics in both countries. However, different security imperatives motivated US and Mexican agents, complicating enforcement in Mexico. Between 1969 and 2000, Mexico&apos;s embrace of America&apos;s punitive antidrug policies strengthened the coercive capacities of the Mexican state, exacerbated crime, and were so ineffective in an era of open trade blocs that they hastened the expansion of the drug trade.

Drawing on such sources as records from the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), the US State Department, interviews with key officials, accounts from Mexican journalists, and rarely seen Mexican intelligence reports, Teague relates the war on drugs as a transnational story with deep historical roots in US and Mexican conceptions of policing and security. The negative impacts of US-led counternarcotics policies in Mexico can be attributed to the complex relationship between the United States&apos; and Mexico&apos;s shared approach to the drug war--with critical implications for present-day relations.

Aileen Teague is an Assistant Professor of International Affairs at the Bush School of Government and Public Service at Texas A&amp;M University. She is a former Marine Corps officer and a fellow at the Quincy Institute for Responsible Statecraft.

Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1715</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">25398450-ae54-11f0-8653-03e198d84e83</guid>
      <title>Becky M. Nicolaides, &quot;The New Suburbia: How Diversity Remade Suburban Life in Los Angeles After 1945&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The adoption of the Hart-Celler Act in 1965, triggered a wave of immigration to the U.S. not seen since before the First World War. But these newcomers were now far less likely to have come from Europe than Asia, the Caribbean and Latin America. And they were far more likely to settle in suburbia than the “inner city.” In ﻿<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197578308">The New Suburbia: How Diversity Remade Suburban Life in Los Angeles After 1945</a> (Oxford UP, 2024) Becky M. Nicolaides analyzes the consequences of mass migration by looking at how four LA suburbs reacted—wealthy San Marino and Pasadena, working class South Gate, and lower middle class Lakewood. She invites the reader to consider whether in becoming more diverse, a community becomes more tolerant.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 22 Oct 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The adoption of the Hart-Celler Act in 1965, triggered a wave of immigration to the U.S. not seen since before the First World War. But these newcomers were now far less likely to have come from Europe than Asia, the Caribbean and Latin America. And they were far more likely to settle in suburbia than the “inner city.” In ﻿<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197578308">The New Suburbia: How Diversity Remade Suburban Life in Los Angeles After 1945</a> (Oxford UP, 2024) Becky M. Nicolaides analyzes the consequences of mass migration by looking at how four LA suburbs reacted—wealthy San Marino and Pasadena, working class South Gate, and lower middle class Lakewood. She invites the reader to consider whether in becoming more diverse, a community becomes more tolerant.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="34542468" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/63773aa2-0ab0-4929-af8f-6d895973ded6/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=63773aa2-0ab0-4929-af8f-6d895973ded6&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Becky M. Nicolaides, &quot;The New Suburbia: How Diversity Remade Suburban Life in Los Angeles After 1945&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:35:58</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The adoption of the Hart-Celler Act in 1965, triggered a wave of immigration to the U.S. not seen since before the First World War. But these newcomers were now far less likely to have come from Europe than Asia, the Caribbean and Latin America. And they were far more likely to settle in suburbia than the “inner city.” In ﻿The New Suburbia: How Diversity Remade Suburban Life in Los Angeles After 1945 (Oxford UP, 2024) Becky M. Nicolaides analyzes the consequences of mass migration by looking at how four LA suburbs reacted—wealthy San Marino and Pasadena, working class South Gate, and lower middle class Lakewood. She invites the reader to consider whether in becoming more diverse, a community becomes more tolerant.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The adoption of the Hart-Celler Act in 1965, triggered a wave of immigration to the U.S. not seen since before the First World War. But these newcomers were now far less likely to have come from Europe than Asia, the Caribbean and Latin America. And they were far more likely to settle in suburbia than the “inner city.” In ﻿The New Suburbia: How Diversity Remade Suburban Life in Los Angeles After 1945 (Oxford UP, 2024) Becky M. Nicolaides analyzes the consequences of mass migration by looking at how four LA suburbs reacted—wealthy San Marino and Pasadena, working class South Gate, and lower middle class Lakewood. She invites the reader to consider whether in becoming more diverse, a community becomes more tolerant.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1714</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c1904e20-aa6b-11f0-9953-47a5104dea69</guid>
      <title>Radio ReOrient 13.1: “Understanding the Islamic Secular,” with Sherman Jackson, hosted by S. Sayyid and Hizer Mir, part 1</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>This is Radio ReOrient. Welcome to Season 13. This our tenth year of navigating the post-Western and connecting the <em>Islamosphere</em>. In this episode, Sherman Jackson joins our regular hosts, Salman Sayyid and Hizer Mir, to talk about his new book,<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197661789"> </a><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197661789">The Islamic Secular</a><em> </em>﻿(Oxford ﻿UP, 2024). The book provocatively challenges the assumption that the secular is external to Islam and the Islamicate. Sherman Jackson is one of the leading scholars of Islamic thought today. He holds the King Faisal Chair in Islamic Thought and Culture at the University of Southern California, where he is also Professor of Religion and of American Studies and Ethnicity.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 17 Oct 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This is Radio ReOrient. Welcome to Season 13. This our tenth year of navigating the post-Western and connecting the <em>Islamosphere</em>. In this episode, Sherman Jackson joins our regular hosts, Salman Sayyid and Hizer Mir, to talk about his new book,<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197661789"> </a><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197661789">The Islamic Secular</a><em> </em>﻿(Oxford ﻿UP, 2024). The book provocatively challenges the assumption that the secular is external to Islam and the Islamicate. Sherman Jackson is one of the leading scholars of Islamic thought today. He holds the King Faisal Chair in Islamic Thought and Culture at the University of Southern California, where he is also Professor of Religion and of American Studies and Ethnicity.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="53479071" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/e2ee0e7c-b2d6-45a9-99cb-48c398f10946/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=e2ee0e7c-b2d6-45a9-99cb-48c398f10946&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Radio ReOrient 13.1: “Understanding the Islamic Secular,” with Sherman Jackson, hosted by S. Sayyid and Hizer Mir, part 1</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:55:29</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>This is Radio ReOrient. Welcome to Season 13. This our tenth year of navigating the post-Western and connecting the Islamosphere. In this episode, Sherman Jackson joins our regular hosts, Salman Sayyid and Hizer Mir, to talk about his new book, The Islamic Secular ﻿(Oxford ﻿UP, 2024). The book provocatively challenges the assumption that the secular is external to Islam and the Islamicate. Sherman Jackson is one of the leading scholars of Islamic thought today. He holds the King Faisal Chair in Islamic Thought and Culture at the University of Southern California, where he is also Professor of Religion and of American Studies and Ethnicity.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>This is Radio ReOrient. Welcome to Season 13. This our tenth year of navigating the post-Western and connecting the Islamosphere. In this episode, Sherman Jackson joins our regular hosts, Salman Sayyid and Hizer Mir, to talk about his new book, The Islamic Secular ﻿(Oxford ﻿UP, 2024). The book provocatively challenges the assumption that the secular is external to Islam and the Islamicate. Sherman Jackson is one of the leading scholars of Islamic thought today. He holds the King Faisal Chair in Islamic Thought and Culture at the University of Southern California, where he is also Professor of Religion and of American Studies and Ethnicity.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1713</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5b0dadc2-a99a-11f0-a04b-13a26ea5aad8</guid>
      <title>Rehan Abeyratne, &quot;Courts and LGBTQ+ Rights in an Age of Judicial Retrenchment&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Democratic backsliding, culture wars and partisan politics in the past two decades has seen the regression of human rights protections in the courts and across societies. However, having made incremental gains in constitutional courts, LGBTQ+ rights operate as somewhat of a paradox. In this pivotal work, Professor Rehan Abeyratne makes an argument that the progress made in LGBTQ+ rights protection obscures an increased shift towards authoritarian legality in the courts and beyond. Case studies of three apex courts - the U.S. Supreme Court, the Supreme Court of India, and the Hong Kong Court of Final Appeal - provide insight into the erosion of democracy and the rule of law across these jurisdictions. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198888277"><em>Courts and  LGBTQ+ Rights in an Age of Judicial Retrenchment</em></a> (Oxford ﻿UP, 2025) is an important work and should serve as a warning sign to constitutional lawyers, human rights scholars and anybody interested in the values that underpin liberal democracy as to the the limited ability of constitutional courts to protect rights in the current climate.  </p>
<p><a href="https://researchers.westernsydney.edu.au/en/persons/rehan-abeyratne">Professor Rehan Abeyratne</a> is is Professor and Associate Dean (Higher Degree Research) at Western Sydney University School of Law, where he teaches Government and Public Law, Legal Research and Methodology, and Comparative Law: Legal Systems of the World. He also coordinates the School of Law's Honours Program. Professor Abeyratne holds a PhD from Monash University, a JD from Harvard Law School, and a BA (Hons.) in Political Science from Brown University. He researches comparative constitutional law and has published several books and articles in world leading journals. Most of Prof. Abeyratne's research can be freely accessed on SSRN, Academia, and Google Scholar.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Oct 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Democratic backsliding, culture wars and partisan politics in the past two decades has seen the regression of human rights protections in the courts and across societies. However, having made incremental gains in constitutional courts, LGBTQ+ rights operate as somewhat of a paradox. In this pivotal work, Professor Rehan Abeyratne makes an argument that the progress made in LGBTQ+ rights protection obscures an increased shift towards authoritarian legality in the courts and beyond. Case studies of three apex courts - the U.S. Supreme Court, the Supreme Court of India, and the Hong Kong Court of Final Appeal - provide insight into the erosion of democracy and the rule of law across these jurisdictions. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198888277"><em>Courts and  LGBTQ+ Rights in an Age of Judicial Retrenchment</em></a> (Oxford ﻿UP, 2025) is an important work and should serve as a warning sign to constitutional lawyers, human rights scholars and anybody interested in the values that underpin liberal democracy as to the the limited ability of constitutional courts to protect rights in the current climate.  </p>
<p><a href="https://researchers.westernsydney.edu.au/en/persons/rehan-abeyratne">Professor Rehan Abeyratne</a> is is Professor and Associate Dean (Higher Degree Research) at Western Sydney University School of Law, where he teaches Government and Public Law, Legal Research and Methodology, and Comparative Law: Legal Systems of the World. He also coordinates the School of Law's Honours Program. Professor Abeyratne holds a PhD from Monash University, a JD from Harvard Law School, and a BA (Hons.) in Political Science from Brown University. He researches comparative constitutional law and has published several books and articles in world leading journals. Most of Prof. Abeyratne's research can be freely accessed on SSRN, Academia, and Google Scholar.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="56196348" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/48bfb264-8f6e-4d85-8958-d398a98c41e0/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=48bfb264-8f6e-4d85-8958-d398a98c41e0&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Rehan Abeyratne, &quot;Courts and LGBTQ+ Rights in an Age of Judicial Retrenchment&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:58:32</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Democratic backsliding, culture wars and partisan politics in the past two decades has seen the regression of human rights protections in the courts and across societies. However, having made incremental gains in constitutional courts, LGBTQ+ rights operate as somewhat of a paradox. In this pivotal work, Professor Rehan Abeyratne makes an argument that the progress made in LGBTQ+ rights protection obscures an increased shift towards authoritarian legality in the courts and beyond. Case studies of three apex courts - the U.S. Supreme Court, the Supreme Court of India, and the Hong Kong Court of Final Appeal - provide insight into the erosion of democracy and the rule of law across these jurisdictions. Courts and  LGBTQ+ Rights in an Age of Judicial Retrenchment (Oxford ﻿UP, 2025) is an important work and should serve as a warning sign to constitutional lawyers, human rights scholars and anybody interested in the values that underpin liberal democracy as to the the limited ability of constitutional courts to protect rights in the current climate.  

Professor Rehan Abeyratne is is Professor and Associate Dean (Higher Degree Research) at Western Sydney University School of Law, where he teaches Government and Public Law, Legal Research and Methodology, and Comparative Law: Legal Systems of the World. He also coordinates the School of Law&apos;s Honours Program. Professor Abeyratne holds a PhD from Monash University, a JD from Harvard Law School, and a BA (Hons.) in Political Science from Brown University. He researches comparative constitutional law and has published several books and articles in world leading journals. Most of Prof. Abeyratne&apos;s research can be freely accessed on SSRN, Academia, and Google Scholar.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Democratic backsliding, culture wars and partisan politics in the past two decades has seen the regression of human rights protections in the courts and across societies. However, having made incremental gains in constitutional courts, LGBTQ+ rights operate as somewhat of a paradox. In this pivotal work, Professor Rehan Abeyratne makes an argument that the progress made in LGBTQ+ rights protection obscures an increased shift towards authoritarian legality in the courts and beyond. Case studies of three apex courts - the U.S. Supreme Court, the Supreme Court of India, and the Hong Kong Court of Final Appeal - provide insight into the erosion of democracy and the rule of law across these jurisdictions. Courts and  LGBTQ+ Rights in an Age of Judicial Retrenchment (Oxford ﻿UP, 2025) is an important work and should serve as a warning sign to constitutional lawyers, human rights scholars and anybody interested in the values that underpin liberal democracy as to the the limited ability of constitutional courts to protect rights in the current climate.  

Professor Rehan Abeyratne is is Professor and Associate Dean (Higher Degree Research) at Western Sydney University School of Law, where he teaches Government and Public Law, Legal Research and Methodology, and Comparative Law: Legal Systems of the World. He also coordinates the School of Law&apos;s Honours Program. Professor Abeyratne holds a PhD from Monash University, a JD from Harvard Law School, and a BA (Hons.) in Political Science from Brown University. He researches comparative constitutional law and has published several books and articles in world leading journals. Most of Prof. Abeyratne&apos;s research can be freely accessed on SSRN, Academia, and Google Scholar.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1712</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">dcf4dbc0-a8c9-11f0-a630-13086628ba3c</guid>
      <title>Gianna Englert, &quot;Democracy Tamed: French Liberalism and the Politics of Suffrage&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Does good democratic government require intelligent, moral, and productive citizens? Can our political institutions educate the kind of citizens we wish or need to have? With recent arguments "against democracy" and fears about the rise of populism, there is growing scepticism about whether liberalism and democracy can continue to survive together. Some even question whether democracy is worth saving.</p>
<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197635315">Democracy Tamed: French Liberalism and the Politics of Suffrage </a>(Oxford UP, 2024), Gianna Englert argues that the dilemmas facing liberal democracy are not unique to our present moment, but have existed since the birth of liberal political thought in nineteenth-century France. Combining political theory and intellectual history, Englert shows how nineteenth-century French liberals championed the idea of "political capacity" as an alternative to democratic political rights and argued that voting rights should be limited to capable citizens who would preserve free, stable institutions against revolutionary passions and democratic demands. Liberals also redefined democracy itself, from its ancient meaning as political rule by the people to something that, counterintuitively, demanded the guidance of a capable few rather than the rule of all.<br />Understandably, scholarly treatments of political capacity have criticized the idea as exclusionary and potentially dangerous. Englert argues instead that political capacity was a flexible standard that developed alongside a changing society and economy, allowing liberals to embrace democracy without abandoning their first principles. She reveals a forgotten, uncharted path of liberalism in France that remained open to political democracy while aiming to foster citizen capacity. Overall, <em>Democracy Tamed </em>tells the story of how the earliest liberals deployed their notion of the "new democracy" to resist universal suffrage. But it also reveals how later liberals would appropriate their predecessors' antidemocratic arguments to safeguard liberal democracies as we have come to know them.</p>
<p>Gianna Englert is Associate Professor of Humanities in The Hamilton School for Classical and Civic Education at the University of Florida.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">Morteza Hajizadeh</a> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature.</p>
<p>YouTube Channel: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">here</a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Oct 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Does good democratic government require intelligent, moral, and productive citizens? Can our political institutions educate the kind of citizens we wish or need to have? With recent arguments "against democracy" and fears about the rise of populism, there is growing scepticism about whether liberalism and democracy can continue to survive together. Some even question whether democracy is worth saving.</p>
<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197635315">Democracy Tamed: French Liberalism and the Politics of Suffrage </a>(Oxford UP, 2024), Gianna Englert argues that the dilemmas facing liberal democracy are not unique to our present moment, but have existed since the birth of liberal political thought in nineteenth-century France. Combining political theory and intellectual history, Englert shows how nineteenth-century French liberals championed the idea of "political capacity" as an alternative to democratic political rights and argued that voting rights should be limited to capable citizens who would preserve free, stable institutions against revolutionary passions and democratic demands. Liberals also redefined democracy itself, from its ancient meaning as political rule by the people to something that, counterintuitively, demanded the guidance of a capable few rather than the rule of all.<br />Understandably, scholarly treatments of political capacity have criticized the idea as exclusionary and potentially dangerous. Englert argues instead that political capacity was a flexible standard that developed alongside a changing society and economy, allowing liberals to embrace democracy without abandoning their first principles. She reveals a forgotten, uncharted path of liberalism in France that remained open to political democracy while aiming to foster citizen capacity. Overall, <em>Democracy Tamed </em>tells the story of how the earliest liberals deployed their notion of the "new democracy" to resist universal suffrage. But it also reveals how later liberals would appropriate their predecessors' antidemocratic arguments to safeguard liberal democracies as we have come to know them.</p>
<p>Gianna Englert is Associate Professor of Humanities in The Hamilton School for Classical and Civic Education at the University of Florida.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">Morteza Hajizadeh</a> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature.</p>
<p>YouTube Channel: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">here</a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="70233481" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/be74012a-7528-489c-b91b-ddbe91f5fb14/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=be74012a-7528-489c-b91b-ddbe91f5fb14&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Gianna Englert, &quot;Democracy Tamed: French Liberalism and the Politics of Suffrage&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:13:09</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Does good democratic government require intelligent, moral, and productive citizens? Can our political institutions educate the kind of citizens we wish or need to have? With recent arguments &quot;against democracy&quot; and fears about the rise of populism, there is growing scepticism about whether liberalism and democracy can continue to survive together. Some even question whether democracy is worth saving.

In Democracy Tamed: French Liberalism and the Politics of Suffrage (Oxford UP, 2024), Gianna Englert argues that the dilemmas facing liberal democracy are not unique to our present moment, but have existed since the birth of liberal political thought in nineteenth-century France. Combining political theory and intellectual history, Englert shows how nineteenth-century French liberals championed the idea of &quot;political capacity&quot; as an alternative to democratic political rights and argued that voting rights should be limited to capable citizens who would preserve free, stable institutions against revolutionary passions and democratic demands. Liberals also redefined democracy itself, from its ancient meaning as political rule by the people to something that, counterintuitively, demanded the guidance of a capable few rather than the rule of all.Understandably, scholarly treatments of political capacity have criticized the idea as exclusionary and potentially dangerous. Englert argues instead that political capacity was a flexible standard that developed alongside a changing society and economy, allowing liberals to embrace democracy without abandoning their first principles. She reveals a forgotten, uncharted path of liberalism in France that remained open to political democracy while aiming to foster citizen capacity. Overall, Democracy Tamed tells the story of how the earliest liberals deployed their notion of the &quot;new democracy&quot; to resist universal suffrage. But it also reveals how later liberals would appropriate their predecessors&apos; antidemocratic arguments to safeguard liberal democracies as we have come to know them.

Gianna Englert is Associate Professor of Humanities in The Hamilton School for Classical and Civic Education at the University of Florida.

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature.

YouTube Channel: here</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Does good democratic government require intelligent, moral, and productive citizens? Can our political institutions educate the kind of citizens we wish or need to have? With recent arguments &quot;against democracy&quot; and fears about the rise of populism, there is growing scepticism about whether liberalism and democracy can continue to survive together. Some even question whether democracy is worth saving.

In Democracy Tamed: French Liberalism and the Politics of Suffrage (Oxford UP, 2024), Gianna Englert argues that the dilemmas facing liberal democracy are not unique to our present moment, but have existed since the birth of liberal political thought in nineteenth-century France. Combining political theory and intellectual history, Englert shows how nineteenth-century French liberals championed the idea of &quot;political capacity&quot; as an alternative to democratic political rights and argued that voting rights should be limited to capable citizens who would preserve free, stable institutions against revolutionary passions and democratic demands. Liberals also redefined democracy itself, from its ancient meaning as political rule by the people to something that, counterintuitively, demanded the guidance of a capable few rather than the rule of all.Understandably, scholarly treatments of political capacity have criticized the idea as exclusionary and potentially dangerous. Englert argues instead that political capacity was a flexible standard that developed alongside a changing society and economy, allowing liberals to embrace democracy without abandoning their first principles. She reveals a forgotten, uncharted path of liberalism in France that remained open to political democracy while aiming to foster citizen capacity. Overall, Democracy Tamed tells the story of how the earliest liberals deployed their notion of the &quot;new democracy&quot; to resist universal suffrage. But it also reveals how later liberals would appropriate their predecessors&apos; antidemocratic arguments to safeguard liberal democracies as we have come to know them.

Gianna Englert is Associate Professor of Humanities in The Hamilton School for Classical and Civic Education at the University of Florida.

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature.

YouTube Channel: here</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1711</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8fd035a2-a7dd-11f0-ad01-23a75a03c43d</guid>
      <title>Karl Ittmann, &quot;Fuelling Empire: The British Imperial Oil Complex, 1886-1945&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Beginning in the late nineteenth century, British companies used the resources of empire to create an imperial oil industry that controlled 20% of global oil reserves by 1939 and allowed for the movement of capital and labor between regions and companies. The imperial oil complex encompassed colonies—Burma and Trinidad—and dependent states-Iraq and Iraq. In both, the imperial state used its political and military power to support British oil interests. The oil complex drew on the resources of empire but also bolstered it with profits and tax revenues while a global set of oil sites supplied the British military and civilian consumers. British companies built an infrastructure of oil production that gave them quasi-state power in oil regions while connecting these areas to global and imperial networks of communication and transportation.<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198963271"><br /></a><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198963271">Fuelling Empire: The British Imperial Oil Complex, 1886-1945</a> (Oxford UP, 2025) highlights the significance of Britain to the development of the global oil industry. It demonstrates the ways in which the global histories of oil and empire are inextricably interlinked. The imperial oil complex relied on a racially stratified hierarchy of labor where white supervisors managed indigenous and migrant workers. The harsh conditions of work and low pay fueled labor conflicts that resonated with emerging colonial nationalist movements that sought to limit the power of oil companies. Despite robust private and state security operations, the imperial oil complex faced greater insecurity before World War II. While the imperial oil complex survived the war, in the postwar era decolonization and Britain's financial weakness led to its decline.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Oct 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Beginning in the late nineteenth century, British companies used the resources of empire to create an imperial oil industry that controlled 20% of global oil reserves by 1939 and allowed for the movement of capital and labor between regions and companies. The imperial oil complex encompassed colonies—Burma and Trinidad—and dependent states-Iraq and Iraq. In both, the imperial state used its political and military power to support British oil interests. The oil complex drew on the resources of empire but also bolstered it with profits and tax revenues while a global set of oil sites supplied the British military and civilian consumers. British companies built an infrastructure of oil production that gave them quasi-state power in oil regions while connecting these areas to global and imperial networks of communication and transportation.<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198963271"><br /></a><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198963271">Fuelling Empire: The British Imperial Oil Complex, 1886-1945</a> (Oxford UP, 2025) highlights the significance of Britain to the development of the global oil industry. It demonstrates the ways in which the global histories of oil and empire are inextricably interlinked. The imperial oil complex relied on a racially stratified hierarchy of labor where white supervisors managed indigenous and migrant workers. The harsh conditions of work and low pay fueled labor conflicts that resonated with emerging colonial nationalist movements that sought to limit the power of oil companies. Despite robust private and state security operations, the imperial oil complex faced greater insecurity before World War II. While the imperial oil complex survived the war, in the postwar era decolonization and Britain's financial weakness led to its decline.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="37686520" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/4d20db28-fd02-43d8-ab3c-c500351d323b/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=4d20db28-fd02-43d8-ab3c-c500351d323b&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Karl Ittmann, &quot;Fuelling Empire: The British Imperial Oil Complex, 1886-1945&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:39:15</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Beginning in the late nineteenth century, British companies used the resources of empire to create an imperial oil industry that controlled 20% of global oil reserves by 1939 and allowed for the movement of capital and labor between regions and companies. The imperial oil complex encompassed colonies—Burma and Trinidad—and dependent states-Iraq and Iraq. In both, the imperial state used its political and military power to support British oil interests. The oil complex drew on the resources of empire but also bolstered it with profits and tax revenues while a global set of oil sites supplied the British military and civilian consumers. British companies built an infrastructure of oil production that gave them quasi-state power in oil regions while connecting these areas to global and imperial networks of communication and transportation.Fuelling Empire: The British Imperial Oil Complex, 1886-1945 (Oxford UP, 2025) highlights the significance of Britain to the development of the global oil industry. It demonstrates the ways in which the global histories of oil and empire are inextricably interlinked. The imperial oil complex relied on a racially stratified hierarchy of labor where white supervisors managed indigenous and migrant workers. The harsh conditions of work and low pay fueled labor conflicts that resonated with emerging colonial nationalist movements that sought to limit the power of oil companies. Despite robust private and state security operations, the imperial oil complex faced greater insecurity before World War II. While the imperial oil complex survived the war, in the postwar era decolonization and Britain&apos;s financial weakness led to its decline.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Beginning in the late nineteenth century, British companies used the resources of empire to create an imperial oil industry that controlled 20% of global oil reserves by 1939 and allowed for the movement of capital and labor between regions and companies. The imperial oil complex encompassed colonies—Burma and Trinidad—and dependent states-Iraq and Iraq. In both, the imperial state used its political and military power to support British oil interests. The oil complex drew on the resources of empire but also bolstered it with profits and tax revenues while a global set of oil sites supplied the British military and civilian consumers. British companies built an infrastructure of oil production that gave them quasi-state power in oil regions while connecting these areas to global and imperial networks of communication and transportation.Fuelling Empire: The British Imperial Oil Complex, 1886-1945 (Oxford UP, 2025) highlights the significance of Britain to the development of the global oil industry. It demonstrates the ways in which the global histories of oil and empire are inextricably interlinked. The imperial oil complex relied on a racially stratified hierarchy of labor where white supervisors managed indigenous and migrant workers. The harsh conditions of work and low pay fueled labor conflicts that resonated with emerging colonial nationalist movements that sought to limit the power of oil companies. Despite robust private and state security operations, the imperial oil complex faced greater insecurity before World War II. While the imperial oil complex survived the war, in the postwar era decolonization and Britain&apos;s financial weakness led to its decline.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1710</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c14a1f54-a287-11f0-8a60-834a4da2821b</guid>
      <title>Hannah Pool, &quot;The Game: The Economy of Undocumented Migration from Afghanistan to Europe&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>To seek asylum, people often have to cross borders undocumented, embarking on perilous trajectories. Due to the war in Afghanistan, the rule of the Taliban, and severe human rights violations, over the past decades thousands of people have risked their lives to seek safety. By what means do they make these journeys, especially when they lack money and passports?<br />Over the course of three years, Hannah Pool accompanied a group of Afghan friends and families as they attempted "The Game" - <em>Game zadan</em>: the route to Europe to seek asylum. The resulting ethnography follows them across their entire trajectories: through Iran, Turkey, Greece, and along the so-called Balkan route. In each place, Pool details the economic interactions and social relationships essential for acquiring, saving, borrowing, spending, and exchanging money to facilitate their undocumented migration routes.<a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/the-game-the-economy-of-undocumented-migration-from-afghanistan-to-europe-senior-researcher-hannah-pool/2ff240904748b2e2?ean=9780197812280&amp;next=t"><br /></a><a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/the-game-the-economy-of-undocumented-migration-from-afghanistan-to-europe-senior-researcher-hannah-pool/2ff240904748b2e2?ean=9780197812280&amp;next=t">The Game: The Economy of Undocumented Migration from Afghanistan to Europe</a> (Oxford UP, 2025) bridges economic sociology and migration studies to illustrate how migrants decide to trust people to facilitate their movement along these routes, focusing particularly on debt, special monies, bribes, donations, and gift-giving. Throughout the migration trajectory, relationships with family, fellow migrants, smugglers, humanitarian actors, and border control officials shape and are shaped by access to financial resources.<br />Ultimately, the book highlights the dangers in undocumented border-crossing and delves into the core of what it means to flee: Who has the means to escape dangerous conditions to seek asylum?</p>
<p><a href="https://www.hannahpool.org/">Hannah Pool</a> is a Senior Researcher at the Max Planck Institute for the Study of Societies.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 7 Oct 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>To seek asylum, people often have to cross borders undocumented, embarking on perilous trajectories. Due to the war in Afghanistan, the rule of the Taliban, and severe human rights violations, over the past decades thousands of people have risked their lives to seek safety. By what means do they make these journeys, especially when they lack money and passports?<br />Over the course of three years, Hannah Pool accompanied a group of Afghan friends and families as they attempted "The Game" - <em>Game zadan</em>: the route to Europe to seek asylum. The resulting ethnography follows them across their entire trajectories: through Iran, Turkey, Greece, and along the so-called Balkan route. In each place, Pool details the economic interactions and social relationships essential for acquiring, saving, borrowing, spending, and exchanging money to facilitate their undocumented migration routes.<a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/the-game-the-economy-of-undocumented-migration-from-afghanistan-to-europe-senior-researcher-hannah-pool/2ff240904748b2e2?ean=9780197812280&amp;next=t"><br /></a><a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/the-game-the-economy-of-undocumented-migration-from-afghanistan-to-europe-senior-researcher-hannah-pool/2ff240904748b2e2?ean=9780197812280&amp;next=t">The Game: The Economy of Undocumented Migration from Afghanistan to Europe</a> (Oxford UP, 2025) bridges economic sociology and migration studies to illustrate how migrants decide to trust people to facilitate their movement along these routes, focusing particularly on debt, special monies, bribes, donations, and gift-giving. Throughout the migration trajectory, relationships with family, fellow migrants, smugglers, humanitarian actors, and border control officials shape and are shaped by access to financial resources.<br />Ultimately, the book highlights the dangers in undocumented border-crossing and delves into the core of what it means to flee: Who has the means to escape dangerous conditions to seek asylum?</p>
<p><a href="https://www.hannahpool.org/">Hannah Pool</a> is a Senior Researcher at the Max Planck Institute for the Study of Societies.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="46637458" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/4373350c-c68b-48d5-890b-3bf40170bd96/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=4373350c-c68b-48d5-890b-3bf40170bd96&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Hannah Pool, &quot;The Game: The Economy of Undocumented Migration from Afghanistan to Europe&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:48:34</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>To seek asylum, people often have to cross borders undocumented, embarking on perilous trajectories. Due to the war in Afghanistan, the rule of the Taliban, and severe human rights violations, over the past decades thousands of people have risked their lives to seek safety. By what means do they make these journeys, especially when they lack money and passports?Over the course of three years, Hannah Pool accompanied a group of Afghan friends and families as they attempted &quot;The Game&quot; - Game zadan: the route to Europe to seek asylum. The resulting ethnography follows them across their entire trajectories: through Iran, Turkey, Greece, and along the so-called Balkan route. In each place, Pool details the economic interactions and social relationships essential for acquiring, saving, borrowing, spending, and exchanging money to facilitate their undocumented migration routes.The Game: The Economy of Undocumented Migration from Afghanistan to Europe (Oxford UP, 2025) bridges economic sociology and migration studies to illustrate how migrants decide to trust people to facilitate their movement along these routes, focusing particularly on debt, special monies, bribes, donations, and gift-giving. Throughout the migration trajectory, relationships with family, fellow migrants, smugglers, humanitarian actors, and border control officials shape and are shaped by access to financial resources.Ultimately, the book highlights the dangers in undocumented border-crossing and delves into the core of what it means to flee: Who has the means to escape dangerous conditions to seek asylum?

Hannah Pool is a Senior Researcher at the Max Planck Institute for the Study of Societies.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>To seek asylum, people often have to cross borders undocumented, embarking on perilous trajectories. Due to the war in Afghanistan, the rule of the Taliban, and severe human rights violations, over the past decades thousands of people have risked their lives to seek safety. By what means do they make these journeys, especially when they lack money and passports?Over the course of three years, Hannah Pool accompanied a group of Afghan friends and families as they attempted &quot;The Game&quot; - Game zadan: the route to Europe to seek asylum. The resulting ethnography follows them across their entire trajectories: through Iran, Turkey, Greece, and along the so-called Balkan route. In each place, Pool details the economic interactions and social relationships essential for acquiring, saving, borrowing, spending, and exchanging money to facilitate their undocumented migration routes.The Game: The Economy of Undocumented Migration from Afghanistan to Europe (Oxford UP, 2025) bridges economic sociology and migration studies to illustrate how migrants decide to trust people to facilitate their movement along these routes, focusing particularly on debt, special monies, bribes, donations, and gift-giving. Throughout the migration trajectory, relationships with family, fellow migrants, smugglers, humanitarian actors, and border control officials shape and are shaped by access to financial resources.Ultimately, the book highlights the dangers in undocumented border-crossing and delves into the core of what it means to flee: Who has the means to escape dangerous conditions to seek asylum?

Hannah Pool is a Senior Researcher at the Max Planck Institute for the Study of Societies.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1709</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">92c596a6-a12c-11f0-8b3d-5f2414f1efc2</guid>
      <title>Jill Elaine Hasday, &quot;We the Men: How Forgetting Women&apos;s Struggles for Equality Perpetuates Inequality&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In a nation whose Constitution purports to speak for "We the People", too many of the stories that powerful Americans tell about law and society include only We the Men. A long line of judges, politicians, and other influential voices have ignored women's struggles for equality or distorted them beyond recognition by wildly exaggerating American progress. Even as sexism continues to warp constitutional law, political decision making, and everyday life, prominent Americans have spent more than a century proclaiming that the United States has already left sex discrimination behind.<br />Professor Jill Elaine Hasday's <em>We the Men: How Forgetting Women's Struggles for Equality Perpetuates Inequality</em> (Oxford University Press, 2025) is the first book to explore how forgetting women's struggles for equality—and forgetting the work America still has to do—perpetuates injustice, promotes complacency, and denies how generations of women have had to come together to fight for reform and against regression. Professor Hasday argues that remembering women's stories more often and more accurately can help the nation advance toward sex equality. These stories highlight the persistence of women's inequality and make clear that real progress has always required women to disrupt the status quo, demand change, and duel with determined opponents.<br />America needs more conflict over women's status rather than less. Conflict has the power to generate forward momentum. Patiently awaiting men's spontaneous enlightenment does not. Transforming America's dominant stories about itself can reorient our understanding of how women's progress takes place, focus our attention on the battles that are still unwon, and fortify our determination to push for a more equal future.</p>
<p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 5 Oct 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In a nation whose Constitution purports to speak for "We the People", too many of the stories that powerful Americans tell about law and society include only We the Men. A long line of judges, politicians, and other influential voices have ignored women's struggles for equality or distorted them beyond recognition by wildly exaggerating American progress. Even as sexism continues to warp constitutional law, political decision making, and everyday life, prominent Americans have spent more than a century proclaiming that the United States has already left sex discrimination behind.<br />Professor Jill Elaine Hasday's <em>We the Men: How Forgetting Women's Struggles for Equality Perpetuates Inequality</em> (Oxford University Press, 2025) is the first book to explore how forgetting women's struggles for equality—and forgetting the work America still has to do—perpetuates injustice, promotes complacency, and denies how generations of women have had to come together to fight for reform and against regression. Professor Hasday argues that remembering women's stories more often and more accurately can help the nation advance toward sex equality. These stories highlight the persistence of women's inequality and make clear that real progress has always required women to disrupt the status quo, demand change, and duel with determined opponents.<br />America needs more conflict over women's status rather than less. Conflict has the power to generate forward momentum. Patiently awaiting men's spontaneous enlightenment does not. Transforming America's dominant stories about itself can reorient our understanding of how women's progress takes place, focus our attention on the battles that are still unwon, and fortify our determination to push for a more equal future.</p>
<p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="22159522" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/db407943-7ed7-4732-86ca-b0c7f5888c09/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=db407943-7ed7-4732-86ca-b0c7f5888c09&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Jill Elaine Hasday, &quot;We the Men: How Forgetting Women&apos;s Struggles for Equality Perpetuates Inequality&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:23:04</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In a nation whose Constitution purports to speak for &quot;We the People&quot;, too many of the stories that powerful Americans tell about law and society include only We the Men. A long line of judges, politicians, and other influential voices have ignored women&apos;s struggles for equality or distorted them beyond recognition by wildly exaggerating American progress. Even as sexism continues to warp constitutional law, political decision making, and everyday life, prominent Americans have spent more than a century proclaiming that the United States has already left sex discrimination behind.Professor Jill Elaine Hasday&apos;s We the Men: How Forgetting Women&apos;s Struggles for Equality Perpetuates Inequality (Oxford University Press, 2025) is the first book to explore how forgetting women&apos;s struggles for equality—and forgetting the work America still has to do—perpetuates injustice, promotes complacency, and denies how generations of women have had to come together to fight for reform and against regression. Professor Hasday argues that remembering women&apos;s stories more often and more accurately can help the nation advance toward sex equality. These stories highlight the persistence of women&apos;s inequality and make clear that real progress has always required women to disrupt the status quo, demand change, and duel with determined opponents.America needs more conflict over women&apos;s status rather than less. Conflict has the power to generate forward momentum. Patiently awaiting men&apos;s spontaneous enlightenment does not. Transforming America&apos;s dominant stories about itself can reorient our understanding of how women&apos;s progress takes place, focus our attention on the battles that are still unwon, and fortify our determination to push for a more equal future.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In a nation whose Constitution purports to speak for &quot;We the People&quot;, too many of the stories that powerful Americans tell about law and society include only We the Men. A long line of judges, politicians, and other influential voices have ignored women&apos;s struggles for equality or distorted them beyond recognition by wildly exaggerating American progress. Even as sexism continues to warp constitutional law, political decision making, and everyday life, prominent Americans have spent more than a century proclaiming that the United States has already left sex discrimination behind.Professor Jill Elaine Hasday&apos;s We the Men: How Forgetting Women&apos;s Struggles for Equality Perpetuates Inequality (Oxford University Press, 2025) is the first book to explore how forgetting women&apos;s struggles for equality—and forgetting the work America still has to do—perpetuates injustice, promotes complacency, and denies how generations of women have had to come together to fight for reform and against regression. Professor Hasday argues that remembering women&apos;s stories more often and more accurately can help the nation advance toward sex equality. These stories highlight the persistence of women&apos;s inequality and make clear that real progress has always required women to disrupt the status quo, demand change, and duel with determined opponents.America needs more conflict over women&apos;s status rather than less. Conflict has the power to generate forward momentum. Patiently awaiting men&apos;s spontaneous enlightenment does not. Transforming America&apos;s dominant stories about itself can reorient our understanding of how women&apos;s progress takes place, focus our attention on the battles that are still unwon, and fortify our determination to push for a more equal future.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>131</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">98c3b0b2-9f3b-11f0-8f07-f75bf5137aa6</guid>
      <title>Madison Schramm, &quot;Why Democracies Fight Dictators&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Over the course of the last century, there has been an outsized incidence of conflict between democracies and personalist regimes—political systems where a single individual has undisputed executive power and prominence. In most cases, it has been the <em>democratic</em> side that has chosen to employ military force.</p>
<p>﻿﻿﻿ <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197807453">Why Democracies Fight Dictators</a> (Oxford UP, 2025) takes up the question of why liberal democracies are so inclined to engage in conflict with personalist dictators. Building on research in political science, history, sociology, and psychology and marshalling evidence from statistical analysis of conflict, multi-archival research of American and British perceptions during the Suez Crisis and Gulf War, and non-democracies' understanding of the threat from Saddam Hussein's invasion of Kuwait, Madison V. Schramm offers a novel and nuanced explanation for patterns in escalation and hostility between liberal democracies and personalist regimes. When conflicts of interest arise between the two types of states, Schramm argues, cognitive biases and social narratives predispose leaders in liberal democracies to perceive personalist dictators as particularly threatening and to respond with anger—an emotional response that elicits more risk acceptance and aggressive behavior. She also locates this tendency in the escalatory dynamics that precede open military conflict: coercion, covert action, and crisis bargaining. At all of these stages, the tendency toward anger and risk acceptance contributes to explosive outcomes between democratic and personalist regimes.</p>
<p>Madison Schramm, Assistant Professor, Department of Political Science, University of Toronto</p>
<p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">Morteza Hajizadeh</a> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature.</p>
<p>YouTube Channel: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">here</a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 3 Oct 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Over the course of the last century, there has been an outsized incidence of conflict between democracies and personalist regimes—political systems where a single individual has undisputed executive power and prominence. In most cases, it has been the <em>democratic</em> side that has chosen to employ military force.</p>
<p>﻿﻿﻿ <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197807453">Why Democracies Fight Dictators</a> (Oxford UP, 2025) takes up the question of why liberal democracies are so inclined to engage in conflict with personalist dictators. Building on research in political science, history, sociology, and psychology and marshalling evidence from statistical analysis of conflict, multi-archival research of American and British perceptions during the Suez Crisis and Gulf War, and non-democracies' understanding of the threat from Saddam Hussein's invasion of Kuwait, Madison V. Schramm offers a novel and nuanced explanation for patterns in escalation and hostility between liberal democracies and personalist regimes. When conflicts of interest arise between the two types of states, Schramm argues, cognitive biases and social narratives predispose leaders in liberal democracies to perceive personalist dictators as particularly threatening and to respond with anger—an emotional response that elicits more risk acceptance and aggressive behavior. She also locates this tendency in the escalatory dynamics that precede open military conflict: coercion, covert action, and crisis bargaining. At all of these stages, the tendency toward anger and risk acceptance contributes to explosive outcomes between democratic and personalist regimes.</p>
<p>Madison Schramm, Assistant Professor, Department of Political Science, University of Toronto</p>
<p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">Morteza Hajizadeh</a> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature.</p>
<p>YouTube Channel: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">here</a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="48822149" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/c71abcc5-6912-47f3-bde0-bacb35144c19/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=c71abcc5-6912-47f3-bde0-bacb35144c19&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Madison Schramm, &quot;Why Democracies Fight Dictators&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:50:51</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Over the course of the last century, there has been an outsized incidence of conflict between democracies and personalist regimes—political systems where a single individual has undisputed executive power and prominence. In most cases, it has been the democratic side that has chosen to employ military force.

﻿﻿﻿ Why Democracies Fight Dictators (Oxford UP, 2025) takes up the question of why liberal democracies are so inclined to engage in conflict with personalist dictators. Building on research in political science, history, sociology, and psychology and marshalling evidence from statistical analysis of conflict, multi-archival research of American and British perceptions during the Suez Crisis and Gulf War, and non-democracies&apos; understanding of the threat from Saddam Hussein&apos;s invasion of Kuwait, Madison V. Schramm offers a novel and nuanced explanation for patterns in escalation and hostility between liberal democracies and personalist regimes. When conflicts of interest arise between the two types of states, Schramm argues, cognitive biases and social narratives predispose leaders in liberal democracies to perceive personalist dictators as particularly threatening and to respond with anger—an emotional response that elicits more risk acceptance and aggressive behavior. She also locates this tendency in the escalatory dynamics that precede open military conflict: coercion, covert action, and crisis bargaining. At all of these stages, the tendency toward anger and risk acceptance contributes to explosive outcomes between democratic and personalist regimes.

Madison Schramm, Assistant Professor, Department of Political Science, University of Toronto

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature.

YouTube Channel: here</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Over the course of the last century, there has been an outsized incidence of conflict between democracies and personalist regimes—political systems where a single individual has undisputed executive power and prominence. In most cases, it has been the democratic side that has chosen to employ military force.

﻿﻿﻿ Why Democracies Fight Dictators (Oxford UP, 2025) takes up the question of why liberal democracies are so inclined to engage in conflict with personalist dictators. Building on research in political science, history, sociology, and psychology and marshalling evidence from statistical analysis of conflict, multi-archival research of American and British perceptions during the Suez Crisis and Gulf War, and non-democracies&apos; understanding of the threat from Saddam Hussein&apos;s invasion of Kuwait, Madison V. Schramm offers a novel and nuanced explanation for patterns in escalation and hostility between liberal democracies and personalist regimes. When conflicts of interest arise between the two types of states, Schramm argues, cognitive biases and social narratives predispose leaders in liberal democracies to perceive personalist dictators as particularly threatening and to respond with anger—an emotional response that elicits more risk acceptance and aggressive behavior. She also locates this tendency in the escalatory dynamics that precede open military conflict: coercion, covert action, and crisis bargaining. At all of these stages, the tendency toward anger and risk acceptance contributes to explosive outcomes between democratic and personalist regimes.

Madison Schramm, Assistant Professor, Department of Political Science, University of Toronto

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature.

YouTube Channel: here</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1707</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3119ce86-9f3d-11f0-891c-0777d8bfd10a</guid>
      <title>Jürgen Schaflechner, &quot;Hinglaj Devi: ﻿﻿Identity, Change, and Solidification at a Hindu Temple in Pakistan&quot; ﻿(Oxford UP, 2018)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>About two hundred kilometers west of the city of Karachi, in the desert of Baluchistan, Pakistan, sits the shrine of the Hindu Goddess Hinglaj. Despite the temple's ancient Hindu and Muslim history, an annual festival at Hinglaj has only been established within the last three decades, in part because of the construction of the Makran Coastal Highway, which connects the distant rural shrine with urban Pakistan. Now, an increasingly confident minority Hindu community has claimed Hinglaj as their main religious center, a site for undisturbed religious performance and expression. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190850524">Hinglaj Devi: ﻿﻿Identity, Change, and Solidification at a Hindu Temple in Pakistan </a>﻿(Oxford UP, 2018) Jürgen Schaflechner studies literary sources in Hindi, Sanskrit, Sindhi, and Urdu alongside extensive ethnographical research at the shrine, examining the political and cultural influences at work at the temple and tracking the remote desert shrine's rapid ascent to its current status as the most influential Hindu pilgrimage site in Pakistan. Schaflechner introduces the unique character of this place of pilgrimage and shows its modern importance not only for Hindus, but also for Muslims and Sindhi nationalists. Ultimately, this is an investigation of the Pakistani Hindu community's beliefs and practices at their largest place of worship in the Islamic Republic today--a topic of increasing importance to Pakistan's contemporary society.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 3 Oct 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>About two hundred kilometers west of the city of Karachi, in the desert of Baluchistan, Pakistan, sits the shrine of the Hindu Goddess Hinglaj. Despite the temple's ancient Hindu and Muslim history, an annual festival at Hinglaj has only been established within the last three decades, in part because of the construction of the Makran Coastal Highway, which connects the distant rural shrine with urban Pakistan. Now, an increasingly confident minority Hindu community has claimed Hinglaj as their main religious center, a site for undisturbed religious performance and expression. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190850524">Hinglaj Devi: ﻿﻿Identity, Change, and Solidification at a Hindu Temple in Pakistan </a>﻿(Oxford UP, 2018) Jürgen Schaflechner studies literary sources in Hindi, Sanskrit, Sindhi, and Urdu alongside extensive ethnographical research at the shrine, examining the political and cultural influences at work at the temple and tracking the remote desert shrine's rapid ascent to its current status as the most influential Hindu pilgrimage site in Pakistan. Schaflechner introduces the unique character of this place of pilgrimage and shows its modern importance not only for Hindus, but also for Muslims and Sindhi nationalists. Ultimately, this is an investigation of the Pakistani Hindu community's beliefs and practices at their largest place of worship in the Islamic Republic today--a topic of increasing importance to Pakistan's contemporary society.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="79891342" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/8b05df52-78ad-46e7-89b9-4294ee2242ce/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=8b05df52-78ad-46e7-89b9-4294ee2242ce&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Jürgen Schaflechner, &quot;Hinglaj Devi: ﻿﻿Identity, Change, and Solidification at a Hindu Temple in Pakistan&quot; ﻿(Oxford UP, 2018)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:23:13</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>About two hundred kilometers west of the city of Karachi, in the desert of Baluchistan, Pakistan, sits the shrine of the Hindu Goddess Hinglaj. Despite the temple&apos;s ancient Hindu and Muslim history, an annual festival at Hinglaj has only been established within the last three decades, in part because of the construction of the Makran Coastal Highway, which connects the distant rural shrine with urban Pakistan. Now, an increasingly confident minority Hindu community has claimed Hinglaj as their main religious center, a site for undisturbed religious performance and expression. In Hinglaj Devi: ﻿﻿Identity, Change, and Solidification at a Hindu Temple in Pakistan ﻿(Oxford UP, 2018) Jürgen Schaflechner studies literary sources in Hindi, Sanskrit, Sindhi, and Urdu alongside extensive ethnographical research at the shrine, examining the political and cultural influences at work at the temple and tracking the remote desert shrine&apos;s rapid ascent to its current status as the most influential Hindu pilgrimage site in Pakistan. Schaflechner introduces the unique character of this place of pilgrimage and shows its modern importance not only for Hindus, but also for Muslims and Sindhi nationalists. Ultimately, this is an investigation of the Pakistani Hindu community&apos;s beliefs and practices at their largest place of worship in the Islamic Republic today--a topic of increasing importance to Pakistan&apos;s contemporary society.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>About two hundred kilometers west of the city of Karachi, in the desert of Baluchistan, Pakistan, sits the shrine of the Hindu Goddess Hinglaj. Despite the temple&apos;s ancient Hindu and Muslim history, an annual festival at Hinglaj has only been established within the last three decades, in part because of the construction of the Makran Coastal Highway, which connects the distant rural shrine with urban Pakistan. Now, an increasingly confident minority Hindu community has claimed Hinglaj as their main religious center, a site for undisturbed religious performance and expression. In Hinglaj Devi: ﻿﻿Identity, Change, and Solidification at a Hindu Temple in Pakistan ﻿(Oxford UP, 2018) Jürgen Schaflechner studies literary sources in Hindi, Sanskrit, Sindhi, and Urdu alongside extensive ethnographical research at the shrine, examining the political and cultural influences at work at the temple and tracking the remote desert shrine&apos;s rapid ascent to its current status as the most influential Hindu pilgrimage site in Pakistan. Schaflechner introduces the unique character of this place of pilgrimage and shows its modern importance not only for Hindus, but also for Muslims and Sindhi nationalists. Ultimately, this is an investigation of the Pakistani Hindu community&apos;s beliefs and practices at their largest place of worship in the Islamic Republic today--a topic of increasing importance to Pakistan&apos;s contemporary society.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1706</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5d75d58c-9ea8-11f0-81dc-c3ab9bbb3b9a</guid>
      <title>Kathleen B. Casey, &quot;The Things She Carried: A Cultural History of the Purse in America&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Kathleen Casey joins Jana Byars to talk about <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/the-things-she-carried-a-cultural-history-of-the-purse-in-america-director-of-the-women-s-gender-and-sexuality-studies-program-and-professor-of-histor/af773c9486023238?ean=9780197587829&amp;next=t">The Things She Carried: A Cultural History of the Purse in America</a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2025). Purses and bags have always been much more than a fashion accessory. For generations of Americans, the purse has been an essential and highly adaptable object, used to achieve a host of social, cultural, and political objectives. In the early 1800s, when the slim fit of neoclassical dresses made interior pockets impractical, upper-class women began to carry small purses called reticules, which provided them with a private place in a world where they did not have equal access to public space. Although many items of apparel have long expressed their wearer's aspirations, only the purse has offered carriers privacy, pride, and pleasure. This privacy has been particularly important for those who have faced discrimination because of their gender, class, race, citizenship, or sexuality. The Things She Carried reveals how bags, sacks, and purses provided the methods and materials for Americans' activism, allowing carriers to transgress critical boundaries at key moments. It explores how enslaved people used purses and bags when attempting to escape and immigrant factory workers fought to protect their purses in the workplace. It also probes the purse's nuanced functions for Black women in the civil rights movement and explores how LGBTQ people used purses to defend their bodies and make declarations about their sexuality. Kathleen Casey closely examines a variety of sources--from vintage purses found in abandoned buildings and museum collections to advertisements, photograph albums, trade journals, newspaper columns, and trial transcripts. She finds purses in use at fraught historical moments, where they served strategic and symbolic functions for their users. The result is a thorough and surprising examination of an object that both ordinary and extraordinary Americans used to influence social, cultural, economic, and political change.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 2 Oct 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Kathleen Casey joins Jana Byars to talk about <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/the-things-she-carried-a-cultural-history-of-the-purse-in-america-director-of-the-women-s-gender-and-sexuality-studies-program-and-professor-of-histor/af773c9486023238?ean=9780197587829&amp;next=t">The Things She Carried: A Cultural History of the Purse in America</a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2025). Purses and bags have always been much more than a fashion accessory. For generations of Americans, the purse has been an essential and highly adaptable object, used to achieve a host of social, cultural, and political objectives. In the early 1800s, when the slim fit of neoclassical dresses made interior pockets impractical, upper-class women began to carry small purses called reticules, which provided them with a private place in a world where they did not have equal access to public space. Although many items of apparel have long expressed their wearer's aspirations, only the purse has offered carriers privacy, pride, and pleasure. This privacy has been particularly important for those who have faced discrimination because of their gender, class, race, citizenship, or sexuality. The Things She Carried reveals how bags, sacks, and purses provided the methods and materials for Americans' activism, allowing carriers to transgress critical boundaries at key moments. It explores how enslaved people used purses and bags when attempting to escape and immigrant factory workers fought to protect their purses in the workplace. It also probes the purse's nuanced functions for Black women in the civil rights movement and explores how LGBTQ people used purses to defend their bodies and make declarations about their sexuality. Kathleen Casey closely examines a variety of sources--from vintage purses found in abandoned buildings and museum collections to advertisements, photograph albums, trade journals, newspaper columns, and trial transcripts. She finds purses in use at fraught historical moments, where they served strategic and symbolic functions for their users. The result is a thorough and surprising examination of an object that both ordinary and extraordinary Americans used to influence social, cultural, economic, and political change.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="46833156" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/4617957c-08f3-4e33-93a6-a24d1405ff4d/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=4617957c-08f3-4e33-93a6-a24d1405ff4d&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Kathleen B. Casey, &quot;The Things She Carried: A Cultural History of the Purse in America&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:48:46</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Kathleen Casey joins Jana Byars to talk about The Things She Carried: A Cultural History of the Purse in America (Oxford UP, 2025). Purses and bags have always been much more than a fashion accessory. For generations of Americans, the purse has been an essential and highly adaptable object, used to achieve a host of social, cultural, and political objectives. In the early 1800s, when the slim fit of neoclassical dresses made interior pockets impractical, upper-class women began to carry small purses called reticules, which provided them with a private place in a world where they did not have equal access to public space. Although many items of apparel have long expressed their wearer&apos;s aspirations, only the purse has offered carriers privacy, pride, and pleasure. This privacy has been particularly important for those who have faced discrimination because of their gender, class, race, citizenship, or sexuality. The Things She Carried reveals how bags, sacks, and purses provided the methods and materials for Americans&apos; activism, allowing carriers to transgress critical boundaries at key moments. It explores how enslaved people used purses and bags when attempting to escape and immigrant factory workers fought to protect their purses in the workplace. It also probes the purse&apos;s nuanced functions for Black women in the civil rights movement and explores how LGBTQ people used purses to defend their bodies and make declarations about their sexuality. Kathleen Casey closely examines a variety of sources--from vintage purses found in abandoned buildings and museum collections to advertisements, photograph albums, trade journals, newspaper columns, and trial transcripts. She finds purses in use at fraught historical moments, where they served strategic and symbolic functions for their users. The result is a thorough and surprising examination of an object that both ordinary and extraordinary Americans used to influence social, cultural, economic, and political change.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Kathleen Casey joins Jana Byars to talk about The Things She Carried: A Cultural History of the Purse in America (Oxford UP, 2025). Purses and bags have always been much more than a fashion accessory. For generations of Americans, the purse has been an essential and highly adaptable object, used to achieve a host of social, cultural, and political objectives. In the early 1800s, when the slim fit of neoclassical dresses made interior pockets impractical, upper-class women began to carry small purses called reticules, which provided them with a private place in a world where they did not have equal access to public space. Although many items of apparel have long expressed their wearer&apos;s aspirations, only the purse has offered carriers privacy, pride, and pleasure. This privacy has been particularly important for those who have faced discrimination because of their gender, class, race, citizenship, or sexuality. The Things She Carried reveals how bags, sacks, and purses provided the methods and materials for Americans&apos; activism, allowing carriers to transgress critical boundaries at key moments. It explores how enslaved people used purses and bags when attempting to escape and immigrant factory workers fought to protect their purses in the workplace. It also probes the purse&apos;s nuanced functions for Black women in the civil rights movement and explores how LGBTQ people used purses to defend their bodies and make declarations about their sexuality. Kathleen Casey closely examines a variety of sources--from vintage purses found in abandoned buildings and museum collections to advertisements, photograph albums, trade journals, newspaper columns, and trial transcripts. She finds purses in use at fraught historical moments, where they served strategic and symbolic functions for their users. The result is a thorough and surprising examination of an object that both ordinary and extraordinary Americans used to influence social, cultural, economic, and political change.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1705</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">095b6aa2-9dc7-11f0-b5fe-7b334081e83e</guid>
      <title>Katharine Jenkins, &quot;Feminist Philosophy: A Very Short Introduction&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Katharine Jenkins offers an introduction to feminist philosophy, giving the reader an idea of what it is, why it is important, and how to think about it. She explores key topics such as gender oppression, beauty, objectification, and sexuality. Moreover, she considers questions about the relation between the personal and the political, what it is to be a woman, whether there is a distinctive kind of women's knowledge, and what feminist philosophy can bring to our understanding of such aspects of our world as justice, work, and the environment. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192858078">Feminist Philosophy: A Very Short Introduction </a>(Oxford UP, 2025) takes a richly intersectional approach, recognizing the combined impact of such factors as race and class as well as gender.</p>
<p>Katharine Jenkins is Professor of Philosophy at the University of Glasgow, and was previously Assistant Professor at the University of Nottingham. She specialises in social philosophy, especially feminist philosophy and social ontology. She is the author of <em>Ontology and Oppression: Race, Gender, and Social Reality</em> (OUP, 2023).</p>
<p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">Morteza Hajizadeh</a> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature.</p>
<p>YouTube Channel <a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">here</a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 1 Oct 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Katharine Jenkins offers an introduction to feminist philosophy, giving the reader an idea of what it is, why it is important, and how to think about it. She explores key topics such as gender oppression, beauty, objectification, and sexuality. Moreover, she considers questions about the relation between the personal and the political, what it is to be a woman, whether there is a distinctive kind of women's knowledge, and what feminist philosophy can bring to our understanding of such aspects of our world as justice, work, and the environment. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192858078">Feminist Philosophy: A Very Short Introduction </a>(Oxford UP, 2025) takes a richly intersectional approach, recognizing the combined impact of such factors as race and class as well as gender.</p>
<p>Katharine Jenkins is Professor of Philosophy at the University of Glasgow, and was previously Assistant Professor at the University of Nottingham. She specialises in social philosophy, especially feminist philosophy and social ontology. She is the author of <em>Ontology and Oppression: Race, Gender, and Social Reality</em> (OUP, 2023).</p>
<p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">Morteza Hajizadeh</a> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature.</p>
<p>YouTube Channel <a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">here</a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="56080656" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/d4f4ec96-4efe-4be7-a2e4-88c439564726/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=d4f4ec96-4efe-4be7-a2e4-88c439564726&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Katharine Jenkins, &quot;Feminist Philosophy: A Very Short Introduction&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:58:24</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Katharine Jenkins offers an introduction to feminist philosophy, giving the reader an idea of what it is, why it is important, and how to think about it. She explores key topics such as gender oppression, beauty, objectification, and sexuality. Moreover, she considers questions about the relation between the personal and the political, what it is to be a woman, whether there is a distinctive kind of women&apos;s knowledge, and what feminist philosophy can bring to our understanding of such aspects of our world as justice, work, and the environment. Feminist Philosophy: A Very Short Introduction (Oxford UP, 2025) takes a richly intersectional approach, recognizing the combined impact of such factors as race and class as well as gender.

Katharine Jenkins is Professor of Philosophy at the University of Glasgow, and was previously Assistant Professor at the University of Nottingham. She specialises in social philosophy, especially feminist philosophy and social ontology. She is the author of Ontology and Oppression: Race, Gender, and Social Reality (OUP, 2023).

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature.

YouTube Channel here</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Katharine Jenkins offers an introduction to feminist philosophy, giving the reader an idea of what it is, why it is important, and how to think about it. She explores key topics such as gender oppression, beauty, objectification, and sexuality. Moreover, she considers questions about the relation between the personal and the political, what it is to be a woman, whether there is a distinctive kind of women&apos;s knowledge, and what feminist philosophy can bring to our understanding of such aspects of our world as justice, work, and the environment. Feminist Philosophy: A Very Short Introduction (Oxford UP, 2025) takes a richly intersectional approach, recognizing the combined impact of such factors as race and class as well as gender.

Katharine Jenkins is Professor of Philosophy at the University of Glasgow, and was previously Assistant Professor at the University of Nottingham. She specialises in social philosophy, especially feminist philosophy and social ontology. She is the author of Ontology and Oppression: Race, Gender, and Social Reality (OUP, 2023).

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature.

YouTube Channel here</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1704</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c7fedf26-9d17-11f0-b1ed-1f90fe2dc1e1</guid>
      <title>Matt Myers, &quot;The Halted March of the European Left: The Working Class in Britain, France, and Italy, 1968-1989&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The European left seemed to be in rude health during the 1970s. Never had so many political parties committed to representing the working class been in power simultaneously across the continent. New forms of mobilisation led by female, immigrant, and young wage-earners seemed to reflect the growing strength of the workers' movement rather than its pending obsolescence. Parties and trade unions grew rapidly as a diverse new generation entered the ranks. Why did the left's forward march halt so abruptly?</p>
<p>﻿ <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198944614">﻿The Halted March of the European Left: ﻿﻿The Working Class in Britain, France, and Italy, 1968-1989</a><em> </em>﻿(Oxford UP, 2025)shows how the left's defeats after the mid-1970s were not the inevitable result of de-industrialisation or, more precisely, the transition to a globalised and post-Fordist world that abolished the working class as a great historical actor. Choices that were made during a concentrated but decisive moment contributed to the left's lost battles. The British, French, and Italian left managed the shift to a new era by marginalising those groups of workers who had invested it with hopes of social and political transformation. Communist, socialist, and social democratic parties helped disempower the new components of the working class in workplaces, in society, in the political system, and successfully disciplined their traditional working-class supporters. The left encountered a crisis of purpose and identity, a sense of both defeat and lost opportunities, and the dissolution of the idea of a community of fate amongst workers. This book provides a comparative analysis of the left's fragmenting relationship with the working class and a 'feel' for the culture of three leading industrial countries during a traumatic transition of late twentieth-century history. It concludes that decisions taken by the left during the 1970s contributed to the tragic inversion of the expected outcome of that hopeful decade.</p>
<p>Matt Myers is a Lecturer in Modern European History at the University of Oxford</p>
<p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">Morteza Hajizadeh</a> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature.</p>
<p>YouTube Channel <a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">here</a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Sep 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The European left seemed to be in rude health during the 1970s. Never had so many political parties committed to representing the working class been in power simultaneously across the continent. New forms of mobilisation led by female, immigrant, and young wage-earners seemed to reflect the growing strength of the workers' movement rather than its pending obsolescence. Parties and trade unions grew rapidly as a diverse new generation entered the ranks. Why did the left's forward march halt so abruptly?</p>
<p>﻿ <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198944614">﻿The Halted March of the European Left: ﻿﻿The Working Class in Britain, France, and Italy, 1968-1989</a><em> </em>﻿(Oxford UP, 2025)shows how the left's defeats after the mid-1970s were not the inevitable result of de-industrialisation or, more precisely, the transition to a globalised and post-Fordist world that abolished the working class as a great historical actor. Choices that were made during a concentrated but decisive moment contributed to the left's lost battles. The British, French, and Italian left managed the shift to a new era by marginalising those groups of workers who had invested it with hopes of social and political transformation. Communist, socialist, and social democratic parties helped disempower the new components of the working class in workplaces, in society, in the political system, and successfully disciplined their traditional working-class supporters. The left encountered a crisis of purpose and identity, a sense of both defeat and lost opportunities, and the dissolution of the idea of a community of fate amongst workers. This book provides a comparative analysis of the left's fragmenting relationship with the working class and a 'feel' for the culture of three leading industrial countries during a traumatic transition of late twentieth-century history. It concludes that decisions taken by the left during the 1970s contributed to the tragic inversion of the expected outcome of that hopeful decade.</p>
<p>Matt Myers is a Lecturer in Modern European History at the University of Oxford</p>
<p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">Morteza Hajizadeh</a> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature.</p>
<p>YouTube Channel <a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">here</a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="70207438" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/3cedd817-431f-4ce6-a565-62c725a6cba9/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=3cedd817-431f-4ce6-a565-62c725a6cba9&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Matt Myers, &quot;The Halted March of the European Left: The Working Class in Britain, France, and Italy, 1968-1989&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:13:07</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The European left seemed to be in rude health during the 1970s. Never had so many political parties committed to representing the working class been in power simultaneously across the continent. New forms of mobilisation led by female, immigrant, and young wage-earners seemed to reflect the growing strength of the workers&apos; movement rather than its pending obsolescence. Parties and trade unions grew rapidly as a diverse new generation entered the ranks. Why did the left&apos;s forward march halt so abruptly?

﻿ ﻿The Halted March of the European Left: ﻿﻿The Working Class in Britain, France, and Italy, 1968-1989 ﻿(Oxford UP, 2025)shows how the left&apos;s defeats after the mid-1970s were not the inevitable result of de-industrialisation or, more precisely, the transition to a globalised and post-Fordist world that abolished the working class as a great historical actor. Choices that were made during a concentrated but decisive moment contributed to the left&apos;s lost battles. The British, French, and Italian left managed the shift to a new era by marginalising those groups of workers who had invested it with hopes of social and political transformation. Communist, socialist, and social democratic parties helped disempower the new components of the working class in workplaces, in society, in the political system, and successfully disciplined their traditional working-class supporters. The left encountered a crisis of purpose and identity, a sense of both defeat and lost opportunities, and the dissolution of the idea of a community of fate amongst workers. This book provides a comparative analysis of the left&apos;s fragmenting relationship with the working class and a &apos;feel&apos; for the culture of three leading industrial countries during a traumatic transition of late twentieth-century history. It concludes that decisions taken by the left during the 1970s contributed to the tragic inversion of the expected outcome of that hopeful decade.

Matt Myers is a Lecturer in Modern European History at the University of Oxford

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature.

YouTube Channel here</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The European left seemed to be in rude health during the 1970s. Never had so many political parties committed to representing the working class been in power simultaneously across the continent. New forms of mobilisation led by female, immigrant, and young wage-earners seemed to reflect the growing strength of the workers&apos; movement rather than its pending obsolescence. Parties and trade unions grew rapidly as a diverse new generation entered the ranks. Why did the left&apos;s forward march halt so abruptly?

﻿ ﻿The Halted March of the European Left: ﻿﻿The Working Class in Britain, France, and Italy, 1968-1989 ﻿(Oxford UP, 2025)shows how the left&apos;s defeats after the mid-1970s were not the inevitable result of de-industrialisation or, more precisely, the transition to a globalised and post-Fordist world that abolished the working class as a great historical actor. Choices that were made during a concentrated but decisive moment contributed to the left&apos;s lost battles. The British, French, and Italian left managed the shift to a new era by marginalising those groups of workers who had invested it with hopes of social and political transformation. Communist, socialist, and social democratic parties helped disempower the new components of the working class in workplaces, in society, in the political system, and successfully disciplined their traditional working-class supporters. The left encountered a crisis of purpose and identity, a sense of both defeat and lost opportunities, and the dissolution of the idea of a community of fate amongst workers. This book provides a comparative analysis of the left&apos;s fragmenting relationship with the working class and a &apos;feel&apos; for the culture of three leading industrial countries during a traumatic transition of late twentieth-century history. It concludes that decisions taken by the left during the 1970s contributed to the tragic inversion of the expected outcome of that hopeful decade.

Matt Myers is a Lecturer in Modern European History at the University of Oxford

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature.

YouTube Channel here</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1703</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c34da51c-9ba9-11f0-b740-bfe8b6610dfa</guid>
      <title>Gina Vale, &quot;The Unforgotten Women of the Islamic State&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198922032">The Unforgotten Women of the Islamic State</a> (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Gina Vale explores the governance of the Islamic State (IS) terrorist organization through the lives and words of local Iraqi, Syrian, and Kurdish women. While the roles and activities of foreign (predominantly Western), pro-IS women have garnered significant attention, the experiences and insights of local civilian populations have been largely overlooked.</p>
<p>Drawing on the testimonies of 63 local Sunni Muslim and Yazidi women, Dr. Vale exposes the group's intra-gender stratified system of governance. Eligibility for the group's protection, security, 'citizenship', and entrance into the (semi-)public sphere were not universal, but required convergence with the gender norms of IS, through permanent erasure or at least temporary disguise of certain markers of difference. In some cases, this was directed by a pre-meditated 'divide and conquer' strategy, while in others, it manifested as unregulated violences at the hands of individual group members, including women.</p>
<p>The structure follows the trajectory of IS's increasing control over its 'citizens' and captive populations: its militarization of society; imposition of law and order; provision of goods and services; and intervention in civilians' private lives. Analysis of diverse first-hand accounts and the group's documentation reveals that the presence, exclusion, and victimization of local civilian women were necessary to the functioning and legitimation of IS's 'caliphate' project, and the supremacy of affiliated men - and women. As a fledgling proto-state, IS needed local Iraqi, Syrian, and Kurdish women. Though far from represented or protected, they were by no means forgotten.</p>
<p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Sep 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198922032">The Unforgotten Women of the Islamic State</a> (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Gina Vale explores the governance of the Islamic State (IS) terrorist organization through the lives and words of local Iraqi, Syrian, and Kurdish women. While the roles and activities of foreign (predominantly Western), pro-IS women have garnered significant attention, the experiences and insights of local civilian populations have been largely overlooked.</p>
<p>Drawing on the testimonies of 63 local Sunni Muslim and Yazidi women, Dr. Vale exposes the group's intra-gender stratified system of governance. Eligibility for the group's protection, security, 'citizenship', and entrance into the (semi-)public sphere were not universal, but required convergence with the gender norms of IS, through permanent erasure or at least temporary disguise of certain markers of difference. In some cases, this was directed by a pre-meditated 'divide and conquer' strategy, while in others, it manifested as unregulated violences at the hands of individual group members, including women.</p>
<p>The structure follows the trajectory of IS's increasing control over its 'citizens' and captive populations: its militarization of society; imposition of law and order; provision of goods and services; and intervention in civilians' private lives. Analysis of diverse first-hand accounts and the group's documentation reveals that the presence, exclusion, and victimization of local civilian women were necessary to the functioning and legitimation of IS's 'caliphate' project, and the supremacy of affiliated men - and women. As a fledgling proto-state, IS needed local Iraqi, Syrian, and Kurdish women. Though far from represented or protected, they were by no means forgotten.</p>
<p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="53454195" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/df2ed148-e2e0-46ea-89ea-282bd3cd8c51/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=df2ed148-e2e0-46ea-89ea-282bd3cd8c51&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Gina Vale, &quot;The Unforgotten Women of the Islamic State&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:55:40</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The Unforgotten Women of the Islamic State (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Gina Vale explores the governance of the Islamic State (IS) terrorist organization through the lives and words of local Iraqi, Syrian, and Kurdish women. While the roles and activities of foreign (predominantly Western), pro-IS women have garnered significant attention, the experiences and insights of local civilian populations have been largely overlooked.

Drawing on the testimonies of 63 local Sunni Muslim and Yazidi women, Dr. Vale exposes the group&apos;s intra-gender stratified system of governance. Eligibility for the group&apos;s protection, security, &apos;citizenship&apos;, and entrance into the (semi-)public sphere were not universal, but required convergence with the gender norms of IS, through permanent erasure or at least temporary disguise of certain markers of difference. In some cases, this was directed by a pre-meditated &apos;divide and conquer&apos; strategy, while in others, it manifested as unregulated violences at the hands of individual group members, including women.

The structure follows the trajectory of IS&apos;s increasing control over its &apos;citizens&apos; and captive populations: its militarization of society; imposition of law and order; provision of goods and services; and intervention in civilians&apos; private lives. Analysis of diverse first-hand accounts and the group&apos;s documentation reveals that the presence, exclusion, and victimization of local civilian women were necessary to the functioning and legitimation of IS&apos;s &apos;caliphate&apos; project, and the supremacy of affiliated men - and women. As a fledgling proto-state, IS needed local Iraqi, Syrian, and Kurdish women. Though far from represented or protected, they were by no means forgotten.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The Unforgotten Women of the Islamic State (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Gina Vale explores the governance of the Islamic State (IS) terrorist organization through the lives and words of local Iraqi, Syrian, and Kurdish women. While the roles and activities of foreign (predominantly Western), pro-IS women have garnered significant attention, the experiences and insights of local civilian populations have been largely overlooked.

Drawing on the testimonies of 63 local Sunni Muslim and Yazidi women, Dr. Vale exposes the group&apos;s intra-gender stratified system of governance. Eligibility for the group&apos;s protection, security, &apos;citizenship&apos;, and entrance into the (semi-)public sphere were not universal, but required convergence with the gender norms of IS, through permanent erasure or at least temporary disguise of certain markers of difference. In some cases, this was directed by a pre-meditated &apos;divide and conquer&apos; strategy, while in others, it manifested as unregulated violences at the hands of individual group members, including women.

The structure follows the trajectory of IS&apos;s increasing control over its &apos;citizens&apos; and captive populations: its militarization of society; imposition of law and order; provision of goods and services; and intervention in civilians&apos; private lives. Analysis of diverse first-hand accounts and the group&apos;s documentation reveals that the presence, exclusion, and victimization of local civilian women were necessary to the functioning and legitimation of IS&apos;s &apos;caliphate&apos; project, and the supremacy of affiliated men - and women. As a fledgling proto-state, IS needed local Iraqi, Syrian, and Kurdish women. Though far from represented or protected, they were by no means forgotten.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>364</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6cb433a6-9b1d-11f0-9c41-87424ee1cce1</guid>
      <title>Kolby Hanson, &quot;Ordinary Rebels: Rank-And-File Militants Between War and Peace&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197792780">Ordinary Rebels: Rank-And-File Militants Between War and Peace</a> (Oxford University Press, 2025), Kolby Hanson argues that these periods of state toleration do not simply change armed groups' behavior, but fundamentally transform the organizations themselves by shaping who takes up arms and which leaders they follow. This book draws on a set of innovative experimental surveys and 75 in-depth interviews tracing four armed movements over time in Northeast India and Sri Lanka. A powerful new theory of how conditions shape the trajectory of non-state armed groups, this book reshapes our understanding of why such organizations become more moderate over time.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 28 Sep 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197792780">Ordinary Rebels: Rank-And-File Militants Between War and Peace</a> (Oxford University Press, 2025), Kolby Hanson argues that these periods of state toleration do not simply change armed groups' behavior, but fundamentally transform the organizations themselves by shaping who takes up arms and which leaders they follow. This book draws on a set of innovative experimental surveys and 75 in-depth interviews tracing four armed movements over time in Northeast India and Sri Lanka. A powerful new theory of how conditions shape the trajectory of non-state armed groups, this book reshapes our understanding of why such organizations become more moderate over time.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="38103394" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/4fcf73b1-056b-4284-af99-ec57886a6575/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=4fcf73b1-056b-4284-af99-ec57886a6575&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Kolby Hanson, &quot;Ordinary Rebels: Rank-And-File Militants Between War and Peace&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:39:41</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In Ordinary Rebels: Rank-And-File Militants Between War and Peace (Oxford University Press, 2025), Kolby Hanson argues that these periods of state toleration do not simply change armed groups&apos; behavior, but fundamentally transform the organizations themselves by shaping who takes up arms and which leaders they follow. This book draws on a set of innovative experimental surveys and 75 in-depth interviews tracing four armed movements over time in Northeast India and Sri Lanka. A powerful new theory of how conditions shape the trajectory of non-state armed groups, this book reshapes our understanding of why such organizations become more moderate over time.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In Ordinary Rebels: Rank-And-File Militants Between War and Peace (Oxford University Press, 2025), Kolby Hanson argues that these periods of state toleration do not simply change armed groups&apos; behavior, but fundamentally transform the organizations themselves by shaping who takes up arms and which leaders they follow. This book draws on a set of innovative experimental surveys and 75 in-depth interviews tracing four armed movements over time in Northeast India and Sri Lanka. A powerful new theory of how conditions shape the trajectory of non-state armed groups, this book reshapes our understanding of why such organizations become more moderate over time.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1701</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">afebafde-978d-11f0-b59f-9721c82a1234</guid>
      <title>Nicholas Bromell, &quot;The Time is Always Now: Black Political Thought and the Transformation of U.S. Democracy&quot; (Oxford UP, 2013)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Nick Bromell is the author of <em>By the Sweat of the Brow: Labor and Literature in Antebellum American Culture</em> and<em> Tomorrow Never Knows: Rock and Psychedelics in the Sixties</em>, both published by the University of Chicago Press. His articles and essays on African American literature and political thought have appeared in <em>American Literature, American Literary History, Political Theory, Raritan,</em> and <em>The Sewanee Review</em>. He teaches at the University of Massachusetts, Amherst, and he blogs at thetimeisalwaysnow.org.</p>
<p>Nick Bromell’s book is a work of intellectual history and political theory that places Black thinkers—writers, activists, and artists—at the center of American democratic thought. He argues that African American intellectual traditions have continually reshaped the meaning of democracy in the U.S., offering critiques and visions that go beyond the frameworks typically emphasized in mainstream political philosophy. The title, taken from James Baldwin’s writings, reflects<br />the idea that democracy is never finished—it is always urgent and ongoing.<a href="https://academic.oup.com/book/5294"><br />The Time is Always Now: Black Political Thought and the Transformation of U.S. Democracy</a> (Oxford UP, 2013) posits that Black thought epitomizes the crucible of American Democratic theory Bromell contends that African American thinkers are not simply responding to oppression but actively producing political theory—ideas<br />about freedom, justice, equality, and collective life. Their insights emerge from lived experiences of slavery, segregation,<br />and racial inequality, which provide a unique vantage point for critiquing American democracy.<br />Secondly, Democracy is an ongoing and incomplete project of reconstruction, renewal, and revival. Building on Baldwin’s phrase “the time is always now,” Bromell argues that democracy must be constantly reimagined and fought for. Black intellectual traditions highlight democracy’s fragility and incompleteness, challenging myths of American exceptionalism.<br />Third, American Democracy exists beyond what are known to be traditional American institutions. While mainstream American political theory often places focus on constitutions, governments, or laws, Black thinkers and citizens emphasize affective, relational, and cultural dimensions of democracy—dimensions that exhibit and feature American virtues and values of community, solidarity, and recognition.<br />Fourth, Professor Bromell calls for a vibrant relational empathy and mutual recognition. In this sense, Bromell highlights Black thought’s insistence on recognition of shared humanity and mutual vulnerability as the foundation for democratic<br />practice. Thinkers as varied as James Baldwin, Frederick Douglass, Martin Luther King Jr, Toni Morrison, and Ralph Ellison stress the necessity of empathy as a civic virtue. Bromell reframes African American intellectual history as political<br />theory, not just cultural or social commentary. He challenges readers to recognize that the deepest resources for<br />democratic renewal in America come from traditions forged under conditions of racial oppression. </p>
<p>Ultimately The Time is Always Now insists that democracy is less about stable American institutions and more about the practice of bettering and refining incipient features of American institutions-facing each other honestly, acknowledging and shouldering of collective pain, and being committed to a shared mutual recognition of the totality of our collective experience.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Sep 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Nick Bromell is the author of <em>By the Sweat of the Brow: Labor and Literature in Antebellum American Culture</em> and<em> Tomorrow Never Knows: Rock and Psychedelics in the Sixties</em>, both published by the University of Chicago Press. His articles and essays on African American literature and political thought have appeared in <em>American Literature, American Literary History, Political Theory, Raritan,</em> and <em>The Sewanee Review</em>. He teaches at the University of Massachusetts, Amherst, and he blogs at thetimeisalwaysnow.org.</p>
<p>Nick Bromell’s book is a work of intellectual history and political theory that places Black thinkers—writers, activists, and artists—at the center of American democratic thought. He argues that African American intellectual traditions have continually reshaped the meaning of democracy in the U.S., offering critiques and visions that go beyond the frameworks typically emphasized in mainstream political philosophy. The title, taken from James Baldwin’s writings, reflects<br />the idea that democracy is never finished—it is always urgent and ongoing.<a href="https://academic.oup.com/book/5294"><br />The Time is Always Now: Black Political Thought and the Transformation of U.S. Democracy</a> (Oxford UP, 2013) posits that Black thought epitomizes the crucible of American Democratic theory Bromell contends that African American thinkers are not simply responding to oppression but actively producing political theory—ideas<br />about freedom, justice, equality, and collective life. Their insights emerge from lived experiences of slavery, segregation,<br />and racial inequality, which provide a unique vantage point for critiquing American democracy.<br />Secondly, Democracy is an ongoing and incomplete project of reconstruction, renewal, and revival. Building on Baldwin’s phrase “the time is always now,” Bromell argues that democracy must be constantly reimagined and fought for. Black intellectual traditions highlight democracy’s fragility and incompleteness, challenging myths of American exceptionalism.<br />Third, American Democracy exists beyond what are known to be traditional American institutions. While mainstream American political theory often places focus on constitutions, governments, or laws, Black thinkers and citizens emphasize affective, relational, and cultural dimensions of democracy—dimensions that exhibit and feature American virtues and values of community, solidarity, and recognition.<br />Fourth, Professor Bromell calls for a vibrant relational empathy and mutual recognition. In this sense, Bromell highlights Black thought’s insistence on recognition of shared humanity and mutual vulnerability as the foundation for democratic<br />practice. Thinkers as varied as James Baldwin, Frederick Douglass, Martin Luther King Jr, Toni Morrison, and Ralph Ellison stress the necessity of empathy as a civic virtue. Bromell reframes African American intellectual history as political<br />theory, not just cultural or social commentary. He challenges readers to recognize that the deepest resources for<br />democratic renewal in America come from traditions forged under conditions of racial oppression. </p>
<p>Ultimately The Time is Always Now insists that democracy is less about stable American institutions and more about the practice of bettering and refining incipient features of American institutions-facing each other honestly, acknowledging and shouldering of collective pain, and being committed to a shared mutual recognition of the totality of our collective experience.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="54783331" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/b8c06f50-8802-4118-a89c-214031b47c0e/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=b8c06f50-8802-4118-a89c-214031b47c0e&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Nicholas Bromell, &quot;The Time is Always Now: Black Political Thought and the Transformation of U.S. Democracy&quot; (Oxford UP, 2013)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:57:03</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Nick Bromell is the author of By the Sweat of the Brow: Labor and Literature in Antebellum American Culture and Tomorrow Never Knows: Rock and Psychedelics in the Sixties, both published by the University of Chicago Press. His articles and essays on African American literature and political thought have appeared in American Literature, American Literary History, Political Theory, Raritan, and The Sewanee Review. He teaches at the University of Massachusetts, Amherst, and he blogs at thetimeisalwaysnow.org.

Nick Bromell’s book is a work of intellectual history and political theory that places Black thinkers—writers, activists, and artists—at the center of American democratic thought. He argues that African American intellectual traditions have continually reshaped the meaning of democracy in the U.S., offering critiques and visions that go beyond the frameworks typically emphasized in mainstream political philosophy. The title, taken from James Baldwin’s writings, reflectsthe idea that democracy is never finished—it is always urgent and ongoing.The Time is Always Now: Black Political Thought and the Transformation of U.S. Democracy (Oxford UP, 2013) posits that Black thought epitomizes the crucible of American Democratic theory Bromell contends that African American thinkers are not simply responding to oppression but actively producing political theory—ideasabout freedom, justice, equality, and collective life. Their insights emerge from lived experiences of slavery, segregation,and racial inequality, which provide a unique vantage point for critiquing American democracy.Secondly, Democracy is an ongoing and incomplete project of reconstruction, renewal, and revival. Building on Baldwin’s phrase “the time is always now,” Bromell argues that democracy must be constantly reimagined and fought for. Black intellectual traditions highlight democracy’s fragility and incompleteness, challenging myths of American exceptionalism.Third, American Democracy exists beyond what are known to be traditional American institutions. While mainstream American political theory often places focus on constitutions, governments, or laws, Black thinkers and citizens emphasize affective, relational, and cultural dimensions of democracy—dimensions that exhibit and feature American virtues and values of community, solidarity, and recognition.Fourth, Professor Bromell calls for a vibrant relational empathy and mutual recognition. In this sense, Bromell highlights Black thought’s insistence on recognition of shared humanity and mutual vulnerability as the foundation for democraticpractice. Thinkers as varied as James Baldwin, Frederick Douglass, Martin Luther King Jr, Toni Morrison, and Ralph Ellison stress the necessity of empathy as a civic virtue. Bromell reframes African American intellectual history as politicaltheory, not just cultural or social commentary. He challenges readers to recognize that the deepest resources fordemocratic renewal in America come from traditions forged under conditions of racial oppression. 

Ultimately The Time is Always Now insists that democracy is less about stable American institutions and more about the practice of bettering and refining incipient features of American institutions-facing each other honestly, acknowledging and shouldering of collective pain, and being committed to a shared mutual recognition of the totality of our collective experience.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Nick Bromell is the author of By the Sweat of the Brow: Labor and Literature in Antebellum American Culture and Tomorrow Never Knows: Rock and Psychedelics in the Sixties, both published by the University of Chicago Press. His articles and essays on African American literature and political thought have appeared in American Literature, American Literary History, Political Theory, Raritan, and The Sewanee Review. He teaches at the University of Massachusetts, Amherst, and he blogs at thetimeisalwaysnow.org.

Nick Bromell’s book is a work of intellectual history and political theory that places Black thinkers—writers, activists, and artists—at the center of American democratic thought. He argues that African American intellectual traditions have continually reshaped the meaning of democracy in the U.S., offering critiques and visions that go beyond the frameworks typically emphasized in mainstream political philosophy. The title, taken from James Baldwin’s writings, reflectsthe idea that democracy is never finished—it is always urgent and ongoing.The Time is Always Now: Black Political Thought and the Transformation of U.S. Democracy (Oxford UP, 2013) posits that Black thought epitomizes the crucible of American Democratic theory Bromell contends that African American thinkers are not simply responding to oppression but actively producing political theory—ideasabout freedom, justice, equality, and collective life. Their insights emerge from lived experiences of slavery, segregation,and racial inequality, which provide a unique vantage point for critiquing American democracy.Secondly, Democracy is an ongoing and incomplete project of reconstruction, renewal, and revival. Building on Baldwin’s phrase “the time is always now,” Bromell argues that democracy must be constantly reimagined and fought for. Black intellectual traditions highlight democracy’s fragility and incompleteness, challenging myths of American exceptionalism.Third, American Democracy exists beyond what are known to be traditional American institutions. While mainstream American political theory often places focus on constitutions, governments, or laws, Black thinkers and citizens emphasize affective, relational, and cultural dimensions of democracy—dimensions that exhibit and feature American virtues and values of community, solidarity, and recognition.Fourth, Professor Bromell calls for a vibrant relational empathy and mutual recognition. In this sense, Bromell highlights Black thought’s insistence on recognition of shared humanity and mutual vulnerability as the foundation for democraticpractice. Thinkers as varied as James Baldwin, Frederick Douglass, Martin Luther King Jr, Toni Morrison, and Ralph Ellison stress the necessity of empathy as a civic virtue. Bromell reframes African American intellectual history as politicaltheory, not just cultural or social commentary. He challenges readers to recognize that the deepest resources fordemocratic renewal in America come from traditions forged under conditions of racial oppression. 

Ultimately The Time is Always Now insists that democracy is less about stable American institutions and more about the practice of bettering and refining incipient features of American institutions-facing each other honestly, acknowledging and shouldering of collective pain, and being committed to a shared mutual recognition of the totality of our collective experience.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1700</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4da0ccce-9783-11f0-8287-1bd1c975ddf6</guid>
      <title>Kate Haulman, &quot;The Mother of Washington in Nineteenth-Century America&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In May 1894, President Grover Cleveland gave a speech thanking those who gathered “to worship at this national shrine.” He was not referring to the battlefields at Gettysburg or Antietam, nor to Mount Vernon, but to the gravesite of Mary Ball Washington, mother of George. While dedicating the new monument that marked it in Fredericksburg, Virginia, Cleveland honored “the woman who gave our Nation its greatest and best citizen.” There could be no clearer valorization of eighteenth-century republican motherhood and its centrality to the nation's origin story.<br /><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197631850">The Mother of Washington in Nineteenth-Century America</a> (Oxford UP, 2025) by Dr. Kate Haulman examines the role of motherhood in the commemoration of the American Revolution by tracing the creation and evolution of the Mother of Washington figure. Dr. Haulman explores the nineteenth-century memory of an eighteenth-century woman known for and through her famous son, the nation's first president. Underpinned by a canon of stories about Mary that often involved George, the monument and the figure it memorialized overlapped, sometimes in surprising and even paradoxical ways. In print, in images, and on the landscape, memorializing Mary foregrounded maternal ideals based in traditional gender roles and ancestry in the public memory of the nation's founding. As some women framed their engagement with the state in maternal terms, other men and women used the Mother of Washington to link the virtues she represented to the nation's origins. Women memorialists finally took up the cause to complete the monument, finishing what elite men had begun decades earlier.<br />Then as now, groups used the past to construct American motherhood, as well as using motherhood to engage with the founding past. <em>The Mother of Washington in Nineteenth-Century America</em> offers fresh arguments about gender, race, and the politics of Revolutionary history and memory still contested 250 years later.</p>
<p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Sep 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In May 1894, President Grover Cleveland gave a speech thanking those who gathered “to worship at this national shrine.” He was not referring to the battlefields at Gettysburg or Antietam, nor to Mount Vernon, but to the gravesite of Mary Ball Washington, mother of George. While dedicating the new monument that marked it in Fredericksburg, Virginia, Cleveland honored “the woman who gave our Nation its greatest and best citizen.” There could be no clearer valorization of eighteenth-century republican motherhood and its centrality to the nation's origin story.<br /><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197631850">The Mother of Washington in Nineteenth-Century America</a> (Oxford UP, 2025) by Dr. Kate Haulman examines the role of motherhood in the commemoration of the American Revolution by tracing the creation and evolution of the Mother of Washington figure. Dr. Haulman explores the nineteenth-century memory of an eighteenth-century woman known for and through her famous son, the nation's first president. Underpinned by a canon of stories about Mary that often involved George, the monument and the figure it memorialized overlapped, sometimes in surprising and even paradoxical ways. In print, in images, and on the landscape, memorializing Mary foregrounded maternal ideals based in traditional gender roles and ancestry in the public memory of the nation's founding. As some women framed their engagement with the state in maternal terms, other men and women used the Mother of Washington to link the virtues she represented to the nation's origins. Women memorialists finally took up the cause to complete the monument, finishing what elite men had begun decades earlier.<br />Then as now, groups used the past to construct American motherhood, as well as using motherhood to engage with the founding past. <em>The Mother of Washington in Nineteenth-Century America</em> offers fresh arguments about gender, race, and the politics of Revolutionary history and memory still contested 250 years later.</p>
<p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="35719585" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/c98cb6ed-2043-413d-b7be-7579d31afbb3/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=c98cb6ed-2043-413d-b7be-7579d31afbb3&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Kate Haulman, &quot;The Mother of Washington in Nineteenth-Century America&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:37:12</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In May 1894, President Grover Cleveland gave a speech thanking those who gathered “to worship at this national shrine.” He was not referring to the battlefields at Gettysburg or Antietam, nor to Mount Vernon, but to the gravesite of Mary Ball Washington, mother of George. While dedicating the new monument that marked it in Fredericksburg, Virginia, Cleveland honored “the woman who gave our Nation its greatest and best citizen.” There could be no clearer valorization of eighteenth-century republican motherhood and its centrality to the nation&apos;s origin story.The Mother of Washington in Nineteenth-Century America (Oxford UP, 2025) by Dr. Kate Haulman examines the role of motherhood in the commemoration of the American Revolution by tracing the creation and evolution of the Mother of Washington figure. Dr. Haulman explores the nineteenth-century memory of an eighteenth-century woman known for and through her famous son, the nation&apos;s first president. Underpinned by a canon of stories about Mary that often involved George, the monument and the figure it memorialized overlapped, sometimes in surprising and even paradoxical ways. In print, in images, and on the landscape, memorializing Mary foregrounded maternal ideals based in traditional gender roles and ancestry in the public memory of the nation&apos;s founding. As some women framed their engagement with the state in maternal terms, other men and women used the Mother of Washington to link the virtues she represented to the nation&apos;s origins. Women memorialists finally took up the cause to complete the monument, finishing what elite men had begun decades earlier.Then as now, groups used the past to construct American motherhood, as well as using motherhood to engage with the founding past. The Mother of Washington in Nineteenth-Century America offers fresh arguments about gender, race, and the politics of Revolutionary history and memory still contested 250 years later.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In May 1894, President Grover Cleveland gave a speech thanking those who gathered “to worship at this national shrine.” He was not referring to the battlefields at Gettysburg or Antietam, nor to Mount Vernon, but to the gravesite of Mary Ball Washington, mother of George. While dedicating the new monument that marked it in Fredericksburg, Virginia, Cleveland honored “the woman who gave our Nation its greatest and best citizen.” There could be no clearer valorization of eighteenth-century republican motherhood and its centrality to the nation&apos;s origin story.The Mother of Washington in Nineteenth-Century America (Oxford UP, 2025) by Dr. Kate Haulman examines the role of motherhood in the commemoration of the American Revolution by tracing the creation and evolution of the Mother of Washington figure. Dr. Haulman explores the nineteenth-century memory of an eighteenth-century woman known for and through her famous son, the nation&apos;s first president. Underpinned by a canon of stories about Mary that often involved George, the monument and the figure it memorialized overlapped, sometimes in surprising and even paradoxical ways. In print, in images, and on the landscape, memorializing Mary foregrounded maternal ideals based in traditional gender roles and ancestry in the public memory of the nation&apos;s founding. As some women framed their engagement with the state in maternal terms, other men and women used the Mother of Washington to link the virtues she represented to the nation&apos;s origins. Women memorialists finally took up the cause to complete the monument, finishing what elite men had begun decades earlier.Then as now, groups used the past to construct American motherhood, as well as using motherhood to engage with the founding past. The Mother of Washington in Nineteenth-Century America offers fresh arguments about gender, race, and the politics of Revolutionary history and memory still contested 250 years later.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1699</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">261de95e-9515-11f0-ba01-1be0dbb0f7e7</guid>
      <title>Adam R. C. Humphreys and Hidemi Suganami, &quot;Causal Inquiry in International Relations&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://academic.oup.com/book/58671?login=false">Causal Inquiry in International Relations</a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024) by Adam R. C. Humphreys and Hidemi Suganami defends a new, philosophically informed account of the principles which must underpin any causal research in a discipline such as International Relations. Its central claim is that there is an underlying logic to all causal inquiry, at the core of which is the search for empirical evidence capable of ruling out competing accounts of how specific events were brought about. Although this crucial fact is obscured by the ‘culture of generalization’ which predominates in contemporary social science, <em>all</em> causal knowledge ultimately depends on the provision of empirical support for concrete claims about specific events, located in space and time. </p>
<p><em>Causal Inquiry in International Relations</em> not only explores existing philosophical debates around causation; it also provides a detailed study of some of the most fundamental methodological questions which arise in the course of causal inquiry. Using examples drawn from philosophy and from the study of international relations, it demonstrates what is problematic about established ways of thinking, brings new clarity to both philosophical and methodological questions, and seeks to enhance collective understanding of the contribution that causal inquiry can make to empirically rich and critically aware scholarship about world politics. It concludes by situating ‘causal inquiry’ in relation to other forms of inquiry employed in the study of world politics, emphasizing especially the often unnoticed dependence of causal inquiry on precisely the kind of knowledge of specific events which historians are well placed to provide.<br /></p>
<p><a href="https://www.reading.ac.uk/politics-international-relations/staff/adam-humphreys">Adam Humphreys</a> is Associate Professor and Head of Department in the Department of Politics and International Relations, University of Reading. He joined the University of Reading in 2013, having previously been a British Academy Post-Doctoral Fellow at the University of Oxford (2007-10) and Fellow in Politics at Brasenose College, Oxford (2010-13). His principal research interests are in International Relations theory and meta-theory, especially causation and causal explanation, realism and neo-realism, the English School, and the relationship between theory and history. He also has research interests in British foreign and defence policy, strategy, and the ethics of war.<a href="https://www.aber.ac.uk/en/interpol/staff-profiles/listing/profile/hss/"><br />Hidemi Suganami</a> studied International Relations at Tokyo, Aberystwyth, and London Universities. His first academic appointment was at Keele in 1975, where he later became Professor of the Philosophy of International Relations. In 2004, he moved to Aberystwyth, where currently he is Emeritus Professor of International Politics. His publications include: <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/the-domestic-analogy-and-world-order-proposals-emeritus-professor-of-international-politics-hidemi-suganami/b76139eb4fb87c6a?ean=9780521055055&amp;next=t&amp;next=t">The Domestic Analogy and World Order Proposals</a> (1989); <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/on-the-causes-of-war-emeritus-professor-of-international-politics-hidemi-suganami/7e26306a550d0ff7?ean=9780198273387&amp;next=t&amp;next=t">On the Causes of War</a> (1996); and, with Andrew Linklater, <a href="https://www.amazon.com/English-School-International-Relations-Contemporary/dp/0521858356/">The English School of International Relations</a> (2006). Over a number of years, he has been studying philosophical issues surrounding causation and explanation in International Relations.</p>
<p><a href="https://independent.academia.edu/StephenSatkiewicz">Stephen Satkiewicz</a><em> is an independent scholar with research areas spanning Civilizational Sciences, Social Complexity, Big History, Historical Sociology, Military History, War Studies, International Relations, Geopolitics, and Russian and East European history.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 20 Sep 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://academic.oup.com/book/58671?login=false">Causal Inquiry in International Relations</a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024) by Adam R. C. Humphreys and Hidemi Suganami defends a new, philosophically informed account of the principles which must underpin any causal research in a discipline such as International Relations. Its central claim is that there is an underlying logic to all causal inquiry, at the core of which is the search for empirical evidence capable of ruling out competing accounts of how specific events were brought about. Although this crucial fact is obscured by the ‘culture of generalization’ which predominates in contemporary social science, <em>all</em> causal knowledge ultimately depends on the provision of empirical support for concrete claims about specific events, located in space and time. </p>
<p><em>Causal Inquiry in International Relations</em> not only explores existing philosophical debates around causation; it also provides a detailed study of some of the most fundamental methodological questions which arise in the course of causal inquiry. Using examples drawn from philosophy and from the study of international relations, it demonstrates what is problematic about established ways of thinking, brings new clarity to both philosophical and methodological questions, and seeks to enhance collective understanding of the contribution that causal inquiry can make to empirically rich and critically aware scholarship about world politics. It concludes by situating ‘causal inquiry’ in relation to other forms of inquiry employed in the study of world politics, emphasizing especially the often unnoticed dependence of causal inquiry on precisely the kind of knowledge of specific events which historians are well placed to provide.<br /></p>
<p><a href="https://www.reading.ac.uk/politics-international-relations/staff/adam-humphreys">Adam Humphreys</a> is Associate Professor and Head of Department in the Department of Politics and International Relations, University of Reading. He joined the University of Reading in 2013, having previously been a British Academy Post-Doctoral Fellow at the University of Oxford (2007-10) and Fellow in Politics at Brasenose College, Oxford (2010-13). His principal research interests are in International Relations theory and meta-theory, especially causation and causal explanation, realism and neo-realism, the English School, and the relationship between theory and history. He also has research interests in British foreign and defence policy, strategy, and the ethics of war.<a href="https://www.aber.ac.uk/en/interpol/staff-profiles/listing/profile/hss/"><br />Hidemi Suganami</a> studied International Relations at Tokyo, Aberystwyth, and London Universities. His first academic appointment was at Keele in 1975, where he later became Professor of the Philosophy of International Relations. In 2004, he moved to Aberystwyth, where currently he is Emeritus Professor of International Politics. His publications include: <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/the-domestic-analogy-and-world-order-proposals-emeritus-professor-of-international-politics-hidemi-suganami/b76139eb4fb87c6a?ean=9780521055055&amp;next=t&amp;next=t">The Domestic Analogy and World Order Proposals</a> (1989); <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/on-the-causes-of-war-emeritus-professor-of-international-politics-hidemi-suganami/7e26306a550d0ff7?ean=9780198273387&amp;next=t&amp;next=t">On the Causes of War</a> (1996); and, with Andrew Linklater, <a href="https://www.amazon.com/English-School-International-Relations-Contemporary/dp/0521858356/">The English School of International Relations</a> (2006). Over a number of years, he has been studying philosophical issues surrounding causation and explanation in International Relations.</p>
<p><a href="https://independent.academia.edu/StephenSatkiewicz">Stephen Satkiewicz</a><em> is an independent scholar with research areas spanning Civilizational Sciences, Social Complexity, Big History, Historical Sociology, Military History, War Studies, International Relations, Geopolitics, and Russian and East European history.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="87127604" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/d78ed2d5-6b40-44e4-b206-46c4e3d54738/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=d78ed2d5-6b40-44e4-b206-46c4e3d54738&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Adam R. C. Humphreys and Hidemi Suganami, &quot;Causal Inquiry in International Relations&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:30:45</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Causal Inquiry in International Relations (Oxford UP, 2024) by Adam R. C. Humphreys and Hidemi Suganami defends a new, philosophically informed account of the principles which must underpin any causal research in a discipline such as International Relations. Its central claim is that there is an underlying logic to all causal inquiry, at the core of which is the search for empirical evidence capable of ruling out competing accounts of how specific events were brought about. Although this crucial fact is obscured by the ‘culture of generalization’ which predominates in contemporary social science, all causal knowledge ultimately depends on the provision of empirical support for concrete claims about specific events, located in space and time. 

Causal Inquiry in International Relations not only explores existing philosophical debates around causation; it also provides a detailed study of some of the most fundamental methodological questions which arise in the course of causal inquiry. Using examples drawn from philosophy and from the study of international relations, it demonstrates what is problematic about established ways of thinking, brings new clarity to both philosophical and methodological questions, and seeks to enhance collective understanding of the contribution that causal inquiry can make to empirically rich and critically aware scholarship about world politics. It concludes by situating ‘causal inquiry’ in relation to other forms of inquiry employed in the study of world politics, emphasizing especially the often unnoticed dependence of causal inquiry on precisely the kind of knowledge of specific events which historians are well placed to provide.

Adam Humphreys is Associate Professor and Head of Department in the Department of Politics and International Relations, University of Reading. He joined the University of Reading in 2013, having previously been a British Academy Post-Doctoral Fellow at the University of Oxford (2007-10) and Fellow in Politics at Brasenose College, Oxford (2010-13). His principal research interests are in International Relations theory and meta-theory, especially causation and causal explanation, realism and neo-realism, the English School, and the relationship between theory and history. He also has research interests in British foreign and defence policy, strategy, and the ethics of war.Hidemi Suganami studied International Relations at Tokyo, Aberystwyth, and London Universities. His first academic appointment was at Keele in 1975, where he later became Professor of the Philosophy of International Relations. In 2004, he moved to Aberystwyth, where currently he is Emeritus Professor of International Politics. His publications include: The Domestic Analogy and World Order Proposals (1989); On the Causes of War (1996); and, with Andrew Linklater, The English School of International Relations (2006). Over a number of years, he has been studying philosophical issues surrounding causation and explanation in International Relations.

Stephen Satkiewicz is an independent scholar with research areas spanning Civilizational Sciences, Social Complexity, Big History, Historical Sociology, Military History, War Studies, International Relations, Geopolitics, and Russian and East European history.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Causal Inquiry in International Relations (Oxford UP, 2024) by Adam R. C. Humphreys and Hidemi Suganami defends a new, philosophically informed account of the principles which must underpin any causal research in a discipline such as International Relations. Its central claim is that there is an underlying logic to all causal inquiry, at the core of which is the search for empirical evidence capable of ruling out competing accounts of how specific events were brought about. Although this crucial fact is obscured by the ‘culture of generalization’ which predominates in contemporary social science, all causal knowledge ultimately depends on the provision of empirical support for concrete claims about specific events, located in space and time. 

Causal Inquiry in International Relations not only explores existing philosophical debates around causation; it also provides a detailed study of some of the most fundamental methodological questions which arise in the course of causal inquiry. Using examples drawn from philosophy and from the study of international relations, it demonstrates what is problematic about established ways of thinking, brings new clarity to both philosophical and methodological questions, and seeks to enhance collective understanding of the contribution that causal inquiry can make to empirically rich and critically aware scholarship about world politics. It concludes by situating ‘causal inquiry’ in relation to other forms of inquiry employed in the study of world politics, emphasizing especially the often unnoticed dependence of causal inquiry on precisely the kind of knowledge of specific events which historians are well placed to provide.

Adam Humphreys is Associate Professor and Head of Department in the Department of Politics and International Relations, University of Reading. He joined the University of Reading in 2013, having previously been a British Academy Post-Doctoral Fellow at the University of Oxford (2007-10) and Fellow in Politics at Brasenose College, Oxford (2010-13). His principal research interests are in International Relations theory and meta-theory, especially causation and causal explanation, realism and neo-realism, the English School, and the relationship between theory and history. He also has research interests in British foreign and defence policy, strategy, and the ethics of war.Hidemi Suganami studied International Relations at Tokyo, Aberystwyth, and London Universities. His first academic appointment was at Keele in 1975, where he later became Professor of the Philosophy of International Relations. In 2004, he moved to Aberystwyth, where currently he is Emeritus Professor of International Politics. His publications include: The Domestic Analogy and World Order Proposals (1989); On the Causes of War (1996); and, with Andrew Linklater, The English School of International Relations (2006). Over a number of years, he has been studying philosophical issues surrounding causation and explanation in International Relations.

Stephen Satkiewicz is an independent scholar with research areas spanning Civilizational Sciences, Social Complexity, Big History, Historical Sociology, Military History, War Studies, International Relations, Geopolitics, and Russian and East European history.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1698</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0b6442fc-91dc-11f0-9ebb-9fc86fb911b1</guid>
      <title>Michael Poznansky, &quot;Great Power, Great Responsibility: How the Liberal International Order Shapes US Foreign Policy&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In the wake of World War II, the United States leveraged its hegemonic position in the international political system to gradually build a new global order centered around democracy, the expansion of free market capitalism, and the containment of communism. Named in retrospect the "liberal international order" (LIO), the system took decades to build and is still largely with us today even as the US's relative power within it has diminished.</p>
<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/great-power-great-responsibility-how-the-liberal-international-order-shapes-us-foreign-policy-associate-professor-strategic-and-operational-research/32c36b88fc0ed071?ean=9780197812914&amp;next=t&amp;next=t">Great Power, Great Responsibility: How the Liberal International Order Shapes US Foreign Policy</a> (Oxford UP, 2025), Michael Poznansky explores how the LIO has influenced US foreign policy from its founding to the present. Proponents argue that its impact has been profound, producing a system that has been more rule-bound and beneficial than any previous order. Critics charge that it has failed to prevent the US itself from consistently violating rules and norms. Poznansky contends that the answer lies in between. While rule-breaking has been a constant feature of the postwar order, the nature of violations varies in surprising and poorly understood ways. America's approach to compliance with the LIO, including whether leaders feel the need to conceal rule violations at all, is a function of two primary factors: the intensity of competition over international order, and the burden of complying with the liberal order's core tenets in a given case.</p>
<p>Drawing on nine case studies, including the Korean War and Iraq War, Great Power, Great Responsibility sheds important light on the future of US foreign policy in an era where American unipolarity has ended and great power rivalry has returned.</p>
<p>Our guest is <a href="https://usnwc.edu/Faculty-and-Departments/Directory/Michael-Poznansky">Michael Poznansky</a>, an Associate Professor in the Strategic and Operational Research Department and a core faculty member in the Cyber &amp; Innovation Policy Institute at the U.S. Naval War College.</p>
<p>Our host is <a href="https://www.eleonoramattiacci.com/home">Eleonora Mattiacci</a>, an Associate Professor of Political Science at Amherst College. She is the author of "<a href="https://www.eleonoramattiacci.com/book-project-1">Volatile States in International Politics</a>" (Oxford University Press, 2023).</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Sep 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In the wake of World War II, the United States leveraged its hegemonic position in the international political system to gradually build a new global order centered around democracy, the expansion of free market capitalism, and the containment of communism. Named in retrospect the "liberal international order" (LIO), the system took decades to build and is still largely with us today even as the US's relative power within it has diminished.</p>
<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/great-power-great-responsibility-how-the-liberal-international-order-shapes-us-foreign-policy-associate-professor-strategic-and-operational-research/32c36b88fc0ed071?ean=9780197812914&amp;next=t&amp;next=t">Great Power, Great Responsibility: How the Liberal International Order Shapes US Foreign Policy</a> (Oxford UP, 2025), Michael Poznansky explores how the LIO has influenced US foreign policy from its founding to the present. Proponents argue that its impact has been profound, producing a system that has been more rule-bound and beneficial than any previous order. Critics charge that it has failed to prevent the US itself from consistently violating rules and norms. Poznansky contends that the answer lies in between. While rule-breaking has been a constant feature of the postwar order, the nature of violations varies in surprising and poorly understood ways. America's approach to compliance with the LIO, including whether leaders feel the need to conceal rule violations at all, is a function of two primary factors: the intensity of competition over international order, and the burden of complying with the liberal order's core tenets in a given case.</p>
<p>Drawing on nine case studies, including the Korean War and Iraq War, Great Power, Great Responsibility sheds important light on the future of US foreign policy in an era where American unipolarity has ended and great power rivalry has returned.</p>
<p>Our guest is <a href="https://usnwc.edu/Faculty-and-Departments/Directory/Michael-Poznansky">Michael Poznansky</a>, an Associate Professor in the Strategic and Operational Research Department and a core faculty member in the Cyber &amp; Innovation Policy Institute at the U.S. Naval War College.</p>
<p>Our host is <a href="https://www.eleonoramattiacci.com/home">Eleonora Mattiacci</a>, an Associate Professor of Political Science at Amherst College. She is the author of "<a href="https://www.eleonoramattiacci.com/book-project-1">Volatile States in International Politics</a>" (Oxford University Press, 2023).</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="28409425" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/c008fff2-0b49-4a32-b434-b8a44bef9b26/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=c008fff2-0b49-4a32-b434-b8a44bef9b26&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Michael Poznansky, &quot;Great Power, Great Responsibility: How the Liberal International Order Shapes US Foreign Policy&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:29:35</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In the wake of World War II, the United States leveraged its hegemonic position in the international political system to gradually build a new global order centered around democracy, the expansion of free market capitalism, and the containment of communism. Named in retrospect the &quot;liberal international order&quot; (LIO), the system took decades to build and is still largely with us today even as the US&apos;s relative power within it has diminished.

In Great Power, Great Responsibility: How the Liberal International Order Shapes US Foreign Policy (Oxford UP, 2025), Michael Poznansky explores how the LIO has influenced US foreign policy from its founding to the present. Proponents argue that its impact has been profound, producing a system that has been more rule-bound and beneficial than any previous order. Critics charge that it has failed to prevent the US itself from consistently violating rules and norms. Poznansky contends that the answer lies in between. While rule-breaking has been a constant feature of the postwar order, the nature of violations varies in surprising and poorly understood ways. America&apos;s approach to compliance with the LIO, including whether leaders feel the need to conceal rule violations at all, is a function of two primary factors: the intensity of competition over international order, and the burden of complying with the liberal order&apos;s core tenets in a given case.

Drawing on nine case studies, including the Korean War and Iraq War, Great Power, Great Responsibility sheds important light on the future of US foreign policy in an era where American unipolarity has ended and great power rivalry has returned.

Our guest is Michael Poznansky, an Associate Professor in the Strategic and Operational Research Department and a core faculty member in the Cyber &amp; Innovation Policy Institute at the U.S. Naval War College.

Our host is Eleonora Mattiacci, an Associate Professor of Political Science at Amherst College. She is the author of &quot;Volatile States in International Politics&quot; (Oxford University Press, 2023).</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In the wake of World War II, the United States leveraged its hegemonic position in the international political system to gradually build a new global order centered around democracy, the expansion of free market capitalism, and the containment of communism. Named in retrospect the &quot;liberal international order&quot; (LIO), the system took decades to build and is still largely with us today even as the US&apos;s relative power within it has diminished.

In Great Power, Great Responsibility: How the Liberal International Order Shapes US Foreign Policy (Oxford UP, 2025), Michael Poznansky explores how the LIO has influenced US foreign policy from its founding to the present. Proponents argue that its impact has been profound, producing a system that has been more rule-bound and beneficial than any previous order. Critics charge that it has failed to prevent the US itself from consistently violating rules and norms. Poznansky contends that the answer lies in between. While rule-breaking has been a constant feature of the postwar order, the nature of violations varies in surprising and poorly understood ways. America&apos;s approach to compliance with the LIO, including whether leaders feel the need to conceal rule violations at all, is a function of two primary factors: the intensity of competition over international order, and the burden of complying with the liberal order&apos;s core tenets in a given case.

Drawing on nine case studies, including the Korean War and Iraq War, Great Power, Great Responsibility sheds important light on the future of US foreign policy in an era where American unipolarity has ended and great power rivalry has returned.

Our guest is Michael Poznansky, an Associate Professor in the Strategic and Operational Research Department and a core faculty member in the Cyber &amp; Innovation Policy Institute at the U.S. Naval War College.

Our host is Eleonora Mattiacci, an Associate Professor of Political Science at Amherst College. She is the author of &quot;Volatile States in International Politics&quot; (Oxford University Press, 2023).</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1697</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2afe945e-8c88-11f0-beab-1b2602e3fe09</guid>
      <title>Ariel Colonomos, &quot;Pricing Lives: The Political Art of Measurement&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192890559">Pricing Lives: The Political Art of Measurement </a>(Oxford UP, 2023) discusses how human lives are equated with the material, and argues that pricing lives lies at the core of the political; in fact, as in Plato or Hobbes, and in the Weberian ethics of responsibility, measurement is considered to be one of its central features. Ariel Colonomos argues that this measure relies primarily on human lives and interests, and that the material equivalence to lives is twofold. The equivalence is a double equation, as we pay for lives and we pay with lives. This double equation constitutes the measurement upon which the political equilibrium of a society depends and is thus a key constitutive part of the political. The book adopts two approaches, both with an interdisciplinary perspective: one explanatory and the other normative. First, it explains the nexus between existential goods and material goods, drawing on a detailed analysis of several case studies from contemporary politics, both domestic and international. Second, it discusses normatively the material valuation of human lives and the human value of material goods. Value attribution and the question of the material equivalent to lives are of relevance not only for political theory and philosophy, but also for sociology, history, international relations, and legal studies.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 9 Sep 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192890559">Pricing Lives: The Political Art of Measurement </a>(Oxford UP, 2023) discusses how human lives are equated with the material, and argues that pricing lives lies at the core of the political; in fact, as in Plato or Hobbes, and in the Weberian ethics of responsibility, measurement is considered to be one of its central features. Ariel Colonomos argues that this measure relies primarily on human lives and interests, and that the material equivalence to lives is twofold. The equivalence is a double equation, as we pay for lives and we pay with lives. This double equation constitutes the measurement upon which the political equilibrium of a society depends and is thus a key constitutive part of the political. The book adopts two approaches, both with an interdisciplinary perspective: one explanatory and the other normative. First, it explains the nexus between existential goods and material goods, drawing on a detailed analysis of several case studies from contemporary politics, both domestic and international. Second, it discusses normatively the material valuation of human lives and the human value of material goods. Value attribution and the question of the material equivalent to lives are of relevance not only for political theory and philosophy, but also for sociology, history, international relations, and legal studies.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="40156655" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/8be6985f-f780-471f-9060-5a1a32fef055/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=8be6985f-f780-471f-9060-5a1a32fef055&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Ariel Colonomos, &quot;Pricing Lives: The Political Art of Measurement&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:41:49</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Pricing Lives: The Political Art of Measurement (Oxford UP, 2023) discusses how human lives are equated with the material, and argues that pricing lives lies at the core of the political; in fact, as in Plato or Hobbes, and in the Weberian ethics of responsibility, measurement is considered to be one of its central features. Ariel Colonomos argues that this measure relies primarily on human lives and interests, and that the material equivalence to lives is twofold. The equivalence is a double equation, as we pay for lives and we pay with lives. This double equation constitutes the measurement upon which the political equilibrium of a society depends and is thus a key constitutive part of the political. The book adopts two approaches, both with an interdisciplinary perspective: one explanatory and the other normative. First, it explains the nexus between existential goods and material goods, drawing on a detailed analysis of several case studies from contemporary politics, both domestic and international. Second, it discusses normatively the material valuation of human lives and the human value of material goods. Value attribution and the question of the material equivalent to lives are of relevance not only for political theory and philosophy, but also for sociology, history, international relations, and legal studies.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Pricing Lives: The Political Art of Measurement (Oxford UP, 2023) discusses how human lives are equated with the material, and argues that pricing lives lies at the core of the political; in fact, as in Plato or Hobbes, and in the Weberian ethics of responsibility, measurement is considered to be one of its central features. Ariel Colonomos argues that this measure relies primarily on human lives and interests, and that the material equivalence to lives is twofold. The equivalence is a double equation, as we pay for lives and we pay with lives. This double equation constitutes the measurement upon which the political equilibrium of a society depends and is thus a key constitutive part of the political. The book adopts two approaches, both with an interdisciplinary perspective: one explanatory and the other normative. First, it explains the nexus between existential goods and material goods, drawing on a detailed analysis of several case studies from contemporary politics, both domestic and international. Second, it discusses normatively the material valuation of human lives and the human value of material goods. Value attribution and the question of the material equivalent to lives are of relevance not only for political theory and philosophy, but also for sociology, history, international relations, and legal studies.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1696</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6479d98e-8c2c-11f0-8b28-637efbd23b95</guid>
      <title>Cynthia Paces, &quot;Prague: The Heart of Europe&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197554838">Prague: The Heart of Europe</a> (Oxford University Press, 2025) traces Prague's origins in the ninth century through the end of the Cold War. Highlights include the golden ages of Charles IV and Rudolph II; the religious conflicts of the Hussite and Thirty Years Wars; the rich culture of Europe's largest Jewish community; the rivalry between the city's German and Czech speakers; the World Wars and Nazi occupation; and the Communist era. Prague: The Heart of Europe highlights the complex culture of the city where Mozart premiered his magnificent Don Giovanni and where Franz Kafka wrote his foreboding tales.</p>
<p>Cynthia Paces is Professor of History at the College of New Jersey.</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 8 Sep 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197554838">Prague: The Heart of Europe</a> (Oxford University Press, 2025) traces Prague's origins in the ninth century through the end of the Cold War. Highlights include the golden ages of Charles IV and Rudolph II; the religious conflicts of the Hussite and Thirty Years Wars; the rich culture of Europe's largest Jewish community; the rivalry between the city's German and Czech speakers; the World Wars and Nazi occupation; and the Communist era. Prague: The Heart of Europe highlights the complex culture of the city where Mozart premiered his magnificent Don Giovanni and where Franz Kafka wrote his foreboding tales.</p>
<p>Cynthia Paces is Professor of History at the College of New Jersey.</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="96156723" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/3596067f-0b0f-471a-8859-5279a783f8ef/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=3596067f-0b0f-471a-8859-5279a783f8ef&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Cynthia Paces, &quot;Prague: The Heart of Europe&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:40:09</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Prague: The Heart of Europe (Oxford University Press, 2025) traces Prague&apos;s origins in the ninth century through the end of the Cold War. Highlights include the golden ages of Charles IV and Rudolph II; the religious conflicts of the Hussite and Thirty Years Wars; the rich culture of Europe&apos;s largest Jewish community; the rivalry between the city&apos;s German and Czech speakers; the World Wars and Nazi occupation; and the Communist era. Prague: The Heart of Europe highlights the complex culture of the city where Mozart premiered his magnificent Don Giovanni and where Franz Kafka wrote his foreboding tales.

Cynthia Paces is Professor of History at the College of New Jersey.

Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Prague: The Heart of Europe (Oxford University Press, 2025) traces Prague&apos;s origins in the ninth century through the end of the Cold War. Highlights include the golden ages of Charles IV and Rudolph II; the religious conflicts of the Hussite and Thirty Years Wars; the rich culture of Europe&apos;s largest Jewish community; the rivalry between the city&apos;s German and Czech speakers; the World Wars and Nazi occupation; and the Communist era. Prague: The Heart of Europe highlights the complex culture of the city where Mozart premiered his magnificent Don Giovanni and where Franz Kafka wrote his foreboding tales.

Cynthia Paces is Professor of History at the College of New Jersey.

Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1695</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">466e3934-8c37-11f0-a466-2b4d5ec5189b</guid>
      <title>William Kelleher Storey, &quot;The Colonialist: The Vision of Cecil Rhodes&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Cecil John Rhodes became one of the most influential people in the history of the British Empire. He made a fortune in South Africa by leading the world's most important diamond mining company, De Beers, as well as a gold-mining concern called Consolidated Gold Fields. While he was a busy entrepreneur, he was also a member of the Cape Colony's legislature and served as prime minister from 1890 to 1896, a key period for the development of racial discrimination. His British South Africa Company was given a charter to govern what is today Zambia and Zimbabwe. His most famous legacy is the Rhodes Trust, which funds the Rhodes Scholarships at Oxford University.</p>
<p>A complex figure, admired and detested in his own time, Rhodes dreamt to unite Southern Africa's colonies and republics into one state, dominated by white settlers, with labor provided by Black people who were constrained and pressured by discriminatory laws. He built his wealth on the backs of African migrant laborers, for whom he had little regard. His British South Africa Company was accused of fraud. And in 1895 and 1896, he famously encouraged a failed plot to overthrow the independent Boer republic in the Transvaal. Rhodes' coup helped to precipitate the South African War, which started in 1899 and ended in 1902, the year of Rhodes' death.</p>
<p>This authoritative biography focuses on the relationship between Rhodes' well-known activities in business and politics and the development of Southern Africa's infrastructure, most famously his plan for a Cape-to-Cairo railway. Rhodes envisioned a region where racism became embedded in the mining, farming, communication, and transportation industries. He pursued this vision in the face of opposition from many quarters. Understanding the extent of Rhodes' activities helps us to understand the challenges of modern Africa and the recent Rhodes Must Fall movement. A critical analysis of this contested figure, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780199811359">The Colonialist: The Vision of Cecil Rhodes</a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2025)<em> </em>offers an original portrait of a crucial figure of his era.</p>
<p>William Kelleher Storey is Professor of History and Dean of Arts and Humanities at Millsaps College.</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 8 Sep 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Cecil John Rhodes became one of the most influential people in the history of the British Empire. He made a fortune in South Africa by leading the world's most important diamond mining company, De Beers, as well as a gold-mining concern called Consolidated Gold Fields. While he was a busy entrepreneur, he was also a member of the Cape Colony's legislature and served as prime minister from 1890 to 1896, a key period for the development of racial discrimination. His British South Africa Company was given a charter to govern what is today Zambia and Zimbabwe. His most famous legacy is the Rhodes Trust, which funds the Rhodes Scholarships at Oxford University.</p>
<p>A complex figure, admired and detested in his own time, Rhodes dreamt to unite Southern Africa's colonies and republics into one state, dominated by white settlers, with labor provided by Black people who were constrained and pressured by discriminatory laws. He built his wealth on the backs of African migrant laborers, for whom he had little regard. His British South Africa Company was accused of fraud. And in 1895 and 1896, he famously encouraged a failed plot to overthrow the independent Boer republic in the Transvaal. Rhodes' coup helped to precipitate the South African War, which started in 1899 and ended in 1902, the year of Rhodes' death.</p>
<p>This authoritative biography focuses on the relationship between Rhodes' well-known activities in business and politics and the development of Southern Africa's infrastructure, most famously his plan for a Cape-to-Cairo railway. Rhodes envisioned a region where racism became embedded in the mining, farming, communication, and transportation industries. He pursued this vision in the face of opposition from many quarters. Understanding the extent of Rhodes' activities helps us to understand the challenges of modern Africa and the recent Rhodes Must Fall movement. A critical analysis of this contested figure, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780199811359">The Colonialist: The Vision of Cecil Rhodes</a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2025)<em> </em>offers an original portrait of a crucial figure of his era.</p>
<p>William Kelleher Storey is Professor of History and Dean of Arts and Humanities at Millsaps College.</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="60426527" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/ced06285-46d7-4bb4-9632-12f124625ee2/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=ced06285-46d7-4bb4-9632-12f124625ee2&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>William Kelleher Storey, &quot;The Colonialist: The Vision of Cecil Rhodes&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:02:56</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Cecil John Rhodes became one of the most influential people in the history of the British Empire. He made a fortune in South Africa by leading the world&apos;s most important diamond mining company, De Beers, as well as a gold-mining concern called Consolidated Gold Fields. While he was a busy entrepreneur, he was also a member of the Cape Colony&apos;s legislature and served as prime minister from 1890 to 1896, a key period for the development of racial discrimination. His British South Africa Company was given a charter to govern what is today Zambia and Zimbabwe. His most famous legacy is the Rhodes Trust, which funds the Rhodes Scholarships at Oxford University.

A complex figure, admired and detested in his own time, Rhodes dreamt to unite Southern Africa&apos;s colonies and republics into one state, dominated by white settlers, with labor provided by Black people who were constrained and pressured by discriminatory laws. He built his wealth on the backs of African migrant laborers, for whom he had little regard. His British South Africa Company was accused of fraud. And in 1895 and 1896, he famously encouraged a failed plot to overthrow the independent Boer republic in the Transvaal. Rhodes&apos; coup helped to precipitate the South African War, which started in 1899 and ended in 1902, the year of Rhodes&apos; death.

This authoritative biography focuses on the relationship between Rhodes&apos; well-known activities in business and politics and the development of Southern Africa&apos;s infrastructure, most famously his plan for a Cape-to-Cairo railway. Rhodes envisioned a region where racism became embedded in the mining, farming, communication, and transportation industries. He pursued this vision in the face of opposition from many quarters. Understanding the extent of Rhodes&apos; activities helps us to understand the challenges of modern Africa and the recent Rhodes Must Fall movement. A critical analysis of this contested figure, The Colonialist: The Vision of Cecil Rhodes (Oxford University Press, 2025) offers an original portrait of a crucial figure of his era.

William Kelleher Storey is Professor of History and Dean of Arts and Humanities at Millsaps College.

Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Cecil John Rhodes became one of the most influential people in the history of the British Empire. He made a fortune in South Africa by leading the world&apos;s most important diamond mining company, De Beers, as well as a gold-mining concern called Consolidated Gold Fields. While he was a busy entrepreneur, he was also a member of the Cape Colony&apos;s legislature and served as prime minister from 1890 to 1896, a key period for the development of racial discrimination. His British South Africa Company was given a charter to govern what is today Zambia and Zimbabwe. His most famous legacy is the Rhodes Trust, which funds the Rhodes Scholarships at Oxford University.

A complex figure, admired and detested in his own time, Rhodes dreamt to unite Southern Africa&apos;s colonies and republics into one state, dominated by white settlers, with labor provided by Black people who were constrained and pressured by discriminatory laws. He built his wealth on the backs of African migrant laborers, for whom he had little regard. His British South Africa Company was accused of fraud. And in 1895 and 1896, he famously encouraged a failed plot to overthrow the independent Boer republic in the Transvaal. Rhodes&apos; coup helped to precipitate the South African War, which started in 1899 and ended in 1902, the year of Rhodes&apos; death.

This authoritative biography focuses on the relationship between Rhodes&apos; well-known activities in business and politics and the development of Southern Africa&apos;s infrastructure, most famously his plan for a Cape-to-Cairo railway. Rhodes envisioned a region where racism became embedded in the mining, farming, communication, and transportation industries. He pursued this vision in the face of opposition from many quarters. Understanding the extent of Rhodes&apos; activities helps us to understand the challenges of modern Africa and the recent Rhodes Must Fall movement. A critical analysis of this contested figure, The Colonialist: The Vision of Cecil Rhodes (Oxford University Press, 2025) offers an original portrait of a crucial figure of his era.

William Kelleher Storey is Professor of History and Dean of Arts and Humanities at Millsaps College.

Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1694</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">aad58458-8b39-11f0-8b28-4f3d50e2258c</guid>
      <title>Christopher Willard et al., &quot;College Mental Health 101: A Guide for Students, Parents, and Professionals&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>With a growing number of students entering college with an existing mental health diagnosis, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197764404">College Mental Health 101: A Guide for Students, Parents, and Professionals</a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2025) offers hope and clear direction to those struggling with mental illness.</p>
<p>There is an undeniable mental health crisis on campuses these days. More students are anxious, depressed, drinking, and self-harming than ever before. The statistics are startling: 50% of mental health issues begin by age 14, 75% by age 24, while suicide is the second leading cause of death among young adults. And yet even while more students are struggling, more students than ever are breaking through stigma, seeking help, and sharing openly in person and social media about their challenges.</p>
<p><em>College Mental Health 101</em> offers more answers, relief, resources, and research backed information for families, students, and staff already at college or beginning the application process. With simple charts and facts, informal self-assessments, quick tips for students and those who support them, the book includes hundreds of voices addressing common concerns. Basics like picking and contacting a therapist, knowing your rights, disclosing to friends and family, advice on medication and time off, are all covered in brief digestible sections. The book also offers support and understanding to families and friends of struggling students who are often uncertain of where else to turn for expert advice. Packed with hundreds of expert and student voices, three diverse experts in the field have assembled the right resources at the right time.</p>
<p>Christopher Willard is a clinical psychologist, author, and consultant based in Massachusetts. He teaches at Harvard Medical School.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 7 Sep 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>With a growing number of students entering college with an existing mental health diagnosis, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197764404">College Mental Health 101: A Guide for Students, Parents, and Professionals</a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2025) offers hope and clear direction to those struggling with mental illness.</p>
<p>There is an undeniable mental health crisis on campuses these days. More students are anxious, depressed, drinking, and self-harming than ever before. The statistics are startling: 50% of mental health issues begin by age 14, 75% by age 24, while suicide is the second leading cause of death among young adults. And yet even while more students are struggling, more students than ever are breaking through stigma, seeking help, and sharing openly in person and social media about their challenges.</p>
<p><em>College Mental Health 101</em> offers more answers, relief, resources, and research backed information for families, students, and staff already at college or beginning the application process. With simple charts and facts, informal self-assessments, quick tips for students and those who support them, the book includes hundreds of voices addressing common concerns. Basics like picking and contacting a therapist, knowing your rights, disclosing to friends and family, advice on medication and time off, are all covered in brief digestible sections. The book also offers support and understanding to families and friends of struggling students who are often uncertain of where else to turn for expert advice. Packed with hundreds of expert and student voices, three diverse experts in the field have assembled the right resources at the right time.</p>
<p>Christopher Willard is a clinical psychologist, author, and consultant based in Massachusetts. He teaches at Harvard Medical School.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="41711104" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/f1102088-93e8-441f-bddf-517e1689fbdb/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=f1102088-93e8-441f-bddf-517e1689fbdb&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Christopher Willard et al., &quot;College Mental Health 101: A Guide for Students, Parents, and Professionals&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:43:26</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>With a growing number of students entering college with an existing mental health diagnosis, College Mental Health 101: A Guide for Students, Parents, and Professionals (Oxford UP, 2025) offers hope and clear direction to those struggling with mental illness.

There is an undeniable mental health crisis on campuses these days. More students are anxious, depressed, drinking, and self-harming than ever before. The statistics are startling: 50% of mental health issues begin by age 14, 75% by age 24, while suicide is the second leading cause of death among young adults. And yet even while more students are struggling, more students than ever are breaking through stigma, seeking help, and sharing openly in person and social media about their challenges.

College Mental Health 101 offers more answers, relief, resources, and research backed information for families, students, and staff already at college or beginning the application process. With simple charts and facts, informal self-assessments, quick tips for students and those who support them, the book includes hundreds of voices addressing common concerns. Basics like picking and contacting a therapist, knowing your rights, disclosing to friends and family, advice on medication and time off, are all covered in brief digestible sections. The book also offers support and understanding to families and friends of struggling students who are often uncertain of where else to turn for expert advice. Packed with hundreds of expert and student voices, three diverse experts in the field have assembled the right resources at the right time.

Christopher Willard is a clinical psychologist, author, and consultant based in Massachusetts. He teaches at Harvard Medical School.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>With a growing number of students entering college with an existing mental health diagnosis, College Mental Health 101: A Guide for Students, Parents, and Professionals (Oxford UP, 2025) offers hope and clear direction to those struggling with mental illness.

There is an undeniable mental health crisis on campuses these days. More students are anxious, depressed, drinking, and self-harming than ever before. The statistics are startling: 50% of mental health issues begin by age 14, 75% by age 24, while suicide is the second leading cause of death among young adults. And yet even while more students are struggling, more students than ever are breaking through stigma, seeking help, and sharing openly in person and social media about their challenges.

College Mental Health 101 offers more answers, relief, resources, and research backed information for families, students, and staff already at college or beginning the application process. With simple charts and facts, informal self-assessments, quick tips for students and those who support them, the book includes hundreds of voices addressing common concerns. Basics like picking and contacting a therapist, knowing your rights, disclosing to friends and family, advice on medication and time off, are all covered in brief digestible sections. The book also offers support and understanding to families and friends of struggling students who are often uncertain of where else to turn for expert advice. Packed with hundreds of expert and student voices, three diverse experts in the field have assembled the right resources at the right time.

Christopher Willard is a clinical psychologist, author, and consultant based in Massachusetts. He teaches at Harvard Medical School.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1693</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">20e48174-86e1-11f0-8620-e3e66524a73d</guid>
      <title>Robert Ivermee, &quot;Glorious Failure: The Forgotten History of French Imperialism in India&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>This is a powerful new account of a chapter in history that is crucial to understand, yet often overlooked. For 150 years, from the reign of Louis XIV to the downfall of Napoleon, France was an aggressive imperial power in South Asia, driven by the pursuit of greatness and riches. Through their East India company and state, the French established a far-reaching empire in India, only to see their dominant position undermined by conflict with Indian rulers, competition from other European nations, and a series of fatal strategic errors.</p>
<p>Exploding the myth of a benign French presence on the subcontinent, Robert Ivermee's extensive research reveals how France's Indian empire relied on war-making, conquest, opportunistic alliances, regime change and slavery to pursue its ambitions. He considers influential French figures' reactions to the collapse of the imperial project, not least their deployment of new ideas, like freedom and the rights of man, to justify fresh ventures of domination--even as colonial authorities failed to acknowledge the equality of French India's diverse indigenous peoples, both before and after the French Revolution.</p>
<p>From great power rivalry to informal empire and entrenched inequalities, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197837818">Glorious Failure﻿: The Forgotten History of French Imperialism in India</a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2025) tackles topics that remain vital and urgent in today's world.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 2 Sep 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This is a powerful new account of a chapter in history that is crucial to understand, yet often overlooked. For 150 years, from the reign of Louis XIV to the downfall of Napoleon, France was an aggressive imperial power in South Asia, driven by the pursuit of greatness and riches. Through their East India company and state, the French established a far-reaching empire in India, only to see their dominant position undermined by conflict with Indian rulers, competition from other European nations, and a series of fatal strategic errors.</p>
<p>Exploding the myth of a benign French presence on the subcontinent, Robert Ivermee's extensive research reveals how France's Indian empire relied on war-making, conquest, opportunistic alliances, regime change and slavery to pursue its ambitions. He considers influential French figures' reactions to the collapse of the imperial project, not least their deployment of new ideas, like freedom and the rights of man, to justify fresh ventures of domination--even as colonial authorities failed to acknowledge the equality of French India's diverse indigenous peoples, both before and after the French Revolution.</p>
<p>From great power rivalry to informal empire and entrenched inequalities, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197837818">Glorious Failure﻿: The Forgotten History of French Imperialism in India</a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2025) tackles topics that remain vital and urgent in today's world.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="50071148" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/6d9e34f7-5054-4910-b2bf-9a86227124c4/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=6d9e34f7-5054-4910-b2bf-9a86227124c4&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Robert Ivermee, &quot;Glorious Failure: The Forgotten History of French Imperialism in India&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:52:09</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>This is a powerful new account of a chapter in history that is crucial to understand, yet often overlooked. For 150 years, from the reign of Louis XIV to the downfall of Napoleon, France was an aggressive imperial power in South Asia, driven by the pursuit of greatness and riches. Through their East India company and state, the French established a far-reaching empire in India, only to see their dominant position undermined by conflict with Indian rulers, competition from other European nations, and a series of fatal strategic errors.

Exploding the myth of a benign French presence on the subcontinent, Robert Ivermee&apos;s extensive research reveals how France&apos;s Indian empire relied on war-making, conquest, opportunistic alliances, regime change and slavery to pursue its ambitions. He considers influential French figures&apos; reactions to the collapse of the imperial project, not least their deployment of new ideas, like freedom and the rights of man, to justify fresh ventures of domination--even as colonial authorities failed to acknowledge the equality of French India&apos;s diverse indigenous peoples, both before and after the French Revolution.

From great power rivalry to informal empire and entrenched inequalities, Glorious Failure﻿: The Forgotten History of French Imperialism in India (Oxford UP, 2025) tackles topics that remain vital and urgent in today&apos;s world.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>This is a powerful new account of a chapter in history that is crucial to understand, yet often overlooked. For 150 years, from the reign of Louis XIV to the downfall of Napoleon, France was an aggressive imperial power in South Asia, driven by the pursuit of greatness and riches. Through their East India company and state, the French established a far-reaching empire in India, only to see their dominant position undermined by conflict with Indian rulers, competition from other European nations, and a series of fatal strategic errors.

Exploding the myth of a benign French presence on the subcontinent, Robert Ivermee&apos;s extensive research reveals how France&apos;s Indian empire relied on war-making, conquest, opportunistic alliances, regime change and slavery to pursue its ambitions. He considers influential French figures&apos; reactions to the collapse of the imperial project, not least their deployment of new ideas, like freedom and the rights of man, to justify fresh ventures of domination--even as colonial authorities failed to acknowledge the equality of French India&apos;s diverse indigenous peoples, both before and after the French Revolution.

From great power rivalry to informal empire and entrenched inequalities, Glorious Failure﻿: The Forgotten History of French Imperialism in India (Oxford UP, 2025) tackles topics that remain vital and urgent in today&apos;s world.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1692</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">35e7d204-84fe-11f0-a109-bfe0817cfb96</guid>
      <title>Brendan A. Shanahan, &quot;Disparate Regimes: Nativist Politics, Alienage Law, and Citizenship Rights in the United States, 1865-1965&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Historians have well described how US immigration policy increasingly fell under the purview of federal law and national politics in the mid-to-late nineteenth century. It is far less understood that the rights of noncitizen immigrants in the country remained primarily contested in the realms of state politics and law until the mid-to-late twentieth century. Such state-level political debates often centered on whether noncitizen immigrants should vote, count as part of the polity for the purposes of state legislative representation, work in public and publicly funded employment, or obtain professional licensure.<br />Enacted state alienage laws were rarely self-executing, and immigrants and their allies regularly challenged nativist restrictions in court, on the job, by appealing to lawmakers and the public, and even via diplomacy. Battles over the passage, implementation, and constitutionality of such policies at times aligned with and sometimes clashed against contemporaneous efforts to expand rights to marginalized Americans, particularly US-born women. </p>
<p>Often considered separately or treated as topics of marginal importance, <em>Disparate Regimes: Nativist Politics, Alienage Law, and Citizenship Rights in the United States, 1865–1965</em> (Oxford University Press, 2025) by Dr. Brendan A. Shanahan underscores the centrality of nativist state politics and alienage policies to the history of American immigration and citizenship from the late nineteenth to the mid-twentieth centuries. It argues that the proliferation of these debates and laws produced veritable disparate regimes of citizenship rights in the American political economy on a state-by-state basis. It further illustrates how nativist state politics and alienage policies helped to invent and concretize the idea that citizenship rights meant citizen-only rights in law, practice, and popular perception in the United States.</p>
<p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 1 Sep 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Historians have well described how US immigration policy increasingly fell under the purview of federal law and national politics in the mid-to-late nineteenth century. It is far less understood that the rights of noncitizen immigrants in the country remained primarily contested in the realms of state politics and law until the mid-to-late twentieth century. Such state-level political debates often centered on whether noncitizen immigrants should vote, count as part of the polity for the purposes of state legislative representation, work in public and publicly funded employment, or obtain professional licensure.<br />Enacted state alienage laws were rarely self-executing, and immigrants and their allies regularly challenged nativist restrictions in court, on the job, by appealing to lawmakers and the public, and even via diplomacy. Battles over the passage, implementation, and constitutionality of such policies at times aligned with and sometimes clashed against contemporaneous efforts to expand rights to marginalized Americans, particularly US-born women. </p>
<p>Often considered separately or treated as topics of marginal importance, <em>Disparate Regimes: Nativist Politics, Alienage Law, and Citizenship Rights in the United States, 1865–1965</em> (Oxford University Press, 2025) by Dr. Brendan A. Shanahan underscores the centrality of nativist state politics and alienage policies to the history of American immigration and citizenship from the late nineteenth to the mid-twentieth centuries. It argues that the proliferation of these debates and laws produced veritable disparate regimes of citizenship rights in the American political economy on a state-by-state basis. It further illustrates how nativist state politics and alienage policies helped to invent and concretize the idea that citizenship rights meant citizen-only rights in law, practice, and popular perception in the United States.</p>
<p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="72026389" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/a68e825c-247a-4d8b-b469-06188c4bdc3a/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=a68e825c-247a-4d8b-b469-06188c4bdc3a&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Brendan A. Shanahan, &quot;Disparate Regimes: Nativist Politics, Alienage Law, and Citizenship Rights in the United States, 1865-1965&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:15:01</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Historians have well described how US immigration policy increasingly fell under the purview of federal law and national politics in the mid-to-late nineteenth century. It is far less understood that the rights of noncitizen immigrants in the country remained primarily contested in the realms of state politics and law until the mid-to-late twentieth century. Such state-level political debates often centered on whether noncitizen immigrants should vote, count as part of the polity for the purposes of state legislative representation, work in public and publicly funded employment, or obtain professional licensure.Enacted state alienage laws were rarely self-executing, and immigrants and their allies regularly challenged nativist restrictions in court, on the job, by appealing to lawmakers and the public, and even via diplomacy. Battles over the passage, implementation, and constitutionality of such policies at times aligned with and sometimes clashed against contemporaneous efforts to expand rights to marginalized Americans, particularly US-born women. 

Often considered separately or treated as topics of marginal importance, Disparate Regimes: Nativist Politics, Alienage Law, and Citizenship Rights in the United States, 1865–1965 (Oxford University Press, 2025) by Dr. Brendan A. Shanahan underscores the centrality of nativist state politics and alienage policies to the history of American immigration and citizenship from the late nineteenth to the mid-twentieth centuries. It argues that the proliferation of these debates and laws produced veritable disparate regimes of citizenship rights in the American political economy on a state-by-state basis. It further illustrates how nativist state politics and alienage policies helped to invent and concretize the idea that citizenship rights meant citizen-only rights in law, practice, and popular perception in the United States.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Historians have well described how US immigration policy increasingly fell under the purview of federal law and national politics in the mid-to-late nineteenth century. It is far less understood that the rights of noncitizen immigrants in the country remained primarily contested in the realms of state politics and law until the mid-to-late twentieth century. Such state-level political debates often centered on whether noncitizen immigrants should vote, count as part of the polity for the purposes of state legislative representation, work in public and publicly funded employment, or obtain professional licensure.Enacted state alienage laws were rarely self-executing, and immigrants and their allies regularly challenged nativist restrictions in court, on the job, by appealing to lawmakers and the public, and even via diplomacy. Battles over the passage, implementation, and constitutionality of such policies at times aligned with and sometimes clashed against contemporaneous efforts to expand rights to marginalized Americans, particularly US-born women. 

Often considered separately or treated as topics of marginal importance, Disparate Regimes: Nativist Politics, Alienage Law, and Citizenship Rights in the United States, 1865–1965 (Oxford University Press, 2025) by Dr. Brendan A. Shanahan underscores the centrality of nativist state politics and alienage policies to the history of American immigration and citizenship from the late nineteenth to the mid-twentieth centuries. It argues that the proliferation of these debates and laws produced veritable disparate regimes of citizenship rights in the American political economy on a state-by-state basis. It further illustrates how nativist state politics and alienage policies helped to invent and concretize the idea that citizenship rights meant citizen-only rights in law, practice, and popular perception in the United States.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>251</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2417fe44-84a1-11f0-af9a-5bce2fd1e790</guid>
      <title>David Bosco, &quot;The Poseidon Project: The Struggle to Govern the World&apos;s Oceans&quot; (Oxford UP, 2021)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Oceanic Studies. An interdisciplinary podcast that examines the past, present, and future of ocean governance ﻿<br /></p>
<p>In 1609, the Dutch lawyer Hugo Grotius rejected the idea that even powerful rulers could own the oceans. "A ship sailing through the sea," he wrote, "leaves behind it no more legal right than it does a track." A philosophical and legal battle ensued, but Grotius's view ultimately prevailed. To this day, "freedom of the seas" remains an important legal principle and a powerful rhetorical tool.<br />Yet in recent decades, freedom of the seas has eroded in multiple ways and for a variety of reasons. During the world wars of the 20th century, combatants imposed unprecedented restrictions on maritime commerce, leaving international rules in tatters. National governments have steadily expanded their reach into the oceans. More recently, environmental concerns have led to new international restrictions on high seas fishing. Today's most dangerous maritime disputes-including China's push for control of the South China Sea-are occurring against the backdrop of major changes in the way the world treats the oceans.</p>
<p>As David Bosco shows in <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-poseidon-project-9780190265649?cc=sg&amp;lang=en&amp;">The Poseidon Project: The Struggle to Govern the World's Oceans </a>(Oxford UP, 2021), the history of humanity's attempt to create rules for the oceans is alive and relevant. Tracing the roots of the law of the sea and the background to current maritime disputes, he shows that building effective ocean rules while preserving maritime freedoms remains a daunting task. Bosco analyzes how fragile international institutions and determined activists are struggling for relevance in a world still dominated by national governments. As maritime tensions develop, <em>The Poseidon Project</em> will serve as an essential guide to the continuing challenge of ocean governance.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 30 Aug 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Oceanic Studies. An interdisciplinary podcast that examines the past, present, and future of ocean governance ﻿<br /></p>
<p>In 1609, the Dutch lawyer Hugo Grotius rejected the idea that even powerful rulers could own the oceans. "A ship sailing through the sea," he wrote, "leaves behind it no more legal right than it does a track." A philosophical and legal battle ensued, but Grotius's view ultimately prevailed. To this day, "freedom of the seas" remains an important legal principle and a powerful rhetorical tool.<br />Yet in recent decades, freedom of the seas has eroded in multiple ways and for a variety of reasons. During the world wars of the 20th century, combatants imposed unprecedented restrictions on maritime commerce, leaving international rules in tatters. National governments have steadily expanded their reach into the oceans. More recently, environmental concerns have led to new international restrictions on high seas fishing. Today's most dangerous maritime disputes-including China's push for control of the South China Sea-are occurring against the backdrop of major changes in the way the world treats the oceans.</p>
<p>As David Bosco shows in <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-poseidon-project-9780190265649?cc=sg&amp;lang=en&amp;">The Poseidon Project: The Struggle to Govern the World's Oceans </a>(Oxford UP, 2021), the history of humanity's attempt to create rules for the oceans is alive and relevant. Tracing the roots of the law of the sea and the background to current maritime disputes, he shows that building effective ocean rules while preserving maritime freedoms remains a daunting task. Bosco analyzes how fragile international institutions and determined activists are struggling for relevance in a world still dominated by national governments. As maritime tensions develop, <em>The Poseidon Project</em> will serve as an essential guide to the continuing challenge of ocean governance.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="52774146" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/d26e080a-4fef-40de-8dc8-f7704bc62645/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=d26e080a-4fef-40de-8dc8-f7704bc62645&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>David Bosco, &quot;The Poseidon Project: The Struggle to Govern the World&apos;s Oceans&quot; (Oxford UP, 2021)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:54:58</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Oceanic Studies. An interdisciplinary podcast that examines the past, present, and future of ocean governance ﻿

In 1609, the Dutch lawyer Hugo Grotius rejected the idea that even powerful rulers could own the oceans. &quot;A ship sailing through the sea,&quot; he wrote, &quot;leaves behind it no more legal right than it does a track.&quot; A philosophical and legal battle ensued, but Grotius&apos;s view ultimately prevailed. To this day, &quot;freedom of the seas&quot; remains an important legal principle and a powerful rhetorical tool.Yet in recent decades, freedom of the seas has eroded in multiple ways and for a variety of reasons. During the world wars of the 20th century, combatants imposed unprecedented restrictions on maritime commerce, leaving international rules in tatters. National governments have steadily expanded their reach into the oceans. More recently, environmental concerns have led to new international restrictions on high seas fishing. Today&apos;s most dangerous maritime disputes-including China&apos;s push for control of the South China Sea-are occurring against the backdrop of major changes in the way the world treats the oceans.

As David Bosco shows in The Poseidon Project: The Struggle to Govern the World&apos;s Oceans (Oxford UP, 2021), the history of humanity&apos;s attempt to create rules for the oceans is alive and relevant. Tracing the roots of the law of the sea and the background to current maritime disputes, he shows that building effective ocean rules while preserving maritime freedoms remains a daunting task. Bosco analyzes how fragile international institutions and determined activists are struggling for relevance in a world still dominated by national governments. As maritime tensions develop, The Poseidon Project will serve as an essential guide to the continuing challenge of ocean governance.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Oceanic Studies. An interdisciplinary podcast that examines the past, present, and future of ocean governance ﻿

In 1609, the Dutch lawyer Hugo Grotius rejected the idea that even powerful rulers could own the oceans. &quot;A ship sailing through the sea,&quot; he wrote, &quot;leaves behind it no more legal right than it does a track.&quot; A philosophical and legal battle ensued, but Grotius&apos;s view ultimately prevailed. To this day, &quot;freedom of the seas&quot; remains an important legal principle and a powerful rhetorical tool.Yet in recent decades, freedom of the seas has eroded in multiple ways and for a variety of reasons. During the world wars of the 20th century, combatants imposed unprecedented restrictions on maritime commerce, leaving international rules in tatters. National governments have steadily expanded their reach into the oceans. More recently, environmental concerns have led to new international restrictions on high seas fishing. Today&apos;s most dangerous maritime disputes-including China&apos;s push for control of the South China Sea-are occurring against the backdrop of major changes in the way the world treats the oceans.

As David Bosco shows in The Poseidon Project: The Struggle to Govern the World&apos;s Oceans (Oxford UP, 2021), the history of humanity&apos;s attempt to create rules for the oceans is alive and relevant. Tracing the roots of the law of the sea and the background to current maritime disputes, he shows that building effective ocean rules while preserving maritime freedoms remains a daunting task. Bosco analyzes how fragile international institutions and determined activists are struggling for relevance in a world still dominated by national governments. As maritime tensions develop, The Poseidon Project will serve as an essential guide to the continuing challenge of ocean governance.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1690</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f4b72578-838b-11f0-9ded-4759486e30d4</guid>
      <title>Thane Gustafson, &quot;Perfect Storm: Russia&apos;s Failed Economic Opening, the Hurricane of War and Sanctions, and the Uncertain Future&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Russia's invasion of Ukraine in 2022 brought a tragic close to a thirty-year period of history that began with the collapse of the Soviet Union and the reopening of Russia to the West after six decades of Soviet isolation. The opening lasted for three tumultuous decades and ended with a new closing, driven by the Ukrainian war, the imposition of Western sanctions, and the Russian responses to them.</p>
<p>In<em> </em><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197795682">Perfect Storm: Russia's Failed Economic Opening, the Hurricane of War and Sanctions, and the Uncertain Future</a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2025), Russia analyst Thane Gustafson reinterprets the story of Russia's failed opening to the West, focusing on its economic, technological, and social aspects, and the role they played in its ultimate failure. These parallel events are essential for understanding what happened and what went wrong. Yet they have received much less attention than the military and geopolitical aspects of the current conflict. Gustafson tells the story of the West's entry into Russia, the arrival of Russians into the West, and the conflicting emotions and responses these aroused on both sides, contributing to the ultimate breakdown of relations and the unprecedented hurricane of Western sanctions. The book concludes with an examination of possible futures under a new generation of leaders.</p>
<p>A measured and nuanced account of the evolution of Russia's economic relations with the world, <em>Perfect Storm </em>illuminates the longer history of Russia's opening to the West, from its achievements and disappointments to the complexity of the post-invasion sanctions regime and Russia's responses to them.</p>
<p>Thane Gustafson is Professor of Government at Georgetown University. He is the author of many books, including <em>Klimat</em> (2021), <em>The Bridge</em> (2020), and <em>Wheel of Fortune</em> (2012).</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 29 Aug 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Russia's invasion of Ukraine in 2022 brought a tragic close to a thirty-year period of history that began with the collapse of the Soviet Union and the reopening of Russia to the West after six decades of Soviet isolation. The opening lasted for three tumultuous decades and ended with a new closing, driven by the Ukrainian war, the imposition of Western sanctions, and the Russian responses to them.</p>
<p>In<em> </em><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197795682">Perfect Storm: Russia's Failed Economic Opening, the Hurricane of War and Sanctions, and the Uncertain Future</a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2025), Russia analyst Thane Gustafson reinterprets the story of Russia's failed opening to the West, focusing on its economic, technological, and social aspects, and the role they played in its ultimate failure. These parallel events are essential for understanding what happened and what went wrong. Yet they have received much less attention than the military and geopolitical aspects of the current conflict. Gustafson tells the story of the West's entry into Russia, the arrival of Russians into the West, and the conflicting emotions and responses these aroused on both sides, contributing to the ultimate breakdown of relations and the unprecedented hurricane of Western sanctions. The book concludes with an examination of possible futures under a new generation of leaders.</p>
<p>A measured and nuanced account of the evolution of Russia's economic relations with the world, <em>Perfect Storm </em>illuminates the longer history of Russia's opening to the West, from its achievements and disappointments to the complexity of the post-invasion sanctions regime and Russia's responses to them.</p>
<p>Thane Gustafson is Professor of Government at Georgetown University. He is the author of many books, including <em>Klimat</em> (2021), <em>The Bridge</em> (2020), and <em>Wheel of Fortune</em> (2012).</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="58132080" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/70faf603-dba3-4500-ba04-9e3435378d37/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=70faf603-dba3-4500-ba04-9e3435378d37&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Thane Gustafson, &quot;Perfect Storm: Russia&apos;s Failed Economic Opening, the Hurricane of War and Sanctions, and the Uncertain Future&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:00:33</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Russia&apos;s invasion of Ukraine in 2022 brought a tragic close to a thirty-year period of history that began with the collapse of the Soviet Union and the reopening of Russia to the West after six decades of Soviet isolation. The opening lasted for three tumultuous decades and ended with a new closing, driven by the Ukrainian war, the imposition of Western sanctions, and the Russian responses to them.

In Perfect Storm: Russia&apos;s Failed Economic Opening, the Hurricane of War and Sanctions, and the Uncertain Future (Oxford University Press, 2025), Russia analyst Thane Gustafson reinterprets the story of Russia&apos;s failed opening to the West, focusing on its economic, technological, and social aspects, and the role they played in its ultimate failure. These parallel events are essential for understanding what happened and what went wrong. Yet they have received much less attention than the military and geopolitical aspects of the current conflict. Gustafson tells the story of the West&apos;s entry into Russia, the arrival of Russians into the West, and the conflicting emotions and responses these aroused on both sides, contributing to the ultimate breakdown of relations and the unprecedented hurricane of Western sanctions. The book concludes with an examination of possible futures under a new generation of leaders.

A measured and nuanced account of the evolution of Russia&apos;s economic relations with the world, Perfect Storm illuminates the longer history of Russia&apos;s opening to the West, from its achievements and disappointments to the complexity of the post-invasion sanctions regime and Russia&apos;s responses to them.

Thane Gustafson is Professor of Government at Georgetown University. He is the author of many books, including Klimat (2021), The Bridge (2020), and Wheel of Fortune (2012).

Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Russia&apos;s invasion of Ukraine in 2022 brought a tragic close to a thirty-year period of history that began with the collapse of the Soviet Union and the reopening of Russia to the West after six decades of Soviet isolation. The opening lasted for three tumultuous decades and ended with a new closing, driven by the Ukrainian war, the imposition of Western sanctions, and the Russian responses to them.

In Perfect Storm: Russia&apos;s Failed Economic Opening, the Hurricane of War and Sanctions, and the Uncertain Future (Oxford University Press, 2025), Russia analyst Thane Gustafson reinterprets the story of Russia&apos;s failed opening to the West, focusing on its economic, technological, and social aspects, and the role they played in its ultimate failure. These parallel events are essential for understanding what happened and what went wrong. Yet they have received much less attention than the military and geopolitical aspects of the current conflict. Gustafson tells the story of the West&apos;s entry into Russia, the arrival of Russians into the West, and the conflicting emotions and responses these aroused on both sides, contributing to the ultimate breakdown of relations and the unprecedented hurricane of Western sanctions. The book concludes with an examination of possible futures under a new generation of leaders.

A measured and nuanced account of the evolution of Russia&apos;s economic relations with the world, Perfect Storm illuminates the longer history of Russia&apos;s opening to the West, from its achievements and disappointments to the complexity of the post-invasion sanctions regime and Russia&apos;s responses to them.

Thane Gustafson is Professor of Government at Georgetown University. He is the author of many books, including Klimat (2021), The Bridge (2020), and Wheel of Fortune (2012).

Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1689</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ea6f6c24-8390-11f0-9d7f-63a586ac54b7</guid>
      <title>Kathleen B. Casey, &quot;The Things She Carried: A Cultural History of the Purse in America&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>For generations of Americans, the purse has been an essential and highly adaptable object, used to achieve a host of social, cultural, and political objectives. In the early 1800s, when the slim fit of neoclassical dresses made interior pockets impractical, upper-class women began to carry small purses called reticules, which provided them with a private place in a world where they did not have equal access to public space. Although many items of apparel have long expressed their wearer's aspirations, only the purse has offered carriers privacy, pride, and pleasure. This privacy has been particularly important for those who have faced discrimination because of their gender, class, race, citizenship, or sexuality.</p>
<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197587829">The Things She Carried: A Cultural History of the Purse in America</a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2025) reveals how bags, sacks, and purses provided the methods and materials for Americans' activism, allowing carriers to transgress critical boundaries at key moments. It explores how enslaved people used purses and bags when attempting to escape and immigrant factory workers fought to protect their purses in the workplace. It also probes the purse's nuanced functions for Black women in the civil rights movement and explores how LGBTQ people used purses to defend their bodies and make declarations about their sexuality.</p>
<p>Kathleen Casey closely examines a variety of sources--from vintage purses found in abandoned buildings and museum collections to advertisements, photograph albums, trade journals, newspaper columns, and trial transcripts. She finds purses in use at fraught historical moments, where they served strategic and symbolic functions for their users. The result is a thorough and surprising examination of an object that both ordinary and extraordinary Americans used to influence social, cultural, economic, and political change.</p>
<p>Kathleen B. Casey is Director of the Women's, Gender, and Sexuality Studies Program and Professor of History at Furman University in South Carolina.</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 29 Aug 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>For generations of Americans, the purse has been an essential and highly adaptable object, used to achieve a host of social, cultural, and political objectives. In the early 1800s, when the slim fit of neoclassical dresses made interior pockets impractical, upper-class women began to carry small purses called reticules, which provided them with a private place in a world where they did not have equal access to public space. Although many items of apparel have long expressed their wearer's aspirations, only the purse has offered carriers privacy, pride, and pleasure. This privacy has been particularly important for those who have faced discrimination because of their gender, class, race, citizenship, or sexuality.</p>
<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197587829">The Things She Carried: A Cultural History of the Purse in America</a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2025) reveals how bags, sacks, and purses provided the methods and materials for Americans' activism, allowing carriers to transgress critical boundaries at key moments. It explores how enslaved people used purses and bags when attempting to escape and immigrant factory workers fought to protect their purses in the workplace. It also probes the purse's nuanced functions for Black women in the civil rights movement and explores how LGBTQ people used purses to defend their bodies and make declarations about their sexuality.</p>
<p>Kathleen Casey closely examines a variety of sources--from vintage purses found in abandoned buildings and museum collections to advertisements, photograph albums, trade journals, newspaper columns, and trial transcripts. She finds purses in use at fraught historical moments, where they served strategic and symbolic functions for their users. The result is a thorough and surprising examination of an object that both ordinary and extraordinary Americans used to influence social, cultural, economic, and political change.</p>
<p>Kathleen B. Casey is Director of the Women's, Gender, and Sexuality Studies Program and Professor of History at Furman University in South Carolina.</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="33261960" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/13d78568-549c-434d-8d96-9b929d19890d/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=13d78568-549c-434d-8d96-9b929d19890d&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Kathleen B. Casey, &quot;The Things She Carried: A Cultural History of the Purse in America&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:34:38</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>For generations of Americans, the purse has been an essential and highly adaptable object, used to achieve a host of social, cultural, and political objectives. In the early 1800s, when the slim fit of neoclassical dresses made interior pockets impractical, upper-class women began to carry small purses called reticules, which provided them with a private place in a world where they did not have equal access to public space. Although many items of apparel have long expressed their wearer&apos;s aspirations, only the purse has offered carriers privacy, pride, and pleasure. This privacy has been particularly important for those who have faced discrimination because of their gender, class, race, citizenship, or sexuality.

The Things She Carried: A Cultural History of the Purse in America (Oxford University Press, 2025) reveals how bags, sacks, and purses provided the methods and materials for Americans&apos; activism, allowing carriers to transgress critical boundaries at key moments. It explores how enslaved people used purses and bags when attempting to escape and immigrant factory workers fought to protect their purses in the workplace. It also probes the purse&apos;s nuanced functions for Black women in the civil rights movement and explores how LGBTQ people used purses to defend their bodies and make declarations about their sexuality.

Kathleen Casey closely examines a variety of sources--from vintage purses found in abandoned buildings and museum collections to advertisements, photograph albums, trade journals, newspaper columns, and trial transcripts. She finds purses in use at fraught historical moments, where they served strategic and symbolic functions for their users. The result is a thorough and surprising examination of an object that both ordinary and extraordinary Americans used to influence social, cultural, economic, and political change.

Kathleen B. Casey is Director of the Women&apos;s, Gender, and Sexuality Studies Program and Professor of History at Furman University in South Carolina.

Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>For generations of Americans, the purse has been an essential and highly adaptable object, used to achieve a host of social, cultural, and political objectives. In the early 1800s, when the slim fit of neoclassical dresses made interior pockets impractical, upper-class women began to carry small purses called reticules, which provided them with a private place in a world where they did not have equal access to public space. Although many items of apparel have long expressed their wearer&apos;s aspirations, only the purse has offered carriers privacy, pride, and pleasure. This privacy has been particularly important for those who have faced discrimination because of their gender, class, race, citizenship, or sexuality.

The Things She Carried: A Cultural History of the Purse in America (Oxford University Press, 2025) reveals how bags, sacks, and purses provided the methods and materials for Americans&apos; activism, allowing carriers to transgress critical boundaries at key moments. It explores how enslaved people used purses and bags when attempting to escape and immigrant factory workers fought to protect their purses in the workplace. It also probes the purse&apos;s nuanced functions for Black women in the civil rights movement and explores how LGBTQ people used purses to defend their bodies and make declarations about their sexuality.

Kathleen Casey closely examines a variety of sources--from vintage purses found in abandoned buildings and museum collections to advertisements, photograph albums, trade journals, newspaper columns, and trial transcripts. She finds purses in use at fraught historical moments, where they served strategic and symbolic functions for their users. The result is a thorough and surprising examination of an object that both ordinary and extraordinary Americans used to influence social, cultural, economic, and political change.

Kathleen B. Casey is Director of the Women&apos;s, Gender, and Sexuality Studies Program and Professor of History at Furman University in South Carolina.

Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1688</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7542cbc8-832a-11f0-bc33-b3005584152d</guid>
      <title>Lindsey N. Kingston, &quot;Fully Human: Personhood, Citizenship, and Rights&quot; (Oxford UP, 2019)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://www.webster.edu/arts-and-sciences/faculty/kingston.html">Lindsey N. Kingston</a>’s new book, <a href="http://www.amazon.com/dp/0190918268/?tag=newbooinhis-20"><em>Fully Human: Personhood, Citizenship, and Rights </em></a>(Oxford UP, 2019) interrogates the idea of citizenship itself, what it means, how it works, how it is applied and understood, and where there are clear gaps in that application. This is a wide-ranging, rigorously researched examination of citizenship, statelessness, and human movement. And it is vitally relevant to contemporary discussions of immigration, supranationalism, understandings of national borders, and concepts of belonging. Not only does Kingston delve into theoretical concepts of citizenship and statelessness, she also integrates analyses of various kinds of hierarchies of personhood in context of these broader issues. The research also includes explorations of nomadic people, indigenous nations, and "second class" citizens in the United States within this theoretical framework of citizenship and statelessness. This careful and broad analysis defines the novel idea of ‘functional citizenship’, which is both theoretical and practical in considering citizenship and statelessness in our modern world. <em>Fully Human</em> focuses on the promises and protections that are outlined in the 1948 Universal Declaration of Human Rights, unpacking the protection gaps and difficulties that have become clearer and more acute in this era of globalization and security concerns, and highlighting some of the key problems with the current human rights regimes that are in place.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Aug 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://www.webster.edu/arts-and-sciences/faculty/kingston.html">Lindsey N. Kingston</a>’s new book, <a href="http://www.amazon.com/dp/0190918268/?tag=newbooinhis-20"><em>Fully Human: Personhood, Citizenship, and Rights </em></a>(Oxford UP, 2019) interrogates the idea of citizenship itself, what it means, how it works, how it is applied and understood, and where there are clear gaps in that application. This is a wide-ranging, rigorously researched examination of citizenship, statelessness, and human movement. And it is vitally relevant to contemporary discussions of immigration, supranationalism, understandings of national borders, and concepts of belonging. Not only does Kingston delve into theoretical concepts of citizenship and statelessness, she also integrates analyses of various kinds of hierarchies of personhood in context of these broader issues. The research also includes explorations of nomadic people, indigenous nations, and "second class" citizens in the United States within this theoretical framework of citizenship and statelessness. This careful and broad analysis defines the novel idea of ‘functional citizenship’, which is both theoretical and practical in considering citizenship and statelessness in our modern world. <em>Fully Human</em> focuses on the promises and protections that are outlined in the 1948 Universal Declaration of Human Rights, unpacking the protection gaps and difficulties that have become clearer and more acute in this era of globalization and security concerns, and highlighting some of the key problems with the current human rights regimes that are in place.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="49122729" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/77ca8e4a-377d-4dc6-8465-20ac6b6c3a67/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=77ca8e4a-377d-4dc6-8465-20ac6b6c3a67&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Lindsey N. Kingston, &quot;Fully Human: Personhood, Citizenship, and Rights&quot; (Oxford UP, 2019)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:51:10</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Lindsey N. Kingston’s new book, Fully Human: Personhood, Citizenship, and Rights (Oxford UP, 2019) interrogates the idea of citizenship itself, what it means, how it works, how it is applied and understood, and where there are clear gaps in that application. This is a wide-ranging, rigorously researched examination of citizenship, statelessness, and human movement. And it is vitally relevant to contemporary discussions of immigration, supranationalism, understandings of national borders, and concepts of belonging. Not only does Kingston delve into theoretical concepts of citizenship and statelessness, she also integrates analyses of various kinds of hierarchies of personhood in context of these broader issues. The research also includes explorations of nomadic people, indigenous nations, and &quot;second class&quot; citizens in the United States within this theoretical framework of citizenship and statelessness. This careful and broad analysis defines the novel idea of ‘functional citizenship’, which is both theoretical and practical in considering citizenship and statelessness in our modern world. Fully Human focuses on the promises and protections that are outlined in the 1948 Universal Declaration of Human Rights, unpacking the protection gaps and difficulties that have become clearer and more acute in this era of globalization and security concerns, and highlighting some of the key problems with the current human rights regimes that are in place.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Lindsey N. Kingston’s new book, Fully Human: Personhood, Citizenship, and Rights (Oxford UP, 2019) interrogates the idea of citizenship itself, what it means, how it works, how it is applied and understood, and where there are clear gaps in that application. This is a wide-ranging, rigorously researched examination of citizenship, statelessness, and human movement. And it is vitally relevant to contemporary discussions of immigration, supranationalism, understandings of national borders, and concepts of belonging. Not only does Kingston delve into theoretical concepts of citizenship and statelessness, she also integrates analyses of various kinds of hierarchies of personhood in context of these broader issues. The research also includes explorations of nomadic people, indigenous nations, and &quot;second class&quot; citizens in the United States within this theoretical framework of citizenship and statelessness. This careful and broad analysis defines the novel idea of ‘functional citizenship’, which is both theoretical and practical in considering citizenship and statelessness in our modern world. Fully Human focuses on the promises and protections that are outlined in the 1948 Universal Declaration of Human Rights, unpacking the protection gaps and difficulties that have become clearer and more acute in this era of globalization and security concerns, and highlighting some of the key problems with the current human rights regimes that are in place.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>343</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5497fff6-8320-11f0-bd32-57b6682bd34b</guid>
      <title>Faisal Chaudhry, &quot;South Asia, the British Empire, and the Rise of Classical Legal Thought: Toward a Historical Ontology of the Law&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198916482">South Asia, the British Empire, and the Rise of Classical Legal Thought: Toward a Historical Ontology of the Law</a> (Oxford UP, 2024) considers the legal history of colonial rule in South Asia from 1757 to the early 20th century. It traces a shift in the conceptualization of sovereignty, land control, and adjudicatory rectification, arguing that under the East India Company the focus was on 'the laws' factoring into the administration of justice more than 'the law' as an infinitely generative norm system. This accompanied a discourse about rendering property 'absolute' defined in terms of a certainty of controlling land's rent-and made administrable mainly as a duty of revenue payment--rather than any right of ostensibly physical dominion. Leaving property external to its ontology of 'the laws, ' the Company's regime thus differed significantly from its counterparts in the Anglo-common-law mainstream, where an ostensibly unitary, physical, and disaggregable notion of the property right was becoming a stand in for a notion of legal right in general already by the late 18th century. Only after 1858, under Crown rule, did conditions in the subcontinent ripen for 'the law' to emerge as a purportedly free-standing institutional fact. A key but neglected factor in this transformation was the rise of classical legal thought, which finally enabled property's internalization into 'the law' and underwrote status and contract becoming the other key elements of the Raj's new legal ontology. Formulating a historical ontological approach to jurisprudence, the book deploys a running distinction between the doctrinal discourse of (the) law and ordinary-language discourse about (the) law that carries implications for legal theory well beyond South Asia.</p>
<p><a href="https://lsa.umich.edu/history/people/graduate-students/arighna-gupta.html"><em>Arighna Gupta </em></a><em>is a doctoral candidate in history at the University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. His dissertation attempts to trace early-colonial genealogies of popular sovereignty located at the interstices of monarchical, religious, and colonial sovereignties in India and present-day Bangladesh.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Aug 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198916482">South Asia, the British Empire, and the Rise of Classical Legal Thought: Toward a Historical Ontology of the Law</a> (Oxford UP, 2024) considers the legal history of colonial rule in South Asia from 1757 to the early 20th century. It traces a shift in the conceptualization of sovereignty, land control, and adjudicatory rectification, arguing that under the East India Company the focus was on 'the laws' factoring into the administration of justice more than 'the law' as an infinitely generative norm system. This accompanied a discourse about rendering property 'absolute' defined in terms of a certainty of controlling land's rent-and made administrable mainly as a duty of revenue payment--rather than any right of ostensibly physical dominion. Leaving property external to its ontology of 'the laws, ' the Company's regime thus differed significantly from its counterparts in the Anglo-common-law mainstream, where an ostensibly unitary, physical, and disaggregable notion of the property right was becoming a stand in for a notion of legal right in general already by the late 18th century. Only after 1858, under Crown rule, did conditions in the subcontinent ripen for 'the law' to emerge as a purportedly free-standing institutional fact. A key but neglected factor in this transformation was the rise of classical legal thought, which finally enabled property's internalization into 'the law' and underwrote status and contract becoming the other key elements of the Raj's new legal ontology. Formulating a historical ontological approach to jurisprudence, the book deploys a running distinction between the doctrinal discourse of (the) law and ordinary-language discourse about (the) law that carries implications for legal theory well beyond South Asia.</p>
<p><a href="https://lsa.umich.edu/history/people/graduate-students/arighna-gupta.html"><em>Arighna Gupta </em></a><em>is a doctoral candidate in history at the University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. His dissertation attempts to trace early-colonial genealogies of popular sovereignty located at the interstices of monarchical, religious, and colonial sovereignties in India and present-day Bangladesh.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="70151976" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/5bdf9af6-be79-42c7-9418-ac676115553c/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=5bdf9af6-be79-42c7-9418-ac676115553c&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Faisal Chaudhry, &quot;South Asia, the British Empire, and the Rise of Classical Legal Thought: Toward a Historical Ontology of the Law&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:13:04</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>South Asia, the British Empire, and the Rise of Classical Legal Thought: Toward a Historical Ontology of the Law (Oxford UP, 2024) considers the legal history of colonial rule in South Asia from 1757 to the early 20th century. It traces a shift in the conceptualization of sovereignty, land control, and adjudicatory rectification, arguing that under the East India Company the focus was on &apos;the laws&apos; factoring into the administration of justice more than &apos;the law&apos; as an infinitely generative norm system. This accompanied a discourse about rendering property &apos;absolute&apos; defined in terms of a certainty of controlling land&apos;s rent-and made administrable mainly as a duty of revenue payment--rather than any right of ostensibly physical dominion. Leaving property external to its ontology of &apos;the laws, &apos; the Company&apos;s regime thus differed significantly from its counterparts in the Anglo-common-law mainstream, where an ostensibly unitary, physical, and disaggregable notion of the property right was becoming a stand in for a notion of legal right in general already by the late 18th century. Only after 1858, under Crown rule, did conditions in the subcontinent ripen for &apos;the law&apos; to emerge as a purportedly free-standing institutional fact. A key but neglected factor in this transformation was the rise of classical legal thought, which finally enabled property&apos;s internalization into &apos;the law&apos; and underwrote status and contract becoming the other key elements of the Raj&apos;s new legal ontology. Formulating a historical ontological approach to jurisprudence, the book deploys a running distinction between the doctrinal discourse of (the) law and ordinary-language discourse about (the) law that carries implications for legal theory well beyond South Asia.

Arighna Gupta is a doctoral candidate in history at the University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. His dissertation attempts to trace early-colonial genealogies of popular sovereignty located at the interstices of monarchical, religious, and colonial sovereignties in India and present-day Bangladesh.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>South Asia, the British Empire, and the Rise of Classical Legal Thought: Toward a Historical Ontology of the Law (Oxford UP, 2024) considers the legal history of colonial rule in South Asia from 1757 to the early 20th century. It traces a shift in the conceptualization of sovereignty, land control, and adjudicatory rectification, arguing that under the East India Company the focus was on &apos;the laws&apos; factoring into the administration of justice more than &apos;the law&apos; as an infinitely generative norm system. This accompanied a discourse about rendering property &apos;absolute&apos; defined in terms of a certainty of controlling land&apos;s rent-and made administrable mainly as a duty of revenue payment--rather than any right of ostensibly physical dominion. Leaving property external to its ontology of &apos;the laws, &apos; the Company&apos;s regime thus differed significantly from its counterparts in the Anglo-common-law mainstream, where an ostensibly unitary, physical, and disaggregable notion of the property right was becoming a stand in for a notion of legal right in general already by the late 18th century. Only after 1858, under Crown rule, did conditions in the subcontinent ripen for &apos;the law&apos; to emerge as a purportedly free-standing institutional fact. A key but neglected factor in this transformation was the rise of classical legal thought, which finally enabled property&apos;s internalization into &apos;the law&apos; and underwrote status and contract becoming the other key elements of the Raj&apos;s new legal ontology. Formulating a historical ontological approach to jurisprudence, the book deploys a running distinction between the doctrinal discourse of (the) law and ordinary-language discourse about (the) law that carries implications for legal theory well beyond South Asia.

Arighna Gupta is a doctoral candidate in history at the University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. His dissertation attempts to trace early-colonial genealogies of popular sovereignty located at the interstices of monarchical, religious, and colonial sovereignties in India and present-day Bangladesh.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1686</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b3fe8d40-81f7-11f0-ab02-c3153992b53c</guid>
      <title>Mark L. Haas, &quot;The Geriatric Peace: Population Aging and the Decline of War&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The vast majority of the world's countries are experiencing a demographic revolution: dramatic, sustained, and likely irreversible population aging. States' median ages are steadily increasing as the number of people ages 65 and older skyrockets. Analysts and policymakers frequently decry population aging's domestic costs, especially likely slowing economic growth and massive new public expenditures for elderly welfare. But aging has a major yet largely unrecognized international benefit: it significantly reduces the likelihood of international war. Although wars continue to rage in parts of the world, almost none involve aged countries. This book provides a comprehensive and groundbreaking argument why population aging will be a powerful force for peace.</p>
<p>Aging will significantly reduce states' military capabilities available for war while also boosting leaders’ and citizens' preferences for peaceful foreign policies. At the same time, the effects of aging will help prevent the emergence of a power transition between the United States and China, which would be a development that is particularly likely to devolve into armed hostilities. If an aged country does initiate war, the effects of aging will create major barriers to military success. The more aging reduces the probability of victory, the greater the disincentives to aggressing. Detailed case studies show how aging has affected the capabilities and preferences in Japan, China, the United States, and Russia.</p>
<p>Guest: Mark L. Haas is a Professor of Political Science at Duquesne University. He is the author of <em>The Geriatric Peace: Population Aging and the Decline of War</em> (Oxford University Press, 2025); <em>Frenemies: When Ideological Enemies Ally</em> (Cornell University Press, 2022); <em>The Clash of Ideologies: Middle Eastern Politics and American Security</em> (Oxford University Press, 2012); <em>The Ideological Origins of Great Power Politics, 1789-1989</em> (Cornell University Press, 2005), and co-editor of <em>Ideologies and International Relations</em> (Routledge Press); <em>The Middle East and the United States: History, Politics, and Ideologies</em> (Routledge, 2018, sixth edition) and <em>The Arab Spring: The Hope and Reality of the Uprisings</em> (Routledge, 2017).</p>
<p>Host: <a href="https://scholars.duke.edu/person/Jenna.Pittman">Jenna Pittman </a>(she/her), a Ph.D. student in the Department of History at Duke University. She studies modern European history, political economy, and Germany from 1945-1990.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 27 Aug 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The vast majority of the world's countries are experiencing a demographic revolution: dramatic, sustained, and likely irreversible population aging. States' median ages are steadily increasing as the number of people ages 65 and older skyrockets. Analysts and policymakers frequently decry population aging's domestic costs, especially likely slowing economic growth and massive new public expenditures for elderly welfare. But aging has a major yet largely unrecognized international benefit: it significantly reduces the likelihood of international war. Although wars continue to rage in parts of the world, almost none involve aged countries. This book provides a comprehensive and groundbreaking argument why population aging will be a powerful force for peace.</p>
<p>Aging will significantly reduce states' military capabilities available for war while also boosting leaders’ and citizens' preferences for peaceful foreign policies. At the same time, the effects of aging will help prevent the emergence of a power transition between the United States and China, which would be a development that is particularly likely to devolve into armed hostilities. If an aged country does initiate war, the effects of aging will create major barriers to military success. The more aging reduces the probability of victory, the greater the disincentives to aggressing. Detailed case studies show how aging has affected the capabilities and preferences in Japan, China, the United States, and Russia.</p>
<p>Guest: Mark L. Haas is a Professor of Political Science at Duquesne University. He is the author of <em>The Geriatric Peace: Population Aging and the Decline of War</em> (Oxford University Press, 2025); <em>Frenemies: When Ideological Enemies Ally</em> (Cornell University Press, 2022); <em>The Clash of Ideologies: Middle Eastern Politics and American Security</em> (Oxford University Press, 2012); <em>The Ideological Origins of Great Power Politics, 1789-1989</em> (Cornell University Press, 2005), and co-editor of <em>Ideologies and International Relations</em> (Routledge Press); <em>The Middle East and the United States: History, Politics, and Ideologies</em> (Routledge, 2018, sixth edition) and <em>The Arab Spring: The Hope and Reality of the Uprisings</em> (Routledge, 2017).</p>
<p>Host: <a href="https://scholars.duke.edu/person/Jenna.Pittman">Jenna Pittman </a>(she/her), a Ph.D. student in the Department of History at Duke University. She studies modern European history, political economy, and Germany from 1945-1990.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="46656669" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/84818816-cbb7-4699-ab77-82199ca560d6/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=84818816-cbb7-4699-ab77-82199ca560d6&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Mark L. Haas, &quot;The Geriatric Peace: Population Aging and the Decline of War&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:48:35</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The vast majority of the world&apos;s countries are experiencing a demographic revolution: dramatic, sustained, and likely irreversible population aging. States&apos; median ages are steadily increasing as the number of people ages 65 and older skyrockets. Analysts and policymakers frequently decry population aging&apos;s domestic costs, especially likely slowing economic growth and massive new public expenditures for elderly welfare. But aging has a major yet largely unrecognized international benefit: it significantly reduces the likelihood of international war. Although wars continue to rage in parts of the world, almost none involve aged countries. This book provides a comprehensive and groundbreaking argument why population aging will be a powerful force for peace.

Aging will significantly reduce states&apos; military capabilities available for war while also boosting leaders’ and citizens&apos; preferences for peaceful foreign policies. At the same time, the effects of aging will help prevent the emergence of a power transition between the United States and China, which would be a development that is particularly likely to devolve into armed hostilities. If an aged country does initiate war, the effects of aging will create major barriers to military success. The more aging reduces the probability of victory, the greater the disincentives to aggressing. Detailed case studies show how aging has affected the capabilities and preferences in Japan, China, the United States, and Russia.

Guest: Mark L. Haas is a Professor of Political Science at Duquesne University. He is the author of The Geriatric Peace: Population Aging and the Decline of War (Oxford University Press, 2025); Frenemies: When Ideological Enemies Ally (Cornell University Press, 2022); The Clash of Ideologies: Middle Eastern Politics and American Security (Oxford University Press, 2012); The Ideological Origins of Great Power Politics, 1789-1989 (Cornell University Press, 2005), and co-editor of Ideologies and International Relations (Routledge Press); The Middle East and the United States: History, Politics, and Ideologies (Routledge, 2018, sixth edition) and The Arab Spring: The Hope and Reality of the Uprisings (Routledge, 2017).

Host: Jenna Pittman (she/her), a Ph.D. student in the Department of History at Duke University. She studies modern European history, political economy, and Germany from 1945-1990.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The vast majority of the world&apos;s countries are experiencing a demographic revolution: dramatic, sustained, and likely irreversible population aging. States&apos; median ages are steadily increasing as the number of people ages 65 and older skyrockets. Analysts and policymakers frequently decry population aging&apos;s domestic costs, especially likely slowing economic growth and massive new public expenditures for elderly welfare. But aging has a major yet largely unrecognized international benefit: it significantly reduces the likelihood of international war. Although wars continue to rage in parts of the world, almost none involve aged countries. This book provides a comprehensive and groundbreaking argument why population aging will be a powerful force for peace.

Aging will significantly reduce states&apos; military capabilities available for war while also boosting leaders’ and citizens&apos; preferences for peaceful foreign policies. At the same time, the effects of aging will help prevent the emergence of a power transition between the United States and China, which would be a development that is particularly likely to devolve into armed hostilities. If an aged country does initiate war, the effects of aging will create major barriers to military success. The more aging reduces the probability of victory, the greater the disincentives to aggressing. Detailed case studies show how aging has affected the capabilities and preferences in Japan, China, the United States, and Russia.

Guest: Mark L. Haas is a Professor of Political Science at Duquesne University. He is the author of The Geriatric Peace: Population Aging and the Decline of War (Oxford University Press, 2025); Frenemies: When Ideological Enemies Ally (Cornell University Press, 2022); The Clash of Ideologies: Middle Eastern Politics and American Security (Oxford University Press, 2012); The Ideological Origins of Great Power Politics, 1789-1989 (Cornell University Press, 2005), and co-editor of Ideologies and International Relations (Routledge Press); The Middle East and the United States: History, Politics, and Ideologies (Routledge, 2018, sixth edition) and The Arab Spring: The Hope and Reality of the Uprisings (Routledge, 2017).

Host: Jenna Pittman (she/her), a Ph.D. student in the Department of History at Duke University. She studies modern European history, political economy, and Germany from 1945-1990.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>778</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1533a64a-8059-11f0-bd38-4f9ea5576eab</guid>
      <title>Agnes Arnold-Forster, &quot;The Cancer Problem: Malignancy in Nineteenth-Century Britain&quot; (Oxford UP, 2021)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Agnes Arnold-Forster's book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198866145"><em>The Cancer Problem: Malignancy in Nineteenth-Century Britain</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2021) offers the first medical, cultural, and social history of cancer in nineteenth-century Britain. It begins by looking at a community of doctors and patients who lived and worked in the streets surrounding the Middlesex Hospital in London. It follows in their footsteps as they walked the labyrinthine lanes and passages that branched off Tottenham Court Road; then, through seven chapters, its focus expands to successively include the rivers, lakes, and forests of England, the mountains, poverty, and hunger of the four nations of the British Isles, the reluctant and resistant inhabitants of the British Empire, and the networks of scientists and doctors spread across Europe and North America.</p><p><em>The Cancer Problem</em> argues that it was in the nineteenth century that cancer acquired the unique emotional, symbolic, and politicized status it maintains today. Through an interrogation of the construction, deployment, and emotional consequences of the disease's incurability, this book reframes our conceptualization of the relationship between medicine and modern life and reshapes our understanding of chronic and incurable maladies, both past and present.</p><p><em>Rachel Pagones is chair of the doctoral program in acupuncture and Chinese medicine at Pacific College of Health and Science in San Diego and a licensed acupuncturist.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Aug 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Agnes Arnold-Forster's book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198866145"><em>The Cancer Problem: Malignancy in Nineteenth-Century Britain</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2021) offers the first medical, cultural, and social history of cancer in nineteenth-century Britain. It begins by looking at a community of doctors and patients who lived and worked in the streets surrounding the Middlesex Hospital in London. It follows in their footsteps as they walked the labyrinthine lanes and passages that branched off Tottenham Court Road; then, through seven chapters, its focus expands to successively include the rivers, lakes, and forests of England, the mountains, poverty, and hunger of the four nations of the British Isles, the reluctant and resistant inhabitants of the British Empire, and the networks of scientists and doctors spread across Europe and North America.</p><p><em>The Cancer Problem</em> argues that it was in the nineteenth century that cancer acquired the unique emotional, symbolic, and politicized status it maintains today. Through an interrogation of the construction, deployment, and emotional consequences of the disease's incurability, this book reframes our conceptualization of the relationship between medicine and modern life and reshapes our understanding of chronic and incurable maladies, both past and present.</p><p><em>Rachel Pagones is chair of the doctoral program in acupuncture and Chinese medicine at Pacific College of Health and Science in San Diego and a licensed acupuncturist.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="56422910" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/c584122a-dc58-4c71-814e-9119ed07bd95/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=c584122a-dc58-4c71-814e-9119ed07bd95&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Agnes Arnold-Forster, &quot;The Cancer Problem: Malignancy in Nineteenth-Century Britain&quot; (Oxford UP, 2021)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:58:45</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Agnes Arnold-Forster&apos;s book The Cancer Problem: Malignancy in Nineteenth-Century Britain (Oxford UP, 2021) offers the first medical, cultural, and social history of cancer in nineteenth-century Britain. It begins by looking at a community of doctors and patients who lived and worked in the streets surrounding the Middlesex Hospital in London. It follows in their footsteps as they walked the labyrinthine lanes and passages that branched off Tottenham Court Road; then, through seven chapters, its focus expands to successively include the rivers, lakes, and forests of England, the mountains, poverty, and hunger of the four nations of the British Isles, the reluctant and resistant inhabitants of the British Empire, and the networks of scientists and doctors spread across Europe and North America.
The Cancer Problem argues that it was in the nineteenth century that cancer acquired the unique emotional, symbolic, and politicized status it maintains today. Through an interrogation of the construction, deployment, and emotional consequences of the disease&apos;s incurability, this book reframes our conceptualization of the relationship between medicine and modern life and reshapes our understanding of chronic and incurable maladies, both past and present.
Rachel Pagones is chair of the doctoral program in acupuncture and Chinese medicine at Pacific College of Health and Science in San Diego and a licensed acupuncturist.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Agnes Arnold-Forster&apos;s book The Cancer Problem: Malignancy in Nineteenth-Century Britain (Oxford UP, 2021) offers the first medical, cultural, and social history of cancer in nineteenth-century Britain. It begins by looking at a community of doctors and patients who lived and worked in the streets surrounding the Middlesex Hospital in London. It follows in their footsteps as they walked the labyrinthine lanes and passages that branched off Tottenham Court Road; then, through seven chapters, its focus expands to successively include the rivers, lakes, and forests of England, the mountains, poverty, and hunger of the four nations of the British Isles, the reluctant and resistant inhabitants of the British Empire, and the networks of scientists and doctors spread across Europe and North America.
The Cancer Problem argues that it was in the nineteenth century that cancer acquired the unique emotional, symbolic, and politicized status it maintains today. Through an interrogation of the construction, deployment, and emotional consequences of the disease&apos;s incurability, this book reframes our conceptualization of the relationship between medicine and modern life and reshapes our understanding of chronic and incurable maladies, both past and present.
Rachel Pagones is chair of the doctoral program in acupuncture and Chinese medicine at Pacific College of Health and Science in San Diego and a licensed acupuncturist.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>119</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">13392850-8032-11f0-be40-bba777aa5a1e</guid>
      <title>Gregory A. Daddis, &quot;Faith and Fear: America&apos;s Relationship with War Since 1945&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In a groundbreaking reassessment of the long Cold War era, historian Gregory A. Daddis argues that ever since the Second World War's fateful conclusion, faith in and fear of war became central to Americans' thinking about the world around them. With war pervading nearly all aspects of American society, an interplay between blind faith and existential fear framed US policymaking and grand strategy, often with tragic results. A sweeping history, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197804223">Faith and Fear: America's Relationship with War Since 1945</a> (Oxford University Press, 2025) makes a forceful argument by examining the tensions between Americans' overreaching faith in war as a foreign policy tool and their overwhelming fear of war as a destructive force.</p>
<p>Gregory A. Daddis is Professor of History and holds the Melbern G. Glasscock Endowed Chair in American History at Texas A&amp;M University. A retired US Army colonel, he deployed to both Operations Desert Storm and Iraqi Freedom.</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Aug 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In a groundbreaking reassessment of the long Cold War era, historian Gregory A. Daddis argues that ever since the Second World War's fateful conclusion, faith in and fear of war became central to Americans' thinking about the world around them. With war pervading nearly all aspects of American society, an interplay between blind faith and existential fear framed US policymaking and grand strategy, often with tragic results. A sweeping history, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197804223">Faith and Fear: America's Relationship with War Since 1945</a> (Oxford University Press, 2025) makes a forceful argument by examining the tensions between Americans' overreaching faith in war as a foreign policy tool and their overwhelming fear of war as a destructive force.</p>
<p>Gregory A. Daddis is Professor of History and holds the Melbern G. Glasscock Endowed Chair in American History at Texas A&amp;M University. A retired US Army colonel, he deployed to both Operations Desert Storm and Iraqi Freedom.</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="55661802" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/9a846845-86c4-4b15-a6e7-4ba9274c106c/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=9a846845-86c4-4b15-a6e7-4ba9274c106c&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Gregory A. Daddis, &quot;Faith and Fear: America&apos;s Relationship with War Since 1945&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:57:58</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In a groundbreaking reassessment of the long Cold War era, historian Gregory A. Daddis argues that ever since the Second World War&apos;s fateful conclusion, faith in and fear of war became central to Americans&apos; thinking about the world around them. With war pervading nearly all aspects of American society, an interplay between blind faith and existential fear framed US policymaking and grand strategy, often with tragic results. A sweeping history, Faith and Fear: America&apos;s Relationship with War Since 1945 (Oxford University Press, 2025) makes a forceful argument by examining the tensions between Americans&apos; overreaching faith in war as a foreign policy tool and their overwhelming fear of war as a destructive force.

Gregory A. Daddis is Professor of History and holds the Melbern G. Glasscock Endowed Chair in American History at Texas A&amp;M University. A retired US Army colonel, he deployed to both Operations Desert Storm and Iraqi Freedom.

Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In a groundbreaking reassessment of the long Cold War era, historian Gregory A. Daddis argues that ever since the Second World War&apos;s fateful conclusion, faith in and fear of war became central to Americans&apos; thinking about the world around them. With war pervading nearly all aspects of American society, an interplay between blind faith and existential fear framed US policymaking and grand strategy, often with tragic results. A sweeping history, Faith and Fear: America&apos;s Relationship with War Since 1945 (Oxford University Press, 2025) makes a forceful argument by examining the tensions between Americans&apos; overreaching faith in war as a foreign policy tool and their overwhelming fear of war as a destructive force.

Gregory A. Daddis is Professor of History and holds the Melbern G. Glasscock Endowed Chair in American History at Texas A&amp;M University. A retired US Army colonel, he deployed to both Operations Desert Storm and Iraqi Freedom.

Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1683</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">07072e6a-802d-11f0-8e72-030949c4e450</guid>
      <title>Peter K. Andersson, &quot;The Dandy: A People&apos;s History of Sartorial Splendour&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>A history of the dandy from below, from Beau Brummell and Baudelaire to Bowie and Bolan... and beyond. The historical figure of the dandy has commonly been described as an upper-class gentleman, often exemplified by well-known men such as Beau Brummell, Charles Baudelaire, Oscar Wilde, and Max Beerbohm. But there is a broader history to be told about the dandy - one that incorporates unknown men from the lower strata of society. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198882435">The Dandy: A People's History of Sartorial Splendour</a> (Oxford UP, 2025) constitutes the first ever history of those dandies who emanated from the less privileged layers of the populace - the lowly clerks, shop assistants, domestic servants, and labourers who increasingly during the modern age have emerged as style-conscious men about town. Peter Andersson shows that dandyism is far from just an elite phenomenon represented by famous poets and artists. He shows how dandyism as a popular youth subculture grew into an influential cultural movement, from the days of Beau Brummell in the early 19th century to the age of mods in the 1960s. A series of fascinating in-depth studies of the wide variety of dandy subcultures that have surfaced around the world in the last two centuries tell the story of how the shaping of fashions and the image of men became increasingly democratized, with the arbiters of taste increasingly coming from the other end of the social spectrum. Along the way, we encounter such long-forgotten groups as the mashers, the knuts, the Paris gandins and the Berlin transgender dandies, alongside more well-known but unexplored figures like the zoot suiter, the teddy boy, and the New Romantic. Above all, this is a story of how fundamental aspects of modern culture such as fashion, style, and conduct have been shaped from below just as much as from above. It is a story that shows how the problematic business of young men trying to find an identity is an enduring phenomenon - and one sadly often accompanied by innocent victims along the way.</p>
<p>Peter K. Andersson is a historian and writer, with a PhD in History from Lund University in Sweden. He has been a visiting scholar at the universities of London, Oxford, and Bologna, and has written extensively on Victorian cultural history, urban history, and popular culture.</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Aug 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>A history of the dandy from below, from Beau Brummell and Baudelaire to Bowie and Bolan... and beyond. The historical figure of the dandy has commonly been described as an upper-class gentleman, often exemplified by well-known men such as Beau Brummell, Charles Baudelaire, Oscar Wilde, and Max Beerbohm. But there is a broader history to be told about the dandy - one that incorporates unknown men from the lower strata of society. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198882435">The Dandy: A People's History of Sartorial Splendour</a> (Oxford UP, 2025) constitutes the first ever history of those dandies who emanated from the less privileged layers of the populace - the lowly clerks, shop assistants, domestic servants, and labourers who increasingly during the modern age have emerged as style-conscious men about town. Peter Andersson shows that dandyism is far from just an elite phenomenon represented by famous poets and artists. He shows how dandyism as a popular youth subculture grew into an influential cultural movement, from the days of Beau Brummell in the early 19th century to the age of mods in the 1960s. A series of fascinating in-depth studies of the wide variety of dandy subcultures that have surfaced around the world in the last two centuries tell the story of how the shaping of fashions and the image of men became increasingly democratized, with the arbiters of taste increasingly coming from the other end of the social spectrum. Along the way, we encounter such long-forgotten groups as the mashers, the knuts, the Paris gandins and the Berlin transgender dandies, alongside more well-known but unexplored figures like the zoot suiter, the teddy boy, and the New Romantic. Above all, this is a story of how fundamental aspects of modern culture such as fashion, style, and conduct have been shaped from below just as much as from above. It is a story that shows how the problematic business of young men trying to find an identity is an enduring phenomenon - and one sadly often accompanied by innocent victims along the way.</p>
<p>Peter K. Andersson is a historian and writer, with a PhD in History from Lund University in Sweden. He has been a visiting scholar at the universities of London, Oxford, and Bologna, and has written extensively on Victorian cultural history, urban history, and popular culture.</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="40442730" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/383e3be5-00a0-46c1-97bc-5f56e63519bb/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=383e3be5-00a0-46c1-97bc-5f56e63519bb&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Peter K. Andersson, &quot;The Dandy: A People&apos;s History of Sartorial Splendour&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:42:07</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>A history of the dandy from below, from Beau Brummell and Baudelaire to Bowie and Bolan... and beyond. The historical figure of the dandy has commonly been described as an upper-class gentleman, often exemplified by well-known men such as Beau Brummell, Charles Baudelaire, Oscar Wilde, and Max Beerbohm. But there is a broader history to be told about the dandy - one that incorporates unknown men from the lower strata of society. The Dandy: A People&apos;s History of Sartorial Splendour (Oxford UP, 2025) constitutes the first ever history of those dandies who emanated from the less privileged layers of the populace - the lowly clerks, shop assistants, domestic servants, and labourers who increasingly during the modern age have emerged as style-conscious men about town. Peter Andersson shows that dandyism is far from just an elite phenomenon represented by famous poets and artists. He shows how dandyism as a popular youth subculture grew into an influential cultural movement, from the days of Beau Brummell in the early 19th century to the age of mods in the 1960s. A series of fascinating in-depth studies of the wide variety of dandy subcultures that have surfaced around the world in the last two centuries tell the story of how the shaping of fashions and the image of men became increasingly democratized, with the arbiters of taste increasingly coming from the other end of the social spectrum. Along the way, we encounter such long-forgotten groups as the mashers, the knuts, the Paris gandins and the Berlin transgender dandies, alongside more well-known but unexplored figures like the zoot suiter, the teddy boy, and the New Romantic. Above all, this is a story of how fundamental aspects of modern culture such as fashion, style, and conduct have been shaped from below just as much as from above. It is a story that shows how the problematic business of young men trying to find an identity is an enduring phenomenon - and one sadly often accompanied by innocent victims along the way.

Peter K. Andersson is a historian and writer, with a PhD in History from Lund University in Sweden. He has been a visiting scholar at the universities of London, Oxford, and Bologna, and has written extensively on Victorian cultural history, urban history, and popular culture.

Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>A history of the dandy from below, from Beau Brummell and Baudelaire to Bowie and Bolan... and beyond. The historical figure of the dandy has commonly been described as an upper-class gentleman, often exemplified by well-known men such as Beau Brummell, Charles Baudelaire, Oscar Wilde, and Max Beerbohm. But there is a broader history to be told about the dandy - one that incorporates unknown men from the lower strata of society. The Dandy: A People&apos;s History of Sartorial Splendour (Oxford UP, 2025) constitutes the first ever history of those dandies who emanated from the less privileged layers of the populace - the lowly clerks, shop assistants, domestic servants, and labourers who increasingly during the modern age have emerged as style-conscious men about town. Peter Andersson shows that dandyism is far from just an elite phenomenon represented by famous poets and artists. He shows how dandyism as a popular youth subculture grew into an influential cultural movement, from the days of Beau Brummell in the early 19th century to the age of mods in the 1960s. A series of fascinating in-depth studies of the wide variety of dandy subcultures that have surfaced around the world in the last two centuries tell the story of how the shaping of fashions and the image of men became increasingly democratized, with the arbiters of taste increasingly coming from the other end of the social spectrum. Along the way, we encounter such long-forgotten groups as the mashers, the knuts, the Paris gandins and the Berlin transgender dandies, alongside more well-known but unexplored figures like the zoot suiter, the teddy boy, and the New Romantic. Above all, this is a story of how fundamental aspects of modern culture such as fashion, style, and conduct have been shaped from below just as much as from above. It is a story that shows how the problematic business of young men trying to find an identity is an enduring phenomenon - and one sadly often accompanied by innocent victims along the way.

Peter K. Andersson is a historian and writer, with a PhD in History from Lund University in Sweden. He has been a visiting scholar at the universities of London, Oxford, and Bologna, and has written extensively on Victorian cultural history, urban history, and popular culture.

Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1682</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8e0261d4-7f81-11f0-8471-d74b60b0f280</guid>
      <title>Nick Spencer, &quot;The Landscapes of Science and Religion: What Are We Disagreeing About?&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The relationship between science and religion has long been a heated debate and is becoming an ever more popular topic. The scientific capacity to manipulate and change humans and their environment through genetic engineering, life extension, and AI is going to take a huge leap forward in the twenty-first century, provoking endless debates around humans “playing God”.</p>
<p>But what do we mean by this? Asking this question is surprisingly hard work. Attempts to 'essentialise' science, let alone religion, quickly run into trouble. Where are the boundaries? Whose definition of science is definitive? Which concept of religious is the authoritative one?</p>
<p>Ultimately, neither “science” nor “religion” can be pinned down to one single meaning or definition. Rather, they encompass a family of definitions that relate to one another in a complex web of shifting ways. Drawing on extensive research with over a hundred leading thinkers in the UK — including Martin Rees, Brian Cox, Susan Greenfield, A.C. Grayling, Ray Tallis, Linda Woodhead, Steve Bruce, Adam Rutherford, Robin Dunbar, Francesca Stavrakopoulou, and Iain McGilchrist — The Landscapes of Science and Religion takes the much-needed step of asking what science and religion actually are, before turning to the familiar question of how they relate to one another.</p>
<p>Building on this, by paying particular attention to those who sense some form of conflict here, Spencer and Waite explore where the perceived conflict really lies. What exactly are people disagreeing about when they disagree about science and religion, and what, if anything, can we do to improve that disagreement and bring about a fruitful dialogue between these two important human endeavours.</p>
<p>Nicholas Spencer is Senior Fellow at Theos, a Fellow of the International Society for Science and Religion and a Visiting Research Fellow at Goldsmiths, University of London. He is the author of a number of books including <em>Darwin and God</em>, The Evolution of the West and Atheists. He has presented a BBC Radio 4 series on<em> The Secret History of Science and Religion</em>, and has written for the <em>Guardian</em>, <em>Telegraph</em>, <em>Independent</em>, <em>New Statesman</em>, <em>Prospect</em> and more. He lives in London.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">Morteza Hajizadeh</a> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. <a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">YouTube channel</a>. <a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture">Twitter</a>.</p>
<p><br /></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 24 Aug 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The relationship between science and religion has long been a heated debate and is becoming an ever more popular topic. The scientific capacity to manipulate and change humans and their environment through genetic engineering, life extension, and AI is going to take a huge leap forward in the twenty-first century, provoking endless debates around humans “playing God”.</p>
<p>But what do we mean by this? Asking this question is surprisingly hard work. Attempts to 'essentialise' science, let alone religion, quickly run into trouble. Where are the boundaries? Whose definition of science is definitive? Which concept of religious is the authoritative one?</p>
<p>Ultimately, neither “science” nor “religion” can be pinned down to one single meaning or definition. Rather, they encompass a family of definitions that relate to one another in a complex web of shifting ways. Drawing on extensive research with over a hundred leading thinkers in the UK — including Martin Rees, Brian Cox, Susan Greenfield, A.C. Grayling, Ray Tallis, Linda Woodhead, Steve Bruce, Adam Rutherford, Robin Dunbar, Francesca Stavrakopoulou, and Iain McGilchrist — The Landscapes of Science and Religion takes the much-needed step of asking what science and religion actually are, before turning to the familiar question of how they relate to one another.</p>
<p>Building on this, by paying particular attention to those who sense some form of conflict here, Spencer and Waite explore where the perceived conflict really lies. What exactly are people disagreeing about when they disagree about science and religion, and what, if anything, can we do to improve that disagreement and bring about a fruitful dialogue between these two important human endeavours.</p>
<p>Nicholas Spencer is Senior Fellow at Theos, a Fellow of the International Society for Science and Religion and a Visiting Research Fellow at Goldsmiths, University of London. He is the author of a number of books including <em>Darwin and God</em>, The Evolution of the West and Atheists. He has presented a BBC Radio 4 series on<em> The Secret History of Science and Religion</em>, and has written for the <em>Guardian</em>, <em>Telegraph</em>, <em>Independent</em>, <em>New Statesman</em>, <em>Prospect</em> and more. He lives in London.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">Morteza Hajizadeh</a> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. <a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">YouTube channel</a>. <a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture">Twitter</a>.</p>
<p><br /></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="35580152" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/6ef8e580-2929-4efd-80db-1e3187012c4f/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=6ef8e580-2929-4efd-80db-1e3187012c4f&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Nick Spencer, &quot;The Landscapes of Science and Religion: What Are We Disagreeing About?&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:37:03</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The relationship between science and religion has long been a heated debate and is becoming an ever more popular topic. The scientific capacity to manipulate and change humans and their environment through genetic engineering, life extension, and AI is going to take a huge leap forward in the twenty-first century, provoking endless debates around humans “playing God”.

But what do we mean by this? Asking this question is surprisingly hard work. Attempts to &apos;essentialise&apos; science, let alone religion, quickly run into trouble. Where are the boundaries? Whose definition of science is definitive? Which concept of religious is the authoritative one?

Ultimately, neither “science” nor “religion” can be pinned down to one single meaning or definition. Rather, they encompass a family of definitions that relate to one another in a complex web of shifting ways. Drawing on extensive research with over a hundred leading thinkers in the UK — including Martin Rees, Brian Cox, Susan Greenfield, A.C. Grayling, Ray Tallis, Linda Woodhead, Steve Bruce, Adam Rutherford, Robin Dunbar, Francesca Stavrakopoulou, and Iain McGilchrist — The Landscapes of Science and Religion takes the much-needed step of asking what science and religion actually are, before turning to the familiar question of how they relate to one another.

Building on this, by paying particular attention to those who sense some form of conflict here, Spencer and Waite explore where the perceived conflict really lies. What exactly are people disagreeing about when they disagree about science and religion, and what, if anything, can we do to improve that disagreement and bring about a fruitful dialogue between these two important human endeavours.

Nicholas Spencer is Senior Fellow at Theos, a Fellow of the International Society for Science and Religion and a Visiting Research Fellow at Goldsmiths, University of London. He is the author of a number of books including Darwin and God, The Evolution of the West and Atheists. He has presented a BBC Radio 4 series on The Secret History of Science and Religion, and has written for the Guardian, Telegraph, Independent, New Statesman, Prospect and more. He lives in London.

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The relationship between science and religion has long been a heated debate and is becoming an ever more popular topic. The scientific capacity to manipulate and change humans and their environment through genetic engineering, life extension, and AI is going to take a huge leap forward in the twenty-first century, provoking endless debates around humans “playing God”.

But what do we mean by this? Asking this question is surprisingly hard work. Attempts to &apos;essentialise&apos; science, let alone religion, quickly run into trouble. Where are the boundaries? Whose definition of science is definitive? Which concept of religious is the authoritative one?

Ultimately, neither “science” nor “religion” can be pinned down to one single meaning or definition. Rather, they encompass a family of definitions that relate to one another in a complex web of shifting ways. Drawing on extensive research with over a hundred leading thinkers in the UK — including Martin Rees, Brian Cox, Susan Greenfield, A.C. Grayling, Ray Tallis, Linda Woodhead, Steve Bruce, Adam Rutherford, Robin Dunbar, Francesca Stavrakopoulou, and Iain McGilchrist — The Landscapes of Science and Religion takes the much-needed step of asking what science and religion actually are, before turning to the familiar question of how they relate to one another.

Building on this, by paying particular attention to those who sense some form of conflict here, Spencer and Waite explore where the perceived conflict really lies. What exactly are people disagreeing about when they disagree about science and religion, and what, if anything, can we do to improve that disagreement and bring about a fruitful dialogue between these two important human endeavours.

Nicholas Spencer is Senior Fellow at Theos, a Fellow of the International Society for Science and Religion and a Visiting Research Fellow at Goldsmiths, University of London. He is the author of a number of books including Darwin and God, The Evolution of the West and Atheists. He has presented a BBC Radio 4 series on The Secret History of Science and Religion, and has written for the Guardian, Telegraph, Independent, New Statesman, Prospect and more. He lives in London.

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>145</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8efa9142-7e64-11f0-997e-13188a09e6a9</guid>
      <title>Gill Plain, &quot;Agatha Christie: A Very Short Introduction&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Agatha Christie is a global bestseller. Her work has been translated into over 100 languages and adapted for stage and screen. Christie's writing life ran from 1920 to the 1970s, and she didn't just write puzzles, she wrote plays, supernatural stories, thrillers, satires, and domestic noir. She also commented obliquely but perceptively on the social and cultural changes of a troubled century. Christie's work tells the story of a changing Britain, but perhaps her greatest achievement is not to be limited by that national context. Her stories achieve the rare feat of appearing both universal and specific and can seemingly be adapted for almost any context.</p>
<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198863748">Agatha Christie: A Very Short Introduction </a>(Oxford UP, 2025)<em> </em>investigates why the novels of a middle-class, middlebrow Englishwoman were so successful, and why they continue to appeal to such a broad range of readers. Chapters explore the context of Christie's writing, and the clue-puzzle detective fiction structure at which she excelled, but they also question the familiar assumptions that surround her and what we think we know about her work. Gill Plain examines Christie's capacity to register the zeitgeist, and considers how her novels reveal anxieties surrounding gender roles, the family, war, justice, ethics, and nation. Her fascination with hypocrisy, power, abuse, deceit, and despair continues to resonate with readers - and screenwriters - who respond to her light touch and dark imagination to repurpose her stories with the fears and desires most appropriate to their time.</p>
<p>Gill Plain is Professor of English at the University of St Andrews. Alongside a lifelong preoccupation with crime fiction, she has research interests in British literature, cinema, and culture of the mid-twentieth century, war writing, feminist theory and gender studies. She is the author of <em>Women's Fiction of the Second World War</em> (1996); <em>Twentieth-Century Crime Fiction: Gender, Sexuality and the Body</em> (2001); and <em>Literature of the 1940s: War, Postwar and 'Peace'</em> (2013).</p>
<p>Daniel Moran’s writing about literature and film can be found on <a href="https://pagesandframes.substack.com/"><em>Pages and Frames</em></a>. He earned his B.A. and M.A. in English from Rutgers University and his Ph.D. in History from Drew University. The author of <a href="https://ugapress.org/book/9780820352930/creating-flannery-oconnor/"><em>Creating Flannery O’Connor: Her Critics, Her Publishers, Her Readers</em></a>, he teaches research and writing and co-hosts the long-running podcast <a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/hosts/profile/b03ba330-e86b-47b0-b47a-319088be5448"><em>Fifteen-Minute Film Fanatics</em></a>, found here on the New Books Network.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Aug 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Agatha Christie is a global bestseller. Her work has been translated into over 100 languages and adapted for stage and screen. Christie's writing life ran from 1920 to the 1970s, and she didn't just write puzzles, she wrote plays, supernatural stories, thrillers, satires, and domestic noir. She also commented obliquely but perceptively on the social and cultural changes of a troubled century. Christie's work tells the story of a changing Britain, but perhaps her greatest achievement is not to be limited by that national context. Her stories achieve the rare feat of appearing both universal and specific and can seemingly be adapted for almost any context.</p>
<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198863748">Agatha Christie: A Very Short Introduction </a>(Oxford UP, 2025)<em> </em>investigates why the novels of a middle-class, middlebrow Englishwoman were so successful, and why they continue to appeal to such a broad range of readers. Chapters explore the context of Christie's writing, and the clue-puzzle detective fiction structure at which she excelled, but they also question the familiar assumptions that surround her and what we think we know about her work. Gill Plain examines Christie's capacity to register the zeitgeist, and considers how her novels reveal anxieties surrounding gender roles, the family, war, justice, ethics, and nation. Her fascination with hypocrisy, power, abuse, deceit, and despair continues to resonate with readers - and screenwriters - who respond to her light touch and dark imagination to repurpose her stories with the fears and desires most appropriate to their time.</p>
<p>Gill Plain is Professor of English at the University of St Andrews. Alongside a lifelong preoccupation with crime fiction, she has research interests in British literature, cinema, and culture of the mid-twentieth century, war writing, feminist theory and gender studies. She is the author of <em>Women's Fiction of the Second World War</em> (1996); <em>Twentieth-Century Crime Fiction: Gender, Sexuality and the Body</em> (2001); and <em>Literature of the 1940s: War, Postwar and 'Peace'</em> (2013).</p>
<p>Daniel Moran’s writing about literature and film can be found on <a href="https://pagesandframes.substack.com/"><em>Pages and Frames</em></a>. He earned his B.A. and M.A. in English from Rutgers University and his Ph.D. in History from Drew University. The author of <a href="https://ugapress.org/book/9780820352930/creating-flannery-oconnor/"><em>Creating Flannery O’Connor: Her Critics, Her Publishers, Her Readers</em></a>, he teaches research and writing and co-hosts the long-running podcast <a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/hosts/profile/b03ba330-e86b-47b0-b47a-319088be5448"><em>Fifteen-Minute Film Fanatics</em></a>, found here on the New Books Network.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="53987922" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/d54803ca-f208-41dd-8f37-988e248221a9/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=d54803ca-f208-41dd-8f37-988e248221a9&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Gill Plain, &quot;Agatha Christie: A Very Short Introduction&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:56:14</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Agatha Christie is a global bestseller. Her work has been translated into over 100 languages and adapted for stage and screen. Christie&apos;s writing life ran from 1920 to the 1970s, and she didn&apos;t just write puzzles, she wrote plays, supernatural stories, thrillers, satires, and domestic noir. She also commented obliquely but perceptively on the social and cultural changes of a troubled century. Christie&apos;s work tells the story of a changing Britain, but perhaps her greatest achievement is not to be limited by that national context. Her stories achieve the rare feat of appearing both universal and specific and can seemingly be adapted for almost any context.

Agatha Christie: A Very Short Introduction (Oxford UP, 2025) investigates why the novels of a middle-class, middlebrow Englishwoman were so successful, and why they continue to appeal to such a broad range of readers. Chapters explore the context of Christie&apos;s writing, and the clue-puzzle detective fiction structure at which she excelled, but they also question the familiar assumptions that surround her and what we think we know about her work. Gill Plain examines Christie&apos;s capacity to register the zeitgeist, and considers how her novels reveal anxieties surrounding gender roles, the family, war, justice, ethics, and nation. Her fascination with hypocrisy, power, abuse, deceit, and despair continues to resonate with readers - and screenwriters - who respond to her light touch and dark imagination to repurpose her stories with the fears and desires most appropriate to their time.

Gill Plain is Professor of English at the University of St Andrews. Alongside a lifelong preoccupation with crime fiction, she has research interests in British literature, cinema, and culture of the mid-twentieth century, war writing, feminist theory and gender studies. She is the author of Women&apos;s Fiction of the Second World War (1996); Twentieth-Century Crime Fiction: Gender, Sexuality and the Body (2001); and Literature of the 1940s: War, Postwar and &apos;Peace&apos; (2013).

Daniel Moran’s writing about literature and film can be found on Pages and Frames. He earned his B.A. and M.A. in English from Rutgers University and his Ph.D. in History from Drew University. The author of Creating Flannery O’Connor: Her Critics, Her Publishers, Her Readers, he teaches research and writing and co-hosts the long-running podcast Fifteen-Minute Film Fanatics, found here on the New Books Network.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Agatha Christie is a global bestseller. Her work has been translated into over 100 languages and adapted for stage and screen. Christie&apos;s writing life ran from 1920 to the 1970s, and she didn&apos;t just write puzzles, she wrote plays, supernatural stories, thrillers, satires, and domestic noir. She also commented obliquely but perceptively on the social and cultural changes of a troubled century. Christie&apos;s work tells the story of a changing Britain, but perhaps her greatest achievement is not to be limited by that national context. Her stories achieve the rare feat of appearing both universal and specific and can seemingly be adapted for almost any context.

Agatha Christie: A Very Short Introduction (Oxford UP, 2025) investigates why the novels of a middle-class, middlebrow Englishwoman were so successful, and why they continue to appeal to such a broad range of readers. Chapters explore the context of Christie&apos;s writing, and the clue-puzzle detective fiction structure at which she excelled, but they also question the familiar assumptions that surround her and what we think we know about her work. Gill Plain examines Christie&apos;s capacity to register the zeitgeist, and considers how her novels reveal anxieties surrounding gender roles, the family, war, justice, ethics, and nation. Her fascination with hypocrisy, power, abuse, deceit, and despair continues to resonate with readers - and screenwriters - who respond to her light touch and dark imagination to repurpose her stories with the fears and desires most appropriate to their time.

Gill Plain is Professor of English at the University of St Andrews. Alongside a lifelong preoccupation with crime fiction, she has research interests in British literature, cinema, and culture of the mid-twentieth century, war writing, feminist theory and gender studies. She is the author of Women&apos;s Fiction of the Second World War (1996); Twentieth-Century Crime Fiction: Gender, Sexuality and the Body (2001); and Literature of the 1940s: War, Postwar and &apos;Peace&apos; (2013).

Daniel Moran’s writing about literature and film can be found on Pages and Frames. He earned his B.A. and M.A. in English from Rutgers University and his Ph.D. in History from Drew University. The author of Creating Flannery O’Connor: Her Critics, Her Publishers, Her Readers, he teaches research and writing and co-hosts the long-running podcast Fifteen-Minute Film Fanatics, found here on the New Books Network.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1680</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">61eb59d8-7e65-11f0-a64d-fffba6547ec0</guid>
      <title>Tim Lenton, &quot;Positive Tipping Points: How to Fix the Climate Crisis&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>As global change escalates, we are already starting to experience damaging tipping points in the social, ecological and climate systems that we depend upon - and much worse is to come. These shocks tell us we have left it too late for incremental change to save us: we need to change course fast to avoid the worst, yet we are acting far too slowly. Our supposed leaders appear paralysed by the complexity of the situation or, worse still, determined to maintain the status quo. This is leading to increasing despair, especially among young people.</p>
<p>At the same time, hopeful signs of change are also growing fast. The climate movement, the spread of electric vehicles, and the rise of renewable energy are all examples of change accelerating in the right direction. They have all passed tipping points where their uptake becomes self-propelling, taking the status quo by surprise - and they are spreading worldwide. To get ourselves out of trouble in time, we need more of these positive tipping points towards global sustainability, which eliminate greenhouse gas emissions, reverse the destruction of nature, and promote social justice.</p>
<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198875789">Positive Tipping Points: How to Fix the Climate Crisis </a>(Oxford UP, 2025) identifies the positive tipping points that can help us avoid the worst from damaging tipping points. It takes the reader on a journey through understanding how tipping points happen, showing how tipping points have transformed human societies in the past, and facing up to the profound risks that climate tipping points pose to us all now. Then, it offers hope and empowerment in a series of uplifting examples of social and technological changes that started small but are already spreading rapidly to transform our societies to a more sustainable state. It identifies the positive tipping points that are still needed, the forces that are opposing them, and the actions that can trigger them, showing how we can all play a part in triggering positive tipping points that accelerate us out of the climate crisis.</p>
<p><strong>Professor Tim Lenton OBE</strong> is Chair in Climate Change and Earth System Science at the University of Exeter, where he founded the Global Systems Institute. His research focuses on understanding how life has transformed the Earth system over the past 4 billion years, and how humans are transforming it now. He uses computer models to simulate the climate and biogeochemical cycles. Tim is renowned for his work in identifying climate tipping points, which informed the setting of the 'well below 2°C' climate target. He is passionate about the opportunities for positive tipping points in human activities to accelerate action towards global sustainability.</p>
<p>Daniel Moran’s writing about literature and film can be found on <a href="https://pagesandframes.substack.com/"><em>Pages and Frames</em></a>. He earned his B.A. and M.A. in English from Rutgers University and his Ph.D. in History from Drew University. The author of <a href="https://ugapress.org/book/9780820352930/creating-flannery-oconnor/"><em>Creating Flannery O’Connor: Her Critics, Her Publishers, Her Readers</em></a>, he teaches research and writing and co-hosts the long-running podcast <a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/hosts/profile/b03ba330-e86b-47b0-b47a-319088be5448"><em>Fifteen-Minute Film Fanatics</em></a>, found here on the New Books Network.</p>
<p><br /></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Aug 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>As global change escalates, we are already starting to experience damaging tipping points in the social, ecological and climate systems that we depend upon - and much worse is to come. These shocks tell us we have left it too late for incremental change to save us: we need to change course fast to avoid the worst, yet we are acting far too slowly. Our supposed leaders appear paralysed by the complexity of the situation or, worse still, determined to maintain the status quo. This is leading to increasing despair, especially among young people.</p>
<p>At the same time, hopeful signs of change are also growing fast. The climate movement, the spread of electric vehicles, and the rise of renewable energy are all examples of change accelerating in the right direction. They have all passed tipping points where their uptake becomes self-propelling, taking the status quo by surprise - and they are spreading worldwide. To get ourselves out of trouble in time, we need more of these positive tipping points towards global sustainability, which eliminate greenhouse gas emissions, reverse the destruction of nature, and promote social justice.</p>
<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198875789">Positive Tipping Points: How to Fix the Climate Crisis </a>(Oxford UP, 2025) identifies the positive tipping points that can help us avoid the worst from damaging tipping points. It takes the reader on a journey through understanding how tipping points happen, showing how tipping points have transformed human societies in the past, and facing up to the profound risks that climate tipping points pose to us all now. Then, it offers hope and empowerment in a series of uplifting examples of social and technological changes that started small but are already spreading rapidly to transform our societies to a more sustainable state. It identifies the positive tipping points that are still needed, the forces that are opposing them, and the actions that can trigger them, showing how we can all play a part in triggering positive tipping points that accelerate us out of the climate crisis.</p>
<p><strong>Professor Tim Lenton OBE</strong> is Chair in Climate Change and Earth System Science at the University of Exeter, where he founded the Global Systems Institute. His research focuses on understanding how life has transformed the Earth system over the past 4 billion years, and how humans are transforming it now. He uses computer models to simulate the climate and biogeochemical cycles. Tim is renowned for his work in identifying climate tipping points, which informed the setting of the 'well below 2°C' climate target. He is passionate about the opportunities for positive tipping points in human activities to accelerate action towards global sustainability.</p>
<p>Daniel Moran’s writing about literature and film can be found on <a href="https://pagesandframes.substack.com/"><em>Pages and Frames</em></a>. He earned his B.A. and M.A. in English from Rutgers University and his Ph.D. in History from Drew University. The author of <a href="https://ugapress.org/book/9780820352930/creating-flannery-oconnor/"><em>Creating Flannery O’Connor: Her Critics, Her Publishers, Her Readers</em></a>, he teaches research and writing and co-hosts the long-running podcast <a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/hosts/profile/b03ba330-e86b-47b0-b47a-319088be5448"><em>Fifteen-Minute Film Fanatics</em></a>, found here on the New Books Network.</p>
<p><br /></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="55637434" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/02cc4fa8-436f-4e0f-8562-fc549c5a271a/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=02cc4fa8-436f-4e0f-8562-fc549c5a271a&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Tim Lenton, &quot;Positive Tipping Points: How to Fix the Climate Crisis&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:57:57</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>As global change escalates, we are already starting to experience damaging tipping points in the social, ecological and climate systems that we depend upon - and much worse is to come. These shocks tell us we have left it too late for incremental change to save us: we need to change course fast to avoid the worst, yet we are acting far too slowly. Our supposed leaders appear paralysed by the complexity of the situation or, worse still, determined to maintain the status quo. This is leading to increasing despair, especially among young people.

At the same time, hopeful signs of change are also growing fast. The climate movement, the spread of electric vehicles, and the rise of renewable energy are all examples of change accelerating in the right direction. They have all passed tipping points where their uptake becomes self-propelling, taking the status quo by surprise - and they are spreading worldwide. To get ourselves out of trouble in time, we need more of these positive tipping points towards global sustainability, which eliminate greenhouse gas emissions, reverse the destruction of nature, and promote social justice.

Positive Tipping Points: How to Fix the Climate Crisis (Oxford UP, 2025) identifies the positive tipping points that can help us avoid the worst from damaging tipping points. It takes the reader on a journey through understanding how tipping points happen, showing how tipping points have transformed human societies in the past, and facing up to the profound risks that climate tipping points pose to us all now. Then, it offers hope and empowerment in a series of uplifting examples of social and technological changes that started small but are already spreading rapidly to transform our societies to a more sustainable state. It identifies the positive tipping points that are still needed, the forces that are opposing them, and the actions that can trigger them, showing how we can all play a part in triggering positive tipping points that accelerate us out of the climate crisis.

Professor Tim Lenton OBE is Chair in Climate Change and Earth System Science at the University of Exeter, where he founded the Global Systems Institute. His research focuses on understanding how life has transformed the Earth system over the past 4 billion years, and how humans are transforming it now. He uses computer models to simulate the climate and biogeochemical cycles. Tim is renowned for his work in identifying climate tipping points, which informed the setting of the &apos;well below 2°C&apos; climate target. He is passionate about the opportunities for positive tipping points in human activities to accelerate action towards global sustainability.

Daniel Moran’s writing about literature and film can be found on Pages and Frames. He earned his B.A. and M.A. in English from Rutgers University and his Ph.D. in History from Drew University. The author of Creating Flannery O’Connor: Her Critics, Her Publishers, Her Readers, he teaches research and writing and co-hosts the long-running podcast Fifteen-Minute Film Fanatics, found here on the New Books Network.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>As global change escalates, we are already starting to experience damaging tipping points in the social, ecological and climate systems that we depend upon - and much worse is to come. These shocks tell us we have left it too late for incremental change to save us: we need to change course fast to avoid the worst, yet we are acting far too slowly. Our supposed leaders appear paralysed by the complexity of the situation or, worse still, determined to maintain the status quo. This is leading to increasing despair, especially among young people.

At the same time, hopeful signs of change are also growing fast. The climate movement, the spread of electric vehicles, and the rise of renewable energy are all examples of change accelerating in the right direction. They have all passed tipping points where their uptake becomes self-propelling, taking the status quo by surprise - and they are spreading worldwide. To get ourselves out of trouble in time, we need more of these positive tipping points towards global sustainability, which eliminate greenhouse gas emissions, reverse the destruction of nature, and promote social justice.

Positive Tipping Points: How to Fix the Climate Crisis (Oxford UP, 2025) identifies the positive tipping points that can help us avoid the worst from damaging tipping points. It takes the reader on a journey through understanding how tipping points happen, showing how tipping points have transformed human societies in the past, and facing up to the profound risks that climate tipping points pose to us all now. Then, it offers hope and empowerment in a series of uplifting examples of social and technological changes that started small but are already spreading rapidly to transform our societies to a more sustainable state. It identifies the positive tipping points that are still needed, the forces that are opposing them, and the actions that can trigger them, showing how we can all play a part in triggering positive tipping points that accelerate us out of the climate crisis.

Professor Tim Lenton OBE is Chair in Climate Change and Earth System Science at the University of Exeter, where he founded the Global Systems Institute. His research focuses on understanding how life has transformed the Earth system over the past 4 billion years, and how humans are transforming it now. He uses computer models to simulate the climate and biogeochemical cycles. Tim is renowned for his work in identifying climate tipping points, which informed the setting of the &apos;well below 2°C&apos; climate target. He is passionate about the opportunities for positive tipping points in human activities to accelerate action towards global sustainability.

Daniel Moran’s writing about literature and film can be found on Pages and Frames. He earned his B.A. and M.A. in English from Rutgers University and his Ph.D. in History from Drew University. The author of Creating Flannery O’Connor: Her Critics, Her Publishers, Her Readers, he teaches research and writing and co-hosts the long-running podcast Fifteen-Minute Film Fanatics, found here on the New Books Network.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1679</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8a2656b4-6803-11f0-9fad-c328d730fa66</guid>
      <title>Vinay Lal, &quot;Gandhi, Truth, and Nonviolence: The Politics of Engagement in Post-Truth Times&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The anthology presents a diverse array of essays delving into Gandhi's political activities, ethical beliefs, and philosophical stance. Distinguished Gandhian scholars contribute to this collection, setting it apart from similar compilations by focusing not just on Gandhi's impact or the debate over his relevance, but on maintaining his bold ethical ideals and progressive views in an era of skepticism. The essays delve into Gandhi's comprehensive dissection of political logic, his concept of neighbourly political bonds, his fearlessness and adeptness as a yogi. The work also discusses the worldwide landscape of nonviolence, Gandhi's perspectives on Palestine, his legal work in South Africa, his dialogues with Tagore, the pursuit of his ethical goals, and the portrayal of his persona, as well as the ongoing relevance of his nonviolent resistance methods, as seen in India's anti-Citizenship Amendment Act protests. These pieces portray Gandhi as a perpetual participant in limitless endeavours, as described by philosopher James Carse. The book concludes with an interview with Rev. James Lawson, a pivotal figure in the American civil rights movement, which offers a fresh perspective. The Gandhi that emerges from these reflections and intellectual explorations has become all but a stranger to India, and especially to his native Gujarat.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Aug 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The anthology presents a diverse array of essays delving into Gandhi's political activities, ethical beliefs, and philosophical stance. Distinguished Gandhian scholars contribute to this collection, setting it apart from similar compilations by focusing not just on Gandhi's impact or the debate over his relevance, but on maintaining his bold ethical ideals and progressive views in an era of skepticism. The essays delve into Gandhi's comprehensive dissection of political logic, his concept of neighbourly political bonds, his fearlessness and adeptness as a yogi. The work also discusses the worldwide landscape of nonviolence, Gandhi's perspectives on Palestine, his legal work in South Africa, his dialogues with Tagore, the pursuit of his ethical goals, and the portrayal of his persona, as well as the ongoing relevance of his nonviolent resistance methods, as seen in India's anti-Citizenship Amendment Act protests. These pieces portray Gandhi as a perpetual participant in limitless endeavours, as described by philosopher James Carse. The book concludes with an interview with Rev. James Lawson, a pivotal figure in the American civil rights movement, which offers a fresh perspective. The Gandhi that emerges from these reflections and intellectual explorations has become all but a stranger to India, and especially to his native Gujarat.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="62191022" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/a780a774-b929-407b-996c-06afcb16ff42/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=a780a774-b929-407b-996c-06afcb16ff42&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Vinay Lal, &quot;Gandhi, Truth, and Nonviolence: The Politics of Engagement in Post-Truth Times&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:04:46</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The anthology presents a diverse array of essays delving into Gandhi&apos;s political activities, ethical beliefs, and philosophical stance. Distinguished Gandhian scholars contribute to this collection, setting it apart from similar compilations by focusing not just on Gandhi&apos;s impact or the debate over his relevance, but on maintaining his bold ethical ideals and progressive views in an era of skepticism. The essays delve into Gandhi&apos;s comprehensive dissection of political logic, his concept of neighbourly political bonds, his fearlessness and adeptness as a yogi. The work also discusses the worldwide landscape of nonviolence, Gandhi&apos;s perspectives on Palestine, his legal work in South Africa, his dialogues with Tagore, the pursuit of his ethical goals, and the portrayal of his persona, as well as the ongoing relevance of his nonviolent resistance methods, as seen in India&apos;s anti-Citizenship Amendment Act protests. These pieces portray Gandhi as a perpetual participant in limitless endeavours, as described by philosopher James Carse. The book concludes with an interview with Rev. James Lawson, a pivotal figure in the American civil rights movement, which offers a fresh perspective. The Gandhi that emerges from these reflections and intellectual explorations has become all but a stranger to India, and especially to his native Gujarat.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The anthology presents a diverse array of essays delving into Gandhi&apos;s political activities, ethical beliefs, and philosophical stance. Distinguished Gandhian scholars contribute to this collection, setting it apart from similar compilations by focusing not just on Gandhi&apos;s impact or the debate over his relevance, but on maintaining his bold ethical ideals and progressive views in an era of skepticism. The essays delve into Gandhi&apos;s comprehensive dissection of political logic, his concept of neighbourly political bonds, his fearlessness and adeptness as a yogi. The work also discusses the worldwide landscape of nonviolence, Gandhi&apos;s perspectives on Palestine, his legal work in South Africa, his dialogues with Tagore, the pursuit of his ethical goals, and the portrayal of his persona, as well as the ongoing relevance of his nonviolent resistance methods, as seen in India&apos;s anti-Citizenship Amendment Act protests. These pieces portray Gandhi as a perpetual participant in limitless endeavours, as described by philosopher James Carse. The book concludes with an interview with Rev. James Lawson, a pivotal figure in the American civil rights movement, which offers a fresh perspective. The Gandhi that emerges from these reflections and intellectual explorations has become all but a stranger to India, and especially to his native Gujarat.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>601</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">074c5072-7db1-11f0-b7f1-3373bf8feea5</guid>
      <title>Ben A. Vagle and Stephen G. Brooks, &quot;Command of Commerce: America&apos;s Enduring Economic Power Advantage over China&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197802304">Command of Commerce: America's Enduring Economic Power Advantage over China</a> (Oxford UP, 2025) provides a systematic reevaluation of the balance of economic power between the U.S. and China. The conventional wisdom is that China's economic power is very close to America's and that Washington cannot undertake a broad economic cutoff of China without hurting itself as much or more. This book demonstrates the conventional wisdom is wrong on both fronts. In peacetime, America's lead in economic power over China is more dramatic than commonly appreciated because the vast majority of the firms that drive global commerce, particularly in high-technology sectors, are based in the U.S. and its allies. China's economic capacity has also been overestimated because Beijing manipulates its economic data and because comparing China's uniquely structured economy with other leading economies is challenging. These facts are necessary to understand why Washington has been able to target and undermine individual Chinese companies and even entire sectors in recent years while facing so little retaliation from Beijing. America's advantage in economic power over China would be even more marked in wartime. Our analysis indicates Washington could impose massive, disproportionate harm on Beijing if it were to impose a broad economic cutoff of China in cooperation with its allies or via a distant naval blockade. Across six scenarios, China's short-term economic losses from a broad cutoff range from being 5 to 11 times higher than America's. And in the long run, America and almost all its allies would return to previous economic growth levels; in contrast, China's growth would be permanently degraded</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Aug 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197802304">Command of Commerce: America's Enduring Economic Power Advantage over China</a> (Oxford UP, 2025) provides a systematic reevaluation of the balance of economic power between the U.S. and China. The conventional wisdom is that China's economic power is very close to America's and that Washington cannot undertake a broad economic cutoff of China without hurting itself as much or more. This book demonstrates the conventional wisdom is wrong on both fronts. In peacetime, America's lead in economic power over China is more dramatic than commonly appreciated because the vast majority of the firms that drive global commerce, particularly in high-technology sectors, are based in the U.S. and its allies. China's economic capacity has also been overestimated because Beijing manipulates its economic data and because comparing China's uniquely structured economy with other leading economies is challenging. These facts are necessary to understand why Washington has been able to target and undermine individual Chinese companies and even entire sectors in recent years while facing so little retaliation from Beijing. America's advantage in economic power over China would be even more marked in wartime. Our analysis indicates Washington could impose massive, disproportionate harm on Beijing if it were to impose a broad economic cutoff of China in cooperation with its allies or via a distant naval blockade. Across six scenarios, China's short-term economic losses from a broad cutoff range from being 5 to 11 times higher than America's. And in the long run, America and almost all its allies would return to previous economic growth levels; in contrast, China's growth would be permanently degraded</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="43615673" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/07bdfde3-a46f-4288-ae23-9fd32efa8c0e/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=07bdfde3-a46f-4288-ae23-9fd32efa8c0e&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Ben A. Vagle and Stephen G. Brooks, &quot;Command of Commerce: America&apos;s Enduring Economic Power Advantage over China&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:45:25</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Command of Commerce: America&apos;s Enduring Economic Power Advantage over China (Oxford UP, 2025) provides a systematic reevaluation of the balance of economic power between the U.S. and China. The conventional wisdom is that China&apos;s economic power is very close to America&apos;s and that Washington cannot undertake a broad economic cutoff of China without hurting itself as much or more. This book demonstrates the conventional wisdom is wrong on both fronts. In peacetime, America&apos;s lead in economic power over China is more dramatic than commonly appreciated because the vast majority of the firms that drive global commerce, particularly in high-technology sectors, are based in the U.S. and its allies. China&apos;s economic capacity has also been overestimated because Beijing manipulates its economic data and because comparing China&apos;s uniquely structured economy with other leading economies is challenging. These facts are necessary to understand why Washington has been able to target and undermine individual Chinese companies and even entire sectors in recent years while facing so little retaliation from Beijing. America&apos;s advantage in economic power over China would be even more marked in wartime. Our analysis indicates Washington could impose massive, disproportionate harm on Beijing if it were to impose a broad economic cutoff of China in cooperation with its allies or via a distant naval blockade. Across six scenarios, China&apos;s short-term economic losses from a broad cutoff range from being 5 to 11 times higher than America&apos;s. And in the long run, America and almost all its allies would return to previous economic growth levels; in contrast, China&apos;s growth would be permanently degraded</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Command of Commerce: America&apos;s Enduring Economic Power Advantage over China (Oxford UP, 2025) provides a systematic reevaluation of the balance of economic power between the U.S. and China. The conventional wisdom is that China&apos;s economic power is very close to America&apos;s and that Washington cannot undertake a broad economic cutoff of China without hurting itself as much or more. This book demonstrates the conventional wisdom is wrong on both fronts. In peacetime, America&apos;s lead in economic power over China is more dramatic than commonly appreciated because the vast majority of the firms that drive global commerce, particularly in high-technology sectors, are based in the U.S. and its allies. China&apos;s economic capacity has also been overestimated because Beijing manipulates its economic data and because comparing China&apos;s uniquely structured economy with other leading economies is challenging. These facts are necessary to understand why Washington has been able to target and undermine individual Chinese companies and even entire sectors in recent years while facing so little retaliation from Beijing. America&apos;s advantage in economic power over China would be even more marked in wartime. Our analysis indicates Washington could impose massive, disproportionate harm on Beijing if it were to impose a broad economic cutoff of China in cooperation with its allies or via a distant naval blockade. Across six scenarios, China&apos;s short-term economic losses from a broad cutoff range from being 5 to 11 times higher than America&apos;s. And in the long run, America and almost all its allies would return to previous economic growth levels; in contrast, China&apos;s growth would be permanently degraded</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1677</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">11dd1b74-78b7-11f0-9c7c-577a83ea614d</guid>
      <title>David de Boer, &quot;The Early Modern Dutch Press in an Age of Religious Persecution&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>David de Boer returns to the podcast to talk to Jana Byars about his first book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/the-early-modern-dutch-press-in-an-age-of-religious-persecution-boer/20009342?ean=9780198876809&amp;next=t">The Early Modern Dutch Press in the Age of Religious Persecution</a> (Oxford UP, 2023). This book is available open source <a href="https://academic.oup.com/book/47104?login=false">here.</a> For victims of persecution around the world, attracting international media attention for their plight is often a matter of life and death. This study takes us back to the news revolution of seventeenth-century Europe, when people first discovered in the press a powerful new weapon to combat religiously inspired maltreatments, executions, and massacres. To affect and mobilize foreign audiences, confessional minorities and their advocates faced an acute dilemma, one that we still grapple with today: how to make people care about distant suffering? David de Boer argues that by answering this question, they laid the foundations of a humanitarian culture in Europe. As consuming news became an everyday practice for many Europeans, the Dutch Republic emerged as an international hub of printed protest against religious violence. De Boer traces how a diverse group of people, including Waldensians refugees, Huguenot ministers, Savoyard office holders, and many others, all sought access to the Dutch printing presses in their efforts to raise transnational solidarity for their cause. By generating public outrage, calling out rulers, and pressuring others to intervene, producers of printed opinion could have a profound impact on international relations. But crying out against persecution also meant navigating a fraught and dangerous political landscape, marked by confessional tension, volatile alliances, and incessant warfare. Opinion makers had to think carefully about the audiences they hoped to reach through pamphlets, periodicals, and newspapers. But they also had to reckon with the risk of reaching less sympathetic readers outside their target groups. By examining early modern publicity strategies, de Boer deepens our understanding of how people tried to shake off the spectre of religious violence that had haunted them for generations, and create more tolerant societies, governed by the rule of law, reason, and a sense of common humanity.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 15 Aug 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>David de Boer returns to the podcast to talk to Jana Byars about his first book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/the-early-modern-dutch-press-in-an-age-of-religious-persecution-boer/20009342?ean=9780198876809&amp;next=t">The Early Modern Dutch Press in the Age of Religious Persecution</a> (Oxford UP, 2023). This book is available open source <a href="https://academic.oup.com/book/47104?login=false">here.</a> For victims of persecution around the world, attracting international media attention for their plight is often a matter of life and death. This study takes us back to the news revolution of seventeenth-century Europe, when people first discovered in the press a powerful new weapon to combat religiously inspired maltreatments, executions, and massacres. To affect and mobilize foreign audiences, confessional minorities and their advocates faced an acute dilemma, one that we still grapple with today: how to make people care about distant suffering? David de Boer argues that by answering this question, they laid the foundations of a humanitarian culture in Europe. As consuming news became an everyday practice for many Europeans, the Dutch Republic emerged as an international hub of printed protest against religious violence. De Boer traces how a diverse group of people, including Waldensians refugees, Huguenot ministers, Savoyard office holders, and many others, all sought access to the Dutch printing presses in their efforts to raise transnational solidarity for their cause. By generating public outrage, calling out rulers, and pressuring others to intervene, producers of printed opinion could have a profound impact on international relations. But crying out against persecution also meant navigating a fraught and dangerous political landscape, marked by confessional tension, volatile alliances, and incessant warfare. Opinion makers had to think carefully about the audiences they hoped to reach through pamphlets, periodicals, and newspapers. But they also had to reckon with the risk of reaching less sympathetic readers outside their target groups. By examining early modern publicity strategies, de Boer deepens our understanding of how people tried to shake off the spectre of religious violence that had haunted them for generations, and create more tolerant societies, governed by the rule of law, reason, and a sense of common humanity.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="30757758" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/4e7b2561-15fe-4768-8f1e-3b0e680a6003/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=4e7b2561-15fe-4768-8f1e-3b0e680a6003&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>David de Boer, &quot;The Early Modern Dutch Press in an Age of Religious Persecution&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:32:02</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>David de Boer returns to the podcast to talk to Jana Byars about his first book, The Early Modern Dutch Press in the Age of Religious Persecution (Oxford UP, 2023). This book is available open source here. For victims of persecution around the world, attracting international media attention for their plight is often a matter of life and death. This study takes us back to the news revolution of seventeenth-century Europe, when people first discovered in the press a powerful new weapon to combat religiously inspired maltreatments, executions, and massacres. To affect and mobilize foreign audiences, confessional minorities and their advocates faced an acute dilemma, one that we still grapple with today: how to make people care about distant suffering? David de Boer argues that by answering this question, they laid the foundations of a humanitarian culture in Europe. As consuming news became an everyday practice for many Europeans, the Dutch Republic emerged as an international hub of printed protest against religious violence. De Boer traces how a diverse group of people, including Waldensians refugees, Huguenot ministers, Savoyard office holders, and many others, all sought access to the Dutch printing presses in their efforts to raise transnational solidarity for their cause. By generating public outrage, calling out rulers, and pressuring others to intervene, producers of printed opinion could have a profound impact on international relations. But crying out against persecution also meant navigating a fraught and dangerous political landscape, marked by confessional tension, volatile alliances, and incessant warfare. Opinion makers had to think carefully about the audiences they hoped to reach through pamphlets, periodicals, and newspapers. But they also had to reckon with the risk of reaching less sympathetic readers outside their target groups. By examining early modern publicity strategies, de Boer deepens our understanding of how people tried to shake off the spectre of religious violence that had haunted them for generations, and create more tolerant societies, governed by the rule of law, reason, and a sense of common humanity.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>David de Boer returns to the podcast to talk to Jana Byars about his first book, The Early Modern Dutch Press in the Age of Religious Persecution (Oxford UP, 2023). This book is available open source here. For victims of persecution around the world, attracting international media attention for their plight is often a matter of life and death. This study takes us back to the news revolution of seventeenth-century Europe, when people first discovered in the press a powerful new weapon to combat religiously inspired maltreatments, executions, and massacres. To affect and mobilize foreign audiences, confessional minorities and their advocates faced an acute dilemma, one that we still grapple with today: how to make people care about distant suffering? David de Boer argues that by answering this question, they laid the foundations of a humanitarian culture in Europe. As consuming news became an everyday practice for many Europeans, the Dutch Republic emerged as an international hub of printed protest against religious violence. De Boer traces how a diverse group of people, including Waldensians refugees, Huguenot ministers, Savoyard office holders, and many others, all sought access to the Dutch printing presses in their efforts to raise transnational solidarity for their cause. By generating public outrage, calling out rulers, and pressuring others to intervene, producers of printed opinion could have a profound impact on international relations. But crying out against persecution also meant navigating a fraught and dangerous political landscape, marked by confessional tension, volatile alliances, and incessant warfare. Opinion makers had to think carefully about the audiences they hoped to reach through pamphlets, periodicals, and newspapers. But they also had to reckon with the risk of reaching less sympathetic readers outside their target groups. By examining early modern publicity strategies, de Boer deepens our understanding of how people tried to shake off the spectre of religious violence that had haunted them for generations, and create more tolerant societies, governed by the rule of law, reason, and a sense of common humanity.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1676</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">05aa2b32-6979-11f0-ab14-6ffd816d0de4</guid>
      <title>Vinay Lal, &quot;India and Its Intellectual Traditions: of Love, Advaita, Power, and Other Things&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The book, the third volume to emerge from the enterprise known as 'The Backwaters Collective on Metaphysics and Politics', attempts to further the collective's ambition to put into question the certitudes of conventional social science discourse, decolonize the dominant knowledge frameworks, and understand how the intellectual and cultural resources of Indian civilization may be deployed to think both, about some problems in contemporary politics and culture, and to introduce greater plurality into the world of modern knowledge systems.</p>
<p>Some of the collective's members remain deeply committed to reinitiating metaphysics into politics, and similarly, the collective's enduring interest in Narayana Guru is reflected in at least three chapters.</p>
<p>Although engagement with Gandhi and Ambedkar is a familiar part of the Indian intellectual landscape, other chapters on offer pivot around histories of power, performative traditions, and modes of worship.</p>
<p>Unlike the scholarship that is now the norm, organized around a distinct theme, this volume exhibits a more daring approach to India's intellectual traditions, traversing the world of Kannada intellectuals, the Kashmir Shaiva tradition, a Marathi Bhakti poet, and a contemporary Indian philosopher, as much as conceptual ideas drawn from a wide array of Indian texts and experiences.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Aug 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The book, the third volume to emerge from the enterprise known as 'The Backwaters Collective on Metaphysics and Politics', attempts to further the collective's ambition to put into question the certitudes of conventional social science discourse, decolonize the dominant knowledge frameworks, and understand how the intellectual and cultural resources of Indian civilization may be deployed to think both, about some problems in contemporary politics and culture, and to introduce greater plurality into the world of modern knowledge systems.</p>
<p>Some of the collective's members remain deeply committed to reinitiating metaphysics into politics, and similarly, the collective's enduring interest in Narayana Guru is reflected in at least three chapters.</p>
<p>Although engagement with Gandhi and Ambedkar is a familiar part of the Indian intellectual landscape, other chapters on offer pivot around histories of power, performative traditions, and modes of worship.</p>
<p>Unlike the scholarship that is now the norm, organized around a distinct theme, this volume exhibits a more daring approach to India's intellectual traditions, traversing the world of Kannada intellectuals, the Kashmir Shaiva tradition, a Marathi Bhakti poet, and a contemporary Indian philosopher, as much as conceptual ideas drawn from a wide array of Indian texts and experiences.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="62436793" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/aae29cc5-6285-4a89-8819-609ff6e71db9/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=aae29cc5-6285-4a89-8819-609ff6e71db9&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Vinay Lal, &quot;India and Its Intellectual Traditions: of Love, Advaita, Power, and Other Things&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:05:02</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The book, the third volume to emerge from the enterprise known as &apos;The Backwaters Collective on Metaphysics and Politics&apos;, attempts to further the collective&apos;s ambition to put into question the certitudes of conventional social science discourse, decolonize the dominant knowledge frameworks, and understand how the intellectual and cultural resources of Indian civilization may be deployed to think both, about some problems in contemporary politics and culture, and to introduce greater plurality into the world of modern knowledge systems.

Some of the collective&apos;s members remain deeply committed to reinitiating metaphysics into politics, and similarly, the collective&apos;s enduring interest in Narayana Guru is reflected in at least three chapters.

Although engagement with Gandhi and Ambedkar is a familiar part of the Indian intellectual landscape, other chapters on offer pivot around histories of power, performative traditions, and modes of worship.

Unlike the scholarship that is now the norm, organized around a distinct theme, this volume exhibits a more daring approach to India&apos;s intellectual traditions, traversing the world of Kannada intellectuals, the Kashmir Shaiva tradition, a Marathi Bhakti poet, and a contemporary Indian philosopher, as much as conceptual ideas drawn from a wide array of Indian texts and experiences.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The book, the third volume to emerge from the enterprise known as &apos;The Backwaters Collective on Metaphysics and Politics&apos;, attempts to further the collective&apos;s ambition to put into question the certitudes of conventional social science discourse, decolonize the dominant knowledge frameworks, and understand how the intellectual and cultural resources of Indian civilization may be deployed to think both, about some problems in contemporary politics and culture, and to introduce greater plurality into the world of modern knowledge systems.

Some of the collective&apos;s members remain deeply committed to reinitiating metaphysics into politics, and similarly, the collective&apos;s enduring interest in Narayana Guru is reflected in at least three chapters.

Although engagement with Gandhi and Ambedkar is a familiar part of the Indian intellectual landscape, other chapters on offer pivot around histories of power, performative traditions, and modes of worship.

Unlike the scholarship that is now the norm, organized around a distinct theme, this volume exhibits a more daring approach to India&apos;s intellectual traditions, traversing the world of Kannada intellectuals, the Kashmir Shaiva tradition, a Marathi Bhakti poet, and a contemporary Indian philosopher, as much as conceptual ideas drawn from a wide array of Indian texts and experiences.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>604</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">543f983e-75fb-11f0-ac79-37a4b64be861</guid>
      <title>Ryan Griffiths, &quot;The Disunited States: Threats of Secession in Red and Blue America and Why They Won&apos;t Work&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Is the breakup of an increasingly polarized America into separate red and blue countries even possible?</p>
<p>There is a growing interest in American secession. In February 2023, Marjorie Taylor Greene tweeted that "We need a national divorce...We need to separate by red states and blue states." Recent movements like Yes California have called for a national divorce along political lines. A 2023 Axios poll shows that 20 percent of Americans favor a national divorce. These trends show a sincere interest in American secession, and they will likely increase in the aftermath of the 2024 Presidential election.</p>
<p>Proponents of secession make three arguments: the two sides have irreconcilable differences; secession is a legal right; and smaller political units are better. Through interviews with secessionist advocates in America, Ryan Griffiths explores the case for why Red America and Blue America should split up.</p>
<p>But as <em>The Disunited States</em> shows, these arguments are fundamentally incorrect. Secession is the wrong solution to the problem of polarization. Red and Blue America are not neatly sorted and geographically concentrated. Splitting the two parts would require a dangerous unmixing of the population, one that could spiral into violence and state collapse. Drawing on his expertise on secessionism worldwide, he shows how the process has played out internationally-and usually disastrously. Ultimately, this book will disabuse readers of the belief that secession will fix America's problems. Rather than focus on national divorce as a solution, the better course of action is to seek common ground.</p>
<p>Ryan D. Griffiths is a Professor in the Department of Political Science at the Maxwell School of Citizenship and Public Affairs, Syracuse University. His research focuses on the dynamics of secession and the study of sovereignty, state systems, and international orders. He teaches on topics related to nationalism, international relations, and international relations theory.</p>
<p>Daniel Moran’s writing about literature and film can be found on <a href="https://pagesandframes.substack.com/"><em>Pages and Frames</em></a>. He earned his B.A. and M.A. in English from Rutgers University and his Ph.D. in History from Drew University. The author of <a href="https://ugapress.org/book/9780820352930/creating-flannery-oconnor/"><em>Creating Flannery O’Connor: Her Critics, Her Publishers, Her Readers</em></a>, he teaches research and writing and co-hosts the long-running p</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Aug 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Is the breakup of an increasingly polarized America into separate red and blue countries even possible?</p>
<p>There is a growing interest in American secession. In February 2023, Marjorie Taylor Greene tweeted that "We need a national divorce...We need to separate by red states and blue states." Recent movements like Yes California have called for a national divorce along political lines. A 2023 Axios poll shows that 20 percent of Americans favor a national divorce. These trends show a sincere interest in American secession, and they will likely increase in the aftermath of the 2024 Presidential election.</p>
<p>Proponents of secession make three arguments: the two sides have irreconcilable differences; secession is a legal right; and smaller political units are better. Through interviews with secessionist advocates in America, Ryan Griffiths explores the case for why Red America and Blue America should split up.</p>
<p>But as <em>The Disunited States</em> shows, these arguments are fundamentally incorrect. Secession is the wrong solution to the problem of polarization. Red and Blue America are not neatly sorted and geographically concentrated. Splitting the two parts would require a dangerous unmixing of the population, one that could spiral into violence and state collapse. Drawing on his expertise on secessionism worldwide, he shows how the process has played out internationally-and usually disastrously. Ultimately, this book will disabuse readers of the belief that secession will fix America's problems. Rather than focus on national divorce as a solution, the better course of action is to seek common ground.</p>
<p>Ryan D. Griffiths is a Professor in the Department of Political Science at the Maxwell School of Citizenship and Public Affairs, Syracuse University. His research focuses on the dynamics of secession and the study of sovereignty, state systems, and international orders. He teaches on topics related to nationalism, international relations, and international relations theory.</p>
<p>Daniel Moran’s writing about literature and film can be found on <a href="https://pagesandframes.substack.com/"><em>Pages and Frames</em></a>. He earned his B.A. and M.A. in English from Rutgers University and his Ph.D. in History from Drew University. The author of <a href="https://ugapress.org/book/9780820352930/creating-flannery-oconnor/"><em>Creating Flannery O’Connor: Her Critics, Her Publishers, Her Readers</em></a>, he teaches research and writing and co-hosts the long-running p</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="57720895" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/17d0d257-0687-4a71-a6a1-45106f54a037/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=17d0d257-0687-4a71-a6a1-45106f54a037&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Ryan Griffiths, &quot;The Disunited States: Threats of Secession in Red and Blue America and Why They Won&apos;t Work&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:00:07</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Is the breakup of an increasingly polarized America into separate red and blue countries even possible?

There is a growing interest in American secession. In February 2023, Marjorie Taylor Greene tweeted that &quot;We need a national divorce...We need to separate by red states and blue states.&quot; Recent movements like Yes California have called for a national divorce along political lines. A 2023 Axios poll shows that 20 percent of Americans favor a national divorce. These trends show a sincere interest in American secession, and they will likely increase in the aftermath of the 2024 Presidential election.

Proponents of secession make three arguments: the two sides have irreconcilable differences; secession is a legal right; and smaller political units are better. Through interviews with secessionist advocates in America, Ryan Griffiths explores the case for why Red America and Blue America should split up.

But as The Disunited States shows, these arguments are fundamentally incorrect. Secession is the wrong solution to the problem of polarization. Red and Blue America are not neatly sorted and geographically concentrated. Splitting the two parts would require a dangerous unmixing of the population, one that could spiral into violence and state collapse. Drawing on his expertise on secessionism worldwide, he shows how the process has played out internationally-and usually disastrously. Ultimately, this book will disabuse readers of the belief that secession will fix America&apos;s problems. Rather than focus on national divorce as a solution, the better course of action is to seek common ground.

Ryan D. Griffiths is a Professor in the Department of Political Science at the Maxwell School of Citizenship and Public Affairs, Syracuse University. His research focuses on the dynamics of secession and the study of sovereignty, state systems, and international orders. He teaches on topics related to nationalism, international relations, and international relations theory.

Daniel Moran’s writing about literature and film can be found on Pages and Frames. He earned his B.A. and M.A. in English from Rutgers University and his Ph.D. in History from Drew University. The author of Creating Flannery O’Connor: Her Critics, Her Publishers, Her Readers, he teaches research and writing and co-hosts the long-running p</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Is the breakup of an increasingly polarized America into separate red and blue countries even possible?

There is a growing interest in American secession. In February 2023, Marjorie Taylor Greene tweeted that &quot;We need a national divorce...We need to separate by red states and blue states.&quot; Recent movements like Yes California have called for a national divorce along political lines. A 2023 Axios poll shows that 20 percent of Americans favor a national divorce. These trends show a sincere interest in American secession, and they will likely increase in the aftermath of the 2024 Presidential election.

Proponents of secession make three arguments: the two sides have irreconcilable differences; secession is a legal right; and smaller political units are better. Through interviews with secessionist advocates in America, Ryan Griffiths explores the case for why Red America and Blue America should split up.

But as The Disunited States shows, these arguments are fundamentally incorrect. Secession is the wrong solution to the problem of polarization. Red and Blue America are not neatly sorted and geographically concentrated. Splitting the two parts would require a dangerous unmixing of the population, one that could spiral into violence and state collapse. Drawing on his expertise on secessionism worldwide, he shows how the process has played out internationally-and usually disastrously. Ultimately, this book will disabuse readers of the belief that secession will fix America&apos;s problems. Rather than focus on national divorce as a solution, the better course of action is to seek common ground.

Ryan D. Griffiths is a Professor in the Department of Political Science at the Maxwell School of Citizenship and Public Affairs, Syracuse University. His research focuses on the dynamics of secession and the study of sovereignty, state systems, and international orders. He teaches on topics related to nationalism, international relations, and international relations theory.

Daniel Moran’s writing about literature and film can be found on Pages and Frames. He earned his B.A. and M.A. in English from Rutgers University and his Ph.D. in History from Drew University. The author of Creating Flannery O’Connor: Her Critics, Her Publishers, Her Readers, he teaches research and writing and co-hosts the long-running p</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>210</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">30563d8e-73d4-11f0-9af2-c3b2098cd760</guid>
      <title>Lewis A. Grossman, &quot;Choose Your Medicine: Freedom of Therapeutic Choice in America&quot; (Oxford UP, 2021)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Throughout American history, lawmakers have limited the range of treatments available to patients, often with the backing of the medical establishment. The country's history is also, however, brimming with social movements that have condemned such restrictions as violations of fundamental American liberties. This fierce conflict is one of the defining features of the social history of medicine in the United States. </p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190612757"><em>Choose Your Medicine: Freedom of Therapeutic Choice in America</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2021), Lewis A. Grossman presents a compelling look at how persistent but evolving notions of a right to therapeutic choice have affected American health policy, law, and regulation from the Revolution through the Trump Era. Grossman grounds his analysis in historical examples ranging from unschooled supporters of botanical medicine in the early nineteenth century to sophisticated cancer patient advocacy groups in the twenty-first. He vividly describes how activists and lawyers have resisted a wide variety of legal constraints on therapeutic choice, including medical licensing statutes, FDA limitations on unapproved drugs and alternative remedies, abortion restrictions, and prohibitions against medical marijuana and physician-assisted suicide. Grossman also considers the relationship between these campaigns for desired treatments and widespread opposition to state-compelled health measures such as vaccines and face masks. From the streets of San Francisco to the US Supreme Court, Choose Your Medicine examines an underexplored theme of American history, politics, and law that is more relevant today than ever.</p><p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephenpimpare/"><em>Stephen Pimpare</em></a><em> is director of the Public Service &amp; Nonprofit Leadership program and Faculty Fellow at the Carsey School of Public Policy at the University of New Hampshire.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 9 Aug 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Throughout American history, lawmakers have limited the range of treatments available to patients, often with the backing of the medical establishment. The country's history is also, however, brimming with social movements that have condemned such restrictions as violations of fundamental American liberties. This fierce conflict is one of the defining features of the social history of medicine in the United States. </p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190612757"><em>Choose Your Medicine: Freedom of Therapeutic Choice in America</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2021), Lewis A. Grossman presents a compelling look at how persistent but evolving notions of a right to therapeutic choice have affected American health policy, law, and regulation from the Revolution through the Trump Era. Grossman grounds his analysis in historical examples ranging from unschooled supporters of botanical medicine in the early nineteenth century to sophisticated cancer patient advocacy groups in the twenty-first. He vividly describes how activists and lawyers have resisted a wide variety of legal constraints on therapeutic choice, including medical licensing statutes, FDA limitations on unapproved drugs and alternative remedies, abortion restrictions, and prohibitions against medical marijuana and physician-assisted suicide. Grossman also considers the relationship between these campaigns for desired treatments and widespread opposition to state-compelled health measures such as vaccines and face masks. From the streets of San Francisco to the US Supreme Court, Choose Your Medicine examines an underexplored theme of American history, politics, and law that is more relevant today than ever.</p><p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephenpimpare/"><em>Stephen Pimpare</em></a><em> is director of the Public Service &amp; Nonprofit Leadership program and Faculty Fellow at the Carsey School of Public Policy at the University of New Hampshire.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="38825230" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/c18c4b7c-1e9a-4f3c-a884-2e3d47a3db84/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=c18c4b7c-1e9a-4f3c-a884-2e3d47a3db84&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Lewis A. Grossman, &quot;Choose Your Medicine: Freedom of Therapeutic Choice in America&quot; (Oxford UP, 2021)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:40:24</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Throughout American history, lawmakers have limited the range of treatments available to patients, often with the backing of the medical establishment. The country&apos;s history is also, however, brimming with social movements that have condemned such restrictions as violations of fundamental American liberties. This fierce conflict is one of the defining features of the social history of medicine in the United States. 
In Choose Your Medicine: Freedom of Therapeutic Choice in America (Oxford UP, 2021), Lewis A. Grossman presents a compelling look at how persistent but evolving notions of a right to therapeutic choice have affected American health policy, law, and regulation from the Revolution through the Trump Era. Grossman grounds his analysis in historical examples ranging from unschooled supporters of botanical medicine in the early nineteenth century to sophisticated cancer patient advocacy groups in the twenty-first. He vividly describes how activists and lawyers have resisted a wide variety of legal constraints on therapeutic choice, including medical licensing statutes, FDA limitations on unapproved drugs and alternative remedies, abortion restrictions, and prohibitions against medical marijuana and physician-assisted suicide. Grossman also considers the relationship between these campaigns for desired treatments and widespread opposition to state-compelled health measures such as vaccines and face masks. From the streets of San Francisco to the US Supreme Court, Choose Your Medicine examines an underexplored theme of American history, politics, and law that is more relevant today than ever.
Stephen Pimpare is director of the Public Service &amp; Nonprofit Leadership program and Faculty Fellow at the Carsey School of Public Policy at the University of New Hampshire.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Throughout American history, lawmakers have limited the range of treatments available to patients, often with the backing of the medical establishment. The country&apos;s history is also, however, brimming with social movements that have condemned such restrictions as violations of fundamental American liberties. This fierce conflict is one of the defining features of the social history of medicine in the United States. 
In Choose Your Medicine: Freedom of Therapeutic Choice in America (Oxford UP, 2021), Lewis A. Grossman presents a compelling look at how persistent but evolving notions of a right to therapeutic choice have affected American health policy, law, and regulation from the Revolution through the Trump Era. Grossman grounds his analysis in historical examples ranging from unschooled supporters of botanical medicine in the early nineteenth century to sophisticated cancer patient advocacy groups in the twenty-first. He vividly describes how activists and lawyers have resisted a wide variety of legal constraints on therapeutic choice, including medical licensing statutes, FDA limitations on unapproved drugs and alternative remedies, abortion restrictions, and prohibitions against medical marijuana and physician-assisted suicide. Grossman also considers the relationship between these campaigns for desired treatments and widespread opposition to state-compelled health measures such as vaccines and face masks. From the streets of San Francisco to the US Supreme Court, Choose Your Medicine examines an underexplored theme of American history, politics, and law that is more relevant today than ever.
Stephen Pimpare is director of the Public Service &amp; Nonprofit Leadership program and Faculty Fellow at the Carsey School of Public Policy at the University of New Hampshire.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>124</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">dc3120a2-472b-11ed-95f6-6b1f74573085</guid>
      <title>Alexander Mikaberidze, &quot;Kutuzov: A Life in War and Peace&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Every Russian knows him purely by his patronym. He was the general who triumphed over Napoleon's Grande Armée during the Patriotic War of 1812, not merely restoring national pride but securing national identity. Many Russians consider Field Marshal Mikhail Illarionovich Golenischev-Kutuzov the greatest figure of the 19th century, ahead of Pushkin, Tchaikovsky, even Tolstoy himself. Immediately after his death in 1813, Kutuzov's remains were hurried into the pantheon of heroes. Statues of him rose up across the Russian empire and later the Soviet Union. Over the course of decades and centuries he hardened into legend.</p><p>As award-winning author Alexander Mikaberidze shows in <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197546734"><em>Kutuzov: A Life in War and Peace</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2022), Kutuzov's story is far more compelling and complex than the myths that have encased him. An unabashed imperialist who rose in the ranks through his victories over the Turks and the Poles, Kutuzov was also a realist and a skeptic about military power. When the Russians and their allies were routed by the French at Austerlitz he was openly appalled by the incompetence of leadership and the sheer waste of life. Over his long career--marked equally by victory and defeat, embrace and ostracism--he grew to despise those whose concept of war had devolved to mindless attack.</p><p>Here, at last, is Kutuzov as he really was--a master and survivor of intrigue, moving in and out of royal favor, committed to the welfare of those under his command, and an innovative strategist. When, reluctantly and at the 11th hour, Czar Alexander I called upon him to lead the fight against Napoleon's invading army, Kutuzov accomplished what needed to be done not by a heroic charge but by a strategic retreat. Across the generations, portraits of Kutuzov have ranged from hagiography to dismissal, with Tolstoy's portrait of him in War and Peace perhaps the most indelible of all. This immersive biography returns a touchstone figure in Russian history to human scale.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 6 Aug 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Every Russian knows him purely by his patronym. He was the general who triumphed over Napoleon's Grande Armée during the Patriotic War of 1812, not merely restoring national pride but securing national identity. Many Russians consider Field Marshal Mikhail Illarionovich Golenischev-Kutuzov the greatest figure of the 19th century, ahead of Pushkin, Tchaikovsky, even Tolstoy himself. Immediately after his death in 1813, Kutuzov's remains were hurried into the pantheon of heroes. Statues of him rose up across the Russian empire and later the Soviet Union. Over the course of decades and centuries he hardened into legend.</p><p>As award-winning author Alexander Mikaberidze shows in <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197546734"><em>Kutuzov: A Life in War and Peace</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2022), Kutuzov's story is far more compelling and complex than the myths that have encased him. An unabashed imperialist who rose in the ranks through his victories over the Turks and the Poles, Kutuzov was also a realist and a skeptic about military power. When the Russians and their allies were routed by the French at Austerlitz he was openly appalled by the incompetence of leadership and the sheer waste of life. Over his long career--marked equally by victory and defeat, embrace and ostracism--he grew to despise those whose concept of war had devolved to mindless attack.</p><p>Here, at last, is Kutuzov as he really was--a master and survivor of intrigue, moving in and out of royal favor, committed to the welfare of those under his command, and an innovative strategist. When, reluctantly and at the 11th hour, Czar Alexander I called upon him to lead the fight against Napoleon's invading army, Kutuzov accomplished what needed to be done not by a heroic charge but by a strategic retreat. Across the generations, portraits of Kutuzov have ranged from hagiography to dismissal, with Tolstoy's portrait of him in War and Peace perhaps the most indelible of all. This immersive biography returns a touchstone figure in Russian history to human scale.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="67248647" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/16d789af-d7cd-46a4-b160-6e17fd7a36d0/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=16d789af-d7cd-46a4-b160-6e17fd7a36d0&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Alexander Mikaberidze, &quot;Kutuzov: A Life in War and Peace&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:10:02</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Every Russian knows him purely by his patronym. He was the general who triumphed over Napoleon&apos;s Grande Armée during the Patriotic War of 1812, not merely restoring national pride but securing national identity. Many Russians consider Field Marshal Mikhail Illarionovich Golenischev-Kutuzov the greatest figure of the 19th century, ahead of Pushkin, Tchaikovsky, even Tolstoy himself. Immediately after his death in 1813, Kutuzov&apos;s remains were hurried into the pantheon of heroes. Statues of him rose up across the Russian empire and later the Soviet Union. Over the course of decades and centuries he hardened into legend.
As award-winning author Alexander Mikaberidze shows in Kutuzov: A Life in War and Peace (Oxford UP, 2022), Kutuzov&apos;s story is far more compelling and complex than the myths that have encased him. An unabashed imperialist who rose in the ranks through his victories over the Turks and the Poles, Kutuzov was also a realist and a skeptic about military power. When the Russians and their allies were routed by the French at Austerlitz he was openly appalled by the incompetence of leadership and the sheer waste of life. Over his long career--marked equally by victory and defeat, embrace and ostracism--he grew to despise those whose concept of war had devolved to mindless attack.
Here, at last, is Kutuzov as he really was--a master and survivor of intrigue, moving in and out of royal favor, committed to the welfare of those under his command, and an innovative strategist. When, reluctantly and at the 11th hour, Czar Alexander I called upon him to lead the fight against Napoleon&apos;s invading army, Kutuzov accomplished what needed to be done not by a heroic charge but by a strategic retreat. Across the generations, portraits of Kutuzov have ranged from hagiography to dismissal, with Tolstoy&apos;s portrait of him in War and Peace perhaps the most indelible of all. This immersive biography returns a touchstone figure in Russian history to human scale.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Every Russian knows him purely by his patronym. He was the general who triumphed over Napoleon&apos;s Grande Armée during the Patriotic War of 1812, not merely restoring national pride but securing national identity. Many Russians consider Field Marshal Mikhail Illarionovich Golenischev-Kutuzov the greatest figure of the 19th century, ahead of Pushkin, Tchaikovsky, even Tolstoy himself. Immediately after his death in 1813, Kutuzov&apos;s remains were hurried into the pantheon of heroes. Statues of him rose up across the Russian empire and later the Soviet Union. Over the course of decades and centuries he hardened into legend.
As award-winning author Alexander Mikaberidze shows in Kutuzov: A Life in War and Peace (Oxford UP, 2022), Kutuzov&apos;s story is far more compelling and complex than the myths that have encased him. An unabashed imperialist who rose in the ranks through his victories over the Turks and the Poles, Kutuzov was also a realist and a skeptic about military power. When the Russians and their allies were routed by the French at Austerlitz he was openly appalled by the incompetence of leadership and the sheer waste of life. Over his long career--marked equally by victory and defeat, embrace and ostracism--he grew to despise those whose concept of war had devolved to mindless attack.
Here, at last, is Kutuzov as he really was--a master and survivor of intrigue, moving in and out of royal favor, committed to the welfare of those under his command, and an innovative strategist. When, reluctantly and at the 11th hour, Czar Alexander I called upon him to lead the fight against Napoleon&apos;s invading army, Kutuzov accomplished what needed to be done not by a heroic charge but by a strategic retreat. Across the generations, portraits of Kutuzov have ranged from hagiography to dismissal, with Tolstoy&apos;s portrait of him in War and Peace perhaps the most indelible of all. This immersive biography returns a touchstone figure in Russian history to human scale.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>13</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">704d74b6-6e61-11f0-89a4-c3a655e4daef</guid>
      <title>Anthony Michael Petro, &quot;Provoking Religion: Sex, Art, and the Culture Wars&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In the late twentieth century, artists were on the front lines of the culture wars. Leaders of the Christian Right in the U.S. made a national spectacle out of feminist and queer art, blasting it as sacrilegious or pornographic--and sometimes both. On the bully pulpits of television and talk radio, as well as in the halls of Congress, conservatives denounced artists ranging from Robert Mapplethorpe and Judy Chicago to Marlon Riggs and David Wojnarowicz. Conservatives, alarmed by shifting sex and gender norms, collided with progressive artists who were confronting sexism, homophobia, and racism. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190938437">Provoking Religion: Sex, Art, and the Culture Wars</a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2025), Anthony Petro offers a compelling new history of the culture wars that places competing moralities of gender and sexuality alongside competing visions of the sacred. The modern culture wars, he shows, are best understood not as contests pitting religious conservatives against secular activists, but as a series of ongoing historical struggles to define the relationship between the sacred and the political. Through captivating case studies of "subversive" artists, <em>Provoking Religion</em> illuminates the underside of the culture wars, revealing how progressive artists and activists rendered from those most apparently profane aspects of human life-the stuff of conservatives' worst nightmares--their own haunting visions of the sacred.</p>
<p><strong>Anthony M. Petro </strong>is Associate Professor in the Department of American Studies at University of Notre Dame (effective fall 2025). His first book, <em>After the Wrath of God: AIDS, Sexuality, and American Religion</em>, was a finalist for the Religion Newswriters Association's book award for nonfiction. An early chapter from this book also won the 2012 LGBTQ Religious History Award from the LGBTQ Religious Archives Network. In 2019-2020, Petro was a member of the School of Historical Studies at the Institute for Advanced Study in Princeton, NJ.</p>
<p><a href="https://x.com/JarrardClayton">Clayton Jarrard</a><em> is a graduate student at NYU's XE: Experimental Humanities &amp; Social Engagement program.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 1 Aug 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In the late twentieth century, artists were on the front lines of the culture wars. Leaders of the Christian Right in the U.S. made a national spectacle out of feminist and queer art, blasting it as sacrilegious or pornographic--and sometimes both. On the bully pulpits of television and talk radio, as well as in the halls of Congress, conservatives denounced artists ranging from Robert Mapplethorpe and Judy Chicago to Marlon Riggs and David Wojnarowicz. Conservatives, alarmed by shifting sex and gender norms, collided with progressive artists who were confronting sexism, homophobia, and racism. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190938437">Provoking Religion: Sex, Art, and the Culture Wars</a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2025), Anthony Petro offers a compelling new history of the culture wars that places competing moralities of gender and sexuality alongside competing visions of the sacred. The modern culture wars, he shows, are best understood not as contests pitting religious conservatives against secular activists, but as a series of ongoing historical struggles to define the relationship between the sacred and the political. Through captivating case studies of "subversive" artists, <em>Provoking Religion</em> illuminates the underside of the culture wars, revealing how progressive artists and activists rendered from those most apparently profane aspects of human life-the stuff of conservatives' worst nightmares--their own haunting visions of the sacred.</p>
<p><strong>Anthony M. Petro </strong>is Associate Professor in the Department of American Studies at University of Notre Dame (effective fall 2025). His first book, <em>After the Wrath of God: AIDS, Sexuality, and American Religion</em>, was a finalist for the Religion Newswriters Association's book award for nonfiction. An early chapter from this book also won the 2012 LGBTQ Religious History Award from the LGBTQ Religious Archives Network. In 2019-2020, Petro was a member of the School of Historical Studies at the Institute for Advanced Study in Princeton, NJ.</p>
<p><a href="https://x.com/JarrardClayton">Clayton Jarrard</a><em> is a graduate student at NYU's XE: Experimental Humanities &amp; Social Engagement program.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="73075554" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/89750c40-2ec9-41f0-9816-e5ea83c9dee6/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=89750c40-2ec9-41f0-9816-e5ea83c9dee6&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Anthony Michael Petro, &quot;Provoking Religion: Sex, Art, and the Culture Wars&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:16:07</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In the late twentieth century, artists were on the front lines of the culture wars. Leaders of the Christian Right in the U.S. made a national spectacle out of feminist and queer art, blasting it as sacrilegious or pornographic--and sometimes both. On the bully pulpits of television and talk radio, as well as in the halls of Congress, conservatives denounced artists ranging from Robert Mapplethorpe and Judy Chicago to Marlon Riggs and David Wojnarowicz. Conservatives, alarmed by shifting sex and gender norms, collided with progressive artists who were confronting sexism, homophobia, and racism. In Provoking Religion: Sex, Art, and the Culture Wars (Oxford University Press, 2025), Anthony Petro offers a compelling new history of the culture wars that places competing moralities of gender and sexuality alongside competing visions of the sacred. The modern culture wars, he shows, are best understood not as contests pitting religious conservatives against secular activists, but as a series of ongoing historical struggles to define the relationship between the sacred and the political. Through captivating case studies of &quot;subversive&quot; artists, Provoking Religion illuminates the underside of the culture wars, revealing how progressive artists and activists rendered from those most apparently profane aspects of human life-the stuff of conservatives&apos; worst nightmares--their own haunting visions of the sacred.

Anthony M. Petro is Associate Professor in the Department of American Studies at University of Notre Dame (effective fall 2025). His first book, After the Wrath of God: AIDS, Sexuality, and American Religion, was a finalist for the Religion Newswriters Association&apos;s book award for nonfiction. An early chapter from this book also won the 2012 LGBTQ Religious History Award from the LGBTQ Religious Archives Network. In 2019-2020, Petro was a member of the School of Historical Studies at the Institute for Advanced Study in Princeton, NJ.

Clayton Jarrard is a graduate student at NYU&apos;s XE: Experimental Humanities &amp; Social Engagement program.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In the late twentieth century, artists were on the front lines of the culture wars. Leaders of the Christian Right in the U.S. made a national spectacle out of feminist and queer art, blasting it as sacrilegious or pornographic--and sometimes both. On the bully pulpits of television and talk radio, as well as in the halls of Congress, conservatives denounced artists ranging from Robert Mapplethorpe and Judy Chicago to Marlon Riggs and David Wojnarowicz. Conservatives, alarmed by shifting sex and gender norms, collided with progressive artists who were confronting sexism, homophobia, and racism. In Provoking Religion: Sex, Art, and the Culture Wars (Oxford University Press, 2025), Anthony Petro offers a compelling new history of the culture wars that places competing moralities of gender and sexuality alongside competing visions of the sacred. The modern culture wars, he shows, are best understood not as contests pitting religious conservatives against secular activists, but as a series of ongoing historical struggles to define the relationship between the sacred and the political. Through captivating case studies of &quot;subversive&quot; artists, Provoking Religion illuminates the underside of the culture wars, revealing how progressive artists and activists rendered from those most apparently profane aspects of human life-the stuff of conservatives&apos; worst nightmares--their own haunting visions of the sacred.

Anthony M. Petro is Associate Professor in the Department of American Studies at University of Notre Dame (effective fall 2025). His first book, After the Wrath of God: AIDS, Sexuality, and American Religion, was a finalist for the Religion Newswriters Association&apos;s book award for nonfiction. An early chapter from this book also won the 2012 LGBTQ Religious History Award from the LGBTQ Religious Archives Network. In 2019-2020, Petro was a member of the School of Historical Studies at the Institute for Advanced Study in Princeton, NJ.

Clayton Jarrard is a graduate student at NYU&apos;s XE: Experimental Humanities &amp; Social Engagement program.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1671</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f7ffd71c-6bc0-11f0-9fbd-871089d9ce7c</guid>
      <title>Daniel Morales, &quot;Between Here and There: The Political Economy of Transnational Mexican Migration, 1900-1942&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><em>Between Here and There</em> is the first history of the creation of modern US-Mexico migration patterns narrated from multiple geographic and institutional sites. This book analyzes the interplay between the US and Mexican governments, civic organizations, and migrants on both sides of the border and offers a revisionist and comprehensive view of Mexican migration as it was established in the early twentieth century and reproduced throughout the century as a socioeconomic system that reached from Texas borderlands to western agricultural regions like California as well as to Midwestern farming and industrial areas. The book illustrates how large-scale migration became entrenched in the socioeconomic fabric of the United States and Mexico. Mexican migration operates through an interconnected transnational migrant economy made up of self-reinforcing local economic logics, information diffusion, and locally based transnational social networks. From central Mexico, the book expands across the United States and back to Mexico to show how the migrant economy spread and reacted to the political and economic crisis in the 1930s. In the 1930s, migrants fought for recognition in both societies. Those who returned to Mexico used an expansive vision to lay claim to citizenship and land there. Those who stayed in the United States joined efforts to lay claim to better pay, working conditions, and rights from the New Deal state, creating a base for later organizing. These dynamics shaped the establishment of the Bracero Program that brought in more than four million workers and has continued to frame large-scale Mexican migration until today.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Jul 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><em>Between Here and There</em> is the first history of the creation of modern US-Mexico migration patterns narrated from multiple geographic and institutional sites. This book analyzes the interplay between the US and Mexican governments, civic organizations, and migrants on both sides of the border and offers a revisionist and comprehensive view of Mexican migration as it was established in the early twentieth century and reproduced throughout the century as a socioeconomic system that reached from Texas borderlands to western agricultural regions like California as well as to Midwestern farming and industrial areas. The book illustrates how large-scale migration became entrenched in the socioeconomic fabric of the United States and Mexico. Mexican migration operates through an interconnected transnational migrant economy made up of self-reinforcing local economic logics, information diffusion, and locally based transnational social networks. From central Mexico, the book expands across the United States and back to Mexico to show how the migrant economy spread and reacted to the political and economic crisis in the 1930s. In the 1930s, migrants fought for recognition in both societies. Those who returned to Mexico used an expansive vision to lay claim to citizenship and land there. Those who stayed in the United States joined efforts to lay claim to better pay, working conditions, and rights from the New Deal state, creating a base for later organizing. These dynamics shaped the establishment of the Bracero Program that brought in more than four million workers and has continued to frame large-scale Mexican migration until today.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="59579110" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/b1066c33-b6be-4f9e-aa5f-a8fdf230bb03/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=b1066c33-b6be-4f9e-aa5f-a8fdf230bb03&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Daniel Morales, &quot;Between Here and There: The Political Economy of Transnational Mexican Migration, 1900-1942&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:02:03</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Between Here and There is the first history of the creation of modern US-Mexico migration patterns narrated from multiple geographic and institutional sites. This book analyzes the interplay between the US and Mexican governments, civic organizations, and migrants on both sides of the border and offers a revisionist and comprehensive view of Mexican migration as it was established in the early twentieth century and reproduced throughout the century as a socioeconomic system that reached from Texas borderlands to western agricultural regions like California as well as to Midwestern farming and industrial areas. The book illustrates how large-scale migration became entrenched in the socioeconomic fabric of the United States and Mexico. Mexican migration operates through an interconnected transnational migrant economy made up of self-reinforcing local economic logics, information diffusion, and locally based transnational social networks. From central Mexico, the book expands across the United States and back to Mexico to show how the migrant economy spread and reacted to the political and economic crisis in the 1930s. In the 1930s, migrants fought for recognition in both societies. Those who returned to Mexico used an expansive vision to lay claim to citizenship and land there. Those who stayed in the United States joined efforts to lay claim to better pay, working conditions, and rights from the New Deal state, creating a base for later organizing. These dynamics shaped the establishment of the Bracero Program that brought in more than four million workers and has continued to frame large-scale Mexican migration until today.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Between Here and There is the first history of the creation of modern US-Mexico migration patterns narrated from multiple geographic and institutional sites. This book analyzes the interplay between the US and Mexican governments, civic organizations, and migrants on both sides of the border and offers a revisionist and comprehensive view of Mexican migration as it was established in the early twentieth century and reproduced throughout the century as a socioeconomic system that reached from Texas borderlands to western agricultural regions like California as well as to Midwestern farming and industrial areas. The book illustrates how large-scale migration became entrenched in the socioeconomic fabric of the United States and Mexico. Mexican migration operates through an interconnected transnational migrant economy made up of self-reinforcing local economic logics, information diffusion, and locally based transnational social networks. From central Mexico, the book expands across the United States and back to Mexico to show how the migrant economy spread and reacted to the political and economic crisis in the 1930s. In the 1930s, migrants fought for recognition in both societies. Those who returned to Mexico used an expansive vision to lay claim to citizenship and land there. Those who stayed in the United States joined efforts to lay claim to better pay, working conditions, and rights from the New Deal state, creating a base for later organizing. These dynamics shaped the establishment of the Bracero Program that brought in more than four million workers and has continued to frame large-scale Mexican migration until today.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>236</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ef259bd8-6b19-11f0-a83d-7f1ac6f07236</guid>
      <title>Arianne Edmonds, &quot;We Now Belong to Ourselves: J. L. Edmonds, the Black Press, and Black Citizenship in America&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>At the turn of the twentieth century, the Black press provided a blueprint to help Black Americans transition from slavery and find opportunities to advance and define African American citizenship. Among the vanguard of the Black press was Jefferson Lewis Edmonds, founder and editor of <em>The Liberator</em> newspaper. His Los Angeles-based newspaper championed for women's rights, land and business ownership, education, and civic engagement, while condemning lynchings and other violent acts against African Americans. It encouraged readers to move westward and build new communities, and it printed stories about weddings and graduations as a testament to the lives and moments not chronicled in the White-owned press.</p>
<p>Edmonds took this fierce perspective in his career as a journalist, for he himself was born into slavery and dedicated his life to creating pathways of liberation for those who came after him. Across the pages of his newspaper, Edmonds painted a different perspective on Black life in America and championed for his community--from highlighting the important work of his contemporaries, including Booker T. Washington and W.E.B. Du Bois, to helping local readers find love in the personal ads section. <em>The Liberator</em>, along with a chorus of Black newspapers at the turn of the century, educated an entire generation on how to guard their rights and take claim of their new American citizenship.</p>
<p>Written by Jefferson Lewis Edmonds' great-great granddaughter, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197579084">We Now Belong to Ourselves: J. L. Edmonds, the Black Press, and Black Citizenship in America</a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2025) chronicles how Edmonds and other pioneering Black publishers documented the shifting tides in the advancement of Black liberation. Arianne Edmonds argues that the Black press was central in transforming Black Americans' communication patterns, constructing national resistance networks, and defining Black citizenship after Reconstruction--a vision, mission, and spirit that persists today through Black online social movements. Weaving together poetry, personal narrative, newspaper clips, and documents from the Edmonds family archive, <em>We Now Belong to Ourselves</em> illustrates how Edmonds used his platform to center Black joy, Black triumph, and radical Black acceptance.</p>
<p>Arianne Edmonds is a 5th generation Angeleno, archivist, civic leader, and founder of the J.L. Edmonds Project, an initiative dedicated to preserving the history and culture of the Black American West. She is currently a Senior Civic Media Fellow at the USC Annenberg School for Communication and Journalism funded by the MacArthur Foundation and a Commissioner for the Los Angeles Public Library.</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Jul 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>At the turn of the twentieth century, the Black press provided a blueprint to help Black Americans transition from slavery and find opportunities to advance and define African American citizenship. Among the vanguard of the Black press was Jefferson Lewis Edmonds, founder and editor of <em>The Liberator</em> newspaper. His Los Angeles-based newspaper championed for women's rights, land and business ownership, education, and civic engagement, while condemning lynchings and other violent acts against African Americans. It encouraged readers to move westward and build new communities, and it printed stories about weddings and graduations as a testament to the lives and moments not chronicled in the White-owned press.</p>
<p>Edmonds took this fierce perspective in his career as a journalist, for he himself was born into slavery and dedicated his life to creating pathways of liberation for those who came after him. Across the pages of his newspaper, Edmonds painted a different perspective on Black life in America and championed for his community--from highlighting the important work of his contemporaries, including Booker T. Washington and W.E.B. Du Bois, to helping local readers find love in the personal ads section. <em>The Liberator</em>, along with a chorus of Black newspapers at the turn of the century, educated an entire generation on how to guard their rights and take claim of their new American citizenship.</p>
<p>Written by Jefferson Lewis Edmonds' great-great granddaughter, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197579084">We Now Belong to Ourselves: J. L. Edmonds, the Black Press, and Black Citizenship in America</a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2025) chronicles how Edmonds and other pioneering Black publishers documented the shifting tides in the advancement of Black liberation. Arianne Edmonds argues that the Black press was central in transforming Black Americans' communication patterns, constructing national resistance networks, and defining Black citizenship after Reconstruction--a vision, mission, and spirit that persists today through Black online social movements. Weaving together poetry, personal narrative, newspaper clips, and documents from the Edmonds family archive, <em>We Now Belong to Ourselves</em> illustrates how Edmonds used his platform to center Black joy, Black triumph, and radical Black acceptance.</p>
<p>Arianne Edmonds is a 5th generation Angeleno, archivist, civic leader, and founder of the J.L. Edmonds Project, an initiative dedicated to preserving the history and culture of the Black American West. She is currently a Senior Civic Media Fellow at the USC Annenberg School for Communication and Journalism funded by the MacArthur Foundation and a Commissioner for the Los Angeles Public Library.</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="46109061" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/c7134477-8d46-4714-8b7d-b2b31c79911a/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=c7134477-8d46-4714-8b7d-b2b31c79911a&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Arianne Edmonds, &quot;We Now Belong to Ourselves: J. L. Edmonds, the Black Press, and Black Citizenship in America&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:48:01</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>At the turn of the twentieth century, the Black press provided a blueprint to help Black Americans transition from slavery and find opportunities to advance and define African American citizenship. Among the vanguard of the Black press was Jefferson Lewis Edmonds, founder and editor of The Liberator newspaper. His Los Angeles-based newspaper championed for women&apos;s rights, land and business ownership, education, and civic engagement, while condemning lynchings and other violent acts against African Americans. It encouraged readers to move westward and build new communities, and it printed stories about weddings and graduations as a testament to the lives and moments not chronicled in the White-owned press.

Edmonds took this fierce perspective in his career as a journalist, for he himself was born into slavery and dedicated his life to creating pathways of liberation for those who came after him. Across the pages of his newspaper, Edmonds painted a different perspective on Black life in America and championed for his community--from highlighting the important work of his contemporaries, including Booker T. Washington and W.E.B. Du Bois, to helping local readers find love in the personal ads section. The Liberator, along with a chorus of Black newspapers at the turn of the century, educated an entire generation on how to guard their rights and take claim of their new American citizenship.

Written by Jefferson Lewis Edmonds&apos; great-great granddaughter, We Now Belong to Ourselves: J. L. Edmonds, the Black Press, and Black Citizenship in America (Oxford University Press, 2025) chronicles how Edmonds and other pioneering Black publishers documented the shifting tides in the advancement of Black liberation. Arianne Edmonds argues that the Black press was central in transforming Black Americans&apos; communication patterns, constructing national resistance networks, and defining Black citizenship after Reconstruction--a vision, mission, and spirit that persists today through Black online social movements. Weaving together poetry, personal narrative, newspaper clips, and documents from the Edmonds family archive, We Now Belong to Ourselves illustrates how Edmonds used his platform to center Black joy, Black triumph, and radical Black acceptance.

Arianne Edmonds is a 5th generation Angeleno, archivist, civic leader, and founder of the J.L. Edmonds Project, an initiative dedicated to preserving the history and culture of the Black American West. She is currently a Senior Civic Media Fellow at the USC Annenberg School for Communication and Journalism funded by the MacArthur Foundation and a Commissioner for the Los Angeles Public Library.

Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>At the turn of the twentieth century, the Black press provided a blueprint to help Black Americans transition from slavery and find opportunities to advance and define African American citizenship. Among the vanguard of the Black press was Jefferson Lewis Edmonds, founder and editor of The Liberator newspaper. His Los Angeles-based newspaper championed for women&apos;s rights, land and business ownership, education, and civic engagement, while condemning lynchings and other violent acts against African Americans. It encouraged readers to move westward and build new communities, and it printed stories about weddings and graduations as a testament to the lives and moments not chronicled in the White-owned press.

Edmonds took this fierce perspective in his career as a journalist, for he himself was born into slavery and dedicated his life to creating pathways of liberation for those who came after him. Across the pages of his newspaper, Edmonds painted a different perspective on Black life in America and championed for his community--from highlighting the important work of his contemporaries, including Booker T. Washington and W.E.B. Du Bois, to helping local readers find love in the personal ads section. The Liberator, along with a chorus of Black newspapers at the turn of the century, educated an entire generation on how to guard their rights and take claim of their new American citizenship.

Written by Jefferson Lewis Edmonds&apos; great-great granddaughter, We Now Belong to Ourselves: J. L. Edmonds, the Black Press, and Black Citizenship in America (Oxford University Press, 2025) chronicles how Edmonds and other pioneering Black publishers documented the shifting tides in the advancement of Black liberation. Arianne Edmonds argues that the Black press was central in transforming Black Americans&apos; communication patterns, constructing national resistance networks, and defining Black citizenship after Reconstruction--a vision, mission, and spirit that persists today through Black online social movements. Weaving together poetry, personal narrative, newspaper clips, and documents from the Edmonds family archive, We Now Belong to Ourselves illustrates how Edmonds used his platform to center Black joy, Black triumph, and radical Black acceptance.

Arianne Edmonds is a 5th generation Angeleno, archivist, civic leader, and founder of the J.L. Edmonds Project, an initiative dedicated to preserving the history and culture of the Black American West. She is currently a Senior Civic Media Fellow at the USC Annenberg School for Communication and Journalism funded by the MacArthur Foundation and a Commissioner for the Los Angeles Public Library.

Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1669</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e2b22812-6bf5-11f0-a5a9-b37f9de06bd8</guid>
      <title>Murad Idris, &quot;War for Peace: Genealogies of a Violent Ideal in Western and Islamic Thought&quot; (Oxford UP, 2019)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://politics.virginia.edu/murad-idris/">Murad Idris</a>, a political theorist in the Woodrow Wilson Department of Politics at the University of Virginia, explores the concept of peace, the term itself and the way that it has been considered and analyzed in western and Islamic political thought. <em>War for Peace: Genealogies of a Violent Ideal in Western and Islamic Thought</em> (Oxford University Press, 2018) traces the concept of peace, and the way it is often insinuated with other words and concepts, over more than 2000 years of political thought. Idris begins with Plato’s <em>Laws</em> as one of the early sources to consider the tension that seems to be constant in terms of the pursuit of violence in order to attain peace.</p><p><em>War for Peace</em> provides some important framing in thinking about peace, in large measure because the research indicates how rare it is for peace itself to be solitary, it is almost always lassoed to other words and concepts, and functions either as a binary opposition (e.g.: war and peace) or as part of a dyad combination (e.g.: peace and justice). We are urged to think about peace and the valence that is given to the word and the ideal—since the moral and the political understandings of peace are often entangled and part of what Idris is doing in his careful and thoughtful research is to tease out the political concept, apart from the often religious and moral ideal. This rich and complex analysis integrates a broad group of theorists—Plato, al-Farabi, Aquinas, Erasmus, Gentili, Grotius, Ibn Khaldun, Hobbes, Kant, and Sayyid Qutb)—all of whom were examining the role of peace within politics and political thought. And Idris structures these thinkers into chronological and theoretical groupings, to explore the ways in which they were responding to each other, across time, but also to understand how different thinkers were connecting peace to other concepts. <em>War for Peace: Genealogies of a Violent Ideal in Western and Islamic Thought</em> may leave the reader anxious but also enlightened in considering this idea and its perplexing place within the history of political thought.</p><p><a href="https://www.carrollu.edu/faculty/goren-lilly-phd"><em>Lilly J. Goren</em></a><em> is professor of political science at Carroll University in Waukesha, WI. She is co-editor of the award winning book, </em><a href="https://www.amazon.com/gp/product/081314101X/ref=dbs_a_def_rwt_bibl_vppi_i0">Women and the White House: Gender, Popular Culture, and Presidential Politics</a> (University Press of Kentucky, 2012), <em>as well as co-editor of</em> <a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/us/mad-men-and-politics-9781501306358/">Mad Men and Politics: Nostalgia and the Remaking of Modern America</a> (Bloomsbury Academic, 2015).</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Jul 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://politics.virginia.edu/murad-idris/">Murad Idris</a>, a political theorist in the Woodrow Wilson Department of Politics at the University of Virginia, explores the concept of peace, the term itself and the way that it has been considered and analyzed in western and Islamic political thought. <em>War for Peace: Genealogies of a Violent Ideal in Western and Islamic Thought</em> (Oxford University Press, 2018) traces the concept of peace, and the way it is often insinuated with other words and concepts, over more than 2000 years of political thought. Idris begins with Plato’s <em>Laws</em> as one of the early sources to consider the tension that seems to be constant in terms of the pursuit of violence in order to attain peace.</p><p><em>War for Peace</em> provides some important framing in thinking about peace, in large measure because the research indicates how rare it is for peace itself to be solitary, it is almost always lassoed to other words and concepts, and functions either as a binary opposition (e.g.: war and peace) or as part of a dyad combination (e.g.: peace and justice). We are urged to think about peace and the valence that is given to the word and the ideal—since the moral and the political understandings of peace are often entangled and part of what Idris is doing in his careful and thoughtful research is to tease out the political concept, apart from the often religious and moral ideal. This rich and complex analysis integrates a broad group of theorists—Plato, al-Farabi, Aquinas, Erasmus, Gentili, Grotius, Ibn Khaldun, Hobbes, Kant, and Sayyid Qutb)—all of whom were examining the role of peace within politics and political thought. And Idris structures these thinkers into chronological and theoretical groupings, to explore the ways in which they were responding to each other, across time, but also to understand how different thinkers were connecting peace to other concepts. <em>War for Peace: Genealogies of a Violent Ideal in Western and Islamic Thought</em> may leave the reader anxious but also enlightened in considering this idea and its perplexing place within the history of political thought.</p><p><a href="https://www.carrollu.edu/faculty/goren-lilly-phd"><em>Lilly J. Goren</em></a><em> is professor of political science at Carroll University in Waukesha, WI. She is co-editor of the award winning book, </em><a href="https://www.amazon.com/gp/product/081314101X/ref=dbs_a_def_rwt_bibl_vppi_i0">Women and the White House: Gender, Popular Culture, and Presidential Politics</a> (University Press of Kentucky, 2012), <em>as well as co-editor of</em> <a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/us/mad-men-and-politics-9781501306358/">Mad Men and Politics: Nostalgia and the Remaking of Modern America</a> (Bloomsbury Academic, 2015).</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="60774791" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/5d311fe5-3c9e-4403-97f5-6a066b2546d6/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=5d311fe5-3c9e-4403-97f5-6a066b2546d6&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Murad Idris, &quot;War for Peace: Genealogies of a Violent Ideal in Western and Islamic Thought&quot; (Oxford UP, 2019)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:03:16</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Murad Idris, a political theorist in the Woodrow Wilson Department of Politics at the University of Virginia, explores the concept of peace, the term itself and the way that it has been considered and analyzed in western and Islamic political thought. War for Peace: Genealogies of a Violent Ideal in Western and Islamic Thought (Oxford University Press, 2018) traces the concept of peace, and the way it is often insinuated with other words and concepts, over more than 2000 years of political thought. Idris begins with Plato’s Laws as one of the early sources to consider the tension that seems to be constant in terms of the pursuit of violence in order to attain peace.
War for Peace provides some important framing in thinking about peace, in large measure because the research indicates how rare it is for peace itself to be solitary, it is almost always lassoed to other words and concepts, and functions either as a binary opposition (e.g.: war and peace) or as part of a dyad combination (e.g.: peace and justice). We are urged to think about peace and the valence that is given to the word and the ideal—since the moral and the political understandings of peace are often entangled and part of what Idris is doing in his careful and thoughtful research is to tease out the political concept, apart from the often religious and moral ideal. This rich and complex analysis integrates a broad group of theorists—Plato, al-Farabi, Aquinas, Erasmus, Gentili, Grotius, Ibn Khaldun, Hobbes, Kant, and Sayyid Qutb)—all of whom were examining the role of peace within politics and political thought. And Idris structures these thinkers into chronological and theoretical groupings, to explore the ways in which they were responding to each other, across time, but also to understand how different thinkers were connecting peace to other concepts. War for Peace: Genealogies of a Violent Ideal in Western and Islamic Thought may leave the reader anxious but also enlightened in considering this idea and its perplexing place within the history of political thought.
Lilly J. Goren is professor of political science at Carroll University in Waukesha, WI. She is co-editor of the award winning book, Women and the White House: Gender, Popular Culture, and Presidential Politics (University Press of Kentucky, 2012), as well as co-editor of Mad Men and Politics: Nostalgia and the Remaking of Modern America (Bloomsbury Academic, 2015).</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Murad Idris, a political theorist in the Woodrow Wilson Department of Politics at the University of Virginia, explores the concept of peace, the term itself and the way that it has been considered and analyzed in western and Islamic political thought. War for Peace: Genealogies of a Violent Ideal in Western and Islamic Thought (Oxford University Press, 2018) traces the concept of peace, and the way it is often insinuated with other words and concepts, over more than 2000 years of political thought. Idris begins with Plato’s Laws as one of the early sources to consider the tension that seems to be constant in terms of the pursuit of violence in order to attain peace.
War for Peace provides some important framing in thinking about peace, in large measure because the research indicates how rare it is for peace itself to be solitary, it is almost always lassoed to other words and concepts, and functions either as a binary opposition (e.g.: war and peace) or as part of a dyad combination (e.g.: peace and justice). We are urged to think about peace and the valence that is given to the word and the ideal—since the moral and the political understandings of peace are often entangled and part of what Idris is doing in his careful and thoughtful research is to tease out the political concept, apart from the often religious and moral ideal. This rich and complex analysis integrates a broad group of theorists—Plato, al-Farabi, Aquinas, Erasmus, Gentili, Grotius, Ibn Khaldun, Hobbes, Kant, and Sayyid Qutb)—all of whom were examining the role of peace within politics and political thought. And Idris structures these thinkers into chronological and theoretical groupings, to explore the ways in which they were responding to each other, across time, but also to understand how different thinkers were connecting peace to other concepts. War for Peace: Genealogies of a Violent Ideal in Western and Islamic Thought may leave the reader anxious but also enlightened in considering this idea and its perplexing place within the history of political thought.
Lilly J. Goren is professor of political science at Carroll University in Waukesha, WI. She is co-editor of the award winning book, Women and the White House: Gender, Popular Culture, and Presidential Politics (University Press of Kentucky, 2012), as well as co-editor of Mad Men and Politics: Nostalgia and the Remaking of Modern America (Bloomsbury Academic, 2015).</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>406</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a440a5fa-6b13-11f0-b3c8-4f1a67277546</guid>
      <title>Scott Pearce, &quot;Northern Wei (386-534): A New Form of Empire in East Asia&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Emerging from collapse of the Han empire, the founders of Northern Wei had come south from the grasslands of Inner Asia to conquer the rich farmlands of the Yellow River plains. Northern Wei was, in fact, the first of the so-called "conquest dynasties" complex states seen repeatedly in East Asian history in which Inner Asian peoples ruled parts of the Chinese world.</p>
<p>An innovative contribution to East Asian and Chinese history of the medieval period, <em>Northern Wei (386-534)</em> combines received historical text and archaeological findings to examine the complex interactions between these originally distinct populations, and the way those interactions changed over time. Scott Pearce analyses traditions borrowed and adapted from the long-gone Han dynasty including government and taxation as well as the new cultural elements such as the use of armor for man and horse in the cavalry and the newly-invented stirrup. Further, this book discusses the fundamental change in the dynastic family, as empresses began to play an increasingly important role in the business of government. Though Northern Wei fell in the early sixth century, the nature of the state was thus fundamentally changed, in the Chinese world and East Asia as a whole; it had laid down a foundation from which a century later would emerge the world empire of Tang.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Jul 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Emerging from collapse of the Han empire, the founders of Northern Wei had come south from the grasslands of Inner Asia to conquer the rich farmlands of the Yellow River plains. Northern Wei was, in fact, the first of the so-called "conquest dynasties" complex states seen repeatedly in East Asian history in which Inner Asian peoples ruled parts of the Chinese world.</p>
<p>An innovative contribution to East Asian and Chinese history of the medieval period, <em>Northern Wei (386-534)</em> combines received historical text and archaeological findings to examine the complex interactions between these originally distinct populations, and the way those interactions changed over time. Scott Pearce analyses traditions borrowed and adapted from the long-gone Han dynasty including government and taxation as well as the new cultural elements such as the use of armor for man and horse in the cavalry and the newly-invented stirrup. Further, this book discusses the fundamental change in the dynastic family, as empresses began to play an increasingly important role in the business of government. Though Northern Wei fell in the early sixth century, the nature of the state was thus fundamentally changed, in the Chinese world and East Asia as a whole; it had laid down a foundation from which a century later would emerge the world empire of Tang.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="71949935" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/a0c0c0bb-45c6-486c-8349-4c903d424f12/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=a0c0c0bb-45c6-486c-8349-4c903d424f12&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Scott Pearce, &quot;Northern Wei (386-534): A New Form of Empire in East Asia&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:14:56</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Emerging from collapse of the Han empire, the founders of Northern Wei had come south from the grasslands of Inner Asia to conquer the rich farmlands of the Yellow River plains. Northern Wei was, in fact, the first of the so-called &quot;conquest dynasties&quot; complex states seen repeatedly in East Asian history in which Inner Asian peoples ruled parts of the Chinese world.

An innovative contribution to East Asian and Chinese history of the medieval period, Northern Wei (386-534) combines received historical text and archaeological findings to examine the complex interactions between these originally distinct populations, and the way those interactions changed over time. Scott Pearce analyses traditions borrowed and adapted from the long-gone Han dynasty including government and taxation as well as the new cultural elements such as the use of armor for man and horse in the cavalry and the newly-invented stirrup. Further, this book discusses the fundamental change in the dynastic family, as empresses began to play an increasingly important role in the business of government. Though Northern Wei fell in the early sixth century, the nature of the state was thus fundamentally changed, in the Chinese world and East Asia as a whole; it had laid down a foundation from which a century later would emerge the world empire of Tang.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Emerging from collapse of the Han empire, the founders of Northern Wei had come south from the grasslands of Inner Asia to conquer the rich farmlands of the Yellow River plains. Northern Wei was, in fact, the first of the so-called &quot;conquest dynasties&quot; complex states seen repeatedly in East Asian history in which Inner Asian peoples ruled parts of the Chinese world.

An innovative contribution to East Asian and Chinese history of the medieval period, Northern Wei (386-534) combines received historical text and archaeological findings to examine the complex interactions between these originally distinct populations, and the way those interactions changed over time. Scott Pearce analyses traditions borrowed and adapted from the long-gone Han dynasty including government and taxation as well as the new cultural elements such as the use of armor for man and horse in the cavalry and the newly-invented stirrup. Further, this book discusses the fundamental change in the dynastic family, as empresses began to play an increasingly important role in the business of government. Though Northern Wei fell in the early sixth century, the nature of the state was thus fundamentally changed, in the Chinese world and East Asia as a whole; it had laid down a foundation from which a century later would emerge the world empire of Tang.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>574</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">619364f8-6952-11f0-befc-832af245f0ce</guid>
      <title>Hanno Sauer, &quot;The Invention of Good and Evil: A World History of Morality &quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this sweeping new history of humanity, told through the prism of our ever-changing moral norms and values, Hanno Sauer shows how modern society is just the latest step in the long evolution of good and evil and everything in between.</p>
<p>What makes us moral beings? How do we decide what is good and what is evil? And has it always been that way? Hanno Sauer's sweeping new history of humanity, covering five million years of our universal moral values, comes at a crucial moment of crisis for those values, and helps to explain how they arose -- and why we need them.</p>
<p>We humans were born to cooperate, but everywhere we find ourselves in conflict. The way we live together has changed fundamentally in recent decades: global mobility, demographic upheaval, migration movements, and digital networking, have all called the moral foundations of human communities into question. Modern societies are in crisis: a shared universal morality seems to be a thing of the past. Hanno Sauer explains why this appearance is deceptive: in fact, there are universal values that all people share. If we understand the origin of our morality, we can understand its future too.</p>
<p>With philosophical expertise and empirical data, Sauer explains how processes of biological, cultural, social, and historical evolution shaped the moral grammar that defines our present. Seven chapters recount the crucial moral upheavals of human history showing how the emergence of humankind five million years ago, the rise of first civilizations 5,000 years ago, and the dynamics of moral progress in the last fifty years are interrelated. This genealogical perspective allows us, on the one hand, to see the contradictions and potential conflicts of our moral identities; on the other, it makes clear that we share fundamental values that apply to all human beings at all times. Sauer's elegant prose, translated into English by Jo Heinrich, brings the history of humanity to vivid new life.</p>
<p>Hanno Sauer is an Associate Professor of Philosophy at the Department of Philosophy &amp; Religious Studies at Utrecht University. He teaches ethics, metaethics and political philosophy.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">Morteza Hajizadeh</a> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. <a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">YouTube channel</a>. <a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture">Twitter</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Jul 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this sweeping new history of humanity, told through the prism of our ever-changing moral norms and values, Hanno Sauer shows how modern society is just the latest step in the long evolution of good and evil and everything in between.</p>
<p>What makes us moral beings? How do we decide what is good and what is evil? And has it always been that way? Hanno Sauer's sweeping new history of humanity, covering five million years of our universal moral values, comes at a crucial moment of crisis for those values, and helps to explain how they arose -- and why we need them.</p>
<p>We humans were born to cooperate, but everywhere we find ourselves in conflict. The way we live together has changed fundamentally in recent decades: global mobility, demographic upheaval, migration movements, and digital networking, have all called the moral foundations of human communities into question. Modern societies are in crisis: a shared universal morality seems to be a thing of the past. Hanno Sauer explains why this appearance is deceptive: in fact, there are universal values that all people share. If we understand the origin of our morality, we can understand its future too.</p>
<p>With philosophical expertise and empirical data, Sauer explains how processes of biological, cultural, social, and historical evolution shaped the moral grammar that defines our present. Seven chapters recount the crucial moral upheavals of human history showing how the emergence of humankind five million years ago, the rise of first civilizations 5,000 years ago, and the dynamics of moral progress in the last fifty years are interrelated. This genealogical perspective allows us, on the one hand, to see the contradictions and potential conflicts of our moral identities; on the other, it makes clear that we share fundamental values that apply to all human beings at all times. Sauer's elegant prose, translated into English by Jo Heinrich, brings the history of humanity to vivid new life.</p>
<p>Hanno Sauer is an Associate Professor of Philosophy at the Department of Philosophy &amp; Religious Studies at Utrecht University. He teaches ethics, metaethics and political philosophy.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">Morteza Hajizadeh</a> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. <a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">YouTube channel</a>. <a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture">Twitter</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="64613125" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/f2e0cb9b-92d2-421e-a1f3-465036872a24/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=f2e0cb9b-92d2-421e-a1f3-465036872a24&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Hanno Sauer, &quot;The Invention of Good and Evil: A World History of Morality &quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:07:18</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this sweeping new history of humanity, told through the prism of our ever-changing moral norms and values, Hanno Sauer shows how modern society is just the latest step in the long evolution of good and evil and everything in between.

What makes us moral beings? How do we decide what is good and what is evil? And has it always been that way? Hanno Sauer&apos;s sweeping new history of humanity, covering five million years of our universal moral values, comes at a crucial moment of crisis for those values, and helps to explain how they arose -- and why we need them.

We humans were born to cooperate, but everywhere we find ourselves in conflict. The way we live together has changed fundamentally in recent decades: global mobility, demographic upheaval, migration movements, and digital networking, have all called the moral foundations of human communities into question. Modern societies are in crisis: a shared universal morality seems to be a thing of the past. Hanno Sauer explains why this appearance is deceptive: in fact, there are universal values that all people share. If we understand the origin of our morality, we can understand its future too.

With philosophical expertise and empirical data, Sauer explains how processes of biological, cultural, social, and historical evolution shaped the moral grammar that defines our present. Seven chapters recount the crucial moral upheavals of human history showing how the emergence of humankind five million years ago, the rise of first civilizations 5,000 years ago, and the dynamics of moral progress in the last fifty years are interrelated. This genealogical perspective allows us, on the one hand, to see the contradictions and potential conflicts of our moral identities; on the other, it makes clear that we share fundamental values that apply to all human beings at all times. Sauer&apos;s elegant prose, translated into English by Jo Heinrich, brings the history of humanity to vivid new life.

Hanno Sauer is an Associate Professor of Philosophy at the Department of Philosophy &amp; Religious Studies at Utrecht University. He teaches ethics, metaethics and political philosophy.

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this sweeping new history of humanity, told through the prism of our ever-changing moral norms and values, Hanno Sauer shows how modern society is just the latest step in the long evolution of good and evil and everything in between.

What makes us moral beings? How do we decide what is good and what is evil? And has it always been that way? Hanno Sauer&apos;s sweeping new history of humanity, covering five million years of our universal moral values, comes at a crucial moment of crisis for those values, and helps to explain how they arose -- and why we need them.

We humans were born to cooperate, but everywhere we find ourselves in conflict. The way we live together has changed fundamentally in recent decades: global mobility, demographic upheaval, migration movements, and digital networking, have all called the moral foundations of human communities into question. Modern societies are in crisis: a shared universal morality seems to be a thing of the past. Hanno Sauer explains why this appearance is deceptive: in fact, there are universal values that all people share. If we understand the origin of our morality, we can understand its future too.

With philosophical expertise and empirical data, Sauer explains how processes of biological, cultural, social, and historical evolution shaped the moral grammar that defines our present. Seven chapters recount the crucial moral upheavals of human history showing how the emergence of humankind five million years ago, the rise of first civilizations 5,000 years ago, and the dynamics of moral progress in the last fifty years are interrelated. This genealogical perspective allows us, on the one hand, to see the contradictions and potential conflicts of our moral identities; on the other, it makes clear that we share fundamental values that apply to all human beings at all times. Sauer&apos;s elegant prose, translated into English by Jo Heinrich, brings the history of humanity to vivid new life.

Hanno Sauer is an Associate Professor of Philosophy at the Department of Philosophy &amp; Religious Studies at Utrecht University. He teaches ethics, metaethics and political philosophy.

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>248</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c832a8b8-68b2-11f0-a63f-2f525bf0d1b4</guid>
      <title>Bruce Isaacs, &quot;The Art of Pure Cinema: Hitchcock and His Imitators&quot; (Oxford UP, 2020)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190889968"><em>The Art of Pure Cinema: Hitchcock and His Imitators</em></a> (Oxford University Press) is the first book-length study to examine the historical foundations and stylistic mechanics of pure cinema.</p><p>Author <a href="https://www.sydney.edu.au/arts/about/our-people/academic-staff/bruce-isaacs.html">Bruce Isaacs</a>, Associate Professor of Film Studies and Director of the Film Studies Program at the University of Sydney, explores the potential of a philosophical and artistic approach most explicitly demonstrated by Hitchcock in his later films, beginning with Hitchcock's contact with the European avant-garde film movement in the mid-1920s.</p><p>Tracing the evolution of a philosophy of pure cinema across Hitchcock's most experimental works - <em>Rear Window, Vertigo, North by Northwest, Psycho, The Birds, Marnie, </em>and <em>Frenzy</em> - Isaacs rereads these works in a new and vital context.</p><p>In addition to this historical account, the book presents the first examination of pure cinema as an integrated stylistics of mise en scène, montage, and sound design. The films of so-called Hitchcockian imitators like Mario Bava, Dario Argento, and Brian De Palma are also examined in light of a provocative claim: that the art of pure cinema is only fully realized after Hitchcock.</p><p><em>Joel Tscherne is an Adjunct History Professor at Southern New Hampshire University. His Twitter handle is @JoelTscherne.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 27 Jul 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190889968"><em>The Art of Pure Cinema: Hitchcock and His Imitators</em></a> (Oxford University Press) is the first book-length study to examine the historical foundations and stylistic mechanics of pure cinema.</p><p>Author <a href="https://www.sydney.edu.au/arts/about/our-people/academic-staff/bruce-isaacs.html">Bruce Isaacs</a>, Associate Professor of Film Studies and Director of the Film Studies Program at the University of Sydney, explores the potential of a philosophical and artistic approach most explicitly demonstrated by Hitchcock in his later films, beginning with Hitchcock's contact with the European avant-garde film movement in the mid-1920s.</p><p>Tracing the evolution of a philosophy of pure cinema across Hitchcock's most experimental works - <em>Rear Window, Vertigo, North by Northwest, Psycho, The Birds, Marnie, </em>and <em>Frenzy</em> - Isaacs rereads these works in a new and vital context.</p><p>In addition to this historical account, the book presents the first examination of pure cinema as an integrated stylistics of mise en scène, montage, and sound design. The films of so-called Hitchcockian imitators like Mario Bava, Dario Argento, and Brian De Palma are also examined in light of a provocative claim: that the art of pure cinema is only fully realized after Hitchcock.</p><p><em>Joel Tscherne is an Adjunct History Professor at Southern New Hampshire University. His Twitter handle is @JoelTscherne.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="64274533" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/944c30d1-7ffc-4832-a4c5-dd6373f86c35/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=944c30d1-7ffc-4832-a4c5-dd6373f86c35&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Bruce Isaacs, &quot;The Art of Pure Cinema: Hitchcock and His Imitators&quot; (Oxford UP, 2020)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:06:56</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The Art of Pure Cinema: Hitchcock and His Imitators (Oxford University Press) is the first book-length study to examine the historical foundations and stylistic mechanics of pure cinema.
Author Bruce Isaacs, Associate Professor of Film Studies and Director of the Film Studies Program at the University of Sydney, explores the potential of a philosophical and artistic approach most explicitly demonstrated by Hitchcock in his later films, beginning with Hitchcock&apos;s contact with the European avant-garde film movement in the mid-1920s.
Tracing the evolution of a philosophy of pure cinema across Hitchcock&apos;s most experimental works - Rear Window, Vertigo, North by Northwest, Psycho, The Birds, Marnie, and Frenzy - Isaacs rereads these works in a new and vital context.
In addition to this historical account, the book presents the first examination of pure cinema as an integrated stylistics of mise en scène, montage, and sound design. The films of so-called Hitchcockian imitators like Mario Bava, Dario Argento, and Brian De Palma are also examined in light of a provocative claim: that the art of pure cinema is only fully realized after Hitchcock.
Joel Tscherne is an Adjunct History Professor at Southern New Hampshire University. His Twitter handle is @JoelTscherne.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The Art of Pure Cinema: Hitchcock and His Imitators (Oxford University Press) is the first book-length study to examine the historical foundations and stylistic mechanics of pure cinema.
Author Bruce Isaacs, Associate Professor of Film Studies and Director of the Film Studies Program at the University of Sydney, explores the potential of a philosophical and artistic approach most explicitly demonstrated by Hitchcock in his later films, beginning with Hitchcock&apos;s contact with the European avant-garde film movement in the mid-1920s.
Tracing the evolution of a philosophy of pure cinema across Hitchcock&apos;s most experimental works - Rear Window, Vertigo, North by Northwest, Psycho, The Birds, Marnie, and Frenzy - Isaacs rereads these works in a new and vital context.
In addition to this historical account, the book presents the first examination of pure cinema as an integrated stylistics of mise en scène, montage, and sound design. The films of so-called Hitchcockian imitators like Mario Bava, Dario Argento, and Brian De Palma are also examined in light of a provocative claim: that the art of pure cinema is only fully realized after Hitchcock.
Joel Tscherne is an Adjunct History Professor at Southern New Hampshire University. His Twitter handle is @JoelTscherne.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>74</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">96ccdf22-6890-11f0-9355-7b2af8ff05d4</guid>
      <title>Mark R. Rank, &quot;Poorly Understood: What America Gets Wrong about Poverty&quot; (Oxford UP, 2021)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Few topics have as many myths, stereotypes, and misperceptions surrounding them as that of poverty in America. The poor have been badly misunderstood since the beginnings of the country, with the rhetoric only ratcheting up in recent times. Our current era of fake news, alternative facts, and media partisanship has led to a breeding ground for all types of myths and misinformation to gain traction and legitimacy.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190881382"><em>Poorly Understood: What America Gets Wrong about Poverty</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2021) is the first book to systematically address and confront many of the most widespread myths pertaining to poverty. Mark Robert Rank, Lawrence M. Eppard, and Heather E. Bullock powerfully demonstrate that the realities of poverty are much different than the myths; indeed in many ways they are more disturbing. The idealized image of American society is one of abundant opportunities, with hard work being rewarded by economic prosperity. But what if this picture is wrong? What if poverty is an experience that touches the majority of Americans? What if hard work does not necessarily lead to economic well-being? What if the reasons for poverty are largely beyond the control of individuals? And if all of the evidence necessary to disprove these myths has been readily available for years, why do they remain so stubbornly pervasive? These are much more disturbing realities to consider because they call into question the very core of America's identity.</p><p>Armed with the latest research, <em>Poorly Understood</em> not only challenges the myths of poverty and inequality, but it explains why these myths continue to exist, providing an innovative blueprint for how the nation can move forward <em>to effectively alleviate American poverty.</em></p><p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephenpimpare/"><em>Stephen Pimpare</em></a><em> is director of the Public Service &amp; Nonprofit Leadership program and Faculty Fellow at the Carsey School of Public Policy at the University of New Hampshire.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 26 Jul 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Few topics have as many myths, stereotypes, and misperceptions surrounding them as that of poverty in America. The poor have been badly misunderstood since the beginnings of the country, with the rhetoric only ratcheting up in recent times. Our current era of fake news, alternative facts, and media partisanship has led to a breeding ground for all types of myths and misinformation to gain traction and legitimacy.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190881382"><em>Poorly Understood: What America Gets Wrong about Poverty</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2021) is the first book to systematically address and confront many of the most widespread myths pertaining to poverty. Mark Robert Rank, Lawrence M. Eppard, and Heather E. Bullock powerfully demonstrate that the realities of poverty are much different than the myths; indeed in many ways they are more disturbing. The idealized image of American society is one of abundant opportunities, with hard work being rewarded by economic prosperity. But what if this picture is wrong? What if poverty is an experience that touches the majority of Americans? What if hard work does not necessarily lead to economic well-being? What if the reasons for poverty are largely beyond the control of individuals? And if all of the evidence necessary to disprove these myths has been readily available for years, why do they remain so stubbornly pervasive? These are much more disturbing realities to consider because they call into question the very core of America's identity.</p><p>Armed with the latest research, <em>Poorly Understood</em> not only challenges the myths of poverty and inequality, but it explains why these myths continue to exist, providing an innovative blueprint for how the nation can move forward <em>to effectively alleviate American poverty.</em></p><p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephenpimpare/"><em>Stephen Pimpare</em></a><em> is director of the Public Service &amp; Nonprofit Leadership program and Faculty Fellow at the Carsey School of Public Policy at the University of New Hampshire.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="39220207" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/69eb661a-3588-4c8b-9584-33399a41a715/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=69eb661a-3588-4c8b-9584-33399a41a715&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Mark R. Rank, &quot;Poorly Understood: What America Gets Wrong about Poverty&quot; (Oxford UP, 2021)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:40:49</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Few topics have as many myths, stereotypes, and misperceptions surrounding them as that of poverty in America. The poor have been badly misunderstood since the beginnings of the country, with the rhetoric only ratcheting up in recent times. Our current era of fake news, alternative facts, and media partisanship has led to a breeding ground for all types of myths and misinformation to gain traction and legitimacy.
Poorly Understood: What America Gets Wrong about Poverty (Oxford UP, 2021) is the first book to systematically address and confront many of the most widespread myths pertaining to poverty. Mark Robert Rank, Lawrence M. Eppard, and Heather E. Bullock powerfully demonstrate that the realities of poverty are much different than the myths; indeed in many ways they are more disturbing. The idealized image of American society is one of abundant opportunities, with hard work being rewarded by economic prosperity. But what if this picture is wrong? What if poverty is an experience that touches the majority of Americans? What if hard work does not necessarily lead to economic well-being? What if the reasons for poverty are largely beyond the control of individuals? And if all of the evidence necessary to disprove these myths has been readily available for years, why do they remain so stubbornly pervasive? These are much more disturbing realities to consider because they call into question the very core of America&apos;s identity.
Armed with the latest research, Poorly Understood not only challenges the myths of poverty and inequality, but it explains why these myths continue to exist, providing an innovative blueprint for how the nation can move forward to effectively alleviate American poverty.
Stephen Pimpare is director of the Public Service &amp; Nonprofit Leadership program and Faculty Fellow at the Carsey School of Public Policy at the University of New Hampshire.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Few topics have as many myths, stereotypes, and misperceptions surrounding them as that of poverty in America. The poor have been badly misunderstood since the beginnings of the country, with the rhetoric only ratcheting up in recent times. Our current era of fake news, alternative facts, and media partisanship has led to a breeding ground for all types of myths and misinformation to gain traction and legitimacy.
Poorly Understood: What America Gets Wrong about Poverty (Oxford UP, 2021) is the first book to systematically address and confront many of the most widespread myths pertaining to poverty. Mark Robert Rank, Lawrence M. Eppard, and Heather E. Bullock powerfully demonstrate that the realities of poverty are much different than the myths; indeed in many ways they are more disturbing. The idealized image of American society is one of abundant opportunities, with hard work being rewarded by economic prosperity. But what if this picture is wrong? What if poverty is an experience that touches the majority of Americans? What if hard work does not necessarily lead to economic well-being? What if the reasons for poverty are largely beyond the control of individuals? And if all of the evidence necessary to disprove these myths has been readily available for years, why do they remain so stubbornly pervasive? These are much more disturbing realities to consider because they call into question the very core of America&apos;s identity.
Armed with the latest research, Poorly Understood not only challenges the myths of poverty and inequality, but it explains why these myths continue to exist, providing an innovative blueprint for how the nation can move forward to effectively alleviate American poverty.
Stephen Pimpare is director of the Public Service &amp; Nonprofit Leadership program and Faculty Fellow at the Carsey School of Public Policy at the University of New Hampshire.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>99</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c758a0a0-6655-11f0-b0bd-5fd25a0c599a</guid>
      <title>Ory Amitay, &quot;Alexander the Great in Jerusalem: Myth and History&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>When I sat down with Dr. Ory Amitay, his passion for myth, history, and ancient cultures was infectious. Our conversation about his new book, <em>Alexander the Great in Jerusalem: Myth and History</em>, Oxford University Press, 2025, quickly revealed that for Ory, the real intrigue isn’t whether Alexander literally visited Jerusalem, but how and why this story was created and retold for centuries. Ory traced his fascination with this intersection of myth and reality back to his Israeli upbringing and Berkeley days, where he mastered ancient languages and ventured beyond traditional Jewish sources.</p>
<p>He described how, over time, different versions of Alexander’s visit to Jerusalem reflected shifting political climates—from the Seleucid takeover to Roman conquest. Myths, he explained, were tools to help communities navigate upheaval, envisioning themselves in relation to powerful foreign rulers. </p>
<p>Pressed for the historical “truth,” Ory smiled and emphasized that the stories’ meaning—how they address the anxieties and hopes of their tellers—outweighs whether Alexander’s visit “really” happened. As he pursues new projects, translating ancient versions of these tales and writing a book on Western civilization, I left inspired by his view that exploring old myths is also about understanding how we shape, and are shaped by, our stories about ourselves.</p>
<p><em>Alexander the Great in Jerusalem: Myth and History</em> discusses four different stories told in antiquity about the meeting between Alexander the Great and the Judeans of Jerusalem. In history, this meeting, if it happened, passed without noticeable events. Into the historical void stepped various Judean storytellers, who wrote not what was, but what could (or even should) have been.<br />The tradition as a whole deals with an issue that resurfaced time and again in ancient Judean history: conquest and regime installment by new foreign rulers. It does so by using Alexander as a cipher for a current Hellenistic and Roman foreign rule. The earliest version can be traced to the context of the Seleukid monarch Antiochos III "the Great", and postulates a Judean text from that time that has been hitherto unknown, and which survived in a Byzantine recension (epsilon) of the Alexander Romance. The second and third chapters turn to rabbinic sources, and deal with the Judean approaches and attitudes towards Roman occupation and rule, first at the advent of Pompey and then at the institution of Provincia ludaea at the expense of the Herodian dynasty. The final story is the most famous, previously considered the earliest, rather than the latest; that of Josephus.<br /><em>Alexander the Great in Jerusalem</em> demonstrates how the historical tradition consistently maintained the moral and sacral superiority of the Jerusalem temple and of Judaism, making Alexander either embrace monotheism or prostrate himself before the Judean high priest. This not only bolstered Judean self-confidence under conditions of military and political inferiority, but also brought the changing foreign rulers into the fold of Judean sacred history.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Jul 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>When I sat down with Dr. Ory Amitay, his passion for myth, history, and ancient cultures was infectious. Our conversation about his new book, <em>Alexander the Great in Jerusalem: Myth and History</em>, Oxford University Press, 2025, quickly revealed that for Ory, the real intrigue isn’t whether Alexander literally visited Jerusalem, but how and why this story was created and retold for centuries. Ory traced his fascination with this intersection of myth and reality back to his Israeli upbringing and Berkeley days, where he mastered ancient languages and ventured beyond traditional Jewish sources.</p>
<p>He described how, over time, different versions of Alexander’s visit to Jerusalem reflected shifting political climates—from the Seleucid takeover to Roman conquest. Myths, he explained, were tools to help communities navigate upheaval, envisioning themselves in relation to powerful foreign rulers. </p>
<p>Pressed for the historical “truth,” Ory smiled and emphasized that the stories’ meaning—how they address the anxieties and hopes of their tellers—outweighs whether Alexander’s visit “really” happened. As he pursues new projects, translating ancient versions of these tales and writing a book on Western civilization, I left inspired by his view that exploring old myths is also about understanding how we shape, and are shaped by, our stories about ourselves.</p>
<p><em>Alexander the Great in Jerusalem: Myth and History</em> discusses four different stories told in antiquity about the meeting between Alexander the Great and the Judeans of Jerusalem. In history, this meeting, if it happened, passed without noticeable events. Into the historical void stepped various Judean storytellers, who wrote not what was, but what could (or even should) have been.<br />The tradition as a whole deals with an issue that resurfaced time and again in ancient Judean history: conquest and regime installment by new foreign rulers. It does so by using Alexander as a cipher for a current Hellenistic and Roman foreign rule. The earliest version can be traced to the context of the Seleukid monarch Antiochos III "the Great", and postulates a Judean text from that time that has been hitherto unknown, and which survived in a Byzantine recension (epsilon) of the Alexander Romance. The second and third chapters turn to rabbinic sources, and deal with the Judean approaches and attitudes towards Roman occupation and rule, first at the advent of Pompey and then at the institution of Provincia ludaea at the expense of the Herodian dynasty. The final story is the most famous, previously considered the earliest, rather than the latest; that of Josephus.<br /><em>Alexander the Great in Jerusalem</em> demonstrates how the historical tradition consistently maintained the moral and sacral superiority of the Jerusalem temple and of Judaism, making Alexander either embrace monotheism or prostrate himself before the Judean high priest. This not only bolstered Judean self-confidence under conditions of military and political inferiority, but also brought the changing foreign rulers into the fold of Judean sacred history.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="42906070" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/cf9fb892-fb2d-4c93-af74-a2002325f76e/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=cf9fb892-fb2d-4c93-af74-a2002325f76e&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Ory Amitay, &quot;Alexander the Great in Jerusalem: Myth and History&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:44:41</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>When I sat down with Dr. Ory Amitay, his passion for myth, history, and ancient cultures was infectious. Our conversation about his new book, Alexander the Great in Jerusalem: Myth and History, Oxford University Press, 2025, quickly revealed that for Ory, the real intrigue isn’t whether Alexander literally visited Jerusalem, but how and why this story was created and retold for centuries. Ory traced his fascination with this intersection of myth and reality back to his Israeli upbringing and Berkeley days, where he mastered ancient languages and ventured beyond traditional Jewish sources.

He described how, over time, different versions of Alexander’s visit to Jerusalem reflected shifting political climates—from the Seleucid takeover to Roman conquest. Myths, he explained, were tools to help communities navigate upheaval, envisioning themselves in relation to powerful foreign rulers. 

Pressed for the historical “truth,” Ory smiled and emphasized that the stories’ meaning—how they address the anxieties and hopes of their tellers—outweighs whether Alexander’s visit “really” happened. As he pursues new projects, translating ancient versions of these tales and writing a book on Western civilization, I left inspired by his view that exploring old myths is also about understanding how we shape, and are shaped by, our stories about ourselves.

Alexander the Great in Jerusalem: Myth and History discusses four different stories told in antiquity about the meeting between Alexander the Great and the Judeans of Jerusalem. In history, this meeting, if it happened, passed without noticeable events. Into the historical void stepped various Judean storytellers, who wrote not what was, but what could (or even should) have been.The tradition as a whole deals with an issue that resurfaced time and again in ancient Judean history: conquest and regime installment by new foreign rulers. It does so by using Alexander as a cipher for a current Hellenistic and Roman foreign rule. The earliest version can be traced to the context of the Seleukid monarch Antiochos III &quot;the Great&quot;, and postulates a Judean text from that time that has been hitherto unknown, and which survived in a Byzantine recension (epsilon) of the Alexander Romance. The second and third chapters turn to rabbinic sources, and deal with the Judean approaches and attitudes towards Roman occupation and rule, first at the advent of Pompey and then at the institution of Provincia ludaea at the expense of the Herodian dynasty. The final story is the most famous, previously considered the earliest, rather than the latest; that of Josephus.Alexander the Great in Jerusalem demonstrates how the historical tradition consistently maintained the moral and sacral superiority of the Jerusalem temple and of Judaism, making Alexander either embrace monotheism or prostrate himself before the Judean high priest. This not only bolstered Judean self-confidence under conditions of military and political inferiority, but also brought the changing foreign rulers into the fold of Judean sacred history.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>When I sat down with Dr. Ory Amitay, his passion for myth, history, and ancient cultures was infectious. Our conversation about his new book, Alexander the Great in Jerusalem: Myth and History, Oxford University Press, 2025, quickly revealed that for Ory, the real intrigue isn’t whether Alexander literally visited Jerusalem, but how and why this story was created and retold for centuries. Ory traced his fascination with this intersection of myth and reality back to his Israeli upbringing and Berkeley days, where he mastered ancient languages and ventured beyond traditional Jewish sources.

He described how, over time, different versions of Alexander’s visit to Jerusalem reflected shifting political climates—from the Seleucid takeover to Roman conquest. Myths, he explained, were tools to help communities navigate upheaval, envisioning themselves in relation to powerful foreign rulers. 

Pressed for the historical “truth,” Ory smiled and emphasized that the stories’ meaning—how they address the anxieties and hopes of their tellers—outweighs whether Alexander’s visit “really” happened. As he pursues new projects, translating ancient versions of these tales and writing a book on Western civilization, I left inspired by his view that exploring old myths is also about understanding how we shape, and are shaped by, our stories about ourselves.

Alexander the Great in Jerusalem: Myth and History discusses four different stories told in antiquity about the meeting between Alexander the Great and the Judeans of Jerusalem. In history, this meeting, if it happened, passed without noticeable events. Into the historical void stepped various Judean storytellers, who wrote not what was, but what could (or even should) have been.The tradition as a whole deals with an issue that resurfaced time and again in ancient Judean history: conquest and regime installment by new foreign rulers. It does so by using Alexander as a cipher for a current Hellenistic and Roman foreign rule. The earliest version can be traced to the context of the Seleukid monarch Antiochos III &quot;the Great&quot;, and postulates a Judean text from that time that has been hitherto unknown, and which survived in a Byzantine recension (epsilon) of the Alexander Romance. The second and third chapters turn to rabbinic sources, and deal with the Judean approaches and attitudes towards Roman occupation and rule, first at the advent of Pompey and then at the institution of Provincia ludaea at the expense of the Herodian dynasty. The final story is the most famous, previously considered the earliest, rather than the latest; that of Josephus.Alexander the Great in Jerusalem demonstrates how the historical tradition consistently maintained the moral and sacral superiority of the Jerusalem temple and of Judaism, making Alexander either embrace monotheism or prostrate himself before the Judean high priest. This not only bolstered Judean self-confidence under conditions of military and political inferiority, but also brought the changing foreign rulers into the fold of Judean sacred history.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1663</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">690eea9e-63e0-11f0-b19a-d3d6e74d4c1d</guid>
      <title>Allan Doig, &quot;A History of the Church through its Buildings&quot; (Oxford UP, 2021)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780199575367"><em>A History of the Church through its Buildings</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2021) by <a href="https://www.theology.ox.ac.uk/people/dr-allan-doig">Allan Doig</a> takes the reader to meet people who lived through momentous religious changes in the very spaces where the story of the Church took shape. Buildings are about people, the people who conceived, designed, financed, and used them. Their stories become embedded in the very fabric itself, and as the fabric is changed through time in response to changing use, relationships, and beliefs, the architecture becomes the standing history of passing waves of humanity.</p><p><br /></p><p>This process takes on special significance in churches, where the arrangement of the space places members of the community in relationship with one another for the performance of the church's rites and ceremonies. Moreover, architectural forms and building materials can be used to establish relationships with other buildings in other places and other times. Coordinated systems of signs, symbols, and images proclaim beliefs and doctrine, and in a wider sense carry extended narratives of the people and their faith.</p><p><br /></p><p>Looking at the history of the church through its buildings allows us to establish a tangible connection to the lives of the people involved in some of the key moments and movements that shaped that history, and perhaps even a degree of intimacy with them. Standing in the same place where the worshippers of the past preached and taught, or in a space they built as a memorial, touching the stone they placed, or marking their final resting-place, holding a keepsake they treasured or seeing a relic they venerated, probably comes as close to a shared experience with these people as it is possible to come. Perhaps for a fleeting moment at such times their faces may come more clearly into focus.</p><p><em>Bryan Toepfer, AIA, NCARB, CAPM is the Principal Architect for TOEPFER Architecture, PLLC, an Architecture firm specializing in Residential Architecture and Virtual Reality. He has authored two books, “Contractors CANNOT Build Your House,” and “Six Months Now, ARCHITECT for Life.” He is an Adjunct Professor at Alfred State College and the Director of Education for the AIA Rochester Board of Directors. Always eager to help anyone understand the world of Architecture, he can be reached by sending an email to </em><a href="mailto:btoepfer@toepferarchitecture.com"><em>btoepfer@toepferarchitecture</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 19 Jul 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780199575367"><em>A History of the Church through its Buildings</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2021) by <a href="https://www.theology.ox.ac.uk/people/dr-allan-doig">Allan Doig</a> takes the reader to meet people who lived through momentous religious changes in the very spaces where the story of the Church took shape. Buildings are about people, the people who conceived, designed, financed, and used them. Their stories become embedded in the very fabric itself, and as the fabric is changed through time in response to changing use, relationships, and beliefs, the architecture becomes the standing history of passing waves of humanity.</p><p><br /></p><p>This process takes on special significance in churches, where the arrangement of the space places members of the community in relationship with one another for the performance of the church's rites and ceremonies. Moreover, architectural forms and building materials can be used to establish relationships with other buildings in other places and other times. Coordinated systems of signs, symbols, and images proclaim beliefs and doctrine, and in a wider sense carry extended narratives of the people and their faith.</p><p><br /></p><p>Looking at the history of the church through its buildings allows us to establish a tangible connection to the lives of the people involved in some of the key moments and movements that shaped that history, and perhaps even a degree of intimacy with them. Standing in the same place where the worshippers of the past preached and taught, or in a space they built as a memorial, touching the stone they placed, or marking their final resting-place, holding a keepsake they treasured or seeing a relic they venerated, probably comes as close to a shared experience with these people as it is possible to come. Perhaps for a fleeting moment at such times their faces may come more clearly into focus.</p><p><em>Bryan Toepfer, AIA, NCARB, CAPM is the Principal Architect for TOEPFER Architecture, PLLC, an Architecture firm specializing in Residential Architecture and Virtual Reality. He has authored two books, “Contractors CANNOT Build Your House,” and “Six Months Now, ARCHITECT for Life.” He is an Adjunct Professor at Alfred State College and the Director of Education for the AIA Rochester Board of Directors. Always eager to help anyone understand the world of Architecture, he can be reached by sending an email to </em><a href="mailto:btoepfer@toepferarchitecture.com"><em>btoepfer@toepferarchitecture</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="33147205" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/5d4fc379-5470-4030-9b42-c839189bab4a/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=5d4fc379-5470-4030-9b42-c839189bab4a&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Allan Doig, &quot;A History of the Church through its Buildings&quot; (Oxford UP, 2021)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:34:30</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>A History of the Church through its Buildings (Oxford University Press, 2021) by Allan Doig takes the reader to meet people who lived through momentous religious changes in the very spaces where the story of the Church took shape. Buildings are about people, the people who conceived, designed, financed, and used them. Their stories become embedded in the very fabric itself, and as the fabric is changed through time in response to changing use, relationships, and beliefs, the architecture becomes the standing history of passing waves of humanity.

This process takes on special significance in churches, where the arrangement of the space places members of the community in relationship with one another for the performance of the church&apos;s rites and ceremonies. Moreover, architectural forms and building materials can be used to establish relationships with other buildings in other places and other times. Coordinated systems of signs, symbols, and images proclaim beliefs and doctrine, and in a wider sense carry extended narratives of the people and their faith.

Looking at the history of the church through its buildings allows us to establish a tangible connection to the lives of the people involved in some of the key moments and movements that shaped that history, and perhaps even a degree of intimacy with them. Standing in the same place where the worshippers of the past preached and taught, or in a space they built as a memorial, touching the stone they placed, or marking their final resting-place, holding a keepsake they treasured or seeing a relic they venerated, probably comes as close to a shared experience with these people as it is possible to come. Perhaps for a fleeting moment at such times their faces may come more clearly into focus.
Bryan Toepfer, AIA, NCARB, CAPM is the Principal Architect for TOEPFER Architecture, PLLC, an Architecture firm specializing in Residential Architecture and Virtual Reality. He has authored two books, “Contractors CANNOT Build Your House,” and “Six Months Now, ARCHITECT for Life.” He is an Adjunct Professor at Alfred State College and the Director of Education for the AIA Rochester Board of Directors. Always eager to help anyone understand the world of Architecture, he can be reached by sending an email to btoepfer@toepferarchitecture.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>A History of the Church through its Buildings (Oxford University Press, 2021) by Allan Doig takes the reader to meet people who lived through momentous religious changes in the very spaces where the story of the Church took shape. Buildings are about people, the people who conceived, designed, financed, and used them. Their stories become embedded in the very fabric itself, and as the fabric is changed through time in response to changing use, relationships, and beliefs, the architecture becomes the standing history of passing waves of humanity.

This process takes on special significance in churches, where the arrangement of the space places members of the community in relationship with one another for the performance of the church&apos;s rites and ceremonies. Moreover, architectural forms and building materials can be used to establish relationships with other buildings in other places and other times. Coordinated systems of signs, symbols, and images proclaim beliefs and doctrine, and in a wider sense carry extended narratives of the people and their faith.

Looking at the history of the church through its buildings allows us to establish a tangible connection to the lives of the people involved in some of the key moments and movements that shaped that history, and perhaps even a degree of intimacy with them. Standing in the same place where the worshippers of the past preached and taught, or in a space they built as a memorial, touching the stone they placed, or marking their final resting-place, holding a keepsake they treasured or seeing a relic they venerated, probably comes as close to a shared experience with these people as it is possible to come. Perhaps for a fleeting moment at such times their faces may come more clearly into focus.
Bryan Toepfer, AIA, NCARB, CAPM is the Principal Architect for TOEPFER Architecture, PLLC, an Architecture firm specializing in Residential Architecture and Virtual Reality. He has authored two books, “Contractors CANNOT Build Your House,” and “Six Months Now, ARCHITECT for Life.” He is an Adjunct Professor at Alfred State College and the Director of Education for the AIA Rochester Board of Directors. Always eager to help anyone understand the world of Architecture, he can be reached by sending an email to btoepfer@toepferarchitecture.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>28</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2da0325c-6321-11f0-b379-63351eb2c6ba</guid>
      <title>Meegan Kennedy, &quot;Writing Embodiment in Victorian Microscopy: Beautiful Mechanism&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><em>Writing Embodiment in Victorian Microscopy: Beautiful Mechanism</em> (Oxford UP, 2025) by Dr. Meegan Kennedy examines a revolutionary period in microscopical technology and practice. At first considered a mere toy, by 1900 the microscope rivaled the railway and telegraph as an emblem of modernity and enjoyed an astonishing diversity of applications. This technology could drive scientific debates on subjects like cell theory, vitalism, and bacteriology; guide workers in classrooms, laboratories, and businesses; and inspire a personal hobby or a mass entertainment. Victorian microscopy productively cuts across the ostensibly separate domains of science, religion, commerce, art, education, entertainment, and domestic life.<br /><em>Writing Embodiment in Victorian Microscopy</em> reads nineteenth-century microscopy across scientific, literary, religious, and popular texts. It argues that Victorian microscopists saw their vision and cognition as fully embodied experiences, the images emerging through a material entanglement of bodies (observer, instrument, apparatus, object) in a dynamic, unstable system. These ideas echo the work of physiological psychologists, who proposed mind as a system of embodied, distributed, and dynamic processes shaped by automatic or unconscious reflex action, attention, mental training, and fatigue. Striving to regulate this complex system, microscopists circulated tropes of embodiment through the varied forms of nineteenth-century print culture. They adapted existing concepts (such as beauty, the sublime, natural theology, and fairylands), or coined new phrases (such as many-sided comprehension), to promote favored forms of embodiment and enculturate microscopy as a difficult but valuable pursuit. <em>Writing Embodiment</em> draws on important work in book history and periodical studies by emphasizing the circulation of these tropes in intermedial conversations across diverse print forms.<br />Victorians understood wonder and skepticism not as incommensurate approaches to scientific observation but rather as complementary forms of embodiment. Romantic tropes of wonder solicit affective flows from observer to wriggling animalcule and back; while skeptical, realist tropes offer to train the reader's eye, hand, body, and judgment and to formalize microscopical practice. Microscopical narratives may manipulate wonder and skepticism in productive tension or create virtual storyspaces that enlist the reader in virtual witnessing. These tropes shape every level of microscopical interest and proficiency. By analyzing their use and circulation, <em>Writing Embodiment</em> illuminates wider patterns of Victorian thought on embodiment, scientific practice, and community.</p>
<p><br /><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 18 Jul 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><em>Writing Embodiment in Victorian Microscopy: Beautiful Mechanism</em> (Oxford UP, 2025) by Dr. Meegan Kennedy examines a revolutionary period in microscopical technology and practice. At first considered a mere toy, by 1900 the microscope rivaled the railway and telegraph as an emblem of modernity and enjoyed an astonishing diversity of applications. This technology could drive scientific debates on subjects like cell theory, vitalism, and bacteriology; guide workers in classrooms, laboratories, and businesses; and inspire a personal hobby or a mass entertainment. Victorian microscopy productively cuts across the ostensibly separate domains of science, religion, commerce, art, education, entertainment, and domestic life.<br /><em>Writing Embodiment in Victorian Microscopy</em> reads nineteenth-century microscopy across scientific, literary, religious, and popular texts. It argues that Victorian microscopists saw their vision and cognition as fully embodied experiences, the images emerging through a material entanglement of bodies (observer, instrument, apparatus, object) in a dynamic, unstable system. These ideas echo the work of physiological psychologists, who proposed mind as a system of embodied, distributed, and dynamic processes shaped by automatic or unconscious reflex action, attention, mental training, and fatigue. Striving to regulate this complex system, microscopists circulated tropes of embodiment through the varied forms of nineteenth-century print culture. They adapted existing concepts (such as beauty, the sublime, natural theology, and fairylands), or coined new phrases (such as many-sided comprehension), to promote favored forms of embodiment and enculturate microscopy as a difficult but valuable pursuit. <em>Writing Embodiment</em> draws on important work in book history and periodical studies by emphasizing the circulation of these tropes in intermedial conversations across diverse print forms.<br />Victorians understood wonder and skepticism not as incommensurate approaches to scientific observation but rather as complementary forms of embodiment. Romantic tropes of wonder solicit affective flows from observer to wriggling animalcule and back; while skeptical, realist tropes offer to train the reader's eye, hand, body, and judgment and to formalize microscopical practice. Microscopical narratives may manipulate wonder and skepticism in productive tension or create virtual storyspaces that enlist the reader in virtual witnessing. These tropes shape every level of microscopical interest and proficiency. By analyzing their use and circulation, <em>Writing Embodiment</em> illuminates wider patterns of Victorian thought on embodiment, scientific practice, and community.</p>
<p><br /><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="36780247" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/8126bd1c-8953-45e8-8d6d-ec72a86dbfb9/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=8126bd1c-8953-45e8-8d6d-ec72a86dbfb9&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Meegan Kennedy, &quot;Writing Embodiment in Victorian Microscopy: Beautiful Mechanism&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:38:18</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Writing Embodiment in Victorian Microscopy: Beautiful Mechanism (Oxford UP, 2025) by Dr. Meegan Kennedy examines a revolutionary period in microscopical technology and practice. At first considered a mere toy, by 1900 the microscope rivaled the railway and telegraph as an emblem of modernity and enjoyed an astonishing diversity of applications. This technology could drive scientific debates on subjects like cell theory, vitalism, and bacteriology; guide workers in classrooms, laboratories, and businesses; and inspire a personal hobby or a mass entertainment. Victorian microscopy productively cuts across the ostensibly separate domains of science, religion, commerce, art, education, entertainment, and domestic life.Writing Embodiment in Victorian Microscopy reads nineteenth-century microscopy across scientific, literary, religious, and popular texts. It argues that Victorian microscopists saw their vision and cognition as fully embodied experiences, the images emerging through a material entanglement of bodies (observer, instrument, apparatus, object) in a dynamic, unstable system. These ideas echo the work of physiological psychologists, who proposed mind as a system of embodied, distributed, and dynamic processes shaped by automatic or unconscious reflex action, attention, mental training, and fatigue. Striving to regulate this complex system, microscopists circulated tropes of embodiment through the varied forms of nineteenth-century print culture. They adapted existing concepts (such as beauty, the sublime, natural theology, and fairylands), or coined new phrases (such as many-sided comprehension), to promote favored forms of embodiment and enculturate microscopy as a difficult but valuable pursuit. Writing Embodiment draws on important work in book history and periodical studies by emphasizing the circulation of these tropes in intermedial conversations across diverse print forms.Victorians understood wonder and skepticism not as incommensurate approaches to scientific observation but rather as complementary forms of embodiment. Romantic tropes of wonder solicit affective flows from observer to wriggling animalcule and back; while skeptical, realist tropes offer to train the reader&apos;s eye, hand, body, and judgment and to formalize microscopical practice. Microscopical narratives may manipulate wonder and skepticism in productive tension or create virtual storyspaces that enlist the reader in virtual witnessing. These tropes shape every level of microscopical interest and proficiency. By analyzing their use and circulation, Writing Embodiment illuminates wider patterns of Victorian thought on embodiment, scientific practice, and community.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Writing Embodiment in Victorian Microscopy: Beautiful Mechanism (Oxford UP, 2025) by Dr. Meegan Kennedy examines a revolutionary period in microscopical technology and practice. At first considered a mere toy, by 1900 the microscope rivaled the railway and telegraph as an emblem of modernity and enjoyed an astonishing diversity of applications. This technology could drive scientific debates on subjects like cell theory, vitalism, and bacteriology; guide workers in classrooms, laboratories, and businesses; and inspire a personal hobby or a mass entertainment. Victorian microscopy productively cuts across the ostensibly separate domains of science, religion, commerce, art, education, entertainment, and domestic life.Writing Embodiment in Victorian Microscopy reads nineteenth-century microscopy across scientific, literary, religious, and popular texts. It argues that Victorian microscopists saw their vision and cognition as fully embodied experiences, the images emerging through a material entanglement of bodies (observer, instrument, apparatus, object) in a dynamic, unstable system. These ideas echo the work of physiological psychologists, who proposed mind as a system of embodied, distributed, and dynamic processes shaped by automatic or unconscious reflex action, attention, mental training, and fatigue. Striving to regulate this complex system, microscopists circulated tropes of embodiment through the varied forms of nineteenth-century print culture. They adapted existing concepts (such as beauty, the sublime, natural theology, and fairylands), or coined new phrases (such as many-sided comprehension), to promote favored forms of embodiment and enculturate microscopy as a difficult but valuable pursuit. Writing Embodiment draws on important work in book history and periodical studies by emphasizing the circulation of these tropes in intermedial conversations across diverse print forms.Victorians understood wonder and skepticism not as incommensurate approaches to scientific observation but rather as complementary forms of embodiment. Romantic tropes of wonder solicit affective flows from observer to wriggling animalcule and back; while skeptical, realist tropes offer to train the reader&apos;s eye, hand, body, and judgment and to formalize microscopical practice. Microscopical narratives may manipulate wonder and skepticism in productive tension or create virtual storyspaces that enlist the reader in virtual witnessing. These tropes shape every level of microscopical interest and proficiency. By analyzing their use and circulation, Writing Embodiment illuminates wider patterns of Victorian thought on embodiment, scientific practice, and community.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1591</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8fc9523c-6232-11f0-9863-e700611d43a4</guid>
      <title>David Engerman, &quot;Apostles of Development: Six Economists and the World They Made&quot; (Oxford UP and Penguin RandomHouse South Asia, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197766200">Apostles of Development: Six Economists and the World They Made</a> (Oxford University Press and Penguin RandomHouse South Asia, 2025) by Dr. David Engerman recounts the work of six individuals, all former classmates at Cambridge University, who helped make international development--the effort to reduce poverty and inequality around the world--into a juggernaut of the second half of the twentieth century. International development employed millions, affected billions, and spent trillions; it held the hopes of the former colonies to create an economic independence to match their newfound political one, and the plans of wealthy counties to build an enduring economic order.<br />The six Apostles in this book include some of South Asia's best-known names, like Nobel Laureate Amartya Sen and long-serving Indian Prime Minister Manmohan Singh, as well as leading academics (Jagdish Bhagwati) and key policy-makers in both national and international circles. Taken together, this group both reflected and shaped the growing enterprise of international development from the time they left Cambridge in the mid-1950s well into the 2010s.<br />For many years, the second half of the twentieth century was understood primarily through the lens of the Cold War. And yet, for the majority of the world, living in what was then called the Third World (and which is now called the Global South), development was a constant, while American-Soviet geopolitics only occasionally impinged upon their lives. And these six, as much as any other group, changed the way economists theorized development and aid officials practiced it. Their biographies, then, are the history of development.<br />Based on newly available archival documents from 10 countries, and on interviews with four of the subjects, the widows of the other two, and almost 100 of their colleagues, friends, classmates, and rivals, this book combines riveting personal accounts with a sweeping history of one of the enduring human activities of the late 20th century and early 21st centuries: creating a more prosperous and equitable world.</p>
<p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Jul 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197766200">Apostles of Development: Six Economists and the World They Made</a> (Oxford University Press and Penguin RandomHouse South Asia, 2025) by Dr. David Engerman recounts the work of six individuals, all former classmates at Cambridge University, who helped make international development--the effort to reduce poverty and inequality around the world--into a juggernaut of the second half of the twentieth century. International development employed millions, affected billions, and spent trillions; it held the hopes of the former colonies to create an economic independence to match their newfound political one, and the plans of wealthy counties to build an enduring economic order.<br />The six Apostles in this book include some of South Asia's best-known names, like Nobel Laureate Amartya Sen and long-serving Indian Prime Minister Manmohan Singh, as well as leading academics (Jagdish Bhagwati) and key policy-makers in both national and international circles. Taken together, this group both reflected and shaped the growing enterprise of international development from the time they left Cambridge in the mid-1950s well into the 2010s.<br />For many years, the second half of the twentieth century was understood primarily through the lens of the Cold War. And yet, for the majority of the world, living in what was then called the Third World (and which is now called the Global South), development was a constant, while American-Soviet geopolitics only occasionally impinged upon their lives. And these six, as much as any other group, changed the way economists theorized development and aid officials practiced it. Their biographies, then, are the history of development.<br />Based on newly available archival documents from 10 countries, and on interviews with four of the subjects, the widows of the other two, and almost 100 of their colleagues, friends, classmates, and rivals, this book combines riveting personal accounts with a sweeping history of one of the enduring human activities of the late 20th century and early 21st centuries: creating a more prosperous and equitable world.</p>
<p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="40007190" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/2bcd0f9a-b0b5-490d-9384-e305739fab1a/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=2bcd0f9a-b0b5-490d-9384-e305739fab1a&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>David Engerman, &quot;Apostles of Development: Six Economists and the World They Made&quot; (Oxford UP and Penguin RandomHouse South Asia, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:41:40</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Apostles of Development: Six Economists and the World They Made (Oxford University Press and Penguin RandomHouse South Asia, 2025) by Dr. David Engerman recounts the work of six individuals, all former classmates at Cambridge University, who helped make international development--the effort to reduce poverty and inequality around the world--into a juggernaut of the second half of the twentieth century. International development employed millions, affected billions, and spent trillions; it held the hopes of the former colonies to create an economic independence to match their newfound political one, and the plans of wealthy counties to build an enduring economic order.The six Apostles in this book include some of South Asia&apos;s best-known names, like Nobel Laureate Amartya Sen and long-serving Indian Prime Minister Manmohan Singh, as well as leading academics (Jagdish Bhagwati) and key policy-makers in both national and international circles. Taken together, this group both reflected and shaped the growing enterprise of international development from the time they left Cambridge in the mid-1950s well into the 2010s.For many years, the second half of the twentieth century was understood primarily through the lens of the Cold War. And yet, for the majority of the world, living in what was then called the Third World (and which is now called the Global South), development was a constant, while American-Soviet geopolitics only occasionally impinged upon their lives. And these six, as much as any other group, changed the way economists theorized development and aid officials practiced it. Their biographies, then, are the history of development.Based on newly available archival documents from 10 countries, and on interviews with four of the subjects, the widows of the other two, and almost 100 of their colleagues, friends, classmates, and rivals, this book combines riveting personal accounts with a sweeping history of one of the enduring human activities of the late 20th century and early 21st centuries: creating a more prosperous and equitable world.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Apostles of Development: Six Economists and the World They Made (Oxford University Press and Penguin RandomHouse South Asia, 2025) by Dr. David Engerman recounts the work of six individuals, all former classmates at Cambridge University, who helped make international development--the effort to reduce poverty and inequality around the world--into a juggernaut of the second half of the twentieth century. International development employed millions, affected billions, and spent trillions; it held the hopes of the former colonies to create an economic independence to match their newfound political one, and the plans of wealthy counties to build an enduring economic order.The six Apostles in this book include some of South Asia&apos;s best-known names, like Nobel Laureate Amartya Sen and long-serving Indian Prime Minister Manmohan Singh, as well as leading academics (Jagdish Bhagwati) and key policy-makers in both national and international circles. Taken together, this group both reflected and shaped the growing enterprise of international development from the time they left Cambridge in the mid-1950s well into the 2010s.For many years, the second half of the twentieth century was understood primarily through the lens of the Cold War. And yet, for the majority of the world, living in what was then called the Third World (and which is now called the Global South), development was a constant, while American-Soviet geopolitics only occasionally impinged upon their lives. And these six, as much as any other group, changed the way economists theorized development and aid officials practiced it. Their biographies, then, are the history of development.Based on newly available archival documents from 10 countries, and on interviews with four of the subjects, the widows of the other two, and almost 100 of their colleagues, friends, classmates, and rivals, this book combines riveting personal accounts with a sweeping history of one of the enduring human activities of the late 20th century and early 21st centuries: creating a more prosperous and equitable world.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1660</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a96b7c82-5e5f-11f0-ae49-d7cb5725cdd3</guid>
      <title>Aggie Hirst, &quot;Politics of Play: Wargaming with the US Military&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>A wargaming renaissance has been underway in the US military. Having proven to be the most effective recruitment tool of the 21st century, games have proliferated across all levels of the military's strategic, operational, training, and rehabilitation architecture. From board games to high-tech digital and virtual reality platforms, wargames enable milarites to learn lessons from the past, play out possible responses to current crises, and explore the effectiveness of future operations and strategies. From the Russian invasion of Ukraine to the Covid 19 pandemic, today wargames are a key means by which the US military--and many other militaries--make plans and fight wars.</p>
<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197629208">Politics of Play</a> is the first academic book dedicated to the US military wargaming renaissance. Grounded in 100 hours of interviews undertaken by the author during fieldwork with US military wargamers, it explores how games intervene in players' cognitive and affective registers using immersion and the drive to win. In addition, <em>Politics of Play</em> develops a new theory of play grounded in the thought of Jacques Derrida which seeks to expose and disrupt the politics and power relations at work in the use of games to produce warfighters in the digital age.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 13 Jul 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>A wargaming renaissance has been underway in the US military. Having proven to be the most effective recruitment tool of the 21st century, games have proliferated across all levels of the military's strategic, operational, training, and rehabilitation architecture. From board games to high-tech digital and virtual reality platforms, wargames enable milarites to learn lessons from the past, play out possible responses to current crises, and explore the effectiveness of future operations and strategies. From the Russian invasion of Ukraine to the Covid 19 pandemic, today wargames are a key means by which the US military--and many other militaries--make plans and fight wars.</p>
<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197629208">Politics of Play</a> is the first academic book dedicated to the US military wargaming renaissance. Grounded in 100 hours of interviews undertaken by the author during fieldwork with US military wargamers, it explores how games intervene in players' cognitive and affective registers using immersion and the drive to win. In addition, <em>Politics of Play</em> develops a new theory of play grounded in the thought of Jacques Derrida which seeks to expose and disrupt the politics and power relations at work in the use of games to produce warfighters in the digital age.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="49437769" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/cddc0f1c-7e58-437f-b8c9-7836f4458b68/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=cddc0f1c-7e58-437f-b8c9-7836f4458b68&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Aggie Hirst, &quot;Politics of Play: Wargaming with the US Military&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:51:29</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>A wargaming renaissance has been underway in the US military. Having proven to be the most effective recruitment tool of the 21st century, games have proliferated across all levels of the military&apos;s strategic, operational, training, and rehabilitation architecture. From board games to high-tech digital and virtual reality platforms, wargames enable milarites to learn lessons from the past, play out possible responses to current crises, and explore the effectiveness of future operations and strategies. From the Russian invasion of Ukraine to the Covid 19 pandemic, today wargames are a key means by which the US military--and many other militaries--make plans and fight wars.

Politics of Play is the first academic book dedicated to the US military wargaming renaissance. Grounded in 100 hours of interviews undertaken by the author during fieldwork with US military wargamers, it explores how games intervene in players&apos; cognitive and affective registers using immersion and the drive to win. In addition, Politics of Play develops a new theory of play grounded in the thought of Jacques Derrida which seeks to expose and disrupt the politics and power relations at work in the use of games to produce warfighters in the digital age.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>A wargaming renaissance has been underway in the US military. Having proven to be the most effective recruitment tool of the 21st century, games have proliferated across all levels of the military&apos;s strategic, operational, training, and rehabilitation architecture. From board games to high-tech digital and virtual reality platforms, wargames enable milarites to learn lessons from the past, play out possible responses to current crises, and explore the effectiveness of future operations and strategies. From the Russian invasion of Ukraine to the Covid 19 pandemic, today wargames are a key means by which the US military--and many other militaries--make plans and fight wars.

Politics of Play is the first academic book dedicated to the US military wargaming renaissance. Grounded in 100 hours of interviews undertaken by the author during fieldwork with US military wargamers, it explores how games intervene in players&apos; cognitive and affective registers using immersion and the drive to win. In addition, Politics of Play develops a new theory of play grounded in the thought of Jacques Derrida which seeks to expose and disrupt the politics and power relations at work in the use of games to produce warfighters in the digital age.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>280</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2a62b8d6-5e98-11f0-b593-93892b04344b</guid>
      <title>Juliane Fürst, &quot;Flowers Through Concrete: Explorations in Soviet Hippieland&quot; (Oxford UP, 2021)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198788324"><em>Flowers Through Concrete: Explorations in Soviet Hippieland</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2021) is the first chronological history of Soviet hippies, tracing their beginnings in the 1960s through the movement’s maturity and ritualization in the 1970s. It is also a rich analysis of key aspects of Soviet hippiedom, including ideology, <em>kaif</em>, materiality<em>, and </em>madness - both enacted and imposed. <em>Flowers Through Concrete </em>uncovers, in particular, the lost history of women who participated in the Soviet hippie movement. Fürst makes a number of important arguments in <em>Flowers Through Concrete</em>. Despite obvious antagonisms, she argues that Soviet hippies and late Soviet socialist reality meshed so well that a stable symbiotic, although hostile, relationship emerged. She asserts that personal evidence, such as oral history, is "one of the most exciting historical sources, whose weaknesses sometimes work for rather than against the historian". She engages seriously with and makes visible the role of her own authorial self-reflection in historical analysis. And, last but not least, as Fürst herself says, the story of Soviet hippies is a really good story.</p><p><a href="http://www.amandajeanneswain.net/"><em>Amanda Jeanne Swain</em></a><em>, PhD. Historian. Humanities Center executive director. Navigating academic systems with faculty and grad students.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 13 Jul 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198788324"><em>Flowers Through Concrete: Explorations in Soviet Hippieland</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2021) is the first chronological history of Soviet hippies, tracing their beginnings in the 1960s through the movement’s maturity and ritualization in the 1970s. It is also a rich analysis of key aspects of Soviet hippiedom, including ideology, <em>kaif</em>, materiality<em>, and </em>madness - both enacted and imposed. <em>Flowers Through Concrete </em>uncovers, in particular, the lost history of women who participated in the Soviet hippie movement. Fürst makes a number of important arguments in <em>Flowers Through Concrete</em>. Despite obvious antagonisms, she argues that Soviet hippies and late Soviet socialist reality meshed so well that a stable symbiotic, although hostile, relationship emerged. She asserts that personal evidence, such as oral history, is "one of the most exciting historical sources, whose weaknesses sometimes work for rather than against the historian". She engages seriously with and makes visible the role of her own authorial self-reflection in historical analysis. And, last but not least, as Fürst herself says, the story of Soviet hippies is a really good story.</p><p><a href="http://www.amandajeanneswain.net/"><em>Amanda Jeanne Swain</em></a><em>, PhD. Historian. Humanities Center executive director. Navigating academic systems with faculty and grad students.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="76234595" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/09bd5f93-2ad4-4fe2-81ac-44b7ce921e02/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=09bd5f93-2ad4-4fe2-81ac-44b7ce921e02&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Juliane Fürst, &quot;Flowers Through Concrete: Explorations in Soviet Hippieland&quot; (Oxford UP, 2021)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:19:22</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Flowers Through Concrete: Explorations in Soviet Hippieland (Oxford University Press, 2021) is the first chronological history of Soviet hippies, tracing their beginnings in the 1960s through the movement’s maturity and ritualization in the 1970s. It is also a rich analysis of key aspects of Soviet hippiedom, including ideology, kaif, materiality, and madness - both enacted and imposed. Flowers Through Concrete uncovers, in particular, the lost history of women who participated in the Soviet hippie movement. Fürst makes a number of important arguments in Flowers Through Concrete. Despite obvious antagonisms, she argues that Soviet hippies and late Soviet socialist reality meshed so well that a stable symbiotic, although hostile, relationship emerged. She asserts that personal evidence, such as oral history, is &quot;one of the most exciting historical sources, whose weaknesses sometimes work for rather than against the historian&quot;. She engages seriously with and makes visible the role of her own authorial self-reflection in historical analysis. And, last but not least, as Fürst herself says, the story of Soviet hippies is a really good story.
Amanda Jeanne Swain, PhD. Historian. Humanities Center executive director. Navigating academic systems with faculty and grad students.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Flowers Through Concrete: Explorations in Soviet Hippieland (Oxford University Press, 2021) is the first chronological history of Soviet hippies, tracing their beginnings in the 1960s through the movement’s maturity and ritualization in the 1970s. It is also a rich analysis of key aspects of Soviet hippiedom, including ideology, kaif, materiality, and madness - both enacted and imposed. Flowers Through Concrete uncovers, in particular, the lost history of women who participated in the Soviet hippie movement. Fürst makes a number of important arguments in Flowers Through Concrete. Despite obvious antagonisms, she argues that Soviet hippies and late Soviet socialist reality meshed so well that a stable symbiotic, although hostile, relationship emerged. She asserts that personal evidence, such as oral history, is &quot;one of the most exciting historical sources, whose weaknesses sometimes work for rather than against the historian&quot;. She engages seriously with and makes visible the role of her own authorial self-reflection in historical analysis. And, last but not least, as Fürst herself says, the story of Soviet hippies is a really good story.
Amanda Jeanne Swain, PhD. Historian. Humanities Center executive director. Navigating academic systems with faculty and grad students.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>162</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">95933db0-5d08-11f0-a8b8-03431f00e91e</guid>
      <title>Samuel Kline Cohn, &quot;Popular Protest and Ideals of Democracy in Late Renaissance Italy&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Samuel K Cohn, Jr. joins Jana Byars to talk about <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/popular-protest-and-ideals-of-democracy-in-late-renaissance-italy-sam-cohn/22295090?ean=9780198958420&amp;next=t&amp;next=t">Popular Protest and the Ideals of Democracy in Late Renaissance Italy</a> (Oxford University Press, 2025). This work, now out in paper, is the first study to analyse popular protest across the Italian peninsula and the Venetian colonies during the early modern period, 1494 to 1559. Drawing on over 100 contemporary chronicles and diaries, the fifty-eight volumes of Marin Sanudo's diplomatic dispatches, mercantile letters, and commentary, and 586 collective supplications scattered through archival sources from towns and villages in the Grand duchy of Milan, Samuel K. Cohn, Jr. places these incidents and their patterns in comparative perspectives, first with the late medieval heyday of popular revolt and then with regions north of the Alps. Cohn finds new developments during the early modern period such as an increase in women rebels, mutinies of soldiers, and new tactics of revolts such as shop closures, peaceful demonstrations of strength, and use of religious processions for discussions of tactics and strategies for obtaining logistic advantage. At the same time, these protests show convergences with the medieval Italian past, with leaders coming almost exclusively from the ranks of nonelites, religious ideology playing a surprisingly minor role, and the majority of revolts centring overwhelming in towns and cities. Finally, this study demonstrates that democracies do not just die under the duress of military occupation and growing powers of autocratic regimes. Ideals of representation and equality not only persisted; they could emerge in new forms and with greater sophistication.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 11 Jul 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Samuel K Cohn, Jr. joins Jana Byars to talk about <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/popular-protest-and-ideals-of-democracy-in-late-renaissance-italy-sam-cohn/22295090?ean=9780198958420&amp;next=t&amp;next=t">Popular Protest and the Ideals of Democracy in Late Renaissance Italy</a> (Oxford University Press, 2025). This work, now out in paper, is the first study to analyse popular protest across the Italian peninsula and the Venetian colonies during the early modern period, 1494 to 1559. Drawing on over 100 contemporary chronicles and diaries, the fifty-eight volumes of Marin Sanudo's diplomatic dispatches, mercantile letters, and commentary, and 586 collective supplications scattered through archival sources from towns and villages in the Grand duchy of Milan, Samuel K. Cohn, Jr. places these incidents and their patterns in comparative perspectives, first with the late medieval heyday of popular revolt and then with regions north of the Alps. Cohn finds new developments during the early modern period such as an increase in women rebels, mutinies of soldiers, and new tactics of revolts such as shop closures, peaceful demonstrations of strength, and use of religious processions for discussions of tactics and strategies for obtaining logistic advantage. At the same time, these protests show convergences with the medieval Italian past, with leaders coming almost exclusively from the ranks of nonelites, religious ideology playing a surprisingly minor role, and the majority of revolts centring overwhelming in towns and cities. Finally, this study demonstrates that democracies do not just die under the duress of military occupation and growing powers of autocratic regimes. Ideals of representation and equality not only persisted; they could emerge in new forms and with greater sophistication.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="28244013" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/16533e45-f941-4bee-b3bf-052081cf2789/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=16533e45-f941-4bee-b3bf-052081cf2789&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Samuel Kline Cohn, &quot;Popular Protest and Ideals of Democracy in Late Renaissance Italy&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:29:25</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Samuel K Cohn, Jr. joins Jana Byars to talk about Popular Protest and the Ideals of Democracy in Late Renaissance Italy (Oxford University Press, 2025). This work, now out in paper, is the first study to analyse popular protest across the Italian peninsula and the Venetian colonies during the early modern period, 1494 to 1559. Drawing on over 100 contemporary chronicles and diaries, the fifty-eight volumes of Marin Sanudo&apos;s diplomatic dispatches, mercantile letters, and commentary, and 586 collective supplications scattered through archival sources from towns and villages in the Grand duchy of Milan, Samuel K. Cohn, Jr. places these incidents and their patterns in comparative perspectives, first with the late medieval heyday of popular revolt and then with regions north of the Alps. Cohn finds new developments during the early modern period such as an increase in women rebels, mutinies of soldiers, and new tactics of revolts such as shop closures, peaceful demonstrations of strength, and use of religious processions for discussions of tactics and strategies for obtaining logistic advantage. At the same time, these protests show convergences with the medieval Italian past, with leaders coming almost exclusively from the ranks of nonelites, religious ideology playing a surprisingly minor role, and the majority of revolts centring overwhelming in towns and cities. Finally, this study demonstrates that democracies do not just die under the duress of military occupation and growing powers of autocratic regimes. Ideals of representation and equality not only persisted; they could emerge in new forms and with greater sophistication.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Samuel K Cohn, Jr. joins Jana Byars to talk about Popular Protest and the Ideals of Democracy in Late Renaissance Italy (Oxford University Press, 2025). This work, now out in paper, is the first study to analyse popular protest across the Italian peninsula and the Venetian colonies during the early modern period, 1494 to 1559. Drawing on over 100 contemporary chronicles and diaries, the fifty-eight volumes of Marin Sanudo&apos;s diplomatic dispatches, mercantile letters, and commentary, and 586 collective supplications scattered through archival sources from towns and villages in the Grand duchy of Milan, Samuel K. Cohn, Jr. places these incidents and their patterns in comparative perspectives, first with the late medieval heyday of popular revolt and then with regions north of the Alps. Cohn finds new developments during the early modern period such as an increase in women rebels, mutinies of soldiers, and new tactics of revolts such as shop closures, peaceful demonstrations of strength, and use of religious processions for discussions of tactics and strategies for obtaining logistic advantage. At the same time, these protests show convergences with the medieval Italian past, with leaders coming almost exclusively from the ranks of nonelites, religious ideology playing a surprisingly minor role, and the majority of revolts centring overwhelming in towns and cities. Finally, this study demonstrates that democracies do not just die under the duress of military occupation and growing powers of autocratic regimes. Ideals of representation and equality not only persisted; they could emerge in new forms and with greater sophistication.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1657</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">337abfa0-5bcc-11f0-a16a-f31054e5797d</guid>
      <title>Ilanit Loewy Shacham, &quot;Empire Inside Out: Religion, Conquest, and Community in Kṛṣṇadevarāya&apos;s Āmuktamālyada&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Examining the interplay of religion, history, and literature through a case study of King Krsnadevaraya's celebrated Telugu poem <em>Āmuktamālyada</em>, Ilanit Loewy Shacham showcases the groundbreaking worldview that this often-overlooked poem embodies. Krsnadevaraya (r.1509-1529) ruled over the Vijayanagara Empire during its heyday, and his monumental poem situates all power and authority not in the imperial center, but in the villages and temples at the empire's outskirts; not in the royal court, but in a religious community - a worldview radically different from how literary and political histories portray the king and his empire.</p>
<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197776223">Empire Inside Out: Religion, Conquest, and Community in Kṛṣṇadevarāya's Āmuktamālyada</a> explores the <em>Āmuktamālyada</em> as a reflection of one of South Asia's most culturally complex periods, highlighting its rich religious, political, historical and ethnographic detail. Moreover, Loewy Shacham examines the <em>Āmuktamālyada</em> as the work of a king imparting personal insights on empire, kingship, and individuality - specifically, that it is possible to be unbounded by the institution of kingship that he himself embodies. This book demonstrates that Krsnadevaraya's text connects the imperial domain to the village and temple settings, and to the south Indian community of Srivaisnava devotees-and indeed that it situates the source of authority and power not in the royal court but in the margins, where Srivaisnavism originated, giving the far Tamil south a central role in its imperial vision.</p>
<p>Employing close textual analysis of the <em>Āmuktamālyada</em>, supplemented by a rich corpus of texts in different languages and genres, <em>Empire Inside Out</em> illuminates a piece of literature that has been fairly neglected, owing to the particularized linguistic and literary training required. The core of the book is based in the historical context of sixteenth-century Vijayanagara, from which it moves to the various pasts that helped shape the <em>Āmuktamālyada</em>, and to our contemporary times and the use of the text in constructing (at times rewriting) history.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Jul 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Examining the interplay of religion, history, and literature through a case study of King Krsnadevaraya's celebrated Telugu poem <em>Āmuktamālyada</em>, Ilanit Loewy Shacham showcases the groundbreaking worldview that this often-overlooked poem embodies. Krsnadevaraya (r.1509-1529) ruled over the Vijayanagara Empire during its heyday, and his monumental poem situates all power and authority not in the imperial center, but in the villages and temples at the empire's outskirts; not in the royal court, but in a religious community - a worldview radically different from how literary and political histories portray the king and his empire.</p>
<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197776223">Empire Inside Out: Religion, Conquest, and Community in Kṛṣṇadevarāya's Āmuktamālyada</a> explores the <em>Āmuktamālyada</em> as a reflection of one of South Asia's most culturally complex periods, highlighting its rich religious, political, historical and ethnographic detail. Moreover, Loewy Shacham examines the <em>Āmuktamālyada</em> as the work of a king imparting personal insights on empire, kingship, and individuality - specifically, that it is possible to be unbounded by the institution of kingship that he himself embodies. This book demonstrates that Krsnadevaraya's text connects the imperial domain to the village and temple settings, and to the south Indian community of Srivaisnava devotees-and indeed that it situates the source of authority and power not in the royal court but in the margins, where Srivaisnavism originated, giving the far Tamil south a central role in its imperial vision.</p>
<p>Employing close textual analysis of the <em>Āmuktamālyada</em>, supplemented by a rich corpus of texts in different languages and genres, <em>Empire Inside Out</em> illuminates a piece of literature that has been fairly neglected, owing to the particularized linguistic and literary training required. The core of the book is based in the historical context of sixteenth-century Vijayanagara, from which it moves to the various pasts that helped shape the <em>Āmuktamālyada</em>, and to our contemporary times and the use of the text in constructing (at times rewriting) history.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="28162945" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/2d6d6720-138a-4882-8627-5f94c3d95fb5/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=2d6d6720-138a-4882-8627-5f94c3d95fb5&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Ilanit Loewy Shacham, &quot;Empire Inside Out: Religion, Conquest, and Community in Kṛṣṇadevarāya&apos;s Āmuktamālyada&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:29:20</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Examining the interplay of religion, history, and literature through a case study of King Krsnadevaraya&apos;s celebrated Telugu poem Āmuktamālyada, Ilanit Loewy Shacham showcases the groundbreaking worldview that this often-overlooked poem embodies. Krsnadevaraya (r.1509-1529) ruled over the Vijayanagara Empire during its heyday, and his monumental poem situates all power and authority not in the imperial center, but in the villages and temples at the empire&apos;s outskirts; not in the royal court, but in a religious community - a worldview radically different from how literary and political histories portray the king and his empire.

Empire Inside Out: Religion, Conquest, and Community in Kṛṣṇadevarāya&apos;s Āmuktamālyada explores the Āmuktamālyada as a reflection of one of South Asia&apos;s most culturally complex periods, highlighting its rich religious, political, historical and ethnographic detail. Moreover, Loewy Shacham examines the Āmuktamālyada as the work of a king imparting personal insights on empire, kingship, and individuality - specifically, that it is possible to be unbounded by the institution of kingship that he himself embodies. This book demonstrates that Krsnadevaraya&apos;s text connects the imperial domain to the village and temple settings, and to the south Indian community of Srivaisnava devotees-and indeed that it situates the source of authority and power not in the royal court but in the margins, where Srivaisnavism originated, giving the far Tamil south a central role in its imperial vision.

Employing close textual analysis of the Āmuktamālyada, supplemented by a rich corpus of texts in different languages and genres, Empire Inside Out illuminates a piece of literature that has been fairly neglected, owing to the particularized linguistic and literary training required. The core of the book is based in the historical context of sixteenth-century Vijayanagara, from which it moves to the various pasts that helped shape the Āmuktamālyada, and to our contemporary times and the use of the text in constructing (at times rewriting) history.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Examining the interplay of religion, history, and literature through a case study of King Krsnadevaraya&apos;s celebrated Telugu poem Āmuktamālyada, Ilanit Loewy Shacham showcases the groundbreaking worldview that this often-overlooked poem embodies. Krsnadevaraya (r.1509-1529) ruled over the Vijayanagara Empire during its heyday, and his monumental poem situates all power and authority not in the imperial center, but in the villages and temples at the empire&apos;s outskirts; not in the royal court, but in a religious community - a worldview radically different from how literary and political histories portray the king and his empire.

Empire Inside Out: Religion, Conquest, and Community in Kṛṣṇadevarāya&apos;s Āmuktamālyada explores the Āmuktamālyada as a reflection of one of South Asia&apos;s most culturally complex periods, highlighting its rich religious, political, historical and ethnographic detail. Moreover, Loewy Shacham examines the Āmuktamālyada as the work of a king imparting personal insights on empire, kingship, and individuality - specifically, that it is possible to be unbounded by the institution of kingship that he himself embodies. This book demonstrates that Krsnadevaraya&apos;s text connects the imperial domain to the village and temple settings, and to the south Indian community of Srivaisnava devotees-and indeed that it situates the source of authority and power not in the royal court but in the margins, where Srivaisnavism originated, giving the far Tamil south a central role in its imperial vision.

Employing close textual analysis of the Āmuktamālyada, supplemented by a rich corpus of texts in different languages and genres, Empire Inside Out illuminates a piece of literature that has been fairly neglected, owing to the particularized linguistic and literary training required. The core of the book is based in the historical context of sixteenth-century Vijayanagara, from which it moves to the various pasts that helped shape the Āmuktamālyada, and to our contemporary times and the use of the text in constructing (at times rewriting) history.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1656</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">809973a8-5bc7-11f0-8592-0740baf9be56</guid>
      <title>Seeing China’s Belt and Road with Ed Schatz and Rachel Silvey</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><strong>EPISODE SUMMARY:</strong></p>
<p>What becomes visible when you shift the lens away from Beijing to how China’s Belt and Road projects unfold on the ground? <em>Seeing China’s Belt and Road, </em>edited by Edward Schatz and Rachel Silvey, answers this question by reorienting conversations on China’s global infrastructure development to their “downstream” effects. Instead of analyzing the BRI through grand geopolitical narratives or a national strategic lens, the book draws on fieldwork across Asia, Africa, and Latin America to show how local actors—mayors, contractors, migrant workers, and residents—shape and contest projects in practice. Contributing authors challenge simplified portrayals of the BRI as either neocolonial domination or benevolent development, instead revealing its fragmented, improvised, and negotiated nature. Our conversation touches on themes including the visual politics of infrastructure, how power flows through projects, and the agency of local people in shaping global connectivity. We also look ahead to emerging frontiers of China’s influence, including digital corridors and cleaner energy, offering a view of China’s evolving global presence.</p>
<p><strong>GUEST BIOS:</strong></p>
<p><a href="https://www.politics.utoronto.ca/people/directories/all-faculty/edward-schatz">Dr. Edward Schatz</a> is a Professor of Political Science at the University of Toronto. He is interested in identity politics, social transformations, social movements, anti-Americanism, and authoritarianism with a focus on the ex-USSR, particularly Central Asia. His publications include <em>Slow Anti-Americanism </em>(Stanford UP, 2021), <em>Paradox of Power </em>(co-edited with John Heathershaw, U. Pittsburgh Press, 2017), Political Ethnography (edited, U. Chicago Press, 2009), Modern Clan Politics (U. Washington Press, 2004), as well as articles in <em>Comparative Politics</em>, <em>Slavic Review</em>, <em>International Political Science Review</em>, <em>Ethnic and Racial Studies</em>, <em>Nationalism and Ethnic Politics</em>, and other academic journals. Current projects include a collaborative effort (with Rachel Silvey) to understand the downstream effects of China’s Belt &amp; Road Initiative, as well as a book about the rise of shamelessness in global politics.</p>
<p><a href="https://munkschool.utoronto.ca/person/rachel-silvey">Dr. Rachel Silvey</a> is Richard Charles Lee Director of the Asian Institute and Professor in the Department of Geography and Planning. She is a Faculty Affiliate in CDTS, WGSI, and the Ethnic, Immigration and Pluralism Studies Program. She received her Ph.D. in Geography from the University of Washington, Seattle, and a dual B.A. from the University of California at Santa Cruz in Environmental Studies and Southeast Asian Studies. Professor Silvey is best known for her research on women’s labour and migration in Indonesia. She has published widely in the fields of migration studies, cultural and political geography, gender studies, and critical development. Her major funded research projects have focused on migration, gender, social networks, and economic development in Indonesia; immigration and employment among Southeast Asian-Americans; migration and marginalization in Bangladesh and Indonesia; and religion, rights and Indonesian migrant women workers in Saudi Arabia.﻿<br /><strong>LINKS TO RESOURCES</strong></p>
<ul>
  <li>
<em>Seeing China’s Belt and Road</em>: <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/seeing-chinas-belt-and-road-9780197789261?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;">https://global.oup.com/academic/product/seeing-chinas-belt-and-road-9780197789261?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;</a>
</li>
  <li>Overview with contributing authors on <em>Seeing China’s Belt and Road</em>: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ULuHvAhUV_4">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ULuHvAhUV_4</a>
</li>
  <li>
<em>The Rise of the Infrastructure State How US–China Rivalry Shapes Politics and Place Worldwide</em>: <a href="https://bristoluniversitypress.co.uk/the-rise-of-the-infrastructure-state">https://bristoluniversitypress.co.uk/the-rise-of-the-infrastructure-state</a>﻿</li>
</ul><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 9 Jul 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>EPISODE SUMMARY:</strong></p>
<p>What becomes visible when you shift the lens away from Beijing to how China’s Belt and Road projects unfold on the ground? <em>Seeing China’s Belt and Road, </em>edited by Edward Schatz and Rachel Silvey, answers this question by reorienting conversations on China’s global infrastructure development to their “downstream” effects. Instead of analyzing the BRI through grand geopolitical narratives or a national strategic lens, the book draws on fieldwork across Asia, Africa, and Latin America to show how local actors—mayors, contractors, migrant workers, and residents—shape and contest projects in practice. Contributing authors challenge simplified portrayals of the BRI as either neocolonial domination or benevolent development, instead revealing its fragmented, improvised, and negotiated nature. Our conversation touches on themes including the visual politics of infrastructure, how power flows through projects, and the agency of local people in shaping global connectivity. We also look ahead to emerging frontiers of China’s influence, including digital corridors and cleaner energy, offering a view of China’s evolving global presence.</p>
<p><strong>GUEST BIOS:</strong></p>
<p><a href="https://www.politics.utoronto.ca/people/directories/all-faculty/edward-schatz">Dr. Edward Schatz</a> is a Professor of Political Science at the University of Toronto. He is interested in identity politics, social transformations, social movements, anti-Americanism, and authoritarianism with a focus on the ex-USSR, particularly Central Asia. His publications include <em>Slow Anti-Americanism </em>(Stanford UP, 2021), <em>Paradox of Power </em>(co-edited with John Heathershaw, U. Pittsburgh Press, 2017), Political Ethnography (edited, U. Chicago Press, 2009), Modern Clan Politics (U. Washington Press, 2004), as well as articles in <em>Comparative Politics</em>, <em>Slavic Review</em>, <em>International Political Science Review</em>, <em>Ethnic and Racial Studies</em>, <em>Nationalism and Ethnic Politics</em>, and other academic journals. Current projects include a collaborative effort (with Rachel Silvey) to understand the downstream effects of China’s Belt &amp; Road Initiative, as well as a book about the rise of shamelessness in global politics.</p>
<p><a href="https://munkschool.utoronto.ca/person/rachel-silvey">Dr. Rachel Silvey</a> is Richard Charles Lee Director of the Asian Institute and Professor in the Department of Geography and Planning. She is a Faculty Affiliate in CDTS, WGSI, and the Ethnic, Immigration and Pluralism Studies Program. She received her Ph.D. in Geography from the University of Washington, Seattle, and a dual B.A. from the University of California at Santa Cruz in Environmental Studies and Southeast Asian Studies. Professor Silvey is best known for her research on women’s labour and migration in Indonesia. She has published widely in the fields of migration studies, cultural and political geography, gender studies, and critical development. Her major funded research projects have focused on migration, gender, social networks, and economic development in Indonesia; immigration and employment among Southeast Asian-Americans; migration and marginalization in Bangladesh and Indonesia; and religion, rights and Indonesian migrant women workers in Saudi Arabia.﻿<br /><strong>LINKS TO RESOURCES</strong></p>
<ul>
  <li>
<em>Seeing China’s Belt and Road</em>: <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/seeing-chinas-belt-and-road-9780197789261?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;">https://global.oup.com/academic/product/seeing-chinas-belt-and-road-9780197789261?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;</a>
</li>
  <li>Overview with contributing authors on <em>Seeing China’s Belt and Road</em>: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ULuHvAhUV_4">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ULuHvAhUV_4</a>
</li>
  <li>
<em>The Rise of the Infrastructure State How US–China Rivalry Shapes Politics and Place Worldwide</em>: <a href="https://bristoluniversitypress.co.uk/the-rise-of-the-infrastructure-state">https://bristoluniversitypress.co.uk/the-rise-of-the-infrastructure-state</a>﻿</li>
</ul><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="46444295" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/ff3dca1f-3f90-45ae-91a6-61a0128cf827/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=ff3dca1f-3f90-45ae-91a6-61a0128cf827&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Seeing China’s Belt and Road with Ed Schatz and Rachel Silvey</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:48:22</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>EPISODE SUMMARY:

What becomes visible when you shift the lens away from Beijing to how China’s Belt and Road projects unfold on the ground? Seeing China’s Belt and Road, edited by Edward Schatz and Rachel Silvey, answers this question by reorienting conversations on China’s global infrastructure development to their “downstream” effects. Instead of analyzing the BRI through grand geopolitical narratives or a national strategic lens, the book draws on fieldwork across Asia, Africa, and Latin America to show how local actors—mayors, contractors, migrant workers, and residents—shape and contest projects in practice. Contributing authors challenge simplified portrayals of the BRI as either neocolonial domination or benevolent development, instead revealing its fragmented, improvised, and negotiated nature. Our conversation touches on themes including the visual politics of infrastructure, how power flows through projects, and the agency of local people in shaping global connectivity. We also look ahead to emerging frontiers of China’s influence, including digital corridors and cleaner energy, offering a view of China’s evolving global presence.

GUEST BIOS:

Dr. Edward Schatz is a Professor of Political Science at the University of Toronto. He is interested in identity politics, social transformations, social movements, anti-Americanism, and authoritarianism with a focus on the ex-USSR, particularly Central Asia. His publications include Slow Anti-Americanism (Stanford UP, 2021), Paradox of Power (co-edited with John Heathershaw, U. Pittsburgh Press, 2017), Political Ethnography (edited, U. Chicago Press, 2009), Modern Clan Politics (U. Washington Press, 2004), as well as articles in Comparative Politics, Slavic Review, International Political Science Review, Ethnic and Racial Studies, Nationalism and Ethnic Politics, and other academic journals. Current projects include a collaborative effort (with Rachel Silvey) to understand the downstream effects of China’s Belt &amp; Road Initiative, as well as a book about the rise of shamelessness in global politics.

Dr. Rachel Silvey is Richard Charles Lee Director of the Asian Institute and Professor in the Department of Geography and Planning. She is a Faculty Affiliate in CDTS, WGSI, and the Ethnic, Immigration and Pluralism Studies Program. She received her Ph.D. in Geography from the University of Washington, Seattle, and a dual B.A. from the University of California at Santa Cruz in Environmental Studies and Southeast Asian Studies. Professor Silvey is best known for her research on women’s labour and migration in Indonesia. She has published widely in the fields of migration studies, cultural and political geography, gender studies, and critical development. Her major funded research projects have focused on migration, gender, social networks, and economic development in Indonesia; immigration and employment among Southeast Asian-Americans; migration and marginalization in Bangladesh and Indonesia; and religion, rights and Indonesian migrant women workers in Saudi Arabia.﻿LINKS TO RESOURCES


  
Seeing China’s Belt and Road: https://global.oup.com/academic/product/seeing-chinas-belt-and-road-9780197789261?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;


  Overview with contributing authors on Seeing China’s Belt and Road: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ULuHvAhUV_4


  
The Rise of the Infrastructure State How US–China Rivalry Shapes Politics and Place Worldwide: https://bristoluniversitypress.co.uk/the-rise-of-the-infrastructure-state﻿</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>EPISODE SUMMARY:

What becomes visible when you shift the lens away from Beijing to how China’s Belt and Road projects unfold on the ground? Seeing China’s Belt and Road, edited by Edward Schatz and Rachel Silvey, answers this question by reorienting conversations on China’s global infrastructure development to their “downstream” effects. Instead of analyzing the BRI through grand geopolitical narratives or a national strategic lens, the book draws on fieldwork across Asia, Africa, and Latin America to show how local actors—mayors, contractors, migrant workers, and residents—shape and contest projects in practice. Contributing authors challenge simplified portrayals of the BRI as either neocolonial domination or benevolent development, instead revealing its fragmented, improvised, and negotiated nature. Our conversation touches on themes including the visual politics of infrastructure, how power flows through projects, and the agency of local people in shaping global connectivity. We also look ahead to emerging frontiers of China’s influence, including digital corridors and cleaner energy, offering a view of China’s evolving global presence.

GUEST BIOS:

Dr. Edward Schatz is a Professor of Political Science at the University of Toronto. He is interested in identity politics, social transformations, social movements, anti-Americanism, and authoritarianism with a focus on the ex-USSR, particularly Central Asia. His publications include Slow Anti-Americanism (Stanford UP, 2021), Paradox of Power (co-edited with John Heathershaw, U. Pittsburgh Press, 2017), Political Ethnography (edited, U. Chicago Press, 2009), Modern Clan Politics (U. Washington Press, 2004), as well as articles in Comparative Politics, Slavic Review, International Political Science Review, Ethnic and Racial Studies, Nationalism and Ethnic Politics, and other academic journals. Current projects include a collaborative effort (with Rachel Silvey) to understand the downstream effects of China’s Belt &amp; Road Initiative, as well as a book about the rise of shamelessness in global politics.

Dr. Rachel Silvey is Richard Charles Lee Director of the Asian Institute and Professor in the Department of Geography and Planning. She is a Faculty Affiliate in CDTS, WGSI, and the Ethnic, Immigration and Pluralism Studies Program. She received her Ph.D. in Geography from the University of Washington, Seattle, and a dual B.A. from the University of California at Santa Cruz in Environmental Studies and Southeast Asian Studies. Professor Silvey is best known for her research on women’s labour and migration in Indonesia. She has published widely in the fields of migration studies, cultural and political geography, gender studies, and critical development. Her major funded research projects have focused on migration, gender, social networks, and economic development in Indonesia; immigration and employment among Southeast Asian-Americans; migration and marginalization in Bangladesh and Indonesia; and religion, rights and Indonesian migrant women workers in Saudi Arabia.﻿LINKS TO RESOURCES


  
Seeing China’s Belt and Road: https://global.oup.com/academic/product/seeing-chinas-belt-and-road-9780197789261?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;


  Overview with contributing authors on Seeing China’s Belt and Road: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ULuHvAhUV_4


  
The Rise of the Infrastructure State How US–China Rivalry Shapes Politics and Place Worldwide: https://bristoluniversitypress.co.uk/the-rise-of-the-infrastructure-state﻿</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1655</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1b55bd0e-5bc6-11f0-a81f-3709df15d4b1</guid>
      <title>Janet McIntosh, &quot;Kill Talk: Language and Military Necropolitics&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Even casual observers of the military will notice the unique ways that service members use language. With all of the acronyms and jargon, some even argue that membership in the military requires learning a whole language. But rather than treat military-specific language as a cultural difference of the institution or a technical requirement for the job, Dr. Janet McIntosh examines how military language works to enable its members to both kill and imagine themselves as killable. In her book <em>Kill Talk: Language and Military Necropolitics </em>(Oxford UP, 2025), Dr. McIntosh explores how language is used first in military training to "toughen up" recruits; during combat overseas as a way to cope with death and killing; and then how this language is unlearned and repackaged by antiwar veterans as part of their own personal demilitarization.</p>
<p>Janet McIntosh is a linguistic and sociocultural anthropologist and Professor of Anthropology at Brandeis University. She has received numerous awards of her previous work, including the Clifford Geertz Prize in the anthropology of religion, Honorable Mention in the Victor Turner Prize in Ethnographic Writing, and an Honorable Mention in the American Ethnological Society Book Prize. Her current work has been supported through grants from the American Council of Learned Societies and the National Endowment for the Humanities.</p>
<p>In this episode we mentioned the NBN interview with Ben Schrader about his book <a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/fight-to-live-live-to-fight-veteran-activism-after-war#entry:388484@1:url">Fight to Live, Live to Fight</a><em>.</em></p>
<p>You can find a <a href="https://medium.com/@john_armenta/interview-with-dr-janet-mcintosh-e760b1e58656">transcript of the interview here.</a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 9 Jul 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Even casual observers of the military will notice the unique ways that service members use language. With all of the acronyms and jargon, some even argue that membership in the military requires learning a whole language. But rather than treat military-specific language as a cultural difference of the institution or a technical requirement for the job, Dr. Janet McIntosh examines how military language works to enable its members to both kill and imagine themselves as killable. In her book <em>Kill Talk: Language and Military Necropolitics </em>(Oxford UP, 2025), Dr. McIntosh explores how language is used first in military training to "toughen up" recruits; during combat overseas as a way to cope with death and killing; and then how this language is unlearned and repackaged by antiwar veterans as part of their own personal demilitarization.</p>
<p>Janet McIntosh is a linguistic and sociocultural anthropologist and Professor of Anthropology at Brandeis University. She has received numerous awards of her previous work, including the Clifford Geertz Prize in the anthropology of religion, Honorable Mention in the Victor Turner Prize in Ethnographic Writing, and an Honorable Mention in the American Ethnological Society Book Prize. Her current work has been supported through grants from the American Council of Learned Societies and the National Endowment for the Humanities.</p>
<p>In this episode we mentioned the NBN interview with Ben Schrader about his book <a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/fight-to-live-live-to-fight-veteran-activism-after-war#entry:388484@1:url">Fight to Live, Live to Fight</a><em>.</em></p>
<p>You can find a <a href="https://medium.com/@john_armenta/interview-with-dr-janet-mcintosh-e760b1e58656">transcript of the interview here.</a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="81985138" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/6470485e-ce3f-4e9d-b4fb-2243a41ddff6/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=6470485e-ce3f-4e9d-b4fb-2243a41ddff6&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Janet McIntosh, &quot;Kill Talk: Language and Military Necropolitics&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:25:23</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Even casual observers of the military will notice the unique ways that service members use language. With all of the acronyms and jargon, some even argue that membership in the military requires learning a whole language. But rather than treat military-specific language as a cultural difference of the institution or a technical requirement for the job, Dr. Janet McIntosh examines how military language works to enable its members to both kill and imagine themselves as killable. In her book Kill Talk: Language and Military Necropolitics (Oxford UP, 2025), Dr. McIntosh explores how language is used first in military training to &quot;toughen up&quot; recruits; during combat overseas as a way to cope with death and killing; and then how this language is unlearned and repackaged by antiwar veterans as part of their own personal demilitarization.

Janet McIntosh is a linguistic and sociocultural anthropologist and Professor of Anthropology at Brandeis University. She has received numerous awards of her previous work, including the Clifford Geertz Prize in the anthropology of religion, Honorable Mention in the Victor Turner Prize in Ethnographic Writing, and an Honorable Mention in the American Ethnological Society Book Prize. Her current work has been supported through grants from the American Council of Learned Societies and the National Endowment for the Humanities.

In this episode we mentioned the NBN interview with Ben Schrader about his book Fight to Live, Live to Fight.

You can find a transcript of the interview here.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Even casual observers of the military will notice the unique ways that service members use language. With all of the acronyms and jargon, some even argue that membership in the military requires learning a whole language. But rather than treat military-specific language as a cultural difference of the institution or a technical requirement for the job, Dr. Janet McIntosh examines how military language works to enable its members to both kill and imagine themselves as killable. In her book Kill Talk: Language and Military Necropolitics (Oxford UP, 2025), Dr. McIntosh explores how language is used first in military training to &quot;toughen up&quot; recruits; during combat overseas as a way to cope with death and killing; and then how this language is unlearned and repackaged by antiwar veterans as part of their own personal demilitarization.

Janet McIntosh is a linguistic and sociocultural anthropologist and Professor of Anthropology at Brandeis University. She has received numerous awards of her previous work, including the Clifford Geertz Prize in the anthropology of religion, Honorable Mention in the Victor Turner Prize in Ethnographic Writing, and an Honorable Mention in the American Ethnological Society Book Prize. Her current work has been supported through grants from the American Council of Learned Societies and the National Endowment for the Humanities.

In this episode we mentioned the NBN interview with Ben Schrader about his book Fight to Live, Live to Fight.

You can find a transcript of the interview here.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1654</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">beba41b6-57b8-11f0-aa05-53f04d21ea27</guid>
      <title>Didi Kuo, &quot;The Great Retreat: How Political Parties Should Behave and Why They Don&apos;t&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>As the crisis of democratic capitalism sweeps the globe, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197664193">The Great Retreat: How Political Parties Should Behave and Why They Don't</a><em> (</em>Oxford University Press, 2025) makes the controversial argument that what democracies require most are stronger political parties that serve as intermediaries between citizens and governments.</p>
<p>Once a centralizing force of the democratic process, political parties have eroded over the past fifty years. Parties now rank among the most unpopular institutions in society--less trusted than business, the police, and the media. Identification with parties has plummeted, and even those who are loyal to a party report feeling that parties care more about special interests than about regular citizens. What does a "good" political party look like? Why do we urgently need them? And how do we get them?</p>
<p><em>The Great Retreat</em> explores the development of political parties as democracy expanded across the West in the nineteenth century. It focuses in particular on mass parties, and the ways they served as intermediaries that fostered ties between citizens and governments. While parties have become professionalized and nationalized, they have lost the robust organizational density that made them effective representatives. After the Cold War, a neoliberal economic consensus, changes to campaign finance, and shifting party priorities weakened the party systems of Western democracies. As Didi Kuo argues, this erosion of political parties has contributed to the recent crisis of democratic capitalism, as weak parties have ceded governance to the private sector.</p>
<p>For democracy to adapt to a new era of global capitalism, Kuo makes the case that we need strong intermediaries like mass parties--socially embedded institutions with deep connections to communities and citizens. Parties are essential to long-term democratic stability and economic growth, while the breakdown of party systems, on the other hand, has historically led to democratic collapse. As trust in political parties has plummeted, <em>The Great Retreat </em>provides a powerful defense of political parties--for without parties, democratic representation is impossible.</p>
<p>Didi Kuo is Center Fellow at the Freeman Spogli Institute for International Studies at Stanford University.</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 4 Jul 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>As the crisis of democratic capitalism sweeps the globe, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197664193">The Great Retreat: How Political Parties Should Behave and Why They Don't</a><em> (</em>Oxford University Press, 2025) makes the controversial argument that what democracies require most are stronger political parties that serve as intermediaries between citizens and governments.</p>
<p>Once a centralizing force of the democratic process, political parties have eroded over the past fifty years. Parties now rank among the most unpopular institutions in society--less trusted than business, the police, and the media. Identification with parties has plummeted, and even those who are loyal to a party report feeling that parties care more about special interests than about regular citizens. What does a "good" political party look like? Why do we urgently need them? And how do we get them?</p>
<p><em>The Great Retreat</em> explores the development of political parties as democracy expanded across the West in the nineteenth century. It focuses in particular on mass parties, and the ways they served as intermediaries that fostered ties between citizens and governments. While parties have become professionalized and nationalized, they have lost the robust organizational density that made them effective representatives. After the Cold War, a neoliberal economic consensus, changes to campaign finance, and shifting party priorities weakened the party systems of Western democracies. As Didi Kuo argues, this erosion of political parties has contributed to the recent crisis of democratic capitalism, as weak parties have ceded governance to the private sector.</p>
<p>For democracy to adapt to a new era of global capitalism, Kuo makes the case that we need strong intermediaries like mass parties--socially embedded institutions with deep connections to communities and citizens. Parties are essential to long-term democratic stability and economic growth, while the breakdown of party systems, on the other hand, has historically led to democratic collapse. As trust in political parties has plummeted, <em>The Great Retreat </em>provides a powerful defense of political parties--for without parties, democratic representation is impossible.</p>
<p>Didi Kuo is Center Fellow at the Freeman Spogli Institute for International Studies at Stanford University.</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="51296337" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/bac3f59a-c41b-4af7-955c-e6d839ad6d62/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=bac3f59a-c41b-4af7-955c-e6d839ad6d62&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Didi Kuo, &quot;The Great Retreat: How Political Parties Should Behave and Why They Don&apos;t&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:53:25</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>As the crisis of democratic capitalism sweeps the globe, The Great Retreat: How Political Parties Should Behave and Why They Don&apos;t (Oxford University Press, 2025) makes the controversial argument that what democracies require most are stronger political parties that serve as intermediaries between citizens and governments.

Once a centralizing force of the democratic process, political parties have eroded over the past fifty years. Parties now rank among the most unpopular institutions in society--less trusted than business, the police, and the media. Identification with parties has plummeted, and even those who are loyal to a party report feeling that parties care more about special interests than about regular citizens. What does a &quot;good&quot; political party look like? Why do we urgently need them? And how do we get them?

The Great Retreat explores the development of political parties as democracy expanded across the West in the nineteenth century. It focuses in particular on mass parties, and the ways they served as intermediaries that fostered ties between citizens and governments. While parties have become professionalized and nationalized, they have lost the robust organizational density that made them effective representatives. After the Cold War, a neoliberal economic consensus, changes to campaign finance, and shifting party priorities weakened the party systems of Western democracies. As Didi Kuo argues, this erosion of political parties has contributed to the recent crisis of democratic capitalism, as weak parties have ceded governance to the private sector.

For democracy to adapt to a new era of global capitalism, Kuo makes the case that we need strong intermediaries like mass parties--socially embedded institutions with deep connections to communities and citizens. Parties are essential to long-term democratic stability and economic growth, while the breakdown of party systems, on the other hand, has historically led to democratic collapse. As trust in political parties has plummeted, The Great Retreat provides a powerful defense of political parties--for without parties, democratic representation is impossible.

Didi Kuo is Center Fellow at the Freeman Spogli Institute for International Studies at Stanford University.

Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>As the crisis of democratic capitalism sweeps the globe, The Great Retreat: How Political Parties Should Behave and Why They Don&apos;t (Oxford University Press, 2025) makes the controversial argument that what democracies require most are stronger political parties that serve as intermediaries between citizens and governments.

Once a centralizing force of the democratic process, political parties have eroded over the past fifty years. Parties now rank among the most unpopular institutions in society--less trusted than business, the police, and the media. Identification with parties has plummeted, and even those who are loyal to a party report feeling that parties care more about special interests than about regular citizens. What does a &quot;good&quot; political party look like? Why do we urgently need them? And how do we get them?

The Great Retreat explores the development of political parties as democracy expanded across the West in the nineteenth century. It focuses in particular on mass parties, and the ways they served as intermediaries that fostered ties between citizens and governments. While parties have become professionalized and nationalized, they have lost the robust organizational density that made them effective representatives. After the Cold War, a neoliberal economic consensus, changes to campaign finance, and shifting party priorities weakened the party systems of Western democracies. As Didi Kuo argues, this erosion of political parties has contributed to the recent crisis of democratic capitalism, as weak parties have ceded governance to the private sector.

For democracy to adapt to a new era of global capitalism, Kuo makes the case that we need strong intermediaries like mass parties--socially embedded institutions with deep connections to communities and citizens. Parties are essential to long-term democratic stability and economic growth, while the breakdown of party systems, on the other hand, has historically led to democratic collapse. As trust in political parties has plummeted, The Great Retreat provides a powerful defense of political parties--for without parties, democratic representation is impossible.

Didi Kuo is Center Fellow at the Freeman Spogli Institute for International Studies at Stanford University.

Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1653</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1dc6fd50-5833-11f0-a53f-87a734014fcc</guid>
      <title>Jennifer Crane, &quot;&apos;Gifted Children&apos; in Britain and the World: Elitism and Equality Since 1945&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Who are 'gifted' children? In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198928850">‘Gifted Children’ in Britain and the World: Elitism and Equality since 1945</a> Jennifer Crane, <a href="https://www.bristol.ac.uk/people/person/Jennifer-Crane-fd5e0411-6dae-4c5c-abb2-f711c31c3cdc/">a senior lecturer in the School of Geographical Sciences at the University of Bristol</a> (Oxford UP, 2025) tells the social and cultural history of this category of young people. The book charts the individuals, organisations, policymakers, and media activities that aimed to identify children as ‘gifted’, lobbying for their social status and the potential benefit they might bring to both the UK and the rest of the world. At the same time, the book critically assesses the idea of 'gifted' children being closely intertwined with a range of social inequalities, reflecting Britain’s broader class, race, gender and disability hierarchies. Most crucially, the book draws on children’s voices, foregrounding their experiences of understanding, embracing, and resisting the 'gifted' label. At a time of renewed public debates over social and cultural hierarchies, the book is essential reading across the humanities and social sciences. It is available open access <a href="https://watermark.silverchair.com/9780198928867_web.pdf?token=AQECAHi208BE49Ooan9kkhW_Ercy7Dm3ZL_9Cf3qfKAc485ysgAAAyswggMnBgkqhkiG9w0BBwagggMYMIIDFAIBADCCAw0GCSqGSIb3DQEHATAeBglghkgBZQMEAS4wEQQMv0zPYrq1dhs_U7MeAgEQgIIC3htpN6m8TzIXWVkuiomcWE7T6qEPN7UiSlAi_JRb33-5g3Ihu4mrU5LcKuFA_C2PRP7z2G0mGFP3FlxUYHFWrP0966w-Da0cF9Fk8Fua6_RWW_WDBqRPPKi7wSUFZrr1dCASncbIuX0a8CIUiucXTUmC158o97uSU85FnJIZSEObaNV-BNAN0rQxxZ0QWBKg0nUB8tPk-nwVr80nr1-xQlXs5D6sstJRw2J2UjUAAbr7CRCJHN65sV6mmrHeOvadt245lnypTz_ZKkh3ZhPpD0wjpoDlasLafh_lcizjyNxzPL2r8Jva9q9MB0zrCaBa64EeHkhIA0jrv5XuZc6SV-ATfbEAx8obMhvE6JpjeLAa0REZv09BH7OAwB_w15amDQCtkSH0dSaknak1J_B4xlFvZJZLO7qe408QKt0Qvrl1u5XL2OCSxdZfaXmhUWYLMtMmPWf-SC0Hi_K5HzK3KjQiQHnVGozvBmy5KQ89P8FhBtrDWj7YCxFt4mAXVD8kILZnn3JfyENUblME19pPfRvK5khdTyS3FXUKiDSpf2iJIDfZzaCSbQorx6mMx25C9O8gRcqKPPNpsMs2EjY09cUUZAokwH5Qnc3wiNGNcFaSSsw0ZVpjxV37aKEloUnMq5hm-UHlKekSxS3iCXdYB4H8h1Co1zuUZUDw8Whj9FxqhcUh8Z9nrdghIuPDzGEmW0yPxfbPOdPrhDg07nmpcWLLupHtICYs10ULizbjB_QRXiGfTdHC98-hTBDJo8ttruVfQhuFHTXRKdXbEXFrAHIQA3Te95NS9TtzK0PUUyHDf_15s_1ZWN-AV4-5vJQB8O37CeYPqo5rM6YT3-Sn7StrmvCte-f3avCscp3Ch2rHXVbmWnBGaFZkYW9C9rSNkxlkv7f9wD-KAxVolqA-d9m2cWhJwKDq6LbowfvhlBYIomacHxqmGdByGJybGUXq96jehJxPaffjAenx939N">here</a>.</p>
<p>﻿Jennifer Crane is lecturer in health geographies at the School of Geographical Sciences, University of Bristol, working at the intersection of history, geography, and sociologies of health.</p>
<p><em>﻿</em><a href="https://www.eca.ed.ac.uk/profile/dr-dave-obrien">Dave O'Brien</a><em> is Professor of Cultural and Creative Industries, at the University of Manchester.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 4 Jul 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Who are 'gifted' children? In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198928850">‘Gifted Children’ in Britain and the World: Elitism and Equality since 1945</a> Jennifer Crane, <a href="https://www.bristol.ac.uk/people/person/Jennifer-Crane-fd5e0411-6dae-4c5c-abb2-f711c31c3cdc/">a senior lecturer in the School of Geographical Sciences at the University of Bristol</a> (Oxford UP, 2025) tells the social and cultural history of this category of young people. The book charts the individuals, organisations, policymakers, and media activities that aimed to identify children as ‘gifted’, lobbying for their social status and the potential benefit they might bring to both the UK and the rest of the world. At the same time, the book critically assesses the idea of 'gifted' children being closely intertwined with a range of social inequalities, reflecting Britain’s broader class, race, gender and disability hierarchies. Most crucially, the book draws on children’s voices, foregrounding their experiences of understanding, embracing, and resisting the 'gifted' label. At a time of renewed public debates over social and cultural hierarchies, the book is essential reading across the humanities and social sciences. It is available open access <a href="https://watermark.silverchair.com/9780198928867_web.pdf?token=AQECAHi208BE49Ooan9kkhW_Ercy7Dm3ZL_9Cf3qfKAc485ysgAAAyswggMnBgkqhkiG9w0BBwagggMYMIIDFAIBADCCAw0GCSqGSIb3DQEHATAeBglghkgBZQMEAS4wEQQMv0zPYrq1dhs_U7MeAgEQgIIC3htpN6m8TzIXWVkuiomcWE7T6qEPN7UiSlAi_JRb33-5g3Ihu4mrU5LcKuFA_C2PRP7z2G0mGFP3FlxUYHFWrP0966w-Da0cF9Fk8Fua6_RWW_WDBqRPPKi7wSUFZrr1dCASncbIuX0a8CIUiucXTUmC158o97uSU85FnJIZSEObaNV-BNAN0rQxxZ0QWBKg0nUB8tPk-nwVr80nr1-xQlXs5D6sstJRw2J2UjUAAbr7CRCJHN65sV6mmrHeOvadt245lnypTz_ZKkh3ZhPpD0wjpoDlasLafh_lcizjyNxzPL2r8Jva9q9MB0zrCaBa64EeHkhIA0jrv5XuZc6SV-ATfbEAx8obMhvE6JpjeLAa0REZv09BH7OAwB_w15amDQCtkSH0dSaknak1J_B4xlFvZJZLO7qe408QKt0Qvrl1u5XL2OCSxdZfaXmhUWYLMtMmPWf-SC0Hi_K5HzK3KjQiQHnVGozvBmy5KQ89P8FhBtrDWj7YCxFt4mAXVD8kILZnn3JfyENUblME19pPfRvK5khdTyS3FXUKiDSpf2iJIDfZzaCSbQorx6mMx25C9O8gRcqKPPNpsMs2EjY09cUUZAokwH5Qnc3wiNGNcFaSSsw0ZVpjxV37aKEloUnMq5hm-UHlKekSxS3iCXdYB4H8h1Co1zuUZUDw8Whj9FxqhcUh8Z9nrdghIuPDzGEmW0yPxfbPOdPrhDg07nmpcWLLupHtICYs10ULizbjB_QRXiGfTdHC98-hTBDJo8ttruVfQhuFHTXRKdXbEXFrAHIQA3Te95NS9TtzK0PUUyHDf_15s_1ZWN-AV4-5vJQB8O37CeYPqo5rM6YT3-Sn7StrmvCte-f3avCscp3Ch2rHXVbmWnBGaFZkYW9C9rSNkxlkv7f9wD-KAxVolqA-d9m2cWhJwKDq6LbowfvhlBYIomacHxqmGdByGJybGUXq96jehJxPaffjAenx939N">here</a>.</p>
<p>﻿Jennifer Crane is lecturer in health geographies at the School of Geographical Sciences, University of Bristol, working at the intersection of history, geography, and sociologies of health.</p>
<p><em>﻿</em><a href="https://www.eca.ed.ac.uk/profile/dr-dave-obrien">Dave O'Brien</a><em> is Professor of Cultural and Creative Industries, at the University of Manchester.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="33668920" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/d90938e1-2afb-4785-8702-719c02347117/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=d90938e1-2afb-4785-8702-719c02347117&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Jennifer Crane, &quot;&apos;Gifted Children&apos; in Britain and the World: Elitism and Equality Since 1945&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:35:04</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Who are &apos;gifted&apos; children? In ‘Gifted Children’ in Britain and the World: Elitism and Equality since 1945 Jennifer Crane, a senior lecturer in the School of Geographical Sciences at the University of Bristol (Oxford UP, 2025) tells the social and cultural history of this category of young people. The book charts the individuals, organisations, policymakers, and media activities that aimed to identify children as ‘gifted’, lobbying for their social status and the potential benefit they might bring to both the UK and the rest of the world. At the same time, the book critically assesses the idea of &apos;gifted&apos; children being closely intertwined with a range of social inequalities, reflecting Britain’s broader class, race, gender and disability hierarchies. Most crucially, the book draws on children’s voices, foregrounding their experiences of understanding, embracing, and resisting the &apos;gifted&apos; label. At a time of renewed public debates over social and cultural hierarchies, the book is essential reading across the humanities and social sciences. It is available open access here.

﻿Jennifer Crane is lecturer in health geographies at the School of Geographical Sciences, University of Bristol, working at the intersection of history, geography, and sociologies of health.

﻿Dave O&apos;Brien is Professor of Cultural and Creative Industries, at the University of Manchester.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Who are &apos;gifted&apos; children? In ‘Gifted Children’ in Britain and the World: Elitism and Equality since 1945 Jennifer Crane, a senior lecturer in the School of Geographical Sciences at the University of Bristol (Oxford UP, 2025) tells the social and cultural history of this category of young people. The book charts the individuals, organisations, policymakers, and media activities that aimed to identify children as ‘gifted’, lobbying for their social status and the potential benefit they might bring to both the UK and the rest of the world. At the same time, the book critically assesses the idea of &apos;gifted&apos; children being closely intertwined with a range of social inequalities, reflecting Britain’s broader class, race, gender and disability hierarchies. Most crucially, the book draws on children’s voices, foregrounding their experiences of understanding, embracing, and resisting the &apos;gifted&apos; label. At a time of renewed public debates over social and cultural hierarchies, the book is essential reading across the humanities and social sciences. It is available open access here.

﻿Jennifer Crane is lecturer in health geographies at the School of Geographical Sciences, University of Bristol, working at the intersection of history, geography, and sociologies of health.

﻿Dave O&apos;Brien is Professor of Cultural and Creative Industries, at the University of Manchester.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1652</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">19b9871c-56be-11f0-86d0-e749da8b639d</guid>
      <title>Richard K. Payne and Glen A. Hayes eds., &quot;The Oxford Handbook of Tantric Studies&quot; ﻿(Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Since the earliest encounters between tantric traditions and Western scholars of religion, tantra has posed a challenge. The representation of tantra, whether in Bengal, Tamil Nadu, Tibet, or Japan, has tended to emphasize the antinomian, decadent aspects, which, as attention-grabbing as they were for audiences in the West, created a one-dimensional understanding, and hampered the academic study of the field for more than a century. Additionally, the Western perspective on religion has been dominated by doctrinal studies. As a result, sectarian boundaries between different tantric traditions are frequently replicated in the scholarship, and research tends to be sequestered according to different schools of South Asian, Central Asian, Southeast Asian, and East Asian tantric traditions.<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197549889"><br /><em>The Oxford Handbook of Tantric Studies</em> </a>(Oxford UP, 2024) is intended to overcome these obstacles, facilitating collaboration between scholars working on different forms of tantra. The Introduction provides an overview of major issues confronting the field today, including debates regarding the definition and category of "tantra" historical origins, recent developments in gender studies and tantra, ethnography and "lived tantra" and cognitive approaches to tantra. Using a topical framework, the opening section explores the concept of action, one of the most prominent features of tantra, which includes performing rituals, practicing meditation, chanting, embarking on a pilgrimage, or re-enacting moments from a sacred text. From there, the sections cover broad topics such as transformation, gender and embodiment, "extraordinary" beings (such as deities and saints), art and visual expressions, language and literature, social organizations, and the history and historiography of tantra. With co-editors in chief who specialize in the Hindu and Buddhist perspectives, a global pool of contributors, and over 40 chapters, the <em>Handbook</em> aims to provide the definitive reference work in this dynamic field.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 3 Jul 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Since the earliest encounters between tantric traditions and Western scholars of religion, tantra has posed a challenge. The representation of tantra, whether in Bengal, Tamil Nadu, Tibet, or Japan, has tended to emphasize the antinomian, decadent aspects, which, as attention-grabbing as they were for audiences in the West, created a one-dimensional understanding, and hampered the academic study of the field for more than a century. Additionally, the Western perspective on religion has been dominated by doctrinal studies. As a result, sectarian boundaries between different tantric traditions are frequently replicated in the scholarship, and research tends to be sequestered according to different schools of South Asian, Central Asian, Southeast Asian, and East Asian tantric traditions.<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197549889"><br /><em>The Oxford Handbook of Tantric Studies</em> </a>(Oxford UP, 2024) is intended to overcome these obstacles, facilitating collaboration between scholars working on different forms of tantra. The Introduction provides an overview of major issues confronting the field today, including debates regarding the definition and category of "tantra" historical origins, recent developments in gender studies and tantra, ethnography and "lived tantra" and cognitive approaches to tantra. Using a topical framework, the opening section explores the concept of action, one of the most prominent features of tantra, which includes performing rituals, practicing meditation, chanting, embarking on a pilgrimage, or re-enacting moments from a sacred text. From there, the sections cover broad topics such as transformation, gender and embodiment, "extraordinary" beings (such as deities and saints), art and visual expressions, language and literature, social organizations, and the history and historiography of tantra. With co-editors in chief who specialize in the Hindu and Buddhist perspectives, a global pool of contributors, and over 40 chapters, the <em>Handbook</em> aims to provide the definitive reference work in this dynamic field.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="32705149" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/9b509060-175d-42f6-9b05-c6f5bd167fc1/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=9b509060-175d-42f6-9b05-c6f5bd167fc1&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Richard K. Payne and Glen A. Hayes eds., &quot;The Oxford Handbook of Tantric Studies&quot; ﻿(Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:34:03</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Since the earliest encounters between tantric traditions and Western scholars of religion, tantra has posed a challenge. The representation of tantra, whether in Bengal, Tamil Nadu, Tibet, or Japan, has tended to emphasize the antinomian, decadent aspects, which, as attention-grabbing as they were for audiences in the West, created a one-dimensional understanding, and hampered the academic study of the field for more than a century. Additionally, the Western perspective on religion has been dominated by doctrinal studies. As a result, sectarian boundaries between different tantric traditions are frequently replicated in the scholarship, and research tends to be sequestered according to different schools of South Asian, Central Asian, Southeast Asian, and East Asian tantric traditions.The Oxford Handbook of Tantric Studies (Oxford UP, 2024) is intended to overcome these obstacles, facilitating collaboration between scholars working on different forms of tantra. The Introduction provides an overview of major issues confronting the field today, including debates regarding the definition and category of &quot;tantra&quot; historical origins, recent developments in gender studies and tantra, ethnography and &quot;lived tantra&quot; and cognitive approaches to tantra. Using a topical framework, the opening section explores the concept of action, one of the most prominent features of tantra, which includes performing rituals, practicing meditation, chanting, embarking on a pilgrimage, or re-enacting moments from a sacred text. From there, the sections cover broad topics such as transformation, gender and embodiment, &quot;extraordinary&quot; beings (such as deities and saints), art and visual expressions, language and literature, social organizations, and the history and historiography of tantra. With co-editors in chief who specialize in the Hindu and Buddhist perspectives, a global pool of contributors, and over 40 chapters, the Handbook aims to provide the definitive reference work in this dynamic field.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Since the earliest encounters between tantric traditions and Western scholars of religion, tantra has posed a challenge. The representation of tantra, whether in Bengal, Tamil Nadu, Tibet, or Japan, has tended to emphasize the antinomian, decadent aspects, which, as attention-grabbing as they were for audiences in the West, created a one-dimensional understanding, and hampered the academic study of the field for more than a century. Additionally, the Western perspective on religion has been dominated by doctrinal studies. As a result, sectarian boundaries between different tantric traditions are frequently replicated in the scholarship, and research tends to be sequestered according to different schools of South Asian, Central Asian, Southeast Asian, and East Asian tantric traditions.The Oxford Handbook of Tantric Studies (Oxford UP, 2024) is intended to overcome these obstacles, facilitating collaboration between scholars working on different forms of tantra. The Introduction provides an overview of major issues confronting the field today, including debates regarding the definition and category of &quot;tantra&quot; historical origins, recent developments in gender studies and tantra, ethnography and &quot;lived tantra&quot; and cognitive approaches to tantra. Using a topical framework, the opening section explores the concept of action, one of the most prominent features of tantra, which includes performing rituals, practicing meditation, chanting, embarking on a pilgrimage, or re-enacting moments from a sacred text. From there, the sections cover broad topics such as transformation, gender and embodiment, &quot;extraordinary&quot; beings (such as deities and saints), art and visual expressions, language and literature, social organizations, and the history and historiography of tantra. With co-editors in chief who specialize in the Hindu and Buddhist perspectives, a global pool of contributors, and over 40 chapters, the Handbook aims to provide the definitive reference work in this dynamic field.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1651</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4032f9fc-5513-11f0-b40c-c302bfe60314</guid>
      <title>Yonatan Y. Brafman, &quot;Critique of Halakhic Reason: Divine Commandments and Social Normativity&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>For centuries, Jewish thinkers have asked two parallel questions. First, what is the reasoning behind an individual commandment and second, why bother heeding a command at all, something Dr. Brafman terms “reasons for” vs “reasons of” the commandments. In his newest book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197767931">Critique of Halakhic Reason: Divine Commandments and Social Normativity</a><em> </em>﻿(Oxford UP, 2024), Dr. Brafman looks closely at the second of these questions. After considering answers from some of the most important Jewish thinkers of the 20th century, Joseph Soloveitchik, Yeshayahu Leibowitz, and Eliezer Berkovits, Dr. Brafman introduces his own system of thought. For him, the reasons for the commandments depend on a number of factors. We don’t follow them blindly. And they don’t always have to adhere to perfect and pure reason. Instead they are, to use a term he employs throughout is book, “constructed” based on any number of factors including our relationship with God and the norms that exist within our society. In conversation with some of the most important secular legal theorist and philosophers of the past 100 years, Dr Brafman charts a new course in Jewish theology, both defending and reimagining the place of our obligation to <em>halakhah</em>, Jewish law, for the 21st century.</p>
<p>Professor Yonatan Brafman is Associate Professor of Modern Judaism in the Department of Religion, with a secondary appointment in the Department of Literary and Cultural Studies at Tufts University.</p>
<p>Rabbi Marc Katz is the Senior Rabbi at Temple Ner Tamid in Bloomfield, NJ. He is most recently the author of <a href="https://jps.org/books/yochanans-gamble/"><em>Yochanan’s Gamble: Judaism’s Pragmatic Approach to Life (JPS)</em></a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Jun 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>For centuries, Jewish thinkers have asked two parallel questions. First, what is the reasoning behind an individual commandment and second, why bother heeding a command at all, something Dr. Brafman terms “reasons for” vs “reasons of” the commandments. In his newest book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197767931">Critique of Halakhic Reason: Divine Commandments and Social Normativity</a><em> </em>﻿(Oxford UP, 2024), Dr. Brafman looks closely at the second of these questions. After considering answers from some of the most important Jewish thinkers of the 20th century, Joseph Soloveitchik, Yeshayahu Leibowitz, and Eliezer Berkovits, Dr. Brafman introduces his own system of thought. For him, the reasons for the commandments depend on a number of factors. We don’t follow them blindly. And they don’t always have to adhere to perfect and pure reason. Instead they are, to use a term he employs throughout is book, “constructed” based on any number of factors including our relationship with God and the norms that exist within our society. In conversation with some of the most important secular legal theorist and philosophers of the past 100 years, Dr Brafman charts a new course in Jewish theology, both defending and reimagining the place of our obligation to <em>halakhah</em>, Jewish law, for the 21st century.</p>
<p>Professor Yonatan Brafman is Associate Professor of Modern Judaism in the Department of Religion, with a secondary appointment in the Department of Literary and Cultural Studies at Tufts University.</p>
<p>Rabbi Marc Katz is the Senior Rabbi at Temple Ner Tamid in Bloomfield, NJ. He is most recently the author of <a href="https://jps.org/books/yochanans-gamble/"><em>Yochanan’s Gamble: Judaism’s Pragmatic Approach to Life (JPS)</em></a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="55290555" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/81677c09-392e-44b4-9617-1715196a9544/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=81677c09-392e-44b4-9617-1715196a9544&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Yonatan Y. Brafman, &quot;Critique of Halakhic Reason: Divine Commandments and Social Normativity&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:57:35</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>For centuries, Jewish thinkers have asked two parallel questions. First, what is the reasoning behind an individual commandment and second, why bother heeding a command at all, something Dr. Brafman terms “reasons for” vs “reasons of” the commandments. In his newest book, Critique of Halakhic Reason: Divine Commandments and Social Normativity ﻿(Oxford UP, 2024), Dr. Brafman looks closely at the second of these questions. After considering answers from some of the most important Jewish thinkers of the 20th century, Joseph Soloveitchik, Yeshayahu Leibowitz, and Eliezer Berkovits, Dr. Brafman introduces his own system of thought. For him, the reasons for the commandments depend on a number of factors. We don’t follow them blindly. And they don’t always have to adhere to perfect and pure reason. Instead they are, to use a term he employs throughout is book, “constructed” based on any number of factors including our relationship with God and the norms that exist within our society. In conversation with some of the most important secular legal theorist and philosophers of the past 100 years, Dr Brafman charts a new course in Jewish theology, both defending and reimagining the place of our obligation to halakhah, Jewish law, for the 21st century.

Professor Yonatan Brafman is Associate Professor of Modern Judaism in the Department of Religion, with a secondary appointment in the Department of Literary and Cultural Studies at Tufts University.

Rabbi Marc Katz is the Senior Rabbi at Temple Ner Tamid in Bloomfield, NJ. He is most recently the author of Yochanan’s Gamble: Judaism’s Pragmatic Approach to Life (JPS)</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>For centuries, Jewish thinkers have asked two parallel questions. First, what is the reasoning behind an individual commandment and second, why bother heeding a command at all, something Dr. Brafman terms “reasons for” vs “reasons of” the commandments. In his newest book, Critique of Halakhic Reason: Divine Commandments and Social Normativity ﻿(Oxford UP, 2024), Dr. Brafman looks closely at the second of these questions. After considering answers from some of the most important Jewish thinkers of the 20th century, Joseph Soloveitchik, Yeshayahu Leibowitz, and Eliezer Berkovits, Dr. Brafman introduces his own system of thought. For him, the reasons for the commandments depend on a number of factors. We don’t follow them blindly. And they don’t always have to adhere to perfect and pure reason. Instead they are, to use a term he employs throughout is book, “constructed” based on any number of factors including our relationship with God and the norms that exist within our society. In conversation with some of the most important secular legal theorist and philosophers of the past 100 years, Dr Brafman charts a new course in Jewish theology, both defending and reimagining the place of our obligation to halakhah, Jewish law, for the 21st century.

Professor Yonatan Brafman is Associate Professor of Modern Judaism in the Department of Religion, with a secondary appointment in the Department of Literary and Cultural Studies at Tufts University.

Rabbi Marc Katz is the Senior Rabbi at Temple Ner Tamid in Bloomfield, NJ. He is most recently the author of Yochanan’s Gamble: Judaism’s Pragmatic Approach to Life (JPS)</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1650</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">fbb269fa-5154-11f0-b698-4ffb8d77c1f5</guid>
      <title>Bryan D. Jones, The Southern Fault Line: How Race, Class, and Region Shaped One Family&apos;s History&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197770429">The Southern Fault Line: How Race, Class, and Region Shaped One Family's History</a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2025)<em> </em>explores the under-appreciated division in the South between the oligarchic rule of plantation owners and industrialists on the one hand, and the more democratic mindset of the mountain-dwelling small farmers on the other. These two mindsets were in continual tension from the 1800s to the 1960s, when the adherents of the more democratic side of the struggle capitulated to the oligarchical side in response to the Civil Rights movement.</p>
<p>Bryan Jones draws from his own family's centuries-old history in the region to explore the rise and fall of the "two minds" of the South. Through a comparison of the experiences of a slaveholding line in his family with three non-slaveholding lines, Jones provides a rich history of the politics of both class and race in the region from the Founding era to the present. The slaveholding side of his family settled in Black Belt Alabama, while ancestral members of the other side of his family were poorer uplanders. In the 1890s, the latter supported the burgeoning populist movement, which for a short window of time tried to unite poor Blacks and poor whites against the patrician planter class and industrialists. After a series of close elections, the planter class was able to stanch the populist tide. They did this in large part by sowing racial division among populism's supporters. Indeed, one of Jones' ancestors helped draft the 1901 Alabama constitution that made Jim Crow the law of the state.</p>
<p>Throughout, Jones shows how deep the political differences were between the two regions, with oligarchy characterizing the slaveholding region and a more democratic ethos shaping the non-slaveholding areas. Jones serves as the final observer, a white boy observing not only the demise of the Jim Crow South, but--in the wake of the Civil Rights movement--the demise of the mountain democratic South as well. Today, the vast majority of Southern whites regardless of class support an oligarchical Republican Party.</p>
<p>Bryan Jones is J.J."Jake" Pickle Regents' Chair in Congressional Studies at the University of Texas at Austin.</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Jun 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197770429">The Southern Fault Line: How Race, Class, and Region Shaped One Family's History</a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2025)<em> </em>explores the under-appreciated division in the South between the oligarchic rule of plantation owners and industrialists on the one hand, and the more democratic mindset of the mountain-dwelling small farmers on the other. These two mindsets were in continual tension from the 1800s to the 1960s, when the adherents of the more democratic side of the struggle capitulated to the oligarchical side in response to the Civil Rights movement.</p>
<p>Bryan Jones draws from his own family's centuries-old history in the region to explore the rise and fall of the "two minds" of the South. Through a comparison of the experiences of a slaveholding line in his family with three non-slaveholding lines, Jones provides a rich history of the politics of both class and race in the region from the Founding era to the present. The slaveholding side of his family settled in Black Belt Alabama, while ancestral members of the other side of his family were poorer uplanders. In the 1890s, the latter supported the burgeoning populist movement, which for a short window of time tried to unite poor Blacks and poor whites against the patrician planter class and industrialists. After a series of close elections, the planter class was able to stanch the populist tide. They did this in large part by sowing racial division among populism's supporters. Indeed, one of Jones' ancestors helped draft the 1901 Alabama constitution that made Jim Crow the law of the state.</p>
<p>Throughout, Jones shows how deep the political differences were between the two regions, with oligarchy characterizing the slaveholding region and a more democratic ethos shaping the non-slaveholding areas. Jones serves as the final observer, a white boy observing not only the demise of the Jim Crow South, but--in the wake of the Civil Rights movement--the demise of the mountain democratic South as well. Today, the vast majority of Southern whites regardless of class support an oligarchical Republican Party.</p>
<p>Bryan Jones is J.J."Jake" Pickle Regents' Chair in Congressional Studies at the University of Texas at Austin.</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="54481098" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/4afd2fee-8893-4834-aed6-e0988f37d597/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=4afd2fee-8893-4834-aed6-e0988f37d597&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Bryan D. Jones, The Southern Fault Line: How Race, Class, and Region Shaped One Family&apos;s History&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:56:44</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The Southern Fault Line: How Race, Class, and Region Shaped One Family&apos;s History (Oxford University Press, 2025) explores the under-appreciated division in the South between the oligarchic rule of plantation owners and industrialists on the one hand, and the more democratic mindset of the mountain-dwelling small farmers on the other. These two mindsets were in continual tension from the 1800s to the 1960s, when the adherents of the more democratic side of the struggle capitulated to the oligarchical side in response to the Civil Rights movement.

Bryan Jones draws from his own family&apos;s centuries-old history in the region to explore the rise and fall of the &quot;two minds&quot; of the South. Through a comparison of the experiences of a slaveholding line in his family with three non-slaveholding lines, Jones provides a rich history of the politics of both class and race in the region from the Founding era to the present. The slaveholding side of his family settled in Black Belt Alabama, while ancestral members of the other side of his family were poorer uplanders. In the 1890s, the latter supported the burgeoning populist movement, which for a short window of time tried to unite poor Blacks and poor whites against the patrician planter class and industrialists. After a series of close elections, the planter class was able to stanch the populist tide. They did this in large part by sowing racial division among populism&apos;s supporters. Indeed, one of Jones&apos; ancestors helped draft the 1901 Alabama constitution that made Jim Crow the law of the state.

Throughout, Jones shows how deep the political differences were between the two regions, with oligarchy characterizing the slaveholding region and a more democratic ethos shaping the non-slaveholding areas. Jones serves as the final observer, a white boy observing not only the demise of the Jim Crow South, but--in the wake of the Civil Rights movement--the demise of the mountain democratic South as well. Today, the vast majority of Southern whites regardless of class support an oligarchical Republican Party.

Bryan Jones is J.J.&quot;Jake&quot; Pickle Regents&apos; Chair in Congressional Studies at the University of Texas at Austin.

Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The Southern Fault Line: How Race, Class, and Region Shaped One Family&apos;s History (Oxford University Press, 2025) explores the under-appreciated division in the South between the oligarchic rule of plantation owners and industrialists on the one hand, and the more democratic mindset of the mountain-dwelling small farmers on the other. These two mindsets were in continual tension from the 1800s to the 1960s, when the adherents of the more democratic side of the struggle capitulated to the oligarchical side in response to the Civil Rights movement.

Bryan Jones draws from his own family&apos;s centuries-old history in the region to explore the rise and fall of the &quot;two minds&quot; of the South. Through a comparison of the experiences of a slaveholding line in his family with three non-slaveholding lines, Jones provides a rich history of the politics of both class and race in the region from the Founding era to the present. The slaveholding side of his family settled in Black Belt Alabama, while ancestral members of the other side of his family were poorer uplanders. In the 1890s, the latter supported the burgeoning populist movement, which for a short window of time tried to unite poor Blacks and poor whites against the patrician planter class and industrialists. After a series of close elections, the planter class was able to stanch the populist tide. They did this in large part by sowing racial division among populism&apos;s supporters. Indeed, one of Jones&apos; ancestors helped draft the 1901 Alabama constitution that made Jim Crow the law of the state.

Throughout, Jones shows how deep the political differences were between the two regions, with oligarchy characterizing the slaveholding region and a more democratic ethos shaping the non-slaveholding areas. Jones serves as the final observer, a white boy observing not only the demise of the Jim Crow South, but--in the wake of the Civil Rights movement--the demise of the mountain democratic South as well. Today, the vast majority of Southern whites regardless of class support an oligarchical Republican Party.

Bryan Jones is J.J.&quot;Jake&quot; Pickle Regents&apos; Chair in Congressional Studies at the University of Texas at Austin.

Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1649</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">62ccced0-5152-11f0-80c1-bf6941f0c2e5</guid>
      <title>Louis P. Masur, &quot;A Journey North: Jefferson, Madison, and the Forging of a Friendship&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Between May 21 and June 16, 1791, Thomas Jefferson and James Madison went on a trip together through Upstate New York and parts of New England on horseback. This "northern journey" came at a moment of tension for the new nation, one in whose founding these Virginians and political allies had played key roles. The Constitution was ratified and President Washington was in his first term of office. Whether the country could overcome regional and political differences and remain unified, however, was still very much in question. Hence why some observers at the time wondered whether this excursion into Federalist New England by the two most prominent southern Democratic-Republicans, both future presidents, had an ulterior motive.</p>
<p>Madison, maintained that the journey was for "health, recreation, and curiosity." He and Jefferson needed a break from their public responsibilities, so off they set. Along the way, they took notes on the ravages of the Hessian Fly, an insect that had been devastating wheat crops. While in Vermont, they focused on the sugar maple tree, which many hoped might offer a domestic alternative to slave-grown sugar cane imports. An encounter with a free Black farmer at Fort George resulted in a journal entry that illuminates their attitudes toward slavery and race. A meeting with members of the Unkechaug tribe on Long Island led to a vocabulary project that preoccupied Jefferson for decades, and which remains relevant today.</p>
<p>The northern journey was also about friendship. Madison later recalled that the trip made Jefferson and him "immediate companions," solidifying a bond with almost no peer in the annals of American history, one that thrived for fifty years. Jefferson declared at the end of his life, that his friendship with Madison had been "a source of constant happiness" to him. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197684917"><em>A Journey North: Jefferson, Madison, and the Forging of a Friendship</em> </a>(Oxford University Press, 2025) reveals the moment when it took hold.</p>
<p>Louis P. Masur is Board of Governors Distinguished Professor of American Studies and History at Rutgers University.</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Jun 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Between May 21 and June 16, 1791, Thomas Jefferson and James Madison went on a trip together through Upstate New York and parts of New England on horseback. This "northern journey" came at a moment of tension for the new nation, one in whose founding these Virginians and political allies had played key roles. The Constitution was ratified and President Washington was in his first term of office. Whether the country could overcome regional and political differences and remain unified, however, was still very much in question. Hence why some observers at the time wondered whether this excursion into Federalist New England by the two most prominent southern Democratic-Republicans, both future presidents, had an ulterior motive.</p>
<p>Madison, maintained that the journey was for "health, recreation, and curiosity." He and Jefferson needed a break from their public responsibilities, so off they set. Along the way, they took notes on the ravages of the Hessian Fly, an insect that had been devastating wheat crops. While in Vermont, they focused on the sugar maple tree, which many hoped might offer a domestic alternative to slave-grown sugar cane imports. An encounter with a free Black farmer at Fort George resulted in a journal entry that illuminates their attitudes toward slavery and race. A meeting with members of the Unkechaug tribe on Long Island led to a vocabulary project that preoccupied Jefferson for decades, and which remains relevant today.</p>
<p>The northern journey was also about friendship. Madison later recalled that the trip made Jefferson and him "immediate companions," solidifying a bond with almost no peer in the annals of American history, one that thrived for fifty years. Jefferson declared at the end of his life, that his friendship with Madison had been "a source of constant happiness" to him. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197684917"><em>A Journey North: Jefferson, Madison, and the Forging of a Friendship</em> </a>(Oxford University Press, 2025) reveals the moment when it took hold.</p>
<p>Louis P. Masur is Board of Governors Distinguished Professor of American Studies and History at Rutgers University.</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="34836894" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/cd2e9533-290b-4289-b23f-fcca06768f79/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=cd2e9533-290b-4289-b23f-fcca06768f79&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Louis P. Masur, &quot;A Journey North: Jefferson, Madison, and the Forging of a Friendship&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:36:17</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Between May 21 and June 16, 1791, Thomas Jefferson and James Madison went on a trip together through Upstate New York and parts of New England on horseback. This &quot;northern journey&quot; came at a moment of tension for the new nation, one in whose founding these Virginians and political allies had played key roles. The Constitution was ratified and President Washington was in his first term of office. Whether the country could overcome regional and political differences and remain unified, however, was still very much in question. Hence why some observers at the time wondered whether this excursion into Federalist New England by the two most prominent southern Democratic-Republicans, both future presidents, had an ulterior motive.

Madison, maintained that the journey was for &quot;health, recreation, and curiosity.&quot; He and Jefferson needed a break from their public responsibilities, so off they set. Along the way, they took notes on the ravages of the Hessian Fly, an insect that had been devastating wheat crops. While in Vermont, they focused on the sugar maple tree, which many hoped might offer a domestic alternative to slave-grown sugar cane imports. An encounter with a free Black farmer at Fort George resulted in a journal entry that illuminates their attitudes toward slavery and race. A meeting with members of the Unkechaug tribe on Long Island led to a vocabulary project that preoccupied Jefferson for decades, and which remains relevant today.

The northern journey was also about friendship. Madison later recalled that the trip made Jefferson and him &quot;immediate companions,&quot; solidifying a bond with almost no peer in the annals of American history, one that thrived for fifty years. Jefferson declared at the end of his life, that his friendship with Madison had been &quot;a source of constant happiness&quot; to him. A Journey North: Jefferson, Madison, and the Forging of a Friendship (Oxford University Press, 2025) reveals the moment when it took hold.

Louis P. Masur is Board of Governors Distinguished Professor of American Studies and History at Rutgers University.

Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Between May 21 and June 16, 1791, Thomas Jefferson and James Madison went on a trip together through Upstate New York and parts of New England on horseback. This &quot;northern journey&quot; came at a moment of tension for the new nation, one in whose founding these Virginians and political allies had played key roles. The Constitution was ratified and President Washington was in his first term of office. Whether the country could overcome regional and political differences and remain unified, however, was still very much in question. Hence why some observers at the time wondered whether this excursion into Federalist New England by the two most prominent southern Democratic-Republicans, both future presidents, had an ulterior motive.

Madison, maintained that the journey was for &quot;health, recreation, and curiosity.&quot; He and Jefferson needed a break from their public responsibilities, so off they set. Along the way, they took notes on the ravages of the Hessian Fly, an insect that had been devastating wheat crops. While in Vermont, they focused on the sugar maple tree, which many hoped might offer a domestic alternative to slave-grown sugar cane imports. An encounter with a free Black farmer at Fort George resulted in a journal entry that illuminates their attitudes toward slavery and race. A meeting with members of the Unkechaug tribe on Long Island led to a vocabulary project that preoccupied Jefferson for decades, and which remains relevant today.

The northern journey was also about friendship. Madison later recalled that the trip made Jefferson and him &quot;immediate companions,&quot; solidifying a bond with almost no peer in the annals of American history, one that thrived for fifty years. Jefferson declared at the end of his life, that his friendship with Madison had been &quot;a source of constant happiness&quot; to him. A Journey North: Jefferson, Madison, and the Forging of a Friendship (Oxford University Press, 2025) reveals the moment when it took hold.

Louis P. Masur is Board of Governors Distinguished Professor of American Studies and History at Rutgers University.

Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1648</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bfd24918-4d68-11f0-a3e8-57fd2c04fbee</guid>
      <title>Jonathan Teubner, &quot;Charity After Augustine: Solidarity, Conflict, and the Practices of Charity in the Latin West&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Jonathan Teubner, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198868620"><em>Charity After Augustine: Solidarity, Conflict, and the Practices of Charity in the Latin West</em> </a>(Oxford UP, 2025)</p>
<p>Through a unique blend of the personal and historiographical, Charity after Augustine is an exploration of why the Augustinian tradition’s attempts to build solidarity or social cohesion in the societies of the Latin West have ended in disaster just as often as they have brought about justice. The conceit at the heart of the book is that the concrete practices of love or charity—almsgiving, works of mercy, good works—can tell us much about how religious leaders attempted to bind and hold communities together while also, in fits and starts with some startling reversions, attempting to expand the community and incorporate others. The first part probes the ways Augustine’s understanding of love is put into practice and how this understanding informs a tradition of political action inspired by Christian concepts of love and enacted through practices of charity. In a second, more expansive part, the book turns to the ways in which the Benedictine tradition as illustrated by Gregory the Great and Bernard of Clairvaux receives this vision, invigorates it with new visions of care and leadership, and puts it into practice in radically different contexts from those of Augustine’s age. At the heart of Charity after Augustine is an attempt to find a non-idealized vision of love that can inform thick, meaningful relations within a community that are not diluted by the inclusion of others</p>
<p>New Books in Late Antiquity is Presented by <a href="https://www.ancientjewreview.com/">Ancient Jew Review</a></p>
<p><a href="https://hfh.fas.harvard.edu/people/jonathan-teubner">Jonathan D. Teubner</a> is a Research Associate at the Human Flourishing Program at Harvard. This book is something of a sequel to his first, <em>Prayer after Augustine: A Study in the Development of the Latin Tradition</em>.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.umb.edu/directory/michaelmotia/">Michael Motia</a> teaches in the classics and religious studies department at UMass Boston</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Jun 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Jonathan Teubner, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198868620"><em>Charity After Augustine: Solidarity, Conflict, and the Practices of Charity in the Latin West</em> </a>(Oxford UP, 2025)</p>
<p>Through a unique blend of the personal and historiographical, Charity after Augustine is an exploration of why the Augustinian tradition’s attempts to build solidarity or social cohesion in the societies of the Latin West have ended in disaster just as often as they have brought about justice. The conceit at the heart of the book is that the concrete practices of love or charity—almsgiving, works of mercy, good works—can tell us much about how religious leaders attempted to bind and hold communities together while also, in fits and starts with some startling reversions, attempting to expand the community and incorporate others. The first part probes the ways Augustine’s understanding of love is put into practice and how this understanding informs a tradition of political action inspired by Christian concepts of love and enacted through practices of charity. In a second, more expansive part, the book turns to the ways in which the Benedictine tradition as illustrated by Gregory the Great and Bernard of Clairvaux receives this vision, invigorates it with new visions of care and leadership, and puts it into practice in radically different contexts from those of Augustine’s age. At the heart of Charity after Augustine is an attempt to find a non-idealized vision of love that can inform thick, meaningful relations within a community that are not diluted by the inclusion of others</p>
<p>New Books in Late Antiquity is Presented by <a href="https://www.ancientjewreview.com/">Ancient Jew Review</a></p>
<p><a href="https://hfh.fas.harvard.edu/people/jonathan-teubner">Jonathan D. Teubner</a> is a Research Associate at the Human Flourishing Program at Harvard. This book is something of a sequel to his first, <em>Prayer after Augustine: A Study in the Development of the Latin Tradition</em>.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.umb.edu/directory/michaelmotia/">Michael Motia</a> teaches in the classics and religious studies department at UMass Boston</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="84501691" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/72c261c2-0e7d-4030-acd9-4d47a394b470/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=72c261c2-0e7d-4030-acd9-4d47a394b470&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Jonathan Teubner, &quot;Charity After Augustine: Solidarity, Conflict, and the Practices of Charity in the Latin West&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:28:01</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Jonathan Teubner, Charity After Augustine: Solidarity, Conflict, and the Practices of Charity in the Latin West (Oxford UP, 2025)

Through a unique blend of the personal and historiographical, Charity after Augustine is an exploration of why the Augustinian tradition’s attempts to build solidarity or social cohesion in the societies of the Latin West have ended in disaster just as often as they have brought about justice. The conceit at the heart of the book is that the concrete practices of love or charity—almsgiving, works of mercy, good works—can tell us much about how religious leaders attempted to bind and hold communities together while also, in fits and starts with some startling reversions, attempting to expand the community and incorporate others. The first part probes the ways Augustine’s understanding of love is put into practice and how this understanding informs a tradition of political action inspired by Christian concepts of love and enacted through practices of charity. In a second, more expansive part, the book turns to the ways in which the Benedictine tradition as illustrated by Gregory the Great and Bernard of Clairvaux receives this vision, invigorates it with new visions of care and leadership, and puts it into practice in radically different contexts from those of Augustine’s age. At the heart of Charity after Augustine is an attempt to find a non-idealized vision of love that can inform thick, meaningful relations within a community that are not diluted by the inclusion of others

New Books in Late Antiquity is Presented by Ancient Jew Review

Jonathan D. Teubner is a Research Associate at the Human Flourishing Program at Harvard. This book is something of a sequel to his first, Prayer after Augustine: A Study in the Development of the Latin Tradition.

Michael Motia teaches in the classics and religious studies department at UMass Boston</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Jonathan Teubner, Charity After Augustine: Solidarity, Conflict, and the Practices of Charity in the Latin West (Oxford UP, 2025)

Through a unique blend of the personal and historiographical, Charity after Augustine is an exploration of why the Augustinian tradition’s attempts to build solidarity or social cohesion in the societies of the Latin West have ended in disaster just as often as they have brought about justice. The conceit at the heart of the book is that the concrete practices of love or charity—almsgiving, works of mercy, good works—can tell us much about how religious leaders attempted to bind and hold communities together while also, in fits and starts with some startling reversions, attempting to expand the community and incorporate others. The first part probes the ways Augustine’s understanding of love is put into practice and how this understanding informs a tradition of political action inspired by Christian concepts of love and enacted through practices of charity. In a second, more expansive part, the book turns to the ways in which the Benedictine tradition as illustrated by Gregory the Great and Bernard of Clairvaux receives this vision, invigorates it with new visions of care and leadership, and puts it into practice in radically different contexts from those of Augustine’s age. At the heart of Charity after Augustine is an attempt to find a non-idealized vision of love that can inform thick, meaningful relations within a community that are not diluted by the inclusion of others

New Books in Late Antiquity is Presented by Ancient Jew Review

Jonathan D. Teubner is a Research Associate at the Human Flourishing Program at Harvard. This book is something of a sequel to his first, Prayer after Augustine: A Study in the Development of the Latin Tradition.

Michael Motia teaches in the classics and religious studies department at UMass Boston</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1647</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a88a984e-4de7-11f0-9ab9-5fe39ecfdb0e</guid>
      <title>Kevin J. Hayes, &quot;Undaunted Mind: The Intellectual Life of Benjamin Franklin&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>An exploration of the mind of one of America's most beloved Founding Fathers and most brilliant minds, through the books he read and his social circles in the United States and Europe. Arguably the most intellectual, creative, cosmopolitan, and curious of the Founding Fathers, Benjamin Franklin is the only top-tier Founder not to have served as president. Despite not becoming the Chief Executive, Franklin played an active role in American politics and served the aspiring and young United States in the key European capitals. His prodigious reading and appetite for learning are epic. As he did in works about Thomas Jefferson and George Washington, Kevin J. Hayes interprets the life and mind of Franklin through what he read. </p>
<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197554265">Undaunted Mind: The Intellectual Life of Benjamin Franklin</a> (Oxford University Press, 2025) tells the story of the development of Franklin's intellect, starting with the earliest books he read as a child before examining his formal schooling and his independent study after his father pulled him from school. As an apprentice in his brother's printing house, Franklin's intellectual life developed through his contact with the Couranteers, the group of his brother's friends who contributed to his newspaper, and through his attention to his brother's excellent office library. After Franklin ran away to Philadelphia, he developed a new group of friends, all of whom loved reading. In many ways, the story of Franklin's intellectual odyssey is the story of the friends he made along the way. His time in London in his late teens introduced him to several important intellectuals who encouraged him to develop his mind. </p>
<p>After returning to Philadelphia from London, he and some friends formed the Junto, a club for mutual improvement that made reading and writing important activities. With other members of the Junto, he formed the Library Company of Philadelphia, the first subscription library in colonial America. His role as a printer put him in contact with the best eighteenth-century American writing and kept a steady flow of imported books coming from Britain. He became a scientist, assembling a great scientific library, which helped his electrical research. An educational reformer, Franklin founded the Philadelphia Academy, which would become the University of Pennsylvania. As agent for the Pennsylvania Assembly, Franklin lived in London for many years, where he befriended some of Britain's greatest minds. Different concentrations of books in his library reveal Franklin's interests in travel and exploration, warfare, and slavery. His time in Paris toward the end of his life gave Franklin another great intellectual experience, but he ultimately returned home to live the last five years of his life in Philadelphia, where he imparted his knowledge and experience to a new generation of Americans. In this gripping work, Benjamin Franklin is given a biography as rich and complex as his own intellectual life by master literary historian Kevin J. Hayes.</p>
<p>Kevin J. Hayes is Professor Emeritus of English at the University of Central Oklahoma.</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Jun 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>An exploration of the mind of one of America's most beloved Founding Fathers and most brilliant minds, through the books he read and his social circles in the United States and Europe. Arguably the most intellectual, creative, cosmopolitan, and curious of the Founding Fathers, Benjamin Franklin is the only top-tier Founder not to have served as president. Despite not becoming the Chief Executive, Franklin played an active role in American politics and served the aspiring and young United States in the key European capitals. His prodigious reading and appetite for learning are epic. As he did in works about Thomas Jefferson and George Washington, Kevin J. Hayes interprets the life and mind of Franklin through what he read. </p>
<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197554265">Undaunted Mind: The Intellectual Life of Benjamin Franklin</a> (Oxford University Press, 2025) tells the story of the development of Franklin's intellect, starting with the earliest books he read as a child before examining his formal schooling and his independent study after his father pulled him from school. As an apprentice in his brother's printing house, Franklin's intellectual life developed through his contact with the Couranteers, the group of his brother's friends who contributed to his newspaper, and through his attention to his brother's excellent office library. After Franklin ran away to Philadelphia, he developed a new group of friends, all of whom loved reading. In many ways, the story of Franklin's intellectual odyssey is the story of the friends he made along the way. His time in London in his late teens introduced him to several important intellectuals who encouraged him to develop his mind. </p>
<p>After returning to Philadelphia from London, he and some friends formed the Junto, a club for mutual improvement that made reading and writing important activities. With other members of the Junto, he formed the Library Company of Philadelphia, the first subscription library in colonial America. His role as a printer put him in contact with the best eighteenth-century American writing and kept a steady flow of imported books coming from Britain. He became a scientist, assembling a great scientific library, which helped his electrical research. An educational reformer, Franklin founded the Philadelphia Academy, which would become the University of Pennsylvania. As agent for the Pennsylvania Assembly, Franklin lived in London for many years, where he befriended some of Britain's greatest minds. Different concentrations of books in his library reveal Franklin's interests in travel and exploration, warfare, and slavery. His time in Paris toward the end of his life gave Franklin another great intellectual experience, but he ultimately returned home to live the last five years of his life in Philadelphia, where he imparted his knowledge and experience to a new generation of Americans. In this gripping work, Benjamin Franklin is given a biography as rich and complex as his own intellectual life by master literary historian Kevin J. Hayes.</p>
<p>Kevin J. Hayes is Professor Emeritus of English at the University of Central Oklahoma.</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="37092780" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/d3261802-9833-4209-8d50-32f950a150e7/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=d3261802-9833-4209-8d50-32f950a150e7&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Kevin J. Hayes, &quot;Undaunted Mind: The Intellectual Life of Benjamin Franklin&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:38:38</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>An exploration of the mind of one of America&apos;s most beloved Founding Fathers and most brilliant minds, through the books he read and his social circles in the United States and Europe. Arguably the most intellectual, creative, cosmopolitan, and curious of the Founding Fathers, Benjamin Franklin is the only top-tier Founder not to have served as president. Despite not becoming the Chief Executive, Franklin played an active role in American politics and served the aspiring and young United States in the key European capitals. His prodigious reading and appetite for learning are epic. As he did in works about Thomas Jefferson and George Washington, Kevin J. Hayes interprets the life and mind of Franklin through what he read. 

Undaunted Mind: The Intellectual Life of Benjamin Franklin (Oxford University Press, 2025) tells the story of the development of Franklin&apos;s intellect, starting with the earliest books he read as a child before examining his formal schooling and his independent study after his father pulled him from school. As an apprentice in his brother&apos;s printing house, Franklin&apos;s intellectual life developed through his contact with the Couranteers, the group of his brother&apos;s friends who contributed to his newspaper, and through his attention to his brother&apos;s excellent office library. After Franklin ran away to Philadelphia, he developed a new group of friends, all of whom loved reading. In many ways, the story of Franklin&apos;s intellectual odyssey is the story of the friends he made along the way. His time in London in his late teens introduced him to several important intellectuals who encouraged him to develop his mind. 

After returning to Philadelphia from London, he and some friends formed the Junto, a club for mutual improvement that made reading and writing important activities. With other members of the Junto, he formed the Library Company of Philadelphia, the first subscription library in colonial America. His role as a printer put him in contact with the best eighteenth-century American writing and kept a steady flow of imported books coming from Britain. He became a scientist, assembling a great scientific library, which helped his electrical research. An educational reformer, Franklin founded the Philadelphia Academy, which would become the University of Pennsylvania. As agent for the Pennsylvania Assembly, Franklin lived in London for many years, where he befriended some of Britain&apos;s greatest minds. Different concentrations of books in his library reveal Franklin&apos;s interests in travel and exploration, warfare, and slavery. His time in Paris toward the end of his life gave Franklin another great intellectual experience, but he ultimately returned home to live the last five years of his life in Philadelphia, where he imparted his knowledge and experience to a new generation of Americans. In this gripping work, Benjamin Franklin is given a biography as rich and complex as his own intellectual life by master literary historian Kevin J. Hayes.

Kevin J. Hayes is Professor Emeritus of English at the University of Central Oklahoma.

Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>An exploration of the mind of one of America&apos;s most beloved Founding Fathers and most brilliant minds, through the books he read and his social circles in the United States and Europe. Arguably the most intellectual, creative, cosmopolitan, and curious of the Founding Fathers, Benjamin Franklin is the only top-tier Founder not to have served as president. Despite not becoming the Chief Executive, Franklin played an active role in American politics and served the aspiring and young United States in the key European capitals. His prodigious reading and appetite for learning are epic. As he did in works about Thomas Jefferson and George Washington, Kevin J. Hayes interprets the life and mind of Franklin through what he read. 

Undaunted Mind: The Intellectual Life of Benjamin Franklin (Oxford University Press, 2025) tells the story of the development of Franklin&apos;s intellect, starting with the earliest books he read as a child before examining his formal schooling and his independent study after his father pulled him from school. As an apprentice in his brother&apos;s printing house, Franklin&apos;s intellectual life developed through his contact with the Couranteers, the group of his brother&apos;s friends who contributed to his newspaper, and through his attention to his brother&apos;s excellent office library. After Franklin ran away to Philadelphia, he developed a new group of friends, all of whom loved reading. In many ways, the story of Franklin&apos;s intellectual odyssey is the story of the friends he made along the way. His time in London in his late teens introduced him to several important intellectuals who encouraged him to develop his mind. 

After returning to Philadelphia from London, he and some friends formed the Junto, a club for mutual improvement that made reading and writing important activities. With other members of the Junto, he formed the Library Company of Philadelphia, the first subscription library in colonial America. His role as a printer put him in contact with the best eighteenth-century American writing and kept a steady flow of imported books coming from Britain. He became a scientist, assembling a great scientific library, which helped his electrical research. An educational reformer, Franklin founded the Philadelphia Academy, which would become the University of Pennsylvania. As agent for the Pennsylvania Assembly, Franklin lived in London for many years, where he befriended some of Britain&apos;s greatest minds. Different concentrations of books in his library reveal Franklin&apos;s interests in travel and exploration, warfare, and slavery. His time in Paris toward the end of his life gave Franklin another great intellectual experience, but he ultimately returned home to live the last five years of his life in Philadelphia, where he imparted his knowledge and experience to a new generation of Americans. In this gripping work, Benjamin Franklin is given a biography as rich and complex as his own intellectual life by master literary historian Kevin J. Hayes.

Kevin J. Hayes is Professor Emeritus of English at the University of Central Oklahoma.

Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1646</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9921d5ba-4c08-11f0-9767-9f0bec60a4ea</guid>
      <title>Prema Kurien, &quot;Claiming Citizenship: Race, Religion, and Political Mobilization Among New Americans&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197784099"><em>Claiming Citizenship: Race, Religion, and Political Mobilization Among New Americans</em> </a>(Oxford UP, 2025) looks at Indian Americans, currently the second-largest group of immigrants in the United States, and a group that has seen significant representation in the three most recent presidential administrations. Prema Kurien asks how Indian Americans have become a rising political force given that they have not followed the traditional, recommended model of political influence. She examines the dialectical process through which immigrants conform to the structures and cultures of the society to which they have immigrated, but also work to transform their adopted homelands to accommodate their unique needs.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Jun 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197784099"><em>Claiming Citizenship: Race, Religion, and Political Mobilization Among New Americans</em> </a>(Oxford UP, 2025) looks at Indian Americans, currently the second-largest group of immigrants in the United States, and a group that has seen significant representation in the three most recent presidential administrations. Prema Kurien asks how Indian Americans have become a rising political force given that they have not followed the traditional, recommended model of political influence. She examines the dialectical process through which immigrants conform to the structures and cultures of the society to which they have immigrated, but also work to transform their adopted homelands to accommodate their unique needs.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="32209827" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/f727c13f-ab2e-48b0-a8a4-76e184053e36/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=f727c13f-ab2e-48b0-a8a4-76e184053e36&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Prema Kurien, &quot;Claiming Citizenship: Race, Religion, and Political Mobilization Among New Americans&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:33:33</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Claiming Citizenship: Race, Religion, and Political Mobilization Among New Americans (Oxford UP, 2025) looks at Indian Americans, currently the second-largest group of immigrants in the United States, and a group that has seen significant representation in the three most recent presidential administrations. Prema Kurien asks how Indian Americans have become a rising political force given that they have not followed the traditional, recommended model of political influence. She examines the dialectical process through which immigrants conform to the structures and cultures of the society to which they have immigrated, but also work to transform their adopted homelands to accommodate their unique needs.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Claiming Citizenship: Race, Religion, and Political Mobilization Among New Americans (Oxford UP, 2025) looks at Indian Americans, currently the second-largest group of immigrants in the United States, and a group that has seen significant representation in the three most recent presidential administrations. Prema Kurien asks how Indian Americans have become a rising political force given that they have not followed the traditional, recommended model of political influence. She examines the dialectical process through which immigrants conform to the structures and cultures of the society to which they have immigrated, but also work to transform their adopted homelands to accommodate their unique needs.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1645</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a7a7d182-4a8e-11f0-8111-0f31f4d3b58d</guid>
      <title>Mark Somos, Matthew Cleary, Pablo Dufour, Edward Jones Corredera, and Emanuele Salerno, &quot;The Unseen History of International Law&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198952060"><em>The Unseen History of International Law</em> </a>(Oxford University Press, 2025) locates and describes almost one thousand surviving copies of the first nine editions of Hugo Grotius' De iure belli ac pacis (IBP) published between 1625 and 1650. Meticulously reconstructing the publishing history of these first nine editions and cataloguing copies across hundreds of collections, <em>The Unseen History</em> provides fundamental data for reconstructing the impact of IBP across time and space. The authors, Dr. Mark Somos, Dr. Matthew Cleary, Dr. Pablo Dufour, Dr. Edward Jones Corredera, and Dr. Emanuele Salerno, also examined annotations that thousands of owners and readers have left in IBP copies over four centuries, offering original insights into the development of international law.<br />Grotius' <em>De iure belli ac pacis</em> has been commonly regarded as the foundation of modern international law since its first appearance in 1625. Most major international law scholars have engaged with IBP, often owning and richly annotating their own copies. At key moments - including the demise of the Holy Roman Empire, the fall of Napoleon, and the end of both world wars - IBP was reissued with new commentaries by multinational projects devoted to restarting the international order. Despite the enormous literature on IBP's reception and influence, we cannot fully understand its impact without uncovering the history of IBP as a physical object, with hundreds of thousands of unpublished annotations arguing or agreeing with the text, updating and adapting its contents.<br />Approaching Grotius' seminal work as a physical vehicle of the author's, the publishers', owners', and readers' engagement, <em>The Unseen History</em> radically expands and revises our understanding not only of IBP, but also of the academic discipline and lived practice of modern international law over the last four centuries. In addition to delving into the first nine editions' printing history, descriptive bibliography, and both Grotius' and the publishers' marketing and donation strategies, the book explores Grotius' subsequent impact on pro-slavery and abolitionist litigation as a case study of how the census' original findings can be applied to specific areas of reception.</p>
<p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Jun 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198952060"><em>The Unseen History of International Law</em> </a>(Oxford University Press, 2025) locates and describes almost one thousand surviving copies of the first nine editions of Hugo Grotius' De iure belli ac pacis (IBP) published between 1625 and 1650. Meticulously reconstructing the publishing history of these first nine editions and cataloguing copies across hundreds of collections, <em>The Unseen History</em> provides fundamental data for reconstructing the impact of IBP across time and space. The authors, Dr. Mark Somos, Dr. Matthew Cleary, Dr. Pablo Dufour, Dr. Edward Jones Corredera, and Dr. Emanuele Salerno, also examined annotations that thousands of owners and readers have left in IBP copies over four centuries, offering original insights into the development of international law.<br />Grotius' <em>De iure belli ac pacis</em> has been commonly regarded as the foundation of modern international law since its first appearance in 1625. Most major international law scholars have engaged with IBP, often owning and richly annotating their own copies. At key moments - including the demise of the Holy Roman Empire, the fall of Napoleon, and the end of both world wars - IBP was reissued with new commentaries by multinational projects devoted to restarting the international order. Despite the enormous literature on IBP's reception and influence, we cannot fully understand its impact without uncovering the history of IBP as a physical object, with hundreds of thousands of unpublished annotations arguing or agreeing with the text, updating and adapting its contents.<br />Approaching Grotius' seminal work as a physical vehicle of the author's, the publishers', owners', and readers' engagement, <em>The Unseen History</em> radically expands and revises our understanding not only of IBP, but also of the academic discipline and lived practice of modern international law over the last four centuries. In addition to delving into the first nine editions' printing history, descriptive bibliography, and both Grotius' and the publishers' marketing and donation strategies, the book explores Grotius' subsequent impact on pro-slavery and abolitionist litigation as a case study of how the census' original findings can be applied to specific areas of reception.</p>
<p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="55556070" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/34875ea5-d9e0-4308-acfe-a4ec7c28f5f0/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=34875ea5-d9e0-4308-acfe-a4ec7c28f5f0&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Mark Somos, Matthew Cleary, Pablo Dufour, Edward Jones Corredera, and Emanuele Salerno, &quot;The Unseen History of International Law&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:57:52</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The Unseen History of International Law (Oxford University Press, 2025) locates and describes almost one thousand surviving copies of the first nine editions of Hugo Grotius&apos; De iure belli ac pacis (IBP) published between 1625 and 1650. Meticulously reconstructing the publishing history of these first nine editions and cataloguing copies across hundreds of collections, The Unseen History provides fundamental data for reconstructing the impact of IBP across time and space. The authors, Dr. Mark Somos, Dr. Matthew Cleary, Dr. Pablo Dufour, Dr. Edward Jones Corredera, and Dr. Emanuele Salerno, also examined annotations that thousands of owners and readers have left in IBP copies over four centuries, offering original insights into the development of international law.Grotius&apos; De iure belli ac pacis has been commonly regarded as the foundation of modern international law since its first appearance in 1625. Most major international law scholars have engaged with IBP, often owning and richly annotating their own copies. At key moments - including the demise of the Holy Roman Empire, the fall of Napoleon, and the end of both world wars - IBP was reissued with new commentaries by multinational projects devoted to restarting the international order. Despite the enormous literature on IBP&apos;s reception and influence, we cannot fully understand its impact without uncovering the history of IBP as a physical object, with hundreds of thousands of unpublished annotations arguing or agreeing with the text, updating and adapting its contents.Approaching Grotius&apos; seminal work as a physical vehicle of the author&apos;s, the publishers&apos;, owners&apos;, and readers&apos; engagement, The Unseen History radically expands and revises our understanding not only of IBP, but also of the academic discipline and lived practice of modern international law over the last four centuries. In addition to delving into the first nine editions&apos; printing history, descriptive bibliography, and both Grotius&apos; and the publishers&apos; marketing and donation strategies, the book explores Grotius&apos; subsequent impact on pro-slavery and abolitionist litigation as a case study of how the census&apos; original findings can be applied to specific areas of reception.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The Unseen History of International Law (Oxford University Press, 2025) locates and describes almost one thousand surviving copies of the first nine editions of Hugo Grotius&apos; De iure belli ac pacis (IBP) published between 1625 and 1650. Meticulously reconstructing the publishing history of these first nine editions and cataloguing copies across hundreds of collections, The Unseen History provides fundamental data for reconstructing the impact of IBP across time and space. The authors, Dr. Mark Somos, Dr. Matthew Cleary, Dr. Pablo Dufour, Dr. Edward Jones Corredera, and Dr. Emanuele Salerno, also examined annotations that thousands of owners and readers have left in IBP copies over four centuries, offering original insights into the development of international law.Grotius&apos; De iure belli ac pacis has been commonly regarded as the foundation of modern international law since its first appearance in 1625. Most major international law scholars have engaged with IBP, often owning and richly annotating their own copies. At key moments - including the demise of the Holy Roman Empire, the fall of Napoleon, and the end of both world wars - IBP was reissued with new commentaries by multinational projects devoted to restarting the international order. Despite the enormous literature on IBP&apos;s reception and influence, we cannot fully understand its impact without uncovering the history of IBP as a physical object, with hundreds of thousands of unpublished annotations arguing or agreeing with the text, updating and adapting its contents.Approaching Grotius&apos; seminal work as a physical vehicle of the author&apos;s, the publishers&apos;, owners&apos;, and readers&apos; engagement, The Unseen History radically expands and revises our understanding not only of IBP, but also of the academic discipline and lived practice of modern international law over the last four centuries. In addition to delving into the first nine editions&apos; printing history, descriptive bibliography, and both Grotius&apos; and the publishers&apos; marketing and donation strategies, the book explores Grotius&apos; subsequent impact on pro-slavery and abolitionist litigation as a case study of how the census&apos; original findings can be applied to specific areas of reception.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1644</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8e2b8ecc-4a95-11f0-b5ad-e73101c31b5b</guid>
      <title>Carolin Duttlinger, &quot;Attention and Distraction in Modern German Literature, Thought, and Culture&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Carolin Duttlinger</strong> is Professor of German Literature and Culture at the University of Oxford (UK) and Co-Director of the Oxford Kafka Research Centre, where she is currently leading a three-year UKRI-funded research project,<a href="https://www.kafka-research.ox.ac.uk/">Kafka's Transformative Communities</a>. She has published widely on German literature from the eighteenth century to the present; on Walter Benjamin and the Frankfurt School; the history of psychology; and on photography and visual culture. Selected publications: <em>Kafka and Photography</em> (Oxford University Press, 2007); ed., with Ben Morgan and Anthony Phelan, <em>Walter Benjamins anthropologisches Denken</em> (Rombach, 2012); <em>The Cambridge Introduction to Franz Kafka</em> (Cambridge University Press, 2013); ed., <em>Franz Kafka in Context</em> (Cambridge University Press, 2017); <em>Attention and Distraction in German Literature, Thought, and Culture</em> (Oxford University Press 2022). She is also the editor of the book series <a href="https://www.mhra.org.uk/series/VC">Visual Culture</a> with Legenda.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Jun 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>Carolin Duttlinger</strong> is Professor of German Literature and Culture at the University of Oxford (UK) and Co-Director of the Oxford Kafka Research Centre, where she is currently leading a three-year UKRI-funded research project,<a href="https://www.kafka-research.ox.ac.uk/">Kafka's Transformative Communities</a>. She has published widely on German literature from the eighteenth century to the present; on Walter Benjamin and the Frankfurt School; the history of psychology; and on photography and visual culture. Selected publications: <em>Kafka and Photography</em> (Oxford University Press, 2007); ed., with Ben Morgan and Anthony Phelan, <em>Walter Benjamins anthropologisches Denken</em> (Rombach, 2012); <em>The Cambridge Introduction to Franz Kafka</em> (Cambridge University Press, 2013); ed., <em>Franz Kafka in Context</em> (Cambridge University Press, 2017); <em>Attention and Distraction in German Literature, Thought, and Culture</em> (Oxford University Press 2022). She is also the editor of the book series <a href="https://www.mhra.org.uk/series/VC">Visual Culture</a> with Legenda.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="54741179" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/40509e87-58cc-4174-8e9b-7a79b86cae2f/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=40509e87-58cc-4174-8e9b-7a79b86cae2f&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Carolin Duttlinger, &quot;Attention and Distraction in Modern German Literature, Thought, and Culture&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:57:01</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Carolin Duttlinger is Professor of German Literature and Culture at the University of Oxford (UK) and Co-Director of the Oxford Kafka Research Centre, where she is currently leading a three-year UKRI-funded research project,Kafka&apos;s Transformative Communities. She has published widely on German literature from the eighteenth century to the present; on Walter Benjamin and the Frankfurt School; the history of psychology; and on photography and visual culture. Selected publications: Kafka and Photography (Oxford University Press, 2007); ed., with Ben Morgan and Anthony Phelan, Walter Benjamins anthropologisches Denken (Rombach, 2012); The Cambridge Introduction to Franz Kafka (Cambridge University Press, 2013); ed., Franz Kafka in Context (Cambridge University Press, 2017); Attention and Distraction in German Literature, Thought, and Culture (Oxford University Press 2022). She is also the editor of the book series Visual Culture with Legenda.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Carolin Duttlinger is Professor of German Literature and Culture at the University of Oxford (UK) and Co-Director of the Oxford Kafka Research Centre, where she is currently leading a three-year UKRI-funded research project,Kafka&apos;s Transformative Communities. She has published widely on German literature from the eighteenth century to the present; on Walter Benjamin and the Frankfurt School; the history of psychology; and on photography and visual culture. Selected publications: Kafka and Photography (Oxford University Press, 2007); ed., with Ben Morgan and Anthony Phelan, Walter Benjamins anthropologisches Denken (Rombach, 2012); The Cambridge Introduction to Franz Kafka (Cambridge University Press, 2013); ed., Franz Kafka in Context (Cambridge University Press, 2017); Attention and Distraction in German Literature, Thought, and Culture (Oxford University Press 2022). She is also the editor of the book series Visual Culture with Legenda.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1643</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1a26185e-4675-11f0-b587-fb581be511ff</guid>
      <title>Ethnic minorities are good for democracy – Here is why</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Democracy scholars often assume that ethnic homogeneity is good for democracy. Politically mobilised ethnic minorities, the assumption goes, stoke divisions and can destabilise democracy. In his latest book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198906711">Ethnic Minorities, Political Competition, and Democracy: Circumstantial Liberals</a> (Oxford UP 2024), Jan Rovny turns this assumption on its head and argues that not only minorities are not bad for democracy but in fact they can help strengthen and protect it. In this episode, he talks with host Licia Cianetti about why this is the case, under what circumstances, and how the book’s lessons from minorities in Central and Eastern Europe can travel well beyond the region and might even provide insights to interpret recent voting patterns in the US.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.sciencespo.fr/centre-etudes-europeennes/en/researcher/jan-rovny.html">Jan Rovny</a> is Professor of Political Science at the Center for European Studies and Comparative Politics at Sciences Po, Paris.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.birmingham.ac.uk/staff/profiles/gov/cianetti-licia.aspx">Licia Cianetti</a> is Lecturer in Political Science and International Studies at the University of Birmingham and Deputy Founding Director of CEDAR. Her book on these themes is <a href="https://press.umich.edu/Books/T/The-Quality-of-Divided-Democracies">The Quality of Divided Democracies: Minority Inclusion, Exclusion and Representation in the New Europe</a> (University of Michigan Press, 2019).</p>
<p>The People, Power, Politics podcast brings you the latest insights into the factors that are shaping and re-shaping our political world. It is brought to you by <a href="https://www.birmingham.ac.uk/university/colleges/socsci/cedar/index.aspx">the Centre for Elections, Democracy, Accountability and Representation</a> (CEDAR) based at the University of Birmingham, United Kingdom. Join us to better understand the factors that promote and undermine democratic government around the world.</p>
<p><br /></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Jun 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Democracy scholars often assume that ethnic homogeneity is good for democracy. Politically mobilised ethnic minorities, the assumption goes, stoke divisions and can destabilise democracy. In his latest book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198906711">Ethnic Minorities, Political Competition, and Democracy: Circumstantial Liberals</a> (Oxford UP 2024), Jan Rovny turns this assumption on its head and argues that not only minorities are not bad for democracy but in fact they can help strengthen and protect it. In this episode, he talks with host Licia Cianetti about why this is the case, under what circumstances, and how the book’s lessons from minorities in Central and Eastern Europe can travel well beyond the region and might even provide insights to interpret recent voting patterns in the US.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.sciencespo.fr/centre-etudes-europeennes/en/researcher/jan-rovny.html">Jan Rovny</a> is Professor of Political Science at the Center for European Studies and Comparative Politics at Sciences Po, Paris.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.birmingham.ac.uk/staff/profiles/gov/cianetti-licia.aspx">Licia Cianetti</a> is Lecturer in Political Science and International Studies at the University of Birmingham and Deputy Founding Director of CEDAR. Her book on these themes is <a href="https://press.umich.edu/Books/T/The-Quality-of-Divided-Democracies">The Quality of Divided Democracies: Minority Inclusion, Exclusion and Representation in the New Europe</a> (University of Michigan Press, 2019).</p>
<p>The People, Power, Politics podcast brings you the latest insights into the factors that are shaping and re-shaping our political world. It is brought to you by <a href="https://www.birmingham.ac.uk/university/colleges/socsci/cedar/index.aspx">the Centre for Elections, Democracy, Accountability and Representation</a> (CEDAR) based at the University of Birmingham, United Kingdom. Join us to better understand the factors that promote and undermine democratic government around the world.</p>
<p><br /></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="30810027" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/2fc45f79-e8b4-449a-86e0-d9f71a7da4b1/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=2fc45f79-e8b4-449a-86e0-d9f71a7da4b1&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Ethnic minorities are good for democracy – Here is why</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:32:05</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Democracy scholars often assume that ethnic homogeneity is good for democracy. Politically mobilised ethnic minorities, the assumption goes, stoke divisions and can destabilise democracy. In his latest book Ethnic Minorities, Political Competition, and Democracy: Circumstantial Liberals (Oxford UP 2024), Jan Rovny turns this assumption on its head and argues that not only minorities are not bad for democracy but in fact they can help strengthen and protect it. In this episode, he talks with host Licia Cianetti about why this is the case, under what circumstances, and how the book’s lessons from minorities in Central and Eastern Europe can travel well beyond the region and might even provide insights to interpret recent voting patterns in the US.

Jan Rovny is Professor of Political Science at the Center for European Studies and Comparative Politics at Sciences Po, Paris.

Licia Cianetti is Lecturer in Political Science and International Studies at the University of Birmingham and Deputy Founding Director of CEDAR. Her book on these themes is The Quality of Divided Democracies: Minority Inclusion, Exclusion and Representation in the New Europe (University of Michigan Press, 2019).

The People, Power, Politics podcast brings you the latest insights into the factors that are shaping and re-shaping our political world. It is brought to you by the Centre for Elections, Democracy, Accountability and Representation (CEDAR) based at the University of Birmingham, United Kingdom. Join us to better understand the factors that promote and undermine democratic government around the world.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Democracy scholars often assume that ethnic homogeneity is good for democracy. Politically mobilised ethnic minorities, the assumption goes, stoke divisions and can destabilise democracy. In his latest book Ethnic Minorities, Political Competition, and Democracy: Circumstantial Liberals (Oxford UP 2024), Jan Rovny turns this assumption on its head and argues that not only minorities are not bad for democracy but in fact they can help strengthen and protect it. In this episode, he talks with host Licia Cianetti about why this is the case, under what circumstances, and how the book’s lessons from minorities in Central and Eastern Europe can travel well beyond the region and might even provide insights to interpret recent voting patterns in the US.

Jan Rovny is Professor of Political Science at the Center for European Studies and Comparative Politics at Sciences Po, Paris.

Licia Cianetti is Lecturer in Political Science and International Studies at the University of Birmingham and Deputy Founding Director of CEDAR. Her book on these themes is The Quality of Divided Democracies: Minority Inclusion, Exclusion and Representation in the New Europe (University of Michigan Press, 2019).

The People, Power, Politics podcast brings you the latest insights into the factors that are shaping and re-shaping our political world. It is brought to you by the Centre for Elections, Democracy, Accountability and Representation (CEDAR) based at the University of Birmingham, United Kingdom. Join us to better understand the factors that promote and undermine democratic government around the world.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1642</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">87da2e2e-45c8-11f0-b7aa-7bd2b7a74e19</guid>
      <title>Owen Flanagan, &quot;What Is It Like to Be an Addict?: Understanding Substance Abuse&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>A powerful and important exploration of how addiction functions on social, psychological and biological levels, integrated with the experience of being an addict, from an acclaimed philosopher and former addict.<br />What is addiction? Theories about what kind of thing addiction is are sharply divided between those who see it purely as a brain disorder, and those who conceive of it in psychological and social terms. Owen Flanagan, an acclaimed philosopher of mind and ethics, offers a state-of-the-art assessment of addiction science and proposes a new ecumenical model for understanding and explaining substance addiction.<br />Flanagan has first-hand knowledge of what it is like to be an addict. That experience, along with his wide-ranging knowledge of the philosophy of mind, psychology, neuroscience, and the ethics and politics of addiction, informs this important and novel work. He pairs the sciences that study addiction with a sophisticated view of the consciousness-brain/body relation to make his core argument: that substance addictions comprise a heterogeneous set of "psychobiosocial" behavioral disorders. He explains that substance addictions do not have one set of causes, such as self-medication or social dislocation, and they do not have one neural profile, such as a dysfunction in dopamine system. Some addictions are fun and experimentation gone awry. Flanagan reveals addiction to be a heterogeneous set of disorders, which are picked out by multifarious cultural, social, psychological, and neural features.<br />Flanagan explores the ways addicts sensibly insist on their own responsibility to undo addiction, as well as ways in which shame for addiction can be leveraged into healing. He insists on the collective shame we all bear for our indifference to many of the psychological and social causes of addiction and explores the implications of this new integrated paradigm for practices of harm reduction and treatment. Flanagan's powerful new book upends longstanding conventional thinking and points the way to new ways of understanding and treating addiction.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Jun 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>A powerful and important exploration of how addiction functions on social, psychological and biological levels, integrated with the experience of being an addict, from an acclaimed philosopher and former addict.<br />What is addiction? Theories about what kind of thing addiction is are sharply divided between those who see it purely as a brain disorder, and those who conceive of it in psychological and social terms. Owen Flanagan, an acclaimed philosopher of mind and ethics, offers a state-of-the-art assessment of addiction science and proposes a new ecumenical model for understanding and explaining substance addiction.<br />Flanagan has first-hand knowledge of what it is like to be an addict. That experience, along with his wide-ranging knowledge of the philosophy of mind, psychology, neuroscience, and the ethics and politics of addiction, informs this important and novel work. He pairs the sciences that study addiction with a sophisticated view of the consciousness-brain/body relation to make his core argument: that substance addictions comprise a heterogeneous set of "psychobiosocial" behavioral disorders. He explains that substance addictions do not have one set of causes, such as self-medication or social dislocation, and they do not have one neural profile, such as a dysfunction in dopamine system. Some addictions are fun and experimentation gone awry. Flanagan reveals addiction to be a heterogeneous set of disorders, which are picked out by multifarious cultural, social, psychological, and neural features.<br />Flanagan explores the ways addicts sensibly insist on their own responsibility to undo addiction, as well as ways in which shame for addiction can be leveraged into healing. He insists on the collective shame we all bear for our indifference to many of the psychological and social causes of addiction and explores the implications of this new integrated paradigm for practices of harm reduction and treatment. Flanagan's powerful new book upends longstanding conventional thinking and points the way to new ways of understanding and treating addiction.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="36530315" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/6734c314-f468-4915-8537-38fe69007f9d/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=6734c314-f468-4915-8537-38fe69007f9d&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Owen Flanagan, &quot;What Is It Like to Be an Addict?: Understanding Substance Abuse&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:38:02</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>A powerful and important exploration of how addiction functions on social, psychological and biological levels, integrated with the experience of being an addict, from an acclaimed philosopher and former addict.What is addiction? Theories about what kind of thing addiction is are sharply divided between those who see it purely as a brain disorder, and those who conceive of it in psychological and social terms. Owen Flanagan, an acclaimed philosopher of mind and ethics, offers a state-of-the-art assessment of addiction science and proposes a new ecumenical model for understanding and explaining substance addiction.Flanagan has first-hand knowledge of what it is like to be an addict. That experience, along with his wide-ranging knowledge of the philosophy of mind, psychology, neuroscience, and the ethics and politics of addiction, informs this important and novel work. He pairs the sciences that study addiction with a sophisticated view of the consciousness-brain/body relation to make his core argument: that substance addictions comprise a heterogeneous set of &quot;psychobiosocial&quot; behavioral disorders. He explains that substance addictions do not have one set of causes, such as self-medication or social dislocation, and they do not have one neural profile, such as a dysfunction in dopamine system. Some addictions are fun and experimentation gone awry. Flanagan reveals addiction to be a heterogeneous set of disorders, which are picked out by multifarious cultural, social, psychological, and neural features.Flanagan explores the ways addicts sensibly insist on their own responsibility to undo addiction, as well as ways in which shame for addiction can be leveraged into healing. He insists on the collective shame we all bear for our indifference to many of the psychological and social causes of addiction and explores the implications of this new integrated paradigm for practices of harm reduction and treatment. Flanagan&apos;s powerful new book upends longstanding conventional thinking and points the way to new ways of understanding and treating addiction.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>A powerful and important exploration of how addiction functions on social, psychological and biological levels, integrated with the experience of being an addict, from an acclaimed philosopher and former addict.What is addiction? Theories about what kind of thing addiction is are sharply divided between those who see it purely as a brain disorder, and those who conceive of it in psychological and social terms. Owen Flanagan, an acclaimed philosopher of mind and ethics, offers a state-of-the-art assessment of addiction science and proposes a new ecumenical model for understanding and explaining substance addiction.Flanagan has first-hand knowledge of what it is like to be an addict. That experience, along with his wide-ranging knowledge of the philosophy of mind, psychology, neuroscience, and the ethics and politics of addiction, informs this important and novel work. He pairs the sciences that study addiction with a sophisticated view of the consciousness-brain/body relation to make his core argument: that substance addictions comprise a heterogeneous set of &quot;psychobiosocial&quot; behavioral disorders. He explains that substance addictions do not have one set of causes, such as self-medication or social dislocation, and they do not have one neural profile, such as a dysfunction in dopamine system. Some addictions are fun and experimentation gone awry. Flanagan reveals addiction to be a heterogeneous set of disorders, which are picked out by multifarious cultural, social, psychological, and neural features.Flanagan explores the ways addicts sensibly insist on their own responsibility to undo addiction, as well as ways in which shame for addiction can be leveraged into healing. He insists on the collective shame we all bear for our indifference to many of the psychological and social causes of addiction and explores the implications of this new integrated paradigm for practices of harm reduction and treatment. Flanagan&apos;s powerful new book upends longstanding conventional thinking and points the way to new ways of understanding and treating addiction.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1641</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8b9fc08a-4502-11f0-9c47-4b5f054eeb1d</guid>
      <title>Constant Willem Hijzen, &quot;Roots of Counterterrorism: Contemporary Wisdom from Dutch Intelligence&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>It seems beyond doubt, since 9/11, that the main responsibility of intelligence and security services is to prevent ticking bombs from going off. The thing is, though, that the West has been confronted with international terrorism and domestic political violence throughout the 1970s as well. And although intelligence organizations countered terrorism, prevention did not become the name of the game. In a case study of the Netherlands, this book explores—based on unique primary sources and from a novel conceptual approach—how the threat of terrorism was looked upon and what kind of intelligence activities were carried out to contain or counter it. The book puts into focus how the rise of terrorism in the 1970s challenged the existing perceived core functions about intelligence. Based on the work of social geographer Ben Anderson, who investigates how interventions in the present are legitimated in the name of imagined (catastrophic) futures, it is analyzed how the Dutch domestic security service Binnenlandse Veiligheidsdienst (BVD) scrutinized traces of terrorism between 1968 and 1978. It confronts these insights with the post-9/11 counterterrorism efforts. By doing so, the book paints a fascinating picture of core functions of intelligence more generally.</p>
<p><strong>Guest: </strong>Dr. Constant Hijzen (he/him), a research fellow at Universitet Leiden. Dr. Constant Hijzen focuses on the history of intelligence and security services. He uses the intelligence and security services as a lens to study broader political, societal, and bureaucratic dynamics that are at play in this specific domain, with a special focus on cultural factors and mentalities.</p>
<p><strong>Host: </strong>Jenna Pittman (she/her), a Ph.D. student in the Department of History at Duke University. She studies modern European history, political economy, and Germany from 1945-1990.</p>
<p>Scholars@Duke Hyperlink: <a href="https://scholars.duke.edu/person/Jenna.Pittman">https://scholars.duke.edu/pers...</a></p>
<p>Linktree Hyperlink: <a href="https://linktr.ee/jennapittman">https://linktr.ee/jennapittman</a>﻿</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Jun 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>It seems beyond doubt, since 9/11, that the main responsibility of intelligence and security services is to prevent ticking bombs from going off. The thing is, though, that the West has been confronted with international terrorism and domestic political violence throughout the 1970s as well. And although intelligence organizations countered terrorism, prevention did not become the name of the game. In a case study of the Netherlands, this book explores—based on unique primary sources and from a novel conceptual approach—how the threat of terrorism was looked upon and what kind of intelligence activities were carried out to contain or counter it. The book puts into focus how the rise of terrorism in the 1970s challenged the existing perceived core functions about intelligence. Based on the work of social geographer Ben Anderson, who investigates how interventions in the present are legitimated in the name of imagined (catastrophic) futures, it is analyzed how the Dutch domestic security service Binnenlandse Veiligheidsdienst (BVD) scrutinized traces of terrorism between 1968 and 1978. It confronts these insights with the post-9/11 counterterrorism efforts. By doing so, the book paints a fascinating picture of core functions of intelligence more generally.</p>
<p><strong>Guest: </strong>Dr. Constant Hijzen (he/him), a research fellow at Universitet Leiden. Dr. Constant Hijzen focuses on the history of intelligence and security services. He uses the intelligence and security services as a lens to study broader political, societal, and bureaucratic dynamics that are at play in this specific domain, with a special focus on cultural factors and mentalities.</p>
<p><strong>Host: </strong>Jenna Pittman (she/her), a Ph.D. student in the Department of History at Duke University. She studies modern European history, political economy, and Germany from 1945-1990.</p>
<p>Scholars@Duke Hyperlink: <a href="https://scholars.duke.edu/person/Jenna.Pittman">https://scholars.duke.edu/pers...</a></p>
<p>Linktree Hyperlink: <a href="https://linktr.ee/jennapittman">https://linktr.ee/jennapittman</a>﻿</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="57322148" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/544135fc-5515-4af0-afcb-26ed713924f7/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=544135fc-5515-4af0-afcb-26ed713924f7&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Constant Willem Hijzen, &quot;Roots of Counterterrorism: Contemporary Wisdom from Dutch Intelligence&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:59:42</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>It seems beyond doubt, since 9/11, that the main responsibility of intelligence and security services is to prevent ticking bombs from going off. The thing is, though, that the West has been confronted with international terrorism and domestic political violence throughout the 1970s as well. And although intelligence organizations countered terrorism, prevention did not become the name of the game. In a case study of the Netherlands, this book explores—based on unique primary sources and from a novel conceptual approach—how the threat of terrorism was looked upon and what kind of intelligence activities were carried out to contain or counter it. The book puts into focus how the rise of terrorism in the 1970s challenged the existing perceived core functions about intelligence. Based on the work of social geographer Ben Anderson, who investigates how interventions in the present are legitimated in the name of imagined (catastrophic) futures, it is analyzed how the Dutch domestic security service Binnenlandse Veiligheidsdienst (BVD) scrutinized traces of terrorism between 1968 and 1978. It confronts these insights with the post-9/11 counterterrorism efforts. By doing so, the book paints a fascinating picture of core functions of intelligence more generally.

Guest: Dr. Constant Hijzen (he/him), a research fellow at Universitet Leiden. Dr. Constant Hijzen focuses on the history of intelligence and security services. He uses the intelligence and security services as a lens to study broader political, societal, and bureaucratic dynamics that are at play in this specific domain, with a special focus on cultural factors and mentalities.

Host: Jenna Pittman (she/her), a Ph.D. student in the Department of History at Duke University. She studies modern European history, political economy, and Germany from 1945-1990.

Scholars@Duke Hyperlink: https://scholars.duke.edu/pers...

Linktree Hyperlink: https://linktr.ee/jennapittman﻿</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>It seems beyond doubt, since 9/11, that the main responsibility of intelligence and security services is to prevent ticking bombs from going off. The thing is, though, that the West has been confronted with international terrorism and domestic political violence throughout the 1970s as well. And although intelligence organizations countered terrorism, prevention did not become the name of the game. In a case study of the Netherlands, this book explores—based on unique primary sources and from a novel conceptual approach—how the threat of terrorism was looked upon and what kind of intelligence activities were carried out to contain or counter it. The book puts into focus how the rise of terrorism in the 1970s challenged the existing perceived core functions about intelligence. Based on the work of social geographer Ben Anderson, who investigates how interventions in the present are legitimated in the name of imagined (catastrophic) futures, it is analyzed how the Dutch domestic security service Binnenlandse Veiligheidsdienst (BVD) scrutinized traces of terrorism between 1968 and 1978. It confronts these insights with the post-9/11 counterterrorism efforts. By doing so, the book paints a fascinating picture of core functions of intelligence more generally.

Guest: Dr. Constant Hijzen (he/him), a research fellow at Universitet Leiden. Dr. Constant Hijzen focuses on the history of intelligence and security services. He uses the intelligence and security services as a lens to study broader political, societal, and bureaucratic dynamics that are at play in this specific domain, with a special focus on cultural factors and mentalities.

Host: Jenna Pittman (she/her), a Ph.D. student in the Department of History at Duke University. She studies modern European history, political economy, and Germany from 1945-1990.

Scholars@Duke Hyperlink: https://scholars.duke.edu/pers...

Linktree Hyperlink: https://linktr.ee/jennapittman﻿</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1640</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e486fb2c-43dc-11f0-817e-77a440ef02b7</guid>
      <title>Jeffrey P. Rogg, &quot;The Spy and the State: The History of American Intelligence&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Intelligence is all around us. We read about it in the news, wonder who is spying on us through our phones or computers, and want to know what is happening in the shadows. The US Intelligence Community or IC, as insiders call it, is more powerful than ever, but also more vulnerable than it has been in decades. It is facing the threat of rival intelligence services from countries like Russia and China while fighting to keep up with new technology and the private sector. Still, the IC's greatest struggle is always with the American people, who expect it to keep them safe but not at the cost of their liberty and principles. This foundational problem is at the center of <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197678732">The Spy and the State: The History of American Intelligence</a> (Oxford University Press, 2025). Based on original research and a new interpretation of US history, this masterful book offers a complete history of American intelligence from the Revolutionary War to the present day. Jeffrey Rogg explores the origins and evolution of intelligence in America, including its overlooked role in some of the key events that shaped the nation and the historical underpinnings of intelligence controversies that have shaken the country to its constitutional core. With the American public in mind, he introduces the concept of US civil-intelligence relations to explain the interaction between intelligence and the society it serves.While answering questions from the past, <em>The Spy and the State</em> poses new questions for the future that the United States must confront as intelligence gains ever greater importance in the twenty-first century.</p>
<p>Jeffrey P. Rogg is Senior Research Fellow at the Global and National Security Institute at the University of South Florida. He previously held academic positions at the Joint Special Operations University at US Special Operations Command, the Department of Intelligence and Security Studies at The Citadel, and the National Security Affairs Department at the US Naval War College.</p>
<p>Caleb Zakarin is editor at the New Books Network.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 9 Jun 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Intelligence is all around us. We read about it in the news, wonder who is spying on us through our phones or computers, and want to know what is happening in the shadows. The US Intelligence Community or IC, as insiders call it, is more powerful than ever, but also more vulnerable than it has been in decades. It is facing the threat of rival intelligence services from countries like Russia and China while fighting to keep up with new technology and the private sector. Still, the IC's greatest struggle is always with the American people, who expect it to keep them safe but not at the cost of their liberty and principles. This foundational problem is at the center of <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197678732">The Spy and the State: The History of American Intelligence</a> (Oxford University Press, 2025). Based on original research and a new interpretation of US history, this masterful book offers a complete history of American intelligence from the Revolutionary War to the present day. Jeffrey Rogg explores the origins and evolution of intelligence in America, including its overlooked role in some of the key events that shaped the nation and the historical underpinnings of intelligence controversies that have shaken the country to its constitutional core. With the American public in mind, he introduces the concept of US civil-intelligence relations to explain the interaction between intelligence and the society it serves.While answering questions from the past, <em>The Spy and the State</em> poses new questions for the future that the United States must confront as intelligence gains ever greater importance in the twenty-first century.</p>
<p>Jeffrey P. Rogg is Senior Research Fellow at the Global and National Security Institute at the University of South Florida. He previously held academic positions at the Joint Special Operations University at US Special Operations Command, the Department of Intelligence and Security Studies at The Citadel, and the National Security Affairs Department at the US Naval War College.</p>
<p>Caleb Zakarin is editor at the New Books Network.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="60700920" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/b37ca0fd-3439-4259-a992-950165ff835f/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=b37ca0fd-3439-4259-a992-950165ff835f&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Jeffrey P. Rogg, &quot;The Spy and the State: The History of American Intelligence&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:03:13</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Intelligence is all around us. We read about it in the news, wonder who is spying on us through our phones or computers, and want to know what is happening in the shadows. The US Intelligence Community or IC, as insiders call it, is more powerful than ever, but also more vulnerable than it has been in decades. It is facing the threat of rival intelligence services from countries like Russia and China while fighting to keep up with new technology and the private sector. Still, the IC&apos;s greatest struggle is always with the American people, who expect it to keep them safe but not at the cost of their liberty and principles. This foundational problem is at the center of The Spy and the State: The History of American Intelligence (Oxford University Press, 2025). Based on original research and a new interpretation of US history, this masterful book offers a complete history of American intelligence from the Revolutionary War to the present day. Jeffrey Rogg explores the origins and evolution of intelligence in America, including its overlooked role in some of the key events that shaped the nation and the historical underpinnings of intelligence controversies that have shaken the country to its constitutional core. With the American public in mind, he introduces the concept of US civil-intelligence relations to explain the interaction between intelligence and the society it serves.While answering questions from the past, The Spy and the State poses new questions for the future that the United States must confront as intelligence gains ever greater importance in the twenty-first century.

Jeffrey P. Rogg is Senior Research Fellow at the Global and National Security Institute at the University of South Florida. He previously held academic positions at the Joint Special Operations University at US Special Operations Command, the Department of Intelligence and Security Studies at The Citadel, and the National Security Affairs Department at the US Naval War College.

Caleb Zakarin is editor at the New Books Network.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Intelligence is all around us. We read about it in the news, wonder who is spying on us through our phones or computers, and want to know what is happening in the shadows. The US Intelligence Community or IC, as insiders call it, is more powerful than ever, but also more vulnerable than it has been in decades. It is facing the threat of rival intelligence services from countries like Russia and China while fighting to keep up with new technology and the private sector. Still, the IC&apos;s greatest struggle is always with the American people, who expect it to keep them safe but not at the cost of their liberty and principles. This foundational problem is at the center of The Spy and the State: The History of American Intelligence (Oxford University Press, 2025). Based on original research and a new interpretation of US history, this masterful book offers a complete history of American intelligence from the Revolutionary War to the present day. Jeffrey Rogg explores the origins and evolution of intelligence in America, including its overlooked role in some of the key events that shaped the nation and the historical underpinnings of intelligence controversies that have shaken the country to its constitutional core. With the American public in mind, he introduces the concept of US civil-intelligence relations to explain the interaction between intelligence and the society it serves.While answering questions from the past, The Spy and the State poses new questions for the future that the United States must confront as intelligence gains ever greater importance in the twenty-first century.

Jeffrey P. Rogg is Senior Research Fellow at the Global and National Security Institute at the University of South Florida. He previously held academic positions at the Joint Special Operations University at US Special Operations Command, the Department of Intelligence and Security Studies at The Citadel, and the National Security Affairs Department at the US Naval War College.

Caleb Zakarin is editor at the New Books Network.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1639</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d954a4a0-4104-11f0-a889-2b30e776a660</guid>
      <title>Jill Kastner and William C. Wohlforth, &quot;A Measure Short of War: A Brief History of Great Power Subversion&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In 2016 the United States was stunned by evidence of Russian meddling in the U.S. presidential election. But it shouldn’t have been. Subversion—domestic interference to undermine or manipulate a rival—is as old as statecraft itself. In<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197683163"> </a><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197683163">A Measure Short of War: A Brief History of Great Power Subversion</a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2025) Jill Kastner and William C. Wohlforth provide a compelling ride through the history of subversion. They examine subversion’s allure, its operational possibilities, and argue that, in our high stakes, changing technological landscape, a clear-eyed understanding of the history and parameters of subversion can help polities defend against it.</p>
<p>Jill Kastner is a scholar in the Department of War Studies at Kings College London. She has a doctorate in History from Harvard University. She specializes in Cold War crises in Berlin and the Middle East. Her work has appeared in <em>The Nation </em>and <em>Foreign Affairs</em>.</p>
<p>William C Wohlforth is the Daniel Webster Professor of Government at Dartmouth College in Hanover, NH. His most recent books are <em>America Abroad: The United States’ Global Role in the 21st</em> Century (2018), Written with Stephen G Brooks, and <em>The History of International Relations and Russian Foreign Policy in the 20th century</em> (2020), co edited with Anatoly V. Torkunov and Boris F Martynov.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 6 Jun 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In 2016 the United States was stunned by evidence of Russian meddling in the U.S. presidential election. But it shouldn’t have been. Subversion—domestic interference to undermine or manipulate a rival—is as old as statecraft itself. In<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197683163"> </a><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197683163">A Measure Short of War: A Brief History of Great Power Subversion</a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2025) Jill Kastner and William C. Wohlforth provide a compelling ride through the history of subversion. They examine subversion’s allure, its operational possibilities, and argue that, in our high stakes, changing technological landscape, a clear-eyed understanding of the history and parameters of subversion can help polities defend against it.</p>
<p>Jill Kastner is a scholar in the Department of War Studies at Kings College London. She has a doctorate in History from Harvard University. She specializes in Cold War crises in Berlin and the Middle East. Her work has appeared in <em>The Nation </em>and <em>Foreign Affairs</em>.</p>
<p>William C Wohlforth is the Daniel Webster Professor of Government at Dartmouth College in Hanover, NH. His most recent books are <em>America Abroad: The United States’ Global Role in the 21st</em> Century (2018), Written with Stephen G Brooks, and <em>The History of International Relations and Russian Foreign Policy in the 20th century</em> (2020), co edited with Anatoly V. Torkunov and Boris F Martynov.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="57270153" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/e825d1bd-b3c8-4ab4-a13a-e89e722cbaa4/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=e825d1bd-b3c8-4ab4-a13a-e89e722cbaa4&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Jill Kastner and William C. Wohlforth, &quot;A Measure Short of War: A Brief History of Great Power Subversion&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:59:39</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In 2016 the United States was stunned by evidence of Russian meddling in the U.S. presidential election. But it shouldn’t have been. Subversion—domestic interference to undermine or manipulate a rival—is as old as statecraft itself. In A Measure Short of War: A Brief History of Great Power Subversion (Oxford UP, 2025) Jill Kastner and William C. Wohlforth provide a compelling ride through the history of subversion. They examine subversion’s allure, its operational possibilities, and argue that, in our high stakes, changing technological landscape, a clear-eyed understanding of the history and parameters of subversion can help polities defend against it.

Jill Kastner is a scholar in the Department of War Studies at Kings College London. She has a doctorate in History from Harvard University. She specializes in Cold War crises in Berlin and the Middle East. Her work has appeared in The Nation and Foreign Affairs.

William C Wohlforth is the Daniel Webster Professor of Government at Dartmouth College in Hanover, NH. His most recent books are America Abroad: The United States’ Global Role in the 21st Century (2018), Written with Stephen G Brooks, and The History of International Relations and Russian Foreign Policy in the 20th century (2020), co edited with Anatoly V. Torkunov and Boris F Martynov.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In 2016 the United States was stunned by evidence of Russian meddling in the U.S. presidential election. But it shouldn’t have been. Subversion—domestic interference to undermine or manipulate a rival—is as old as statecraft itself. In A Measure Short of War: A Brief History of Great Power Subversion (Oxford UP, 2025) Jill Kastner and William C. Wohlforth provide a compelling ride through the history of subversion. They examine subversion’s allure, its operational possibilities, and argue that, in our high stakes, changing technological landscape, a clear-eyed understanding of the history and parameters of subversion can help polities defend against it.

Jill Kastner is a scholar in the Department of War Studies at Kings College London. She has a doctorate in History from Harvard University. She specializes in Cold War crises in Berlin and the Middle East. Her work has appeared in The Nation and Foreign Affairs.

William C Wohlforth is the Daniel Webster Professor of Government at Dartmouth College in Hanover, NH. His most recent books are America Abroad: The United States’ Global Role in the 21st Century (2018), Written with Stephen G Brooks, and The History of International Relations and Russian Foreign Policy in the 20th century (2020), co edited with Anatoly V. Torkunov and Boris F Martynov.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1638</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">cfd70dd6-4100-11f0-b577-a7e4a95f02c9</guid>
      <title>Questions: A Discussion with Leslie Butler and Holly Case</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>BOOKS UNDER DISCUSSION:</p>
<p>Leslie Butler, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197685839"><em>Consistent Democracy: The "Woman Question" and Self-Government in Nineteenth-Century America</em> </a>(Oxford University Press, 2023).</p>
<p>Holly Case, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780691210377"><em>The Age of Questions:</em> </a><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780691210377">Or, A First Attempt at an Aggregate History of the Eastern, Social, Woman, American, Jewish, Polish, Bullion, Tuberculosis, and Many Other Questions over the Nineteenth Century, and Beyond</a> by Holly Case (Princeton University Press, 2018)</p>
<p>Civilizations have faced challenges and debated how to manage them probably as long as civilization has existed. In our era we talk about these challenges as issues, or crises when perceived as more urgent. In the nineteenth century, what we now call issues or problems tended to be spoken of as questions. In this sprawling conversation, ranging from nineteenth-century “trolls” to the scalability of democracy in a various media ecosystems, Leslie Butler and Holly Case talk not only about the 19th-century questions that have captivated them as scholars, but also how, where, by whom, and to what ends these questions were discussed. When did posing questions serve to bring rationality and even-handedness to debates and when was it a rhetorical strategy intended to steer towards a particular end? Butler’s analysis of the “Woman Question” in America’s pursuit of “consistent democracy” distinguished between public opinion and published opinion while Case implicates the internationalization of the public sphere in the emergence of an “Age of Questions.” Have a listen as these erudite scholars contemplate the ways historians might navigate between the Scylla of cynicism and Charybdis of overly earnest naiveté in analyzing the past as well as in our current moment.</p>
<p>Leslie Butler is a Professor of History at Dartmouth College in Hanover, NH. She is an American intellectual and cultural historian, with an emphasis on the nineteenth century.</p>
<p>Holly Case is a historian of modern Europe at Brown University in Providence, RI. Her work focuses on the relationship between foreign policy, social policy, science, and literature in the European state system of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 6 Jun 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>BOOKS UNDER DISCUSSION:</p>
<p>Leslie Butler, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197685839"><em>Consistent Democracy: The "Woman Question" and Self-Government in Nineteenth-Century America</em> </a>(Oxford University Press, 2023).</p>
<p>Holly Case, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780691210377"><em>The Age of Questions:</em> </a><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780691210377">Or, A First Attempt at an Aggregate History of the Eastern, Social, Woman, American, Jewish, Polish, Bullion, Tuberculosis, and Many Other Questions over the Nineteenth Century, and Beyond</a> by Holly Case (Princeton University Press, 2018)</p>
<p>Civilizations have faced challenges and debated how to manage them probably as long as civilization has existed. In our era we talk about these challenges as issues, or crises when perceived as more urgent. In the nineteenth century, what we now call issues or problems tended to be spoken of as questions. In this sprawling conversation, ranging from nineteenth-century “trolls” to the scalability of democracy in a various media ecosystems, Leslie Butler and Holly Case talk not only about the 19th-century questions that have captivated them as scholars, but also how, where, by whom, and to what ends these questions were discussed. When did posing questions serve to bring rationality and even-handedness to debates and when was it a rhetorical strategy intended to steer towards a particular end? Butler’s analysis of the “Woman Question” in America’s pursuit of “consistent democracy” distinguished between public opinion and published opinion while Case implicates the internationalization of the public sphere in the emergence of an “Age of Questions.” Have a listen as these erudite scholars contemplate the ways historians might navigate between the Scylla of cynicism and Charybdis of overly earnest naiveté in analyzing the past as well as in our current moment.</p>
<p>Leslie Butler is a Professor of History at Dartmouth College in Hanover, NH. She is an American intellectual and cultural historian, with an emphasis on the nineteenth century.</p>
<p>Holly Case is a historian of modern Europe at Brown University in Providence, RI. Her work focuses on the relationship between foreign policy, social policy, science, and literature in the European state system of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="85356562" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/02e475d0-1081-4ab4-ae49-5eb7c75ec4fa/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=02e475d0-1081-4ab4-ae49-5eb7c75ec4fa&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Questions: A Discussion with Leslie Butler and Holly Case</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:28:54</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>BOOKS UNDER DISCUSSION:

Leslie Butler, Consistent Democracy: The &quot;Woman Question&quot; and Self-Government in Nineteenth-Century America (Oxford University Press, 2023).

Holly Case, The Age of Questions: Or, A First Attempt at an Aggregate History of the Eastern, Social, Woman, American, Jewish, Polish, Bullion, Tuberculosis, and Many Other Questions over the Nineteenth Century, and Beyond by Holly Case (Princeton University Press, 2018)

Civilizations have faced challenges and debated how to manage them probably as long as civilization has existed. In our era we talk about these challenges as issues, or crises when perceived as more urgent. In the nineteenth century, what we now call issues or problems tended to be spoken of as questions. In this sprawling conversation, ranging from nineteenth-century “trolls” to the scalability of democracy in a various media ecosystems, Leslie Butler and Holly Case talk not only about the 19th-century questions that have captivated them as scholars, but also how, where, by whom, and to what ends these questions were discussed. When did posing questions serve to bring rationality and even-handedness to debates and when was it a rhetorical strategy intended to steer towards a particular end? Butler’s analysis of the “Woman Question” in America’s pursuit of “consistent democracy” distinguished between public opinion and published opinion while Case implicates the internationalization of the public sphere in the emergence of an “Age of Questions.” Have a listen as these erudite scholars contemplate the ways historians might navigate between the Scylla of cynicism and Charybdis of overly earnest naiveté in analyzing the past as well as in our current moment.

Leslie Butler is a Professor of History at Dartmouth College in Hanover, NH. She is an American intellectual and cultural historian, with an emphasis on the nineteenth century.

Holly Case is a historian of modern Europe at Brown University in Providence, RI. Her work focuses on the relationship between foreign policy, social policy, science, and literature in the European state system of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>BOOKS UNDER DISCUSSION:

Leslie Butler, Consistent Democracy: The &quot;Woman Question&quot; and Self-Government in Nineteenth-Century America (Oxford University Press, 2023).

Holly Case, The Age of Questions: Or, A First Attempt at an Aggregate History of the Eastern, Social, Woman, American, Jewish, Polish, Bullion, Tuberculosis, and Many Other Questions over the Nineteenth Century, and Beyond by Holly Case (Princeton University Press, 2018)

Civilizations have faced challenges and debated how to manage them probably as long as civilization has existed. In our era we talk about these challenges as issues, or crises when perceived as more urgent. In the nineteenth century, what we now call issues or problems tended to be spoken of as questions. In this sprawling conversation, ranging from nineteenth-century “trolls” to the scalability of democracy in a various media ecosystems, Leslie Butler and Holly Case talk not only about the 19th-century questions that have captivated them as scholars, but also how, where, by whom, and to what ends these questions were discussed. When did posing questions serve to bring rationality and even-handedness to debates and when was it a rhetorical strategy intended to steer towards a particular end? Butler’s analysis of the “Woman Question” in America’s pursuit of “consistent democracy” distinguished between public opinion and published opinion while Case implicates the internationalization of the public sphere in the emergence of an “Age of Questions.” Have a listen as these erudite scholars contemplate the ways historians might navigate between the Scylla of cynicism and Charybdis of overly earnest naiveté in analyzing the past as well as in our current moment.

Leslie Butler is a Professor of History at Dartmouth College in Hanover, NH. She is an American intellectual and cultural historian, with an emphasis on the nineteenth century.

Holly Case is a historian of modern Europe at Brown University in Providence, RI. Her work focuses on the relationship between foreign policy, social policy, science, and literature in the European state system of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1637</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">94b9eafa-3f8b-11f0-b694-67afcea7c199</guid>
      <title>Tobias Brinkmann, &quot;Between Borders: The Great Jewish Migration from Eastern Europe&quot; (Oxford UP, 2924)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Between the 1860s and the early 1920s, more than two million Jews moved from Eastern Europe to the United States while smaller groups moved to other destinations, such as Western Europe, Palestine, and South Africa. During and after the First World War hundreds of thousands of Jews were permanently displaced across Eastern Europe. Migration restrictions that were imposed after 1914, especially in the United States, prevented most from reaching safe havens, and an unknown but substantial number of Jews perished during the Holocaust-as they had been displaced in Eastern Europe years before they were deported to ghettos and killing sites. Even after the Holocaust, tens of thousands of Jewish survivors were stranded in permanent transit for many years.<br /><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197655658"><br />Between Borders: The Great Jewish Migration from Eastern Europe</a><em> </em>tells and contextualizes the stories of these Jewish migrants and refugees before and after the First World War. It explains how immigration laws in countries such as the United States influenced migration routes around the world. Using memoirs, letters, and accounts by investigative journalists and Jewish aid workers, Tobias Brinkmann sheds light on the experiences of individual migrants, some of whom laid the foundation for migration and refugee studies as a field of scholarship, even coining terms such as "displaced person," and contributing to its legal definition at the 1951 United Nations Refugee Convention. The stories of these migrants and refugees were used to propose a new future for the United States, reimagining it as a pluralistic society-one comprised of immigrants.</p>
<p>Tobias Brinkmann is Malvin and Lea Bank Associate Professor of Jewish Studies and History at Pennsylvania State University. He is the author of <em>Sundays at Sinai: A Jewish Congregation in Chicago</em>.</p>
<p>Geraldine Gudefin is a French-born modern Jewish historian researching Jewish family life, legal pluralism, and the migration experiences of Jews in France and the United States. She is currently a research fellow at the Hebrew University’s Avraham Harman Research Institute of Contemporary Jewry, and is completing a book titled <em>An Impossible Divorce? East European Jews and the Limits of Legal Pluralism in France, 1900-1939</em>.</p>
<p><a href="https://huji.academia.edu/GeraldineGudefin">https://huji.academia.edu/GeraldineGudefin</a></p>
<p>*</p>
<p>Mentioned in the podcast:</p>
<ul>
  <li>Mary Antin, <em>From Plotzk to Boston</em> (Boston: W. B. Clarke, 1899).</li>
  <li>Abraham Cahan, <em>Bleter fun mein Lebn</em> (New York: Forverts, 1926-1931).</li>
  <li>Todd Endelman, <em>Leaving the Jewish Fold: Conversion and Radical Assimilation in Modern Jewish History</em> (Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 2016).</li>
  <li>Semion Goldin, <em>The Russian Army and the Jewish Population, 1914-17: Libel, Persecution, Reaction</em> (Palgrave Macmillan, 2022).</li>
  <li>Bernard Horwich, <em>My First Eighty Years</em> (Chicago: Argus Books, 1939).</li>
  <li>John D. Klier, <em>Russians, Jews, and the Pogroms of 1881-1882</em> (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2011).</li>
  <li>Eugene Kulischer<em>, Jewish Migrations: Past Experiences and Post- War Prospects</em> (New York: American Jewish Committee, 1943).</li>
  <li>Eugene Kulischer, <em>Europe on the Move: War and Population Changes, 1917-1947</em> (New York: Columbia University Press, 1948).</li>
  <li>Joel Perlmann, <em>America Classifies the Immigrants: From Ellis Island to the 2020 Census</em> (Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 2018).</li>
  <li>David Rechter, <em>The Jews of Vienna and the First World War</em> (Oxford: Littman, 2001).</li>
  <li>Mark Wischnitzer, <em>To Dwell in Safety: The Story of Jewish Migration since 1800</em> (Philadelphia: JPS, 1948).</li>
  <li>Polly Zavadivker, <em>A Nation of Refugees: Russia’s Jews in World War I</em> (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2024).</li>
  <li>1921 cartoons in YIVO Library collection: “<a href="https://exhibitions.yivo.org/items/show/6359">Nowhere Can One Set a Foot Down</a>” and “<a href="https://exhibitions.yivo.org/exhibits/show/immigrationstories/item/6356?np=335983">If the statue of liberty were a living person</a>.”</li>
</ul><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 3 Jun 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Between the 1860s and the early 1920s, more than two million Jews moved from Eastern Europe to the United States while smaller groups moved to other destinations, such as Western Europe, Palestine, and South Africa. During and after the First World War hundreds of thousands of Jews were permanently displaced across Eastern Europe. Migration restrictions that were imposed after 1914, especially in the United States, prevented most from reaching safe havens, and an unknown but substantial number of Jews perished during the Holocaust-as they had been displaced in Eastern Europe years before they were deported to ghettos and killing sites. Even after the Holocaust, tens of thousands of Jewish survivors were stranded in permanent transit for many years.<br /><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197655658"><br />Between Borders: The Great Jewish Migration from Eastern Europe</a><em> </em>tells and contextualizes the stories of these Jewish migrants and refugees before and after the First World War. It explains how immigration laws in countries such as the United States influenced migration routes around the world. Using memoirs, letters, and accounts by investigative journalists and Jewish aid workers, Tobias Brinkmann sheds light on the experiences of individual migrants, some of whom laid the foundation for migration and refugee studies as a field of scholarship, even coining terms such as "displaced person," and contributing to its legal definition at the 1951 United Nations Refugee Convention. The stories of these migrants and refugees were used to propose a new future for the United States, reimagining it as a pluralistic society-one comprised of immigrants.</p>
<p>Tobias Brinkmann is Malvin and Lea Bank Associate Professor of Jewish Studies and History at Pennsylvania State University. He is the author of <em>Sundays at Sinai: A Jewish Congregation in Chicago</em>.</p>
<p>Geraldine Gudefin is a French-born modern Jewish historian researching Jewish family life, legal pluralism, and the migration experiences of Jews in France and the United States. She is currently a research fellow at the Hebrew University’s Avraham Harman Research Institute of Contemporary Jewry, and is completing a book titled <em>An Impossible Divorce? East European Jews and the Limits of Legal Pluralism in France, 1900-1939</em>.</p>
<p><a href="https://huji.academia.edu/GeraldineGudefin">https://huji.academia.edu/GeraldineGudefin</a></p>
<p>*</p>
<p>Mentioned in the podcast:</p>
<ul>
  <li>Mary Antin, <em>From Plotzk to Boston</em> (Boston: W. B. Clarke, 1899).</li>
  <li>Abraham Cahan, <em>Bleter fun mein Lebn</em> (New York: Forverts, 1926-1931).</li>
  <li>Todd Endelman, <em>Leaving the Jewish Fold: Conversion and Radical Assimilation in Modern Jewish History</em> (Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 2016).</li>
  <li>Semion Goldin, <em>The Russian Army and the Jewish Population, 1914-17: Libel, Persecution, Reaction</em> (Palgrave Macmillan, 2022).</li>
  <li>Bernard Horwich, <em>My First Eighty Years</em> (Chicago: Argus Books, 1939).</li>
  <li>John D. Klier, <em>Russians, Jews, and the Pogroms of 1881-1882</em> (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2011).</li>
  <li>Eugene Kulischer<em>, Jewish Migrations: Past Experiences and Post- War Prospects</em> (New York: American Jewish Committee, 1943).</li>
  <li>Eugene Kulischer, <em>Europe on the Move: War and Population Changes, 1917-1947</em> (New York: Columbia University Press, 1948).</li>
  <li>Joel Perlmann, <em>America Classifies the Immigrants: From Ellis Island to the 2020 Census</em> (Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 2018).</li>
  <li>David Rechter, <em>The Jews of Vienna and the First World War</em> (Oxford: Littman, 2001).</li>
  <li>Mark Wischnitzer, <em>To Dwell in Safety: The Story of Jewish Migration since 1800</em> (Philadelphia: JPS, 1948).</li>
  <li>Polly Zavadivker, <em>A Nation of Refugees: Russia’s Jews in World War I</em> (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2024).</li>
  <li>1921 cartoons in YIVO Library collection: “<a href="https://exhibitions.yivo.org/items/show/6359">Nowhere Can One Set a Foot Down</a>” and “<a href="https://exhibitions.yivo.org/exhibits/show/immigrationstories/item/6356?np=335983">If the statue of liberty were a living person</a>.”</li>
</ul><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="83275862" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/057382d2-15d2-4071-82ae-efa453c44552/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=057382d2-15d2-4071-82ae-efa453c44552&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Tobias Brinkmann, &quot;Between Borders: The Great Jewish Migration from Eastern Europe&quot; (Oxford UP, 2924)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:26:44</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Between the 1860s and the early 1920s, more than two million Jews moved from Eastern Europe to the United States while smaller groups moved to other destinations, such as Western Europe, Palestine, and South Africa. During and after the First World War hundreds of thousands of Jews were permanently displaced across Eastern Europe. Migration restrictions that were imposed after 1914, especially in the United States, prevented most from reaching safe havens, and an unknown but substantial number of Jews perished during the Holocaust-as they had been displaced in Eastern Europe years before they were deported to ghettos and killing sites. Even after the Holocaust, tens of thousands of Jewish survivors were stranded in permanent transit for many years.Between Borders: The Great Jewish Migration from Eastern Europe tells and contextualizes the stories of these Jewish migrants and refugees before and after the First World War. It explains how immigration laws in countries such as the United States influenced migration routes around the world. Using memoirs, letters, and accounts by investigative journalists and Jewish aid workers, Tobias Brinkmann sheds light on the experiences of individual migrants, some of whom laid the foundation for migration and refugee studies as a field of scholarship, even coining terms such as &quot;displaced person,&quot; and contributing to its legal definition at the 1951 United Nations Refugee Convention. The stories of these migrants and refugees were used to propose a new future for the United States, reimagining it as a pluralistic society-one comprised of immigrants.

Tobias Brinkmann is Malvin and Lea Bank Associate Professor of Jewish Studies and History at Pennsylvania State University. He is the author of Sundays at Sinai: A Jewish Congregation in Chicago.

Geraldine Gudefin is a French-born modern Jewish historian researching Jewish family life, legal pluralism, and the migration experiences of Jews in France and the United States. She is currently a research fellow at the Hebrew University’s Avraham Harman Research Institute of Contemporary Jewry, and is completing a book titled An Impossible Divorce? East European Jews and the Limits of Legal Pluralism in France, 1900-1939.

https://huji.academia.edu/GeraldineGudefin

*

Mentioned in the podcast:


  Mary Antin, From Plotzk to Boston (Boston: W. B. Clarke, 1899).

  Abraham Cahan, Bleter fun mein Lebn (New York: Forverts, 1926-1931).

  Todd Endelman, Leaving the Jewish Fold: Conversion and Radical Assimilation in Modern Jewish History (Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 2016).

  Semion Goldin, The Russian Army and the Jewish Population, 1914-17: Libel, Persecution, Reaction (Palgrave Macmillan, 2022).

  Bernard Horwich, My First Eighty Years (Chicago: Argus Books, 1939).

  John D. Klier, Russians, Jews, and the Pogroms of 1881-1882 (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2011).

  Eugene Kulischer, Jewish Migrations: Past Experiences and Post- War Prospects (New York: American Jewish Committee, 1943).

  Eugene Kulischer, Europe on the Move: War and Population Changes, 1917-1947 (New York: Columbia University Press, 1948).

  Joel Perlmann, America Classifies the Immigrants: From Ellis Island to the 2020 Census (Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 2018).

  David Rechter, The Jews of Vienna and the First World War (Oxford: Littman, 2001).

  Mark Wischnitzer, To Dwell in Safety: The Story of Jewish Migration since 1800 (Philadelphia: JPS, 1948).

  Polly Zavadivker, A Nation of Refugees: Russia’s Jews in World War I (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2024).

  1921 cartoons in YIVO Library collection: “Nowhere Can One Set a Foot Down” and “If the statue of liberty were a living person.”</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Between the 1860s and the early 1920s, more than two million Jews moved from Eastern Europe to the United States while smaller groups moved to other destinations, such as Western Europe, Palestine, and South Africa. During and after the First World War hundreds of thousands of Jews were permanently displaced across Eastern Europe. Migration restrictions that were imposed after 1914, especially in the United States, prevented most from reaching safe havens, and an unknown but substantial number of Jews perished during the Holocaust-as they had been displaced in Eastern Europe years before they were deported to ghettos and killing sites. Even after the Holocaust, tens of thousands of Jewish survivors were stranded in permanent transit for many years.Between Borders: The Great Jewish Migration from Eastern Europe tells and contextualizes the stories of these Jewish migrants and refugees before and after the First World War. It explains how immigration laws in countries such as the United States influenced migration routes around the world. Using memoirs, letters, and accounts by investigative journalists and Jewish aid workers, Tobias Brinkmann sheds light on the experiences of individual migrants, some of whom laid the foundation for migration and refugee studies as a field of scholarship, even coining terms such as &quot;displaced person,&quot; and contributing to its legal definition at the 1951 United Nations Refugee Convention. The stories of these migrants and refugees were used to propose a new future for the United States, reimagining it as a pluralistic society-one comprised of immigrants.

Tobias Brinkmann is Malvin and Lea Bank Associate Professor of Jewish Studies and History at Pennsylvania State University. He is the author of Sundays at Sinai: A Jewish Congregation in Chicago.

Geraldine Gudefin is a French-born modern Jewish historian researching Jewish family life, legal pluralism, and the migration experiences of Jews in France and the United States. She is currently a research fellow at the Hebrew University’s Avraham Harman Research Institute of Contemporary Jewry, and is completing a book titled An Impossible Divorce? East European Jews and the Limits of Legal Pluralism in France, 1900-1939.

https://huji.academia.edu/GeraldineGudefin

*

Mentioned in the podcast:


  Mary Antin, From Plotzk to Boston (Boston: W. B. Clarke, 1899).

  Abraham Cahan, Bleter fun mein Lebn (New York: Forverts, 1926-1931).

  Todd Endelman, Leaving the Jewish Fold: Conversion and Radical Assimilation in Modern Jewish History (Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 2016).

  Semion Goldin, The Russian Army and the Jewish Population, 1914-17: Libel, Persecution, Reaction (Palgrave Macmillan, 2022).

  Bernard Horwich, My First Eighty Years (Chicago: Argus Books, 1939).

  John D. Klier, Russians, Jews, and the Pogroms of 1881-1882 (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2011).

  Eugene Kulischer, Jewish Migrations: Past Experiences and Post- War Prospects (New York: American Jewish Committee, 1943).

  Eugene Kulischer, Europe on the Move: War and Population Changes, 1917-1947 (New York: Columbia University Press, 1948).

  Joel Perlmann, America Classifies the Immigrants: From Ellis Island to the 2020 Census (Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 2018).

  David Rechter, The Jews of Vienna and the First World War (Oxford: Littman, 2001).

  Mark Wischnitzer, To Dwell in Safety: The Story of Jewish Migration since 1800 (Philadelphia: JPS, 1948).

  Polly Zavadivker, A Nation of Refugees: Russia’s Jews in World War I (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2024).

  1921 cartoons in YIVO Library collection: “Nowhere Can One Set a Foot Down” and “If the statue of liberty were a living person.”</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1636</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0bcf8f94-3f7f-11f0-8dea-df8214567485</guid>
      <title>Yonatan Y. Brafman, &quot;Critique of Halakhic Reason: Divine Commandments and Social Normativity&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>For centuries, Jewish thinkers have asked two parallel questions. First, what is the reasoning behind an individual commandment and second, why bother heeding a command at all, something Dr. Brafman terms “reasons for” vs “reasons of” the commandments. In his newest book,<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197767931"> </a><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197767931">Critique of Halakhic Reason: Divine Commandments and Social Normativity</a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024), Dr. Brafman looks closely at the second of these questions. After considering answers from some of the most important Jewish thinkers of the 20th century, Joseph Soloveitchik, Yeshayahu Leibowitz, and Eliezer Berkovits, Dr. Brafman introduces his own system of thought. For him, the reasons for the commandments depend on a number of factors. We don’t follow them blindly. And they don’t always have to adhere to perfect and pure reason. Instead they are, to use a term he employs throughout is book, “constructed” based on any number of factors including our relationship with God and the norms that exist within our society. In conversation with some of the most important secular legal theorist and philosophers of the past 100 years, Dr Brafman charts a new course in Jewish theology, both defending and reimagining the place of our obligation to <em>halakhah</em>, Jewish law, for the 21st century.</p>
<p>Professor Yonatan Brafman is Associate Professor of Modern Judaism in the Department of Religion, with a secondary appointment in the Department of Literary and Cultural Studies at Tufts University.</p>
<p>Rabbi Marc Katz is the Senior Rabbi at Temple Ner Tamid in Bloomfield, NJ. He is most recently the author of <a href="https://jps.org/books/yochanans-gamble/"><em>Yochanan’s Gamble: Judaism’s Pragmatic Approach to Life (JPS)</em></a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 2 Jun 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>For centuries, Jewish thinkers have asked two parallel questions. First, what is the reasoning behind an individual commandment and second, why bother heeding a command at all, something Dr. Brafman terms “reasons for” vs “reasons of” the commandments. In his newest book,<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197767931"> </a><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197767931">Critique of Halakhic Reason: Divine Commandments and Social Normativity</a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024), Dr. Brafman looks closely at the second of these questions. After considering answers from some of the most important Jewish thinkers of the 20th century, Joseph Soloveitchik, Yeshayahu Leibowitz, and Eliezer Berkovits, Dr. Brafman introduces his own system of thought. For him, the reasons for the commandments depend on a number of factors. We don’t follow them blindly. And they don’t always have to adhere to perfect and pure reason. Instead they are, to use a term he employs throughout is book, “constructed” based on any number of factors including our relationship with God and the norms that exist within our society. In conversation with some of the most important secular legal theorist and philosophers of the past 100 years, Dr Brafman charts a new course in Jewish theology, both defending and reimagining the place of our obligation to <em>halakhah</em>, Jewish law, for the 21st century.</p>
<p>Professor Yonatan Brafman is Associate Professor of Modern Judaism in the Department of Religion, with a secondary appointment in the Department of Literary and Cultural Studies at Tufts University.</p>
<p>Rabbi Marc Katz is the Senior Rabbi at Temple Ner Tamid in Bloomfield, NJ. He is most recently the author of <a href="https://jps.org/books/yochanans-gamble/"><em>Yochanan’s Gamble: Judaism’s Pragmatic Approach to Life (JPS)</em></a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="55290609" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/a3892d75-09dd-42c0-ac22-a924177835c6/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=a3892d75-09dd-42c0-ac22-a924177835c6&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Yonatan Y. Brafman, &quot;Critique of Halakhic Reason: Divine Commandments and Social Normativity&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:57:35</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>For centuries, Jewish thinkers have asked two parallel questions. First, what is the reasoning behind an individual commandment and second, why bother heeding a command at all, something Dr. Brafman terms “reasons for” vs “reasons of” the commandments. In his newest book, Critique of Halakhic Reason: Divine Commandments and Social Normativity (Oxford UP, 2024), Dr. Brafman looks closely at the second of these questions. After considering answers from some of the most important Jewish thinkers of the 20th century, Joseph Soloveitchik, Yeshayahu Leibowitz, and Eliezer Berkovits, Dr. Brafman introduces his own system of thought. For him, the reasons for the commandments depend on a number of factors. We don’t follow them blindly. And they don’t always have to adhere to perfect and pure reason. Instead they are, to use a term he employs throughout is book, “constructed” based on any number of factors including our relationship with God and the norms that exist within our society. In conversation with some of the most important secular legal theorist and philosophers of the past 100 years, Dr Brafman charts a new course in Jewish theology, both defending and reimagining the place of our obligation to halakhah, Jewish law, for the 21st century.

Professor Yonatan Brafman is Associate Professor of Modern Judaism in the Department of Religion, with a secondary appointment in the Department of Literary and Cultural Studies at Tufts University.

Rabbi Marc Katz is the Senior Rabbi at Temple Ner Tamid in Bloomfield, NJ. He is most recently the author of Yochanan’s Gamble: Judaism’s Pragmatic Approach to Life (JPS)</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>For centuries, Jewish thinkers have asked two parallel questions. First, what is the reasoning behind an individual commandment and second, why bother heeding a command at all, something Dr. Brafman terms “reasons for” vs “reasons of” the commandments. In his newest book, Critique of Halakhic Reason: Divine Commandments and Social Normativity (Oxford UP, 2024), Dr. Brafman looks closely at the second of these questions. After considering answers from some of the most important Jewish thinkers of the 20th century, Joseph Soloveitchik, Yeshayahu Leibowitz, and Eliezer Berkovits, Dr. Brafman introduces his own system of thought. For him, the reasons for the commandments depend on a number of factors. We don’t follow them blindly. And they don’t always have to adhere to perfect and pure reason. Instead they are, to use a term he employs throughout is book, “constructed” based on any number of factors including our relationship with God and the norms that exist within our society. In conversation with some of the most important secular legal theorist and philosophers of the past 100 years, Dr Brafman charts a new course in Jewish theology, both defending and reimagining the place of our obligation to halakhah, Jewish law, for the 21st century.

Professor Yonatan Brafman is Associate Professor of Modern Judaism in the Department of Religion, with a secondary appointment in the Department of Literary and Cultural Studies at Tufts University.

Rabbi Marc Katz is the Senior Rabbi at Temple Ner Tamid in Bloomfield, NJ. He is most recently the author of Yochanan’s Gamble: Judaism’s Pragmatic Approach to Life (JPS)</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1635</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f6c7a124-3c7a-11f0-9799-bf1e6e5cbe19</guid>
      <title>Erica D. Lonergan and Shawn W. Lonergan, &quot;Escalation Dynamics in Cyberspace&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>To what extent do cyberspace operations increase the risks of escalation between nation-state rivals? Scholars and practitioners have been concerned about cyber escalation for decades, but the question remains hotly debated. The issue is increasingly important for international politics as more states develop and employ offensive cyber capabilities, and as the international system is increasingly characterized by emergent multipolarity.<br />In <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/escalation-dynamics-in-cyberspace-assistant-professor-in-the-army-cyber-institute-erica-d-lonergan/1191bfa60d0976f9?ean=9780197550892&amp;next=t">Escalation Dynamics in Cyberspace</a>, Erica D. Lonergan and Shawn W. Lonergan tackle this question head-on, presenting a comprehensive theory that explains the conditions under which cyber operations may lead to escalation. In doing so, they challenge long-held assumptions about strategic interactions in cyberspace, arguing that cyberspace is not as dangerous as the conventional wisdom might suggest. In some cases, cyber operations could even facilitate the de-escalation of international crises. To support their claims, Lonergan and Lonergan test their theory against a range of in-depth case studies, including strategic interactions between the United States and key rivals; a series of case studies of the role of cyber operations in international crises; and plausible future scenarios involving cyber operations during conflict. </p>
<p>The authors then apply their analytical insights to policymaking, making the case that skepticism is warranted about the overall efficacy of employing cyber power for strategic ends. By exploring the role of cyber operations in routine competition, crises, and warfighting, <em>Escalation</em> <em>Dynamics in Cyberspace</em> presents nuanced insights about how cyberspace affects international politics</p>
<p>Our guest is <a href="https://www.sipa.columbia.edu/communities-connections/faculty/erica-lonergan">Erica D. Lonergan</a>, an Assistant Professor in the School of International and Public Affairs at Columbia University.</p>
<p>Our host is <a href="https://www.eleonoramattiacci.com/home">Eleonora Mattiacci</a>, an Associate Professor of Political Science at Amherst College. She is the author of "<a href="https://www.eleonoramattiacci.com/book-project-1">Volatile States in International Politics</a>" (Oxford University Press, 2023).</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 30 May 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>To what extent do cyberspace operations increase the risks of escalation between nation-state rivals? Scholars and practitioners have been concerned about cyber escalation for decades, but the question remains hotly debated. The issue is increasingly important for international politics as more states develop and employ offensive cyber capabilities, and as the international system is increasingly characterized by emergent multipolarity.<br />In <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/escalation-dynamics-in-cyberspace-assistant-professor-in-the-army-cyber-institute-erica-d-lonergan/1191bfa60d0976f9?ean=9780197550892&amp;next=t">Escalation Dynamics in Cyberspace</a>, Erica D. Lonergan and Shawn W. Lonergan tackle this question head-on, presenting a comprehensive theory that explains the conditions under which cyber operations may lead to escalation. In doing so, they challenge long-held assumptions about strategic interactions in cyberspace, arguing that cyberspace is not as dangerous as the conventional wisdom might suggest. In some cases, cyber operations could even facilitate the de-escalation of international crises. To support their claims, Lonergan and Lonergan test their theory against a range of in-depth case studies, including strategic interactions between the United States and key rivals; a series of case studies of the role of cyber operations in international crises; and plausible future scenarios involving cyber operations during conflict. </p>
<p>The authors then apply their analytical insights to policymaking, making the case that skepticism is warranted about the overall efficacy of employing cyber power for strategic ends. By exploring the role of cyber operations in routine competition, crises, and warfighting, <em>Escalation</em> <em>Dynamics in Cyberspace</em> presents nuanced insights about how cyberspace affects international politics</p>
<p>Our guest is <a href="https://www.sipa.columbia.edu/communities-connections/faculty/erica-lonergan">Erica D. Lonergan</a>, an Assistant Professor in the School of International and Public Affairs at Columbia University.</p>
<p>Our host is <a href="https://www.eleonoramattiacci.com/home">Eleonora Mattiacci</a>, an Associate Professor of Political Science at Amherst College. She is the author of "<a href="https://www.eleonoramattiacci.com/book-project-1">Volatile States in International Politics</a>" (Oxford University Press, 2023).</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="46556651" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/23965b54-f125-4599-a5b0-18c0f71e0eb7/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=23965b54-f125-4599-a5b0-18c0f71e0eb7&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Erica D. Lonergan and Shawn W. Lonergan, &quot;Escalation Dynamics in Cyberspace&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:48:29</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>To what extent do cyberspace operations increase the risks of escalation between nation-state rivals? Scholars and practitioners have been concerned about cyber escalation for decades, but the question remains hotly debated. The issue is increasingly important for international politics as more states develop and employ offensive cyber capabilities, and as the international system is increasingly characterized by emergent multipolarity.In Escalation Dynamics in Cyberspace, Erica D. Lonergan and Shawn W. Lonergan tackle this question head-on, presenting a comprehensive theory that explains the conditions under which cyber operations may lead to escalation. In doing so, they challenge long-held assumptions about strategic interactions in cyberspace, arguing that cyberspace is not as dangerous as the conventional wisdom might suggest. In some cases, cyber operations could even facilitate the de-escalation of international crises. To support their claims, Lonergan and Lonergan test their theory against a range of in-depth case studies, including strategic interactions between the United States and key rivals; a series of case studies of the role of cyber operations in international crises; and plausible future scenarios involving cyber operations during conflict. 

The authors then apply their analytical insights to policymaking, making the case that skepticism is warranted about the overall efficacy of employing cyber power for strategic ends. By exploring the role of cyber operations in routine competition, crises, and warfighting, Escalation Dynamics in Cyberspace presents nuanced insights about how cyberspace affects international politics

Our guest is Erica D. Lonergan, an Assistant Professor in the School of International and Public Affairs at Columbia University.

Our host is Eleonora Mattiacci, an Associate Professor of Political Science at Amherst College. She is the author of &quot;Volatile States in International Politics&quot; (Oxford University Press, 2023).</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>To what extent do cyberspace operations increase the risks of escalation between nation-state rivals? Scholars and practitioners have been concerned about cyber escalation for decades, but the question remains hotly debated. The issue is increasingly important for international politics as more states develop and employ offensive cyber capabilities, and as the international system is increasingly characterized by emergent multipolarity.In Escalation Dynamics in Cyberspace, Erica D. Lonergan and Shawn W. Lonergan tackle this question head-on, presenting a comprehensive theory that explains the conditions under which cyber operations may lead to escalation. In doing so, they challenge long-held assumptions about strategic interactions in cyberspace, arguing that cyberspace is not as dangerous as the conventional wisdom might suggest. In some cases, cyber operations could even facilitate the de-escalation of international crises. To support their claims, Lonergan and Lonergan test their theory against a range of in-depth case studies, including strategic interactions between the United States and key rivals; a series of case studies of the role of cyber operations in international crises; and plausible future scenarios involving cyber operations during conflict. 

The authors then apply their analytical insights to policymaking, making the case that skepticism is warranted about the overall efficacy of employing cyber power for strategic ends. By exploring the role of cyber operations in routine competition, crises, and warfighting, Escalation Dynamics in Cyberspace presents nuanced insights about how cyberspace affects international politics

Our guest is Erica D. Lonergan, an Assistant Professor in the School of International and Public Affairs at Columbia University.

Our host is Eleonora Mattiacci, an Associate Professor of Political Science at Amherst College. She is the author of &quot;Volatile States in International Politics&quot; (Oxford University Press, 2023).</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1634</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9ee1cbfa-3c67-11f0-a938-ab4850c0038a</guid>
      <title>Nneka D. Dennie, &quot;Mary Ann Shadd Cary: Essential Writings of a Nineteenth Century Black Radical Feminist&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In 1849, the Mary Ann Shadd Cary had not yet become one of the first Black woman newspaper editors in North America. She was decades away from being admitted to Howard University’s Law School and becoming the first Black woman to so enroll in the United States. She had not yet begun to lobby for women’s right to vote, and she had not yet emigrated to Canada, where she would rise to prominence as a formidable abolitionist and emigrationist. Though many years would pass before she made a name for herself as a gifted writer, editor, lecturer, educator, lawyer, and suffragist, in 1849, Mary Ann Shadd Cary was already certain of one thing: “We should do more, and talk less.”</p>
<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197609477">Mary Ann Shadd Cary: Essential Writings of a Nineteenth-Century Black Radical Feminist</a><em> </em>(Oxford Univeristy Press, 2023) includes letters, newspaper articles, organizational records, and never-before-published handwritten notes and essay drafts that illustrate how Shadd Cary participated in major Africana philosophical debates during the nineteenth century. Racial uplift, women’s rights, emigration, citizenship and economic self-determination for Black people in general and Black women in particular, were all subjects of Shadd Cary’s writings and activism throughout her lifetime, shaping Black radical theory and praxis. She is one of many nineteenth-century Black women theorists whose intellectual contributions are often overlooked. By interrogating Shadd Cary’s Black radical ethic of care, this book reveals the philosophies that have shaped Black women's centuries-long struggle for rights and freedom.</p>
<p><a href="https://nnekadennie.com/">Nneka D. Dennie </a>is Assistant Professor of History, core faculty in Africana Studies, and affiliate faculty in Women’s, Gender, and Sexuality Studies at Washington and Lee University. She is also co-founder and president of the <a href="https://blackwomensstudies.org/">Black Women’s Studies Association</a>. Dr. Dennie’s research examines Black feminism and Black intellectual thought with an emphasis on nineteenth-century African American women thinkers. Her work has been published in<em> Palimpsest: A Journal on Women, Gender, and the Black International</em>; <em>Feminist Studies; Atlantic Studies: Global Currents</em>; <em>The Routledge Companion to Black Women's Social and Cultural Histories</em>; <em>The Oxford Handbook of W.E.B. Du Bois</em>, and more.</p>
<p>You can find the host, Sullivan Summer, <a href="https://sullivansummer.com/">online</a>, on <a href="https://www.instagram.com/thesullivansummer/">Instagram</a>, and at <a href="https://sullivansummer.substack.com/">Substack</a>, where she and Dr. Dennie continue their conversation.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 30 May 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In 1849, the Mary Ann Shadd Cary had not yet become one of the first Black woman newspaper editors in North America. She was decades away from being admitted to Howard University’s Law School and becoming the first Black woman to so enroll in the United States. She had not yet begun to lobby for women’s right to vote, and she had not yet emigrated to Canada, where she would rise to prominence as a formidable abolitionist and emigrationist. Though many years would pass before she made a name for herself as a gifted writer, editor, lecturer, educator, lawyer, and suffragist, in 1849, Mary Ann Shadd Cary was already certain of one thing: “We should do more, and talk less.”</p>
<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197609477">Mary Ann Shadd Cary: Essential Writings of a Nineteenth-Century Black Radical Feminist</a><em> </em>(Oxford Univeristy Press, 2023) includes letters, newspaper articles, organizational records, and never-before-published handwritten notes and essay drafts that illustrate how Shadd Cary participated in major Africana philosophical debates during the nineteenth century. Racial uplift, women’s rights, emigration, citizenship and economic self-determination for Black people in general and Black women in particular, were all subjects of Shadd Cary’s writings and activism throughout her lifetime, shaping Black radical theory and praxis. She is one of many nineteenth-century Black women theorists whose intellectual contributions are often overlooked. By interrogating Shadd Cary’s Black radical ethic of care, this book reveals the philosophies that have shaped Black women's centuries-long struggle for rights and freedom.</p>
<p><a href="https://nnekadennie.com/">Nneka D. Dennie </a>is Assistant Professor of History, core faculty in Africana Studies, and affiliate faculty in Women’s, Gender, and Sexuality Studies at Washington and Lee University. She is also co-founder and president of the <a href="https://blackwomensstudies.org/">Black Women’s Studies Association</a>. Dr. Dennie’s research examines Black feminism and Black intellectual thought with an emphasis on nineteenth-century African American women thinkers. Her work has been published in<em> Palimpsest: A Journal on Women, Gender, and the Black International</em>; <em>Feminist Studies; Atlantic Studies: Global Currents</em>; <em>The Routledge Companion to Black Women's Social and Cultural Histories</em>; <em>The Oxford Handbook of W.E.B. Du Bois</em>, and more.</p>
<p>You can find the host, Sullivan Summer, <a href="https://sullivansummer.com/">online</a>, on <a href="https://www.instagram.com/thesullivansummer/">Instagram</a>, and at <a href="https://sullivansummer.substack.com/">Substack</a>, where she and Dr. Dennie continue their conversation.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="52596968" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/a1164e8b-1395-4882-bc72-716a4a34d0df/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=a1164e8b-1395-4882-bc72-716a4a34d0df&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Nneka D. Dennie, &quot;Mary Ann Shadd Cary: Essential Writings of a Nineteenth Century Black Radical Feminist&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:54:47</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In 1849, the Mary Ann Shadd Cary had not yet become one of the first Black woman newspaper editors in North America. She was decades away from being admitted to Howard University’s Law School and becoming the first Black woman to so enroll in the United States. She had not yet begun to lobby for women’s right to vote, and she had not yet emigrated to Canada, where she would rise to prominence as a formidable abolitionist and emigrationist. Though many years would pass before she made a name for herself as a gifted writer, editor, lecturer, educator, lawyer, and suffragist, in 1849, Mary Ann Shadd Cary was already certain of one thing: “We should do more, and talk less.”

Mary Ann Shadd Cary: Essential Writings of a Nineteenth-Century Black Radical Feminist (Oxford Univeristy Press, 2023) includes letters, newspaper articles, organizational records, and never-before-published handwritten notes and essay drafts that illustrate how Shadd Cary participated in major Africana philosophical debates during the nineteenth century. Racial uplift, women’s rights, emigration, citizenship and economic self-determination for Black people in general and Black women in particular, were all subjects of Shadd Cary’s writings and activism throughout her lifetime, shaping Black radical theory and praxis. She is one of many nineteenth-century Black women theorists whose intellectual contributions are often overlooked. By interrogating Shadd Cary’s Black radical ethic of care, this book reveals the philosophies that have shaped Black women&apos;s centuries-long struggle for rights and freedom.

Nneka D. Dennie is Assistant Professor of History, core faculty in Africana Studies, and affiliate faculty in Women’s, Gender, and Sexuality Studies at Washington and Lee University. She is also co-founder and president of the Black Women’s Studies Association. Dr. Dennie’s research examines Black feminism and Black intellectual thought with an emphasis on nineteenth-century African American women thinkers. Her work has been published in Palimpsest: A Journal on Women, Gender, and the Black International; Feminist Studies; Atlantic Studies: Global Currents; The Routledge Companion to Black Women&apos;s Social and Cultural Histories; The Oxford Handbook of W.E.B. Du Bois, and more.

You can find the host, Sullivan Summer, online, on Instagram, and at Substack, where she and Dr. Dennie continue their conversation.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In 1849, the Mary Ann Shadd Cary had not yet become one of the first Black woman newspaper editors in North America. She was decades away from being admitted to Howard University’s Law School and becoming the first Black woman to so enroll in the United States. She had not yet begun to lobby for women’s right to vote, and she had not yet emigrated to Canada, where she would rise to prominence as a formidable abolitionist and emigrationist. Though many years would pass before she made a name for herself as a gifted writer, editor, lecturer, educator, lawyer, and suffragist, in 1849, Mary Ann Shadd Cary was already certain of one thing: “We should do more, and talk less.”

Mary Ann Shadd Cary: Essential Writings of a Nineteenth-Century Black Radical Feminist (Oxford Univeristy Press, 2023) includes letters, newspaper articles, organizational records, and never-before-published handwritten notes and essay drafts that illustrate how Shadd Cary participated in major Africana philosophical debates during the nineteenth century. Racial uplift, women’s rights, emigration, citizenship and economic self-determination for Black people in general and Black women in particular, were all subjects of Shadd Cary’s writings and activism throughout her lifetime, shaping Black radical theory and praxis. She is one of many nineteenth-century Black women theorists whose intellectual contributions are often overlooked. By interrogating Shadd Cary’s Black radical ethic of care, this book reveals the philosophies that have shaped Black women&apos;s centuries-long struggle for rights and freedom.

Nneka D. Dennie is Assistant Professor of History, core faculty in Africana Studies, and affiliate faculty in Women’s, Gender, and Sexuality Studies at Washington and Lee University. She is also co-founder and president of the Black Women’s Studies Association. Dr. Dennie’s research examines Black feminism and Black intellectual thought with an emphasis on nineteenth-century African American women thinkers. Her work has been published in Palimpsest: A Journal on Women, Gender, and the Black International; Feminist Studies; Atlantic Studies: Global Currents; The Routledge Companion to Black Women&apos;s Social and Cultural Histories; The Oxford Handbook of W.E.B. Du Bois, and more.

You can find the host, Sullivan Summer, online, on Instagram, and at Substack, where she and Dr. Dennie continue their conversation.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1633</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d39c7c64-3b4f-11f0-96c6-7b4f2f2425c7</guid>
      <title>Peter Allen, &quot;How to Think about Politics: A Guide in Five Parts&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>What part should politics play in our everyday lives? In <a href="https://www.peter-allen.co.uk/how-to-think-about-politics/"><em>How to Think About Politics: A Guide in Five Parts</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2025) <a href="https://bsky.app/profile/peterallen.bsky.social">Peter Allen</a>, <a href="https://www.peter-allen.co.uk/">a professor of Politics</a> and <a href="https://www.bath.ac.uk/research-institutes/institute-for-policy-research/">Co-Director of the Institute for Policy Research</a> at the <a href="https://researchportal.bath.ac.uk/en/persons/peter-allen/publications/">University of Bath,</a> explores this question across a range of practical and philosophical examples. The book directly challenges the conventional academic understanding of politics, showing how politics is much more than election polls or parliamentary behaviours. This broader view of the politic allows the book to offer insights as to what needs to change in political systems, as well as more generally in societies. A much needed and urgent intervention on the current state of our world, the book should be widely read by any readers interested in politics today.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 May 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>What part should politics play in our everyday lives? In <a href="https://www.peter-allen.co.uk/how-to-think-about-politics/"><em>How to Think About Politics: A Guide in Five Parts</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2025) <a href="https://bsky.app/profile/peterallen.bsky.social">Peter Allen</a>, <a href="https://www.peter-allen.co.uk/">a professor of Politics</a> and <a href="https://www.bath.ac.uk/research-institutes/institute-for-policy-research/">Co-Director of the Institute for Policy Research</a> at the <a href="https://researchportal.bath.ac.uk/en/persons/peter-allen/publications/">University of Bath,</a> explores this question across a range of practical and philosophical examples. The book directly challenges the conventional academic understanding of politics, showing how politics is much more than election polls or parliamentary behaviours. This broader view of the politic allows the book to offer insights as to what needs to change in political systems, as well as more generally in societies. A much needed and urgent intervention on the current state of our world, the book should be widely read by any readers interested in politics today.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="35787920" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/d228d95e-f311-4115-b35a-510f42484f98/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=d228d95e-f311-4115-b35a-510f42484f98&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Peter Allen, &quot;How to Think about Politics: A Guide in Five Parts&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:37:16</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>What part should politics play in our everyday lives? In How to Think About Politics: A Guide in Five Parts (Oxford University Press, 2025) Peter Allen, a professor of Politics and Co-Director of the Institute for Policy Research at the University of Bath, explores this question across a range of practical and philosophical examples. The book directly challenges the conventional academic understanding of politics, showing how politics is much more than election polls or parliamentary behaviours. This broader view of the politic allows the book to offer insights as to what needs to change in political systems, as well as more generally in societies. A much needed and urgent intervention on the current state of our world, the book should be widely read by any readers interested in politics today.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>What part should politics play in our everyday lives? In How to Think About Politics: A Guide in Five Parts (Oxford University Press, 2025) Peter Allen, a professor of Politics and Co-Director of the Institute for Policy Research at the University of Bath, explores this question across a range of practical and philosophical examples. The book directly challenges the conventional academic understanding of politics, showing how politics is much more than election polls or parliamentary behaviours. This broader view of the politic allows the book to offer insights as to what needs to change in political systems, as well as more generally in societies. A much needed and urgent intervention on the current state of our world, the book should be widely read by any readers interested in politics today.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1632</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ee586ebe-3a69-11f0-bb58-9be1e27027af</guid>
      <title>Laura Otis, &quot;Banned Emotions: How Metaphors Can Shape What People Feel&quot; (Oxford UP, 2019)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Who benefits and who loses when emotions are described in particular ways? How do metaphors such as "hold on" and "let go" affect people's emotional experiences? <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190698904">Banned Emotions: How Metaphors Can Shape What People Feel </a>(Oxford UP, 2019), written by neuroscientist-turned-literary scholar Laura Otis, draws on the latest research in neuroscience and psychology to challenge popular attempts to suppress certain emotions. This interdisciplinary book breaks taboos by exploring emotions in which people are said to "indulge" self-pity, prolonged crying, chronic anger, grudge-bearing, bitterness, and spite. By focusing on metaphors for these emotions in classic novels, self-help books, and popular films, <em>Banned Emotions</em> exposes their cultural and religious roots.</p>
<p>Examining works by Dante, Dickens, Dostoevsky, Kafka, Forster, and Woolf in parallel with <em>Bridesmaids</em>, <em>Fatal Attraction</em>, and <em>Who Moved My Cheese?</em>, <em>Banned Emotions</em> traces pervasive patterns in the ways emotions are represented that can make people so ashamed of their feelings, they may stifle emotions they need to work through. The book argues that emotion regulation is a political as well as a biological issue, affecting not only which emotions can be expressed, but who can express them, when, and how.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 May 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Who benefits and who loses when emotions are described in particular ways? How do metaphors such as "hold on" and "let go" affect people's emotional experiences? <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190698904">Banned Emotions: How Metaphors Can Shape What People Feel </a>(Oxford UP, 2019), written by neuroscientist-turned-literary scholar Laura Otis, draws on the latest research in neuroscience and psychology to challenge popular attempts to suppress certain emotions. This interdisciplinary book breaks taboos by exploring emotions in which people are said to "indulge" self-pity, prolonged crying, chronic anger, grudge-bearing, bitterness, and spite. By focusing on metaphors for these emotions in classic novels, self-help books, and popular films, <em>Banned Emotions</em> exposes their cultural and religious roots.</p>
<p>Examining works by Dante, Dickens, Dostoevsky, Kafka, Forster, and Woolf in parallel with <em>Bridesmaids</em>, <em>Fatal Attraction</em>, and <em>Who Moved My Cheese?</em>, <em>Banned Emotions</em> traces pervasive patterns in the ways emotions are represented that can make people so ashamed of their feelings, they may stifle emotions they need to work through. The book argues that emotion regulation is a political as well as a biological issue, affecting not only which emotions can be expressed, but who can express them, when, and how.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="29382910" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/141fdaf8-6e2a-449f-b6cf-20ee1358ab3f/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=141fdaf8-6e2a-449f-b6cf-20ee1358ab3f&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Laura Otis, &quot;Banned Emotions: How Metaphors Can Shape What People Feel&quot; (Oxford UP, 2019)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:30:36</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Who benefits and who loses when emotions are described in particular ways? How do metaphors such as &quot;hold on&quot; and &quot;let go&quot; affect people&apos;s emotional experiences? Banned Emotions: How Metaphors Can Shape What People Feel (Oxford UP, 2019), written by neuroscientist-turned-literary scholar Laura Otis, draws on the latest research in neuroscience and psychology to challenge popular attempts to suppress certain emotions. This interdisciplinary book breaks taboos by exploring emotions in which people are said to &quot;indulge&quot; self-pity, prolonged crying, chronic anger, grudge-bearing, bitterness, and spite. By focusing on metaphors for these emotions in classic novels, self-help books, and popular films, Banned Emotions exposes their cultural and religious roots.

Examining works by Dante, Dickens, Dostoevsky, Kafka, Forster, and Woolf in parallel with Bridesmaids, Fatal Attraction, and Who Moved My Cheese?, Banned Emotions traces pervasive patterns in the ways emotions are represented that can make people so ashamed of their feelings, they may stifle emotions they need to work through. The book argues that emotion regulation is a political as well as a biological issue, affecting not only which emotions can be expressed, but who can express them, when, and how.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Who benefits and who loses when emotions are described in particular ways? How do metaphors such as &quot;hold on&quot; and &quot;let go&quot; affect people&apos;s emotional experiences? Banned Emotions: How Metaphors Can Shape What People Feel (Oxford UP, 2019), written by neuroscientist-turned-literary scholar Laura Otis, draws on the latest research in neuroscience and psychology to challenge popular attempts to suppress certain emotions. This interdisciplinary book breaks taboos by exploring emotions in which people are said to &quot;indulge&quot; self-pity, prolonged crying, chronic anger, grudge-bearing, bitterness, and spite. By focusing on metaphors for these emotions in classic novels, self-help books, and popular films, Banned Emotions exposes their cultural and religious roots.

Examining works by Dante, Dickens, Dostoevsky, Kafka, Forster, and Woolf in parallel with Bridesmaids, Fatal Attraction, and Who Moved My Cheese?, Banned Emotions traces pervasive patterns in the ways emotions are represented that can make people so ashamed of their feelings, they may stifle emotions they need to work through. The book argues that emotion regulation is a political as well as a biological issue, affecting not only which emotions can be expressed, but who can express them, when, and how.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1631</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d5911986-35a9-11f0-b827-6f7720ed8074</guid>
      <title>Charles Hecker, &quot;Zero Sum: The Arc of International Business in Russia&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Today I interviewed Charles Hecker <em>about</em><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197807187"> Zero Sum</a><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197807187">.</a><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197807187"> The Arc of International Business in Russia</a> (Oxford UP, 2025).</p>
<p>Hecker, a journalist and business consultant, speaks with dozens of Western business executives, bankers, and financiers who reaped immense profits for themselves and their companies in the Russian market, which suddenly opened to foreigners after decades of state planning and economic autarky.</p>
<p>These “riskophile” Westerners recall the early post-Soviet Russia as an unchartered territory where business “had a body count” and “violence was cheap, routine and almost casual”.</p>
<p>In the 2000s Russia, now stabilized by Putin, offered unparalleled opportunities for those who had learnt to navigate its murky, gray environment.</p>
<p>While some expressed concern over the unchallenged primacy of the supreme ruler presiding over arbitrary redistribution of property in favor of his cronies and the rapid consolidation of state ownership, the squeamish were far outnumbered by the opportunistic.</p>
<p>Following Russia’s large-scale invasion of Ukraine in February 2022 and the subsequent imposition of sweeping Western sanctions forced most Westerners to flee, often selling their companies for a fraction of their value and, in some cases, even giving it for free to their Russian partners.</p>
<p>Looking back some regret “looking the other way” at the rampant corruption and lawlessness, while others admit that enrichment in Russia was always destined to be short-lived.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 23 May 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Today I interviewed Charles Hecker <em>about</em><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197807187"> Zero Sum</a><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197807187">.</a><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197807187"> The Arc of International Business in Russia</a> (Oxford UP, 2025).</p>
<p>Hecker, a journalist and business consultant, speaks with dozens of Western business executives, bankers, and financiers who reaped immense profits for themselves and their companies in the Russian market, which suddenly opened to foreigners after decades of state planning and economic autarky.</p>
<p>These “riskophile” Westerners recall the early post-Soviet Russia as an unchartered territory where business “had a body count” and “violence was cheap, routine and almost casual”.</p>
<p>In the 2000s Russia, now stabilized by Putin, offered unparalleled opportunities for those who had learnt to navigate its murky, gray environment.</p>
<p>While some expressed concern over the unchallenged primacy of the supreme ruler presiding over arbitrary redistribution of property in favor of his cronies and the rapid consolidation of state ownership, the squeamish were far outnumbered by the opportunistic.</p>
<p>Following Russia’s large-scale invasion of Ukraine in February 2022 and the subsequent imposition of sweeping Western sanctions forced most Westerners to flee, often selling their companies for a fraction of their value and, in some cases, even giving it for free to their Russian partners.</p>
<p>Looking back some regret “looking the other way” at the rampant corruption and lawlessness, while others admit that enrichment in Russia was always destined to be short-lived.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="59720867" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/63f19e03-04f1-4eab-ba77-ec69e3ce9314/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=63f19e03-04f1-4eab-ba77-ec69e3ce9314&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Charles Hecker, &quot;Zero Sum: The Arc of International Business in Russia&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:02:12</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Today I interviewed Charles Hecker about Zero Sum. The Arc of International Business in Russia (Oxford UP, 2025).

Hecker, a journalist and business consultant, speaks with dozens of Western business executives, bankers, and financiers who reaped immense profits for themselves and their companies in the Russian market, which suddenly opened to foreigners after decades of state planning and economic autarky.

These “riskophile” Westerners recall the early post-Soviet Russia as an unchartered territory where business “had a body count” and “violence was cheap, routine and almost casual”.

In the 2000s Russia, now stabilized by Putin, offered unparalleled opportunities for those who had learnt to navigate its murky, gray environment.

While some expressed concern over the unchallenged primacy of the supreme ruler presiding over arbitrary redistribution of property in favor of his cronies and the rapid consolidation of state ownership, the squeamish were far outnumbered by the opportunistic.

Following Russia’s large-scale invasion of Ukraine in February 2022 and the subsequent imposition of sweeping Western sanctions forced most Westerners to flee, often selling their companies for a fraction of their value and, in some cases, even giving it for free to their Russian partners.

Looking back some regret “looking the other way” at the rampant corruption and lawlessness, while others admit that enrichment in Russia was always destined to be short-lived.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Today I interviewed Charles Hecker about Zero Sum. The Arc of International Business in Russia (Oxford UP, 2025).

Hecker, a journalist and business consultant, speaks with dozens of Western business executives, bankers, and financiers who reaped immense profits for themselves and their companies in the Russian market, which suddenly opened to foreigners after decades of state planning and economic autarky.

These “riskophile” Westerners recall the early post-Soviet Russia as an unchartered territory where business “had a body count” and “violence was cheap, routine and almost casual”.

In the 2000s Russia, now stabilized by Putin, offered unparalleled opportunities for those who had learnt to navigate its murky, gray environment.

While some expressed concern over the unchallenged primacy of the supreme ruler presiding over arbitrary redistribution of property in favor of his cronies and the rapid consolidation of state ownership, the squeamish were far outnumbered by the opportunistic.

Following Russia’s large-scale invasion of Ukraine in February 2022 and the subsequent imposition of sweeping Western sanctions forced most Westerners to flee, often selling their companies for a fraction of their value and, in some cases, even giving it for free to their Russian partners.

Looking back some regret “looking the other way” at the rampant corruption and lawlessness, while others admit that enrichment in Russia was always destined to be short-lived.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>304</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6def0450-1880-11f0-a223-2f01191e557e</guid>
      <title>Kevin Smokler, &quot;Break the Frame: Conversations with Women Filmmakers&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In the twenty-first century alone, women filmmakers have succeeded at directing every size, genre, and style of motion picture. Their movies have won Oscars (<em>Free Solo</em>), made actors into household names (Jennifer Lawrence in <em>Winter's Bone</em>), received induction into the Library of Congress's National Film Registry (<em>Real Women Have Curves</em>), and become worldwide box office phenomena (<em>Captain Marvel, Deep Impact</em>). Nevertheless in 2023, the year of <em>Barbie</em>, women directed only 12% of the top 250 movies in America. demonstrating how far moviemaking remains from gender parity. When women filmmakers succeed, they do so against these odds.</p><p><br /></p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197619766"><em>Break the Frame</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2025) is a collection of 24 career-spanning interviews with America's celebrated, reigning, and rising women filmmakers. Each conversation considers the director's complete filmography as a map of their evolving artistry and evidence of their unassailable contributions to a historically misogynist industry. Author Kevin Smokler listens as women filmmakers speak to the struggle and triumphs of developing and directing movies that are shaping how the film business sees women in the director's chair, and how their audiences see themselves and each other. This book is both an opportunity and invitation to devote one's time, admiration and enthusiasm to movies directed by women.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 22 May 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In the twenty-first century alone, women filmmakers have succeeded at directing every size, genre, and style of motion picture. Their movies have won Oscars (<em>Free Solo</em>), made actors into household names (Jennifer Lawrence in <em>Winter's Bone</em>), received induction into the Library of Congress's National Film Registry (<em>Real Women Have Curves</em>), and become worldwide box office phenomena (<em>Captain Marvel, Deep Impact</em>). Nevertheless in 2023, the year of <em>Barbie</em>, women directed only 12% of the top 250 movies in America. demonstrating how far moviemaking remains from gender parity. When women filmmakers succeed, they do so against these odds.</p><p><br /></p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197619766"><em>Break the Frame</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2025) is a collection of 24 career-spanning interviews with America's celebrated, reigning, and rising women filmmakers. Each conversation considers the director's complete filmography as a map of their evolving artistry and evidence of their unassailable contributions to a historically misogynist industry. Author Kevin Smokler listens as women filmmakers speak to the struggle and triumphs of developing and directing movies that are shaping how the film business sees women in the director's chair, and how their audiences see themselves and each other. This book is both an opportunity and invitation to devote one's time, admiration and enthusiasm to movies directed by women.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="48332079" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/739169d0-3f8a-4ba4-a34f-ef318dd07255/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=739169d0-3f8a-4ba4-a34f-ef318dd07255&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Kevin Smokler, &quot;Break the Frame: Conversations with Women Filmmakers&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:50:20</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In the twenty-first century alone, women filmmakers have succeeded at directing every size, genre, and style of motion picture. Their movies have won Oscars (Free Solo), made actors into household names (Jennifer Lawrence in Winter&apos;s Bone), received induction into the Library of Congress&apos;s National Film Registry (Real Women Have Curves), and become worldwide box office phenomena (Captain Marvel, Deep Impact). Nevertheless in 2023, the year of Barbie, women directed only 12% of the top 250 movies in America. demonstrating how far moviemaking remains from gender parity. When women filmmakers succeed, they do so against these odds.

Break the Frame (Oxford UP, 2025) is a collection of 24 career-spanning interviews with America&apos;s celebrated, reigning, and rising women filmmakers. Each conversation considers the director&apos;s complete filmography as a map of their evolving artistry and evidence of their unassailable contributions to a historically misogynist industry. Author Kevin Smokler listens as women filmmakers speak to the struggle and triumphs of developing and directing movies that are shaping how the film business sees women in the director&apos;s chair, and how their audiences see themselves and each other. This book is both an opportunity and invitation to devote one&apos;s time, admiration and enthusiasm to movies directed by women.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In the twenty-first century alone, women filmmakers have succeeded at directing every size, genre, and style of motion picture. Their movies have won Oscars (Free Solo), made actors into household names (Jennifer Lawrence in Winter&apos;s Bone), received induction into the Library of Congress&apos;s National Film Registry (Real Women Have Curves), and become worldwide box office phenomena (Captain Marvel, Deep Impact). Nevertheless in 2023, the year of Barbie, women directed only 12% of the top 250 movies in America. demonstrating how far moviemaking remains from gender parity. When women filmmakers succeed, they do so against these odds.

Break the Frame (Oxford UP, 2025) is a collection of 24 career-spanning interviews with America&apos;s celebrated, reigning, and rising women filmmakers. Each conversation considers the director&apos;s complete filmography as a map of their evolving artistry and evidence of their unassailable contributions to a historically misogynist industry. Author Kevin Smokler listens as women filmmakers speak to the struggle and triumphs of developing and directing movies that are shaping how the film business sees women in the director&apos;s chair, and how their audiences see themselves and each other. This book is both an opportunity and invitation to devote one&apos;s time, admiration and enthusiasm to movies directed by women.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>214</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">df6c92d6-359b-11f0-ac86-8bc7a8b7ba73</guid>
      <title>Kirsten Macfarlane, &quot;Lay Learning and the Bible in the Seventeenth-Century Atlantic World&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Early modernity has long been seen as a crucial period in the history of biblical scholarship, witnessing rapid advances in studies of Hebrew, Greek, and the ancient Jewish and Christian past. Historians have devoted much attention to how these developments were received by the academic and clerical elite, and yet there is little research on their reception beyond such exclusive circles. Some have even argued that ordinary believers had no interest in the demanding world of elite scholarship. According to current narratives, the Protestant laity were preoccupied by practical piety, scripture-reading, and devotional exercises, all of which were far removed from the dazzling polyglot erudition of the scholar. </p>
<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198933090">Lay Learning and the Bible in the Seventeenth-Century Atlantic World</a> (Oxford University Press, 2024) offers an alternative account of popular religion in early modernity by reconstructing a striking and unstudied community of seventeenth-century puritan immigrants to North America. Composed of tradespeople without a university education, this community offers unparalleled evidence for lay engagement with even the most abstruse and challenging concerns of contemporaneous biblical scholarship. Drawing on whatever resources they could find, this group taught themselves the languages of biblical criticism; immersed themselves in the most specialized questions of controversial theology; and then promulgated, through their hard-earned learning, an unprecedentedly inclusive vision of education, society, and the church. By recovering their lives and interests, this book presents a new vision of lay puritanism in the Atlantic world, one marked by far greater ambition, critical thought, and intellectual boldness than ever before suspected.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 May 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Early modernity has long been seen as a crucial period in the history of biblical scholarship, witnessing rapid advances in studies of Hebrew, Greek, and the ancient Jewish and Christian past. Historians have devoted much attention to how these developments were received by the academic and clerical elite, and yet there is little research on their reception beyond such exclusive circles. Some have even argued that ordinary believers had no interest in the demanding world of elite scholarship. According to current narratives, the Protestant laity were preoccupied by practical piety, scripture-reading, and devotional exercises, all of which were far removed from the dazzling polyglot erudition of the scholar. </p>
<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198933090">Lay Learning and the Bible in the Seventeenth-Century Atlantic World</a> (Oxford University Press, 2024) offers an alternative account of popular religion in early modernity by reconstructing a striking and unstudied community of seventeenth-century puritan immigrants to North America. Composed of tradespeople without a university education, this community offers unparalleled evidence for lay engagement with even the most abstruse and challenging concerns of contemporaneous biblical scholarship. Drawing on whatever resources they could find, this group taught themselves the languages of biblical criticism; immersed themselves in the most specialized questions of controversial theology; and then promulgated, through their hard-earned learning, an unprecedentedly inclusive vision of education, society, and the church. By recovering their lives and interests, this book presents a new vision of lay puritanism in the Atlantic world, one marked by far greater ambition, critical thought, and intellectual boldness than ever before suspected.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="44004066" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/019097d7-3930-4a09-8b96-dc0e7849be5a/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=019097d7-3930-4a09-8b96-dc0e7849be5a&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Kirsten Macfarlane, &quot;Lay Learning and the Bible in the Seventeenth-Century Atlantic World&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:45:50</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Early modernity has long been seen as a crucial period in the history of biblical scholarship, witnessing rapid advances in studies of Hebrew, Greek, and the ancient Jewish and Christian past. Historians have devoted much attention to how these developments were received by the academic and clerical elite, and yet there is little research on their reception beyond such exclusive circles. Some have even argued that ordinary believers had no interest in the demanding world of elite scholarship. According to current narratives, the Protestant laity were preoccupied by practical piety, scripture-reading, and devotional exercises, all of which were far removed from the dazzling polyglot erudition of the scholar. 

Lay Learning and the Bible in the Seventeenth-Century Atlantic World (Oxford University Press, 2024) offers an alternative account of popular religion in early modernity by reconstructing a striking and unstudied community of seventeenth-century puritan immigrants to North America. Composed of tradespeople without a university education, this community offers unparalleled evidence for lay engagement with even the most abstruse and challenging concerns of contemporaneous biblical scholarship. Drawing on whatever resources they could find, this group taught themselves the languages of biblical criticism; immersed themselves in the most specialized questions of controversial theology; and then promulgated, through their hard-earned learning, an unprecedentedly inclusive vision of education, society, and the church. By recovering their lives and interests, this book presents a new vision of lay puritanism in the Atlantic world, one marked by far greater ambition, critical thought, and intellectual boldness than ever before suspected.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Early modernity has long been seen as a crucial period in the history of biblical scholarship, witnessing rapid advances in studies of Hebrew, Greek, and the ancient Jewish and Christian past. Historians have devoted much attention to how these developments were received by the academic and clerical elite, and yet there is little research on their reception beyond such exclusive circles. Some have even argued that ordinary believers had no interest in the demanding world of elite scholarship. According to current narratives, the Protestant laity were preoccupied by practical piety, scripture-reading, and devotional exercises, all of which were far removed from the dazzling polyglot erudition of the scholar. 

Lay Learning and the Bible in the Seventeenth-Century Atlantic World (Oxford University Press, 2024) offers an alternative account of popular religion in early modernity by reconstructing a striking and unstudied community of seventeenth-century puritan immigrants to North America. Composed of tradespeople without a university education, this community offers unparalleled evidence for lay engagement with even the most abstruse and challenging concerns of contemporaneous biblical scholarship. Drawing on whatever resources they could find, this group taught themselves the languages of biblical criticism; immersed themselves in the most specialized questions of controversial theology; and then promulgated, through their hard-earned learning, an unprecedentedly inclusive vision of education, society, and the church. By recovering their lives and interests, this book presents a new vision of lay puritanism in the Atlantic world, one marked by far greater ambition, critical thought, and intellectual boldness than ever before suspected.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>106</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ebc12dc4-34e4-11f0-bf0c-3fc4a9a56c12</guid>
      <title>Julia McClure, &quot;Empire of Poverty: The Moral-Political Economy of the Spanish Empire&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198933878">Empire of Poverty: The Moral-Political Economy of the Spanish Empire</a> (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Julia McClure examines how changing concepts of poverty in the long-sixteenth century helped shape the deep structures of states and empires and the contours of imperial inequalities. While poverty is often understood to have become a political subject with the birth of political economy in the eighteenth century, this book points to the longer history of poverty as a political subject and a more complicated relationship between moral and political economies. It focuses upon the critical transformations taking place in the long-sixteenth century, with the emergence of the world´s first global empire and the development of colonial capitalism.</p>
<p>The book explores how the 'moral-political economy of poverty' - defined as a new and changing conceptualisation of and approach to poverty, across laws, institutions, and acts of resistance - played a critical role in the development and governance of the Spanish Empire. In so doing it offers insights into the negotiated nature of sovereignty, the construction of inequalities, and strategies of resistance. <em>Empire of Poverty</em> explains how the combined processes of the transition to global capitalism and imperialism in the long-sixteenth century wrought a moral crisis which led to the transformation of poverty and reconceptualization of the poor and how the newly emerging beliefs, laws, and institutions of poverty helped structure the inequalities of the new global order.</p>
<p><br /><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 May 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198933878">Empire of Poverty: The Moral-Political Economy of the Spanish Empire</a> (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Julia McClure examines how changing concepts of poverty in the long-sixteenth century helped shape the deep structures of states and empires and the contours of imperial inequalities. While poverty is often understood to have become a political subject with the birth of political economy in the eighteenth century, this book points to the longer history of poverty as a political subject and a more complicated relationship between moral and political economies. It focuses upon the critical transformations taking place in the long-sixteenth century, with the emergence of the world´s first global empire and the development of colonial capitalism.</p>
<p>The book explores how the 'moral-political economy of poverty' - defined as a new and changing conceptualisation of and approach to poverty, across laws, institutions, and acts of resistance - played a critical role in the development and governance of the Spanish Empire. In so doing it offers insights into the negotiated nature of sovereignty, the construction of inequalities, and strategies of resistance. <em>Empire of Poverty</em> explains how the combined processes of the transition to global capitalism and imperialism in the long-sixteenth century wrought a moral crisis which led to the transformation of poverty and reconceptualization of the poor and how the newly emerging beliefs, laws, and institutions of poverty helped structure the inequalities of the new global order.</p>
<p><br /><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/new-books-with-miranda-melcher"><em>New Books with Miranda Melcher</em></a><em>, wherever you get your podcasts.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="37549853" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/5148a6a5-df21-4695-9f0d-b4e8cd70f0b3/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=5148a6a5-df21-4695-9f0d-b4e8cd70f0b3&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Julia McClure, &quot;Empire of Poverty: The Moral-Political Economy of the Spanish Empire&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:39:06</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Empire of Poverty: The Moral-Political Economy of the Spanish Empire (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Julia McClure examines how changing concepts of poverty in the long-sixteenth century helped shape the deep structures of states and empires and the contours of imperial inequalities. While poverty is often understood to have become a political subject with the birth of political economy in the eighteenth century, this book points to the longer history of poverty as a political subject and a more complicated relationship between moral and political economies. It focuses upon the critical transformations taking place in the long-sixteenth century, with the emergence of the world´s first global empire and the development of colonial capitalism.

The book explores how the &apos;moral-political economy of poverty&apos; - defined as a new and changing conceptualisation of and approach to poverty, across laws, institutions, and acts of resistance - played a critical role in the development and governance of the Spanish Empire. In so doing it offers insights into the negotiated nature of sovereignty, the construction of inequalities, and strategies of resistance. Empire of Poverty explains how the combined processes of the transition to global capitalism and imperialism in the long-sixteenth century wrought a moral crisis which led to the transformation of poverty and reconceptualization of the poor and how the newly emerging beliefs, laws, and institutions of poverty helped structure the inequalities of the new global order.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Empire of Poverty: The Moral-Political Economy of the Spanish Empire (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Julia McClure examines how changing concepts of poverty in the long-sixteenth century helped shape the deep structures of states and empires and the contours of imperial inequalities. While poverty is often understood to have become a political subject with the birth of political economy in the eighteenth century, this book points to the longer history of poverty as a political subject and a more complicated relationship between moral and political economies. It focuses upon the critical transformations taking place in the long-sixteenth century, with the emergence of the world´s first global empire and the development of colonial capitalism.

The book explores how the &apos;moral-political economy of poverty&apos; - defined as a new and changing conceptualisation of and approach to poverty, across laws, institutions, and acts of resistance - played a critical role in the development and governance of the Spanish Empire. In so doing it offers insights into the negotiated nature of sovereignty, the construction of inequalities, and strategies of resistance. Empire of Poverty explains how the combined processes of the transition to global capitalism and imperialism in the long-sixteenth century wrought a moral crisis which led to the transformation of poverty and reconceptualization of the poor and how the newly emerging beliefs, laws, and institutions of poverty helped structure the inequalities of the new global order.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars. You can find Miranda’s interviews on New Books with Miranda Melcher, wherever you get your podcasts.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1627</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5d962ba4-33f8-11f0-bcd2-9f8d8c9e6563</guid>
      <title>Book Talk 66: Political Hope, with Loren Goldman</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>How to find hope in these times? I spoke with political scientist Loren Goldman about the principle of political hope: why we should have hope, how to have hope in dark times, and how political hope differs from naïve optimism, faith in progress, or passive reliance on a hidden logic that will save us in the end. Goldman, who is <a href="https://live-sas-www-polisci.pantheon.sas.upenn.edu/people/standing-faculty/loren-goldman">Associate Professor of Political Science at the University of Pennsylvania</a>, is the author of <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197675823">The Principle of Political Hope</a> (Oxford University Press, 2023), where he reveals hope to be an indispensable aspect of much continental and American political thought, especially in the works of Immanuel Kant, John Dewey, Charles Sanders Peirce, William James, Ernst Bloch, Richard Rorty, and others. Our conversation on Goldman’s study of hope ends with three concrete lessons to counter hopelessness, cynicism, and despair.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 May 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>How to find hope in these times? I spoke with political scientist Loren Goldman about the principle of political hope: why we should have hope, how to have hope in dark times, and how political hope differs from naïve optimism, faith in progress, or passive reliance on a hidden logic that will save us in the end. Goldman, who is <a href="https://live-sas-www-polisci.pantheon.sas.upenn.edu/people/standing-faculty/loren-goldman">Associate Professor of Political Science at the University of Pennsylvania</a>, is the author of <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197675823">The Principle of Political Hope</a> (Oxford University Press, 2023), where he reveals hope to be an indispensable aspect of much continental and American political thought, especially in the works of Immanuel Kant, John Dewey, Charles Sanders Peirce, William James, Ernst Bloch, Richard Rorty, and others. Our conversation on Goldman’s study of hope ends with three concrete lessons to counter hopelessness, cynicism, and despair.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="78222690" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/7ca95860-77dc-4dba-a089-90723e8fe871/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=7ca95860-77dc-4dba-a089-90723e8fe871&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Book Talk 66: Political Hope, with Loren Goldman</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:21:28</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>How to find hope in these times? I spoke with political scientist Loren Goldman about the principle of political hope: why we should have hope, how to have hope in dark times, and how political hope differs from naïve optimism, faith in progress, or passive reliance on a hidden logic that will save us in the end. Goldman, who is Associate Professor of Political Science at the University of Pennsylvania, is the author of The Principle of Political Hope (Oxford University Press, 2023), where he reveals hope to be an indispensable aspect of much continental and American political thought, especially in the works of Immanuel Kant, John Dewey, Charles Sanders Peirce, William James, Ernst Bloch, Richard Rorty, and others. Our conversation on Goldman’s study of hope ends with three concrete lessons to counter hopelessness, cynicism, and despair.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>How to find hope in these times? I spoke with political scientist Loren Goldman about the principle of political hope: why we should have hope, how to have hope in dark times, and how political hope differs from naïve optimism, faith in progress, or passive reliance on a hidden logic that will save us in the end. Goldman, who is Associate Professor of Political Science at the University of Pennsylvania, is the author of The Principle of Political Hope (Oxford University Press, 2023), where he reveals hope to be an indispensable aspect of much continental and American political thought, especially in the works of Immanuel Kant, John Dewey, Charles Sanders Peirce, William James, Ernst Bloch, Richard Rorty, and others. Our conversation on Goldman’s study of hope ends with three concrete lessons to counter hopelessness, cynicism, and despair.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1626</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">47cdbc84-328a-11f0-81cb-6b56a901e49f</guid>
      <title>Dennis Ross, &quot;Statecraft 2.0: What America Needs to Survive in a Multipolar World&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In a multipolar world where America wields less relative power, the United States can no longer get away with poor statecraft. To understand how the US can approach future national security challenges, I spoke with Dennis Ross, a senior US diplomat and the counselor and William Davidson Distinguished Fellow at the Washington Institute for Near East Policy. His new book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197698921">Statecraft 2.0: What America Needs to Lead in a Multipolar World</a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2025) offers a revised toolkit for US foreign policy and global leadership.</p>
<p>The United States may still be the world's strongest country, but it now faces real challenges at both a global and regional level. The unipolar world which was dominated by America after the Cold War is gone. Unlike the Soviet Union, China is both a military and economic competitor and it is actively challenging the norms and institutions that the US used to shape an international order during and after the Cold War. Directly and indirectly, it has partners trying to undo the American-dominated order, with Russia seeking to extinguish Ukraine, and Iran trying to undermine American presence, influence, and any set of rules for the Middle East that it does not dominate.</p>
<p>The failures of American policy in Afghanistan and Iraq have weakened the domestic consensus for a US leadership role internationally. Traditions in US foreign policy, especially the American sense of exceptionalism, have at different points justified both withdrawal and international activism. Iraq and Afghanistan fed the instinct to withdraw and to end the “forever wars.” But the folly of these US interventions did not necessarily mean that all use of force to back diplomacy or specific political ends was wrong; rather it meant in these cases, the Bush Administration failed in the most basic task of good statecraft: namely, marrying objectives and means. Nothing more clearly defines effective statecraft than identifying well-considered goals and then knowing how to use all the tools of statecraft—diplomatic, economic, military, intelligence, information, cyber, scientific, education—to achieve them. But all too often American presidents have adopted goals that were poorly defined and not thought through.</p>
<p>In <em>Statecraft 2.0</em>, Dennis Ross explains why failing to marry objectives and means has happened so often in American foreign policy. He uses historical examples to illustrate the factors that account for this, including political pressures, weak understanding of the countries where the US has intervened, changing objectives before achieving those that have been established, relying too much on ourselves and too little on allies and partners. To be fair, there have not only been failures, there have been successes as well. Ross uses case studies to look more closely at the circumstances in which Administrations have succeeded and failed in marrying objectives and means. He distills the lessons from good cases of statecraft—German unification in NATO, the first Gulf War, the surge in Iraq 2007-8—and bad cases of statecraft—going to war in Iraq 2003, and the Obama policy toward Syria. Based on those lessons, he develops a framework for applying today a statecraft approach to our policy toward China, Iran, and the Israeli-Palestinian conflict. The book concludes with how a smart statecraft approach would shape policy toward the new national security challenges of climate, pandemics, and cyber.</p>
<p><strong>Dr. Andrew O. Pace</strong> is a historian of the US in the world who specializes in the moral fog of war. </p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 18 May 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In a multipolar world where America wields less relative power, the United States can no longer get away with poor statecraft. To understand how the US can approach future national security challenges, I spoke with Dennis Ross, a senior US diplomat and the counselor and William Davidson Distinguished Fellow at the Washington Institute for Near East Policy. His new book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197698921">Statecraft 2.0: What America Needs to Lead in a Multipolar World</a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2025) offers a revised toolkit for US foreign policy and global leadership.</p>
<p>The United States may still be the world's strongest country, but it now faces real challenges at both a global and regional level. The unipolar world which was dominated by America after the Cold War is gone. Unlike the Soviet Union, China is both a military and economic competitor and it is actively challenging the norms and institutions that the US used to shape an international order during and after the Cold War. Directly and indirectly, it has partners trying to undo the American-dominated order, with Russia seeking to extinguish Ukraine, and Iran trying to undermine American presence, influence, and any set of rules for the Middle East that it does not dominate.</p>
<p>The failures of American policy in Afghanistan and Iraq have weakened the domestic consensus for a US leadership role internationally. Traditions in US foreign policy, especially the American sense of exceptionalism, have at different points justified both withdrawal and international activism. Iraq and Afghanistan fed the instinct to withdraw and to end the “forever wars.” But the folly of these US interventions did not necessarily mean that all use of force to back diplomacy or specific political ends was wrong; rather it meant in these cases, the Bush Administration failed in the most basic task of good statecraft: namely, marrying objectives and means. Nothing more clearly defines effective statecraft than identifying well-considered goals and then knowing how to use all the tools of statecraft—diplomatic, economic, military, intelligence, information, cyber, scientific, education—to achieve them. But all too often American presidents have adopted goals that were poorly defined and not thought through.</p>
<p>In <em>Statecraft 2.0</em>, Dennis Ross explains why failing to marry objectives and means has happened so often in American foreign policy. He uses historical examples to illustrate the factors that account for this, including political pressures, weak understanding of the countries where the US has intervened, changing objectives before achieving those that have been established, relying too much on ourselves and too little on allies and partners. To be fair, there have not only been failures, there have been successes as well. Ross uses case studies to look more closely at the circumstances in which Administrations have succeeded and failed in marrying objectives and means. He distills the lessons from good cases of statecraft—German unification in NATO, the first Gulf War, the surge in Iraq 2007-8—and bad cases of statecraft—going to war in Iraq 2003, and the Obama policy toward Syria. Based on those lessons, he develops a framework for applying today a statecraft approach to our policy toward China, Iran, and the Israeli-Palestinian conflict. The book concludes with how a smart statecraft approach would shape policy toward the new national security challenges of climate, pandemics, and cyber.</p>
<p><strong>Dr. Andrew O. Pace</strong> is a historian of the US in the world who specializes in the moral fog of war. </p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="47203285" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/bc90c5b8-a4c8-4fc5-ac90-089c662698fd/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=bc90c5b8-a4c8-4fc5-ac90-089c662698fd&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Dennis Ross, &quot;Statecraft 2.0: What America Needs to Survive in a Multipolar World&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:49:09</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In a multipolar world where America wields less relative power, the United States can no longer get away with poor statecraft. To understand how the US can approach future national security challenges, I spoke with Dennis Ross, a senior US diplomat and the counselor and William Davidson Distinguished Fellow at the Washington Institute for Near East Policy. His new book, Statecraft 2.0: What America Needs to Lead in a Multipolar World (Oxford University Press, 2025) offers a revised toolkit for US foreign policy and global leadership.

The United States may still be the world&apos;s strongest country, but it now faces real challenges at both a global and regional level. The unipolar world which was dominated by America after the Cold War is gone. Unlike the Soviet Union, China is both a military and economic competitor and it is actively challenging the norms and institutions that the US used to shape an international order during and after the Cold War. Directly and indirectly, it has partners trying to undo the American-dominated order, with Russia seeking to extinguish Ukraine, and Iran trying to undermine American presence, influence, and any set of rules for the Middle East that it does not dominate.

The failures of American policy in Afghanistan and Iraq have weakened the domestic consensus for a US leadership role internationally. Traditions in US foreign policy, especially the American sense of exceptionalism, have at different points justified both withdrawal and international activism. Iraq and Afghanistan fed the instinct to withdraw and to end the “forever wars.” But the folly of these US interventions did not necessarily mean that all use of force to back diplomacy or specific political ends was wrong; rather it meant in these cases, the Bush Administration failed in the most basic task of good statecraft: namely, marrying objectives and means. Nothing more clearly defines effective statecraft than identifying well-considered goals and then knowing how to use all the tools of statecraft—diplomatic, economic, military, intelligence, information, cyber, scientific, education—to achieve them. But all too often American presidents have adopted goals that were poorly defined and not thought through.

In Statecraft 2.0, Dennis Ross explains why failing to marry objectives and means has happened so often in American foreign policy. He uses historical examples to illustrate the factors that account for this, including political pressures, weak understanding of the countries where the US has intervened, changing objectives before achieving those that have been established, relying too much on ourselves and too little on allies and partners. To be fair, there have not only been failures, there have been successes as well. Ross uses case studies to look more closely at the circumstances in which Administrations have succeeded and failed in marrying objectives and means. He distills the lessons from good cases of statecraft—German unification in NATO, the first Gulf War, the surge in Iraq 2007-8—and bad cases of statecraft—going to war in Iraq 2003, and the Obama policy toward Syria. Based on those lessons, he develops a framework for applying today a statecraft approach to our policy toward China, Iran, and the Israeli-Palestinian conflict. The book concludes with how a smart statecraft approach would shape policy toward the new national security challenges of climate, pandemics, and cyber.

Dr. Andrew O. Pace is a historian of the US in the world who specializes in the moral fog of war.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In a multipolar world where America wields less relative power, the United States can no longer get away with poor statecraft. To understand how the US can approach future national security challenges, I spoke with Dennis Ross, a senior US diplomat and the counselor and William Davidson Distinguished Fellow at the Washington Institute for Near East Policy. His new book, Statecraft 2.0: What America Needs to Lead in a Multipolar World (Oxford University Press, 2025) offers a revised toolkit for US foreign policy and global leadership.

The United States may still be the world&apos;s strongest country, but it now faces real challenges at both a global and regional level. The unipolar world which was dominated by America after the Cold War is gone. Unlike the Soviet Union, China is both a military and economic competitor and it is actively challenging the norms and institutions that the US used to shape an international order during and after the Cold War. Directly and indirectly, it has partners trying to undo the American-dominated order, with Russia seeking to extinguish Ukraine, and Iran trying to undermine American presence, influence, and any set of rules for the Middle East that it does not dominate.

The failures of American policy in Afghanistan and Iraq have weakened the domestic consensus for a US leadership role internationally. Traditions in US foreign policy, especially the American sense of exceptionalism, have at different points justified both withdrawal and international activism. Iraq and Afghanistan fed the instinct to withdraw and to end the “forever wars.” But the folly of these US interventions did not necessarily mean that all use of force to back diplomacy or specific political ends was wrong; rather it meant in these cases, the Bush Administration failed in the most basic task of good statecraft: namely, marrying objectives and means. Nothing more clearly defines effective statecraft than identifying well-considered goals and then knowing how to use all the tools of statecraft—diplomatic, economic, military, intelligence, information, cyber, scientific, education—to achieve them. But all too often American presidents have adopted goals that were poorly defined and not thought through.

In Statecraft 2.0, Dennis Ross explains why failing to marry objectives and means has happened so often in American foreign policy. He uses historical examples to illustrate the factors that account for this, including political pressures, weak understanding of the countries where the US has intervened, changing objectives before achieving those that have been established, relying too much on ourselves and too little on allies and partners. To be fair, there have not only been failures, there have been successes as well. Ross uses case studies to look more closely at the circumstances in which Administrations have succeeded and failed in marrying objectives and means. He distills the lessons from good cases of statecraft—German unification in NATO, the first Gulf War, the surge in Iraq 2007-8—and bad cases of statecraft—going to war in Iraq 2003, and the Obama policy toward Syria. Based on those lessons, he develops a framework for applying today a statecraft approach to our policy toward China, Iran, and the Israeli-Palestinian conflict. The book concludes with how a smart statecraft approach would shape policy toward the new national security challenges of climate, pandemics, and cyber.

Dr. Andrew O. Pace is a historian of the US in the world who specializes in the moral fog of war.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>132</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a11e602a-31c9-11f0-8654-23677605b311</guid>
      <title>David Kraemer, &quot;Embracing Exile: The Case for Jewish Diaspora&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197623541">Embracing Exile: The Case for Jewish Diaspora</a> (Oxford University Press, 2025) analyzes biblical and rabbinic texts, philosophical treatises, studies of Kabbalah, Hasidism, and a multiplicity of modern expressions for a comprehensive history of Jewish responses to and justifications of their diasporas. It shows that Diaspora Jews through the ages insisted that God joined them in their exiles, that "Zion" was found in Babylon and Eastern Europe, and that, as citizens of the world, Jews could only live throughout the world. The result is a convincing assertion that lament has not been the most common Jewish response to diaspora and that Zionism is not the natural outcome of either Jewish ideology or history.</p>
<p>David Kraemer is Joseph J. and Dora Abbell Librarian at the Jewish Theological Seminary, where he has also served as Professor of Talmud and Rabbinics for many years. As Librarian, he is at the helm of the most extensive collection of Judaica-rare and contemporary-in the Western hemisphere. He is the author of several books on Rabbinic Judaism and its texts, the social and religious history of Jews in antiquity, and Jewish rituals and their development.</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is editor at the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 17 May 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197623541">Embracing Exile: The Case for Jewish Diaspora</a> (Oxford University Press, 2025) analyzes biblical and rabbinic texts, philosophical treatises, studies of Kabbalah, Hasidism, and a multiplicity of modern expressions for a comprehensive history of Jewish responses to and justifications of their diasporas. It shows that Diaspora Jews through the ages insisted that God joined them in their exiles, that "Zion" was found in Babylon and Eastern Europe, and that, as citizens of the world, Jews could only live throughout the world. The result is a convincing assertion that lament has not been the most common Jewish response to diaspora and that Zionism is not the natural outcome of either Jewish ideology or history.</p>
<p>David Kraemer is Joseph J. and Dora Abbell Librarian at the Jewish Theological Seminary, where he has also served as Professor of Talmud and Rabbinics for many years. As Librarian, he is at the helm of the most extensive collection of Judaica-rare and contemporary-in the Western hemisphere. He is the author of several books on Rabbinic Judaism and its texts, the social and religious history of Jews in antiquity, and Jewish rituals and their development.</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is editor at the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="58440234" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/9e5d3094-1a14-409b-b8c6-352e05c92b38/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=9e5d3094-1a14-409b-b8c6-352e05c92b38&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>David Kraemer, &quot;Embracing Exile: The Case for Jewish Diaspora&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:00:52</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Embracing Exile: The Case for Jewish Diaspora (Oxford University Press, 2025) analyzes biblical and rabbinic texts, philosophical treatises, studies of Kabbalah, Hasidism, and a multiplicity of modern expressions for a comprehensive history of Jewish responses to and justifications of their diasporas. It shows that Diaspora Jews through the ages insisted that God joined them in their exiles, that &quot;Zion&quot; was found in Babylon and Eastern Europe, and that, as citizens of the world, Jews could only live throughout the world. The result is a convincing assertion that lament has not been the most common Jewish response to diaspora and that Zionism is not the natural outcome of either Jewish ideology or history.

David Kraemer is Joseph J. and Dora Abbell Librarian at the Jewish Theological Seminary, where he has also served as Professor of Talmud and Rabbinics for many years. As Librarian, he is at the helm of the most extensive collection of Judaica-rare and contemporary-in the Western hemisphere. He is the author of several books on Rabbinic Judaism and its texts, the social and religious history of Jews in antiquity, and Jewish rituals and their development.

Caleb Zakarin is editor at the New Books Network.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Embracing Exile: The Case for Jewish Diaspora (Oxford University Press, 2025) analyzes biblical and rabbinic texts, philosophical treatises, studies of Kabbalah, Hasidism, and a multiplicity of modern expressions for a comprehensive history of Jewish responses to and justifications of their diasporas. It shows that Diaspora Jews through the ages insisted that God joined them in their exiles, that &quot;Zion&quot; was found in Babylon and Eastern Europe, and that, as citizens of the world, Jews could only live throughout the world. The result is a convincing assertion that lament has not been the most common Jewish response to diaspora and that Zionism is not the natural outcome of either Jewish ideology or history.

David Kraemer is Joseph J. and Dora Abbell Librarian at the Jewish Theological Seminary, where he has also served as Professor of Talmud and Rabbinics for many years. As Librarian, he is at the helm of the most extensive collection of Judaica-rare and contemporary-in the Western hemisphere. He is the author of several books on Rabbinic Judaism and its texts, the social and religious history of Jews in antiquity, and Jewish rituals and their development.

Caleb Zakarin is editor at the New Books Network.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>32</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5cf0e79c-30de-11f0-b9d8-6ffb40ba7546</guid>
      <title>Matthew Restall, &quot;On Elton John: An Opinionated Guide&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Elton John is not only "still standing," he is a living superlative, the ultimate record-breaking, award-winning survivor of the great era of pop and rock music that he helped to shape during his six decades in the music industry. Yet few of his numerous biographies and song guides take him as a historical subject worthy of scholarly study.<br />In contrast, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197684825">On Elton John: An Opinionated Guide</a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2025) approaches the artist seriously and analytically, while still couched in a highly accessible style. Author Matthew Restall offers a new way to explore Sir Elton's career and music within the contexts of other artists and of sweeping shifts in popular culture during his lifetime. Each of the ten chapters is anchored to an Elton song, rooted in its pop culture history, and advances a clear argument, pairing him with figures ranging from Bernie (Bernie Taupin, his lyricist) to Bennie (of the Jets), from "frenemy" David Bowie to artists like Rod Stewart, Aretha Franklin, and Dua Lipa, from Diana (the princess) to Jesus (yes, that one). Restall contends that Sir Elton's career offers us a novel way to see and understand the last half century of pop music and culture history--whether we call the era that of the album, of rock, of postmodernism, or of something else. The yellow brick road of Sir Elton's career has been long, winding, and bumpy, but, as Restall argues, his success has come not just despite but because of those challenges. The artist's transformations from Reg to Elton to Sir Elton to Uncle Elton, from ugly duckling to bedazzled swan, from the world's biggest rock star to creator of the world's largest AIDS fundraising organization, from tabloid punching bag to pop royalty, have all served as survival strategies that illuminate the era he has thereby navigated.</p>
<p>Matthew Restall teaches at the Pennsylvania State University, where he is Edwin Erle Sparks Professor of History, Anthropology, and Women's, Gender, and Sexuality Studies, and Director of Latin American Studies.</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is editor at the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 May 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Elton John is not only "still standing," he is a living superlative, the ultimate record-breaking, award-winning survivor of the great era of pop and rock music that he helped to shape during his six decades in the music industry. Yet few of his numerous biographies and song guides take him as a historical subject worthy of scholarly study.<br />In contrast, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197684825">On Elton John: An Opinionated Guide</a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2025) approaches the artist seriously and analytically, while still couched in a highly accessible style. Author Matthew Restall offers a new way to explore Sir Elton's career and music within the contexts of other artists and of sweeping shifts in popular culture during his lifetime. Each of the ten chapters is anchored to an Elton song, rooted in its pop culture history, and advances a clear argument, pairing him with figures ranging from Bernie (Bernie Taupin, his lyricist) to Bennie (of the Jets), from "frenemy" David Bowie to artists like Rod Stewart, Aretha Franklin, and Dua Lipa, from Diana (the princess) to Jesus (yes, that one). Restall contends that Sir Elton's career offers us a novel way to see and understand the last half century of pop music and culture history--whether we call the era that of the album, of rock, of postmodernism, or of something else. The yellow brick road of Sir Elton's career has been long, winding, and bumpy, but, as Restall argues, his success has come not just despite but because of those challenges. The artist's transformations from Reg to Elton to Sir Elton to Uncle Elton, from ugly duckling to bedazzled swan, from the world's biggest rock star to creator of the world's largest AIDS fundraising organization, from tabloid punching bag to pop royalty, have all served as survival strategies that illuminate the era he has thereby navigated.</p>
<p>Matthew Restall teaches at the Pennsylvania State University, where he is Edwin Erle Sparks Professor of History, Anthropology, and Women's, Gender, and Sexuality Studies, and Director of Latin American Studies.</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is editor at the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="76864319" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/16bc4678-93ec-40f8-9b90-c47bf364bdfb/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=16bc4678-93ec-40f8-9b90-c47bf364bdfb&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Matthew Restall, &quot;On Elton John: An Opinionated Guide&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:20:03</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Elton John is not only &quot;still standing,&quot; he is a living superlative, the ultimate record-breaking, award-winning survivor of the great era of pop and rock music that he helped to shape during his six decades in the music industry. Yet few of his numerous biographies and song guides take him as a historical subject worthy of scholarly study.In contrast, On Elton John: An Opinionated Guide (Oxford University Press, 2025) approaches the artist seriously and analytically, while still couched in a highly accessible style. Author Matthew Restall offers a new way to explore Sir Elton&apos;s career and music within the contexts of other artists and of sweeping shifts in popular culture during his lifetime. Each of the ten chapters is anchored to an Elton song, rooted in its pop culture history, and advances a clear argument, pairing him with figures ranging from Bernie (Bernie Taupin, his lyricist) to Bennie (of the Jets), from &quot;frenemy&quot; David Bowie to artists like Rod Stewart, Aretha Franklin, and Dua Lipa, from Diana (the princess) to Jesus (yes, that one). Restall contends that Sir Elton&apos;s career offers us a novel way to see and understand the last half century of pop music and culture history--whether we call the era that of the album, of rock, of postmodernism, or of something else. The yellow brick road of Sir Elton&apos;s career has been long, winding, and bumpy, but, as Restall argues, his success has come not just despite but because of those challenges. The artist&apos;s transformations from Reg to Elton to Sir Elton to Uncle Elton, from ugly duckling to bedazzled swan, from the world&apos;s biggest rock star to creator of the world&apos;s largest AIDS fundraising organization, from tabloid punching bag to pop royalty, have all served as survival strategies that illuminate the era he has thereby navigated.

Matthew Restall teaches at the Pennsylvania State University, where he is Edwin Erle Sparks Professor of History, Anthropology, and Women&apos;s, Gender, and Sexuality Studies, and Director of Latin American Studies.

Caleb Zakarin is editor at the New Books Network.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Elton John is not only &quot;still standing,&quot; he is a living superlative, the ultimate record-breaking, award-winning survivor of the great era of pop and rock music that he helped to shape during his six decades in the music industry. Yet few of his numerous biographies and song guides take him as a historical subject worthy of scholarly study.In contrast, On Elton John: An Opinionated Guide (Oxford University Press, 2025) approaches the artist seriously and analytically, while still couched in a highly accessible style. Author Matthew Restall offers a new way to explore Sir Elton&apos;s career and music within the contexts of other artists and of sweeping shifts in popular culture during his lifetime. Each of the ten chapters is anchored to an Elton song, rooted in its pop culture history, and advances a clear argument, pairing him with figures ranging from Bernie (Bernie Taupin, his lyricist) to Bennie (of the Jets), from &quot;frenemy&quot; David Bowie to artists like Rod Stewart, Aretha Franklin, and Dua Lipa, from Diana (the princess) to Jesus (yes, that one). Restall contends that Sir Elton&apos;s career offers us a novel way to see and understand the last half century of pop music and culture history--whether we call the era that of the album, of rock, of postmodernism, or of something else. The yellow brick road of Sir Elton&apos;s career has been long, winding, and bumpy, but, as Restall argues, his success has come not just despite but because of those challenges. The artist&apos;s transformations from Reg to Elton to Sir Elton to Uncle Elton, from ugly duckling to bedazzled swan, from the world&apos;s biggest rock star to creator of the world&apos;s largest AIDS fundraising organization, from tabloid punching bag to pop royalty, have all served as survival strategies that illuminate the era he has thereby navigated.

Matthew Restall teaches at the Pennsylvania State University, where he is Edwin Erle Sparks Professor of History, Anthropology, and Women&apos;s, Gender, and Sexuality Studies, and Director of Latin American Studies.

Caleb Zakarin is editor at the New Books Network.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>31</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1a425e8c-2f65-11f0-b864-1bb5215590a4</guid>
      <title>Jacquelyn Schneider and Julia MacDonald, &quot;The Rise of Unmanned Warfare: Origins of the Us Autonomous Military Arsenal&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190064389">The Rise of Unmanned Warfare: Origins of the Us Autonomous Military Arsenal</a> (Oxford UP, 2023) tells the fascinating story of the people, processes, and beliefs that led to the contemporary American unmanned arsenal. It takes an expansive look at automated and autonomous technologies, from mines and torpedoes to guided bombs and missiles, satellites, and ultimately, drones. Instead of asking the question, "Why unmanned rather than manned?" the book explains why certain types of unmanned systems became popular while others languished in research or in small pockets of the American military.</p>
<p>To answer this question, Jacquelyn Schneider and Julia Macdonald use interviews of senior decision-makers, military doctrine and writings, and historical sources to detail the proliferation of over a hundred years of unmanned weapons in the US arsenal, from mines and balloons to Reapers and Global Hawks. Their exploration reveals how multiple factors--key policy entrepreneurs, like Andy Marshall in the Office of Net Assessment; critical junctures like the fall of the USSR or the 9/11 attacks; beliefs that emerged in the wake of the Vietnam War; and US military service culture--all interacted in complex ways to form today's unmanned arsenal.</p>
<p>The Hand Behind Unmanned uses theories of organizational innovation and process tracing of historical cases to explain recent developments, including US precision munition shortfalls and the rise of unmanned aerial platforms. It also foreshadows where the US unmanned arsenal may be headed in the future. Ultimately, the book uses a remarkable case study to illustrate how ideas diffuse across people and organizations to build the weapons of modern warfare.</p>
<p>Our guests are Doctor <a href="https://www.hoover.org/profiles/jacquelyn-schneider">Jacquelyn Schneider</a>, who is the Hargrove Hoover Fellow at the Hoover Institution, the Director of the Hoover Wargaming and Crisis Simulation Initiative, and an affiliate with Stanford's Center for International Security and Cooperation; and Doctor <a href="https://www.asianz.org.nz/our-people/dr-julia-macdonald">Julia Macdonald</a>, who is a Research Professor at the Korbel School of International Studies, University of Denver, and Director of Research and Engagement at the Asia New Zealand Foundation.<br /></p>
<p>Our host is <a href="https://www.eleonoramattiacci.com/home">Eleonora Mattiacci</a>, an Associate Professor of Political Science at Amherst College. She is the author of "<a href="https://www.eleonoramattiacci.com/book-project-1">Volatile States in International Politics</a>" (Oxford University Press, 2023).</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 May 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190064389">The Rise of Unmanned Warfare: Origins of the Us Autonomous Military Arsenal</a> (Oxford UP, 2023) tells the fascinating story of the people, processes, and beliefs that led to the contemporary American unmanned arsenal. It takes an expansive look at automated and autonomous technologies, from mines and torpedoes to guided bombs and missiles, satellites, and ultimately, drones. Instead of asking the question, "Why unmanned rather than manned?" the book explains why certain types of unmanned systems became popular while others languished in research or in small pockets of the American military.</p>
<p>To answer this question, Jacquelyn Schneider and Julia Macdonald use interviews of senior decision-makers, military doctrine and writings, and historical sources to detail the proliferation of over a hundred years of unmanned weapons in the US arsenal, from mines and balloons to Reapers and Global Hawks. Their exploration reveals how multiple factors--key policy entrepreneurs, like Andy Marshall in the Office of Net Assessment; critical junctures like the fall of the USSR or the 9/11 attacks; beliefs that emerged in the wake of the Vietnam War; and US military service culture--all interacted in complex ways to form today's unmanned arsenal.</p>
<p>The Hand Behind Unmanned uses theories of organizational innovation and process tracing of historical cases to explain recent developments, including US precision munition shortfalls and the rise of unmanned aerial platforms. It also foreshadows where the US unmanned arsenal may be headed in the future. Ultimately, the book uses a remarkable case study to illustrate how ideas diffuse across people and organizations to build the weapons of modern warfare.</p>
<p>Our guests are Doctor <a href="https://www.hoover.org/profiles/jacquelyn-schneider">Jacquelyn Schneider</a>, who is the Hargrove Hoover Fellow at the Hoover Institution, the Director of the Hoover Wargaming and Crisis Simulation Initiative, and an affiliate with Stanford's Center for International Security and Cooperation; and Doctor <a href="https://www.asianz.org.nz/our-people/dr-julia-macdonald">Julia Macdonald</a>, who is a Research Professor at the Korbel School of International Studies, University of Denver, and Director of Research and Engagement at the Asia New Zealand Foundation.<br /></p>
<p>Our host is <a href="https://www.eleonoramattiacci.com/home">Eleonora Mattiacci</a>, an Associate Professor of Political Science at Amherst College. She is the author of "<a href="https://www.eleonoramattiacci.com/book-project-1">Volatile States in International Politics</a>" (Oxford University Press, 2023).</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="41032037" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/e701db21-d1ee-48fd-9b82-d56b6af8d03a/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=e701db21-d1ee-48fd-9b82-d56b6af8d03a&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Jacquelyn Schneider and Julia MacDonald, &quot;The Rise of Unmanned Warfare: Origins of the Us Autonomous Military Arsenal&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:42:44</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The Rise of Unmanned Warfare: Origins of the Us Autonomous Military Arsenal (Oxford UP, 2023) tells the fascinating story of the people, processes, and beliefs that led to the contemporary American unmanned arsenal. It takes an expansive look at automated and autonomous technologies, from mines and torpedoes to guided bombs and missiles, satellites, and ultimately, drones. Instead of asking the question, &quot;Why unmanned rather than manned?&quot; the book explains why certain types of unmanned systems became popular while others languished in research or in small pockets of the American military.

To answer this question, Jacquelyn Schneider and Julia Macdonald use interviews of senior decision-makers, military doctrine and writings, and historical sources to detail the proliferation of over a hundred years of unmanned weapons in the US arsenal, from mines and balloons to Reapers and Global Hawks. Their exploration reveals how multiple factors--key policy entrepreneurs, like Andy Marshall in the Office of Net Assessment; critical junctures like the fall of the USSR or the 9/11 attacks; beliefs that emerged in the wake of the Vietnam War; and US military service culture--all interacted in complex ways to form today&apos;s unmanned arsenal.

The Hand Behind Unmanned uses theories of organizational innovation and process tracing of historical cases to explain recent developments, including US precision munition shortfalls and the rise of unmanned aerial platforms. It also foreshadows where the US unmanned arsenal may be headed in the future. Ultimately, the book uses a remarkable case study to illustrate how ideas diffuse across people and organizations to build the weapons of modern warfare.

Our guests are Doctor Jacquelyn Schneider, who is the Hargrove Hoover Fellow at the Hoover Institution, the Director of the Hoover Wargaming and Crisis Simulation Initiative, and an affiliate with Stanford&apos;s Center for International Security and Cooperation; and Doctor Julia Macdonald, who is a Research Professor at the Korbel School of International Studies, University of Denver, and Director of Research and Engagement at the Asia New Zealand Foundation.

Our host is Eleonora Mattiacci, an Associate Professor of Political Science at Amherst College. She is the author of &quot;Volatile States in International Politics&quot; (Oxford University Press, 2023).</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The Rise of Unmanned Warfare: Origins of the Us Autonomous Military Arsenal (Oxford UP, 2023) tells the fascinating story of the people, processes, and beliefs that led to the contemporary American unmanned arsenal. It takes an expansive look at automated and autonomous technologies, from mines and torpedoes to guided bombs and missiles, satellites, and ultimately, drones. Instead of asking the question, &quot;Why unmanned rather than manned?&quot; the book explains why certain types of unmanned systems became popular while others languished in research or in small pockets of the American military.

To answer this question, Jacquelyn Schneider and Julia Macdonald use interviews of senior decision-makers, military doctrine and writings, and historical sources to detail the proliferation of over a hundred years of unmanned weapons in the US arsenal, from mines and balloons to Reapers and Global Hawks. Their exploration reveals how multiple factors--key policy entrepreneurs, like Andy Marshall in the Office of Net Assessment; critical junctures like the fall of the USSR or the 9/11 attacks; beliefs that emerged in the wake of the Vietnam War; and US military service culture--all interacted in complex ways to form today&apos;s unmanned arsenal.

The Hand Behind Unmanned uses theories of organizational innovation and process tracing of historical cases to explain recent developments, including US precision munition shortfalls and the rise of unmanned aerial platforms. It also foreshadows where the US unmanned arsenal may be headed in the future. Ultimately, the book uses a remarkable case study to illustrate how ideas diffuse across people and organizations to build the weapons of modern warfare.

Our guests are Doctor Jacquelyn Schneider, who is the Hargrove Hoover Fellow at the Hoover Institution, the Director of the Hoover Wargaming and Crisis Simulation Initiative, and an affiliate with Stanford&apos;s Center for International Security and Cooperation; and Doctor Julia Macdonald, who is a Research Professor at the Korbel School of International Studies, University of Denver, and Director of Research and Engagement at the Asia New Zealand Foundation.

Our host is Eleonora Mattiacci, an Associate Professor of Political Science at Amherst College. She is the author of &quot;Volatile States in International Politics&quot; (Oxford University Press, 2023).</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>131</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21382166-2f62-11f0-a165-07a1aa262ef3</guid>
      <title>Robert F. Darden and Stephen M. Newby, &quot;Soon and Very Soon: The Transformative Music and Ministry of Andraé Crouch&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Gospel singer and seven-time Grammy winner Andraé Crouch (1942-2015) hardly needs introduction. His compositions--"The Blood Will Never Lose Its Power," "Through It All," "My Tribute (To God be the Glory)," "Jesus is the Answer," "Soon and Very Soon," and others--remain staples in modern hymnals, and he is often spoken of in the same "genius" pantheon as Mahalia Jackson, Thomas Dorsey and the Rev. James Cleveland. As the definitive biography of Crouch published to date, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197748121">Soon and Very Soon: The Transformative Music and Ministry of Andraé Crouch</a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2025) celebrates the many ways that his legacy indelibly changed the course of gospel and popular music.</p>
<p>10 Songs chosen by the authors:</p>
<ul>
  <li>The Blood (Will Never Lose Its Power)</li>
  <li>I’ve Got Confidence</li>
  <li>My Tribute (to God be the Glory)</li>
  <li>Satisfied</li>
  <li>Bless His Holy Name</li>
  <li>Take Me Back</li>
  <li>Soon and Very Soon</li>
  <li>Bless His Holy Name</li>
  <li>Jesus is the Answer</li>
  <li>Just Like He Said He Would</li>
</ul>
<p>Robert F. Darden is Emeritus Professor of Journalism at Baylor University and the founder of the Black Gospel Music Preservation Project. He is the author of more than two dozen books and former Gospel Music Editor for <em>Billboard</em> magazine.<br /></p>
<p>Stephen M. Newby holds the Lev H. Prichard III Endowed Chair in the Study of Black Worship as Professor of Music and serves as Ambassador for Black Gospel Music Preservation at Baylor University.</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is editor at the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 May 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Gospel singer and seven-time Grammy winner Andraé Crouch (1942-2015) hardly needs introduction. His compositions--"The Blood Will Never Lose Its Power," "Through It All," "My Tribute (To God be the Glory)," "Jesus is the Answer," "Soon and Very Soon," and others--remain staples in modern hymnals, and he is often spoken of in the same "genius" pantheon as Mahalia Jackson, Thomas Dorsey and the Rev. James Cleveland. As the definitive biography of Crouch published to date, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197748121">Soon and Very Soon: The Transformative Music and Ministry of Andraé Crouch</a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2025) celebrates the many ways that his legacy indelibly changed the course of gospel and popular music.</p>
<p>10 Songs chosen by the authors:</p>
<ul>
  <li>The Blood (Will Never Lose Its Power)</li>
  <li>I’ve Got Confidence</li>
  <li>My Tribute (to God be the Glory)</li>
  <li>Satisfied</li>
  <li>Bless His Holy Name</li>
  <li>Take Me Back</li>
  <li>Soon and Very Soon</li>
  <li>Bless His Holy Name</li>
  <li>Jesus is the Answer</li>
  <li>Just Like He Said He Would</li>
</ul>
<p>Robert F. Darden is Emeritus Professor of Journalism at Baylor University and the founder of the Black Gospel Music Preservation Project. He is the author of more than two dozen books and former Gospel Music Editor for <em>Billboard</em> magazine.<br /></p>
<p>Stephen M. Newby holds the Lev H. Prichard III Endowed Chair in the Study of Black Worship as Professor of Music and serves as Ambassador for Black Gospel Music Preservation at Baylor University.</p>
<p><em>Caleb Zakarin is editor at the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="48179355" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/2d0222c7-f561-4530-9580-4ef06620d8f5/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=2d0222c7-f561-4530-9580-4ef06620d8f5&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Robert F. Darden and Stephen M. Newby, &quot;Soon and Very Soon: The Transformative Music and Ministry of Andraé Crouch&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:50:11</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Gospel singer and seven-time Grammy winner Andraé Crouch (1942-2015) hardly needs introduction. His compositions--&quot;The Blood Will Never Lose Its Power,&quot; &quot;Through It All,&quot; &quot;My Tribute (To God be the Glory),&quot; &quot;Jesus is the Answer,&quot; &quot;Soon and Very Soon,&quot; and others--remain staples in modern hymnals, and he is often spoken of in the same &quot;genius&quot; pantheon as Mahalia Jackson, Thomas Dorsey and the Rev. James Cleveland. As the definitive biography of Crouch published to date, Soon and Very Soon: The Transformative Music and Ministry of Andraé Crouch (Oxford University Press, 2025) celebrates the many ways that his legacy indelibly changed the course of gospel and popular music.

10 Songs chosen by the authors:


  The Blood (Will Never Lose Its Power)

  I’ve Got Confidence

  My Tribute (to God be the Glory)

  Satisfied

  Bless His Holy Name

  Take Me Back

  Soon and Very Soon

  Bless His Holy Name

  Jesus is the Answer

  Just Like He Said He Would


Robert F. Darden is Emeritus Professor of Journalism at Baylor University and the founder of the Black Gospel Music Preservation Project. He is the author of more than two dozen books and former Gospel Music Editor for Billboard magazine.

Stephen M. Newby holds the Lev H. Prichard III Endowed Chair in the Study of Black Worship as Professor of Music and serves as Ambassador for Black Gospel Music Preservation at Baylor University.

Caleb Zakarin is editor at the New Books Network.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Gospel singer and seven-time Grammy winner Andraé Crouch (1942-2015) hardly needs introduction. His compositions--&quot;The Blood Will Never Lose Its Power,&quot; &quot;Through It All,&quot; &quot;My Tribute (To God be the Glory),&quot; &quot;Jesus is the Answer,&quot; &quot;Soon and Very Soon,&quot; and others--remain staples in modern hymnals, and he is often spoken of in the same &quot;genius&quot; pantheon as Mahalia Jackson, Thomas Dorsey and the Rev. James Cleveland. As the definitive biography of Crouch published to date, Soon and Very Soon: The Transformative Music and Ministry of Andraé Crouch (Oxford University Press, 2025) celebrates the many ways that his legacy indelibly changed the course of gospel and popular music.

10 Songs chosen by the authors:


  The Blood (Will Never Lose Its Power)

  I’ve Got Confidence

  My Tribute (to God be the Glory)

  Satisfied

  Bless His Holy Name

  Take Me Back

  Soon and Very Soon

  Bless His Holy Name

  Jesus is the Answer

  Just Like He Said He Would


Robert F. Darden is Emeritus Professor of Journalism at Baylor University and the founder of the Black Gospel Music Preservation Project. He is the author of more than two dozen books and former Gospel Music Editor for Billboard magazine.

Stephen M. Newby holds the Lev H. Prichard III Endowed Chair in the Study of Black Worship as Professor of Music and serves as Ambassador for Black Gospel Music Preservation at Baylor University.

Caleb Zakarin is editor at the New Books Network.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>27</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0639c54a-2daa-11f0-aeaa-d71957da825f</guid>
      <title>Ken Conca, &quot;After the Floods: The Search for Resilience in Ellicott City&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>One small town, two "thousand-year floods" in the span of two years: how does a community become resilient in the face of the ever-increasing risks of climate change?<br />Small towns across America and around the world face mounting challenges with flood risk, a result of not only climate change but also poorly adapted landscapes, sprawl, overdevelopment and poor planning. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197788073">After the Floods: The Search for Resilience in Ellicott City</a> (Oxford UP, 2024) is about Ellicott City, a small town in central Maryland that experienced two devastating flash floods just 22 months apart. Despite the town's many advantages—wealth, access to expertise, a mobilized community, and a stout identity steeped in 250 years of history—Ellicott City found itself mired in a deeply divisive argument over what to do in the aftermath. As a resident, Ken Conca bore firsthand witness to the conflict that took root when the flood waters receded.<br />While this book is about one residential suburb, the dilemmas that it faces over how to adapt to climate change are coming soon to a small town near you. On one level a story about re-engineering a landscape, <em>After the Floods</em> ultimately grapples with uncertainty over local history, justice, democracy, and identity. What can we know about future risks to our communities? What is the meaning of place and history when preservation goals come into conflict with flood protection? What should we protect? Who gets to speak for the community? In Ellicott City's search for answers, we can find important lessons for other small communities that must begin preparing for future climate risks.</p>
<p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Hannah Pool whose research focuses on human mobilities. She is a senior researcher at the Max Planck Institute for the Studies of Societies.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 11 May 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>One small town, two "thousand-year floods" in the span of two years: how does a community become resilient in the face of the ever-increasing risks of climate change?<br />Small towns across America and around the world face mounting challenges with flood risk, a result of not only climate change but also poorly adapted landscapes, sprawl, overdevelopment and poor planning. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197788073">After the Floods: The Search for Resilience in Ellicott City</a> (Oxford UP, 2024) is about Ellicott City, a small town in central Maryland that experienced two devastating flash floods just 22 months apart. Despite the town's many advantages—wealth, access to expertise, a mobilized community, and a stout identity steeped in 250 years of history—Ellicott City found itself mired in a deeply divisive argument over what to do in the aftermath. As a resident, Ken Conca bore firsthand witness to the conflict that took root when the flood waters receded.<br />While this book is about one residential suburb, the dilemmas that it faces over how to adapt to climate change are coming soon to a small town near you. On one level a story about re-engineering a landscape, <em>After the Floods</em> ultimately grapples with uncertainty over local history, justice, democracy, and identity. What can we know about future risks to our communities? What is the meaning of place and history when preservation goals come into conflict with flood protection? What should we protect? Who gets to speak for the community? In Ellicott City's search for answers, we can find important lessons for other small communities that must begin preparing for future climate risks.</p>
<p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Hannah Pool whose research focuses on human mobilities. She is a senior researcher at the Max Planck Institute for the Studies of Societies.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="45336968" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/ec062046-45cf-48d2-9c85-a8b2eba6e190/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=ec062046-45cf-48d2-9c85-a8b2eba6e190&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Ken Conca, &quot;After the Floods: The Search for Resilience in Ellicott City&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:47:13</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>One small town, two &quot;thousand-year floods&quot; in the span of two years: how does a community become resilient in the face of the ever-increasing risks of climate change?Small towns across America and around the world face mounting challenges with flood risk, a result of not only climate change but also poorly adapted landscapes, sprawl, overdevelopment and poor planning. After the Floods: The Search for Resilience in Ellicott City (Oxford UP, 2024) is about Ellicott City, a small town in central Maryland that experienced two devastating flash floods just 22 months apart. Despite the town&apos;s many advantages—wealth, access to expertise, a mobilized community, and a stout identity steeped in 250 years of history—Ellicott City found itself mired in a deeply divisive argument over what to do in the aftermath. As a resident, Ken Conca bore firsthand witness to the conflict that took root when the flood waters receded.While this book is about one residential suburb, the dilemmas that it faces over how to adapt to climate change are coming soon to a small town near you. On one level a story about re-engineering a landscape, After the Floods ultimately grapples with uncertainty over local history, justice, democracy, and identity. What can we know about future risks to our communities? What is the meaning of place and history when preservation goals come into conflict with flood protection? What should we protect? Who gets to speak for the community? In Ellicott City&apos;s search for answers, we can find important lessons for other small communities that must begin preparing for future climate risks.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Hannah Pool whose research focuses on human mobilities. She is a senior researcher at the Max Planck Institute for the Studies of Societies.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>One small town, two &quot;thousand-year floods&quot; in the span of two years: how does a community become resilient in the face of the ever-increasing risks of climate change?Small towns across America and around the world face mounting challenges with flood risk, a result of not only climate change but also poorly adapted landscapes, sprawl, overdevelopment and poor planning. After the Floods: The Search for Resilience in Ellicott City (Oxford UP, 2024) is about Ellicott City, a small town in central Maryland that experienced two devastating flash floods just 22 months apart. Despite the town&apos;s many advantages—wealth, access to expertise, a mobilized community, and a stout identity steeped in 250 years of history—Ellicott City found itself mired in a deeply divisive argument over what to do in the aftermath. As a resident, Ken Conca bore firsthand witness to the conflict that took root when the flood waters receded.While this book is about one residential suburb, the dilemmas that it faces over how to adapt to climate change are coming soon to a small town near you. On one level a story about re-engineering a landscape, After the Floods ultimately grapples with uncertainty over local history, justice, democracy, and identity. What can we know about future risks to our communities? What is the meaning of place and history when preservation goals come into conflict with flood protection? What should we protect? Who gets to speak for the community? In Ellicott City&apos;s search for answers, we can find important lessons for other small communities that must begin preparing for future climate risks.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Hannah Pool whose research focuses on human mobilities. She is a senior researcher at the Max Planck Institute for the Studies of Societies.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1620</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">320e76e4-2c32-11f0-8330-abfbc6541a2c</guid>
      <title>Catherine Hartmann, &quot;Making the Invisible Real: Practice of Seeing in Tibetan Pilgrimage&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Dr. Catherine Hartmann is Assistant Professor of Asian Religions in the Department of Philosophy and Religious Studies at University of Wyoming. She received her B.A. in Religious Studies from the University of Virginia in 2011, M.A. in the History of Religions from the University of Chicago in 2013, and a Ph.D. from the Committee on the Study of Religion at Harvard University in 2020.</p>
<p>Dr. Hartmann's engagement with Religious Studies arises out of a longstanding interest in religion as a force that shapes our experience of the world, and in the practices religions develop to transform that experience. Her work focuses on the history of Tibetan pilgrimage to holy mountains and the goal of transforming perception while on pilgrimage. She is also interested in Buddhist ethics, vision and visuality, theories of place, and autobiographical writing.</p>
<p>Her most recent book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197791554">Making the Invisible Real: Practices of Seeing in Tibetan Pilgrimage</a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2025), asks the following question: How can a person learn to see a mountain as a divine mandala, especially when, to the ordinary eye, the mountain looks like a pile of rocks and snow? This is the challenge that the Tibetan pilgrimage tradition poses to pilgrims, who are told to overcome their ordinary perception to see the hidden reality of the holy mountain.</p>
<p>Drawing on multiple genres of Tibetan literature from the 13th to 20th centuries--including foundational narratives of holy places, polemical debates about the value of pilgrimage, written guides to holy sites, advice texts, and personal diaries--this book investigates how the pilgrimage tradition tries to transform pilgrims' perception so that they might experience the wondrous sacred landscape as real and materially present. Catherine Anne Hartmann argues that the pilgrimage tradition does not simply assume that pilgrims experience this sacred landscape as real, but instead leads pilgrims to adopt deliberate practices of seeing: ways of looking at and interacting with the world that shape their experience of the holy mountain.</p>
<p><em>Making the Invisible Real</em> explores two ways of seeing: the pilgrim's ordinary perception of the world, and the fantastic vision believed to lie beyond this ordinary perception. As pilgrims move through the holy place, they move back and forth between these two ways of seeing, weaving the ordinary perceived world and extraordinary imagined world together into a single experience. Hartmann shows us how seemingly fantastical religious worldviews are not simply believed or taken for granted, but actively constructed and reconstructed for new generations of practitioners.</p>
<p>Previous interview with Dr. Hartmann on the New Books Network: <a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/teaching-buddhist-studies-online-a-discussion-with-kate-hartmann#entry:63821@1:url">Teaching Buddhist Studies Online A Discussion with Kate Hartmann</a>.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.wikiart.org/en/nicholas-roerich/milarepa-the-one-who-harkened-1925">Milarepa, the One Who Harkened</a>, by Nicholas Roerich.</p>
<p>Dr. Hartmann's website with contact information: <a href="https://www.drkatehartmann.com/">https://www.drkatehartmann.com.</a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 9 May 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Dr. Catherine Hartmann is Assistant Professor of Asian Religions in the Department of Philosophy and Religious Studies at University of Wyoming. She received her B.A. in Religious Studies from the University of Virginia in 2011, M.A. in the History of Religions from the University of Chicago in 2013, and a Ph.D. from the Committee on the Study of Religion at Harvard University in 2020.</p>
<p>Dr. Hartmann's engagement with Religious Studies arises out of a longstanding interest in religion as a force that shapes our experience of the world, and in the practices religions develop to transform that experience. Her work focuses on the history of Tibetan pilgrimage to holy mountains and the goal of transforming perception while on pilgrimage. She is also interested in Buddhist ethics, vision and visuality, theories of place, and autobiographical writing.</p>
<p>Her most recent book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197791554">Making the Invisible Real: Practices of Seeing in Tibetan Pilgrimage</a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2025), asks the following question: How can a person learn to see a mountain as a divine mandala, especially when, to the ordinary eye, the mountain looks like a pile of rocks and snow? This is the challenge that the Tibetan pilgrimage tradition poses to pilgrims, who are told to overcome their ordinary perception to see the hidden reality of the holy mountain.</p>
<p>Drawing on multiple genres of Tibetan literature from the 13th to 20th centuries--including foundational narratives of holy places, polemical debates about the value of pilgrimage, written guides to holy sites, advice texts, and personal diaries--this book investigates how the pilgrimage tradition tries to transform pilgrims' perception so that they might experience the wondrous sacred landscape as real and materially present. Catherine Anne Hartmann argues that the pilgrimage tradition does not simply assume that pilgrims experience this sacred landscape as real, but instead leads pilgrims to adopt deliberate practices of seeing: ways of looking at and interacting with the world that shape their experience of the holy mountain.</p>
<p><em>Making the Invisible Real</em> explores two ways of seeing: the pilgrim's ordinary perception of the world, and the fantastic vision believed to lie beyond this ordinary perception. As pilgrims move through the holy place, they move back and forth between these two ways of seeing, weaving the ordinary perceived world and extraordinary imagined world together into a single experience. Hartmann shows us how seemingly fantastical religious worldviews are not simply believed or taken for granted, but actively constructed and reconstructed for new generations of practitioners.</p>
<p>Previous interview with Dr. Hartmann on the New Books Network: <a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/teaching-buddhist-studies-online-a-discussion-with-kate-hartmann#entry:63821@1:url">Teaching Buddhist Studies Online A Discussion with Kate Hartmann</a>.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.wikiart.org/en/nicholas-roerich/milarepa-the-one-who-harkened-1925">Milarepa, the One Who Harkened</a>, by Nicholas Roerich.</p>
<p>Dr. Hartmann's website with contact information: <a href="https://www.drkatehartmann.com/">https://www.drkatehartmann.com.</a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="57212615" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/c745cd64-3fc5-4439-9bc7-c54b3071d738/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=c745cd64-3fc5-4439-9bc7-c54b3071d738&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Catherine Hartmann, &quot;Making the Invisible Real: Practice of Seeing in Tibetan Pilgrimage&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:59:35</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Dr. Catherine Hartmann is Assistant Professor of Asian Religions in the Department of Philosophy and Religious Studies at University of Wyoming. She received her B.A. in Religious Studies from the University of Virginia in 2011, M.A. in the History of Religions from the University of Chicago in 2013, and a Ph.D. from the Committee on the Study of Religion at Harvard University in 2020.

Dr. Hartmann&apos;s engagement with Religious Studies arises out of a longstanding interest in religion as a force that shapes our experience of the world, and in the practices religions develop to transform that experience. Her work focuses on the history of Tibetan pilgrimage to holy mountains and the goal of transforming perception while on pilgrimage. She is also interested in Buddhist ethics, vision and visuality, theories of place, and autobiographical writing.

Her most recent book, Making the Invisible Real: Practices of Seeing in Tibetan Pilgrimage (Oxford UP, 2025), asks the following question: How can a person learn to see a mountain as a divine mandala, especially when, to the ordinary eye, the mountain looks like a pile of rocks and snow? This is the challenge that the Tibetan pilgrimage tradition poses to pilgrims, who are told to overcome their ordinary perception to see the hidden reality of the holy mountain.

Drawing on multiple genres of Tibetan literature from the 13th to 20th centuries--including foundational narratives of holy places, polemical debates about the value of pilgrimage, written guides to holy sites, advice texts, and personal diaries--this book investigates how the pilgrimage tradition tries to transform pilgrims&apos; perception so that they might experience the wondrous sacred landscape as real and materially present. Catherine Anne Hartmann argues that the pilgrimage tradition does not simply assume that pilgrims experience this sacred landscape as real, but instead leads pilgrims to adopt deliberate practices of seeing: ways of looking at and interacting with the world that shape their experience of the holy mountain.

Making the Invisible Real explores two ways of seeing: the pilgrim&apos;s ordinary perception of the world, and the fantastic vision believed to lie beyond this ordinary perception. As pilgrims move through the holy place, they move back and forth between these two ways of seeing, weaving the ordinary perceived world and extraordinary imagined world together into a single experience. Hartmann shows us how seemingly fantastical religious worldviews are not simply believed or taken for granted, but actively constructed and reconstructed for new generations of practitioners.

Previous interview with Dr. Hartmann on the New Books Network: Teaching Buddhist Studies Online A Discussion with Kate Hartmann.

Milarepa, the One Who Harkened, by Nicholas Roerich.

Dr. Hartmann&apos;s website with contact information: https://www.drkatehartmann.com.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Dr. Catherine Hartmann is Assistant Professor of Asian Religions in the Department of Philosophy and Religious Studies at University of Wyoming. She received her B.A. in Religious Studies from the University of Virginia in 2011, M.A. in the History of Religions from the University of Chicago in 2013, and a Ph.D. from the Committee on the Study of Religion at Harvard University in 2020.

Dr. Hartmann&apos;s engagement with Religious Studies arises out of a longstanding interest in religion as a force that shapes our experience of the world, and in the practices religions develop to transform that experience. Her work focuses on the history of Tibetan pilgrimage to holy mountains and the goal of transforming perception while on pilgrimage. She is also interested in Buddhist ethics, vision and visuality, theories of place, and autobiographical writing.

Her most recent book, Making the Invisible Real: Practices of Seeing in Tibetan Pilgrimage (Oxford UP, 2025), asks the following question: How can a person learn to see a mountain as a divine mandala, especially when, to the ordinary eye, the mountain looks like a pile of rocks and snow? This is the challenge that the Tibetan pilgrimage tradition poses to pilgrims, who are told to overcome their ordinary perception to see the hidden reality of the holy mountain.

Drawing on multiple genres of Tibetan literature from the 13th to 20th centuries--including foundational narratives of holy places, polemical debates about the value of pilgrimage, written guides to holy sites, advice texts, and personal diaries--this book investigates how the pilgrimage tradition tries to transform pilgrims&apos; perception so that they might experience the wondrous sacred landscape as real and materially present. Catherine Anne Hartmann argues that the pilgrimage tradition does not simply assume that pilgrims experience this sacred landscape as real, but instead leads pilgrims to adopt deliberate practices of seeing: ways of looking at and interacting with the world that shape their experience of the holy mountain.

Making the Invisible Real explores two ways of seeing: the pilgrim&apos;s ordinary perception of the world, and the fantastic vision believed to lie beyond this ordinary perception. As pilgrims move through the holy place, they move back and forth between these two ways of seeing, weaving the ordinary perceived world and extraordinary imagined world together into a single experience. Hartmann shows us how seemingly fantastical religious worldviews are not simply believed or taken for granted, but actively constructed and reconstructed for new generations of practitioners.

Previous interview with Dr. Hartmann on the New Books Network: Teaching Buddhist Studies Online A Discussion with Kate Hartmann.

Milarepa, the One Who Harkened, by Nicholas Roerich.

Dr. Hartmann&apos;s website with contact information: https://www.drkatehartmann.com.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>138</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2d4268b6-2b54-11f0-9105-07d121d07d07</guid>
      <title>Jake Monaghan, &quot;Just Policing&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Policing is a source of perennial conflict and philosophical disagreement. Current political developments in the United States have only increased the urgency of this topic. Today we welcome philosopher Jake Monaghan to discuss his book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197610725">Just Policing</a> (Oxford UP, 2023), which applies interdisciplinary insights to examine the morality of policing.</p>
<p>Though the injustices of our world seemingly require some kind of policing, the police are often sources of injustice themselves. But this is not always the result of intentionally or negligently bad policing. Sometimes it is an unavoidable result of the injustices that emerge from interactions with other social systems. This raises an important question of just policing: how should police respond to the injustices built into the system? <em>Just Policing</em> attempts an answer, offering a theory of just policing in non-ideal contexts.</p>
<p>Monaghan argues that police discretion is not only unavoidable, but in light of non-ideal circumstances, valuable. This claim conflicts with a widespread but inchoate view of just policing, the legalist view that finds justice in faithful enforcement of the criminal code.</p>
<p>But the criminal code leaves policing seriously underdetermined; full enforcement is neither possible nor desirable. Police need an alternative normative framework for evaluating and guiding their exercise of power.</p>
<p><em>Just Policing</em> critiques popular approaches to police abolitionism while defending normative limits on police power. The book offers a defense of police discretion against common objections and evaluates controversial issues in order maintenance, such as the policing of "vice" and homelessness, democratic control over policing, community policing initiatives, police collaborations and alternatives like mental health response teams, and possibilities for structural reform.</p>
<p><a href="https://jakemonaghan.com/">Jake Monaghan</a> is Assistant Professor of Philosophy at the University of Southern California. He earned his Ph.D. in philosophy at the University of Buffalo. His research is primarily in moral and political philosophy.</p>
<p>He is interviewed by Tom McInerney, an international lawyer, scholar, and strategist, who has worked to advance rule of law and development internationally for 25 years. He has taught in the Rule of Law for Development Program at Loyola University Chicago School of Law since 2011. He writes the <a href="https://tommcinerney.substack.com/">Rights, Regulation and Rule of Law</a> newsletter on Substack.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 8 May 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Policing is a source of perennial conflict and philosophical disagreement. Current political developments in the United States have only increased the urgency of this topic. Today we welcome philosopher Jake Monaghan to discuss his book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197610725">Just Policing</a> (Oxford UP, 2023), which applies interdisciplinary insights to examine the morality of policing.</p>
<p>Though the injustices of our world seemingly require some kind of policing, the police are often sources of injustice themselves. But this is not always the result of intentionally or negligently bad policing. Sometimes it is an unavoidable result of the injustices that emerge from interactions with other social systems. This raises an important question of just policing: how should police respond to the injustices built into the system? <em>Just Policing</em> attempts an answer, offering a theory of just policing in non-ideal contexts.</p>
<p>Monaghan argues that police discretion is not only unavoidable, but in light of non-ideal circumstances, valuable. This claim conflicts with a widespread but inchoate view of just policing, the legalist view that finds justice in faithful enforcement of the criminal code.</p>
<p>But the criminal code leaves policing seriously underdetermined; full enforcement is neither possible nor desirable. Police need an alternative normative framework for evaluating and guiding their exercise of power.</p>
<p><em>Just Policing</em> critiques popular approaches to police abolitionism while defending normative limits on police power. The book offers a defense of police discretion against common objections and evaluates controversial issues in order maintenance, such as the policing of "vice" and homelessness, democratic control over policing, community policing initiatives, police collaborations and alternatives like mental health response teams, and possibilities for structural reform.</p>
<p><a href="https://jakemonaghan.com/">Jake Monaghan</a> is Assistant Professor of Philosophy at the University of Southern California. He earned his Ph.D. in philosophy at the University of Buffalo. His research is primarily in moral and political philosophy.</p>
<p>He is interviewed by Tom McInerney, an international lawyer, scholar, and strategist, who has worked to advance rule of law and development internationally for 25 years. He has taught in the Rule of Law for Development Program at Loyola University Chicago School of Law since 2011. He writes the <a href="https://tommcinerney.substack.com/">Rights, Regulation and Rule of Law</a> newsletter on Substack.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="59106103" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/5029b5da-93bd-4d3f-9f21-18336955e825/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=5029b5da-93bd-4d3f-9f21-18336955e825&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Jake Monaghan, &quot;Just Policing&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:01:33</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Policing is a source of perennial conflict and philosophical disagreement. Current political developments in the United States have only increased the urgency of this topic. Today we welcome philosopher Jake Monaghan to discuss his book, Just Policing (Oxford UP, 2023), which applies interdisciplinary insights to examine the morality of policing.

Though the injustices of our world seemingly require some kind of policing, the police are often sources of injustice themselves. But this is not always the result of intentionally or negligently bad policing. Sometimes it is an unavoidable result of the injustices that emerge from interactions with other social systems. This raises an important question of just policing: how should police respond to the injustices built into the system? Just Policing attempts an answer, offering a theory of just policing in non-ideal contexts.

Monaghan argues that police discretion is not only unavoidable, but in light of non-ideal circumstances, valuable. This claim conflicts with a widespread but inchoate view of just policing, the legalist view that finds justice in faithful enforcement of the criminal code.

But the criminal code leaves policing seriously underdetermined; full enforcement is neither possible nor desirable. Police need an alternative normative framework for evaluating and guiding their exercise of power.

Just Policing critiques popular approaches to police abolitionism while defending normative limits on police power. The book offers a defense of police discretion against common objections and evaluates controversial issues in order maintenance, such as the policing of &quot;vice&quot; and homelessness, democratic control over policing, community policing initiatives, police collaborations and alternatives like mental health response teams, and possibilities for structural reform.

Jake Monaghan is Assistant Professor of Philosophy at the University of Southern California. He earned his Ph.D. in philosophy at the University of Buffalo. His research is primarily in moral and political philosophy.

He is interviewed by Tom McInerney, an international lawyer, scholar, and strategist, who has worked to advance rule of law and development internationally for 25 years. He has taught in the Rule of Law for Development Program at Loyola University Chicago School of Law since 2011. He writes the Rights, Regulation and Rule of Law newsletter on Substack.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Policing is a source of perennial conflict and philosophical disagreement. Current political developments in the United States have only increased the urgency of this topic. Today we welcome philosopher Jake Monaghan to discuss his book, Just Policing (Oxford UP, 2023), which applies interdisciplinary insights to examine the morality of policing.

Though the injustices of our world seemingly require some kind of policing, the police are often sources of injustice themselves. But this is not always the result of intentionally or negligently bad policing. Sometimes it is an unavoidable result of the injustices that emerge from interactions with other social systems. This raises an important question of just policing: how should police respond to the injustices built into the system? Just Policing attempts an answer, offering a theory of just policing in non-ideal contexts.

Monaghan argues that police discretion is not only unavoidable, but in light of non-ideal circumstances, valuable. This claim conflicts with a widespread but inchoate view of just policing, the legalist view that finds justice in faithful enforcement of the criminal code.

But the criminal code leaves policing seriously underdetermined; full enforcement is neither possible nor desirable. Police need an alternative normative framework for evaluating and guiding their exercise of power.

Just Policing critiques popular approaches to police abolitionism while defending normative limits on police power. The book offers a defense of police discretion against common objections and evaluates controversial issues in order maintenance, such as the policing of &quot;vice&quot; and homelessness, democratic control over policing, community policing initiatives, police collaborations and alternatives like mental health response teams, and possibilities for structural reform.

Jake Monaghan is Assistant Professor of Philosophy at the University of Southern California. He earned his Ph.D. in philosophy at the University of Buffalo. His research is primarily in moral and political philosophy.

He is interviewed by Tom McInerney, an international lawyer, scholar, and strategist, who has worked to advance rule of law and development internationally for 25 years. He has taught in the Rule of Law for Development Program at Loyola University Chicago School of Law since 2011. He writes the Rights, Regulation and Rule of Law newsletter on Substack.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>29</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1cbe6282-2a9c-11f0-a15c-631ae58fc16c</guid>
      <title>Marc Jaffré, &quot;The Courtiers and the Court of Louis XIII, 1610-1643&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Marc Jaffré joins Jana Byars for a lively conversation about <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198957614">The Courtiers and the Court of Louis XIII, 1610- 1643</a> (Oxford University Press, 2025). Louis XIII's court has long been a feature of the popular imaginary, thanks in part to the many movie and TV adaptations of Alexandre Dumas' novel The Three Musketeers. Yet it remains misunderstood, commonly mischaracterised as weak, unimportant, or wholly subservient to the whims of Louis XIII. Seeking to correct this narrative, Marc Jaffré here offers a comprehensive analysis of the court's institutional, political, social, cultural, ceremonial, and financial development, across its very wide range of active participants, from courtiers, financiers, merchants, to lower-ranking household members. </p>
<p>The close study engages with the key issues of Louis' reign: the delegitimizing role of Cardinal Richelieu minister-favourite; the turbulent family dynamics that led Louis to wage wars against his mother, his brother, and his cousins; the backdrop of war, both with the Huguenots and within the context of the Thirty Years War; and the transformative rise of salon culture. In so doing, the court is shown to be a central, vibrant, and misunderstood element of early modern and pre-Louis XIV French history and culture. Courtiers, artisans, merchants, and financiers, among others, are shown to have played key roles in shaping the institutional, political, cultural, economic, and military framework of the court, and Louis XIII's reign more generally. In challenging the top-down paradigm prevalent in court studies, this monograph provides crucial correctives to the existing narrative that Louis XIII's court was weak or unimportant and simultaneously revises how early modern courts and their development have been understood historiographically.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 7 May 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Marc Jaffré joins Jana Byars for a lively conversation about <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198957614">The Courtiers and the Court of Louis XIII, 1610- 1643</a> (Oxford University Press, 2025). Louis XIII's court has long been a feature of the popular imaginary, thanks in part to the many movie and TV adaptations of Alexandre Dumas' novel The Three Musketeers. Yet it remains misunderstood, commonly mischaracterised as weak, unimportant, or wholly subservient to the whims of Louis XIII. Seeking to correct this narrative, Marc Jaffré here offers a comprehensive analysis of the court's institutional, political, social, cultural, ceremonial, and financial development, across its very wide range of active participants, from courtiers, financiers, merchants, to lower-ranking household members. </p>
<p>The close study engages with the key issues of Louis' reign: the delegitimizing role of Cardinal Richelieu minister-favourite; the turbulent family dynamics that led Louis to wage wars against his mother, his brother, and his cousins; the backdrop of war, both with the Huguenots and within the context of the Thirty Years War; and the transformative rise of salon culture. In so doing, the court is shown to be a central, vibrant, and misunderstood element of early modern and pre-Louis XIV French history and culture. Courtiers, artisans, merchants, and financiers, among others, are shown to have played key roles in shaping the institutional, political, cultural, economic, and military framework of the court, and Louis XIII's reign more generally. In challenging the top-down paradigm prevalent in court studies, this monograph provides crucial correctives to the existing narrative that Louis XIII's court was weak or unimportant and simultaneously revises how early modern courts and their development have been understood historiographically.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="60327061" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/a205a856-8489-4583-ac1b-58e9d9e7a53b/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=a205a856-8489-4583-ac1b-58e9d9e7a53b&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Marc Jaffré, &quot;The Courtiers and the Court of Louis XIII, 1610-1643&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:02:50</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Marc Jaffré joins Jana Byars for a lively conversation about The Courtiers and the Court of Louis XIII, 1610- 1643 (Oxford University Press, 2025). Louis XIII&apos;s court has long been a feature of the popular imaginary, thanks in part to the many movie and TV adaptations of Alexandre Dumas&apos; novel The Three Musketeers. Yet it remains misunderstood, commonly mischaracterised as weak, unimportant, or wholly subservient to the whims of Louis XIII. Seeking to correct this narrative, Marc Jaffré here offers a comprehensive analysis of the court&apos;s institutional, political, social, cultural, ceremonial, and financial development, across its very wide range of active participants, from courtiers, financiers, merchants, to lower-ranking household members. 

The close study engages with the key issues of Louis&apos; reign: the delegitimizing role of Cardinal Richelieu minister-favourite; the turbulent family dynamics that led Louis to wage wars against his mother, his brother, and his cousins; the backdrop of war, both with the Huguenots and within the context of the Thirty Years War; and the transformative rise of salon culture. In so doing, the court is shown to be a central, vibrant, and misunderstood element of early modern and pre-Louis XIV French history and culture. Courtiers, artisans, merchants, and financiers, among others, are shown to have played key roles in shaping the institutional, political, cultural, economic, and military framework of the court, and Louis XIII&apos;s reign more generally. In challenging the top-down paradigm prevalent in court studies, this monograph provides crucial correctives to the existing narrative that Louis XIII&apos;s court was weak or unimportant and simultaneously revises how early modern courts and their development have been understood historiographically.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Marc Jaffré joins Jana Byars for a lively conversation about The Courtiers and the Court of Louis XIII, 1610- 1643 (Oxford University Press, 2025). Louis XIII&apos;s court has long been a feature of the popular imaginary, thanks in part to the many movie and TV adaptations of Alexandre Dumas&apos; novel The Three Musketeers. Yet it remains misunderstood, commonly mischaracterised as weak, unimportant, or wholly subservient to the whims of Louis XIII. Seeking to correct this narrative, Marc Jaffré here offers a comprehensive analysis of the court&apos;s institutional, political, social, cultural, ceremonial, and financial development, across its very wide range of active participants, from courtiers, financiers, merchants, to lower-ranking household members. 

The close study engages with the key issues of Louis&apos; reign: the delegitimizing role of Cardinal Richelieu minister-favourite; the turbulent family dynamics that led Louis to wage wars against his mother, his brother, and his cousins; the backdrop of war, both with the Huguenots and within the context of the Thirty Years War; and the transformative rise of salon culture. In so doing, the court is shown to be a central, vibrant, and misunderstood element of early modern and pre-Louis XIV French history and culture. Courtiers, artisans, merchants, and financiers, among others, are shown to have played key roles in shaping the institutional, political, cultural, economic, and military framework of the court, and Louis XIII&apos;s reign more generally. In challenging the top-down paradigm prevalent in court studies, this monograph provides crucial correctives to the existing narrative that Louis XIII&apos;s court was weak or unimportant and simultaneously revises how early modern courts and their development have been understood historiographically.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>105</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4d753c1e-25fd-11f0-831d-cf235a71addf</guid>
      <title>Miles Pattenden, &quot;Electing the Pope in Early Modern Italy, 1450-1700&quot; (Oxford UP, 2017)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Jana Byars talks to Miles Pattenden about his book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198961956">Electing the Pope in Early Modern Italy, 1450-1700</a> (Oxford UP, 2017), just about to be released in paperback. This study offers a radical reassessment of the history of early modern papacy, constructed through the first major analytical treatment of papal elections in English. Papal elections, with their ceremonial pomp and high drama, are compelling theater, but, until now, no one has analyzed them on the basis of the problems they created for cardinals: how were they to agree rules and enforce them? How should they manage the interregnum? How did they decide for whom to vote? How was the new pope to assert himself over a group of men who, until just moments before, had been his equals and peers? This study traces how the cardinals' responses to these problems evolved over the period from Martin V's return to Rome in 1420 to Pius VI's departure from it in 1798, placing them in the context of the papacy's wider institutional developments. Miles Pattenden argues not only that the elective nature of the papal office was crucial to how papal history unfolded but also that the cardinals of the fifteenth to eighteenth centuries present us with a unique case study for observing the approaches to decision-making and problem-solving within an elite political group. We also talk about the process in light of the upcoming Conclave and the election of a new pope.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 2 May 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Jana Byars talks to Miles Pattenden about his book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198961956">Electing the Pope in Early Modern Italy, 1450-1700</a> (Oxford UP, 2017), just about to be released in paperback. This study offers a radical reassessment of the history of early modern papacy, constructed through the first major analytical treatment of papal elections in English. Papal elections, with their ceremonial pomp and high drama, are compelling theater, but, until now, no one has analyzed them on the basis of the problems they created for cardinals: how were they to agree rules and enforce them? How should they manage the interregnum? How did they decide for whom to vote? How was the new pope to assert himself over a group of men who, until just moments before, had been his equals and peers? This study traces how the cardinals' responses to these problems evolved over the period from Martin V's return to Rome in 1420 to Pius VI's departure from it in 1798, placing them in the context of the papacy's wider institutional developments. Miles Pattenden argues not only that the elective nature of the papal office was crucial to how papal history unfolded but also that the cardinals of the fifteenth to eighteenth centuries present us with a unique case study for observing the approaches to decision-making and problem-solving within an elite political group. We also talk about the process in light of the upcoming Conclave and the election of a new pope.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="50428148" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/90a617c3-e4f4-4ede-a1de-d9acb1f00afd/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=90a617c3-e4f4-4ede-a1de-d9acb1f00afd&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Miles Pattenden, &quot;Electing the Pope in Early Modern Italy, 1450-1700&quot; (Oxford UP, 2017)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:52:31</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Jana Byars talks to Miles Pattenden about his book, Electing the Pope in Early Modern Italy, 1450-1700 (Oxford UP, 2017), just about to be released in paperback. This study offers a radical reassessment of the history of early modern papacy, constructed through the first major analytical treatment of papal elections in English. Papal elections, with their ceremonial pomp and high drama, are compelling theater, but, until now, no one has analyzed them on the basis of the problems they created for cardinals: how were they to agree rules and enforce them? How should they manage the interregnum? How did they decide for whom to vote? How was the new pope to assert himself over a group of men who, until just moments before, had been his equals and peers? This study traces how the cardinals&apos; responses to these problems evolved over the period from Martin V&apos;s return to Rome in 1420 to Pius VI&apos;s departure from it in 1798, placing them in the context of the papacy&apos;s wider institutional developments. Miles Pattenden argues not only that the elective nature of the papal office was crucial to how papal history unfolded but also that the cardinals of the fifteenth to eighteenth centuries present us with a unique case study for observing the approaches to decision-making and problem-solving within an elite political group. We also talk about the process in light of the upcoming Conclave and the election of a new pope.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Jana Byars talks to Miles Pattenden about his book, Electing the Pope in Early Modern Italy, 1450-1700 (Oxford UP, 2017), just about to be released in paperback. This study offers a radical reassessment of the history of early modern papacy, constructed through the first major analytical treatment of papal elections in English. Papal elections, with their ceremonial pomp and high drama, are compelling theater, but, until now, no one has analyzed them on the basis of the problems they created for cardinals: how were they to agree rules and enforce them? How should they manage the interregnum? How did they decide for whom to vote? How was the new pope to assert himself over a group of men who, until just moments before, had been his equals and peers? This study traces how the cardinals&apos; responses to these problems evolved over the period from Martin V&apos;s return to Rome in 1420 to Pius VI&apos;s departure from it in 1798, placing them in the context of the papacy&apos;s wider institutional developments. Miles Pattenden argues not only that the elective nature of the papal office was crucial to how papal history unfolded but also that the cardinals of the fifteenth to eighteenth centuries present us with a unique case study for observing the approaches to decision-making and problem-solving within an elite political group. We also talk about the process in light of the upcoming Conclave and the election of a new pope.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>104</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f205dcbe-2519-11f0-9b6e-83a7f0357020</guid>
      <title>Jack Copley, &quot;Governing Financialization: The Tangled Politics of Financial Liberalization in Britain&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>One of the most distinctive aspects of global capitalism in the last half century or so has been the increased role of the financial sector in the global economy, especially in the advanced industrial economies of the Global North. The profitability and market capitalization of firms in the financial sector have increased immensely, firms that originated in the real economy have diversified into financial activities, cross-border financial flows have limited the policy autonomy of national governments, and the value of financial assets has driven increasing global inequality. How did the financial sector come to occupy such an important position in the global economy?<br /></p>
<p>My guest today, the political economist Jack Copley, addresses this question by going back to the archives to investigate why the British government implemented key reforms associated with financial liberalization during the 1970s and 1980s. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192897015"><em>Governing Financialization: The Tangled Politics of Financial Liberalization in Britain</em> </a>(Oxford UP, 2022), he shows that financialization did not result from some grand ideologically-driven policy agenda, nor did it result from the actions of far-sighted omnipotent state managers automatically adjusting the course of the British economy in the face of increased manufacturing competition. Rather, he argues that financial liberalization in the UK resulted from policymakers attempting to muddle through from one crisis to the next by balancing competing imperatives to enhance the country’s competitive position in the global economy while maintaining social and political order domestically. Short-term efforts to put out economic fires drove financial liberalization, rather than grand ideological designs or automatic adjustment to changing circumstances.<br /></p>
<p>Jack Copley is an assistant professor in international political economy at Durham University in the UK.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Apr 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>One of the most distinctive aspects of global capitalism in the last half century or so has been the increased role of the financial sector in the global economy, especially in the advanced industrial economies of the Global North. The profitability and market capitalization of firms in the financial sector have increased immensely, firms that originated in the real economy have diversified into financial activities, cross-border financial flows have limited the policy autonomy of national governments, and the value of financial assets has driven increasing global inequality. How did the financial sector come to occupy such an important position in the global economy?<br /></p>
<p>My guest today, the political economist Jack Copley, addresses this question by going back to the archives to investigate why the British government implemented key reforms associated with financial liberalization during the 1970s and 1980s. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192897015"><em>Governing Financialization: The Tangled Politics of Financial Liberalization in Britain</em> </a>(Oxford UP, 2022), he shows that financialization did not result from some grand ideologically-driven policy agenda, nor did it result from the actions of far-sighted omnipotent state managers automatically adjusting the course of the British economy in the face of increased manufacturing competition. Rather, he argues that financial liberalization in the UK resulted from policymakers attempting to muddle through from one crisis to the next by balancing competing imperatives to enhance the country’s competitive position in the global economy while maintaining social and political order domestically. Short-term efforts to put out economic fires drove financial liberalization, rather than grand ideological designs or automatic adjustment to changing circumstances.<br /></p>
<p>Jack Copley is an assistant professor in international political economy at Durham University in the UK.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="41400328" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/fddb4966-c668-4d75-ba93-403ab161528d/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=fddb4966-c668-4d75-ba93-403ab161528d&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Jack Copley, &quot;Governing Financialization: The Tangled Politics of Financial Liberalization in Britain&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:43:07</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>One of the most distinctive aspects of global capitalism in the last half century or so has been the increased role of the financial sector in the global economy, especially in the advanced industrial economies of the Global North. The profitability and market capitalization of firms in the financial sector have increased immensely, firms that originated in the real economy have diversified into financial activities, cross-border financial flows have limited the policy autonomy of national governments, and the value of financial assets has driven increasing global inequality. How did the financial sector come to occupy such an important position in the global economy?

My guest today, the political economist Jack Copley, addresses this question by going back to the archives to investigate why the British government implemented key reforms associated with financial liberalization during the 1970s and 1980s. In Governing Financialization: The Tangled Politics of Financial Liberalization in Britain (Oxford UP, 2022), he shows that financialization did not result from some grand ideologically-driven policy agenda, nor did it result from the actions of far-sighted omnipotent state managers automatically adjusting the course of the British economy in the face of increased manufacturing competition. Rather, he argues that financial liberalization in the UK resulted from policymakers attempting to muddle through from one crisis to the next by balancing competing imperatives to enhance the country’s competitive position in the global economy while maintaining social and political order domestically. Short-term efforts to put out economic fires drove financial liberalization, rather than grand ideological designs or automatic adjustment to changing circumstances.

Jack Copley is an assistant professor in international political economy at Durham University in the UK.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>One of the most distinctive aspects of global capitalism in the last half century or so has been the increased role of the financial sector in the global economy, especially in the advanced industrial economies of the Global North. The profitability and market capitalization of firms in the financial sector have increased immensely, firms that originated in the real economy have diversified into financial activities, cross-border financial flows have limited the policy autonomy of national governments, and the value of financial assets has driven increasing global inequality. How did the financial sector come to occupy such an important position in the global economy?

My guest today, the political economist Jack Copley, addresses this question by going back to the archives to investigate why the British government implemented key reforms associated with financial liberalization during the 1970s and 1980s. In Governing Financialization: The Tangled Politics of Financial Liberalization in Britain (Oxford UP, 2022), he shows that financialization did not result from some grand ideologically-driven policy agenda, nor did it result from the actions of far-sighted omnipotent state managers automatically adjusting the course of the British economy in the face of increased manufacturing competition. Rather, he argues that financial liberalization in the UK resulted from policymakers attempting to muddle through from one crisis to the next by balancing competing imperatives to enhance the country’s competitive position in the global economy while maintaining social and political order domestically. Short-term efforts to put out economic fires drove financial liberalization, rather than grand ideological designs or automatic adjustment to changing circumstances.

Jack Copley is an assistant professor in international political economy at Durham University in the UK.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>129</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">633f53ac-22b2-11f0-80c9-9ba616812be6</guid>
      <title>Nicholas Evan Sarantakes, &quot;The Battle of Manila: Poisoned Victory in the Pacific War&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In our conversation about <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780199948857">The Battle of Manila</a> (Oxford University Press, 2025), Nicholas Evan Sarantakes explains how U.S. forces under General Douglas MacArthur won a climactic battle in the Pacific during World War II, but at a terrible cost.</p>
<p>In 1945 the United States and Japan fought the largest and most devastating land battle of their war in the Pacific, a month-long struggle for the city of Manila. The only urban fighting in the Pacific theater, the Battle of Manila was the third-bloodiest battle of World War II, behind Leningrad and Berlin. It was a key piece of the campaign to retake control of the Philippine Islands, which itself signified the culmination of the war, breaking the back of Japanese strategic power and sealing its outcome.<br />In <em>The Battle of Manila</em>, Nicholas Sarantakes offers the first in-depth account of this crucial campaign from the American, Japanese, and, significantly, Filipino perspective. Fighting was building by building, with both sides forced to adapt to the new combat environment. None of the U.S. units that entered Manila had any previous training in urban warfare—yet, Sarantakes shows, they learned on the fly how to use tanks, flamethrowers, air, and artillery assets in support of infantry assaults. Their effective use of these weapons was an important factor in limiting U.S. casualties, even as it may also have contributed to a catastrophic loss of civilian lives.<br />The battle was a strategic U.S. victory, but Sarantakes reveals how closely it hinged upon the interplay between a series of key decisions in both U.S. and Japanese headquarters, and a professional culture in the U.S. military that allowed the Americans to adapt faster and in more ways than their opponents. Among other aspects of the conflict, <em>The Battle of Manila</em> explores the importance of the Filipino guerillas on the ground, the use of irregular warfare, the effective use of intelligence, the impact of military education, and the limits of Japanese resistance.<br />Ultimately, Sarantakes shows Manila to be a major turning in both World War II and American history. Once the United States regained control of the city, Japan was in a checkmate situation. Their defeat was certain, and it was clear that the United States would be the dominate political power in post-war Asia and the Pacific. This fascinating account shines a light on one of the war's most under-represented and highly significant moments.</p>
<p><strong>Dr. Andrew O. Pace</strong> is a historian of the US in the world who specializes in the moral fog of war. He is currently a DPAA Research Partner Fellow at the University of Southern Mississippi and a co-host of the Diplomatic History Channel on the New Books Network. He is also working on a book about the reversal in US grand strategy from victory at all costs in World War II to peace at any price in the Vietnam War. He can be reached at <a href="mailto:andrew.pace@usm.edu">andrew.pace@usm.edu</a> or via <a href="https://www.andrewopace.com/">https://www.andrewopace.com/</a>. Andrew is not an employee of DPAA, he supports DPAA through a partnership. The views presented are those of the author and do not necessarily represent the views of DPAA, DoD or its components. </p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 27 Apr 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In our conversation about <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780199948857">The Battle of Manila</a> (Oxford University Press, 2025), Nicholas Evan Sarantakes explains how U.S. forces under General Douglas MacArthur won a climactic battle in the Pacific during World War II, but at a terrible cost.</p>
<p>In 1945 the United States and Japan fought the largest and most devastating land battle of their war in the Pacific, a month-long struggle for the city of Manila. The only urban fighting in the Pacific theater, the Battle of Manila was the third-bloodiest battle of World War II, behind Leningrad and Berlin. It was a key piece of the campaign to retake control of the Philippine Islands, which itself signified the culmination of the war, breaking the back of Japanese strategic power and sealing its outcome.<br />In <em>The Battle of Manila</em>, Nicholas Sarantakes offers the first in-depth account of this crucial campaign from the American, Japanese, and, significantly, Filipino perspective. Fighting was building by building, with both sides forced to adapt to the new combat environment. None of the U.S. units that entered Manila had any previous training in urban warfare—yet, Sarantakes shows, they learned on the fly how to use tanks, flamethrowers, air, and artillery assets in support of infantry assaults. Their effective use of these weapons was an important factor in limiting U.S. casualties, even as it may also have contributed to a catastrophic loss of civilian lives.<br />The battle was a strategic U.S. victory, but Sarantakes reveals how closely it hinged upon the interplay between a series of key decisions in both U.S. and Japanese headquarters, and a professional culture in the U.S. military that allowed the Americans to adapt faster and in more ways than their opponents. Among other aspects of the conflict, <em>The Battle of Manila</em> explores the importance of the Filipino guerillas on the ground, the use of irregular warfare, the effective use of intelligence, the impact of military education, and the limits of Japanese resistance.<br />Ultimately, Sarantakes shows Manila to be a major turning in both World War II and American history. Once the United States regained control of the city, Japan was in a checkmate situation. Their defeat was certain, and it was clear that the United States would be the dominate political power in post-war Asia and the Pacific. This fascinating account shines a light on one of the war's most under-represented and highly significant moments.</p>
<p><strong>Dr. Andrew O. Pace</strong> is a historian of the US in the world who specializes in the moral fog of war. He is currently a DPAA Research Partner Fellow at the University of Southern Mississippi and a co-host of the Diplomatic History Channel on the New Books Network. He is also working on a book about the reversal in US grand strategy from victory at all costs in World War II to peace at any price in the Vietnam War. He can be reached at <a href="mailto:andrew.pace@usm.edu">andrew.pace@usm.edu</a> or via <a href="https://www.andrewopace.com/">https://www.andrewopace.com/</a>. Andrew is not an employee of DPAA, he supports DPAA through a partnership. The views presented are those of the author and do not necessarily represent the views of DPAA, DoD or its components. </p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="59504331" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/75a24b47-afd9-4ff8-9cd3-5e6dc20545ae/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=75a24b47-afd9-4ff8-9cd3-5e6dc20545ae&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Nicholas Evan Sarantakes, &quot;The Battle of Manila: Poisoned Victory in the Pacific War&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:01:58</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In our conversation about The Battle of Manila (Oxford University Press, 2025), Nicholas Evan Sarantakes explains how U.S. forces under General Douglas MacArthur won a climactic battle in the Pacific during World War II, but at a terrible cost.

In 1945 the United States and Japan fought the largest and most devastating land battle of their war in the Pacific, a month-long struggle for the city of Manila. The only urban fighting in the Pacific theater, the Battle of Manila was the third-bloodiest battle of World War II, behind Leningrad and Berlin. It was a key piece of the campaign to retake control of the Philippine Islands, which itself signified the culmination of the war, breaking the back of Japanese strategic power and sealing its outcome.In The Battle of Manila, Nicholas Sarantakes offers the first in-depth account of this crucial campaign from the American, Japanese, and, significantly, Filipino perspective. Fighting was building by building, with both sides forced to adapt to the new combat environment. None of the U.S. units that entered Manila had any previous training in urban warfare—yet, Sarantakes shows, they learned on the fly how to use tanks, flamethrowers, air, and artillery assets in support of infantry assaults. Their effective use of these weapons was an important factor in limiting U.S. casualties, even as it may also have contributed to a catastrophic loss of civilian lives.The battle was a strategic U.S. victory, but Sarantakes reveals how closely it hinged upon the interplay between a series of key decisions in both U.S. and Japanese headquarters, and a professional culture in the U.S. military that allowed the Americans to adapt faster and in more ways than their opponents. Among other aspects of the conflict, The Battle of Manila explores the importance of the Filipino guerillas on the ground, the use of irregular warfare, the effective use of intelligence, the impact of military education, and the limits of Japanese resistance.Ultimately, Sarantakes shows Manila to be a major turning in both World War II and American history. Once the United States regained control of the city, Japan was in a checkmate situation. Their defeat was certain, and it was clear that the United States would be the dominate political power in post-war Asia and the Pacific. This fascinating account shines a light on one of the war&apos;s most under-represented and highly significant moments.

Dr. Andrew O. Pace is a historian of the US in the world who specializes in the moral fog of war. He is currently a DPAA Research Partner Fellow at the University of Southern Mississippi and a co-host of the Diplomatic History Channel on the New Books Network. He is also working on a book about the reversal in US grand strategy from victory at all costs in World War II to peace at any price in the Vietnam War. He can be reached at andrew.pace@usm.edu or via https://www.andrewopace.com/. Andrew is not an employee of DPAA, he supports DPAA through a partnership. The views presented are those of the author and do not necessarily represent the views of DPAA, DoD or its components. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In our conversation about The Battle of Manila (Oxford University Press, 2025), Nicholas Evan Sarantakes explains how U.S. forces under General Douglas MacArthur won a climactic battle in the Pacific during World War II, but at a terrible cost.

In 1945 the United States and Japan fought the largest and most devastating land battle of their war in the Pacific, a month-long struggle for the city of Manila. The only urban fighting in the Pacific theater, the Battle of Manila was the third-bloodiest battle of World War II, behind Leningrad and Berlin. It was a key piece of the campaign to retake control of the Philippine Islands, which itself signified the culmination of the war, breaking the back of Japanese strategic power and sealing its outcome.In The Battle of Manila, Nicholas Sarantakes offers the first in-depth account of this crucial campaign from the American, Japanese, and, significantly, Filipino perspective. Fighting was building by building, with both sides forced to adapt to the new combat environment. None of the U.S. units that entered Manila had any previous training in urban warfare—yet, Sarantakes shows, they learned on the fly how to use tanks, flamethrowers, air, and artillery assets in support of infantry assaults. Their effective use of these weapons was an important factor in limiting U.S. casualties, even as it may also have contributed to a catastrophic loss of civilian lives.The battle was a strategic U.S. victory, but Sarantakes reveals how closely it hinged upon the interplay between a series of key decisions in both U.S. and Japanese headquarters, and a professional culture in the U.S. military that allowed the Americans to adapt faster and in more ways than their opponents. Among other aspects of the conflict, The Battle of Manila explores the importance of the Filipino guerillas on the ground, the use of irregular warfare, the effective use of intelligence, the impact of military education, and the limits of Japanese resistance.Ultimately, Sarantakes shows Manila to be a major turning in both World War II and American history. Once the United States regained control of the city, Japan was in a checkmate situation. Their defeat was certain, and it was clear that the United States would be the dominate political power in post-war Asia and the Pacific. This fascinating account shines a light on one of the war&apos;s most under-represented and highly significant moments.

Dr. Andrew O. Pace is a historian of the US in the world who specializes in the moral fog of war. He is currently a DPAA Research Partner Fellow at the University of Southern Mississippi and a co-host of the Diplomatic History Channel on the New Books Network. He is also working on a book about the reversal in US grand strategy from victory at all costs in World War II to peace at any price in the Vietnam War. He can be reached at andrew.pace@usm.edu or via https://www.andrewopace.com/. Andrew is not an employee of DPAA, he supports DPAA through a partnership. The views presented are those of the author and do not necessarily represent the views of DPAA, DoD or its components. </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>47</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a02d646c-1fb4-11f0-a3ee-1b659e4775cf</guid>
      <title>Brian Masaru Hayashi, &quot;Asian American Spies: How Asian Americans Helped Win the Allied Victory&quot; (Oxford UP, 2021)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Spies deep behind enemy lines; double agents; a Chinese American James Bond; black propaganda radio broadcasters; guerrilla fighters; pirates; smugglers; prostitutes and dancers as spies; and Asian Americans collaborating with Axis Powers.</p><p>All these colorful individuals form the story of Asian Americans in the Office of Strategic Services (OSS), the forerunner of today's CIA. Brian Masaru Hayashi brings to light for the first time the role played by Chinese, Japanese, and Korean Americans in America's first centralized intelligence agency in its fight against the Imperial Japanese forces in east Asia during World War II. They served deep behind enemy lines gathering intelligence for American and Chinese troops locked in a desperate struggle against Imperial Japanese forces on the Asian continent. Other Asian Americans produced and disseminated statements by bogus peace groups inside the Japanese empire to weaken the fighting resolve of the Japanese. Still others served with guerrilla forces attacking enemy supply and communication lines behind enemy lines. Engaged in this deadly conflict, these Asian Americans agents encountered pirates, smugglers, prostitutes, and dancers serving as the enemy's spies, all the while being subverted from within the OSS by a double agent and without by co-ethnic collaborators in wartime Shanghai.</p><p>Drawing on recently declassified documents, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780195338850"><em>Asian American Spies: How Asian Americans Helped Win the Allied Victory</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2021) challenges the romanticized and stereotyped image of these Chinese, Japanese, and Korean American agents--the Model Minority-while offering a fresh perspective on the Allied victory in the Pacific Theater of World War II.</p><p><em>Jessica Moloughney is a public librarian in New York and a recent graduate of Queens College with a Master’s Degree in History and Library Science.</em></p><p><br /></p><p><em>﻿Let's face it, most of the popular podcasts out there are dumb. NBN features scholars (like you!), providing an enriching alternative to students. We partner with presses like Oxford, Princeton, and Cambridge to make academic research accessible to all. Please consider sharing the New Books Network with your students. Download </em><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/18YFnB006Nb1ON9_LF2tKvDJjir4d6lLB/view?usp=sharing"><em>this poster here</em></a><em> to spread the word.</em></p><p><br /></p><p><em>Please share this interview on </em><a href="https://www.instagram.com/newbooksnetwork"><em>Instagram</em></a><em>, </em><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/new-books-network/"><em>LinkedIn</em></a><em>, or </em><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/newbooksnetwork.bsky.social"><em>Bluesky</em></a><em>. Don't forget to subscribe to our Substack </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.substack.com/"><em>here</em></a><em> to receive our weekly newsletter.</em></p><p><br /></p><p><em>150 million lifetime downloads. Advertise on the New Books Network. Watch our </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XHIutaAFfOY"><em>promotional video</em></a><em>.</em></p><p><br /></p><p><em>Learn how to </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Bt7amE3ojGs&amp;t=2s"><em>make the most of our library</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 Apr 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Spies deep behind enemy lines; double agents; a Chinese American James Bond; black propaganda radio broadcasters; guerrilla fighters; pirates; smugglers; prostitutes and dancers as spies; and Asian Americans collaborating with Axis Powers.</p><p>All these colorful individuals form the story of Asian Americans in the Office of Strategic Services (OSS), the forerunner of today's CIA. Brian Masaru Hayashi brings to light for the first time the role played by Chinese, Japanese, and Korean Americans in America's first centralized intelligence agency in its fight against the Imperial Japanese forces in east Asia during World War II. They served deep behind enemy lines gathering intelligence for American and Chinese troops locked in a desperate struggle against Imperial Japanese forces on the Asian continent. Other Asian Americans produced and disseminated statements by bogus peace groups inside the Japanese empire to weaken the fighting resolve of the Japanese. Still others served with guerrilla forces attacking enemy supply and communication lines behind enemy lines. Engaged in this deadly conflict, these Asian Americans agents encountered pirates, smugglers, prostitutes, and dancers serving as the enemy's spies, all the while being subverted from within the OSS by a double agent and without by co-ethnic collaborators in wartime Shanghai.</p><p>Drawing on recently declassified documents, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780195338850"><em>Asian American Spies: How Asian Americans Helped Win the Allied Victory</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2021) challenges the romanticized and stereotyped image of these Chinese, Japanese, and Korean American agents--the Model Minority-while offering a fresh perspective on the Allied victory in the Pacific Theater of World War II.</p><p><em>Jessica Moloughney is a public librarian in New York and a recent graduate of Queens College with a Master’s Degree in History and Library Science.</em></p><p><br /></p><p><em>﻿Let's face it, most of the popular podcasts out there are dumb. NBN features scholars (like you!), providing an enriching alternative to students. We partner with presses like Oxford, Princeton, and Cambridge to make academic research accessible to all. Please consider sharing the New Books Network with your students. Download </em><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/18YFnB006Nb1ON9_LF2tKvDJjir4d6lLB/view?usp=sharing"><em>this poster here</em></a><em> to spread the word.</em></p><p><br /></p><p><em>Please share this interview on </em><a href="https://www.instagram.com/newbooksnetwork"><em>Instagram</em></a><em>, </em><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/new-books-network/"><em>LinkedIn</em></a><em>, or </em><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/newbooksnetwork.bsky.social"><em>Bluesky</em></a><em>. Don't forget to subscribe to our Substack </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.substack.com/"><em>here</em></a><em> to receive our weekly newsletter.</em></p><p><br /></p><p><em>150 million lifetime downloads. Advertise on the New Books Network. Watch our </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XHIutaAFfOY"><em>promotional video</em></a><em>.</em></p><p><br /></p><p><em>Learn how to </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Bt7amE3ojGs&amp;t=2s"><em>make the most of our library</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="68410190" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/34b3dba3-f270-43c5-bbc0-7da3ed9f9576/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=34b3dba3-f270-43c5-bbc0-7da3ed9f9576&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Brian Masaru Hayashi, &quot;Asian American Spies: How Asian Americans Helped Win the Allied Victory&quot; (Oxford UP, 2021)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:11:15</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Spies deep behind enemy lines; double agents; a Chinese American James Bond; black propaganda radio broadcasters; guerrilla fighters; pirates; smugglers; prostitutes and dancers as spies; and Asian Americans collaborating with Axis Powers.
All these colorful individuals form the story of Asian Americans in the Office of Strategic Services (OSS), the forerunner of today&apos;s CIA. Brian Masaru Hayashi brings to light for the first time the role played by Chinese, Japanese, and Korean Americans in America&apos;s first centralized intelligence agency in its fight against the Imperial Japanese forces in east Asia during World War II. They served deep behind enemy lines gathering intelligence for American and Chinese troops locked in a desperate struggle against Imperial Japanese forces on the Asian continent. Other Asian Americans produced and disseminated statements by bogus peace groups inside the Japanese empire to weaken the fighting resolve of the Japanese. Still others served with guerrilla forces attacking enemy supply and communication lines behind enemy lines. Engaged in this deadly conflict, these Asian Americans agents encountered pirates, smugglers, prostitutes, and dancers serving as the enemy&apos;s spies, all the while being subverted from within the OSS by a double agent and without by co-ethnic collaborators in wartime Shanghai.
Drawing on recently declassified documents, Asian American Spies: How Asian Americans Helped Win the Allied Victory (Oxford UP, 2021) challenges the romanticized and stereotyped image of these Chinese, Japanese, and Korean American agents--the Model Minority-while offering a fresh perspective on the Allied victory in the Pacific Theater of World War II.
Jessica Moloughney is a public librarian in New York and a recent graduate of Queens College with a Master’s Degree in History and Library Science.

﻿Let&apos;s face it, most of the popular podcasts out there are dumb. NBN features scholars (like you!), providing an enriching alternative to students. We partner with presses like Oxford, Princeton, and Cambridge to make academic research accessible to all. Please consider sharing the New Books Network with your students. Download this poster here to spread the word.

Please share this interview on Instagram, LinkedIn, or Bluesky. Don&apos;t forget to subscribe to our Substack here to receive our weekly newsletter.

150 million lifetime downloads. Advertise on the New Books Network. Watch our promotional video.

Learn how to make the most of our library.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Spies deep behind enemy lines; double agents; a Chinese American James Bond; black propaganda radio broadcasters; guerrilla fighters; pirates; smugglers; prostitutes and dancers as spies; and Asian Americans collaborating with Axis Powers.
All these colorful individuals form the story of Asian Americans in the Office of Strategic Services (OSS), the forerunner of today&apos;s CIA. Brian Masaru Hayashi brings to light for the first time the role played by Chinese, Japanese, and Korean Americans in America&apos;s first centralized intelligence agency in its fight against the Imperial Japanese forces in east Asia during World War II. They served deep behind enemy lines gathering intelligence for American and Chinese troops locked in a desperate struggle against Imperial Japanese forces on the Asian continent. Other Asian Americans produced and disseminated statements by bogus peace groups inside the Japanese empire to weaken the fighting resolve of the Japanese. Still others served with guerrilla forces attacking enemy supply and communication lines behind enemy lines. Engaged in this deadly conflict, these Asian Americans agents encountered pirates, smugglers, prostitutes, and dancers serving as the enemy&apos;s spies, all the while being subverted from within the OSS by a double agent and without by co-ethnic collaborators in wartime Shanghai.
Drawing on recently declassified documents, Asian American Spies: How Asian Americans Helped Win the Allied Victory (Oxford UP, 2021) challenges the romanticized and stereotyped image of these Chinese, Japanese, and Korean American agents--the Model Minority-while offering a fresh perspective on the Allied victory in the Pacific Theater of World War II.
Jessica Moloughney is a public librarian in New York and a recent graduate of Queens College with a Master’s Degree in History and Library Science.

﻿Let&apos;s face it, most of the popular podcasts out there are dumb. NBN features scholars (like you!), providing an enriching alternative to students. We partner with presses like Oxford, Princeton, and Cambridge to make academic research accessible to all. Please consider sharing the New Books Network with your students. Download this poster here to spread the word.

Please share this interview on Instagram, LinkedIn, or Bluesky. Don&apos;t forget to subscribe to our Substack here to receive our weekly newsletter.

150 million lifetime downloads. Advertise on the New Books Network. Watch our promotional video.

Learn how to make the most of our library.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>101</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6e40166e-1ebc-11f0-807b-8b0edcdf505f</guid>
      <title>Daniel J. Solove, &quot;On Privacy and Technology&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Data and privacy have emerged as critical issues in our digitally interconnected era, profoundly influencing individual rights, societal norms, and democratic processes. In his book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197771686"><em>On Privacy and Technology</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2025), Daniel Solove provides a compelling exploration of the intersection between evolving technologies and privacy rights. Drawing on insights from law, philosophy, sociology, and communication studies, Solove unpacks the complex ways in which digital innovations challenge traditional notions of privacy and autonomy. The book advances a nuanced argument advocating for a reevaluation of how privacy is conceptualized and protected in an age dominated by data collection, surveillance, and algorithmic governance.</p><p>In this episode, Daniel Solove discusses how contemporary privacy concerns—ranging from mass surveillance and data breaches to algorithmic bias and digital profiling—can be critically understood and addressed. Grounded in rigorous theoretical analysis, the conversation pushes against the narrative that technological advancement inevitably erodes privacy, instead highlighting strategies and frameworks through which privacy rights can be reclaimed and reinforced in the digital age.</p><p>This interview was conducted by Shreya Urvashi, a doctoral researcher of sociology and education based in Toronto, Canada.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Apr 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Data and privacy have emerged as critical issues in our digitally interconnected era, profoundly influencing individual rights, societal norms, and democratic processes. In his book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197771686"><em>On Privacy and Technology</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2025), Daniel Solove provides a compelling exploration of the intersection between evolving technologies and privacy rights. Drawing on insights from law, philosophy, sociology, and communication studies, Solove unpacks the complex ways in which digital innovations challenge traditional notions of privacy and autonomy. The book advances a nuanced argument advocating for a reevaluation of how privacy is conceptualized and protected in an age dominated by data collection, surveillance, and algorithmic governance.</p><p>In this episode, Daniel Solove discusses how contemporary privacy concerns—ranging from mass surveillance and data breaches to algorithmic bias and digital profiling—can be critically understood and addressed. Grounded in rigorous theoretical analysis, the conversation pushes against the narrative that technological advancement inevitably erodes privacy, instead highlighting strategies and frameworks through which privacy rights can be reclaimed and reinforced in the digital age.</p><p>This interview was conducted by Shreya Urvashi, a doctoral researcher of sociology and education based in Toronto, Canada.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="28343879" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/3414befe-0ef0-4cf8-a3dc-ab594eb44acd/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=3414befe-0ef0-4cf8-a3dc-ab594eb44acd&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Daniel J. Solove, &quot;On Privacy and Technology&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:29:31</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Data and privacy have emerged as critical issues in our digitally interconnected era, profoundly influencing individual rights, societal norms, and democratic processes. In his book, On Privacy and Technology (Oxford UP, 2025), Daniel Solove provides a compelling exploration of the intersection between evolving technologies and privacy rights. Drawing on insights from law, philosophy, sociology, and communication studies, Solove unpacks the complex ways in which digital innovations challenge traditional notions of privacy and autonomy. The book advances a nuanced argument advocating for a reevaluation of how privacy is conceptualized and protected in an age dominated by data collection, surveillance, and algorithmic governance.
In this episode, Daniel Solove discusses how contemporary privacy concerns—ranging from mass surveillance and data breaches to algorithmic bias and digital profiling—can be critically understood and addressed. Grounded in rigorous theoretical analysis, the conversation pushes against the narrative that technological advancement inevitably erodes privacy, instead highlighting strategies and frameworks through which privacy rights can be reclaimed and reinforced in the digital age.
This interview was conducted by Shreya Urvashi, a doctoral researcher of sociology and education based in Toronto, Canada.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Data and privacy have emerged as critical issues in our digitally interconnected era, profoundly influencing individual rights, societal norms, and democratic processes. In his book, On Privacy and Technology (Oxford UP, 2025), Daniel Solove provides a compelling exploration of the intersection between evolving technologies and privacy rights. Drawing on insights from law, philosophy, sociology, and communication studies, Solove unpacks the complex ways in which digital innovations challenge traditional notions of privacy and autonomy. The book advances a nuanced argument advocating for a reevaluation of how privacy is conceptualized and protected in an age dominated by data collection, surveillance, and algorithmic governance.
In this episode, Daniel Solove discusses how contemporary privacy concerns—ranging from mass surveillance and data breaches to algorithmic bias and digital profiling—can be critically understood and addressed. Grounded in rigorous theoretical analysis, the conversation pushes against the narrative that technological advancement inevitably erodes privacy, instead highlighting strategies and frameworks through which privacy rights can be reclaimed and reinforced in the digital age.
This interview was conducted by Shreya Urvashi, a doctoral researcher of sociology and education based in Toronto, Canada.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1612</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">60295b62-1de5-11f0-a905-dba32fe1f154</guid>
      <title>Maurizio Ferrera, &quot;Politics and Social Visions: Ideology, Conflict, and Solidarity in the EU&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The starting point of this book is the 'civil war' of ideas that broke out during the early 2010s about the purpose and even the desirability of the European Union as a polity, with a number of right-wing populist formations openly advocating for exiting the Union. The sovereign debt crisis triggered a spiral of ideological decommunalization: national leaders seemed to have lost that sense of 'togetherness' and mutual bonds that had been laboriously developed over decades of integration. </p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198863311">Politics and Social Visions: Ideology, Conflict, and Solidarity in the EU</a> (Oxford UP, 2024) explores this politically disruptive process from an ideational perspective, on the assumption that symbols and visions play a crucial role. In processes of polity formation, ideologies offer competing partisan views, but tend to converge along the 'communal' dimension, which defines the nature and boundaries of the emerging polity. This convergence has been a challenge for the EU since its origins, as it has required the construction of a coherent and acceptable image of Europe as a compound polity of nation-states with a divisive past. Maurizio Ferrera offers a reconstruction of how the main ideological currents have struggled - and often failed - to reconfigure their horizontal profiles (i.e. their images of the national within Europe) into a new vertical profile (i.e. an image of the European within the national). The challenge has been especially demanding for European left-wing parties, which have been largely unable to forge a shared and recognizable 'social vision' of the European Union. Only during the COVID pandemic have the seeds of a novel communal consensus emerged that might prove capable of defeating the anti-communal views of Eurosceptic ideologies and free market technocrats.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Apr 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The starting point of this book is the 'civil war' of ideas that broke out during the early 2010s about the purpose and even the desirability of the European Union as a polity, with a number of right-wing populist formations openly advocating for exiting the Union. The sovereign debt crisis triggered a spiral of ideological decommunalization: national leaders seemed to have lost that sense of 'togetherness' and mutual bonds that had been laboriously developed over decades of integration. </p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198863311">Politics and Social Visions: Ideology, Conflict, and Solidarity in the EU</a> (Oxford UP, 2024) explores this politically disruptive process from an ideational perspective, on the assumption that symbols and visions play a crucial role. In processes of polity formation, ideologies offer competing partisan views, but tend to converge along the 'communal' dimension, which defines the nature and boundaries of the emerging polity. This convergence has been a challenge for the EU since its origins, as it has required the construction of a coherent and acceptable image of Europe as a compound polity of nation-states with a divisive past. Maurizio Ferrera offers a reconstruction of how the main ideological currents have struggled - and often failed - to reconfigure their horizontal profiles (i.e. their images of the national within Europe) into a new vertical profile (i.e. an image of the European within the national). The challenge has been especially demanding for European left-wing parties, which have been largely unable to forge a shared and recognizable 'social vision' of the European Union. Only during the COVID pandemic have the seeds of a novel communal consensus emerged that might prove capable of defeating the anti-communal views of Eurosceptic ideologies and free market technocrats.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="72090948" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/70d8d8bd-c182-44ba-a36e-01f33a7f0800/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=70d8d8bd-c182-44ba-a36e-01f33a7f0800&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Maurizio Ferrera, &quot;Politics and Social Visions: Ideology, Conflict, and Solidarity in the EU&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:15:05</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The starting point of this book is the &apos;civil war&apos; of ideas that broke out during the early 2010s about the purpose and even the desirability of the European Union as a polity, with a number of right-wing populist formations openly advocating for exiting the Union. The sovereign debt crisis triggered a spiral of ideological decommunalization: national leaders seemed to have lost that sense of &apos;togetherness&apos; and mutual bonds that had been laboriously developed over decades of integration. 
Politics and Social Visions: Ideology, Conflict, and Solidarity in the EU (Oxford UP, 2024) explores this politically disruptive process from an ideational perspective, on the assumption that symbols and visions play a crucial role. In processes of polity formation, ideologies offer competing partisan views, but tend to converge along the &apos;communal&apos; dimension, which defines the nature and boundaries of the emerging polity. This convergence has been a challenge for the EU since its origins, as it has required the construction of a coherent and acceptable image of Europe as a compound polity of nation-states with a divisive past. Maurizio Ferrera offers a reconstruction of how the main ideological currents have struggled - and often failed - to reconfigure their horizontal profiles (i.e. their images of the national within Europe) into a new vertical profile (i.e. an image of the European within the national). The challenge has been especially demanding for European left-wing parties, which have been largely unable to forge a shared and recognizable &apos;social vision&apos; of the European Union. Only during the COVID pandemic have the seeds of a novel communal consensus emerged that might prove capable of defeating the anti-communal views of Eurosceptic ideologies and free market technocrats.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The starting point of this book is the &apos;civil war&apos; of ideas that broke out during the early 2010s about the purpose and even the desirability of the European Union as a polity, with a number of right-wing populist formations openly advocating for exiting the Union. The sovereign debt crisis triggered a spiral of ideological decommunalization: national leaders seemed to have lost that sense of &apos;togetherness&apos; and mutual bonds that had been laboriously developed over decades of integration. 
Politics and Social Visions: Ideology, Conflict, and Solidarity in the EU (Oxford UP, 2024) explores this politically disruptive process from an ideational perspective, on the assumption that symbols and visions play a crucial role. In processes of polity formation, ideologies offer competing partisan views, but tend to converge along the &apos;communal&apos; dimension, which defines the nature and boundaries of the emerging polity. This convergence has been a challenge for the EU since its origins, as it has required the construction of a coherent and acceptable image of Europe as a compound polity of nation-states with a divisive past. Maurizio Ferrera offers a reconstruction of how the main ideological currents have struggled - and often failed - to reconfigure their horizontal profiles (i.e. their images of the national within Europe) into a new vertical profile (i.e. an image of the European within the national). The challenge has been especially demanding for European left-wing parties, which have been largely unable to forge a shared and recognizable &apos;social vision&apos; of the European Union. Only during the COVID pandemic have the seeds of a novel communal consensus emerged that might prove capable of defeating the anti-communal views of Eurosceptic ideologies and free market technocrats.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>44</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">47d6ecc8-026f-11f0-acdf-b318d13db7bf</guid>
      <title>Saleem H. Ali, &quot;Sustainability: A Very Short Introduction&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The growing concern about global environmental change and human impacts on the planet has led to the emergence of a broad field of study on the 'sustainability' of human societies. The term's common usage can be traced back to the advent of the Earth Summit in 1992 when 'sustainable development' was broadly embraced by the international community as an ostensibly win-win proposition for economic development, social inclusion, and ecological conservation. Yet both the natural science underpinnings and the social implications of a quest for sustainability have been diffuse. There is a need for a coherent</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192869623"><em>Sustainability: A Very Short Introduction </em></a>(Oxford UP, 2024) begins by introducing the concept of sustainability and how it has developed. The central chapters consider four key concepts crucial to sustainability: a) material and energy flows in consumption and production; b) technological interventions for a sustainable society; c) tipping points, and resilience in natural and social systems; and d) renewability and circularity in the economy. In the concluding chapter, Saleem H. Ali explores political means of managing anthropogenic change for a more sustainable society.</p><ul>
<li>
<a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/earthly-order-how-natural-laws-define-human-life-saleem-h-ali/18278182?ean=9780197640272&amp;next=t"><em>Earthly Order</em></a> by Saleem H. Ali</li>
<li>Pursuing Sustainability: <em>A Guide to the Science and Practice</em> </li>
<li><a href="https://www.thenss.org/"><em>National Sustainability Society</em></a></li>
<li>Saleem's <a href="https://www.forbes.com/sites/saleemali/">column in Forbes</a>
</li>
</ul><p>Saleem H. Ali is Chair and Distinguished Professor of Geography at the University of Delaware.</p><p><em>Caleb Zakarin is editor at the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Apr 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The growing concern about global environmental change and human impacts on the planet has led to the emergence of a broad field of study on the 'sustainability' of human societies. The term's common usage can be traced back to the advent of the Earth Summit in 1992 when 'sustainable development' was broadly embraced by the international community as an ostensibly win-win proposition for economic development, social inclusion, and ecological conservation. Yet both the natural science underpinnings and the social implications of a quest for sustainability have been diffuse. There is a need for a coherent</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192869623"><em>Sustainability: A Very Short Introduction </em></a>(Oxford UP, 2024) begins by introducing the concept of sustainability and how it has developed. The central chapters consider four key concepts crucial to sustainability: a) material and energy flows in consumption and production; b) technological interventions for a sustainable society; c) tipping points, and resilience in natural and social systems; and d) renewability and circularity in the economy. In the concluding chapter, Saleem H. Ali explores political means of managing anthropogenic change for a more sustainable society.</p><ul>
<li>
<a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/earthly-order-how-natural-laws-define-human-life-saleem-h-ali/18278182?ean=9780197640272&amp;next=t"><em>Earthly Order</em></a> by Saleem H. Ali</li>
<li>Pursuing Sustainability: <em>A Guide to the Science and Practice</em> </li>
<li><a href="https://www.thenss.org/"><em>National Sustainability Society</em></a></li>
<li>Saleem's <a href="https://www.forbes.com/sites/saleemali/">column in Forbes</a>
</li>
</ul><p>Saleem H. Ali is Chair and Distinguished Professor of Geography at the University of Delaware.</p><p><em>Caleb Zakarin is editor at the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="42792009" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/8ea20671-3d63-4fbc-8d92-0883dda8f14b/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=8ea20671-3d63-4fbc-8d92-0883dda8f14b&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Saleem H. Ali, &quot;Sustainability: A Very Short Introduction&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:44:34</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The growing concern about global environmental change and human impacts on the planet has led to the emergence of a broad field of study on the &apos;sustainability&apos; of human societies. The term&apos;s common usage can be traced back to the advent of the Earth Summit in 1992 when &apos;sustainable development&apos; was broadly embraced by the international community as an ostensibly win-win proposition for economic development, social inclusion, and ecological conservation. Yet both the natural science underpinnings and the social implications of a quest for sustainability have been diffuse. There is a need for a coherent
Sustainability: A Very Short Introduction (Oxford UP, 2024) begins by introducing the concept of sustainability and how it has developed. The central chapters consider four key concepts crucial to sustainability: a) material and energy flows in consumption and production; b) technological interventions for a sustainable society; c) tipping points, and resilience in natural and social systems; and d) renewability and circularity in the economy. In the concluding chapter, Saleem H. Ali explores political means of managing anthropogenic change for a more sustainable society.


Earthly Order by Saleem H. Ali

Pursuing Sustainability: A Guide to the Science and Practice 

National Sustainability Society

Saleem&apos;s column in Forbes


Saleem H. Ali is Chair and Distinguished Professor of Geography at the University of Delaware.
Caleb Zakarin is editor at the New Books Network.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The growing concern about global environmental change and human impacts on the planet has led to the emergence of a broad field of study on the &apos;sustainability&apos; of human societies. The term&apos;s common usage can be traced back to the advent of the Earth Summit in 1992 when &apos;sustainable development&apos; was broadly embraced by the international community as an ostensibly win-win proposition for economic development, social inclusion, and ecological conservation. Yet both the natural science underpinnings and the social implications of a quest for sustainability have been diffuse. There is a need for a coherent
Sustainability: A Very Short Introduction (Oxford UP, 2024) begins by introducing the concept of sustainability and how it has developed. The central chapters consider four key concepts crucial to sustainability: a) material and energy flows in consumption and production; b) technological interventions for a sustainable society; c) tipping points, and resilience in natural and social systems; and d) renewability and circularity in the economy. In the concluding chapter, Saleem H. Ali explores political means of managing anthropogenic change for a more sustainable society.


Earthly Order by Saleem H. Ali

Pursuing Sustainability: A Guide to the Science and Practice 

National Sustainability Society

Saleem&apos;s column in Forbes


Saleem H. Ali is Chair and Distinguished Professor of Geography at the University of Delaware.
Caleb Zakarin is editor at the New Books Network.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>29</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e2347176-118f-11f0-8713-6fa538b79439</guid>
      <title>John Nemec, &quot;Brahmins and Kings: Royal Counsel in the Sanskrit Narrative Literatures&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197791998">Brahmins and Kings: Royal Counsel in the Sanskrit Narrative Literatures</a> (Oxford UP, 2025) examines some of the most well-known and widely circulated narratives in the history of Sanskrit literature, including the Mahabharata, the Ramayana, Visnusarman's famed animal stories (the Panchatantra), Somadeva's labyrinthine Ocean of Rivers of Stories (the Kathasaritsagara), Kalhana's Chronicle of the Kings of Kashmir (the Rajatarangini), and two of the most famous plays in the history of Sanskrit literature, Kalidasa's Abhijnanasakuntala and Harsa's Ratnavali. Offering a sustained close, intertextual reading, John Nemec argues that these texts all share a common frame: they feature stories of the mutual relations of ksatriya kings with Brahmins, and they all depict Brahmins advising political figures. </p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Apr 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197791998">Brahmins and Kings: Royal Counsel in the Sanskrit Narrative Literatures</a> (Oxford UP, 2025) examines some of the most well-known and widely circulated narratives in the history of Sanskrit literature, including the Mahabharata, the Ramayana, Visnusarman's famed animal stories (the Panchatantra), Somadeva's labyrinthine Ocean of Rivers of Stories (the Kathasaritsagara), Kalhana's Chronicle of the Kings of Kashmir (the Rajatarangini), and two of the most famous plays in the history of Sanskrit literature, Kalidasa's Abhijnanasakuntala and Harsa's Ratnavali. Offering a sustained close, intertextual reading, John Nemec argues that these texts all share a common frame: they feature stories of the mutual relations of ksatriya kings with Brahmins, and they all depict Brahmins advising political figures. </p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="46289739" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/3881bbc7-aacb-48c0-9deb-b1fb3f8319ad/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=3881bbc7-aacb-48c0-9deb-b1fb3f8319ad&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>John Nemec, &quot;Brahmins and Kings: Royal Counsel in the Sanskrit Narrative Literatures&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:48:13</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Brahmins and Kings: Royal Counsel in the Sanskrit Narrative Literatures (Oxford UP, 2025) examines some of the most well-known and widely circulated narratives in the history of Sanskrit literature, including the Mahabharata, the Ramayana, Visnusarman&apos;s famed animal stories (the Panchatantra), Somadeva&apos;s labyrinthine Ocean of Rivers of Stories (the Kathasaritsagara), Kalhana&apos;s Chronicle of the Kings of Kashmir (the Rajatarangini), and two of the most famous plays in the history of Sanskrit literature, Kalidasa&apos;s Abhijnanasakuntala and Harsa&apos;s Ratnavali. Offering a sustained close, intertextual reading, John Nemec argues that these texts all share a common frame: they feature stories of the mutual relations of ksatriya kings with Brahmins, and they all depict Brahmins advising political figures. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Brahmins and Kings: Royal Counsel in the Sanskrit Narrative Literatures (Oxford UP, 2025) examines some of the most well-known and widely circulated narratives in the history of Sanskrit literature, including the Mahabharata, the Ramayana, Visnusarman&apos;s famed animal stories (the Panchatantra), Somadeva&apos;s labyrinthine Ocean of Rivers of Stories (the Kathasaritsagara), Kalhana&apos;s Chronicle of the Kings of Kashmir (the Rajatarangini), and two of the most famous plays in the history of Sanskrit literature, Kalidasa&apos;s Abhijnanasakuntala and Harsa&apos;s Ratnavali. Offering a sustained close, intertextual reading, John Nemec argues that these texts all share a common frame: they feature stories of the mutual relations of ksatriya kings with Brahmins, and they all depict Brahmins advising political figures. </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>583</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ce438e06-193f-11f0-b3a3-9b1dcd944e11</guid>
      <title>Serhiy Kudelia, &quot;Seize the City, Undo the State: The Inception of Russia&apos;s War on Ukraine&quot; (Oxford UP, 2015)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>How do separatist conflicts arise and spread? When does separatism become a cover for a foreign aggression? How do local communities respond when state institutions collapse, and militants take over? The armed conflict in Eastern Ukraine, which started eight years before Russia's full-scale invasion, contains unique evidence to address each of these questions.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197795545"><em>Seize the City, Undo the State: The Inception of Russia's War on Ukraine</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2015), Serhiy Kudelia offers an authoritative study of the conflict at its initial stage--2013-14--based on a meticulous comparison of mobilization dynamics in over dozen towns of Donbas as well as in two major cities outside of it: Kharkiv and Odesa. Through his extensive travels and numerous interviews with conflict witnesses and participants, Kudelia explains how a small group of Russian agents and local militants succeeded in eliminating state control over the largest and most densely urbanized region of Ukraine but failed to do it elsewhere. Kudelia challenges the conventional accounts of the armed conflict in Donbas, which portray it either as an interstate conflict entirely manufactured by Moscow or as a civil war that broke out without any external influence. Instead, he argues that local actors prepared ideological and organizational basis for the uprising, but the successful spread of separatist control resulted from the covert intervention of Russian agents and widespread collaboration with them of town administrators and community activists. His findings also show that when enough members of local communities organized to resist militant takeovers, the separatist challenges there quickly dissipated.</p><p>A fine-grained and highly original on-the-ground analysis of the origins of the wider Russian-Ukrainian war that broke out in 2022, this book offers broader insights into the conditions under which external intervention may trigger the rise of an armed insurgency in a society torn apart by political and ideological disagreements.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 16 Apr 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>How do separatist conflicts arise and spread? When does separatism become a cover for a foreign aggression? How do local communities respond when state institutions collapse, and militants take over? The armed conflict in Eastern Ukraine, which started eight years before Russia's full-scale invasion, contains unique evidence to address each of these questions.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197795545"><em>Seize the City, Undo the State: The Inception of Russia's War on Ukraine</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2015), Serhiy Kudelia offers an authoritative study of the conflict at its initial stage--2013-14--based on a meticulous comparison of mobilization dynamics in over dozen towns of Donbas as well as in two major cities outside of it: Kharkiv and Odesa. Through his extensive travels and numerous interviews with conflict witnesses and participants, Kudelia explains how a small group of Russian agents and local militants succeeded in eliminating state control over the largest and most densely urbanized region of Ukraine but failed to do it elsewhere. Kudelia challenges the conventional accounts of the armed conflict in Donbas, which portray it either as an interstate conflict entirely manufactured by Moscow or as a civil war that broke out without any external influence. Instead, he argues that local actors prepared ideological and organizational basis for the uprising, but the successful spread of separatist control resulted from the covert intervention of Russian agents and widespread collaboration with them of town administrators and community activists. His findings also show that when enough members of local communities organized to resist militant takeovers, the separatist challenges there quickly dissipated.</p><p>A fine-grained and highly original on-the-ground analysis of the origins of the wider Russian-Ukrainian war that broke out in 2022, this book offers broader insights into the conditions under which external intervention may trigger the rise of an armed insurgency in a society torn apart by political and ideological disagreements.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="53601102" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/11dffdaa-f62f-48f3-9b32-794cfbe3bd57/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=11dffdaa-f62f-48f3-9b32-794cfbe3bd57&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Serhiy Kudelia, &quot;Seize the City, Undo the State: The Inception of Russia&apos;s War on Ukraine&quot; (Oxford UP, 2015)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:55:49</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>How do separatist conflicts arise and spread? When does separatism become a cover for a foreign aggression? How do local communities respond when state institutions collapse, and militants take over? The armed conflict in Eastern Ukraine, which started eight years before Russia&apos;s full-scale invasion, contains unique evidence to address each of these questions.
In Seize the City, Undo the State: The Inception of Russia&apos;s War on Ukraine (Oxford UP, 2015), Serhiy Kudelia offers an authoritative study of the conflict at its initial stage--2013-14--based on a meticulous comparison of mobilization dynamics in over dozen towns of Donbas as well as in two major cities outside of it: Kharkiv and Odesa. Through his extensive travels and numerous interviews with conflict witnesses and participants, Kudelia explains how a small group of Russian agents and local militants succeeded in eliminating state control over the largest and most densely urbanized region of Ukraine but failed to do it elsewhere. Kudelia challenges the conventional accounts of the armed conflict in Donbas, which portray it either as an interstate conflict entirely manufactured by Moscow or as a civil war that broke out without any external influence. Instead, he argues that local actors prepared ideological and organizational basis for the uprising, but the successful spread of separatist control resulted from the covert intervention of Russian agents and widespread collaboration with them of town administrators and community activists. His findings also show that when enough members of local communities organized to resist militant takeovers, the separatist challenges there quickly dissipated.
A fine-grained and highly original on-the-ground analysis of the origins of the wider Russian-Ukrainian war that broke out in 2022, this book offers broader insights into the conditions under which external intervention may trigger the rise of an armed insurgency in a society torn apart by political and ideological disagreements.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>How do separatist conflicts arise and spread? When does separatism become a cover for a foreign aggression? How do local communities respond when state institutions collapse, and militants take over? The armed conflict in Eastern Ukraine, which started eight years before Russia&apos;s full-scale invasion, contains unique evidence to address each of these questions.
In Seize the City, Undo the State: The Inception of Russia&apos;s War on Ukraine (Oxford UP, 2015), Serhiy Kudelia offers an authoritative study of the conflict at its initial stage--2013-14--based on a meticulous comparison of mobilization dynamics in over dozen towns of Donbas as well as in two major cities outside of it: Kharkiv and Odesa. Through his extensive travels and numerous interviews with conflict witnesses and participants, Kudelia explains how a small group of Russian agents and local militants succeeded in eliminating state control over the largest and most densely urbanized region of Ukraine but failed to do it elsewhere. Kudelia challenges the conventional accounts of the armed conflict in Donbas, which portray it either as an interstate conflict entirely manufactured by Moscow or as a civil war that broke out without any external influence. Instead, he argues that local actors prepared ideological and organizational basis for the uprising, but the successful spread of separatist control resulted from the covert intervention of Russian agents and widespread collaboration with them of town administrators and community activists. His findings also show that when enough members of local communities organized to resist militant takeovers, the separatist challenges there quickly dissipated.
A fine-grained and highly original on-the-ground analysis of the origins of the wider Russian-Ukrainian war that broke out in 2022, this book offers broader insights into the conditions under which external intervention may trigger the rise of an armed insurgency in a society torn apart by political and ideological disagreements.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>298</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">44902d54-1197-11f0-8114-0ff6c768b820</guid>
      <title>Gestures and Emblems: A Discussion with Lauren Gawne</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://researchers.mq.edu.au/en/persons/brynn-quick">Brynn Quick</a> speaks with <a href="https://laurengawne.com/">Dr. Lauren Gawne</a>, about cross-cultural variation in gesture use.</p><p>In this episode, Brynn and Lauren discuss a paper that Lauren wrote in 2024 with co-author Dr. Kensey Cooperrider entitled <a href="https://opal.latrobe.edu.au/articles/journal_contribution/Emblems_Meaning_at_the_interface_of_language_and_gesture/26062594?file=47477654">“Emblems: Meaning at the interface of language and gesture”</a>. Brynn and Lauren talk all about how emblems are different to gestures, cultural uses of emblems, emoji, and how emblems might be changing in the digital age.</p><p>Discussions in this episode include references to Lauren’s book <a href="https://academic.oup.com/book/59637"><em>Gesture: A Slim Guide</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2025), the <a href="https://lingthusiasm.com/post/183615937296/lingthusiasm-episode-30-why-do-we-gesture-when-we">video episode on gesture</a> that <em>Lingthusiasm</em> made and <a href="https://www.languageonthemove.com/because-internet/">Gretchen McCulloch’s book <em>Because Internet</em></a>.</p><p>For additional resources, show notes, and transcripts, go <a href="https://www.languageonthemove.com/podcast/">here</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 13 Apr 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://researchers.mq.edu.au/en/persons/brynn-quick">Brynn Quick</a> speaks with <a href="https://laurengawne.com/">Dr. Lauren Gawne</a>, about cross-cultural variation in gesture use.</p><p>In this episode, Brynn and Lauren discuss a paper that Lauren wrote in 2024 with co-author Dr. Kensey Cooperrider entitled <a href="https://opal.latrobe.edu.au/articles/journal_contribution/Emblems_Meaning_at_the_interface_of_language_and_gesture/26062594?file=47477654">“Emblems: Meaning at the interface of language and gesture”</a>. Brynn and Lauren talk all about how emblems are different to gestures, cultural uses of emblems, emoji, and how emblems might be changing in the digital age.</p><p>Discussions in this episode include references to Lauren’s book <a href="https://academic.oup.com/book/59637"><em>Gesture: A Slim Guide</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2025), the <a href="https://lingthusiasm.com/post/183615937296/lingthusiasm-episode-30-why-do-we-gesture-when-we">video episode on gesture</a> that <em>Lingthusiasm</em> made and <a href="https://www.languageonthemove.com/because-internet/">Gretchen McCulloch’s book <em>Because Internet</em></a>.</p><p>For additional resources, show notes, and transcripts, go <a href="https://www.languageonthemove.com/podcast/">here</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="29469718" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/d7e11276-5c62-489f-a55b-798cffc25797/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=d7e11276-5c62-489f-a55b-798cffc25797&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Gestures and Emblems: A Discussion with Lauren Gawne</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:30:41</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Brynn Quick speaks with Dr. Lauren Gawne, about cross-cultural variation in gesture use.
In this episode, Brynn and Lauren discuss a paper that Lauren wrote in 2024 with co-author Dr. Kensey Cooperrider entitled “Emblems: Meaning at the interface of language and gesture”. Brynn and Lauren talk all about how emblems are different to gestures, cultural uses of emblems, emoji, and how emblems might be changing in the digital age.
Discussions in this episode include references to Lauren’s book Gesture: A Slim Guide (Oxford UP, 2025), the video episode on gesture that Lingthusiasm made and Gretchen McCulloch’s book Because Internet.
For additional resources, show notes, and transcripts, go here.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Brynn Quick speaks with Dr. Lauren Gawne, about cross-cultural variation in gesture use.
In this episode, Brynn and Lauren discuss a paper that Lauren wrote in 2024 with co-author Dr. Kensey Cooperrider entitled “Emblems: Meaning at the interface of language and gesture”. Brynn and Lauren talk all about how emblems are different to gestures, cultural uses of emblems, emoji, and how emblems might be changing in the digital age.
Discussions in this episode include references to Lauren’s book Gesture: A Slim Guide (Oxford UP, 2025), the video episode on gesture that Lingthusiasm made and Gretchen McCulloch’s book Because Internet.
For additional resources, show notes, and transcripts, go here.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1607</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16f0a746-12fc-11f0-8121-1733a672ddcd</guid>
      <title>Stefanie Fischer and Kim Wünschmann, &quot;Oberbrechen: a German Village Confronts Its Nazi Past&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197566039"><em>Oberbrechen: A German Village Confronts Its Nazi Past</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024) is a new title in OUP's Graphic History Series that chronicles the events of the Holocaust and its aftermath in a small village in rural Germany. Based on meticulous research and using powerful visual storytelling, the book provides a multilayered narrative that explores the experiences of both Jewish and non-Jewish villagers from the First World War to the present. Its focus on how "ordinary" people experienced this time offers a new and illuminating insight into everyday life and the processes of violence, rupture, and reconciliation that characterized the history of the twentieth century in Germany and beyond. The graphic narrative is accompanied by source documents published in English translation for the first time, an essay on the wider historical context, and an incisive reflection on the writing of this book—and of history more broadly.</p><p><strong>Kim Wünschmann</strong> is Director of the Institute for the History of the German Jews and teaches at the University of Hamburg. She obtained her Ph.D. from Birkbeck, University of London. Her research centers on German Jewish history, Holocaust Studies, and legal history. She held fellowships at The Hebrew University of Jerusalem and the International Institute for Holocaust Research at Yad Vashem. She was DAAD Lecturer at the Centre for German-Jewish Studies at the University of Sussex and Research Associate at the Department of History at LMU Munich. Her Publications include Before Auschwitz: Jewish Prisoners in the Prewar Concentration Camps (Harvard University Press, 2015), awarded the Yad Vashem International Book Prize for Holocaust Research. She is also the co-editor of Living the German Revolution 1918–19: Expectations, Experiences, Responses (Oxford University Press, 2023) and together with Stefanie Fischer co-author of the Graphic History Oberbrechen: A German Village Confronts Its Nazi Past, illustrated by Liz Clarke (Oxford University Press, 2024) .</p><p><strong>Stefanie Fischer</strong> a Senior Lecturer at the Center for the Study of Antisemitism at the Technical University of Berlin. Her fields of scholarly research are German Jewish history and Holocaust Studies. Fischer is the author of <em>Jewish Cattle Traders in the German Countryside, 1919-1939. Economic Trust and Antisemitic Violence</em> (Indiana University Press, 2024) and with Kim Wünschmann of <em>Oberbrechen. A German Village Confronts its Nazi Past</em> (Oxford University Press, 2025). She is also co-editor of the Leo Baeck Institute Year Book (Oxford University Press, since 2024).</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 7 Apr 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197566039"><em>Oberbrechen: A German Village Confronts Its Nazi Past</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024) is a new title in OUP's Graphic History Series that chronicles the events of the Holocaust and its aftermath in a small village in rural Germany. Based on meticulous research and using powerful visual storytelling, the book provides a multilayered narrative that explores the experiences of both Jewish and non-Jewish villagers from the First World War to the present. Its focus on how "ordinary" people experienced this time offers a new and illuminating insight into everyday life and the processes of violence, rupture, and reconciliation that characterized the history of the twentieth century in Germany and beyond. The graphic narrative is accompanied by source documents published in English translation for the first time, an essay on the wider historical context, and an incisive reflection on the writing of this book—and of history more broadly.</p><p><strong>Kim Wünschmann</strong> is Director of the Institute for the History of the German Jews and teaches at the University of Hamburg. She obtained her Ph.D. from Birkbeck, University of London. Her research centers on German Jewish history, Holocaust Studies, and legal history. She held fellowships at The Hebrew University of Jerusalem and the International Institute for Holocaust Research at Yad Vashem. She was DAAD Lecturer at the Centre for German-Jewish Studies at the University of Sussex and Research Associate at the Department of History at LMU Munich. Her Publications include Before Auschwitz: Jewish Prisoners in the Prewar Concentration Camps (Harvard University Press, 2015), awarded the Yad Vashem International Book Prize for Holocaust Research. She is also the co-editor of Living the German Revolution 1918–19: Expectations, Experiences, Responses (Oxford University Press, 2023) and together with Stefanie Fischer co-author of the Graphic History Oberbrechen: A German Village Confronts Its Nazi Past, illustrated by Liz Clarke (Oxford University Press, 2024) .</p><p><strong>Stefanie Fischer</strong> a Senior Lecturer at the Center for the Study of Antisemitism at the Technical University of Berlin. Her fields of scholarly research are German Jewish history and Holocaust Studies. Fischer is the author of <em>Jewish Cattle Traders in the German Countryside, 1919-1939. Economic Trust and Antisemitic Violence</em> (Indiana University Press, 2024) and with Kim Wünschmann of <em>Oberbrechen. A German Village Confronts its Nazi Past</em> (Oxford University Press, 2025). She is also co-editor of the Leo Baeck Institute Year Book (Oxford University Press, since 2024).</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="57370891" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/45bfff0c-7b31-40b1-8c68-146a00e4fcb4/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=45bfff0c-7b31-40b1-8c68-146a00e4fcb4&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Stefanie Fischer and Kim Wünschmann, &quot;Oberbrechen: a German Village Confronts Its Nazi Past&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:59:45</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Oberbrechen: A German Village Confronts Its Nazi Past (Oxford UP, 2024) is a new title in OUP&apos;s Graphic History Series that chronicles the events of the Holocaust and its aftermath in a small village in rural Germany. Based on meticulous research and using powerful visual storytelling, the book provides a multilayered narrative that explores the experiences of both Jewish and non-Jewish villagers from the First World War to the present. Its focus on how &quot;ordinary&quot; people experienced this time offers a new and illuminating insight into everyday life and the processes of violence, rupture, and reconciliation that characterized the history of the twentieth century in Germany and beyond. The graphic narrative is accompanied by source documents published in English translation for the first time, an essay on the wider historical context, and an incisive reflection on the writing of this book—and of history more broadly.
Kim Wünschmann is Director of the Institute for the History of the German Jews and teaches at the University of Hamburg. She obtained her Ph.D. from Birkbeck, University of London. Her research centers on German Jewish history, Holocaust Studies, and legal history. She held fellowships at The Hebrew University of Jerusalem and the International Institute for Holocaust Research at Yad Vashem. She was DAAD Lecturer at the Centre for German-Jewish Studies at the University of Sussex and Research Associate at the Department of History at LMU Munich. Her Publications include Before Auschwitz: Jewish Prisoners in the Prewar Concentration Camps (Harvard University Press, 2015), awarded the Yad Vashem International Book Prize for Holocaust Research. She is also the co-editor of Living the German Revolution 1918–19: Expectations, Experiences, Responses (Oxford University Press, 2023) and together with Stefanie Fischer co-author of the Graphic History Oberbrechen: A German Village Confronts Its Nazi Past, illustrated by Liz Clarke (Oxford University Press, 2024) .
Stefanie Fischer a Senior Lecturer at the Center for the Study of Antisemitism at the Technical University of Berlin. Her fields of scholarly research are German Jewish history and Holocaust Studies. Fischer is the author of Jewish Cattle Traders in the German Countryside, 1919-1939. Economic Trust and Antisemitic Violence (Indiana University Press, 2024) and with Kim Wünschmann of Oberbrechen. A German Village Confronts its Nazi Past (Oxford University Press, 2025). She is also co-editor of the Leo Baeck Institute Year Book (Oxford University Press, since 2024).</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Oberbrechen: A German Village Confronts Its Nazi Past (Oxford UP, 2024) is a new title in OUP&apos;s Graphic History Series that chronicles the events of the Holocaust and its aftermath in a small village in rural Germany. Based on meticulous research and using powerful visual storytelling, the book provides a multilayered narrative that explores the experiences of both Jewish and non-Jewish villagers from the First World War to the present. Its focus on how &quot;ordinary&quot; people experienced this time offers a new and illuminating insight into everyday life and the processes of violence, rupture, and reconciliation that characterized the history of the twentieth century in Germany and beyond. The graphic narrative is accompanied by source documents published in English translation for the first time, an essay on the wider historical context, and an incisive reflection on the writing of this book—and of history more broadly.
Kim Wünschmann is Director of the Institute for the History of the German Jews and teaches at the University of Hamburg. She obtained her Ph.D. from Birkbeck, University of London. Her research centers on German Jewish history, Holocaust Studies, and legal history. She held fellowships at The Hebrew University of Jerusalem and the International Institute for Holocaust Research at Yad Vashem. She was DAAD Lecturer at the Centre for German-Jewish Studies at the University of Sussex and Research Associate at the Department of History at LMU Munich. Her Publications include Before Auschwitz: Jewish Prisoners in the Prewar Concentration Camps (Harvard University Press, 2015), awarded the Yad Vashem International Book Prize for Holocaust Research. She is also the co-editor of Living the German Revolution 1918–19: Expectations, Experiences, Responses (Oxford University Press, 2023) and together with Stefanie Fischer co-author of the Graphic History Oberbrechen: A German Village Confronts Its Nazi Past, illustrated by Liz Clarke (Oxford University Press, 2024) .
Stefanie Fischer a Senior Lecturer at the Center for the Study of Antisemitism at the Technical University of Berlin. Her fields of scholarly research are German Jewish history and Holocaust Studies. Fischer is the author of Jewish Cattle Traders in the German Countryside, 1919-1939. Economic Trust and Antisemitic Violence (Indiana University Press, 2024) and with Kim Wünschmann of Oberbrechen. A German Village Confronts its Nazi Past (Oxford University Press, 2025). She is also co-editor of the Leo Baeck Institute Year Book (Oxford University Press, since 2024).</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>172</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e87d075a-109a-11f0-b162-2f82553fdc4e</guid>
      <title>Julie Malnig, &quot;Dancing Black, Dancing White: Rock &apos;n&apos; Roll, Race, and Youth Culture of the 1950s and Early 1960s&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197536261"><em>Dancing Black, Dancing White: Rock 'n' Roll, Race, and Youth Culture of the 1950s and Early 1960s</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2023) offers a new look at the highly popular phenomenon of the televised teen dance program. These teen shows were incubators of new styles of social and popular dance and both reflected and shaped pressing social issues of the day. Often referred to as "dance parties," the televised teen dance shows helped cultivate a nascent youth culture in the post-World War II era. The youth culture depicted on the shows, however, was primarily white. Black teenagers certainly had a youth culture of their own, but the injustice was glaring: Black culture was not always in evident display on the airwaves, as television, like the nation at large, was deeply segregated and appealed to a primarily white, homogenous audience. </p><p>The crux of the book, then, is twofold: to explore how social and popular dance styles were created and disseminated within the new technology of television and to investigate how the shows both reflected and re-affirmed the racial politics and attitudes of the time. The story of televised teen dance told here is about Black and white teenagers wanting to dance to rock 'n' roll music despite the barriers placed on their ability to do so. It is also a story that fuses issues of race, morality, and sexuality. <em>Dancing Black, Dancing White</em> weaves together these elements to tell two stories: that of the different experiences of Black and white adolescents and their desires to have a space of their own where they could be seen, heard, appreciated, and understood.</p><p><a href="https://gallatin.nyu.edu/people/faculty/jmm2.html">Julie Malnig</a> is Professor of Dance and Theatre Studies at The Gallatin School of Individualized Study at New York University.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 4 Apr 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197536261"><em>Dancing Black, Dancing White: Rock 'n' Roll, Race, and Youth Culture of the 1950s and Early 1960s</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2023) offers a new look at the highly popular phenomenon of the televised teen dance program. These teen shows were incubators of new styles of social and popular dance and both reflected and shaped pressing social issues of the day. Often referred to as "dance parties," the televised teen dance shows helped cultivate a nascent youth culture in the post-World War II era. The youth culture depicted on the shows, however, was primarily white. Black teenagers certainly had a youth culture of their own, but the injustice was glaring: Black culture was not always in evident display on the airwaves, as television, like the nation at large, was deeply segregated and appealed to a primarily white, homogenous audience. </p><p>The crux of the book, then, is twofold: to explore how social and popular dance styles were created and disseminated within the new technology of television and to investigate how the shows both reflected and re-affirmed the racial politics and attitudes of the time. The story of televised teen dance told here is about Black and white teenagers wanting to dance to rock 'n' roll music despite the barriers placed on their ability to do so. It is also a story that fuses issues of race, morality, and sexuality. <em>Dancing Black, Dancing White</em> weaves together these elements to tell two stories: that of the different experiences of Black and white adolescents and their desires to have a space of their own where they could be seen, heard, appreciated, and understood.</p><p><a href="https://gallatin.nyu.edu/people/faculty/jmm2.html">Julie Malnig</a> is Professor of Dance and Theatre Studies at The Gallatin School of Individualized Study at New York University.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="44200532" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/4b22a575-6ca1-4ba8-a3d4-a229c64d5a10/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=4b22a575-6ca1-4ba8-a3d4-a229c64d5a10&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Julie Malnig, &quot;Dancing Black, Dancing White: Rock &apos;n&apos; Roll, Race, and Youth Culture of the 1950s and Early 1960s&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:46:02</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Dancing Black, Dancing White: Rock &apos;n&apos; Roll, Race, and Youth Culture of the 1950s and Early 1960s (Oxford University Press, 2023) offers a new look at the highly popular phenomenon of the televised teen dance program. These teen shows were incubators of new styles of social and popular dance and both reflected and shaped pressing social issues of the day. Often referred to as &quot;dance parties,&quot; the televised teen dance shows helped cultivate a nascent youth culture in the post-World War II era. The youth culture depicted on the shows, however, was primarily white. Black teenagers certainly had a youth culture of their own, but the injustice was glaring: Black culture was not always in evident display on the airwaves, as television, like the nation at large, was deeply segregated and appealed to a primarily white, homogenous audience. 
The crux of the book, then, is twofold: to explore how social and popular dance styles were created and disseminated within the new technology of television and to investigate how the shows both reflected and re-affirmed the racial politics and attitudes of the time. The story of televised teen dance told here is about Black and white teenagers wanting to dance to rock &apos;n&apos; roll music despite the barriers placed on their ability to do so. It is also a story that fuses issues of race, morality, and sexuality. Dancing Black, Dancing White weaves together these elements to tell two stories: that of the different experiences of Black and white adolescents and their desires to have a space of their own where they could be seen, heard, appreciated, and understood.
Julie Malnig is Professor of Dance and Theatre Studies at The Gallatin School of Individualized Study at New York University.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Dancing Black, Dancing White: Rock &apos;n&apos; Roll, Race, and Youth Culture of the 1950s and Early 1960s (Oxford University Press, 2023) offers a new look at the highly popular phenomenon of the televised teen dance program. These teen shows were incubators of new styles of social and popular dance and both reflected and shaped pressing social issues of the day. Often referred to as &quot;dance parties,&quot; the televised teen dance shows helped cultivate a nascent youth culture in the post-World War II era. The youth culture depicted on the shows, however, was primarily white. Black teenagers certainly had a youth culture of their own, but the injustice was glaring: Black culture was not always in evident display on the airwaves, as television, like the nation at large, was deeply segregated and appealed to a primarily white, homogenous audience. 
The crux of the book, then, is twofold: to explore how social and popular dance styles were created and disseminated within the new technology of television and to investigate how the shows both reflected and re-affirmed the racial politics and attitudes of the time. The story of televised teen dance told here is about Black and white teenagers wanting to dance to rock &apos;n&apos; roll music despite the barriers placed on their ability to do so. It is also a story that fuses issues of race, morality, and sexuality. Dancing Black, Dancing White weaves together these elements to tell two stories: that of the different experiences of Black and white adolescents and their desires to have a space of their own where they could be seen, heard, appreciated, and understood.
Julie Malnig is Professor of Dance and Theatre Studies at The Gallatin School of Individualized Study at New York University.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1605</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ecadce5c-0c0a-11f0-8202-7bc29c92d42b</guid>
      <title>Jeremy Brown, &quot;The Eleventh Plague: Jews and Pandemics from the Bible to COVID-19&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197607183">The Eleventh Plague: Jews and Pandemics from the Bible to COVID-19</a> (Oxford UP, 2023), Brown investigates the relation between Judaism and infectious diseases throughout the ages, from premodern and early-modern plagues, to rabbinic responses to smallpox and cholera, to the special vulnerabilities Jewish immigrants faced in the US as result of prejudice, and to the curious practice of “Black Weddings” in which two orphans are married in a cemetery and brings us to the modern day with the COVID-19 pandemic.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 31 Mar 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197607183">The Eleventh Plague: Jews and Pandemics from the Bible to COVID-19</a> (Oxford UP, 2023), Brown investigates the relation between Judaism and infectious diseases throughout the ages, from premodern and early-modern plagues, to rabbinic responses to smallpox and cholera, to the special vulnerabilities Jewish immigrants faced in the US as result of prejudice, and to the curious practice of “Black Weddings” in which two orphans are married in a cemetery and brings us to the modern day with the COVID-19 pandemic.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="53315340" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/f4a23241-686a-4d4e-bf50-143fc120e775/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=f4a23241-686a-4d4e-bf50-143fc120e775&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Jeremy Brown, &quot;The Eleventh Plague: Jews and Pandemics from the Bible to COVID-19&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:55:32</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In The Eleventh Plague: Jews and Pandemics from the Bible to COVID-19 (Oxford UP, 2023), Brown investigates the relation between Judaism and infectious diseases throughout the ages, from premodern and early-modern plagues, to rabbinic responses to smallpox and cholera, to the special vulnerabilities Jewish immigrants faced in the US as result of prejudice, and to the curious practice of “Black Weddings” in which two orphans are married in a cemetery and brings us to the modern day with the COVID-19 pandemic.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In The Eleventh Plague: Jews and Pandemics from the Bible to COVID-19 (Oxford UP, 2023), Brown investigates the relation between Judaism and infectious diseases throughout the ages, from premodern and early-modern plagues, to rabbinic responses to smallpox and cholera, to the special vulnerabilities Jewish immigrants faced in the US as result of prejudice, and to the curious practice of “Black Weddings” in which two orphans are married in a cemetery and brings us to the modern day with the COVID-19 pandemic.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>627</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ddff98ce-0b13-11f0-85e6-9be91ccf75ee</guid>
      <title>The AI Mirror: How to Reclaim Our Humanity in an Age of Machine Thinking</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>For many, technology offers hope for the future―that promise of shared human flourishing and liberation that always seems to elude our species. Artificial intelligence (AI) technologies spark this hope in a particular way. They promise a future in which human limits and frailties are finally overcome―not by us, but by our machines. Yet rather than open new futures, today's powerful AI technologies reproduce the past. Forged from oceans of our data into immensely powerful but flawed mirrors, they reflect the same errors, biases, and failures of wisdom that we strive to escape. Our new digital mirrors point backward. They show only where the data say that we have already been, never where we might venture together for the first time. To meet today's grave challenges to our species and our planet, we will need something new from AI, and from ourselves. </p><p>In<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197759066"> <em>The AI Mirror: How to Reclaim Our Humanity in an Age of Machine Thinking</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024), Shannon Vallor makes a wide-ranging, prophetic, and philosophical case for what AI could be: a way to reclaim our human potential for moral and intellectual growth, rather than lose ourselves in mirrors of the past. Rejecting prophecies of doom, she encourages us to pursue technology that helps us recover our sense of the possible, and with it the confidence and courage to repair a broken world. Professor Vallor calls us to rethink what AI is and can be, and what we want to be with it.</p><p>Our guest is: Professor Shannon Vallor, who is the Baillie Gifford Professor in the Ethics of Data and AI at the University of Edinburgh, where she directs the Centre for Technomoral Futures in the Edinburgh Futures Institute. She is a standing member of Stanford's One Hundred Year Study of Artificial Intelligence (AI100) and member of the Oversight Board of the Ada Lovelace Institute. Professor Vallor joined the Futures Institute in 2020 following a career in the United States as a leader in the ethics of emerging technologies, including a post as a visiting AI Ethicist at Google from 2018-2020. She is the author of <em>The AI Mirror: Reclaiming Our Humanity in an Age of Machine Thinking</em>; and <em>Technology and the Virtues: A Philosophical Guide to a Future Worth Wanting; </em>and is the editor of <em>The Oxford Handbook of Philosophy of Technology</em>. She serves as advisor to government and industry bodies on responsible AI and data ethics, and is Principal Investigator and Co-Director of the UKRI research programme BRAID (Bridging Responsible AI Divides), funded by the Arts and Humanities Research Council.</p><p>Our host is: <a href="https://christinagessler.com/">Dr. Christina Gessler</a>, who is the creator and producer of the Academic Life podcast.</p><p>Listeners may enjoy this playlist:</p><ul>
<li><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/more-than-a-glitch#entry:308809@1:url">More Than A Glitch</a></li>
<li><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/artificial-unintelligence-how-computers-misunderstand-the-world#entry:342393@1:url">Artificial Unintelligence: How Computers Misunderstand the World</a></li>
</ul><p>Welcome to Academic Life, the podcast for your academic journey—and beyond! You can support the show by downloading and sharing episodes. Join us again to learn from more experts inside and outside the academy, and around the world. Missed any of the 250+ Academic Life episodes? Find them <a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/up-partners/academic-life">here.</a> And thank you for listening!</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Mar 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>For many, technology offers hope for the future―that promise of shared human flourishing and liberation that always seems to elude our species. Artificial intelligence (AI) technologies spark this hope in a particular way. They promise a future in which human limits and frailties are finally overcome―not by us, but by our machines. Yet rather than open new futures, today's powerful AI technologies reproduce the past. Forged from oceans of our data into immensely powerful but flawed mirrors, they reflect the same errors, biases, and failures of wisdom that we strive to escape. Our new digital mirrors point backward. They show only where the data say that we have already been, never where we might venture together for the first time. To meet today's grave challenges to our species and our planet, we will need something new from AI, and from ourselves. </p><p>In<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197759066"> <em>The AI Mirror: How to Reclaim Our Humanity in an Age of Machine Thinking</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024), Shannon Vallor makes a wide-ranging, prophetic, and philosophical case for what AI could be: a way to reclaim our human potential for moral and intellectual growth, rather than lose ourselves in mirrors of the past. Rejecting prophecies of doom, she encourages us to pursue technology that helps us recover our sense of the possible, and with it the confidence and courage to repair a broken world. Professor Vallor calls us to rethink what AI is and can be, and what we want to be with it.</p><p>Our guest is: Professor Shannon Vallor, who is the Baillie Gifford Professor in the Ethics of Data and AI at the University of Edinburgh, where she directs the Centre for Technomoral Futures in the Edinburgh Futures Institute. She is a standing member of Stanford's One Hundred Year Study of Artificial Intelligence (AI100) and member of the Oversight Board of the Ada Lovelace Institute. Professor Vallor joined the Futures Institute in 2020 following a career in the United States as a leader in the ethics of emerging technologies, including a post as a visiting AI Ethicist at Google from 2018-2020. She is the author of <em>The AI Mirror: Reclaiming Our Humanity in an Age of Machine Thinking</em>; and <em>Technology and the Virtues: A Philosophical Guide to a Future Worth Wanting; </em>and is the editor of <em>The Oxford Handbook of Philosophy of Technology</em>. She serves as advisor to government and industry bodies on responsible AI and data ethics, and is Principal Investigator and Co-Director of the UKRI research programme BRAID (Bridging Responsible AI Divides), funded by the Arts and Humanities Research Council.</p><p>Our host is: <a href="https://christinagessler.com/">Dr. Christina Gessler</a>, who is the creator and producer of the Academic Life podcast.</p><p>Listeners may enjoy this playlist:</p><ul>
<li><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/more-than-a-glitch#entry:308809@1:url">More Than A Glitch</a></li>
<li><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/artificial-unintelligence-how-computers-misunderstand-the-world#entry:342393@1:url">Artificial Unintelligence: How Computers Misunderstand the World</a></li>
</ul><p>Welcome to Academic Life, the podcast for your academic journey—and beyond! You can support the show by downloading and sharing episodes. Join us again to learn from more experts inside and outside the academy, and around the world. Missed any of the 250+ Academic Life episodes? Find them <a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/up-partners/academic-life">here.</a> And thank you for listening!</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="52432254" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/e0cf1680-1148-4c56-9d0c-b96ed9265ace/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=e0cf1680-1148-4c56-9d0c-b96ed9265ace&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>The AI Mirror: How to Reclaim Our Humanity in an Age of Machine Thinking</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:54:36</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>For many, technology offers hope for the future―that promise of shared human flourishing and liberation that always seems to elude our species. Artificial intelligence (AI) technologies spark this hope in a particular way. They promise a future in which human limits and frailties are finally overcome―not by us, but by our machines. Yet rather than open new futures, today&apos;s powerful AI technologies reproduce the past. Forged from oceans of our data into immensely powerful but flawed mirrors, they reflect the same errors, biases, and failures of wisdom that we strive to escape. Our new digital mirrors point backward. They show only where the data say that we have already been, never where we might venture together for the first time. To meet today&apos;s grave challenges to our species and our planet, we will need something new from AI, and from ourselves. 
In The AI Mirror: How to Reclaim Our Humanity in an Age of Machine Thinking (Oxford UP, 2024), Shannon Vallor makes a wide-ranging, prophetic, and philosophical case for what AI could be: a way to reclaim our human potential for moral and intellectual growth, rather than lose ourselves in mirrors of the past. Rejecting prophecies of doom, she encourages us to pursue technology that helps us recover our sense of the possible, and with it the confidence and courage to repair a broken world. Professor Vallor calls us to rethink what AI is and can be, and what we want to be with it.
Our guest is: Professor Shannon Vallor, who is the Baillie Gifford Professor in the Ethics of Data and AI at the University of Edinburgh, where she directs the Centre for Technomoral Futures in the Edinburgh Futures Institute. She is a standing member of Stanford&apos;s One Hundred Year Study of Artificial Intelligence (AI100) and member of the Oversight Board of the Ada Lovelace Institute. Professor Vallor joined the Futures Institute in 2020 following a career in the United States as a leader in the ethics of emerging technologies, including a post as a visiting AI Ethicist at Google from 2018-2020. She is the author of The AI Mirror: Reclaiming Our Humanity in an Age of Machine Thinking; and Technology and the Virtues: A Philosophical Guide to a Future Worth Wanting; and is the editor of The Oxford Handbook of Philosophy of Technology. She serves as advisor to government and industry bodies on responsible AI and data ethics, and is Principal Investigator and Co-Director of the UKRI research programme BRAID (Bridging Responsible AI Divides), funded by the Arts and Humanities Research Council.
Our host is: Dr. Christina Gessler, who is the creator and producer of the Academic Life podcast.
Listeners may enjoy this playlist:

More Than A Glitch

Artificial Unintelligence: How Computers Misunderstand the World

Welcome to Academic Life, the podcast for your academic journey—and beyond! You can support the show by downloading and sharing episodes. Join us again to learn from more experts inside and outside the academy, and around the world. Missed any of the 250+ Academic Life episodes? Find them here. And thank you for listening!</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>For many, technology offers hope for the future―that promise of shared human flourishing and liberation that always seems to elude our species. Artificial intelligence (AI) technologies spark this hope in a particular way. They promise a future in which human limits and frailties are finally overcome―not by us, but by our machines. Yet rather than open new futures, today&apos;s powerful AI technologies reproduce the past. Forged from oceans of our data into immensely powerful but flawed mirrors, they reflect the same errors, biases, and failures of wisdom that we strive to escape. Our new digital mirrors point backward. They show only where the data say that we have already been, never where we might venture together for the first time. To meet today&apos;s grave challenges to our species and our planet, we will need something new from AI, and from ourselves. 
In The AI Mirror: How to Reclaim Our Humanity in an Age of Machine Thinking (Oxford UP, 2024), Shannon Vallor makes a wide-ranging, prophetic, and philosophical case for what AI could be: a way to reclaim our human potential for moral and intellectual growth, rather than lose ourselves in mirrors of the past. Rejecting prophecies of doom, she encourages us to pursue technology that helps us recover our sense of the possible, and with it the confidence and courage to repair a broken world. Professor Vallor calls us to rethink what AI is and can be, and what we want to be with it.
Our guest is: Professor Shannon Vallor, who is the Baillie Gifford Professor in the Ethics of Data and AI at the University of Edinburgh, where she directs the Centre for Technomoral Futures in the Edinburgh Futures Institute. She is a standing member of Stanford&apos;s One Hundred Year Study of Artificial Intelligence (AI100) and member of the Oversight Board of the Ada Lovelace Institute. Professor Vallor joined the Futures Institute in 2020 following a career in the United States as a leader in the ethics of emerging technologies, including a post as a visiting AI Ethicist at Google from 2018-2020. She is the author of The AI Mirror: Reclaiming Our Humanity in an Age of Machine Thinking; and Technology and the Virtues: A Philosophical Guide to a Future Worth Wanting; and is the editor of The Oxford Handbook of Philosophy of Technology. She serves as advisor to government and industry bodies on responsible AI and data ethics, and is Principal Investigator and Co-Director of the UKRI research programme BRAID (Bridging Responsible AI Divides), funded by the Arts and Humanities Research Council.
Our host is: Dr. Christina Gessler, who is the creator and producer of the Academic Life podcast.
Listeners may enjoy this playlist:

More Than A Glitch

Artificial Unintelligence: How Computers Misunderstand the World

Welcome to Academic Life, the podcast for your academic journey—and beyond! You can support the show by downloading and sharing episodes. Join us again to learn from more experts inside and outside the academy, and around the world. Missed any of the 250+ Academic Life episodes? Find them here. And thank you for listening!</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>259</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">88a4efb4-0276-11f0-84ba-7bef472826f0</guid>
      <title>Amy Adamczyk, &quot;Fetal Positions: Understanding Cross-National Public Opinion about Abortion&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Most people think about abortion in the context of the country they live in. In the U.S., abortion fuels debate, elections, and legislation. In China, abortion is often treated as a settled issue. Why and how do abortion attitudes vary across the world? </p><p>In her new book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197761052"><em>Fetal Positions: Understanding Cross-National Public Opinion about Abortion</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2025)<em>, </em>Dr. Amy Adamczyk examines the factors influencing cross-national abortion opinion, rates and individual abortion decisions. She investigates the relationship between attitudes and laws, and explores how personal and national characteristics shape views on abortion. Using large-scale public opinion surveys, interviews from two case study countries, and an analysis of newspaper articles from over 40 countries, she argues that cross-national differences in public opinion can largely be explained based on overall levels of religious belief, economic and educational development, type of government and government history, and gender inequality. The book distinguishes beliefs from behaviors and macro factors from personal characteristics to analyze the forces shaping cross-national abortion rates and personal abortion decisions.</p><p><a href="http://amyadamczyk.com/">Dr. Amy Adamczyk</a> is a sociology professor at the John Jay College of Criminal Justice and The Graduate Center at the City University of New York. Her work unravels the religious, cultural and social forces shaping public opinion on controversial issues like abortion, same-sex relations, premarital sex, and marijuana and terrorism. Her many earlier books include, <em>Cross-National Public Opinion about Homosexuality: Examining Attitudes across the Globe</em> (University of California Press 2017).</p><p>Mentioned:</p><ul>
<li>
<a href="https://www.worldvaluessurvey.org/wvs.jsp">World Values Study</a> (free database)</li>
<li>Amy Adamczyk, Brittany Suh, and Lindsay Lerner, <a href="https://academicworks.cuny.edu/jj_pubs/561/">“Analysis of the Relationship between Religion, Abortion, and Assisted Reproductive Technology: Insights into Cross-National Public Opinion”</a> (2024) (free access to article)</li>
<li>Ronald Inglehart and Wayne E. Baker, “<a href="https://www.researchgate.net/publication/230557601_Modernization_Cultural_Change_and_the_Persistence_of_Traditional_Values">Modernization, Cultural Change, and the Persistence of Traditional Values” (2000) </a>(free access to article)</li>
</ul><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Mar 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Most people think about abortion in the context of the country they live in. In the U.S., abortion fuels debate, elections, and legislation. In China, abortion is often treated as a settled issue. Why and how do abortion attitudes vary across the world? </p><p>In her new book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197761052"><em>Fetal Positions: Understanding Cross-National Public Opinion about Abortion</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2025)<em>, </em>Dr. Amy Adamczyk examines the factors influencing cross-national abortion opinion, rates and individual abortion decisions. She investigates the relationship between attitudes and laws, and explores how personal and national characteristics shape views on abortion. Using large-scale public opinion surveys, interviews from two case study countries, and an analysis of newspaper articles from over 40 countries, she argues that cross-national differences in public opinion can largely be explained based on overall levels of religious belief, economic and educational development, type of government and government history, and gender inequality. The book distinguishes beliefs from behaviors and macro factors from personal characteristics to analyze the forces shaping cross-national abortion rates and personal abortion decisions.</p><p><a href="http://amyadamczyk.com/">Dr. Amy Adamczyk</a> is a sociology professor at the John Jay College of Criminal Justice and The Graduate Center at the City University of New York. Her work unravels the religious, cultural and social forces shaping public opinion on controversial issues like abortion, same-sex relations, premarital sex, and marijuana and terrorism. Her many earlier books include, <em>Cross-National Public Opinion about Homosexuality: Examining Attitudes across the Globe</em> (University of California Press 2017).</p><p>Mentioned:</p><ul>
<li>
<a href="https://www.worldvaluessurvey.org/wvs.jsp">World Values Study</a> (free database)</li>
<li>Amy Adamczyk, Brittany Suh, and Lindsay Lerner, <a href="https://academicworks.cuny.edu/jj_pubs/561/">“Analysis of the Relationship between Religion, Abortion, and Assisted Reproductive Technology: Insights into Cross-National Public Opinion”</a> (2024) (free access to article)</li>
<li>Ronald Inglehart and Wayne E. Baker, “<a href="https://www.researchgate.net/publication/230557601_Modernization_Cultural_Change_and_the_Persistence_of_Traditional_Values">Modernization, Cultural Change, and the Persistence of Traditional Values” (2000) </a>(free access to article)</li>
</ul><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="50496949" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/e9da3269-a324-482f-bdd7-99281346a9fe/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=e9da3269-a324-482f-bdd7-99281346a9fe&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Amy Adamczyk, &quot;Fetal Positions: Understanding Cross-National Public Opinion about Abortion&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:52:35</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Most people think about abortion in the context of the country they live in. In the U.S., abortion fuels debate, elections, and legislation. In China, abortion is often treated as a settled issue. Why and how do abortion attitudes vary across the world? 
In her new book, Fetal Positions: Understanding Cross-National Public Opinion about Abortion (Oxford UP, 2025), Dr. Amy Adamczyk examines the factors influencing cross-national abortion opinion, rates and individual abortion decisions. She investigates the relationship between attitudes and laws, and explores how personal and national characteristics shape views on abortion. Using large-scale public opinion surveys, interviews from two case study countries, and an analysis of newspaper articles from over 40 countries, she argues that cross-national differences in public opinion can largely be explained based on overall levels of religious belief, economic and educational development, type of government and government history, and gender inequality. The book distinguishes beliefs from behaviors and macro factors from personal characteristics to analyze the forces shaping cross-national abortion rates and personal abortion decisions.
Dr. Amy Adamczyk is a sociology professor at the John Jay College of Criminal Justice and The Graduate Center at the City University of New York. Her work unravels the religious, cultural and social forces shaping public opinion on controversial issues like abortion, same-sex relations, premarital sex, and marijuana and terrorism. Her many earlier books include, Cross-National Public Opinion about Homosexuality: Examining Attitudes across the Globe (University of California Press 2017).
Mentioned:


World Values Study (free database)

Amy Adamczyk, Brittany Suh, and Lindsay Lerner, “Analysis of the Relationship between Religion, Abortion, and Assisted Reproductive Technology: Insights into Cross-National Public Opinion” (2024) (free access to article)

Ronald Inglehart and Wayne E. Baker, “Modernization, Cultural Change, and the Persistence of Traditional Values” (2000) (free access to article)</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Most people think about abortion in the context of the country they live in. In the U.S., abortion fuels debate, elections, and legislation. In China, abortion is often treated as a settled issue. Why and how do abortion attitudes vary across the world? 
In her new book, Fetal Positions: Understanding Cross-National Public Opinion about Abortion (Oxford UP, 2025), Dr. Amy Adamczyk examines the factors influencing cross-national abortion opinion, rates and individual abortion decisions. She investigates the relationship between attitudes and laws, and explores how personal and national characteristics shape views on abortion. Using large-scale public opinion surveys, interviews from two case study countries, and an analysis of newspaper articles from over 40 countries, she argues that cross-national differences in public opinion can largely be explained based on overall levels of religious belief, economic and educational development, type of government and government history, and gender inequality. The book distinguishes beliefs from behaviors and macro factors from personal characteristics to analyze the forces shaping cross-national abortion rates and personal abortion decisions.
Dr. Amy Adamczyk is a sociology professor at the John Jay College of Criminal Justice and The Graduate Center at the City University of New York. Her work unravels the religious, cultural and social forces shaping public opinion on controversial issues like abortion, same-sex relations, premarital sex, and marijuana and terrorism. Her many earlier books include, Cross-National Public Opinion about Homosexuality: Examining Attitudes across the Globe (University of California Press 2017).
Mentioned:


World Values Study (free database)

Amy Adamczyk, Brittany Suh, and Lindsay Lerner, “Analysis of the Relationship between Religion, Abortion, and Assisted Reproductive Technology: Insights into Cross-National Public Opinion” (2024) (free access to article)

Ronald Inglehart and Wayne E. Baker, “Modernization, Cultural Change, and the Persistence of Traditional Values” (2000) (free access to article)</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>759</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a0e20eea-05b4-11f0-a6b7-03794bf9eb5b</guid>
      <title>Andrew Clapham, &quot;War&quot; (Oxford UP, 2021)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>This book poses the question: How relevant is the concept of war today? Professor Andrew Clapham of the Graduate Institute of International and Development Studies in Geneva examines how notions about war continue to influence how we conceive rights and obligations in national and international law. It considers the role international law plays in limiting what is forbidden and what is legitimated in times of war or armed conflict. The book highlights how, even though war has been outlawed and should be finished as an institutions, sates nevertheless continue to claim that they can wage necessary wars of self-defence, engage in lawful killings in war, imprison law-of-war detainees, and attack objects that are said to be part of a war-sustaining economy. Professor Clapham argues that, while there is general agreement that war has been abolished as a legal institution for settling disputes, the time has come to admit that the belligerent rights that once accompanied states at war are no longer available. In other words, simply claiming to be in a war or an armed conflict does not grant anyone a licence to kill people, destroy things, and acquire other people’s property or territory.</p><p>In this podcast, we begin by exploring Professor Clapham’s motivation for writing the book and the central arguments challenging traditional ideas of war, law, and state power. We discuss how historical, and outdated, ideas of ‘prize’ or war booty continue to influence modern conflict, and explore how rhetorical usages of the words ‘war’ and ‘armed conflict’ exert a particular influence on populations and even on the soldiers themselves. Professor Clapham argues that human rights law should play a bigger role in limiting actions of states in armed conflict, and looks to the future legal challenges posed by cyber warfare, drones and AI / autonomous weapons. We also touch on accountability for war crimes and other international crimes, both at the level of international state responsibility as seen at the International Court of Justice, and at the individual criminal liability as seen in the International Criminal Court. We end with an intriguing insight into how Professor Clapham is looking to further develop his thinking for his next book.</p><p>This book is available OPEN ACCESS <a href="https://academic.oup.com/book/57867">here</a>.</p><p>Alex Batesmith is an Associate Professor in Legal Professions in the School of Law at the University of Leeds, and a former barrister and UN war crimes prosecutor, with teaching and research interests in international criminal law, cause lawyering and the legal profession, and law and emotion.</p><p>His University of Leeds profile page can be found <a href="https://essl.leeds.ac.uk/law/staff/1332/mr-alex-batesmith">here</a>: </p><p>Bluesky: @batesmith.bsky.social</p><p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/batesmith/">LinkedIn</a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 21 Mar 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This book poses the question: How relevant is the concept of war today? Professor Andrew Clapham of the Graduate Institute of International and Development Studies in Geneva examines how notions about war continue to influence how we conceive rights and obligations in national and international law. It considers the role international law plays in limiting what is forbidden and what is legitimated in times of war or armed conflict. The book highlights how, even though war has been outlawed and should be finished as an institutions, sates nevertheless continue to claim that they can wage necessary wars of self-defence, engage in lawful killings in war, imprison law-of-war detainees, and attack objects that are said to be part of a war-sustaining economy. Professor Clapham argues that, while there is general agreement that war has been abolished as a legal institution for settling disputes, the time has come to admit that the belligerent rights that once accompanied states at war are no longer available. In other words, simply claiming to be in a war or an armed conflict does not grant anyone a licence to kill people, destroy things, and acquire other people’s property or territory.</p><p>In this podcast, we begin by exploring Professor Clapham’s motivation for writing the book and the central arguments challenging traditional ideas of war, law, and state power. We discuss how historical, and outdated, ideas of ‘prize’ or war booty continue to influence modern conflict, and explore how rhetorical usages of the words ‘war’ and ‘armed conflict’ exert a particular influence on populations and even on the soldiers themselves. Professor Clapham argues that human rights law should play a bigger role in limiting actions of states in armed conflict, and looks to the future legal challenges posed by cyber warfare, drones and AI / autonomous weapons. We also touch on accountability for war crimes and other international crimes, both at the level of international state responsibility as seen at the International Court of Justice, and at the individual criminal liability as seen in the International Criminal Court. We end with an intriguing insight into how Professor Clapham is looking to further develop his thinking for his next book.</p><p>This book is available OPEN ACCESS <a href="https://academic.oup.com/book/57867">here</a>.</p><p>Alex Batesmith is an Associate Professor in Legal Professions in the School of Law at the University of Leeds, and a former barrister and UN war crimes prosecutor, with teaching and research interests in international criminal law, cause lawyering and the legal profession, and law and emotion.</p><p>His University of Leeds profile page can be found <a href="https://essl.leeds.ac.uk/law/staff/1332/mr-alex-batesmith">here</a>: </p><p>Bluesky: @batesmith.bsky.social</p><p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/batesmith/">LinkedIn</a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="55078476" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/73368b5a-cfd4-4363-b46d-75d34ae02c3b/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=73368b5a-cfd4-4363-b46d-75d34ae02c3b&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Andrew Clapham, &quot;War&quot; (Oxford UP, 2021)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:57:22</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>This book poses the question: How relevant is the concept of war today? Professor Andrew Clapham of the Graduate Institute of International and Development Studies in Geneva examines how notions about war continue to influence how we conceive rights and obligations in national and international law. It considers the role international law plays in limiting what is forbidden and what is legitimated in times of war or armed conflict. The book highlights how, even though war has been outlawed and should be finished as an institutions, sates nevertheless continue to claim that they can wage necessary wars of self-defence, engage in lawful killings in war, imprison law-of-war detainees, and attack objects that are said to be part of a war-sustaining economy. Professor Clapham argues that, while there is general agreement that war has been abolished as a legal institution for settling disputes, the time has come to admit that the belligerent rights that once accompanied states at war are no longer available. In other words, simply claiming to be in a war or an armed conflict does not grant anyone a licence to kill people, destroy things, and acquire other people’s property or territory.
In this podcast, we begin by exploring Professor Clapham’s motivation for writing the book and the central arguments challenging traditional ideas of war, law, and state power. We discuss how historical, and outdated, ideas of ‘prize’ or war booty continue to influence modern conflict, and explore how rhetorical usages of the words ‘war’ and ‘armed conflict’ exert a particular influence on populations and even on the soldiers themselves. Professor Clapham argues that human rights law should play a bigger role in limiting actions of states in armed conflict, and looks to the future legal challenges posed by cyber warfare, drones and AI / autonomous weapons. We also touch on accountability for war crimes and other international crimes, both at the level of international state responsibility as seen at the International Court of Justice, and at the individual criminal liability as seen in the International Criminal Court. We end with an intriguing insight into how Professor Clapham is looking to further develop his thinking for his next book.
This book is available OPEN ACCESS here.
Alex Batesmith is an Associate Professor in Legal Professions in the School of Law at the University of Leeds, and a former barrister and UN war crimes prosecutor, with teaching and research interests in international criminal law, cause lawyering and the legal profession, and law and emotion.
His University of Leeds profile page can be found here: 
Bluesky: @batesmith.bsky.social
LinkedIn</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>This book poses the question: How relevant is the concept of war today? Professor Andrew Clapham of the Graduate Institute of International and Development Studies in Geneva examines how notions about war continue to influence how we conceive rights and obligations in national and international law. It considers the role international law plays in limiting what is forbidden and what is legitimated in times of war or armed conflict. The book highlights how, even though war has been outlawed and should be finished as an institutions, sates nevertheless continue to claim that they can wage necessary wars of self-defence, engage in lawful killings in war, imprison law-of-war detainees, and attack objects that are said to be part of a war-sustaining economy. Professor Clapham argues that, while there is general agreement that war has been abolished as a legal institution for settling disputes, the time has come to admit that the belligerent rights that once accompanied states at war are no longer available. In other words, simply claiming to be in a war or an armed conflict does not grant anyone a licence to kill people, destroy things, and acquire other people’s property or territory.
In this podcast, we begin by exploring Professor Clapham’s motivation for writing the book and the central arguments challenging traditional ideas of war, law, and state power. We discuss how historical, and outdated, ideas of ‘prize’ or war booty continue to influence modern conflict, and explore how rhetorical usages of the words ‘war’ and ‘armed conflict’ exert a particular influence on populations and even on the soldiers themselves. Professor Clapham argues that human rights law should play a bigger role in limiting actions of states in armed conflict, and looks to the future legal challenges posed by cyber warfare, drones and AI / autonomous weapons. We also touch on accountability for war crimes and other international crimes, both at the level of international state responsibility as seen at the International Court of Justice, and at the individual criminal liability as seen in the International Criminal Court. We end with an intriguing insight into how Professor Clapham is looking to further develop his thinking for his next book.
This book is available OPEN ACCESS here.
Alex Batesmith is an Associate Professor in Legal Professions in the School of Law at the University of Leeds, and a former barrister and UN war crimes prosecutor, with teaching and research interests in international criminal law, cause lawyering and the legal profession, and law and emotion.
His University of Leeds profile page can be found here: 
Bluesky: @batesmith.bsky.social
LinkedIn</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1601</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3e9bdcc0-042e-11f0-8ad5-8b6afc4c8568</guid>
      <title>Genevieve Guenther, &quot;The Language of Climate Politics: Fossil-Fuel Propaganda and How to Fight It&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197642238"><em>The Language of Climate Politics</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024) offers readers new ways to talk about the climate crisis that will help get fossil fuels out of our economy and save our planet. It's an analysis of the current discourse of American climate politics, but also a critical history of the terms that most directly influence the way not just conservatives but centrists on both sides of the political divide think and talk about climate change. In showing how those terms lead to mistaken beliefs about climate change and its solutions, the book equips readers with a new vocabulary that will enable them to neutralize climate propaganda and fight more effectively for a livable future.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 Mar 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197642238"><em>The Language of Climate Politics</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024) offers readers new ways to talk about the climate crisis that will help get fossil fuels out of our economy and save our planet. It's an analysis of the current discourse of American climate politics, but also a critical history of the terms that most directly influence the way not just conservatives but centrists on both sides of the political divide think and talk about climate change. In showing how those terms lead to mistaken beliefs about climate change and its solutions, the book equips readers with a new vocabulary that will enable them to neutralize climate propaganda and fight more effectively for a livable future.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="29025416" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/21a73dfb-5a14-4dbe-80e9-b251ca8d0ace/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=21a73dfb-5a14-4dbe-80e9-b251ca8d0ace&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Genevieve Guenther, &quot;The Language of Climate Politics: Fossil-Fuel Propaganda and How to Fight It&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:30:14</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The Language of Climate Politics (Oxford UP, 2024) offers readers new ways to talk about the climate crisis that will help get fossil fuels out of our economy and save our planet. It&apos;s an analysis of the current discourse of American climate politics, but also a critical history of the terms that most directly influence the way not just conservatives but centrists on both sides of the political divide think and talk about climate change. In showing how those terms lead to mistaken beliefs about climate change and its solutions, the book equips readers with a new vocabulary that will enable them to neutralize climate propaganda and fight more effectively for a livable future.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The Language of Climate Politics (Oxford UP, 2024) offers readers new ways to talk about the climate crisis that will help get fossil fuels out of our economy and save our planet. It&apos;s an analysis of the current discourse of American climate politics, but also a critical history of the terms that most directly influence the way not just conservatives but centrists on both sides of the political divide think and talk about climate change. In showing how those terms lead to mistaken beliefs about climate change and its solutions, the book equips readers with a new vocabulary that will enable them to neutralize climate propaganda and fight more effectively for a livable future.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1600</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1ff36ef2-0116-11f0-a611-3f3e7a930d27</guid>
      <title>Andrew Janiak, &quot;The Enlightenment&apos;s Most Dangerous Woman: Émilie Du Châtelet and the Making of Modern Philosophy&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197757987"><em>The Enlightenment's Most Dangerous Woman: Émilie du Châtelet and the Making of Modern Philosophy</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024) introduces the work and legacy of philosopher Émilie Du Châtelet. As the Enlightenment gained momentum throughout Europe, Châtelet broke through the many barriers facing women at the time and published a major philosophical treatise in French. Due to her proclamation that a true philosopher must remain an independent thinker rather than a disciple of some supposedly great man like Isaac Newton or René Descartes, Châtelet posed a threat to an emerging consensus in the Enlightenment. The Enlightenment's Most Dangerous Woman highlights the exclusion of women from colleges and academies in Europe and the fear of rupturing the gender-based order.</p><p>Andrew Janiak is Professor of Philosophy and Bass Fellow at Duke University.</p><p><em>Caleb Zakarin is editor at the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Mar 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197757987"><em>The Enlightenment's Most Dangerous Woman: Émilie du Châtelet and the Making of Modern Philosophy</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024) introduces the work and legacy of philosopher Émilie Du Châtelet. As the Enlightenment gained momentum throughout Europe, Châtelet broke through the many barriers facing women at the time and published a major philosophical treatise in French. Due to her proclamation that a true philosopher must remain an independent thinker rather than a disciple of some supposedly great man like Isaac Newton or René Descartes, Châtelet posed a threat to an emerging consensus in the Enlightenment. The Enlightenment's Most Dangerous Woman highlights the exclusion of women from colleges and academies in Europe and the fear of rupturing the gender-based order.</p><p>Andrew Janiak is Professor of Philosophy and Bass Fellow at Duke University.</p><p><em>Caleb Zakarin is editor at the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="43879943" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/6b3be681-2a84-4169-86d9-26b4dc1f9a32/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=6b3be681-2a84-4169-86d9-26b4dc1f9a32&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Andrew Janiak, &quot;The Enlightenment&apos;s Most Dangerous Woman: Émilie Du Châtelet and the Making of Modern Philosophy&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:45:42</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The Enlightenment&apos;s Most Dangerous Woman: Émilie du Châtelet and the Making of Modern Philosophy (Oxford UP, 2024) introduces the work and legacy of philosopher Émilie Du Châtelet. As the Enlightenment gained momentum throughout Europe, Châtelet broke through the many barriers facing women at the time and published a major philosophical treatise in French. Due to her proclamation that a true philosopher must remain an independent thinker rather than a disciple of some supposedly great man like Isaac Newton or René Descartes, Châtelet posed a threat to an emerging consensus in the Enlightenment. The Enlightenment&apos;s Most Dangerous Woman highlights the exclusion of women from colleges and academies in Europe and the fear of rupturing the gender-based order.
Andrew Janiak is Professor of Philosophy and Bass Fellow at Duke University.
Caleb Zakarin is editor at the New Books Network.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The Enlightenment&apos;s Most Dangerous Woman: Émilie du Châtelet and the Making of Modern Philosophy (Oxford UP, 2024) introduces the work and legacy of philosopher Émilie Du Châtelet. As the Enlightenment gained momentum throughout Europe, Châtelet broke through the many barriers facing women at the time and published a major philosophical treatise in French. Due to her proclamation that a true philosopher must remain an independent thinker rather than a disciple of some supposedly great man like Isaac Newton or René Descartes, Châtelet posed a threat to an emerging consensus in the Enlightenment. The Enlightenment&apos;s Most Dangerous Woman highlights the exclusion of women from colleges and academies in Europe and the fear of rupturing the gender-based order.
Andrew Janiak is Professor of Philosophy and Bass Fellow at Duke University.
Caleb Zakarin is editor at the New Books Network.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>28</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">747ea7f0-00e6-11f0-bbe2-bf23cbd71eb9</guid>
      <title>Joe Pierre, &quot;False: How Mistrust, Disinformation, and Motivated Reasoning Make Us Believe Things That Aren&apos;t True&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Microchips in our vaccines, stolen elections, climate change denial--in the face of a bewildering range of misbeliefs that stem from mistrust of informational sources, exposure to misinformation and disinformation, and partisan polarization, it's easy to dismiss those who disagree with us as "delusional", "psychotic", or merely "ignorant". But what if none of these judgments are supported by how we really come to believe things, and the truth is that we are all prone to false beliefs? What can we do to protect ourselves in this post-truth world?</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197765272"><em>False: How Mistrust, Disinformation, and Motivated Reasoning Make Us Believe Things That Aren't True</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2025), psychiatrist and clinical professor Joe Pierre invites readers to journey with him through the normal quirks of brain functioning--such as "heuristics", cognitive biases, motivated reasoning, cognitive dissonance, and bullshit receptivity--that create the cognitive vulnerabilities to false belief innate within us all. With a cross-disciplinary approach, <em>False</em> illuminates the psychology of false belief that lies at the root of contemporary media mistrust, science denialism, and political polarization, and highlights that contrary to popular opinion, deficits of intelligence and mental health are usually not to blame.</p><p>With a refreshingly unbiased lens, Pierre suggests an antidote to false beliefs and makes the case for softening our convictions, viewing our ideological opponents with compassion, and mending the rifts in our relationships as individuals and societies alike.</p><p>Joe Pierre MD is a Health Sciences Clinical Professor in the Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences at the University of California, San Francisco.</p><p><em>Caleb Zakarin is editor at the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 15 Mar 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Microchips in our vaccines, stolen elections, climate change denial--in the face of a bewildering range of misbeliefs that stem from mistrust of informational sources, exposure to misinformation and disinformation, and partisan polarization, it's easy to dismiss those who disagree with us as "delusional", "psychotic", or merely "ignorant". But what if none of these judgments are supported by how we really come to believe things, and the truth is that we are all prone to false beliefs? What can we do to protect ourselves in this post-truth world?</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197765272"><em>False: How Mistrust, Disinformation, and Motivated Reasoning Make Us Believe Things That Aren't True</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2025), psychiatrist and clinical professor Joe Pierre invites readers to journey with him through the normal quirks of brain functioning--such as "heuristics", cognitive biases, motivated reasoning, cognitive dissonance, and bullshit receptivity--that create the cognitive vulnerabilities to false belief innate within us all. With a cross-disciplinary approach, <em>False</em> illuminates the psychology of false belief that lies at the root of contemporary media mistrust, science denialism, and political polarization, and highlights that contrary to popular opinion, deficits of intelligence and mental health are usually not to blame.</p><p>With a refreshingly unbiased lens, Pierre suggests an antidote to false beliefs and makes the case for softening our convictions, viewing our ideological opponents with compassion, and mending the rifts in our relationships as individuals and societies alike.</p><p>Joe Pierre MD is a Health Sciences Clinical Professor in the Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences at the University of California, San Francisco.</p><p><em>Caleb Zakarin is editor at the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="50512171" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/a739f19c-dafd-447c-b531-40a6b7d764f6/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=a739f19c-dafd-447c-b531-40a6b7d764f6&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Joe Pierre, &quot;False: How Mistrust, Disinformation, and Motivated Reasoning Make Us Believe Things That Aren&apos;t True&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:52:36</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Microchips in our vaccines, stolen elections, climate change denial--in the face of a bewildering range of misbeliefs that stem from mistrust of informational sources, exposure to misinformation and disinformation, and partisan polarization, it&apos;s easy to dismiss those who disagree with us as &quot;delusional&quot;, &quot;psychotic&quot;, or merely &quot;ignorant&quot;. But what if none of these judgments are supported by how we really come to believe things, and the truth is that we are all prone to false beliefs? What can we do to protect ourselves in this post-truth world?
In False: How Mistrust, Disinformation, and Motivated Reasoning Make Us Believe Things That Aren&apos;t True (Oxford UP, 2025), psychiatrist and clinical professor Joe Pierre invites readers to journey with him through the normal quirks of brain functioning--such as &quot;heuristics&quot;, cognitive biases, motivated reasoning, cognitive dissonance, and bullshit receptivity--that create the cognitive vulnerabilities to false belief innate within us all. With a cross-disciplinary approach, False illuminates the psychology of false belief that lies at the root of contemporary media mistrust, science denialism, and political polarization, and highlights that contrary to popular opinion, deficits of intelligence and mental health are usually not to blame.
With a refreshingly unbiased lens, Pierre suggests an antidote to false beliefs and makes the case for softening our convictions, viewing our ideological opponents with compassion, and mending the rifts in our relationships as individuals and societies alike.
Joe Pierre MD is a Health Sciences Clinical Professor in the Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences at the University of California, San Francisco.
Caleb Zakarin is editor at the New Books Network.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Microchips in our vaccines, stolen elections, climate change denial--in the face of a bewildering range of misbeliefs that stem from mistrust of informational sources, exposure to misinformation and disinformation, and partisan polarization, it&apos;s easy to dismiss those who disagree with us as &quot;delusional&quot;, &quot;psychotic&quot;, or merely &quot;ignorant&quot;. But what if none of these judgments are supported by how we really come to believe things, and the truth is that we are all prone to false beliefs? What can we do to protect ourselves in this post-truth world?
In False: How Mistrust, Disinformation, and Motivated Reasoning Make Us Believe Things That Aren&apos;t True (Oxford UP, 2025), psychiatrist and clinical professor Joe Pierre invites readers to journey with him through the normal quirks of brain functioning--such as &quot;heuristics&quot;, cognitive biases, motivated reasoning, cognitive dissonance, and bullshit receptivity--that create the cognitive vulnerabilities to false belief innate within us all. With a cross-disciplinary approach, False illuminates the psychology of false belief that lies at the root of contemporary media mistrust, science denialism, and political polarization, and highlights that contrary to popular opinion, deficits of intelligence and mental health are usually not to blame.
With a refreshingly unbiased lens, Pierre suggests an antidote to false beliefs and makes the case for softening our convictions, viewing our ideological opponents with compassion, and mending the rifts in our relationships as individuals and societies alike.
Joe Pierre MD is a Health Sciences Clinical Professor in the Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences at the University of California, San Francisco.
Caleb Zakarin is editor at the New Books Network.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>27</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f5e6c8dc-fb9a-11ef-96f1-dfed094bc63b</guid>
      <title>Emma Borg and Sarah A. Fisher, &quot;Meaning: a Very Short Introduction&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Our ability to find meaning in things is one of the most important aspects of human life. But it is also one of the most mysterious. Where does meaning come from? What sorts of things have meaning? And how do we grasp the meaning others want to convey? This<em> Very Short Introduction</em> is shaped by exploring possible answers to these questions.</p><p><br /></p><p>Human societies have one particularly important device for expressing and sharing meaning: language. Since our words are paradigm examples of things which have meaning, in <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192866547"><em>Meaning</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024), Emma Borg and Sarah Fisher use meaning in language as a case study for exploring meaning more generally. They focus on three possible sources for word meaning: things in the world, things in the mind, and social practices, exploring the key approaches thinkers have put forward in each of these arenas. Finally, they end by looking at some concrete applications of the ideas and approaches introduced in the book.</p><p>Emma Borg is Professorial Fellow at the Institute of Philosophy, London. </p><p>Sarah A. Fisher is a Lecturer at Cardiff University. </p><p>Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 9 Mar 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Our ability to find meaning in things is one of the most important aspects of human life. But it is also one of the most mysterious. Where does meaning come from? What sorts of things have meaning? And how do we grasp the meaning others want to convey? This<em> Very Short Introduction</em> is shaped by exploring possible answers to these questions.</p><p><br /></p><p>Human societies have one particularly important device for expressing and sharing meaning: language. Since our words are paradigm examples of things which have meaning, in <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192866547"><em>Meaning</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024), Emma Borg and Sarah Fisher use meaning in language as a case study for exploring meaning more generally. They focus on three possible sources for word meaning: things in the world, things in the mind, and social practices, exploring the key approaches thinkers have put forward in each of these arenas. Finally, they end by looking at some concrete applications of the ideas and approaches introduced in the book.</p><p>Emma Borg is Professorial Fellow at the Institute of Philosophy, London. </p><p>Sarah A. Fisher is a Lecturer at Cardiff University. </p><p>Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="62331829" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/6b51564a-03b9-499d-ac8a-6d67577cf80a/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=6b51564a-03b9-499d-ac8a-6d67577cf80a&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Emma Borg and Sarah A. Fisher, &quot;Meaning: a Very Short Introduction&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:04:55</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Our ability to find meaning in things is one of the most important aspects of human life. But it is also one of the most mysterious. Where does meaning come from? What sorts of things have meaning? And how do we grasp the meaning others want to convey? This Very Short Introduction is shaped by exploring possible answers to these questions.

Human societies have one particularly important device for expressing and sharing meaning: language. Since our words are paradigm examples of things which have meaning, in Meaning (Oxford University Press, 2024), Emma Borg and Sarah Fisher use meaning in language as a case study for exploring meaning more generally. They focus on three possible sources for word meaning: things in the world, things in the mind, and social practices, exploring the key approaches thinkers have put forward in each of these arenas. Finally, they end by looking at some concrete applications of the ideas and approaches introduced in the book.
Emma Borg is Professorial Fellow at the Institute of Philosophy, London. 
Sarah A. Fisher is a Lecturer at Cardiff University. 
Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Our ability to find meaning in things is one of the most important aspects of human life. But it is also one of the most mysterious. Where does meaning come from? What sorts of things have meaning? And how do we grasp the meaning others want to convey? This Very Short Introduction is shaped by exploring possible answers to these questions.

Human societies have one particularly important device for expressing and sharing meaning: language. Since our words are paradigm examples of things which have meaning, in Meaning (Oxford University Press, 2024), Emma Borg and Sarah Fisher use meaning in language as a case study for exploring meaning more generally. They focus on three possible sources for word meaning: things in the world, things in the mind, and social practices, exploring the key approaches thinkers have put forward in each of these arenas. Finally, they end by looking at some concrete applications of the ideas and approaches introduced in the book.
Emma Borg is Professorial Fellow at the Institute of Philosophy, London. 
Sarah A. Fisher is a Lecturer at Cardiff University. 
Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>25</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2b5c1bec-f9fd-11ef-97ee-5f4464b8ab64</guid>
      <title>Nadira Khatun, &quot;Postcolonial Bollywood and Muslim Identity: Production, Representation, and Reception&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198891017"><em>Postcolonial Bollywood and Muslim Identity: Production, Representation, and Reception</em></a><em> (</em>Oxford UP, 2024), Nadira Khatun explores the contentious Muslim identity in contemporary India as reflected in recent Bollywood films. She argues that the approach towards Muslim identity in Bollywood films are influenced by the changing political landscape from Nehruvian India to the rise of BJP, which views Hindus and Muslims as separate religious communities instead of recognizing the syncretic culture manifesting in Hindu-Muslim unity. By analyzing the representation of Muslims in various films like <em>Roja, Fanna, Mission Kashmir, Black Friday, New York, A Wednesday, Sarfarosh</em>, she shows that the militant portrayal of Muslims is good for commercial success as opposed to a secular image. Overall, the study problematizes Muslim identity formation in Bollywood against the backdrop of nationalism and communalism in India.</p><p>Author: Dr. Nadira Khatun, Associate Professor of Communications, Xavier University, India</p><p>Host: Dr. Nilanjana Paul, Associate Professor of History, Department of History, The University of Texas Rio Grande Valley. She is the author of <em>Bengal Muslims and Colonial Education, 1854-1947: A Study of Curriculum, Educational Institutions and Communal Politics</em>, Routledge, 2022.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 7 Mar 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198891017"><em>Postcolonial Bollywood and Muslim Identity: Production, Representation, and Reception</em></a><em> (</em>Oxford UP, 2024), Nadira Khatun explores the contentious Muslim identity in contemporary India as reflected in recent Bollywood films. She argues that the approach towards Muslim identity in Bollywood films are influenced by the changing political landscape from Nehruvian India to the rise of BJP, which views Hindus and Muslims as separate religious communities instead of recognizing the syncretic culture manifesting in Hindu-Muslim unity. By analyzing the representation of Muslims in various films like <em>Roja, Fanna, Mission Kashmir, Black Friday, New York, A Wednesday, Sarfarosh</em>, she shows that the militant portrayal of Muslims is good for commercial success as opposed to a secular image. Overall, the study problematizes Muslim identity formation in Bollywood against the backdrop of nationalism and communalism in India.</p><p>Author: Dr. Nadira Khatun, Associate Professor of Communications, Xavier University, India</p><p>Host: Dr. Nilanjana Paul, Associate Professor of History, Department of History, The University of Texas Rio Grande Valley. She is the author of <em>Bengal Muslims and Colonial Education, 1854-1947: A Study of Curriculum, Educational Institutions and Communal Politics</em>, Routledge, 2022.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="39070056" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/17f7cd46-1efc-4cb2-a339-f1eb44874281/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=17f7cd46-1efc-4cb2-a339-f1eb44874281&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Nadira Khatun, &quot;Postcolonial Bollywood and Muslim Identity: Production, Representation, and Reception&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:40:41</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In Postcolonial Bollywood and Muslim Identity: Production, Representation, and Reception (Oxford UP, 2024), Nadira Khatun explores the contentious Muslim identity in contemporary India as reflected in recent Bollywood films. She argues that the approach towards Muslim identity in Bollywood films are influenced by the changing political landscape from Nehruvian India to the rise of BJP, which views Hindus and Muslims as separate religious communities instead of recognizing the syncretic culture manifesting in Hindu-Muslim unity. By analyzing the representation of Muslims in various films like Roja, Fanna, Mission Kashmir, Black Friday, New York, A Wednesday, Sarfarosh, she shows that the militant portrayal of Muslims is good for commercial success as opposed to a secular image. Overall, the study problematizes Muslim identity formation in Bollywood against the backdrop of nationalism and communalism in India.
Author: Dr. Nadira Khatun, Associate Professor of Communications, Xavier University, India
Host: Dr. Nilanjana Paul, Associate Professor of History, Department of History, The University of Texas Rio Grande Valley. She is the author of Bengal Muslims and Colonial Education, 1854-1947: A Study of Curriculum, Educational Institutions and Communal Politics, Routledge, 2022.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In Postcolonial Bollywood and Muslim Identity: Production, Representation, and Reception (Oxford UP, 2024), Nadira Khatun explores the contentious Muslim identity in contemporary India as reflected in recent Bollywood films. She argues that the approach towards Muslim identity in Bollywood films are influenced by the changing political landscape from Nehruvian India to the rise of BJP, which views Hindus and Muslims as separate religious communities instead of recognizing the syncretic culture manifesting in Hindu-Muslim unity. By analyzing the representation of Muslims in various films like Roja, Fanna, Mission Kashmir, Black Friday, New York, A Wednesday, Sarfarosh, she shows that the militant portrayal of Muslims is good for commercial success as opposed to a secular image. Overall, the study problematizes Muslim identity formation in Bollywood against the backdrop of nationalism and communalism in India.
Author: Dr. Nadira Khatun, Associate Professor of Communications, Xavier University, India
Host: Dr. Nilanjana Paul, Associate Professor of History, Department of History, The University of Texas Rio Grande Valley. She is the author of Bengal Muslims and Colonial Education, 1854-1947: A Study of Curriculum, Educational Institutions and Communal Politics, Routledge, 2022.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>266</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d3f798be-f924-11ef-8d6e-67ba6ac83868</guid>
      <title>Janam Mukherjee, &quot;Hungry Bengal: War, Famine and the End of Empire&quot; (Oxford UP, 2015)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The years leading up to the independence and accompanying partition of India mark a tumultuous period in the history of Bengal. Representing both a major front in the Indian struggle against colonial rule, as well as a crucial Allied outpost in the British/American war against Japan, Bengal stood at the crossroads of complex and contentious structural forces - both domestic and international - which, taken together, defined an era of political uncertainty, social turmoil, and collective violence. While for the British the overarching priority was to save the empire from imminent collapse at any cost, for the majority of the Indian population the 1940s were years of acute scarcity, violent dislocation and enduring calamity. In particular there are three major crises that shaped the social, economic and political context of pre-partition Bengal: the Second World War, the Bengal famine of 1943, and the Calcutta riots of 1946. </p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9781610886598"><em>Hungry Bengal: War, Famine and the End of Empire </em></a>(Oxford UP, 2015) examines these intricately interconnected events, foregrounding the political economy of war and famine in order to analyze the complex nexus of hunger, war and civil violence in colonial Bengal at the twilight of British rule.</p><p>NBN Host: <a href="https://www.usfca.edu/faculty/sohini-majumdar">Sohini Majumdar</a> teaches history at University of San Francisco and Santa Clara University.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 6 Mar 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The years leading up to the independence and accompanying partition of India mark a tumultuous period in the history of Bengal. Representing both a major front in the Indian struggle against colonial rule, as well as a crucial Allied outpost in the British/American war against Japan, Bengal stood at the crossroads of complex and contentious structural forces - both domestic and international - which, taken together, defined an era of political uncertainty, social turmoil, and collective violence. While for the British the overarching priority was to save the empire from imminent collapse at any cost, for the majority of the Indian population the 1940s were years of acute scarcity, violent dislocation and enduring calamity. In particular there are three major crises that shaped the social, economic and political context of pre-partition Bengal: the Second World War, the Bengal famine of 1943, and the Calcutta riots of 1946. </p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9781610886598"><em>Hungry Bengal: War, Famine and the End of Empire </em></a>(Oxford UP, 2015) examines these intricately interconnected events, foregrounding the political economy of war and famine in order to analyze the complex nexus of hunger, war and civil violence in colonial Bengal at the twilight of British rule.</p><p>NBN Host: <a href="https://www.usfca.edu/faculty/sohini-majumdar">Sohini Majumdar</a> teaches history at University of San Francisco and Santa Clara University.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="52822205" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/b2198f23-0756-4c22-b5f1-bdae9ef7075a/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=b2198f23-0756-4c22-b5f1-bdae9ef7075a&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Janam Mukherjee, &quot;Hungry Bengal: War, Famine and the End of Empire&quot; (Oxford UP, 2015)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:55:01</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The years leading up to the independence and accompanying partition of India mark a tumultuous period in the history of Bengal. Representing both a major front in the Indian struggle against colonial rule, as well as a crucial Allied outpost in the British/American war against Japan, Bengal stood at the crossroads of complex and contentious structural forces - both domestic and international - which, taken together, defined an era of political uncertainty, social turmoil, and collective violence. While for the British the overarching priority was to save the empire from imminent collapse at any cost, for the majority of the Indian population the 1940s were years of acute scarcity, violent dislocation and enduring calamity. In particular there are three major crises that shaped the social, economic and political context of pre-partition Bengal: the Second World War, the Bengal famine of 1943, and the Calcutta riots of 1946. 
Hungry Bengal: War, Famine and the End of Empire (Oxford UP, 2015) examines these intricately interconnected events, foregrounding the political economy of war and famine in order to analyze the complex nexus of hunger, war and civil violence in colonial Bengal at the twilight of British rule.
NBN Host: Sohini Majumdar teaches history at University of San Francisco and Santa Clara University.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The years leading up to the independence and accompanying partition of India mark a tumultuous period in the history of Bengal. Representing both a major front in the Indian struggle against colonial rule, as well as a crucial Allied outpost in the British/American war against Japan, Bengal stood at the crossroads of complex and contentious structural forces - both domestic and international - which, taken together, defined an era of political uncertainty, social turmoil, and collective violence. While for the British the overarching priority was to save the empire from imminent collapse at any cost, for the majority of the Indian population the 1940s were years of acute scarcity, violent dislocation and enduring calamity. In particular there are three major crises that shaped the social, economic and political context of pre-partition Bengal: the Second World War, the Bengal famine of 1943, and the Calcutta riots of 1946. 
Hungry Bengal: War, Famine and the End of Empire (Oxford UP, 2015) examines these intricately interconnected events, foregrounding the political economy of war and famine in order to analyze the complex nexus of hunger, war and civil violence in colonial Bengal at the twilight of British rule.
NBN Host: Sohini Majumdar teaches history at University of San Francisco and Santa Clara University.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>268</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b503b8a8-f86f-11ef-ad27-a7194f9b61c7</guid>
      <title>Elizabeth T. Craft, &quot;Yankee Doodle Dandy: George M. Cohan and the Broadway Stage&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>George M. Cohan was one of those rare Broadway figures who was a composer, lyricist, playwright, performer, director, theater owner, and star actor. He could, quite literally, do it all. In his day, he was famous as the "Yankee Doodle Boy" from his hit song and as the "Man Who Owned Broadway" from his musical of the same name. Cohan's songs and shows captured the spirit of an era when staggering social change gave new urgency to efforts to define Americanism. </p><p>Elizabeth Craft’s <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197550403"><em>Yankee Doodle Dandy: George M. Cohan and the Broadway Stage </em></a>(Oxford University Press, 2024) is not a conventional biography. Each chapter explores a different aspect of his life and career including Cohan’s approach to American nationalism, Irish American identity, celebrity, and the entertainment business along with defining what made Cohan’s shows unique. Craft finds songs and shows that serve as exemplars for each theme she highlights. The book ends with an examination of the 1942 biopic on Cohan and his enduring legacy. <em>Yankee Doodle Dandy</em> offers not only a fuller understanding of Cohan’s shows and career, but also new perspectives on fundamental debates about American identity and the performing arts in the early twentieth-century United States.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 5 Mar 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>George M. Cohan was one of those rare Broadway figures who was a composer, lyricist, playwright, performer, director, theater owner, and star actor. He could, quite literally, do it all. In his day, he was famous as the "Yankee Doodle Boy" from his hit song and as the "Man Who Owned Broadway" from his musical of the same name. Cohan's songs and shows captured the spirit of an era when staggering social change gave new urgency to efforts to define Americanism. </p><p>Elizabeth Craft’s <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197550403"><em>Yankee Doodle Dandy: George M. Cohan and the Broadway Stage </em></a>(Oxford University Press, 2024) is not a conventional biography. Each chapter explores a different aspect of his life and career including Cohan’s approach to American nationalism, Irish American identity, celebrity, and the entertainment business along with defining what made Cohan’s shows unique. Craft finds songs and shows that serve as exemplars for each theme she highlights. The book ends with an examination of the 1942 biopic on Cohan and his enduring legacy. <em>Yankee Doodle Dandy</em> offers not only a fuller understanding of Cohan’s shows and career, but also new perspectives on fundamental debates about American identity and the performing arts in the early twentieth-century United States.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="45871828" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/5e6f5f89-2616-430c-9e22-f34efeece5a5/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=5e6f5f89-2616-430c-9e22-f34efeece5a5&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Elizabeth T. Craft, &quot;Yankee Doodle Dandy: George M. Cohan and the Broadway Stage&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:47:46</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>George M. Cohan was one of those rare Broadway figures who was a composer, lyricist, playwright, performer, director, theater owner, and star actor. He could, quite literally, do it all. In his day, he was famous as the &quot;Yankee Doodle Boy&quot; from his hit song and as the &quot;Man Who Owned Broadway&quot; from his musical of the same name. Cohan&apos;s songs and shows captured the spirit of an era when staggering social change gave new urgency to efforts to define Americanism. 
Elizabeth Craft’s Yankee Doodle Dandy: George M. Cohan and the Broadway Stage (Oxford University Press, 2024) is not a conventional biography. Each chapter explores a different aspect of his life and career including Cohan’s approach to American nationalism, Irish American identity, celebrity, and the entertainment business along with defining what made Cohan’s shows unique. Craft finds songs and shows that serve as exemplars for each theme she highlights. The book ends with an examination of the 1942 biopic on Cohan and his enduring legacy. Yankee Doodle Dandy offers not only a fuller understanding of Cohan’s shows and career, but also new perspectives on fundamental debates about American identity and the performing arts in the early twentieth-century United States.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>George M. Cohan was one of those rare Broadway figures who was a composer, lyricist, playwright, performer, director, theater owner, and star actor. He could, quite literally, do it all. In his day, he was famous as the &quot;Yankee Doodle Boy&quot; from his hit song and as the &quot;Man Who Owned Broadway&quot; from his musical of the same name. Cohan&apos;s songs and shows captured the spirit of an era when staggering social change gave new urgency to efforts to define Americanism. 
Elizabeth Craft’s Yankee Doodle Dandy: George M. Cohan and the Broadway Stage (Oxford University Press, 2024) is not a conventional biography. Each chapter explores a different aspect of his life and career including Cohan’s approach to American nationalism, Irish American identity, celebrity, and the entertainment business along with defining what made Cohan’s shows unique. Craft finds songs and shows that serve as exemplars for each theme she highlights. The book ends with an examination of the 1942 biopic on Cohan and his enduring legacy. Yankee Doodle Dandy offers not only a fuller understanding of Cohan’s shows and career, but also new perspectives on fundamental debates about American identity and the performing arts in the early twentieth-century United States.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>272</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">559b5e20-f6b7-11ef-9ed2-c7a0cfdd7582</guid>
      <title>Jeffrey A. Lenowitz, &quot;Constitutional Ratification Without Reason&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198852346"><em>Constitutional Ratification Without Reason</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2022) focuses on constitutional ratification, the procedure in which a draft constitution is submitted by its creators to the people or their representatives in an up or down vote determining implementation. Ratification is increasingly common and routinely recommended by experts. Nonetheless, it is neither neutral nor inevitable. Constitutions can be made without it and when it is used it has significant effects. This raises the central question of the book: should ratification be recommended? Put another way: is there a reason for treating the procedure as a default for the constitution-making process? Surprisingly, these questions are rarely asked. The procedure’s worth is assumed, not demonstrated, while ratification is generally overlooked in the literature. In fact, this is the first sustained study of ratification. </p><p>To address these oversights, this book defines ratification and its types, explains for the first time the procedure’s effects, conceptual origins, and history, and then concentrates on finding reasons for its use. Specifically, it builds up and analyzes the three most likely normative justifications. These urge the implementation of ratification because the procedure: enables the constituent power to make its constitution; fosters representation during constitution-making; or helps create a legitimate constitution. Ultimately, these justifications are found wanting, leading to the conclusion that ratification lacks a convincing, context-independent justification. Thus, experts should not recommend ratification as a matter of course, practitioners should not reach for it uncritically, and—more generally—one should avoid the blanket application of concepts from democratic theory to extraordinary contexts such as constitution-making.</p><p>Jeffrey Lenowitz is the Meyer and W. Walter Jaffe Associate Professor of Politics at Brandeis University, focusing on political theory. His research explores the the procedures uses to create new constitutions; constituent power and constitutional theory; the concept of legitimacy in the social sciences; voting ethics; and other aspects of democratic theory and institutional design.</p><p> <a href="https://vatsalnaresh.com/">﻿Vatsal Naresh</a> is a Lecturer in Social Studies at Harvard University. His recent publications include co-edited volumes on Negotiating Democracy and Religious Pluralism (OUP 2021) and Constituent Assemblies (CUP 2018).</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 4 Mar 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198852346"><em>Constitutional Ratification Without Reason</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2022) focuses on constitutional ratification, the procedure in which a draft constitution is submitted by its creators to the people or their representatives in an up or down vote determining implementation. Ratification is increasingly common and routinely recommended by experts. Nonetheless, it is neither neutral nor inevitable. Constitutions can be made without it and when it is used it has significant effects. This raises the central question of the book: should ratification be recommended? Put another way: is there a reason for treating the procedure as a default for the constitution-making process? Surprisingly, these questions are rarely asked. The procedure’s worth is assumed, not demonstrated, while ratification is generally overlooked in the literature. In fact, this is the first sustained study of ratification. </p><p>To address these oversights, this book defines ratification and its types, explains for the first time the procedure’s effects, conceptual origins, and history, and then concentrates on finding reasons for its use. Specifically, it builds up and analyzes the three most likely normative justifications. These urge the implementation of ratification because the procedure: enables the constituent power to make its constitution; fosters representation during constitution-making; or helps create a legitimate constitution. Ultimately, these justifications are found wanting, leading to the conclusion that ratification lacks a convincing, context-independent justification. Thus, experts should not recommend ratification as a matter of course, practitioners should not reach for it uncritically, and—more generally—one should avoid the blanket application of concepts from democratic theory to extraordinary contexts such as constitution-making.</p><p>Jeffrey Lenowitz is the Meyer and W. Walter Jaffe Associate Professor of Politics at Brandeis University, focusing on political theory. His research explores the the procedures uses to create new constitutions; constituent power and constitutional theory; the concept of legitimacy in the social sciences; voting ethics; and other aspects of democratic theory and institutional design.</p><p> <a href="https://vatsalnaresh.com/">﻿Vatsal Naresh</a> is a Lecturer in Social Studies at Harvard University. His recent publications include co-edited volumes on Negotiating Democracy and Religious Pluralism (OUP 2021) and Constituent Assemblies (CUP 2018).</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="50865174" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/b6c6be18-572d-45d3-a0dc-201c4f8da349/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=b6c6be18-572d-45d3-a0dc-201c4f8da349&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Jeffrey A. Lenowitz, &quot;Constitutional Ratification Without Reason&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:52:58</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Constitutional Ratification Without Reason (Oxford UP, 2022) focuses on constitutional ratification, the procedure in which a draft constitution is submitted by its creators to the people or their representatives in an up or down vote determining implementation. Ratification is increasingly common and routinely recommended by experts. Nonetheless, it is neither neutral nor inevitable. Constitutions can be made without it and when it is used it has significant effects. This raises the central question of the book: should ratification be recommended? Put another way: is there a reason for treating the procedure as a default for the constitution-making process? Surprisingly, these questions are rarely asked. The procedure’s worth is assumed, not demonstrated, while ratification is generally overlooked in the literature. In fact, this is the first sustained study of ratification. 
To address these oversights, this book defines ratification and its types, explains for the first time the procedure’s effects, conceptual origins, and history, and then concentrates on finding reasons for its use. Specifically, it builds up and analyzes the three most likely normative justifications. These urge the implementation of ratification because the procedure: enables the constituent power to make its constitution; fosters representation during constitution-making; or helps create a legitimate constitution. Ultimately, these justifications are found wanting, leading to the conclusion that ratification lacks a convincing, context-independent justification. Thus, experts should not recommend ratification as a matter of course, practitioners should not reach for it uncritically, and—more generally—one should avoid the blanket application of concepts from democratic theory to extraordinary contexts such as constitution-making.
Jeffrey Lenowitz is the Meyer and W. Walter Jaffe Associate Professor of Politics at Brandeis University, focusing on political theory. His research explores the the procedures uses to create new constitutions; constituent power and constitutional theory; the concept of legitimacy in the social sciences; voting ethics; and other aspects of democratic theory and institutional design.
 ﻿Vatsal Naresh is a Lecturer in Social Studies at Harvard University. His recent publications include co-edited volumes on Negotiating Democracy and Religious Pluralism (OUP 2021) and Constituent Assemblies (CUP 2018).</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Constitutional Ratification Without Reason (Oxford UP, 2022) focuses on constitutional ratification, the procedure in which a draft constitution is submitted by its creators to the people or their representatives in an up or down vote determining implementation. Ratification is increasingly common and routinely recommended by experts. Nonetheless, it is neither neutral nor inevitable. Constitutions can be made without it and when it is used it has significant effects. This raises the central question of the book: should ratification be recommended? Put another way: is there a reason for treating the procedure as a default for the constitution-making process? Surprisingly, these questions are rarely asked. The procedure’s worth is assumed, not demonstrated, while ratification is generally overlooked in the literature. In fact, this is the first sustained study of ratification. 
To address these oversights, this book defines ratification and its types, explains for the first time the procedure’s effects, conceptual origins, and history, and then concentrates on finding reasons for its use. Specifically, it builds up and analyzes the three most likely normative justifications. These urge the implementation of ratification because the procedure: enables the constituent power to make its constitution; fosters representation during constitution-making; or helps create a legitimate constitution. Ultimately, these justifications are found wanting, leading to the conclusion that ratification lacks a convincing, context-independent justification. Thus, experts should not recommend ratification as a matter of course, practitioners should not reach for it uncritically, and—more generally—one should avoid the blanket application of concepts from democratic theory to extraordinary contexts such as constitution-making.
Jeffrey Lenowitz is the Meyer and W. Walter Jaffe Associate Professor of Politics at Brandeis University, focusing on political theory. His research explores the the procedures uses to create new constitutions; constituent power and constitutional theory; the concept of legitimacy in the social sciences; voting ethics; and other aspects of democratic theory and institutional design.
 ﻿Vatsal Naresh is a Lecturer in Social Studies at Harvard University. His recent publications include co-edited volumes on Negotiating Democracy and Religious Pluralism (OUP 2021) and Constituent Assemblies (CUP 2018).</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>241</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5b3a8e40-e196-11ef-b4ca-8776fd21b3d4</guid>
      <title>Isabel Moreira, &quot;Balthild of Francia: Anglo-Saxon Slave, Merovingian Queen, and Abolitionist Saint&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>This book tells the remarkable life of Balthild of Francia (c. 633-80), a seventh-century Anglo-Saxon slave who became a queen of France. Described in contemporary sources as beautiful and intelligent, she rose to power through her marriage to the short-lived King Clovis II. As regent for her young son, she promoted social and political reforms in Francia that included the rescue and rehousing of Christian slaves who, like Balthild herself, had been caught up in the human-trafficking practices of the mid-seventh century.</p><p>Implicated in the violent politics of the era, Balthild spent the remainder of her life in the convent of Chelles where a unique cache of surviving relics and personal items, including her hair, were protected and dispersed as relics over the following centuries. In the nineteenth century, Balthild's anti-slave trade policies were recalled for new audiences when she was adopted as an icon for the cause of the abolition of the slave trade and installed as one of the twenty illustrious women whose statues are situated in the Luxembourg Gardens in Paris.</p><p>Although critical to her age, because of the remote time period and the specialized nature of the sources, Balthild is little known today.<em> </em><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197792612"><em>Balthild of Francia: Anglo-Saxon Slave, Merovingian Queen, and Abolitionist Saint</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024) will correct this oversight by shining a light on a fascinating and courageous figure whose legacy long outlived the era to which she belonged.</p><p>New Books in Late Antiquity is Presented by <a href="https://www.ancientjewreview.com/">Ancient Jew Review</a></p><p>Isabel Moreira is Distinguished Professor in the Department of History at the University of Utah</p><p><a href="https://www.umb.edu/directory/michaelmotia/">Michael Motia</a> teaches in the classics and religious studies department at UMass Boston</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 3 Mar 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This book tells the remarkable life of Balthild of Francia (c. 633-80), a seventh-century Anglo-Saxon slave who became a queen of France. Described in contemporary sources as beautiful and intelligent, she rose to power through her marriage to the short-lived King Clovis II. As regent for her young son, she promoted social and political reforms in Francia that included the rescue and rehousing of Christian slaves who, like Balthild herself, had been caught up in the human-trafficking practices of the mid-seventh century.</p><p>Implicated in the violent politics of the era, Balthild spent the remainder of her life in the convent of Chelles where a unique cache of surviving relics and personal items, including her hair, were protected and dispersed as relics over the following centuries. In the nineteenth century, Balthild's anti-slave trade policies were recalled for new audiences when she was adopted as an icon for the cause of the abolition of the slave trade and installed as one of the twenty illustrious women whose statues are situated in the Luxembourg Gardens in Paris.</p><p>Although critical to her age, because of the remote time period and the specialized nature of the sources, Balthild is little known today.<em> </em><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197792612"><em>Balthild of Francia: Anglo-Saxon Slave, Merovingian Queen, and Abolitionist Saint</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024) will correct this oversight by shining a light on a fascinating and courageous figure whose legacy long outlived the era to which she belonged.</p><p>New Books in Late Antiquity is Presented by <a href="https://www.ancientjewreview.com/">Ancient Jew Review</a></p><p>Isabel Moreira is Distinguished Professor in the Department of History at the University of Utah</p><p><a href="https://www.umb.edu/directory/michaelmotia/">Michael Motia</a> teaches in the classics and religious studies department at UMass Boston</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="55481742" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/d7c41284-01d2-4b0f-9518-2c18e314ec38/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=d7c41284-01d2-4b0f-9518-2c18e314ec38&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Isabel Moreira, &quot;Balthild of Francia: Anglo-Saxon Slave, Merovingian Queen, and Abolitionist Saint&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:57:47</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>This book tells the remarkable life of Balthild of Francia (c. 633-80), a seventh-century Anglo-Saxon slave who became a queen of France. Described in contemporary sources as beautiful and intelligent, she rose to power through her marriage to the short-lived King Clovis II. As regent for her young son, she promoted social and political reforms in Francia that included the rescue and rehousing of Christian slaves who, like Balthild herself, had been caught up in the human-trafficking practices of the mid-seventh century.
Implicated in the violent politics of the era, Balthild spent the remainder of her life in the convent of Chelles where a unique cache of surviving relics and personal items, including her hair, were protected and dispersed as relics over the following centuries. In the nineteenth century, Balthild&apos;s anti-slave trade policies were recalled for new audiences when she was adopted as an icon for the cause of the abolition of the slave trade and installed as one of the twenty illustrious women whose statues are situated in the Luxembourg Gardens in Paris.
Although critical to her age, because of the remote time period and the specialized nature of the sources, Balthild is little known today. Balthild of Francia: Anglo-Saxon Slave, Merovingian Queen, and Abolitionist Saint (Oxford UP, 2024) will correct this oversight by shining a light on a fascinating and courageous figure whose legacy long outlived the era to which she belonged.
New Books in Late Antiquity is Presented by Ancient Jew Review
Isabel Moreira is Distinguished Professor in the Department of History at the University of Utah
Michael Motia teaches in the classics and religious studies department at UMass Boston</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>This book tells the remarkable life of Balthild of Francia (c. 633-80), a seventh-century Anglo-Saxon slave who became a queen of France. Described in contemporary sources as beautiful and intelligent, she rose to power through her marriage to the short-lived King Clovis II. As regent for her young son, she promoted social and political reforms in Francia that included the rescue and rehousing of Christian slaves who, like Balthild herself, had been caught up in the human-trafficking practices of the mid-seventh century.
Implicated in the violent politics of the era, Balthild spent the remainder of her life in the convent of Chelles where a unique cache of surviving relics and personal items, including her hair, were protected and dispersed as relics over the following centuries. In the nineteenth century, Balthild&apos;s anti-slave trade policies were recalled for new audiences when she was adopted as an icon for the cause of the abolition of the slave trade and installed as one of the twenty illustrious women whose statues are situated in the Luxembourg Gardens in Paris.
Although critical to her age, because of the remote time period and the specialized nature of the sources, Balthild is little known today. Balthild of Francia: Anglo-Saxon Slave, Merovingian Queen, and Abolitionist Saint (Oxford UP, 2024) will correct this oversight by shining a light on a fascinating and courageous figure whose legacy long outlived the era to which she belonged.
New Books in Late Antiquity is Presented by Ancient Jew Review
Isabel Moreira is Distinguished Professor in the Department of History at the University of Utah
Michael Motia teaches in the classics and religious studies department at UMass Boston</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>39</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ab498386-f097-11ef-800e-b3a0ff7ea4b4</guid>
      <title>Marion Laurence, &quot;Intrusive Impartiality: Learning, Contestation, and Practice Change in United Nations Peace Operations&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Impartiality is a guiding principle in United Nations peace operations that has helped legitimize multilateral intervention in dozens of armed conflicts around the world. In practice, it has long been associated with passive monitoring of cease-fires and peace agreements. In the twenty-first century, however, its meaning has been stretched to allow for a range of forceful, intrusive, and ideologically prescriptive practices, all in the name of building durable peace.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197747575"><em>Intrusive Impartiality: Learning, Contestation, and Practice Change in United Nations Peace Operations</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024), Dr. Marion Laurence explains how these new ways of being "impartial" emerge, how they spread within and across missions, and how they become institutionalized across UN peace operations. Dr. Laurence argues that new peacekeeping practices are not only products of top-down pressures from member states or instructions from the UN Secretariat; they often emerge from tacit knowledge and unconscious decisions about how to follow orders or comply with social rules. By foregrounding the creativity and agency of the field staff who are responsible for translating mandates into action, Dr. Laurence shows that new definitions and practices of impartiality are products of contestation, learning, and the interplay between top-down pressures and bottom-up drivers of change in UN peace operations.</p><p>Drawing on original data gathered through extensive fieldwork, Dr. Laurence uses evidence from UN missions in Sierra Leone, Côte d'Ivoire, the Democratic Republic of the Congo, and from UN headquarters in New York, to provide an innovative framework for studying authority and change in global governance. In doing so, <em>Intrusive Impartiality</em> sheds light on controversial changes in peacekeeping practice and yields valuable insights about the practical and ethical dilemmas that confront UN peacekeepers.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Feb 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Impartiality is a guiding principle in United Nations peace operations that has helped legitimize multilateral intervention in dozens of armed conflicts around the world. In practice, it has long been associated with passive monitoring of cease-fires and peace agreements. In the twenty-first century, however, its meaning has been stretched to allow for a range of forceful, intrusive, and ideologically prescriptive practices, all in the name of building durable peace.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197747575"><em>Intrusive Impartiality: Learning, Contestation, and Practice Change in United Nations Peace Operations</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024), Dr. Marion Laurence explains how these new ways of being "impartial" emerge, how they spread within and across missions, and how they become institutionalized across UN peace operations. Dr. Laurence argues that new peacekeeping practices are not only products of top-down pressures from member states or instructions from the UN Secretariat; they often emerge from tacit knowledge and unconscious decisions about how to follow orders or comply with social rules. By foregrounding the creativity and agency of the field staff who are responsible for translating mandates into action, Dr. Laurence shows that new definitions and practices of impartiality are products of contestation, learning, and the interplay between top-down pressures and bottom-up drivers of change in UN peace operations.</p><p>Drawing on original data gathered through extensive fieldwork, Dr. Laurence uses evidence from UN missions in Sierra Leone, Côte d'Ivoire, the Democratic Republic of the Congo, and from UN headquarters in New York, to provide an innovative framework for studying authority and change in global governance. In doing so, <em>Intrusive Impartiality</em> sheds light on controversial changes in peacekeeping practice and yields valuable insights about the practical and ethical dilemmas that confront UN peacekeepers.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="43871738" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/0d296720-5698-48c7-a473-354665951f8a/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=0d296720-5698-48c7-a473-354665951f8a&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Marion Laurence, &quot;Intrusive Impartiality: Learning, Contestation, and Practice Change in United Nations Peace Operations&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:45:41</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Impartiality is a guiding principle in United Nations peace operations that has helped legitimize multilateral intervention in dozens of armed conflicts around the world. In practice, it has long been associated with passive monitoring of cease-fires and peace agreements. In the twenty-first century, however, its meaning has been stretched to allow for a range of forceful, intrusive, and ideologically prescriptive practices, all in the name of building durable peace.
In Intrusive Impartiality: Learning, Contestation, and Practice Change in United Nations Peace Operations (Oxford University Press, 2024), Dr. Marion Laurence explains how these new ways of being &quot;impartial&quot; emerge, how they spread within and across missions, and how they become institutionalized across UN peace operations. Dr. Laurence argues that new peacekeeping practices are not only products of top-down pressures from member states or instructions from the UN Secretariat; they often emerge from tacit knowledge and unconscious decisions about how to follow orders or comply with social rules. By foregrounding the creativity and agency of the field staff who are responsible for translating mandates into action, Dr. Laurence shows that new definitions and practices of impartiality are products of contestation, learning, and the interplay between top-down pressures and bottom-up drivers of change in UN peace operations.
Drawing on original data gathered through extensive fieldwork, Dr. Laurence uses evidence from UN missions in Sierra Leone, Côte d&apos;Ivoire, the Democratic Republic of the Congo, and from UN headquarters in New York, to provide an innovative framework for studying authority and change in global governance. In doing so, Intrusive Impartiality sheds light on controversial changes in peacekeeping practice and yields valuable insights about the practical and ethical dilemmas that confront UN peacekeepers.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Impartiality is a guiding principle in United Nations peace operations that has helped legitimize multilateral intervention in dozens of armed conflicts around the world. In practice, it has long been associated with passive monitoring of cease-fires and peace agreements. In the twenty-first century, however, its meaning has been stretched to allow for a range of forceful, intrusive, and ideologically prescriptive practices, all in the name of building durable peace.
In Intrusive Impartiality: Learning, Contestation, and Practice Change in United Nations Peace Operations (Oxford University Press, 2024), Dr. Marion Laurence explains how these new ways of being &quot;impartial&quot; emerge, how they spread within and across missions, and how they become institutionalized across UN peace operations. Dr. Laurence argues that new peacekeeping practices are not only products of top-down pressures from member states or instructions from the UN Secretariat; they often emerge from tacit knowledge and unconscious decisions about how to follow orders or comply with social rules. By foregrounding the creativity and agency of the field staff who are responsible for translating mandates into action, Dr. Laurence shows that new definitions and practices of impartiality are products of contestation, learning, and the interplay between top-down pressures and bottom-up drivers of change in UN peace operations.
Drawing on original data gathered through extensive fieldwork, Dr. Laurence uses evidence from UN missions in Sierra Leone, Côte d&apos;Ivoire, the Democratic Republic of the Congo, and from UN headquarters in New York, to provide an innovative framework for studying authority and change in global governance. In doing so, Intrusive Impartiality sheds light on controversial changes in peacekeeping practice and yields valuable insights about the practical and ethical dilemmas that confront UN peacekeepers.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>122</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">59151026-eedf-11ef-8036-a3072a7171b5</guid>
      <title>Tabish Khair, &quot;Literature Against Fundamentalism&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Acclaimed novelist and academic Tabish Khair argues that literature as a distinct mode of thinking can counteract fundamentalism.</p><p>Literature is a mode of thinking, stories being one of the oldest thinking 'devices' known to humankind. The ways in which literature enables us to think are distinctive and necessary, because of the relationships between its material ('language') and its subject matter ('reality'). Although present in oral literature, these relationships are exposed in their full complexity with the rise of literature as a distinct form of writing. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198919582"><em>Literature Against Fundamentalism</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024) argues that literature enables us to engage with reality in language and language in reality, where both are mutually constitutive, constantly changing, and partly elusive.</p><p>Tabish Khair defines this mode of engagement as essentially an agnostic one, resistant to simple dogma. Hence, literature can provide an antidote to fundamentalism. Khair argues that reading literature <em>as</em> literature--and not just as material for aesthetic, sociological, political, and other theoretical discourses--is essential for humanity. In the process, he offers a radical re-definition of literature, an illuminating engagement with religion and fundamentalism, a revaluation of the relationship between the sciences and humanities, and, finally, a call to literature as in 'a call to arms'.</p><p><strong>Tabish Khair</strong> is an Indian writer, academic and journalist, born (1966) and educated in the small town of Gaya in Bihar, India. After finishing his MA from Gaya, he completed a PhD at Copenhagen University and a DPhil at Aarhus University, Denmark, where he is now an Associate Professor. He has been a visiting professor or research fellow at various universities and has received Carlsberg, Leverhulme, and other academic grants. Khair is also an internationally published novelist.</p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>Morteza Hajizadeh</em></a><em> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>YouTube channel</em></a><em>. </em><a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture"><em>Twitter</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 22 Feb 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Acclaimed novelist and academic Tabish Khair argues that literature as a distinct mode of thinking can counteract fundamentalism.</p><p>Literature is a mode of thinking, stories being one of the oldest thinking 'devices' known to humankind. The ways in which literature enables us to think are distinctive and necessary, because of the relationships between its material ('language') and its subject matter ('reality'). Although present in oral literature, these relationships are exposed in their full complexity with the rise of literature as a distinct form of writing. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198919582"><em>Literature Against Fundamentalism</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024) argues that literature enables us to engage with reality in language and language in reality, where both are mutually constitutive, constantly changing, and partly elusive.</p><p>Tabish Khair defines this mode of engagement as essentially an agnostic one, resistant to simple dogma. Hence, literature can provide an antidote to fundamentalism. Khair argues that reading literature <em>as</em> literature--and not just as material for aesthetic, sociological, political, and other theoretical discourses--is essential for humanity. In the process, he offers a radical re-definition of literature, an illuminating engagement with religion and fundamentalism, a revaluation of the relationship between the sciences and humanities, and, finally, a call to literature as in 'a call to arms'.</p><p><strong>Tabish Khair</strong> is an Indian writer, academic and journalist, born (1966) and educated in the small town of Gaya in Bihar, India. After finishing his MA from Gaya, he completed a PhD at Copenhagen University and a DPhil at Aarhus University, Denmark, where he is now an Associate Professor. He has been a visiting professor or research fellow at various universities and has received Carlsberg, Leverhulme, and other academic grants. Khair is also an internationally published novelist.</p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>Morteza Hajizadeh</em></a><em> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>YouTube channel</em></a><em>. </em><a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture"><em>Twitter</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="72114554" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/5e3215c6-2b26-41e5-8f7c-68af1402b8e6/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=5e3215c6-2b26-41e5-8f7c-68af1402b8e6&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Tabish Khair, &quot;Literature Against Fundamentalism&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:15:06</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Acclaimed novelist and academic Tabish Khair argues that literature as a distinct mode of thinking can counteract fundamentalism.
Literature is a mode of thinking, stories being one of the oldest thinking &apos;devices&apos; known to humankind. The ways in which literature enables us to think are distinctive and necessary, because of the relationships between its material (&apos;language&apos;) and its subject matter (&apos;reality&apos;). Although present in oral literature, these relationships are exposed in their full complexity with the rise of literature as a distinct form of writing. Literature Against Fundamentalism (Oxford UP, 2024) argues that literature enables us to engage with reality in language and language in reality, where both are mutually constitutive, constantly changing, and partly elusive.
Tabish Khair defines this mode of engagement as essentially an agnostic one, resistant to simple dogma. Hence, literature can provide an antidote to fundamentalism. Khair argues that reading literature as literature--and not just as material for aesthetic, sociological, political, and other theoretical discourses--is essential for humanity. In the process, he offers a radical re-definition of literature, an illuminating engagement with religion and fundamentalism, a revaluation of the relationship between the sciences and humanities, and, finally, a call to literature as in &apos;a call to arms&apos;.
Tabish Khair is an Indian writer, academic and journalist, born (1966) and educated in the small town of Gaya in Bihar, India. After finishing his MA from Gaya, he completed a PhD at Copenhagen University and a DPhil at Aarhus University, Denmark, where he is now an Associate Professor. He has been a visiting professor or research fellow at various universities and has received Carlsberg, Leverhulme, and other academic grants. Khair is also an internationally published novelist.
Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Acclaimed novelist and academic Tabish Khair argues that literature as a distinct mode of thinking can counteract fundamentalism.
Literature is a mode of thinking, stories being one of the oldest thinking &apos;devices&apos; known to humankind. The ways in which literature enables us to think are distinctive and necessary, because of the relationships between its material (&apos;language&apos;) and its subject matter (&apos;reality&apos;). Although present in oral literature, these relationships are exposed in their full complexity with the rise of literature as a distinct form of writing. Literature Against Fundamentalism (Oxford UP, 2024) argues that literature enables us to engage with reality in language and language in reality, where both are mutually constitutive, constantly changing, and partly elusive.
Tabish Khair defines this mode of engagement as essentially an agnostic one, resistant to simple dogma. Hence, literature can provide an antidote to fundamentalism. Khair argues that reading literature as literature--and not just as material for aesthetic, sociological, political, and other theoretical discourses--is essential for humanity. In the process, he offers a radical re-definition of literature, an illuminating engagement with religion and fundamentalism, a revaluation of the relationship between the sciences and humanities, and, finally, a call to literature as in &apos;a call to arms&apos;.
Tabish Khair is an Indian writer, academic and journalist, born (1966) and educated in the small town of Gaya in Bihar, India. After finishing his MA from Gaya, he completed a PhD at Copenhagen University and a DPhil at Aarhus University, Denmark, where he is now an Associate Professor. He has been a visiting professor or research fellow at various universities and has received Carlsberg, Leverhulme, and other academic grants. Khair is also an internationally published novelist.
Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>337</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">50fa0724-e193-11ef-9949-9faef66380b3</guid>
      <title>Claire C. Robison, &quot;Bringing Krishna Back to India&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The Hare Krishnas have long been associated with American hippie culture and New Age religious movements. But they have developed deeply rooted communities in India and throughout the world over the past 50 years. Known officially as the International Society for Krishna Consciousness (ISKCON), this once-marginal religious community now wields vast economic assets, political influence, and a posh identity endorsed by Indian business tycoons and Bollywood celebrities. </p><p><a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/bringing-krishna-back-to-india-9780197656457?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;#"><em>Bringing Krishna Back to India</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024) examines this globalized religious community in Mumbai, India's business and entertainment capital, where ISKCON draws Indians from diverse backgrounds to adopt a socially conservative Krishna bhakti identity amidst a neoliberal megacity and the city's famed cosmopolitanism. As ISKCON fashions devout religious identities amidst urban spaces, such as college campuses, corporate wellness retreats, and Bollywood celebrity events, it promotes a religious Hindu modernity that reflects elite urban Indian aspirations and aesthetic</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Feb 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The Hare Krishnas have long been associated with American hippie culture and New Age religious movements. But they have developed deeply rooted communities in India and throughout the world over the past 50 years. Known officially as the International Society for Krishna Consciousness (ISKCON), this once-marginal religious community now wields vast economic assets, political influence, and a posh identity endorsed by Indian business tycoons and Bollywood celebrities. </p><p><a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/bringing-krishna-back-to-india-9780197656457?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;#"><em>Bringing Krishna Back to India</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024) examines this globalized religious community in Mumbai, India's business and entertainment capital, where ISKCON draws Indians from diverse backgrounds to adopt a socially conservative Krishna bhakti identity amidst a neoliberal megacity and the city's famed cosmopolitanism. As ISKCON fashions devout religious identities amidst urban spaces, such as college campuses, corporate wellness retreats, and Bollywood celebrity events, it promotes a religious Hindu modernity that reflects elite urban Indian aspirations and aesthetic</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="41910252" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/822b2ca2-2ca0-4ad4-b33c-2675ec1544b3/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=822b2ca2-2ca0-4ad4-b33c-2675ec1544b3&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Claire C. Robison, &quot;Bringing Krishna Back to India&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:43:39</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The Hare Krishnas have long been associated with American hippie culture and New Age religious movements. But they have developed deeply rooted communities in India and throughout the world over the past 50 years. Known officially as the International Society for Krishna Consciousness (ISKCON), this once-marginal religious community now wields vast economic assets, political influence, and a posh identity endorsed by Indian business tycoons and Bollywood celebrities. 
Bringing Krishna Back to India (Oxford UP, 2024) examines this globalized religious community in Mumbai, India&apos;s business and entertainment capital, where ISKCON draws Indians from diverse backgrounds to adopt a socially conservative Krishna bhakti identity amidst a neoliberal megacity and the city&apos;s famed cosmopolitanism. As ISKCON fashions devout religious identities amidst urban spaces, such as college campuses, corporate wellness retreats, and Bollywood celebrity events, it promotes a religious Hindu modernity that reflects elite urban Indian aspirations and aesthetic</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The Hare Krishnas have long been associated with American hippie culture and New Age religious movements. But they have developed deeply rooted communities in India and throughout the world over the past 50 years. Known officially as the International Society for Krishna Consciousness (ISKCON), this once-marginal religious community now wields vast economic assets, political influence, and a posh identity endorsed by Indian business tycoons and Bollywood celebrities. 
Bringing Krishna Back to India (Oxford UP, 2024) examines this globalized religious community in Mumbai, India&apos;s business and entertainment capital, where ISKCON draws Indians from diverse backgrounds to adopt a socially conservative Krishna bhakti identity amidst a neoliberal megacity and the city&apos;s famed cosmopolitanism. As ISKCON fashions devout religious identities amidst urban spaces, such as college campuses, corporate wellness retreats, and Bollywood celebrity events, it promotes a religious Hindu modernity that reflects elite urban Indian aspirations and aesthetic</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>577</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b99012a4-ec8f-11ef-a0d1-3bcd11f48a67</guid>
      <title>Aidan McGarry, &quot;Political Voice: Protest, Democracy, and Marginalised Groups&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197778258">Political Voice: Protest, Democracy, and Marginalised Groups</a> (Oxford UP, 2024), Aidan McGarry examines the agency of marginalised people, emphasizing the processes through which different communities around the world articulate their political voices. McGarry develops an innovative concept of political voice around three elements: autonomy, representation, and constitution. This conceptualization is illustrated through contemporary case studies of two persecuted and silenced groups: LGBTIQ activists in India and Roma mobilization in Europe.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Feb 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197778258">Political Voice: Protest, Democracy, and Marginalised Groups</a> (Oxford UP, 2024), Aidan McGarry examines the agency of marginalised people, emphasizing the processes through which different communities around the world articulate their political voices. McGarry develops an innovative concept of political voice around three elements: autonomy, representation, and constitution. This conceptualization is illustrated through contemporary case studies of two persecuted and silenced groups: LGBTIQ activists in India and Roma mobilization in Europe.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="52662929" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/5af54d38-011a-48e3-a7df-39e1c5da3a33/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=5af54d38-011a-48e3-a7df-39e1c5da3a33&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Aidan McGarry, &quot;Political Voice: Protest, Democracy, and Marginalised Groups&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:54:51</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In Political Voice: Protest, Democracy, and Marginalised Groups (Oxford UP, 2024), Aidan McGarry examines the agency of marginalised people, emphasizing the processes through which different communities around the world articulate their political voices. McGarry develops an innovative concept of political voice around three elements: autonomy, representation, and constitution. This conceptualization is illustrated through contemporary case studies of two persecuted and silenced groups: LGBTIQ activists in India and Roma mobilization in Europe.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In Political Voice: Protest, Democracy, and Marginalised Groups (Oxford UP, 2024), Aidan McGarry examines the agency of marginalised people, emphasizing the processes through which different communities around the world articulate their political voices. McGarry develops an innovative concept of political voice around three elements: autonomy, representation, and constitution. This conceptualization is illustrated through contemporary case studies of two persecuted and silenced groups: LGBTIQ activists in India and Roma mobilization in Europe.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>404</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e64360b4-e7e2-11ef-a48d-370c4960d491</guid>
      <title>Erika Graham-Goering et al., &quot;Lordship and the Decentralised State in Late Medieval Europe&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Jana Byars talks to Erika Graham-Goering of the University of Oslo about<a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/lordship-and-the-decentralised-state-in-late-medieval-europe-9780197267844?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;"> <em>Lordship and the Decentralized State in Late Medieval Europe</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2025), which was edited by Graham-Goering, Jim van der Meulen, and Frederik Buylaert. The origins of modern European states are often traced back to the expansion of royal and princely authority in the late Middle Ages, transforming scattered power structures into centralised governments.</p><p>Lordship and the Decentralised State in Late Medieval Europe rethinks state formation as a process of decentralisation, exploring how these governments willingly left power to lesser political players. It challenges the assumption that the rise of states made lordship obsolete, showing instead how distributing authority among local lords reinforced the development of new political systems.</p><p>The contributors tackle this fresh perspective on lordship and state formation from two complementary angles. Detailed snapshots of lordship in France and the Low Countries assess the political significance of different aspects of lordly power. Historiographical essays discuss frameworks for understanding relationships between lordship and the state in contexts across Europe. These comparative perspectives establish an innovative approach to a key question in political history.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 14 Feb 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Jana Byars talks to Erika Graham-Goering of the University of Oslo about<a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/lordship-and-the-decentralised-state-in-late-medieval-europe-9780197267844?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;"> <em>Lordship and the Decentralized State in Late Medieval Europe</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2025), which was edited by Graham-Goering, Jim van der Meulen, and Frederik Buylaert. The origins of modern European states are often traced back to the expansion of royal and princely authority in the late Middle Ages, transforming scattered power structures into centralised governments.</p><p>Lordship and the Decentralised State in Late Medieval Europe rethinks state formation as a process of decentralisation, exploring how these governments willingly left power to lesser political players. It challenges the assumption that the rise of states made lordship obsolete, showing instead how distributing authority among local lords reinforced the development of new political systems.</p><p>The contributors tackle this fresh perspective on lordship and state formation from two complementary angles. Detailed snapshots of lordship in France and the Low Countries assess the political significance of different aspects of lordly power. Historiographical essays discuss frameworks for understanding relationships between lordship and the state in contexts across Europe. These comparative perspectives establish an innovative approach to a key question in political history.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="40576479" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/fb1ebdc2-4ed3-4d1c-a64d-5260b55ed194/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=fb1ebdc2-4ed3-4d1c-a64d-5260b55ed194&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Erika Graham-Goering et al., &quot;Lordship and the Decentralised State in Late Medieval Europe&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:42:15</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Jana Byars talks to Erika Graham-Goering of the University of Oslo about Lordship and the Decentralized State in Late Medieval Europe (Oxford University Press, 2025), which was edited by Graham-Goering, Jim van der Meulen, and Frederik Buylaert. The origins of modern European states are often traced back to the expansion of royal and princely authority in the late Middle Ages, transforming scattered power structures into centralised governments.
Lordship and the Decentralised State in Late Medieval Europe rethinks state formation as a process of decentralisation, exploring how these governments willingly left power to lesser political players. It challenges the assumption that the rise of states made lordship obsolete, showing instead how distributing authority among local lords reinforced the development of new political systems.
The contributors tackle this fresh perspective on lordship and state formation from two complementary angles. Detailed snapshots of lordship in France and the Low Countries assess the political significance of different aspects of lordly power. Historiographical essays discuss frameworks for understanding relationships between lordship and the state in contexts across Europe. These comparative perspectives establish an innovative approach to a key question in political history.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Jana Byars talks to Erika Graham-Goering of the University of Oslo about Lordship and the Decentralized State in Late Medieval Europe (Oxford University Press, 2025), which was edited by Graham-Goering, Jim van der Meulen, and Frederik Buylaert. The origins of modern European states are often traced back to the expansion of royal and princely authority in the late Middle Ages, transforming scattered power structures into centralised governments.
Lordship and the Decentralised State in Late Medieval Europe rethinks state formation as a process of decentralisation, exploring how these governments willingly left power to lesser political players. It challenges the assumption that the rise of states made lordship obsolete, showing instead how distributing authority among local lords reinforced the development of new political systems.
The contributors tackle this fresh perspective on lordship and state formation from two complementary angles. Detailed snapshots of lordship in France and the Low Countries assess the political significance of different aspects of lordly power. Historiographical essays discuss frameworks for understanding relationships between lordship and the state in contexts across Europe. These comparative perspectives establish an innovative approach to a key question in political history.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>87</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e84c009e-e8ac-11ef-97f7-5f7b78b8c852</guid>
      <title>Bertil Lintner, &quot;The Golden Land Ablaze: Coups, Insurgents and the State in Myanmar&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Four years ago, on Feb. 1 2021, the Burmese military overthrew the fledgling democratic government in the Southeast Asian country of Burma, officially known as Myanmar. That sparked a civil war that continues today–with neither the military junta nor the various rebel groups coming closer to victory.</p><p>How did the country get here? Veteran Asia journalist Bertil Lintner tackles the country’s history since independence, including the military’s long involvement in the country’s politics, in his book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9781911723684"><em>The Golden Land Ablaze: Coups, Insurgents and the State in Myanmar</em></a><em> </em>(Hurst: 2024). He joins today to talk about Burma’s history, the role of the military, China’s involvement in the country, and prospects for the civil war going forward.</p><p>Bertil Lintner is an acclaimed journalist and expert on contemporary Southeast Asia, especially Myanmar. Formerly the<em> Far Eastern Economic Review’</em>s Burma correspondent, he is now a full-time correspondent with the Asia Pacific Media Services and writes regularly for <em>Asia Times</em>, <em>The Irrawaddy</em> and other regional and international websites and publications. Lintner has written 25 books on Asian politics and history, including <em>Outrage: Burma's Struggle for Democracy </em>(Review Publishing: 1989); <em>Great Game East: India, China and the Struggle for Asia’s Most Volatile Frontier </em>(Yale University Press: 2015); and <em>The Costliest Pearl: China’s Struggle for India’s Ocean </em>(Hurst: 2019).</p><p><em>You can find more reviews, excerpts, interviews, and essays at</em><a href="https://asianreviewofbooks.com/"> <em>The Asian Review of Books</em></a><em>, including its review of </em><a href="https://asianreviewofbooks.com/content/the-golden-land-ablaze-by-bertil-lintner/"><em>The Golden Land Ablaze</em></a><em>. Follow on Twitter at</em><a href="https://twitter.com/BookReviewsAsia"> <em>@BookReviewsAsia</em></a><em>.</em></p><p><em>Nicholas Gordon is an editor for a global magazine, and a reviewer for the Asian Review of Books. He can be found on Twitter at</em><a href="https://twitter.com/nickrigordon?lang=en"> <em>@nickrigordon</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Feb 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Four years ago, on Feb. 1 2021, the Burmese military overthrew the fledgling democratic government in the Southeast Asian country of Burma, officially known as Myanmar. That sparked a civil war that continues today–with neither the military junta nor the various rebel groups coming closer to victory.</p><p>How did the country get here? Veteran Asia journalist Bertil Lintner tackles the country’s history since independence, including the military’s long involvement in the country’s politics, in his book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9781911723684"><em>The Golden Land Ablaze: Coups, Insurgents and the State in Myanmar</em></a><em> </em>(Hurst: 2024). He joins today to talk about Burma’s history, the role of the military, China’s involvement in the country, and prospects for the civil war going forward.</p><p>Bertil Lintner is an acclaimed journalist and expert on contemporary Southeast Asia, especially Myanmar. Formerly the<em> Far Eastern Economic Review’</em>s Burma correspondent, he is now a full-time correspondent with the Asia Pacific Media Services and writes regularly for <em>Asia Times</em>, <em>The Irrawaddy</em> and other regional and international websites and publications. Lintner has written 25 books on Asian politics and history, including <em>Outrage: Burma's Struggle for Democracy </em>(Review Publishing: 1989); <em>Great Game East: India, China and the Struggle for Asia’s Most Volatile Frontier </em>(Yale University Press: 2015); and <em>The Costliest Pearl: China’s Struggle for India’s Ocean </em>(Hurst: 2019).</p><p><em>You can find more reviews, excerpts, interviews, and essays at</em><a href="https://asianreviewofbooks.com/"> <em>The Asian Review of Books</em></a><em>, including its review of </em><a href="https://asianreviewofbooks.com/content/the-golden-land-ablaze-by-bertil-lintner/"><em>The Golden Land Ablaze</em></a><em>. Follow on Twitter at</em><a href="https://twitter.com/BookReviewsAsia"> <em>@BookReviewsAsia</em></a><em>.</em></p><p><em>Nicholas Gordon is an editor for a global magazine, and a reviewer for the Asian Review of Books. He can be found on Twitter at</em><a href="https://twitter.com/nickrigordon?lang=en"> <em>@nickrigordon</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="40799984" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/4dcbd1ed-7192-4fda-9e77-370a12f37bd1/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=4dcbd1ed-7192-4fda-9e77-370a12f37bd1&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Bertil Lintner, &quot;The Golden Land Ablaze: Coups, Insurgents and the State in Myanmar&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:42:29</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Four years ago, on Feb. 1 2021, the Burmese military overthrew the fledgling democratic government in the Southeast Asian country of Burma, officially known as Myanmar. That sparked a civil war that continues today–with neither the military junta nor the various rebel groups coming closer to victory.
How did the country get here? Veteran Asia journalist Bertil Lintner tackles the country’s history since independence, including the military’s long involvement in the country’s politics, in his book The Golden Land Ablaze: Coups, Insurgents and the State in Myanmar (Hurst: 2024). He joins today to talk about Burma’s history, the role of the military, China’s involvement in the country, and prospects for the civil war going forward.
Bertil Lintner is an acclaimed journalist and expert on contemporary Southeast Asia, especially Myanmar. Formerly the Far Eastern Economic Review’s Burma correspondent, he is now a full-time correspondent with the Asia Pacific Media Services and writes regularly for Asia Times, The Irrawaddy and other regional and international websites and publications. Lintner has written 25 books on Asian politics and history, including Outrage: Burma&apos;s Struggle for Democracy (Review Publishing: 1989); Great Game East: India, China and the Struggle for Asia’s Most Volatile Frontier (Yale University Press: 2015); and The Costliest Pearl: China’s Struggle for India’s Ocean (Hurst: 2019).
You can find more reviews, excerpts, interviews, and essays at The Asian Review of Books, including its review of The Golden Land Ablaze. Follow on Twitter at @BookReviewsAsia.
Nicholas Gordon is an editor for a global magazine, and a reviewer for the Asian Review of Books. He can be found on Twitter at @nickrigordon.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Four years ago, on Feb. 1 2021, the Burmese military overthrew the fledgling democratic government in the Southeast Asian country of Burma, officially known as Myanmar. That sparked a civil war that continues today–with neither the military junta nor the various rebel groups coming closer to victory.
How did the country get here? Veteran Asia journalist Bertil Lintner tackles the country’s history since independence, including the military’s long involvement in the country’s politics, in his book The Golden Land Ablaze: Coups, Insurgents and the State in Myanmar (Hurst: 2024). He joins today to talk about Burma’s history, the role of the military, China’s involvement in the country, and prospects for the civil war going forward.
Bertil Lintner is an acclaimed journalist and expert on contemporary Southeast Asia, especially Myanmar. Formerly the Far Eastern Economic Review’s Burma correspondent, he is now a full-time correspondent with the Asia Pacific Media Services and writes regularly for Asia Times, The Irrawaddy and other regional and international websites and publications. Lintner has written 25 books on Asian politics and history, including Outrage: Burma&apos;s Struggle for Democracy (Review Publishing: 1989); Great Game East: India, China and the Struggle for Asia’s Most Volatile Frontier (Yale University Press: 2015); and The Costliest Pearl: China’s Struggle for India’s Ocean (Hurst: 2019).
You can find more reviews, excerpts, interviews, and essays at The Asian Review of Books, including its review of The Golden Land Ablaze. Follow on Twitter at @BookReviewsAsia.
Nicholas Gordon is an editor for a global magazine, and a reviewer for the Asian Review of Books. He can be found on Twitter at @nickrigordon.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>225</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">986e36f8-e7c3-11ef-9775-77ef1e796094</guid>
      <title>David Pitt, &quot;The Quality of Thought&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The idea that there is a distinct phenemenology of thought – that there is thinking experience just as there is visual experience or auditory experience – is a radical position in philosophy of mind. David Pitt is one of its foremost proponents. </p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198789901"><em>The Quality of Thought</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024), Pitt provides an extended defense of the position and its implications: if thinking is a kind of experience, then what about unconscious thought, or the idea that explaining thought must rely essentially and primarily on introspection? Pitt, who is a professor of philosophy at Cal State LA, also considers what the <em>sui generis</em> phenomenology of thought might be and explains how thought contents are determined purely internally, challenging today’s dominant views of content determination and the possibility of explaining thought content using naturalistic, non-introspection-based methods.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Feb 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The idea that there is a distinct phenemenology of thought – that there is thinking experience just as there is visual experience or auditory experience – is a radical position in philosophy of mind. David Pitt is one of its foremost proponents. </p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198789901"><em>The Quality of Thought</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024), Pitt provides an extended defense of the position and its implications: if thinking is a kind of experience, then what about unconscious thought, or the idea that explaining thought must rely essentially and primarily on introspection? Pitt, who is a professor of philosophy at Cal State LA, also considers what the <em>sui generis</em> phenomenology of thought might be and explains how thought contents are determined purely internally, challenging today’s dominant views of content determination and the possibility of explaining thought content using naturalistic, non-introspection-based methods.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="52755219" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/d207d7e7-ab70-4172-99ad-abc49ea5b211/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=d207d7e7-ab70-4172-99ad-abc49ea5b211&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>David Pitt, &quot;The Quality of Thought&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:54:57</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The idea that there is a distinct phenemenology of thought – that there is thinking experience just as there is visual experience or auditory experience – is a radical position in philosophy of mind. David Pitt is one of its foremost proponents. 
In The Quality of Thought (Oxford University Press, 2024), Pitt provides an extended defense of the position and its implications: if thinking is a kind of experience, then what about unconscious thought, or the idea that explaining thought must rely essentially and primarily on introspection? Pitt, who is a professor of philosophy at Cal State LA, also considers what the sui generis phenomenology of thought might be and explains how thought contents are determined purely internally, challenging today’s dominant views of content determination and the possibility of explaining thought content using naturalistic, non-introspection-based methods.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The idea that there is a distinct phenemenology of thought – that there is thinking experience just as there is visual experience or auditory experience – is a radical position in philosophy of mind. David Pitt is one of its foremost proponents. 
In The Quality of Thought (Oxford University Press, 2024), Pitt provides an extended defense of the position and its implications: if thinking is a kind of experience, then what about unconscious thought, or the idea that explaining thought must rely essentially and primarily on introspection? Pitt, who is a professor of philosophy at Cal State LA, also considers what the sui generis phenomenology of thought might be and explains how thought contents are determined purely internally, challenging today’s dominant views of content determination and the possibility of explaining thought content using naturalistic, non-introspection-based methods.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>364</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5a7460fc-e7cd-11ef-a806-17305aed8b66</guid>
      <title>Randall Fuller, &quot;Bright Circle: Five Remarkable Women in the Age of Transcendentalism&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In November 1839, a group of young women in Boston formed a conversation society "to answer the great questions" of special importance to women: "What are we born to do? How shall we do it?" The lives and works of the five women who discussed these questions are at the center of <em>Bright Circle</em>, a group biography of remarkable thinkers and artists who played pathbreaking roles in the transcendentalist movement.</p><p>Transcendentalism remains the most important literary and philosophical movement to have originated in the United States. Most accounts of it, however, trace its emergence to a group of young intellectuals (primarily Ralph Waldo Emerson and Henry David Thoreau) dissatisfied with their religious, literary, and social culture. Yet there is a forgotten history of transcendentalism--a submerged counternarrative--that features a network of fiercely intelligent women who were central to the development of the movement even as they found themselves silenced by their culturally-assigned roles as women.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192843630"><em>Bright Circle: Five Remarkable Women in the Age of Transcendentalism </em></a>(Oxford UP, 2024) is intended to reorient our understanding of transcendentalism: to help us see the movement as a far more collaborative and interactive project between women and men than is commonly understood. It recounts the lives of Mary Moody Emerson, Elizabeth Palmer Peabody, Sophia Peabody Hawthorne, Lydia Jackson Emerson, and Margaret Fuller as they developed crucial ideas about the self, nature, and feeling even as they pushed their male counterparts to consider the rights of enslaved people of color and women.</p><p>Many ideas once considered original to Emerson and Thoreau are shown to have originated with women who had little opportunity of publicly expressing them. Together, the five women of Bright Circle helped form the foundations of American feminism.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Feb 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In November 1839, a group of young women in Boston formed a conversation society "to answer the great questions" of special importance to women: "What are we born to do? How shall we do it?" The lives and works of the five women who discussed these questions are at the center of <em>Bright Circle</em>, a group biography of remarkable thinkers and artists who played pathbreaking roles in the transcendentalist movement.</p><p>Transcendentalism remains the most important literary and philosophical movement to have originated in the United States. Most accounts of it, however, trace its emergence to a group of young intellectuals (primarily Ralph Waldo Emerson and Henry David Thoreau) dissatisfied with their religious, literary, and social culture. Yet there is a forgotten history of transcendentalism--a submerged counternarrative--that features a network of fiercely intelligent women who were central to the development of the movement even as they found themselves silenced by their culturally-assigned roles as women.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192843630"><em>Bright Circle: Five Remarkable Women in the Age of Transcendentalism </em></a>(Oxford UP, 2024) is intended to reorient our understanding of transcendentalism: to help us see the movement as a far more collaborative and interactive project between women and men than is commonly understood. It recounts the lives of Mary Moody Emerson, Elizabeth Palmer Peabody, Sophia Peabody Hawthorne, Lydia Jackson Emerson, and Margaret Fuller as they developed crucial ideas about the self, nature, and feeling even as they pushed their male counterparts to consider the rights of enslaved people of color and women.</p><p>Many ideas once considered original to Emerson and Thoreau are shown to have originated with women who had little opportunity of publicly expressing them. Together, the five women of Bright Circle helped form the foundations of American feminism.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="53384854" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/bb6c99f6-3943-4b31-a1c8-35ee9c000f15/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=bb6c99f6-3943-4b31-a1c8-35ee9c000f15&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Randall Fuller, &quot;Bright Circle: Five Remarkable Women in the Age of Transcendentalism&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:55:36</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In November 1839, a group of young women in Boston formed a conversation society &quot;to answer the great questions&quot; of special importance to women: &quot;What are we born to do? How shall we do it?&quot; The lives and works of the five women who discussed these questions are at the center of Bright Circle, a group biography of remarkable thinkers and artists who played pathbreaking roles in the transcendentalist movement.
Transcendentalism remains the most important literary and philosophical movement to have originated in the United States. Most accounts of it, however, trace its emergence to a group of young intellectuals (primarily Ralph Waldo Emerson and Henry David Thoreau) dissatisfied with their religious, literary, and social culture. Yet there is a forgotten history of transcendentalism--a submerged counternarrative--that features a network of fiercely intelligent women who were central to the development of the movement even as they found themselves silenced by their culturally-assigned roles as women.
Bright Circle: Five Remarkable Women in the Age of Transcendentalism (Oxford UP, 2024) is intended to reorient our understanding of transcendentalism: to help us see the movement as a far more collaborative and interactive project between women and men than is commonly understood. It recounts the lives of Mary Moody Emerson, Elizabeth Palmer Peabody, Sophia Peabody Hawthorne, Lydia Jackson Emerson, and Margaret Fuller as they developed crucial ideas about the self, nature, and feeling even as they pushed their male counterparts to consider the rights of enslaved people of color and women.
Many ideas once considered original to Emerson and Thoreau are shown to have originated with women who had little opportunity of publicly expressing them. Together, the five women of Bright Circle helped form the foundations of American feminism.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In November 1839, a group of young women in Boston formed a conversation society &quot;to answer the great questions&quot; of special importance to women: &quot;What are we born to do? How shall we do it?&quot; The lives and works of the five women who discussed these questions are at the center of Bright Circle, a group biography of remarkable thinkers and artists who played pathbreaking roles in the transcendentalist movement.
Transcendentalism remains the most important literary and philosophical movement to have originated in the United States. Most accounts of it, however, trace its emergence to a group of young intellectuals (primarily Ralph Waldo Emerson and Henry David Thoreau) dissatisfied with their religious, literary, and social culture. Yet there is a forgotten history of transcendentalism--a submerged counternarrative--that features a network of fiercely intelligent women who were central to the development of the movement even as they found themselves silenced by their culturally-assigned roles as women.
Bright Circle: Five Remarkable Women in the Age of Transcendentalism (Oxford UP, 2024) is intended to reorient our understanding of transcendentalism: to help us see the movement as a far more collaborative and interactive project between women and men than is commonly understood. It recounts the lives of Mary Moody Emerson, Elizabeth Palmer Peabody, Sophia Peabody Hawthorne, Lydia Jackson Emerson, and Margaret Fuller as they developed crucial ideas about the self, nature, and feeling even as they pushed their male counterparts to consider the rights of enslaved people of color and women.
Many ideas once considered original to Emerson and Thoreau are shown to have originated with women who had little opportunity of publicly expressing them. Together, the five women of Bright Circle helped form the foundations of American feminism.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>25</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a659cd96-e57e-11ef-9de0-8f157b047e52</guid>
      <title>Michael Rembis, &quot;Writing Mad Lives in the Age of the Asylum&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The asylum--at once a place of refuge, incarceration, and abuse--touched the lives of many Americans living between 1830 and 1950. What began as a few scattered institutions in the mid-eighteenth century grew to 579 public and private asylums by the 1940s. About one out of every 280 Americans was an inmate in an asylum at an annual cost to taxpayers of approximately $200 million.</p><p>Using the writing of former asylum inmates, as well as other sources, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197604830"><em>Writing Mad Lives in the Age of the Asylum</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2025) reveals a history of madness and the asylum that has remained hidden by a focus on doctors, diagnoses, and other interventions into mad people's lives. Although those details are present in this story, its focus is the hundreds of inmates who spoke out or published pamphlets, memorials, memoirs, and articles about their experiences. They recalled physical beatings and prolonged restraint and isolation. They described what it felt like to be gawked at like animals by visitors and the hardships they faced re-entering the community. Many inmates argued that asylums were more akin to prisons than medical facilities and testified before state legislatures and the US Congress, lobbying for reforms to what became popularly known as "lunacy laws."</p><p>Michael Rembis demonstrates how their stories influenced popular, legal, and medical conceptualizations of madness and the asylum at a time when most Americans seemed to be groping toward a more modern understanding of the many different forms of "insanity." The result is a clearer sense of the role of mad people and their allies in shaping one of the largest state expenditures in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries--and, at the same time, a recovery of the social and political agency of these vibrant and dynamic "mad writers."</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 9 Feb 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The asylum--at once a place of refuge, incarceration, and abuse--touched the lives of many Americans living between 1830 and 1950. What began as a few scattered institutions in the mid-eighteenth century grew to 579 public and private asylums by the 1940s. About one out of every 280 Americans was an inmate in an asylum at an annual cost to taxpayers of approximately $200 million.</p><p>Using the writing of former asylum inmates, as well as other sources, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197604830"><em>Writing Mad Lives in the Age of the Asylum</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2025) reveals a history of madness and the asylum that has remained hidden by a focus on doctors, diagnoses, and other interventions into mad people's lives. Although those details are present in this story, its focus is the hundreds of inmates who spoke out or published pamphlets, memorials, memoirs, and articles about their experiences. They recalled physical beatings and prolonged restraint and isolation. They described what it felt like to be gawked at like animals by visitors and the hardships they faced re-entering the community. Many inmates argued that asylums were more akin to prisons than medical facilities and testified before state legislatures and the US Congress, lobbying for reforms to what became popularly known as "lunacy laws."</p><p>Michael Rembis demonstrates how their stories influenced popular, legal, and medical conceptualizations of madness and the asylum at a time when most Americans seemed to be groping toward a more modern understanding of the many different forms of "insanity." The result is a clearer sense of the role of mad people and their allies in shaping one of the largest state expenditures in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries--and, at the same time, a recovery of the social and political agency of these vibrant and dynamic "mad writers."</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="41684003" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/e84c30bc-ec1b-42da-8a5a-62579111ec98/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=e84c30bc-ec1b-42da-8a5a-62579111ec98&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Michael Rembis, &quot;Writing Mad Lives in the Age of the Asylum&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:43:25</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The asylum--at once a place of refuge, incarceration, and abuse--touched the lives of many Americans living between 1830 and 1950. What began as a few scattered institutions in the mid-eighteenth century grew to 579 public and private asylums by the 1940s. About one out of every 280 Americans was an inmate in an asylum at an annual cost to taxpayers of approximately $200 million.
Using the writing of former asylum inmates, as well as other sources, Writing Mad Lives in the Age of the Asylum (Oxford UP, 2025) reveals a history of madness and the asylum that has remained hidden by a focus on doctors, diagnoses, and other interventions into mad people&apos;s lives. Although those details are present in this story, its focus is the hundreds of inmates who spoke out or published pamphlets, memorials, memoirs, and articles about their experiences. They recalled physical beatings and prolonged restraint and isolation. They described what it felt like to be gawked at like animals by visitors and the hardships they faced re-entering the community. Many inmates argued that asylums were more akin to prisons than medical facilities and testified before state legislatures and the US Congress, lobbying for reforms to what became popularly known as &quot;lunacy laws.&quot;
Michael Rembis demonstrates how their stories influenced popular, legal, and medical conceptualizations of madness and the asylum at a time when most Americans seemed to be groping toward a more modern understanding of the many different forms of &quot;insanity.&quot; The result is a clearer sense of the role of mad people and their allies in shaping one of the largest state expenditures in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries--and, at the same time, a recovery of the social and political agency of these vibrant and dynamic &quot;mad writers.&quot;</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The asylum--at once a place of refuge, incarceration, and abuse--touched the lives of many Americans living between 1830 and 1950. What began as a few scattered institutions in the mid-eighteenth century grew to 579 public and private asylums by the 1940s. About one out of every 280 Americans was an inmate in an asylum at an annual cost to taxpayers of approximately $200 million.
Using the writing of former asylum inmates, as well as other sources, Writing Mad Lives in the Age of the Asylum (Oxford UP, 2025) reveals a history of madness and the asylum that has remained hidden by a focus on doctors, diagnoses, and other interventions into mad people&apos;s lives. Although those details are present in this story, its focus is the hundreds of inmates who spoke out or published pamphlets, memorials, memoirs, and articles about their experiences. They recalled physical beatings and prolonged restraint and isolation. They described what it felt like to be gawked at like animals by visitors and the hardships they faced re-entering the community. Many inmates argued that asylums were more akin to prisons than medical facilities and testified before state legislatures and the US Congress, lobbying for reforms to what became popularly known as &quot;lunacy laws.&quot;
Michael Rembis demonstrates how their stories influenced popular, legal, and medical conceptualizations of madness and the asylum at a time when most Americans seemed to be groping toward a more modern understanding of the many different forms of &quot;insanity.&quot; The result is a clearer sense of the role of mad people and their allies in shaping one of the largest state expenditures in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries--and, at the same time, a recovery of the social and political agency of these vibrant and dynamic &quot;mad writers.&quot;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>55</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">88686720-e56a-11ef-bf2e-e3aac3acf509</guid>
      <title>Katie Beisel Hollenbach, &quot;The Business of Bobbysoxers: Cultural Production in 1940s Frank Sinatra Fandom&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197659182"><em>The Business of Bobbysoxers: Cultural Production in 1940s Frank Sinatra Fandom</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Katie Beisel Hollenbach reconsiders the story of American popular music, celebrity following, and fan behavior during World War II through close examination of “bobbysoxers.” Preserved in popular memory as primarily white, hysterical, teen girl devotees of Frank Sinatra clad in bobby socks and saddle shoes, these girls were accused of displaying inappropriate behavior and priorities in their obsessive pursuit of a crooning celebrity at a time of international crisis. Dr. Beisel Hollenbach peels back the stereotypes of girlhood idol adoration by documenting the intimate practices of wartime Sinatra fan clubs, revealing a new side of this familiar story in American history through the perspective of the bobbysoxer.</p><p>In World War II America, fan clubs and organizations like Teen Canteens offered a haven for teenage girls to celebrate their enjoyment of popular culture while cultivating relationships with each other through media icons and the entertainment industry. Many of these organizations attempted to encourage diverse memberships, influenced in part by Frank Sinatra's public work on racial and religious tolerance, and by Sinatra's own identity as an Italian American. Away from the critical public eye, these communities offered girls a place to safely explore and discuss issues including civil rights, politics, the war, patriotism, internationalism, and professional development in the context of their shared Sinatra fandom. With these broader social and political complexities in mind, <em>The Business of Bobbysoxers</em> shines a light on musical fan communities that provided teenage girls with peer groups at a critical moment of personal and historical change, allowing them to creatively express their desires and imagine their futures as American women together.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 9 Feb 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197659182"><em>The Business of Bobbysoxers: Cultural Production in 1940s Frank Sinatra Fandom</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Katie Beisel Hollenbach reconsiders the story of American popular music, celebrity following, and fan behavior during World War II through close examination of “bobbysoxers.” Preserved in popular memory as primarily white, hysterical, teen girl devotees of Frank Sinatra clad in bobby socks and saddle shoes, these girls were accused of displaying inappropriate behavior and priorities in their obsessive pursuit of a crooning celebrity at a time of international crisis. Dr. Beisel Hollenbach peels back the stereotypes of girlhood idol adoration by documenting the intimate practices of wartime Sinatra fan clubs, revealing a new side of this familiar story in American history through the perspective of the bobbysoxer.</p><p>In World War II America, fan clubs and organizations like Teen Canteens offered a haven for teenage girls to celebrate their enjoyment of popular culture while cultivating relationships with each other through media icons and the entertainment industry. Many of these organizations attempted to encourage diverse memberships, influenced in part by Frank Sinatra's public work on racial and religious tolerance, and by Sinatra's own identity as an Italian American. Away from the critical public eye, these communities offered girls a place to safely explore and discuss issues including civil rights, politics, the war, patriotism, internationalism, and professional development in the context of their shared Sinatra fandom. With these broader social and political complexities in mind, <em>The Business of Bobbysoxers</em> shines a light on musical fan communities that provided teenage girls with peer groups at a critical moment of personal and historical change, allowing them to creatively express their desires and imagine their futures as American women together.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="45835284" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/b7e42daa-e8bd-4c5d-8265-3998ed048ca5/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=b7e42daa-e8bd-4c5d-8265-3998ed048ca5&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Katie Beisel Hollenbach, &quot;The Business of Bobbysoxers: Cultural Production in 1940s Frank Sinatra Fandom&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:47:44</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The Business of Bobbysoxers: Cultural Production in 1940s Frank Sinatra Fandom (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Katie Beisel Hollenbach reconsiders the story of American popular music, celebrity following, and fan behavior during World War II through close examination of “bobbysoxers.” Preserved in popular memory as primarily white, hysterical, teen girl devotees of Frank Sinatra clad in bobby socks and saddle shoes, these girls were accused of displaying inappropriate behavior and priorities in their obsessive pursuit of a crooning celebrity at a time of international crisis. Dr. Beisel Hollenbach peels back the stereotypes of girlhood idol adoration by documenting the intimate practices of wartime Sinatra fan clubs, revealing a new side of this familiar story in American history through the perspective of the bobbysoxer.
In World War II America, fan clubs and organizations like Teen Canteens offered a haven for teenage girls to celebrate their enjoyment of popular culture while cultivating relationships with each other through media icons and the entertainment industry. Many of these organizations attempted to encourage diverse memberships, influenced in part by Frank Sinatra&apos;s public work on racial and religious tolerance, and by Sinatra&apos;s own identity as an Italian American. Away from the critical public eye, these communities offered girls a place to safely explore and discuss issues including civil rights, politics, the war, patriotism, internationalism, and professional development in the context of their shared Sinatra fandom. With these broader social and political complexities in mind, The Business of Bobbysoxers shines a light on musical fan communities that provided teenage girls with peer groups at a critical moment of personal and historical change, allowing them to creatively express their desires and imagine their futures as American women together.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The Business of Bobbysoxers: Cultural Production in 1940s Frank Sinatra Fandom (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Katie Beisel Hollenbach reconsiders the story of American popular music, celebrity following, and fan behavior during World War II through close examination of “bobbysoxers.” Preserved in popular memory as primarily white, hysterical, teen girl devotees of Frank Sinatra clad in bobby socks and saddle shoes, these girls were accused of displaying inappropriate behavior and priorities in their obsessive pursuit of a crooning celebrity at a time of international crisis. Dr. Beisel Hollenbach peels back the stereotypes of girlhood idol adoration by documenting the intimate practices of wartime Sinatra fan clubs, revealing a new side of this familiar story in American history through the perspective of the bobbysoxer.
In World War II America, fan clubs and organizations like Teen Canteens offered a haven for teenage girls to celebrate their enjoyment of popular culture while cultivating relationships with each other through media icons and the entertainment industry. Many of these organizations attempted to encourage diverse memberships, influenced in part by Frank Sinatra&apos;s public work on racial and religious tolerance, and by Sinatra&apos;s own identity as an Italian American. Away from the critical public eye, these communities offered girls a place to safely explore and discuss issues including civil rights, politics, the war, patriotism, internationalism, and professional development in the context of their shared Sinatra fandom. With these broader social and political complexities in mind, The Business of Bobbysoxers shines a light on musical fan communities that provided teenage girls with peer groups at a critical moment of personal and historical change, allowing them to creatively express their desires and imagine their futures as American women together.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>268</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ab384598-e490-11ef-bf54-cbd435c44d6c</guid>
      <title>Hiroshi Motomura, &quot;Borders and Belonging: Toward a Fair, Realistic, and Sustainable Immigration Policy&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Immigration is now a polarizing issue across most advanced democracies. But too much that is written about immigration fails to appreciate the complex responses to the phenomenon. Too many observers assume imaginary consensus, avoid basic questions, or disregard the larger context for human migration.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197743720"><em>Borders and Belonging: Toward a Fair Immigration Policy</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2025), Hiroshi Motomura offers a complex and fair-minded account of immigration, its root causes, and the varying responses to it. Taking stock of the issue's complexity, while giving credence to the opinions of immigration critics, he tackles a series of important questions that, when answered, will move us closer to a more realistic and sustainable immigration policy. Motomura begins by affirming a basic concept—national borders—and asks when they might be ethical borders, fostering fairness but also responding realistically to migration patterns and to the political forces that migration generates. In a nation with ethical borders, who should be let in or kept out? How should people forced to migrate be treated? Should newcomers be admitted temporarily or permanently? How should those with lawful immigration status be treated? What is the best role for enforcement in immigration policy? To what extent does the arrival of newcomers hurt long-time residents? What are the "root causes" of immigration and how can we address them?</p><p>Realistic about the desire of most citizens for national borders, this book is an indispensable guide for moving toward ethical borders and better immigration policy.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 8 Feb 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Immigration is now a polarizing issue across most advanced democracies. But too much that is written about immigration fails to appreciate the complex responses to the phenomenon. Too many observers assume imaginary consensus, avoid basic questions, or disregard the larger context for human migration.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197743720"><em>Borders and Belonging: Toward a Fair Immigration Policy</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2025), Hiroshi Motomura offers a complex and fair-minded account of immigration, its root causes, and the varying responses to it. Taking stock of the issue's complexity, while giving credence to the opinions of immigration critics, he tackles a series of important questions that, when answered, will move us closer to a more realistic and sustainable immigration policy. Motomura begins by affirming a basic concept—national borders—and asks when they might be ethical borders, fostering fairness but also responding realistically to migration patterns and to the political forces that migration generates. In a nation with ethical borders, who should be let in or kept out? How should people forced to migrate be treated? Should newcomers be admitted temporarily or permanently? How should those with lawful immigration status be treated? What is the best role for enforcement in immigration policy? To what extent does the arrival of newcomers hurt long-time residents? What are the "root causes" of immigration and how can we address them?</p><p>Realistic about the desire of most citizens for national borders, this book is an indispensable guide for moving toward ethical borders and better immigration policy.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="63289776" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/c54da35a-ab9b-4da4-a5f1-2c4e6fa3c72f/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=c54da35a-ab9b-4da4-a5f1-2c4e6fa3c72f&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Hiroshi Motomura, &quot;Borders and Belonging: Toward a Fair, Realistic, and Sustainable Immigration Policy&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:05:55</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Immigration is now a polarizing issue across most advanced democracies. But too much that is written about immigration fails to appreciate the complex responses to the phenomenon. Too many observers assume imaginary consensus, avoid basic questions, or disregard the larger context for human migration.
In Borders and Belonging: Toward a Fair Immigration Policy (Oxford University Press, 2025), Hiroshi Motomura offers a complex and fair-minded account of immigration, its root causes, and the varying responses to it. Taking stock of the issue&apos;s complexity, while giving credence to the opinions of immigration critics, he tackles a series of important questions that, when answered, will move us closer to a more realistic and sustainable immigration policy. Motomura begins by affirming a basic concept—national borders—and asks when they might be ethical borders, fostering fairness but also responding realistically to migration patterns and to the political forces that migration generates. In a nation with ethical borders, who should be let in or kept out? How should people forced to migrate be treated? Should newcomers be admitted temporarily or permanently? How should those with lawful immigration status be treated? What is the best role for enforcement in immigration policy? To what extent does the arrival of newcomers hurt long-time residents? What are the &quot;root causes&quot; of immigration and how can we address them?
Realistic about the desire of most citizens for national borders, this book is an indispensable guide for moving toward ethical borders and better immigration policy.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Immigration is now a polarizing issue across most advanced democracies. But too much that is written about immigration fails to appreciate the complex responses to the phenomenon. Too many observers assume imaginary consensus, avoid basic questions, or disregard the larger context for human migration.
In Borders and Belonging: Toward a Fair Immigration Policy (Oxford University Press, 2025), Hiroshi Motomura offers a complex and fair-minded account of immigration, its root causes, and the varying responses to it. Taking stock of the issue&apos;s complexity, while giving credence to the opinions of immigration critics, he tackles a series of important questions that, when answered, will move us closer to a more realistic and sustainable immigration policy. Motomura begins by affirming a basic concept—national borders—and asks when they might be ethical borders, fostering fairness but also responding realistically to migration patterns and to the political forces that migration generates. In a nation with ethical borders, who should be let in or kept out? How should people forced to migrate be treated? Should newcomers be admitted temporarily or permanently? How should those with lawful immigration status be treated? What is the best role for enforcement in immigration policy? To what extent does the arrival of newcomers hurt long-time residents? What are the &quot;root causes&quot; of immigration and how can we address them?
Realistic about the desire of most citizens for national borders, this book is an indispensable guide for moving toward ethical borders and better immigration policy.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>238</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0bba4c74-e3ef-11ef-956c-effc7907e88e</guid>
      <title>Seung-hoon Jeong, &quot;Biopolitical Ethics in Global Cinema&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>If world cinema studies have mostly displayed national cinemas and their transnational mutations, Seung-hoon Jeong’s global frame highlights two conflicting ethical facets of globalization: the ‘soft-ethical’ inclusion of differences in multicultural, neoliberal systems and their ‘hard-ethical’ symptoms of fundamentalist exclusion and terror. </p><p>Reflecting both and suggesting their alternatives, global cinema draws attention to new changes in subjectivity and community that Jeong investigates in terms of biopolitical ‘abjection’ and ethical ‘agency.’ In this frame, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190093785"><em>Biopolitical Ethics in Global Cinema</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023) explores a vast net of post-1990 films circulating in both the mainstream market and the festival circuit. Ultimately, the book renews critical discourses on global issues––including multiculturalism, catastrophe, sovereignty, abjection, violence, network, nihilism, and atopia––through a core cluster of political, ethical, and psychoanalytic philosophies.</p><p><strong>Seung-hoon Jeong </strong>is Assistant Professor of Cinematic Arts at California State University Long Beach. He is the author of <em>Cinematic Interfaces: Film Theory after New Media</em>, co-translator of the Korean edition of Jacques Derrida’s <em>Acts of Literature</em>, and co-editor of <em>The Global Auteur: The Politics of Authorship in 21st Century Cinema </em>and Thomas Elsaesser’s<em> The Mind-Game Film: Distributed Agency, Time Travel, and Productive Pathology</em>.</p><p><strong>Steve Choe</strong> is Associate Professor of Critical Studies in the School of Cinema at San Francisco State University who researches and teaches in film and media theory. He is the author of <em>Afterlives: Allegories of Film and Mortality in Early Weimar Germany</em> (2014), <em>Sovereign Violence: Ethics and South Korean Cinema in the New Millennium</em> (2016) and <em>ReFocus: The Films of William Friedkin</em> (2023). He is the co-editor of <em>Beyond Imperial Aesthetics: Theories of Art and Politics in East Asia</em> (2019) and editor of the <em>Handbook for Violence in Film and Media</em> (2022).</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 7 Feb 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>If world cinema studies have mostly displayed national cinemas and their transnational mutations, Seung-hoon Jeong’s global frame highlights two conflicting ethical facets of globalization: the ‘soft-ethical’ inclusion of differences in multicultural, neoliberal systems and their ‘hard-ethical’ symptoms of fundamentalist exclusion and terror. </p><p>Reflecting both and suggesting their alternatives, global cinema draws attention to new changes in subjectivity and community that Jeong investigates in terms of biopolitical ‘abjection’ and ethical ‘agency.’ In this frame, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190093785"><em>Biopolitical Ethics in Global Cinema</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023) explores a vast net of post-1990 films circulating in both the mainstream market and the festival circuit. Ultimately, the book renews critical discourses on global issues––including multiculturalism, catastrophe, sovereignty, abjection, violence, network, nihilism, and atopia––through a core cluster of political, ethical, and psychoanalytic philosophies.</p><p><strong>Seung-hoon Jeong </strong>is Assistant Professor of Cinematic Arts at California State University Long Beach. He is the author of <em>Cinematic Interfaces: Film Theory after New Media</em>, co-translator of the Korean edition of Jacques Derrida’s <em>Acts of Literature</em>, and co-editor of <em>The Global Auteur: The Politics of Authorship in 21st Century Cinema </em>and Thomas Elsaesser’s<em> The Mind-Game Film: Distributed Agency, Time Travel, and Productive Pathology</em>.</p><p><strong>Steve Choe</strong> is Associate Professor of Critical Studies in the School of Cinema at San Francisco State University who researches and teaches in film and media theory. He is the author of <em>Afterlives: Allegories of Film and Mortality in Early Weimar Germany</em> (2014), <em>Sovereign Violence: Ethics and South Korean Cinema in the New Millennium</em> (2016) and <em>ReFocus: The Films of William Friedkin</em> (2023). He is the co-editor of <em>Beyond Imperial Aesthetics: Theories of Art and Politics in East Asia</em> (2019) and editor of the <em>Handbook for Violence in Film and Media</em> (2022).</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="73345982" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/86bd1c7f-2dd1-49d9-88e7-563903f3c315/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=86bd1c7f-2dd1-49d9-88e7-563903f3c315&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Seung-hoon Jeong, &quot;Biopolitical Ethics in Global Cinema&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:16:23</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>If world cinema studies have mostly displayed national cinemas and their transnational mutations, Seung-hoon Jeong’s global frame highlights two conflicting ethical facets of globalization: the ‘soft-ethical’ inclusion of differences in multicultural, neoliberal systems and their ‘hard-ethical’ symptoms of fundamentalist exclusion and terror. 
Reflecting both and suggesting their alternatives, global cinema draws attention to new changes in subjectivity and community that Jeong investigates in terms of biopolitical ‘abjection’ and ethical ‘agency.’ In this frame, Biopolitical Ethics in Global Cinema (Oxford UP, 2023) explores a vast net of post-1990 films circulating in both the mainstream market and the festival circuit. Ultimately, the book renews critical discourses on global issues––including multiculturalism, catastrophe, sovereignty, abjection, violence, network, nihilism, and atopia––through a core cluster of political, ethical, and psychoanalytic philosophies.
Seung-hoon Jeong is Assistant Professor of Cinematic Arts at California State University Long Beach. He is the author of Cinematic Interfaces: Film Theory after New Media, co-translator of the Korean edition of Jacques Derrida’s Acts of Literature, and co-editor of The Global Auteur: The Politics of Authorship in 21st Century Cinema and Thomas Elsaesser’s The Mind-Game Film: Distributed Agency, Time Travel, and Productive Pathology.
Steve Choe is Associate Professor of Critical Studies in the School of Cinema at San Francisco State University who researches and teaches in film and media theory. He is the author of Afterlives: Allegories of Film and Mortality in Early Weimar Germany (2014), Sovereign Violence: Ethics and South Korean Cinema in the New Millennium (2016) and ReFocus: The Films of William Friedkin (2023). He is the co-editor of Beyond Imperial Aesthetics: Theories of Art and Politics in East Asia (2019) and editor of the Handbook for Violence in Film and Media (2022).</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>If world cinema studies have mostly displayed national cinemas and their transnational mutations, Seung-hoon Jeong’s global frame highlights two conflicting ethical facets of globalization: the ‘soft-ethical’ inclusion of differences in multicultural, neoliberal systems and their ‘hard-ethical’ symptoms of fundamentalist exclusion and terror. 
Reflecting both and suggesting their alternatives, global cinema draws attention to new changes in subjectivity and community that Jeong investigates in terms of biopolitical ‘abjection’ and ethical ‘agency.’ In this frame, Biopolitical Ethics in Global Cinema (Oxford UP, 2023) explores a vast net of post-1990 films circulating in both the mainstream market and the festival circuit. Ultimately, the book renews critical discourses on global issues––including multiculturalism, catastrophe, sovereignty, abjection, violence, network, nihilism, and atopia––through a core cluster of political, ethical, and psychoanalytic philosophies.
Seung-hoon Jeong is Assistant Professor of Cinematic Arts at California State University Long Beach. He is the author of Cinematic Interfaces: Film Theory after New Media, co-translator of the Korean edition of Jacques Derrida’s Acts of Literature, and co-editor of The Global Auteur: The Politics of Authorship in 21st Century Cinema and Thomas Elsaesser’s The Mind-Game Film: Distributed Agency, Time Travel, and Productive Pathology.
Steve Choe is Associate Professor of Critical Studies in the School of Cinema at San Francisco State University who researches and teaches in film and media theory. He is the author of Afterlives: Allegories of Film and Mortality in Early Weimar Germany (2014), Sovereign Violence: Ethics and South Korean Cinema in the New Millennium (2016) and ReFocus: The Films of William Friedkin (2023). He is the co-editor of Beyond Imperial Aesthetics: Theories of Art and Politics in East Asia (2019) and editor of the Handbook for Violence in Film and Media (2022).</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>227</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d878c402-bfa5-11ef-ac3d-df9ced18f117</guid>
      <title>Anand Venkatkrishnan, &quot;Love in the Time of Scholarship: The Bhagavata Purana in Indian Intellectual History&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Where is the "life" in scholarly life? Is it possible to find in academic writing, so often abstracted from the everyday? How might religion bridge that gap? In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197776636"><em>Love in the Time of Scholarship: The Bhagavata Purana in Indian Intellectual History</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024), author Anand Venkatkrishnan explores these questions within the intellectual history of a popular Hindu scripture, the <em>Bhagavata Purana</em>, spanning the precolonial period of the fourteenth to eighteenth centuries in India. He shows that Brahmin intellectuals writing in Sanskrit were neither impervious to the quotidian religious practices of <em>bhakti</em>, nor uninterested in its politics of language and caste. They supported, contested, and repurposed the social commentary of <em>bhakti</em> even in highly technical works of Sanskrit knowledge, and their personal religious commitments featured in a language and genre of writing that deliberately isolated itself from worldly matters. The religion of <em>bhakti</em> bound together the transregional discourse of Sanskrit learning and the local devotional practices of everyday people, though not in a top-down manner. Rather, vernacular ways of being, believing, and belonging in the world could and did reshape the contours of Sanskrit intellectuality.</p><p>Venkatkrishnan revisits the historiography of the <em>Bhagavata Purana </em>to expand our knowledge of the many different religious and philosophical communities that interpreted and laid claim to the themes of the text. While most associated with the traditions of Vaisnavism, <em>Love in the Time of Scholarship </em>brings to light how the <em>Bhagavata</em> was also studied by Saivas, Saktas, and others on the periphery of the text's history.</p><p>This is an open access title available under the terms of a Creative Commons Attribution Non-Commercial No Derivatives 4.0 International licence.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Jan 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Where is the "life" in scholarly life? Is it possible to find in academic writing, so often abstracted from the everyday? How might religion bridge that gap? In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197776636"><em>Love in the Time of Scholarship: The Bhagavata Purana in Indian Intellectual History</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024), author Anand Venkatkrishnan explores these questions within the intellectual history of a popular Hindu scripture, the <em>Bhagavata Purana</em>, spanning the precolonial period of the fourteenth to eighteenth centuries in India. He shows that Brahmin intellectuals writing in Sanskrit were neither impervious to the quotidian religious practices of <em>bhakti</em>, nor uninterested in its politics of language and caste. They supported, contested, and repurposed the social commentary of <em>bhakti</em> even in highly technical works of Sanskrit knowledge, and their personal religious commitments featured in a language and genre of writing that deliberately isolated itself from worldly matters. The religion of <em>bhakti</em> bound together the transregional discourse of Sanskrit learning and the local devotional practices of everyday people, though not in a top-down manner. Rather, vernacular ways of being, believing, and belonging in the world could and did reshape the contours of Sanskrit intellectuality.</p><p>Venkatkrishnan revisits the historiography of the <em>Bhagavata Purana </em>to expand our knowledge of the many different religious and philosophical communities that interpreted and laid claim to the themes of the text. While most associated with the traditions of Vaisnavism, <em>Love in the Time of Scholarship </em>brings to light how the <em>Bhagavata</em> was also studied by Saivas, Saktas, and others on the periphery of the text's history.</p><p>This is an open access title available under the terms of a Creative Commons Attribution Non-Commercial No Derivatives 4.0 International licence.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="31164526" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/6c676d18-8234-453c-819e-3bf36f7353b3/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=6c676d18-8234-453c-819e-3bf36f7353b3&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Anand Venkatkrishnan, &quot;Love in the Time of Scholarship: The Bhagavata Purana in Indian Intellectual History&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:32:27</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Where is the &quot;life&quot; in scholarly life? Is it possible to find in academic writing, so often abstracted from the everyday? How might religion bridge that gap? In Love in the Time of Scholarship: The Bhagavata Purana in Indian Intellectual History (Oxford UP, 2024), author Anand Venkatkrishnan explores these questions within the intellectual history of a popular Hindu scripture, the Bhagavata Purana, spanning the precolonial period of the fourteenth to eighteenth centuries in India. He shows that Brahmin intellectuals writing in Sanskrit were neither impervious to the quotidian religious practices of bhakti, nor uninterested in its politics of language and caste. They supported, contested, and repurposed the social commentary of bhakti even in highly technical works of Sanskrit knowledge, and their personal religious commitments featured in a language and genre of writing that deliberately isolated itself from worldly matters. The religion of bhakti bound together the transregional discourse of Sanskrit learning and the local devotional practices of everyday people, though not in a top-down manner. Rather, vernacular ways of being, believing, and belonging in the world could and did reshape the contours of Sanskrit intellectuality.
Venkatkrishnan revisits the historiography of the Bhagavata Purana to expand our knowledge of the many different religious and philosophical communities that interpreted and laid claim to the themes of the text. While most associated with the traditions of Vaisnavism, Love in the Time of Scholarship brings to light how the Bhagavata was also studied by Saivas, Saktas, and others on the periphery of the text&apos;s history.
This is an open access title available under the terms of a Creative Commons Attribution Non-Commercial No Derivatives 4.0 International licence.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Where is the &quot;life&quot; in scholarly life? Is it possible to find in academic writing, so often abstracted from the everyday? How might religion bridge that gap? In Love in the Time of Scholarship: The Bhagavata Purana in Indian Intellectual History (Oxford UP, 2024), author Anand Venkatkrishnan explores these questions within the intellectual history of a popular Hindu scripture, the Bhagavata Purana, spanning the precolonial period of the fourteenth to eighteenth centuries in India. He shows that Brahmin intellectuals writing in Sanskrit were neither impervious to the quotidian religious practices of bhakti, nor uninterested in its politics of language and caste. They supported, contested, and repurposed the social commentary of bhakti even in highly technical works of Sanskrit knowledge, and their personal religious commitments featured in a language and genre of writing that deliberately isolated itself from worldly matters. The religion of bhakti bound together the transregional discourse of Sanskrit learning and the local devotional practices of everyday people, though not in a top-down manner. Rather, vernacular ways of being, believing, and belonging in the world could and did reshape the contours of Sanskrit intellectuality.
Venkatkrishnan revisits the historiography of the Bhagavata Purana to expand our knowledge of the many different religious and philosophical communities that interpreted and laid claim to the themes of the text. While most associated with the traditions of Vaisnavism, Love in the Time of Scholarship brings to light how the Bhagavata was also studied by Saivas, Saktas, and others on the periphery of the text&apos;s history.
This is an open access title available under the terms of a Creative Commons Attribution Non-Commercial No Derivatives 4.0 International licence.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>372</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bd888e9e-ddae-11ef-8603-b7b333667ce9</guid>
      <title>Peter Brian Barry, &quot;George Orwell: The Ethics of Equality&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>George Orwell is sometimes read as disinterested in (if not outright hostile) to philosophy. Yet a fair reading of Orwell's work reveals an author whose work was deeply informed by philosophy and who often revealed his philosophical sympathies. Orwell's written works are of ethical significance, but he also affirmed and defended substantive ethical claims about humanism, well-being, normative ethics, free will and moral responsibility, moral psychology, decency, equality, liberty, justice, and political morality. </p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197627402"><em>George Orwell: The Ethics of Equality</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023), philosopher Peter Brian Barry avoids a narrow reading of Orwell that considers only a few of his best-known works and instead considers the entirety of Orwell's corpus, including his fiction, journalism, essays, book reviews, diaries, and correspondence, contending that there are ethical commitments discernible throughout his work that ground some of his best-known pronouncements and positions.</p><p>While Orwell is often read as a humanist, egalitarian, and socialist, too little attention has been paid to the nuanced versions of those doctrines that he endorsed and the philosophical sympathies that led him to embrace them. Barry illuminates Orwell's philosophical sympathies and contributions that have either gone unnoticed or been underappreciated. Philosophers interested in Orwell now have a text that explores many of the philosophical themes in his work and Orwell's readers now have a text that makes the case for regarding him as a worthy philosopher as well as one of the greatest Anglophone writers of the 20th century.</p><p><strong>Peter Brian Barry</strong> is Professor of Philosophy and the Finkbeiner Endowed Professor in Ethics at Saginaw Valley State University. He is the author of <em>Evil and Moral Psychology</em> and <em>The Fiction of Evil</em> as well as several papers in ethics, applied ethics, and social and political philosophy. He has contributed to <em>The Cambridge Companion to Nineteen Eighty-Four</em>, <em>The Oxford Handbook of George Orwell</em>, and <em>George Orwell Studies</em>.</p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">Morteza Hajizadeh</a> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. <a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">YouTube channel</a>. <a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture">Twitter</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 Jan 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>George Orwell is sometimes read as disinterested in (if not outright hostile) to philosophy. Yet a fair reading of Orwell's work reveals an author whose work was deeply informed by philosophy and who often revealed his philosophical sympathies. Orwell's written works are of ethical significance, but he also affirmed and defended substantive ethical claims about humanism, well-being, normative ethics, free will and moral responsibility, moral psychology, decency, equality, liberty, justice, and political morality. </p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197627402"><em>George Orwell: The Ethics of Equality</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023), philosopher Peter Brian Barry avoids a narrow reading of Orwell that considers only a few of his best-known works and instead considers the entirety of Orwell's corpus, including his fiction, journalism, essays, book reviews, diaries, and correspondence, contending that there are ethical commitments discernible throughout his work that ground some of his best-known pronouncements and positions.</p><p>While Orwell is often read as a humanist, egalitarian, and socialist, too little attention has been paid to the nuanced versions of those doctrines that he endorsed and the philosophical sympathies that led him to embrace them. Barry illuminates Orwell's philosophical sympathies and contributions that have either gone unnoticed or been underappreciated. Philosophers interested in Orwell now have a text that explores many of the philosophical themes in his work and Orwell's readers now have a text that makes the case for regarding him as a worthy philosopher as well as one of the greatest Anglophone writers of the 20th century.</p><p><strong>Peter Brian Barry</strong> is Professor of Philosophy and the Finkbeiner Endowed Professor in Ethics at Saginaw Valley State University. He is the author of <em>Evil and Moral Psychology</em> and <em>The Fiction of Evil</em> as well as several papers in ethics, applied ethics, and social and political philosophy. He has contributed to <em>The Cambridge Companion to Nineteen Eighty-Four</em>, <em>The Oxford Handbook of George Orwell</em>, and <em>George Orwell Studies</em>.</p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">Morteza Hajizadeh</a> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. <a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">YouTube channel</a>. <a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture">Twitter</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="58470854" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/3a880e52-2ba5-403d-8071-ff3b10d6f386/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=3a880e52-2ba5-403d-8071-ff3b10d6f386&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Peter Brian Barry, &quot;George Orwell: The Ethics of Equality&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:00:54</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>George Orwell is sometimes read as disinterested in (if not outright hostile) to philosophy. Yet a fair reading of Orwell&apos;s work reveals an author whose work was deeply informed by philosophy and who often revealed his philosophical sympathies. Orwell&apos;s written works are of ethical significance, but he also affirmed and defended substantive ethical claims about humanism, well-being, normative ethics, free will and moral responsibility, moral psychology, decency, equality, liberty, justice, and political morality. 
In George Orwell: The Ethics of Equality (Oxford UP, 2023), philosopher Peter Brian Barry avoids a narrow reading of Orwell that considers only a few of his best-known works and instead considers the entirety of Orwell&apos;s corpus, including his fiction, journalism, essays, book reviews, diaries, and correspondence, contending that there are ethical commitments discernible throughout his work that ground some of his best-known pronouncements and positions.
While Orwell is often read as a humanist, egalitarian, and socialist, too little attention has been paid to the nuanced versions of those doctrines that he endorsed and the philosophical sympathies that led him to embrace them. Barry illuminates Orwell&apos;s philosophical sympathies and contributions that have either gone unnoticed or been underappreciated. Philosophers interested in Orwell now have a text that explores many of the philosophical themes in his work and Orwell&apos;s readers now have a text that makes the case for regarding him as a worthy philosopher as well as one of the greatest Anglophone writers of the 20th century.
Peter Brian Barry is Professor of Philosophy and the Finkbeiner Endowed Professor in Ethics at Saginaw Valley State University. He is the author of Evil and Moral Psychology and The Fiction of Evil as well as several papers in ethics, applied ethics, and social and political philosophy. He has contributed to The Cambridge Companion to Nineteen Eighty-Four, The Oxford Handbook of George Orwell, and George Orwell Studies.
Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>George Orwell is sometimes read as disinterested in (if not outright hostile) to philosophy. Yet a fair reading of Orwell&apos;s work reveals an author whose work was deeply informed by philosophy and who often revealed his philosophical sympathies. Orwell&apos;s written works are of ethical significance, but he also affirmed and defended substantive ethical claims about humanism, well-being, normative ethics, free will and moral responsibility, moral psychology, decency, equality, liberty, justice, and political morality. 
In George Orwell: The Ethics of Equality (Oxford UP, 2023), philosopher Peter Brian Barry avoids a narrow reading of Orwell that considers only a few of his best-known works and instead considers the entirety of Orwell&apos;s corpus, including his fiction, journalism, essays, book reviews, diaries, and correspondence, contending that there are ethical commitments discernible throughout his work that ground some of his best-known pronouncements and positions.
While Orwell is often read as a humanist, egalitarian, and socialist, too little attention has been paid to the nuanced versions of those doctrines that he endorsed and the philosophical sympathies that led him to embrace them. Barry illuminates Orwell&apos;s philosophical sympathies and contributions that have either gone unnoticed or been underappreciated. Philosophers interested in Orwell now have a text that explores many of the philosophical themes in his work and Orwell&apos;s readers now have a text that makes the case for regarding him as a worthy philosopher as well as one of the greatest Anglophone writers of the 20th century.
Peter Brian Barry is Professor of Philosophy and the Finkbeiner Endowed Professor in Ethics at Saginaw Valley State University. He is the author of Evil and Moral Psychology and The Fiction of Evil as well as several papers in ethics, applied ethics, and social and political philosophy. He has contributed to The Cambridge Companion to Nineteen Eighty-Four, The Oxford Handbook of George Orwell, and George Orwell Studies.
Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>236</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1acfc322-db59-11ef-afd5-7bea46e14d1f</guid>
      <title>Elizabeth Campbell, &quot;Museum Worthy: Nazi Art Plunder in Postwar Western Europe&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Art looting is commonly recognized as a central feature of Nazi expropriation, in both the Third Reich and occupied territories. After the war, the famed Monuments Men (and women) recovered several hundred thousand pieces from the Germans' makeshift repositories in churches, castles, and salt mines. Well publicized restitution cases, such as that of Gustav Klimt's luminous painting featured in the film <em>Woman in Gold</em>, illustrate the legacy of Nazi looting in the art world today. But what happened to looted art that was never returned to its rightful owners?</p><p>In France, Belgium, and the Netherlands, postwar governments appropriated the most coveted unclaimed works for display in museums, embassies, ministries, and other public buildings. Following cultural property norms of the time, the governments created custodianships over the unclaimed pieces, without using archives in their possession to carry out thorough provenance (ownership) research. This policy extended the dispossession of Jewish owners wrought by the Nazis and their collaborators well into the twenty-first century.</p><p>The custodianships included more than six hundred works in Belgium, five thousand works in the Netherlands, and some two thousand in France. They included paintings by traditional and modern masters, such as Rembrandt, Cranach, Rubens, Van der Weyden, Tiepolo, Picasso, and Matisse. This appropriation of plundered assets endured without controversy until the mid-1990s, when activists and journalists began challenging the governments' right to hold these items, ushering in a period of cultural property litigation that endures to this day. Including interviews that have never before been published, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190051983"><em>Museum Worthy: Nazi Art Plunder in Postwar Western Europe</em> </a>(Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Elizabeth Campbell deftly examines the appropriation of Nazi art plunder by postwar governments and highlights the increasingly successful postwar art recovery and restitution process.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 Jan 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Art looting is commonly recognized as a central feature of Nazi expropriation, in both the Third Reich and occupied territories. After the war, the famed Monuments Men (and women) recovered several hundred thousand pieces from the Germans' makeshift repositories in churches, castles, and salt mines. Well publicized restitution cases, such as that of Gustav Klimt's luminous painting featured in the film <em>Woman in Gold</em>, illustrate the legacy of Nazi looting in the art world today. But what happened to looted art that was never returned to its rightful owners?</p><p>In France, Belgium, and the Netherlands, postwar governments appropriated the most coveted unclaimed works for display in museums, embassies, ministries, and other public buildings. Following cultural property norms of the time, the governments created custodianships over the unclaimed pieces, without using archives in their possession to carry out thorough provenance (ownership) research. This policy extended the dispossession of Jewish owners wrought by the Nazis and their collaborators well into the twenty-first century.</p><p>The custodianships included more than six hundred works in Belgium, five thousand works in the Netherlands, and some two thousand in France. They included paintings by traditional and modern masters, such as Rembrandt, Cranach, Rubens, Van der Weyden, Tiepolo, Picasso, and Matisse. This appropriation of plundered assets endured without controversy until the mid-1990s, when activists and journalists began challenging the governments' right to hold these items, ushering in a period of cultural property litigation that endures to this day. Including interviews that have never before been published, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190051983"><em>Museum Worthy: Nazi Art Plunder in Postwar Western Europe</em> </a>(Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Elizabeth Campbell deftly examines the appropriation of Nazi art plunder by postwar governments and highlights the increasingly successful postwar art recovery and restitution process.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="50831207" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/f5e48653-4503-417b-ab42-22898d648c9b/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=f5e48653-4503-417b-ab42-22898d648c9b&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Elizabeth Campbell, &quot;Museum Worthy: Nazi Art Plunder in Postwar Western Europe&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:52:56</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Art looting is commonly recognized as a central feature of Nazi expropriation, in both the Third Reich and occupied territories. After the war, the famed Monuments Men (and women) recovered several hundred thousand pieces from the Germans&apos; makeshift repositories in churches, castles, and salt mines. Well publicized restitution cases, such as that of Gustav Klimt&apos;s luminous painting featured in the film Woman in Gold, illustrate the legacy of Nazi looting in the art world today. But what happened to looted art that was never returned to its rightful owners?
In France, Belgium, and the Netherlands, postwar governments appropriated the most coveted unclaimed works for display in museums, embassies, ministries, and other public buildings. Following cultural property norms of the time, the governments created custodianships over the unclaimed pieces, without using archives in their possession to carry out thorough provenance (ownership) research. This policy extended the dispossession of Jewish owners wrought by the Nazis and their collaborators well into the twenty-first century.
The custodianships included more than six hundred works in Belgium, five thousand works in the Netherlands, and some two thousand in France. They included paintings by traditional and modern masters, such as Rembrandt, Cranach, Rubens, Van der Weyden, Tiepolo, Picasso, and Matisse. This appropriation of plundered assets endured without controversy until the mid-1990s, when activists and journalists began challenging the governments&apos; right to hold these items, ushering in a period of cultural property litigation that endures to this day. Including interviews that have never before been published, Museum Worthy: Nazi Art Plunder in Postwar Western Europe (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Elizabeth Campbell deftly examines the appropriation of Nazi art plunder by postwar governments and highlights the increasingly successful postwar art recovery and restitution process.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Art looting is commonly recognized as a central feature of Nazi expropriation, in both the Third Reich and occupied territories. After the war, the famed Monuments Men (and women) recovered several hundred thousand pieces from the Germans&apos; makeshift repositories in churches, castles, and salt mines. Well publicized restitution cases, such as that of Gustav Klimt&apos;s luminous painting featured in the film Woman in Gold, illustrate the legacy of Nazi looting in the art world today. But what happened to looted art that was never returned to its rightful owners?
In France, Belgium, and the Netherlands, postwar governments appropriated the most coveted unclaimed works for display in museums, embassies, ministries, and other public buildings. Following cultural property norms of the time, the governments created custodianships over the unclaimed pieces, without using archives in their possession to carry out thorough provenance (ownership) research. This policy extended the dispossession of Jewish owners wrought by the Nazis and their collaborators well into the twenty-first century.
The custodianships included more than six hundred works in Belgium, five thousand works in the Netherlands, and some two thousand in France. They included paintings by traditional and modern masters, such as Rembrandt, Cranach, Rubens, Van der Weyden, Tiepolo, Picasso, and Matisse. This appropriation of plundered assets endured without controversy until the mid-1990s, when activists and journalists began challenging the governments&apos; right to hold these items, ushering in a period of cultural property litigation that endures to this day. Including interviews that have never before been published, Museum Worthy: Nazi Art Plunder in Postwar Western Europe (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Elizabeth Campbell deftly examines the appropriation of Nazi art plunder by postwar governments and highlights the increasingly successful postwar art recovery and restitution process.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>23</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4b481fb0-dc06-11ef-9aa8-fb2091d6069b</guid>
      <title>Philip Rathgeb, &quot;How the Radical Right Has Changed Capitalism and Welfare in Europe and the USA&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Radical right parties are no longer political challengers on the fringes of party systems; they have become part of the political mainstream across the Western world. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192866332"><em>How the Radical Right Has Changed Capitalism and Welfare in Europe and the USA</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024) shows how they have used their political power to reform economic and social policies in Continental Europe, Northern Europe, Eastern Europe, and the USA. In doing so, it argues that the radical right's core ideology of nativism and authoritarianism informs their socio-economic policy preferences. However, diverse welfare state contexts mediate their socio-economic policy impacts along regime-specific lines, leading to variations of trade protectionism, economic nationalism, traditional familialism, labour market dualism, and welfare chauvinism.</p><p>The radical right has used the diverse policy instruments available within their political-economic arrangements to protect threatened labour market insiders and male breadwinners from decline, while creating a racialized and gendered precariat at the same time. This socio-economic agenda of selective status protection restores horizontal inequalities in terms of gender and ethnicity, without addressing vertical inequalities between the rich and the poor.</p><p>Combining insights from comparative politics, party politics, comparative political economy, and welfare state research, the book provides novel insights into how the radical right manufactures consent for authoritarian rule by taming the socially corrosive effects of globalised capitalism for key electoral groups, while aiming to exclude the rest from democratic participation.</p><p>Philip Rathgeb is an associate professor in Social Policy in the School of Social and Political Science at the University of Edinburgh. Previously, he was a Postdoctoral Researcher in the Department of Politics and Public Administration at the University of Konstanz. Philip holds a PhD in Political and Social Sciences from the European University Institute (EUI) and held visiting positions at Harvard University, Lund University, University of Southern Denmark, and the EUI. His research interests are in comparative political economy and comparative politics, with a particular focus on welfare states, industrial relations, and party politics. His first book Strong Governments, Precarious Workers was published with Cornell University Press in 2018.</p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>Morteza Hajizadeh</em></a><em> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>YouTube channel</em></a><em>. </em><a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture"><em>Twitter</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jan 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Radical right parties are no longer political challengers on the fringes of party systems; they have become part of the political mainstream across the Western world. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192866332"><em>How the Radical Right Has Changed Capitalism and Welfare in Europe and the USA</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024) shows how they have used their political power to reform economic and social policies in Continental Europe, Northern Europe, Eastern Europe, and the USA. In doing so, it argues that the radical right's core ideology of nativism and authoritarianism informs their socio-economic policy preferences. However, diverse welfare state contexts mediate their socio-economic policy impacts along regime-specific lines, leading to variations of trade protectionism, economic nationalism, traditional familialism, labour market dualism, and welfare chauvinism.</p><p>The radical right has used the diverse policy instruments available within their political-economic arrangements to protect threatened labour market insiders and male breadwinners from decline, while creating a racialized and gendered precariat at the same time. This socio-economic agenda of selective status protection restores horizontal inequalities in terms of gender and ethnicity, without addressing vertical inequalities between the rich and the poor.</p><p>Combining insights from comparative politics, party politics, comparative political economy, and welfare state research, the book provides novel insights into how the radical right manufactures consent for authoritarian rule by taming the socially corrosive effects of globalised capitalism for key electoral groups, while aiming to exclude the rest from democratic participation.</p><p>Philip Rathgeb is an associate professor in Social Policy in the School of Social and Political Science at the University of Edinburgh. Previously, he was a Postdoctoral Researcher in the Department of Politics and Public Administration at the University of Konstanz. Philip holds a PhD in Political and Social Sciences from the European University Institute (EUI) and held visiting positions at Harvard University, Lund University, University of Southern Denmark, and the EUI. His research interests are in comparative political economy and comparative politics, with a particular focus on welfare states, industrial relations, and party politics. His first book Strong Governments, Precarious Workers was published with Cornell University Press in 2018.</p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>Morteza Hajizadeh</em></a><em> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>YouTube channel</em></a><em>. </em><a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture"><em>Twitter</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="50205683" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/0917ae1d-6b0f-4f5e-b222-9aff563f7d7c/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=0917ae1d-6b0f-4f5e-b222-9aff563f7d7c&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Philip Rathgeb, &quot;How the Radical Right Has Changed Capitalism and Welfare in Europe and the USA&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:52:17</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Radical right parties are no longer political challengers on the fringes of party systems; they have become part of the political mainstream across the Western world. How the Radical Right Has Changed Capitalism and Welfare in Europe and the USA (Oxford UP, 2024) shows how they have used their political power to reform economic and social policies in Continental Europe, Northern Europe, Eastern Europe, and the USA. In doing so, it argues that the radical right&apos;s core ideology of nativism and authoritarianism informs their socio-economic policy preferences. However, diverse welfare state contexts mediate their socio-economic policy impacts along regime-specific lines, leading to variations of trade protectionism, economic nationalism, traditional familialism, labour market dualism, and welfare chauvinism.
The radical right has used the diverse policy instruments available within their political-economic arrangements to protect threatened labour market insiders and male breadwinners from decline, while creating a racialized and gendered precariat at the same time. This socio-economic agenda of selective status protection restores horizontal inequalities in terms of gender and ethnicity, without addressing vertical inequalities between the rich and the poor.
Combining insights from comparative politics, party politics, comparative political economy, and welfare state research, the book provides novel insights into how the radical right manufactures consent for authoritarian rule by taming the socially corrosive effects of globalised capitalism for key electoral groups, while aiming to exclude the rest from democratic participation.
Philip Rathgeb is an associate professor in Social Policy in the School of Social and Political Science at the University of Edinburgh. Previously, he was a Postdoctoral Researcher in the Department of Politics and Public Administration at the University of Konstanz. Philip holds a PhD in Political and Social Sciences from the European University Institute (EUI) and held visiting positions at Harvard University, Lund University, University of Southern Denmark, and the EUI. His research interests are in comparative political economy and comparative politics, with a particular focus on welfare states, industrial relations, and party politics. His first book Strong Governments, Precarious Workers was published with Cornell University Press in 2018.
Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Radical right parties are no longer political challengers on the fringes of party systems; they have become part of the political mainstream across the Western world. How the Radical Right Has Changed Capitalism and Welfare in Europe and the USA (Oxford UP, 2024) shows how they have used their political power to reform economic and social policies in Continental Europe, Northern Europe, Eastern Europe, and the USA. In doing so, it argues that the radical right&apos;s core ideology of nativism and authoritarianism informs their socio-economic policy preferences. However, diverse welfare state contexts mediate their socio-economic policy impacts along regime-specific lines, leading to variations of trade protectionism, economic nationalism, traditional familialism, labour market dualism, and welfare chauvinism.
The radical right has used the diverse policy instruments available within their political-economic arrangements to protect threatened labour market insiders and male breadwinners from decline, while creating a racialized and gendered precariat at the same time. This socio-economic agenda of selective status protection restores horizontal inequalities in terms of gender and ethnicity, without addressing vertical inequalities between the rich and the poor.
Combining insights from comparative politics, party politics, comparative political economy, and welfare state research, the book provides novel insights into how the radical right manufactures consent for authoritarian rule by taming the socially corrosive effects of globalised capitalism for key electoral groups, while aiming to exclude the rest from democratic participation.
Philip Rathgeb is an associate professor in Social Policy in the School of Social and Political Science at the University of Edinburgh. Previously, he was a Postdoctoral Researcher in the Department of Politics and Public Administration at the University of Konstanz. Philip holds a PhD in Political and Social Sciences from the European University Institute (EUI) and held visiting positions at Harvard University, Lund University, University of Southern Denmark, and the EUI. His research interests are in comparative political economy and comparative politics, with a particular focus on welfare states, industrial relations, and party politics. His first book Strong Governments, Precarious Workers was published with Cornell University Press in 2018.
Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>508</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a0bec79c-d9a8-11ef-be26-7b3b11809e7c</guid>
      <title>Adam Jortner, &quot;A Promised Land: Jewish Patriots, the American Revolution, and the Birth of Religious Freedom&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Today I’m speaking with Adam Jortner, Goodwin-Philpott Professor of History at Auburn University. We are discussing his latest book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197536865"><em>A Promised Land: Jewish Patriots, the American Revolution, and the Birth of Religious Freedom</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2024). There is a myth that the only religion practiced by the American revolutionaries was Christianity. As Adam demonstrates, there was, in fact, a thriving segment of Jewish participants in the American fight for independence. A thoughtful and surprising new history, I’m pleased to be able to speak with Professor Jortner today.</p><p><em>Caleb Zakarin is editor at the New Books Network</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 25 Jan 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Today I’m speaking with Adam Jortner, Goodwin-Philpott Professor of History at Auburn University. We are discussing his latest book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197536865"><em>A Promised Land: Jewish Patriots, the American Revolution, and the Birth of Religious Freedom</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2024). There is a myth that the only religion practiced by the American revolutionaries was Christianity. As Adam demonstrates, there was, in fact, a thriving segment of Jewish participants in the American fight for independence. A thoughtful and surprising new history, I’m pleased to be able to speak with Professor Jortner today.</p><p><em>Caleb Zakarin is editor at the New Books Network</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="59667669" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/9575e14f-1987-4931-8c5b-31c2ec2d519b/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=9575e14f-1987-4931-8c5b-31c2ec2d519b&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Adam Jortner, &quot;A Promised Land: Jewish Patriots, the American Revolution, and the Birth of Religious Freedom&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:02:09</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Today I’m speaking with Adam Jortner, Goodwin-Philpott Professor of History at Auburn University. We are discussing his latest book, A Promised Land: Jewish Patriots, the American Revolution, and the Birth of Religious Freedom (Oxford University Press, 2024). There is a myth that the only religion practiced by the American revolutionaries was Christianity. As Adam demonstrates, there was, in fact, a thriving segment of Jewish participants in the American fight for independence. A thoughtful and surprising new history, I’m pleased to be able to speak with Professor Jortner today.
Caleb Zakarin is editor at the New Books Network</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Today I’m speaking with Adam Jortner, Goodwin-Philpott Professor of History at Auburn University. We are discussing his latest book, A Promised Land: Jewish Patriots, the American Revolution, and the Birth of Religious Freedom (Oxford University Press, 2024). There is a myth that the only religion practiced by the American revolutionaries was Christianity. As Adam demonstrates, there was, in fact, a thriving segment of Jewish participants in the American fight for independence. A thoughtful and surprising new history, I’m pleased to be able to speak with Professor Jortner today.
Caleb Zakarin is editor at the New Books Network</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>24</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3c508860-da55-11ef-a327-2f5cb8773f29</guid>
      <title>Alan Bollard, &quot;Economists in the Cold War: How a Handful of Economists Fought the Battle of Ideas&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192887399"><em>Economists in the Cold War: How a Handful of Economists Fought the Battle of Ideas</em> </a>(Oxford UP, 2023) is an account of the economic drivers and outcomes of the Cold War, told through the stories of seven international economists, who were all closely involved in theory and policy in the period 1945-73. For them, the Cold War was a battle of economic ideas, a fight between central planning and market allocation, exploring economic thinking derived from the battle between Marxist and Capitalist ideologies, a fundamental difference but with many intricacies.</p><p>The book recounts how economic theory advanced, how new economic tools were developed, and how policies were tested. Each chapter is based on the involvement of one of the selected economists. It was a challenging but dangerous time in economics: a time of economic recovery post-war, with industrial rebuilding, economic growth, and rising incomes. But it was also a time of ideological warfare, nuclear rivalry, military expansion, and personal conflict.</p><p>The narrative is approximately chronological, ranging from the Potsdam Conference in Germany to the Pinochet Coup in Chile. The selected economists include an American, a Pole, a Hungarian, a German, a British, a Japanese, and an Argentinian, all very different economists, but with interconnections among them. Each chapter also features a dissenting economist who held a contrasting view, and recounts the subsequent economic arguments that played out.</p><p>Alan Bollard is a Professor of Economics at Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand. He formerly managed APEC, the largest regional economic integration organization in the world, and was previously the New Zealand Reserve Bank Governor, Secretary of the New Zealand Treasury, and Chairman of the New Zealand Commerce Commission. Professor Bollard is the author of Crisis: One Central Bank Governor and the Global Financial Crisis (Auckland University Press, 2013) and A Few Hares to Chase: The Life and Economics of Bill Philips (Oxford University Press, 2016).</p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>Morteza Hajizadeh</em></a><em> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>YouTube channel</em></a><em>. </em><a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture"><em>Twitter</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 25 Jan 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192887399"><em>Economists in the Cold War: How a Handful of Economists Fought the Battle of Ideas</em> </a>(Oxford UP, 2023) is an account of the economic drivers and outcomes of the Cold War, told through the stories of seven international economists, who were all closely involved in theory and policy in the period 1945-73. For them, the Cold War was a battle of economic ideas, a fight between central planning and market allocation, exploring economic thinking derived from the battle between Marxist and Capitalist ideologies, a fundamental difference but with many intricacies.</p><p>The book recounts how economic theory advanced, how new economic tools were developed, and how policies were tested. Each chapter is based on the involvement of one of the selected economists. It was a challenging but dangerous time in economics: a time of economic recovery post-war, with industrial rebuilding, economic growth, and rising incomes. But it was also a time of ideological warfare, nuclear rivalry, military expansion, and personal conflict.</p><p>The narrative is approximately chronological, ranging from the Potsdam Conference in Germany to the Pinochet Coup in Chile. The selected economists include an American, a Pole, a Hungarian, a German, a British, a Japanese, and an Argentinian, all very different economists, but with interconnections among them. Each chapter also features a dissenting economist who held a contrasting view, and recounts the subsequent economic arguments that played out.</p><p>Alan Bollard is a Professor of Economics at Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand. He formerly managed APEC, the largest regional economic integration organization in the world, and was previously the New Zealand Reserve Bank Governor, Secretary of the New Zealand Treasury, and Chairman of the New Zealand Commerce Commission. Professor Bollard is the author of Crisis: One Central Bank Governor and the Global Financial Crisis (Auckland University Press, 2013) and A Few Hares to Chase: The Life and Economics of Bill Philips (Oxford University Press, 2016).</p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>Morteza Hajizadeh</em></a><em> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>YouTube channel</em></a><em>. </em><a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture"><em>Twitter</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="57945930" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/99a02332-094b-447c-b183-879d2e21b43e/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=99a02332-094b-447c-b183-879d2e21b43e&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Alan Bollard, &quot;Economists in the Cold War: How a Handful of Economists Fought the Battle of Ideas&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:00:21</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Economists in the Cold War: How a Handful of Economists Fought the Battle of Ideas (Oxford UP, 2023) is an account of the economic drivers and outcomes of the Cold War, told through the stories of seven international economists, who were all closely involved in theory and policy in the period 1945-73. For them, the Cold War was a battle of economic ideas, a fight between central planning and market allocation, exploring economic thinking derived from the battle between Marxist and Capitalist ideologies, a fundamental difference but with many intricacies.
The book recounts how economic theory advanced, how new economic tools were developed, and how policies were tested. Each chapter is based on the involvement of one of the selected economists. It was a challenging but dangerous time in economics: a time of economic recovery post-war, with industrial rebuilding, economic growth, and rising incomes. But it was also a time of ideological warfare, nuclear rivalry, military expansion, and personal conflict.
The narrative is approximately chronological, ranging from the Potsdam Conference in Germany to the Pinochet Coup in Chile. The selected economists include an American, a Pole, a Hungarian, a German, a British, a Japanese, and an Argentinian, all very different economists, but with interconnections among them. Each chapter also features a dissenting economist who held a contrasting view, and recounts the subsequent economic arguments that played out.
Alan Bollard is a Professor of Economics at Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand. He formerly managed APEC, the largest regional economic integration organization in the world, and was previously the New Zealand Reserve Bank Governor, Secretary of the New Zealand Treasury, and Chairman of the New Zealand Commerce Commission. Professor Bollard is the author of Crisis: One Central Bank Governor and the Global Financial Crisis (Auckland University Press, 2013) and A Few Hares to Chase: The Life and Economics of Bill Philips (Oxford University Press, 2016).
Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Economists in the Cold War: How a Handful of Economists Fought the Battle of Ideas (Oxford UP, 2023) is an account of the economic drivers and outcomes of the Cold War, told through the stories of seven international economists, who were all closely involved in theory and policy in the period 1945-73. For them, the Cold War was a battle of economic ideas, a fight between central planning and market allocation, exploring economic thinking derived from the battle between Marxist and Capitalist ideologies, a fundamental difference but with many intricacies.
The book recounts how economic theory advanced, how new economic tools were developed, and how policies were tested. Each chapter is based on the involvement of one of the selected economists. It was a challenging but dangerous time in economics: a time of economic recovery post-war, with industrial rebuilding, economic growth, and rising incomes. But it was also a time of ideological warfare, nuclear rivalry, military expansion, and personal conflict.
The narrative is approximately chronological, ranging from the Potsdam Conference in Germany to the Pinochet Coup in Chile. The selected economists include an American, a Pole, a Hungarian, a German, a British, a Japanese, and an Argentinian, all very different economists, but with interconnections among them. Each chapter also features a dissenting economist who held a contrasting view, and recounts the subsequent economic arguments that played out.
Alan Bollard is a Professor of Economics at Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand. He formerly managed APEC, the largest regional economic integration organization in the world, and was previously the New Zealand Reserve Bank Governor, Secretary of the New Zealand Treasury, and Chairman of the New Zealand Commerce Commission. Professor Bollard is the author of Crisis: One Central Bank Governor and the Global Financial Crisis (Auckland University Press, 2013) and A Few Hares to Chase: The Life and Economics of Bill Philips (Oxford University Press, 2016).
Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>120</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">019e5ad0-d81b-11ef-adfc-079bf71ea1a1</guid>
      <title>Avinash Paliwal, &quot;India&apos;s Near East: A New History&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>After student protests toppled Bangladesh prime minister Sheikh Hasina last year, New Delhi and Dhaka have been at odds. Indian politicians complain about Hindus being mistreated in the Muslim-majority country; Bangladesh’s interim government fears that Hasina may launch a bid to return to power from India.</p><p>It’s the latest development in what’s become an extremely complicated environment in what Avinash Paliwal calls “India’s Near East”: India, Bangladesh (or East Pakistan before the 1970s), and Myanmar (or Burma before the 1980s). As Avinash explains his book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197794692"><em>India's Near East: A New History</em></a><em> </em>(Hurst: 2024), successive Indian leaders tried to get a handle on international tensions and ethnic conflict—and with a major external threat in China looming in the distance.</p><p>Avinash Paliwal is Reader in International Relations at SOAS University of London, specialising in South Asian strategic affairs. A former journalist and foreign affairs analyst, he is also the author of <em>My Enemy's Enemy: India in Afghanistan from the Soviet Invasion to the U.S. Withdrawal</em> (Hurst: 2017)</p><p><em>You can find more reviews, excerpts, interviews, and essays at</em><a href="https://asianreviewofbooks.com/"> <em>The Asian Review of Books</em></a><em>, including its review of </em><a href="https://asianreviewofbooks.com/content/indias-near-east-a-new-history-by-avinash-paliwal/"><em>India’s Near East</em></a><em>. Follow on Twitter at</em><a href="https://twitter.com/BookReviewsAsia"> <em>@BookReviewsAsia</em></a><em>.</em></p><p><em>Nicholas Gordon is an editor for a global magazine, and a reviewer for the Asian Review of Books. He can be found on Twitter at</em><a href="https://twitter.com/nickrigordon?lang=en"><em>@nickrigordon</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Jan 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>After student protests toppled Bangladesh prime minister Sheikh Hasina last year, New Delhi and Dhaka have been at odds. Indian politicians complain about Hindus being mistreated in the Muslim-majority country; Bangladesh’s interim government fears that Hasina may launch a bid to return to power from India.</p><p>It’s the latest development in what’s become an extremely complicated environment in what Avinash Paliwal calls “India’s Near East”: India, Bangladesh (or East Pakistan before the 1970s), and Myanmar (or Burma before the 1980s). As Avinash explains his book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197794692"><em>India's Near East: A New History</em></a><em> </em>(Hurst: 2024), successive Indian leaders tried to get a handle on international tensions and ethnic conflict—and with a major external threat in China looming in the distance.</p><p>Avinash Paliwal is Reader in International Relations at SOAS University of London, specialising in South Asian strategic affairs. A former journalist and foreign affairs analyst, he is also the author of <em>My Enemy's Enemy: India in Afghanistan from the Soviet Invasion to the U.S. Withdrawal</em> (Hurst: 2017)</p><p><em>You can find more reviews, excerpts, interviews, and essays at</em><a href="https://asianreviewofbooks.com/"> <em>The Asian Review of Books</em></a><em>, including its review of </em><a href="https://asianreviewofbooks.com/content/indias-near-east-a-new-history-by-avinash-paliwal/"><em>India’s Near East</em></a><em>. Follow on Twitter at</em><a href="https://twitter.com/BookReviewsAsia"> <em>@BookReviewsAsia</em></a><em>.</em></p><p><em>Nicholas Gordon is an editor for a global magazine, and a reviewer for the Asian Review of Books. He can be found on Twitter at</em><a href="https://twitter.com/nickrigordon?lang=en"><em>@nickrigordon</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="41631297" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/c746df18-f249-452e-9e5c-bbfc0ff423d5/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=c746df18-f249-452e-9e5c-bbfc0ff423d5&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Avinash Paliwal, &quot;India&apos;s Near East: A New History&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:43:21</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>After student protests toppled Bangladesh prime minister Sheikh Hasina last year, New Delhi and Dhaka have been at odds. Indian politicians complain about Hindus being mistreated in the Muslim-majority country; Bangladesh’s interim government fears that Hasina may launch a bid to return to power from India.
It’s the latest development in what’s become an extremely complicated environment in what Avinash Paliwal calls “India’s Near East”: India, Bangladesh (or East Pakistan before the 1970s), and Myanmar (or Burma before the 1980s). As Avinash explains his book India&apos;s Near East: A New History (Hurst: 2024), successive Indian leaders tried to get a handle on international tensions and ethnic conflict—and with a major external threat in China looming in the distance.
Avinash Paliwal is Reader in International Relations at SOAS University of London, specialising in South Asian strategic affairs. A former journalist and foreign affairs analyst, he is also the author of My Enemy&apos;s Enemy: India in Afghanistan from the Soviet Invasion to the U.S. Withdrawal (Hurst: 2017)
You can find more reviews, excerpts, interviews, and essays at The Asian Review of Books, including its review of India’s Near East. Follow on Twitter at @BookReviewsAsia.
Nicholas Gordon is an editor for a global magazine, and a reviewer for the Asian Review of Books. He can be found on Twitter at@nickrigordon.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>After student protests toppled Bangladesh prime minister Sheikh Hasina last year, New Delhi and Dhaka have been at odds. Indian politicians complain about Hindus being mistreated in the Muslim-majority country; Bangladesh’s interim government fears that Hasina may launch a bid to return to power from India.
It’s the latest development in what’s become an extremely complicated environment in what Avinash Paliwal calls “India’s Near East”: India, Bangladesh (or East Pakistan before the 1970s), and Myanmar (or Burma before the 1980s). As Avinash explains his book India&apos;s Near East: A New History (Hurst: 2024), successive Indian leaders tried to get a handle on international tensions and ethnic conflict—and with a major external threat in China looming in the distance.
Avinash Paliwal is Reader in International Relations at SOAS University of London, specialising in South Asian strategic affairs. A former journalist and foreign affairs analyst, he is also the author of My Enemy&apos;s Enemy: India in Afghanistan from the Soviet Invasion to the U.S. Withdrawal (Hurst: 2017)
You can find more reviews, excerpts, interviews, and essays at The Asian Review of Books, including its review of India’s Near East. Follow on Twitter at @BookReviewsAsia.
Nicholas Gordon is an editor for a global magazine, and a reviewer for the Asian Review of Books. He can be found on Twitter at@nickrigordon.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>222</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ed328c42-d437-11ef-a6d6-73a9b765d852</guid>
      <title>Amrita Narayanan, &quot;Women&apos;s Sexuality and Modern India: In a Rapture of Distress&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Amrita Narayanan is a practicing Clinical Psychologist (Psy.D. 2007) and Psychoanalyst (Indian Psychoanalytic Society, 2019). She is the author of <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192859815"><em>Women's Sexuality and Modern India: In a Rapture of Distress</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023). She was the Editor of and essayist in <em>The Parrots of Desire: 3000 years of Erotica in India</em> (Aleph Books, 2018) a collection of poems, short prose and fiction in translation from Indian languages, linked by an introductory essay on the central themes in Indian erotic literature. She was an essayist for Pha(bu)llus: a cultural history of the Phallus (Harper Collins, 2020). Amrita is currently visiting faculty at Ashoka University where she teaches classes at the undergraduate and masters level.</p><p>Amrita's research interests are in cultural factors in psychotherapy and psychoanalysis, the psychodynamics of women's sexual agency, and how cultural factors shape the aesthetics of women's sexual agency. Her writing has appeared in academic journals such as Psychodynamic Practice and Psychoanalytic Review; newspapers such as The Hindu and The Indian Express; and popular press periodicals such as Outlook, Open Magazine India Today and The Deccan Herald. Amrita has received the Sudhir Kakar Prize for psychoanalytic writing, the Taylor and Francis Prize for Psychoanalytic writing, and the Homi Bhabha Fellowship.</p><p>The interviewer is Psychoanalyst and Writer, Ashis Roy, New Delhi.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 18 Jan 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Amrita Narayanan is a practicing Clinical Psychologist (Psy.D. 2007) and Psychoanalyst (Indian Psychoanalytic Society, 2019). She is the author of <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192859815"><em>Women's Sexuality and Modern India: In a Rapture of Distress</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023). She was the Editor of and essayist in <em>The Parrots of Desire: 3000 years of Erotica in India</em> (Aleph Books, 2018) a collection of poems, short prose and fiction in translation from Indian languages, linked by an introductory essay on the central themes in Indian erotic literature. She was an essayist for Pha(bu)llus: a cultural history of the Phallus (Harper Collins, 2020). Amrita is currently visiting faculty at Ashoka University where she teaches classes at the undergraduate and masters level.</p><p>Amrita's research interests are in cultural factors in psychotherapy and psychoanalysis, the psychodynamics of women's sexual agency, and how cultural factors shape the aesthetics of women's sexual agency. Her writing has appeared in academic journals such as Psychodynamic Practice and Psychoanalytic Review; newspapers such as The Hindu and The Indian Express; and popular press periodicals such as Outlook, Open Magazine India Today and The Deccan Herald. Amrita has received the Sudhir Kakar Prize for psychoanalytic writing, the Taylor and Francis Prize for Psychoanalytic writing, and the Homi Bhabha Fellowship.</p><p>The interviewer is Psychoanalyst and Writer, Ashis Roy, New Delhi.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="48024919" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/6cd8e600-f0bb-44c7-9563-7c7d65b562f9/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=6cd8e600-f0bb-44c7-9563-7c7d65b562f9&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Amrita Narayanan, &quot;Women&apos;s Sexuality and Modern India: In a Rapture of Distress&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:50:01</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Amrita Narayanan is a practicing Clinical Psychologist (Psy.D. 2007) and Psychoanalyst (Indian Psychoanalytic Society, 2019). She is the author of Women&apos;s Sexuality and Modern India: In a Rapture of Distress (Oxford University Press, 2023). She was the Editor of and essayist in The Parrots of Desire: 3000 years of Erotica in India (Aleph Books, 2018) a collection of poems, short prose and fiction in translation from Indian languages, linked by an introductory essay on the central themes in Indian erotic literature. She was an essayist for Pha(bu)llus: a cultural history of the Phallus (Harper Collins, 2020). Amrita is currently visiting faculty at Ashoka University where she teaches classes at the undergraduate and masters level.
Amrita&apos;s research interests are in cultural factors in psychotherapy and psychoanalysis, the psychodynamics of women&apos;s sexual agency, and how cultural factors shape the aesthetics of women&apos;s sexual agency. Her writing has appeared in academic journals such as Psychodynamic Practice and Psychoanalytic Review; newspapers such as The Hindu and The Indian Express; and popular press periodicals such as Outlook, Open Magazine India Today and The Deccan Herald. Amrita has received the Sudhir Kakar Prize for psychoanalytic writing, the Taylor and Francis Prize for Psychoanalytic writing, and the Homi Bhabha Fellowship.
The interviewer is Psychoanalyst and Writer, Ashis Roy, New Delhi.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Amrita Narayanan is a practicing Clinical Psychologist (Psy.D. 2007) and Psychoanalyst (Indian Psychoanalytic Society, 2019). She is the author of Women&apos;s Sexuality and Modern India: In a Rapture of Distress (Oxford University Press, 2023). She was the Editor of and essayist in The Parrots of Desire: 3000 years of Erotica in India (Aleph Books, 2018) a collection of poems, short prose and fiction in translation from Indian languages, linked by an introductory essay on the central themes in Indian erotic literature. She was an essayist for Pha(bu)llus: a cultural history of the Phallus (Harper Collins, 2020). Amrita is currently visiting faculty at Ashoka University where she teaches classes at the undergraduate and masters level.
Amrita&apos;s research interests are in cultural factors in psychotherapy and psychoanalysis, the psychodynamics of women&apos;s sexual agency, and how cultural factors shape the aesthetics of women&apos;s sexual agency. Her writing has appeared in academic journals such as Psychodynamic Practice and Psychoanalytic Review; newspapers such as The Hindu and The Indian Express; and popular press periodicals such as Outlook, Open Magazine India Today and The Deccan Herald. Amrita has received the Sudhir Kakar Prize for psychoanalytic writing, the Taylor and Francis Prize for Psychoanalytic writing, and the Homi Bhabha Fellowship.
The interviewer is Psychoanalyst and Writer, Ashis Roy, New Delhi.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>250</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d23dbc4a-d432-11ef-9c65-3b4df2572ec7</guid>
      <title>Andrew Laird, &quot;Aztec Latin: Renaissance Learning and Nahuatl Traditions in Early Colonial Mexico&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Andrew Laird, of Brown University, discusses <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197586358"><em>Aztec Latin: Renaissance Learning and Nahuatl Traditions in Early Colonial Mexico</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2024). In 1536, only fifteen years after the fall of the Aztec empire, Franciscan missionaries began teaching Latin, classical rhetoric, and Aristotelian philosophy to native youths in central Mexico. The remarkable linguistic and cultural exchanges that would result from that initiative are the subject of this book. Aztec Latin highlights the importance of Renaissance humanist education for early colonial indigenous history, showing how practices central to humanism — the cultivation of eloquence, the training of leaders, scholarly translation, and antiquarian research — were transformed in New Spain to serve Indian elites as well as the Spanish authorities and religious orders.</p><p>While Franciscan friars, inspired by Erasmus' ideal of a common tongue, applied principles of Latin grammar to Amerindian languages, native scholars translated the Gospels, a range of devotional literature, and even Aesop's fables into the Mexican language of Nahuatl. They also produced significant new writings in Latin and Nahuatl, adorning accounts of their ancestral past with parallels from Greek and Roman history and importing themes from classical and Christian sources to interpret pre-Hispanic customs and beliefs. <em>Aztec Latin</em> reveals the full extent to which the first Mexican authors mastered and made use of European learning and provides a timely reassessment of what those indigenous authors really achieved.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 18 Jan 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Andrew Laird, of Brown University, discusses <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197586358"><em>Aztec Latin: Renaissance Learning and Nahuatl Traditions in Early Colonial Mexico</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2024). In 1536, only fifteen years after the fall of the Aztec empire, Franciscan missionaries began teaching Latin, classical rhetoric, and Aristotelian philosophy to native youths in central Mexico. The remarkable linguistic and cultural exchanges that would result from that initiative are the subject of this book. Aztec Latin highlights the importance of Renaissance humanist education for early colonial indigenous history, showing how practices central to humanism — the cultivation of eloquence, the training of leaders, scholarly translation, and antiquarian research — were transformed in New Spain to serve Indian elites as well as the Spanish authorities and religious orders.</p><p>While Franciscan friars, inspired by Erasmus' ideal of a common tongue, applied principles of Latin grammar to Amerindian languages, native scholars translated the Gospels, a range of devotional literature, and even Aesop's fables into the Mexican language of Nahuatl. They also produced significant new writings in Latin and Nahuatl, adorning accounts of their ancestral past with parallels from Greek and Roman history and importing themes from classical and Christian sources to interpret pre-Hispanic customs and beliefs. <em>Aztec Latin</em> reveals the full extent to which the first Mexican authors mastered and made use of European learning and provides a timely reassessment of what those indigenous authors really achieved.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="39558488" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/9a24ba6a-69ab-4208-8eea-aec6b3968d58/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=9a24ba6a-69ab-4208-8eea-aec6b3968d58&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Andrew Laird, &quot;Aztec Latin: Renaissance Learning and Nahuatl Traditions in Early Colonial Mexico&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:41:12</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Andrew Laird, of Brown University, discusses Aztec Latin: Renaissance Learning and Nahuatl Traditions in Early Colonial Mexico (Oxford University Press, 2024). In 1536, only fifteen years after the fall of the Aztec empire, Franciscan missionaries began teaching Latin, classical rhetoric, and Aristotelian philosophy to native youths in central Mexico. The remarkable linguistic and cultural exchanges that would result from that initiative are the subject of this book. Aztec Latin highlights the importance of Renaissance humanist education for early colonial indigenous history, showing how practices central to humanism — the cultivation of eloquence, the training of leaders, scholarly translation, and antiquarian research — were transformed in New Spain to serve Indian elites as well as the Spanish authorities and religious orders.
While Franciscan friars, inspired by Erasmus&apos; ideal of a common tongue, applied principles of Latin grammar to Amerindian languages, native scholars translated the Gospels, a range of devotional literature, and even Aesop&apos;s fables into the Mexican language of Nahuatl. They also produced significant new writings in Latin and Nahuatl, adorning accounts of their ancestral past with parallels from Greek and Roman history and importing themes from classical and Christian sources to interpret pre-Hispanic customs and beliefs. Aztec Latin reveals the full extent to which the first Mexican authors mastered and made use of European learning and provides a timely reassessment of what those indigenous authors really achieved.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Andrew Laird, of Brown University, discusses Aztec Latin: Renaissance Learning and Nahuatl Traditions in Early Colonial Mexico (Oxford University Press, 2024). In 1536, only fifteen years after the fall of the Aztec empire, Franciscan missionaries began teaching Latin, classical rhetoric, and Aristotelian philosophy to native youths in central Mexico. The remarkable linguistic and cultural exchanges that would result from that initiative are the subject of this book. Aztec Latin highlights the importance of Renaissance humanist education for early colonial indigenous history, showing how practices central to humanism — the cultivation of eloquence, the training of leaders, scholarly translation, and antiquarian research — were transformed in New Spain to serve Indian elites as well as the Spanish authorities and religious orders.
While Franciscan friars, inspired by Erasmus&apos; ideal of a common tongue, applied principles of Latin grammar to Amerindian languages, native scholars translated the Gospels, a range of devotional literature, and even Aesop&apos;s fables into the Mexican language of Nahuatl. They also produced significant new writings in Latin and Nahuatl, adorning accounts of their ancestral past with parallels from Greek and Roman history and importing themes from classical and Christian sources to interpret pre-Hispanic customs and beliefs. Aztec Latin reveals the full extent to which the first Mexican authors mastered and made use of European learning and provides a timely reassessment of what those indigenous authors really achieved.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>90</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a7b4823c-d032-11ef-8180-9b83176381a9</guid>
      <title>Jorge Duany, &quot;Puerto Rico: What Everyone Needs to Know&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In the second edition of <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9781421450070"><em>Puerto Rico: What Everyone Needs to Know</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024), Jorge Duany unravels the fascinating and turbulent past and present of an island that is politically and economically tied to the United States, yet culturally distinct.</p><p>Acquired by the United States from Spain in 1898, Puerto Rico has a peculiar status among Latin American and Caribbean countries. As a US Commonwealth, the island enjoys limited autonomy over local matters, but the US has dominated it militarily, politically, and economically for much of its recent history. Though they are US citizens, Puerto Ricans do not have their own voting representatives in Congress and cannot vote in presidential elections (although they are able to participate in the primaries). In recent years, Puerto Rico's colossal public debt sparked an economic crisis that catapulted it onto the national stage and intensified the exodus to the US, bringing to the fore many of the unresolved remnants of its colonial history.</p><p>In the second edition of <em>Puerto Rico: What Everyone Needs to Know®</em>, Jorge Duany provides a succinct, authoritative introduction to the island's rich history, culture, politics, and economy, as well as its diaspora. Beginning with a historical overview of Puerto Rico, Duany covers the Spanish colonial period (1493-1898) and the first five decades of the US colonial regime. He then delves into the demographic, economic, political, and cultural features of contemporary Puerto Rico--the inner workings of the Commonwealth government and the island's relationship to the United States. Moreover, the book explores the massive population displacement that has characterized Puerto Rico since the mid-twentieth century. New material examines the multiple issues affecting Puerto Rico in the last decade, including a prolonged recession, the devastating impact of two hurricanes, and the largest migrant wave ever recorded from Puerto Rico.</p><p>While a popular tourist destination, few beyond Puerto Rico's shores are familiar with its complex history and diverse culture. Duany takes on the task of educating readers on the most important facets of the unique, troubled, but much beloved <em>isla del encanto</em>.</p><p>Jorge Duany is the recently retired Professor of Global and Sociocultural Studies and Director of the Cuban Research Institute at Florida International University.</p><p><em>Katie Coldiron is the Outreach Program Manager for the Digital Library of the Caribbean (dLOC) and PhD student in History at Florida International University.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 12 Jan 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In the second edition of <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9781421450070"><em>Puerto Rico: What Everyone Needs to Know</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024), Jorge Duany unravels the fascinating and turbulent past and present of an island that is politically and economically tied to the United States, yet culturally distinct.</p><p>Acquired by the United States from Spain in 1898, Puerto Rico has a peculiar status among Latin American and Caribbean countries. As a US Commonwealth, the island enjoys limited autonomy over local matters, but the US has dominated it militarily, politically, and economically for much of its recent history. Though they are US citizens, Puerto Ricans do not have their own voting representatives in Congress and cannot vote in presidential elections (although they are able to participate in the primaries). In recent years, Puerto Rico's colossal public debt sparked an economic crisis that catapulted it onto the national stage and intensified the exodus to the US, bringing to the fore many of the unresolved remnants of its colonial history.</p><p>In the second edition of <em>Puerto Rico: What Everyone Needs to Know®</em>, Jorge Duany provides a succinct, authoritative introduction to the island's rich history, culture, politics, and economy, as well as its diaspora. Beginning with a historical overview of Puerto Rico, Duany covers the Spanish colonial period (1493-1898) and the first five decades of the US colonial regime. He then delves into the demographic, economic, political, and cultural features of contemporary Puerto Rico--the inner workings of the Commonwealth government and the island's relationship to the United States. Moreover, the book explores the massive population displacement that has characterized Puerto Rico since the mid-twentieth century. New material examines the multiple issues affecting Puerto Rico in the last decade, including a prolonged recession, the devastating impact of two hurricanes, and the largest migrant wave ever recorded from Puerto Rico.</p><p>While a popular tourist destination, few beyond Puerto Rico's shores are familiar with its complex history and diverse culture. Duany takes on the task of educating readers on the most important facets of the unique, troubled, but much beloved <em>isla del encanto</em>.</p><p>Jorge Duany is the recently retired Professor of Global and Sociocultural Studies and Director of the Cuban Research Institute at Florida International University.</p><p><em>Katie Coldiron is the Outreach Program Manager for the Digital Library of the Caribbean (dLOC) and PhD student in History at Florida International University.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="79356673" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/6133b0fa-0636-43f1-93ff-6753e28f04fa/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=6133b0fa-0636-43f1-93ff-6753e28f04fa&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Jorge Duany, &quot;Puerto Rico: What Everyone Needs to Know&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:22:39</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In the second edition of Puerto Rico: What Everyone Needs to Know (Oxford UP, 2024), Jorge Duany unravels the fascinating and turbulent past and present of an island that is politically and economically tied to the United States, yet culturally distinct.
Acquired by the United States from Spain in 1898, Puerto Rico has a peculiar status among Latin American and Caribbean countries. As a US Commonwealth, the island enjoys limited autonomy over local matters, but the US has dominated it militarily, politically, and economically for much of its recent history. Though they are US citizens, Puerto Ricans do not have their own voting representatives in Congress and cannot vote in presidential elections (although they are able to participate in the primaries). In recent years, Puerto Rico&apos;s colossal public debt sparked an economic crisis that catapulted it onto the national stage and intensified the exodus to the US, bringing to the fore many of the unresolved remnants of its colonial history.
In the second edition of Puerto Rico: What Everyone Needs to Know®, Jorge Duany provides a succinct, authoritative introduction to the island&apos;s rich history, culture, politics, and economy, as well as its diaspora. Beginning with a historical overview of Puerto Rico, Duany covers the Spanish colonial period (1493-1898) and the first five decades of the US colonial regime. He then delves into the demographic, economic, political, and cultural features of contemporary Puerto Rico--the inner workings of the Commonwealth government and the island&apos;s relationship to the United States. Moreover, the book explores the massive population displacement that has characterized Puerto Rico since the mid-twentieth century. New material examines the multiple issues affecting Puerto Rico in the last decade, including a prolonged recession, the devastating impact of two hurricanes, and the largest migrant wave ever recorded from Puerto Rico.
While a popular tourist destination, few beyond Puerto Rico&apos;s shores are familiar with its complex history and diverse culture. Duany takes on the task of educating readers on the most important facets of the unique, troubled, but much beloved isla del encanto.
Jorge Duany is the recently retired Professor of Global and Sociocultural Studies and Director of the Cuban Research Institute at Florida International University.
Katie Coldiron is the Outreach Program Manager for the Digital Library of the Caribbean (dLOC) and PhD student in History at Florida International University.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In the second edition of Puerto Rico: What Everyone Needs to Know (Oxford UP, 2024), Jorge Duany unravels the fascinating and turbulent past and present of an island that is politically and economically tied to the United States, yet culturally distinct.
Acquired by the United States from Spain in 1898, Puerto Rico has a peculiar status among Latin American and Caribbean countries. As a US Commonwealth, the island enjoys limited autonomy over local matters, but the US has dominated it militarily, politically, and economically for much of its recent history. Though they are US citizens, Puerto Ricans do not have their own voting representatives in Congress and cannot vote in presidential elections (although they are able to participate in the primaries). In recent years, Puerto Rico&apos;s colossal public debt sparked an economic crisis that catapulted it onto the national stage and intensified the exodus to the US, bringing to the fore many of the unresolved remnants of its colonial history.
In the second edition of Puerto Rico: What Everyone Needs to Know®, Jorge Duany provides a succinct, authoritative introduction to the island&apos;s rich history, culture, politics, and economy, as well as its diaspora. Beginning with a historical overview of Puerto Rico, Duany covers the Spanish colonial period (1493-1898) and the first five decades of the US colonial regime. He then delves into the demographic, economic, political, and cultural features of contemporary Puerto Rico--the inner workings of the Commonwealth government and the island&apos;s relationship to the United States. Moreover, the book explores the massive population displacement that has characterized Puerto Rico since the mid-twentieth century. New material examines the multiple issues affecting Puerto Rico in the last decade, including a prolonged recession, the devastating impact of two hurricanes, and the largest migrant wave ever recorded from Puerto Rico.
While a popular tourist destination, few beyond Puerto Rico&apos;s shores are familiar with its complex history and diverse culture. Duany takes on the task of educating readers on the most important facets of the unique, troubled, but much beloved isla del encanto.
Jorge Duany is the recently retired Professor of Global and Sociocultural Studies and Director of the Cuban Research Institute at Florida International University.
Katie Coldiron is the Outreach Program Manager for the Digital Library of the Caribbean (dLOC) and PhD student in History at Florida International University.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>228</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">11d7fdf8-d02c-11ef-9263-b7f2c4ac4cdd</guid>
      <title>Ciaran O&apos;Neill, &quot;Power and Powerlessness in Union Ireland: Life in a Palliative State&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Ciaran O’Neill is the Ussher Associate Professor in Nineteenth-Century History at Trinity College Dublin. His work mainly focuses on the social and cultural history of Ireland and empire, the history of education and elites, colonial legacies, modern literature, and public history. In this interview, he discusses <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192855428"><em>Power and Powerlessness in Union Ireland: Life in a Palliative State</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024), a survey of the state in nineteenth-century Ireland.</p><p><em>Life in a Palliative State</em> is an exploratory book that challenges assumptions about who might have been powerful, or powerless, in Union Ireland. It decenters sectarian division, popular and parliamentary politics, and the tradition of physical-force nationalism and emphasizes transnational phenomena, a settler colonial diaspora, and minority groups on the island. Departing from the conventional focus on political leaders like Parnell and De Valera, the book concentrates on the everyday dynamics of power and resistance during the Union. Structured as interlocking essays spanning the long nineteenth century, the book begins by defining the power structures that governed Ireland. Subsequent chapters examine the governance of Ireland, the development of infrastructure, and the mapping of its population and territory. Drawing on feminist theories of power, the book also explores marginalized groups and their agency within Irish society, debunking the myth of Irish ‘ungovernability.’ One is the Irish diaspora, positioned as both a resource and a threat within the wider context of European settler colonialism. By analyzing the diaspora’s influence and the phenomenon of remittances, the book challenges prevailing notions of powerlessness. By tracing a geographical journey from East to West, the book questions traditional representations of authenticity and colonization</p><p><em>Power and Powerlessness in Union Ireland: Life in a Palliative State</em> is published with Oxford University Press.</p><p><em>Aidan Beatty is a lecturer in history at Carnegie Mellon University</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 12 Jan 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Ciaran O’Neill is the Ussher Associate Professor in Nineteenth-Century History at Trinity College Dublin. His work mainly focuses on the social and cultural history of Ireland and empire, the history of education and elites, colonial legacies, modern literature, and public history. In this interview, he discusses <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192855428"><em>Power and Powerlessness in Union Ireland: Life in a Palliative State</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024), a survey of the state in nineteenth-century Ireland.</p><p><em>Life in a Palliative State</em> is an exploratory book that challenges assumptions about who might have been powerful, or powerless, in Union Ireland. It decenters sectarian division, popular and parliamentary politics, and the tradition of physical-force nationalism and emphasizes transnational phenomena, a settler colonial diaspora, and minority groups on the island. Departing from the conventional focus on political leaders like Parnell and De Valera, the book concentrates on the everyday dynamics of power and resistance during the Union. Structured as interlocking essays spanning the long nineteenth century, the book begins by defining the power structures that governed Ireland. Subsequent chapters examine the governance of Ireland, the development of infrastructure, and the mapping of its population and territory. Drawing on feminist theories of power, the book also explores marginalized groups and their agency within Irish society, debunking the myth of Irish ‘ungovernability.’ One is the Irish diaspora, positioned as both a resource and a threat within the wider context of European settler colonialism. By analyzing the diaspora’s influence and the phenomenon of remittances, the book challenges prevailing notions of powerlessness. By tracing a geographical journey from East to West, the book questions traditional representations of authenticity and colonization</p><p><em>Power and Powerlessness in Union Ireland: Life in a Palliative State</em> is published with Oxford University Press.</p><p><em>Aidan Beatty is a lecturer in history at Carnegie Mellon University</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="28117736" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/5b47e58d-bcb3-4c23-85d7-f9a5283b61f6/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=5b47e58d-bcb3-4c23-85d7-f9a5283b61f6&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Ciaran O&apos;Neill, &quot;Power and Powerlessness in Union Ireland: Life in a Palliative State&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:29:17</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Ciaran O’Neill is the Ussher Associate Professor in Nineteenth-Century History at Trinity College Dublin. His work mainly focuses on the social and cultural history of Ireland and empire, the history of education and elites, colonial legacies, modern literature, and public history. In this interview, he discusses Power and Powerlessness in Union Ireland: Life in a Palliative State (Oxford UP, 2024), a survey of the state in nineteenth-century Ireland.
Life in a Palliative State is an exploratory book that challenges assumptions about who might have been powerful, or powerless, in Union Ireland. It decenters sectarian division, popular and parliamentary politics, and the tradition of physical-force nationalism and emphasizes transnational phenomena, a settler colonial diaspora, and minority groups on the island. Departing from the conventional focus on political leaders like Parnell and De Valera, the book concentrates on the everyday dynamics of power and resistance during the Union. Structured as interlocking essays spanning the long nineteenth century, the book begins by defining the power structures that governed Ireland. Subsequent chapters examine the governance of Ireland, the development of infrastructure, and the mapping of its population and territory. Drawing on feminist theories of power, the book also explores marginalized groups and their agency within Irish society, debunking the myth of Irish ‘ungovernability.’ One is the Irish diaspora, positioned as both a resource and a threat within the wider context of European settler colonialism. By analyzing the diaspora’s influence and the phenomenon of remittances, the book challenges prevailing notions of powerlessness. By tracing a geographical journey from East to West, the book questions traditional representations of authenticity and colonization
Power and Powerlessness in Union Ireland: Life in a Palliative State is published with Oxford University Press.
Aidan Beatty is a lecturer in history at Carnegie Mellon University</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Ciaran O’Neill is the Ussher Associate Professor in Nineteenth-Century History at Trinity College Dublin. His work mainly focuses on the social and cultural history of Ireland and empire, the history of education and elites, colonial legacies, modern literature, and public history. In this interview, he discusses Power and Powerlessness in Union Ireland: Life in a Palliative State (Oxford UP, 2024), a survey of the state in nineteenth-century Ireland.
Life in a Palliative State is an exploratory book that challenges assumptions about who might have been powerful, or powerless, in Union Ireland. It decenters sectarian division, popular and parliamentary politics, and the tradition of physical-force nationalism and emphasizes transnational phenomena, a settler colonial diaspora, and minority groups on the island. Departing from the conventional focus on political leaders like Parnell and De Valera, the book concentrates on the everyday dynamics of power and resistance during the Union. Structured as interlocking essays spanning the long nineteenth century, the book begins by defining the power structures that governed Ireland. Subsequent chapters examine the governance of Ireland, the development of infrastructure, and the mapping of its population and territory. Drawing on feminist theories of power, the book also explores marginalized groups and their agency within Irish society, debunking the myth of Irish ‘ungovernability.’ One is the Irish diaspora, positioned as both a resource and a threat within the wider context of European settler colonialism. By analyzing the diaspora’s influence and the phenomenon of remittances, the book challenges prevailing notions of powerlessness. By tracing a geographical journey from East to West, the book questions traditional representations of authenticity and colonization
Power and Powerlessness in Union Ireland: Life in a Palliative State is published with Oxford University Press.
Aidan Beatty is a lecturer in history at Carnegie Mellon University</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>74</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">25ca3cf0-cf77-11ef-a7c2-f3538d292dfb</guid>
      <title>Chaya T. Halberstam, &quot;Trial Stories in Jewish Antiquity: Counternarratives of Justice&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>What can early Jewish courtroom narratives tell us about the capacity and limits of human justice? By exploring how judges and the act of judging are depicted in these narratives, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198865148"><em>Trial Stories in Jewish Antiquity: Counternarratives of Justice</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024), Chaya T. Halberstam challenges the prevailing notion, both then and now, of the ideal impartial judge. As a work of intellectual history, the book also contributes to contemporary debates about the role of legal decision-making in shaping a just society. Halberstam shows that instead of modelling a system in which lofty, inaccessible judges follow objective and rational rules, ancient Jewish trial narratives depict a legal practice dependent upon the individual judge's personal relationships, reactive emotions, and impulse to care.</p><p>Drawing from affect theory and feminist legal thought, Halberstam offers original readings of some of the most famous trials in ancient Jewish writings alongside minor case stories in Josephus and rabbinic literature. She shows both the consistency of a counter-tradition that sees legal practice as contingent upon relationship and emotion, and the specific ways in which that perspective was manifest in changing times and contexts.</p><p>Interviewee: Chaya T. Halberstam is Professor of Religious Studies at King's University College, University of Western Ontario.</p><p>Host: Schneur Zalman Newfield is an Associate Professor of Sociology and Jewish Studies at Hunter College, City University of New York, and the author of Degrees of Separation: Identity Formation While Leaving Ultra-Orthodox Judaism (Temple University Press). Visit him online at ZalmanNewfield.com.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 11 Jan 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>What can early Jewish courtroom narratives tell us about the capacity and limits of human justice? By exploring how judges and the act of judging are depicted in these narratives, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198865148"><em>Trial Stories in Jewish Antiquity: Counternarratives of Justice</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024), Chaya T. Halberstam challenges the prevailing notion, both then and now, of the ideal impartial judge. As a work of intellectual history, the book also contributes to contemporary debates about the role of legal decision-making in shaping a just society. Halberstam shows that instead of modelling a system in which lofty, inaccessible judges follow objective and rational rules, ancient Jewish trial narratives depict a legal practice dependent upon the individual judge's personal relationships, reactive emotions, and impulse to care.</p><p>Drawing from affect theory and feminist legal thought, Halberstam offers original readings of some of the most famous trials in ancient Jewish writings alongside minor case stories in Josephus and rabbinic literature. She shows both the consistency of a counter-tradition that sees legal practice as contingent upon relationship and emotion, and the specific ways in which that perspective was manifest in changing times and contexts.</p><p>Interviewee: Chaya T. Halberstam is Professor of Religious Studies at King's University College, University of Western Ontario.</p><p>Host: Schneur Zalman Newfield is an Associate Professor of Sociology and Jewish Studies at Hunter College, City University of New York, and the author of Degrees of Separation: Identity Formation While Leaving Ultra-Orthodox Judaism (Temple University Press). Visit him online at ZalmanNewfield.com.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="61211787" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/a86eb7ff-376e-4d68-8846-8a85b3f8845e/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=a86eb7ff-376e-4d68-8846-8a85b3f8845e&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Chaya T. Halberstam, &quot;Trial Stories in Jewish Antiquity: Counternarratives of Justice&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:03:45</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>What can early Jewish courtroom narratives tell us about the capacity and limits of human justice? By exploring how judges and the act of judging are depicted in these narratives, Trial Stories in Jewish Antiquity: Counternarratives of Justice (Oxford University Press, 2024), Chaya T. Halberstam challenges the prevailing notion, both then and now, of the ideal impartial judge. As a work of intellectual history, the book also contributes to contemporary debates about the role of legal decision-making in shaping a just society. Halberstam shows that instead of modelling a system in which lofty, inaccessible judges follow objective and rational rules, ancient Jewish trial narratives depict a legal practice dependent upon the individual judge&apos;s personal relationships, reactive emotions, and impulse to care.
Drawing from affect theory and feminist legal thought, Halberstam offers original readings of some of the most famous trials in ancient Jewish writings alongside minor case stories in Josephus and rabbinic literature. She shows both the consistency of a counter-tradition that sees legal practice as contingent upon relationship and emotion, and the specific ways in which that perspective was manifest in changing times and contexts.
Interviewee: Chaya T. Halberstam is Professor of Religious Studies at King&apos;s University College, University of Western Ontario.
Host: Schneur Zalman Newfield is an Associate Professor of Sociology and Jewish Studies at Hunter College, City University of New York, and the author of Degrees of Separation: Identity Formation While Leaving Ultra-Orthodox Judaism (Temple University Press). Visit him online at ZalmanNewfield.com.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>What can early Jewish courtroom narratives tell us about the capacity and limits of human justice? By exploring how judges and the act of judging are depicted in these narratives, Trial Stories in Jewish Antiquity: Counternarratives of Justice (Oxford University Press, 2024), Chaya T. Halberstam challenges the prevailing notion, both then and now, of the ideal impartial judge. As a work of intellectual history, the book also contributes to contemporary debates about the role of legal decision-making in shaping a just society. Halberstam shows that instead of modelling a system in which lofty, inaccessible judges follow objective and rational rules, ancient Jewish trial narratives depict a legal practice dependent upon the individual judge&apos;s personal relationships, reactive emotions, and impulse to care.
Drawing from affect theory and feminist legal thought, Halberstam offers original readings of some of the most famous trials in ancient Jewish writings alongside minor case stories in Josephus and rabbinic literature. She shows both the consistency of a counter-tradition that sees legal practice as contingent upon relationship and emotion, and the specific ways in which that perspective was manifest in changing times and contexts.
Interviewee: Chaya T. Halberstam is Professor of Religious Studies at King&apos;s University College, University of Western Ontario.
Host: Schneur Zalman Newfield is an Associate Professor of Sociology and Jewish Studies at Hunter College, City University of New York, and the author of Degrees of Separation: Identity Formation While Leaving Ultra-Orthodox Judaism (Temple University Press). Visit him online at ZalmanNewfield.com.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>596</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8e7265d2-ceb1-11ef-882e-f7c8bb327631</guid>
      <title>Edward Jones Corredera, &quot;Odious Debt: Bankruptcy, International Law, and the Making of Latin America&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>What are fallen tyrants owed? What makes debt illegitimate? And when is bankruptcy moral? Drawing on new archival sources, this book shows how Latin American nations have wrestled with the morality of indebtedness and insolvency since their foundation, and outlines how their history can shed new light on contemporary global dilemmas.</p><p>With a focus on the early modern Spanish Empire and modern Mexico, Colombia, and Argentina, and based on archival research carried out across seven countries,<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192888280"> <em>Odious Debt: Bankruptcy, International Law, and the Making of Latin America</em> </a>(Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Edward Jones Corredera studies 400 years of history and unearths overlooked congressional debates and understudied thinkers. The book shows how discussions on the morality of debt and default played a structuring role in the construction and codification of national constitutions, identities, and international legal norms in Latin America.</p><p>This new history of the moral economy of the Hispanic World from the 1520s to the 1920s illuminates contemporary issues in international law and international relations. Latin American jurists developed a global critique of economics and international law that continues to generate pressing questions about debt, bankruptcy, reparations, and the pursuit of a moral global economy.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 10 Jan 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>What are fallen tyrants owed? What makes debt illegitimate? And when is bankruptcy moral? Drawing on new archival sources, this book shows how Latin American nations have wrestled with the morality of indebtedness and insolvency since their foundation, and outlines how their history can shed new light on contemporary global dilemmas.</p><p>With a focus on the early modern Spanish Empire and modern Mexico, Colombia, and Argentina, and based on archival research carried out across seven countries,<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192888280"> <em>Odious Debt: Bankruptcy, International Law, and the Making of Latin America</em> </a>(Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Edward Jones Corredera studies 400 years of history and unearths overlooked congressional debates and understudied thinkers. The book shows how discussions on the morality of debt and default played a structuring role in the construction and codification of national constitutions, identities, and international legal norms in Latin America.</p><p>This new history of the moral economy of the Hispanic World from the 1520s to the 1920s illuminates contemporary issues in international law and international relations. Latin American jurists developed a global critique of economics and international law that continues to generate pressing questions about debt, bankruptcy, reparations, and the pursuit of a moral global economy.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="40977609" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/6beea3e3-046d-46b7-a9d4-950e006a0465/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=6beea3e3-046d-46b7-a9d4-950e006a0465&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Edward Jones Corredera, &quot;Odious Debt: Bankruptcy, International Law, and the Making of Latin America&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:42:40</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>What are fallen tyrants owed? What makes debt illegitimate? And when is bankruptcy moral? Drawing on new archival sources, this book shows how Latin American nations have wrestled with the morality of indebtedness and insolvency since their foundation, and outlines how their history can shed new light on contemporary global dilemmas.
With a focus on the early modern Spanish Empire and modern Mexico, Colombia, and Argentina, and based on archival research carried out across seven countries, Odious Debt: Bankruptcy, International Law, and the Making of Latin America (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Edward Jones Corredera studies 400 years of history and unearths overlooked congressional debates and understudied thinkers. The book shows how discussions on the morality of debt and default played a structuring role in the construction and codification of national constitutions, identities, and international legal norms in Latin America.
This new history of the moral economy of the Hispanic World from the 1520s to the 1920s illuminates contemporary issues in international law and international relations. Latin American jurists developed a global critique of economics and international law that continues to generate pressing questions about debt, bankruptcy, reparations, and the pursuit of a moral global economy.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>What are fallen tyrants owed? What makes debt illegitimate? And when is bankruptcy moral? Drawing on new archival sources, this book shows how Latin American nations have wrestled with the morality of indebtedness and insolvency since their foundation, and outlines how their history can shed new light on contemporary global dilemmas.
With a focus on the early modern Spanish Empire and modern Mexico, Colombia, and Argentina, and based on archival research carried out across seven countries, Odious Debt: Bankruptcy, International Law, and the Making of Latin America (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Edward Jones Corredera studies 400 years of history and unearths overlooked congressional debates and understudied thinkers. The book shows how discussions on the morality of debt and default played a structuring role in the construction and codification of national constitutions, identities, and international legal norms in Latin America.
This new history of the moral economy of the Hispanic World from the 1520s to the 1920s illuminates contemporary issues in international law and international relations. Latin American jurists developed a global critique of economics and international law that continues to generate pressing questions about debt, bankruptcy, reparations, and the pursuit of a moral global economy.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>2</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2de1415c-cd44-11ef-941d-474a333bc7b0</guid>
      <title>Gabriele Badano and Alasia Nuti, &quot;Politicizing Political Liberalism: On the Containment of Illiberal and Antidemocratic Views&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>How should broadly liberal democratic societies stop illiberal and antidemocratic views from gaining influence while honouring liberal democratic values? This question has become particularly pressing after the recent successes of right-wing populist leaders and parties across Europe, in the US, and beyond. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192859310"><em>Politicizing Political Liberalism: On the Containment of Illiberal and Antidemocratic Views</em></a><em> </em>﻿(Oxford University Press, 2024) by Alasia Nuti and Gabriele Badano develops a normative account of liberal democratic self-defence that denounces the failures of real-world societies without excusing those supporting illiberal and antidemocratic political actors. This account is innovative in focusing not only on the role of the state but also on the duties of nonstate actors including citizens, partisans, and municipalities. Consequently, it also addresses cases where the central government has at least been partly captured by illiberal and antidemocratic agents. Gabriele Badano and Alasia Nuti's approach builds on John Rawls's treatment of political liberalism and his awareness of the need to 'contain' unreasonable views, that is, views denying that society should treat every person as free and equal through a mutually acceptable system of social cooperation where pluralism is to be expected. The authors offer original solutions to vexed problems within political liberalism by putting forward a new account of the relation between ideal and non-ideal theory, explaining why it is justifiable to exclude unreasonable persons from the constituency of public reason, and showing that the strictures of public reason do not apply to those suffering from severe injustice. In doing so, the book further politicizes political liberalism and turns it into a framework that can insightfully respond to the challenges of real politics.</p><p><strong>Alasia Nuti is senior Lecturer in Political Theory at the University of York. Her work is situated at the intersection of analytical political theory, critical theory, gender studies and critical race theory</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">Morteza Hajizadeh</a> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 9 Jan 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>How should broadly liberal democratic societies stop illiberal and antidemocratic views from gaining influence while honouring liberal democratic values? This question has become particularly pressing after the recent successes of right-wing populist leaders and parties across Europe, in the US, and beyond. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192859310"><em>Politicizing Political Liberalism: On the Containment of Illiberal and Antidemocratic Views</em></a><em> </em>﻿(Oxford University Press, 2024) by Alasia Nuti and Gabriele Badano develops a normative account of liberal democratic self-defence that denounces the failures of real-world societies without excusing those supporting illiberal and antidemocratic political actors. This account is innovative in focusing not only on the role of the state but also on the duties of nonstate actors including citizens, partisans, and municipalities. Consequently, it also addresses cases where the central government has at least been partly captured by illiberal and antidemocratic agents. Gabriele Badano and Alasia Nuti's approach builds on John Rawls's treatment of political liberalism and his awareness of the need to 'contain' unreasonable views, that is, views denying that society should treat every person as free and equal through a mutually acceptable system of social cooperation where pluralism is to be expected. The authors offer original solutions to vexed problems within political liberalism by putting forward a new account of the relation between ideal and non-ideal theory, explaining why it is justifiable to exclude unreasonable persons from the constituency of public reason, and showing that the strictures of public reason do not apply to those suffering from severe injustice. In doing so, the book further politicizes political liberalism and turns it into a framework that can insightfully respond to the challenges of real politics.</p><p><strong>Alasia Nuti is senior Lecturer in Political Theory at the University of York. Her work is situated at the intersection of analytical political theory, critical theory, gender studies and critical race theory</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">Morteza Hajizadeh</a> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="59219308" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/7b7b32c8-eb34-4041-870d-066ba53d6590/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=7b7b32c8-eb34-4041-870d-066ba53d6590&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Gabriele Badano and Alasia Nuti, &quot;Politicizing Political Liberalism: On the Containment of Illiberal and Antidemocratic Views&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:01:41</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>How should broadly liberal democratic societies stop illiberal and antidemocratic views from gaining influence while honouring liberal democratic values? This question has become particularly pressing after the recent successes of right-wing populist leaders and parties across Europe, in the US, and beyond. Politicizing Political Liberalism: On the Containment of Illiberal and Antidemocratic Views ﻿(Oxford University Press, 2024) by Alasia Nuti and Gabriele Badano develops a normative account of liberal democratic self-defence that denounces the failures of real-world societies without excusing those supporting illiberal and antidemocratic political actors. This account is innovative in focusing not only on the role of the state but also on the duties of nonstate actors including citizens, partisans, and municipalities. Consequently, it also addresses cases where the central government has at least been partly captured by illiberal and antidemocratic agents. Gabriele Badano and Alasia Nuti&apos;s approach builds on John Rawls&apos;s treatment of political liberalism and his awareness of the need to &apos;contain&apos; unreasonable views, that is, views denying that society should treat every person as free and equal through a mutually acceptable system of social cooperation where pluralism is to be expected. The authors offer original solutions to vexed problems within political liberalism by putting forward a new account of the relation between ideal and non-ideal theory, explaining why it is justifiable to exclude unreasonable persons from the constituency of public reason, and showing that the strictures of public reason do not apply to those suffering from severe injustice. In doing so, the book further politicizes political liberalism and turns it into a framework that can insightfully respond to the challenges of real politics.
Alasia Nuti is senior Lecturer in Political Theory at the University of York. Her work is situated at the intersection of analytical political theory, critical theory, gender studies and critical race theory
Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>How should broadly liberal democratic societies stop illiberal and antidemocratic views from gaining influence while honouring liberal democratic values? This question has become particularly pressing after the recent successes of right-wing populist leaders and parties across Europe, in the US, and beyond. Politicizing Political Liberalism: On the Containment of Illiberal and Antidemocratic Views ﻿(Oxford University Press, 2024) by Alasia Nuti and Gabriele Badano develops a normative account of liberal democratic self-defence that denounces the failures of real-world societies without excusing those supporting illiberal and antidemocratic political actors. This account is innovative in focusing not only on the role of the state but also on the duties of nonstate actors including citizens, partisans, and municipalities. Consequently, it also addresses cases where the central government has at least been partly captured by illiberal and antidemocratic agents. Gabriele Badano and Alasia Nuti&apos;s approach builds on John Rawls&apos;s treatment of political liberalism and his awareness of the need to &apos;contain&apos; unreasonable views, that is, views denying that society should treat every person as free and equal through a mutually acceptable system of social cooperation where pluralism is to be expected. The authors offer original solutions to vexed problems within political liberalism by putting forward a new account of the relation between ideal and non-ideal theory, explaining why it is justifiable to exclude unreasonable persons from the constituency of public reason, and showing that the strictures of public reason do not apply to those suffering from severe injustice. In doing so, the book further politicizes political liberalism and turns it into a framework that can insightfully respond to the challenges of real politics.
Alasia Nuti is senior Lecturer in Political Theory at the University of York. Her work is situated at the intersection of analytical political theory, critical theory, gender studies and critical race theory
Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1566</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">80088866-cc3e-11ef-8422-d356d36a65dd</guid>
      <title>Stacey Diane Arañez Litam, &quot;Patterns that Remain: A Guide to Healing for Asian Children of Immigrants&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>This empowering book blends history, storytelling, and culturally grounded techniques to equip readers with the tools needed to promote self-reflection, personal growth, and diasporic healing. Asian Americans represent the fastest growing ethnic group in the United States, yet few books capture how historical events, immigration experiences, cultural values, and unhelpful generational patterns contribute to this group's thoughts, attitudes, and actions in ways that impact relationships, well-being, and psychological health. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197762677">Patterns That Remain: A Guide to Healing for Asian Children of Immigrants</a> (Oxford University Press, 2025), Dr. Stacey Diane Arañez Litam empowers readers to heal from diasporic wounds and become people, partners, and parents who embody abundance mentalities grounded in joy, balance, and gratitude. This unique book combines complex and nuanced facets of Asian American history, research, and therapeutic modalities in ways that validate Asian American worldviews and promote a deep sense of universality and community. Each chapter addresses culturally relevant topics among Asian Americans and children of Asian immigrants and is informed by academic research in addition to author-conducted interviews with diverse Asian American community members and thought leaders. The book effortlessly blends history, storytelling, and culturally grounded perspectives to provide an inspirational, validating, and practical framework toward healing. Informed by Litam's lived experiences as a Filipina and Chinese immigrant as well as by her professional identities as a professor, researcher, and mental health clinician, Patterns That Remain provides the foundation for timely conversations and centers the importance of healing, personal growth, and unlocking the power behind our stories.</p><p>Dr. Stacey Diane Leetam is an Associate Professor of Counselor Education, a licensed professional clinical counselor and supervisor, as well as a diplomate and clinical sexologist with the American Board of Sexology. Dr. Litam is a member of the Forbes Health Advisory Board, an Advisory Council Chair for the National Board for Certified Counselors (NBCC) Minority Fellowship Program, and was named one of Crain’s Cleveland 40 Under 40 in 2023. Dr. Litam has published over 50 academic peer-reviewed papers and book chapters and facilitated hundreds of workshops and trainings. Her work has resulted in a total of 15 national and 12 regional/state awards. She is internationally recognized for her pioneering work on the impact of COVID-19 related discrimination on the mental health and wellbeing of disaggregated AAPI communities and communities of color with 17 publications archived in the World Health Organization’s Global Database on COVID-19 literature.</p><p>Dr. Litam is a keynote speaker, racial equity strategist, and content expert on topics related to mental health, sexual wellbeing, diversity, equity, inclusion, and belonging (DEIB), as well as Asian American and Pacific Islander concerns. She regularly serves as a content expert on platforms such as Forbes Health, National Public Radio (NPR), and media outlets. Additionally, she has been featured in the White House, the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA), Forbes Health, National Public Radio (NPR), Discovery Magazine, Dutch BBC, Psychology Today, National Institutes of Health, Mental Health Academy, The Daily Mail, The Filipino Channel, as well as in podcasts, documentaries, and news outlets. Her past partners include Fortune 500 Companies, professional sports teams, and federal level politicians. Dr. Litam is an immigrant and identifies as a Chinese and Filipina American woman.</p><p>Visit Dr. Litam's website <a href="https://staceylitam.com/">here</a> and find information on her upcoming book tour <a href="https://staceylitam.com/patterns-that-remain-a-guide-to-healing-for-asian-children-of-immigrants/">here</a></p><p>Follow her on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/drstaceyalitam?igsh=MmNyOTVhemduM2R2">@drstaceyalitam</a></p><p><em>Jessie Cohen holds a Ph.D. in History from Columbia University, and is Assistant Editor at the New Books Network</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 8 Jan 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This empowering book blends history, storytelling, and culturally grounded techniques to equip readers with the tools needed to promote self-reflection, personal growth, and diasporic healing. Asian Americans represent the fastest growing ethnic group in the United States, yet few books capture how historical events, immigration experiences, cultural values, and unhelpful generational patterns contribute to this group's thoughts, attitudes, and actions in ways that impact relationships, well-being, and psychological health. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197762677">Patterns That Remain: A Guide to Healing for Asian Children of Immigrants</a> (Oxford University Press, 2025), Dr. Stacey Diane Arañez Litam empowers readers to heal from diasporic wounds and become people, partners, and parents who embody abundance mentalities grounded in joy, balance, and gratitude. This unique book combines complex and nuanced facets of Asian American history, research, and therapeutic modalities in ways that validate Asian American worldviews and promote a deep sense of universality and community. Each chapter addresses culturally relevant topics among Asian Americans and children of Asian immigrants and is informed by academic research in addition to author-conducted interviews with diverse Asian American community members and thought leaders. The book effortlessly blends history, storytelling, and culturally grounded perspectives to provide an inspirational, validating, and practical framework toward healing. Informed by Litam's lived experiences as a Filipina and Chinese immigrant as well as by her professional identities as a professor, researcher, and mental health clinician, Patterns That Remain provides the foundation for timely conversations and centers the importance of healing, personal growth, and unlocking the power behind our stories.</p><p>Dr. Stacey Diane Leetam is an Associate Professor of Counselor Education, a licensed professional clinical counselor and supervisor, as well as a diplomate and clinical sexologist with the American Board of Sexology. Dr. Litam is a member of the Forbes Health Advisory Board, an Advisory Council Chair for the National Board for Certified Counselors (NBCC) Minority Fellowship Program, and was named one of Crain’s Cleveland 40 Under 40 in 2023. Dr. Litam has published over 50 academic peer-reviewed papers and book chapters and facilitated hundreds of workshops and trainings. Her work has resulted in a total of 15 national and 12 regional/state awards. She is internationally recognized for her pioneering work on the impact of COVID-19 related discrimination on the mental health and wellbeing of disaggregated AAPI communities and communities of color with 17 publications archived in the World Health Organization’s Global Database on COVID-19 literature.</p><p>Dr. Litam is a keynote speaker, racial equity strategist, and content expert on topics related to mental health, sexual wellbeing, diversity, equity, inclusion, and belonging (DEIB), as well as Asian American and Pacific Islander concerns. She regularly serves as a content expert on platforms such as Forbes Health, National Public Radio (NPR), and media outlets. Additionally, she has been featured in the White House, the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA), Forbes Health, National Public Radio (NPR), Discovery Magazine, Dutch BBC, Psychology Today, National Institutes of Health, Mental Health Academy, The Daily Mail, The Filipino Channel, as well as in podcasts, documentaries, and news outlets. Her past partners include Fortune 500 Companies, professional sports teams, and federal level politicians. Dr. Litam is an immigrant and identifies as a Chinese and Filipina American woman.</p><p>Visit Dr. Litam's website <a href="https://staceylitam.com/">here</a> and find information on her upcoming book tour <a href="https://staceylitam.com/patterns-that-remain-a-guide-to-healing-for-asian-children-of-immigrants/">here</a></p><p>Follow her on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/drstaceyalitam?igsh=MmNyOTVhemduM2R2">@drstaceyalitam</a></p><p><em>Jessie Cohen holds a Ph.D. in History from Columbia University, and is Assistant Editor at the New Books Network</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="24150962" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/924264bc-b087-40c7-9578-426039f50234/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=924264bc-b087-40c7-9578-426039f50234&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Stacey Diane Arañez Litam, &quot;Patterns that Remain: A Guide to Healing for Asian Children of Immigrants&quot; (Oxford UP, 2025)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:25:09</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>This empowering book blends history, storytelling, and culturally grounded techniques to equip readers with the tools needed to promote self-reflection, personal growth, and diasporic healing. Asian Americans represent the fastest growing ethnic group in the United States, yet few books capture how historical events, immigration experiences, cultural values, and unhelpful generational patterns contribute to this group&apos;s thoughts, attitudes, and actions in ways that impact relationships, well-being, and psychological health. In Patterns That Remain: A Guide to Healing for Asian Children of Immigrants (Oxford University Press, 2025), Dr. Stacey Diane Arañez Litam empowers readers to heal from diasporic wounds and become people, partners, and parents who embody abundance mentalities grounded in joy, balance, and gratitude. This unique book combines complex and nuanced facets of Asian American history, research, and therapeutic modalities in ways that validate Asian American worldviews and promote a deep sense of universality and community. Each chapter addresses culturally relevant topics among Asian Americans and children of Asian immigrants and is informed by academic research in addition to author-conducted interviews with diverse Asian American community members and thought leaders. The book effortlessly blends history, storytelling, and culturally grounded perspectives to provide an inspirational, validating, and practical framework toward healing. Informed by Litam&apos;s lived experiences as a Filipina and Chinese immigrant as well as by her professional identities as a professor, researcher, and mental health clinician, Patterns That Remain provides the foundation for timely conversations and centers the importance of healing, personal growth, and unlocking the power behind our stories.
Dr. Stacey Diane Leetam is an Associate Professor of Counselor Education, a licensed professional clinical counselor and supervisor, as well as a diplomate and clinical sexologist with the American Board of Sexology. Dr. Litam is a member of the Forbes Health Advisory Board, an Advisory Council Chair for the National Board for Certified Counselors (NBCC) Minority Fellowship Program, and was named one of Crain’s Cleveland 40 Under 40 in 2023. Dr. Litam has published over 50 academic peer-reviewed papers and book chapters and facilitated hundreds of workshops and trainings. Her work has resulted in a total of 15 national and 12 regional/state awards. She is internationally recognized for her pioneering work on the impact of COVID-19 related discrimination on the mental health and wellbeing of disaggregated AAPI communities and communities of color with 17 publications archived in the World Health Organization’s Global Database on COVID-19 literature.
Dr. Litam is a keynote speaker, racial equity strategist, and content expert on topics related to mental health, sexual wellbeing, diversity, equity, inclusion, and belonging (DEIB), as well as Asian American and Pacific Islander concerns. She regularly serves as a content expert on platforms such as Forbes Health, National Public Radio (NPR), and media outlets. Additionally, she has been featured in the White House, the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA), Forbes Health, National Public Radio (NPR), Discovery Magazine, Dutch BBC, Psychology Today, National Institutes of Health, Mental Health Academy, The Daily Mail, The Filipino Channel, as well as in podcasts, documentaries, and news outlets. Her past partners include Fortune 500 Companies, professional sports teams, and federal level politicians. Dr. Litam is an immigrant and identifies as a Chinese and Filipina American woman.
Visit Dr. Litam&apos;s website here and find information on her upcoming book tour here
Follow her on Instagram @drstaceyalitam
Jessie Cohen holds a Ph.D. in History from Columbia University, and is Assistant Editor at the New Books Network</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>This empowering book blends history, storytelling, and culturally grounded techniques to equip readers with the tools needed to promote self-reflection, personal growth, and diasporic healing. Asian Americans represent the fastest growing ethnic group in the United States, yet few books capture how historical events, immigration experiences, cultural values, and unhelpful generational patterns contribute to this group&apos;s thoughts, attitudes, and actions in ways that impact relationships, well-being, and psychological health. In Patterns That Remain: A Guide to Healing for Asian Children of Immigrants (Oxford University Press, 2025), Dr. Stacey Diane Arañez Litam empowers readers to heal from diasporic wounds and become people, partners, and parents who embody abundance mentalities grounded in joy, balance, and gratitude. This unique book combines complex and nuanced facets of Asian American history, research, and therapeutic modalities in ways that validate Asian American worldviews and promote a deep sense of universality and community. Each chapter addresses culturally relevant topics among Asian Americans and children of Asian immigrants and is informed by academic research in addition to author-conducted interviews with diverse Asian American community members and thought leaders. The book effortlessly blends history, storytelling, and culturally grounded perspectives to provide an inspirational, validating, and practical framework toward healing. Informed by Litam&apos;s lived experiences as a Filipina and Chinese immigrant as well as by her professional identities as a professor, researcher, and mental health clinician, Patterns That Remain provides the foundation for timely conversations and centers the importance of healing, personal growth, and unlocking the power behind our stories.
Dr. Stacey Diane Leetam is an Associate Professor of Counselor Education, a licensed professional clinical counselor and supervisor, as well as a diplomate and clinical sexologist with the American Board of Sexology. Dr. Litam is a member of the Forbes Health Advisory Board, an Advisory Council Chair for the National Board for Certified Counselors (NBCC) Minority Fellowship Program, and was named one of Crain’s Cleveland 40 Under 40 in 2023. Dr. Litam has published over 50 academic peer-reviewed papers and book chapters and facilitated hundreds of workshops and trainings. Her work has resulted in a total of 15 national and 12 regional/state awards. She is internationally recognized for her pioneering work on the impact of COVID-19 related discrimination on the mental health and wellbeing of disaggregated AAPI communities and communities of color with 17 publications archived in the World Health Organization’s Global Database on COVID-19 literature.
Dr. Litam is a keynote speaker, racial equity strategist, and content expert on topics related to mental health, sexual wellbeing, diversity, equity, inclusion, and belonging (DEIB), as well as Asian American and Pacific Islander concerns. She regularly serves as a content expert on platforms such as Forbes Health, National Public Radio (NPR), and media outlets. Additionally, she has been featured in the White House, the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA), Forbes Health, National Public Radio (NPR), Discovery Magazine, Dutch BBC, Psychology Today, National Institutes of Health, Mental Health Academy, The Daily Mail, The Filipino Channel, as well as in podcasts, documentaries, and news outlets. Her past partners include Fortune 500 Companies, professional sports teams, and federal level politicians. Dr. Litam is an immigrant and identifies as a Chinese and Filipina American woman.
Visit Dr. Litam&apos;s website here and find information on her upcoming book tour here
Follow her on Instagram @drstaceyalitam
Jessie Cohen holds a Ph.D. in History from Columbia University, and is Assistant Editor at the New Books Network</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1565</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5092e35e-cc86-11ef-ab4c-57efe34d4da7</guid>
      <title>David Lyon, &quot;Surveillance: A Very Short Introduction&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Surveillance is everywhere today, generating data about our purchasing, political, and personal preferences. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198796848">Surveillance: A Very Short Introduction</a> (Oxford University Press, 2024) shows how surveillance makes people visible and affects their lives, considers the technologies involved and how it grew to its present size and prevalence, and explores the pressing ethical questions surrounding it.</p><p>David Lyon is former Director of the Surveillance Studies Centre and Professor Emeritus of Sociology and Law, Queen's University, Kingston, Ontario.</p><p>Caleb Zakarin is editor at the New Books Network.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 8 Jan 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Surveillance is everywhere today, generating data about our purchasing, political, and personal preferences. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198796848">Surveillance: A Very Short Introduction</a> (Oxford University Press, 2024) shows how surveillance makes people visible and affects their lives, considers the technologies involved and how it grew to its present size and prevalence, and explores the pressing ethical questions surrounding it.</p><p>David Lyon is former Director of the Surveillance Studies Centre and Professor Emeritus of Sociology and Law, Queen's University, Kingston, Ontario.</p><p>Caleb Zakarin is editor at the New Books Network.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="55618359" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/bdfb01a0-5e6e-45ad-b4a2-6c506b656314/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=bdfb01a0-5e6e-45ad-b4a2-6c506b656314&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>David Lyon, &quot;Surveillance: A Very Short Introduction&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:57:56</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Surveillance is everywhere today, generating data about our purchasing, political, and personal preferences. Surveillance: A Very Short Introduction (Oxford University Press, 2024) shows how surveillance makes people visible and affects their lives, considers the technologies involved and how it grew to its present size and prevalence, and explores the pressing ethical questions surrounding it.
David Lyon is former Director of the Surveillance Studies Centre and Professor Emeritus of Sociology and Law, Queen&apos;s University, Kingston, Ontario.
Caleb Zakarin is editor at the New Books Network.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Surveillance is everywhere today, generating data about our purchasing, political, and personal preferences. Surveillance: A Very Short Introduction (Oxford University Press, 2024) shows how surveillance makes people visible and affects their lives, considers the technologies involved and how it grew to its present size and prevalence, and explores the pressing ethical questions surrounding it.
David Lyon is former Director of the Surveillance Studies Centre and Professor Emeritus of Sociology and Law, Queen&apos;s University, Kingston, Ontario.
Caleb Zakarin is editor at the New Books Network.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>23</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7dfee82e-cb96-11ef-8996-dff16b1ff44e</guid>
      <title>Elissa Bemporad, &quot;Legacy of Blood: Jews, Pogroms, and Ritual Murder in the Lands of the Soviets&quot; (Oxford UP, 2019)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The history of antisemitism in Europe stretches back as far as Ancient Rome, but persecutions of Jews became widespread during the Crusades, beginning in the early 11th century when the wholesale massacre of entire communities became commonplace. From the 12th century, the justification for this state-sanctioned violence became the blood libel accusation: the idea that Jews ritually murdered Christian children and used their blood in the celebration of Passover.</p><p>Nowhere in Europe was the blood libel more tenacious, credible, and long lived than in the Russian Empire, particularly during the late Imperial period, which saw large scale pogroms and harsh restrictions visited upon the empire's Jewish population. The Russian Revolution of 1917 attracted many Jews to its cause, thanks in large measure to Bolshevik condemnations of antisemitism and persecution of the Jewish minority. These numbers grew in the wake of the brutal Civil War that followed from 1918 - 1922 when the White Army revived the pogrom with particular vigor.</p><p>What happened after the Bolshevik victory is the subject of <a href="https://www.gc.cuny.edu/Page-Elements/Academics-Research-Centers-Initiatives/Doctoral-Programs/History/Faculty-Bios/Elissa-Bemporad">Elissa Bemporad</a>'s new book, <a href="https://www.amazon.com/dp/0190466456/?tag=newbooinhis-20"><em>Legacy of Blood: Jews, Pogroms, and Ritual Murder in the Lands of the Soviets</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2019), which won the National Jewish Book Award (Modern Jewish Thought and Experience). Bemporad probes the underbelly of the "Soviet myth"— that the USSR had eradicated the pogroms, banished the notion of a blood libel to the scrapheap of other opiates for the people, and vanquished antisemitism as part of the regime's broad anti-religious campaign — and discovers that both pogroms and the blood libel had a robust afterlife in the USSR.</p><p>As she traces changing attitudes towards Jews in the USSR, Bemporad also examines the uneasy and often ambivalent but mutually dependent, and ever-shifting relationship between the regime and the Jewish population as the Soviet century unfolds. <em>Legacy of Blood</em> looks at the re-emergence of overt antisemitism in the occupied territories of the USSR during World War II and the troubled return of the Jews to mainstream society after the war. The result is a meticulously researched, thought-provoking, and eminently readable book that adds much to both Jewish and Russian historical scholarship.</p><p>Elissa Bemporad is an Associate Professor of History at CUNY Graduate Center and the Jerry and William Ungar Chair in East European Jewish History, Queens College of CUNY. She is the author of <em>Becoming Soviet Jews: The Bolshevik Experiment in Minsk</em> (Indiana University Press, 2013) and the forthcoming <em>A Comprehensive History of the Jews in the Soviet Union</em>, vol I (NYU Press).</p><p><em>Jennifer Eremeeva is an American expatriate writer who writes about travel, culture, cuisine and culinary history, Russian history, and Royal History, with bylines in Reuters, Fodor's, USTOA, LitHub, The Moscow Times, and Russian Life. She is the award-winning author of Lenin Lives Next Door: Marriage, Martinis, and Mayhem in Moscow and Have Personality Disorder, Will Rule Russia: A Pocket Guide to Russian History.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 7 Jan 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The history of antisemitism in Europe stretches back as far as Ancient Rome, but persecutions of Jews became widespread during the Crusades, beginning in the early 11th century when the wholesale massacre of entire communities became commonplace. From the 12th century, the justification for this state-sanctioned violence became the blood libel accusation: the idea that Jews ritually murdered Christian children and used their blood in the celebration of Passover.</p><p>Nowhere in Europe was the blood libel more tenacious, credible, and long lived than in the Russian Empire, particularly during the late Imperial period, which saw large scale pogroms and harsh restrictions visited upon the empire's Jewish population. The Russian Revolution of 1917 attracted many Jews to its cause, thanks in large measure to Bolshevik condemnations of antisemitism and persecution of the Jewish minority. These numbers grew in the wake of the brutal Civil War that followed from 1918 - 1922 when the White Army revived the pogrom with particular vigor.</p><p>What happened after the Bolshevik victory is the subject of <a href="https://www.gc.cuny.edu/Page-Elements/Academics-Research-Centers-Initiatives/Doctoral-Programs/History/Faculty-Bios/Elissa-Bemporad">Elissa Bemporad</a>'s new book, <a href="https://www.amazon.com/dp/0190466456/?tag=newbooinhis-20"><em>Legacy of Blood: Jews, Pogroms, and Ritual Murder in the Lands of the Soviets</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2019), which won the National Jewish Book Award (Modern Jewish Thought and Experience). Bemporad probes the underbelly of the "Soviet myth"— that the USSR had eradicated the pogroms, banished the notion of a blood libel to the scrapheap of other opiates for the people, and vanquished antisemitism as part of the regime's broad anti-religious campaign — and discovers that both pogroms and the blood libel had a robust afterlife in the USSR.</p><p>As she traces changing attitudes towards Jews in the USSR, Bemporad also examines the uneasy and often ambivalent but mutually dependent, and ever-shifting relationship between the regime and the Jewish population as the Soviet century unfolds. <em>Legacy of Blood</em> looks at the re-emergence of overt antisemitism in the occupied territories of the USSR during World War II and the troubled return of the Jews to mainstream society after the war. The result is a meticulously researched, thought-provoking, and eminently readable book that adds much to both Jewish and Russian historical scholarship.</p><p>Elissa Bemporad is an Associate Professor of History at CUNY Graduate Center and the Jerry and William Ungar Chair in East European Jewish History, Queens College of CUNY. She is the author of <em>Becoming Soviet Jews: The Bolshevik Experiment in Minsk</em> (Indiana University Press, 2013) and the forthcoming <em>A Comprehensive History of the Jews in the Soviet Union</em>, vol I (NYU Press).</p><p><em>Jennifer Eremeeva is an American expatriate writer who writes about travel, culture, cuisine and culinary history, Russian history, and Royal History, with bylines in Reuters, Fodor's, USTOA, LitHub, The Moscow Times, and Russian Life. She is the award-winning author of Lenin Lives Next Door: Marriage, Martinis, and Mayhem in Moscow and Have Personality Disorder, Will Rule Russia: A Pocket Guide to Russian History.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="56711552" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/a4dd5f26-08fa-4ceb-9857-7a09125a3b1a/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=a4dd5f26-08fa-4ceb-9857-7a09125a3b1a&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Elissa Bemporad, &quot;Legacy of Blood: Jews, Pogroms, and Ritual Murder in the Lands of the Soviets&quot; (Oxford UP, 2019)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:59:04</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The history of antisemitism in Europe stretches back as far as Ancient Rome, but persecutions of Jews became widespread during the Crusades, beginning in the early 11th century when the wholesale massacre of entire communities became commonplace. From the 12th century, the justification for this state-sanctioned violence became the blood libel accusation: the idea that Jews ritually murdered Christian children and used their blood in the celebration of Passover.
Nowhere in Europe was the blood libel more tenacious, credible, and long lived than in the Russian Empire, particularly during the late Imperial period, which saw large scale pogroms and harsh restrictions visited upon the empire&apos;s Jewish population. The Russian Revolution of 1917 attracted many Jews to its cause, thanks in large measure to Bolshevik condemnations of antisemitism and persecution of the Jewish minority. These numbers grew in the wake of the brutal Civil War that followed from 1918 - 1922 when the White Army revived the pogrom with particular vigor.
What happened after the Bolshevik victory is the subject of Elissa Bemporad&apos;s new book, Legacy of Blood: Jews, Pogroms, and Ritual Murder in the Lands of the Soviets (Oxford UP, 2019), which won the National Jewish Book Award (Modern Jewish Thought and Experience). Bemporad probes the underbelly of the &quot;Soviet myth&quot;— that the USSR had eradicated the pogroms, banished the notion of a blood libel to the scrapheap of other opiates for the people, and vanquished antisemitism as part of the regime&apos;s broad anti-religious campaign — and discovers that both pogroms and the blood libel had a robust afterlife in the USSR.
As she traces changing attitudes towards Jews in the USSR, Bemporad also examines the uneasy and often ambivalent but mutually dependent, and ever-shifting relationship between the regime and the Jewish population as the Soviet century unfolds. Legacy of Blood looks at the re-emergence of overt antisemitism in the occupied territories of the USSR during World War II and the troubled return of the Jews to mainstream society after the war. The result is a meticulously researched, thought-provoking, and eminently readable book that adds much to both Jewish and Russian historical scholarship.
Elissa Bemporad is an Associate Professor of History at CUNY Graduate Center and the Jerry and William Ungar Chair in East European Jewish History, Queens College of CUNY. She is the author of Becoming Soviet Jews: The Bolshevik Experiment in Minsk (Indiana University Press, 2013) and the forthcoming A Comprehensive History of the Jews in the Soviet Union, vol I (NYU Press).
Jennifer Eremeeva is an American expatriate writer who writes about travel, culture, cuisine and culinary history, Russian history, and Royal History, with bylines in Reuters, Fodor&apos;s, USTOA, LitHub, The Moscow Times, and Russian Life. She is the award-winning author of Lenin Lives Next Door: Marriage, Martinis, and Mayhem in Moscow and Have Personality Disorder, Will Rule Russia: A Pocket Guide to Russian History.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The history of antisemitism in Europe stretches back as far as Ancient Rome, but persecutions of Jews became widespread during the Crusades, beginning in the early 11th century when the wholesale massacre of entire communities became commonplace. From the 12th century, the justification for this state-sanctioned violence became the blood libel accusation: the idea that Jews ritually murdered Christian children and used their blood in the celebration of Passover.
Nowhere in Europe was the blood libel more tenacious, credible, and long lived than in the Russian Empire, particularly during the late Imperial period, which saw large scale pogroms and harsh restrictions visited upon the empire&apos;s Jewish population. The Russian Revolution of 1917 attracted many Jews to its cause, thanks in large measure to Bolshevik condemnations of antisemitism and persecution of the Jewish minority. These numbers grew in the wake of the brutal Civil War that followed from 1918 - 1922 when the White Army revived the pogrom with particular vigor.
What happened after the Bolshevik victory is the subject of Elissa Bemporad&apos;s new book, Legacy of Blood: Jews, Pogroms, and Ritual Murder in the Lands of the Soviets (Oxford UP, 2019), which won the National Jewish Book Award (Modern Jewish Thought and Experience). Bemporad probes the underbelly of the &quot;Soviet myth&quot;— that the USSR had eradicated the pogroms, banished the notion of a blood libel to the scrapheap of other opiates for the people, and vanquished antisemitism as part of the regime&apos;s broad anti-religious campaign — and discovers that both pogroms and the blood libel had a robust afterlife in the USSR.
As she traces changing attitudes towards Jews in the USSR, Bemporad also examines the uneasy and often ambivalent but mutually dependent, and ever-shifting relationship between the regime and the Jewish population as the Soviet century unfolds. Legacy of Blood looks at the re-emergence of overt antisemitism in the occupied territories of the USSR during World War II and the troubled return of the Jews to mainstream society after the war. The result is a meticulously researched, thought-provoking, and eminently readable book that adds much to both Jewish and Russian historical scholarship.
Elissa Bemporad is an Associate Professor of History at CUNY Graduate Center and the Jerry and William Ungar Chair in East European Jewish History, Queens College of CUNY. She is the author of Becoming Soviet Jews: The Bolshevik Experiment in Minsk (Indiana University Press, 2013) and the forthcoming A Comprehensive History of the Jews in the Soviet Union, vol I (NYU Press).
Jennifer Eremeeva is an American expatriate writer who writes about travel, culture, cuisine and culinary history, Russian history, and Royal History, with bylines in Reuters, Fodor&apos;s, USTOA, LitHub, The Moscow Times, and Russian Life. She is the award-winning author of Lenin Lives Next Door: Marriage, Martinis, and Mayhem in Moscow and Have Personality Disorder, Will Rule Russia: A Pocket Guide to Russian History.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>118</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">604ccf90-cb81-11ef-befa-c37390fd1744</guid>
      <title>Peter Mandler, &quot;The Crisis of the Meritocracy: Britain&apos;s Transition to Mass Education Since the Second World War&quot; (Oxford UP, 2020)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>How did public demand shape education in the 20th century? In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198840145"><em>The Crisis of the Meritocracy: Britain’s Transition to Mass Education since the Second World War</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2020), <a href="https://www.hist.cam.ac.uk/people/prof-peter-mandler">Peter Mandler</a>, Professor of Modern Cultural History at the University of Cambridge, charts the history of schools, colleges, and universities. The book charts the tension between demands for democracy and the defence of meritocracy within both elite and public discourses, showing how this tension plays out in Britain’s complex and fragmented education system. Offering an alternative vision to the popular memory and perception of education, a note of caution about the power of education to cure social inequalities, and a celebration of public demand for high quality education for all, the book is essential reading across the humanities, social sciences, and for anyone interested in understanding education in contemporary society.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 6 Jan 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>How did public demand shape education in the 20th century? In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198840145"><em>The Crisis of the Meritocracy: Britain’s Transition to Mass Education since the Second World War</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2020), <a href="https://www.hist.cam.ac.uk/people/prof-peter-mandler">Peter Mandler</a>, Professor of Modern Cultural History at the University of Cambridge, charts the history of schools, colleges, and universities. The book charts the tension between demands for democracy and the defence of meritocracy within both elite and public discourses, showing how this tension plays out in Britain’s complex and fragmented education system. Offering an alternative vision to the popular memory and perception of education, a note of caution about the power of education to cure social inequalities, and a celebration of public demand for high quality education for all, the book is essential reading across the humanities, social sciences, and for anyone interested in understanding education in contemporary society.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="37570077" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/d2b8e95e-60df-482d-80b8-b23d4c5ca0b2/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=d2b8e95e-60df-482d-80b8-b23d4c5ca0b2&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Peter Mandler, &quot;The Crisis of the Meritocracy: Britain&apos;s Transition to Mass Education Since the Second World War&quot; (Oxford UP, 2020)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:39:08</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>How did public demand shape education in the 20th century? In The Crisis of the Meritocracy: Britain’s Transition to Mass Education since the Second World War (Oxford UP, 2020), Peter Mandler, Professor of Modern Cultural History at the University of Cambridge, charts the history of schools, colleges, and universities. The book charts the tension between demands for democracy and the defence of meritocracy within both elite and public discourses, showing how this tension plays out in Britain’s complex and fragmented education system. Offering an alternative vision to the popular memory and perception of education, a note of caution about the power of education to cure social inequalities, and a celebration of public demand for high quality education for all, the book is essential reading across the humanities, social sciences, and for anyone interested in understanding education in contemporary society.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>How did public demand shape education in the 20th century? In The Crisis of the Meritocracy: Britain’s Transition to Mass Education since the Second World War (Oxford UP, 2020), Peter Mandler, Professor of Modern Cultural History at the University of Cambridge, charts the history of schools, colleges, and universities. The book charts the tension between demands for democracy and the defence of meritocracy within both elite and public discourses, showing how this tension plays out in Britain’s complex and fragmented education system. Offering an alternative vision to the popular memory and perception of education, a note of caution about the power of education to cure social inequalities, and a celebration of public demand for high quality education for all, the book is essential reading across the humanities, social sciences, and for anyone interested in understanding education in contemporary society.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>194</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d88c6154-caab-11ef-983c-7745eb4afb06</guid>
      <title>Ilanit Loewy Shacham, &quot;Empire Inside Out: Religion, Conquest, and Community in Kṛṣṇadevarāya&apos;s Āmuktamālyada&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Examining the interplay of religion, history, and literature through a case study of King Krsnadevaraya's celebrated Telugu poem <em>Āmuktamālyada</em>, Ilanit Loewy Shacham showcases the groundbreaking worldview that this often-overlooked poem embodies. Krsnadevaraya (r.1509-1529) ruled over the Vijayanagara Empire during its heyday, and his monumental poem situates all power and authority not in the imperial center, but in the villages and temples at the empire's outskirts; not in the royal court, but in a religious community - a worldview radically different from how literary and political histories portray the king and his empire.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197776223"><em>Empire Inside Out</em></a> explores the <em>Āmuktamālyada</em> as a reflection of one of South Asia's most culturally complex periods, highlighting its rich religious, political, historical and ethnographic detail. Moreover, Loewy Shacham examines the <em>Āmuktamālyada</em> as the work of a king imparting personal insights on empire, kingship, and individuality - specifically, that it is possible to be unbounded by the institution of kingship that he himself embodies. This book demonstrates that Krsnadevaraya's text connects the imperial domain to the village and temple settings, and to the south Indian community of Srivaisnava devotees-and indeed that it situates the source of authority and power not in the royal court but in the margins, where Srivaisnavism originated, giving the far Tamil south a central role in its imperial vision.</p><p>Employing close textual analysis of the <em>Āmuktamālyada</em>, supplemented by a rich corpus of texts in different languages and genres, <em>Empire Inside Out</em> illuminates a piece of literature that has been fairly neglected, owing to the particularized linguistic and literary training required. The core of the book is based in the historical context of sixteenth-century Vijayanagara, from which it moves to the various pasts that helped shape the <em>Āmuktamālyada</em>, and to our contemporary times and the use of the text in constructing (at times rewriting) history.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 5 Jan 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Examining the interplay of religion, history, and literature through a case study of King Krsnadevaraya's celebrated Telugu poem <em>Āmuktamālyada</em>, Ilanit Loewy Shacham showcases the groundbreaking worldview that this often-overlooked poem embodies. Krsnadevaraya (r.1509-1529) ruled over the Vijayanagara Empire during its heyday, and his monumental poem situates all power and authority not in the imperial center, but in the villages and temples at the empire's outskirts; not in the royal court, but in a religious community - a worldview radically different from how literary and political histories portray the king and his empire.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197776223"><em>Empire Inside Out</em></a> explores the <em>Āmuktamālyada</em> as a reflection of one of South Asia's most culturally complex periods, highlighting its rich religious, political, historical and ethnographic detail. Moreover, Loewy Shacham examines the <em>Āmuktamālyada</em> as the work of a king imparting personal insights on empire, kingship, and individuality - specifically, that it is possible to be unbounded by the institution of kingship that he himself embodies. This book demonstrates that Krsnadevaraya's text connects the imperial domain to the village and temple settings, and to the south Indian community of Srivaisnava devotees-and indeed that it situates the source of authority and power not in the royal court but in the margins, where Srivaisnavism originated, giving the far Tamil south a central role in its imperial vision.</p><p>Employing close textual analysis of the <em>Āmuktamālyada</em>, supplemented by a rich corpus of texts in different languages and genres, <em>Empire Inside Out</em> illuminates a piece of literature that has been fairly neglected, owing to the particularized linguistic and literary training required. The core of the book is based in the historical context of sixteenth-century Vijayanagara, from which it moves to the various pasts that helped shape the <em>Āmuktamālyada</em>, and to our contemporary times and the use of the text in constructing (at times rewriting) history.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="64954628" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/8b41eb56-70d2-40e0-9f54-f479fc99f5ee/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=8b41eb56-70d2-40e0-9f54-f479fc99f5ee&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Ilanit Loewy Shacham, &quot;Empire Inside Out: Religion, Conquest, and Community in Kṛṣṇadevarāya&apos;s Āmuktamālyada&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:07:39</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Examining the interplay of religion, history, and literature through a case study of King Krsnadevaraya&apos;s celebrated Telugu poem Āmuktamālyada, Ilanit Loewy Shacham showcases the groundbreaking worldview that this often-overlooked poem embodies. Krsnadevaraya (r.1509-1529) ruled over the Vijayanagara Empire during its heyday, and his monumental poem situates all power and authority not in the imperial center, but in the villages and temples at the empire&apos;s outskirts; not in the royal court, but in a religious community - a worldview radically different from how literary and political histories portray the king and his empire.
Empire Inside Out explores the Āmuktamālyada as a reflection of one of South Asia&apos;s most culturally complex periods, highlighting its rich religious, political, historical and ethnographic detail. Moreover, Loewy Shacham examines the Āmuktamālyada as the work of a king imparting personal insights on empire, kingship, and individuality - specifically, that it is possible to be unbounded by the institution of kingship that he himself embodies. This book demonstrates that Krsnadevaraya&apos;s text connects the imperial domain to the village and temple settings, and to the south Indian community of Srivaisnava devotees-and indeed that it situates the source of authority and power not in the royal court but in the margins, where Srivaisnavism originated, giving the far Tamil south a central role in its imperial vision.
Employing close textual analysis of the Āmuktamālyada, supplemented by a rich corpus of texts in different languages and genres, Empire Inside Out illuminates a piece of literature that has been fairly neglected, owing to the particularized linguistic and literary training required. The core of the book is based in the historical context of sixteenth-century Vijayanagara, from which it moves to the various pasts that helped shape the Āmuktamālyada, and to our contemporary times and the use of the text in constructing (at times rewriting) history.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Examining the interplay of religion, history, and literature through a case study of King Krsnadevaraya&apos;s celebrated Telugu poem Āmuktamālyada, Ilanit Loewy Shacham showcases the groundbreaking worldview that this often-overlooked poem embodies. Krsnadevaraya (r.1509-1529) ruled over the Vijayanagara Empire during its heyday, and his monumental poem situates all power and authority not in the imperial center, but in the villages and temples at the empire&apos;s outskirts; not in the royal court, but in a religious community - a worldview radically different from how literary and political histories portray the king and his empire.
Empire Inside Out explores the Āmuktamālyada as a reflection of one of South Asia&apos;s most culturally complex periods, highlighting its rich religious, political, historical and ethnographic detail. Moreover, Loewy Shacham examines the Āmuktamālyada as the work of a king imparting personal insights on empire, kingship, and individuality - specifically, that it is possible to be unbounded by the institution of kingship that he himself embodies. This book demonstrates that Krsnadevaraya&apos;s text connects the imperial domain to the village and temple settings, and to the south Indian community of Srivaisnava devotees-and indeed that it situates the source of authority and power not in the royal court but in the margins, where Srivaisnavism originated, giving the far Tamil south a central role in its imperial vision.
Employing close textual analysis of the Āmuktamālyada, supplemented by a rich corpus of texts in different languages and genres, Empire Inside Out illuminates a piece of literature that has been fairly neglected, owing to the particularized linguistic and literary training required. The core of the book is based in the historical context of sixteenth-century Vijayanagara, from which it moves to the various pasts that helped shape the Āmuktamālyada, and to our contemporary times and the use of the text in constructing (at times rewriting) history.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>259</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2f431dd4-cab2-11ef-acdf-4b0c1e9f96fe</guid>
      <title>Amy Aronson, &quot;Chrystal Eastman: A Revolutionary Life&quot; (Oxford UP, 2019)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://www.fordham.edu/info/20771/cms_faculty_and_staff/4666/amy_aronson">Amy Aronson</a> is an Associate Professor of Journalism and Media Studies at Fordham University and former editor at <em>Working Woman</em> and <em>Ms.</em> magazines. Her biography <a href="http://www.amazon.com/dp/0199948739/?tag=newbooinhis-20"><em>Chrystal Eastman: A Revolutionary Life</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2019) gives us the life of a women’s rights activist, labor lawyer, radical pacifist, writer and co-founder of what became the Civil Liberties Union. Her life was shaped by key relationships including with her mother Annis Ford Eastman and a close relationship with her brother Max Eastman, editor of the socialist magazine <em>The Masses</em>. Subsequently with her brother, she would launch <em>The Liberator</em>. Eastman spoke and wrote about a variety of social and political problems and was threatened by censorship and economic hardship. One of her chief concerns was how women could combine meaningful work with family life based on egalitarian ideals of independence and freedom. She attempted to live out her feminist ideals by redefining her marriage, motherhood and career. <em>Chrystal Eastman: A Revolutionary Life</em> offers a vivid portrait of a modern feminist navigating the hazards of private and public life as it unfolded in the progressive era.</p><p><a href="http://www.lilianbarger.com"><em>Lilian Calles Barger</em></a><em> is a cultural, intellectual and gender historian. Her most recent book is entitled </em>The World Come of Age: An Intellectual History of Liberation Theology<em> (Oxford University Press, 2018). Her current research project is on the cultural history of feminist thought seen through the emblematic life and work of Simone de Beauvoir.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 5 Jan 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://www.fordham.edu/info/20771/cms_faculty_and_staff/4666/amy_aronson">Amy Aronson</a> is an Associate Professor of Journalism and Media Studies at Fordham University and former editor at <em>Working Woman</em> and <em>Ms.</em> magazines. Her biography <a href="http://www.amazon.com/dp/0199948739/?tag=newbooinhis-20"><em>Chrystal Eastman: A Revolutionary Life</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2019) gives us the life of a women’s rights activist, labor lawyer, radical pacifist, writer and co-founder of what became the Civil Liberties Union. Her life was shaped by key relationships including with her mother Annis Ford Eastman and a close relationship with her brother Max Eastman, editor of the socialist magazine <em>The Masses</em>. Subsequently with her brother, she would launch <em>The Liberator</em>. Eastman spoke and wrote about a variety of social and political problems and was threatened by censorship and economic hardship. One of her chief concerns was how women could combine meaningful work with family life based on egalitarian ideals of independence and freedom. She attempted to live out her feminist ideals by redefining her marriage, motherhood and career. <em>Chrystal Eastman: A Revolutionary Life</em> offers a vivid portrait of a modern feminist navigating the hazards of private and public life as it unfolded in the progressive era.</p><p><a href="http://www.lilianbarger.com"><em>Lilian Calles Barger</em></a><em> is a cultural, intellectual and gender historian. Her most recent book is entitled </em>The World Come of Age: An Intellectual History of Liberation Theology<em> (Oxford University Press, 2018). Her current research project is on the cultural history of feminist thought seen through the emblematic life and work of Simone de Beauvoir.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="54867160" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/ea96b70e-821b-4b65-83ea-697daed93e34/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=ea96b70e-821b-4b65-83ea-697daed93e34&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Amy Aronson, &quot;Chrystal Eastman: A Revolutionary Life&quot; (Oxford UP, 2019)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:57:09</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Amy Aronson is an Associate Professor of Journalism and Media Studies at Fordham University and former editor at Working Woman and Ms. magazines. Her biography Chrystal Eastman: A Revolutionary Life (Oxford University Press, 2019) gives us the life of a women’s rights activist, labor lawyer, radical pacifist, writer and co-founder of what became the Civil Liberties Union. Her life was shaped by key relationships including with her mother Annis Ford Eastman and a close relationship with her brother Max Eastman, editor of the socialist magazine The Masses. Subsequently with her brother, she would launch The Liberator. Eastman spoke and wrote about a variety of social and political problems and was threatened by censorship and economic hardship. One of her chief concerns was how women could combine meaningful work with family life based on egalitarian ideals of independence and freedom. She attempted to live out her feminist ideals by redefining her marriage, motherhood and career. Chrystal Eastman: A Revolutionary Life offers a vivid portrait of a modern feminist navigating the hazards of private and public life as it unfolded in the progressive era.
Lilian Calles Barger is a cultural, intellectual and gender historian. Her most recent book is entitled The World Come of Age: An Intellectual History of Liberation Theology (Oxford University Press, 2018). Her current research project is on the cultural history of feminist thought seen through the emblematic life and work of Simone de Beauvoir.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Amy Aronson is an Associate Professor of Journalism and Media Studies at Fordham University and former editor at Working Woman and Ms. magazines. Her biography Chrystal Eastman: A Revolutionary Life (Oxford University Press, 2019) gives us the life of a women’s rights activist, labor lawyer, radical pacifist, writer and co-founder of what became the Civil Liberties Union. Her life was shaped by key relationships including with her mother Annis Ford Eastman and a close relationship with her brother Max Eastman, editor of the socialist magazine The Masses. Subsequently with her brother, she would launch The Liberator. Eastman spoke and wrote about a variety of social and political problems and was threatened by censorship and economic hardship. One of her chief concerns was how women could combine meaningful work with family life based on egalitarian ideals of independence and freedom. She attempted to live out her feminist ideals by redefining her marriage, motherhood and career. Chrystal Eastman: A Revolutionary Life offers a vivid portrait of a modern feminist navigating the hazards of private and public life as it unfolded in the progressive era.
Lilian Calles Barger is a cultural, intellectual and gender historian. Her most recent book is entitled The World Come of Age: An Intellectual History of Liberation Theology (Oxford University Press, 2018). Her current research project is on the cultural history of feminist thought seen through the emblematic life and work of Simone de Beauvoir.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>105</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">af30b830-c9ef-11ef-be94-7bc3d05ab2ed</guid>
      <title>Marc Gallicchio, &quot;Unconditional: The Japanese Surrender in World War II&quot; (Oxford UP, 2020)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Signed on September 2, 1945 aboard the American battleship USS <em>Missouri</em> in Tokyo Bay by Japanese and Allied leaders, the instrument of surrender formally ended the war in the Pacific and brought to a close one of the most cataclysmic engagements in history, one that had cost the lives of millions. VJ―Victory over Japan―Day had taken place two weeks or so earlier, in the wake of the dropping of the atomic bombs on Hiroshima and Nagasaki and the entrance of the Soviet Union into the war. In the end, the surrender itself fulfilled the commitment that Franklin Roosevelt had made that it be "unconditional," as had been the case with Nazi Germany in May, 1945. </p><p>Though readily accepted as war policy at the time, after Roosevelt's death in April 1945, popular support for unconditional surrender wavered, particularly when the bloody campaigns on Iwo Jima and Okinawa made clear the cost of military victory against Japan. The ending of the war in Europe spurred calls in Congress, particularly among anti-New Deal Republicans, to shift the American economy to peacetime and bring home troops. Even after the atomic bombs had been dropped, Japan continued to seek a negotiated surrender, further complicating the debate. Though this was the last time Americans would impose surrender unconditionally, questions surrounding it continued at home through the 1950s and 1960s, when liberal and conservative views reversed, and particularly in Vietnam and the definition of "peace with honor." It remained controversial through the ceremonies surrounding the 50th anniversary and the Gulf War, when the subject revived.</p><p><br /></p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190091101"><em>Unconditional: The Japanese Surrender in World War II</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2020), which publishes in time for the 75th anniversary of the surrender, Bancroft Prize co-winner Marc Gallicchio offers a narrative of the surrender in its historical moment, revealing how and why the event unfolded as it did and the principle figures behind it, including George C. Marshall and Douglas MacArthur, who would effectively become the leader of Japan during the American occupation. It also reveals how the policy underlying it remained controversial at the time and in the decades following, shaping our understanding of World War II.</p><p><em>Grant Golub is a PhD candidate in the Department of International History at the London School of Economics and Political Science. His research focuses on the politics of American grand strategy during World War II.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 4 Jan 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Signed on September 2, 1945 aboard the American battleship USS <em>Missouri</em> in Tokyo Bay by Japanese and Allied leaders, the instrument of surrender formally ended the war in the Pacific and brought to a close one of the most cataclysmic engagements in history, one that had cost the lives of millions. VJ―Victory over Japan―Day had taken place two weeks or so earlier, in the wake of the dropping of the atomic bombs on Hiroshima and Nagasaki and the entrance of the Soviet Union into the war. In the end, the surrender itself fulfilled the commitment that Franklin Roosevelt had made that it be "unconditional," as had been the case with Nazi Germany in May, 1945. </p><p>Though readily accepted as war policy at the time, after Roosevelt's death in April 1945, popular support for unconditional surrender wavered, particularly when the bloody campaigns on Iwo Jima and Okinawa made clear the cost of military victory against Japan. The ending of the war in Europe spurred calls in Congress, particularly among anti-New Deal Republicans, to shift the American economy to peacetime and bring home troops. Even after the atomic bombs had been dropped, Japan continued to seek a negotiated surrender, further complicating the debate. Though this was the last time Americans would impose surrender unconditionally, questions surrounding it continued at home through the 1950s and 1960s, when liberal and conservative views reversed, and particularly in Vietnam and the definition of "peace with honor." It remained controversial through the ceremonies surrounding the 50th anniversary and the Gulf War, when the subject revived.</p><p><br /></p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190091101"><em>Unconditional: The Japanese Surrender in World War II</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2020), which publishes in time for the 75th anniversary of the surrender, Bancroft Prize co-winner Marc Gallicchio offers a narrative of the surrender in its historical moment, revealing how and why the event unfolded as it did and the principle figures behind it, including George C. Marshall and Douglas MacArthur, who would effectively become the leader of Japan during the American occupation. It also reveals how the policy underlying it remained controversial at the time and in the decades following, shaping our understanding of World War II.</p><p><em>Grant Golub is a PhD candidate in the Department of International History at the London School of Economics and Political Science. His research focuses on the politics of American grand strategy during World War II.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="83210646" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/1f5681c5-3baa-41e4-b189-5465f6504fd0/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=1f5681c5-3baa-41e4-b189-5465f6504fd0&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Marc Gallicchio, &quot;Unconditional: The Japanese Surrender in World War II&quot; (Oxford UP, 2020)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:26:38</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Signed on September 2, 1945 aboard the American battleship USS Missouri in Tokyo Bay by Japanese and Allied leaders, the instrument of surrender formally ended the war in the Pacific and brought to a close one of the most cataclysmic engagements in history, one that had cost the lives of millions. VJ―Victory over Japan―Day had taken place two weeks or so earlier, in the wake of the dropping of the atomic bombs on Hiroshima and Nagasaki and the entrance of the Soviet Union into the war. In the end, the surrender itself fulfilled the commitment that Franklin Roosevelt had made that it be &quot;unconditional,&quot; as had been the case with Nazi Germany in May, 1945. 
Though readily accepted as war policy at the time, after Roosevelt&apos;s death in April 1945, popular support for unconditional surrender wavered, particularly when the bloody campaigns on Iwo Jima and Okinawa made clear the cost of military victory against Japan. The ending of the war in Europe spurred calls in Congress, particularly among anti-New Deal Republicans, to shift the American economy to peacetime and bring home troops. Even after the atomic bombs had been dropped, Japan continued to seek a negotiated surrender, further complicating the debate. Though this was the last time Americans would impose surrender unconditionally, questions surrounding it continued at home through the 1950s and 1960s, when liberal and conservative views reversed, and particularly in Vietnam and the definition of &quot;peace with honor.&quot; It remained controversial through the ceremonies surrounding the 50th anniversary and the Gulf War, when the subject revived.

In Unconditional: The Japanese Surrender in World War II (Oxford UP, 2020), which publishes in time for the 75th anniversary of the surrender, Bancroft Prize co-winner Marc Gallicchio offers a narrative of the surrender in its historical moment, revealing how and why the event unfolded as it did and the principle figures behind it, including George C. Marshall and Douglas MacArthur, who would effectively become the leader of Japan during the American occupation. It also reveals how the policy underlying it remained controversial at the time and in the decades following, shaping our understanding of World War II.
Grant Golub is a PhD candidate in the Department of International History at the London School of Economics and Political Science. His research focuses on the politics of American grand strategy during World War II.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Signed on September 2, 1945 aboard the American battleship USS Missouri in Tokyo Bay by Japanese and Allied leaders, the instrument of surrender formally ended the war in the Pacific and brought to a close one of the most cataclysmic engagements in history, one that had cost the lives of millions. VJ―Victory over Japan―Day had taken place two weeks or so earlier, in the wake of the dropping of the atomic bombs on Hiroshima and Nagasaki and the entrance of the Soviet Union into the war. In the end, the surrender itself fulfilled the commitment that Franklin Roosevelt had made that it be &quot;unconditional,&quot; as had been the case with Nazi Germany in May, 1945. 
Though readily accepted as war policy at the time, after Roosevelt&apos;s death in April 1945, popular support for unconditional surrender wavered, particularly when the bloody campaigns on Iwo Jima and Okinawa made clear the cost of military victory against Japan. The ending of the war in Europe spurred calls in Congress, particularly among anti-New Deal Republicans, to shift the American economy to peacetime and bring home troops. Even after the atomic bombs had been dropped, Japan continued to seek a negotiated surrender, further complicating the debate. Though this was the last time Americans would impose surrender unconditionally, questions surrounding it continued at home through the 1950s and 1960s, when liberal and conservative views reversed, and particularly in Vietnam and the definition of &quot;peace with honor.&quot; It remained controversial through the ceremonies surrounding the 50th anniversary and the Gulf War, when the subject revived.

In Unconditional: The Japanese Surrender in World War II (Oxford UP, 2020), which publishes in time for the 75th anniversary of the surrender, Bancroft Prize co-winner Marc Gallicchio offers a narrative of the surrender in its historical moment, revealing how and why the event unfolded as it did and the principle figures behind it, including George C. Marshall and Douglas MacArthur, who would effectively become the leader of Japan during the American occupation. It also reveals how the policy underlying it remained controversial at the time and in the decades following, shaping our understanding of World War II.
Grant Golub is a PhD candidate in the Department of International History at the London School of Economics and Political Science. His research focuses on the politics of American grand strategy during World War II.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>6</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8dbd8188-c79c-11ef-ae46-f3e07715d73e</guid>
      <title>Shannan Clark, &quot;The Making of the American Creative Class: New York&apos;s Culture Workers and 20th-Century Consumer Capitalism&quot; (Oxford UP, 2020)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>During the middle decades of the twentieth century, the production of America’s consumer culture was centralized in New York to an extent unparalleled in the history of the United States. Every day tens of thousands of writers, editors, artists, performers, technicians, and secretaries made advertisements, produced media content, and designed the shape and feel of the consumer economy. While this centre of creativity has often been portrayed as a smoothly running machine, within these offices many white-collar workers challenged the managers and executives who directed their labours.</p><p><a href="https://www.montclair.edu/profilepages/view_profile.php?username=clarksh">Shannan Clark</a>. author of <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780199731626"><em>The Making of the American Creative Class: New York's Culture Workers and 20th-Century Consumer Capitalism</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2020), speaks with Pierre d’Alancaisez about the origins of the creative class, their labour union struggles and successes, the role of the Works Projects Administration, and institutions like the Design Laboratory and Consumer Union which foretell the experiences of today’s culture workers.</p><p><em> </em><a href="http://petitpoi.net/"><em>Pierre d’Alancaisez</em></a><em> is a contemprary art curator, cultural strategist, researcher. Sometime scientist, financial services professional.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 2 Jan 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>During the middle decades of the twentieth century, the production of America’s consumer culture was centralized in New York to an extent unparalleled in the history of the United States. Every day tens of thousands of writers, editors, artists, performers, technicians, and secretaries made advertisements, produced media content, and designed the shape and feel of the consumer economy. While this centre of creativity has often been portrayed as a smoothly running machine, within these offices many white-collar workers challenged the managers and executives who directed their labours.</p><p><a href="https://www.montclair.edu/profilepages/view_profile.php?username=clarksh">Shannan Clark</a>. author of <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780199731626"><em>The Making of the American Creative Class: New York's Culture Workers and 20th-Century Consumer Capitalism</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2020), speaks with Pierre d’Alancaisez about the origins of the creative class, their labour union struggles and successes, the role of the Works Projects Administration, and institutions like the Design Laboratory and Consumer Union which foretell the experiences of today’s culture workers.</p><p><em> </em><a href="http://petitpoi.net/"><em>Pierre d’Alancaisez</em></a><em> is a contemprary art curator, cultural strategist, researcher. Sometime scientist, financial services professional.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="60581605" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/b16bf982-62f0-479a-8bda-29f826413b69/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=b16bf982-62f0-479a-8bda-29f826413b69&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Shannan Clark, &quot;The Making of the American Creative Class: New York&apos;s Culture Workers and 20th-Century Consumer Capitalism&quot; (Oxford UP, 2020)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:03:05</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>During the middle decades of the twentieth century, the production of America’s consumer culture was centralized in New York to an extent unparalleled in the history of the United States. Every day tens of thousands of writers, editors, artists, performers, technicians, and secretaries made advertisements, produced media content, and designed the shape and feel of the consumer economy. While this centre of creativity has often been portrayed as a smoothly running machine, within these offices many white-collar workers challenged the managers and executives who directed their labours.
Shannan Clark. author of The Making of the American Creative Class: New York&apos;s Culture Workers and 20th-Century Consumer Capitalism (Oxford UP, 2020), speaks with Pierre d’Alancaisez about the origins of the creative class, their labour union struggles and successes, the role of the Works Projects Administration, and institutions like the Design Laboratory and Consumer Union which foretell the experiences of today’s culture workers.
 Pierre d’Alancaisez is a contemprary art curator, cultural strategist, researcher. Sometime scientist, financial services professional.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>During the middle decades of the twentieth century, the production of America’s consumer culture was centralized in New York to an extent unparalleled in the history of the United States. Every day tens of thousands of writers, editors, artists, performers, technicians, and secretaries made advertisements, produced media content, and designed the shape and feel of the consumer economy. While this centre of creativity has often been portrayed as a smoothly running machine, within these offices many white-collar workers challenged the managers and executives who directed their labours.
Shannan Clark. author of The Making of the American Creative Class: New York&apos;s Culture Workers and 20th-Century Consumer Capitalism (Oxford UP, 2020), speaks with Pierre d’Alancaisez about the origins of the creative class, their labour union struggles and successes, the role of the Works Projects Administration, and institutions like the Design Laboratory and Consumer Union which foretell the experiences of today’s culture workers.
 Pierre d’Alancaisez is a contemprary art curator, cultural strategist, researcher. Sometime scientist, financial services professional.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>54</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">06eeda36-c3b8-11ef-b6f0-839a690d880e</guid>
      <title>Michael Fuerstein, &quot;Experiments in Living Together: How Democracy Drives Social Progress&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Various kind of philosophical considerations have been offered in favor of democracy. By some accounts, democracy realizes some intrinsic value, such as equality or collective autonomy. According to other views, democracy’s value is more <em>instrumental</em>: it tends to <em>produce </em>or <em>promote </em>certain social goods like stability, prosperity, and peace. However, a longstanding alternative tradition locates democracy’s value in its capacity to make social and moral <em>progress</em>. Here, the idea isn’t so much that democracy produces an already-identified social good, but rather that democracy fosters a kind of social and moral <em>discovery</em>.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197784280"><em>Experiments in Living Together: How Democracy Drives Social Progress </em></a>(Oxford UP, 2024), <a href="https://www.stolaf.edu/profile/fuerstei">Michael Fuerstein</a> draws on normative and empirical considerations in proposing a systematic account of democracy’s capacity to foster progress.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 1 Jan 2025 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Various kind of philosophical considerations have been offered in favor of democracy. By some accounts, democracy realizes some intrinsic value, such as equality or collective autonomy. According to other views, democracy’s value is more <em>instrumental</em>: it tends to <em>produce </em>or <em>promote </em>certain social goods like stability, prosperity, and peace. However, a longstanding alternative tradition locates democracy’s value in its capacity to make social and moral <em>progress</em>. Here, the idea isn’t so much that democracy produces an already-identified social good, but rather that democracy fosters a kind of social and moral <em>discovery</em>.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197784280"><em>Experiments in Living Together: How Democracy Drives Social Progress </em></a>(Oxford UP, 2024), <a href="https://www.stolaf.edu/profile/fuerstei">Michael Fuerstein</a> draws on normative and empirical considerations in proposing a systematic account of democracy’s capacity to foster progress.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="59879871" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/7e25b5ae-a957-4dca-ae01-f431bc46e115/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=7e25b5ae-a957-4dca-ae01-f431bc46e115&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Michael Fuerstein, &quot;Experiments in Living Together: How Democracy Drives Social Progress&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:02:22</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Various kind of philosophical considerations have been offered in favor of democracy. By some accounts, democracy realizes some intrinsic value, such as equality or collective autonomy. According to other views, democracy’s value is more instrumental: it tends to produce or promote certain social goods like stability, prosperity, and peace. However, a longstanding alternative tradition locates democracy’s value in its capacity to make social and moral progress. Here, the idea isn’t so much that democracy produces an already-identified social good, but rather that democracy fosters a kind of social and moral discovery.
In Experiments in Living Together: How Democracy Drives Social Progress (Oxford UP, 2024), Michael Fuerstein draws on normative and empirical considerations in proposing a systematic account of democracy’s capacity to foster progress.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Various kind of philosophical considerations have been offered in favor of democracy. By some accounts, democracy realizes some intrinsic value, such as equality or collective autonomy. According to other views, democracy’s value is more instrumental: it tends to produce or promote certain social goods like stability, prosperity, and peace. However, a longstanding alternative tradition locates democracy’s value in its capacity to make social and moral progress. Here, the idea isn’t so much that democracy produces an already-identified social good, but rather that democracy fosters a kind of social and moral discovery.
In Experiments in Living Together: How Democracy Drives Social Progress (Oxford UP, 2024), Michael Fuerstein draws on normative and empirical considerations in proposing a systematic account of democracy’s capacity to foster progress.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>362</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">143e639a-c544-11ef-b3fb-5716c3b85f74</guid>
      <title>Robert Darnton, &quot;Pirating and Publishing: The Book Trade in the Age of Enlightenment&quot; (Oxford UP, 2021)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In the late-18th century, a group of publishers in what historian Robert Darnton calls the "Fertile Crescent" — countries located along the French border, stretching from Holland to Switzerland — pirated the works of prominent (and often banned) French writers and distributed them in France, where laws governing piracy were in flux and any notion of "copyright" very much in its infancy. Piracy was entirely legal and everyone acknowledged — tacitly or openly — that these pirated editions of works by Rousseau, Voltaire, and Diderot, among other luminaries, supplied a growing readership within France, one whose needs could not be met by the monopolistic and tightly controlled Paris Guild.</p><p>Darnton's book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780195144529"><em>Pirating and Publishing: The Book Trade in the Age of Enlightenment</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2021) focuses principally on a publisher in Switzerland, one of the largest and whose archives are the most complete. Through the lens of this concern, he offers a sweeping view of the world of writing, publishing, and especially bookselling in pre-Revolutionary France--a vibrantly detailed inside look at a cut-throat industry that was struggling to keep up with the times and, if possible, make a profit off them. Featuring a fascinating cast of characters — lofty idealists and down-and-dirty opportunists — this new book expands upon on Darnton's celebrated work on book-publishing in France, most recently found in <em>Literary Tour de France</em>. <em>Pirating and Publishing</em> reveals how and why piracy brought the Enlightenment to every corner of France, feeding the ideas that would explode into revolution.</p><p><em>Zach McCulley (@zamccull) is a historian of religion and literary cultures in early modern England and PhD candidate in History at Queen's University Belfast.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 29 Dec 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In the late-18th century, a group of publishers in what historian Robert Darnton calls the "Fertile Crescent" — countries located along the French border, stretching from Holland to Switzerland — pirated the works of prominent (and often banned) French writers and distributed them in France, where laws governing piracy were in flux and any notion of "copyright" very much in its infancy. Piracy was entirely legal and everyone acknowledged — tacitly or openly — that these pirated editions of works by Rousseau, Voltaire, and Diderot, among other luminaries, supplied a growing readership within France, one whose needs could not be met by the monopolistic and tightly controlled Paris Guild.</p><p>Darnton's book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780195144529"><em>Pirating and Publishing: The Book Trade in the Age of Enlightenment</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2021) focuses principally on a publisher in Switzerland, one of the largest and whose archives are the most complete. Through the lens of this concern, he offers a sweeping view of the world of writing, publishing, and especially bookselling in pre-Revolutionary France--a vibrantly detailed inside look at a cut-throat industry that was struggling to keep up with the times and, if possible, make a profit off them. Featuring a fascinating cast of characters — lofty idealists and down-and-dirty opportunists — this new book expands upon on Darnton's celebrated work on book-publishing in France, most recently found in <em>Literary Tour de France</em>. <em>Pirating and Publishing</em> reveals how and why piracy brought the Enlightenment to every corner of France, feeding the ideas that would explode into revolution.</p><p><em>Zach McCulley (@zamccull) is a historian of religion and literary cultures in early modern England and PhD candidate in History at Queen's University Belfast.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="46775859" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/2e9d8001-f5a0-4d21-99e4-81687dd154f4/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=2e9d8001-f5a0-4d21-99e4-81687dd154f4&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Robert Darnton, &quot;Pirating and Publishing: The Book Trade in the Age of Enlightenment&quot; (Oxford UP, 2021)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:48:42</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In the late-18th century, a group of publishers in what historian Robert Darnton calls the &quot;Fertile Crescent&quot; — countries located along the French border, stretching from Holland to Switzerland — pirated the works of prominent (and often banned) French writers and distributed them in France, where laws governing piracy were in flux and any notion of &quot;copyright&quot; very much in its infancy. Piracy was entirely legal and everyone acknowledged — tacitly or openly — that these pirated editions of works by Rousseau, Voltaire, and Diderot, among other luminaries, supplied a growing readership within France, one whose needs could not be met by the monopolistic and tightly controlled Paris Guild.
Darnton&apos;s book Pirating and Publishing: The Book Trade in the Age of Enlightenment (Oxford UP, 2021) focuses principally on a publisher in Switzerland, one of the largest and whose archives are the most complete. Through the lens of this concern, he offers a sweeping view of the world of writing, publishing, and especially bookselling in pre-Revolutionary France--a vibrantly detailed inside look at a cut-throat industry that was struggling to keep up with the times and, if possible, make a profit off them. Featuring a fascinating cast of characters — lofty idealists and down-and-dirty opportunists — this new book expands upon on Darnton&apos;s celebrated work on book-publishing in France, most recently found in Literary Tour de France. Pirating and Publishing reveals how and why piracy brought the Enlightenment to every corner of France, feeding the ideas that would explode into revolution.
Zach McCulley (@zamccull) is a historian of religion and literary cultures in early modern England and PhD candidate in History at Queen&apos;s University Belfast.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In the late-18th century, a group of publishers in what historian Robert Darnton calls the &quot;Fertile Crescent&quot; — countries located along the French border, stretching from Holland to Switzerland — pirated the works of prominent (and often banned) French writers and distributed them in France, where laws governing piracy were in flux and any notion of &quot;copyright&quot; very much in its infancy. Piracy was entirely legal and everyone acknowledged — tacitly or openly — that these pirated editions of works by Rousseau, Voltaire, and Diderot, among other luminaries, supplied a growing readership within France, one whose needs could not be met by the monopolistic and tightly controlled Paris Guild.
Darnton&apos;s book Pirating and Publishing: The Book Trade in the Age of Enlightenment (Oxford UP, 2021) focuses principally on a publisher in Switzerland, one of the largest and whose archives are the most complete. Through the lens of this concern, he offers a sweeping view of the world of writing, publishing, and especially bookselling in pre-Revolutionary France--a vibrantly detailed inside look at a cut-throat industry that was struggling to keep up with the times and, if possible, make a profit off them. Featuring a fascinating cast of characters — lofty idealists and down-and-dirty opportunists — this new book expands upon on Darnton&apos;s celebrated work on book-publishing in France, most recently found in Literary Tour de France. Pirating and Publishing reveals how and why piracy brought the Enlightenment to every corner of France, feeding the ideas that would explode into revolution.
Zach McCulley (@zamccull) is a historian of religion and literary cultures in early modern England and PhD candidate in History at Queen&apos;s University Belfast.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>918</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a16d5ba4-c206-11ef-8723-fb8ee98781ba</guid>
      <title>Mukulika Banerjee, &quot;Cultivating Democracy: Politics and Citizenship in Agrarian India&quot; (Oxford UP, 2021)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197601877"><em>Cultivating Democracy: Politics and Citizenship in Agrarian India</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2021) by Dr. Mukulika Banerjee offers a groundbreaking rethinking of democracy, moving beyond its institutional frameworks to focus on its lived, everyday dimensions. Based on ethnographic fieldwork in the villages of Madanpur and Chishti in India, the book examines how agrarian communities cultivate democratic values—solidarity, reciprocity, and ethical citizenship—through practices embedded in their daily lives. Dr. Banerjee challenges conventional notions of democracy as confined to elections and state institutions, instead presenting it as a process deeply rooted in cultural-social practices and values. She highlights how rural communities, through cooperation in agriculture, rituals, festivals, and even moments of conflict and repair, create and sustain the democratic spirit. In doing so, the book underscores the resilience of these practices, even as procedural democracy faces erosion under broader political and economic pressures. At its core, <em>Cultivating Democracy</em> compels us to reimagine democracy not as an abstract ideal but as a lived and ongoing project shaped by the rhythms of everyday life. Through its rich ethnographic detail and theoretical insight, the book offers profound lessons on the fragility and strength of democracy, making it both a deeply scholarly and urgently relevant work.</p><p><a href="https://x.com/angryplasticgod">Rounak Bose</a> is a doctoral student in History at the University of Delaware. His research explores the intersections of caste, religiosities, performances, sacred geographies, and the state, as informing/informed by colonial and postcolonial mobilities and circulatory regimes across South Asia and Indian Ocean networks. Besides these specific research interests, his disciplinary interests revolve across anthropology, linguistics, literature, and the digital humanities. When not reading or writing in the university library, Rounak can be found running along Newark's trails and petting the canines he meets along the way.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 28 Dec 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197601877"><em>Cultivating Democracy: Politics and Citizenship in Agrarian India</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2021) by Dr. Mukulika Banerjee offers a groundbreaking rethinking of democracy, moving beyond its institutional frameworks to focus on its lived, everyday dimensions. Based on ethnographic fieldwork in the villages of Madanpur and Chishti in India, the book examines how agrarian communities cultivate democratic values—solidarity, reciprocity, and ethical citizenship—through practices embedded in their daily lives. Dr. Banerjee challenges conventional notions of democracy as confined to elections and state institutions, instead presenting it as a process deeply rooted in cultural-social practices and values. She highlights how rural communities, through cooperation in agriculture, rituals, festivals, and even moments of conflict and repair, create and sustain the democratic spirit. In doing so, the book underscores the resilience of these practices, even as procedural democracy faces erosion under broader political and economic pressures. At its core, <em>Cultivating Democracy</em> compels us to reimagine democracy not as an abstract ideal but as a lived and ongoing project shaped by the rhythms of everyday life. Through its rich ethnographic detail and theoretical insight, the book offers profound lessons on the fragility and strength of democracy, making it both a deeply scholarly and urgently relevant work.</p><p><a href="https://x.com/angryplasticgod">Rounak Bose</a> is a doctoral student in History at the University of Delaware. His research explores the intersections of caste, religiosities, performances, sacred geographies, and the state, as informing/informed by colonial and postcolonial mobilities and circulatory regimes across South Asia and Indian Ocean networks. Besides these specific research interests, his disciplinary interests revolve across anthropology, linguistics, literature, and the digital humanities. When not reading or writing in the university library, Rounak can be found running along Newark's trails and petting the canines he meets along the way.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="57534564" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/1271f6c7-058b-46d4-84fe-61a1bd1d6d4b/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=1271f6c7-058b-46d4-84fe-61a1bd1d6d4b&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Mukulika Banerjee, &quot;Cultivating Democracy: Politics and Citizenship in Agrarian India&quot; (Oxford UP, 2021)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:59:55</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Cultivating Democracy: Politics and Citizenship in Agrarian India (Oxford UP, 2021) by Dr. Mukulika Banerjee offers a groundbreaking rethinking of democracy, moving beyond its institutional frameworks to focus on its lived, everyday dimensions. Based on ethnographic fieldwork in the villages of Madanpur and Chishti in India, the book examines how agrarian communities cultivate democratic values—solidarity, reciprocity, and ethical citizenship—through practices embedded in their daily lives. Dr. Banerjee challenges conventional notions of democracy as confined to elections and state institutions, instead presenting it as a process deeply rooted in cultural-social practices and values. She highlights how rural communities, through cooperation in agriculture, rituals, festivals, and even moments of conflict and repair, create and sustain the democratic spirit. In doing so, the book underscores the resilience of these practices, even as procedural democracy faces erosion under broader political and economic pressures. At its core, Cultivating Democracy compels us to reimagine democracy not as an abstract ideal but as a lived and ongoing project shaped by the rhythms of everyday life. Through its rich ethnographic detail and theoretical insight, the book offers profound lessons on the fragility and strength of democracy, making it both a deeply scholarly and urgently relevant work.
Rounak Bose is a doctoral student in History at the University of Delaware. His research explores the intersections of caste, religiosities, performances, sacred geographies, and the state, as informing/informed by colonial and postcolonial mobilities and circulatory regimes across South Asia and Indian Ocean networks. Besides these specific research interests, his disciplinary interests revolve across anthropology, linguistics, literature, and the digital humanities. When not reading or writing in the university library, Rounak can be found running along Newark&apos;s trails and petting the canines he meets along the way.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Cultivating Democracy: Politics and Citizenship in Agrarian India (Oxford UP, 2021) by Dr. Mukulika Banerjee offers a groundbreaking rethinking of democracy, moving beyond its institutional frameworks to focus on its lived, everyday dimensions. Based on ethnographic fieldwork in the villages of Madanpur and Chishti in India, the book examines how agrarian communities cultivate democratic values—solidarity, reciprocity, and ethical citizenship—through practices embedded in their daily lives. Dr. Banerjee challenges conventional notions of democracy as confined to elections and state institutions, instead presenting it as a process deeply rooted in cultural-social practices and values. She highlights how rural communities, through cooperation in agriculture, rituals, festivals, and even moments of conflict and repair, create and sustain the democratic spirit. In doing so, the book underscores the resilience of these practices, even as procedural democracy faces erosion under broader political and economic pressures. At its core, Cultivating Democracy compels us to reimagine democracy not as an abstract ideal but as a lived and ongoing project shaped by the rhythms of everyday life. Through its rich ethnographic detail and theoretical insight, the book offers profound lessons on the fragility and strength of democracy, making it both a deeply scholarly and urgently relevant work.
Rounak Bose is a doctoral student in History at the University of Delaware. His research explores the intersections of caste, religiosities, performances, sacred geographies, and the state, as informing/informed by colonial and postcolonial mobilities and circulatory regimes across South Asia and Indian Ocean networks. Besides these specific research interests, his disciplinary interests revolve across anthropology, linguistics, literature, and the digital humanities. When not reading or writing in the university library, Rounak can be found running along Newark&apos;s trails and petting the canines he meets along the way.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>339</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">29efa434-c07f-11ef-a848-a76c81c949b2</guid>
      <title>Enze Han, &quot;The Ripple Effect: China&apos;s Complex Presence in Southeast Asia&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Many studies of China's relations with and influence on Southeast Asia tend to focus on how Beijing has used its power asymmetry to achieve regional influence. Yet, scholars and pundits often fail to appreciate the complexity of the contemporary Chinese state and society, and just how fragmented, decentralized, and internationalized China is today.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197696590"><em>The Ripple Effect: China's Complex Presence in Southeast Asia</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024), Enze Han argues that a focus on the Chinese state alone is not sufficient for a comprehensive understanding of China's influence in Southeast Asia. Instead, we must look beyond the Chinese state, to non-state actors from China, such as private businesses and Chinese migrants. These actors affect people's perception of China in a variety of ways, and they often have wide-ranging as well as long-lasting effects on bilateral relations. Looking beyond the Chinese state's intentional influence reveals many situations that result in unanticipated changes in Southeast Asia. Han proposes that to understand this increasingly globalized China, we need more conceptual flexibility regarding which Chinese actors are important to China's relations, and how they wield this influence, whether intentional or not.</p><p><em>The Ripple Effect</em> makes the case that to understand China's relationship with Southeast Asia, it is necessary to move beyond a narrow fixation on the Chinese state by scrutinizing the ordinary manifestations of China's presence in the region and recognizing the multifaceted web of actors and their effects on the dynamics between the two regions.</p><p><a href="https://ppa.hku.hk/f/enzehan">Enze Han</a> is an associate professor of politics at the University of Hong Kong. He works on the international relations of East Asia, Southeast Asian politics and China-Southeast Asia relations. This is his third single-authored book from Oxford University Press.</p><p>Enze is in conversation with Duncan McCargo, President's Chair in Global Affairs at Nanyang Technological University and one of the hosts on New Books in Southeast Asian Studies. Duncan's recent co-authored article on the relationship between Thai politics and attitudes to China, mentioned during the podcast, may be found <a href="https://online.ucpress.edu/as/article-abstract/64/5/877/203036/All-About-China-Mis-Reading-Domestic-Politics">here</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Dec 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Many studies of China's relations with and influence on Southeast Asia tend to focus on how Beijing has used its power asymmetry to achieve regional influence. Yet, scholars and pundits often fail to appreciate the complexity of the contemporary Chinese state and society, and just how fragmented, decentralized, and internationalized China is today.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197696590"><em>The Ripple Effect: China's Complex Presence in Southeast Asia</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024), Enze Han argues that a focus on the Chinese state alone is not sufficient for a comprehensive understanding of China's influence in Southeast Asia. Instead, we must look beyond the Chinese state, to non-state actors from China, such as private businesses and Chinese migrants. These actors affect people's perception of China in a variety of ways, and they often have wide-ranging as well as long-lasting effects on bilateral relations. Looking beyond the Chinese state's intentional influence reveals many situations that result in unanticipated changes in Southeast Asia. Han proposes that to understand this increasingly globalized China, we need more conceptual flexibility regarding which Chinese actors are important to China's relations, and how they wield this influence, whether intentional or not.</p><p><em>The Ripple Effect</em> makes the case that to understand China's relationship with Southeast Asia, it is necessary to move beyond a narrow fixation on the Chinese state by scrutinizing the ordinary manifestations of China's presence in the region and recognizing the multifaceted web of actors and their effects on the dynamics between the two regions.</p><p><a href="https://ppa.hku.hk/f/enzehan">Enze Han</a> is an associate professor of politics at the University of Hong Kong. He works on the international relations of East Asia, Southeast Asian politics and China-Southeast Asia relations. This is his third single-authored book from Oxford University Press.</p><p>Enze is in conversation with Duncan McCargo, President's Chair in Global Affairs at Nanyang Technological University and one of the hosts on New Books in Southeast Asian Studies. Duncan's recent co-authored article on the relationship between Thai politics and attitudes to China, mentioned during the podcast, may be found <a href="https://online.ucpress.edu/as/article-abstract/64/5/877/203036/All-About-China-Mis-Reading-Domestic-Politics">here</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="24779395" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/e4f6a389-3f4a-4376-81ab-81a368fe639d/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=e4f6a389-3f4a-4376-81ab-81a368fe639d&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Enze Han, &quot;The Ripple Effect: China&apos;s Complex Presence in Southeast Asia&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:25:48</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Many studies of China&apos;s relations with and influence on Southeast Asia tend to focus on how Beijing has used its power asymmetry to achieve regional influence. Yet, scholars and pundits often fail to appreciate the complexity of the contemporary Chinese state and society, and just how fragmented, decentralized, and internationalized China is today.
In The Ripple Effect: China&apos;s Complex Presence in Southeast Asia (Oxford UP, 2024), Enze Han argues that a focus on the Chinese state alone is not sufficient for a comprehensive understanding of China&apos;s influence in Southeast Asia. Instead, we must look beyond the Chinese state, to non-state actors from China, such as private businesses and Chinese migrants. These actors affect people&apos;s perception of China in a variety of ways, and they often have wide-ranging as well as long-lasting effects on bilateral relations. Looking beyond the Chinese state&apos;s intentional influence reveals many situations that result in unanticipated changes in Southeast Asia. Han proposes that to understand this increasingly globalized China, we need more conceptual flexibility regarding which Chinese actors are important to China&apos;s relations, and how they wield this influence, whether intentional or not.
The Ripple Effect makes the case that to understand China&apos;s relationship with Southeast Asia, it is necessary to move beyond a narrow fixation on the Chinese state by scrutinizing the ordinary manifestations of China&apos;s presence in the region and recognizing the multifaceted web of actors and their effects on the dynamics between the two regions.
Enze Han is an associate professor of politics at the University of Hong Kong. He works on the international relations of East Asia, Southeast Asian politics and China-Southeast Asia relations. This is his third single-authored book from Oxford University Press.
Enze is in conversation with Duncan McCargo, President&apos;s Chair in Global Affairs at Nanyang Technological University and one of the hosts on New Books in Southeast Asian Studies. Duncan&apos;s recent co-authored article on the relationship between Thai politics and attitudes to China, mentioned during the podcast, may be found here.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Many studies of China&apos;s relations with and influence on Southeast Asia tend to focus on how Beijing has used its power asymmetry to achieve regional influence. Yet, scholars and pundits often fail to appreciate the complexity of the contemporary Chinese state and society, and just how fragmented, decentralized, and internationalized China is today.
In The Ripple Effect: China&apos;s Complex Presence in Southeast Asia (Oxford UP, 2024), Enze Han argues that a focus on the Chinese state alone is not sufficient for a comprehensive understanding of China&apos;s influence in Southeast Asia. Instead, we must look beyond the Chinese state, to non-state actors from China, such as private businesses and Chinese migrants. These actors affect people&apos;s perception of China in a variety of ways, and they often have wide-ranging as well as long-lasting effects on bilateral relations. Looking beyond the Chinese state&apos;s intentional influence reveals many situations that result in unanticipated changes in Southeast Asia. Han proposes that to understand this increasingly globalized China, we need more conceptual flexibility regarding which Chinese actors are important to China&apos;s relations, and how they wield this influence, whether intentional or not.
The Ripple Effect makes the case that to understand China&apos;s relationship with Southeast Asia, it is necessary to move beyond a narrow fixation on the Chinese state by scrutinizing the ordinary manifestations of China&apos;s presence in the region and recognizing the multifaceted web of actors and their effects on the dynamics between the two regions.
Enze Han is an associate professor of politics at the University of Hong Kong. He works on the international relations of East Asia, Southeast Asian politics and China-Southeast Asia relations. This is his third single-authored book from Oxford University Press.
Enze is in conversation with Duncan McCargo, President&apos;s Chair in Global Affairs at Nanyang Technological University and one of the hosts on New Books in Southeast Asian Studies. Duncan&apos;s recent co-authored article on the relationship between Thai politics and attitudes to China, mentioned during the podcast, may be found here.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>153</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8f808ba8-c06e-11ef-a477-83d9250f5f64</guid>
      <title>Larry S. Temkin, &quot;Being Good in a World of Need&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In a world filled with both enormous wealth and pockets of great devastation, how should the well-off respond to the world's needy?</p><p>This is the urgent central question of <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198912132"><em>Being Good in a World of Need</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024). Larry S. Temkin, one of the world's foremost ethicists, challenges common assumptions about philanthropy, his own prior beliefs, and the dominant philosophical positions of Peter Singer and Effective Altruism. Filled with keen analysis and insightful discussions of philosophy, current events, development economics, history, literature, and age-old wisdom, this book is a thorough and sobering exploration of the complicated ways that global aid may incentivize disastrous policies, reward corruption, and foster “brain drains” that hinder social and economic development.</p><p>Using real-world examples and illuminating thought experiments, Temkin discusses ethical imperialism, humanitarian versus developmental aid, how charities ignore or coverup negative impacts, replicability and scaling-up problems, and the views of the renowned economists Angus Deaton and Jeffrey Sachs, all within the context of deeper philosophical issues of fairness, responsibility, and individual versus collective morality. At times both inspiring and profoundly disturbing, he presents the powerful argument that neglecting the needy is morally impermissible, even as he illustrates that the path towards helping others is often fraught with complex ethical and practical perils. Steeped in empathy, morality, pathos, and humanity, this is an engaging and eye-opening text for any reader who shares an intense concern for helping others in need.</p><p>Larry S. Temkin is Emeritus Professor of Philosophy at Rutgers. He graduated number one from the University of Wisconsin/Madison before pursuing graduate work at Oxford and earning his PhD from Princeton. He is the author of <em>Inequality</em>, hailed as "one of the [20th century's] most important contributions to analytical political philosophy" and of <em>Rethinking the Good</em>, described as a "tour de force" and "a genuinely awe-inspiring achievement." Temkin's approach to equality has been adopted by the World Health Organization. An award-winning teacher, he has received fellowships from Harvard, All Souls College and Corpus Christi College at Oxford, the National Institutes of Health, the Australian National University, the National Humanities Center, the Danforth Foundation, and Princeton.</p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>Morteza Hajizadeh</em></a><em> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>YouTube channel</em></a><em>. </em><a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture"><em>Twitter</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 Dec 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In a world filled with both enormous wealth and pockets of great devastation, how should the well-off respond to the world's needy?</p><p>This is the urgent central question of <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198912132"><em>Being Good in a World of Need</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024). Larry S. Temkin, one of the world's foremost ethicists, challenges common assumptions about philanthropy, his own prior beliefs, and the dominant philosophical positions of Peter Singer and Effective Altruism. Filled with keen analysis and insightful discussions of philosophy, current events, development economics, history, literature, and age-old wisdom, this book is a thorough and sobering exploration of the complicated ways that global aid may incentivize disastrous policies, reward corruption, and foster “brain drains” that hinder social and economic development.</p><p>Using real-world examples and illuminating thought experiments, Temkin discusses ethical imperialism, humanitarian versus developmental aid, how charities ignore or coverup negative impacts, replicability and scaling-up problems, and the views of the renowned economists Angus Deaton and Jeffrey Sachs, all within the context of deeper philosophical issues of fairness, responsibility, and individual versus collective morality. At times both inspiring and profoundly disturbing, he presents the powerful argument that neglecting the needy is morally impermissible, even as he illustrates that the path towards helping others is often fraught with complex ethical and practical perils. Steeped in empathy, morality, pathos, and humanity, this is an engaging and eye-opening text for any reader who shares an intense concern for helping others in need.</p><p>Larry S. Temkin is Emeritus Professor of Philosophy at Rutgers. He graduated number one from the University of Wisconsin/Madison before pursuing graduate work at Oxford and earning his PhD from Princeton. He is the author of <em>Inequality</em>, hailed as "one of the [20th century's] most important contributions to analytical political philosophy" and of <em>Rethinking the Good</em>, described as a "tour de force" and "a genuinely awe-inspiring achievement." Temkin's approach to equality has been adopted by the World Health Organization. An award-winning teacher, he has received fellowships from Harvard, All Souls College and Corpus Christi College at Oxford, the National Institutes of Health, the Australian National University, the National Humanities Center, the Danforth Foundation, and Princeton.</p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>Morteza Hajizadeh</em></a><em> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>YouTube channel</em></a><em>. </em><a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture"><em>Twitter</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="90794964" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/f7c86a71-0002-4303-87f5-9cdf5906a67c/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=f7c86a71-0002-4303-87f5-9cdf5906a67c&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Larry S. Temkin, &quot;Being Good in a World of Need&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:34:34</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In a world filled with both enormous wealth and pockets of great devastation, how should the well-off respond to the world&apos;s needy?
This is the urgent central question of Being Good in a World of Need (Oxford UP, 2024). Larry S. Temkin, one of the world&apos;s foremost ethicists, challenges common assumptions about philanthropy, his own prior beliefs, and the dominant philosophical positions of Peter Singer and Effective Altruism. Filled with keen analysis and insightful discussions of philosophy, current events, development economics, history, literature, and age-old wisdom, this book is a thorough and sobering exploration of the complicated ways that global aid may incentivize disastrous policies, reward corruption, and foster “brain drains” that hinder social and economic development.
Using real-world examples and illuminating thought experiments, Temkin discusses ethical imperialism, humanitarian versus developmental aid, how charities ignore or coverup negative impacts, replicability and scaling-up problems, and the views of the renowned economists Angus Deaton and Jeffrey Sachs, all within the context of deeper philosophical issues of fairness, responsibility, and individual versus collective morality. At times both inspiring and profoundly disturbing, he presents the powerful argument that neglecting the needy is morally impermissible, even as he illustrates that the path towards helping others is often fraught with complex ethical and practical perils. Steeped in empathy, morality, pathos, and humanity, this is an engaging and eye-opening text for any reader who shares an intense concern for helping others in need.
Larry S. Temkin is Emeritus Professor of Philosophy at Rutgers. He graduated number one from the University of Wisconsin/Madison before pursuing graduate work at Oxford and earning his PhD from Princeton. He is the author of Inequality, hailed as &quot;one of the [20th century&apos;s] most important contributions to analytical political philosophy&quot; and of Rethinking the Good, described as a &quot;tour de force&quot; and &quot;a genuinely awe-inspiring achievement.&quot; Temkin&apos;s approach to equality has been adopted by the World Health Organization. An award-winning teacher, he has received fellowships from Harvard, All Souls College and Corpus Christi College at Oxford, the National Institutes of Health, the Australian National University, the National Humanities Center, the Danforth Foundation, and Princeton.
Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In a world filled with both enormous wealth and pockets of great devastation, how should the well-off respond to the world&apos;s needy?
This is the urgent central question of Being Good in a World of Need (Oxford UP, 2024). Larry S. Temkin, one of the world&apos;s foremost ethicists, challenges common assumptions about philanthropy, his own prior beliefs, and the dominant philosophical positions of Peter Singer and Effective Altruism. Filled with keen analysis and insightful discussions of philosophy, current events, development economics, history, literature, and age-old wisdom, this book is a thorough and sobering exploration of the complicated ways that global aid may incentivize disastrous policies, reward corruption, and foster “brain drains” that hinder social and economic development.
Using real-world examples and illuminating thought experiments, Temkin discusses ethical imperialism, humanitarian versus developmental aid, how charities ignore or coverup negative impacts, replicability and scaling-up problems, and the views of the renowned economists Angus Deaton and Jeffrey Sachs, all within the context of deeper philosophical issues of fairness, responsibility, and individual versus collective morality. At times both inspiring and profoundly disturbing, he presents the powerful argument that neglecting the needy is morally impermissible, even as he illustrates that the path towards helping others is often fraught with complex ethical and practical perils. Steeped in empathy, morality, pathos, and humanity, this is an engaging and eye-opening text for any reader who shares an intense concern for helping others in need.
Larry S. Temkin is Emeritus Professor of Philosophy at Rutgers. He graduated number one from the University of Wisconsin/Madison before pursuing graduate work at Oxford and earning his PhD from Princeton. He is the author of Inequality, hailed as &quot;one of the [20th century&apos;s] most important contributions to analytical political philosophy&quot; and of Rethinking the Good, described as a &quot;tour de force&quot; and &quot;a genuinely awe-inspiring achievement.&quot; Temkin&apos;s approach to equality has been adopted by the World Health Organization. An award-winning teacher, he has received fellowships from Harvard, All Souls College and Corpus Christi College at Oxford, the National Institutes of Health, the Australian National University, the National Humanities Center, the Danforth Foundation, and Princeton.
Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>501</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b85174c8-bd7d-11ef-b67e-bf6b6ec8fad1</guid>
      <title>Kevin D. Pham, &quot;The Architects of Dignity: Vietnamese Visions of Decolonization&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197770276"><em>The Architects of Dignity: Vietnamese Visions of Decolonization</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024)<em>, </em>Kevin D. Pham introduces Vietnamese political thought to debates in political theory, showing how Vietnamese thinkers challenge Western conventional wisdom. He traces an intergenerational debate among six influential figures in colonial Vietnam. These figures had competing visions for how the Vietnamese should respond to French colonial domination, what the Vietnamese should do with their traditions given the influx of political and social ideas from the West, and how they should harness feelings of national shame to construct national dignity. Their answers offer surprising lessons for how we in the West can enhance our understanding of decolonization, shame, dignity, and cross-cultural engagement.</p><p>Kevin D. Pham is an Assistant Professor of Political Science at the University of Amsterdam. He explores the history of political thought, particularly how thinkers outside "the West" have conceptualized democracy and anticolonialism, and how they challenge and enhance the field of political theory. He has special interests in Vietnam. His articles have been published in journals such as <em>Theory &amp; Event, Philosophy and Global Affairs, European Journal of Political Theory, The Review of Politics, Polity, New Political Science, The European Legacy,</em> and <em>Montaigne Studies</em>. He is the author of <em>The Architects</em> <em>of Dignity: Vietnamese Visions of Decolonization </em>(Oxford University Press, 2024). He co-hosts a podcast about Vietnamese intellectual history called Nam Phong Dialogues. Kevin can be reached at k.d.pham@uva.nl. His website is here: <a href="http://www.kevindoanpham.com/">www.kevindoanpham.com</a>.</p><p><em>Camellia (Linh) Pham is a PhD student in Comparative Literature at Harvard. Her research explores modern Vietnamese literature, literary translation across French, Vietnamese, English, and Chinese, and the literary history of French Indochina. She can be reached at </em><a href="mailto:cpham@g.harvard.edu"><em>cpham@g.harvard.edu</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 21 Dec 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197770276"><em>The Architects of Dignity: Vietnamese Visions of Decolonization</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024)<em>, </em>Kevin D. Pham introduces Vietnamese political thought to debates in political theory, showing how Vietnamese thinkers challenge Western conventional wisdom. He traces an intergenerational debate among six influential figures in colonial Vietnam. These figures had competing visions for how the Vietnamese should respond to French colonial domination, what the Vietnamese should do with their traditions given the influx of political and social ideas from the West, and how they should harness feelings of national shame to construct national dignity. Their answers offer surprising lessons for how we in the West can enhance our understanding of decolonization, shame, dignity, and cross-cultural engagement.</p><p>Kevin D. Pham is an Assistant Professor of Political Science at the University of Amsterdam. He explores the history of political thought, particularly how thinkers outside "the West" have conceptualized democracy and anticolonialism, and how they challenge and enhance the field of political theory. He has special interests in Vietnam. His articles have been published in journals such as <em>Theory &amp; Event, Philosophy and Global Affairs, European Journal of Political Theory, The Review of Politics, Polity, New Political Science, The European Legacy,</em> and <em>Montaigne Studies</em>. He is the author of <em>The Architects</em> <em>of Dignity: Vietnamese Visions of Decolonization </em>(Oxford University Press, 2024). He co-hosts a podcast about Vietnamese intellectual history called Nam Phong Dialogues. Kevin can be reached at k.d.pham@uva.nl. His website is here: <a href="http://www.kevindoanpham.com/">www.kevindoanpham.com</a>.</p><p><em>Camellia (Linh) Pham is a PhD student in Comparative Literature at Harvard. Her research explores modern Vietnamese literature, literary translation across French, Vietnamese, English, and Chinese, and the literary history of French Indochina. She can be reached at </em><a href="mailto:cpham@g.harvard.edu"><em>cpham@g.harvard.edu</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="60753710" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/0640b5c0-c393-4076-ac2a-e124fda1cf10/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=0640b5c0-c393-4076-ac2a-e124fda1cf10&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Kevin D. Pham, &quot;The Architects of Dignity: Vietnamese Visions of Decolonization&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:03:16</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In The Architects of Dignity: Vietnamese Visions of Decolonization (Oxford UP, 2024), Kevin D. Pham introduces Vietnamese political thought to debates in political theory, showing how Vietnamese thinkers challenge Western conventional wisdom. He traces an intergenerational debate among six influential figures in colonial Vietnam. These figures had competing visions for how the Vietnamese should respond to French colonial domination, what the Vietnamese should do with their traditions given the influx of political and social ideas from the West, and how they should harness feelings of national shame to construct national dignity. Their answers offer surprising lessons for how we in the West can enhance our understanding of decolonization, shame, dignity, and cross-cultural engagement.
Kevin D. Pham is an Assistant Professor of Political Science at the University of Amsterdam. He explores the history of political thought, particularly how thinkers outside &quot;the West&quot; have conceptualized democracy and anticolonialism, and how they challenge and enhance the field of political theory. He has special interests in Vietnam. His articles have been published in journals such as Theory &amp; Event, Philosophy and Global Affairs, European Journal of Political Theory, The Review of Politics, Polity, New Political Science, The European Legacy, and Montaigne Studies. He is the author of The Architects of Dignity: Vietnamese Visions of Decolonization (Oxford University Press, 2024). He co-hosts a podcast about Vietnamese intellectual history called Nam Phong Dialogues. Kevin can be reached at k.d.pham@uva.nl. His website is here: www.kevindoanpham.com.
Camellia (Linh) Pham is a PhD student in Comparative Literature at Harvard. Her research explores modern Vietnamese literature, literary translation across French, Vietnamese, English, and Chinese, and the literary history of French Indochina. She can be reached at cpham@g.harvard.edu.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In The Architects of Dignity: Vietnamese Visions of Decolonization (Oxford UP, 2024), Kevin D. Pham introduces Vietnamese political thought to debates in political theory, showing how Vietnamese thinkers challenge Western conventional wisdom. He traces an intergenerational debate among six influential figures in colonial Vietnam. These figures had competing visions for how the Vietnamese should respond to French colonial domination, what the Vietnamese should do with their traditions given the influx of political and social ideas from the West, and how they should harness feelings of national shame to construct national dignity. Their answers offer surprising lessons for how we in the West can enhance our understanding of decolonization, shame, dignity, and cross-cultural engagement.
Kevin D. Pham is an Assistant Professor of Political Science at the University of Amsterdam. He explores the history of political thought, particularly how thinkers outside &quot;the West&quot; have conceptualized democracy and anticolonialism, and how they challenge and enhance the field of political theory. He has special interests in Vietnam. His articles have been published in journals such as Theory &amp; Event, Philosophy and Global Affairs, European Journal of Political Theory, The Review of Politics, Polity, New Political Science, The European Legacy, and Montaigne Studies. He is the author of The Architects of Dignity: Vietnamese Visions of Decolonization (Oxford University Press, 2024). He co-hosts a podcast about Vietnamese intellectual history called Nam Phong Dialogues. Kevin can be reached at k.d.pham@uva.nl. His website is here: www.kevindoanpham.com.
Camellia (Linh) Pham is a PhD student in Comparative Literature at Harvard. Her research explores modern Vietnamese literature, literary translation across French, Vietnamese, English, and Chinese, and the literary history of French Indochina. She can be reached at cpham@g.harvard.edu.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>753</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9ae6c01e-bd4b-11ef-9ced-13dbd3821c3f</guid>
      <title>Melissa Johnston, &quot;Building Peace, Rebuilding Patriarchy: The Failure of Gender Interventions in Timor-Leste&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Over the two decades since the adoption of United Nations Security Council Resolution 1325 on Women, Peace and Security, peacebuilding interventions around the globe have increasingly incorporated gender perspectives. These initiatives have used both development programs and gender mainstreaming to advance women's empowerment, with the aim of making peacebuilding more effective as well as building more stable societies and efficient economies. This goal has been manifested in a wide range of programs and projects-or "gender interventions"—including economic empowerment measures, gender quotas, gender-responsive budgeting, and legal reforms. Yet, the results have been uneven, provoking a sizable debate among scholars and practitioners seeking to explain the shortcomings and improve the outcomes.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197637999"><em>Building Peace, Rebuilding Patriarchy: The Failure of Gender Interventions in Timor-Leste</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023), Dr. Melissa Johnston explains why gender interventions often fail to help those who most need them, using the case of Timor-Leste, a country subjected to high levels of peacebuilding and gender interventions between 1999 and 2017. Looking at three types of gender interventions—gender-responsive budgeting, the law against domestic violence, and microfinance initiatives—Dr. Johnston argues that these reforms have produced mixed results because they reinscribe entrenched class and gender hierarchies in their implementation.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 21 Dec 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Over the two decades since the adoption of United Nations Security Council Resolution 1325 on Women, Peace and Security, peacebuilding interventions around the globe have increasingly incorporated gender perspectives. These initiatives have used both development programs and gender mainstreaming to advance women's empowerment, with the aim of making peacebuilding more effective as well as building more stable societies and efficient economies. This goal has been manifested in a wide range of programs and projects-or "gender interventions"—including economic empowerment measures, gender quotas, gender-responsive budgeting, and legal reforms. Yet, the results have been uneven, provoking a sizable debate among scholars and practitioners seeking to explain the shortcomings and improve the outcomes.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197637999"><em>Building Peace, Rebuilding Patriarchy: The Failure of Gender Interventions in Timor-Leste</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023), Dr. Melissa Johnston explains why gender interventions often fail to help those who most need them, using the case of Timor-Leste, a country subjected to high levels of peacebuilding and gender interventions between 1999 and 2017. Looking at three types of gender interventions—gender-responsive budgeting, the law against domestic violence, and microfinance initiatives—Dr. Johnston argues that these reforms have produced mixed results because they reinscribe entrenched class and gender hierarchies in their implementation.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="53813252" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/c8709984-aca7-494f-8838-35122611a17d/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=c8709984-aca7-494f-8838-35122611a17d&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Melissa Johnston, &quot;Building Peace, Rebuilding Patriarchy: The Failure of Gender Interventions in Timor-Leste&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:56:03</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Over the two decades since the adoption of United Nations Security Council Resolution 1325 on Women, Peace and Security, peacebuilding interventions around the globe have increasingly incorporated gender perspectives. These initiatives have used both development programs and gender mainstreaming to advance women&apos;s empowerment, with the aim of making peacebuilding more effective as well as building more stable societies and efficient economies. This goal has been manifested in a wide range of programs and projects-or &quot;gender interventions&quot;—including economic empowerment measures, gender quotas, gender-responsive budgeting, and legal reforms. Yet, the results have been uneven, provoking a sizable debate among scholars and practitioners seeking to explain the shortcomings and improve the outcomes.
In Building Peace, Rebuilding Patriarchy: The Failure of Gender Interventions in Timor-Leste (Oxford University Press, 2023), Dr. Melissa Johnston explains why gender interventions often fail to help those who most need them, using the case of Timor-Leste, a country subjected to high levels of peacebuilding and gender interventions between 1999 and 2017. Looking at three types of gender interventions—gender-responsive budgeting, the law against domestic violence, and microfinance initiatives—Dr. Johnston argues that these reforms have produced mixed results because they reinscribe entrenched class and gender hierarchies in their implementation.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Over the two decades since the adoption of United Nations Security Council Resolution 1325 on Women, Peace and Security, peacebuilding interventions around the globe have increasingly incorporated gender perspectives. These initiatives have used both development programs and gender mainstreaming to advance women&apos;s empowerment, with the aim of making peacebuilding more effective as well as building more stable societies and efficient economies. This goal has been manifested in a wide range of programs and projects-or &quot;gender interventions&quot;—including economic empowerment measures, gender quotas, gender-responsive budgeting, and legal reforms. Yet, the results have been uneven, provoking a sizable debate among scholars and practitioners seeking to explain the shortcomings and improve the outcomes.
In Building Peace, Rebuilding Patriarchy: The Failure of Gender Interventions in Timor-Leste (Oxford University Press, 2023), Dr. Melissa Johnston explains why gender interventions often fail to help those who most need them, using the case of Timor-Leste, a country subjected to high levels of peacebuilding and gender interventions between 1999 and 2017. Looking at three types of gender interventions—gender-responsive budgeting, the law against domestic violence, and microfinance initiatives—Dr. Johnston argues that these reforms have produced mixed results because they reinscribe entrenched class and gender hierarchies in their implementation.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>247</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8512d492-a42f-11ef-a351-dba39e7378da</guid>
      <title>Nathan McGovern, &quot;Holy Things: The Genealogy of the Sacred in Thai Religion&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Scholars of religion have mostly abandoned the concept of "syncretism" in which certain apparent deviations from "standard" practice are believed to be the result of a mixture of religions. This is particularly relevant to Thailand, in which ordinary religious practice was seen by an earlier generation of scholars as a mixture of three religions: local spirit religion, Hinduism, and Buddhism. In part, the perception that Thai Buddhism is syncretistic is due to a misunderstanding of traditional Buddhism, which has always accepted the existence of local spirits and gods. Nevertheless, there are aspects of Thai Buddhist practice that still stubbornly appear syncretistic. Moreover, Thai Buddhists themselves are increasingly adopting the language of syncretism, referring to traditional Thai religion as a mixture of local, Hindu, and Buddhist practices. This raises the question: If syncretism is so wrong, then why does it seem so right?</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197759882"><em>Holy Things: The Genealogy of the Sacred in Thai Religion</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024), Nathan McGovern answers this question through an in-depth study of the worship of spirits, gods, and Buddha images--all known as <em>sing saksit</em>, or "holy things"--in Thailand. He takes the reader on a historical and genealogical journey, showing how the category <em>saksit</em> began as a term to describe a power that is inherent to gods and spirits and accessible to Brahmans. Only later, when it was used in the nineteenth century to translate the Western concept of the "holy" did it become associated with Buddhist practice. McGovern shows that what appears to be syncretism is actually an illusion. The worship of "holy things" is not a mixture of different religions, but the category of "holy things" is a mixture of different ways of talking about religion.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Dec 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Scholars of religion have mostly abandoned the concept of "syncretism" in which certain apparent deviations from "standard" practice are believed to be the result of a mixture of religions. This is particularly relevant to Thailand, in which ordinary religious practice was seen by an earlier generation of scholars as a mixture of three religions: local spirit religion, Hinduism, and Buddhism. In part, the perception that Thai Buddhism is syncretistic is due to a misunderstanding of traditional Buddhism, which has always accepted the existence of local spirits and gods. Nevertheless, there are aspects of Thai Buddhist practice that still stubbornly appear syncretistic. Moreover, Thai Buddhists themselves are increasingly adopting the language of syncretism, referring to traditional Thai religion as a mixture of local, Hindu, and Buddhist practices. This raises the question: If syncretism is so wrong, then why does it seem so right?</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197759882"><em>Holy Things: The Genealogy of the Sacred in Thai Religion</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024), Nathan McGovern answers this question through an in-depth study of the worship of spirits, gods, and Buddha images--all known as <em>sing saksit</em>, or "holy things"--in Thailand. He takes the reader on a historical and genealogical journey, showing how the category <em>saksit</em> began as a term to describe a power that is inherent to gods and spirits and accessible to Brahmans. Only later, when it was used in the nineteenth century to translate the Western concept of the "holy" did it become associated with Buddhist practice. McGovern shows that what appears to be syncretism is actually an illusion. The worship of "holy things" is not a mixture of different religions, but the category of "holy things" is a mixture of different ways of talking about religion.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="59130032" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/038677ce-08e7-4787-8f9f-ed8a05796c6b/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=038677ce-08e7-4787-8f9f-ed8a05796c6b&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Nathan McGovern, &quot;Holy Things: The Genealogy of the Sacred in Thai Religion&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:01:35</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Scholars of religion have mostly abandoned the concept of &quot;syncretism&quot; in which certain apparent deviations from &quot;standard&quot; practice are believed to be the result of a mixture of religions. This is particularly relevant to Thailand, in which ordinary religious practice was seen by an earlier generation of scholars as a mixture of three religions: local spirit religion, Hinduism, and Buddhism. In part, the perception that Thai Buddhism is syncretistic is due to a misunderstanding of traditional Buddhism, which has always accepted the existence of local spirits and gods. Nevertheless, there are aspects of Thai Buddhist practice that still stubbornly appear syncretistic. Moreover, Thai Buddhists themselves are increasingly adopting the language of syncretism, referring to traditional Thai religion as a mixture of local, Hindu, and Buddhist practices. This raises the question: If syncretism is so wrong, then why does it seem so right?
In Holy Things: The Genealogy of the Sacred in Thai Religion (Oxford UP, 2024), Nathan McGovern answers this question through an in-depth study of the worship of spirits, gods, and Buddha images--all known as sing saksit, or &quot;holy things&quot;--in Thailand. He takes the reader on a historical and genealogical journey, showing how the category saksit began as a term to describe a power that is inherent to gods and spirits and accessible to Brahmans. Only later, when it was used in the nineteenth century to translate the Western concept of the &quot;holy&quot; did it become associated with Buddhist practice. McGovern shows that what appears to be syncretism is actually an illusion. The worship of &quot;holy things&quot; is not a mixture of different religions, but the category of &quot;holy things&quot; is a mixture of different ways of talking about religion.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Scholars of religion have mostly abandoned the concept of &quot;syncretism&quot; in which certain apparent deviations from &quot;standard&quot; practice are believed to be the result of a mixture of religions. This is particularly relevant to Thailand, in which ordinary religious practice was seen by an earlier generation of scholars as a mixture of three religions: local spirit religion, Hinduism, and Buddhism. In part, the perception that Thai Buddhism is syncretistic is due to a misunderstanding of traditional Buddhism, which has always accepted the existence of local spirits and gods. Nevertheless, there are aspects of Thai Buddhist practice that still stubbornly appear syncretistic. Moreover, Thai Buddhists themselves are increasingly adopting the language of syncretism, referring to traditional Thai religion as a mixture of local, Hindu, and Buddhist practices. This raises the question: If syncretism is so wrong, then why does it seem so right?
In Holy Things: The Genealogy of the Sacred in Thai Religion (Oxford UP, 2024), Nathan McGovern answers this question through an in-depth study of the worship of spirits, gods, and Buddha images--all known as sing saksit, or &quot;holy things&quot;--in Thailand. He takes the reader on a historical and genealogical journey, showing how the category saksit began as a term to describe a power that is inherent to gods and spirits and accessible to Brahmans. Only later, when it was used in the nineteenth century to translate the Western concept of the &quot;holy&quot; did it become associated with Buddhist practice. McGovern shows that what appears to be syncretism is actually an illusion. The worship of &quot;holy things&quot; is not a mixture of different religions, but the category of &quot;holy things&quot; is a mixture of different ways of talking about religion.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>368</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">09f21e30-b9a1-11ef-a2d1-cbdeb1d1687c</guid>
      <title>Erich Hatala Matthes, &quot;What to Save and Why: Identity, Authenticity, and the Ethics of Conservation&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Today I’m speaking with Erich Hatala Matthes, Associate Professor of Philosophy and Advisory Faculty for Environmental Studies at Wellesley College. We are discussing his Oxford University Press, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197744550"><em>What to Save and Why: Identity, Authenticity, and the Ethics of Conservation </em></a>(Oxford University Press, 2024). Erich’s book explores the idea of conservation: the practice of preserving things for posterity and fighting against the tides of entropy. What we choose to save can range from famous paintings and natural landscapes, to Marilyn Monroe’s dress and endangered species. Depending on your personal concerns, what we save, how we should save it, and why differs for everyone. This philosophical and investigation will make you think deeply about what matters and what should be saved.</p><p><em>Caleb Zakarin is editor at the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Dec 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Today I’m speaking with Erich Hatala Matthes, Associate Professor of Philosophy and Advisory Faculty for Environmental Studies at Wellesley College. We are discussing his Oxford University Press, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197744550"><em>What to Save and Why: Identity, Authenticity, and the Ethics of Conservation </em></a>(Oxford University Press, 2024). Erich’s book explores the idea of conservation: the practice of preserving things for posterity and fighting against the tides of entropy. What we choose to save can range from famous paintings and natural landscapes, to Marilyn Monroe’s dress and endangered species. Depending on your personal concerns, what we save, how we should save it, and why differs for everyone. This philosophical and investigation will make you think deeply about what matters and what should be saved.</p><p><em>Caleb Zakarin is editor at the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="40214788" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/49e06618-0a1d-42bc-8760-697c5afe08d3/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=49e06618-0a1d-42bc-8760-697c5afe08d3&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Erich Hatala Matthes, &quot;What to Save and Why: Identity, Authenticity, and the Ethics of Conservation&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:41:53</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Today I’m speaking with Erich Hatala Matthes, Associate Professor of Philosophy and Advisory Faculty for Environmental Studies at Wellesley College. We are discussing his Oxford University Press, What to Save and Why: Identity, Authenticity, and the Ethics of Conservation (Oxford University Press, 2024). Erich’s book explores the idea of conservation: the practice of preserving things for posterity and fighting against the tides of entropy. What we choose to save can range from famous paintings and natural landscapes, to Marilyn Monroe’s dress and endangered species. Depending on your personal concerns, what we save, how we should save it, and why differs for everyone. This philosophical and investigation will make you think deeply about what matters and what should be saved.
Caleb Zakarin is editor at the New Books Network.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Today I’m speaking with Erich Hatala Matthes, Associate Professor of Philosophy and Advisory Faculty for Environmental Studies at Wellesley College. We are discussing his Oxford University Press, What to Save and Why: Identity, Authenticity, and the Ethics of Conservation (Oxford University Press, 2024). Erich’s book explores the idea of conservation: the practice of preserving things for posterity and fighting against the tides of entropy. What we choose to save can range from famous paintings and natural landscapes, to Marilyn Monroe’s dress and endangered species. Depending on your personal concerns, what we save, how we should save it, and why differs for everyone. This philosophical and investigation will make you think deeply about what matters and what should be saved.
Caleb Zakarin is editor at the New Books Network.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>19</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">344d53fc-b992-11ef-b5c8-137cffada5ac</guid>
      <title>Tom Jenks, &quot;James Baldwin&apos;s Sonny&apos;s Blues&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192884244"><em>James Baldwin's Sonny's Blues</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024), Tom Jenks follows a scene-by-scene, sometimes line-by-line, discussion of the pattern by which Baldwin indelibly writes "Sonny's Blues" into the consciousness of readers. It provides ongoing observations of the aesthetics underlying the particulars of the story, with references to Edward P. Jones (whose magnificent story "All Aunt Hagar's Children" bears a knowing relationship to "Sonny's Blues,") to Charlie Parker's music, and to Billie Holiday's "Am I Blue?" and John Coltrane's "A Love Supreme" as part of the musical progression Baldwin creates, and with attention to Baldwin's oratorical gifts and the biblical references in the story, to its time structure, characterizations, dramatic action, and, most of all, its totality of effect.</p><p>Drawing on Baldwin's book-length essay <em>The Fire Next Time</em>, which Baldwin published a six years after the publication of the short story, Tom Jenks offers insight on some of the sources in Baldwin's life for "Sonny's Blues" and on the logic and passion by which life may be meaningfully transformed into art.</p><p>Tom Jenks is the cofounder and editor of <em>Narrative</em> magazine. Check out his magazine online <a href="https://www.narrativemagazine.com/">here</a>. He is a former editor of <em>Esquire, Gentlemen's Quarterly, The Paris Review</em>, and a senior editor at Scribners, where he edited Hemingway's <em>The Garden of Eden</em>. With Raymond Carver, he edited <em>American Short Story Masterpieces</em>. His writing has appeared in <em>Harper's, Ploughshares, Vanity Fair, Esquire, The American Scholar, Five Points</em>, the <em>Los Angeles Times</em>, and elsewhere. He has given classes at the Iowa Writers' Workshop, the Creative Writing Programs at University of California, and Washington University in St. Louis.</p><p>Jessie Cohen holds a Ph.D. in History from Columbia University, and is an editor at the New Books Network.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Dec 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192884244"><em>James Baldwin's Sonny's Blues</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024), Tom Jenks follows a scene-by-scene, sometimes line-by-line, discussion of the pattern by which Baldwin indelibly writes "Sonny's Blues" into the consciousness of readers. It provides ongoing observations of the aesthetics underlying the particulars of the story, with references to Edward P. Jones (whose magnificent story "All Aunt Hagar's Children" bears a knowing relationship to "Sonny's Blues,") to Charlie Parker's music, and to Billie Holiday's "Am I Blue?" and John Coltrane's "A Love Supreme" as part of the musical progression Baldwin creates, and with attention to Baldwin's oratorical gifts and the biblical references in the story, to its time structure, characterizations, dramatic action, and, most of all, its totality of effect.</p><p>Drawing on Baldwin's book-length essay <em>The Fire Next Time</em>, which Baldwin published a six years after the publication of the short story, Tom Jenks offers insight on some of the sources in Baldwin's life for "Sonny's Blues" and on the logic and passion by which life may be meaningfully transformed into art.</p><p>Tom Jenks is the cofounder and editor of <em>Narrative</em> magazine. Check out his magazine online <a href="https://www.narrativemagazine.com/">here</a>. He is a former editor of <em>Esquire, Gentlemen's Quarterly, The Paris Review</em>, and a senior editor at Scribners, where he edited Hemingway's <em>The Garden of Eden</em>. With Raymond Carver, he edited <em>American Short Story Masterpieces</em>. His writing has appeared in <em>Harper's, Ploughshares, Vanity Fair, Esquire, The American Scholar, Five Points</em>, the <em>Los Angeles Times</em>, and elsewhere. He has given classes at the Iowa Writers' Workshop, the Creative Writing Programs at University of California, and Washington University in St. Louis.</p><p>Jessie Cohen holds a Ph.D. in History from Columbia University, and is an editor at the New Books Network.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="37777890" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/44a07f04-ce49-4043-bbf1-b3548a61f7d4/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=44a07f04-ce49-4043-bbf1-b3548a61f7d4&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Tom Jenks, &quot;James Baldwin&apos;s Sonny&apos;s Blues&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:39:20</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In James Baldwin&apos;s Sonny&apos;s Blues (Oxford University Press, 2024), Tom Jenks follows a scene-by-scene, sometimes line-by-line, discussion of the pattern by which Baldwin indelibly writes &quot;Sonny&apos;s Blues&quot; into the consciousness of readers. It provides ongoing observations of the aesthetics underlying the particulars of the story, with references to Edward P. Jones (whose magnificent story &quot;All Aunt Hagar&apos;s Children&quot; bears a knowing relationship to &quot;Sonny&apos;s Blues,&quot;) to Charlie Parker&apos;s music, and to Billie Holiday&apos;s &quot;Am I Blue?&quot; and John Coltrane&apos;s &quot;A Love Supreme&quot; as part of the musical progression Baldwin creates, and with attention to Baldwin&apos;s oratorical gifts and the biblical references in the story, to its time structure, characterizations, dramatic action, and, most of all, its totality of effect.
Drawing on Baldwin&apos;s book-length essay The Fire Next Time, which Baldwin published a six years after the publication of the short story, Tom Jenks offers insight on some of the sources in Baldwin&apos;s life for &quot;Sonny&apos;s Blues&quot; and on the logic and passion by which life may be meaningfully transformed into art.
Tom Jenks is the cofounder and editor of Narrative magazine. Check out his magazine online here. He is a former editor of Esquire, Gentlemen&apos;s Quarterly, The Paris Review, and a senior editor at Scribners, where he edited Hemingway&apos;s The Garden of Eden. With Raymond Carver, he edited American Short Story Masterpieces. His writing has appeared in Harper&apos;s, Ploughshares, Vanity Fair, Esquire, The American Scholar, Five Points, the Los Angeles Times, and elsewhere. He has given classes at the Iowa Writers&apos; Workshop, the Creative Writing Programs at University of California, and Washington University in St. Louis.
Jessie Cohen holds a Ph.D. in History from Columbia University, and is an editor at the New Books Network.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In James Baldwin&apos;s Sonny&apos;s Blues (Oxford University Press, 2024), Tom Jenks follows a scene-by-scene, sometimes line-by-line, discussion of the pattern by which Baldwin indelibly writes &quot;Sonny&apos;s Blues&quot; into the consciousness of readers. It provides ongoing observations of the aesthetics underlying the particulars of the story, with references to Edward P. Jones (whose magnificent story &quot;All Aunt Hagar&apos;s Children&quot; bears a knowing relationship to &quot;Sonny&apos;s Blues,&quot;) to Charlie Parker&apos;s music, and to Billie Holiday&apos;s &quot;Am I Blue?&quot; and John Coltrane&apos;s &quot;A Love Supreme&quot; as part of the musical progression Baldwin creates, and with attention to Baldwin&apos;s oratorical gifts and the biblical references in the story, to its time structure, characterizations, dramatic action, and, most of all, its totality of effect.
Drawing on Baldwin&apos;s book-length essay The Fire Next Time, which Baldwin published a six years after the publication of the short story, Tom Jenks offers insight on some of the sources in Baldwin&apos;s life for &quot;Sonny&apos;s Blues&quot; and on the logic and passion by which life may be meaningfully transformed into art.
Tom Jenks is the cofounder and editor of Narrative magazine. Check out his magazine online here. He is a former editor of Esquire, Gentlemen&apos;s Quarterly, The Paris Review, and a senior editor at Scribners, where he edited Hemingway&apos;s The Garden of Eden. With Raymond Carver, he edited American Short Story Masterpieces. His writing has appeared in Harper&apos;s, Ploughshares, Vanity Fair, Esquire, The American Scholar, Five Points, the Los Angeles Times, and elsewhere. He has given classes at the Iowa Writers&apos; Workshop, the Creative Writing Programs at University of California, and Washington University in St. Louis.
Jessie Cohen holds a Ph.D. in History from Columbia University, and is an editor at the New Books Network.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>20</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a890d996-baf5-11ef-b12b-673cfdf0d84f</guid>
      <title>Mattias Fibiger, &quot;Suharto&apos;s Cold War: Indonesia, Southeast Asia, and the World&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Conventional accounts of the Cold War focus on competition between the United States and Soviet Union as key to shaping world events. In focusing on the agency of Indonesia’s Suharto regime during its first decades, Matthias Fibiger casts new light on how the Cold War was experienced elsewhere. Based on extensive analysis of state archival records, Fibiger shows how Suharto navigated risks as he took power, constructed a counterrevolutionary New Order regime with foreign aid and investment, and projected its ideologies in other countries of Southeast Asia. By situating views from Jakarta in the broader context of international relations between superpowers and the non-aligned movement, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197667224"><em>Suharto’s Cold War: Indonesia, Southeast Asia, and the World</em> </a>(Oxford University Press, 2023) deepens understanding of political and diplomatic history in Southeast Asia and the World.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Dec 2024 05:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Conventional accounts of the Cold War focus on competition between the United States and Soviet Union as key to shaping world events. In focusing on the agency of Indonesia’s Suharto regime during its first decades, Matthias Fibiger casts new light on how the Cold War was experienced elsewhere. Based on extensive analysis of state archival records, Fibiger shows how Suharto navigated risks as he took power, constructed a counterrevolutionary New Order regime with foreign aid and investment, and projected its ideologies in other countries of Southeast Asia. By situating views from Jakarta in the broader context of international relations between superpowers and the non-aligned movement, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197667224"><em>Suharto’s Cold War: Indonesia, Southeast Asia, and the World</em> </a>(Oxford University Press, 2023) deepens understanding of political and diplomatic history in Southeast Asia and the World.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="47924887" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/a0104392-92e6-4108-929c-4cdc3c81f2de/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=a0104392-92e6-4108-929c-4cdc3c81f2de&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Mattias Fibiger, &quot;Suharto&apos;s Cold War: Indonesia, Southeast Asia, and the World&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:49:55</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Conventional accounts of the Cold War focus on competition between the United States and Soviet Union as key to shaping world events. In focusing on the agency of Indonesia’s Suharto regime during its first decades, Matthias Fibiger casts new light on how the Cold War was experienced elsewhere. Based on extensive analysis of state archival records, Fibiger shows how Suharto navigated risks as he took power, constructed a counterrevolutionary New Order regime with foreign aid and investment, and projected its ideologies in other countries of Southeast Asia. By situating views from Jakarta in the broader context of international relations between superpowers and the non-aligned movement, Suharto’s Cold War: Indonesia, Southeast Asia, and the World (Oxford University Press, 2023) deepens understanding of political and diplomatic history in Southeast Asia and the World.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Conventional accounts of the Cold War focus on competition between the United States and Soviet Union as key to shaping world events. In focusing on the agency of Indonesia’s Suharto regime during its first decades, Matthias Fibiger casts new light on how the Cold War was experienced elsewhere. Based on extensive analysis of state archival records, Fibiger shows how Suharto navigated risks as he took power, constructed a counterrevolutionary New Order regime with foreign aid and investment, and projected its ideologies in other countries of Southeast Asia. By situating views from Jakarta in the broader context of international relations between superpowers and the non-aligned movement, Suharto’s Cold War: Indonesia, Southeast Asia, and the World (Oxford University Press, 2023) deepens understanding of political and diplomatic history in Southeast Asia and the World.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>152</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">347422fc-b979-11ef-a65b-97c8f5a75530</guid>
      <title>Antoinette Burton, &quot;Gender History: A Very Short Introduction&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Antoinette Burton's <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197587010">Gender History: A Very Short Introduction</a> introduces the field of gender history--its origins, development, reception, recalibrations, and frictions. It offers a set of working definitions of gender as a descriptive category and as a category of historical analysis, tracing the emergence, usage, and applicability of these entwined subjects across a range of times and places since the 1970s.</p><p>Inevitably political, gender history has taken aim at the broader field of historical narrative by asking who counts as a historical subject, what difference gender makes, and how attention to it subverts reigning assumptions of what power, culture, economics, and identity have been in the past--and what they are today. The book explores how gender analysis has changed interpretations of the histories of slavery, capitalism, migration, and empire.</p><p>As a field, gender history has been extraordinarily influential in shaping several generations of scholars and students. The fact that its early emphasis on the relationship between masculinity and femininity was part of a larger set of challenges to universal history by poststructuralism, postmodernism, and postcolonialism positions it at the heart of some of the most fractious intellectual debates of the late twentieth and early twenty-first centuries. And, as part of the movement toward gender equality that is key to modern western progress, gender history has been caught up in the culture wars that continue to shape post-global society. What is intriguing and ultimately defining about gender history is the way that the centrality of gender, so important for revealing how identity is structured in and through regimes of power, has been unable to hold its own over the half century of the field's own history. The practice of gender history has always run up against the forces of race, class, and sexuality that challenge the singularity of gender itself as an explanatory category of historical analysis. That powerful, unruly tension is at the heart of this Very Short Introduction.</p><p>Antoinette Burton is a feminist historian of 19th and 20th century Britain and its empire, and Director of the Humanities Research Institute at the University of Illinois. She is also the Principal Investigator for Mellon Foundation grants which support <a href="https://hri.illinois.edu/community-connections/odyssey-project">The Odyssey Project</a> and the 16-partner consortium, <a href="http://www.humanitieswithoutwalls.illinois.edu/">Humanities Without Walls</a>. In 2023 she was appointed to the Board of Illinois Humanities. She also serves as the chair of the Faculty Board of the University of Illinois Press.</p><p>Her most recent book, <em>Biocultural Empire: New Histories of Imperial Lifeworlds</em> is available open-access <a href="https://www.bloomsburycollections.com/monograph?docid=b-9781350454231">here</a>.</p><p>Jessie Cohen holds a Ph.D. in History from Columbia University, and is an editor at the New Books Network.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 15 Dec 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Antoinette Burton's <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197587010">Gender History: A Very Short Introduction</a> introduces the field of gender history--its origins, development, reception, recalibrations, and frictions. It offers a set of working definitions of gender as a descriptive category and as a category of historical analysis, tracing the emergence, usage, and applicability of these entwined subjects across a range of times and places since the 1970s.</p><p>Inevitably political, gender history has taken aim at the broader field of historical narrative by asking who counts as a historical subject, what difference gender makes, and how attention to it subverts reigning assumptions of what power, culture, economics, and identity have been in the past--and what they are today. The book explores how gender analysis has changed interpretations of the histories of slavery, capitalism, migration, and empire.</p><p>As a field, gender history has been extraordinarily influential in shaping several generations of scholars and students. The fact that its early emphasis on the relationship between masculinity and femininity was part of a larger set of challenges to universal history by poststructuralism, postmodernism, and postcolonialism positions it at the heart of some of the most fractious intellectual debates of the late twentieth and early twenty-first centuries. And, as part of the movement toward gender equality that is key to modern western progress, gender history has been caught up in the culture wars that continue to shape post-global society. What is intriguing and ultimately defining about gender history is the way that the centrality of gender, so important for revealing how identity is structured in and through regimes of power, has been unable to hold its own over the half century of the field's own history. The practice of gender history has always run up against the forces of race, class, and sexuality that challenge the singularity of gender itself as an explanatory category of historical analysis. That powerful, unruly tension is at the heart of this Very Short Introduction.</p><p>Antoinette Burton is a feminist historian of 19th and 20th century Britain and its empire, and Director of the Humanities Research Institute at the University of Illinois. She is also the Principal Investigator for Mellon Foundation grants which support <a href="https://hri.illinois.edu/community-connections/odyssey-project">The Odyssey Project</a> and the 16-partner consortium, <a href="http://www.humanitieswithoutwalls.illinois.edu/">Humanities Without Walls</a>. In 2023 she was appointed to the Board of Illinois Humanities. She also serves as the chair of the Faculty Board of the University of Illinois Press.</p><p>Her most recent book, <em>Biocultural Empire: New Histories of Imperial Lifeworlds</em> is available open-access <a href="https://www.bloomsburycollections.com/monograph?docid=b-9781350454231">here</a>.</p><p>Jessie Cohen holds a Ph.D. in History from Columbia University, and is an editor at the New Books Network.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="34139369" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/72a5308b-a10d-4ae6-9671-e770a6f29202/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=72a5308b-a10d-4ae6-9671-e770a6f29202&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Antoinette Burton, &quot;Gender History: A Very Short Introduction&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:35:33</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Antoinette Burton&apos;s Gender History: A Very Short Introduction introduces the field of gender history--its origins, development, reception, recalibrations, and frictions. It offers a set of working definitions of gender as a descriptive category and as a category of historical analysis, tracing the emergence, usage, and applicability of these entwined subjects across a range of times and places since the 1970s.
Inevitably political, gender history has taken aim at the broader field of historical narrative by asking who counts as a historical subject, what difference gender makes, and how attention to it subverts reigning assumptions of what power, culture, economics, and identity have been in the past--and what they are today. The book explores how gender analysis has changed interpretations of the histories of slavery, capitalism, migration, and empire.
As a field, gender history has been extraordinarily influential in shaping several generations of scholars and students. The fact that its early emphasis on the relationship between masculinity and femininity was part of a larger set of challenges to universal history by poststructuralism, postmodernism, and postcolonialism positions it at the heart of some of the most fractious intellectual debates of the late twentieth and early twenty-first centuries. And, as part of the movement toward gender equality that is key to modern western progress, gender history has been caught up in the culture wars that continue to shape post-global society. What is intriguing and ultimately defining about gender history is the way that the centrality of gender, so important for revealing how identity is structured in and through regimes of power, has been unable to hold its own over the half century of the field&apos;s own history. The practice of gender history has always run up against the forces of race, class, and sexuality that challenge the singularity of gender itself as an explanatory category of historical analysis. That powerful, unruly tension is at the heart of this Very Short Introduction.
Antoinette Burton is a feminist historian of 19th and 20th century Britain and its empire, and Director of the Humanities Research Institute at the University of Illinois. She is also the Principal Investigator for Mellon Foundation grants which support The Odyssey Project and the 16-partner consortium, Humanities Without Walls. In 2023 she was appointed to the Board of Illinois Humanities. She also serves as the chair of the Faculty Board of the University of Illinois Press.
Her most recent book, Biocultural Empire: New Histories of Imperial Lifeworlds is available open-access here.
Jessie Cohen holds a Ph.D. in History from Columbia University, and is an editor at the New Books Network.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Antoinette Burton&apos;s Gender History: A Very Short Introduction introduces the field of gender history--its origins, development, reception, recalibrations, and frictions. It offers a set of working definitions of gender as a descriptive category and as a category of historical analysis, tracing the emergence, usage, and applicability of these entwined subjects across a range of times and places since the 1970s.
Inevitably political, gender history has taken aim at the broader field of historical narrative by asking who counts as a historical subject, what difference gender makes, and how attention to it subverts reigning assumptions of what power, culture, economics, and identity have been in the past--and what they are today. The book explores how gender analysis has changed interpretations of the histories of slavery, capitalism, migration, and empire.
As a field, gender history has been extraordinarily influential in shaping several generations of scholars and students. The fact that its early emphasis on the relationship between masculinity and femininity was part of a larger set of challenges to universal history by poststructuralism, postmodernism, and postcolonialism positions it at the heart of some of the most fractious intellectual debates of the late twentieth and early twenty-first centuries. And, as part of the movement toward gender equality that is key to modern western progress, gender history has been caught up in the culture wars that continue to shape post-global society. What is intriguing and ultimately defining about gender history is the way that the centrality of gender, so important for revealing how identity is structured in and through regimes of power, has been unable to hold its own over the half century of the field&apos;s own history. The practice of gender history has always run up against the forces of race, class, and sexuality that challenge the singularity of gender itself as an explanatory category of historical analysis. That powerful, unruly tension is at the heart of this Very Short Introduction.
Antoinette Burton is a feminist historian of 19th and 20th century Britain and its empire, and Director of the Humanities Research Institute at the University of Illinois. She is also the Principal Investigator for Mellon Foundation grants which support The Odyssey Project and the 16-partner consortium, Humanities Without Walls. In 2023 she was appointed to the Board of Illinois Humanities. She also serves as the chair of the Faculty Board of the University of Illinois Press.
Her most recent book, Biocultural Empire: New Histories of Imperial Lifeworlds is available open-access here.
Jessie Cohen holds a Ph.D. in History from Columbia University, and is an editor at the New Books Network.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>19</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f90e4b20-b4d7-11ef-8fa3-134ea865c195</guid>
      <title>Mie Nakachi, &quot;Replacing the Dead: The Politics of Reproduction in the Postwar Soviet Union&quot; (Oxford UP, 2021)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Today I talked to Mie Nakachi about <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/replacing-the-dead-9780190635138?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;"><em>Replacing the Dead: The Politics of Reproduction in the Postwar Soviet Union</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2021)</p><p>In 1920, the Soviet Union became the first country in the world to legalize abortion on demand. But in 1936, the Soviet leadership criminalized abortion: the collectivization of the early 1930s was followed by famine that took the lives of millions of people, and the government grew eager to recover the population. Drawing on an amazing wealth of archival material, Nakachi traces the dynamic of Soviet reproductive policies that were invariably guided by pronatalist goals but almost always had damaging consequences. The 1944 Family Law, aimed at making up for the enormous human losses of World War II (27 million people died, 20 million of them men), relieved men of parental responsibilities, legal or financial, thereby encouraging them to father children out of wedlock. Given the devastation of the war and inadequate levels of government support, many women sought to avoid such births. Their only recourse was abortion, which remained illegal and, as a result, often led to grave medical complications or even death—on top of being criminally punishable. Doctors were generally sympathetic to the women’s plight but they could not challenge the system. It was only in the mid-1950s that abortion was decriminalized, but until the end of the Soviet Union, modern contraception was barely available and abortion remained the primary method of birth control.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Dec 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Today I talked to Mie Nakachi about <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/replacing-the-dead-9780190635138?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;"><em>Replacing the Dead: The Politics of Reproduction in the Postwar Soviet Union</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2021)</p><p>In 1920, the Soviet Union became the first country in the world to legalize abortion on demand. But in 1936, the Soviet leadership criminalized abortion: the collectivization of the early 1930s was followed by famine that took the lives of millions of people, and the government grew eager to recover the population. Drawing on an amazing wealth of archival material, Nakachi traces the dynamic of Soviet reproductive policies that were invariably guided by pronatalist goals but almost always had damaging consequences. The 1944 Family Law, aimed at making up for the enormous human losses of World War II (27 million people died, 20 million of them men), relieved men of parental responsibilities, legal or financial, thereby encouraging them to father children out of wedlock. Given the devastation of the war and inadequate levels of government support, many women sought to avoid such births. Their only recourse was abortion, which remained illegal and, as a result, often led to grave medical complications or even death—on top of being criminally punishable. Doctors were generally sympathetic to the women’s plight but they could not challenge the system. It was only in the mid-1950s that abortion was decriminalized, but until the end of the Soviet Union, modern contraception was barely available and abortion remained the primary method of birth control.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="66119760" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/83904c1e-68b2-4af6-baed-610cddfe0618/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=83904c1e-68b2-4af6-baed-610cddfe0618&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Mie Nakachi, &quot;Replacing the Dead: The Politics of Reproduction in the Postwar Soviet Union&quot; (Oxford UP, 2021)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:08:52</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Today I talked to Mie Nakachi about Replacing the Dead: The Politics of Reproduction in the Postwar Soviet Union (Oxford UP, 2021)
In 1920, the Soviet Union became the first country in the world to legalize abortion on demand. But in 1936, the Soviet leadership criminalized abortion: the collectivization of the early 1930s was followed by famine that took the lives of millions of people, and the government grew eager to recover the population. Drawing on an amazing wealth of archival material, Nakachi traces the dynamic of Soviet reproductive policies that were invariably guided by pronatalist goals but almost always had damaging consequences. The 1944 Family Law, aimed at making up for the enormous human losses of World War II (27 million people died, 20 million of them men), relieved men of parental responsibilities, legal or financial, thereby encouraging them to father children out of wedlock. Given the devastation of the war and inadequate levels of government support, many women sought to avoid such births. Their only recourse was abortion, which remained illegal and, as a result, often led to grave medical complications or even death—on top of being criminally punishable. Doctors were generally sympathetic to the women’s plight but they could not challenge the system. It was only in the mid-1950s that abortion was decriminalized, but until the end of the Soviet Union, modern contraception was barely available and abortion remained the primary method of birth control.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Today I talked to Mie Nakachi about Replacing the Dead: The Politics of Reproduction in the Postwar Soviet Union (Oxford UP, 2021)
In 1920, the Soviet Union became the first country in the world to legalize abortion on demand. But in 1936, the Soviet leadership criminalized abortion: the collectivization of the early 1930s was followed by famine that took the lives of millions of people, and the government grew eager to recover the population. Drawing on an amazing wealth of archival material, Nakachi traces the dynamic of Soviet reproductive policies that were invariably guided by pronatalist goals but almost always had damaging consequences. The 1944 Family Law, aimed at making up for the enormous human losses of World War II (27 million people died, 20 million of them men), relieved men of parental responsibilities, legal or financial, thereby encouraging them to father children out of wedlock. Given the devastation of the war and inadequate levels of government support, many women sought to avoid such births. Their only recourse was abortion, which remained illegal and, as a result, often led to grave medical complications or even death—on top of being criminally punishable. Doctors were generally sympathetic to the women’s plight but they could not challenge the system. It was only in the mid-1950s that abortion was decriminalized, but until the end of the Soviet Union, modern contraception was barely available and abortion remained the primary method of birth control.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>288</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15d7e348-b419-11ef-828d-d783693d704b</guid>
      <title>Tristan A. Volpe, &quot;Leveraging Latency: How the Weak Compel the Strong with Nuclear Technology&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Over the last seven decades, some states successfully leveraged the threat of acquiring atomic weapons to compel concessions from superpowers. For many others, however, this coercive gambit failed to work. When does nuclear latency--the technical capacity to build the bomb--enable states to pursue effective coercion?</p><p>In<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197669532"> <em>Leveraging Latency: How the Weak Compel the Strong with Nuclear Technology</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023), Tristan A. Volpe argues that having greater capacity to build weaponry doesn't translate to greater coercive advantage. Volpe finds that there is a trade-off between threatening proliferation and promising nuclear restraint. States need just enough bomb-making capacity to threaten proliferation but not so much that it becomes too difficult for them to offer nonproliferation assurances. The boundaries of this sweet spot align with the capacity to produce the fissile material at the heart of an atomic weapon.</p><p>To test this argument, Volpe includes comparative case studies of four countries that leveraged latency against superpowers: Japan, West Germany, North Korea, and Iran.</p><p>Volpe identifies a generalizable mechanism--the threat-assurance trade-off--that explains why more power often makes compellence less likely to work.</p><p>Volpe proposes a framework that illuminates how technology shapes broader bargaining dynamics and helps to refine policy options for inhibiting the spread of nuclear weapons. As nuclear technology continues to cast a shadow over the global landscape,<em> Leveraging Latency systematically assesses</em> its coercive utility.</p><p>Our guest today is <a href="https://tristanvolpe.com/">Tristan Volpe,</a> an Assistant Professor in the Defense Analysis Department at the Naval Postgraduate School and a nonresident fellow in the Nuclear Policy Program at the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace.</p><p>Our host is <a href="https://www.eleonoramattiacci.com/home">Eleonora Mattiacci</a>, an Associate Professor of Political Science at Amherst College. She is the author of "<a href="https://www.eleonoramattiacci.com/book-project-1">Volatile States in International Politics</a>" (Oxford University Press, 2023).</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 8 Dec 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Over the last seven decades, some states successfully leveraged the threat of acquiring atomic weapons to compel concessions from superpowers. For many others, however, this coercive gambit failed to work. When does nuclear latency--the technical capacity to build the bomb--enable states to pursue effective coercion?</p><p>In<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197669532"> <em>Leveraging Latency: How the Weak Compel the Strong with Nuclear Technology</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023), Tristan A. Volpe argues that having greater capacity to build weaponry doesn't translate to greater coercive advantage. Volpe finds that there is a trade-off between threatening proliferation and promising nuclear restraint. States need just enough bomb-making capacity to threaten proliferation but not so much that it becomes too difficult for them to offer nonproliferation assurances. The boundaries of this sweet spot align with the capacity to produce the fissile material at the heart of an atomic weapon.</p><p>To test this argument, Volpe includes comparative case studies of four countries that leveraged latency against superpowers: Japan, West Germany, North Korea, and Iran.</p><p>Volpe identifies a generalizable mechanism--the threat-assurance trade-off--that explains why more power often makes compellence less likely to work.</p><p>Volpe proposes a framework that illuminates how technology shapes broader bargaining dynamics and helps to refine policy options for inhibiting the spread of nuclear weapons. As nuclear technology continues to cast a shadow over the global landscape,<em> Leveraging Latency systematically assesses</em> its coercive utility.</p><p>Our guest today is <a href="https://tristanvolpe.com/">Tristan Volpe,</a> an Assistant Professor in the Defense Analysis Department at the Naval Postgraduate School and a nonresident fellow in the Nuclear Policy Program at the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace.</p><p>Our host is <a href="https://www.eleonoramattiacci.com/home">Eleonora Mattiacci</a>, an Associate Professor of Political Science at Amherst College. She is the author of "<a href="https://www.eleonoramattiacci.com/book-project-1">Volatile States in International Politics</a>" (Oxford University Press, 2023).</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="61763170" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/ead4f8b5-4710-4d6b-adea-6522598056e9/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=ead4f8b5-4710-4d6b-adea-6522598056e9&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Tristan A. Volpe, &quot;Leveraging Latency: How the Weak Compel the Strong with Nuclear Technology&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:04:20</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Over the last seven decades, some states successfully leveraged the threat of acquiring atomic weapons to compel concessions from superpowers. For many others, however, this coercive gambit failed to work. When does nuclear latency--the technical capacity to build the bomb--enable states to pursue effective coercion?
In Leveraging Latency: How the Weak Compel the Strong with Nuclear Technology (Oxford UP, 2023), Tristan A. Volpe argues that having greater capacity to build weaponry doesn&apos;t translate to greater coercive advantage. Volpe finds that there is a trade-off between threatening proliferation and promising nuclear restraint. States need just enough bomb-making capacity to threaten proliferation but not so much that it becomes too difficult for them to offer nonproliferation assurances. The boundaries of this sweet spot align with the capacity to produce the fissile material at the heart of an atomic weapon.
To test this argument, Volpe includes comparative case studies of four countries that leveraged latency against superpowers: Japan, West Germany, North Korea, and Iran.
Volpe identifies a generalizable mechanism--the threat-assurance trade-off--that explains why more power often makes compellence less likely to work.
Volpe proposes a framework that illuminates how technology shapes broader bargaining dynamics and helps to refine policy options for inhibiting the spread of nuclear weapons. As nuclear technology continues to cast a shadow over the global landscape, Leveraging Latency systematically assesses its coercive utility.
Our guest today is Tristan Volpe, an Assistant Professor in the Defense Analysis Department at the Naval Postgraduate School and a nonresident fellow in the Nuclear Policy Program at the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace.
Our host is Eleonora Mattiacci, an Associate Professor of Political Science at Amherst College. She is the author of &quot;Volatile States in International Politics&quot; (Oxford University Press, 2023).</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Over the last seven decades, some states successfully leveraged the threat of acquiring atomic weapons to compel concessions from superpowers. For many others, however, this coercive gambit failed to work. When does nuclear latency--the technical capacity to build the bomb--enable states to pursue effective coercion?
In Leveraging Latency: How the Weak Compel the Strong with Nuclear Technology (Oxford UP, 2023), Tristan A. Volpe argues that having greater capacity to build weaponry doesn&apos;t translate to greater coercive advantage. Volpe finds that there is a trade-off between threatening proliferation and promising nuclear restraint. States need just enough bomb-making capacity to threaten proliferation but not so much that it becomes too difficult for them to offer nonproliferation assurances. The boundaries of this sweet spot align with the capacity to produce the fissile material at the heart of an atomic weapon.
To test this argument, Volpe includes comparative case studies of four countries that leveraged latency against superpowers: Japan, West Germany, North Korea, and Iran.
Volpe identifies a generalizable mechanism--the threat-assurance trade-off--that explains why more power often makes compellence less likely to work.
Volpe proposes a framework that illuminates how technology shapes broader bargaining dynamics and helps to refine policy options for inhibiting the spread of nuclear weapons. As nuclear technology continues to cast a shadow over the global landscape, Leveraging Latency systematically assesses its coercive utility.
Our guest today is Tristan Volpe, an Assistant Professor in the Defense Analysis Department at the Naval Postgraduate School and a nonresident fellow in the Nuclear Policy Program at the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace.
Our host is Eleonora Mattiacci, an Associate Professor of Political Science at Amherst College. She is the author of &quot;Volatile States in International Politics&quot; (Oxford University Press, 2023).</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>114</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a5f65b94-b31a-11ef-a229-738e9d4b07cf</guid>
      <title>Deondra Rose, &quot;The Power of Black Excellence: HBCUs and the Fight for American Democracy&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>From their founding, Historically Black Colleges and Universities (HBCUs) educated as many as 90 percent of Black college students in the United States. Although many are aware of the significance of HBCUs in expanding Black Americans' educational opportunities, much less attention has been paid to the vital role that they have played in enhancing American democracy.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197776599"><em>The Power of Black Excellence: HBCUs and the Fight for American Democracy</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024), Deondra Rose provides an authoritative history of HBCUs and the unique role they have played in shaping American democracy since 1837. Drawing on over six years of deep research, Rose brings into view the historic impact that government support for HBCUs has had on the American political landscape, arguing that they have been essential for not only empowering Black citizens but also reshaping the distribution of political power in the United States. Rose challenges the conventional wisdom that, prior to the late twentieth century, the federal government took a laissez-faire approach to education. Instead, governmental action contributed to the expansion of HBCUs in an era plagued by racist policies and laws. Today, HBCUs remain extremely important, as evidenced by the outsized number of black political leaders--including Kamala Harris--who attended them. Rose stresses that policymakers promote democracy itself when they support HBCUs and their unique approach to postsecondary education, which includes a commitment to helping students develop politically empowering skills, promoting political leadership, and fostering a commitment to service.</p><p>A fresh look into the relationship between education and democracy, <em>The Power of Black Excellence </em>is essential reading for anyone interested not just in HBCUs, but the broader trajectory of Black citizenship in American history.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 7 Dec 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>From their founding, Historically Black Colleges and Universities (HBCUs) educated as many as 90 percent of Black college students in the United States. Although many are aware of the significance of HBCUs in expanding Black Americans' educational opportunities, much less attention has been paid to the vital role that they have played in enhancing American democracy.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197776599"><em>The Power of Black Excellence: HBCUs and the Fight for American Democracy</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024), Deondra Rose provides an authoritative history of HBCUs and the unique role they have played in shaping American democracy since 1837. Drawing on over six years of deep research, Rose brings into view the historic impact that government support for HBCUs has had on the American political landscape, arguing that they have been essential for not only empowering Black citizens but also reshaping the distribution of political power in the United States. Rose challenges the conventional wisdom that, prior to the late twentieth century, the federal government took a laissez-faire approach to education. Instead, governmental action contributed to the expansion of HBCUs in an era plagued by racist policies and laws. Today, HBCUs remain extremely important, as evidenced by the outsized number of black political leaders--including Kamala Harris--who attended them. Rose stresses that policymakers promote democracy itself when they support HBCUs and their unique approach to postsecondary education, which includes a commitment to helping students develop politically empowering skills, promoting political leadership, and fostering a commitment to service.</p><p>A fresh look into the relationship between education and democracy, <em>The Power of Black Excellence </em>is essential reading for anyone interested not just in HBCUs, but the broader trajectory of Black citizenship in American history.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="53628945" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/f781efda-4db1-4afc-a9e0-82c8f3eacb65/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=f781efda-4db1-4afc-a9e0-82c8f3eacb65&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Deondra Rose, &quot;The Power of Black Excellence: HBCUs and the Fight for American Democracy&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:55:51</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>From their founding, Historically Black Colleges and Universities (HBCUs) educated as many as 90 percent of Black college students in the United States. Although many are aware of the significance of HBCUs in expanding Black Americans&apos; educational opportunities, much less attention has been paid to the vital role that they have played in enhancing American democracy.
In The Power of Black Excellence: HBCUs and the Fight for American Democracy (Oxford UP, 2024), Deondra Rose provides an authoritative history of HBCUs and the unique role they have played in shaping American democracy since 1837. Drawing on over six years of deep research, Rose brings into view the historic impact that government support for HBCUs has had on the American political landscape, arguing that they have been essential for not only empowering Black citizens but also reshaping the distribution of political power in the United States. Rose challenges the conventional wisdom that, prior to the late twentieth century, the federal government took a laissez-faire approach to education. Instead, governmental action contributed to the expansion of HBCUs in an era plagued by racist policies and laws. Today, HBCUs remain extremely important, as evidenced by the outsized number of black political leaders--including Kamala Harris--who attended them. Rose stresses that policymakers promote democracy itself when they support HBCUs and their unique approach to postsecondary education, which includes a commitment to helping students develop politically empowering skills, promoting political leadership, and fostering a commitment to service.
A fresh look into the relationship between education and democracy, The Power of Black Excellence is essential reading for anyone interested not just in HBCUs, but the broader trajectory of Black citizenship in American history.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>From their founding, Historically Black Colleges and Universities (HBCUs) educated as many as 90 percent of Black college students in the United States. Although many are aware of the significance of HBCUs in expanding Black Americans&apos; educational opportunities, much less attention has been paid to the vital role that they have played in enhancing American democracy.
In The Power of Black Excellence: HBCUs and the Fight for American Democracy (Oxford UP, 2024), Deondra Rose provides an authoritative history of HBCUs and the unique role they have played in shaping American democracy since 1837. Drawing on over six years of deep research, Rose brings into view the historic impact that government support for HBCUs has had on the American political landscape, arguing that they have been essential for not only empowering Black citizens but also reshaping the distribution of political power in the United States. Rose challenges the conventional wisdom that, prior to the late twentieth century, the federal government took a laissez-faire approach to education. Instead, governmental action contributed to the expansion of HBCUs in an era plagued by racist policies and laws. Today, HBCUs remain extremely important, as evidenced by the outsized number of black political leaders--including Kamala Harris--who attended them. Rose stresses that policymakers promote democracy itself when they support HBCUs and their unique approach to postsecondary education, which includes a commitment to helping students develop politically empowering skills, promoting political leadership, and fostering a commitment to service.
A fresh look into the relationship between education and democracy, The Power of Black Excellence is essential reading for anyone interested not just in HBCUs, but the broader trajectory of Black citizenship in American history.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>17</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">519e2c72-b273-11ef-9cdf-2ba05129001c</guid>
      <title>Jeffrey M. Pilcher, &quot;Hopped Up: How Travel, Trade, and Taste Made Beer a Global Commodity&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Today I’m speaking with Jeffrey Pilcher, Professor of Food History at the University of Toronto. We are discussing his new book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197676042"><em>Hopped Up: How Travel, Trade, and Taste Made Beer a Global Commodity</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2024). While beer, or even alcohol for that matter, is not consumed in many parts of the world, its near universality is still astonishing. Even in the Middle East, where alcohol is largely forbidden, non-alcoholic beer sells well. Perhaps most surprising is that in nearly every place where beer is consumed (with the exception of Ireland’s Guinness) the pale lager dominates in popularity. This wasn’t always the case, and the story of how this came to be is a textbook example of the standardization driven by the forces of globalization. Examined as a commodity, beer offers as important a window into understanding the development of our modern world as does oil or McDonalds. Analyzed as a cultural artifact, beer tells us something about how people identify, what groups they belong to, and what livelihoods they pursue. <em>Hopped Up </em>is an excellent history that will appeal to historians and beer-drinkers of all stripes— whether you prefer Guinness, Sapporo, Bud Light, or non-alcoholic beer.</p><p><em>Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 6 Dec 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Today I’m speaking with Jeffrey Pilcher, Professor of Food History at the University of Toronto. We are discussing his new book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197676042"><em>Hopped Up: How Travel, Trade, and Taste Made Beer a Global Commodity</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2024). While beer, or even alcohol for that matter, is not consumed in many parts of the world, its near universality is still astonishing. Even in the Middle East, where alcohol is largely forbidden, non-alcoholic beer sells well. Perhaps most surprising is that in nearly every place where beer is consumed (with the exception of Ireland’s Guinness) the pale lager dominates in popularity. This wasn’t always the case, and the story of how this came to be is a textbook example of the standardization driven by the forces of globalization. Examined as a commodity, beer offers as important a window into understanding the development of our modern world as does oil or McDonalds. Analyzed as a cultural artifact, beer tells us something about how people identify, what groups they belong to, and what livelihoods they pursue. <em>Hopped Up </em>is an excellent history that will appeal to historians and beer-drinkers of all stripes— whether you prefer Guinness, Sapporo, Bud Light, or non-alcoholic beer.</p><p><em>Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="48688522" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/83e930f6-08fe-42b0-bc03-d5eaa34b1c52/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=83e930f6-08fe-42b0-bc03-d5eaa34b1c52&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Jeffrey M. Pilcher, &quot;Hopped Up: How Travel, Trade, and Taste Made Beer a Global Commodity&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:50:42</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Today I’m speaking with Jeffrey Pilcher, Professor of Food History at the University of Toronto. We are discussing his new book, Hopped Up: How Travel, Trade, and Taste Made Beer a Global Commodity (Oxford University Press, 2024). While beer, or even alcohol for that matter, is not consumed in many parts of the world, its near universality is still astonishing. Even in the Middle East, where alcohol is largely forbidden, non-alcoholic beer sells well. Perhaps most surprising is that in nearly every place where beer is consumed (with the exception of Ireland’s Guinness) the pale lager dominates in popularity. This wasn’t always the case, and the story of how this came to be is a textbook example of the standardization driven by the forces of globalization. Examined as a commodity, beer offers as important a window into understanding the development of our modern world as does oil or McDonalds. Analyzed as a cultural artifact, beer tells us something about how people identify, what groups they belong to, and what livelihoods they pursue. Hopped Up is an excellent history that will appeal to historians and beer-drinkers of all stripes— whether you prefer Guinness, Sapporo, Bud Light, or non-alcoholic beer.
Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Today I’m speaking with Jeffrey Pilcher, Professor of Food History at the University of Toronto. We are discussing his new book, Hopped Up: How Travel, Trade, and Taste Made Beer a Global Commodity (Oxford University Press, 2024). While beer, or even alcohol for that matter, is not consumed in many parts of the world, its near universality is still astonishing. Even in the Middle East, where alcohol is largely forbidden, non-alcoholic beer sells well. Perhaps most surprising is that in nearly every place where beer is consumed (with the exception of Ireland’s Guinness) the pale lager dominates in popularity. This wasn’t always the case, and the story of how this came to be is a textbook example of the standardization driven by the forces of globalization. Examined as a commodity, beer offers as important a window into understanding the development of our modern world as does oil or McDonalds. Analyzed as a cultural artifact, beer tells us something about how people identify, what groups they belong to, and what livelihoods they pursue. Hopped Up is an excellent history that will appeal to historians and beer-drinkers of all stripes— whether you prefer Guinness, Sapporo, Bud Light, or non-alcoholic beer.
Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>17</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a047aeb4-b0f4-11ef-accd-83c1e8b319c1</guid>
      <title>Alexander Guerrero, &quot;Lottocracy: Democracy Without Elections&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Elections loom large in our everyday understanding of democracy. Yet we also acknowledge that our familiar electoral apparatus is questionable from a democratic point of view. Very few citizens have access to the kinds of resources that could enable them to stand for election; consequently, political candidates (thus officeholders) tend to come from elite social backgrounds. Moreover, elections involve campaigns, and campaigns almost always deploy various persuasion techniques, many of which are deceptive, manipulative, and downright toxic. Once elected, officials begin seeking re-election, which means that they must devote a great deal of attention to potential donors to their re-election campaigns. And on it goes. If by “democracy” one means “rule by the people,” it’s difficult to see how contemporary electoral practices empower us.</p><p>Notably, our fixation with elections as the <em>sine qua non </em>of democracy is relatively recent. Aristotle claimed that elections are fundamentally oligarchic, and that <em>lotteries </em>were a truly democratic way of filling public offices. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198938989"><em>Lottocracy: Democracy without Elections</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024), <a href="https://philosophy.rutgers.edu/people/regular-faculty/regular-faculty-profile/182-regular-faculty-full-time/849-guerrero-alex">Alex Guerrero</a> proposes a non-electoral version of democracy that relies on “single issue legislatures” composed of citizens chosen by lot.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 4 Dec 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Elections loom large in our everyday understanding of democracy. Yet we also acknowledge that our familiar electoral apparatus is questionable from a democratic point of view. Very few citizens have access to the kinds of resources that could enable them to stand for election; consequently, political candidates (thus officeholders) tend to come from elite social backgrounds. Moreover, elections involve campaigns, and campaigns almost always deploy various persuasion techniques, many of which are deceptive, manipulative, and downright toxic. Once elected, officials begin seeking re-election, which means that they must devote a great deal of attention to potential donors to their re-election campaigns. And on it goes. If by “democracy” one means “rule by the people,” it’s difficult to see how contemporary electoral practices empower us.</p><p>Notably, our fixation with elections as the <em>sine qua non </em>of democracy is relatively recent. Aristotle claimed that elections are fundamentally oligarchic, and that <em>lotteries </em>were a truly democratic way of filling public offices. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198938989"><em>Lottocracy: Democracy without Elections</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024), <a href="https://philosophy.rutgers.edu/people/regular-faculty/regular-faculty-profile/182-regular-faculty-full-time/849-guerrero-alex">Alex Guerrero</a> proposes a non-electoral version of democracy that relies on “single issue legislatures” composed of citizens chosen by lot.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="59107530" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/7c16d28e-860b-4040-848d-b2ef98f61a97/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=7c16d28e-860b-4040-848d-b2ef98f61a97&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Alexander Guerrero, &quot;Lottocracy: Democracy Without Elections&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:01:34</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Elections loom large in our everyday understanding of democracy. Yet we also acknowledge that our familiar electoral apparatus is questionable from a democratic point of view. Very few citizens have access to the kinds of resources that could enable them to stand for election; consequently, political candidates (thus officeholders) tend to come from elite social backgrounds. Moreover, elections involve campaigns, and campaigns almost always deploy various persuasion techniques, many of which are deceptive, manipulative, and downright toxic. Once elected, officials begin seeking re-election, which means that they must devote a great deal of attention to potential donors to their re-election campaigns. And on it goes. If by “democracy” one means “rule by the people,” it’s difficult to see how contemporary electoral practices empower us.
Notably, our fixation with elections as the sine qua non of democracy is relatively recent. Aristotle claimed that elections are fundamentally oligarchic, and that lotteries were a truly democratic way of filling public offices. In Lottocracy: Democracy without Elections (Oxford University Press, 2024), Alex Guerrero proposes a non-electoral version of democracy that relies on “single issue legislatures” composed of citizens chosen by lot.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Elections loom large in our everyday understanding of democracy. Yet we also acknowledge that our familiar electoral apparatus is questionable from a democratic point of view. Very few citizens have access to the kinds of resources that could enable them to stand for election; consequently, political candidates (thus officeholders) tend to come from elite social backgrounds. Moreover, elections involve campaigns, and campaigns almost always deploy various persuasion techniques, many of which are deceptive, manipulative, and downright toxic. Once elected, officials begin seeking re-election, which means that they must devote a great deal of attention to potential donors to their re-election campaigns. And on it goes. If by “democracy” one means “rule by the people,” it’s difficult to see how contemporary electoral practices empower us.
Notably, our fixation with elections as the sine qua non of democracy is relatively recent. Aristotle claimed that elections are fundamentally oligarchic, and that lotteries were a truly democratic way of filling public offices. In Lottocracy: Democracy without Elections (Oxford University Press, 2024), Alex Guerrero proposes a non-electoral version of democracy that relies on “single issue legislatures” composed of citizens chosen by lot.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>359</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">39b2d79c-aff9-11ef-958c-bfdc30d93bb2</guid>
      <title>Terry H. Anderson, &quot;Why the Nineties Matter&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Nearly a quarter century after the decade of the 1990s ended, what really mattered in America during that era is finally coming into focus. Many of the most important developments in politics, culture, and society today have roots in that era: the rise of right-wing extremism, broad transformations in voting preferences among both the working and professional classes; the spread of neoliberal economic policy; and the rise of social media.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197763018"><em>Why the Nineties Matter</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024), Dr. Terry Anderson provides a broad-ranging history of America in that decade. Not simply a chronological account, the book focuses on key trends that either began or gained steam then and which have had lasting effects until this day. Threading together politics, economic transformations, and socio-cultural trends, he focuses on what mattered most in retrospect. Violent and extremist white nationalism intensified greatly in that decade, evidenced by the Oklahoma City bombing and the rise of the militia movement. The defection of the white working class from the Democratic Party began then as the Democrats expanded free trade and tried to cultivate professional-class Americans. Racial and gender politics transformed, birthing new movements that would grow in influence in the next century. Social media first emerged in the 1990s too, and its impact on all aspects of life cannot be underestimated. In foreign policy, America's long wars in the Middle East and Afghanistan have roots in US policies in the 1990s. And the current standoff between the US and Russia traces back to disagreements over NATO expansion a quarter century ago.</p><p>T<em>his interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 3 Dec 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Nearly a quarter century after the decade of the 1990s ended, what really mattered in America during that era is finally coming into focus. Many of the most important developments in politics, culture, and society today have roots in that era: the rise of right-wing extremism, broad transformations in voting preferences among both the working and professional classes; the spread of neoliberal economic policy; and the rise of social media.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197763018"><em>Why the Nineties Matter</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024), Dr. Terry Anderson provides a broad-ranging history of America in that decade. Not simply a chronological account, the book focuses on key trends that either began or gained steam then and which have had lasting effects until this day. Threading together politics, economic transformations, and socio-cultural trends, he focuses on what mattered most in retrospect. Violent and extremist white nationalism intensified greatly in that decade, evidenced by the Oklahoma City bombing and the rise of the militia movement. The defection of the white working class from the Democratic Party began then as the Democrats expanded free trade and tried to cultivate professional-class Americans. Racial and gender politics transformed, birthing new movements that would grow in influence in the next century. Social media first emerged in the 1990s too, and its impact on all aspects of life cannot be underestimated. In foreign policy, America's long wars in the Middle East and Afghanistan have roots in US policies in the 1990s. And the current standoff between the US and Russia traces back to disagreements over NATO expansion a quarter century ago.</p><p>T<em>his interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="45212191" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/b3774b21-c84c-45a2-b3bf-ccd73f0580ef/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=b3774b21-c84c-45a2-b3bf-ccd73f0580ef&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Terry H. Anderson, &quot;Why the Nineties Matter&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:47:05</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Nearly a quarter century after the decade of the 1990s ended, what really mattered in America during that era is finally coming into focus. Many of the most important developments in politics, culture, and society today have roots in that era: the rise of right-wing extremism, broad transformations in voting preferences among both the working and professional classes; the spread of neoliberal economic policy; and the rise of social media.
In Why the Nineties Matter (Oxford University Press, 2024), Dr. Terry Anderson provides a broad-ranging history of America in that decade. Not simply a chronological account, the book focuses on key trends that either began or gained steam then and which have had lasting effects until this day. Threading together politics, economic transformations, and socio-cultural trends, he focuses on what mattered most in retrospect. Violent and extremist white nationalism intensified greatly in that decade, evidenced by the Oklahoma City bombing and the rise of the militia movement. The defection of the white working class from the Democratic Party began then as the Democrats expanded free trade and tried to cultivate professional-class Americans. Racial and gender politics transformed, birthing new movements that would grow in influence in the next century. Social media first emerged in the 1990s too, and its impact on all aspects of life cannot be underestimated. In foreign policy, America&apos;s long wars in the Middle East and Afghanistan have roots in US policies in the 1990s. And the current standoff between the US and Russia traces back to disagreements over NATO expansion a quarter century ago.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Nearly a quarter century after the decade of the 1990s ended, what really mattered in America during that era is finally coming into focus. Many of the most important developments in politics, culture, and society today have roots in that era: the rise of right-wing extremism, broad transformations in voting preferences among both the working and professional classes; the spread of neoliberal economic policy; and the rise of social media.
In Why the Nineties Matter (Oxford University Press, 2024), Dr. Terry Anderson provides a broad-ranging history of America in that decade. Not simply a chronological account, the book focuses on key trends that either began or gained steam then and which have had lasting effects until this day. Threading together politics, economic transformations, and socio-cultural trends, he focuses on what mattered most in retrospect. Violent and extremist white nationalism intensified greatly in that decade, evidenced by the Oklahoma City bombing and the rise of the militia movement. The defection of the white working class from the Democratic Party began then as the Democrats expanded free trade and tried to cultivate professional-class Americans. Racial and gender politics transformed, birthing new movements that would grow in influence in the next century. Social media first emerged in the 1990s too, and its impact on all aspects of life cannot be underestimated. In foreign policy, America&apos;s long wars in the Middle East and Afghanistan have roots in US policies in the 1990s. And the current standoff between the US and Russia traces back to disagreements over NATO expansion a quarter century ago.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1511</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3300cbf0-af2e-11ef-badd-e3a969ad6af8</guid>
      <title>Biopic</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of High Theory, Laura Stamm talks about the biopic. One of the oldest forms of narrative cinema, biographical pictures are a mainstay of the medium today. Early biopics played an important role in public health discourse, representing the discoveries of science and the lives of scientists, which in turn led queer artists to adopt the genre in response to the AIDS crisis.</p><p>Laura’s book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197604045"><em>The Queer Biopic in the AIDS Era</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2022), asks why queer filmmakers repeatedly produced biographical films of queer individuals living and dead throughout the years surrounding the AIDS crisis. These films evoke the genre's history building up lives worthy of admiration and emulation and the parallel history of representing lives damaged. By portraying lives damaged by inconceivable loss, queer filmmakers challenge the illusion of a coherent self presumably reinforced by the biopic genre and in doing so, their films open the potential for new means of connection and relationality.</p><p>In the episode Laura references many films, including the Greta Garbo film <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Queen_Christina_(film)"><em>Queen Christina</em></a> (1933); <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Freud:_The_Secret_Passion"><em>Freud: The Secret Passion</em></a> (1962); <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Story_of_Louis_Pasteur"><em>The Story of Louis Pasteur</em></a> (1936); <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dr._Ehrlich%27s_Magic_Bullet"><em>Dr. Ehrlich's Magic Bullet</em></a> (1940); John Greyson’s musical <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zero_Patience"><em>Zero Patience</em></a> (1993); and the Amy Winehouse biopic <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Back_to_Black_(film)"><em>Back to Black</em></a> (2024). Her research extends beyond the 1980s moment of crisis, and in the episode she gives a good explainer pre-code Hollywood and (briefly) the New Queer Cinema of the 1990s. If you were interested in this episode and want to learn more about queer representation in US popular culture, check out Margaret Galvan’s episode on <a href="https://hightheory.net/2023/10/07/visibility/">Visibility</a>.</p><p>Laura Stamm is <a href="https://www.urmc.rochester.edu/people/112363434-laura-e-stamm">Assistant Professor of Health Humanities and Bioethics</a> and <a href="https://urmcpublic-lb1.urmc.rochester.edu/medicine/diversity-and-inclusion/who-we-are.aspx">Director of Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion</a> for Department of Medicine at University of Rochester. She completed her PhD in Film and Media Studies and Gender, Sexuality, and Women's Studies at the University of Pittsburgh. Dr. Stamm's research interests broadly focuses on LGBTQ+ health, transgender studies, and medicine in visual culture. Beyond the book discussed here, her work has recently appeared in the edited collection <a href="https://www.intellectbooks.com/new-queer-television"><em>New Queer Television: From Marginalization to Mainstream</em></a> (Intellect Press, 2024) and <em>Synapsis </em>on “<a href="https://medicalhealthhumanities.com/2024/04/09/from-the-clinic-to-the-talk-show-narratives-of-trans-history-in-framing-agnes/">From the Clinic to the Talk Show: Narratives of Trans History in Framing Agnes</a>.”</p><p>The image for this episode shows photographs by Rob Corder of photographs by Peter Hujar of two queer artists, the sculptor Louise Nevelson and the writer, photographer, film maker, etc., David Wojnarowicz. Left: Peter Hujar, "Louise Nevelson (II), 1969". Gelatin silver print (1934-1987) Morgan Library. BAM Right: Peter Hujar, "David Wojnarowicz", 1981. Gelatin silver print (1934-1987) Menschel Collection. BAM Photos by Rob Corder. We do not own these images, but we do like them.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 1 Dec 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of High Theory, Laura Stamm talks about the biopic. One of the oldest forms of narrative cinema, biographical pictures are a mainstay of the medium today. Early biopics played an important role in public health discourse, representing the discoveries of science and the lives of scientists, which in turn led queer artists to adopt the genre in response to the AIDS crisis.</p><p>Laura’s book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197604045"><em>The Queer Biopic in the AIDS Era</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2022), asks why queer filmmakers repeatedly produced biographical films of queer individuals living and dead throughout the years surrounding the AIDS crisis. These films evoke the genre's history building up lives worthy of admiration and emulation and the parallel history of representing lives damaged. By portraying lives damaged by inconceivable loss, queer filmmakers challenge the illusion of a coherent self presumably reinforced by the biopic genre and in doing so, their films open the potential for new means of connection and relationality.</p><p>In the episode Laura references many films, including the Greta Garbo film <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Queen_Christina_(film)"><em>Queen Christina</em></a> (1933); <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Freud:_The_Secret_Passion"><em>Freud: The Secret Passion</em></a> (1962); <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Story_of_Louis_Pasteur"><em>The Story of Louis Pasteur</em></a> (1936); <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dr._Ehrlich%27s_Magic_Bullet"><em>Dr. Ehrlich's Magic Bullet</em></a> (1940); John Greyson’s musical <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zero_Patience"><em>Zero Patience</em></a> (1993); and the Amy Winehouse biopic <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Back_to_Black_(film)"><em>Back to Black</em></a> (2024). Her research extends beyond the 1980s moment of crisis, and in the episode she gives a good explainer pre-code Hollywood and (briefly) the New Queer Cinema of the 1990s. If you were interested in this episode and want to learn more about queer representation in US popular culture, check out Margaret Galvan’s episode on <a href="https://hightheory.net/2023/10/07/visibility/">Visibility</a>.</p><p>Laura Stamm is <a href="https://www.urmc.rochester.edu/people/112363434-laura-e-stamm">Assistant Professor of Health Humanities and Bioethics</a> and <a href="https://urmcpublic-lb1.urmc.rochester.edu/medicine/diversity-and-inclusion/who-we-are.aspx">Director of Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion</a> for Department of Medicine at University of Rochester. She completed her PhD in Film and Media Studies and Gender, Sexuality, and Women's Studies at the University of Pittsburgh. Dr. Stamm's research interests broadly focuses on LGBTQ+ health, transgender studies, and medicine in visual culture. Beyond the book discussed here, her work has recently appeared in the edited collection <a href="https://www.intellectbooks.com/new-queer-television"><em>New Queer Television: From Marginalization to Mainstream</em></a> (Intellect Press, 2024) and <em>Synapsis </em>on “<a href="https://medicalhealthhumanities.com/2024/04/09/from-the-clinic-to-the-talk-show-narratives-of-trans-history-in-framing-agnes/">From the Clinic to the Talk Show: Narratives of Trans History in Framing Agnes</a>.”</p><p>The image for this episode shows photographs by Rob Corder of photographs by Peter Hujar of two queer artists, the sculptor Louise Nevelson and the writer, photographer, film maker, etc., David Wojnarowicz. Left: Peter Hujar, "Louise Nevelson (II), 1969". Gelatin silver print (1934-1987) Morgan Library. BAM Right: Peter Hujar, "David Wojnarowicz", 1981. Gelatin silver print (1934-1987) Menschel Collection. BAM Photos by Rob Corder. We do not own these images, but we do like them.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="16790539" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/3f5a7cc5-4fc0-4c7b-8852-7458436671f1/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=3f5a7cc5-4fc0-4c7b-8852-7458436671f1&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Biopic</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/d002b8/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/3f5a7cc5-4fc0-4c7b-8852-7458436671f1/3000x3000/26418c6b77d393f6f3badfca273350a3.jpeg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:17:29</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode of High Theory, Laura Stamm talks about the biopic. One of the oldest forms of narrative cinema, biographical pictures are a mainstay of the medium today. Early biopics played an important role in public health discourse, representing the discoveries of science and the lives of scientists, which in turn led queer artists to adopt the genre in response to the AIDS crisis.
Laura’s book, The Queer Biopic in the AIDS Era (Oxford UP, 2022), asks why queer filmmakers repeatedly produced biographical films of queer individuals living and dead throughout the years surrounding the AIDS crisis. These films evoke the genre&apos;s history building up lives worthy of admiration and emulation and the parallel history of representing lives damaged. By portraying lives damaged by inconceivable loss, queer filmmakers challenge the illusion of a coherent self presumably reinforced by the biopic genre and in doing so, their films open the potential for new means of connection and relationality.
In the episode Laura references many films, including the Greta Garbo film Queen Christina (1933); Freud: The Secret Passion (1962); The Story of Louis Pasteur (1936); Dr. Ehrlich&apos;s Magic Bullet (1940); John Greyson’s musical Zero Patience (1993); and the Amy Winehouse biopic Back to Black (2024). Her research extends beyond the 1980s moment of crisis, and in the episode she gives a good explainer pre-code Hollywood and (briefly) the New Queer Cinema of the 1990s. If you were interested in this episode and want to learn more about queer representation in US popular culture, check out Margaret Galvan’s episode on Visibility.
Laura Stamm is Assistant Professor of Health Humanities and Bioethics and Director of Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion for Department of Medicine at University of Rochester. She completed her PhD in Film and Media Studies and Gender, Sexuality, and Women&apos;s Studies at the University of Pittsburgh. Dr. Stamm&apos;s research interests broadly focuses on LGBTQ+ health, transgender studies, and medicine in visual culture. Beyond the book discussed here, her work has recently appeared in the edited collection New Queer Television: From Marginalization to Mainstream (Intellect Press, 2024) and Synapsis on “From the Clinic to the Talk Show: Narratives of Trans History in Framing Agnes.”
The image for this episode shows photographs by Rob Corder of photographs by Peter Hujar of two queer artists, the sculptor Louise Nevelson and the writer, photographer, film maker, etc., David Wojnarowicz. Left: Peter Hujar, &quot;Louise Nevelson (II), 1969&quot;. Gelatin silver print (1934-1987) Morgan Library. BAM Right: Peter Hujar, &quot;David Wojnarowicz&quot;, 1981. Gelatin silver print (1934-1987) Menschel Collection. BAM Photos by Rob Corder. We do not own these images, but we do like them.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode of High Theory, Laura Stamm talks about the biopic. One of the oldest forms of narrative cinema, biographical pictures are a mainstay of the medium today. Early biopics played an important role in public health discourse, representing the discoveries of science and the lives of scientists, which in turn led queer artists to adopt the genre in response to the AIDS crisis.
Laura’s book, The Queer Biopic in the AIDS Era (Oxford UP, 2022), asks why queer filmmakers repeatedly produced biographical films of queer individuals living and dead throughout the years surrounding the AIDS crisis. These films evoke the genre&apos;s history building up lives worthy of admiration and emulation and the parallel history of representing lives damaged. By portraying lives damaged by inconceivable loss, queer filmmakers challenge the illusion of a coherent self presumably reinforced by the biopic genre and in doing so, their films open the potential for new means of connection and relationality.
In the episode Laura references many films, including the Greta Garbo film Queen Christina (1933); Freud: The Secret Passion (1962); The Story of Louis Pasteur (1936); Dr. Ehrlich&apos;s Magic Bullet (1940); John Greyson’s musical Zero Patience (1993); and the Amy Winehouse biopic Back to Black (2024). Her research extends beyond the 1980s moment of crisis, and in the episode she gives a good explainer pre-code Hollywood and (briefly) the New Queer Cinema of the 1990s. If you were interested in this episode and want to learn more about queer representation in US popular culture, check out Margaret Galvan’s episode on Visibility.
Laura Stamm is Assistant Professor of Health Humanities and Bioethics and Director of Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion for Department of Medicine at University of Rochester. She completed her PhD in Film and Media Studies and Gender, Sexuality, and Women&apos;s Studies at the University of Pittsburgh. Dr. Stamm&apos;s research interests broadly focuses on LGBTQ+ health, transgender studies, and medicine in visual culture. Beyond the book discussed here, her work has recently appeared in the edited collection New Queer Television: From Marginalization to Mainstream (Intellect Press, 2024) and Synapsis on “From the Clinic to the Talk Show: Narratives of Trans History in Framing Agnes.”
The image for this episode shows photographs by Rob Corder of photographs by Peter Hujar of two queer artists, the sculptor Louise Nevelson and the writer, photographer, film maker, etc., David Wojnarowicz. Left: Peter Hujar, &quot;Louise Nevelson (II), 1969&quot;. Gelatin silver print (1934-1987) Morgan Library. BAM Right: Peter Hujar, &quot;David Wojnarowicz&quot;, 1981. Gelatin silver print (1934-1987) Menschel Collection. BAM Photos by Rob Corder. We do not own these images, but we do like them.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>148</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6554b560-acf6-11ef-b624-df7406897a2d</guid>
      <title>Karen Lystra, &quot;Love and the Working Class: The Inner Worlds of Nineteenth Century Americans&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197514221"><em>Love and the Working Class: The Inner Worlds of Nineteenth Century Americans</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Karen Lystra is a unique look at the emotions of hard-living, nineteenth-century Americans who were often on the cusp of literacy. These laboring folk highly valued letters and, however difficult it was, wrote to stay connected to those they loved. This book displays the personal expression of factory hands, manual laborers, peddlers, coopers, carpenters, lumbermen, miners, tanners, haulers, tailors, seamstresses, laundresses, domestics, sharecroppers, independent farmers, and common soldiers and their wives. Entering the “anonymous corners” of these people's lives through letters, we can see their humor, grit, hope, heartache, and endurance, and grasp what they believed and felt about themselves, their kinfolk, and their friends.</p><p>As much as possible, these working-class Americans living in the nineteenth century speak to contemporary readers in their own words. Often armed with only a third or fourth grade education, they could read but had limited instruction in writing. Yet they sat down to compose a letter, often spurred by a range of experience including the Gold Rush, westward expansion, slavery, the Emancipation Proclamation, and what was arguably the most important event in nineteenth-century America, the Civil War. During the war, poor, undereducated soldiers and their families wrote letters in a quantity never before seen in American history.</p><p>Using letters written to parents, siblings, husbands, wives, friends, and potential mates between 1830 and 1880, Dr. Lystra identifies the shared conceptions of love and practices of courtship and marriage within a racially diverse population of free working-class people born in America. Readers can listen to their voices as they flirt, act as intermediaries in hometown courtships, express non-romantic love to their mates, tease each other, and voice their hopes for the future. Through these personal letters, poor, minimally schooled Americans show us how they felt about love and how they created meaningful attachments in their uncertain lives.</p><p><br /></p><p>T<em>his interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 30 Nov 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197514221"><em>Love and the Working Class: The Inner Worlds of Nineteenth Century Americans</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Karen Lystra is a unique look at the emotions of hard-living, nineteenth-century Americans who were often on the cusp of literacy. These laboring folk highly valued letters and, however difficult it was, wrote to stay connected to those they loved. This book displays the personal expression of factory hands, manual laborers, peddlers, coopers, carpenters, lumbermen, miners, tanners, haulers, tailors, seamstresses, laundresses, domestics, sharecroppers, independent farmers, and common soldiers and their wives. Entering the “anonymous corners” of these people's lives through letters, we can see their humor, grit, hope, heartache, and endurance, and grasp what they believed and felt about themselves, their kinfolk, and their friends.</p><p>As much as possible, these working-class Americans living in the nineteenth century speak to contemporary readers in their own words. Often armed with only a third or fourth grade education, they could read but had limited instruction in writing. Yet they sat down to compose a letter, often spurred by a range of experience including the Gold Rush, westward expansion, slavery, the Emancipation Proclamation, and what was arguably the most important event in nineteenth-century America, the Civil War. During the war, poor, undereducated soldiers and their families wrote letters in a quantity never before seen in American history.</p><p>Using letters written to parents, siblings, husbands, wives, friends, and potential mates between 1830 and 1880, Dr. Lystra identifies the shared conceptions of love and practices of courtship and marriage within a racially diverse population of free working-class people born in America. Readers can listen to their voices as they flirt, act as intermediaries in hometown courtships, express non-romantic love to their mates, tease each other, and voice their hopes for the future. Through these personal letters, poor, minimally schooled Americans show us how they felt about love and how they created meaningful attachments in their uncertain lives.</p><p><br /></p><p>T<em>his interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="62098727" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/f16c178e-8bb7-4480-9f27-4873c3b53ce3/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=f16c178e-8bb7-4480-9f27-4873c3b53ce3&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Karen Lystra, &quot;Love and the Working Class: The Inner Worlds of Nineteenth Century Americans&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:04:40</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Love and the Working Class: The Inner Worlds of Nineteenth Century Americans (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Karen Lystra is a unique look at the emotions of hard-living, nineteenth-century Americans who were often on the cusp of literacy. These laboring folk highly valued letters and, however difficult it was, wrote to stay connected to those they loved. This book displays the personal expression of factory hands, manual laborers, peddlers, coopers, carpenters, lumbermen, miners, tanners, haulers, tailors, seamstresses, laundresses, domestics, sharecroppers, independent farmers, and common soldiers and their wives. Entering the “anonymous corners” of these people&apos;s lives through letters, we can see their humor, grit, hope, heartache, and endurance, and grasp what they believed and felt about themselves, their kinfolk, and their friends.
As much as possible, these working-class Americans living in the nineteenth century speak to contemporary readers in their own words. Often armed with only a third or fourth grade education, they could read but had limited instruction in writing. Yet they sat down to compose a letter, often spurred by a range of experience including the Gold Rush, westward expansion, slavery, the Emancipation Proclamation, and what was arguably the most important event in nineteenth-century America, the Civil War. During the war, poor, undereducated soldiers and their families wrote letters in a quantity never before seen in American history.
Using letters written to parents, siblings, husbands, wives, friends, and potential mates between 1830 and 1880, Dr. Lystra identifies the shared conceptions of love and practices of courtship and marriage within a racially diverse population of free working-class people born in America. Readers can listen to their voices as they flirt, act as intermediaries in hometown courtships, express non-romantic love to their mates, tease each other, and voice their hopes for the future. Through these personal letters, poor, minimally schooled Americans show us how they felt about love and how they created meaningful attachments in their uncertain lives.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Love and the Working Class: The Inner Worlds of Nineteenth Century Americans (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Karen Lystra is a unique look at the emotions of hard-living, nineteenth-century Americans who were often on the cusp of literacy. These laboring folk highly valued letters and, however difficult it was, wrote to stay connected to those they loved. This book displays the personal expression of factory hands, manual laborers, peddlers, coopers, carpenters, lumbermen, miners, tanners, haulers, tailors, seamstresses, laundresses, domestics, sharecroppers, independent farmers, and common soldiers and their wives. Entering the “anonymous corners” of these people&apos;s lives through letters, we can see their humor, grit, hope, heartache, and endurance, and grasp what they believed and felt about themselves, their kinfolk, and their friends.
As much as possible, these working-class Americans living in the nineteenth century speak to contemporary readers in their own words. Often armed with only a third or fourth grade education, they could read but had limited instruction in writing. Yet they sat down to compose a letter, often spurred by a range of experience including the Gold Rush, westward expansion, slavery, the Emancipation Proclamation, and what was arguably the most important event in nineteenth-century America, the Civil War. During the war, poor, undereducated soldiers and their families wrote letters in a quantity never before seen in American history.
Using letters written to parents, siblings, husbands, wives, friends, and potential mates between 1830 and 1880, Dr. Lystra identifies the shared conceptions of love and practices of courtship and marriage within a racially diverse population of free working-class people born in America. Readers can listen to their voices as they flirt, act as intermediaries in hometown courtships, express non-romantic love to their mates, tease each other, and voice their hopes for the future. Through these personal letters, poor, minimally schooled Americans show us how they felt about love and how they created meaningful attachments in their uncertain lives.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>282</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f8fa61fe-ac59-11ef-a8ec-1b373d9be194</guid>
      <title>Seth Rogovoy, &quot;Within You Without You: Listening to George Harrison&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Seth Rogovoy's latest book for Oxford University Press is called <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197627822"><em>Within You Without You: Listening to George Harrison</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2024). Often, biographies of musicians put the story of the subject’s life front and center, letting the music recede into the background. For a musician like George Harrison, this would be a mistake. George, the lead guitarist of the Beatles, sometimes referred to as the “quiet one,” was one of his generation’s greatest guitarists. He quietly steered the Fab Four in directions that made them legendary, through his innovative use of sitar or his thoughtful, self-reflective song-writing that contrasted with John’s ironic poetics and Paul’s cheery symphonies. A late-bloomer of sorts, George truly came into his own as a solo artist pursuing a rock and roll that centered spirituality and existential yearning.</p><p>For a chapter-by-chapter playlist, check out <a href="https://www.sethrogovoy.com/playlists">Seth's guided listen</a>.</p><p>Subscribe to Seth's Substack: <a href="https://sethrogovoy.substack.com/">Everything is Broken</a>.</p><p><a href="https://www.sethrogovoy.com/">Seth Rogovoy</a> is the author of <em>Bob Dylan: Prophet Mystic Poet</em> and <em>The Essential Klezmer: A Music Lover's Guide to Jewish Roots and Soul Music</em> and contributing editor for <em>The Forward</em>.</p><p><em>Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 29 Nov 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Seth Rogovoy's latest book for Oxford University Press is called <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197627822"><em>Within You Without You: Listening to George Harrison</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2024). Often, biographies of musicians put the story of the subject’s life front and center, letting the music recede into the background. For a musician like George Harrison, this would be a mistake. George, the lead guitarist of the Beatles, sometimes referred to as the “quiet one,” was one of his generation’s greatest guitarists. He quietly steered the Fab Four in directions that made them legendary, through his innovative use of sitar or his thoughtful, self-reflective song-writing that contrasted with John’s ironic poetics and Paul’s cheery symphonies. A late-bloomer of sorts, George truly came into his own as a solo artist pursuing a rock and roll that centered spirituality and existential yearning.</p><p>For a chapter-by-chapter playlist, check out <a href="https://www.sethrogovoy.com/playlists">Seth's guided listen</a>.</p><p>Subscribe to Seth's Substack: <a href="https://sethrogovoy.substack.com/">Everything is Broken</a>.</p><p><a href="https://www.sethrogovoy.com/">Seth Rogovoy</a> is the author of <em>Bob Dylan: Prophet Mystic Poet</em> and <em>The Essential Klezmer: A Music Lover's Guide to Jewish Roots and Soul Music</em> and contributing editor for <em>The Forward</em>.</p><p><em>Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="68400410" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/6ddd5466-4dde-4463-9281-49f7528805a5/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=6ddd5466-4dde-4463-9281-49f7528805a5&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Seth Rogovoy, &quot;Within You Without You: Listening to George Harrison&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:11:14</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Seth Rogovoy&apos;s latest book for Oxford University Press is called Within You Without You: Listening to George Harrison (Oxford University Press, 2024). Often, biographies of musicians put the story of the subject’s life front and center, letting the music recede into the background. For a musician like George Harrison, this would be a mistake. George, the lead guitarist of the Beatles, sometimes referred to as the “quiet one,” was one of his generation’s greatest guitarists. He quietly steered the Fab Four in directions that made them legendary, through his innovative use of sitar or his thoughtful, self-reflective song-writing that contrasted with John’s ironic poetics and Paul’s cheery symphonies. A late-bloomer of sorts, George truly came into his own as a solo artist pursuing a rock and roll that centered spirituality and existential yearning.
For a chapter-by-chapter playlist, check out Seth&apos;s guided listen.
Subscribe to Seth&apos;s Substack: Everything is Broken.
Seth Rogovoy is the author of Bob Dylan: Prophet Mystic Poet and The Essential Klezmer: A Music Lover&apos;s Guide to Jewish Roots and Soul Music and contributing editor for The Forward.
Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Seth Rogovoy&apos;s latest book for Oxford University Press is called Within You Without You: Listening to George Harrison (Oxford University Press, 2024). Often, biographies of musicians put the story of the subject’s life front and center, letting the music recede into the background. For a musician like George Harrison, this would be a mistake. George, the lead guitarist of the Beatles, sometimes referred to as the “quiet one,” was one of his generation’s greatest guitarists. He quietly steered the Fab Four in directions that made them legendary, through his innovative use of sitar or his thoughtful, self-reflective song-writing that contrasted with John’s ironic poetics and Paul’s cheery symphonies. A late-bloomer of sorts, George truly came into his own as a solo artist pursuing a rock and roll that centered spirituality and existential yearning.
For a chapter-by-chapter playlist, check out Seth&apos;s guided listen.
Subscribe to Seth&apos;s Substack: Everything is Broken.
Seth Rogovoy is the author of Bob Dylan: Prophet Mystic Poet and The Essential Klezmer: A Music Lover&apos;s Guide to Jewish Roots and Soul Music and contributing editor for The Forward.
Caleb Zakarin is editor of the New Books Network.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>16</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f6460fc8-aa7c-11ef-b089-1f062a2da6ba</guid>
      <title>W. Paul Reeve, et al., &quot;This Abominable Slavery: Race, Religion, and the Battle over Human Bondage in Antebellum Utah&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>On July 22, 1847, a group of about forty refugees entered the Salt Lake Valley. Among them were three enslaved men, two of whom shared the religion, Mormonism, that had caused them to flee. The valley was also home to members of the Ute tribe, who would sometimes barter captive women and children to Spanish colonizers. Thus, the question of whether the Latter-day Saints would accept or reject slavery in their new Zion confronted them on the day they first arrived. Five years later, after Utah had become an American territory, its legislature was prodded to take up the question then roiling the nation: would they be slave or free?</p><p><br /></p><p>George D. Watt, the official reporter for the 1852 legislative session, reported debates and speeches in Pitman shorthand. They remained in their original format, virtually untouched, for more than one hundred and fifty years, until LaJean Purcell Carruth transcribed them. In this eye-opening volume <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197765029"><em>This Abominable Slavery: Race, Religion, and the Battle over Human Bondage in Antebellum Utah</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024), Carruth, Dr. Christopher Rich, and Dr. W. Paul Reeve draw extensively on these new sources to chronicle the session, during which the legislature passed two important statutes: one that legally transformed African American slaves into "servants" but did not pass the condition of servitude on to their children and another that authorized twenty-year indentures for enslaved Native Americans.</p><p><br /></p><p>This Abominable Slavery places these debates within the context of the nation's growing sectional divide and contextualizes the meaning of these laws in the lives of Black enslaved people and Native American indentured servants. In doing so, it sheds new light on race, religion, slavery, and unfree labor in the antebellum period.</p><p><br /></p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Nov 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>On July 22, 1847, a group of about forty refugees entered the Salt Lake Valley. Among them were three enslaved men, two of whom shared the religion, Mormonism, that had caused them to flee. The valley was also home to members of the Ute tribe, who would sometimes barter captive women and children to Spanish colonizers. Thus, the question of whether the Latter-day Saints would accept or reject slavery in their new Zion confronted them on the day they first arrived. Five years later, after Utah had become an American territory, its legislature was prodded to take up the question then roiling the nation: would they be slave or free?</p><p><br /></p><p>George D. Watt, the official reporter for the 1852 legislative session, reported debates and speeches in Pitman shorthand. They remained in their original format, virtually untouched, for more than one hundred and fifty years, until LaJean Purcell Carruth transcribed them. In this eye-opening volume <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197765029"><em>This Abominable Slavery: Race, Religion, and the Battle over Human Bondage in Antebellum Utah</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024), Carruth, Dr. Christopher Rich, and Dr. W. Paul Reeve draw extensively on these new sources to chronicle the session, during which the legislature passed two important statutes: one that legally transformed African American slaves into "servants" but did not pass the condition of servitude on to their children and another that authorized twenty-year indentures for enslaved Native Americans.</p><p><br /></p><p>This Abominable Slavery places these debates within the context of the nation's growing sectional divide and contextualizes the meaning of these laws in the lives of Black enslaved people and Native American indentured servants. In doing so, it sheds new light on race, religion, slavery, and unfree labor in the antebellum period.</p><p><br /></p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="49626532" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/db065501-6ac3-485e-8d64-d76105cc786b/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=db065501-6ac3-485e-8d64-d76105cc786b&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>W. Paul Reeve, et al., &quot;This Abominable Slavery: Race, Religion, and the Battle over Human Bondage in Antebellum Utah&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:51:41</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>On July 22, 1847, a group of about forty refugees entered the Salt Lake Valley. Among them were three enslaved men, two of whom shared the religion, Mormonism, that had caused them to flee. The valley was also home to members of the Ute tribe, who would sometimes barter captive women and children to Spanish colonizers. Thus, the question of whether the Latter-day Saints would accept or reject slavery in their new Zion confronted them on the day they first arrived. Five years later, after Utah had become an American territory, its legislature was prodded to take up the question then roiling the nation: would they be slave or free?

George D. Watt, the official reporter for the 1852 legislative session, reported debates and speeches in Pitman shorthand. They remained in their original format, virtually untouched, for more than one hundred and fifty years, until LaJean Purcell Carruth transcribed them. In this eye-opening volume This Abominable Slavery: Race, Religion, and the Battle over Human Bondage in Antebellum Utah (Oxford University Press, 2024), Carruth, Dr. Christopher Rich, and Dr. W. Paul Reeve draw extensively on these new sources to chronicle the session, during which the legislature passed two important statutes: one that legally transformed African American slaves into &quot;servants&quot; but did not pass the condition of servitude on to their children and another that authorized twenty-year indentures for enslaved Native Americans.

This Abominable Slavery places these debates within the context of the nation&apos;s growing sectional divide and contextualizes the meaning of these laws in the lives of Black enslaved people and Native American indentured servants. In doing so, it sheds new light on race, religion, slavery, and unfree labor in the antebellum period.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>On July 22, 1847, a group of about forty refugees entered the Salt Lake Valley. Among them were three enslaved men, two of whom shared the religion, Mormonism, that had caused them to flee. The valley was also home to members of the Ute tribe, who would sometimes barter captive women and children to Spanish colonizers. Thus, the question of whether the Latter-day Saints would accept or reject slavery in their new Zion confronted them on the day they first arrived. Five years later, after Utah had become an American territory, its legislature was prodded to take up the question then roiling the nation: would they be slave or free?

George D. Watt, the official reporter for the 1852 legislative session, reported debates and speeches in Pitman shorthand. They remained in their original format, virtually untouched, for more than one hundred and fifty years, until LaJean Purcell Carruth transcribed them. In this eye-opening volume This Abominable Slavery: Race, Religion, and the Battle over Human Bondage in Antebellum Utah (Oxford University Press, 2024), Carruth, Dr. Christopher Rich, and Dr. W. Paul Reeve draw extensively on these new sources to chronicle the session, during which the legislature passed two important statutes: one that legally transformed African American slaves into &quot;servants&quot; but did not pass the condition of servitude on to their children and another that authorized twenty-year indentures for enslaved Native Americans.

This Abominable Slavery places these debates within the context of the nation&apos;s growing sectional divide and contextualizes the meaning of these laws in the lives of Black enslaved people and Native American indentured servants. In doing so, it sheds new light on race, religion, slavery, and unfree labor in the antebellum period.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1507</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7c712a90-a77d-11ef-b811-87bbb578c785</guid>
      <title>Joan L. Bryant, &quot;Reluctant Race Men: Black Challenges to the Practice of Race in Nineteenth-century America&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Activists in the earliest Black antebellum reform endeavors contested and deprecated the concept of race. Attacks on the logic and ethics of dividing, grouping, and ranking humans into races became commonplace facets of activism in anti-colonization and emigration campaigns, suffrage and civil rights initiatives, moral reform projects, abolitionist struggles, independent church development, and confrontations with scientific thought on human origins. Denunciations persisted even as later generations of reformers felt compelled by theories of progress and American custom to promote race as a basis of a Black collective consciousness.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780195312973"><em>Reluctant Race Men: Black Challenges to the Practice of Race in Nineteenth-century America</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024) traces a history of the disparate challenges Black American reformers lodged against race across the long nineteenth century. It factors their opposition into the nation's history of race and reconstructs a reform tradition largely ignored in accounts of Black activism. Black-controlled newspapers, societies, churches, and conventions provided the principal loci and resources for questioning race. In these contexts, people of African descent generated a lexicon for refuting race, debated its logic, and, ultimately, reinterpreted it. <em>Reluctant Race Men </em>was recently shortlisted for the 2024 Museum of African American History (MAAH) Stone Book Award.</p><p>Kishauna Soljour is an Assistant Professor of Public Humanities at San Diego State University. Her most recent writing appears in the edited collection: From Rights to Lives: The Evolution of the Black Freedom Struggle.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Nov 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Activists in the earliest Black antebellum reform endeavors contested and deprecated the concept of race. Attacks on the logic and ethics of dividing, grouping, and ranking humans into races became commonplace facets of activism in anti-colonization and emigration campaigns, suffrage and civil rights initiatives, moral reform projects, abolitionist struggles, independent church development, and confrontations with scientific thought on human origins. Denunciations persisted even as later generations of reformers felt compelled by theories of progress and American custom to promote race as a basis of a Black collective consciousness.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780195312973"><em>Reluctant Race Men: Black Challenges to the Practice of Race in Nineteenth-century America</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024) traces a history of the disparate challenges Black American reformers lodged against race across the long nineteenth century. It factors their opposition into the nation's history of race and reconstructs a reform tradition largely ignored in accounts of Black activism. Black-controlled newspapers, societies, churches, and conventions provided the principal loci and resources for questioning race. In these contexts, people of African descent generated a lexicon for refuting race, debated its logic, and, ultimately, reinterpreted it. <em>Reluctant Race Men </em>was recently shortlisted for the 2024 Museum of African American History (MAAH) Stone Book Award.</p><p>Kishauna Soljour is an Assistant Professor of Public Humanities at San Diego State University. Her most recent writing appears in the edited collection: From Rights to Lives: The Evolution of the Black Freedom Struggle.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="30384351" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/6760c063-2e9a-4a6d-95ad-278a457ced5f/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=6760c063-2e9a-4a6d-95ad-278a457ced5f&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Joan L. Bryant, &quot;Reluctant Race Men: Black Challenges to the Practice of Race in Nineteenth-century America&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:31:38</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Activists in the earliest Black antebellum reform endeavors contested and deprecated the concept of race. Attacks on the logic and ethics of dividing, grouping, and ranking humans into races became commonplace facets of activism in anti-colonization and emigration campaigns, suffrage and civil rights initiatives, moral reform projects, abolitionist struggles, independent church development, and confrontations with scientific thought on human origins. Denunciations persisted even as later generations of reformers felt compelled by theories of progress and American custom to promote race as a basis of a Black collective consciousness.
Reluctant Race Men: Black Challenges to the Practice of Race in Nineteenth-century America (Oxford UP, 2024) traces a history of the disparate challenges Black American reformers lodged against race across the long nineteenth century. It factors their opposition into the nation&apos;s history of race and reconstructs a reform tradition largely ignored in accounts of Black activism. Black-controlled newspapers, societies, churches, and conventions provided the principal loci and resources for questioning race. In these contexts, people of African descent generated a lexicon for refuting race, debated its logic, and, ultimately, reinterpreted it. Reluctant Race Men was recently shortlisted for the 2024 Museum of African American History (MAAH) Stone Book Award.
Kishauna Soljour is an Assistant Professor of Public Humanities at San Diego State University. Her most recent writing appears in the edited collection: From Rights to Lives: The Evolution of the Black Freedom Struggle.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Activists in the earliest Black antebellum reform endeavors contested and deprecated the concept of race. Attacks on the logic and ethics of dividing, grouping, and ranking humans into races became commonplace facets of activism in anti-colonization and emigration campaigns, suffrage and civil rights initiatives, moral reform projects, abolitionist struggles, independent church development, and confrontations with scientific thought on human origins. Denunciations persisted even as later generations of reformers felt compelled by theories of progress and American custom to promote race as a basis of a Black collective consciousness.
Reluctant Race Men: Black Challenges to the Practice of Race in Nineteenth-century America (Oxford UP, 2024) traces a history of the disparate challenges Black American reformers lodged against race across the long nineteenth century. It factors their opposition into the nation&apos;s history of race and reconstructs a reform tradition largely ignored in accounts of Black activism. Black-controlled newspapers, societies, churches, and conventions provided the principal loci and resources for questioning race. In these contexts, people of African descent generated a lexicon for refuting race, debated its logic, and, ultimately, reinterpreted it. Reluctant Race Men was recently shortlisted for the 2024 Museum of African American History (MAAH) Stone Book Award.
Kishauna Soljour is an Assistant Professor of Public Humanities at San Diego State University. Her most recent writing appears in the edited collection: From Rights to Lives: The Evolution of the Black Freedom Struggle.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>481</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d6ef59ce-a688-11ef-bfb3-b3b49c6996e6</guid>
      <title>Dennis Romano, &quot;Venice: The Remarkable History of the Lagoon City&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>No city stirs the imagination more than Venice. From the richly ornamented palaces emerging from the waters of the Grand Canal to the dazzling sites of Piazza San Marco, visitors and residents alike sense they are entering, as fourteenth-century poet Petrarch remarked, "another world." During the Middle Ages and Renaissance, Venice was celebrated as a model republic in an age of monarchs. In the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, it became famous for its freewheeling lifestyle characterized by courtesans, casinos, and Carnival. When the city fell on hard times following the collapse of the Republic in 1797, a darker vision of Venice as a place of decay, disease, and death took hold. Today tourists from around the globe flock to the world heritage site as rising sea levels threaten its very foundations.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190859985"><em>Venice: The Remarkable History of the Lagoon City</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023) reveals the adaptations to its geographic setting that have been a constant feature of living on water from Venice's origins to the present. It examines the lives of the women and men, noble and common, rich and poor, Christian, Jew, and Muslim, who built not only the city but also its vast empire that stretched from Northern Italy to the eastern Mediterranean. It details the urban transformations that Venice underwent in response to environmental vulnerability, industrialization, and mass tourism. Alongside the city's commercial prominence has been its dramatically changing political role, including its power as a city-state, regional stronghold, and overseas empire, as well as its impact on the development of fascism. Throughout, Dennis Romano highlights the city's cultural achievements in architecture, painting, and music, particularly opera.</p><p>This richly illustrated volume offers a stunning portrait of this most singular of cities.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Nov 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>No city stirs the imagination more than Venice. From the richly ornamented palaces emerging from the waters of the Grand Canal to the dazzling sites of Piazza San Marco, visitors and residents alike sense they are entering, as fourteenth-century poet Petrarch remarked, "another world." During the Middle Ages and Renaissance, Venice was celebrated as a model republic in an age of monarchs. In the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, it became famous for its freewheeling lifestyle characterized by courtesans, casinos, and Carnival. When the city fell on hard times following the collapse of the Republic in 1797, a darker vision of Venice as a place of decay, disease, and death took hold. Today tourists from around the globe flock to the world heritage site as rising sea levels threaten its very foundations.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190859985"><em>Venice: The Remarkable History of the Lagoon City</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023) reveals the adaptations to its geographic setting that have been a constant feature of living on water from Venice's origins to the present. It examines the lives of the women and men, noble and common, rich and poor, Christian, Jew, and Muslim, who built not only the city but also its vast empire that stretched from Northern Italy to the eastern Mediterranean. It details the urban transformations that Venice underwent in response to environmental vulnerability, industrialization, and mass tourism. Alongside the city's commercial prominence has been its dramatically changing political role, including its power as a city-state, regional stronghold, and overseas empire, as well as its impact on the development of fascism. Throughout, Dennis Romano highlights the city's cultural achievements in architecture, painting, and music, particularly opera.</p><p>This richly illustrated volume offers a stunning portrait of this most singular of cities.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="60601684" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/303b27d4-3e2b-4520-b523-b942edf986b2/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=303b27d4-3e2b-4520-b523-b942edf986b2&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Dennis Romano, &quot;Venice: The Remarkable History of the Lagoon City&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:03:07</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>No city stirs the imagination more than Venice. From the richly ornamented palaces emerging from the waters of the Grand Canal to the dazzling sites of Piazza San Marco, visitors and residents alike sense they are entering, as fourteenth-century poet Petrarch remarked, &quot;another world.&quot; During the Middle Ages and Renaissance, Venice was celebrated as a model republic in an age of monarchs. In the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, it became famous for its freewheeling lifestyle characterized by courtesans, casinos, and Carnival. When the city fell on hard times following the collapse of the Republic in 1797, a darker vision of Venice as a place of decay, disease, and death took hold. Today tourists from around the globe flock to the world heritage site as rising sea levels threaten its very foundations.
Venice: The Remarkable History of the Lagoon City (Oxford UP, 2023) reveals the adaptations to its geographic setting that have been a constant feature of living on water from Venice&apos;s origins to the present. It examines the lives of the women and men, noble and common, rich and poor, Christian, Jew, and Muslim, who built not only the city but also its vast empire that stretched from Northern Italy to the eastern Mediterranean. It details the urban transformations that Venice underwent in response to environmental vulnerability, industrialization, and mass tourism. Alongside the city&apos;s commercial prominence has been its dramatically changing political role, including its power as a city-state, regional stronghold, and overseas empire, as well as its impact on the development of fascism. Throughout, Dennis Romano highlights the city&apos;s cultural achievements in architecture, painting, and music, particularly opera.
This richly illustrated volume offers a stunning portrait of this most singular of cities.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>No city stirs the imagination more than Venice. From the richly ornamented palaces emerging from the waters of the Grand Canal to the dazzling sites of Piazza San Marco, visitors and residents alike sense they are entering, as fourteenth-century poet Petrarch remarked, &quot;another world.&quot; During the Middle Ages and Renaissance, Venice was celebrated as a model republic in an age of monarchs. In the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, it became famous for its freewheeling lifestyle characterized by courtesans, casinos, and Carnival. When the city fell on hard times following the collapse of the Republic in 1797, a darker vision of Venice as a place of decay, disease, and death took hold. Today tourists from around the globe flock to the world heritage site as rising sea levels threaten its very foundations.
Venice: The Remarkable History of the Lagoon City (Oxford UP, 2023) reveals the adaptations to its geographic setting that have been a constant feature of living on water from Venice&apos;s origins to the present. It examines the lives of the women and men, noble and common, rich and poor, Christian, Jew, and Muslim, who built not only the city but also its vast empire that stretched from Northern Italy to the eastern Mediterranean. It details the urban transformations that Venice underwent in response to environmental vulnerability, industrialization, and mass tourism. Alongside the city&apos;s commercial prominence has been its dramatically changing political role, including its power as a city-state, regional stronghold, and overseas empire, as well as its impact on the development of fascism. Throughout, Dennis Romano highlights the city&apos;s cultural achievements in architecture, painting, and music, particularly opera.
This richly illustrated volume offers a stunning portrait of this most singular of cities.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1500</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d3974354-a4ee-11ef-8865-875389b0f419</guid>
      <title>Masha Kirasirova, &quot;The Eastern International: Arabs, Central Asians, and Jews in the Soviet Union&apos;s Anticolonial Empire&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In the first few years after the Russian Revolution, an ideological project coalesced to link the development of what Stalin demarcated as the internal "East"—primarily Central Asia and the Caucasus—with nation-building, the overthrow of colonialism, and progress toward socialism in the "foreign East"—the Third World. Support for anti-colonial movements abroad was part of the Communist Party platform and shaped Soviet foreign policy to varying degrees thereafter.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197685709"><em>The Eastern International: Arabs, Central Asians, and Jews in the Soviet Union's Anticolonial Empire</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Masha Kirasirova explores how the concept of "the East" was used by the world's first communist state and its mediators to project, channel, and contest power across Eurasia. Dr. Kirasirova traces how this policy was conceptualised and carried out by students, comrades, and activists—Arab, Jewish, and Central Asian. It drew on their personal motivations and gave them considerable access to state authority and agency to shape Soviet ideology, inform concrete decisions, and allocate resources. Contextualising these Eastern mediators within a global frame, this book historicizes the circulation of peoples and ideas between the socialist and decolonizing world and reinscribes Soviet history into postcolonial studies and global history.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Nov 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In the first few years after the Russian Revolution, an ideological project coalesced to link the development of what Stalin demarcated as the internal "East"—primarily Central Asia and the Caucasus—with nation-building, the overthrow of colonialism, and progress toward socialism in the "foreign East"—the Third World. Support for anti-colonial movements abroad was part of the Communist Party platform and shaped Soviet foreign policy to varying degrees thereafter.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197685709"><em>The Eastern International: Arabs, Central Asians, and Jews in the Soviet Union's Anticolonial Empire</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Masha Kirasirova explores how the concept of "the East" was used by the world's first communist state and its mediators to project, channel, and contest power across Eurasia. Dr. Kirasirova traces how this policy was conceptualised and carried out by students, comrades, and activists—Arab, Jewish, and Central Asian. It drew on their personal motivations and gave them considerable access to state authority and agency to shape Soviet ideology, inform concrete decisions, and allocate resources. Contextualising these Eastern mediators within a global frame, this book historicizes the circulation of peoples and ideas between the socialist and decolonizing world and reinscribes Soviet history into postcolonial studies and global history.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="55931394" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/a2cb9095-6304-4b73-ba6b-6e3cb3a08af7/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=a2cb9095-6304-4b73-ba6b-6e3cb3a08af7&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Masha Kirasirova, &quot;The Eastern International: Arabs, Central Asians, and Jews in the Soviet Union&apos;s Anticolonial Empire&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:58:15</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In the first few years after the Russian Revolution, an ideological project coalesced to link the development of what Stalin demarcated as the internal &quot;East&quot;—primarily Central Asia and the Caucasus—with nation-building, the overthrow of colonialism, and progress toward socialism in the &quot;foreign East&quot;—the Third World. Support for anti-colonial movements abroad was part of the Communist Party platform and shaped Soviet foreign policy to varying degrees thereafter.
The Eastern International: Arabs, Central Asians, and Jews in the Soviet Union&apos;s Anticolonial Empire (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Masha Kirasirova explores how the concept of &quot;the East&quot; was used by the world&apos;s first communist state and its mediators to project, channel, and contest power across Eurasia. Dr. Kirasirova traces how this policy was conceptualised and carried out by students, comrades, and activists—Arab, Jewish, and Central Asian. It drew on their personal motivations and gave them considerable access to state authority and agency to shape Soviet ideology, inform concrete decisions, and allocate resources. Contextualising these Eastern mediators within a global frame, this book historicizes the circulation of peoples and ideas between the socialist and decolonizing world and reinscribes Soviet history into postcolonial studies and global history.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In the first few years after the Russian Revolution, an ideological project coalesced to link the development of what Stalin demarcated as the internal &quot;East&quot;—primarily Central Asia and the Caucasus—with nation-building, the overthrow of colonialism, and progress toward socialism in the &quot;foreign East&quot;—the Third World. Support for anti-colonial movements abroad was part of the Communist Party platform and shaped Soviet foreign policy to varying degrees thereafter.
The Eastern International: Arabs, Central Asians, and Jews in the Soviet Union&apos;s Anticolonial Empire (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Masha Kirasirova explores how the concept of &quot;the East&quot; was used by the world&apos;s first communist state and its mediators to project, channel, and contest power across Eurasia. Dr. Kirasirova traces how this policy was conceptualised and carried out by students, comrades, and activists—Arab, Jewish, and Central Asian. It drew on their personal motivations and gave them considerable access to state authority and agency to shape Soviet ideology, inform concrete decisions, and allocate resources. Contextualising these Eastern mediators within a global frame, this book historicizes the circulation of peoples and ideas between the socialist and decolonizing world and reinscribes Soviet history into postcolonial studies and global history.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>287</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ae238204-a4e9-11ef-b1b7-6bb3f832dd24</guid>
      <title>Carrie J. Preston, &quot;Complicit Participation: The Liberal Audience for Theater of Racial Justice&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this incisive critique of the ways performances of allyship can further entrench white privilege, author Carrie J. Preston analyses her own complicit participation and that of other audience members and theater professionals, deftly examining the prevailing framework through which white liberals participate in antiracist theater and institutional “diversity, equity, and inclusion” initiatives. </p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197693407"><em>Complicit Participation: The Liberal Audience for Theater of Racial Justice</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024) addresses immersive, documentary, site-specific, experimental, street, and popular theatre in chapters on Jean Genet’s <em>The Blacks</em>, Branden Jacobs-Jenkins’s <em>An Octoroon</em>, George C. Wolfe’s <em>Shuffle Along</em>, Lin-Manuel Miranda’s <em>Hamilton</em>, Anna Deavere Smith’s <em>Notes from the Field</em>, and Claudia Rankine’s <em>The White Card</em>. Far from abandoning the work to dismantle institutionalized racism, Preston seeks to reveal the contradictions and complicities at the heart of allyship as a crucial step toward full and radical participation in antiracist efforts.</p><p>In this episode, Ibrahim Fawzy interviews Carrie J. Preston about the intersections of theater, racial justice, and social activism, the concept of “complicit participation,” and allyship.</p><p><em>Ibrahim Fawzy is a literary translator and writer based in Boston. His interests include translation studies, Arabic literature, ecocriticism, disability studies, and migration literature.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Nov 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this incisive critique of the ways performances of allyship can further entrench white privilege, author Carrie J. Preston analyses her own complicit participation and that of other audience members and theater professionals, deftly examining the prevailing framework through which white liberals participate in antiracist theater and institutional “diversity, equity, and inclusion” initiatives. </p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197693407"><em>Complicit Participation: The Liberal Audience for Theater of Racial Justice</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024) addresses immersive, documentary, site-specific, experimental, street, and popular theatre in chapters on Jean Genet’s <em>The Blacks</em>, Branden Jacobs-Jenkins’s <em>An Octoroon</em>, George C. Wolfe’s <em>Shuffle Along</em>, Lin-Manuel Miranda’s <em>Hamilton</em>, Anna Deavere Smith’s <em>Notes from the Field</em>, and Claudia Rankine’s <em>The White Card</em>. Far from abandoning the work to dismantle institutionalized racism, Preston seeks to reveal the contradictions and complicities at the heart of allyship as a crucial step toward full and radical participation in antiracist efforts.</p><p>In this episode, Ibrahim Fawzy interviews Carrie J. Preston about the intersections of theater, racial justice, and social activism, the concept of “complicit participation,” and allyship.</p><p><em>Ibrahim Fawzy is a literary translator and writer based in Boston. His interests include translation studies, Arabic literature, ecocriticism, disability studies, and migration literature.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="49651302" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/524484c6-b1ef-4799-b213-c9bcfaa77a58/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=524484c6-b1ef-4799-b213-c9bcfaa77a58&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Carrie J. Preston, &quot;Complicit Participation: The Liberal Audience for Theater of Racial Justice&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:51:43</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this incisive critique of the ways performances of allyship can further entrench white privilege, author Carrie J. Preston analyses her own complicit participation and that of other audience members and theater professionals, deftly examining the prevailing framework through which white liberals participate in antiracist theater and institutional “diversity, equity, and inclusion” initiatives. 
Complicit Participation: The Liberal Audience for Theater of Racial Justice (Oxford UP, 2024) addresses immersive, documentary, site-specific, experimental, street, and popular theatre in chapters on Jean Genet’s The Blacks, Branden Jacobs-Jenkins’s An Octoroon, George C. Wolfe’s Shuffle Along, Lin-Manuel Miranda’s Hamilton, Anna Deavere Smith’s Notes from the Field, and Claudia Rankine’s The White Card. Far from abandoning the work to dismantle institutionalized racism, Preston seeks to reveal the contradictions and complicities at the heart of allyship as a crucial step toward full and radical participation in antiracist efforts.
In this episode, Ibrahim Fawzy interviews Carrie J. Preston about the intersections of theater, racial justice, and social activism, the concept of “complicit participation,” and allyship.
Ibrahim Fawzy is a literary translator and writer based in Boston. His interests include translation studies, Arabic literature, ecocriticism, disability studies, and migration literature.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this incisive critique of the ways performances of allyship can further entrench white privilege, author Carrie J. Preston analyses her own complicit participation and that of other audience members and theater professionals, deftly examining the prevailing framework through which white liberals participate in antiracist theater and institutional “diversity, equity, and inclusion” initiatives. 
Complicit Participation: The Liberal Audience for Theater of Racial Justice (Oxford UP, 2024) addresses immersive, documentary, site-specific, experimental, street, and popular theatre in chapters on Jean Genet’s The Blacks, Branden Jacobs-Jenkins’s An Octoroon, George C. Wolfe’s Shuffle Along, Lin-Manuel Miranda’s Hamilton, Anna Deavere Smith’s Notes from the Field, and Claudia Rankine’s The White Card. Far from abandoning the work to dismantle institutionalized racism, Preston seeks to reveal the contradictions and complicities at the heart of allyship as a crucial step toward full and radical participation in antiracist efforts.
In this episode, Ibrahim Fawzy interviews Carrie J. Preston about the intersections of theater, racial justice, and social activism, the concept of “complicit participation,” and allyship.
Ibrahim Fawzy is a literary translator and writer based in Boston. His interests include translation studies, Arabic literature, ecocriticism, disability studies, and migration literature.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>136</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">20f7478e-a4fe-11ef-89ab-032a542ee7da</guid>
      <title>Domingo Morel, &quot;Developing Scholars: Race, Politics, and the Pursuit of Higher Education&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Over the past fifty years, debates concerning race and college admissions have focused primarily on the policy of affirmative action at elite institutions of higher education. But a less well-known approach to affirmative action also emerged in the 1960s in response to urban unrest and Black and Latino political mobilization. The programs that emerged in response to community demands offered a more radical view of college access: admitting and supporting students who do not meet regular admissions requirements and come from families who are unable to afford college tuition, fees, and other expenses. While conventional views of affirmative action policies focus on the "identification" of high-achieving students of color to attend elite institutions of higher education, these programs represent a community-centered approach to affirmative action. This approach is based on a logic of developing scholars who can be supported at their local public institutions of higher education. </p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197637005"><em>Developing Scholars: Race, Politics, and the Pursuit of Higher Education</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023), Domingo Morel explores the history and political factors that led to the creation of college access programs for students of color in the 1960s. Through a case study of an existing community-centered affirmative action program, Talent Development, Morel shows how protest, including violent protest, has been instrumental in the maintenance of college access programs. He also reveals that in response to the college expansion efforts of the 1960s, hidden forms of restriction emerged that have significantly impacted students of color. Developing Scholars argues that the origin, history, and purpose of these programs reveal gaps in our understanding of college access expansion in the US that challenge conventional wisdom of American politics.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Nov 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Over the past fifty years, debates concerning race and college admissions have focused primarily on the policy of affirmative action at elite institutions of higher education. But a less well-known approach to affirmative action also emerged in the 1960s in response to urban unrest and Black and Latino political mobilization. The programs that emerged in response to community demands offered a more radical view of college access: admitting and supporting students who do not meet regular admissions requirements and come from families who are unable to afford college tuition, fees, and other expenses. While conventional views of affirmative action policies focus on the "identification" of high-achieving students of color to attend elite institutions of higher education, these programs represent a community-centered approach to affirmative action. This approach is based on a logic of developing scholars who can be supported at their local public institutions of higher education. </p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197637005"><em>Developing Scholars: Race, Politics, and the Pursuit of Higher Education</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023), Domingo Morel explores the history and political factors that led to the creation of college access programs for students of color in the 1960s. Through a case study of an existing community-centered affirmative action program, Talent Development, Morel shows how protest, including violent protest, has been instrumental in the maintenance of college access programs. He also reveals that in response to the college expansion efforts of the 1960s, hidden forms of restriction emerged that have significantly impacted students of color. Developing Scholars argues that the origin, history, and purpose of these programs reveal gaps in our understanding of college access expansion in the US that challenge conventional wisdom of American politics.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="48326674" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/924e2920-8ac4-4fcc-ac50-1d673aad0dac/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=924e2920-8ac4-4fcc-ac50-1d673aad0dac&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Domingo Morel, &quot;Developing Scholars: Race, Politics, and the Pursuit of Higher Education&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:50:20</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Over the past fifty years, debates concerning race and college admissions have focused primarily on the policy of affirmative action at elite institutions of higher education. But a less well-known approach to affirmative action also emerged in the 1960s in response to urban unrest and Black and Latino political mobilization. The programs that emerged in response to community demands offered a more radical view of college access: admitting and supporting students who do not meet regular admissions requirements and come from families who are unable to afford college tuition, fees, and other expenses. While conventional views of affirmative action policies focus on the &quot;identification&quot; of high-achieving students of color to attend elite institutions of higher education, these programs represent a community-centered approach to affirmative action. This approach is based on a logic of developing scholars who can be supported at their local public institutions of higher education. 
In Developing Scholars: Race, Politics, and the Pursuit of Higher Education (Oxford UP, 2023), Domingo Morel explores the history and political factors that led to the creation of college access programs for students of color in the 1960s. Through a case study of an existing community-centered affirmative action program, Talent Development, Morel shows how protest, including violent protest, has been instrumental in the maintenance of college access programs. He also reveals that in response to the college expansion efforts of the 1960s, hidden forms of restriction emerged that have significantly impacted students of color. Developing Scholars argues that the origin, history, and purpose of these programs reveal gaps in our understanding of college access expansion in the US that challenge conventional wisdom of American politics.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Over the past fifty years, debates concerning race and college admissions have focused primarily on the policy of affirmative action at elite institutions of higher education. But a less well-known approach to affirmative action also emerged in the 1960s in response to urban unrest and Black and Latino political mobilization. The programs that emerged in response to community demands offered a more radical view of college access: admitting and supporting students who do not meet regular admissions requirements and come from families who are unable to afford college tuition, fees, and other expenses. While conventional views of affirmative action policies focus on the &quot;identification&quot; of high-achieving students of color to attend elite institutions of higher education, these programs represent a community-centered approach to affirmative action. This approach is based on a logic of developing scholars who can be supported at their local public institutions of higher education. 
In Developing Scholars: Race, Politics, and the Pursuit of Higher Education (Oxford UP, 2023), Domingo Morel explores the history and political factors that led to the creation of college access programs for students of color in the 1960s. Through a case study of an existing community-centered affirmative action program, Talent Development, Morel shows how protest, including violent protest, has been instrumental in the maintenance of college access programs. He also reveals that in response to the college expansion efforts of the 1960s, hidden forms of restriction emerged that have significantly impacted students of color. Developing Scholars argues that the origin, history, and purpose of these programs reveal gaps in our understanding of college access expansion in the US that challenge conventional wisdom of American politics.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>195</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c8a8d366-a44b-11ef-8a88-7fa91b4ef49e</guid>
      <title>Laura F. Edwards, &quot;Only the Clothes on Her Back: Clothing and the Hidden History of Power in the Nineteenth-Century United States&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>What can dresses, bedlinens, waistcoats, pantaloons, shoes, and kerchiefs tell us about the legal status of the least powerful members of American society? In the hands of eminent historian Laura F. Edwards, these textiles tell a revealing story of ordinary people and how they made use of their material goods' economic and legal value in the period between the Revolution and the Civil War.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197568576"><em>Only the Clothes on Her Back: Clothing and the Hidden History of Power in the Nineteenth-Century United States</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2022) by Dr. Laura F. Edwards uncovers practices, commonly known then, but now long forgotten, which made textiles—clothing, cloth, bedding, and accessories, such as shoes and hats—a unique form of property that people without rights could own and exchange. The value of textiles depended on law, and it was law that turned these goods into a secure form of property for marginalized people, who not only used these textiles as currency, credit, and capital, but also as entree into the new republic's economy and governing institutions. Dr. Edwards grounds the laws relating to textiles in engaging stories from the lives of everyday Americans. Wives wove linen and kept the proceeds, enslaved people traded coats and shoes, and poor people invested in fabrics, which they carefully preserved in trunks. Dr. Edwards shows that these stories are about far more than cloth and clothing; they reshape our understanding of law and the economy in America.</p><p>Based on painstaking archival research from fifteen states, <em>Only the Clothes on Her Back</em> reconstructs this hidden history of power, tracing it from the governing order of the early republic in which textiles' legal principles flourished to the textiles' legal downfall in the mid-nineteenth century when they were crowded out by the rising power of rights.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Nov 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>What can dresses, bedlinens, waistcoats, pantaloons, shoes, and kerchiefs tell us about the legal status of the least powerful members of American society? In the hands of eminent historian Laura F. Edwards, these textiles tell a revealing story of ordinary people and how they made use of their material goods' economic and legal value in the period between the Revolution and the Civil War.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197568576"><em>Only the Clothes on Her Back: Clothing and the Hidden History of Power in the Nineteenth-Century United States</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2022) by Dr. Laura F. Edwards uncovers practices, commonly known then, but now long forgotten, which made textiles—clothing, cloth, bedding, and accessories, such as shoes and hats—a unique form of property that people without rights could own and exchange. The value of textiles depended on law, and it was law that turned these goods into a secure form of property for marginalized people, who not only used these textiles as currency, credit, and capital, but also as entree into the new republic's economy and governing institutions. Dr. Edwards grounds the laws relating to textiles in engaging stories from the lives of everyday Americans. Wives wove linen and kept the proceeds, enslaved people traded coats and shoes, and poor people invested in fabrics, which they carefully preserved in trunks. Dr. Edwards shows that these stories are about far more than cloth and clothing; they reshape our understanding of law and the economy in America.</p><p>Based on painstaking archival research from fifteen states, <em>Only the Clothes on Her Back</em> reconstructs this hidden history of power, tracing it from the governing order of the early republic in which textiles' legal principles flourished to the textiles' legal downfall in the mid-nineteenth century when they were crowded out by the rising power of rights.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="49436390" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/2a50249b-15ce-4150-81b7-93beb5b3ec30/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=2a50249b-15ce-4150-81b7-93beb5b3ec30&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Laura F. Edwards, &quot;Only the Clothes on Her Back: Clothing and the Hidden History of Power in the Nineteenth-Century United States&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:51:29</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>What can dresses, bedlinens, waistcoats, pantaloons, shoes, and kerchiefs tell us about the legal status of the least powerful members of American society? In the hands of eminent historian Laura F. Edwards, these textiles tell a revealing story of ordinary people and how they made use of their material goods&apos; economic and legal value in the period between the Revolution and the Civil War.
Only the Clothes on Her Back: Clothing and the Hidden History of Power in the Nineteenth-Century United States (Oxford University Press, 2022) by Dr. Laura F. Edwards uncovers practices, commonly known then, but now long forgotten, which made textiles—clothing, cloth, bedding, and accessories, such as shoes and hats—a unique form of property that people without rights could own and exchange. The value of textiles depended on law, and it was law that turned these goods into a secure form of property for marginalized people, who not only used these textiles as currency, credit, and capital, but also as entree into the new republic&apos;s economy and governing institutions. Dr. Edwards grounds the laws relating to textiles in engaging stories from the lives of everyday Americans. Wives wove linen and kept the proceeds, enslaved people traded coats and shoes, and poor people invested in fabrics, which they carefully preserved in trunks. Dr. Edwards shows that these stories are about far more than cloth and clothing; they reshape our understanding of law and the economy in America.
Based on painstaking archival research from fifteen states, Only the Clothes on Her Back reconstructs this hidden history of power, tracing it from the governing order of the early republic in which textiles&apos; legal principles flourished to the textiles&apos; legal downfall in the mid-nineteenth century when they were crowded out by the rising power of rights.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>What can dresses, bedlinens, waistcoats, pantaloons, shoes, and kerchiefs tell us about the legal status of the least powerful members of American society? In the hands of eminent historian Laura F. Edwards, these textiles tell a revealing story of ordinary people and how they made use of their material goods&apos; economic and legal value in the period between the Revolution and the Civil War.
Only the Clothes on Her Back: Clothing and the Hidden History of Power in the Nineteenth-Century United States (Oxford University Press, 2022) by Dr. Laura F. Edwards uncovers practices, commonly known then, but now long forgotten, which made textiles—clothing, cloth, bedding, and accessories, such as shoes and hats—a unique form of property that people without rights could own and exchange. The value of textiles depended on law, and it was law that turned these goods into a secure form of property for marginalized people, who not only used these textiles as currency, credit, and capital, but also as entree into the new republic&apos;s economy and governing institutions. Dr. Edwards grounds the laws relating to textiles in engaging stories from the lives of everyday Americans. Wives wove linen and kept the proceeds, enslaved people traded coats and shoes, and poor people invested in fabrics, which they carefully preserved in trunks. Dr. Edwards shows that these stories are about far more than cloth and clothing; they reshape our understanding of law and the economy in America.
Based on painstaking archival research from fifteen states, Only the Clothes on Her Back reconstructs this hidden history of power, tracing it from the governing order of the early republic in which textiles&apos; legal principles flourished to the textiles&apos; legal downfall in the mid-nineteenth century when they were crowded out by the rising power of rights.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>280</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">13ca5556-a41d-11ef-a4c9-139af3e0b00e</guid>
      <title>Lena-Sofia Tiemeyer, &quot;In Search of Jonathan: Jonathan Between the Bible and Modern Fiction&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In both modern fiction and the biblical texts of 1 Samuel 13-2 Samuel 1, the character of Jonathan serves as a key literary and theological figure. Throughout <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197637777"><em>In Search of Jonathan: Jonathan Between the Bible and Modern Fiction</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023), Lena-Sofia Tiemeyer interprets Jonathan's portrayal in traditional biblical literature and modern fiction. Each chapter provides first an analysis of Jonathan's characterization in 1-2 Samuel, followed by an examination of the depictions of Jonathan in modern fiction. Together, biblical and modern literature demonstrate how fictional retellings deepen and challenge the ways that scholars interpret Jonathan's character.</p><p>Throughout the volume, Tiemeyer offers an interpretation of Jonathan as a plausible and psychologically consistent character while grappling with questions posed by his actions in the text. Tiemeyer asks, what kind of man is Jonathan who shows initiative and daring leadership ability, but who is also willing to lay down his crown before the usurper David's feet in humble submission? What kind of son is Jonathan who rebels against his father and takes David's part in the conflict between him and Saul, yet remains loyal to Saul until the bitter end on Mount Gilboa?</p><p>To answer these questions, Tiemeyer considers depictions of Jonathan in modern fiction. Modern approaches, as Tiemeyer discusses, illuminate dormant yet integral aspects of the biblical texts. These modern retellings highlight, transform, and subvert the biblical portrayal of Jonathan. Posing these questions to the reader and other biblical scholars, Tiemeyer challenges the ways that scholars perceive Jonathan and his portrayals across biblical and modern literature.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 17 Nov 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In both modern fiction and the biblical texts of 1 Samuel 13-2 Samuel 1, the character of Jonathan serves as a key literary and theological figure. Throughout <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197637777"><em>In Search of Jonathan: Jonathan Between the Bible and Modern Fiction</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023), Lena-Sofia Tiemeyer interprets Jonathan's portrayal in traditional biblical literature and modern fiction. Each chapter provides first an analysis of Jonathan's characterization in 1-2 Samuel, followed by an examination of the depictions of Jonathan in modern fiction. Together, biblical and modern literature demonstrate how fictional retellings deepen and challenge the ways that scholars interpret Jonathan's character.</p><p>Throughout the volume, Tiemeyer offers an interpretation of Jonathan as a plausible and psychologically consistent character while grappling with questions posed by his actions in the text. Tiemeyer asks, what kind of man is Jonathan who shows initiative and daring leadership ability, but who is also willing to lay down his crown before the usurper David's feet in humble submission? What kind of son is Jonathan who rebels against his father and takes David's part in the conflict between him and Saul, yet remains loyal to Saul until the bitter end on Mount Gilboa?</p><p>To answer these questions, Tiemeyer considers depictions of Jonathan in modern fiction. Modern approaches, as Tiemeyer discusses, illuminate dormant yet integral aspects of the biblical texts. These modern retellings highlight, transform, and subvert the biblical portrayal of Jonathan. Posing these questions to the reader and other biblical scholars, Tiemeyer challenges the ways that scholars perceive Jonathan and his portrayals across biblical and modern literature.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="56707892" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/9dd0ba06-811e-42f4-b1bf-7a6a3239a04a/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=9dd0ba06-811e-42f4-b1bf-7a6a3239a04a&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Lena-Sofia Tiemeyer, &quot;In Search of Jonathan: Jonathan Between the Bible and Modern Fiction&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:59:04</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In both modern fiction and the biblical texts of 1 Samuel 13-2 Samuel 1, the character of Jonathan serves as a key literary and theological figure. Throughout In Search of Jonathan: Jonathan Between the Bible and Modern Fiction (Oxford UP, 2023), Lena-Sofia Tiemeyer interprets Jonathan&apos;s portrayal in traditional biblical literature and modern fiction. Each chapter provides first an analysis of Jonathan&apos;s characterization in 1-2 Samuel, followed by an examination of the depictions of Jonathan in modern fiction. Together, biblical and modern literature demonstrate how fictional retellings deepen and challenge the ways that scholars interpret Jonathan&apos;s character.
Throughout the volume, Tiemeyer offers an interpretation of Jonathan as a plausible and psychologically consistent character while grappling with questions posed by his actions in the text. Tiemeyer asks, what kind of man is Jonathan who shows initiative and daring leadership ability, but who is also willing to lay down his crown before the usurper David&apos;s feet in humble submission? What kind of son is Jonathan who rebels against his father and takes David&apos;s part in the conflict between him and Saul, yet remains loyal to Saul until the bitter end on Mount Gilboa?
To answer these questions, Tiemeyer considers depictions of Jonathan in modern fiction. Modern approaches, as Tiemeyer discusses, illuminate dormant yet integral aspects of the biblical texts. These modern retellings highlight, transform, and subvert the biblical portrayal of Jonathan. Posing these questions to the reader and other biblical scholars, Tiemeyer challenges the ways that scholars perceive Jonathan and his portrayals across biblical and modern literature.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In both modern fiction and the biblical texts of 1 Samuel 13-2 Samuel 1, the character of Jonathan serves as a key literary and theological figure. Throughout In Search of Jonathan: Jonathan Between the Bible and Modern Fiction (Oxford UP, 2023), Lena-Sofia Tiemeyer interprets Jonathan&apos;s portrayal in traditional biblical literature and modern fiction. Each chapter provides first an analysis of Jonathan&apos;s characterization in 1-2 Samuel, followed by an examination of the depictions of Jonathan in modern fiction. Together, biblical and modern literature demonstrate how fictional retellings deepen and challenge the ways that scholars interpret Jonathan&apos;s character.
Throughout the volume, Tiemeyer offers an interpretation of Jonathan as a plausible and psychologically consistent character while grappling with questions posed by his actions in the text. Tiemeyer asks, what kind of man is Jonathan who shows initiative and daring leadership ability, but who is also willing to lay down his crown before the usurper David&apos;s feet in humble submission? What kind of son is Jonathan who rebels against his father and takes David&apos;s part in the conflict between him and Saul, yet remains loyal to Saul until the bitter end on Mount Gilboa?
To answer these questions, Tiemeyer considers depictions of Jonathan in modern fiction. Modern approaches, as Tiemeyer discusses, illuminate dormant yet integral aspects of the biblical texts. These modern retellings highlight, transform, and subvert the biblical portrayal of Jonathan. Posing these questions to the reader and other biblical scholars, Tiemeyer challenges the ways that scholars perceive Jonathan and his portrayals across biblical and modern literature.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>573</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c24a523c-a203-11ef-881f-e3b2ab77de1f</guid>
      <title>Elsie Walker, &quot;Life 24x a Second: Cinema, Selfhood, and Society&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197600924"><em>Life 24x a Second: Cinema, Selfhood, and Society</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023)<em> </em>highlights the life-sustaining and life-affirming power of cinema. Author Elsie Walker pays particular attention to pedagogical practice and students' reflections on what the study of cinema has given to their lives. This book provides multiple perspectives on cinema that matters for the deepest personal and social reasons-from films that represent psychological healing in the face of individual losses to films that represent humanitarian hope in the face of global crises. Ultimately, Walker shows how cinema that moves us emotionally can move us toward a better world.</p><p><br /></p><p><em>Life 24x a Second </em>makes the case for cinema as a life force in uplifting and widely relatable ways. Walker zeroes in on films that offer hope in relation to the Black Lives Matter movement (<em>Imitation of Life,</em> 1959, and <em>BlacKkKlansman</em>, 2018); contemporary feminism (<em>Nobody Knows</em>, 2004); rite-of-passage experiences of mortality and mourning <em>(Ikiru</em>, 1952, and <em>A Star Is Born</em>, 2018), and first-love grief (<em>Call Me by Your Name</em>, 2017, and <em>Portrait of a Lady on Fire</em>, 2019). <em>Life 24x a Second</em> invites readers to reflect on their own unique film-to-person encounters along with connecting them to others who love cinematic lessons for living well.</p><p>Peter C. Kunze is an assistant professor of communication at Tulane University.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Nov 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197600924"><em>Life 24x a Second: Cinema, Selfhood, and Society</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023)<em> </em>highlights the life-sustaining and life-affirming power of cinema. Author Elsie Walker pays particular attention to pedagogical practice and students' reflections on what the study of cinema has given to their lives. This book provides multiple perspectives on cinema that matters for the deepest personal and social reasons-from films that represent psychological healing in the face of individual losses to films that represent humanitarian hope in the face of global crises. Ultimately, Walker shows how cinema that moves us emotionally can move us toward a better world.</p><p><br /></p><p><em>Life 24x a Second </em>makes the case for cinema as a life force in uplifting and widely relatable ways. Walker zeroes in on films that offer hope in relation to the Black Lives Matter movement (<em>Imitation of Life,</em> 1959, and <em>BlacKkKlansman</em>, 2018); contemporary feminism (<em>Nobody Knows</em>, 2004); rite-of-passage experiences of mortality and mourning <em>(Ikiru</em>, 1952, and <em>A Star Is Born</em>, 2018), and first-love grief (<em>Call Me by Your Name</em>, 2017, and <em>Portrait of a Lady on Fire</em>, 2019). <em>Life 24x a Second</em> invites readers to reflect on their own unique film-to-person encounters along with connecting them to others who love cinematic lessons for living well.</p><p>Peter C. Kunze is an assistant professor of communication at Tulane University.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="55651017" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/92d86ebe-9e56-4eba-a52d-6de6307eb28f/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=92d86ebe-9e56-4eba-a52d-6de6307eb28f&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Elsie Walker, &quot;Life 24x a Second: Cinema, Selfhood, and Society&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:57:58</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Life 24x a Second: Cinema, Selfhood, and Society (Oxford UP, 2023) highlights the life-sustaining and life-affirming power of cinema. Author Elsie Walker pays particular attention to pedagogical practice and students&apos; reflections on what the study of cinema has given to their lives. This book provides multiple perspectives on cinema that matters for the deepest personal and social reasons-from films that represent psychological healing in the face of individual losses to films that represent humanitarian hope in the face of global crises. Ultimately, Walker shows how cinema that moves us emotionally can move us toward a better world.

Life 24x a Second makes the case for cinema as a life force in uplifting and widely relatable ways. Walker zeroes in on films that offer hope in relation to the Black Lives Matter movement (Imitation of Life, 1959, and BlacKkKlansman, 2018); contemporary feminism (Nobody Knows, 2004); rite-of-passage experiences of mortality and mourning (Ikiru, 1952, and A Star Is Born, 2018), and first-love grief (Call Me by Your Name, 2017, and Portrait of a Lady on Fire, 2019). Life 24x a Second invites readers to reflect on their own unique film-to-person encounters along with connecting them to others who love cinematic lessons for living well.
Peter C. Kunze is an assistant professor of communication at Tulane University.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Life 24x a Second: Cinema, Selfhood, and Society (Oxford UP, 2023) highlights the life-sustaining and life-affirming power of cinema. Author Elsie Walker pays particular attention to pedagogical practice and students&apos; reflections on what the study of cinema has given to their lives. This book provides multiple perspectives on cinema that matters for the deepest personal and social reasons-from films that represent psychological healing in the face of individual losses to films that represent humanitarian hope in the face of global crises. Ultimately, Walker shows how cinema that moves us emotionally can move us toward a better world.

Life 24x a Second makes the case for cinema as a life force in uplifting and widely relatable ways. Walker zeroes in on films that offer hope in relation to the Black Lives Matter movement (Imitation of Life, 1959, and BlacKkKlansman, 2018); contemporary feminism (Nobody Knows, 2004); rite-of-passage experiences of mortality and mourning (Ikiru, 1952, and A Star Is Born, 2018), and first-love grief (Call Me by Your Name, 2017, and Portrait of a Lady on Fire, 2019). Life 24x a Second invites readers to reflect on their own unique film-to-person encounters along with connecting them to others who love cinematic lessons for living well.
Peter C. Kunze is an assistant professor of communication at Tulane University.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>214</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e2c7b49e-a1d8-11ef-887d-67186930fc1d</guid>
      <title>Alison Stone, &quot;Women on Philosophy of Art: Britain 1770-1900&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198917977"><em>Women on Philosophy of Art: Britain 1770-1900</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024) is the first study of women's philosophies of art in long nineteenth-century Britain. It looks at seven women spanning the time from the Enlightenment to the beginning of modernism. They are Anna Barbauld, Joanna Baillie, Harriet Martineau, Anna Jameson, Frances Power Cobbe, Emilia Dilke, and Vernon Lee. The central issue that concerned them was how art related to morality and religion. Baillie and Martineau treated art as an agency of moral instruction, whereas Dilke and Lee argued that art must be made for beauty's sake. Barbauld, Jameson, and Cobbe thought that beauty and religion were linked, while other women believed that art and religion must be decoupled. </p><p>Other topics explored are gender and genius, tragedy, literary realism, why we enjoy the sufferings of fictional characters, the hierarchy of the art-forms, whether art can transcend its historical circumstances, and critical issues around the artistic canon. Examining the print culture that made these women's interventions possible, this book shows that these women were doing a particular kind of philosophy of art, which was interdisciplinary and closely tied to artistic criticism and practice. The book traces how these seven women influenced one another, as well as engaging with their male contemporaries. But unlike their male interlocutors, these women have been unjustly left out of narratives about the history of aesthetics. By including these women, we can enrich and broaden our understanding of the history of philosophy of art.</p><p><strong>Alison Stone</strong> is a British philosopher. She is a Professor of European Philosophy in the Department of Politics, Philosophy and Religion at Lancaster University, UK.</p><p><br /></p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">Morteza Hajizadeh</a> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. <a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">YouTube channel</a>. <a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture">Twitter</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Nov 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198917977"><em>Women on Philosophy of Art: Britain 1770-1900</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024) is the first study of women's philosophies of art in long nineteenth-century Britain. It looks at seven women spanning the time from the Enlightenment to the beginning of modernism. They are Anna Barbauld, Joanna Baillie, Harriet Martineau, Anna Jameson, Frances Power Cobbe, Emilia Dilke, and Vernon Lee. The central issue that concerned them was how art related to morality and religion. Baillie and Martineau treated art as an agency of moral instruction, whereas Dilke and Lee argued that art must be made for beauty's sake. Barbauld, Jameson, and Cobbe thought that beauty and religion were linked, while other women believed that art and religion must be decoupled. </p><p>Other topics explored are gender and genius, tragedy, literary realism, why we enjoy the sufferings of fictional characters, the hierarchy of the art-forms, whether art can transcend its historical circumstances, and critical issues around the artistic canon. Examining the print culture that made these women's interventions possible, this book shows that these women were doing a particular kind of philosophy of art, which was interdisciplinary and closely tied to artistic criticism and practice. The book traces how these seven women influenced one another, as well as engaging with their male contemporaries. But unlike their male interlocutors, these women have been unjustly left out of narratives about the history of aesthetics. By including these women, we can enrich and broaden our understanding of the history of philosophy of art.</p><p><strong>Alison Stone</strong> is a British philosopher. She is a Professor of European Philosophy in the Department of Politics, Philosophy and Religion at Lancaster University, UK.</p><p><br /></p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">Morteza Hajizadeh</a> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. <a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">YouTube channel</a>. <a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture">Twitter</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="54417557" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/b1d54481-c5c6-4633-8a31-7c73e1993211/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=b1d54481-c5c6-4633-8a31-7c73e1993211&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Alison Stone, &quot;Women on Philosophy of Art: Britain 1770-1900&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:56:40</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Women on Philosophy of Art: Britain 1770-1900 (Oxford UP, 2024) is the first study of women&apos;s philosophies of art in long nineteenth-century Britain. It looks at seven women spanning the time from the Enlightenment to the beginning of modernism. They are Anna Barbauld, Joanna Baillie, Harriet Martineau, Anna Jameson, Frances Power Cobbe, Emilia Dilke, and Vernon Lee. The central issue that concerned them was how art related to morality and religion. Baillie and Martineau treated art as an agency of moral instruction, whereas Dilke and Lee argued that art must be made for beauty&apos;s sake. Barbauld, Jameson, and Cobbe thought that beauty and religion were linked, while other women believed that art and religion must be decoupled. 
Other topics explored are gender and genius, tragedy, literary realism, why we enjoy the sufferings of fictional characters, the hierarchy of the art-forms, whether art can transcend its historical circumstances, and critical issues around the artistic canon. Examining the print culture that made these women&apos;s interventions possible, this book shows that these women were doing a particular kind of philosophy of art, which was interdisciplinary and closely tied to artistic criticism and practice. The book traces how these seven women influenced one another, as well as engaging with their male contemporaries. But unlike their male interlocutors, these women have been unjustly left out of narratives about the history of aesthetics. By including these women, we can enrich and broaden our understanding of the history of philosophy of art.
Alison Stone is a British philosopher. She is a Professor of European Philosophy in the Department of Politics, Philosophy and Religion at Lancaster University, UK.

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Women on Philosophy of Art: Britain 1770-1900 (Oxford UP, 2024) is the first study of women&apos;s philosophies of art in long nineteenth-century Britain. It looks at seven women spanning the time from the Enlightenment to the beginning of modernism. They are Anna Barbauld, Joanna Baillie, Harriet Martineau, Anna Jameson, Frances Power Cobbe, Emilia Dilke, and Vernon Lee. The central issue that concerned them was how art related to morality and religion. Baillie and Martineau treated art as an agency of moral instruction, whereas Dilke and Lee argued that art must be made for beauty&apos;s sake. Barbauld, Jameson, and Cobbe thought that beauty and religion were linked, while other women believed that art and religion must be decoupled. 
Other topics explored are gender and genius, tragedy, literary realism, why we enjoy the sufferings of fictional characters, the hierarchy of the art-forms, whether art can transcend its historical circumstances, and critical issues around the artistic canon. Examining the print culture that made these women&apos;s interventions possible, this book shows that these women were doing a particular kind of philosophy of art, which was interdisciplinary and closely tied to artistic criticism and practice. The book traces how these seven women influenced one another, as well as engaging with their male contemporaries. But unlike their male interlocutors, these women have been unjustly left out of narratives about the history of aesthetics. By including these women, we can enrich and broaden our understanding of the history of philosophy of art.
Alison Stone is a British philosopher. She is a Professor of European Philosophy in the Department of Politics, Philosophy and Religion at Lancaster University, UK.

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>161</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4103e864-a1e0-11ef-942d-7f71fff46a39</guid>
      <title>Anne Berg, &quot;Empire of Rags and Bones: Waste and War in Nazi Germany&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Paper, bottles, metal scrap, kitchen garbage, rubber, hair, fat, rags, and bones--the Nazi empire demanded its population obsessively collect anything that could be reused or recycled. Entrepreneurs, policy makers, and ordinary citizens conjured up countless schemes to squeeze value from waste or invent new purposes for defunct or spent material, no matter the cost to people or the environment. As World War II dragged on, rescued loot--much of it waste--clogged transport routes and piled up in warehouses across Europe.</p><p>Historicizing the much-championed ideal of zero waste, Anne Berg shows that the management of waste was central to the politics of war and to the genesis of genocide in the Nazi Germany. Destruction and recycling were part of an overarching strategy to redress raw material shortages, procure lebensraum, and cleanse the continent of Jews and others considered undesirable. Fostering cooperation between the administration, the party, the German Army, the SS, and industry, resource extending schemes obscured the crucial political role played by virtually all German citizens to whom salvaging, scrapping, and recycling were promoted as inherently virtuous and orderly behaviors. Throughout Nazi occupied-Europe, Jews, POWs, concentration camp inmates, and enemy civilians were forced to recycle the loot, discards, and debris of the Nazi race war. In the end, the materials that were fully exploited and the people who had been bled dry were cast aside, buried, burned, or left to rot. Nonetheless, waste reclamation did not have the power to win the war.</p><p>Illuminating how the Nazis inverted the economy of value, rescuing discards and murdering people, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197744000"><em>Empire of Rags and Bones: Waste and War in Nazi Germany</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024) offers an original perspective on genocide, racial ideology, and World War II.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Nov 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Paper, bottles, metal scrap, kitchen garbage, rubber, hair, fat, rags, and bones--the Nazi empire demanded its population obsessively collect anything that could be reused or recycled. Entrepreneurs, policy makers, and ordinary citizens conjured up countless schemes to squeeze value from waste or invent new purposes for defunct or spent material, no matter the cost to people or the environment. As World War II dragged on, rescued loot--much of it waste--clogged transport routes and piled up in warehouses across Europe.</p><p>Historicizing the much-championed ideal of zero waste, Anne Berg shows that the management of waste was central to the politics of war and to the genesis of genocide in the Nazi Germany. Destruction and recycling were part of an overarching strategy to redress raw material shortages, procure lebensraum, and cleanse the continent of Jews and others considered undesirable. Fostering cooperation between the administration, the party, the German Army, the SS, and industry, resource extending schemes obscured the crucial political role played by virtually all German citizens to whom salvaging, scrapping, and recycling were promoted as inherently virtuous and orderly behaviors. Throughout Nazi occupied-Europe, Jews, POWs, concentration camp inmates, and enemy civilians were forced to recycle the loot, discards, and debris of the Nazi race war. In the end, the materials that were fully exploited and the people who had been bled dry were cast aside, buried, burned, or left to rot. Nonetheless, waste reclamation did not have the power to win the war.</p><p>Illuminating how the Nazis inverted the economy of value, rescuing discards and murdering people, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197744000"><em>Empire of Rags and Bones: Waste and War in Nazi Germany</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024) offers an original perspective on genocide, racial ideology, and World War II.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="53153649" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/193255c6-7c08-4366-90d2-a8da2f11f4d2/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=193255c6-7c08-4366-90d2-a8da2f11f4d2&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Anne Berg, &quot;Empire of Rags and Bones: Waste and War in Nazi Germany&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:55:21</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Paper, bottles, metal scrap, kitchen garbage, rubber, hair, fat, rags, and bones--the Nazi empire demanded its population obsessively collect anything that could be reused or recycled. Entrepreneurs, policy makers, and ordinary citizens conjured up countless schemes to squeeze value from waste or invent new purposes for defunct or spent material, no matter the cost to people or the environment. As World War II dragged on, rescued loot--much of it waste--clogged transport routes and piled up in warehouses across Europe.
Historicizing the much-championed ideal of zero waste, Anne Berg shows that the management of waste was central to the politics of war and to the genesis of genocide in the Nazi Germany. Destruction and recycling were part of an overarching strategy to redress raw material shortages, procure lebensraum, and cleanse the continent of Jews and others considered undesirable. Fostering cooperation between the administration, the party, the German Army, the SS, and industry, resource extending schemes obscured the crucial political role played by virtually all German citizens to whom salvaging, scrapping, and recycling were promoted as inherently virtuous and orderly behaviors. Throughout Nazi occupied-Europe, Jews, POWs, concentration camp inmates, and enemy civilians were forced to recycle the loot, discards, and debris of the Nazi race war. In the end, the materials that were fully exploited and the people who had been bled dry were cast aside, buried, burned, or left to rot. Nonetheless, waste reclamation did not have the power to win the war.
Illuminating how the Nazis inverted the economy of value, rescuing discards and murdering people, Empire of Rags and Bones: Waste and War in Nazi Germany (Oxford UP, 2024) offers an original perspective on genocide, racial ideology, and World War II.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Paper, bottles, metal scrap, kitchen garbage, rubber, hair, fat, rags, and bones--the Nazi empire demanded its population obsessively collect anything that could be reused or recycled. Entrepreneurs, policy makers, and ordinary citizens conjured up countless schemes to squeeze value from waste or invent new purposes for defunct or spent material, no matter the cost to people or the environment. As World War II dragged on, rescued loot--much of it waste--clogged transport routes and piled up in warehouses across Europe.
Historicizing the much-championed ideal of zero waste, Anne Berg shows that the management of waste was central to the politics of war and to the genesis of genocide in the Nazi Germany. Destruction and recycling were part of an overarching strategy to redress raw material shortages, procure lebensraum, and cleanse the continent of Jews and others considered undesirable. Fostering cooperation between the administration, the party, the German Army, the SS, and industry, resource extending schemes obscured the crucial political role played by virtually all German citizens to whom salvaging, scrapping, and recycling were promoted as inherently virtuous and orderly behaviors. Throughout Nazi occupied-Europe, Jews, POWs, concentration camp inmates, and enemy civilians were forced to recycle the loot, discards, and debris of the Nazi race war. In the end, the materials that were fully exploited and the people who had been bled dry were cast aside, buried, burned, or left to rot. Nonetheless, waste reclamation did not have the power to win the war.
Illuminating how the Nazis inverted the economy of value, rescuing discards and murdering people, Empire of Rags and Bones: Waste and War in Nazi Germany (Oxford UP, 2024) offers an original perspective on genocide, racial ideology, and World War II.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1496</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">28eb25f4-a29d-11ef-b703-d3f698d99121</guid>
      <title>Roxani Krystalli, &quot;Good Victims: The Political as a Feminist Question&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest edition of Ethnographic Marginalia, we talk with Roxani Krystalli about her new book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197764541"><em>Good Victims: The Political as a Feminist Question</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024). Roxani describes the dilemmas she faced in her research on encounters between those recognized as victims of the Colombian conflict and the state agencies that attend them. She also explains what makes this a feminist book—not because of a focus on gender, but a feminist sensibility that questions categories like politics and victimhood and how they influence each other. Finally, she ends by describing the books that inspired her and telling us about her new project focused on love.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Nov 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In the latest edition of Ethnographic Marginalia, we talk with Roxani Krystalli about her new book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197764541"><em>Good Victims: The Political as a Feminist Question</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024). Roxani describes the dilemmas she faced in her research on encounters between those recognized as victims of the Colombian conflict and the state agencies that attend them. She also explains what makes this a feminist book—not because of a focus on gender, but a feminist sensibility that questions categories like politics and victimhood and how they influence each other. Finally, she ends by describing the books that inspired her and telling us about her new project focused on love.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="52418549" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/f3825c4f-887d-4709-8f29-641082c83a0f/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=f3825c4f-887d-4709-8f29-641082c83a0f&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Roxani Krystalli, &quot;Good Victims: The Political as a Feminist Question&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:54:36</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In the latest edition of Ethnographic Marginalia, we talk with Roxani Krystalli about her new book Good Victims: The Political as a Feminist Question (Oxford UP, 2024). Roxani describes the dilemmas she faced in her research on encounters between those recognized as victims of the Colombian conflict and the state agencies that attend them. She also explains what makes this a feminist book—not because of a focus on gender, but a feminist sensibility that questions categories like politics and victimhood and how they influence each other. Finally, she ends by describing the books that inspired her and telling us about her new project focused on love.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In the latest edition of Ethnographic Marginalia, we talk with Roxani Krystalli about her new book Good Victims: The Political as a Feminist Question (Oxford UP, 2024). Roxani describes the dilemmas she faced in her research on encounters between those recognized as victims of the Colombian conflict and the state agencies that attend them. She also explains what makes this a feminist book—not because of a focus on gender, but a feminist sensibility that questions categories like politics and victimhood and how they influence each other. Finally, she ends by describing the books that inspired her and telling us about her new project focused on love.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>22</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">19aa9c9c-a210-11ef-b99c-c75a8b7ad21d</guid>
      <title>Matti Eklund, &quot;Alien Structure: Language and Reality&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>It is not uncommon to encounter people who think and talk about the world so differently from the way you do that it’s not really possible to put yourself in their shoes. But such systems of representing the world are not truly alien – they still involve terms that pick out objects, properties, and other elements found in familiar languages and metaphysical theories. </p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198871545"><em>Alien Structure: Language and Reality</em> </a>(Oxford University Press, 2024)), Matti Eklund considers whether there are ways of representing the world that are completely alien in both linguistic and metaphysical structure, and which may capture reality better (on an ontological realist view) or which might show the limits to “anything goes” (on an ontological relativist view). Eklund, who is professor of philosophy at Uppsala University, defends the value of considering these possibilities and links his discussion to conceptual engineering, philosophy of quantum mechanics, and other contemporary philosophical debates.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 10 Nov 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>It is not uncommon to encounter people who think and talk about the world so differently from the way you do that it’s not really possible to put yourself in their shoes. But such systems of representing the world are not truly alien – they still involve terms that pick out objects, properties, and other elements found in familiar languages and metaphysical theories. </p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198871545"><em>Alien Structure: Language and Reality</em> </a>(Oxford University Press, 2024)), Matti Eklund considers whether there are ways of representing the world that are completely alien in both linguistic and metaphysical structure, and which may capture reality better (on an ontological realist view) or which might show the limits to “anything goes” (on an ontological relativist view). Eklund, who is professor of philosophy at Uppsala University, defends the value of considering these possibilities and links his discussion to conceptual engineering, philosophy of quantum mechanics, and other contemporary philosophical debates.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="57636251" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/fd47a390-08b0-46d1-83bc-401013503757/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=fd47a390-08b0-46d1-83bc-401013503757&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Matti Eklund, &quot;Alien Structure: Language and Reality&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:00:02</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>It is not uncommon to encounter people who think and talk about the world so differently from the way you do that it’s not really possible to put yourself in their shoes. But such systems of representing the world are not truly alien – they still involve terms that pick out objects, properties, and other elements found in familiar languages and metaphysical theories. 
In Alien Structure: Language and Reality (Oxford University Press, 2024)), Matti Eklund considers whether there are ways of representing the world that are completely alien in both linguistic and metaphysical structure, and which may capture reality better (on an ontological realist view) or which might show the limits to “anything goes” (on an ontological relativist view). Eklund, who is professor of philosophy at Uppsala University, defends the value of considering these possibilities and links his discussion to conceptual engineering, philosophy of quantum mechanics, and other contemporary philosophical debates.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>It is not uncommon to encounter people who think and talk about the world so differently from the way you do that it’s not really possible to put yourself in their shoes. But such systems of representing the world are not truly alien – they still involve terms that pick out objects, properties, and other elements found in familiar languages and metaphysical theories. 
In Alien Structure: Language and Reality (Oxford University Press, 2024)), Matti Eklund considers whether there are ways of representing the world that are completely alien in both linguistic and metaphysical structure, and which may capture reality better (on an ontological realist view) or which might show the limits to “anything goes” (on an ontological relativist view). Eklund, who is professor of philosophy at Uppsala University, defends the value of considering these possibilities and links his discussion to conceptual engineering, philosophy of quantum mechanics, and other contemporary philosophical debates.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>357</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3cfb6d26-a20a-11ef-9276-6bcf7dc79664</guid>
      <title>James M. Bradley, &quot;Martin Van Buren: America&apos;s First Politician&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Despite serving as the 8th president of the United States, Martin Van Buren gets little consideration for his impact on American history. In his new biography of Van Buren, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190920524"><em>Martin Van Buren: America's First Politician</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024), James M. Bradley makes it clear the extent to which his legacy has gone underappreciated. Mastering the complex politics of New York during the early republic, Van Buren built a political operation — the Albany Regency — that made him a power on the national scene. Upon this he built the Democratic Party, the oldest political party in the United States and one which dominated the politics of his era. In an age of political giants, Van Buren was able to use his organizational skills to win the prize that eluded all of them, winning election as president in 1836, only to lose it four years later thanks in part to the success of his Whig opponents in adopting his playbook. Though Van Buren never succeeded in returning to the office to which he aspired, his impact in national politics continued to be felt throughout the 1840s, and left a legacy that endures to the present day.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 8 Nov 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Despite serving as the 8th president of the United States, Martin Van Buren gets little consideration for his impact on American history. In his new biography of Van Buren, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190920524"><em>Martin Van Buren: America's First Politician</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024), James M. Bradley makes it clear the extent to which his legacy has gone underappreciated. Mastering the complex politics of New York during the early republic, Van Buren built a political operation — the Albany Regency — that made him a power on the national scene. Upon this he built the Democratic Party, the oldest political party in the United States and one which dominated the politics of his era. In an age of political giants, Van Buren was able to use his organizational skills to win the prize that eluded all of them, winning election as president in 1836, only to lose it four years later thanks in part to the success of his Whig opponents in adopting his playbook. Though Van Buren never succeeded in returning to the office to which he aspired, his impact in national politics continued to be felt throughout the 1840s, and left a legacy that endures to the present day.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="90490495" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/b6b54700-c495-4525-b860-14354786e93e/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=b6b54700-c495-4525-b860-14354786e93e&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>James M. Bradley, &quot;Martin Van Buren: America&apos;s First Politician&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:34:15</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Despite serving as the 8th president of the United States, Martin Van Buren gets little consideration for his impact on American history. In his new biography of Van Buren, Martin Van Buren: America&apos;s First Politician (Oxford UP, 2024), James M. Bradley makes it clear the extent to which his legacy has gone underappreciated. Mastering the complex politics of New York during the early republic, Van Buren built a political operation — the Albany Regency — that made him a power on the national scene. Upon this he built the Democratic Party, the oldest political party in the United States and one which dominated the politics of his era. In an age of political giants, Van Buren was able to use his organizational skills to win the prize that eluded all of them, winning election as president in 1836, only to lose it four years later thanks in part to the success of his Whig opponents in adopting his playbook. Though Van Buren never succeeded in returning to the office to which he aspired, his impact in national politics continued to be felt throughout the 1840s, and left a legacy that endures to the present day.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Despite serving as the 8th president of the United States, Martin Van Buren gets little consideration for his impact on American history. In his new biography of Van Buren, Martin Van Buren: America&apos;s First Politician (Oxford UP, 2024), James M. Bradley makes it clear the extent to which his legacy has gone underappreciated. Mastering the complex politics of New York during the early republic, Van Buren built a political operation — the Albany Regency — that made him a power on the national scene. Upon this he built the Democratic Party, the oldest political party in the United States and one which dominated the politics of his era. In an age of political giants, Van Buren was able to use his organizational skills to win the prize that eluded all of them, winning election as president in 1836, only to lose it four years later thanks in part to the success of his Whig opponents in adopting his playbook. Though Van Buren never succeeded in returning to the office to which he aspired, his impact in national politics continued to be felt throughout the 1840s, and left a legacy that endures to the present day.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>264</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bc63ad7a-9c7f-11ef-a8b3-5b3e16428492</guid>
      <title>Andrew Stravers et al., &quot;Beyond the Wire: US Military Deployments and Host Country Public Opinion&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The United States stands at a crossroads in international security. The backbone of its international position for the last 70 years has been the massive network of overseas military deployments. However, the US now faces pressures to limit its overseas presence and spending.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/beyond-the-wire-us-military-deployments-and-host-country-public-opinion-michael-a-allen/18746974?ean=9780197633410"><em>Beyond the Wire: US Military Deployments and Host Country Public Opinion (Oxford University Press, 2023)</em></a>, Michael Allen, Michael Flynn, Carla Martinez Machain, and Andrew Stravers argue that the US has entered into a "Domain of Competitive Consent" where the longevity of overseas deployments relies upon the buy-in from host-state populations and what other major powers offer in security guarantees.</p><p>Drawing from three years of surveys and interviews across fourteen countries, they demonstrate that a key component of building support for the US mission is the service members themselves as they interact with local community members.</p><p>Highlighting both the positive contact and economic benefits that flow from military deployments and the negative interactions like crime and anti-base protests, this book shows in the most rigorous and concrete way possible how US policy on the ground shapes its ability to advance its foreign policy goals.</p><p>Our guests today are <a href="https://ma-allen.com/">Michael Allen</a>, who is a Professor of International Relations in the School of Public Service at Boise State University; <a href="https://www.m-flynn.com/">Michael Flynn</a>, who is Professor in the Department of Political Science and Director of the Security Studies Program at Kansas State University; and <a href="https://www.carlamm.com/">Carla Martinez Machain</a>, who is a Professor of Political Science at the University at Buffalo.</p><p>Our host is <a href="https://www.eleonoramattiacci.com/home">Eleonora Mattiacci</a>, Associate Professor of Political Science at Amherst College and author of "<a href="https://www.eleonoramattiacci.com/book-project-1">Volatile States in International Politics</a>" (Oxford University Press, 2023).</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 7 Nov 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The United States stands at a crossroads in international security. The backbone of its international position for the last 70 years has been the massive network of overseas military deployments. However, the US now faces pressures to limit its overseas presence and spending.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/beyond-the-wire-us-military-deployments-and-host-country-public-opinion-michael-a-allen/18746974?ean=9780197633410"><em>Beyond the Wire: US Military Deployments and Host Country Public Opinion (Oxford University Press, 2023)</em></a>, Michael Allen, Michael Flynn, Carla Martinez Machain, and Andrew Stravers argue that the US has entered into a "Domain of Competitive Consent" where the longevity of overseas deployments relies upon the buy-in from host-state populations and what other major powers offer in security guarantees.</p><p>Drawing from three years of surveys and interviews across fourteen countries, they demonstrate that a key component of building support for the US mission is the service members themselves as they interact with local community members.</p><p>Highlighting both the positive contact and economic benefits that flow from military deployments and the negative interactions like crime and anti-base protests, this book shows in the most rigorous and concrete way possible how US policy on the ground shapes its ability to advance its foreign policy goals.</p><p>Our guests today are <a href="https://ma-allen.com/">Michael Allen</a>, who is a Professor of International Relations in the School of Public Service at Boise State University; <a href="https://www.m-flynn.com/">Michael Flynn</a>, who is Professor in the Department of Political Science and Director of the Security Studies Program at Kansas State University; and <a href="https://www.carlamm.com/">Carla Martinez Machain</a>, who is a Professor of Political Science at the University at Buffalo.</p><p>Our host is <a href="https://www.eleonoramattiacci.com/home">Eleonora Mattiacci</a>, Associate Professor of Political Science at Amherst College and author of "<a href="https://www.eleonoramattiacci.com/book-project-1">Volatile States in International Politics</a>" (Oxford University Press, 2023).</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="35165498" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/896a1448-fade-48dc-90d9-eb013b055555/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=896a1448-fade-48dc-90d9-eb013b055555&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Andrew Stravers et al., &quot;Beyond the Wire: US Military Deployments and Host Country Public Opinion&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:36:37</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The United States stands at a crossroads in international security. The backbone of its international position for the last 70 years has been the massive network of overseas military deployments. However, the US now faces pressures to limit its overseas presence and spending.
In Beyond the Wire: US Military Deployments and Host Country Public Opinion (Oxford University Press, 2023), Michael Allen, Michael Flynn, Carla Martinez Machain, and Andrew Stravers argue that the US has entered into a &quot;Domain of Competitive Consent&quot; where the longevity of overseas deployments relies upon the buy-in from host-state populations and what other major powers offer in security guarantees.
Drawing from three years of surveys and interviews across fourteen countries, they demonstrate that a key component of building support for the US mission is the service members themselves as they interact with local community members.
Highlighting both the positive contact and economic benefits that flow from military deployments and the negative interactions like crime and anti-base protests, this book shows in the most rigorous and concrete way possible how US policy on the ground shapes its ability to advance its foreign policy goals.
Our guests today are Michael Allen, who is a Professor of International Relations in the School of Public Service at Boise State University; Michael Flynn, who is Professor in the Department of Political Science and Director of the Security Studies Program at Kansas State University; and Carla Martinez Machain, who is a Professor of Political Science at the University at Buffalo.
Our host is Eleonora Mattiacci, Associate Professor of Political Science at Amherst College and author of &quot;Volatile States in International Politics&quot; (Oxford University Press, 2023).</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The United States stands at a crossroads in international security. The backbone of its international position for the last 70 years has been the massive network of overseas military deployments. However, the US now faces pressures to limit its overseas presence and spending.
In Beyond the Wire: US Military Deployments and Host Country Public Opinion (Oxford University Press, 2023), Michael Allen, Michael Flynn, Carla Martinez Machain, and Andrew Stravers argue that the US has entered into a &quot;Domain of Competitive Consent&quot; where the longevity of overseas deployments relies upon the buy-in from host-state populations and what other major powers offer in security guarantees.
Drawing from three years of surveys and interviews across fourteen countries, they demonstrate that a key component of building support for the US mission is the service members themselves as they interact with local community members.
Highlighting both the positive contact and economic benefits that flow from military deployments and the negative interactions like crime and anti-base protests, this book shows in the most rigorous and concrete way possible how US policy on the ground shapes its ability to advance its foreign policy goals.
Our guests today are Michael Allen, who is a Professor of International Relations in the School of Public Service at Boise State University; Michael Flynn, who is Professor in the Department of Political Science and Director of the Security Studies Program at Kansas State University; and Carla Martinez Machain, who is a Professor of Political Science at the University at Buffalo.
Our host is Eleonora Mattiacci, Associate Professor of Political Science at Amherst College and author of &quot;Volatile States in International Politics&quot; (Oxford University Press, 2023).</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>110</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">01f88c22-9aee-11ef-82fb-9fbacbf0a298</guid>
      <title>Filippo Gianferrari, &quot;Dante&apos;s Education: Latin Schoolbooks and Vernacular Poetics&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In fourteenth-century Italy, literacy became accessible to a significantly larger portion of the lay population (allegedly between 60 and 80 percent in Florence) and provided a crucial means for the vernacularization and secularization of learning, and for the democratization of citizenship. </p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198881766"><em>Dante's Education: Latin Schoolbooks and Vernacular Poetics</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024), Filippo Gianferrari demonstrate that Dante Alighieri's education and oeuvre sit squarely at the heart of this historical and cultural transition and provide an ideal case study for investigating the impact of Latin education on the consolidation of autonomous vernacular literature in the Middle Ages, a fascinating and still largely unexamined phenomenon. On the basis of manuscript and archival evidence, Gianferrari reconstructs the contents, practice, and readings of Latin instruction in the urban schools of fourteenth-century Florence. It also shows Dante's continuous engagement with this culture of teaching in his poetics, thus revealing his contribution to the expansion of vernacular literacy and education. The book argues that to achieve his unprecedented position of authority as a vernacular intellectual, Dante conceived his poetic works as an alternative educational program for laypeople, who could read and write in the vernacular but had little or no proficiency in Latin. By reconstructing the culture of literacy shared by Dante and his lay readers, <em>Dante's Education</em> shifts critical attention from his legacy as Italy's national poet, and a "great books" author in the Western canon, to his experience as a marginal intellectual engaged in advancing a marginal culture.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 6 Nov 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In fourteenth-century Italy, literacy became accessible to a significantly larger portion of the lay population (allegedly between 60 and 80 percent in Florence) and provided a crucial means for the vernacularization and secularization of learning, and for the democratization of citizenship. </p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198881766"><em>Dante's Education: Latin Schoolbooks and Vernacular Poetics</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024), Filippo Gianferrari demonstrate that Dante Alighieri's education and oeuvre sit squarely at the heart of this historical and cultural transition and provide an ideal case study for investigating the impact of Latin education on the consolidation of autonomous vernacular literature in the Middle Ages, a fascinating and still largely unexamined phenomenon. On the basis of manuscript and archival evidence, Gianferrari reconstructs the contents, practice, and readings of Latin instruction in the urban schools of fourteenth-century Florence. It also shows Dante's continuous engagement with this culture of teaching in his poetics, thus revealing his contribution to the expansion of vernacular literacy and education. The book argues that to achieve his unprecedented position of authority as a vernacular intellectual, Dante conceived his poetic works as an alternative educational program for laypeople, who could read and write in the vernacular but had little or no proficiency in Latin. By reconstructing the culture of literacy shared by Dante and his lay readers, <em>Dante's Education</em> shifts critical attention from his legacy as Italy's national poet, and a "great books" author in the Western canon, to his experience as a marginal intellectual engaged in advancing a marginal culture.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="43916644" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/2436e433-aaf6-428f-bbcb-68d28dbdda48/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=2436e433-aaf6-428f-bbcb-68d28dbdda48&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Filippo Gianferrari, &quot;Dante&apos;s Education: Latin Schoolbooks and Vernacular Poetics&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:45:44</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In fourteenth-century Italy, literacy became accessible to a significantly larger portion of the lay population (allegedly between 60 and 80 percent in Florence) and provided a crucial means for the vernacularization and secularization of learning, and for the democratization of citizenship. 
In Dante&apos;s Education: Latin Schoolbooks and Vernacular Poetics (Oxford University Press, 2024), Filippo Gianferrari demonstrate that Dante Alighieri&apos;s education and oeuvre sit squarely at the heart of this historical and cultural transition and provide an ideal case study for investigating the impact of Latin education on the consolidation of autonomous vernacular literature in the Middle Ages, a fascinating and still largely unexamined phenomenon. On the basis of manuscript and archival evidence, Gianferrari reconstructs the contents, practice, and readings of Latin instruction in the urban schools of fourteenth-century Florence. It also shows Dante&apos;s continuous engagement with this culture of teaching in his poetics, thus revealing his contribution to the expansion of vernacular literacy and education. The book argues that to achieve his unprecedented position of authority as a vernacular intellectual, Dante conceived his poetic works as an alternative educational program for laypeople, who could read and write in the vernacular but had little or no proficiency in Latin. By reconstructing the culture of literacy shared by Dante and his lay readers, Dante&apos;s Education shifts critical attention from his legacy as Italy&apos;s national poet, and a &quot;great books&quot; author in the Western canon, to his experience as a marginal intellectual engaged in advancing a marginal culture.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In fourteenth-century Italy, literacy became accessible to a significantly larger portion of the lay population (allegedly between 60 and 80 percent in Florence) and provided a crucial means for the vernacularization and secularization of learning, and for the democratization of citizenship. 
In Dante&apos;s Education: Latin Schoolbooks and Vernacular Poetics (Oxford University Press, 2024), Filippo Gianferrari demonstrate that Dante Alighieri&apos;s education and oeuvre sit squarely at the heart of this historical and cultural transition and provide an ideal case study for investigating the impact of Latin education on the consolidation of autonomous vernacular literature in the Middle Ages, a fascinating and still largely unexamined phenomenon. On the basis of manuscript and archival evidence, Gianferrari reconstructs the contents, practice, and readings of Latin instruction in the urban schools of fourteenth-century Florence. It also shows Dante&apos;s continuous engagement with this culture of teaching in his poetics, thus revealing his contribution to the expansion of vernacular literacy and education. The book argues that to achieve his unprecedented position of authority as a vernacular intellectual, Dante conceived his poetic works as an alternative educational program for laypeople, who could read and write in the vernacular but had little or no proficiency in Latin. By reconstructing the culture of literacy shared by Dante and his lay readers, Dante&apos;s Education shifts critical attention from his legacy as Italy&apos;s national poet, and a &quot;great books&quot; author in the Western canon, to his experience as a marginal intellectual engaged in advancing a marginal culture.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>81</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8724f36a-9943-11ef-9db0-3f1fb45f2ae4</guid>
      <title>Gareth Millward, &quot;Sick Note: A History of the British Welfare State&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192865748"><em>Sick Note: A History of the British Welfare State</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2022) is a history of how the British state asked, 'who is really sick?' Tracing medical certification for absence from work from 1948 to 2010, Gareth Millward shows that doctors, employers, employees, politicians, media commentators, and citizens concerned themselves with measuring sickness. At various times, each understood that a signed note from a doctor was not enough to 'prove' whether someone was really sick. Yet, with no better alternative on offer, the sick note survived in practice and in the popular imagination - just like the welfare state itself. </p><p><em>Sick Note</em> reveals the interplay between medical, employment, and social security policy. The physical note became an integral part of working and living in Britain, while the term 'sick note' was often deployed rhetorically as a mocking nickname or symbol of Britain's economic and political troubles. Using government policy documents, popular media, internet archives, and contemporary research, Millward covers the evolution of medical certification and the welfare state since the Second World War, demonstrating how sickness and disability policies responded to demographic and economic changes - though not always satisfactorily for administrators or claimants. Moreover, despite the creation of 'the fit note' in 2010, the idea of 'the sick note' has remained. With the specific challenges posed by the global pandemic in the early 2020s, <em>Sick Note</em> shows how the question of 'who is really sick?' has never been straightforward and will continue to perplex the British state.</p><p>This episode is hosted by Dr Dion Georgiou, an Associate Lecturer in History at Goldsmiths, University of London, and the writer of <a href="https://academicbubble.substack.com/"><em>The Academic Bubble</em></a><em> – </em>a newsletter covering contemporary history, politics, and culture.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 5 Nov 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192865748"><em>Sick Note: A History of the British Welfare State</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2022) is a history of how the British state asked, 'who is really sick?' Tracing medical certification for absence from work from 1948 to 2010, Gareth Millward shows that doctors, employers, employees, politicians, media commentators, and citizens concerned themselves with measuring sickness. At various times, each understood that a signed note from a doctor was not enough to 'prove' whether someone was really sick. Yet, with no better alternative on offer, the sick note survived in practice and in the popular imagination - just like the welfare state itself. </p><p><em>Sick Note</em> reveals the interplay between medical, employment, and social security policy. The physical note became an integral part of working and living in Britain, while the term 'sick note' was often deployed rhetorically as a mocking nickname or symbol of Britain's economic and political troubles. Using government policy documents, popular media, internet archives, and contemporary research, Millward covers the evolution of medical certification and the welfare state since the Second World War, demonstrating how sickness and disability policies responded to demographic and economic changes - though not always satisfactorily for administrators or claimants. Moreover, despite the creation of 'the fit note' in 2010, the idea of 'the sick note' has remained. With the specific challenges posed by the global pandemic in the early 2020s, <em>Sick Note</em> shows how the question of 'who is really sick?' has never been straightforward and will continue to perplex the British state.</p><p>This episode is hosted by Dr Dion Georgiou, an Associate Lecturer in History at Goldsmiths, University of London, and the writer of <a href="https://academicbubble.substack.com/"><em>The Academic Bubble</em></a><em> – </em>a newsletter covering contemporary history, politics, and culture.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="83912219" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/bad8b591-8e3b-4cf4-b369-3f6b1d0a2081/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=bad8b591-8e3b-4cf4-b369-3f6b1d0a2081&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Gareth Millward, &quot;Sick Note: A History of the British Welfare State&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:27:24</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Sick Note: A History of the British Welfare State (Oxford UP, 2022) is a history of how the British state asked, &apos;who is really sick?&apos; Tracing medical certification for absence from work from 1948 to 2010, Gareth Millward shows that doctors, employers, employees, politicians, media commentators, and citizens concerned themselves with measuring sickness. At various times, each understood that a signed note from a doctor was not enough to &apos;prove&apos; whether someone was really sick. Yet, with no better alternative on offer, the sick note survived in practice and in the popular imagination - just like the welfare state itself. 
Sick Note reveals the interplay between medical, employment, and social security policy. The physical note became an integral part of working and living in Britain, while the term &apos;sick note&apos; was often deployed rhetorically as a mocking nickname or symbol of Britain&apos;s economic and political troubles. Using government policy documents, popular media, internet archives, and contemporary research, Millward covers the evolution of medical certification and the welfare state since the Second World War, demonstrating how sickness and disability policies responded to demographic and economic changes - though not always satisfactorily for administrators or claimants. Moreover, despite the creation of &apos;the fit note&apos; in 2010, the idea of &apos;the sick note&apos; has remained. With the specific challenges posed by the global pandemic in the early 2020s, Sick Note shows how the question of &apos;who is really sick?&apos; has never been straightforward and will continue to perplex the British state.
This episode is hosted by Dr Dion Georgiou, an Associate Lecturer in History at Goldsmiths, University of London, and the writer of The Academic Bubble – a newsletter covering contemporary history, politics, and culture.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Sick Note: A History of the British Welfare State (Oxford UP, 2022) is a history of how the British state asked, &apos;who is really sick?&apos; Tracing medical certification for absence from work from 1948 to 2010, Gareth Millward shows that doctors, employers, employees, politicians, media commentators, and citizens concerned themselves with measuring sickness. At various times, each understood that a signed note from a doctor was not enough to &apos;prove&apos; whether someone was really sick. Yet, with no better alternative on offer, the sick note survived in practice and in the popular imagination - just like the welfare state itself. 
Sick Note reveals the interplay between medical, employment, and social security policy. The physical note became an integral part of working and living in Britain, while the term &apos;sick note&apos; was often deployed rhetorically as a mocking nickname or symbol of Britain&apos;s economic and political troubles. Using government policy documents, popular media, internet archives, and contemporary research, Millward covers the evolution of medical certification and the welfare state since the Second World War, demonstrating how sickness and disability policies responded to demographic and economic changes - though not always satisfactorily for administrators or claimants. Moreover, despite the creation of &apos;the fit note&apos; in 2010, the idea of &apos;the sick note&apos; has remained. With the specific challenges posed by the global pandemic in the early 2020s, Sick Note shows how the question of &apos;who is really sick?&apos; has never been straightforward and will continue to perplex the British state.
This episode is hosted by Dr Dion Georgiou, an Associate Lecturer in History at Goldsmiths, University of London, and the writer of The Academic Bubble – a newsletter covering contemporary history, politics, and culture.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>141</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">de68097c-9485-11ef-9303-97535f80ad47</guid>
      <title>Michael Hardt, &quot;The Subversive Seventies&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>A thought-provoking reconsideration of how the revolutionary movements of the 1970s set the mold for today's activism.</p><p>The 1970s was a decade of "subversives". Faced with various progressive and revolutionary social movements, the forces of order--politicians, law enforcement, journalists, and conservative intellectuals--saw subversives everywhere. From indigenous peasant armies and gay liberation organizations, to anti-nuclear activists and Black liberation militants, subversives challenged authority, laid siege to the established order, and undermined time-honored ways of life. Every corner of the left was fertile ground for subversive elements, which the forces of order had to root out and destroy--a project they pursued with zeal and brutality.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197674659"><em>The Subversive Seventies</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023), Michael Hardt sets out to show that popular understandings of the political movements of the seventies--often seen as fractious, violent, and largely unsuccessful--are not just inaccurate, but foreclose valuable lessons for the political struggles of today. While many accounts of the 1970s have been written about the regimes of domination that emerged throughout the decade, Hardt approaches the subversive from the perspectives of those who sought to undermine the base of established authority and transform the fundamental structures of society. In so doing, he provides a novel account of the theoretical and practical projects of liberation that still speak to us today, too many of which have been all but forgotten.</p><p>Departing from popular and scholarly accounts that focus on the social movements of the 1960s, Hardt argues that the 1970s offers an inspiring and useful guide for contemporary radical political thought and action. Although we can still learn much from the movements of the sixties, that decade's struggles for peace, justice, and freedom fundamentally marked the end of an era. The movements of the seventies, in contrast, responded directly to emerging neoliberal frameworks and other structures of power that continue to rule over us today. They identified and confronted political problems that remain central for us. The 1970s, in this sense, marks the beginning of our time. Looking at a wide range of movements around the globe, from the United States, to Guinea Bissau, South Korea, Chile, Turkey, and Italy, <em>The</em> <em>Subversive Seventies </em>provides a reassessment of the political action of the 1970s that sheds new light not only on our revolutionary past but also on what liberation can be and do today.</p><p><strong>Michael Hardt </strong>teaches political theory in the Literature Program at Duke University. He is co-author, with Antonio Negri, of the Empire trilogy and, most recently, <em>Assembly</em>. He is co-director with Sandro Mezzadra of The Social Movements Lab.</p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>Morteza Hajizadeh</em></a><em> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>YouTube channel</em></a><em>. </em><a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture"><em>Twitter</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Oct 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>A thought-provoking reconsideration of how the revolutionary movements of the 1970s set the mold for today's activism.</p><p>The 1970s was a decade of "subversives". Faced with various progressive and revolutionary social movements, the forces of order--politicians, law enforcement, journalists, and conservative intellectuals--saw subversives everywhere. From indigenous peasant armies and gay liberation organizations, to anti-nuclear activists and Black liberation militants, subversives challenged authority, laid siege to the established order, and undermined time-honored ways of life. Every corner of the left was fertile ground for subversive elements, which the forces of order had to root out and destroy--a project they pursued with zeal and brutality.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197674659"><em>The Subversive Seventies</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023), Michael Hardt sets out to show that popular understandings of the political movements of the seventies--often seen as fractious, violent, and largely unsuccessful--are not just inaccurate, but foreclose valuable lessons for the political struggles of today. While many accounts of the 1970s have been written about the regimes of domination that emerged throughout the decade, Hardt approaches the subversive from the perspectives of those who sought to undermine the base of established authority and transform the fundamental structures of society. In so doing, he provides a novel account of the theoretical and practical projects of liberation that still speak to us today, too many of which have been all but forgotten.</p><p>Departing from popular and scholarly accounts that focus on the social movements of the 1960s, Hardt argues that the 1970s offers an inspiring and useful guide for contemporary radical political thought and action. Although we can still learn much from the movements of the sixties, that decade's struggles for peace, justice, and freedom fundamentally marked the end of an era. The movements of the seventies, in contrast, responded directly to emerging neoliberal frameworks and other structures of power that continue to rule over us today. They identified and confronted political problems that remain central for us. The 1970s, in this sense, marks the beginning of our time. Looking at a wide range of movements around the globe, from the United States, to Guinea Bissau, South Korea, Chile, Turkey, and Italy, <em>The</em> <em>Subversive Seventies </em>provides a reassessment of the political action of the 1970s that sheds new light not only on our revolutionary past but also on what liberation can be and do today.</p><p><strong>Michael Hardt </strong>teaches political theory in the Literature Program at Duke University. He is co-author, with Antonio Negri, of the Empire trilogy and, most recently, <em>Assembly</em>. He is co-director with Sandro Mezzadra of The Social Movements Lab.</p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>Morteza Hajizadeh</em></a><em> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>YouTube channel</em></a><em>. </em><a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture"><em>Twitter</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="81772417" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/8d3728b3-1f9d-4662-a7b2-6025d9a61339/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=8d3728b3-1f9d-4662-a7b2-6025d9a61339&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Michael Hardt, &quot;The Subversive Seventies&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:25:10</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>A thought-provoking reconsideration of how the revolutionary movements of the 1970s set the mold for today&apos;s activism.
The 1970s was a decade of &quot;subversives&quot;. Faced with various progressive and revolutionary social movements, the forces of order--politicians, law enforcement, journalists, and conservative intellectuals--saw subversives everywhere. From indigenous peasant armies and gay liberation organizations, to anti-nuclear activists and Black liberation militants, subversives challenged authority, laid siege to the established order, and undermined time-honored ways of life. Every corner of the left was fertile ground for subversive elements, which the forces of order had to root out and destroy--a project they pursued with zeal and brutality.
In The Subversive Seventies (Oxford UP, 2023), Michael Hardt sets out to show that popular understandings of the political movements of the seventies--often seen as fractious, violent, and largely unsuccessful--are not just inaccurate, but foreclose valuable lessons for the political struggles of today. While many accounts of the 1970s have been written about the regimes of domination that emerged throughout the decade, Hardt approaches the subversive from the perspectives of those who sought to undermine the base of established authority and transform the fundamental structures of society. In so doing, he provides a novel account of the theoretical and practical projects of liberation that still speak to us today, too many of which have been all but forgotten.
Departing from popular and scholarly accounts that focus on the social movements of the 1960s, Hardt argues that the 1970s offers an inspiring and useful guide for contemporary radical political thought and action. Although we can still learn much from the movements of the sixties, that decade&apos;s struggles for peace, justice, and freedom fundamentally marked the end of an era. The movements of the seventies, in contrast, responded directly to emerging neoliberal frameworks and other structures of power that continue to rule over us today. They identified and confronted political problems that remain central for us. The 1970s, in this sense, marks the beginning of our time. Looking at a wide range of movements around the globe, from the United States, to Guinea Bissau, South Korea, Chile, Turkey, and Italy, The Subversive Seventies provides a reassessment of the political action of the 1970s that sheds new light not only on our revolutionary past but also on what liberation can be and do today.
Michael Hardt teaches political theory in the Literature Program at Duke University. He is co-author, with Antonio Negri, of the Empire trilogy and, most recently, Assembly. He is co-director with Sandro Mezzadra of The Social Movements Lab.
Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>A thought-provoking reconsideration of how the revolutionary movements of the 1970s set the mold for today&apos;s activism.
The 1970s was a decade of &quot;subversives&quot;. Faced with various progressive and revolutionary social movements, the forces of order--politicians, law enforcement, journalists, and conservative intellectuals--saw subversives everywhere. From indigenous peasant armies and gay liberation organizations, to anti-nuclear activists and Black liberation militants, subversives challenged authority, laid siege to the established order, and undermined time-honored ways of life. Every corner of the left was fertile ground for subversive elements, which the forces of order had to root out and destroy--a project they pursued with zeal and brutality.
In The Subversive Seventies (Oxford UP, 2023), Michael Hardt sets out to show that popular understandings of the political movements of the seventies--often seen as fractious, violent, and largely unsuccessful--are not just inaccurate, but foreclose valuable lessons for the political struggles of today. While many accounts of the 1970s have been written about the regimes of domination that emerged throughout the decade, Hardt approaches the subversive from the perspectives of those who sought to undermine the base of established authority and transform the fundamental structures of society. In so doing, he provides a novel account of the theoretical and practical projects of liberation that still speak to us today, too many of which have been all but forgotten.
Departing from popular and scholarly accounts that focus on the social movements of the 1960s, Hardt argues that the 1970s offers an inspiring and useful guide for contemporary radical political thought and action. Although we can still learn much from the movements of the sixties, that decade&apos;s struggles for peace, justice, and freedom fundamentally marked the end of an era. The movements of the seventies, in contrast, responded directly to emerging neoliberal frameworks and other structures of power that continue to rule over us today. They identified and confronted political problems that remain central for us. The 1970s, in this sense, marks the beginning of our time. Looking at a wide range of movements around the globe, from the United States, to Guinea Bissau, South Korea, Chile, Turkey, and Italy, The Subversive Seventies provides a reassessment of the political action of the 1970s that sheds new light not only on our revolutionary past but also on what liberation can be and do today.
Michael Hardt teaches political theory in the Literature Program at Duke University. He is co-author, with Antonio Negri, of the Empire trilogy and, most recently, Assembly. He is co-director with Sandro Mezzadra of The Social Movements Lab.
Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>491</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">337e282e-93c8-11ef-b6d9-f390586270b1</guid>
      <title>Alister E. McGrath, &quot;The Nature of Christian Doctrine: Its Origins, Development, and Function&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198901440"><em>The Nature of Christian Doctrine: Its Origins, Development, and Function</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024) offers a groundbreaking account of the origins, development, and enduring significance of Christian doctrine, explaining why it remains essential to the life of Christian communities.</p><p>Noting important parallels between the development of scientific theories and Christian doctrine, Alister E. McGrath examines the growing view of early Christianity as a 'theological laboratory'. We can think of doctrinal formulations as proposals submitted for testing across the Christian world, rather than as static accounts of orthodoxy. This approach fits the available evidence much better than theories of suppressed early orthodoxies and reinforces the importance of debate within the churches as a vital means of testing doctrinal formulations.</p><p>McGrath offers a robust critique of George Lindbeck's still-influential <em>Nature of Doctrine</em> (1984), raising significant concerns about its reductionist approach. He instead provides a more reliable account of the myriad functions of doctrine, utilising Mary Midgley's concept of 'mapping' as a means of coordinating the multiple aspects of complex phenomena. McGrath's approach also employs Karl Popper's 'Three Worlds', allowing the theoretical, objective, and subjective aspects of doctrine to be seen as essential and interconnected.</p><p>We see how Christian doctrine offers ontological disclosure about the nature of reality, while at the same time providing a coordinating framework which ensures that its various aspects are seen as parts of a greater whole. Doctrine provides a framework, or standpoint, that allows theological reality to be seen and experienced in a new manner; it safeguards and articulates the core vision of reality that is essential for the proper functioning and future flourishing of Christian communities.</p><p><strong>Alister E. McGrath</strong> served as Professor of Historical Theology at the University of Oxford, and subsequently as Andreas Idreos Professor of Science and Religion. He initially studied natural sciences at Oxford and holds a special interest in how scientific method can illuminate aspects of Christian theology. He also served as Professor of Divinity at Gresham College, London, a position established in 1597. He has delivered the Bampton Lectures at the University of Oxford, the Hulsean Lectures at the University Cambridge, and the Gifford Lectures at the University Aberdeen.</p><p><br /></p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>Morteza Hajizadeh</em></a><em> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>YouTube channel</em></a><em>. </em><a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture"><em>Twitter</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Oct 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198901440"><em>The Nature of Christian Doctrine: Its Origins, Development, and Function</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024) offers a groundbreaking account of the origins, development, and enduring significance of Christian doctrine, explaining why it remains essential to the life of Christian communities.</p><p>Noting important parallels between the development of scientific theories and Christian doctrine, Alister E. McGrath examines the growing view of early Christianity as a 'theological laboratory'. We can think of doctrinal formulations as proposals submitted for testing across the Christian world, rather than as static accounts of orthodoxy. This approach fits the available evidence much better than theories of suppressed early orthodoxies and reinforces the importance of debate within the churches as a vital means of testing doctrinal formulations.</p><p>McGrath offers a robust critique of George Lindbeck's still-influential <em>Nature of Doctrine</em> (1984), raising significant concerns about its reductionist approach. He instead provides a more reliable account of the myriad functions of doctrine, utilising Mary Midgley's concept of 'mapping' as a means of coordinating the multiple aspects of complex phenomena. McGrath's approach also employs Karl Popper's 'Three Worlds', allowing the theoretical, objective, and subjective aspects of doctrine to be seen as essential and interconnected.</p><p>We see how Christian doctrine offers ontological disclosure about the nature of reality, while at the same time providing a coordinating framework which ensures that its various aspects are seen as parts of a greater whole. Doctrine provides a framework, or standpoint, that allows theological reality to be seen and experienced in a new manner; it safeguards and articulates the core vision of reality that is essential for the proper functioning and future flourishing of Christian communities.</p><p><strong>Alister E. McGrath</strong> served as Professor of Historical Theology at the University of Oxford, and subsequently as Andreas Idreos Professor of Science and Religion. He initially studied natural sciences at Oxford and holds a special interest in how scientific method can illuminate aspects of Christian theology. He also served as Professor of Divinity at Gresham College, London, a position established in 1597. He has delivered the Bampton Lectures at the University of Oxford, the Hulsean Lectures at the University Cambridge, and the Gifford Lectures at the University Aberdeen.</p><p><br /></p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>Morteza Hajizadeh</em></a><em> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>YouTube channel</em></a><em>. </em><a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture"><em>Twitter</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="38303119" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/7248b6a7-feed-43bd-992d-2a1af1e621d2/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=7248b6a7-feed-43bd-992d-2a1af1e621d2&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Alister E. McGrath, &quot;The Nature of Christian Doctrine: Its Origins, Development, and Function&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:39:53</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The Nature of Christian Doctrine: Its Origins, Development, and Function (Oxford UP, 2024) offers a groundbreaking account of the origins, development, and enduring significance of Christian doctrine, explaining why it remains essential to the life of Christian communities.
Noting important parallels between the development of scientific theories and Christian doctrine, Alister E. McGrath examines the growing view of early Christianity as a &apos;theological laboratory&apos;. We can think of doctrinal formulations as proposals submitted for testing across the Christian world, rather than as static accounts of orthodoxy. This approach fits the available evidence much better than theories of suppressed early orthodoxies and reinforces the importance of debate within the churches as a vital means of testing doctrinal formulations.
McGrath offers a robust critique of George Lindbeck&apos;s still-influential Nature of Doctrine (1984), raising significant concerns about its reductionist approach. He instead provides a more reliable account of the myriad functions of doctrine, utilising Mary Midgley&apos;s concept of &apos;mapping&apos; as a means of coordinating the multiple aspects of complex phenomena. McGrath&apos;s approach also employs Karl Popper&apos;s &apos;Three Worlds&apos;, allowing the theoretical, objective, and subjective aspects of doctrine to be seen as essential and interconnected.
We see how Christian doctrine offers ontological disclosure about the nature of reality, while at the same time providing a coordinating framework which ensures that its various aspects are seen as parts of a greater whole. Doctrine provides a framework, or standpoint, that allows theological reality to be seen and experienced in a new manner; it safeguards and articulates the core vision of reality that is essential for the proper functioning and future flourishing of Christian communities.
Alister E. McGrath served as Professor of Historical Theology at the University of Oxford, and subsequently as Andreas Idreos Professor of Science and Religion. He initially studied natural sciences at Oxford and holds a special interest in how scientific method can illuminate aspects of Christian theology. He also served as Professor of Divinity at Gresham College, London, a position established in 1597. He has delivered the Bampton Lectures at the University of Oxford, the Hulsean Lectures at the University Cambridge, and the Gifford Lectures at the University Aberdeen.

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The Nature of Christian Doctrine: Its Origins, Development, and Function (Oxford UP, 2024) offers a groundbreaking account of the origins, development, and enduring significance of Christian doctrine, explaining why it remains essential to the life of Christian communities.
Noting important parallels between the development of scientific theories and Christian doctrine, Alister E. McGrath examines the growing view of early Christianity as a &apos;theological laboratory&apos;. We can think of doctrinal formulations as proposals submitted for testing across the Christian world, rather than as static accounts of orthodoxy. This approach fits the available evidence much better than theories of suppressed early orthodoxies and reinforces the importance of debate within the churches as a vital means of testing doctrinal formulations.
McGrath offers a robust critique of George Lindbeck&apos;s still-influential Nature of Doctrine (1984), raising significant concerns about its reductionist approach. He instead provides a more reliable account of the myriad functions of doctrine, utilising Mary Midgley&apos;s concept of &apos;mapping&apos; as a means of coordinating the multiple aspects of complex phenomena. McGrath&apos;s approach also employs Karl Popper&apos;s &apos;Three Worlds&apos;, allowing the theoretical, objective, and subjective aspects of doctrine to be seen as essential and interconnected.
We see how Christian doctrine offers ontological disclosure about the nature of reality, while at the same time providing a coordinating framework which ensures that its various aspects are seen as parts of a greater whole. Doctrine provides a framework, or standpoint, that allows theological reality to be seen and experienced in a new manner; it safeguards and articulates the core vision of reality that is essential for the proper functioning and future flourishing of Christian communities.
Alister E. McGrath served as Professor of Historical Theology at the University of Oxford, and subsequently as Andreas Idreos Professor of Science and Religion. He initially studied natural sciences at Oxford and holds a special interest in how scientific method can illuminate aspects of Christian theology. He also served as Professor of Divinity at Gresham College, London, a position established in 1597. He has delivered the Bampton Lectures at the University of Oxford, the Hulsean Lectures at the University Cambridge, and the Gifford Lectures at the University Aberdeen.

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>283</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24ee8150-92ec-11ef-8622-3b1fe064cb29</guid>
      <title>Kostas Kampourakis, &quot;Ancestry Reimagined: Dismantling the Myth of Genetic Ethnicities&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Recent social and political psychological research indicates that increased access to ancestry testing has strengthened the notion of genetic essentialism among some groups, or the idea that our biology ties us to particular ethnic identities. This can boost a sense of cultural pride and prosocial behaviors among communities that are perceived to be similar. In the worst-case scenarios, however, this phenomenon can contribute to deeper social woes like misinformation, anti-science agendas, and even social hatred among those who believe in racial superiority. </p><p>Using research from both the social sciences and the genetics literature as support, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197656341"><em>Ancestry Reimagined: Dismantling the Myth of Genetic Ethnicities</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2023)<em> </em>establishes realistic expectations about what we can learn from our DNA as a foundation for examining the psychological impact of ancestry testing, including the differences between how this information is perceived versus its reality. With this book, Dr. Kampourakis flexes his muscles as an esteemed interdisciplinary science educator and author to challenge these traditional social constructs, using the current genetic testing science as a myth busting tool.</p><p>Kampourakis argues that DNA ancestry testing cannot reveal a person's true ethnic identity because ethnic groups are socially and culturally constructed. In 10 accessible chapters, he explains the assumptions underlying the scientific study of ancestry, and the resulting paradoxes that are often overlooked. What the study of human DNA mostly shows is that human DNA variation is continuous, and it is not possible to clearly delimit ethnic groups based on DNA data. As a result, we all are members of a huge, extended family, and not of genetically distinct ethnic groups. What ancestry tests can provide are probabilistic estimations of similarities between the test-takers and particular reference populations. This does not devalue the results of these tests, however, because they can indeed provide some valuable information to people who may not know much about their ancestors. In fact, what the tests are very good at doing is finding close relatives, and this is perhaps why the whole enterprise should be rebranded as family, not ancestry, testing. Ultimately, this book reveals that genetic essentialism, biological ethnic identities, racial superiority, and similar social constructs are scientifically unsupported</p><p>Kostas Kampourakis is the author and editor of several books about evolution, genetics, philosophy and history of science, as well as the editor of the Cambridge University Press book series Understanding Life. He teaches biology and science education courses at the University of Geneva</p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">Morteza Hajizadeh</a> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. <a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">YouTube channel</a>. <a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture">Twitter</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 27 Oct 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recent social and political psychological research indicates that increased access to ancestry testing has strengthened the notion of genetic essentialism among some groups, or the idea that our biology ties us to particular ethnic identities. This can boost a sense of cultural pride and prosocial behaviors among communities that are perceived to be similar. In the worst-case scenarios, however, this phenomenon can contribute to deeper social woes like misinformation, anti-science agendas, and even social hatred among those who believe in racial superiority. </p><p>Using research from both the social sciences and the genetics literature as support, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197656341"><em>Ancestry Reimagined: Dismantling the Myth of Genetic Ethnicities</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2023)<em> </em>establishes realistic expectations about what we can learn from our DNA as a foundation for examining the psychological impact of ancestry testing, including the differences between how this information is perceived versus its reality. With this book, Dr. Kampourakis flexes his muscles as an esteemed interdisciplinary science educator and author to challenge these traditional social constructs, using the current genetic testing science as a myth busting tool.</p><p>Kampourakis argues that DNA ancestry testing cannot reveal a person's true ethnic identity because ethnic groups are socially and culturally constructed. In 10 accessible chapters, he explains the assumptions underlying the scientific study of ancestry, and the resulting paradoxes that are often overlooked. What the study of human DNA mostly shows is that human DNA variation is continuous, and it is not possible to clearly delimit ethnic groups based on DNA data. As a result, we all are members of a huge, extended family, and not of genetically distinct ethnic groups. What ancestry tests can provide are probabilistic estimations of similarities between the test-takers and particular reference populations. This does not devalue the results of these tests, however, because they can indeed provide some valuable information to people who may not know much about their ancestors. In fact, what the tests are very good at doing is finding close relatives, and this is perhaps why the whole enterprise should be rebranded as family, not ancestry, testing. Ultimately, this book reveals that genetic essentialism, biological ethnic identities, racial superiority, and similar social constructs are scientifically unsupported</p><p>Kostas Kampourakis is the author and editor of several books about evolution, genetics, philosophy and history of science, as well as the editor of the Cambridge University Press book series Understanding Life. He teaches biology and science education courses at the University of Geneva</p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">Morteza Hajizadeh</a> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. <a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">YouTube channel</a>. <a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture">Twitter</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="38539882" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/44bc9ce8-2981-4894-850e-94ca880ec88b/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=44bc9ce8-2981-4894-850e-94ca880ec88b&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Kostas Kampourakis, &quot;Ancestry Reimagined: Dismantling the Myth of Genetic Ethnicities&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:40:08</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Recent social and political psychological research indicates that increased access to ancestry testing has strengthened the notion of genetic essentialism among some groups, or the idea that our biology ties us to particular ethnic identities. This can boost a sense of cultural pride and prosocial behaviors among communities that are perceived to be similar. In the worst-case scenarios, however, this phenomenon can contribute to deeper social woes like misinformation, anti-science agendas, and even social hatred among those who believe in racial superiority. 
Using research from both the social sciences and the genetics literature as support, Ancestry Reimagined: Dismantling the Myth of Genetic Ethnicities (Oxford University Press, 2023) establishes realistic expectations about what we can learn from our DNA as a foundation for examining the psychological impact of ancestry testing, including the differences between how this information is perceived versus its reality. With this book, Dr. Kampourakis flexes his muscles as an esteemed interdisciplinary science educator and author to challenge these traditional social constructs, using the current genetic testing science as a myth busting tool.
Kampourakis argues that DNA ancestry testing cannot reveal a person&apos;s true ethnic identity because ethnic groups are socially and culturally constructed. In 10 accessible chapters, he explains the assumptions underlying the scientific study of ancestry, and the resulting paradoxes that are often overlooked. What the study of human DNA mostly shows is that human DNA variation is continuous, and it is not possible to clearly delimit ethnic groups based on DNA data. As a result, we all are members of a huge, extended family, and not of genetically distinct ethnic groups. What ancestry tests can provide are probabilistic estimations of similarities between the test-takers and particular reference populations. This does not devalue the results of these tests, however, because they can indeed provide some valuable information to people who may not know much about their ancestors. In fact, what the tests are very good at doing is finding close relatives, and this is perhaps why the whole enterprise should be rebranded as family, not ancestry, testing. Ultimately, this book reveals that genetic essentialism, biological ethnic identities, racial superiority, and similar social constructs are scientifically unsupported
Kostas Kampourakis is the author and editor of several books about evolution, genetics, philosophy and history of science, as well as the editor of the Cambridge University Press book series Understanding Life. He teaches biology and science education courses at the University of Geneva
Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Recent social and political psychological research indicates that increased access to ancestry testing has strengthened the notion of genetic essentialism among some groups, or the idea that our biology ties us to particular ethnic identities. This can boost a sense of cultural pride and prosocial behaviors among communities that are perceived to be similar. In the worst-case scenarios, however, this phenomenon can contribute to deeper social woes like misinformation, anti-science agendas, and even social hatred among those who believe in racial superiority. 
Using research from both the social sciences and the genetics literature as support, Ancestry Reimagined: Dismantling the Myth of Genetic Ethnicities (Oxford University Press, 2023) establishes realistic expectations about what we can learn from our DNA as a foundation for examining the psychological impact of ancestry testing, including the differences between how this information is perceived versus its reality. With this book, Dr. Kampourakis flexes his muscles as an esteemed interdisciplinary science educator and author to challenge these traditional social constructs, using the current genetic testing science as a myth busting tool.
Kampourakis argues that DNA ancestry testing cannot reveal a person&apos;s true ethnic identity because ethnic groups are socially and culturally constructed. In 10 accessible chapters, he explains the assumptions underlying the scientific study of ancestry, and the resulting paradoxes that are often overlooked. What the study of human DNA mostly shows is that human DNA variation is continuous, and it is not possible to clearly delimit ethnic groups based on DNA data. As a result, we all are members of a huge, extended family, and not of genetically distinct ethnic groups. What ancestry tests can provide are probabilistic estimations of similarities between the test-takers and particular reference populations. This does not devalue the results of these tests, however, because they can indeed provide some valuable information to people who may not know much about their ancestors. In fact, what the tests are very good at doing is finding close relatives, and this is perhaps why the whole enterprise should be rebranded as family, not ancestry, testing. Ultimately, this book reveals that genetic essentialism, biological ethnic identities, racial superiority, and similar social constructs are scientifically unsupported
Kostas Kampourakis is the author and editor of several books about evolution, genetics, philosophy and history of science, as well as the editor of the Cambridge University Press book series Understanding Life. He teaches biology and science education courses at the University of Geneva
Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>490</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">57fc9b4e-922a-11ef-b758-3f8044685276</guid>
      <title>Landon Palmer, &quot;Rock Star/Movie Star: Power and Performance in Cinematic Rock Stardom&quot; (Oxford UP, 2020)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>During the mid-1950s, when Hollywood found itself struggling to compete within an expanding entertainment media landscape, certain producers and studios saw an opportunity in making films that showcased performances by rock 'n' roll stars. Rock stars eventually found cinema to be a useful space to extend their creative practices, and the motion picture and recording industries increasingly saw cinematic rock stardom as a profitable means to connect multiple media properties. Indeed, casting rock stars for film provided a tool for bridging new relationships across media industries and practices.</p><p>From Elvis Presley to Madonna, this book examines the casting rock stars in films. In so doing, <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/rock-starmovie-star-9780190888411?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;"><em>Rock Star/Movie Star: Power and Performance in Cinematic Rock Stardom</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2020) offers a new perspective on the role of stardom within the convergence of media industries. While hardly the first popular music culture to see its stars making the transition to screen, the timing of rock's emergence and its staying power within popular culture proved fortuitous for a motion picture business searching for its place in the face of continuous technological and cultural change. At the same time, a post-star-system film industry provided a welcoming context for rock stars who have valued authenticity, creative autonomy, and personal expression. This book uses illuminating archival resources to demonstrate how rock stars have often proven themselves to be prominent film workers exploring this terrain of platforms old and new - ideal media laborers whose power lies in the fact that they are rarely recognized as such.</p><p>Combining star studies with media industry studies, this book proposes an integrated methodology for writing media history that combines the actions of individuals and the practices of industries. It demonstrates how stars have operated as both the gravitational center of media production as well as social actors who have taken on a decisive role in the purposes to which their images are used.</p><p>Peter C. Kunze is an assistant professor of communication at Tulane University.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 26 Oct 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>During the mid-1950s, when Hollywood found itself struggling to compete within an expanding entertainment media landscape, certain producers and studios saw an opportunity in making films that showcased performances by rock 'n' roll stars. Rock stars eventually found cinema to be a useful space to extend their creative practices, and the motion picture and recording industries increasingly saw cinematic rock stardom as a profitable means to connect multiple media properties. Indeed, casting rock stars for film provided a tool for bridging new relationships across media industries and practices.</p><p>From Elvis Presley to Madonna, this book examines the casting rock stars in films. In so doing, <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/rock-starmovie-star-9780190888411?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;"><em>Rock Star/Movie Star: Power and Performance in Cinematic Rock Stardom</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2020) offers a new perspective on the role of stardom within the convergence of media industries. While hardly the first popular music culture to see its stars making the transition to screen, the timing of rock's emergence and its staying power within popular culture proved fortuitous for a motion picture business searching for its place in the face of continuous technological and cultural change. At the same time, a post-star-system film industry provided a welcoming context for rock stars who have valued authenticity, creative autonomy, and personal expression. This book uses illuminating archival resources to demonstrate how rock stars have often proven themselves to be prominent film workers exploring this terrain of platforms old and new - ideal media laborers whose power lies in the fact that they are rarely recognized as such.</p><p>Combining star studies with media industry studies, this book proposes an integrated methodology for writing media history that combines the actions of individuals and the practices of industries. It demonstrates how stars have operated as both the gravitational center of media production as well as social actors who have taken on a decisive role in the purposes to which their images are used.</p><p>Peter C. Kunze is an assistant professor of communication at Tulane University.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="56521086" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/745d0ea5-aec8-4d28-a044-9ebffbac9fa7/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=745d0ea5-aec8-4d28-a044-9ebffbac9fa7&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Landon Palmer, &quot;Rock Star/Movie Star: Power and Performance in Cinematic Rock Stardom&quot; (Oxford UP, 2020)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:58:52</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>During the mid-1950s, when Hollywood found itself struggling to compete within an expanding entertainment media landscape, certain producers and studios saw an opportunity in making films that showcased performances by rock &apos;n&apos; roll stars. Rock stars eventually found cinema to be a useful space to extend their creative practices, and the motion picture and recording industries increasingly saw cinematic rock stardom as a profitable means to connect multiple media properties. Indeed, casting rock stars for film provided a tool for bridging new relationships across media industries and practices.
From Elvis Presley to Madonna, this book examines the casting rock stars in films. In so doing, Rock Star/Movie Star: Power and Performance in Cinematic Rock Stardom (Oxford UP, 2020) offers a new perspective on the role of stardom within the convergence of media industries. While hardly the first popular music culture to see its stars making the transition to screen, the timing of rock&apos;s emergence and its staying power within popular culture proved fortuitous for a motion picture business searching for its place in the face of continuous technological and cultural change. At the same time, a post-star-system film industry provided a welcoming context for rock stars who have valued authenticity, creative autonomy, and personal expression. This book uses illuminating archival resources to demonstrate how rock stars have often proven themselves to be prominent film workers exploring this terrain of platforms old and new - ideal media laborers whose power lies in the fact that they are rarely recognized as such.
Combining star studies with media industry studies, this book proposes an integrated methodology for writing media history that combines the actions of individuals and the practices of industries. It demonstrates how stars have operated as both the gravitational center of media production as well as social actors who have taken on a decisive role in the purposes to which their images are used.
Peter C. Kunze is an assistant professor of communication at Tulane University.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>During the mid-1950s, when Hollywood found itself struggling to compete within an expanding entertainment media landscape, certain producers and studios saw an opportunity in making films that showcased performances by rock &apos;n&apos; roll stars. Rock stars eventually found cinema to be a useful space to extend their creative practices, and the motion picture and recording industries increasingly saw cinematic rock stardom as a profitable means to connect multiple media properties. Indeed, casting rock stars for film provided a tool for bridging new relationships across media industries and practices.
From Elvis Presley to Madonna, this book examines the casting rock stars in films. In so doing, Rock Star/Movie Star: Power and Performance in Cinematic Rock Stardom (Oxford UP, 2020) offers a new perspective on the role of stardom within the convergence of media industries. While hardly the first popular music culture to see its stars making the transition to screen, the timing of rock&apos;s emergence and its staying power within popular culture proved fortuitous for a motion picture business searching for its place in the face of continuous technological and cultural change. At the same time, a post-star-system film industry provided a welcoming context for rock stars who have valued authenticity, creative autonomy, and personal expression. This book uses illuminating archival resources to demonstrate how rock stars have often proven themselves to be prominent film workers exploring this terrain of platforms old and new - ideal media laborers whose power lies in the fact that they are rarely recognized as such.
Combining star studies with media industry studies, this book proposes an integrated methodology for writing media history that combines the actions of individuals and the practices of industries. It demonstrates how stars have operated as both the gravitational center of media production as well as social actors who have taken on a decisive role in the purposes to which their images are used.
Peter C. Kunze is an assistant professor of communication at Tulane University.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>217</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9e86ce02-8fed-11ef-a344-2b3f222f54f8</guid>
      <title>Michael G. Vann, &quot;The Great Hanoi Rat Hunt: Empire, Disease, and Modernity in French Colonial Vietnam&quot; (Oxford UP, 2018)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>A funny thing happened to historian <a href="https://www.csus.edu/indiv/v/vannm/">Michael Vann</a>* on the way to his PhD thesis. While he was doing his research on French colonialism and the urbanist project in Hanoi, he came across an intriguing dossier: “Destruction of animals in the city”. The documents he found started him on a research path that led to a section of his dissertation, then an article that gained a wide academic and non-academic readership, and now <a href="http://www.amazon.com/dp/0190602694/?tag=newbooinhis-20"><em>The Great Hanoi Rat Hunt: Empire, Disease, and Modernity in French Colonial Vietnam</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2018). But this isn’t your typical historical monograph. One of the latest volumes in Oxford University Press’s <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/content/series/g/graphic-history-series-ghs/?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;">Graphic History Series</a>, <em>The Great Hanoi Rat Hunt</em> (with illustrations by Liz Clarke), explores the history of modernization, urbanization, and the spread of epidemic disease in the era of “New Imperialism” in an exciting and highly engaging format.</p><p>The remaking of Hanoi as a capital of French empire from the end of the nineteenth century had unintended consequences. In the state-of-the-art sewers of the French/white areas of the city, rats found the perfect home. Then came the Third plague pandemic, the disease that travelled with rats and moved from one site to another around the globe…on railroads, ships, the growing networks of trade and empire. <em>The Great Hanoi Rat Hunt </em>mobilizes years of research about this episode in the city’s history, illustrating (literally!) the inherent contradictions of imperialism, and the complexities of domination and resistance in a colonial context. Framed as an undergraduate lecture that features the author as a character throughout the narrative, the book is set up with teaching in mind. In addition to the fascinating story of the rat hunt itself (and all the twists and turns involved), the volume includes a rich selection of primary sources and a series of contextual essays that will allow students to explore this history in a range of productive ways. An accessible book that is at once serious and fun, <em>The Great Hanoi Rat Hunt</em> was such a pleasure to read and to talk about. I hope listeners will enjoy my conversation with Mike as much as I did!</p><p>*Mike is also a host on <a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/politics-society/history/">New Books in History</a>! Be sure to check out his interviews here on the network.</p><p><a href="roxannepanchasi.com"><em>Roxanne Panchasi</em></a><em> is an Associate Professor of History at Simon Fraser University in Vancouver, Canada who specializes in twentieth and twenty-first century France and its empire. She is the author of </em>Future Tense: The Culture of Anticipation in France Between the Wars<em> (2009). Her current research focuses on the history of French nuclear weapons and testing since 1945. Her most recent article, '"No Hiroshima in Africa": The Algerian War and the Question of French Nuclear Tests in the Sahara' appeared in the Spring 2019 issue of </em>History of the Present<em>. She lives and reads in Vancouver, Canada. If you have a recent title to suggest for the podcast, please send her an email (panchasi@sfu.ca).</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 Oct 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>A funny thing happened to historian <a href="https://www.csus.edu/indiv/v/vannm/">Michael Vann</a>* on the way to his PhD thesis. While he was doing his research on French colonialism and the urbanist project in Hanoi, he came across an intriguing dossier: “Destruction of animals in the city”. The documents he found started him on a research path that led to a section of his dissertation, then an article that gained a wide academic and non-academic readership, and now <a href="http://www.amazon.com/dp/0190602694/?tag=newbooinhis-20"><em>The Great Hanoi Rat Hunt: Empire, Disease, and Modernity in French Colonial Vietnam</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2018). But this isn’t your typical historical monograph. One of the latest volumes in Oxford University Press’s <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/content/series/g/graphic-history-series-ghs/?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;">Graphic History Series</a>, <em>The Great Hanoi Rat Hunt</em> (with illustrations by Liz Clarke), explores the history of modernization, urbanization, and the spread of epidemic disease in the era of “New Imperialism” in an exciting and highly engaging format.</p><p>The remaking of Hanoi as a capital of French empire from the end of the nineteenth century had unintended consequences. In the state-of-the-art sewers of the French/white areas of the city, rats found the perfect home. Then came the Third plague pandemic, the disease that travelled with rats and moved from one site to another around the globe…on railroads, ships, the growing networks of trade and empire. <em>The Great Hanoi Rat Hunt </em>mobilizes years of research about this episode in the city’s history, illustrating (literally!) the inherent contradictions of imperialism, and the complexities of domination and resistance in a colonial context. Framed as an undergraduate lecture that features the author as a character throughout the narrative, the book is set up with teaching in mind. In addition to the fascinating story of the rat hunt itself (and all the twists and turns involved), the volume includes a rich selection of primary sources and a series of contextual essays that will allow students to explore this history in a range of productive ways. An accessible book that is at once serious and fun, <em>The Great Hanoi Rat Hunt</em> was such a pleasure to read and to talk about. I hope listeners will enjoy my conversation with Mike as much as I did!</p><p>*Mike is also a host on <a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/politics-society/history/">New Books in History</a>! Be sure to check out his interviews here on the network.</p><p><a href="roxannepanchasi.com"><em>Roxanne Panchasi</em></a><em> is an Associate Professor of History at Simon Fraser University in Vancouver, Canada who specializes in twentieth and twenty-first century France and its empire. She is the author of </em>Future Tense: The Culture of Anticipation in France Between the Wars<em> (2009). Her current research focuses on the history of French nuclear weapons and testing since 1945. Her most recent article, '"No Hiroshima in Africa": The Algerian War and the Question of French Nuclear Tests in the Sahara' appeared in the Spring 2019 issue of </em>History of the Present<em>. She lives and reads in Vancouver, Canada. If you have a recent title to suggest for the podcast, please send her an email (panchasi@sfu.ca).</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="58454891" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/edc025c4-7615-45a4-b148-75c8023864c7/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=edc025c4-7615-45a4-b148-75c8023864c7&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Michael G. Vann, &quot;The Great Hanoi Rat Hunt: Empire, Disease, and Modernity in French Colonial Vietnam&quot; (Oxford UP, 2018)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:00:53</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>A funny thing happened to historian Michael Vann* on the way to his PhD thesis. While he was doing his research on French colonialism and the urbanist project in Hanoi, he came across an intriguing dossier: “Destruction of animals in the city”. The documents he found started him on a research path that led to a section of his dissertation, then an article that gained a wide academic and non-academic readership, and now The Great Hanoi Rat Hunt: Empire, Disease, and Modernity in French Colonial Vietnam (Oxford UP, 2018). But this isn’t your typical historical monograph. One of the latest volumes in Oxford University Press’s Graphic History Series, The Great Hanoi Rat Hunt (with illustrations by Liz Clarke), explores the history of modernization, urbanization, and the spread of epidemic disease in the era of “New Imperialism” in an exciting and highly engaging format.
The remaking of Hanoi as a capital of French empire from the end of the nineteenth century had unintended consequences. In the state-of-the-art sewers of the French/white areas of the city, rats found the perfect home. Then came the Third plague pandemic, the disease that travelled with rats and moved from one site to another around the globe…on railroads, ships, the growing networks of trade and empire. The Great Hanoi Rat Hunt mobilizes years of research about this episode in the city’s history, illustrating (literally!) the inherent contradictions of imperialism, and the complexities of domination and resistance in a colonial context. Framed as an undergraduate lecture that features the author as a character throughout the narrative, the book is set up with teaching in mind. In addition to the fascinating story of the rat hunt itself (and all the twists and turns involved), the volume includes a rich selection of primary sources and a series of contextual essays that will allow students to explore this history in a range of productive ways. An accessible book that is at once serious and fun, The Great Hanoi Rat Hunt was such a pleasure to read and to talk about. I hope listeners will enjoy my conversation with Mike as much as I did!
*Mike is also a host on New Books in History! Be sure to check out his interviews here on the network.
Roxanne Panchasi is an Associate Professor of History at Simon Fraser University in Vancouver, Canada who specializes in twentieth and twenty-first century France and its empire. She is the author of Future Tense: The Culture of Anticipation in France Between the Wars (2009). Her current research focuses on the history of French nuclear weapons and testing since 1945. Her most recent article, &apos;&quot;No Hiroshima in Africa&quot;: The Algerian War and the Question of French Nuclear Tests in the Sahara&apos; appeared in the Spring 2019 issue of History of the Present. She lives and reads in Vancouver, Canada. If you have a recent title to suggest for the podcast, please send her an email (panchasi@sfu.ca).</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>A funny thing happened to historian Michael Vann* on the way to his PhD thesis. While he was doing his research on French colonialism and the urbanist project in Hanoi, he came across an intriguing dossier: “Destruction of animals in the city”. The documents he found started him on a research path that led to a section of his dissertation, then an article that gained a wide academic and non-academic readership, and now The Great Hanoi Rat Hunt: Empire, Disease, and Modernity in French Colonial Vietnam (Oxford UP, 2018). But this isn’t your typical historical monograph. One of the latest volumes in Oxford University Press’s Graphic History Series, The Great Hanoi Rat Hunt (with illustrations by Liz Clarke), explores the history of modernization, urbanization, and the spread of epidemic disease in the era of “New Imperialism” in an exciting and highly engaging format.
The remaking of Hanoi as a capital of French empire from the end of the nineteenth century had unintended consequences. In the state-of-the-art sewers of the French/white areas of the city, rats found the perfect home. Then came the Third plague pandemic, the disease that travelled with rats and moved from one site to another around the globe…on railroads, ships, the growing networks of trade and empire. The Great Hanoi Rat Hunt mobilizes years of research about this episode in the city’s history, illustrating (literally!) the inherent contradictions of imperialism, and the complexities of domination and resistance in a colonial context. Framed as an undergraduate lecture that features the author as a character throughout the narrative, the book is set up with teaching in mind. In addition to the fascinating story of the rat hunt itself (and all the twists and turns involved), the volume includes a rich selection of primary sources and a series of contextual essays that will allow students to explore this history in a range of productive ways. An accessible book that is at once serious and fun, The Great Hanoi Rat Hunt was such a pleasure to read and to talk about. I hope listeners will enjoy my conversation with Mike as much as I did!
*Mike is also a host on New Books in History! Be sure to check out his interviews here on the network.
Roxanne Panchasi is an Associate Professor of History at Simon Fraser University in Vancouver, Canada who specializes in twentieth and twenty-first century France and its empire. She is the author of Future Tense: The Culture of Anticipation in France Between the Wars (2009). Her current research focuses on the history of French nuclear weapons and testing since 1945. Her most recent article, &apos;&quot;No Hiroshima in Africa&quot;: The Algerian War and the Question of French Nuclear Tests in the Sahara&apos; appeared in the Spring 2019 issue of History of the Present. She lives and reads in Vancouver, Canada. If you have a recent title to suggest for the podcast, please send her an email (panchasi@sfu.ca).</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>71</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c1576888-8e26-11ef-8514-6f6a19750afd</guid>
      <title>Vanessa Christina Wills, &quot;Marx&apos;s Ethical Vision&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Does Marx have a coherent ethical vision? How does that square with his sometimes-scathing dismissal of morality? What does his critique of capital have to do with ethics? Why is the proletariat the revolutionary class? What is the normative importance of that claim? </p><p>In <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/marxs-ethical-vision-9780197688144?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;"><em>Marx’s Ethical Vision</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024), Vanessa Wills provides a careful reconstruction of Marx’s understanding of human nature and the possibility of creating a world best suited to our flourishing. Working from Marx’s earliest texts through his last, Wills shows not only how Marx builds his understanding from material conditions in their historical specificity, but also how doing so can help guide efforts to change the world in ways that support individual growth, self-expression, and development as a universally shared project. Wills consistently argues against philosophical projects that try to salvage Marx’s valuable insights stripped of his method. Wills shows that the method by which Marx sought to understand the world and human nature as a force within it is integral to understanding his vision for what ought to be.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Oct 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Does Marx have a coherent ethical vision? How does that square with his sometimes-scathing dismissal of morality? What does his critique of capital have to do with ethics? Why is the proletariat the revolutionary class? What is the normative importance of that claim? </p><p>In <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/marxs-ethical-vision-9780197688144?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;"><em>Marx’s Ethical Vision</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024), Vanessa Wills provides a careful reconstruction of Marx’s understanding of human nature and the possibility of creating a world best suited to our flourishing. Working from Marx’s earliest texts through his last, Wills shows not only how Marx builds his understanding from material conditions in their historical specificity, but also how doing so can help guide efforts to change the world in ways that support individual growth, self-expression, and development as a universally shared project. Wills consistently argues against philosophical projects that try to salvage Marx’s valuable insights stripped of his method. Wills shows that the method by which Marx sought to understand the world and human nature as a force within it is integral to understanding his vision for what ought to be.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="52273189" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/dfc81058-eda4-4bc1-baf6-e99abc81e122/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=dfc81058-eda4-4bc1-baf6-e99abc81e122&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Vanessa Christina Wills, &quot;Marx&apos;s Ethical Vision&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:54:26</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Does Marx have a coherent ethical vision? How does that square with his sometimes-scathing dismissal of morality? What does his critique of capital have to do with ethics? Why is the proletariat the revolutionary class? What is the normative importance of that claim? 
In Marx’s Ethical Vision (Oxford University Press, 2024), Vanessa Wills provides a careful reconstruction of Marx’s understanding of human nature and the possibility of creating a world best suited to our flourishing. Working from Marx’s earliest texts through his last, Wills shows not only how Marx builds his understanding from material conditions in their historical specificity, but also how doing so can help guide efforts to change the world in ways that support individual growth, self-expression, and development as a universally shared project. Wills consistently argues against philosophical projects that try to salvage Marx’s valuable insights stripped of his method. Wills shows that the method by which Marx sought to understand the world and human nature as a force within it is integral to understanding his vision for what ought to be.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Does Marx have a coherent ethical vision? How does that square with his sometimes-scathing dismissal of morality? What does his critique of capital have to do with ethics? Why is the proletariat the revolutionary class? What is the normative importance of that claim? 
In Marx’s Ethical Vision (Oxford University Press, 2024), Vanessa Wills provides a careful reconstruction of Marx’s understanding of human nature and the possibility of creating a world best suited to our flourishing. Working from Marx’s earliest texts through his last, Wills shows not only how Marx builds his understanding from material conditions in their historical specificity, but also how doing so can help guide efforts to change the world in ways that support individual growth, self-expression, and development as a universally shared project. Wills consistently argues against philosophical projects that try to salvage Marx’s valuable insights stripped of his method. Wills shows that the method by which Marx sought to understand the world and human nature as a force within it is integral to understanding his vision for what ought to be.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>356</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">84341d60-8b25-11ef-b7de-a378f4dba5d3</guid>
      <title>Sarah M. Stitzlein, &quot;Teaching Honesty in a Populist Era: Emphasizing Truth in the Education of Citizens&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Democracy is struggling in an age of populism and post-truth. In a world swirling with competing political groups stating conflicting facts, citizens are left unsure whom to trust and which facts are true. The role of honesty in civic life is in jeopardy. When we lose sight of the importance of honesty, it hampers our ability to solve pressing problems. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197775882"><em>Teaching Honesty in a Populist Era: Emphasizing Truth in the Education of Citizens</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2024) asserts that to better enable young citizens to successfully engage in civic inquiry, the role of honesty must be foregrounded within education.</p><p>The book posits that honesty is a key component of a well-functioning democracy. Building upon this foundation, Sarah M. Stitzlein defines what honesty is, how it is connected to truth, and why both are important to and at risk in democracies today. Furthermore, the chapters offer guidance on how honesty and truth should be taught in schools. Situated within the philosophical perspective of pragmatism, the book examines the relationships between honesty, truth, trust, and healthy democratic living and provides recommendations for improving citizenship education and our ability to engage in civic reasoning.</p><p><em>Teaching Honesty in a Populist Era</em> offers an improved path forward within our schools by detailing how to cultivate habits of truth-seeking and truth-telling. Such honesty will better enable citizens to navigate our difficult political moment and increase the likelihood that citizens can craft long-term solutions for democratic life together.</p><p>Sarah M. Stitzlein is Professor of Education and Affiliate Professor of Philosophy at the University of Cincinnati. Her research explores issues of political agency, educating for democracy, youth civic engagement, and equity in schools. She is the author of <em>Learning How to Hope</em> and <em>American Public Education and the Responsibility of its Citizens</em>, and co-editor of the journal <em>Democracy &amp; Education</em>.</p><p>Dr. Michael LaMagna is the Information Literacy Program &amp; Library Services Coordinator and Professor of Library Services at Delaware County Community College.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Oct 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Democracy is struggling in an age of populism and post-truth. In a world swirling with competing political groups stating conflicting facts, citizens are left unsure whom to trust and which facts are true. The role of honesty in civic life is in jeopardy. When we lose sight of the importance of honesty, it hampers our ability to solve pressing problems. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197775882"><em>Teaching Honesty in a Populist Era: Emphasizing Truth in the Education of Citizens</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2024) asserts that to better enable young citizens to successfully engage in civic inquiry, the role of honesty must be foregrounded within education.</p><p>The book posits that honesty is a key component of a well-functioning democracy. Building upon this foundation, Sarah M. Stitzlein defines what honesty is, how it is connected to truth, and why both are important to and at risk in democracies today. Furthermore, the chapters offer guidance on how honesty and truth should be taught in schools. Situated within the philosophical perspective of pragmatism, the book examines the relationships between honesty, truth, trust, and healthy democratic living and provides recommendations for improving citizenship education and our ability to engage in civic reasoning.</p><p><em>Teaching Honesty in a Populist Era</em> offers an improved path forward within our schools by detailing how to cultivate habits of truth-seeking and truth-telling. Such honesty will better enable citizens to navigate our difficult political moment and increase the likelihood that citizens can craft long-term solutions for democratic life together.</p><p>Sarah M. Stitzlein is Professor of Education and Affiliate Professor of Philosophy at the University of Cincinnati. Her research explores issues of political agency, educating for democracy, youth civic engagement, and equity in schools. She is the author of <em>Learning How to Hope</em> and <em>American Public Education and the Responsibility of its Citizens</em>, and co-editor of the journal <em>Democracy &amp; Education</em>.</p><p>Dr. Michael LaMagna is the Information Literacy Program &amp; Library Services Coordinator and Professor of Library Services at Delaware County Community College.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="39721696" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/d22a2d18-ef05-414a-af6a-b9d7ac6efa55/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=d22a2d18-ef05-414a-af6a-b9d7ac6efa55&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Sarah M. Stitzlein, &quot;Teaching Honesty in a Populist Era: Emphasizing Truth in the Education of Citizens&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:41:22</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Democracy is struggling in an age of populism and post-truth. In a world swirling with competing political groups stating conflicting facts, citizens are left unsure whom to trust and which facts are true. The role of honesty in civic life is in jeopardy. When we lose sight of the importance of honesty, it hampers our ability to solve pressing problems. Teaching Honesty in a Populist Era: Emphasizing Truth in the Education of Citizens (Oxford University Press, 2024) asserts that to better enable young citizens to successfully engage in civic inquiry, the role of honesty must be foregrounded within education.
The book posits that honesty is a key component of a well-functioning democracy. Building upon this foundation, Sarah M. Stitzlein defines what honesty is, how it is connected to truth, and why both are important to and at risk in democracies today. Furthermore, the chapters offer guidance on how honesty and truth should be taught in schools. Situated within the philosophical perspective of pragmatism, the book examines the relationships between honesty, truth, trust, and healthy democratic living and provides recommendations for improving citizenship education and our ability to engage in civic reasoning.
Teaching Honesty in a Populist Era offers an improved path forward within our schools by detailing how to cultivate habits of truth-seeking and truth-telling. Such honesty will better enable citizens to navigate our difficult political moment and increase the likelihood that citizens can craft long-term solutions for democratic life together.
Sarah M. Stitzlein is Professor of Education and Affiliate Professor of Philosophy at the University of Cincinnati. Her research explores issues of political agency, educating for democracy, youth civic engagement, and equity in schools. She is the author of Learning How to Hope and American Public Education and the Responsibility of its Citizens, and co-editor of the journal Democracy &amp; Education.
Dr. Michael LaMagna is the Information Literacy Program &amp; Library Services Coordinator and Professor of Library Services at Delaware County Community College.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Democracy is struggling in an age of populism and post-truth. In a world swirling with competing political groups stating conflicting facts, citizens are left unsure whom to trust and which facts are true. The role of honesty in civic life is in jeopardy. When we lose sight of the importance of honesty, it hampers our ability to solve pressing problems. Teaching Honesty in a Populist Era: Emphasizing Truth in the Education of Citizens (Oxford University Press, 2024) asserts that to better enable young citizens to successfully engage in civic inquiry, the role of honesty must be foregrounded within education.
The book posits that honesty is a key component of a well-functioning democracy. Building upon this foundation, Sarah M. Stitzlein defines what honesty is, how it is connected to truth, and why both are important to and at risk in democracies today. Furthermore, the chapters offer guidance on how honesty and truth should be taught in schools. Situated within the philosophical perspective of pragmatism, the book examines the relationships between honesty, truth, trust, and healthy democratic living and provides recommendations for improving citizenship education and our ability to engage in civic reasoning.
Teaching Honesty in a Populist Era offers an improved path forward within our schools by detailing how to cultivate habits of truth-seeking and truth-telling. Such honesty will better enable citizens to navigate our difficult political moment and increase the likelihood that citizens can craft long-term solutions for democratic life together.
Sarah M. Stitzlein is Professor of Education and Affiliate Professor of Philosophy at the University of Cincinnati. Her research explores issues of political agency, educating for democracy, youth civic engagement, and equity in schools. She is the author of Learning How to Hope and American Public Education and the Responsibility of its Citizens, and co-editor of the journal Democracy &amp; Education.
Dr. Michael LaMagna is the Information Literacy Program &amp; Library Services Coordinator and Professor of Library Services at Delaware County Community College.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>241</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">42036f7a-896f-11ef-94a9-dbc899cfb68c</guid>
      <title>Jamie Furlong and Will Jennings, &quot;The Changing Electoral Map of England and Wales&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>What is the connection between where people live and how they vote? In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198927082"><em>The Changing Electoral Map of England and Wales</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024), <a href="https://bsky.app/profile/jwfurlong.bsky.social">Jamie Furlong</a> a <a href="https://www.westminster.ac.uk/about-us/our-people/directory/furlong-jamie">Research Fellow at the University of Westminster</a> and <a href="https://bsky.app/profile/drjennings.bsky.social">Will Jennings</a> Associate Dean Research &amp; Enterprise and <a href="https://willjennings.substack.com/">Professor</a> at the <a href="https://www.southampton.ac.uk/people/5x8zrf/professor-will-jennings">University of Southampton</a>, analyse the continuities and changes in history of party support at general elections. The book uses a variety of methods- and a huge range of data- to critically interrogate the idea of ‘left behind’ places, as well as interrogating the long term social, economic, and cultural changes associated with those places and that idea. Rich in detail, including case studies of places that stand out within the overall trends, and accessibly written, the book is essential reading for anyone interested in contemporary politics.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Oct 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>What is the connection between where people live and how they vote? In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198927082"><em>The Changing Electoral Map of England and Wales</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024), <a href="https://bsky.app/profile/jwfurlong.bsky.social">Jamie Furlong</a> a <a href="https://www.westminster.ac.uk/about-us/our-people/directory/furlong-jamie">Research Fellow at the University of Westminster</a> and <a href="https://bsky.app/profile/drjennings.bsky.social">Will Jennings</a> Associate Dean Research &amp; Enterprise and <a href="https://willjennings.substack.com/">Professor</a> at the <a href="https://www.southampton.ac.uk/people/5x8zrf/professor-will-jennings">University of Southampton</a>, analyse the continuities and changes in history of party support at general elections. The book uses a variety of methods- and a huge range of data- to critically interrogate the idea of ‘left behind’ places, as well as interrogating the long term social, economic, and cultural changes associated with those places and that idea. Rich in detail, including case studies of places that stand out within the overall trends, and accessibly written, the book is essential reading for anyone interested in contemporary politics.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="46632464" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/991a0132-6f9a-44ec-ac7c-e559a4fd006b/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=991a0132-6f9a-44ec-ac7c-e559a4fd006b&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Jamie Furlong and Will Jennings, &quot;The Changing Electoral Map of England and Wales&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:48:34</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>What is the connection between where people live and how they vote? In The Changing Electoral Map of England and Wales (Oxford UP, 2024), Jamie Furlong a Research Fellow at the University of Westminster and Will Jennings Associate Dean Research &amp; Enterprise and Professor at the University of Southampton, analyse the continuities and changes in history of party support at general elections. The book uses a variety of methods- and a huge range of data- to critically interrogate the idea of ‘left behind’ places, as well as interrogating the long term social, economic, and cultural changes associated with those places and that idea. Rich in detail, including case studies of places that stand out within the overall trends, and accessibly written, the book is essential reading for anyone interested in contemporary politics.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>What is the connection between where people live and how they vote? In The Changing Electoral Map of England and Wales (Oxford UP, 2024), Jamie Furlong a Research Fellow at the University of Westminster and Will Jennings Associate Dean Research &amp; Enterprise and Professor at the University of Southampton, analyse the continuities and changes in history of party support at general elections. The book uses a variety of methods- and a huge range of data- to critically interrogate the idea of ‘left behind’ places, as well as interrogating the long term social, economic, and cultural changes associated with those places and that idea. Rich in detail, including case studies of places that stand out within the overall trends, and accessibly written, the book is essential reading for anyone interested in contemporary politics.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>488</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ad046288-880d-11ef-88c8-d302522cb687</guid>
      <title>Helena Taylor, &quot;Women Writing Antiquity: Gender and Learning in Early Modern France&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192870445"><em>Women Writing Antiquity: Gender and Learning in Early Modern France</em> </a>(Oxford UP, 2024) recounts women authors' struggle to define the female intellectual through their engagement with the classical world in early modern France. Bringing together the fields of classical reception and women writers, Helena Taylor looks at various female novelists, translators, poets, playwrights, and essayists to see how they both reacted to and in turn shaped cultural discourses, especially around learned women and the Quarrel between Ancients and Moderns. From Marie de Gournay's polemic translations to the conteuses fairy tales, Greco-Roman culture provided inspiration, authorization, and means of self-fashioning for a wide range of women writers.</p><p><em>Women Writing Antiquity </em>is perfect for readers interested in classical reception, women's writers, authorial strategies, gender history, and French literature.</p><p>Elspeth Currie is a PhD Candidate in the Department of History at Boston College where she studies women’s intellectual history in early modern Europe.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 13 Oct 2024 04:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192870445"><em>Women Writing Antiquity: Gender and Learning in Early Modern France</em> </a>(Oxford UP, 2024) recounts women authors' struggle to define the female intellectual through their engagement with the classical world in early modern France. Bringing together the fields of classical reception and women writers, Helena Taylor looks at various female novelists, translators, poets, playwrights, and essayists to see how they both reacted to and in turn shaped cultural discourses, especially around learned women and the Quarrel between Ancients and Moderns. From Marie de Gournay's polemic translations to the conteuses fairy tales, Greco-Roman culture provided inspiration, authorization, and means of self-fashioning for a wide range of women writers.</p><p><em>Women Writing Antiquity </em>is perfect for readers interested in classical reception, women's writers, authorial strategies, gender history, and French literature.</p><p>Elspeth Currie is a PhD Candidate in the Department of History at Boston College where she studies women’s intellectual history in early modern Europe.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="57067517" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/fbfe89c6-6f20-4f17-8a32-5a646c13d9c9/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=fbfe89c6-6f20-4f17-8a32-5a646c13d9c9&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Helena Taylor, &quot;Women Writing Antiquity: Gender and Learning in Early Modern France&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:59:26</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Women Writing Antiquity: Gender and Learning in Early Modern France (Oxford UP, 2024) recounts women authors&apos; struggle to define the female intellectual through their engagement with the classical world in early modern France. Bringing together the fields of classical reception and women writers, Helena Taylor looks at various female novelists, translators, poets, playwrights, and essayists to see how they both reacted to and in turn shaped cultural discourses, especially around learned women and the Quarrel between Ancients and Moderns. From Marie de Gournay&apos;s polemic translations to the conteuses fairy tales, Greco-Roman culture provided inspiration, authorization, and means of self-fashioning for a wide range of women writers.
Women Writing Antiquity is perfect for readers interested in classical reception, women&apos;s writers, authorial strategies, gender history, and French literature.
Elspeth Currie is a PhD Candidate in the Department of History at Boston College where she studies women’s intellectual history in early modern Europe.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Women Writing Antiquity: Gender and Learning in Early Modern France (Oxford UP, 2024) recounts women authors&apos; struggle to define the female intellectual through their engagement with the classical world in early modern France. Bringing together the fields of classical reception and women writers, Helena Taylor looks at various female novelists, translators, poets, playwrights, and essayists to see how they both reacted to and in turn shaped cultural discourses, especially around learned women and the Quarrel between Ancients and Moderns. From Marie de Gournay&apos;s polemic translations to the conteuses fairy tales, Greco-Roman culture provided inspiration, authorization, and means of self-fashioning for a wide range of women writers.
Women Writing Antiquity is perfect for readers interested in classical reception, women&apos;s writers, authorial strategies, gender history, and French literature.
Elspeth Currie is a PhD Candidate in the Department of History at Boston College where she studies women’s intellectual history in early modern Europe.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>82</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c08dd894-8320-11ef-a639-bf9997d6ad56</guid>
      <title>Transnational Communicative Care</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>How do families care for each when they are divided over generations by powerful geopolitical forces beyond their control? In this episode, <a href="https://researchers.mq.edu.au/en/persons/hanna-torsh">Hanna Torsh</a> speaks with <a href="https://www.umass.edu/anthropology/about/directory/lynnette-arnold">Lynnette Arnold</a> about her new book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197755747"><em>Living Together Across Borders: Communicative Care in Transnational Salvadoran Families</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024). Lynnette also shares her tips for emerging scholars in the field about how to conduct research in changing and unstable times.</p><p>For additional resources, show notes, and transcripts, go <a href="https://www.languageonthemove.com/podcast/">here</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 6 Oct 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>How do families care for each when they are divided over generations by powerful geopolitical forces beyond their control? In this episode, <a href="https://researchers.mq.edu.au/en/persons/hanna-torsh">Hanna Torsh</a> speaks with <a href="https://www.umass.edu/anthropology/about/directory/lynnette-arnold">Lynnette Arnold</a> about her new book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197755747"><em>Living Together Across Borders: Communicative Care in Transnational Salvadoran Families</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024). Lynnette also shares her tips for emerging scholars in the field about how to conduct research in changing and unstable times.</p><p>For additional resources, show notes, and transcripts, go <a href="https://www.languageonthemove.com/podcast/">here</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="45294013" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/bc269079-b6f6-4ade-b97f-d0cdec0c54c9/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=bc269079-b6f6-4ade-b97f-d0cdec0c54c9&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Transnational Communicative Care</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:47:10</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>How do families care for each when they are divided over generations by powerful geopolitical forces beyond their control? In this episode, Hanna Torsh speaks with Lynnette Arnold about her new book Living Together Across Borders: Communicative Care in Transnational Salvadoran Families (Oxford University Press, 2024). Lynnette also shares her tips for emerging scholars in the field about how to conduct research in changing and unstable times.
For additional resources, show notes, and transcripts, go here.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>How do families care for each when they are divided over generations by powerful geopolitical forces beyond their control? In this episode, Hanna Torsh speaks with Lynnette Arnold about her new book Living Together Across Borders: Communicative Care in Transnational Salvadoran Families (Oxford University Press, 2024). Lynnette also shares her tips for emerging scholars in the field about how to conduct research in changing and unstable times.
For additional resources, show notes, and transcripts, go here.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>32</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">dbe55564-6d1c-11ef-b5c4-73194985b948</guid>
      <title>Deepa Das Acevedo, &quot;The Battle for Sabarimala: Religion, Law, and Gender in Contemporary India&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://academic.oup.com/book/57588"><em>The Battle for Sabarimala: Religion, Law, and Gender in Contemporary India</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024) tells the story of one of contemporary India’s most contentious disputes: a long-running struggle over women’s access to the Hindu temple at Sabarimala. In 2018, the Indian Supreme Court ruled that the temple, which had traditionally been forbidden to women aged ten to fifty because their presence offended the presiding deity, was required to open its doors to all Hindus. The decision in <em>Indian Younger Lawyers Association</em> rocked the nation: protests were launched around India and throughout the diaspora, a record-setting human chain called the ‘Women’s Wall’ was coordinated, and dozens of petitions were filed asking the Supreme Court to review, and potentially reverse, its landmark opinion. </p><p>Perhaps most significantly, <em>IYLA</em> led the Court to openly reconsider the Essential Practices Doctrine that has been a mainstay of Indian religious freedom jurisprudence since 1954. In this first monograph-length study of the dispute, legal anthropologist Deepa Das Acevedo draws on ethnographic fieldwork, legal analysis, and media archives to tell a multifaceted narrative about the ‘ban on women’. Reaching as far back as the eighteenth century, when the relationship between temple deities and the government was transformed by an ambitious precolonial ruler, and coming up to the litigation delays caused by the coronavirus pandemic, Das Acevedo reveals the complexities of the dispute and the constitutional framework that defines it. That framework, Das Acevedo argues, reflects two distinct conceptions of religion-state relations, both of which have emerged at various stages in the—still unresolved—battle for Sabarimala.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 3 Oct 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://academic.oup.com/book/57588"><em>The Battle for Sabarimala: Religion, Law, and Gender in Contemporary India</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024) tells the story of one of contemporary India’s most contentious disputes: a long-running struggle over women’s access to the Hindu temple at Sabarimala. In 2018, the Indian Supreme Court ruled that the temple, which had traditionally been forbidden to women aged ten to fifty because their presence offended the presiding deity, was required to open its doors to all Hindus. The decision in <em>Indian Younger Lawyers Association</em> rocked the nation: protests were launched around India and throughout the diaspora, a record-setting human chain called the ‘Women’s Wall’ was coordinated, and dozens of petitions were filed asking the Supreme Court to review, and potentially reverse, its landmark opinion. </p><p>Perhaps most significantly, <em>IYLA</em> led the Court to openly reconsider the Essential Practices Doctrine that has been a mainstay of Indian religious freedom jurisprudence since 1954. In this first monograph-length study of the dispute, legal anthropologist Deepa Das Acevedo draws on ethnographic fieldwork, legal analysis, and media archives to tell a multifaceted narrative about the ‘ban on women’. Reaching as far back as the eighteenth century, when the relationship between temple deities and the government was transformed by an ambitious precolonial ruler, and coming up to the litigation delays caused by the coronavirus pandemic, Das Acevedo reveals the complexities of the dispute and the constitutional framework that defines it. That framework, Das Acevedo argues, reflects two distinct conceptions of religion-state relations, both of which have emerged at various stages in the—still unresolved—battle for Sabarimala.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="28693812" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/0f86004b-772f-4999-aff7-bf9b2e6993c7/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=0f86004b-772f-4999-aff7-bf9b2e6993c7&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Deepa Das Acevedo, &quot;The Battle for Sabarimala: Religion, Law, and Gender in Contemporary India&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:29:53</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The Battle for Sabarimala: Religion, Law, and Gender in Contemporary India (Oxford UP, 2024) tells the story of one of contemporary India’s most contentious disputes: a long-running struggle over women’s access to the Hindu temple at Sabarimala. In 2018, the Indian Supreme Court ruled that the temple, which had traditionally been forbidden to women aged ten to fifty because their presence offended the presiding deity, was required to open its doors to all Hindus. The decision in Indian Younger Lawyers Association rocked the nation: protests were launched around India and throughout the diaspora, a record-setting human chain called the ‘Women’s Wall’ was coordinated, and dozens of petitions were filed asking the Supreme Court to review, and potentially reverse, its landmark opinion. 
Perhaps most significantly, IYLA led the Court to openly reconsider the Essential Practices Doctrine that has been a mainstay of Indian religious freedom jurisprudence since 1954. In this first monograph-length study of the dispute, legal anthropologist Deepa Das Acevedo draws on ethnographic fieldwork, legal analysis, and media archives to tell a multifaceted narrative about the ‘ban on women’. Reaching as far back as the eighteenth century, when the relationship between temple deities and the government was transformed by an ambitious precolonial ruler, and coming up to the litigation delays caused by the coronavirus pandemic, Das Acevedo reveals the complexities of the dispute and the constitutional framework that defines it. That framework, Das Acevedo argues, reflects two distinct conceptions of religion-state relations, both of which have emerged at various stages in the—still unresolved—battle for Sabarimala.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The Battle for Sabarimala: Religion, Law, and Gender in Contemporary India (Oxford UP, 2024) tells the story of one of contemporary India’s most contentious disputes: a long-running struggle over women’s access to the Hindu temple at Sabarimala. In 2018, the Indian Supreme Court ruled that the temple, which had traditionally been forbidden to women aged ten to fifty because their presence offended the presiding deity, was required to open its doors to all Hindus. The decision in Indian Younger Lawyers Association rocked the nation: protests were launched around India and throughout the diaspora, a record-setting human chain called the ‘Women’s Wall’ was coordinated, and dozens of petitions were filed asking the Supreme Court to review, and potentially reverse, its landmark opinion. 
Perhaps most significantly, IYLA led the Court to openly reconsider the Essential Practices Doctrine that has been a mainstay of Indian religious freedom jurisprudence since 1954. In this first monograph-length study of the dispute, legal anthropologist Deepa Das Acevedo draws on ethnographic fieldwork, legal analysis, and media archives to tell a multifaceted narrative about the ‘ban on women’. Reaching as far back as the eighteenth century, when the relationship between temple deities and the government was transformed by an ambitious precolonial ruler, and coming up to the litigation delays caused by the coronavirus pandemic, Das Acevedo reveals the complexities of the dispute and the constitutional framework that defines it. That framework, Das Acevedo argues, reflects two distinct conceptions of religion-state relations, both of which have emerged at various stages in the—still unresolved—battle for Sabarimala.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>356</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">63cc09ac-7f4a-11ef-bc87-83cdff70ff62</guid>
      <title>Samuel Ely Bagg, &quot;The Dispersion of Power: A Critical Realist Theory of Democracy&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>We commonly think of democracy as a social order governed by the people’s collective will. Given the size of the modern states, this picture is typically adjusted to say that democracy is a system of <em>representative government</em>, where elected officials are tasked with governing in ways that reflect the collective will of their constituents.</p><p>Although it is familiar, this way of depicting democracy invites difficulties. The concept of a collective will is notoriously difficult to nail down. And, moreover, the idea that modern elections reveal or express such a will remains dubious. Accordingly, a good deal of democratic theory aims to fill in the missing details regarding the collective will and its representation.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192848826"><em>The Dispersion of Power: A Critical Realist Theory of Democracy</em></a> (Oxford University Press 2024), <a href="https://sc.edu/study/colleges_schools/artsandsciences/political_science/our_people/directory/bagg_samuel.php">Samuel Bagg</a> takes a different tack by proposing a vision of democracy where the central aim is to protect public power from capture.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 1 Oct 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>We commonly think of democracy as a social order governed by the people’s collective will. Given the size of the modern states, this picture is typically adjusted to say that democracy is a system of <em>representative government</em>, where elected officials are tasked with governing in ways that reflect the collective will of their constituents.</p><p>Although it is familiar, this way of depicting democracy invites difficulties. The concept of a collective will is notoriously difficult to nail down. And, moreover, the idea that modern elections reveal or express such a will remains dubious. Accordingly, a good deal of democratic theory aims to fill in the missing details regarding the collective will and its representation.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192848826"><em>The Dispersion of Power: A Critical Realist Theory of Democracy</em></a> (Oxford University Press 2024), <a href="https://sc.edu/study/colleges_schools/artsandsciences/political_science/our_people/directory/bagg_samuel.php">Samuel Bagg</a> takes a different tack by proposing a vision of democracy where the central aim is to protect public power from capture.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="58931214" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/0944e13e-aeda-4643-930e-ad4643f6734b/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=0944e13e-aeda-4643-930e-ad4643f6734b&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Samuel Ely Bagg, &quot;The Dispersion of Power: A Critical Realist Theory of Democracy&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:01:23</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>We commonly think of democracy as a social order governed by the people’s collective will. Given the size of the modern states, this picture is typically adjusted to say that democracy is a system of representative government, where elected officials are tasked with governing in ways that reflect the collective will of their constituents.
Although it is familiar, this way of depicting democracy invites difficulties. The concept of a collective will is notoriously difficult to nail down. And, moreover, the idea that modern elections reveal or express such a will remains dubious. Accordingly, a good deal of democratic theory aims to fill in the missing details regarding the collective will and its representation.
In The Dispersion of Power: A Critical Realist Theory of Democracy (Oxford University Press 2024), Samuel Bagg takes a different tack by proposing a vision of democracy where the central aim is to protect public power from capture.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>We commonly think of democracy as a social order governed by the people’s collective will. Given the size of the modern states, this picture is typically adjusted to say that democracy is a system of representative government, where elected officials are tasked with governing in ways that reflect the collective will of their constituents.
Although it is familiar, this way of depicting democracy invites difficulties. The concept of a collective will is notoriously difficult to nail down. And, moreover, the idea that modern elections reveal or express such a will remains dubious. Accordingly, a good deal of democratic theory aims to fill in the missing details regarding the collective will and its representation.
In The Dispersion of Power: A Critical Realist Theory of Democracy (Oxford University Press 2024), Samuel Bagg takes a different tack by proposing a vision of democracy where the central aim is to protect public power from capture.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>354</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">364b393a-7c43-11ef-b332-b38ac4a4db25</guid>
      <title>Samuel J. Hirst, &quot;Against the Liberal Order: The Soviet Union, Turkey, and Statist Internationalism, 1919-1939&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In the aftermath of the First World War the Western great powers sought to redefine international norms according to their liberal vision. They introduced Western-led multilateral organizations to regulate cross-border flows which became pivotal in the making of an interconnected global order. </p><p>In contrast to this well-studied transformation, in <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198916628"><em>Against the Liberal Order: The Soviet Union, Turkey, and Statist Internationalism, 1919-1939</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024), Samuel Hirst considers in detail for the first time the responses of the defeated interwar Soviet Union and early Republican Turkey who challenged this new order with a reactive and distinctly state-led international politics.</p><p>As Mustafa Kemal Atatürk took up arms in 1920 to overturn the terms of the Paris settlement, Vladimir Lenin provided military and economic aid as part of a partnership that both sides described as anti-imperialist. Over the course of the next two decades, the Soviet and Turkish states coordinated joint measures to accelerate development in spheres ranging from aviation to linguistics. Most importantly, Soviet engineers and architects helped colleagues in Ankara launch a five-year plan and build massive state-owned factories to produce textiles and replace Western imports. Whilst the Kemalists' cooperation with the Bolsheviks has often been described as pragmatic, this book demonstrates that Moscow and Ankara actually came together in an ideological convergence rooted in anxiety about underdevelopment relative to the West, gradually arriving at statist internationalism as an alternative to Western liberal internationalism.</p><p>Drawing on extensive archival research and offering an often-ignored and non-Western perspective on the history of international relations and diplomacy, <em>Against the Liberal Order</em> presents a novel interpretation of the international order of the interwar period that crosses the borders of historical disciplines and contributes to questions of current concern in world politics.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 28 Sep 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In the aftermath of the First World War the Western great powers sought to redefine international norms according to their liberal vision. They introduced Western-led multilateral organizations to regulate cross-border flows which became pivotal in the making of an interconnected global order. </p><p>In contrast to this well-studied transformation, in <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198916628"><em>Against the Liberal Order: The Soviet Union, Turkey, and Statist Internationalism, 1919-1939</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024), Samuel Hirst considers in detail for the first time the responses of the defeated interwar Soviet Union and early Republican Turkey who challenged this new order with a reactive and distinctly state-led international politics.</p><p>As Mustafa Kemal Atatürk took up arms in 1920 to overturn the terms of the Paris settlement, Vladimir Lenin provided military and economic aid as part of a partnership that both sides described as anti-imperialist. Over the course of the next two decades, the Soviet and Turkish states coordinated joint measures to accelerate development in spheres ranging from aviation to linguistics. Most importantly, Soviet engineers and architects helped colleagues in Ankara launch a five-year plan and build massive state-owned factories to produce textiles and replace Western imports. Whilst the Kemalists' cooperation with the Bolsheviks has often been described as pragmatic, this book demonstrates that Moscow and Ankara actually came together in an ideological convergence rooted in anxiety about underdevelopment relative to the West, gradually arriving at statist internationalism as an alternative to Western liberal internationalism.</p><p>Drawing on extensive archival research and offering an often-ignored and non-Western perspective on the history of international relations and diplomacy, <em>Against the Liberal Order</em> presents a novel interpretation of the international order of the interwar period that crosses the borders of historical disciplines and contributes to questions of current concern in world politics.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="56644712" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/c876ffd1-c8d2-44dc-a5ba-2cf998a35621/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=c876ffd1-c8d2-44dc-a5ba-2cf998a35621&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Samuel J. Hirst, &quot;Against the Liberal Order: The Soviet Union, Turkey, and Statist Internationalism, 1919-1939&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In the aftermath of the First World War the Western great powers sought to redefine international norms according to their liberal vision. They introduced Western-led multilateral organizations to regulate cross-border flows which became pivotal in the making of an interconnected global order. 
In contrast to this well-studied transformation, in Against the Liberal Order: The Soviet Union, Turkey, and Statist Internationalism, 1919-1939 (Oxford University Press, 2024), Samuel Hirst considers in detail for the first time the responses of the defeated interwar Soviet Union and early Republican Turkey who challenged this new order with a reactive and distinctly state-led international politics.
As Mustafa Kemal Atatürk took up arms in 1920 to overturn the terms of the Paris settlement, Vladimir Lenin provided military and economic aid as part of a partnership that both sides described as anti-imperialist. Over the course of the next two decades, the Soviet and Turkish states coordinated joint measures to accelerate development in spheres ranging from aviation to linguistics. Most importantly, Soviet engineers and architects helped colleagues in Ankara launch a five-year plan and build massive state-owned factories to produce textiles and replace Western imports. Whilst the Kemalists&apos; cooperation with the Bolsheviks has often been described as pragmatic, this book demonstrates that Moscow and Ankara actually came together in an ideological convergence rooted in anxiety about underdevelopment relative to the West, gradually arriving at statist internationalism as an alternative to Western liberal internationalism.
Drawing on extensive archival research and offering an often-ignored and non-Western perspective on the history of international relations and diplomacy, Against the Liberal Order presents a novel interpretation of the international order of the interwar period that crosses the borders of historical disciplines and contributes to questions of current concern in world politics.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In the aftermath of the First World War the Western great powers sought to redefine international norms according to their liberal vision. They introduced Western-led multilateral organizations to regulate cross-border flows which became pivotal in the making of an interconnected global order. 
In contrast to this well-studied transformation, in Against the Liberal Order: The Soviet Union, Turkey, and Statist Internationalism, 1919-1939 (Oxford University Press, 2024), Samuel Hirst considers in detail for the first time the responses of the defeated interwar Soviet Union and early Republican Turkey who challenged this new order with a reactive and distinctly state-led international politics.
As Mustafa Kemal Atatürk took up arms in 1920 to overturn the terms of the Paris settlement, Vladimir Lenin provided military and economic aid as part of a partnership that both sides described as anti-imperialist. Over the course of the next two decades, the Soviet and Turkish states coordinated joint measures to accelerate development in spheres ranging from aviation to linguistics. Most importantly, Soviet engineers and architects helped colleagues in Ankara launch a five-year plan and build massive state-owned factories to produce textiles and replace Western imports. Whilst the Kemalists&apos; cooperation with the Bolsheviks has often been described as pragmatic, this book demonstrates that Moscow and Ankara actually came together in an ideological convergence rooted in anxiety about underdevelopment relative to the West, gradually arriving at statist internationalism as an alternative to Western liberal internationalism.
Drawing on extensive archival research and offering an often-ignored and non-Western perspective on the history of international relations and diplomacy, Against the Liberal Order presents a novel interpretation of the international order of the interwar period that crosses the borders of historical disciplines and contributes to questions of current concern in world politics.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>283</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">04eec758-7d01-11ef-8fa8-af76ee84d6c3</guid>
      <title>J. C. D. Clark, &quot;The Enlightenment: An Idea and Its History&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Enlightenment studies are currently in a state of flux, with unresolved arguments among its adherents about its dates, its locations, and the contents of the 'movement'. This book cuts the Gordian knot. There are many books claiming to explain the Enlightenment, but most assume that it was a thing. J. C. D. Clark shows what it actually was, namely a historiographical concept. Currently 'the Enlightenment' is a term widely accepted across popular culture and in a variety of academic disciplines, notably history, philosophy, political theory, political science, literary studies, and theology; Clark calls for a fundamental reconsideration in each. </p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198916284"><em>The Enlightenment: An Idea and Its History</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024) provides a critical historical analysis of the Enlightenment in England, Scotland, France, Germany, and the United States from c. 1650 to the present. It argues that the degree of commonality between social and intellectual movements in each--and, more broadly, between the five societies--has been overstated for polemical purposes. Clark shows that the concept of 'the Enlightenment' was not widely adopted in those societies until the mid-twentieth century; indeed, that it was unknown in the eighteenth. Without the concept, people at the time were unable to act in ways that would have created the Enlightenment as a coherent movement. Since the conventional account has held that the Enlightenment was a phenomenon, the idea could be used as a component of what has been called a 'civil religion': a summing up of the myths of origin, aims, and essential values of a society from which dissent is not permitted. An appreciation that it was instead a historiographical concept undermines, in turn, the idea that there was any great transition to what came to be called 'modernity'.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 28 Sep 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Enlightenment studies are currently in a state of flux, with unresolved arguments among its adherents about its dates, its locations, and the contents of the 'movement'. This book cuts the Gordian knot. There are many books claiming to explain the Enlightenment, but most assume that it was a thing. J. C. D. Clark shows what it actually was, namely a historiographical concept. Currently 'the Enlightenment' is a term widely accepted across popular culture and in a variety of academic disciplines, notably history, philosophy, political theory, political science, literary studies, and theology; Clark calls for a fundamental reconsideration in each. </p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198916284"><em>The Enlightenment: An Idea and Its History</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024) provides a critical historical analysis of the Enlightenment in England, Scotland, France, Germany, and the United States from c. 1650 to the present. It argues that the degree of commonality between social and intellectual movements in each--and, more broadly, between the five societies--has been overstated for polemical purposes. Clark shows that the concept of 'the Enlightenment' was not widely adopted in those societies until the mid-twentieth century; indeed, that it was unknown in the eighteenth. Without the concept, people at the time were unable to act in ways that would have created the Enlightenment as a coherent movement. Since the conventional account has held that the Enlightenment was a phenomenon, the idea could be used as a component of what has been called a 'civil religion': a summing up of the myths of origin, aims, and essential values of a society from which dissent is not permitted. An appreciation that it was instead a historiographical concept undermines, in turn, the idea that there was any great transition to what came to be called 'modernity'.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="26817595" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/eeafd0e3-f07a-442b-8ecd-e78bfcfae6a4/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=eeafd0e3-f07a-442b-8ecd-e78bfcfae6a4&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>J. C. D. Clark, &quot;The Enlightenment: An Idea and Its History&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:27:55</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Enlightenment studies are currently in a state of flux, with unresolved arguments among its adherents about its dates, its locations, and the contents of the &apos;movement&apos;. This book cuts the Gordian knot. There are many books claiming to explain the Enlightenment, but most assume that it was a thing. J. C. D. Clark shows what it actually was, namely a historiographical concept. Currently &apos;the Enlightenment&apos; is a term widely accepted across popular culture and in a variety of academic disciplines, notably history, philosophy, political theory, political science, literary studies, and theology; Clark calls for a fundamental reconsideration in each. 
The Enlightenment: An Idea and Its History (Oxford UP, 2024) provides a critical historical analysis of the Enlightenment in England, Scotland, France, Germany, and the United States from c. 1650 to the present. It argues that the degree of commonality between social and intellectual movements in each--and, more broadly, between the five societies--has been overstated for polemical purposes. Clark shows that the concept of &apos;the Enlightenment&apos; was not widely adopted in those societies until the mid-twentieth century; indeed, that it was unknown in the eighteenth. Without the concept, people at the time were unable to act in ways that would have created the Enlightenment as a coherent movement. Since the conventional account has held that the Enlightenment was a phenomenon, the idea could be used as a component of what has been called a &apos;civil religion&apos;: a summing up of the myths of origin, aims, and essential values of a society from which dissent is not permitted. An appreciation that it was instead a historiographical concept undermines, in turn, the idea that there was any great transition to what came to be called &apos;modernity&apos;.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Enlightenment studies are currently in a state of flux, with unresolved arguments among its adherents about its dates, its locations, and the contents of the &apos;movement&apos;. This book cuts the Gordian knot. There are many books claiming to explain the Enlightenment, but most assume that it was a thing. J. C. D. Clark shows what it actually was, namely a historiographical concept. Currently &apos;the Enlightenment&apos; is a term widely accepted across popular culture and in a variety of academic disciplines, notably history, philosophy, political theory, political science, literary studies, and theology; Clark calls for a fundamental reconsideration in each. 
The Enlightenment: An Idea and Its History (Oxford UP, 2024) provides a critical historical analysis of the Enlightenment in England, Scotland, France, Germany, and the United States from c. 1650 to the present. It argues that the degree of commonality between social and intellectual movements in each--and, more broadly, between the five societies--has been overstated for polemical purposes. Clark shows that the concept of &apos;the Enlightenment&apos; was not widely adopted in those societies until the mid-twentieth century; indeed, that it was unknown in the eighteenth. Without the concept, people at the time were unable to act in ways that would have created the Enlightenment as a coherent movement. Since the conventional account has held that the Enlightenment was a phenomenon, the idea could be used as a component of what has been called a &apos;civil religion&apos;: a summing up of the myths of origin, aims, and essential values of a society from which dissent is not permitted. An appreciation that it was instead a historiographical concept undermines, in turn, the idea that there was any great transition to what came to be called &apos;modernity&apos;.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>227</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f522d1f6-7c25-11ef-a73d-cb5e3ef2cf58</guid>
      <title>Jack A. Goldstone, &quot;Revolutions: A Very Short Introduction&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In their pursuit of social justice, revolutionaries have taken on the assembled might of monarchies, empires, and dictatorships. They have often, though not always, sparked cataclysmic violence, and have at times won miraculous victories, though at other times suffered devastating defeat.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197666302"><em>Revolutions: A Very Short Introduction</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023) illuminates the revolutionaries, their strategies, their successes and failures, and the ways in which revolutions continue to dominate world events and the popular imagination. Starting with the city-states of ancient Greece and Rome, Jack Goldstone traces the development of revolutions through the Renaissance and Reformation, the Enlightenment and liberal constitutional revolutions such as in America, and their opposite--the communist revolutions of the 20th century. He shows how revolutions overturned dictators in Nicaragua and Iran and brought the collapse of communism in the Soviet Union and Eastern Europe, and examines the new wave of non-violent "color" revolutions--the Philippines' Yellow Revolution, Ukraine's Orange Revolution--and the Arab Uprisings of 2011-12 that rocked the Middle East.</p><p>In this new edition, Goldstone also sheds light on the major theories of revolution, exploring the causes of revolutionary waves, the role of revolutionary leaders, the strategies and processes of revolutionary change, and the intersection between revolutions and shifting patterns of global power. Further, he explores the role social media and nonviolence play in modern revolutions. Finally, he examines the reasons for diverse revolutionary outcomes, from democracy to civil war and authoritarian rule, and the likely future of revolution in years to come.</p><p><strong>Jack A. Goldstone</strong> is the Hazel Professor of Public Policy and Director of the Center for the Study of Social Change, Institutions and Policy at George Mason University. He has previously held positions at the University of California, Northwestern University, and the Hong Kong University of Science and Technology.</p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">Morteza Hajizadeh</a> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. <a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">YouTube channel</a>. <a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture">Twitter</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Sep 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In their pursuit of social justice, revolutionaries have taken on the assembled might of monarchies, empires, and dictatorships. They have often, though not always, sparked cataclysmic violence, and have at times won miraculous victories, though at other times suffered devastating defeat.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197666302"><em>Revolutions: A Very Short Introduction</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023) illuminates the revolutionaries, their strategies, their successes and failures, and the ways in which revolutions continue to dominate world events and the popular imagination. Starting with the city-states of ancient Greece and Rome, Jack Goldstone traces the development of revolutions through the Renaissance and Reformation, the Enlightenment and liberal constitutional revolutions such as in America, and their opposite--the communist revolutions of the 20th century. He shows how revolutions overturned dictators in Nicaragua and Iran and brought the collapse of communism in the Soviet Union and Eastern Europe, and examines the new wave of non-violent "color" revolutions--the Philippines' Yellow Revolution, Ukraine's Orange Revolution--and the Arab Uprisings of 2011-12 that rocked the Middle East.</p><p>In this new edition, Goldstone also sheds light on the major theories of revolution, exploring the causes of revolutionary waves, the role of revolutionary leaders, the strategies and processes of revolutionary change, and the intersection between revolutions and shifting patterns of global power. Further, he explores the role social media and nonviolence play in modern revolutions. Finally, he examines the reasons for diverse revolutionary outcomes, from democracy to civil war and authoritarian rule, and the likely future of revolution in years to come.</p><p><strong>Jack A. Goldstone</strong> is the Hazel Professor of Public Policy and Director of the Center for the Study of Social Change, Institutions and Policy at George Mason University. He has previously held positions at the University of California, Northwestern University, and the Hong Kong University of Science and Technology.</p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">Morteza Hajizadeh</a> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. <a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos">YouTube channel</a>. <a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture">Twitter</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="60777929" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/11fa55fa-4f64-4387-a9b1-abd3da61d6cc/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=11fa55fa-4f64-4387-a9b1-abd3da61d6cc&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Jack A. Goldstone, &quot;Revolutions: A Very Short Introduction&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:03:18</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In their pursuit of social justice, revolutionaries have taken on the assembled might of monarchies, empires, and dictatorships. They have often, though not always, sparked cataclysmic violence, and have at times won miraculous victories, though at other times suffered devastating defeat.
Revolutions: A Very Short Introduction (Oxford UP, 2023) illuminates the revolutionaries, their strategies, their successes and failures, and the ways in which revolutions continue to dominate world events and the popular imagination. Starting with the city-states of ancient Greece and Rome, Jack Goldstone traces the development of revolutions through the Renaissance and Reformation, the Enlightenment and liberal constitutional revolutions such as in America, and their opposite--the communist revolutions of the 20th century. He shows how revolutions overturned dictators in Nicaragua and Iran and brought the collapse of communism in the Soviet Union and Eastern Europe, and examines the new wave of non-violent &quot;color&quot; revolutions--the Philippines&apos; Yellow Revolution, Ukraine&apos;s Orange Revolution--and the Arab Uprisings of 2011-12 that rocked the Middle East.
In this new edition, Goldstone also sheds light on the major theories of revolution, exploring the causes of revolutionary waves, the role of revolutionary leaders, the strategies and processes of revolutionary change, and the intersection between revolutions and shifting patterns of global power. Further, he explores the role social media and nonviolence play in modern revolutions. Finally, he examines the reasons for diverse revolutionary outcomes, from democracy to civil war and authoritarian rule, and the likely future of revolution in years to come.
Jack A. Goldstone is the Hazel Professor of Public Policy and Director of the Center for the Study of Social Change, Institutions and Policy at George Mason University. He has previously held positions at the University of California, Northwestern University, and the Hong Kong University of Science and Technology.
Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In their pursuit of social justice, revolutionaries have taken on the assembled might of monarchies, empires, and dictatorships. They have often, though not always, sparked cataclysmic violence, and have at times won miraculous victories, though at other times suffered devastating defeat.
Revolutions: A Very Short Introduction (Oxford UP, 2023) illuminates the revolutionaries, their strategies, their successes and failures, and the ways in which revolutions continue to dominate world events and the popular imagination. Starting with the city-states of ancient Greece and Rome, Jack Goldstone traces the development of revolutions through the Renaissance and Reformation, the Enlightenment and liberal constitutional revolutions such as in America, and their opposite--the communist revolutions of the 20th century. He shows how revolutions overturned dictators in Nicaragua and Iran and brought the collapse of communism in the Soviet Union and Eastern Europe, and examines the new wave of non-violent &quot;color&quot; revolutions--the Philippines&apos; Yellow Revolution, Ukraine&apos;s Orange Revolution--and the Arab Uprisings of 2011-12 that rocked the Middle East.
In this new edition, Goldstone also sheds light on the major theories of revolution, exploring the causes of revolutionary waves, the role of revolutionary leaders, the strategies and processes of revolutionary change, and the intersection between revolutions and shifting patterns of global power. Further, he explores the role social media and nonviolence play in modern revolutions. Finally, he examines the reasons for diverse revolutionary outcomes, from democracy to civil war and authoritarian rule, and the likely future of revolution in years to come.
Jack A. Goldstone is the Hazel Professor of Public Policy and Director of the Center for the Study of Social Change, Institutions and Policy at George Mason University. He has previously held positions at the University of California, Northwestern University, and the Hong Kong University of Science and Technology.
Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>484</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">83f7b4e8-7b4d-11ef-b881-af590c6622d8</guid>
      <title>Charmian Mansell, &quot;Female Servants in Early Modern England&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Charmian Mansell joins Jana Byars to talk about <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197267585"><em>Female Servants in Early Modern England</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024). </p><p>What was it like to be a woman in service in early modern England? Drawing on evidence recorded in church court testimony, Mansell excavates experiences of over a thousand female servants between 1532 and 1649. Intervening in histories of labour, gender, freedom, law, migration, youth, and community, <em>Female Servants in Early Modern England</em> rethinks traditional scholarship of servant institution. De-coupling 'household' and 'service', it highlights the importance of female servants' labour to the wider economy and their key role in broader social networks and communities, despite their high mobility. Moving beyond regulatory codes of service prescribed by law and conduct literature, Mansell reveals the varied experiences of these women in service, both fluid and contingent: in early modern England, service (and the freedoms it allowed) was in flux.</p><p>This book is available open access <a href="https://fdslive.oup.com/www.oup.com/academic/pdf/openaccess/9780197267585.pdf">here</a>. </p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Sep 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Charmian Mansell joins Jana Byars to talk about <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197267585"><em>Female Servants in Early Modern England</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024). </p><p>What was it like to be a woman in service in early modern England? Drawing on evidence recorded in church court testimony, Mansell excavates experiences of over a thousand female servants between 1532 and 1649. Intervening in histories of labour, gender, freedom, law, migration, youth, and community, <em>Female Servants in Early Modern England</em> rethinks traditional scholarship of servant institution. De-coupling 'household' and 'service', it highlights the importance of female servants' labour to the wider economy and their key role in broader social networks and communities, despite their high mobility. Moving beyond regulatory codes of service prescribed by law and conduct literature, Mansell reveals the varied experiences of these women in service, both fluid and contingent: in early modern England, service (and the freedoms it allowed) was in flux.</p><p>This book is available open access <a href="https://fdslive.oup.com/www.oup.com/academic/pdf/openaccess/9780197267585.pdf">here</a>. </p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="45602105" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/7d8a6225-dc0b-42c0-9591-98a40310cc98/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=7d8a6225-dc0b-42c0-9591-98a40310cc98&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Charmian Mansell, &quot;Female Servants in Early Modern England&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:47:30</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Charmian Mansell joins Jana Byars to talk about Female Servants in Early Modern England (Oxford University Press, 2024). 
What was it like to be a woman in service in early modern England? Drawing on evidence recorded in church court testimony, Mansell excavates experiences of over a thousand female servants between 1532 and 1649. Intervening in histories of labour, gender, freedom, law, migration, youth, and community, Female Servants in Early Modern England rethinks traditional scholarship of servant institution. De-coupling &apos;household&apos; and &apos;service&apos;, it highlights the importance of female servants&apos; labour to the wider economy and their key role in broader social networks and communities, despite their high mobility. Moving beyond regulatory codes of service prescribed by law and conduct literature, Mansell reveals the varied experiences of these women in service, both fluid and contingent: in early modern England, service (and the freedoms it allowed) was in flux.
This book is available open access here. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Charmian Mansell joins Jana Byars to talk about Female Servants in Early Modern England (Oxford University Press, 2024). 
What was it like to be a woman in service in early modern England? Drawing on evidence recorded in church court testimony, Mansell excavates experiences of over a thousand female servants between 1532 and 1649. Intervening in histories of labour, gender, freedom, law, migration, youth, and community, Female Servants in Early Modern England rethinks traditional scholarship of servant institution. De-coupling &apos;household&apos; and &apos;service&apos;, it highlights the importance of female servants&apos; labour to the wider economy and their key role in broader social networks and communities, despite their high mobility. Moving beyond regulatory codes of service prescribed by law and conduct literature, Mansell reveals the varied experiences of these women in service, both fluid and contingent: in early modern England, service (and the freedoms it allowed) was in flux.
This book is available open access here. </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>79</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c21bc62e-78f5-11ef-bd01-fba449a8ebd2</guid>
      <title>Rafal K. Stepien, &quot;Buddhism Between Religion and Philosophy: Nāgārjuna and the Ethics of Emptiness&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Nāgārjuna (c. 150-250), founder of the Madhyamaka or Middle Way school of Buddhist philosophy and the most influential of all Buddhist thinkers aside from the Buddha himself, concludes his masterpiece, <em>Fundamental Verses on the Middle Way</em>, with these baffling verses:</p><p><em>For the abandonment of all views</em></p><p><em>He taught the true teaching</em></p><p><em>By means of compassion</em></p><p><em>I salute him, Gautama</em></p><p>But how could anyone possibly abandon <em>all</em> views? In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197771303"><em>Buddhism Between Religion and Philosophy: Nāgārjuna and the Ethics of Emptiness</em> </a>(Oxford UP, 2024), Rafal K. Stepien shows not only how Nāgārjuna's radical teaching of no-view or “abelief” makes sense within his Buddhist philosophy, but also how it stands at the summit of his religious mission to care for all living beings. Rather than treating any one aspect of Nāgārjuna's ideas in isolation, here his metaphysics, epistemology, and ethics emerge as a single coherent and convincing philosophical-religious system of thought and practice.</p><p>Grounded in meticulous study of original texts from classical India and China but innovating on the theories and methods underpinning contemporary scholarship East and West, this study shows how profoundly important voices from the diverse religious and philosophical traditions of the world have until now been diminished, distorted, and silenced. In opening up truly global horizons of existing and co-existing in the world, this work challenges the very ways in which we think about religion and philosophy.</p><p>* Elucidates Nāgārjuna's thought in its Buddhist context, integrating his views on belief and intention, language and mind, action and attachment, selfhood and suffering, violence and peace, emptiness and Buddhahood</p><p>* Presents a trenchant critique of the Christian and Western assumptions still dominating the study of religion and philosophy today</p><p>* Introduces and clarifies ideas of pivotal importance to the history of Buddhist thought in India, Tibet, China, and Japan</p><p>Readers may also find a related edited volume equally fascinating, <a href="https://sunypress.edu/Books/B/Buddhist-Literature-as-Philosophy-Buddhist-Philosophy-as-Literature"><em>Buddhist Literature as Philosophy and Buddhist Philosophy as Literature</em></a></p><p>Prof. Rafal Stepien is also leading a collaborative project, " <a href="https://www.oeaw.ac.at/projects/chinbuddhphil">The Ethics of Empty Beliefs: Chinese Buddhist Philosophy in the ‘Period of Disunity’</a>" that has openings for postdocs and will host several workshops on studies of Sanlun and its influences in Sinophone spheres. </p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Sep 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Nāgārjuna (c. 150-250), founder of the Madhyamaka or Middle Way school of Buddhist philosophy and the most influential of all Buddhist thinkers aside from the Buddha himself, concludes his masterpiece, <em>Fundamental Verses on the Middle Way</em>, with these baffling verses:</p><p><em>For the abandonment of all views</em></p><p><em>He taught the true teaching</em></p><p><em>By means of compassion</em></p><p><em>I salute him, Gautama</em></p><p>But how could anyone possibly abandon <em>all</em> views? In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197771303"><em>Buddhism Between Religion and Philosophy: Nāgārjuna and the Ethics of Emptiness</em> </a>(Oxford UP, 2024), Rafal K. Stepien shows not only how Nāgārjuna's radical teaching of no-view or “abelief” makes sense within his Buddhist philosophy, but also how it stands at the summit of his religious mission to care for all living beings. Rather than treating any one aspect of Nāgārjuna's ideas in isolation, here his metaphysics, epistemology, and ethics emerge as a single coherent and convincing philosophical-religious system of thought and practice.</p><p>Grounded in meticulous study of original texts from classical India and China but innovating on the theories and methods underpinning contemporary scholarship East and West, this study shows how profoundly important voices from the diverse religious and philosophical traditions of the world have until now been diminished, distorted, and silenced. In opening up truly global horizons of existing and co-existing in the world, this work challenges the very ways in which we think about religion and philosophy.</p><p>* Elucidates Nāgārjuna's thought in its Buddhist context, integrating his views on belief and intention, language and mind, action and attachment, selfhood and suffering, violence and peace, emptiness and Buddhahood</p><p>* Presents a trenchant critique of the Christian and Western assumptions still dominating the study of religion and philosophy today</p><p>* Introduces and clarifies ideas of pivotal importance to the history of Buddhist thought in India, Tibet, China, and Japan</p><p>Readers may also find a related edited volume equally fascinating, <a href="https://sunypress.edu/Books/B/Buddhist-Literature-as-Philosophy-Buddhist-Philosophy-as-Literature"><em>Buddhist Literature as Philosophy and Buddhist Philosophy as Literature</em></a></p><p>Prof. Rafal Stepien is also leading a collaborative project, " <a href="https://www.oeaw.ac.at/projects/chinbuddhphil">The Ethics of Empty Beliefs: Chinese Buddhist Philosophy in the ‘Period of Disunity’</a>" that has openings for postdocs and will host several workshops on studies of Sanlun and its influences in Sinophone spheres. </p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="71614128" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/b5893a59-632e-481a-81b9-fa767fb0fc41/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=b5893a59-632e-481a-81b9-fa767fb0fc41&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Rafal K. Stepien, &quot;Buddhism Between Religion and Philosophy: Nāgārjuna and the Ethics of Emptiness&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:14:35</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Nāgārjuna (c. 150-250), founder of the Madhyamaka or Middle Way school of Buddhist philosophy and the most influential of all Buddhist thinkers aside from the Buddha himself, concludes his masterpiece, Fundamental Verses on the Middle Way, with these baffling verses:
For the abandonment of all views
He taught the true teaching
By means of compassion
I salute him, Gautama
But how could anyone possibly abandon all views? In Buddhism Between Religion and Philosophy: Nāgārjuna and the Ethics of Emptiness (Oxford UP, 2024), Rafal K. Stepien shows not only how Nāgārjuna&apos;s radical teaching of no-view or “abelief” makes sense within his Buddhist philosophy, but also how it stands at the summit of his religious mission to care for all living beings. Rather than treating any one aspect of Nāgārjuna&apos;s ideas in isolation, here his metaphysics, epistemology, and ethics emerge as a single coherent and convincing philosophical-religious system of thought and practice.
Grounded in meticulous study of original texts from classical India and China but innovating on the theories and methods underpinning contemporary scholarship East and West, this study shows how profoundly important voices from the diverse religious and philosophical traditions of the world have until now been diminished, distorted, and silenced. In opening up truly global horizons of existing and co-existing in the world, this work challenges the very ways in which we think about religion and philosophy.
* Elucidates Nāgārjuna&apos;s thought in its Buddhist context, integrating his views on belief and intention, language and mind, action and attachment, selfhood and suffering, violence and peace, emptiness and Buddhahood
* Presents a trenchant critique of the Christian and Western assumptions still dominating the study of religion and philosophy today
* Introduces and clarifies ideas of pivotal importance to the history of Buddhist thought in India, Tibet, China, and Japan
Readers may also find a related edited volume equally fascinating, Buddhist Literature as Philosophy and Buddhist Philosophy as Literature
Prof. Rafal Stepien is also leading a collaborative project, &quot; The Ethics of Empty Beliefs: Chinese Buddhist Philosophy in the ‘Period of Disunity’&quot; that has openings for postdocs and will host several workshops on studies of Sanlun and its influences in Sinophone spheres. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Nāgārjuna (c. 150-250), founder of the Madhyamaka or Middle Way school of Buddhist philosophy and the most influential of all Buddhist thinkers aside from the Buddha himself, concludes his masterpiece, Fundamental Verses on the Middle Way, with these baffling verses:
For the abandonment of all views
He taught the true teaching
By means of compassion
I salute him, Gautama
But how could anyone possibly abandon all views? In Buddhism Between Religion and Philosophy: Nāgārjuna and the Ethics of Emptiness (Oxford UP, 2024), Rafal K. Stepien shows not only how Nāgārjuna&apos;s radical teaching of no-view or “abelief” makes sense within his Buddhist philosophy, but also how it stands at the summit of his religious mission to care for all living beings. Rather than treating any one aspect of Nāgārjuna&apos;s ideas in isolation, here his metaphysics, epistemology, and ethics emerge as a single coherent and convincing philosophical-religious system of thought and practice.
Grounded in meticulous study of original texts from classical India and China but innovating on the theories and methods underpinning contemporary scholarship East and West, this study shows how profoundly important voices from the diverse religious and philosophical traditions of the world have until now been diminished, distorted, and silenced. In opening up truly global horizons of existing and co-existing in the world, this work challenges the very ways in which we think about religion and philosophy.
* Elucidates Nāgārjuna&apos;s thought in its Buddhist context, integrating his views on belief and intention, language and mind, action and attachment, selfhood and suffering, violence and peace, emptiness and Buddhahood
* Presents a trenchant critique of the Christian and Western assumptions still dominating the study of religion and philosophy today
* Introduces and clarifies ideas of pivotal importance to the history of Buddhist thought in India, Tibet, China, and Japan
Readers may also find a related edited volume equally fascinating, Buddhist Literature as Philosophy and Buddhist Philosophy as Literature
Prof. Rafal Stepien is also leading a collaborative project, &quot; The Ethics of Empty Beliefs: Chinese Buddhist Philosophy in the ‘Period of Disunity’&quot; that has openings for postdocs and will host several workshops on studies of Sanlun and its influences in Sinophone spheres. </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>134</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">53928974-7902-11ef-8988-875e4078bf82</guid>
      <title>Susan Doran, &quot;From Tudor to Stuart: The Regime Change from Elizabeth I to James I&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198754640"><em>From Tudor to Stuart: The Regime Change from Elizabeth I to James I </em></a>(Oxford UP, 2024) tells the story of the troubled accession of England's first Scottish king and the transition from the age of the Tudors to the age of the Stuarts at the dawn of the seventeenth century.</p><p><em>From Tudor to Stuart: The Regime Change from Elizabeth I to James I</em> tells the story of the dramatic accession and first decade of the reign of James I and the transition from the Elizabethan to the Jacobean era, using a huge range of sources, from state papers and letters to drama, masques, poetry, and a host of material objects.</p><p>The Virgin Queen was a hard act to follow for a Scottish newcomer who faced a host of problems in his first years as king: not only the ghost of his predecessor and her legacy but also unrest in Ireland, serious questions about his legitimacy on the English throne, and even plots to remove him (most famously the Gunpowder Plot of 1605). Contrary to traditional assumptions, James's accession was by no means a smooth one.</p><p>The really important question about James's reign, of course, is the extent of change that occurred in national political life and royal policies. Sue Doran also examines how far the establishment of a new Stuart dynasty resulted in fresh personnel at the centre of power, and the alterations in monarchical institutions and shifts in political culture and governmental policies that occurred. Here the book offers a fresh look at James and his wife Anna, suggesting a new interpretation of their characters and qualities.</p><p>But the Jacobean era was not just about James and his wife, and <em>Regime Change</em> includes a host of historical figures, many of whom will be familiar to readers: whether Walter Raleigh, Robert Cecil, or the Scots who filled James's inner court. The inside story of the Jacobean court also brings to life the wider politics and national events of the early seventeenth century, including the Gunpowder Plot, the establishment of Jamestown in Virginia, the Plantations in Ulster, the growing royal struggle with parliament, and the doomed attempt to bring about union with Scotland.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Sep 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198754640"><em>From Tudor to Stuart: The Regime Change from Elizabeth I to James I </em></a>(Oxford UP, 2024) tells the story of the troubled accession of England's first Scottish king and the transition from the age of the Tudors to the age of the Stuarts at the dawn of the seventeenth century.</p><p><em>From Tudor to Stuart: The Regime Change from Elizabeth I to James I</em> tells the story of the dramatic accession and first decade of the reign of James I and the transition from the Elizabethan to the Jacobean era, using a huge range of sources, from state papers and letters to drama, masques, poetry, and a host of material objects.</p><p>The Virgin Queen was a hard act to follow for a Scottish newcomer who faced a host of problems in his first years as king: not only the ghost of his predecessor and her legacy but also unrest in Ireland, serious questions about his legitimacy on the English throne, and even plots to remove him (most famously the Gunpowder Plot of 1605). Contrary to traditional assumptions, James's accession was by no means a smooth one.</p><p>The really important question about James's reign, of course, is the extent of change that occurred in national political life and royal policies. Sue Doran also examines how far the establishment of a new Stuart dynasty resulted in fresh personnel at the centre of power, and the alterations in monarchical institutions and shifts in political culture and governmental policies that occurred. Here the book offers a fresh look at James and his wife Anna, suggesting a new interpretation of their characters and qualities.</p><p>But the Jacobean era was not just about James and his wife, and <em>Regime Change</em> includes a host of historical figures, many of whom will be familiar to readers: whether Walter Raleigh, Robert Cecil, or the Scots who filled James's inner court. The inside story of the Jacobean court also brings to life the wider politics and national events of the early seventeenth century, including the Gunpowder Plot, the establishment of Jamestown in Virginia, the Plantations in Ulster, the growing royal struggle with parliament, and the doomed attempt to bring about union with Scotland.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="55579829" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/e4661784-a84d-4ce5-aedb-b578dddbf8f5/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=e4661784-a84d-4ce5-aedb-b578dddbf8f5&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Susan Doran, &quot;From Tudor to Stuart: The Regime Change from Elizabeth I to James I&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:57:53</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>From Tudor to Stuart: The Regime Change from Elizabeth I to James I (Oxford UP, 2024) tells the story of the troubled accession of England&apos;s first Scottish king and the transition from the age of the Tudors to the age of the Stuarts at the dawn of the seventeenth century.
From Tudor to Stuart: The Regime Change from Elizabeth I to James I tells the story of the dramatic accession and first decade of the reign of James I and the transition from the Elizabethan to the Jacobean era, using a huge range of sources, from state papers and letters to drama, masques, poetry, and a host of material objects.
The Virgin Queen was a hard act to follow for a Scottish newcomer who faced a host of problems in his first years as king: not only the ghost of his predecessor and her legacy but also unrest in Ireland, serious questions about his legitimacy on the English throne, and even plots to remove him (most famously the Gunpowder Plot of 1605). Contrary to traditional assumptions, James&apos;s accession was by no means a smooth one.
The really important question about James&apos;s reign, of course, is the extent of change that occurred in national political life and royal policies. Sue Doran also examines how far the establishment of a new Stuart dynasty resulted in fresh personnel at the centre of power, and the alterations in monarchical institutions and shifts in political culture and governmental policies that occurred. Here the book offers a fresh look at James and his wife Anna, suggesting a new interpretation of their characters and qualities.
But the Jacobean era was not just about James and his wife, and Regime Change includes a host of historical figures, many of whom will be familiar to readers: whether Walter Raleigh, Robert Cecil, or the Scots who filled James&apos;s inner court. The inside story of the Jacobean court also brings to life the wider politics and national events of the early seventeenth century, including the Gunpowder Plot, the establishment of Jamestown in Virginia, the Plantations in Ulster, the growing royal struggle with parliament, and the doomed attempt to bring about union with Scotland.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>From Tudor to Stuart: The Regime Change from Elizabeth I to James I (Oxford UP, 2024) tells the story of the troubled accession of England&apos;s first Scottish king and the transition from the age of the Tudors to the age of the Stuarts at the dawn of the seventeenth century.
From Tudor to Stuart: The Regime Change from Elizabeth I to James I tells the story of the dramatic accession and first decade of the reign of James I and the transition from the Elizabethan to the Jacobean era, using a huge range of sources, from state papers and letters to drama, masques, poetry, and a host of material objects.
The Virgin Queen was a hard act to follow for a Scottish newcomer who faced a host of problems in his first years as king: not only the ghost of his predecessor and her legacy but also unrest in Ireland, serious questions about his legitimacy on the English throne, and even plots to remove him (most famously the Gunpowder Plot of 1605). Contrary to traditional assumptions, James&apos;s accession was by no means a smooth one.
The really important question about James&apos;s reign, of course, is the extent of change that occurred in national political life and royal policies. Sue Doran also examines how far the establishment of a new Stuart dynasty resulted in fresh personnel at the centre of power, and the alterations in monarchical institutions and shifts in political culture and governmental policies that occurred. Here the book offers a fresh look at James and his wife Anna, suggesting a new interpretation of their characters and qualities.
But the Jacobean era was not just about James and his wife, and Regime Change includes a host of historical figures, many of whom will be familiar to readers: whether Walter Raleigh, Robert Cecil, or the Scots who filled James&apos;s inner court. The inside story of the Jacobean court also brings to life the wider politics and national events of the early seventeenth century, including the Gunpowder Plot, the establishment of Jamestown in Virginia, the Plantations in Ulster, the growing royal struggle with parliament, and the doomed attempt to bring about union with Scotland.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1481</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">dbbbce62-7828-11ef-a217-c34694f4f938</guid>
      <title>Ilias Alami and Adam D. Dixon, &quot;The Spectre of State Capitalism&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>After close to three decades of the hegemony of free market ideas, the state has made a big comeback as an economic actor since the 2008 financial crisis. China’s state-owned companies and international financial institutions have made headlines for their growing influence in the world economy. State-backed investment vehicles based in the Gulf states have made high-profile investments in global real estate markets and professional sports, while their state-owned firms have become world leaders in the logistics and natural resource sectors. Governments around the world – including in the heartlands of advanced capitalism – have promoted the interests of ‘national champion’ companies in strategic economic sectors, bailed out financial institutions by taking toxic assets off of their balance sheets, and implemented industrial policies with the aim of moving into the most profitable segments of global value chains.</p><p>What accounts for this renewed prominence of states in global capitalism? Does the increased activism of states mark the end of neoliberal hegemony? And how do contemporary state-led economic initiatives compare to the heyday of Keynesian and developmentalist policy agendas in the decades immediately following World War II?</p><p>The book that we are discussing today, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198925194"><em>The Spectre of State Capitalism</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024) by Ilias Alami and Adam Dixon, marks the culmination of a highly productive research project that the authors have led on the compulsions and constraints that shape the ‘new’ state capitalism. The book aims to challenge narratives that pathologize state capitalism as an authoritarian deviation from the ‘normal’ course of free market capitalism while also showing how new forms of state activism depart from earlier models of state-led development.</p><p>Ilias Alami is a University assistant professor in the political economy of development at Cambrdige University. His previous book is <em>Money Power and Financial Capital in Emerging Markets</em> (2019). Adam Dixon holds the Adam Smith Chair in Sustainable Capitalism at Heriot Watt University’s Ediburgh Business School. He is the author of several books, most recently <em>Sovereign Wealth Funds: Between States and Markets</em> (2022).</p><p>This book is available open access <a href="https://academic.oup.com/book/57552">here</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 22 Sep 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>After close to three decades of the hegemony of free market ideas, the state has made a big comeback as an economic actor since the 2008 financial crisis. China’s state-owned companies and international financial institutions have made headlines for their growing influence in the world economy. State-backed investment vehicles based in the Gulf states have made high-profile investments in global real estate markets and professional sports, while their state-owned firms have become world leaders in the logistics and natural resource sectors. Governments around the world – including in the heartlands of advanced capitalism – have promoted the interests of ‘national champion’ companies in strategic economic sectors, bailed out financial institutions by taking toxic assets off of their balance sheets, and implemented industrial policies with the aim of moving into the most profitable segments of global value chains.</p><p>What accounts for this renewed prominence of states in global capitalism? Does the increased activism of states mark the end of neoliberal hegemony? And how do contemporary state-led economic initiatives compare to the heyday of Keynesian and developmentalist policy agendas in the decades immediately following World War II?</p><p>The book that we are discussing today, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198925194"><em>The Spectre of State Capitalism</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024) by Ilias Alami and Adam Dixon, marks the culmination of a highly productive research project that the authors have led on the compulsions and constraints that shape the ‘new’ state capitalism. The book aims to challenge narratives that pathologize state capitalism as an authoritarian deviation from the ‘normal’ course of free market capitalism while also showing how new forms of state activism depart from earlier models of state-led development.</p><p>Ilias Alami is a University assistant professor in the political economy of development at Cambrdige University. His previous book is <em>Money Power and Financial Capital in Emerging Markets</em> (2019). Adam Dixon holds the Adam Smith Chair in Sustainable Capitalism at Heriot Watt University’s Ediburgh Business School. He is the author of several books, most recently <em>Sovereign Wealth Funds: Between States and Markets</em> (2022).</p><p>This book is available open access <a href="https://academic.oup.com/book/57552">here</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="61297714" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/87e899d0-4f4e-4be6-90eb-2e6671776d11/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=87e899d0-4f4e-4be6-90eb-2e6671776d11&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Ilias Alami and Adam D. Dixon, &quot;The Spectre of State Capitalism&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:03:50</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>After close to three decades of the hegemony of free market ideas, the state has made a big comeback as an economic actor since the 2008 financial crisis. China’s state-owned companies and international financial institutions have made headlines for their growing influence in the world economy. State-backed investment vehicles based in the Gulf states have made high-profile investments in global real estate markets and professional sports, while their state-owned firms have become world leaders in the logistics and natural resource sectors. Governments around the world – including in the heartlands of advanced capitalism – have promoted the interests of ‘national champion’ companies in strategic economic sectors, bailed out financial institutions by taking toxic assets off of their balance sheets, and implemented industrial policies with the aim of moving into the most profitable segments of global value chains.
What accounts for this renewed prominence of states in global capitalism? Does the increased activism of states mark the end of neoliberal hegemony? And how do contemporary state-led economic initiatives compare to the heyday of Keynesian and developmentalist policy agendas in the decades immediately following World War II?
The book that we are discussing today, The Spectre of State Capitalism (Oxford UP, 2024) by Ilias Alami and Adam Dixon, marks the culmination of a highly productive research project that the authors have led on the compulsions and constraints that shape the ‘new’ state capitalism. The book aims to challenge narratives that pathologize state capitalism as an authoritarian deviation from the ‘normal’ course of free market capitalism while also showing how new forms of state activism depart from earlier models of state-led development.
Ilias Alami is a University assistant professor in the political economy of development at Cambrdige University. His previous book is Money Power and Financial Capital in Emerging Markets (2019). Adam Dixon holds the Adam Smith Chair in Sustainable Capitalism at Heriot Watt University’s Ediburgh Business School. He is the author of several books, most recently Sovereign Wealth Funds: Between States and Markets (2022).
This book is available open access here.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>After close to three decades of the hegemony of free market ideas, the state has made a big comeback as an economic actor since the 2008 financial crisis. China’s state-owned companies and international financial institutions have made headlines for their growing influence in the world economy. State-backed investment vehicles based in the Gulf states have made high-profile investments in global real estate markets and professional sports, while their state-owned firms have become world leaders in the logistics and natural resource sectors. Governments around the world – including in the heartlands of advanced capitalism – have promoted the interests of ‘national champion’ companies in strategic economic sectors, bailed out financial institutions by taking toxic assets off of their balance sheets, and implemented industrial policies with the aim of moving into the most profitable segments of global value chains.
What accounts for this renewed prominence of states in global capitalism? Does the increased activism of states mark the end of neoliberal hegemony? And how do contemporary state-led economic initiatives compare to the heyday of Keynesian and developmentalist policy agendas in the decades immediately following World War II?
The book that we are discussing today, The Spectre of State Capitalism (Oxford UP, 2024) by Ilias Alami and Adam Dixon, marks the culmination of a highly productive research project that the authors have led on the compulsions and constraints that shape the ‘new’ state capitalism. The book aims to challenge narratives that pathologize state capitalism as an authoritarian deviation from the ‘normal’ course of free market capitalism while also showing how new forms of state activism depart from earlier models of state-led development.
Ilias Alami is a University assistant professor in the political economy of development at Cambrdige University. His previous book is Money Power and Financial Capital in Emerging Markets (2019). Adam Dixon holds the Adam Smith Chair in Sustainable Capitalism at Heriot Watt University’s Ediburgh Business School. He is the author of several books, most recently Sovereign Wealth Funds: Between States and Markets (2022).
This book is available open access here.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>105</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9a305c52-72d2-11ef-acf1-f383ee19e8da</guid>
      <title>Wendy Ugolini, &quot;Wales in England, 1914-1945: A Social, Cultural, and Military History&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>At the beginning of the twentieth century, for many English men and women of Welsh origin the idea of being in some part 'Welsh' reaffirmed their own understanding of what it meant to 'be British'. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198863274"><em>Wales in England, 1914-1945</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Wendy Ugolini is the first cultural history of this English Welsh duality - an identification with two constituent nations at once - and explores how 'Welshness' was imagined, performed, and mobilised in England during and between the two world wars. In so doing, and making use of individual English Welsh case studies from the worlds of politics, art, literature, and soldiering, the book provides a wholly new perspective on the social, cultural, and military history of Britain at war. It shows English-Welsh duality to have been an important strand of pluralistic Britishness in wartime, and that this diasporic construction of Welshness held a wide urban appeal with significant implications for military enlistment, cultural production, and commemorative practices in England.</p><p>Working at the intersection of war studies, British studies, and diaspora studies, <em>Wales in England</em> makes a significant contribution to 'four nations' history and the history of British society at war.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Sep 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>At the beginning of the twentieth century, for many English men and women of Welsh origin the idea of being in some part 'Welsh' reaffirmed their own understanding of what it meant to 'be British'. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198863274"><em>Wales in England, 1914-1945</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Wendy Ugolini is the first cultural history of this English Welsh duality - an identification with two constituent nations at once - and explores how 'Welshness' was imagined, performed, and mobilised in England during and between the two world wars. In so doing, and making use of individual English Welsh case studies from the worlds of politics, art, literature, and soldiering, the book provides a wholly new perspective on the social, cultural, and military history of Britain at war. It shows English-Welsh duality to have been an important strand of pluralistic Britishness in wartime, and that this diasporic construction of Welshness held a wide urban appeal with significant implications for military enlistment, cultural production, and commemorative practices in England.</p><p>Working at the intersection of war studies, British studies, and diaspora studies, <em>Wales in England</em> makes a significant contribution to 'four nations' history and the history of British society at war.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="56233024" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/4f859926-abb6-44ff-910f-b90b8e261a9e/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=4f859926-abb6-44ff-910f-b90b8e261a9e&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Wendy Ugolini, &quot;Wales in England, 1914-1945: A Social, Cultural, and Military History&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:58:34</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>At the beginning of the twentieth century, for many English men and women of Welsh origin the idea of being in some part &apos;Welsh&apos; reaffirmed their own understanding of what it meant to &apos;be British&apos;. Wales in England, 1914-1945 (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Wendy Ugolini is the first cultural history of this English Welsh duality - an identification with two constituent nations at once - and explores how &apos;Welshness&apos; was imagined, performed, and mobilised in England during and between the two world wars. In so doing, and making use of individual English Welsh case studies from the worlds of politics, art, literature, and soldiering, the book provides a wholly new perspective on the social, cultural, and military history of Britain at war. It shows English-Welsh duality to have been an important strand of pluralistic Britishness in wartime, and that this diasporic construction of Welshness held a wide urban appeal with significant implications for military enlistment, cultural production, and commemorative practices in England.
Working at the intersection of war studies, British studies, and diaspora studies, Wales in England makes a significant contribution to &apos;four nations&apos; history and the history of British society at war.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>At the beginning of the twentieth century, for many English men and women of Welsh origin the idea of being in some part &apos;Welsh&apos; reaffirmed their own understanding of what it meant to &apos;be British&apos;. Wales in England, 1914-1945 (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Wendy Ugolini is the first cultural history of this English Welsh duality - an identification with two constituent nations at once - and explores how &apos;Welshness&apos; was imagined, performed, and mobilised in England during and between the two world wars. In so doing, and making use of individual English Welsh case studies from the worlds of politics, art, literature, and soldiering, the book provides a wholly new perspective on the social, cultural, and military history of Britain at war. It shows English-Welsh duality to have been an important strand of pluralistic Britishness in wartime, and that this diasporic construction of Welshness held a wide urban appeal with significant implications for military enlistment, cultural production, and commemorative practices in England.
Working at the intersection of war studies, British studies, and diaspora studies, Wales in England makes a significant contribution to &apos;four nations&apos; history and the history of British society at war.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>132</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5edb0d38-72b8-11ef-80cf-a317dfcd74ad</guid>
      <title>John Schofield, &quot;Wicked Problems for Archaeologists: Heritage as Transformative Practice&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>'Wicked Problems' are those problems facing the planet and its inhabitants, present and future, which are hard (if not impossible) to resolve and for which bold, creative, and messy solutions are typically required. The adjective 'wicked' describes the mischievous and even evil quality of these problems, where proposed solutions often turn out to be worse than the symptoms.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192844880"><em>Wicked Problems for Archaeologists: Heritage as Transformative Practice</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. John Schofield is a wide-ranging and innovative book that encourages readers to think about archaeology in an entirely new way, as fresh, relevant, and future-oriented. It examines some of the novel ways that archaeology (alongside cultural heritage practice) can contribute to resolving some of the world's most wicked problems, or global challenges as they are sometimes known. With chapters covering climate change, environmental pollution, health and wellbeing, social injustice, and conflict, the book uses many and diverse examples to explain how, through studying the past and present through an archaeological lens, in ways that are creative, ambitious, and both inter- and transdisciplinary, significant 'small wins' can be achieved. Through these small wins, archaeologists can help to mitigate some of those most pressing of wicked problems, contributing therefore to a safer, healthier, and more stable world.</p><p><br /></p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 15 Sep 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>'Wicked Problems' are those problems facing the planet and its inhabitants, present and future, which are hard (if not impossible) to resolve and for which bold, creative, and messy solutions are typically required. The adjective 'wicked' describes the mischievous and even evil quality of these problems, where proposed solutions often turn out to be worse than the symptoms.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192844880"><em>Wicked Problems for Archaeologists: Heritage as Transformative Practice</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. John Schofield is a wide-ranging and innovative book that encourages readers to think about archaeology in an entirely new way, as fresh, relevant, and future-oriented. It examines some of the novel ways that archaeology (alongside cultural heritage practice) can contribute to resolving some of the world's most wicked problems, or global challenges as they are sometimes known. With chapters covering climate change, environmental pollution, health and wellbeing, social injustice, and conflict, the book uses many and diverse examples to explain how, through studying the past and present through an archaeological lens, in ways that are creative, ambitious, and both inter- and transdisciplinary, significant 'small wins' can be achieved. Through these small wins, archaeologists can help to mitigate some of those most pressing of wicked problems, contributing therefore to a safer, healthier, and more stable world.</p><p><br /></p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="59707250" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/9629a05e-9ece-41c1-b477-9ffe59c2fb92/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=9629a05e-9ece-41c1-b477-9ffe59c2fb92&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>John Schofield, &quot;Wicked Problems for Archaeologists: Heritage as Transformative Practice&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:02:11</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>&apos;Wicked Problems&apos; are those problems facing the planet and its inhabitants, present and future, which are hard (if not impossible) to resolve and for which bold, creative, and messy solutions are typically required. The adjective &apos;wicked&apos; describes the mischievous and even evil quality of these problems, where proposed solutions often turn out to be worse than the symptoms.
Wicked Problems for Archaeologists: Heritage as Transformative Practice (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. John Schofield is a wide-ranging and innovative book that encourages readers to think about archaeology in an entirely new way, as fresh, relevant, and future-oriented. It examines some of the novel ways that archaeology (alongside cultural heritage practice) can contribute to resolving some of the world&apos;s most wicked problems, or global challenges as they are sometimes known. With chapters covering climate change, environmental pollution, health and wellbeing, social injustice, and conflict, the book uses many and diverse examples to explain how, through studying the past and present through an archaeological lens, in ways that are creative, ambitious, and both inter- and transdisciplinary, significant &apos;small wins&apos; can be achieved. Through these small wins, archaeologists can help to mitigate some of those most pressing of wicked problems, contributing therefore to a safer, healthier, and more stable world.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>&apos;Wicked Problems&apos; are those problems facing the planet and its inhabitants, present and future, which are hard (if not impossible) to resolve and for which bold, creative, and messy solutions are typically required. The adjective &apos;wicked&apos; describes the mischievous and even evil quality of these problems, where proposed solutions often turn out to be worse than the symptoms.
Wicked Problems for Archaeologists: Heritage as Transformative Practice (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. John Schofield is a wide-ranging and innovative book that encourages readers to think about archaeology in an entirely new way, as fresh, relevant, and future-oriented. It examines some of the novel ways that archaeology (alongside cultural heritage practice) can contribute to resolving some of the world&apos;s most wicked problems, or global challenges as they are sometimes known. With chapters covering climate change, environmental pollution, health and wellbeing, social injustice, and conflict, the book uses many and diverse examples to explain how, through studying the past and present through an archaeological lens, in ways that are creative, ambitious, and both inter- and transdisciplinary, significant &apos;small wins&apos; can be achieved. Through these small wins, archaeologists can help to mitigate some of those most pressing of wicked problems, contributing therefore to a safer, healthier, and more stable world.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>19</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24941312-72cd-11ef-b595-b398260d4366</guid>
      <title>Michael L. Walker, &quot;Indefinite: Doing Time in Jail&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Jails are the principal people-processing machines of the criminal justice system. Mostly they hold persons awaiting trial who cannot afford or have been denied bail. Although jail sentences max out at a year, some spend years awaiting trial in jail-especially in counties where courts are jammed with cases. City and county jails, detention centers, police lockups, and other temporary holding facilities are regularly overcrowded, poorly funded, and the buildings are often in disrepair. American jails admit over ten million people every year, but very little is known about what happens to them while they're locked away.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190072865"><em>Indefinite: Doing Time in Jail</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2022) is an ethnographic study of a California county jail that reflects on what it means to do jail time and what it does to men. Michael L. Walker spent several extended spells in jail, having been arrested while trying to pay parking tickets in graduate school. This book is an intimate account of his experience and in it he shares the routines, rhythms, and subtle meanings that come with being incarcerated. Walker shows how punishment in jail is much more than the deprivation of liberties. It is, he argues, purposefully degrading. Jail creates a racial politics that organizes daily life, moves men from clock time to event time, normalizes trauma, and imbues residents with substantial measures of vulnerability. Deputies used self-centered management styles to address the problems associated with running a jail, some that magnified individual conflicts to potential group conflicts and others that created divisions between residents for the sake of control. And though not every deputy indulged, many gave themselves over to the pleasures of punishment.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 15 Sep 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Jails are the principal people-processing machines of the criminal justice system. Mostly they hold persons awaiting trial who cannot afford or have been denied bail. Although jail sentences max out at a year, some spend years awaiting trial in jail-especially in counties where courts are jammed with cases. City and county jails, detention centers, police lockups, and other temporary holding facilities are regularly overcrowded, poorly funded, and the buildings are often in disrepair. American jails admit over ten million people every year, but very little is known about what happens to them while they're locked away.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190072865"><em>Indefinite: Doing Time in Jail</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2022) is an ethnographic study of a California county jail that reflects on what it means to do jail time and what it does to men. Michael L. Walker spent several extended spells in jail, having been arrested while trying to pay parking tickets in graduate school. This book is an intimate account of his experience and in it he shares the routines, rhythms, and subtle meanings that come with being incarcerated. Walker shows how punishment in jail is much more than the deprivation of liberties. It is, he argues, purposefully degrading. Jail creates a racial politics that organizes daily life, moves men from clock time to event time, normalizes trauma, and imbues residents with substantial measures of vulnerability. Deputies used self-centered management styles to address the problems associated with running a jail, some that magnified individual conflicts to potential group conflicts and others that created divisions between residents for the sake of control. And though not every deputy indulged, many gave themselves over to the pleasures of punishment.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="34451532" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/de654d91-0756-4fd7-841b-caaaa898c48d/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=de654d91-0756-4fd7-841b-caaaa898c48d&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Michael L. Walker, &quot;Indefinite: Doing Time in Jail&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:35:50</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Jails are the principal people-processing machines of the criminal justice system. Mostly they hold persons awaiting trial who cannot afford or have been denied bail. Although jail sentences max out at a year, some spend years awaiting trial in jail-especially in counties where courts are jammed with cases. City and county jails, detention centers, police lockups, and other temporary holding facilities are regularly overcrowded, poorly funded, and the buildings are often in disrepair. American jails admit over ten million people every year, but very little is known about what happens to them while they&apos;re locked away.
Indefinite: Doing Time in Jail (Oxford UP, 2022) is an ethnographic study of a California county jail that reflects on what it means to do jail time and what it does to men. Michael L. Walker spent several extended spells in jail, having been arrested while trying to pay parking tickets in graduate school. This book is an intimate account of his experience and in it he shares the routines, rhythms, and subtle meanings that come with being incarcerated. Walker shows how punishment in jail is much more than the deprivation of liberties. It is, he argues, purposefully degrading. Jail creates a racial politics that organizes daily life, moves men from clock time to event time, normalizes trauma, and imbues residents with substantial measures of vulnerability. Deputies used self-centered management styles to address the problems associated with running a jail, some that magnified individual conflicts to potential group conflicts and others that created divisions between residents for the sake of control. And though not every deputy indulged, many gave themselves over to the pleasures of punishment.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Jails are the principal people-processing machines of the criminal justice system. Mostly they hold persons awaiting trial who cannot afford or have been denied bail. Although jail sentences max out at a year, some spend years awaiting trial in jail-especially in counties where courts are jammed with cases. City and county jails, detention centers, police lockups, and other temporary holding facilities are regularly overcrowded, poorly funded, and the buildings are often in disrepair. American jails admit over ten million people every year, but very little is known about what happens to them while they&apos;re locked away.
Indefinite: Doing Time in Jail (Oxford UP, 2022) is an ethnographic study of a California county jail that reflects on what it means to do jail time and what it does to men. Michael L. Walker spent several extended spells in jail, having been arrested while trying to pay parking tickets in graduate school. This book is an intimate account of his experience and in it he shares the routines, rhythms, and subtle meanings that come with being incarcerated. Walker shows how punishment in jail is much more than the deprivation of liberties. It is, he argues, purposefully degrading. Jail creates a racial politics that organizes daily life, moves men from clock time to event time, normalizes trauma, and imbues residents with substantial measures of vulnerability. Deputies used self-centered management styles to address the problems associated with running a jail, some that magnified individual conflicts to potential group conflicts and others that created divisions between residents for the sake of control. And though not every deputy indulged, many gave themselves over to the pleasures of punishment.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>2</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3adf01ee-7206-11ef-ac89-c3df281ed0c7</guid>
      <title>Meg Rithmire, &quot;Precarious Ties: Business and the State in Authoritarian Asia&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Developing Asia has been the site of some of the last century's fastest growing economies as well as some of the world's most durable authoritarian regimes. Many accounts of rapid growth alongside monopolies on political power have focused on crony relationships between the state and business. But these relationships have not always been smooth, as anti-corruption campaigns, financial and banking crises, and dramatic bouts of liberalization and crackdown demonstrate. Why do partnerships between political and business elites fall apart over time? And why do some partnerships produce stable growth and others produce crisis or stagnation?</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197697535"><em>Precarious Ties: Business and the State in Authoritarian Asia</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023) (Oxford, 2023), Meg Rithmire offers a novel account of the relationships between business and political elites in three authoritarian regimes in developing Asia: Indonesia under Suharto's New Order, Malaysia under the Barisan Nasional, and China under the Chinese Communist Party. All three regimes enjoyed periods of high growth and supposed alliances between autocrats and capitalists. Over time, however, the relationships between capitalists and political elites changed, and economic outcomes diverged. While state-business ties in Indonesia and China created dangerous dynamics like capital flight, fraud, and financial crisis, Malaysia's state-business ties contributed to economic stagnation.</p><p>To understand these developments, <a href="http://megrithmire.com/">Rithmire, a professor at Harvard Business School</a>, presents two conceptual models of state-business relations that explain their genesis and why variation occurs over time. She shows that mutual alignment occurs when an authoritarian regime organizes its institutions, or even its informal practices, to induce capitalists to invest in growth and development. Mutual endangerment, on the other hand, obtains when economic and political elites are entangled in corrupt dealings and invested in perpetuating each other's dominance. The loss of power on one side would bring about the demise of the other. Rithmire contends that the main factors explaining why one pattern dominates over the other are trust between business and political elites, determined during regime formation, and the dynamics of financial liberalization. Empirically rich and sweeping in scope, <em>Precarious Ties</em> offers lessons for all nations in which the state and the private sector are deeply entwined.</p><p><em>Host </em><a href="http://www.peterlorentzen.com/"><em>Peter Lorentzen</em></a><em> is an Associate Professor in the Department of Economics at the University of San Francisco. His research examines the political economy of governance and development in China.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 14 Sep 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Developing Asia has been the site of some of the last century's fastest growing economies as well as some of the world's most durable authoritarian regimes. Many accounts of rapid growth alongside monopolies on political power have focused on crony relationships between the state and business. But these relationships have not always been smooth, as anti-corruption campaigns, financial and banking crises, and dramatic bouts of liberalization and crackdown demonstrate. Why do partnerships between political and business elites fall apart over time? And why do some partnerships produce stable growth and others produce crisis or stagnation?</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197697535"><em>Precarious Ties: Business and the State in Authoritarian Asia</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023) (Oxford, 2023), Meg Rithmire offers a novel account of the relationships between business and political elites in three authoritarian regimes in developing Asia: Indonesia under Suharto's New Order, Malaysia under the Barisan Nasional, and China under the Chinese Communist Party. All three regimes enjoyed periods of high growth and supposed alliances between autocrats and capitalists. Over time, however, the relationships between capitalists and political elites changed, and economic outcomes diverged. While state-business ties in Indonesia and China created dangerous dynamics like capital flight, fraud, and financial crisis, Malaysia's state-business ties contributed to economic stagnation.</p><p>To understand these developments, <a href="http://megrithmire.com/">Rithmire, a professor at Harvard Business School</a>, presents two conceptual models of state-business relations that explain their genesis and why variation occurs over time. She shows that mutual alignment occurs when an authoritarian regime organizes its institutions, or even its informal practices, to induce capitalists to invest in growth and development. Mutual endangerment, on the other hand, obtains when economic and political elites are entangled in corrupt dealings and invested in perpetuating each other's dominance. The loss of power on one side would bring about the demise of the other. Rithmire contends that the main factors explaining why one pattern dominates over the other are trust between business and political elites, determined during regime formation, and the dynamics of financial liberalization. Empirically rich and sweeping in scope, <em>Precarious Ties</em> offers lessons for all nations in which the state and the private sector are deeply entwined.</p><p><em>Host </em><a href="http://www.peterlorentzen.com/"><em>Peter Lorentzen</em></a><em> is an Associate Professor in the Department of Economics at the University of San Francisco. His research examines the political economy of governance and development in China.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="54085818" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/1165a38c-594f-461a-8eb5-95b98f010e2a/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=1165a38c-594f-461a-8eb5-95b98f010e2a&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Meg Rithmire, &quot;Precarious Ties: Business and the State in Authoritarian Asia&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:56:20</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Developing Asia has been the site of some of the last century&apos;s fastest growing economies as well as some of the world&apos;s most durable authoritarian regimes. Many accounts of rapid growth alongside monopolies on political power have focused on crony relationships between the state and business. But these relationships have not always been smooth, as anti-corruption campaigns, financial and banking crises, and dramatic bouts of liberalization and crackdown demonstrate. Why do partnerships between political and business elites fall apart over time? And why do some partnerships produce stable growth and others produce crisis or stagnation?
In Precarious Ties: Business and the State in Authoritarian Asia (Oxford UP, 2023) (Oxford, 2023), Meg Rithmire offers a novel account of the relationships between business and political elites in three authoritarian regimes in developing Asia: Indonesia under Suharto&apos;s New Order, Malaysia under the Barisan Nasional, and China under the Chinese Communist Party. All three regimes enjoyed periods of high growth and supposed alliances between autocrats and capitalists. Over time, however, the relationships between capitalists and political elites changed, and economic outcomes diverged. While state-business ties in Indonesia and China created dangerous dynamics like capital flight, fraud, and financial crisis, Malaysia&apos;s state-business ties contributed to economic stagnation.
To understand these developments, Rithmire, a professor at Harvard Business School, presents two conceptual models of state-business relations that explain their genesis and why variation occurs over time. She shows that mutual alignment occurs when an authoritarian regime organizes its institutions, or even its informal practices, to induce capitalists to invest in growth and development. Mutual endangerment, on the other hand, obtains when economic and political elites are entangled in corrupt dealings and invested in perpetuating each other&apos;s dominance. The loss of power on one side would bring about the demise of the other. Rithmire contends that the main factors explaining why one pattern dominates over the other are trust between business and political elites, determined during regime formation, and the dynamics of financial liberalization. Empirically rich and sweeping in scope, Precarious Ties offers lessons for all nations in which the state and the private sector are deeply entwined.
Host Peter Lorentzen is an Associate Professor in the Department of Economics at the University of San Francisco. His research examines the political economy of governance and development in China.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Developing Asia has been the site of some of the last century&apos;s fastest growing economies as well as some of the world&apos;s most durable authoritarian regimes. Many accounts of rapid growth alongside monopolies on political power have focused on crony relationships between the state and business. But these relationships have not always been smooth, as anti-corruption campaigns, financial and banking crises, and dramatic bouts of liberalization and crackdown demonstrate. Why do partnerships between political and business elites fall apart over time? And why do some partnerships produce stable growth and others produce crisis or stagnation?
In Precarious Ties: Business and the State in Authoritarian Asia (Oxford UP, 2023) (Oxford, 2023), Meg Rithmire offers a novel account of the relationships between business and political elites in three authoritarian regimes in developing Asia: Indonesia under Suharto&apos;s New Order, Malaysia under the Barisan Nasional, and China under the Chinese Communist Party. All three regimes enjoyed periods of high growth and supposed alliances between autocrats and capitalists. Over time, however, the relationships between capitalists and political elites changed, and economic outcomes diverged. While state-business ties in Indonesia and China created dangerous dynamics like capital flight, fraud, and financial crisis, Malaysia&apos;s state-business ties contributed to economic stagnation.
To understand these developments, Rithmire, a professor at Harvard Business School, presents two conceptual models of state-business relations that explain their genesis and why variation occurs over time. She shows that mutual alignment occurs when an authoritarian regime organizes its institutions, or even its informal practices, to induce capitalists to invest in growth and development. Mutual endangerment, on the other hand, obtains when economic and political elites are entangled in corrupt dealings and invested in perpetuating each other&apos;s dominance. The loss of power on one side would bring about the demise of the other. Rithmire contends that the main factors explaining why one pattern dominates over the other are trust between business and political elites, determined during regime formation, and the dynamics of financial liberalization. Empirically rich and sweeping in scope, Precarious Ties offers lessons for all nations in which the state and the private sector are deeply entwined.
Host Peter Lorentzen is an Associate Professor in the Department of Economics at the University of San Francisco. His research examines the political economy of governance and development in China.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>161</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">33f5090e-7144-11ef-8653-17e2f563943c</guid>
      <title>Grant Olwage, &quot;Paul Robeson&apos;s Voices&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197637487"><em>Paul Robeson's Voices</em> </a>(Oxford UP, 2023)<em> </em>is a meditation on Robeson's singing, a study of the artist's life in song. Music historian Grant Olwage examines Robeson's voice as it exists in two broad and intersecting domains: as sound object and sounding gesture, specifically how it was fashioned in the contexts of singing practices, in recital, concert, and recorded performance, and as subject of identification. Olwage asks: how does the voice encapsulate modes of subjectivity, of being?</p><p>Combining deep archival research with musicological theory, this book is a study of voice as central to Robeson's sense of self and his politics. <em>Paul Robeson's Voices</em> charts the dialectal process of Robeson's vocal and self-discovery, documenting some of the ways Robeson's practice revised the traditions of concert singing in the first half of the twentieth century and how his voice manifested as resistance.”</p><p>Nathan Smith is a PhD candidate in Music Theory at Yale University</p><p>nathan.smith@yale.edu</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 13 Sep 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197637487"><em>Paul Robeson's Voices</em> </a>(Oxford UP, 2023)<em> </em>is a meditation on Robeson's singing, a study of the artist's life in song. Music historian Grant Olwage examines Robeson's voice as it exists in two broad and intersecting domains: as sound object and sounding gesture, specifically how it was fashioned in the contexts of singing practices, in recital, concert, and recorded performance, and as subject of identification. Olwage asks: how does the voice encapsulate modes of subjectivity, of being?</p><p>Combining deep archival research with musicological theory, this book is a study of voice as central to Robeson's sense of self and his politics. <em>Paul Robeson's Voices</em> charts the dialectal process of Robeson's vocal and self-discovery, documenting some of the ways Robeson's practice revised the traditions of concert singing in the first half of the twentieth century and how his voice manifested as resistance.”</p><p>Nathan Smith is a PhD candidate in Music Theory at Yale University</p><p>nathan.smith@yale.edu</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="91870455" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/486f4b31-c055-4c25-a8a1-a9837f93030f/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=486f4b31-c055-4c25-a8a1-a9837f93030f&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Grant Olwage, &quot;Paul Robeson&apos;s Voices&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:35:41</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Paul Robeson&apos;s Voices (Oxford UP, 2023) is a meditation on Robeson&apos;s singing, a study of the artist&apos;s life in song. Music historian Grant Olwage examines Robeson&apos;s voice as it exists in two broad and intersecting domains: as sound object and sounding gesture, specifically how it was fashioned in the contexts of singing practices, in recital, concert, and recorded performance, and as subject of identification. Olwage asks: how does the voice encapsulate modes of subjectivity, of being?
Combining deep archival research with musicological theory, this book is a study of voice as central to Robeson&apos;s sense of self and his politics. Paul Robeson&apos;s Voices charts the dialectal process of Robeson&apos;s vocal and self-discovery, documenting some of the ways Robeson&apos;s practice revised the traditions of concert singing in the first half of the twentieth century and how his voice manifested as resistance.”
Nathan Smith is a PhD candidate in Music Theory at Yale University
nathan.smith@yale.edu</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Paul Robeson&apos;s Voices (Oxford UP, 2023) is a meditation on Robeson&apos;s singing, a study of the artist&apos;s life in song. Music historian Grant Olwage examines Robeson&apos;s voice as it exists in two broad and intersecting domains: as sound object and sounding gesture, specifically how it was fashioned in the contexts of singing practices, in recital, concert, and recorded performance, and as subject of identification. Olwage asks: how does the voice encapsulate modes of subjectivity, of being?
Combining deep archival research with musicological theory, this book is a study of voice as central to Robeson&apos;s sense of self and his politics. Paul Robeson&apos;s Voices charts the dialectal process of Robeson&apos;s vocal and self-discovery, documenting some of the ways Robeson&apos;s practice revised the traditions of concert singing in the first half of the twentieth century and how his voice manifested as resistance.”
Nathan Smith is a PhD candidate in Music Theory at Yale University
nathan.smith@yale.edu</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>252</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b2dac646-6faa-11ef-ae44-3fb2b86354b2</guid>
      <title>Greg Eghigian, &quot;After the Flying Saucers Came: A Global History of the UFO Phenomenon&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Roswell, 1947. Washington, DC, 1952. Quarouble, 1954. New Hampshire, 1961. Pascagoula, 1973. Petrozavodsk, 1977. Copley Woods, 1983. Explore how sightings of UFOs and aliens seized the world's attention and discover what the fascination with flying saucers and extraterrestrial visitors says about our changing views on science, technology, and the paranormal.</p><p>In the summer of 1947, a private pilot flying over the state of Washington saw what he described as several pie pan-shaped aircraft traveling in formation at remarkably high speed. Within days, journalists began referring to the objects as "flying saucers." Over the course of that summer, Americans reported seeing them in the skies overhead. News quickly spread, and within a few years, flying saucers were being spotted across the world. The question on everyone's mind was, what were they? Some new super weapon in the Cold War? Strange weather patterns? Optical illusions? Or perhaps it was all a case of mass hysteria? Some, however, concluded they could only be one thing: spacecrafts built and piloted by extraterrestrials. The age of the unidentified flying object, the UFO, had arrived.</p><p>Greg Eghigian tells the story of the world's fascination with UFOs and the prospect that they were the work of visitors from outer space. While accounts of great wonders in the sky date back to antiquity, reports of UFOs took place against the unique backdrop of the Cold War and space age, giving rise to disputed government inquiries, breathtaking news stories, and single-minded sleuths. </p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190869878"><em>After the Flying Saucers Came: A Global History of the UFO Phenomenon</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024) traces how a seemingly isolated incident sparked an international drama involving shady figures, questionable evidence, suspicions of conspiracy, hoaxes, new religions, scandals, unsettling alien encounters, debunkers, and celebrities. It examines how descriptions, theories, and debates about unidentified flying objects and alien abduction changed over time and how they appeared in the United States, Europe, Latin America, Asia, and Russia. And it explores the impact UFOs have had on our understanding of space, science, technology, and ourselves up through the present day.</p><p>Replete with stories of the people who have made up the ufology community, the military and defense units that investigate them, the scientists and psychologists who have researched these unexplained encounters, and the many novels, movies, TV shows, and websites that have explored these phenomena, <em>After the Flying Saucers Came </em>speaks to believers and skeptics alike.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Sep 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Roswell, 1947. Washington, DC, 1952. Quarouble, 1954. New Hampshire, 1961. Pascagoula, 1973. Petrozavodsk, 1977. Copley Woods, 1983. Explore how sightings of UFOs and aliens seized the world's attention and discover what the fascination with flying saucers and extraterrestrial visitors says about our changing views on science, technology, and the paranormal.</p><p>In the summer of 1947, a private pilot flying over the state of Washington saw what he described as several pie pan-shaped aircraft traveling in formation at remarkably high speed. Within days, journalists began referring to the objects as "flying saucers." Over the course of that summer, Americans reported seeing them in the skies overhead. News quickly spread, and within a few years, flying saucers were being spotted across the world. The question on everyone's mind was, what were they? Some new super weapon in the Cold War? Strange weather patterns? Optical illusions? Or perhaps it was all a case of mass hysteria? Some, however, concluded they could only be one thing: spacecrafts built and piloted by extraterrestrials. The age of the unidentified flying object, the UFO, had arrived.</p><p>Greg Eghigian tells the story of the world's fascination with UFOs and the prospect that they were the work of visitors from outer space. While accounts of great wonders in the sky date back to antiquity, reports of UFOs took place against the unique backdrop of the Cold War and space age, giving rise to disputed government inquiries, breathtaking news stories, and single-minded sleuths. </p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190869878"><em>After the Flying Saucers Came: A Global History of the UFO Phenomenon</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024) traces how a seemingly isolated incident sparked an international drama involving shady figures, questionable evidence, suspicions of conspiracy, hoaxes, new religions, scandals, unsettling alien encounters, debunkers, and celebrities. It examines how descriptions, theories, and debates about unidentified flying objects and alien abduction changed over time and how they appeared in the United States, Europe, Latin America, Asia, and Russia. And it explores the impact UFOs have had on our understanding of space, science, technology, and ourselves up through the present day.</p><p>Replete with stories of the people who have made up the ufology community, the military and defense units that investigate them, the scientists and psychologists who have researched these unexplained encounters, and the many novels, movies, TV shows, and websites that have explored these phenomena, <em>After the Flying Saucers Came </em>speaks to believers and skeptics alike.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="53776380" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/abd2f75b-7d01-4f47-8a0d-4cf423fefeb7/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=abd2f75b-7d01-4f47-8a0d-4cf423fefeb7&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Greg Eghigian, &quot;After the Flying Saucers Came: A Global History of the UFO Phenomenon&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Roswell, 1947. Washington, DC, 1952. Quarouble, 1954. New Hampshire, 1961. Pascagoula, 1973. Petrozavodsk, 1977. Copley Woods, 1983. Explore how sightings of UFOs and aliens seized the world&apos;s attention and discover what the fascination with flying saucers and extraterrestrial visitors says about our changing views on science, technology, and the paranormal.
In the summer of 1947, a private pilot flying over the state of Washington saw what he described as several pie pan-shaped aircraft traveling in formation at remarkably high speed. Within days, journalists began referring to the objects as &quot;flying saucers.&quot; Over the course of that summer, Americans reported seeing them in the skies overhead. News quickly spread, and within a few years, flying saucers were being spotted across the world. The question on everyone&apos;s mind was, what were they? Some new super weapon in the Cold War? Strange weather patterns? Optical illusions? Or perhaps it was all a case of mass hysteria? Some, however, concluded they could only be one thing: spacecrafts built and piloted by extraterrestrials. The age of the unidentified flying object, the UFO, had arrived.
Greg Eghigian tells the story of the world&apos;s fascination with UFOs and the prospect that they were the work of visitors from outer space. While accounts of great wonders in the sky date back to antiquity, reports of UFOs took place against the unique backdrop of the Cold War and space age, giving rise to disputed government inquiries, breathtaking news stories, and single-minded sleuths. 
After the Flying Saucers Came: A Global History of the UFO Phenomenon (Oxford UP, 2024) traces how a seemingly isolated incident sparked an international drama involving shady figures, questionable evidence, suspicions of conspiracy, hoaxes, new religions, scandals, unsettling alien encounters, debunkers, and celebrities. It examines how descriptions, theories, and debates about unidentified flying objects and alien abduction changed over time and how they appeared in the United States, Europe, Latin America, Asia, and Russia. And it explores the impact UFOs have had on our understanding of space, science, technology, and ourselves up through the present day.
Replete with stories of the people who have made up the ufology community, the military and defense units that investigate them, the scientists and psychologists who have researched these unexplained encounters, and the many novels, movies, TV shows, and websites that have explored these phenomena, After the Flying Saucers Came speaks to believers and skeptics alike.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Roswell, 1947. Washington, DC, 1952. Quarouble, 1954. New Hampshire, 1961. Pascagoula, 1973. Petrozavodsk, 1977. Copley Woods, 1983. Explore how sightings of UFOs and aliens seized the world&apos;s attention and discover what the fascination with flying saucers and extraterrestrial visitors says about our changing views on science, technology, and the paranormal.
In the summer of 1947, a private pilot flying over the state of Washington saw what he described as several pie pan-shaped aircraft traveling in formation at remarkably high speed. Within days, journalists began referring to the objects as &quot;flying saucers.&quot; Over the course of that summer, Americans reported seeing them in the skies overhead. News quickly spread, and within a few years, flying saucers were being spotted across the world. The question on everyone&apos;s mind was, what were they? Some new super weapon in the Cold War? Strange weather patterns? Optical illusions? Or perhaps it was all a case of mass hysteria? Some, however, concluded they could only be one thing: spacecrafts built and piloted by extraterrestrials. The age of the unidentified flying object, the UFO, had arrived.
Greg Eghigian tells the story of the world&apos;s fascination with UFOs and the prospect that they were the work of visitors from outer space. While accounts of great wonders in the sky date back to antiquity, reports of UFOs took place against the unique backdrop of the Cold War and space age, giving rise to disputed government inquiries, breathtaking news stories, and single-minded sleuths. 
After the Flying Saucers Came: A Global History of the UFO Phenomenon (Oxford UP, 2024) traces how a seemingly isolated incident sparked an international drama involving shady figures, questionable evidence, suspicions of conspiracy, hoaxes, new religions, scandals, unsettling alien encounters, debunkers, and celebrities. It examines how descriptions, theories, and debates about unidentified flying objects and alien abduction changed over time and how they appeared in the United States, Europe, Latin America, Asia, and Russia. And it explores the impact UFOs have had on our understanding of space, science, technology, and ourselves up through the present day.
Replete with stories of the people who have made up the ufology community, the military and defense units that investigate them, the scientists and psychologists who have researched these unexplained encounters, and the many novels, movies, TV shows, and websites that have explored these phenomena, After the Flying Saucers Came speaks to believers and skeptics alike.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1477</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">09dd4a82-6eec-11ef-b19c-f78df03f5560</guid>
      <title>Are We Experiencing a Crisis of Culture?</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of International Horizons, RBI director John Torpey spoke with Olivier Roy, professor of social and political sciences at the European University Institute in Florence, Italy, and author of <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197782514"><em>The Crisis of Culture: Identity Politics and the Empire of Norms</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2024). Roy argues that neoliberal globalization is dissolving not just subordinate cultures but also dominant ones by undermining the tacit understanding that undergird cultures and demanding that those norms be made explicit. </p><p>Moreover, Roy discusses how identity politics has come to supplant the norms once implicit in a broader culture, undermining the possibility that people know how to live in society at all. These development reflect the decline of utopian dreams – for better or worse – and the difficulties involved in maintaining social bonds.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Sep 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of International Horizons, RBI director John Torpey spoke with Olivier Roy, professor of social and political sciences at the European University Institute in Florence, Italy, and author of <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197782514"><em>The Crisis of Culture: Identity Politics and the Empire of Norms</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2024). Roy argues that neoliberal globalization is dissolving not just subordinate cultures but also dominant ones by undermining the tacit understanding that undergird cultures and demanding that those norms be made explicit. </p><p>Moreover, Roy discusses how identity politics has come to supplant the norms once implicit in a broader culture, undermining the possibility that people know how to live in society at all. These development reflect the decline of utopian dreams – for better or worse – and the difficulties involved in maintaining social bonds.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="34293898" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/5bb19e02-fd0b-4c23-aa11-d1bab9364e01/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=5bb19e02-fd0b-4c23-aa11-d1bab9364e01&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Are We Experiencing a Crisis of Culture?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:35:43</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode of International Horizons, RBI director John Torpey spoke with Olivier Roy, professor of social and political sciences at the European University Institute in Florence, Italy, and author of The Crisis of Culture: Identity Politics and the Empire of Norms (Oxford University Press, 2024). Roy argues that neoliberal globalization is dissolving not just subordinate cultures but also dominant ones by undermining the tacit understanding that undergird cultures and demanding that those norms be made explicit. 
Moreover, Roy discusses how identity politics has come to supplant the norms once implicit in a broader culture, undermining the possibility that people know how to live in society at all. These development reflect the decline of utopian dreams – for better or worse – and the difficulties involved in maintaining social bonds.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode of International Horizons, RBI director John Torpey spoke with Olivier Roy, professor of social and political sciences at the European University Institute in Florence, Italy, and author of The Crisis of Culture: Identity Politics and the Empire of Norms (Oxford University Press, 2024). Roy argues that neoliberal globalization is dissolving not just subordinate cultures but also dominant ones by undermining the tacit understanding that undergird cultures and demanding that those norms be made explicit. 
Moreover, Roy discusses how identity politics has come to supplant the norms once implicit in a broader culture, undermining the possibility that people know how to live in society at all. These development reflect the decline of utopian dreams – for better or worse – and the difficulties involved in maintaining social bonds.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>151</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c610bc86-6d28-11ef-990e-f3135daa3c7f</guid>
      <title>Trevor Boffone, &quot;TikTok Broadway: Musical Theatre Fandom in the Digital Age&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Are you a musical theatre fan who loves TikTok? Or are you curious about how this social media app has changed musical theatre fandom - and even the concept of the musical itself?</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197743676"><em>TikTok Broadway: Musical Theatre Fandom in the Digital Age</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024) takes readers inside the world of TikTok Broadway, where fans create, expand, and canonize musical theatre through viral videos. It argues that TikTok democratizes musical theatre fan cultures and spaces, creating a new canon of musical theatre that reflects the preferences and passions of the fans. Readers will also see how TikTok Broadway influences other aspects of U.S. popular culture, from Broadway shows to TV adaptations.</p><p>From <em>Six</em> and <em>Beetlejuice</em> to <em>Wicked</em> and <em>Ratatouille: The TikTok Musical</em>, this book covers the most popular and innovative musical theatre content on TikTok. Author Trevor Boffone, a musical theatre scholar and a TikTok creator, shows how fans use the app to express their love for musical theatre, and how they collaborate to produce original works, such as <em>Bridgerton: The Musical</em>.</p><p><em>TikTok Broadway: Musical Theatre Fandom in the Digital Age </em>shows how the app puts power in the hands of the fans.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 8 Sep 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Are you a musical theatre fan who loves TikTok? Or are you curious about how this social media app has changed musical theatre fandom - and even the concept of the musical itself?</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197743676"><em>TikTok Broadway: Musical Theatre Fandom in the Digital Age</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024) takes readers inside the world of TikTok Broadway, where fans create, expand, and canonize musical theatre through viral videos. It argues that TikTok democratizes musical theatre fan cultures and spaces, creating a new canon of musical theatre that reflects the preferences and passions of the fans. Readers will also see how TikTok Broadway influences other aspects of U.S. popular culture, from Broadway shows to TV adaptations.</p><p>From <em>Six</em> and <em>Beetlejuice</em> to <em>Wicked</em> and <em>Ratatouille: The TikTok Musical</em>, this book covers the most popular and innovative musical theatre content on TikTok. Author Trevor Boffone, a musical theatre scholar and a TikTok creator, shows how fans use the app to express their love for musical theatre, and how they collaborate to produce original works, such as <em>Bridgerton: The Musical</em>.</p><p><em>TikTok Broadway: Musical Theatre Fandom in the Digital Age </em>shows how the app puts power in the hands of the fans.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="58361287" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/c6dcd4a9-b63c-4aa3-9bf8-b11b6b4da2d9/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=c6dcd4a9-b63c-4aa3-9bf8-b11b6b4da2d9&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Trevor Boffone, &quot;TikTok Broadway: Musical Theatre Fandom in the Digital Age&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:00:47</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Are you a musical theatre fan who loves TikTok? Or are you curious about how this social media app has changed musical theatre fandom - and even the concept of the musical itself?
TikTok Broadway: Musical Theatre Fandom in the Digital Age (Oxford UP, 2024) takes readers inside the world of TikTok Broadway, where fans create, expand, and canonize musical theatre through viral videos. It argues that TikTok democratizes musical theatre fan cultures and spaces, creating a new canon of musical theatre that reflects the preferences and passions of the fans. Readers will also see how TikTok Broadway influences other aspects of U.S. popular culture, from Broadway shows to TV adaptations.
From Six and Beetlejuice to Wicked and Ratatouille: The TikTok Musical, this book covers the most popular and innovative musical theatre content on TikTok. Author Trevor Boffone, a musical theatre scholar and a TikTok creator, shows how fans use the app to express their love for musical theatre, and how they collaborate to produce original works, such as Bridgerton: The Musical.
TikTok Broadway: Musical Theatre Fandom in the Digital Age shows how the app puts power in the hands of the fans.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Are you a musical theatre fan who loves TikTok? Or are you curious about how this social media app has changed musical theatre fandom - and even the concept of the musical itself?
TikTok Broadway: Musical Theatre Fandom in the Digital Age (Oxford UP, 2024) takes readers inside the world of TikTok Broadway, where fans create, expand, and canonize musical theatre through viral videos. It argues that TikTok democratizes musical theatre fan cultures and spaces, creating a new canon of musical theatre that reflects the preferences and passions of the fans. Readers will also see how TikTok Broadway influences other aspects of U.S. popular culture, from Broadway shows to TV adaptations.
From Six and Beetlejuice to Wicked and Ratatouille: The TikTok Musical, this book covers the most popular and innovative musical theatre content on TikTok. Author Trevor Boffone, a musical theatre scholar and a TikTok creator, shows how fans use the app to express their love for musical theatre, and how they collaborate to produce original works, such as Bridgerton: The Musical.
TikTok Broadway: Musical Theatre Fandom in the Digital Age shows how the app puts power in the hands of the fans.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>138</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0827cbca-6a25-11ef-8c29-73fc63f4dfa1</guid>
      <title>Dan Stone, &quot;Fate Unknown: Tracing the Missing after World War II and the Holocaust&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198846598"><em>Fate Unknown: Tracing the Missing after World War II and the Holocaust </em></a><em>(</em>Oxford University Press, 2023), Dan Stone tells the story of the last great unknown archive of Nazism, the International Tracing Service. Set up by the Allies at the end of World War II, the ITS has worked until today to find missing persons and to aid survivors with restitution claims or to reunite them with loved ones. From retracing the steps of the 'death marches' with the aim of discovering the burial sites of those murdered across the towns and villages of Central Europe, to knocking on doors of German foster homes to find the children of forced laborers, Fate Unknown uncovers the history of this remarkable archive and its more than 30 million documents. Under the leadership of the International Committee of the Red Cross, the tracing service became one of the most secretive of postwar institutions, unknown even to historians of the period. </p><p>Delving deeply into the archival material, Stone examines the little-known sub-camps and, after the war, survivors' experience of displaced persons' camps, bringing to life remarkable stories of tracing. <em>Fate Unknown</em> combs the archives to reveal the real horror of the Holocaust by following survivors' horrific journeys through the Nazi camp system and its aftermath. The postwar period was an age of shortage of resources, bitterness, and revenge. Yet the ITS tells a different story: of international collaboration, of commitment to justice, and of helping survivors and their relatives in the context of Cold War suspicion. These stories speak to a remarkable attempt by the ITS, before the Holocaust was a matter of worldwide interest, to carry out a program of ethical repair and to counteract some of the worst effects of the Nazis' crimes.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 5 Sep 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198846598"><em>Fate Unknown: Tracing the Missing after World War II and the Holocaust </em></a><em>(</em>Oxford University Press, 2023), Dan Stone tells the story of the last great unknown archive of Nazism, the International Tracing Service. Set up by the Allies at the end of World War II, the ITS has worked until today to find missing persons and to aid survivors with restitution claims or to reunite them with loved ones. From retracing the steps of the 'death marches' with the aim of discovering the burial sites of those murdered across the towns and villages of Central Europe, to knocking on doors of German foster homes to find the children of forced laborers, Fate Unknown uncovers the history of this remarkable archive and its more than 30 million documents. Under the leadership of the International Committee of the Red Cross, the tracing service became one of the most secretive of postwar institutions, unknown even to historians of the period. </p><p>Delving deeply into the archival material, Stone examines the little-known sub-camps and, after the war, survivors' experience of displaced persons' camps, bringing to life remarkable stories of tracing. <em>Fate Unknown</em> combs the archives to reveal the real horror of the Holocaust by following survivors' horrific journeys through the Nazi camp system and its aftermath. The postwar period was an age of shortage of resources, bitterness, and revenge. Yet the ITS tells a different story: of international collaboration, of commitment to justice, and of helping survivors and their relatives in the context of Cold War suspicion. These stories speak to a remarkable attempt by the ITS, before the Holocaust was a matter of worldwide interest, to carry out a program of ethical repair and to counteract some of the worst effects of the Nazis' crimes.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="66379538" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/1b6f13f0-4638-4681-8d3d-af3b35e14635/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=1b6f13f0-4638-4681-8d3d-af3b35e14635&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Dan Stone, &quot;Fate Unknown: Tracing the Missing after World War II and the Holocaust&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:09:08</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In Fate Unknown: Tracing the Missing after World War II and the Holocaust (Oxford University Press, 2023), Dan Stone tells the story of the last great unknown archive of Nazism, the International Tracing Service. Set up by the Allies at the end of World War II, the ITS has worked until today to find missing persons and to aid survivors with restitution claims or to reunite them with loved ones. From retracing the steps of the &apos;death marches&apos; with the aim of discovering the burial sites of those murdered across the towns and villages of Central Europe, to knocking on doors of German foster homes to find the children of forced laborers, Fate Unknown uncovers the history of this remarkable archive and its more than 30 million documents. Under the leadership of the International Committee of the Red Cross, the tracing service became one of the most secretive of postwar institutions, unknown even to historians of the period. 
Delving deeply into the archival material, Stone examines the little-known sub-camps and, after the war, survivors&apos; experience of displaced persons&apos; camps, bringing to life remarkable stories of tracing. Fate Unknown combs the archives to reveal the real horror of the Holocaust by following survivors&apos; horrific journeys through the Nazi camp system and its aftermath. The postwar period was an age of shortage of resources, bitterness, and revenge. Yet the ITS tells a different story: of international collaboration, of commitment to justice, and of helping survivors and their relatives in the context of Cold War suspicion. These stories speak to a remarkable attempt by the ITS, before the Holocaust was a matter of worldwide interest, to carry out a program of ethical repair and to counteract some of the worst effects of the Nazis&apos; crimes.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In Fate Unknown: Tracing the Missing after World War II and the Holocaust (Oxford University Press, 2023), Dan Stone tells the story of the last great unknown archive of Nazism, the International Tracing Service. Set up by the Allies at the end of World War II, the ITS has worked until today to find missing persons and to aid survivors with restitution claims or to reunite them with loved ones. From retracing the steps of the &apos;death marches&apos; with the aim of discovering the burial sites of those murdered across the towns and villages of Central Europe, to knocking on doors of German foster homes to find the children of forced laborers, Fate Unknown uncovers the history of this remarkable archive and its more than 30 million documents. Under the leadership of the International Committee of the Red Cross, the tracing service became one of the most secretive of postwar institutions, unknown even to historians of the period. 
Delving deeply into the archival material, Stone examines the little-known sub-camps and, after the war, survivors&apos; experience of displaced persons&apos; camps, bringing to life remarkable stories of tracing. Fate Unknown combs the archives to reveal the real horror of the Holocaust by following survivors&apos; horrific journeys through the Nazi camp system and its aftermath. The postwar period was an age of shortage of resources, bitterness, and revenge. Yet the ITS tells a different story: of international collaboration, of commitment to justice, and of helping survivors and their relatives in the context of Cold War suspicion. These stories speak to a remarkable attempt by the ITS, before the Holocaust was a matter of worldwide interest, to carry out a program of ethical repair and to counteract some of the worst effects of the Nazis&apos; crimes.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>212</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">617e931c-6a1f-11ef-b200-ef778b7b2e39</guid>
      <title>E. J. Fagan, &quot;The Thinkers: The Rise of Partisan Think Tanks and the Polarization of American Politics&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Political Scientist E.J. Fagan, an Assistant Professor of Political Science at the University of Illinois at Chicago, once worked at a think tank, and has long been interested in the intersecting work of think tanks and politics. Thus, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197759660"><em>The Thinkers: The Rise of Partisan Think Tanks and the Polarization of American Politics</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024) is an outgrowth of Fagan’s academic research and experience. Think tanks, by their very nature, are generally creating information, knowledge, policy ideas, and the like, with the intention of influencing the policy that is made by elected officials. Those who work at think tanks are generally experts in particular policy areas, and they produce information. Think tanks are not academic institutions, and they are not part of political parties either. They are private organizations that can have policy influence on parties, candidates, and policy development. In <em>The Thinkers</em>, Fagan pays close attention to four think tanks that he explains are the most partisan among the hundreds of think tanks: the Heritage Foundation, the American Enterprise Institute (AEI), the Center for American Progress, and the Center on Budget and Policy Priorities. There are many other think tanks, and Fagan explains that these four have had the most direct engagement in developing policy that is then taken up by elected officials (members of the U.S. House, the U.S. Senate, the president and White House advisors, as well as governors and state-level elected officials.)</p><p><em>The Thinkers: The Rise of Partisan Think Tanks and the Polarization of American Politics</em> assesses the role of think tanks within partisan politics and the connections between these organizations and the policy outcomes we often see in presidential administrations and in Congress. The book also highlights a significant finding, that the rise of think tanks has contributed to the polarization within American politics. Fagan has the data to support this finding, noting that the increased influence of the think tanks, the issue areas where they are directing their work and research, and the increased polarization over the past few decades. <em>The Thinkers</em> teases out the connection between lawmakers and neutral experts—who tend to be academics doing research at colleges and universities, and those working at think tanks, who have interpolated between these two groups. This is an important part of the research on think tanks and how they operate, especially the think tanks that are more partisan and working closely to influence policy outcomes. Given the current focus on the Heritage Foundation’s <em>Project 2025</em>, we also discussed how this is an example of the way that the more partisan think tanks engage in the policy development process, and how they hope to influence politicians and elected officials. <em>The Thinkers</em> is a fascinating study of American think tanks and their role and place within our political system.</p><p><a href="https://www.carrollu.edu/faculty/goren-lilly-phd"><em>Lilly J. Goren</em></a><em> is a professor of political science at Carroll University in Waukesha, WI. She is co-host of the </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/hosts/profile/a7ac4af9-1306-463f-baf9-00f1f4187dfd"><em>New Books in Political Science</em></a><em> channel at the New Books Network. She is co-editor of </em><a href="https://kansaspress.ku.edu/9780700633883/the-politics-of-the-marvel-cinematic-universe/"><em>The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe</em></a><em> (University Press of Kansas, 2022), as well as co-editor of the award winning book, </em><a href="https://www.kentuckypress.com/9780813141015/women-and-the-white-house/"><em>Women and the White House: Gender, Popular Culture, and Presidential Politics</em></a><em> (University Press of Kentucky, 2012). She can be reached </em><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/gorenlj.bsky.social"><em>@gorenlj.bsky.social</em></a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 4 Sep 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Political Scientist E.J. Fagan, an Assistant Professor of Political Science at the University of Illinois at Chicago, once worked at a think tank, and has long been interested in the intersecting work of think tanks and politics. Thus, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197759660"><em>The Thinkers: The Rise of Partisan Think Tanks and the Polarization of American Politics</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024) is an outgrowth of Fagan’s academic research and experience. Think tanks, by their very nature, are generally creating information, knowledge, policy ideas, and the like, with the intention of influencing the policy that is made by elected officials. Those who work at think tanks are generally experts in particular policy areas, and they produce information. Think tanks are not academic institutions, and they are not part of political parties either. They are private organizations that can have policy influence on parties, candidates, and policy development. In <em>The Thinkers</em>, Fagan pays close attention to four think tanks that he explains are the most partisan among the hundreds of think tanks: the Heritage Foundation, the American Enterprise Institute (AEI), the Center for American Progress, and the Center on Budget and Policy Priorities. There are many other think tanks, and Fagan explains that these four have had the most direct engagement in developing policy that is then taken up by elected officials (members of the U.S. House, the U.S. Senate, the president and White House advisors, as well as governors and state-level elected officials.)</p><p><em>The Thinkers: The Rise of Partisan Think Tanks and the Polarization of American Politics</em> assesses the role of think tanks within partisan politics and the connections between these organizations and the policy outcomes we often see in presidential administrations and in Congress. The book also highlights a significant finding, that the rise of think tanks has contributed to the polarization within American politics. Fagan has the data to support this finding, noting that the increased influence of the think tanks, the issue areas where they are directing their work and research, and the increased polarization over the past few decades. <em>The Thinkers</em> teases out the connection between lawmakers and neutral experts—who tend to be academics doing research at colleges and universities, and those working at think tanks, who have interpolated between these two groups. This is an important part of the research on think tanks and how they operate, especially the think tanks that are more partisan and working closely to influence policy outcomes. Given the current focus on the Heritage Foundation’s <em>Project 2025</em>, we also discussed how this is an example of the way that the more partisan think tanks engage in the policy development process, and how they hope to influence politicians and elected officials. <em>The Thinkers</em> is a fascinating study of American think tanks and their role and place within our political system.</p><p><a href="https://www.carrollu.edu/faculty/goren-lilly-phd"><em>Lilly J. Goren</em></a><em> is a professor of political science at Carroll University in Waukesha, WI. She is co-host of the </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/hosts/profile/a7ac4af9-1306-463f-baf9-00f1f4187dfd"><em>New Books in Political Science</em></a><em> channel at the New Books Network. She is co-editor of </em><a href="https://kansaspress.ku.edu/9780700633883/the-politics-of-the-marvel-cinematic-universe/"><em>The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe</em></a><em> (University Press of Kansas, 2022), as well as co-editor of the award winning book, </em><a href="https://www.kentuckypress.com/9780813141015/women-and-the-white-house/"><em>Women and the White House: Gender, Popular Culture, and Presidential Politics</em></a><em> (University Press of Kentucky, 2012). She can be reached </em><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/gorenlj.bsky.social"><em>@gorenlj.bsky.social</em></a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="44642008" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/76d1f762-acb3-428e-83d2-6c70d03a4af1/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=76d1f762-acb3-428e-83d2-6c70d03a4af1&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>E. J. Fagan, &quot;The Thinkers: The Rise of Partisan Think Tanks and the Polarization of American Politics&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:46:29</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Political Scientist E.J. Fagan, an Assistant Professor of Political Science at the University of Illinois at Chicago, once worked at a think tank, and has long been interested in the intersecting work of think tanks and politics. Thus, The Thinkers: The Rise of Partisan Think Tanks and the Polarization of American Politics (Oxford UP, 2024) is an outgrowth of Fagan’s academic research and experience. Think tanks, by their very nature, are generally creating information, knowledge, policy ideas, and the like, with the intention of influencing the policy that is made by elected officials. Those who work at think tanks are generally experts in particular policy areas, and they produce information. Think tanks are not academic institutions, and they are not part of political parties either. They are private organizations that can have policy influence on parties, candidates, and policy development. In The Thinkers, Fagan pays close attention to four think tanks that he explains are the most partisan among the hundreds of think tanks: the Heritage Foundation, the American Enterprise Institute (AEI), the Center for American Progress, and the Center on Budget and Policy Priorities. There are many other think tanks, and Fagan explains that these four have had the most direct engagement in developing policy that is then taken up by elected officials (members of the U.S. House, the U.S. Senate, the president and White House advisors, as well as governors and state-level elected officials.)
The Thinkers: The Rise of Partisan Think Tanks and the Polarization of American Politics assesses the role of think tanks within partisan politics and the connections between these organizations and the policy outcomes we often see in presidential administrations and in Congress. The book also highlights a significant finding, that the rise of think tanks has contributed to the polarization within American politics. Fagan has the data to support this finding, noting that the increased influence of the think tanks, the issue areas where they are directing their work and research, and the increased polarization over the past few decades. The Thinkers teases out the connection between lawmakers and neutral experts—who tend to be academics doing research at colleges and universities, and those working at think tanks, who have interpolated between these two groups. This is an important part of the research on think tanks and how they operate, especially the think tanks that are more partisan and working closely to influence policy outcomes. Given the current focus on the Heritage Foundation’s Project 2025, we also discussed how this is an example of the way that the more partisan think tanks engage in the policy development process, and how they hope to influence politicians and elected officials. The Thinkers is a fascinating study of American think tanks and their role and place within our political system.
Lilly J. Goren is a professor of political science at Carroll University in Waukesha, WI. She is co-host of the New Books in Political Science channel at the New Books Network. She is co-editor of The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe (University Press of Kansas, 2022), as well as co-editor of the award winning book, Women and the White House: Gender, Popular Culture, and Presidential Politics (University Press of Kentucky, 2012). She can be reached @gorenlj.bsky.social</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Political Scientist E.J. Fagan, an Assistant Professor of Political Science at the University of Illinois at Chicago, once worked at a think tank, and has long been interested in the intersecting work of think tanks and politics. Thus, The Thinkers: The Rise of Partisan Think Tanks and the Polarization of American Politics (Oxford UP, 2024) is an outgrowth of Fagan’s academic research and experience. Think tanks, by their very nature, are generally creating information, knowledge, policy ideas, and the like, with the intention of influencing the policy that is made by elected officials. Those who work at think tanks are generally experts in particular policy areas, and they produce information. Think tanks are not academic institutions, and they are not part of political parties either. They are private organizations that can have policy influence on parties, candidates, and policy development. In The Thinkers, Fagan pays close attention to four think tanks that he explains are the most partisan among the hundreds of think tanks: the Heritage Foundation, the American Enterprise Institute (AEI), the Center for American Progress, and the Center on Budget and Policy Priorities. There are many other think tanks, and Fagan explains that these four have had the most direct engagement in developing policy that is then taken up by elected officials (members of the U.S. House, the U.S. Senate, the president and White House advisors, as well as governors and state-level elected officials.)
The Thinkers: The Rise of Partisan Think Tanks and the Polarization of American Politics assesses the role of think tanks within partisan politics and the connections between these organizations and the policy outcomes we often see in presidential administrations and in Congress. The book also highlights a significant finding, that the rise of think tanks has contributed to the polarization within American politics. Fagan has the data to support this finding, noting that the increased influence of the think tanks, the issue areas where they are directing their work and research, and the increased polarization over the past few decades. The Thinkers teases out the connection between lawmakers and neutral experts—who tend to be academics doing research at colleges and universities, and those working at think tanks, who have interpolated between these two groups. This is an important part of the research on think tanks and how they operate, especially the think tanks that are more partisan and working closely to influence policy outcomes. Given the current focus on the Heritage Foundation’s Project 2025, we also discussed how this is an example of the way that the more partisan think tanks engage in the policy development process, and how they hope to influence politicians and elected officials. The Thinkers is a fascinating study of American think tanks and their role and place within our political system.
Lilly J. Goren is a professor of political science at Carroll University in Waukesha, WI. She is co-host of the New Books in Political Science channel at the New Books Network. She is co-editor of The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe (University Press of Kansas, 2022), as well as co-editor of the award winning book, Women and the White House: Gender, Popular Culture, and Presidential Politics (University Press of Kentucky, 2012). She can be reached @gorenlj.bsky.social</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>733</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">37165c6e-6712-11ef-8833-1fda6011bd7f</guid>
      <title>Daniel Todman, &quot;Britain&apos;s War: A New World, 1942-1947&quot; (Oxford UP, 2020)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The second of Daniel Todman's two sweeping volumes on Great Britain and World War II, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190658489"><em>Britain's War: A New World, 1942-1947</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2020), begins with the event Winston Churchill called the "worst disaster" in British military history: the Fall of Singapore in February 1942 to the Japanese. As in the first volume of Todman's epic account of British involvement in World War II ("Total history at its best," according to Jay Winter), he highlights the inter-connectedness of the British experience in this moment and others, focusing on its inhabitants, its defenders, and its wartime leadership. Todman explores the plight of families doomed to spend the war struggling with bombing, rationing, exhausting work and, above all, the absence of their loved ones and the uncertainty of their return. It also documents the full impact of the entrance into the war by the United States, and its ascendant stewardship of the war.</p><p><em>Britain's War: A New World, 1942-1947</em> is a triumph of narrative and research. Todman explains complex issues of strategy and economics clearly while never losing sight of the human consequences--at home and abroad--of the way that Britain fought its war. It is the definitive account of a drama which reshaped Great Britain and the world.</p><p><em>Bob Wintermute is professor of history at Queens College, CUNY.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 31 Aug 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The second of Daniel Todman's two sweeping volumes on Great Britain and World War II, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190658489"><em>Britain's War: A New World, 1942-1947</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2020), begins with the event Winston Churchill called the "worst disaster" in British military history: the Fall of Singapore in February 1942 to the Japanese. As in the first volume of Todman's epic account of British involvement in World War II ("Total history at its best," according to Jay Winter), he highlights the inter-connectedness of the British experience in this moment and others, focusing on its inhabitants, its defenders, and its wartime leadership. Todman explores the plight of families doomed to spend the war struggling with bombing, rationing, exhausting work and, above all, the absence of their loved ones and the uncertainty of their return. It also documents the full impact of the entrance into the war by the United States, and its ascendant stewardship of the war.</p><p><em>Britain's War: A New World, 1942-1947</em> is a triumph of narrative and research. Todman explains complex issues of strategy and economics clearly while never losing sight of the human consequences--at home and abroad--of the way that Britain fought its war. It is the definitive account of a drama which reshaped Great Britain and the world.</p><p><em>Bob Wintermute is professor of history at Queens College, CUNY.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="52139151" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/6bd63646-98e4-45e6-9b6a-2b53a69e2934/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=6bd63646-98e4-45e6-9b6a-2b53a69e2934&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Daniel Todman, &quot;Britain&apos;s War: A New World, 1942-1947&quot; (Oxford UP, 2020)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:54:16</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The second of Daniel Todman&apos;s two sweeping volumes on Great Britain and World War II, Britain&apos;s War: A New World, 1942-1947 (Oxford UP, 2020), begins with the event Winston Churchill called the &quot;worst disaster&quot; in British military history: the Fall of Singapore in February 1942 to the Japanese. As in the first volume of Todman&apos;s epic account of British involvement in World War II (&quot;Total history at its best,&quot; according to Jay Winter), he highlights the inter-connectedness of the British experience in this moment and others, focusing on its inhabitants, its defenders, and its wartime leadership. Todman explores the plight of families doomed to spend the war struggling with bombing, rationing, exhausting work and, above all, the absence of their loved ones and the uncertainty of their return. It also documents the full impact of the entrance into the war by the United States, and its ascendant stewardship of the war.
Britain&apos;s War: A New World, 1942-1947 is a triumph of narrative and research. Todman explains complex issues of strategy and economics clearly while never losing sight of the human consequences--at home and abroad--of the way that Britain fought its war. It is the definitive account of a drama which reshaped Great Britain and the world.
Bob Wintermute is professor of history at Queens College, CUNY.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The second of Daniel Todman&apos;s two sweeping volumes on Great Britain and World War II, Britain&apos;s War: A New World, 1942-1947 (Oxford UP, 2020), begins with the event Winston Churchill called the &quot;worst disaster&quot; in British military history: the Fall of Singapore in February 1942 to the Japanese. As in the first volume of Todman&apos;s epic account of British involvement in World War II (&quot;Total history at its best,&quot; according to Jay Winter), he highlights the inter-connectedness of the British experience in this moment and others, focusing on its inhabitants, its defenders, and its wartime leadership. Todman explores the plight of families doomed to spend the war struggling with bombing, rationing, exhausting work and, above all, the absence of their loved ones and the uncertainty of their return. It also documents the full impact of the entrance into the war by the United States, and its ascendant stewardship of the war.
Britain&apos;s War: A New World, 1942-1947 is a triumph of narrative and research. Todman explains complex issues of strategy and economics clearly while never losing sight of the human consequences--at home and abroad--of the way that Britain fought its war. It is the definitive account of a drama which reshaped Great Britain and the world.
Bob Wintermute is professor of history at Queens College, CUNY.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>92</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">051d7e30-6646-11ef-ae09-830f56f17421</guid>
      <title>Lise Butler, &quot;Michael Young, Social Science, and the British Left, 1945-1970&quot; (Oxford UP, 2020)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Lise Butler’s <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198862895"><em>Michael Young, Social Science and the British Left, 1945-70</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2020) invites us to revisit a figure who, in Butler’s words, is both a ‘relatively obscure’ yet also ‘curiously ubiquitous’ in the political and cultural history of twentieth-century Britain. The book uses Young, a policy maker and sociology to explore the role of social science in social democratic politics in the postwar period. Butler explores Young’s role in activities such as his role developing the Labour Party’s 1945 manifesto ‘Let us Face the Future’, his work as a sociologist, most notably in his monograph <em>Family and Kinship in East London </em>(co-authored with Peter Wilmott), and his role as a social innovator helping to establish Institute of Community Studies, the Consumers' Association, <em>Which? </em>magazine, the Social Science Research Council and the Open University. In doing so she offers a thought provoking story which encourages rethinking some of the common assumptions made about the role of sociology, and social science more broadly, in British politics.</p><p>In this podcast we explore the themes of the book, which includes not only discussing the above but also themes such as the role of women and the family in Young’s thought, why he favoured the basic income, the social scientific turn in the history of modern Britain and why, exactly, buying a fridge is a political act.</p><p><a href="https://www.gla.ac.uk/schools/socialpolitical/staff/mattdawson/">Matt Dawson</a> is a Professor of Sociology at the University of Glasgow with research interests in social theory and the history of sociology.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 30 Aug 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Lise Butler’s <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198862895"><em>Michael Young, Social Science and the British Left, 1945-70</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2020) invites us to revisit a figure who, in Butler’s words, is both a ‘relatively obscure’ yet also ‘curiously ubiquitous’ in the political and cultural history of twentieth-century Britain. The book uses Young, a policy maker and sociology to explore the role of social science in social democratic politics in the postwar period. Butler explores Young’s role in activities such as his role developing the Labour Party’s 1945 manifesto ‘Let us Face the Future’, his work as a sociologist, most notably in his monograph <em>Family and Kinship in East London </em>(co-authored with Peter Wilmott), and his role as a social innovator helping to establish Institute of Community Studies, the Consumers' Association, <em>Which? </em>magazine, the Social Science Research Council and the Open University. In doing so she offers a thought provoking story which encourages rethinking some of the common assumptions made about the role of sociology, and social science more broadly, in British politics.</p><p>In this podcast we explore the themes of the book, which includes not only discussing the above but also themes such as the role of women and the family in Young’s thought, why he favoured the basic income, the social scientific turn in the history of modern Britain and why, exactly, buying a fridge is a political act.</p><p><a href="https://www.gla.ac.uk/schools/socialpolitical/staff/mattdawson/">Matt Dawson</a> is a Professor of Sociology at the University of Glasgow with research interests in social theory and the history of sociology.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="66470076" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/30ccec03-3aa7-4a7c-8638-5a9b45d8fc8a/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=30ccec03-3aa7-4a7c-8638-5a9b45d8fc8a&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Lise Butler, &quot;Michael Young, Social Science, and the British Left, 1945-1970&quot; (Oxford UP, 2020)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:09:14</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Lise Butler’s Michael Young, Social Science and the British Left, 1945-70 (Oxford UP, 2020) invites us to revisit a figure who, in Butler’s words, is both a ‘relatively obscure’ yet also ‘curiously ubiquitous’ in the political and cultural history of twentieth-century Britain. The book uses Young, a policy maker and sociology to explore the role of social science in social democratic politics in the postwar period. Butler explores Young’s role in activities such as his role developing the Labour Party’s 1945 manifesto ‘Let us Face the Future’, his work as a sociologist, most notably in his monograph Family and Kinship in East London (co-authored with Peter Wilmott), and his role as a social innovator helping to establish Institute of Community Studies, the Consumers&apos; Association, Which? magazine, the Social Science Research Council and the Open University. In doing so she offers a thought provoking story which encourages rethinking some of the common assumptions made about the role of sociology, and social science more broadly, in British politics.
In this podcast we explore the themes of the book, which includes not only discussing the above but also themes such as the role of women and the family in Young’s thought, why he favoured the basic income, the social scientific turn in the history of modern Britain and why, exactly, buying a fridge is a political act.
Matt Dawson is a Professor of Sociology at the University of Glasgow with research interests in social theory and the history of sociology.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Lise Butler’s Michael Young, Social Science and the British Left, 1945-70 (Oxford UP, 2020) invites us to revisit a figure who, in Butler’s words, is both a ‘relatively obscure’ yet also ‘curiously ubiquitous’ in the political and cultural history of twentieth-century Britain. The book uses Young, a policy maker and sociology to explore the role of social science in social democratic politics in the postwar period. Butler explores Young’s role in activities such as his role developing the Labour Party’s 1945 manifesto ‘Let us Face the Future’, his work as a sociologist, most notably in his monograph Family and Kinship in East London (co-authored with Peter Wilmott), and his role as a social innovator helping to establish Institute of Community Studies, the Consumers&apos; Association, Which? magazine, the Social Science Research Council and the Open University. In doing so she offers a thought provoking story which encourages rethinking some of the common assumptions made about the role of sociology, and social science more broadly, in British politics.
In this podcast we explore the themes of the book, which includes not only discussing the above but also themes such as the role of women and the family in Young’s thought, why he favoured the basic income, the social scientific turn in the history of modern Britain and why, exactly, buying a fridge is a political act.
Matt Dawson is a Professor of Sociology at the University of Glasgow with research interests in social theory and the history of sociology.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>379</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f6926cdc-64a5-11ef-b887-8bea3b0a2f6b</guid>
      <title>Mark Valeri, &quot;The Opening of the Protestant Mind: How Anglo-American Protestants Embraced Religious Liberty&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>During the mid-seventeenth century, Anglo-American Protestants described Native American ceremonies as savage devilry, Islamic teaching as violent chicanery, and Catholicism as repugnant superstition. By the mid-eighteenth century, they would describe amicable debates between evangelical missionaries and Algonquian religious leaders about the moral appeal of Christianity, recount learned conversations between English merchants and Muslim scholars, and tell of encounters with hospitable and sincere priests in Catholic Canada and Europe. What explains this poignant shift?</p><p>Using a variety of sources--travel narratives, dictionaries and encyclopaedias of the world's religions, missionary tracts, and sermons, <em>T</em><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197663677"><em>he Opening of the Protestant Mind: How Anglo-American Protestants Embraced Religious Liberty</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Mark Valeri traces a transformation in how English and colonial American Protestants described other religions during a crucial period of English colonisation of North America. After the English Revolution of 1688 and the subsequent growth of the British empire, observers began to link Britain's success to civic moral virtues, including religious toleration, rather than to any particular religious creed. Mark Valeri shows how a wide range of Protestants--including liberal Anglicans, Calvinist dissenters, deists, and evangelicals--began to see other religions not as entirely good or entirely bad, but as complex, and to evaluate them according to their commitment to religious liberty. In the view of these Protestants, varieties of religion that eschewed political power were laudable, while types of religion that combined priestly authority with political power were illegitimate. They also changed their evangelistic practices, jettisoning civilising agendas in favour of reasoned persuasion.</p><p>Dr. Valeri neither valorizes Anglo-Protestants nor condemns them. Instead, he reveals the deep ambiguities in their ideas while showing how those ideas contained the seeds of modern religious liberty.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Aug 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>During the mid-seventeenth century, Anglo-American Protestants described Native American ceremonies as savage devilry, Islamic teaching as violent chicanery, and Catholicism as repugnant superstition. By the mid-eighteenth century, they would describe amicable debates between evangelical missionaries and Algonquian religious leaders about the moral appeal of Christianity, recount learned conversations between English merchants and Muslim scholars, and tell of encounters with hospitable and sincere priests in Catholic Canada and Europe. What explains this poignant shift?</p><p>Using a variety of sources--travel narratives, dictionaries and encyclopaedias of the world's religions, missionary tracts, and sermons, <em>T</em><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197663677"><em>he Opening of the Protestant Mind: How Anglo-American Protestants Embraced Religious Liberty</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Mark Valeri traces a transformation in how English and colonial American Protestants described other religions during a crucial period of English colonisation of North America. After the English Revolution of 1688 and the subsequent growth of the British empire, observers began to link Britain's success to civic moral virtues, including religious toleration, rather than to any particular religious creed. Mark Valeri shows how a wide range of Protestants--including liberal Anglicans, Calvinist dissenters, deists, and evangelicals--began to see other religions not as entirely good or entirely bad, but as complex, and to evaluate them according to their commitment to religious liberty. In the view of these Protestants, varieties of religion that eschewed political power were laudable, while types of religion that combined priestly authority with political power were illegitimate. They also changed their evangelistic practices, jettisoning civilising agendas in favour of reasoned persuasion.</p><p>Dr. Valeri neither valorizes Anglo-Protestants nor condemns them. Instead, he reveals the deep ambiguities in their ideas while showing how those ideas contained the seeds of modern religious liberty.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="46034801" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/d9fefe6f-4ab5-495e-b39c-d1798b7cca65/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=d9fefe6f-4ab5-495e-b39c-d1798b7cca65&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Mark Valeri, &quot;The Opening of the Protestant Mind: How Anglo-American Protestants Embraced Religious Liberty&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:47:56</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>During the mid-seventeenth century, Anglo-American Protestants described Native American ceremonies as savage devilry, Islamic teaching as violent chicanery, and Catholicism as repugnant superstition. By the mid-eighteenth century, they would describe amicable debates between evangelical missionaries and Algonquian religious leaders about the moral appeal of Christianity, recount learned conversations between English merchants and Muslim scholars, and tell of encounters with hospitable and sincere priests in Catholic Canada and Europe. What explains this poignant shift?
Using a variety of sources--travel narratives, dictionaries and encyclopaedias of the world&apos;s religions, missionary tracts, and sermons, The Opening of the Protestant Mind: How Anglo-American Protestants Embraced Religious Liberty (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Mark Valeri traces a transformation in how English and colonial American Protestants described other religions during a crucial period of English colonisation of North America. After the English Revolution of 1688 and the subsequent growth of the British empire, observers began to link Britain&apos;s success to civic moral virtues, including religious toleration, rather than to any particular religious creed. Mark Valeri shows how a wide range of Protestants--including liberal Anglicans, Calvinist dissenters, deists, and evangelicals--began to see other religions not as entirely good or entirely bad, but as complex, and to evaluate them according to their commitment to religious liberty. In the view of these Protestants, varieties of religion that eschewed political power were laudable, while types of religion that combined priestly authority with political power were illegitimate. They also changed their evangelistic practices, jettisoning civilising agendas in favour of reasoned persuasion.
Dr. Valeri neither valorizes Anglo-Protestants nor condemns them. Instead, he reveals the deep ambiguities in their ideas while showing how those ideas contained the seeds of modern religious liberty.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>During the mid-seventeenth century, Anglo-American Protestants described Native American ceremonies as savage devilry, Islamic teaching as violent chicanery, and Catholicism as repugnant superstition. By the mid-eighteenth century, they would describe amicable debates between evangelical missionaries and Algonquian religious leaders about the moral appeal of Christianity, recount learned conversations between English merchants and Muslim scholars, and tell of encounters with hospitable and sincere priests in Catholic Canada and Europe. What explains this poignant shift?
Using a variety of sources--travel narratives, dictionaries and encyclopaedias of the world&apos;s religions, missionary tracts, and sermons, The Opening of the Protestant Mind: How Anglo-American Protestants Embraced Religious Liberty (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Mark Valeri traces a transformation in how English and colonial American Protestants described other religions during a crucial period of English colonisation of North America. After the English Revolution of 1688 and the subsequent growth of the British empire, observers began to link Britain&apos;s success to civic moral virtues, including religious toleration, rather than to any particular religious creed. Mark Valeri shows how a wide range of Protestants--including liberal Anglicans, Calvinist dissenters, deists, and evangelicals--began to see other religions not as entirely good or entirely bad, but as complex, and to evaluate them according to their commitment to religious liberty. In the view of these Protestants, varieties of religion that eschewed political power were laudable, while types of religion that combined priestly authority with political power were illegitimate. They also changed their evangelistic practices, jettisoning civilising agendas in favour of reasoned persuasion.
Dr. Valeri neither valorizes Anglo-Protestants nor condemns them. Instead, he reveals the deep ambiguities in their ideas while showing how those ideas contained the seeds of modern religious liberty.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>277</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e2c54e48-51ce-11ef-996a-7756e0ef102b</guid>
      <title>Tracy Pintchman, &quot;Goddess Beyond Boundaries: Worshipping the Eternal Mother at a North American Hindu Temple&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The Parashakthi Temple in Pontiac, Michigan serves as a site of worship for the Hindu goddess Karumariamman, whose origins are in South India. In her American home Karumariamman has assumed the status of Great Goddess, a tantric deity and wonder worker who communicates directly with devotees through dreams, visions, and miracles. Drawing on fifteen years of field work, Tracy Pintchman reveals how the Parashakthi Temple has become a site of theological and ritual innovation.</p><p>A unique spiritual community, the temple does not simply reproduce Indian goddess traditions, but instead reimagines Hinduism and the Hindu Goddess in the American religious, cultural, and natural landscape. The congregation's faith is grounded in a vision of the Goddess as a breaker of boundaries, including those of race, ethnicity, religion, geography, history, and nationality. Like her congregants, Pintchman suggests, the goddess is emblematic of the qualities of a new immigrant; she embraces the opportunities her new home affords her and refashions herself, but she does not forget her roots, keeping one foot planted in her Indian homeland and another planted firmly in her new land, the United States.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190673024"><em>Goddess Beyond Boundaries: Worshipping the Eternal Mother at a North American Hindu Temple</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023), Pintchman considers larger issues concerning the creativity of immigrant Hindu communities and the ways in which diaspora contexts facilitate the production of new forms of Hinduism that are made possible by globalization and modern technology.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Aug 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The Parashakthi Temple in Pontiac, Michigan serves as a site of worship for the Hindu goddess Karumariamman, whose origins are in South India. In her American home Karumariamman has assumed the status of Great Goddess, a tantric deity and wonder worker who communicates directly with devotees through dreams, visions, and miracles. Drawing on fifteen years of field work, Tracy Pintchman reveals how the Parashakthi Temple has become a site of theological and ritual innovation.</p><p>A unique spiritual community, the temple does not simply reproduce Indian goddess traditions, but instead reimagines Hinduism and the Hindu Goddess in the American religious, cultural, and natural landscape. The congregation's faith is grounded in a vision of the Goddess as a breaker of boundaries, including those of race, ethnicity, religion, geography, history, and nationality. Like her congregants, Pintchman suggests, the goddess is emblematic of the qualities of a new immigrant; she embraces the opportunities her new home affords her and refashions herself, but she does not forget her roots, keeping one foot planted in her Indian homeland and another planted firmly in her new land, the United States.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190673024"><em>Goddess Beyond Boundaries: Worshipping the Eternal Mother at a North American Hindu Temple</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023), Pintchman considers larger issues concerning the creativity of immigrant Hindu communities and the ways in which diaspora contexts facilitate the production of new forms of Hinduism that are made possible by globalization and modern technology.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="35348371" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/36365b09-4821-48ca-923f-8b1bb26aead9/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=36365b09-4821-48ca-923f-8b1bb26aead9&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Tracy Pintchman, &quot;Goddess Beyond Boundaries: Worshipping the Eternal Mother at a North American Hindu Temple&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:36:49</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The Parashakthi Temple in Pontiac, Michigan serves as a site of worship for the Hindu goddess Karumariamman, whose origins are in South India. In her American home Karumariamman has assumed the status of Great Goddess, a tantric deity and wonder worker who communicates directly with devotees through dreams, visions, and miracles. Drawing on fifteen years of field work, Tracy Pintchman reveals how the Parashakthi Temple has become a site of theological and ritual innovation.
A unique spiritual community, the temple does not simply reproduce Indian goddess traditions, but instead reimagines Hinduism and the Hindu Goddess in the American religious, cultural, and natural landscape. The congregation&apos;s faith is grounded in a vision of the Goddess as a breaker of boundaries, including those of race, ethnicity, religion, geography, history, and nationality. Like her congregants, Pintchman suggests, the goddess is emblematic of the qualities of a new immigrant; she embraces the opportunities her new home affords her and refashions herself, but she does not forget her roots, keeping one foot planted in her Indian homeland and another planted firmly in her new land, the United States.
In Goddess Beyond Boundaries: Worshipping the Eternal Mother at a North American Hindu Temple (Oxford UP, 2023), Pintchman considers larger issues concerning the creativity of immigrant Hindu communities and the ways in which diaspora contexts facilitate the production of new forms of Hinduism that are made possible by globalization and modern technology.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The Parashakthi Temple in Pontiac, Michigan serves as a site of worship for the Hindu goddess Karumariamman, whose origins are in South India. In her American home Karumariamman has assumed the status of Great Goddess, a tantric deity and wonder worker who communicates directly with devotees through dreams, visions, and miracles. Drawing on fifteen years of field work, Tracy Pintchman reveals how the Parashakthi Temple has become a site of theological and ritual innovation.
A unique spiritual community, the temple does not simply reproduce Indian goddess traditions, but instead reimagines Hinduism and the Hindu Goddess in the American religious, cultural, and natural landscape. The congregation&apos;s faith is grounded in a vision of the Goddess as a breaker of boundaries, including those of race, ethnicity, religion, geography, history, and nationality. Like her congregants, Pintchman suggests, the goddess is emblematic of the qualities of a new immigrant; she embraces the opportunities her new home affords her and refashions herself, but she does not forget her roots, keeping one foot planted in her Indian homeland and another planted firmly in her new land, the United States.
In Goddess Beyond Boundaries: Worshipping the Eternal Mother at a North American Hindu Temple (Oxford UP, 2023), Pintchman considers larger issues concerning the creativity of immigrant Hindu communities and the ways in which diaspora contexts facilitate the production of new forms of Hinduism that are made possible by globalization and modern technology.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>350</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d35179ea-63ea-11ef-ad10-3f39a021e194</guid>
      <title>Christian Bueger and Timothy Edmunds, &quot;Understanding Maritime Security&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Whether it is pirates, smugglers, illicit fishing, or disputes in the South China Sea, the oceans are of increasing importance in international security.</p><p>In <em>Understanding Maritime Security </em>(Oxford UP, 2024), Christian Bueger and Timothy Edmunds provide a concise introduction to the history of security at sea and explain the core frameworks of analysis that professionals use to understand and tackle challenges to maritime order. They discuss key issues within the maritime security agenda, including inter-state disputes, terrorism, piracy, smuggling, trafficking, and illicit fishing, and examine how states have responded.</p><p>Bueger and Edmunds analyze future trends and show how maritime security is impacted by the critical infrastructure agenda, emerging technologies, cyber security, climate change, biodiversity loss, and the renaissance of geopolitics.</p><p>Comprehensive and incisive, this primer of maritime security is essential reading for maritime security professionals and students of this increasingly important issue.</p><p>Our guest today is <a href="https://bueger.info/cv/">Christian Bueger</a>, Professor of International Relations at the Department of Political Science, University of Copenhagen.</p><p>Our host is <a href="https://www.eleonoramattiacci.com/home">Eleonora Mattiacci</a>, an Associate Professor of Political Science at Amherst College. She is the author of "<a href="https://www.eleonoramattiacci.com/book-project-1">Volatile States in International Politics</a>" (Oxford University Press, 2023).</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Aug 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Whether it is pirates, smugglers, illicit fishing, or disputes in the South China Sea, the oceans are of increasing importance in international security.</p><p>In <em>Understanding Maritime Security </em>(Oxford UP, 2024), Christian Bueger and Timothy Edmunds provide a concise introduction to the history of security at sea and explain the core frameworks of analysis that professionals use to understand and tackle challenges to maritime order. They discuss key issues within the maritime security agenda, including inter-state disputes, terrorism, piracy, smuggling, trafficking, and illicit fishing, and examine how states have responded.</p><p>Bueger and Edmunds analyze future trends and show how maritime security is impacted by the critical infrastructure agenda, emerging technologies, cyber security, climate change, biodiversity loss, and the renaissance of geopolitics.</p><p>Comprehensive and incisive, this primer of maritime security is essential reading for maritime security professionals and students of this increasingly important issue.</p><p>Our guest today is <a href="https://bueger.info/cv/">Christian Bueger</a>, Professor of International Relations at the Department of Political Science, University of Copenhagen.</p><p>Our host is <a href="https://www.eleonoramattiacci.com/home">Eleonora Mattiacci</a>, an Associate Professor of Political Science at Amherst College. She is the author of "<a href="https://www.eleonoramattiacci.com/book-project-1">Volatile States in International Politics</a>" (Oxford University Press, 2023).</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="33328254" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/eebd04b1-e87d-44e8-8519-ecdef9a7c8bc/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=eebd04b1-e87d-44e8-8519-ecdef9a7c8bc&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Christian Bueger and Timothy Edmunds, &quot;Understanding Maritime Security&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:34:42</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Whether it is pirates, smugglers, illicit fishing, or disputes in the South China Sea, the oceans are of increasing importance in international security.
In Understanding Maritime Security (Oxford UP, 2024), Christian Bueger and Timothy Edmunds provide a concise introduction to the history of security at sea and explain the core frameworks of analysis that professionals use to understand and tackle challenges to maritime order. They discuss key issues within the maritime security agenda, including inter-state disputes, terrorism, piracy, smuggling, trafficking, and illicit fishing, and examine how states have responded.
Bueger and Edmunds analyze future trends and show how maritime security is impacted by the critical infrastructure agenda, emerging technologies, cyber security, climate change, biodiversity loss, and the renaissance of geopolitics.
Comprehensive and incisive, this primer of maritime security is essential reading for maritime security professionals and students of this increasingly important issue.
Our guest today is Christian Bueger, Professor of International Relations at the Department of Political Science, University of Copenhagen.
Our host is Eleonora Mattiacci, an Associate Professor of Political Science at Amherst College. She is the author of &quot;Volatile States in International Politics&quot; (Oxford University Press, 2023).</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Whether it is pirates, smugglers, illicit fishing, or disputes in the South China Sea, the oceans are of increasing importance in international security.
In Understanding Maritime Security (Oxford UP, 2024), Christian Bueger and Timothy Edmunds provide a concise introduction to the history of security at sea and explain the core frameworks of analysis that professionals use to understand and tackle challenges to maritime order. They discuss key issues within the maritime security agenda, including inter-state disputes, terrorism, piracy, smuggling, trafficking, and illicit fishing, and examine how states have responded.
Bueger and Edmunds analyze future trends and show how maritime security is impacted by the critical infrastructure agenda, emerging technologies, cyber security, climate change, biodiversity loss, and the renaissance of geopolitics.
Comprehensive and incisive, this primer of maritime security is essential reading for maritime security professionals and students of this increasingly important issue.
Our guest today is Christian Bueger, Professor of International Relations at the Department of Political Science, University of Copenhagen.
Our host is Eleonora Mattiacci, an Associate Professor of Political Science at Amherst College. She is the author of &quot;Volatile States in International Politics&quot; (Oxford University Press, 2023).</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>103</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1639d902-5fe8-11ef-a744-cb3f944dca5f</guid>
      <title>Robert McCorquodale, &quot;Business and Human Rights&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Business and Human Rights Law is a rapidly growing area of law, which has dramatically transformed many parts of international law. In this new volume in the <em>Elements</em> series, Robert McCorquodale explores how the responsibility for human rights abuses has transitioned from a purely state obligation to also being the responsibility of businesses. Business responsibility for human rights impacts have become subject both to legislation and to court decisions whenever their activities lead to human rights abuses anywhere in the world.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192855862"><em>Business and Human Rights</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024) shows the importance of the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights in these developments, and examines their influence on international, regional, and national law. It also analyses the changes on state obligations to protect human rights, on the corporate responsibility for human rights abuses, and on effective access to remedies for those adversely affected by business activities. Each of these shifts has consequences on core tenets of international law, such as sovereignty and jurisdiction, and has implications for crafting new international law in areas such as climate change and technology.</p><p>Robert is a member of the United Nations Working Group on Business and Human Rights, and brings his decades of experience in scholarship and legal practice in business and human rights law, as well as his extensive engagement with businesses, governments, civil society, and international organisations, to bear on his understanding and analysis of this increasingly important field.</p><p>Alex Batesmith is a Lecturer in Legal Profession in the School of Law at the University of Leeds, and a former barrister and UN war crimes prosecutor, with teaching and research interests in international criminal law, cause lawyering and the legal profession, and law and emotion. His University of Leeds profile page can be found <a href="https://essl.leeds.ac.uk/law/staff/1332/mr-alex-batesmith">here</a>. Twitter: @batesmith. <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/batesmith/">LinkedIn</a></p><p>His recent publications include:</p><ul>
<li>
<a href="https://www.routledge.com/The-Incoherence-of-Human-Rights-in-International-Law-Absence-Emergence-and-Limitations/Ashley-Butler/p/book/9781032638034#:~:text=This%20book%20explores%20this%20incoherent,how%20it%20may%20be%20remedied.">“Cambodia and the progressivist ‘imaginary’: The limitations of international(ised) criminal tribunals as mechanisms for implementing human rights” </a>in Louisa Ashley and Nicolette Butler (eds),<em> The Incoherence of Human Rights in International Law: Absence, Emergence and Limitations </em>(Routledge, 2024 <strong>ISBN13: </strong>978-1-032638-03-4)</li>
<li>
<a href="https://counterpress.org.uk/publications/aesthetics-and-counter-aesthetics-of-international-justice/#1634466943999-1d22caf9-d8076232-5aaf4645-b1c7">“‘Poetic Justice Products’: International Justice, Victim Counter-Aesthetics, and the Spectre of the Show Trial”</a> in Christine Schwöbel-Patel and Rob Knox (eds) <em>Aesthetics and Counter-Aesthetics of International Justice</em> (Counterpress, 2024 ISBN 978-1-910761-17-5)</li>
<li>
<a href="https://www.routledge.com/Leading-Works-on-the-Legal-Profession/Newman/p/book/9781032182803">"Lawyers who want to make the world a better place – Scheingold and Sarat’s Something to Believe In: Politics, Professionalism, and Cause Lawyering" </a>in D. Newman (ed.) <em>Leading Works on the Legal Profession </em>(Routledge, July 2023), ISBN 978-1-032182-80-3)</li>
<li>
<a href="https://academic.oup.com/jicj/article-abstract/19/4/803/6459130?redirectedFrom=fulltext">“International Prosecutors as Cause Lawyers" </a>(2021) <em>Journal of International Criminal Justice </em>19(4) 803-830 (ISSN 1478-1387)</li>
</ul><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 22 Aug 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Business and Human Rights Law is a rapidly growing area of law, which has dramatically transformed many parts of international law. In this new volume in the <em>Elements</em> series, Robert McCorquodale explores how the responsibility for human rights abuses has transitioned from a purely state obligation to also being the responsibility of businesses. Business responsibility for human rights impacts have become subject both to legislation and to court decisions whenever their activities lead to human rights abuses anywhere in the world.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192855862"><em>Business and Human Rights</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024) shows the importance of the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights in these developments, and examines their influence on international, regional, and national law. It also analyses the changes on state obligations to protect human rights, on the corporate responsibility for human rights abuses, and on effective access to remedies for those adversely affected by business activities. Each of these shifts has consequences on core tenets of international law, such as sovereignty and jurisdiction, and has implications for crafting new international law in areas such as climate change and technology.</p><p>Robert is a member of the United Nations Working Group on Business and Human Rights, and brings his decades of experience in scholarship and legal practice in business and human rights law, as well as his extensive engagement with businesses, governments, civil society, and international organisations, to bear on his understanding and analysis of this increasingly important field.</p><p>Alex Batesmith is a Lecturer in Legal Profession in the School of Law at the University of Leeds, and a former barrister and UN war crimes prosecutor, with teaching and research interests in international criminal law, cause lawyering and the legal profession, and law and emotion. His University of Leeds profile page can be found <a href="https://essl.leeds.ac.uk/law/staff/1332/mr-alex-batesmith">here</a>. Twitter: @batesmith. <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/batesmith/">LinkedIn</a></p><p>His recent publications include:</p><ul>
<li>
<a href="https://www.routledge.com/The-Incoherence-of-Human-Rights-in-International-Law-Absence-Emergence-and-Limitations/Ashley-Butler/p/book/9781032638034#:~:text=This%20book%20explores%20this%20incoherent,how%20it%20may%20be%20remedied.">“Cambodia and the progressivist ‘imaginary’: The limitations of international(ised) criminal tribunals as mechanisms for implementing human rights” </a>in Louisa Ashley and Nicolette Butler (eds),<em> The Incoherence of Human Rights in International Law: Absence, Emergence and Limitations </em>(Routledge, 2024 <strong>ISBN13: </strong>978-1-032638-03-4)</li>
<li>
<a href="https://counterpress.org.uk/publications/aesthetics-and-counter-aesthetics-of-international-justice/#1634466943999-1d22caf9-d8076232-5aaf4645-b1c7">“‘Poetic Justice Products’: International Justice, Victim Counter-Aesthetics, and the Spectre of the Show Trial”</a> in Christine Schwöbel-Patel and Rob Knox (eds) <em>Aesthetics and Counter-Aesthetics of International Justice</em> (Counterpress, 2024 ISBN 978-1-910761-17-5)</li>
<li>
<a href="https://www.routledge.com/Leading-Works-on-the-Legal-Profession/Newman/p/book/9781032182803">"Lawyers who want to make the world a better place – Scheingold and Sarat’s Something to Believe In: Politics, Professionalism, and Cause Lawyering" </a>in D. Newman (ed.) <em>Leading Works on the Legal Profession </em>(Routledge, July 2023), ISBN 978-1-032182-80-3)</li>
<li>
<a href="https://academic.oup.com/jicj/article-abstract/19/4/803/6459130?redirectedFrom=fulltext">“International Prosecutors as Cause Lawyers" </a>(2021) <em>Journal of International Criminal Justice </em>19(4) 803-830 (ISSN 1478-1387)</li>
</ul><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="76579757" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/812aa9b7-1f68-4e2d-b674-d5dde7525372/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=812aa9b7-1f68-4e2d-b674-d5dde7525372&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Robert McCorquodale, &quot;Business and Human Rights&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:19:45</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Business and Human Rights Law is a rapidly growing area of law, which has dramatically transformed many parts of international law. In this new volume in the Elements series, Robert McCorquodale explores how the responsibility for human rights abuses has transitioned from a purely state obligation to also being the responsibility of businesses. Business responsibility for human rights impacts have become subject both to legislation and to court decisions whenever their activities lead to human rights abuses anywhere in the world.
Business and Human Rights (Oxford UP, 2024) shows the importance of the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights in these developments, and examines their influence on international, regional, and national law. It also analyses the changes on state obligations to protect human rights, on the corporate responsibility for human rights abuses, and on effective access to remedies for those adversely affected by business activities. Each of these shifts has consequences on core tenets of international law, such as sovereignty and jurisdiction, and has implications for crafting new international law in areas such as climate change and technology.
Robert is a member of the United Nations Working Group on Business and Human Rights, and brings his decades of experience in scholarship and legal practice in business and human rights law, as well as his extensive engagement with businesses, governments, civil society, and international organisations, to bear on his understanding and analysis of this increasingly important field.
Alex Batesmith is a Lecturer in Legal Profession in the School of Law at the University of Leeds, and a former barrister and UN war crimes prosecutor, with teaching and research interests in international criminal law, cause lawyering and the legal profession, and law and emotion. His University of Leeds profile page can be found here. Twitter: @batesmith. LinkedIn
His recent publications include:


“Cambodia and the progressivist ‘imaginary’: The limitations of international(ised) criminal tribunals as mechanisms for implementing human rights” in Louisa Ashley and Nicolette Butler (eds), The Incoherence of Human Rights in International Law: Absence, Emergence and Limitations (Routledge, 2024 ISBN13: 978-1-032638-03-4)


“‘Poetic Justice Products’: International Justice, Victim Counter-Aesthetics, and the Spectre of the Show Trial” in Christine Schwöbel-Patel and Rob Knox (eds) Aesthetics and Counter-Aesthetics of International Justice (Counterpress, 2024 ISBN 978-1-910761-17-5)


&quot;Lawyers who want to make the world a better place – Scheingold and Sarat’s Something to Believe In: Politics, Professionalism, and Cause Lawyering&quot; in D. Newman (ed.) Leading Works on the Legal Profession (Routledge, July 2023), ISBN 978-1-032182-80-3)


“International Prosecutors as Cause Lawyers&quot; (2021) Journal of International Criminal Justice 19(4) 803-830 (ISSN 1478-1387)</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Business and Human Rights Law is a rapidly growing area of law, which has dramatically transformed many parts of international law. In this new volume in the Elements series, Robert McCorquodale explores how the responsibility for human rights abuses has transitioned from a purely state obligation to also being the responsibility of businesses. Business responsibility for human rights impacts have become subject both to legislation and to court decisions whenever their activities lead to human rights abuses anywhere in the world.
Business and Human Rights (Oxford UP, 2024) shows the importance of the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights in these developments, and examines their influence on international, regional, and national law. It also analyses the changes on state obligations to protect human rights, on the corporate responsibility for human rights abuses, and on effective access to remedies for those adversely affected by business activities. Each of these shifts has consequences on core tenets of international law, such as sovereignty and jurisdiction, and has implications for crafting new international law in areas such as climate change and technology.
Robert is a member of the United Nations Working Group on Business and Human Rights, and brings his decades of experience in scholarship and legal practice in business and human rights law, as well as his extensive engagement with businesses, governments, civil society, and international organisations, to bear on his understanding and analysis of this increasingly important field.
Alex Batesmith is a Lecturer in Legal Profession in the School of Law at the University of Leeds, and a former barrister and UN war crimes prosecutor, with teaching and research interests in international criminal law, cause lawyering and the legal profession, and law and emotion. His University of Leeds profile page can be found here. Twitter: @batesmith. LinkedIn
His recent publications include:


“Cambodia and the progressivist ‘imaginary’: The limitations of international(ised) criminal tribunals as mechanisms for implementing human rights” in Louisa Ashley and Nicolette Butler (eds), The Incoherence of Human Rights in International Law: Absence, Emergence and Limitations (Routledge, 2024 ISBN13: 978-1-032638-03-4)


“‘Poetic Justice Products’: International Justice, Victim Counter-Aesthetics, and the Spectre of the Show Trial” in Christine Schwöbel-Patel and Rob Knox (eds) Aesthetics and Counter-Aesthetics of International Justice (Counterpress, 2024 ISBN 978-1-910761-17-5)


&quot;Lawyers who want to make the world a better place – Scheingold and Sarat’s Something to Believe In: Politics, Professionalism, and Cause Lawyering&quot; in D. Newman (ed.) Leading Works on the Legal Profession (Routledge, July 2023), ISBN 978-1-032182-80-3)


“International Prosecutors as Cause Lawyers&quot; (2021) Journal of International Criminal Justice 19(4) 803-830 (ISSN 1478-1387)</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>231</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ae5b0584-5f2b-11ef-b62e-53b0851b15cb</guid>
      <title>Oliver Volckart, &quot;The Silver Empire: How Germany Created Its First Common Currency&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The problems that gave rise to the widespread desire to introduce a common currency were myriad. While trade was able to cope with-and even to benefit from-the parallel circulation of many different types of coin, it nevertheless harmed both the common people and the political authorities. The authorities in particular suffered from neighbours who used their comparatively good money as raw material to mint poor imitations. Debasing their own coinage provided an, at best, short-term solution. Over the medium and long term, it drove the members of the Empire into rounds of competitive debasements, until they realised that a common currency was the only answer that addressed the core of the problem.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198894483"><em>The Silver Empire: How Germany Created Its First Common Currency</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024) Dr. Oliver Volckart examines the conditions that shaped the monetary outlook of the member states of the Empire, paying particular attention to the uneven access to silver and gold. Following closely the negotiations that prepared the common currency, he is able to illuminate the interest groups that were formed, what their agendas and ulterior motives were, how alliances were forged, and how it was eventually possible to obtain majority agreement on what a common currency should look like: a silver-based currency that was introduced in 1559-66.</p><p>In fact, in contrast to what historians once believed, the common currency they achieved turns out to have functioned not significantly worse than other currencies of the time: it had similar problems and similar advantages as the money issued by more centralised governments.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Aug 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The problems that gave rise to the widespread desire to introduce a common currency were myriad. While trade was able to cope with-and even to benefit from-the parallel circulation of many different types of coin, it nevertheless harmed both the common people and the political authorities. The authorities in particular suffered from neighbours who used their comparatively good money as raw material to mint poor imitations. Debasing their own coinage provided an, at best, short-term solution. Over the medium and long term, it drove the members of the Empire into rounds of competitive debasements, until they realised that a common currency was the only answer that addressed the core of the problem.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198894483"><em>The Silver Empire: How Germany Created Its First Common Currency</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024) Dr. Oliver Volckart examines the conditions that shaped the monetary outlook of the member states of the Empire, paying particular attention to the uneven access to silver and gold. Following closely the negotiations that prepared the common currency, he is able to illuminate the interest groups that were formed, what their agendas and ulterior motives were, how alliances were forged, and how it was eventually possible to obtain majority agreement on what a common currency should look like: a silver-based currency that was introduced in 1559-66.</p><p>In fact, in contrast to what historians once believed, the common currency they achieved turns out to have functioned not significantly worse than other currencies of the time: it had similar problems and similar advantages as the money issued by more centralised governments.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="45404921" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/eb5cea4c-3c0d-4953-bdc9-e93984896b3e/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=eb5cea4c-3c0d-4953-bdc9-e93984896b3e&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Oliver Volckart, &quot;The Silver Empire: How Germany Created Its First Common Currency&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:47:17</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The problems that gave rise to the widespread desire to introduce a common currency were myriad. While trade was able to cope with-and even to benefit from-the parallel circulation of many different types of coin, it nevertheless harmed both the common people and the political authorities. The authorities in particular suffered from neighbours who used their comparatively good money as raw material to mint poor imitations. Debasing their own coinage provided an, at best, short-term solution. Over the medium and long term, it drove the members of the Empire into rounds of competitive debasements, until they realised that a common currency was the only answer that addressed the core of the problem.
In The Silver Empire: How Germany Created Its First Common Currency (Oxford University Press, 2024) Dr. Oliver Volckart examines the conditions that shaped the monetary outlook of the member states of the Empire, paying particular attention to the uneven access to silver and gold. Following closely the negotiations that prepared the common currency, he is able to illuminate the interest groups that were formed, what their agendas and ulterior motives were, how alliances were forged, and how it was eventually possible to obtain majority agreement on what a common currency should look like: a silver-based currency that was introduced in 1559-66.
In fact, in contrast to what historians once believed, the common currency they achieved turns out to have functioned not significantly worse than other currencies of the time: it had similar problems and similar advantages as the money issued by more centralised governments.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The problems that gave rise to the widespread desire to introduce a common currency were myriad. While trade was able to cope with-and even to benefit from-the parallel circulation of many different types of coin, it nevertheless harmed both the common people and the political authorities. The authorities in particular suffered from neighbours who used their comparatively good money as raw material to mint poor imitations. Debasing their own coinage provided an, at best, short-term solution. Over the medium and long term, it drove the members of the Empire into rounds of competitive debasements, until they realised that a common currency was the only answer that addressed the core of the problem.
In The Silver Empire: How Germany Created Its First Common Currency (Oxford University Press, 2024) Dr. Oliver Volckart examines the conditions that shaped the monetary outlook of the member states of the Empire, paying particular attention to the uneven access to silver and gold. Following closely the negotiations that prepared the common currency, he is able to illuminate the interest groups that were formed, what their agendas and ulterior motives were, how alliances were forged, and how it was eventually possible to obtain majority agreement on what a common currency should look like: a silver-based currency that was introduced in 1559-66.
In fact, in contrast to what historians once believed, the common currency they achieved turns out to have functioned not significantly worse than other currencies of the time: it had similar problems and similar advantages as the money issued by more centralised governments.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>109</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">99164f06-4867-11ef-8036-cf3529705b16</guid>
      <title>Laura S. Lieber, &quot;Staging the Sacred: Performance in Late Ancient Liturgical Poetry&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190065461"><em>Staging the Sacred: Performance in Late Ancient Liturgical Poetry</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023) examines the importance of Christian, Jewish, and Samaritan liturgical poetry from Late Antiquity through the lenses of performance, entertainment, and spectacle. Laura Lieber proposes an account of hymnody as a performative and theatrical genre, combining religious and theatrical studies to examine how performers creatively engaged their audiences, utilized different modes of performance, and created complex characters through their speeches.</p><p>To truly consider performance and engage with these poems fully, Lieber urges readers to imagine the world beyond the page. While poetry and hymnody from Late Antiquity are usually presented in textual form, Lieber moves away from studying the text on its own, engaging instead with how these poems would have been performed and acted. The specific literary techniques associated with oratory and acting in Late Antiquity, such as apostrophe and vivid imagery, help craft a more accurate idea of liturgical presentations. Lieber suggests ways that these ancient poets could have used their physical spaces of performance by borrowing from the gestures and body language of oratory, mime, and pantomime.</p><p>A highly interdisciplinary study that will appeal to scholars across religion, theatre, literature, and beyond, Staging the Sacred proposes a novel interpretation of Late Antique hymnody and poetry as a performative genre, akin to oratory, theatre, and other modes of public performance, placing these works in their wider societal context.</p><p>New Books in Late Antiquity is presented by <a href="https://www.ancientjewreview.com/">Ancient Jew Review</a>.</p><p>Laura S. Lieber is the inaugural chair and Professor of the Transregional History of Religion at the University of Regensburg in Germany.</p><p><a href="https://www.umb.edu/directory/michaelmotia/">Michael Motia</a> in a Lecturer in Classics and Religious Studies at UMass Boston</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Aug 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190065461"><em>Staging the Sacred: Performance in Late Ancient Liturgical Poetry</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023) examines the importance of Christian, Jewish, and Samaritan liturgical poetry from Late Antiquity through the lenses of performance, entertainment, and spectacle. Laura Lieber proposes an account of hymnody as a performative and theatrical genre, combining religious and theatrical studies to examine how performers creatively engaged their audiences, utilized different modes of performance, and created complex characters through their speeches.</p><p>To truly consider performance and engage with these poems fully, Lieber urges readers to imagine the world beyond the page. While poetry and hymnody from Late Antiquity are usually presented in textual form, Lieber moves away from studying the text on its own, engaging instead with how these poems would have been performed and acted. The specific literary techniques associated with oratory and acting in Late Antiquity, such as apostrophe and vivid imagery, help craft a more accurate idea of liturgical presentations. Lieber suggests ways that these ancient poets could have used their physical spaces of performance by borrowing from the gestures and body language of oratory, mime, and pantomime.</p><p>A highly interdisciplinary study that will appeal to scholars across religion, theatre, literature, and beyond, Staging the Sacred proposes a novel interpretation of Late Antique hymnody and poetry as a performative genre, akin to oratory, theatre, and other modes of public performance, placing these works in their wider societal context.</p><p>New Books in Late Antiquity is presented by <a href="https://www.ancientjewreview.com/">Ancient Jew Review</a>.</p><p>Laura S. Lieber is the inaugural chair and Professor of the Transregional History of Religion at the University of Regensburg in Germany.</p><p><a href="https://www.umb.edu/directory/michaelmotia/">Michael Motia</a> in a Lecturer in Classics and Religious Studies at UMass Boston</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="56500008" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/ea260351-04de-4626-9d73-d0a2d522032e/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=ea260351-04de-4626-9d73-d0a2d522032e&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Laura S. Lieber, &quot;Staging the Sacred: Performance in Late Ancient Liturgical Poetry&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:58:51</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Staging the Sacred: Performance in Late Ancient Liturgical Poetry (Oxford UP, 2023) examines the importance of Christian, Jewish, and Samaritan liturgical poetry from Late Antiquity through the lenses of performance, entertainment, and spectacle. Laura Lieber proposes an account of hymnody as a performative and theatrical genre, combining religious and theatrical studies to examine how performers creatively engaged their audiences, utilized different modes of performance, and created complex characters through their speeches.
To truly consider performance and engage with these poems fully, Lieber urges readers to imagine the world beyond the page. While poetry and hymnody from Late Antiquity are usually presented in textual form, Lieber moves away from studying the text on its own, engaging instead with how these poems would have been performed and acted. The specific literary techniques associated with oratory and acting in Late Antiquity, such as apostrophe and vivid imagery, help craft a more accurate idea of liturgical presentations. Lieber suggests ways that these ancient poets could have used their physical spaces of performance by borrowing from the gestures and body language of oratory, mime, and pantomime.
A highly interdisciplinary study that will appeal to scholars across religion, theatre, literature, and beyond, Staging the Sacred proposes a novel interpretation of Late Antique hymnody and poetry as a performative genre, akin to oratory, theatre, and other modes of public performance, placing these works in their wider societal context.
New Books in Late Antiquity is presented by Ancient Jew Review.
Laura S. Lieber is the inaugural chair and Professor of the Transregional History of Religion at the University of Regensburg in Germany.
Michael Motia in a Lecturer in Classics and Religious Studies at UMass Boston</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Staging the Sacred: Performance in Late Ancient Liturgical Poetry (Oxford UP, 2023) examines the importance of Christian, Jewish, and Samaritan liturgical poetry from Late Antiquity through the lenses of performance, entertainment, and spectacle. Laura Lieber proposes an account of hymnody as a performative and theatrical genre, combining religious and theatrical studies to examine how performers creatively engaged their audiences, utilized different modes of performance, and created complex characters through their speeches.
To truly consider performance and engage with these poems fully, Lieber urges readers to imagine the world beyond the page. While poetry and hymnody from Late Antiquity are usually presented in textual form, Lieber moves away from studying the text on its own, engaging instead with how these poems would have been performed and acted. The specific literary techniques associated with oratory and acting in Late Antiquity, such as apostrophe and vivid imagery, help craft a more accurate idea of liturgical presentations. Lieber suggests ways that these ancient poets could have used their physical spaces of performance by borrowing from the gestures and body language of oratory, mime, and pantomime.
A highly interdisciplinary study that will appeal to scholars across religion, theatre, literature, and beyond, Staging the Sacred proposes a novel interpretation of Late Antique hymnody and poetry as a performative genre, akin to oratory, theatre, and other modes of public performance, placing these works in their wider societal context.
New Books in Late Antiquity is presented by Ancient Jew Review.
Laura S. Lieber is the inaugural chair and Professor of the Transregional History of Religion at the University of Regensburg in Germany.
Michael Motia in a Lecturer in Classics and Religious Studies at UMass Boston</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>29</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">17848670-58ba-11ef-ac79-b32e1573b7d0</guid>
      <title>Teresa Morgan, &quot;The New Testament and the Theology of Trust&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-new-testament-and-the-theology-of-trust-9780192859587?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;"><em>The New Testament and the Theology of Trust</em> </a>(Oxford UP, 2022) argues for the recovery of trust as a central theme in Christian theology, and offers the first theology of trust in the New Testament.</p><p>'Trust' is the root meaning of Christian 'faith' (<em>pistis</em>, <em>fides</em>), and trusting in God and Christ is still fundamental to Christians. But unlike faith, and other aspects of faith such as belief or hope, trust is little studied. Building on her ground-breaking study <em>Roman Faith and Christian Faith</em>, and drawing on the philosophy and psychology of trust, Teresa Morgan explores the significance of trust, trustworthiness, faithfulness, and entrustedness in New Testament writings.</p><p>Trust between God, Christ, and humanity is revealed as a risky, dynamic, forward-looking, life-changing partnership. God entrusts Christ with winning the trust of humanity and bringing humanity to trust in God. God and Christ trust humanity to respond to God's initiative through Christ, and entrust the faithful with diverse forms of work for humanity and for creation. Human understanding of God and Christ is limited, and trust and faithfulness often fail, but imperfect trust is not a deal-breaker.</p><p>Morgan develops a new model of atonement, showing how trust enables humanity's release from the power of both sin and suffering. She examines the neglected concept of propositional trust and argues that it plays a key role in faith. This volume offers a compelling vision of Christian trust as soteriological, ethical, and community-forming. Trust is both the means of salvation and an end in itself, because where we trust is where we most fully live.</p><p>Teresa Morgan studied classics at Cambridge University, theology at Oxford, and violin and viola in London and Cologne. She joined Yale Divinity School in 2022, from Oxford University. Professor Morgan writes across Greek and Roman history, the New Testament, and early Christianity, especially on Greek, Roman, and early Christian ethics (e.g. Popular Morality in the Early Roman Empire, 2007), Greek and Roman education (Literate Education in the Hellenistic and Roman Worlds, 1998), and Paul (Being ‘in Christ’ in the Letters of Paul: Saved Through Christ and In His Hands, 2020). She is currently coming to the end of a four-volume investigation of the historical evolution, early religious meaning, and contemporary significance of ancient Mediterranean and early Christian trust and faith (Roman Faith and Christian Faith, 2015, The New Testament and the Theology of Trust, 2022, Trust in Atonement (2024), and The Invention of Faith (forthcoming). When this is finished, she plans to return to ethics with a study of the evolution of Christian ethics in the first four centuries CE.</p><p><em>Jonathon Lookadoo is Associate Professor at the Presbyterian University and Theological Seminary in Seoul, South Korea. While his interests range widely over the world of early Christianity, he is the author of books on the Epistle of Barnabas, Ignatius of Antioch, and the Shepherd of Hermas, including The Christology of Ignatius of Antioch (Cascade, 2023).</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Aug 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-new-testament-and-the-theology-of-trust-9780192859587?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;"><em>The New Testament and the Theology of Trust</em> </a>(Oxford UP, 2022) argues for the recovery of trust as a central theme in Christian theology, and offers the first theology of trust in the New Testament.</p><p>'Trust' is the root meaning of Christian 'faith' (<em>pistis</em>, <em>fides</em>), and trusting in God and Christ is still fundamental to Christians. But unlike faith, and other aspects of faith such as belief or hope, trust is little studied. Building on her ground-breaking study <em>Roman Faith and Christian Faith</em>, and drawing on the philosophy and psychology of trust, Teresa Morgan explores the significance of trust, trustworthiness, faithfulness, and entrustedness in New Testament writings.</p><p>Trust between God, Christ, and humanity is revealed as a risky, dynamic, forward-looking, life-changing partnership. God entrusts Christ with winning the trust of humanity and bringing humanity to trust in God. God and Christ trust humanity to respond to God's initiative through Christ, and entrust the faithful with diverse forms of work for humanity and for creation. Human understanding of God and Christ is limited, and trust and faithfulness often fail, but imperfect trust is not a deal-breaker.</p><p>Morgan develops a new model of atonement, showing how trust enables humanity's release from the power of both sin and suffering. She examines the neglected concept of propositional trust and argues that it plays a key role in faith. This volume offers a compelling vision of Christian trust as soteriological, ethical, and community-forming. Trust is both the means of salvation and an end in itself, because where we trust is where we most fully live.</p><p>Teresa Morgan studied classics at Cambridge University, theology at Oxford, and violin and viola in London and Cologne. She joined Yale Divinity School in 2022, from Oxford University. Professor Morgan writes across Greek and Roman history, the New Testament, and early Christianity, especially on Greek, Roman, and early Christian ethics (e.g. Popular Morality in the Early Roman Empire, 2007), Greek and Roman education (Literate Education in the Hellenistic and Roman Worlds, 1998), and Paul (Being ‘in Christ’ in the Letters of Paul: Saved Through Christ and In His Hands, 2020). She is currently coming to the end of a four-volume investigation of the historical evolution, early religious meaning, and contemporary significance of ancient Mediterranean and early Christian trust and faith (Roman Faith and Christian Faith, 2015, The New Testament and the Theology of Trust, 2022, Trust in Atonement (2024), and The Invention of Faith (forthcoming). When this is finished, she plans to return to ethics with a study of the evolution of Christian ethics in the first four centuries CE.</p><p><em>Jonathon Lookadoo is Associate Professor at the Presbyterian University and Theological Seminary in Seoul, South Korea. While his interests range widely over the world of early Christianity, he is the author of books on the Epistle of Barnabas, Ignatius of Antioch, and the Shepherd of Hermas, including The Christology of Ignatius of Antioch (Cascade, 2023).</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="28332444" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/fca42714-486d-4df9-b075-5f071c875d33/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=fca42714-486d-4df9-b075-5f071c875d33&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Teresa Morgan, &quot;The New Testament and the Theology of Trust&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:29:30</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The New Testament and the Theology of Trust (Oxford UP, 2022) argues for the recovery of trust as a central theme in Christian theology, and offers the first theology of trust in the New Testament.
&apos;Trust&apos; is the root meaning of Christian &apos;faith&apos; (pistis, fides), and trusting in God and Christ is still fundamental to Christians. But unlike faith, and other aspects of faith such as belief or hope, trust is little studied. Building on her ground-breaking study Roman Faith and Christian Faith, and drawing on the philosophy and psychology of trust, Teresa Morgan explores the significance of trust, trustworthiness, faithfulness, and entrustedness in New Testament writings.
Trust between God, Christ, and humanity is revealed as a risky, dynamic, forward-looking, life-changing partnership. God entrusts Christ with winning the trust of humanity and bringing humanity to trust in God. God and Christ trust humanity to respond to God&apos;s initiative through Christ, and entrust the faithful with diverse forms of work for humanity and for creation. Human understanding of God and Christ is limited, and trust and faithfulness often fail, but imperfect trust is not a deal-breaker.
Morgan develops a new model of atonement, showing how trust enables humanity&apos;s release from the power of both sin and suffering. She examines the neglected concept of propositional trust and argues that it plays a key role in faith. This volume offers a compelling vision of Christian trust as soteriological, ethical, and community-forming. Trust is both the means of salvation and an end in itself, because where we trust is where we most fully live.
Teresa Morgan studied classics at Cambridge University, theology at Oxford, and violin and viola in London and Cologne. She joined Yale Divinity School in 2022, from Oxford University. Professor Morgan writes across Greek and Roman history, the New Testament, and early Christianity, especially on Greek, Roman, and early Christian ethics (e.g. Popular Morality in the Early Roman Empire, 2007), Greek and Roman education (Literate Education in the Hellenistic and Roman Worlds, 1998), and Paul (Being ‘in Christ’ in the Letters of Paul: Saved Through Christ and In His Hands, 2020). She is currently coming to the end of a four-volume investigation of the historical evolution, early religious meaning, and contemporary significance of ancient Mediterranean and early Christian trust and faith (Roman Faith and Christian Faith, 2015, The New Testament and the Theology of Trust, 2022, Trust in Atonement (2024), and The Invention of Faith (forthcoming). When this is finished, she plans to return to ethics with a study of the evolution of Christian ethics in the first four centuries CE.
Jonathon Lookadoo is Associate Professor at the Presbyterian University and Theological Seminary in Seoul, South Korea. While his interests range widely over the world of early Christianity, he is the author of books on the Epistle of Barnabas, Ignatius of Antioch, and the Shepherd of Hermas, including The Christology of Ignatius of Antioch (Cascade, 2023).</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The New Testament and the Theology of Trust (Oxford UP, 2022) argues for the recovery of trust as a central theme in Christian theology, and offers the first theology of trust in the New Testament.
&apos;Trust&apos; is the root meaning of Christian &apos;faith&apos; (pistis, fides), and trusting in God and Christ is still fundamental to Christians. But unlike faith, and other aspects of faith such as belief or hope, trust is little studied. Building on her ground-breaking study Roman Faith and Christian Faith, and drawing on the philosophy and psychology of trust, Teresa Morgan explores the significance of trust, trustworthiness, faithfulness, and entrustedness in New Testament writings.
Trust between God, Christ, and humanity is revealed as a risky, dynamic, forward-looking, life-changing partnership. God entrusts Christ with winning the trust of humanity and bringing humanity to trust in God. God and Christ trust humanity to respond to God&apos;s initiative through Christ, and entrust the faithful with diverse forms of work for humanity and for creation. Human understanding of God and Christ is limited, and trust and faithfulness often fail, but imperfect trust is not a deal-breaker.
Morgan develops a new model of atonement, showing how trust enables humanity&apos;s release from the power of both sin and suffering. She examines the neglected concept of propositional trust and argues that it plays a key role in faith. This volume offers a compelling vision of Christian trust as soteriological, ethical, and community-forming. Trust is both the means of salvation and an end in itself, because where we trust is where we most fully live.
Teresa Morgan studied classics at Cambridge University, theology at Oxford, and violin and viola in London and Cologne. She joined Yale Divinity School in 2022, from Oxford University. Professor Morgan writes across Greek and Roman history, the New Testament, and early Christianity, especially on Greek, Roman, and early Christian ethics (e.g. Popular Morality in the Early Roman Empire, 2007), Greek and Roman education (Literate Education in the Hellenistic and Roman Worlds, 1998), and Paul (Being ‘in Christ’ in the Letters of Paul: Saved Through Christ and In His Hands, 2020). She is currently coming to the end of a four-volume investigation of the historical evolution, early religious meaning, and contemporary significance of ancient Mediterranean and early Christian trust and faith (Roman Faith and Christian Faith, 2015, The New Testament and the Theology of Trust, 2022, Trust in Atonement (2024), and The Invention of Faith (forthcoming). When this is finished, she plans to return to ethics with a study of the evolution of Christian ethics in the first four centuries CE.
Jonathon Lookadoo is Associate Professor at the Presbyterian University and Theological Seminary in Seoul, South Korea. While his interests range widely over the world of early Christianity, he is the author of books on the Epistle of Barnabas, Ignatius of Antioch, and the Shepherd of Hermas, including The Christology of Ignatius of Antioch (Cascade, 2023).</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>164</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6345e78e-5752-11ef-898c-c31013e051c2</guid>
      <title>Iris Berent, &quot;The Blind Storyteller: How We Reason about Human Nature&quot; (Oxford UP, 2020)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Do newborns think-do they know that 'three' is greater than 'two'? Do they prefer 'right' to 'wrong'? What about emotions--do newborns recognize happiness or anger? If they do, then how are our inborn thoughts and feelings encoded in our bodies? Could they persist after we die? Going all the way back to ancient Greece, human nature and the mind-body link are the topics of age-old scholarly debates. But laypeople also have strong opinions about such matters. Most people believe, for example, that newborn babies don't know the difference between right and wrong-such knowledge, they insist, can only be learned. For emotions, they presume the opposite-that our capacity to feel fear, for example, is both inborn and embodied. These beliefs are stories we tell ourselves about what we know and who we are. They reflect and influence our understanding of ourselves and others and they guide every aspect of our lives. In a twist that could have come out of a Greek tragedy, Berent proposes that our errors are our fate. These mistakes emanate from the very principles that make our minds tick: our blindness to human nature is rooted in human nature itself. </p><p>An intellectual journey that draws on philosophy, anthropology, linguistics, cognitive science, and Berent's own cutting-edge research, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190061920"><em>The Blind Storyteller: How We Reason about Human Nature</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2020) grapples with a host of provocative questions, from why we are so infatuated with our brains to what happens when we die. The end result is a startling new perspective on our humanity.</p><p>You can find Dr. Berent on Twitter at @berent_iris. </p><p><em>Joseph Fridman is a researcher, science communicator, media producer, and educational organizer. He lives in Boston with two ragdoll kittens and a climate scientist.You can follow him on Twitter </em><a href="https://twitter.com/joseph_fridman?lang=en"><em>@joseph_fridman</em></a><em>, or reach him at his website, </em><a href="https://www.josephfridman.com/">https://www.josephfridman.com/</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 11 Aug 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Do newborns think-do they know that 'three' is greater than 'two'? Do they prefer 'right' to 'wrong'? What about emotions--do newborns recognize happiness or anger? If they do, then how are our inborn thoughts and feelings encoded in our bodies? Could they persist after we die? Going all the way back to ancient Greece, human nature and the mind-body link are the topics of age-old scholarly debates. But laypeople also have strong opinions about such matters. Most people believe, for example, that newborn babies don't know the difference between right and wrong-such knowledge, they insist, can only be learned. For emotions, they presume the opposite-that our capacity to feel fear, for example, is both inborn and embodied. These beliefs are stories we tell ourselves about what we know and who we are. They reflect and influence our understanding of ourselves and others and they guide every aspect of our lives. In a twist that could have come out of a Greek tragedy, Berent proposes that our errors are our fate. These mistakes emanate from the very principles that make our minds tick: our blindness to human nature is rooted in human nature itself. </p><p>An intellectual journey that draws on philosophy, anthropology, linguistics, cognitive science, and Berent's own cutting-edge research, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190061920"><em>The Blind Storyteller: How We Reason about Human Nature</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2020) grapples with a host of provocative questions, from why we are so infatuated with our brains to what happens when we die. The end result is a startling new perspective on our humanity.</p><p>You can find Dr. Berent on Twitter at @berent_iris. </p><p><em>Joseph Fridman is a researcher, science communicator, media producer, and educational organizer. He lives in Boston with two ragdoll kittens and a climate scientist.You can follow him on Twitter </em><a href="https://twitter.com/joseph_fridman?lang=en"><em>@joseph_fridman</em></a><em>, or reach him at his website, </em><a href="https://www.josephfridman.com/">https://www.josephfridman.com/</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="48722048" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/3059196c-14cf-41ff-b24b-4238b225dd3e/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=3059196c-14cf-41ff-b24b-4238b225dd3e&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Iris Berent, &quot;The Blind Storyteller: How We Reason about Human Nature&quot; (Oxford UP, 2020)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:50:43</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Do newborns think-do they know that &apos;three&apos; is greater than &apos;two&apos;? Do they prefer &apos;right&apos; to &apos;wrong&apos;? What about emotions--do newborns recognize happiness or anger? If they do, then how are our inborn thoughts and feelings encoded in our bodies? Could they persist after we die? Going all the way back to ancient Greece, human nature and the mind-body link are the topics of age-old scholarly debates. But laypeople also have strong opinions about such matters. Most people believe, for example, that newborn babies don&apos;t know the difference between right and wrong-such knowledge, they insist, can only be learned. For emotions, they presume the opposite-that our capacity to feel fear, for example, is both inborn and embodied. These beliefs are stories we tell ourselves about what we know and who we are. They reflect and influence our understanding of ourselves and others and they guide every aspect of our lives. In a twist that could have come out of a Greek tragedy, Berent proposes that our errors are our fate. These mistakes emanate from the very principles that make our minds tick: our blindness to human nature is rooted in human nature itself. 
An intellectual journey that draws on philosophy, anthropology, linguistics, cognitive science, and Berent&apos;s own cutting-edge research, The Blind Storyteller: How We Reason about Human Nature (Oxford UP, 2020) grapples with a host of provocative questions, from why we are so infatuated with our brains to what happens when we die. The end result is a startling new perspective on our humanity.
You can find Dr. Berent on Twitter at @berent_iris. 
Joseph Fridman is a researcher, science communicator, media producer, and educational organizer. He lives in Boston with two ragdoll kittens and a climate scientist.You can follow him on Twitter @joseph_fridman, or reach him at his website, https://www.josephfridman.com/.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Do newborns think-do they know that &apos;three&apos; is greater than &apos;two&apos;? Do they prefer &apos;right&apos; to &apos;wrong&apos;? What about emotions--do newborns recognize happiness or anger? If they do, then how are our inborn thoughts and feelings encoded in our bodies? Could they persist after we die? Going all the way back to ancient Greece, human nature and the mind-body link are the topics of age-old scholarly debates. But laypeople also have strong opinions about such matters. Most people believe, for example, that newborn babies don&apos;t know the difference between right and wrong-such knowledge, they insist, can only be learned. For emotions, they presume the opposite-that our capacity to feel fear, for example, is both inborn and embodied. These beliefs are stories we tell ourselves about what we know and who we are. They reflect and influence our understanding of ourselves and others and they guide every aspect of our lives. In a twist that could have come out of a Greek tragedy, Berent proposes that our errors are our fate. These mistakes emanate from the very principles that make our minds tick: our blindness to human nature is rooted in human nature itself. 
An intellectual journey that draws on philosophy, anthropology, linguistics, cognitive science, and Berent&apos;s own cutting-edge research, The Blind Storyteller: How We Reason about Human Nature (Oxford UP, 2020) grapples with a host of provocative questions, from why we are so infatuated with our brains to what happens when we die. The end result is a startling new perspective on our humanity.
You can find Dr. Berent on Twitter at @berent_iris. 
Joseph Fridman is a researcher, science communicator, media producer, and educational organizer. He lives in Boston with two ragdoll kittens and a climate scientist.You can follow him on Twitter @joseph_fridman, or reach him at his website, https://www.josephfridman.com/.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>11</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3a2102ca-5721-11ef-bda7-5f90bd39d07b</guid>
      <title>Marissa Nicosia, &quot;Imagining Time in the English Chronicle Play: Historical Futures, 1590-1660&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198872658"><em>Imagining Time in the English Chronicle Play: Historical Futures, 1590-1660</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023) argues that dramatic narratives about monarchy and succession codified speculative futures in the early modern English cultural imaginary. This book considers chronicle plays—plays written for the public stage and play pamphlets composed when the playhouses were closed during the civil wars—in order to examine the formal and material ways that playwrights imagined futures in dramatic works that were purportedly about the past.</p><p>Through close readings of William Shakespeare's 1&amp;2 Henry IV, Richard III, Shakespeare's and John Fletcher's All is True, Samuel Rowley's When You See Me, You Know Me, John Ford's Perkin Warbeck, and the anonymous play pamphlets The Leveller's Levelled, 1 &amp; 2 Craftie Cromwell, Charles I, and Cromwell's Conspiracy, Dr. Marissa Nicosia shows that imaginative treatments of history in plays that are usually associated with the past also had purchase on the future. While plays about the nation's past retell history, these plays are not restricted by their subject matter to merely document what happened: Playwrights projected possible futures in their accounts of verifiable historical events.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 11 Aug 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198872658"><em>Imagining Time in the English Chronicle Play: Historical Futures, 1590-1660</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023) argues that dramatic narratives about monarchy and succession codified speculative futures in the early modern English cultural imaginary. This book considers chronicle plays—plays written for the public stage and play pamphlets composed when the playhouses were closed during the civil wars—in order to examine the formal and material ways that playwrights imagined futures in dramatic works that were purportedly about the past.</p><p>Through close readings of William Shakespeare's 1&amp;2 Henry IV, Richard III, Shakespeare's and John Fletcher's All is True, Samuel Rowley's When You See Me, You Know Me, John Ford's Perkin Warbeck, and the anonymous play pamphlets The Leveller's Levelled, 1 &amp; 2 Craftie Cromwell, Charles I, and Cromwell's Conspiracy, Dr. Marissa Nicosia shows that imaginative treatments of history in plays that are usually associated with the past also had purchase on the future. While plays about the nation's past retell history, these plays are not restricted by their subject matter to merely document what happened: Playwrights projected possible futures in their accounts of verifiable historical events.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="42471708" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/5379d7db-2eeb-46f8-9bc6-870fc2647df7/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=5379d7db-2eeb-46f8-9bc6-870fc2647df7&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Marissa Nicosia, &quot;Imagining Time in the English Chronicle Play: Historical Futures, 1590-1660&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:44:14</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Imagining Time in the English Chronicle Play: Historical Futures, 1590-1660 (Oxford University Press, 2023) argues that dramatic narratives about monarchy and succession codified speculative futures in the early modern English cultural imaginary. This book considers chronicle plays—plays written for the public stage and play pamphlets composed when the playhouses were closed during the civil wars—in order to examine the formal and material ways that playwrights imagined futures in dramatic works that were purportedly about the past.
Through close readings of William Shakespeare&apos;s 1&amp;2 Henry IV, Richard III, Shakespeare&apos;s and John Fletcher&apos;s All is True, Samuel Rowley&apos;s When You See Me, You Know Me, John Ford&apos;s Perkin Warbeck, and the anonymous play pamphlets The Leveller&apos;s Levelled, 1 &amp; 2 Craftie Cromwell, Charles I, and Cromwell&apos;s Conspiracy, Dr. Marissa Nicosia shows that imaginative treatments of history in plays that are usually associated with the past also had purchase on the future. While plays about the nation&apos;s past retell history, these plays are not restricted by their subject matter to merely document what happened: Playwrights projected possible futures in their accounts of verifiable historical events.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Imagining Time in the English Chronicle Play: Historical Futures, 1590-1660 (Oxford University Press, 2023) argues that dramatic narratives about monarchy and succession codified speculative futures in the early modern English cultural imaginary. This book considers chronicle plays—plays written for the public stage and play pamphlets composed when the playhouses were closed during the civil wars—in order to examine the formal and material ways that playwrights imagined futures in dramatic works that were purportedly about the past.
Through close readings of William Shakespeare&apos;s 1&amp;2 Henry IV, Richard III, Shakespeare&apos;s and John Fletcher&apos;s All is True, Samuel Rowley&apos;s When You See Me, You Know Me, John Ford&apos;s Perkin Warbeck, and the anonymous play pamphlets The Leveller&apos;s Levelled, 1 &amp; 2 Craftie Cromwell, Charles I, and Cromwell&apos;s Conspiracy, Dr. Marissa Nicosia shows that imaginative treatments of history in plays that are usually associated with the past also had purchase on the future. While plays about the nation&apos;s past retell history, these plays are not restricted by their subject matter to merely document what happened: Playwrights projected possible futures in their accounts of verifiable historical events.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>76</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d3747b3a-5656-11ef-afa8-97ea96a1c092</guid>
      <title>Arif Hasan, &quot;The Search for Shelter: Writings on Land and Housing&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190702502"><em>The Search for Shelter: Writings on Land and Housing</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2022) sheds light on the global population living in slums, which has increased from 1 billion in 2014 to 1.6 billion in 2018. The book also looks at the impact of neoliberalism on urban planning, the manner of organization and the struggles of the communities affected by these processes, the cultural and political decision-making processes of the State, and their repercussions on the form and life of the city. In this book, Arif Hasan discusses the conflicts between ground realities, academic theory, governmental policies, and international interventions in the shelter sector. With the help of individual case studies, he goes into depths of the various issues faced, and in certain instances also gives recommendations to improve upon the situation.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 10 Aug 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190702502"><em>The Search for Shelter: Writings on Land and Housing</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2022) sheds light on the global population living in slums, which has increased from 1 billion in 2014 to 1.6 billion in 2018. The book also looks at the impact of neoliberalism on urban planning, the manner of organization and the struggles of the communities affected by these processes, the cultural and political decision-making processes of the State, and their repercussions on the form and life of the city. In this book, Arif Hasan discusses the conflicts between ground realities, academic theory, governmental policies, and international interventions in the shelter sector. With the help of individual case studies, he goes into depths of the various issues faced, and in certain instances also gives recommendations to improve upon the situation.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="44945592" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/b7b9c729-778d-4e65-a958-45ac58a51e97/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=b7b9c729-778d-4e65-a958-45ac58a51e97&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Arif Hasan, &quot;The Search for Shelter: Writings on Land and Housing&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:46:49</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The Search for Shelter: Writings on Land and Housing (Oxford UP, 2022) sheds light on the global population living in slums, which has increased from 1 billion in 2014 to 1.6 billion in 2018. The book also looks at the impact of neoliberalism on urban planning, the manner of organization and the struggles of the communities affected by these processes, the cultural and political decision-making processes of the State, and their repercussions on the form and life of the city. In this book, Arif Hasan discusses the conflicts between ground realities, academic theory, governmental policies, and international interventions in the shelter sector. With the help of individual case studies, he goes into depths of the various issues faced, and in certain instances also gives recommendations to improve upon the situation.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The Search for Shelter: Writings on Land and Housing (Oxford UP, 2022) sheds light on the global population living in slums, which has increased from 1 billion in 2014 to 1.6 billion in 2018. The book also looks at the impact of neoliberalism on urban planning, the manner of organization and the struggles of the communities affected by these processes, the cultural and political decision-making processes of the State, and their repercussions on the form and life of the city. In this book, Arif Hasan discusses the conflicts between ground realities, academic theory, governmental policies, and international interventions in the shelter sector. With the help of individual case studies, he goes into depths of the various issues faced, and in certain instances also gives recommendations to improve upon the situation.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>91</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ca7b16fe-54e1-11ef-99ba-fbee1275fc95</guid>
      <title>Nora Stone, &quot;How Documentaries Went Mainstream: A History, 1960-2022&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197557303"><em>How Documentaries Went Mainstream: A History, 1960-2022</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023) provides a more comprehensive and meaningful periodization of the commercialization of documentary film. Although the commercial ascension of documentary films might seem meteoric, it is the culmination of decades-long efforts that have developed and fortified the audience for documentary features.</p><p>Author <a href="https://www.norastonephd.com/">Nora Stone</a> refines rough explanations of these efforts through a robust synoptic history of the market for documentary films, using knowledge of film economics and the norms of industry discourse to tell a richer story. This periodization will allow scholars to compare the commercialization of documentary film with other genres. Drawing on archival documents, industry trade journals and popular press, and interviews with filmmakers and film distributors, Stone illuminates how documentary features have become more plentiful, popular, and profitable than ever before.</p><p><em>Ailin Zhou is a PhD student in Film &amp; Digital Media at University of California, Santa Cruz. Her research interests include transnational Chinese cinema, Asian diasporic visual culture, contemporary art, and feminist and queer theories.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 8 Aug 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197557303"><em>How Documentaries Went Mainstream: A History, 1960-2022</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023) provides a more comprehensive and meaningful periodization of the commercialization of documentary film. Although the commercial ascension of documentary films might seem meteoric, it is the culmination of decades-long efforts that have developed and fortified the audience for documentary features.</p><p>Author <a href="https://www.norastonephd.com/">Nora Stone</a> refines rough explanations of these efforts through a robust synoptic history of the market for documentary films, using knowledge of film economics and the norms of industry discourse to tell a richer story. This periodization will allow scholars to compare the commercialization of documentary film with other genres. Drawing on archival documents, industry trade journals and popular press, and interviews with filmmakers and film distributors, Stone illuminates how documentary features have become more plentiful, popular, and profitable than ever before.</p><p><em>Ailin Zhou is a PhD student in Film &amp; Digital Media at University of California, Santa Cruz. Her research interests include transnational Chinese cinema, Asian diasporic visual culture, contemporary art, and feminist and queer theories.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="60709778" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/0364014b-21b6-4783-938c-5e9f50f3105f/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=0364014b-21b6-4783-938c-5e9f50f3105f&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Nora Stone, &quot;How Documentaries Went Mainstream: A History, 1960-2022&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:03:14</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>How Documentaries Went Mainstream: A History, 1960-2022 (Oxford University Press, 2023) provides a more comprehensive and meaningful periodization of the commercialization of documentary film. Although the commercial ascension of documentary films might seem meteoric, it is the culmination of decades-long efforts that have developed and fortified the audience for documentary features.
Author Nora Stone refines rough explanations of these efforts through a robust synoptic history of the market for documentary films, using knowledge of film economics and the norms of industry discourse to tell a richer story. This periodization will allow scholars to compare the commercialization of documentary film with other genres. Drawing on archival documents, industry trade journals and popular press, and interviews with filmmakers and film distributors, Stone illuminates how documentary features have become more plentiful, popular, and profitable than ever before.
Ailin Zhou is a PhD student in Film &amp; Digital Media at University of California, Santa Cruz. Her research interests include transnational Chinese cinema, Asian diasporic visual culture, contemporary art, and feminist and queer theories.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>How Documentaries Went Mainstream: A History, 1960-2022 (Oxford University Press, 2023) provides a more comprehensive and meaningful periodization of the commercialization of documentary film. Although the commercial ascension of documentary films might seem meteoric, it is the culmination of decades-long efforts that have developed and fortified the audience for documentary features.
Author Nora Stone refines rough explanations of these efforts through a robust synoptic history of the market for documentary films, using knowledge of film economics and the norms of industry discourse to tell a richer story. This periodization will allow scholars to compare the commercialization of documentary film with other genres. Drawing on archival documents, industry trade journals and popular press, and interviews with filmmakers and film distributors, Stone illuminates how documentary features have become more plentiful, popular, and profitable than ever before.
Ailin Zhou is a PhD student in Film &amp; Digital Media at University of California, Santa Cruz. Her research interests include transnational Chinese cinema, Asian diasporic visual culture, contemporary art, and feminist and queer theories.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>210</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">02e3924c-54dc-11ef-bff7-4fe141d54e62</guid>
      <title>Katharine Sykes, &quot;Symbolic Reproduction in Early Medieval England&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Katharine Sykes joins Jana Byars to talk about her new book, <a href="https://academic.oup.com/book/56478">Symbolic Representation in Early Medieval England</a> (Oxford University Press, 2024). In the early Middle Ages, the conversion of the early English kingdoms acted as a catalyst for significant social and cultural change. One of the most visible of these changes was the introduction of a new type of household: the monastic household. These reproduced through education and training, rather than biological means; their inhabitants practised celibacy as a lifelong state, rather than as a stage in the life course. Because monastic households depended on secular households to produce the next generation of recruits, previous studies have tended to view them as more mutable than their secular counterparts, which are implicitly regarded as natural and ahistorical. </p><p>Katharine Sykes charts some of the significant changes to the structure of households between the seventh to eleventh centuries, as ideas of spiritual, non-biological reproduction first fostered in monastic households were adopted in royal households in the tenth and eleventh centuries, and as ideas about kinship that were generated in secular households, such as the relationship between genealogy and inheritance, were picked up and applied by their monastic counterparts. In place of binary divisions between secular and monastic, biological and spiritual, real and imagined, Sykes demonstrates that different forms of kinship and reproduction in this period were intimately linked.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 8 Aug 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Katharine Sykes joins Jana Byars to talk about her new book, <a href="https://academic.oup.com/book/56478">Symbolic Representation in Early Medieval England</a> (Oxford University Press, 2024). In the early Middle Ages, the conversion of the early English kingdoms acted as a catalyst for significant social and cultural change. One of the most visible of these changes was the introduction of a new type of household: the monastic household. These reproduced through education and training, rather than biological means; their inhabitants practised celibacy as a lifelong state, rather than as a stage in the life course. Because monastic households depended on secular households to produce the next generation of recruits, previous studies have tended to view them as more mutable than their secular counterparts, which are implicitly regarded as natural and ahistorical. </p><p>Katharine Sykes charts some of the significant changes to the structure of households between the seventh to eleventh centuries, as ideas of spiritual, non-biological reproduction first fostered in monastic households were adopted in royal households in the tenth and eleventh centuries, and as ideas about kinship that were generated in secular households, such as the relationship between genealogy and inheritance, were picked up and applied by their monastic counterparts. In place of binary divisions between secular and monastic, biological and spiritual, real and imagined, Sykes demonstrates that different forms of kinship and reproduction in this period were intimately linked.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="35344917" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/77f769ee-43d8-44d3-9679-1334eae5286b/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=77f769ee-43d8-44d3-9679-1334eae5286b&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Katharine Sykes, &quot;Symbolic Reproduction in Early Medieval England&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:36:48</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Katharine Sykes joins Jana Byars to talk about her new book, Symbolic Representation in Early Medieval England (Oxford University Press, 2024). In the early Middle Ages, the conversion of the early English kingdoms acted as a catalyst for significant social and cultural change. One of the most visible of these changes was the introduction of a new type of household: the monastic household. These reproduced through education and training, rather than biological means; their inhabitants practised celibacy as a lifelong state, rather than as a stage in the life course. Because monastic households depended on secular households to produce the next generation of recruits, previous studies have tended to view them as more mutable than their secular counterparts, which are implicitly regarded as natural and ahistorical. 
Katharine Sykes charts some of the significant changes to the structure of households between the seventh to eleventh centuries, as ideas of spiritual, non-biological reproduction first fostered in monastic households were adopted in royal households in the tenth and eleventh centuries, and as ideas about kinship that were generated in secular households, such as the relationship between genealogy and inheritance, were picked up and applied by their monastic counterparts. In place of binary divisions between secular and monastic, biological and spiritual, real and imagined, Sykes demonstrates that different forms of kinship and reproduction in this period were intimately linked.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Katharine Sykes joins Jana Byars to talk about her new book, Symbolic Representation in Early Medieval England (Oxford University Press, 2024). In the early Middle Ages, the conversion of the early English kingdoms acted as a catalyst for significant social and cultural change. One of the most visible of these changes was the introduction of a new type of household: the monastic household. These reproduced through education and training, rather than biological means; their inhabitants practised celibacy as a lifelong state, rather than as a stage in the life course. Because monastic households depended on secular households to produce the next generation of recruits, previous studies have tended to view them as more mutable than their secular counterparts, which are implicitly regarded as natural and ahistorical. 
Katharine Sykes charts some of the significant changes to the structure of households between the seventh to eleventh centuries, as ideas of spiritual, non-biological reproduction first fostered in monastic households were adopted in royal households in the tenth and eleventh centuries, and as ideas about kinship that were generated in secular households, such as the relationship between genealogy and inheritance, were picked up and applied by their monastic counterparts. In place of binary divisions between secular and monastic, biological and spiritual, real and imagined, Sykes demonstrates that different forms of kinship and reproduction in this period were intimately linked.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>71</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ab1ccc7a-5366-11ef-adc6-970455829b4a</guid>
      <title>Samuel Ely Bagg, &quot;The Dispersion of Power: A Critical Realist Theory of Democracy&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>This year, many countries around the world, including most of the world's most populous democracies, have consequential nation-wide elections. In many of these elections, democracy itself is at stake. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192848826"><em>The Dispersion of Power: A Critical Realist Theory of Democracy</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023) is an urgent call to rethink centuries of conventional wisdom about what democracy is, why it matters, and how to make it better. Drawing from history, social science, psychology, and critical theory, Samuel Ely Bagg explains why we should shift our orientation away from maximizing collective self-rule and why prevailing strategies of democratic reform often make things worse. Bagg argues we should see democracy as a way of protecting public power from capture - a vision that is at once more realistic and, he argues, more inspiring. The book presents an ambitious and comprehensive engagement with democracy's foundations, principles, and practices. Make no mistake, this work of political theory is profoundly worldly: it bears reading for those interested in politics across time, space, and scale - from the reconstruction US to contemporary Hungary, Turkey and Venezuela. </p><p>Samuel Bagg is Assistant Professor in the Department of Political Science at the University of South Carolina, where he teaches courses in political theory. Before coming to UofSC, he taught at the University of Oxford, McGill University, and Duke University, where he received his PhD in 2017.</p><p><a href="https://vatsalnaresh.com/">Vatsal Naresh</a> is a Lecturer in Social Studies at Harvard University. His recent publications include co-edited volumes on Negotiating Democracy and Religious Pluralism (OUP 2021) and Constituent Assemblies (CUP 2018).</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 7 Aug 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This year, many countries around the world, including most of the world's most populous democracies, have consequential nation-wide elections. In many of these elections, democracy itself is at stake. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192848826"><em>The Dispersion of Power: A Critical Realist Theory of Democracy</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023) is an urgent call to rethink centuries of conventional wisdom about what democracy is, why it matters, and how to make it better. Drawing from history, social science, psychology, and critical theory, Samuel Ely Bagg explains why we should shift our orientation away from maximizing collective self-rule and why prevailing strategies of democratic reform often make things worse. Bagg argues we should see democracy as a way of protecting public power from capture - a vision that is at once more realistic and, he argues, more inspiring. The book presents an ambitious and comprehensive engagement with democracy's foundations, principles, and practices. Make no mistake, this work of political theory is profoundly worldly: it bears reading for those interested in politics across time, space, and scale - from the reconstruction US to contemporary Hungary, Turkey and Venezuela. </p><p>Samuel Bagg is Assistant Professor in the Department of Political Science at the University of South Carolina, where he teaches courses in political theory. Before coming to UofSC, he taught at the University of Oxford, McGill University, and Duke University, where he received his PhD in 2017.</p><p><a href="https://vatsalnaresh.com/">Vatsal Naresh</a> is a Lecturer in Social Studies at Harvard University. His recent publications include co-edited volumes on Negotiating Democracy and Religious Pluralism (OUP 2021) and Constituent Assemblies (CUP 2018).</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="73091055" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/fc21e5cf-2946-419e-a3a2-623095b6be72/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=fc21e5cf-2946-419e-a3a2-623095b6be72&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Samuel Ely Bagg, &quot;The Dispersion of Power: A Critical Realist Theory of Democracy&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:16:08</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>This year, many countries around the world, including most of the world&apos;s most populous democracies, have consequential nation-wide elections. In many of these elections, democracy itself is at stake. The Dispersion of Power: A Critical Realist Theory of Democracy (Oxford UP, 2023) is an urgent call to rethink centuries of conventional wisdom about what democracy is, why it matters, and how to make it better. Drawing from history, social science, psychology, and critical theory, Samuel Ely Bagg explains why we should shift our orientation away from maximizing collective self-rule and why prevailing strategies of democratic reform often make things worse. Bagg argues we should see democracy as a way of protecting public power from capture - a vision that is at once more realistic and, he argues, more inspiring. The book presents an ambitious and comprehensive engagement with democracy&apos;s foundations, principles, and practices. Make no mistake, this work of political theory is profoundly worldly: it bears reading for those interested in politics across time, space, and scale - from the reconstruction US to contemporary Hungary, Turkey and Venezuela. 
Samuel Bagg is Assistant Professor in the Department of Political Science at the University of South Carolina, where he teaches courses in political theory. Before coming to UofSC, he taught at the University of Oxford, McGill University, and Duke University, where he received his PhD in 2017.
Vatsal Naresh is a Lecturer in Social Studies at Harvard University. His recent publications include co-edited volumes on Negotiating Democracy and Religious Pluralism (OUP 2021) and Constituent Assemblies (CUP 2018).</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>This year, many countries around the world, including most of the world&apos;s most populous democracies, have consequential nation-wide elections. In many of these elections, democracy itself is at stake. The Dispersion of Power: A Critical Realist Theory of Democracy (Oxford UP, 2023) is an urgent call to rethink centuries of conventional wisdom about what democracy is, why it matters, and how to make it better. Drawing from history, social science, psychology, and critical theory, Samuel Ely Bagg explains why we should shift our orientation away from maximizing collective self-rule and why prevailing strategies of democratic reform often make things worse. Bagg argues we should see democracy as a way of protecting public power from capture - a vision that is at once more realistic and, he argues, more inspiring. The book presents an ambitious and comprehensive engagement with democracy&apos;s foundations, principles, and practices. Make no mistake, this work of political theory is profoundly worldly: it bears reading for those interested in politics across time, space, and scale - from the reconstruction US to contemporary Hungary, Turkey and Venezuela. 
Samuel Bagg is Assistant Professor in the Department of Political Science at the University of South Carolina, where he teaches courses in political theory. Before coming to UofSC, he taught at the University of Oxford, McGill University, and Duke University, where he received his PhD in 2017.
Vatsal Naresh is a Lecturer in Social Studies at Harvard University. His recent publications include co-edited volumes on Negotiating Democracy and Religious Pluralism (OUP 2021) and Constituent Assemblies (CUP 2018).</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>727</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ea33615a-51c5-11ef-81c6-37076f944fa1</guid>
      <title>Katherine Hempstead, &quot;Uncovered: The Story of Insurance in America&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Historically, the insurance industry in America has been fragmented. As a result, there have been debates and conflicts over the proper roles of federal and state governments, business, and the responsibilities of individuals. Who should cover the risks of loss? And to what extent should risk be shared and by whom?</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190094157"><em>Uncovered: The Story of Insurance in America </em></a><em>(</em>Oxford UP, 2023), Katherine Hempstead answers these questions by exploring the history of the insurance business and its regulation in the United States from the 1870s through the twentieth century. Specifically, she focuses on the friction between the public demand for insurance and the private imperatives of insurers. Tracing the history of the industry from the early days of life, fire, and casualty insurance to the development of state regulation in the late nineteenth century, Hempstead examines the role that insurers initially played in the largely voluntary social safety net and how this changed over time. After the Great Depression, the federal government assumed a greater role in the provision of insurance, while insurers enthusiastically pursued the growing business of employee benefits. As the twentieth century progressed, insurers and government have become interdependent, with insurers participating in publicly funded markets. As Hempstead shows, periodic crises in life, fire, health, auto, and liability insurance highlighted gaps between the coverage that insurers were willing to provide and what the public demanded.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 5 Aug 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Historically, the insurance industry in America has been fragmented. As a result, there have been debates and conflicts over the proper roles of federal and state governments, business, and the responsibilities of individuals. Who should cover the risks of loss? And to what extent should risk be shared and by whom?</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190094157"><em>Uncovered: The Story of Insurance in America </em></a><em>(</em>Oxford UP, 2023), Katherine Hempstead answers these questions by exploring the history of the insurance business and its regulation in the United States from the 1870s through the twentieth century. Specifically, she focuses on the friction between the public demand for insurance and the private imperatives of insurers. Tracing the history of the industry from the early days of life, fire, and casualty insurance to the development of state regulation in the late nineteenth century, Hempstead examines the role that insurers initially played in the largely voluntary social safety net and how this changed over time. After the Great Depression, the federal government assumed a greater role in the provision of insurance, while insurers enthusiastically pursued the growing business of employee benefits. As the twentieth century progressed, insurers and government have become interdependent, with insurers participating in publicly funded markets. As Hempstead shows, periodic crises in life, fire, health, auto, and liability insurance highlighted gaps between the coverage that insurers were willing to provide and what the public demanded.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="37330265" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/baf8ab23-046d-4a83-af7d-a51acca49fab/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=baf8ab23-046d-4a83-af7d-a51acca49fab&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Katherine Hempstead, &quot;Uncovered: The Story of Insurance in America&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:38:53</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Historically, the insurance industry in America has been fragmented. As a result, there have been debates and conflicts over the proper roles of federal and state governments, business, and the responsibilities of individuals. Who should cover the risks of loss? And to what extent should risk be shared and by whom?
In Uncovered: The Story of Insurance in America (Oxford UP, 2023), Katherine Hempstead answers these questions by exploring the history of the insurance business and its regulation in the United States from the 1870s through the twentieth century. Specifically, she focuses on the friction between the public demand for insurance and the private imperatives of insurers. Tracing the history of the industry from the early days of life, fire, and casualty insurance to the development of state regulation in the late nineteenth century, Hempstead examines the role that insurers initially played in the largely voluntary social safety net and how this changed over time. After the Great Depression, the federal government assumed a greater role in the provision of insurance, while insurers enthusiastically pursued the growing business of employee benefits. As the twentieth century progressed, insurers and government have become interdependent, with insurers participating in publicly funded markets. As Hempstead shows, periodic crises in life, fire, health, auto, and liability insurance highlighted gaps between the coverage that insurers were willing to provide and what the public demanded.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Historically, the insurance industry in America has been fragmented. As a result, there have been debates and conflicts over the proper roles of federal and state governments, business, and the responsibilities of individuals. Who should cover the risks of loss? And to what extent should risk be shared and by whom?
In Uncovered: The Story of Insurance in America (Oxford UP, 2023), Katherine Hempstead answers these questions by exploring the history of the insurance business and its regulation in the United States from the 1870s through the twentieth century. Specifically, she focuses on the friction between the public demand for insurance and the private imperatives of insurers. Tracing the history of the industry from the early days of life, fire, and casualty insurance to the development of state regulation in the late nineteenth century, Hempstead examines the role that insurers initially played in the largely voluntary social safety net and how this changed over time. After the Great Depression, the federal government assumed a greater role in the provision of insurance, while insurers enthusiastically pursued the growing business of employee benefits. As the twentieth century progressed, insurers and government have become interdependent, with insurers participating in publicly funded markets. As Hempstead shows, periodic crises in life, fire, health, auto, and liability insurance highlighted gaps between the coverage that insurers were willing to provide and what the public demanded.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>106</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">37160cda-51b1-11ef-a426-1bb2da0fa70d</guid>
      <title>Petra Goedde, &quot;The Politics of Peace: A Global Cold War History&quot; (Oxford UP, 2019)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Earlier histories of the Cold War haven’t exactly been charitable toward the peace activists and pacifists who led peace initiatives. Pacifists in the United States were either simplistic and naïve, or they were fellow travelers of the Soviet Union. Peace proposals coming from the Soviet Union were nothing more than propaganda. Activists in Europe, meanwhile, were treated as a kind of curiosity in the broader Cold War, but their role was to highlight the growing tensions between the superpowers. This left an important question unanswered: what exactly was the significance of this peace activism that emerged after 1945? Did it amount to anything?</p><p><a href="https://liberalarts.temple.edu/academics/faculty/goedde-petra">Petra Goedde</a>’s <a href="http://www.amazon.com/dp/019537083X/?tag=newbooinhis-20"><em>The Politics of Peace: A Global Cold War History</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2019) fills in the important history of peace movements during the Cold War. Goedde discusses the different movements that existed in the United States and Europe from 1945 until the early 1970s. She looks at different facets of these peace movements. Much of it is centered on opposition to nuclear weapons, but Goedde’s analysis extends into the realm of decolonization, environmentalism, and gender. She concludes by noting some of the long-term impacts of peace activism, including the formation of the Green Party in Germany and the adoption of certain policies by foreign policy realists such as Richard Nixon.</p><p><em>Zeb Larson is a recent graduate of The Ohio State University with a PhD in History. His research deals with the anti-apartheid movement in the United States. To suggest a recent title or to contact him, please send an e-mail to </em><a href="mailto:zeb.larson@gmail.com"><em>zeb.larson@gmail.com</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 4 Aug 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Earlier histories of the Cold War haven’t exactly been charitable toward the peace activists and pacifists who led peace initiatives. Pacifists in the United States were either simplistic and naïve, or they were fellow travelers of the Soviet Union. Peace proposals coming from the Soviet Union were nothing more than propaganda. Activists in Europe, meanwhile, were treated as a kind of curiosity in the broader Cold War, but their role was to highlight the growing tensions between the superpowers. This left an important question unanswered: what exactly was the significance of this peace activism that emerged after 1945? Did it amount to anything?</p><p><a href="https://liberalarts.temple.edu/academics/faculty/goedde-petra">Petra Goedde</a>’s <a href="http://www.amazon.com/dp/019537083X/?tag=newbooinhis-20"><em>The Politics of Peace: A Global Cold War History</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2019) fills in the important history of peace movements during the Cold War. Goedde discusses the different movements that existed in the United States and Europe from 1945 until the early 1970s. She looks at different facets of these peace movements. Much of it is centered on opposition to nuclear weapons, but Goedde’s analysis extends into the realm of decolonization, environmentalism, and gender. She concludes by noting some of the long-term impacts of peace activism, including the formation of the Green Party in Germany and the adoption of certain policies by foreign policy realists such as Richard Nixon.</p><p><em>Zeb Larson is a recent graduate of The Ohio State University with a PhD in History. His research deals with the anti-apartheid movement in the United States. To suggest a recent title or to contact him, please send an e-mail to </em><a href="mailto:zeb.larson@gmail.com"><em>zeb.larson@gmail.com</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="49281614" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/ef6c1c09-c55a-4346-a08f-424fd2ca322a/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=ef6c1c09-c55a-4346-a08f-424fd2ca322a&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Petra Goedde, &quot;The Politics of Peace: A Global Cold War History&quot; (Oxford UP, 2019)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:51:19</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Earlier histories of the Cold War haven’t exactly been charitable toward the peace activists and pacifists who led peace initiatives. Pacifists in the United States were either simplistic and naïve, or they were fellow travelers of the Soviet Union. Peace proposals coming from the Soviet Union were nothing more than propaganda. Activists in Europe, meanwhile, were treated as a kind of curiosity in the broader Cold War, but their role was to highlight the growing tensions between the superpowers. This left an important question unanswered: what exactly was the significance of this peace activism that emerged after 1945? Did it amount to anything?
Petra Goedde’s The Politics of Peace: A Global Cold War History (Oxford University Press, 2019) fills in the important history of peace movements during the Cold War. Goedde discusses the different movements that existed in the United States and Europe from 1945 until the early 1970s. She looks at different facets of these peace movements. Much of it is centered on opposition to nuclear weapons, but Goedde’s analysis extends into the realm of decolonization, environmentalism, and gender. She concludes by noting some of the long-term impacts of peace activism, including the formation of the Green Party in Germany and the adoption of certain policies by foreign policy realists such as Richard Nixon.
Zeb Larson is a recent graduate of The Ohio State University with a PhD in History. His research deals with the anti-apartheid movement in the United States. To suggest a recent title or to contact him, please send an e-mail to zeb.larson@gmail.com.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Earlier histories of the Cold War haven’t exactly been charitable toward the peace activists and pacifists who led peace initiatives. Pacifists in the United States were either simplistic and naïve, or they were fellow travelers of the Soviet Union. Peace proposals coming from the Soviet Union were nothing more than propaganda. Activists in Europe, meanwhile, were treated as a kind of curiosity in the broader Cold War, but their role was to highlight the growing tensions between the superpowers. This left an important question unanswered: what exactly was the significance of this peace activism that emerged after 1945? Did it amount to anything?
Petra Goedde’s The Politics of Peace: A Global Cold War History (Oxford University Press, 2019) fills in the important history of peace movements during the Cold War. Goedde discusses the different movements that existed in the United States and Europe from 1945 until the early 1970s. She looks at different facets of these peace movements. Much of it is centered on opposition to nuclear weapons, but Goedde’s analysis extends into the realm of decolonization, environmentalism, and gender. She concludes by noting some of the long-term impacts of peace activism, including the formation of the Green Party in Germany and the adoption of certain policies by foreign policy realists such as Richard Nixon.
Zeb Larson is a recent graduate of The Ohio State University with a PhD in History. His research deals with the anti-apartheid movement in the United States. To suggest a recent title or to contact him, please send an e-mail to zeb.larson@gmail.com.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>539</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">544bf966-5046-11ef-aade-7f949ef4d074</guid>
      <title>Kate Hext, &quot;Wilde in the Dream Factory: Decadence and the American Movies&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Hollywood is haunted by the ghost of playwright and novelist Oscar Wilde. <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/wilde-in-the-dream-factory-9780198875376?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;"><em>Wilde in the Dream Factory: Decadence and the American Movies</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Kate Hext is the story of his haunting, told for the first time. Set within the rich evolving context of how the American entertainment industry became cinema, and how cinema become the movies, it reveals how Wilde helped to shape Hollywood in the early twentieth century.</p><p>It begins with his 1882 American tour, and traces the ongoing popularity of his plays and novel in the early twentieth century, after his ignominious death. Following the early filmmakers, writers and actors as they headed West in the Hollywood boom, it uncovers how and why they took Wilde's spirit with them. There, in Hollywood, in the early days of silent cinema, Wilde's works were adapted. They were also beginning to define a new kind of style -- a 'Wilde-ish spirit', as Ernst Lubitsch called it -- filtering into the imaginations of Lubitsch himself, as well as Alla Nazimova, Ben Hecht, Samuel Hoffenstein and many others. These were the people who translated Wilde's queer playfulness into the creation of screwball comedies, gangster movies, B-movie horrors, and films noir.</p><p>Wilde and his style embodied a spirit of rebellion and naughtiness, providing a blue-print for the charismatic cinematic criminal and screwball talk onscreen. <em>Wilde in the Dream Factory</em> revises how we understand both Wilde's afterlife and cinema's beginnings.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 3 Aug 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Hollywood is haunted by the ghost of playwright and novelist Oscar Wilde. <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/wilde-in-the-dream-factory-9780198875376?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;"><em>Wilde in the Dream Factory: Decadence and the American Movies</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Kate Hext is the story of his haunting, told for the first time. Set within the rich evolving context of how the American entertainment industry became cinema, and how cinema become the movies, it reveals how Wilde helped to shape Hollywood in the early twentieth century.</p><p>It begins with his 1882 American tour, and traces the ongoing popularity of his plays and novel in the early twentieth century, after his ignominious death. Following the early filmmakers, writers and actors as they headed West in the Hollywood boom, it uncovers how and why they took Wilde's spirit with them. There, in Hollywood, in the early days of silent cinema, Wilde's works were adapted. They were also beginning to define a new kind of style -- a 'Wilde-ish spirit', as Ernst Lubitsch called it -- filtering into the imaginations of Lubitsch himself, as well as Alla Nazimova, Ben Hecht, Samuel Hoffenstein and many others. These were the people who translated Wilde's queer playfulness into the creation of screwball comedies, gangster movies, B-movie horrors, and films noir.</p><p>Wilde and his style embodied a spirit of rebellion and naughtiness, providing a blue-print for the charismatic cinematic criminal and screwball talk onscreen. <em>Wilde in the Dream Factory</em> revises how we understand both Wilde's afterlife and cinema's beginnings.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="61793828" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/e3ba5dfb-ac07-4072-a20f-4e0768d01d27/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=e3ba5dfb-ac07-4072-a20f-4e0768d01d27&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Kate Hext, &quot;Wilde in the Dream Factory: Decadence and the American Movies&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:04:21</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Hollywood is haunted by the ghost of playwright and novelist Oscar Wilde. Wilde in the Dream Factory: Decadence and the American Movies (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Kate Hext is the story of his haunting, told for the first time. Set within the rich evolving context of how the American entertainment industry became cinema, and how cinema become the movies, it reveals how Wilde helped to shape Hollywood in the early twentieth century.
It begins with his 1882 American tour, and traces the ongoing popularity of his plays and novel in the early twentieth century, after his ignominious death. Following the early filmmakers, writers and actors as they headed West in the Hollywood boom, it uncovers how and why they took Wilde&apos;s spirit with them. There, in Hollywood, in the early days of silent cinema, Wilde&apos;s works were adapted. They were also beginning to define a new kind of style -- a &apos;Wilde-ish spirit&apos;, as Ernst Lubitsch called it -- filtering into the imaginations of Lubitsch himself, as well as Alla Nazimova, Ben Hecht, Samuel Hoffenstein and many others. These were the people who translated Wilde&apos;s queer playfulness into the creation of screwball comedies, gangster movies, B-movie horrors, and films noir.
Wilde and his style embodied a spirit of rebellion and naughtiness, providing a blue-print for the charismatic cinematic criminal and screwball talk onscreen. Wilde in the Dream Factory revises how we understand both Wilde&apos;s afterlife and cinema&apos;s beginnings.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Hollywood is haunted by the ghost of playwright and novelist Oscar Wilde. Wilde in the Dream Factory: Decadence and the American Movies (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Kate Hext is the story of his haunting, told for the first time. Set within the rich evolving context of how the American entertainment industry became cinema, and how cinema become the movies, it reveals how Wilde helped to shape Hollywood in the early twentieth century.
It begins with his 1882 American tour, and traces the ongoing popularity of his plays and novel in the early twentieth century, after his ignominious death. Following the early filmmakers, writers and actors as they headed West in the Hollywood boom, it uncovers how and why they took Wilde&apos;s spirit with them. There, in Hollywood, in the early days of silent cinema, Wilde&apos;s works were adapted. They were also beginning to define a new kind of style -- a &apos;Wilde-ish spirit&apos;, as Ernst Lubitsch called it -- filtering into the imaginations of Lubitsch himself, as well as Alla Nazimova, Ben Hecht, Samuel Hoffenstein and many others. These were the people who translated Wilde&apos;s queer playfulness into the creation of screwball comedies, gangster movies, B-movie horrors, and films noir.
Wilde and his style embodied a spirit of rebellion and naughtiness, providing a blue-print for the charismatic cinematic criminal and screwball talk onscreen. Wilde in the Dream Factory revises how we understand both Wilde&apos;s afterlife and cinema&apos;s beginnings.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>208</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c2fa7ea4-4ceb-11ef-beae-5be9ff24753b</guid>
      <title>David Pozen, &quot;The Constitution of the War on Drugs&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The U.S. government's decades-long "war on drugs" is increasingly recognized as a moral travesty as well as a policy failure. The criminalization of substances such as marijuana and magic mushrooms offends core tenets of liberalism, from the right to self-rule to protection of privacy to freedom of religion. It contributes to mass incarceration and racial subordination. And it costs billions of dollars per year—all without advancing public health. Yet, in hundreds upon hundreds of cases, courts have allowed the war to proceed virtually unchecked. How could a set of policies so draconian, destructive, and discriminatory escape constitutional curtailment?</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197685457"><em>The Constitution of the War on Drugs</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024), David Pozen provides an authoritative, critical constitutional history of the drug war, casting new light on both drug prohibition and U.S. constitutional development. Throughout the 1960s and 1970s, advocates argued that criminal drug bans violate the Constitution's guarantees of due process, equal protection, federalism, free speech, free exercise of religion, and humane punishment. Many scholars and jurists agreed. Pozen demonstrates the plausibility of a constitutional path not taken, one that would have led to a more compassionate approach to drug control.</p><p>Rather than restrain the drug war, the Constitution helped to legitimate and entrench it. Pozen shows how a profoundly illiberal and paternalistic policy regime was assimilated into, and came to shape, an ostensibly liberal and pluralistic constitutional order. Placing the U.S. jurisprudence in comparative context, <em>The Constitution of the War on Drugs </em>offers a comprehensive review of drug-rights decisions along with a roadmap to constitutional reform options available today.</p><p>This book is available open access <a href="https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=4692949">here</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Jul 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The U.S. government's decades-long "war on drugs" is increasingly recognized as a moral travesty as well as a policy failure. The criminalization of substances such as marijuana and magic mushrooms offends core tenets of liberalism, from the right to self-rule to protection of privacy to freedom of religion. It contributes to mass incarceration and racial subordination. And it costs billions of dollars per year—all without advancing public health. Yet, in hundreds upon hundreds of cases, courts have allowed the war to proceed virtually unchecked. How could a set of policies so draconian, destructive, and discriminatory escape constitutional curtailment?</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197685457"><em>The Constitution of the War on Drugs</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024), David Pozen provides an authoritative, critical constitutional history of the drug war, casting new light on both drug prohibition and U.S. constitutional development. Throughout the 1960s and 1970s, advocates argued that criminal drug bans violate the Constitution's guarantees of due process, equal protection, federalism, free speech, free exercise of religion, and humane punishment. Many scholars and jurists agreed. Pozen demonstrates the plausibility of a constitutional path not taken, one that would have led to a more compassionate approach to drug control.</p><p>Rather than restrain the drug war, the Constitution helped to legitimate and entrench it. Pozen shows how a profoundly illiberal and paternalistic policy regime was assimilated into, and came to shape, an ostensibly liberal and pluralistic constitutional order. Placing the U.S. jurisprudence in comparative context, <em>The Constitution of the War on Drugs </em>offers a comprehensive review of drug-rights decisions along with a roadmap to constitutional reform options available today.</p><p>This book is available open access <a href="https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=4692949">here</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="38916756" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/2abdd4f1-936c-4e1e-bc5c-75db913e86c5/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=2abdd4f1-936c-4e1e-bc5c-75db913e86c5&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>David Pozen, &quot;The Constitution of the War on Drugs&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:40:32</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The U.S. government&apos;s decades-long &quot;war on drugs&quot; is increasingly recognized as a moral travesty as well as a policy failure. The criminalization of substances such as marijuana and magic mushrooms offends core tenets of liberalism, from the right to self-rule to protection of privacy to freedom of religion. It contributes to mass incarceration and racial subordination. And it costs billions of dollars per year—all without advancing public health. Yet, in hundreds upon hundreds of cases, courts have allowed the war to proceed virtually unchecked. How could a set of policies so draconian, destructive, and discriminatory escape constitutional curtailment?
In The Constitution of the War on Drugs (Oxford UP, 2024), David Pozen provides an authoritative, critical constitutional history of the drug war, casting new light on both drug prohibition and U.S. constitutional development. Throughout the 1960s and 1970s, advocates argued that criminal drug bans violate the Constitution&apos;s guarantees of due process, equal protection, federalism, free speech, free exercise of religion, and humane punishment. Many scholars and jurists agreed. Pozen demonstrates the plausibility of a constitutional path not taken, one that would have led to a more compassionate approach to drug control.
Rather than restrain the drug war, the Constitution helped to legitimate and entrench it. Pozen shows how a profoundly illiberal and paternalistic policy regime was assimilated into, and came to shape, an ostensibly liberal and pluralistic constitutional order. Placing the U.S. jurisprudence in comparative context, The Constitution of the War on Drugs offers a comprehensive review of drug-rights decisions along with a roadmap to constitutional reform options available today.
This book is available open access here.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The U.S. government&apos;s decades-long &quot;war on drugs&quot; is increasingly recognized as a moral travesty as well as a policy failure. The criminalization of substances such as marijuana and magic mushrooms offends core tenets of liberalism, from the right to self-rule to protection of privacy to freedom of religion. It contributes to mass incarceration and racial subordination. And it costs billions of dollars per year—all without advancing public health. Yet, in hundreds upon hundreds of cases, courts have allowed the war to proceed virtually unchecked. How could a set of policies so draconian, destructive, and discriminatory escape constitutional curtailment?
In The Constitution of the War on Drugs (Oxford UP, 2024), David Pozen provides an authoritative, critical constitutional history of the drug war, casting new light on both drug prohibition and U.S. constitutional development. Throughout the 1960s and 1970s, advocates argued that criminal drug bans violate the Constitution&apos;s guarantees of due process, equal protection, federalism, free speech, free exercise of religion, and humane punishment. Many scholars and jurists agreed. Pozen demonstrates the plausibility of a constitutional path not taken, one that would have led to a more compassionate approach to drug control.
Rather than restrain the drug war, the Constitution helped to legitimate and entrench it. Pozen shows how a profoundly illiberal and paternalistic policy regime was assimilated into, and came to shape, an ostensibly liberal and pluralistic constitutional order. Placing the U.S. jurisprudence in comparative context, The Constitution of the War on Drugs offers a comprehensive review of drug-rights decisions along with a roadmap to constitutional reform options available today.
This book is available open access here.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>228</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7a1ebaa8-4c2b-11ef-a5e2-6ff742100996</guid>
      <title>Isabella Ginor and Gideon Remez, &quot;The Soviet-Israeli War, 1967-1973: The USSR&apos;s Military Intervention in the Egyptian-Israeli Conflict&quot; (Oxford UP, 2017)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Russia's forceful re-entry into the Middle Eastern arena, and the accentuated continuity of Soviet policy and methods of the 1960s and '70s, highlight the topicality of this groundbreaking study, which confirms the USSR's role in shaping Middle Eastern and global history.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190693480"><em>The Soviet-Israeli War, 1967-1973: The USSR's Military Intervention in the Egyptian-Israeli Conflict</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2017) covers the peak of the USSR's direct military involvement in the Egyptian-Israeli conflict. The head-on clash between US-armed Israeli forces and some 20,000 Soviet servicemen with state-of-the-art weaponry turned the Middle East into the hottest front of the Cold War. The Soviets' success in this war of attrition paved the way for their planning and support of Egypt's cross-canal offensive in the 1973 Yom Kippur War.</p><p>Ginor and Remez challenge a series of long-accepted notions as to the scope, timeline and character of the Soviet intervention and overturn the conventional view that détente with the US induced Moscow to restrainthat a US-Moscow détente led to a curtailment of Egyptian ambitions to recapture of the land it lost to Israel in 1967. Between this analytical rethink and the introduction of an entirely new genre of sources-- -memoirs and other publications by Soviet veterans themselves---The Soviet-Israeli War paves the way for scholars to revisit this pivotal moment in world history.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 28 Jul 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Russia's forceful re-entry into the Middle Eastern arena, and the accentuated continuity of Soviet policy and methods of the 1960s and '70s, highlight the topicality of this groundbreaking study, which confirms the USSR's role in shaping Middle Eastern and global history.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190693480"><em>The Soviet-Israeli War, 1967-1973: The USSR's Military Intervention in the Egyptian-Israeli Conflict</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2017) covers the peak of the USSR's direct military involvement in the Egyptian-Israeli conflict. The head-on clash between US-armed Israeli forces and some 20,000 Soviet servicemen with state-of-the-art weaponry turned the Middle East into the hottest front of the Cold War. The Soviets' success in this war of attrition paved the way for their planning and support of Egypt's cross-canal offensive in the 1973 Yom Kippur War.</p><p>Ginor and Remez challenge a series of long-accepted notions as to the scope, timeline and character of the Soviet intervention and overturn the conventional view that détente with the US induced Moscow to restrainthat a US-Moscow détente led to a curtailment of Egyptian ambitions to recapture of the land it lost to Israel in 1967. Between this analytical rethink and the introduction of an entirely new genre of sources-- -memoirs and other publications by Soviet veterans themselves---The Soviet-Israeli War paves the way for scholars to revisit this pivotal moment in world history.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="70407478" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/2e482b83-97e4-4534-812d-40393bfd3008/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=2e482b83-97e4-4534-812d-40393bfd3008&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Isabella Ginor and Gideon Remez, &quot;The Soviet-Israeli War, 1967-1973: The USSR&apos;s Military Intervention in the Egyptian-Israeli Conflict&quot; (Oxford UP, 2017)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:13:20</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Russia&apos;s forceful re-entry into the Middle Eastern arena, and the accentuated continuity of Soviet policy and methods of the 1960s and &apos;70s, highlight the topicality of this groundbreaking study, which confirms the USSR&apos;s role in shaping Middle Eastern and global history.
The Soviet-Israeli War, 1967-1973: The USSR&apos;s Military Intervention in the Egyptian-Israeli Conflict (Oxford UP, 2017) covers the peak of the USSR&apos;s direct military involvement in the Egyptian-Israeli conflict. The head-on clash between US-armed Israeli forces and some 20,000 Soviet servicemen with state-of-the-art weaponry turned the Middle East into the hottest front of the Cold War. The Soviets&apos; success in this war of attrition paved the way for their planning and support of Egypt&apos;s cross-canal offensive in the 1973 Yom Kippur War.
Ginor and Remez challenge a series of long-accepted notions as to the scope, timeline and character of the Soviet intervention and overturn the conventional view that détente with the US induced Moscow to restrainthat a US-Moscow détente led to a curtailment of Egyptian ambitions to recapture of the land it lost to Israel in 1967. Between this analytical rethink and the introduction of an entirely new genre of sources-- -memoirs and other publications by Soviet veterans themselves---The Soviet-Israeli War paves the way for scholars to revisit this pivotal moment in world history.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Russia&apos;s forceful re-entry into the Middle Eastern arena, and the accentuated continuity of Soviet policy and methods of the 1960s and &apos;70s, highlight the topicality of this groundbreaking study, which confirms the USSR&apos;s role in shaping Middle Eastern and global history.
The Soviet-Israeli War, 1967-1973: The USSR&apos;s Military Intervention in the Egyptian-Israeli Conflict (Oxford UP, 2017) covers the peak of the USSR&apos;s direct military involvement in the Egyptian-Israeli conflict. The head-on clash between US-armed Israeli forces and some 20,000 Soviet servicemen with state-of-the-art weaponry turned the Middle East into the hottest front of the Cold War. The Soviets&apos; success in this war of attrition paved the way for their planning and support of Egypt&apos;s cross-canal offensive in the 1973 Yom Kippur War.
Ginor and Remez challenge a series of long-accepted notions as to the scope, timeline and character of the Soviet intervention and overturn the conventional view that détente with the US induced Moscow to restrainthat a US-Moscow détente led to a curtailment of Egyptian ambitions to recapture of the land it lost to Israel in 1967. Between this analytical rethink and the introduction of an entirely new genre of sources-- -memoirs and other publications by Soviet veterans themselves---The Soviet-Israeli War paves the way for scholars to revisit this pivotal moment in world history.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1461</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4ed44194-4c1f-11ef-878e-c3c0ec4abda7</guid>
      <title>Robin Darling Young et al, &quot;Evagrius of Pontus: The Gnostic Trilogy&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The Gnostic Trilogy is the best-known and most important work by the ascetic philosopher and teacher Evagrius of Pontus. Among the writers of his age, Evagrius stands out for his short, perplexing, and absorbing aphorisms, which provide sharp insight into philosophy, Scripture, human nature, and the natural world.</p><p>The first part of the trilogy, the Praktikos (The Practiced One), provides a diagnosis and treatment of the eight tempting thoughts. It was a foundational text for monastic asceticism and was the basis for the later Seven Deadly sins tradition. The second, Gnostikos (The Knower), explains how someone who has mastered the body and mental delusions should teach others. The third, longest, and most controversial, the Kephalaia gnostika (Gnostic Chapters), ranges broadly over the origin of the universe, the nature of rational beings, and the hidden symbols of Scripture. This part was responsible for Evagrius's condemnation as a heretic and, as a result, does not survive intact in the original Greek and must be restored from ancient translations.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780199997671"><em>Evagrius of Pontus: The Gnostic Trilogy</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024) presents the Trilogy in its entirety for the first time since antiquity and provides a fresh, comprehensive English translation of all three works, in all their known ancient versions, both Greek and Syriac. Detailed explanatory notes, cross-references to Scripture, to ancient literature, and to Evagrius's other writings, as well as commentary on the translation techniques of the Syriac translators, provide the necessary resources for understanding this significant but puzzling text.</p><p>New Books in Late Antiquity is presented by <a href="https://www.ancientjewreview.com/">Ancient Jew Review</a>.</p><ul>
<li>
<a href="https://trs.catholic.edu/faculty-and-research/faculty-profiles/young-robin-darling/index.html">Robin Darling Young</a> is Professor of Church History at the Catholic University of America.</li>
<li>
<a href="https://kalvesmaki.com/">Joel Kalvesmaki</a> is a digital humanist and the editor of University of California Press’s book series Christianity and Late Antiquity. Find a link to his online Guide to Evagrius in the show notes.</li>
<li>
<a href="https://hmml.org/about/staff/stewart/">Columba Stewart</a> is executive director of HMML, sounds like heaven, but short for the Hill Museum &amp; Manuscript Library at St. John’s University and Abbey in Minnesota.</li>
<li>
<a href="https://hds.harvard.edu/people/charles-m-stang">Charles Stang</a> is Professor of Early Christian Thought at Harvard Divinity School and the director there of the Center for the Study of World Religions.</li>
<li>
<a href="https://stjohnsem.edu/reverend-luke-dysinger">Fr. Luke Dysinger</a> is Professor of Church History and Moral Theology at St. John’s Seminary in California.</li>
</ul><p><br /></p><p><a href="https://www.umb.edu/directory/michaelmotia/"><em>Michael Motia</em></a><em> teaches in Classics and Religious Studies at UMass Boston</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 28 Jul 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The Gnostic Trilogy is the best-known and most important work by the ascetic philosopher and teacher Evagrius of Pontus. Among the writers of his age, Evagrius stands out for his short, perplexing, and absorbing aphorisms, which provide sharp insight into philosophy, Scripture, human nature, and the natural world.</p><p>The first part of the trilogy, the Praktikos (The Practiced One), provides a diagnosis and treatment of the eight tempting thoughts. It was a foundational text for monastic asceticism and was the basis for the later Seven Deadly sins tradition. The second, Gnostikos (The Knower), explains how someone who has mastered the body and mental delusions should teach others. The third, longest, and most controversial, the Kephalaia gnostika (Gnostic Chapters), ranges broadly over the origin of the universe, the nature of rational beings, and the hidden symbols of Scripture. This part was responsible for Evagrius's condemnation as a heretic and, as a result, does not survive intact in the original Greek and must be restored from ancient translations.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780199997671"><em>Evagrius of Pontus: The Gnostic Trilogy</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024) presents the Trilogy in its entirety for the first time since antiquity and provides a fresh, comprehensive English translation of all three works, in all their known ancient versions, both Greek and Syriac. Detailed explanatory notes, cross-references to Scripture, to ancient literature, and to Evagrius's other writings, as well as commentary on the translation techniques of the Syriac translators, provide the necessary resources for understanding this significant but puzzling text.</p><p>New Books in Late Antiquity is presented by <a href="https://www.ancientjewreview.com/">Ancient Jew Review</a>.</p><ul>
<li>
<a href="https://trs.catholic.edu/faculty-and-research/faculty-profiles/young-robin-darling/index.html">Robin Darling Young</a> is Professor of Church History at the Catholic University of America.</li>
<li>
<a href="https://kalvesmaki.com/">Joel Kalvesmaki</a> is a digital humanist and the editor of University of California Press’s book series Christianity and Late Antiquity. Find a link to his online Guide to Evagrius in the show notes.</li>
<li>
<a href="https://hmml.org/about/staff/stewart/">Columba Stewart</a> is executive director of HMML, sounds like heaven, but short for the Hill Museum &amp; Manuscript Library at St. John’s University and Abbey in Minnesota.</li>
<li>
<a href="https://hds.harvard.edu/people/charles-m-stang">Charles Stang</a> is Professor of Early Christian Thought at Harvard Divinity School and the director there of the Center for the Study of World Religions.</li>
<li>
<a href="https://stjohnsem.edu/reverend-luke-dysinger">Fr. Luke Dysinger</a> is Professor of Church History and Moral Theology at St. John’s Seminary in California.</li>
</ul><p><br /></p><p><a href="https://www.umb.edu/directory/michaelmotia/"><em>Michael Motia</em></a><em> teaches in Classics and Religious Studies at UMass Boston</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="89819539" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/60e49353-7812-4312-848a-97c1b6efbeeb/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=60e49353-7812-4312-848a-97c1b6efbeeb&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Robin Darling Young et al, &quot;Evagrius of Pontus: The Gnostic Trilogy&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:33:33</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The Gnostic Trilogy is the best-known and most important work by the ascetic philosopher and teacher Evagrius of Pontus. Among the writers of his age, Evagrius stands out for his short, perplexing, and absorbing aphorisms, which provide sharp insight into philosophy, Scripture, human nature, and the natural world.
The first part of the trilogy, the Praktikos (The Practiced One), provides a diagnosis and treatment of the eight tempting thoughts. It was a foundational text for monastic asceticism and was the basis for the later Seven Deadly sins tradition. The second, Gnostikos (The Knower), explains how someone who has mastered the body and mental delusions should teach others. The third, longest, and most controversial, the Kephalaia gnostika (Gnostic Chapters), ranges broadly over the origin of the universe, the nature of rational beings, and the hidden symbols of Scripture. This part was responsible for Evagrius&apos;s condemnation as a heretic and, as a result, does not survive intact in the original Greek and must be restored from ancient translations.
Evagrius of Pontus: The Gnostic Trilogy (Oxford UP, 2024) presents the Trilogy in its entirety for the first time since antiquity and provides a fresh, comprehensive English translation of all three works, in all their known ancient versions, both Greek and Syriac. Detailed explanatory notes, cross-references to Scripture, to ancient literature, and to Evagrius&apos;s other writings, as well as commentary on the translation techniques of the Syriac translators, provide the necessary resources for understanding this significant but puzzling text.
New Books in Late Antiquity is presented by Ancient Jew Review.


Robin Darling Young is Professor of Church History at the Catholic University of America.


Joel Kalvesmaki is a digital humanist and the editor of University of California Press’s book series Christianity and Late Antiquity. Find a link to his online Guide to Evagrius in the show notes.


Columba Stewart is executive director of HMML, sounds like heaven, but short for the Hill Museum &amp; Manuscript Library at St. John’s University and Abbey in Minnesota.


Charles Stang is Professor of Early Christian Thought at Harvard Divinity School and the director there of the Center for the Study of World Religions.


Fr. Luke Dysinger is Professor of Church History and Moral Theology at St. John’s Seminary in California.


Michael Motia teaches in Classics and Religious Studies at UMass Boston</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The Gnostic Trilogy is the best-known and most important work by the ascetic philosopher and teacher Evagrius of Pontus. Among the writers of his age, Evagrius stands out for his short, perplexing, and absorbing aphorisms, which provide sharp insight into philosophy, Scripture, human nature, and the natural world.
The first part of the trilogy, the Praktikos (The Practiced One), provides a diagnosis and treatment of the eight tempting thoughts. It was a foundational text for monastic asceticism and was the basis for the later Seven Deadly sins tradition. The second, Gnostikos (The Knower), explains how someone who has mastered the body and mental delusions should teach others. The third, longest, and most controversial, the Kephalaia gnostika (Gnostic Chapters), ranges broadly over the origin of the universe, the nature of rational beings, and the hidden symbols of Scripture. This part was responsible for Evagrius&apos;s condemnation as a heretic and, as a result, does not survive intact in the original Greek and must be restored from ancient translations.
Evagrius of Pontus: The Gnostic Trilogy (Oxford UP, 2024) presents the Trilogy in its entirety for the first time since antiquity and provides a fresh, comprehensive English translation of all three works, in all their known ancient versions, both Greek and Syriac. Detailed explanatory notes, cross-references to Scripture, to ancient literature, and to Evagrius&apos;s other writings, as well as commentary on the translation techniques of the Syriac translators, provide the necessary resources for understanding this significant but puzzling text.
New Books in Late Antiquity is presented by Ancient Jew Review.


Robin Darling Young is Professor of Church History at the Catholic University of America.


Joel Kalvesmaki is a digital humanist and the editor of University of California Press’s book series Christianity and Late Antiquity. Find a link to his online Guide to Evagrius in the show notes.


Columba Stewart is executive director of HMML, sounds like heaven, but short for the Hill Museum &amp; Manuscript Library at St. John’s University and Abbey in Minnesota.


Charles Stang is Professor of Early Christian Thought at Harvard Divinity School and the director there of the Center for the Study of World Religions.


Fr. Luke Dysinger is Professor of Church History and Moral Theology at St. John’s Seminary in California.


Michael Motia teaches in Classics and Religious Studies at UMass Boston</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>272</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">fb14b716-4aa5-11ef-9496-2b4ca68efa7f</guid>
      <title>Tim Sweijs and Jeffrey H. Michaels, &quot;Beyond Ukraine: Debating the Future of War&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>War in the 21st century will remain a chameleon that takes on different forms and guises. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197790243"><em>Beyond Ukraine: Debating the Future of War</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024) edited by Tim Sweijs and Jeffrey H. Michaels offers the first comprehensive update and revision of ideas about the future of war since Russia’s 2022 invasion of Ukraine. It argues that the war has fundamentally shifted our perspective on the nature and character of future war, but also cautions against marginalising many other parallel trends, types of war, and ways of waging them.</p><p>World-renowned international experts from the War Studies field consider the impact of the war in Ukraine on the broader social phenomenon of war: they analyse visions of future war; examine the impact of technological innovation on its conduct; assess our ability to anticipate its future; and consider lessons learned for leaders, soldiers, strategists, scholars and concerned citizens.</p><p><em>Beyond Ukraine</em> features contributions from Azar Gat, Beatrice Heuser, Antulio Echevarria, Audrey Cronin, T.X. Hammes, Kenneth Payne, Frank Hoffman, David Betz, Jan Willem Honig, and many other pre-eminent thinkers on the past, present and future of war—including an afterword by the late Christopher Coker.</p><p><a href="https://hcss.nl/expert/tim-sweijs/">Tim Sweijs</a> is the Director of Research at The Hague Centre for Strategic Studies (HCSS) and a Senior Research Fellow at the Netherlands’ War Studies Research Centre of the Netherlands Defence Academy.</p><p><a href="https://www.ibei.org/en/jeffrey-michaels_194068">Jeffrey H. Michaels PhD</a> is the IEN Senior Fellow in American Foreign Policy and International Security at the Institut Barcelona d'Estudis Internacionals.</p><p><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/hosts/profile/80a6e543-4bd9-4fcc-bd76-5fb2e0083ef0"><em>Stephen Satkiewicz</em></a><em> is an independent scholar whose research areas are related to Civilizational Sciences, Social Complexity, Big History, Historical Sociology, military history, War studies, International Relations, Geopolitics, as well as Russian and East European history.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 26 Jul 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>War in the 21st century will remain a chameleon that takes on different forms and guises. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197790243"><em>Beyond Ukraine: Debating the Future of War</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024) edited by Tim Sweijs and Jeffrey H. Michaels offers the first comprehensive update and revision of ideas about the future of war since Russia’s 2022 invasion of Ukraine. It argues that the war has fundamentally shifted our perspective on the nature and character of future war, but also cautions against marginalising many other parallel trends, types of war, and ways of waging them.</p><p>World-renowned international experts from the War Studies field consider the impact of the war in Ukraine on the broader social phenomenon of war: they analyse visions of future war; examine the impact of technological innovation on its conduct; assess our ability to anticipate its future; and consider lessons learned for leaders, soldiers, strategists, scholars and concerned citizens.</p><p><em>Beyond Ukraine</em> features contributions from Azar Gat, Beatrice Heuser, Antulio Echevarria, Audrey Cronin, T.X. Hammes, Kenneth Payne, Frank Hoffman, David Betz, Jan Willem Honig, and many other pre-eminent thinkers on the past, present and future of war—including an afterword by the late Christopher Coker.</p><p><a href="https://hcss.nl/expert/tim-sweijs/">Tim Sweijs</a> is the Director of Research at The Hague Centre for Strategic Studies (HCSS) and a Senior Research Fellow at the Netherlands’ War Studies Research Centre of the Netherlands Defence Academy.</p><p><a href="https://www.ibei.org/en/jeffrey-michaels_194068">Jeffrey H. Michaels PhD</a> is the IEN Senior Fellow in American Foreign Policy and International Security at the Institut Barcelona d'Estudis Internacionals.</p><p><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/hosts/profile/80a6e543-4bd9-4fcc-bd76-5fb2e0083ef0"><em>Stephen Satkiewicz</em></a><em> is an independent scholar whose research areas are related to Civilizational Sciences, Social Complexity, Big History, Historical Sociology, military history, War studies, International Relations, Geopolitics, as well as Russian and East European history.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="66087327" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/0d9a7d12-e47c-49b9-a80e-f27d5d91107c/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=0d9a7d12-e47c-49b9-a80e-f27d5d91107c&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Tim Sweijs and Jeffrey H. Michaels, &quot;Beyond Ukraine: Debating the Future of War&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:08:50</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>War in the 21st century will remain a chameleon that takes on different forms and guises. Beyond Ukraine: Debating the Future of War (Oxford University Press, 2024) edited by Tim Sweijs and Jeffrey H. Michaels offers the first comprehensive update and revision of ideas about the future of war since Russia’s 2022 invasion of Ukraine. It argues that the war has fundamentally shifted our perspective on the nature and character of future war, but also cautions against marginalising many other parallel trends, types of war, and ways of waging them.
World-renowned international experts from the War Studies field consider the impact of the war in Ukraine on the broader social phenomenon of war: they analyse visions of future war; examine the impact of technological innovation on its conduct; assess our ability to anticipate its future; and consider lessons learned for leaders, soldiers, strategists, scholars and concerned citizens.
Beyond Ukraine features contributions from Azar Gat, Beatrice Heuser, Antulio Echevarria, Audrey Cronin, T.X. Hammes, Kenneth Payne, Frank Hoffman, David Betz, Jan Willem Honig, and many other pre-eminent thinkers on the past, present and future of war—including an afterword by the late Christopher Coker.
Tim Sweijs is the Director of Research at The Hague Centre for Strategic Studies (HCSS) and a Senior Research Fellow at the Netherlands’ War Studies Research Centre of the Netherlands Defence Academy.
Jeffrey H. Michaels PhD is the IEN Senior Fellow in American Foreign Policy and International Security at the Institut Barcelona d&apos;Estudis Internacionals.
Stephen Satkiewicz is an independent scholar whose research areas are related to Civilizational Sciences, Social Complexity, Big History, Historical Sociology, military history, War studies, International Relations, Geopolitics, as well as Russian and East European history.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>War in the 21st century will remain a chameleon that takes on different forms and guises. Beyond Ukraine: Debating the Future of War (Oxford University Press, 2024) edited by Tim Sweijs and Jeffrey H. Michaels offers the first comprehensive update and revision of ideas about the future of war since Russia’s 2022 invasion of Ukraine. It argues that the war has fundamentally shifted our perspective on the nature and character of future war, but also cautions against marginalising many other parallel trends, types of war, and ways of waging them.
World-renowned international experts from the War Studies field consider the impact of the war in Ukraine on the broader social phenomenon of war: they analyse visions of future war; examine the impact of technological innovation on its conduct; assess our ability to anticipate its future; and consider lessons learned for leaders, soldiers, strategists, scholars and concerned citizens.
Beyond Ukraine features contributions from Azar Gat, Beatrice Heuser, Antulio Echevarria, Audrey Cronin, T.X. Hammes, Kenneth Payne, Frank Hoffman, David Betz, Jan Willem Honig, and many other pre-eminent thinkers on the past, present and future of war—including an afterword by the late Christopher Coker.
Tim Sweijs is the Director of Research at The Hague Centre for Strategic Studies (HCSS) and a Senior Research Fellow at the Netherlands’ War Studies Research Centre of the Netherlands Defence Academy.
Jeffrey H. Michaels PhD is the IEN Senior Fellow in American Foreign Policy and International Security at the Institut Barcelona d&apos;Estudis Internacionals.
Stephen Satkiewicz is an independent scholar whose research areas are related to Civilizational Sciences, Social Complexity, Big History, Historical Sociology, military history, War studies, International Relations, Geopolitics, as well as Russian and East European history.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>241</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">918bfd20-4769-11ef-85bc-7bda5a4e6e9d</guid>
      <title>Jonathan Dimbleby, &quot;Endgame 1944: How Stalin Won the War&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The war on the Eastern front remains relatively less well explored as compared to the western front of World War II. Yet some of the most titanic battles in modern military history occurred on the steppes of eastern Europe. Stalingrad and Moscow are names known to most but less well-known are the vast battles that occurred in Byelorussia. By June 1944, Stalin and his generals had launched Operation Bagration involving more than two million soldiers marching across fronts hundreds of miles wide. In his latest work, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197765319"><em>Endgame 1944: How Stalin Won the War</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024), Jonathan Dimbleby chronicles the military, political, and diplomatic events of the final months on arguably the most crucial front of World War 2.</p><p>Dimbleby draws on previously untranslated accounts from ordinary Russian and German soldiers to chronicle the curtain call of the German Wehrmacht on the Eastern Front. Endgame 1944 provides insights into the major German and Russian players balanced off with accounts of the trials of individual soldier..</p><p>Dimbleby has enjoyed a long career in television beginning with ITV and BBC where he covered world affairs. He presented ITV's flagship weekly political program <em>This Week</em> for over ten years. He has also worked in radio with BBC 4. His book Destiny in the Desert: The Road to El Alamein was short-listed for the PEN Hessell-Tiltman Prize, awarded to the best work of historical non-fiction. He is also Chair of Richard Dimbleby Cancer Fund named after his father.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Jul 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The war on the Eastern front remains relatively less well explored as compared to the western front of World War II. Yet some of the most titanic battles in modern military history occurred on the steppes of eastern Europe. Stalingrad and Moscow are names known to most but less well-known are the vast battles that occurred in Byelorussia. By June 1944, Stalin and his generals had launched Operation Bagration involving more than two million soldiers marching across fronts hundreds of miles wide. In his latest work, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197765319"><em>Endgame 1944: How Stalin Won the War</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024), Jonathan Dimbleby chronicles the military, political, and diplomatic events of the final months on arguably the most crucial front of World War 2.</p><p>Dimbleby draws on previously untranslated accounts from ordinary Russian and German soldiers to chronicle the curtain call of the German Wehrmacht on the Eastern Front. Endgame 1944 provides insights into the major German and Russian players balanced off with accounts of the trials of individual soldier..</p><p>Dimbleby has enjoyed a long career in television beginning with ITV and BBC where he covered world affairs. He presented ITV's flagship weekly political program <em>This Week</em> for over ten years. He has also worked in radio with BBC 4. His book Destiny in the Desert: The Road to El Alamein was short-listed for the PEN Hessell-Tiltman Prize, awarded to the best work of historical non-fiction. He is also Chair of Richard Dimbleby Cancer Fund named after his father.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="41579617" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/9194d8e0-0bb7-4b00-bdf1-54326c7469ba/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=9194d8e0-0bb7-4b00-bdf1-54326c7469ba&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Jonathan Dimbleby, &quot;Endgame 1944: How Stalin Won the War&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:43:18</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The war on the Eastern front remains relatively less well explored as compared to the western front of World War II. Yet some of the most titanic battles in modern military history occurred on the steppes of eastern Europe. Stalingrad and Moscow are names known to most but less well-known are the vast battles that occurred in Byelorussia. By June 1944, Stalin and his generals had launched Operation Bagration involving more than two million soldiers marching across fronts hundreds of miles wide. In his latest work, Endgame 1944: How Stalin Won the War (Oxford UP, 2024), Jonathan Dimbleby chronicles the military, political, and diplomatic events of the final months on arguably the most crucial front of World War 2.
Dimbleby draws on previously untranslated accounts from ordinary Russian and German soldiers to chronicle the curtain call of the German Wehrmacht on the Eastern Front. Endgame 1944 provides insights into the major German and Russian players balanced off with accounts of the trials of individual soldier..
Dimbleby has enjoyed a long career in television beginning with ITV and BBC where he covered world affairs. He presented ITV&apos;s flagship weekly political program This Week for over ten years. He has also worked in radio with BBC 4. His book Destiny in the Desert: The Road to El Alamein was short-listed for the PEN Hessell-Tiltman Prize, awarded to the best work of historical non-fiction. He is also Chair of Richard Dimbleby Cancer Fund named after his father.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The war on the Eastern front remains relatively less well explored as compared to the western front of World War II. Yet some of the most titanic battles in modern military history occurred on the steppes of eastern Europe. Stalingrad and Moscow are names known to most but less well-known are the vast battles that occurred in Byelorussia. By June 1944, Stalin and his generals had launched Operation Bagration involving more than two million soldiers marching across fronts hundreds of miles wide. In his latest work, Endgame 1944: How Stalin Won the War (Oxford UP, 2024), Jonathan Dimbleby chronicles the military, political, and diplomatic events of the final months on arguably the most crucial front of World War 2.
Dimbleby draws on previously untranslated accounts from ordinary Russian and German soldiers to chronicle the curtain call of the German Wehrmacht on the Eastern Front. Endgame 1944 provides insights into the major German and Russian players balanced off with accounts of the trials of individual soldier..
Dimbleby has enjoyed a long career in television beginning with ITV and BBC where he covered world affairs. He presented ITV&apos;s flagship weekly political program This Week for over ten years. He has also worked in radio with BBC 4. His book Destiny in the Desert: The Road to El Alamein was short-listed for the PEN Hessell-Tiltman Prize, awarded to the best work of historical non-fiction. He is also Chair of Richard Dimbleby Cancer Fund named after his father.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>240</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d478aebc-4854-11ef-ae9d-9f0cf57a2a2c</guid>
      <title>Charles Barr, &quot;British Cinema: a Very Short Introduction&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Cinema has had a hugely influential role on global culture in the 20th century at multiple levels: social, political, and educational. The part of British cinema in this has been controversial–often derided as a whole, but also vigorously celebrated, especially in terms of specific films and film-makers.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780199688333"><em>British Cinema: A Very Short Introduction</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2022), Charles Barr considers films and filmmakers, and studios and sponsorship, against the wider view of changing artistic, socio-political, and industrial climates over the decades of the 20th Century. Considering British cinema in the wake of one of the most familiar of cinematic reference points–Alfred Hitchcock–Barr traces how British cinema has developed its own unique path, and has since been celebrated for its innovative approaches and distinctive artistic language.</p><p>Charles Barr worked for many years at the University of East Anglia, helping to develop one of the first UK programs in film studies at the graduate and undergraduate level. He has since taught in St. Louis, Galway, and Dublin, and is currently a Research Fellow at St. Mary's University, Twickenham. Much of his published work has been on British cinema, including the books <em>Ealing Studios</em> and <em>English Hitchcock</em>, and he was cowriter, with director Stephen Frears, of <em>Typically British</em>, part of the centenary history of cinema broadcast on Channel 4 in 1995. He has continued writing on Hitchcock, with a study of <em>Vertigo</em> in the BFI Classics series and <em>Hitchcock: Lost and Found</em>, coauthored with the Parisian scholar Alain Kerzoncuf.</p><p>Daniel Moran earned his B.A. and M.A. in English from Rutgers University and his Ph.D. in History from Drew University. The author of <a href="https://ugapress.org/book/9780820352930/creating-flannery-oconnor/">Creating Flannery O’Connor: Her Critics, Her Publishers, Her Readers</a>, he teaches research and writing at Rutgers and co-hosts the podcast <em>Fifteen-Minute Film Fanatics</em>, found <a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/academic-partners/fifteen-minute-film-fanatics">here</a> on the New Books Network and on <a href="https://twitter.com/15minfilm">X</a>. His writing and other interviews about literature and film can also be found on <a href="https://fifteenminutefilm.substack.com/"><em>Pages and Frames</em>.</a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jul 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Cinema has had a hugely influential role on global culture in the 20th century at multiple levels: social, political, and educational. The part of British cinema in this has been controversial–often derided as a whole, but also vigorously celebrated, especially in terms of specific films and film-makers.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780199688333"><em>British Cinema: A Very Short Introduction</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2022), Charles Barr considers films and filmmakers, and studios and sponsorship, against the wider view of changing artistic, socio-political, and industrial climates over the decades of the 20th Century. Considering British cinema in the wake of one of the most familiar of cinematic reference points–Alfred Hitchcock–Barr traces how British cinema has developed its own unique path, and has since been celebrated for its innovative approaches and distinctive artistic language.</p><p>Charles Barr worked for many years at the University of East Anglia, helping to develop one of the first UK programs in film studies at the graduate and undergraduate level. He has since taught in St. Louis, Galway, and Dublin, and is currently a Research Fellow at St. Mary's University, Twickenham. Much of his published work has been on British cinema, including the books <em>Ealing Studios</em> and <em>English Hitchcock</em>, and he was cowriter, with director Stephen Frears, of <em>Typically British</em>, part of the centenary history of cinema broadcast on Channel 4 in 1995. He has continued writing on Hitchcock, with a study of <em>Vertigo</em> in the BFI Classics series and <em>Hitchcock: Lost and Found</em>, coauthored with the Parisian scholar Alain Kerzoncuf.</p><p>Daniel Moran earned his B.A. and M.A. in English from Rutgers University and his Ph.D. in History from Drew University. The author of <a href="https://ugapress.org/book/9780820352930/creating-flannery-oconnor/">Creating Flannery O’Connor: Her Critics, Her Publishers, Her Readers</a>, he teaches research and writing at Rutgers and co-hosts the podcast <em>Fifteen-Minute Film Fanatics</em>, found <a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/academic-partners/fifteen-minute-film-fanatics">here</a> on the New Books Network and on <a href="https://twitter.com/15minfilm">X</a>. His writing and other interviews about literature and film can also be found on <a href="https://fifteenminutefilm.substack.com/"><em>Pages and Frames</em>.</a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="54011437" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/b203b0fa-6917-44ea-96eb-5369cbfff565/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=b203b0fa-6917-44ea-96eb-5369cbfff565&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Charles Barr, &quot;British Cinema: a Very Short Introduction&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:56:15</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Cinema has had a hugely influential role on global culture in the 20th century at multiple levels: social, political, and educational. The part of British cinema in this has been controversial–often derided as a whole, but also vigorously celebrated, especially in terms of specific films and film-makers.
In British Cinema: A Very Short Introduction (Oxford UP, 2022), Charles Barr considers films and filmmakers, and studios and sponsorship, against the wider view of changing artistic, socio-political, and industrial climates over the decades of the 20th Century. Considering British cinema in the wake of one of the most familiar of cinematic reference points–Alfred Hitchcock–Barr traces how British cinema has developed its own unique path, and has since been celebrated for its innovative approaches and distinctive artistic language.
Charles Barr worked for many years at the University of East Anglia, helping to develop one of the first UK programs in film studies at the graduate and undergraduate level. He has since taught in St. Louis, Galway, and Dublin, and is currently a Research Fellow at St. Mary&apos;s University, Twickenham. Much of his published work has been on British cinema, including the books Ealing Studios and English Hitchcock, and he was cowriter, with director Stephen Frears, of Typically British, part of the centenary history of cinema broadcast on Channel 4 in 1995. He has continued writing on Hitchcock, with a study of Vertigo in the BFI Classics series and Hitchcock: Lost and Found, coauthored with the Parisian scholar Alain Kerzoncuf.
Daniel Moran earned his B.A. and M.A. in English from Rutgers University and his Ph.D. in History from Drew University. The author of Creating Flannery O’Connor: Her Critics, Her Publishers, Her Readers, he teaches research and writing at Rutgers and co-hosts the podcast Fifteen-Minute Film Fanatics, found here on the New Books Network and on X. His writing and other interviews about literature and film can also be found on Pages and Frames.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Cinema has had a hugely influential role on global culture in the 20th century at multiple levels: social, political, and educational. The part of British cinema in this has been controversial–often derided as a whole, but also vigorously celebrated, especially in terms of specific films and film-makers.
In British Cinema: A Very Short Introduction (Oxford UP, 2022), Charles Barr considers films and filmmakers, and studios and sponsorship, against the wider view of changing artistic, socio-political, and industrial climates over the decades of the 20th Century. Considering British cinema in the wake of one of the most familiar of cinematic reference points–Alfred Hitchcock–Barr traces how British cinema has developed its own unique path, and has since been celebrated for its innovative approaches and distinctive artistic language.
Charles Barr worked for many years at the University of East Anglia, helping to develop one of the first UK programs in film studies at the graduate and undergraduate level. He has since taught in St. Louis, Galway, and Dublin, and is currently a Research Fellow at St. Mary&apos;s University, Twickenham. Much of his published work has been on British cinema, including the books Ealing Studios and English Hitchcock, and he was cowriter, with director Stephen Frears, of Typically British, part of the centenary history of cinema broadcast on Channel 4 in 1995. He has continued writing on Hitchcock, with a study of Vertigo in the BFI Classics series and Hitchcock: Lost and Found, coauthored with the Parisian scholar Alain Kerzoncuf.
Daniel Moran earned his B.A. and M.A. in English from Rutgers University and his Ph.D. in History from Drew University. The author of Creating Flannery O’Connor: Her Critics, Her Publishers, Her Readers, he teaches research and writing at Rutgers and co-hosts the podcast Fifteen-Minute Film Fanatics, found here on the New Books Network and on X. His writing and other interviews about literature and film can also be found on Pages and Frames.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>206</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">38fcd9c0-46bc-11ef-8d1f-df2943423186</guid>
      <title>Kevin Mattson, &quot;We&apos;re Not Here to Entertain: Punk Rock, Ronald Reagan, and the Real Culture War of 1980s America&quot; (Oxford UP, 2020)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In his new book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190908232"><em>We're Not Here to Entertain: Punk Rock, Ronald Reagan, and the Real Culture War of 1980s America</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2020), Kevin Mattson documents punk rock in the early 1980s through a comprehensive look into the music, zines, films, bands, and punk Do-It-Yourself (DIY) tactics. He shows how widespread the punk movement was in creating a counterculture that challenged the conservative narrative of 1980s America. Mattson places the punk countercultural movement into the wider context of Reagan’s America and the cultural war that his presidency created. In opposition to Reagan’s panic narratives of nuclear wars, his tax cuts for the rich, and cuts to public education and other social services, punks saw themselves as everything they rejected about the US. Mattson’s extensive archival research into the punk counterculture makes for an informative and captivating read into the larger ways in which punk impacted American cultural identities and challenged 1980s conservativism.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Jul 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In his new book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190908232"><em>We're Not Here to Entertain: Punk Rock, Ronald Reagan, and the Real Culture War of 1980s America</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2020), Kevin Mattson documents punk rock in the early 1980s through a comprehensive look into the music, zines, films, bands, and punk Do-It-Yourself (DIY) tactics. He shows how widespread the punk movement was in creating a counterculture that challenged the conservative narrative of 1980s America. Mattson places the punk countercultural movement into the wider context of Reagan’s America and the cultural war that his presidency created. In opposition to Reagan’s panic narratives of nuclear wars, his tax cuts for the rich, and cuts to public education and other social services, punks saw themselves as everything they rejected about the US. Mattson’s extensive archival research into the punk counterculture makes for an informative and captivating read into the larger ways in which punk impacted American cultural identities and challenged 1980s conservativism.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="65962904" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/d46803bc-b9dc-4450-8458-fa506f83d01d/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=d46803bc-b9dc-4450-8458-fa506f83d01d&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Kevin Mattson, &quot;We&apos;re Not Here to Entertain: Punk Rock, Ronald Reagan, and the Real Culture War of 1980s America&quot; (Oxford UP, 2020)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:08:42</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In his new book, We&apos;re Not Here to Entertain: Punk Rock, Ronald Reagan, and the Real Culture War of 1980s America (Oxford UP, 2020), Kevin Mattson documents punk rock in the early 1980s through a comprehensive look into the music, zines, films, bands, and punk Do-It-Yourself (DIY) tactics. He shows how widespread the punk movement was in creating a counterculture that challenged the conservative narrative of 1980s America. Mattson places the punk countercultural movement into the wider context of Reagan’s America and the cultural war that his presidency created. In opposition to Reagan’s panic narratives of nuclear wars, his tax cuts for the rich, and cuts to public education and other social services, punks saw themselves as everything they rejected about the US. Mattson’s extensive archival research into the punk counterculture makes for an informative and captivating read into the larger ways in which punk impacted American cultural identities and challenged 1980s conservativism.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In his new book, We&apos;re Not Here to Entertain: Punk Rock, Ronald Reagan, and the Real Culture War of 1980s America (Oxford UP, 2020), Kevin Mattson documents punk rock in the early 1980s through a comprehensive look into the music, zines, films, bands, and punk Do-It-Yourself (DIY) tactics. He shows how widespread the punk movement was in creating a counterculture that challenged the conservative narrative of 1980s America. Mattson places the punk countercultural movement into the wider context of Reagan’s America and the cultural war that his presidency created. In opposition to Reagan’s panic narratives of nuclear wars, his tax cuts for the rich, and cuts to public education and other social services, punks saw themselves as everything they rejected about the US. Mattson’s extensive archival research into the punk counterculture makes for an informative and captivating read into the larger ways in which punk impacted American cultural identities and challenged 1980s conservativism.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>79</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23be8ef4-45fa-11ef-b438-9b6896a042bf</guid>
      <title>Anthony Kaldellis, &quot;The New Roman Empire: A History of Byzantium&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In recent decades, the study of the Eastern Roman Empire, also known as Byzantium, has been revolutionized by new approaches and more sophisticated models for how its society and state operated. No longer looked upon as a pale facsimile of classical Rome, Byzantium is now considered a vigorous state of its own, inheritor of many of Rome's features, and a vital node in the first truly globalized world.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197549322"><em>The New Roman Empire: A History of Byzantium</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024) is the first full, single-author history of the eastern Roman empire to appear in over a generation. Covering political and military history as well as all the major changes in religion, society, demography, and economy, Anthony Kaldellis's volume is divided into ten chronological sections which begin with the foundation of Constantinople in 324 AD and end with the fall of the empire to the Ottoman Turks in the fifteenth century. The book incorporates new findings, explains recent interpretive models, and presents well-known historical characters and events in a new light.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 20 Jul 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In recent decades, the study of the Eastern Roman Empire, also known as Byzantium, has been revolutionized by new approaches and more sophisticated models for how its society and state operated. No longer looked upon as a pale facsimile of classical Rome, Byzantium is now considered a vigorous state of its own, inheritor of many of Rome's features, and a vital node in the first truly globalized world.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197549322"><em>The New Roman Empire: A History of Byzantium</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024) is the first full, single-author history of the eastern Roman empire to appear in over a generation. Covering political and military history as well as all the major changes in religion, society, demography, and economy, Anthony Kaldellis's volume is divided into ten chronological sections which begin with the foundation of Constantinople in 324 AD and end with the fall of the empire to the Ottoman Turks in the fifteenth century. The book incorporates new findings, explains recent interpretive models, and presents well-known historical characters and events in a new light.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="54732756" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/8efa7708-051a-418e-8d43-57815af40ec8/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=8efa7708-051a-418e-8d43-57815af40ec8&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Anthony Kaldellis, &quot;The New Roman Empire: A History of Byzantium&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In recent decades, the study of the Eastern Roman Empire, also known as Byzantium, has been revolutionized by new approaches and more sophisticated models for how its society and state operated. No longer looked upon as a pale facsimile of classical Rome, Byzantium is now considered a vigorous state of its own, inheritor of many of Rome&apos;s features, and a vital node in the first truly globalized world.
The New Roman Empire: A History of Byzantium (Oxford UP, 2024) is the first full, single-author history of the eastern Roman empire to appear in over a generation. Covering political and military history as well as all the major changes in religion, society, demography, and economy, Anthony Kaldellis&apos;s volume is divided into ten chronological sections which begin with the foundation of Constantinople in 324 AD and end with the fall of the empire to the Ottoman Turks in the fifteenth century. The book incorporates new findings, explains recent interpretive models, and presents well-known historical characters and events in a new light.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In recent decades, the study of the Eastern Roman Empire, also known as Byzantium, has been revolutionized by new approaches and more sophisticated models for how its society and state operated. No longer looked upon as a pale facsimile of classical Rome, Byzantium is now considered a vigorous state of its own, inheritor of many of Rome&apos;s features, and a vital node in the first truly globalized world.
The New Roman Empire: A History of Byzantium (Oxford UP, 2024) is the first full, single-author history of the eastern Roman empire to appear in over a generation. Covering political and military history as well as all the major changes in religion, society, demography, and economy, Anthony Kaldellis&apos;s volume is divided into ten chronological sections which begin with the foundation of Constantinople in 324 AD and end with the fall of the empire to the Ottoman Turks in the fifteenth century. The book incorporates new findings, explains recent interpretive models, and presents well-known historical characters and events in a new light.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1458</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c90e0524-444c-11ef-afe2-83676f2e43b0</guid>
      <title>Diana P. Parsell, &quot;Eliza Scidmore: The Trailblazing Journalist Behind Washington&apos;s Cherry Trees&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Eliza Scidmore (1856-1928) was a journalist, a world traveler, a writer, an amateur photographer, the first female board member of the National Geographic Society — <em>and</em> the one responsible for the idea to plant Japanese cherry trees in Washington DC. Her fascinating life is expertly told by <a href="https://dianaparsell.com/">Diana Parsell</a> in <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198869429"><em>Eliza Scidmore: The Trailblazing Journalist Behind Washington's Cherry Trees</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023).</p><p>This is the first biography of Eliza Scidmore, and it draws not only on Scidmore’s surviving letters and <a href="https://sova.si.edu/record/naa.photolot.139">photographs</a> but also her some 800 articles and 6 books. By piecing together the chronology of Scidmore’s travels, Parsell has crafted a wonderfully intimate picture of Scidmore’s life, one that documents her trips from the glaciers of Alaska (complete with seal-flipper soup) to the streets of Beijing on the eve of the Boxer Rebellion. Throughout, Scidmore’s tenacity and her joy of discovery really shine through, as do the causes that she advocated for: cross-cultural understanding, environmental conservation, and the beautification of the Potomac.</p><p>This book is sure to appeal to those interested in travel writing, the history of journalism, and early travelers to East Asia, as well as anyone looking to read a biography about a woman who lived a truly unique life.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Jul 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Eliza Scidmore (1856-1928) was a journalist, a world traveler, a writer, an amateur photographer, the first female board member of the National Geographic Society — <em>and</em> the one responsible for the idea to plant Japanese cherry trees in Washington DC. Her fascinating life is expertly told by <a href="https://dianaparsell.com/">Diana Parsell</a> in <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198869429"><em>Eliza Scidmore: The Trailblazing Journalist Behind Washington's Cherry Trees</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023).</p><p>This is the first biography of Eliza Scidmore, and it draws not only on Scidmore’s surviving letters and <a href="https://sova.si.edu/record/naa.photolot.139">photographs</a> but also her some 800 articles and 6 books. By piecing together the chronology of Scidmore’s travels, Parsell has crafted a wonderfully intimate picture of Scidmore’s life, one that documents her trips from the glaciers of Alaska (complete with seal-flipper soup) to the streets of Beijing on the eve of the Boxer Rebellion. Throughout, Scidmore’s tenacity and her joy of discovery really shine through, as do the causes that she advocated for: cross-cultural understanding, environmental conservation, and the beautification of the Potomac.</p><p>This book is sure to appeal to those interested in travel writing, the history of journalism, and early travelers to East Asia, as well as anyone looking to read a biography about a woman who lived a truly unique life.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="52904590" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/659dd211-e08f-4528-aa26-e6ba2f14103b/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=659dd211-e08f-4528-aa26-e6ba2f14103b&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Diana P. Parsell, &quot;Eliza Scidmore: The Trailblazing Journalist Behind Washington&apos;s Cherry Trees&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:55:06</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Eliza Scidmore (1856-1928) was a journalist, a world traveler, a writer, an amateur photographer, the first female board member of the National Geographic Society — and the one responsible for the idea to plant Japanese cherry trees in Washington DC. Her fascinating life is expertly told by Diana Parsell in Eliza Scidmore: The Trailblazing Journalist Behind Washington&apos;s Cherry Trees (Oxford UP, 2023).
This is the first biography of Eliza Scidmore, and it draws not only on Scidmore’s surviving letters and photographs but also her some 800 articles and 6 books. By piecing together the chronology of Scidmore’s travels, Parsell has crafted a wonderfully intimate picture of Scidmore’s life, one that documents her trips from the glaciers of Alaska (complete with seal-flipper soup) to the streets of Beijing on the eve of the Boxer Rebellion. Throughout, Scidmore’s tenacity and her joy of discovery really shine through, as do the causes that she advocated for: cross-cultural understanding, environmental conservation, and the beautification of the Potomac.
This book is sure to appeal to those interested in travel writing, the history of journalism, and early travelers to East Asia, as well as anyone looking to read a biography about a woman who lived a truly unique life.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Eliza Scidmore (1856-1928) was a journalist, a world traveler, a writer, an amateur photographer, the first female board member of the National Geographic Society — and the one responsible for the idea to plant Japanese cherry trees in Washington DC. Her fascinating life is expertly told by Diana Parsell in Eliza Scidmore: The Trailblazing Journalist Behind Washington&apos;s Cherry Trees (Oxford UP, 2023).
This is the first biography of Eliza Scidmore, and it draws not only on Scidmore’s surviving letters and photographs but also her some 800 articles and 6 books. By piecing together the chronology of Scidmore’s travels, Parsell has crafted a wonderfully intimate picture of Scidmore’s life, one that documents her trips from the glaciers of Alaska (complete with seal-flipper soup) to the streets of Beijing on the eve of the Boxer Rebellion. Throughout, Scidmore’s tenacity and her joy of discovery really shine through, as do the causes that she advocated for: cross-cultural understanding, environmental conservation, and the beautification of the Potomac.
This book is sure to appeal to those interested in travel writing, the history of journalism, and early travelers to East Asia, as well as anyone looking to read a biography about a woman who lived a truly unique life.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>535</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">910b3e46-4477-11ef-b350-7bb88e98ecd5</guid>
      <title>Jeremiah Coogan, &quot;Eusebius the Evangelist: Rewriting the Fourfold Gospel in Late Antiquity&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The development of Christian scriptures did not terminate once, for example, following Irenaeus and other influential patristic figures, the four gospels that would later be located at the front of the church’s New Testament were accepted by most churches and transmitted together in the same codex. Instead, erudite Christian readers employed new and innovative technologies to transform reading practices, calling attention to both narrative and other thematic similarities present across the gospels, and enabling cross-referential access from one gospel’s narrative sequence to another without amending the individual texts themselves. Such practices were facilitated by the sections and canon tables of Eusebius (ca. 260–339 CE), bishop of Caesarea Maritima in Roman Palestine.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197580042"><em>Eusebius the Evangelist: Rewriting the Fourfold Gospel in Late Antiquity</em> </a>(Oxford University Press, 2023), Jeremiah Coogan discusses the editorial intervention of Eusebius within gospel manuscripts, including paratextual sectioning, tables of contents, and other prefatory material, at both a technical and conceptual level, locating the overall apparatus of this “evangelist” alongside broader late ancient transformations in reading and knowledge. Dr. Coogan joined the New Books Network to discuss examples of gospel reading that Eusebius permitted via his novel contributions to the gospels, related book technologies in his contemporary readerly environment, and the overall success of Eusebius’s sections and canons during the millennium that followed him—starting with Greek and Latin gospel manuscripts of late antiquity but also appearing alongside most biblical translations into the late Middle Ages, when modern chapter divisions and versification began to assume the dominant roles for sectioning texts that they have maintained into the present day.</p><p>Jeremiah Coogan (Ph.D., University of Notre Dame, 2020) is Assistant Professor of New Testament at Santa Clara University’s Jesuit School of Theology in Berkeley. His research and teaching interests span the New Testament, early Christianity, and ancient Judaism, with a particular focus on Gospels and on the social history of early Christianity. His scholarship has been published in <em>Early Christianity</em>, the <em>Journal of Early Christian Studies</em>, the <em>Journal of Late Antiquity</em>, the <em>Journal of Theological Studies</em>, and in several other journals and edited volumes, and he is currently working on a new project that investigates how early Christians deployed literary and bibliographic categories to understand similarities and differences between Gospel texts. His first monograph, <em>Eusebius the Evangelist</em>, received the Manfred Lautenschlaeger Award for Theological Promise in 2022.</p><p>Rob Heaton (Ph.D., University of Denver, 2019) hosts Biblical Studies conversations for New Books in Religion and teaches New Testament, Christian origins, and early Christianity at Anderson University in Indiana. He recently authored <a href="https://rowman.com/ISBN/9781666921861/The-Shepherd-of-Hermas-as-Scriptura-Non-Grata-From-Popularity-in-Early-Christianity-to-Exclusion-from-the-New-Testament-Canon"><em>The </em>Shepherd<em> of Hermas as </em>Scriptura Non Grata<em>: From Popularity in Early Christianity to Exclusion from the New Testament Canon</em></a> (Lexington Books, 2023). For more about Rob and his work, or to offer feedback related to this episode, please visit his website at <a href="https://www.robheaton.com/">https://www.robheaton.com</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Jul 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The development of Christian scriptures did not terminate once, for example, following Irenaeus and other influential patristic figures, the four gospels that would later be located at the front of the church’s New Testament were accepted by most churches and transmitted together in the same codex. Instead, erudite Christian readers employed new and innovative technologies to transform reading practices, calling attention to both narrative and other thematic similarities present across the gospels, and enabling cross-referential access from one gospel’s narrative sequence to another without amending the individual texts themselves. Such practices were facilitated by the sections and canon tables of Eusebius (ca. 260–339 CE), bishop of Caesarea Maritima in Roman Palestine.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197580042"><em>Eusebius the Evangelist: Rewriting the Fourfold Gospel in Late Antiquity</em> </a>(Oxford University Press, 2023), Jeremiah Coogan discusses the editorial intervention of Eusebius within gospel manuscripts, including paratextual sectioning, tables of contents, and other prefatory material, at both a technical and conceptual level, locating the overall apparatus of this “evangelist” alongside broader late ancient transformations in reading and knowledge. Dr. Coogan joined the New Books Network to discuss examples of gospel reading that Eusebius permitted via his novel contributions to the gospels, related book technologies in his contemporary readerly environment, and the overall success of Eusebius’s sections and canons during the millennium that followed him—starting with Greek and Latin gospel manuscripts of late antiquity but also appearing alongside most biblical translations into the late Middle Ages, when modern chapter divisions and versification began to assume the dominant roles for sectioning texts that they have maintained into the present day.</p><p>Jeremiah Coogan (Ph.D., University of Notre Dame, 2020) is Assistant Professor of New Testament at Santa Clara University’s Jesuit School of Theology in Berkeley. His research and teaching interests span the New Testament, early Christianity, and ancient Judaism, with a particular focus on Gospels and on the social history of early Christianity. His scholarship has been published in <em>Early Christianity</em>, the <em>Journal of Early Christian Studies</em>, the <em>Journal of Late Antiquity</em>, the <em>Journal of Theological Studies</em>, and in several other journals and edited volumes, and he is currently working on a new project that investigates how early Christians deployed literary and bibliographic categories to understand similarities and differences between Gospel texts. His first monograph, <em>Eusebius the Evangelist</em>, received the Manfred Lautenschlaeger Award for Theological Promise in 2022.</p><p>Rob Heaton (Ph.D., University of Denver, 2019) hosts Biblical Studies conversations for New Books in Religion and teaches New Testament, Christian origins, and early Christianity at Anderson University in Indiana. He recently authored <a href="https://rowman.com/ISBN/9781666921861/The-Shepherd-of-Hermas-as-Scriptura-Non-Grata-From-Popularity-in-Early-Christianity-to-Exclusion-from-the-New-Testament-Canon"><em>The </em>Shepherd<em> of Hermas as </em>Scriptura Non Grata<em>: From Popularity in Early Christianity to Exclusion from the New Testament Canon</em></a> (Lexington Books, 2023). For more about Rob and his work, or to offer feedback related to this episode, please visit his website at <a href="https://www.robheaton.com/">https://www.robheaton.com</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="73563121" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/927ac8a9-5101-4353-a329-c270c033de3c/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=927ac8a9-5101-4353-a329-c270c033de3c&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Jeremiah Coogan, &quot;Eusebius the Evangelist: Rewriting the Fourfold Gospel in Late Antiquity&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:16:37</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The development of Christian scriptures did not terminate once, for example, following Irenaeus and other influential patristic figures, the four gospels that would later be located at the front of the church’s New Testament were accepted by most churches and transmitted together in the same codex. Instead, erudite Christian readers employed new and innovative technologies to transform reading practices, calling attention to both narrative and other thematic similarities present across the gospels, and enabling cross-referential access from one gospel’s narrative sequence to another without amending the individual texts themselves. Such practices were facilitated by the sections and canon tables of Eusebius (ca. 260–339 CE), bishop of Caesarea Maritima in Roman Palestine.
In Eusebius the Evangelist: Rewriting the Fourfold Gospel in Late Antiquity (Oxford University Press, 2023), Jeremiah Coogan discusses the editorial intervention of Eusebius within gospel manuscripts, including paratextual sectioning, tables of contents, and other prefatory material, at both a technical and conceptual level, locating the overall apparatus of this “evangelist” alongside broader late ancient transformations in reading and knowledge. Dr. Coogan joined the New Books Network to discuss examples of gospel reading that Eusebius permitted via his novel contributions to the gospels, related book technologies in his contemporary readerly environment, and the overall success of Eusebius’s sections and canons during the millennium that followed him—starting with Greek and Latin gospel manuscripts of late antiquity but also appearing alongside most biblical translations into the late Middle Ages, when modern chapter divisions and versification began to assume the dominant roles for sectioning texts that they have maintained into the present day.
Jeremiah Coogan (Ph.D., University of Notre Dame, 2020) is Assistant Professor of New Testament at Santa Clara University’s Jesuit School of Theology in Berkeley. His research and teaching interests span the New Testament, early Christianity, and ancient Judaism, with a particular focus on Gospels and on the social history of early Christianity. His scholarship has been published in Early Christianity, the Journal of Early Christian Studies, the Journal of Late Antiquity, the Journal of Theological Studies, and in several other journals and edited volumes, and he is currently working on a new project that investigates how early Christians deployed literary and bibliographic categories to understand similarities and differences between Gospel texts. His first monograph, Eusebius the Evangelist, received the Manfred Lautenschlaeger Award for Theological Promise in 2022.
Rob Heaton (Ph.D., University of Denver, 2019) hosts Biblical Studies conversations for New Books in Religion and teaches New Testament, Christian origins, and early Christianity at Anderson University in Indiana. He recently authored The Shepherd of Hermas as Scriptura Non Grata: From Popularity in Early Christianity to Exclusion from the New Testament Canon (Lexington Books, 2023). For more about Rob and his work, or to offer feedback related to this episode, please visit his website at https://www.robheaton.com.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The development of Christian scriptures did not terminate once, for example, following Irenaeus and other influential patristic figures, the four gospels that would later be located at the front of the church’s New Testament were accepted by most churches and transmitted together in the same codex. Instead, erudite Christian readers employed new and innovative technologies to transform reading practices, calling attention to both narrative and other thematic similarities present across the gospels, and enabling cross-referential access from one gospel’s narrative sequence to another without amending the individual texts themselves. Such practices were facilitated by the sections and canon tables of Eusebius (ca. 260–339 CE), bishop of Caesarea Maritima in Roman Palestine.
In Eusebius the Evangelist: Rewriting the Fourfold Gospel in Late Antiquity (Oxford University Press, 2023), Jeremiah Coogan discusses the editorial intervention of Eusebius within gospel manuscripts, including paratextual sectioning, tables of contents, and other prefatory material, at both a technical and conceptual level, locating the overall apparatus of this “evangelist” alongside broader late ancient transformations in reading and knowledge. Dr. Coogan joined the New Books Network to discuss examples of gospel reading that Eusebius permitted via his novel contributions to the gospels, related book technologies in his contemporary readerly environment, and the overall success of Eusebius’s sections and canons during the millennium that followed him—starting with Greek and Latin gospel manuscripts of late antiquity but also appearing alongside most biblical translations into the late Middle Ages, when modern chapter divisions and versification began to assume the dominant roles for sectioning texts that they have maintained into the present day.
Jeremiah Coogan (Ph.D., University of Notre Dame, 2020) is Assistant Professor of New Testament at Santa Clara University’s Jesuit School of Theology in Berkeley. His research and teaching interests span the New Testament, early Christianity, and ancient Judaism, with a particular focus on Gospels and on the social history of early Christianity. His scholarship has been published in Early Christianity, the Journal of Early Christian Studies, the Journal of Late Antiquity, the Journal of Theological Studies, and in several other journals and edited volumes, and he is currently working on a new project that investigates how early Christians deployed literary and bibliographic categories to understand similarities and differences between Gospel texts. His first monograph, Eusebius the Evangelist, received the Manfred Lautenschlaeger Award for Theological Promise in 2022.
Rob Heaton (Ph.D., University of Denver, 2019) hosts Biblical Studies conversations for New Books in Religion and teaches New Testament, Christian origins, and early Christianity at Anderson University in Indiana. He recently authored The Shepherd of Hermas as Scriptura Non Grata: From Popularity in Early Christianity to Exclusion from the New Testament Canon (Lexington Books, 2023). For more about Rob and his work, or to offer feedback related to this episode, please visit his website at https://www.robheaton.com.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>161</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">def07de8-3ba7-11ef-bbe6-ff56986af3c9</guid>
      <title>Life in a New Language, Part 6: Citizenship</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>This episode of the Language on the Move Podcast is part of the <em>Life in a New Language </em>series.<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190084295"> <em>Life in a New Language</em></a> is a new book just out from Oxford University Press. <em>Life in a New Language</em> examines the language learning and settlement experiences of 130 migrants to Australia from 34 different countries in Africa, Asia, Europe, and Latin America over a period of 20 years. It’s co-authored by Ingrid Piller, Donna Butorac, Emily Farrell, Loy Lising, Shiva Motaghi Tabari, and Vera Williams Tetteh.</p><p>In this series, <a href="https://researchers.mq.edu.au/en/persons/brynn-quick">Brynn Quick</a> chats with each of the co-authors about their personal insights and research contributions to the book.</p><p>Today, Brynn chats with <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/emilyjfarrell/">Dr. Emily Farrell</a>, with a focus on citizenship, Othering, and belonging. The conversation also homes in on the joys and challenges of juggling book writing and motherhood, and leaving academia for a career in publishing.</p><p>For additional resources, show notes, and transcripts, go <a href="https://www.languageonthemove.com/podcast/">here</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 17 Jul 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This episode of the Language on the Move Podcast is part of the <em>Life in a New Language </em>series.<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190084295"> <em>Life in a New Language</em></a> is a new book just out from Oxford University Press. <em>Life in a New Language</em> examines the language learning and settlement experiences of 130 migrants to Australia from 34 different countries in Africa, Asia, Europe, and Latin America over a period of 20 years. It’s co-authored by Ingrid Piller, Donna Butorac, Emily Farrell, Loy Lising, Shiva Motaghi Tabari, and Vera Williams Tetteh.</p><p>In this series, <a href="https://researchers.mq.edu.au/en/persons/brynn-quick">Brynn Quick</a> chats with each of the co-authors about their personal insights and research contributions to the book.</p><p>Today, Brynn chats with <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/emilyjfarrell/">Dr. Emily Farrell</a>, with a focus on citizenship, Othering, and belonging. The conversation also homes in on the joys and challenges of juggling book writing and motherhood, and leaving academia for a career in publishing.</p><p>For additional resources, show notes, and transcripts, go <a href="https://www.languageonthemove.com/podcast/">here</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="35661344" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/bedf5058-eb10-408f-90b6-2a1cb94e52d8/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=bedf5058-eb10-408f-90b6-2a1cb94e52d8&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Life in a New Language, Part 6: Citizenship</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:37:08</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>This episode of the Language on the Move Podcast is part of the Life in a New Language series. Life in a New Language is a new book just out from Oxford University Press. Life in a New Language examines the language learning and settlement experiences of 130 migrants to Australia from 34 different countries in Africa, Asia, Europe, and Latin America over a period of 20 years. It’s co-authored by Ingrid Piller, Donna Butorac, Emily Farrell, Loy Lising, Shiva Motaghi Tabari, and Vera Williams Tetteh.
In this series, Brynn Quick chats with each of the co-authors about their personal insights and research contributions to the book.
Today, Brynn chats with Dr. Emily Farrell, with a focus on citizenship, Othering, and belonging. The conversation also homes in on the joys and challenges of juggling book writing and motherhood, and leaving academia for a career in publishing.
For additional resources, show notes, and transcripts, go here.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>This episode of the Language on the Move Podcast is part of the Life in a New Language series. Life in a New Language is a new book just out from Oxford University Press. Life in a New Language examines the language learning and settlement experiences of 130 migrants to Australia from 34 different countries in Africa, Asia, Europe, and Latin America over a period of 20 years. It’s co-authored by Ingrid Piller, Donna Butorac, Emily Farrell, Loy Lising, Shiva Motaghi Tabari, and Vera Williams Tetteh.
In this series, Brynn Quick chats with each of the co-authors about their personal insights and research contributions to the book.
Today, Brynn chats with Dr. Emily Farrell, with a focus on citizenship, Othering, and belonging. The conversation also homes in on the joys and challenges of juggling book writing and motherhood, and leaving academia for a career in publishing.
For additional resources, show notes, and transcripts, go here.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>26</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a6f8c1dc-42de-11ef-99a6-176d24c32e85</guid>
      <title>Emily Wilbourne, &quot;Voice, Slavery, and Race in Seventeenth-Century Florence&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Grounded in new archival research documenting a significant presence of foreign and racially-marked individuals in Medici Florence, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197646915"><em>Voice, Slavery, and Race in Seventeenth-Century Florence</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Emily Wilbourne argues for the relevance of such individuals to the history of Western music and for the importance of sound-particularly musical and vocal sounds-to systems of racial and ethnic difference. Many of the individuals discussed in these pages were subject to enslavement or conditions of unfree labour; some laboured at tasks that were explicitly musical or theatrical, while all intersected with sound and with practices of listening that afforded full personhood only to particular categories of people.</p><p>Integrating historical detail alongside contemporary performances and musical conventions, this book makes the forceful claim that operatic musical techniques were-from their very inception-imbricated with racialized differences. Dr. Wilbourne offers both a macro and micro approach to the content of this book. The first half of the volume draws upon a wide range of archival, theatrical and historical sources to articulate the theoretical interdependence of razza (lit. "race"), voice, and music in early modern Italy; the second half focuses on the life and work of a specific, racially-marked individual: the enslaved, Black, male soprano singer, Giovannino Buonaccorsi (fl.1651-1674). <em>Voice, Slavery, and Race in Seventeenth-Century Florence</em> reframes the place of racial difference in Western art music and provides a compelling pre-history to later racial formulations of the sonic.</p><p><br /></p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jul 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Grounded in new archival research documenting a significant presence of foreign and racially-marked individuals in Medici Florence, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197646915"><em>Voice, Slavery, and Race in Seventeenth-Century Florence</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Emily Wilbourne argues for the relevance of such individuals to the history of Western music and for the importance of sound-particularly musical and vocal sounds-to systems of racial and ethnic difference. Many of the individuals discussed in these pages were subject to enslavement or conditions of unfree labour; some laboured at tasks that were explicitly musical or theatrical, while all intersected with sound and with practices of listening that afforded full personhood only to particular categories of people.</p><p>Integrating historical detail alongside contemporary performances and musical conventions, this book makes the forceful claim that operatic musical techniques were-from their very inception-imbricated with racialized differences. Dr. Wilbourne offers both a macro and micro approach to the content of this book. The first half of the volume draws upon a wide range of archival, theatrical and historical sources to articulate the theoretical interdependence of razza (lit. "race"), voice, and music in early modern Italy; the second half focuses on the life and work of a specific, racially-marked individual: the enslaved, Black, male soprano singer, Giovannino Buonaccorsi (fl.1651-1674). <em>Voice, Slavery, and Race in Seventeenth-Century Florence</em> reframes the place of racial difference in Western art music and provides a compelling pre-history to later racial formulations of the sonic.</p><p><br /></p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="58907924" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/2c7f4572-1d13-4116-b65b-3e3b78e7f5a9/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=2c7f4572-1d13-4116-b65b-3e3b78e7f5a9&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Emily Wilbourne, &quot;Voice, Slavery, and Race in Seventeenth-Century Florence&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:01:21</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Grounded in new archival research documenting a significant presence of foreign and racially-marked individuals in Medici Florence, Voice, Slavery, and Race in Seventeenth-Century Florence (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Emily Wilbourne argues for the relevance of such individuals to the history of Western music and for the importance of sound-particularly musical and vocal sounds-to systems of racial and ethnic difference. Many of the individuals discussed in these pages were subject to enslavement or conditions of unfree labour; some laboured at tasks that were explicitly musical or theatrical, while all intersected with sound and with practices of listening that afforded full personhood only to particular categories of people.
Integrating historical detail alongside contemporary performances and musical conventions, this book makes the forceful claim that operatic musical techniques were-from their very inception-imbricated with racialized differences. Dr. Wilbourne offers both a macro and micro approach to the content of this book. The first half of the volume draws upon a wide range of archival, theatrical and historical sources to articulate the theoretical interdependence of razza (lit. &quot;race&quot;), voice, and music in early modern Italy; the second half focuses on the life and work of a specific, racially-marked individual: the enslaved, Black, male soprano singer, Giovannino Buonaccorsi (fl.1651-1674). Voice, Slavery, and Race in Seventeenth-Century Florence reframes the place of racial difference in Western art music and provides a compelling pre-history to later racial formulations of the sonic.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Grounded in new archival research documenting a significant presence of foreign and racially-marked individuals in Medici Florence, Voice, Slavery, and Race in Seventeenth-Century Florence (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Emily Wilbourne argues for the relevance of such individuals to the history of Western music and for the importance of sound-particularly musical and vocal sounds-to systems of racial and ethnic difference. Many of the individuals discussed in these pages were subject to enslavement or conditions of unfree labour; some laboured at tasks that were explicitly musical or theatrical, while all intersected with sound and with practices of listening that afforded full personhood only to particular categories of people.
Integrating historical detail alongside contemporary performances and musical conventions, this book makes the forceful claim that operatic musical techniques were-from their very inception-imbricated with racialized differences. Dr. Wilbourne offers both a macro and micro approach to the content of this book. The first half of the volume draws upon a wide range of archival, theatrical and historical sources to articulate the theoretical interdependence of razza (lit. &quot;race&quot;), voice, and music in early modern Italy; the second half focuses on the life and work of a specific, racially-marked individual: the enslaved, Black, male soprano singer, Giovannino Buonaccorsi (fl.1651-1674). Voice, Slavery, and Race in Seventeenth-Century Florence reframes the place of racial difference in Western art music and provides a compelling pre-history to later racial formulations of the sonic.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>29</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7f4bcd64-3ba4-11ef-b529-575d23936093</guid>
      <title>Life in a New Language, Part 5: Monolingual Mindset</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>This episode of the Language on the Move Podcast is part of the <em>Life in a New Language </em>series. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190084295"><em>Life in a New Language</em></a> is a new book just out from Oxford University Press. <em>Life in a New Language</em> examines the language learning and settlement experiences of 130 migrants to Australia from 34 different countries in Africa, Asia, Europe, and Latin America over a period of 20 years. It’s co-authored by Ingrid Piller, Donna Butorac, Emily Farrell, Loy Lising, Shiva Motaghi Tabari, and Vera Williams Tetteh.</p><p>In this series, <a href="https://researchers.mq.edu.au/en/persons/brynn-quick">Brynn Quick</a> chats with each of the co-authors about their personal insights and research contributions to the book.</p><p>Today, Brynn chats with <a href="https://researchers.mq.edu.au/en/persons/loy-lising-lising">Dr. Loy Lising</a>, with a focus on low-skilled migrants and how their experiences are shaped by monolingual ideologies.</p><p>For additional resources, show notes, and transcripts, go <a href="https://www.languageonthemove.com/podcast/">here</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Jul 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This episode of the Language on the Move Podcast is part of the <em>Life in a New Language </em>series. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190084295"><em>Life in a New Language</em></a> is a new book just out from Oxford University Press. <em>Life in a New Language</em> examines the language learning and settlement experiences of 130 migrants to Australia from 34 different countries in Africa, Asia, Europe, and Latin America over a period of 20 years. It’s co-authored by Ingrid Piller, Donna Butorac, Emily Farrell, Loy Lising, Shiva Motaghi Tabari, and Vera Williams Tetteh.</p><p>In this series, <a href="https://researchers.mq.edu.au/en/persons/brynn-quick">Brynn Quick</a> chats with each of the co-authors about their personal insights and research contributions to the book.</p><p>Today, Brynn chats with <a href="https://researchers.mq.edu.au/en/persons/loy-lising-lising">Dr. Loy Lising</a>, with a focus on low-skilled migrants and how their experiences are shaped by monolingual ideologies.</p><p>For additional resources, show notes, and transcripts, go <a href="https://www.languageonthemove.com/podcast/">here</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="30634466" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/aebbace6-677a-4261-8bbc-22d7fdbd3f19/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=aebbace6-677a-4261-8bbc-22d7fdbd3f19&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Life in a New Language, Part 5: Monolingual Mindset</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:31:54</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>This episode of the Language on the Move Podcast is part of the Life in a New Language series. Life in a New Language is a new book just out from Oxford University Press. Life in a New Language examines the language learning and settlement experiences of 130 migrants to Australia from 34 different countries in Africa, Asia, Europe, and Latin America over a period of 20 years. It’s co-authored by Ingrid Piller, Donna Butorac, Emily Farrell, Loy Lising, Shiva Motaghi Tabari, and Vera Williams Tetteh.
In this series, Brynn Quick chats with each of the co-authors about their personal insights and research contributions to the book.
Today, Brynn chats with Dr. Loy Lising, with a focus on low-skilled migrants and how their experiences are shaped by monolingual ideologies.
For additional resources, show notes, and transcripts, go here.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>This episode of the Language on the Move Podcast is part of the Life in a New Language series. Life in a New Language is a new book just out from Oxford University Press. Life in a New Language examines the language learning and settlement experiences of 130 migrants to Australia from 34 different countries in Africa, Asia, Europe, and Latin America over a period of 20 years. It’s co-authored by Ingrid Piller, Donna Butorac, Emily Farrell, Loy Lising, Shiva Motaghi Tabari, and Vera Williams Tetteh.
In this series, Brynn Quick chats with each of the co-authors about their personal insights and research contributions to the book.
Today, Brynn chats with Dr. Loy Lising, with a focus on low-skilled migrants and how their experiences are shaped by monolingual ideologies.
For additional resources, show notes, and transcripts, go here.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>25</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0e7ffcba-3af3-11ef-82c2-77f5c0dc3c67</guid>
      <title>Shannon Vallor, &quot;The AI Mirror: How to Reclaim Our Humanity in an Age of Machine Thinking&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>There's a lot of talk these days about the existential risk that artificial intelligence poses to humanity -- that somehow the AIs will rise up and destroy us or become our overlords. </p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197759066"><em>The AI Mirror: How to Reclaim our Humanity in an Age of Machine Thinking</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP), Shannon Vallor argues that the actual, and very alarming, existential risk of AI that we face right now is quite different. Because some AI technologies, such as ChatGPT or other large language models, can closely mimic the outputs of an understanding mind without having actual understanding, the technology can encourage us to surrender the activities of thinking and reasoning. This poses the risk of diminishing our ability to respond to challenges and to imagine and bring about different futures. In her compelling book, Vallor, who holds the Baillie Gifford Chair in the Ethics and Artificial Intelligence at the University of Edinburgh's Edinburgh Futures Institute, critically examines AI Doomers and Long-termism, the nature of AI in relation to human intelligence, and the technology industry's hand in diverting our attention from the serious risks we face.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Jul 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>There's a lot of talk these days about the existential risk that artificial intelligence poses to humanity -- that somehow the AIs will rise up and destroy us or become our overlords. </p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197759066"><em>The AI Mirror: How to Reclaim our Humanity in an Age of Machine Thinking</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP), Shannon Vallor argues that the actual, and very alarming, existential risk of AI that we face right now is quite different. Because some AI technologies, such as ChatGPT or other large language models, can closely mimic the outputs of an understanding mind without having actual understanding, the technology can encourage us to surrender the activities of thinking and reasoning. This poses the risk of diminishing our ability to respond to challenges and to imagine and bring about different futures. In her compelling book, Vallor, who holds the Baillie Gifford Chair in the Ethics and Artificial Intelligence at the University of Edinburgh's Edinburgh Futures Institute, critically examines AI Doomers and Long-termism, the nature of AI in relation to human intelligence, and the technology industry's hand in diverting our attention from the serious risks we face.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="60341055" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/e241b1d3-c6fc-4475-9ba9-ce168a16b7d0/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=e241b1d3-c6fc-4475-9ba9-ce168a16b7d0&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Shannon Vallor, &quot;The AI Mirror: How to Reclaim Our Humanity in an Age of Machine Thinking&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:02:51</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>There&apos;s a lot of talk these days about the existential risk that artificial intelligence poses to humanity -- that somehow the AIs will rise up and destroy us or become our overlords. 
In The AI Mirror: How to Reclaim our Humanity in an Age of Machine Thinking (Oxford UP), Shannon Vallor argues that the actual, and very alarming, existential risk of AI that we face right now is quite different. Because some AI technologies, such as ChatGPT or other large language models, can closely mimic the outputs of an understanding mind without having actual understanding, the technology can encourage us to surrender the activities of thinking and reasoning. This poses the risk of diminishing our ability to respond to challenges and to imagine and bring about different futures. In her compelling book, Vallor, who holds the Baillie Gifford Chair in the Ethics and Artificial Intelligence at the University of Edinburgh&apos;s Edinburgh Futures Institute, critically examines AI Doomers and Long-termism, the nature of AI in relation to human intelligence, and the technology industry&apos;s hand in diverting our attention from the serious risks we face.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>There&apos;s a lot of talk these days about the existential risk that artificial intelligence poses to humanity -- that somehow the AIs will rise up and destroy us or become our overlords. 
In The AI Mirror: How to Reclaim our Humanity in an Age of Machine Thinking (Oxford UP), Shannon Vallor argues that the actual, and very alarming, existential risk of AI that we face right now is quite different. Because some AI technologies, such as ChatGPT or other large language models, can closely mimic the outputs of an understanding mind without having actual understanding, the technology can encourage us to surrender the activities of thinking and reasoning. This poses the risk of diminishing our ability to respond to challenges and to imagine and bring about different futures. In her compelling book, Vallor, who holds the Baillie Gifford Chair in the Ethics and Artificial Intelligence at the University of Edinburgh&apos;s Edinburgh Futures Institute, critically examines AI Doomers and Long-termism, the nature of AI in relation to human intelligence, and the technology industry&apos;s hand in diverting our attention from the serious risks we face.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>346</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e997ba24-3d3f-11ef-b05d-93b3aff7a07f</guid>
      <title>Paige Reynolds, &quot;Modernism in Irish Women&apos;s Contemporary Writing: The Stubborn Mode&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Paige Reynolds's book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198881056"><em>Modernism in Irish Women's Contemporary Writing: The Stubborn Mode </em></a>(Oxford UP, 2023) examines the tangled relationship between contemporary Irish women writers and literary modernism. In the early decades of the twenty-first century, Irish women's fiction has drawn widespread critical acclaim and commercial success, with a surprising number of these works being commended for their innovative redeployment of literary tactics drawn from early twentieth-century literary modernism. But this strategy is not a new one. Across more than a century, writers from Kate O'Brien to Sally Rooney have manipulated and remade modernism to draw attention to the vexed nature of female privacy, exploring what unfolds when the amorphous nature of private consciousness bumps up against external ordering structures in the public world. </p><p>Living amid the tenaciously conservative imperatives of church and state in Ireland, their female characters are seen to embrace, reject, and rework the ritual of prayer, the fixity of material objects, the networks of the digital world, and the ordered narrative of the book. Such structures provide a stability that is valuable and even necessary for such characters to flourish, as well as an instrument of containment or repression that threatens to, and in some cases does, destroy them. The writers studied here, among them Elizabeth Bowen, Edna O'Brien, Anne Enright, Anna Burns, Claire-Louise Bennett, and Eimear McBride, employ the modernist mode in part to urge readers to recognize that female interiority, the prompt for many of the movement's illustrious formal experiments, continues to provide a crucial but often overlooked mechanism to imagine ways around and through seemingly intransigent social problems, such as class inequity, political violence, and sexual abuse.</p><p>Disclaimer/apology: Slightly stormy conditions during the recording of the interview led to slightly reduced sound quality.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 9 Jul 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Paige Reynolds's book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198881056"><em>Modernism in Irish Women's Contemporary Writing: The Stubborn Mode </em></a>(Oxford UP, 2023) examines the tangled relationship between contemporary Irish women writers and literary modernism. In the early decades of the twenty-first century, Irish women's fiction has drawn widespread critical acclaim and commercial success, with a surprising number of these works being commended for their innovative redeployment of literary tactics drawn from early twentieth-century literary modernism. But this strategy is not a new one. Across more than a century, writers from Kate O'Brien to Sally Rooney have manipulated and remade modernism to draw attention to the vexed nature of female privacy, exploring what unfolds when the amorphous nature of private consciousness bumps up against external ordering structures in the public world. </p><p>Living amid the tenaciously conservative imperatives of church and state in Ireland, their female characters are seen to embrace, reject, and rework the ritual of prayer, the fixity of material objects, the networks of the digital world, and the ordered narrative of the book. Such structures provide a stability that is valuable and even necessary for such characters to flourish, as well as an instrument of containment or repression that threatens to, and in some cases does, destroy them. The writers studied here, among them Elizabeth Bowen, Edna O'Brien, Anne Enright, Anna Burns, Claire-Louise Bennett, and Eimear McBride, employ the modernist mode in part to urge readers to recognize that female interiority, the prompt for many of the movement's illustrious formal experiments, continues to provide a crucial but often overlooked mechanism to imagine ways around and through seemingly intransigent social problems, such as class inequity, political violence, and sexual abuse.</p><p>Disclaimer/apology: Slightly stormy conditions during the recording of the interview led to slightly reduced sound quality.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="55393645" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/5e40b1a2-ef8e-457f-983a-f78eaefeceb1/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=5e40b1a2-ef8e-457f-983a-f78eaefeceb1&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Paige Reynolds, &quot;Modernism in Irish Women&apos;s Contemporary Writing: The Stubborn Mode&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:57:41</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Paige Reynolds&apos;s book Modernism in Irish Women&apos;s Contemporary Writing: The Stubborn Mode (Oxford UP, 2023) examines the tangled relationship between contemporary Irish women writers and literary modernism. In the early decades of the twenty-first century, Irish women&apos;s fiction has drawn widespread critical acclaim and commercial success, with a surprising number of these works being commended for their innovative redeployment of literary tactics drawn from early twentieth-century literary modernism. But this strategy is not a new one. Across more than a century, writers from Kate O&apos;Brien to Sally Rooney have manipulated and remade modernism to draw attention to the vexed nature of female privacy, exploring what unfolds when the amorphous nature of private consciousness bumps up against external ordering structures in the public world. 
Living amid the tenaciously conservative imperatives of church and state in Ireland, their female characters are seen to embrace, reject, and rework the ritual of prayer, the fixity of material objects, the networks of the digital world, and the ordered narrative of the book. Such structures provide a stability that is valuable and even necessary for such characters to flourish, as well as an instrument of containment or repression that threatens to, and in some cases does, destroy them. The writers studied here, among them Elizabeth Bowen, Edna O&apos;Brien, Anne Enright, Anna Burns, Claire-Louise Bennett, and Eimear McBride, employ the modernist mode in part to urge readers to recognize that female interiority, the prompt for many of the movement&apos;s illustrious formal experiments, continues to provide a crucial but often overlooked mechanism to imagine ways around and through seemingly intransigent social problems, such as class inequity, political violence, and sexual abuse.
Disclaimer/apology: Slightly stormy conditions during the recording of the interview led to slightly reduced sound quality.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Paige Reynolds&apos;s book Modernism in Irish Women&apos;s Contemporary Writing: The Stubborn Mode (Oxford UP, 2023) examines the tangled relationship between contemporary Irish women writers and literary modernism. In the early decades of the twenty-first century, Irish women&apos;s fiction has drawn widespread critical acclaim and commercial success, with a surprising number of these works being commended for their innovative redeployment of literary tactics drawn from early twentieth-century literary modernism. But this strategy is not a new one. Across more than a century, writers from Kate O&apos;Brien to Sally Rooney have manipulated and remade modernism to draw attention to the vexed nature of female privacy, exploring what unfolds when the amorphous nature of private consciousness bumps up against external ordering structures in the public world. 
Living amid the tenaciously conservative imperatives of church and state in Ireland, their female characters are seen to embrace, reject, and rework the ritual of prayer, the fixity of material objects, the networks of the digital world, and the ordered narrative of the book. Such structures provide a stability that is valuable and even necessary for such characters to flourish, as well as an instrument of containment or repression that threatens to, and in some cases does, destroy them. The writers studied here, among them Elizabeth Bowen, Edna O&apos;Brien, Anne Enright, Anna Burns, Claire-Louise Bennett, and Eimear McBride, employ the modernist mode in part to urge readers to recognize that female interiority, the prompt for many of the movement&apos;s illustrious formal experiments, continues to provide a crucial but often overlooked mechanism to imagine ways around and through seemingly intransigent social problems, such as class inequity, political violence, and sexual abuse.
Disclaimer/apology: Slightly stormy conditions during the recording of the interview led to slightly reduced sound quality.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>67</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">94574c58-3d4b-11ef-af4c-a378ee424230</guid>
      <title>Benjamin J. B. Lipscomb, &quot;The Women Are Up to Something: How Elizabeth Anscombe, Philippa Foot, Mary Midgley, and Iris Murdoch Revolutionized Ethics&quot; (Oxford UP, 2021)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The story of four remarkable women who shaped the intellectual history of the 20th century: Elizabeth Anscombe, Philippa Foot, Mary Midgley, and Iris Murdoch.</p><p>On the cusp of the Second World War, four women went to Oxford to begin their studies: a fiercely brilliant Catholic convert; a daughter of privilege longing to escape her stifling upbringing; an ardent Communist and aspiring novelist with a list of would-be lovers as long as her arm; and a quiet, messy lover of newts and mice who would become a great public intellectual of our time. They became lifelong friends. At the time, only a handful of women had ever made lives in philosophy. But when Oxford's men were drafted in the war, everything changed.</p><p>As Elizabeth Anscombe, Philippa Foot, Mary Midgley, and Iris Murdoch labored to make a place for themselves in a male-dominated world, as they made friendships and families, and as they drifted toward and away from each other, they never stopped insisting that some lives are better than others. They argued that courage and discernment and justice--and love--are the heart of a good life.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197541074"><em>The Women Are Up to Something: How Elizabeth Anscombe, Philippa Foot, Mary Midgley, and Iris Murdoch Revolutionized Ethics</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2021) presents the first sustained engagement with these women's contributions: with the critique and the alternative they framed. Drawing on a cluster of recently opened archives and extensive correspondence and interviews with those who knew them best, Benjamin Lipscomb traces the lives and ideas of four friends who gave us a better way to think about ethics, and ourselves.</p><p>Benjamin J. B. Lipscomb is Professor of Philosophy and Director of the Honors Program at Houghton University. He lives with his family in Fillmore, New York, when his teaching doesn't call him to London for a season.</p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>Morteza Hajizadeh</em></a><em> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>YouTube channel</em></a><em>. </em><a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture"><em>Twitter</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 9 Jul 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The story of four remarkable women who shaped the intellectual history of the 20th century: Elizabeth Anscombe, Philippa Foot, Mary Midgley, and Iris Murdoch.</p><p>On the cusp of the Second World War, four women went to Oxford to begin their studies: a fiercely brilliant Catholic convert; a daughter of privilege longing to escape her stifling upbringing; an ardent Communist and aspiring novelist with a list of would-be lovers as long as her arm; and a quiet, messy lover of newts and mice who would become a great public intellectual of our time. They became lifelong friends. At the time, only a handful of women had ever made lives in philosophy. But when Oxford's men were drafted in the war, everything changed.</p><p>As Elizabeth Anscombe, Philippa Foot, Mary Midgley, and Iris Murdoch labored to make a place for themselves in a male-dominated world, as they made friendships and families, and as they drifted toward and away from each other, they never stopped insisting that some lives are better than others. They argued that courage and discernment and justice--and love--are the heart of a good life.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197541074"><em>The Women Are Up to Something: How Elizabeth Anscombe, Philippa Foot, Mary Midgley, and Iris Murdoch Revolutionized Ethics</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2021) presents the first sustained engagement with these women's contributions: with the critique and the alternative they framed. Drawing on a cluster of recently opened archives and extensive correspondence and interviews with those who knew them best, Benjamin Lipscomb traces the lives and ideas of four friends who gave us a better way to think about ethics, and ourselves.</p><p>Benjamin J. B. Lipscomb is Professor of Philosophy and Director of the Honors Program at Houghton University. He lives with his family in Fillmore, New York, when his teaching doesn't call him to London for a season.</p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>Morteza Hajizadeh</em></a><em> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>YouTube channel</em></a><em>. </em><a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture"><em>Twitter</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="38121986" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/f3eb7454-68eb-47c9-8dcb-9014b9f86f8c/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=f3eb7454-68eb-47c9-8dcb-9014b9f86f8c&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Benjamin J. B. Lipscomb, &quot;The Women Are Up to Something: How Elizabeth Anscombe, Philippa Foot, Mary Midgley, and Iris Murdoch Revolutionized Ethics&quot; (Oxford UP, 2021)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:39:42</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The story of four remarkable women who shaped the intellectual history of the 20th century: Elizabeth Anscombe, Philippa Foot, Mary Midgley, and Iris Murdoch.
On the cusp of the Second World War, four women went to Oxford to begin their studies: a fiercely brilliant Catholic convert; a daughter of privilege longing to escape her stifling upbringing; an ardent Communist and aspiring novelist with a list of would-be lovers as long as her arm; and a quiet, messy lover of newts and mice who would become a great public intellectual of our time. They became lifelong friends. At the time, only a handful of women had ever made lives in philosophy. But when Oxford&apos;s men were drafted in the war, everything changed.
As Elizabeth Anscombe, Philippa Foot, Mary Midgley, and Iris Murdoch labored to make a place for themselves in a male-dominated world, as they made friendships and families, and as they drifted toward and away from each other, they never stopped insisting that some lives are better than others. They argued that courage and discernment and justice--and love--are the heart of a good life.
The Women Are Up to Something: How Elizabeth Anscombe, Philippa Foot, Mary Midgley, and Iris Murdoch Revolutionized Ethics (Oxford UP, 2021) presents the first sustained engagement with these women&apos;s contributions: with the critique and the alternative they framed. Drawing on a cluster of recently opened archives and extensive correspondence and interviews with those who knew them best, Benjamin Lipscomb traces the lives and ideas of four friends who gave us a better way to think about ethics, and ourselves.
Benjamin J. B. Lipscomb is Professor of Philosophy and Director of the Honors Program at Houghton University. He lives with his family in Fillmore, New York, when his teaching doesn&apos;t call him to London for a season.
Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The story of four remarkable women who shaped the intellectual history of the 20th century: Elizabeth Anscombe, Philippa Foot, Mary Midgley, and Iris Murdoch.
On the cusp of the Second World War, four women went to Oxford to begin their studies: a fiercely brilliant Catholic convert; a daughter of privilege longing to escape her stifling upbringing; an ardent Communist and aspiring novelist with a list of would-be lovers as long as her arm; and a quiet, messy lover of newts and mice who would become a great public intellectual of our time. They became lifelong friends. At the time, only a handful of women had ever made lives in philosophy. But when Oxford&apos;s men were drafted in the war, everything changed.
As Elizabeth Anscombe, Philippa Foot, Mary Midgley, and Iris Murdoch labored to make a place for themselves in a male-dominated world, as they made friendships and families, and as they drifted toward and away from each other, they never stopped insisting that some lives are better than others. They argued that courage and discernment and justice--and love--are the heart of a good life.
The Women Are Up to Something: How Elizabeth Anscombe, Philippa Foot, Mary Midgley, and Iris Murdoch Revolutionized Ethics (Oxford UP, 2021) presents the first sustained engagement with these women&apos;s contributions: with the critique and the alternative they framed. Drawing on a cluster of recently opened archives and extensive correspondence and interviews with those who knew them best, Benjamin Lipscomb traces the lives and ideas of four friends who gave us a better way to think about ethics, and ourselves.
Benjamin J. B. Lipscomb is Professor of Philosophy and Director of the Honors Program at Houghton University. He lives with his family in Fillmore, New York, when his teaching doesn&apos;t call him to London for a season.
Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>218</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4aa83f54-3a35-11ef-9b14-ef86ced6b8d7</guid>
      <title>Timothy Grieve-Carlson, &quot;American Aurora: Environment and Apocalypse in the Life of Johannes Kelpius&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197765579"><em>American Aurora: Environment and Apocalypse in the Life of Johannes Kelpius</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024) explores the impact of climate change on early modern radical religious groups during the height of the Little Ice Age in the seventeenth century. Focusing on the life and legacy of Johannes Kelpius (1667-1707), an enormously influential but comprehensively misunderstood theologian who settled outside of Philadelphia from 1604 to 1707, Timothy Grieve-Carlson explores the Hermetic and alchemical dimensions of Kelpius's Christianity before turning to his legacy in American religion and literature. </p><p>This engaging analysis showcases Kelpius's forgotten theological intricacies, spiritual revelations, and cosmic observations, illuminating the complexity and foresight of an important colonial mystic. As radical Protestants during Kelpius's lifetime struggled to understand their changing climate and a seemingly eschatological cosmos, esoteric texts became crucial sources of meaning. Grieve-Carlson presents original translations of Kelpius's university writings, which have never been published in English, along with analyses and translations of other important sources from the period in German and Latin. Ultimately, American Aurora points toward a time and place when climate change caused an eruption of esoteric thought and practice and how this moment has been largely forgotten.</p><p>Timothy Grieve-Carlson is an Assistant Professor of Religion at Westminster College.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 6 Jul 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197765579"><em>American Aurora: Environment and Apocalypse in the Life of Johannes Kelpius</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024) explores the impact of climate change on early modern radical religious groups during the height of the Little Ice Age in the seventeenth century. Focusing on the life and legacy of Johannes Kelpius (1667-1707), an enormously influential but comprehensively misunderstood theologian who settled outside of Philadelphia from 1604 to 1707, Timothy Grieve-Carlson explores the Hermetic and alchemical dimensions of Kelpius's Christianity before turning to his legacy in American religion and literature. </p><p>This engaging analysis showcases Kelpius's forgotten theological intricacies, spiritual revelations, and cosmic observations, illuminating the complexity and foresight of an important colonial mystic. As radical Protestants during Kelpius's lifetime struggled to understand their changing climate and a seemingly eschatological cosmos, esoteric texts became crucial sources of meaning. Grieve-Carlson presents original translations of Kelpius's university writings, which have never been published in English, along with analyses and translations of other important sources from the period in German and Latin. Ultimately, American Aurora points toward a time and place when climate change caused an eruption of esoteric thought and practice and how this moment has been largely forgotten.</p><p>Timothy Grieve-Carlson is an Assistant Professor of Religion at Westminster College.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="58981797" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/a6a03ca8-349c-4ee2-b5e1-7c0b92e7f030/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=a6a03ca8-349c-4ee2-b5e1-7c0b92e7f030&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Timothy Grieve-Carlson, &quot;American Aurora: Environment and Apocalypse in the Life of Johannes Kelpius&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:01:26</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>American Aurora: Environment and Apocalypse in the Life of Johannes Kelpius (Oxford UP, 2024) explores the impact of climate change on early modern radical religious groups during the height of the Little Ice Age in the seventeenth century. Focusing on the life and legacy of Johannes Kelpius (1667-1707), an enormously influential but comprehensively misunderstood theologian who settled outside of Philadelphia from 1604 to 1707, Timothy Grieve-Carlson explores the Hermetic and alchemical dimensions of Kelpius&apos;s Christianity before turning to his legacy in American religion and literature. 
This engaging analysis showcases Kelpius&apos;s forgotten theological intricacies, spiritual revelations, and cosmic observations, illuminating the complexity and foresight of an important colonial mystic. As radical Protestants during Kelpius&apos;s lifetime struggled to understand their changing climate and a seemingly eschatological cosmos, esoteric texts became crucial sources of meaning. Grieve-Carlson presents original translations of Kelpius&apos;s university writings, which have never been published in English, along with analyses and translations of other important sources from the period in German and Latin. Ultimately, American Aurora points toward a time and place when climate change caused an eruption of esoteric thought and practice and how this moment has been largely forgotten.
Timothy Grieve-Carlson is an Assistant Professor of Religion at Westminster College.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>American Aurora: Environment and Apocalypse in the Life of Johannes Kelpius (Oxford UP, 2024) explores the impact of climate change on early modern radical religious groups during the height of the Little Ice Age in the seventeenth century. Focusing on the life and legacy of Johannes Kelpius (1667-1707), an enormously influential but comprehensively misunderstood theologian who settled outside of Philadelphia from 1604 to 1707, Timothy Grieve-Carlson explores the Hermetic and alchemical dimensions of Kelpius&apos;s Christianity before turning to his legacy in American religion and literature. 
This engaging analysis showcases Kelpius&apos;s forgotten theological intricacies, spiritual revelations, and cosmic observations, illuminating the complexity and foresight of an important colonial mystic. As radical Protestants during Kelpius&apos;s lifetime struggled to understand their changing climate and a seemingly eschatological cosmos, esoteric texts became crucial sources of meaning. Grieve-Carlson presents original translations of Kelpius&apos;s university writings, which have never been published in English, along with analyses and translations of other important sources from the period in German and Latin. Ultimately, American Aurora points toward a time and place when climate change caused an eruption of esoteric thought and practice and how this moment has been largely forgotten.
Timothy Grieve-Carlson is an Assistant Professor of Religion at Westminster College.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>218</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d1e00ef8-2b4d-11ef-8a20-ff039318fba9</guid>
      <title>Life in a New Language, Part 4: Parenting</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>This episode of the Language on the Move Podcast is part of the <em>Life in a New Language </em>series. <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/life-in-a-new-language-9780190084288?facet_narrowbybinding_facet=Ebook&amp;lang=en&amp;cc=us"><em>Life in a New Language</em></a> is a new book just out from Oxford University Press. <em>Life in a New Language</em> examines the language learning and settlement experiences of 130 migrants to Australia from 34 different countries in Africa, Asia, Europe, and Latin America over a period of 20 years. It’s co-authored by Ingrid Piller, Donna Butorac, Emily Farrell, Loy Lising, Shiva Motaghi Tabari, and Vera Williams Tetteh.</p><p>In this series, <a href="https://researchers.mq.edu.au/en/persons/brynn-quick">Brynn Quick</a> chats with each of the co-authors about their personal insights and research contributions to the book.</p><p>Today, Brynn chats with <a href="https://researchers.mq.edu.au/en/persons/shiva-motaghi-tabari">Dr. Shiva Motaghi Tabari</a>, with a focus on parenting in migration.</p><p>For additional resources, show notes, and transcripts, go <a href="https://www.languageonthemove.com/podcast/">here</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 3 Jul 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This episode of the Language on the Move Podcast is part of the <em>Life in a New Language </em>series. <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/life-in-a-new-language-9780190084288?facet_narrowbybinding_facet=Ebook&amp;lang=en&amp;cc=us"><em>Life in a New Language</em></a> is a new book just out from Oxford University Press. <em>Life in a New Language</em> examines the language learning and settlement experiences of 130 migrants to Australia from 34 different countries in Africa, Asia, Europe, and Latin America over a period of 20 years. It’s co-authored by Ingrid Piller, Donna Butorac, Emily Farrell, Loy Lising, Shiva Motaghi Tabari, and Vera Williams Tetteh.</p><p>In this series, <a href="https://researchers.mq.edu.au/en/persons/brynn-quick">Brynn Quick</a> chats with each of the co-authors about their personal insights and research contributions to the book.</p><p>Today, Brynn chats with <a href="https://researchers.mq.edu.au/en/persons/shiva-motaghi-tabari">Dr. Shiva Motaghi Tabari</a>, with a focus on parenting in migration.</p><p>For additional resources, show notes, and transcripts, go <a href="https://www.languageonthemove.com/podcast/">here</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="21996128" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/09eef363-bfc7-4173-b1d1-f5eea5f62fc3/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=09eef363-bfc7-4173-b1d1-f5eea5f62fc3&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Life in a New Language, Part 4: Parenting</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:22:54</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>This episode of the Language on the Move Podcast is part of the Life in a New Language series. Life in a New Language is a new book just out from Oxford University Press. Life in a New Language examines the language learning and settlement experiences of 130 migrants to Australia from 34 different countries in Africa, Asia, Europe, and Latin America over a period of 20 years. It’s co-authored by Ingrid Piller, Donna Butorac, Emily Farrell, Loy Lising, Shiva Motaghi Tabari, and Vera Williams Tetteh.
In this series, Brynn Quick chats with each of the co-authors about their personal insights and research contributions to the book.
Today, Brynn chats with Dr. Shiva Motaghi Tabari, with a focus on parenting in migration.
For additional resources, show notes, and transcripts, go here.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>This episode of the Language on the Move Podcast is part of the Life in a New Language series. Life in a New Language is a new book just out from Oxford University Press. Life in a New Language examines the language learning and settlement experiences of 130 migrants to Australia from 34 different countries in Africa, Asia, Europe, and Latin America over a period of 20 years. It’s co-authored by Ingrid Piller, Donna Butorac, Emily Farrell, Loy Lising, Shiva Motaghi Tabari, and Vera Williams Tetteh.
In this series, Brynn Quick chats with each of the co-authors about their personal insights and research contributions to the book.
Today, Brynn chats with Dr. Shiva Motaghi Tabari, with a focus on parenting in migration.
For additional resources, show notes, and transcripts, go here.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>23</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">56c52c36-37ef-11ef-90ad-337d425c1269</guid>
      <title>Ailbhe O&apos;Loughlin, &quot;Law and Personality Disorder: Human Rights, Human Risks, and Rehabilitation&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198839279"><em>Law and Personality Disorder: Human Rights, Human Risks, and Rehabilitation</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024)<em>, </em>Dr Ailbhe O'Loughlin considers the controversial and under-researched concern of what to do with dangerous people with severe personality disorders. She brings together scientific evidence, law and policy, to consider risk prevention, public security and human rights. This is a controversial area of law and policy, informed by ongoing debates about 'dangerous' offenders which exists at the intersection of liberal legal principles and advocates of social defence. </p><p>In today's conversation, we spoke about preventative detention, the effectiveness of therapeutic intervention and risk management, gaps in human rights protections, and the assumptions that the legal principles and processes that govern this population are founded on. O'Loughlin draws out key issues for reform and calls for further evidence-based inquiry with regards to criminal defences, sentencing and dispositions. This will be an important book for policy makers, legal academics, psychiatrists and anyone who works with this category of offenders. </p><p><a href="https://www.york.ac.uk/law/people/o'loughlin/#research-content">Dr Ailbhe O'Loughlin</a> is a Senior Lecturer at York Law School, at The University of York. Her research focuses on the intersection between mental health and criminal justice.  </p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 3 Jul 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198839279"><em>Law and Personality Disorder: Human Rights, Human Risks, and Rehabilitation</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024)<em>, </em>Dr Ailbhe O'Loughlin considers the controversial and under-researched concern of what to do with dangerous people with severe personality disorders. She brings together scientific evidence, law and policy, to consider risk prevention, public security and human rights. This is a controversial area of law and policy, informed by ongoing debates about 'dangerous' offenders which exists at the intersection of liberal legal principles and advocates of social defence. </p><p>In today's conversation, we spoke about preventative detention, the effectiveness of therapeutic intervention and risk management, gaps in human rights protections, and the assumptions that the legal principles and processes that govern this population are founded on. O'Loughlin draws out key issues for reform and calls for further evidence-based inquiry with regards to criminal defences, sentencing and dispositions. This will be an important book for policy makers, legal academics, psychiatrists and anyone who works with this category of offenders. </p><p><a href="https://www.york.ac.uk/law/people/o'loughlin/#research-content">Dr Ailbhe O'Loughlin</a> is a Senior Lecturer at York Law School, at The University of York. Her research focuses on the intersection between mental health and criminal justice.  </p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="65844584" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/bb453248-94ea-421f-a2be-8cc0608a726a/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=bb453248-94ea-421f-a2be-8cc0608a726a&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Ailbhe O&apos;Loughlin, &quot;Law and Personality Disorder: Human Rights, Human Risks, and Rehabilitation&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:08:35</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In Law and Personality Disorder: Human Rights, Human Risks, and Rehabilitation (Oxford UP, 2024), Dr Ailbhe O&apos;Loughlin considers the controversial and under-researched concern of what to do with dangerous people with severe personality disorders. She brings together scientific evidence, law and policy, to consider risk prevention, public security and human rights. This is a controversial area of law and policy, informed by ongoing debates about &apos;dangerous&apos; offenders which exists at the intersection of liberal legal principles and advocates of social defence. 
In today&apos;s conversation, we spoke about preventative detention, the effectiveness of therapeutic intervention and risk management, gaps in human rights protections, and the assumptions that the legal principles and processes that govern this population are founded on. O&apos;Loughlin draws out key issues for reform and calls for further evidence-based inquiry with regards to criminal defences, sentencing and dispositions. This will be an important book for policy makers, legal academics, psychiatrists and anyone who works with this category of offenders. 
Dr Ailbhe O&apos;Loughlin is a Senior Lecturer at York Law School, at The University of York. Her research focuses on the intersection between mental health and criminal justice.  </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In Law and Personality Disorder: Human Rights, Human Risks, and Rehabilitation (Oxford UP, 2024), Dr Ailbhe O&apos;Loughlin considers the controversial and under-researched concern of what to do with dangerous people with severe personality disorders. She brings together scientific evidence, law and policy, to consider risk prevention, public security and human rights. This is a controversial area of law and policy, informed by ongoing debates about &apos;dangerous&apos; offenders which exists at the intersection of liberal legal principles and advocates of social defence. 
In today&apos;s conversation, we spoke about preventative detention, the effectiveness of therapeutic intervention and risk management, gaps in human rights protections, and the assumptions that the legal principles and processes that govern this population are founded on. O&apos;Loughlin draws out key issues for reform and calls for further evidence-based inquiry with regards to criminal defences, sentencing and dispositions. This will be an important book for policy makers, legal academics, psychiatrists and anyone who works with this category of offenders. 
Dr Ailbhe O&apos;Loughlin is a Senior Lecturer at York Law School, at The University of York. Her research focuses on the intersection between mental health and criminal justice.  </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>224</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">969eb5ce-36fb-11ef-8cf4-8774b5b497c9</guid>
      <title>Miranda Sachs, &quot;An Age to Work: Working-Class Childhood in Third Republic Paris&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Childhood as lived during the French Third Republic was very different from childhood during the modern era. Working-class children laboured alongside adults in the home, on the streets, and in places of work. French authorities sought to change this and redefine childhood by means of government organizations, separate legal structures, and schools for delinquent children. French authorities visited places of work, schools, and interviewed parents. Yet gender based divisions between males and females were still reinforced.</p><p>Professor Sachs was an assistant professor of history at Texas State University and will start as assistant professor with Texas A &amp; M next year. In her latest publication, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197638453"><em>An Age to Work: Working Class Childhood in Third Republic Paris</em></a><em> (</em>Oxford University Press, 2023), Professor Sachs uses police reports, records of interviews, and postcards to explore the history of working class children in Paris. Dr. Sachs received her Ph.D. from Yale University in 2017. Prior to coming to Texas State, she taught at William &amp; Mary and Denison University.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 2 Jul 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Childhood as lived during the French Third Republic was very different from childhood during the modern era. Working-class children laboured alongside adults in the home, on the streets, and in places of work. French authorities sought to change this and redefine childhood by means of government organizations, separate legal structures, and schools for delinquent children. French authorities visited places of work, schools, and interviewed parents. Yet gender based divisions between males and females were still reinforced.</p><p>Professor Sachs was an assistant professor of history at Texas State University and will start as assistant professor with Texas A &amp; M next year. In her latest publication, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197638453"><em>An Age to Work: Working Class Childhood in Third Republic Paris</em></a><em> (</em>Oxford University Press, 2023), Professor Sachs uses police reports, records of interviews, and postcards to explore the history of working class children in Paris. Dr. Sachs received her Ph.D. from Yale University in 2017. Prior to coming to Texas State, she taught at William &amp; Mary and Denison University.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="28455717" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/67c90255-085d-428e-a6f6-601892f14278/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=67c90255-085d-428e-a6f6-601892f14278&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Miranda Sachs, &quot;An Age to Work: Working-Class Childhood in Third Republic Paris&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:29:38</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Childhood as lived during the French Third Republic was very different from childhood during the modern era. Working-class children laboured alongside adults in the home, on the streets, and in places of work. French authorities sought to change this and redefine childhood by means of government organizations, separate legal structures, and schools for delinquent children. French authorities visited places of work, schools, and interviewed parents. Yet gender based divisions between males and females were still reinforced.
Professor Sachs was an assistant professor of history at Texas State University and will start as assistant professor with Texas A &amp; M next year. In her latest publication, An Age to Work: Working Class Childhood in Third Republic Paris (Oxford University Press, 2023), Professor Sachs uses police reports, records of interviews, and postcards to explore the history of working class children in Paris. Dr. Sachs received her Ph.D. from Yale University in 2017. Prior to coming to Texas State, she taught at William &amp; Mary and Denison University.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Childhood as lived during the French Third Republic was very different from childhood during the modern era. Working-class children laboured alongside adults in the home, on the streets, and in places of work. French authorities sought to change this and redefine childhood by means of government organizations, separate legal structures, and schools for delinquent children. French authorities visited places of work, schools, and interviewed parents. Yet gender based divisions between males and females were still reinforced.
Professor Sachs was an assistant professor of history at Texas State University and will start as assistant professor with Texas A &amp; M next year. In her latest publication, An Age to Work: Working Class Childhood in Third Republic Paris (Oxford University Press, 2023), Professor Sachs uses police reports, records of interviews, and postcards to explore the history of working class children in Paris. Dr. Sachs received her Ph.D. from Yale University in 2017. Prior to coming to Texas State, she taught at William &amp; Mary and Denison University.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>132</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4092c8de-37da-11ef-88f2-4731db0e9a98</guid>
      <title>Jason Hannan, &quot;Trolling Ourselves to Death: Democracy in the Age of Social Media&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>We commonly think of trolls as anonymous online pranksters who hide behind clever avatars and screen names. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197557778"><em>Trolling Ourselves to Death: Democracy in the Age of Social Media</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024), Jason Hannan reveals how the trolls have emerged from the cave and now walk in the clear light of day. Once limited to the darker corners of the internet, trolls have since gone mainstream, invading our politics and eroding our civic culture. Trolls are changing the norms of democratic politics and shaping how we communicate in the public sphere. Adding a twist to Neil Postman's classic thesis, this book argues that we are not so much amusing as trolling ourselves to death. But how did this come to be? Is this transformation attributable solely to digital technology? Or are there deeper political, economic, and cultural roots? </p><p>This book moves beyond the familiar picture of trolls by recasting trolling in a broader historical light. It shows how trolling is the logical expression of widespread alienation, cynicism, and paranoia deeply rooted in a culture of possessive individualism. Drawing from Postman, Alasdair MacIntyre, Karl Marx, and Hannah Arendt, this book explores the disturbing rise of political unreason in the form of mass trolling. It explains the proliferation of disinformation, conspiracy theory, "cancel culture," and public shaming. Taking inspiration from G. F. W. Hegel, Paulo F reire, and bell hooks, this book makes a case for building a spirit of trust to counter the culture of mass distrust that feeds the epidemic of political trolling.</p><p>Dr. Jason Hannan is Professor in the Department of Rhetoric, Writing, and Communications at the University of Winnipeg. He is the author of <em>Trolling Ourselves to Death: Democracy in the Age of Social Media</em> (Oxford University Press, 2023) and the editor of <em>Meatsplaining: The Animal Agriculture Industry and the Rhetoric of Denial</em> (Sydney University Press, 2020). His current book project is <em>Reactionary Speech: Conservatism and the Rhetoric of Denial.</em></p><p>Dr. Michael LaMagna is the Information Literacy Program &amp; Library Services Coordinator and Professor of Library Services at Delaware County Community College.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 2 Jul 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>We commonly think of trolls as anonymous online pranksters who hide behind clever avatars and screen names. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197557778"><em>Trolling Ourselves to Death: Democracy in the Age of Social Media</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024), Jason Hannan reveals how the trolls have emerged from the cave and now walk in the clear light of day. Once limited to the darker corners of the internet, trolls have since gone mainstream, invading our politics and eroding our civic culture. Trolls are changing the norms of democratic politics and shaping how we communicate in the public sphere. Adding a twist to Neil Postman's classic thesis, this book argues that we are not so much amusing as trolling ourselves to death. But how did this come to be? Is this transformation attributable solely to digital technology? Or are there deeper political, economic, and cultural roots? </p><p>This book moves beyond the familiar picture of trolls by recasting trolling in a broader historical light. It shows how trolling is the logical expression of widespread alienation, cynicism, and paranoia deeply rooted in a culture of possessive individualism. Drawing from Postman, Alasdair MacIntyre, Karl Marx, and Hannah Arendt, this book explores the disturbing rise of political unreason in the form of mass trolling. It explains the proliferation of disinformation, conspiracy theory, "cancel culture," and public shaming. Taking inspiration from G. F. W. Hegel, Paulo F reire, and bell hooks, this book makes a case for building a spirit of trust to counter the culture of mass distrust that feeds the epidemic of political trolling.</p><p>Dr. Jason Hannan is Professor in the Department of Rhetoric, Writing, and Communications at the University of Winnipeg. He is the author of <em>Trolling Ourselves to Death: Democracy in the Age of Social Media</em> (Oxford University Press, 2023) and the editor of <em>Meatsplaining: The Animal Agriculture Industry and the Rhetoric of Denial</em> (Sydney University Press, 2020). His current book project is <em>Reactionary Speech: Conservatism and the Rhetoric of Denial.</em></p><p>Dr. Michael LaMagna is the Information Literacy Program &amp; Library Services Coordinator and Professor of Library Services at Delaware County Community College.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="45926715" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/93f95d60-5a14-4b53-8cb0-8ff9f06f577a/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=93f95d60-5a14-4b53-8cb0-8ff9f06f577a&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Jason Hannan, &quot;Trolling Ourselves to Death: Democracy in the Age of Social Media&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:47:50</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>We commonly think of trolls as anonymous online pranksters who hide behind clever avatars and screen names. In Trolling Ourselves to Death: Democracy in the Age of Social Media (Oxford UP, 2024), Jason Hannan reveals how the trolls have emerged from the cave and now walk in the clear light of day. Once limited to the darker corners of the internet, trolls have since gone mainstream, invading our politics and eroding our civic culture. Trolls are changing the norms of democratic politics and shaping how we communicate in the public sphere. Adding a twist to Neil Postman&apos;s classic thesis, this book argues that we are not so much amusing as trolling ourselves to death. But how did this come to be? Is this transformation attributable solely to digital technology? Or are there deeper political, economic, and cultural roots? 
This book moves beyond the familiar picture of trolls by recasting trolling in a broader historical light. It shows how trolling is the logical expression of widespread alienation, cynicism, and paranoia deeply rooted in a culture of possessive individualism. Drawing from Postman, Alasdair MacIntyre, Karl Marx, and Hannah Arendt, this book explores the disturbing rise of political unreason in the form of mass trolling. It explains the proliferation of disinformation, conspiracy theory, &quot;cancel culture,&quot; and public shaming. Taking inspiration from G. F. W. Hegel, Paulo F reire, and bell hooks, this book makes a case for building a spirit of trust to counter the culture of mass distrust that feeds the epidemic of political trolling.
Dr. Jason Hannan is Professor in the Department of Rhetoric, Writing, and Communications at the University of Winnipeg. He is the author of Trolling Ourselves to Death: Democracy in the Age of Social Media (Oxford University Press, 2023) and the editor of Meatsplaining: The Animal Agriculture Industry and the Rhetoric of Denial (Sydney University Press, 2020). His current book project is Reactionary Speech: Conservatism and the Rhetoric of Denial.
Dr. Michael LaMagna is the Information Literacy Program &amp; Library Services Coordinator and Professor of Library Services at Delaware County Community College.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>We commonly think of trolls as anonymous online pranksters who hide behind clever avatars and screen names. In Trolling Ourselves to Death: Democracy in the Age of Social Media (Oxford UP, 2024), Jason Hannan reveals how the trolls have emerged from the cave and now walk in the clear light of day. Once limited to the darker corners of the internet, trolls have since gone mainstream, invading our politics and eroding our civic culture. Trolls are changing the norms of democratic politics and shaping how we communicate in the public sphere. Adding a twist to Neil Postman&apos;s classic thesis, this book argues that we are not so much amusing as trolling ourselves to death. But how did this come to be? Is this transformation attributable solely to digital technology? Or are there deeper political, economic, and cultural roots? 
This book moves beyond the familiar picture of trolls by recasting trolling in a broader historical light. It shows how trolling is the logical expression of widespread alienation, cynicism, and paranoia deeply rooted in a culture of possessive individualism. Drawing from Postman, Alasdair MacIntyre, Karl Marx, and Hannah Arendt, this book explores the disturbing rise of political unreason in the form of mass trolling. It explains the proliferation of disinformation, conspiracy theory, &quot;cancel culture,&quot; and public shaming. Taking inspiration from G. F. W. Hegel, Paulo F reire, and bell hooks, this book makes a case for building a spirit of trust to counter the culture of mass distrust that feeds the epidemic of political trolling.
Dr. Jason Hannan is Professor in the Department of Rhetoric, Writing, and Communications at the University of Winnipeg. He is the author of Trolling Ourselves to Death: Democracy in the Age of Social Media (Oxford University Press, 2023) and the editor of Meatsplaining: The Animal Agriculture Industry and the Rhetoric of Denial (Sydney University Press, 2020). His current book project is Reactionary Speech: Conservatism and the Rhetoric of Denial.
Dr. Michael LaMagna is the Information Literacy Program &amp; Library Services Coordinator and Professor of Library Services at Delaware County Community College.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>137</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22ee7284-370c-11ef-8f44-5b9356820a92</guid>
      <title>Pandemics Perspectives 15: The Dynamic Nature of Science</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Pandemic Perspectives Podcast, Ideas Roadshow founder and host Howard Burton talks to Michael Gordin, Rosengarten Professor of Modern and Contemporary History at Princeton University, about the differences between science and pseudoscience and how the COVID-19 Pandemic showed that most people don't realize that science is highly dynamic. Gordin is the author of (among other books) of <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/on-the-fringe-9780197555767?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;"><em>On the Fringe: Where Science Meets Pseudoscience</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2021).</p><p>Ideas Roadshow's Pandemic Perspectives Project consists of three distinct, reinforcing elements: a documentary <a href="https://ideasroadshow.com/pandemic-perspectives/">film</a> (Pandemic Perspectives), <a href="https://ideasroadshow.com/pandemic-perspectives-essays/">book</a> (Pandemic Perspectives: A filmmaker's journey in 10 essays) and a series of 24 detailed podcasts with many of the film's expert participants. Visit <a href="http://www.ideasroadshow.com/">www.ideasroadshow.com</a> for more details.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 2 Jul 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this Pandemic Perspectives Podcast, Ideas Roadshow founder and host Howard Burton talks to Michael Gordin, Rosengarten Professor of Modern and Contemporary History at Princeton University, about the differences between science and pseudoscience and how the COVID-19 Pandemic showed that most people don't realize that science is highly dynamic. Gordin is the author of (among other books) of <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/on-the-fringe-9780197555767?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;"><em>On the Fringe: Where Science Meets Pseudoscience</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2021).</p><p>Ideas Roadshow's Pandemic Perspectives Project consists of three distinct, reinforcing elements: a documentary <a href="https://ideasroadshow.com/pandemic-perspectives/">film</a> (Pandemic Perspectives), <a href="https://ideasroadshow.com/pandemic-perspectives-essays/">book</a> (Pandemic Perspectives: A filmmaker's journey in 10 essays) and a series of 24 detailed podcasts with many of the film's expert participants. Visit <a href="http://www.ideasroadshow.com/">www.ideasroadshow.com</a> for more details.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="69870354" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/a7d75bc6-8806-45d6-9533-db1545883109/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=a7d75bc6-8806-45d6-9533-db1545883109&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Pandemics Perspectives 15: The Dynamic Nature of Science</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:12:46</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this Pandemic Perspectives Podcast, Ideas Roadshow founder and host Howard Burton talks to Michael Gordin, Rosengarten Professor of Modern and Contemporary History at Princeton University, about the differences between science and pseudoscience and how the COVID-19 Pandemic showed that most people don&apos;t realize that science is highly dynamic. Gordin is the author of (among other books) of On the Fringe: Where Science Meets Pseudoscience (Oxford UP, 2021).
Ideas Roadshow&apos;s Pandemic Perspectives Project consists of three distinct, reinforcing elements: a documentary film (Pandemic Perspectives), book (Pandemic Perspectives: A filmmaker&apos;s journey in 10 essays) and a series of 24 detailed podcasts with many of the film&apos;s expert participants. Visit www.ideasroadshow.com for more details.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this Pandemic Perspectives Podcast, Ideas Roadshow founder and host Howard Burton talks to Michael Gordin, Rosengarten Professor of Modern and Contemporary History at Princeton University, about the differences between science and pseudoscience and how the COVID-19 Pandemic showed that most people don&apos;t realize that science is highly dynamic. Gordin is the author of (among other books) of On the Fringe: Where Science Meets Pseudoscience (Oxford UP, 2021).
Ideas Roadshow&apos;s Pandemic Perspectives Project consists of three distinct, reinforcing elements: a documentary film (Pandemic Perspectives), book (Pandemic Perspectives: A filmmaker&apos;s journey in 10 essays) and a series of 24 detailed podcasts with many of the film&apos;s expert participants. Visit www.ideasroadshow.com for more details.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>123</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f75f36a8-3238-11ef-9587-671ce7cba1f9</guid>
      <title>Reeju Ray, &quot;Placing the Frontier in British North-East India: Law, Custom, and Knowledge&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192887085"><em>Placing the Frontier in British North-East India: Law, Custom, and Knowledge</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023) is a study of the travels of colonial law into the North-East frontier of the British Empire in India. Focusing on the nineteenth century, it examines the relationship of law and space, and indigenous place-making. Inhabitants of the frontier hills examined in this book were not defined as British subjects, yet they were incorporated within the colonial legal framework. The work examines the nature of this legal limbo that produced both the hills and their inhabitants as interruptions but equally as integral to the imperial project. Through a study of place-making by indigenous inhabitants of the frontier, it further demonstrates the heterogeneous narratives of self and belonging found in sites of orality and kinship that shape the hills in the present day.</p><p>The book contributes to the historiography of law in colonial South Asia. It focuses on an understudied region that reveals intricacies of colonial law that are crucial for an analysis of forms of governance of marginalized communities throughout India. The breadth of literary and non-literary sources used in the book allows for the juxtaposition of local reproductions of the past and histories of belonging that defy binary notions of history and memory, myth and reality, and physical and imaginative space.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Jun 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192887085"><em>Placing the Frontier in British North-East India: Law, Custom, and Knowledge</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023) is a study of the travels of colonial law into the North-East frontier of the British Empire in India. Focusing on the nineteenth century, it examines the relationship of law and space, and indigenous place-making. Inhabitants of the frontier hills examined in this book were not defined as British subjects, yet they were incorporated within the colonial legal framework. The work examines the nature of this legal limbo that produced both the hills and their inhabitants as interruptions but equally as integral to the imperial project. Through a study of place-making by indigenous inhabitants of the frontier, it further demonstrates the heterogeneous narratives of self and belonging found in sites of orality and kinship that shape the hills in the present day.</p><p>The book contributes to the historiography of law in colonial South Asia. It focuses on an understudied region that reveals intricacies of colonial law that are crucial for an analysis of forms of governance of marginalized communities throughout India. The breadth of literary and non-literary sources used in the book allows for the juxtaposition of local reproductions of the past and histories of belonging that defy binary notions of history and memory, myth and reality, and physical and imaginative space.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="56332224" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/7dcae7d9-76f4-4d58-998b-4937057928ea/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=7dcae7d9-76f4-4d58-998b-4937057928ea&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Reeju Ray, &quot;Placing the Frontier in British North-East India: Law, Custom, and Knowledge&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:58:40</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Placing the Frontier in British North-East India: Law, Custom, and Knowledge (Oxford UP, 2023) is a study of the travels of colonial law into the North-East frontier of the British Empire in India. Focusing on the nineteenth century, it examines the relationship of law and space, and indigenous place-making. Inhabitants of the frontier hills examined in this book were not defined as British subjects, yet they were incorporated within the colonial legal framework. The work examines the nature of this legal limbo that produced both the hills and their inhabitants as interruptions but equally as integral to the imperial project. Through a study of place-making by indigenous inhabitants of the frontier, it further demonstrates the heterogeneous narratives of self and belonging found in sites of orality and kinship that shape the hills in the present day.
The book contributes to the historiography of law in colonial South Asia. It focuses on an understudied region that reveals intricacies of colonial law that are crucial for an analysis of forms of governance of marginalized communities throughout India. The breadth of literary and non-literary sources used in the book allows for the juxtaposition of local reproductions of the past and histories of belonging that defy binary notions of history and memory, myth and reality, and physical and imaginative space.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Placing the Frontier in British North-East India: Law, Custom, and Knowledge (Oxford UP, 2023) is a study of the travels of colonial law into the North-East frontier of the British Empire in India. Focusing on the nineteenth century, it examines the relationship of law and space, and indigenous place-making. Inhabitants of the frontier hills examined in this book were not defined as British subjects, yet they were incorporated within the colonial legal framework. The work examines the nature of this legal limbo that produced both the hills and their inhabitants as interruptions but equally as integral to the imperial project. Through a study of place-making by indigenous inhabitants of the frontier, it further demonstrates the heterogeneous narratives of self and belonging found in sites of orality and kinship that shape the hills in the present day.
The book contributes to the historiography of law in colonial South Asia. It focuses on an understudied region that reveals intricacies of colonial law that are crucial for an analysis of forms of governance of marginalized communities throughout India. The breadth of literary and non-literary sources used in the book allows for the juxtaposition of local reproductions of the past and histories of belonging that defy binary notions of history and memory, myth and reality, and physical and imaginative space.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>232</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">391612e4-2b4d-11ef-8ae3-63327f627f4f</guid>
      <title>Life in a New Language, Part 3: African Migrants</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>This episode of the Language on the Move Podcast is part of the <em>Life in a New Language </em>series. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190084295"><em>Life in a New Language</em></a> is a new book just out from Oxford University Press. <em>Life in a New Language</em> examines the language learning and settlement experiences of 130 migrants to Australia from 34 different countries in Africa, Asia, Europe, and Latin America over a period of 20 years. It’s co-authored by Ingrid Piller, Donna Butorac, Emily Farrell, Loy Lising, Shiva Motaghi Tabari, and Vera Williams Tetteh.</p><p>In this series, <a href="https://researchers.mq.edu.au/en/persons/brynn-quick">Brynn Quick</a> chats with each of the co-authors about their personal insights and research contributions to the book.</p><p>Today, Brynn chats with <a href="https://researchers.mq.edu.au/en/persons/vera-tetteh">Dr. Vera Williams Tetteh</a>, with a focus on the experiences of African migrants.</p><p>For additional resources, show notes, and transcripts, go <a href="https://www.languageonthemove.com/podcast/">here</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Jun 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This episode of the Language on the Move Podcast is part of the <em>Life in a New Language </em>series. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190084295"><em>Life in a New Language</em></a> is a new book just out from Oxford University Press. <em>Life in a New Language</em> examines the language learning and settlement experiences of 130 migrants to Australia from 34 different countries in Africa, Asia, Europe, and Latin America over a period of 20 years. It’s co-authored by Ingrid Piller, Donna Butorac, Emily Farrell, Loy Lising, Shiva Motaghi Tabari, and Vera Williams Tetteh.</p><p>In this series, <a href="https://researchers.mq.edu.au/en/persons/brynn-quick">Brynn Quick</a> chats with each of the co-authors about their personal insights and research contributions to the book.</p><p>Today, Brynn chats with <a href="https://researchers.mq.edu.au/en/persons/vera-tetteh">Dr. Vera Williams Tetteh</a>, with a focus on the experiences of African migrants.</p><p>For additional resources, show notes, and transcripts, go <a href="https://www.languageonthemove.com/podcast/">here</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="27843298" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/05c00e16-95f9-425f-8835-ec8434117c04/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=05c00e16-95f9-425f-8835-ec8434117c04&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Life in a New Language, Part 3: African Migrants</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>This episode of the Language on the Move Podcast is part of the Life in a New Language series. Life in a New Language is a new book just out from Oxford University Press. Life in a New Language examines the language learning and settlement experiences of 130 migrants to Australia from 34 different countries in Africa, Asia, Europe, and Latin America over a period of 20 years. It’s co-authored by Ingrid Piller, Donna Butorac, Emily Farrell, Loy Lising, Shiva Motaghi Tabari, and Vera Williams Tetteh.
In this series, Brynn Quick chats with each of the co-authors about their personal insights and research contributions to the book.
Today, Brynn chats with Dr. Vera Williams Tetteh, with a focus on the experiences of African migrants.
For additional resources, show notes, and transcripts, go here.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>This episode of the Language on the Move Podcast is part of the Life in a New Language series. Life in a New Language is a new book just out from Oxford University Press. Life in a New Language examines the language learning and settlement experiences of 130 migrants to Australia from 34 different countries in Africa, Asia, Europe, and Latin America over a period of 20 years. It’s co-authored by Ingrid Piller, Donna Butorac, Emily Farrell, Loy Lising, Shiva Motaghi Tabari, and Vera Williams Tetteh.
In this series, Brynn Quick chats with each of the co-authors about their personal insights and research contributions to the book.
Today, Brynn chats with Dr. Vera Williams Tetteh, with a focus on the experiences of African migrants.
For additional resources, show notes, and transcripts, go here.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>22</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">041b9592-317d-11ef-bd4b-73c4a85ff6e8</guid>
      <title>Ishita Tiwary, &quot;Video Culture in India: The Analog Era&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Ishita Tiwary’s book <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/video-culture-in-india-9780198913221?lang=en&amp;cc=tn"><em>Video Culture in India: The Analog Era</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024) is an unprecedented attempt in foregrounding the diverse media history of the analog video era in India. It reconstructs the evolution of analog video culture through interdisciplinary approaches, including oral histories, archival resources, and discarded tapes. At the same time, it provides key information on the socio-political context of video culture, which existing digital media studies lack.</p><p>Dr. Ishita Tiwary is an Assistant Professor in Film Studies and the Canada Research Chair at the Department of Cinema at Concordia University, Montreal. She is also the director of the research lab “Raah." Ishita Tiwary's research interests include video cultures, media infrastructures, migration, contraband media practices, and media aesthetics. She has published essays in Bioscope: South Asian Screen Studies, International Journal of Cultural Studies, JumpCut, Post Script: Essays in Film and Humanities, Culture Machine, MARG: Journal of Indian Art, and in edited collections on topics of media piracy, video histories, and streaming platforms.</p><p><strong>Priyam Sinha</strong> recently graduated with a PhD from the South Asian Studies Programme at the National University of Singapore. Her interdisciplinary academic interests lie at the intersection of film studies, disability studies, production cultures, affect studies, anthropology of the body, creative media industries and cultural studies. She can be reached at <a href="https://twitter.com/PriyamSinha">https://twitter.com/PriyamSinha</a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Jun 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Ishita Tiwary’s book <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/video-culture-in-india-9780198913221?lang=en&amp;cc=tn"><em>Video Culture in India: The Analog Era</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024) is an unprecedented attempt in foregrounding the diverse media history of the analog video era in India. It reconstructs the evolution of analog video culture through interdisciplinary approaches, including oral histories, archival resources, and discarded tapes. At the same time, it provides key information on the socio-political context of video culture, which existing digital media studies lack.</p><p>Dr. Ishita Tiwary is an Assistant Professor in Film Studies and the Canada Research Chair at the Department of Cinema at Concordia University, Montreal. She is also the director of the research lab “Raah." Ishita Tiwary's research interests include video cultures, media infrastructures, migration, contraband media practices, and media aesthetics. She has published essays in Bioscope: South Asian Screen Studies, International Journal of Cultural Studies, JumpCut, Post Script: Essays in Film and Humanities, Culture Machine, MARG: Journal of Indian Art, and in edited collections on topics of media piracy, video histories, and streaming platforms.</p><p><strong>Priyam Sinha</strong> recently graduated with a PhD from the South Asian Studies Programme at the National University of Singapore. Her interdisciplinary academic interests lie at the intersection of film studies, disability studies, production cultures, affect studies, anthropology of the body, creative media industries and cultural studies. She can be reached at <a href="https://twitter.com/PriyamSinha">https://twitter.com/PriyamSinha</a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="61919315" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/40b7ecac-ec24-4ff0-bc10-1e185cba6244/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=40b7ecac-ec24-4ff0-bc10-1e185cba6244&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Ishita Tiwary, &quot;Video Culture in India: The Analog Era&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:04:29</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Ishita Tiwary’s book Video Culture in India: The Analog Era (Oxford UP, 2024) is an unprecedented attempt in foregrounding the diverse media history of the analog video era in India. It reconstructs the evolution of analog video culture through interdisciplinary approaches, including oral histories, archival resources, and discarded tapes. At the same time, it provides key information on the socio-political context of video culture, which existing digital media studies lack.
Dr. Ishita Tiwary is an Assistant Professor in Film Studies and the Canada Research Chair at the Department of Cinema at Concordia University, Montreal. She is also the director of the research lab “Raah.&quot; Ishita Tiwary&apos;s research interests include video cultures, media infrastructures, migration, contraband media practices, and media aesthetics. She has published essays in Bioscope: South Asian Screen Studies, International Journal of Cultural Studies, JumpCut, Post Script: Essays in Film and Humanities, Culture Machine, MARG: Journal of Indian Art, and in edited collections on topics of media piracy, video histories, and streaming platforms.
Priyam Sinha recently graduated with a PhD from the South Asian Studies Programme at the National University of Singapore. Her interdisciplinary academic interests lie at the intersection of film studies, disability studies, production cultures, affect studies, anthropology of the body, creative media industries and cultural studies. She can be reached at https://twitter.com/PriyamSinha</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Ishita Tiwary’s book Video Culture in India: The Analog Era (Oxford UP, 2024) is an unprecedented attempt in foregrounding the diverse media history of the analog video era in India. It reconstructs the evolution of analog video culture through interdisciplinary approaches, including oral histories, archival resources, and discarded tapes. At the same time, it provides key information on the socio-political context of video culture, which existing digital media studies lack.
Dr. Ishita Tiwary is an Assistant Professor in Film Studies and the Canada Research Chair at the Department of Cinema at Concordia University, Montreal. She is also the director of the research lab “Raah.&quot; Ishita Tiwary&apos;s research interests include video cultures, media infrastructures, migration, contraband media practices, and media aesthetics. She has published essays in Bioscope: South Asian Screen Studies, International Journal of Cultural Studies, JumpCut, Post Script: Essays in Film and Humanities, Culture Machine, MARG: Journal of Indian Art, and in edited collections on topics of media piracy, video histories, and streaming platforms.
Priyam Sinha recently graduated with a PhD from the South Asian Studies Programme at the National University of Singapore. Her interdisciplinary academic interests lie at the intersection of film studies, disability studies, production cultures, affect studies, anthropology of the body, creative media industries and cultural studies. She can be reached at https://twitter.com/PriyamSinha</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>136</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e3498086-33ac-11ef-ba81-3ba64444ac11</guid>
      <title>Matthijs Lok, &quot;Europe Against Revolution: Conservatism, Enlightenment, and the Making of the Past&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Contemporary Europe seems to be divided between progressive cosmopolitans sympathetic to the European Union and the ideals of the Enlightenment, and counter-enlightened conservative nationalists extolling the virtues of homelands threatened by globalised elites and mass migration. </p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198872139"><em>Europe Against Revolution: Conservatism, Enlightenment, and the Making of the Past</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023) seeks to uncover the roots of historically informed ideas of Europe, while at the same time underlining the fundamental differences between the writings of the older counter-revolutionary Europeanists and their self-appointed successors and detractors in the twenty-first century. In the decades around 1800, the era of the French Revolution, counter-revolutionary authors from all over Europe defended European civilisation against the onslaught of nationalist revolutionaries, bent on the destruction of the existing order, or so they believed. In opposition to the new revolutionary world of universal and abstract principles, the counter-revolutionary publicists proclaimed the concept of a gradually developing European society and political order, founded on a set of historical and - ultimately divine - institutions that had guaranteed Europe's unique freedom, moderation, diversity, and progress since the fall of the Roman Empire. These counter-revolutionary Europeanists drew on the cosmopolitan Enlightenment and simultaneously criticized its alleged revolutionary legacy. Throughout the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, these ideas of European history and civilisation were rediscovered and adapted to new political contexts, shaping in manifold ways our contested idea of European history and memory until today.</p><p>Matthijs Lok, Senior Lecturer in Modern European History, Universiteit van Amsterdam</p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>Morteza Hajizadeh</em></a><em> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>YouTube channel</em></a><em>. </em><a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture"><em>Twitter</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Jun 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Contemporary Europe seems to be divided between progressive cosmopolitans sympathetic to the European Union and the ideals of the Enlightenment, and counter-enlightened conservative nationalists extolling the virtues of homelands threatened by globalised elites and mass migration. </p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198872139"><em>Europe Against Revolution: Conservatism, Enlightenment, and the Making of the Past</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023) seeks to uncover the roots of historically informed ideas of Europe, while at the same time underlining the fundamental differences between the writings of the older counter-revolutionary Europeanists and their self-appointed successors and detractors in the twenty-first century. In the decades around 1800, the era of the French Revolution, counter-revolutionary authors from all over Europe defended European civilisation against the onslaught of nationalist revolutionaries, bent on the destruction of the existing order, or so they believed. In opposition to the new revolutionary world of universal and abstract principles, the counter-revolutionary publicists proclaimed the concept of a gradually developing European society and political order, founded on a set of historical and - ultimately divine - institutions that had guaranteed Europe's unique freedom, moderation, diversity, and progress since the fall of the Roman Empire. These counter-revolutionary Europeanists drew on the cosmopolitan Enlightenment and simultaneously criticized its alleged revolutionary legacy. Throughout the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, these ideas of European history and civilisation were rediscovered and adapted to new political contexts, shaping in manifold ways our contested idea of European history and memory until today.</p><p>Matthijs Lok, Senior Lecturer in Modern European History, Universiteit van Amsterdam</p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>Morteza Hajizadeh</em></a><em> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>YouTube channel</em></a><em>. </em><a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture"><em>Twitter</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="50994174" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/bc4baeb0-cd7b-412b-878c-00f529a770ae/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=bc4baeb0-cd7b-412b-878c-00f529a770ae&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Matthijs Lok, &quot;Europe Against Revolution: Conservatism, Enlightenment, and the Making of the Past&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:53:06</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Contemporary Europe seems to be divided between progressive cosmopolitans sympathetic to the European Union and the ideals of the Enlightenment, and counter-enlightened conservative nationalists extolling the virtues of homelands threatened by globalised elites and mass migration. 
Europe Against Revolution: Conservatism, Enlightenment, and the Making of the Past (Oxford UP, 2023) seeks to uncover the roots of historically informed ideas of Europe, while at the same time underlining the fundamental differences between the writings of the older counter-revolutionary Europeanists and their self-appointed successors and detractors in the twenty-first century. In the decades around 1800, the era of the French Revolution, counter-revolutionary authors from all over Europe defended European civilisation against the onslaught of nationalist revolutionaries, bent on the destruction of the existing order, or so they believed. In opposition to the new revolutionary world of universal and abstract principles, the counter-revolutionary publicists proclaimed the concept of a gradually developing European society and political order, founded on a set of historical and - ultimately divine - institutions that had guaranteed Europe&apos;s unique freedom, moderation, diversity, and progress since the fall of the Roman Empire. These counter-revolutionary Europeanists drew on the cosmopolitan Enlightenment and simultaneously criticized its alleged revolutionary legacy. Throughout the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, these ideas of European history and civilisation were rediscovered and adapted to new political contexts, shaping in manifold ways our contested idea of European history and memory until today.
Matthijs Lok, Senior Lecturer in Modern European History, Universiteit van Amsterdam
Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Contemporary Europe seems to be divided between progressive cosmopolitans sympathetic to the European Union and the ideals of the Enlightenment, and counter-enlightened conservative nationalists extolling the virtues of homelands threatened by globalised elites and mass migration. 
Europe Against Revolution: Conservatism, Enlightenment, and the Making of the Past (Oxford UP, 2023) seeks to uncover the roots of historically informed ideas of Europe, while at the same time underlining the fundamental differences between the writings of the older counter-revolutionary Europeanists and their self-appointed successors and detractors in the twenty-first century. In the decades around 1800, the era of the French Revolution, counter-revolutionary authors from all over Europe defended European civilisation against the onslaught of nationalist revolutionaries, bent on the destruction of the existing order, or so they believed. In opposition to the new revolutionary world of universal and abstract principles, the counter-revolutionary publicists proclaimed the concept of a gradually developing European society and political order, founded on a set of historical and - ultimately divine - institutions that had guaranteed Europe&apos;s unique freedom, moderation, diversity, and progress since the fall of the Roman Empire. These counter-revolutionary Europeanists drew on the cosmopolitan Enlightenment and simultaneously criticized its alleged revolutionary legacy. Throughout the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, these ideas of European history and civilisation were rediscovered and adapted to new political contexts, shaping in manifold ways our contested idea of European history and memory until today.
Matthijs Lok, Senior Lecturer in Modern European History, Universiteit van Amsterdam
Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>215</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d93d3528-2fd4-11ef-82e0-7b4af4bafda4</guid>
      <title>Adam B. Seligman and Robert P. Weller, &quot;How Things Count as the Same: Memory, Mimesis, and Metaphor&quot; (Oxford UP, 2019)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190888718"><em>How Things Count as the Same: Memory, Mimesis, and Metaphor</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2019), Adam B. Seligman and Robert P. Weller address a seemingly simple question: What counts as the same? Given the myriad differences that divide one individual from another, why do we recognize anyone as somehow sharing a common fate with us? For that matter, how do we live in harmony with groups who may not share the sense of a common fate? Such relationships lie at the heart of the problems of pluralism that increasingly face so much of the world today.</p><p>Note that "counting as" the same differs from "being" the same. Counting as the same is not an empirical question about how much or how little one person shares with another or one event shares with a previous event. Nothing is actually the same. That is why, as humans, we construct sameness all the time. In the process, of course, we also construct difference.</p><p>Creating sameness and difference leaves us with the perennial problem of how to live with difference instead of seeing it as a threat. <em>How Things Count as the Same</em> suggests that there are multiple ways in which we can count things as the same, and that each of them fosters different kinds of group dynamics and different sets of benefits and risks for the creation of plural societies. While there might be many ways to understand how people construct sameness, three stand out as especially important and form the focus of the book's analysis: Memory, Mimesis, and Metaphor.</p><p><em>Theo Stapleton is a PhD student in Social Anthropology at Cambridge University, whose fieldwork was conducted at the first Chinese Buddhist temple in Tanzania.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Jun 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190888718"><em>How Things Count as the Same: Memory, Mimesis, and Metaphor</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2019), Adam B. Seligman and Robert P. Weller address a seemingly simple question: What counts as the same? Given the myriad differences that divide one individual from another, why do we recognize anyone as somehow sharing a common fate with us? For that matter, how do we live in harmony with groups who may not share the sense of a common fate? Such relationships lie at the heart of the problems of pluralism that increasingly face so much of the world today.</p><p>Note that "counting as" the same differs from "being" the same. Counting as the same is not an empirical question about how much or how little one person shares with another or one event shares with a previous event. Nothing is actually the same. That is why, as humans, we construct sameness all the time. In the process, of course, we also construct difference.</p><p>Creating sameness and difference leaves us with the perennial problem of how to live with difference instead of seeing it as a threat. <em>How Things Count as the Same</em> suggests that there are multiple ways in which we can count things as the same, and that each of them fosters different kinds of group dynamics and different sets of benefits and risks for the creation of plural societies. While there might be many ways to understand how people construct sameness, three stand out as especially important and form the focus of the book's analysis: Memory, Mimesis, and Metaphor.</p><p><em>Theo Stapleton is a PhD student in Social Anthropology at Cambridge University, whose fieldwork was conducted at the first Chinese Buddhist temple in Tanzania.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="59273721" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/8087ec08-e3fa-4cd0-bff5-ba4385c80a75/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=8087ec08-e3fa-4cd0-bff5-ba4385c80a75&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Adam B. Seligman and Robert P. Weller, &quot;How Things Count as the Same: Memory, Mimesis, and Metaphor&quot; (Oxford UP, 2019)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:01:44</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In How Things Count as the Same: Memory, Mimesis, and Metaphor (Oxford UP, 2019), Adam B. Seligman and Robert P. Weller address a seemingly simple question: What counts as the same? Given the myriad differences that divide one individual from another, why do we recognize anyone as somehow sharing a common fate with us? For that matter, how do we live in harmony with groups who may not share the sense of a common fate? Such relationships lie at the heart of the problems of pluralism that increasingly face so much of the world today.
Note that &quot;counting as&quot; the same differs from &quot;being&quot; the same. Counting as the same is not an empirical question about how much or how little one person shares with another or one event shares with a previous event. Nothing is actually the same. That is why, as humans, we construct sameness all the time. In the process, of course, we also construct difference.
Creating sameness and difference leaves us with the perennial problem of how to live with difference instead of seeing it as a threat. How Things Count as the Same suggests that there are multiple ways in which we can count things as the same, and that each of them fosters different kinds of group dynamics and different sets of benefits and risks for the creation of plural societies. While there might be many ways to understand how people construct sameness, three stand out as especially important and form the focus of the book&apos;s analysis: Memory, Mimesis, and Metaphor.
Theo Stapleton is a PhD student in Social Anthropology at Cambridge University, whose fieldwork was conducted at the first Chinese Buddhist temple in Tanzania.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In How Things Count as the Same: Memory, Mimesis, and Metaphor (Oxford UP, 2019), Adam B. Seligman and Robert P. Weller address a seemingly simple question: What counts as the same? Given the myriad differences that divide one individual from another, why do we recognize anyone as somehow sharing a common fate with us? For that matter, how do we live in harmony with groups who may not share the sense of a common fate? Such relationships lie at the heart of the problems of pluralism that increasingly face so much of the world today.
Note that &quot;counting as&quot; the same differs from &quot;being&quot; the same. Counting as the same is not an empirical question about how much or how little one person shares with another or one event shares with a previous event. Nothing is actually the same. That is why, as humans, we construct sameness all the time. In the process, of course, we also construct difference.
Creating sameness and difference leaves us with the perennial problem of how to live with difference instead of seeing it as a threat. How Things Count as the Same suggests that there are multiple ways in which we can count things as the same, and that each of them fosters different kinds of group dynamics and different sets of benefits and risks for the creation of plural societies. While there might be many ways to understand how people construct sameness, three stand out as especially important and form the focus of the book&apos;s analysis: Memory, Mimesis, and Metaphor.
Theo Stapleton is a PhD student in Social Anthropology at Cambridge University, whose fieldwork was conducted at the first Chinese Buddhist temple in Tanzania.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>310</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d8b87d4e-2f46-11ef-b01b-03f652bf4eb6</guid>
      <title>Elsa Devienne, &quot;Sand Rush: The Revival of the Beach in Twentieth-Century Los Angeles&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The Los Angeles shoreline is one of the most iconic natural landscapes in the United States, if not the world. The vast shores of Santa Monica, Venice, and Malibu are familiar sights to film and television audiences, conveying images of pristine sand, carefree fun, and glamorous physiques. Yet, in the early twentieth century Angelenos routinely lamented the city's crowded, polluted, and eroded sands, many of which were private and thus inaccessible to the public.</p><p>Between the 1920s and the 1960s, LA's engineers, city officials, urban planners, and business elite worked together to transform the relatively untouched beaches into modern playgrounds for the white middle class. They cleaned up and enlarged the beaches--up to three times their original size--and destroyed old piers and barracks to make room for brand-new accommodations, parking lots, and freeways. The members of this powerful "beach lobby" reinvented the beach experience for the suburban age, effectively preventing a much-feared "white flight" from the coast. In doing so, they established Southern California as the national reference point for shoreline planning and coastal access. As they opened up vast public spaces for many Angelenos to express themselves, show off their bodies, and forge alternative communities, they made clear that certain groups of beachgoers, including African Americans, gay men and women, and bodybuilders, were no longer welcome. Despite their artificial origins, LA's beaches have proved remarkably resilient. The drastic human interventions into nature brought social and economic benefits to the region without long-term detrimental consequences on the environment. Yet the ongoing climate crisis and rapid sea level rise will eventually force the city to reckon with its past building.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197539750"><em>Sand Rush: The Revival of the Beach in Twentieth-Century Los Angeles</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024) not only uncovers how the Los Angeles coastline was constructed but also how this major planning and engineering project affected the lives of ordinary city-dwellers and attracted many Americans to move to Southern California. Featuring a foreword by Jenny Price, it recounts the formidable beach modernization campaign that transformed Los Angeles into one of the world's greatest coastal metropolises.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 23 Jun 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The Los Angeles shoreline is one of the most iconic natural landscapes in the United States, if not the world. The vast shores of Santa Monica, Venice, and Malibu are familiar sights to film and television audiences, conveying images of pristine sand, carefree fun, and glamorous physiques. Yet, in the early twentieth century Angelenos routinely lamented the city's crowded, polluted, and eroded sands, many of which were private and thus inaccessible to the public.</p><p>Between the 1920s and the 1960s, LA's engineers, city officials, urban planners, and business elite worked together to transform the relatively untouched beaches into modern playgrounds for the white middle class. They cleaned up and enlarged the beaches--up to three times their original size--and destroyed old piers and barracks to make room for brand-new accommodations, parking lots, and freeways. The members of this powerful "beach lobby" reinvented the beach experience for the suburban age, effectively preventing a much-feared "white flight" from the coast. In doing so, they established Southern California as the national reference point for shoreline planning and coastal access. As they opened up vast public spaces for many Angelenos to express themselves, show off their bodies, and forge alternative communities, they made clear that certain groups of beachgoers, including African Americans, gay men and women, and bodybuilders, were no longer welcome. Despite their artificial origins, LA's beaches have proved remarkably resilient. The drastic human interventions into nature brought social and economic benefits to the region without long-term detrimental consequences on the environment. Yet the ongoing climate crisis and rapid sea level rise will eventually force the city to reckon with its past building.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197539750"><em>Sand Rush: The Revival of the Beach in Twentieth-Century Los Angeles</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024) not only uncovers how the Los Angeles coastline was constructed but also how this major planning and engineering project affected the lives of ordinary city-dwellers and attracted many Americans to move to Southern California. Featuring a foreword by Jenny Price, it recounts the formidable beach modernization campaign that transformed Los Angeles into one of the world's greatest coastal metropolises.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="37524138" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/1813965a-6e44-41be-b222-a656dbae6ed8/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=1813965a-6e44-41be-b222-a656dbae6ed8&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Elsa Devienne, &quot;Sand Rush: The Revival of the Beach in Twentieth-Century Los Angeles&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:39:05</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The Los Angeles shoreline is one of the most iconic natural landscapes in the United States, if not the world. The vast shores of Santa Monica, Venice, and Malibu are familiar sights to film and television audiences, conveying images of pristine sand, carefree fun, and glamorous physiques. Yet, in the early twentieth century Angelenos routinely lamented the city&apos;s crowded, polluted, and eroded sands, many of which were private and thus inaccessible to the public.
Between the 1920s and the 1960s, LA&apos;s engineers, city officials, urban planners, and business elite worked together to transform the relatively untouched beaches into modern playgrounds for the white middle class. They cleaned up and enlarged the beaches--up to three times their original size--and destroyed old piers and barracks to make room for brand-new accommodations, parking lots, and freeways. The members of this powerful &quot;beach lobby&quot; reinvented the beach experience for the suburban age, effectively preventing a much-feared &quot;white flight&quot; from the coast. In doing so, they established Southern California as the national reference point for shoreline planning and coastal access. As they opened up vast public spaces for many Angelenos to express themselves, show off their bodies, and forge alternative communities, they made clear that certain groups of beachgoers, including African Americans, gay men and women, and bodybuilders, were no longer welcome. Despite their artificial origins, LA&apos;s beaches have proved remarkably resilient. The drastic human interventions into nature brought social and economic benefits to the region without long-term detrimental consequences on the environment. Yet the ongoing climate crisis and rapid sea level rise will eventually force the city to reckon with its past building.
Sand Rush: The Revival of the Beach in Twentieth-Century Los Angeles (Oxford UP, 2024) not only uncovers how the Los Angeles coastline was constructed but also how this major planning and engineering project affected the lives of ordinary city-dwellers and attracted many Americans to move to Southern California. Featuring a foreword by Jenny Price, it recounts the formidable beach modernization campaign that transformed Los Angeles into one of the world&apos;s greatest coastal metropolises.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The Los Angeles shoreline is one of the most iconic natural landscapes in the United States, if not the world. The vast shores of Santa Monica, Venice, and Malibu are familiar sights to film and television audiences, conveying images of pristine sand, carefree fun, and glamorous physiques. Yet, in the early twentieth century Angelenos routinely lamented the city&apos;s crowded, polluted, and eroded sands, many of which were private and thus inaccessible to the public.
Between the 1920s and the 1960s, LA&apos;s engineers, city officials, urban planners, and business elite worked together to transform the relatively untouched beaches into modern playgrounds for the white middle class. They cleaned up and enlarged the beaches--up to three times their original size--and destroyed old piers and barracks to make room for brand-new accommodations, parking lots, and freeways. The members of this powerful &quot;beach lobby&quot; reinvented the beach experience for the suburban age, effectively preventing a much-feared &quot;white flight&quot; from the coast. In doing so, they established Southern California as the national reference point for shoreline planning and coastal access. As they opened up vast public spaces for many Angelenos to express themselves, show off their bodies, and forge alternative communities, they made clear that certain groups of beachgoers, including African Americans, gay men and women, and bodybuilders, were no longer welcome. Despite their artificial origins, LA&apos;s beaches have proved remarkably resilient. The drastic human interventions into nature brought social and economic benefits to the region without long-term detrimental consequences on the environment. Yet the ongoing climate crisis and rapid sea level rise will eventually force the city to reckon with its past building.
Sand Rush: The Revival of the Beach in Twentieth-Century Los Angeles (Oxford UP, 2024) not only uncovers how the Los Angeles coastline was constructed but also how this major planning and engineering project affected the lives of ordinary city-dwellers and attracted many Americans to move to Southern California. Featuring a foreword by Jenny Price, it recounts the formidable beach modernization campaign that transformed Los Angeles into one of the world&apos;s greatest coastal metropolises.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>29</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">382054c0-2a6d-11ef-900a-1f1804f260c1</guid>
      <title>Life in a New Language, Part 2: Work</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>This episode of the Language on the Move Podcast is part of the <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190084295"><em>Life in a New Language </em>series. <em>Life in a New Language</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024) is a new book just out from Oxford University Press. <em>Life in a New Language</em> examines the language learning and settlement experiences of 130 migrants to Australia from 34 different countries in Africa, Asia, Europe, and Latin America over a period of 20 years. It’s co-authored by Ingrid Piller, Donna Butorac, Emily Farrell, Loy Lising, Shiva Motaghi Tabari, and Vera Williams Tetteh.</p><p>In this series, <a href="https://researchers.mq.edu.au/en/persons/brynn-quick">Brynn Quick</a> chats with each of the co-authors about their personal insights and research contributions to the book.</p><p>Today, Brynn chats with <a href="https://www.languageonthemove.com/ingrid-piller/">Ingrid Piller</a>, one of the book’s six co-authors, with a focus on migrants’ challenges with finding work.</p><p>For additional resources, show notes, and transcripts, go <a href="https://www.languageonthemove.com/podcast/">here</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 Jun 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This episode of the Language on the Move Podcast is part of the <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190084295"><em>Life in a New Language </em>series. <em>Life in a New Language</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024) is a new book just out from Oxford University Press. <em>Life in a New Language</em> examines the language learning and settlement experiences of 130 migrants to Australia from 34 different countries in Africa, Asia, Europe, and Latin America over a period of 20 years. It’s co-authored by Ingrid Piller, Donna Butorac, Emily Farrell, Loy Lising, Shiva Motaghi Tabari, and Vera Williams Tetteh.</p><p>In this series, <a href="https://researchers.mq.edu.au/en/persons/brynn-quick">Brynn Quick</a> chats with each of the co-authors about their personal insights and research contributions to the book.</p><p>Today, Brynn chats with <a href="https://www.languageonthemove.com/ingrid-piller/">Ingrid Piller</a>, one of the book’s six co-authors, with a focus on migrants’ challenges with finding work.</p><p>For additional resources, show notes, and transcripts, go <a href="https://www.languageonthemove.com/podcast/">here</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="36930132" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/410edae0-6b19-4761-829b-37b59902ae9c/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=410edae0-6b19-4761-829b-37b59902ae9c&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Life in a New Language, Part 2: Work</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:38:28</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>This episode of the Language on the Move Podcast is part of the Life in a New Language series. Life in a New Language (Oxford UP, 2024) is a new book just out from Oxford University Press. Life in a New Language examines the language learning and settlement experiences of 130 migrants to Australia from 34 different countries in Africa, Asia, Europe, and Latin America over a period of 20 years. It’s co-authored by Ingrid Piller, Donna Butorac, Emily Farrell, Loy Lising, Shiva Motaghi Tabari, and Vera Williams Tetteh.
In this series, Brynn Quick chats with each of the co-authors about their personal insights and research contributions to the book.
Today, Brynn chats with Ingrid Piller, one of the book’s six co-authors, with a focus on migrants’ challenges with finding work.
For additional resources, show notes, and transcripts, go here.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>This episode of the Language on the Move Podcast is part of the Life in a New Language series. Life in a New Language (Oxford UP, 2024) is a new book just out from Oxford University Press. Life in a New Language examines the language learning and settlement experiences of 130 migrants to Australia from 34 different countries in Africa, Asia, Europe, and Latin America over a period of 20 years. It’s co-authored by Ingrid Piller, Donna Butorac, Emily Farrell, Loy Lising, Shiva Motaghi Tabari, and Vera Williams Tetteh.
In this series, Brynn Quick chats with each of the co-authors about their personal insights and research contributions to the book.
Today, Brynn chats with Ingrid Piller, one of the book’s six co-authors, with a focus on migrants’ challenges with finding work.
For additional resources, show notes, and transcripts, go here.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>21</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b1942764-29c3-11ef-8336-739a76b6f08a</guid>
      <title>Jared McDonald, &quot;Feeling Their Pain: Why Voters Want Leaders who Care&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The 2020 Presidential Election in the United States marked, for many, a return to "compassionate politics." Joe Biden had run on a platform of empathy, emphasising his personal history as a means of connecting with everyone from American workers who had lost jobs to military families who had lost loved ones. Although perceptions of candidate compassion are broadly understood to influence vote choice, less understood is the question of how candidates convince voters they truly "care about people like them." In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197696903"><em>Feeling their Pain: Why Voters Want Leaders who Care</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023), Dr. Jared McDonald provides a framework for understanding why voters view some politicians as more compassionate than others.</p><p><br /></p><p>Dr. McDonald shows that perceptions of compassion in candidates for public office are based on the number and intensity of commonalities that bind citizens to political leaders. Commonalities can come in many forms, such as a shared experience ("I've been through what you've been through"), a shared emotion ("I feel the way you feel"), or a shared identity ("I am who you are"). Compassion is conceptualised through the lens of self-interest. Compassion may be universal, such as when candidates convey empathy to all individuals who are struggling. Or compassion may be exclusionary, such as when candidates express a preference for some groups over others. Thus, the way campaigns choose to wield compassion in their messaging strategies has important implications not only for election outcomes, but for American political polarisation as well.</p><p><br /></p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jun 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The 2020 Presidential Election in the United States marked, for many, a return to "compassionate politics." Joe Biden had run on a platform of empathy, emphasising his personal history as a means of connecting with everyone from American workers who had lost jobs to military families who had lost loved ones. Although perceptions of candidate compassion are broadly understood to influence vote choice, less understood is the question of how candidates convince voters they truly "care about people like them." In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197696903"><em>Feeling their Pain: Why Voters Want Leaders who Care</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023), Dr. Jared McDonald provides a framework for understanding why voters view some politicians as more compassionate than others.</p><p><br /></p><p>Dr. McDonald shows that perceptions of compassion in candidates for public office are based on the number and intensity of commonalities that bind citizens to political leaders. Commonalities can come in many forms, such as a shared experience ("I've been through what you've been through"), a shared emotion ("I feel the way you feel"), or a shared identity ("I am who you are"). Compassion is conceptualised through the lens of self-interest. Compassion may be universal, such as when candidates convey empathy to all individuals who are struggling. Or compassion may be exclusionary, such as when candidates express a preference for some groups over others. Thus, the way campaigns choose to wield compassion in their messaging strategies has important implications not only for election outcomes, but for American political polarisation as well.</p><p><br /></p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="48376543" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/dc505cdc-550e-48f2-9f65-4ea5a201a5b8/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=dc505cdc-550e-48f2-9f65-4ea5a201a5b8&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Jared McDonald, &quot;Feeling Their Pain: Why Voters Want Leaders who Care&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:50:23</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The 2020 Presidential Election in the United States marked, for many, a return to &quot;compassionate politics.&quot; Joe Biden had run on a platform of empathy, emphasising his personal history as a means of connecting with everyone from American workers who had lost jobs to military families who had lost loved ones. Although perceptions of candidate compassion are broadly understood to influence vote choice, less understood is the question of how candidates convince voters they truly &quot;care about people like them.&quot; In Feeling their Pain: Why Voters Want Leaders who Care (Oxford University Press, 2023), Dr. Jared McDonald provides a framework for understanding why voters view some politicians as more compassionate than others.

Dr. McDonald shows that perceptions of compassion in candidates for public office are based on the number and intensity of commonalities that bind citizens to political leaders. Commonalities can come in many forms, such as a shared experience (&quot;I&apos;ve been through what you&apos;ve been through&quot;), a shared emotion (&quot;I feel the way you feel&quot;), or a shared identity (&quot;I am who you are&quot;). Compassion is conceptualised through the lens of self-interest. Compassion may be universal, such as when candidates convey empathy to all individuals who are struggling. Or compassion may be exclusionary, such as when candidates express a preference for some groups over others. Thus, the way campaigns choose to wield compassion in their messaging strategies has important implications not only for election outcomes, but for American political polarisation as well.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The 2020 Presidential Election in the United States marked, for many, a return to &quot;compassionate politics.&quot; Joe Biden had run on a platform of empathy, emphasising his personal history as a means of connecting with everyone from American workers who had lost jobs to military families who had lost loved ones. Although perceptions of candidate compassion are broadly understood to influence vote choice, less understood is the question of how candidates convince voters they truly &quot;care about people like them.&quot; In Feeling their Pain: Why Voters Want Leaders who Care (Oxford University Press, 2023), Dr. Jared McDonald provides a framework for understanding why voters view some politicians as more compassionate than others.

Dr. McDonald shows that perceptions of compassion in candidates for public office are based on the number and intensity of commonalities that bind citizens to political leaders. Commonalities can come in many forms, such as a shared experience (&quot;I&apos;ve been through what you&apos;ve been through&quot;), a shared emotion (&quot;I feel the way you feel&quot;), or a shared identity (&quot;I am who you are&quot;). Compassion is conceptualised through the lens of self-interest. Compassion may be universal, such as when candidates convey empathy to all individuals who are struggling. Or compassion may be exclusionary, such as when candidates express a preference for some groups over others. Thus, the way campaigns choose to wield compassion in their messaging strategies has important implications not only for election outcomes, but for American political polarisation as well.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>722</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a36b4ca0-2a7a-11ef-bf74-db7da7c2b46f</guid>
      <title>John Keane and Baogang He, &quot;China&apos;s Galaxy Empire: Wealth, Power, War, and Peace in the New Chinese Century&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197629116"><em>China's Galaxy Empire: Wealth, Power, War, and Peace in the New Chinese Century</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024), authors Dr. John Keane and Dr. Baogang He, target a development of enormous significance: China's return, after two centuries of decline and subjugation, to a position of prominence in world affairs. The daring thesis is that China is a newly rising empire of a kind never before witnessed: a galaxy empire. The first to be born of the digital communications era, this young empire is economically and politically powerful, and heavily armed. Its gravitational, push-pull effects are impacting every continent--and even outer space, where China is competing with the United States, India, and Europe to become the leading power.</p><p>The galaxy empire interpretation rejects clichéd misdescriptions of China as a "big power" or monolithic "autocracy", and it explains why China defies older definitions of land, sea, and air-based empires. The book charts the developments that have made its rising empire so novel, including the launch of the Belt and Road Initiative, the rapid rise of a global Chinese middle class, and internal colonialism in Tibet and Xinjiang. The book notes the protean, shapeshifting qualities of this young empire. It therefore warns against the political and military perils of simple-minded, friend-versus-enemy thinking and "Big China, Bad China" politics. But it also proffers a forewarning to China's rulers: while every rising empire aims to shift the balance of power in its favour, no empire lasts forever, and some are stillborn, because they indulge illusions of greatness and reckless power adventures.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 Jun 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197629116"><em>China's Galaxy Empire: Wealth, Power, War, and Peace in the New Chinese Century</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024), authors Dr. John Keane and Dr. Baogang He, target a development of enormous significance: China's return, after two centuries of decline and subjugation, to a position of prominence in world affairs. The daring thesis is that China is a newly rising empire of a kind never before witnessed: a galaxy empire. The first to be born of the digital communications era, this young empire is economically and politically powerful, and heavily armed. Its gravitational, push-pull effects are impacting every continent--and even outer space, where China is competing with the United States, India, and Europe to become the leading power.</p><p>The galaxy empire interpretation rejects clichéd misdescriptions of China as a "big power" or monolithic "autocracy", and it explains why China defies older definitions of land, sea, and air-based empires. The book charts the developments that have made its rising empire so novel, including the launch of the Belt and Road Initiative, the rapid rise of a global Chinese middle class, and internal colonialism in Tibet and Xinjiang. The book notes the protean, shapeshifting qualities of this young empire. It therefore warns against the political and military perils of simple-minded, friend-versus-enemy thinking and "Big China, Bad China" politics. But it also proffers a forewarning to China's rulers: while every rising empire aims to shift the balance of power in its favour, no empire lasts forever, and some are stillborn, because they indulge illusions of greatness and reckless power adventures.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="66125264" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/b3cd045e-7141-4184-a285-b2f069e86ff3/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=b3cd045e-7141-4184-a285-b2f069e86ff3&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>John Keane and Baogang He, &quot;China&apos;s Galaxy Empire: Wealth, Power, War, and Peace in the New Chinese Century&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:08:52</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In China&apos;s Galaxy Empire: Wealth, Power, War, and Peace in the New Chinese Century (Oxford University Press, 2024), authors Dr. John Keane and Dr. Baogang He, target a development of enormous significance: China&apos;s return, after two centuries of decline and subjugation, to a position of prominence in world affairs. The daring thesis is that China is a newly rising empire of a kind never before witnessed: a galaxy empire. The first to be born of the digital communications era, this young empire is economically and politically powerful, and heavily armed. Its gravitational, push-pull effects are impacting every continent--and even outer space, where China is competing with the United States, India, and Europe to become the leading power.
The galaxy empire interpretation rejects clichéd misdescriptions of China as a &quot;big power&quot; or monolithic &quot;autocracy&quot;, and it explains why China defies older definitions of land, sea, and air-based empires. The book charts the developments that have made its rising empire so novel, including the launch of the Belt and Road Initiative, the rapid rise of a global Chinese middle class, and internal colonialism in Tibet and Xinjiang. The book notes the protean, shapeshifting qualities of this young empire. It therefore warns against the political and military perils of simple-minded, friend-versus-enemy thinking and &quot;Big China, Bad China&quot; politics. But it also proffers a forewarning to China&apos;s rulers: while every rising empire aims to shift the balance of power in its favour, no empire lasts forever, and some are stillborn, because they indulge illusions of greatness and reckless power adventures.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In China&apos;s Galaxy Empire: Wealth, Power, War, and Peace in the New Chinese Century (Oxford University Press, 2024), authors Dr. John Keane and Dr. Baogang He, target a development of enormous significance: China&apos;s return, after two centuries of decline and subjugation, to a position of prominence in world affairs. The daring thesis is that China is a newly rising empire of a kind never before witnessed: a galaxy empire. The first to be born of the digital communications era, this young empire is economically and politically powerful, and heavily armed. Its gravitational, push-pull effects are impacting every continent--and even outer space, where China is competing with the United States, India, and Europe to become the leading power.
The galaxy empire interpretation rejects clichéd misdescriptions of China as a &quot;big power&quot; or monolithic &quot;autocracy&quot;, and it explains why China defies older definitions of land, sea, and air-based empires. The book charts the developments that have made its rising empire so novel, including the launch of the Belt and Road Initiative, the rapid rise of a global Chinese middle class, and internal colonialism in Tibet and Xinjiang. The book notes the protean, shapeshifting qualities of this young empire. It therefore warns against the political and military perils of simple-minded, friend-versus-enemy thinking and &quot;Big China, Bad China&quot; politics. But it also proffers a forewarning to China&apos;s rulers: while every rising empire aims to shift the balance of power in its favour, no empire lasts forever, and some are stillborn, because they indulge illusions of greatness and reckless power adventures.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>95</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">07d2cf24-2a8f-11ef-8297-dbcdcf6c5ec7</guid>
      <title>Kira Huju, &quot;Cosmopolitan Elites: Indian Diplomats and the Social Hierarchies of Global Order&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198874928"><em>Cosmopolitan Elites: Indian Diplomats and the Social Hierarchies of Global Order</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Kira Huju narrates the birth, everyday life, and fracturing of a Western-dominated global order from its margins. It offers a critical sociological examination of the elite Indian Foreign Service and its members, many of whom were present at the founding of this order. Dr. Huju explores how these diplomats set out to remake the service in the name of a radically anti-colonial global subaltern, but often ended up seeking status within its hierarchies through social mimicry of its most powerful actors. This is a book about the struggles of belonging: it revisits what it takes to be a recognized member of international society and asks what the experience of historically marginalised actors inside the diplomatic club can tell us about the evident woes of global order today. In interrogating how Indian diplomats learned to live under a Westernised world order, it also offers a sociologically grounded reading of what might happen in spaces like India as the world transitions past Western domination.</p><p>An awkward balancing act animates the order-making of India's cosmopolitan diplomats: despite a genuine desire to strive toward a postcolonial world founded on diversity, difference, and the symbolic representation of a global subaltern, there is a strong sense of a lingering caricature-like notion of a white, European-dominated homogenous club, to which Indian diplomats feel a deep-rooted and colonially embedded desire to belong. Cosmopolitanism operates inside this balancing act not as an international ethic upholding an equal, tolerant, or liberal global order, but rather as an elite aesthetic which presumes cultural compliance, diplomatic accommodation, and social assimilation into Western mores.</p><p>Based on 85 interviews with Indian diplomats, politicians, and foreign policy experts, as well as archival work in New Delhi, the book asks what the experience of historically marginalised actors inside the diplomatic club tells us about the social hierarchies of race, class, religion, gender, and caste under global order.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 Jun 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198874928"><em>Cosmopolitan Elites: Indian Diplomats and the Social Hierarchies of Global Order</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Kira Huju narrates the birth, everyday life, and fracturing of a Western-dominated global order from its margins. It offers a critical sociological examination of the elite Indian Foreign Service and its members, many of whom were present at the founding of this order. Dr. Huju explores how these diplomats set out to remake the service in the name of a radically anti-colonial global subaltern, but often ended up seeking status within its hierarchies through social mimicry of its most powerful actors. This is a book about the struggles of belonging: it revisits what it takes to be a recognized member of international society and asks what the experience of historically marginalised actors inside the diplomatic club can tell us about the evident woes of global order today. In interrogating how Indian diplomats learned to live under a Westernised world order, it also offers a sociologically grounded reading of what might happen in spaces like India as the world transitions past Western domination.</p><p>An awkward balancing act animates the order-making of India's cosmopolitan diplomats: despite a genuine desire to strive toward a postcolonial world founded on diversity, difference, and the symbolic representation of a global subaltern, there is a strong sense of a lingering caricature-like notion of a white, European-dominated homogenous club, to which Indian diplomats feel a deep-rooted and colonially embedded desire to belong. Cosmopolitanism operates inside this balancing act not as an international ethic upholding an equal, tolerant, or liberal global order, but rather as an elite aesthetic which presumes cultural compliance, diplomatic accommodation, and social assimilation into Western mores.</p><p>Based on 85 interviews with Indian diplomats, politicians, and foreign policy experts, as well as archival work in New Delhi, the book asks what the experience of historically marginalised actors inside the diplomatic club tells us about the social hierarchies of race, class, religion, gender, and caste under global order.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="61801147" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/bdb2179f-ebf9-455d-808d-5b72807f0327/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=bdb2179f-ebf9-455d-808d-5b72807f0327&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Kira Huju, &quot;Cosmopolitan Elites: Indian Diplomats and the Social Hierarchies of Global Order&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:04:22</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Cosmopolitan Elites: Indian Diplomats and the Social Hierarchies of Global Order (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Kira Huju narrates the birth, everyday life, and fracturing of a Western-dominated global order from its margins. It offers a critical sociological examination of the elite Indian Foreign Service and its members, many of whom were present at the founding of this order. Dr. Huju explores how these diplomats set out to remake the service in the name of a radically anti-colonial global subaltern, but often ended up seeking status within its hierarchies through social mimicry of its most powerful actors. This is a book about the struggles of belonging: it revisits what it takes to be a recognized member of international society and asks what the experience of historically marginalised actors inside the diplomatic club can tell us about the evident woes of global order today. In interrogating how Indian diplomats learned to live under a Westernised world order, it also offers a sociologically grounded reading of what might happen in spaces like India as the world transitions past Western domination.
An awkward balancing act animates the order-making of India&apos;s cosmopolitan diplomats: despite a genuine desire to strive toward a postcolonial world founded on diversity, difference, and the symbolic representation of a global subaltern, there is a strong sense of a lingering caricature-like notion of a white, European-dominated homogenous club, to which Indian diplomats feel a deep-rooted and colonially embedded desire to belong. Cosmopolitanism operates inside this balancing act not as an international ethic upholding an equal, tolerant, or liberal global order, but rather as an elite aesthetic which presumes cultural compliance, diplomatic accommodation, and social assimilation into Western mores.
Based on 85 interviews with Indian diplomats, politicians, and foreign policy experts, as well as archival work in New Delhi, the book asks what the experience of historically marginalised actors inside the diplomatic club tells us about the social hierarchies of race, class, religion, gender, and caste under global order.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Cosmopolitan Elites: Indian Diplomats and the Social Hierarchies of Global Order (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Kira Huju narrates the birth, everyday life, and fracturing of a Western-dominated global order from its margins. It offers a critical sociological examination of the elite Indian Foreign Service and its members, many of whom were present at the founding of this order. Dr. Huju explores how these diplomats set out to remake the service in the name of a radically anti-colonial global subaltern, but often ended up seeking status within its hierarchies through social mimicry of its most powerful actors. This is a book about the struggles of belonging: it revisits what it takes to be a recognized member of international society and asks what the experience of historically marginalised actors inside the diplomatic club can tell us about the evident woes of global order today. In interrogating how Indian diplomats learned to live under a Westernised world order, it also offers a sociologically grounded reading of what might happen in spaces like India as the world transitions past Western domination.
An awkward balancing act animates the order-making of India&apos;s cosmopolitan diplomats: despite a genuine desire to strive toward a postcolonial world founded on diversity, difference, and the symbolic representation of a global subaltern, there is a strong sense of a lingering caricature-like notion of a white, European-dominated homogenous club, to which Indian diplomats feel a deep-rooted and colonially embedded desire to belong. Cosmopolitanism operates inside this balancing act not as an international ethic upholding an equal, tolerant, or liberal global order, but rather as an elite aesthetic which presumes cultural compliance, diplomatic accommodation, and social assimilation into Western mores.
Based on 85 interviews with Indian diplomats, politicians, and foreign policy experts, as well as archival work in New Delhi, the book asks what the experience of historically marginalised actors inside the diplomatic club tells us about the social hierarchies of race, class, religion, gender, and caste under global order.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>230</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">fa49ab44-0260-11ef-8df6-db54d3f83c02</guid>
      <title>Matthew Robertson, &quot;Puruṣa: Personhood in Ancient India&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Personhood is central to the worldview of ancient India. Across voluminous texts and diverse traditions, the subject of the <em>puruṣa</em>, the Sanskrit term for "person," has been a constant source of insight and innovation. Yet little sustained scholarly attention has been paid to the precise meanings of the <em>puruṣa</em> concept or its historical transformations within and across traditions. In<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197693605"> <em>Puruṣa: Personhood in Ancient India</em></a><em> </em>﻿(Oxford UP, 2024), Matthew I. Robertson traces the history of Indic thinking about <em>puruṣas</em> through an extensive analysis of the major texts and traditions of ancient India.</p><p>Through clear explanations of classic Sanskrit texts and the idioms of Indian traditions, Robertson discerns the emergence and development of a sustained, paradigmatic understanding that persons are deeply confluent with the world. Personhood is worldhood. <em>Puruṣa</em> argues for the significance of this "worldly" thinking about personhood to Indian traditions and identifies a host of techniques that were developed to "extend" and "expand" persons to ever-greater scopes. Ritualized swellings of sovereigns to match the extent of their realm find complement in ascetic meditations on the intersubjective nature of perceptually delimited person-worlds, which in turn find complement in yogas of sensory restraint, the dietary regimens of Ayurvedic medicine, and the devotional theologies by which persons "share" and "eat" the expansive divinity of God. Whether in the guise of a king, an ascetic, a yogi, a buddha, or a patient in the care of an Ayurvedic physician, fully realized persons know themselves to be coterminous with the horizons of their world.</p><p>Offering new readings of classic works and addressing the fields of religion, politics, philosophy, medicine, and literature, <em>Puruṣa: Personhood in Ancient India</em> challenges us to reexamine the goals of ancient Indian religions and yields new insights into the interrelated natures of persons and the worlds in which they live.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Jun 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Personhood is central to the worldview of ancient India. Across voluminous texts and diverse traditions, the subject of the <em>puruṣa</em>, the Sanskrit term for "person," has been a constant source of insight and innovation. Yet little sustained scholarly attention has been paid to the precise meanings of the <em>puruṣa</em> concept or its historical transformations within and across traditions. In<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197693605"> <em>Puruṣa: Personhood in Ancient India</em></a><em> </em>﻿(Oxford UP, 2024), Matthew I. Robertson traces the history of Indic thinking about <em>puruṣas</em> through an extensive analysis of the major texts and traditions of ancient India.</p><p>Through clear explanations of classic Sanskrit texts and the idioms of Indian traditions, Robertson discerns the emergence and development of a sustained, paradigmatic understanding that persons are deeply confluent with the world. Personhood is worldhood. <em>Puruṣa</em> argues for the significance of this "worldly" thinking about personhood to Indian traditions and identifies a host of techniques that were developed to "extend" and "expand" persons to ever-greater scopes. Ritualized swellings of sovereigns to match the extent of their realm find complement in ascetic meditations on the intersubjective nature of perceptually delimited person-worlds, which in turn find complement in yogas of sensory restraint, the dietary regimens of Ayurvedic medicine, and the devotional theologies by which persons "share" and "eat" the expansive divinity of God. Whether in the guise of a king, an ascetic, a yogi, a buddha, or a patient in the care of an Ayurvedic physician, fully realized persons know themselves to be coterminous with the horizons of their world.</p><p>Offering new readings of classic works and addressing the fields of religion, politics, philosophy, medicine, and literature, <em>Puruṣa: Personhood in Ancient India</em> challenges us to reexamine the goals of ancient Indian religions and yields new insights into the interrelated natures of persons and the worlds in which they live.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="42161970" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/3fef0689-8256-4823-abe2-f7a63fc5f434/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=3fef0689-8256-4823-abe2-f7a63fc5f434&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Matthew Robertson, &quot;Puruṣa: Personhood in Ancient India&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:43:54</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Personhood is central to the worldview of ancient India. Across voluminous texts and diverse traditions, the subject of the puruṣa, the Sanskrit term for &quot;person,&quot; has been a constant source of insight and innovation. Yet little sustained scholarly attention has been paid to the precise meanings of the puruṣa concept or its historical transformations within and across traditions. In Puruṣa: Personhood in Ancient India ﻿(Oxford UP, 2024), Matthew I. Robertson traces the history of Indic thinking about puruṣas through an extensive analysis of the major texts and traditions of ancient India.
Through clear explanations of classic Sanskrit texts and the idioms of Indian traditions, Robertson discerns the emergence and development of a sustained, paradigmatic understanding that persons are deeply confluent with the world. Personhood is worldhood. Puruṣa argues for the significance of this &quot;worldly&quot; thinking about personhood to Indian traditions and identifies a host of techniques that were developed to &quot;extend&quot; and &quot;expand&quot; persons to ever-greater scopes. Ritualized swellings of sovereigns to match the extent of their realm find complement in ascetic meditations on the intersubjective nature of perceptually delimited person-worlds, which in turn find complement in yogas of sensory restraint, the dietary regimens of Ayurvedic medicine, and the devotional theologies by which persons &quot;share&quot; and &quot;eat&quot; the expansive divinity of God. Whether in the guise of a king, an ascetic, a yogi, a buddha, or a patient in the care of an Ayurvedic physician, fully realized persons know themselves to be coterminous with the horizons of their world.
Offering new readings of classic works and addressing the fields of religion, politics, philosophy, medicine, and literature, Puruṣa: Personhood in Ancient India challenges us to reexamine the goals of ancient Indian religions and yields new insights into the interrelated natures of persons and the worlds in which they live.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Personhood is central to the worldview of ancient India. Across voluminous texts and diverse traditions, the subject of the puruṣa, the Sanskrit term for &quot;person,&quot; has been a constant source of insight and innovation. Yet little sustained scholarly attention has been paid to the precise meanings of the puruṣa concept or its historical transformations within and across traditions. In Puruṣa: Personhood in Ancient India ﻿(Oxford UP, 2024), Matthew I. Robertson traces the history of Indic thinking about puruṣas through an extensive analysis of the major texts and traditions of ancient India.
Through clear explanations of classic Sanskrit texts and the idioms of Indian traditions, Robertson discerns the emergence and development of a sustained, paradigmatic understanding that persons are deeply confluent with the world. Personhood is worldhood. Puruṣa argues for the significance of this &quot;worldly&quot; thinking about personhood to Indian traditions and identifies a host of techniques that were developed to &quot;extend&quot; and &quot;expand&quot; persons to ever-greater scopes. Ritualized swellings of sovereigns to match the extent of their realm find complement in ascetic meditations on the intersubjective nature of perceptually delimited person-worlds, which in turn find complement in yogas of sensory restraint, the dietary regimens of Ayurvedic medicine, and the devotional theologies by which persons &quot;share&quot; and &quot;eat&quot; the expansive divinity of God. Whether in the guise of a king, an ascetic, a yogi, a buddha, or a patient in the care of an Ayurvedic physician, fully realized persons know themselves to be coterminous with the horizons of their world.
Offering new readings of classic works and addressing the fields of religion, politics, philosophy, medicine, and literature, Puruṣa: Personhood in Ancient India challenges us to reexamine the goals of ancient Indian religions and yields new insights into the interrelated natures of persons and the worlds in which they live.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>338</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2a8aa5dc-2b4d-11ef-9784-175a72918e2f</guid>
      <title>Life in a New Language, Part 1: Identities</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>This episode of the Language on the Move Podcast is part of the <em>Life in a New Language </em>series. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190084295"><em>Life in a New Language</em></a> is a new book just out from Oxford University Press (2024). <em>Life in a New Language</em> examines the language learning and settlement experiences of 130 migrants to Australia from 34 different countries in Africa, Asia, Europe, and Latin America over a period of 20 years. It’s co-authored by Ingrid Piller, Donna Butorac, Emily Farrell, Loy Lising, Shiva Motaghi Tabari, and Vera Williams Tetteh.</p><p>In this series, <a href="https://researchers.mq.edu.au/en/persons/brynn-quick">Brynn Quick</a> chats with each of the co-authors about their personal insights and research contributions to the book.</p><p>Today, Brynn chats with <a href="https://staffportal.curtin.edu.au/staff/profile/view/donna-butorac-7a3959dd/">Dr. Donna Butorac</a>, one of the book’s six co-authors, with a focus on how identities change in migration.</p><p>For additional resources, show notes, and transcripts, go <a href="https://www.languageonthemove.com/podcast/">here</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Jun 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This episode of the Language on the Move Podcast is part of the <em>Life in a New Language </em>series. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190084295"><em>Life in a New Language</em></a> is a new book just out from Oxford University Press (2024). <em>Life in a New Language</em> examines the language learning and settlement experiences of 130 migrants to Australia from 34 different countries in Africa, Asia, Europe, and Latin America over a period of 20 years. It’s co-authored by Ingrid Piller, Donna Butorac, Emily Farrell, Loy Lising, Shiva Motaghi Tabari, and Vera Williams Tetteh.</p><p>In this series, <a href="https://researchers.mq.edu.au/en/persons/brynn-quick">Brynn Quick</a> chats with each of the co-authors about their personal insights and research contributions to the book.</p><p>Today, Brynn chats with <a href="https://staffportal.curtin.edu.au/staff/profile/view/donna-butorac-7a3959dd/">Dr. Donna Butorac</a>, one of the book’s six co-authors, with a focus on how identities change in migration.</p><p>For additional resources, show notes, and transcripts, go <a href="https://www.languageonthemove.com/podcast/">here</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="26216646" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/ac3035e1-84d3-4528-b2af-df66043ba810/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=ac3035e1-84d3-4528-b2af-df66043ba810&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Life in a New Language, Part 1: Identities</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:27:18</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>This episode of the Language on the Move Podcast is part of the Life in a New Language series. Life in a New Language is a new book just out from Oxford University Press (2024). Life in a New Language examines the language learning and settlement experiences of 130 migrants to Australia from 34 different countries in Africa, Asia, Europe, and Latin America over a period of 20 years. It’s co-authored by Ingrid Piller, Donna Butorac, Emily Farrell, Loy Lising, Shiva Motaghi Tabari, and Vera Williams Tetteh.
In this series, Brynn Quick chats with each of the co-authors about their personal insights and research contributions to the book.
Today, Brynn chats with Dr. Donna Butorac, one of the book’s six co-authors, with a focus on how identities change in migration.
For additional resources, show notes, and transcripts, go here.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>This episode of the Language on the Move Podcast is part of the Life in a New Language series. Life in a New Language is a new book just out from Oxford University Press (2024). Life in a New Language examines the language learning and settlement experiences of 130 migrants to Australia from 34 different countries in Africa, Asia, Europe, and Latin America over a period of 20 years. It’s co-authored by Ingrid Piller, Donna Butorac, Emily Farrell, Loy Lising, Shiva Motaghi Tabari, and Vera Williams Tetteh.
In this series, Brynn Quick chats with each of the co-authors about their personal insights and research contributions to the book.
Today, Brynn chats with Dr. Donna Butorac, one of the book’s six co-authors, with a focus on how identities change in migration.
For additional resources, show notes, and transcripts, go here.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>20</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">fc0ebc12-1ec6-11ef-8c0f-2fe8f49de4c8</guid>
      <title>Cameron J. Buckner, &quot;From Deep Learning to Rational Machines&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Artificial intelligence started with programmed computers, where programmers would manually program human expert knowledge into the systems. In sharp contrast, today's artificial neural networks – deep learning – are able to learn from experience, and perform at human-like levels of perceptual categorization, language production, and other cognitive abilities at h. This difference has been portrayed as roughly parallel to the philosophical divide between rationalists or nativists on the one hand, and empiricists on the other. </p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197653302"><em>From Deep Learning to Rational Machines</em> </a>(Oxford UP, 2024), Cameron Buckner lays out a program for future AI development based on discussions of the human mind by such figures as David Hume, Ibn Sina (Avicenna), and Sophie de Grouchy, among others. Buckner, who is an associate professor of philosophy at the University of Houston, offers a conceptual framework that occupies a middle ground between the extremes of 'blank slate' empiricism and innate domain specific faculty psychology, and defends the claim that neural network modelers have found, at least in some cases, a sweet spot of abstraction from the messy details of biological cognition so as to capture the relevant similarities in their artificial networks.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 10 Jun 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Artificial intelligence started with programmed computers, where programmers would manually program human expert knowledge into the systems. In sharp contrast, today's artificial neural networks – deep learning – are able to learn from experience, and perform at human-like levels of perceptual categorization, language production, and other cognitive abilities at h. This difference has been portrayed as roughly parallel to the philosophical divide between rationalists or nativists on the one hand, and empiricists on the other. </p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197653302"><em>From Deep Learning to Rational Machines</em> </a>(Oxford UP, 2024), Cameron Buckner lays out a program for future AI development based on discussions of the human mind by such figures as David Hume, Ibn Sina (Avicenna), and Sophie de Grouchy, among others. Buckner, who is an associate professor of philosophy at the University of Houston, offers a conceptual framework that occupies a middle ground between the extremes of 'blank slate' empiricism and innate domain specific faculty psychology, and defends the claim that neural network modelers have found, at least in some cases, a sweet spot of abstraction from the messy details of biological cognition so as to capture the relevant similarities in their artificial networks.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="65035240" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/a715cbe8-c7d5-4fd6-a404-922786dcad02/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=a715cbe8-c7d5-4fd6-a404-922786dcad02&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Cameron J. Buckner, &quot;From Deep Learning to Rational Machines&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:07:44</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Artificial intelligence started with programmed computers, where programmers would manually program human expert knowledge into the systems. In sharp contrast, today&apos;s artificial neural networks – deep learning – are able to learn from experience, and perform at human-like levels of perceptual categorization, language production, and other cognitive abilities at h. This difference has been portrayed as roughly parallel to the philosophical divide between rationalists or nativists on the one hand, and empiricists on the other. 
In From Deep Learning to Rational Machines (Oxford UP, 2024), Cameron Buckner lays out a program for future AI development based on discussions of the human mind by such figures as David Hume, Ibn Sina (Avicenna), and Sophie de Grouchy, among others. Buckner, who is an associate professor of philosophy at the University of Houston, offers a conceptual framework that occupies a middle ground between the extremes of &apos;blank slate&apos; empiricism and innate domain specific faculty psychology, and defends the claim that neural network modelers have found, at least in some cases, a sweet spot of abstraction from the messy details of biological cognition so as to capture the relevant similarities in their artificial networks.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Artificial intelligence started with programmed computers, where programmers would manually program human expert knowledge into the systems. In sharp contrast, today&apos;s artificial neural networks – deep learning – are able to learn from experience, and perform at human-like levels of perceptual categorization, language production, and other cognitive abilities at h. This difference has been portrayed as roughly parallel to the philosophical divide between rationalists or nativists on the one hand, and empiricists on the other. 
In From Deep Learning to Rational Machines (Oxford UP, 2024), Cameron Buckner lays out a program for future AI development based on discussions of the human mind by such figures as David Hume, Ibn Sina (Avicenna), and Sophie de Grouchy, among others. Buckner, who is an associate professor of philosophy at the University of Houston, offers a conceptual framework that occupies a middle ground between the extremes of &apos;blank slate&apos; empiricism and innate domain specific faculty psychology, and defends the claim that neural network modelers have found, at least in some cases, a sweet spot of abstraction from the messy details of biological cognition so as to capture the relevant similarities in their artificial networks.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>344</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">26f31d38-24cb-11ef-bdd5-43fdf3f0044e</guid>
      <title>Robert G. Boatright, &quot;Reform and Retrenchment: A Century of Efforts to Fix Primary Elections&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Until 1900, most political parties in the United States chose their leaders – either in back rooms with a few party elites making decisions or in conventions. The direct primary, in which voters select party nominees for state and federal offices, was one of the most widely adopted political reforms of the early twentieth century Progressive movement.</p><p>Intuitively, the direct primary sounds democratic. Voters directly select the candidates. They have more of say over who will ultimately represent or govern them. But decades of scholarship suggests that direct primaries might not have changed the outcomes of party nominations. The conventional wisdom is that as the strength of the Progressive movement declined and voters paid attention to other issues. Party leaders were able to reassert control over candidate selection. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197774083"><em>Reform and Retrenchment: A Century of Efforts to Fix Primary Elections</em> </a>(Oxford UP, 2024), Dr. Robert G. Boatright insists this narrative is incorrect and misleading for contemporary efforts to reform the primary election system in the U.S. because some of the early concerns about primaries are still with us today.</p><p>The book presents data from 1928-1970 explaining the type of reforms states implemented and their success or failure. Dr. Boatright argues that the introduction of the indirect primary created more chaos than scholars have previously documented. Political parties, factions, and reform groups manipulated primary election laws to gain advantage, often under the guise of enhancing democracy. How does this history impact contemporary plans for reform of the primary system? Many suggested reforms were tried – and failed – during the 20th century. Boatright concludes that despite the clear flaws in the direct primary system, little can be done to change the primary system. Reformers should instead focus on elections and governance. The end of the podcast features his suggestions.</p><p>During the podcast, Rob mentions Dr. Jack Santucci’s <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/more-parties-or-no-parties-the-politics-of-electoral-reform-in-america-jack-santucci/18386145?ean=9780197630655"><em>More Parties or No Parties: The Politics of Electoral Reform in America</em></a> (Oxford 2022).</p><p><a href="http://wordpress.clarku.edu/rboatright/">Dr. Robert G. Boatright</a> is Professor of Political Science at Clark University in Worcester, MA and the Director of Research for the National Institute for Civil Discourse at the University of Arizona. His research focuses on the effects of campaign and election laws on the behavior of politicians and interest groups with a particular emphasis on primary elections and campaign finance laws. He is the author or editor of 9 books. Heath Brown and I have interviewed Rob previously on New Books in Political Science: <a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/r-g-boatright-and-v-sperling-trumping-politics-as-usual-masculinity-misogyny-and-the-2016-elections-oxford-up-2019#entry:31619@1:url"><em>Trumping Politics as Usual:Masculinity, Misogyny, and the 2016 Elections</em></a></p><p>(with co-author Valerie Sperling) and <a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/robert-boatright-ed-the-deregulatory-moment-a-comparative-perspective-on-changing-campaign-finance-laws-u-of-michigan-press-2015#entry:14406@1:url"><em>The Deregulatory Moment?: A Comparative Perspective on Changing Campaign Finance Laws</em></a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 10 Jun 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Until 1900, most political parties in the United States chose their leaders – either in back rooms with a few party elites making decisions or in conventions. The direct primary, in which voters select party nominees for state and federal offices, was one of the most widely adopted political reforms of the early twentieth century Progressive movement.</p><p>Intuitively, the direct primary sounds democratic. Voters directly select the candidates. They have more of say over who will ultimately represent or govern them. But decades of scholarship suggests that direct primaries might not have changed the outcomes of party nominations. The conventional wisdom is that as the strength of the Progressive movement declined and voters paid attention to other issues. Party leaders were able to reassert control over candidate selection. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197774083"><em>Reform and Retrenchment: A Century of Efforts to Fix Primary Elections</em> </a>(Oxford UP, 2024), Dr. Robert G. Boatright insists this narrative is incorrect and misleading for contemporary efforts to reform the primary election system in the U.S. because some of the early concerns about primaries are still with us today.</p><p>The book presents data from 1928-1970 explaining the type of reforms states implemented and their success or failure. Dr. Boatright argues that the introduction of the indirect primary created more chaos than scholars have previously documented. Political parties, factions, and reform groups manipulated primary election laws to gain advantage, often under the guise of enhancing democracy. How does this history impact contemporary plans for reform of the primary system? Many suggested reforms were tried – and failed – during the 20th century. Boatright concludes that despite the clear flaws in the direct primary system, little can be done to change the primary system. Reformers should instead focus on elections and governance. The end of the podcast features his suggestions.</p><p>During the podcast, Rob mentions Dr. Jack Santucci’s <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/more-parties-or-no-parties-the-politics-of-electoral-reform-in-america-jack-santucci/18386145?ean=9780197630655"><em>More Parties or No Parties: The Politics of Electoral Reform in America</em></a> (Oxford 2022).</p><p><a href="http://wordpress.clarku.edu/rboatright/">Dr. Robert G. Boatright</a> is Professor of Political Science at Clark University in Worcester, MA and the Director of Research for the National Institute for Civil Discourse at the University of Arizona. His research focuses on the effects of campaign and election laws on the behavior of politicians and interest groups with a particular emphasis on primary elections and campaign finance laws. He is the author or editor of 9 books. Heath Brown and I have interviewed Rob previously on New Books in Political Science: <a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/r-g-boatright-and-v-sperling-trumping-politics-as-usual-masculinity-misogyny-and-the-2016-elections-oxford-up-2019#entry:31619@1:url"><em>Trumping Politics as Usual:Masculinity, Misogyny, and the 2016 Elections</em></a></p><p>(with co-author Valerie Sperling) and <a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/robert-boatright-ed-the-deregulatory-moment-a-comparative-perspective-on-changing-campaign-finance-laws-u-of-michigan-press-2015#entry:14406@1:url"><em>The Deregulatory Moment?: A Comparative Perspective on Changing Campaign Finance Laws</em></a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="53796013" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/9ddc15f8-0307-4fb8-8270-b1725694e9bc/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=9ddc15f8-0307-4fb8-8270-b1725694e9bc&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Robert G. Boatright, &quot;Reform and Retrenchment: A Century of Efforts to Fix Primary Elections&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:56:01</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Until 1900, most political parties in the United States chose their leaders – either in back rooms with a few party elites making decisions or in conventions. The direct primary, in which voters select party nominees for state and federal offices, was one of the most widely adopted political reforms of the early twentieth century Progressive movement.
Intuitively, the direct primary sounds democratic. Voters directly select the candidates. They have more of say over who will ultimately represent or govern them. But decades of scholarship suggests that direct primaries might not have changed the outcomes of party nominations. The conventional wisdom is that as the strength of the Progressive movement declined and voters paid attention to other issues. Party leaders were able to reassert control over candidate selection. In Reform and Retrenchment: A Century of Efforts to Fix Primary Elections (Oxford UP, 2024), Dr. Robert G. Boatright insists this narrative is incorrect and misleading for contemporary efforts to reform the primary election system in the U.S. because some of the early concerns about primaries are still with us today.
The book presents data from 1928-1970 explaining the type of reforms states implemented and their success or failure. Dr. Boatright argues that the introduction of the indirect primary created more chaos than scholars have previously documented. Political parties, factions, and reform groups manipulated primary election laws to gain advantage, often under the guise of enhancing democracy. How does this history impact contemporary plans for reform of the primary system? Many suggested reforms were tried – and failed – during the 20th century. Boatright concludes that despite the clear flaws in the direct primary system, little can be done to change the primary system. Reformers should instead focus on elections and governance. The end of the podcast features his suggestions.
During the podcast, Rob mentions Dr. Jack Santucci’s More Parties or No Parties: The Politics of Electoral Reform in America (Oxford 2022).
Dr. Robert G. Boatright is Professor of Political Science at Clark University in Worcester, MA and the Director of Research for the National Institute for Civil Discourse at the University of Arizona. His research focuses on the effects of campaign and election laws on the behavior of politicians and interest groups with a particular emphasis on primary elections and campaign finance laws. He is the author or editor of 9 books. Heath Brown and I have interviewed Rob previously on New Books in Political Science: Trumping Politics as Usual:Masculinity, Misogyny, and the 2016 Elections
(with co-author Valerie Sperling) and The Deregulatory Moment?: A Comparative Perspective on Changing Campaign Finance Laws.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Until 1900, most political parties in the United States chose their leaders – either in back rooms with a few party elites making decisions or in conventions. The direct primary, in which voters select party nominees for state and federal offices, was one of the most widely adopted political reforms of the early twentieth century Progressive movement.
Intuitively, the direct primary sounds democratic. Voters directly select the candidates. They have more of say over who will ultimately represent or govern them. But decades of scholarship suggests that direct primaries might not have changed the outcomes of party nominations. The conventional wisdom is that as the strength of the Progressive movement declined and voters paid attention to other issues. Party leaders were able to reassert control over candidate selection. In Reform and Retrenchment: A Century of Efforts to Fix Primary Elections (Oxford UP, 2024), Dr. Robert G. Boatright insists this narrative is incorrect and misleading for contemporary efforts to reform the primary election system in the U.S. because some of the early concerns about primaries are still with us today.
The book presents data from 1928-1970 explaining the type of reforms states implemented and their success or failure. Dr. Boatright argues that the introduction of the indirect primary created more chaos than scholars have previously documented. Political parties, factions, and reform groups manipulated primary election laws to gain advantage, often under the guise of enhancing democracy. How does this history impact contemporary plans for reform of the primary system? Many suggested reforms were tried – and failed – during the 20th century. Boatright concludes that despite the clear flaws in the direct primary system, little can be done to change the primary system. Reformers should instead focus on elections and governance. The end of the podcast features his suggestions.
During the podcast, Rob mentions Dr. Jack Santucci’s More Parties or No Parties: The Politics of Electoral Reform in America (Oxford 2022).
Dr. Robert G. Boatright is Professor of Political Science at Clark University in Worcester, MA and the Director of Research for the National Institute for Civil Discourse at the University of Arizona. His research focuses on the effects of campaign and election laws on the behavior of politicians and interest groups with a particular emphasis on primary elections and campaign finance laws. He is the author or editor of 9 books. Heath Brown and I have interviewed Rob previously on New Books in Political Science: Trumping Politics as Usual:Masculinity, Misogyny, and the 2016 Elections
(with co-author Valerie Sperling) and The Deregulatory Moment?: A Comparative Perspective on Changing Campaign Finance Laws.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>720</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5f7bfc60-22af-11ef-8199-ef96b05641a5</guid>
      <title>Glenn Dynner, &quot;The Light of Learning: Hasidism in Poland on the Eve of the Holocaust&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197670637"><em>The Light of Learning: Hasidism in Poland on the Eve of the Holocaust</em> </a>(Oxford University Press, 2024), Glenn Dynner tells the story of an unexpected Hasidic revival in Poland between the two World Wars. In the aftermath of World War I, the Jewish mystical movement appeared to be in shambles. Hasidic leaders had dispersed, Hasidic courts lay in ruins, and the youth seemed swept up in secularist trends as a result of mandatory public schooling and new Jewish movements like Zionism and Socialism. Dynner shows that in response to this, Hasidic leaders reinvented themselves as educators devoted to rescuing the youth by means of thriving networks of <em>heders</em> (primary schools), Bais Yaakov schools for girls and women, and world-renowned yeshivas.</p><p>During the ensuing pedagogical revolution, Hasidic yeshivas soon overshadowed courts, and Hasidic leaders became known more for scholarship than miracle-working. By mobilizing Torah study, Hasidic leaders were able to subvert the "civilizing" projects of the Polish state, successfully rival Zionists and Socialists, and create clandestine yeshiva bunkers in ghettos during the Holocaust. Torah study was thus not only a spiritual-intellectual endeavor but a political practice that fueled a formidable culture of resistance. <em>The Light of Learning</em> belies notions of late Hasidic decadence and decline and transforms our understanding of Polish Jewry during its final hour.</p><p>Glenn Dynner is the Carl and Dorothy Bennett Professor of Judaic Studies at Fairfield University.</p><p><a href="https://zalmannewfield.com/"><em>Schneur Zalman Newfield</em></a><em> is an Associate Professor of Sociology and Jewish Studies at Hunter College, City University of New York, and the author of Degrees of Separation: Identity Formation While Leaving Ultra-Orthodox Judaism (Temple University Press).</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 5 Jun 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197670637"><em>The Light of Learning: Hasidism in Poland on the Eve of the Holocaust</em> </a>(Oxford University Press, 2024), Glenn Dynner tells the story of an unexpected Hasidic revival in Poland between the two World Wars. In the aftermath of World War I, the Jewish mystical movement appeared to be in shambles. Hasidic leaders had dispersed, Hasidic courts lay in ruins, and the youth seemed swept up in secularist trends as a result of mandatory public schooling and new Jewish movements like Zionism and Socialism. Dynner shows that in response to this, Hasidic leaders reinvented themselves as educators devoted to rescuing the youth by means of thriving networks of <em>heders</em> (primary schools), Bais Yaakov schools for girls and women, and world-renowned yeshivas.</p><p>During the ensuing pedagogical revolution, Hasidic yeshivas soon overshadowed courts, and Hasidic leaders became known more for scholarship than miracle-working. By mobilizing Torah study, Hasidic leaders were able to subvert the "civilizing" projects of the Polish state, successfully rival Zionists and Socialists, and create clandestine yeshiva bunkers in ghettos during the Holocaust. Torah study was thus not only a spiritual-intellectual endeavor but a political practice that fueled a formidable culture of resistance. <em>The Light of Learning</em> belies notions of late Hasidic decadence and decline and transforms our understanding of Polish Jewry during its final hour.</p><p>Glenn Dynner is the Carl and Dorothy Bennett Professor of Judaic Studies at Fairfield University.</p><p><a href="https://zalmannewfield.com/"><em>Schneur Zalman Newfield</em></a><em> is an Associate Professor of Sociology and Jewish Studies at Hunter College, City University of New York, and the author of Degrees of Separation: Identity Formation While Leaving Ultra-Orthodox Judaism (Temple University Press).</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="67297446" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/3134334c-e109-497e-b073-5f0fb16a8742/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=3134334c-e109-497e-b073-5f0fb16a8742&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Glenn Dynner, &quot;The Light of Learning: Hasidism in Poland on the Eve of the Holocaust&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:10:05</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In The Light of Learning: Hasidism in Poland on the Eve of the Holocaust (Oxford University Press, 2024), Glenn Dynner tells the story of an unexpected Hasidic revival in Poland between the two World Wars. In the aftermath of World War I, the Jewish mystical movement appeared to be in shambles. Hasidic leaders had dispersed, Hasidic courts lay in ruins, and the youth seemed swept up in secularist trends as a result of mandatory public schooling and new Jewish movements like Zionism and Socialism. Dynner shows that in response to this, Hasidic leaders reinvented themselves as educators devoted to rescuing the youth by means of thriving networks of heders (primary schools), Bais Yaakov schools for girls and women, and world-renowned yeshivas.
During the ensuing pedagogical revolution, Hasidic yeshivas soon overshadowed courts, and Hasidic leaders became known more for scholarship than miracle-working. By mobilizing Torah study, Hasidic leaders were able to subvert the &quot;civilizing&quot; projects of the Polish state, successfully rival Zionists and Socialists, and create clandestine yeshiva bunkers in ghettos during the Holocaust. Torah study was thus not only a spiritual-intellectual endeavor but a political practice that fueled a formidable culture of resistance. The Light of Learning belies notions of late Hasidic decadence and decline and transforms our understanding of Polish Jewry during its final hour.
Glenn Dynner is the Carl and Dorothy Bennett Professor of Judaic Studies at Fairfield University.
Schneur Zalman Newfield is an Associate Professor of Sociology and Jewish Studies at Hunter College, City University of New York, and the author of Degrees of Separation: Identity Formation While Leaving Ultra-Orthodox Judaism (Temple University Press).</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In The Light of Learning: Hasidism in Poland on the Eve of the Holocaust (Oxford University Press, 2024), Glenn Dynner tells the story of an unexpected Hasidic revival in Poland between the two World Wars. In the aftermath of World War I, the Jewish mystical movement appeared to be in shambles. Hasidic leaders had dispersed, Hasidic courts lay in ruins, and the youth seemed swept up in secularist trends as a result of mandatory public schooling and new Jewish movements like Zionism and Socialism. Dynner shows that in response to this, Hasidic leaders reinvented themselves as educators devoted to rescuing the youth by means of thriving networks of heders (primary schools), Bais Yaakov schools for girls and women, and world-renowned yeshivas.
During the ensuing pedagogical revolution, Hasidic yeshivas soon overshadowed courts, and Hasidic leaders became known more for scholarship than miracle-working. By mobilizing Torah study, Hasidic leaders were able to subvert the &quot;civilizing&quot; projects of the Polish state, successfully rival Zionists and Socialists, and create clandestine yeshiva bunkers in ghettos during the Holocaust. Torah study was thus not only a spiritual-intellectual endeavor but a political practice that fueled a formidable culture of resistance. The Light of Learning belies notions of late Hasidic decadence and decline and transforms our understanding of Polish Jewry during its final hour.
Glenn Dynner is the Carl and Dorothy Bennett Professor of Judaic Studies at Fairfield University.
Schneur Zalman Newfield is an Associate Professor of Sociology and Jewish Studies at Hunter College, City University of New York, and the author of Degrees of Separation: Identity Formation While Leaving Ultra-Orthodox Judaism (Temple University Press).</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>518</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bf1107ee-1f8d-11ef-bd26-633f14c17142</guid>
      <title>Cathal J. Nolan, &quot;The Allure of Battle: A History of How Wars Have Been Won and Lost&quot; (Oxford UP, 2019)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>History has tended to measure war's winners and losers in terms of its major engagements, battles in which the result was so clear-cut that they could be considered "decisive." Marathon, Cannae, Tours, Agincourt, Austerlitz, Sedan, Stalingrad--all resonate in the literature of war and in our imaginations as tide-turning. But were they? As <a href="http://www.bu.edu/history/faculty/cathal-j-nolan/">Cathal J. Nolan</a> demonstrates in <a href="http://www.amazon.com/dp/0190931515/?tag=newbooinhis-20"><em>The Allure of Battle: A History of How Wars Have Been Won and Lost</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2019), victory in major wars usually has been determined in other ways. Even the most legendarily lopsided of battles did not necessarily decide their outcomes. Nolan also challenges the hoary concept of the military "genius," even of the Great Captains--from Alexander to Frederick and Napoleon--mapping instead the decent into total war.</p><p><em>The Allure of Battle</em> systematically recreates and analyzes the major campaigns among the Great Powers, from the Middle Ages through the 20th century, from the fall of Byzantium to the defeat of the Axis powers, tracing the illusion of "short-war thinking," the hope that victory might be swift and conflict brief. Such as almost never been the case. Even one-sided battles have mainly contributed to victory or defeat by accelerating erosion of the other side's defenses, resources, and will.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 2 Jun 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>History has tended to measure war's winners and losers in terms of its major engagements, battles in which the result was so clear-cut that they could be considered "decisive." Marathon, Cannae, Tours, Agincourt, Austerlitz, Sedan, Stalingrad--all resonate in the literature of war and in our imaginations as tide-turning. But were they? As <a href="http://www.bu.edu/history/faculty/cathal-j-nolan/">Cathal J. Nolan</a> demonstrates in <a href="http://www.amazon.com/dp/0190931515/?tag=newbooinhis-20"><em>The Allure of Battle: A History of How Wars Have Been Won and Lost</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2019), victory in major wars usually has been determined in other ways. Even the most legendarily lopsided of battles did not necessarily decide their outcomes. Nolan also challenges the hoary concept of the military "genius," even of the Great Captains--from Alexander to Frederick and Napoleon--mapping instead the decent into total war.</p><p><em>The Allure of Battle</em> systematically recreates and analyzes the major campaigns among the Great Powers, from the Middle Ages through the 20th century, from the fall of Byzantium to the defeat of the Axis powers, tracing the illusion of "short-war thinking," the hope that victory might be swift and conflict brief. Such as almost never been the case. Even one-sided battles have mainly contributed to victory or defeat by accelerating erosion of the other side's defenses, resources, and will.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="75735977" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/63c3fcaf-118f-416a-b8d2-591a6d5c032c/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=63c3fcaf-118f-416a-b8d2-591a6d5c032c&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Cathal J. Nolan, &quot;The Allure of Battle: A History of How Wars Have Been Won and Lost&quot; (Oxford UP, 2019)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:18:53</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>History has tended to measure war&apos;s winners and losers in terms of its major engagements, battles in which the result was so clear-cut that they could be considered &quot;decisive.&quot; Marathon, Cannae, Tours, Agincourt, Austerlitz, Sedan, Stalingrad--all resonate in the literature of war and in our imaginations as tide-turning. But were they? As Cathal J. Nolan demonstrates in The Allure of Battle: A History of How Wars Have Been Won and Lost (Oxford University Press, 2019), victory in major wars usually has been determined in other ways. Even the most legendarily lopsided of battles did not necessarily decide their outcomes. Nolan also challenges the hoary concept of the military &quot;genius,&quot; even of the Great Captains--from Alexander to Frederick and Napoleon--mapping instead the decent into total war.
The Allure of Battle systematically recreates and analyzes the major campaigns among the Great Powers, from the Middle Ages through the 20th century, from the fall of Byzantium to the defeat of the Axis powers, tracing the illusion of &quot;short-war thinking,&quot; the hope that victory might be swift and conflict brief. Such as almost never been the case. Even one-sided battles have mainly contributed to victory or defeat by accelerating erosion of the other side&apos;s defenses, resources, and will.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>History has tended to measure war&apos;s winners and losers in terms of its major engagements, battles in which the result was so clear-cut that they could be considered &quot;decisive.&quot; Marathon, Cannae, Tours, Agincourt, Austerlitz, Sedan, Stalingrad--all resonate in the literature of war and in our imaginations as tide-turning. But were they? As Cathal J. Nolan demonstrates in The Allure of Battle: A History of How Wars Have Been Won and Lost (Oxford University Press, 2019), victory in major wars usually has been determined in other ways. Even the most legendarily lopsided of battles did not necessarily decide their outcomes. Nolan also challenges the hoary concept of the military &quot;genius,&quot; even of the Great Captains--from Alexander to Frederick and Napoleon--mapping instead the decent into total war.
The Allure of Battle systematically recreates and analyzes the major campaigns among the Great Powers, from the Middle Ages through the 20th century, from the fall of Byzantium to the defeat of the Axis powers, tracing the illusion of &quot;short-war thinking,&quot; the hope that victory might be swift and conflict brief. Such as almost never been the case. Even one-sided battles have mainly contributed to victory or defeat by accelerating erosion of the other side&apos;s defenses, resources, and will.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>72</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">32dba42a-1603-11ef-b616-9f90b472ce63</guid>
      <title>Ronald R. Sundstrom, &quot;Just Shelter: Gentrification, Integration, Race, and Reconstruction&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>It is widely acknowledged that the United States is in the grip of an enduring housing crisis. It is less frequently recognized that this crisis amounts to more than there being an insufficient supply of adequate shelter. It rather is tied to a range of other forms of social and economic vulnerability – and many of these forms of vulnerability impede a citizen’s capacity to function as a full member of society. What’s more, the familiar terms we deploy in discussing the housing crisis – gentrification, integration, segregation, and so on – stand in need of philosophical clarification.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190948146"><em>Just Shelter: Gentrification, Integration, Race, and Reconstruction</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024), <a href="https://www.usfca.edu/faculty/ronald-sundstrom">Ronald R. Sundstrom</a> draws upon tools derived from moral philosophy, political theory, and urban studies to provide the beginning of a comprehensive analysis of justice in “social-spatial arrangements.” He proposes a liberal-egalitarian and reconstructive, yet pragmatic, approach to addressing the challenges posed by our country’s legacy of unjust housing policies.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 1 Jun 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>It is widely acknowledged that the United States is in the grip of an enduring housing crisis. It is less frequently recognized that this crisis amounts to more than there being an insufficient supply of adequate shelter. It rather is tied to a range of other forms of social and economic vulnerability – and many of these forms of vulnerability impede a citizen’s capacity to function as a full member of society. What’s more, the familiar terms we deploy in discussing the housing crisis – gentrification, integration, segregation, and so on – stand in need of philosophical clarification.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190948146"><em>Just Shelter: Gentrification, Integration, Race, and Reconstruction</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024), <a href="https://www.usfca.edu/faculty/ronald-sundstrom">Ronald R. Sundstrom</a> draws upon tools derived from moral philosophy, political theory, and urban studies to provide the beginning of a comprehensive analysis of justice in “social-spatial arrangements.” He proposes a liberal-egalitarian and reconstructive, yet pragmatic, approach to addressing the challenges posed by our country’s legacy of unjust housing policies.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="62403663" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/2fb10141-c600-47cf-b582-34753936b8d8/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=2fb10141-c600-47cf-b582-34753936b8d8&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Ronald R. Sundstrom, &quot;Just Shelter: Gentrification, Integration, Race, and Reconstruction&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:05:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>It is widely acknowledged that the United States is in the grip of an enduring housing crisis. It is less frequently recognized that this crisis amounts to more than there being an insufficient supply of adequate shelter. It rather is tied to a range of other forms of social and economic vulnerability – and many of these forms of vulnerability impede a citizen’s capacity to function as a full member of society. What’s more, the familiar terms we deploy in discussing the housing crisis – gentrification, integration, segregation, and so on – stand in need of philosophical clarification.
In Just Shelter: Gentrification, Integration, Race, and Reconstruction (Oxford UP, 2024), Ronald R. Sundstrom draws upon tools derived from moral philosophy, political theory, and urban studies to provide the beginning of a comprehensive analysis of justice in “social-spatial arrangements.” He proposes a liberal-egalitarian and reconstructive, yet pragmatic, approach to addressing the challenges posed by our country’s legacy of unjust housing policies.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>It is widely acknowledged that the United States is in the grip of an enduring housing crisis. It is less frequently recognized that this crisis amounts to more than there being an insufficient supply of adequate shelter. It rather is tied to a range of other forms of social and economic vulnerability – and many of these forms of vulnerability impede a citizen’s capacity to function as a full member of society. What’s more, the familiar terms we deploy in discussing the housing crisis – gentrification, integration, segregation, and so on – stand in need of philosophical clarification.
In Just Shelter: Gentrification, Integration, Race, and Reconstruction (Oxford UP, 2024), Ronald R. Sundstrom draws upon tools derived from moral philosophy, political theory, and urban studies to provide the beginning of a comprehensive analysis of justice in “social-spatial arrangements.” He proposes a liberal-egalitarian and reconstructive, yet pragmatic, approach to addressing the challenges posed by our country’s legacy of unjust housing policies.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>343</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ad58f7dc-e3ba-11ee-8224-c7d07f9ae1e0</guid>
      <title>Sohini Pillai, &quot;Krishna&apos;s Mahabharatas: Devotional Retellings of an Epic Narrative&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Between 800 and 1700 CE, a plethora of Mahabharatas were created in Assamese, Bengali, Gujarati, Hindi, Kannada, Konkani, Malayalam, Marathi, Oriya, Tamil, Telugu, and several other regional South Asian languages. Sohini Pillai's <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197753552"><em>Krishna's Mahabharatas: Devotional Retellings of an Epic Narrative</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024) is a comprehensive study of premodern regional Mahabharata retellings. This book argues that Vaishnavas (devotees of the Hindu god Vishnu and his various forms) throughout South Asia turned this epic about an apocalyptic, bloody war into works of ardent bhakti or "devotion" focused on the beloved Hindu deity Krishna. </p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 May 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Between 800 and 1700 CE, a plethora of Mahabharatas were created in Assamese, Bengali, Gujarati, Hindi, Kannada, Konkani, Malayalam, Marathi, Oriya, Tamil, Telugu, and several other regional South Asian languages. Sohini Pillai's <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197753552"><em>Krishna's Mahabharatas: Devotional Retellings of an Epic Narrative</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024) is a comprehensive study of premodern regional Mahabharata retellings. This book argues that Vaishnavas (devotees of the Hindu god Vishnu and his various forms) throughout South Asia turned this epic about an apocalyptic, bloody war into works of ardent bhakti or "devotion" focused on the beloved Hindu deity Krishna. </p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="37997269" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/791ca003-4778-4c99-a57e-171ab9e78111/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=791ca003-4778-4c99-a57e-171ab9e78111&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Sohini Pillai, &quot;Krishna&apos;s Mahabharatas: Devotional Retellings of an Epic Narrative&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:39:34</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Between 800 and 1700 CE, a plethora of Mahabharatas were created in Assamese, Bengali, Gujarati, Hindi, Kannada, Konkani, Malayalam, Marathi, Oriya, Tamil, Telugu, and several other regional South Asian languages. Sohini Pillai&apos;s Krishna&apos;s Mahabharatas: Devotional Retellings of an Epic Narrative (Oxford UP, 2024) is a comprehensive study of premodern regional Mahabharata retellings. This book argues that Vaishnavas (devotees of the Hindu god Vishnu and his various forms) throughout South Asia turned this epic about an apocalyptic, bloody war into works of ardent bhakti or &quot;devotion&quot; focused on the beloved Hindu deity Krishna. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Between 800 and 1700 CE, a plethora of Mahabharatas were created in Assamese, Bengali, Gujarati, Hindi, Kannada, Konkani, Malayalam, Marathi, Oriya, Tamil, Telugu, and several other regional South Asian languages. Sohini Pillai&apos;s Krishna&apos;s Mahabharatas: Devotional Retellings of an Epic Narrative (Oxford UP, 2024) is a comprehensive study of premodern regional Mahabharata retellings. This book argues that Vaishnavas (devotees of the Hindu god Vishnu and his various forms) throughout South Asia turned this epic about an apocalyptic, bloody war into works of ardent bhakti or &quot;devotion&quot; focused on the beloved Hindu deity Krishna. </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>333</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7c561a14-1945-11ef-9a96-9f21d2d0a6ea</guid>
      <title>Helen J. Nicholson, &quot;Women and the Crusades&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The crusade movement needed women: their money, their prayer support, their active participation, and their inspiration.</p><p>Helen J. Nicholson's book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198806721"><em>Women and the Crusades</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023) surveys women's involvement in medieval crusading between the second half of the eleventh century, when Pope Gregory VII first proposed a penitential military expedition to help the Christians of the East, and 1570, when the last crusader state, Cyprus, was captured by the Ottoman Turks. It considers women's actions not only on crusade battlefields but also in recruiting crusaders, supporting crusades through patronage, propaganda, and prayer, and as both defenders and aggressors. It argues that medieval women were deeply involved in the crusades but the roles that they could play and how their contemporaries recorded their deeds were dictated by social convention and cultural expectations. Although its main focus is the women of Latin Christendom, it also looks at the impact of the crusades and crusaders on the Jews of western Europe and the Muslims of the Middle East, and compares relations between Latin Christians and Muslims with relations between Muslims and other Christian groups.</p><p>Helen J. Nicholson is Professor of Medieval History at Cardiff University, UK. She has published extensively on the crusades, the military orders, and various related subjects, including a translation of a chronicle of the Third Crusade and an edition of the Templar trial proceedings in Britain and Ireland. She has just completed a history of Queen Sybil of Jerusalem (1186-1190).</p><p><br /></p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>Morteza Hajizadeh</em></a><em> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>YouTube channel</em></a><em>. </em><a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture"><em>Twitter</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 25 May 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The crusade movement needed women: their money, their prayer support, their active participation, and their inspiration.</p><p>Helen J. Nicholson's book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198806721"><em>Women and the Crusades</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023) surveys women's involvement in medieval crusading between the second half of the eleventh century, when Pope Gregory VII first proposed a penitential military expedition to help the Christians of the East, and 1570, when the last crusader state, Cyprus, was captured by the Ottoman Turks. It considers women's actions not only on crusade battlefields but also in recruiting crusaders, supporting crusades through patronage, propaganda, and prayer, and as both defenders and aggressors. It argues that medieval women were deeply involved in the crusades but the roles that they could play and how their contemporaries recorded their deeds were dictated by social convention and cultural expectations. Although its main focus is the women of Latin Christendom, it also looks at the impact of the crusades and crusaders on the Jews of western Europe and the Muslims of the Middle East, and compares relations between Latin Christians and Muslims with relations between Muslims and other Christian groups.</p><p>Helen J. Nicholson is Professor of Medieval History at Cardiff University, UK. She has published extensively on the crusades, the military orders, and various related subjects, including a translation of a chronicle of the Third Crusade and an edition of the Templar trial proceedings in Britain and Ireland. She has just completed a history of Queen Sybil of Jerusalem (1186-1190).</p><p><br /></p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>Morteza Hajizadeh</em></a><em> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>YouTube channel</em></a><em>. </em><a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture"><em>Twitter</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="31456405" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/d65a03af-544c-4f99-8f79-0533a7fb29fd/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=d65a03af-544c-4f99-8f79-0533a7fb29fd&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Helen J. Nicholson, &quot;Women and the Crusades&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:32:45</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The crusade movement needed women: their money, their prayer support, their active participation, and their inspiration.
Helen J. Nicholson&apos;s book Women and the Crusades (Oxford UP, 2023) surveys women&apos;s involvement in medieval crusading between the second half of the eleventh century, when Pope Gregory VII first proposed a penitential military expedition to help the Christians of the East, and 1570, when the last crusader state, Cyprus, was captured by the Ottoman Turks. It considers women&apos;s actions not only on crusade battlefields but also in recruiting crusaders, supporting crusades through patronage, propaganda, and prayer, and as both defenders and aggressors. It argues that medieval women were deeply involved in the crusades but the roles that they could play and how their contemporaries recorded their deeds were dictated by social convention and cultural expectations. Although its main focus is the women of Latin Christendom, it also looks at the impact of the crusades and crusaders on the Jews of western Europe and the Muslims of the Middle East, and compares relations between Latin Christians and Muslims with relations between Muslims and other Christian groups.
Helen J. Nicholson is Professor of Medieval History at Cardiff University, UK. She has published extensively on the crusades, the military orders, and various related subjects, including a translation of a chronicle of the Third Crusade and an edition of the Templar trial proceedings in Britain and Ireland. She has just completed a history of Queen Sybil of Jerusalem (1186-1190).

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The crusade movement needed women: their money, their prayer support, their active participation, and their inspiration.
Helen J. Nicholson&apos;s book Women and the Crusades (Oxford UP, 2023) surveys women&apos;s involvement in medieval crusading between the second half of the eleventh century, when Pope Gregory VII first proposed a penitential military expedition to help the Christians of the East, and 1570, when the last crusader state, Cyprus, was captured by the Ottoman Turks. It considers women&apos;s actions not only on crusade battlefields but also in recruiting crusaders, supporting crusades through patronage, propaganda, and prayer, and as both defenders and aggressors. It argues that medieval women were deeply involved in the crusades but the roles that they could play and how their contemporaries recorded their deeds were dictated by social convention and cultural expectations. Although its main focus is the women of Latin Christendom, it also looks at the impact of the crusades and crusaders on the Jews of western Europe and the Muslims of the Middle East, and compares relations between Latin Christians and Muslims with relations between Muslims and other Christian groups.
Helen J. Nicholson is Professor of Medieval History at Cardiff University, UK. She has published extensively on the crusades, the military orders, and various related subjects, including a translation of a chronicle of the Third Crusade and an edition of the Templar trial proceedings in Britain and Ireland. She has just completed a history of Queen Sybil of Jerusalem (1186-1190).

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>68</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d8ff8016-16ca-11ef-82ec-6ff6b19f5a51</guid>
      <title>Jason A. Kerr, &quot;Milton&apos;s Theological Process: Reading de Doctrina Christiana and Paradise Lost&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>This volume proposes a method for reading Milton's <em>De Doctrina Christiana</em> as an artifact of his process of theological thinking rather than as a repository of his doctrinal views. Jason A. Kerr argues that reading in this way involves attention to the complex material state of the manuscript along with Milton's varying modes of engagement with scripture and various theological interlocutors, and reveals that Milton's approach to theology underwent significant change in the course of his work on the treatise. Initially, Milton set out to use Ramist logic to organize scripture in a way that drew out its intrinsic doctrinal structure. This method had two unintended consequences: it drove Milton to an antitrinitarian understanding of the Son of God, and it obliged him to reflect on his own authority as an interpreter and to develop an ecclesiology capable of sifting divine truth from human error.</p><p>Consequently, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198875086"><em>Milton's Theological Process: Reading de Doctrina Christiana and Paradise Lost </em></a>(Oxford UP, 2023) explores the complex interplay between Milton's preconceived theological ideas and his willingness to change his mind as it develops through the layers of revision in the manuscript. Kerr concludes by considering <em>Paradise Lost</em> as a vehicle for Milton's further reflection on the foundations of theology--and by showing how even the epic presents challenges to the fruits of these reflections. Reading Milton theologically means more than working to ascertain his doctrinal views; it means attending critically to his messy process of evaluating and rethinking the doctrinal views to which his prior study had led him.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 May 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This volume proposes a method for reading Milton's <em>De Doctrina Christiana</em> as an artifact of his process of theological thinking rather than as a repository of his doctrinal views. Jason A. Kerr argues that reading in this way involves attention to the complex material state of the manuscript along with Milton's varying modes of engagement with scripture and various theological interlocutors, and reveals that Milton's approach to theology underwent significant change in the course of his work on the treatise. Initially, Milton set out to use Ramist logic to organize scripture in a way that drew out its intrinsic doctrinal structure. This method had two unintended consequences: it drove Milton to an antitrinitarian understanding of the Son of God, and it obliged him to reflect on his own authority as an interpreter and to develop an ecclesiology capable of sifting divine truth from human error.</p><p>Consequently, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198875086"><em>Milton's Theological Process: Reading de Doctrina Christiana and Paradise Lost </em></a>(Oxford UP, 2023) explores the complex interplay between Milton's preconceived theological ideas and his willingness to change his mind as it develops through the layers of revision in the manuscript. Kerr concludes by considering <em>Paradise Lost</em> as a vehicle for Milton's further reflection on the foundations of theology--and by showing how even the epic presents challenges to the fruits of these reflections. Reading Milton theologically means more than working to ascertain his doctrinal views; it means attending critically to his messy process of evaluating and rethinking the doctrinal views to which his prior study had led him.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="31849292" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/bfd57e8b-fd26-4a6a-9053-1833293db0b9/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=bfd57e8b-fd26-4a6a-9053-1833293db0b9&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Jason A. Kerr, &quot;Milton&apos;s Theological Process: Reading de Doctrina Christiana and Paradise Lost&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:33:10</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>This volume proposes a method for reading Milton&apos;s De Doctrina Christiana as an artifact of his process of theological thinking rather than as a repository of his doctrinal views. Jason A. Kerr argues that reading in this way involves attention to the complex material state of the manuscript along with Milton&apos;s varying modes of engagement with scripture and various theological interlocutors, and reveals that Milton&apos;s approach to theology underwent significant change in the course of his work on the treatise. Initially, Milton set out to use Ramist logic to organize scripture in a way that drew out its intrinsic doctrinal structure. This method had two unintended consequences: it drove Milton to an antitrinitarian understanding of the Son of God, and it obliged him to reflect on his own authority as an interpreter and to develop an ecclesiology capable of sifting divine truth from human error.
Consequently, Milton&apos;s Theological Process: Reading de Doctrina Christiana and Paradise Lost (Oxford UP, 2023) explores the complex interplay between Milton&apos;s preconceived theological ideas and his willingness to change his mind as it develops through the layers of revision in the manuscript. Kerr concludes by considering Paradise Lost as a vehicle for Milton&apos;s further reflection on the foundations of theology--and by showing how even the epic presents challenges to the fruits of these reflections. Reading Milton theologically means more than working to ascertain his doctrinal views; it means attending critically to his messy process of evaluating and rethinking the doctrinal views to which his prior study had led him.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>This volume proposes a method for reading Milton&apos;s De Doctrina Christiana as an artifact of his process of theological thinking rather than as a repository of his doctrinal views. Jason A. Kerr argues that reading in this way involves attention to the complex material state of the manuscript along with Milton&apos;s varying modes of engagement with scripture and various theological interlocutors, and reveals that Milton&apos;s approach to theology underwent significant change in the course of his work on the treatise. Initially, Milton set out to use Ramist logic to organize scripture in a way that drew out its intrinsic doctrinal structure. This method had two unintended consequences: it drove Milton to an antitrinitarian understanding of the Son of God, and it obliged him to reflect on his own authority as an interpreter and to develop an ecclesiology capable of sifting divine truth from human error.
Consequently, Milton&apos;s Theological Process: Reading de Doctrina Christiana and Paradise Lost (Oxford UP, 2023) explores the complex interplay between Milton&apos;s preconceived theological ideas and his willingness to change his mind as it develops through the layers of revision in the manuscript. Kerr concludes by considering Paradise Lost as a vehicle for Milton&apos;s further reflection on the foundations of theology--and by showing how even the epic presents challenges to the fruits of these reflections. Reading Milton theologically means more than working to ascertain his doctrinal views; it means attending critically to his messy process of evaluating and rethinking the doctrinal views to which his prior study had led him.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>265</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">cadea24c-15ed-11ef-b21f-8fad7e21bbf4</guid>
      <title>Mark Robert Rank, &quot;The Poverty Paradox: Understanding Economic Hardship Amid American Prosperity&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The paradox of poverty amidst plenty has plagued the United States throughout the 21st century--why should the wealthiest country in the world also have the highest rates of poverty among the industrialized nations? Based on his decades-long research and scholarship, one of the nation's leading authorities provides the answer. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190212636"><em>The Poverty Paradox: Understanding Economic Hardship Amid American Prosperity</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023), Mark Robert Rank develops his unique perspective for understanding this puzzle.</p><p>The approach is what he has defined over the years as structural vulnerability. Central to this new way of thinking is the distinction between those who lose out at the economic game versus why the game produces losers in the first place. Americans experiencing poverty tend to have certain characteristics placing them at a greater risk of impoverishment. Yet poverty results not from these factors, but rather from a lack of sufficient opportunities in society. In particular, the shortage of decent paying jobs and a strong safety net are paramount.</p><p>Based upon this understanding, Rank goes on to detail a variety of strategies and programs to effectively alleviate poverty in the future. Implementing these policies has the added benefit of reinforcing several of the nation's most important values and principles. <em>The Poverty Paradox</em> represents a game changing examination of poverty and inequality. It provides the essential blueprint for finally combatting this economic injustice in the years ahead.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 May 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The paradox of poverty amidst plenty has plagued the United States throughout the 21st century--why should the wealthiest country in the world also have the highest rates of poverty among the industrialized nations? Based on his decades-long research and scholarship, one of the nation's leading authorities provides the answer. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190212636"><em>The Poverty Paradox: Understanding Economic Hardship Amid American Prosperity</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023), Mark Robert Rank develops his unique perspective for understanding this puzzle.</p><p>The approach is what he has defined over the years as structural vulnerability. Central to this new way of thinking is the distinction between those who lose out at the economic game versus why the game produces losers in the first place. Americans experiencing poverty tend to have certain characteristics placing them at a greater risk of impoverishment. Yet poverty results not from these factors, but rather from a lack of sufficient opportunities in society. In particular, the shortage of decent paying jobs and a strong safety net are paramount.</p><p>Based upon this understanding, Rank goes on to detail a variety of strategies and programs to effectively alleviate poverty in the future. Implementing these policies has the added benefit of reinforcing several of the nation's most important values and principles. <em>The Poverty Paradox</em> represents a game changing examination of poverty and inequality. It provides the essential blueprint for finally combatting this economic injustice in the years ahead.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="34521597" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/e178bb23-319e-447b-9231-b0aa5781d545/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=e178bb23-319e-447b-9231-b0aa5781d545&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Mark Robert Rank, &quot;The Poverty Paradox: Understanding Economic Hardship Amid American Prosperity&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:35:57</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The paradox of poverty amidst plenty has plagued the United States throughout the 21st century--why should the wealthiest country in the world also have the highest rates of poverty among the industrialized nations? Based on his decades-long research and scholarship, one of the nation&apos;s leading authorities provides the answer. In The Poverty Paradox: Understanding Economic Hardship Amid American Prosperity (Oxford UP, 2023), Mark Robert Rank develops his unique perspective for understanding this puzzle.
The approach is what he has defined over the years as structural vulnerability. Central to this new way of thinking is the distinction between those who lose out at the economic game versus why the game produces losers in the first place. Americans experiencing poverty tend to have certain characteristics placing them at a greater risk of impoverishment. Yet poverty results not from these factors, but rather from a lack of sufficient opportunities in society. In particular, the shortage of decent paying jobs and a strong safety net are paramount.
Based upon this understanding, Rank goes on to detail a variety of strategies and programs to effectively alleviate poverty in the future. Implementing these policies has the added benefit of reinforcing several of the nation&apos;s most important values and principles. The Poverty Paradox represents a game changing examination of poverty and inequality. It provides the essential blueprint for finally combatting this economic injustice in the years ahead.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The paradox of poverty amidst plenty has plagued the United States throughout the 21st century--why should the wealthiest country in the world also have the highest rates of poverty among the industrialized nations? Based on his decades-long research and scholarship, one of the nation&apos;s leading authorities provides the answer. In The Poverty Paradox: Understanding Economic Hardship Amid American Prosperity (Oxford UP, 2023), Mark Robert Rank develops his unique perspective for understanding this puzzle.
The approach is what he has defined over the years as structural vulnerability. Central to this new way of thinking is the distinction between those who lose out at the economic game versus why the game produces losers in the first place. Americans experiencing poverty tend to have certain characteristics placing them at a greater risk of impoverishment. Yet poverty results not from these factors, but rather from a lack of sufficient opportunities in society. In particular, the shortage of decent paying jobs and a strong safety net are paramount.
Based upon this understanding, Rank goes on to detail a variety of strategies and programs to effectively alleviate poverty in the future. Implementing these policies has the added benefit of reinforcing several of the nation&apos;s most important values and principles. The Poverty Paradox represents a game changing examination of poverty and inequality. It provides the essential blueprint for finally combatting this economic injustice in the years ahead.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>360</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f6700e70-151e-11ef-8aaf-072bec18ea68</guid>
      <title>The Rise of English</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197765753"><em>The Rise of English: Global Politics and the Power of Language</em></a>, which has just been reissued in paperback by Oxford University Press, with a new preface.</p><p><em>The Rise of English</em> charts the spread of English as the dominant lingua franca worldwide. The book explores the wide-ranging economic and political effects of English. It examines both the good and harm that English can cause as it increases economic opportunity for some but sidelines others. Overall, the book argues that English can function beneficially as a key component of multilingual ecologies worldwide.</p><p>In the conversation, we explore how the dominance of English has become more contested since the Covid-19 pandemic, particularly in higher education and global knowledge production.</p><p>For additional resources, show notes, and transcripts, go <a href="https://www.languageonthemove.com/podcast/">here</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 May 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197765753"><em>The Rise of English: Global Politics and the Power of Language</em></a>, which has just been reissued in paperback by Oxford University Press, with a new preface.</p><p><em>The Rise of English</em> charts the spread of English as the dominant lingua franca worldwide. The book explores the wide-ranging economic and political effects of English. It examines both the good and harm that English can cause as it increases economic opportunity for some but sidelines others. Overall, the book argues that English can function beneficially as a key component of multilingual ecologies worldwide.</p><p>In the conversation, we explore how the dominance of English has become more contested since the Covid-19 pandemic, particularly in higher education and global knowledge production.</p><p>For additional resources, show notes, and transcripts, go <a href="https://www.languageonthemove.com/podcast/">here</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="41435575" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/ef431163-786c-42ba-9f9a-79371e8fb85c/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=ef431163-786c-42ba-9f9a-79371e8fb85c&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>The Rise of English</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:43:09</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The Rise of English: Global Politics and the Power of Language, which has just been reissued in paperback by Oxford University Press, with a new preface.
The Rise of English charts the spread of English as the dominant lingua franca worldwide. The book explores the wide-ranging economic and political effects of English. It examines both the good and harm that English can cause as it increases economic opportunity for some but sidelines others. Overall, the book argues that English can function beneficially as a key component of multilingual ecologies worldwide.
In the conversation, we explore how the dominance of English has become more contested since the Covid-19 pandemic, particularly in higher education and global knowledge production.
For additional resources, show notes, and transcripts, go here.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The Rise of English: Global Politics and the Power of Language, which has just been reissued in paperback by Oxford University Press, with a new preface.
The Rise of English charts the spread of English as the dominant lingua franca worldwide. The book explores the wide-ranging economic and political effects of English. It examines both the good and harm that English can cause as it increases economic opportunity for some but sidelines others. Overall, the book argues that English can function beneficially as a key component of multilingual ecologies worldwide.
In the conversation, we explore how the dominance of English has become more contested since the Covid-19 pandemic, particularly in higher education and global knowledge production.
For additional resources, show notes, and transcripts, go here.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>17</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">fa0f53de-12e3-11ef-be36-e703e34c195f</guid>
      <title>Lisa Langdon Koch, &quot;Nuclear Decisions: Changing the Course of Nuclear Weapons Programs&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Throughout the nuclear age, states have taken many different paths toward or away from nuclear weapons. These paths have been difficult to predict and cannot be explained simply by a stable or changing security environment. We can make sense of these paths by examining leaders' nuclear decisions. The political decisions state leaders make to accelerate or reverse progress toward nuclear weapons define each state's course. Whether or not a state ultimately acquires nuclear weapons depends to a large extent on those nuclear decisions.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197679531"><em>Nuclear Decisions: Changing the Course of Nuclear Weapons Programs</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2023) offers a novel theory of nuclear decision-making that identifies two mechanisms that shape leaders' understandings of the costs and benefits of their nuclear pursuits.</p><p>The internal mechanism is the intervention of domestic experts in key scientific and military organizations. If the conditions are right, those experts may be able to influence a leader's nuclear decision-making. The external mechanism emerges from the structure and politics of the international system. This book identifies three different proliferation eras, in which changes to international political and structural conditions have constrained or freed states pursuing nuclear weapons development.</p><p>Scholars and practitioners alike will gain new insights from the fascinating case studies of nine states across the three eras. Through this global approach to studying nuclear proliferation, this book pushes back against the conventional wisdom that determined states pursue a straight path to the bomb. Instead, nuclear decisions define a state's nuclear pursuits.</p><p>Our guest today is <a href="https://www.cmc.edu/academic/faculty/profile/lisa-koch">Lisa Langdon Koch</a>, Associate Professor of Government at Claremont McKenna College.</p><p><em>Our host is </em><a href="https://www.eleonoramattiacci.com/home"><em>Eleonora Mattiacci</em></a><em>, Assistant Professor of Political Science at Amherst College and author of "</em><a href="https://www.eleonoramattiacci.com/book-project-1"><em>Volatile States in International Politics</em></a><em>" (Oxford University Press, 2023).</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 May 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Throughout the nuclear age, states have taken many different paths toward or away from nuclear weapons. These paths have been difficult to predict and cannot be explained simply by a stable or changing security environment. We can make sense of these paths by examining leaders' nuclear decisions. The political decisions state leaders make to accelerate or reverse progress toward nuclear weapons define each state's course. Whether or not a state ultimately acquires nuclear weapons depends to a large extent on those nuclear decisions.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197679531"><em>Nuclear Decisions: Changing the Course of Nuclear Weapons Programs</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2023) offers a novel theory of nuclear decision-making that identifies two mechanisms that shape leaders' understandings of the costs and benefits of their nuclear pursuits.</p><p>The internal mechanism is the intervention of domestic experts in key scientific and military organizations. If the conditions are right, those experts may be able to influence a leader's nuclear decision-making. The external mechanism emerges from the structure and politics of the international system. This book identifies three different proliferation eras, in which changes to international political and structural conditions have constrained or freed states pursuing nuclear weapons development.</p><p>Scholars and practitioners alike will gain new insights from the fascinating case studies of nine states across the three eras. Through this global approach to studying nuclear proliferation, this book pushes back against the conventional wisdom that determined states pursue a straight path to the bomb. Instead, nuclear decisions define a state's nuclear pursuits.</p><p>Our guest today is <a href="https://www.cmc.edu/academic/faculty/profile/lisa-koch">Lisa Langdon Koch</a>, Associate Professor of Government at Claremont McKenna College.</p><p><em>Our host is </em><a href="https://www.eleonoramattiacci.com/home"><em>Eleonora Mattiacci</em></a><em>, Assistant Professor of Political Science at Amherst College and author of "</em><a href="https://www.eleonoramattiacci.com/book-project-1"><em>Volatile States in International Politics</em></a><em>" (Oxford University Press, 2023).</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="42669979" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/2555d65f-2a9d-4306-a318-9d1915ffa443/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=2555d65f-2a9d-4306-a318-9d1915ffa443&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Lisa Langdon Koch, &quot;Nuclear Decisions: Changing the Course of Nuclear Weapons Programs&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:44:26</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Throughout the nuclear age, states have taken many different paths toward or away from nuclear weapons. These paths have been difficult to predict and cannot be explained simply by a stable or changing security environment. We can make sense of these paths by examining leaders&apos; nuclear decisions. The political decisions state leaders make to accelerate or reverse progress toward nuclear weapons define each state&apos;s course. Whether or not a state ultimately acquires nuclear weapons depends to a large extent on those nuclear decisions.
Nuclear Decisions: Changing the Course of Nuclear Weapons Programs (Oxford University Press, 2023) offers a novel theory of nuclear decision-making that identifies two mechanisms that shape leaders&apos; understandings of the costs and benefits of their nuclear pursuits.
The internal mechanism is the intervention of domestic experts in key scientific and military organizations. If the conditions are right, those experts may be able to influence a leader&apos;s nuclear decision-making. The external mechanism emerges from the structure and politics of the international system. This book identifies three different proliferation eras, in which changes to international political and structural conditions have constrained or freed states pursuing nuclear weapons development.
Scholars and practitioners alike will gain new insights from the fascinating case studies of nine states across the three eras. Through this global approach to studying nuclear proliferation, this book pushes back against the conventional wisdom that determined states pursue a straight path to the bomb. Instead, nuclear decisions define a state&apos;s nuclear pursuits.
Our guest today is Lisa Langdon Koch, Associate Professor of Government at Claremont McKenna College.
Our host is Eleonora Mattiacci, Assistant Professor of Political Science at Amherst College and author of &quot;Volatile States in International Politics&quot; (Oxford University Press, 2023).</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Throughout the nuclear age, states have taken many different paths toward or away from nuclear weapons. These paths have been difficult to predict and cannot be explained simply by a stable or changing security environment. We can make sense of these paths by examining leaders&apos; nuclear decisions. The political decisions state leaders make to accelerate or reverse progress toward nuclear weapons define each state&apos;s course. Whether or not a state ultimately acquires nuclear weapons depends to a large extent on those nuclear decisions.
Nuclear Decisions: Changing the Course of Nuclear Weapons Programs (Oxford University Press, 2023) offers a novel theory of nuclear decision-making that identifies two mechanisms that shape leaders&apos; understandings of the costs and benefits of their nuclear pursuits.
The internal mechanism is the intervention of domestic experts in key scientific and military organizations. If the conditions are right, those experts may be able to influence a leader&apos;s nuclear decision-making. The external mechanism emerges from the structure and politics of the international system. This book identifies three different proliferation eras, in which changes to international political and structural conditions have constrained or freed states pursuing nuclear weapons development.
Scholars and practitioners alike will gain new insights from the fascinating case studies of nine states across the three eras. Through this global approach to studying nuclear proliferation, this book pushes back against the conventional wisdom that determined states pursue a straight path to the bomb. Instead, nuclear decisions define a state&apos;s nuclear pursuits.
Our guest today is Lisa Langdon Koch, Associate Professor of Government at Claremont McKenna College.
Our host is Eleonora Mattiacci, Assistant Professor of Political Science at Amherst College and author of &quot;Volatile States in International Politics&quot; (Oxford University Press, 2023).</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>94</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a02d6bd4-1212-11ef-b2c3-9fa523ff87a0</guid>
      <title>Douglas L. Reside, &quot;Fixing the Musical: How Technologies Shaped the Broadway Repertory&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Thousands of shows have opened on Broadway. Why do we remember some and not others?</p><p>The musical theatre repertory is not composed of titles popular in the theatre but by those with successful cast recordings, movie versions, or even illegal bootlegs on YouTube. The shows audiences know, and the texts and music they expect to hear when they attend a production, are defined by media consumed at home more than by memories of performances witnessed in the theatre. For example, author Doug Reside shows that it is no accident that the serious book musical with a fixed score developed in the 1940s - when commercially pressed and marketed record albums made it possible to record most of the score of a new musical in a fixed medium. And <em>Hamilton</em>, a musical with dense lyrics and revolutionary musical style, would not have been as easily accessible to world audiences if most hadn't already had the opportunity to learn the score by listening to free digital streams of the original cast recording.</p><p>The technologies that made these media possible developed concurrently with and shaped the American musical as an art form. Reside uncovers how the affordances and limitations of these technologies established a repertory of titles that are most frequently performed and defined by the texts used in these performances.<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190073725"> <em>Fixing the Musical: How Technologies Shaped the Broadway Repertory</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023) argues that the musicals we most remember are those which most effectively used their era's best recording and distribution technologies to document and share the work with those who would never see the original production on Broadway.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 May 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Thousands of shows have opened on Broadway. Why do we remember some and not others?</p><p>The musical theatre repertory is not composed of titles popular in the theatre but by those with successful cast recordings, movie versions, or even illegal bootlegs on YouTube. The shows audiences know, and the texts and music they expect to hear when they attend a production, are defined by media consumed at home more than by memories of performances witnessed in the theatre. For example, author Doug Reside shows that it is no accident that the serious book musical with a fixed score developed in the 1940s - when commercially pressed and marketed record albums made it possible to record most of the score of a new musical in a fixed medium. And <em>Hamilton</em>, a musical with dense lyrics and revolutionary musical style, would not have been as easily accessible to world audiences if most hadn't already had the opportunity to learn the score by listening to free digital streams of the original cast recording.</p><p>The technologies that made these media possible developed concurrently with and shaped the American musical as an art form. Reside uncovers how the affordances and limitations of these technologies established a repertory of titles that are most frequently performed and defined by the texts used in these performances.<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190073725"> <em>Fixing the Musical: How Technologies Shaped the Broadway Repertory</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023) argues that the musicals we most remember are those which most effectively used their era's best recording and distribution technologies to document and share the work with those who would never see the original production on Broadway.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="50553377" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/2e07a37c-2e7a-4a4b-8a42-c6e215690072/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=2e07a37c-2e7a-4a4b-8a42-c6e215690072&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Douglas L. Reside, &quot;Fixing the Musical: How Technologies Shaped the Broadway Repertory&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:52:39</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Thousands of shows have opened on Broadway. Why do we remember some and not others?
The musical theatre repertory is not composed of titles popular in the theatre but by those with successful cast recordings, movie versions, or even illegal bootlegs on YouTube. The shows audiences know, and the texts and music they expect to hear when they attend a production, are defined by media consumed at home more than by memories of performances witnessed in the theatre. For example, author Doug Reside shows that it is no accident that the serious book musical with a fixed score developed in the 1940s - when commercially pressed and marketed record albums made it possible to record most of the score of a new musical in a fixed medium. And Hamilton, a musical with dense lyrics and revolutionary musical style, would not have been as easily accessible to world audiences if most hadn&apos;t already had the opportunity to learn the score by listening to free digital streams of the original cast recording.
The technologies that made these media possible developed concurrently with and shaped the American musical as an art form. Reside uncovers how the affordances and limitations of these technologies established a repertory of titles that are most frequently performed and defined by the texts used in these performances. Fixing the Musical: How Technologies Shaped the Broadway Repertory (Oxford UP, 2023) argues that the musicals we most remember are those which most effectively used their era&apos;s best recording and distribution technologies to document and share the work with those who would never see the original production on Broadway.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Thousands of shows have opened on Broadway. Why do we remember some and not others?
The musical theatre repertory is not composed of titles popular in the theatre but by those with successful cast recordings, movie versions, or even illegal bootlegs on YouTube. The shows audiences know, and the texts and music they expect to hear when they attend a production, are defined by media consumed at home more than by memories of performances witnessed in the theatre. For example, author Doug Reside shows that it is no accident that the serious book musical with a fixed score developed in the 1940s - when commercially pressed and marketed record albums made it possible to record most of the score of a new musical in a fixed medium. And Hamilton, a musical with dense lyrics and revolutionary musical style, would not have been as easily accessible to world audiences if most hadn&apos;t already had the opportunity to learn the score by listening to free digital streams of the original cast recording.
The technologies that made these media possible developed concurrently with and shaped the American musical as an art form. Reside uncovers how the affordances and limitations of these technologies established a repertory of titles that are most frequently performed and defined by the texts used in these performances. Fixing the Musical: How Technologies Shaped the Broadway Repertory (Oxford UP, 2023) argues that the musicals we most remember are those which most effectively used their era&apos;s best recording and distribution technologies to document and share the work with those who would never see the original production on Broadway.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>131</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c7e898a4-0fd0-11ef-a83b-ef3844e05e1d</guid>
      <title>Shelley X. Liu, &quot;Governing After War: Rebel Victories and Post-War Statebuilding&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197696712"><em>Governing After War: Rebel Victories and Post-war Statebuilding</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Shelley X. Liu explores how wartime processes affects post-war state-building efforts when rebels win a civil war and come into power. Post-war governance is a continuation of war--although violence has ceased, the victor must consolidate its control over the state through a process of internal conquest. This means carefully making choices about resource allocation towards development and security. Where does the victor choose to spend, and why? And what are the implications for ultimately consolidating power and preventing conflict recurrence?</p><p>The book examines wartime rebel-civilian ties under rebel governance and explains how these ties--along with rebel governing institutions--shape the rebel victors' post-war various resource allocation strategies to establish control at the sub-national level. In turn, successfully balancing resources dedicated toward development and security helps the victor to consolidate power. The book relies on mixed-methods evidence from Zimbabwe and Liberia, combining interviews, focus groups, and archival data with fine-grained census, administrative, survey, and conflict datasets to provide an in-depth examination of subnational variation in wartime rebel behavior and post-war governing strategies. A comparison of Zimbabwe and Liberia alongside four additional civil wars in Burundi, Rwanda, Côte d'Ivoire, and Angola further demonstrates the importance of wartime civilian tie-formation for post-war control. The argument's central insights point to war and peace as part of a long state-building process, and suggest that the international community should pay attention to sub-national political constraints that new governments face. Her findings offer implications for recent rebel victories and, more broadly, for understanding the termination, trajectories, and political legacies of such conflicts around the world.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 May 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197696712"><em>Governing After War: Rebel Victories and Post-war Statebuilding</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Shelley X. Liu explores how wartime processes affects post-war state-building efforts when rebels win a civil war and come into power. Post-war governance is a continuation of war--although violence has ceased, the victor must consolidate its control over the state through a process of internal conquest. This means carefully making choices about resource allocation towards development and security. Where does the victor choose to spend, and why? And what are the implications for ultimately consolidating power and preventing conflict recurrence?</p><p>The book examines wartime rebel-civilian ties under rebel governance and explains how these ties--along with rebel governing institutions--shape the rebel victors' post-war various resource allocation strategies to establish control at the sub-national level. In turn, successfully balancing resources dedicated toward development and security helps the victor to consolidate power. The book relies on mixed-methods evidence from Zimbabwe and Liberia, combining interviews, focus groups, and archival data with fine-grained census, administrative, survey, and conflict datasets to provide an in-depth examination of subnational variation in wartime rebel behavior and post-war governing strategies. A comparison of Zimbabwe and Liberia alongside four additional civil wars in Burundi, Rwanda, Côte d'Ivoire, and Angola further demonstrates the importance of wartime civilian tie-formation for post-war control. The argument's central insights point to war and peace as part of a long state-building process, and suggest that the international community should pay attention to sub-national political constraints that new governments face. Her findings offer implications for recent rebel victories and, more broadly, for understanding the termination, trajectories, and political legacies of such conflicts around the world.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="39490285" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/2dfa6963-c019-4340-b544-a4713597f649/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=2dfa6963-c019-4340-b544-a4713597f649&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Shelley X. Liu, &quot;Governing After War: Rebel Victories and Post-War Statebuilding&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:41:07</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Governing After War: Rebel Victories and Post-war Statebuilding (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Shelley X. Liu explores how wartime processes affects post-war state-building efforts when rebels win a civil war and come into power. Post-war governance is a continuation of war--although violence has ceased, the victor must consolidate its control over the state through a process of internal conquest. This means carefully making choices about resource allocation towards development and security. Where does the victor choose to spend, and why? And what are the implications for ultimately consolidating power and preventing conflict recurrence?
The book examines wartime rebel-civilian ties under rebel governance and explains how these ties--along with rebel governing institutions--shape the rebel victors&apos; post-war various resource allocation strategies to establish control at the sub-national level. In turn, successfully balancing resources dedicated toward development and security helps the victor to consolidate power. The book relies on mixed-methods evidence from Zimbabwe and Liberia, combining interviews, focus groups, and archival data with fine-grained census, administrative, survey, and conflict datasets to provide an in-depth examination of subnational variation in wartime rebel behavior and post-war governing strategies. A comparison of Zimbabwe and Liberia alongside four additional civil wars in Burundi, Rwanda, Côte d&apos;Ivoire, and Angola further demonstrates the importance of wartime civilian tie-formation for post-war control. The argument&apos;s central insights point to war and peace as part of a long state-building process, and suggest that the international community should pay attention to sub-national political constraints that new governments face. Her findings offer implications for recent rebel victories and, more broadly, for understanding the termination, trajectories, and political legacies of such conflicts around the world.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Governing After War: Rebel Victories and Post-war Statebuilding (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Shelley X. Liu explores how wartime processes affects post-war state-building efforts when rebels win a civil war and come into power. Post-war governance is a continuation of war--although violence has ceased, the victor must consolidate its control over the state through a process of internal conquest. This means carefully making choices about resource allocation towards development and security. Where does the victor choose to spend, and why? And what are the implications for ultimately consolidating power and preventing conflict recurrence?
The book examines wartime rebel-civilian ties under rebel governance and explains how these ties--along with rebel governing institutions--shape the rebel victors&apos; post-war various resource allocation strategies to establish control at the sub-national level. In turn, successfully balancing resources dedicated toward development and security helps the victor to consolidate power. The book relies on mixed-methods evidence from Zimbabwe and Liberia, combining interviews, focus groups, and archival data with fine-grained census, administrative, survey, and conflict datasets to provide an in-depth examination of subnational variation in wartime rebel behavior and post-war governing strategies. A comparison of Zimbabwe and Liberia alongside four additional civil wars in Burundi, Rwanda, Côte d&apos;Ivoire, and Angola further demonstrates the importance of wartime civilian tie-formation for post-war control. The argument&apos;s central insights point to war and peace as part of a long state-building process, and suggest that the international community should pay attention to sub-national political constraints that new governments face. Her findings offer implications for recent rebel victories and, more broadly, for understanding the termination, trajectories, and political legacies of such conflicts around the world.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>717</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a890c3d8-0ef8-11ef-a37a-1fd846a700a8</guid>
      <title>Alyxandra Vesey, &quot;Extending Play: The Feminization of Collaborative Music Merchandise in the Early Twenty-First Century&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Despite the hypervisibility of a constellation of female pop stars, the music business is structured around gender inequality. As a result, women in the music industry often seize on self-branding opportunities in fashion, cosmetics, food, and technology for the purposes of professional longevity. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190085643"><em>Extending Play: The Feminization of Collaborative Music Merchandise in the Early Twenty-First Century</em> </a>(Oxford UP, 2023) examines the ubiquity of brand partnerships in the contemporary music industry through the lens of feminized labor, to demonstrate how female artists use them as a resource for artistic expression and to articulate forms of popular feminism through self-commodification. In this book, author Alyxandra Vesey examines this type of promotional work and examines its proliferation in the early 21st century.</p><p>Though brand partnerships exist across all media industries, they are a distinct phenomenon for the music business because of their associations with fan club merchandise, concert merchandise, and lifestyle branding, often foregrounding women's participation in shaping these economies through fan labor and image management. Through textual and discourse analysis of artists' songs, music videos, interviews, social media usage, promotional campaigns, marketing strategies, and business decisions, <em>Extending Play</em> investigates how female musicians co-create branded feminine-coded products like perfume, clothes, makeup, and cookbooks and masculine-coded products like music equipment as resources to work through their own ideas about gender and femininity as workers in industries that often use sexism and ageism to diminish women's creative authority and diminish the value of the recording in order to incentivize musicians to internalize the demands of industrial convergence.</p><p>By merging star studies, popular music studies, and media industry studies, <em>Extending Play </em>proposes an integrated methodology for approaching contemporary cultural history that demonstrates how female-identified musicians have operated as both a hub for industrial convergence and as music industry professionals who use their extramusical skills to reassert their creative acumen.</p><p>Alyxandra Vesey is Assistant Professor in Journalism and Creative Media at the University of Alabama. Her research focuses on the gendered dynamics of creative labor in the music industries. Her work has appeared in <em>Journal of Cinema and Media Studies, Feminist Media Studies, Television and New Media, Journal of Popular Music Studies, Camera Obscura, Velvet Light Trap, and Emergent Feminisms: Complicating a Postfeminist Media Culture. </em>Alyxandra on <a href="https://twitter.com/its_vee_zee">Twitter</a>.</p><p><a href="https://www.bradley-morgan.com/"><em>Bradley Morgan</em></a><em> is a media arts professional in Chicago and author of </em><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9781493061174"><em>U2's The Joshua Tree: Planting Roots in Mythic America</em></a><em>. He manages partnerships on behalf of CHIRP Radio 107.1 FM, serves as a co-chair of the associate board at the Gene Siskel Film Center of the School of the Art Institute of Chicago, and volunteers in the music archive at the Old Town School of Folk Music. Bradley Morgan on </em><a href="https://twitter.com/bradleysmorgan"><em>Twitter</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 11 May 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Despite the hypervisibility of a constellation of female pop stars, the music business is structured around gender inequality. As a result, women in the music industry often seize on self-branding opportunities in fashion, cosmetics, food, and technology for the purposes of professional longevity. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190085643"><em>Extending Play: The Feminization of Collaborative Music Merchandise in the Early Twenty-First Century</em> </a>(Oxford UP, 2023) examines the ubiquity of brand partnerships in the contemporary music industry through the lens of feminized labor, to demonstrate how female artists use them as a resource for artistic expression and to articulate forms of popular feminism through self-commodification. In this book, author Alyxandra Vesey examines this type of promotional work and examines its proliferation in the early 21st century.</p><p>Though brand partnerships exist across all media industries, they are a distinct phenomenon for the music business because of their associations with fan club merchandise, concert merchandise, and lifestyle branding, often foregrounding women's participation in shaping these economies through fan labor and image management. Through textual and discourse analysis of artists' songs, music videos, interviews, social media usage, promotional campaigns, marketing strategies, and business decisions, <em>Extending Play</em> investigates how female musicians co-create branded feminine-coded products like perfume, clothes, makeup, and cookbooks and masculine-coded products like music equipment as resources to work through their own ideas about gender and femininity as workers in industries that often use sexism and ageism to diminish women's creative authority and diminish the value of the recording in order to incentivize musicians to internalize the demands of industrial convergence.</p><p>By merging star studies, popular music studies, and media industry studies, <em>Extending Play </em>proposes an integrated methodology for approaching contemporary cultural history that demonstrates how female-identified musicians have operated as both a hub for industrial convergence and as music industry professionals who use their extramusical skills to reassert their creative acumen.</p><p>Alyxandra Vesey is Assistant Professor in Journalism and Creative Media at the University of Alabama. Her research focuses on the gendered dynamics of creative labor in the music industries. Her work has appeared in <em>Journal of Cinema and Media Studies, Feminist Media Studies, Television and New Media, Journal of Popular Music Studies, Camera Obscura, Velvet Light Trap, and Emergent Feminisms: Complicating a Postfeminist Media Culture. </em>Alyxandra on <a href="https://twitter.com/its_vee_zee">Twitter</a>.</p><p><a href="https://www.bradley-morgan.com/"><em>Bradley Morgan</em></a><em> is a media arts professional in Chicago and author of </em><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9781493061174"><em>U2's The Joshua Tree: Planting Roots in Mythic America</em></a><em>. He manages partnerships on behalf of CHIRP Radio 107.1 FM, serves as a co-chair of the associate board at the Gene Siskel Film Center of the School of the Art Institute of Chicago, and volunteers in the music archive at the Old Town School of Folk Music. Bradley Morgan on </em><a href="https://twitter.com/bradleysmorgan"><em>Twitter</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="81271761" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/a1343018-d484-414a-8d05-b994c298f78b/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=a1343018-d484-414a-8d05-b994c298f78b&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Alyxandra Vesey, &quot;Extending Play: The Feminization of Collaborative Music Merchandise in the Early Twenty-First Century&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:24:39</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Despite the hypervisibility of a constellation of female pop stars, the music business is structured around gender inequality. As a result, women in the music industry often seize on self-branding opportunities in fashion, cosmetics, food, and technology for the purposes of professional longevity. Extending Play: The Feminization of Collaborative Music Merchandise in the Early Twenty-First Century (Oxford UP, 2023) examines the ubiquity of brand partnerships in the contemporary music industry through the lens of feminized labor, to demonstrate how female artists use them as a resource for artistic expression and to articulate forms of popular feminism through self-commodification. In this book, author Alyxandra Vesey examines this type of promotional work and examines its proliferation in the early 21st century.
Though brand partnerships exist across all media industries, they are a distinct phenomenon for the music business because of their associations with fan club merchandise, concert merchandise, and lifestyle branding, often foregrounding women&apos;s participation in shaping these economies through fan labor and image management. Through textual and discourse analysis of artists&apos; songs, music videos, interviews, social media usage, promotional campaigns, marketing strategies, and business decisions, Extending Play investigates how female musicians co-create branded feminine-coded products like perfume, clothes, makeup, and cookbooks and masculine-coded products like music equipment as resources to work through their own ideas about gender and femininity as workers in industries that often use sexism and ageism to diminish women&apos;s creative authority and diminish the value of the recording in order to incentivize musicians to internalize the demands of industrial convergence.
By merging star studies, popular music studies, and media industry studies, Extending Play proposes an integrated methodology for approaching contemporary cultural history that demonstrates how female-identified musicians have operated as both a hub for industrial convergence and as music industry professionals who use their extramusical skills to reassert their creative acumen.
Alyxandra Vesey is Assistant Professor in Journalism and Creative Media at the University of Alabama. Her research focuses on the gendered dynamics of creative labor in the music industries. Her work has appeared in Journal of Cinema and Media Studies, Feminist Media Studies, Television and New Media, Journal of Popular Music Studies, Camera Obscura, Velvet Light Trap, and Emergent Feminisms: Complicating a Postfeminist Media Culture. Alyxandra on Twitter.
Bradley Morgan is a media arts professional in Chicago and author of U2&apos;s The Joshua Tree: Planting Roots in Mythic America. He manages partnerships on behalf of CHIRP Radio 107.1 FM, serves as a co-chair of the associate board at the Gene Siskel Film Center of the School of the Art Institute of Chicago, and volunteers in the music archive at the Old Town School of Folk Music. Bradley Morgan on Twitter.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Despite the hypervisibility of a constellation of female pop stars, the music business is structured around gender inequality. As a result, women in the music industry often seize on self-branding opportunities in fashion, cosmetics, food, and technology for the purposes of professional longevity. Extending Play: The Feminization of Collaborative Music Merchandise in the Early Twenty-First Century (Oxford UP, 2023) examines the ubiquity of brand partnerships in the contemporary music industry through the lens of feminized labor, to demonstrate how female artists use them as a resource for artistic expression and to articulate forms of popular feminism through self-commodification. In this book, author Alyxandra Vesey examines this type of promotional work and examines its proliferation in the early 21st century.
Though brand partnerships exist across all media industries, they are a distinct phenomenon for the music business because of their associations with fan club merchandise, concert merchandise, and lifestyle branding, often foregrounding women&apos;s participation in shaping these economies through fan labor and image management. Through textual and discourse analysis of artists&apos; songs, music videos, interviews, social media usage, promotional campaigns, marketing strategies, and business decisions, Extending Play investigates how female musicians co-create branded feminine-coded products like perfume, clothes, makeup, and cookbooks and masculine-coded products like music equipment as resources to work through their own ideas about gender and femininity as workers in industries that often use sexism and ageism to diminish women&apos;s creative authority and diminish the value of the recording in order to incentivize musicians to internalize the demands of industrial convergence.
By merging star studies, popular music studies, and media industry studies, Extending Play proposes an integrated methodology for approaching contemporary cultural history that demonstrates how female-identified musicians have operated as both a hub for industrial convergence and as music industry professionals who use their extramusical skills to reassert their creative acumen.
Alyxandra Vesey is Assistant Professor in Journalism and Creative Media at the University of Alabama. Her research focuses on the gendered dynamics of creative labor in the music industries. Her work has appeared in Journal of Cinema and Media Studies, Feminist Media Studies, Television and New Media, Journal of Popular Music Studies, Camera Obscura, Velvet Light Trap, and Emergent Feminisms: Complicating a Postfeminist Media Culture. Alyxandra on Twitter.
Bradley Morgan is a media arts professional in Chicago and author of U2&apos;s The Joshua Tree: Planting Roots in Mythic America. He manages partnerships on behalf of CHIRP Radio 107.1 FM, serves as a co-chair of the associate board at the Gene Siskel Film Center of the School of the Art Institute of Chicago, and volunteers in the music archive at the Old Town School of Folk Music. Bradley Morgan on Twitter.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>238</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1932accc-0e2d-11ef-b1d9-4f484a095dba</guid>
      <title>Robert K. D. Colby, &quot;An Unholy Traffic: Slave Trading in the Civil War South&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The Confederate States of America was born in defense of slavery and, after a four-year struggle to become an independent slaveholding republic, died as emancipation dawned. Between Fort Sumter to Appomattox, Confederates bought and sold thousands African American men, women, and children. These transactions in humanity made the internal slave trade a cornerstone of Confederate society, a bulwark of the Rebel economy, and a central part of the experience of the Civil War for all inhabiting the American South.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197578261"><em>An Unholy Traffic: Slave Trading in the Civil War South</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024) shows, slave trading helped Southerners survive and fight the Civil War, as well as to build the future for which they fought. They mitigated the crises the war spawned by buying and selling enslaved people, using this commerce to navigate food shortages, unsettled gender roles, the demands of military service, and other hardships on the homefront. Some Rebels speculated wildly in human property, investing in slaves to ward off inflation and to buy shares in the slaveholding nation they hoped to create. Others traded people to counter the advance of emancipation. Given its centrality to their nationhood, Confederates went to great lengths to prolong the slave trade, which, in turn, supported the Confederacy. For those held in slavery, the surviving slave trade dramatically shaped their pursuit of freedom, inserting a retrograde movement into some people's journeys toward liberty while inspiring others to make the risky decision to escape.</p><p>Offering an original perspective on the intersections of slavery, capitalism, the Civil War, and emancipation, Robert K.D. Colby illuminates the place of the peculiar institution within the Confederate mind, the ways in which it underpinned the CSA's war effort, and its impact on those attempting to seize their freedom.</p><p><em>Omari Averette-Phillips is a doctoral student in the Department of History at UC Davis. He can be reached at </em><a href="mailto:omariaverette@gmail.com"><em>omariaverette@gmail.com</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 10 May 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The Confederate States of America was born in defense of slavery and, after a four-year struggle to become an independent slaveholding republic, died as emancipation dawned. Between Fort Sumter to Appomattox, Confederates bought and sold thousands African American men, women, and children. These transactions in humanity made the internal slave trade a cornerstone of Confederate society, a bulwark of the Rebel economy, and a central part of the experience of the Civil War for all inhabiting the American South.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197578261"><em>An Unholy Traffic: Slave Trading in the Civil War South</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024) shows, slave trading helped Southerners survive and fight the Civil War, as well as to build the future for which they fought. They mitigated the crises the war spawned by buying and selling enslaved people, using this commerce to navigate food shortages, unsettled gender roles, the demands of military service, and other hardships on the homefront. Some Rebels speculated wildly in human property, investing in slaves to ward off inflation and to buy shares in the slaveholding nation they hoped to create. Others traded people to counter the advance of emancipation. Given its centrality to their nationhood, Confederates went to great lengths to prolong the slave trade, which, in turn, supported the Confederacy. For those held in slavery, the surviving slave trade dramatically shaped their pursuit of freedom, inserting a retrograde movement into some people's journeys toward liberty while inspiring others to make the risky decision to escape.</p><p>Offering an original perspective on the intersections of slavery, capitalism, the Civil War, and emancipation, Robert K.D. Colby illuminates the place of the peculiar institution within the Confederate mind, the ways in which it underpinned the CSA's war effort, and its impact on those attempting to seize their freedom.</p><p><em>Omari Averette-Phillips is a doctoral student in the Department of History at UC Davis. He can be reached at </em><a href="mailto:omariaverette@gmail.com"><em>omariaverette@gmail.com</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="42773911" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/b3127499-8653-4971-bd4e-2dd29d91e0f3/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=b3127499-8653-4971-bd4e-2dd29d91e0f3&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Robert K. D. Colby, &quot;An Unholy Traffic: Slave Trading in the Civil War South&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:44:33</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The Confederate States of America was born in defense of slavery and, after a four-year struggle to become an independent slaveholding republic, died as emancipation dawned. Between Fort Sumter to Appomattox, Confederates bought and sold thousands African American men, women, and children. These transactions in humanity made the internal slave trade a cornerstone of Confederate society, a bulwark of the Rebel economy, and a central part of the experience of the Civil War for all inhabiting the American South.
An Unholy Traffic: Slave Trading in the Civil War South (Oxford UP, 2024) shows, slave trading helped Southerners survive and fight the Civil War, as well as to build the future for which they fought. They mitigated the crises the war spawned by buying and selling enslaved people, using this commerce to navigate food shortages, unsettled gender roles, the demands of military service, and other hardships on the homefront. Some Rebels speculated wildly in human property, investing in slaves to ward off inflation and to buy shares in the slaveholding nation they hoped to create. Others traded people to counter the advance of emancipation. Given its centrality to their nationhood, Confederates went to great lengths to prolong the slave trade, which, in turn, supported the Confederacy. For those held in slavery, the surviving slave trade dramatically shaped their pursuit of freedom, inserting a retrograde movement into some people&apos;s journeys toward liberty while inspiring others to make the risky decision to escape.
Offering an original perspective on the intersections of slavery, capitalism, the Civil War, and emancipation, Robert K.D. Colby illuminates the place of the peculiar institution within the Confederate mind, the ways in which it underpinned the CSA&apos;s war effort, and its impact on those attempting to seize their freedom.
Omari Averette-Phillips is a doctoral student in the Department of History at UC Davis. He can be reached at omariaverette@gmail.com.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The Confederate States of America was born in defense of slavery and, after a four-year struggle to become an independent slaveholding republic, died as emancipation dawned. Between Fort Sumter to Appomattox, Confederates bought and sold thousands African American men, women, and children. These transactions in humanity made the internal slave trade a cornerstone of Confederate society, a bulwark of the Rebel economy, and a central part of the experience of the Civil War for all inhabiting the American South.
An Unholy Traffic: Slave Trading in the Civil War South (Oxford UP, 2024) shows, slave trading helped Southerners survive and fight the Civil War, as well as to build the future for which they fought. They mitigated the crises the war spawned by buying and selling enslaved people, using this commerce to navigate food shortages, unsettled gender roles, the demands of military service, and other hardships on the homefront. Some Rebels speculated wildly in human property, investing in slaves to ward off inflation and to buy shares in the slaveholding nation they hoped to create. Others traded people to counter the advance of emancipation. Given its centrality to their nationhood, Confederates went to great lengths to prolong the slave trade, which, in turn, supported the Confederacy. For those held in slavery, the surviving slave trade dramatically shaped their pursuit of freedom, inserting a retrograde movement into some people&apos;s journeys toward liberty while inspiring others to make the risky decision to escape.
Offering an original perspective on the intersections of slavery, capitalism, the Civil War, and emancipation, Robert K.D. Colby illuminates the place of the peculiar institution within the Confederate mind, the ways in which it underpinned the CSA&apos;s war effort, and its impact on those attempting to seize their freedom.
Omari Averette-Phillips is a doctoral student in the Department of History at UC Davis. He can be reached at omariaverette@gmail.com.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>458</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d6de6164-0cb4-11ef-a943-93f19ab49933</guid>
      <title>Ian Johnson, &quot;Sparks: China&apos;s Underground Historians and Their Battle for the Future&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Even as most contemporary states look to history in order to legitimize their existence in some way or other, the past – and narrations of it – hold particular weight in China. This is not a new phenomenon, for which pasts to elevate and which to suppress has long been a concern for both intellectuals and those seeking to rule the states and empires which have occupied the space now forming the People’s Republic of China.</p><p>Today’s Chinese Communist Party under Xi Jinping is no exception to this, and indeed is making unusually strenuous efforts to circumscribe an acceptable vision of the past. Yet, as Ian Johnson’s beautifully put together and captivatingly written new book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197575505"><em>Sparks: China's Underground Historians and Their Battle for the Future</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023) shows, no small number of scholars, film-makers, artists, writers and researchers continue to work to ensure that less convenient histories endure into the future. Based on years of research and experience, this is a powerful – and ultimately cautiously hopeful – book about the possibility for ordinary people to keep hold of often-painful but vitally important pasts. Working to make this more likely, Ian Johnson also heads the <a href="https://minjian-danganguan.org/">China Unofficial Archives project</a>.</p><p><a href="https://www.research.manchester.ac.uk/portal/ed.pulford.html"><em>Ed Pulford</em></a><em> is an Anthropologist and Senior Lecturer in Chinese Studies at the University of Manchester. His research focuses on friendships and histories between the Chinese, Korean and Russian worlds, and socialism and empire in Eurasia.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 9 May 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Even as most contemporary states look to history in order to legitimize their existence in some way or other, the past – and narrations of it – hold particular weight in China. This is not a new phenomenon, for which pasts to elevate and which to suppress has long been a concern for both intellectuals and those seeking to rule the states and empires which have occupied the space now forming the People’s Republic of China.</p><p>Today’s Chinese Communist Party under Xi Jinping is no exception to this, and indeed is making unusually strenuous efforts to circumscribe an acceptable vision of the past. Yet, as Ian Johnson’s beautifully put together and captivatingly written new book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197575505"><em>Sparks: China's Underground Historians and Their Battle for the Future</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023) shows, no small number of scholars, film-makers, artists, writers and researchers continue to work to ensure that less convenient histories endure into the future. Based on years of research and experience, this is a powerful – and ultimately cautiously hopeful – book about the possibility for ordinary people to keep hold of often-painful but vitally important pasts. Working to make this more likely, Ian Johnson also heads the <a href="https://minjian-danganguan.org/">China Unofficial Archives project</a>.</p><p><a href="https://www.research.manchester.ac.uk/portal/ed.pulford.html"><em>Ed Pulford</em></a><em> is an Anthropologist and Senior Lecturer in Chinese Studies at the University of Manchester. His research focuses on friendships and histories between the Chinese, Korean and Russian worlds, and socialism and empire in Eurasia.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="60043961" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/6e2849cb-7515-4a4a-accf-86de558db648/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=6e2849cb-7515-4a4a-accf-86de558db648&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Ian Johnson, &quot;Sparks: China&apos;s Underground Historians and Their Battle for the Future&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:02:32</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Even as most contemporary states look to history in order to legitimize their existence in some way or other, the past – and narrations of it – hold particular weight in China. This is not a new phenomenon, for which pasts to elevate and which to suppress has long been a concern for both intellectuals and those seeking to rule the states and empires which have occupied the space now forming the People’s Republic of China.
Today’s Chinese Communist Party under Xi Jinping is no exception to this, and indeed is making unusually strenuous efforts to circumscribe an acceptable vision of the past. Yet, as Ian Johnson’s beautifully put together and captivatingly written new book Sparks: China&apos;s Underground Historians and Their Battle for the Future (Oxford UP, 2023) shows, no small number of scholars, film-makers, artists, writers and researchers continue to work to ensure that less convenient histories endure into the future. Based on years of research and experience, this is a powerful – and ultimately cautiously hopeful – book about the possibility for ordinary people to keep hold of often-painful but vitally important pasts. Working to make this more likely, Ian Johnson also heads the China Unofficial Archives project.
Ed Pulford is an Anthropologist and Senior Lecturer in Chinese Studies at the University of Manchester. His research focuses on friendships and histories between the Chinese, Korean and Russian worlds, and socialism and empire in Eurasia.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Even as most contemporary states look to history in order to legitimize their existence in some way or other, the past – and narrations of it – hold particular weight in China. This is not a new phenomenon, for which pasts to elevate and which to suppress has long been a concern for both intellectuals and those seeking to rule the states and empires which have occupied the space now forming the People’s Republic of China.
Today’s Chinese Communist Party under Xi Jinping is no exception to this, and indeed is making unusually strenuous efforts to circumscribe an acceptable vision of the past. Yet, as Ian Johnson’s beautifully put together and captivatingly written new book Sparks: China&apos;s Underground Historians and Their Battle for the Future (Oxford UP, 2023) shows, no small number of scholars, film-makers, artists, writers and researchers continue to work to ensure that less convenient histories endure into the future. Based on years of research and experience, this is a powerful – and ultimately cautiously hopeful – book about the possibility for ordinary people to keep hold of often-painful but vitally important pasts. Working to make this more likely, Ian Johnson also heads the China Unofficial Archives project.
Ed Pulford is an Anthropologist and Senior Lecturer in Chinese Studies at the University of Manchester. His research focuses on friendships and histories between the Chinese, Korean and Russian worlds, and socialism and empire in Eurasia.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>527</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b1f73b5c-0bea-11ef-a863-8fd299d3d333</guid>
      <title>Hemjyoti Medhi, &quot;Gendered Publics: Chandraprava Saikiani and the Mahila Samiti in Colonial Assam&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780199482900"><em>Gendered Publics: Chandraprava Saikiani and the Mahila Samiti in Colonial Assam</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024) is a first-of-its-kind comprehensive appraisal of the relatively unexplored but highly impactful women’s associations, the Assam Mahila Samiti (1926 cont.) which led one of the most remarkable women’s movements in colonial India; Sucheta Kripalani praised it as the ‘largest democratic women’s association in India’ in 1949. Central to the Assam Mahila Samiti story is its founding Secretary, the firebrand feminist Chandraprava Saikiani (1901–72), who while being an unwed mother and belonging to a lower caste, was a celebrated writer, mobilizer, and publisher. The book traverses these individual and collective journeys from the 1920s to the 1950s and explores how women’s movements evolve in conversation/contestation with both traditional spaces such as naam kirtan and contemporary ones of tribal-caste associations, anti-colonial movements, and international ideological paradigms such as the Bolshevik revolution. </p><p>The book also plots through specific examples, such as the controversy surrounding the Samiti’s serving of a legal notice to a groom in 1934 to stop child marriage, to argue that gender may not function merely as constitutive of the public, but women’s collectives may shape, transform, and orchestrate a veritable gendered public, resistant to both native patriarchy and sometimes to colonial authority. The study makes crucial methodological intervention through an interdisciplinary approach by constantly juxtaposing print sources with handwritten minutes of early mahila samiti meetings, performative spaces such as women’s singing of naam kirtan and women’s weaving, and women’s memory (recorded as part of a digital archive of the mahila samitis in Assam).</p><p><em>Rituparna Patgiri has a PhD in Sociology from Jawaharlal Nehru University (JNU), New Delhi. Her research interests lie in the areas of food, media, gender and public. She is also one of the co-founders of </em><a href="https://doingsociology.org/"><em>Doing Sociology</em></a><em>. Patgiri can be reached at @Rituparna37 on Twitter.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 8 May 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780199482900"><em>Gendered Publics: Chandraprava Saikiani and the Mahila Samiti in Colonial Assam</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024) is a first-of-its-kind comprehensive appraisal of the relatively unexplored but highly impactful women’s associations, the Assam Mahila Samiti (1926 cont.) which led one of the most remarkable women’s movements in colonial India; Sucheta Kripalani praised it as the ‘largest democratic women’s association in India’ in 1949. Central to the Assam Mahila Samiti story is its founding Secretary, the firebrand feminist Chandraprava Saikiani (1901–72), who while being an unwed mother and belonging to a lower caste, was a celebrated writer, mobilizer, and publisher. The book traverses these individual and collective journeys from the 1920s to the 1950s and explores how women’s movements evolve in conversation/contestation with both traditional spaces such as naam kirtan and contemporary ones of tribal-caste associations, anti-colonial movements, and international ideological paradigms such as the Bolshevik revolution. </p><p>The book also plots through specific examples, such as the controversy surrounding the Samiti’s serving of a legal notice to a groom in 1934 to stop child marriage, to argue that gender may not function merely as constitutive of the public, but women’s collectives may shape, transform, and orchestrate a veritable gendered public, resistant to both native patriarchy and sometimes to colonial authority. The study makes crucial methodological intervention through an interdisciplinary approach by constantly juxtaposing print sources with handwritten minutes of early mahila samiti meetings, performative spaces such as women’s singing of naam kirtan and women’s weaving, and women’s memory (recorded as part of a digital archive of the mahila samitis in Assam).</p><p><em>Rituparna Patgiri has a PhD in Sociology from Jawaharlal Nehru University (JNU), New Delhi. Her research interests lie in the areas of food, media, gender and public. She is also one of the co-founders of </em><a href="https://doingsociology.org/"><em>Doing Sociology</em></a><em>. Patgiri can be reached at @Rituparna37 on Twitter.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="62309819" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/44f9e6d7-91d9-42f0-9d63-671bee281ca7/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=44f9e6d7-91d9-42f0-9d63-671bee281ca7&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Hemjyoti Medhi, &quot;Gendered Publics: Chandraprava Saikiani and the Mahila Samiti in Colonial Assam&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:04:54</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Gendered Publics: Chandraprava Saikiani and the Mahila Samiti in Colonial Assam (Oxford UP, 2024) is a first-of-its-kind comprehensive appraisal of the relatively unexplored but highly impactful women’s associations, the Assam Mahila Samiti (1926 cont.) which led one of the most remarkable women’s movements in colonial India; Sucheta Kripalani praised it as the ‘largest democratic women’s association in India’ in 1949. Central to the Assam Mahila Samiti story is its founding Secretary, the firebrand feminist Chandraprava Saikiani (1901–72), who while being an unwed mother and belonging to a lower caste, was a celebrated writer, mobilizer, and publisher. The book traverses these individual and collective journeys from the 1920s to the 1950s and explores how women’s movements evolve in conversation/contestation with both traditional spaces such as naam kirtan and contemporary ones of tribal-caste associations, anti-colonial movements, and international ideological paradigms such as the Bolshevik revolution. 
The book also plots through specific examples, such as the controversy surrounding the Samiti’s serving of a legal notice to a groom in 1934 to stop child marriage, to argue that gender may not function merely as constitutive of the public, but women’s collectives may shape, transform, and orchestrate a veritable gendered public, resistant to both native patriarchy and sometimes to colonial authority. The study makes crucial methodological intervention through an interdisciplinary approach by constantly juxtaposing print sources with handwritten minutes of early mahila samiti meetings, performative spaces such as women’s singing of naam kirtan and women’s weaving, and women’s memory (recorded as part of a digital archive of the mahila samitis in Assam).
Rituparna Patgiri has a PhD in Sociology from Jawaharlal Nehru University (JNU), New Delhi. Her research interests lie in the areas of food, media, gender and public. She is also one of the co-founders of Doing Sociology. Patgiri can be reached at @Rituparna37 on Twitter.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Gendered Publics: Chandraprava Saikiani and the Mahila Samiti in Colonial Assam (Oxford UP, 2024) is a first-of-its-kind comprehensive appraisal of the relatively unexplored but highly impactful women’s associations, the Assam Mahila Samiti (1926 cont.) which led one of the most remarkable women’s movements in colonial India; Sucheta Kripalani praised it as the ‘largest democratic women’s association in India’ in 1949. Central to the Assam Mahila Samiti story is its founding Secretary, the firebrand feminist Chandraprava Saikiani (1901–72), who while being an unwed mother and belonging to a lower caste, was a celebrated writer, mobilizer, and publisher. The book traverses these individual and collective journeys from the 1920s to the 1950s and explores how women’s movements evolve in conversation/contestation with both traditional spaces such as naam kirtan and contemporary ones of tribal-caste associations, anti-colonial movements, and international ideological paradigms such as the Bolshevik revolution. 
The book also plots through specific examples, such as the controversy surrounding the Samiti’s serving of a legal notice to a groom in 1934 to stop child marriage, to argue that gender may not function merely as constitutive of the public, but women’s collectives may shape, transform, and orchestrate a veritable gendered public, resistant to both native patriarchy and sometimes to colonial authority. The study makes crucial methodological intervention through an interdisciplinary approach by constantly juxtaposing print sources with handwritten minutes of early mahila samiti meetings, performative spaces such as women’s singing of naam kirtan and women’s weaving, and women’s memory (recorded as part of a digital archive of the mahila samitis in Assam).
Rituparna Patgiri has a PhD in Sociology from Jawaharlal Nehru University (JNU), New Delhi. Her research interests lie in the areas of food, media, gender and public. She is also one of the co-founders of Doing Sociology. Patgiri can be reached at @Rituparna37 on Twitter.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>357</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">eaed3a1e-0984-11ef-b05b-1f89678d8f57</guid>
      <title>Tanisha M. Fazal, &quot;Military Medicine and the Hidden Costs of War&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Decisions to go to war are often framed in cost-benefit terms, and typically such assessments do not factor in longer term costs. However, recent dramatic improvements in American military medicine have had an unanticipated effect: saving more soldiers' lives has vastly increased long-term, downstream costs of war with profound consequences for global politics in an era of heightened great power competition.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190057473"><em>Military Medicine and the Hidden Costs of War</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024), Tanisha Fazal traces the modern history of medical treatment and casualty rates in American conflicts from the Civil War to the more recent counterinsurgency wars. As she shows, wars became increasingly survivable for wounded troops, to the point now where a large majority of wounded soldiers survive. </p><p>Yet the human and financial implications of this steep increase in the wounded-to-killed ratio are dramatic, and her powerful analysis of this shift provides a necessary corrective to how we understand the costs of war. For each major conflict, Fazal analyzes the weapons used, injuries sustained, and policies put in place for veterans' care and pensions. As she argues, these improvements have significant financial and deeply personal implications for the returned wounded and their families, as well as the US government and its citizenry. Fazal's analysis highlights the significance of policymakers underestimating the costs of war, which in turn makes it easier both to initiate and continue military action abroad, contributing to Americas' penchant for engaging in so-called "endless wars."</p><p>Tanisha Fazal is a Professor of Political Science at the University of Minnesota. Her scholarship focuses on sovereignty, international law, and armed conflict. In addition to her new book, she is the author of two award-winning books and numerous articles in academic and policy journals. From 2021-2023, she was an Andrew Carnegie Fellow</p><p><a href="https://labdelaa.expressions.syr.edu/"><em>Lamis Abdelaaty</em></a><em> is an associate professor of political science at the Maxwell School of Syracuse University. She is the author of </em><a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/discrimination-and-delegation-9780197530061"><em>Discrimination and Delegation: Explaining State Responses to Refugees</em></a><em> (Oxford University Press, 2021). Email her comments at </em><a href="mailto:labdelaa@syr.edu"><em>labdelaa@syr.edu</em></a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 5 May 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Decisions to go to war are often framed in cost-benefit terms, and typically such assessments do not factor in longer term costs. However, recent dramatic improvements in American military medicine have had an unanticipated effect: saving more soldiers' lives has vastly increased long-term, downstream costs of war with profound consequences for global politics in an era of heightened great power competition.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190057473"><em>Military Medicine and the Hidden Costs of War</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024), Tanisha Fazal traces the modern history of medical treatment and casualty rates in American conflicts from the Civil War to the more recent counterinsurgency wars. As she shows, wars became increasingly survivable for wounded troops, to the point now where a large majority of wounded soldiers survive. </p><p>Yet the human and financial implications of this steep increase in the wounded-to-killed ratio are dramatic, and her powerful analysis of this shift provides a necessary corrective to how we understand the costs of war. For each major conflict, Fazal analyzes the weapons used, injuries sustained, and policies put in place for veterans' care and pensions. As she argues, these improvements have significant financial and deeply personal implications for the returned wounded and their families, as well as the US government and its citizenry. Fazal's analysis highlights the significance of policymakers underestimating the costs of war, which in turn makes it easier both to initiate and continue military action abroad, contributing to Americas' penchant for engaging in so-called "endless wars."</p><p>Tanisha Fazal is a Professor of Political Science at the University of Minnesota. Her scholarship focuses on sovereignty, international law, and armed conflict. In addition to her new book, she is the author of two award-winning books and numerous articles in academic and policy journals. From 2021-2023, she was an Andrew Carnegie Fellow</p><p><a href="https://labdelaa.expressions.syr.edu/"><em>Lamis Abdelaaty</em></a><em> is an associate professor of political science at the Maxwell School of Syracuse University. She is the author of </em><a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/discrimination-and-delegation-9780197530061"><em>Discrimination and Delegation: Explaining State Responses to Refugees</em></a><em> (Oxford University Press, 2021). Email her comments at </em><a href="mailto:labdelaa@syr.edu"><em>labdelaa@syr.edu</em></a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="50982986" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/6dce4142-116d-4aa3-ba59-82445a38df2e/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=6dce4142-116d-4aa3-ba59-82445a38df2e&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Tanisha M. Fazal, &quot;Military Medicine and the Hidden Costs of War&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:53:06</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Decisions to go to war are often framed in cost-benefit terms, and typically such assessments do not factor in longer term costs. However, recent dramatic improvements in American military medicine have had an unanticipated effect: saving more soldiers&apos; lives has vastly increased long-term, downstream costs of war with profound consequences for global politics in an era of heightened great power competition.
In Military Medicine and the Hidden Costs of War (Oxford UP, 2024), Tanisha Fazal traces the modern history of medical treatment and casualty rates in American conflicts from the Civil War to the more recent counterinsurgency wars. As she shows, wars became increasingly survivable for wounded troops, to the point now where a large majority of wounded soldiers survive. 
Yet the human and financial implications of this steep increase in the wounded-to-killed ratio are dramatic, and her powerful analysis of this shift provides a necessary corrective to how we understand the costs of war. For each major conflict, Fazal analyzes the weapons used, injuries sustained, and policies put in place for veterans&apos; care and pensions. As she argues, these improvements have significant financial and deeply personal implications for the returned wounded and their families, as well as the US government and its citizenry. Fazal&apos;s analysis highlights the significance of policymakers underestimating the costs of war, which in turn makes it easier both to initiate and continue military action abroad, contributing to Americas&apos; penchant for engaging in so-called &quot;endless wars.&quot;
Tanisha Fazal is a Professor of Political Science at the University of Minnesota. Her scholarship focuses on sovereignty, international law, and armed conflict. In addition to her new book, she is the author of two award-winning books and numerous articles in academic and policy journals. From 2021-2023, she was an Andrew Carnegie Fellow
Lamis Abdelaaty is an associate professor of political science at the Maxwell School of Syracuse University. She is the author of Discrimination and Delegation: Explaining State Responses to Refugees (Oxford University Press, 2021). Email her comments at labdelaa@syr.edu</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Decisions to go to war are often framed in cost-benefit terms, and typically such assessments do not factor in longer term costs. However, recent dramatic improvements in American military medicine have had an unanticipated effect: saving more soldiers&apos; lives has vastly increased long-term, downstream costs of war with profound consequences for global politics in an era of heightened great power competition.
In Military Medicine and the Hidden Costs of War (Oxford UP, 2024), Tanisha Fazal traces the modern history of medical treatment and casualty rates in American conflicts from the Civil War to the more recent counterinsurgency wars. As she shows, wars became increasingly survivable for wounded troops, to the point now where a large majority of wounded soldiers survive. 
Yet the human and financial implications of this steep increase in the wounded-to-killed ratio are dramatic, and her powerful analysis of this shift provides a necessary corrective to how we understand the costs of war. For each major conflict, Fazal analyzes the weapons used, injuries sustained, and policies put in place for veterans&apos; care and pensions. As she argues, these improvements have significant financial and deeply personal implications for the returned wounded and their families, as well as the US government and its citizenry. Fazal&apos;s analysis highlights the significance of policymakers underestimating the costs of war, which in turn makes it easier both to initiate and continue military action abroad, contributing to Americas&apos; penchant for engaging in so-called &quot;endless wars.&quot;
Tanisha Fazal is a Professor of Political Science at the University of Minnesota. Her scholarship focuses on sovereignty, international law, and armed conflict. In addition to her new book, she is the author of two award-winning books and numerous articles in academic and policy journals. From 2021-2023, she was an Andrew Carnegie Fellow
Lamis Abdelaaty is an associate professor of political science at the Maxwell School of Syracuse University. She is the author of Discrimination and Delegation: Explaining State Responses to Refugees (Oxford University Press, 2021). Email her comments at labdelaa@syr.edu</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>715</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">37b2b5da-0a4e-11ef-819d-7f99b9c1eea4</guid>
      <title>Julia G. Young, &quot;Mexican Exodus: Emigrants, Exiles, and Refugees of the Cristero War&quot; (Oxford UP, 2019)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190937331"><em>Mexican Exodus: Emigrants, Exiles, and Refugees of the Cristero War</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2019), <a href="https://history.catholic.edu/faculty-and-research/faculty-profiles/young-julia/index.html">Julia G. Young</a> reframes the Cristero War as a transnational conflict, using previously unexamined archival materials from both Mexico and the United States to investigate the intersections between Mexico's Cristero War and Mexican migration to the United States during the late 1920s. She traces the formation, actions, and ideologies of the Cristero diaspora--a network of Mexicans across the United States who supported the Catholic uprising from beyond the border.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 5 May 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190937331"><em>Mexican Exodus: Emigrants, Exiles, and Refugees of the Cristero War</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2019), <a href="https://history.catholic.edu/faculty-and-research/faculty-profiles/young-julia/index.html">Julia G. Young</a> reframes the Cristero War as a transnational conflict, using previously unexamined archival materials from both Mexico and the United States to investigate the intersections between Mexico's Cristero War and Mexican migration to the United States during the late 1920s. She traces the formation, actions, and ideologies of the Cristero diaspora--a network of Mexicans across the United States who supported the Catholic uprising from beyond the border.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="52104694" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/d75fe10e-20e6-48d3-b2d5-372d6495bc4e/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=d75fe10e-20e6-48d3-b2d5-372d6495bc4e&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Julia G. Young, &quot;Mexican Exodus: Emigrants, Exiles, and Refugees of the Cristero War&quot; (Oxford UP, 2019)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:54:16</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In Mexican Exodus: Emigrants, Exiles, and Refugees of the Cristero War (Oxford University Press, 2019), Julia G. Young reframes the Cristero War as a transnational conflict, using previously unexamined archival materials from both Mexico and the United States to investigate the intersections between Mexico&apos;s Cristero War and Mexican migration to the United States during the late 1920s. She traces the formation, actions, and ideologies of the Cristero diaspora--a network of Mexicans across the United States who supported the Catholic uprising from beyond the border.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In Mexican Exodus: Emigrants, Exiles, and Refugees of the Cristero War (Oxford University Press, 2019), Julia G. Young reframes the Cristero War as a transnational conflict, using previously unexamined archival materials from both Mexico and the United States to investigate the intersections between Mexico&apos;s Cristero War and Mexican migration to the United States during the late 1920s. She traces the formation, actions, and ideologies of the Cristero diaspora--a network of Mexicans across the United States who supported the Catholic uprising from beyond the border.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>61</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ab14ace2-0961-11ef-b902-eb4d391a3f2b</guid>
      <title>John Powers, &quot;Technology and the Making of Experimental Film Culture&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The Bolex camera, 16mm reversal film stocks, commercial film laboratories, and low-budget optical printers were the small-gauge media technologies that provided the infrastructure for experimental filmmaking at the height of its cultural impact. <em>Technology and the Making of Experimental Film Culture </em>(Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. John Powers examines how the avant-garde embraced these material resources and invested them with meanings and values adjacent to those of semiprofessional film culture.</p><p>By reasserting the physicality of the body in making time-lapse and kinesthetic sequences with the Bolex, filmmakers conversed with other art forms and integrated broader spheres of humanistic and scientific inquiry into their artistic process. Drawing from the photographic qualities of stocks such as Tri-X and Kodachrome, they discovered pliant metaphors that allowed them to connect their artistic practice to metaphysics, spiritualism, and Hollywood excess. By framing film labs as mystical or adversarial, they cultivated an oppositionality that valorized control over the artistic process. And by using the optical printer as a tool for excavating latent meaning out of found footage, they posited the reworking of images as fundamental to the exploration of personal and cultural identity.</p><p>Providing a wealth of new detail about the making of canonised avant-garde classics by such luminaries as Carolee Schneemann, Jack Smith, and Stan Brakhage, as well as rediscovering works from overlooked artists such as Chick Strand, Amy Halpern, and Gunvor Nelson, <em>Technology and the Making of Experimental Film Culture</em> uses technology as a lens for examining the process of making: where ideas come from, how they are put into practice, and how arguments about those ideas foster cultural and artistic commitments and communities.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 4 May 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The Bolex camera, 16mm reversal film stocks, commercial film laboratories, and low-budget optical printers were the small-gauge media technologies that provided the infrastructure for experimental filmmaking at the height of its cultural impact. <em>Technology and the Making of Experimental Film Culture </em>(Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. John Powers examines how the avant-garde embraced these material resources and invested them with meanings and values adjacent to those of semiprofessional film culture.</p><p>By reasserting the physicality of the body in making time-lapse and kinesthetic sequences with the Bolex, filmmakers conversed with other art forms and integrated broader spheres of humanistic and scientific inquiry into their artistic process. Drawing from the photographic qualities of stocks such as Tri-X and Kodachrome, they discovered pliant metaphors that allowed them to connect their artistic practice to metaphysics, spiritualism, and Hollywood excess. By framing film labs as mystical or adversarial, they cultivated an oppositionality that valorized control over the artistic process. And by using the optical printer as a tool for excavating latent meaning out of found footage, they posited the reworking of images as fundamental to the exploration of personal and cultural identity.</p><p>Providing a wealth of new detail about the making of canonised avant-garde classics by such luminaries as Carolee Schneemann, Jack Smith, and Stan Brakhage, as well as rediscovering works from overlooked artists such as Chick Strand, Amy Halpern, and Gunvor Nelson, <em>Technology and the Making of Experimental Film Culture</em> uses technology as a lens for examining the process of making: where ideas come from, how they are put into practice, and how arguments about those ideas foster cultural and artistic commitments and communities.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> new book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="48761668" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/9789b86e-d5ab-403b-9dd3-bb6d268e0dab/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=9789b86e-d5ab-403b-9dd3-bb6d268e0dab&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>John Powers, &quot;Technology and the Making of Experimental Film Culture&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:50:47</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The Bolex camera, 16mm reversal film stocks, commercial film laboratories, and low-budget optical printers were the small-gauge media technologies that provided the infrastructure for experimental filmmaking at the height of its cultural impact. Technology and the Making of Experimental Film Culture (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. John Powers examines how the avant-garde embraced these material resources and invested them with meanings and values adjacent to those of semiprofessional film culture.
By reasserting the physicality of the body in making time-lapse and kinesthetic sequences with the Bolex, filmmakers conversed with other art forms and integrated broader spheres of humanistic and scientific inquiry into their artistic process. Drawing from the photographic qualities of stocks such as Tri-X and Kodachrome, they discovered pliant metaphors that allowed them to connect their artistic practice to metaphysics, spiritualism, and Hollywood excess. By framing film labs as mystical or adversarial, they cultivated an oppositionality that valorized control over the artistic process. And by using the optical printer as a tool for excavating latent meaning out of found footage, they posited the reworking of images as fundamental to the exploration of personal and cultural identity.
Providing a wealth of new detail about the making of canonised avant-garde classics by such luminaries as Carolee Schneemann, Jack Smith, and Stan Brakhage, as well as rediscovering works from overlooked artists such as Chick Strand, Amy Halpern, and Gunvor Nelson, Technology and the Making of Experimental Film Culture uses technology as a lens for examining the process of making: where ideas come from, how they are put into practice, and how arguments about those ideas foster cultural and artistic commitments and communities.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The Bolex camera, 16mm reversal film stocks, commercial film laboratories, and low-budget optical printers were the small-gauge media technologies that provided the infrastructure for experimental filmmaking at the height of its cultural impact. Technology and the Making of Experimental Film Culture (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. John Powers examines how the avant-garde embraced these material resources and invested them with meanings and values adjacent to those of semiprofessional film culture.
By reasserting the physicality of the body in making time-lapse and kinesthetic sequences with the Bolex, filmmakers conversed with other art forms and integrated broader spheres of humanistic and scientific inquiry into their artistic process. Drawing from the photographic qualities of stocks such as Tri-X and Kodachrome, they discovered pliant metaphors that allowed them to connect their artistic practice to metaphysics, spiritualism, and Hollywood excess. By framing film labs as mystical or adversarial, they cultivated an oppositionality that valorized control over the artistic process. And by using the optical printer as a tool for excavating latent meaning out of found footage, they posited the reworking of images as fundamental to the exploration of personal and cultural identity.
Providing a wealth of new detail about the making of canonised avant-garde classics by such luminaries as Carolee Schneemann, Jack Smith, and Stan Brakhage, as well as rediscovering works from overlooked artists such as Chick Strand, Amy Halpern, and Gunvor Nelson, Technology and the Making of Experimental Film Culture uses technology as a lens for examining the process of making: where ideas come from, how they are put into practice, and how arguments about those ideas foster cultural and artistic commitments and communities.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose new book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>195</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">fccea10e-d8a7-11ee-8632-9391c0c3e07a</guid>
      <title>Nancy M. Martin, &quot;Mirabai: The Making of a Saint&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Mirabai, an iconic sixteenth-century Indian poet-saint, is renowned for her unwavering love of God, her disregard for social hierarchies and gendered notions of honor and shame, and her challenge to familial, feudal, and religious authorities. Defying attempts to constrain and even kill her, she could not be silenced. Though verifiable facts regarding her life are few, her fame spread across social, linguistic, and religious boundaries, and stories about her multiplied across the subcontinent and the centuries.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780195153903"><em>Mirabai: The Making of a Saint</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023), Nancy M. Martin traces the story of this immensely popular Indian saint from the earliest manuscript references to her through colonial and nationalist developments to scholarly and popular portrayals in the decades leading up to Indian independence. This book examines Mirabai's place as both insider and outsider to the developing strands of devotional Hinduism and her role in contested terrain of debates around the education and independence of women and the crafting of Indian and Hindu identities.</p><p><em>Mirabai</em> offers a comprehensive and multi-layered portrait of this remarkable and still controversial woman, who continues to be a source of inspiration and catalyst for self-actualization for spiritual seekers, artists, activists, and so many others in India and around the world today.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 2 May 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Mirabai, an iconic sixteenth-century Indian poet-saint, is renowned for her unwavering love of God, her disregard for social hierarchies and gendered notions of honor and shame, and her challenge to familial, feudal, and religious authorities. Defying attempts to constrain and even kill her, she could not be silenced. Though verifiable facts regarding her life are few, her fame spread across social, linguistic, and religious boundaries, and stories about her multiplied across the subcontinent and the centuries.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780195153903"><em>Mirabai: The Making of a Saint</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023), Nancy M. Martin traces the story of this immensely popular Indian saint from the earliest manuscript references to her through colonial and nationalist developments to scholarly and popular portrayals in the decades leading up to Indian independence. This book examines Mirabai's place as both insider and outsider to the developing strands of devotional Hinduism and her role in contested terrain of debates around the education and independence of women and the crafting of Indian and Hindu identities.</p><p><em>Mirabai</em> offers a comprehensive and multi-layered portrait of this remarkable and still controversial woman, who continues to be a source of inspiration and catalyst for self-actualization for spiritual seekers, artists, activists, and so many others in India and around the world today.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="41798496" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/7e5b1142-9fc5-481f-944d-c1170dc488ec/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=7e5b1142-9fc5-481f-944d-c1170dc488ec&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Nancy M. Martin, &quot;Mirabai: The Making of a Saint&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:43:32</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Mirabai, an iconic sixteenth-century Indian poet-saint, is renowned for her unwavering love of God, her disregard for social hierarchies and gendered notions of honor and shame, and her challenge to familial, feudal, and religious authorities. Defying attempts to constrain and even kill her, she could not be silenced. Though verifiable facts regarding her life are few, her fame spread across social, linguistic, and religious boundaries, and stories about her multiplied across the subcontinent and the centuries.
In Mirabai: The Making of a Saint (Oxford UP, 2023), Nancy M. Martin traces the story of this immensely popular Indian saint from the earliest manuscript references to her through colonial and nationalist developments to scholarly and popular portrayals in the decades leading up to Indian independence. This book examines Mirabai&apos;s place as both insider and outsider to the developing strands of devotional Hinduism and her role in contested terrain of debates around the education and independence of women and the crafting of Indian and Hindu identities.
Mirabai offers a comprehensive and multi-layered portrait of this remarkable and still controversial woman, who continues to be a source of inspiration and catalyst for self-actualization for spiritual seekers, artists, activists, and so many others in India and around the world today.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Mirabai, an iconic sixteenth-century Indian poet-saint, is renowned for her unwavering love of God, her disregard for social hierarchies and gendered notions of honor and shame, and her challenge to familial, feudal, and religious authorities. Defying attempts to constrain and even kill her, she could not be silenced. Though verifiable facts regarding her life are few, her fame spread across social, linguistic, and religious boundaries, and stories about her multiplied across the subcontinent and the centuries.
In Mirabai: The Making of a Saint (Oxford UP, 2023), Nancy M. Martin traces the story of this immensely popular Indian saint from the earliest manuscript references to her through colonial and nationalist developments to scholarly and popular portrayals in the decades leading up to Indian independence. This book examines Mirabai&apos;s place as both insider and outsider to the developing strands of devotional Hinduism and her role in contested terrain of debates around the education and independence of women and the crafting of Indian and Hindu identities.
Mirabai offers a comprehensive and multi-layered portrait of this remarkable and still controversial woman, who continues to be a source of inspiration and catalyst for self-actualization for spiritual seekers, artists, activists, and so many others in India and around the world today.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>326</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">beb19f7e-071a-11ef-99f8-af639a730dbc</guid>
      <title>Mohamed Shafeeq Karinkurayil, &quot;The Gulf Migrant Archives in Kerala: Reading Borders and Belonging&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The Indian state of Kerala is one of the largest blocs of migrants in the oil economies of the Arab Gulf. </p><p>Looking closely at the cultural archives produced by and on the Gulf migrants in Malayalam -- the predominant language of Kerala -- <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198908258"><em>The Gulf Migrant Archives in Kerala: Reading Borders and Belonging</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024) takes stock of circular migration beyond its economics. It combines formal and thematic analyses of photographs, films, and literature with anthropological and historical details to offer a nuanced understanding of the construction of the Gulf and its translation to the cultural imaginary of Kerala. It explores the dissonance between the private and public discourses on the Gulf among migrants and non-migrants, and demonstrates the role of this disjuncture in the continued fascination for Gulf migrant lives. An enquiry into the various dimensions of the Gulf in Kerala, as an acknowledged means of living, as a rumour, an object of gossip, a public secret, or even a private thrill, this book debunks the idea of language as a common entity and studies the tentative borders built within. Finally, it explores the resources, possibilities, and perils of affiliative communities constructed along and across those borders.</p><p>Dr. <a href="https://www.manipal.edu/mcph/department-faculty/faculty-list/mohammad-shafeeq-k/_jcr_content.html">Mohamed Shafeeq Karinkurayil</a> is Associate Professor at Manipal Centre for Humanities, a constituent unit of Manipal Academy of Higher Education. His PhD was in Cultural Studies from the English and Foreign Languages University, Hyderabad, India. He has numerous publications in academic and popular publications.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 1 May 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The Indian state of Kerala is one of the largest blocs of migrants in the oil economies of the Arab Gulf. </p><p>Looking closely at the cultural archives produced by and on the Gulf migrants in Malayalam -- the predominant language of Kerala -- <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198908258"><em>The Gulf Migrant Archives in Kerala: Reading Borders and Belonging</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024) takes stock of circular migration beyond its economics. It combines formal and thematic analyses of photographs, films, and literature with anthropological and historical details to offer a nuanced understanding of the construction of the Gulf and its translation to the cultural imaginary of Kerala. It explores the dissonance between the private and public discourses on the Gulf among migrants and non-migrants, and demonstrates the role of this disjuncture in the continued fascination for Gulf migrant lives. An enquiry into the various dimensions of the Gulf in Kerala, as an acknowledged means of living, as a rumour, an object of gossip, a public secret, or even a private thrill, this book debunks the idea of language as a common entity and studies the tentative borders built within. Finally, it explores the resources, possibilities, and perils of affiliative communities constructed along and across those borders.</p><p>Dr. <a href="https://www.manipal.edu/mcph/department-faculty/faculty-list/mohammad-shafeeq-k/_jcr_content.html">Mohamed Shafeeq Karinkurayil</a> is Associate Professor at Manipal Centre for Humanities, a constituent unit of Manipal Academy of Higher Education. His PhD was in Cultural Studies from the English and Foreign Languages University, Hyderabad, India. He has numerous publications in academic and popular publications.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="37317087" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/41a21f97-9cc1-4cb5-9b81-d57b012c11eb/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=41a21f97-9cc1-4cb5-9b81-d57b012c11eb&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Mohamed Shafeeq Karinkurayil, &quot;The Gulf Migrant Archives in Kerala: Reading Borders and Belonging&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:38:52</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The Indian state of Kerala is one of the largest blocs of migrants in the oil economies of the Arab Gulf. 
Looking closely at the cultural archives produced by and on the Gulf migrants in Malayalam -- the predominant language of Kerala -- The Gulf Migrant Archives in Kerala: Reading Borders and Belonging (Oxford UP, 2024) takes stock of circular migration beyond its economics. It combines formal and thematic analyses of photographs, films, and literature with anthropological and historical details to offer a nuanced understanding of the construction of the Gulf and its translation to the cultural imaginary of Kerala. It explores the dissonance between the private and public discourses on the Gulf among migrants and non-migrants, and demonstrates the role of this disjuncture in the continued fascination for Gulf migrant lives. An enquiry into the various dimensions of the Gulf in Kerala, as an acknowledged means of living, as a rumour, an object of gossip, a public secret, or even a private thrill, this book debunks the idea of language as a common entity and studies the tentative borders built within. Finally, it explores the resources, possibilities, and perils of affiliative communities constructed along and across those borders.
Dr. Mohamed Shafeeq Karinkurayil is Associate Professor at Manipal Centre for Humanities, a constituent unit of Manipal Academy of Higher Education. His PhD was in Cultural Studies from the English and Foreign Languages University, Hyderabad, India. He has numerous publications in academic and popular publications.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The Indian state of Kerala is one of the largest blocs of migrants in the oil economies of the Arab Gulf. 
Looking closely at the cultural archives produced by and on the Gulf migrants in Malayalam -- the predominant language of Kerala -- The Gulf Migrant Archives in Kerala: Reading Borders and Belonging (Oxford UP, 2024) takes stock of circular migration beyond its economics. It combines formal and thematic analyses of photographs, films, and literature with anthropological and historical details to offer a nuanced understanding of the construction of the Gulf and its translation to the cultural imaginary of Kerala. It explores the dissonance between the private and public discourses on the Gulf among migrants and non-migrants, and demonstrates the role of this disjuncture in the continued fascination for Gulf migrant lives. An enquiry into the various dimensions of the Gulf in Kerala, as an acknowledged means of living, as a rumour, an object of gossip, a public secret, or even a private thrill, this book debunks the idea of language as a common entity and studies the tentative borders built within. Finally, it explores the resources, possibilities, and perils of affiliative communities constructed along and across those borders.
Dr. Mohamed Shafeeq Karinkurayil is Associate Professor at Manipal Centre for Humanities, a constituent unit of Manipal Academy of Higher Education. His PhD was in Cultural Studies from the English and Foreign Languages University, Hyderabad, India. He has numerous publications in academic and popular publications.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>227</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a869e298-ffe6-11ee-a2a1-9b95f8c7899b</guid>
      <title>J. P. Messina, &quot;Private Censorship&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>When we think of censorship, our minds might turn to state agencies exercising power to silence dissent. However, contemporary concerns about censorship arise in contexts where non-state actors suppress expression and communication. There are subtle and not-so-subtle forms of interference that come from social groups, employers, media corporations, and even search engines. Should these “new” forms of censorship alarm us? Should we assess them in ways that mirror our typical views about state-enacted censorship? If not, how should we think about non-state modes of censorship?</p><p>In <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/private-censorship-9780197581902?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;"><em>Private Censorship</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024), <a href="https://www.cla.purdue.edu/directory/profiles/jp-messina.html">JP Messina</a> takes up these broad questions. He examines a range of emerging sites of non-state censorship – what he calls “private” censorship – and sorts through the normative, political, and legal issues.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 1 May 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>When we think of censorship, our minds might turn to state agencies exercising power to silence dissent. However, contemporary concerns about censorship arise in contexts where non-state actors suppress expression and communication. There are subtle and not-so-subtle forms of interference that come from social groups, employers, media corporations, and even search engines. Should these “new” forms of censorship alarm us? Should we assess them in ways that mirror our typical views about state-enacted censorship? If not, how should we think about non-state modes of censorship?</p><p>In <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/private-censorship-9780197581902?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;"><em>Private Censorship</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024), <a href="https://www.cla.purdue.edu/directory/profiles/jp-messina.html">JP Messina</a> takes up these broad questions. He examines a range of emerging sites of non-state censorship – what he calls “private” censorship – and sorts through the normative, political, and legal issues.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="63233109" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/7c1f66a6-d087-44c4-ba2e-4660307cc3ad/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=7c1f66a6-d087-44c4-ba2e-4660307cc3ad&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>J. P. Messina, &quot;Private Censorship&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:05:51</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>When we think of censorship, our minds might turn to state agencies exercising power to silence dissent. However, contemporary concerns about censorship arise in contexts where non-state actors suppress expression and communication. There are subtle and not-so-subtle forms of interference that come from social groups, employers, media corporations, and even search engines. Should these “new” forms of censorship alarm us? Should we assess them in ways that mirror our typical views about state-enacted censorship? If not, how should we think about non-state modes of censorship?
In Private Censorship (Oxford University Press, 2024), JP Messina takes up these broad questions. He examines a range of emerging sites of non-state censorship – what he calls “private” censorship – and sorts through the normative, political, and legal issues.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>When we think of censorship, our minds might turn to state agencies exercising power to silence dissent. However, contemporary concerns about censorship arise in contexts where non-state actors suppress expression and communication. There are subtle and not-so-subtle forms of interference that come from social groups, employers, media corporations, and even search engines. Should these “new” forms of censorship alarm us? Should we assess them in ways that mirror our typical views about state-enacted censorship? If not, how should we think about non-state modes of censorship?
In Private Censorship (Oxford University Press, 2024), JP Messina takes up these broad questions. He examines a range of emerging sites of non-state censorship – what he calls “private” censorship – and sorts through the normative, political, and legal issues.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>341</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1395a4b8-0720-11ef-98d2-332af52d473a</guid>
      <title>Bryan K. Miller, &quot;Xiongnu: The World&apos;s First Nomadic Empire&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/xiongnu-9780190083694?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;#"><em>Xiongnu: The World’s First Nomadic Empire</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024), <a href="https://lsa.umich.edu/ummaa/people/curators/bkmil.html">Bryan K. Miller </a>weaves together archaeology and history to chart the course of the Xiongnu empire, which controlled the Eastern Eurasian steppe from ca. 200 BCE to 100 CE. Through a close analysis of both material artifacts and textual sources, Miller centers the nomadic perspective, showcasing the flexibility, resilience, and mobility of this steppe regime. </p><p>Comprehensive and wide-reaching, <em>Xiongnu </em>explores the rise of the empire, details how the empire controlled nodes of wealth and far-flung power bases, and charts the slow and fractured decline of the Xiongnu empire. Throughout, Miller provides fascinating readings of burial goods, vibrant tellings of oath ceremonies, and careful interpretations of Chinese letters and histories. <em>Xiongnu </em>firmly brings its nomad protagonists onto center stage and into sharp focus, and this book is bound to appeal to those interested in archaeology, nomadic societies, and world history. </p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 1 May 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/xiongnu-9780190083694?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;#"><em>Xiongnu: The World’s First Nomadic Empire</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024), <a href="https://lsa.umich.edu/ummaa/people/curators/bkmil.html">Bryan K. Miller </a>weaves together archaeology and history to chart the course of the Xiongnu empire, which controlled the Eastern Eurasian steppe from ca. 200 BCE to 100 CE. Through a close analysis of both material artifacts and textual sources, Miller centers the nomadic perspective, showcasing the flexibility, resilience, and mobility of this steppe regime. </p><p>Comprehensive and wide-reaching, <em>Xiongnu </em>explores the rise of the empire, details how the empire controlled nodes of wealth and far-flung power bases, and charts the slow and fractured decline of the Xiongnu empire. Throughout, Miller provides fascinating readings of burial goods, vibrant tellings of oath ceremonies, and careful interpretations of Chinese letters and histories. <em>Xiongnu </em>firmly brings its nomad protagonists onto center stage and into sharp focus, and this book is bound to appeal to those interested in archaeology, nomadic societies, and world history. </p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="61432315" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/26b86bdf-6b74-48b6-8c00-14b2ae3a3bdd/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=26b86bdf-6b74-48b6-8c00-14b2ae3a3bdd&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Bryan K. Miller, &quot;Xiongnu: The World&apos;s First Nomadic Empire&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:03:59</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In Xiongnu: The World’s First Nomadic Empire (Oxford UP, 2024), Bryan K. Miller weaves together archaeology and history to chart the course of the Xiongnu empire, which controlled the Eastern Eurasian steppe from ca. 200 BCE to 100 CE. Through a close analysis of both material artifacts and textual sources, Miller centers the nomadic perspective, showcasing the flexibility, resilience, and mobility of this steppe regime. 
Comprehensive and wide-reaching, Xiongnu explores the rise of the empire, details how the empire controlled nodes of wealth and far-flung power bases, and charts the slow and fractured decline of the Xiongnu empire. Throughout, Miller provides fascinating readings of burial goods, vibrant tellings of oath ceremonies, and careful interpretations of Chinese letters and histories. Xiongnu firmly brings its nomad protagonists onto center stage and into sharp focus, and this book is bound to appeal to those interested in archaeology, nomadic societies, and world history. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In Xiongnu: The World’s First Nomadic Empire (Oxford UP, 2024), Bryan K. Miller weaves together archaeology and history to chart the course of the Xiongnu empire, which controlled the Eastern Eurasian steppe from ca. 200 BCE to 100 CE. Through a close analysis of both material artifacts and textual sources, Miller centers the nomadic perspective, showcasing the flexibility, resilience, and mobility of this steppe regime. 
Comprehensive and wide-reaching, Xiongnu explores the rise of the empire, details how the empire controlled nodes of wealth and far-flung power bases, and charts the slow and fractured decline of the Xiongnu empire. Throughout, Miller provides fascinating readings of burial goods, vibrant tellings of oath ceremonies, and careful interpretations of Chinese letters and histories. Xiongnu firmly brings its nomad protagonists onto center stage and into sharp focus, and this book is bound to appeal to those interested in archaeology, nomadic societies, and world history. </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>525</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ea524684-056b-11ef-8292-9bdbc731c518</guid>
      <title>Robert Gerwarth, &quot;November 1918: The German Revolution&quot; (Oxford UP, 2020)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Was Weimar doomed from the outset?</p><p>In <a href="https://www.amazon.com/November-1918-German-Revolution-Making/dp/0199546479/?tag=newbooinhis-20"><em>November 1918: The German Revolution</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2020), Robert Gerwarth argues that this is the wrong question to ask. Forget 1929 and 1933, the collapse of Imperial Germany began as a velvet revolution where optimism was as common as pessimism. A masterful synthesis told through diaries and memories, Gerwarth reminds us that contemporaries live events before we have them act out history.</p><p><a href="https://www.ucd.ie/warstudies/members/robertgerwarthdirector/">Robert Gerwarth</a> is Professor of Modern History at UCD and Director of the Centre for War Studies. He is the author of <em>The Bismarck Myth </em>(Oxford UP, 2005) and a biography of Reinhard Heydrich (Yale UP, 2011). His third monograph, <em>The Vanquished: Why the First World War Failed to End </em>was published by Penguin (UK) and FSG (US) in the autumn of 2016.</p><p><em>Ryan Stackhouse is a historian of Europe specializing in modern Germany and political policing under dictatorship. His forthcoming book Enemies of the People: Hitler’s Critics and the Gestapo explores enforcement practices toward different social groups under Nazism. He also cohosts the Third Reich History Podcast and can be reached at john.ryan.stackhouse@gmail.com or @Staxomatix.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Apr 2024 20:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Was Weimar doomed from the outset?</p><p>In <a href="https://www.amazon.com/November-1918-German-Revolution-Making/dp/0199546479/?tag=newbooinhis-20"><em>November 1918: The German Revolution</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2020), Robert Gerwarth argues that this is the wrong question to ask. Forget 1929 and 1933, the collapse of Imperial Germany began as a velvet revolution where optimism was as common as pessimism. A masterful synthesis told through diaries and memories, Gerwarth reminds us that contemporaries live events before we have them act out history.</p><p><a href="https://www.ucd.ie/warstudies/members/robertgerwarthdirector/">Robert Gerwarth</a> is Professor of Modern History at UCD and Director of the Centre for War Studies. He is the author of <em>The Bismarck Myth </em>(Oxford UP, 2005) and a biography of Reinhard Heydrich (Yale UP, 2011). His third monograph, <em>The Vanquished: Why the First World War Failed to End </em>was published by Penguin (UK) and FSG (US) in the autumn of 2016.</p><p><em>Ryan Stackhouse is a historian of Europe specializing in modern Germany and political policing under dictatorship. His forthcoming book Enemies of the People: Hitler’s Critics and the Gestapo explores enforcement practices toward different social groups under Nazism. He also cohosts the Third Reich History Podcast and can be reached at john.ryan.stackhouse@gmail.com or @Staxomatix.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="55459046" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/03a46fc1-3180-400f-9eb9-01328e243d10/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=03a46fc1-3180-400f-9eb9-01328e243d10&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Robert Gerwarth, &quot;November 1918: The German Revolution&quot; (Oxford UP, 2020)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:57:46</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Was Weimar doomed from the outset?
In November 1918: The German Revolution (Oxford University Press, 2020), Robert Gerwarth argues that this is the wrong question to ask. Forget 1929 and 1933, the collapse of Imperial Germany began as a velvet revolution where optimism was as common as pessimism. A masterful synthesis told through diaries and memories, Gerwarth reminds us that contemporaries live events before we have them act out history.
Robert Gerwarth is Professor of Modern History at UCD and Director of the Centre for War Studies. He is the author of The Bismarck Myth (Oxford UP, 2005) and a biography of Reinhard Heydrich (Yale UP, 2011). His third monograph, The Vanquished: Why the First World War Failed to End was published by Penguin (UK) and FSG (US) in the autumn of 2016.
Ryan Stackhouse is a historian of Europe specializing in modern Germany and political policing under dictatorship. His forthcoming book Enemies of the People: Hitler’s Critics and the Gestapo explores enforcement practices toward different social groups under Nazism. He also cohosts the Third Reich History Podcast and can be reached at john.ryan.stackhouse@gmail.com or @Staxomatix.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Was Weimar doomed from the outset?
In November 1918: The German Revolution (Oxford University Press, 2020), Robert Gerwarth argues that this is the wrong question to ask. Forget 1929 and 1933, the collapse of Imperial Germany began as a velvet revolution where optimism was as common as pessimism. A masterful synthesis told through diaries and memories, Gerwarth reminds us that contemporaries live events before we have them act out history.
Robert Gerwarth is Professor of Modern History at UCD and Director of the Centre for War Studies. He is the author of The Bismarck Myth (Oxford UP, 2005) and a biography of Reinhard Heydrich (Yale UP, 2011). His third monograph, The Vanquished: Why the First World War Failed to End was published by Penguin (UK) and FSG (US) in the autumn of 2016.
Ryan Stackhouse is a historian of Europe specializing in modern Germany and political policing under dictatorship. His forthcoming book Enemies of the People: Hitler’s Critics and the Gestapo explores enforcement practices toward different social groups under Nazism. He also cohosts the Third Reich History Podcast and can be reached at john.ryan.stackhouse@gmail.com or @Staxomatix.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>91</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f90b319e-04a4-11ef-9eb6-5bc245190235</guid>
      <title>David Pozen, &quot;The Constitution of the War on Drugs&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>David Pozen is the Charles Keller Beekman Professor of Law at Columbia Law School and the author of the new book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197685457"><em>The Constitution of the War on Drugs</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024). An expert in constitutional law, Pozen argues that the drug war has been an unmitigated disaster, in terms of money, efficacy, and human rights. But even as activists peel off the drug war’s more unsavory aspects through cannabis and psychedelic legalization, Pozen also argues that they’ve neglected to consider the impact America’s courts could have on rectifying oppressive drug laws.</p><p>It wasn’t always this way. <em>The Constitution of the War on Drugs</em> also details the “hidden history” of a brief legal moment in the late 1960s and early 1970s when lawyers effectively argued for liberalized drug policies – on the sound basis of the Constitution. The moment was eventually overturned, but Pozen argues it could be a useful historical lesson for people interested in the effects of constitutional law on the drug war today.</p><p>A link to the digital edition of <em>The Constitution of the War on Drugs</em> will soon be available here.</p><p><a href="http://www.emilydufton.com/"><em>Emily Dufton</em></a><em> is the author of</em><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780465096169"><em> Grass Roots: The Rise and Fall and Rise of Marijuana in America </em></a><em>(Basic Books, 2017). A drug historian and writer, her second book, on the development of the opioid addiction medication industry, is coming out soon from the University of Chicago Press.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 28 Apr 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>David Pozen is the Charles Keller Beekman Professor of Law at Columbia Law School and the author of the new book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197685457"><em>The Constitution of the War on Drugs</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024). An expert in constitutional law, Pozen argues that the drug war has been an unmitigated disaster, in terms of money, efficacy, and human rights. But even as activists peel off the drug war’s more unsavory aspects through cannabis and psychedelic legalization, Pozen also argues that they’ve neglected to consider the impact America’s courts could have on rectifying oppressive drug laws.</p><p>It wasn’t always this way. <em>The Constitution of the War on Drugs</em> also details the “hidden history” of a brief legal moment in the late 1960s and early 1970s when lawyers effectively argued for liberalized drug policies – on the sound basis of the Constitution. The moment was eventually overturned, but Pozen argues it could be a useful historical lesson for people interested in the effects of constitutional law on the drug war today.</p><p>A link to the digital edition of <em>The Constitution of the War on Drugs</em> will soon be available here.</p><p><a href="http://www.emilydufton.com/"><em>Emily Dufton</em></a><em> is the author of</em><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780465096169"><em> Grass Roots: The Rise and Fall and Rise of Marijuana in America </em></a><em>(Basic Books, 2017). A drug historian and writer, her second book, on the development of the opioid addiction medication industry, is coming out soon from the University of Chicago Press.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="52970729" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/352bedbc-670c-4796-ad82-47d775b8d751/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=352bedbc-670c-4796-ad82-47d775b8d751&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>David Pozen, &quot;The Constitution of the War on Drugs&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:55:10</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>David Pozen is the Charles Keller Beekman Professor of Law at Columbia Law School and the author of the new book, The Constitution of the War on Drugs (Oxford UP, 2024). An expert in constitutional law, Pozen argues that the drug war has been an unmitigated disaster, in terms of money, efficacy, and human rights. But even as activists peel off the drug war’s more unsavory aspects through cannabis and psychedelic legalization, Pozen also argues that they’ve neglected to consider the impact America’s courts could have on rectifying oppressive drug laws.
It wasn’t always this way. The Constitution of the War on Drugs also details the “hidden history” of a brief legal moment in the late 1960s and early 1970s when lawyers effectively argued for liberalized drug policies – on the sound basis of the Constitution. The moment was eventually overturned, but Pozen argues it could be a useful historical lesson for people interested in the effects of constitutional law on the drug war today.
A link to the digital edition of The Constitution of the War on Drugs will soon be available here.
Emily Dufton is the author of Grass Roots: The Rise and Fall and Rise of Marijuana in America (Basic Books, 2017). A drug historian and writer, her second book, on the development of the opioid addiction medication industry, is coming out soon from the University of Chicago Press.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>David Pozen is the Charles Keller Beekman Professor of Law at Columbia Law School and the author of the new book, The Constitution of the War on Drugs (Oxford UP, 2024). An expert in constitutional law, Pozen argues that the drug war has been an unmitigated disaster, in terms of money, efficacy, and human rights. But even as activists peel off the drug war’s more unsavory aspects through cannabis and psychedelic legalization, Pozen also argues that they’ve neglected to consider the impact America’s courts could have on rectifying oppressive drug laws.
It wasn’t always this way. The Constitution of the War on Drugs also details the “hidden history” of a brief legal moment in the late 1960s and early 1970s when lawyers effectively argued for liberalized drug policies – on the sound basis of the Constitution. The moment was eventually overturned, but Pozen argues it could be a useful historical lesson for people interested in the effects of constitutional law on the drug war today.
A link to the digital edition of The Constitution of the War on Drugs will soon be available here.
Emily Dufton is the author of Grass Roots: The Rise and Fall and Rise of Marijuana in America (Basic Books, 2017). A drug historian and writer, her second book, on the development of the opioid addiction medication industry, is coming out soon from the University of Chicago Press.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>61</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7c2a2866-0192-11ef-a44a-bb9088b6bfc3</guid>
      <title>Crawford Gribben, &quot;J. N. Darby and the Roots of Dispensationalism&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190932343"><em>J.N. Darby and the Roots of Dispensationalism</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2024) describes the work of one of the most important and under-studied theologians in the history of Christianity. In the late 1820s, John Nelson Darby abandoned his career as a priest in the Church of Ireland to become one of the principal leaders of a small but rapidly growing religious movement that became known as the "Plymouth Brethren." Darby and other brethren modified the Calvinism that was common among their evangelical contemporaries, developing distinctive positions on key doctrines relating to salvation, the church, the work of the Holy Spirit, and the end times.</p><p>After his death in 1882, Darby's successors revised and expanded his arguments, and Darby became known as the architect of the most influential system of end-times thinking among the world's half-a-billion evangelicals. This "dispensational premillennialism" exercises extraordinary influence in religious communities, but also in popular culture and geopolitics. But claims that Darby created this theological system may need to be qualified -for all his innovation, this reputation might be undeserved. This book reconstructs Darby's theological development and argues that his innovations were more complex and extensive than their reduction into dispensationalism might suggest. In fact, Darby's thought might be closer to that of his Reformed critics than to that of modern exponents of dispensationalism.</p><p>Crawford Gribben is Professor of History at Queen's University Belfast.</p><p><em>Caleb Zakarin is editor at New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Apr 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190932343"><em>J.N. Darby and the Roots of Dispensationalism</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2024) describes the work of one of the most important and under-studied theologians in the history of Christianity. In the late 1820s, John Nelson Darby abandoned his career as a priest in the Church of Ireland to become one of the principal leaders of a small but rapidly growing religious movement that became known as the "Plymouth Brethren." Darby and other brethren modified the Calvinism that was common among their evangelical contemporaries, developing distinctive positions on key doctrines relating to salvation, the church, the work of the Holy Spirit, and the end times.</p><p>After his death in 1882, Darby's successors revised and expanded his arguments, and Darby became known as the architect of the most influential system of end-times thinking among the world's half-a-billion evangelicals. This "dispensational premillennialism" exercises extraordinary influence in religious communities, but also in popular culture and geopolitics. But claims that Darby created this theological system may need to be qualified -for all his innovation, this reputation might be undeserved. This book reconstructs Darby's theological development and argues that his innovations were more complex and extensive than their reduction into dispensationalism might suggest. In fact, Darby's thought might be closer to that of his Reformed critics than to that of modern exponents of dispensationalism.</p><p>Crawford Gribben is Professor of History at Queen's University Belfast.</p><p><em>Caleb Zakarin is editor at New Books Network.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="41531665" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/46345913-2924-4b3d-bb27-d4a41fbb562b/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=46345913-2924-4b3d-bb27-d4a41fbb562b&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Crawford Gribben, &quot;J. N. Darby and the Roots of Dispensationalism&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:43:15</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>J.N. Darby and the Roots of Dispensationalism (Oxford University Press, 2024) describes the work of one of the most important and under-studied theologians in the history of Christianity. In the late 1820s, John Nelson Darby abandoned his career as a priest in the Church of Ireland to become one of the principal leaders of a small but rapidly growing religious movement that became known as the &quot;Plymouth Brethren.&quot; Darby and other brethren modified the Calvinism that was common among their evangelical contemporaries, developing distinctive positions on key doctrines relating to salvation, the church, the work of the Holy Spirit, and the end times.
After his death in 1882, Darby&apos;s successors revised and expanded his arguments, and Darby became known as the architect of the most influential system of end-times thinking among the world&apos;s half-a-billion evangelicals. This &quot;dispensational premillennialism&quot; exercises extraordinary influence in religious communities, but also in popular culture and geopolitics. But claims that Darby created this theological system may need to be qualified -for all his innovation, this reputation might be undeserved. This book reconstructs Darby&apos;s theological development and argues that his innovations were more complex and extensive than their reduction into dispensationalism might suggest. In fact, Darby&apos;s thought might be closer to that of his Reformed critics than to that of modern exponents of dispensationalism.
Crawford Gribben is Professor of History at Queen&apos;s University Belfast.
Caleb Zakarin is editor at New Books Network.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>J.N. Darby and the Roots of Dispensationalism (Oxford University Press, 2024) describes the work of one of the most important and under-studied theologians in the history of Christianity. In the late 1820s, John Nelson Darby abandoned his career as a priest in the Church of Ireland to become one of the principal leaders of a small but rapidly growing religious movement that became known as the &quot;Plymouth Brethren.&quot; Darby and other brethren modified the Calvinism that was common among their evangelical contemporaries, developing distinctive positions on key doctrines relating to salvation, the church, the work of the Holy Spirit, and the end times.
After his death in 1882, Darby&apos;s successors revised and expanded his arguments, and Darby became known as the architect of the most influential system of end-times thinking among the world&apos;s half-a-billion evangelicals. This &quot;dispensational premillennialism&quot; exercises extraordinary influence in religious communities, but also in popular culture and geopolitics. But claims that Darby created this theological system may need to be qualified -for all his innovation, this reputation might be undeserved. This book reconstructs Darby&apos;s theological development and argues that his innovations were more complex and extensive than their reduction into dispensationalism might suggest. In fact, Darby&apos;s thought might be closer to that of his Reformed critics than to that of modern exponents of dispensationalism.
Crawford Gribben is Professor of History at Queen&apos;s University Belfast.
Caleb Zakarin is editor at New Books Network.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>262</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">49c0ca30-017c-11ef-a46f-9f8ead876dc3</guid>
      <title>Anu Bradford, &quot;Digital Empires: The Global Battle to Regulate Technology&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The global battle among the three dominant digital powers―the United States, China, and the European Union―is intensifying. All three regimes are racing to regulate tech companies, with each advancing a competing vision for the digital economy while attempting to expand its sphere of influence in the digital world. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197649268"><em>Digital Empires: The Global Battle to Regulate Technology</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023), her provocative follow-up to <em>The Brussels Effect</em>, Anu Bradford explores a rivalry that will shape the world in the decades to come.</p><p>Across the globe, people dependent on digital technologies have become increasingly alarmed that their rapid adoption and transformation have ushered in an exceedingly concentrated economy where a few powerful companies control vast economic wealth and political power, undermine data privacy, and widen the gap between economic winners and losers. In response, world leaders are variously embracing the idea of reining in the most dominant tech companies. Bradford examines three competing regulatory approaches―the American market-driven model, the Chinese state-driven model, and the European rights-driven regulatory model―and discusses how governments and tech companies navigate the inevitable conflicts that arise when these regulatory approaches collide in the international domain. Which digital empire will prevail in the contest for global influence remains an open question, yet their contrasting strategies are increasingly clear.</p><p>Digital societies are at an inflection point. In the midst of these unfolding regulatory battles, governments, tech companies, and digital citizens are making important choices that will shape the future ethos of the digital society. Digital Empires lays bare the choices we face as societies and individuals, explains the forces that shape those choices, and illuminates the immense stakes involved for everyone who uses digital technologies.</p><p><a href="https://jakec007.github.io/"><em>Jake Chanenson</em></a><em> is a computer science Ph.D. student and law student at the University of Chicago. Broadly, Jake is interested in topics relating to HCI, privacy, and tech policy. Jake’s work has been published in top venues such as ACM’s CHI Conference on Human Factors in Computing Systems.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Apr 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The global battle among the three dominant digital powers―the United States, China, and the European Union―is intensifying. All three regimes are racing to regulate tech companies, with each advancing a competing vision for the digital economy while attempting to expand its sphere of influence in the digital world. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197649268"><em>Digital Empires: The Global Battle to Regulate Technology</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023), her provocative follow-up to <em>The Brussels Effect</em>, Anu Bradford explores a rivalry that will shape the world in the decades to come.</p><p>Across the globe, people dependent on digital technologies have become increasingly alarmed that their rapid adoption and transformation have ushered in an exceedingly concentrated economy where a few powerful companies control vast economic wealth and political power, undermine data privacy, and widen the gap between economic winners and losers. In response, world leaders are variously embracing the idea of reining in the most dominant tech companies. Bradford examines three competing regulatory approaches―the American market-driven model, the Chinese state-driven model, and the European rights-driven regulatory model―and discusses how governments and tech companies navigate the inevitable conflicts that arise when these regulatory approaches collide in the international domain. Which digital empire will prevail in the contest for global influence remains an open question, yet their contrasting strategies are increasingly clear.</p><p>Digital societies are at an inflection point. In the midst of these unfolding regulatory battles, governments, tech companies, and digital citizens are making important choices that will shape the future ethos of the digital society. Digital Empires lays bare the choices we face as societies and individuals, explains the forces that shape those choices, and illuminates the immense stakes involved for everyone who uses digital technologies.</p><p><a href="https://jakec007.github.io/"><em>Jake Chanenson</em></a><em> is a computer science Ph.D. student and law student at the University of Chicago. Broadly, Jake is interested in topics relating to HCI, privacy, and tech policy. Jake’s work has been published in top venues such as ACM’s CHI Conference on Human Factors in Computing Systems.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="19042824" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/cb92abe8-1ba4-4f06-97cc-c169a560c33c/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=cb92abe8-1ba4-4f06-97cc-c169a560c33c&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Anu Bradford, &quot;Digital Empires: The Global Battle to Regulate Technology&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:19:49</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The global battle among the three dominant digital powers―the United States, China, and the European Union―is intensifying. All three regimes are racing to regulate tech companies, with each advancing a competing vision for the digital economy while attempting to expand its sphere of influence in the digital world. In Digital Empires: The Global Battle to Regulate Technology (Oxford UP, 2023), her provocative follow-up to The Brussels Effect, Anu Bradford explores a rivalry that will shape the world in the decades to come.
Across the globe, people dependent on digital technologies have become increasingly alarmed that their rapid adoption and transformation have ushered in an exceedingly concentrated economy where a few powerful companies control vast economic wealth and political power, undermine data privacy, and widen the gap between economic winners and losers. In response, world leaders are variously embracing the idea of reining in the most dominant tech companies. Bradford examines three competing regulatory approaches―the American market-driven model, the Chinese state-driven model, and the European rights-driven regulatory model―and discusses how governments and tech companies navigate the inevitable conflicts that arise when these regulatory approaches collide in the international domain. Which digital empire will prevail in the contest for global influence remains an open question, yet their contrasting strategies are increasingly clear.
Digital societies are at an inflection point. In the midst of these unfolding regulatory battles, governments, tech companies, and digital citizens are making important choices that will shape the future ethos of the digital society. Digital Empires lays bare the choices we face as societies and individuals, explains the forces that shape those choices, and illuminates the immense stakes involved for everyone who uses digital technologies.
Jake Chanenson is a computer science Ph.D. student and law student at the University of Chicago. Broadly, Jake is interested in topics relating to HCI, privacy, and tech policy. Jake’s work has been published in top venues such as ACM’s CHI Conference on Human Factors in Computing Systems.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The global battle among the three dominant digital powers―the United States, China, and the European Union―is intensifying. All three regimes are racing to regulate tech companies, with each advancing a competing vision for the digital economy while attempting to expand its sphere of influence in the digital world. In Digital Empires: The Global Battle to Regulate Technology (Oxford UP, 2023), her provocative follow-up to The Brussels Effect, Anu Bradford explores a rivalry that will shape the world in the decades to come.
Across the globe, people dependent on digital technologies have become increasingly alarmed that their rapid adoption and transformation have ushered in an exceedingly concentrated economy where a few powerful companies control vast economic wealth and political power, undermine data privacy, and widen the gap between economic winners and losers. In response, world leaders are variously embracing the idea of reining in the most dominant tech companies. Bradford examines three competing regulatory approaches―the American market-driven model, the Chinese state-driven model, and the European rights-driven regulatory model―and discusses how governments and tech companies navigate the inevitable conflicts that arise when these regulatory approaches collide in the international domain. Which digital empire will prevail in the contest for global influence remains an open question, yet their contrasting strategies are increasingly clear.
Digital societies are at an inflection point. In the midst of these unfolding regulatory battles, governments, tech companies, and digital citizens are making important choices that will shape the future ethos of the digital society. Digital Empires lays bare the choices we face as societies and individuals, explains the forces that shape those choices, and illuminates the immense stakes involved for everyone who uses digital technologies.
Jake Chanenson is a computer science Ph.D. student and law student at the University of Chicago. Broadly, Jake is interested in topics relating to HCI, privacy, and tech policy. Jake’s work has been published in top venues such as ACM’s CHI Conference on Human Factors in Computing Systems.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>364</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f0efeb68-f995-11ee-886f-13013c095ad0</guid>
      <title>Miriam Piilonen, &quot;Theorizing Music Evolution: Darwin, Spencer, and the Limits of the Human&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>What did historical evolutionists such as Charles Darwin and Herbert Spencer have to say about music? What role did music play in their evolutionary theories? What were the values and limits of these evolutionist turns of thought, and in what ways have they endured in present-day music research? </p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197695289"><em>Theorizing Music Evolution: Darwin, Spencer, and the Limits of the Human</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024) is a critical examination of ideas about musical origins, emphasizing nineteenth-century theories of music in the evolutionist writings of Darwin and Spencer. Author Miriam Piilonen argues for the significance of this Victorian music-evolutionism in light of its ties to a recently revitalized subfield of evolutionary musicology. Taking an interdisciplinary approach to music theorizing, Piilonen explores how historical thinkers constructed music in evolutionist terms and argues for an updated understanding of music as an especially fraught area of evolutionary thought.</p><p>In this book, Piilonen delves into how historical evolutionists, in particular Darwin and Spencer, developed and applied a concept of music that served as a boundary-drawing device, used to trace or obscure the conceptual borders between human and animal. She takes as primary texts the early evolutionary treatises that double as theoretical accounts of music's origins. For Darwin, music served as a kind of proto-language common to humans and animals alike; he heard the songs of birds and the chirps of mice as musical, as articulated in texts such as The Descent of Man (1871) and The Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals (1872). Spencer, on the other hand, viewed music as a specifically human stage of evolutionary advance, beyond language acquisition, as outlined in his essay, "The Origin and Function of Music" (1857). These competing views established radically different perspectives on the origin and function of music in human cultural expression, while at the same time being mutually constitutive of one another.</p><p>A ground-breaking contribution to music theory and histories of science, Theorizing Music Evolution turns to music evolution with an eye toward disrupting and intervening in these questions as they recur in the present.”</p><p><a href="https://yalemusic.yale.edu/people/nathan-smith"><em>Nathan Smith</em></a><em> is a PhD candidate in Music Theory at Yale University (nathan.smith@yale.edu).</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Apr 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>What did historical evolutionists such as Charles Darwin and Herbert Spencer have to say about music? What role did music play in their evolutionary theories? What were the values and limits of these evolutionist turns of thought, and in what ways have they endured in present-day music research? </p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197695289"><em>Theorizing Music Evolution: Darwin, Spencer, and the Limits of the Human</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024) is a critical examination of ideas about musical origins, emphasizing nineteenth-century theories of music in the evolutionist writings of Darwin and Spencer. Author Miriam Piilonen argues for the significance of this Victorian music-evolutionism in light of its ties to a recently revitalized subfield of evolutionary musicology. Taking an interdisciplinary approach to music theorizing, Piilonen explores how historical thinkers constructed music in evolutionist terms and argues for an updated understanding of music as an especially fraught area of evolutionary thought.</p><p>In this book, Piilonen delves into how historical evolutionists, in particular Darwin and Spencer, developed and applied a concept of music that served as a boundary-drawing device, used to trace or obscure the conceptual borders between human and animal. She takes as primary texts the early evolutionary treatises that double as theoretical accounts of music's origins. For Darwin, music served as a kind of proto-language common to humans and animals alike; he heard the songs of birds and the chirps of mice as musical, as articulated in texts such as The Descent of Man (1871) and The Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals (1872). Spencer, on the other hand, viewed music as a specifically human stage of evolutionary advance, beyond language acquisition, as outlined in his essay, "The Origin and Function of Music" (1857). These competing views established radically different perspectives on the origin and function of music in human cultural expression, while at the same time being mutually constitutive of one another.</p><p>A ground-breaking contribution to music theory and histories of science, Theorizing Music Evolution turns to music evolution with an eye toward disrupting and intervening in these questions as they recur in the present.”</p><p><a href="https://yalemusic.yale.edu/people/nathan-smith"><em>Nathan Smith</em></a><em> is a PhD candidate in Music Theory at Yale University (nathan.smith@yale.edu).</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="74814150" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/b3a81bd8-a829-4751-96fc-7f822276de0d/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=b3a81bd8-a829-4751-96fc-7f822276de0d&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Miriam Piilonen, &quot;Theorizing Music Evolution: Darwin, Spencer, and the Limits of the Human&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:17:55</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>What did historical evolutionists such as Charles Darwin and Herbert Spencer have to say about music? What role did music play in their evolutionary theories? What were the values and limits of these evolutionist turns of thought, and in what ways have they endured in present-day music research? 
Theorizing Music Evolution: Darwin, Spencer, and the Limits of the Human (Oxford UP, 2024) is a critical examination of ideas about musical origins, emphasizing nineteenth-century theories of music in the evolutionist writings of Darwin and Spencer. Author Miriam Piilonen argues for the significance of this Victorian music-evolutionism in light of its ties to a recently revitalized subfield of evolutionary musicology. Taking an interdisciplinary approach to music theorizing, Piilonen explores how historical thinkers constructed music in evolutionist terms and argues for an updated understanding of music as an especially fraught area of evolutionary thought.
In this book, Piilonen delves into how historical evolutionists, in particular Darwin and Spencer, developed and applied a concept of music that served as a boundary-drawing device, used to trace or obscure the conceptual borders between human and animal. She takes as primary texts the early evolutionary treatises that double as theoretical accounts of music&apos;s origins. For Darwin, music served as a kind of proto-language common to humans and animals alike; he heard the songs of birds and the chirps of mice as musical, as articulated in texts such as The Descent of Man (1871) and The Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals (1872). Spencer, on the other hand, viewed music as a specifically human stage of evolutionary advance, beyond language acquisition, as outlined in his essay, &quot;The Origin and Function of Music&quot; (1857). These competing views established radically different perspectives on the origin and function of music in human cultural expression, while at the same time being mutually constitutive of one another.
A ground-breaking contribution to music theory and histories of science, Theorizing Music Evolution turns to music evolution with an eye toward disrupting and intervening in these questions as they recur in the present.”
Nathan Smith is a PhD candidate in Music Theory at Yale University (nathan.smith@yale.edu).</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>What did historical evolutionists such as Charles Darwin and Herbert Spencer have to say about music? What role did music play in their evolutionary theories? What were the values and limits of these evolutionist turns of thought, and in what ways have they endured in present-day music research? 
Theorizing Music Evolution: Darwin, Spencer, and the Limits of the Human (Oxford UP, 2024) is a critical examination of ideas about musical origins, emphasizing nineteenth-century theories of music in the evolutionist writings of Darwin and Spencer. Author Miriam Piilonen argues for the significance of this Victorian music-evolutionism in light of its ties to a recently revitalized subfield of evolutionary musicology. Taking an interdisciplinary approach to music theorizing, Piilonen explores how historical thinkers constructed music in evolutionist terms and argues for an updated understanding of music as an especially fraught area of evolutionary thought.
In this book, Piilonen delves into how historical evolutionists, in particular Darwin and Spencer, developed and applied a concept of music that served as a boundary-drawing device, used to trace or obscure the conceptual borders between human and animal. She takes as primary texts the early evolutionary treatises that double as theoretical accounts of music&apos;s origins. For Darwin, music served as a kind of proto-language common to humans and animals alike; he heard the songs of birds and the chirps of mice as musical, as articulated in texts such as The Descent of Man (1871) and The Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals (1872). Spencer, on the other hand, viewed music as a specifically human stage of evolutionary advance, beyond language acquisition, as outlined in his essay, &quot;The Origin and Function of Music&quot; (1857). These competing views established radically different perspectives on the origin and function of music in human cultural expression, while at the same time being mutually constitutive of one another.
A ground-breaking contribution to music theory and histories of science, Theorizing Music Evolution turns to music evolution with an eye toward disrupting and intervening in these questions as they recur in the present.”
Nathan Smith is a PhD candidate in Music Theory at Yale University (nathan.smith@yale.edu).</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>236</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9247b010-f6b0-11ee-8357-b7227d15d41e</guid>
      <title>Seamus O&apos;Malley, &quot;Irish Culture and &apos;The People&apos;: Populism and Its Discontents&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Seamus O’Malley is an associate professor at Yeshiva University. His first book was <em>Making History New: Modernism and Historical Narrative</em> (Oxford University Press, 2015). He has co-edited three volumes, one of essays on Ford Madox Ford and America (Rodopi, 2010), a research companion to Ford (Routledge, 2018) and a volume of essays on the cartoonists Julie Doucet and Gabrielle Bell (Mississippi, 2018). He is the chair of the Ford Madox Ford Society and co-chair of the Columbia University Seminar for Irish Studies.</p><p>In this interview he discusses his new book,<em> </em><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192858412"><em>Irish Culture and "The People": Populism and Its Discontents</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2022),<em> </em>a study of the rhetoric of populism and uses of the seemingly simple concept “The People” in Irish political and literary discourse.</p><p><em>Irish Culture and ‘The People’ </em>argues that populism has been a shaping force in Irish literary culture. Populist moments and movements have compelled authors to reject established forms and invent new ones. Sometimes, as in the middle period of W.B. Yeats's work, populism forces a writer into impossible stances, spurring ever greater rhetorical and poetic creativity. At other times, as in the critiques of Anna Parnell or Myles na gCopaleen, authors penetrate the rhetoric fog of populist discourse and expose the hollowness of its claims. Yet in both politics and culture, populism can be a generative force. </p><p>Daniel O'Connell, and later the Land League, utilized populist discourse to advance Irish political freedom and expand rights. The most powerful works of Lady Gregory and Ernie O'Malley are their portraits of The People that borrows from the populist vocabulary. While we must be critical of populist discourse, we dismiss it at our loss. This study synthesizes existing scholarship on populism to explore how Irish texts have evoked "The People"--a crucial rhetorical move for populist discourse--and how some writers have critiqued, adopted, and adapted the languages of Irish populisms.</p><p><em>Aidan Beatty is a lecturer in the history department at Carnegie Mellon University</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Apr 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Seamus O’Malley is an associate professor at Yeshiva University. His first book was <em>Making History New: Modernism and Historical Narrative</em> (Oxford University Press, 2015). He has co-edited three volumes, one of essays on Ford Madox Ford and America (Rodopi, 2010), a research companion to Ford (Routledge, 2018) and a volume of essays on the cartoonists Julie Doucet and Gabrielle Bell (Mississippi, 2018). He is the chair of the Ford Madox Ford Society and co-chair of the Columbia University Seminar for Irish Studies.</p><p>In this interview he discusses his new book,<em> </em><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192858412"><em>Irish Culture and "The People": Populism and Its Discontents</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2022),<em> </em>a study of the rhetoric of populism and uses of the seemingly simple concept “The People” in Irish political and literary discourse.</p><p><em>Irish Culture and ‘The People’ </em>argues that populism has been a shaping force in Irish literary culture. Populist moments and movements have compelled authors to reject established forms and invent new ones. Sometimes, as in the middle period of W.B. Yeats's work, populism forces a writer into impossible stances, spurring ever greater rhetorical and poetic creativity. At other times, as in the critiques of Anna Parnell or Myles na gCopaleen, authors penetrate the rhetoric fog of populist discourse and expose the hollowness of its claims. Yet in both politics and culture, populism can be a generative force. </p><p>Daniel O'Connell, and later the Land League, utilized populist discourse to advance Irish political freedom and expand rights. The most powerful works of Lady Gregory and Ernie O'Malley are their portraits of The People that borrows from the populist vocabulary. While we must be critical of populist discourse, we dismiss it at our loss. This study synthesizes existing scholarship on populism to explore how Irish texts have evoked "The People"--a crucial rhetorical move for populist discourse--and how some writers have critiqued, adopted, and adapted the languages of Irish populisms.</p><p><em>Aidan Beatty is a lecturer in the history department at Carnegie Mellon University</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="31136304" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/98ea6e58-5cf8-4799-b0a1-e549fd7c12d9/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=98ea6e58-5cf8-4799-b0a1-e549fd7c12d9&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Seamus O&apos;Malley, &quot;Irish Culture and &apos;The People&apos;: Populism and Its Discontents&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:32:25</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Seamus O’Malley is an associate professor at Yeshiva University. His first book was Making History New: Modernism and Historical Narrative (Oxford University Press, 2015). He has co-edited three volumes, one of essays on Ford Madox Ford and America (Rodopi, 2010), a research companion to Ford (Routledge, 2018) and a volume of essays on the cartoonists Julie Doucet and Gabrielle Bell (Mississippi, 2018). He is the chair of the Ford Madox Ford Society and co-chair of the Columbia University Seminar for Irish Studies.
In this interview he discusses his new book, Irish Culture and &quot;The People&quot;: Populism and Its Discontents (Oxford UP, 2022), a study of the rhetoric of populism and uses of the seemingly simple concept “The People” in Irish political and literary discourse.
Irish Culture and ‘The People’ argues that populism has been a shaping force in Irish literary culture. Populist moments and movements have compelled authors to reject established forms and invent new ones. Sometimes, as in the middle period of W.B. Yeats&apos;s work, populism forces a writer into impossible stances, spurring ever greater rhetorical and poetic creativity. At other times, as in the critiques of Anna Parnell or Myles na gCopaleen, authors penetrate the rhetoric fog of populist discourse and expose the hollowness of its claims. Yet in both politics and culture, populism can be a generative force. 
Daniel O&apos;Connell, and later the Land League, utilized populist discourse to advance Irish political freedom and expand rights. The most powerful works of Lady Gregory and Ernie O&apos;Malley are their portraits of The People that borrows from the populist vocabulary. While we must be critical of populist discourse, we dismiss it at our loss. This study synthesizes existing scholarship on populism to explore how Irish texts have evoked &quot;The People&quot;--a crucial rhetorical move for populist discourse--and how some writers have critiqued, adopted, and adapted the languages of Irish populisms.
Aidan Beatty is a lecturer in the history department at Carnegie Mellon University</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Seamus O’Malley is an associate professor at Yeshiva University. His first book was Making History New: Modernism and Historical Narrative (Oxford University Press, 2015). He has co-edited three volumes, one of essays on Ford Madox Ford and America (Rodopi, 2010), a research companion to Ford (Routledge, 2018) and a volume of essays on the cartoonists Julie Doucet and Gabrielle Bell (Mississippi, 2018). He is the chair of the Ford Madox Ford Society and co-chair of the Columbia University Seminar for Irish Studies.
In this interview he discusses his new book, Irish Culture and &quot;The People&quot;: Populism and Its Discontents (Oxford UP, 2022), a study of the rhetoric of populism and uses of the seemingly simple concept “The People” in Irish political and literary discourse.
Irish Culture and ‘The People’ argues that populism has been a shaping force in Irish literary culture. Populist moments and movements have compelled authors to reject established forms and invent new ones. Sometimes, as in the middle period of W.B. Yeats&apos;s work, populism forces a writer into impossible stances, spurring ever greater rhetorical and poetic creativity. At other times, as in the critiques of Anna Parnell or Myles na gCopaleen, authors penetrate the rhetoric fog of populist discourse and expose the hollowness of its claims. Yet in both politics and culture, populism can be a generative force. 
Daniel O&apos;Connell, and later the Land League, utilized populist discourse to advance Irish political freedom and expand rights. The most powerful works of Lady Gregory and Ernie O&apos;Malley are their portraits of The People that borrows from the populist vocabulary. While we must be critical of populist discourse, we dismiss it at our loss. This study synthesizes existing scholarship on populism to explore how Irish texts have evoked &quot;The People&quot;--a crucial rhetorical move for populist discourse--and how some writers have critiqued, adopted, and adapted the languages of Irish populisms.
Aidan Beatty is a lecturer in the history department at Carnegie Mellon University</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1409</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">41a5f680-f5ca-11ee-843a-8b416b3545fd</guid>
      <title>Matthew Robertson, &quot;Puruṣa: Personhood in Ancient India&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The concept of the <em>puruṣa</em>, or person, is implicated in a wide range of ancient texts throughout the Indian subcontinent. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197693605"><em>Puruṣa: Personhood in Ancient India</em></a>, published in 2024 by Oxford University Press, Matthew I. Robertson traces the development of this concept from 1500 BCE to 400 CE: in the <em>Ṛg Veda</em>, the Brāhmaṇas, the Upaniṣads, Buddhist Pāli <em>sutta</em>s, the <em>Caraka</em> and <em>Suśruta Saṃhitā</em>, and the <em>Mahābhārata</em>. Pushing back against the interpretation of personhood as a cosmological microcosm, Robertson argues instead that, in these texts, personhood and the “world” (<em>loka</em>) are interrelated concepts. He investigates how persons were understood to expand to the fill the horizons of their world, attending to ritual-political, aesthetic, yogic, and medicinal techniques deployed for this purpose.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 9 Apr 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The concept of the <em>puruṣa</em>, or person, is implicated in a wide range of ancient texts throughout the Indian subcontinent. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197693605"><em>Puruṣa: Personhood in Ancient India</em></a>, published in 2024 by Oxford University Press, Matthew I. Robertson traces the development of this concept from 1500 BCE to 400 CE: in the <em>Ṛg Veda</em>, the Brāhmaṇas, the Upaniṣads, Buddhist Pāli <em>sutta</em>s, the <em>Caraka</em> and <em>Suśruta Saṃhitā</em>, and the <em>Mahābhārata</em>. Pushing back against the interpretation of personhood as a cosmological microcosm, Robertson argues instead that, in these texts, personhood and the “world” (<em>loka</em>) are interrelated concepts. He investigates how persons were understood to expand to the fill the horizons of their world, attending to ritual-political, aesthetic, yogic, and medicinal techniques deployed for this purpose.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="62559293" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/da498786-0180-4765-8976-0fc155b7d7ad/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=da498786-0180-4765-8976-0fc155b7d7ad&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Matthew Robertson, &quot;Puruṣa: Personhood in Ancient India&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:05:09</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The concept of the puruṣa, or person, is implicated in a wide range of ancient texts throughout the Indian subcontinent. In Puruṣa: Personhood in Ancient India, published in 2024 by Oxford University Press, Matthew I. Robertson traces the development of this concept from 1500 BCE to 400 CE: in the Ṛg Veda, the Brāhmaṇas, the Upaniṣads, Buddhist Pāli suttas, the Caraka and Suśruta Saṃhitā, and the Mahābhārata. Pushing back against the interpretation of personhood as a cosmological microcosm, Robertson argues instead that, in these texts, personhood and the “world” (loka) are interrelated concepts. He investigates how persons were understood to expand to the fill the horizons of their world, attending to ritual-political, aesthetic, yogic, and medicinal techniques deployed for this purpose.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The concept of the puruṣa, or person, is implicated in a wide range of ancient texts throughout the Indian subcontinent. In Puruṣa: Personhood in Ancient India, published in 2024 by Oxford University Press, Matthew I. Robertson traces the development of this concept from 1500 BCE to 400 CE: in the Ṛg Veda, the Brāhmaṇas, the Upaniṣads, Buddhist Pāli suttas, the Caraka and Suśruta Saṃhitā, and the Mahābhārata. Pushing back against the interpretation of personhood as a cosmological microcosm, Robertson argues instead that, in these texts, personhood and the “world” (loka) are interrelated concepts. He investigates how persons were understood to expand to the fill the horizons of their world, attending to ritual-political, aesthetic, yogic, and medicinal techniques deployed for this purpose.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>224</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">01215576-f518-11ee-ac5e-4b6b8664982f</guid>
      <title>Xiaofei Kang, &quot;Enchanted Revolution: Ghosts, Shamans, and Gender Politics in Chinese Communist Propaganda, 1942-1953&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>China’s communist revolution has an intricate relationship with gender and religion. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197654477"><em>Enchanted Revolution: Ghosts, Shamans, and Gender Politics in Chinese Communist Propaganda, 1942-1953</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023), Xiaofei Kang moves the two themes to the center stage in the Chinese Revolution. It examines the Communist Party’s first anti-superstition campaign in its wartime headquarters of Yan’an, the holy land of the Maoist revolution. The book argues that religion was not a mere adversary for the revolution; it also served as a model with which the Party mobilized support and constructed legitimacy. In its rise from rural backwaters to national dominance, the Party attacked “superstitions” that had supported the foundations of Chinese religious life. At the same time, Party propaganda co-opted the same religious resources for its own political ends. In this parallel and often paradoxical process, the persuasive power of Party propaganda relied heavily on recasting the cosmic forces of <em>yin</em> and <em>yang</em> that sustained the traditional gender hierarchy and ritual order. Furthermore, revolutionary art and literature revamped old narratives of female ghosts and ritual exorcism to inject the people with a new hegemonic vision of the Party-state endowed with both scientific potency and the heavenly mandate. Gendered language and symbolism in Chinese religion thus remained central to inspiring pathos, ethos, and logos for the revolution. The interplay of religion, gender, and revolution holds historical and contemporary significance of the Maoist legacy in contemporary China. It also offers insights into the transformative power of propaganda in global politics.</p><p>Xiaofei Kang is Professor in the Department of Religion at the George Washington University. Her research focuses on gender, ethnicity, and Chinese religions in traditional and modern China. She is the author of <em>The Cult of the Fox: Power, Gender, and Popular Religion in Late Imperial and Modern China</em> (Columbia University Press, 2006). She co-authored (with Donald S. Sutton) <em>Contesting the Yellow Dragon: Ethnicity, Religion and the State in the Sino-Tibetan Borderland</em> (Brill, 2016), and co-edited (with Jia Jinhua and Ping Yao) <em>Gendering Chinese Religion: Subject, Identity and Body</em> (SUNY Press, 2014).</p><p><em>Yadong Li is a PhD student in anthropology at Tulane University. His research interests lie at the intersection of the anthropology of state, the anthropology of time, hope studies, and post-structuralist philosophy. More details about his scholarship and research interests can be found </em><a href="https://liberalarts.tulane.edu/departments/anthropology/people/graduate-students/yadong-li"><em>here</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 9 Apr 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>China’s communist revolution has an intricate relationship with gender and religion. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197654477"><em>Enchanted Revolution: Ghosts, Shamans, and Gender Politics in Chinese Communist Propaganda, 1942-1953</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023), Xiaofei Kang moves the two themes to the center stage in the Chinese Revolution. It examines the Communist Party’s first anti-superstition campaign in its wartime headquarters of Yan’an, the holy land of the Maoist revolution. The book argues that religion was not a mere adversary for the revolution; it also served as a model with which the Party mobilized support and constructed legitimacy. In its rise from rural backwaters to national dominance, the Party attacked “superstitions” that had supported the foundations of Chinese religious life. At the same time, Party propaganda co-opted the same religious resources for its own political ends. In this parallel and often paradoxical process, the persuasive power of Party propaganda relied heavily on recasting the cosmic forces of <em>yin</em> and <em>yang</em> that sustained the traditional gender hierarchy and ritual order. Furthermore, revolutionary art and literature revamped old narratives of female ghosts and ritual exorcism to inject the people with a new hegemonic vision of the Party-state endowed with both scientific potency and the heavenly mandate. Gendered language and symbolism in Chinese religion thus remained central to inspiring pathos, ethos, and logos for the revolution. The interplay of religion, gender, and revolution holds historical and contemporary significance of the Maoist legacy in contemporary China. It also offers insights into the transformative power of propaganda in global politics.</p><p>Xiaofei Kang is Professor in the Department of Religion at the George Washington University. Her research focuses on gender, ethnicity, and Chinese religions in traditional and modern China. She is the author of <em>The Cult of the Fox: Power, Gender, and Popular Religion in Late Imperial and Modern China</em> (Columbia University Press, 2006). She co-authored (with Donald S. Sutton) <em>Contesting the Yellow Dragon: Ethnicity, Religion and the State in the Sino-Tibetan Borderland</em> (Brill, 2016), and co-edited (with Jia Jinhua and Ping Yao) <em>Gendering Chinese Religion: Subject, Identity and Body</em> (SUNY Press, 2014).</p><p><em>Yadong Li is a PhD student in anthropology at Tulane University. His research interests lie at the intersection of the anthropology of state, the anthropology of time, hope studies, and post-structuralist philosophy. More details about his scholarship and research interests can be found </em><a href="https://liberalarts.tulane.edu/departments/anthropology/people/graduate-students/yadong-li"><em>here</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="81317167" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/e07361c8-7c37-46aa-8e83-75ed9396130b/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=e07361c8-7c37-46aa-8e83-75ed9396130b&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Xiaofei Kang, &quot;Enchanted Revolution: Ghosts, Shamans, and Gender Politics in Chinese Communist Propaganda, 1942-1953&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:24:42</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>China’s communist revolution has an intricate relationship with gender and religion. In Enchanted Revolution: Ghosts, Shamans, and Gender Politics in Chinese Communist Propaganda, 1942-1953 (Oxford UP, 2023), Xiaofei Kang moves the two themes to the center stage in the Chinese Revolution. It examines the Communist Party’s first anti-superstition campaign in its wartime headquarters of Yan’an, the holy land of the Maoist revolution. The book argues that religion was not a mere adversary for the revolution; it also served as a model with which the Party mobilized support and constructed legitimacy. In its rise from rural backwaters to national dominance, the Party attacked “superstitions” that had supported the foundations of Chinese religious life. At the same time, Party propaganda co-opted the same religious resources for its own political ends. In this parallel and often paradoxical process, the persuasive power of Party propaganda relied heavily on recasting the cosmic forces of yin and yang that sustained the traditional gender hierarchy and ritual order. Furthermore, revolutionary art and literature revamped old narratives of female ghosts and ritual exorcism to inject the people with a new hegemonic vision of the Party-state endowed with both scientific potency and the heavenly mandate. Gendered language and symbolism in Chinese religion thus remained central to inspiring pathos, ethos, and logos for the revolution. The interplay of religion, gender, and revolution holds historical and contemporary significance of the Maoist legacy in contemporary China. It also offers insights into the transformative power of propaganda in global politics.
Xiaofei Kang is Professor in the Department of Religion at the George Washington University. Her research focuses on gender, ethnicity, and Chinese religions in traditional and modern China. She is the author of The Cult of the Fox: Power, Gender, and Popular Religion in Late Imperial and Modern China (Columbia University Press, 2006). She co-authored (with Donald S. Sutton) Contesting the Yellow Dragon: Ethnicity, Religion and the State in the Sino-Tibetan Borderland (Brill, 2016), and co-edited (with Jia Jinhua and Ping Yao) Gendering Chinese Religion: Subject, Identity and Body (SUNY Press, 2014).
Yadong Li is a PhD student in anthropology at Tulane University. His research interests lie at the intersection of the anthropology of state, the anthropology of time, hope studies, and post-structuralist philosophy. More details about his scholarship and research interests can be found here.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>China’s communist revolution has an intricate relationship with gender and religion. In Enchanted Revolution: Ghosts, Shamans, and Gender Politics in Chinese Communist Propaganda, 1942-1953 (Oxford UP, 2023), Xiaofei Kang moves the two themes to the center stage in the Chinese Revolution. It examines the Communist Party’s first anti-superstition campaign in its wartime headquarters of Yan’an, the holy land of the Maoist revolution. The book argues that religion was not a mere adversary for the revolution; it also served as a model with which the Party mobilized support and constructed legitimacy. In its rise from rural backwaters to national dominance, the Party attacked “superstitions” that had supported the foundations of Chinese religious life. At the same time, Party propaganda co-opted the same religious resources for its own political ends. In this parallel and often paradoxical process, the persuasive power of Party propaganda relied heavily on recasting the cosmic forces of yin and yang that sustained the traditional gender hierarchy and ritual order. Furthermore, revolutionary art and literature revamped old narratives of female ghosts and ritual exorcism to inject the people with a new hegemonic vision of the Party-state endowed with both scientific potency and the heavenly mandate. Gendered language and symbolism in Chinese religion thus remained central to inspiring pathos, ethos, and logos for the revolution. The interplay of religion, gender, and revolution holds historical and contemporary significance of the Maoist legacy in contemporary China. It also offers insights into the transformative power of propaganda in global politics.
Xiaofei Kang is Professor in the Department of Religion at the George Washington University. Her research focuses on gender, ethnicity, and Chinese religions in traditional and modern China. She is the author of The Cult of the Fox: Power, Gender, and Popular Religion in Late Imperial and Modern China (Columbia University Press, 2006). She co-authored (with Donald S. Sutton) Contesting the Yellow Dragon: Ethnicity, Religion and the State in the Sino-Tibetan Borderland (Brill, 2016), and co-edited (with Jia Jinhua and Ping Yao) Gendering Chinese Religion: Subject, Identity and Body (SUNY Press, 2014).
Yadong Li is a PhD student in anthropology at Tulane University. His research interests lie at the intersection of the anthropology of state, the anthropology of time, hope studies, and post-structuralist philosophy. More details about his scholarship and research interests can be found here.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>91</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">683acc54-f425-11ee-bef7-e705b169e39d</guid>
      <title>Anthony Kaldellis, &quot;The New Roman Empire: A History of Byzantium&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In recent decades, the study of the Eastern Roman Empire, also known as Byzantium, has been revolutionized by new approaches and more sophisticated models for how its society and state operated. No longer looked upon as a pale facsimile of classical Rome, Byzantium is now considered a vigorous state of its own, inheritor of many of Rome's features, and a vital node in the first truly globalized world.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197549322"><em>The New Roman Empire: A History of Byzantium</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024) is the first full, single-author history of the eastern Roman empire to appear in over a generation. Covering political and military history as well as all the major changes in religion, society, demography, and economy, Anthony Kaldellis's volume is divided into ten chronological sections which begin with the foundation of Constantinople in 324 AD and end with the fall of the empire to the Ottoman Turks in the fifteenth century. The book incorporates new findings, explains recent interpretive models, and presents well-known historical characters and events in a new light.</p><p>Dr. Anthony Kaldellis is Professor of Classics at the University of Chicago. His previous books include <em>A Cabinet of Byzantine Curiosities; Streams of gold, Rivers of Blood; Romanland, </em>and, as translator and editor, Prokopios’ <em>The Secret History.</em> In 2019, he began hosting the podcast “<a href="https://byzantiumandfriends.podbean.com/">Byzantium &amp; Friends</a>.”</p><p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/evanzarkadas">Evan Zarkadas</a> (MA) is an independent scholar of European and Medieval history and an educator. He received his master’s in history from the University of Maine focusing on Medieval Europe, the Eastern Mediterranean, medieval identity, and ethnicity during the late Middle Ages.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 7 Apr 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In recent decades, the study of the Eastern Roman Empire, also known as Byzantium, has been revolutionized by new approaches and more sophisticated models for how its society and state operated. No longer looked upon as a pale facsimile of classical Rome, Byzantium is now considered a vigorous state of its own, inheritor of many of Rome's features, and a vital node in the first truly globalized world.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197549322"><em>The New Roman Empire: A History of Byzantium</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024) is the first full, single-author history of the eastern Roman empire to appear in over a generation. Covering political and military history as well as all the major changes in religion, society, demography, and economy, Anthony Kaldellis's volume is divided into ten chronological sections which begin with the foundation of Constantinople in 324 AD and end with the fall of the empire to the Ottoman Turks in the fifteenth century. The book incorporates new findings, explains recent interpretive models, and presents well-known historical characters and events in a new light.</p><p>Dr. Anthony Kaldellis is Professor of Classics at the University of Chicago. His previous books include <em>A Cabinet of Byzantine Curiosities; Streams of gold, Rivers of Blood; Romanland, </em>and, as translator and editor, Prokopios’ <em>The Secret History.</em> In 2019, he began hosting the podcast “<a href="https://byzantiumandfriends.podbean.com/">Byzantium &amp; Friends</a>.”</p><p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/evanzarkadas">Evan Zarkadas</a> (MA) is an independent scholar of European and Medieval history and an educator. He received his master’s in history from the University of Maine focusing on Medieval Europe, the Eastern Mediterranean, medieval identity, and ethnicity during the late Middle Ages.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="31170641" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/68748e8f-a3e3-4bbc-887b-e85dd3010f8e/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=68748e8f-a3e3-4bbc-887b-e85dd3010f8e&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Anthony Kaldellis, &quot;The New Roman Empire: A History of Byzantium&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:32:28</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In recent decades, the study of the Eastern Roman Empire, also known as Byzantium, has been revolutionized by new approaches and more sophisticated models for how its society and state operated. No longer looked upon as a pale facsimile of classical Rome, Byzantium is now considered a vigorous state of its own, inheritor of many of Rome&apos;s features, and a vital node in the first truly globalized world.
The New Roman Empire: A History of Byzantium (Oxford UP, 2024) is the first full, single-author history of the eastern Roman empire to appear in over a generation. Covering political and military history as well as all the major changes in religion, society, demography, and economy, Anthony Kaldellis&apos;s volume is divided into ten chronological sections which begin with the foundation of Constantinople in 324 AD and end with the fall of the empire to the Ottoman Turks in the fifteenth century. The book incorporates new findings, explains recent interpretive models, and presents well-known historical characters and events in a new light.
Dr. Anthony Kaldellis is Professor of Classics at the University of Chicago. His previous books include A Cabinet of Byzantine Curiosities; Streams of gold, Rivers of Blood; Romanland, and, as translator and editor, Prokopios’ The Secret History. In 2019, he began hosting the podcast “Byzantium &amp; Friends.”
Evan Zarkadas (MA) is an independent scholar of European and Medieval history and an educator. He received his master’s in history from the University of Maine focusing on Medieval Europe, the Eastern Mediterranean, medieval identity, and ethnicity during the late Middle Ages.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In recent decades, the study of the Eastern Roman Empire, also known as Byzantium, has been revolutionized by new approaches and more sophisticated models for how its society and state operated. No longer looked upon as a pale facsimile of classical Rome, Byzantium is now considered a vigorous state of its own, inheritor of many of Rome&apos;s features, and a vital node in the first truly globalized world.
The New Roman Empire: A History of Byzantium (Oxford UP, 2024) is the first full, single-author history of the eastern Roman empire to appear in over a generation. Covering political and military history as well as all the major changes in religion, society, demography, and economy, Anthony Kaldellis&apos;s volume is divided into ten chronological sections which begin with the foundation of Constantinople in 324 AD and end with the fall of the empire to the Ottoman Turks in the fifteenth century. The book incorporates new findings, explains recent interpretive models, and presents well-known historical characters and events in a new light.
Dr. Anthony Kaldellis is Professor of Classics at the University of Chicago. His previous books include A Cabinet of Byzantine Curiosities; Streams of gold, Rivers of Blood; Romanland, and, as translator and editor, Prokopios’ The Secret History. In 2019, he began hosting the podcast “Byzantium &amp; Friends.”
Evan Zarkadas (MA) is an independent scholar of European and Medieval history and an educator. He received his master’s in history from the University of Maine focusing on Medieval Europe, the Eastern Mediterranean, medieval identity, and ethnicity during the late Middle Ages.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>25</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">35d63e00-f124-11ee-ac6c-0f07df5c8f55</guid>
      <title>Louis Howard Porter, &quot;Reds in Blue: UNESCO, World Governance, and the Soviet Internationalist Imagination&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Before Josef Stalin's death in 1953, the USSR had, at best, an ambivalent relationship with noncommunist international organisations. Although it had helped found the United Nations, it refused to join the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) and other major agencies beyond the Security Council and General Assembly, casting them as foreign meddlers. Under new leadership, the USSR joined UNESCO and a slew of international organisations for the first time, including the World Health Organization and the International Labor Organization. As a result, it enabled Soviet diplomats, scholars, teachers, and even some blue-collar workers to participate in global discussions on topics ranging from their professional specialties to worldwide problems.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197656303"><em>Reds in Blue: UNESCO, World Governance, and the Soviet Internationalist Imagination</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Louis Porter investigates Soviet relations with one of the most prominent of these organisations, UNESCO, to present a novel way of thinking about the role of the United Nations in the Soviet experience of the Cold War. Drawing on unused archival material from the former USSR and elsewhere, the book examines the forgotten stories of Soviet citizens who contributed to the nuts-and-bolts operations and lesser-known activities of world governance. These unexamined dimensions of everyday participation in the UN's bureaucracy, conferences, publications, and technical assistance show the body's importance for a group of Soviet "one-worlders," who used the UN to imagine and work for a better world amidst the realities of the Cold War. Meanwhile, the Khrushchev and early Brezhnev governments sought to use their participation as a means of spreading Soviet influence within Western-dominated international organisations but discovered that this required risk-taking and a degree of openness for which the Soviet leadership and domestic institutions were often unprepared.</p><p>Moving beyond debates over the successes and failures of UN diplomatic activities, <em>Reds in Blue </em>offers fresh perspectives on how Soviet citizens became citizens of the world and advocated for opening up Soviet society in ways that transcended Cold War categories without abandoning a sense of loyalty to their homeland. In doing so, it recaptures a space where East and West worked together towards a future without international conflict in the years before détente.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> forthcoming book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 4 Apr 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Before Josef Stalin's death in 1953, the USSR had, at best, an ambivalent relationship with noncommunist international organisations. Although it had helped found the United Nations, it refused to join the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) and other major agencies beyond the Security Council and General Assembly, casting them as foreign meddlers. Under new leadership, the USSR joined UNESCO and a slew of international organisations for the first time, including the World Health Organization and the International Labor Organization. As a result, it enabled Soviet diplomats, scholars, teachers, and even some blue-collar workers to participate in global discussions on topics ranging from their professional specialties to worldwide problems.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197656303"><em>Reds in Blue: UNESCO, World Governance, and the Soviet Internationalist Imagination</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Louis Porter investigates Soviet relations with one of the most prominent of these organisations, UNESCO, to present a novel way of thinking about the role of the United Nations in the Soviet experience of the Cold War. Drawing on unused archival material from the former USSR and elsewhere, the book examines the forgotten stories of Soviet citizens who contributed to the nuts-and-bolts operations and lesser-known activities of world governance. These unexamined dimensions of everyday participation in the UN's bureaucracy, conferences, publications, and technical assistance show the body's importance for a group of Soviet "one-worlders," who used the UN to imagine and work for a better world amidst the realities of the Cold War. Meanwhile, the Khrushchev and early Brezhnev governments sought to use their participation as a means of spreading Soviet influence within Western-dominated international organisations but discovered that this required risk-taking and a degree of openness for which the Soviet leadership and domestic institutions were often unprepared.</p><p>Moving beyond debates over the successes and failures of UN diplomatic activities, <em>Reds in Blue </em>offers fresh perspectives on how Soviet citizens became citizens of the world and advocated for opening up Soviet society in ways that transcended Cold War categories without abandoning a sense of loyalty to their homeland. In doing so, it recaptures a space where East and West worked together towards a future without international conflict in the years before détente.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> forthcoming book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="36708473" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/88684a62-5775-41b7-b5a1-e36615750cf4/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=88684a62-5775-41b7-b5a1-e36615750cf4&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Louis Howard Porter, &quot;Reds in Blue: UNESCO, World Governance, and the Soviet Internationalist Imagination&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:38:14</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Before Josef Stalin&apos;s death in 1953, the USSR had, at best, an ambivalent relationship with noncommunist international organisations. Although it had helped found the United Nations, it refused to join the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) and other major agencies beyond the Security Council and General Assembly, casting them as foreign meddlers. Under new leadership, the USSR joined UNESCO and a slew of international organisations for the first time, including the World Health Organization and the International Labor Organization. As a result, it enabled Soviet diplomats, scholars, teachers, and even some blue-collar workers to participate in global discussions on topics ranging from their professional specialties to worldwide problems.
Reds in Blue: UNESCO, World Governance, and the Soviet Internationalist Imagination (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Louis Porter investigates Soviet relations with one of the most prominent of these organisations, UNESCO, to present a novel way of thinking about the role of the United Nations in the Soviet experience of the Cold War. Drawing on unused archival material from the former USSR and elsewhere, the book examines the forgotten stories of Soviet citizens who contributed to the nuts-and-bolts operations and lesser-known activities of world governance. These unexamined dimensions of everyday participation in the UN&apos;s bureaucracy, conferences, publications, and technical assistance show the body&apos;s importance for a group of Soviet &quot;one-worlders,&quot; who used the UN to imagine and work for a better world amidst the realities of the Cold War. Meanwhile, the Khrushchev and early Brezhnev governments sought to use their participation as a means of spreading Soviet influence within Western-dominated international organisations but discovered that this required risk-taking and a degree of openness for which the Soviet leadership and domestic institutions were often unprepared.
Moving beyond debates over the successes and failures of UN diplomatic activities, Reds in Blue offers fresh perspectives on how Soviet citizens became citizens of the world and advocated for opening up Soviet society in ways that transcended Cold War categories without abandoning a sense of loyalty to their homeland. In doing so, it recaptures a space where East and West worked together towards a future without international conflict in the years before détente.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Before Josef Stalin&apos;s death in 1953, the USSR had, at best, an ambivalent relationship with noncommunist international organisations. Although it had helped found the United Nations, it refused to join the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) and other major agencies beyond the Security Council and General Assembly, casting them as foreign meddlers. Under new leadership, the USSR joined UNESCO and a slew of international organisations for the first time, including the World Health Organization and the International Labor Organization. As a result, it enabled Soviet diplomats, scholars, teachers, and even some blue-collar workers to participate in global discussions on topics ranging from their professional specialties to worldwide problems.
Reds in Blue: UNESCO, World Governance, and the Soviet Internationalist Imagination (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Louis Porter investigates Soviet relations with one of the most prominent of these organisations, UNESCO, to present a novel way of thinking about the role of the United Nations in the Soviet experience of the Cold War. Drawing on unused archival material from the former USSR and elsewhere, the book examines the forgotten stories of Soviet citizens who contributed to the nuts-and-bolts operations and lesser-known activities of world governance. These unexamined dimensions of everyday participation in the UN&apos;s bureaucracy, conferences, publications, and technical assistance show the body&apos;s importance for a group of Soviet &quot;one-worlders,&quot; who used the UN to imagine and work for a better world amidst the realities of the Cold War. Meanwhile, the Khrushchev and early Brezhnev governments sought to use their participation as a means of spreading Soviet influence within Western-dominated international organisations but discovered that this required risk-taking and a degree of openness for which the Soviet leadership and domestic institutions were often unprepared.
Moving beyond debates over the successes and failures of UN diplomatic activities, Reds in Blue offers fresh perspectives on how Soviet citizens became citizens of the world and advocated for opening up Soviet society in ways that transcended Cold War categories without abandoning a sense of loyalty to their homeland. In doing so, it recaptures a space where East and West worked together towards a future without international conflict in the years before détente.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>265</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b5144f98-eeba-11ee-b67c-93c5f8a35cfd</guid>
      <title>Rina Verma Williams, &quot;Marginalized, Mobilized, Incorporated: Women and Religious Nationalism in Indian Democracy&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>How has the participation of women in Hindu nationalist politics in India changed over time? More broadly, what has their changing participation meant for women, Hindu nationalism, and Indian democracy? </p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197567227"><em>Marginalized, Mobilized, Incorporated: Women and Religious Nationalism in Indian Democracy</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023), Rina Verma Williams places women's participation in religious politics in India into historical and comparative perspective through a focus on the most important Hindu nationalist political parties in modern Indian history: the All-India Hindu Mahasabha (HMS) and the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP). She compares three critical periods to show the increasing involvement of women in Hindu nationalist politics over time. In its formative years in the early 1900s, the HMS marginalized women; in the 1980s, the BJP began to mobilize them; and in the contemporary period, as the BJP returned to power in 2014, it has incorporated women into its structures and activities. Williams contends that the incorporation of women into Hindu nationalist politics has significantly advanced the BJP's electoral success compared to prior periods when women were either marginalized or mobilized in more limited ways. Given that the BJP is one of the most dynamic religious/ethno-nationalist parties in the world at present, Williams' account of how it incorporated masses of women into its coalition is essential reading for scholars and students interested not just in India, but in the relationship between gender and right-wing populist politics globally.</p><p><em>Yash Sharma is a PhD student in Political Science at the School of Public and International Affairs, University of Cincinnati. His research is focused on the interactions of political mobilization and anti-minority violence within Hindu nationalist organizations in India. </em><a href="https://twitter.com/YASHsh"><em>Twitter</em></a><em>. Email: </em><a href="mailto:sharmaym@mail.uc.edu"><em>sharmaym@mail.uc.edu</em></a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 2 Apr 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>How has the participation of women in Hindu nationalist politics in India changed over time? More broadly, what has their changing participation meant for women, Hindu nationalism, and Indian democracy? </p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197567227"><em>Marginalized, Mobilized, Incorporated: Women and Religious Nationalism in Indian Democracy</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023), Rina Verma Williams places women's participation in religious politics in India into historical and comparative perspective through a focus on the most important Hindu nationalist political parties in modern Indian history: the All-India Hindu Mahasabha (HMS) and the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP). She compares three critical periods to show the increasing involvement of women in Hindu nationalist politics over time. In its formative years in the early 1900s, the HMS marginalized women; in the 1980s, the BJP began to mobilize them; and in the contemporary period, as the BJP returned to power in 2014, it has incorporated women into its structures and activities. Williams contends that the incorporation of women into Hindu nationalist politics has significantly advanced the BJP's electoral success compared to prior periods when women were either marginalized or mobilized in more limited ways. Given that the BJP is one of the most dynamic religious/ethno-nationalist parties in the world at present, Williams' account of how it incorporated masses of women into its coalition is essential reading for scholars and students interested not just in India, but in the relationship between gender and right-wing populist politics globally.</p><p><em>Yash Sharma is a PhD student in Political Science at the School of Public and International Affairs, University of Cincinnati. His research is focused on the interactions of political mobilization and anti-minority violence within Hindu nationalist organizations in India. </em><a href="https://twitter.com/YASHsh"><em>Twitter</em></a><em>. Email: </em><a href="mailto:sharmaym@mail.uc.edu"><em>sharmaym@mail.uc.edu</em></a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="40145731" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/463c8862-fa3b-4d76-bcfa-f568e4244219/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=463c8862-fa3b-4d76-bcfa-f568e4244219&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Rina Verma Williams, &quot;Marginalized, Mobilized, Incorporated: Women and Religious Nationalism in Indian Democracy&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:41:48</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>How has the participation of women in Hindu nationalist politics in India changed over time? More broadly, what has their changing participation meant for women, Hindu nationalism, and Indian democracy? 
In Marginalized, Mobilized, Incorporated: Women and Religious Nationalism in Indian Democracy (Oxford UP, 2023), Rina Verma Williams places women&apos;s participation in religious politics in India into historical and comparative perspective through a focus on the most important Hindu nationalist political parties in modern Indian history: the All-India Hindu Mahasabha (HMS) and the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP). She compares three critical periods to show the increasing involvement of women in Hindu nationalist politics over time. In its formative years in the early 1900s, the HMS marginalized women; in the 1980s, the BJP began to mobilize them; and in the contemporary period, as the BJP returned to power in 2014, it has incorporated women into its structures and activities. Williams contends that the incorporation of women into Hindu nationalist politics has significantly advanced the BJP&apos;s electoral success compared to prior periods when women were either marginalized or mobilized in more limited ways. Given that the BJP is one of the most dynamic religious/ethno-nationalist parties in the world at present, Williams&apos; account of how it incorporated masses of women into its coalition is essential reading for scholars and students interested not just in India, but in the relationship between gender and right-wing populist politics globally.
Yash Sharma is a PhD student in Political Science at the School of Public and International Affairs, University of Cincinnati. His research is focused on the interactions of political mobilization and anti-minority violence within Hindu nationalist organizations in India. Twitter. Email: sharmaym@mail.uc.edu</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>How has the participation of women in Hindu nationalist politics in India changed over time? More broadly, what has their changing participation meant for women, Hindu nationalism, and Indian democracy? 
In Marginalized, Mobilized, Incorporated: Women and Religious Nationalism in Indian Democracy (Oxford UP, 2023), Rina Verma Williams places women&apos;s participation in religious politics in India into historical and comparative perspective through a focus on the most important Hindu nationalist political parties in modern Indian history: the All-India Hindu Mahasabha (HMS) and the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP). She compares three critical periods to show the increasing involvement of women in Hindu nationalist politics over time. In its formative years in the early 1900s, the HMS marginalized women; in the 1980s, the BJP began to mobilize them; and in the contemporary period, as the BJP returned to power in 2014, it has incorporated women into its structures and activities. Williams contends that the incorporation of women into Hindu nationalist politics has significantly advanced the BJP&apos;s electoral success compared to prior periods when women were either marginalized or mobilized in more limited ways. Given that the BJP is one of the most dynamic religious/ethno-nationalist parties in the world at present, Williams&apos; account of how it incorporated masses of women into its coalition is essential reading for scholars and students interested not just in India, but in the relationship between gender and right-wing populist politics globally.
Yash Sharma is a PhD student in Political Science at the School of Public and International Affairs, University of Cincinnati. His research is focused on the interactions of political mobilization and anti-minority violence within Hindu nationalist organizations in India. Twitter. Email: sharmaym@mail.uc.edu</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>223</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">59840d6e-eeb8-11ee-a0d3-976f3b467ca7</guid>
      <title>Richard Beaudoin, &quot;Sounds As They Are: The unwritten music in classical recordings&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In a recording, what sounds count as music? Sounds made by a musician's body--including inhales, finger taps, and grunts--have for decades been dismissed as extraneous noises. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197659281"><em>Sounds As They Are: The unwritten music in classical recordings</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024), author Richard Beaudoin pioneers a field of inquiry into non-notated sounds in recordings of classical music, recognizing often-overlooked sounds made by the bodies of performers and their recording equipment as music.</p><p>Beaudoin classifies such sounds via inclusive track analysis (ITA), a bold new theory based on a comprehensive census of audible events on a given recording, and then codifies their musical function. He builds a typology across four large categories: sounds of breath (inhaling and exhaling), sounds of touch (guitar squeaks, piano pedals), sounds of effort (grunting and moaning), and surface noise (on early recording formats). Breaths are shown to be as complex and diverse as chords. Touch sounds create empathy with listeners. Effortful vocalizations reveal connections between music-making and sex. The measurement of surface noise reveals moments of synchronization with the meter of the recorded piece. He draws analogies between unwritten music and painting, photography, poetry, psychology, and government. The book's methodology is intertwined with the aesthetics and ethics of non-notated sounds: who is allowed to make them, and how they are received by listeners, critics, and scholars. Beaudoin uncovers insidious inequalities across music studies and the recording industry, including the silencing of body and breath sounds along lines of gender and race.</p><p><em>Sounds as They Are</em> demonstrates the expressive, interpretive, and embodied possibilities that emerge when all sounds are valued coequally and asks music theory to face a simple truth: that all sounds deserve recognition.</p><p><a href="https://yalemusic.yale.edu/people/nathan-smith"><em>Nathan Smith</em></a><em> is a PhD candidate in Music Theory at Yale University (nathan.smith@yale.edu).</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 2 Apr 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In a recording, what sounds count as music? Sounds made by a musician's body--including inhales, finger taps, and grunts--have for decades been dismissed as extraneous noises. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197659281"><em>Sounds As They Are: The unwritten music in classical recordings</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024), author Richard Beaudoin pioneers a field of inquiry into non-notated sounds in recordings of classical music, recognizing often-overlooked sounds made by the bodies of performers and their recording equipment as music.</p><p>Beaudoin classifies such sounds via inclusive track analysis (ITA), a bold new theory based on a comprehensive census of audible events on a given recording, and then codifies their musical function. He builds a typology across four large categories: sounds of breath (inhaling and exhaling), sounds of touch (guitar squeaks, piano pedals), sounds of effort (grunting and moaning), and surface noise (on early recording formats). Breaths are shown to be as complex and diverse as chords. Touch sounds create empathy with listeners. Effortful vocalizations reveal connections between music-making and sex. The measurement of surface noise reveals moments of synchronization with the meter of the recorded piece. He draws analogies between unwritten music and painting, photography, poetry, psychology, and government. The book's methodology is intertwined with the aesthetics and ethics of non-notated sounds: who is allowed to make them, and how they are received by listeners, critics, and scholars. Beaudoin uncovers insidious inequalities across music studies and the recording industry, including the silencing of body and breath sounds along lines of gender and race.</p><p><em>Sounds as They Are</em> demonstrates the expressive, interpretive, and embodied possibilities that emerge when all sounds are valued coequally and asks music theory to face a simple truth: that all sounds deserve recognition.</p><p><a href="https://yalemusic.yale.edu/people/nathan-smith"><em>Nathan Smith</em></a><em> is a PhD candidate in Music Theory at Yale University (nathan.smith@yale.edu).</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="81150067" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/1f7f5e3d-8a1c-4afc-ace6-c2fc8192521e/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=1f7f5e3d-8a1c-4afc-ace6-c2fc8192521e&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Richard Beaudoin, &quot;Sounds As They Are: The unwritten music in classical recordings&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:24:31</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In a recording, what sounds count as music? Sounds made by a musician&apos;s body--including inhales, finger taps, and grunts--have for decades been dismissed as extraneous noises. In Sounds As They Are: The unwritten music in classical recordings (Oxford UP, 2024), author Richard Beaudoin pioneers a field of inquiry into non-notated sounds in recordings of classical music, recognizing often-overlooked sounds made by the bodies of performers and their recording equipment as music.
Beaudoin classifies such sounds via inclusive track analysis (ITA), a bold new theory based on a comprehensive census of audible events on a given recording, and then codifies their musical function. He builds a typology across four large categories: sounds of breath (inhaling and exhaling), sounds of touch (guitar squeaks, piano pedals), sounds of effort (grunting and moaning), and surface noise (on early recording formats). Breaths are shown to be as complex and diverse as chords. Touch sounds create empathy with listeners. Effortful vocalizations reveal connections between music-making and sex. The measurement of surface noise reveals moments of synchronization with the meter of the recorded piece. He draws analogies between unwritten music and painting, photography, poetry, psychology, and government. The book&apos;s methodology is intertwined with the aesthetics and ethics of non-notated sounds: who is allowed to make them, and how they are received by listeners, critics, and scholars. Beaudoin uncovers insidious inequalities across music studies and the recording industry, including the silencing of body and breath sounds along lines of gender and race.
Sounds as They Are demonstrates the expressive, interpretive, and embodied possibilities that emerge when all sounds are valued coequally and asks music theory to face a simple truth: that all sounds deserve recognition.
Nathan Smith is a PhD candidate in Music Theory at Yale University (nathan.smith@yale.edu).</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In a recording, what sounds count as music? Sounds made by a musician&apos;s body--including inhales, finger taps, and grunts--have for decades been dismissed as extraneous noises. In Sounds As They Are: The unwritten music in classical recordings (Oxford UP, 2024), author Richard Beaudoin pioneers a field of inquiry into non-notated sounds in recordings of classical music, recognizing often-overlooked sounds made by the bodies of performers and their recording equipment as music.
Beaudoin classifies such sounds via inclusive track analysis (ITA), a bold new theory based on a comprehensive census of audible events on a given recording, and then codifies their musical function. He builds a typology across four large categories: sounds of breath (inhaling and exhaling), sounds of touch (guitar squeaks, piano pedals), sounds of effort (grunting and moaning), and surface noise (on early recording formats). Breaths are shown to be as complex and diverse as chords. Touch sounds create empathy with listeners. Effortful vocalizations reveal connections between music-making and sex. The measurement of surface noise reveals moments of synchronization with the meter of the recorded piece. He draws analogies between unwritten music and painting, photography, poetry, psychology, and government. The book&apos;s methodology is intertwined with the aesthetics and ethics of non-notated sounds: who is allowed to make them, and how they are received by listeners, critics, and scholars. Beaudoin uncovers insidious inequalities across music studies and the recording industry, including the silencing of body and breath sounds along lines of gender and race.
Sounds as They Are demonstrates the expressive, interpretive, and embodied possibilities that emerge when all sounds are valued coequally and asks music theory to face a simple truth: that all sounds deserve recognition.
Nathan Smith is a PhD candidate in Music Theory at Yale University (nathan.smith@yale.edu).</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1403</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14acb71a-eea7-11ee-bf70-2fe13976b01b</guid>
      <title>Katie Barclay, &quot;Caritas: Neighbourly Love and the Early Modern Self&quot; (Oxford UP, 2021)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><em>Caritas</em>, a form of grace that turned our love for our neighbour into a spiritual practice, was expected of all early modern Christians, and corresponded with a set of ethical rules for living that displayed one's love in the everyday. <em>Caritas</em> was not just a willingness to behave morally, to keep the peace, and to uphold social order however, but was expected to be felt as a strong passion, like that of a parent to a child. </p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198868132"><em>Caritas: Neighbourly Love and the Early Modern Self</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2021) explores the importance of <em>caritas</em> to early modern communities, introducing the concept of the 'emotional ethic' to explain how neighbourly love become not only a code for moral living but a part of felt experience. As an emotional ethic, <em>caritas</em> was an embodied norm, where physical feeling and bodily practices guided right action, and was practiced in the choices and actions of everyday life. Using a case study of the Scottish lower orders, this book highlights how <em>caritas</em> shaped relationships between men and women, families, and the broader community.</p><p>Focusing on marriage, childhood and youth, 'sinful sex', privacy and secrecy, and hospitality towards the itinerant poor, <em>Caritas</em> provides a rich analysis of the emotional lives of the poor and the embodied moral framework that guided their behaviour. Charting the period 1660 to 1830, it highlights how caritas evolved in response to the growing significance of romantic love, as well as new ideas of social relation between men, such as fraternity and benevolence.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 1 Apr 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><em>Caritas</em>, a form of grace that turned our love for our neighbour into a spiritual practice, was expected of all early modern Christians, and corresponded with a set of ethical rules for living that displayed one's love in the everyday. <em>Caritas</em> was not just a willingness to behave morally, to keep the peace, and to uphold social order however, but was expected to be felt as a strong passion, like that of a parent to a child. </p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198868132"><em>Caritas: Neighbourly Love and the Early Modern Self</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2021) explores the importance of <em>caritas</em> to early modern communities, introducing the concept of the 'emotional ethic' to explain how neighbourly love become not only a code for moral living but a part of felt experience. As an emotional ethic, <em>caritas</em> was an embodied norm, where physical feeling and bodily practices guided right action, and was practiced in the choices and actions of everyday life. Using a case study of the Scottish lower orders, this book highlights how <em>caritas</em> shaped relationships between men and women, families, and the broader community.</p><p>Focusing on marriage, childhood and youth, 'sinful sex', privacy and secrecy, and hospitality towards the itinerant poor, <em>Caritas</em> provides a rich analysis of the emotional lives of the poor and the embodied moral framework that guided their behaviour. Charting the period 1660 to 1830, it highlights how caritas evolved in response to the growing significance of romantic love, as well as new ideas of social relation between men, such as fraternity and benevolence.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="16897561" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/50bbe578-7020-48c5-be1f-ea8767720c1a/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=50bbe578-7020-48c5-be1f-ea8767720c1a&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Katie Barclay, &quot;Caritas: Neighbourly Love and the Early Modern Self&quot; (Oxford UP, 2021)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:17:35</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Caritas, a form of grace that turned our love for our neighbour into a spiritual practice, was expected of all early modern Christians, and corresponded with a set of ethical rules for living that displayed one&apos;s love in the everyday. Caritas was not just a willingness to behave morally, to keep the peace, and to uphold social order however, but was expected to be felt as a strong passion, like that of a parent to a child. 
Caritas: Neighbourly Love and the Early Modern Self (Oxford UP, 2021) explores the importance of caritas to early modern communities, introducing the concept of the &apos;emotional ethic&apos; to explain how neighbourly love become not only a code for moral living but a part of felt experience. As an emotional ethic, caritas was an embodied norm, where physical feeling and bodily practices guided right action, and was practiced in the choices and actions of everyday life. Using a case study of the Scottish lower orders, this book highlights how caritas shaped relationships between men and women, families, and the broader community.
Focusing on marriage, childhood and youth, &apos;sinful sex&apos;, privacy and secrecy, and hospitality towards the itinerant poor, Caritas provides a rich analysis of the emotional lives of the poor and the embodied moral framework that guided their behaviour. Charting the period 1660 to 1830, it highlights how caritas evolved in response to the growing significance of romantic love, as well as new ideas of social relation between men, such as fraternity and benevolence.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Caritas, a form of grace that turned our love for our neighbour into a spiritual practice, was expected of all early modern Christians, and corresponded with a set of ethical rules for living that displayed one&apos;s love in the everyday. Caritas was not just a willingness to behave morally, to keep the peace, and to uphold social order however, but was expected to be felt as a strong passion, like that of a parent to a child. 
Caritas: Neighbourly Love and the Early Modern Self (Oxford UP, 2021) explores the importance of caritas to early modern communities, introducing the concept of the &apos;emotional ethic&apos; to explain how neighbourly love become not only a code for moral living but a part of felt experience. As an emotional ethic, caritas was an embodied norm, where physical feeling and bodily practices guided right action, and was practiced in the choices and actions of everyday life. Using a case study of the Scottish lower orders, this book highlights how caritas shaped relationships between men and women, families, and the broader community.
Focusing on marriage, childhood and youth, &apos;sinful sex&apos;, privacy and secrecy, and hospitality towards the itinerant poor, Caritas provides a rich analysis of the emotional lives of the poor and the embodied moral framework that guided their behaviour. Charting the period 1660 to 1830, it highlights how caritas evolved in response to the growing significance of romantic love, as well as new ideas of social relation between men, such as fraternity and benevolence.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>68</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ad2b2348-eea0-11ee-bdd2-2fb43b805bcf</guid>
      <title>Huaping Lu-Adler, &quot;Kant, Race, and Racism: Views from Somewhere&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Kant scholars have paid relatively little attention to his raciology. They assume that his racism, as personal prejudice, can be disentangled from his core philosophy. They also assume that racism contradicts his moral theory. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197685211"><em>Kant, Race, and Racism: Views from Somewhere</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023), philosopher Huaping Lu-Adler challenges both assumptions. She shows how Kant's raciology--divided into racialism and racism--is integral to his philosophical system. She also rejects the individualistic approach to Kant and racism. Instead, she uses the notion of racism as ideological formation to demonstrate how Kant, from his social location both as a prominent scholar and as a lifelong educator, participated in the formation of modern racist ideology.</p><p>As a scholar, Kant developed a ground-breaking scientific theory of race from the standpoint of a philosophical investigator of nature or <em>Naturforscher</em>. As an educator, he transmitted denigrating depictions of the racialized others and imbued those descriptions with normative relevance. In both roles, he left behind, as one of his legacies, a worldview that excluded non-whites from such goods as recognitional respect and candidacy for cultural and moral achievements. Scholars who research and teach Kant's philosophy therefore have an unshakable burden to take part in the ongoing antiracist struggles, through their teaching practices as well as their scholarship. And they must do so with a pragmatic attention to nonideal social realities and a deliberate orientation toward substantial racial justice, equality, and inclusion.</p><p>Lu-Adler pushes the discourse about Kant and racism well beyond the old debates about whether he was racist or whether his racism contaminates his philosophy. By foregrounding the lasting legacies of Kant's raciology, her work calls for a profound reorientation of Kant scholarship.</p><p>Huaping Lu-Adler is Associate Professor of Philosophy at Georgetown University. She specializes in seventeenth- and eighteenth-century Western philosophy (particularly epistemology, metaphysics, philosophy of science, and logic). She is the author of <em>Kant and the Science of Logic </em>(Oxford, 2018).</p><p><br /></p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>Morteza Hajizadeh</em></a><em> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>YouTube channel</em></a><em>. </em><a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture"><em>Twitter</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 31 Mar 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Kant scholars have paid relatively little attention to his raciology. They assume that his racism, as personal prejudice, can be disentangled from his core philosophy. They also assume that racism contradicts his moral theory. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197685211"><em>Kant, Race, and Racism: Views from Somewhere</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023), philosopher Huaping Lu-Adler challenges both assumptions. She shows how Kant's raciology--divided into racialism and racism--is integral to his philosophical system. She also rejects the individualistic approach to Kant and racism. Instead, she uses the notion of racism as ideological formation to demonstrate how Kant, from his social location both as a prominent scholar and as a lifelong educator, participated in the formation of modern racist ideology.</p><p>As a scholar, Kant developed a ground-breaking scientific theory of race from the standpoint of a philosophical investigator of nature or <em>Naturforscher</em>. As an educator, he transmitted denigrating depictions of the racialized others and imbued those descriptions with normative relevance. In both roles, he left behind, as one of his legacies, a worldview that excluded non-whites from such goods as recognitional respect and candidacy for cultural and moral achievements. Scholars who research and teach Kant's philosophy therefore have an unshakable burden to take part in the ongoing antiracist struggles, through their teaching practices as well as their scholarship. And they must do so with a pragmatic attention to nonideal social realities and a deliberate orientation toward substantial racial justice, equality, and inclusion.</p><p>Lu-Adler pushes the discourse about Kant and racism well beyond the old debates about whether he was racist or whether his racism contaminates his philosophy. By foregrounding the lasting legacies of Kant's raciology, her work calls for a profound reorientation of Kant scholarship.</p><p>Huaping Lu-Adler is Associate Professor of Philosophy at Georgetown University. She specializes in seventeenth- and eighteenth-century Western philosophy (particularly epistemology, metaphysics, philosophy of science, and logic). She is the author of <em>Kant and the Science of Logic </em>(Oxford, 2018).</p><p><br /></p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>Morteza Hajizadeh</em></a><em> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>YouTube channel</em></a><em>. </em><a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture"><em>Twitter</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="32420865" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/f55b64f8-ad55-4be5-ac7e-5f9f5708a614/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=f55b64f8-ad55-4be5-ac7e-5f9f5708a614&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Huaping Lu-Adler, &quot;Kant, Race, and Racism: Views from Somewhere&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:33:46</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Kant scholars have paid relatively little attention to his raciology. They assume that his racism, as personal prejudice, can be disentangled from his core philosophy. They also assume that racism contradicts his moral theory. In Kant, Race, and Racism: Views from Somewhere (Oxford UP, 2023), philosopher Huaping Lu-Adler challenges both assumptions. She shows how Kant&apos;s raciology--divided into racialism and racism--is integral to his philosophical system. She also rejects the individualistic approach to Kant and racism. Instead, she uses the notion of racism as ideological formation to demonstrate how Kant, from his social location both as a prominent scholar and as a lifelong educator, participated in the formation of modern racist ideology.
As a scholar, Kant developed a ground-breaking scientific theory of race from the standpoint of a philosophical investigator of nature or Naturforscher. As an educator, he transmitted denigrating depictions of the racialized others and imbued those descriptions with normative relevance. In both roles, he left behind, as one of his legacies, a worldview that excluded non-whites from such goods as recognitional respect and candidacy for cultural and moral achievements. Scholars who research and teach Kant&apos;s philosophy therefore have an unshakable burden to take part in the ongoing antiracist struggles, through their teaching practices as well as their scholarship. And they must do so with a pragmatic attention to nonideal social realities and a deliberate orientation toward substantial racial justice, equality, and inclusion.
Lu-Adler pushes the discourse about Kant and racism well beyond the old debates about whether he was racist or whether his racism contaminates his philosophy. By foregrounding the lasting legacies of Kant&apos;s raciology, her work calls for a profound reorientation of Kant scholarship.
Huaping Lu-Adler is Associate Professor of Philosophy at Georgetown University. She specializes in seventeenth- and eighteenth-century Western philosophy (particularly epistemology, metaphysics, philosophy of science, and logic). She is the author of Kant and the Science of Logic (Oxford, 2018).

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Kant scholars have paid relatively little attention to his raciology. They assume that his racism, as personal prejudice, can be disentangled from his core philosophy. They also assume that racism contradicts his moral theory. In Kant, Race, and Racism: Views from Somewhere (Oxford UP, 2023), philosopher Huaping Lu-Adler challenges both assumptions. She shows how Kant&apos;s raciology--divided into racialism and racism--is integral to his philosophical system. She also rejects the individualistic approach to Kant and racism. Instead, she uses the notion of racism as ideological formation to demonstrate how Kant, from his social location both as a prominent scholar and as a lifelong educator, participated in the formation of modern racist ideology.
As a scholar, Kant developed a ground-breaking scientific theory of race from the standpoint of a philosophical investigator of nature or Naturforscher. As an educator, he transmitted denigrating depictions of the racialized others and imbued those descriptions with normative relevance. In both roles, he left behind, as one of his legacies, a worldview that excluded non-whites from such goods as recognitional respect and candidacy for cultural and moral achievements. Scholars who research and teach Kant&apos;s philosophy therefore have an unshakable burden to take part in the ongoing antiracist struggles, through their teaching practices as well as their scholarship. And they must do so with a pragmatic attention to nonideal social realities and a deliberate orientation toward substantial racial justice, equality, and inclusion.
Lu-Adler pushes the discourse about Kant and racism well beyond the old debates about whether he was racist or whether his racism contaminates his philosophy. By foregrounding the lasting legacies of Kant&apos;s raciology, her work calls for a profound reorientation of Kant scholarship.
Huaping Lu-Adler is Associate Professor of Philosophy at Georgetown University. She specializes in seventeenth- and eighteenth-century Western philosophy (particularly epistemology, metaphysics, philosophy of science, and logic). She is the author of Kant and the Science of Logic (Oxford, 2018).

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>206</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">fbb3630e-ec48-11ee-8296-effad99ab1f1</guid>
      <title>Robin Waterfield, &quot;Plato of Athens: A Life in Philosophy&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The first ever biography of the founder of Western philosophy Considered by many to be the most important philosopher ever, Plato was born into a well-to-do family in wartime Athens at the end of the fifth century BCE. In his teens, he honed his intellect by attending lectures from the many thinkers who passed through Athens and toyed with the idea of writing poetry. He finally decided to go into politics, but became disillusioned, especially after the Athenians condemned his teacher, Socrates, to death. Instead, Plato turned to writing and teaching. He began teaching in his twenties and later founded the Academy, the world's first higher-educational research and teaching establishment. Eventually, he returned to practical politics and spent a considerable amount of time and energy trying to create a constitution for Syracuse in Sicily that would reflect and perpetuate some of his political ideals. The attempts failed, and Plato's disappointment can be traced in some of his later political works. In his lifetime and after, Plato was considered almost divine. Though a measure of his importance, this led to the invention of many tall tales about him-both by those who adored him and his detractors. </p><p>In<em> </em><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197564752"><em>Plato of Athens: A Life in Philosophy</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023), Robin Waterfield steers a judicious course among these stories, debunking some while accepting the kernels of truth in others. He explains why Plato chose to write dialogues rather than treatises and gives an overview of the subject matter of all of Plato's books. Clearly and engagingly written throughout, Plato of Athens is the perfect introduction to the man and his work.</p><p><strong>Robin Waterfield</strong> is an independent scholar and translator living in southern Greece. Among his numerous translations of Greek works are Plato's <em>Symposium</em>, <em>Gorgias</em>, and <em>Republic</em>, all published in the Oxford World's Classics series. His previous works of history include <em>Creators, Conquerors, and Citizens: A History of Ancient Greece</em> and <em>Taken at the Flood: The Roman Conquest of Greece</em>.</p><p><br /></p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>Morteza Hajizadeh</em></a><em> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>YouTube channel</em></a><em>. </em><a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture"><em>Twitter</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Mar 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The first ever biography of the founder of Western philosophy Considered by many to be the most important philosopher ever, Plato was born into a well-to-do family in wartime Athens at the end of the fifth century BCE. In his teens, he honed his intellect by attending lectures from the many thinkers who passed through Athens and toyed with the idea of writing poetry. He finally decided to go into politics, but became disillusioned, especially after the Athenians condemned his teacher, Socrates, to death. Instead, Plato turned to writing and teaching. He began teaching in his twenties and later founded the Academy, the world's first higher-educational research and teaching establishment. Eventually, he returned to practical politics and spent a considerable amount of time and energy trying to create a constitution for Syracuse in Sicily that would reflect and perpetuate some of his political ideals. The attempts failed, and Plato's disappointment can be traced in some of his later political works. In his lifetime and after, Plato was considered almost divine. Though a measure of his importance, this led to the invention of many tall tales about him-both by those who adored him and his detractors. </p><p>In<em> </em><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197564752"><em>Plato of Athens: A Life in Philosophy</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023), Robin Waterfield steers a judicious course among these stories, debunking some while accepting the kernels of truth in others. He explains why Plato chose to write dialogues rather than treatises and gives an overview of the subject matter of all of Plato's books. Clearly and engagingly written throughout, Plato of Athens is the perfect introduction to the man and his work.</p><p><strong>Robin Waterfield</strong> is an independent scholar and translator living in southern Greece. Among his numerous translations of Greek works are Plato's <em>Symposium</em>, <em>Gorgias</em>, and <em>Republic</em>, all published in the Oxford World's Classics series. His previous works of history include <em>Creators, Conquerors, and Citizens: A History of Ancient Greece</em> and <em>Taken at the Flood: The Roman Conquest of Greece</em>.</p><p><br /></p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>Morteza Hajizadeh</em></a><em> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>YouTube channel</em></a><em>. </em><a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture"><em>Twitter</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="48344596" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/d28a718f-c3d3-428f-ad8d-34188f4ead87/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=d28a718f-c3d3-428f-ad8d-34188f4ead87&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Robin Waterfield, &quot;Plato of Athens: A Life in Philosophy&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:50:21</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The first ever biography of the founder of Western philosophy Considered by many to be the most important philosopher ever, Plato was born into a well-to-do family in wartime Athens at the end of the fifth century BCE. In his teens, he honed his intellect by attending lectures from the many thinkers who passed through Athens and toyed with the idea of writing poetry. He finally decided to go into politics, but became disillusioned, especially after the Athenians condemned his teacher, Socrates, to death. Instead, Plato turned to writing and teaching. He began teaching in his twenties and later founded the Academy, the world&apos;s first higher-educational research and teaching establishment. Eventually, he returned to practical politics and spent a considerable amount of time and energy trying to create a constitution for Syracuse in Sicily that would reflect and perpetuate some of his political ideals. The attempts failed, and Plato&apos;s disappointment can be traced in some of his later political works. In his lifetime and after, Plato was considered almost divine. Though a measure of his importance, this led to the invention of many tall tales about him-both by those who adored him and his detractors. 
In Plato of Athens: A Life in Philosophy (Oxford UP, 2023), Robin Waterfield steers a judicious course among these stories, debunking some while accepting the kernels of truth in others. He explains why Plato chose to write dialogues rather than treatises and gives an overview of the subject matter of all of Plato&apos;s books. Clearly and engagingly written throughout, Plato of Athens is the perfect introduction to the man and his work.
Robin Waterfield is an independent scholar and translator living in southern Greece. Among his numerous translations of Greek works are Plato&apos;s Symposium, Gorgias, and Republic, all published in the Oxford World&apos;s Classics series. His previous works of history include Creators, Conquerors, and Citizens: A History of Ancient Greece and Taken at the Flood: The Roman Conquest of Greece.

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The first ever biography of the founder of Western philosophy Considered by many to be the most important philosopher ever, Plato was born into a well-to-do family in wartime Athens at the end of the fifth century BCE. In his teens, he honed his intellect by attending lectures from the many thinkers who passed through Athens and toyed with the idea of writing poetry. He finally decided to go into politics, but became disillusioned, especially after the Athenians condemned his teacher, Socrates, to death. Instead, Plato turned to writing and teaching. He began teaching in his twenties and later founded the Academy, the world&apos;s first higher-educational research and teaching establishment. Eventually, he returned to practical politics and spent a considerable amount of time and energy trying to create a constitution for Syracuse in Sicily that would reflect and perpetuate some of his political ideals. The attempts failed, and Plato&apos;s disappointment can be traced in some of his later political works. In his lifetime and after, Plato was considered almost divine. Though a measure of his importance, this led to the invention of many tall tales about him-both by those who adored him and his detractors. 
In Plato of Athens: A Life in Philosophy (Oxford UP, 2023), Robin Waterfield steers a judicious course among these stories, debunking some while accepting the kernels of truth in others. He explains why Plato chose to write dialogues rather than treatises and gives an overview of the subject matter of all of Plato&apos;s books. Clearly and engagingly written throughout, Plato of Athens is the perfect introduction to the man and his work.
Robin Waterfield is an independent scholar and translator living in southern Greece. Among his numerous translations of Greek works are Plato&apos;s Symposium, Gorgias, and Republic, all published in the Oxford World&apos;s Classics series. His previous works of history include Creators, Conquerors, and Citizens: A History of Ancient Greece and Taken at the Flood: The Roman Conquest of Greece.

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>248</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ec89e922-ebab-11ee-bad2-2300504f7d7a</guid>
      <title>Citizenship Across Time and Space with David Jacobson</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of International Horizons, RBI director John Torpey discusses the past and future of citizenship with David Jacobson, Professor of Sociology at the University of South Florida (Tampa). They discuss the origins of the concept of citizenship in the ancient Near East a few thousand years ago and how kinship notions shape the debate on citizenship even in our own time. In their recent book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197669150"><em>Citizenship: The Third Revolution</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023), Jacobson and his co-author, Manlio Cinalli, turn to the experience of the medieval guilds as an alternative that may help rejuvenate the institution of citizenship today. The conversation closes with a discussion of Jacobson’s project on violence among the Vikings and how the monopolization of the legitimate means of violence contributes to the decline of violence in societies, as Norbert Elias argued that it did.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Mar 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of International Horizons, RBI director John Torpey discusses the past and future of citizenship with David Jacobson, Professor of Sociology at the University of South Florida (Tampa). They discuss the origins of the concept of citizenship in the ancient Near East a few thousand years ago and how kinship notions shape the debate on citizenship even in our own time. In their recent book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197669150"><em>Citizenship: The Third Revolution</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023), Jacobson and his co-author, Manlio Cinalli, turn to the experience of the medieval guilds as an alternative that may help rejuvenate the institution of citizenship today. The conversation closes with a discussion of Jacobson’s project on violence among the Vikings and how the monopolization of the legitimate means of violence contributes to the decline of violence in societies, as Norbert Elias argued that it did.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="39841857" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/2247ed11-f1cc-4377-acad-41ab30cb7517/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=2247ed11-f1cc-4377-acad-41ab30cb7517&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Citizenship Across Time and Space with David Jacobson</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:41:30</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode of International Horizons, RBI director John Torpey discusses the past and future of citizenship with David Jacobson, Professor of Sociology at the University of South Florida (Tampa). They discuss the origins of the concept of citizenship in the ancient Near East a few thousand years ago and how kinship notions shape the debate on citizenship even in our own time. In their recent book Citizenship: The Third Revolution (Oxford UP, 2023), Jacobson and his co-author, Manlio Cinalli, turn to the experience of the medieval guilds as an alternative that may help rejuvenate the institution of citizenship today. The conversation closes with a discussion of Jacobson’s project on violence among the Vikings and how the monopolization of the legitimate means of violence contributes to the decline of violence in societies, as Norbert Elias argued that it did.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode of International Horizons, RBI director John Torpey discusses the past and future of citizenship with David Jacobson, Professor of Sociology at the University of South Florida (Tampa). They discuss the origins of the concept of citizenship in the ancient Near East a few thousand years ago and how kinship notions shape the debate on citizenship even in our own time. In their recent book Citizenship: The Third Revolution (Oxford UP, 2023), Jacobson and his co-author, Manlio Cinalli, turn to the experience of the medieval guilds as an alternative that may help rejuvenate the institution of citizenship today. The conversation closes with a discussion of Jacobson’s project on violence among the Vikings and how the monopolization of the legitimate means of violence contributes to the decline of violence in societies, as Norbert Elias argued that it did.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>141</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d94009b2-ead1-11ee-adb6-2b3404372b56</guid>
      <title>Party People: Candidates and Party Evolution</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Contemporary politics is characterized by the rise (and fall) of many new parties. But what tools do political scientists have to map and measure electoral volatility? How can we best capture this change? And what insights can political scientists draw from other disciplines? Join host Tim Haughton for a discussion with Allan Sikk and Philipp Köker, the authors of a new book, <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/party-people-9780198868125?cc=gb&amp;lang=en&amp;"><em>Party People: Candidates and Party Evolution</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023). Their book draws on a database of 200 000 electoral candidates from over 60 elections across nine democracies.</p><ul>
<li>
<a href="https://www.ucl.ac.uk/ssees/people/allan-sikk">Allan Sikk</a> is Associate Professor at University College London’s School of Slavonic and East European Studies.</li>
<li>
<a href="https://philippkoeker.com/">Philipp Köker</a> is Lecturer and Research Fellow at Leibniz University in Hannover.</li>
<li>
<a href="https://www.birmingham.ac.uk/staff/profiles/gov/haughton-tim.aspx">Tim Haughton</a> is Professor of Comparative and European Politics and a founding co-director of CEDAR at the University of Birmingham.</li>
</ul><p><br /></p><p>The People, Power, Politics podcast brings you the latest insights into the factors that are shaping and re-shaping our political world. It is brought to you by <a href="https://www.birmingham.ac.uk/university/colleges/socsci/cedar/index.aspx">the Centre for Elections, Democracy, Accountability and Representation</a> (CEDAR) based at the University of Birmingham, United Kingdom. Join us to better understand the factors that promote and undermine democratic government around the world and follow us on Twitter at @CEDAR_Bham!</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 27 Mar 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Contemporary politics is characterized by the rise (and fall) of many new parties. But what tools do political scientists have to map and measure electoral volatility? How can we best capture this change? And what insights can political scientists draw from other disciplines? Join host Tim Haughton for a discussion with Allan Sikk and Philipp Köker, the authors of a new book, <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/party-people-9780198868125?cc=gb&amp;lang=en&amp;"><em>Party People: Candidates and Party Evolution</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023). Their book draws on a database of 200 000 electoral candidates from over 60 elections across nine democracies.</p><ul>
<li>
<a href="https://www.ucl.ac.uk/ssees/people/allan-sikk">Allan Sikk</a> is Associate Professor at University College London’s School of Slavonic and East European Studies.</li>
<li>
<a href="https://philippkoeker.com/">Philipp Köker</a> is Lecturer and Research Fellow at Leibniz University in Hannover.</li>
<li>
<a href="https://www.birmingham.ac.uk/staff/profiles/gov/haughton-tim.aspx">Tim Haughton</a> is Professor of Comparative and European Politics and a founding co-director of CEDAR at the University of Birmingham.</li>
</ul><p><br /></p><p>The People, Power, Politics podcast brings you the latest insights into the factors that are shaping and re-shaping our political world. It is brought to you by <a href="https://www.birmingham.ac.uk/university/colleges/socsci/cedar/index.aspx">the Centre for Elections, Democracy, Accountability and Representation</a> (CEDAR) based at the University of Birmingham, United Kingdom. Join us to better understand the factors that promote and undermine democratic government around the world and follow us on Twitter at @CEDAR_Bham!</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="31232377" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/6670e4ab-817c-497d-b5f8-8f6203849518/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=6670e4ab-817c-497d-b5f8-8f6203849518&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Party People: Candidates and Party Evolution</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:32:31</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Contemporary politics is characterized by the rise (and fall) of many new parties. But what tools do political scientists have to map and measure electoral volatility? How can we best capture this change? And what insights can political scientists draw from other disciplines? Join host Tim Haughton for a discussion with Allan Sikk and Philipp Köker, the authors of a new book, Party People: Candidates and Party Evolution (Oxford University Press, 2023). Their book draws on a database of 200 000 electoral candidates from over 60 elections across nine democracies.


Allan Sikk is Associate Professor at University College London’s School of Slavonic and East European Studies.


Philipp Köker is Lecturer and Research Fellow at Leibniz University in Hannover.


Tim Haughton is Professor of Comparative and European Politics and a founding co-director of CEDAR at the University of Birmingham.


The People, Power, Politics podcast brings you the latest insights into the factors that are shaping and re-shaping our political world. It is brought to you by the Centre for Elections, Democracy, Accountability and Representation (CEDAR) based at the University of Birmingham, United Kingdom. Join us to better understand the factors that promote and undermine democratic government around the world and follow us on Twitter at @CEDAR_Bham!</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Contemporary politics is characterized by the rise (and fall) of many new parties. But what tools do political scientists have to map and measure electoral volatility? How can we best capture this change? And what insights can political scientists draw from other disciplines? Join host Tim Haughton for a discussion with Allan Sikk and Philipp Köker, the authors of a new book, Party People: Candidates and Party Evolution (Oxford University Press, 2023). Their book draws on a database of 200 000 electoral candidates from over 60 elections across nine democracies.


Allan Sikk is Associate Professor at University College London’s School of Slavonic and East European Studies.


Philipp Köker is Lecturer and Research Fellow at Leibniz University in Hannover.


Tim Haughton is Professor of Comparative and European Politics and a founding co-director of CEDAR at the University of Birmingham.


The People, Power, Politics podcast brings you the latest insights into the factors that are shaping and re-shaping our political world. It is brought to you by the Centre for Elections, Democracy, Accountability and Representation (CEDAR) based at the University of Birmingham, United Kingdom. Join us to better understand the factors that promote and undermine democratic government around the world and follow us on Twitter at @CEDAR_Bham!</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>12</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b9d183dc-e949-11ee-92ba-db97aac24f04</guid>
      <title>Anita R. Gohdes, &quot;Repression in the Digital Age: Surveillance, Censorship, and the Dynamics of State Violence&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Global adoption of the Internet has exploded, yet we are only beginning to understand the Internet's profound political consequences. Authoritarian states are digitally catching up with their democratic counterparts, and both are showing a growing interest in the use of cyber controls--online censorship and surveillance technologies--that allow governments to exercise control over the Internet. Under what conditions does a digitally connected society actually help states target their enemies? Why do repressive governments sometimes shut down the Internet when faced with uprisings? And how have cyber controls become a dependable tool in the weapons arsenal that states use in civil conflict?</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197772614"><em>Repression in the Digital Age: Surveillance, Censorship, and the Dynamics of State Violence</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023), Dr. Anita R. Gohdes addresses these questions, and provides an original and in-depth look into the relationship between digital technologies and state violence. Drawing on large-scale analyses of fine-grained data on the Syrian conflict, qualitative case evidence from Iran, and the first global comparative analysis on Internet outages and state repression, Dr. Gohdes makes the case that digital infrastructure supports security forces in their use of violent state repression. More specifically, she argues that mass access to the Internet presents governments who fear for their political survival with a set of response options. When faced with a political threat, they can either temporarily restrict or block online public access or they can expand mass access to online information and monitor it to their own advantage. Surveillance allows security forces to target opponents of the state more selectively, while extreme forms of censorship or shutdowns of the Internet occur in conjunction with larger and more indiscriminate repression. As digital communication has become a bedrock of modern opposition and protest movements, <em>Repression in the Digital Age</em> breaks new ground in examining state repression in the information age.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> forthcoming book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Mar 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Global adoption of the Internet has exploded, yet we are only beginning to understand the Internet's profound political consequences. Authoritarian states are digitally catching up with their democratic counterparts, and both are showing a growing interest in the use of cyber controls--online censorship and surveillance technologies--that allow governments to exercise control over the Internet. Under what conditions does a digitally connected society actually help states target their enemies? Why do repressive governments sometimes shut down the Internet when faced with uprisings? And how have cyber controls become a dependable tool in the weapons arsenal that states use in civil conflict?</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197772614"><em>Repression in the Digital Age: Surveillance, Censorship, and the Dynamics of State Violence</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023), Dr. Anita R. Gohdes addresses these questions, and provides an original and in-depth look into the relationship between digital technologies and state violence. Drawing on large-scale analyses of fine-grained data on the Syrian conflict, qualitative case evidence from Iran, and the first global comparative analysis on Internet outages and state repression, Dr. Gohdes makes the case that digital infrastructure supports security forces in their use of violent state repression. More specifically, she argues that mass access to the Internet presents governments who fear for their political survival with a set of response options. When faced with a political threat, they can either temporarily restrict or block online public access or they can expand mass access to online information and monitor it to their own advantage. Surveillance allows security forces to target opponents of the state more selectively, while extreme forms of censorship or shutdowns of the Internet occur in conjunction with larger and more indiscriminate repression. As digital communication has become a bedrock of modern opposition and protest movements, <em>Repression in the Digital Age</em> breaks new ground in examining state repression in the information age.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> forthcoming book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="34058205" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/67bfd348-ffc0-4a51-b5e3-7df7b7c2d299/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=67bfd348-ffc0-4a51-b5e3-7df7b7c2d299&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Anita R. Gohdes, &quot;Repression in the Digital Age: Surveillance, Censorship, and the Dynamics of State Violence&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:35:28</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Global adoption of the Internet has exploded, yet we are only beginning to understand the Internet&apos;s profound political consequences. Authoritarian states are digitally catching up with their democratic counterparts, and both are showing a growing interest in the use of cyber controls--online censorship and surveillance technologies--that allow governments to exercise control over the Internet. Under what conditions does a digitally connected society actually help states target their enemies? Why do repressive governments sometimes shut down the Internet when faced with uprisings? And how have cyber controls become a dependable tool in the weapons arsenal that states use in civil conflict?
In Repression in the Digital Age: Surveillance, Censorship, and the Dynamics of State Violence (Oxford University Press, 2023), Dr. Anita R. Gohdes addresses these questions, and provides an original and in-depth look into the relationship between digital technologies and state violence. Drawing on large-scale analyses of fine-grained data on the Syrian conflict, qualitative case evidence from Iran, and the first global comparative analysis on Internet outages and state repression, Dr. Gohdes makes the case that digital infrastructure supports security forces in their use of violent state repression. More specifically, she argues that mass access to the Internet presents governments who fear for their political survival with a set of response options. When faced with a political threat, they can either temporarily restrict or block online public access or they can expand mass access to online information and monitor it to their own advantage. Surveillance allows security forces to target opponents of the state more selectively, while extreme forms of censorship or shutdowns of the Internet occur in conjunction with larger and more indiscriminate repression. As digital communication has become a bedrock of modern opposition and protest movements, Repression in the Digital Age breaks new ground in examining state repression in the information age.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Global adoption of the Internet has exploded, yet we are only beginning to understand the Internet&apos;s profound political consequences. Authoritarian states are digitally catching up with their democratic counterparts, and both are showing a growing interest in the use of cyber controls--online censorship and surveillance technologies--that allow governments to exercise control over the Internet. Under what conditions does a digitally connected society actually help states target their enemies? Why do repressive governments sometimes shut down the Internet when faced with uprisings? And how have cyber controls become a dependable tool in the weapons arsenal that states use in civil conflict?
In Repression in the Digital Age: Surveillance, Censorship, and the Dynamics of State Violence (Oxford University Press, 2023), Dr. Anita R. Gohdes addresses these questions, and provides an original and in-depth look into the relationship between digital technologies and state violence. Drawing on large-scale analyses of fine-grained data on the Syrian conflict, qualitative case evidence from Iran, and the first global comparative analysis on Internet outages and state repression, Dr. Gohdes makes the case that digital infrastructure supports security forces in their use of violent state repression. More specifically, she argues that mass access to the Internet presents governments who fear for their political survival with a set of response options. When faced with a political threat, they can either temporarily restrict or block online public access or they can expand mass access to online information and monitor it to their own advantage. Surveillance allows security forces to target opponents of the state more selectively, while extreme forms of censorship or shutdowns of the Internet occur in conjunction with larger and more indiscriminate repression. As digital communication has become a bedrock of modern opposition and protest movements, Repression in the Digital Age breaks new ground in examining state repression in the information age.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>446</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">abd1af14-e926-11ee-9a77-7f399163ee57</guid>
      <title>Colleen Taylor, &quot;Irish Materialisms: The Nonhuman and the Making of Colonial Ireland, 1690-1830&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Coins, flax, spinning wheels, mud, pigs. Each of these objects were ubiquitous in the premodern cultural representation of the Irish. Through case studies of these five objects, Colleen Taylor’s new monograph <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198894834"><em>Irish Materialisms: The Nonhuman and the Making of Colonial Ireland, 1690-1830</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024) recovers the sometimes-oppressive, sometimes-liberatory meanings invested in nonhuman matter. <em>Irish Materialisms</em> collects a rich archive of material from William Carleton’s “Phil Purcel, the Pig Driver,” to the it-narrative <em>The Adventures of a Bad Shilling in the Kingdom of Ireland</em>, <em>Gulliver’s Travels</em> to Sydney Owenson’s <em>The Wild Irish Girl</em>.</p><p>Colleen Taylor is Professor of English at Boston College. She has held the National Endowment for the Humanities Fellowship at the University of Notre Dame and an Irish Research Council Postdoctoral Award at University College Cork. <em>Irish Materialisms</em> is her first monograph.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Mar 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Coins, flax, spinning wheels, mud, pigs. Each of these objects were ubiquitous in the premodern cultural representation of the Irish. Through case studies of these five objects, Colleen Taylor’s new monograph <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198894834"><em>Irish Materialisms: The Nonhuman and the Making of Colonial Ireland, 1690-1830</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024) recovers the sometimes-oppressive, sometimes-liberatory meanings invested in nonhuman matter. <em>Irish Materialisms</em> collects a rich archive of material from William Carleton’s “Phil Purcel, the Pig Driver,” to the it-narrative <em>The Adventures of a Bad Shilling in the Kingdom of Ireland</em>, <em>Gulliver’s Travels</em> to Sydney Owenson’s <em>The Wild Irish Girl</em>.</p><p>Colleen Taylor is Professor of English at Boston College. She has held the National Endowment for the Humanities Fellowship at the University of Notre Dame and an Irish Research Council Postdoctoral Award at University College Cork. <em>Irish Materialisms</em> is her first monograph.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="61463556" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/c2e65272-1540-4a70-9a21-9579631690bf/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=c2e65272-1540-4a70-9a21-9579631690bf&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Colleen Taylor, &quot;Irish Materialisms: The Nonhuman and the Making of Colonial Ireland, 1690-1830&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:04:01</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Coins, flax, spinning wheels, mud, pigs. Each of these objects were ubiquitous in the premodern cultural representation of the Irish. Through case studies of these five objects, Colleen Taylor’s new monograph Irish Materialisms: The Nonhuman and the Making of Colonial Ireland, 1690-1830 (Oxford University Press, 2024) recovers the sometimes-oppressive, sometimes-liberatory meanings invested in nonhuman matter. Irish Materialisms collects a rich archive of material from William Carleton’s “Phil Purcel, the Pig Driver,” to the it-narrative The Adventures of a Bad Shilling in the Kingdom of Ireland, Gulliver’s Travels to Sydney Owenson’s The Wild Irish Girl.
Colleen Taylor is Professor of English at Boston College. She has held the National Endowment for the Humanities Fellowship at the University of Notre Dame and an Irish Research Council Postdoctoral Award at University College Cork. Irish Materialisms is her first monograph.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Coins, flax, spinning wheels, mud, pigs. Each of these objects were ubiquitous in the premodern cultural representation of the Irish. Through case studies of these five objects, Colleen Taylor’s new monograph Irish Materialisms: The Nonhuman and the Making of Colonial Ireland, 1690-1830 (Oxford University Press, 2024) recovers the sometimes-oppressive, sometimes-liberatory meanings invested in nonhuman matter. Irish Materialisms collects a rich archive of material from William Carleton’s “Phil Purcel, the Pig Driver,” to the it-narrative The Adventures of a Bad Shilling in the Kingdom of Ireland, Gulliver’s Travels to Sydney Owenson’s The Wild Irish Girl.
Colleen Taylor is Professor of English at Boston College. She has held the National Endowment for the Humanities Fellowship at the University of Notre Dame and an Irish Research Council Postdoctoral Award at University College Cork. Irish Materialisms is her first monograph.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>289</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23fcf0b2-e94e-11ee-b1ce-b7d663a98e11</guid>
      <title>William Bain, &quot;Political Theology of International Order&quot; (Oxford UP, 2020)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Is contemporary international order truly a secular arrangement? Theorists of international relations typically adhere to a narrative that portrays the modern states system as the product of a gradual process of secularization that transcended the religiosity of medieval Christendom. William Bain's <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192887382"><em>Political Theology of International Order</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2020) challenges this narrative by arguing that modern theories of international order reflect ideas that originate in medieval theology. They are, in other words, worldly applications of a theological pattern.</p><p>This ground-breaking book makes two key contributions to scholarship on international order. First, it provides a thorough intellectual history of medieval and early modern traditions of thought and the way in which they shape modern thinking about international order. It explores the ideas of Augustine, Thomas Aquinas, William of Ockham, Martin Luther, and other theologians to rise above the sharp differentiation of medieval and modern that underpins most international thought. Uncovering this theological inheritance invites a fundamental reassessment of canonical figures, such as Hugo Grotius and Thomas Hobbes, and their contribution to theorizing international order. Second, this book shows how theological ideas continue to shape modern theories of international order by structuring the questions theorists ask as well as the answer they provide. It argues that the dominant vocabulary of international order, system and society, anarchy, balance of power, and constitutionalism, is mediated by the intellectual commitments of nominalist theology. It concludes by exploring the implications of thinking in terms of this theological inheritance, albeit in a world where God is only one of several possibilities that can called upon to secure the regularity of order.</p><p><br /></p><p><a href="https://fass.nus.edu.sg/pol/people/william-bain/">William Bain</a> is Associate Professor of International Relations at National University of Singapore. He is the author of <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/between-anarchy-and-society-trusteeship-and-the-obligations-of-power-william-bain/11923482?ean=9780199260263"><em>Between Anarchy and Society: Trusteeship and the Obligations of Power</em></a> (OUP, 2003) and editor of, and contributor to, <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/medieval-foundations-of-international-relations-william-bain/10977818?ean=9781138795792"><em>Medieval Foundations of International Relations</em></a> (Routledge, 2016) and <a href="https://www.routledge.com/The-Empire-of-Security-and-the-Safety-of-the-People/Bain/p/book/9780415663953"><em>The Empire of Security and the Safety of the People</em></a> (Routledge, 2006). He has written widely on the theory of international society and the history of international thought.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Mar 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Is contemporary international order truly a secular arrangement? Theorists of international relations typically adhere to a narrative that portrays the modern states system as the product of a gradual process of secularization that transcended the religiosity of medieval Christendom. William Bain's <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192887382"><em>Political Theology of International Order</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2020) challenges this narrative by arguing that modern theories of international order reflect ideas that originate in medieval theology. They are, in other words, worldly applications of a theological pattern.</p><p>This ground-breaking book makes two key contributions to scholarship on international order. First, it provides a thorough intellectual history of medieval and early modern traditions of thought and the way in which they shape modern thinking about international order. It explores the ideas of Augustine, Thomas Aquinas, William of Ockham, Martin Luther, and other theologians to rise above the sharp differentiation of medieval and modern that underpins most international thought. Uncovering this theological inheritance invites a fundamental reassessment of canonical figures, such as Hugo Grotius and Thomas Hobbes, and their contribution to theorizing international order. Second, this book shows how theological ideas continue to shape modern theories of international order by structuring the questions theorists ask as well as the answer they provide. It argues that the dominant vocabulary of international order, system and society, anarchy, balance of power, and constitutionalism, is mediated by the intellectual commitments of nominalist theology. It concludes by exploring the implications of thinking in terms of this theological inheritance, albeit in a world where God is only one of several possibilities that can called upon to secure the regularity of order.</p><p><br /></p><p><a href="https://fass.nus.edu.sg/pol/people/william-bain/">William Bain</a> is Associate Professor of International Relations at National University of Singapore. He is the author of <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/between-anarchy-and-society-trusteeship-and-the-obligations-of-power-william-bain/11923482?ean=9780199260263"><em>Between Anarchy and Society: Trusteeship and the Obligations of Power</em></a> (OUP, 2003) and editor of, and contributor to, <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/medieval-foundations-of-international-relations-william-bain/10977818?ean=9781138795792"><em>Medieval Foundations of International Relations</em></a> (Routledge, 2016) and <a href="https://www.routledge.com/The-Empire-of-Security-and-the-Safety-of-the-People/Bain/p/book/9780415663953"><em>The Empire of Security and the Safety of the People</em></a> (Routledge, 2006). He has written widely on the theory of international society and the history of international thought.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="91906591" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/9c7ad478-2bf6-4ed2-bfda-9a68c53f626d/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=9c7ad478-2bf6-4ed2-bfda-9a68c53f626d&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>William Bain, &quot;Political Theology of International Order&quot; (Oxford UP, 2020)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:35:43</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Is contemporary international order truly a secular arrangement? Theorists of international relations typically adhere to a narrative that portrays the modern states system as the product of a gradual process of secularization that transcended the religiosity of medieval Christendom. William Bain&apos;s Political Theology of International Order (Oxford University Press, 2020) challenges this narrative by arguing that modern theories of international order reflect ideas that originate in medieval theology. They are, in other words, worldly applications of a theological pattern.
This ground-breaking book makes two key contributions to scholarship on international order. First, it provides a thorough intellectual history of medieval and early modern traditions of thought and the way in which they shape modern thinking about international order. It explores the ideas of Augustine, Thomas Aquinas, William of Ockham, Martin Luther, and other theologians to rise above the sharp differentiation of medieval and modern that underpins most international thought. Uncovering this theological inheritance invites a fundamental reassessment of canonical figures, such as Hugo Grotius and Thomas Hobbes, and their contribution to theorizing international order. Second, this book shows how theological ideas continue to shape modern theories of international order by structuring the questions theorists ask as well as the answer they provide. It argues that the dominant vocabulary of international order, system and society, anarchy, balance of power, and constitutionalism, is mediated by the intellectual commitments of nominalist theology. It concludes by exploring the implications of thinking in terms of this theological inheritance, albeit in a world where God is only one of several possibilities that can called upon to secure the regularity of order.

William Bain is Associate Professor of International Relations at National University of Singapore. He is the author of Between Anarchy and Society: Trusteeship and the Obligations of Power (OUP, 2003) and editor of, and contributor to, Medieval Foundations of International Relations (Routledge, 2016) and The Empire of Security and the Safety of the People (Routledge, 2006). He has written widely on the theory of international society and the history of international thought.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Is contemporary international order truly a secular arrangement? Theorists of international relations typically adhere to a narrative that portrays the modern states system as the product of a gradual process of secularization that transcended the religiosity of medieval Christendom. William Bain&apos;s Political Theology of International Order (Oxford University Press, 2020) challenges this narrative by arguing that modern theories of international order reflect ideas that originate in medieval theology. They are, in other words, worldly applications of a theological pattern.
This ground-breaking book makes two key contributions to scholarship on international order. First, it provides a thorough intellectual history of medieval and early modern traditions of thought and the way in which they shape modern thinking about international order. It explores the ideas of Augustine, Thomas Aquinas, William of Ockham, Martin Luther, and other theologians to rise above the sharp differentiation of medieval and modern that underpins most international thought. Uncovering this theological inheritance invites a fundamental reassessment of canonical figures, such as Hugo Grotius and Thomas Hobbes, and their contribution to theorizing international order. Second, this book shows how theological ideas continue to shape modern theories of international order by structuring the questions theorists ask as well as the answer they provide. It argues that the dominant vocabulary of international order, system and society, anarchy, balance of power, and constitutionalism, is mediated by the intellectual commitments of nominalist theology. It concludes by exploring the implications of thinking in terms of this theological inheritance, albeit in a world where God is only one of several possibilities that can called upon to secure the regularity of order.

William Bain is Associate Professor of International Relations at National University of Singapore. He is the author of Between Anarchy and Society: Trusteeship and the Obligations of Power (OUP, 2003) and editor of, and contributor to, Medieval Foundations of International Relations (Routledge, 2016) and The Empire of Security and the Safety of the People (Routledge, 2006). He has written widely on the theory of international society and the history of international thought.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>203</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">76f7adc2-e88e-11ee-b4b9-2b13b12479b2</guid>
      <title>Aaron Clift, &quot;Anticommunism in French Society and Politics, 1945-1953&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198886785"><em>Anticommunism in French Society and Politics, 1945-1953</em> </a>(Oxford UP, 2023) evaluates the prevalence of anticommunism among the French population in 1945 to 1953, and examines its causes, character, and consequences through a series of case studies on different segments of French society. These include the scouting movement; family organisations; agricultural associations; middle-class groups; and trade unions and other working-class organisations. Aaron Clift contends that anticommunism was more widespread and deeply rooted than previously believed, and had a substantial impact on national politics and on these social groups and organisations. </p><p>Furthermore, he argues that the study of anticommunism allows us a deeper understanding of the values they regarded as the most important to defend. Although anticommunism was a diverse phenomenon, this work identifies common discourses, including portrayals of communism as a threat to the nation; the colonial empire; the traditional family; private property; religion; the rural world; and Western civilisation. It also highlights common aims (such as the rehabilitation of wartime collaborators) and tactics (such as the invocation of apoliticism). While acknowledging the importance of the Cold War, it rejects the assumption that anticommunism was an American import or foreign to French society and demonstrates links between anticommunism and anti-Americanism. It concludes that anticommunism drew its strength from the connection or even conflation of communism with perceived negative social changes that were seen to threaten traditional French civilisation, interacting with the postwar international and domestic environment and the personal experiences of individual anticommunists.</p><p>Aaron Clift received his doctorate from the University of Oxford in 2022, following a Master's at the University of Toronto and a Bachelor's at the University of Victoria. After a stint as a Postdoctoral History Scholar at the University of Calgary, Dr. Clift is now a Fellow at the London School of Economics where he teaches and researches on the Cold War period.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Mar 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198886785"><em>Anticommunism in French Society and Politics, 1945-1953</em> </a>(Oxford UP, 2023) evaluates the prevalence of anticommunism among the French population in 1945 to 1953, and examines its causes, character, and consequences through a series of case studies on different segments of French society. These include the scouting movement; family organisations; agricultural associations; middle-class groups; and trade unions and other working-class organisations. Aaron Clift contends that anticommunism was more widespread and deeply rooted than previously believed, and had a substantial impact on national politics and on these social groups and organisations. </p><p>Furthermore, he argues that the study of anticommunism allows us a deeper understanding of the values they regarded as the most important to defend. Although anticommunism was a diverse phenomenon, this work identifies common discourses, including portrayals of communism as a threat to the nation; the colonial empire; the traditional family; private property; religion; the rural world; and Western civilisation. It also highlights common aims (such as the rehabilitation of wartime collaborators) and tactics (such as the invocation of apoliticism). While acknowledging the importance of the Cold War, it rejects the assumption that anticommunism was an American import or foreign to French society and demonstrates links between anticommunism and anti-Americanism. It concludes that anticommunism drew its strength from the connection or even conflation of communism with perceived negative social changes that were seen to threaten traditional French civilisation, interacting with the postwar international and domestic environment and the personal experiences of individual anticommunists.</p><p>Aaron Clift received his doctorate from the University of Oxford in 2022, following a Master's at the University of Toronto and a Bachelor's at the University of Victoria. After a stint as a Postdoctoral History Scholar at the University of Calgary, Dr. Clift is now a Fellow at the London School of Economics where he teaches and researches on the Cold War period.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="55746954" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/55d9b5eb-aaf1-4f0a-8327-0520aefc6707/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=55d9b5eb-aaf1-4f0a-8327-0520aefc6707&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Aaron Clift, &quot;Anticommunism in French Society and Politics, 1945-1953&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:58:04</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Anticommunism in French Society and Politics, 1945-1953 (Oxford UP, 2023) evaluates the prevalence of anticommunism among the French population in 1945 to 1953, and examines its causes, character, and consequences through a series of case studies on different segments of French society. These include the scouting movement; family organisations; agricultural associations; middle-class groups; and trade unions and other working-class organisations. Aaron Clift contends that anticommunism was more widespread and deeply rooted than previously believed, and had a substantial impact on national politics and on these social groups and organisations. 
Furthermore, he argues that the study of anticommunism allows us a deeper understanding of the values they regarded as the most important to defend. Although anticommunism was a diverse phenomenon, this work identifies common discourses, including portrayals of communism as a threat to the nation; the colonial empire; the traditional family; private property; religion; the rural world; and Western civilisation. It also highlights common aims (such as the rehabilitation of wartime collaborators) and tactics (such as the invocation of apoliticism). While acknowledging the importance of the Cold War, it rejects the assumption that anticommunism was an American import or foreign to French society and demonstrates links between anticommunism and anti-Americanism. It concludes that anticommunism drew its strength from the connection or even conflation of communism with perceived negative social changes that were seen to threaten traditional French civilisation, interacting with the postwar international and domestic environment and the personal experiences of individual anticommunists.
Aaron Clift received his doctorate from the University of Oxford in 2022, following a Master&apos;s at the University of Toronto and a Bachelor&apos;s at the University of Victoria. After a stint as a Postdoctoral History Scholar at the University of Calgary, Dr. Clift is now a Fellow at the London School of Economics where he teaches and researches on the Cold War period.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Anticommunism in French Society and Politics, 1945-1953 (Oxford UP, 2023) evaluates the prevalence of anticommunism among the French population in 1945 to 1953, and examines its causes, character, and consequences through a series of case studies on different segments of French society. These include the scouting movement; family organisations; agricultural associations; middle-class groups; and trade unions and other working-class organisations. Aaron Clift contends that anticommunism was more widespread and deeply rooted than previously believed, and had a substantial impact on national politics and on these social groups and organisations. 
Furthermore, he argues that the study of anticommunism allows us a deeper understanding of the values they regarded as the most important to defend. Although anticommunism was a diverse phenomenon, this work identifies common discourses, including portrayals of communism as a threat to the nation; the colonial empire; the traditional family; private property; religion; the rural world; and Western civilisation. It also highlights common aims (such as the rehabilitation of wartime collaborators) and tactics (such as the invocation of apoliticism). While acknowledging the importance of the Cold War, it rejects the assumption that anticommunism was an American import or foreign to French society and demonstrates links between anticommunism and anti-Americanism. It concludes that anticommunism drew its strength from the connection or even conflation of communism with perceived negative social changes that were seen to threaten traditional French civilisation, interacting with the postwar international and domestic environment and the personal experiences of individual anticommunists.
Aaron Clift received his doctorate from the University of Oxford in 2022, following a Master&apos;s at the University of Toronto and a Bachelor&apos;s at the University of Victoria. After a stint as a Postdoctoral History Scholar at the University of Calgary, Dr. Clift is now a Fellow at the London School of Economics where he teaches and researches on the Cold War period.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1429</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1c38b7ce-e7c5-11ee-883d-f3c86cbab7ac</guid>
      <title>Cristina Rocha, &quot;Cool Christianity: Hillsong and the Fashioning of Cosmopolitan Identities&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>When did Christianity become cool? How did an Australian church conquer the world and expand into Brazil, a country with its own crop of powerful megachurches? </p><p>In her exciting new book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197673201"><em>Cool Christianity: Hillsong and the Fashioning of Cosmopolitan Identities</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023), anthropologist Cristina Rocha analyses the creation of a transnational Pentecostal field between Brazil and Australia, two countries that have been peripheral in the history of Pentecostalism but which more recently have been at the forefront of new forms of global Pentecostalism. She shows how new and reconfigured forms Christianity in both the Global North and South are increasingly digitally mediated, engaged with youth and popular cultures, and involve new forms of consumption, branding and identity. </p><p>The Australian megachurch Hillsong has expanded globally through a Cool Christianity style which embraces pop music, digital media, spectacle, branding, and celebrity culture. Rocha follows young Brazilians from their budding Hillsong fandom, to their journey to Australia to join the church and study at its College, and on their return to Brazil. She argues that Brazilian middle-class youth join Hillsong to become cosmopolitan and to distinguish themselves from the Pentecostalism of the Brazilian poor. Notwithstanding Hillsong's recent scandals, the megachurch offers them an alternative geography of belonging, where pastors speak English and Christianity is about love, ethics, rationality, autonomy, and more equal relations between congregants and pastors. Rocha makes a strong argument for the importance of the local in globalization studies, and the key roles of class, affect and aesthetics for an understanding of the formation of religious subjectivities and communities.</p><p>Jeff Adler is an ex-linguist and occasional contributor to New Books Network!</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 24 Mar 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>When did Christianity become cool? How did an Australian church conquer the world and expand into Brazil, a country with its own crop of powerful megachurches? </p><p>In her exciting new book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197673201"><em>Cool Christianity: Hillsong and the Fashioning of Cosmopolitan Identities</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023), anthropologist Cristina Rocha analyses the creation of a transnational Pentecostal field between Brazil and Australia, two countries that have been peripheral in the history of Pentecostalism but which more recently have been at the forefront of new forms of global Pentecostalism. She shows how new and reconfigured forms Christianity in both the Global North and South are increasingly digitally mediated, engaged with youth and popular cultures, and involve new forms of consumption, branding and identity. </p><p>The Australian megachurch Hillsong has expanded globally through a Cool Christianity style which embraces pop music, digital media, spectacle, branding, and celebrity culture. Rocha follows young Brazilians from their budding Hillsong fandom, to their journey to Australia to join the church and study at its College, and on their return to Brazil. She argues that Brazilian middle-class youth join Hillsong to become cosmopolitan and to distinguish themselves from the Pentecostalism of the Brazilian poor. Notwithstanding Hillsong's recent scandals, the megachurch offers them an alternative geography of belonging, where pastors speak English and Christianity is about love, ethics, rationality, autonomy, and more equal relations between congregants and pastors. Rocha makes a strong argument for the importance of the local in globalization studies, and the key roles of class, affect and aesthetics for an understanding of the formation of religious subjectivities and communities.</p><p>Jeff Adler is an ex-linguist and occasional contributor to New Books Network!</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="58053450" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/392a806a-ab7a-4e4a-9a78-995d33763a9a/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=392a806a-ab7a-4e4a-9a78-995d33763a9a&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Cristina Rocha, &quot;Cool Christianity: Hillsong and the Fashioning of Cosmopolitan Identities&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:00:28</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>When did Christianity become cool? How did an Australian church conquer the world and expand into Brazil, a country with its own crop of powerful megachurches? 
In her exciting new book, Cool Christianity: Hillsong and the Fashioning of Cosmopolitan Identities (Oxford UP, 2023), anthropologist Cristina Rocha analyses the creation of a transnational Pentecostal field between Brazil and Australia, two countries that have been peripheral in the history of Pentecostalism but which more recently have been at the forefront of new forms of global Pentecostalism. She shows how new and reconfigured forms Christianity in both the Global North and South are increasingly digitally mediated, engaged with youth and popular cultures, and involve new forms of consumption, branding and identity. 
The Australian megachurch Hillsong has expanded globally through a Cool Christianity style which embraces pop music, digital media, spectacle, branding, and celebrity culture. Rocha follows young Brazilians from their budding Hillsong fandom, to their journey to Australia to join the church and study at its College, and on their return to Brazil. She argues that Brazilian middle-class youth join Hillsong to become cosmopolitan and to distinguish themselves from the Pentecostalism of the Brazilian poor. Notwithstanding Hillsong&apos;s recent scandals, the megachurch offers them an alternative geography of belonging, where pastors speak English and Christianity is about love, ethics, rationality, autonomy, and more equal relations between congregants and pastors. Rocha makes a strong argument for the importance of the local in globalization studies, and the key roles of class, affect and aesthetics for an understanding of the formation of religious subjectivities and communities.
Jeff Adler is an ex-linguist and occasional contributor to New Books Network!</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>When did Christianity become cool? How did an Australian church conquer the world and expand into Brazil, a country with its own crop of powerful megachurches? 
In her exciting new book, Cool Christianity: Hillsong and the Fashioning of Cosmopolitan Identities (Oxford UP, 2023), anthropologist Cristina Rocha analyses the creation of a transnational Pentecostal field between Brazil and Australia, two countries that have been peripheral in the history of Pentecostalism but which more recently have been at the forefront of new forms of global Pentecostalism. She shows how new and reconfigured forms Christianity in both the Global North and South are increasingly digitally mediated, engaged with youth and popular cultures, and involve new forms of consumption, branding and identity. 
The Australian megachurch Hillsong has expanded globally through a Cool Christianity style which embraces pop music, digital media, spectacle, branding, and celebrity culture. Rocha follows young Brazilians from their budding Hillsong fandom, to their journey to Australia to join the church and study at its College, and on their return to Brazil. She argues that Brazilian middle-class youth join Hillsong to become cosmopolitan and to distinguish themselves from the Pentecostalism of the Brazilian poor. Notwithstanding Hillsong&apos;s recent scandals, the megachurch offers them an alternative geography of belonging, where pastors speak English and Christianity is about love, ethics, rationality, autonomy, and more equal relations between congregants and pastors. Rocha makes a strong argument for the importance of the local in globalization studies, and the key roles of class, affect and aesthetics for an understanding of the formation of religious subjectivities and communities.
Jeff Adler is an ex-linguist and occasional contributor to New Books Network!</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>291</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5b244410-e56f-11ee-b438-a7a6cc6aa8cb</guid>
      <title>Patryk I. Labuda, &quot;International Criminal Tribunals and Domestic Accountability&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In the 1990s, the promise of justice for atrocity crimes was associated with the revival of international criminal tribunals (ICTs). More recently, however, there has been a renewed emphasis on domestic accountability for international crimes across the globe. In identifying a 'complementarity turn', a paradigm shift toward domestic accountability in the field of international criminal justice, this book investigates how the shadow of international criminal tribunals influences the treatment of serious crimes at the national level.</p><p>Drawing on research and interviews in Rwanda, the Democratic Republic of Congo, and Sierra Leone,<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198868842"> <em>International Criminal Tribunals and Domestic Accountability: In the Court's Shadow</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Patryk I. Labuda develops a tripartite framework to analyse how states and tribunals work with, despite, or against one another in the fight against impunity. While international prosecutors and judges use the principle of complementarity to foster cooperation and decrease tension with government actors, Dr. Labuda argues that too much deference by ICTs toward states reduces the likelihood of accountability and may enable national elites to consolidate authoritarian power.</p><p>By interrogating how international accountability stakeholders relate to their domestic counterparts, International Criminal Tribunals and Domestic Accountability advocates improvements to ICTs' institutional design and more dynamic interactions with states to strengthen the enforcement of international criminal law.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> forthcoming book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Mar 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In the 1990s, the promise of justice for atrocity crimes was associated with the revival of international criminal tribunals (ICTs). More recently, however, there has been a renewed emphasis on domestic accountability for international crimes across the globe. In identifying a 'complementarity turn', a paradigm shift toward domestic accountability in the field of international criminal justice, this book investigates how the shadow of international criminal tribunals influences the treatment of serious crimes at the national level.</p><p>Drawing on research and interviews in Rwanda, the Democratic Republic of Congo, and Sierra Leone,<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198868842"> <em>International Criminal Tribunals and Domestic Accountability: In the Court's Shadow</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Patryk I. Labuda develops a tripartite framework to analyse how states and tribunals work with, despite, or against one another in the fight against impunity. While international prosecutors and judges use the principle of complementarity to foster cooperation and decrease tension with government actors, Dr. Labuda argues that too much deference by ICTs toward states reduces the likelihood of accountability and may enable national elites to consolidate authoritarian power.</p><p>By interrogating how international accountability stakeholders relate to their domestic counterparts, International Criminal Tribunals and Domestic Accountability advocates improvements to ICTs' institutional design and more dynamic interactions with states to strengthen the enforcement of international criminal law.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> forthcoming book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="57666072" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/8c2713d5-a8f7-405d-87cb-f4403767f445/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=8c2713d5-a8f7-405d-87cb-f4403767f445&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Patryk I. Labuda, &quot;International Criminal Tribunals and Domestic Accountability&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:00:03</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In the 1990s, the promise of justice for atrocity crimes was associated with the revival of international criminal tribunals (ICTs). More recently, however, there has been a renewed emphasis on domestic accountability for international crimes across the globe. In identifying a &apos;complementarity turn&apos;, a paradigm shift toward domestic accountability in the field of international criminal justice, this book investigates how the shadow of international criminal tribunals influences the treatment of serious crimes at the national level.
Drawing on research and interviews in Rwanda, the Democratic Republic of Congo, and Sierra Leone, International Criminal Tribunals and Domestic Accountability: In the Court&apos;s Shadow (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Patryk I. Labuda develops a tripartite framework to analyse how states and tribunals work with, despite, or against one another in the fight against impunity. While international prosecutors and judges use the principle of complementarity to foster cooperation and decrease tension with government actors, Dr. Labuda argues that too much deference by ICTs toward states reduces the likelihood of accountability and may enable national elites to consolidate authoritarian power.
By interrogating how international accountability stakeholders relate to their domestic counterparts, International Criminal Tribunals and Domestic Accountability advocates improvements to ICTs&apos; institutional design and more dynamic interactions with states to strengthen the enforcement of international criminal law.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In the 1990s, the promise of justice for atrocity crimes was associated with the revival of international criminal tribunals (ICTs). More recently, however, there has been a renewed emphasis on domestic accountability for international crimes across the globe. In identifying a &apos;complementarity turn&apos;, a paradigm shift toward domestic accountability in the field of international criminal justice, this book investigates how the shadow of international criminal tribunals influences the treatment of serious crimes at the national level.
Drawing on research and interviews in Rwanda, the Democratic Republic of Congo, and Sierra Leone, International Criminal Tribunals and Domestic Accountability: In the Court&apos;s Shadow (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Patryk I. Labuda develops a tripartite framework to analyse how states and tribunals work with, despite, or against one another in the fight against impunity. While international prosecutors and judges use the principle of complementarity to foster cooperation and decrease tension with government actors, Dr. Labuda argues that too much deference by ICTs toward states reduces the likelihood of accountability and may enable national elites to consolidate authoritarian power.
By interrogating how international accountability stakeholders relate to their domestic counterparts, International Criminal Tribunals and Domestic Accountability advocates improvements to ICTs&apos; institutional design and more dynamic interactions with states to strengthen the enforcement of international criminal law.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>214</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1da14722-e485-11ee-b967-4f4d880c2440</guid>
      <title>Radha Kapuria, &quot;Music in Colonial Punjab&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192867346"><em>Music in Colonial Punjab</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023) offers the first social history of music in undivided Punjab (1800-1947), beginning at the Lahore court of Maharaja Ranjit Singh and concluding at the Patiala royal darbar. It unearths new evidence for the centrality of female performers and classical music in a region primarily viewed as a folk music centre, featuring a range of musicians and dancers -from 'mirasis' (bards) and 'kalawants' (elite musicians), to 'kanjris' (subaltern female performers) and 'tawaifs' (courtesans). A central theme is the rise of new musical publics shaped by the anglicized Punjabi middle classes, and British colonialists' response to Punjab's performing communities. The book reveals a diverse connoisseurship for music with insights from history, ethnomusicology, and geography on an activity that still unites a region now divided between India and Pakistan.</p><p><a href="https://www.durham.ac.uk/staff/radha-kapuria/">Dr Radha Kapuria</a> is an Assistant Professor of South Asian History at Durham University, United Kingdom. She is a historian of gender and culture in South Asia. Her current research is on the impact of the 1947 Partition on musicians’ lives in India and Pakistan. This ongoing research will feed into her second monograph on musical memories of the Partition, focused on the history of musical exchange across the Indo-Pak border in both South Asia and the British diaspora since 1947.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Mar 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192867346"><em>Music in Colonial Punjab</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023) offers the first social history of music in undivided Punjab (1800-1947), beginning at the Lahore court of Maharaja Ranjit Singh and concluding at the Patiala royal darbar. It unearths new evidence for the centrality of female performers and classical music in a region primarily viewed as a folk music centre, featuring a range of musicians and dancers -from 'mirasis' (bards) and 'kalawants' (elite musicians), to 'kanjris' (subaltern female performers) and 'tawaifs' (courtesans). A central theme is the rise of new musical publics shaped by the anglicized Punjabi middle classes, and British colonialists' response to Punjab's performing communities. The book reveals a diverse connoisseurship for music with insights from history, ethnomusicology, and geography on an activity that still unites a region now divided between India and Pakistan.</p><p><a href="https://www.durham.ac.uk/staff/radha-kapuria/">Dr Radha Kapuria</a> is an Assistant Professor of South Asian History at Durham University, United Kingdom. She is a historian of gender and culture in South Asia. Her current research is on the impact of the 1947 Partition on musicians’ lives in India and Pakistan. This ongoing research will feed into her second monograph on musical memories of the Partition, focused on the history of musical exchange across the Indo-Pak border in both South Asia and the British diaspora since 1947.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="61598099" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/7287efa5-3219-45fc-b20f-ce2d3503d511/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=7287efa5-3219-45fc-b20f-ce2d3503d511&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Radha Kapuria, &quot;Music in Colonial Punjab&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:04:09</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Music in Colonial Punjab (Oxford UP, 2023) offers the first social history of music in undivided Punjab (1800-1947), beginning at the Lahore court of Maharaja Ranjit Singh and concluding at the Patiala royal darbar. It unearths new evidence for the centrality of female performers and classical music in a region primarily viewed as a folk music centre, featuring a range of musicians and dancers -from &apos;mirasis&apos; (bards) and &apos;kalawants&apos; (elite musicians), to &apos;kanjris&apos; (subaltern female performers) and &apos;tawaifs&apos; (courtesans). A central theme is the rise of new musical publics shaped by the anglicized Punjabi middle classes, and British colonialists&apos; response to Punjab&apos;s performing communities. The book reveals a diverse connoisseurship for music with insights from history, ethnomusicology, and geography on an activity that still unites a region now divided between India and Pakistan.
Dr Radha Kapuria is an Assistant Professor of South Asian History at Durham University, United Kingdom. She is a historian of gender and culture in South Asia. Her current research is on the impact of the 1947 Partition on musicians’ lives in India and Pakistan. This ongoing research will feed into her second monograph on musical memories of the Partition, focused on the history of musical exchange across the Indo-Pak border in both South Asia and the British diaspora since 1947.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Music in Colonial Punjab (Oxford UP, 2023) offers the first social history of music in undivided Punjab (1800-1947), beginning at the Lahore court of Maharaja Ranjit Singh and concluding at the Patiala royal darbar. It unearths new evidence for the centrality of female performers and classical music in a region primarily viewed as a folk music centre, featuring a range of musicians and dancers -from &apos;mirasis&apos; (bards) and &apos;kalawants&apos; (elite musicians), to &apos;kanjris&apos; (subaltern female performers) and &apos;tawaifs&apos; (courtesans). A central theme is the rise of new musical publics shaped by the anglicized Punjabi middle classes, and British colonialists&apos; response to Punjab&apos;s performing communities. The book reveals a diverse connoisseurship for music with insights from history, ethnomusicology, and geography on an activity that still unites a region now divided between India and Pakistan.
Dr Radha Kapuria is an Assistant Professor of South Asian History at Durham University, United Kingdom. She is a historian of gender and culture in South Asia. Her current research is on the impact of the 1947 Partition on musicians’ lives in India and Pakistan. This ongoing research will feed into her second monograph on musical memories of the Partition, focused on the history of musical exchange across the Indo-Pak border in both South Asia and the British diaspora since 1947.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>228</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f4dac324-e478-11ee-b823-ef1e976064e1</guid>
      <title>Eileen Kane et al., &quot;Russian-Arab Worlds: A Documentary History&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The roots of the Arab world’s current Russian entanglements reach deep into the tsarist and Soviet periods. To explore those entanglements, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197605769"><em>Russian-Arab Worlds: A Documentary History</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023) presents and contextualizes a set of primary sources translated from Russian, Arabic, Armenian, Persian, French, and/or Tatar: a 1772 Russian naval officer’s diary, an Arabic slave sale deed from the Caucasus, an interview with a Russian-educated contemporary Syrian novelist, and many more. These archival, autobiographical, and literary sources, introduced by specialists and in some cases by pairs of scholars with complementary language expertise, highlight connections long obscured by disciplinary cleavages between Slavic and Middle East studies. Taken together, the thirty-four chapters of this book show how various Russian/Soviet and Arab governments sought to nurture political and cultural ties and expand their influence, often with unplanned results. They reveal the transnational networks of trade, pilgrimage, study, ethnic identity, and political affinity that state policies sometimes fostered and sometimes disrupted. Above all, they give voice to some of the resourceful characters who have embodied and exploited Arab-Russian contacts: missionaries and diplomats, soldiers and refugees, students and party activists, scholars and spies. A set of new maps helps orient readers amid the expansion and collapse of empires, border changes, population transfers, and creation of new nation-states that occurred during the two centuries these sources cover.</p><p>Eileen Kane teaches modern European history at Connecticut College, where she also directs the Program in Global Islamic Studies. A historian of imperial Russia and the Soviet Union, she is the author of Russian Hajj: Empire and the Pilgrimage to Mecca. She is the 2017 recipient of a Mellon New Directions Fellowship and is currently writing a history of Jewish and Muslim migrations from Russia to the Middle East.</p><p>Masha Kirasirova is assistant professor of history at New York University Abu Dhabi. She is a historian of exchanges between the Soviet Eurasia and the Middle East. She is finishing a book called The Eastern International: Culture, Power, and Politics in Soviet-Arab Relations. Her articles have appeared in Kritika: Explorations in Russian and Eurasian History, Ab Imperio, Iranian Studies, and Mediterranean Politics.</p><p>Margaret Litvin is associate professor of Arabic and comparative literature at Boston University. A historian of modern Arabic literature and its global ties, she is the author of Hamlet’s Arab Journey: Shakespeare’s Prince and Nasser’s Ghost and the translator of Sonallah Ibrahim’s Arabic novel Ice, set in 1973 Moscow. Her current book project, Another East: Arab Writers, Moscow Dreams, reconstructs some literary legacies of Arab-Russian and Arab-Soviet cultural ties during the long 20th century. She also writes about Arabic theatre for global audiences.</p><p>Tugrul Mende holds an M.A in Arabic Studies. He is based in Berlin as a project coordinator and independent researcher.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Mar 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The roots of the Arab world’s current Russian entanglements reach deep into the tsarist and Soviet periods. To explore those entanglements, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197605769"><em>Russian-Arab Worlds: A Documentary History</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023) presents and contextualizes a set of primary sources translated from Russian, Arabic, Armenian, Persian, French, and/or Tatar: a 1772 Russian naval officer’s diary, an Arabic slave sale deed from the Caucasus, an interview with a Russian-educated contemporary Syrian novelist, and many more. These archival, autobiographical, and literary sources, introduced by specialists and in some cases by pairs of scholars with complementary language expertise, highlight connections long obscured by disciplinary cleavages between Slavic and Middle East studies. Taken together, the thirty-four chapters of this book show how various Russian/Soviet and Arab governments sought to nurture political and cultural ties and expand their influence, often with unplanned results. They reveal the transnational networks of trade, pilgrimage, study, ethnic identity, and political affinity that state policies sometimes fostered and sometimes disrupted. Above all, they give voice to some of the resourceful characters who have embodied and exploited Arab-Russian contacts: missionaries and diplomats, soldiers and refugees, students and party activists, scholars and spies. A set of new maps helps orient readers amid the expansion and collapse of empires, border changes, population transfers, and creation of new nation-states that occurred during the two centuries these sources cover.</p><p>Eileen Kane teaches modern European history at Connecticut College, where she also directs the Program in Global Islamic Studies. A historian of imperial Russia and the Soviet Union, she is the author of Russian Hajj: Empire and the Pilgrimage to Mecca. She is the 2017 recipient of a Mellon New Directions Fellowship and is currently writing a history of Jewish and Muslim migrations from Russia to the Middle East.</p><p>Masha Kirasirova is assistant professor of history at New York University Abu Dhabi. She is a historian of exchanges between the Soviet Eurasia and the Middle East. She is finishing a book called The Eastern International: Culture, Power, and Politics in Soviet-Arab Relations. Her articles have appeared in Kritika: Explorations in Russian and Eurasian History, Ab Imperio, Iranian Studies, and Mediterranean Politics.</p><p>Margaret Litvin is associate professor of Arabic and comparative literature at Boston University. A historian of modern Arabic literature and its global ties, she is the author of Hamlet’s Arab Journey: Shakespeare’s Prince and Nasser’s Ghost and the translator of Sonallah Ibrahim’s Arabic novel Ice, set in 1973 Moscow. Her current book project, Another East: Arab Writers, Moscow Dreams, reconstructs some literary legacies of Arab-Russian and Arab-Soviet cultural ties during the long 20th century. She also writes about Arabic theatre for global audiences.</p><p>Tugrul Mende holds an M.A in Arabic Studies. He is based in Berlin as a project coordinator and independent researcher.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="43062107" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/095b6003-2b76-439f-b2ce-8aabaa6ef149/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=095b6003-2b76-439f-b2ce-8aabaa6ef149&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Eileen Kane et al., &quot;Russian-Arab Worlds: A Documentary History&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:44:51</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The roots of the Arab world’s current Russian entanglements reach deep into the tsarist and Soviet periods. To explore those entanglements, Russian-Arab Worlds: A Documentary History (Oxford UP, 2023) presents and contextualizes a set of primary sources translated from Russian, Arabic, Armenian, Persian, French, and/or Tatar: a 1772 Russian naval officer’s diary, an Arabic slave sale deed from the Caucasus, an interview with a Russian-educated contemporary Syrian novelist, and many more. These archival, autobiographical, and literary sources, introduced by specialists and in some cases by pairs of scholars with complementary language expertise, highlight connections long obscured by disciplinary cleavages between Slavic and Middle East studies. Taken together, the thirty-four chapters of this book show how various Russian/Soviet and Arab governments sought to nurture political and cultural ties and expand their influence, often with unplanned results. They reveal the transnational networks of trade, pilgrimage, study, ethnic identity, and political affinity that state policies sometimes fostered and sometimes disrupted. Above all, they give voice to some of the resourceful characters who have embodied and exploited Arab-Russian contacts: missionaries and diplomats, soldiers and refugees, students and party activists, scholars and spies. A set of new maps helps orient readers amid the expansion and collapse of empires, border changes, population transfers, and creation of new nation-states that occurred during the two centuries these sources cover.
Eileen Kane teaches modern European history at Connecticut College, where she also directs the Program in Global Islamic Studies. A historian of imperial Russia and the Soviet Union, she is the author of Russian Hajj: Empire and the Pilgrimage to Mecca. She is the 2017 recipient of a Mellon New Directions Fellowship and is currently writing a history of Jewish and Muslim migrations from Russia to the Middle East.
Masha Kirasirova is assistant professor of history at New York University Abu Dhabi. She is a historian of exchanges between the Soviet Eurasia and the Middle East. She is finishing a book called The Eastern International: Culture, Power, and Politics in Soviet-Arab Relations. Her articles have appeared in Kritika: Explorations in Russian and Eurasian History, Ab Imperio, Iranian Studies, and Mediterranean Politics.
Margaret Litvin is associate professor of Arabic and comparative literature at Boston University. A historian of modern Arabic literature and its global ties, she is the author of Hamlet’s Arab Journey: Shakespeare’s Prince and Nasser’s Ghost and the translator of Sonallah Ibrahim’s Arabic novel Ice, set in 1973 Moscow. Her current book project, Another East: Arab Writers, Moscow Dreams, reconstructs some literary legacies of Arab-Russian and Arab-Soviet cultural ties during the long 20th century. She also writes about Arabic theatre for global audiences.
Tugrul Mende holds an M.A in Arabic Studies. He is based in Berlin as a project coordinator and independent researcher.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The roots of the Arab world’s current Russian entanglements reach deep into the tsarist and Soviet periods. To explore those entanglements, Russian-Arab Worlds: A Documentary History (Oxford UP, 2023) presents and contextualizes a set of primary sources translated from Russian, Arabic, Armenian, Persian, French, and/or Tatar: a 1772 Russian naval officer’s diary, an Arabic slave sale deed from the Caucasus, an interview with a Russian-educated contemporary Syrian novelist, and many more. These archival, autobiographical, and literary sources, introduced by specialists and in some cases by pairs of scholars with complementary language expertise, highlight connections long obscured by disciplinary cleavages between Slavic and Middle East studies. Taken together, the thirty-four chapters of this book show how various Russian/Soviet and Arab governments sought to nurture political and cultural ties and expand their influence, often with unplanned results. They reveal the transnational networks of trade, pilgrimage, study, ethnic identity, and political affinity that state policies sometimes fostered and sometimes disrupted. Above all, they give voice to some of the resourceful characters who have embodied and exploited Arab-Russian contacts: missionaries and diplomats, soldiers and refugees, students and party activists, scholars and spies. A set of new maps helps orient readers amid the expansion and collapse of empires, border changes, population transfers, and creation of new nation-states that occurred during the two centuries these sources cover.
Eileen Kane teaches modern European history at Connecticut College, where she also directs the Program in Global Islamic Studies. A historian of imperial Russia and the Soviet Union, she is the author of Russian Hajj: Empire and the Pilgrimage to Mecca. She is the 2017 recipient of a Mellon New Directions Fellowship and is currently writing a history of Jewish and Muslim migrations from Russia to the Middle East.
Masha Kirasirova is assistant professor of history at New York University Abu Dhabi. She is a historian of exchanges between the Soviet Eurasia and the Middle East. She is finishing a book called The Eastern International: Culture, Power, and Politics in Soviet-Arab Relations. Her articles have appeared in Kritika: Explorations in Russian and Eurasian History, Ab Imperio, Iranian Studies, and Mediterranean Politics.
Margaret Litvin is associate professor of Arabic and comparative literature at Boston University. A historian of modern Arabic literature and its global ties, she is the author of Hamlet’s Arab Journey: Shakespeare’s Prince and Nasser’s Ghost and the translator of Sonallah Ibrahim’s Arabic novel Ice, set in 1973 Moscow. Her current book project, Another East: Arab Writers, Moscow Dreams, reconstructs some literary legacies of Arab-Russian and Arab-Soviet cultural ties during the long 20th century. She also writes about Arabic theatre for global audiences.
Tugrul Mende holds an M.A in Arabic Studies. He is based in Berlin as a project coordinator and independent researcher.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>256</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">75ec8672-e3a3-11ee-ad99-5fa6dbf19a91</guid>
      <title>Rachel Gordan, &quot;Postwar Stories: How Books Made Judaism American&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The period immediately following World War II was an era of dramatic transformation for Jews in America. At the start of the 1940s, President Roosevelt had to all but promise that if Americans entered the war, it would not be to save the Jews. By the end of the decade, antisemitism was in decline and Jews were moving toward general acceptance in American society.</p><p>Drawing on several archives, magazine articles, and nearly-forgotten bestsellers, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197694336"><em>Postwar Stories: How Books Made Judaism American</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Rachel Gordan examines how Jewish middlebrow literature helped to shape post-Holocaust American Jewish identity. For both Jews and non-Jews accustomed to antisemitic tropes and images, positive depictions of Jews had a normalising effect. Maybe Jews were just like other Americans, after all.</p><p>At the same time, anti-antisemitism novels and “Introduction to Judaism” literature helped to popularise the idea of Judaism as an American religion. In the process, these two genres contributed to a new form of Judaism—one that fit within the emerging myth of America as a Judeo-Christian nation, and yet displayed new confidence in revealing Judaism's divergences from Christianity.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> forthcoming book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Mar 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The period immediately following World War II was an era of dramatic transformation for Jews in America. At the start of the 1940s, President Roosevelt had to all but promise that if Americans entered the war, it would not be to save the Jews. By the end of the decade, antisemitism was in decline and Jews were moving toward general acceptance in American society.</p><p>Drawing on several archives, magazine articles, and nearly-forgotten bestsellers, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197694336"><em>Postwar Stories: How Books Made Judaism American</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Rachel Gordan examines how Jewish middlebrow literature helped to shape post-Holocaust American Jewish identity. For both Jews and non-Jews accustomed to antisemitic tropes and images, positive depictions of Jews had a normalising effect. Maybe Jews were just like other Americans, after all.</p><p>At the same time, anti-antisemitism novels and “Introduction to Judaism” literature helped to popularise the idea of Judaism as an American religion. In the process, these two genres contributed to a new form of Judaism—one that fit within the emerging myth of America as a Judeo-Christian nation, and yet displayed new confidence in revealing Judaism's divergences from Christianity.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> forthcoming book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="57646017" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/16b77067-83cd-47e7-a77c-1b731a402e83/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=16b77067-83cd-47e7-a77c-1b731a402e83&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Rachel Gordan, &quot;Postwar Stories: How Books Made Judaism American&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:00:02</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The period immediately following World War II was an era of dramatic transformation for Jews in America. At the start of the 1940s, President Roosevelt had to all but promise that if Americans entered the war, it would not be to save the Jews. By the end of the decade, antisemitism was in decline and Jews were moving toward general acceptance in American society.
Drawing on several archives, magazine articles, and nearly-forgotten bestsellers, Postwar Stories: How Books Made Judaism American (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Rachel Gordan examines how Jewish middlebrow literature helped to shape post-Holocaust American Jewish identity. For both Jews and non-Jews accustomed to antisemitic tropes and images, positive depictions of Jews had a normalising effect. Maybe Jews were just like other Americans, after all.
At the same time, anti-antisemitism novels and “Introduction to Judaism” literature helped to popularise the idea of Judaism as an American religion. In the process, these two genres contributed to a new form of Judaism—one that fit within the emerging myth of America as a Judeo-Christian nation, and yet displayed new confidence in revealing Judaism&apos;s divergences from Christianity.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The period immediately following World War II was an era of dramatic transformation for Jews in America. At the start of the 1940s, President Roosevelt had to all but promise that if Americans entered the war, it would not be to save the Jews. By the end of the decade, antisemitism was in decline and Jews were moving toward general acceptance in American society.
Drawing on several archives, magazine articles, and nearly-forgotten bestsellers, Postwar Stories: How Books Made Judaism American (Oxford University Press, 2024) by Dr. Rachel Gordan examines how Jewish middlebrow literature helped to shape post-Holocaust American Jewish identity. For both Jews and non-Jews accustomed to antisemitic tropes and images, positive depictions of Jews had a normalising effect. Maybe Jews were just like other Americans, after all.
At the same time, anti-antisemitism novels and “Introduction to Judaism” literature helped to popularise the idea of Judaism as an American religion. In the process, these two genres contributed to a new form of Judaism—one that fit within the emerging myth of America as a Judeo-Christian nation, and yet displayed new confidence in revealing Judaism&apos;s divergences from Christianity.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>487</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5d157c40-e2e9-11ee-8e88-7f9f9d5d34f4</guid>
      <title>Thomas D. Conlan, &quot;Kings in All But Name: The Lost History of Ouchi Rule in Japan, 1350-1569&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In the sixteenth century, members of the Ouchi family were kings in all but name in much of Japan. Immensely wealthy, they controlled sea lanes stretching to Korea and China, as well as the Japanese city of Yamaguchi, which functioned as an important regional port with a growing population and a host of temples and shrines. The family was unique in claiming ethnic descent from Korean kings, and-remarkably for this time-such claims were recognized in both Korea and Japan. Their position, coupled with dominance over strategic ports and mines, allowed them to facilitate trade throughout East and Southeast Asia. They also played a key cultural role in disseminating Confucian texts, Buddhist sutras, ink paintings, and pottery, and in creating a distinctive, hybrid culture that fused Japanese, Korean, and Chinese beliefs, objects, and customs.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197677339"><em>Kings in All But Name: The Lost History of Ouchi Rule in Japan, 1350-1569</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024) illustrates how Japan was an ethnically diverse state from the fourteenth through the sixteenth centuries, closely bound by trading ties to Korea and China. It reveals new archaeological and textual evidence proving that East Asia had integrated trading networks long before the arrival of European explorers and includes an analysis of ores and slag that shows how mining techniques improved and propelled East Asian trade. The story of the Ouchi rulers argues for the existence of a segmented polity, with one center located in Kyoto, and the other in the Ouchi city of Yamaguchi. It also contradicts the belief that Japan collapsed into centuries of turmoil and rather proves that Japan was a stable and prosperous trading state where rituals, policies, politics, and economics were interwoven and diverse.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 17 Mar 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In the sixteenth century, members of the Ouchi family were kings in all but name in much of Japan. Immensely wealthy, they controlled sea lanes stretching to Korea and China, as well as the Japanese city of Yamaguchi, which functioned as an important regional port with a growing population and a host of temples and shrines. The family was unique in claiming ethnic descent from Korean kings, and-remarkably for this time-such claims were recognized in both Korea and Japan. Their position, coupled with dominance over strategic ports and mines, allowed them to facilitate trade throughout East and Southeast Asia. They also played a key cultural role in disseminating Confucian texts, Buddhist sutras, ink paintings, and pottery, and in creating a distinctive, hybrid culture that fused Japanese, Korean, and Chinese beliefs, objects, and customs.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197677339"><em>Kings in All But Name: The Lost History of Ouchi Rule in Japan, 1350-1569</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024) illustrates how Japan was an ethnically diverse state from the fourteenth through the sixteenth centuries, closely bound by trading ties to Korea and China. It reveals new archaeological and textual evidence proving that East Asia had integrated trading networks long before the arrival of European explorers and includes an analysis of ores and slag that shows how mining techniques improved and propelled East Asian trade. The story of the Ouchi rulers argues for the existence of a segmented polity, with one center located in Kyoto, and the other in the Ouchi city of Yamaguchi. It also contradicts the belief that Japan collapsed into centuries of turmoil and rather proves that Japan was a stable and prosperous trading state where rituals, policies, politics, and economics were interwoven and diverse.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="37768105" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/6c0594af-7404-4fdc-b815-9eb91342114e/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=6c0594af-7404-4fdc-b815-9eb91342114e&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Thomas D. Conlan, &quot;Kings in All But Name: The Lost History of Ouchi Rule in Japan, 1350-1569&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:39:20</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In the sixteenth century, members of the Ouchi family were kings in all but name in much of Japan. Immensely wealthy, they controlled sea lanes stretching to Korea and China, as well as the Japanese city of Yamaguchi, which functioned as an important regional port with a growing population and a host of temples and shrines. The family was unique in claiming ethnic descent from Korean kings, and-remarkably for this time-such claims were recognized in both Korea and Japan. Their position, coupled with dominance over strategic ports and mines, allowed them to facilitate trade throughout East and Southeast Asia. They also played a key cultural role in disseminating Confucian texts, Buddhist sutras, ink paintings, and pottery, and in creating a distinctive, hybrid culture that fused Japanese, Korean, and Chinese beliefs, objects, and customs.
Kings in All But Name: The Lost History of Ouchi Rule in Japan, 1350-1569 (Oxford UP, 2024) illustrates how Japan was an ethnically diverse state from the fourteenth through the sixteenth centuries, closely bound by trading ties to Korea and China. It reveals new archaeological and textual evidence proving that East Asia had integrated trading networks long before the arrival of European explorers and includes an analysis of ores and slag that shows how mining techniques improved and propelled East Asian trade. The story of the Ouchi rulers argues for the existence of a segmented polity, with one center located in Kyoto, and the other in the Ouchi city of Yamaguchi. It also contradicts the belief that Japan collapsed into centuries of turmoil and rather proves that Japan was a stable and prosperous trading state where rituals, policies, politics, and economics were interwoven and diverse.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In the sixteenth century, members of the Ouchi family were kings in all but name in much of Japan. Immensely wealthy, they controlled sea lanes stretching to Korea and China, as well as the Japanese city of Yamaguchi, which functioned as an important regional port with a growing population and a host of temples and shrines. The family was unique in claiming ethnic descent from Korean kings, and-remarkably for this time-such claims were recognized in both Korea and Japan. Their position, coupled with dominance over strategic ports and mines, allowed them to facilitate trade throughout East and Southeast Asia. They also played a key cultural role in disseminating Confucian texts, Buddhist sutras, ink paintings, and pottery, and in creating a distinctive, hybrid culture that fused Japanese, Korean, and Chinese beliefs, objects, and customs.
Kings in All But Name: The Lost History of Ouchi Rule in Japan, 1350-1569 (Oxford UP, 2024) illustrates how Japan was an ethnically diverse state from the fourteenth through the sixteenth centuries, closely bound by trading ties to Korea and China. It reveals new archaeological and textual evidence proving that East Asia had integrated trading networks long before the arrival of European explorers and includes an analysis of ores and slag that shows how mining techniques improved and propelled East Asian trade. The story of the Ouchi rulers argues for the existence of a segmented polity, with one center located in Kyoto, and the other in the Ouchi city of Yamaguchi. It also contradicts the belief that Japan collapsed into centuries of turmoil and rather proves that Japan was a stable and prosperous trading state where rituals, policies, politics, and economics were interwoven and diverse.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>147</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">952eee52-dfbc-11ee-8410-8bc9c50f0410</guid>
      <title>Janine Giordano Drake, &quot;The Gospel of Church: How Mainline Protestants Vilified Christian Socialism and Fractured the Labor Movement&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In 1908, Unitarian pastor Bertrand Thompson observed the momentous growth of the labor movement with alarm. "Socialism," he wrote, "has become a distinct substitute" for the church. He was not wrong.</p><p>In the generation after the Civil War, few of the migrants who moved North and West to take jobs in factories and mines had any association with traditional Protestant denominations. In the place of church, workers built a labor movement around a shared commitment to a Christian commonwealth. They demanded an expanded local, state and federal infrastructure which supported collective bargaining for better pay, shorter work-days, and an array of municipal services. Protestant clergy worried that if the labor movement kept growing in momentum and cultural influence, socialist policies would displace the need for churches and their many ministries to the poor. Even worse, they feared that the labor movement would render the largest Protestant denominations a relic of the nineteenth century.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197614303"><em>The Gospel of Church: How Mainline Protestants Vilified Christian Socialism and Fractured the Labor Movement </em></a>(Oxford UP, 2023), Janine Giordano Drake carefully traces the relationships which Protestant ministers built with labor unions and working class communities. She finds that Protestant ministers worked hard to assert their cultural authority over Catholic, Jewish, and religiously-unaffiliated working-class communities. Moreover, they rarely supported the most important demands of labor, including freedom of speech and the right to collective bargaining. Despite their heroic narratives of Christian social reform, Protestant reformers' efforts to assert their authority over industrial affairs directly undermined workers' efforts to bring about social democracy in the United States.</p><p><em>Matt Simmons is an Assistant Professor of History at Emmanuel University where he teaches courses in U.S. and public history. His research interests focus on the intersection of labor and race in the twentieth-century American South. You can follow him on </em><a href="https://twitter.com/matthewfsimmons"><em>X</em></a><em> @matthewfsimmons.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Mar 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In 1908, Unitarian pastor Bertrand Thompson observed the momentous growth of the labor movement with alarm. "Socialism," he wrote, "has become a distinct substitute" for the church. He was not wrong.</p><p>In the generation after the Civil War, few of the migrants who moved North and West to take jobs in factories and mines had any association with traditional Protestant denominations. In the place of church, workers built a labor movement around a shared commitment to a Christian commonwealth. They demanded an expanded local, state and federal infrastructure which supported collective bargaining for better pay, shorter work-days, and an array of municipal services. Protestant clergy worried that if the labor movement kept growing in momentum and cultural influence, socialist policies would displace the need for churches and their many ministries to the poor. Even worse, they feared that the labor movement would render the largest Protestant denominations a relic of the nineteenth century.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197614303"><em>The Gospel of Church: How Mainline Protestants Vilified Christian Socialism and Fractured the Labor Movement </em></a>(Oxford UP, 2023), Janine Giordano Drake carefully traces the relationships which Protestant ministers built with labor unions and working class communities. She finds that Protestant ministers worked hard to assert their cultural authority over Catholic, Jewish, and religiously-unaffiliated working-class communities. Moreover, they rarely supported the most important demands of labor, including freedom of speech and the right to collective bargaining. Despite their heroic narratives of Christian social reform, Protestant reformers' efforts to assert their authority over industrial affairs directly undermined workers' efforts to bring about social democracy in the United States.</p><p><em>Matt Simmons is an Assistant Professor of History at Emmanuel University where he teaches courses in U.S. and public history. His research interests focus on the intersection of labor and race in the twentieth-century American South. You can follow him on </em><a href="https://twitter.com/matthewfsimmons"><em>X</em></a><em> @matthewfsimmons.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="41188726" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/9533300d-0888-4a08-ab2b-980aa5ce2802/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=9533300d-0888-4a08-ab2b-980aa5ce2802&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Janine Giordano Drake, &quot;The Gospel of Church: How Mainline Protestants Vilified Christian Socialism and Fractured the Labor Movement&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:42:54</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In 1908, Unitarian pastor Bertrand Thompson observed the momentous growth of the labor movement with alarm. &quot;Socialism,&quot; he wrote, &quot;has become a distinct substitute&quot; for the church. He was not wrong.
In the generation after the Civil War, few of the migrants who moved North and West to take jobs in factories and mines had any association with traditional Protestant denominations. In the place of church, workers built a labor movement around a shared commitment to a Christian commonwealth. They demanded an expanded local, state and federal infrastructure which supported collective bargaining for better pay, shorter work-days, and an array of municipal services. Protestant clergy worried that if the labor movement kept growing in momentum and cultural influence, socialist policies would displace the need for churches and their many ministries to the poor. Even worse, they feared that the labor movement would render the largest Protestant denominations a relic of the nineteenth century.
In The Gospel of Church: How Mainline Protestants Vilified Christian Socialism and Fractured the Labor Movement (Oxford UP, 2023), Janine Giordano Drake carefully traces the relationships which Protestant ministers built with labor unions and working class communities. She finds that Protestant ministers worked hard to assert their cultural authority over Catholic, Jewish, and religiously-unaffiliated working-class communities. Moreover, they rarely supported the most important demands of labor, including freedom of speech and the right to collective bargaining. Despite their heroic narratives of Christian social reform, Protestant reformers&apos; efforts to assert their authority over industrial affairs directly undermined workers&apos; efforts to bring about social democracy in the United States.
Matt Simmons is an Assistant Professor of History at Emmanuel University where he teaches courses in U.S. and public history. His research interests focus on the intersection of labor and race in the twentieth-century American South. You can follow him on X @matthewfsimmons.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In 1908, Unitarian pastor Bertrand Thompson observed the momentous growth of the labor movement with alarm. &quot;Socialism,&quot; he wrote, &quot;has become a distinct substitute&quot; for the church. He was not wrong.
In the generation after the Civil War, few of the migrants who moved North and West to take jobs in factories and mines had any association with traditional Protestant denominations. In the place of church, workers built a labor movement around a shared commitment to a Christian commonwealth. They demanded an expanded local, state and federal infrastructure which supported collective bargaining for better pay, shorter work-days, and an array of municipal services. Protestant clergy worried that if the labor movement kept growing in momentum and cultural influence, socialist policies would displace the need for churches and their many ministries to the poor. Even worse, they feared that the labor movement would render the largest Protestant denominations a relic of the nineteenth century.
In The Gospel of Church: How Mainline Protestants Vilified Christian Socialism and Fractured the Labor Movement (Oxford UP, 2023), Janine Giordano Drake carefully traces the relationships which Protestant ministers built with labor unions and working class communities. She finds that Protestant ministers worked hard to assert their cultural authority over Catholic, Jewish, and religiously-unaffiliated working-class communities. Moreover, they rarely supported the most important demands of labor, including freedom of speech and the right to collective bargaining. Despite their heroic narratives of Christian social reform, Protestant reformers&apos; efforts to assert their authority over industrial affairs directly undermined workers&apos; efforts to bring about social democracy in the United States.
Matt Simmons is an Assistant Professor of History at Emmanuel University where he teaches courses in U.S. and public history. His research interests focus on the intersection of labor and race in the twentieth-century American South. You can follow him on X @matthewfsimmons.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>257</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">360e2388-dfe5-11ee-ba11-57924f754929</guid>
      <title>Authoritarian Practices Go Well Beyond Authoritarian Regimes</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Authoritarianism is not something that happens only within the borders of authoritarian regimes. In this episode, Marlies Glasius talks with host Licia Cianetti about her work on “authoritarian practices”, how the sabotage of accountability can take place also within democracies, how it can be transnational, how the actors involved are not always the ones you are thinking about, and what this all means for the future of democracy.</p><p><a href="https://www.uva.nl/en/profile/g/l/m.e.glasius/m.e.glasius.html">Marlies Glasius</a> is Professor of International Relations at the University of Amsterdam. She is the author of<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192862655"> <em>Authoritarian Practices in a Global Age</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023).</p><p><a href="https://www.birmingham.ac.uk/staff/profiles/gov/cianetti-licia.aspx">Licia Cianetti</a> is Lecturer in Political Science and International Studies at the University of Birmingham and Deputy Founding Director of CEDAR.</p><p>The People, Power, Politics podcast brings you the latest insights into the factors that are shaping and re-shaping our political world. It is brought to you by <a href="https://www.birmingham.ac.uk/university/colleges/socsci/cedar/index.aspx">the Centre for Elections, Democracy, Accountability and Representation</a> (CEDAR) based at the University of Birmingham, United Kingdom. Join us to better understand the factors that promote and undermine democratic government around the world and follow us on Twitter at @CEDAR_Bham!</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Mar 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Authoritarianism is not something that happens only within the borders of authoritarian regimes. In this episode, Marlies Glasius talks with host Licia Cianetti about her work on “authoritarian practices”, how the sabotage of accountability can take place also within democracies, how it can be transnational, how the actors involved are not always the ones you are thinking about, and what this all means for the future of democracy.</p><p><a href="https://www.uva.nl/en/profile/g/l/m.e.glasius/m.e.glasius.html">Marlies Glasius</a> is Professor of International Relations at the University of Amsterdam. She is the author of<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192862655"> <em>Authoritarian Practices in a Global Age</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023).</p><p><a href="https://www.birmingham.ac.uk/staff/profiles/gov/cianetti-licia.aspx">Licia Cianetti</a> is Lecturer in Political Science and International Studies at the University of Birmingham and Deputy Founding Director of CEDAR.</p><p>The People, Power, Politics podcast brings you the latest insights into the factors that are shaping and re-shaping our political world. It is brought to you by <a href="https://www.birmingham.ac.uk/university/colleges/socsci/cedar/index.aspx">the Centre for Elections, Democracy, Accountability and Representation</a> (CEDAR) based at the University of Birmingham, United Kingdom. Join us to better understand the factors that promote and undermine democratic government around the world and follow us on Twitter at @CEDAR_Bham!</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="25608903" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/224efb9e-7cd2-40ac-b928-8aea13910631/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=224efb9e-7cd2-40ac-b928-8aea13910631&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Authoritarian Practices Go Well Beyond Authoritarian Regimes</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:26:40</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Authoritarianism is not something that happens only within the borders of authoritarian regimes. In this episode, Marlies Glasius talks with host Licia Cianetti about her work on “authoritarian practices”, how the sabotage of accountability can take place also within democracies, how it can be transnational, how the actors involved are not always the ones you are thinking about, and what this all means for the future of democracy.
Marlies Glasius is Professor of International Relations at the University of Amsterdam. She is the author of Authoritarian Practices in a Global Age (Oxford UP, 2023).
Licia Cianetti is Lecturer in Political Science and International Studies at the University of Birmingham and Deputy Founding Director of CEDAR.
The People, Power, Politics podcast brings you the latest insights into the factors that are shaping and re-shaping our political world. It is brought to you by the Centre for Elections, Democracy, Accountability and Representation (CEDAR) based at the University of Birmingham, United Kingdom. Join us to better understand the factors that promote and undermine democratic government around the world and follow us on Twitter at @CEDAR_Bham!</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Authoritarianism is not something that happens only within the borders of authoritarian regimes. In this episode, Marlies Glasius talks with host Licia Cianetti about her work on “authoritarian practices”, how the sabotage of accountability can take place also within democracies, how it can be transnational, how the actors involved are not always the ones you are thinking about, and what this all means for the future of democracy.
Marlies Glasius is Professor of International Relations at the University of Amsterdam. She is the author of Authoritarian Practices in a Global Age (Oxford UP, 2023).
Licia Cianetti is Lecturer in Political Science and International Studies at the University of Birmingham and Deputy Founding Director of CEDAR.
The People, Power, Politics podcast brings you the latest insights into the factors that are shaping and re-shaping our political world. It is brought to you by the Centre for Elections, Democracy, Accountability and Representation (CEDAR) based at the University of Birmingham, United Kingdom. Join us to better understand the factors that promote and undermine democratic government around the world and follow us on Twitter at @CEDAR_Bham!</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>11</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e9b2e012-df1e-11ee-8205-3700bb1d06c6</guid>
      <title>Sofia Rehman, &quot;Gendering the Hadith Tradition: Recentering the Authority of Aisha, Mother of the Believers&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192865984"><em>Gendering the Hadith Tradition: Recentering the Authority of Aisha, Mother of the Believers</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024) presents for the first time a partial translation and study of Imam Badr al-Din al-Zarkashi's work, al-Ijaba li-Iradi ma Istadraktahu Aisha Ala al-Sahabah-"The Corrective: Aisha's Rectification of the Companions. "It critically analyses from the perspective of hadith criticism a number of sections presenting Aisha's refutations and corrections of key Companions including, Umar b. al-Khattab, Abdullah b. Abbas, Zayd b. Thabit, and Abu Hurayra, applying classical hadith methodology to the scrutiny of narrators by way of impugnment and validation (al-jarh wa al-tadil) in an effort to re-construct and re-present Aisha as a central authority in Islamic knowledge production.</p><p>This work constitutes a major rethinking of the Muslim hadith and jurisprudential traditions by evaluating how Aisha responded to hadiths that were circulating and being ascribed, often incorrectly, as authoritative statements of the Prophet Muhammad. From her critique of overwhelmingly male Companions of the Prophet, the study elicits a methodology for hadith criticism which is sure to challenge classical approaches. Sofia Rehman unearths the scholarly acumen of this great female Companion and mother of the believers, in her discussion of several legal positions which Aisha held in contradistinction to many of the male authorities among the Companions.</p><p>This interdisciplinary study serves as a model for how the voice of Aisha may be given renewed life and significance in the way it re-centres her traditions and thinking. A crucial aspect is its contributing to expanding the horizons of multiple Islamic disciplines. A major contribution to the study of hadith lies in the development of an emergent methodology of Aisha in the scrutiny of the actual statements (matn) of traditions, not just the chains of transmission (isnad). The contributions of this study to the development of the Muslim legal tradition (fiqh) also lies in a framework that emerges from this research based on the pattern of how Aisha approaches juridical matters. The implications for this are many, especially regarding women and their spiritual and daily life and practice.“</p><p>Sofia Rehman is an independent scholar of Islam, trained both traditionally in Syria and Turkey, and in Western academia, receiving her PhD from the University of Leeds. She advocates bridging the gap between scholarship on Islam and the Muslim community, setting up critical reading groups with global reach to facilitate learning and empowerment. She is a contributor to Mapping Faith: Theologies of Migration, edited by Lia Shimada, Cut from the Same Cloth?, edited by Sabeena Akhtar and Violent Phenomena: 21 Essays on Translation, edited by Kavita Bhanot and Jeremy Tiang. She is author of A Treasury of Aisha Bint Abu Bakr.</p><p><em>Tugrul Mende holds an M.A in Arabic Studies. He is based in Berlin as a project coordinator and independent researcher.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Mar 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192865984"><em>Gendering the Hadith Tradition: Recentering the Authority of Aisha, Mother of the Believers</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024) presents for the first time a partial translation and study of Imam Badr al-Din al-Zarkashi's work, al-Ijaba li-Iradi ma Istadraktahu Aisha Ala al-Sahabah-"The Corrective: Aisha's Rectification of the Companions. "It critically analyses from the perspective of hadith criticism a number of sections presenting Aisha's refutations and corrections of key Companions including, Umar b. al-Khattab, Abdullah b. Abbas, Zayd b. Thabit, and Abu Hurayra, applying classical hadith methodology to the scrutiny of narrators by way of impugnment and validation (al-jarh wa al-tadil) in an effort to re-construct and re-present Aisha as a central authority in Islamic knowledge production.</p><p>This work constitutes a major rethinking of the Muslim hadith and jurisprudential traditions by evaluating how Aisha responded to hadiths that were circulating and being ascribed, often incorrectly, as authoritative statements of the Prophet Muhammad. From her critique of overwhelmingly male Companions of the Prophet, the study elicits a methodology for hadith criticism which is sure to challenge classical approaches. Sofia Rehman unearths the scholarly acumen of this great female Companion and mother of the believers, in her discussion of several legal positions which Aisha held in contradistinction to many of the male authorities among the Companions.</p><p>This interdisciplinary study serves as a model for how the voice of Aisha may be given renewed life and significance in the way it re-centres her traditions and thinking. A crucial aspect is its contributing to expanding the horizons of multiple Islamic disciplines. A major contribution to the study of hadith lies in the development of an emergent methodology of Aisha in the scrutiny of the actual statements (matn) of traditions, not just the chains of transmission (isnad). The contributions of this study to the development of the Muslim legal tradition (fiqh) also lies in a framework that emerges from this research based on the pattern of how Aisha approaches juridical matters. The implications for this are many, especially regarding women and their spiritual and daily life and practice.“</p><p>Sofia Rehman is an independent scholar of Islam, trained both traditionally in Syria and Turkey, and in Western academia, receiving her PhD from the University of Leeds. She advocates bridging the gap between scholarship on Islam and the Muslim community, setting up critical reading groups with global reach to facilitate learning and empowerment. She is a contributor to Mapping Faith: Theologies of Migration, edited by Lia Shimada, Cut from the Same Cloth?, edited by Sabeena Akhtar and Violent Phenomena: 21 Essays on Translation, edited by Kavita Bhanot and Jeremy Tiang. She is author of A Treasury of Aisha Bint Abu Bakr.</p><p><em>Tugrul Mende holds an M.A in Arabic Studies. He is based in Berlin as a project coordinator and independent researcher.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="37762303" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/bd98e80f-5bd5-4c1f-b56f-283037732162/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=bd98e80f-5bd5-4c1f-b56f-283037732162&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Sofia Rehman, &quot;Gendering the Hadith Tradition: Recentering the Authority of Aisha, Mother of the Believers&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:39:19</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Gendering the Hadith Tradition: Recentering the Authority of Aisha, Mother of the Believers (Oxford UP, 2024) presents for the first time a partial translation and study of Imam Badr al-Din al-Zarkashi&apos;s work, al-Ijaba li-Iradi ma Istadraktahu Aisha Ala al-Sahabah-&quot;The Corrective: Aisha&apos;s Rectification of the Companions. &quot;It critically analyses from the perspective of hadith criticism a number of sections presenting Aisha&apos;s refutations and corrections of key Companions including, Umar b. al-Khattab, Abdullah b. Abbas, Zayd b. Thabit, and Abu Hurayra, applying classical hadith methodology to the scrutiny of narrators by way of impugnment and validation (al-jarh wa al-tadil) in an effort to re-construct and re-present Aisha as a central authority in Islamic knowledge production.
This work constitutes a major rethinking of the Muslim hadith and jurisprudential traditions by evaluating how Aisha responded to hadiths that were circulating and being ascribed, often incorrectly, as authoritative statements of the Prophet Muhammad. From her critique of overwhelmingly male Companions of the Prophet, the study elicits a methodology for hadith criticism which is sure to challenge classical approaches. Sofia Rehman unearths the scholarly acumen of this great female Companion and mother of the believers, in her discussion of several legal positions which Aisha held in contradistinction to many of the male authorities among the Companions.
This interdisciplinary study serves as a model for how the voice of Aisha may be given renewed life and significance in the way it re-centres her traditions and thinking. A crucial aspect is its contributing to expanding the horizons of multiple Islamic disciplines. A major contribution to the study of hadith lies in the development of an emergent methodology of Aisha in the scrutiny of the actual statements (matn) of traditions, not just the chains of transmission (isnad). The contributions of this study to the development of the Muslim legal tradition (fiqh) also lies in a framework that emerges from this research based on the pattern of how Aisha approaches juridical matters. The implications for this are many, especially regarding women and their spiritual and daily life and practice.“
Sofia Rehman is an independent scholar of Islam, trained both traditionally in Syria and Turkey, and in Western academia, receiving her PhD from the University of Leeds. She advocates bridging the gap between scholarship on Islam and the Muslim community, setting up critical reading groups with global reach to facilitate learning and empowerment. She is a contributor to Mapping Faith: Theologies of Migration, edited by Lia Shimada, Cut from the Same Cloth?, edited by Sabeena Akhtar and Violent Phenomena: 21 Essays on Translation, edited by Kavita Bhanot and Jeremy Tiang. She is author of A Treasury of Aisha Bint Abu Bakr.
Tugrul Mende holds an M.A in Arabic Studies. He is based in Berlin as a project coordinator and independent researcher.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Gendering the Hadith Tradition: Recentering the Authority of Aisha, Mother of the Believers (Oxford UP, 2024) presents for the first time a partial translation and study of Imam Badr al-Din al-Zarkashi&apos;s work, al-Ijaba li-Iradi ma Istadraktahu Aisha Ala al-Sahabah-&quot;The Corrective: Aisha&apos;s Rectification of the Companions. &quot;It critically analyses from the perspective of hadith criticism a number of sections presenting Aisha&apos;s refutations and corrections of key Companions including, Umar b. al-Khattab, Abdullah b. Abbas, Zayd b. Thabit, and Abu Hurayra, applying classical hadith methodology to the scrutiny of narrators by way of impugnment and validation (al-jarh wa al-tadil) in an effort to re-construct and re-present Aisha as a central authority in Islamic knowledge production.
This work constitutes a major rethinking of the Muslim hadith and jurisprudential traditions by evaluating how Aisha responded to hadiths that were circulating and being ascribed, often incorrectly, as authoritative statements of the Prophet Muhammad. From her critique of overwhelmingly male Companions of the Prophet, the study elicits a methodology for hadith criticism which is sure to challenge classical approaches. Sofia Rehman unearths the scholarly acumen of this great female Companion and mother of the believers, in her discussion of several legal positions which Aisha held in contradistinction to many of the male authorities among the Companions.
This interdisciplinary study serves as a model for how the voice of Aisha may be given renewed life and significance in the way it re-centres her traditions and thinking. A crucial aspect is its contributing to expanding the horizons of multiple Islamic disciplines. A major contribution to the study of hadith lies in the development of an emergent methodology of Aisha in the scrutiny of the actual statements (matn) of traditions, not just the chains of transmission (isnad). The contributions of this study to the development of the Muslim legal tradition (fiqh) also lies in a framework that emerges from this research based on the pattern of how Aisha approaches juridical matters. The implications for this are many, especially regarding women and their spiritual and daily life and practice.“
Sofia Rehman is an independent scholar of Islam, trained both traditionally in Syria and Turkey, and in Western academia, receiving her PhD from the University of Leeds. She advocates bridging the gap between scholarship on Islam and the Muslim community, setting up critical reading groups with global reach to facilitate learning and empowerment. She is a contributor to Mapping Faith: Theologies of Migration, edited by Lia Shimada, Cut from the Same Cloth?, edited by Sabeena Akhtar and Violent Phenomena: 21 Essays on Translation, edited by Kavita Bhanot and Jeremy Tiang. She is author of A Treasury of Aisha Bint Abu Bakr.
Tugrul Mende holds an M.A in Arabic Studies. He is based in Berlin as a project coordinator and independent researcher.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>255</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5e15f46c-de3e-11ee-851f-a3971a7e7ed3</guid>
      <title>David Savran, &quot;Tell It to the World: The Broadway Musical Abroad&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190249533"><em>Tell It to the World: The Broadway Musical Abroad</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024) offers a look at how the Broadway musical travels the world, influencing and even transforming local practices and traditions. It traces especially how the musical has been indigenized in South Korea and Germany, the commercial centers for Broadway musicals in East Asia and continental Europe. Both countries were occupied after World War II by the United States, which disseminated U.S. American popular music, jazz, movies, and musical theatre in the belief that these nations needed to rebuild their cultures in accordance with U.S. guidelines. By the 1990s, Broadway imports had become phenomenally popular in Seoul and Hamburg while home-grown musicals proliferated that adapted and transformed the prototypes that had been disseminated by the U.S.</p><p>Although this book focuses on recent musicals, it also looks back through the twentieth century to plot the evolution of musical theatre in South Korea and Germany. Part One considers the key questions: What is a musical? Why is it the great success story of U.S. theatre? How has it been assimilated to musical theatre traditions around the world? Part Two focuses on musical theatre in South Korea, studying the import/export business in large-scale musicals about Korean history and innovative hybrid experiments that mix local performance traditions with the Broadway vernacular. Part Three moves to Europe to analyze the conflicted attitudes toward musicals in the German-speaking world. Its three chapters survey the history of musicals in Germany from 1945 until the fall of the Berlin Wall, the reconfiguration of musical theatre conventions by experimental directors, and finally the ground-breaking German-language productions of Broadway classics by Barrie Kosky and other innovative directors.</p><p>In the twenty-first century, Broadway-style musical theatre has succeeded in becoming a lingua franca, the template for musical theatre around the world. This book shows how some of the most innovative, beautiful, and exciting musical theatre is being made outside the United States.</p><p><em>﻿</em><a href="https://tulane.academia.edu/kunze"><em>Peter C. Kunze</em></a><em> is a visiting assistant professor of communication at Tulane University.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Mar 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190249533"><em>Tell It to the World: The Broadway Musical Abroad</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024) offers a look at how the Broadway musical travels the world, influencing and even transforming local practices and traditions. It traces especially how the musical has been indigenized in South Korea and Germany, the commercial centers for Broadway musicals in East Asia and continental Europe. Both countries were occupied after World War II by the United States, which disseminated U.S. American popular music, jazz, movies, and musical theatre in the belief that these nations needed to rebuild their cultures in accordance with U.S. guidelines. By the 1990s, Broadway imports had become phenomenally popular in Seoul and Hamburg while home-grown musicals proliferated that adapted and transformed the prototypes that had been disseminated by the U.S.</p><p>Although this book focuses on recent musicals, it also looks back through the twentieth century to plot the evolution of musical theatre in South Korea and Germany. Part One considers the key questions: What is a musical? Why is it the great success story of U.S. theatre? How has it been assimilated to musical theatre traditions around the world? Part Two focuses on musical theatre in South Korea, studying the import/export business in large-scale musicals about Korean history and innovative hybrid experiments that mix local performance traditions with the Broadway vernacular. Part Three moves to Europe to analyze the conflicted attitudes toward musicals in the German-speaking world. Its three chapters survey the history of musicals in Germany from 1945 until the fall of the Berlin Wall, the reconfiguration of musical theatre conventions by experimental directors, and finally the ground-breaking German-language productions of Broadway classics by Barrie Kosky and other innovative directors.</p><p>In the twenty-first century, Broadway-style musical theatre has succeeded in becoming a lingua franca, the template for musical theatre around the world. This book shows how some of the most innovative, beautiful, and exciting musical theatre is being made outside the United States.</p><p><em>﻿</em><a href="https://tulane.academia.edu/kunze"><em>Peter C. Kunze</em></a><em> is a visiting assistant professor of communication at Tulane University.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="56011287" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/034e9de7-87e4-426b-a156-38c093efba80/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=034e9de7-87e4-426b-a156-38c093efba80&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>David Savran, &quot;Tell It to the World: The Broadway Musical Abroad&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:58:20</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Tell It to the World: The Broadway Musical Abroad (Oxford UP, 2024) offers a look at how the Broadway musical travels the world, influencing and even transforming local practices and traditions. It traces especially how the musical has been indigenized in South Korea and Germany, the commercial centers for Broadway musicals in East Asia and continental Europe. Both countries were occupied after World War II by the United States, which disseminated U.S. American popular music, jazz, movies, and musical theatre in the belief that these nations needed to rebuild their cultures in accordance with U.S. guidelines. By the 1990s, Broadway imports had become phenomenally popular in Seoul and Hamburg while home-grown musicals proliferated that adapted and transformed the prototypes that had been disseminated by the U.S.
Although this book focuses on recent musicals, it also looks back through the twentieth century to plot the evolution of musical theatre in South Korea and Germany. Part One considers the key questions: What is a musical? Why is it the great success story of U.S. theatre? How has it been assimilated to musical theatre traditions around the world? Part Two focuses on musical theatre in South Korea, studying the import/export business in large-scale musicals about Korean history and innovative hybrid experiments that mix local performance traditions with the Broadway vernacular. Part Three moves to Europe to analyze the conflicted attitudes toward musicals in the German-speaking world. Its three chapters survey the history of musicals in Germany from 1945 until the fall of the Berlin Wall, the reconfiguration of musical theatre conventions by experimental directors, and finally the ground-breaking German-language productions of Broadway classics by Barrie Kosky and other innovative directors.
In the twenty-first century, Broadway-style musical theatre has succeeded in becoming a lingua franca, the template for musical theatre around the world. This book shows how some of the most innovative, beautiful, and exciting musical theatre is being made outside the United States.
﻿Peter C. Kunze is a visiting assistant professor of communication at Tulane University.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Tell It to the World: The Broadway Musical Abroad (Oxford UP, 2024) offers a look at how the Broadway musical travels the world, influencing and even transforming local practices and traditions. It traces especially how the musical has been indigenized in South Korea and Germany, the commercial centers for Broadway musicals in East Asia and continental Europe. Both countries were occupied after World War II by the United States, which disseminated U.S. American popular music, jazz, movies, and musical theatre in the belief that these nations needed to rebuild their cultures in accordance with U.S. guidelines. By the 1990s, Broadway imports had become phenomenally popular in Seoul and Hamburg while home-grown musicals proliferated that adapted and transformed the prototypes that had been disseminated by the U.S.
Although this book focuses on recent musicals, it also looks back through the twentieth century to plot the evolution of musical theatre in South Korea and Germany. Part One considers the key questions: What is a musical? Why is it the great success story of U.S. theatre? How has it been assimilated to musical theatre traditions around the world? Part Two focuses on musical theatre in South Korea, studying the import/export business in large-scale musicals about Korean history and innovative hybrid experiments that mix local performance traditions with the Broadway vernacular. Part Three moves to Europe to analyze the conflicted attitudes toward musicals in the German-speaking world. Its three chapters survey the history of musicals in Germany from 1945 until the fall of the Berlin Wall, the reconfiguration of musical theatre conventions by experimental directors, and finally the ground-breaking German-language productions of Broadway classics by Barrie Kosky and other innovative directors.
In the twenty-first century, Broadway-style musical theatre has succeeded in becoming a lingua franca, the template for musical theatre around the world. This book shows how some of the most innovative, beautiful, and exciting musical theatre is being made outside the United States.
﻿Peter C. Kunze is a visiting assistant professor of communication at Tulane University.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>127</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8e10dd24-c8ec-11ee-9415-5b19326ebf53</guid>
      <title>Jon Robson, &quot;Aesthetic Testimony: An Optimistic Approach&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>A lot of what we claim to know we learn from other people's testimony: they tell us, and in many ordinary contexts that is enough to gain knowledge. But for many philosophers, aesthetics is different. Such pessimists about aesthetic testimony hold that facts about aesthetic properties – such as Shakespeare's Hamlet being a tragedy, or Picasso's Guernica being anti-war – can't be transmitted by testimony, and can only be learned through first-person experience. </p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192862952"><em>Aesthetic Testimony: An Optimistic Approach</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2022), Jon Robson argues that aesthetic testimony should be treated on a par with testimony in other domains; our deference to others in aesthetic matters is about the same as it is in other areas of knowledge. Robson, who is assistant professor of philosophy at the University of Nottingham, defends a view called contextualist optimism, in which, just as with testimony in other domains, whether we obtain aesthetic knowledge depends on the context in which aesthetic judgments are transmitted.</p><p><em>﻿</em><a href="https://clas.uiowa.edu/philosophy/people/carrie-figdor"><em>Carrie Figdor</em></a><em> is professor of philosophy at the University of Iowa.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 10 Mar 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>A lot of what we claim to know we learn from other people's testimony: they tell us, and in many ordinary contexts that is enough to gain knowledge. But for many philosophers, aesthetics is different. Such pessimists about aesthetic testimony hold that facts about aesthetic properties – such as Shakespeare's Hamlet being a tragedy, or Picasso's Guernica being anti-war – can't be transmitted by testimony, and can only be learned through first-person experience. </p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192862952"><em>Aesthetic Testimony: An Optimistic Approach</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2022), Jon Robson argues that aesthetic testimony should be treated on a par with testimony in other domains; our deference to others in aesthetic matters is about the same as it is in other areas of knowledge. Robson, who is assistant professor of philosophy at the University of Nottingham, defends a view called contextualist optimism, in which, just as with testimony in other domains, whether we obtain aesthetic knowledge depends on the context in which aesthetic judgments are transmitted.</p><p><em>﻿</em><a href="https://clas.uiowa.edu/philosophy/people/carrie-figdor"><em>Carrie Figdor</em></a><em> is professor of philosophy at the University of Iowa.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="54041584" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/8cad3d8c-730a-41df-8d2a-0d7d4bbaf107/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=8cad3d8c-730a-41df-8d2a-0d7d4bbaf107&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Jon Robson, &quot;Aesthetic Testimony: An Optimistic Approach&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:56:17</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>A lot of what we claim to know we learn from other people&apos;s testimony: they tell us, and in many ordinary contexts that is enough to gain knowledge. But for many philosophers, aesthetics is different. Such pessimists about aesthetic testimony hold that facts about aesthetic properties – such as Shakespeare&apos;s Hamlet being a tragedy, or Picasso&apos;s Guernica being anti-war – can&apos;t be transmitted by testimony, and can only be learned through first-person experience. 
In Aesthetic Testimony: An Optimistic Approach (Oxford UP, 2022), Jon Robson argues that aesthetic testimony should be treated on a par with testimony in other domains; our deference to others in aesthetic matters is about the same as it is in other areas of knowledge. Robson, who is assistant professor of philosophy at the University of Nottingham, defends a view called contextualist optimism, in which, just as with testimony in other domains, whether we obtain aesthetic knowledge depends on the context in which aesthetic judgments are transmitted.
﻿Carrie Figdor is professor of philosophy at the University of Iowa.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>A lot of what we claim to know we learn from other people&apos;s testimony: they tell us, and in many ordinary contexts that is enough to gain knowledge. But for many philosophers, aesthetics is different. Such pessimists about aesthetic testimony hold that facts about aesthetic properties – such as Shakespeare&apos;s Hamlet being a tragedy, or Picasso&apos;s Guernica being anti-war – can&apos;t be transmitted by testimony, and can only be learned through first-person experience. 
In Aesthetic Testimony: An Optimistic Approach (Oxford UP, 2022), Jon Robson argues that aesthetic testimony should be treated on a par with testimony in other domains; our deference to others in aesthetic matters is about the same as it is in other areas of knowledge. Robson, who is assistant professor of philosophy at the University of Nottingham, defends a view called contextualist optimism, in which, just as with testimony in other domains, whether we obtain aesthetic knowledge depends on the context in which aesthetic judgments are transmitted.
﻿Carrie Figdor is professor of philosophy at the University of Iowa.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>335</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">39f4ca66-dd7d-11ee-b26b-77207b991cf0</guid>
      <title>Myrto Garani et al., &quot;The Oxford Handbook of Roman Philosophy&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Several decades of scholarship have demonstrated that Roman thinkers developed in new and stimulating directions the systems of thought they inherited from the Greeks, and that, taken together, they offer many perspectives that are of philosophical interest in their own right. The Oxford Handbook of Roman Philosophy explores a range of such Roman philosophical perspectives through thirty-four newly commissioned essays. Where Roman philosophy has long been considered a mere extension of Hellenistic systems of thought, this volume moves beyond the search for sources and parallels and situates Roman philosophy in its distinctive cultural context.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780199328383"><em>The Oxford Handbook of Roman Philosophy</em></a> (Oxford UP,  2023) emphasizes four features of Roman philosophy: aspects of translation, social context, philosophical import, and literary style. The authors adopt an inclusive approach, treating not just systematic thinkers such as Cicero and Augustine, but also poets and historians. Topics covered include ethnicity, cultural identity, literary originality, the environment, Roman philosophical figures, epistemology, and ethics.</p><p>Myrto Garani is Associate Professor of Latin Literature at the National and Kapodistrian University of Athens, Greece. She is the author of Empedocles Redivivus, co-editor with David Konstan of The Philosophizing Muse, and co-editor with A. N. Michalopoulos and S. Papaioannou of Intertextuality in Seneca's Philosophical Writings.</p><p>David Konstan is Professor of Classics at New York University. He is the author of Friendship in the Classical World, Beauty, In the Orbit of Love, and The Origin of Sin.</p><p>Gretchen Reydams-Schils is Professor in the Program of Liberal Studies at the University of Notre Dame and holds concurrent appointments in Classics, Philosophy, and Theology. She is the author of The Roman Stoics and Calcidius on Plato's Timaeus.</p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>Morteza Hajizadeh</em></a><em> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>YouTube channel</em></a><em>. </em><a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture"><em>Twitter</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 9 Mar 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Several decades of scholarship have demonstrated that Roman thinkers developed in new and stimulating directions the systems of thought they inherited from the Greeks, and that, taken together, they offer many perspectives that are of philosophical interest in their own right. The Oxford Handbook of Roman Philosophy explores a range of such Roman philosophical perspectives through thirty-four newly commissioned essays. Where Roman philosophy has long been considered a mere extension of Hellenistic systems of thought, this volume moves beyond the search for sources and parallels and situates Roman philosophy in its distinctive cultural context.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780199328383"><em>The Oxford Handbook of Roman Philosophy</em></a> (Oxford UP,  2023) emphasizes four features of Roman philosophy: aspects of translation, social context, philosophical import, and literary style. The authors adopt an inclusive approach, treating not just systematic thinkers such as Cicero and Augustine, but also poets and historians. Topics covered include ethnicity, cultural identity, literary originality, the environment, Roman philosophical figures, epistemology, and ethics.</p><p>Myrto Garani is Associate Professor of Latin Literature at the National and Kapodistrian University of Athens, Greece. She is the author of Empedocles Redivivus, co-editor with David Konstan of The Philosophizing Muse, and co-editor with A. N. Michalopoulos and S. Papaioannou of Intertextuality in Seneca's Philosophical Writings.</p><p>David Konstan is Professor of Classics at New York University. He is the author of Friendship in the Classical World, Beauty, In the Orbit of Love, and The Origin of Sin.</p><p>Gretchen Reydams-Schils is Professor in the Program of Liberal Studies at the University of Notre Dame and holds concurrent appointments in Classics, Philosophy, and Theology. She is the author of The Roman Stoics and Calcidius on Plato's Timaeus.</p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>Morteza Hajizadeh</em></a><em> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>YouTube channel</em></a><em>. </em><a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture"><em>Twitter</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="47020318" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/b441626a-53d0-443e-8e1a-a7eaaa641e49/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=b441626a-53d0-443e-8e1a-a7eaaa641e49&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Myrto Garani et al., &quot;The Oxford Handbook of Roman Philosophy&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:48:58</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Several decades of scholarship have demonstrated that Roman thinkers developed in new and stimulating directions the systems of thought they inherited from the Greeks, and that, taken together, they offer many perspectives that are of philosophical interest in their own right. The Oxford Handbook of Roman Philosophy explores a range of such Roman philosophical perspectives through thirty-four newly commissioned essays. Where Roman philosophy has long been considered a mere extension of Hellenistic systems of thought, this volume moves beyond the search for sources and parallels and situates Roman philosophy in its distinctive cultural context.
The Oxford Handbook of Roman Philosophy (Oxford UP,  2023) emphasizes four features of Roman philosophy: aspects of translation, social context, philosophical import, and literary style. The authors adopt an inclusive approach, treating not just systematic thinkers such as Cicero and Augustine, but also poets and historians. Topics covered include ethnicity, cultural identity, literary originality, the environment, Roman philosophical figures, epistemology, and ethics.
Myrto Garani is Associate Professor of Latin Literature at the National and Kapodistrian University of Athens, Greece. She is the author of Empedocles Redivivus, co-editor with David Konstan of The Philosophizing Muse, and co-editor with A. N. Michalopoulos and S. Papaioannou of Intertextuality in Seneca&apos;s Philosophical Writings.
David Konstan is Professor of Classics at New York University. He is the author of Friendship in the Classical World, Beauty, In the Orbit of Love, and The Origin of Sin.
Gretchen Reydams-Schils is Professor in the Program of Liberal Studies at the University of Notre Dame and holds concurrent appointments in Classics, Philosophy, and Theology. She is the author of The Roman Stoics and Calcidius on Plato&apos;s Timaeus.
Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Several decades of scholarship have demonstrated that Roman thinkers developed in new and stimulating directions the systems of thought they inherited from the Greeks, and that, taken together, they offer many perspectives that are of philosophical interest in their own right. The Oxford Handbook of Roman Philosophy explores a range of such Roman philosophical perspectives through thirty-four newly commissioned essays. Where Roman philosophy has long been considered a mere extension of Hellenistic systems of thought, this volume moves beyond the search for sources and parallels and situates Roman philosophy in its distinctive cultural context.
The Oxford Handbook of Roman Philosophy (Oxford UP,  2023) emphasizes four features of Roman philosophy: aspects of translation, social context, philosophical import, and literary style. The authors adopt an inclusive approach, treating not just systematic thinkers such as Cicero and Augustine, but also poets and historians. Topics covered include ethnicity, cultural identity, literary originality, the environment, Roman philosophical figures, epistemology, and ethics.
Myrto Garani is Associate Professor of Latin Literature at the National and Kapodistrian University of Athens, Greece. She is the author of Empedocles Redivivus, co-editor with David Konstan of The Philosophizing Muse, and co-editor with A. N. Michalopoulos and S. Papaioannou of Intertextuality in Seneca&apos;s Philosophical Writings.
David Konstan is Professor of Classics at New York University. He is the author of Friendship in the Classical World, Beauty, In the Orbit of Love, and The Origin of Sin.
Gretchen Reydams-Schils is Professor in the Program of Liberal Studies at the University of Notre Dame and holds concurrent appointments in Classics, Philosophy, and Theology. She is the author of The Roman Stoics and Calcidius on Plato&apos;s Timaeus.
Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>202</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">711cda0c-dc9b-11ee-b08f-cb6e0a48c46f</guid>
      <title>Carmen Fracchia, &quot;&apos;Black But Human&apos;: Slavery and Visual Arts in Hapsburg Spain, 1480-1700&quot; (Oxford UP, 2019)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Carmen Fracchia's book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198767978"><em>Black But Human': Slavery and Visual Arts in Hapsburg Spain, 1480-1700</em> </a>(Oxford UP, 2019) is the first study to focus on the visual representations of African slaves and ex-slaves in Spain during the Hapsburg dynasty. The Afro-Hispanic proverb 'Black but Human' is the main thread of the six chapters and serves as a lens through which to explore the ways in which a certain visual representation of slavery both embodies and reproduces hegemonic visions of enslaved and liberated Africans, and at the same time provides material for critical and emancipatory practices by Afro-Hispanics themselves.</p><p>The African presence in the Iberian Peninsula between the late fifteenth century and the end of the seventeenth century was as a result of the institutionalization of the local and transatlantic slave trades. In addition to the Moors, Berbers, and Turks born as slaves, there were approximately two million enslaved people in the kingdoms of Castile, Aragón, and Portugal. The 'Black but Human' topos that emerges from the African work songs and poems written by Afro-Hispanics encodes the multi-layered processes through which a black emancipatory subject emerges and a 'black nation' forges a collective resistance. It is visually articulated by Afro-Hispanic and Spanish artists in religious paintings and in the genres of self-portraiture and portraiture. This extraordinary imagery coexists with the stereotypical representations of African slaves and ex-slaves by Spanish sculptors, engravers, jewellers, and painters mainly in the religious visual form and by European draftsmen and miniaturists, in their landscape drawings, and sketches for costume books.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 8 Mar 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Carmen Fracchia's book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198767978"><em>Black But Human': Slavery and Visual Arts in Hapsburg Spain, 1480-1700</em> </a>(Oxford UP, 2019) is the first study to focus on the visual representations of African slaves and ex-slaves in Spain during the Hapsburg dynasty. The Afro-Hispanic proverb 'Black but Human' is the main thread of the six chapters and serves as a lens through which to explore the ways in which a certain visual representation of slavery both embodies and reproduces hegemonic visions of enslaved and liberated Africans, and at the same time provides material for critical and emancipatory practices by Afro-Hispanics themselves.</p><p>The African presence in the Iberian Peninsula between the late fifteenth century and the end of the seventeenth century was as a result of the institutionalization of the local and transatlantic slave trades. In addition to the Moors, Berbers, and Turks born as slaves, there were approximately two million enslaved people in the kingdoms of Castile, Aragón, and Portugal. The 'Black but Human' topos that emerges from the African work songs and poems written by Afro-Hispanics encodes the multi-layered processes through which a black emancipatory subject emerges and a 'black nation' forges a collective resistance. It is visually articulated by Afro-Hispanic and Spanish artists in religious paintings and in the genres of self-portraiture and portraiture. This extraordinary imagery coexists with the stereotypical representations of African slaves and ex-slaves by Spanish sculptors, engravers, jewellers, and painters mainly in the religious visual form and by European draftsmen and miniaturists, in their landscape drawings, and sketches for costume books.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="76812123" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/3e5da593-6359-4320-802e-55eed5fa555a/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=3e5da593-6359-4320-802e-55eed5fa555a&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Carmen Fracchia, &quot;&apos;Black But Human&apos;: Slavery and Visual Arts in Hapsburg Spain, 1480-1700&quot; (Oxford UP, 2019)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Carmen Fracchia&apos;s book Black But Human&apos;: Slavery and Visual Arts in Hapsburg Spain, 1480-1700 (Oxford UP, 2019) is the first study to focus on the visual representations of African slaves and ex-slaves in Spain during the Hapsburg dynasty. The Afro-Hispanic proverb &apos;Black but Human&apos; is the main thread of the six chapters and serves as a lens through which to explore the ways in which a certain visual representation of slavery both embodies and reproduces hegemonic visions of enslaved and liberated Africans, and at the same time provides material for critical and emancipatory practices by Afro-Hispanics themselves.
The African presence in the Iberian Peninsula between the late fifteenth century and the end of the seventeenth century was as a result of the institutionalization of the local and transatlantic slave trades. In addition to the Moors, Berbers, and Turks born as slaves, there were approximately two million enslaved people in the kingdoms of Castile, Aragón, and Portugal. The &apos;Black but Human&apos; topos that emerges from the African work songs and poems written by Afro-Hispanics encodes the multi-layered processes through which a black emancipatory subject emerges and a &apos;black nation&apos; forges a collective resistance. It is visually articulated by Afro-Hispanic and Spanish artists in religious paintings and in the genres of self-portraiture and portraiture. This extraordinary imagery coexists with the stereotypical representations of African slaves and ex-slaves by Spanish sculptors, engravers, jewellers, and painters mainly in the religious visual form and by European draftsmen and miniaturists, in their landscape drawings, and sketches for costume books.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Carmen Fracchia&apos;s book Black But Human&apos;: Slavery and Visual Arts in Hapsburg Spain, 1480-1700 (Oxford UP, 2019) is the first study to focus on the visual representations of African slaves and ex-slaves in Spain during the Hapsburg dynasty. The Afro-Hispanic proverb &apos;Black but Human&apos; is the main thread of the six chapters and serves as a lens through which to explore the ways in which a certain visual representation of slavery both embodies and reproduces hegemonic visions of enslaved and liberated Africans, and at the same time provides material for critical and emancipatory practices by Afro-Hispanics themselves.
The African presence in the Iberian Peninsula between the late fifteenth century and the end of the seventeenth century was as a result of the institutionalization of the local and transatlantic slave trades. In addition to the Moors, Berbers, and Turks born as slaves, there were approximately two million enslaved people in the kingdoms of Castile, Aragón, and Portugal. The &apos;Black but Human&apos; topos that emerges from the African work songs and poems written by Afro-Hispanics encodes the multi-layered processes through which a black emancipatory subject emerges and a &apos;black nation&apos; forges a collective resistance. It is visually articulated by Afro-Hispanic and Spanish artists in religious paintings and in the genres of self-portraiture and portraiture. This extraordinary imagery coexists with the stereotypical representations of African slaves and ex-slaves by Spanish sculptors, engravers, jewellers, and painters mainly in the religious visual form and by European draftsmen and miniaturists, in their landscape drawings, and sketches for costume books.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>438</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9fd835ea-dbeb-11ee-9748-ffae5e51b958</guid>
      <title>Edda Fields-Black, &quot;Combee: Harriet Tubman, the Combahee River Raid, and Black Freedom During the Civil War&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Most Americans know of Harriet Tubman's legendary life: escaping enslavement in 1849, she led more than 60 others out of bondage via the Underground Railroad, gave instructions on getting to freedom to scores more, and went on to live a lifetime fighting for change. Yet the many biographies, children's books, and films about Tubman omit a crucial chapter: during the Civil War, hired by the Union Army, she ventured into the heart of slave territory--Beaufort, South Carolina--to live, work, and gather intelligence for a daring raid up the Combahee River to attack the major plantations of Rice Country, the breadbasket of the Confederacy.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197552797">﻿Combee: Harriet Tubman, the Combahee River Raid, and Black Freedom During the Civil War </a>(Oxford UP, 2023)﻿, Edda L. Fields-Black--herself a descendent of one of the participants in the raid--shows how Tubman commanded a ring of spies, scouts, and pilots and participated in military expeditions behind Confederate lines. On June 2, 1863, Tubman and her crew piloted two regiments of Black US Army soldiers, the Second South Carolina Volunteers, and their white commanders up coastal South Carolina's Combahee River in three gunboats. In a matter of hours, they torched eight rice plantations and liberated 730 people, people whose Lowcountry Creole language and culture Tubman could not even understand. Black men who had liberated themselves from bondage on South Carolina's Sea Island cotton plantations after the Battle of Port Royal in November 1861 enlisted in the Second South Carolina Volunteers and risked their lives in the effort.</p><p>Using previous unexamined documents, including Tubman's US Civil War Pension File, bills of sale, wills, marriage settlements, and estate papers from planters' families, Fields-Black brings to life intergenerational, extended enslaved families, neighbors, praise-house members, and sweethearts forced to work in South Carolina's deadly tidal rice swamps, sold, and separated during the antebellum period. When Tubman and the gunboats arrived and blew their steam whistles, many of those people clambered aboard, sailed to freedom, and were eventually reunited with their families. The able-bodied Black men freed in the Combahee River Raid enlisted in the Second South Carolina Volunteers and fought behind Confederate lines for the freedom of others still enslaved not just in South Carolina but Georgia and Florida.</p><p>After the war, many returned to the same rice plantations from which they had escaped, purchased land, married, and buried each other. These formerly enslaved peoples on the Sea Island indigo and cotton plantations, together with those in the semi-urban port cities of Charleston, Beaufort, and Savannah, and on rice plantations in the coastal plains, created the distinctly American Gullah Geechee dialect, culture, and identity--perhaps the most significant legacy of Harriet Tubman's Combahee River Raid.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 7 Mar 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Most Americans know of Harriet Tubman's legendary life: escaping enslavement in 1849, she led more than 60 others out of bondage via the Underground Railroad, gave instructions on getting to freedom to scores more, and went on to live a lifetime fighting for change. Yet the many biographies, children's books, and films about Tubman omit a crucial chapter: during the Civil War, hired by the Union Army, she ventured into the heart of slave territory--Beaufort, South Carolina--to live, work, and gather intelligence for a daring raid up the Combahee River to attack the major plantations of Rice Country, the breadbasket of the Confederacy.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197552797">﻿Combee: Harriet Tubman, the Combahee River Raid, and Black Freedom During the Civil War </a>(Oxford UP, 2023)﻿, Edda L. Fields-Black--herself a descendent of one of the participants in the raid--shows how Tubman commanded a ring of spies, scouts, and pilots and participated in military expeditions behind Confederate lines. On June 2, 1863, Tubman and her crew piloted two regiments of Black US Army soldiers, the Second South Carolina Volunteers, and their white commanders up coastal South Carolina's Combahee River in three gunboats. In a matter of hours, they torched eight rice plantations and liberated 730 people, people whose Lowcountry Creole language and culture Tubman could not even understand. Black men who had liberated themselves from bondage on South Carolina's Sea Island cotton plantations after the Battle of Port Royal in November 1861 enlisted in the Second South Carolina Volunteers and risked their lives in the effort.</p><p>Using previous unexamined documents, including Tubman's US Civil War Pension File, bills of sale, wills, marriage settlements, and estate papers from planters' families, Fields-Black brings to life intergenerational, extended enslaved families, neighbors, praise-house members, and sweethearts forced to work in South Carolina's deadly tidal rice swamps, sold, and separated during the antebellum period. When Tubman and the gunboats arrived and blew their steam whistles, many of those people clambered aboard, sailed to freedom, and were eventually reunited with their families. The able-bodied Black men freed in the Combahee River Raid enlisted in the Second South Carolina Volunteers and fought behind Confederate lines for the freedom of others still enslaved not just in South Carolina but Georgia and Florida.</p><p>After the war, many returned to the same rice plantations from which they had escaped, purchased land, married, and buried each other. These formerly enslaved peoples on the Sea Island indigo and cotton plantations, together with those in the semi-urban port cities of Charleston, Beaufort, and Savannah, and on rice plantations in the coastal plains, created the distinctly American Gullah Geechee dialect, culture, and identity--perhaps the most significant legacy of Harriet Tubman's Combahee River Raid.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="93563090" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/7349008f-9f61-4338-8461-02831d5986df/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=7349008f-9f61-4338-8461-02831d5986df&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Edda Fields-Black, &quot;Combee: Harriet Tubman, the Combahee River Raid, and Black Freedom During the Civil War&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:37:27</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Most Americans know of Harriet Tubman&apos;s legendary life: escaping enslavement in 1849, she led more than 60 others out of bondage via the Underground Railroad, gave instructions on getting to freedom to scores more, and went on to live a lifetime fighting for change. Yet the many biographies, children&apos;s books, and films about Tubman omit a crucial chapter: during the Civil War, hired by the Union Army, she ventured into the heart of slave territory--Beaufort, South Carolina--to live, work, and gather intelligence for a daring raid up the Combahee River to attack the major plantations of Rice Country, the breadbasket of the Confederacy.
In ﻿Combee: Harriet Tubman, the Combahee River Raid, and Black Freedom During the Civil War (Oxford UP, 2023)﻿, Edda L. Fields-Black--herself a descendent of one of the participants in the raid--shows how Tubman commanded a ring of spies, scouts, and pilots and participated in military expeditions behind Confederate lines. On June 2, 1863, Tubman and her crew piloted two regiments of Black US Army soldiers, the Second South Carolina Volunteers, and their white commanders up coastal South Carolina&apos;s Combahee River in three gunboats. In a matter of hours, they torched eight rice plantations and liberated 730 people, people whose Lowcountry Creole language and culture Tubman could not even understand. Black men who had liberated themselves from bondage on South Carolina&apos;s Sea Island cotton plantations after the Battle of Port Royal in November 1861 enlisted in the Second South Carolina Volunteers and risked their lives in the effort.
Using previous unexamined documents, including Tubman&apos;s US Civil War Pension File, bills of sale, wills, marriage settlements, and estate papers from planters&apos; families, Fields-Black brings to life intergenerational, extended enslaved families, neighbors, praise-house members, and sweethearts forced to work in South Carolina&apos;s deadly tidal rice swamps, sold, and separated during the antebellum period. When Tubman and the gunboats arrived and blew their steam whistles, many of those people clambered aboard, sailed to freedom, and were eventually reunited with their families. The able-bodied Black men freed in the Combahee River Raid enlisted in the Second South Carolina Volunteers and fought behind Confederate lines for the freedom of others still enslaved not just in South Carolina but Georgia and Florida.
After the war, many returned to the same rice plantations from which they had escaped, purchased land, married, and buried each other. These formerly enslaved peoples on the Sea Island indigo and cotton plantations, together with those in the semi-urban port cities of Charleston, Beaufort, and Savannah, and on rice plantations in the coastal plains, created the distinctly American Gullah Geechee dialect, culture, and identity--perhaps the most significant legacy of Harriet Tubman&apos;s Combahee River Raid.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Most Americans know of Harriet Tubman&apos;s legendary life: escaping enslavement in 1849, she led more than 60 others out of bondage via the Underground Railroad, gave instructions on getting to freedom to scores more, and went on to live a lifetime fighting for change. Yet the many biographies, children&apos;s books, and films about Tubman omit a crucial chapter: during the Civil War, hired by the Union Army, she ventured into the heart of slave territory--Beaufort, South Carolina--to live, work, and gather intelligence for a daring raid up the Combahee River to attack the major plantations of Rice Country, the breadbasket of the Confederacy.
In ﻿Combee: Harriet Tubman, the Combahee River Raid, and Black Freedom During the Civil War (Oxford UP, 2023)﻿, Edda L. Fields-Black--herself a descendent of one of the participants in the raid--shows how Tubman commanded a ring of spies, scouts, and pilots and participated in military expeditions behind Confederate lines. On June 2, 1863, Tubman and her crew piloted two regiments of Black US Army soldiers, the Second South Carolina Volunteers, and their white commanders up coastal South Carolina&apos;s Combahee River in three gunboats. In a matter of hours, they torched eight rice plantations and liberated 730 people, people whose Lowcountry Creole language and culture Tubman could not even understand. Black men who had liberated themselves from bondage on South Carolina&apos;s Sea Island cotton plantations after the Battle of Port Royal in November 1861 enlisted in the Second South Carolina Volunteers and risked their lives in the effort.
Using previous unexamined documents, including Tubman&apos;s US Civil War Pension File, bills of sale, wills, marriage settlements, and estate papers from planters&apos; families, Fields-Black brings to life intergenerational, extended enslaved families, neighbors, praise-house members, and sweethearts forced to work in South Carolina&apos;s deadly tidal rice swamps, sold, and separated during the antebellum period. When Tubman and the gunboats arrived and blew their steam whistles, many of those people clambered aboard, sailed to freedom, and were eventually reunited with their families. The able-bodied Black men freed in the Combahee River Raid enlisted in the Second South Carolina Volunteers and fought behind Confederate lines for the freedom of others still enslaved not just in South Carolina but Georgia and Florida.
After the war, many returned to the same rice plantations from which they had escaped, purchased land, married, and buried each other. These formerly enslaved peoples on the Sea Island indigo and cotton plantations, together with those in the semi-urban port cities of Charleston, Beaufort, and Savannah, and on rice plantations in the coastal plains, created the distinctly American Gullah Geechee dialect, culture, and identity--perhaps the most significant legacy of Harriet Tubman&apos;s Combahee River Raid.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>437</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">338d24da-dc00-11ee-a0d8-13d4354bf28e</guid>
      <title>Priyasha Saksena, &quot;Sovereignty, International Law, and the Princely States of Colonial South Asia&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192866585"><em>Sovereignty, International Law, and the Princely States of Colonial South Asia</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023), Dr Priyasha Saksena interrogates the centuries-old question of what constitutes a sovereign state in the international legal sphere. She explores the history of sovereignty through an analysis of the jurisdictional politics involving the princely states of colonial South Asia. Governed by local rulers, these princely states were subject to British paramountcy whilst remaining legally distinct from directly ruled British India. Their legal status and the extent of their rights remained the subject of feverish debates through the entirety of British colonial rule. This book traces the ways in which the language of sovereignty shaped the discourse surrounding the legal status of the princely states to illustrate how the doctrine of sovereignty came to structure political imagination in colonial South Asia and the framework of the modern Indian state.</p><p>In this podcast, Dr Saksena explores how the various players within British India – international lawyers, British politicians, colonial officials, rulers and bureaucrats of princely states, and anti-colonial nationalists – used definitions of sovereignty to construct political orders in line with their interests and aspirations. By invoking the vernacular of sovereignty in contrasting ways to support their differing visions of imperial and world order, these actors also attempted to reconfigure the boundaries among the spheres of the national, the imperial, and the international. Our discussions chart the debates and disputes over the princely states across two hundred years of Indian history, and how they continually defined and redefined the concept of sovereignty and international legitimacy in South Asia.</p><p>The podcast explores the importance of the language of international law, how it is used and by whom, and how it is both a counterweight and a shaping force for political power. We discuss how different understandings of sovereignty have been (and still are) influencing the various ways in which people think about organising the world and their relationship to each other.</p><p><em>﻿</em><a href="https://essl.leeds.ac.uk/law/staff/1332/mr-alex-batesmith"><em>Alex Batesmith</em></a><em> is a Lecturer in Legal Profession at the School of Law, University of Leeds, UK. His research focuses on lawyers, their professional self-identity and their motivations, and how these shape the institutions and the discipline in which they work. Twitter: @batesmith</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 7 Mar 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192866585"><em>Sovereignty, International Law, and the Princely States of Colonial South Asia</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023), Dr Priyasha Saksena interrogates the centuries-old question of what constitutes a sovereign state in the international legal sphere. She explores the history of sovereignty through an analysis of the jurisdictional politics involving the princely states of colonial South Asia. Governed by local rulers, these princely states were subject to British paramountcy whilst remaining legally distinct from directly ruled British India. Their legal status and the extent of their rights remained the subject of feverish debates through the entirety of British colonial rule. This book traces the ways in which the language of sovereignty shaped the discourse surrounding the legal status of the princely states to illustrate how the doctrine of sovereignty came to structure political imagination in colonial South Asia and the framework of the modern Indian state.</p><p>In this podcast, Dr Saksena explores how the various players within British India – international lawyers, British politicians, colonial officials, rulers and bureaucrats of princely states, and anti-colonial nationalists – used definitions of sovereignty to construct political orders in line with their interests and aspirations. By invoking the vernacular of sovereignty in contrasting ways to support their differing visions of imperial and world order, these actors also attempted to reconfigure the boundaries among the spheres of the national, the imperial, and the international. Our discussions chart the debates and disputes over the princely states across two hundred years of Indian history, and how they continually defined and redefined the concept of sovereignty and international legitimacy in South Asia.</p><p>The podcast explores the importance of the language of international law, how it is used and by whom, and how it is both a counterweight and a shaping force for political power. We discuss how different understandings of sovereignty have been (and still are) influencing the various ways in which people think about organising the world and their relationship to each other.</p><p><em>﻿</em><a href="https://essl.leeds.ac.uk/law/staff/1332/mr-alex-batesmith"><em>Alex Batesmith</em></a><em> is a Lecturer in Legal Profession at the School of Law, University of Leeds, UK. His research focuses on lawyers, their professional self-identity and their motivations, and how these shape the institutions and the discipline in which they work. Twitter: @batesmith</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="72984892" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/0ef99586-e6ab-43f3-ab47-7464652e39ad/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=0ef99586-e6ab-43f3-ab47-7464652e39ad&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Priyasha Saksena, &quot;Sovereignty, International Law, and the Princely States of Colonial South Asia&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:16:01</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In Sovereignty, International Law, and the Princely States of Colonial South Asia (Oxford UP, 2023), Dr Priyasha Saksena interrogates the centuries-old question of what constitutes a sovereign state in the international legal sphere. She explores the history of sovereignty through an analysis of the jurisdictional politics involving the princely states of colonial South Asia. Governed by local rulers, these princely states were subject to British paramountcy whilst remaining legally distinct from directly ruled British India. Their legal status and the extent of their rights remained the subject of feverish debates through the entirety of British colonial rule. This book traces the ways in which the language of sovereignty shaped the discourse surrounding the legal status of the princely states to illustrate how the doctrine of sovereignty came to structure political imagination in colonial South Asia and the framework of the modern Indian state.
In this podcast, Dr Saksena explores how the various players within British India – international lawyers, British politicians, colonial officials, rulers and bureaucrats of princely states, and anti-colonial nationalists – used definitions of sovereignty to construct political orders in line with their interests and aspirations. By invoking the vernacular of sovereignty in contrasting ways to support their differing visions of imperial and world order, these actors also attempted to reconfigure the boundaries among the spheres of the national, the imperial, and the international. Our discussions chart the debates and disputes over the princely states across two hundred years of Indian history, and how they continually defined and redefined the concept of sovereignty and international legitimacy in South Asia.
The podcast explores the importance of the language of international law, how it is used and by whom, and how it is both a counterweight and a shaping force for political power. We discuss how different understandings of sovereignty have been (and still are) influencing the various ways in which people think about organising the world and their relationship to each other.
﻿Alex Batesmith is a Lecturer in Legal Profession at the School of Law, University of Leeds, UK. His research focuses on lawyers, their professional self-identity and their motivations, and how these shape the institutions and the discipline in which they work. Twitter: @batesmith</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In Sovereignty, International Law, and the Princely States of Colonial South Asia (Oxford UP, 2023), Dr Priyasha Saksena interrogates the centuries-old question of what constitutes a sovereign state in the international legal sphere. She explores the history of sovereignty through an analysis of the jurisdictional politics involving the princely states of colonial South Asia. Governed by local rulers, these princely states were subject to British paramountcy whilst remaining legally distinct from directly ruled British India. Their legal status and the extent of their rights remained the subject of feverish debates through the entirety of British colonial rule. This book traces the ways in which the language of sovereignty shaped the discourse surrounding the legal status of the princely states to illustrate how the doctrine of sovereignty came to structure political imagination in colonial South Asia and the framework of the modern Indian state.
In this podcast, Dr Saksena explores how the various players within British India – international lawyers, British politicians, colonial officials, rulers and bureaucrats of princely states, and anti-colonial nationalists – used definitions of sovereignty to construct political orders in line with their interests and aspirations. By invoking the vernacular of sovereignty in contrasting ways to support their differing visions of imperial and world order, these actors also attempted to reconfigure the boundaries among the spheres of the national, the imperial, and the international. Our discussions chart the debates and disputes over the princely states across two hundred years of Indian history, and how they continually defined and redefined the concept of sovereignty and international legitimacy in South Asia.
The podcast explores the importance of the language of international law, how it is used and by whom, and how it is both a counterweight and a shaping force for political power. We discuss how different understandings of sovereignty have been (and still are) influencing the various ways in which people think about organising the world and their relationship to each other.
﻿Alex Batesmith is a Lecturer in Legal Profession at the School of Law, University of Leeds, UK. His research focuses on lawyers, their professional self-identity and their motivations, and how these shape the institutions and the discipline in which they work. Twitter: @batesmith</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>212</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">caed8b74-db2b-11ee-9e96-cfd1f7157dbd</guid>
      <title>Razak Khan, &quot;Minority Pasts: Locality, Emotions, and Belonging in Princely Rampur&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Razak Khan's <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9788194831686"><em>Minority Pasts: Locality, Emotions, and Belonging in Princely Rampur</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2022) explores the diversity of the histories and identities of Muslims in Rampur-the last Muslim-ruled princely state in colonial United Provinces and a city that is pejoratively labelled as the center of "Muslim vote bank" politics in contemporary Uttar Pradesh. The book highlights the importance of locality and emotions in shaping Muslim identities, politics, and belonging in Rampur. The book shows that we need to move beyond such homogeneous categories of nation and region, in order to comprehend local dynamics that allow a better and closer understanding of the historical re-negotiations of politics and identities by Muslims in South Asia. This is the first comprehensive English-language monograph on the local history and politics of Rampur princely state, based on Persian, Pashto, Urdu, Hindi, and English archives and oral histories of Rampuris. The book provides insights into the various facets of the political, economic, religious, literary, socio-cultural, and affective history of Rampur and Rampuris in India and Pakistan.</p><p><a href="https://hist.uic.edu/profiles/ghosh-anindita/"><em>Anindita Ghosh</em></a><em> is a doctoral candidate in history at the University of Illinois Chicago. Her dissertation is about the histories of absorption of the eastern native states of South Asia into the nations and their socio- political afterlives in the post- colonial nations.</em></p><p><a href="https://lsa.umich.edu/history/people/graduate-students/arighna-gupta.html"><em>Arighna Gupta </em></a><em>is a doctoral candidate in history at the University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. His dissertation attempts to trace early-colonial genealogies of popular sovereignty located at the interstices of monarchical, religious, and colonial sovereignties in India and present-day Bangladesh.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 6 Mar 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Razak Khan's <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9788194831686"><em>Minority Pasts: Locality, Emotions, and Belonging in Princely Rampur</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2022) explores the diversity of the histories and identities of Muslims in Rampur-the last Muslim-ruled princely state in colonial United Provinces and a city that is pejoratively labelled as the center of "Muslim vote bank" politics in contemporary Uttar Pradesh. The book highlights the importance of locality and emotions in shaping Muslim identities, politics, and belonging in Rampur. The book shows that we need to move beyond such homogeneous categories of nation and region, in order to comprehend local dynamics that allow a better and closer understanding of the historical re-negotiations of politics and identities by Muslims in South Asia. This is the first comprehensive English-language monograph on the local history and politics of Rampur princely state, based on Persian, Pashto, Urdu, Hindi, and English archives and oral histories of Rampuris. The book provides insights into the various facets of the political, economic, religious, literary, socio-cultural, and affective history of Rampur and Rampuris in India and Pakistan.</p><p><a href="https://hist.uic.edu/profiles/ghosh-anindita/"><em>Anindita Ghosh</em></a><em> is a doctoral candidate in history at the University of Illinois Chicago. Her dissertation is about the histories of absorption of the eastern native states of South Asia into the nations and their socio- political afterlives in the post- colonial nations.</em></p><p><a href="https://lsa.umich.edu/history/people/graduate-students/arighna-gupta.html"><em>Arighna Gupta </em></a><em>is a doctoral candidate in history at the University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. His dissertation attempts to trace early-colonial genealogies of popular sovereignty located at the interstices of monarchical, religious, and colonial sovereignties in India and present-day Bangladesh.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="62634314" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/1b73731a-a5e8-4d94-874b-0d3546277cd6/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=1b73731a-a5e8-4d94-874b-0d3546277cd6&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Razak Khan, &quot;Minority Pasts: Locality, Emotions, and Belonging in Princely Rampur&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:05:14</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Razak Khan&apos;s Minority Pasts: Locality, Emotions, and Belonging in Princely Rampur (Oxford UP, 2022) explores the diversity of the histories and identities of Muslims in Rampur-the last Muslim-ruled princely state in colonial United Provinces and a city that is pejoratively labelled as the center of &quot;Muslim vote bank&quot; politics in contemporary Uttar Pradesh. The book highlights the importance of locality and emotions in shaping Muslim identities, politics, and belonging in Rampur. The book shows that we need to move beyond such homogeneous categories of nation and region, in order to comprehend local dynamics that allow a better and closer understanding of the historical re-negotiations of politics and identities by Muslims in South Asia. This is the first comprehensive English-language monograph on the local history and politics of Rampur princely state, based on Persian, Pashto, Urdu, Hindi, and English archives and oral histories of Rampuris. The book provides insights into the various facets of the political, economic, religious, literary, socio-cultural, and affective history of Rampur and Rampuris in India and Pakistan.
Anindita Ghosh is a doctoral candidate in history at the University of Illinois Chicago. Her dissertation is about the histories of absorption of the eastern native states of South Asia into the nations and their socio- political afterlives in the post- colonial nations.
Arighna Gupta is a doctoral candidate in history at the University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. His dissertation attempts to trace early-colonial genealogies of popular sovereignty located at the interstices of monarchical, religious, and colonial sovereignties in India and present-day Bangladesh.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Razak Khan&apos;s Minority Pasts: Locality, Emotions, and Belonging in Princely Rampur (Oxford UP, 2022) explores the diversity of the histories and identities of Muslims in Rampur-the last Muslim-ruled princely state in colonial United Provinces and a city that is pejoratively labelled as the center of &quot;Muslim vote bank&quot; politics in contemporary Uttar Pradesh. The book highlights the importance of locality and emotions in shaping Muslim identities, politics, and belonging in Rampur. The book shows that we need to move beyond such homogeneous categories of nation and region, in order to comprehend local dynamics that allow a better and closer understanding of the historical re-negotiations of politics and identities by Muslims in South Asia. This is the first comprehensive English-language monograph on the local history and politics of Rampur princely state, based on Persian, Pashto, Urdu, Hindi, and English archives and oral histories of Rampuris. The book provides insights into the various facets of the political, economic, religious, literary, socio-cultural, and affective history of Rampur and Rampuris in India and Pakistan.
Anindita Ghosh is a doctoral candidate in history at the University of Illinois Chicago. Her dissertation is about the histories of absorption of the eastern native states of South Asia into the nations and their socio- political afterlives in the post- colonial nations.
Arighna Gupta is a doctoral candidate in history at the University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. His dissertation attempts to trace early-colonial genealogies of popular sovereignty located at the interstices of monarchical, religious, and colonial sovereignties in India and present-day Bangladesh.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>219</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4de9e0b0-db20-11ee-a44d-7b88d0ee366b</guid>
      <title>Alan Bollard, &quot;Economists at War: How a Handful of Economists Helped Win and Lose the World Wars&quot; (Oxford UP, 2020)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Wartime is not just about military success. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198846000"><em>Economists at War: How a Handful of Economists Helped Win and Lose the World Wars</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2020) tells a different story - about a group of remarkable economists who used their skills to help their countries fight their battles during the Chinese-Japanese War, Second World War, and the Cold War.</p><p>1935-55 was a time of conflict, confrontation, and destruction. It was also a time when the skills of economists were called upon to finance the military, to identify economic vulnerabilities, and to help reconstruction. <em>Economists at War</em> focuses on the achievements of seven finance ministers, advisors, and central bankers from Japan, China, Germany, the UK, the USSR, and the US. It is a story of good and bad economic thinking, good and bad policy, and good and bad moral positions. The economists suffered threats, imprisonment, trial, and assassination. They all believed in the power of economics to make a difference, and their contributions had a significant impact on political outcomes and military ends.</p><p>Economists at War shows the history of this turbulent period through a unique lens. It details the tension between civilian resources and military requirements; the desperate attempts to control economies wracked with inflation, depression, political argument, and fighting; and the clever schemes used to evade sanctions, develop barter trade, and use economic espionage. Politicians and generals cannot win wars if they do not have the resources. This book tells the human stories behind the economics of wartime.</p><p>Alan Bollard is a Professor of Economics at Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand. He formerly managed APEC, the largest regional economic integration organization in the world, and was previously the New Zealand Reserve Bank Governor, Secretary of the New Zealand Treasury, and Chairman of the New Zealand Commerce Commission. Professor Bollard is the author of Crisis: One Central Bank Governor and the Global Financial Crisis (Auckland University Press, 2013) and A Few Hares to Chase: The Life and Economics of Bill Philips (Oxford University Press, 2016).</p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>Morteza Hajizadeh</em></a><em> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>YouTube channel</em></a><em>. </em><a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture"><em>Twitter</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 6 Mar 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Wartime is not just about military success. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198846000"><em>Economists at War: How a Handful of Economists Helped Win and Lose the World Wars</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2020) tells a different story - about a group of remarkable economists who used their skills to help their countries fight their battles during the Chinese-Japanese War, Second World War, and the Cold War.</p><p>1935-55 was a time of conflict, confrontation, and destruction. It was also a time when the skills of economists were called upon to finance the military, to identify economic vulnerabilities, and to help reconstruction. <em>Economists at War</em> focuses on the achievements of seven finance ministers, advisors, and central bankers from Japan, China, Germany, the UK, the USSR, and the US. It is a story of good and bad economic thinking, good and bad policy, and good and bad moral positions. The economists suffered threats, imprisonment, trial, and assassination. They all believed in the power of economics to make a difference, and their contributions had a significant impact on political outcomes and military ends.</p><p>Economists at War shows the history of this turbulent period through a unique lens. It details the tension between civilian resources and military requirements; the desperate attempts to control economies wracked with inflation, depression, political argument, and fighting; and the clever schemes used to evade sanctions, develop barter trade, and use economic espionage. Politicians and generals cannot win wars if they do not have the resources. This book tells the human stories behind the economics of wartime.</p><p>Alan Bollard is a Professor of Economics at Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand. He formerly managed APEC, the largest regional economic integration organization in the world, and was previously the New Zealand Reserve Bank Governor, Secretary of the New Zealand Treasury, and Chairman of the New Zealand Commerce Commission. Professor Bollard is the author of Crisis: One Central Bank Governor and the Global Financial Crisis (Auckland University Press, 2013) and A Few Hares to Chase: The Life and Economics of Bill Philips (Oxford University Press, 2016).</p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>Morteza Hajizadeh</em></a><em> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>YouTube channel</em></a><em>. </em><a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture"><em>Twitter</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="57358798" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/faca473f-65b0-4ddc-8e62-964a2ba65ce1/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=faca473f-65b0-4ddc-8e62-964a2ba65ce1&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Alan Bollard, &quot;Economists at War: How a Handful of Economists Helped Win and Lose the World Wars&quot; (Oxford UP, 2020)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:59:44</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Wartime is not just about military success. Economists at War: How a Handful of Economists Helped Win and Lose the World Wars (Oxford UP, 2020) tells a different story - about a group of remarkable economists who used their skills to help their countries fight their battles during the Chinese-Japanese War, Second World War, and the Cold War.
1935-55 was a time of conflict, confrontation, and destruction. It was also a time when the skills of economists were called upon to finance the military, to identify economic vulnerabilities, and to help reconstruction. Economists at War focuses on the achievements of seven finance ministers, advisors, and central bankers from Japan, China, Germany, the UK, the USSR, and the US. It is a story of good and bad economic thinking, good and bad policy, and good and bad moral positions. The economists suffered threats, imprisonment, trial, and assassination. They all believed in the power of economics to make a difference, and their contributions had a significant impact on political outcomes and military ends.
Economists at War shows the history of this turbulent period through a unique lens. It details the tension between civilian resources and military requirements; the desperate attempts to control economies wracked with inflation, depression, political argument, and fighting; and the clever schemes used to evade sanctions, develop barter trade, and use economic espionage. Politicians and generals cannot win wars if they do not have the resources. This book tells the human stories behind the economics of wartime.
Alan Bollard is a Professor of Economics at Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand. He formerly managed APEC, the largest regional economic integration organization in the world, and was previously the New Zealand Reserve Bank Governor, Secretary of the New Zealand Treasury, and Chairman of the New Zealand Commerce Commission. Professor Bollard is the author of Crisis: One Central Bank Governor and the Global Financial Crisis (Auckland University Press, 2013) and A Few Hares to Chase: The Life and Economics of Bill Philips (Oxford University Press, 2016).
Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Wartime is not just about military success. Economists at War: How a Handful of Economists Helped Win and Lose the World Wars (Oxford UP, 2020) tells a different story - about a group of remarkable economists who used their skills to help their countries fight their battles during the Chinese-Japanese War, Second World War, and the Cold War.
1935-55 was a time of conflict, confrontation, and destruction. It was also a time when the skills of economists were called upon to finance the military, to identify economic vulnerabilities, and to help reconstruction. Economists at War focuses on the achievements of seven finance ministers, advisors, and central bankers from Japan, China, Germany, the UK, the USSR, and the US. It is a story of good and bad economic thinking, good and bad policy, and good and bad moral positions. The economists suffered threats, imprisonment, trial, and assassination. They all believed in the power of economics to make a difference, and their contributions had a significant impact on political outcomes and military ends.
Economists at War shows the history of this turbulent period through a unique lens. It details the tension between civilian resources and military requirements; the desperate attempts to control economies wracked with inflation, depression, political argument, and fighting; and the clever schemes used to evade sanctions, develop barter trade, and use economic espionage. Politicians and generals cannot win wars if they do not have the resources. This book tells the human stories behind the economics of wartime.
Alan Bollard is a Professor of Economics at Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand. He formerly managed APEC, the largest regional economic integration organization in the world, and was previously the New Zealand Reserve Bank Governor, Secretary of the New Zealand Treasury, and Chairman of the New Zealand Commerce Commission. Professor Bollard is the author of Crisis: One Central Bank Governor and the Global Financial Crisis (Auckland University Press, 2013) and A Few Hares to Chase: The Life and Economics of Bill Philips (Oxford University Press, 2016).
Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>228</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7d82efe8-da5c-11ee-9e51-7b36886d3ced</guid>
      <title>Charlotte Witt, &quot;Social Goodness: The Ontology of Social Norms&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In our day-to-day lives, we are subject to normative requirements, obligations, and expectations that originate in the social roles we occupy. For example, professors <em>ought to </em>pursue the truth, while parents <em>ought to be </em>supportive of their children. What’s interesting is that these role-specific requirements seem to <em>befall </em>us. We do not choose them. This raises the puzzle of what accounts for their normativity.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197574799"><em>Social Goodness: The Ontology of Social Norms</em></a> (Oxford University Press 2023), <a href="https://cola.unh.edu/person/charlotte-witt">Charlotte Witt</a> proposes a novel and intriguing conception of the nature of social norms and the source of their normativity. The centerpiece of her account is the idea that we must look to various examples of <em>artisanal </em>practices, dispositions, and techniques to understand social norms.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 5 Mar 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In our day-to-day lives, we are subject to normative requirements, obligations, and expectations that originate in the social roles we occupy. For example, professors <em>ought to </em>pursue the truth, while parents <em>ought to be </em>supportive of their children. What’s interesting is that these role-specific requirements seem to <em>befall </em>us. We do not choose them. This raises the puzzle of what accounts for their normativity.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197574799"><em>Social Goodness: The Ontology of Social Norms</em></a> (Oxford University Press 2023), <a href="https://cola.unh.edu/person/charlotte-witt">Charlotte Witt</a> proposes a novel and intriguing conception of the nature of social norms and the source of their normativity. The centerpiece of her account is the idea that we must look to various examples of <em>artisanal </em>practices, dispositions, and techniques to understand social norms.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="61460475" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/2adc4664-78ef-41c1-a51d-9b78abf542b3/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=2adc4664-78ef-41c1-a51d-9b78abf542b3&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Charlotte Witt, &quot;Social Goodness: The Ontology of Social Norms&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:04:01</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In our day-to-day lives, we are subject to normative requirements, obligations, and expectations that originate in the social roles we occupy. For example, professors ought to pursue the truth, while parents ought to be supportive of their children. What’s interesting is that these role-specific requirements seem to befall us. We do not choose them. This raises the puzzle of what accounts for their normativity.
In Social Goodness: The Ontology of Social Norms (Oxford University Press 2023), Charlotte Witt proposes a novel and intriguing conception of the nature of social norms and the source of their normativity. The centerpiece of her account is the idea that we must look to various examples of artisanal practices, dispositions, and techniques to understand social norms.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In our day-to-day lives, we are subject to normative requirements, obligations, and expectations that originate in the social roles we occupy. For example, professors ought to pursue the truth, while parents ought to be supportive of their children. What’s interesting is that these role-specific requirements seem to befall us. We do not choose them. This raises the puzzle of what accounts for their normativity.
In Social Goodness: The Ontology of Social Norms (Oxford University Press 2023), Charlotte Witt proposes a novel and intriguing conception of the nature of social norms and the source of their normativity. The centerpiece of her account is the idea that we must look to various examples of artisanal practices, dispositions, and techniques to understand social norms.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>336</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8b87d92a-d97e-11ee-82df-af421794b05f</guid>
      <title>Jean-Manuel Roubineau, &quot;The Dangerous Life and Ideas of Diogenes the Cynic&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The ancient philosopher Diogenes--nicknamed "The Dog" and decried by Plato as a "Socrates gone mad"--was widely praised and idealized as much as he was mocked and vilified. A favorite subject of sculptors and painters since the Renaissance, his notoriety is equally due to his infamously eccentric behavior, scorn of conventions, and biting aphorisms, and to the role he played in the creation of the Cynic school, which flourished from the 4th century B.C. to the Christian era. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197666357"><em>The Dangerous Life and Ideas of Diogenes the Cynic </em></a>(Oxford UP, 2023), Jean-Manuel Roubineau paints a new portrait of an atypical philosopher whose life left an indelible mark on the Western collective imagination and whose philosophy courses through various schools of thought well beyond antiquity.</p><p>Roubineau sifts through the many legends and apocryphal stories that surround the life of Diogenes. Was he, the son of a banker, a counterfeiter in his hometown of Sinope? Did he really meet Alexander the Great? Was he truly an apologist for incest, patricide, and anthropophagy? And how did he actually die? To answer these questions, Roubineau retraces the known facts of Diogenes' existence.</p><p>Beyond the rehashed clichés, this book inspires us to rediscover Diogenes' philosophical legacy--whether it be the challenge to the established order, the detachment from materialism, the choice of a return to nature, or the formulation of a cosmopolitan ideal strongly rooted in the belief that virtue is better revealed in action than in theory.</p><p>Jean-Manuel Roubineau is a specialist in ancient history. He previously published Milon de Crotone ou l'Invention du Sport and Les cités grecques, winner of the European History Book Prize in 2016.</p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>Morteza Hajizadeh</em></a><em> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>YouTube channel</em></a><em>. </em><a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture"><em>Twitter</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 4 Mar 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The ancient philosopher Diogenes--nicknamed "The Dog" and decried by Plato as a "Socrates gone mad"--was widely praised and idealized as much as he was mocked and vilified. A favorite subject of sculptors and painters since the Renaissance, his notoriety is equally due to his infamously eccentric behavior, scorn of conventions, and biting aphorisms, and to the role he played in the creation of the Cynic school, which flourished from the 4th century B.C. to the Christian era. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197666357"><em>The Dangerous Life and Ideas of Diogenes the Cynic </em></a>(Oxford UP, 2023), Jean-Manuel Roubineau paints a new portrait of an atypical philosopher whose life left an indelible mark on the Western collective imagination and whose philosophy courses through various schools of thought well beyond antiquity.</p><p>Roubineau sifts through the many legends and apocryphal stories that surround the life of Diogenes. Was he, the son of a banker, a counterfeiter in his hometown of Sinope? Did he really meet Alexander the Great? Was he truly an apologist for incest, patricide, and anthropophagy? And how did he actually die? To answer these questions, Roubineau retraces the known facts of Diogenes' existence.</p><p>Beyond the rehashed clichés, this book inspires us to rediscover Diogenes' philosophical legacy--whether it be the challenge to the established order, the detachment from materialism, the choice of a return to nature, or the formulation of a cosmopolitan ideal strongly rooted in the belief that virtue is better revealed in action than in theory.</p><p>Jean-Manuel Roubineau is a specialist in ancient history. He previously published Milon de Crotone ou l'Invention du Sport and Les cités grecques, winner of the European History Book Prize in 2016.</p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>Morteza Hajizadeh</em></a><em> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>YouTube channel</em></a><em>. </em><a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture"><em>Twitter</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="26512134" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/a1cf2573-90ba-4b18-9c4f-947928dc2b5f/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=a1cf2573-90ba-4b18-9c4f-947928dc2b5f&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Jean-Manuel Roubineau, &quot;The Dangerous Life and Ideas of Diogenes the Cynic&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:27:36</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The ancient philosopher Diogenes--nicknamed &quot;The Dog&quot; and decried by Plato as a &quot;Socrates gone mad&quot;--was widely praised and idealized as much as he was mocked and vilified. A favorite subject of sculptors and painters since the Renaissance, his notoriety is equally due to his infamously eccentric behavior, scorn of conventions, and biting aphorisms, and to the role he played in the creation of the Cynic school, which flourished from the 4th century B.C. to the Christian era. In The Dangerous Life and Ideas of Diogenes the Cynic (Oxford UP, 2023), Jean-Manuel Roubineau paints a new portrait of an atypical philosopher whose life left an indelible mark on the Western collective imagination and whose philosophy courses through various schools of thought well beyond antiquity.
Roubineau sifts through the many legends and apocryphal stories that surround the life of Diogenes. Was he, the son of a banker, a counterfeiter in his hometown of Sinope? Did he really meet Alexander the Great? Was he truly an apologist for incest, patricide, and anthropophagy? And how did he actually die? To answer these questions, Roubineau retraces the known facts of Diogenes&apos; existence.
Beyond the rehashed clichés, this book inspires us to rediscover Diogenes&apos; philosophical legacy--whether it be the challenge to the established order, the detachment from materialism, the choice of a return to nature, or the formulation of a cosmopolitan ideal strongly rooted in the belief that virtue is better revealed in action than in theory.
Jean-Manuel Roubineau is a specialist in ancient history. He previously published Milon de Crotone ou l&apos;Invention du Sport and Les cités grecques, winner of the European History Book Prize in 2016.
Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The ancient philosopher Diogenes--nicknamed &quot;The Dog&quot; and decried by Plato as a &quot;Socrates gone mad&quot;--was widely praised and idealized as much as he was mocked and vilified. A favorite subject of sculptors and painters since the Renaissance, his notoriety is equally due to his infamously eccentric behavior, scorn of conventions, and biting aphorisms, and to the role he played in the creation of the Cynic school, which flourished from the 4th century B.C. to the Christian era. In The Dangerous Life and Ideas of Diogenes the Cynic (Oxford UP, 2023), Jean-Manuel Roubineau paints a new portrait of an atypical philosopher whose life left an indelible mark on the Western collective imagination and whose philosophy courses through various schools of thought well beyond antiquity.
Roubineau sifts through the many legends and apocryphal stories that surround the life of Diogenes. Was he, the son of a banker, a counterfeiter in his hometown of Sinope? Did he really meet Alexander the Great? Was he truly an apologist for incest, patricide, and anthropophagy? And how did he actually die? To answer these questions, Roubineau retraces the known facts of Diogenes&apos; existence.
Beyond the rehashed clichés, this book inspires us to rediscover Diogenes&apos; philosophical legacy--whether it be the challenge to the established order, the detachment from materialism, the choice of a return to nature, or the formulation of a cosmopolitan ideal strongly rooted in the belief that virtue is better revealed in action than in theory.
Jean-Manuel Roubineau is a specialist in ancient history. He previously published Milon de Crotone ou l&apos;Invention du Sport and Les cités grecques, winner of the European History Book Prize in 2016.
Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>200</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7791f92c-d975-11ee-bbee-ff74665addcc</guid>
      <title>Derron Wallace, &quot;The Culture Trap: Ethnic Expectations and Unequal Schooling for Black Youth&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>How does race matter in schools? In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197531471"><em>The Culture Trap: Ethnic Expectations and Unequal Schooling for Black Youth</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023)<em>,</em> <a href="https://twitter.com/derronwallace">Derron Wallace</a>, the <a href="https://www.brandeis.edu/sociology/people/faculty/wallace.html">Jacob S. Potofsky Chair in Sociology</a> <a href="https://www.derronwallace.com/">at Brandeis University</a>, tells the contrasting stories of two schools in the UK and USA. The book demonstrates two very different sets of expectations for Black youth in the two countries schools, and two very different educational and social structures reinforcing these expectations. The book draws on a rich ethnographically informed narrative, which centres teachers’ and students’ understandings and experiences of education. In doing so, the book challenges ‘cultural’ explanations for failures and successes in the two schools, and the two countries. Demonstrating both the socially constructed nature of race in the UK and USA, and the racism at the centre of both educational systems, the book is essential reading across the social sciences, humanities and for anyone interested in schools, education, and social change.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 4 Mar 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>How does race matter in schools? In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197531471"><em>The Culture Trap: Ethnic Expectations and Unequal Schooling for Black Youth</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023)<em>,</em> <a href="https://twitter.com/derronwallace">Derron Wallace</a>, the <a href="https://www.brandeis.edu/sociology/people/faculty/wallace.html">Jacob S. Potofsky Chair in Sociology</a> <a href="https://www.derronwallace.com/">at Brandeis University</a>, tells the contrasting stories of two schools in the UK and USA. The book demonstrates two very different sets of expectations for Black youth in the two countries schools, and two very different educational and social structures reinforcing these expectations. The book draws on a rich ethnographically informed narrative, which centres teachers’ and students’ understandings and experiences of education. In doing so, the book challenges ‘cultural’ explanations for failures and successes in the two schools, and the two countries. Demonstrating both the socially constructed nature of race in the UK and USA, and the racism at the centre of both educational systems, the book is essential reading across the social sciences, humanities and for anyone interested in schools, education, and social change.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="53172284" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/a7f7c629-85ad-47fc-9a80-956a0d724a19/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=a7f7c629-85ad-47fc-9a80-956a0d724a19&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Derron Wallace, &quot;The Culture Trap: Ethnic Expectations and Unequal Schooling for Black Youth&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:55:23</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>How does race matter in schools? In The Culture Trap: Ethnic Expectations and Unequal Schooling for Black Youth (Oxford UP, 2023), Derron Wallace, the Jacob S. Potofsky Chair in Sociology at Brandeis University, tells the contrasting stories of two schools in the UK and USA. The book demonstrates two very different sets of expectations for Black youth in the two countries schools, and two very different educational and social structures reinforcing these expectations. The book draws on a rich ethnographically informed narrative, which centres teachers’ and students’ understandings and experiences of education. In doing so, the book challenges ‘cultural’ explanations for failures and successes in the two schools, and the two countries. Demonstrating both the socially constructed nature of race in the UK and USA, and the racism at the centre of both educational systems, the book is essential reading across the social sciences, humanities and for anyone interested in schools, education, and social change.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>How does race matter in schools? In The Culture Trap: Ethnic Expectations and Unequal Schooling for Black Youth (Oxford UP, 2023), Derron Wallace, the Jacob S. Potofsky Chair in Sociology at Brandeis University, tells the contrasting stories of two schools in the UK and USA. The book demonstrates two very different sets of expectations for Black youth in the two countries schools, and two very different educational and social structures reinforcing these expectations. The book draws on a rich ethnographically informed narrative, which centres teachers’ and students’ understandings and experiences of education. In doing so, the book challenges ‘cultural’ explanations for failures and successes in the two schools, and the two countries. Demonstrating both the socially constructed nature of race in the UK and USA, and the racism at the centre of both educational systems, the book is essential reading across the social sciences, humanities and for anyone interested in schools, education, and social change.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>438</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1194f040-d95f-11ee-bbd0-a7aa518a863b</guid>
      <title>Amy-Jill Levine and Marc Zvi Brettler, &quot;The Jewish Annotated New Testament&quot; (Oxford UP, 2017)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>First published in 2011, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190461850"><em>The Jewish Annotated New Testament</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2017) was a groundbreaking work, bringing the New Testament's Jewish background to the attention of students, clergy, and general readers. In this new edition, eighty Jewish scholars bring together unparalleled scholarship to shed new light on the text. This thoroughly revised and greatly expanded second edition brings even more helpful information and new insights to the study of the New Testament.</p><p>For Christian readers <em>The Jewish Annotated New Testament</em> offers a window into the first-century world of Judaism from which the New Testament springs. There are explanations of Jewish concepts such as food laws and rabbinic argumentation. It also provides a much-needed corrective to many centuries of Christian misunderstandings of the Jewish religion.</p><p>For Jewish readers, this volume provides the chance to encounter the New Testament--a text of vast importance in Western European and American culture--with no religious agenda and with guidance from Jewish experts in theology, history, and Jewish and Christian thought. It also explains Christian practices, such as the Eucharist.</p><p><em>The Jewish Annotated New Testament</em>, <em>Second Edition </em>is an essential volume that places the New Testament writings in a context that will enlighten readers of any faith or none.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 4 Mar 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>First published in 2011, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190461850"><em>The Jewish Annotated New Testament</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2017) was a groundbreaking work, bringing the New Testament's Jewish background to the attention of students, clergy, and general readers. In this new edition, eighty Jewish scholars bring together unparalleled scholarship to shed new light on the text. This thoroughly revised and greatly expanded second edition brings even more helpful information and new insights to the study of the New Testament.</p><p>For Christian readers <em>The Jewish Annotated New Testament</em> offers a window into the first-century world of Judaism from which the New Testament springs. There are explanations of Jewish concepts such as food laws and rabbinic argumentation. It also provides a much-needed corrective to many centuries of Christian misunderstandings of the Jewish religion.</p><p>For Jewish readers, this volume provides the chance to encounter the New Testament--a text of vast importance in Western European and American culture--with no religious agenda and with guidance from Jewish experts in theology, history, and Jewish and Christian thought. It also explains Christian practices, such as the Eucharist.</p><p><em>The Jewish Annotated New Testament</em>, <em>Second Edition </em>is an essential volume that places the New Testament writings in a context that will enlighten readers of any faith or none.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="64489548" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/acf895dc-94ab-415f-be20-33ae4f71a23a/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=acf895dc-94ab-415f-be20-33ae4f71a23a&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Amy-Jill Levine and Marc Zvi Brettler, &quot;The Jewish Annotated New Testament&quot; (Oxford UP, 2017)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:07:10</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>First published in 2011, The Jewish Annotated New Testament (Oxford UP, 2017) was a groundbreaking work, bringing the New Testament&apos;s Jewish background to the attention of students, clergy, and general readers. In this new edition, eighty Jewish scholars bring together unparalleled scholarship to shed new light on the text. This thoroughly revised and greatly expanded second edition brings even more helpful information and new insights to the study of the New Testament.
For Christian readers The Jewish Annotated New Testament offers a window into the first-century world of Judaism from which the New Testament springs. There are explanations of Jewish concepts such as food laws and rabbinic argumentation. It also provides a much-needed corrective to many centuries of Christian misunderstandings of the Jewish religion.
For Jewish readers, this volume provides the chance to encounter the New Testament--a text of vast importance in Western European and American culture--with no religious agenda and with guidance from Jewish experts in theology, history, and Jewish and Christian thought. It also explains Christian practices, such as the Eucharist.
The Jewish Annotated New Testament, Second Edition is an essential volume that places the New Testament writings in a context that will enlighten readers of any faith or none.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>First published in 2011, The Jewish Annotated New Testament (Oxford UP, 2017) was a groundbreaking work, bringing the New Testament&apos;s Jewish background to the attention of students, clergy, and general readers. In this new edition, eighty Jewish scholars bring together unparalleled scholarship to shed new light on the text. This thoroughly revised and greatly expanded second edition brings even more helpful information and new insights to the study of the New Testament.
For Christian readers The Jewish Annotated New Testament offers a window into the first-century world of Judaism from which the New Testament springs. There are explanations of Jewish concepts such as food laws and rabbinic argumentation. It also provides a much-needed corrective to many centuries of Christian misunderstandings of the Jewish religion.
For Jewish readers, this volume provides the chance to encounter the New Testament--a text of vast importance in Western European and American culture--with no religious agenda and with guidance from Jewish experts in theology, history, and Jewish and Christian thought. It also explains Christian practices, such as the Eucharist.
The Jewish Annotated New Testament, Second Edition is an essential volume that places the New Testament writings in a context that will enlighten readers of any faith or none.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1373</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">43ec0d4e-d4a0-11ee-9410-7f40bc295f46</guid>
      <title>Calla Hummel, &quot;Why Informal Workers Organize: Contentious Politics, Enforcement, and the State&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Informal workers make up over two billion workers or about 50 percent of the global workforce, and yet scholarly understandings of informal workers’ political and civil society participation remain limited. In<em> </em><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192847812"><em>Why Informal Workers Organize? Contentious Politics, Enforcement, and the State </em></a>(Oxford University Press, 2022), Calla Hummel finds that informal workers organize in nearly every country for which data exists, but to varying degrees. Why do informal workers organize in some places more than others? Hummel finds that informal workers organize where state officials encourage them to. Grounded in robust theory that builds on and advances canon literature on collective action problems, Hummel argues that when officials intervene with incentives in the form of cash, licenses, and access to the bureaucracy, they lower the barriers that keep people from organizing on their own. Once informal workers take these incentives and start organizations, officials can bargain over regulation and enforcement with representatives instead of a mass of individuals. These insights are supported by well-triangulated data, including existing and original surveys, over 150 interviews with informal workers in Bolivia and Brazil, and ethnographic evidence collected from multiple cities. The book challenges assumptions about informal workers, offering an original contribution for scholars of informal economies, enforcement, civil society, and state building, as well as public policy practitioners.</p><p>Dhouha Djerbi is a PhD candidate in political science at the Geneva Graduate Institute.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 25 Feb 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Informal workers make up over two billion workers or about 50 percent of the global workforce, and yet scholarly understandings of informal workers’ political and civil society participation remain limited. In<em> </em><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192847812"><em>Why Informal Workers Organize? Contentious Politics, Enforcement, and the State </em></a>(Oxford University Press, 2022), Calla Hummel finds that informal workers organize in nearly every country for which data exists, but to varying degrees. Why do informal workers organize in some places more than others? Hummel finds that informal workers organize where state officials encourage them to. Grounded in robust theory that builds on and advances canon literature on collective action problems, Hummel argues that when officials intervene with incentives in the form of cash, licenses, and access to the bureaucracy, they lower the barriers that keep people from organizing on their own. Once informal workers take these incentives and start organizations, officials can bargain over regulation and enforcement with representatives instead of a mass of individuals. These insights are supported by well-triangulated data, including existing and original surveys, over 150 interviews with informal workers in Bolivia and Brazil, and ethnographic evidence collected from multiple cities. The book challenges assumptions about informal workers, offering an original contribution for scholars of informal economies, enforcement, civil society, and state building, as well as public policy practitioners.</p><p>Dhouha Djerbi is a PhD candidate in political science at the Geneva Graduate Institute.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="48142538" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/5ad42163-85e7-4fd6-94e0-33028407b785/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=5ad42163-85e7-4fd6-94e0-33028407b785&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Calla Hummel, &quot;Why Informal Workers Organize: Contentious Politics, Enforcement, and the State&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:50:08</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Informal workers make up over two billion workers or about 50 percent of the global workforce, and yet scholarly understandings of informal workers’ political and civil society participation remain limited. In Why Informal Workers Organize? Contentious Politics, Enforcement, and the State (Oxford University Press, 2022), Calla Hummel finds that informal workers organize in nearly every country for which data exists, but to varying degrees. Why do informal workers organize in some places more than others? Hummel finds that informal workers organize where state officials encourage them to. Grounded in robust theory that builds on and advances canon literature on collective action problems, Hummel argues that when officials intervene with incentives in the form of cash, licenses, and access to the bureaucracy, they lower the barriers that keep people from organizing on their own. Once informal workers take these incentives and start organizations, officials can bargain over regulation and enforcement with representatives instead of a mass of individuals. These insights are supported by well-triangulated data, including existing and original surveys, over 150 interviews with informal workers in Bolivia and Brazil, and ethnographic evidence collected from multiple cities. The book challenges assumptions about informal workers, offering an original contribution for scholars of informal economies, enforcement, civil society, and state building, as well as public policy practitioners.
Dhouha Djerbi is a PhD candidate in political science at the Geneva Graduate Institute.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Informal workers make up over two billion workers or about 50 percent of the global workforce, and yet scholarly understandings of informal workers’ political and civil society participation remain limited. In Why Informal Workers Organize? Contentious Politics, Enforcement, and the State (Oxford University Press, 2022), Calla Hummel finds that informal workers organize in nearly every country for which data exists, but to varying degrees. Why do informal workers organize in some places more than others? Hummel finds that informal workers organize where state officials encourage them to. Grounded in robust theory that builds on and advances canon literature on collective action problems, Hummel argues that when officials intervene with incentives in the form of cash, licenses, and access to the bureaucracy, they lower the barriers that keep people from organizing on their own. Once informal workers take these incentives and start organizations, officials can bargain over regulation and enforcement with representatives instead of a mass of individuals. These insights are supported by well-triangulated data, including existing and original surveys, over 150 interviews with informal workers in Bolivia and Brazil, and ethnographic evidence collected from multiple cities. The book challenges assumptions about informal workers, offering an original contribution for scholars of informal economies, enforcement, civil society, and state building, as well as public policy practitioners.
Dhouha Djerbi is a PhD candidate in political science at the Geneva Graduate Institute.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>706</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ce571482-d294-11ee-8320-4f91e87f59c1</guid>
      <title>Matthew Fox-Amato, &quot;Exposing Slavery: Photography, Human Bondage, and the Birth of Modern Visual Politics in America&quot; (Oxford UP, 2019)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Shortly after its introduction, photography transformed the ways Americans made political arguments using visual images. In the mid-19th century, photographs became key tools in debates surrounding slavery. Yet, photographs were used in interesting and sometimes surprising ways by a range of actors. <a href="https://www.uidaho.edu/class/history/faculty-staff/fox-amato">Matthew Fox-Amato</a>, an Assistant Professor at the University of Idaho, examines the role of photography in the politics of slavery during the 19th century and the important legacies of those uses on later visual politics in his new book, <a href="http://www.amazon.com/dp/0190663936/?tag=newbooinhis-20"><em>Exposing Slavery: Photography, Human Bondage, and the Birth of Modern Visual Politics in Americ</em>a</a> (Oxford University Press, 2019). The book examines the use of photographs by slaves, abolitionists, slaveholders, and Union soldiers to explore the rich complexities of the visual politics of the moment. He also considers the legacies of this use of the new medium.</p><p>In this episode of the podcast, Fox-Amato discusses the ways these various groups used photography for individual purposes and to shape the debates surrounding slavery in the antebellum period. He explains how photographs also highlight how union soldiers were beginning to think about a post-slavery racial hierarchy during the war. The book demonstrates the importance of thinking about photographs as both visual images and material objects. In the interview, Fox-Amato discusses the research necessary to analyze the photographs in both these ways and the broader importance of studying visual and material culture in all their historical complexity.</p><p><em>Christine Lamberson is an Associate Professor of History at Angelo State University. Her research and teaching focuses on 20th century U.S. political and cultural history. She’s currently working on a book manuscript about the role of violence in shaping U.S. political culture in the 1960s and 1970s. She can be reached at </em><a href="mailto:clamberson@angelo.edu"><em>clamberson@angelo.edu</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 24 Feb 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Shortly after its introduction, photography transformed the ways Americans made political arguments using visual images. In the mid-19th century, photographs became key tools in debates surrounding slavery. Yet, photographs were used in interesting and sometimes surprising ways by a range of actors. <a href="https://www.uidaho.edu/class/history/faculty-staff/fox-amato">Matthew Fox-Amato</a>, an Assistant Professor at the University of Idaho, examines the role of photography in the politics of slavery during the 19th century and the important legacies of those uses on later visual politics in his new book, <a href="http://www.amazon.com/dp/0190663936/?tag=newbooinhis-20"><em>Exposing Slavery: Photography, Human Bondage, and the Birth of Modern Visual Politics in Americ</em>a</a> (Oxford University Press, 2019). The book examines the use of photographs by slaves, abolitionists, slaveholders, and Union soldiers to explore the rich complexities of the visual politics of the moment. He also considers the legacies of this use of the new medium.</p><p>In this episode of the podcast, Fox-Amato discusses the ways these various groups used photography for individual purposes and to shape the debates surrounding slavery in the antebellum period. He explains how photographs also highlight how union soldiers were beginning to think about a post-slavery racial hierarchy during the war. The book demonstrates the importance of thinking about photographs as both visual images and material objects. In the interview, Fox-Amato discusses the research necessary to analyze the photographs in both these ways and the broader importance of studying visual and material culture in all their historical complexity.</p><p><em>Christine Lamberson is an Associate Professor of History at Angelo State University. Her research and teaching focuses on 20th century U.S. political and cultural history. She’s currently working on a book manuscript about the role of violence in shaping U.S. political culture in the 1960s and 1970s. She can be reached at </em><a href="mailto:clamberson@angelo.edu"><em>clamberson@angelo.edu</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="47487242" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/c6dae6ba-0f3f-4457-8db0-beb961890ea4/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=c6dae6ba-0f3f-4457-8db0-beb961890ea4&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Matthew Fox-Amato, &quot;Exposing Slavery: Photography, Human Bondage, and the Birth of Modern Visual Politics in America&quot; (Oxford UP, 2019)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:49:27</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Shortly after its introduction, photography transformed the ways Americans made political arguments using visual images. In the mid-19th century, photographs became key tools in debates surrounding slavery. Yet, photographs were used in interesting and sometimes surprising ways by a range of actors. Matthew Fox-Amato, an Assistant Professor at the University of Idaho, examines the role of photography in the politics of slavery during the 19th century and the important legacies of those uses on later visual politics in his new book, Exposing Slavery: Photography, Human Bondage, and the Birth of Modern Visual Politics in America (Oxford University Press, 2019). The book examines the use of photographs by slaves, abolitionists, slaveholders, and Union soldiers to explore the rich complexities of the visual politics of the moment. He also considers the legacies of this use of the new medium.
In this episode of the podcast, Fox-Amato discusses the ways these various groups used photography for individual purposes and to shape the debates surrounding slavery in the antebellum period. He explains how photographs also highlight how union soldiers were beginning to think about a post-slavery racial hierarchy during the war. The book demonstrates the importance of thinking about photographs as both visual images and material objects. In the interview, Fox-Amato discusses the research necessary to analyze the photographs in both these ways and the broader importance of studying visual and material culture in all their historical complexity.
Christine Lamberson is an Associate Professor of History at Angelo State University. Her research and teaching focuses on 20th century U.S. political and cultural history. She’s currently working on a book manuscript about the role of violence in shaping U.S. political culture in the 1960s and 1970s. She can be reached at clamberson@angelo.edu.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Shortly after its introduction, photography transformed the ways Americans made political arguments using visual images. In the mid-19th century, photographs became key tools in debates surrounding slavery. Yet, photographs were used in interesting and sometimes surprising ways by a range of actors. Matthew Fox-Amato, an Assistant Professor at the University of Idaho, examines the role of photography in the politics of slavery during the 19th century and the important legacies of those uses on later visual politics in his new book, Exposing Slavery: Photography, Human Bondage, and the Birth of Modern Visual Politics in America (Oxford University Press, 2019). The book examines the use of photographs by slaves, abolitionists, slaveholders, and Union soldiers to explore the rich complexities of the visual politics of the moment. He also considers the legacies of this use of the new medium.
In this episode of the podcast, Fox-Amato discusses the ways these various groups used photography for individual purposes and to shape the debates surrounding slavery in the antebellum period. He explains how photographs also highlight how union soldiers were beginning to think about a post-slavery racial hierarchy during the war. The book demonstrates the importance of thinking about photographs as both visual images and material objects. In the interview, Fox-Amato discusses the research necessary to analyze the photographs in both these ways and the broader importance of studying visual and material culture in all their historical complexity.
Christine Lamberson is an Associate Professor of History at Angelo State University. Her research and teaching focuses on 20th century U.S. political and cultural history. She’s currently working on a book manuscript about the role of violence in shaping U.S. political culture in the 1960s and 1970s. She can be reached at clamberson@angelo.edu.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>493</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2954e676-d276-11ee-8b00-0767ca308576</guid>
      <title>Michael Johnston, &quot;The Middle English Book: Scribes and Readers, 1350-1500&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Michael Johnston's <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192871770"><em>The Middle English Book: Scribes and Readers, 1350-1500</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023) addresses a series of questions about the copying and circulation of literature in late medieval England: How do we make sense of the variety of manuscripts surviving from this period? Who copied and disseminated these diverse manuscripts? Who read the literary texts that they transmit? And what was the relationship between those copying literature and those reading it? To answer these questions, this book examines 202 literary manuscripts from the period 1350 to 1500. First, this study suggests that most surviving manuscripts fall into four categories, depending on the proximity and relationship of that manuscript's scribes and readers. But beyond proposing these new categories, this book also looks at the history of writing practices, and demonstrates the ubiquity of bureaucracies within late medieval England. </p><p>As a result, <em>The Middle English Book</em> argues that literary production was a decentered affair, one that took place within these numerous, modest, yet complex, bureaucracies. But this book also argues that, because literary production arose in such scattered bureaucracies, manuscripts were local products, produced within the cultural and economic milieu of their users. Manuscripts thus form a fundamentally different sort of cultural artefact than the printed books with which we are familiar--a form of centralized, urbanized, and commercialized textual production that was just over the historical horizon in late medieval England.</p><p>Michael Johnston earned a BA in English and Religious Studies from John Carroll University in 2000, a M.Litt. in Mediaeval English from the University of St Andrews in 2002, and a PhD from Ohio State University in 2007. He is Associate Professor of English at Purdue University and he researches and teaches about literature and culture in late medieval England, with a specialization in the history of the book and Piers Plowman.</p><p><br /></p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>Morteza Hajizadeh</em></a><em> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>YouTube channel</em></a><em>. </em><a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture"><em>Twitter</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 24 Feb 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Michael Johnston's <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192871770"><em>The Middle English Book: Scribes and Readers, 1350-1500</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023) addresses a series of questions about the copying and circulation of literature in late medieval England: How do we make sense of the variety of manuscripts surviving from this period? Who copied and disseminated these diverse manuscripts? Who read the literary texts that they transmit? And what was the relationship between those copying literature and those reading it? To answer these questions, this book examines 202 literary manuscripts from the period 1350 to 1500. First, this study suggests that most surviving manuscripts fall into four categories, depending on the proximity and relationship of that manuscript's scribes and readers. But beyond proposing these new categories, this book also looks at the history of writing practices, and demonstrates the ubiquity of bureaucracies within late medieval England. </p><p>As a result, <em>The Middle English Book</em> argues that literary production was a decentered affair, one that took place within these numerous, modest, yet complex, bureaucracies. But this book also argues that, because literary production arose in such scattered bureaucracies, manuscripts were local products, produced within the cultural and economic milieu of their users. Manuscripts thus form a fundamentally different sort of cultural artefact than the printed books with which we are familiar--a form of centralized, urbanized, and commercialized textual production that was just over the historical horizon in late medieval England.</p><p>Michael Johnston earned a BA in English and Religious Studies from John Carroll University in 2000, a M.Litt. in Mediaeval English from the University of St Andrews in 2002, and a PhD from Ohio State University in 2007. He is Associate Professor of English at Purdue University and he researches and teaches about literature and culture in late medieval England, with a specialization in the history of the book and Piers Plowman.</p><p><br /></p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>Morteza Hajizadeh</em></a><em> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>YouTube channel</em></a><em>. </em><a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture"><em>Twitter</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="42732560" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/53732e7d-96e4-4d6a-bc33-d86fe50a55a4/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=53732e7d-96e4-4d6a-bc33-d86fe50a55a4&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Michael Johnston, &quot;The Middle English Book: Scribes and Readers, 1350-1500&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:44:30</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Michael Johnston&apos;s The Middle English Book: Scribes and Readers, 1350-1500 (Oxford UP, 2023) addresses a series of questions about the copying and circulation of literature in late medieval England: How do we make sense of the variety of manuscripts surviving from this period? Who copied and disseminated these diverse manuscripts? Who read the literary texts that they transmit? And what was the relationship between those copying literature and those reading it? To answer these questions, this book examines 202 literary manuscripts from the period 1350 to 1500. First, this study suggests that most surviving manuscripts fall into four categories, depending on the proximity and relationship of that manuscript&apos;s scribes and readers. But beyond proposing these new categories, this book also looks at the history of writing practices, and demonstrates the ubiquity of bureaucracies within late medieval England. 
As a result, The Middle English Book argues that literary production was a decentered affair, one that took place within these numerous, modest, yet complex, bureaucracies. But this book also argues that, because literary production arose in such scattered bureaucracies, manuscripts were local products, produced within the cultural and economic milieu of their users. Manuscripts thus form a fundamentally different sort of cultural artefact than the printed books with which we are familiar--a form of centralized, urbanized, and commercialized textual production that was just over the historical horizon in late medieval England.
Michael Johnston earned a BA in English and Religious Studies from John Carroll University in 2000, a M.Litt. in Mediaeval English from the University of St Andrews in 2002, and a PhD from Ohio State University in 2007. He is Associate Professor of English at Purdue University and he researches and teaches about literature and culture in late medieval England, with a specialization in the history of the book and Piers Plowman.

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Michael Johnston&apos;s The Middle English Book: Scribes and Readers, 1350-1500 (Oxford UP, 2023) addresses a series of questions about the copying and circulation of literature in late medieval England: How do we make sense of the variety of manuscripts surviving from this period? Who copied and disseminated these diverse manuscripts? Who read the literary texts that they transmit? And what was the relationship between those copying literature and those reading it? To answer these questions, this book examines 202 literary manuscripts from the period 1350 to 1500. First, this study suggests that most surviving manuscripts fall into four categories, depending on the proximity and relationship of that manuscript&apos;s scribes and readers. But beyond proposing these new categories, this book also looks at the history of writing practices, and demonstrates the ubiquity of bureaucracies within late medieval England. 
As a result, The Middle English Book argues that literary production was a decentered affair, one that took place within these numerous, modest, yet complex, bureaucracies. But this book also argues that, because literary production arose in such scattered bureaucracies, manuscripts were local products, produced within the cultural and economic milieu of their users. Manuscripts thus form a fundamentally different sort of cultural artefact than the printed books with which we are familiar--a form of centralized, urbanized, and commercialized textual production that was just over the historical horizon in late medieval England.
Michael Johnston earned a BA in English and Religious Studies from John Carroll University in 2000, a M.Litt. in Mediaeval English from the University of St Andrews in 2002, and a PhD from Ohio State University in 2007. He is Associate Professor of English at Purdue University and he researches and teaches about literature and culture in late medieval England, with a specialization in the history of the book and Piers Plowman.

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>114</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c9d972e8-d1a8-11ee-b199-cf2e58d5aaf2</guid>
      <title>Michael Kimmage, &quot;Collisions: The Origins of the War in Ukraine and the New Global Instability&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>One war, three collisions: Russia with Ukraine, Europe, and the US. On the second anniversary of the full-scale invasion, Michael Kimmage analyses the disparate factors that led to war in <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/collisions-the-origins-of-the-war-in-ukraine-and-the-new-global-instability-michael-kimmage/20688691?ean=9780197751794">Collisions: The Origins of the War in Ukraine and the New Global Instability</a> (OUP Press, 2024).</p><p>"After a few anomalous years of peace, Europe became in 2022 what it has always been, an epicentre of conflict, the fault line around which the biggest and worst geopolitical earthquakes tend to occur".</p><p>A member of the Secretary's Policy Planning Staff at the US State Department where he handled the Ukraine/Russia portfolio from 2014-2016, <a href="https://history.catholic.edu/faculty-and-research/faculty-profiles/kimmage-michael/index.html">Michael Kimmage</a> is now a Professor of History at the Catholic University of America in Washington DC.</p><p>*The authors' book recommendations are <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/paris-1919-six-months-that-changed-the-world-margaret-macmillan/8540009?ean=9780375760525">Paris 1919: Six Months That Changed the World</a> by Margaret MacMillan (Random House, 2002) and <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/the-russo-ukrainian-war-the-return-of-history-serhii-plokhy/20615465?ean=9781324078920">The Russo-Ukrainian War</a> by Serhii Plokhy (Allen Lane, 2023).</p><p><a href="https://www.clippings.me/timgwynnjones"><em>Tim Gwynn Jones</em></a><em> is an economic and political-risk analyst at Medley Advisors, who also writes the </em><a href="https://twentyfourtwo.substack.com/"><em>twenty4two</em></a><em> newsletter on Substack and hosts the </em><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/in-the-room/id1646625087"><em>In The Room</em></a><em> podcast series.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 23 Feb 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>One war, three collisions: Russia with Ukraine, Europe, and the US. On the second anniversary of the full-scale invasion, Michael Kimmage analyses the disparate factors that led to war in <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/collisions-the-origins-of-the-war-in-ukraine-and-the-new-global-instability-michael-kimmage/20688691?ean=9780197751794">Collisions: The Origins of the War in Ukraine and the New Global Instability</a> (OUP Press, 2024).</p><p>"After a few anomalous years of peace, Europe became in 2022 what it has always been, an epicentre of conflict, the fault line around which the biggest and worst geopolitical earthquakes tend to occur".</p><p>A member of the Secretary's Policy Planning Staff at the US State Department where he handled the Ukraine/Russia portfolio from 2014-2016, <a href="https://history.catholic.edu/faculty-and-research/faculty-profiles/kimmage-michael/index.html">Michael Kimmage</a> is now a Professor of History at the Catholic University of America in Washington DC.</p><p>*The authors' book recommendations are <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/paris-1919-six-months-that-changed-the-world-margaret-macmillan/8540009?ean=9780375760525">Paris 1919: Six Months That Changed the World</a> by Margaret MacMillan (Random House, 2002) and <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/the-russo-ukrainian-war-the-return-of-history-serhii-plokhy/20615465?ean=9781324078920">The Russo-Ukrainian War</a> by Serhii Plokhy (Allen Lane, 2023).</p><p><a href="https://www.clippings.me/timgwynnjones"><em>Tim Gwynn Jones</em></a><em> is an economic and political-risk analyst at Medley Advisors, who also writes the </em><a href="https://twentyfourtwo.substack.com/"><em>twenty4two</em></a><em> newsletter on Substack and hosts the </em><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/in-the-room/id1646625087"><em>In The Room</em></a><em> podcast series.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="38131808" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/4aae31f1-ca14-487b-9b74-36b70e9f3da4/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=4aae31f1-ca14-487b-9b74-36b70e9f3da4&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Michael Kimmage, &quot;Collisions: The Origins of the War in Ukraine and the New Global Instability&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:39:43</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>One war, three collisions: Russia with Ukraine, Europe, and the US. On the second anniversary of the full-scale invasion, Michael Kimmage analyses the disparate factors that led to war in Collisions: The Origins of the War in Ukraine and the New Global Instability (OUP Press, 2024).
&quot;After a few anomalous years of peace, Europe became in 2022 what it has always been, an epicentre of conflict, the fault line around which the biggest and worst geopolitical earthquakes tend to occur&quot;.
A member of the Secretary&apos;s Policy Planning Staff at the US State Department where he handled the Ukraine/Russia portfolio from 2014-2016, Michael Kimmage is now a Professor of History at the Catholic University of America in Washington DC.
*The authors&apos; book recommendations are Paris 1919: Six Months That Changed the World by Margaret MacMillan (Random House, 2002) and The Russo-Ukrainian War by Serhii Plokhy (Allen Lane, 2023).
Tim Gwynn Jones is an economic and political-risk analyst at Medley Advisors, who also writes the twenty4two newsletter on Substack and hosts the In The Room podcast series.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>One war, three collisions: Russia with Ukraine, Europe, and the US. On the second anniversary of the full-scale invasion, Michael Kimmage analyses the disparate factors that led to war in Collisions: The Origins of the War in Ukraine and the New Global Instability (OUP Press, 2024).
&quot;After a few anomalous years of peace, Europe became in 2022 what it has always been, an epicentre of conflict, the fault line around which the biggest and worst geopolitical earthquakes tend to occur&quot;.
A member of the Secretary&apos;s Policy Planning Staff at the US State Department where he handled the Ukraine/Russia portfolio from 2014-2016, Michael Kimmage is now a Professor of History at the Catholic University of America in Washington DC.
*The authors&apos; book recommendations are Paris 1919: Six Months That Changed the World by Margaret MacMillan (Random House, 2002) and The Russo-Ukrainian War by Serhii Plokhy (Allen Lane, 2023).
Tim Gwynn Jones is an economic and political-risk analyst at Medley Advisors, who also writes the twenty4two newsletter on Substack and hosts the In The Room podcast series.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>29</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">da544092-cdcc-11ee-854c-47be008c13fa</guid>
      <title>Marko Attila Hoare, &quot;Serbia: A Modern History&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>“Serbia is a country that has inspired exceptional intellectual interest,” writes Marko Marko Attila Hoare in <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197769423"><em>Serbia: A Modern History </em></a>(Hurst/Oxford UP, 2024). “It was centrally involved in the crises marking both the start and end of Europe’s 20th century: the outbreak of World War I in 1914 and the Wars of Yugoslav Succession beginning in 1991. Yet this interest has not translated into a large English-language historiography of the country”.</p><p>This exhaustive political history of Serbia from the first uprising against the Ottomans in 1804 until the collapse and occupation by the Axis powers in 1941 (and its planned sequel) is intended to help fill that gap.</p><p><a href="https://ssst.edu.ba/professor-single/111/dr--marko-attila-hoare">Marko Attila Hoare</a> is an Associate Professor of History at the University of Sarajevo’s School of Science and Technology. He has specialised in the former Yugoslavia for 30 years, which has included hands-on work with a Bosnian relief convoy and as part of the team prosecuting Serbia's former president Slobodan Milošević in The Hague. He has taught at Cambridge and Kingston and is the author of four books on Bosnia.</p><p>*The author's book recommendations are <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/the-national-question-in-yugoslavia-ivo-banac/7731708?ean=9780801494932">The National Question in Yugoslavia: Origins, History, Politics</a> by Ivo Banac (Cornell University Press, 1984) and <a href="https://www.google.co.uk/books/edition/Stillborn_Republic/MbSifRqxM1EC?hl=en">Stillborn Republic: Social Coalitions and Party Strategies In Greece, 1922– 1936</a> by George Mavrogordatos (University of California Press, 1992).</p><p><a href="https://www.clippings.me/timgwynnjones"><em>Tim Gwynn Jones</em></a><em> is an economic and political-risk analyst at Medley Advisors, who also writes the </em><a href="https://twentyfourtwo.substack.com/"><em>twenty4two</em></a><em> newsletter on Substack and hosts the </em><a href="https://timgwynnjones.medium.com/podcast-archive-aa59fdaf2feb"><em>In The Room</em></a><em> podcast series.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 22 Feb 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>“Serbia is a country that has inspired exceptional intellectual interest,” writes Marko Marko Attila Hoare in <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197769423"><em>Serbia: A Modern History </em></a>(Hurst/Oxford UP, 2024). “It was centrally involved in the crises marking both the start and end of Europe’s 20th century: the outbreak of World War I in 1914 and the Wars of Yugoslav Succession beginning in 1991. Yet this interest has not translated into a large English-language historiography of the country”.</p><p>This exhaustive political history of Serbia from the first uprising against the Ottomans in 1804 until the collapse and occupation by the Axis powers in 1941 (and its planned sequel) is intended to help fill that gap.</p><p><a href="https://ssst.edu.ba/professor-single/111/dr--marko-attila-hoare">Marko Attila Hoare</a> is an Associate Professor of History at the University of Sarajevo’s School of Science and Technology. He has specialised in the former Yugoslavia for 30 years, which has included hands-on work with a Bosnian relief convoy and as part of the team prosecuting Serbia's former president Slobodan Milošević in The Hague. He has taught at Cambridge and Kingston and is the author of four books on Bosnia.</p><p>*The author's book recommendations are <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/the-national-question-in-yugoslavia-ivo-banac/7731708?ean=9780801494932">The National Question in Yugoslavia: Origins, History, Politics</a> by Ivo Banac (Cornell University Press, 1984) and <a href="https://www.google.co.uk/books/edition/Stillborn_Republic/MbSifRqxM1EC?hl=en">Stillborn Republic: Social Coalitions and Party Strategies In Greece, 1922– 1936</a> by George Mavrogordatos (University of California Press, 1992).</p><p><a href="https://www.clippings.me/timgwynnjones"><em>Tim Gwynn Jones</em></a><em> is an economic and political-risk analyst at Medley Advisors, who also writes the </em><a href="https://twentyfourtwo.substack.com/"><em>twenty4two</em></a><em> newsletter on Substack and hosts the </em><a href="https://timgwynnjones.medium.com/podcast-archive-aa59fdaf2feb"><em>In The Room</em></a><em> podcast series.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="47936541" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/227ef955-f1f8-4119-9316-532c7fb6b6d3/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=227ef955-f1f8-4119-9316-532c7fb6b6d3&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Marko Attila Hoare, &quot;Serbia: A Modern History&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:49:55</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>“Serbia is a country that has inspired exceptional intellectual interest,” writes Marko Marko Attila Hoare in Serbia: A Modern History (Hurst/Oxford UP, 2024). “It was centrally involved in the crises marking both the start and end of Europe’s 20th century: the outbreak of World War I in 1914 and the Wars of Yugoslav Succession beginning in 1991. Yet this interest has not translated into a large English-language historiography of the country”.
This exhaustive political history of Serbia from the first uprising against the Ottomans in 1804 until the collapse and occupation by the Axis powers in 1941 (and its planned sequel) is intended to help fill that gap.
Marko Attila Hoare is an Associate Professor of History at the University of Sarajevo’s School of Science and Technology. He has specialised in the former Yugoslavia for 30 years, which has included hands-on work with a Bosnian relief convoy and as part of the team prosecuting Serbia&apos;s former president Slobodan Milošević in The Hague. He has taught at Cambridge and Kingston and is the author of four books on Bosnia.
*The author&apos;s book recommendations are The National Question in Yugoslavia: Origins, History, Politics by Ivo Banac (Cornell University Press, 1984) and Stillborn Republic: Social Coalitions and Party Strategies In Greece, 1922– 1936 by George Mavrogordatos (University of California Press, 1992).
Tim Gwynn Jones is an economic and political-risk analyst at Medley Advisors, who also writes the twenty4two newsletter on Substack and hosts the In The Room podcast series.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>“Serbia is a country that has inspired exceptional intellectual interest,” writes Marko Marko Attila Hoare in Serbia: A Modern History (Hurst/Oxford UP, 2024). “It was centrally involved in the crises marking both the start and end of Europe’s 20th century: the outbreak of World War I in 1914 and the Wars of Yugoslav Succession beginning in 1991. Yet this interest has not translated into a large English-language historiography of the country”.
This exhaustive political history of Serbia from the first uprising against the Ottomans in 1804 until the collapse and occupation by the Axis powers in 1941 (and its planned sequel) is intended to help fill that gap.
Marko Attila Hoare is an Associate Professor of History at the University of Sarajevo’s School of Science and Technology. He has specialised in the former Yugoslavia for 30 years, which has included hands-on work with a Bosnian relief convoy and as part of the team prosecuting Serbia&apos;s former president Slobodan Milošević in The Hague. He has taught at Cambridge and Kingston and is the author of four books on Bosnia.
*The author&apos;s book recommendations are The National Question in Yugoslavia: Origins, History, Politics by Ivo Banac (Cornell University Press, 1984) and Stillborn Republic: Social Coalitions and Party Strategies In Greece, 1922– 1936 by George Mavrogordatos (University of California Press, 1992).
Tim Gwynn Jones is an economic and political-risk analyst at Medley Advisors, who also writes the twenty4two newsletter on Substack and hosts the In The Room podcast series.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>28</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">464c3646-96ce-11ee-809b-c7ea4ea548ea</guid>
      <title>Knut A. Jacobsen, &quot;The Oxford History of Hinduism: Hindu Diasporas&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Knut A. Jacobsen's edited volume <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198867692"><em>The Oxford History of Hinduism: Hindu Diaspora</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023) presents the histories and religious traditions of Hindus with a South Asian ancestral background living outside of South Asia. Hinduism is a global religion with a significant presence in many countries throughout the world. The most important cause of this global expansion is migration. This book presents and analyses the most important of the geographies, migration histories, religious traditions and developments, rituals, places, institutions, and representations of Hinduism in the diasporas, capturing some of the great plurality of Hindu religious traditions. </p><p>The first part of the book concentrates on the major regions in the world in which Hindu diasporas are found. The main focus is the modern period, but the book discusses also the possibility of premodern Hindu diasporas in Southeast Asia. The second part focuses on specific central themes such as Vaishnava, Shaiva, and Shakta traditions in diasporas, temples, and traditions of sacred sites and pilgrimage outside of South Asia, Hindutva organizations and the diaspora, as well as relations between Hindu diasporas and new followers of Hindu traditions. The chapters in this book show some of the global presence of the Hindu diasporas and some of the dynamic developments in multiple geographical spaces. Analysing specific spaces and themes, the chapters of the book offer a foundation for understanding the Hindu traditions in its most important global diasporic contexts and the dynamic developments around the world.</p><p><em>﻿Raj Balkaran is a scholar of Sanskrit narrative texts. He teaches at the Oxford Centre for Hindu Studies and at his own virtual School of Indian Wisdom. For information see </em><a href="https://rajbalkaran.com/"><em>rajbalkaran.com.</em></a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 22 Feb 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Knut A. Jacobsen's edited volume <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198867692"><em>The Oxford History of Hinduism: Hindu Diaspora</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023) presents the histories and religious traditions of Hindus with a South Asian ancestral background living outside of South Asia. Hinduism is a global religion with a significant presence in many countries throughout the world. The most important cause of this global expansion is migration. This book presents and analyses the most important of the geographies, migration histories, religious traditions and developments, rituals, places, institutions, and representations of Hinduism in the diasporas, capturing some of the great plurality of Hindu religious traditions. </p><p>The first part of the book concentrates on the major regions in the world in which Hindu diasporas are found. The main focus is the modern period, but the book discusses also the possibility of premodern Hindu diasporas in Southeast Asia. The second part focuses on specific central themes such as Vaishnava, Shaiva, and Shakta traditions in diasporas, temples, and traditions of sacred sites and pilgrimage outside of South Asia, Hindutva organizations and the diaspora, as well as relations between Hindu diasporas and new followers of Hindu traditions. The chapters in this book show some of the global presence of the Hindu diasporas and some of the dynamic developments in multiple geographical spaces. Analysing specific spaces and themes, the chapters of the book offer a foundation for understanding the Hindu traditions in its most important global diasporic contexts and the dynamic developments around the world.</p><p><em>﻿Raj Balkaran is a scholar of Sanskrit narrative texts. He teaches at the Oxford Centre for Hindu Studies and at his own virtual School of Indian Wisdom. For information see </em><a href="https://rajbalkaran.com/"><em>rajbalkaran.com.</em></a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="54123768" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/e9db3dd4-f00e-4c6a-80a9-a0b68e6d085b/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=e9db3dd4-f00e-4c6a-80a9-a0b68e6d085b&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Knut A. Jacobsen, &quot;The Oxford History of Hinduism: Hindu Diasporas&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:56:22</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Knut A. Jacobsen&apos;s edited volume The Oxford History of Hinduism: Hindu Diaspora (Oxford UP, 2023) presents the histories and religious traditions of Hindus with a South Asian ancestral background living outside of South Asia. Hinduism is a global religion with a significant presence in many countries throughout the world. The most important cause of this global expansion is migration. This book presents and analyses the most important of the geographies, migration histories, religious traditions and developments, rituals, places, institutions, and representations of Hinduism in the diasporas, capturing some of the great plurality of Hindu religious traditions. 
The first part of the book concentrates on the major regions in the world in which Hindu diasporas are found. The main focus is the modern period, but the book discusses also the possibility of premodern Hindu diasporas in Southeast Asia. The second part focuses on specific central themes such as Vaishnava, Shaiva, and Shakta traditions in diasporas, temples, and traditions of sacred sites and pilgrimage outside of South Asia, Hindutva organizations and the diaspora, as well as relations between Hindu diasporas and new followers of Hindu traditions. The chapters in this book show some of the global presence of the Hindu diasporas and some of the dynamic developments in multiple geographical spaces. Analysing specific spaces and themes, the chapters of the book offer a foundation for understanding the Hindu traditions in its most important global diasporic contexts and the dynamic developments around the world.
﻿Raj Balkaran is a scholar of Sanskrit narrative texts. He teaches at the Oxford Centre for Hindu Studies and at his own virtual School of Indian Wisdom. For information see rajbalkaran.com.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Knut A. Jacobsen&apos;s edited volume The Oxford History of Hinduism: Hindu Diaspora (Oxford UP, 2023) presents the histories and religious traditions of Hindus with a South Asian ancestral background living outside of South Asia. Hinduism is a global religion with a significant presence in many countries throughout the world. The most important cause of this global expansion is migration. This book presents and analyses the most important of the geographies, migration histories, religious traditions and developments, rituals, places, institutions, and representations of Hinduism in the diasporas, capturing some of the great plurality of Hindu religious traditions. 
The first part of the book concentrates on the major regions in the world in which Hindu diasporas are found. The main focus is the modern period, but the book discusses also the possibility of premodern Hindu diasporas in Southeast Asia. The second part focuses on specific central themes such as Vaishnava, Shaiva, and Shakta traditions in diasporas, temples, and traditions of sacred sites and pilgrimage outside of South Asia, Hindutva organizations and the diaspora, as well as relations between Hindu diasporas and new followers of Hindu traditions. The chapters in this book show some of the global presence of the Hindu diasporas and some of the dynamic developments in multiple geographical spaces. Analysing specific spaces and themes, the chapters of the book offer a foundation for understanding the Hindu traditions in its most important global diasporic contexts and the dynamic developments around the world.
﻿Raj Balkaran is a scholar of Sanskrit narrative texts. He teaches at the Oxford Centre for Hindu Studies and at his own virtual School of Indian Wisdom. For information see rajbalkaran.com.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>315</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8da14944-d032-11ee-ae33-2b6d9bcb6106</guid>
      <title>T. Corey Brennan, &quot;The Fasces: A History of Ancient Rome&apos;s Most Dangerous Political Symbol&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>"Fascism" is a word ubiquitous in our contemporary political discourse, but few know about its roots in the ancient past or its long, strange evolution to the present.</p><p>In ancient Rome, the fasces were a bundle of wooden rods bound with a leather cord, in which an axe was placed—in essence, a mobile kit for corporal or capital punishment. Attendants typically carried fasces before Rome's higher officials, to induce feelings of respect and fear for the relevant authority. This highly performative Roman institution had a lifespan of almost two millennia, and made a deep impression on subsequent eras, from the Byzantine period to the present.</p><p>Starting in the Renaissance, we find revivals and reinterpretations of the ancient fasces, accelerating especially after 1789, the first year of the United States' Constitution and the opening volley of the French Revolution. But it was Benito Mussolini, who, beginning in 1919, propagated the fasces on an unprecedented scale. Oddly, today the emblem has grown largely unfamiliar, which in turn has offered an opening to contemporary extremist groups.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197644881"><em>The Fasces: A History of Ancient Rome's Most Dangerous Political Symbol</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2022), Dr. T. Corey Brennan offers the first global history of the nature, development, and competing meanings of this stark symbol, from antiquity to the twenty-first century. The word "fascism" has universal awareness in contemporary political discourse, which thus makes this, the first book to trace the full arc of the fasces' almost 3,000-year history, essential reading for all who wish to understand how the past informs the present.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> forthcoming book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Feb 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>"Fascism" is a word ubiquitous in our contemporary political discourse, but few know about its roots in the ancient past or its long, strange evolution to the present.</p><p>In ancient Rome, the fasces were a bundle of wooden rods bound with a leather cord, in which an axe was placed—in essence, a mobile kit for corporal or capital punishment. Attendants typically carried fasces before Rome's higher officials, to induce feelings of respect and fear for the relevant authority. This highly performative Roman institution had a lifespan of almost two millennia, and made a deep impression on subsequent eras, from the Byzantine period to the present.</p><p>Starting in the Renaissance, we find revivals and reinterpretations of the ancient fasces, accelerating especially after 1789, the first year of the United States' Constitution and the opening volley of the French Revolution. But it was Benito Mussolini, who, beginning in 1919, propagated the fasces on an unprecedented scale. Oddly, today the emblem has grown largely unfamiliar, which in turn has offered an opening to contemporary extremist groups.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197644881"><em>The Fasces: A History of Ancient Rome's Most Dangerous Political Symbol</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2022), Dr. T. Corey Brennan offers the first global history of the nature, development, and competing meanings of this stark symbol, from antiquity to the twenty-first century. The word "fascism" has universal awareness in contemporary political discourse, which thus makes this, the first book to trace the full arc of the fasces' almost 3,000-year history, essential reading for all who wish to understand how the past informs the present.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> forthcoming book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="44357944" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/32ce9edb-2446-415e-938e-d271875056dd/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=32ce9edb-2446-415e-938e-d271875056dd&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>T. Corey Brennan, &quot;The Fasces: A History of Ancient Rome&apos;s Most Dangerous Political Symbol&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:46:12</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>&quot;Fascism&quot; is a word ubiquitous in our contemporary political discourse, but few know about its roots in the ancient past or its long, strange evolution to the present.
In ancient Rome, the fasces were a bundle of wooden rods bound with a leather cord, in which an axe was placed—in essence, a mobile kit for corporal or capital punishment. Attendants typically carried fasces before Rome&apos;s higher officials, to induce feelings of respect and fear for the relevant authority. This highly performative Roman institution had a lifespan of almost two millennia, and made a deep impression on subsequent eras, from the Byzantine period to the present.
Starting in the Renaissance, we find revivals and reinterpretations of the ancient fasces, accelerating especially after 1789, the first year of the United States&apos; Constitution and the opening volley of the French Revolution. But it was Benito Mussolini, who, beginning in 1919, propagated the fasces on an unprecedented scale. Oddly, today the emblem has grown largely unfamiliar, which in turn has offered an opening to contemporary extremist groups.
In The Fasces: A History of Ancient Rome&apos;s Most Dangerous Political Symbol (Oxford University Press, 2022), Dr. T. Corey Brennan offers the first global history of the nature, development, and competing meanings of this stark symbol, from antiquity to the twenty-first century. The word &quot;fascism&quot; has universal awareness in contemporary political discourse, which thus makes this, the first book to trace the full arc of the fasces&apos; almost 3,000-year history, essential reading for all who wish to understand how the past informs the present.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>&quot;Fascism&quot; is a word ubiquitous in our contemporary political discourse, but few know about its roots in the ancient past or its long, strange evolution to the present.
In ancient Rome, the fasces were a bundle of wooden rods bound with a leather cord, in which an axe was placed—in essence, a mobile kit for corporal or capital punishment. Attendants typically carried fasces before Rome&apos;s higher officials, to induce feelings of respect and fear for the relevant authority. This highly performative Roman institution had a lifespan of almost two millennia, and made a deep impression on subsequent eras, from the Byzantine period to the present.
Starting in the Renaissance, we find revivals and reinterpretations of the ancient fasces, accelerating especially after 1789, the first year of the United States&apos; Constitution and the opening volley of the French Revolution. But it was Benito Mussolini, who, beginning in 1919, propagated the fasces on an unprecedented scale. Oddly, today the emblem has grown largely unfamiliar, which in turn has offered an opening to contemporary extremist groups.
In The Fasces: A History of Ancient Rome&apos;s Most Dangerous Political Symbol (Oxford University Press, 2022), Dr. T. Corey Brennan offers the first global history of the nature, development, and competing meanings of this stark symbol, from antiquity to the twenty-first century. The word &quot;fascism&quot; has universal awareness in contemporary political discourse, which thus makes this, the first book to trace the full arc of the fasces&apos; almost 3,000-year history, essential reading for all who wish to understand how the past informs the present.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1418</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">37d34b54-cf63-11ee-86d0-ab00176a66f8</guid>
      <title>Ruth Ahnert and Sebastian E. Ahnert, &quot;Tudor Networks of Power&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198858973"><em>Tudor Networks of Power</em> </a>(Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Ruth Ahnert &amp; Dr. Sebastian Ahnert is the product of a groundbreaking collaboration between an early modern book historian and a physicist specialising in complex networks. Together they have reconstructed and computationally analysed the networks of intelligence, diplomacy, and political influence across a century of Tudor history (1509-1603), based on the British State Papers.</p><p>The 130,000 letters that survive in the State Papers from the Tudor period provide crucial information about the textual organisation of the social network centred on the Tudor government. Whole libraries have been written using this archive, but until now nobody has had access to the macroscopic tools that allow us to ask questions such as: What are the reasons for the structure of the Tudor government's intelligence network? What was it geographical reach and coverage? Can we use network data to show patterns of surveillance? What role did women play in these government networks? And what biases are there in the data?</p><p>The authors employ methods from the field of network science, translating key concepts and approaches into a language accessible to literary scholars and historians, and illustrating them with examples drawn from this fantastically rich archive. Each chapter is the product of a set of thematically organised 'experiments', which show how particular methods can help to ask and answer research questions specific to the State Papers archive, but also have applications for other large bodies of humanities data. The fundamental aim of this book, therefore, is not merely to provide an innovative perspective on Tudor politics; it also aspires to introduce an entirely new audience to the methods and applications of network science, and to suggest the suitability of these methods for a range of humanistic inquiry.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> forthcoming book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Feb 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198858973"><em>Tudor Networks of Power</em> </a>(Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Ruth Ahnert &amp; Dr. Sebastian Ahnert is the product of a groundbreaking collaboration between an early modern book historian and a physicist specialising in complex networks. Together they have reconstructed and computationally analysed the networks of intelligence, diplomacy, and political influence across a century of Tudor history (1509-1603), based on the British State Papers.</p><p>The 130,000 letters that survive in the State Papers from the Tudor period provide crucial information about the textual organisation of the social network centred on the Tudor government. Whole libraries have been written using this archive, but until now nobody has had access to the macroscopic tools that allow us to ask questions such as: What are the reasons for the structure of the Tudor government's intelligence network? What was it geographical reach and coverage? Can we use network data to show patterns of surveillance? What role did women play in these government networks? And what biases are there in the data?</p><p>The authors employ methods from the field of network science, translating key concepts and approaches into a language accessible to literary scholars and historians, and illustrating them with examples drawn from this fantastically rich archive. Each chapter is the product of a set of thematically organised 'experiments', which show how particular methods can help to ask and answer research questions specific to the State Papers archive, but also have applications for other large bodies of humanities data. The fundamental aim of this book, therefore, is not merely to provide an innovative perspective on Tudor politics; it also aspires to introduce an entirely new audience to the methods and applications of network science, and to suggest the suitability of these methods for a range of humanistic inquiry.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> forthcoming book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="40229582" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/bfc47114-24c5-40d3-8d96-103b816bbcf6/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=bfc47114-24c5-40d3-8d96-103b816bbcf6&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Ruth Ahnert and Sebastian E. Ahnert, &quot;Tudor Networks of Power&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:41:54</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Tudor Networks of Power (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Ruth Ahnert &amp; Dr. Sebastian Ahnert is the product of a groundbreaking collaboration between an early modern book historian and a physicist specialising in complex networks. Together they have reconstructed and computationally analysed the networks of intelligence, diplomacy, and political influence across a century of Tudor history (1509-1603), based on the British State Papers.
The 130,000 letters that survive in the State Papers from the Tudor period provide crucial information about the textual organisation of the social network centred on the Tudor government. Whole libraries have been written using this archive, but until now nobody has had access to the macroscopic tools that allow us to ask questions such as: What are the reasons for the structure of the Tudor government&apos;s intelligence network? What was it geographical reach and coverage? Can we use network data to show patterns of surveillance? What role did women play in these government networks? And what biases are there in the data?
The authors employ methods from the field of network science, translating key concepts and approaches into a language accessible to literary scholars and historians, and illustrating them with examples drawn from this fantastically rich archive. Each chapter is the product of a set of thematically organised &apos;experiments&apos;, which show how particular methods can help to ask and answer research questions specific to the State Papers archive, but also have applications for other large bodies of humanities data. The fundamental aim of this book, therefore, is not merely to provide an innovative perspective on Tudor politics; it also aspires to introduce an entirely new audience to the methods and applications of network science, and to suggest the suitability of these methods for a range of humanistic inquiry.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Tudor Networks of Power (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Ruth Ahnert &amp; Dr. Sebastian Ahnert is the product of a groundbreaking collaboration between an early modern book historian and a physicist specialising in complex networks. Together they have reconstructed and computationally analysed the networks of intelligence, diplomacy, and political influence across a century of Tudor history (1509-1603), based on the British State Papers.
The 130,000 letters that survive in the State Papers from the Tudor period provide crucial information about the textual organisation of the social network centred on the Tudor government. Whole libraries have been written using this archive, but until now nobody has had access to the macroscopic tools that allow us to ask questions such as: What are the reasons for the structure of the Tudor government&apos;s intelligence network? What was it geographical reach and coverage? Can we use network data to show patterns of surveillance? What role did women play in these government networks? And what biases are there in the data?
The authors employ methods from the field of network science, translating key concepts and approaches into a language accessible to literary scholars and historians, and illustrating them with examples drawn from this fantastically rich archive. Each chapter is the product of a set of thematically organised &apos;experiments&apos;, which show how particular methods can help to ask and answer research questions specific to the State Papers archive, but also have applications for other large bodies of humanities data. The fundamental aim of this book, therefore, is not merely to provide an innovative perspective on Tudor politics; it also aspires to introduce an entirely new audience to the methods and applications of network science, and to suggest the suitability of these methods for a range of humanistic inquiry.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>112</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d515b676-cb59-11ee-8e36-4f22635fd71c</guid>
      <title>How to Teach TESOL Ethically in an English-Dominant World</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://www.abington.psu.edu/person/carla-rae-chamberlin-quinlisk">Carla Chamberlin</a> and <a href="https://www.myccp.online/english-department/english-department-faculty">Mak Khan</a> speak with <a href="https://www.languageonthemove.com/ingrid-piller/">Ingrid Piller</a> about linguistic diversity and social justice.</p><p>We discuss whether US native speakers of English can teach English ethically; how migrant parents can foster their children’s biliteracy; what the language challenges of the Covid-19 pandemic are; whether multilingualism researchers have a monolingual English-centric blind spot; and how the research paradigms of World Englishes and multilingualism connect.</p><p><a href="https://www.languageonthemove.com/how-to-teach-tesol-ethically-in-an-english-dominant-world/">First published</a> on November 19, 2020.</p><p>“Chats in Linguistic Diversity” is a podcast about linguistic diversity in social life brought to you by the <a href="https://www.languageonthemove.com/"><em>Language on the Move</em></a> team. We explore multilingualism, language learning, and intercultural communication in the contexts of globalization and migration.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Feb 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://www.abington.psu.edu/person/carla-rae-chamberlin-quinlisk">Carla Chamberlin</a> and <a href="https://www.myccp.online/english-department/english-department-faculty">Mak Khan</a> speak with <a href="https://www.languageonthemove.com/ingrid-piller/">Ingrid Piller</a> about linguistic diversity and social justice.</p><p>We discuss whether US native speakers of English can teach English ethically; how migrant parents can foster their children’s biliteracy; what the language challenges of the Covid-19 pandemic are; whether multilingualism researchers have a monolingual English-centric blind spot; and how the research paradigms of World Englishes and multilingualism connect.</p><p><a href="https://www.languageonthemove.com/how-to-teach-tesol-ethically-in-an-english-dominant-world/">First published</a> on November 19, 2020.</p><p>“Chats in Linguistic Diversity” is a podcast about linguistic diversity in social life brought to you by the <a href="https://www.languageonthemove.com/"><em>Language on the Move</em></a> team. We explore multilingualism, language learning, and intercultural communication in the contexts of globalization and migration.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="57609178" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/cf302631-1a79-4628-9914-e9c1f6316876/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=cf302631-1a79-4628-9914-e9c1f6316876&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>How to Teach TESOL Ethically in an English-Dominant World</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:00:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Carla Chamberlin and Mak Khan speak with Ingrid Piller about linguistic diversity and social justice.
We discuss whether US native speakers of English can teach English ethically; how migrant parents can foster their children’s biliteracy; what the language challenges of the Covid-19 pandemic are; whether multilingualism researchers have a monolingual English-centric blind spot; and how the research paradigms of World Englishes and multilingualism connect.
First published on November 19, 2020.
“Chats in Linguistic Diversity” is a podcast about linguistic diversity in social life brought to you by the Language on the Move team. We explore multilingualism, language learning, and intercultural communication in the contexts of globalization and migration.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Carla Chamberlin and Mak Khan speak with Ingrid Piller about linguistic diversity and social justice.
We discuss whether US native speakers of English can teach English ethically; how migrant parents can foster their children’s biliteracy; what the language challenges of the Covid-19 pandemic are; whether multilingualism researchers have a monolingual English-centric blind spot; and how the research paradigms of World Englishes and multilingualism connect.
First published on November 19, 2020.
“Chats in Linguistic Diversity” is a podcast about linguistic diversity in social life brought to you by the Language on the Move team. We explore multilingualism, language learning, and intercultural communication in the contexts of globalization and migration.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>6</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">26181c6c-bfbb-11ee-8c64-cbd8143d122d</guid>
      <title>Rebecca Roache, &quot;For F*ck&apos;s Sake: Why Swearing Is Shocking, Rude, and Fun&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Swearing can be a powerful communicative act, for good or ill. The same word can incite violence or increase intimacy. How is swearing so multivalent in its power? Is it just all those harsh “c” and “k” sounds? Does swearing take its power from taboo meaning? Why is swearing sometimes so funny? In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190665067"><em>For F*ck’s Sake: Why Swearing Is Shocking, Rude, and Fun</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023), Rebecca Roache, host of the podcast <em>The Academic Imperfectionist</em>, offers us rich insights into the complex importance of swearing to help us understand who gets judged too harshly for doing it, why it’s important to be able to offend with swearing, why we might need to advocate for some swear words, and so much more.</p><p><a href="https://clas.ucdenver.edu/philosophy/sarah-tyson"><em>Sarah Tyson</em></a><em> is an associate professor of philosophy at the University of Colorado, Denver.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Feb 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Swearing can be a powerful communicative act, for good or ill. The same word can incite violence or increase intimacy. How is swearing so multivalent in its power? Is it just all those harsh “c” and “k” sounds? Does swearing take its power from taboo meaning? Why is swearing sometimes so funny? In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190665067"><em>For F*ck’s Sake: Why Swearing Is Shocking, Rude, and Fun</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023), Rebecca Roache, host of the podcast <em>The Academic Imperfectionist</em>, offers us rich insights into the complex importance of swearing to help us understand who gets judged too harshly for doing it, why it’s important to be able to offend with swearing, why we might need to advocate for some swear words, and so much more.</p><p><a href="https://clas.ucdenver.edu/philosophy/sarah-tyson"><em>Sarah Tyson</em></a><em> is an associate professor of philosophy at the University of Colorado, Denver.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="54810352" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/0bca19b3-a968-4f18-9304-a91bdbe2e65c/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=0bca19b3-a968-4f18-9304-a91bdbe2e65c&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Rebecca Roache, &quot;For F*ck&apos;s Sake: Why Swearing Is Shocking, Rude, and Fun&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:57:05</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Swearing can be a powerful communicative act, for good or ill. The same word can incite violence or increase intimacy. How is swearing so multivalent in its power? Is it just all those harsh “c” and “k” sounds? Does swearing take its power from taboo meaning? Why is swearing sometimes so funny? In For F*ck’s Sake: Why Swearing Is Shocking, Rude, and Fun (Oxford University Press, 2023), Rebecca Roache, host of the podcast The Academic Imperfectionist, offers us rich insights into the complex importance of swearing to help us understand who gets judged too harshly for doing it, why it’s important to be able to offend with swearing, why we might need to advocate for some swear words, and so much more.
Sarah Tyson is an associate professor of philosophy at the University of Colorado, Denver.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Swearing can be a powerful communicative act, for good or ill. The same word can incite violence or increase intimacy. How is swearing so multivalent in its power? Is it just all those harsh “c” and “k” sounds? Does swearing take its power from taboo meaning? Why is swearing sometimes so funny? In For F*ck’s Sake: Why Swearing Is Shocking, Rude, and Fun (Oxford University Press, 2023), Rebecca Roache, host of the podcast The Academic Imperfectionist, offers us rich insights into the complex importance of swearing to help us understand who gets judged too harshly for doing it, why it’s important to be able to offend with swearing, why we might need to advocate for some swear words, and so much more.
Sarah Tyson is an associate professor of philosophy at the University of Colorado, Denver.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>332</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">dda77b82-cdd2-11ee-aa3a-b3c19734ec77</guid>
      <title>Vytautas Jankauskas and Steffen Eckhard, &quot;The Politics of Evaluation in International Organizations&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Evaluation has become a key tool in assessing the performance of international organisations, in fostering learning, and in demonstrating accountability. Within the United Nations (UN) system, thousands of evaluators and consultants produce hundreds of evaluation reports worth millions of dollars every year. But does evaluation really deliver on its promise of objective evidence and functional use?</p><p>By unravelling the internal machinery of evaluation systems in international organisations, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192855206"><em>The Politics of Evaluation in International Organisations</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023) challenges the conventional understanding of evaluation as a value-free activity. Dr. Vytautas Jankauskas and Dr. Steffen Eckhard show how a seemingly neutral technocratic tool can serve as an instrument for power in global governance; they demonstrate and explain how deeply politics are entrenched in the interests of evaluation stakeholders, in the control and design of IO evaluation systems, and to a lesser extent also in the content of evaluation reports. The analysis draws on 120 research interviews with evaluators, member state representatives, and IO secretariat officials as well as on textual analysis of over 200 evaluation reports. The investigation covers 21 UN system organisations, including detailed case studies of the ILO, IMF, UNDP, UN WOMEN, IOM, UNHCR, FAO, WHO, and UNESCO.</p><p><br /></p><p>Shedding light on the (in-)effectiveness of evidence-based policymaking, the authors propose possible ways of better reconciling the observed evaluation politics with the need to gather reliable evidence that is used to improve the functioning of the United Nations. The answer to evaluation politics is not to abandon evaluation or isolate it from the stakeholders but to acknowledge surrounding political interests and design evaluation systems accordingly.</p><p><br /></p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> forthcoming book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Feb 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Evaluation has become a key tool in assessing the performance of international organisations, in fostering learning, and in demonstrating accountability. Within the United Nations (UN) system, thousands of evaluators and consultants produce hundreds of evaluation reports worth millions of dollars every year. But does evaluation really deliver on its promise of objective evidence and functional use?</p><p>By unravelling the internal machinery of evaluation systems in international organisations, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192855206"><em>The Politics of Evaluation in International Organisations</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023) challenges the conventional understanding of evaluation as a value-free activity. Dr. Vytautas Jankauskas and Dr. Steffen Eckhard show how a seemingly neutral technocratic tool can serve as an instrument for power in global governance; they demonstrate and explain how deeply politics are entrenched in the interests of evaluation stakeholders, in the control and design of IO evaluation systems, and to a lesser extent also in the content of evaluation reports. The analysis draws on 120 research interviews with evaluators, member state representatives, and IO secretariat officials as well as on textual analysis of over 200 evaluation reports. The investigation covers 21 UN system organisations, including detailed case studies of the ILO, IMF, UNDP, UN WOMEN, IOM, UNHCR, FAO, WHO, and UNESCO.</p><p><br /></p><p>Shedding light on the (in-)effectiveness of evidence-based policymaking, the authors propose possible ways of better reconciling the observed evaluation politics with the need to gather reliable evidence that is used to improve the functioning of the United Nations. The answer to evaluation politics is not to abandon evaluation or isolate it from the stakeholders but to acknowledge surrounding political interests and design evaluation systems accordingly.</p><p><br /></p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> forthcoming book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="48987075" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/97ea167e-c038-4a40-ab8e-d03c42248e77/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=97ea167e-c038-4a40-ab8e-d03c42248e77&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Vytautas Jankauskas and Steffen Eckhard, &quot;The Politics of Evaluation in International Organizations&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:51:01</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Evaluation has become a key tool in assessing the performance of international organisations, in fostering learning, and in demonstrating accountability. Within the United Nations (UN) system, thousands of evaluators and consultants produce hundreds of evaluation reports worth millions of dollars every year. But does evaluation really deliver on its promise of objective evidence and functional use?
By unravelling the internal machinery of evaluation systems in international organisations, The Politics of Evaluation in International Organisations (Oxford University Press, 2023) challenges the conventional understanding of evaluation as a value-free activity. Dr. Vytautas Jankauskas and Dr. Steffen Eckhard show how a seemingly neutral technocratic tool can serve as an instrument for power in global governance; they demonstrate and explain how deeply politics are entrenched in the interests of evaluation stakeholders, in the control and design of IO evaluation systems, and to a lesser extent also in the content of evaluation reports. The analysis draws on 120 research interviews with evaluators, member state representatives, and IO secretariat officials as well as on textual analysis of over 200 evaluation reports. The investigation covers 21 UN system organisations, including detailed case studies of the ILO, IMF, UNDP, UN WOMEN, IOM, UNHCR, FAO, WHO, and UNESCO.

Shedding light on the (in-)effectiveness of evidence-based policymaking, the authors propose possible ways of better reconciling the observed evaluation politics with the need to gather reliable evidence that is used to improve the functioning of the United Nations. The answer to evaluation politics is not to abandon evaluation or isolate it from the stakeholders but to acknowledge surrounding political interests and design evaluation systems accordingly.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Evaluation has become a key tool in assessing the performance of international organisations, in fostering learning, and in demonstrating accountability. Within the United Nations (UN) system, thousands of evaluators and consultants produce hundreds of evaluation reports worth millions of dollars every year. But does evaluation really deliver on its promise of objective evidence and functional use?
By unravelling the internal machinery of evaluation systems in international organisations, The Politics of Evaluation in International Organisations (Oxford University Press, 2023) challenges the conventional understanding of evaluation as a value-free activity. Dr. Vytautas Jankauskas and Dr. Steffen Eckhard show how a seemingly neutral technocratic tool can serve as an instrument for power in global governance; they demonstrate and explain how deeply politics are entrenched in the interests of evaluation stakeholders, in the control and design of IO evaluation systems, and to a lesser extent also in the content of evaluation reports. The analysis draws on 120 research interviews with evaluators, member state representatives, and IO secretariat officials as well as on textual analysis of over 200 evaluation reports. The investigation covers 21 UN system organisations, including detailed case studies of the ILO, IMF, UNDP, UN WOMEN, IOM, UNHCR, FAO, WHO, and UNESCO.

Shedding light on the (in-)effectiveness of evidence-based policymaking, the authors propose possible ways of better reconciling the observed evaluation politics with the need to gather reliable evidence that is used to improve the functioning of the United Nations. The answer to evaluation politics is not to abandon evaluation or isolate it from the stakeholders but to acknowledge surrounding political interests and design evaluation systems accordingly.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>89</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9277e616-cdd6-11ee-a4a8-33ef0a601760</guid>
      <title>Tom Hamilton, &quot;A Widow&apos;s Vengeance After the Wars of Religion: Gender and Justice in Renaissance France&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Paris, 1599. At the end of the French Wars of Religion, the widow Renée Chevalier instigated the prosecution of the military captain Mathurin Delacanche, who had committed multiple acts of rape, homicide, and theft against the villagers who lived around her château near the cathedral city of Sens. But how could Chevalier win her case when King Henri IV's Edict of Nantes ordered that the recent troubles should be forgotten as 'things that had never been'? </p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192870179"><em>A Widow's Vengeance After the Wars of Religion: Gender and Justice in Renaissance France</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024) is an original and wide-ranging account of the impact of the religious wars on daily life. Based on neglected archival sources and an exceptional criminal trial, it recovers the experiences of women, peasants, and foot soldiers, who are marginalized in most historical accounts. Tom Hamilton shows how this trial contributed to a wider struggle for justice and an end to violence in postwar France. People throughout the society of the Old Regime did not consider rape and pillage as inevitable consequences of war, and denounced soldiers' illicit violence when they were given the chance. As a result, the early modern laws of war need to be understood not only as the idealistic invention of great legal thinkers, but also as a practical framework that enabled magistrates to do justice for plaintiffs and witnesses, like Chevalier and the villagers who lived under her protection. </p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Feb 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Paris, 1599. At the end of the French Wars of Religion, the widow Renée Chevalier instigated the prosecution of the military captain Mathurin Delacanche, who had committed multiple acts of rape, homicide, and theft against the villagers who lived around her château near the cathedral city of Sens. But how could Chevalier win her case when King Henri IV's Edict of Nantes ordered that the recent troubles should be forgotten as 'things that had never been'? </p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192870179"><em>A Widow's Vengeance After the Wars of Religion: Gender and Justice in Renaissance France</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024) is an original and wide-ranging account of the impact of the religious wars on daily life. Based on neglected archival sources and an exceptional criminal trial, it recovers the experiences of women, peasants, and foot soldiers, who are marginalized in most historical accounts. Tom Hamilton shows how this trial contributed to a wider struggle for justice and an end to violence in postwar France. People throughout the society of the Old Regime did not consider rape and pillage as inevitable consequences of war, and denounced soldiers' illicit violence when they were given the chance. As a result, the early modern laws of war need to be understood not only as the idealistic invention of great legal thinkers, but also as a practical framework that enabled magistrates to do justice for plaintiffs and witnesses, like Chevalier and the villagers who lived under her protection. </p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="54585244" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/f421cc1a-2159-40c9-a174-6abaac6cd98b/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=f421cc1a-2159-40c9-a174-6abaac6cd98b&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Tom Hamilton, &quot;A Widow&apos;s Vengeance After the Wars of Religion: Gender and Justice in Renaissance France&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:56:51</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Paris, 1599. At the end of the French Wars of Religion, the widow Renée Chevalier instigated the prosecution of the military captain Mathurin Delacanche, who had committed multiple acts of rape, homicide, and theft against the villagers who lived around her château near the cathedral city of Sens. But how could Chevalier win her case when King Henri IV&apos;s Edict of Nantes ordered that the recent troubles should be forgotten as &apos;things that had never been&apos;? 
A Widow&apos;s Vengeance After the Wars of Religion: Gender and Justice in Renaissance France (Oxford UP, 2024) is an original and wide-ranging account of the impact of the religious wars on daily life. Based on neglected archival sources and an exceptional criminal trial, it recovers the experiences of women, peasants, and foot soldiers, who are marginalized in most historical accounts. Tom Hamilton shows how this trial contributed to a wider struggle for justice and an end to violence in postwar France. People throughout the society of the Old Regime did not consider rape and pillage as inevitable consequences of war, and denounced soldiers&apos; illicit violence when they were given the chance. As a result, the early modern laws of war need to be understood not only as the idealistic invention of great legal thinkers, but also as a practical framework that enabled magistrates to do justice for plaintiffs and witnesses, like Chevalier and the villagers who lived under her protection. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Paris, 1599. At the end of the French Wars of Religion, the widow Renée Chevalier instigated the prosecution of the military captain Mathurin Delacanche, who had committed multiple acts of rape, homicide, and theft against the villagers who lived around her château near the cathedral city of Sens. But how could Chevalier win her case when King Henri IV&apos;s Edict of Nantes ordered that the recent troubles should be forgotten as &apos;things that had never been&apos;? 
A Widow&apos;s Vengeance After the Wars of Religion: Gender and Justice in Renaissance France (Oxford UP, 2024) is an original and wide-ranging account of the impact of the religious wars on daily life. Based on neglected archival sources and an exceptional criminal trial, it recovers the experiences of women, peasants, and foot soldiers, who are marginalized in most historical accounts. Tom Hamilton shows how this trial contributed to a wider struggle for justice and an end to violence in postwar France. People throughout the society of the Old Regime did not consider rape and pillage as inevitable consequences of war, and denounced soldiers&apos; illicit violence when they were given the chance. As a result, the early modern laws of war need to be understood not only as the idealistic invention of great legal thinkers, but also as a practical framework that enabled magistrates to do justice for plaintiffs and witnesses, like Chevalier and the villagers who lived under her protection. </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>63</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ab103636-cd15-11ee-8c35-83e8a0426912</guid>
      <title>Tobias Straumann, &quot;1931: Debt, Crisis, and the Rise of Hitler&quot; (Oxford UP, 2019)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>What can we learn from the financial crisis that brought Hitler to power? How did diplomatic deadlock fuel the rise of authoritarianism? <a href="https://sites.google.com/site/tobiasstraumann/">Tobias Straumann</a> shares vital insights with <a href="http://www.amazon.com/dp/0198816189/?tag=newbooinhis-20"><em>1931: Debt, Crisis, and the Rise of Hitler</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2019). Through his fast-paced narrative, Straumann reveals how inflexible treaties created an inescapable debt trap that spawned Nazism. Caught between investor confidence and domestic political pressure, unrealistic agreements left decision makers little room for maneuver when crisis struck. 1931 reminds us of hard lessons relevant to designing resilient agreements today.</p><p>Tobias Straumann is a Senior Lecturer at the University of Zurich and teaches economic history both to historians and economists. His research interests span numerous contributions to contemporary European business, monetary, and financial history. 1931 is his fourth book.</p><p><em>Ryan Stackhouse is a historian of Europe specializing in modern Germany and political policing under dictatorship. His book exploring Gestapo enforcement practices toward different social groups is nearing completion under the working title A Discriminating Terror. He also cohosts the Third Reich History Podcast and can be reached at john.ryan.stackhouse@gmail.com or @Staxomatix.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 17 Feb 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>What can we learn from the financial crisis that brought Hitler to power? How did diplomatic deadlock fuel the rise of authoritarianism? <a href="https://sites.google.com/site/tobiasstraumann/">Tobias Straumann</a> shares vital insights with <a href="http://www.amazon.com/dp/0198816189/?tag=newbooinhis-20"><em>1931: Debt, Crisis, and the Rise of Hitler</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2019). Through his fast-paced narrative, Straumann reveals how inflexible treaties created an inescapable debt trap that spawned Nazism. Caught between investor confidence and domestic political pressure, unrealistic agreements left decision makers little room for maneuver when crisis struck. 1931 reminds us of hard lessons relevant to designing resilient agreements today.</p><p>Tobias Straumann is a Senior Lecturer at the University of Zurich and teaches economic history both to historians and economists. His research interests span numerous contributions to contemporary European business, monetary, and financial history. 1931 is his fourth book.</p><p><em>Ryan Stackhouse is a historian of Europe specializing in modern Germany and political policing under dictatorship. His book exploring Gestapo enforcement practices toward different social groups is nearing completion under the working title A Discriminating Terror. He also cohosts the Third Reich History Podcast and can be reached at john.ryan.stackhouse@gmail.com or @Staxomatix.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="57378754" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/b4de49f1-1ff4-4370-a234-eec95875df5a/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=b4de49f1-1ff4-4370-a234-eec95875df5a&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Tobias Straumann, &quot;1931: Debt, Crisis, and the Rise of Hitler&quot; (Oxford UP, 2019)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:59:46</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>What can we learn from the financial crisis that brought Hitler to power? How did diplomatic deadlock fuel the rise of authoritarianism? Tobias Straumann shares vital insights with 1931: Debt, Crisis, and the Rise of Hitler (Oxford University Press, 2019). Through his fast-paced narrative, Straumann reveals how inflexible treaties created an inescapable debt trap that spawned Nazism. Caught between investor confidence and domestic political pressure, unrealistic agreements left decision makers little room for maneuver when crisis struck. 1931 reminds us of hard lessons relevant to designing resilient agreements today.
Tobias Straumann is a Senior Lecturer at the University of Zurich and teaches economic history both to historians and economists. His research interests span numerous contributions to contemporary European business, monetary, and financial history. 1931 is his fourth book.
Ryan Stackhouse is a historian of Europe specializing in modern Germany and political policing under dictatorship. His book exploring Gestapo enforcement practices toward different social groups is nearing completion under the working title A Discriminating Terror. He also cohosts the Third Reich History Podcast and can be reached at john.ryan.stackhouse@gmail.com or @Staxomatix.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>What can we learn from the financial crisis that brought Hitler to power? How did diplomatic deadlock fuel the rise of authoritarianism? Tobias Straumann shares vital insights with 1931: Debt, Crisis, and the Rise of Hitler (Oxford University Press, 2019). Through his fast-paced narrative, Straumann reveals how inflexible treaties created an inescapable debt trap that spawned Nazism. Caught between investor confidence and domestic political pressure, unrealistic agreements left decision makers little room for maneuver when crisis struck. 1931 reminds us of hard lessons relevant to designing resilient agreements today.
Tobias Straumann is a Senior Lecturer at the University of Zurich and teaches economic history both to historians and economists. His research interests span numerous contributions to contemporary European business, monetary, and financial history. 1931 is his fourth book.
Ryan Stackhouse is a historian of Europe specializing in modern Germany and political policing under dictatorship. His book exploring Gestapo enforcement practices toward different social groups is nearing completion under the working title A Discriminating Terror. He also cohosts the Third Reich History Podcast and can be reached at john.ryan.stackhouse@gmail.com or @Staxomatix.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>69</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1e4abc42-8c6c-11ee-8f4a-9b2b8274583b</guid>
      <title>Michael Stausberg, &quot;Religions, Mumbai Style: Events-Media-Spaces&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Mumbai is generally recognized as an environment of extraordinary religious diversity. The city is known at one and the same time for a habitual cosmopolitanism and a series of violent religion-related conflicts and clashes. </p><p>While there is much academic scholarship on various aspects of urban history and realities, Michael Stausberg's edited volume <a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/admin/entries/episodes/Michael%20Stausberg,"><em>Religions, Mumbai Style: Events-Media-Spaces</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023) is the first international academic publication focusing on religion(s) in Mumbai. An extended introductory essay provides a scenario of the religious history of the city from the earliest colonial periods to the present; it also discusses such topics as public celebration and landmark religious places. By taking a thematic approach, the contributions highlight the dynamics of religious life in the city. Chapters discuss spatial settings such as so-called slums (Dharavi) and ghettos (Mumbra), but also roadside shrines and taxis. Other chapters focus on class and civil society organizations. Contributions discuss the crossing of religious boundaries, e.g., in dealing with intermarriage and conversion, and challenges faced by religious groups as to how to reconcile the religious diversity of the city with their own desire for recognition. Lines of tension and conflict often run within, and not so much between, communities.The two final chapters of the volume address the reflection of religion in fiction set in Mumbai and in the work of the Bombay poet Arun Kolatkar.</p><p><em>﻿Raj Balkaran is a scholar of Sanskrit narrative texts. He teaches at the Oxford Centre for Hindu Studies and at his own virtual School of Indian Wisdom. For information see </em><a href="https://rajbalkaran.com/"><em>rajbalkaran.com.</em></a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Feb 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Mumbai is generally recognized as an environment of extraordinary religious diversity. The city is known at one and the same time for a habitual cosmopolitanism and a series of violent religion-related conflicts and clashes. </p><p>While there is much academic scholarship on various aspects of urban history and realities, Michael Stausberg's edited volume <a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/admin/entries/episodes/Michael%20Stausberg,"><em>Religions, Mumbai Style: Events-Media-Spaces</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023) is the first international academic publication focusing on religion(s) in Mumbai. An extended introductory essay provides a scenario of the religious history of the city from the earliest colonial periods to the present; it also discusses such topics as public celebration and landmark religious places. By taking a thematic approach, the contributions highlight the dynamics of religious life in the city. Chapters discuss spatial settings such as so-called slums (Dharavi) and ghettos (Mumbra), but also roadside shrines and taxis. Other chapters focus on class and civil society organizations. Contributions discuss the crossing of religious boundaries, e.g., in dealing with intermarriage and conversion, and challenges faced by religious groups as to how to reconcile the religious diversity of the city with their own desire for recognition. Lines of tension and conflict often run within, and not so much between, communities.The two final chapters of the volume address the reflection of religion in fiction set in Mumbai and in the work of the Bombay poet Arun Kolatkar.</p><p><em>﻿Raj Balkaran is a scholar of Sanskrit narrative texts. He teaches at the Oxford Centre for Hindu Studies and at his own virtual School of Indian Wisdom. For information see </em><a href="https://rajbalkaran.com/"><em>rajbalkaran.com.</em></a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="33500330" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/7e2863d7-4f9f-4079-b7bf-5e05efb0b166/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=7e2863d7-4f9f-4079-b7bf-5e05efb0b166&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Michael Stausberg, &quot;Religions, Mumbai Style: Events-Media-Spaces&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:34:53</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Mumbai is generally recognized as an environment of extraordinary religious diversity. The city is known at one and the same time for a habitual cosmopolitanism and a series of violent religion-related conflicts and clashes. 
While there is much academic scholarship on various aspects of urban history and realities, Michael Stausberg&apos;s edited volume Religions, Mumbai Style: Events-Media-Spaces (Oxford UP, 2023) is the first international academic publication focusing on religion(s) in Mumbai. An extended introductory essay provides a scenario of the religious history of the city from the earliest colonial periods to the present; it also discusses such topics as public celebration and landmark religious places. By taking a thematic approach, the contributions highlight the dynamics of religious life in the city. Chapters discuss spatial settings such as so-called slums (Dharavi) and ghettos (Mumbra), but also roadside shrines and taxis. Other chapters focus on class and civil society organizations. Contributions discuss the crossing of religious boundaries, e.g., in dealing with intermarriage and conversion, and challenges faced by religious groups as to how to reconcile the religious diversity of the city with their own desire for recognition. Lines of tension and conflict often run within, and not so much between, communities.The two final chapters of the volume address the reflection of religion in fiction set in Mumbai and in the work of the Bombay poet Arun Kolatkar.
﻿Raj Balkaran is a scholar of Sanskrit narrative texts. He teaches at the Oxford Centre for Hindu Studies and at his own virtual School of Indian Wisdom. For information see rajbalkaran.com.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Mumbai is generally recognized as an environment of extraordinary religious diversity. The city is known at one and the same time for a habitual cosmopolitanism and a series of violent religion-related conflicts and clashes. 
While there is much academic scholarship on various aspects of urban history and realities, Michael Stausberg&apos;s edited volume Religions, Mumbai Style: Events-Media-Spaces (Oxford UP, 2023) is the first international academic publication focusing on religion(s) in Mumbai. An extended introductory essay provides a scenario of the religious history of the city from the earliest colonial periods to the present; it also discusses such topics as public celebration and landmark religious places. By taking a thematic approach, the contributions highlight the dynamics of religious life in the city. Chapters discuss spatial settings such as so-called slums (Dharavi) and ghettos (Mumbra), but also roadside shrines and taxis. Other chapters focus on class and civil society organizations. Contributions discuss the crossing of religious boundaries, e.g., in dealing with intermarriage and conversion, and challenges faced by religious groups as to how to reconcile the religious diversity of the city with their own desire for recognition. Lines of tension and conflict often run within, and not so much between, communities.The two final chapters of the volume address the reflection of religion in fiction set in Mumbai and in the work of the Bombay poet Arun Kolatkar.
﻿Raj Balkaran is a scholar of Sanskrit narrative texts. He teaches at the Oxford Centre for Hindu Studies and at his own virtual School of Indian Wisdom. For information see rajbalkaran.com.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>313</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b953be42-c9ec-11ee-8bcf-d775e72839e7</guid>
      <title>Paul Katsafanas, &quot;Philosophy of Devotion: The Longing for Invulnerable Ideals&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Why do some of our identity-defining commitments resist reason and critical reflection, and why do we persist in them even when they threaten our happiness, safety, and comfort?</p><p>Paul Katsafanas argues in his book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192867674"><em>Philosophy of Devotion:The Longing for Invulnerable Ideals</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023) that these commitments involve an ethical stance that he calls devotion to sacred ideas. </p><p>A sacred value is one that we cannot trade with ordinary values, or even consider trading off. When a value is sacred, no rational considerations will disrupt commitment to it. <em>Philosophy of Devotion</em> offers a detailed philosophical account and defense of these features both reasonable and unreasonable, beneficial and detrimental. Katsafanas explains that a life with meaningful commitments is richer and more meaningful than a life without deep, sustained commitments. </p><p>At the same time, that same devotion can deform into forms of individual and group fanaticism that can be alienating, extremist, and violent. This fanaticism is driven by feelings of persecution and threat to a fragile self, and exacerbated by feelings of ressentiment, a growing anger and resentment of opposition that becomes self-perpetuating.   </p><p>In this book Katsafanas also provides an alternative to fanaticism, a way to express non-pathological forms of devotion. With this approach, individuals can avoid the dangers of fanaticism on the one hand and an empty lack of meaning on the other. This perpetual quest requires maintaining a form of existential flexibility, which may include oscillation between affirming these sacred values and deepening understanding through consideration of challenging questions. </p><p>Recommended reading: <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/the-true-believer-thoughts-on-the-nature-of-mass-movements-eric-hoffer/7896520?ean=9780060505912&amp;gclid=Cj0KCQiAoKeuBhCoARIsAB4Wxte_oFBLbD5j4wdJK_83Fm1SsIJ-MUSyNWml1FmxjBx2T5kis5EDjYAaAnlMEALw_wcB">The True Believer by Eric Hoffer</a></p><p><em>Meghan Cochran studies belief and action as a technologist working in customer experience and as a student of religion, business, and literature.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Feb 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Why do some of our identity-defining commitments resist reason and critical reflection, and why do we persist in them even when they threaten our happiness, safety, and comfort?</p><p>Paul Katsafanas argues in his book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192867674"><em>Philosophy of Devotion:The Longing for Invulnerable Ideals</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023) that these commitments involve an ethical stance that he calls devotion to sacred ideas. </p><p>A sacred value is one that we cannot trade with ordinary values, or even consider trading off. When a value is sacred, no rational considerations will disrupt commitment to it. <em>Philosophy of Devotion</em> offers a detailed philosophical account and defense of these features both reasonable and unreasonable, beneficial and detrimental. Katsafanas explains that a life with meaningful commitments is richer and more meaningful than a life without deep, sustained commitments. </p><p>At the same time, that same devotion can deform into forms of individual and group fanaticism that can be alienating, extremist, and violent. This fanaticism is driven by feelings of persecution and threat to a fragile self, and exacerbated by feelings of ressentiment, a growing anger and resentment of opposition that becomes self-perpetuating.   </p><p>In this book Katsafanas also provides an alternative to fanaticism, a way to express non-pathological forms of devotion. With this approach, individuals can avoid the dangers of fanaticism on the one hand and an empty lack of meaning on the other. This perpetual quest requires maintaining a form of existential flexibility, which may include oscillation between affirming these sacred values and deepening understanding through consideration of challenging questions. </p><p>Recommended reading: <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/the-true-believer-thoughts-on-the-nature-of-mass-movements-eric-hoffer/7896520?ean=9780060505912&amp;gclid=Cj0KCQiAoKeuBhCoARIsAB4Wxte_oFBLbD5j4wdJK_83Fm1SsIJ-MUSyNWml1FmxjBx2T5kis5EDjYAaAnlMEALw_wcB">The True Believer by Eric Hoffer</a></p><p><em>Meghan Cochran studies belief and action as a technologist working in customer experience and as a student of religion, business, and literature.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="60838612" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/79e3dc4e-e4fd-414f-9e9e-8aeb73a31233/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=79e3dc4e-e4fd-414f-9e9e-8aeb73a31233&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Paul Katsafanas, &quot;Philosophy of Devotion: The Longing for Invulnerable Ideals&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:03:22</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Why do some of our identity-defining commitments resist reason and critical reflection, and why do we persist in them even when they threaten our happiness, safety, and comfort?
Paul Katsafanas argues in his book Philosophy of Devotion:The Longing for Invulnerable Ideals (Oxford UP, 2023) that these commitments involve an ethical stance that he calls devotion to sacred ideas. 
A sacred value is one that we cannot trade with ordinary values, or even consider trading off. When a value is sacred, no rational considerations will disrupt commitment to it. Philosophy of Devotion offers a detailed philosophical account and defense of these features both reasonable and unreasonable, beneficial and detrimental. Katsafanas explains that a life with meaningful commitments is richer and more meaningful than a life without deep, sustained commitments. 
At the same time, that same devotion can deform into forms of individual and group fanaticism that can be alienating, extremist, and violent. This fanaticism is driven by feelings of persecution and threat to a fragile self, and exacerbated by feelings of ressentiment, a growing anger and resentment of opposition that becomes self-perpetuating.   
In this book Katsafanas also provides an alternative to fanaticism, a way to express non-pathological forms of devotion. With this approach, individuals can avoid the dangers of fanaticism on the one hand and an empty lack of meaning on the other. This perpetual quest requires maintaining a form of existential flexibility, which may include oscillation between affirming these sacred values and deepening understanding through consideration of challenging questions. 
Recommended reading: The True Believer by Eric Hoffer
Meghan Cochran studies belief and action as a technologist working in customer experience and as a student of religion, business, and literature.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Why do some of our identity-defining commitments resist reason and critical reflection, and why do we persist in them even when they threaten our happiness, safety, and comfort?
Paul Katsafanas argues in his book Philosophy of Devotion:The Longing for Invulnerable Ideals (Oxford UP, 2023) that these commitments involve an ethical stance that he calls devotion to sacred ideas. 
A sacred value is one that we cannot trade with ordinary values, or even consider trading off. When a value is sacred, no rational considerations will disrupt commitment to it. Philosophy of Devotion offers a detailed philosophical account and defense of these features both reasonable and unreasonable, beneficial and detrimental. Katsafanas explains that a life with meaningful commitments is richer and more meaningful than a life without deep, sustained commitments. 
At the same time, that same devotion can deform into forms of individual and group fanaticism that can be alienating, extremist, and violent. This fanaticism is driven by feelings of persecution and threat to a fragile self, and exacerbated by feelings of ressentiment, a growing anger and resentment of opposition that becomes self-perpetuating.   
In this book Katsafanas also provides an alternative to fanaticism, a way to express non-pathological forms of devotion. With this approach, individuals can avoid the dangers of fanaticism on the one hand and an empty lack of meaning on the other. This perpetual quest requires maintaining a form of existential flexibility, which may include oscillation between affirming these sacred values and deepening understanding through consideration of challenging questions. 
Recommended reading: The True Believer by Eric Hoffer
Meghan Cochran studies belief and action as a technologist working in customer experience and as a student of religion, business, and literature.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>220</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a612a4b8-c91c-11ee-9f50-2b86e8fe42e6</guid>
      <title>William Gale, &quot;Fiscal Therapy: Curing America&apos;s Debt Addiction and Investing in the Future&quot; (Oxford UP, 2019)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The US government is laboring under an enormous debt burden, one that will impact the living standards of future generations of Americans by limiting investment in people and infrastructure. In his new book, <a href="http://www.amazon.com/dp/0190645415/?tag=newbooinhis-20"><em>Fiscal Therapy: Curing America's Debt Addiction and Investing in the Future</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2019), Brookings Institution senior scholar <a href="https://www.brookings.edu/experts/william-g-gale/">William Gale</a> tackles the challenge head on, addressing what needs to happen to healthcare spending, Social Security, individual taxes, and corporate taxes, in order to make the numbers add up. It makes for sober reading, and the longer we wait, the worse the situation becomes. And the key challenge may not even be fiscal, but political, as the disagreements in Washington over the debt are as deep as the debt is large. Gale ends by making a few simple, inside-Washington suggestions as to how he thinks the political impasse can be broken.</p><p><em>Daniel Peris is Senior Vice President at Federated Investors in Pittsburgh. Trained as a historian of modern Russia, he is the author most recently of </em><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Getting-Back-Business-Portfolio-Investors/dp/1260135322">Getting Back to Business: Why Modern Portfolio Theory Fails Investors</a>.<em> You can follow him on Twitter</em><a href="https://twitter.com/Back2BizBook"><em> @Back2BizBook</em></a><em> or at </em><a href="http://www.strategicdividendinvestor.com/"><em>http://www.strategicdividendinvestor.com</em></a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 Feb 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The US government is laboring under an enormous debt burden, one that will impact the living standards of future generations of Americans by limiting investment in people and infrastructure. In his new book, <a href="http://www.amazon.com/dp/0190645415/?tag=newbooinhis-20"><em>Fiscal Therapy: Curing America's Debt Addiction and Investing in the Future</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2019), Brookings Institution senior scholar <a href="https://www.brookings.edu/experts/william-g-gale/">William Gale</a> tackles the challenge head on, addressing what needs to happen to healthcare spending, Social Security, individual taxes, and corporate taxes, in order to make the numbers add up. It makes for sober reading, and the longer we wait, the worse the situation becomes. And the key challenge may not even be fiscal, but political, as the disagreements in Washington over the debt are as deep as the debt is large. Gale ends by making a few simple, inside-Washington suggestions as to how he thinks the political impasse can be broken.</p><p><em>Daniel Peris is Senior Vice President at Federated Investors in Pittsburgh. Trained as a historian of modern Russia, he is the author most recently of </em><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Getting-Back-Business-Portfolio-Investors/dp/1260135322">Getting Back to Business: Why Modern Portfolio Theory Fails Investors</a>.<em> You can follow him on Twitter</em><a href="https://twitter.com/Back2BizBook"><em> @Back2BizBook</em></a><em> or at </em><a href="http://www.strategicdividendinvestor.com/"><em>http://www.strategicdividendinvestor.com</em></a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="41258243" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/9de8a6bc-1c96-4245-902b-58287aeea3f5/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=9de8a6bc-1c96-4245-902b-58287aeea3f5&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>William Gale, &quot;Fiscal Therapy: Curing America&apos;s Debt Addiction and Investing in the Future&quot; (Oxford UP, 2019)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:42:58</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The US government is laboring under an enormous debt burden, one that will impact the living standards of future generations of Americans by limiting investment in people and infrastructure. In his new book, Fiscal Therapy: Curing America&apos;s Debt Addiction and Investing in the Future (Oxford University Press, 2019), Brookings Institution senior scholar William Gale tackles the challenge head on, addressing what needs to happen to healthcare spending, Social Security, individual taxes, and corporate taxes, in order to make the numbers add up. It makes for sober reading, and the longer we wait, the worse the situation becomes. And the key challenge may not even be fiscal, but political, as the disagreements in Washington over the debt are as deep as the debt is large. Gale ends by making a few simple, inside-Washington suggestions as to how he thinks the political impasse can be broken.
Daniel Peris is Senior Vice President at Federated Investors in Pittsburgh. Trained as a historian of modern Russia, he is the author most recently of Getting Back to Business: Why Modern Portfolio Theory Fails Investors. You can follow him on Twitter @Back2BizBook or at http://www.strategicdividendinvestor.com</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The US government is laboring under an enormous debt burden, one that will impact the living standards of future generations of Americans by limiting investment in people and infrastructure. In his new book, Fiscal Therapy: Curing America&apos;s Debt Addiction and Investing in the Future (Oxford University Press, 2019), Brookings Institution senior scholar William Gale tackles the challenge head on, addressing what needs to happen to healthcare spending, Social Security, individual taxes, and corporate taxes, in order to make the numbers add up. It makes for sober reading, and the longer we wait, the worse the situation becomes. And the key challenge may not even be fiscal, but political, as the disagreements in Washington over the debt are as deep as the debt is large. Gale ends by making a few simple, inside-Washington suggestions as to how he thinks the political impasse can be broken.
Daniel Peris is Senior Vice President at Federated Investors in Pittsburgh. Trained as a historian of modern Russia, he is the author most recently of Getting Back to Business: Why Modern Portfolio Theory Fails Investors. You can follow him on Twitter @Back2BizBook or at http://www.strategicdividendinvestor.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>8</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0200d0e4-c213-11ee-8210-d72d8813320e</guid>
      <title>Michael Devitt, &quot;Biological Essentialism&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>What makes a species a species? Aristotle answered the species question by positing unchanging essences, properties that all and only members of a species shared. Individuals belonged to a species by possessing this essence. Biologists and philosophers of biology today are either not essentialists at all, or if they are think there are essences they are relational, historical properties. </p><p>In his provocative book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198840282"><em>Biological Essentialism</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023), Michael Devitt argues for a new form of biological essentialism in which intrinsic essences, probably largely genetic properties, are part of what tie species together and that the actual explanatory practices of biologists commit them to this view. Devitt, who is distinguished professor of philosophy, emeritus, at CUNY Graduate Center, responds to many philosophers critical of his position, and applies his essentialism to debates about race realism and anti-realism.</p><p><em>﻿</em><a href="https://clas.uiowa.edu/philosophy/people/carrie-figdor"><em>Carrie Figdor</em></a><em> is professor of philosophy at the University of Iowa.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 10 Feb 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>What makes a species a species? Aristotle answered the species question by positing unchanging essences, properties that all and only members of a species shared. Individuals belonged to a species by possessing this essence. Biologists and philosophers of biology today are either not essentialists at all, or if they are think there are essences they are relational, historical properties. </p><p>In his provocative book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198840282"><em>Biological Essentialism</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023), Michael Devitt argues for a new form of biological essentialism in which intrinsic essences, probably largely genetic properties, are part of what tie species together and that the actual explanatory practices of biologists commit them to this view. Devitt, who is distinguished professor of philosophy, emeritus, at CUNY Graduate Center, responds to many philosophers critical of his position, and applies his essentialism to debates about race realism and anti-realism.</p><p><em>﻿</em><a href="https://clas.uiowa.edu/philosophy/people/carrie-figdor"><em>Carrie Figdor</em></a><em> is professor of philosophy at the University of Iowa.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="60802803" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/08eeda05-d68c-4bc9-990d-1852b0df5528/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=08eeda05-d68c-4bc9-990d-1852b0df5528&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Michael Devitt, &quot;Biological Essentialism&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:03:20</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>What makes a species a species? Aristotle answered the species question by positing unchanging essences, properties that all and only members of a species shared. Individuals belonged to a species by possessing this essence. Biologists and philosophers of biology today are either not essentialists at all, or if they are think there are essences they are relational, historical properties. 
In his provocative book Biological Essentialism (Oxford UP, 2023), Michael Devitt argues for a new form of biological essentialism in which intrinsic essences, probably largely genetic properties, are part of what tie species together and that the actual explanatory practices of biologists commit them to this view. Devitt, who is distinguished professor of philosophy, emeritus, at CUNY Graduate Center, responds to many philosophers critical of his position, and applies his essentialism to debates about race realism and anti-realism.
﻿Carrie Figdor is professor of philosophy at the University of Iowa.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>What makes a species a species? Aristotle answered the species question by positing unchanging essences, properties that all and only members of a species shared. Individuals belonged to a species by possessing this essence. Biologists and philosophers of biology today are either not essentialists at all, or if they are think there are essences they are relational, historical properties. 
In his provocative book Biological Essentialism (Oxford UP, 2023), Michael Devitt argues for a new form of biological essentialism in which intrinsic essences, probably largely genetic properties, are part of what tie species together and that the actual explanatory practices of biologists commit them to this view. Devitt, who is distinguished professor of philosophy, emeritus, at CUNY Graduate Center, responds to many philosophers critical of his position, and applies his essentialism to debates about race realism and anti-realism.
﻿Carrie Figdor is professor of philosophy at the University of Iowa.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>334</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3983df3c-c2a6-11ee-b28e-d386fc2aa48a</guid>
      <title>How the Hypothesis Means</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Listen to Episode No.6 of <em>All We Mean</em>, a Special Focus of this podcast. <em>All We Mean</em> is an ongoing discussion and debate about how we mean and why. The guests on today's episode are Bill Cope and Mary Kalantzis, professors at the University of Illinois, and today as well, <a href="https://www.medschool.umaryland.edu/profiles/alger-bradley/">Bradley Alger</a>, Professor Emeritus, Department of Physiology, University of Maryland School of Medicine. In this episode of the Focus, our topic is <em>How the hypothesis means</em>.</p><p>What does out knowledge mean after it’s been hypothesized and tested? And what can we claim to know by having tested it? Also, just how far into the scientific enterprise does hypothetical testing reach — in other words, why are scientists writing so much when the hypotheses they test seem to be testing so little? What's all the communication about? These questions — and many, many more — make the meat of this lively discuss about meaning and the hypothesis.</p><p>Listeners might be interested in my interview with Bradley Alger about his book<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190881481"> <em>Defense of the Scientific Hypothesis: From Reproducibility Crisis to Big Data</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2019). And if you want to buy the book, go <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190881481">here</a>. </p><p>You can learn all about the hypothesis at <a href="https://scientifichypothesis.org/">The Scientific Hypothesis</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 4 Feb 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Listen to Episode No.6 of <em>All We Mean</em>, a Special Focus of this podcast. <em>All We Mean</em> is an ongoing discussion and debate about how we mean and why. The guests on today's episode are Bill Cope and Mary Kalantzis, professors at the University of Illinois, and today as well, <a href="https://www.medschool.umaryland.edu/profiles/alger-bradley/">Bradley Alger</a>, Professor Emeritus, Department of Physiology, University of Maryland School of Medicine. In this episode of the Focus, our topic is <em>How the hypothesis means</em>.</p><p>What does out knowledge mean after it’s been hypothesized and tested? And what can we claim to know by having tested it? Also, just how far into the scientific enterprise does hypothetical testing reach — in other words, why are scientists writing so much when the hypotheses they test seem to be testing so little? What's all the communication about? These questions — and many, many more — make the meat of this lively discuss about meaning and the hypothesis.</p><p>Listeners might be interested in my interview with Bradley Alger about his book<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190881481"> <em>Defense of the Scientific Hypothesis: From Reproducibility Crisis to Big Data</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2019). And if you want to buy the book, go <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190881481">here</a>. </p><p>You can learn all about the hypothesis at <a href="https://scientifichypothesis.org/">The Scientific Hypothesis</a>.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="52715614" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/45884286-1f52-4163-891a-f22aac89dc10/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=45884286-1f52-4163-891a-f22aac89dc10&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>How the Hypothesis Means</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:54:54</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Listen to Episode No.6 of All We Mean, a Special Focus of this podcast. All We Mean is an ongoing discussion and debate about how we mean and why. The guests on today&apos;s episode are Bill Cope and Mary Kalantzis, professors at the University of Illinois, and today as well, Bradley Alger, Professor Emeritus, Department of Physiology, University of Maryland School of Medicine. In this episode of the Focus, our topic is How the hypothesis means.
What does out knowledge mean after it’s been hypothesized and tested? And what can we claim to know by having tested it? Also, just how far into the scientific enterprise does hypothetical testing reach — in other words, why are scientists writing so much when the hypotheses they test seem to be testing so little? What&apos;s all the communication about? These questions — and many, many more — make the meat of this lively discuss about meaning and the hypothesis.
Listeners might be interested in my interview with Bradley Alger about his book Defense of the Scientific Hypothesis: From Reproducibility Crisis to Big Data (Oxford UP, 2019). And if you want to buy the book, go here. 
You can learn all about the hypothesis at The Scientific Hypothesis.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to Episode No.6 of All We Mean, a Special Focus of this podcast. All We Mean is an ongoing discussion and debate about how we mean and why. The guests on today&apos;s episode are Bill Cope and Mary Kalantzis, professors at the University of Illinois, and today as well, Bradley Alger, Professor Emeritus, Department of Physiology, University of Maryland School of Medicine. In this episode of the Focus, our topic is How the hypothesis means.
What does out knowledge mean after it’s been hypothesized and tested? And what can we claim to know by having tested it? Also, just how far into the scientific enterprise does hypothetical testing reach — in other words, why are scientists writing so much when the hypotheses they test seem to be testing so little? What&apos;s all the communication about? These questions — and many, many more — make the meat of this lively discuss about meaning and the hypothesis.
Listeners might be interested in my interview with Bradley Alger about his book Defense of the Scientific Hypothesis: From Reproducibility Crisis to Big Data (Oxford UP, 2019). And if you want to buy the book, go here. 
You can learn all about the hypothesis at The Scientific Hypothesis.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>153</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ecf8ff96-c109-11ee-bf4f-53a598f4bef1</guid>
      <title>Beatrice Heuser, &quot;War: A Genealogy of Western Ideas and Practices&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>War is often thought of mainly the concern of professional soldiers and maybe politicians as well. However, philosophers and theorists of varying types have addressed the issue of war in its many aspects. This is because war has numerous political, ethical, philosophical, and even legal elements. When is the right time to go to war? What is a legitimate reason to go to war? Who has the proper authority to declare war? Who should serve and fight in war? These and other questions have been debated since the times of Antiquity to the present day. Greek philosophy, Roman law, and the Jewish and Christian religious traditions have formed the foundations for the majority of Western thinking concerning the nature of war. In her book <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/war-a-genealogy-of-western-ideas-and-practices-beatrice-heuser/18392051?ean=9780198796893"><em>War: A Genealogy of Western Ideas and Practices</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2022), Beatrice Hesuer traces the nearly 2,500 year history of how these ideas have shaped Western conceptions of war.</p><p><a href="https://www.gla.ac.uk/schools/socialpolitical/staff/beatriceheuser/">Beatrice Heuser</a> holds the Chair in International Relations at Glasgow University. From 1991-2003 she taught at the Department of War Studies, King's College London, ultimately as Chair of International and Strategic Studies. She has also taught at Sciences Po' and the Universities Paris I, IV (Sorbonne), and VIII (St Denis), and at two German universities. From 1997-1998, she worked in the International Staff at NATO headquarters in Brussels. Between 2003-2007 she was Director for Research at the Military History Research Office of the Bundeswehr in Potsdam. She is also the host of the <a href="https://www.rusi.org/podcast-series/talking-strategy-podcast">Talking Strategy</a> podcast for the <a href="https://www.rusi.org/">Royal United Services Institute</a> (RUSI).</p><p><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/hosts/profile/80a6e543-4bd9-4fcc-bd76-5fb2e0083ef0"><em>Stephen Satkiewicz</em></a><em> is an independent scholar whose research areas are related to Civilizational Analysis, Social Complexity, Big History, Historical Sociology, military history, War studies, International Relations, Geopolitics, as well as Russian and East European history.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 3 Feb 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>War is often thought of mainly the concern of professional soldiers and maybe politicians as well. However, philosophers and theorists of varying types have addressed the issue of war in its many aspects. This is because war has numerous political, ethical, philosophical, and even legal elements. When is the right time to go to war? What is a legitimate reason to go to war? Who has the proper authority to declare war? Who should serve and fight in war? These and other questions have been debated since the times of Antiquity to the present day. Greek philosophy, Roman law, and the Jewish and Christian religious traditions have formed the foundations for the majority of Western thinking concerning the nature of war. In her book <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/war-a-genealogy-of-western-ideas-and-practices-beatrice-heuser/18392051?ean=9780198796893"><em>War: A Genealogy of Western Ideas and Practices</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2022), Beatrice Hesuer traces the nearly 2,500 year history of how these ideas have shaped Western conceptions of war.</p><p><a href="https://www.gla.ac.uk/schools/socialpolitical/staff/beatriceheuser/">Beatrice Heuser</a> holds the Chair in International Relations at Glasgow University. From 1991-2003 she taught at the Department of War Studies, King's College London, ultimately as Chair of International and Strategic Studies. She has also taught at Sciences Po' and the Universities Paris I, IV (Sorbonne), and VIII (St Denis), and at two German universities. From 1997-1998, she worked in the International Staff at NATO headquarters in Brussels. Between 2003-2007 she was Director for Research at the Military History Research Office of the Bundeswehr in Potsdam. She is also the host of the <a href="https://www.rusi.org/podcast-series/talking-strategy-podcast">Talking Strategy</a> podcast for the <a href="https://www.rusi.org/">Royal United Services Institute</a> (RUSI).</p><p><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/hosts/profile/80a6e543-4bd9-4fcc-bd76-5fb2e0083ef0"><em>Stephen Satkiewicz</em></a><em> is an independent scholar whose research areas are related to Civilizational Analysis, Social Complexity, Big History, Historical Sociology, military history, War studies, International Relations, Geopolitics, as well as Russian and East European history.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="62452013" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/5e967b0e-8c99-4468-bbfe-252734acf57d/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=5e967b0e-8c99-4468-bbfe-252734acf57d&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Beatrice Heuser, &quot;War: A Genealogy of Western Ideas and Practices&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:05:03</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>War is often thought of mainly the concern of professional soldiers and maybe politicians as well. However, philosophers and theorists of varying types have addressed the issue of war in its many aspects. This is because war has numerous political, ethical, philosophical, and even legal elements. When is the right time to go to war? What is a legitimate reason to go to war? Who has the proper authority to declare war? Who should serve and fight in war? These and other questions have been debated since the times of Antiquity to the present day. Greek philosophy, Roman law, and the Jewish and Christian religious traditions have formed the foundations for the majority of Western thinking concerning the nature of war. In her book War: A Genealogy of Western Ideas and Practices (Oxford University Press, 2022), Beatrice Hesuer traces the nearly 2,500 year history of how these ideas have shaped Western conceptions of war.
Beatrice Heuser holds the Chair in International Relations at Glasgow University. From 1991-2003 she taught at the Department of War Studies, King&apos;s College London, ultimately as Chair of International and Strategic Studies. She has also taught at Sciences Po&apos; and the Universities Paris I, IV (Sorbonne), and VIII (St Denis), and at two German universities. From 1997-1998, she worked in the International Staff at NATO headquarters in Brussels. Between 2003-2007 she was Director for Research at the Military History Research Office of the Bundeswehr in Potsdam. She is also the host of the Talking Strategy podcast for the Royal United Services Institute (RUSI).
Stephen Satkiewicz is an independent scholar whose research areas are related to Civilizational Analysis, Social Complexity, Big History, Historical Sociology, military history, War studies, International Relations, Geopolitics, as well as Russian and East European history.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>War is often thought of mainly the concern of professional soldiers and maybe politicians as well. However, philosophers and theorists of varying types have addressed the issue of war in its many aspects. This is because war has numerous political, ethical, philosophical, and even legal elements. When is the right time to go to war? What is a legitimate reason to go to war? Who has the proper authority to declare war? Who should serve and fight in war? These and other questions have been debated since the times of Antiquity to the present day. Greek philosophy, Roman law, and the Jewish and Christian religious traditions have formed the foundations for the majority of Western thinking concerning the nature of war. In her book War: A Genealogy of Western Ideas and Practices (Oxford University Press, 2022), Beatrice Hesuer traces the nearly 2,500 year history of how these ideas have shaped Western conceptions of war.
Beatrice Heuser holds the Chair in International Relations at Glasgow University. From 1991-2003 she taught at the Department of War Studies, King&apos;s College London, ultimately as Chair of International and Strategic Studies. She has also taught at Sciences Po&apos; and the Universities Paris I, IV (Sorbonne), and VIII (St Denis), and at two German universities. From 1997-1998, she worked in the International Staff at NATO headquarters in Brussels. Between 2003-2007 she was Director for Research at the Military History Research Office of the Bundeswehr in Potsdam. She is also the host of the Talking Strategy podcast for the Royal United Services Institute (RUSI).
Stephen Satkiewicz is an independent scholar whose research areas are related to Civilizational Analysis, Social Complexity, Big History, Historical Sociology, military history, War studies, International Relations, Geopolitics, as well as Russian and East European history.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>224</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9c4240da-c136-11ee-8fcc-bf2229a8a8dd</guid>
      <title>George Fisher, &quot;Beware Euphoria: The Moral Roots and Racial Myths of America&apos;s War on Drugs&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>George Fisher, the Judge John Crown Professor of Law at Stanford Law School, just released his new book <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/beware-euphoria-9780197688489"><em>Beware Euphoria: The Moral Roots and Racial Myths of America’s Drug War</em></a>, with Oxford University Press. George has been teaching and writing in the realms of evidence, prosecution practice, and criminal legal history since 1995. He began practice as a prosecutor in Massachusetts and later taught at the law schools of Boston College, Harvard, and Yale. <em>Beware Euphoria </em>is the most recent among a slew of other books, articles, and essays that he’s published over the years, and perhaps the most contrarian. In this interview, George discusses his research methods and how he came to the conclusion that the history of America’s drug war, while racially motivated, was not meant to target minorities, but protect the morals and health of America’s white youth.</p><p><a href="http://www.emilydufton.com/"><em>Emily Dufton</em></a><em> is the author of</em><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780465096169"><em> Grass Roots: The Rise and Fall and Rise of Marijuana in America </em></a><em>(Basic Books, 2017). A drug historian and writer, her second book, on the development of the opioid addiction medication industry, is under contract with the University of Chicago Press.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 3 Feb 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>George Fisher, the Judge John Crown Professor of Law at Stanford Law School, just released his new book <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/beware-euphoria-9780197688489"><em>Beware Euphoria: The Moral Roots and Racial Myths of America’s Drug War</em></a>, with Oxford University Press. George has been teaching and writing in the realms of evidence, prosecution practice, and criminal legal history since 1995. He began practice as a prosecutor in Massachusetts and later taught at the law schools of Boston College, Harvard, and Yale. <em>Beware Euphoria </em>is the most recent among a slew of other books, articles, and essays that he’s published over the years, and perhaps the most contrarian. In this interview, George discusses his research methods and how he came to the conclusion that the history of America’s drug war, while racially motivated, was not meant to target minorities, but protect the morals and health of America’s white youth.</p><p><a href="http://www.emilydufton.com/"><em>Emily Dufton</em></a><em> is the author of</em><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780465096169"><em> Grass Roots: The Rise and Fall and Rise of Marijuana in America </em></a><em>(Basic Books, 2017). A drug historian and writer, her second book, on the development of the opioid addiction medication industry, is under contract with the University of Chicago Press.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="56988798" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/d1dd1a21-f940-4d6c-beea-d1dca8f0c1cc/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=d1dd1a21-f940-4d6c-beea-d1dca8f0c1cc&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>George Fisher, &quot;Beware Euphoria: The Moral Roots and Racial Myths of America&apos;s War on Drugs&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:59:21</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>George Fisher, the Judge John Crown Professor of Law at Stanford Law School, just released his new book Beware Euphoria: The Moral Roots and Racial Myths of America’s Drug War, with Oxford University Press. George has been teaching and writing in the realms of evidence, prosecution practice, and criminal legal history since 1995. He began practice as a prosecutor in Massachusetts and later taught at the law schools of Boston College, Harvard, and Yale. Beware Euphoria is the most recent among a slew of other books, articles, and essays that he’s published over the years, and perhaps the most contrarian. In this interview, George discusses his research methods and how he came to the conclusion that the history of America’s drug war, while racially motivated, was not meant to target minorities, but protect the morals and health of America’s white youth.
Emily Dufton is the author of Grass Roots: The Rise and Fall and Rise of Marijuana in America (Basic Books, 2017). A drug historian and writer, her second book, on the development of the opioid addiction medication industry, is under contract with the University of Chicago Press.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>George Fisher, the Judge John Crown Professor of Law at Stanford Law School, just released his new book Beware Euphoria: The Moral Roots and Racial Myths of America’s Drug War, with Oxford University Press. George has been teaching and writing in the realms of evidence, prosecution practice, and criminal legal history since 1995. He began practice as a prosecutor in Massachusetts and later taught at the law schools of Boston College, Harvard, and Yale. Beware Euphoria is the most recent among a slew of other books, articles, and essays that he’s published over the years, and perhaps the most contrarian. In this interview, George discusses his research methods and how he came to the conclusion that the history of America’s drug war, while racially motivated, was not meant to target minorities, but protect the morals and health of America’s white youth.
Emily Dufton is the author of Grass Roots: The Rise and Fall and Rise of Marijuana in America (Basic Books, 2017). A drug historian and writer, her second book, on the development of the opioid addiction medication industry, is under contract with the University of Chicago Press.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>60</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">babe7e20-bfa6-11ee-be45-6fcf6eb76431</guid>
      <title>Emma Bridges, &quot;Warriors&apos; Wives: Ancient Greek Myth and Modern Experience&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Epic poetry and tragic drama provide us with some of the richest ancient Greek depictions of women who are married to soldiers. In tales of the Trojan War, as told by Homer, Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, we encounter these mythical warriors' wives: Penelope, isolated but resourceful as she awaits the return of Odysseus after his lengthy absence; the war widow Andromache, enslaved and displaced from her homeland after the fall of Troy; the unfaithful and murderous Clytemnestra; and Tecmessa, a war captive who witnesses her partner's breakdown and suicide in the aftermath of battle.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198843528"><em>Warriors' Wives: Ancient Greek Myth and Modern Experience</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Emma Bridges compares the experiences of these mythical characters with those of contemporary military spouses. Dr. Bridges traces aspects of the lives of warriors' wives—mythical and real, ancient and modern—from the moment of farewell, through periods of separation and reunion, to the often traumatic aftermath of war, to consider the emotional, psychological, and social impacts of life as a military spouse. By unearthing a wealth of contemporary evidence for the lives of the often silenced and unacknowledged partners of those who serve in the military, and by examining this alongside the ancient stories of warriors' wives, Warriors' Wives sheds fresh light on the experience of being married to the military.</p><p><br /></p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> forthcoming book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 1 Feb 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Epic poetry and tragic drama provide us with some of the richest ancient Greek depictions of women who are married to soldiers. In tales of the Trojan War, as told by Homer, Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, we encounter these mythical warriors' wives: Penelope, isolated but resourceful as she awaits the return of Odysseus after his lengthy absence; the war widow Andromache, enslaved and displaced from her homeland after the fall of Troy; the unfaithful and murderous Clytemnestra; and Tecmessa, a war captive who witnesses her partner's breakdown and suicide in the aftermath of battle.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198843528"><em>Warriors' Wives: Ancient Greek Myth and Modern Experience</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Emma Bridges compares the experiences of these mythical characters with those of contemporary military spouses. Dr. Bridges traces aspects of the lives of warriors' wives—mythical and real, ancient and modern—from the moment of farewell, through periods of separation and reunion, to the often traumatic aftermath of war, to consider the emotional, psychological, and social impacts of life as a military spouse. By unearthing a wealth of contemporary evidence for the lives of the often silenced and unacknowledged partners of those who serve in the military, and by examining this alongside the ancient stories of warriors' wives, Warriors' Wives sheds fresh light on the experience of being married to the military.</p><p><br /></p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> forthcoming book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="44538674" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/df39c344-7761-4105-a19f-3b9a761a657f/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=df39c344-7761-4105-a19f-3b9a761a657f&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Emma Bridges, &quot;Warriors&apos; Wives: Ancient Greek Myth and Modern Experience&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:46:23</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Epic poetry and tragic drama provide us with some of the richest ancient Greek depictions of women who are married to soldiers. In tales of the Trojan War, as told by Homer, Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, we encounter these mythical warriors&apos; wives: Penelope, isolated but resourceful as she awaits the return of Odysseus after his lengthy absence; the war widow Andromache, enslaved and displaced from her homeland after the fall of Troy; the unfaithful and murderous Clytemnestra; and Tecmessa, a war captive who witnesses her partner&apos;s breakdown and suicide in the aftermath of battle.
Warriors&apos; Wives: Ancient Greek Myth and Modern Experience (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Emma Bridges compares the experiences of these mythical characters with those of contemporary military spouses. Dr. Bridges traces aspects of the lives of warriors&apos; wives—mythical and real, ancient and modern—from the moment of farewell, through periods of separation and reunion, to the often traumatic aftermath of war, to consider the emotional, psychological, and social impacts of life as a military spouse. By unearthing a wealth of contemporary evidence for the lives of the often silenced and unacknowledged partners of those who serve in the military, and by examining this alongside the ancient stories of warriors&apos; wives, Warriors&apos; Wives sheds fresh light on the experience of being married to the military.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Epic poetry and tragic drama provide us with some of the richest ancient Greek depictions of women who are married to soldiers. In tales of the Trojan War, as told by Homer, Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, we encounter these mythical warriors&apos; wives: Penelope, isolated but resourceful as she awaits the return of Odysseus after his lengthy absence; the war widow Andromache, enslaved and displaced from her homeland after the fall of Troy; the unfaithful and murderous Clytemnestra; and Tecmessa, a war captive who witnesses her partner&apos;s breakdown and suicide in the aftermath of battle.
Warriors&apos; Wives: Ancient Greek Myth and Modern Experience (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Emma Bridges compares the experiences of these mythical characters with those of contemporary military spouses. Dr. Bridges traces aspects of the lives of warriors&apos; wives—mythical and real, ancient and modern—from the moment of farewell, through periods of separation and reunion, to the often traumatic aftermath of war, to consider the emotional, psychological, and social impacts of life as a military spouse. By unearthing a wealth of contemporary evidence for the lives of the often silenced and unacknowledged partners of those who serve in the military, and by examining this alongside the ancient stories of warriors&apos; wives, Warriors&apos; Wives sheds fresh light on the experience of being married to the military.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>22</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9a135490-c062-11ee-be50-835f2d13303f</guid>
      <title>The Culture Trap, with Sociologist Derron Wallace (EF, JP)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Elizabeth and John talk with <a href="https://www.brandeis.edu/sociology/people/faculty/wallace.html">Derron Wallace</a>, sociologist of education and Brandeis colleague, about his new book <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-culture-trap-9780197531464"><em>The Culture Trap</em></a>, which explores "ethnic expectations" for Caribbean schoolchildren in New York and London. His work starts with the basic puzzle that while black Caribbean schoolchildren in New York are often considered as "high-achieving," in London, they have been, conversely thought to be "chronically underachieving." Yet in each case the main cause -- of high achievement in New York and low achievement in London -- is said to be cultural. We discuss the concept of "ethnic expectations" and the ways it can have negative effects even when the expectations themselves are positive, and the dense intertwining of race, class, nation, colonial status, and gender, and the travels of the concept of culture in the 20th and 21st centuries.</p><p>Mentioned in the episode:</p><ul>
<li>
<a href="https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/6062ddb1d3bf7f5ce1060aa4/20210331_-_CRED_Report_-_FINAL_-_Web_Accessible.pdf">The Commission on Race and Ethnic Disparities Report [the Sewell Report]</a> (2021)</li>
<li>
<a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Negro_Family:_The_Case_For_National_Action">The Moynihan Report</a> (1965)</li>
<li>Georg Lukacs, "<a href="https://www.marxists.org/archive/lukacs/works/history/hcc05.htm">Reification and the Consciousness of the Proletariat</a>" (1923)</li>
<li>Diane Reay, <a href="https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/02680939.2012.710015">"What Would a Socially Just Educational System Look Like?"</a> (2012)</li>
<li>Bernard Coard,<a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/How_the_West_Indian_Child_Is_Made_Educationally_Sub-normal_in_the_British_School_System"> How the Caribbean Child is made Educationally Subnormal</a><em> in the British School System</em>
</li>
<li>Steve McQueen, Small Axe, <a href="https://www.imdb.com/title/tt10551106/">"Education," </a>(2020)</li>
<li>Bernardine Evaristo, <a href="https://bevaristo.com/girl-woman-other/">Girl, Woman, Other</a> (2019)</li>
<li>B. Brian Forster,<a href="https://uncpress.org/book/9781469660424/i-dont-like-the-blues/"> I Don't Like the Blues</a>: Race, Place, and the Backbeat of Black Life (2020)</li>
<li>Michel-Rolph Trouillot, <a href="https://link.springer.com/chapter/10.1007/978-1-137-04144-9_6">"Adieu Culture: A New Duty Arises"</a> (2003)</li>
<li>David Simon's TV show <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Wire"><em>The Wire</em></a> (and also <em>Lean on Me,</em> and <em>To Sir, with Love</em> and with major props from Derron, <em>Top Boy</em>)</li>
<li>Stuart Hall, <a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674976528"><em>The Fateful Triangle </em></a>(1994)</li>
</ul><p><br /></p><p>Listen and <a href="https://recallthisbookorg.files.wordpress.com/2024/01/rtb-122-transcript-wallace-1.pdf">Read</a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 1 Feb 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Elizabeth and John talk with <a href="https://www.brandeis.edu/sociology/people/faculty/wallace.html">Derron Wallace</a>, sociologist of education and Brandeis colleague, about his new book <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-culture-trap-9780197531464"><em>The Culture Trap</em></a>, which explores "ethnic expectations" for Caribbean schoolchildren in New York and London. His work starts with the basic puzzle that while black Caribbean schoolchildren in New York are often considered as "high-achieving," in London, they have been, conversely thought to be "chronically underachieving." Yet in each case the main cause -- of high achievement in New York and low achievement in London -- is said to be cultural. We discuss the concept of "ethnic expectations" and the ways it can have negative effects even when the expectations themselves are positive, and the dense intertwining of race, class, nation, colonial status, and gender, and the travels of the concept of culture in the 20th and 21st centuries.</p><p>Mentioned in the episode:</p><ul>
<li>
<a href="https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/6062ddb1d3bf7f5ce1060aa4/20210331_-_CRED_Report_-_FINAL_-_Web_Accessible.pdf">The Commission on Race and Ethnic Disparities Report [the Sewell Report]</a> (2021)</li>
<li>
<a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Negro_Family:_The_Case_For_National_Action">The Moynihan Report</a> (1965)</li>
<li>Georg Lukacs, "<a href="https://www.marxists.org/archive/lukacs/works/history/hcc05.htm">Reification and the Consciousness of the Proletariat</a>" (1923)</li>
<li>Diane Reay, <a href="https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/02680939.2012.710015">"What Would a Socially Just Educational System Look Like?"</a> (2012)</li>
<li>Bernard Coard,<a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/How_the_West_Indian_Child_Is_Made_Educationally_Sub-normal_in_the_British_School_System"> How the Caribbean Child is made Educationally Subnormal</a><em> in the British School System</em>
</li>
<li>Steve McQueen, Small Axe, <a href="https://www.imdb.com/title/tt10551106/">"Education," </a>(2020)</li>
<li>Bernardine Evaristo, <a href="https://bevaristo.com/girl-woman-other/">Girl, Woman, Other</a> (2019)</li>
<li>B. Brian Forster,<a href="https://uncpress.org/book/9781469660424/i-dont-like-the-blues/"> I Don't Like the Blues</a>: Race, Place, and the Backbeat of Black Life (2020)</li>
<li>Michel-Rolph Trouillot, <a href="https://link.springer.com/chapter/10.1007/978-1-137-04144-9_6">"Adieu Culture: A New Duty Arises"</a> (2003)</li>
<li>David Simon's TV show <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Wire"><em>The Wire</em></a> (and also <em>Lean on Me,</em> and <em>To Sir, with Love</em> and with major props from Derron, <em>Top Boy</em>)</li>
<li>Stuart Hall, <a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674976528"><em>The Fateful Triangle </em></a>(1994)</li>
</ul><p><br /></p><p>Listen and <a href="https://recallthisbookorg.files.wordpress.com/2024/01/rtb-122-transcript-wallace-1.pdf">Read</a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="42009012" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/5580488e-448c-480e-bc61-6813ab3da27a/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=5580488e-448c-480e-bc61-6813ab3da27a&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>The Culture Trap, with Sociologist Derron Wallace (EF, JP)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:43:45</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode, Elizabeth and John talk with Derron Wallace, sociologist of education and Brandeis colleague, about his new book The Culture Trap, which explores &quot;ethnic expectations&quot; for Caribbean schoolchildren in New York and London. His work starts with the basic puzzle that while black Caribbean schoolchildren in New York are often considered as &quot;high-achieving,&quot; in London, they have been, conversely thought to be &quot;chronically underachieving.&quot; Yet in each case the main cause -- of high achievement in New York and low achievement in London -- is said to be cultural. We discuss the concept of &quot;ethnic expectations&quot; and the ways it can have negative effects even when the expectations themselves are positive, and the dense intertwining of race, class, nation, colonial status, and gender, and the travels of the concept of culture in the 20th and 21st centuries.
Mentioned in the episode:


The Commission on Race and Ethnic Disparities Report [the Sewell Report] (2021)


The Moynihan Report (1965)

Georg Lukacs, &quot;Reification and the Consciousness of the Proletariat&quot; (1923)

Diane Reay, &quot;What Would a Socially Just Educational System Look Like?&quot; (2012)

Bernard Coard, How the Caribbean Child is made Educationally Subnormal in the British School System


Steve McQueen, Small Axe, &quot;Education,&quot; (2020)

Bernardine Evaristo, Girl, Woman, Other (2019)

B. Brian Forster, I Don&apos;t Like the Blues: Race, Place, and the Backbeat of Black Life (2020)

Michel-Rolph Trouillot, &quot;Adieu Culture: A New Duty Arises&quot; (2003)

David Simon&apos;s TV show The Wire (and also Lean on Me, and To Sir, with Love and with major props from Derron, Top Boy)

Stuart Hall, The Fateful Triangle (1994)


Listen and Read</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode, Elizabeth and John talk with Derron Wallace, sociologist of education and Brandeis colleague, about his new book The Culture Trap, which explores &quot;ethnic expectations&quot; for Caribbean schoolchildren in New York and London. His work starts with the basic puzzle that while black Caribbean schoolchildren in New York are often considered as &quot;high-achieving,&quot; in London, they have been, conversely thought to be &quot;chronically underachieving.&quot; Yet in each case the main cause -- of high achievement in New York and low achievement in London -- is said to be cultural. We discuss the concept of &quot;ethnic expectations&quot; and the ways it can have negative effects even when the expectations themselves are positive, and the dense intertwining of race, class, nation, colonial status, and gender, and the travels of the concept of culture in the 20th and 21st centuries.
Mentioned in the episode:


The Commission on Race and Ethnic Disparities Report [the Sewell Report] (2021)


The Moynihan Report (1965)

Georg Lukacs, &quot;Reification and the Consciousness of the Proletariat&quot; (1923)

Diane Reay, &quot;What Would a Socially Just Educational System Look Like?&quot; (2012)

Bernard Coard, How the Caribbean Child is made Educationally Subnormal in the British School System


Steve McQueen, Small Axe, &quot;Education,&quot; (2020)

Bernardine Evaristo, Girl, Woman, Other (2019)

B. Brian Forster, I Don&apos;t Like the Blues: Race, Place, and the Backbeat of Black Life (2020)

Michel-Rolph Trouillot, &quot;Adieu Culture: A New Duty Arises&quot; (2003)

David Simon&apos;s TV show The Wire (and also Lean on Me, and To Sir, with Love and with major props from Derron, Top Boy)

Stuart Hall, The Fateful Triangle (1994)


Listen and Read</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>122</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">057f9522-c03b-11ee-afbe-43a17350259d</guid>
      <title>Lisa Herzog, &quot;Citizen Knowledge: Markets, Experts, and the Infrastructure of Democracy&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>For better or worse, democracy and epistemology are intertwined. For one thing, politics is partly a matter of gathering, assessing, and applying <em>information</em>. And this can be done responsibly or incompetently. At least since Plato, a leading critique of democracy has focused on the <em>ignorance</em> of ordinary citizens. Historically, this kind of critique has supplied the basis for several nondemocratic proposals. Yet it has also worked in the background of a range of views within democratic theory. Among these are views that have relied on <em>markets </em>as mechanisms for sharing and distributing information.</p><p>But there are hazards to market-based thinking about democracy. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197681718"><em>Citizen Knowledge: Markets, Experts, and the Infrastructure of Democracy</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023), <a href="https://www.rug.nl/staff/l.m.herzog/cv?lang=en">Lisa Herzog</a> explores three conceptually distinct sites where democracy interfaces with epistemology: markets, expert communities, and public deliberation. The result is an integrated political epistemology for democracy.</p><p><em>﻿</em><a href="https://as.vanderbilt.edu/philosophy/bio/robertb-talisse"><em>Robert Talisse</em></a><em> is the W. Alton Jones Professor of Philosophy at Vanderbilt University.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 1 Feb 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>For better or worse, democracy and epistemology are intertwined. For one thing, politics is partly a matter of gathering, assessing, and applying <em>information</em>. And this can be done responsibly or incompetently. At least since Plato, a leading critique of democracy has focused on the <em>ignorance</em> of ordinary citizens. Historically, this kind of critique has supplied the basis for several nondemocratic proposals. Yet it has also worked in the background of a range of views within democratic theory. Among these are views that have relied on <em>markets </em>as mechanisms for sharing and distributing information.</p><p>But there are hazards to market-based thinking about democracy. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197681718"><em>Citizen Knowledge: Markets, Experts, and the Infrastructure of Democracy</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023), <a href="https://www.rug.nl/staff/l.m.herzog/cv?lang=en">Lisa Herzog</a> explores three conceptually distinct sites where democracy interfaces with epistemology: markets, expert communities, and public deliberation. The result is an integrated political epistemology for democracy.</p><p><em>﻿</em><a href="https://as.vanderbilt.edu/philosophy/bio/robertb-talisse"><em>Robert Talisse</em></a><em> is the W. Alton Jones Professor of Philosophy at Vanderbilt University.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="61487213" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/0c66df5f-554c-46c6-9101-0b097d417754/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=0c66df5f-554c-46c6-9101-0b097d417754&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Lisa Herzog, &quot;Citizen Knowledge: Markets, Experts, and the Infrastructure of Democracy&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:04:02</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>For better or worse, democracy and epistemology are intertwined. For one thing, politics is partly a matter of gathering, assessing, and applying information. And this can be done responsibly or incompetently. At least since Plato, a leading critique of democracy has focused on the ignorance of ordinary citizens. Historically, this kind of critique has supplied the basis for several nondemocratic proposals. Yet it has also worked in the background of a range of views within democratic theory. Among these are views that have relied on markets as mechanisms for sharing and distributing information.
But there are hazards to market-based thinking about democracy. In Citizen Knowledge: Markets, Experts, and the Infrastructure of Democracy (Oxford UP, 2023), Lisa Herzog explores three conceptually distinct sites where democracy interfaces with epistemology: markets, expert communities, and public deliberation. The result is an integrated political epistemology for democracy.
﻿Robert Talisse is the W. Alton Jones Professor of Philosophy at Vanderbilt University.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>For better or worse, democracy and epistemology are intertwined. For one thing, politics is partly a matter of gathering, assessing, and applying information. And this can be done responsibly or incompetently. At least since Plato, a leading critique of democracy has focused on the ignorance of ordinary citizens. Historically, this kind of critique has supplied the basis for several nondemocratic proposals. Yet it has also worked in the background of a range of views within democratic theory. Among these are views that have relied on markets as mechanisms for sharing and distributing information.
But there are hazards to market-based thinking about democracy. In Citizen Knowledge: Markets, Experts, and the Infrastructure of Democracy (Oxford UP, 2023), Lisa Herzog explores three conceptually distinct sites where democracy interfaces with epistemology: markets, expert communities, and public deliberation. The result is an integrated political epistemology for democracy.
﻿Robert Talisse is the W. Alton Jones Professor of Philosophy at Vanderbilt University.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>333</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8ebdc9e8-be02-11ee-bec9-976a0383b672</guid>
      <title>Erin R. Graham, &quot;Transforming International Institutions: How Money Quietly Sidelined Multilateralism at the United Nations&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Drawing on historical institutionalism and interpretive tools of international law, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198877936"><em>Transforming International Institutions: How Money Quietly Sidelined Multilateralism at The United Nations</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023) Dr. Erin Graham provides a novel theory of uncoordinated change over time. The book illuminates how a slow, quiet, subterranean process can produce big, radical change in international institutions and organisations. It highlights how early participants in a process who do not foresee the transformative potential of their acts, but nonetheless enable subsequent actors to push change in new directions to profound effect.</p><p>Dr. Graham deploys this to explain how changes in UN funding rules in the 1940s and 1960s—perceived as small and made to solve immediate political disagreements—ultimately sidelined multilateral governance at the United Nations in the twenty-first century. The perception of funding rules as marginal to fundamental principles of governance, and the friendly orientation of change-initiators toward the UN, enabled this quiet transformation.</p><p>Challenging the UN's reputation for rigidity and its status as a bastion of egalitarian multilateralism, Transforming International Institutions demonstrates that the UN system is susceptible to subtle change processes and that its egalitarian multilateralism governs only a fraction of the UN's operational work.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> forthcoming book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jan 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Drawing on historical institutionalism and interpretive tools of international law, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198877936"><em>Transforming International Institutions: How Money Quietly Sidelined Multilateralism at The United Nations</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023) Dr. Erin Graham provides a novel theory of uncoordinated change over time. The book illuminates how a slow, quiet, subterranean process can produce big, radical change in international institutions and organisations. It highlights how early participants in a process who do not foresee the transformative potential of their acts, but nonetheless enable subsequent actors to push change in new directions to profound effect.</p><p>Dr. Graham deploys this to explain how changes in UN funding rules in the 1940s and 1960s—perceived as small and made to solve immediate political disagreements—ultimately sidelined multilateral governance at the United Nations in the twenty-first century. The perception of funding rules as marginal to fundamental principles of governance, and the friendly orientation of change-initiators toward the UN, enabled this quiet transformation.</p><p>Challenging the UN's reputation for rigidity and its status as a bastion of egalitarian multilateralism, Transforming International Institutions demonstrates that the UN system is susceptible to subtle change processes and that its egalitarian multilateralism governs only a fraction of the UN's operational work.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> forthcoming book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="49676268" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/873aab6a-5c5a-4e8f-b743-aa6d8ee3f1a0/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=873aab6a-5c5a-4e8f-b743-aa6d8ee3f1a0&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Erin R. Graham, &quot;Transforming International Institutions: How Money Quietly Sidelined Multilateralism at the United Nations&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:51:44</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Drawing on historical institutionalism and interpretive tools of international law, Transforming International Institutions: How Money Quietly Sidelined Multilateralism at The United Nations (Oxford University Press, 2023) Dr. Erin Graham provides a novel theory of uncoordinated change over time. The book illuminates how a slow, quiet, subterranean process can produce big, radical change in international institutions and organisations. It highlights how early participants in a process who do not foresee the transformative potential of their acts, but nonetheless enable subsequent actors to push change in new directions to profound effect.
Dr. Graham deploys this to explain how changes in UN funding rules in the 1940s and 1960s—perceived as small and made to solve immediate political disagreements—ultimately sidelined multilateral governance at the United Nations in the twenty-first century. The perception of funding rules as marginal to fundamental principles of governance, and the friendly orientation of change-initiators toward the UN, enabled this quiet transformation.
Challenging the UN&apos;s reputation for rigidity and its status as a bastion of egalitarian multilateralism, Transforming International Institutions demonstrates that the UN system is susceptible to subtle change processes and that its egalitarian multilateralism governs only a fraction of the UN&apos;s operational work.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Drawing on historical institutionalism and interpretive tools of international law, Transforming International Institutions: How Money Quietly Sidelined Multilateralism at The United Nations (Oxford University Press, 2023) Dr. Erin Graham provides a novel theory of uncoordinated change over time. The book illuminates how a slow, quiet, subterranean process can produce big, radical change in international institutions and organisations. It highlights how early participants in a process who do not foresee the transformative potential of their acts, but nonetheless enable subsequent actors to push change in new directions to profound effect.
Dr. Graham deploys this to explain how changes in UN funding rules in the 1940s and 1960s—perceived as small and made to solve immediate political disagreements—ultimately sidelined multilateral governance at the United Nations in the twenty-first century. The perception of funding rules as marginal to fundamental principles of governance, and the friendly orientation of change-initiators toward the UN, enabled this quiet transformation.
Challenging the UN&apos;s reputation for rigidity and its status as a bastion of egalitarian multilateralism, Transforming International Institutions demonstrates that the UN system is susceptible to subtle change processes and that its egalitarian multilateralism governs only a fraction of the UN&apos;s operational work.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>88</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0d5e4fc4-bed6-11ee-b07e-df65aaa25b2d</guid>
      <title>Chen-Pang Yeang, &quot;Transforming Noise. A History of Its Science and Technology from Disturbing Sounds to Informational Errors, 1900-1955&quot; (2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Today, the concept of noise is employed to characterize random fluctuations in general. Before the twentieth century, however, noise only meant disturbing sounds. In the 1900s-50s, noise underwent a conceptual transformation from unwanted sounds that needed to be domesticated into a synonym for errors and deviations to be now used as all kinds of signals and information. Transforming Noise examines the historical origin of modern attempts to understand, control, and use noise. Its history sheds light on the interactions between physics, mathematics, mechanical technology, electrical engineering, and information and data sciences in the twentieth century.</p><p><a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/transforming-noise-9780198887768?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;#">This book</a> explores the process of engineers and physicists turning noise into an informational concept, starting from the rise of sound reproduction technologies such as the phonograph, telephone, and radio in the 1900s-20s until the theory of Brownian motions for random fluctuations and its application in thermionic tubes of telecommunication systems. These processes produced different theoretical treatments of noise in the 1920s-30s, such as statistical physicists' studies of Brownian fluctuations' temporal evolution, radio engineers' spectral analysis of atmospheric disturbances, and mathematicians' measure-theoretic formulation. Finally, it discusses the period during and after World War II and how researchers have worked on military projects of radar, gunfire control, and secret communications and converted the interwar theoretical studies of noise into tools for statistical detection, estimation, prediction, and information transmission.</p><p>To physicists, mathematicians, electrical engineers, and computer scientists, this book offers a historical perspective on themes highly relevant in today's science and technology, ranging from Wi-Fi and big data to quantum information and self-organization. This book also appeals to environmental and art historians to modern music scholars as the history of noise constitutes a unique angle to study sound and society. Finally, to researchers in media studies and digital cultures, Transforming Noise demonstrates the deep technoscientific historicity of certain notions - information, channel, noise, equivocation - they have invoked to understand modern media and communication.</p><p>Interview by Pamela Fuentes historian and editor of <a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/es/">New Books Network en español</a> Communications officer- <a href="https://www.ihpst.utoronto.ca/">Institute for the History and Philosophy of Science and Technology</a>, University of Toronto</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jan 2024 05:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Today, the concept of noise is employed to characterize random fluctuations in general. Before the twentieth century, however, noise only meant disturbing sounds. In the 1900s-50s, noise underwent a conceptual transformation from unwanted sounds that needed to be domesticated into a synonym for errors and deviations to be now used as all kinds of signals and information. Transforming Noise examines the historical origin of modern attempts to understand, control, and use noise. Its history sheds light on the interactions between physics, mathematics, mechanical technology, electrical engineering, and information and data sciences in the twentieth century.</p><p><a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/transforming-noise-9780198887768?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;#">This book</a> explores the process of engineers and physicists turning noise into an informational concept, starting from the rise of sound reproduction technologies such as the phonograph, telephone, and radio in the 1900s-20s until the theory of Brownian motions for random fluctuations and its application in thermionic tubes of telecommunication systems. These processes produced different theoretical treatments of noise in the 1920s-30s, such as statistical physicists' studies of Brownian fluctuations' temporal evolution, radio engineers' spectral analysis of atmospheric disturbances, and mathematicians' measure-theoretic formulation. Finally, it discusses the period during and after World War II and how researchers have worked on military projects of radar, gunfire control, and secret communications and converted the interwar theoretical studies of noise into tools for statistical detection, estimation, prediction, and information transmission.</p><p>To physicists, mathematicians, electrical engineers, and computer scientists, this book offers a historical perspective on themes highly relevant in today's science and technology, ranging from Wi-Fi and big data to quantum information and self-organization. This book also appeals to environmental and art historians to modern music scholars as the history of noise constitutes a unique angle to study sound and society. Finally, to researchers in media studies and digital cultures, Transforming Noise demonstrates the deep technoscientific historicity of certain notions - information, channel, noise, equivocation - they have invoked to understand modern media and communication.</p><p>Interview by Pamela Fuentes historian and editor of <a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/es/">New Books Network en español</a> Communications officer- <a href="https://www.ihpst.utoronto.ca/">Institute for the History and Philosophy of Science and Technology</a>, University of Toronto</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="50732864" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/b52c4630-e8e5-481b-bf42-a97252e0ec16/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=b52c4630-e8e5-481b-bf42-a97252e0ec16&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Chen-Pang Yeang, &quot;Transforming Noise. A History of Its Science and Technology from Disturbing Sounds to Informational Errors, 1900-1955&quot; (2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:52:50</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Today, the concept of noise is employed to characterize random fluctuations in general. Before the twentieth century, however, noise only meant disturbing sounds. In the 1900s-50s, noise underwent a conceptual transformation from unwanted sounds that needed to be domesticated into a synonym for errors and deviations to be now used as all kinds of signals and information. Transforming Noise examines the historical origin of modern attempts to understand, control, and use noise. Its history sheds light on the interactions between physics, mathematics, mechanical technology, electrical engineering, and information and data sciences in the twentieth century.
This book explores the process of engineers and physicists turning noise into an informational concept, starting from the rise of sound reproduction technologies such as the phonograph, telephone, and radio in the 1900s-20s until the theory of Brownian motions for random fluctuations and its application in thermionic tubes of telecommunication systems. These processes produced different theoretical treatments of noise in the 1920s-30s, such as statistical physicists&apos; studies of Brownian fluctuations&apos; temporal evolution, radio engineers&apos; spectral analysis of atmospheric disturbances, and mathematicians&apos; measure-theoretic formulation. Finally, it discusses the period during and after World War II and how researchers have worked on military projects of radar, gunfire control, and secret communications and converted the interwar theoretical studies of noise into tools for statistical detection, estimation, prediction, and information transmission.
To physicists, mathematicians, electrical engineers, and computer scientists, this book offers a historical perspective on themes highly relevant in today&apos;s science and technology, ranging from Wi-Fi and big data to quantum information and self-organization. This book also appeals to environmental and art historians to modern music scholars as the history of noise constitutes a unique angle to study sound and society. Finally, to researchers in media studies and digital cultures, Transforming Noise demonstrates the deep technoscientific historicity of certain notions - information, channel, noise, equivocation - they have invoked to understand modern media and communication.
Interview by Pamela Fuentes historian and editor of New Books Network en español Communications officer- Institute for the History and Philosophy of Science and Technology, University of Toronto</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Today, the concept of noise is employed to characterize random fluctuations in general. Before the twentieth century, however, noise only meant disturbing sounds. In the 1900s-50s, noise underwent a conceptual transformation from unwanted sounds that needed to be domesticated into a synonym for errors and deviations to be now used as all kinds of signals and information. Transforming Noise examines the historical origin of modern attempts to understand, control, and use noise. Its history sheds light on the interactions between physics, mathematics, mechanical technology, electrical engineering, and information and data sciences in the twentieth century.
This book explores the process of engineers and physicists turning noise into an informational concept, starting from the rise of sound reproduction technologies such as the phonograph, telephone, and radio in the 1900s-20s until the theory of Brownian motions for random fluctuations and its application in thermionic tubes of telecommunication systems. These processes produced different theoretical treatments of noise in the 1920s-30s, such as statistical physicists&apos; studies of Brownian fluctuations&apos; temporal evolution, radio engineers&apos; spectral analysis of atmospheric disturbances, and mathematicians&apos; measure-theoretic formulation. Finally, it discusses the period during and after World War II and how researchers have worked on military projects of radar, gunfire control, and secret communications and converted the interwar theoretical studies of noise into tools for statistical detection, estimation, prediction, and information transmission.
To physicists, mathematicians, electrical engineers, and computer scientists, this book offers a historical perspective on themes highly relevant in today&apos;s science and technology, ranging from Wi-Fi and big data to quantum information and self-organization. This book also appeals to environmental and art historians to modern music scholars as the history of noise constitutes a unique angle to study sound and society. Finally, to researchers in media studies and digital cultures, Transforming Noise demonstrates the deep technoscientific historicity of certain notions - information, channel, noise, equivocation - they have invoked to understand modern media and communication.
Interview by Pamela Fuentes historian and editor of New Books Network en español Communications officer- Institute for the History and Philosophy of Science and Technology, University of Toronto</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1410</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ed45b880-bd1d-11ee-ba83-635a63534ad6</guid>
      <title>Francesca Orsini, &quot;East of Delhi: Multilingual Literary Culture and World Literature&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197658291"><em>East of Delhi: Multilingual Literary Culture and World Literature</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023) examines literature produced, practiced, and circulated in and out of North India, focusing on the region of Awadh, from the beginning of recorded vernacular literature in the late fourteenth century to the colonial era of the early twentieth century. This book considers texts in a wide range of genres-courtly, devotional, and popular-composed in the main languages of the region: Hindavi, Persian, Brajbhasha, and Urdu. Individual chapters focus on narratives, devotional song-poems and didactic works, local courtly literary practices, and multilingual education as recorded in biographical dictionaries-anthologies. This book suggests that the multilingual and multi-genre approach is better suited to capturing the texture, complexity, and dynamics of literature in the world, and of literary history, than approaches that focus only on global circulation or models that draw centers and peripheries on a single global map.</p><p>Francesca Orsini is Professor Emerita of Hindi and South Asian Literature at SOAS, University of London. After earning an undergraduate degree in Hindi at Venice University and living in Delhi, she completed her PhD at SOAS. She taught at the University of Cambridge and SOAS and held visiting positions at Columbia University and the University of Pennsylvania. She was a fellow at the Radcliffe Institute for Advanced Studies, Harvard, and is a Fellow of the British Academy, a regional editor of the Murty Classical Library of India, and an editor of the Cambridge Studies in World Literature series. Her previous monographs include the 2009 book Print and Pleasure: Popular Literature and Entertaining Fictions in Colonial North India and the 2002 book The Hindi Public Sphere 1920-1940, Language and Literature in the Age of Nationalism. She has recently also been writing on decolonisation, the role of magazines in cold-war internationalisms and rethinking the paradigm of world literature by taking a more multilingual and located approach.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Jan 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197658291"><em>East of Delhi: Multilingual Literary Culture and World Literature</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023) examines literature produced, practiced, and circulated in and out of North India, focusing on the region of Awadh, from the beginning of recorded vernacular literature in the late fourteenth century to the colonial era of the early twentieth century. This book considers texts in a wide range of genres-courtly, devotional, and popular-composed in the main languages of the region: Hindavi, Persian, Brajbhasha, and Urdu. Individual chapters focus on narratives, devotional song-poems and didactic works, local courtly literary practices, and multilingual education as recorded in biographical dictionaries-anthologies. This book suggests that the multilingual and multi-genre approach is better suited to capturing the texture, complexity, and dynamics of literature in the world, and of literary history, than approaches that focus only on global circulation or models that draw centers and peripheries on a single global map.</p><p>Francesca Orsini is Professor Emerita of Hindi and South Asian Literature at SOAS, University of London. After earning an undergraduate degree in Hindi at Venice University and living in Delhi, she completed her PhD at SOAS. She taught at the University of Cambridge and SOAS and held visiting positions at Columbia University and the University of Pennsylvania. She was a fellow at the Radcliffe Institute for Advanced Studies, Harvard, and is a Fellow of the British Academy, a regional editor of the Murty Classical Library of India, and an editor of the Cambridge Studies in World Literature series. Her previous monographs include the 2009 book Print and Pleasure: Popular Literature and Entertaining Fictions in Colonial North India and the 2002 book The Hindi Public Sphere 1920-1940, Language and Literature in the Age of Nationalism. She has recently also been writing on decolonisation, the role of magazines in cold-war internationalisms and rethinking the paradigm of world literature by taking a more multilingual and located approach.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="68370976" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/7c59282f-d781-4a98-92ed-c68be062a706/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=7c59282f-d781-4a98-92ed-c68be062a706&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Francesca Orsini, &quot;East of Delhi: Multilingual Literary Culture and World Literature&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:11:13</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>East of Delhi: Multilingual Literary Culture and World Literature (Oxford University Press, 2023) examines literature produced, practiced, and circulated in and out of North India, focusing on the region of Awadh, from the beginning of recorded vernacular literature in the late fourteenth century to the colonial era of the early twentieth century. This book considers texts in a wide range of genres-courtly, devotional, and popular-composed in the main languages of the region: Hindavi, Persian, Brajbhasha, and Urdu. Individual chapters focus on narratives, devotional song-poems and didactic works, local courtly literary practices, and multilingual education as recorded in biographical dictionaries-anthologies. This book suggests that the multilingual and multi-genre approach is better suited to capturing the texture, complexity, and dynamics of literature in the world, and of literary history, than approaches that focus only on global circulation or models that draw centers and peripheries on a single global map.
Francesca Orsini is Professor Emerita of Hindi and South Asian Literature at SOAS, University of London. After earning an undergraduate degree in Hindi at Venice University and living in Delhi, she completed her PhD at SOAS. She taught at the University of Cambridge and SOAS and held visiting positions at Columbia University and the University of Pennsylvania. She was a fellow at the Radcliffe Institute for Advanced Studies, Harvard, and is a Fellow of the British Academy, a regional editor of the Murty Classical Library of India, and an editor of the Cambridge Studies in World Literature series. Her previous monographs include the 2009 book Print and Pleasure: Popular Literature and Entertaining Fictions in Colonial North India and the 2002 book The Hindi Public Sphere 1920-1940, Language and Literature in the Age of Nationalism. She has recently also been writing on decolonisation, the role of magazines in cold-war internationalisms and rethinking the paradigm of world literature by taking a more multilingual and located approach.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>East of Delhi: Multilingual Literary Culture and World Literature (Oxford University Press, 2023) examines literature produced, practiced, and circulated in and out of North India, focusing on the region of Awadh, from the beginning of recorded vernacular literature in the late fourteenth century to the colonial era of the early twentieth century. This book considers texts in a wide range of genres-courtly, devotional, and popular-composed in the main languages of the region: Hindavi, Persian, Brajbhasha, and Urdu. Individual chapters focus on narratives, devotional song-poems and didactic works, local courtly literary practices, and multilingual education as recorded in biographical dictionaries-anthologies. This book suggests that the multilingual and multi-genre approach is better suited to capturing the texture, complexity, and dynamics of literature in the world, and of literary history, than approaches that focus only on global circulation or models that draw centers and peripheries on a single global map.
Francesca Orsini is Professor Emerita of Hindi and South Asian Literature at SOAS, University of London. After earning an undergraduate degree in Hindi at Venice University and living in Delhi, she completed her PhD at SOAS. She taught at the University of Cambridge and SOAS and held visiting positions at Columbia University and the University of Pennsylvania. She was a fellow at the Radcliffe Institute for Advanced Studies, Harvard, and is a Fellow of the British Academy, a regional editor of the Murty Classical Library of India, and an editor of the Cambridge Studies in World Literature series. Her previous monographs include the 2009 book Print and Pleasure: Popular Literature and Entertaining Fictions in Colonial North India and the 2002 book The Hindi Public Sphere 1920-1940, Language and Literature in the Age of Nationalism. She has recently also been writing on decolonisation, the role of magazines in cold-war internationalisms and rethinking the paradigm of world literature by taking a more multilingual and located approach.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>275</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3844a5a2-bae5-11ee-8a57-aba626245f2a</guid>
      <title>Mark Zachary Taylor, &quot;Presidential Leadership in Feeble Times: Explaining Executive Power in the Gilded Age&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Mark “Zak” Taylor, a political scientist at Georgia Tech University, has a new book that explores the presidents of the Gilded Age, from Ulysses Grant through William McKinley. This period of presidencies is often a forgotten era, since the presidents were somewhat constrained by congressional action taken in the wake of Abraham Lincoln’s presidency and then Andrew Johnson’s impeachment. But Taylor has another complex, fascinating, and lively story to tell about the presidencies of Grant, Hayes, Garfield, Arthur, Cleveland, Harrison, and McKinley. And tell it he does, in great detail, with extensive qualitative and quantitative data, sources, and information, with a specific focus on the American economy during this time and the roles that presidents played in relation to the changing and diversifying economy. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197750742"><em>Presidential Leadership in Feeble Times: Explaining Executive Power in the Gilded Age</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023) traces the turbulent postbellum American economy, with questions about the gold and silver standard and the “greenback”, with the drive for foreign and domestic investments, western expansion, and the quest to stabilize the country and pay off the debts incurred during the Civil War.</p><p>The United States, during the Gilded Age, was considered a developing country and a developing economy. And this grouping of presidents had to contend with that as industrialization, immigration, and expansion all transpired during this period. Taylor came to the project because he was interested in getting at the idea of presidential success and the connection to economic wellbeing or health of the country. But the project evolved over time and the research indicated—particularly within this grouping of presidents—that the individual president’s vision for the country and the direction he wanted to take it, along with political skills, coalition building capacity, and the ability to instill trust in American institutions were the key components for success, both political and economic. This is a very accessible book, weaving together archival research, historical details, presidential scholarship, and data analysis in clear and lively discussions of the presidents, the economy, party politics, and foreign and domestic policy. <em>Presidential Leadership in Feeble Times: Explaining Executive Power in the Gilded Age</em> will appeal to scholars and students of American political development, political economy, and presidential studies. For anyone who has any interest at all in American history, this is a truly captivating book.</p><p><a href="https://www.carrollu.edu/faculty/goren-lilly-phd"><em>Lilly J. Goren</em></a><em> is a professor of political science at Carroll University in Waukesha, WI. She is co-host of the </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/hosts/profile/a7ac4af9-1306-463f-baf9-00f1f4187dfd"><em>New Books in Political Science</em></a><em> channel at the New Books Network. She is co-editor of </em><a href="https://kansaspress.ku.edu/9780700633883/the-politics-of-the-marvel-cinematic-universe/"><em>The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe</em></a><em> (University Press of Kansas, 2022), as well as co-editor of the award winning book, </em><a href="https://www.kentuckypress.com/9780813141015/women-and-the-white-house/"><em>Women and the White House: Gender, Popular Culture, and Presidential Politics</em></a><em> (University Press of Kentucky, 2012). She can be reached </em><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/gorenlj.bsky.social"><em>@gorenlj.bsky.social</em></a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Jan 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Mark “Zak” Taylor, a political scientist at Georgia Tech University, has a new book that explores the presidents of the Gilded Age, from Ulysses Grant through William McKinley. This period of presidencies is often a forgotten era, since the presidents were somewhat constrained by congressional action taken in the wake of Abraham Lincoln’s presidency and then Andrew Johnson’s impeachment. But Taylor has another complex, fascinating, and lively story to tell about the presidencies of Grant, Hayes, Garfield, Arthur, Cleveland, Harrison, and McKinley. And tell it he does, in great detail, with extensive qualitative and quantitative data, sources, and information, with a specific focus on the American economy during this time and the roles that presidents played in relation to the changing and diversifying economy. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197750742"><em>Presidential Leadership in Feeble Times: Explaining Executive Power in the Gilded Age</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023) traces the turbulent postbellum American economy, with questions about the gold and silver standard and the “greenback”, with the drive for foreign and domestic investments, western expansion, and the quest to stabilize the country and pay off the debts incurred during the Civil War.</p><p>The United States, during the Gilded Age, was considered a developing country and a developing economy. And this grouping of presidents had to contend with that as industrialization, immigration, and expansion all transpired during this period. Taylor came to the project because he was interested in getting at the idea of presidential success and the connection to economic wellbeing or health of the country. But the project evolved over time and the research indicated—particularly within this grouping of presidents—that the individual president’s vision for the country and the direction he wanted to take it, along with political skills, coalition building capacity, and the ability to instill trust in American institutions were the key components for success, both political and economic. This is a very accessible book, weaving together archival research, historical details, presidential scholarship, and data analysis in clear and lively discussions of the presidents, the economy, party politics, and foreign and domestic policy. <em>Presidential Leadership in Feeble Times: Explaining Executive Power in the Gilded Age</em> will appeal to scholars and students of American political development, political economy, and presidential studies. For anyone who has any interest at all in American history, this is a truly captivating book.</p><p><a href="https://www.carrollu.edu/faculty/goren-lilly-phd"><em>Lilly J. Goren</em></a><em> is a professor of political science at Carroll University in Waukesha, WI. She is co-host of the </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/hosts/profile/a7ac4af9-1306-463f-baf9-00f1f4187dfd"><em>New Books in Political Science</em></a><em> channel at the New Books Network. She is co-editor of </em><a href="https://kansaspress.ku.edu/9780700633883/the-politics-of-the-marvel-cinematic-universe/"><em>The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe</em></a><em> (University Press of Kansas, 2022), as well as co-editor of the award winning book, </em><a href="https://www.kentuckypress.com/9780813141015/women-and-the-white-house/"><em>Women and the White House: Gender, Popular Culture, and Presidential Politics</em></a><em> (University Press of Kentucky, 2012). She can be reached </em><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/gorenlj.bsky.social"><em>@gorenlj.bsky.social</em></a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="48086011" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/a4b87eb8-6ff0-49ac-8ef5-c1478a66f4fd/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=a4b87eb8-6ff0-49ac-8ef5-c1478a66f4fd&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Mark Zachary Taylor, &quot;Presidential Leadership in Feeble Times: Explaining Executive Power in the Gilded Age&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:50:05</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Mark “Zak” Taylor, a political scientist at Georgia Tech University, has a new book that explores the presidents of the Gilded Age, from Ulysses Grant through William McKinley. This period of presidencies is often a forgotten era, since the presidents were somewhat constrained by congressional action taken in the wake of Abraham Lincoln’s presidency and then Andrew Johnson’s impeachment. But Taylor has another complex, fascinating, and lively story to tell about the presidencies of Grant, Hayes, Garfield, Arthur, Cleveland, Harrison, and McKinley. And tell it he does, in great detail, with extensive qualitative and quantitative data, sources, and information, with a specific focus on the American economy during this time and the roles that presidents played in relation to the changing and diversifying economy. Presidential Leadership in Feeble Times: Explaining Executive Power in the Gilded Age (Oxford UP, 2023) traces the turbulent postbellum American economy, with questions about the gold and silver standard and the “greenback”, with the drive for foreign and domestic investments, western expansion, and the quest to stabilize the country and pay off the debts incurred during the Civil War.
The United States, during the Gilded Age, was considered a developing country and a developing economy. And this grouping of presidents had to contend with that as industrialization, immigration, and expansion all transpired during this period. Taylor came to the project because he was interested in getting at the idea of presidential success and the connection to economic wellbeing or health of the country. But the project evolved over time and the research indicated—particularly within this grouping of presidents—that the individual president’s vision for the country and the direction he wanted to take it, along with political skills, coalition building capacity, and the ability to instill trust in American institutions were the key components for success, both political and economic. This is a very accessible book, weaving together archival research, historical details, presidential scholarship, and data analysis in clear and lively discussions of the presidents, the economy, party politics, and foreign and domestic policy. Presidential Leadership in Feeble Times: Explaining Executive Power in the Gilded Age will appeal to scholars and students of American political development, political economy, and presidential studies. For anyone who has any interest at all in American history, this is a truly captivating book.
Lilly J. Goren is a professor of political science at Carroll University in Waukesha, WI. She is co-host of the New Books in Political Science channel at the New Books Network. She is co-editor of The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe (University Press of Kansas, 2022), as well as co-editor of the award winning book, Women and the White House: Gender, Popular Culture, and Presidential Politics (University Press of Kentucky, 2012). She can be reached @gorenlj.bsky.social</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Mark “Zak” Taylor, a political scientist at Georgia Tech University, has a new book that explores the presidents of the Gilded Age, from Ulysses Grant through William McKinley. This period of presidencies is often a forgotten era, since the presidents were somewhat constrained by congressional action taken in the wake of Abraham Lincoln’s presidency and then Andrew Johnson’s impeachment. But Taylor has another complex, fascinating, and lively story to tell about the presidencies of Grant, Hayes, Garfield, Arthur, Cleveland, Harrison, and McKinley. And tell it he does, in great detail, with extensive qualitative and quantitative data, sources, and information, with a specific focus on the American economy during this time and the roles that presidents played in relation to the changing and diversifying economy. Presidential Leadership in Feeble Times: Explaining Executive Power in the Gilded Age (Oxford UP, 2023) traces the turbulent postbellum American economy, with questions about the gold and silver standard and the “greenback”, with the drive for foreign and domestic investments, western expansion, and the quest to stabilize the country and pay off the debts incurred during the Civil War.
The United States, during the Gilded Age, was considered a developing country and a developing economy. And this grouping of presidents had to contend with that as industrialization, immigration, and expansion all transpired during this period. Taylor came to the project because he was interested in getting at the idea of presidential success and the connection to economic wellbeing or health of the country. But the project evolved over time and the research indicated—particularly within this grouping of presidents—that the individual president’s vision for the country and the direction he wanted to take it, along with political skills, coalition building capacity, and the ability to instill trust in American institutions were the key components for success, both political and economic. This is a very accessible book, weaving together archival research, historical details, presidential scholarship, and data analysis in clear and lively discussions of the presidents, the economy, party politics, and foreign and domestic policy. Presidential Leadership in Feeble Times: Explaining Executive Power in the Gilded Age will appeal to scholars and students of American political development, political economy, and presidential studies. For anyone who has any interest at all in American history, this is a truly captivating book.
Lilly J. Goren is a professor of political science at Carroll University in Waukesha, WI. She is co-host of the New Books in Political Science channel at the New Books Network. She is co-editor of The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe (University Press of Kansas, 2022), as well as co-editor of the award winning book, Women and the White House: Gender, Popular Culture, and Presidential Politics (University Press of Kentucky, 2012). She can be reached @gorenlj.bsky.social</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>701</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">35949616-8645-11ee-9759-9b070f041ae9</guid>
      <title>David J. Brick, &quot;Widows Under Hindu Law&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>During British colonial rule in India, the treatment of high-caste Hindu widows became the subject of great controversy. Such women were not permitted to remarry and were offered two options: a life of seclusion and rigorous asceticism or death on the funeral pyre of a deceased husband. Was this a modern development, or did it date from the classical period? In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197664544"><em>Widows Under Hindu Law</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023), David Brick offers an exhaustive history of the treatment and status of widows under classical Hindu law, or Dharmasastra as it is called in Sanskrit, which spanned approximately the third century BCE to the eighteenth-century CE.</p><p>Under Dharmasastra, Hindu jurists treated at length and at times hotly debated four widow-related issues: widow remarriage and levirate, a widow's right to inherit her husband's estate, widow-asceticism, and sati. Each of the book's chapters examine these issues in depth, concluding with an appendix that addresses a widow's right to adopt a son-a fifth widow-related issue that became the topic of discussion in late Dharmasastra works and was a significant point of legal contentions during the colonial period. When read critically and historically, works of Dharmasastra provide a long and detailed record of the prevailing legal and social norms of high-caste Hindu society. <em>Widows Under Hindu Law</em> uses lengthy English translations of important passages from Hindu legal texts to present a largescale narrative of the treatment of widows under the Hindu legal tradition.</p><p>This book is available open access <a href="https://academic.oup.com/book/45654?">here</a>. </p><p>During British colonial rule in India, the treatment of high-caste Hindu widows became the subject of great controversy. Such women were not permitted to remarry and were offered two options: a life of seclusion and rigorous asceticism or death on the funeral pyre of a deceased husband. Was this a modern development, or did it date from the classical period?</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Jan 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>During British colonial rule in India, the treatment of high-caste Hindu widows became the subject of great controversy. Such women were not permitted to remarry and were offered two options: a life of seclusion and rigorous asceticism or death on the funeral pyre of a deceased husband. Was this a modern development, or did it date from the classical period? In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197664544"><em>Widows Under Hindu Law</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023), David Brick offers an exhaustive history of the treatment and status of widows under classical Hindu law, or Dharmasastra as it is called in Sanskrit, which spanned approximately the third century BCE to the eighteenth-century CE.</p><p>Under Dharmasastra, Hindu jurists treated at length and at times hotly debated four widow-related issues: widow remarriage and levirate, a widow's right to inherit her husband's estate, widow-asceticism, and sati. Each of the book's chapters examine these issues in depth, concluding with an appendix that addresses a widow's right to adopt a son-a fifth widow-related issue that became the topic of discussion in late Dharmasastra works and was a significant point of legal contentions during the colonial period. When read critically and historically, works of Dharmasastra provide a long and detailed record of the prevailing legal and social norms of high-caste Hindu society. <em>Widows Under Hindu Law</em> uses lengthy English translations of important passages from Hindu legal texts to present a largescale narrative of the treatment of widows under the Hindu legal tradition.</p><p>This book is available open access <a href="https://academic.oup.com/book/45654?">here</a>. </p><p>During British colonial rule in India, the treatment of high-caste Hindu widows became the subject of great controversy. Such women were not permitted to remarry and were offered two options: a life of seclusion and rigorous asceticism or death on the funeral pyre of a deceased husband. Was this a modern development, or did it date from the classical period?</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="50373941" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/72f900ab-bd0f-4b7a-97d7-73eed28ca00f/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=72f900ab-bd0f-4b7a-97d7-73eed28ca00f&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>David J. Brick, &quot;Widows Under Hindu Law&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:52:28</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>During British colonial rule in India, the treatment of high-caste Hindu widows became the subject of great controversy. Such women were not permitted to remarry and were offered two options: a life of seclusion and rigorous asceticism or death on the funeral pyre of a deceased husband. Was this a modern development, or did it date from the classical period? In Widows Under Hindu Law (Oxford UP, 2023), David Brick offers an exhaustive history of the treatment and status of widows under classical Hindu law, or Dharmasastra as it is called in Sanskrit, which spanned approximately the third century BCE to the eighteenth-century CE.
Under Dharmasastra, Hindu jurists treated at length and at times hotly debated four widow-related issues: widow remarriage and levirate, a widow&apos;s right to inherit her husband&apos;s estate, widow-asceticism, and sati. Each of the book&apos;s chapters examine these issues in depth, concluding with an appendix that addresses a widow&apos;s right to adopt a son-a fifth widow-related issue that became the topic of discussion in late Dharmasastra works and was a significant point of legal contentions during the colonial period. When read critically and historically, works of Dharmasastra provide a long and detailed record of the prevailing legal and social norms of high-caste Hindu society. Widows Under Hindu Law uses lengthy English translations of important passages from Hindu legal texts to present a largescale narrative of the treatment of widows under the Hindu legal tradition.
This book is available open access here. 
During British colonial rule in India, the treatment of high-caste Hindu widows became the subject of great controversy. Such women were not permitted to remarry and were offered two options: a life of seclusion and rigorous asceticism or death on the funeral pyre of a deceased husband. Was this a modern development, or did it date from the classical period?</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>During British colonial rule in India, the treatment of high-caste Hindu widows became the subject of great controversy. Such women were not permitted to remarry and were offered two options: a life of seclusion and rigorous asceticism or death on the funeral pyre of a deceased husband. Was this a modern development, or did it date from the classical period? In Widows Under Hindu Law (Oxford UP, 2023), David Brick offers an exhaustive history of the treatment and status of widows under classical Hindu law, or Dharmasastra as it is called in Sanskrit, which spanned approximately the third century BCE to the eighteenth-century CE.
Under Dharmasastra, Hindu jurists treated at length and at times hotly debated four widow-related issues: widow remarriage and levirate, a widow&apos;s right to inherit her husband&apos;s estate, widow-asceticism, and sati. Each of the book&apos;s chapters examine these issues in depth, concluding with an appendix that addresses a widow&apos;s right to adopt a son-a fifth widow-related issue that became the topic of discussion in late Dharmasastra works and was a significant point of legal contentions during the colonial period. When read critically and historically, works of Dharmasastra provide a long and detailed record of the prevailing legal and social norms of high-caste Hindu society. Widows Under Hindu Law uses lengthy English translations of important passages from Hindu legal texts to present a largescale narrative of the treatment of widows under the Hindu legal tradition.
This book is available open access here. 
During British colonial rule in India, the treatment of high-caste Hindu widows became the subject of great controversy. Such women were not permitted to remarry and were offered two options: a life of seclusion and rigorous asceticism or death on the funeral pyre of a deceased husband. Was this a modern development, or did it date from the classical period?</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>308</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2bbc4486-baf2-11ee-9d42-1fbb0adb146e</guid>
      <title>Richard L. Bushman, &quot;Joseph Smith&apos;s Gold Plates: A Cultural History&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Renowned historian of Mormonism Richard Lyman Bushman's latest book presents a vibrant history of a sacred object that gave birth to a new religion: the gold plates Joseph Smith said he discovered in upstate New York in the 1820s. Believers hailed Smith as a revered prophet and translator of lost languages while critics warned the public he was a dangerous charlatan. Two hundred years later the mystery of the gold plates remains. </p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197676523"><em>Joseph Smith's Gold Plates: A Cultural History</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023), Bushman offers a cultural history of the gold plates down through the years. How have they been imagined by believers, critics, and skeptics, by treasure-seekers, novelists, artists, scholars, and others? </p><p>In this interview, Bushman talks about his personal relationship to the project and whether he thinks the plates can help re-enchant a largely disenchanted modern world. </p><p><em>Hosted by Blair Hodges, host of the new podcast </em><a href="https://www.familyproclamations.org/"><em>Family Proclamations</em></a><em>, </em><a href="https://www.firesidepod.org/"><em>Fireside with Blair Hodges</em></a><em>, and formerly the Maxwell Institute Podcast at Brigham Young University. </em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Jan 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Renowned historian of Mormonism Richard Lyman Bushman's latest book presents a vibrant history of a sacred object that gave birth to a new religion: the gold plates Joseph Smith said he discovered in upstate New York in the 1820s. Believers hailed Smith as a revered prophet and translator of lost languages while critics warned the public he was a dangerous charlatan. Two hundred years later the mystery of the gold plates remains. </p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197676523"><em>Joseph Smith's Gold Plates: A Cultural History</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023), Bushman offers a cultural history of the gold plates down through the years. How have they been imagined by believers, critics, and skeptics, by treasure-seekers, novelists, artists, scholars, and others? </p><p>In this interview, Bushman talks about his personal relationship to the project and whether he thinks the plates can help re-enchant a largely disenchanted modern world. </p><p><em>Hosted by Blair Hodges, host of the new podcast </em><a href="https://www.familyproclamations.org/"><em>Family Proclamations</em></a><em>, </em><a href="https://www.firesidepod.org/"><em>Fireside with Blair Hodges</em></a><em>, and formerly the Maxwell Institute Podcast at Brigham Young University. </em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="70472009" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/216b54dc-3bfb-4e37-b2a0-aad2f4e9addc/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=216b54dc-3bfb-4e37-b2a0-aad2f4e9addc&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Richard L. Bushman, &quot;Joseph Smith&apos;s Gold Plates: A Cultural History&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:13:24</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Renowned historian of Mormonism Richard Lyman Bushman&apos;s latest book presents a vibrant history of a sacred object that gave birth to a new religion: the gold plates Joseph Smith said he discovered in upstate New York in the 1820s. Believers hailed Smith as a revered prophet and translator of lost languages while critics warned the public he was a dangerous charlatan. Two hundred years later the mystery of the gold plates remains. 
In Joseph Smith&apos;s Gold Plates: A Cultural History (Oxford UP, 2023), Bushman offers a cultural history of the gold plates down through the years. How have they been imagined by believers, critics, and skeptics, by treasure-seekers, novelists, artists, scholars, and others? 
In this interview, Bushman talks about his personal relationship to the project and whether he thinks the plates can help re-enchant a largely disenchanted modern world. 
Hosted by Blair Hodges, host of the new podcast Family Proclamations, Fireside with Blair Hodges, and formerly the Maxwell Institute Podcast at Brigham Young University. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Renowned historian of Mormonism Richard Lyman Bushman&apos;s latest book presents a vibrant history of a sacred object that gave birth to a new religion: the gold plates Joseph Smith said he discovered in upstate New York in the 1820s. Believers hailed Smith as a revered prophet and translator of lost languages while critics warned the public he was a dangerous charlatan. Two hundred years later the mystery of the gold plates remains. 
In Joseph Smith&apos;s Gold Plates: A Cultural History (Oxford UP, 2023), Bushman offers a cultural history of the gold plates down through the years. How have they been imagined by believers, critics, and skeptics, by treasure-seekers, novelists, artists, scholars, and others? 
In this interview, Bushman talks about his personal relationship to the project and whether he thinks the plates can help re-enchant a largely disenchanted modern world. 
Hosted by Blair Hodges, host of the new podcast Family Proclamations, Fireside with Blair Hodges, and formerly the Maxwell Institute Podcast at Brigham Young University. </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>218</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a5f45aba-b965-11ee-b223-ab4562885fe1</guid>
      <title>Amar Sohal, &quot;The Muslim Secular: Parity and the Politics of India&apos;s Partition&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Concerned with the fate of the minority in the age of the nation-state, Muslim political thought in modern South Asia has often been associated with religious nationalism and the creation of Pakista<em>n. </em>Amar Sohal's book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198887638"><em>The Muslim Secular: Parity and the Politics of India's Partition</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023) complicates that story by reconstructing the ideas of three prominent thinker-actors of the Indian freedom struggle: the Indian National Congress leader Abul Kalam Azad, the popular Kashmiri politician Sheikh Abdullah, and the nonviolent Pashtun activist Abdul Ghaffar Khan. Revising the common view that they were mere acolytes of their celebrated Hindu colleagues M.K. Gandhi and Jawaharlal Nehru, this book argues that these three men collectively produced a distinct Muslim secularity from within the grander family of secular Indian nationalism; an intellectual tradition that has retained religion within the public space while nevertheless preventing it from defining either national membership or the state.</p><p>At a time when many across the decolonising world believed that identity-based majorities and minorities were incompatible and had to be separated out into sovereign equals, Azad, Abdullah, and Ghaffar Khan thought differently about the problem of religious pluralism in a postcolonial democracy. The minority, they contended, could conceive of the majority not just as an antagonistic entity that is set against it, but to which it can belong and uniquely complete. Premising its claim to a single, united India upon the universalism of Islam, champions of the Muslim secular mobilised notions of federation and popular sovereignty to replace older monarchical and communitarian forms of power. But to finally jettison the demographic inequality between Hindus and Muslims, these thinkers redefined equality itself. </p><p>Rejecting its liberal definition for being too abstract and thus prone to majoritarian assimilation, they replaced it with their own rendition of Indian parity to simultaneously evoke commonality and distinction between Hindu and Muslim peers. Azad, Abdullah, and Ghaffar Khan achieved this by deploying a range of concepts from profane inheritance and theological autonomy to linguistic diversity and ethical pledges. Retaining their Muslimness and Indian nationality in full, this crowning notion of equality-as-parity challenged both Gandhi and Nehru's abstractions and Mohammad Ali Jinnah's supposedly dangerous demand for Pakistan.</p><p><a href="https://lsa.umich.edu/history/people/graduate-students/arighna-gupta.html"><em>Arighna Gupta</em></a><em> is a doctoral candidate in history at the University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. His dissertation attempts to trace early-colonial genealogies of popular sovereignty located at the interstices of monarchical, religious, and colonial sovereignties in India and present-day Bangladesh.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Jan 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Concerned with the fate of the minority in the age of the nation-state, Muslim political thought in modern South Asia has often been associated with religious nationalism and the creation of Pakista<em>n. </em>Amar Sohal's book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198887638"><em>The Muslim Secular: Parity and the Politics of India's Partition</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023) complicates that story by reconstructing the ideas of three prominent thinker-actors of the Indian freedom struggle: the Indian National Congress leader Abul Kalam Azad, the popular Kashmiri politician Sheikh Abdullah, and the nonviolent Pashtun activist Abdul Ghaffar Khan. Revising the common view that they were mere acolytes of their celebrated Hindu colleagues M.K. Gandhi and Jawaharlal Nehru, this book argues that these three men collectively produced a distinct Muslim secularity from within the grander family of secular Indian nationalism; an intellectual tradition that has retained religion within the public space while nevertheless preventing it from defining either national membership or the state.</p><p>At a time when many across the decolonising world believed that identity-based majorities and minorities were incompatible and had to be separated out into sovereign equals, Azad, Abdullah, and Ghaffar Khan thought differently about the problem of religious pluralism in a postcolonial democracy. The minority, they contended, could conceive of the majority not just as an antagonistic entity that is set against it, but to which it can belong and uniquely complete. Premising its claim to a single, united India upon the universalism of Islam, champions of the Muslim secular mobilised notions of federation and popular sovereignty to replace older monarchical and communitarian forms of power. But to finally jettison the demographic inequality between Hindus and Muslims, these thinkers redefined equality itself. </p><p>Rejecting its liberal definition for being too abstract and thus prone to majoritarian assimilation, they replaced it with their own rendition of Indian parity to simultaneously evoke commonality and distinction between Hindu and Muslim peers. Azad, Abdullah, and Ghaffar Khan achieved this by deploying a range of concepts from profane inheritance and theological autonomy to linguistic diversity and ethical pledges. Retaining their Muslimness and Indian nationality in full, this crowning notion of equality-as-parity challenged both Gandhi and Nehru's abstractions and Mohammad Ali Jinnah's supposedly dangerous demand for Pakistan.</p><p><a href="https://lsa.umich.edu/history/people/graduate-students/arighna-gupta.html"><em>Arighna Gupta</em></a><em> is a doctoral candidate in history at the University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. His dissertation attempts to trace early-colonial genealogies of popular sovereignty located at the interstices of monarchical, religious, and colonial sovereignties in India and present-day Bangladesh.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="63443221" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/93a50ed4-b262-4cb0-8db4-8b72bd587fcc/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=93a50ed4-b262-4cb0-8db4-8b72bd587fcc&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Amar Sohal, &quot;The Muslim Secular: Parity and the Politics of India&apos;s Partition&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:06:04</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Concerned with the fate of the minority in the age of the nation-state, Muslim political thought in modern South Asia has often been associated with religious nationalism and the creation of Pakistan. Amar Sohal&apos;s book The Muslim Secular: Parity and the Politics of India&apos;s Partition (Oxford UP, 2023) complicates that story by reconstructing the ideas of three prominent thinker-actors of the Indian freedom struggle: the Indian National Congress leader Abul Kalam Azad, the popular Kashmiri politician Sheikh Abdullah, and the nonviolent Pashtun activist Abdul Ghaffar Khan. Revising the common view that they were mere acolytes of their celebrated Hindu colleagues M.K. Gandhi and Jawaharlal Nehru, this book argues that these three men collectively produced a distinct Muslim secularity from within the grander family of secular Indian nationalism; an intellectual tradition that has retained religion within the public space while nevertheless preventing it from defining either national membership or the state.
At a time when many across the decolonising world believed that identity-based majorities and minorities were incompatible and had to be separated out into sovereign equals, Azad, Abdullah, and Ghaffar Khan thought differently about the problem of religious pluralism in a postcolonial democracy. The minority, they contended, could conceive of the majority not just as an antagonistic entity that is set against it, but to which it can belong and uniquely complete. Premising its claim to a single, united India upon the universalism of Islam, champions of the Muslim secular mobilised notions of federation and popular sovereignty to replace older monarchical and communitarian forms of power. But to finally jettison the demographic inequality between Hindus and Muslims, these thinkers redefined equality itself. 
Rejecting its liberal definition for being too abstract and thus prone to majoritarian assimilation, they replaced it with their own rendition of Indian parity to simultaneously evoke commonality and distinction between Hindu and Muslim peers. Azad, Abdullah, and Ghaffar Khan achieved this by deploying a range of concepts from profane inheritance and theological autonomy to linguistic diversity and ethical pledges. Retaining their Muslimness and Indian nationality in full, this crowning notion of equality-as-parity challenged both Gandhi and Nehru&apos;s abstractions and Mohammad Ali Jinnah&apos;s supposedly dangerous demand for Pakistan.
Arighna Gupta is a doctoral candidate in history at the University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. His dissertation attempts to trace early-colonial genealogies of popular sovereignty located at the interstices of monarchical, religious, and colonial sovereignties in India and present-day Bangladesh.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Concerned with the fate of the minority in the age of the nation-state, Muslim political thought in modern South Asia has often been associated with religious nationalism and the creation of Pakistan. Amar Sohal&apos;s book The Muslim Secular: Parity and the Politics of India&apos;s Partition (Oxford UP, 2023) complicates that story by reconstructing the ideas of three prominent thinker-actors of the Indian freedom struggle: the Indian National Congress leader Abul Kalam Azad, the popular Kashmiri politician Sheikh Abdullah, and the nonviolent Pashtun activist Abdul Ghaffar Khan. Revising the common view that they were mere acolytes of their celebrated Hindu colleagues M.K. Gandhi and Jawaharlal Nehru, this book argues that these three men collectively produced a distinct Muslim secularity from within the grander family of secular Indian nationalism; an intellectual tradition that has retained religion within the public space while nevertheless preventing it from defining either national membership or the state.
At a time when many across the decolonising world believed that identity-based majorities and minorities were incompatible and had to be separated out into sovereign equals, Azad, Abdullah, and Ghaffar Khan thought differently about the problem of religious pluralism in a postcolonial democracy. The minority, they contended, could conceive of the majority not just as an antagonistic entity that is set against it, but to which it can belong and uniquely complete. Premising its claim to a single, united India upon the universalism of Islam, champions of the Muslim secular mobilised notions of federation and popular sovereignty to replace older monarchical and communitarian forms of power. But to finally jettison the demographic inequality between Hindus and Muslims, these thinkers redefined equality itself. 
Rejecting its liberal definition for being too abstract and thus prone to majoritarian assimilation, they replaced it with their own rendition of Indian parity to simultaneously evoke commonality and distinction between Hindu and Muslim peers. Azad, Abdullah, and Ghaffar Khan achieved this by deploying a range of concepts from profane inheritance and theological autonomy to linguistic diversity and ethical pledges. Retaining their Muslimness and Indian nationality in full, this crowning notion of equality-as-parity challenged both Gandhi and Nehru&apos;s abstractions and Mohammad Ali Jinnah&apos;s supposedly dangerous demand for Pakistan.
Arighna Gupta is a doctoral candidate in history at the University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. His dissertation attempts to trace early-colonial genealogies of popular sovereignty located at the interstices of monarchical, religious, and colonial sovereignties in India and present-day Bangladesh.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>214</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">eca15f54-b7cf-11ee-8ebe-9300260d42ac</guid>
      <title>Nicholas Morton, &quot;The Crusader States and their Neighbours: A Military History, 1099-1187&quot; (Oxford UP, 2020)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Nicholas Morton’s <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198878803"><em>The Crusader States and their Neighbours: A Military History, 1099-1187</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2020) explores the military history of the medieval Near East, piecing together the fault-lines of conflict which entangled this much-contested region. This was an area where ethnic, religious, dynastic, and commercial interests collided and the causes of war could be numerous. Conflicts persisted for decades and were fought out between many groups including Kurds, Turks, Armenians, Arabs, and the Crusaders themselves. Nic Morton recreates this world, exploring how each faction sought to advance its own interests by any means possible, adapting its warcraft to better respond to the threats posed by their rivals. Strategies and tactics employed by the pastoral societies of the Central Asian steppe were pitted against the armies of the agricultural societies of Western Christendom, Byzantium, and the Islamic World, galvanising commanders to adapt their practices in response to their foes. </p><p>In this episode, Nic joins me again to discuss histories of nomadic peoples fighting with and against the Crusader armies; what military history can tell us about the economic, social, and cultural history of the medieval Near East; and why Crusader history is still relevant to us today.</p><p><em>﻿</em><a href="https://architecture.mit.edu/people/maggie-freeman"><em>Maggie Freeman</em></a><em> is a PhD candidate in the School of Architecture at MIT. She researches uses of architecture by nomadic peoples and historical interactions of nomads and empires, with a focus on the modern Middle East.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Jan 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Nicholas Morton’s <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198878803"><em>The Crusader States and their Neighbours: A Military History, 1099-1187</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2020) explores the military history of the medieval Near East, piecing together the fault-lines of conflict which entangled this much-contested region. This was an area where ethnic, religious, dynastic, and commercial interests collided and the causes of war could be numerous. Conflicts persisted for decades and were fought out between many groups including Kurds, Turks, Armenians, Arabs, and the Crusaders themselves. Nic Morton recreates this world, exploring how each faction sought to advance its own interests by any means possible, adapting its warcraft to better respond to the threats posed by their rivals. Strategies and tactics employed by the pastoral societies of the Central Asian steppe were pitted against the armies of the agricultural societies of Western Christendom, Byzantium, and the Islamic World, galvanising commanders to adapt their practices in response to their foes. </p><p>In this episode, Nic joins me again to discuss histories of nomadic peoples fighting with and against the Crusader armies; what military history can tell us about the economic, social, and cultural history of the medieval Near East; and why Crusader history is still relevant to us today.</p><p><em>﻿</em><a href="https://architecture.mit.edu/people/maggie-freeman"><em>Maggie Freeman</em></a><em> is a PhD candidate in the School of Architecture at MIT. She researches uses of architecture by nomadic peoples and historical interactions of nomads and empires, with a focus on the modern Middle East.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="54557390" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/d4da3abb-c796-49ed-b454-8d0b5c499d35/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=d4da3abb-c796-49ed-b454-8d0b5c499d35&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Nicholas Morton, &quot;The Crusader States and their Neighbours: A Military History, 1099-1187&quot; (Oxford UP, 2020)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:56:49</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Nicholas Morton’s The Crusader States and their Neighbours: A Military History, 1099-1187 (Oxford UP, 2020) explores the military history of the medieval Near East, piecing together the fault-lines of conflict which entangled this much-contested region. This was an area where ethnic, religious, dynastic, and commercial interests collided and the causes of war could be numerous. Conflicts persisted for decades and were fought out between many groups including Kurds, Turks, Armenians, Arabs, and the Crusaders themselves. Nic Morton recreates this world, exploring how each faction sought to advance its own interests by any means possible, adapting its warcraft to better respond to the threats posed by their rivals. Strategies and tactics employed by the pastoral societies of the Central Asian steppe were pitted against the armies of the agricultural societies of Western Christendom, Byzantium, and the Islamic World, galvanising commanders to adapt their practices in response to their foes. 
In this episode, Nic joins me again to discuss histories of nomadic peoples fighting with and against the Crusader armies; what military history can tell us about the economic, social, and cultural history of the medieval Near East; and why Crusader history is still relevant to us today.
﻿Maggie Freeman is a PhD candidate in the School of Architecture at MIT. She researches uses of architecture by nomadic peoples and historical interactions of nomads and empires, with a focus on the modern Middle East.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Nicholas Morton’s The Crusader States and their Neighbours: A Military History, 1099-1187 (Oxford UP, 2020) explores the military history of the medieval Near East, piecing together the fault-lines of conflict which entangled this much-contested region. This was an area where ethnic, religious, dynastic, and commercial interests collided and the causes of war could be numerous. Conflicts persisted for decades and were fought out between many groups including Kurds, Turks, Armenians, Arabs, and the Crusaders themselves. Nic Morton recreates this world, exploring how each faction sought to advance its own interests by any means possible, adapting its warcraft to better respond to the threats posed by their rivals. Strategies and tactics employed by the pastoral societies of the Central Asian steppe were pitted against the armies of the agricultural societies of Western Christendom, Byzantium, and the Islamic World, galvanising commanders to adapt their practices in response to their foes. 
In this episode, Nic joins me again to discuss histories of nomadic peoples fighting with and against the Crusader armies; what military history can tell us about the economic, social, and cultural history of the medieval Near East; and why Crusader history is still relevant to us today.
﻿Maggie Freeman is a PhD candidate in the School of Architecture at MIT. She researches uses of architecture by nomadic peoples and historical interactions of nomads and empires, with a focus on the modern Middle East.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>34</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d9d95524-b7cb-11ee-aded-afc9ec94923a</guid>
      <title>Guido Parietti, &quot;On the Concept of Power: Possibility, Necessity, Politics&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197607480"><em>On the Concept of Power: Possibility, Necessity, Politics</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2022), Guido Parietti proposes a more proper definition of power--as the condition of having available possibilities and representing them as such--and examines its implications for the study of politics, both empirical and normative. By neglecting the category of possibility, significant portions of political science and philosophy become incapable of conceptualizing power, and therefore politics. Specifically, Parietti asserts that the main failure of political science is in obscuring power's correspondence to the category of possibility in favor of causality and probability; political philosophy, on the other hand, tends to prioritize various forms of a teleologically oriented normativity. All these approaches end up discarding possibility in favor of oriented potentialities, ultimately anchored to various forms of necessity, and are therefore incapable of properly conceptualizing power in accordance with its meaning in ordinary language. </p><p>Bringing together different disciplinary discourses, <em>On the Concept of Power</em> concludes by examining the conditions for power to have an actual referent; in other words, for politics to appear in our world. In this original and ambitious critique of the prevailing approaches to political theory and political science, Parietti examines what it means to have power and what may endanger our access to and exercise of it.</p><p><a href="https://arthistory.uic.edu/profiles/rafie-kaveh/"><em>Kaveh Rafie</em></a><em> is a PhD candidate specializing in modern and contemporary art at the University of Illinois at Chicago. His dissertation charts the course of modern art in the late Pahlavi Iran (1941-1979) and explores the extent to which the 1953 coup marks the recuperation of modern art as a viable blueprint for cultural globalization in Iran.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Jan 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197607480"><em>On the Concept of Power: Possibility, Necessity, Politics</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2022), Guido Parietti proposes a more proper definition of power--as the condition of having available possibilities and representing them as such--and examines its implications for the study of politics, both empirical and normative. By neglecting the category of possibility, significant portions of political science and philosophy become incapable of conceptualizing power, and therefore politics. Specifically, Parietti asserts that the main failure of political science is in obscuring power's correspondence to the category of possibility in favor of causality and probability; political philosophy, on the other hand, tends to prioritize various forms of a teleologically oriented normativity. All these approaches end up discarding possibility in favor of oriented potentialities, ultimately anchored to various forms of necessity, and are therefore incapable of properly conceptualizing power in accordance with its meaning in ordinary language. </p><p>Bringing together different disciplinary discourses, <em>On the Concept of Power</em> concludes by examining the conditions for power to have an actual referent; in other words, for politics to appear in our world. In this original and ambitious critique of the prevailing approaches to political theory and political science, Parietti examines what it means to have power and what may endanger our access to and exercise of it.</p><p><a href="https://arthistory.uic.edu/profiles/rafie-kaveh/"><em>Kaveh Rafie</em></a><em> is a PhD candidate specializing in modern and contemporary art at the University of Illinois at Chicago. His dissertation charts the course of modern art in the late Pahlavi Iran (1941-1979) and explores the extent to which the 1953 coup marks the recuperation of modern art as a viable blueprint for cultural globalization in Iran.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="77422944" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/651e3382-b9a5-4db5-af4a-b910756c229d/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=651e3382-b9a5-4db5-af4a-b910756c229d&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Guido Parietti, &quot;On the Concept of Power: Possibility, Necessity, Politics&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:20:38</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In On the Concept of Power: Possibility, Necessity, Politics (Oxford UP, 2022), Guido Parietti proposes a more proper definition of power--as the condition of having available possibilities and representing them as such--and examines its implications for the study of politics, both empirical and normative. By neglecting the category of possibility, significant portions of political science and philosophy become incapable of conceptualizing power, and therefore politics. Specifically, Parietti asserts that the main failure of political science is in obscuring power&apos;s correspondence to the category of possibility in favor of causality and probability; political philosophy, on the other hand, tends to prioritize various forms of a teleologically oriented normativity. All these approaches end up discarding possibility in favor of oriented potentialities, ultimately anchored to various forms of necessity, and are therefore incapable of properly conceptualizing power in accordance with its meaning in ordinary language. 
Bringing together different disciplinary discourses, On the Concept of Power concludes by examining the conditions for power to have an actual referent; in other words, for politics to appear in our world. In this original and ambitious critique of the prevailing approaches to political theory and political science, Parietti examines what it means to have power and what may endanger our access to and exercise of it.
Kaveh Rafie is a PhD candidate specializing in modern and contemporary art at the University of Illinois at Chicago. His dissertation charts the course of modern art in the late Pahlavi Iran (1941-1979) and explores the extent to which the 1953 coup marks the recuperation of modern art as a viable blueprint for cultural globalization in Iran.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In On the Concept of Power: Possibility, Necessity, Politics (Oxford UP, 2022), Guido Parietti proposes a more proper definition of power--as the condition of having available possibilities and representing them as such--and examines its implications for the study of politics, both empirical and normative. By neglecting the category of possibility, significant portions of political science and philosophy become incapable of conceptualizing power, and therefore politics. Specifically, Parietti asserts that the main failure of political science is in obscuring power&apos;s correspondence to the category of possibility in favor of causality and probability; political philosophy, on the other hand, tends to prioritize various forms of a teleologically oriented normativity. All these approaches end up discarding possibility in favor of oriented potentialities, ultimately anchored to various forms of necessity, and are therefore incapable of properly conceptualizing power in accordance with its meaning in ordinary language. 
Bringing together different disciplinary discourses, On the Concept of Power concludes by examining the conditions for power to have an actual referent; in other words, for politics to appear in our world. In this original and ambitious critique of the prevailing approaches to political theory and political science, Parietti examines what it means to have power and what may endanger our access to and exercise of it.
Kaveh Rafie is a PhD candidate specializing in modern and contemporary art at the University of Illinois at Chicago. His dissertation charts the course of modern art in the late Pahlavi Iran (1941-1979) and explores the extent to which the 1953 coup marks the recuperation of modern art as a viable blueprint for cultural globalization in Iran.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>431</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">11c05082-a40d-11ee-be63-d38587a77b49</guid>
      <title>Ofer Sharone, &quot;The Stigma Trap: College-Educated, Experienced, and Long-Term Unemployed&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>An eye-opening look at how all American workers, even the highly educated and experienced, are vulnerable to the stigma of unemployment.</p><p>After receiving a PhD in mathematics from MIT, Larry spent three decades working at prestigious companies in the tech industry. Initially he was not worried when he lost his job as part of a large layoff, but the prolonged unemployment that followed decimated his finances and nearly ended his marriage. Larry's story is not an anomaly. The majority of American workers experience unemployment, and millions get trapped in devastating long-term unemployment, including experienced workers with advanced degrees from top universities. How is it possible for even highly successful careers to suddenly go off the rails?</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190239244"><em>The Stigma Trap: College-Educated, Experienced, and Long-Term Unemployed</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024), Ofer Sharone explains how the stigma of unemployment can render past educational and professional achievements irrelevant, and how it leaves all American workers vulnerable to becoming trapped in unemployment. Drawing on interviews with unemployed workers, job recruiters, and career coaches, Sharone brings to light the subtle ways that stigmatization prevents even the most educated and experienced workers from gaining middle-class jobs. Stigma also means that an American worker risks more than financial calamity from a protracted period of unemployment. One's closest relationships and sense of self are also on the line.</p><p>Eye-opening and clearly written, <em>The Stigma Trap </em>is essential reading for anyone who has experienced unemployment, has a family member or friend who is unemployed, or who wants to understand the forces that underlie the anxiety-filled lives of contemporary American workers. The book offers a unique approach to supporting unemployed jobseekers. At a broader level it exposes the precarious condition of American workers and sparks a conversation about much-needed policies to assure that we are not all one layoff away from being trapped by stigma.</p><p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephenpimpare/"><em>Stephen Pimpare</em></a><em> is a Senior Fellow at the Carsey School of Public Policy at the University of New Hampshire.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Jan 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>An eye-opening look at how all American workers, even the highly educated and experienced, are vulnerable to the stigma of unemployment.</p><p>After receiving a PhD in mathematics from MIT, Larry spent three decades working at prestigious companies in the tech industry. Initially he was not worried when he lost his job as part of a large layoff, but the prolonged unemployment that followed decimated his finances and nearly ended his marriage. Larry's story is not an anomaly. The majority of American workers experience unemployment, and millions get trapped in devastating long-term unemployment, including experienced workers with advanced degrees from top universities. How is it possible for even highly successful careers to suddenly go off the rails?</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190239244"><em>The Stigma Trap: College-Educated, Experienced, and Long-Term Unemployed</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2024), Ofer Sharone explains how the stigma of unemployment can render past educational and professional achievements irrelevant, and how it leaves all American workers vulnerable to becoming trapped in unemployment. Drawing on interviews with unemployed workers, job recruiters, and career coaches, Sharone brings to light the subtle ways that stigmatization prevents even the most educated and experienced workers from gaining middle-class jobs. Stigma also means that an American worker risks more than financial calamity from a protracted period of unemployment. One's closest relationships and sense of self are also on the line.</p><p>Eye-opening and clearly written, <em>The Stigma Trap </em>is essential reading for anyone who has experienced unemployment, has a family member or friend who is unemployed, or who wants to understand the forces that underlie the anxiety-filled lives of contemporary American workers. The book offers a unique approach to supporting unemployed jobseekers. At a broader level it exposes the precarious condition of American workers and sparks a conversation about much-needed policies to assure that we are not all one layoff away from being trapped by stigma.</p><p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephenpimpare/"><em>Stephen Pimpare</em></a><em> is a Senior Fellow at the Carsey School of Public Policy at the University of New Hampshire.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="34279053" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/564337e2-5594-4d1d-bb0a-b7ea54e630b5/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=564337e2-5594-4d1d-bb0a-b7ea54e630b5&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Ofer Sharone, &quot;The Stigma Trap: College-Educated, Experienced, and Long-Term Unemployed&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:35:42</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>An eye-opening look at how all American workers, even the highly educated and experienced, are vulnerable to the stigma of unemployment.
After receiving a PhD in mathematics from MIT, Larry spent three decades working at prestigious companies in the tech industry. Initially he was not worried when he lost his job as part of a large layoff, but the prolonged unemployment that followed decimated his finances and nearly ended his marriage. Larry&apos;s story is not an anomaly. The majority of American workers experience unemployment, and millions get trapped in devastating long-term unemployment, including experienced workers with advanced degrees from top universities. How is it possible for even highly successful careers to suddenly go off the rails?
In The Stigma Trap: College-Educated, Experienced, and Long-Term Unemployed (Oxford UP, 2024), Ofer Sharone explains how the stigma of unemployment can render past educational and professional achievements irrelevant, and how it leaves all American workers vulnerable to becoming trapped in unemployment. Drawing on interviews with unemployed workers, job recruiters, and career coaches, Sharone brings to light the subtle ways that stigmatization prevents even the most educated and experienced workers from gaining middle-class jobs. Stigma also means that an American worker risks more than financial calamity from a protracted period of unemployment. One&apos;s closest relationships and sense of self are also on the line.
Eye-opening and clearly written, The Stigma Trap is essential reading for anyone who has experienced unemployment, has a family member or friend who is unemployed, or who wants to understand the forces that underlie the anxiety-filled lives of contemporary American workers. The book offers a unique approach to supporting unemployed jobseekers. At a broader level it exposes the precarious condition of American workers and sparks a conversation about much-needed policies to assure that we are not all one layoff away from being trapped by stigma.
Stephen Pimpare is a Senior Fellow at the Carsey School of Public Policy at the University of New Hampshire.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>An eye-opening look at how all American workers, even the highly educated and experienced, are vulnerable to the stigma of unemployment.
After receiving a PhD in mathematics from MIT, Larry spent three decades working at prestigious companies in the tech industry. Initially he was not worried when he lost his job as part of a large layoff, but the prolonged unemployment that followed decimated his finances and nearly ended his marriage. Larry&apos;s story is not an anomaly. The majority of American workers experience unemployment, and millions get trapped in devastating long-term unemployment, including experienced workers with advanced degrees from top universities. How is it possible for even highly successful careers to suddenly go off the rails?
In The Stigma Trap: College-Educated, Experienced, and Long-Term Unemployed (Oxford UP, 2024), Ofer Sharone explains how the stigma of unemployment can render past educational and professional achievements irrelevant, and how it leaves all American workers vulnerable to becoming trapped in unemployment. Drawing on interviews with unemployed workers, job recruiters, and career coaches, Sharone brings to light the subtle ways that stigmatization prevents even the most educated and experienced workers from gaining middle-class jobs. Stigma also means that an American worker risks more than financial calamity from a protracted period of unemployment. One&apos;s closest relationships and sense of self are also on the line.
Eye-opening and clearly written, The Stigma Trap is essential reading for anyone who has experienced unemployment, has a family member or friend who is unemployed, or who wants to understand the forces that underlie the anxiety-filled lives of contemporary American workers. The book offers a unique approach to supporting unemployed jobseekers. At a broader level it exposes the precarious condition of American workers and sparks a conversation about much-needed policies to assure that we are not all one layoff away from being trapped by stigma.
Stephen Pimpare is a Senior Fellow at the Carsey School of Public Policy at the University of New Hampshire.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>172</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2e96fce0-a400-11ee-8dc3-47fca22fadff</guid>
      <title>Jan Westerhoff, &quot;Candrakirti&apos;s Introduction to the Middle Way: A Guide&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>A proponent of the Madhyamaka tradition of Mahāyāna Buddhism, Candrakīrti wrote several works, one of which, the <em>Madhamakāvatāra</em>, strongly influenced later Tibetan understandings of Madhyamaka. </p><p>This work is the subject of Jan Westerhoff’s <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197612347"><em>Candrakīrti’s</em> <em>Introduction to the Middle Way: A Guide </em></a>(Oxford University Press, 2024), part of the Oxford Guides to Philosophy series. His book situates Candarkīrti and his text within Indian and Tibetan Buddhism and helps philosophical readers appreciate the text’s main arguments and ideas. Chief among these is a commitment to the emptiness of all phenomena, especially but not only selves, which is the subject of the lengthy sixth chapter—analyzing what it means for things to lack any substantial existence and criticizing opposing positions. Candrakīrti also takes up topics in metaphilosophy (do critical arguments commit us to positive claims?), philosophy of mind (do enlightened beings have experience at all?), and semantics and logic (what is the difference between conventional and ultimate truth, and can we express the latter in language?). Westerhoff’s guide aims to help readers unfamiliar with Sanskrit or Tibetan navigate these ideas, pointing them to further scholarly and philosophical resources along the way.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 20 Jan 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>A proponent of the Madhyamaka tradition of Mahāyāna Buddhism, Candrakīrti wrote several works, one of which, the <em>Madhamakāvatāra</em>, strongly influenced later Tibetan understandings of Madhyamaka. </p><p>This work is the subject of Jan Westerhoff’s <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197612347"><em>Candrakīrti’s</em> <em>Introduction to the Middle Way: A Guide </em></a>(Oxford University Press, 2024), part of the Oxford Guides to Philosophy series. His book situates Candarkīrti and his text within Indian and Tibetan Buddhism and helps philosophical readers appreciate the text’s main arguments and ideas. Chief among these is a commitment to the emptiness of all phenomena, especially but not only selves, which is the subject of the lengthy sixth chapter—analyzing what it means for things to lack any substantial existence and criticizing opposing positions. Candrakīrti also takes up topics in metaphilosophy (do critical arguments commit us to positive claims?), philosophy of mind (do enlightened beings have experience at all?), and semantics and logic (what is the difference between conventional and ultimate truth, and can we express the latter in language?). Westerhoff’s guide aims to help readers unfamiliar with Sanskrit or Tibetan navigate these ideas, pointing them to further scholarly and philosophical resources along the way.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="48922131" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/be1a7ff3-4cba-4019-898e-3449d70452c1/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=be1a7ff3-4cba-4019-898e-3449d70452c1&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Jan Westerhoff, &quot;Candrakirti&apos;s Introduction to the Middle Way: A Guide&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:50:57</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>A proponent of the Madhyamaka tradition of Mahāyāna Buddhism, Candrakīrti wrote several works, one of which, the Madhamakāvatāra, strongly influenced later Tibetan understandings of Madhyamaka. 
This work is the subject of Jan Westerhoff’s Candrakīrti’s Introduction to the Middle Way: A Guide (Oxford University Press, 2024), part of the Oxford Guides to Philosophy series. His book situates Candarkīrti and his text within Indian and Tibetan Buddhism and helps philosophical readers appreciate the text’s main arguments and ideas. Chief among these is a commitment to the emptiness of all phenomena, especially but not only selves, which is the subject of the lengthy sixth chapter—analyzing what it means for things to lack any substantial existence and criticizing opposing positions. Candrakīrti also takes up topics in metaphilosophy (do critical arguments commit us to positive claims?), philosophy of mind (do enlightened beings have experience at all?), and semantics and logic (what is the difference between conventional and ultimate truth, and can we express the latter in language?). Westerhoff’s guide aims to help readers unfamiliar with Sanskrit or Tibetan navigate these ideas, pointing them to further scholarly and philosophical resources along the way.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>A proponent of the Madhyamaka tradition of Mahāyāna Buddhism, Candrakīrti wrote several works, one of which, the Madhamakāvatāra, strongly influenced later Tibetan understandings of Madhyamaka. 
This work is the subject of Jan Westerhoff’s Candrakīrti’s Introduction to the Middle Way: A Guide (Oxford University Press, 2024), part of the Oxford Guides to Philosophy series. His book situates Candarkīrti and his text within Indian and Tibetan Buddhism and helps philosophical readers appreciate the text’s main arguments and ideas. Chief among these is a commitment to the emptiness of all phenomena, especially but not only selves, which is the subject of the lengthy sixth chapter—analyzing what it means for things to lack any substantial existence and criticizing opposing positions. Candrakīrti also takes up topics in metaphilosophy (do critical arguments commit us to positive claims?), philosophy of mind (do enlightened beings have experience at all?), and semantics and logic (what is the difference between conventional and ultimate truth, and can we express the latter in language?). Westerhoff’s guide aims to help readers unfamiliar with Sanskrit or Tibetan navigate these ideas, pointing them to further scholarly and philosophical resources along the way.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>330</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0df44bb8-b62b-11ee-b940-f7da4dc855f8</guid>
      <title>Jane Ohlmeyer, &quot;Making Empire: Ireland, Imperialism, and the Early Modern World&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Empire and imperial frameworks, policies, practices, and cultures have shaped the history of the world for the last two millennia. It is nation states that are the blip on the historical horizon. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192867681"><em>Making Empire: Ireland, Imperialism, and the Early Modern World</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Jane Ohlmeyer re-examines empire as process—and Ireland's role in it—through the lens of early modernity. It covers the two hundred years, between the mid-sixteenth century and the mid-eighteenth century, that equate roughly to the timespan of the First English Empire (c.1550-c.1770s).</p><p>Ireland was England's oldest colony. How then did the English empire actually function in early modern Ireland and how did this change over time? What did access to European empires mean for people living in Ireland? This book answers these questions by interrogating four interconnected themes. First, that Ireland formed an integral part of the English imperial system, Second, that the Irish operated as agents of empire(s). Third, Ireland served as laboratory in and for the English empire. Finally, it examines the impact that empire(s) had on people living in early modern Ireland.</p><p>What becomes clear is that colonisation was not a single occurrence but an iterative and durable process that impacted different parts of Ireland at different times and in different ways. That imperialism was about the exercise of power, violence, coercion and expropriation. Strategies about how best to turn conquest into profit, to mobilise and control Ireland's natural resources, especially land and labour, varied but the reality of everyday life did not change and provoked a wide variety of responses ranging from acceptance and assimilation to resistance.</p><p><br /></p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> forthcoming book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 20 Jan 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Empire and imperial frameworks, policies, practices, and cultures have shaped the history of the world for the last two millennia. It is nation states that are the blip on the historical horizon. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192867681"><em>Making Empire: Ireland, Imperialism, and the Early Modern World</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Jane Ohlmeyer re-examines empire as process—and Ireland's role in it—through the lens of early modernity. It covers the two hundred years, between the mid-sixteenth century and the mid-eighteenth century, that equate roughly to the timespan of the First English Empire (c.1550-c.1770s).</p><p>Ireland was England's oldest colony. How then did the English empire actually function in early modern Ireland and how did this change over time? What did access to European empires mean for people living in Ireland? This book answers these questions by interrogating four interconnected themes. First, that Ireland formed an integral part of the English imperial system, Second, that the Irish operated as agents of empire(s). Third, Ireland served as laboratory in and for the English empire. Finally, it examines the impact that empire(s) had on people living in early modern Ireland.</p><p>What becomes clear is that colonisation was not a single occurrence but an iterative and durable process that impacted different parts of Ireland at different times and in different ways. That imperialism was about the exercise of power, violence, coercion and expropriation. Strategies about how best to turn conquest into profit, to mobilise and control Ireland's natural resources, especially land and labour, varied but the reality of everyday life did not change and provoked a wide variety of responses ranging from acceptance and assimilation to resistance.</p><p><br /></p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> forthcoming book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="59034676" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/55d50470-9090-4ca4-b47a-eb4f9a747a85/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=55d50470-9090-4ca4-b47a-eb4f9a747a85&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Jane Ohlmeyer, &quot;Making Empire: Ireland, Imperialism, and the Early Modern World&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:01:29</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Empire and imperial frameworks, policies, practices, and cultures have shaped the history of the world for the last two millennia. It is nation states that are the blip on the historical horizon. Making Empire: Ireland, Imperialism, and the Early Modern World (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Jane Ohlmeyer re-examines empire as process—and Ireland&apos;s role in it—through the lens of early modernity. It covers the two hundred years, between the mid-sixteenth century and the mid-eighteenth century, that equate roughly to the timespan of the First English Empire (c.1550-c.1770s).
Ireland was England&apos;s oldest colony. How then did the English empire actually function in early modern Ireland and how did this change over time? What did access to European empires mean for people living in Ireland? This book answers these questions by interrogating four interconnected themes. First, that Ireland formed an integral part of the English imperial system, Second, that the Irish operated as agents of empire(s). Third, Ireland served as laboratory in and for the English empire. Finally, it examines the impact that empire(s) had on people living in early modern Ireland.
What becomes clear is that colonisation was not a single occurrence but an iterative and durable process that impacted different parts of Ireland at different times and in different ways. That imperialism was about the exercise of power, violence, coercion and expropriation. Strategies about how best to turn conquest into profit, to mobilise and control Ireland&apos;s natural resources, especially land and labour, varied but the reality of everyday life did not change and provoked a wide variety of responses ranging from acceptance and assimilation to resistance.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Empire and imperial frameworks, policies, practices, and cultures have shaped the history of the world for the last two millennia. It is nation states that are the blip on the historical horizon. Making Empire: Ireland, Imperialism, and the Early Modern World (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Jane Ohlmeyer re-examines empire as process—and Ireland&apos;s role in it—through the lens of early modernity. It covers the two hundred years, between the mid-sixteenth century and the mid-eighteenth century, that equate roughly to the timespan of the First English Empire (c.1550-c.1770s).
Ireland was England&apos;s oldest colony. How then did the English empire actually function in early modern Ireland and how did this change over time? What did access to European empires mean for people living in Ireland? This book answers these questions by interrogating four interconnected themes. First, that Ireland formed an integral part of the English imperial system, Second, that the Irish operated as agents of empire(s). Third, Ireland served as laboratory in and for the English empire. Finally, it examines the impact that empire(s) had on people living in early modern Ireland.
What becomes clear is that colonisation was not a single occurrence but an iterative and durable process that impacted different parts of Ireland at different times and in different ways. That imperialism was about the exercise of power, violence, coercion and expropriation. Strategies about how best to turn conquest into profit, to mobilise and control Ireland&apos;s natural resources, especially land and labour, varied but the reality of everyday life did not change and provoked a wide variety of responses ranging from acceptance and assimilation to resistance.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>56</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f4d896ca-b490-11ee-b101-bf917424ce48</guid>
      <title>Adriana Helbig, &quot;ReSounding Poverty: Romani Music and Development Aid&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Adriana Helbig's book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197631775"><em>ReSounding Poverty: Romani Music and Development Aid</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2023) offers a micro ethnography of economic networks that impact the daily lives of Romani musicians on the borders of the former Soviet Union and the European Union. It argues that the development aid allotted to provide economic assistance to Romani communities, when analyzed from the perspective of the performance arts, continues to marginalize the poorest among them. Through their structure and programming, NGOs choose which segments of the population are the most vulnerable and in the greatest need of assistance. </p><p>Drawing on ethnographic research in development contexts, <em>ReSounding Poverty</em> asks who speaks for whom within the Romani rights movement today. Framing the critique of development aid in musical terms, it engages with Romani marginalization and economic deprivation through a closer listening to vocal inflections, physical vocalizations of health and disease, and emotional affect. <em>ReSounding Poverty </em>brings us into the back rooms of saman, mud and straw brick, houses not visited by media reporters and politicians, amplifying the cultural expressions of the Romani poor, silenced in the business of development.</p><p><em>﻿</em><a href="https://architecture.mit.edu/people/maggie-freeman"><em>Maggie Freeman</em></a><em> is a PhD candidate in the School of Architecture at MIT. She researches uses of architecture by nomadic peoples and historical interactions of nomads and empires, with a focus on the modern Middle East.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 19 Jan 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Adriana Helbig's book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197631775"><em>ReSounding Poverty: Romani Music and Development Aid</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2023) offers a micro ethnography of economic networks that impact the daily lives of Romani musicians on the borders of the former Soviet Union and the European Union. It argues that the development aid allotted to provide economic assistance to Romani communities, when analyzed from the perspective of the performance arts, continues to marginalize the poorest among them. Through their structure and programming, NGOs choose which segments of the population are the most vulnerable and in the greatest need of assistance. </p><p>Drawing on ethnographic research in development contexts, <em>ReSounding Poverty</em> asks who speaks for whom within the Romani rights movement today. Framing the critique of development aid in musical terms, it engages with Romani marginalization and economic deprivation through a closer listening to vocal inflections, physical vocalizations of health and disease, and emotional affect. <em>ReSounding Poverty </em>brings us into the back rooms of saman, mud and straw brick, houses not visited by media reporters and politicians, amplifying the cultural expressions of the Romani poor, silenced in the business of development.</p><p><em>﻿</em><a href="https://architecture.mit.edu/people/maggie-freeman"><em>Maggie Freeman</em></a><em> is a PhD candidate in the School of Architecture at MIT. She researches uses of architecture by nomadic peoples and historical interactions of nomads and empires, with a focus on the modern Middle East.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="39438500" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/c5a97e72-a9c7-4126-a58e-368584028d7d/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=c5a97e72-a9c7-4126-a58e-368584028d7d&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Adriana Helbig, &quot;ReSounding Poverty: Romani Music and Development Aid&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:41:04</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Adriana Helbig&apos;s book ReSounding Poverty: Romani Music and Development Aid (Oxford University Press, 2023) offers a micro ethnography of economic networks that impact the daily lives of Romani musicians on the borders of the former Soviet Union and the European Union. It argues that the development aid allotted to provide economic assistance to Romani communities, when analyzed from the perspective of the performance arts, continues to marginalize the poorest among them. Through their structure and programming, NGOs choose which segments of the population are the most vulnerable and in the greatest need of assistance. 
Drawing on ethnographic research in development contexts, ReSounding Poverty asks who speaks for whom within the Romani rights movement today. Framing the critique of development aid in musical terms, it engages with Romani marginalization and economic deprivation through a closer listening to vocal inflections, physical vocalizations of health and disease, and emotional affect. ReSounding Poverty brings us into the back rooms of saman, mud and straw brick, houses not visited by media reporters and politicians, amplifying the cultural expressions of the Romani poor, silenced in the business of development.
﻿Maggie Freeman is a PhD candidate in the School of Architecture at MIT. She researches uses of architecture by nomadic peoples and historical interactions of nomads and empires, with a focus on the modern Middle East.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Adriana Helbig&apos;s book ReSounding Poverty: Romani Music and Development Aid (Oxford University Press, 2023) offers a micro ethnography of economic networks that impact the daily lives of Romani musicians on the borders of the former Soviet Union and the European Union. It argues that the development aid allotted to provide economic assistance to Romani communities, when analyzed from the perspective of the performance arts, continues to marginalize the poorest among them. Through their structure and programming, NGOs choose which segments of the population are the most vulnerable and in the greatest need of assistance. 
Drawing on ethnographic research in development contexts, ReSounding Poverty asks who speaks for whom within the Romani rights movement today. Framing the critique of development aid in musical terms, it engages with Romani marginalization and economic deprivation through a closer listening to vocal inflections, physical vocalizations of health and disease, and emotional affect. ReSounding Poverty brings us into the back rooms of saman, mud and straw brick, houses not visited by media reporters and politicians, amplifying the cultural expressions of the Romani poor, silenced in the business of development.
﻿Maggie Freeman is a PhD candidate in the School of Architecture at MIT. She researches uses of architecture by nomadic peoples and historical interactions of nomads and empires, with a focus on the modern Middle East.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>33</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f4edb918-b30c-11ee-be30-1747ec2ce45d</guid>
      <title>Douglas S. Duckworth, &quot;Tibetan Buddhist Philosophy of Mind and Nature&quot; (Oxford UP, 2019)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190883959"><em>Tibetan Buddhist Philosophy of Mind and Nature</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2019) offers an engaging philosophical overview of Tibetan Buddhist thought. Integrating competing and complementary perspectives on the nature of mind and reality, Douglas Duckworth reveals the way that Buddhist theory informs Buddhist practice in various Tibetan traditions. Duckworth draws upon a contrast between phenomenology and ontology to highlight distinct starting points of inquiries into mind and nature in Buddhism, and to illuminate central issues confronted in Tibetan Buddhist philosophy.</p><p>This thematic study engages some of the most difficult and critical topics in Buddhist thought, such as the nature of mind and the meaning of emptiness, across a wide range of philosophical traditions, including the "Middle Way" of Madhyamaka, Yogacara (also known as "Mind-Only"), and tantra. Duckworth provides a richly textured overview that explores the intersecting nature of mind, language, and world depicted in Tibetan Buddhist traditions. Further, this book puts Tibetan philosophy into conversation with texts and traditions from India, Europe, and America, exemplifying the possibility and potential for a transformative conversation in global philosophy.</p><p><a href="https://rub-ovc.academia.edu/TiatemsuLongkumer"><em>Dr. Tiatemsu Longkumer</em></a><em> is a faculty in the Department of Anthropology at Royal Thimphu College, Bhutan. His academic pursuits center on the fields of Anthropology and the Philosophy of Religion.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Jan 2024 05:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190883959"><em>Tibetan Buddhist Philosophy of Mind and Nature</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2019) offers an engaging philosophical overview of Tibetan Buddhist thought. Integrating competing and complementary perspectives on the nature of mind and reality, Douglas Duckworth reveals the way that Buddhist theory informs Buddhist practice in various Tibetan traditions. Duckworth draws upon a contrast between phenomenology and ontology to highlight distinct starting points of inquiries into mind and nature in Buddhism, and to illuminate central issues confronted in Tibetan Buddhist philosophy.</p><p>This thematic study engages some of the most difficult and critical topics in Buddhist thought, such as the nature of mind and the meaning of emptiness, across a wide range of philosophical traditions, including the "Middle Way" of Madhyamaka, Yogacara (also known as "Mind-Only"), and tantra. Duckworth provides a richly textured overview that explores the intersecting nature of mind, language, and world depicted in Tibetan Buddhist traditions. Further, this book puts Tibetan philosophy into conversation with texts and traditions from India, Europe, and America, exemplifying the possibility and potential for a transformative conversation in global philosophy.</p><p><a href="https://rub-ovc.academia.edu/TiatemsuLongkumer"><em>Dr. Tiatemsu Longkumer</em></a><em> is a faculty in the Department of Anthropology at Royal Thimphu College, Bhutan. His academic pursuits center on the fields of Anthropology and the Philosophy of Religion.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="46639448" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/ff1bb46c-1470-4612-afc3-5cc4f3f5f2e3/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=ff1bb46c-1470-4612-afc3-5cc4f3f5f2e3&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Douglas S. Duckworth, &quot;Tibetan Buddhist Philosophy of Mind and Nature&quot; (Oxford UP, 2019)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:48:34</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Tibetan Buddhist Philosophy of Mind and Nature (Oxford UP, 2019) offers an engaging philosophical overview of Tibetan Buddhist thought. Integrating competing and complementary perspectives on the nature of mind and reality, Douglas Duckworth reveals the way that Buddhist theory informs Buddhist practice in various Tibetan traditions. Duckworth draws upon a contrast between phenomenology and ontology to highlight distinct starting points of inquiries into mind and nature in Buddhism, and to illuminate central issues confronted in Tibetan Buddhist philosophy.
This thematic study engages some of the most difficult and critical topics in Buddhist thought, such as the nature of mind and the meaning of emptiness, across a wide range of philosophical traditions, including the &quot;Middle Way&quot; of Madhyamaka, Yogacara (also known as &quot;Mind-Only&quot;), and tantra. Duckworth provides a richly textured overview that explores the intersecting nature of mind, language, and world depicted in Tibetan Buddhist traditions. Further, this book puts Tibetan philosophy into conversation with texts and traditions from India, Europe, and America, exemplifying the possibility and potential for a transformative conversation in global philosophy.
Dr. Tiatemsu Longkumer is a faculty in the Department of Anthropology at Royal Thimphu College, Bhutan. His academic pursuits center on the fields of Anthropology and the Philosophy of Religion.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Tibetan Buddhist Philosophy of Mind and Nature (Oxford UP, 2019) offers an engaging philosophical overview of Tibetan Buddhist thought. Integrating competing and complementary perspectives on the nature of mind and reality, Douglas Duckworth reveals the way that Buddhist theory informs Buddhist practice in various Tibetan traditions. Duckworth draws upon a contrast between phenomenology and ontology to highlight distinct starting points of inquiries into mind and nature in Buddhism, and to illuminate central issues confronted in Tibetan Buddhist philosophy.
This thematic study engages some of the most difficult and critical topics in Buddhist thought, such as the nature of mind and the meaning of emptiness, across a wide range of philosophical traditions, including the &quot;Middle Way&quot; of Madhyamaka, Yogacara (also known as &quot;Mind-Only&quot;), and tantra. Duckworth provides a richly textured overview that explores the intersecting nature of mind, language, and world depicted in Tibetan Buddhist traditions. Further, this book puts Tibetan philosophy into conversation with texts and traditions from India, Europe, and America, exemplifying the possibility and potential for a transformative conversation in global philosophy.
Dr. Tiatemsu Longkumer is a faculty in the Department of Anthropology at Royal Thimphu College, Bhutan. His academic pursuits center on the fields of Anthropology and the Philosophy of Religion.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>120</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">78f16bca-b16d-11ee-8a48-c3d34a4a67a2</guid>
      <title>Stéphane Jettot, &quot;Selling Ancestry: Family Directories and the Commodification of Genealogy in Eighteenth-Century Britain&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Often cited but rarely studied in their own right, family directories allow a reconsideration of how ancestry and genealogy became an object of widespread commercialization across the eighteenth century. These directories replaced the expensive, locally-produced, early modern artefacts (tombs, windowpanes, illuminated pedigrees), and began to reach a wide audience of readers in the British Isles and the colonies. </p><p>In<em> </em><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192865960"><em>Selling Ancestry: Family Directories and the Commodification of Genealogy in Eighteenth Century Britain</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2023), Dr. Stéphane Jettot offers an insight into the cumulative process leading to the creation of these hybrid products — a combination of court almanacks, county histories, and town directories. Employed by contemporaries as reference tools to navigate through a dynamic and changing society, they could be used as a means to probe contemporary attitudes towards social status and political events. Published by the most prominent London booksellers who shared their copyrights among themselves, they relied on the considerable involvement of thousands of families in the counties.</p><p>In their correspondence with publishers, many new and old elites desired to insert their own narrative into a general history of Britain by dispatching documents, quotations, and anecdotes. Based on a unique source-base, this book provides a systematic review of these directories, their production, and sale, but also their potential role in shaping the character of social change. Dr. Jettot demonstrates the wider ramifications of genealogy and its structural ability to reinvent itself, associate amateurs and antiquarians alike, and thrive on the wavering lines between facts and fiction, offering an exciting and unique insight into the social history of eighteenth-century Britain.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> forthcoming book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 13 Jan 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Often cited but rarely studied in their own right, family directories allow a reconsideration of how ancestry and genealogy became an object of widespread commercialization across the eighteenth century. These directories replaced the expensive, locally-produced, early modern artefacts (tombs, windowpanes, illuminated pedigrees), and began to reach a wide audience of readers in the British Isles and the colonies. </p><p>In<em> </em><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192865960"><em>Selling Ancestry: Family Directories and the Commodification of Genealogy in Eighteenth Century Britain</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2023), Dr. Stéphane Jettot offers an insight into the cumulative process leading to the creation of these hybrid products — a combination of court almanacks, county histories, and town directories. Employed by contemporaries as reference tools to navigate through a dynamic and changing society, they could be used as a means to probe contemporary attitudes towards social status and political events. Published by the most prominent London booksellers who shared their copyrights among themselves, they relied on the considerable involvement of thousands of families in the counties.</p><p>In their correspondence with publishers, many new and old elites desired to insert their own narrative into a general history of Britain by dispatching documents, quotations, and anecdotes. Based on a unique source-base, this book provides a systematic review of these directories, their production, and sale, but also their potential role in shaping the character of social change. Dr. Jettot demonstrates the wider ramifications of genealogy and its structural ability to reinvent itself, associate amateurs and antiquarians alike, and thrive on the wavering lines between facts and fiction, offering an exciting and unique insight into the social history of eighteenth-century Britain.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> forthcoming book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="53796116" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/4f6b076c-f01b-4df9-a337-ba1fe47aeba2/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=4f6b076c-f01b-4df9-a337-ba1fe47aeba2&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Stéphane Jettot, &quot;Selling Ancestry: Family Directories and the Commodification of Genealogy in Eighteenth-Century Britain&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:56:02</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Often cited but rarely studied in their own right, family directories allow a reconsideration of how ancestry and genealogy became an object of widespread commercialization across the eighteenth century. These directories replaced the expensive, locally-produced, early modern artefacts (tombs, windowpanes, illuminated pedigrees), and began to reach a wide audience of readers in the British Isles and the colonies. 
In Selling Ancestry: Family Directories and the Commodification of Genealogy in Eighteenth Century Britain (Oxford University Press, 2023), Dr. Stéphane Jettot offers an insight into the cumulative process leading to the creation of these hybrid products — a combination of court almanacks, county histories, and town directories. Employed by contemporaries as reference tools to navigate through a dynamic and changing society, they could be used as a means to probe contemporary attitudes towards social status and political events. Published by the most prominent London booksellers who shared their copyrights among themselves, they relied on the considerable involvement of thousands of families in the counties.
In their correspondence with publishers, many new and old elites desired to insert their own narrative into a general history of Britain by dispatching documents, quotations, and anecdotes. Based on a unique source-base, this book provides a systematic review of these directories, their production, and sale, but also their potential role in shaping the character of social change. Dr. Jettot demonstrates the wider ramifications of genealogy and its structural ability to reinvent itself, associate amateurs and antiquarians alike, and thrive on the wavering lines between facts and fiction, offering an exciting and unique insight into the social history of eighteenth-century Britain.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Often cited but rarely studied in their own right, family directories allow a reconsideration of how ancestry and genealogy became an object of widespread commercialization across the eighteenth century. These directories replaced the expensive, locally-produced, early modern artefacts (tombs, windowpanes, illuminated pedigrees), and began to reach a wide audience of readers in the British Isles and the colonies. 
In Selling Ancestry: Family Directories and the Commodification of Genealogy in Eighteenth Century Britain (Oxford University Press, 2023), Dr. Stéphane Jettot offers an insight into the cumulative process leading to the creation of these hybrid products — a combination of court almanacks, county histories, and town directories. Employed by contemporaries as reference tools to navigate through a dynamic and changing society, they could be used as a means to probe contemporary attitudes towards social status and political events. Published by the most prominent London booksellers who shared their copyrights among themselves, they relied on the considerable involvement of thousands of families in the counties.
In their correspondence with publishers, many new and old elites desired to insert their own narrative into a general history of Britain by dispatching documents, quotations, and anecdotes. Based on a unique source-base, this book provides a systematic review of these directories, their production, and sale, but also their potential role in shaping the character of social change. Dr. Jettot demonstrates the wider ramifications of genealogy and its structural ability to reinvent itself, associate amateurs and antiquarians alike, and thrive on the wavering lines between facts and fiction, offering an exciting and unique insight into the social history of eighteenth-century Britain.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>110</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0a69b6c0-af34-11ee-bae4-abe33e9b782f</guid>
      <title>Matthew Kennedy, &quot;On Elizabeth Taylor: An Opinionated Guide&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In the oceans of ink devoted to the monumental movie star/businesswoman/political activist Elizabeth Rosemond Taylor (1932-2011), her beauty and not-so-private life frequently overshadowed her movies. While she knew how to generate publicity like no other, her personal life is set aside in this volume in favor of her professional oeuvre and unique screen dynamism. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197664117"><em>On Elizabeth Taylor: An Opinionated Guide</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024), her marriages, illnesses, media firestorms, perfume empire, violet eyes, and AIDS advocacy take a back seat to Elizabeth Taylor, the actress.</p><p>Taylor's big screen credits span over fifty years, from her pre-adolescent debut in <em>There's One Born Every Minute</em> (1942) to her cameo in <em>The Flintstones</em> (1994). She worked steadily in everything from the biggest production in film history (<em>Cleopatra</em> in 1963) to a humble daytime TV soap opera (<em>General Hospital</em> in 1981). Each of her sixty-seven film appearances is recapped here with background on their inception, production, release, and critical and financial outcome. <em>On Elizabeth Taylor: An Opinionated Guide</em> is a cradle-to-grave chronology of Taylor's life, noting key events, achievements, and milestones. This book offers a work-by-work analysis of her entire career told in chronological order, each film headlined with year of release, distributing studio, and director. This in-depth overview provides an invaluable new way of understanding Taylor's full life and work, as well as the history and nuances of the film industry as it existed in the twentieth century.</p><p>Kennedy engagingly reassesses Taylor's acting and the nuances she brought to the screen - this includes a consideration of her specific art, the development of her voice, her relationship to the camera, and her canny understanding of the effect she had on audiences worldwide. Kennedy also provides an elucidating guide to her entire filmography, one that speaks to the quality of her performances, their contours and shading, and their context within her extraordinary life and career. <em>On Elizabeth Taylor</em> is a beautifully comprehensive overview of a singular actress of the twentieth century, offering new ways to see and appreciate her skill and peerless charisma, in turn placing her among the greatest film stars of all time.</p><p>Matthew Kennedy is a film historian based in Oakland, California. He is the author of <em>Roadshow! The Fall of Film Musicals in the 1960s</em>, biographies of actresses Marie Dressler and Joan Blondell, and of director-screenwriter Edmund Goulding. He has introduced film series at the Museum of Modern Art, UCLA Film &amp; Television Archive, and Pacific Film Archive, and written for the San Francisco Silent Film Festival, Turner Classic Movies, and the National Film Registry. He is currently host and curator of the CinemaLit series at the Mechanics' Institute Library in San Francisco.</p><p>Daniel Moran earned his B.A. and M.A. in English from Rutgers University and his Ph.D. in History from Drew University. The author of <em>Creating Flannery O’Connor: Her Critics, Her Publishers, Her Readers</em> and articles on G. K. Chesterton and John Ford, he teaches research and</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Jan 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In the oceans of ink devoted to the monumental movie star/businesswoman/political activist Elizabeth Rosemond Taylor (1932-2011), her beauty and not-so-private life frequently overshadowed her movies. While she knew how to generate publicity like no other, her personal life is set aside in this volume in favor of her professional oeuvre and unique screen dynamism. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197664117"><em>On Elizabeth Taylor: An Opinionated Guide</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2024), her marriages, illnesses, media firestorms, perfume empire, violet eyes, and AIDS advocacy take a back seat to Elizabeth Taylor, the actress.</p><p>Taylor's big screen credits span over fifty years, from her pre-adolescent debut in <em>There's One Born Every Minute</em> (1942) to her cameo in <em>The Flintstones</em> (1994). She worked steadily in everything from the biggest production in film history (<em>Cleopatra</em> in 1963) to a humble daytime TV soap opera (<em>General Hospital</em> in 1981). Each of her sixty-seven film appearances is recapped here with background on their inception, production, release, and critical and financial outcome. <em>On Elizabeth Taylor: An Opinionated Guide</em> is a cradle-to-grave chronology of Taylor's life, noting key events, achievements, and milestones. This book offers a work-by-work analysis of her entire career told in chronological order, each film headlined with year of release, distributing studio, and director. This in-depth overview provides an invaluable new way of understanding Taylor's full life and work, as well as the history and nuances of the film industry as it existed in the twentieth century.</p><p>Kennedy engagingly reassesses Taylor's acting and the nuances she brought to the screen - this includes a consideration of her specific art, the development of her voice, her relationship to the camera, and her canny understanding of the effect she had on audiences worldwide. Kennedy also provides an elucidating guide to her entire filmography, one that speaks to the quality of her performances, their contours and shading, and their context within her extraordinary life and career. <em>On Elizabeth Taylor</em> is a beautifully comprehensive overview of a singular actress of the twentieth century, offering new ways to see and appreciate her skill and peerless charisma, in turn placing her among the greatest film stars of all time.</p><p>Matthew Kennedy is a film historian based in Oakland, California. He is the author of <em>Roadshow! The Fall of Film Musicals in the 1960s</em>, biographies of actresses Marie Dressler and Joan Blondell, and of director-screenwriter Edmund Goulding. He has introduced film series at the Museum of Modern Art, UCLA Film &amp; Television Archive, and Pacific Film Archive, and written for the San Francisco Silent Film Festival, Turner Classic Movies, and the National Film Registry. He is currently host and curator of the CinemaLit series at the Mechanics' Institute Library in San Francisco.</p><p>Daniel Moran earned his B.A. and M.A. in English from Rutgers University and his Ph.D. in History from Drew University. The author of <em>Creating Flannery O’Connor: Her Critics, Her Publishers, Her Readers</em> and articles on G. K. Chesterton and John Ford, he teaches research and</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="61174432" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/a8631fdc-cc3a-4246-ba19-ae0a8a5122a1/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=a8631fdc-cc3a-4246-ba19-ae0a8a5122a1&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Matthew Kennedy, &quot;On Elizabeth Taylor: An Opinionated Guide&quot; (Oxford UP, 2024)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:03:43</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In the oceans of ink devoted to the monumental movie star/businesswoman/political activist Elizabeth Rosemond Taylor (1932-2011), her beauty and not-so-private life frequently overshadowed her movies. While she knew how to generate publicity like no other, her personal life is set aside in this volume in favor of her professional oeuvre and unique screen dynamism. In On Elizabeth Taylor: An Opinionated Guide (Oxford UP, 2024), her marriages, illnesses, media firestorms, perfume empire, violet eyes, and AIDS advocacy take a back seat to Elizabeth Taylor, the actress.
Taylor&apos;s big screen credits span over fifty years, from her pre-adolescent debut in There&apos;s One Born Every Minute (1942) to her cameo in The Flintstones (1994). She worked steadily in everything from the biggest production in film history (Cleopatra in 1963) to a humble daytime TV soap opera (General Hospital in 1981). Each of her sixty-seven film appearances is recapped here with background on their inception, production, release, and critical and financial outcome. On Elizabeth Taylor: An Opinionated Guide is a cradle-to-grave chronology of Taylor&apos;s life, noting key events, achievements, and milestones. This book offers a work-by-work analysis of her entire career told in chronological order, each film headlined with year of release, distributing studio, and director. This in-depth overview provides an invaluable new way of understanding Taylor&apos;s full life and work, as well as the history and nuances of the film industry as it existed in the twentieth century.
Kennedy engagingly reassesses Taylor&apos;s acting and the nuances she brought to the screen - this includes a consideration of her specific art, the development of her voice, her relationship to the camera, and her canny understanding of the effect she had on audiences worldwide. Kennedy also provides an elucidating guide to her entire filmography, one that speaks to the quality of her performances, their contours and shading, and their context within her extraordinary life and career. On Elizabeth Taylor is a beautifully comprehensive overview of a singular actress of the twentieth century, offering new ways to see and appreciate her skill and peerless charisma, in turn placing her among the greatest film stars of all time.
Matthew Kennedy is a film historian based in Oakland, California. He is the author of Roadshow! The Fall of Film Musicals in the 1960s, biographies of actresses Marie Dressler and Joan Blondell, and of director-screenwriter Edmund Goulding. He has introduced film series at the Museum of Modern Art, UCLA Film &amp; Television Archive, and Pacific Film Archive, and written for the San Francisco Silent Film Festival, Turner Classic Movies, and the National Film Registry. He is currently host and curator of the CinemaLit series at the Mechanics&apos; Institute Library in San Francisco.
Daniel Moran earned his B.A. and M.A. in English from Rutgers University and his Ph.D. in History from Drew University. The author of Creating Flannery O’Connor: Her Critics, Her Publishers, Her Readers and articles on G. K. Chesterton and John Ford, he teaches research and</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In the oceans of ink devoted to the monumental movie star/businesswoman/political activist Elizabeth Rosemond Taylor (1932-2011), her beauty and not-so-private life frequently overshadowed her movies. While she knew how to generate publicity like no other, her personal life is set aside in this volume in favor of her professional oeuvre and unique screen dynamism. In On Elizabeth Taylor: An Opinionated Guide (Oxford UP, 2024), her marriages, illnesses, media firestorms, perfume empire, violet eyes, and AIDS advocacy take a back seat to Elizabeth Taylor, the actress.
Taylor&apos;s big screen credits span over fifty years, from her pre-adolescent debut in There&apos;s One Born Every Minute (1942) to her cameo in The Flintstones (1994). She worked steadily in everything from the biggest production in film history (Cleopatra in 1963) to a humble daytime TV soap opera (General Hospital in 1981). Each of her sixty-seven film appearances is recapped here with background on their inception, production, release, and critical and financial outcome. On Elizabeth Taylor: An Opinionated Guide is a cradle-to-grave chronology of Taylor&apos;s life, noting key events, achievements, and milestones. This book offers a work-by-work analysis of her entire career told in chronological order, each film headlined with year of release, distributing studio, and director. This in-depth overview provides an invaluable new way of understanding Taylor&apos;s full life and work, as well as the history and nuances of the film industry as it existed in the twentieth century.
Kennedy engagingly reassesses Taylor&apos;s acting and the nuances she brought to the screen - this includes a consideration of her specific art, the development of her voice, her relationship to the camera, and her canny understanding of the effect she had on audiences worldwide. Kennedy also provides an elucidating guide to her entire filmography, one that speaks to the quality of her performances, their contours and shading, and their context within her extraordinary life and career. On Elizabeth Taylor is a beautifully comprehensive overview of a singular actress of the twentieth century, offering new ways to see and appreciate her skill and peerless charisma, in turn placing her among the greatest film stars of all time.
Matthew Kennedy is a film historian based in Oakland, California. He is the author of Roadshow! The Fall of Film Musicals in the 1960s, biographies of actresses Marie Dressler and Joan Blondell, and of director-screenwriter Edmund Goulding. He has introduced film series at the Museum of Modern Art, UCLA Film &amp; Television Archive, and Pacific Film Archive, and written for the San Francisco Silent Film Festival, Turner Classic Movies, and the National Film Registry. He is currently host and curator of the CinemaLit series at the Mechanics&apos; Institute Library in San Francisco.
Daniel Moran earned his B.A. and M.A. in English from Rutgers University and his Ph.D. in History from Drew University. The author of Creating Flannery O’Connor: Her Critics, Her Publishers, Her Readers and articles on G. K. Chesterton and John Ford, he teaches research and</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>184</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f5b246c8-ad8c-11ee-8027-dfd3b441ea1a</guid>
      <title>Peter J. Williamson, &quot;Duce: The Contradictions of Power: The Political Leadership of Benito Mussolini&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Eighty years after the fall of Benito Mussolini, controversy remains about what his dictatorship represented. This reflects the different sides to the Duce's leadership: while adept at nurturing and enforcing his personal political power, Mussolini's lack of insight into the requirements of governance prevented him from converting this power into influence to achieve his goals. His efforts to maintain the support of Italy's conservative elites--economic, social and political--also created tensions with his radical Fascist ambitions, diminishing the momentum behind his regime.</p><p>Mussolini is frequently portrayed as a charismatic leader, but his rule was secured principally by coercion, violence and a 'spoils system'. Nonetheless, his personality cult had significant popular appeal, even if based upon a political myth. This enabled him to consolidate his position and to dominate his Fascist colleagues--but at a price of over-centralized, dysfunctional decision-making.</p><p>In<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197696132"> <em>Duce: The Contradictions of Power: The Political Leadership of Benito Mussolini</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023), the first comprehensive English-language study of Mussolini in nearly two decades, Peter J. Williamson brings to life the contradictions within the Duce's leadership. Using a wide range of sources, Williamson reveals how these conflicts impeded the dictator's ambitions, leaving him increasingly frustrated, all while most Italians endured the severe privations of both failure and Fascism.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 9 Jan 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Eighty years after the fall of Benito Mussolini, controversy remains about what his dictatorship represented. This reflects the different sides to the Duce's leadership: while adept at nurturing and enforcing his personal political power, Mussolini's lack of insight into the requirements of governance prevented him from converting this power into influence to achieve his goals. His efforts to maintain the support of Italy's conservative elites--economic, social and political--also created tensions with his radical Fascist ambitions, diminishing the momentum behind his regime.</p><p>Mussolini is frequently portrayed as a charismatic leader, but his rule was secured principally by coercion, violence and a 'spoils system'. Nonetheless, his personality cult had significant popular appeal, even if based upon a political myth. This enabled him to consolidate his position and to dominate his Fascist colleagues--but at a price of over-centralized, dysfunctional decision-making.</p><p>In<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197696132"> <em>Duce: The Contradictions of Power: The Political Leadership of Benito Mussolini</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023), the first comprehensive English-language study of Mussolini in nearly two decades, Peter J. Williamson brings to life the contradictions within the Duce's leadership. Using a wide range of sources, Williamson reveals how these conflicts impeded the dictator's ambitions, leaving him increasingly frustrated, all while most Italians endured the severe privations of both failure and Fascism.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="84441755" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/c1dcaf75-cd5a-49e8-aab2-aeae56bc129d/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=c1dcaf75-cd5a-49e8-aab2-aeae56bc129d&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Peter J. Williamson, &quot;Duce: The Contradictions of Power: The Political Leadership of Benito Mussolini&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:27:57</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Eighty years after the fall of Benito Mussolini, controversy remains about what his dictatorship represented. This reflects the different sides to the Duce&apos;s leadership: while adept at nurturing and enforcing his personal political power, Mussolini&apos;s lack of insight into the requirements of governance prevented him from converting this power into influence to achieve his goals. His efforts to maintain the support of Italy&apos;s conservative elites--economic, social and political--also created tensions with his radical Fascist ambitions, diminishing the momentum behind his regime.
Mussolini is frequently portrayed as a charismatic leader, but his rule was secured principally by coercion, violence and a &apos;spoils system&apos;. Nonetheless, his personality cult had significant popular appeal, even if based upon a political myth. This enabled him to consolidate his position and to dominate his Fascist colleagues--but at a price of over-centralized, dysfunctional decision-making.
In Duce: The Contradictions of Power: The Political Leadership of Benito Mussolini (Oxford UP, 2023), the first comprehensive English-language study of Mussolini in nearly two decades, Peter J. Williamson brings to life the contradictions within the Duce&apos;s leadership. Using a wide range of sources, Williamson reveals how these conflicts impeded the dictator&apos;s ambitions, leaving him increasingly frustrated, all while most Italians endured the severe privations of both failure and Fascism.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Eighty years after the fall of Benito Mussolini, controversy remains about what his dictatorship represented. This reflects the different sides to the Duce&apos;s leadership: while adept at nurturing and enforcing his personal political power, Mussolini&apos;s lack of insight into the requirements of governance prevented him from converting this power into influence to achieve his goals. His efforts to maintain the support of Italy&apos;s conservative elites--economic, social and political--also created tensions with his radical Fascist ambitions, diminishing the momentum behind his regime.
Mussolini is frequently portrayed as a charismatic leader, but his rule was secured principally by coercion, violence and a &apos;spoils system&apos;. Nonetheless, his personality cult had significant popular appeal, even if based upon a political myth. This enabled him to consolidate his position and to dominate his Fascist colleagues--but at a price of over-centralized, dysfunctional decision-making.
In Duce: The Contradictions of Power: The Political Leadership of Benito Mussolini (Oxford UP, 2023), the first comprehensive English-language study of Mussolini in nearly two decades, Peter J. Williamson brings to life the contradictions within the Duce&apos;s leadership. Using a wide range of sources, Williamson reveals how these conflicts impeded the dictator&apos;s ambitions, leaving him increasingly frustrated, all while most Italians endured the severe privations of both failure and Fascism.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1403</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c594c15a-ad7d-11ee-ba25-37ab95e9c86b</guid>
      <title>Christian Coseru on Perceiving Reality</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>What does it mean to perceive and just how capable are we of perceiving reality? This is a core question in the work of Christian Coseru, who is today’s guest. He is the Lightsey Humanities chair and Professor of Philosophy at the College of Charleston. Christian works in the fields of philosophy of mind, phenomenology, and cross-cultural philosophy, especially Indian and Buddhist philosophy in dialogue with Western philosophy and cognitive science.</p><p>He is the author of <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190253110"><em>Perceiving Reality: Consciousness, Intentionality, and Cognition in Buddhist Philosophy</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2012, pbk 2015), and editor of <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9783031139949"><em>Reasons and Empty Persons: Mind, Metaphysics, and Morality. Essays in Honor of Mark Siderits</em> </a>(Springer, 2023).</p><p>Christian spent four and a half years in India in the mid 1990s pursuing studies in Sanskrit and Indian Philosophy. While in India, he was affiliated with several research institutes, including the Maha Body Society, the Asiatic Society of Calcutta and the Central Institute of Higher Tibetan Studies.</p><p>We discuss;</p><ul>
<li>Perceiving Reality and where current ongoing debates are on this immense topic.</li>
<li>How confident we can be that phenomenological experience of reality is real and accurate.</li>
<li>Where current theories are on the question of consciousness.</li>
<li>The social role of cognition and the topic of mediation.</li>
<li>What he makes of panpsychism andits return and relationship with physicalism.</li>
<li>How such theories are represented in Buddhism.</li>
<li>Working definitions of human flourishing and whether they are at all indebted to Buddhism.</li>
<li>The question of Self, no-self without Buddhism.</li>
</ul><p><br /></p><p>The episode is sponsored by <a href="https://imperfectbuddha.com/authors-notes/">O’Connell Coaching</a>. Music is supplied by <a href="https://cosmiclink.bandcamp.com/album/cosmic-link">Cosmic Link</a>.</p><p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/matthew-joseph-o-connell-b1695137/?originalSubdomain=it"><em>Matthew O'Connell</em></a><em> is a </em><a href="https://imperfectbuddha.com/authors-notes/"><em>life coach</em></a><em> and the host of the </em><a href="https://imperfectbuddha.com/"><em>The Imperfect Buddha</em></a><em> podcast. You can find The Imperfect Buddha on </em><a href="https://www.facebook.com/imperfectbuddha"><em>Facebook</em></a><em> and </em><a href="https://twitter.com/Imperfectbuddha"><em>Twitter</em></a><em> (@imperfectbuddha).</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 8 Jan 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>What does it mean to perceive and just how capable are we of perceiving reality? This is a core question in the work of Christian Coseru, who is today’s guest. He is the Lightsey Humanities chair and Professor of Philosophy at the College of Charleston. Christian works in the fields of philosophy of mind, phenomenology, and cross-cultural philosophy, especially Indian and Buddhist philosophy in dialogue with Western philosophy and cognitive science.</p><p>He is the author of <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190253110"><em>Perceiving Reality: Consciousness, Intentionality, and Cognition in Buddhist Philosophy</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2012, pbk 2015), and editor of <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9783031139949"><em>Reasons and Empty Persons: Mind, Metaphysics, and Morality. Essays in Honor of Mark Siderits</em> </a>(Springer, 2023).</p><p>Christian spent four and a half years in India in the mid 1990s pursuing studies in Sanskrit and Indian Philosophy. While in India, he was affiliated with several research institutes, including the Maha Body Society, the Asiatic Society of Calcutta and the Central Institute of Higher Tibetan Studies.</p><p>We discuss;</p><ul>
<li>Perceiving Reality and where current ongoing debates are on this immense topic.</li>
<li>How confident we can be that phenomenological experience of reality is real and accurate.</li>
<li>Where current theories are on the question of consciousness.</li>
<li>The social role of cognition and the topic of mediation.</li>
<li>What he makes of panpsychism andits return and relationship with physicalism.</li>
<li>How such theories are represented in Buddhism.</li>
<li>Working definitions of human flourishing and whether they are at all indebted to Buddhism.</li>
<li>The question of Self, no-self without Buddhism.</li>
</ul><p><br /></p><p>The episode is sponsored by <a href="https://imperfectbuddha.com/authors-notes/">O’Connell Coaching</a>. Music is supplied by <a href="https://cosmiclink.bandcamp.com/album/cosmic-link">Cosmic Link</a>.</p><p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/matthew-joseph-o-connell-b1695137/?originalSubdomain=it"><em>Matthew O'Connell</em></a><em> is a </em><a href="https://imperfectbuddha.com/authors-notes/"><em>life coach</em></a><em> and the host of the </em><a href="https://imperfectbuddha.com/"><em>The Imperfect Buddha</em></a><em> podcast. You can find The Imperfect Buddha on </em><a href="https://www.facebook.com/imperfectbuddha"><em>Facebook</em></a><em> and </em><a href="https://twitter.com/Imperfectbuddha"><em>Twitter</em></a><em> (@imperfectbuddha).</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="71728791" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/80802664-aaa9-424c-bd2d-bae756cfbca9/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=80802664-aaa9-424c-bd2d-bae756cfbca9&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Christian Coseru on Perceiving Reality</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:14:42</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>What does it mean to perceive and just how capable are we of perceiving reality? This is a core question in the work of Christian Coseru, who is today’s guest. He is the Lightsey Humanities chair and Professor of Philosophy at the College of Charleston. Christian works in the fields of philosophy of mind, phenomenology, and cross-cultural philosophy, especially Indian and Buddhist philosophy in dialogue with Western philosophy and cognitive science.
He is the author of Perceiving Reality: Consciousness, Intentionality, and Cognition in Buddhist Philosophy (Oxford UP, 2012, pbk 2015), and editor of Reasons and Empty Persons: Mind, Metaphysics, and Morality. Essays in Honor of Mark Siderits (Springer, 2023).
Christian spent four and a half years in India in the mid 1990s pursuing studies in Sanskrit and Indian Philosophy. While in India, he was affiliated with several research institutes, including the Maha Body Society, the Asiatic Society of Calcutta and the Central Institute of Higher Tibetan Studies.
We discuss;

Perceiving Reality and where current ongoing debates are on this immense topic.

How confident we can be that phenomenological experience of reality is real and accurate.

Where current theories are on the question of consciousness.

The social role of cognition and the topic of mediation.

What he makes of panpsychism andits return and relationship with physicalism.

How such theories are represented in Buddhism.

Working definitions of human flourishing and whether they are at all indebted to Buddhism.

The question of Self, no-self without Buddhism.


The episode is sponsored by O’Connell Coaching. Music is supplied by Cosmic Link.
Matthew O&apos;Connell is a life coach and the host of the The Imperfect Buddha podcast. You can find The Imperfect Buddha on Facebook and Twitter (@imperfectbuddha).</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>What does it mean to perceive and just how capable are we of perceiving reality? This is a core question in the work of Christian Coseru, who is today’s guest. He is the Lightsey Humanities chair and Professor of Philosophy at the College of Charleston. Christian works in the fields of philosophy of mind, phenomenology, and cross-cultural philosophy, especially Indian and Buddhist philosophy in dialogue with Western philosophy and cognitive science.
He is the author of Perceiving Reality: Consciousness, Intentionality, and Cognition in Buddhist Philosophy (Oxford UP, 2012, pbk 2015), and editor of Reasons and Empty Persons: Mind, Metaphysics, and Morality. Essays in Honor of Mark Siderits (Springer, 2023).
Christian spent four and a half years in India in the mid 1990s pursuing studies in Sanskrit and Indian Philosophy. While in India, he was affiliated with several research institutes, including the Maha Body Society, the Asiatic Society of Calcutta and the Central Institute of Higher Tibetan Studies.
We discuss;

Perceiving Reality and where current ongoing debates are on this immense topic.

How confident we can be that phenomenological experience of reality is real and accurate.

Where current theories are on the question of consciousness.

The social role of cognition and the topic of mediation.

What he makes of panpsychism andits return and relationship with physicalism.

How such theories are represented in Buddhism.

Working definitions of human flourishing and whether they are at all indebted to Buddhism.

The question of Self, no-self without Buddhism.


The episode is sponsored by O’Connell Coaching. Music is supplied by Cosmic Link.
Matthew O&apos;Connell is a life coach and the host of the The Imperfect Buddha podcast. You can find The Imperfect Buddha on Facebook and Twitter (@imperfectbuddha).</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>115</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8f229aec-ad79-11ee-9ef0-fbec022f01f6</guid>
      <title>Paul F. Diehl et al., &quot;When Peacekeeping Missions Collide: Balancing Multiple Roles in Peace Operations&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The contemporary world is beset with a wide variety of conflicts, all of which have features without historical precedent. While most accounts of peacekeeping focus on attempts to limit violent conflict, this traditional view hardly captures the variety of challenges that today's peacekeepers face. Peacekeepers are now thrust into the unconventional roles of monitoring elections, facilitating transitions to the rule of law, distributing humanitarian aid, and resolving conflicts in civil societies that are undergoing transformation. This is the context for understanding the activities of modern-day peacekeepers.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197696859"><em>When Peacekeeping Missions Collide: Balancing Multiple Roles in Peace Operations</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023), Dr. Paul F. Diehl, Dr. Daniel Druckman, and Dr. Grace B. Mueller provide an original and comprehensive assessment on how different peacekeeping missions intersect with one another in contemporary conflicts. They begin by documenting the patterns of peacekeeping missions in 70 UN operations, noting the dramatic increase in number and diversity of operations since the end of the Cold War as well as the shift to conflicts with a substantial internal conflict component. They then turn to the overarching question of the book: how do individual peacekeeping missions impact the outcomes of other missions within the same operations? To answer this, the authors have developed a novel dataset of UN peace operations from 1946-2016 to assess mission compatibility. Moreover, the authors utilise five detailed case studies of UN peacekeeping operations featuring mission interdependence and then measure the results against their theoretical expectations.</p><p>Ultimately, the model they have developed for analysing the effectiveness of the far more complex peace operations of today--relative to the simpler operations of the past--is essential reading for scholars of peacekeeping and conflict management.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> forthcoming book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 8 Jan 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The contemporary world is beset with a wide variety of conflicts, all of which have features without historical precedent. While most accounts of peacekeeping focus on attempts to limit violent conflict, this traditional view hardly captures the variety of challenges that today's peacekeepers face. Peacekeepers are now thrust into the unconventional roles of monitoring elections, facilitating transitions to the rule of law, distributing humanitarian aid, and resolving conflicts in civil societies that are undergoing transformation. This is the context for understanding the activities of modern-day peacekeepers.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197696859"><em>When Peacekeeping Missions Collide: Balancing Multiple Roles in Peace Operations</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023), Dr. Paul F. Diehl, Dr. Daniel Druckman, and Dr. Grace B. Mueller provide an original and comprehensive assessment on how different peacekeeping missions intersect with one another in contemporary conflicts. They begin by documenting the patterns of peacekeeping missions in 70 UN operations, noting the dramatic increase in number and diversity of operations since the end of the Cold War as well as the shift to conflicts with a substantial internal conflict component. They then turn to the overarching question of the book: how do individual peacekeeping missions impact the outcomes of other missions within the same operations? To answer this, the authors have developed a novel dataset of UN peace operations from 1946-2016 to assess mission compatibility. Moreover, the authors utilise five detailed case studies of UN peacekeeping operations featuring mission interdependence and then measure the results against their theoretical expectations.</p><p>Ultimately, the model they have developed for analysing the effectiveness of the far more complex peace operations of today--relative to the simpler operations of the past--is essential reading for scholars of peacekeeping and conflict management.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> forthcoming book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="63724006" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/64654a9b-e92c-41de-8f18-81a64b8f6c8c/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=64654a9b-e92c-41de-8f18-81a64b8f6c8c&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Paul F. Diehl et al., &quot;When Peacekeeping Missions Collide: Balancing Multiple Roles in Peace Operations&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:06:22</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The contemporary world is beset with a wide variety of conflicts, all of which have features without historical precedent. While most accounts of peacekeeping focus on attempts to limit violent conflict, this traditional view hardly captures the variety of challenges that today&apos;s peacekeepers face. Peacekeepers are now thrust into the unconventional roles of monitoring elections, facilitating transitions to the rule of law, distributing humanitarian aid, and resolving conflicts in civil societies that are undergoing transformation. This is the context for understanding the activities of modern-day peacekeepers.
In When Peacekeeping Missions Collide: Balancing Multiple Roles in Peace Operations (Oxford University Press, 2023), Dr. Paul F. Diehl, Dr. Daniel Druckman, and Dr. Grace B. Mueller provide an original and comprehensive assessment on how different peacekeeping missions intersect with one another in contemporary conflicts. They begin by documenting the patterns of peacekeeping missions in 70 UN operations, noting the dramatic increase in number and diversity of operations since the end of the Cold War as well as the shift to conflicts with a substantial internal conflict component. They then turn to the overarching question of the book: how do individual peacekeeping missions impact the outcomes of other missions within the same operations? To answer this, the authors have developed a novel dataset of UN peace operations from 1946-2016 to assess mission compatibility. Moreover, the authors utilise five detailed case studies of UN peacekeeping operations featuring mission interdependence and then measure the results against their theoretical expectations.
Ultimately, the model they have developed for analysing the effectiveness of the far more complex peace operations of today--relative to the simpler operations of the past--is essential reading for scholars of peacekeeping and conflict management.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The contemporary world is beset with a wide variety of conflicts, all of which have features without historical precedent. While most accounts of peacekeeping focus on attempts to limit violent conflict, this traditional view hardly captures the variety of challenges that today&apos;s peacekeepers face. Peacekeepers are now thrust into the unconventional roles of monitoring elections, facilitating transitions to the rule of law, distributing humanitarian aid, and resolving conflicts in civil societies that are undergoing transformation. This is the context for understanding the activities of modern-day peacekeepers.
In When Peacekeeping Missions Collide: Balancing Multiple Roles in Peace Operations (Oxford University Press, 2023), Dr. Paul F. Diehl, Dr. Daniel Druckman, and Dr. Grace B. Mueller provide an original and comprehensive assessment on how different peacekeeping missions intersect with one another in contemporary conflicts. They begin by documenting the patterns of peacekeeping missions in 70 UN operations, noting the dramatic increase in number and diversity of operations since the end of the Cold War as well as the shift to conflicts with a substantial internal conflict component. They then turn to the overarching question of the book: how do individual peacekeeping missions impact the outcomes of other missions within the same operations? To answer this, the authors have developed a novel dataset of UN peace operations from 1946-2016 to assess mission compatibility. Moreover, the authors utilise five detailed case studies of UN peacekeeping operations featuring mission interdependence and then measure the results against their theoretical expectations.
Ultimately, the model they have developed for analysing the effectiveness of the far more complex peace operations of today--relative to the simpler operations of the past--is essential reading for scholars of peacekeeping and conflict management.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>87</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1a6b44f8-acd7-11ee-a7d8-fb41385bc2bf</guid>
      <title>Seth Bernard, &quot;Building Mid-Republican Rome: Labor, Architecture, and the Urban Economy&quot; (Oxford UP, 2018)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://aax-us-east.amazon-adsystem.com/x/c/QvdVukXB6rxT2ho3nK-mRHMAAAFpXiNAVAEAAAFKAXR3vOc/https://www.amazon.com/dp/0190878789/?creativeASIN=0190878789&amp;linkCode=w61&amp;imprToken=UKbYofSNSTPjF8laK6jXaw&amp;slotNum=0&amp;tag=newbooinhis-20"><em>Building Mid-Republican Rome: Labor, Architecture, and the Urban Economy</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2018), offers a holistic treatment of the development of the Mid-Republican city from 396 to 168 BCE. As Romans established imperial control over Italy and beyond, the city itself radically transformed from an ambitious central Italian settlement into the capital of the Mediterranean world. <a href="http://classics.utoronto.ca/people/faculty/seth-bernard/">Seth Bernard</a> describes this transformation in terms of both new urban architecture, much of it unprecedented in form and extent, and new socioeconomic structures, including slavery, coinage, and market-exchange. These physical and historical developments were closely linked: building the Republican city was expensive, and meeting such costs had significant implications for urban society. <em>Building Mid-Republican Rome</em> brings both architectural and socioeconomic developments into a single account of urban change.</p><p>Seth Bernard, an Assistant Professor of Classics at the University of Toronto, assembles a wide array of evidence, from literary sources to coins, epigraphy, and especially archaeological remains, revealing the period's importance for the decline of the Roman state's reliance on obligation and dependency and the rise of slavery and an urban labor market. This narrative is told through an investigation of the evolving institutional frameworks shaping the organization of public construction. A quantitative model of the costs of the Republican city walls reconstructs their economic impact. A new account of building technology in the period allows for a better understanding of the social and demographic profile of the city's builders. <em>Building Mid-Republican</em> <em>Rome</em> thus provides an innovative synthesis of a major Western city's spatial and historical aspects, shedding much-needed light on a seminal period in Rome's development.</p><p><em>Ryan Tripp teaches history in California.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 7 Jan 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://aax-us-east.amazon-adsystem.com/x/c/QvdVukXB6rxT2ho3nK-mRHMAAAFpXiNAVAEAAAFKAXR3vOc/https://www.amazon.com/dp/0190878789/?creativeASIN=0190878789&amp;linkCode=w61&amp;imprToken=UKbYofSNSTPjF8laK6jXaw&amp;slotNum=0&amp;tag=newbooinhis-20"><em>Building Mid-Republican Rome: Labor, Architecture, and the Urban Economy</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2018), offers a holistic treatment of the development of the Mid-Republican city from 396 to 168 BCE. As Romans established imperial control over Italy and beyond, the city itself radically transformed from an ambitious central Italian settlement into the capital of the Mediterranean world. <a href="http://classics.utoronto.ca/people/faculty/seth-bernard/">Seth Bernard</a> describes this transformation in terms of both new urban architecture, much of it unprecedented in form and extent, and new socioeconomic structures, including slavery, coinage, and market-exchange. These physical and historical developments were closely linked: building the Republican city was expensive, and meeting such costs had significant implications for urban society. <em>Building Mid-Republican Rome</em> brings both architectural and socioeconomic developments into a single account of urban change.</p><p>Seth Bernard, an Assistant Professor of Classics at the University of Toronto, assembles a wide array of evidence, from literary sources to coins, epigraphy, and especially archaeological remains, revealing the period's importance for the decline of the Roman state's reliance on obligation and dependency and the rise of slavery and an urban labor market. This narrative is told through an investigation of the evolving institutional frameworks shaping the organization of public construction. A quantitative model of the costs of the Republican city walls reconstructs their economic impact. A new account of building technology in the period allows for a better understanding of the social and demographic profile of the city's builders. <em>Building Mid-Republican</em> <em>Rome</em> thus provides an innovative synthesis of a major Western city's spatial and historical aspects, shedding much-needed light on a seminal period in Rome's development.</p><p><em>Ryan Tripp teaches history in California.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="31486196" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/eaa39274-0dcf-466e-b25f-acf87beb278b/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=eaa39274-0dcf-466e-b25f-acf87beb278b&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Seth Bernard, &quot;Building Mid-Republican Rome: Labor, Architecture, and the Urban Economy&quot; (Oxford UP, 2018)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:32:47</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Building Mid-Republican Rome: Labor, Architecture, and the Urban Economy (Oxford University Press, 2018), offers a holistic treatment of the development of the Mid-Republican city from 396 to 168 BCE. As Romans established imperial control over Italy and beyond, the city itself radically transformed from an ambitious central Italian settlement into the capital of the Mediterranean world. Seth Bernard describes this transformation in terms of both new urban architecture, much of it unprecedented in form and extent, and new socioeconomic structures, including slavery, coinage, and market-exchange. These physical and historical developments were closely linked: building the Republican city was expensive, and meeting such costs had significant implications for urban society. Building Mid-Republican Rome brings both architectural and socioeconomic developments into a single account of urban change.
Seth Bernard, an Assistant Professor of Classics at the University of Toronto, assembles a wide array of evidence, from literary sources to coins, epigraphy, and especially archaeological remains, revealing the period&apos;s importance for the decline of the Roman state&apos;s reliance on obligation and dependency and the rise of slavery and an urban labor market. This narrative is told through an investigation of the evolving institutional frameworks shaping the organization of public construction. A quantitative model of the costs of the Republican city walls reconstructs their economic impact. A new account of building technology in the period allows for a better understanding of the social and demographic profile of the city&apos;s builders. Building Mid-Republican Rome thus provides an innovative synthesis of a major Western city&apos;s spatial and historical aspects, shedding much-needed light on a seminal period in Rome&apos;s development.
Ryan Tripp teaches history in California.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Building Mid-Republican Rome: Labor, Architecture, and the Urban Economy (Oxford University Press, 2018), offers a holistic treatment of the development of the Mid-Republican city from 396 to 168 BCE. As Romans established imperial control over Italy and beyond, the city itself radically transformed from an ambitious central Italian settlement into the capital of the Mediterranean world. Seth Bernard describes this transformation in terms of both new urban architecture, much of it unprecedented in form and extent, and new socioeconomic structures, including slavery, coinage, and market-exchange. These physical and historical developments were closely linked: building the Republican city was expensive, and meeting such costs had significant implications for urban society. Building Mid-Republican Rome brings both architectural and socioeconomic developments into a single account of urban change.
Seth Bernard, an Assistant Professor of Classics at the University of Toronto, assembles a wide array of evidence, from literary sources to coins, epigraphy, and especially archaeological remains, revealing the period&apos;s importance for the decline of the Roman state&apos;s reliance on obligation and dependency and the rise of slavery and an urban labor market. This narrative is told through an investigation of the evolving institutional frameworks shaping the organization of public construction. A quantitative model of the costs of the Republican city walls reconstructs their economic impact. A new account of building technology in the period allows for a better understanding of the social and demographic profile of the city&apos;s builders. Building Mid-Republican Rome thus provides an innovative synthesis of a major Western city&apos;s spatial and historical aspects, shedding much-needed light on a seminal period in Rome&apos;s development.
Ryan Tripp teaches history in California.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>9</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">166c2840-ab2e-11ee-a770-b733a41320c2</guid>
      <title>Colin Jones, &quot;The Fall of Robespierre: 24 Hours in Revolutionary Paris&quot; (Oxford UP, 2021)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The day of 9 Thermidor (27 July 1794) is universally acknowledged as a major turning-point in the history of the French Revolution. At 12.00 midnight, Maximilien Robespierre, the most prominent member of the Committee of Public Safety which had for more than a year directed the Reign of Terror, was planning to destroy one of the most dangerous plots that the Revolution had faced.</p><p>By 12.00 midnight at the close of the day, following a day of uncertainty, surprises, upsets and reverses, his world had been turned upside down. He was an outlaw, on the run, and himself wanted for conspiracy against the Republic. He felt that his whole life and his Revolutionary career were drawing to an end. As indeed they were. He shot himself shortly afterwards. Half-dead, the guillotine finished him off in grisly fashion the next day.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198715955"><em>The Fall of Robespierre</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2021) provides an hour-by-hour analysis of these 24 hours.</p><p><a href="https://ajwoodhams.com/"><em>AJ Woodhams</em></a><em> hosts the "</em><a href="https://ajwoodhams.com/warbookspodcast/"><em>War Books</em></a><em>" podcast. You can subscribe on Apple </em><a href="http://bit.ly/3ZCL0du"><em>here</em></a><em> and on Spotify </em><a href="https://spoti.fi/3kP9scZ"><em>here</em></a><em>. War Books is on </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@warbookspodcast/"><em>YouTube</em></a><em>, </em><a href="https://www.facebook.com/warbookspodcast"><em>Facebook</em></a><em> and </em><a href="https://www.instagram.com/warbookspodcast/"><em>Instagram</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 5 Jan 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The day of 9 Thermidor (27 July 1794) is universally acknowledged as a major turning-point in the history of the French Revolution. At 12.00 midnight, Maximilien Robespierre, the most prominent member of the Committee of Public Safety which had for more than a year directed the Reign of Terror, was planning to destroy one of the most dangerous plots that the Revolution had faced.</p><p>By 12.00 midnight at the close of the day, following a day of uncertainty, surprises, upsets and reverses, his world had been turned upside down. He was an outlaw, on the run, and himself wanted for conspiracy against the Republic. He felt that his whole life and his Revolutionary career were drawing to an end. As indeed they were. He shot himself shortly afterwards. Half-dead, the guillotine finished him off in grisly fashion the next day.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198715955"><em>The Fall of Robespierre</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2021) provides an hour-by-hour analysis of these 24 hours.</p><p><a href="https://ajwoodhams.com/"><em>AJ Woodhams</em></a><em> hosts the "</em><a href="https://ajwoodhams.com/warbookspodcast/"><em>War Books</em></a><em>" podcast. You can subscribe on Apple </em><a href="http://bit.ly/3ZCL0du"><em>here</em></a><em> and on Spotify </em><a href="https://spoti.fi/3kP9scZ"><em>here</em></a><em>. War Books is on </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@warbookspodcast/"><em>YouTube</em></a><em>, </em><a href="https://www.facebook.com/warbookspodcast"><em>Facebook</em></a><em> and </em><a href="https://www.instagram.com/warbookspodcast/"><em>Instagram</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="56152647" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/86d098a5-71dc-4ae8-8676-80781036b23f/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=86d098a5-71dc-4ae8-8676-80781036b23f&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Colin Jones, &quot;The Fall of Robespierre: 24 Hours in Revolutionary Paris&quot; (Oxford UP, 2021)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:58:29</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The day of 9 Thermidor (27 July 1794) is universally acknowledged as a major turning-point in the history of the French Revolution. At 12.00 midnight, Maximilien Robespierre, the most prominent member of the Committee of Public Safety which had for more than a year directed the Reign of Terror, was planning to destroy one of the most dangerous plots that the Revolution had faced.
By 12.00 midnight at the close of the day, following a day of uncertainty, surprises, upsets and reverses, his world had been turned upside down. He was an outlaw, on the run, and himself wanted for conspiracy against the Republic. He felt that his whole life and his Revolutionary career were drawing to an end. As indeed they were. He shot himself shortly afterwards. Half-dead, the guillotine finished him off in grisly fashion the next day.
The Fall of Robespierre (Oxford UP, 2021) provides an hour-by-hour analysis of these 24 hours.
AJ Woodhams hosts the &quot;War Books&quot; podcast. You can subscribe on Apple here and on Spotify here. War Books is on YouTube, Facebook and Instagram.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The day of 9 Thermidor (27 July 1794) is universally acknowledged as a major turning-point in the history of the French Revolution. At 12.00 midnight, Maximilien Robespierre, the most prominent member of the Committee of Public Safety which had for more than a year directed the Reign of Terror, was planning to destroy one of the most dangerous plots that the Revolution had faced.
By 12.00 midnight at the close of the day, following a day of uncertainty, surprises, upsets and reverses, his world had been turned upside down. He was an outlaw, on the run, and himself wanted for conspiracy against the Republic. He felt that his whole life and his Revolutionary career were drawing to an end. As indeed they were. He shot himself shortly afterwards. Half-dead, the guillotine finished him off in grisly fashion the next day.
The Fall of Robespierre (Oxford UP, 2021) provides an hour-by-hour analysis of these 24 hours.
AJ Woodhams hosts the &quot;War Books&quot; podcast. You can subscribe on Apple here and on Spotify here. War Books is on YouTube, Facebook and Instagram.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>217</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c4816452-a9b4-11ee-a576-973588274c3d</guid>
      <title>Noel Malcolm, &quot;Useful Enemies: Islam and the Ottoman Empire in Western Political Thought, 1450-1750&quot; (Oxford UP, 2019)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Sir Noel Malcolm’s captivating new book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198830139"><em>Useful Enemies: Islam and the Ottoman Empire in Western Political Thought, 1450-1750</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2019), tells the story of Western European fascination with the Ottoman empire and Islam between the fall of Constantinople in 1453 and the latter half of the 18th century. This beautifully argued, erudite monograph traces a textured encounter between two civilizational complexes and exposes the dynamic role that the Ottomans played in intra-European political and cultural struggles. Useful Enemies contends that ideas about the Ottomans were active ingredients in European thought, and were used to “shake things up, to provoke, to shame, to galvanise.” Discussions of Islam and the Ottoman empire were thus bound up with mainstream thinking in the West on a wide range of important topics - power, religion, society, and war. These Eastern enemies were not just there to be denounced. They were there to be made use of, in arguments which significantly contributed to the development of Western political thought.</p><p>Sir Noel Malcolm is a Senior Research Fellow at All Souls College, University of Oxford. His main research interests are in British and European early modern history. Sir Noel is one of the foremost scholars of Thomas Hobbes. His other interests concern Western knowledge of the Ottoman empire and Balkan history.</p><p><a href="https://as.vanderbilt.edu/history/bio/vladislav-lilic"><em>Vladislav Lilić</em></a><em> is a doctoral candidate in Modern European History at Vanderbilt University. His research focuses on the place and persistence of quasi-sovereignty in late Ottoman and post-Ottoman Southeastern Europe. Vladislav’s other fields of interest include the socio-legal history of empire, global history of statehood, and the history of international thought. You can reach him at vladislav.lilic@vanderbilt.edu.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 3 Jan 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Sir Noel Malcolm’s captivating new book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198830139"><em>Useful Enemies: Islam and the Ottoman Empire in Western Political Thought, 1450-1750</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2019), tells the story of Western European fascination with the Ottoman empire and Islam between the fall of Constantinople in 1453 and the latter half of the 18th century. This beautifully argued, erudite monograph traces a textured encounter between two civilizational complexes and exposes the dynamic role that the Ottomans played in intra-European political and cultural struggles. Useful Enemies contends that ideas about the Ottomans were active ingredients in European thought, and were used to “shake things up, to provoke, to shame, to galvanise.” Discussions of Islam and the Ottoman empire were thus bound up with mainstream thinking in the West on a wide range of important topics - power, religion, society, and war. These Eastern enemies were not just there to be denounced. They were there to be made use of, in arguments which significantly contributed to the development of Western political thought.</p><p>Sir Noel Malcolm is a Senior Research Fellow at All Souls College, University of Oxford. His main research interests are in British and European early modern history. Sir Noel is one of the foremost scholars of Thomas Hobbes. His other interests concern Western knowledge of the Ottoman empire and Balkan history.</p><p><a href="https://as.vanderbilt.edu/history/bio/vladislav-lilic"><em>Vladislav Lilić</em></a><em> is a doctoral candidate in Modern European History at Vanderbilt University. His research focuses on the place and persistence of quasi-sovereignty in late Ottoman and post-Ottoman Southeastern Europe. Vladislav’s other fields of interest include the socio-legal history of empire, global history of statehood, and the history of international thought. You can reach him at vladislav.lilic@vanderbilt.edu.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="61551404" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/a662c717-dcb4-4886-8325-617edf85366b/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=a662c717-dcb4-4886-8325-617edf85366b&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Noel Malcolm, &quot;Useful Enemies: Islam and the Ottoman Empire in Western Political Thought, 1450-1750&quot; (Oxford UP, 2019)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:04:06</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Sir Noel Malcolm’s captivating new book, Useful Enemies: Islam and the Ottoman Empire in Western Political Thought, 1450-1750 (Oxford University Press, 2019), tells the story of Western European fascination with the Ottoman empire and Islam between the fall of Constantinople in 1453 and the latter half of the 18th century. This beautifully argued, erudite monograph traces a textured encounter between two civilizational complexes and exposes the dynamic role that the Ottomans played in intra-European political and cultural struggles. Useful Enemies contends that ideas about the Ottomans were active ingredients in European thought, and were used to “shake things up, to provoke, to shame, to galvanise.” Discussions of Islam and the Ottoman empire were thus bound up with mainstream thinking in the West on a wide range of important topics - power, religion, society, and war. These Eastern enemies were not just there to be denounced. They were there to be made use of, in arguments which significantly contributed to the development of Western political thought.
Sir Noel Malcolm is a Senior Research Fellow at All Souls College, University of Oxford. His main research interests are in British and European early modern history. Sir Noel is one of the foremost scholars of Thomas Hobbes. His other interests concern Western knowledge of the Ottoman empire and Balkan history.
Vladislav Lilić is a doctoral candidate in Modern European History at Vanderbilt University. His research focuses on the place and persistence of quasi-sovereignty in late Ottoman and post-Ottoman Southeastern Europe. Vladislav’s other fields of interest include the socio-legal history of empire, global history of statehood, and the history of international thought. You can reach him at vladislav.lilic@vanderbilt.edu.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Sir Noel Malcolm’s captivating new book, Useful Enemies: Islam and the Ottoman Empire in Western Political Thought, 1450-1750 (Oxford University Press, 2019), tells the story of Western European fascination with the Ottoman empire and Islam between the fall of Constantinople in 1453 and the latter half of the 18th century. This beautifully argued, erudite monograph traces a textured encounter between two civilizational complexes and exposes the dynamic role that the Ottomans played in intra-European political and cultural struggles. Useful Enemies contends that ideas about the Ottomans were active ingredients in European thought, and were used to “shake things up, to provoke, to shame, to galvanise.” Discussions of Islam and the Ottoman empire were thus bound up with mainstream thinking in the West on a wide range of important topics - power, religion, society, and war. These Eastern enemies were not just there to be denounced. They were there to be made use of, in arguments which significantly contributed to the development of Western political thought.
Sir Noel Malcolm is a Senior Research Fellow at All Souls College, University of Oxford. His main research interests are in British and European early modern history. Sir Noel is one of the foremost scholars of Thomas Hobbes. His other interests concern Western knowledge of the Ottoman empire and Balkan history.
Vladislav Lilić is a doctoral candidate in Modern European History at Vanderbilt University. His research focuses on the place and persistence of quasi-sovereignty in late Ottoman and post-Ottoman Southeastern Europe. Vladislav’s other fields of interest include the socio-legal history of empire, global history of statehood, and the history of international thought. You can reach him at vladislav.lilic@vanderbilt.edu.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>78</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">56ea375e-a9bc-11ee-b9a7-7f1f664bfd29</guid>
      <title>William G. Pooley, &quot;Body and Tradition in 19th-Century France: Félix Arnaudin and the Moorlands of Gascony, 1870-1914&quot; (Oxford UP, 2019)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The moorlands of Gascony are often considered one of the most dramatic examples of top-down rural modernization in nineteenth-century Europe. From an area of open moors, they were transformed in one generation into the largest man-made forest in Europe.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198847502"><em>Body and Tradition in Nineteenth-Century France: Félix Arnaudin and the Moorlands of Gascony, 1870-1914</em></a> (Oxford University Press) explores how these changes were experienced and negotiated by the people who lived there, drawing on the immense ethnographic archive of Felix Arnaudin (1844-1921).</p><p>The study places the songs, stories, and everyday speech that Arnaudin collected, as well as the photographs he took, in the everyday lives of agricultural workers and artisans. It argues that the changes are were understood as a gradual revolution in bodily experiences, as men and women forged new working habits, new sexual relations, and new ways of conceiving of their own bodies.</p><p>Rather than merely presenting a story of top-down reform, this is an account of the flexibility and creativity of the cultural traditions of the working population. William G. Pooley tells the story of the folklorist Arnaudin and the men and women whose cultural traditions he recorded, then uncovers the work carried out by Arnaudin to explore everyday speech about the body, stories of werewolves and shapeshifters, tales of animal cunning and exploitation, and songs about love and courtship.</p><p>The volume focuses on the lives of a handful of the most talented storytellers and singers Arnaudin encountered, showing how their cultural choices reflect wider patterns of behaviour in the region, and across rural Europe.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://research-information.bris.ac.uk/en/persons/will-pooley">William G. Pooley</a>, Lecturer in Modern European History, University of Bristol is a historian of France in the long nineteenth century, interested in popular and folk cultures.</p><p><a href="http://rachelhopkin.com/"><em>Rachel Hopkin</em></a><em> PhD is a UK born, US based folklorist and radio produce.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 3 Jan 2024 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The moorlands of Gascony are often considered one of the most dramatic examples of top-down rural modernization in nineteenth-century Europe. From an area of open moors, they were transformed in one generation into the largest man-made forest in Europe.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198847502"><em>Body and Tradition in Nineteenth-Century France: Félix Arnaudin and the Moorlands of Gascony, 1870-1914</em></a> (Oxford University Press) explores how these changes were experienced and negotiated by the people who lived there, drawing on the immense ethnographic archive of Felix Arnaudin (1844-1921).</p><p>The study places the songs, stories, and everyday speech that Arnaudin collected, as well as the photographs he took, in the everyday lives of agricultural workers and artisans. It argues that the changes are were understood as a gradual revolution in bodily experiences, as men and women forged new working habits, new sexual relations, and new ways of conceiving of their own bodies.</p><p>Rather than merely presenting a story of top-down reform, this is an account of the flexibility and creativity of the cultural traditions of the working population. William G. Pooley tells the story of the folklorist Arnaudin and the men and women whose cultural traditions he recorded, then uncovers the work carried out by Arnaudin to explore everyday speech about the body, stories of werewolves and shapeshifters, tales of animal cunning and exploitation, and songs about love and courtship.</p><p>The volume focuses on the lives of a handful of the most talented storytellers and singers Arnaudin encountered, showing how their cultural choices reflect wider patterns of behaviour in the region, and across rural Europe.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://research-information.bris.ac.uk/en/persons/will-pooley">William G. Pooley</a>, Lecturer in Modern European History, University of Bristol is a historian of France in the long nineteenth century, interested in popular and folk cultures.</p><p><a href="http://rachelhopkin.com/"><em>Rachel Hopkin</em></a><em> PhD is a UK born, US based folklorist and radio produce.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="52477268" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/d1698fe1-ce87-4dff-9ab7-11d3dda4112e/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=d1698fe1-ce87-4dff-9ab7-11d3dda4112e&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>William G. Pooley, &quot;Body and Tradition in 19th-Century France: Félix Arnaudin and the Moorlands of Gascony, 1870-1914&quot; (Oxford UP, 2019)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:54:39</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The moorlands of Gascony are often considered one of the most dramatic examples of top-down rural modernization in nineteenth-century Europe. From an area of open moors, they were transformed in one generation into the largest man-made forest in Europe.
Body and Tradition in Nineteenth-Century France: Félix Arnaudin and the Moorlands of Gascony, 1870-1914 (Oxford University Press) explores how these changes were experienced and negotiated by the people who lived there, drawing on the immense ethnographic archive of Felix Arnaudin (1844-1921).
The study places the songs, stories, and everyday speech that Arnaudin collected, as well as the photographs he took, in the everyday lives of agricultural workers and artisans. It argues that the changes are were understood as a gradual revolution in bodily experiences, as men and women forged new working habits, new sexual relations, and new ways of conceiving of their own bodies.
Rather than merely presenting a story of top-down reform, this is an account of the flexibility and creativity of the cultural traditions of the working population. William G. Pooley tells the story of the folklorist Arnaudin and the men and women whose cultural traditions he recorded, then uncovers the work carried out by Arnaudin to explore everyday speech about the body, stories of werewolves and shapeshifters, tales of animal cunning and exploitation, and songs about love and courtship.
The volume focuses on the lives of a handful of the most talented storytellers and singers Arnaudin encountered, showing how their cultural choices reflect wider patterns of behaviour in the region, and across rural Europe.
 
William G. Pooley, Lecturer in Modern European History, University of Bristol is a historian of France in the long nineteenth century, interested in popular and folk cultures.
Rachel Hopkin PhD is a UK born, US based folklorist and radio produce.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The moorlands of Gascony are often considered one of the most dramatic examples of top-down rural modernization in nineteenth-century Europe. From an area of open moors, they were transformed in one generation into the largest man-made forest in Europe.
Body and Tradition in Nineteenth-Century France: Félix Arnaudin and the Moorlands of Gascony, 1870-1914 (Oxford University Press) explores how these changes were experienced and negotiated by the people who lived there, drawing on the immense ethnographic archive of Felix Arnaudin (1844-1921).
The study places the songs, stories, and everyday speech that Arnaudin collected, as well as the photographs he took, in the everyday lives of agricultural workers and artisans. It argues that the changes are were understood as a gradual revolution in bodily experiences, as men and women forged new working habits, new sexual relations, and new ways of conceiving of their own bodies.
Rather than merely presenting a story of top-down reform, this is an account of the flexibility and creativity of the cultural traditions of the working population. William G. Pooley tells the story of the folklorist Arnaudin and the men and women whose cultural traditions he recorded, then uncovers the work carried out by Arnaudin to explore everyday speech about the body, stories of werewolves and shapeshifters, tales of animal cunning and exploitation, and songs about love and courtship.
The volume focuses on the lives of a handful of the most talented storytellers and singers Arnaudin encountered, showing how their cultural choices reflect wider patterns of behaviour in the region, and across rural Europe.
 
William G. Pooley, Lecturer in Modern European History, University of Bristol is a historian of France in the long nineteenth century, interested in popular and folk cultures.
Rachel Hopkin PhD is a UK born, US based folklorist and radio produce.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>30</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1fa75f52-a687-11ee-a97c-87a0c320fc88</guid>
      <title>Michael Braddick, &quot;The Common Freedom of the People: John Lilburne and the English Revolution&quot; (Oxford UP, 2018)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>As historical topics, political revolutions come in and out of fashion. At the moment the American Revolution as an ideological struggle engages the public, but historians are less sure. Books that used to have the Revolution at their centre now approach it from the edges and peripheries, integrating the experiences of people and communities excluded by studies of ideological origins.</p><p>In the United Kingdom, the civil war past inflects present politics even if the conflict itself has been nudged off the school curriculum. In the 1990s, historians of England re-fought the civil wars in battles of footnotes. It took entire books to summarise the scholarship on events that were sometimes civil wars, at others revolutions, here wars of religion, there the wars of the three kingdoms.</p><p><a href="https://www.sheffield.ac.uk/history/staff/michael-braddick">Michael Braddick</a> is Professor of History at the University of Sheffield, and is a leading voice in the study of England’s revolutionary past. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198803232"><em>The Common Freedom of the People: John Lilburne and the English Revolution</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2018), he takes a fresh look at the turmoil that gripped England for three decades in the middle of the seventeenth century. His focus is one man’s path through these years, a path that was one of stark public suffering, personal conviction, principled argument, and an unwavering dedication to the idea that common liberties were the highest political goods.</p><p><em>Charles Prior is Senior Lecturer in Early Modern History at the University of Hull (UK), who has written on the politics of religion in early modern Britain, and whose work has recently expanded to the intersection of colonial, indigenous, and imperial politics in early America. He co-leads the Treatied Spaces Research Cluster.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 30 Dec 2023 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>As historical topics, political revolutions come in and out of fashion. At the moment the American Revolution as an ideological struggle engages the public, but historians are less sure. Books that used to have the Revolution at their centre now approach it from the edges and peripheries, integrating the experiences of people and communities excluded by studies of ideological origins.</p><p>In the United Kingdom, the civil war past inflects present politics even if the conflict itself has been nudged off the school curriculum. In the 1990s, historians of England re-fought the civil wars in battles of footnotes. It took entire books to summarise the scholarship on events that were sometimes civil wars, at others revolutions, here wars of religion, there the wars of the three kingdoms.</p><p><a href="https://www.sheffield.ac.uk/history/staff/michael-braddick">Michael Braddick</a> is Professor of History at the University of Sheffield, and is a leading voice in the study of England’s revolutionary past. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198803232"><em>The Common Freedom of the People: John Lilburne and the English Revolution</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2018), he takes a fresh look at the turmoil that gripped England for three decades in the middle of the seventeenth century. His focus is one man’s path through these years, a path that was one of stark public suffering, personal conviction, principled argument, and an unwavering dedication to the idea that common liberties were the highest political goods.</p><p><em>Charles Prior is Senior Lecturer in Early Modern History at the University of Hull (UK), who has written on the politics of religion in early modern Britain, and whose work has recently expanded to the intersection of colonial, indigenous, and imperial politics in early America. He co-leads the Treatied Spaces Research Cluster.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="28753217" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/f2cc29f9-7265-4bdb-a7db-d2e7c04bd15d/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=f2cc29f9-7265-4bdb-a7db-d2e7c04bd15d&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Michael Braddick, &quot;The Common Freedom of the People: John Lilburne and the English Revolution&quot; (Oxford UP, 2018)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:29:56</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>As historical topics, political revolutions come in and out of fashion. At the moment the American Revolution as an ideological struggle engages the public, but historians are less sure. Books that used to have the Revolution at their centre now approach it from the edges and peripheries, integrating the experiences of people and communities excluded by studies of ideological origins.
In the United Kingdom, the civil war past inflects present politics even if the conflict itself has been nudged off the school curriculum. In the 1990s, historians of England re-fought the civil wars in battles of footnotes. It took entire books to summarise the scholarship on events that were sometimes civil wars, at others revolutions, here wars of religion, there the wars of the three kingdoms.
Michael Braddick is Professor of History at the University of Sheffield, and is a leading voice in the study of England’s revolutionary past. In The Common Freedom of the People: John Lilburne and the English Revolution (Oxford University Press, 2018), he takes a fresh look at the turmoil that gripped England for three decades in the middle of the seventeenth century. His focus is one man’s path through these years, a path that was one of stark public suffering, personal conviction, principled argument, and an unwavering dedication to the idea that common liberties were the highest political goods.
Charles Prior is Senior Lecturer in Early Modern History at the University of Hull (UK), who has written on the politics of religion in early modern Britain, and whose work has recently expanded to the intersection of colonial, indigenous, and imperial politics in early America. He co-leads the Treatied Spaces Research Cluster.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>As historical topics, political revolutions come in and out of fashion. At the moment the American Revolution as an ideological struggle engages the public, but historians are less sure. Books that used to have the Revolution at their centre now approach it from the edges and peripheries, integrating the experiences of people and communities excluded by studies of ideological origins.
In the United Kingdom, the civil war past inflects present politics even if the conflict itself has been nudged off the school curriculum. In the 1990s, historians of England re-fought the civil wars in battles of footnotes. It took entire books to summarise the scholarship on events that were sometimes civil wars, at others revolutions, here wars of religion, there the wars of the three kingdoms.
Michael Braddick is Professor of History at the University of Sheffield, and is a leading voice in the study of England’s revolutionary past. In The Common Freedom of the People: John Lilburne and the English Revolution (Oxford University Press, 2018), he takes a fresh look at the turmoil that gripped England for three decades in the middle of the seventeenth century. His focus is one man’s path through these years, a path that was one of stark public suffering, personal conviction, principled argument, and an unwavering dedication to the idea that common liberties were the highest political goods.
Charles Prior is Senior Lecturer in Early Modern History at the University of Hull (UK), who has written on the politics of religion in early modern Britain, and whose work has recently expanded to the intersection of colonial, indigenous, and imperial politics in early America. He co-leads the Treatied Spaces Research Cluster.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>33</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f88842ec-a299-11ee-8d7f-5b3e7f7f3f36</guid>
      <title>Jeffrey Whyte, &quot;The Birth of Psychological War: Propaganda, Espionage, and Military Violence from WWII to the Vietnam War&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Jeffrey Whyte's book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197267493"><em>The Birth of Psychological War: Propaganda, Espionage, and Military Violence from WWII to the Vietnam War</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023) explores the history, politics, and geography of United States psychological warfare in the 20th century against the backdrop of the contemporary 'post-truth era'. From its origins in the Second World War, to the United States' counterinsurgency campaigns in Vietnam, Whyte traces how the theory and practice of psychological warfare transformed the relationship between the home front and theatres of war. Whyte interrogates the broader political mythologies that animate popular conceptions of psychological war, such as its claim to make war more humane and less violent. </p><p>On the contrary, <em>The Birth of Psychological War</em> demonstrates the role of psychological warfare in expanding the scope and scale of military violence amidst ostensible efforts to 'win hearts and minds'. While casting a critical eye on psychological warfare, Whyte establishes its continued significance for the contemporary student of international relations.</p><p>Dr. Whyte earned his Ph.D. with the Department of Geography, University of British Columbia and before that a MA with School of Communication, Simon Fraser University, also in beautiful British Columbia. He is currently Lecturer in International Relations at the Department of Politics, Philosophy, and Religion, Lancaster University.</p><p><em>﻿</em><a href="https://michaelvann.academia.edu/"><em>Michael G. Vann</em></a><em> is a professor of world history at California State University, Sacramento. A specialist in imperialism and the Cold War in Southeast Asia, he is the author of </em><a href="https://global.oup.com/ushe/product/the-great-hanoi-rat-hunt-9780190602697?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;"><em>The Great Hanoi Rat Hunt: Empires, Disease, and Modernity in French Colonial Vietnam</em></a><em> (Oxford University Press, 2018). When he’s not reading or talking about new books with smart people, Mike can be found surfing in Santa Cruz, California.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 27 Dec 2023 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Jeffrey Whyte's book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197267493"><em>The Birth of Psychological War: Propaganda, Espionage, and Military Violence from WWII to the Vietnam War</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023) explores the history, politics, and geography of United States psychological warfare in the 20th century against the backdrop of the contemporary 'post-truth era'. From its origins in the Second World War, to the United States' counterinsurgency campaigns in Vietnam, Whyte traces how the theory and practice of psychological warfare transformed the relationship between the home front and theatres of war. Whyte interrogates the broader political mythologies that animate popular conceptions of psychological war, such as its claim to make war more humane and less violent. </p><p>On the contrary, <em>The Birth of Psychological War</em> demonstrates the role of psychological warfare in expanding the scope and scale of military violence amidst ostensible efforts to 'win hearts and minds'. While casting a critical eye on psychological warfare, Whyte establishes its continued significance for the contemporary student of international relations.</p><p>Dr. Whyte earned his Ph.D. with the Department of Geography, University of British Columbia and before that a MA with School of Communication, Simon Fraser University, also in beautiful British Columbia. He is currently Lecturer in International Relations at the Department of Politics, Philosophy, and Religion, Lancaster University.</p><p><em>﻿</em><a href="https://michaelvann.academia.edu/"><em>Michael G. Vann</em></a><em> is a professor of world history at California State University, Sacramento. A specialist in imperialism and the Cold War in Southeast Asia, he is the author of </em><a href="https://global.oup.com/ushe/product/the-great-hanoi-rat-hunt-9780190602697?cc=us&amp;lang=en&amp;"><em>The Great Hanoi Rat Hunt: Empires, Disease, and Modernity in French Colonial Vietnam</em></a><em> (Oxford University Press, 2018). When he’s not reading or talking about new books with smart people, Mike can be found surfing in Santa Cruz, California.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="76569270" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/2fc384df-ae34-4392-a099-85c69cf7f1b1/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=2fc384df-ae34-4392-a099-85c69cf7f1b1&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Jeffrey Whyte, &quot;The Birth of Psychological War: Propaganda, Espionage, and Military Violence from WWII to the Vietnam War&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:19:45</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Jeffrey Whyte&apos;s book The Birth of Psychological War: Propaganda, Espionage, and Military Violence from WWII to the Vietnam War (Oxford UP, 2023) explores the history, politics, and geography of United States psychological warfare in the 20th century against the backdrop of the contemporary &apos;post-truth era&apos;. From its origins in the Second World War, to the United States&apos; counterinsurgency campaigns in Vietnam, Whyte traces how the theory and practice of psychological warfare transformed the relationship between the home front and theatres of war. Whyte interrogates the broader political mythologies that animate popular conceptions of psychological war, such as its claim to make war more humane and less violent. 
On the contrary, The Birth of Psychological War demonstrates the role of psychological warfare in expanding the scope and scale of military violence amidst ostensible efforts to &apos;win hearts and minds&apos;. While casting a critical eye on psychological warfare, Whyte establishes its continued significance for the contemporary student of international relations.
Dr. Whyte earned his Ph.D. with the Department of Geography, University of British Columbia and before that a MA with School of Communication, Simon Fraser University, also in beautiful British Columbia. He is currently Lecturer in International Relations at the Department of Politics, Philosophy, and Religion, Lancaster University.
﻿Michael G. Vann is a professor of world history at California State University, Sacramento. A specialist in imperialism and the Cold War in Southeast Asia, he is the author of The Great Hanoi Rat Hunt: Empires, Disease, and Modernity in French Colonial Vietnam (Oxford University Press, 2018). When he’s not reading or talking about new books with smart people, Mike can be found surfing in Santa Cruz, California.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Jeffrey Whyte&apos;s book The Birth of Psychological War: Propaganda, Espionage, and Military Violence from WWII to the Vietnam War (Oxford UP, 2023) explores the history, politics, and geography of United States psychological warfare in the 20th century against the backdrop of the contemporary &apos;post-truth era&apos;. From its origins in the Second World War, to the United States&apos; counterinsurgency campaigns in Vietnam, Whyte traces how the theory and practice of psychological warfare transformed the relationship between the home front and theatres of war. Whyte interrogates the broader political mythologies that animate popular conceptions of psychological war, such as its claim to make war more humane and less violent. 
On the contrary, The Birth of Psychological War demonstrates the role of psychological warfare in expanding the scope and scale of military violence amidst ostensible efforts to &apos;win hearts and minds&apos;. While casting a critical eye on psychological warfare, Whyte establishes its continued significance for the contemporary student of international relations.
Dr. Whyte earned his Ph.D. with the Department of Geography, University of British Columbia and before that a MA with School of Communication, Simon Fraser University, also in beautiful British Columbia. He is currently Lecturer in International Relations at the Department of Politics, Philosophy, and Religion, Lancaster University.
﻿Michael G. Vann is a professor of world history at California State University, Sacramento. A specialist in imperialism and the Cold War in Southeast Asia, he is the author of The Great Hanoi Rat Hunt: Empires, Disease, and Modernity in French Colonial Vietnam (Oxford University Press, 2018). When he’s not reading or talking about new books with smart people, Mike can be found surfing in Santa Cruz, California.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1399</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">628c6654-a26e-11ee-9b23-8bd9ba4fcdde</guid>
      <title>Alice Collett, &quot;Lives of Early Buddhist Nuns: Biographies as History&quot; (Oxford UP, 2016)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Dr. Alice Collett’s monograph <a href="http://www.amazon.com/dp/019945907X/?tag=newbooinhis-20"><em>Lives of Early Buddhist Nuns: Biographies as History</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2016) delves into the lives of six of the best-known nuns from the period of early Buddhism: Dhammadinnā, Khemā, Kisāgotamī, Paṭācārā, Bhaddā Kuṇḍalakesā, and Uppalavaṇṇā, all of whom are said to have been direct disciples of the historical Buddha. Collett does the thankless task of sorting through the biographical information scattered throughout the canonical and commentarial literature to present a richly textured account of the these six extraordinary women’s lives. She further analyzes the differences between the various biographical accounts to glean historical information about the position of women and changing gender relations in the early centuries of Buddhism in India. One of the main contributions of her monograph is the finding that women were treated more favorably in the Pāli Canon than is commonly presented. She also gains insight into an impressive number of other themes ranging from notions of beauty and bodily adornment, to family, class, and marriage. This book is sure to be of value to a wide audience, especially those interested in women in Buddhism, early Buddhism and early Indian society.</p><p><em>Alex Carroll studies Buddhist Studies at the University of South Wales and is primarily interested in Theravāda and early Buddhism. He lives in Oslo, Norway and can be reached via his website </em><a href="https://www.alexkcarroll.com/"><em>here</em></a><em>. </em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Dec 2023 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Dr. Alice Collett’s monograph <a href="http://www.amazon.com/dp/019945907X/?tag=newbooinhis-20"><em>Lives of Early Buddhist Nuns: Biographies as History</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2016) delves into the lives of six of the best-known nuns from the period of early Buddhism: Dhammadinnā, Khemā, Kisāgotamī, Paṭācārā, Bhaddā Kuṇḍalakesā, and Uppalavaṇṇā, all of whom are said to have been direct disciples of the historical Buddha. Collett does the thankless task of sorting through the biographical information scattered throughout the canonical and commentarial literature to present a richly textured account of the these six extraordinary women’s lives. She further analyzes the differences between the various biographical accounts to glean historical information about the position of women and changing gender relations in the early centuries of Buddhism in India. One of the main contributions of her monograph is the finding that women were treated more favorably in the Pāli Canon than is commonly presented. She also gains insight into an impressive number of other themes ranging from notions of beauty and bodily adornment, to family, class, and marriage. This book is sure to be of value to a wide audience, especially those interested in women in Buddhism, early Buddhism and early Indian society.</p><p><em>Alex Carroll studies Buddhist Studies at the University of South Wales and is primarily interested in Theravāda and early Buddhism. He lives in Oslo, Norway and can be reached via his website </em><a href="https://www.alexkcarroll.com/"><em>here</em></a><em>. </em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="61493329" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/fb04f312-c2c0-4b7d-98b2-8b4c953335fd/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=fb04f312-c2c0-4b7d-98b2-8b4c953335fd&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Alice Collett, &quot;Lives of Early Buddhist Nuns: Biographies as History&quot; (Oxford UP, 2016)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:04:03</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Dr. Alice Collett’s monograph Lives of Early Buddhist Nuns: Biographies as History (Oxford University Press, 2016) delves into the lives of six of the best-known nuns from the period of early Buddhism: Dhammadinnā, Khemā, Kisāgotamī, Paṭācārā, Bhaddā Kuṇḍalakesā, and Uppalavaṇṇā, all of whom are said to have been direct disciples of the historical Buddha. Collett does the thankless task of sorting through the biographical information scattered throughout the canonical and commentarial literature to present a richly textured account of the these six extraordinary women’s lives. She further analyzes the differences between the various biographical accounts to glean historical information about the position of women and changing gender relations in the early centuries of Buddhism in India. One of the main contributions of her monograph is the finding that women were treated more favorably in the Pāli Canon than is commonly presented. She also gains insight into an impressive number of other themes ranging from notions of beauty and bodily adornment, to family, class, and marriage. This book is sure to be of value to a wide audience, especially those interested in women in Buddhism, early Buddhism and early Indian society.
Alex Carroll studies Buddhist Studies at the University of South Wales and is primarily interested in Theravāda and early Buddhism. He lives in Oslo, Norway and can be reached via his website here. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Dr. Alice Collett’s monograph Lives of Early Buddhist Nuns: Biographies as History (Oxford University Press, 2016) delves into the lives of six of the best-known nuns from the period of early Buddhism: Dhammadinnā, Khemā, Kisāgotamī, Paṭācārā, Bhaddā Kuṇḍalakesā, and Uppalavaṇṇā, all of whom are said to have been direct disciples of the historical Buddha. Collett does the thankless task of sorting through the biographical information scattered throughout the canonical and commentarial literature to present a richly textured account of the these six extraordinary women’s lives. She further analyzes the differences between the various biographical accounts to glean historical information about the position of women and changing gender relations in the early centuries of Buddhism in India. One of the main contributions of her monograph is the finding that women were treated more favorably in the Pāli Canon than is commonly presented. She also gains insight into an impressive number of other themes ranging from notions of beauty and bodily adornment, to family, class, and marriage. This book is sure to be of value to a wide audience, especially those interested in women in Buddhism, early Buddhism and early Indian society.
Alex Carroll studies Buddhist Studies at the University of South Wales and is primarily interested in Theravāda and early Buddhism. He lives in Oslo, Norway and can be reached via his website here. </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>62</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">da3a454c-a267-11ee-88c6-dbae7c00e9c4</guid>
      <title>Edward J. Watts, &quot;The Eternal Decline and Fall of Rome: The History of a Dangerous Idea&quot; (Oxford UP, 2021)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>As this book intriguingly explores, for those who would make Rome great again and their victims, ideas of Roman decline and renewal have had a long and violent history. The decline of Rome has been a constant source of discussion for more than 2200 years. Everyone from American journalists in the twenty-first century AD to Roman politicians at the turn of the third century BC have used it as a tool to illustrate the negative consequences of changes in their world. Because Roman history is so long, it provides a buffet of ready-made stories of decline that can help develop the context around any snapshot. And Rome did, in fact, decline and, eventually, fall. An empire that once controlled all or part of more than 40 modern European, Asian, and African countries no longer exists. Roman prophets of decline were, ultimately, proven correct-a fact that makes their modern invocations all the more powerful. If it happened then, it could happen now. </p><p>Edward J. Watts' <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190076719"><em>The Eternal Decline and Fall of Rome: The History of a Dangerous Idea</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2021) tells the stories of the people who built their political and literary careers around promises of Roman renewal as well as those of the victims they blamed for causing Rome's decline. Each chapter offers the historical context necessary to understand a moment or a series of moments in which Romans, aspiring Romans, and non--Romans used ideas of Roman decline and restoration to seize power and remake the world around them. The story begins during the Roman Republic just after 200 BC. It proceeds through the empire of Augustus and his successors, traces the Roman loss of much of western Europe in the fifth century AD, and then follows Roman history as it runs through the Eastern Roman Empire (Byzantium) until its fall in 1453. The final two chapters look at ideas of Roman decline and renewal from the fifteenth century until today. If Rome illustrates the profound danger of the rhetoric of decline, it also demonstrates the rehabilitative potential of a rhetoric that focuses on collaborative restoration, a lesson of great relevance to our world today.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Dec 2023 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>As this book intriguingly explores, for those who would make Rome great again and their victims, ideas of Roman decline and renewal have had a long and violent history. The decline of Rome has been a constant source of discussion for more than 2200 years. Everyone from American journalists in the twenty-first century AD to Roman politicians at the turn of the third century BC have used it as a tool to illustrate the negative consequences of changes in their world. Because Roman history is so long, it provides a buffet of ready-made stories of decline that can help develop the context around any snapshot. And Rome did, in fact, decline and, eventually, fall. An empire that once controlled all or part of more than 40 modern European, Asian, and African countries no longer exists. Roman prophets of decline were, ultimately, proven correct-a fact that makes their modern invocations all the more powerful. If it happened then, it could happen now. </p><p>Edward J. Watts' <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190076719"><em>The Eternal Decline and Fall of Rome: The History of a Dangerous Idea</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2021) tells the stories of the people who built their political and literary careers around promises of Roman renewal as well as those of the victims they blamed for causing Rome's decline. Each chapter offers the historical context necessary to understand a moment or a series of moments in which Romans, aspiring Romans, and non--Romans used ideas of Roman decline and restoration to seize power and remake the world around them. The story begins during the Roman Republic just after 200 BC. It proceeds through the empire of Augustus and his successors, traces the Roman loss of much of western Europe in the fifth century AD, and then follows Roman history as it runs through the Eastern Roman Empire (Byzantium) until its fall in 1453. The final two chapters look at ideas of Roman decline and renewal from the fifteenth century until today. If Rome illustrates the profound danger of the rhetoric of decline, it also demonstrates the rehabilitative potential of a rhetoric that focuses on collaborative restoration, a lesson of great relevance to our world today.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="60359948" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/4103e42f-b51b-409b-8df1-7738088f6f2c/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=4103e42f-b51b-409b-8df1-7738088f6f2c&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Edward J. Watts, &quot;The Eternal Decline and Fall of Rome: The History of a Dangerous Idea&quot; (Oxford UP, 2021)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:02:50</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>As this book intriguingly explores, for those who would make Rome great again and their victims, ideas of Roman decline and renewal have had a long and violent history. The decline of Rome has been a constant source of discussion for more than 2200 years. Everyone from American journalists in the twenty-first century AD to Roman politicians at the turn of the third century BC have used it as a tool to illustrate the negative consequences of changes in their world. Because Roman history is so long, it provides a buffet of ready-made stories of decline that can help develop the context around any snapshot. And Rome did, in fact, decline and, eventually, fall. An empire that once controlled all or part of more than 40 modern European, Asian, and African countries no longer exists. Roman prophets of decline were, ultimately, proven correct-a fact that makes their modern invocations all the more powerful. If it happened then, it could happen now. 
Edward J. Watts&apos; The Eternal Decline and Fall of Rome: The History of a Dangerous Idea (Oxford UP, 2021) tells the stories of the people who built their political and literary careers around promises of Roman renewal as well as those of the victims they blamed for causing Rome&apos;s decline. Each chapter offers the historical context necessary to understand a moment or a series of moments in which Romans, aspiring Romans, and non--Romans used ideas of Roman decline and restoration to seize power and remake the world around them. The story begins during the Roman Republic just after 200 BC. It proceeds through the empire of Augustus and his successors, traces the Roman loss of much of western Europe in the fifth century AD, and then follows Roman history as it runs through the Eastern Roman Empire (Byzantium) until its fall in 1453. The final two chapters look at ideas of Roman decline and renewal from the fifteenth century until today. If Rome illustrates the profound danger of the rhetoric of decline, it also demonstrates the rehabilitative potential of a rhetoric that focuses on collaborative restoration, a lesson of great relevance to our world today.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>As this book intriguingly explores, for those who would make Rome great again and their victims, ideas of Roman decline and renewal have had a long and violent history. The decline of Rome has been a constant source of discussion for more than 2200 years. Everyone from American journalists in the twenty-first century AD to Roman politicians at the turn of the third century BC have used it as a tool to illustrate the negative consequences of changes in their world. Because Roman history is so long, it provides a buffet of ready-made stories of decline that can help develop the context around any snapshot. And Rome did, in fact, decline and, eventually, fall. An empire that once controlled all or part of more than 40 modern European, Asian, and African countries no longer exists. Roman prophets of decline were, ultimately, proven correct-a fact that makes their modern invocations all the more powerful. If it happened then, it could happen now. 
Edward J. Watts&apos; The Eternal Decline and Fall of Rome: The History of a Dangerous Idea (Oxford UP, 2021) tells the stories of the people who built their political and literary careers around promises of Roman renewal as well as those of the victims they blamed for causing Rome&apos;s decline. Each chapter offers the historical context necessary to understand a moment or a series of moments in which Romans, aspiring Romans, and non--Romans used ideas of Roman decline and restoration to seize power and remake the world around them. The story begins during the Roman Republic just after 200 BC. It proceeds through the empire of Augustus and his successors, traces the Roman loss of much of western Europe in the fifth century AD, and then follows Roman history as it runs through the Eastern Roman Empire (Byzantium) until its fall in 1453. The final two chapters look at ideas of Roman decline and renewal from the fifteenth century until today. If Rome illustrates the profound danger of the rhetoric of decline, it also demonstrates the rehabilitative potential of a rhetoric that focuses on collaborative restoration, a lesson of great relevance to our world today.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2e05db10-a0e1-11ee-9940-7372d1a3e0a9</guid>
      <title>Howie Singer and Bill Rosenblatt, &quot;Key Changes: The Ten Times Technology Transformed the Music Industry&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197656907"><em>Key Changes: The Ten Times Technology Transformed the Music Industry</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Howie Singer and Bill Rosenblatt tells a new story about the history of the music business and the ten technological advances that disrupted it over the last century.</p><p>In recent years, narratives about the music industry tend to hew to a common theme: it was humming along for decades until the Internet and Napster came along and disrupted it. Key Changes shows that this view is incorrect: the industry was actually shaken up not once in the 1990s, but ten times over more than 100 years. These ten disruptions came with the introduction of new formats for enjoying recorded music: starting with the cylinders and discs played on early phonographs; then moving through radio, LPs, tapes, CDs, television, digital downloads, streaming, and streaming video; and then into Artificial Intelligence (AI), which enables a wide range of new capabilities with profound impacts upon the business. This book devotes a chapter to each of these formats, illustrating how such innovations beget shifts in creativity, consumer behavior, economics, and law.</p><p>Each of the technological innovations covered in this book not only disrupted the music business, but also fundamentally altered the industry's character. And while the technologies themselves have evolved in unique and varied ways over the decades, the changes within the business follow a clear pattern. Veteran music industry professionals and music technology experts Howie Singer and Bill Rosenblatt illuminate this pattern through a framework they term "the 6 Cs": cutting edge technology, channels of distribution, creators, consumers, cash, copyright. This framework provides insight into how such disparate innovations similarly disrupted and transformed the music business in each era. Extensively researched and supplemented by interviews with Grammy-winning artists, producers and executives, the book provides an insightful perspective on the ways technology has fundamentally altered the music industry, throughout history and into the present era.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> forthcoming book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 23 Dec 2023 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197656907"><em>Key Changes: The Ten Times Technology Transformed the Music Industry</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Howie Singer and Bill Rosenblatt tells a new story about the history of the music business and the ten technological advances that disrupted it over the last century.</p><p>In recent years, narratives about the music industry tend to hew to a common theme: it was humming along for decades until the Internet and Napster came along and disrupted it. Key Changes shows that this view is incorrect: the industry was actually shaken up not once in the 1990s, but ten times over more than 100 years. These ten disruptions came with the introduction of new formats for enjoying recorded music: starting with the cylinders and discs played on early phonographs; then moving through radio, LPs, tapes, CDs, television, digital downloads, streaming, and streaming video; and then into Artificial Intelligence (AI), which enables a wide range of new capabilities with profound impacts upon the business. This book devotes a chapter to each of these formats, illustrating how such innovations beget shifts in creativity, consumer behavior, economics, and law.</p><p>Each of the technological innovations covered in this book not only disrupted the music business, but also fundamentally altered the industry's character. And while the technologies themselves have evolved in unique and varied ways over the decades, the changes within the business follow a clear pattern. Veteran music industry professionals and music technology experts Howie Singer and Bill Rosenblatt illuminate this pattern through a framework they term "the 6 Cs": cutting edge technology, channels of distribution, creators, consumers, cash, copyright. This framework provides insight into how such disparate innovations similarly disrupted and transformed the music business in each era. Extensively researched and supplemented by interviews with Grammy-winning artists, producers and executives, the book provides an insightful perspective on the ways technology has fundamentally altered the music industry, throughout history and into the present era.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> forthcoming book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="86184859" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/7bae9a31-f6eb-48ad-9aad-76aa579dae65/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=7bae9a31-f6eb-48ad-9aad-76aa579dae65&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Howie Singer and Bill Rosenblatt, &quot;Key Changes: The Ten Times Technology Transformed the Music Industry&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:29:46</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Key Changes: The Ten Times Technology Transformed the Music Industry (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Howie Singer and Bill Rosenblatt tells a new story about the history of the music business and the ten technological advances that disrupted it over the last century.
In recent years, narratives about the music industry tend to hew to a common theme: it was humming along for decades until the Internet and Napster came along and disrupted it. Key Changes shows that this view is incorrect: the industry was actually shaken up not once in the 1990s, but ten times over more than 100 years. These ten disruptions came with the introduction of new formats for enjoying recorded music: starting with the cylinders and discs played on early phonographs; then moving through radio, LPs, tapes, CDs, television, digital downloads, streaming, and streaming video; and then into Artificial Intelligence (AI), which enables a wide range of new capabilities with profound impacts upon the business. This book devotes a chapter to each of these formats, illustrating how such innovations beget shifts in creativity, consumer behavior, economics, and law.
Each of the technological innovations covered in this book not only disrupted the music business, but also fundamentally altered the industry&apos;s character. And while the technologies themselves have evolved in unique and varied ways over the decades, the changes within the business follow a clear pattern. Veteran music industry professionals and music technology experts Howie Singer and Bill Rosenblatt illuminate this pattern through a framework they term &quot;the 6 Cs&quot;: cutting edge technology, channels of distribution, creators, consumers, cash, copyright. This framework provides insight into how such disparate innovations similarly disrupted and transformed the music business in each era. Extensively researched and supplemented by interviews with Grammy-winning artists, producers and executives, the book provides an insightful perspective on the ways technology has fundamentally altered the music industry, throughout history and into the present era.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Key Changes: The Ten Times Technology Transformed the Music Industry (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Howie Singer and Bill Rosenblatt tells a new story about the history of the music business and the ten technological advances that disrupted it over the last century.
In recent years, narratives about the music industry tend to hew to a common theme: it was humming along for decades until the Internet and Napster came along and disrupted it. Key Changes shows that this view is incorrect: the industry was actually shaken up not once in the 1990s, but ten times over more than 100 years. These ten disruptions came with the introduction of new formats for enjoying recorded music: starting with the cylinders and discs played on early phonographs; then moving through radio, LPs, tapes, CDs, television, digital downloads, streaming, and streaming video; and then into Artificial Intelligence (AI), which enables a wide range of new capabilities with profound impacts upon the business. This book devotes a chapter to each of these formats, illustrating how such innovations beget shifts in creativity, consumer behavior, economics, and law.
Each of the technological innovations covered in this book not only disrupted the music business, but also fundamentally altered the industry&apos;s character. And while the technologies themselves have evolved in unique and varied ways over the decades, the changes within the business follow a clear pattern. Veteran music industry professionals and music technology experts Howie Singer and Bill Rosenblatt illuminate this pattern through a framework they term &quot;the 6 Cs&quot;: cutting edge technology, channels of distribution, creators, consumers, cash, copyright. This framework provides insight into how such disparate innovations similarly disrupted and transformed the music business in each era. Extensively researched and supplemented by interviews with Grammy-winning artists, producers and executives, the book provides an insightful perspective on the ways technology has fundamentally altered the music industry, throughout history and into the present era.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>216</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9bfdd436-a02f-11ee-9c63-b3342de05f2f</guid>
      <title>Olga V. Solovieva, &quot;The Russian Kurosawa: Transnational Cinema, Or the Art of Speaking Differently&quot; (Oxford UP. 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Olga V. Solovieva's book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192866004"><em>The Russian Kurosawa: Transnational Cinema, Or the Art of Speaking Differently</em></a> (Oxford UP. 2023) offers a new historical perspective on the work of the renowned Japanese film director Akira Kurosawa. It uncovers Kurosawa's debt to the intellectual tradition of Japanese-Russian democratic dissent, reflected in the affinity for Kurosawa's worldview expressed by such Russian directors as Grigory Kozintsev and Andrei Tarkovsky. Through a detailed discussion of the Russian subtext of Kurosawa's cinema, most clearly manifested in the director's films based on Dostoevsky, Tolstoy, Gorky, and Arseniev, the book shows that Kurosawa used Russian intertexts to deal with the most politically sensitive topics of postwar Japan. Locating the director in the cultural tradition of Russian-inflected Japanese anarchism, the book challenges prevalent views of Akira Kurosawa as an apolitical art house director or a conformist studio filmmaker of muddled ideological alliances by offering a philosophically consistent picture of the director's participation in post-war debates on cultural and political reconstruction.</p><p><em>﻿</em><a href="https://eas.arizona.edu/people/jingyili"><em>Jingyi Li</em></a><em> is a PhD Candidate in Japanese History at the University of Arizona. She researches about early modern Japan, literati, and commercial publishing.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Dec 2023 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Olga V. Solovieva's book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192866004"><em>The Russian Kurosawa: Transnational Cinema, Or the Art of Speaking Differently</em></a> (Oxford UP. 2023) offers a new historical perspective on the work of the renowned Japanese film director Akira Kurosawa. It uncovers Kurosawa's debt to the intellectual tradition of Japanese-Russian democratic dissent, reflected in the affinity for Kurosawa's worldview expressed by such Russian directors as Grigory Kozintsev and Andrei Tarkovsky. Through a detailed discussion of the Russian subtext of Kurosawa's cinema, most clearly manifested in the director's films based on Dostoevsky, Tolstoy, Gorky, and Arseniev, the book shows that Kurosawa used Russian intertexts to deal with the most politically sensitive topics of postwar Japan. Locating the director in the cultural tradition of Russian-inflected Japanese anarchism, the book challenges prevalent views of Akira Kurosawa as an apolitical art house director or a conformist studio filmmaker of muddled ideological alliances by offering a philosophically consistent picture of the director's participation in post-war debates on cultural and political reconstruction.</p><p><em>﻿</em><a href="https://eas.arizona.edu/people/jingyili"><em>Jingyi Li</em></a><em> is a PhD Candidate in Japanese History at the University of Arizona. She researches about early modern Japan, literati, and commercial publishing.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="29048694" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/de1cc91b-a96b-40fe-af72-8d57c3c2a786/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=de1cc91b-a96b-40fe-af72-8d57c3c2a786&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Olga V. Solovieva, &quot;The Russian Kurosawa: Transnational Cinema, Or the Art of Speaking Differently&quot; (Oxford UP. 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:30:15</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Olga V. Solovieva&apos;s book The Russian Kurosawa: Transnational Cinema, Or the Art of Speaking Differently (Oxford UP. 2023) offers a new historical perspective on the work of the renowned Japanese film director Akira Kurosawa. It uncovers Kurosawa&apos;s debt to the intellectual tradition of Japanese-Russian democratic dissent, reflected in the affinity for Kurosawa&apos;s worldview expressed by such Russian directors as Grigory Kozintsev and Andrei Tarkovsky. Through a detailed discussion of the Russian subtext of Kurosawa&apos;s cinema, most clearly manifested in the director&apos;s films based on Dostoevsky, Tolstoy, Gorky, and Arseniev, the book shows that Kurosawa used Russian intertexts to deal with the most politically sensitive topics of postwar Japan. Locating the director in the cultural tradition of Russian-inflected Japanese anarchism, the book challenges prevalent views of Akira Kurosawa as an apolitical art house director or a conformist studio filmmaker of muddled ideological alliances by offering a philosophically consistent picture of the director&apos;s participation in post-war debates on cultural and political reconstruction.
﻿Jingyi Li is a PhD Candidate in Japanese History at the University of Arizona. She researches about early modern Japan, literati, and commercial publishing.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Olga V. Solovieva&apos;s book The Russian Kurosawa: Transnational Cinema, Or the Art of Speaking Differently (Oxford UP. 2023) offers a new historical perspective on the work of the renowned Japanese film director Akira Kurosawa. It uncovers Kurosawa&apos;s debt to the intellectual tradition of Japanese-Russian democratic dissent, reflected in the affinity for Kurosawa&apos;s worldview expressed by such Russian directors as Grigory Kozintsev and Andrei Tarkovsky. Through a detailed discussion of the Russian subtext of Kurosawa&apos;s cinema, most clearly manifested in the director&apos;s films based on Dostoevsky, Tolstoy, Gorky, and Arseniev, the book shows that Kurosawa used Russian intertexts to deal with the most politically sensitive topics of postwar Japan. Locating the director in the cultural tradition of Russian-inflected Japanese anarchism, the book challenges prevalent views of Akira Kurosawa as an apolitical art house director or a conformist studio filmmaker of muddled ideological alliances by offering a philosophically consistent picture of the director&apos;s participation in post-war debates on cultural and political reconstruction.
﻿Jingyi Li is a PhD Candidate in Japanese History at the University of Arizona. She researches about early modern Japan, literati, and commercial publishing.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>141</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5362c982-9e97-11ee-8990-b3f67851a531</guid>
      <title>Speech Unbound: A Conversation with Nadine Strossen</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>What (and why) can and can't we say? What do empirical examples both at home and abroad tell us about how we should protect freedom of speech? How do we create an environment where speech is not only permitted but encouraged? Does freedom of speech bring people together or sow discord? <a href="https://www.nyls.edu/faculty/nadine-strossen/">Nadine Strossen</a>, former president of the ACLU and Professor Emerita at New York Law School, brings her decades of expertise to bear explaining why freedom of speech is foundational to so many other fundamental rights.</p><p>Nadine Strossen is Professor Emerita at New York Law School, and was national President of the American Civil Liberties Union from 1991-2008. She is a Senior Fellow with FIRE (the Foundation for Individual Rights and Expression) and a leading expert and frequent speaker/media commentator on constitutional law and civil liberties, who has testified before Congress on multiple occasions. She is the author of <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190089009"><em>HATE: Why We Should Resist It with Free Speech, Not Censorship</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2018) and <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197699652"><em>Free Speech: What Everyone Needs to Know</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023). She is the Host and Project Consultant for <a href="https://www.freetochoosenetwork.org/freetospeak/"><em>Free To Speak</em></a>, a 3-hour documentary film series released in October. You can also find her remarks "Current Free Speech Controversies" with the Madison Program <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=weRVGOmi6Hc">here</a>.</p><p>Here are some examples of studies, referenced at the end of the episode, demonstrating links between words a language has for colors and how those colors are perceived by speakers, for <a href="https://www.scientificamerican.com/article/our-language-affects-what-we-see/">Russian</a> and for <a href="https://www.frontiersin.org/articles/10.3389/fpsyg.2019.00551/full">Chinese and Mongolian</a>.</p><p><a href="https://jmp.princeton.edu/people/annika-nordquist"><em>Annika Nordquist</em></a><em> is the Communications Coordinator of Princeton University’s James Madison Program in American Ideals and Institutions and host of the Program’s podcast, </em><a href="https://jmp.princeton.edu/podcast"><em>Madison’s Notes</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Dec 2023 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>What (and why) can and can't we say? What do empirical examples both at home and abroad tell us about how we should protect freedom of speech? How do we create an environment where speech is not only permitted but encouraged? Does freedom of speech bring people together or sow discord? <a href="https://www.nyls.edu/faculty/nadine-strossen/">Nadine Strossen</a>, former president of the ACLU and Professor Emerita at New York Law School, brings her decades of expertise to bear explaining why freedom of speech is foundational to so many other fundamental rights.</p><p>Nadine Strossen is Professor Emerita at New York Law School, and was national President of the American Civil Liberties Union from 1991-2008. She is a Senior Fellow with FIRE (the Foundation for Individual Rights and Expression) and a leading expert and frequent speaker/media commentator on constitutional law and civil liberties, who has testified before Congress on multiple occasions. She is the author of <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190089009"><em>HATE: Why We Should Resist It with Free Speech, Not Censorship</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2018) and <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197699652"><em>Free Speech: What Everyone Needs to Know</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023). She is the Host and Project Consultant for <a href="https://www.freetochoosenetwork.org/freetospeak/"><em>Free To Speak</em></a>, a 3-hour documentary film series released in October. You can also find her remarks "Current Free Speech Controversies" with the Madison Program <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=weRVGOmi6Hc">here</a>.</p><p>Here are some examples of studies, referenced at the end of the episode, demonstrating links between words a language has for colors and how those colors are perceived by speakers, for <a href="https://www.scientificamerican.com/article/our-language-affects-what-we-see/">Russian</a> and for <a href="https://www.frontiersin.org/articles/10.3389/fpsyg.2019.00551/full">Chinese and Mongolian</a>.</p><p><a href="https://jmp.princeton.edu/people/annika-nordquist"><em>Annika Nordquist</em></a><em> is the Communications Coordinator of Princeton University’s James Madison Program in American Ideals and Institutions and host of the Program’s podcast, </em><a href="https://jmp.princeton.edu/podcast"><em>Madison’s Notes</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="55816432" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/9b451042-43c8-4c4e-93ea-5ccd3774cca5/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=9b451042-43c8-4c4e-93ea-5ccd3774cca5&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Speech Unbound: A Conversation with Nadine Strossen</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:58:08</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>What (and why) can and can&apos;t we say? What do empirical examples both at home and abroad tell us about how we should protect freedom of speech? How do we create an environment where speech is not only permitted but encouraged? Does freedom of speech bring people together or sow discord? Nadine Strossen, former president of the ACLU and Professor Emerita at New York Law School, brings her decades of expertise to bear explaining why freedom of speech is foundational to so many other fundamental rights.
Nadine Strossen is Professor Emerita at New York Law School, and was national President of the American Civil Liberties Union from 1991-2008. She is a Senior Fellow with FIRE (the Foundation for Individual Rights and Expression) and a leading expert and frequent speaker/media commentator on constitutional law and civil liberties, who has testified before Congress on multiple occasions. She is the author of HATE: Why We Should Resist It with Free Speech, Not Censorship (Oxford UP, 2018) and Free Speech: What Everyone Needs to Know (Oxford UP, 2023). She is the Host and Project Consultant for Free To Speak, a 3-hour documentary film series released in October. You can also find her remarks &quot;Current Free Speech Controversies&quot; with the Madison Program here.
Here are some examples of studies, referenced at the end of the episode, demonstrating links between words a language has for colors and how those colors are perceived by speakers, for Russian and for Chinese and Mongolian.
Annika Nordquist is the Communications Coordinator of Princeton University’s James Madison Program in American Ideals and Institutions and host of the Program’s podcast, Madison’s Notes.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>What (and why) can and can&apos;t we say? What do empirical examples both at home and abroad tell us about how we should protect freedom of speech? How do we create an environment where speech is not only permitted but encouraged? Does freedom of speech bring people together or sow discord? Nadine Strossen, former president of the ACLU and Professor Emerita at New York Law School, brings her decades of expertise to bear explaining why freedom of speech is foundational to so many other fundamental rights.
Nadine Strossen is Professor Emerita at New York Law School, and was national President of the American Civil Liberties Union from 1991-2008. She is a Senior Fellow with FIRE (the Foundation for Individual Rights and Expression) and a leading expert and frequent speaker/media commentator on constitutional law and civil liberties, who has testified before Congress on multiple occasions. She is the author of HATE: Why We Should Resist It with Free Speech, Not Censorship (Oxford UP, 2018) and Free Speech: What Everyone Needs to Know (Oxford UP, 2023). She is the Host and Project Consultant for Free To Speak, a 3-hour documentary film series released in October. You can also find her remarks &quot;Current Free Speech Controversies&quot; with the Madison Program here.
Here are some examples of studies, referenced at the end of the episode, demonstrating links between words a language has for colors and how those colors are perceived by speakers, for Russian and for Chinese and Mongolian.
Annika Nordquist is the Communications Coordinator of Princeton University’s James Madison Program in American Ideals and Institutions and host of the Program’s podcast, Madison’s Notes.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>92</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1cb5909a-9dc5-11ee-8268-471f0a0cd00c</guid>
      <title>Tom Buitelaar, &quot;Assisting International Justice: Cooperation Between UN Peace Operations and the International Criminal Court in the Democratic Republic of Congo&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Although the International Criminal Court (ICC) - as the only permanent international court that addresses crimes against humanity, genocide, and war crimes - has important potential to end impunity and find justice for victims of atrocities, it is dependent on others for almost all aspects of its functioning. The Court has frequently relied on the peacekeeping operations that the UN deploys in the field and, over the past two decades, UN peacekeepers have provided logistical assistance and security to Court investigators, shared large amounts of information, and have even been involved in the arrest of Court suspects. But their track record has been inconsistent: they have sometimes refused to take action against people accused of war crimes and have found it difficult to balance their impartiality with court prosecutions. Despite the empirical importance of this phenomenon, we know preciously little about the circumstances under which it occurs.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192872227"><em>Assisting International Justice: Cooperation Between UN Peace Operations and the International Criminal Court in the Democratic Republic of Congo</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2023), Dr. Tom Buitelaar reveals the conditions under which UN peacekeepers address impunity in their mission areas. He presents an original single-country case study of assistance provided by the UN mission in the Democratic Republic of the Congo and a plausibility probe of other peace operations in ICC situation countries. Relying on new empirical material, including over 130 interviews of key decision-makers, and comprehensive archival research, this scholarly volume explores how the UN navigates the terrain of conflict mediation and punitive accountability and demonstrates the collaborative but contingent relationship between the UN and the ICC.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> forthcoming book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Dec 2023 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Although the International Criminal Court (ICC) - as the only permanent international court that addresses crimes against humanity, genocide, and war crimes - has important potential to end impunity and find justice for victims of atrocities, it is dependent on others for almost all aspects of its functioning. The Court has frequently relied on the peacekeeping operations that the UN deploys in the field and, over the past two decades, UN peacekeepers have provided logistical assistance and security to Court investigators, shared large amounts of information, and have even been involved in the arrest of Court suspects. But their track record has been inconsistent: they have sometimes refused to take action against people accused of war crimes and have found it difficult to balance their impartiality with court prosecutions. Despite the empirical importance of this phenomenon, we know preciously little about the circumstances under which it occurs.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192872227"><em>Assisting International Justice: Cooperation Between UN Peace Operations and the International Criminal Court in the Democratic Republic of Congo</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2023), Dr. Tom Buitelaar reveals the conditions under which UN peacekeepers address impunity in their mission areas. He presents an original single-country case study of assistance provided by the UN mission in the Democratic Republic of the Congo and a plausibility probe of other peace operations in ICC situation countries. Relying on new empirical material, including over 130 interviews of key decision-makers, and comprehensive archival research, this scholarly volume explores how the UN navigates the terrain of conflict mediation and punitive accountability and demonstrates the collaborative but contingent relationship between the UN and the ICC.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> forthcoming book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="61220730" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/5bb4e87f-d0a5-47c1-baf7-250f13c27d33/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=5bb4e87f-d0a5-47c1-baf7-250f13c27d33&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Tom Buitelaar, &quot;Assisting International Justice: Cooperation Between UN Peace Operations and the International Criminal Court in the Democratic Republic of Congo&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:03:46</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Although the International Criminal Court (ICC) - as the only permanent international court that addresses crimes against humanity, genocide, and war crimes - has important potential to end impunity and find justice for victims of atrocities, it is dependent on others for almost all aspects of its functioning. The Court has frequently relied on the peacekeeping operations that the UN deploys in the field and, over the past two decades, UN peacekeepers have provided logistical assistance and security to Court investigators, shared large amounts of information, and have even been involved in the arrest of Court suspects. But their track record has been inconsistent: they have sometimes refused to take action against people accused of war crimes and have found it difficult to balance their impartiality with court prosecutions. Despite the empirical importance of this phenomenon, we know preciously little about the circumstances under which it occurs.
In Assisting International Justice: Cooperation Between UN Peace Operations and the International Criminal Court in the Democratic Republic of Congo (Oxford University Press, 2023), Dr. Tom Buitelaar reveals the conditions under which UN peacekeepers address impunity in their mission areas. He presents an original single-country case study of assistance provided by the UN mission in the Democratic Republic of the Congo and a plausibility probe of other peace operations in ICC situation countries. Relying on new empirical material, including over 130 interviews of key decision-makers, and comprehensive archival research, this scholarly volume explores how the UN navigates the terrain of conflict mediation and punitive accountability and demonstrates the collaborative but contingent relationship between the UN and the ICC.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Although the International Criminal Court (ICC) - as the only permanent international court that addresses crimes against humanity, genocide, and war crimes - has important potential to end impunity and find justice for victims of atrocities, it is dependent on others for almost all aspects of its functioning. The Court has frequently relied on the peacekeeping operations that the UN deploys in the field and, over the past two decades, UN peacekeepers have provided logistical assistance and security to Court investigators, shared large amounts of information, and have even been involved in the arrest of Court suspects. But their track record has been inconsistent: they have sometimes refused to take action against people accused of war crimes and have found it difficult to balance their impartiality with court prosecutions. Despite the empirical importance of this phenomenon, we know preciously little about the circumstances under which it occurs.
In Assisting International Justice: Cooperation Between UN Peace Operations and the International Criminal Court in the Democratic Republic of Congo (Oxford University Press, 2023), Dr. Tom Buitelaar reveals the conditions under which UN peacekeepers address impunity in their mission areas. He presents an original single-country case study of assistance provided by the UN mission in the Democratic Republic of the Congo and a plausibility probe of other peace operations in ICC situation countries. Relying on new empirical material, including over 130 interviews of key decision-makers, and comprehensive archival research, this scholarly volume explores how the UN navigates the terrain of conflict mediation and punitive accountability and demonstrates the collaborative but contingent relationship between the UN and the ICC.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>175</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">72b1ea54-9c2e-11ee-b16c-33b2fc074da0</guid>
      <title>Bernard Forjwuor, &quot;Critique of Political Decolonization&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>What is political independence? As a political act, what was it sanctioned to accomplish? Is formal colonialism over, or a condition in the present, albeit mutated and evolved?</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198871842"><em>Critique of Political Decolonization</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023), Bernard Forjwuor challenges what, in normative scholarship, has become a persistent conflation of two different concepts: political decolonization and political independence. This scholarly volume is an antinormative and critical refutation of the decolonial accomplishment of political independence or self-determination in Ghana. He argues that political independence is insufficiently a decolonial claim because it is framed within the context of a country, where a permanent colonial settlement was never deemed necessary for the consolidation of future colonial political obligations. So, while territorial dissolution was politically engineered by Ghanaians, the colonial merely reconstitutes itself in different legal and ideological forms.</p><p>Forjwuor offers new methodological, theoretical, and conceptual approaches to engaging the questions of colonialism, political independence, political decolonization, justice, and freedom, and constructs multiple conceptual bridges between traditional disciplinary fields of inquiry including politics, history, law, African studies, economic history, critical theory, and philosophy and political theory. Using the Ghanaian experience as a rich case study, Forjwuor rethinks what colonialism and decolonization mean, and asserts that decolonization is primarily a question of justice.</p><p>Bernard Forjwuor is an Assistant Professor of Africana Studies at the University of Notre Dame. He is a scholar of black political thought, and his research focuses on the philosophical, critical, and theoretical claims advanced by global black political thinkers. His recent work challenges the ways the colonial and the racial are routinely affirmed as extinguished in the liberal democratic affirmation of sovereignty.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 17 Dec 2023 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>What is political independence? As a political act, what was it sanctioned to accomplish? Is formal colonialism over, or a condition in the present, albeit mutated and evolved?</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198871842"><em>Critique of Political Decolonization</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023), Bernard Forjwuor challenges what, in normative scholarship, has become a persistent conflation of two different concepts: political decolonization and political independence. This scholarly volume is an antinormative and critical refutation of the decolonial accomplishment of political independence or self-determination in Ghana. He argues that political independence is insufficiently a decolonial claim because it is framed within the context of a country, where a permanent colonial settlement was never deemed necessary for the consolidation of future colonial political obligations. So, while territorial dissolution was politically engineered by Ghanaians, the colonial merely reconstitutes itself in different legal and ideological forms.</p><p>Forjwuor offers new methodological, theoretical, and conceptual approaches to engaging the questions of colonialism, political independence, political decolonization, justice, and freedom, and constructs multiple conceptual bridges between traditional disciplinary fields of inquiry including politics, history, law, African studies, economic history, critical theory, and philosophy and political theory. Using the Ghanaian experience as a rich case study, Forjwuor rethinks what colonialism and decolonization mean, and asserts that decolonization is primarily a question of justice.</p><p>Bernard Forjwuor is an Assistant Professor of Africana Studies at the University of Notre Dame. He is a scholar of black political thought, and his research focuses on the philosophical, critical, and theoretical claims advanced by global black political thinkers. His recent work challenges the ways the colonial and the racial are routinely affirmed as extinguished in the liberal democratic affirmation of sovereignty.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="49134735" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/d299188a-30d5-405e-a351-ef0635729c7f/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=d299188a-30d5-405e-a351-ef0635729c7f&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Bernard Forjwuor, &quot;Critique of Political Decolonization&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:51:10</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>What is political independence? As a political act, what was it sanctioned to accomplish? Is formal colonialism over, or a condition in the present, albeit mutated and evolved?
In Critique of Political Decolonization (Oxford UP, 2023), Bernard Forjwuor challenges what, in normative scholarship, has become a persistent conflation of two different concepts: political decolonization and political independence. This scholarly volume is an antinormative and critical refutation of the decolonial accomplishment of political independence or self-determination in Ghana. He argues that political independence is insufficiently a decolonial claim because it is framed within the context of a country, where a permanent colonial settlement was never deemed necessary for the consolidation of future colonial political obligations. So, while territorial dissolution was politically engineered by Ghanaians, the colonial merely reconstitutes itself in different legal and ideological forms.
Forjwuor offers new methodological, theoretical, and conceptual approaches to engaging the questions of colonialism, political independence, political decolonization, justice, and freedom, and constructs multiple conceptual bridges between traditional disciplinary fields of inquiry including politics, history, law, African studies, economic history, critical theory, and philosophy and political theory. Using the Ghanaian experience as a rich case study, Forjwuor rethinks what colonialism and decolonization mean, and asserts that decolonization is primarily a question of justice.
Bernard Forjwuor is an Assistant Professor of Africana Studies at the University of Notre Dame. He is a scholar of black political thought, and his research focuses on the philosophical, critical, and theoretical claims advanced by global black political thinkers. His recent work challenges the ways the colonial and the racial are routinely affirmed as extinguished in the liberal democratic affirmation of sovereignty.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>What is political independence? As a political act, what was it sanctioned to accomplish? Is formal colonialism over, or a condition in the present, albeit mutated and evolved?
In Critique of Political Decolonization (Oxford UP, 2023), Bernard Forjwuor challenges what, in normative scholarship, has become a persistent conflation of two different concepts: political decolonization and political independence. This scholarly volume is an antinormative and critical refutation of the decolonial accomplishment of political independence or self-determination in Ghana. He argues that political independence is insufficiently a decolonial claim because it is framed within the context of a country, where a permanent colonial settlement was never deemed necessary for the consolidation of future colonial political obligations. So, while territorial dissolution was politically engineered by Ghanaians, the colonial merely reconstitutes itself in different legal and ideological forms.
Forjwuor offers new methodological, theoretical, and conceptual approaches to engaging the questions of colonialism, political independence, political decolonization, justice, and freedom, and constructs multiple conceptual bridges between traditional disciplinary fields of inquiry including politics, history, law, African studies, economic history, critical theory, and philosophy and political theory. Using the Ghanaian experience as a rich case study, Forjwuor rethinks what colonialism and decolonization mean, and asserts that decolonization is primarily a question of justice.
Bernard Forjwuor is an Assistant Professor of Africana Studies at the University of Notre Dame. He is a scholar of black political thought, and his research focuses on the philosophical, critical, and theoretical claims advanced by global black political thinkers. His recent work challenges the ways the colonial and the racial are routinely affirmed as extinguished in the liberal democratic affirmation of sovereignty.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>181</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d5bd8616-9b71-11ee-a958-8b3bcbf0ddb0</guid>
      <title>Isaac Soon, &quot;A Disabled Apostle: Impairment and Disability in the Letters of Paul&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>For generations, Pauline scholars have responded in different ways to the Apostle’s “thorn in the flesh” (2 Cor. 12:7), our clearest indication that Paul was disabled—some with clinical diagnoses along biomedical lines, more with reticence and agnosticism as to the specifics of Paul’s disability, and others with doubts that Paul could have accomplished his apostolic work had he been physically impaired. </p><p>On this episode, Isaac T. Soon joined the New Books Network to discuss his paradigm-pushing study <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192885241"><em>A Disabled Apostle: Impairment and Disability in the Letters of Paul</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023), a revision of his recent Durham Ph.D. dissertation with the same title, which employs the insights of disability studies and “biographical criticism” not simply to exegete Paul’s enigmatic “thorn in the flesh” but to reflect more broadly on the Apostle’s rhetoric of disability and impairment in its ancient context. Simultaneously, Soon contends that by an awareness of embodied language in Paul’s letters and concepts of bodily normativity contemporaneous to him, we can know three of Paul’s disabilities: (1) inhabitation by a demonic/malevolent force, (2) penile circumcision, and (3) short stature. Meticulously researched, methodologically grounded, and robustly argued, this study offers thought-provoking resources for adherents of Paul, students of the ancient world, and Neutestamentlers alike to consider the impact of Paul’s physical body on the message that he was compelled to share among the first-century Gentile world.</p><p>Isaac T. Soon (Ph.D., Durham University, 2021) is Assistant Professor of Religious Studies at Crandall University in Moncton, New Brunswick, Canada. Dr. Soon’s research focuses on the intersection of New Testament and early Christian texts with disability studies, including a current project on conceptions of bodily normativity and the portrayal of early Christian figures in ancient literature. Previous work of Isaac’s has been published in forums such as the <em>Journal of Biblical Literature, New Testament Studies, Novum Testamentum</em>, <em>Vigiliae Christianae</em>, the <em>Journal for the Study of Judaism</em>, <em>Religions</em>, <em>Early Christianity</em>, the <em>Journal for the Study of the Pseudepigrapha</em>, and the <em>Journal for the Jesus Movement in its Jewish Setting</em>.</p><p><em>Rob Heaton (Ph.D., University of Denver, 2019) hosts Biblical Studies conversations for New Books in Religion and teaches New Testament, Christian origins, and early Christianity at Anderson University in Indiana. He recently authored </em><a href="https://rowman.com/ISBN/9781666921861/The-Shepherd-of-Hermas-as-Scriptura-Non-Grata-From-Popularity-in-Early-Christianity-to-Exclusion-from-the-New-Testament-Canon"><em>The Shepherd of Hermas as Scriptura Non Grata: From Popularity in Early Christianity to Exclusion from the New Testament Canon</em></a><em> (Lexington Books, 2023). For more about Rob and his work, or to offer feedback related to this episode, please visit his website at </em><a href="https://www.robheaton.com/"><em>https://www.robheaton.com</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 16 Dec 2023 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>For generations, Pauline scholars have responded in different ways to the Apostle’s “thorn in the flesh” (2 Cor. 12:7), our clearest indication that Paul was disabled—some with clinical diagnoses along biomedical lines, more with reticence and agnosticism as to the specifics of Paul’s disability, and others with doubts that Paul could have accomplished his apostolic work had he been physically impaired. </p><p>On this episode, Isaac T. Soon joined the New Books Network to discuss his paradigm-pushing study <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192885241"><em>A Disabled Apostle: Impairment and Disability in the Letters of Paul</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023), a revision of his recent Durham Ph.D. dissertation with the same title, which employs the insights of disability studies and “biographical criticism” not simply to exegete Paul’s enigmatic “thorn in the flesh” but to reflect more broadly on the Apostle’s rhetoric of disability and impairment in its ancient context. Simultaneously, Soon contends that by an awareness of embodied language in Paul’s letters and concepts of bodily normativity contemporaneous to him, we can know three of Paul’s disabilities: (1) inhabitation by a demonic/malevolent force, (2) penile circumcision, and (3) short stature. Meticulously researched, methodologically grounded, and robustly argued, this study offers thought-provoking resources for adherents of Paul, students of the ancient world, and Neutestamentlers alike to consider the impact of Paul’s physical body on the message that he was compelled to share among the first-century Gentile world.</p><p>Isaac T. Soon (Ph.D., Durham University, 2021) is Assistant Professor of Religious Studies at Crandall University in Moncton, New Brunswick, Canada. Dr. Soon’s research focuses on the intersection of New Testament and early Christian texts with disability studies, including a current project on conceptions of bodily normativity and the portrayal of early Christian figures in ancient literature. Previous work of Isaac’s has been published in forums such as the <em>Journal of Biblical Literature, New Testament Studies, Novum Testamentum</em>, <em>Vigiliae Christianae</em>, the <em>Journal for the Study of Judaism</em>, <em>Religions</em>, <em>Early Christianity</em>, the <em>Journal for the Study of the Pseudepigrapha</em>, and the <em>Journal for the Jesus Movement in its Jewish Setting</em>.</p><p><em>Rob Heaton (Ph.D., University of Denver, 2019) hosts Biblical Studies conversations for New Books in Religion and teaches New Testament, Christian origins, and early Christianity at Anderson University in Indiana. He recently authored </em><a href="https://rowman.com/ISBN/9781666921861/The-Shepherd-of-Hermas-as-Scriptura-Non-Grata-From-Popularity-in-Early-Christianity-to-Exclusion-from-the-New-Testament-Canon"><em>The Shepherd of Hermas as Scriptura Non Grata: From Popularity in Early Christianity to Exclusion from the New Testament Canon</em></a><em> (Lexington Books, 2023). For more about Rob and his work, or to offer feedback related to this episode, please visit his website at </em><a href="https://www.robheaton.com/"><em>https://www.robheaton.com</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="67788602" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/c21706c0-63ce-442c-b897-82f7f3023315/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=c21706c0-63ce-442c-b897-82f7f3023315&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Isaac Soon, &quot;A Disabled Apostle: Impairment and Disability in the Letters of Paul&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:10:36</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>For generations, Pauline scholars have responded in different ways to the Apostle’s “thorn in the flesh” (2 Cor. 12:7), our clearest indication that Paul was disabled—some with clinical diagnoses along biomedical lines, more with reticence and agnosticism as to the specifics of Paul’s disability, and others with doubts that Paul could have accomplished his apostolic work had he been physically impaired. 
On this episode, Isaac T. Soon joined the New Books Network to discuss his paradigm-pushing study A Disabled Apostle: Impairment and Disability in the Letters of Paul (Oxford UP, 2023), a revision of his recent Durham Ph.D. dissertation with the same title, which employs the insights of disability studies and “biographical criticism” not simply to exegete Paul’s enigmatic “thorn in the flesh” but to reflect more broadly on the Apostle’s rhetoric of disability and impairment in its ancient context. Simultaneously, Soon contends that by an awareness of embodied language in Paul’s letters and concepts of bodily normativity contemporaneous to him, we can know three of Paul’s disabilities: (1) inhabitation by a demonic/malevolent force, (2) penile circumcision, and (3) short stature. Meticulously researched, methodologically grounded, and robustly argued, this study offers thought-provoking resources for adherents of Paul, students of the ancient world, and Neutestamentlers alike to consider the impact of Paul’s physical body on the message that he was compelled to share among the first-century Gentile world.
Isaac T. Soon (Ph.D., Durham University, 2021) is Assistant Professor of Religious Studies at Crandall University in Moncton, New Brunswick, Canada. Dr. Soon’s research focuses on the intersection of New Testament and early Christian texts with disability studies, including a current project on conceptions of bodily normativity and the portrayal of early Christian figures in ancient literature. Previous work of Isaac’s has been published in forums such as the Journal of Biblical Literature, New Testament Studies, Novum Testamentum, Vigiliae Christianae, the Journal for the Study of Judaism, Religions, Early Christianity, the Journal for the Study of the Pseudepigrapha, and the Journal for the Jesus Movement in its Jewish Setting.
Rob Heaton (Ph.D., University of Denver, 2019) hosts Biblical Studies conversations for New Books in Religion and teaches New Testament, Christian origins, and early Christianity at Anderson University in Indiana. He recently authored The Shepherd of Hermas as Scriptura Non Grata: From Popularity in Early Christianity to Exclusion from the New Testament Canon (Lexington Books, 2023). For more about Rob and his work, or to offer feedback related to this episode, please visit his website at https://www.robheaton.com.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>For generations, Pauline scholars have responded in different ways to the Apostle’s “thorn in the flesh” (2 Cor. 12:7), our clearest indication that Paul was disabled—some with clinical diagnoses along biomedical lines, more with reticence and agnosticism as to the specifics of Paul’s disability, and others with doubts that Paul could have accomplished his apostolic work had he been physically impaired. 
On this episode, Isaac T. Soon joined the New Books Network to discuss his paradigm-pushing study A Disabled Apostle: Impairment and Disability in the Letters of Paul (Oxford UP, 2023), a revision of his recent Durham Ph.D. dissertation with the same title, which employs the insights of disability studies and “biographical criticism” not simply to exegete Paul’s enigmatic “thorn in the flesh” but to reflect more broadly on the Apostle’s rhetoric of disability and impairment in its ancient context. Simultaneously, Soon contends that by an awareness of embodied language in Paul’s letters and concepts of bodily normativity contemporaneous to him, we can know three of Paul’s disabilities: (1) inhabitation by a demonic/malevolent force, (2) penile circumcision, and (3) short stature. Meticulously researched, methodologically grounded, and robustly argued, this study offers thought-provoking resources for adherents of Paul, students of the ancient world, and Neutestamentlers alike to consider the impact of Paul’s physical body on the message that he was compelled to share among the first-century Gentile world.
Isaac T. Soon (Ph.D., Durham University, 2021) is Assistant Professor of Religious Studies at Crandall University in Moncton, New Brunswick, Canada. Dr. Soon’s research focuses on the intersection of New Testament and early Christian texts with disability studies, including a current project on conceptions of bodily normativity and the portrayal of early Christian figures in ancient literature. Previous work of Isaac’s has been published in forums such as the Journal of Biblical Literature, New Testament Studies, Novum Testamentum, Vigiliae Christianae, the Journal for the Study of Judaism, Religions, Early Christianity, the Journal for the Study of the Pseudepigrapha, and the Journal for the Jesus Movement in its Jewish Setting.
Rob Heaton (Ph.D., University of Denver, 2019) hosts Biblical Studies conversations for New Books in Religion and teaches New Testament, Christian origins, and early Christianity at Anderson University in Indiana. He recently authored The Shepherd of Hermas as Scriptura Non Grata: From Popularity in Early Christianity to Exclusion from the New Testament Canon (Lexington Books, 2023). For more about Rob and his work, or to offer feedback related to this episode, please visit his website at https://www.robheaton.com.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>140</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">754b4e76-9b76-11ee-9bd0-37422200579c</guid>
      <title>Randall Hansen, &quot;War, Work, and Want: How the OPEC Oil Crisis Caused Mass Migration and Revolution&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The oil shock of 1973 changed everything. It brought the golden age of American and European economic growth to an end; it destabilized Middle Eastern politics; and it set in train processes that led to over one hundred million unexpected—and unwanted—immigrants.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197657690"><em>War, Work, and Want: How the OPEC Oil Crisis Caused Mass Migration and Revolution</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023), Dr. Randall Hansen asks why, against all expectations, global migration tripled after 1970. The answer, he argues, lies in how the OPEC Oil crisis transformed the global economy, Middle Eastern geopolitics and, as a consequence, international migration. The quadrupling of oil prices and attendant inflation destroyed economic growth in the West while flooding the Middle East with oil money. American and European consumers, their wealth drained, rebuilt their standard of living on the back of cheap labor—and cheap migrants. The Middle East enjoyed the benefits of a historic wealth transfer, but oil became a poisoned chalice leading to political instability, revolution, and war, all of which resulted in tens of millions of refugees. The economic, and migratory, consequences of the OPEC oil crisis transformed the contours of domestic politics around the world. They fueled the growth of nationalist-populist parties that built their brands on blaming immigrants for collapsing standards of living, willfully ignoring the fact that mass immigration was the effect, not the cause, of that collapse.</p><p>In showing how war (the main driver of refugee flows), work (labor migrants), and want (the desire for ever cheaper products made by migrants) led to the massive upsurge in global migration after 1973, this book will reshape our understanding of the past half-century of global history.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> forthcoming book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 16 Dec 2023 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The oil shock of 1973 changed everything. It brought the golden age of American and European economic growth to an end; it destabilized Middle Eastern politics; and it set in train processes that led to over one hundred million unexpected—and unwanted—immigrants.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197657690"><em>War, Work, and Want: How the OPEC Oil Crisis Caused Mass Migration and Revolution</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023), Dr. Randall Hansen asks why, against all expectations, global migration tripled after 1970. The answer, he argues, lies in how the OPEC Oil crisis transformed the global economy, Middle Eastern geopolitics and, as a consequence, international migration. The quadrupling of oil prices and attendant inflation destroyed economic growth in the West while flooding the Middle East with oil money. American and European consumers, their wealth drained, rebuilt their standard of living on the back of cheap labor—and cheap migrants. The Middle East enjoyed the benefits of a historic wealth transfer, but oil became a poisoned chalice leading to political instability, revolution, and war, all of which resulted in tens of millions of refugees. The economic, and migratory, consequences of the OPEC oil crisis transformed the contours of domestic politics around the world. They fueled the growth of nationalist-populist parties that built their brands on blaming immigrants for collapsing standards of living, willfully ignoring the fact that mass immigration was the effect, not the cause, of that collapse.</p><p>In showing how war (the main driver of refugee flows), work (labor migrants), and want (the desire for ever cheaper products made by migrants) led to the massive upsurge in global migration after 1973, this book will reshape our understanding of the past half-century of global history.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> forthcoming book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="48669334" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/ba68ef7e-e77f-4ca2-89e3-6b049178e827/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=ba68ef7e-e77f-4ca2-89e3-6b049178e827&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Randall Hansen, &quot;War, Work, and Want: How the OPEC Oil Crisis Caused Mass Migration and Revolution&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:50:41</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The oil shock of 1973 changed everything. It brought the golden age of American and European economic growth to an end; it destabilized Middle Eastern politics; and it set in train processes that led to over one hundred million unexpected—and unwanted—immigrants.
In War, Work, and Want: How the OPEC Oil Crisis Caused Mass Migration and Revolution (Oxford University Press, 2023), Dr. Randall Hansen asks why, against all expectations, global migration tripled after 1970. The answer, he argues, lies in how the OPEC Oil crisis transformed the global economy, Middle Eastern geopolitics and, as a consequence, international migration. The quadrupling of oil prices and attendant inflation destroyed economic growth in the West while flooding the Middle East with oil money. American and European consumers, their wealth drained, rebuilt their standard of living on the back of cheap labor—and cheap migrants. The Middle East enjoyed the benefits of a historic wealth transfer, but oil became a poisoned chalice leading to political instability, revolution, and war, all of which resulted in tens of millions of refugees. The economic, and migratory, consequences of the OPEC oil crisis transformed the contours of domestic politics around the world. They fueled the growth of nationalist-populist parties that built their brands on blaming immigrants for collapsing standards of living, willfully ignoring the fact that mass immigration was the effect, not the cause, of that collapse.
In showing how war (the main driver of refugee flows), work (labor migrants), and want (the desire for ever cheaper products made by migrants) led to the massive upsurge in global migration after 1973, this book will reshape our understanding of the past half-century of global history.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The oil shock of 1973 changed everything. It brought the golden age of American and European economic growth to an end; it destabilized Middle Eastern politics; and it set in train processes that led to over one hundred million unexpected—and unwanted—immigrants.
In War, Work, and Want: How the OPEC Oil Crisis Caused Mass Migration and Revolution (Oxford University Press, 2023), Dr. Randall Hansen asks why, against all expectations, global migration tripled after 1970. The answer, he argues, lies in how the OPEC Oil crisis transformed the global economy, Middle Eastern geopolitics and, as a consequence, international migration. The quadrupling of oil prices and attendant inflation destroyed economic growth in the West while flooding the Middle East with oil money. American and European consumers, their wealth drained, rebuilt their standard of living on the back of cheap labor—and cheap migrants. The Middle East enjoyed the benefits of a historic wealth transfer, but oil became a poisoned chalice leading to political instability, revolution, and war, all of which resulted in tens of millions of refugees. The economic, and migratory, consequences of the OPEC oil crisis transformed the contours of domestic politics around the world. They fueled the growth of nationalist-populist parties that built their brands on blaming immigrants for collapsing standards of living, willfully ignoring the fact that mass immigration was the effect, not the cause, of that collapse.
In showing how war (the main driver of refugee flows), work (labor migrants), and want (the desire for ever cheaper products made by migrants) led to the massive upsurge in global migration after 1973, this book will reshape our understanding of the past half-century of global history.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>86</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">95b64ae2-977c-11ee-9500-cf112b320828</guid>
      <title>Hugo Wong, &quot;America&apos;s Lost Chinese: The Rise and Fall of a Migrant Family Dream&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Like countless other migrants from China, Hugo Wong’s great-grandfathers–Wong Foon Chuck and Leung Hing–travel across the Pacific to make a life for themselves in San Francisco. <em>Unlike </em>many of their peers, they don’t stay, instead traveling south, to Mexico–in part to escape growing anti-Chinese prejudice in the United States.</p><p>They thrive, at least initially, in Mexico, as Hugo explains in his book<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9781805260561"> <em>America's Lost Chinese: The Rise and Fall of a Migrant Family Dream</em></a><em> </em>(Hurst, 2023). They assimilate and become upstanding members of the Mexican business community–only for things to fall apart during the Mexican Revolution.</p><p>In this interview, Hugo and I talk about his great-grandfathers, why they decided to make a life in Mexico, and the lost history of Chinese migration to this Latin American country.</p><p>Hugo Wong grew up between Paris and Mexico City. From the early 1990s, he has lived almost fifteen years in Greater China, including in Beijing, where he has helped found various Sino–foreign joint ventures, such as China’s first investment bank. He has built his career in emerging markets investing at major financial institutions in Hong Kong, London and New York.</p><p>Y<em>ou can find more reviews, excerpts, interviews, and essays at</em><a href="https://asianreviewofbooks.com/"> <em>The Asian Review of Books</em></a><em>, including its review of </em><a href="https://asianreviewofbooks.com/content/americas-lost-chinese-the-rise-and-fall-of-a-migrant-family-dream-by-hugo-wong/"><em>America’s Lost Chinese</em></a><em>. Follow on Twitter at</em><a href="https://twitter.com/BookReviewsAsia"> <em>@BookReviewsAsia</em></a><em>.</em></p><p><em>Nicholas Gordon is an editor for a global magazine, and a reviewer for the Asian Review of Books. He can be found on Twitter at</em><a href="https://twitter.com/nickrigordon?lang=en"><em>@nickrigordon</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Dec 2023 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Like countless other migrants from China, Hugo Wong’s great-grandfathers–Wong Foon Chuck and Leung Hing–travel across the Pacific to make a life for themselves in San Francisco. <em>Unlike </em>many of their peers, they don’t stay, instead traveling south, to Mexico–in part to escape growing anti-Chinese prejudice in the United States.</p><p>They thrive, at least initially, in Mexico, as Hugo explains in his book<a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9781805260561"> <em>America's Lost Chinese: The Rise and Fall of a Migrant Family Dream</em></a><em> </em>(Hurst, 2023). They assimilate and become upstanding members of the Mexican business community–only for things to fall apart during the Mexican Revolution.</p><p>In this interview, Hugo and I talk about his great-grandfathers, why they decided to make a life in Mexico, and the lost history of Chinese migration to this Latin American country.</p><p>Hugo Wong grew up between Paris and Mexico City. From the early 1990s, he has lived almost fifteen years in Greater China, including in Beijing, where he has helped found various Sino–foreign joint ventures, such as China’s first investment bank. He has built his career in emerging markets investing at major financial institutions in Hong Kong, London and New York.</p><p>Y<em>ou can find more reviews, excerpts, interviews, and essays at</em><a href="https://asianreviewofbooks.com/"> <em>The Asian Review of Books</em></a><em>, including its review of </em><a href="https://asianreviewofbooks.com/content/americas-lost-chinese-the-rise-and-fall-of-a-migrant-family-dream-by-hugo-wong/"><em>America’s Lost Chinese</em></a><em>. Follow on Twitter at</em><a href="https://twitter.com/BookReviewsAsia"> <em>@BookReviewsAsia</em></a><em>.</em></p><p><em>Nicholas Gordon is an editor for a global magazine, and a reviewer for the Asian Review of Books. He can be found on Twitter at</em><a href="https://twitter.com/nickrigordon?lang=en"><em>@nickrigordon</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="42786696" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/f3b34c30-2b45-4c5d-9d9f-8159b1b9761c/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=f3b34c30-2b45-4c5d-9d9f-8159b1b9761c&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Hugo Wong, &quot;America&apos;s Lost Chinese: The Rise and Fall of a Migrant Family Dream&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:44:34</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Like countless other migrants from China, Hugo Wong’s great-grandfathers–Wong Foon Chuck and Leung Hing–travel across the Pacific to make a life for themselves in San Francisco. Unlike many of their peers, they don’t stay, instead traveling south, to Mexico–in part to escape growing anti-Chinese prejudice in the United States.
They thrive, at least initially, in Mexico, as Hugo explains in his book America&apos;s Lost Chinese: The Rise and Fall of a Migrant Family Dream (Hurst, 2023). They assimilate and become upstanding members of the Mexican business community–only for things to fall apart during the Mexican Revolution.
In this interview, Hugo and I talk about his great-grandfathers, why they decided to make a life in Mexico, and the lost history of Chinese migration to this Latin American country.
Hugo Wong grew up between Paris and Mexico City. From the early 1990s, he has lived almost fifteen years in Greater China, including in Beijing, where he has helped found various Sino–foreign joint ventures, such as China’s first investment bank. He has built his career in emerging markets investing at major financial institutions in Hong Kong, London and New York.
You can find more reviews, excerpts, interviews, and essays at The Asian Review of Books, including its review of America’s Lost Chinese. Follow on Twitter at @BookReviewsAsia.
Nicholas Gordon is an editor for a global magazine, and a reviewer for the Asian Review of Books. He can be found on Twitter at@nickrigordon.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Like countless other migrants from China, Hugo Wong’s great-grandfathers–Wong Foon Chuck and Leung Hing–travel across the Pacific to make a life for themselves in San Francisco. Unlike many of their peers, they don’t stay, instead traveling south, to Mexico–in part to escape growing anti-Chinese prejudice in the United States.
They thrive, at least initially, in Mexico, as Hugo explains in his book America&apos;s Lost Chinese: The Rise and Fall of a Migrant Family Dream (Hurst, 2023). They assimilate and become upstanding members of the Mexican business community–only for things to fall apart during the Mexican Revolution.
In this interview, Hugo and I talk about his great-grandfathers, why they decided to make a life in Mexico, and the lost history of Chinese migration to this Latin American country.
Hugo Wong grew up between Paris and Mexico City. From the early 1990s, he has lived almost fifteen years in Greater China, including in Beijing, where he has helped found various Sino–foreign joint ventures, such as China’s first investment bank. He has built his career in emerging markets investing at major financial institutions in Hong Kong, London and New York.
You can find more reviews, excerpts, interviews, and essays at The Asian Review of Books, including its review of America’s Lost Chinese. Follow on Twitter at @BookReviewsAsia.
Nicholas Gordon is an editor for a global magazine, and a reviewer for the Asian Review of Books. He can be found on Twitter at@nickrigordon.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>165</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">132a9868-99f1-11ee-8f4a-17e393dc9f1c</guid>
      <title>Louis-Alexandre Berg, &quot;Governing Security After War: The Politics of Institutional Change in the Security Sector&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Security assistance has become the largest component of international peacebuilding and stabilisation efforts, and a primary tool for responding to civil war and insurgency. Donors and peacekeepers not only train and equip military and police forces, they also seek to overhaul their structure, management, and oversight. Yet, we know little about why these efforts succeed or fail. Efforts to restructure security forces in Iraq, Libya, South Sudan, Timor-Leste, and the Democratic Republic of Congo ended amidst factional fighting. Similar efforts in Liberia, Sierra Leone, El Salvador, Mozambique, and Bosnia and Herzegovina helped to transform security forces and underpin peace. What accounts for the mixed outcomes of efforts to restructure security forces after civil war? What is the role of external involvement on these outcomes?</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197572382"><em>Governing Security After War: The Politics of Institutional Change in the Security Sector</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023), Dr. Louis-Alexandre Berg examines the political dimensions of security governance through systematic, cross-country comparison. Dr. Berg argues that the extent to which state policymakers adopt changes to the management and oversight of security forces depends on internal political dynamics, specifically the degree to which leaders need to consolidate power. The different political strategies leaders pursue, in turn, affect opportunities for external actors to influence institutional changes through means such as conditions on aid, norm diffusion, or day-to-day participation in decision-making.</p><p>Drawing on an original dataset of security governance and field research in Liberia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, and Timor-Leste, as well as mini-case studies of Iraq, Afghanistan, South Sudan, and Somalia, Dr. Berg draws out novel implications that help explain the recurrence of civil war and the impact of foreign aid on peacebuilding. Moreover, Berg provides practical recommendations for navigating the political challenges of institutional change in conflict-affected countries. Ultimately, <em>Governing Security After War </em>seeks to explain the success and failure of international assistance in war-torn countries and sheds light on the politics of peacebuilding.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> forthcoming book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Dec 2023 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Security assistance has become the largest component of international peacebuilding and stabilisation efforts, and a primary tool for responding to civil war and insurgency. Donors and peacekeepers not only train and equip military and police forces, they also seek to overhaul their structure, management, and oversight. Yet, we know little about why these efforts succeed or fail. Efforts to restructure security forces in Iraq, Libya, South Sudan, Timor-Leste, and the Democratic Republic of Congo ended amidst factional fighting. Similar efforts in Liberia, Sierra Leone, El Salvador, Mozambique, and Bosnia and Herzegovina helped to transform security forces and underpin peace. What accounts for the mixed outcomes of efforts to restructure security forces after civil war? What is the role of external involvement on these outcomes?</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197572382"><em>Governing Security After War: The Politics of Institutional Change in the Security Sector</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023), Dr. Louis-Alexandre Berg examines the political dimensions of security governance through systematic, cross-country comparison. Dr. Berg argues that the extent to which state policymakers adopt changes to the management and oversight of security forces depends on internal political dynamics, specifically the degree to which leaders need to consolidate power. The different political strategies leaders pursue, in turn, affect opportunities for external actors to influence institutional changes through means such as conditions on aid, norm diffusion, or day-to-day participation in decision-making.</p><p>Drawing on an original dataset of security governance and field research in Liberia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, and Timor-Leste, as well as mini-case studies of Iraq, Afghanistan, South Sudan, and Somalia, Dr. Berg draws out novel implications that help explain the recurrence of civil war and the impact of foreign aid on peacebuilding. Moreover, Berg provides practical recommendations for navigating the political challenges of institutional change in conflict-affected countries. Ultimately, <em>Governing Security After War </em>seeks to explain the success and failure of international assistance in war-torn countries and sheds light on the politics of peacebuilding.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> forthcoming book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="75782828" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/5e2db651-a673-4de8-aa0b-cb1236390b60/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=5e2db651-a673-4de8-aa0b-cb1236390b60&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Louis-Alexandre Berg, &quot;Governing Security After War: The Politics of Institutional Change in the Security Sector&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:18:56</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Security assistance has become the largest component of international peacebuilding and stabilisation efforts, and a primary tool for responding to civil war and insurgency. Donors and peacekeepers not only train and equip military and police forces, they also seek to overhaul their structure, management, and oversight. Yet, we know little about why these efforts succeed or fail. Efforts to restructure security forces in Iraq, Libya, South Sudan, Timor-Leste, and the Democratic Republic of Congo ended amidst factional fighting. Similar efforts in Liberia, Sierra Leone, El Salvador, Mozambique, and Bosnia and Herzegovina helped to transform security forces and underpin peace. What accounts for the mixed outcomes of efforts to restructure security forces after civil war? What is the role of external involvement on these outcomes?
In Governing Security After War: The Politics of Institutional Change in the Security Sector (Oxford University Press, 2023), Dr. Louis-Alexandre Berg examines the political dimensions of security governance through systematic, cross-country comparison. Dr. Berg argues that the extent to which state policymakers adopt changes to the management and oversight of security forces depends on internal political dynamics, specifically the degree to which leaders need to consolidate power. The different political strategies leaders pursue, in turn, affect opportunities for external actors to influence institutional changes through means such as conditions on aid, norm diffusion, or day-to-day participation in decision-making.
Drawing on an original dataset of security governance and field research in Liberia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, and Timor-Leste, as well as mini-case studies of Iraq, Afghanistan, South Sudan, and Somalia, Dr. Berg draws out novel implications that help explain the recurrence of civil war and the impact of foreign aid on peacebuilding. Moreover, Berg provides practical recommendations for navigating the political challenges of institutional change in conflict-affected countries. Ultimately, Governing Security After War seeks to explain the success and failure of international assistance in war-torn countries and sheds light on the politics of peacebuilding.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Security assistance has become the largest component of international peacebuilding and stabilisation efforts, and a primary tool for responding to civil war and insurgency. Donors and peacekeepers not only train and equip military and police forces, they also seek to overhaul their structure, management, and oversight. Yet, we know little about why these efforts succeed or fail. Efforts to restructure security forces in Iraq, Libya, South Sudan, Timor-Leste, and the Democratic Republic of Congo ended amidst factional fighting. Similar efforts in Liberia, Sierra Leone, El Salvador, Mozambique, and Bosnia and Herzegovina helped to transform security forces and underpin peace. What accounts for the mixed outcomes of efforts to restructure security forces after civil war? What is the role of external involvement on these outcomes?
In Governing Security After War: The Politics of Institutional Change in the Security Sector (Oxford University Press, 2023), Dr. Louis-Alexandre Berg examines the political dimensions of security governance through systematic, cross-country comparison. Dr. Berg argues that the extent to which state policymakers adopt changes to the management and oversight of security forces depends on internal political dynamics, specifically the degree to which leaders need to consolidate power. The different political strategies leaders pursue, in turn, affect opportunities for external actors to influence institutional changes through means such as conditions on aid, norm diffusion, or day-to-day participation in decision-making.
Drawing on an original dataset of security governance and field research in Liberia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, and Timor-Leste, as well as mini-case studies of Iraq, Afghanistan, South Sudan, and Somalia, Dr. Berg draws out novel implications that help explain the recurrence of civil war and the impact of foreign aid on peacebuilding. Moreover, Berg provides practical recommendations for navigating the political challenges of institutional change in conflict-affected countries. Ultimately, Governing Security After War seeks to explain the success and failure of international assistance in war-torn countries and sheds light on the politics of peacebuilding.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>84</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b52a0662-986b-11ee-ab12-9f9869a53771</guid>
      <title>Melinda N. Ritchie, &quot;Backdoor Lawmaking: Evading Obstacles in the US Congress&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Civics textbooks focus on how Congress makes policy through the legislative process, but the reality is that members of Congress have limited opportunities to advance their policy priorities. In fact, less than five percent of the bills that are introduced in Congress become law. Even the most tenacious legislators are confronted by bicameralism, partisan gridlock, chamber procedures, leadership's control of the agenda, and the diverse interests of 534 other members of Congress. What strategies do lawmakers have for navigating these challenges?</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197670491"><em>Backdoor Lawmaking: Evading Obstacles in the US Congress</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2023), Dr. Melinda N. Ritchie reveals how members of Congress use the federal bureaucracy as a backdoor for policymaking. Today, more law in the United States is made by unelected bureaucrats through federal agency regulations than with congressional statute. Ritchie argues that the bureaucracy's growing role in policymaking offers lawmakers a discreet way to represent controversial interests outside of the formal constraints of Congress. Lawmakers overcome obstacles in the legislative process by substituting agency regulations for legislation and pressuring agencies to make policy changes that would not pass Congress.</p><p>Drawing on an original dataset constructed from records obtained under the Freedom of Information Act, Dr. Ritchie traces the interactions between members of Congress and federal agencies to illustrate how these communications function as part of a lawmaker's overarching strategy for policymaking. Original and timely, Backdoor Lawmaking explains how members of Congress exploit the separation of powers and evade the lawmaking process established in the US Constitution.</p><p><br /></p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> forthcoming book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Dec 2023 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Civics textbooks focus on how Congress makes policy through the legislative process, but the reality is that members of Congress have limited opportunities to advance their policy priorities. In fact, less than five percent of the bills that are introduced in Congress become law. Even the most tenacious legislators are confronted by bicameralism, partisan gridlock, chamber procedures, leadership's control of the agenda, and the diverse interests of 534 other members of Congress. What strategies do lawmakers have for navigating these challenges?</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197670491"><em>Backdoor Lawmaking: Evading Obstacles in the US Congress</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2023), Dr. Melinda N. Ritchie reveals how members of Congress use the federal bureaucracy as a backdoor for policymaking. Today, more law in the United States is made by unelected bureaucrats through federal agency regulations than with congressional statute. Ritchie argues that the bureaucracy's growing role in policymaking offers lawmakers a discreet way to represent controversial interests outside of the formal constraints of Congress. Lawmakers overcome obstacles in the legislative process by substituting agency regulations for legislation and pressuring agencies to make policy changes that would not pass Congress.</p><p>Drawing on an original dataset constructed from records obtained under the Freedom of Information Act, Dr. Ritchie traces the interactions between members of Congress and federal agencies to illustrate how these communications function as part of a lawmaker's overarching strategy for policymaking. Original and timely, Backdoor Lawmaking explains how members of Congress exploit the separation of powers and evade the lawmaking process established in the US Constitution.</p><p><br /></p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> forthcoming book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="38036834" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/90de0b2f-4551-4438-8962-226bf1dffff7/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=90de0b2f-4551-4438-8962-226bf1dffff7&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Melinda N. Ritchie, &quot;Backdoor Lawmaking: Evading Obstacles in the US Congress&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:39:37</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Civics textbooks focus on how Congress makes policy through the legislative process, but the reality is that members of Congress have limited opportunities to advance their policy priorities. In fact, less than five percent of the bills that are introduced in Congress become law. Even the most tenacious legislators are confronted by bicameralism, partisan gridlock, chamber procedures, leadership&apos;s control of the agenda, and the diverse interests of 534 other members of Congress. What strategies do lawmakers have for navigating these challenges?
In Backdoor Lawmaking: Evading Obstacles in the US Congress (Oxford University Press, 2023), Dr. Melinda N. Ritchie reveals how members of Congress use the federal bureaucracy as a backdoor for policymaking. Today, more law in the United States is made by unelected bureaucrats through federal agency regulations than with congressional statute. Ritchie argues that the bureaucracy&apos;s growing role in policymaking offers lawmakers a discreet way to represent controversial interests outside of the formal constraints of Congress. Lawmakers overcome obstacles in the legislative process by substituting agency regulations for legislation and pressuring agencies to make policy changes that would not pass Congress.
Drawing on an original dataset constructed from records obtained under the Freedom of Information Act, Dr. Ritchie traces the interactions between members of Congress and federal agencies to illustrate how these communications function as part of a lawmaker&apos;s overarching strategy for policymaking. Original and timely, Backdoor Lawmaking explains how members of Congress exploit the separation of powers and evade the lawmaking process established in the US Constitution.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Civics textbooks focus on how Congress makes policy through the legislative process, but the reality is that members of Congress have limited opportunities to advance their policy priorities. In fact, less than five percent of the bills that are introduced in Congress become law. Even the most tenacious legislators are confronted by bicameralism, partisan gridlock, chamber procedures, leadership&apos;s control of the agenda, and the diverse interests of 534 other members of Congress. What strategies do lawmakers have for navigating these challenges?
In Backdoor Lawmaking: Evading Obstacles in the US Congress (Oxford University Press, 2023), Dr. Melinda N. Ritchie reveals how members of Congress use the federal bureaucracy as a backdoor for policymaking. Today, more law in the United States is made by unelected bureaucrats through federal agency regulations than with congressional statute. Ritchie argues that the bureaucracy&apos;s growing role in policymaking offers lawmakers a discreet way to represent controversial interests outside of the formal constraints of Congress. Lawmakers overcome obstacles in the legislative process by substituting agency regulations for legislation and pressuring agencies to make policy changes that would not pass Congress.
Drawing on an original dataset constructed from records obtained under the Freedom of Information Act, Dr. Ritchie traces the interactions between members of Congress and federal agencies to illustrate how these communications function as part of a lawmaker&apos;s overarching strategy for policymaking. Original and timely, Backdoor Lawmaking explains how members of Congress exploit the separation of powers and evade the lawmaking process established in the US Constitution.

This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>694</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">19402d6c-97a3-11ee-b318-1bc2a6251a37</guid>
      <title>Julian Go, &quot;Policing Empires: Militarization, Race, and the Imperial Boomerang in Britain and the US&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The police response to protests erupting on America's streets in recent years has made the militarization of policing painfully transparent. Yet, properly demilitarizing the police requires a deeper understanding of its historical development, causes, and social logics. </p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197621660"><em>Policing Empires: Militarization, Race, and the Imperial Boomerang in Britain and the US</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023) offers a postcolonial historical sociology of police militarization in Britain and the United States to aid that effort. Julian Go tracks when, why, and how British and US police departments have adopted military tactics, tools, and technologies for domestic use. Go reveals that police militarization has occurred since the very founding of modern policing in the nineteenth century into the present, and that it is an effect of the "imperial boomerang." <em>Policing Empires</em> thereby unlocks the dirty secret of police militarization: Police have brought imperial practices home to militarize themselves in response to perceived racialized threats from minority and immigrant populations.</p><p><em>Jeffrey Lamson is a PhD student in world history at Northeastern University. His research focuses on the history of police technology, its relationship to the history of police reform, and its place at the intersection of U.S. domestic policing and global counterinsurgency.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Dec 2023 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The police response to protests erupting on America's streets in recent years has made the militarization of policing painfully transparent. Yet, properly demilitarizing the police requires a deeper understanding of its historical development, causes, and social logics. </p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197621660"><em>Policing Empires: Militarization, Race, and the Imperial Boomerang in Britain and the US</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023) offers a postcolonial historical sociology of police militarization in Britain and the United States to aid that effort. Julian Go tracks when, why, and how British and US police departments have adopted military tactics, tools, and technologies for domestic use. Go reveals that police militarization has occurred since the very founding of modern policing in the nineteenth century into the present, and that it is an effect of the "imperial boomerang." <em>Policing Empires</em> thereby unlocks the dirty secret of police militarization: Police have brought imperial practices home to militarize themselves in response to perceived racialized threats from minority and immigrant populations.</p><p><em>Jeffrey Lamson is a PhD student in world history at Northeastern University. His research focuses on the history of police technology, its relationship to the history of police reform, and its place at the intersection of U.S. domestic policing and global counterinsurgency.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="51719227" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/6571a5e7-f1b6-4885-a172-4879d4d84cb1/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=6571a5e7-f1b6-4885-a172-4879d4d84cb1&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Julian Go, &quot;Policing Empires: Militarization, Race, and the Imperial Boomerang in Britain and the US&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:53:52</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The police response to protests erupting on America&apos;s streets in recent years has made the militarization of policing painfully transparent. Yet, properly demilitarizing the police requires a deeper understanding of its historical development, causes, and social logics. 
Policing Empires: Militarization, Race, and the Imperial Boomerang in Britain and the US (Oxford UP, 2023) offers a postcolonial historical sociology of police militarization in Britain and the United States to aid that effort. Julian Go tracks when, why, and how British and US police departments have adopted military tactics, tools, and technologies for domestic use. Go reveals that police militarization has occurred since the very founding of modern policing in the nineteenth century into the present, and that it is an effect of the &quot;imperial boomerang.&quot; Policing Empires thereby unlocks the dirty secret of police militarization: Police have brought imperial practices home to militarize themselves in response to perceived racialized threats from minority and immigrant populations.
Jeffrey Lamson is a PhD student in world history at Northeastern University. His research focuses on the history of police technology, its relationship to the history of police reform, and its place at the intersection of U.S. domestic policing and global counterinsurgency.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The police response to protests erupting on America&apos;s streets in recent years has made the militarization of policing painfully transparent. Yet, properly demilitarizing the police requires a deeper understanding of its historical development, causes, and social logics. 
Policing Empires: Militarization, Race, and the Imperial Boomerang in Britain and the US (Oxford UP, 2023) offers a postcolonial historical sociology of police militarization in Britain and the United States to aid that effort. Julian Go tracks when, why, and how British and US police departments have adopted military tactics, tools, and technologies for domestic use. Go reveals that police militarization has occurred since the very founding of modern policing in the nineteenth century into the present, and that it is an effect of the &quot;imperial boomerang.&quot; Policing Empires thereby unlocks the dirty secret of police militarization: Police have brought imperial practices home to militarize themselves in response to perceived racialized threats from minority and immigrant populations.
Jeffrey Lamson is a PhD student in world history at Northeastern University. His research focuses on the history of police technology, its relationship to the history of police reform, and its place at the intersection of U.S. domestic policing and global counterinsurgency.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>18</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1ee90440-86f1-11ee-917e-c7131c82af5c</guid>
      <title>Philip Goff, &quot;Why? The Purpose of the Universe&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Does the universe have a purpose? If it does, how is this connected to the meaningfulness that we seek in our lives? In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198883760"><em>Why? The Purpose of the Universe</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023), Philip Goff argues for cosmic purposivism, the idea that the universe does have a purpose – although this is not because there is an all-powerful God who provides it with one. Instead, Goff argues, fundamental physics provides us with reason to think it is probable there is a cosmic purpose – and, moreover, the best explanation of these reasons is to posit cosmopsychism: the idea that there are fundamental forms of consciousness such that the universe itself is a conscious mind. Goff, who is professor of philosophy at Durham University, argues that these claims are not as extravagant as they may initially seem, and that his view provides a way for understanding human purposes that lies between secular humanism and religious or spiritual perspectives.</p><p><a href="https://clas.uiowa.edu/philosophy/people/carrie-figdor"><em>Carrie Figdor</em></a><em> is professor of philosophy at the University of Iowa.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 10 Dec 2023 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Does the universe have a purpose? If it does, how is this connected to the meaningfulness that we seek in our lives? In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198883760"><em>Why? The Purpose of the Universe</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023), Philip Goff argues for cosmic purposivism, the idea that the universe does have a purpose – although this is not because there is an all-powerful God who provides it with one. Instead, Goff argues, fundamental physics provides us with reason to think it is probable there is a cosmic purpose – and, moreover, the best explanation of these reasons is to posit cosmopsychism: the idea that there are fundamental forms of consciousness such that the universe itself is a conscious mind. Goff, who is professor of philosophy at Durham University, argues that these claims are not as extravagant as they may initially seem, and that his view provides a way for understanding human purposes that lies between secular humanism and religious or spiritual perspectives.</p><p><a href="https://clas.uiowa.edu/philosophy/people/carrie-figdor"><em>Carrie Figdor</em></a><em> is professor of philosophy at the University of Iowa.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="61573893" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/55bbde9b-a73a-4978-9ed7-96af8359fc28/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=55bbde9b-a73a-4978-9ed7-96af8359fc28&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Philip Goff, &quot;Why? The Purpose of the Universe&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:04:08</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Does the universe have a purpose? If it does, how is this connected to the meaningfulness that we seek in our lives? In Why? The Purpose of the Universe (Oxford University Press, 2023), Philip Goff argues for cosmic purposivism, the idea that the universe does have a purpose – although this is not because there is an all-powerful God who provides it with one. Instead, Goff argues, fundamental physics provides us with reason to think it is probable there is a cosmic purpose – and, moreover, the best explanation of these reasons is to posit cosmopsychism: the idea that there are fundamental forms of consciousness such that the universe itself is a conscious mind. Goff, who is professor of philosophy at Durham University, argues that these claims are not as extravagant as they may initially seem, and that his view provides a way for understanding human purposes that lies between secular humanism and religious or spiritual perspectives.
Carrie Figdor is professor of philosophy at the University of Iowa.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Does the universe have a purpose? If it does, how is this connected to the meaningfulness that we seek in our lives? In Why? The Purpose of the Universe (Oxford University Press, 2023), Philip Goff argues for cosmic purposivism, the idea that the universe does have a purpose – although this is not because there is an all-powerful God who provides it with one. Instead, Goff argues, fundamental physics provides us with reason to think it is probable there is a cosmic purpose – and, moreover, the best explanation of these reasons is to posit cosmopsychism: the idea that there are fundamental forms of consciousness such that the universe itself is a conscious mind. Goff, who is professor of philosophy at Durham University, argues that these claims are not as extravagant as they may initially seem, and that his view provides a way for understanding human purposes that lies between secular humanism and religious or spiritual perspectives.
Carrie Figdor is professor of philosophy at the University of Iowa.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>328</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9c62f1a6-9547-11ee-ae2b-2f9193ee8eec</guid>
      <title>Katharine M. Millar, &quot;Support the Troops: Military Obligation, Gender, and the Making of Political Community&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In the past, it was assumed that men, as good citizens, would serve in the armed forces in wartime. In the present, however, liberal democratic states increasingly rely on small, all-volunteer militaries deployed in distant wars of choice. While few people now serve in the armed forces, our cultural myths and narratives of warfare continue to reproduce a strong connection between military service, citizenship, and normative masculinity.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197642337"><em>Support the Troops: Military Obligation, Gender, and the Making of Political Community</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2022), Dr. Katharine M. Millar provides an empirical overview of "support the troops" discourses in the US and UK during the early years of the global war on terror (2001-2010). As Dr. Millar argues, seemingly stable understandings of the relationship between military service, citizenship, and gender norms are being unsettled by changes in warfare. The effect is a sense of uneasiness about the meaning of what it means to be a "good" citizen, "good" person, and, crucially, a "good" man in a context where neither war nor military service easily align with existing cultural myths about wartime obligations and collective sacrifice. Instead we participate in the performance of supporting the troops, even when we oppose war—an act that appears not only patriotic and moral, but also apolitical. Failing to support the troops, either through active opposition or a lack of overt supportive actions, is perceived as not only offensive and inappropriately political, but disloyal and dangerous.</p><p>Dr. Millar asserts that military support acts as a new form of military service, which serves to limit anti-war dissent, plays a crucial role in naturalizing the violence of the transnational liberal order, and recasts war as an internal issue of solidarity and loyalty. Rigorous and politically challenging, Millar provides the first work to systematically examine "support the troops" as a distinct social phenomenon and offers a novel reading of this discourse through a gendered lens that places it in historical and transnational context.</p><p>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose<a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"> forthcoming book</a> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 8 Dec 2023 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In the past, it was assumed that men, as good citizens, would serve in the armed forces in wartime. In the present, however, liberal democratic states increasingly rely on small, all-volunteer militaries deployed in distant wars of choice. While few people now serve in the armed forces, our cultural myths and narratives of warfare continue to reproduce a strong connection between military service, citizenship, and normative masculinity.</p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197642337"><em>Support the Troops: Military Obligation, Gender, and the Making of Political Community</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2022), Dr. Katharine M. Millar provides an empirical overview of "support the troops" discourses in the US and UK during the early years of the global war on terror (2001-2010). As Dr. Millar argues, seemingly stable understandings of the relationship between military service, citizenship, and gender norms are being unsettled by changes in warfare. The effect is a sense of uneasiness about the meaning of what it means to be a "good" citizen, "good" person, and, crucially, a "good" man in a context where neither war nor military service easily align with existing cultural myths about wartime obligations and collective sacrifice. Instead we participate in the performance of supporting the troops, even when we oppose war—an act that appears not only patriotic and moral, but also apolitical. Failing to support the troops, either through active opposition or a lack of overt supportive actions, is perceived as not only offensive and inappropriately political, but disloyal and dangerous.</p><p>Dr. Millar asserts that military support acts as a new form of military service, which serves to limit anti-war dissent, plays a crucial role in naturalizing the violence of the transnational liberal order, and recasts war as an internal issue of solidarity and loyalty. Rigorous and politically challenging, Millar provides the first work to systematically examine "support the troops" as a distinct social phenomenon and offers a novel reading of this discourse through a gendered lens that places it in historical and transnational context.</p><p>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose<a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"> forthcoming book</a> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="60685971" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/6b0a93af-dabe-4cd5-8920-ccc1f45119fc/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=6b0a93af-dabe-4cd5-8920-ccc1f45119fc&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Katharine M. Millar, &quot;Support the Troops: Military Obligation, Gender, and the Making of Political Community&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:03:12</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In the past, it was assumed that men, as good citizens, would serve in the armed forces in wartime. In the present, however, liberal democratic states increasingly rely on small, all-volunteer militaries deployed in distant wars of choice. While few people now serve in the armed forces, our cultural myths and narratives of warfare continue to reproduce a strong connection between military service, citizenship, and normative masculinity.
In Support the Troops: Military Obligation, Gender, and the Making of Political Community (Oxford University Press, 2022), Dr. Katharine M. Millar provides an empirical overview of &quot;support the troops&quot; discourses in the US and UK during the early years of the global war on terror (2001-2010). As Dr. Millar argues, seemingly stable understandings of the relationship between military service, citizenship, and gender norms are being unsettled by changes in warfare. The effect is a sense of uneasiness about the meaning of what it means to be a &quot;good&quot; citizen, &quot;good&quot; person, and, crucially, a &quot;good&quot; man in a context where neither war nor military service easily align with existing cultural myths about wartime obligations and collective sacrifice. Instead we participate in the performance of supporting the troops, even when we oppose war—an act that appears not only patriotic and moral, but also apolitical. Failing to support the troops, either through active opposition or a lack of overt supportive actions, is perceived as not only offensive and inappropriately political, but disloyal and dangerous.
Dr. Millar asserts that military support acts as a new form of military service, which serves to limit anti-war dissent, plays a crucial role in naturalizing the violence of the transnational liberal order, and recasts war as an internal issue of solidarity and loyalty. Rigorous and politically challenging, Millar provides the first work to systematically examine &quot;support the troops&quot; as a distinct social phenomenon and offers a novel reading of this discourse through a gendered lens that places it in historical and transnational context.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In the past, it was assumed that men, as good citizens, would serve in the armed forces in wartime. In the present, however, liberal democratic states increasingly rely on small, all-volunteer militaries deployed in distant wars of choice. While few people now serve in the armed forces, our cultural myths and narratives of warfare continue to reproduce a strong connection between military service, citizenship, and normative masculinity.
In Support the Troops: Military Obligation, Gender, and the Making of Political Community (Oxford University Press, 2022), Dr. Katharine M. Millar provides an empirical overview of &quot;support the troops&quot; discourses in the US and UK during the early years of the global war on terror (2001-2010). As Dr. Millar argues, seemingly stable understandings of the relationship between military service, citizenship, and gender norms are being unsettled by changes in warfare. The effect is a sense of uneasiness about the meaning of what it means to be a &quot;good&quot; citizen, &quot;good&quot; person, and, crucially, a &quot;good&quot; man in a context where neither war nor military service easily align with existing cultural myths about wartime obligations and collective sacrifice. Instead we participate in the performance of supporting the troops, even when we oppose war—an act that appears not only patriotic and moral, but also apolitical. Failing to support the troops, either through active opposition or a lack of overt supportive actions, is perceived as not only offensive and inappropriately political, but disloyal and dangerous.
Dr. Millar asserts that military support acts as a new form of military service, which serves to limit anti-war dissent, plays a crucial role in naturalizing the violence of the transnational liberal order, and recasts war as an internal issue of solidarity and loyalty. Rigorous and politically challenging, Millar provides the first work to systematically examine &quot;support the troops&quot; as a distinct social phenomenon and offers a novel reading of this discourse through a gendered lens that places it in historical and transnational context.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>693</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5858e4bc-93ac-11ee-ac1c-cfcdcc9b35b3</guid>
      <title>Shelly Kagan, &quot;How to Count Animals, More Or Less&quot; (Oxford UP, 2019)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Most people agree that animals count morally, but how exactly should we take animals into account? A prominent stance in contemporary ethical discussions is that animals have the same moral status that people do, and so in moral deliberation the similar interests of animals and people should be given the very same consideration. </p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198829676"><em>How to Count Animals, More Or Less </em></a>(Oxford UP, 2019), Shelly Kagan sets out and defends a hierarchical approach in which people count more than animals do and some animals count more than others. For the most part, moral theories have not been developed in such a way as to take account of differences in status. By arguing for a hierarchical account of morality - and exploring what status sensitive principles might look like - Kagan reveals just how much work needs to be done to arrive at an adequate view of our duties toward animals, and of morality more generally.</p><p>Shelly Kagan is the Clark Professor of Philosophy at Yale, where he has taught since 1995. He was an undergraduate at Wesleyan University and received his PhD in philosophy from Princeton University in 1982. Before coming to Yale, Professor Kagan taught at the University of Pittsburgh and at the University of Illinois at Chicago. He is the author of <em>The Limits of Morality</em>, <em>Normative Ethics</em>, and <em>The Geometry of Desert</em>. The videos of his undergraduate class on death (available online) have been popular around the world, and the book based on the course, <em>Death</em>, was a national bestseller in South Korea.</p><p><br /></p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>Morteza Hajizadeh</em></a><em> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>YouTube channel</em></a><em>. </em><a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture"><em>Twitter</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 6 Dec 2023 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Most people agree that animals count morally, but how exactly should we take animals into account? A prominent stance in contemporary ethical discussions is that animals have the same moral status that people do, and so in moral deliberation the similar interests of animals and people should be given the very same consideration. </p><p>In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198829676"><em>How to Count Animals, More Or Less </em></a>(Oxford UP, 2019), Shelly Kagan sets out and defends a hierarchical approach in which people count more than animals do and some animals count more than others. For the most part, moral theories have not been developed in such a way as to take account of differences in status. By arguing for a hierarchical account of morality - and exploring what status sensitive principles might look like - Kagan reveals just how much work needs to be done to arrive at an adequate view of our duties toward animals, and of morality more generally.</p><p>Shelly Kagan is the Clark Professor of Philosophy at Yale, where he has taught since 1995. He was an undergraduate at Wesleyan University and received his PhD in philosophy from Princeton University in 1982. Before coming to Yale, Professor Kagan taught at the University of Pittsburgh and at the University of Illinois at Chicago. He is the author of <em>The Limits of Morality</em>, <em>Normative Ethics</em>, and <em>The Geometry of Desert</em>. The videos of his undergraduate class on death (available online) have been popular around the world, and the book based on the course, <em>Death</em>, was a national bestseller in South Korea.</p><p><br /></p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>Morteza Hajizadeh</em></a><em> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>YouTube channel</em></a><em>. </em><a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture"><em>Twitter</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="50555449" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/0a1f446f-f9cb-49e1-aa0a-6ac61774f6ac/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=0a1f446f-f9cb-49e1-aa0a-6ac61774f6ac&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Shelly Kagan, &quot;How to Count Animals, More Or Less&quot; (Oxford UP, 2019)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:52:39</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Most people agree that animals count morally, but how exactly should we take animals into account? A prominent stance in contemporary ethical discussions is that animals have the same moral status that people do, and so in moral deliberation the similar interests of animals and people should be given the very same consideration. 
In How to Count Animals, More Or Less (Oxford UP, 2019), Shelly Kagan sets out and defends a hierarchical approach in which people count more than animals do and some animals count more than others. For the most part, moral theories have not been developed in such a way as to take account of differences in status. By arguing for a hierarchical account of morality - and exploring what status sensitive principles might look like - Kagan reveals just how much work needs to be done to arrive at an adequate view of our duties toward animals, and of morality more generally.
Shelly Kagan is the Clark Professor of Philosophy at Yale, where he has taught since 1995. He was an undergraduate at Wesleyan University and received his PhD in philosophy from Princeton University in 1982. Before coming to Yale, Professor Kagan taught at the University of Pittsburgh and at the University of Illinois at Chicago. He is the author of The Limits of Morality, Normative Ethics, and The Geometry of Desert. The videos of his undergraduate class on death (available online) have been popular around the world, and the book based on the course, Death, was a national bestseller in South Korea.

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Most people agree that animals count morally, but how exactly should we take animals into account? A prominent stance in contemporary ethical discussions is that animals have the same moral status that people do, and so in moral deliberation the similar interests of animals and people should be given the very same consideration. 
In How to Count Animals, More Or Less (Oxford UP, 2019), Shelly Kagan sets out and defends a hierarchical approach in which people count more than animals do and some animals count more than others. For the most part, moral theories have not been developed in such a way as to take account of differences in status. By arguing for a hierarchical account of morality - and exploring what status sensitive principles might look like - Kagan reveals just how much work needs to be done to arrive at an adequate view of our duties toward animals, and of morality more generally.
Shelly Kagan is the Clark Professor of Philosophy at Yale, where he has taught since 1995. He was an undergraduate at Wesleyan University and received his PhD in philosophy from Princeton University in 1982. Before coming to Yale, Professor Kagan taught at the University of Pittsburgh and at the University of Illinois at Chicago. He is the author of The Limits of Morality, Normative Ethics, and The Geometry of Desert. The videos of his undergraduate class on death (available online) have been popular around the world, and the book based on the course, Death, was a national bestseller in South Korea.

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>60</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">988ea1fe-92e2-11ee-aa7b-1fc63673bf3b</guid>
      <title>Simon Joyce, &quot;LGBT Victorians: Sexuality and Gender in the Nineteenth-Century Archives&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>It has been decades since Michel Foucault urged us to rethink "the repressive hypothesis" and see new forms of sexual discourse as coming into being in the nineteenth century, yet the term "Victorian" still has largely negative connotations. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192858399"><em>LGBT Victorians: Sexuality and Gender in the Nineteenth-Century Archives</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2022) argues for re-visiting the period's thinking about gender and sexual identity at a time when our queer alliances are fraying. We think of those whose primary self-definition is in terms of sexuality (lesbians, gay men, bisexuals) and those for whom it is gender identity (intersex and transgender people, genderqueers) as simultaneously in coalition and distinct from each other, on the assumption that gender and sexuality are independent aspects of self-identification. Re-examining how the Victorians considered such identity categories to have produced and shaped each other can ground a more durable basis for strengthening our present LGBTQ+ coalition.</p><p><em>LGBT Victorians</em> draws on scholarship reconsidering the significance of sexology and efforts to retrospectively discover transgender people in historical archives, particularly in the gap between what the nineteenth century termed the sodomite and the hermaphrodite. It highlights a broad range of individuals (including Anne Lister, and the defendants in the "Fanny and Stella" trial of the 1870s), key thinkers and activists (including Karl-Heinrich Ulrichs and Edward Carpenter), and writers such as Walt Whitman and John Addington Symonds to map the complicated landscape of gender and sexuality in the Victorian period. In the process, it decenters Oscar Wilde and his imprisonment from our historical understanding of sexual and gender nonconformity.</p><p>Simon Joyce is Professor of English, College of William and Mary. H<em>e</em> holds a BA and MA from the University of Sussex and a PhD from the University of Buffalo. He is a Professor of English at the College of William and Mary in Virginia, where he teaches Victorian and modernist literature from Britain and Ireland and LGBTQI+ Studies.</p><p><br /></p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>Morteza Hajizadeh</em></a><em> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>YouTube channel</em></a><em>. </em><a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture"><em>Twitter</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 5 Dec 2023 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>It has been decades since Michel Foucault urged us to rethink "the repressive hypothesis" and see new forms of sexual discourse as coming into being in the nineteenth century, yet the term "Victorian" still has largely negative connotations. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192858399"><em>LGBT Victorians: Sexuality and Gender in the Nineteenth-Century Archives</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2022) argues for re-visiting the period's thinking about gender and sexual identity at a time when our queer alliances are fraying. We think of those whose primary self-definition is in terms of sexuality (lesbians, gay men, bisexuals) and those for whom it is gender identity (intersex and transgender people, genderqueers) as simultaneously in coalition and distinct from each other, on the assumption that gender and sexuality are independent aspects of self-identification. Re-examining how the Victorians considered such identity categories to have produced and shaped each other can ground a more durable basis for strengthening our present LGBTQ+ coalition.</p><p><em>LGBT Victorians</em> draws on scholarship reconsidering the significance of sexology and efforts to retrospectively discover transgender people in historical archives, particularly in the gap between what the nineteenth century termed the sodomite and the hermaphrodite. It highlights a broad range of individuals (including Anne Lister, and the defendants in the "Fanny and Stella" trial of the 1870s), key thinkers and activists (including Karl-Heinrich Ulrichs and Edward Carpenter), and writers such as Walt Whitman and John Addington Symonds to map the complicated landscape of gender and sexuality in the Victorian period. In the process, it decenters Oscar Wilde and his imprisonment from our historical understanding of sexual and gender nonconformity.</p><p>Simon Joyce is Professor of English, College of William and Mary. H<em>e</em> holds a BA and MA from the University of Sussex and a PhD from the University of Buffalo. He is a Professor of English at the College of William and Mary in Virginia, where he teaches Victorian and modernist literature from Britain and Ireland and LGBTQI+ Studies.</p><p><br /></p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>Morteza Hajizadeh</em></a><em> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>YouTube channel</em></a><em>. </em><a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture"><em>Twitter</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="71677189" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/0913e1ed-00f4-4ceb-ab61-c0427fb8cbd7/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=0913e1ed-00f4-4ceb-ab61-c0427fb8cbd7&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Simon Joyce, &quot;LGBT Victorians: Sexuality and Gender in the Nineteenth-Century Archives&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:14:39</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>It has been decades since Michel Foucault urged us to rethink &quot;the repressive hypothesis&quot; and see new forms of sexual discourse as coming into being in the nineteenth century, yet the term &quot;Victorian&quot; still has largely negative connotations. LGBT Victorians: Sexuality and Gender in the Nineteenth-Century Archives (Oxford UP, 2022) argues for re-visiting the period&apos;s thinking about gender and sexual identity at a time when our queer alliances are fraying. We think of those whose primary self-definition is in terms of sexuality (lesbians, gay men, bisexuals) and those for whom it is gender identity (intersex and transgender people, genderqueers) as simultaneously in coalition and distinct from each other, on the assumption that gender and sexuality are independent aspects of self-identification. Re-examining how the Victorians considered such identity categories to have produced and shaped each other can ground a more durable basis for strengthening our present LGBTQ+ coalition.
LGBT Victorians draws on scholarship reconsidering the significance of sexology and efforts to retrospectively discover transgender people in historical archives, particularly in the gap between what the nineteenth century termed the sodomite and the hermaphrodite. It highlights a broad range of individuals (including Anne Lister, and the defendants in the &quot;Fanny and Stella&quot; trial of the 1870s), key thinkers and activists (including Karl-Heinrich Ulrichs and Edward Carpenter), and writers such as Walt Whitman and John Addington Symonds to map the complicated landscape of gender and sexuality in the Victorian period. In the process, it decenters Oscar Wilde and his imprisonment from our historical understanding of sexual and gender nonconformity.
Simon Joyce is Professor of English, College of William and Mary. He holds a BA and MA from the University of Sussex and a PhD from the University of Buffalo. He is a Professor of English at the College of William and Mary in Virginia, where he teaches Victorian and modernist literature from Britain and Ireland and LGBTQI+ Studies.

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>It has been decades since Michel Foucault urged us to rethink &quot;the repressive hypothesis&quot; and see new forms of sexual discourse as coming into being in the nineteenth century, yet the term &quot;Victorian&quot; still has largely negative connotations. LGBT Victorians: Sexuality and Gender in the Nineteenth-Century Archives (Oxford UP, 2022) argues for re-visiting the period&apos;s thinking about gender and sexual identity at a time when our queer alliances are fraying. We think of those whose primary self-definition is in terms of sexuality (lesbians, gay men, bisexuals) and those for whom it is gender identity (intersex and transgender people, genderqueers) as simultaneously in coalition and distinct from each other, on the assumption that gender and sexuality are independent aspects of self-identification. Re-examining how the Victorians considered such identity categories to have produced and shaped each other can ground a more durable basis for strengthening our present LGBTQ+ coalition.
LGBT Victorians draws on scholarship reconsidering the significance of sexology and efforts to retrospectively discover transgender people in historical archives, particularly in the gap between what the nineteenth century termed the sodomite and the hermaphrodite. It highlights a broad range of individuals (including Anne Lister, and the defendants in the &quot;Fanny and Stella&quot; trial of the 1870s), key thinkers and activists (including Karl-Heinrich Ulrichs and Edward Carpenter), and writers such as Walt Whitman and John Addington Symonds to map the complicated landscape of gender and sexuality in the Victorian period. In the process, it decenters Oscar Wilde and his imprisonment from our historical understanding of sexual and gender nonconformity.
Simon Joyce is Professor of English, College of William and Mary. He holds a BA and MA from the University of Sussex and a PhD from the University of Buffalo. He is a Professor of English at the College of William and Mary in Virginia, where he teaches Victorian and modernist literature from Britain and Ireland and LGBTQI+ Studies.

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>55</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7cb2f1e6-8ba4-11ee-9094-43f7f0046c24</guid>
      <title>David McMahan on Rethinking Meditation</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>If anything, the Imperfect Buddha Podcast has been a rallying cry for the disruption of the myths that abound in the world of Buddhism and meditation. David L. McMahan professor of religion at Franklin and Marshall College, has been something of a crusader himself, writing a much needed correction to many of the myths in western adoption of Buddhism in his seminal text, The Makings of Buddhist Modernism.</p><p>In our second interview with David, we discuss his newest book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197661741"><em>Rethinking Meditation: Buddhist Meditative Practice in Ancient and Modern Worlds</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023) continues where Buddhist Modern left off. In this text David wakes readers up to context, and the role it has in the stories western Buddhists have constructed around meditation. As a religious studies professor and historian, David does this through reconstructing the history that has produced many of the ideas that are so prominent today regarding meditation and mindfulness. It’s a fascinating book and we go through key sections and concepts in our discussion.</p><p>This book is well worth your time if you, like us, take a critical approach to practice, results, and claims.</p><p>Apologies to listeners: I had a cold whilst recording this.</p><p>Episode 48. <a href="https://megaphone.link/NBN7681835924">IBP - David L. McMahan on Buddhism, Science, the Humanities, and Modernity</a></p><p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/matthew-joseph-o-connell-b1695137/?originalSubdomain=it"><em>Matthew O'Connell</em></a><em> is a </em><a href="https://imperfectbuddha.com/authors-notes/"><em>life coach</em></a><em> and the host of the </em><a href="https://imperfectbuddha.com/"><em>The Imperfect Buddha</em></a><em> podcast. You can find The Imperfect Buddha on </em><a href="https://www.facebook.com/imperfectbuddha"><em>Facebook</em></a><em> and </em><a href="https://twitter.com/Imperfectbuddha"><em>Twitter</em></a><em> (@imperfectbuddha).</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 4 Dec 2023 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>If anything, the Imperfect Buddha Podcast has been a rallying cry for the disruption of the myths that abound in the world of Buddhism and meditation. David L. McMahan professor of religion at Franklin and Marshall College, has been something of a crusader himself, writing a much needed correction to many of the myths in western adoption of Buddhism in his seminal text, The Makings of Buddhist Modernism.</p><p>In our second interview with David, we discuss his newest book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197661741"><em>Rethinking Meditation: Buddhist Meditative Practice in Ancient and Modern Worlds</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023) continues where Buddhist Modern left off. In this text David wakes readers up to context, and the role it has in the stories western Buddhists have constructed around meditation. As a religious studies professor and historian, David does this through reconstructing the history that has produced many of the ideas that are so prominent today regarding meditation and mindfulness. It’s a fascinating book and we go through key sections and concepts in our discussion.</p><p>This book is well worth your time if you, like us, take a critical approach to practice, results, and claims.</p><p>Apologies to listeners: I had a cold whilst recording this.</p><p>Episode 48. <a href="https://megaphone.link/NBN7681835924">IBP - David L. McMahan on Buddhism, Science, the Humanities, and Modernity</a></p><p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/matthew-joseph-o-connell-b1695137/?originalSubdomain=it"><em>Matthew O'Connell</em></a><em> is a </em><a href="https://imperfectbuddha.com/authors-notes/"><em>life coach</em></a><em> and the host of the </em><a href="https://imperfectbuddha.com/"><em>The Imperfect Buddha</em></a><em> podcast. You can find The Imperfect Buddha on </em><a href="https://www.facebook.com/imperfectbuddha"><em>Facebook</em></a><em> and </em><a href="https://twitter.com/Imperfectbuddha"><em>Twitter</em></a><em> (@imperfectbuddha).</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="67252680" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/b7f08c52-3896-49f4-aaf2-89559856f931/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=b7f08c52-3896-49f4-aaf2-89559856f931&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>David McMahan on Rethinking Meditation</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:10:03</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>If anything, the Imperfect Buddha Podcast has been a rallying cry for the disruption of the myths that abound in the world of Buddhism and meditation. David L. McMahan professor of religion at Franklin and Marshall College, has been something of a crusader himself, writing a much needed correction to many of the myths in western adoption of Buddhism in his seminal text, The Makings of Buddhist Modernism.
In our second interview with David, we discuss his newest book, Rethinking Meditation: Buddhist Meditative Practice in Ancient and Modern Worlds (Oxford UP, 2023) continues where Buddhist Modern left off. In this text David wakes readers up to context, and the role it has in the stories western Buddhists have constructed around meditation. As a religious studies professor and historian, David does this through reconstructing the history that has produced many of the ideas that are so prominent today regarding meditation and mindfulness. It’s a fascinating book and we go through key sections and concepts in our discussion.
This book is well worth your time if you, like us, take a critical approach to practice, results, and claims.
Apologies to listeners: I had a cold whilst recording this.
Episode 48. IBP - David L. McMahan on Buddhism, Science, the Humanities, and Modernity
Matthew O&apos;Connell is a life coach and the host of the The Imperfect Buddha podcast. You can find The Imperfect Buddha on Facebook and Twitter (@imperfectbuddha).</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>If anything, the Imperfect Buddha Podcast has been a rallying cry for the disruption of the myths that abound in the world of Buddhism and meditation. David L. McMahan professor of religion at Franklin and Marshall College, has been something of a crusader himself, writing a much needed correction to many of the myths in western adoption of Buddhism in his seminal text, The Makings of Buddhist Modernism.
In our second interview with David, we discuss his newest book, Rethinking Meditation: Buddhist Meditative Practice in Ancient and Modern Worlds (Oxford UP, 2023) continues where Buddhist Modern left off. In this text David wakes readers up to context, and the role it has in the stories western Buddhists have constructed around meditation. As a religious studies professor and historian, David does this through reconstructing the history that has produced many of the ideas that are so prominent today regarding meditation and mindfulness. It’s a fascinating book and we go through key sections and concepts in our discussion.
This book is well worth your time if you, like us, take a critical approach to practice, results, and claims.
Apologies to listeners: I had a cold whilst recording this.
Episode 48. IBP - David L. McMahan on Buddhism, Science, the Humanities, and Modernity
Matthew O&apos;Connell is a life coach and the host of the The Imperfect Buddha podcast. You can find The Imperfect Buddha on Facebook and Twitter (@imperfectbuddha).</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>114</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3fb070a0-914b-11ee-9ec4-9bd1b0723c93</guid>
      <title>Sara Byala, &quot;Bottled: How Coca-Cola Became African&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Travel to virtually any African country and you are likely to find a Coca-Cola, often a cold one at that. <em>Bottled</em> asks how this carbonated drink became ubiquitous across the continent, and what this reveals about the realities of globalisation, development and capitalism.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197758427"><em>Bottled: How Coca-Cola Became African</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Sara Byala is the first assessment of the social, commercial and environmental impact of one of the planet's biggest brands and largest corporations, in Africa. Dr. Byala charts the company's century-long involvement in everything from recycling and education to the anti-apartheid struggle, showing that Africans have harnessed Coca-Cola in varied expressions of modernity and self-determination: this is not a story of American capitalism running amok, but rather of a company becoming African, bending to consumer power in ways big and small.</p><p>In late capitalism, everyone's fates are bound together. A beverage in Atlanta and a beverage in Johannesburg pull us all towards the same end narrative. This story matters for more than just the local reasons, enhancing our understanding of our globalised, integrated world. Drawing on fieldwork and research in company archives, Dr. Byala asks a question for our time: does Coca-Cola's generative work offset the human and planetary costs associated with its growth in the twenty-first century?</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> forthcoming book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 3 Dec 2023 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Travel to virtually any African country and you are likely to find a Coca-Cola, often a cold one at that. <em>Bottled</em> asks how this carbonated drink became ubiquitous across the continent, and what this reveals about the realities of globalisation, development and capitalism.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197758427"><em>Bottled: How Coca-Cola Became African</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Sara Byala is the first assessment of the social, commercial and environmental impact of one of the planet's biggest brands and largest corporations, in Africa. Dr. Byala charts the company's century-long involvement in everything from recycling and education to the anti-apartheid struggle, showing that Africans have harnessed Coca-Cola in varied expressions of modernity and self-determination: this is not a story of American capitalism running amok, but rather of a company becoming African, bending to consumer power in ways big and small.</p><p>In late capitalism, everyone's fates are bound together. A beverage in Atlanta and a beverage in Johannesburg pull us all towards the same end narrative. This story matters for more than just the local reasons, enhancing our understanding of our globalised, integrated world. Drawing on fieldwork and research in company archives, Dr. Byala asks a question for our time: does Coca-Cola's generative work offset the human and planetary costs associated with its growth in the twenty-first century?</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> forthcoming book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="66161762" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/2e9f51ab-fffe-4b30-84e9-6eb92e3383af/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=2e9f51ab-fffe-4b30-84e9-6eb92e3383af&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Sara Byala, &quot;Bottled: How Coca-Cola Became African&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:08:54</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Travel to virtually any African country and you are likely to find a Coca-Cola, often a cold one at that. Bottled asks how this carbonated drink became ubiquitous across the continent, and what this reveals about the realities of globalisation, development and capitalism.
Bottled: How Coca-Cola Became African (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Sara Byala is the first assessment of the social, commercial and environmental impact of one of the planet&apos;s biggest brands and largest corporations, in Africa. Dr. Byala charts the company&apos;s century-long involvement in everything from recycling and education to the anti-apartheid struggle, showing that Africans have harnessed Coca-Cola in varied expressions of modernity and self-determination: this is not a story of American capitalism running amok, but rather of a company becoming African, bending to consumer power in ways big and small.
In late capitalism, everyone&apos;s fates are bound together. A beverage in Atlanta and a beverage in Johannesburg pull us all towards the same end narrative. This story matters for more than just the local reasons, enhancing our understanding of our globalised, integrated world. Drawing on fieldwork and research in company archives, Dr. Byala asks a question for our time: does Coca-Cola&apos;s generative work offset the human and planetary costs associated with its growth in the twenty-first century?
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Travel to virtually any African country and you are likely to find a Coca-Cola, often a cold one at that. Bottled asks how this carbonated drink became ubiquitous across the continent, and what this reveals about the realities of globalisation, development and capitalism.
Bottled: How Coca-Cola Became African (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Sara Byala is the first assessment of the social, commercial and environmental impact of one of the planet&apos;s biggest brands and largest corporations, in Africa. Dr. Byala charts the company&apos;s century-long involvement in everything from recycling and education to the anti-apartheid struggle, showing that Africans have harnessed Coca-Cola in varied expressions of modernity and self-determination: this is not a story of American capitalism running amok, but rather of a company becoming African, bending to consumer power in ways big and small.
In late capitalism, everyone&apos;s fates are bound together. A beverage in Atlanta and a beverage in Johannesburg pull us all towards the same end narrative. This story matters for more than just the local reasons, enhancing our understanding of our globalised, integrated world. Drawing on fieldwork and research in company archives, Dr. Byala asks a question for our time: does Coca-Cola&apos;s generative work offset the human and planetary costs associated with its growth in the twenty-first century?
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>174</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e3fd2cf0-908f-11ee-ad6c-a778c494245b</guid>
      <title>Samiparna Samanta, &quot;Meat, Mercy, Morality: Animals and Humanitarianism in Colonial Bengal, 1850-1920&quot; (Oxford UP, 2021)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190129132"><em>Meat, Mercy, and Morality: Animals and Humanitarianism in Colonial Bengal, 1850-1920</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Samiparna Samanta disentangles complex discourses around humanitarianism to understand the nature of British colonialism in India. Dr. Samanta contends that the colonial project of animal protection in late nineteenth-century Bengal mirrored an irony. Emerging notions of public health and debates on cruelty against animals exposed the disjunction between the claims of a benevolent Empire and a powerful imperial reality where the state constantly sought to discipline its subjects-both human and nonhuman.</p><p>Centered around stories of animals as diseased, eaten, and overworked, the book shows how such contests over appropriate measures for controlling animals became part of wider discussions surrounding environmental ethics, diet, sanitation, and the politics of race and class. The author combines history with archive, arguing that colonial humanitarianism was not only an idiom of rule, but was also translated into Bengali dietetics, anxieties, vegetarianism, and vigilantism, the effect of which can be seen in contemporary politics of animal slaughter in India.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> forthcoming book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 2 Dec 2023 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780190129132"><em>Meat, Mercy, and Morality: Animals and Humanitarianism in Colonial Bengal, 1850-1920</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Samiparna Samanta disentangles complex discourses around humanitarianism to understand the nature of British colonialism in India. Dr. Samanta contends that the colonial project of animal protection in late nineteenth-century Bengal mirrored an irony. Emerging notions of public health and debates on cruelty against animals exposed the disjunction between the claims of a benevolent Empire and a powerful imperial reality where the state constantly sought to discipline its subjects-both human and nonhuman.</p><p>Centered around stories of animals as diseased, eaten, and overworked, the book shows how such contests over appropriate measures for controlling animals became part of wider discussions surrounding environmental ethics, diet, sanitation, and the politics of race and class. The author combines history with archive, arguing that colonial humanitarianism was not only an idiom of rule, but was also translated into Bengali dietetics, anxieties, vegetarianism, and vigilantism, the effect of which can be seen in contemporary politics of animal slaughter in India.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> forthcoming book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="64004090" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/21ffa342-1426-46dd-a4e1-145c9bd48a87/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=21ffa342-1426-46dd-a4e1-145c9bd48a87&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Samiparna Samanta, &quot;Meat, Mercy, Morality: Animals and Humanitarianism in Colonial Bengal, 1850-1920&quot; (Oxford UP, 2021)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:06:40</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Meat, Mercy, and Morality: Animals and Humanitarianism in Colonial Bengal, 1850-1920 (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Samiparna Samanta disentangles complex discourses around humanitarianism to understand the nature of British colonialism in India. Dr. Samanta contends that the colonial project of animal protection in late nineteenth-century Bengal mirrored an irony. Emerging notions of public health and debates on cruelty against animals exposed the disjunction between the claims of a benevolent Empire and a powerful imperial reality where the state constantly sought to discipline its subjects-both human and nonhuman.
Centered around stories of animals as diseased, eaten, and overworked, the book shows how such contests over appropriate measures for controlling animals became part of wider discussions surrounding environmental ethics, diet, sanitation, and the politics of race and class. The author combines history with archive, arguing that colonial humanitarianism was not only an idiom of rule, but was also translated into Bengali dietetics, anxieties, vegetarianism, and vigilantism, the effect of which can be seen in contemporary politics of animal slaughter in India.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Meat, Mercy, and Morality: Animals and Humanitarianism in Colonial Bengal, 1850-1920 (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Samiparna Samanta disentangles complex discourses around humanitarianism to understand the nature of British colonialism in India. Dr. Samanta contends that the colonial project of animal protection in late nineteenth-century Bengal mirrored an irony. Emerging notions of public health and debates on cruelty against animals exposed the disjunction between the claims of a benevolent Empire and a powerful imperial reality where the state constantly sought to discipline its subjects-both human and nonhuman.
Centered around stories of animals as diseased, eaten, and overworked, the book shows how such contests over appropriate measures for controlling animals became part of wider discussions surrounding environmental ethics, diet, sanitation, and the politics of race and class. The author combines history with archive, arguing that colonial humanitarianism was not only an idiom of rule, but was also translated into Bengali dietetics, anxieties, vegetarianism, and vigilantism, the effect of which can be seen in contemporary politics of animal slaughter in India.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>59</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">32d8a9f6-8c8c-11ee-a37c-4bebfba96988</guid>
      <title>Christian B. Miller, &quot;Honesty: The Philosophy and Psychology of a Neglected Virtue&quot; (Oxford UP, 2021)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Honesty is an important virtue. Parents want to develop it in their children. Close relationships depend upon it. Employers value it in their employees. Surprisingly, however, philosophers have said very little about the virtue of honesty over the past fifty years. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197567494"><em>Honesty: The Philosophy and Psychology of a Neglected Virtue</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2021), Christian B. Miller aims to draw much greater attention to this neglected virtue.</p><p>The first part of the book looks at the concept of honesty. It takes up questions such as: What does honesty involve? What are the motives of an honest person? How does practical wisdom relate to honesty? Miller explores what connects the many sides of honesty, including not lying, not stealing, not breaking promises, not misleading others, and not cheating. He argues that the honest person reliably does not intentionally distort the facts as she takes them to be.</p><p>Miller then examines the empirical psychology of honesty. He takes up the question of whether most people are honest, dishonest, or somewhere in between. Drawing extensively on recent studies of cheating and lying, the model Miller articulates ultimately implies that most of us have a long way to go to reach an honest character.</p><p><em>Honesty: The Philosophy and Psychology of a Neglected Virtue</em> provides both a richer understanding of what our character looks like, as well as what the goal of being an honest person actually involves. Miller then leaves it up to us to decide if we want to take steps to shrink the character gap between the two.</p><p>Christian B. Miller is the A. C. Reid Professor of Philosophy at Wake Forest University. He is currently the Director of the Honesty Project. He is the author of over 100 academic papers as well as four books, including Moral Character: An Empirical Theory (2013), Character and Moral Psychology (2014), The Character Gap: How Good Are We? (2017), and Moral Psychology (2021). He is a science contributor for Forbes, and his writings have also appeared in The New York Times, Wall Street Journal, Dallas Morning News, Slate, The Conversation, Newsweek, Aeon, and Christianity Today. Miller is the editor or co-editor of Essays in the Philosophy of Religion (OUP),Character: New Directions from Philosophy, Psychology, and Theology (OUP),Moral Psychology, Volume V: Virtue and Character (MIT Press), Integrity, Honesty, and Truth Seeking (OUP), and The Continuum Companion to Ethics (Continuum Press)</p><p><br /></p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>Morteza Hajizadeh</em></a><em> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>YouTube channel</em></a><em>. </em><a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture"><em>Twitter</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Nov 2023 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Honesty is an important virtue. Parents want to develop it in their children. Close relationships depend upon it. Employers value it in their employees. Surprisingly, however, philosophers have said very little about the virtue of honesty over the past fifty years. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197567494"><em>Honesty: The Philosophy and Psychology of a Neglected Virtue</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2021), Christian B. Miller aims to draw much greater attention to this neglected virtue.</p><p>The first part of the book looks at the concept of honesty. It takes up questions such as: What does honesty involve? What are the motives of an honest person? How does practical wisdom relate to honesty? Miller explores what connects the many sides of honesty, including not lying, not stealing, not breaking promises, not misleading others, and not cheating. He argues that the honest person reliably does not intentionally distort the facts as she takes them to be.</p><p>Miller then examines the empirical psychology of honesty. He takes up the question of whether most people are honest, dishonest, or somewhere in between. Drawing extensively on recent studies of cheating and lying, the model Miller articulates ultimately implies that most of us have a long way to go to reach an honest character.</p><p><em>Honesty: The Philosophy and Psychology of a Neglected Virtue</em> provides both a richer understanding of what our character looks like, as well as what the goal of being an honest person actually involves. Miller then leaves it up to us to decide if we want to take steps to shrink the character gap between the two.</p><p>Christian B. Miller is the A. C. Reid Professor of Philosophy at Wake Forest University. He is currently the Director of the Honesty Project. He is the author of over 100 academic papers as well as four books, including Moral Character: An Empirical Theory (2013), Character and Moral Psychology (2014), The Character Gap: How Good Are We? (2017), and Moral Psychology (2021). He is a science contributor for Forbes, and his writings have also appeared in The New York Times, Wall Street Journal, Dallas Morning News, Slate, The Conversation, Newsweek, Aeon, and Christianity Today. Miller is the editor or co-editor of Essays in the Philosophy of Religion (OUP),Character: New Directions from Philosophy, Psychology, and Theology (OUP),Moral Psychology, Volume V: Virtue and Character (MIT Press), Integrity, Honesty, and Truth Seeking (OUP), and The Continuum Companion to Ethics (Continuum Press)</p><p><br /></p><p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>Morteza Hajizadeh</em></a><em> is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/a48266/videos"><em>YouTube channel</em></a><em>. </em><a href="https://twitter.com/TalkArtCulture"><em>Twitter</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="52326033" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/2e76f4e3-04cf-4155-b7f2-18166332839b/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=2e76f4e3-04cf-4155-b7f2-18166332839b&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Christian B. Miller, &quot;Honesty: The Philosophy and Psychology of a Neglected Virtue&quot; (Oxford UP, 2021)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:54:30</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Honesty is an important virtue. Parents want to develop it in their children. Close relationships depend upon it. Employers value it in their employees. Surprisingly, however, philosophers have said very little about the virtue of honesty over the past fifty years. In Honesty: The Philosophy and Psychology of a Neglected Virtue (Oxford UP, 2021), Christian B. Miller aims to draw much greater attention to this neglected virtue.
The first part of the book looks at the concept of honesty. It takes up questions such as: What does honesty involve? What are the motives of an honest person? How does practical wisdom relate to honesty? Miller explores what connects the many sides of honesty, including not lying, not stealing, not breaking promises, not misleading others, and not cheating. He argues that the honest person reliably does not intentionally distort the facts as she takes them to be.
Miller then examines the empirical psychology of honesty. He takes up the question of whether most people are honest, dishonest, or somewhere in between. Drawing extensively on recent studies of cheating and lying, the model Miller articulates ultimately implies that most of us have a long way to go to reach an honest character.
Honesty: The Philosophy and Psychology of a Neglected Virtue provides both a richer understanding of what our character looks like, as well as what the goal of being an honest person actually involves. Miller then leaves it up to us to decide if we want to take steps to shrink the character gap between the two.
Christian B. Miller is the A. C. Reid Professor of Philosophy at Wake Forest University. He is currently the Director of the Honesty Project. He is the author of over 100 academic papers as well as four books, including Moral Character: An Empirical Theory (2013), Character and Moral Psychology (2014), The Character Gap: How Good Are We? (2017), and Moral Psychology (2021). He is a science contributor for Forbes, and his writings have also appeared in The New York Times, Wall Street Journal, Dallas Morning News, Slate, The Conversation, Newsweek, Aeon, and Christianity Today. Miller is the editor or co-editor of Essays in the Philosophy of Religion (OUP),Character: New Directions from Philosophy, Psychology, and Theology (OUP),Moral Psychology, Volume V: Virtue and Character (MIT Press), Integrity, Honesty, and Truth Seeking (OUP), and The Continuum Companion to Ethics (Continuum Press)

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Honesty is an important virtue. Parents want to develop it in their children. Close relationships depend upon it. Employers value it in their employees. Surprisingly, however, philosophers have said very little about the virtue of honesty over the past fifty years. In Honesty: The Philosophy and Psychology of a Neglected Virtue (Oxford UP, 2021), Christian B. Miller aims to draw much greater attention to this neglected virtue.
The first part of the book looks at the concept of honesty. It takes up questions such as: What does honesty involve? What are the motives of an honest person? How does practical wisdom relate to honesty? Miller explores what connects the many sides of honesty, including not lying, not stealing, not breaking promises, not misleading others, and not cheating. He argues that the honest person reliably does not intentionally distort the facts as she takes them to be.
Miller then examines the empirical psychology of honesty. He takes up the question of whether most people are honest, dishonest, or somewhere in between. Drawing extensively on recent studies of cheating and lying, the model Miller articulates ultimately implies that most of us have a long way to go to reach an honest character.
Honesty: The Philosophy and Psychology of a Neglected Virtue provides both a richer understanding of what our character looks like, as well as what the goal of being an honest person actually involves. Miller then leaves it up to us to decide if we want to take steps to shrink the character gap between the two.
Christian B. Miller is the A. C. Reid Professor of Philosophy at Wake Forest University. He is currently the Director of the Honesty Project. He is the author of over 100 academic papers as well as four books, including Moral Character: An Empirical Theory (2013), Character and Moral Psychology (2014), The Character Gap: How Good Are We? (2017), and Moral Psychology (2021). He is a science contributor for Forbes, and his writings have also appeared in The New York Times, Wall Street Journal, Dallas Morning News, Slate, The Conversation, Newsweek, Aeon, and Christianity Today. Miller is the editor or co-editor of Essays in the Philosophy of Religion (OUP),Character: New Directions from Philosophy, Psychology, and Theology (OUP),Moral Psychology, Volume V: Virtue and Character (MIT Press), Integrity, Honesty, and Truth Seeking (OUP), and The Continuum Companion to Ethics (Continuum Press)

Morteza Hajizadeh is a Ph.D. graduate in English from the University of Auckland in New Zealand. His research interests are Cultural Studies; Critical Theory; Environmental History; Medieval (Intellectual) History; Gothic Studies; 18th and 19th Century British Literature. YouTube channel. Twitter.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>216</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0961c020-8b11-11ee-9ae6-2b87c30f53e6</guid>
      <title>E. T. Dailey, &quot;Radegund: The Trials and Triumphs of a Merovingian Queen&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>A princess born to the Thuringian royal house. A captive in war, forced to marry the Frankish king who killed her family. A queen, who renounced her position, received consecration as a deaconess, and took monastic vows. A religious leader, who acquired a fragment of the Cross of the Crucifixion for her convent of Holy Cross in Poitiers. And, lastly, a saint, remembered for her healings, exorcisms, and extreme self-mortification. Such was Radegund, a woman who lived through an era defined by headlong change. Honored as a "mother" by subsequent Frankish kings and as a holy woman by her nuns and devotees, Radegund enjoyed a reputation for righteousness that spread throughout the whole of medieval Europe, with later queens emulating her pious achievements. For generations, she defined medieval queenship, female monastic practice, and the expectations associated with holy women. Today, she is often envisioned as a pan-European saint.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197699201"><em>Radegund: The Trials and Triumphs of a Merovingian Queen</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. E. T. Dailey presents a new interpretation of this remarkable woman, examining her vibrant life and legacy. Dr. Dailey shows how she succeeded in establishing a place for herself within this difficult and dangerous world, despite the trials she faced. He also demonstrates how Radegund achieved a position of prominence as a woman in a foreign land without resorting to the violence and intrigue that characterized the lives of other prominent women during this period. Based on a wealth of English, French, and German scholarship, this book will equip experts and lay readers with a concise, authoritative, and accessible portrait of Radegund.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> forthcoming book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 26 Nov 2023 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>A princess born to the Thuringian royal house. A captive in war, forced to marry the Frankish king who killed her family. A queen, who renounced her position, received consecration as a deaconess, and took monastic vows. A religious leader, who acquired a fragment of the Cross of the Crucifixion for her convent of Holy Cross in Poitiers. And, lastly, a saint, remembered for her healings, exorcisms, and extreme self-mortification. Such was Radegund, a woman who lived through an era defined by headlong change. Honored as a "mother" by subsequent Frankish kings and as a holy woman by her nuns and devotees, Radegund enjoyed a reputation for righteousness that spread throughout the whole of medieval Europe, with later queens emulating her pious achievements. For generations, she defined medieval queenship, female monastic practice, and the expectations associated with holy women. Today, she is often envisioned as a pan-European saint.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197699201"><em>Radegund: The Trials and Triumphs of a Merovingian Queen</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. E. T. Dailey presents a new interpretation of this remarkable woman, examining her vibrant life and legacy. Dr. Dailey shows how she succeeded in establishing a place for herself within this difficult and dangerous world, despite the trials she faced. He also demonstrates how Radegund achieved a position of prominence as a woman in a foreign land without resorting to the violence and intrigue that characterized the lives of other prominent women during this period. Based on a wealth of English, French, and German scholarship, this book will equip experts and lay readers with a concise, authoritative, and accessible portrait of Radegund.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> forthcoming book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="60732353" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/e5104b84-737e-4935-94f7-b0f5d88e28da/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=e5104b84-737e-4935-94f7-b0f5d88e28da&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>E. T. Dailey, &quot;Radegund: The Trials and Triumphs of a Merovingian Queen&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:03:15</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>A princess born to the Thuringian royal house. A captive in war, forced to marry the Frankish king who killed her family. A queen, who renounced her position, received consecration as a deaconess, and took monastic vows. A religious leader, who acquired a fragment of the Cross of the Crucifixion for her convent of Holy Cross in Poitiers. And, lastly, a saint, remembered for her healings, exorcisms, and extreme self-mortification. Such was Radegund, a woman who lived through an era defined by headlong change. Honored as a &quot;mother&quot; by subsequent Frankish kings and as a holy woman by her nuns and devotees, Radegund enjoyed a reputation for righteousness that spread throughout the whole of medieval Europe, with later queens emulating her pious achievements. For generations, she defined medieval queenship, female monastic practice, and the expectations associated with holy women. Today, she is often envisioned as a pan-European saint.
Radegund: The Trials and Triumphs of a Merovingian Queen (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. E. T. Dailey presents a new interpretation of this remarkable woman, examining her vibrant life and legacy. Dr. Dailey shows how she succeeded in establishing a place for herself within this difficult and dangerous world, despite the trials she faced. He also demonstrates how Radegund achieved a position of prominence as a woman in a foreign land without resorting to the violence and intrigue that characterized the lives of other prominent women during this period. Based on a wealth of English, French, and German scholarship, this book will equip experts and lay readers with a concise, authoritative, and accessible portrait of Radegund.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>A princess born to the Thuringian royal house. A captive in war, forced to marry the Frankish king who killed her family. A queen, who renounced her position, received consecration as a deaconess, and took monastic vows. A religious leader, who acquired a fragment of the Cross of the Crucifixion for her convent of Holy Cross in Poitiers. And, lastly, a saint, remembered for her healings, exorcisms, and extreme self-mortification. Such was Radegund, a woman who lived through an era defined by headlong change. Honored as a &quot;mother&quot; by subsequent Frankish kings and as a holy woman by her nuns and devotees, Radegund enjoyed a reputation for righteousness that spread throughout the whole of medieval Europe, with later queens emulating her pious achievements. For generations, she defined medieval queenship, female monastic practice, and the expectations associated with holy women. Today, she is often envisioned as a pan-European saint.
Radegund: The Trials and Triumphs of a Merovingian Queen (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. E. T. Dailey presents a new interpretation of this remarkable woman, examining her vibrant life and legacy. Dr. Dailey shows how she succeeded in establishing a place for herself within this difficult and dangerous world, despite the trials she faced. He also demonstrates how Radegund achieved a position of prominence as a woman in a foreign land without resorting to the violence and intrigue that characterized the lives of other prominent women during this period. Based on a wealth of English, French, and German scholarship, this book will equip experts and lay readers with a concise, authoritative, and accessible portrait of Radegund.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>56</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c6392198-87f1-11ee-a09e-5bec71e72fc7</guid>
      <title>Boris Heersink, &quot;National Party Organizations and Party Brands in American Politics&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Political Scientist Boris Heersink’s new book guides the reader through over a century of politics and national parties in the United States. Heersink’s work is both qualitative and quantitative and approaches the national party organizations—the Democratic National Committee and the Republican National Committee—from the perspective of American political development. This is a fascinating study of the way that the national parties operate when their party is in the White House or when their party is out of power in terms of the presidency. Heersink has mapped out the activities and approaches of the national parties through a host of different resources, from the available archival papers of party chairmen and women, to newspaper coverage of national party activities and events, to other media mechanisms that the parties individually, or mirroring each other, pursued to shape and promote their “brand.”</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197695111"><em>National Party Organizations and Party Brands in American Politics</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023) tells us a lot about how the parties, from 1912 through to the contemporary experiences, have thought of their role in relation to electoral politics, especially from the top of the ticket to those running for lots of different offices. Heersink makes an interesting argument around the idea of party branding – and how party chairmen/women have worked to develop coherence within the national party and the many state and local parties whom they collaborate with and often serve. The difficulty for American political parties has long been the lack of coordination capacity and Heersink details the difficulties in coordination and various different paths that parties have taken over the years to try to create a clear “brand” for themselves and their voters/intended voters. This clarity helps voters to understand what it is a candidate stands for or supports given their party affiliation.</p><p><em>National Party Organizations and Party Brands in American Politics</em> details many of the creative ways that the parties found to communicate with party officials and elected representatives and candidates who were far from Washington, D.C. The research also makes note of the shifts and changes that the parties engaged in as the media environment shifted and changed, from radio and print media, to television, to 24-hour cable news networks, to talk radio, and now to social media. The rise of the presidential primary in the latter part of the 20th century comes to influence the ways that the national parties operate and also how they are limited in their capacities. This is an expansive exploration of the ways that national parties operate in the United States, and it carries the reader through to our current political landscape and how that landscape contributes to the dynamics around the 2020 and 2024 election cycles.</p><p><a href="https://www.carrollu.edu/faculty/goren-lilly-phd"><em>Lilly J. Goren</em></a><em> is a professor of political science at Carroll University in Waukesha, WI. She is co-host of the </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/hosts/profile/a7ac4af9-1306-463f-baf9-00f1f4187dfd"><em>New Books in Political Science</em></a><em> channel at the New Books Network. She is co-editor of </em><a href="https://kansaspress.ku.edu/9780700633883/the-politics-of-the-marvel-cinematic-universe/"><em>The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe</em></a><em> (University Press of Kansas, 2022), as well as co-editor of the award winning book, </em><a href="https://www.kentuckypress.com/9780813141015/women-and-the-white-house/"><em>Women and the White House: Gender, Popular Culture, and Presidential Politics</em></a><em> (University Press of Kentucky, 2012). She can be reached </em><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/gorenlj.bsky.social"><em>@gorenlj.bsky.social</em></a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Nov 2023 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Political Scientist Boris Heersink’s new book guides the reader through over a century of politics and national parties in the United States. Heersink’s work is both qualitative and quantitative and approaches the national party organizations—the Democratic National Committee and the Republican National Committee—from the perspective of American political development. This is a fascinating study of the way that the national parties operate when their party is in the White House or when their party is out of power in terms of the presidency. Heersink has mapped out the activities and approaches of the national parties through a host of different resources, from the available archival papers of party chairmen and women, to newspaper coverage of national party activities and events, to other media mechanisms that the parties individually, or mirroring each other, pursued to shape and promote their “brand.”</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197695111"><em>National Party Organizations and Party Brands in American Politics</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023) tells us a lot about how the parties, from 1912 through to the contemporary experiences, have thought of their role in relation to electoral politics, especially from the top of the ticket to those running for lots of different offices. Heersink makes an interesting argument around the idea of party branding – and how party chairmen/women have worked to develop coherence within the national party and the many state and local parties whom they collaborate with and often serve. The difficulty for American political parties has long been the lack of coordination capacity and Heersink details the difficulties in coordination and various different paths that parties have taken over the years to try to create a clear “brand” for themselves and their voters/intended voters. This clarity helps voters to understand what it is a candidate stands for or supports given their party affiliation.</p><p><em>National Party Organizations and Party Brands in American Politics</em> details many of the creative ways that the parties found to communicate with party officials and elected representatives and candidates who were far from Washington, D.C. The research also makes note of the shifts and changes that the parties engaged in as the media environment shifted and changed, from radio and print media, to television, to 24-hour cable news networks, to talk radio, and now to social media. The rise of the presidential primary in the latter part of the 20th century comes to influence the ways that the national parties operate and also how they are limited in their capacities. This is an expansive exploration of the ways that national parties operate in the United States, and it carries the reader through to our current political landscape and how that landscape contributes to the dynamics around the 2020 and 2024 election cycles.</p><p><a href="https://www.carrollu.edu/faculty/goren-lilly-phd"><em>Lilly J. Goren</em></a><em> is a professor of political science at Carroll University in Waukesha, WI. She is co-host of the </em><a href="https://newbooksnetwork.com/hosts/profile/a7ac4af9-1306-463f-baf9-00f1f4187dfd"><em>New Books in Political Science</em></a><em> channel at the New Books Network. She is co-editor of </em><a href="https://kansaspress.ku.edu/9780700633883/the-politics-of-the-marvel-cinematic-universe/"><em>The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe</em></a><em> (University Press of Kansas, 2022), as well as co-editor of the award winning book, </em><a href="https://www.kentuckypress.com/9780813141015/women-and-the-white-house/"><em>Women and the White House: Gender, Popular Culture, and Presidential Politics</em></a><em> (University Press of Kentucky, 2012). She can be reached </em><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/gorenlj.bsky.social"><em>@gorenlj.bsky.social</em></a></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="45759059" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/89f4ce68-ab19-456c-84cc-e4ecd40837fc/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=89f4ce68-ab19-456c-84cc-e4ecd40837fc&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Boris Heersink, &quot;National Party Organizations and Party Brands in American Politics&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:47:39</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Political Scientist Boris Heersink’s new book guides the reader through over a century of politics and national parties in the United States. Heersink’s work is both qualitative and quantitative and approaches the national party organizations—the Democratic National Committee and the Republican National Committee—from the perspective of American political development. This is a fascinating study of the way that the national parties operate when their party is in the White House or when their party is out of power in terms of the presidency. Heersink has mapped out the activities and approaches of the national parties through a host of different resources, from the available archival papers of party chairmen and women, to newspaper coverage of national party activities and events, to other media mechanisms that the parties individually, or mirroring each other, pursued to shape and promote their “brand.”
National Party Organizations and Party Brands in American Politics (Oxford UP, 2023) tells us a lot about how the parties, from 1912 through to the contemporary experiences, have thought of their role in relation to electoral politics, especially from the top of the ticket to those running for lots of different offices. Heersink makes an interesting argument around the idea of party branding – and how party chairmen/women have worked to develop coherence within the national party and the many state and local parties whom they collaborate with and often serve. The difficulty for American political parties has long been the lack of coordination capacity and Heersink details the difficulties in coordination and various different paths that parties have taken over the years to try to create a clear “brand” for themselves and their voters/intended voters. This clarity helps voters to understand what it is a candidate stands for or supports given their party affiliation.
National Party Organizations and Party Brands in American Politics details many of the creative ways that the parties found to communicate with party officials and elected representatives and candidates who were far from Washington, D.C. The research also makes note of the shifts and changes that the parties engaged in as the media environment shifted and changed, from radio and print media, to television, to 24-hour cable news networks, to talk radio, and now to social media. The rise of the presidential primary in the latter part of the 20th century comes to influence the ways that the national parties operate and also how they are limited in their capacities. This is an expansive exploration of the ways that national parties operate in the United States, and it carries the reader through to our current political landscape and how that landscape contributes to the dynamics around the 2020 and 2024 election cycles.
Lilly J. Goren is a professor of political science at Carroll University in Waukesha, WI. She is co-host of the New Books in Political Science channel at the New Books Network. She is co-editor of The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe (University Press of Kansas, 2022), as well as co-editor of the award winning book, Women and the White House: Gender, Popular Culture, and Presidential Politics (University Press of Kentucky, 2012). She can be reached @gorenlj.bsky.social</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Political Scientist Boris Heersink’s new book guides the reader through over a century of politics and national parties in the United States. Heersink’s work is both qualitative and quantitative and approaches the national party organizations—the Democratic National Committee and the Republican National Committee—from the perspective of American political development. This is a fascinating study of the way that the national parties operate when their party is in the White House or when their party is out of power in terms of the presidency. Heersink has mapped out the activities and approaches of the national parties through a host of different resources, from the available archival papers of party chairmen and women, to newspaper coverage of national party activities and events, to other media mechanisms that the parties individually, or mirroring each other, pursued to shape and promote their “brand.”
National Party Organizations and Party Brands in American Politics (Oxford UP, 2023) tells us a lot about how the parties, from 1912 through to the contemporary experiences, have thought of their role in relation to electoral politics, especially from the top of the ticket to those running for lots of different offices. Heersink makes an interesting argument around the idea of party branding – and how party chairmen/women have worked to develop coherence within the national party and the many state and local parties whom they collaborate with and often serve. The difficulty for American political parties has long been the lack of coordination capacity and Heersink details the difficulties in coordination and various different paths that parties have taken over the years to try to create a clear “brand” for themselves and their voters/intended voters. This clarity helps voters to understand what it is a candidate stands for or supports given their party affiliation.
National Party Organizations and Party Brands in American Politics details many of the creative ways that the parties found to communicate with party officials and elected representatives and candidates who were far from Washington, D.C. The research also makes note of the shifts and changes that the parties engaged in as the media environment shifted and changed, from radio and print media, to television, to 24-hour cable news networks, to talk radio, and now to social media. The rise of the presidential primary in the latter part of the 20th century comes to influence the ways that the national parties operate and also how they are limited in their capacities. This is an expansive exploration of the ways that national parties operate in the United States, and it carries the reader through to our current political landscape and how that landscape contributes to the dynamics around the 2020 and 2024 election cycles.
Lilly J. Goren is a professor of political science at Carroll University in Waukesha, WI. She is co-host of the New Books in Political Science channel at the New Books Network. She is co-editor of The Politics of the Marvel Cinematic Universe (University Press of Kansas, 2022), as well as co-editor of the award winning book, Women and the White House: Gender, Popular Culture, and Presidential Politics (University Press of Kentucky, 2012). She can be reached @gorenlj.bsky.social</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>688</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5a16ac12-865f-11ee-bc56-7753d0f62909</guid>
      <title>Amy Harris, &quot;Being Single in Georgian England: Families, Households, and the Unmarried&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192869494"><em>Being Single in Georgian England: Families, Households, and the Unmarried</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Amy Harris is the first book-length exploration of what family life looked like, and how it was experienced, when viewed from the perspective of unmarried and childless family members. Using a microhistorical approach, Dr. Harris covers three generations of the famous musical and abolitionist Sharp family. The abundance of records the Sharps produced and preserved reveals how single family members influenced the household economy, marital decisions, childrearing practices, and conceptions about lineage and genealogy. The importance of childhood relationships and the life-long nature of siblinghood stand out as central aspects of Sharp family life, no matter their marital status. Along the way, Being Single explores humour, music, religious practice and belief, death and mourning, infertility, disability, slavery, abolition, philanthropy, and family memory.</p><p>The Sharps' experiences uncover how important lateral kin like siblings and cousins were to marital and household decisions. The analysis also reveals additional layers of Georgian family life, including: single sociability not centred on courtship; the importance of aunting and uncling on their own terms; the ways charitable acts and philanthropic endeavours could serve as outlets or partial replacements for parenthood; and how genealogical practices could be tied to values and identity instead of to biological descendants' possession of property.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> forthcoming book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Nov 2023 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192869494"><em>Being Single in Georgian England: Families, Households, and the Unmarried</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Amy Harris is the first book-length exploration of what family life looked like, and how it was experienced, when viewed from the perspective of unmarried and childless family members. Using a microhistorical approach, Dr. Harris covers three generations of the famous musical and abolitionist Sharp family. The abundance of records the Sharps produced and preserved reveals how single family members influenced the household economy, marital decisions, childrearing practices, and conceptions about lineage and genealogy. The importance of childhood relationships and the life-long nature of siblinghood stand out as central aspects of Sharp family life, no matter their marital status. Along the way, Being Single explores humour, music, religious practice and belief, death and mourning, infertility, disability, slavery, abolition, philanthropy, and family memory.</p><p>The Sharps' experiences uncover how important lateral kin like siblings and cousins were to marital and household decisions. The analysis also reveals additional layers of Georgian family life, including: single sociability not centred on courtship; the importance of aunting and uncling on their own terms; the ways charitable acts and philanthropic endeavours could serve as outlets or partial replacements for parenthood; and how genealogical practices could be tied to values and identity instead of to biological descendants' possession of property.</p><p><em>This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose</em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/securing-peace-in-angola-and-mozambique-9781350407930/"><em> forthcoming book</em></a><em> focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="68117138" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/ed989b2a-b4b8-4297-9375-5765c592f7d6/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=ed989b2a-b4b8-4297-9375-5765c592f7d6&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Amy Harris, &quot;Being Single in Georgian England: Families, Households, and the Unmarried&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:10:57</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Being Single in Georgian England: Families, Households, and the Unmarried (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Amy Harris is the first book-length exploration of what family life looked like, and how it was experienced, when viewed from the perspective of unmarried and childless family members. Using a microhistorical approach, Dr. Harris covers three generations of the famous musical and abolitionist Sharp family. The abundance of records the Sharps produced and preserved reveals how single family members influenced the household economy, marital decisions, childrearing practices, and conceptions about lineage and genealogy. The importance of childhood relationships and the life-long nature of siblinghood stand out as central aspects of Sharp family life, no matter their marital status. Along the way, Being Single explores humour, music, religious practice and belief, death and mourning, infertility, disability, slavery, abolition, philanthropy, and family memory.
The Sharps&apos; experiences uncover how important lateral kin like siblings and cousins were to marital and household decisions. The analysis also reveals additional layers of Georgian family life, including: single sociability not centred on courtship; the importance of aunting and uncling on their own terms; the ways charitable acts and philanthropic endeavours could serve as outlets or partial replacements for parenthood; and how genealogical practices could be tied to values and identity instead of to biological descendants&apos; possession of property.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Being Single in Georgian England: Families, Households, and the Unmarried (Oxford University Press, 2023) by Dr. Amy Harris is the first book-length exploration of what family life looked like, and how it was experienced, when viewed from the perspective of unmarried and childless family members. Using a microhistorical approach, Dr. Harris covers three generations of the famous musical and abolitionist Sharp family. The abundance of records the Sharps produced and preserved reveals how single family members influenced the household economy, marital decisions, childrearing practices, and conceptions about lineage and genealogy. The importance of childhood relationships and the life-long nature of siblinghood stand out as central aspects of Sharp family life, no matter their marital status. Along the way, Being Single explores humour, music, religious practice and belief, death and mourning, infertility, disability, slavery, abolition, philanthropy, and family memory.
The Sharps&apos; experiences uncover how important lateral kin like siblings and cousins were to marital and household decisions. The analysis also reveals additional layers of Georgian family life, including: single sociability not centred on courtship; the importance of aunting and uncling on their own terms; the ways charitable acts and philanthropic endeavours could serve as outlets or partial replacements for parenthood; and how genealogical practices could be tied to values and identity instead of to biological descendants&apos; possession of property.
This interview was conducted by Dr. Miranda Melcher whose forthcoming book focuses on post-conflict military integration, understanding treaty negotiation and implementation in civil war contexts, with qualitative analysis of the Angolan and Mozambican civil wars.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>103</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">60672e70-861e-11ee-a854-b3bcf0b75824</guid>
      <title>Robert P. George&apos;s &apos;Making Men Moral&apos;: A 30th Anniversary Conference</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The first book in the storied career of one of the most influential conservative legal scholars and philosophers of our day is the focus of an upcoming conference in Washington, DC. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198260240"><em>Making Men Moral</em></a><em> </em>(1993) is the book and <a href="https://jmp.princeton.edu/people/robert-p-george">Robert P. George</a> is the man behind it—Princeton professor of jurisprudence, bioethicist and pro-life and civil liberties champion. Scheduled speakers include some of the most important thinkers on social conservatism and legal thought of the generations he has molded, plus many of his peers and George himself. This conference is our focus for today.</p><p>As the founder and director of the James Madison Program in American Ideals and Institutions at Princeton University since 2000, George has provided a model for a slew of similar programs, centers and institutes throughout American academia and abroad. He is also a noted public speaker, often in partnership with his good friend the African-American scholar, Cornel West.</p><p>Because of George’s outsized role in public discussion of moral issues and his unique position as a stalwart Christian voice and admired scholar in the heavily secular academe of our time, rather than interview the author of a book today I will be chatting with one of the organizers of <a href="https://www.aei.org/events/making-men-moral-30th-anniversary-conference/">Making Men Moral: 30th Anniversary Conference</a>. This event is co-sponsored by the American Enterprise Institute (AEI), the Ethics &amp; Public Policy Center, Pepperdine University School of Public Policy, and the Project on Constitutional Originalism and the Catholic Intellectual Tradition at Catholic University.</p><p>And luckily for those unable to attend in person the event at AEI in Washington, DC Thursday, November 30, 2023 | 12:00 PM to 5:30 PM ET and Friday, December 1, 2023 | 9:00 AM to 5:15 PM ET, they can register to follow the proceedings live online for free.</p><p>This is a welcome opportunity to learn about one of the most important books in the fields of moral philosophy, the philosophy of law, and natural law of the last 30 years.</p><p>For decades, George’s <em>Making Men Moral: Civil Liberties and Public Morality</em> has been the go-to text for legal scholars, political theorists, philosophers and educated readers who want to grasp what types of human vice and folly can be legitimately regulated, what the relationship is between morals legislation and freedom, what is owed by the individual to the ordering of society, and what falls under the protection of privacy or basic civil liberties legal regimes.</p><p>The conference features leading lights in the conservative legal firmament such as our guest today--<a href="https://www.law.edu/about-us/faculty-and-staff/directory/expert-faculty/alicea-joel/index.html">J. Joel Alicea</a> an associate professor at the Columbus School of Law of the Catholic University of America, Sherif Girgis, Melissa Moschella and Professor George himself. It will also feature scholars in the fields of theology and religious learning such as Andrew T. Walker; bioethicists and legal scholars such as O. Carter Snead; luminaries in the field of natural law like Hadley Arkes; journalists such as Timothy P. Carney and Alexandra DeSanctis and notable social scientists such as Mark Regnerus and W. Bradford Wilcox.</p><p>The first day of the two-day conference will feature an interview of George by his fellow public intellectual and former student, Ryan T. Anderson.</p><p>Our guest today, Professor Alicea, will not only open the conference but will participate in a panel discussion entitled, “Making Men Moral and Constitutional Interpretation,” the title of which nicely encapsulates two of the many roles Robert P. George serves in the public sphere: George is both a powerful moral voice and a skillful, much loved professor at Princeton where he teaches a famous course on Constitutional Interpretation (the lectures of which were recorded and are available free online).</p><p>Let’s hear from Professor Alicea.</p><p><em>Hope J. Leman is a grants researcher.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 18 Nov 2023 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The first book in the storied career of one of the most influential conservative legal scholars and philosophers of our day is the focus of an upcoming conference in Washington, DC. <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780198260240"><em>Making Men Moral</em></a><em> </em>(1993) is the book and <a href="https://jmp.princeton.edu/people/robert-p-george">Robert P. George</a> is the man behind it—Princeton professor of jurisprudence, bioethicist and pro-life and civil liberties champion. Scheduled speakers include some of the most important thinkers on social conservatism and legal thought of the generations he has molded, plus many of his peers and George himself. This conference is our focus for today.</p><p>As the founder and director of the James Madison Program in American Ideals and Institutions at Princeton University since 2000, George has provided a model for a slew of similar programs, centers and institutes throughout American academia and abroad. He is also a noted public speaker, often in partnership with his good friend the African-American scholar, Cornel West.</p><p>Because of George’s outsized role in public discussion of moral issues and his unique position as a stalwart Christian voice and admired scholar in the heavily secular academe of our time, rather than interview the author of a book today I will be chatting with one of the organizers of <a href="https://www.aei.org/events/making-men-moral-30th-anniversary-conference/">Making Men Moral: 30th Anniversary Conference</a>. This event is co-sponsored by the American Enterprise Institute (AEI), the Ethics &amp; Public Policy Center, Pepperdine University School of Public Policy, and the Project on Constitutional Originalism and the Catholic Intellectual Tradition at Catholic University.</p><p>And luckily for those unable to attend in person the event at AEI in Washington, DC Thursday, November 30, 2023 | 12:00 PM to 5:30 PM ET and Friday, December 1, 2023 | 9:00 AM to 5:15 PM ET, they can register to follow the proceedings live online for free.</p><p>This is a welcome opportunity to learn about one of the most important books in the fields of moral philosophy, the philosophy of law, and natural law of the last 30 years.</p><p>For decades, George’s <em>Making Men Moral: Civil Liberties and Public Morality</em> has been the go-to text for legal scholars, political theorists, philosophers and educated readers who want to grasp what types of human vice and folly can be legitimately regulated, what the relationship is between morals legislation and freedom, what is owed by the individual to the ordering of society, and what falls under the protection of privacy or basic civil liberties legal regimes.</p><p>The conference features leading lights in the conservative legal firmament such as our guest today--<a href="https://www.law.edu/about-us/faculty-and-staff/directory/expert-faculty/alicea-joel/index.html">J. Joel Alicea</a> an associate professor at the Columbus School of Law of the Catholic University of America, Sherif Girgis, Melissa Moschella and Professor George himself. It will also feature scholars in the fields of theology and religious learning such as Andrew T. Walker; bioethicists and legal scholars such as O. Carter Snead; luminaries in the field of natural law like Hadley Arkes; journalists such as Timothy P. Carney and Alexandra DeSanctis and notable social scientists such as Mark Regnerus and W. Bradford Wilcox.</p><p>The first day of the two-day conference will feature an interview of George by his fellow public intellectual and former student, Ryan T. Anderson.</p><p>Our guest today, Professor Alicea, will not only open the conference but will participate in a panel discussion entitled, “Making Men Moral and Constitutional Interpretation,” the title of which nicely encapsulates two of the many roles Robert P. George serves in the public sphere: George is both a powerful moral voice and a skillful, much loved professor at Princeton where he teaches a famous course on Constitutional Interpretation (the lectures of which were recorded and are available free online).</p><p>Let’s hear from Professor Alicea.</p><p><em>Hope J. Leman is a grants researcher.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="56193694" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/08b97085-8266-411f-91ca-5e0c0c48dd42/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=08b97085-8266-411f-91ca-5e0c0c48dd42&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Robert P. George&apos;s &apos;Making Men Moral&apos;: A 30th Anniversary Conference</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:58:31</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The first book in the storied career of one of the most influential conservative legal scholars and philosophers of our day is the focus of an upcoming conference in Washington, DC. Making Men Moral (1993) is the book and Robert P. George is the man behind it—Princeton professor of jurisprudence, bioethicist and pro-life and civil liberties champion. Scheduled speakers include some of the most important thinkers on social conservatism and legal thought of the generations he has molded, plus many of his peers and George himself. This conference is our focus for today.
As the founder and director of the James Madison Program in American Ideals and Institutions at Princeton University since 2000, George has provided a model for a slew of similar programs, centers and institutes throughout American academia and abroad. He is also a noted public speaker, often in partnership with his good friend the African-American scholar, Cornel West.
Because of George’s outsized role in public discussion of moral issues and his unique position as a stalwart Christian voice and admired scholar in the heavily secular academe of our time, rather than interview the author of a book today I will be chatting with one of the organizers of Making Men Moral: 30th Anniversary Conference. This event is co-sponsored by the American Enterprise Institute (AEI), the Ethics &amp; Public Policy Center, Pepperdine University School of Public Policy, and the Project on Constitutional Originalism and the Catholic Intellectual Tradition at Catholic University.
And luckily for those unable to attend in person the event at AEI in Washington, DC Thursday, November 30, 2023 | 12:00 PM to 5:30 PM ET and Friday, December 1, 2023 | 9:00 AM to 5:15 PM ET, they can register to follow the proceedings live online for free.
This is a welcome opportunity to learn about one of the most important books in the fields of moral philosophy, the philosophy of law, and natural law of the last 30 years.
For decades, George’s Making Men Moral: Civil Liberties and Public Morality has been the go-to text for legal scholars, political theorists, philosophers and educated readers who want to grasp what types of human vice and folly can be legitimately regulated, what the relationship is between morals legislation and freedom, what is owed by the individual to the ordering of society, and what falls under the protection of privacy or basic civil liberties legal regimes.
The conference features leading lights in the conservative legal firmament such as our guest today--J. Joel Alicea an associate professor at the Columbus School of Law of the Catholic University of America, Sherif Girgis, Melissa Moschella and Professor George himself. It will also feature scholars in the fields of theology and religious learning such as Andrew T. Walker; bioethicists and legal scholars such as O. Carter Snead; luminaries in the field of natural law like Hadley Arkes; journalists such as Timothy P. Carney and Alexandra DeSanctis and notable social scientists such as Mark Regnerus and W. Bradford Wilcox.
The first day of the two-day conference will feature an interview of George by his fellow public intellectual and former student, Ryan T. Anderson.
Our guest today, Professor Alicea, will not only open the conference but will participate in a panel discussion entitled, “Making Men Moral and Constitutional Interpretation,” the title of which nicely encapsulates two of the many roles Robert P. George serves in the public sphere: George is both a powerful moral voice and a skillful, much loved professor at Princeton where he teaches a famous course on Constitutional Interpretation (the lectures of which were recorded and are available free online).
Let’s hear from Professor Alicea.
Hope J. Leman is a grants researcher.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The first book in the storied career of one of the most influential conservative legal scholars and philosophers of our day is the focus of an upcoming conference in Washington, DC. Making Men Moral (1993) is the book and Robert P. George is the man behind it—Princeton professor of jurisprudence, bioethicist and pro-life and civil liberties champion. Scheduled speakers include some of the most important thinkers on social conservatism and legal thought of the generations he has molded, plus many of his peers and George himself. This conference is our focus for today.
As the founder and director of the James Madison Program in American Ideals and Institutions at Princeton University since 2000, George has provided a model for a slew of similar programs, centers and institutes throughout American academia and abroad. He is also a noted public speaker, often in partnership with his good friend the African-American scholar, Cornel West.
Because of George’s outsized role in public discussion of moral issues and his unique position as a stalwart Christian voice and admired scholar in the heavily secular academe of our time, rather than interview the author of a book today I will be chatting with one of the organizers of Making Men Moral: 30th Anniversary Conference. This event is co-sponsored by the American Enterprise Institute (AEI), the Ethics &amp; Public Policy Center, Pepperdine University School of Public Policy, and the Project on Constitutional Originalism and the Catholic Intellectual Tradition at Catholic University.
And luckily for those unable to attend in person the event at AEI in Washington, DC Thursday, November 30, 2023 | 12:00 PM to 5:30 PM ET and Friday, December 1, 2023 | 9:00 AM to 5:15 PM ET, they can register to follow the proceedings live online for free.
This is a welcome opportunity to learn about one of the most important books in the fields of moral philosophy, the philosophy of law, and natural law of the last 30 years.
For decades, George’s Making Men Moral: Civil Liberties and Public Morality has been the go-to text for legal scholars, political theorists, philosophers and educated readers who want to grasp what types of human vice and folly can be legitimately regulated, what the relationship is between morals legislation and freedom, what is owed by the individual to the ordering of society, and what falls under the protection of privacy or basic civil liberties legal regimes.
The conference features leading lights in the conservative legal firmament such as our guest today--J. Joel Alicea an associate professor at the Columbus School of Law of the Catholic University of America, Sherif Girgis, Melissa Moschella and Professor George himself. It will also feature scholars in the fields of theology and religious learning such as Andrew T. Walker; bioethicists and legal scholars such as O. Carter Snead; luminaries in the field of natural law like Hadley Arkes; journalists such as Timothy P. Carney and Alexandra DeSanctis and notable social scientists such as Mark Regnerus and W. Bradford Wilcox.
The first day of the two-day conference will feature an interview of George by his fellow public intellectual and former student, Ryan T. Anderson.
Our guest today, Professor Alicea, will not only open the conference but will participate in a panel discussion entitled, “Making Men Moral and Constitutional Interpretation,” the title of which nicely encapsulates two of the many roles Robert P. George serves in the public sphere: George is both a powerful moral voice and a skillful, much loved professor at Princeton where he teaches a famous course on Constitutional Interpretation (the lectures of which were recorded and are available free online).
Let’s hear from Professor Alicea.
Hope J. Leman is a grants researcher.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>687</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ee3e5102-651b-11ee-9486-0360ecf8b574</guid>
      <title>Keith Cantú, &quot;Like a Tree Universally Spread: Sri Sabhapati Swami And Śivarājayoga&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Keith Cantú's<em> </em><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197665473"><em>Like a Tree Universally Spread: Sri Sabhapati Swami And Śivarājayoga</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023) examines the life of a nineteenth- to early twentieth-century Tamil yogin named Sri Sabhapati Swami (Śrī Sabhāpati Svāmī or Capāpati Cuvāmikaḷ, ca. 1828-1923/4) and his unique English, Tamil, Hindi, and Bengali literature on a Sanskrit-based system of yogic meditation known as the "Rājayoga for Śiva" (Tamil: civarājayōkam, Sanskrit: śivarājayoga), the full experience of which is compared to being like a "tree universally spread." Its practice was based on a unique synthesis of Tamil Vīraśaiva and Siddhar cosmologies in the colonial period, and the yogic literature in which it is found was designed to have universal appeal across boundaries of caste, gender, and sectarian affiliation. His works, all of which are here analyzed together for the first time, are an important record in the history of yoga, print culture, and art history due to his vividly-illustrated and numbered diagrams on the yogic body with its subtle physiology.</p><p>This book opens with a biographical account of Sabhapati, his editor Shrish Chandra Basu, and his students as gleaned from textual sources and the author's ethnographic field work. Sabhapati's literature in various languages is then analyzed, followed by a comprehensive exposition of his Śaiva cosmology and religious theories. Sabhapati's system of Śivarājayoga and its subtle physiology is then treated in detail, followed by an analysis of Sabhapati's aesthetic integration of aural sound and visual diagrams and an evaluation of the role of "science" in the swami's literature. Sabhapati also appealed to global authors and occultists outside of South Asia, so special attention is additionally given to his encounter with the founders of the Theosophical Society and the integration of his techniques into the thelemic "Magick" of Aleister Crowley, the German translation of Bavarian theosophical novelist Franz Hartmann, and the American publication of New Thought entrepreneur William Estep.</p><p>To these are appended a never-before-translated Tamil hagiography of Sabhapati's life, a lexicon in table-form that compiles some archaic variants and Roman transliterations of technical terms used in his work, and a critically-edited passage on an innovative technique of Śivarājayoga that included visualizing the yogic central channel as a lithic "pole."</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Nov 2023 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Keith Cantú's<em> </em><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197665473"><em>Like a Tree Universally Spread: Sri Sabhapati Swami And Śivarājayoga</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023) examines the life of a nineteenth- to early twentieth-century Tamil yogin named Sri Sabhapati Swami (Śrī Sabhāpati Svāmī or Capāpati Cuvāmikaḷ, ca. 1828-1923/4) and his unique English, Tamil, Hindi, and Bengali literature on a Sanskrit-based system of yogic meditation known as the "Rājayoga for Śiva" (Tamil: civarājayōkam, Sanskrit: śivarājayoga), the full experience of which is compared to being like a "tree universally spread." Its practice was based on a unique synthesis of Tamil Vīraśaiva and Siddhar cosmologies in the colonial period, and the yogic literature in which it is found was designed to have universal appeal across boundaries of caste, gender, and sectarian affiliation. His works, all of which are here analyzed together for the first time, are an important record in the history of yoga, print culture, and art history due to his vividly-illustrated and numbered diagrams on the yogic body with its subtle physiology.</p><p>This book opens with a biographical account of Sabhapati, his editor Shrish Chandra Basu, and his students as gleaned from textual sources and the author's ethnographic field work. Sabhapati's literature in various languages is then analyzed, followed by a comprehensive exposition of his Śaiva cosmology and religious theories. Sabhapati's system of Śivarājayoga and its subtle physiology is then treated in detail, followed by an analysis of Sabhapati's aesthetic integration of aural sound and visual diagrams and an evaluation of the role of "science" in the swami's literature. Sabhapati also appealed to global authors and occultists outside of South Asia, so special attention is additionally given to his encounter with the founders of the Theosophical Society and the integration of his techniques into the thelemic "Magick" of Aleister Crowley, the German translation of Bavarian theosophical novelist Franz Hartmann, and the American publication of New Thought entrepreneur William Estep.</p><p>To these are appended a never-before-translated Tamil hagiography of Sabhapati's life, a lexicon in table-form that compiles some archaic variants and Roman transliterations of technical terms used in his work, and a critically-edited passage on an innovative technique of Śivarājayoga that included visualizing the yogic central channel as a lithic "pole."</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="36891906" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/cb6b3a00-7564-4073-9a40-adeb99ceabb0/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=cb6b3a00-7564-4073-9a40-adeb99ceabb0&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Keith Cantú, &quot;Like a Tree Universally Spread: Sri Sabhapati Swami And Śivarājayoga&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:38:25</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Keith Cantú&apos;s Like a Tree Universally Spread: Sri Sabhapati Swami And Śivarājayoga (Oxford UP, 2023) examines the life of a nineteenth- to early twentieth-century Tamil yogin named Sri Sabhapati Swami (Śrī Sabhāpati Svāmī or Capāpati Cuvāmikaḷ, ca. 1828-1923/4) and his unique English, Tamil, Hindi, and Bengali literature on a Sanskrit-based system of yogic meditation known as the &quot;Rājayoga for Śiva&quot; (Tamil: civarājayōkam, Sanskrit: śivarājayoga), the full experience of which is compared to being like a &quot;tree universally spread.&quot; Its practice was based on a unique synthesis of Tamil Vīraśaiva and Siddhar cosmologies in the colonial period, and the yogic literature in which it is found was designed to have universal appeal across boundaries of caste, gender, and sectarian affiliation. His works, all of which are here analyzed together for the first time, are an important record in the history of yoga, print culture, and art history due to his vividly-illustrated and numbered diagrams on the yogic body with its subtle physiology.
This book opens with a biographical account of Sabhapati, his editor Shrish Chandra Basu, and his students as gleaned from textual sources and the author&apos;s ethnographic field work. Sabhapati&apos;s literature in various languages is then analyzed, followed by a comprehensive exposition of his Śaiva cosmology and religious theories. Sabhapati&apos;s system of Śivarājayoga and its subtle physiology is then treated in detail, followed by an analysis of Sabhapati&apos;s aesthetic integration of aural sound and visual diagrams and an evaluation of the role of &quot;science&quot; in the swami&apos;s literature. Sabhapati also appealed to global authors and occultists outside of South Asia, so special attention is additionally given to his encounter with the founders of the Theosophical Society and the integration of his techniques into the thelemic &quot;Magick&quot; of Aleister Crowley, the German translation of Bavarian theosophical novelist Franz Hartmann, and the American publication of New Thought entrepreneur William Estep.
To these are appended a never-before-translated Tamil hagiography of Sabhapati&apos;s life, a lexicon in table-form that compiles some archaic variants and Roman transliterations of technical terms used in his work, and a critically-edited passage on an innovative technique of Śivarājayoga that included visualizing the yogic central channel as a lithic &quot;pole.&quot;</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Keith Cantú&apos;s Like a Tree Universally Spread: Sri Sabhapati Swami And Śivarājayoga (Oxford UP, 2023) examines the life of a nineteenth- to early twentieth-century Tamil yogin named Sri Sabhapati Swami (Śrī Sabhāpati Svāmī or Capāpati Cuvāmikaḷ, ca. 1828-1923/4) and his unique English, Tamil, Hindi, and Bengali literature on a Sanskrit-based system of yogic meditation known as the &quot;Rājayoga for Śiva&quot; (Tamil: civarājayōkam, Sanskrit: śivarājayoga), the full experience of which is compared to being like a &quot;tree universally spread.&quot; Its practice was based on a unique synthesis of Tamil Vīraśaiva and Siddhar cosmologies in the colonial period, and the yogic literature in which it is found was designed to have universal appeal across boundaries of caste, gender, and sectarian affiliation. His works, all of which are here analyzed together for the first time, are an important record in the history of yoga, print culture, and art history due to his vividly-illustrated and numbered diagrams on the yogic body with its subtle physiology.
This book opens with a biographical account of Sabhapati, his editor Shrish Chandra Basu, and his students as gleaned from textual sources and the author&apos;s ethnographic field work. Sabhapati&apos;s literature in various languages is then analyzed, followed by a comprehensive exposition of his Śaiva cosmology and religious theories. Sabhapati&apos;s system of Śivarājayoga and its subtle physiology is then treated in detail, followed by an analysis of Sabhapati&apos;s aesthetic integration of aural sound and visual diagrams and an evaluation of the role of &quot;science&quot; in the swami&apos;s literature. Sabhapati also appealed to global authors and occultists outside of South Asia, so special attention is additionally given to his encounter with the founders of the Theosophical Society and the integration of his techniques into the thelemic &quot;Magick&quot; of Aleister Crowley, the German translation of Bavarian theosophical novelist Franz Hartmann, and the American publication of New Thought entrepreneur William Estep.
To these are appended a never-before-translated Tamil hagiography of Sabhapati&apos;s life, a lexicon in table-form that compiles some archaic variants and Roman transliterations of technical terms used in his work, and a critically-edited passage on an innovative technique of Śivarājayoga that included visualizing the yogic central channel as a lithic &quot;pole.&quot;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>298</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">01052b68-7db2-11ee-bcd3-8f8a1c3d40e0</guid>
      <title>Kay Wilson, &quot;Mental Health Law: Abolish Or Reform?&quot; (Oxford UP, 2021)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The debate about whether mental health law should be abolished or reformed is one that is highly charged and to which there are no easy solutions. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192843258"><em>Mental Health Law: Abolish Or Reform?</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2021), Dr Kay Wilson does not shy away from these controversial debates. Examining the work that dignity can do, she makes the case for an holistic interpretation of the <em>Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities. </em>In thinking about mental health reform, she provides a core framework which may guide support and intervention in a way that compels respect for the dignity of the person. This book makes an important contribution to the literature. Its nuanced approach and fearlessness in delving into the hard issues should be required reading for policy makers, lawyers and mental health practitioners. </p><p> <a href="https://findanexpert.unimelb.edu.au/profile/621863-kay-wilson">Dr Kay Wilson</a> is a postdoctoral fellow at the convenor of The Disability Law Network at Melbourne Law School, University of Melbourne. She is also a co-editor of <a href="https://www.routledge.com/The-Future-of-Mental-Health-Disability-and-Criminal-Law/Wilson-Maker-Gooding-Walvisch/p/book/9781032396071"><em>The Future of Mental Health, Disability and Criminal Law</em></a><em>, </em>(Routledge, 2023). </p><p><em>﻿Jane Richards is a Lecturer in Law at York Law School, UK.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 11 Nov 2023 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The debate about whether mental health law should be abolished or reformed is one that is highly charged and to which there are no easy solutions. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780192843258"><em>Mental Health Law: Abolish Or Reform?</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2021), Dr Kay Wilson does not shy away from these controversial debates. Examining the work that dignity can do, she makes the case for an holistic interpretation of the <em>Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities. </em>In thinking about mental health reform, she provides a core framework which may guide support and intervention in a way that compels respect for the dignity of the person. This book makes an important contribution to the literature. Its nuanced approach and fearlessness in delving into the hard issues should be required reading for policy makers, lawyers and mental health practitioners. </p><p> <a href="https://findanexpert.unimelb.edu.au/profile/621863-kay-wilson">Dr Kay Wilson</a> is a postdoctoral fellow at the convenor of The Disability Law Network at Melbourne Law School, University of Melbourne. She is also a co-editor of <a href="https://www.routledge.com/The-Future-of-Mental-Health-Disability-and-Criminal-Law/Wilson-Maker-Gooding-Walvisch/p/book/9781032396071"><em>The Future of Mental Health, Disability and Criminal Law</em></a><em>, </em>(Routledge, 2023). </p><p><em>﻿Jane Richards is a Lecturer in Law at York Law School, UK.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="60002711" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/1f965aa2-8cf2-4e6e-a57b-a7948b27e8be/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=1f965aa2-8cf2-4e6e-a57b-a7948b27e8be&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Kay Wilson, &quot;Mental Health Law: Abolish Or Reform?&quot; (Oxford UP, 2021)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>01:02:30</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The debate about whether mental health law should be abolished or reformed is one that is highly charged and to which there are no easy solutions. In Mental Health Law: Abolish Or Reform? (Oxford UP, 2021), Dr Kay Wilson does not shy away from these controversial debates. Examining the work that dignity can do, she makes the case for an holistic interpretation of the Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities. In thinking about mental health reform, she provides a core framework which may guide support and intervention in a way that compels respect for the dignity of the person. This book makes an important contribution to the literature. Its nuanced approach and fearlessness in delving into the hard issues should be required reading for policy makers, lawyers and mental health practitioners. 
 Dr Kay Wilson is a postdoctoral fellow at the convenor of The Disability Law Network at Melbourne Law School, University of Melbourne. She is also a co-editor of The Future of Mental Health, Disability and Criminal Law, (Routledge, 2023). 
﻿Jane Richards is a Lecturer in Law at York Law School, UK.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The debate about whether mental health law should be abolished or reformed is one that is highly charged and to which there are no easy solutions. In Mental Health Law: Abolish Or Reform? (Oxford UP, 2021), Dr Kay Wilson does not shy away from these controversial debates. Examining the work that dignity can do, she makes the case for an holistic interpretation of the Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities. In thinking about mental health reform, she provides a core framework which may guide support and intervention in a way that compels respect for the dignity of the person. This book makes an important contribution to the literature. Its nuanced approach and fearlessness in delving into the hard issues should be required reading for policy makers, lawyers and mental health practitioners. 
 Dr Kay Wilson is a postdoctoral fellow at the convenor of The Disability Law Network at Melbourne Law School, University of Melbourne. She is also a co-editor of The Future of Mental Health, Disability and Criminal Law, (Routledge, 2023). 
﻿Jane Richards is a Lecturer in Law at York Law School, UK.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>204</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2cd3ae4c-7b17-11ee-83c6-f3c515f53953</guid>
      <title>Valerie Kivelson et al., &quot;Picturing Russian Empire&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197600528"><em>Picturing Russian Empire</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023) appears as Russia’s imperialist war of aggression against Ukraine grinds on. The stakes could not be higher. It follows that grappling with Russia’s imperial history is inescapable. After all, “[s]elective, exaggerated or patently false reimaginings” of the past “have been central to Russia’s justification of its claims on its neighbor to the southwest,” write today’s guests in the introduction to his new edited volume. Picturing Russian Empire offers an rich, sweeping overview of the history of Russia from the tenth century to the present through the connections between empire and visuality. Using thought provoking images, Picturing Russian Empire presents readers with a visual tour of the lands and peoples that constituted the Russian Empire and those that confronted it, defied it, accommodated to it, and shaped it at various times in more than a millennium of history.</p><p>Bringing together scholars and experts from across the world and from various disciplines, <em>Picturing Russian Empire</em> consistently raises big historical questions to stimulate readers to think about images as embedded in the diverse, lived worlds of the Russian empire. The authors challenge the reader to not only to see images as the creations of individuals, but as objects circulating among viewers in a variety of contexts, creating new impressions, meanings, and experiences.</p><p>Valerie A. Kivelson is Thomas N. Tentler Collegiate Professor of History and Arthur F. Thurnau Professor of History at the University of Michigan. She is the author of<em> Cartographies of Tsardom, Desperate Magic, and Autocracy in the Provinces.</em></p><p>Joan Neuberger Professor emerita of at the University of Texas at Austin. Her books include: <em>This Thing of Darkness: Eisenstein’s Ivan the Terrible in Stalin’s Russia</em> (Cornell: 2019) and <em>Hooliganism: Crime, Culture &amp; Power in St. Petersburg, 1900-1914</em>.</p><p>Sergei Kozlov is senior researcher at Tiumen State University in Siberia, Russia and a trained medievalist.</p><p><em>﻿</em><a href="https://history.unm.edu/people/faculty/profile/erika-monahan.html"><em>Erika Monahan</em></a><em> is the author of The Merchants of Siberia: Trade in Early Modern Eurasia (Cornell UP, 2016) and a 2023-2024 Alexander von Humboldt Fellow</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 7 Nov 2023 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197600528"><em>Picturing Russian Empire</em></a> (Oxford UP, 2023) appears as Russia’s imperialist war of aggression against Ukraine grinds on. The stakes could not be higher. It follows that grappling with Russia’s imperial history is inescapable. After all, “[s]elective, exaggerated or patently false reimaginings” of the past “have been central to Russia’s justification of its claims on its neighbor to the southwest,” write today’s guests in the introduction to his new edited volume. Picturing Russian Empire offers an rich, sweeping overview of the history of Russia from the tenth century to the present through the connections between empire and visuality. Using thought provoking images, Picturing Russian Empire presents readers with a visual tour of the lands and peoples that constituted the Russian Empire and those that confronted it, defied it, accommodated to it, and shaped it at various times in more than a millennium of history.</p><p>Bringing together scholars and experts from across the world and from various disciplines, <em>Picturing Russian Empire</em> consistently raises big historical questions to stimulate readers to think about images as embedded in the diverse, lived worlds of the Russian empire. The authors challenge the reader to not only to see images as the creations of individuals, but as objects circulating among viewers in a variety of contexts, creating new impressions, meanings, and experiences.</p><p>Valerie A. Kivelson is Thomas N. Tentler Collegiate Professor of History and Arthur F. Thurnau Professor of History at the University of Michigan. She is the author of<em> Cartographies of Tsardom, Desperate Magic, and Autocracy in the Provinces.</em></p><p>Joan Neuberger Professor emerita of at the University of Texas at Austin. Her books include: <em>This Thing of Darkness: Eisenstein’s Ivan the Terrible in Stalin’s Russia</em> (Cornell: 2019) and <em>Hooliganism: Crime, Culture &amp; Power in St. Petersburg, 1900-1914</em>.</p><p>Sergei Kozlov is senior researcher at Tiumen State University in Siberia, Russia and a trained medievalist.</p><p><em>﻿</em><a href="https://history.unm.edu/people/faculty/profile/erika-monahan.html"><em>Erika Monahan</em></a><em> is the author of The Merchants of Siberia: Trade in Early Modern Eurasia (Cornell UP, 2016) and a 2023-2024 Alexander von Humboldt Fellow</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="56427240" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/3e4b02c1-5ddf-40b2-9182-b0c071cf0e60/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=3e4b02c1-5ddf-40b2-9182-b0c071cf0e60&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Valerie Kivelson et al., &quot;Picturing Russian Empire&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:58:46</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Picturing Russian Empire (Oxford UP, 2023) appears as Russia’s imperialist war of aggression against Ukraine grinds on. The stakes could not be higher. It follows that grappling with Russia’s imperial history is inescapable. After all, “[s]elective, exaggerated or patently false reimaginings” of the past “have been central to Russia’s justification of its claims on its neighbor to the southwest,” write today’s guests in the introduction to his new edited volume. Picturing Russian Empire offers an rich, sweeping overview of the history of Russia from the tenth century to the present through the connections between empire and visuality. Using thought provoking images, Picturing Russian Empire presents readers with a visual tour of the lands and peoples that constituted the Russian Empire and those that confronted it, defied it, accommodated to it, and shaped it at various times in more than a millennium of history.
Bringing together scholars and experts from across the world and from various disciplines, Picturing Russian Empire consistently raises big historical questions to stimulate readers to think about images as embedded in the diverse, lived worlds of the Russian empire. The authors challenge the reader to not only to see images as the creations of individuals, but as objects circulating among viewers in a variety of contexts, creating new impressions, meanings, and experiences.
Valerie A. Kivelson is Thomas N. Tentler Collegiate Professor of History and Arthur F. Thurnau Professor of History at the University of Michigan. She is the author of Cartographies of Tsardom, Desperate Magic, and Autocracy in the Provinces.
Joan Neuberger Professor emerita of at the University of Texas at Austin. Her books include: This Thing of Darkness: Eisenstein’s Ivan the Terrible in Stalin’s Russia (Cornell: 2019) and Hooliganism: Crime, Culture &amp; Power in St. Petersburg, 1900-1914.
Sergei Kozlov is senior researcher at Tiumen State University in Siberia, Russia and a trained medievalist.
﻿Erika Monahan is the author of The Merchants of Siberia: Trade in Early Modern Eurasia (Cornell UP, 2016) and a 2023-2024 Alexander von Humboldt Fellow</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Picturing Russian Empire (Oxford UP, 2023) appears as Russia’s imperialist war of aggression against Ukraine grinds on. The stakes could not be higher. It follows that grappling with Russia’s imperial history is inescapable. After all, “[s]elective, exaggerated or patently false reimaginings” of the past “have been central to Russia’s justification of its claims on its neighbor to the southwest,” write today’s guests in the introduction to his new edited volume. Picturing Russian Empire offers an rich, sweeping overview of the history of Russia from the tenth century to the present through the connections between empire and visuality. Using thought provoking images, Picturing Russian Empire presents readers with a visual tour of the lands and peoples that constituted the Russian Empire and those that confronted it, defied it, accommodated to it, and shaped it at various times in more than a millennium of history.
Bringing together scholars and experts from across the world and from various disciplines, Picturing Russian Empire consistently raises big historical questions to stimulate readers to think about images as embedded in the diverse, lived worlds of the Russian empire. The authors challenge the reader to not only to see images as the creations of individuals, but as objects circulating among viewers in a variety of contexts, creating new impressions, meanings, and experiences.
Valerie A. Kivelson is Thomas N. Tentler Collegiate Professor of History and Arthur F. Thurnau Professor of History at the University of Michigan. She is the author of Cartographies of Tsardom, Desperate Magic, and Autocracy in the Provinces.
Joan Neuberger Professor emerita of at the University of Texas at Austin. Her books include: This Thing of Darkness: Eisenstein’s Ivan the Terrible in Stalin’s Russia (Cornell: 2019) and Hooliganism: Crime, Culture &amp; Power in St. Petersburg, 1900-1914.
Sergei Kozlov is senior researcher at Tiumen State University in Siberia, Russia and a trained medievalist.
﻿Erika Monahan is the author of The Merchants of Siberia: Trade in Early Modern Eurasia (Cornell UP, 2016) and a 2023-2024 Alexander von Humboldt Fellow</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>254</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">faddaaf8-78cf-11ee-bcfc-0b81345a93ba</guid>
      <title>Yigal Bronner, &quot;A Lasting Vision: Dandin&apos;s Mirror in the World of Asian Letters&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197642924"><em>A Lasting Vision: Dandin's Mirror in the World of Asian Letters</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2023) is a collaborative, interdisciplinary volume that introduces a remarkably long-lasting poetic treatise, the <em>Mirror on Literature (Kavyadarsha)</em>, whose impact extended far beyond its origins in the south of India in 700 CE. Editor Yigal Bronner does not merely collect distinct, single-authored essays but rather interweaves the voices of the other twenty-four contributors (and his own voice) through chapters that are edited collections in miniature, as typically the subsections are written by different authors who engage with each other's material. This unusual structure comes partly out of the book's treatment of a wide range of languages, regions, and methodologies. Dandin's treatise is in Sanskrit, but understanding it and its history requires Kannada, Pali, Prakrit, Tamil, Sinhala, Burmese, Bengali, and Chinese; it came from India but spread to Sri Lanka, Tibet, Mongolia, Burma, Bengal, Java, Bali, and China; engagement with the text includes both close readings of poetry and attention to theories of poetics, inquiries into direct commentary on the <em>Mirror </em>and investigations of resistance to it. This open-access work, the outcome of a decade's worth of collaboration, is intended to spark a new field--Dandin studies--and to prompt new approaches to the literary traditions across the complex of languages and cultures today known as "Asia."</p><p><a href="http://www.malcolmkeating.com/"><em>Malcolm Keating</em></a><em> is Associate Professor of Philosophy at </em><a href="http://www.yale-nus.edu.sg/"><em>Yale-NUS College</em></a><em>. His research focuses on Sanskrit works of philosophy in Indian traditions, in the areas of language and epistemology. He is the author of </em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/language-meaning-and-use-in-indian-philosophy-9781350060760/"><em>Language, Meaning, and Use in Indian Philosophy</em></a><em> (Bloomsbury Press, 2019) and host of the podcast </em><a href="http://www.sutrasandstuff.com/"><em>Sutras &amp; Stuff</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 4 Nov 2023 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197642924"><em>A Lasting Vision: Dandin's Mirror in the World of Asian Letters</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford University Press, 2023) is a collaborative, interdisciplinary volume that introduces a remarkably long-lasting poetic treatise, the <em>Mirror on Literature (Kavyadarsha)</em>, whose impact extended far beyond its origins in the south of India in 700 CE. Editor Yigal Bronner does not merely collect distinct, single-authored essays but rather interweaves the voices of the other twenty-four contributors (and his own voice) through chapters that are edited collections in miniature, as typically the subsections are written by different authors who engage with each other's material. This unusual structure comes partly out of the book's treatment of a wide range of languages, regions, and methodologies. Dandin's treatise is in Sanskrit, but understanding it and its history requires Kannada, Pali, Prakrit, Tamil, Sinhala, Burmese, Bengali, and Chinese; it came from India but spread to Sri Lanka, Tibet, Mongolia, Burma, Bengal, Java, Bali, and China; engagement with the text includes both close readings of poetry and attention to theories of poetics, inquiries into direct commentary on the <em>Mirror </em>and investigations of resistance to it. This open-access work, the outcome of a decade's worth of collaboration, is intended to spark a new field--Dandin studies--and to prompt new approaches to the literary traditions across the complex of languages and cultures today known as "Asia."</p><p><a href="http://www.malcolmkeating.com/"><em>Malcolm Keating</em></a><em> is Associate Professor of Philosophy at </em><a href="http://www.yale-nus.edu.sg/"><em>Yale-NUS College</em></a><em>. His research focuses on Sanskrit works of philosophy in Indian traditions, in the areas of language and epistemology. He is the author of </em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/language-meaning-and-use-in-indian-philosophy-9781350060760/"><em>Language, Meaning, and Use in Indian Philosophy</em></a><em> (Bloomsbury Press, 2019) and host of the podcast </em><a href="http://www.sutrasandstuff.com/"><em>Sutras &amp; Stuff</em></a><em>.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="52110314" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/59371bb7-ffab-4205-b44b-0b58d0cc1176/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=59371bb7-ffab-4205-b44b-0b58d0cc1176&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Yigal Bronner, &quot;A Lasting Vision: Dandin&apos;s Mirror in the World of Asian Letters&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:54:16</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>A Lasting Vision: Dandin&apos;s Mirror in the World of Asian Letters (Oxford University Press, 2023) is a collaborative, interdisciplinary volume that introduces a remarkably long-lasting poetic treatise, the Mirror on Literature (Kavyadarsha), whose impact extended far beyond its origins in the south of India in 700 CE. Editor Yigal Bronner does not merely collect distinct, single-authored essays but rather interweaves the voices of the other twenty-four contributors (and his own voice) through chapters that are edited collections in miniature, as typically the subsections are written by different authors who engage with each other&apos;s material. This unusual structure comes partly out of the book&apos;s treatment of a wide range of languages, regions, and methodologies. Dandin&apos;s treatise is in Sanskrit, but understanding it and its history requires Kannada, Pali, Prakrit, Tamil, Sinhala, Burmese, Bengali, and Chinese; it came from India but spread to Sri Lanka, Tibet, Mongolia, Burma, Bengal, Java, Bali, and China; engagement with the text includes both close readings of poetry and attention to theories of poetics, inquiries into direct commentary on the Mirror and investigations of resistance to it. This open-access work, the outcome of a decade&apos;s worth of collaboration, is intended to spark a new field--Dandin studies--and to prompt new approaches to the literary traditions across the complex of languages and cultures today known as &quot;Asia.&quot;
Malcolm Keating is Associate Professor of Philosophy at Yale-NUS College. His research focuses on Sanskrit works of philosophy in Indian traditions, in the areas of language and epistemology. He is the author of Language, Meaning, and Use in Indian Philosophy (Bloomsbury Press, 2019) and host of the podcast Sutras &amp; Stuff.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>A Lasting Vision: Dandin&apos;s Mirror in the World of Asian Letters (Oxford University Press, 2023) is a collaborative, interdisciplinary volume that introduces a remarkably long-lasting poetic treatise, the Mirror on Literature (Kavyadarsha), whose impact extended far beyond its origins in the south of India in 700 CE. Editor Yigal Bronner does not merely collect distinct, single-authored essays but rather interweaves the voices of the other twenty-four contributors (and his own voice) through chapters that are edited collections in miniature, as typically the subsections are written by different authors who engage with each other&apos;s material. This unusual structure comes partly out of the book&apos;s treatment of a wide range of languages, regions, and methodologies. Dandin&apos;s treatise is in Sanskrit, but understanding it and its history requires Kannada, Pali, Prakrit, Tamil, Sinhala, Burmese, Bengali, and Chinese; it came from India but spread to Sri Lanka, Tibet, Mongolia, Burma, Bengal, Java, Bali, and China; engagement with the text includes both close readings of poetry and attention to theories of poetics, inquiries into direct commentary on the Mirror and investigations of resistance to it. This open-access work, the outcome of a decade&apos;s worth of collaboration, is intended to spark a new field--Dandin studies--and to prompt new approaches to the literary traditions across the complex of languages and cultures today known as &quot;Asia.&quot;
Malcolm Keating is Associate Professor of Philosophy at Yale-NUS College. His research focuses on Sanskrit works of philosophy in Indian traditions, in the areas of language and epistemology. He is the author of Language, Meaning, and Use in Indian Philosophy (Bloomsbury Press, 2019) and host of the podcast Sutras &amp; Stuff.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>115</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ae0bc8e2-78dc-11ee-b10b-3f7821bb7cb5</guid>
      <title>David Alan Parnell, &quot;Belisarius &amp; Antonina: Love and War in the Age of Justinian&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Belisarius and Antonina were titans in the Roman world some 1,500 years ago. Belisarius was the most well-known general of his age, victor over the Persians, conqueror of the Vandals and the Goths, and as if this were not enough, wealthy beyond imagination. His wife, Antonina, was an impressive person in her own right. She made a name for herself by traveling with Belisarius on his military campaigns, deposing a pope, and scheming to disgrace important Roman officials. Together, the pair were extremely influential, and arguably wielded more power in the late Roman world than anyone except the emperor Justinian and empress Theodora themselves. This unadulterated power and wealth did not mean that Belisarius and Antonina were universally successful in all that they undertook. They occasionally stumbled militarily, politically, and personally - in their marriage and with their children. These failures knock them from their lofty perch, humanize them, and make them even more relatable and intriguing to us today.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197574706"><em>Belisarius &amp; Antonina: Love and War in the Age of Justinian</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023) is the first modern portrait of this unique partnership. They were not merely husband and wife but also partners in power. This is a paradigm which might seem strange to us, as we reflexively imagine that marriages in the ancient world were staunchly traditional, relegating wives to the domestic sphere only. But Antonina was not a reserved housewife, and Belisarius showed no desire for Antonina to remain in the home. Their private and public lives blended as they traveled together, sometimes bringing their children, and worked side-by-side. Theirs was without a doubt the most important nonroyal marriage of the late Roman world, and one of the very few from all of antiquity that speaks directly to contemporary readers.</p><p>Dr. David Alan Parnell is an Associate Professor of History at Indiana University Northwest. He is the author of <em>Justinian’s Men </em>(Palgrave Macmillan, 2017) and has worked on numerous articles about the military and social life of the sixth-century Roman Empire. He is also a consultant, recently working on Epic History TV’s documentary series on Belisarius.</p><p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/evanzarkadas"><em>Evan Zarkadas</em></a><em> (MA) is an independent scholar of European and Medieval history and an educator. He received his master’s in history from the University of Maine focusing on Medieval Europe, the Eastern Mediterranean, medieval identity, and ethnicity during the late Middle Ages.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 4 Nov 2023 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Belisarius and Antonina were titans in the Roman world some 1,500 years ago. Belisarius was the most well-known general of his age, victor over the Persians, conqueror of the Vandals and the Goths, and as if this were not enough, wealthy beyond imagination. His wife, Antonina, was an impressive person in her own right. She made a name for herself by traveling with Belisarius on his military campaigns, deposing a pope, and scheming to disgrace important Roman officials. Together, the pair were extremely influential, and arguably wielded more power in the late Roman world than anyone except the emperor Justinian and empress Theodora themselves. This unadulterated power and wealth did not mean that Belisarius and Antonina were universally successful in all that they undertook. They occasionally stumbled militarily, politically, and personally - in their marriage and with their children. These failures knock them from their lofty perch, humanize them, and make them even more relatable and intriguing to us today.</p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197574706"><em>Belisarius &amp; Antonina: Love and War in the Age of Justinian</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2023) is the first modern portrait of this unique partnership. They were not merely husband and wife but also partners in power. This is a paradigm which might seem strange to us, as we reflexively imagine that marriages in the ancient world were staunchly traditional, relegating wives to the domestic sphere only. But Antonina was not a reserved housewife, and Belisarius showed no desire for Antonina to remain in the home. Their private and public lives blended as they traveled together, sometimes bringing their children, and worked side-by-side. Theirs was without a doubt the most important nonroyal marriage of the late Roman world, and one of the very few from all of antiquity that speaks directly to contemporary readers.</p><p>Dr. David Alan Parnell is an Associate Professor of History at Indiana University Northwest. He is the author of <em>Justinian’s Men </em>(Palgrave Macmillan, 2017) and has worked on numerous articles about the military and social life of the sixth-century Roman Empire. He is also a consultant, recently working on Epic History TV’s documentary series on Belisarius.</p><p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/evanzarkadas"><em>Evan Zarkadas</em></a><em> (MA) is an independent scholar of European and Medieval history and an educator. He received his master’s in history from the University of Maine focusing on Medieval Europe, the Eastern Mediterranean, medieval identity, and ethnicity during the late Middle Ages.</em></p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="55108382" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/1ce4ac9b-d175-4fdf-aece-5826efa24ec0/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=1ce4ac9b-d175-4fdf-aece-5826efa24ec0&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>David Alan Parnell, &quot;Belisarius &amp; Antonina: Love and War in the Age of Justinian&quot; (Oxford UP, 2023)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:57:24</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Belisarius and Antonina were titans in the Roman world some 1,500 years ago. Belisarius was the most well-known general of his age, victor over the Persians, conqueror of the Vandals and the Goths, and as if this were not enough, wealthy beyond imagination. His wife, Antonina, was an impressive person in her own right. She made a name for herself by traveling with Belisarius on his military campaigns, deposing a pope, and scheming to disgrace important Roman officials. Together, the pair were extremely influential, and arguably wielded more power in the late Roman world than anyone except the emperor Justinian and empress Theodora themselves. This unadulterated power and wealth did not mean that Belisarius and Antonina were universally successful in all that they undertook. They occasionally stumbled militarily, politically, and personally - in their marriage and with their children. These failures knock them from their lofty perch, humanize them, and make them even more relatable and intriguing to us today.
Belisarius &amp; Antonina: Love and War in the Age of Justinian (Oxford UP, 2023) is the first modern portrait of this unique partnership. They were not merely husband and wife but also partners in power. This is a paradigm which might seem strange to us, as we reflexively imagine that marriages in the ancient world were staunchly traditional, relegating wives to the domestic sphere only. But Antonina was not a reserved housewife, and Belisarius showed no desire for Antonina to remain in the home. Their private and public lives blended as they traveled together, sometimes bringing their children, and worked side-by-side. Theirs was without a doubt the most important nonroyal marriage of the late Roman world, and one of the very few from all of antiquity that speaks directly to contemporary readers.
Dr. David Alan Parnell is an Associate Professor of History at Indiana University Northwest. He is the author of Justinian’s Men (Palgrave Macmillan, 2017) and has worked on numerous articles about the military and social life of the sixth-century Roman Empire. He is also a consultant, recently working on Epic History TV’s documentary series on Belisarius.
Evan Zarkadas (MA) is an independent scholar of European and Medieval history and an educator. He received his master’s in history from the University of Maine focusing on Medieval Europe, the Eastern Mediterranean, medieval identity, and ethnicity during the late Middle Ages.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Belisarius and Antonina were titans in the Roman world some 1,500 years ago. Belisarius was the most well-known general of his age, victor over the Persians, conqueror of the Vandals and the Goths, and as if this were not enough, wealthy beyond imagination. His wife, Antonina, was an impressive person in her own right. She made a name for herself by traveling with Belisarius on his military campaigns, deposing a pope, and scheming to disgrace important Roman officials. Together, the pair were extremely influential, and arguably wielded more power in the late Roman world than anyone except the emperor Justinian and empress Theodora themselves. This unadulterated power and wealth did not mean that Belisarius and Antonina were universally successful in all that they undertook. They occasionally stumbled militarily, politically, and personally - in their marriage and with their children. These failures knock them from their lofty perch, humanize them, and make them even more relatable and intriguing to us today.
Belisarius &amp; Antonina: Love and War in the Age of Justinian (Oxford UP, 2023) is the first modern portrait of this unique partnership. They were not merely husband and wife but also partners in power. This is a paradigm which might seem strange to us, as we reflexively imagine that marriages in the ancient world were staunchly traditional, relegating wives to the domestic sphere only. But Antonina was not a reserved housewife, and Belisarius showed no desire for Antonina to remain in the home. Their private and public lives blended as they traveled together, sometimes bringing their children, and worked side-by-side. Theirs was without a doubt the most important nonroyal marriage of the late Roman world, and one of the very few from all of antiquity that speaks directly to contemporary readers.
Dr. David Alan Parnell is an Associate Professor of History at Indiana University Northwest. He is the author of Justinian’s Men (Palgrave Macmillan, 2017) and has worked on numerous articles about the military and social life of the sixth-century Roman Empire. He is also a consultant, recently working on Epic History TV’s documentary series on Belisarius.
Evan Zarkadas (MA) is an independent scholar of European and Medieval history and an educator. He received his master’s in history from the University of Maine focusing on Medieval Europe, the Eastern Mediterranean, medieval identity, and ethnicity during the late Middle Ages.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>53</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8e90a010-7697-11ee-a609-cf8aaf703436</guid>
      <title>Eleonora Mattiacci, &quot;Volatile States in International Politics&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>An in-depth account of why countries' treacherous foreign policies often have harmless origins, how this predicament shapes international politics, and what to do about it.</p><p>The increasing unpredictability of state behavior in recent world politics is a surprising development. The uncertainty that results intensifies conflict and stymies trust. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197638682"><em>Volatile States in International Politics</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2022), Eleonora Mattiacci offers the first account of this issue that investigates which states have been volatile and why. Leveraging statistical techniques and archival data in a probing analysis of rivals and allies since the end of World War II, she rejects attempts at dismissing volatility as reflecting mercurial leaders or intractable issues. Instead, Mattiacci explains that a state acts in a volatile manner when its clashing domestic interests leverage power to achieve their goals on the international arena. In demonstrating states' potential for volatile behaviors, she asks us to reconsider how much we really know about change and instability in international politics. When properly understood, she shows, volatile behavior can become less confusing for observers and potentially less dangerous. This book offers novel, evidence-based tools to cope with volatility in the global arena.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 3 Nov 2023 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>caleb@newbooksnetwork.com (New Books Network)</author>
      <link>https://newbooksnetwork.com/category/special-series/oxford-up-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>An in-depth account of why countries' treacherous foreign policies often have harmless origins, how this predicament shapes international politics, and what to do about it.</p><p>The increasing unpredictability of state behavior in recent world politics is a surprising development. The uncertainty that results intensifies conflict and stymies trust. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/12343/9780197638682"><em>Volatile States in International Politics</em></a><em> </em>(Oxford UP, 2022), Eleonora Mattiacci offers the first account of this issue that investigates which states have been volatile and why. Leveraging statistical techniques and archival data in a probing analysis of rivals and allies since the end of World War II, she rejects attempts at dismissing volatility as reflecting mercurial leaders or intractable issues. Instead, Mattiacci explains that a state acts in a volatile manner when its clashing domestic interests leverage power to achieve their goals on the international arena. In demonstrating states' potential for volatile behaviors, she asks us to reconsider how much we really know about change and instability in international politics. When properly understood, she shows, volatile behavior can become less confusing for observers and potentially less dangerous. This book offers novel, evidence-based tools to cope with volatility in the global arena.</p><br/> <p>Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See <a href="https://pcm.adswizz.com">pcm.adswizz.com</a> for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="40295457" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://injector.simplecastaudio.com/d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2/episodes/d605bb7f-7c75-414d-9202-a0187ee2062d/audio/128/default.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;awCollectionId=d002b8f8-ab0d-4c2b-bdbd-2b2f3c0cf6d2&amp;awEpisodeId=d605bb7f-7c75-414d-9202-a0187ee2062d&amp;feed=bHX4IOIN"/>
      <itunes:title>Eleonora Mattiacci, &quot;Volatile States in International Politics&quot; (Oxford UP, 2022)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>New Books Network</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:41:58</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>An in-depth account of why countries&apos; treacherous foreign policies often have harmless origins, how this predicament shapes international politics, and what to do about it.
The increasing unpredictability of state behavior in recent world politics is a surprising development. The uncertainty that results intensifies conflict and stymies trust. In Volatile States in International Politics (Oxford UP, 2022), Eleonora Mattiacci offers the first account of this issue that investigates which states have been volatile and why. Leveraging statistical techniques and archival data in a probing analysis of rivals and allies since the end of World War II, she rejects attempts at dismissing volatility as reflecting mercurial leaders or intractable issues. Instead, Mattiacci explains that a state acts in a volatile manner when its clashing domestic interests leverage power to achieve their goals on the international arena. In demonstrating states&apos; potential for volatile behaviors, she asks us to reconsider how much we really know about change and instability in international politics. When properly understood, she shows, volatile behavior can become less confusing for observers and potentially less dangerous. This book offers novel, evidence-based tools to cope with volatility in the global arena.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>An in-depth account of why countries&apos; treacherous foreign policies often have harmless origins, how this predicament shapes international politics, and what to do about it.
The increasing unpredictability of state behavior in recent world politics is a surprising development. The uncertainty that results intensifies conflict and stymies trust. In Volatile States in International Politics (Oxford UP, 2022), Eleonora Mattiacci offers the first account of this issue that investigates which states have been volatile and why. Leveraging statistical techniques and archival data in a probing analysis of rivals and allies since the end of World War II, she rejects attempts at dismissing volatility as reflecting mercurial leaders or intractable issues. Instead, Mattiacci explains that a state acts in a volatile manner when its clashing domestic interests leverage power to achieve their goals on the international arena. In demonstrating states&apos; potential for volatile behaviors, she asks us to reconsider how much we really know about change and instability in international politics. When properly understood, she shows, volatile behavior can become less confusing for observers and potentially less dangerous. This book offers novel, evidence-based tools to cope with volatility in the global arena.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>80</itunes:episode>
    </item>
  </channel>
</rss>